Htz I
II 5|-§5-«j«-?4|K4|^ ^4| § I 5«q $в] Ы1-|^ яз]чv j 5^§5’qI’”’’‘’5’»‘’^^’I’’ V I «Kl’|’«’S
^S-gvpcv I
*M|5^v3w’3^’««?i^	i	i V^v
। йс.-ч)ч;я-з]ад§Яа|«1^я^д|^§-Ч(15^'5ч^-*>5-?|с.1
qiS-Mvaww^J-p.^ [
54|Mots-q§4^«E^-qf5-«|444i5-^^^-4^e.-|
^•«•qiffrqp-qT «^«npw
ЛЬ Zi ^’3lq| ^ ^ |

pq*r||?rq|«l||
4*i5'4’5C’9'5qj’-4i6^-^’«i>^3j5;w^'yt'cigq;«i d??||
¥U)’8^V3’’’t>5*r<tf II
yecqba]4'5b««]^5b?iX^5,g5'gc.'?^’Hj5,q4p,q^
M	а'ч'ч^ч-ч-2-<^ч5ь-9|ч^-<5ьф^Цг^>г[-ч-у
q^-^qq? r
Published at the Bengal Secretariat Book Depot,
Writers’ Buildings, Calcutta.
OFFICIAL AGE1TTS.
In India—
Messes. Thacker, Spink & Co., Calcutta and Simla,
Messes. Newman & Co., Calcutta.
Messes. Higoineotham & Co., Madras.
Messes. Thackee & Co., Ld., Bombay.
Messes. A. J. Combeidoe & Co., Bombay.
The Supeeintendent, Ameeican Baptist Mission Peess, Bangoon.
Mes. Badhabai Atmaeam Sagoon, Bombay.
Messes. S. K. Lahiri & Co., Printers and Book-sellers, College Street,
Calcutta.
Bai Sahib M. Gulab Singh & Sons, Proprietors of the Mnfid-i-am Press,
Lahore, Punjab.
Messes. V. Kalyanaeama Iyee & Co., Book-sellers, &c., Madras.
Messes. D. B. TAEAroaEVALA, Sons & Co., Book-sellers, Bombay.
Messes. G. A. Natbson & Co., Madras.
In England—
Me. E. A. Arnold, 37 Bedford Street, Strand, London.
Messes. Constable & Co., 2 Whitehall Gardens, London.
Messes. Sampson Low, Marston & Co., St. Dunstan’s House, Fetter Lane,
London.
Messes. Luzac & Co., 46 Great Bussell Street, London.
Messes. Began Paul, Trench, Teubnee & Co., Charing Cross Bead,
London.
Mr. B. Alfred Quabitch, 15 Piccadilly, London.
Messes. P. S. King & Son, 2 & 4 Great Smith Street, Westminster, London.
Messes. H. S. Kino & Co., 65 Cornhill, London.
Messes. Williams & Noegate, Oxford.
Messes. Deighton Bell & Co., Cambridge.
On the Continent—
Messes. B. Friedlander <Sr Sohn, Berlin, N. W. Carlstrasse, 11.
Me. Otto Hareassowitz, Leipzig.
Me. Kael Hieesemann, Leipzig.
Me. Eenest Leeoux, 28 Bue Bonaparte, Paris.
Me. Maetinus Nijhoff, The Hague.
TIBETAN-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
WITH SANSKRIT SYNONYMS
SARAT CHANDRA DAS, Rai Bahadur, C.I.E.,
AUTHOR OF “A JOURNEY TO LHASA AND
CENTRAL TIBET.”
anlr Oittb uitber ф orbers of ф 6obcrnment of Bengal
GRAHAM SANDBERG, B.A.,
CHAPLAIN, H. M. INDIAN SEBVICE; AUTHOR OP “A HAND-BOOK OF COLLOQUIAL
TIBETAN,” “MANUAL OF THE SIKKIM-BHUTIA LANGUAGE,” “ MILARASPA,
TIBETAN POET AND MYSTIC,” ETC., ETC., ETC.,
A. WILLIAM HEYDE
ONE OF THE BEVISOB3 OF THE TIBETAN NEW TESTAMENT, MORAVIAN MISSIONARY ON THE
TIBETAN FBONTIEE.
CALCUTTA:
PUBLISHED BY THE BENGAL SECRETARIAT BOOK DEPOT.
1902.
[Price—Indian, Ps. 32; English, £2
CALCUTTA:
HE BENGAL SECRE
PREFACE.
i.
Alex. Csoma de Koros, the pioneer student of Tibetan, in the
preface of his Tibetan-English-Dictionary, published in 1834, wrote
as follows:—
“When there shall be more interest taken for Buddhism (which
has much in common with the spirit of true Christianity) and for
diffusing Christian and European knowledge throughout the most
eastern parts of Asia, the Tibetan Dictionary may be much im-
proved, enlarged, and illustrated by the addition of Sanskrit terms.”
The result of his investigations, to speak in Csoma’s own words, was
that the literature of Tibet is entirely of Indian origin. The im-
mense volumes on different branches of science, etc., being exact
or faithful translations from Sanskrit works, taken from Bengal, Magadha,
Gangctic or Central India, Kashmir, and Nepal, commencing from the
seventh century after Christ. And that many of these works have been
translated (mostly from Tibetan) into the Mongol, Manchu, and the
Chinese languages; so that by this means the Tibetan language became
in Chinese Tartary the language of the learned as the Latin in Europe.
In the year 1889 I brought these opinions of that original investiga-
tor to the notice of Sir Alfred Croft, k.c.i.e., the then Director of Public
Instruction in Bengal, and explained to him the necessity of compiling
a Tibetan-English Dictionary on the lines indicated by Csoma de Koros
for the use of Tibetan students and particularly to assist European
scholars in the thorough exploration of the vast literature of Tibet,
which, besides indigenous works, comprises almost all the Buddhist
religious works of India, including the great collections of the Kahgyur
and the Tangyur. Shortly before this Sir Alfred Croft had received a
communication from the late Right Hon’ble Professor F. Max Muller on
the desirability of translating into English a Sanskrit-Tibetan work
on Buddhist terminology, which was looked for with interest, because
it was expected to throw light on many obscure points of Buddhist-
Sanskrit literature. The philosophical terms of that literature, many
of which were of extremely doubtful meaning, had been translated
with literal accuracy into Tibetan in early times, and it was antici-
pated that an analysis of the meaning of these terms would elucidate
that of the original Sanskrit words, of which they were the equivalent
renderings. Being impressed with the importance of the proposed work,
Sir Alfred Croft, in a memorandum addressed to Government, wrote
as follows:—
“Babu Sarat Chandra Das has brought with him four dictionaries
of the classical Tibetan; one of these being a well-known Tibetan-
Sanskrit Dictionary, compiled from a large number of named Tibetan
as well as standard Sanskrit works, and dating from the 13th century
A.D., and another being a Sanskrit-Tibetan Dictionary, which explains
the Tantrik portion of the Buddhist Scriptures. The external arrange-
ment of the dictionary will be as follows:—The Tibetan words will
be placed first in alphabetical order; next their accepted Sanskrit
equivalents; next the English rendering of the Tibetan terms; then
will follow what is to be a special and valuable feature of the new
dictionary. The meaning of each technical term is to be .illustrated
by extracts, with exact references from Sanskrit-Buddhist and Tibetan
works. Further, it is proposed that Babu Sarat Chandra Das should
include in the dictionary words of modern Tibetan which were not
known to Csoma or Jaschke. The materials which he has amassed
during his two journeys to and residence in Tibet give him excep-
tional facilities for making the work complete.”
These recommendations having received the sanction of Government
in June 1889, I was placed on special duty in connection with the
compilation of the proposed dictionary. In 1899, when the work of
compilation was brought to a close, the Hon’ble Mr. C. W. Bolton, c.s.i.,
then Chief Secretary to the Government of Bengal, entrusted the revision
of the work to the Revd. Graham Sandberg and Revd. William Heyde,
and deputed Professor Satis Chandra Acharya, m.a„, who had made Buddhist
Sanskrit and Pali works his special study, to co-operate with me. My
respectful thanks are, therefore, due to Sir Alfred Croft for the keen
interest he took in my Tibetan studies and for his kind help at the inception
of the work, and to Mr. Bolton for securing the services of the two
Tibetan scholars—the Revd. Graham Sandberg and Revd. William Heyde
—for its successful completion. I also record my obligations to Sir John
vii
Edgar, k.c.i.e., formerly Chief Secretary to the Government of Bengal; to
Dr. Emil Schlagintweit of Bavaria, and to the Hon’ble W. W. Rockhill,
Author of The Land of Lamas for encouragement, assistance, and advice
during the prosecution of my researches. Great is the debt of gratitude
which I owe to the Revd. G. Sandberg for various acts of kindness.
Without his scholarly and efficient aid this work would hardly have assumed
its present shape, as he has given a scientific finish to the work which
it was not in my power to do.
II.
In studying the origin and growth of Tibetan literature and the
landmarks in the history of that language, Jaschke, the compiler of the
second Tibetan-English Dictionary (published in 1882), noticed only two
periods of literary activity. Had that critical student of Tibetan been
in possession of works of modern literature, which dates from the
establishment of the Dalai Lama’s sovereignty over whole Tibet in the
beginning of the 18th century A.D., he would certainly have modified
his remarks on the subject. Neither he nor Csoma de Koros had any
means or opportunities of studying either the current literature of every-
day business or the refined, idiomatic literature of Tibet itself, which
is quite distinct from the Indian literature that was translated or
imported into the language. They do not seem to have ever during
the course of their study of Tibetan come across works on drama,
fiction, correspondence, etc. It is, therefore, no wonder that the compiler
of the later dictionary should assign only two periods to the history
of the literature of Tibet, entirely ignoring the third, which is indeed
not the least important of the three.
The first period, to describe it in the language of Jaschke, is
the Period of Translations, which, however, might also be entitled the
Classical Period, for the sanctity of the religious message conferred
a corresponding reputation and tradition of excellence upon the
form in which it was conveyed. This period begins in the second
half of the seventh century A.D., when Thon-mi Sambhota (the
good Bhota or Tibetan), the minister of King Srongtsan Gampo,
returned to Tibet after studying the Sanskrit language under an
eminent Brahman teacher of Magadha. “His invention of the Tibetan
alphabet gave two-fold impulse: for several centuries the wisdom of
viii
India and the ingenuity of Tibet laboured in unison and with the
greatest industry and enthusiasm at the work of translation. The
tribute due to real genius must be accorded to these early pioneers
of Tibetan grammar. They had to grapple with infinite wealth and
refinement of Sanskrit; they had to save the independence of their
own tongue, while they strove to subject it to the rule of scientific
principles, and it is most remarkable how they managed to produce
translations at once. literal and faithful to the spirit of the original.”
The Classical Period may be divided into three stages. The first
or the earliest stage terminated with the downfall of the first histor-
ical monarchy, when King Langdarma fell by the hand of an
assassin. The second stage commenced with the introduction of the
system of chronology, called the Vrihaspati cycle of 60 years, in
Tibet by an Indian Buddhist called Chandra Nath and Chilu Pandit
of Tibet in 1025 A.D. This was the age of Milaraspa and Atisa,
whose illustrious disciple, Brom-ton Gyalwai Jungnd, laid the founda-
tion of the first Buddhist Hierarchy in Tibet and established the
great monastery of Rwadcng, with a library of Sanskrit works. Jaschke’s
second period evidently corresponds with this stage, when “Tibetan
authors began to indulge in composition of their own” and wrote
on historical and legendary subjects. The third stage began with
the conquest of Tibet by the Tartar Conqueror, Chingis Khan, in
1205 A.D., when Pandit S'akya S'ri of Kashmir had returned to Tibet
after witnessing the plunder and destruction of the great Buddhist
monasteries of Odantapuri and Vikrama S'ila in Magadha, and the conquest
of Bengal and Behar by the Mahomedans under Baktyar Ghilji in
1203 A.D. In this last stage flourished the grand hierarchy of Sakya,
which obtained supreme influence over Tibet and the country, which was
then divided into 13 provinces, called Thikor Chusum, as a gift from
the immediate successors of Chingis Khan. Among the most noted
writers of the time were Sakya Pandit Kungah Gyal-tshan, Dogon
Phag-pa, the spiritual tutor of Emperor Khubli Khan, and Shongton
Lotsawa, who translated the Kavyadaria of Dandi and Kshemendra’s
Avadana Kalpalata in metrical Tibetan. With the opening of the 15th
century Buton-Riuchen Dub introduced a new era in the literature of
Tibet, and Buddhism received fresh impulse under the rule of the
Phagmodu chiefs, when Tibetan scholars took largely to the study of
ix
Chinese literature under the auspices of the Ming Emperors of China.
During this period, called the age of Da-nying (old orthography), the great
indigenous literature of Tibet arose. A host of learned Lotsawas and
scholars like Tsongkhapa, Buton, Gyalwa Ngapa, Lama Taranatha,
Desri Sangye Gyatsho, Sumpa Khampo, and others flourished. This
was the age of the Gelug-pa, or the Yellow Cap School of Buddhism,
founded by Tsongkhapa with Gahdan as its head-quarters.
The third period begins with the first quarter of the 18th century,
when Chinese suzerainty over Tibet was fully established and the
last of the Tartar kings of the dynasty of Gushi Khan was killed
by a General of the Jungar Tartars—an incident which transferred
the sovereignty of Tibet to the Dalai Lama, who was till then a mere
hierarch of the Gelug-pa Church. It is within this period that
Tibet has enjoyed unprecedented peace under the benign sway of
the boly Bodhisattvas, and its language has become the lingua
franca of Higher Asia.
Lhasa Villa, Darjeeling,
July 1902t
SARAT CHANDRA DAS.
i*

REVISORS’ PREFACE.
When in December 1899 the Chief Secretary to the Government of
Bengal handed over to us for revision the Tibetan Dictionary upon which
Sarat Chandra Das had laboured for some dozen years, we found at our
disposal a work embracing a mass of new and important collections on
the language, the value of which was marred by two prominent character-
istics—first, the material had been put together in somewhat heteroge-
neous fashion, hardly systematic enough for a dictionary; secondly, the
vast amount of original matter had been throughout greatly interlarded
with lengthy excerpts from Jaschke’s Dictionary, not always separable from
the new information, and this imparted a second-hand appearance to large
portions of the work, which was, in reality, by no means deserved.
Moreover, in this way, no attempt had been made to improve upon
Jaschke’s definitions of many of the commoner Buddhist philosophical
terms or to incorporate the later results of European scholarship in these
instances. On the other hand, one was very often gratified to find, in the
case of the more difficult philosophical terminology, that the learned
Bengali had gone to original and little-explored sources of native informa-
tion, such as Tsongkhapa’s Lam-rim Chhenmo, and, by extracts from the
same, furnished valuable and novel particulars under those heads.
Accordingly, the task which the Revisors set themselves was directed
mainly to counteracting the errors of judgment above indicated. Such a
task proved one of a more laborious character than might be at first
imagined; and the fact that the work of amendment and addition has
taken them upwards of two years of incessant toil sufficiently evidences
its difficulty.
First, has come the business of selection and excision. The religion
and philosophy of Tibetan books are properly confined to the Bon cult
and to Buddhism. There had been, however, a tendency here to draw
in all manner of Hindu thought and mythology, because one or two works
translated into Tibetan from the Sanskrit dealt with these matters. This
tendency it seemed right to curb except in those instances, not at all
infrequent, where the Vedic and Puranic Hinduism, in some measure, was
bound up with, or bore upon, or explained, Buddhist belief or popular practice.
xii
Excision has had to be meted out, further, in the case of unnecessary
repetition of otherwise properly-introduced information. Secondly, our
task has been one of substitution. Many articles have had to be freshly
written, or at least re-compiled. In place of the innumerable excerpts
from Jaschke, already referred to, we have had to examine and to treat de
novo the grammar and general usage of a largo number of the commoner
nouns, adjectives, and verbs, notably the verbs. To illustrate these
new articles, we have had to substitute for Jaschke’s examples a largo
number of original quotations from Tibetan authors as well as a certain
number of made-up sentences put together to exhibit various phrases
of ordinary employment. In other articles, also, where Sarat Chandra Das
had not thought it necessary to do more than repeat Csoma’sor Jaschke’s
illustrative sentences, wo have looked out fresh examples to replace them.
Of still greater importance was it in the case of certain doctrinal terms
and phrases of Buddhism to undertake re-definition and to connote and
assimilate modern discussion and research on the subject. Among those
terms may be noted such as ^j3j, rkyen;	rten-hbrel; tta-гса; rdul;
§’&l, bla-ma ;	'5^', gyuil-drun ;	, dc-bshin-ggegs-2)a, But while
referring to these substitutions and others of a like nature, we do
not wish to assume too much. We would rather repeat that, in the
matter of philosophical definitions also, we have been frequently surprised
and instructed by the descriptions and explanations of recondite ideas
and terms which Sarat Chandra Das has himself succeeded in collecting
from various native authorities. Such information would have sufficed if
he had not sometimes confused it by the sudden and inconsequent linking
on of Jaschke’s remarks without curtailment and without any connotation
of them to that which he had himself just set out. Thirdly, in the way of
direct addition to the original work, there have been certain moderate sup-
plementary contributions. Jaschke had dealt very fully with the Western
colloquial, and we have sought to introduce a number of the colloquial
words and phrases belonging to the Central and Eastern speech. Other
additions have been short paragraphs on the mythological pantheon of
Tibet and Mongolia, together with an attempt to give exact information
on zoological and geographical points.
It may be considered by some that there is a certain lack of reference
to known authorities in support of many of the statements set forth in
this work. However, it should be remembered that in dealing with a
xiii
language so little explored as the Tibetan (or which, indeed, in one narrow
groove—that of the Kahgyur translations from Sanskrit—has, in some sense,
been over-explored), the difficulty is to find adequate authorities for tho
real and more current uses of words and phrases. The stilted verbiage
of the Kahgyur is often mere Sanskrit idiom literally rendered into
Tibetan, but it gives no idea of the elastic style to be found in the innumer-
able indigenous productions of native Tibetan writers. Sarat Chandra
Das has held familiar intercourse with modern men of learning in Tibet
itself—the professors at Tashi-lhunpo, Daipung, Samye, Mindolling, and
other important monastic institutions. Much, therefore, has been gleaned
by him which, though absolutely reliable, cannot be given on any stated
authority, but must be accepted as information obtained at first hand and
now presented for the first time. This frank acceptance should also be
extended to much with which the Revisors have been able to supplement
the Author’s original work. Both of them have been located for lengthy
periods where Tibetan is the language of the people of the place, and have
been in constant communication with men from Lhasa and all parts
of Tibet. Under such circumstances, “authorities” cannot of course
be quoted.
In dealing with philosophical terms, and in general with the forms to
be met with both in the old classical works and in modern treatises, it
will certainly be found, however, that our examples are constantly
supported by exact references. These have been taken from writings
of all kinds. Hitherto European scholars seem to have thought of the
literature of Tibet as one consisting wholly of Sanskritic translation and as
limited to the contents of tho Kahgyur and Tangyur. The Author and
the Revisors have endeavoured, by widening the sources of their quota-
tions, to show how extensive a field is covered by mediaeval and modern
Tibetan writers. Geography, history, biography, political government,
accounts, astrology, are all represented. It may be remarked, for example,
that the official biographies of the successive Dalai Lamas alone fill some
32 volumes. Nevertheless, although these scarce memoirs are included
in Sarat Chandra Das’s library, we are sorry to point out that none of
his examples appear to have been taken therefrom.
Knowing, however, how scanty is the range of Tibetan works avail-
able to the majority of students, we have not failed to quote largely in
our examples from the Kahgyur and Tangyur collections. We may
xiv
note on this point that a suggestion has been forwarded to us that, in
quoting from the former, special references should be given to Mons.
Feer’s Textes tires du Kandjovr. But we are afraid that the scope for
quotation would be narrowed if our references to the Kahgyur were con-
fined to Mons. Feer’s very limited extracts published in lithograph form over
30 years ago. As to the index du Kandjour, which was issued in the pub-
lications of the Musde Guimet 20 years back, it is evident to every
Tibetan student that this Index was only a rechauffe of Csoma Korosi’s
much clearer and fuller analysis of the Kahgyur printed 68 years
ago in the pages of the Asiatic Researches. We fear, indeed, that reli-
ance on such works as these would rather expose us to charges of non-
acquaintance with more recent results of European investigation in the
present field. Although working in India, we may observe, however,
that we have done our best to keep pace with what European Orien-
talists have written on our subject; but assistance has been mainly derived
from the many memoirs compiled by Russian and German scholars,
and we would specially recommend to notice the collections in this
field made by Prince Ukhtomski and the very recent publications of
Dr. Albert Gruuwedel, Dr. A. Conrady, and Professor Huth. The
analyses of the Tangyur, issued by Professor Huth during the last
three or four years, are particularly noteworthy. To return, however,
to the above-mentioned suggestion, we may say that not only would
the scope be too restricted, but also there is no necessity, under
present conditions, to refer to any mere collection of extracts. Nearly
every capital city in Europe now has obtained possession of com-
plete copies of the Kahgyur volumes, and in two or three libraries
the 220 volumes of the Tangyur may be also consulted. In St.
Petersburg are three full sets of the Kahgyur and two sets of the
Tangyur; in Paris is a set of the Kahgyur; in one or other of the
great German libraries both the Tibetan encyclopoedia may be seen;
in England, while curiously enough the British Museum Library
owns only a small drawer-ful of loose Tibetan book-leaves, the
India Office Library can boast a perfect series of both Kahgyur and
Tangyur; and, lastly, in the Vatican Propaganda Library is preserved
Oratio della Penna’s incomplete collection of Kahgyur volumes.
A word as to the Sanskrit equivalents following each Tibetan term.
Sanskrit scholars will perhaps consider these equivalents rather
XV
unsystematically enumerated. They have, nevertheless, with regard to
the majority of them, this particular value:—they were selected
by native Indian scholars of mediaeval and later days in collaboration
with Tibetan lotsawas or translators, as the appropriate Sanskrit
synonyms of the respective Tibetan words. They have been taken
chiefly from one celebrated Sanskrit-Tibetan Dictionary, and supple-
mented by a well-known Calcutta pandit and professor, Satis
Chandra Acharya Vidyabhusan, who has also considerable acquain-
tance with literary Tibetan. The same learned professor has also,
in numerous instances, appended a literal English rendering of the Sanskrit
terms. These renderings have been placed within square brackets with
the initial (S' outside the brackets, and he alone is responsible for such
translations.
The system of transliteration followed is that adopted finally at the
Vienna Congress of Orientalists ; and this system is observed in the case
of all Tibetan and Sanskrit words intended to be literally transliterated
and printed in italics. However, when a Tibetan or Sanskrit proper
name occurs in Roman characters, not as a transliteration, but in the
English explanation of a word, or in any English sentence as an integral
part of such explanation or sentence, the name is spelled according to the
conventional English fashion and, in the case of Sanskrit terms or names,
as in Sir Monier Williams’s Dictionary.
A considerable number of Tibetan words at tho head of paragraphs
will be found in larger type. This indicates either that the word is the
root of all related terms, or that it is the most common word of the series
and thus ostensibly that from which the others have been derived. Two
different arbitrary signs will be found prefixed to many words. The Author,
it seems, has marked such words as he considers archaic or gone out of
present use with a swastika (-f,), and those words deemed by him to have
been imported into Tibetan from the Sanskrit, whether directly or by
derivation, he has distinguished by a double-headed dagger (^).
In conclusion, the Revisors would point out that although they have
been given, and have generally taken, the greatest freedom in correcting
or rejecting the matter set forth in this work, and for that reason
cannot justly shift responsibility for the accuracy or non-accuracy of
that which is herein written, nevertheless they have generally not reversed
xvi
the views and statements of the Author wherever these have seemed
to them reasonable or fairly tenable, and to be the result of deliberately-
formed opinion. They have felt, even when differing personally from
the Author, that this Dictionary was Sarat Chandra Das’s—not their
own.
We must not omit to mention that, by the agency of the Chief
Secretary to Government, certain brief comments on various portions of
the Dictionary were received from Professor Bendall, and we have to thank
him for his kind suggestions.
GRAHAM SANDBERG.
A. WILLIAM HEYDE.
Dasibeiing, India ;
The lit March 1902.
ALPHABETICAL PLAN OF THE TIBETAN LANGUAGE,
(yang nga).
The five vowels:
a, i, u, e, o.
The four vowel signs that are attached to the basic letter w are called gi-git,
shabkyii, deng-bu and naro:
t, u, e, o.
’S5*’i’<*)	silm-chu).
The thirty consonants:
T] • p • 4] • E'l
Aa, kha, да, fia,
ц ’ 4 ’ q ’ «I
pa, pha, ba, tna.
T QI ’
ra, la, fa, sa.
5 ’ Ж’ E ’ ?>|
ca, cha, ja, na,
tsa, tsha, dea, wa.
ha, a.
5 • я  s 
ta, tha, dd, на,
«j ’ з ’ V «1|
sha, za, ha, ya.
The Dictionary order of the Tibetan letters,
with their Indo-Romanic equivalents and their pronunciation
exemplified by English words:
к in kill, seek
P kh „ ink-horn.
g » gun, go, dog.
К’й (=w$r)„ sing, king.
3<?(=cA)in porch.
^ch(^=chh),4 church-hill.
E j „ jet, jump.
w (=n) „ singe.
lc
xviii
5 я	t th	in water (in Ireland). ,, nut-hook.	a	sh	in shone or s in leisure. n azure or s in as.
5	d	„ dice (more like th in this).		h	hour, honour.
	n	„ not, nut.	4	У	„ yard, year.
Ц	P	„ pull, page.	v	r	„ ray, rope.
4	ph	„ uphill.		I	„ last, large.
q ь,	, or w „ ball, boy, bard.		*°|?(		„ sharp.
		„ man, map.		s	„ same, soon.
*	ts	,, parts.		h	„ half, happy.
&	tsh	„ (ts aspirated).		a	„ far.
£	ds	„ guards.			
4	w	„ waft, wave.			
In all the above twenty nine letters the last letter w is inherent, therefore the
Tibetan Grammarians have included it as a basis both for vowels and consonants. The
letter * (Л) called (®*'^’) the little a is generally joined to the basic-vowel of a letter to
make its pronunciation long. When it is subjoined to the letter « the compound so
formed becomes equivalent to the Sanskrit a and is pronounced as a in tar, far, or
father. When it is subjoined to the vowel & the compound so formed resembles the
Sanskrit $ and is pronounced like i in police and so on.
The Sanskrit Alphabet and their Tibetan equivalents:
The vowels:
* uT’ ш чя 2
67,	/, i. tiy й, ry ri. Ц liy <?, ?.
о, au, ат у ah.
The consonants:
5 nit^l
Tf’"’ITc'l
ha, kha,ga,gha, na.
’W sg
tsa, tshay dsa, ds ha, na.
гг'??ли
ta,tha,da, dha,na.
5’4'S'v3il
ta, tha, da, dha, na.
xix
Ц 4i Ч Ч 41
q • fil’ q’ Л|
pa, pha,la, bha,nia.
c sri
UTV^’^I
ya, ra, la, wa.
^1
да, sa, sa, ha. k?a.
The consonant signs representing the letters and *:
(игц^ч ya-tag) and	ra-tag).
(ty-yfysix)-
The six inverted Tibetan letters representing the Sanskrit letters:
Z 3 <	4 ^1
ia, tha, da, na, , k?a.
У (Mg six).
The six aspirates, i.c., letters having *> subjoined to them,
Vf 4 4i
gha, dha, bha, dsha, dha, lha.
4|-^^'3-o,gc’^3i'X’(or	|
The compounds formed with the four vowel signs of ?, ?/, c and о called gi-ga—
angle’4, shab§-kyu—the hook^, h(jrcn-lu the ‘standing ’ stroke", and
§na-ro ‘ the horns over the nose which are joined to the
consonants including the basic vowel

ki, ku, ke^ ко.
94 9Щ 9^ go-
ci) CU) CG) co.
94 ^4 Л Jo.
Fl-B'F’-FI
c-§-6-£-|
khi) khU) khe, kho.
at] mt) ne, no.
chi) chU) chC) cho.
ni) П14 He, no.
XX
	ti, tu, te, to.		thi, thu, the, tho.
	di, du, de, do.		ni, nu, ne, no.
	pi, pu, pe, po.		phi, phu, phe, pho.
a-g-a-ai	bi, bu, be, bo.		mi, mu, me, mo.
	tsi, tsu, tse, tso.		tshi, tshu, tshe, tsho.
	dsi, dsu, dse, dso.	огзд’огэд	wi, tcu, we, wo.
	shi, shu, she, sho.		zi, zu, ze, zo.
	hi, hu, he, ho.		F, УЩ	Уо.
	ri, ru, re, ro.		li, lu, le, lo.
^44	fS	fO-		si, su, se, so.
	hi, hu, he, ho.		i, u, e, o.
(ya-tag seven).
The seven basic consonants to which the letter °* у is subjoined:
kya, khya, gya, pya, phya, bya, mya.
The four compounds which in their pronunciation resemble
the four simple letters *, a, t, ?:
Q pya is pronounced as « ea.	phya is pronounced as * cha
S Ъуа „	„	„ * ja. § mya „	„	„ Ъ na.
(ra-tag thirteen).
The thirteen basic consonants to which the letter r may be subjoined and in which
though the basic constituent is not pronounced, in Tibet proper yet the
compounds so formed have a pronunciation altogether
different from that of any of the constituents,
U • H • 4J  5 ' 5 ’ V 9' Я  Я • 4  -ч  3  $1
kra, khra, gra, tra, thra, dra, pra, phra, bra, mra, fra, sra, hra,
(ta), (tha), (da), (ta), (tha), (da), (ta), (tha), (da), (ma), (sra), (sa), hra.
xxi
The eight compounds of which the pronunciation resembles that of the Sanskrt
cerebrals в, в, в represented in Tibetan by the inverted letters <?, ₽,	:—
kra tya).	tra (ta), pra (ta).	[g khra (tha).
qj gra (da),	dra ((fa). g bra (da),	g phra (tha).
<№«9 six).
The six basic consonants to which the letter * I is subjoined :
grars’^sni
gla, bla, ria, §la, zla (da).
In the compounds the i.e,, basic are silent except in 3 which is
pronounced as d; the letters not pronounced are underlined.
The same with и subjoined :
3 • aj • g • 5 • а' a I
xO -<Э
khi, ghi, blu, rlu9 $lu, zlu (du),
-y^-q^^-q-q^^]^ (wa-гиг tdg-pa sixteen).
The sixteen letters with (ч 14) i.e. 4 which is a corner of the letter У w
subjoined to them:
т '"ГУПТ Г 3 ’Ч’УУ’-Т’-Ч
4	4	4	4	4 я я *1	я 4 я	4
kwa, khwa, gwa, cica, nwa, hca, diva, tswa, tshwa, shwa, zwa, rwa, Iwa, giva, stva, hwa,
(ra-go twelve).
The twelve basic consonants with 4 r on their head, i.e., surmounting them:
rfca, rga, rna, rja, rna, ria, rda, rna, rba, r?na, rtsa, rdsa.
(the superscribed letter being generally silent is represented by an underlined r)
xxii
QT5tfj-C|^ {la,.(jo ten).
The ten basic consonants with the letter I surmounting them:
g^’g'^’SI’gl’31
lkat Iga, Ina, lea, Ija, Ita, Ida, Ipa, Iba, lha.
the superscribed letter where silent is represented by an underlined I.
(sa-go eleven).
The eleven basic consonants with the letter s surmounting them :
ska, sga, sna, §na, sta, §da, §na, spa, sba, sma, $tsa.
the superscribed letter which is not pronounced is represented by an underlined s.
(ng on-jug five).
The five letters which, when prefixed to initial or basic letters to form a word, ar
seldom in Tibet Proper pronounced and are represented by underlined italics:
g, b, h.
(je-jilg ten).
The ten letters which when affixed to initial letters to form a
word are very softly pronounced:—
у, h, d, n, b, m, h, r, I, s.
(dsog-tshig eleven).
The eleven letters which are reduplicated (to form the preterite) when joined
with a terminal о:
go, no, do, no, bo, mo, ho, ro, lo, so, to.
xxiii
{la-don seven).
The seven postpositions signifying to or at,
sit, ru, rcty du у na, lay tu.
{№-da five).
The postpositive particles to signify possession:—
*7*> kyi, ffyi, hi, yi.
che-^.a, or je-da.
The instrumental particles:—
<7/5, kyii, gyts, his, yis.
the basic "I and its compounds with the letter b ч prefixed,
	bkah.	VI	bkan.	q^|	Muy.	qq^l	bkan.
	bkdb.		bkas.	q^|	bkar.	q^|	bkal. •
VI	bkug.	qij^l	bkitms.	VI	bskur.	VI	bkur.
VI	bkus.	q^SI	bkod.	qTp|	bkol.	qj^l	bkyigs.
q3l	bkye.	ЧЦ|	bkra.	q^l	bkrag.	q^jq^l	bkrabs.
qT|JW|	bkrams.		bkral.		bkri.	q3i	bkru.
q^|	bkrus.		bkren.	q^N|	bkre§.	qTjr^l	bkrons.
VI	bkrol.	qiJ4[	bkrag.	Vi	bskyed.	VI	bskyur.
	b$ko$.	q^|	brko.	q*l|	brku.	qjpJ|	brkyars.
qff^|	brkiun.						
xxiv
q-G^Qj'3q-c$-3|
the basic * and its compounds with the letter ч prefixed,
qscq	fecah.		fecags.		fecan%.	^Sl	bead.
qsq^|	fecab$.		bear.		fecal.	q$^|	fecas.
qloi[	fecil.	q^q^|	bcift§.	efc’l	fecin.		fecug.
qFI	bead.		fecum.	^1	fecu.	q3JI^|	booms.
q^|	feco§.	qT^!|	fecol.		felcid.		
q-$q-q^[
the basic 5 and its compounds with the letter ч prefixed,
q^qpq	fetags.	‘’Fl	fetan.	q^|	fetab.	q^l	fetins.
	bin.	‘’FI	fetus.		fetud.	q^|	fetub.
‘’Fl	fetul.	‘’FP	fetan.	q^|	feteb.		brtan.
	ferten.		festan.		festen.		fella.
^1	fellas	‘’Fl	feltar.		feltos.	q^l	feltam$.
T>!	fertun.	qjQ)|	brtul.	qjqpsq	festegs.	q^| '	festum.
q-<q-q^1
the basic i and its compounds with the letter ч prefixed,
q^4||	btsag.		btsan.	q^l	fetsah.	q^l	fetsa$.
q^|	fetsal.		feisir.	q^plj^| btsugs.		^51	fetsud*
	fetsun.	q^~wi|	fetsum$.	q£jW|	btsem§.		btso.
	fetsog.	q&’|	fetson.	1	fetsod.	4^|	fetson.
qfcq	btsons.	q^l	btso§.		fertsi.	П5Я	fertsub.
	fertse.		fest son.	qr*^i	brtsa?n§.		
XXV

the basic and its compounds wifh the letter ч prefixed,
	bgag.	444^1	bgagi-		bgad.	qqpq	bgam.
4^J|	bgegs.	4^1	bgo.		bgo$.	43^1	bgyant.
	bgyi.		bgyii.		bgyt'd-	44C4	bgran.
	bgran%.		bgrad.		bgres-		bgro.
	brgan.		brgol.	qjc^|	brgyafa.	ед	brgyid.
T'	brgyud.		brgyun.	q3l	brgye.	ед	brgyan.
	brgyal.	"SSI	brgyad.	qiN	bsgyir.	ед	bsgyur.
4|si	bsgyed.	4g4|	bigrob.	ед NO	b^grun.		bsgruns.
Ч§Я| NO	b$grum.	4|C|	btgrefi.	ед	bigron.	ед^1	b$grags.
'O	fogrub*.						
£AD OR THE STOPS.
pronounced shad in Ladak and Amdo but in Tsang and Central
pronounced: Shay	I
or	single perpendicular stroke | = Comma.
Ms double stroke J| == full stop.
four-fold stroke |[J] used at the end of a chapter or section.
point, dot separating syllables.
stroke with dots on its top j or ornamental stop.
Tibet is
i d

ABBREVIATIONS OF NAMES.
A..................Ati-yahi rnamJhar	I
A. K. .............Avadana Kalpalata.
A. R...............Asiatic Researches.
A,	S.............Asta Sahasrika В. T.	Society,
A.	C. ...........Anuruddha-Qataka В.	T. Society.
Abhi...................Abhidhammattha-sangaho.
Ar.................Arabic.
jB. grub...........Bon-gyi grub-mthah
B.	Nam...........Bon Nam shag.
B.T.8. ............Buddhist Text Society.
Bak ...............Baltistan.
Behu...............Behu-bum sfion-po	q	।
Beng...............Bengali language.
Bhar...............Bharata, dialogue, ed.	by	Dr.	A. Schiefner.
Shot...............Bhotan, province.
Bodhi..............Bodhicharyavatara, В. T. Society.
B.ch...............Bon-chos	|
Budh...............Buddhism.
Bum............................Sman-hbum	скип.
Burn. I. ............Bumouf, Introduction au Buddhism Indien.
Burn. II...........Bumouf, Lotus de la bonne loi.
C. ................Central Tibet.
Can................Сапакуа (Тза-па-ка)
СЛо-гаН............Lama Chos-bzan gsufi-hbum.
Choi-g.............Chos-rgyal b§tod-pa tiryrqjvq I
Cs.................Csoma de Kordsi’s Tibetan English Dictionary
Cunm...............Cunningham General, Ladak and the surrounding cc
Ge or C. don.......Ce§-rab $don-bu
G- gya.............Qe§-rab brgya-pa	|
C.	lam................Cam-bha-lahi lam-yig
Qer................... Qer-gyi me-lofi	|
qu. ...............qiia^}
Div. A.............,. .Divyavadana.
D.	qel................Dwan^el me-lofi
D.	Il................Dul-wa Rinpo-che, a Bon religious work.
Dran...............Dran-pa, fier g^hag
Dag...................Dag-byed gsal-wabi me-lofi	।
xxviii
Deb...............Deb-ther snon-po
Desg..............Desgodins, La Mission du Tibet	de	1855-1870.
Dh................Dharmasangraha (Max Muller).
Dham..............Dhammapado, B. Text Society’s	edition.
Do or Dom.........Mdo-man I
Dsam..............Hdsam-glin rgyas-bgad	I
Du^ye.............Dus-hkhor-gyi ye-ges-куг lehu also Du$-hgrel ye-le.
Du§-kho...........Du$-hkhor ti-кй.
Dug...............Gdug$-dkar
Dzl...............Mdo hdsan-blun an ancient collection of Legends of Buddha.
Dv................JE-vam	[
G. Bon............Rgyal-rab§ bon-gyi hbyufi-gnas
G. kah............Rgyal-po bkah-than чц* |
G. 8ndg...........Revd. Graham Sandberg, b.a., ll.b.
Gyal..............Rgyal mtshan rtsemohi gzufi$.
Gyal. 8...........Rgyal-rab$ gsal-icahi me-lon	& <5k* ।
Glr...............Rgyal-rabs, a history of the kings of Tibet quoted by Jaschke.
Gram..............Grammar or native grammatical works.
Grub..............Grub-mthah $el-gyi me-lon ^qwv^gii-ak* [
Gul...............a/WQQ'wjq Mkhas-pahi mgnl-rgyan.
Gya-cher..........Gya-cher rol-pa, Tib. version of the Lalitvistara Ed. by Foucaux.
Glu...............Rgyal-wa Tshans-dbyans rgya-mtshohi mgul-glu.
Gser-phrefi.......J*	*S^4]N	by Nagarjuna.
Gshon.............Gshon-nuhi rngul mgyur	[
Gyu...............Gyu-thog-pahi ruam-thar	|
Hey...............Revd. A. W. Heyde of the Moravian Mission.
Hind..............Hindi language.
Hook..............Sir Joseph Hooker’s Himalayan journals.
Hue...............A bbe Hue and Gabet’s Tibet.
Bbrom. ...........Bbrom-ston-pahi rnam-thar	|
Bbum. ............¥ит-скепчпо^'^\'^\
J, Zan............Dpag-bsam Ijon-bzan	।
Ja................Jachke’s Tibetan-English Dictionary.
Jig..................Bjig-rten lug^kyi b$tan-bcos	I
K. d..............Bkah-hgyur mdo
K. du.............Bkah-hgyur hdul-wa	|
K. dun............Bkah-babs bdun-ldan-gyi rnam-thar	g
H. g..............Bkah-hgyur rgyud
К. ко.............Bkah-hgyur dkon-brtsegs	I
К. my.............Bkah-hgyur myan-hdas
K.	phal.............Bkahhgyur phal-po-che
xxix
K.P...............Karup&-puudarika, В. Т. Society.
.Й7. than. or Kathan. Padma ftkah than.
Kalac. T..........Kalachakra of Taranatha.
Kh................Kham, eastern part of Tibet.
Kha...................Mkhah hgro-mahi brdah.
Khrid. ...........Klon-chen Hkhrid-yig
Kopp..............Koppen, die religion des Buddha.
Kun...............Kunawar, province under British protection.
Kye-rim...........Hjigs-byed b^kyed-rim	I
L.	V.............Lalitavistara.
Lanka.............Lagkavatara-Sutra, В. T. Society.
Lam-rim...........В у ah-chub Lam-gyi rim-pa 5^*44’
Lam. ti...........Lam-don ti-ka	I
Lat...............Latin.
Ld. ..............Ladak.
Ld. Glr...........Ladak Gyal-rab^ a history of Tibet, Ed. by Dr. E. Sehlagintweit»
Lex or Lexx.......Lexicon or Lexicons, native Tibetan dictionaries.
Lh................Lhasa.
Lh. kar...........Lha-sahi dkar-chag	।
Lha. kah..........Lha-hdre bkah-than	I
Lig...................Li-$i gur-khan	a Tibetan glossary.
Lo................Thog-mahi blo-$byon$	(Lam-rim).
Loh...............Klon-rdol gsun-hbum	16th
volume.
L. kah..............Blon-po bkah-than
Ljan$.............Ljah-glin-gi bsgruns	f
If. V. ...........Maha Vyutpatti.
M.	vrtti........Madhyamika Vritti В.	T.	Society.
M. With.............Sir. Monier William’s Sanskrit-English Dictionary.
Ma................Ma-hons lufi-b$tan	Tibetan Apocalypse.
M. gu..............Margyud
Maha, p............Mahaparinibbana-sutta, Pali	Text	Society.
Maha, v.............Mahavariiso.
Mam..........................Ma	mo bska n gso.
Med. .............Medical works of Tibet.
Mi................Mihi mtshan-nid
Mil...............Milaraspa’s mgur hbum hundred thousand songs.
Mil. nt...........Mi-la ras-pahi rnam-thar й’огмгц?Mila’s autobiography.
Min-rda...........Min-don brdah-sprod	(Dag-yig)*
Mong..............Mongolian.
Mng...................Man-hag rgyud «Ц'ммк a medical work.
XXX
Ngrin..............Mgrin-snon zla-wahi rtogs-brjod	I
Mgur. .............Ni-la ra§-pahi mgur-hbum	-цдя
Nnon...............Mnon-brjod mkhas-pahi rna-rgyan	| a Lhasa
block-print work in 80 leaves compiled by Nag Wang Jigten
Wangchug Tagpai Dorje	from
Sakya Pai?chhen’s	Tshig-gter, Tibetan translation of Amarkosa
and other lexicons.
Ntshan.............Ntshan-nid
Naro...............Na-ro chos-dritg	|	|
Nor................Nor-lhahi gzuns
Nag................Dag-yig nag-sgron
Org................Original texts.
Org. m.............Original manuscripts.
Pag.................Rtogs-bjrod dpag-sam	hkhri-tpn	Vе)
Pth................Pad-ma than-yig	|
Pur................Purrang.
lido...................Rdo-rin, sum-rtag§
Rdo-phren. ........Rdo-rjephren-wa.
Rdsa...............Sgom-chen daft rdsa-rtsig-gi	rnam-thar
Rgyan..............Rgyan-gyi bstau bcos	j
Rje-nam............Rje rin-po chehi rnam-thar
Rnam...............Rnam-bgad snin-rgyan	I
Rtsa-g.............Rtsa-rgyud #^51
Rtsa. ti...........Dbu-ma rtsa hgrel-pa @ni§~ka,	I
Rtsa-shun..........Nan-nag rgyud-kyi rtsa-wahi gshun ’Ц’ыГ|5’Вт€£’4|5сг |
Rtsi...............RtsU-kyi bstan-bcos
Rtsii..............Rtsis-gs/d pbyogs-bsgrigs	I
&..................Sanskrit terms from Tibetan-Sanskrit Lexicons of Tibet explained
by Satis Chandra Acharya, m.a.
S. del.............Gsum-hgrcl I
S, g...............Shad-gyud, a medical	work.
S. Lex.............Sanskrit lexicon.
S. phren...........Leg8-bgad gser-hphren	I
S. kar.............Bsam-yas dkar-chag AWW^'mj j
jS. lam............Sambhalai lam-yig.
S. kg..............8a-$kya legs-bfad	j
jS. 0..............Gser-hod dam-pa	|
S.P................Suvarga-prabha, В. T.	Society.
Sama...............Samadhiraya-sutra, В.	T.	Society.
Sam................Samkhya-tattva Naumudi.
Sans...............Sanskrit or Sanskrt.
xxxi
Sck. ..............Prof.	Is. J. Schmidt, Tibetisch-Deutsches Worterbuch. and
Tibetische grammatik.
Schr.................Dr.	A. Schiefner.
Schl. ..............Dr. E. Schlagintwcit, Buddhism in Tibet.
Schtr...............Schroter, editor of the first Tibetan Dictionary.
Set*................Gser-gyi Melofi,
Shad...................Sman-gyi bqad-rgyud	1
Shal...................Shal-lce.
Sikk................Sikkim.
Situ................Si-tuhi sum-rtag§	(^5'9
$5J’T5C'	.
Sman. g...............Sman-rgyud or
Sman................Bder-dge sman-b§dus chen-mo	I
Sfiag...................Snags-$kad	a vocabulary of mystic Sanskrt terms.
Snan...................Snan nag melon
Snift...............Klon-chen §nin-thig-gi theg-mchog mdsod	f
Snd. Hbk.............Rev. G. Sandberg’s Hand-book of Tibetan.
Sog.................Sog-gtam	।
Sorig...............Gso-rig eho$-hbyun	।
Spyod.   ...........Spyod-rnam !
Spyo................Spyod-hjug |
Stg...................B§tan-hgyur	collection of commentaries.
Sukh................... Sukha vati- vy uh a.
Suran...............Surangama Sfitra
Tan. d. ...............B§tan-hgyur-mdo
Tan. §nag.............В st an hgyur snags.
Ta...................Tara	Natha’s Rgya-gar cho$-hbyun, history of the rise of Buddhism.
Theg...................Theg-mchog mdsod
Thgr...................Bar-do tho§-grol chcn-mo
Thgy...................Thargyan, scientific treatises.
Tib...................For	Tibetan.
Trig..................Triglot	a collection of Buddhist terms by Prof. Minayeff.
Ts. or Tsan..........Gtsan Tsang province.
Ts. kah.............Btsun-mo	bkah-than	|
Tshig.............Tshig^-brgya-pa
V. ...............The province of 55^ Dbu^ Central Tibet.
V. C..............Vajra-chedika.
Vai. kar............. Vai-durya dkar-po
Vai. sn................or (Vui-dury §non-po).
Visuddhi. ........Visuddhimaggo В. T. Society.
W\ or W. Tib.......Western Tibet.
xxxii
Was...............Prof. W. Wassiljew, Der Buddhismus.
Wils..............Wilson’s Grammar.
Wts...............Wai-tsang thu-shi; a description of Tibet, Ed. by Klaproth.
Ya-sel............Vai-dura ya-sel	|
Yaft-ti...........Dbyans-can tikd.
Yid...............Yid-kyi mun-sel
Yig...............Rgya-bod yig-tshan	|
Yig. к............Yig-b§kur rnam-ffshag
Yon. .............Yon-gtan rndsod	1
Z. ...............Zafis-dkar
Zam...............Brdah-yi h$tan-bco$ Za-ma-tog	(Dag-yig).
and * prefixed to some words indicate them as fada rnifi) belonging to the
older orthography.
and + prefixed to some words indicate their Indian or Sanskrit origin.
* words marked with asterisks were sent by Dr. Albert Grunwedel for being incor-
portated in this Dictionary. They were collected by Dr. A. Schiefner.
GRAMMATICAL ABBREVIATIONS
abbr.	abbreviated; abbreviations.	genit.	genitive case.
abstr.	abstraction; abstract.	gram.	grammar.
aoc.	according to.	ibid.	ibidem, in the same place.
accus.	accusative case.	id.	idem, the same.
act.	active, actively.	i. <?.	id est, that is.
adj.	adjective.	imp.	imperative mood.
adv.	adverb, adverbially.	impers.	impersonal, impersonally.
arith.	arithmetic.	incorr.	incorrect, incorrectly.
b.	books.	inf.	infinitive mood.
c.	cum, with.	init.	initio, at the beginning of a longer
c.c.	construitur cum, construed with.	inst.	instead.	[article.
c.c.a.	construed with the accusative, etc.	instr.	instrumentative case.
cf.	confer, compare.	interj.	interj ection.
ch.	chapter.	interr.	interrogative, interrogatively.
cog.	cognate, related in origin.	inters.	intransitive.
col. or colloq.	colloquial, colloquially.	i.o.	instead of.
collect.	collective, collectively.	irr.	irregularly, irregular.
com.	commonly.	lang.	language.
comp.	compound, compounds.	lit.	literally, also literature.
conj.	conjunction.	long.	longitude.
contr.	contracted.	masc.	masculine gender.
corr.	correct, correctly.	med.	medical works, [longer article.
correl.	correlative, correlativcly.	med.	medio, about the middle of a
dat.	dative ease.	metaph.	metaphorical, metaphorically.
demon.	demonstrative.	met. or meton. metonymical, metonymically.	
deriv.	derivative.	myst.	mystical or mystically.
dub.	dubious.	n.	name.
E.	east.	N.E.	north-east.
e. g.	exempli gratia, for instance.	neut.	neuter gender.
eleg.	elegant, elegantly.	nij.	ni fallor, if I am not mistaken.
elswh.	elsewhere.	n.p.	noun proper.
emphat.	emphatical, emphatically.	N.W.	north-west*
erron.	erroneous, erroneously.	num.	numeral.
esp.	especially.	obs.	obsolete.
equiv.	equivalent.	opp.	as opposed to.
euph.	euphemistical, euphemistically.	orig.	for original work.
ex.	example.	orthog.	orthography.
expl.	explain, explainations.	P-	page.
extr.	extrimo, towards the end of a	para.	paragraph.
fem.	feminine gender, [longer article.	partic.	participle.
fig-	figurative, figuratively.	pass.	passive, passively.
frq.	frequently.	past.	past tense.
fut.	future tense.	perh.	perhaps.
gen.	general, generally.	pers.	person, personal.
xxxiv
pf.	perfect tense.	S.E.	south-east.
pl.	plural number.	sim.	similar in meaning, similarly.
pleon.	pleonastic, pleonastically.	sing.	singular number.
p. n.	proper name.	sh or 9	for ч or p-.
po.	poetically.	symb. num.	symbolical numeral.
pop.	popular language.	Syn. or synon.	synonymous.
poss. p.	possessive pronoun.	termin.	terminative case.
postp.	postposition.	trop.	tropically.
prep.	preposition.	trs.	transitive.
pres, pret.	present tense, preterite.	V.	vide, sec.
prob.	probably.	vb.	verb.
pron.	pronoun.	vb. a.	verb active.
prop.	properly.	vb. nt.	verb neuter.
prOY.	provincialism, provincial.	vulg.	vulgar, low expression.
q. v.	quod vide, which see.	vulgo.	in common life.
rel.	relative.	W.	west.
resp.	respectful, respectfully.	w.e.	without explanation.
sbst	substantive.		
TIBETAN-ENGLISH DICTIONARY.
И", Ka the first letter of the Tibetan
alphabet, corresponding in sound to the
Sanskrit or the English K. Of this
letter we read:	ka-ni
rtsa-wa shc$-par grays (К g. 4^4) “ the
ka is called the root.” As the first letter
it has the sense of “ the beginning ”:
^'^v^'Qka-nas dag-pa pure from thebegin-
ning. Again, it can signify “ power ” :
snan htsher-rufi nia-shti
ка-med though unpleasant to hear, I have
no power not to say it;	nia
gnafika-med powerless not to give;
hgro ka-med powerless not to go,
cannot avoid going. *| ka has almost
the same sense in	ka cis
kyafi mi-phan hchi-wa la (Lo. S5\ no re-
source avails at death. This letter seems
to have other metaphorical meanings; thus
we read :	ka shes bya-wa
hdod-pa yin (K. g. F 179) “ka, so to be
called, is desire.”
4] I: 1. when used in indicating
numbers ka signifies one or first. 2. in
modern Tibetan as an affix to many words
it denotes: the, all the, the very.
skabs-ka has the same meaning as
skabs-su, on a certain occasion; de-ka
that very; giiis-ka the two. 3. in a
large number of words we find occurring
as the second syllable. In some of these it
has been added apparently as a differenti-
ative particle; and in the colloq. we often
find it annexed to the older monosyllabic
form without explainable reason.
И] II: indeed; surely:
Slav yafi dran-du ka sofi (Pag. 4#) later
again he indeed recollected (the separa-
tion).
”) ka for; ”1'4 ka-ica a pillar.
*| 'F ka-kha 1. the A-B-C, or alphabet.
2. a feather:	bsafi-skad
la ka-kha ni sgro-ho (7f. g. Я £16) in
the secret language ka-kha signifies a
feather.
’’I F'4 ka-kha-pa a beginner of the
alphabet; a child.
ka-tho, also ”|’f5‘? ka-khahi tho, an
alphabetical register; an index.
Ka-thog lit. “on the top of ”| n. of
a celebrated Buddhist monastery in Kham
belonging to the Rnifi-ma School, the Head
Lama of which is believed always to be an
incarnation of his predecessor and holds
the title of	I The hill on
2
TO I	2
which this monastery was built is said to
have resembled the letter *| ka.
(J)eb. 4|
26) On the bank of the Di-chu (Hbri-c/nt),
near Fom-po, is the monastery called
Kathog.
*ГУП ka-dag = *Г^’У1ГЧ ka-na§ dag-pa
pure from the beginning. According to
the Ritin-ma School of Buddhism it means
slon-pa-ilid (gunyata) emptiness, or
the void ; that which is pure from the
beginning:	25'n|-5q|-^-A^^3j-§'5q’q5'^’54-
I (17#. 14) that which is not com-
pounded, being evolved of itself, is puro
from the beginning.
*	1’1* ka-sde 1. the four letters in
the first group of the Tibetan alphabet,
namely, | 2. in astronomy con-
secutive numbers:	I
(Ya-sel. 1/.5) the order of figures in the
(zodiac sign of the) crocodile is con-
secutive.
*	1’4 ka-pa the first volume of a work or
\ series of works; a volume or anything
els? marked with the letter *| ka.
*	1’5^ ka-dpey also expressed *|ka
khahi dpe, an A-B-C book; a primer.
*	|’|^* ka-phrefi. (ka-theng) = 1’5 kali the
series of consonants in the Tibetan
alphabet.
*	|’*5 ka-mcd helpless, powerless.
’^’^ka-smadsum-cu lit. “ the thirty
(letters of the Tibetan alphabet) below the
letter *|.”
*!’?« ka-rtsom an acrostic; a metrical
composition in which the initial letters
jf each line form a continuous word or
sentence.
TO I
*1’5 ka-li ordinarily written for the
Tibetan Sanskrt word 1’5 (*1 + ^5).
J 1’5	ka-phrefi the series of
letters gen. beginning with *] ka, i.et<f the
consonants of the Tibetan language:
yi-gc a-li ka-li yin “ letters are of
the им series, i.e., vowels, and of the *1
series, i.e., consonants” (Situ, 3).
I: ka-ka 1. the crow. 2.
the cry of tho crow:	I
( Vai. kar.) “ if a crow caws, wealth will be
found.”
II: excrement (nursery word);
in W. *]’*]’ka-ka Z«n-re=French faire
eaca (Jdi).
t *1'^ ka-ka-ni ^rrfWt 1. a small
coin of Ancient India (Ck.):
^| “ ka-ka-ni of the value of twenty shells
(coteries) У 2. the fourth part of a
p<ena. 3. the quarter of a mana. 4. the
seed of A6rus precatorius, used as a weight
in medicine. 5. the shell of Cyprata
nioneta, used as money.
ka-ka-ran the cucumber is
so called in Kunawar (Jd.).
t vr* srarrfK n. of a fabulous snowy
mountain situated to the north of a river
called Paint, where a medicinal plant
called Tujanaya grows (S. Lam. 36).
Ka-ki-ni 1. n. of a Buddhist
literary work. 2. n. of a female Buddhist
deity: ip’lfwrg| (D. 20)
“ (taught) the rites concerning the goddess
Kakini to the saint Mal-bye Tshan-pa.”
t TO Ka-ku-sta n. of a river
(K.d.S582).
’Т’ГГ’1
3
’1ТЧ1
Ка-ки bha-ya ЖфН 1. п.
of a plant used in medicine, Terminalia
atjuna, 2. =	dug-то nitn-
giqiti-nor the “fruit of the tree of little
poison ” (tfag.).
*	Ka-ke-ri-ya	n. of
a tree which grew on Grdhrakuta, or
the Vulture-peak Hill of Magadha
(К, ко» ”] 3).
tT4 ka-ko applied in Sikkim for
ka-ko-ta.
т’гka-ko-ta 1. cardamom,
the fruit of Cocculus Indicusy a plant with
a berry, the inner part of which consists
of seeds with a wax-like aromatic sub-
stance. 2.	Saccharum munja^
but is variously described as a fruit used
in medicine; a poisonous tree-drug; also
= the castor-oil plant.
Syn. tshan man ; ^'4zta-wa
gshon-nu;	zla-wahi bye-ma (jtfnou.).
пр ka-ca (also ka-cha) articles,
goods, effects, property, furniture:
| the king who follows
after property; *|’property
causes satisfaction.
Syn. §pyad-lag\ ^’95 yo~byad\
dnos-cha§ (Mnon.).
’4'S’i Ra-can n. of a place in Tibet
(Deb. «I 45).
ka-ci colloq. ’’it ka-rji 1. a kind
of coarse white cotton cloth largely im-
ported into Tibet from Nepal and used
for making prayer-flags. A piece of ka-ci
is generally four to six yards long and a
foot and-a-half broad. 2. a kind of muslin;
a very fine cotton cloth imported from
Benares:	for each piece
of ka-ci eight bushels of barley.
ka-ci skyem-ra§ fine cotton
cloth or muslin, so called from its resem-
blance to the superior quality of Tibetan
paper called skyems;	^^'”1’^’3^’^1
(5. kar. 179) different sorts of cotton
cloth, muslin, &c., brought from Upper
Tibet; ”Г$’ an inferior kind of ka-ci
cloth.
j np’o) ka-ci-li n. of a flower
(IT. my» ”] 20. is identical with
and ^t, a plant with an esculent root
(Arum coiocasia) cultivated for food.
’’1’1 ka-lci sometimes used for
T?4! Ka-lcog an abbr. of the names
of two celebrated translators of the Kah-
gyur :	Ka-wa Dpal-brtsegs
and	Kluhi rgyal-mtshan of
Lcog-ro»
”T* ka-cha —ka-ca.
ka-cha-ta a habitation, a hut
{SchtrY
W ka-chug so, like that, accord-
ingly;	ka-chug mdsod means
dc-ltar-bycd^ do like that, do accord-
ingly:	“if Amo
is disinclined lot (him) not do like that”
(A. 94).
ka-ta in mystic language a term
for mother (K. g. 210.
t ka-ta-ka 1. n. of a tree. ’’1’5‘”I‘
if an eye-medicine be made from
kataka and honey, all eye-diseases may be
removed (S, Lam, 38). 2. the
clearing nut-plant, Strychnos potatorum. A
seed of this plant when rubbed on the
inside of a water jar produces a precipita-
tion of the earthy particles of water,
Wl
4
mi
ka-ta-ma-ka n. of a kind of
bird (К. ко. "| 2).
Ka-ia-ya, also *1’5 Ra-tya n.
of a place in Ancient India, probably the
country of the Gcetae; according to Cs.
Scythia; n. of a district in Tibet.
i	Ra-ta-ya-na nog-can lit.
Katyayana with a hump on his shoulders ;
one of the six heretical teachers who
disputed with Buddha.
$ Ka-tahi = ka-iya ya-na
зггншм the son of Katyayani; n. of a
JMiksu (Buddhist mouk) (&ag. J).
* wfsS-g-Zi Ra-tahi Ьи-то
the goddess Um&; also the mother of the
Bhiksu Katyayana.
t Ra-tyahi bu жТсЦТи^г lit. the
son of Katya. It is said that the family
name of Katyayana was given because
the patriarch of the tribe took the
vows of an ascetic from the sage Nada
(K. d.S127).
ka-ta-ra n. of a flower
(K. d. Г» 12).
rehu mig a table
of figures made of lines crossing each
other and forming squares.
TO ka~tan = w ra§ cotton cloth
(Al/;. 2).
ka-tam-bha described as 2?Я‘
(7Г. d. 3 46#), n. of an insect.
i	ka-to-ra — tf^' (pthofi a basin,
bowl; ЖсТГГг (also	ka-to*ra) the
Tibetan form of the Hindi word katora.
t	Ra-ta-ki a generic
name for mountain; n. of a mountain
(8ch.).
Ra-fa-ki-la n. of a
city in Ancient Sind ($. Lam. 35) \ lit. a
pillar of grass.
’K’2’? Ra-ta Bo~ta Indian n. for
the town of Paro in Bhutan (Dsam.).
Ra-tu-ka n. of a fabulous city
which is described to have been fifty
yojana in circumference.
ka-io-ra v. ka-to-ra.
ka-tha*ra in Kuna war a sort of
peach (Ja.).
Ra-thi-^i a Chinese minister
who founded the monastery of Hi kican-
zse (Yig. 1/5).
ka-the v. *4’4 ka-wa.
t ZT5'^ ka-det-ru-ha (prob,
a bird nestling on khadira trees)
n. of a kind of bird (R. ко. 2).
-dam-pa Втж 1. n.
of a tree; *]Vrq‘^5q]	the ka-
damba flower; the tree Nauclea cadamba,
a tree with orange-coloured fragrant
blossoms. 2.	I
n. of a species of bird of a deep
blue colour and also that of a tree. 3. a
kind of grass.
ka-dam-pa can cloud, v.
§prin-pa (Mnon.).
птч ka-da-ka ж^ж also ka-
da-pa 1. n. of a fruit. 2. n. of a bird
(7Г. d. ч 20).
+ при ka-da-pa Ж5ТЧ n. of a fruit
(K. d. °< 202); prob. the fruit of the
tree Ficus religiosa.
ka-na-kam жнж gold; a
pedantic synonym for 4^4 gser (MnonT).

5
^1
n. of an Indian
pandit who visited Tibet (J. ZafL).
ka-na-tsa (prob,	lit.
sprouting; generic name for a tree; the
plant Abrus preeatorius;	I
the flowers of the ka-na-tsa tree (If. g.
ч 227).
ka-na-tsa-na	n. of
a tree (K. d. « 1*22) ; the plant
Commelina Bengal? nw.
w ka-na-ya n. of a kind of
weapon; a short lance attached by a string
to the arm, by w hich it can be drawn back
after having been thrown at an object;
the hands, a swFord, a lance and a large
arrow (К. g. ч 113).
Ka-ni-ka also
n. of a celebrated Turuska (Tartar) king
who ruled over Palhava, Kashmir and
Jalandhara (the provinces of the Panjab
and Kabul) in ancient times; he embraced
Buddhism and is said to have held the
last great Buddhist Council for the com-
pilation of the Mahayana Tripitaka in
the first century B.C.
Ka-gnam n. of a province of
Tibet north-east of Kong-po; ka
gnam-pa a native of Ka-gnam.
+ ka-na-ya зпцд for *|A** ka-na-
ya a kind of spear or lance. W and
are synonymous terms.
ЧуЧ’О! ka-pa-la зпггч! the skull; the
forehead. In Tib. Budh. kapala or
kapali signifies either the skull or a
drinking cup made of the human skull.
I: Kapi n. of the language that
was anciently spoken in the country of
Kapistan; n. of a country. The Bon
Rgyal-rals (a history of the kings of
Tibet), according to the Bon historians,
was asserted to have been written in Kapi,
the language of the gods, in which the
ancient Bon scriptures were mostly
written. It is also stated that the Bon
books were translated into the language
of the Persians or Tajik people, from
which again the Tibetans translated thorn
into the language of Shan Shun in
Northern Tibet.
II: 1 gum, resin (Jd.);
the resin extracted from a medicinal
plant called pig-pa (Juniper communis).
The root is gathered in autumn or
spring and being thoroughly cleansed, is
cut into pieces and beaten into pulp. The
juice is squeezed out with a clean cotton
rag, and being poured into a clean
dry earthen pot is subjected to a gentle
heat. As soon as it begins to thicken it
is stirred with a spoon till it gains the
consistency of resin. 2. the hog-plum,
Spondias magnifera ; a tree; Pentaptira
tomento^a; the mane-fig tree; Ficui
inpeet oria. Also a w’ood-apple tree.
3. n. of a yellow orpiment.
ka-pi ka-tJia n. of a medi-
cinal plant (If. y. « 51); the plant
Uucuna pruritus.
+ *|’3‘5 ka-pi-da^1^ ka-pi.
Ka-pi-na фТчн n. of a king
of Southern India who lived in Buddha’s
time and considered himself the greatest
monarch of the wrorld. His vanity was
exposed by the Great Teacher, who con-
verted him to Buddhism and ultimately
raised him to the position of an Arhat
(K.d.*35$.

G

4	4>fw n. of a
Brahmanioal sage whoso hermitage was
at the mouth of the Ganges (S. Lam.).
ka-pin-tha	n. of a
very delicious fruit (7Г. d. 20).
i nj’^ ka-pin-da-ka n. of
a kind of bird.
Ka-pn-ta n. of a place in
Ancient India where, in accordance with
the curse of a holy sage, adultery and
incest were punished with the burning of
the house in which such crimes were
committed (D^am.).
”T9S ka-pcd a gourd; a sort of
medicinal fruit (Lu*,).
ПуЧ ka-pha a tree.
Л]'Ч I: Ka-wa n. of the mother of
Bromton, tho founder of the Buddhist
hierarchy of Tibet {Hbrom. Iй 37).
Н:=сЧВ*’1'ч gzug-pa	a
pillar, column, stake, support; also tri-
dent ; 'T^ ka-ske the neck of a pillar or
column; ka-$ke$ the shaft;
ka-geig-ma a small house or temple hav-
ing but one pillar ; *4’^ ka-chen the prin-
cipal pillar, a very large pillar; 'Ч'^ ka-rten
the base of a pillar ; ka-$teg§ the
pedestal of a pillar; ’Ч’^ ka-gdan tho
base or pedestal on which л pillar stands ;
’Ч'й^ ka-spuns a colonnade, a number
of pillars; F4’«r<p1’^ a grooved pillar;
q5 ’ifwfc' w ЯТН: (lit, the town
of houses built with pillars and king-posts)
one of the thirty-six holy places of the
Buddhists ;	ka-wa bum-pa-can
one of the pillars of the great Jokhang
temple at Lhasa, with the upper part of
its capital in the shape of a water-pot;
nfq-ger^'saj ka-wa $brul-mgo-can the pillar
that had a serpent-shaped capital; *4*4’
ka-wa <pn-lo-can the pillar which
had designs of leaves of troes round its
capital;	ka-wa eefi-mgo-can
the pillar with a lion’s head on its capital.
These were tho names given to the four
principal pillars of the Jokhang temple
of Buddha at Lhasa, built by King Sron-
btsan sgam-po about 640 A.D., after
the model of the pillars in the palace of
tho Emperor T’ai-tsung, called Kyii Kin
tin, tho palace of tho golden dragon.
gnam-gyi ka-wa WffiTW the
pillar of heavon;	sa-yi ka-wa
tho pillar of oarth; й’3)’>4‘«1 me-yi-
ka-wa	the • pillar of fire;
’Ч’ч chu-yi ka-wa	the pillar
of water,—these aro tho fabulous and
metaphorical pillars mentioned in tho
astrological works of Tibet. ^RjS^q
gyu-hi ka-wa a pillar of turquoise, or
ono that is studded with turquoises
(Lha. kar. 13).
’Ч'р^’я Ka khol-ma n. of a historical
pillar in tho grand templo of Buddha
at Lhasa, inside of wdiich tho earliest
known JIS. of Tibet, called
and said to be the will of King
Sron-btsan Sgam-po, was alleged to have
been found in the middle of the eleventh
century AD.
ka-mgo the capital of a pillar.
’Ч	ka-wa-can lit. with
a pillar or pillars; a house. In the sense
of being the supports or upholders of the
school of Marpa, the Tanlrik sage of
Tibet, his four disciples were called
ka-can bshi “the four pillars of his
’r)4^’V4^n
7

school.” They received his bkak, commis-
sion, regarding Buddhism, and were also
called ’4^ “the four commissioned
ones.” The following were the four
disciples: E4|’&r^ Chos-rdor of Rnog;
Bsod-nams rgyal-mtshan\
t Mtshur-dican rdo-rje of
Tol; and «Нля-ч Mi-la ra$-pa.
ка-gcig sg )-gcig 1. a small
house with but one pillar and one door,
gen. a small prison-house. 2. A mode of
capital punishment is said to be called so
when the culprit is fastened to a pillar in
a dungeon until he dies of hunger (Ja.).
ка-hphan the ornamental silk
fringes and embroidered hangings made
in various mythical designs for decorating
the capitals of pillars.
nj q-qsc/q a strong well-finished
pillar.
’rpqrgvq'fft ка-wahi sbyar-bkcd a cor-
nice; the ornamental projections, &c.,
which surmount a pillar; the decorative
pieces which are attached to a pillar.
ka-man~ma a house with many
pillars.
’Т&Ч ka-mig the square space (of about
twelve feet) enclosed by four pillars is
called a ka-mig\ the area or enclosure
of a colonnade is measured by the ka-mig.
Tlr ka-rtse the top of a pillar.
ka-rtse	ka-yan-rfsc) the
upper part or capital of a pillar.
ka-gshu	capital of a
wooden pillar; a piece of timber in the
shape of a bow fixed on a pillar to hold
up the main beam {Lex.).
the extremity of a pillar which
projects over the capital (architrave)-
np-tjcw ka-gubs =	ka-wahi gabs
the cover of a pillar, perhaps the abacus.
пр III: a particular faculty acquired
by a mystic process in which the appetites
—hunger, thirst, &c.—are suppressed.
This is one of the six practices of the
Buddhist Tantriks who practise yoga
(meditative concentration).
np IV :	a large vein or artery
in the abdomen ; a vessel in the side of
the breast containing vital air (Я1ЧЧЩ),
supposed to be brought into action in
above mystic process.
kabita	n. of a tree,
the elephant or wood-apple, Feronia
Ekphuntum {8. Lam, 38).
Пр’^’^1 ka-bi-ta-la 1. n. of a tree
(7Г. d. « 4^)- 2. probably benzoin,
stnrax.
Ka-bu-lo, described as
n. of a Gandharra Raja—Prince
of the celestial musicians (К. my. 'И 49^).
ka-bed or 5’4 ku-tca, gourd. In
the district of Ped-та dkod in Tibet, just
north of Assam, the gourd is called w'S*
alburn:	j the gourd
fruit cures fever and diarrhoea :
burnt or baked gourd eaten with molasses
cures bloody diarrhoea (К. g. « 47).
+ nffol Ka-bel n. of a city in Ancient
Udyana, «>., in	U-rgyan yul pro-
bably the modern Kabul.
Ka-bo-ka n. of a Prince of
Ancient Kabul (S. Lam. 17).
лузга ।
8
лу&?луо| I
Пу^ГЖ Ka-ma-cha or *1’8^ Ka-mu-
tzha n. of a sacred place in Assam
where there is a stone-cut symbol of Kali,
the Hindu goddess.
ka-ma-ta the lotus (&ag.).
t ^’1" ka-ma-tai snffa a kind of
medicinal plant:
I “ if the root of ka-ma-tsi be placed
on the top of the head, sleep arises ”
(7Г. (j. « 56).
-t-	kama~ru 1. Kamariipa in
Assam. 2. alabaster (Sch.);	rdo
ka-nia-ru-pa marblo.
ka-ma-la 1. the water-
lily, lotus Nelumbium. 2. a river. 3.=
gro$ sems a consulting or reflect-
ing mind (&ag.). The word Kaniala is
variously used by the Tibetans, and the
following synonyms of it (both symbolic
and metaphoric) tire enumerated in the
work (flag.) :—
Syn. sgrahi §ne-ma soft tones ;
a branching tree ;
glafi-pohi myos-btun the teats of an ele-
phant ;	n. of a Buddha;
bden-smra-wa one who speaks the
truth;	nam-mkhah the sky;
ног-bu a gem ; 3^'§S’inVr4 snafi-byej
pa the second luminary, the moon; crgc?
La-gjafi a bull; «кдШяад bar.gyi mt shams
the middle zone or boundary:	bya
fian*pa swan; sbran-chafi beer made
cf honey ;	dicafi-pohi gsal a
lamp, that which clears the sight; «Л wm-
he a buffalo; mi-mohi gbt a woman’s
song;	bshon-pahi rta a riding
horse; yul-phran a small country;
ri-dbag§ a deer ;	lun tshag§-
pa a collected mind;	rni-po eke
precious thing ;	’jp ri-rab-kyi
ri~phran a smaller peak of the mountain
Sumeru; ^’5 $ifi-rta a chariot; p
gser-gyi kha-dog the colour of gold.
a celebrated
Buddhist philosopher of the ancient
monastery of Vikramafila in Magadha,
who introduced the Yogacarya Mahayana
School of Buddhism into Tibet, after
defeating in controversy a Chinese
hoshang who wished to convert the
Tibetans to the doctrine of the ° do-
nothing ” school during the reign of King
Khri-srofi, $de-bu btsan about
the middle of the 8th century A.D.
-JI'S) ka-ma-li a very sharp sword
(flag. 2): 4<»|«i5g^H-3I-’T»<'ei,aS,S3yfll’’'‘'l
(D. JI.) grasping in his nine hands nine
lotus-hafted razors.
4|ka-mu-la rdo-rgyad n.
of a sort of alabaster or steatite found in
Central Tibet (Ja.).
ka-tsa rked-nag rusty and
crooked :	f “ the
steel ribs of the coat of mail which are
rusty and bent ” (Jig.).
4 ПГ^-Л]	и. of a kind of
bird (7Г. ко. ”] 2.).
ka-isaJin-di (prob. 3iTfe-
dress made of a
heavenly stuff, t>., the finest kind of silk
which is used for presentation at an
interview, or when making an application
for any favour, &c.; n. of a very fine
cloth or linen made of Kacilindi (7e^.).
+	Ka-tsan-ka-la n. of a
Bhiksunl (Buddhist nun) (K. d. -*j 18).
’ifTSl’qsji

9
Ka-tsi-li-ban the Kachili
forest:
V> I on the northern bank of the river
Rohita there is the Kachili forest and a
Nepalese stronghold (Dxam. 21).
ka-rtsa-ga-la the sea
(Schtr.).
ka-rtsam a species of wild oats;
it differs from yug-po or Tibetan oats
and is considered superior to buckwheat,
but inferior to wheat,
Ka-tshal n. of a place situated
to the east of Lhasa;
the monastery known as Ka-tshal
Lha-khan of Mal-gro in Upper U (Cen-
tral Tibet).
Ч|тф 4pr&f2| Ka-tshig$ chen-po the
title of a Buddhist work on the genealogy
of the Kings of Tibet (Gyal. & 28).
described as
(Dsani.) un. of an Indian Chaitya situated
on the high hill (of Gaya Gauri).”
I: ka-ra щдк sugar:
I having taken sugar and
arsenic in equal parts, if beer made from
the root of Cobhajana be drunk, the gravel
of the bladder will be ejected;
Й4! ka-ra dkar-pnug brown sugar;
I a kind of brown
crystallized treacle and honey; *|
ka-ra tog-tog loaf sugar, sugar in
lumps;	Rgyal-mo ka-ra sugar
from Rgyal-mo Ron, situated on the con-
fines of Tibet and China; S’** *4 A bye-ma
ka-ra powdered sugar, or granulated sugar;
rocky candy (K. g.« 46).
II: tent-pole ;	ka-ra
sdig-pod a tent-pole with a grooved bulb
on top used in some countries; ’qA’^r
I or	| a tent-pole without
a grooved bulb on top.
+	ka-ran-dsa
a medicinal fruit or berry; n. of
the tree Pongamia glabra and Verbesina
scandent.	I karandsa pro-
duces natural warmth (in the stomach).
Syn.	rul-byed skyes; wgsp*
mar-gyi дай;	rtsod bycd-ma;
SB4 hjam-hbras dbyc-ica;
tshigs drug-pa; ^**’^*’|q* siie-ma lus-tcib$
(кИ.йин.).
t TA ka-ra-da n. of a bird, the cry
of which is like the sound of a drum.
It is described in Buddhist books as like
fire iu colour, and as located in the abodes
of the A sura (K d. ^15).
TAI’* ka-ra-na-jus a kind of fine
Chinese satin (Jig.).
the kinds of
satin (called) karanajus and damjus, &c.,
are distinguished by their colour and the
shape of the figures on them.
TA^ ka-ra-na-rus a kind of
Chinese satin:
aprons are mostly made of kara-
narus and ta-shin satin.
'ТГ’АГ ka-ra-nan in the mystic
language of the Dakinl of Tibet=the food
of pigs (K. g. F 27).
ka-ra-bi-ra or *]A’^ a ka-ra
wi-ra	1. a fragrant oleander,
Nerium odorum ; a species of soma; a
3

10
wii
particular magical formula or spell for
recovering a missile of mystic properties
after its discharge. [The name karavira is
also applied to the daphne plant, from the
bark of which Tibetan paper is made. The
creeper called the white karavira rubbed
with the blood of the rock-lizard and the
medicine $mutha rubbed with Bhringiraja^
when conbined, make an ointment which
cures venereal eruptions on the skin of the
penis (K. g. * 49) •] 2. a sword or scimitar.
Syn. Si'Xfc’Ss за-sor rgod*	$o-sor
bdiad ; 5*^5 rta gwd;	dpah-po
lag-pH;	me-tog
can;	brgyad gyr$; gtum-po
№ion.).
ka-ra ru-bc-ka	a
kind of bird (7Г. ко. *| 2).
ka-ra ha-ri=^*^ bu-ram
>ugar (Sman. 291).
t	ka-ra n da-гса
t TO I: ka-ran-da 1. a
sort of wild duck ;	I
karanda is tho name of a sweot-voiced
bird. 2.	also in Sans, a
basket or covered box of bamboo wicker-
work used for keeping books in; a basket
for flowers;
n. of a Buddhist work (TC. d. 275).
+	Ц:	white.
ka-ras, abbr. of Kaipkahi ra^
the Benares muslin which used to be in
great demand in Tibet. In the sacred
books of Tibet the gods are generally
dressed in fine Benares muslin.
| for imitation Benares
muslin the price per piece is two Are of
barley.
*	Ka-ri.hi bu-mo
the daughter of Katyayana ; Uma.
ka-ru 1. a wedge (Ja.). 2. white
(&ag. 3).
ka-re, probably Я да-re. The use
of the latter is very common in Eastern
Tibet. In Sikkim they say ka-te, what ?
•which P 4J-4^Л4!4 Upfeaka, in
what do you delight ? (А. У4).
Ka-la-ta in mysticism
| Ka-la-ta is described as a
man of lovely appearance (ЛГ. g. 4 216).
Ka-la-pifi-ka	a
sparrow; a singing bird with a sweet voice.
According to Lex. the Indian cuckoo.
Syn.	rgyal gsufi yan-lag;
rje$ hgro mkhan;	tflan-
paht dpe-ean;	rna-uahi bend•
$go-nahi du§ na§ $kad $mrahi
dwan (Mfion.).
t	n. of a king:
at that
time (there lived) a king named Kalaputra,
fierce and wrathful (7Г. my. 209).
4	К a-la ro-zan, lit. чгга,
the black lord of death who eats the dead;
n. of a Naga.
4	pitcher, jar; a large
waterpot.
ка-lag in W. mud; earth and
water used instead of mortar; also other
similar compounds (Ld.).
4	mehil-pa
a species of bird, probably the Bhl-hhl. •
ve>3TVTl I
11

Ka-lan-da-ka ф^ф
1. a town. 2. an individual r
I having arrived at the town of
Kalandaka :
| then appeared Zan-jin the
long-lived, son of Kalandaka (K. d. ъ.
34).
+ ТТ|'^’£Я’Л| kadan-dsa-ri-ka W^-
fbs 1. a flowering plant; also the flower
used in yajna—sacrificial fire (K. g. 5 33).
2. belonging to an animal struck
with a poisoned arrow; tobacco.
1 HJ’QJJI’ZfJ ka-lam-ka, described as
n. of a place in Ancient India
(Bsam. 14)»
+	ka-tam-ba the pot-herb
Coiwolvolus repens, Uenispermum ealumba ;
a medicinal plant:
the leaf of Kalamba when eaten
improves health (K. g. * 44)»
t каДа-ра ф<ятч 1. an aggre-
gate of many accomplishments; an
accumulation of excellent and wonderful
properties in one place or thing (Lexx.).
2. the Buddhist Utopia; the capital of
the fabulous kingdom of S'ambhala.
np ka-li an abbreviation of the word
ka-pa-li, a skull (Lexx.).
kaJl-ka 1. described as
| the fruit of the
magnolia flower-plant; a bud of that flower
(Mnon.). 2. prob. a plant bearing
a nut which is used as a febrifuge, grey
Bondne.
Ka-lin-ga or Ka-lin-
1. one of the thirty-six Buddhist
sacred places said to be situated at a
distance of 60 yojana S. E. of Gaya—also
the birth-place of Vis'wantara (Bas-ye.
39). 2. a bird, a native of an island or
maritime province of India bordering on
the Indian Ocean (7f. d. *75).
ka-le or kaleb saddle-
cloth (Ja.).
ka-fa — ft^'£ $pan-rtsi (Nag.)
a species of grass (7Г. d. ч 91);
Saeeharum spontaneum.
I: ka-^i-ka the finest Benares
muslin; cotton cloth of the finest texture
formerly manufactured in Benares;
згтрцф щф Benares muslin which
in ancient times was of great repute. It
is said that even the gods longed to wear
clothes made of this material. According
to Cs. ka-gi-ka means a kind of flax as
well as linen cloth;	| white
Benares linen ; *]	the oil of
kaqika grain, prob, linseed oil.
II: of Kashi (Benares); an
inhabitant of Benares.
ka-gi ka phra-mo fine flax;
Benares muslin.
ka-gis, abbr. of	cotton
cloth.
Ф	n- °f a plftce or
island in the Indian ocean (K. cl. \319):
one of the nine divisions of Jambu-
dvipa.
ka-sa the colloq. fonn of the
expression q*|4*<ipw bkah gsal, a definite
order or clear message. According to
Jd. kasa and kaso are mutilated forms
of bkah bstsal, meaning in Ld.
“yes, sir; very well, sir ; at your service.”
* 'ТрЗу’Л]Л ka-san ka-ra
^8к.« n. of a city of Ancient India”
(Dsam. 25).
’W«ry3‘0,l
12
Ш|
Ka-ha-na ya-па fi-
la n. of an Indian Pandit (У/Т/. №).
--Ч
1ТПИ4 Kdk-ku ti-pa n. of an
Indian Buddhist sage (7Г. dun. 52).
t	Kako-la	a secret
abode of tho Dakinl (K. g. ”| ^57).
П^Атп/ог ’ГТ* кад-ma mischief, harm,
danger (7z\r.) ; ’’I4] or or Ч4! implies some
accident or injury;
had-kyi$ lan$ fleeing from harm; *p|*?j*r
| going from a place which has
not suited one owing to bad luck or any
accident; also to ruu away from a place
from fear; adv. suddenly (Sch.).
kag-ka-wa, n. of a
species of bird living on tho Vulture-peak
Hill near Gaya (7Г. ко. ’П 2).
t njE’q kan-ka	1. crane.
2. in Tibet a bird that feeds on dead
bodies and is therefore called ^’3 dur-bya
tho bird of tho cemetery.
kan-ka-ra 1. n. of a
flower described as growing on the Vul-
ture-peak Hill of Gaya (7f. ко. ”1 4).
2. prob. the plant Alangium hexa-
pct alum.
Kan-dan-kin prop. n. of a
terrific deity, a Dakinl. When the monas-
tery of Sam-yo was built, the image of
Kan-dan-kin was placed on the first floor
of the principal temple {Gyal. S. 87).
+ прб Kan-tsha-rafiga a place
in Ancient Bengal, called Gaur in the
Indian language and Gha-brofi in the
colloq. of Tibet (S. Lam.).
'TJS kad in Ld. sometimes used instead
of the affix ”1 ka, c.g.,	gni$-kad,
tsafi-kad\ also mnam-kad (Ja.).
I: kan (see kha-na) the side or
bank:	| on the
further bank of the river Sri-chu there
being a country of brigands {A. 27).
II: also spelt 4^ $kan, to cease
absolutely from:	“ now
give up anger and passion”; cease
to tell anybody. Hero the word
kan is an emphatical prohibition (Ron.).
’П5) III: 1. the palate; in pad-
kan phlegm; lit. the plywer of the palate.
2. that seizes or takes away
by force. 3. a thorn; an illness; a
disease (Lex.). 4. n. of the pulse felt
with the middle finger called kan-ma.
Kan-ni-ka district in
the east of India (7Г. d. * 267).
(lit. the daughter of
the hunchback)	also written
’ivja’api Kar-nyahi yul, a city in Ancient
India, the capital of which was Kanya-
kubja, the modern Kanouj (K. du. S
131).
kan-ma tho middle finger.
i’Ti'S' Kan-tsi n. of a province,
and also that of a city of Buddhist fame
in Southern India (Du$-ye. 39).
+	kan-ta-ka-ri	a
wild Rubus ; n. of a plant, Solanum jaqtii-
nt; also the fruit of this plant; a drug
useful in stopping fever ; a thorny stick.

13

Syn.	jRt^ Idan-ma;
yulhkhor $kye$; $4^ stag Idan; tshe
Idan;	tshr-ma can;
ttsub-mohi reg-bya;	phyogs med-
ma; §^‘§5 §kul byed (Mfion.).
hide ; un-
tanned skin (Nag. 5).
njZT-q kab-$a shoe; leather shoes of
Hindu fashion used by the wealthier
Tibetans (Ja.).
4j’4J kam-k^~^*\ kafi-ka, Ja-
la ta-na crane.
14]*rq ’^1 kam bi-la a kind of tree
growing on the Vulture-peak Hill near
Gaya (К. ко. 3) ; prob, the plant
Crinum Amaryllacee.
+ nprzf < Kam-bo-dsa 1. a
country in the north-west of India (Vai.
tfL), written Kampo-rtse (Ja.); n. of a
fabulous city said to have contained an
area of a hundred yojana (S. Lam.).
2. modem Cambodia, anciently called
Champa.
wpr4'?4| Kam-bo-dsi-ka n. of the coun-
try, also of the people, as well as of
articles that come from it (K. du. 5 148).
kahu water-melon (ScA.).
Kahu-hi$ n. of a Chinese
minister (Yig. &£)•
"F- kar, also kar-kar, great pain; suf-
fering (Lex.); ^ ^’1%*** I aching pain
(tfag. 4).
Rpiwi kar la fa-panad zug
la fa-pa (&ag.)t irritation or pain in sick-
ness ; exacerbation.
+	5 ^ar^a~^a ог the con-
stellation of “ Cancer.” It is represented
by the frog (2^’q) in Tibet.
t 5 karke-ta^^^ ^ ЧГ&РГ,
described as	a yellow gem or
precious stone (K. d. «» 295).
C\
'W kar-$kyln loan ; in polite lan-
guage v. 3^ skyin (Jd.).
Kar-rgyal a Ndga (S. kar.).
Kar rgyud members of the
line of the Karma-pa hierarchy; also an
abbreviation of the expression Karma-
pahi-rgyudpa.
kar-chag (also written
a register ; list; index.
t	kar-ni-ka	n.
of aflower of the shape of an ear-ring (K.
g. * %); the flower of the tree Ptcrosper-
mum accrifolium and of Cassia fistula.
karna ksa-ra—*'* tsha-la
borax (Sman. 484)*
<=\
f karni-ka in mystio language=
VS dril-bu, a bell (К. g. P 27).
J kar-ma	hphrin-la$m **
ЧРЙ commission, service; action; work;
that which is produced from action;
wjvkci Karma-pa (in Nepal called
n. of a Tantrik school of Buddhism.
The head of that school in Tibet holds
the title of Rgyal-ua Karma-pa. The
followers of the school are generally
designated by the name of Karma-pa.
Karma-gri^-pa the second head
of this sect, named Paksi or JBaksit

14
mi
was invited to China by the Emperor
Kublai Khan. The third chief, called Kar-
ma Rafi-byufi rdorje, was invited to Peking
by the Emperor Temur Toakwan. The
fourth Karina Rol pahi rdorje was a
friend of tho last monarch of the Mongol
dynasty. The fifth Karina De bshin
gqegs-pa was invited to China in the reign
of the Ming Emperor Yun gio (Lon. *10).
Karina bstan §kyon tho last
of the Sde-ba Gtsafi-pa от rulers of Tsang
and tJ whom the Mongol Chief Gu-shi
Khan overthrew (Lon. * 15).
wjwqS Kar-ma ba-dsra n. of an
Indian pandit who worke4 in Tibet for
Buddhism (J. Zan.).
kar-$mug or	ka-ra-
smug-pa brown sugar or treacle (Jigj.
kar-yol (also written
meaning white ware) porcelain; china-
ware ; a china cup.
kar-lan-wa to stand up ;
to rise suddenly (Jd.).
kar-fa-pa-ni ФГЧ1ФЧ 1.
a coin in Ancient India, or a weight
of varying value; a tola or one rupee
weight of gold; the value of two Tibet sho:
। ma-пи Ina sogs ma-$a-ka,
। de-rnam$ bcu-drug kar-
$a-pa-na,	| de bslti ni джг-
sran-fio (Йад.) five menu make a mdsaka,
sixteen mdsaka make a kar-sa-pana, and
four of these make a gold sran (i.e., ha]f a
tola of gold). 2.	the
“ value of 1,600 cowries.” 3. фч 14m a coin
or weight of different values—Аят?: if
of gold, weighing sixteen masa, which are
variously calculated; if of silver, in value
equal to 16 pana of courier i.e., 1,280
cowries, commonly termed a kahan; if of
copper, it weighs 80 raktika, or the same
as of gold, about 176 graine.
kar-ftib$ (abbr. of T
dkar-yol-gyi $ub$) the cover of a
china tea-cup, generally made of iron,
brass or silver:	kar-$ub$-la
bre-bcu (Rtsii.) “for the cover of a tea-cup
made of silver (the price is) 10 bre.”
к ar- sa n. of a kind of brick-
tea ; also called Ijan-ja (green tea) or
Ija&ga pa-ri; also the tea that
comos from tho Chinese district of Jan:
^5’3^ I by the Jang route (come) both
Karsa and Bod-thing (toas), now well
known as Jang-ja (Jig. 25).
Kar-Sog, an abbr. of Kar-ma-
pa and Sog-po, followers of the Karma-
pa sect and tho Mongolians.
W Karti sgan n. of a place in
Tibet.
kalpa for bskal-pa wrw, an
age; a mythical period of time.
JTq kd-ka ЗГГЗГ a crow.
ka-khi-la (mystic) door; en-
trance (К. g. I4 28).
ka-hji—^ kwcb-tsi a shirt; a
Q
Chinese jacket (Sch.). In Chinese Kua-tzu.
t ”r№ Kd-tya bu-mo described
as	the goddess Uma,
wife of Dwan dphyug (Mnon.).
'ПУ'П kd-ta-ka fish (Sc/itr.).

15
ka-pa-ll human skull;
cup made of skull:
| (A. 121) having made the
silver pieces green, (he) put them in the
skull-cup.
+	Kd-bc-ri Mi Rd the river
Gauvery in Mysore, a river said to be half
a yojana broad and 300 yojana long. On
the banks of this river are flower gardens
(K. d. * 268).
c\p
+ kd-tsi-ka 1. wrfw^T, also as
^rRa^frr, a species of bamboo which when
bent by the wind is said to emit fire
(7Г. d. * 287). 2. a plant bearing
a red and black seed used as a weight,
Arbus precatorius; or another plant bear-
ing a pungent seed, Nigella Indica.
+ ’П-Ъп ka-ri-ka srrfwr aphorism;
T ц q
purely Sanskrt yet largely used in
Tibetan works (^а’а^Ч 7) ;=*Я’^’5^
a Sutra or Udana in verse.
4-
Ka-la-ko a country beyond
the sea into which the Indus flows and
where the finest coral grows (probably
a marine province or island in the Persian
Gulf) (K. d. к 280).
+ rq’oi’g-q^ ka-la sno-bsafi deep
blue-black colour (&?A.).
Ka-$a ^ггц 1. a city in Ancient
India which was twenty yojana in area
(S. Lam). 2. a sort of grass, Saccharum
spontaneum.
+ П] or 3 куг Oh! Ч]^ч]М,<5
kwahi grogs-po Oh friend!
TJ-U)
kica-ye an exclamation used in
calling some one, generally a subordinate.
P ksha this word in its mystic signifi-
cation is symbolic of the source of all
Dharma (matter and phenomena), and
demonstrates that they are subject to
eternal change.
J	kse-tra pa-la (Schr.)
a deity protecting the fields ; in Budh. a
guardian of the province of a Buddha’s
work.
ki numeral for thirty-one.
ki-ki a hortative utterance in
the invocation of spirits:	1
“ Hail, 0, ye gods! to-day is warm ! ”
ki-kan 1. wild leek (Sch.). 2.
described as	n. of a demi-god,
a Ndga. It is inauspicious to do any
work of merit when Kikan comes near.
ъ ki-gu a hook; the vowel sign t,
which resembles a hook in shape.
ki-rgynn a mystical invocation
signifying “Lord”:
“ 0 Lord, be appeased by this prostrate
(devotee).” It is a mystic charm to pro-
pitiate the Bon-po deity, called Oen-gsras
Mi-mgon rgyal-po (D.B.).
Иу’ч Ki-ta-ka 1. a Baksasa
or cannibal demon (K. d. ь 189). 2. a
worm or insect (Os.).
ki-ldir a shrill shout; a savage
howl.
^'4 ki-pa a volume, &o., marked with
the letter

16

ki-ma according to Sehr. a cor-
ruption of the Chinese word khin* a lyre
with seven strings. (Pilgrimage of Fa-
Hian. Calcutta* 181/8* p. 265.)
ki-tsi tickling; V IS*4 ki-tsi byed-
pa to tickle (Jd.).
ki-ra-na (mystic) a flower
(K. g. f 26).
ki-ri-kan ФЖ, a kind
of pepper, Piper chaba;
। 5)	VI (К. g. ч 210) the
roots of white arka tree and roots of white
kiri-kan (are used in medicine).
I	kin-kara ftnfK a servant
or an emissary.
twq kin-yi-ka a kind of
flower; the tree Butea Frondoea; a tree
bearing pretty flowers.
+ fyq-ti kim-pa a pretty but bitter
fruit, erroneously for fytv’q kim-pa-ka.
* wjww] kim-pa-ka a fruit, Cu-
curbit accous plant, Trfchosanthc* palmate*
also possibly Cucumis colocynthix. ^wq^SV
1	I g’*’^
I (K. d.
325) men entertain desires which are
transient and deceptive like the Kimpaka
fruit and liko fish that eat bait on a
hook.
ktm-pa-la or ^’4’4 kim-ba-
la a musical instrument; a cymbal
(Cs.).
ki-hu	a species of small
red garlic; acc. to some carrot.
kil slowly = ga-le:
crossing a mountain pass (he)
arrived slowly (B.R.).
Kila-kila fwfw 1. an
epithet of S'iva. 2. a town in Ancient
India. 3. a Raksasa King (K. g. « 623).
4. an onomatopoetic for sounds or cries
№)*
Ki-ri ta-ka	the
country of the Sapta Kosi in Nepal inha-
bited by the Kirat tribes and called
Kiianta ; n. of a district in Sub-
Himalaya (Du§-yc. 39).
kl^ahi hdab мпшшчж,
qthe loaf of the tree Achyran-
tkes atpcra used in incantations, in medi-
cine, in washing linen, and in sacrifices
(Mnon.).
’Sp’HJC’ Kxn-kaA v.	Кай daA
kin.
TJ I: ku 1. for the numeral 61.
2. (mystic) a fairy or ddkini (К. g. F,
179); 3’4 ku-pa, the 61st (volume).
TJ II: a cry, moan ; ЗЦ ku-$gra
clamour, noise; JTtl’^’SV4 a general cry;
the vociferations of many people together;
5I the noise of general conversation:
then, when they arrived at the bank of
Sog ehu, there was the sound of chattering
in a house (A. 82).
TH Au-Arw = g’§ $ku-$ku я$0й*1;
lda-hu an enigma, a riddle,
question.
ku-ku $ grogs lit.
кики ; =	by a-gag a grey
duck (IJnon.).
Ku-ku-ra-ha grjrcivra a
teacher or trainer of dogs; n. of an
Indian Buddhist sage who was also called
Kukuripa (STST^) (JT. dun. 1/5).
a puzzling
that cries
species of


Ku-kur-ta pi-da JJX-
n. of a hill in Magadha
(Dsam. 17).
Tl Ku-ke, erroneously for Gu-g<\
a part of the province of Nga-ri in Tibet.
V ku-eo	noise,
clamour; 0'4fii^-a^ew
S4T|‘’I I when an old dog barks, go else-
where without explanation (8. icy.). S’
noisy, clamorous; ySMfq'jp to
speak in a loud voice (meaning nothing);
to bawl out;	to bawl, to cry
out, to make a loud noise; S‘^’q a
great noise or tumult, an uproar.
Ki-cor, also n. of a place
in Tibet.
ka-den-ne: See ante 5 ku.
ku-ther^9^^^ mtho-rl$ rlufi
the heavenly breeze (Mnon.).
Ku-na-la 1. the inanal
or Himalayan pheasant; also, a bird with
beautiful eyes which lives in the fabu-
lous mount Sumeru. 2. the eldest son
of As'oka.
ku-ica or g’4 sku-ica (in Chinese:
kua)	a gourd; the bottle
gourd, Lagcnaria vulgaris. In the Pema-
koi district this fruit is called wa-bum,
i.e., nature’s bottle. A bottle made of a
dried gourd is also called д'ч ku-ica.
Syn.	rnam-par rgyal',	.
tdon-bu rin;	dra-ica-can;
rna zlum byed; *$^*§5 hbigs byed\
&bra$ rnehog; mdah Ipags (Milon.).
ku-icahi gzifis a float made of
long-dried gourds.
| Tj’q-Qj’ jJ'Jqj ku-ba-la те-tog
also the water-lily; also, the jujube
plant, Zizyphus jtijuba and the fruit of
that plant.
t Ku-bera	Kuvera, the
god of riches, the chief of the Noijin
known also as Naga Kuvera and
Rnamdhos kyi-bu, lire son of Vaiyravana.
According to some Tibetan writers, Kuvera
is one of the eight keepers of the horses
of Vaiqravana. [Kubera, or in later
Sanskrit Kuvera, originally tho name of
tho chief of the evil beings of darkness
bearing the epithet Vaigrarana; afterwards
the god of riches and treasures, and is
regent of the northern quarter of the
world, which is hence called Kubera-
gupta-dik. Kubera is the eon of Vi^rava
by Ida vid a, tho chief of the Yaks a and a
friend of Rudra.j (JI. IKills.).
Ku-byi ma?-he a Bon
deity who resembles tho Bodhisattva
Jampal; the god of learning and wisdom
among the Northern Buddhists (D.R.).
ku-ma-ru^^^9^^ gscr-wchog •
leaf-gold (from China brought
by way of Ceylon) ; it is described in
(Milon.):	gold ex-
ported from Lanka (Ancient Ceylon).
ж ku-mud the water-lily
• which opens at the appearance of the
moon; said to be Nymphaa csculnta;
g’8V** = 5a bush or cluster
of water-lilies.
Syn.	ut-pa-la dkar-po;
zla-icaki dri; sa-mos; sa-dgah ;
sahi gdu-gu\	$t< n hthun
dkar-po \ j’W’VP zla-icas dgah*, ^*5 sita\
sa-sgrog*, sa-§tob§*
mtshan-mo bshad (Milon.).
4

18
VII
+	ku-mud grogs	bsil-zer
or '*5 zla-hod moonbeams (ДГлшл).
+ ЗЖ5Л ku-mud dgra, v. V* ni-ma, tho
sun {Шоп.).
t W4 ku-mud can, v. ku-mud-
txhal {Шоп.).
+	ки-mud-gnen	lit.
the friend of tho water-lily ; tho moon.
J ku-mud-ldan, v. ku-mud
t shal.
ku-mud lo-ma
J a medicinal plant of the lily species
{Шоп.].
J ku-mud-tshal a cluster of water-
lilies.
TJ’E ku-dsa gvsj 1. a tree; lit. that
which grows on tho earth. 2. tho planet
Mars.
TJ4 Kuhi a devil or demon in
Chinese demonology. In Chinese Kuei.
kuhi-^in a class of evil spirits
{Grub.). In Chinese Kuei-shen, “devils
and gods.”
kuhi-tsan a Chinese work on
divination {Grub, ч 5).
T* ku-ya sediment of urine from
which Tibetan physicians diagnose
disease {Med.).
t ^w-rrz-ra giTT = S'Sn. of a
bird; an osprey {Шоп.).
Ф Щ	or 3^^
the crimson amaranth; a purple or yellow
Barter ia; the blossom of the amaranth or
Barleria.
i T^4! ku-ran-ga the deer;
also trog-chags an insect (jT. d. *
!№).
t Ku-ru a city in Ancient
India near Delhi one yojana in area; also
a province {S. Lam. 20).
: тл™ Ku-ru-kul-le gj<sgrwr a
female Buddhist deity associated with
Kuvera, the god of wealth; is goddess
of might and power; she is also called
{Vidya), The first sovereign
Dalai Lama is said to havo acquired great
power by propitiating this deity.
ku-ru-pin-da=^$ha-nc
1.	lead. 2. a fragrant grass;
Cyperus rotundas; the bud of a flower.
3. a ruby ; cinnabar.
t ^’^’5 ku-ru ban-da, v.
топ-lug, tho brood of sheep in the sub-
Himalayan conntrios {Шоп.).
ku-re or ku-re § чГкп,
Tra sport, diversion, jest, horse-
play;	to jest;	for the
purpose of amusement or fun ;
1	wefd: not liking, dis-
gusted with, amusements.
Ku-la-кй д>чТ^Т a Sr in-mo
(goblin) that lived only on lotus flowers
and lotus-honey, and resided in tho
fabulous island of Ramamo (7f. d. * 280).
f	ku~lan-ta the country
inhabited by an aboriginal race of people
{Bus-yc}.
4^4 Ku-la-la for Ku-na-la.
. TO Ku-lu-ta a place situated in
the south-east of Kashmir, now called
Nyun-ti by Tibetans, by Hindus Kulu
(8. Lam. 19).
t ku-$a 1. gm, the sacred
grass used in certain religious ceremonies
both by Brahmans and Buddhists;
Wl	19
Poa cynosuroide s, a grass with long stalks
and numerous pointed leaves:
1 the grass kufa ensures
longevity and increases the strength of
the body. 2. n. of a city (S, du, p 152).
Syn. fian-sel} sa-gna^ 4^’
bdud hdul gdan;	inchod
sbyin rgyan;	gtsan-byed^
khru^-kyi rtsa; rtsa-mchog}
rtsa-dwafl (Mnon.).
Ku-fahi gron-khyer
(grfwra) 1. Kus'ianagara, one of the
thirty-six sacred places of the Buddhists,
where Gautama ♦ Buddha is said to have
breathed his last. 2. n. of Chakravarti
Baja (Supreme Buler of the Universe);
Ku-^a chen-po	n. of a
Chakravarti Baja.
ku-fa-na n. of a flower; also
n. p.
^’<51 whence did you bring that Srin-po’s
daughter called Kusana flower (iHbrom.
121).
ku-fa-ban-dha	a
gem which is said to possess the property
of curing infectious diseases and plague.
t	dge-ica
piety, holiness.
1	also ku-sa-
il	a Buddhist sage; the title
of a Buddhist monk or priest who
has acquired spiritual knowledge and is
more devout than learned :
I Sb^QriaiV
(Yig.). Generally there are
among both Brahmans and. Buddhists
those called Pandita and Kucali. The
title of Pan-di-ta is applied to one who is
versed in intellectual science. Those who
are called Ku-fa-H have attained a high
spiritual development by abstraction from
material or intellectual enjoyments. In
some works it is called Ku-sa-li,
ku-fu a kind of lime; a kind of
fruit; an apple (Ja.); ku-fu fin an
apple tree;
q’Rlw | the fruit of Кн-fu cures griping
and acute pains in the intestines.
t A’W-sw-Zu is a corrupt form of
Ku-fa-li.
+ 1р$-ря« ku-fuhi к hams n. of a
kind of blue flower,*v.	thin.
Syn.	dus-kyi тс-tog;
bya-khyun rdo;	inc-tog §mig-
$man; те-tog ze; gsal-ldan
gsal-ua-can (Milon,).
ku-fe-fa-ya a kind
of lotus flower (K, d. ч 321/); a gene-
i-ic name for water-lily or lotus.
t	Ku-sa-ra fiHV an Indian
pandub who preached Buddhism in Tibet
(J. Zan,),
Ku-sa-li bhadra
n. of an Indian Buddhist sage (K. dun.
13),
ф	A;u-stz-ma 1. gur-
kum saffron. 2. a flower (Sman. 1/28), .
t Ku-su-li a Buddhist exorcist;
a Naljor or Buddhist yogi who carries
a small hand-drum (called damaru which
is generally made of a human skull) and a
thigh-bone trumpet in his hands, and pro-
fesses power of exorcising evil spirits,
20
STOPS'4 Ku-su-luhi spyod-patiie practice
of ths Shaman or Buddhist exorcists ;
| (Я. 26) when practising
the rites of a Kasu-lu exorcist.
З’О’4 ku-su-lu-pi is a word of Tantrik
mysticism, its proper Tibetan equivalent
being gcod-pa, the art of exorcism.
The mystic Tantrik rites of the Avadhauls,
called Avadhutipa in Tibet, exist in
India.
Tp$TgX’ Ku-sn-rdson n. of a fort and
also that of a district in Khatns
(S. kar.).
ku bsico the shrill ejaculation
8U'0f siro, &c., made at the time of sacrifice
to the earthly gods, demi-gods and spirits
by priests, &e., in Tibet:
the celestial
troops in inconceivable numbers surround-
ing them gave vent to bsico-bswo.
J	TT the cry of the Indian
cuckoo ; 3*3*’*ф’^	the cuckoo,
?>., the bird that cries 'koohoo'; aco. to
Cs. a kind of ring dove.
ku-hran sheep and goats: *p|Y
(ff. Bon.) among the
followers of Shcnrab the Bon-po of the
Bgyu and Hbras-po soots sacrifice sheep and
goats, buffaloes, (bio, mules, camels, &c.
'CT kug crooked; a hook;	0w-
kug (the kukri), a curved knife; short sabre;
teags-kug an iron hook; па-
ки g a fish-hook.
kug-kug byd-pa to bend,
curve, clinch (a nail) (Ja.).
ЗЯЭТ kug-kng altogether crooked;
kug-pa-nid crookedness (Cs.).
W kug-rtse cuckoo in W (<7a.).
TTi Kun-kti-na possibly the pro-
vince of Konkan in Western India (8.
Lam. 33).
t \]F >1^ kun-kuma saffron.
Tibetan is evidently a corruption
of the Sanskrt word.
Kun-dsa-ra a fabjilous
silver mountain situated beyond the great
sea and at a distance of 2,000 yojana to
the south of Nitna [dan, where the sun
never sets. It is full of precious stones,
such as lapis lazuli, sapphire, &e., and on
the sides of this mountain there grows a
species of tree producing a raco of men
who live only one day; they are born
at dawn, they begin to walk after day-
break, in the morning they are youths,
towards evening they grow old, and at
sunset they die (K. cl. * 276.).
Tpj kun nfr, wt, fnf<^, nt all,
entire, the whole;	1 from
all pores of the hair; all those;
all the others;	all, every
one included; 5in tho hearing of
all;	all these flowers
should bo strewn about;	seen
by everybody;	or time
without interruption; at all times; eolloq.
3^5 kun-la means “everywhere.”
Syn.	thams-cad all; $na-
tshogs various kinds; ma-lu§ without
leaving anything behind; zad-par
exhaustively;	lhag-med without
remainder:	lu$-mcd nothing left
{Mnou.),
• ЗМ5Э* ktin-dkyil, same as kun*
gyi dkyil, in the midst of all; in the middle
of all; at the centre.
21	.	№^1
kun-dkri§	non*
mofis lit. that which binds all ; misery,
moral corruption, general corruptness, sin.
З^4!]* kun-bkram (kun*tam) or
kun*tu bkram strewn about, spread
over.
3^’3 kuu-§kyc, same as 3^‘5’3 kun*tu skye
or 3^’5 kun-la-$kyc	WTfR,
grows everywhere’:
ЭД’5’3 flowers grow everywhere in summer
time.
MlS’lS kun-$kyed-byed— $nin the
heart, mind (ДГлои.).
3^4 kun*skyo-wa or 3^’5’^ч kun-tu
$kyo*ica wlu, ’ЧтЧпт, to become
penitent; to thoroughly regret:
•^V3Y5’‘Jl his mind was filled with regret
day and night.
3^’|5 kum*$kyod agitated, moved;
agitation.
3^’^’Я^’ Kun*skyob glin n. of a
monastery in Tibet.
• 3V^ kun-khebs WT4KH, any
cover; the all-encompassing cover, the sky.
3^‘Qqi: kun-khyab	nam mkhah
ЖТФПГ, that which encompasses all
things ; the void space, the sky, the four
quarters of heaven.
3^'l5q n : = Bphrog-byed he
that takes away misery; the all-porvading
enemy; the snatcher; the lord of death.
З^’4^ kuii*hkhor v.	kun*
bzan hkhor-lO) a charm in the name of the
Dhyani Buddha called Samanta Bhadra.
kun-kkyab <$pal*mo—*pw{b
nam-rnkhah the sky; n. of a goddess
(Yig. k. 16).
3^’ядяч kun-hkhyams	a wan-
derer; a beggar, a mendicant who goes
to every door for alms.
Kun-wkliytn=q tham^
cad wkhycn-pa	the All-knowing;
the Physician; an epithet of Buddha and
also of the highest order of Bodhisattva.
З^’^Й^kun*imkhycn kun-gzig$
omniscient and all-seeing, referring to the
attributes of a Buddha or Bodhisattva.
З^^'З4^ Kun-wtkhyen klofi-clun a
religious teacher of the Rnin-ma School
who founded a sect of his own called
Kun dgah lugs.
Kun-rnkhym cho$-$ku
hod-zer the Tibetan hierarch of Sa*$kya>
who, at the request of Khu-lugS) the Chief
of Horchen, first shaped the Mongolian
alphabet.
Kun*wkhycn ni-mahi
gnen	an epithet of Gautama
Buddha (Yig. k. 83).
3^’*Й^ SB4!’4)^ Kim-rnkhyen dbyig-gnen
n.. of a lama who was given the religious
title of Kun-Ynkhycn, the all-knowing.
З^Й4!4 kun-khrugs	^14
agitated ; anxious: J'«^’3,2fc’3^|34P4
the waves of the sea were agitated.
З^Й'Ч kun-hkhrul blunder; illu-
sion ; also adj. all-delusive; all-wandering.
3^2'5m kun-gyi mthah the end or ter-
mination of all (merits) : q^srq^eyg’swr
I	the end of
accumulation is expenditure ; the end of
rising is fall (K. d. 4 330).
SH’3’4)^ kun-gyi-gnas the basis or abode.
of all (miseries):
3^1 the grounds of misery are disease,
old age, and death (K. d. * 333).
З^’ЗТ’Ч kun-gyi^ rtsa-wa, the root of
everything; wisdom, divine knowledge.
This seen or unseen talent has Ргадпй

(absolute knowledge) for its basis, i.e., the
root of all things is wisdom' (prajna)
(Q. gya.).
UH^’qjvq kun-gyii bkur-wa he who is
respected by all; a learned man, v.
mkha$-pa (Mon.).
ЗИ’^’З4!^ kun-gyi$ phyag-bya$ to
whom all paid homage: IV^S^’S4! 3^
I hjig-rten kun-gyi$ phyag-byat fin, to
whom the world has bowed (7f. d. * 113).
kun-grub~%’S’S'jQ zla-wa dgu-pa,
or	$ton-zla tha-chun the month of
October (Rtsii.).
Kun-glin, same as	Kun-
bde glin, the place or grove of all happi-
ness; one of the four royal monasteries
of Lhasa, this one being situated in the
western suburbs.
WW kun-dgah чггн^, amuse-
ment; great merriment or joy.
*	W’5 Kun-dgahrgyal-
mtshan-dpabbzafipo	the name of
Saskya Pandita (^yd^).
Kun-dgah snin-po n. of a
celebrated lama of Tibet (Lofi. * 12).
Kun-dgah Nor a lake in
Mongolia (Lofi. > 21) ; probably the
Gonga-nor (Egg lake). In Mongol nor
= a lake.
WS4!4 4 kun-dgah-wa hdsin-pa — ^'
5’^ rin-po-che n. of a precious article or
gem (K. d. * 294).
Kun-dgah-bo	the per-
sonal attendant and cousin of Buddha.
•	Kun-dgah-hbar n. of the
son of Kun-dgah tnin-po, one of the
chiefs of Sa-ikya who visited India • to
study Buddhism (Lofi. *).
Kun-dgah hdsin-pa a
mountain in Uttara Kuru, the fabulous
continent of the north (K. d. ^318).
kun-dgah gshon-nu=\'^
hu-su coriander (Sman. 428).
kun-dgah ra-tm=a^'Sfll4 &Hfi-
dgah WKTH a grove; any pleasure-grove
containing groups of trees, flower beds,
artificial lakes, garden houses, shady walks,
&c., often surrounded by a wall or fence.
кйп-dgahi dican-tno an
address of courtesy for §*g5r3'^4F* ladies
of the class of Lhacham—her graeo or
ladyship :
“ at the (feet) of her charming ladyship ”
(Yig.k. 49).
kun-mgyogt чп^ПТ speed; also
as adv. speedily, at full speed.
кип-кдеЬ$-=^'*^ nam-rnkhah
qfriw the sky; that which covers all;
the all-covering.
3^44 kun-hgog that which hinders
physical or moral growth.
i:	kun-hgro,N. nam-mkhah,
the sky (Mon.).
ir: snake, v. §«1 tbrul a serpent
(M-non.).
^*5'^ kun-hgro hbad wnfpr to be
assiduous : W’5’qassi-
duous in the manner of performance.
kun-hgrofri trol=dW lam a
road, passage (Mon.),
Kun-cin$ wrfini 1. that pains,
ties or entangles all at all times. 2.
the God of Love; also for kun-tu
ant:	by
the fetters of misery the mind is always
fastened down.
^•q&|
23

Kun-bcom	1. van-
quished; suppressed, fully put down. 2
tho vanquisher or killer of all; the lord
of death. 3. n. of a son of a Brahmao of
Ujjayani (8. kg.).
кип-chub qc$-rab all-porfec-
tion ; wisdom; divine knowledge (K. d. ‘H
£6); WW he that has compre-
hended everything.
’8ft kun-wwhog-ldan or
=	(Шоп.),	the
Tantrik doctrine of Kalachakra.
kun-hjug for	I
зпм, bringing together; putting in
harmony with all.
kun-hjug pho-па the messen-
ger of harmony, that which harmonises or
makes everything agreeable, hence^’’]’^
ka-ra, sugar.
Kun-hjoms
1. Indra, the subduer of all; that by
which everything can be subdued or
controlled. 2. Yoga or tho contemplative
concentration of the mind.
kun-hjom^ mchog the chief
all-subduing (elixir);
чдечЕакайчц is an excellent preparation
of mercury, which subdues all evil spirits
and diseases.
Kun-shin~Tdranatha. (Td. 28.)
3^*5 kun-tu unto all; in all; everywhere ;
in every direction:
flowers were strewn everywhere, above
and below:	I articles
of merchandise were spread in every place,
inside and outside (the house). When
used in reference to time, kun-tu
signifies : continually or perpetually ; du$
kun-tu same as	du$ rgyun-du or
at all times, always.
kun-tu bskyed producing every
whore, all-producing, i.e., imagination :
imagination is all-
productive (Jf. d. p 86).
kun-tu hkhyamt wandering
everywhere:	in the
fearful world, i.e., in the unhappy states
of existence, he wanders about (7Г. d. *
169).
kun-tu hkhrugs signifies
convulsed ; also convulsive,
subject to agitation and shaking (Шоп.).
kun-tu ^§=3^5^94 span-
rgyan nw-tog от	(autumn flower),
lit. tho fully developed or blown; n. of
a species of daisy which blossoms in
autumn (Шоп.).
kun-tu go-tea fayf well-
known ; well-understood; celebrated.
Kun-tu dgah-war
gyur-wahi glin a fabulous continent situa-
ted 5,000 yojana beyond the Western
Ocean of (Jambudvipa) India, where there
are lions that fly in space: some of the
wild animals of that continent are said to
live a thousand years (K. d. 280).
kun-tu-hgefis-pq	he
that provides for the world, the All-
Provider; Providence.
М5Л35'4 kun-tu hgyed-pa ufiwsifH
to be diffused; that which goes in every
direction:	spiritual emana-
tions; envoys :	rays of
light went in every direction.
= 3^’5’^ 4 kun-tu rgyu-wa WTW,
1. lit. going everywhere. 2.
as met. wind ; a bird. 8. n. of a
spirit.
I	34	W&q-Sflj
kun-tu rgyas-par bycd-pa
to fully spread ; to make plen-
tiful everywhere; to make copious.
Aun-tu bsgribs eclipsed; dark-
ness	I the rays
of the sun and moon were eclipsed.
kun-tu-lcug-pi) or №,5ql’q
kun-bcug-pa to put in; to employ, engage:
$5хЧЖ5'<Чч11 Put this vessel (or pot) to all
uses.
kun-tu chags-pa зщ, srer,
fHrtf anxiety; yearning, clinging to:
I the mind remains
attached to its crooked desires.
kun-hjug-pa =	§dug-
fanal-wa misery, sufferings.
kun-tu hjng-pa $grol=w
lam-bdcn-pa, the truth about the way
to Nirvana, i.e., out of misery.
kun-tu hjug byed^^1^
kun hbyun-wa sin.
kun-tu hjug-bral Ьгйи free-
dom from sin, or я^-q hgog-pa, entire
stoppage of suffering.
Note.—The above four expressions are
used in the higher spiritual terminology
relating to Bodhisattva (К. ко. 235).
kun-tu	P dad-
gu§ dan Idan-pa faith and reverence; also
possessed of faith, respect, etc.
Syn. 5^’4 gu$-pa\ gus-ldan;
gus-par bycd\	mfion-par
Idan;	geig-tu senis; mos-
pa\ mos-ldan; dad-ldan\ SV
dad-chags-can; 55’Ч'«Ц dad-pa-can;
3V9Vq phyag-bycd-pa\ shesa bycd
(Шоп.).
kun-tu hthor	strewn
over, scattered, diffused, dispersed: й-^ц-
f4!”’I flowers were scattered over
every place.
kun-tu dor faw perfect aban-
donment:	a11 faults
should be entirely thrown out.
kun-tu bdc-wa
general happiness, prosperity; beatitude
Kun-tu hdres-pa n. of a river
in the fabulous continent of Godaniya
(K. d. * 331).
kun-tu gnn$ felfk,
stability; the all-abidmg residence, that
which remains at all times or everywhere.
5H*5‘q5c’q kun-tu brdu£-ua the burning
rays of the sun; extremely painful; all-
piercing.
W5’^Xvw§^'q kun-tu gnod-par gyur-
pa to do mischief everywhere.
kun-tu ^naf.-wa HVprlTHTU
1. the sun; n. of a Buddha. 2. all-
illumined, all-enlightened.
W555 kun-tu zpyad an usual duty,
habitual work; as a vb. to practise: VT4*
practise righteousness or reli-
gious acts at all times.
5W’5’SSq kun-tu spyod-pa free or
unbridled behaviour: described as
8V^ the Brahmapical conduct (Шоп.).
5^’5 kun-tu ?pra§ WPSXTfacf dressed
in every way; adorning the body with
precious ornaments.
?И‘5’Г**Л kun-tu $byor-ica=^^^^\^^^
giving up everything (Mnon.).
kun-tu mig-ldan (lit. with
eyes everywhere), described ae
n. of a fabulous tree on which grow glit-
tering gems; also a plant or tree in full
bloom;

25

I this (kind of tree) is
generally to be found in the lands of gods,
demi-gods, and in the continent of Uttara
Kuru (K. d. я 16).
kun-tu rmp the all-stunning,
all-obscuring ; darkness of mind ; igno-
rance:
I 0, best of friends
who guideth me in precepts, morals, re-
sources, the weapons for vanquishing the
all-obscuring enemy!
kun-tu rmp-byed-kyi
mdah the all-stupefying fascina-
tion ; n. of one of the arrows of Cupid.
Kun-tu hdsin-ma Wl<4t
holding to all or everything ; n. of a
goddess.
Kun-tu bzafi-po 1.
lit. good to all and everywhere and at all
times; n. of the first Dhyani Bodhisattva,
the equivalent of Samanta Bhadra; the
Khamuga-Sain of the Mongols. 2. in the
Rniti-ma sect, n. of the first or Adi Buddha.
Kun-tu bzan-mo
1. is a female figured in conn eetion with
the foregoing Bodhisattva. 2. a kind of
flower growing on the Sumeru Mountain
(K. my. 20).
Kun-tu gzigs he who sees
all things and everywhere by his divine
eye of knowledge; n. of a Buddha, also
that of the Bodhisattva Avalokitesvara.
kun-tu hur-hur яЧ^чг a great
noise or uproar heard everywhere; the
rattling of thunder; also the noise of wind
or hrin.
ЗИ’5’^’*4 kun-tu ho-ma=&'££ si-dsa-dsu
(Mnon.) n. of a tree with milky sap.
kun-tu hod пиетет fully en-
lightened;	sa bcu-gcig-pa the
eleventh stage of Bodhisattva perfection.
kun-tu rab-tu hkhrugs
lit. very much agitated; n. of the six des-
criptions of earthquake (K. d. * 259).
kun-tu rab-tu hgul lit.
moving and shaking very greatly; n. of
a form of earthquake.
5^’5ktin-tu rab-tu chem-chcm
lit. roaring all about; n. of a
kind of earthquake.
kun-tu rab-tu hur-hur
loud and fearful rattling or roaring; n.
of one of the six forms of earthquake in
which sound comes out of the sea and the
mountains.
kun-tu rab-tu gyo$ lit.
everywhere all shaken very much; n. of
universal earthquake in which the moun-
tains and the oceans are moved profoundly.
i: kun-tu rig
all-knowing ; omniscient; n. of a
deity.
n :=^’M fe§-rab wisdom
(K. d. 26).
kun-tu gsal	wtht,
чеггнпн, the sky; clear inside and outside ;
very clear, lucid, illuminated.
kun-tu gsun a flower mention-
ed in the Kahgyur (К. my. 20).
kun-tu gso to heal everyone or
repair everything; the healer of all.
kun-g.tum мч$Ж lit. very fierce;
dmafis-rigt n. of lowest caste in
India.
kun-btu$ n. of a religious
work which is full of extracts taken from
different sacred books (Шоп.).
SM’I4! kun-rtog, same as ^*^4 rnam*
rtog foiw, WJ, fancy, illusory
associations.
5
’IW’I” I	26	1
W4!4!** kun-brtags	ideas and
associations.
kun-brtags-pabi intshan
hid xrfbfffwHtd^’UR one of the three signs,
characteristics or laksana, v. mtshan
hij.
kun-fydan 1. support. 2.
negligence.
kun-bsten wrwrwr reliance; re-
signation ; service or adoration.
Kun mthoft-gyi rntsho a
fabulous fresh-water lake in the land of
the Lha-ma-yin or Asura, situated at the
centre of their chief city Shubhra Malika.
It is said to be five yojana on each side.
When the Lha fight with the Lha-ma-yin
the signs of victory or defeat are said to
be reflected on its surface.
kun-daft hkhon-pa quarrelling
with all:	’^’951 a
person whose lips are black quarrels
with everybody (Tan. d. 217).
kun-daft mthim-pa=-**w'&\
harmonious, concordant; agreeing
or in harmony with all.
kun-don the public weal,
general interest, cause of all.
5И’Х*Г«1 kun-dril-wa — ^'K4*fa'q f shaft-ma
bsdom-pa all taken together.
kun-gduft wrfiri,	that
afflicts all; the all-burning one; Cupid.
Kun-fylag	the
Lord of All.	the Soul of the
World; the Supreme Lord of the World.
kun-brduft 1. an oppressor ; a
tyrant:	§<<|ч$Ж£Г5Ие|5с-‘
2. In astronomical calculations the six-
teenth conjunction is called Kun-brduft.
kun-hdar the pulse that
always beats = rtsa dvu-ma n. of
the central artery.
Kun-hdrcn the Supreme Leader;
he who leads all into the way of deliver-
ance ; epithet of Buddha.
ЭДkun-nas, same as kun-las
щрн orJHHWTt from every place or direc-
tion ; round about; wholly, thoroughly :
| in every direction
it was surrounded by railings;
to wish from the bottom of the heart.
kun-nas dkrigs-pa entirely
darkened:rain-clouds
have darkened all quarters.
kun-nas skye hhww,
produced or grown everywhere (like grass).
kun-nas fckhums =
gur-gum saffron (Ajfton.).
kun-nas hgegs = чй’^'в’д*
a residence that is closed on every side, a
sanctum; residence of a queen ; a convent
(Affton.).
Syn.	bkhor-wahi khyim ; *rg\
sa-spyod-nia gnas\	sruft-ma-
can\	dag-pahi mthah-ean;
*1^ gtsaft-gnas.
kun-nas bgro commu-
nion.
kun-nas rgod^WfWS bshad-gad
to laugh out (Affton.).
Kun-nas sgohi lefru
shes-pahi indo tiКЧ <t ’ШТ
the “ Sutra on the door or entrance from
all quarters,” i.e., of free entrance
(К. ко. Г 287).
kun-nas sgrib-par byetf
WTMTRft to over-shadow all round, to
put into shade in all directions.

ktin-nas non-mofa-pa
made very miserable; pained, dis-
tressed; ^’^г^-Ямгсгй^сц entirely free
from misery (gbum. *| 239).
kun~na$ snems
very haughty; arrogant.
kun-na$ btags-pa ^ufVcf,
тетт fastened or tied up on all sides.
kun-nat btu$~pci €^sr,
collected from everywhere ; extracted or
taken from every work.
kun-nat hdud-pa WSJ
venerated by everybody от everywhere :
| to reverence in
every manner with body, speech, and
heart.
kufi-na$ Idafl-wa цгучЧЛИ,
raised from every place; set up
well; got-up:	the
enemies rose up in all directions.
kun-nat tdud-pa КЯТПТ col-
lected from every place; brought together
from every place.
*	kun~na$ $nan-wa =	A rgyal-
wa the all-illuminator (Schr.),
kun-na$ bphag^pa
sprung from everywhere.
kun-nas bris ^forfacr
perfectly painted, described, delineated,
referred to.
kun-na$ blafa taken from
every place.
д^А’ЧА^ kun-nat hbar ^niT4<fif WTftu
inflamed; ablaze :	’^itwa fire
broke out in every direction.
.IWrjK’A kun-na$ $byor~wa	to
combine; combination ;	to
compound or mix up medicines.
brtsegs-pa
built up everywhere ; piled up; erected.
kun-nas mdses illuminated ;
very beautiful:	I the
signs or charms of the moon are exquisitely
fine;
| (the gardeu) from its collection of
flowers was lovely and pleasant (Miion,).
‘	kun-nai bzan лпггргзгг
=5Wg’i?'« dpal-gyi lo-ma n. of a tree the
leaves of which are sweet.
Syn. Ч’я’якл lo-ma mftar-, <S’»«’A« lo-ma
bzafi (Mnou.).
kun-nas l^zod-pa all-forgiv-
ing ; very patient (A’’, d. * 68).
kun-nas yons-su b$kor-
wa entirely besieged, shut up entirely,
surrounded on all sides.
kun-na$ yyefts
vftfwM thoroughly ; very excited :
| 'the mind agitated (not
being fixed on any subject).
kun-snaft кЬаг-ка^'&’Ъ^
ni-mahi hod-zer all-illuminating rays; the
rays of the sun (JZTfon.).
kun-spafa иЙсЦП?!’; bya
btafl all-abstracted :
gjwq | one who has left off all the concerns
of this world; he who has renounced all
worldly matters, acts and concerns; an
epithet of Buddha.
kun-spafa chen~po
the all-renouncer ; an ascetic ; a hermit:
Ж’ yr ЦА’<Й’чн’ 8^’ ^^’45’W’
before the feet of the Arch Renouncer who
in one life has attained to Buddhahood.
5K8S kun-spyad 1.	ЯЯЧ
that which is to be practised at all times.
2. customary or habitual work ; habit.
ЭТ5’СЗГЧ1
28
^•^51
kun-$pyo<J fian-pa
a black or fallen Brahman ; bad. habits ,
vicious acts or professions.
kun-^pyod imtshu^~ma=
Sjqpvtf grogt-ma a sweetheart, mistress
(Mnon.),
kun-phan bdud-rtsi
duan-po=^4 zla-wa the moon (Yig.
k. 16).
кип-bor all-renouncer:
) he cast off relations,
wealth, properties, realm and all (K. d.
« 333).
kun-bye# rgyal-po 1. g’gY
$fio sman $pafi-rtsi a medicinal vege-
table growing in the grass in Tibet. 2. in
the terminology of the Nying-ma sect,
the (mind) is called kun-bytd rgyalpo,
the chief agent, the prince of all
doings.
kun-hbyufi^ffifa*	all-
growing; misery; sin.
3V1T* kun-sbyor libertinism (see
kun-t u-ru).
kun-mo^ dri-bzafi
bshon-pa-can^b'fyb dri-shim-po sweet
perfume.
Syn.	hdod-pahi-dri; $na-
tshim-byed\ fiad-bz<tn ;	rin-du
khyab\	legs-par thul (JUnon.).
kun-rmofis нпш error; the all-
blundering (Л. K. 7$).
kun-hdsin W( the all-con-
taining ; that which holds everything in
itself.
kun-rdsob b den-pa
conditional or dependent truth ; acc. to
JFas. subjective truth.
= sems-nid WTW
basis ; the mind (Mnon.);
WT<d^Pi’snH=^Pr consciousness of
self; literally the primary cause of all
things, the basis of all; the soul, spirit:
“g*hi is a philosophical term for
vijnana, soul, which is considered to be the
basis of virtue, sin, worldly or spiritual
existence, &o.”
kun-za
flower of the plant called Spyi-shur, which
gives blue tint to water (4Wcw.).
kun-gzig%	who sees
all; the All-seeing One ; that is cognizant
of all (Zotf. *Z5).
M Kun-faifl tho all-good;
epithet of Buddha; a Bon sage and
teacher.
hkhor-lo a metri-
cal arrangement in several squares
resembling a chess-board and sometimes
forming an acrostic.
Knn-bzafi glift n. of a plaoe of
pilgrimage in Tibet (Deb. *1 1$).
Kun-^zan rnam-gsum the
three good ones ; the Supreme Deity of
the Bon religion in Tibet who is explain-
ed as having throe manifestations: (1)
the imper-
sonal God or Supreme Being, Ф'Зрг^слг
5^'41, who from eternity has been free and
all-perfect; (2)	I the personal
God	I as manifest in
the form of a sentient being (like Shenrab);
(3)	the deity represented
in symbol, «>., form;
representations in painting,
figures in relief or casts.
sa-gshi H«TFTT
the all-enduring; a figurative name for
. the earth.

29

Kun-chos gtsan-wa a Bud-
dhist sect with a few monasteries border-
ing on Yunnan.
*И^Я Kun-rig all-knowing; n.
of a god; a learned man.
Syn. i$kha$-pa; kun-$e$;
kun-gyi bkur-wa (2£fion.).
kun-la мйд to every one, to all;
to everywhere.
kun-la bkra-$i$ dwaft-
ldan-ma she who gives blessings to all:
V^<q-5)	a name of the god-
dess Um&, the wife of Mahes'wara (ifnon.).
kun-la khyab-byed ser-po
«TtChHl ghi-wafi (Sman. 107) a
bright yellow pigment prepared from the
urine or bile of a cow, or vomited in the
shape of scidulae by that animal; bezoar
stone.
ЗИ’вгя^Я kun-la hjug efficient; able to
enter into anything: ^Я’4’^	4	'4'
‘ЧЯI the intellect being cultured becomes
efficient in composing.
kun-la bde happiness to all.
kun-la phan useful or good to
all.
kun-la hphrodbeneficial; agree-
able to all:	“ cow
butter being the best of butter is agreeable
to all.”
^«rq?*rq kun-la btse$-pa injuring all,
all-hurting, hurtful, obnoxious.
^Я kun-la reg	meddling,
meddlesome, touching everything.
kun-las^^W kun-nas нй<г.
from every place or thing; from all; than
all.
kun-las btus-pa hhjh,
selected or compiled from every book; n.
of a book.
kun $es-pa all-knowing;
knowing all, omniscient.
kun ges-pahi ^o-gam-pa
a religious man who, being under moral
discipline, has reduced his desires and
requirements ; lit. “ an all-knowing tax-
gatherer.”
^4-q\q kun b^ad-pa ^ПЗПеГ well
explained; preaching all the religions,
one that preaches everywhere.
kun-sems to be conscious
or cognizant of all things; to think at all
times.
kun-slon	a gene-
ral rising; rising from every direction or
place ;=	sems-bskyed
conception; idea ; the notion of a thing; a
thought; 5^5^	the mind
which gives rise to thoughts of sins or
merits, virtue or vice.
kun-slofi ehen-po comprises the
three *я*г^к;йк^ chags-sdafi-rmofis, lust,
anger and ignorance.
^*Я^5 kun-gsod all-killing, that
which kills everybody or thing; the lord
of death.
^’Я^ч kun-gsal=W*^ nam-mkhah 1.
the sky; that is fully clear, illuminated.
2. ni-ma^ the sun, the all-olearer.
да kun-ta : from where ? one
from an unknown place; also interroga-
tively, come from where? It is used in
mystic language (К g. F 26).
uvn kun-tu-ru the union of the
two sexes, copulation (used only in mystic
language) (K. g. ^^16).
t	kun-thi-ra yf=4X n. of a
bird: ^^^"<’’5’’^’Si5'^'^,5's.’4 454|4¥<’
wfwerMfrwJ'VX (K- g. « 58).

30

Tpj’5 kun-da vh 1. mistake, blunder,
illusion (Z#r.). 2.	5^ ^he
blue jessamine, Jasminum multiflorum or
pubescens.
Syn. 4’|chu-зкуез; W’VS4 dgun-
zla tha-chufl $kyes*	bdab mohi
qidsod (Hfion.).
kun-da byafi-8cm$~*№‘§
dnul-cku quicksilver (Sman. 79).
kun-du-ru 'ф* sweet-
smolling tree; a kind of incense; the resin
of Boswellia thurijcra; gum olibanum (JZ
Ж).
Syn. %kyoft-bye$-pa\ 3'^'5 mu-
kun-da; Z^kun-du (Afnon.).
kun-du-la=fy'Sskim-bu a
(ДГЯол.).
kun-do fi wnj onion.
’F4 кит-pa crooked; shrivelled ;
kum-pa-nid contraction; kum-
kum very contracted.
51№ kum-po cringing; one in
tracted posture; 3»г25ч kum-por
ingly; contractedly.
-F? kum-bha gpw = 3*4
gm. an earthen jar; a vessel for water.
kum-bi-ra gwh n. of a
srin-po (demi-god or demon).
kur-ti to hasten;
kur-ti lafi§-hgro to start or go off on any
business; (in colloq. language) to start on
an errand or mission early in the morning
without having even a cup of tea.
Kul-kar, also ЧРГТ’Р kul-dkar,
n. of a place in Tsang; a kind of shield
manufactured in Kul-kar-.
cat
a con-
cring-
bum-pa
the shield manufactured at
Kul-kar is of superior quality (on account
of its superior metal);
as to the Kul-dkar shield it costs five sho
for the best.
Л) ke numeral for 91; ke-pa the 91st
(volume).
Фч ke-ka in the dialect of JJphan-yul
for 54 $kya-ka, a magpie.
Кс-кй-pi-no a coun-
try west of Jambudvipa of romantic
scenery, said to be filled with gardens,
dales, fountains, cascades, ete., and inter-
sected with streams, and inhabited by a
race of very handsome men who cat red
rice (K. d. *179).
ke-kihi’$gra the cry of the
peacock (Schtr.).
kc-kc-r’’-
white precious stone.
ke-rgyuft a
deity called Qen-sra$
(P. 2?.).
ke-ta-ka from 1. a gem
which has the property of purifying water;
its Tibetan name is ^*’§5 or $^’3% the
purifier. 2. a great mountain situated
north of the great forest plain beyond the
north bank of the river Sita. Its peaks
are described as very grand in appearance.
It contains mines of gold and silver, and
round its peaks are four fabulous lakes
which at all seasons remain filled with
lotuses and lilies. The ruler of this
country in ancient times was Vaigravana^
whose army consisted of amazons of
great beauty and valour (5. Zam.).
or cVH a
charm of the Bon
mi mgon tgyal-po*.

31

Ke-ta-ra a mountain, probably
Kedara (^<R) ; part of the Himalaya
№).
t ^t5 Ke-tu 1. a fabulous planet in
Brahmaincal as well as in Tibetan astro-
logy. In Tibet the name Ke-tu is gene-
rally applied to comets, called also
(lit. the long smoke-tailed). 2. a fiery
meteor ; a shooting star; the descending
node. 3. n. of a demon.
Ke-nehi-bu n. of a sage of
the time of Gautama the Buddha (K.
du. 54).
^95 Ke-byed IQrtika, the god of
- war (Sehtr.).
Ke-rtse-гса n. of a Bon teacher:
ЗЦ-Ервгт)’(Deb. 6) the Bonpo
priests invited Ke-rtse.
Ke-tsheg$ a Naga; the quar-
ter where it resides during a certain astro-
logical period is considered inauspicious.
Kehu 1. a tribe in Tibet (Vai, kar.
160). 2.	in classical Tibetan a
kind of garlic. 3. a cavern, den, hollow
place (C^.).
Jfebu-rtse, also ke-rtse, a
jacket made in the Chinese fashion; in
Chinese кгса-tzu.
Kehu-t shaft (in Chinese K’u-
ts'ang, “a treasury; a store-house”) n.
of a sacred rock-cavern.
'ife* Kehu-ri n. of a female deity of
fearful mien.
KebuJi the Tibetan, and Mon-
golian name for Corea. In Chinese Kaoli.
kebu-k ^’43'j customary seal
(Л.).
4fe’5«i kehu-ga-ya (from kasayd)
celestial robes; robes worn by the gods
(2Г. my. *| 7).
>f|’4 ke-ya wickedness:
the root of wickedness -
of a bad heart (г.е., envy) having sprung
forth (J. Zaft.).
+ ^х’П Be-yu-ra-ka 1. a
kind of grass used in ancient times in
making garments for a Bhiksu (K. du.
ч 388). 2. n. of a Gandharva.
Ke-ru 1. n. of a place and
monastery in the district of Hon in
Yar-lung (J. Zaft. 217).	2. 5^’** sran-
ma a species of peas:
1 after casting
water in oblation, he conducted (him)
inside the house and served him with a
cupful of pea-soup (Deb. у 35).
Ke-rc, v. 3’^ kye-ri.
4)’^ Ke-la	! n. of a
tribal clan (lrig.).
ke-da-ka=fj'% $ga-$kya ginger
(Swan. 267).
+	kai-la-^a ^5*
gacZi’§^l	the king of mountains
?>., Kailasa in the Himalayas.
jffe-Zan,prob. corruption of
follower of Tsongkhapa (Hue, vol. II).
Ke-le n. of a fabulous place or
country :	the country of
cannibals, Ke-le (D. B.).
пг-ч ke-fa hair; mane;
letters which are surmounted with

32	’ifal
double e* sign called hgrefi-bu or o’* sign
called naro. Signs for long accentuation
are also called ke-$a.
*^'-*j*^ ke-fa-ra mane (Schr.).
i ’Н’И Ke-^u-ka a plant, perhaps
Arum colocasia* with edible roots; also
v.	Kift-(pt-ka (Hbum.
77).
Ke-sa-ra 1. tho hair;
the mane of the lion. 2. the hairy fila-
ment of the lotus; a celestial flower;
saffron.
keg=^'&S bar-chad danger;
accident, v. П kag.
Keg-ma=kag-ma {Lex.),
Kefi-ru$ skeleton.
J’Wt Ken-pi-ka an evergreen
tree, /.<?., of the colour of the parrot
(&ag. 3). This is evidently a corruption
of
-iM Ker-ko a cymbal; a musical
instrument:
(carrying with him) a hand-drum, a
cymbal, a pipe (flute) (K, g. 5 £).
ker-gyi§ suddenly (Sch.\
Ker-ica to raise; to lift up;
er| to point the fingers towards
heaven.
ker-lafa suddenly stood
up:	asuddenly standing erect
and still (like a tree ”) (Nag, 3),
ker leb $gur metaph. for
horse, sheep and yak:
j the tax (in kind, ?>.,
one in a hundred) on horse and yak
from among the three kinds of cattle
(Rtsii.).
Kel-mag possibly indicates
the Kalmuk Tartars.
Kai-ta-ka n. of a mytholo-
gical demon.
Kai ne-ya a rishi or sage;
also patronymic of Havana (K d. pl£6).
Kai-la-^a
Ri-wo да fa-can the hugo snowy mountain
on the north shore of the Manasarowara
lake called Gang Ti-se by the Tibetans
and Kailasa by the Indians.
I: ко num. 121; Чр ко-pa the
volume marked with the letter ко, or the
121st volume.
II: 3 an expletive meaning:
same, the same, very; as in hdi-ko,
the same; as *4'^ hdi-ni, this very:
“these same classifications”;
dc-ni that very.
Ш: all, whole; quite, entirely,
altogether (Schtr,),
Ч’П ко-гса 1. hide, leather—that
derived from yaks, buffaloes and horses as
distinguished from pag§-pa the skins of
sheep, goats, foxes, &c. 2. colloq. for
ko-gru a hide-boat.
’Чйч] ko-khugo, leather purse; a little
leathern money-bag.
ko-khrol (ko-thoT) a sieve made of
hide-strips or strings to clean peas, barley
grain, &c., of gravel, &c.:
। (Jitsii.) for a hide-sieve for sift-
ing peas and barley (i.e., price for).
^'3 ko-gru (ко-du) a hide-boat a boat
made of the entire hide of a yak; a skin
coracle.
ko-btum hide-packing. This is
said to be a criminal punishment in
’’Mf	зз	।
Central Tibet, varying in severity, e.g.,
when the culprit’s hands are
cut off, the stumps sewed up in leather
and the poor wretch thrown as a beggar
upon public charity, &o. (Jd.).
ko-thag strap ; thong,
ко-thud a kind of tea, probably so
called on account of being sold packed
iu hide cases; an inferior tea:
(Rtsii. 74) “to the cost of
pressed brick-tea.”
ko-thums packed up in hide;
a leather
package containing 30 ounces of gold:
having sto-
len a bag containing gold, (we) concealed it
in a marmot’s (Bq a marmot) hole.
фяччр! ko-hthag§ a small instrument of
leather to weave lace with (Cs.).
ko-g.dany pronounced kom-gdan,
skin-rug or seat; a piece of leather put
under the saddle (Sch.):
for each tanned skin-rug or
leather folding used for cushions (three
tanka) (Rtsii.).
ko-mdah an arrow bound with
hide:	the hide arrow used in
the north (of Tibet).
ko-ldin a vessel or basin made of
hide to keep or cleanse oil or lime-wash:
(Rtsii.) for each
hide vessel for holding sa-rtsi (such and
such a price).
ko-lpags hide; also tanned skin;
4^^ hide or leather mate-
rial or stuff included in the fourteen
materials prescribed for clothing to be
used by Buddhist monks.
ko-lpags
Iham-wkhan	worker in hide and
leather; a shoe-maker.
Ito-ipyin (fio-pin) glue:
for each stick or cake of glue
(Rtsii.).
Jff Йелг ko-phofis guitar (gen. made of
thiu belly-skin of a cow) (Ld.); it is
tuned in three-fourths (Jd.).
ko-phor a cup made of leather
and painted to look like a wooden cup;
ko-gshon a basin made of hide.
ko-wa, tnkhan a tanner; the
steersman of a hide boat.
ko-wa mned-mkhan a tanner.
Ko-wa brag
n. of a district in Upper Tibet:
then he visited Ko-wa brag
in Stod-lun (Lha. kah. 23).
ko-bub$ au entire skin:
an entire skin of
a sheep holds three khar-nag measure of
good butter (Rtsii. 74).
ko-hbugs an awl; a three-sided
needle for sewing leather (Sch.).
4*5 ko-hbo itch scab; ^4*5^\^ scabby.
In Sikkim a measure for rice or barley
made of hide.
ko-§brag§ a hide filled with
butter ; the whole package is so called.
ko-tshal pieces of leather or hide:
for each skin
of butter and honey, &c., with hide
wrapping (Rtsii.).
ko-rlon gtums packed in a
fresh skin:
like a man packed in a fresh skin, or any-
thing packed or fastened with raw hide
which becomes shrivelled when the skin
dries and illness is induced.
c
^1
34
ко-rul a rotten hide.
ко-la a grub which breeds in hides ;
a kind of hide-moth;
| the Kola moth, something
like a species of vermin in flesh (ВЛчУ.).
ko-$am-pa (Lex.) one dressed in
skin or having a skin for his under-
clothing, v. kom-po.
^У7!] Ko-ka a place in Bengal where
in ancient times many Tantrik adepts
lived ($. Lain.).
j ’fpryStn] Ko-ka-li-ka	a
Bhiksu of tho Buddha’s time who sided
with Devadatta (K. d. •*) 2^7).
Ko-kio. wild mountainous country
cast of Bengal in the Chakma and Hamsa-
vati countries winch are east and south-
east of Haribhadra (Manipur) (S. Lam.).
Ko-ki-h	the Indian
cuckoo, in books described as a bird that
sings sweetly (K. du. p 99).
ko-ki laksa n. of a tree
(Mnon.).
Ko-ko (variously spelt ko-
sko, ko§-ko ^Кко$-$ко} 1. the
chin; also occasionally the throat or the
neck: ^'^^*4=^'q‘^N-q to raise
the chin (&ag.) [see
chinless,or one with a small chin:
with a slightly perceptible
chin;	a chin like
that of a pig; pig-faced (no chin) ube-
neath the chin.”	fag or
the lower part of the chin. 2. a
Tibetan of mixed breed, ?>., born of a
Chinese father and a Tibetan mother.
Ko-ko than-ma a country
in cr near Ceylon (•-/«*)•
Кокуа	pure (Ze.rz.).
^35 Ko-krad (ko-teh) 1. ^'§,8Ч'35
lham-gyi akrad the worn out leather of old
shoes and boots; 2. also a leather-
shoe {Jd.).
neck:
ko-sko —	mgrin-pa
hdeg§ raise the nock {Nag. J).
Ko Jia	yul-shig gi-mifi
n. of a place in Tibet (Fit/.).
ko-non-ts", also	к o-n al-
ts or	ko-lon-t#** the kernel of
the pine-apple (Cs.); more particularly the
edible seed of the Acosrt-pine growing in
tho valley of the Sutlej ; it is also called
ёкап-пан-ts? in Kunawar (Ja.).
ko-tan=- B4! khrag blood in
mystic language (K. g. 216).
ТГ5Я-И ko-tam-pa ^ч|,9|‘йс; n. of a
mountain (K. dun. 17).
ko-tam-pahi-ra$
one of tho 41 materials of clothing permis-
sible to Buddhist mendicants ; a kind of
graps formerly used in making clothes
(K. du. ч 388).
ko-tam-bkag same as above.
ko-tra-pa нт^, in vulg.
Nepalese Kodu, a kind of millet largely
used in Sikkim for making murica beer; it
is mentioned in K. d. * 333. A species
of grain eaten by the poor; Paspatum
scrobiculatum.
ko-trog-can ^’34’54 mi krog
krog applied to a thoughtless, childish
man (K. d. ^362).
Л]’£| ко-tha	a kind of leprosy
’ifaail
35
I
ko-thal cinders, ashes;
S^’q ko-thal-du byas pa to be reduced to
ashes :	ko-thal hthor-гсаг
gyur-pa scattered about ashes.
ko-dd-la or ^rt^TW a
tree growing in the mountain Called
Kokila Parvata (K. d. £74).
фк’3 ko-paft-tse a sort of tea
(Sehtr.)\ usually called Capinze (Schtr.).
Ко-Ы-da-ra	the
tree of paradise on which grows the Pari-
jdta flower; also a tree tho flower of which
is pretty and of sweet scent, probably
Bauhinia variegata (К. my. 20);
an abode of the gods
(2Г. du.\310).
Ko-bo prop. n. of a country
(Vai. kar.).
’’iW Ko-brag-pa prop, a sect of Tan-
trik Buddhists; also its founder:
(J. Zaft.)
Bsod-nams rgyal-mtshan of Ko-brag
brought Vibhuti Chandra from Bal-po
(Nepal) to Ding-ri and later on founded
the monastery of Ko-brag in Upper My an.
ко-ma a bird (Pai. sH.).
4’3 ko-tse ja brgyad-pa the
Chinese name for the brick-tea used by
the common people of Tibet. It is called
ja brgyad-pa, the eighth or the inferior
quality of tea (5. kar. 80).
4'W< ko-icag$ is meant to express
the voice of a raven (Ja.).
Ko-ranjo	prop, a
country, said to be in the fabulous
Western Continent of Godaniya (K. d.
331).
+ ^’4 Ko-raba the descen-
dants of Kuru; their party; n. of a
country in the east (K. cl. 267).
4 ко-re or ko-ra cup for drink-
ing ;	(pn-kor wooden cup which
every Tibetan carries with him in the
pocket of his great coat next to his bosom;
gcl-kor a drinking glass.
ko-lahi hclab—^^ ^ ^ glafi-
pohipi-pi Un plantain leaf (Mfion.).
I: ko-lon annoyance; dissatis-
faction ; the jealousy of demi-gods or of
Кода, &c.:	I “pray
do not out of dissatisfaction be jealous of
me.” In saying grace at meal time tho
Gods are exhorted by the lamas not to be
spiteful, jealous or angry, &c.:
। the
Lord (Atis'a) not being actuated by any
spite did not express any dissatisfaction,
&c. (Л. 58).
Ф^’ II : is a dubious word (Schtr.);
ko-lon-wa to hate, envy; but in a
passage in ЛА7., where the connection
admits of no doubt, ko-lon mdsad-pa must
be taken = disdain (Id.). In Amdo ’fj’fo*
ko-lon~dispute, fight.
c( ^o-^a-ld fjw mythical river
oast of Jambudvipa (K. d. ч 267).
4 луфц Kq
-qi-ld a certain king
of birds (К. my. *q 18).
Kondi-nya	the son
of Upayamati; in Tib.	n. of a
Muni or sage; n. of a grammarian; a
patronymic of the poet Jayadeva.

36
^1
Ko-qam-Ы, also written
Kohu-$atn-bi	the city of
Howers; n. of an ancient city situated
on the Gauges in tho lower part of the
Doab, in tho vicinity of Kurrah; acc. to
Nag. 3 Vatsapattana.
i Ko-gi-ka, also written ^^’4
Ko-hu-^i-ka	1. an epithet of
Indra ; n. of a drug. 2. n. of the Vatiea
Robusta; n. of a teacher; an owl; a
patronymic of Vis’vamitra, who was the
grandson of Kus'ika; n. of a river, river
Kosi (К. (I. я 267).
Syn. na-gu-l";	ч §brul
kha$ $dig$-pa;	dran-sroft
mdsod (Nag.).
Ko
-sa-thi-la chen-po
n. of a Qrdvaka attendant of
the Buddha (К. my. 4 4%8).
Ko-8a-la	n. of
a part of Ancient Oudh which in the Bud-
dha’s time was ruled by King Prasonajit.
I: kog-pa 1. a cover; ^4'^4
kog-^og the paper-cover of a letter; an
envelope (Yig. k. 2):
5^ the cover or envelope (of a letter)
should be neat and clean. ja-kog a
hide case in which tea is packed is usually
called ja-ko; W’fpq mar-kog a skin of
butter :	1 (& ieg.)
“like a stone in water or package of
butter.” ^'^4 $un-kog shell, rind; B'^'^4
phyi-yi-kog exterior shell; bark. 2. the
name ^4 4 kog-pa is applied to an old
man after the age of 85 (Rtsa shaft.).
ifjqj-q II; 1. vb., to splinter off, to
chip; ^4«1**4 to rise suddenly and run
away (eTa.).	2.	kog-pa gu-ua to
peel, pare off.
kog-tse зтТчГ a net: acc. to
(flag.)	’ “a net
or snare to catoh birds or wild animals.”
I: кой, also кой-кой, concave;
excavated; crooked; bent; warped.
’ffv sa кой-кой undulating ground;
кой-pa-nid concavity.
’fyr II: Q Koft-po, also $кой-
1. cup; crucible. 2. the country
of ravines, n. of a province of Tibet
lying to the south-east of Lhasa and
cast of Tso-thang.	Кой-gsum
fsuivi the three divisions of Koft-yul\ also
n. of a kingdom in Ancient India which
was ruled by King SusarmS. ^’45 Koft-
$ked a kind of sash or waist-band of fine
wool manufactured in Кой-ро;
koft-induft a kind of spear manufactured
in Koft-po (Jig. 32); ’ffvgr koft-рай planks
brought from Koft-po (S. kar. 179);
koft-tprcl an ape from Koft-po; the name
of an individual who made a donation to
aid in repairing the monastery of Samye.
kon-bzo a kind of armour or weapon
manufactured in Koft-po.
*^‘3^ koft-kuu зкТзгчг n. p. (Schr.).
^0 koft-khru (koft-thu) a kind of
yellow Tatin :	’44’4^4 (S. kar.
180) a piece or roll of yellow satin for a
gown.
Koft-jo, in Chinese Kuug-chu, a
princess; the Tibetan name of the daugh-
ter of Emperor Tai-tsung, who was married
to King Sroft-tsan Sgam-po,
Koft-jo, from China; the Chinese
spouse Kon-jo (Zotf. я 5).
37
’fc-g KoMu a small cup-shaped
brass or copper oil-burner ; mchod-
kon an offering bowl, a cup for offering
pure water to any divinity ; W-
kofi ink-stand, generally for black ink;
rptshal-кой ink-stand for red ink
or vermilion;	blug%-koft casting
mould, crucible;	g&er-koft a gold
cup or oil-burner placed before Tibetan
deities; 9 bye-koft bowl of sand.
кой-то a cave; a ditch.
Kod boiled:	’Vqsrq’g’
ja de koj-na$ ka-ra bram-po
1йа Ьугй-ра$ Jo-wo dgyes (Л. 95) the tea
having been boiled (prepared) and given
with five lumps of sugar, the Jo-wo was
gratified.
коп-pa, also called
коп-pa gab-skye$, the name of a plant that
grows in solitary places, generally in the
clefts of rooks. This medicine, kon-pa
gab-$kye$, is used in Tibet for stopping
hemorrhage.
kob-kob, same as kab-kob,
the noise or sound produced from the
stretching of hides.
кот-pa to tan (skin).
kom-gdan a seat made of tan-
ned skin.
kom-po skin which has been made
soft and pliable by tanning; leather.
Кот-рй кой-jo the
princess Kom, the youngest daughter of
Wen Chung, tho fifth Emperor of the
Tang dynasty. She was married to King
Me Agtshom (J. ZaH.).
T4!
kor, same as $kor. 1. is used
as а ^’5^ or auxiliary particle used in
the manner of an affix, as in
stod-kor, which signifies a cloth that
surrounds or covers the upper part of one’s
body; hence §tod-le a kind of half
jacket worn by children and also by lama
dancers; klad-kor the circular dot
put over the head of certain letters to
signify the letter * ma. 2. anything that
has been cut out by the hand or a lathe,
such as <рй-ког a wooden cup;
rdsa-kor an earthen cup or vessel turned
out. 3. n. of a place;	’^’<1 Kor-ni-ru-
pa n. of a great lama who was a native
of the place called Kor. (Deb. 4 11).
kor also occurs in ^’^4 than-kor,
fa nen-kor,	ho J-kor,	paj-kor,
gdub-kor, &c.
kor-kor coiled:
5^1 “a string was wound round the
(exorcist’s) dagger (Уаг.§й. 82).
kor-bzo lit. of round make; a
kind of shield of round shape (Rtsii.).
a colloq. form of
kol-wahi lam—^^^ lam-йап-
pa, a bad road (Мйоп.).
kol-за, v. hgolsa or
gol-sa,
ko$-ko the chin. This
word is also applied to the throat and
even to the wind-pipe.
Kya-la (also called jp) petty;
n. of a petty state in Tibet, the chief town
of which is	(lit. the lion-face),
where the Tsang-po, it is said, enters a
rocky chasm in the mountains.

38	||
Kya-an n. of a large fort in
Tibet {Dsam. 32).
ОТ kyag or OT’OT kyag-kyag 1.
throwing obstacles in the way of another’s
work out of spite. 2. thick; run into
clots; OT'q'V\ kyag-pa nit} thickness (Cs.).
OT’OT kyag-kyog or kyog-
kyog «ГЖ curved; crooked; not straight.
ОТ’ I: kyafi, also OT’OT kyafi-kyaft or
kyaft-po, 1. straight; right; very
straight (Cs.). 2. slender as a stick
W-
ОТ’ II:	X. and; and also;
though; although; too; yet more; used
instead of ОТ’ daft enclitically after tho
letters TSIn composition the word
ОТ’ is placed between the subject and
the predicate, for example :—
he was beautiful and his
mind was also good. In the sense of
“ though ” M follows the first or contrast-
ed vorb :—“though
his faco was handsome yet his body was
crooked.”	I this being
handsome also sheds lustre. 2. since,
since that; then, therefore ; likewise;
whereas.
kyan-kyon indolent, lazy, idle
(Л1.).
куаг-ро, also OT’OT kyar-kyar,
flat, not globular (Cs.).
OT’OT kyar-kyor still feeble as a
convalescent after disease (Ja.).
ОТ I: kyaly resp. <^4’OT shal-kyal, a
joke; also a comic or jocular look : ^Ц’^Т
(A. 113) once having a
jocular smile on his face.
от II: also OT’OT sometimes
written as MH* tkyal-rkyal, long and flat,
not globular. Described in (Nag.)
like straw, hollow
and devoid of meaning; worthless.
ОТЧ kyal-ka WT4 joke, jest,
tricks: OTT’OT'^4! kyalJcahl tshig
rt&ed-mohi tshig playful word.
OT’q kyal-pa vain, idle talk, nonsense.
OT’5^ kyal’kyal poor; ill-condi-
tioned.
kyi 1. This syllable is primarily an
inflecting affix attached to nouns, adj.,
participles, фе., indicating tho genitive
case. This affix takes the form Э only
after the final letters 5, ч, or and is
varied to § whero tho word to which it
is attached ends in either \ от *i, and
to whero the preceding final is or
or simply to if the final happens to
bo a vowel. Ex.: ^5’5 of Tibet, Tibetan;
чя’З of the way; ОТ’5) of the north;
at tho time of going. Sometimes, more-
over, it is elided altogether, as in ^5'45
Tibetan language. 2. It is annexed to
vorbal roots (with tho same variations of
form) after the manner of a continuative
particle and imparting the gemndial sense,
but by some modern writers used as a
finite verb. Gerundially it generally im-
plies an antithesis which may be ex-
pressed in English by “ though ” followed
by “yet”:
^5 though the girl called to him, yet
he went on the straight way without turn-
ing his head. As affix to a finite verb it
is frequent in the writings of Padma
Jungnag and Milaraspa, and is also used
in the C. colloquial. Attached to the
verbal root it may also carry the sense of
TSFI
39
“as much as,” “asfaras” :
as far as he remembered
this road, he followed the ox. 3. 5 con-
necting the auxiliary verb with the verbal
root forms a much-used present tense :
I am lying down. But here the
final vowel does not often take the simple
t (*)> e*9*> is seeing; still we have
in books is eating food. [W.!?.—
The use with the instrumental form
will come under that article.]
№ kyi-gJofi the elbow.
§ U Kyi-Ice n. of a medicinal plant,
Gentiana decumbens. The white species of
this plant called	kyi-lce dkar-po
is in repute for biliousness. The blue
called	kyi-lce $non-po heals swell-
ing in the throat or glands (Med.).
kyi-bun a chill; a feeling of
cold (ScA.).
kyi-lin chu-rta §non-po=
dnid-chu quicksilver (Smdn. 118).
kyi-hud	VT ^TVT
1. inter]., the sound of weeping, lamenta-
tion ; an expression of grief, sorrow or loss;
Alas I Ah I	kyi-hud zer-tca VTVT
expressing deep sorrow or lamenta-
tion. 2. one of the eight cold hells of the
Buddhist purgatory.
Э*т^ kyig-rtse unburnt brick
(Sch.).
Kyift n. of a people living in the
east of Asia (Yig. 8).
к yin ser-rlufi a violent
NO
wind with hail: acc. to Jd. also Q'^kya-sa,
onomatopoetio word; a blowing wind.
куш a verbal termination used
alternatively with gym and Sfa gin and
after a vowel; gin denoting a partic.
pres, like the English ‘ing’:
proceed on your way singing! With
yod or R^»| hdug it forms a periphrastical
present tense:	§mon-lam
hdebs-kyin yod he is praying (just now)
(Jd.). Most probably the common present
form in kyi, gi, &c., is an excised form of
this use, e.g.)	is coming; is
looking.
kyir, also kyir-kyir, round;
circular; a disk ; a round thing;
kyir-wa-nid roundness.
5^ kyis by, with; the sign of the
instrumental case, used after the letters
5, a, or *i, and generally indicating the
personal subject of the action. It is called
the	byed-pa pohi ggra (the term of
the doer). Gerundially kyis is annexed
to a verbal root to render clauses which in
English would be introduced with “by,”
“from,” &C., C.g.,
from the sword having pierced the liver,
he was slain. Of course the prep. “ from ”
might be omitted here. Again our “because”
is often an appropriate opening to clauses
terminated in &c.:
the demon coming, he turned aside ;
or, because the demon came, he, &c.
kyu a hook;	Icags-
kyu iron hook; an angle; a fishing hook;
shab§-kyu (i.e., the foot-hook) a
mark fixed at the foot of a letter to
signify the vowel and written as^
kyur-kyur twittering; the cry
of a small bird :	byihu
coga kytir-kyur sgrog the swallow twitters.
40
^11
куе the vocative sign; О!
Holla! 5 kye is called д bbcd-paty,
$gra or interjection—the word of invoca-
tion or calling: 3*5^1 0 great King 1
3'X^’S’qS’^ 0 lotus-gem (Chenraisi).
Э’® Kye-kye, also written 3 for
abbreviation ; conveys the same meaning
as 3*
3*^1 Kye-rdo-rje % n. of a terrific
Tantrik deity.
kye-ga n. for the magpie.
Kye-phafi-pa n. of an idol of
the Nying-ma sect, consisting, like most
of the popular idols in Tibet, of an
enchanted stick or log decked with rags,
but much dreaded and said to be identical
with Pe-Jkar Gyalpo (Jd.).
Э’Я kye-ma тт (interj.) Alas! An
expression of surprise with sorrow, also of
misery; 3’*’*’®* kye-ma-maJa wvtbut
oh! an interjection expressive of desire
for compassion or fatigue: 3’^’я’вгщз'В?
kye-ma ma-la glaft-po hdi alas this
elephant! (Л. K. 1-36).
kye-re or ke-re, also 3^ к yer,
upright, erect; 3^q kye-re-wa or 3’^5
kye-re-nid the act of standing erect.
(mterj.)vft,vi Alas !
Woe! Ah! What misery! An expression
of grief or pain; 3’V kye-ho What oh!
Holla!	1 kye-ho and kwa-ye
are exclamatory words.
rj-q
kyo-wa a pointed iron-hook;
a large pin to pierce with.
kyo-rafi, v. 3’3 kyc-wa.
kyog, also ЗЧ’З4! ЗЖ, crooked,
bent, winding, curved:	|
having turned his head (sideways),
lam-kyog a winding or surpentine road; a
zig-zag.
Kyog-po згяг crooked; З4)'^
Луо/7-^ог crookedly, not straight:
(Pag, 1S3) the
wild animals that conceal themselves
bending their necks ran away.
I: к у ой or 33’33 kyoft-kyofi 1.
hollow; cavity; the hollow of a dish or
tray; cognate to кой. 2. obstinate;
unmanageable (Jd.).	3. hard, as in
$’33’Q, hard water; evidently a colloq.
form of $’3^’3.
3^11: or 33’3 куой-bu a small shovel,
scraper; 3C'T’ куой-kha quarrel (Sch.).
3« к у от flexible but without elas-
ticity ; flabby, loose, lax.
kyom-pa soft and tough ;
kyom-pa-nid pliancy; toughness.
3^ kyom-kyom of irregular
shape, not rectilinear (Ja.).
kyor qt 35’3^ kyor-kyor weak,
feeble, unfortified (C&.).
HpI kyol or З'Ч’ЗЯ kyolJiyol^fa kyor.
Щ Kra (ta) for	kra-tysugs
established a Dhannas'&la (Л. 61).
TJ’kra-ma far-sa n. of a kind
of precious stone : “ ^з/л^лч’
q-fljw I (Rtsii. 4'1) a house
built of ruby made lofty with a dome of
krama garsa.
33 krag	brag, signifying
rock.
3е* I
41
Ml
иге kraft-fa (tang-fte) standing ;
й'ч or	an upright posture;
2(5’4 kraft-sdod-pa to stand.
Kraft-naft (tang-nang) a gallery
round a house; a covered passage; evi-
dently an incorrect form of 5}^’^.
D^‘4 kraft-wa (tang-wa), prob, wrongly
written for	to make straight.
•55’^ krad-hkhor (td-khor) a ring
used in the exercise of archery as a butt
for arrows; a mark; a target.
35'^ krad-rgyun ((ё-дуйп) a piece of
long narrow leather to mend shoes with;
acc. to Cs. a long narrow piece of leather
to fasten the sole to the upper leather of a
shoe or boot.
krad-pa (£ё-ра) a shoe; a cover-
ing for the feet of the lower classes
of people; a leathern half-boot ; 35'^
kratf-lhan a patch for shoe.
kran-ma (tan-ma), colloq. for
sran-ma, peas.
Цфтр krab-krab (tab-tal)==*№*
dancing or stamping of the feet :
(his) legs and arms moved as
in dancing. According to &ag, 2P*2p
is equivalent to $4’^4, flat.
kram (tarn) cabbage ; дя'яеа sweet
or fresh cabbage; 3^’5^ kram $kyur oab-
bage-piokle; cabbage soaked in vinegar.
Kri-ka-rti-ka n. of a
monastery in ancient Behar which was also
known by the names of Samudra Gupta
and Kusumapuri (Л. 60),
e\
+	kri-ka la-sa w*rni a
small lizard.^ There is an account of this
animal being once offered as a burnt sacri-
fice to the gods (7Г. d. * 214).
t ifi! Kri-kri fjfffsfi, n. of a Bud-
dhist king of Benares who is said to have
patronized Buddha Kas'yapa. In the
Chinese versiou of the Vimala-kirti-nir-
des'a sutra, he is called Krpin, the kind
and merciful.
c\
HP kri-kha (ti-kha) the magpie; the
white-breasted magpie; colloq. called kya-
ka in Tibet.
Kri-wa shahi-gdon n. of a
place in Tibet (J. Zaft.).
kri-mi (ti-mi) = ^^bya-gag 1. the
grey duck (Mnon.). 2. a worm.
kriya fkm;	the
ritualistic part of Sambhawa mysticism:
(Л. 74)
the krya man-tra having been performed
by the six-armed deity.
Kri-qoft-ba-ro n. of an indi-
vidual who did some service to Atis'a
during his journey to Tibet through Nepal
(Л. 142).
krig-krig {tig-tig) —to
beat or press with the hand or feet; to
make the sound tig-tig,
krig-gi (tig~gi) straight:
the iron arrow when
quite straight being good (I). It.).
krig-cags med-pa
^•5рга5’4’**Л55Я ^5'4 I not customary .
or purposelessly; for nothing :
Mongol tribes
without adhering to custom would always
be making prayers (D. fel.10).
7

42

’Тртгр’
krin-kan (tifi-kan) a weapon
like the spear; a forked spear:
| (to the cost of) a
spear and lance with saw-like teeth
(Rtsii.).
kriti-bag-sgyo (tifi-pag-gyo)
glue or paste made of flour.
krin-nad (tin-не9) the colic.
Tjp-’i5 Krisna n. of sculptor ; an
image-maker during Atis’a’s time about
1000 A.D. (A, 121).
Kris-na-sa-ra	the
spotted antelope (Jd.); a kind of black
antelope which is said to possess the heart
of a Bodhisattva. The skin of this animal
is used by Hindus and Buddhists alike
to sit upon; the Tibetan lamas attach
much sanctity to this antelope and its
skin.
TJ’TJ kru-kru (tu-tu) (JF.) wind-pipe
>o xo
(Jd.).
+	krv -kru tris (tu-tu ii)
so
a kind of yellow chintz resembling
satin of great value, formerly highly
prized in India and Tibet. It is called
kru-ra (tu-ra) =	dman$-
rigs the vulgar, or the lowest class of peo-
ple in the mystical language (K, g. J4 28).
TJC’TJK’IIKrun-kruft sgra-can (tufig-
Mlg-da-can) n. of a country (filled with the
cry of storks or cranes) said to have been
visited by the Buddha (K. du. F302).
Krun-than the chief Chinese
so
minister who was resident in Tibet when
Abbe Hue visited Lhasa ; an official of
his class (Yig. k. 38). Probably an error
for Chung fang, a title borne by certain
high officials in China.
krum-pa (tum-pa) broken in the
edge or side or nibbled, but not entirely
broken to pieces.
Krums (turn) meat; in polite
language it is called	(sol-turn),
the meat that is offered to a respected
person.
Kre-nag (te-nag) n. of a place
in Kham.
the forehead ; also
dpral-pa, the
n. of a place in
krag-nag (te-nag) the spout of a
kettle (Sch.),
Т]’Ц kre-pa (te-pa)
a colloq. spelling for
forehead.
Kre-bo (te-o)
Kham.
ySvi kro dha-na яЙ’иИ'Г—
a fierce woman ; an amazon (Mfion.).
Wl krog-krog (tog-tog) a kind of
sound produced by the grinding of hard or
brittle objects together: ifa’ifa'VOS “tog-
tog is a sound” (fiag.); tog-tog is an ono-
matopoetic word meaning a grating sound.
kron (/ow) erect; standing:
5^1 the body erectly stood.
kron-kron (tong-tong) stand-
ing; posing still and erect:
| (A. 27)
“ while the two pupils were looking on, the
deity was able to appear erect as if in
life.” When used of persons, it means
also standing on one’s knees; kneeling
in an upright position (Ja.).
^•Г|
43
351
k>ofi-rtse (tong-tse) n. of a kind
of round writing anciently used in China:
I the
characters of that time were circular letters
called Tofig-tse. The word krofi-rtse
seems to bo a corruption of the Chinese
tang-clbien^ copper cash. Tibetans say
sj-wq “ a hundred cash.”
те kron-kron (ton-ton) in 7F. hang-
ing; dangling.
gj kla-rtsi musk :	this is an
incorrect spelling of the word a’J' gla-tsi.
sra kl-klo ’gst, ahr, ^nW
1. a barbarian:	1 kyi-hud
gla-glo dudhgroklu (Zam. 2) “ Alas, the
Mlecoha, the beasts, and the Ntiga !” 2.
any Musalman of India, a Hwi-hwi or
Hwi-tse in China. 3. a nation without
laws ; a barbarous, uncivilized race.
Я’ЙТ» kla-klo-kha=*^ zafis copper
(Jftfon.).
kla-klo rnam$ the bar-
barians (Schr.).
Я’йП’Р kla-klohi kha a Musal-
man’s mouth; = P‘^ kha-che “ a wide mouth-
man,” ?>., a Musalman of Kashmir.
kla-klohi chos (Schr.)
“religion on the lips.”
kla-klohi tig-ta several bitter
roots growing in the sub-Himalayan
regions; one is also called ^’3'54l’5 Gen-
tiana cheretta (Мйоп.).
kla-klohi §po§=Atf*\'Q garlic
(Шоп.).
kla-klohi hphel wmbr,
Spremfa n. of a Turuska (Tartar) King;
lit. growth of the Yavana or the HUcccha;
«S’h’l kla-kluhi bye-brag tWf a
tribe of Turuska ; a Tartar.
klag-cor	gfk
clamour, noise:	q loss noisy:
“having made a row
about.”
2FP klag-pa 1. WWFT study, reading;
a teaching profes-
sor, a teacher:	।
“has completed his vow of study” (A. K.
30), v. sfa'q klog-pa to read, peruse;
klags ufecT, is pret. of Й^Ч 2.
^ГсГГС to incarnate :
waiting for or expectant of one’s advent
or incarnation; in Asta.	“one
who finds fault with”; ЯЧ1^’^,ВЧ1^=
not incarnated or obtained an incar-
nated state:	'Ч’ЯЯ^’^^Л I
“ there cannot be transmigration from one
to another state of emptiness.” (This is
in reference to the eighteen states of
Siinyata.)
ЯЯ^ klags, v. ЙЯ klog.
SIS klad	j
1. “the word klad means above or up-
ward” (Nag.) ;	revolving
round overhead (A. 155). 2.
head; brain ; it is also written as g|5’q
Я5same as a dot or cypher placed
on the top or head of a letter to denote
the abbreviation of the letter я ma, which
is commonly used in writing and occa-
sionally in printing. 3. first; Я\^ from
the first:
as to lion’s cubs, their claws
are prominent from the first.
ЯУ2 klad rgya membrane covering the
brain ; pia mater;	the bloody
marrowin tho bones (Schr.); klad sgo
the fontanel in the infant cranium (Schr.).
Wl
44

35'$^’ klad chufi the cerebellum; 35
klad gshuft the spinal marrow; 35’^^
klad gzer painful pricking sensation in the
brain; 35'tlcw or 515'5 the thin covering
of the brain.
35'3* klad-tho the top length of a
Tibetan tent, Лс., the distance between
its two poles.
35 klad-don lit. signifies the meaning
of the text or the original work, but is
gon. used as a term for the Sanskrit
names or expressions whirh head almost
all the religious books of Tibet. The
work M.fton. makes 35 synonymous with
35'5** the amplification of the original
text.
35’4 klad-pa what is uppermost ;
35'^ klad-ma wife priority, beginning,
top.
3\q*44)*w’q klad-pa hgem§-pa lit. whose
brains have become confounded ; to stun;
to surprise; to confound; to overthrow
in argument.
35'q^ klad-bzo the making of the outer
side of anything:
qvS| klad bzo sbug then §kab$ daft bstun-bar
bya this outer covering and the flannel
within must be made to fit in their size
(Yig. 22).
31V3 klan-ka censure, blame;
35Л] $«rq klan-ka mi htshol-wa one not
seeking brawls: ^5’ч*§5’^^‘г*'*гз^'лТ
casting imputations against
another is called klan-ka htshol-wa; У5’
q	fit'mn’35^also fomenting a dis-
pute is called klan-ka ; 35^4 = 35'
j	one who seeks brawls;
35t5'« or 3VWq or 35№^w^ or
to censure, blame.
klan-pa 1. revenge; wrong aveng-
ed ; to wreak vengeance for: В‘Кч|'9)*г$ч|*
q’^'jpgYq-^rqN-^-qrX^ 9) the crow
revenges itself upon the owl by what is
called flesh-revenge.
SYS klan-bya part to be mended
or to be patched.
ЗрТЧ klam-pa a thick blanket;
also a pagri or turban used by Tibetans
when travelling: з*^м'ч**М ^55'^’^’^’
du. qj 121) klani the term for a
long piece of cloth which is tied round the
head.
a7’’2’ klal-uw^Q^xw tegyifa-pa or
g*q^c^*q b$nafi$-pa	yawning;
to yawn.
sp* kla$ <srw, w copious, abundant;
an equivalent of "w yaj, beyond, apart,
as in	mthah kla§ or w
“w (ярря). In this case 3^ may be taken
to mean a without,’ and is an equivalent
of the Sanskrit w.
klift-ma or gfspr, the
margin of a river or lake.
3] I: klu n. of a kind of flower
(7Г. my. 20).
Й] II: WRT, aw,	1. the
NO
Indian Nagay that is, a demi-god having the
human head and the body of a serpent,
which is generally supposed to live in
fountains, rivers, and lakes. The Lu are
also believed to be the guardian of great
treasures under-ground; they are able to
cause rain and certain maladies, and
become dangerous when angry. 2. a
serpent or any snake in general.
kun-tu dgah-
wahi zlo$-gar the drama of Nagananda;
^Alhr W a?’	5'। a
dramatic treatise by ‘ Harsadeva
(Ya-sel. 230).
Д’Г5^’ klu-khaft the residence of the Lu
or serpent gods. An imaginary palace
supposed to exist at tho bottom of the sea
or of some lake where the Naga reside :
(Jig-) saw
the palace of the Lu and their grove with
delight.
Ш’Ща^сГа kht-gjan nag-po ba-ru
= the crab which is called by
the Tibetans “bull-homed black Lu”
(Sman. Z44)*
* З’Э*1 klu-rgyal ?ПЛТГ5Т (Schr.).
’25’^5’3^ Sht-rgyal dkar-po dufi-
skyoft	n. of a certain
Naga Raja or a serpent demi-god called
the White Protector of Conch Shells: Д’З'Ч*
the Lu
ruler called white S'ankhapala and S’an-
khadhara Bahu Papi, the deity with many
arms, and others (Rtsii. M)-
5|’j«r*w«w klu-rgyal mthah-yas
infinite; the king of the snakes described
in Hindu mythology (fijncm.); one of the
eight klu-chen, great Lu.
klu-rgyal rigs-lna tho five
classes among the Naga Raja qt Lu kings
residing in tho fabulous world of the snakes.
Д'|А Klu-$grub (Lu-dub) ntvtwt the
expounder of the Madhyamika school of
Buddhist philosophy.
jj'^'A^ klu-ehen brgyad the eight chiefs
of the Lu or Naga are	;
^ 25 HW;
qv« to;	WTTO; «r^cRt;
klu hjog-po the class of
Lu or Naga called Taksaka.
S’San klu-thebs the coming forth of the
Lu in summer from their retreats. This
time is fixed in Tibetan almanacs for wor-
shipping them:	'O
db yar-sa §teA-du klu hofi-ica la klu-tkeb§
zer the coming upwards of the Lu from
their retreats in summer is called Д’San
klu-thebs.
ЯГ^| klu-ldog the retiring of the Lu
to their abodes in the nether regions
is called klu-ldog^ which time is
generally calculated by the Tibetan astro-
logers to fall in December.
3T»wV§5 klu mthar byed ХЧЖП the
chief patriarch of the Naga*, also NJAPd*,
which is a name of the Garuda bird.
c^q’^l 9| йа 1, n. of au indolent poison.
2. n. of a very venomous snake (Smaft.
350).
Я klu dug-can poisonous snakes.
klu-gdon hjoms-byed—^'
5’84’4 rgyal-pa &nug-po lit. that which
destroys poison or kids Lu demons = Д’^
musk (Smau. 333),
Д A^’^’t klu-bdudrdor-je n.of a medici-
nal plant which is believed to have the
property of healing all sorts of diseases
caused by Lu or malignant spirits.
klu-mdud prob. Codouopsis ovata
(Ja.) also	kluhi gnod-pa cures all
kinds of arthritis and rheumatism (W.).
klu-sdirs NTTOTjj the peaks or
flanks of a mountain where snakes reside.
ЙИ5 klu-nad <nuxPT, ginftil the disease
caused by the Lu or leprosy.
46

P”i
klu-gjia$ •тпГчЕН the abode of
the Lu.
*Щ'^5 klu-bod	one of the
disciples of Nagarjuna {Schr.).
*Я’5^ klu-Ьуай HTTRtftr an epithet of
N^gSrjuna and also that of one of his
disciples.
q klu-dwafi-gi rgyaLpo a
Buddha ruling over the Lu, usually depict-
ed with 4 attendant Bodhisattea {Grub,
109),
Klu-hbum n. of a section of tho
Sgomdft division of the monastery of
Dpal-ldan НЬга$-$риЯ§ (Dai-
pungnear Lhasa):
।	I tho Gomang
sections of Daipung Monastery are the
Hordong, Sam-lo aud Lubum ; n. of a
treatise on a hundred thousand Naga,
д’чдя'Щ'г? klu-hbiun khra-bo 1. n. of a
religious work among the Bon-po, 2. 0'^
khra-bo moans “ mottled.” There are also
ц 'Щ klii-hbum dkar-po,
klu-hbum nag-po, Klu-hbum, originally a
hooded snake, cobra di capcllo ; tho mytho-
logical sense, however, is only understood
in Tibet, where every child knows and
believes in Lu or Nagas, &e., cobras being
unknown.
kla-me$	| {Deb, 4o) n.
of a lama of Tibet.
Д’М klu-mo a female serpent; also a
serpent demoness.
klu-mo mu-tig nu-sho-
can n. of medicinal plant used for wounds
or sores. Its flowers are of garnet colour;
when they are plucked there oozes out a
milkish sap which is said to possess
healing power {Sman, 350),
SJclu-унап n. of a medicine.
klu-gzttgs the body or likeness
of a snake; also a Lu in tho body of a
snake; anything with the body or in
the guise of a snake.
5)5'^ kluhi §kad the language of the
Naga; according to some Tibetan authors
this is the Nagari language of India which
they identify with the Prakrit. Accord-
ing to tho earliest historians of Tibet
4S kluhi shad, г>., the Naga bhtisa, was
the language of the Chinese: g'<Y4*<r2|’W
Rgya-nag-pa klu-la§ chad-pa$,
I the Chinese having originated
from tho sorpent demi-gods, speak the
Naga krta, tho language of tho Lu, Д'1’!’
3’5 nd да krta is distinguished from the
Sanskrit language which is called Deva
bhasd, tho language of tho gods. Naga-
krta means corrupt language and Sans-
krta moans refined language.
kluhi grofi-khyer nTipHlft, Hin-
der! the mythological city of the Naga
in the nether world ruled by King S'esa.
kluhi hjig-rten nrwfa the
nether world or region inhabited by the
Lu or Naga,
Kluhi dug-bcom n. of a fabu-
lous sea which lies beyond a great sandy
desert. The Lu chieftain Stob$~ldan {Bala-
ta n) resides there and excites dissensions
among living beings {K, d, 335),
Jcluhi gdefi§-ka the hood or
neck of a Naga or of a serpent.
* Kluhi-§de {Schr,) n. of the
celebrated Buddhist sage who answered
the interrogations of King Menander
(of Milinda Pannha); one of the eighty
Buddhist saints of the northern school.
kluhi gnod-pa or kluhi
$kyon, plague; a disease of unknown origin;
^'9=4° I
47
Г (
maladies supposed to be originated from
the malignity of the serpent demi-gods.
*	Д?kluhi byafi-chub *rrjr^rfv
(&ЛгГ).
2j5’g4 kluhi §brul a class of very
venomous snakes.
kluhi yi-ge	acc. to Cs.
the Chinese character; aco. to some authors
the Nagari character.
*	5!$’«й|*г^ klui bfe§-gnen ^nrfirsr
(Schr.) n. of a Buddhist saint.
ltfu-yi §kad ^пгнтчт the language
of the Naga*.
I it is said that (he) under-
stood (it) when related in the Sanskrit or
in the language of the Naga.
hlu-yi hkhri-$ifi=%'&*$^
n. of a leafy creeping plant (fifnon.).
klu-yi	lit. the snake’s
tongue; n. of a plant used in medicine.
Syn. g$fio-$afi$ hkhri-qin;
tfw-sans mthah-ya§;
mthah-ya§ rtsa; ч ba-glafi bsrun;
WS’* те-tog phra-mo (Mfion.).
klu-yi	the earth
(ДМои.).
klu-qln	lit. the snake-
tree ; the tree of golden bark.
Syn. 5*'*^ Ьит-сащ	§kye$-bu
mtho;	lhahi hdab;	lhahi
1сид-та;	sefi-ge skrod;
kluhi те-tog;	ge-sarmat-po; JT|**
klu-skye§ (Mfion.).
The names of some species of trees
called ndga rrksa are the following:—
tshad-ldan hdab- та;
те-tog rtse; sa-srufi;	kluhi
rptshan;	sog-le sgrib;
$un-pa dri-shim; rtsa-wa mafi;
^’54 sahi dsam-bu-ka	the plant
Flacourtia spadia (Mnon.).
gqed gsum the names of
three medicines, viz.,	sdig-srin,
shal-nag and SM*4 byan-nag (Sman.
450).
oj£’ klun a valley; river; O^’ clui-klufi
a river in general; ^40^* nags-klufi
a river passing through wooded tracts; the
name 3F’ klufi is seldom applied to small
streams or rivulets.
klun-rgyun a stream, current;
like the flow of a river.
Щ^’^Ч sgog a kind of garlic
growing wild on the margins of rivers in
Tibet:	| wild
garlic cures leprous sores and dries up the
fluids in swellings (fifed.).
klun-rta (in V4 nag-rtsis the
art of divination) = §^’5’ rlufi-rta.
klun-phyug§ cattle living in the
lower table-lands of Tibet. This term is
also applied to the yaks which are kept
in the lower plains of Tibet:
q kliin-phyugs so-gni§ yan-
gyi ko-u*a rer “for (i.e., the price of) each
hide of cattle of two teeth,” (f.a., above
two years old) (Rtsii.).
дк/wrq klufi hbab-pa the rushing of a
hill torrent; the flowing of a river.
klun-ma a river.
klufi-tshag a yak of the valley;
ri-t$hag a hill yak—a yak belonging
to the higher elevations and hill-tops of
Tibet (Rtsii.).
Klufi-fod n. of a place in the
uplands of (Digufi) situated to the
north-east of Lhasa (Lofi. * 12).
48
1^1	4
klitfi-fos a kind of plant growing
on the margins of rivers in Tibet, and
said to be efficacious when applied to sores:
kluft-sgog garlic of the valley.
I: &Zh#s this term is applied
'O
to the astrological results arrived at by
computing one’s age in reference to that
of one’s parents by consulting their
horoscopes. It occurs in the Vaiduvya
Karpo in expressions such as^’J)*^,
pha-klufi$9 ma-klufi$,
П: cultivated lands; a field:
klufis-su $kye grow on cultivated
soil:	Dkar-mdafis-kyi
Jclufis tshan-ma all fields belonging to
Qkar-hdafa,
+ ерт Klub-pa, pf. JWQ fclubs-pa,
1. to cover the body with ornaments
to put on luxuriously (Ck.) :
gser leb rta tpfi dag-las legs grub-pahi sefi-
khebsrab hbrifi tha-ma gsiun-dii klubs
2. to set up (a tenant). 3. n. of a tribe
in Tibet (Vai, kar, 160),
Klii$ bod ятптжц, Kaga-hvaya9
one of the 28 Buddhist sages mentioned
in the ЛЛ V.
Kitts byafi-chab итптгР?, Naga
Bodht\ one of the chief disciples of Nagar-
juna. His essence is supposed to have
been embodied in the late Kusho Seng-
chen of Tashi-lhiinpo.
a« klas a rack for clothes, clothes-
horse.
w klog-pa to read, imp. OT^’*^4!
klogs-gig also	do read, pf.
jpprq klags-pa or bklags, fut. ДЯ klag
I
or чдч] bklog, ^OT’^’S fyklag-par-bya ОТ'W
§S klog-par-byed is reading;
klog-par by cd-pa the act of reading, the
causing to bo read; Ilfa’S klog-bya any-
thing to be read;	klog-tu hjug-
pa to begin or cause one to read; ОТ’ч£*
klog-pa po or OT'*f^ klog-mkhan a reader ;
ЭТklog-grea a reading school, a school
for reading;	dpe-cha sogs
klog-pa reading books, &c. klog-
lidon to read aloud; OT'S^ klog-fyyafi
f*nrr well-read, accomplished in reading,
a scholar ; W<rwjc/5ii,rq klog-pa yafi klog-pa
to read again.
Klog-thob n. of a Bodhisattva
(К, ко, *50),
klofi I: or ОТ’ч klofi-pa wpHt
extent; mass, bulk, body; depth, abyss.
Also a wave or any undulating thing :
q with opening or reverting
folds or coils as in a conch shell.
II: this word either alone or
in combination with yafi$ is generally
used to express the idea of vastness, in-
finitude or immensity. It also signifies
“space” as a definite expanse, being in
a measure synonymous with 55A** dbyifis:
Xtrjjdgk’UK*! the immensity or profound-
ness of Dharma;	v*iwg the
expanse of matter or infinitude of pheno-
mena;	the depth or ampli-
tude of the mind :
I this spiritual being of
Dorje chang dev elopes in the wide bound-
less sphere of the gods into that jewel of
the heavens which comprises the five illu-
sive bodies of Dorje Naljor (Naro. 1),
III: centre or middle ;
dbus or dkyil as in dbah klofi or
aci
49
та
гЪа-klofi the eddy or whirlpool caused
by 3 rba or dbah, the waves;
dbah-lthfi of q*F^’ rba-kloft is also used to
signify rba-rlabs, a wave, billow.
klofakhor a whirlpool or eddy
(JWon.).
+ ‘Jj'r IV:	kloft-du gyur-pa
has the meaning of	under
one’s subjection or power; is equivalent
to	fully comprehended; over-
powered. It is also used to signify per-
fection in mystic arts, as Jaschke renders
it “a soaring into mystic perfection.”
The work explains it in the fol-
lowing manner :
ЧЧI “ it is also applied (to mean) what-
ever has arrived at complete perfection or
become concentrated into one.”
Зк’Ц Klofachen n. of a celebrated
lama of Tibet who was also called
klon-sde a division of the Buddhist
writings of the	class, the
introduction of which is attributed to
Lo-tsava Vaira-tsana. ^5*	*4 ’
“in this country of Tibet (in books)
known as the great Man-nag rdsog$-
pa, there are the Sems section, the
section, and the Man-fag section ”
(Deb. o| 3).
klofi-ma dkyel 1, of great capa-
city. 2. the cavity of the abdomen.
Jwq klofa-pa cjfea, same as
dkrugs-pa.
rag n of a piaco |n Tibet;
tlle ^еггУ EJoforag
Ж4 klon-pa to mend, to patch shoes,
&c ; afrqa cobbler, mender of shoes.
P ksa in mystic language the term
signifies an evil spirit.
ksaya, pronounced in Tibetan as
phthisis piilmonalis; but accord-
ing to the Tibetan pathology grw^ifq
denotes a bilious disease, prob, black jaun-
dice (Jd.). The symptoms of the disease
ksa-ya, as described in the medical works
of Tibet, are as follows: *jg«*q*^*®rgic
’Й’а^чраьчрпг^- “the bile hav-
ing permeated the body, itching is set
up, the skin becomes greenish-black in
colour, the hair and the eyebrows fall off,
loss of strength, shrivelled flesh, and black
spots on the nails, will be produced ”
(Med.).
№ ksa-su-та a kind of precious
stone resembling crystal; it is very rare
in Tibet:
as to Ksasura, that
crystal and the genuine gtan-zil stone do
not occur in Tibet except singly (Yig.).
STTq dkag-wa constipation; obs-
tructed bowels.
Dkan I: wng, acc. to Rag.
the palate, the roof of the mouth; VH
the upper part of the palate ; «VK
the lower part of the palate; cleft
palate ;	A	the palatal
letters; Sw!^’q]?4J	an abscess
in the palate; S’W^i'S any disease of the
palate.
STH: is sometimes used in the place
of gyen, steep or up hill; S’W’T4’5
8
VF4
ST’FJ’W Dkah-thubJ-yi
the residence of an ascetic; a hermitage.
VP’34'V dkah-thub-dgra=VVP'W
I (Ht. the ascetic’s enemy) a name
of the god of love (Mfion.).
VP’34’^ dkah-lhub-can=^^W non-
mofi$-pa	one who undergoes
asceticism; a hermit; one who having
renounced the worldly life has retired to
solitude; an epithet of the Hindu deity
Mabe s'vara.
Syn. bpafi-$po$; й'^ $pu-can; V’
5jK3 drihi-sra%'po; AgvK’WA hbyun-pohi
ral-pa (Mnon.).
VP’34'?Vq dkah-thub spyod-pa the
practices of an ascetic or hermit; V’?4
dransron a rishi (Mnon.); VP’S4®1'4?’4 to
embrace the life of an anchorite; VP’S4’
=	saffron (&nan. 351) ; VIя'
5A4]««i	one whose asceticism or
penitence is either visible or exemplary.
VP*a4’S’w Dkah-zlog tya-nui n. of a
snowy mountain; it is generally applied
to	lli-Ьо да fa-can (Mfion.).
VP’I4!’* Dkah-zlog-ma n. of the God-
dess Gau-ri (Mnon.).
S^’WV&'Qdkah-las che-wa very difficult;
VP’W^VA free from difficulty; easy.
5T. I: dkar in compounds=VP'4
dkar-po white; grey.
VP II: sincere; VP’^’S* not con-
fessing one’s guilt; notexonerated; not
making a clean breast of anything,
VP’8 dkar-skya	light grey:
Vя’? ЧТ^ pale; white.
VP’P^ dkar-khafi a lighted house; also
a store room (& kar. 66, 178).
574	50
dkan gzar-po a steep declivity; precipice
iftag. 5).
Dkah, VP’4 dkah-wa or VP’®
dkah-bo	1. hard, difficult; used
as adj. VP’4 hard to understand; *A’§’
SV4 very hard or difficult» 2. pains,
exertions, sufferings ; VP 4 *Уа 4
gain without pain or exertion;
VP’4 without hardship or difficulty;
difficult of access; 3 A’VP 4 tgrub
dkah-wa hard to accomplish or to perfect;
fig* to propitiate; 4I*VVP'4 hard to ex-
press or describe	difficult to find;
5'VP’4 hard work, or hard to do; VP’4^S
difficulty ; VP’§S’4 ЗЗЛ4ПГФ one
who accomplishes a difficult or hard task.
dkah-hgrel lit. difficul-
ties explained; a commentary; explana-
tion of difficulties (Jd.):	VP’4’*2K
waja'A meanings of terms which are
difficult to understand are explained in a
commentary (fiag. 5).
VP’4§ dkah-bcu дате ten ascetical
hardships; a Buddhist scholar who has
acquired such great proficiency in sacred
literature as to be able to interpret the
meanings of a term in ten different ways.
VP‘3q t: dkah-thub <пщгг; also
ufk, fk*, asceticism, also penance;
an ascetic, one who is able to stand hard-
ships or privations : S^’S4’^'^’^’4’^’ I
«Гм’«г^чрдзсуГА’v | 5АЧ-ц-ц-«зЦ-й^А’^ |
“that an ascetic’s
body should be fat, that a pretty woman
should sleep by herself, and that a hero
should be without wound-scars—these
three are things the mind does not credit”
VP'S4 и: a name for the first month of
the Tibetan calendar (Rtsii.).
Wl
51

dkar-khun — ^'^' window, a
sky-light; a hole in the wall of a house
for the entrance of light.
dar-khyug anything streaked
or ornamented with diverse colours.
dkar-khrigs (kar-thig) white;
shining; bright; glittering; brilliant.
dkar-gcti 1. a kind of white clay;
porcelain clay. 2. same as me-rdo
flint:	| white-
clay is useful to expel worms and for the
poison of evil spirits.
dkar-rgya rose-coloured; pale
pink.
dkar-rgyan white ornament; the
butter used in painting offerings made of
barley flour or rice to the gods:
cakes that are painted white and red
with (coloured) butter (Rt&ti.).
dkar-bcud-gsum tho triple
white elixir, £.e., the cream from the milk
of the female yak, ewe, and cow :
“Khanda is the mix-
ed milk of the female yak, ewe and cow.”
L an index;
register. 2. whitish; grey. 3. morally
good; standing on the side of virtue;
sincere; candid.
dkar-dtab-chab~	or
glittering white rays.
•	Dkar-chuft lha-khaft n. of a
monastery in Tibet (/. Zrzfi.).
a true friend;
one who has come over to one’s side out
of sincere good will; a friendly relation.
Dkar-$tin cha-fam n. of a
place in Kham near Ri-zco-che. (Lon. *
29).
dkar-thag. the string of a bow:
5^	i (Rtsii)
dkar-dro milk and curd:
VJvX’Si it will make milk and
curd of equal value with the above
(Jig. 30).
5^’^ Dkar-ldan 4т<^ lit. the fair
one ; the Goddess Gauri, the wife of S'iva.
dkar-po, also dkar-mo
’Qsfb	чК IJVr,
1. white; pure; fair; a qualification,
talent, enlightenment; (sometimes) wise.
2. silver; dub grass; a learned man;
purity:	f^PH-
| “ complete enlightenment is a stage
of insight.” It is one of the stages of
perfection of the Ilina у ana School.
dkar-po chig-thub a kind
of medicinal plant; also, its root, which is
used to kill worms ;	|
it draws out poisonous matter and sub-
dues worms which infest one.
dkar-po rnams-par
hchar-pa	(&Лг.).
dkar-po hbar (Sc/ir.)
white lustre.
Dkar-po sbab-rgyab
n. of a medicinal stone (called “ white
frog’s back”) (M-non.).
dkar-pohi bskal-pa
the enlightened age or Kdlpa.
dkar-phigs used in colloq. for
dkar-phibs.
dkar-phibs a tower or dome
built on pillars or on the roof of a house
for commanding a view, generally in the
Chinese style:
in the great domed tower is the tall pillar
with a lion’s mouth.
Wl
52
531
dkar-phyogs	the light
half of a month; the period from the new
to the full moon; the innocent side in two
contending parties ;	the gods
who belong to the side of virtue ; W!l*‘
dkar-phreft n. of the mythical capital of
the Asura {Pag. 30).
Vjvq dkar-ua ZRff white, v.
ЭДП whiteness:	|
“through sincerity in the doctrine”; “by
piety ” {Pag. 30).
VlvftgS’q dkar-mi byed-pa to plead
innocence, frag, explains it as ’X’er^i’^rcr
to show by signs or by
oath that be is not guilty.
dkar-min wftm,	not
white; black; dark; chaos; bent; crooked.
Dkar-min-bu the son of
Dkar-min; the offspring of chaos:	an
epithet of the son of Brahma.
V’P’d dkar-me—^cho$ me sacred fire;
especially lamps lighted before deities:
Vivd	। the kind (of cloth) fit
for wicks of lamps (lighted before the
images of saints and deities) {Rtsii.).
Dkar-med-ma
{Шот) a name of the queen of the Yaksa.
51*’^ dkar-mo 1. mutton; a sheep when
slaughtered;
a shoulder of mutton from the right side
of a slaughtered sheep {RUii.);
Й	mutton of sheep slaughtered
by the hand (as distinguished from the
meat of a dead sheep) {Jig. 9). 2. wvn-
fwff,	an epithet of the goddess
Durga. 3. white rice.
dkar-dmar light red or whitish
red.
dkar-rtsi, also spelt 5”!^ dkar-tse
1. lime; white-wash; white-paint. 2. a
kind of coarse cotton cloth; lint:
lint arrests decay-
ing disease in the flesh and bone {S.
kar. 3). 3. '5^r,	white muslin.
dkar-tsis or	astrology:
the sys-
tem of reckoning introduced in Tibet
from India is called dkar-rtsi^ {D. $el. 8).
Vivfrvq dkar rtser-wa very white or
fair :	| a young
maiden of very fair complexion on horse-
back {A. 135).
dkar-hdsin the female breast;
teats.
Syn.	hdod-pahi myo$-bum;
lan-tshohi ndshan-ma]
fro-ma hdsin;	log$-$kye$ {Шоп.),
dkar-mdsod a dispensary.
fire-fly
{Шоп.).
dkar-yol procelain {fiag. 5).
dkar-gyen is explained as
a trial or investigation under
law.
dkar-safi§ pure white; also vqv
iK’frq or	very white.
dkar-sen-He-ua —	v.
5*pwi.
dkar-sob yaft-wahi hod-
can— alabaster {Sman. 353).
dkar-gsal fair ; white; light.
dkar-g$um the three white
things, viz., curd, milk and butter
{А. 143).
+	{Lex.) the
side of one’s body: Vjtf
I dku
is towards the small ribs just above the
VT9I	53	I
hip, whether on the right or left of
the body; 53^ or 53,<M't5*q to carry
a thing at one’s side (Zam.); 53,£^'A to
open the side; 53’1 a heavy feeling in
the'side, as a symptom of pregnancy;
53’55 dku-nad apparently a disease of the
kidneys (Ja.); 53’8* dku-zlum round and
plump buttocks; the cavity of the abdo-
men (Jd.); 5^’5^’5’53^|5,?5ч1* I for
example a bell resting on its side (&ag.).
53**) dku-mne a rug to sit upon;
a seat.
dku-lto contrivance, stratagem;
craft; trick, especially if under some pre-
text one person induces another to do a
thing that proves hurtful to him (Jd.);
53'^§5’q* using a stratagem.
щч remaining;
in excess.
dku-wa stench; putrid smell:
53’ЧЛХ*^ Л4’44* Dku-wa signifies any-
thing that is not of agreeable smell; V*’
the smell of that which is
putrid is called dku-tca. 53’4*$*’q‘S the five
kinds of dku-wa, i.e., objects with bad
strong smell, are the following:—SpT4
garlic ; onion ; Chinese garlic;
1*1 the hill or Tibetan garlic ; and 3^’35
asafoetida. The use of these five are for-
bidden to the Buddhist Bhiksu (K. d. ч
115).
dkon 5^5*q	1. adj. rare,
scarce; hard to acquire:
*9’5^51 this year rain and grain are
scarce; ^*^'^5**’^5’5’5^]5’q’£^q|l just now
Tibetan tea is very rare; Я^Ц|’^5’5'5^|5’Х
exceedingly rare in the world; ^4^5’5
| it is of a quality rarely to be
met with in the world; (§W4'*^'3^V
to see a person like you is nothing
particularly rare;	with
a prattler religion is scarce (Jd.). 5^15’q^5
rarity; 5’fa‘Xx' valuable property; riches;
rare things. 2. sbst., a rarity. There are
said to be seven dkon or rarities.
5^es&4| dkon-mchog tst any precious
object; anything very excellent or best of
its kind. The oldest forms of this word
are—5^]55’^41 or 5^]5	5^’*Йч| means
5^[5,Л,«йй|, the chief of rarities, the rarest
being or object, the Supreme Being: 1V
W Vfa’4’
“in general in this world a precious jewel
difficult to procure is a rarity; that which is
much rarer still than any rarity is dkon-
chog.” A precious gem of the rarest kind is
useful only for worldly purposes; but
Buddha, his church, and creed, are of use
to all living beings, both here and here-
after, for increasing and ensuring then-
happiness. Apart from Buddhism, the
Tibetans appear to have possessed the
conception of the Supreme Deity in the
term Dkon-mchog. This term, 5^5’*^l, is
used in Tibetan writings for each member
of the Buddhist triad—Buddha, Dharma,
and Sangha—separately, as also for the
three collectively; in the latter case often
with gsum annexed. Mr. W. W. Rockhill
has condemned the use of this word
by Christian missionaries to signify
“ God.” But Jaschke has elaborated
on the subject as follows:—“Buddhism
has always sought the highest good
not in anything material, but in the
moral sphere, looking with indiffer-
ence, and indeed with contempt, on
everything merely relating to matter.
It is not, however, moral perfection, or
5^’«lS«4|	54	Vfrsi&r’W
the happiness attained thereby, which
is understood by the ‘ most precious
thing,’ but the mediator or mediators who
procure that happiness for mankind, viz.,
Buddha (the originator of the doctrine),
the doctrinal scriptures and the corporate
body of priests, called dkon-mchog
gsum. Now, although this triad cannot,
by any means, be placed on a level with the
Christian doctrine of a triune God, yet it
will be •easily understood how the innate
desire of man to adore and worship some-
thing supernatural, together with the
hierarchical tendency of the teaching class,
have afterwards contributed to convert
the acknowledgment of human activity
for the benefit of others (for such it was
undoubtedly on the part of the founder
himself and his earlier followers) into a
devout, and by degrees idolatrous, adora-
tion of these three agents, especially as
Buddha’s religious doctrine did not at
all satisfy the deeper wants of the human
mind, and its author himself did not
know anything of a God standing apart
and above this world. For, ^whatever in
Buddhism is found of beings to whom
divine attributes are assigned, has either
been transferred from the Indian and
other mythologies, and had, accordingly,
been current among the people before the
introduction of Buddhism, or is the result
of philosophical speculation that has re-
mained more or less foreign to the people
at large. As, then, the original and
etymological signification of the word is no
longer current, and as to every Tibetan
4 Dkon-mchogy suggests the idea of some
supernatural power, the existence of which
he feels in his heart, and the nature and
properties of which he attributes more or
less to the three agents mentioned above,
we are fully entitled to assign to the word
Dkon-mchog also the signification of God,
though the sublime conception which the
Bible connects with the word, viz., that of
a personal absolute Omnipotent Being,
will only with the spread of the Christian
religion be gradually introduced and
established.”
*
dkon-mchog kun-bdu$fae
three gems, t.e., Buddha, Dharma and
Saygha collectively:
lama is the essence
of all the Buddhas of tho three ages massed
together;
tho image represents
the church; the scriptures represent the
heart, (>., the Dharma; and the holy relics
(symbolical of the spirit of Buddha) com-
plete the three goms.
the service or worship
of the Dkon-mchog.
Dkon-mchog hbyuft-
gna$ a name of the first of the nine
stages of Samadhi or	the medita-
tions of a Bodhisattva.
a Sanskrit work
on the names and attributes of Buddha,
in one hundred chapters, out of which
forty-nine chapters were translated into
Tibetan ; of these forty-nine only six are
now extant in Tibet. The entire work
was translated into Chinese by Jnana
Gupta, A.D. 589-618.
dkon-mchog ‘ gsum ftKW
the three Ratna or Precious Ones. The
Buddhist triad are—(1) San$-rgyas dkon-
mchog Buddha most rare; (2) Dharma,
called Dam-cho$ dkon-mchog, the holy Doc-
trine most rare; (3) Dgc-hdun dkon-mchog
55
.•чгч
body of priests most rare» Colloq. the
phrase is frequently used as an exclama-
tion quite in the sense of our “God
knows !”
dkon-mchog gsum-
gyi hbans {Schr.) lit. a servant of
the three gems, &>., a devout Buddhist;
n. of an individual.
dkon-gner a priest who
is in charge of a Buddhist chapel or
temple and performs the daily services
to the deities contained in it. The §ku
gner is also called Am-chod:
the priests
and image-steward and others who con-
tinually officiate get the customary allow-
ances (jR/sti.).
Yfa*2» dkon-po от rare, scarce;
dear, precious.
*	dkon-bu a wreath;
’T’ffiVS a flower wreath.
dkor—Z^ dkor is resp.
for X*, substance, wealth, riches, property:
the property of the church or
that of a monastic congregation ;
foundation, endowment of a monastery;
«1*5^ additional or occasional gifts for
the support of a religious institution;
<5*4* landed endowments of a monastery
or religious institution.
dkor-bdag lit. the owner of
property. It generally signifies the spirit
or demi-god who is supposed to be the
custodian of the images of all Buddhist
deities, scriptures, symbols; in short, of all
ohurch and sacerdotal properties. In this
sense the demon called Pehar rgyal-po of
Sam-ye is a Dkor-bdag -or custodian of
religious property.
S^’X^ dkor-nor church property or
general wealth:
I (2). 11.) you possess accumulated
wealth and church-property.
5^*4 dkor-pa a treasurer (Cs.); one in
charge of the endowments and properties
of a temple or monastery.
5^’3 dkor-bla от	a lama who
appropriates sacred property to himself
(ЛГ. Г. 66).
dkor-ma-hbags not misappro-
priating the treasures, stores, etc.,, of the
church:	| do
not take wine for drink nor embezzle the
property of the priesthood {Kathafi. 115).
dkor-mdsod is a general name
for wealth or property and hence is
frequently used to signify
treasury; treasure-chest {Nag. 5).
Dkor-rdsogs n. of a monastery
in Southern Ladak, situated 16,000 feet
above the sea level.
+ 5^3^ dkor-zas—^wspendthrift
(fag. 5).
dkor-rigs ftvr, w different
properties belonging to a monastery.
dkol-pa struck by cala-
mity ; afflicted; one in suffering.
*	dko^thag—^'^ 1.
suffering, affliction. 2.
exciting disgust.
dkyar any appliance for crossing
snow or glaciers. Stocking boots (Sch.).
The dkyar used by the Tibetans and the
Sharpa Bhutias of Nepal in crossing
glaciers is a light circular disk of wood
about a foot in diameter, with four holes
through which strings are passed to fasten
56

it to the knee. In climbing up and walk-
ing down the snowy sides of mountains,
these boards are attached to the soles of
the felt boots and are of great assistance to
the traveller, preventing tho feet from sink-
ing in the soft snow.
Vh dkyil 59^ or нзд the mid-
dle, centre; W bottom, base ;
kyil-na$ from the middle or centre; from
amidst; from the bottom; the mid-
dle one; the central one;
од, with wide base; spacious
interior; comprehensive understanding;
also quick comprehension.
dkyil-dkrufis	4WT,
4fwt a cross-legged posture:
sitting in a cross-legged
posture for mystic meditation.
5^ dkyil-hkhor чбсЪт,
1. circle; circumference; globe; disk:
the disk of the face
; the full or whole face. 2. espe-
cially used as the equivalent of the
Sanskrit Mandala, the magic diagrams or
figures formed of grain or other materials
which aro “offered” to deities in Tantrik
Buddhist rites. In Tantrik rites diagrams
representing supposed mansions of cer-
tain celestial Bodhisattva and called
are traced on the ground or on paper.
The respective places assigned to the
different minor deities are painted in
different colours in the design, and the
central place in the diagram is occupied
by the tutelary deity himself, to whom the
rest are subordinate. 3. region, sphere;
surroundings; suburb. According to the
Buddhist cosmogony there are
the sphere of earth,	the
sphere of water, the ocean,
rlafi-gi-dkyil-bkhor the atmosphere,
the sphere of fire ; each forming a
stratum over the other. The upper stratum,
that which is beyond the atmosphere,
is called the sphere of fire or light.
dkyil-hkhor gru-ishi-pa
a quadrangle; square; a certain mysti-
cal figure ; diagram or model. The ex-
pression	means
the gods who constitute the assembly
in the Vimdna or	t>., superb
mansion represented.
is a description of the
eight mansions of eight imaginary Bud-
dhas (7Г. <Z. 1 72). Whoever utters the
names of these Buddhas or hears the
aphorisms about them is liberated from
dangers caused by evil spirits, snakes, &c.
By remembering and repeating them, even
brigands, not to speak of kings, are said
to be able to make the weapons of their
enemies ineffectual against themselves.
dkyil-hkhor-can	any-
thing that has a circular and mystical
figure on it; also any Tantrik deity
placed to be worshipped on the plane of
his fancied celestial mansion traced on the
ground.
Dkyil-hkhor-ldift n. of the
grand central temple of Buddha at Jjhasa,
popularly known as Kinkhording.
dkyil-hkhor ffsum
three cycles (of offerings): (1)
V the cycle of offerings
for the Bon gods sprung out naturally
in course of time; (2)
the celestial mansion
for contemplation formed in the sky (to
imagine an aerial castle); (3)
the mansions of gods
52-51	57
designed on the ground for placing the
offerings to them (B. Nam.).
dkyu rta or dkyu*icahi rta
a race-horse.
dkyu-pa in Ladak: to lose
colour by washing; perhaps more correctly
S44
<Jkyu-toa = ^4 1. to run a
race; 53*w’53** dkyiisar dkyus=^\'*^
|^|*i running a race ;	galloping:
5^‘5’5’^’*гч’^1*гч|	“for example
running a race on horseback.” 2. to wring
out; to filter (Sch.). 3. to caper about
(Jd.) ; 53'95’5 dkyu-byahurta a race-horse.
53**1 dfcyu-sa a race-course; the race
ground (Cs.).
*	dkyud-pa=^S^ to forget;
। an affectionate
letter to prevent one being forgotten or a
letter which love will not forget (Yig.
k. 37).
dkyu$ мгггпт 1. length; length-
wise. 2. untruth; also adj. untrue;
spurious (Ja.). 3. bold, insolent (Sch.).
In lexicons it is synonymous with the term
45^’ gshufi, meaning “lengthwise.” In
weaving, the threads that are stretched
lengthwise are called 53^'44l dkyus-thag
(the woof) and those that pass them
crosswise are called spun-thag:
^^43^'B’45'^55'X'W 5^’^'Й’Х’^’^1
53*гч*^’*Х5ГЧ1Ж*1 (S.kar. 134) upon
that stood the throne constructed of stone,
having a lotus cushion, in breadth two
cubits and a span, in length three running
fathoms.
53*1*5”]^ dkyu$-dkar a porcelain cup of
inferior quality; a common porcelain cup.
53*1’5 dkyus-ja common or inferior tea.
Tea served to the public or to the congre-
gation of monks in a monastery or in a
religious seiwice.
53*1'^ dkyus-ma чщв common, vulgar,
inferior ; й*53*гя mi-dkyus ma an ordi-
nary man; one who is neither an official
nor a religious man (Nag 3) : 53*1 м«г
(Rtsii.) “indigo of inferior
quality is valued at so much per
or lb.” 53*гч^м dkyu§-btag§ a scarf of
ordinary quality; ®*rg^ dkytis-bur treacle
of inferior quality : 53**’S^‘^‘£4Fr^
dkyus-bur sgar tshiigs rer “ coarse treacle
for each thick lump ” (Rtsii.).
dkyutbnw—^fy^Q mgyogs-pa
quickly, swiftly.
53*r<*5 dkyu§-tshad the dimensions of
anything when measured lengthwise.
53 dkyu§-riti—^^
spacious; large; long.
+ 5T’ dkycl=Js^ klofi the compass,
extent, bulk of anything: ^’«pS’53'4
the compass of the heavens: g’^5’53^
the stretch of sea : 53«г^=53«г*’ч
spacious; of wide capacity (Nag. 5).
53*гч‘^> dkyel-po-che acc. to Sch. is the
Universe; defined as рч'^ч*гч tho wide
house( Lex.)-
x*' еч
^yor-hbyin зж capable of
being thrown down ; impelled or driven
on; also capable of being felled down.
dkram-ko hthug-
pa—^%*г^’ч spyi-brtol che-wa 1.
transgression. 2. adj. very impudent;
impertinent.
9
541
58
54 I
’^*3 Bkras-ljofi§, abbr. of
(Tashi jong)> u. of a district under Llnui-
grub Rdsofi in Tibet.
ex
dki*i (ti) «ГЗЯ anything to wrap
with ; a tie ; FsSi a cloth to tie round
the face or cover the mouth; muffler;
vb., wrapping or winding up with paper;
paper-wrapping; an envelope (Yig. k. 2).
I: dkri-wa (ti-гса) in old
Tibetan, to conduct one’s pupil from one
xtago of learning to another stage ; pf.
53^ vb. a. (of. ^Я’ч) in modern Tibetan,
to wind; to wrap round about; 53'«r3 dkri-
ra-po=5Ij ‘ sv§5'	ono who wrap s up;
to fold up clothes, etc.
C\
II: 53dkri $neg$-pa
Ita-bu a snare, anything to entangle with;
vb., to ensnare.
ex
5^ dkrig (tig) personally :
is same as
^5’3^ net having come personally, can-
not reply or say decidedly.
ex
SW* I: dkrigs ft’SR, ЯНЧ: a term
tor a thousand billions. The term 53
5H ^‘3 or 53^’^ svrfbsn: or httwt
is used for a still larger number,
ex
II: = чЗад dense; thickly-
gathered :	$prin-dkrig$ (flag. 5) : =
gathering or condensing of clouds;
alsovb. darkened, obscured, dim, diffused:
3’S)(Л. K. ii. 47) the
flashing of his teeth bewildered them ;
dkrigs-par hgyur-par grown
dim; 53^КФ>’|5’Ф> dkrig$-par byed-pa to
obscure.
53 dkris-gyur (ti^gyur) sur-
rounded, encircled, encompassed :
dpal~gyi$ dkris-gyur	en-
circled with glory,
ex
dkri^pa	1. to sur-
round, encircle, ensnare. 2. =
to lie round ; to wind up (Жоп.):
kun-na§dkri§ quite
ensnared in avarice (Jd-).
53dkri$-phrag n. of a large
number (Nag. 5).
^’q dkru-гса (tu-wa)=\'^ dri-ma
xD
abomination, pollution; also dirt, filth
(Lexx.).
5W4 dkrug-pa (tug-pa)=^'Q glofi-
ica to disturb, to put in motion; the
act of troubling, agitating, churning; to
turn ; to turn a lathe.
5ip|*rq dkrugs-ра = 45pw«i	b$rub$-pa
^jfker stirred up, agitated,
troubled, ruffled, disturbed, confused;
churned; turned (as in a lathe); confound-
ed : 5£)’<r53<IlN dpe-clia dkrugs the leaves of
a book are confused or mixed up together;
Чфмщbag-chagt-kyi§ dkrugz
fiahi sem$ a mind troubled with passion;
rliifi-gis dkrug§-pahi ehti
water agitated by tho wind.
5iprprcrq dkrag^pa-po a confounder: «Ц*
the
man who causes confusion afar off and
nigh is called tug-pa^po.
5jq|N'^4] dkrugs-yig
a kind of character used in Tibet
which is puzzling.
dkrum-pa (tum-pa) brittle;
defined in Lexx. as
breaking in the manner a porcelain vessel
does.
I
59
^5’^1
•Ь 4к)-е (te)	the
glans-penis.
S?=T ^dkrog-pa (tog-pa) = dkrug-
pa 1. to churn; to agitate,mingle, trouble,
&c.:	sho dkrog-pa churning curds
(for butter). 2. to rouse, scare up; to
wag, e.g., the tail (Jd.). Also =
dkrogs-pa, ’*< ho-та dkrogs-pa to
chum milk; acc. to Nag. is equivalent to
£<4* q $nog$-pa.
dkrogs-§kye$ (lit. anything pro-
duced from churning) butter (Mnon.).
dkrog^-pa-po =
dkrogs-раг byed-mkhan one who churns.
ядяргя dkrogs-ma, v. srab^-ma,
the churning rod; also said to = whey
(Mnon.).
?Hs dkron-b^kycd	(tong-ke)
of instantaneous birth; instanta-
neous perception. Acc. to	Lex. in
meditating on a certain deity, the act
of perceiving him to be a reality instan-
taneously is called S? ^§5 dkrofi bskyed.
dkrolAV^', pf. and fut. of
hknol*.	dkrol-wa-po is defined as
“ one who causes music to sound or be
sounded.”
I: bkag in	bkag Ians
the lid or cover of a trunk; the sides of a
Tibetan leather-trunk. Defined in Rtsii.
as	both the
flat pieces of leather which are at the back
and front on the right and left of a trunk.
ЕЛ]5!] II:	; pf. of
obstructed, opposed; also prohibition,
obstruction, hindrance.
bkag-skor med-pa=я*^’^’
without delay, as in sending any-
thing ; also without let or hinderance;
cFrpi]’qqj<Tpr	not permissible and per-
missible, not fit and fit, unbecoming and
becoming.
q bkag-cha byed-pa to forbid;
to put a hinderance (SV?A.).
tprpi’lfa bkog sdom prohibition; pro-
hibiting one from passing by a road or
from entering any garden or place.
bkag-то kheg§-pa not to be
observant; to transgress, to trespass.
bkan acc. to Rdo. J+6, pf. of
5^е.-д dgan-wa ’jfbr, filled to the brim; full
to the brim as in the case of a water pot;
snod-bkan-ua a vessel filled up ;
a bow with an arrow ready to
shoot;	wish fulfilled. Acc.
to Ja. pf. of to fill, make full; and
used in TF. instead of яч|адг<|.
bkad 1. set or placed in order;
arrangement:	same as
| адЦГ^ОТЯ’^’Я^Я’
3’1^’ я^ ’	ак’огик’члрг qnpv 3*. -I
mgo-spuhi rim-paham gral-lahan, thags-
kyi snal-ma phar hgrohi du^-kyi spun hgro-
tca de dan, btags tshar wahi snam-buhi
spun-gyi rj<§ hbur-hbur yod-palii min la
у an thags-kyi bkadzer (Nag.) the order or
row (of plaits) in the hair of the head,
the cross wise thread in the web of a cloth,
also the ridge in the cross-wise texture of
a blanket, are called the bkad of weaving.
bkad-nas. having described;
represented in any manner.
44]^ bkad-sa,	(^ag.)
1. the place where barley, corn, &c., are
parched; a bake-house, kitchen, cook’s
shop (Cs.). 2. acc. to Nag. +
one’s own home or residence.

60

3.	open hall or shed erected on festive
occasions (Ja.).
bkan-pa 1. to up-root or turn
up anything by applying a stick at its
foot or root. 2. to bend:
(ТСл#.) the body bent backwards: «W|’<r
чц to stretch the arm bending it up-
wards to pull anything. 3.
5'q^N’q’/4,uJE4,4’q^5^ counting up and then
backwards is called yang-bkan (S. del). It
is also applied to counting from right to left
(Vai. kar.). 4. to put; to press; to apply
Ja.):	f0 press one’s foot
.igaiust a wall. 5. to hold fast; to extend
(Cs.).
q^q’q bkab-pa, pf. of 4n|q^1q==q^q
ччт, to cover; to spread over.
bkab a cover; a shelter.
Syn. khebs ; gyogs ; byibs
(Шоп.).
bkam-pa pincers or nippers :
qnprq-qjq’q f0 hold ОГ cut with pincers.
bkah I : (Vai. kar. 60) n. of a
tribe in Tibet.
чтуг II:	(А. К. XXVI), wnn,
primarily means simply “word” or
“speech”; but being the honorific form it
usually implies an order or command.
When used of a sacred personage it means
his advice or precepts as wrell as his autho-
ritative words, e.g.,	the lama’s
injunction ;	q^4 the king’s com-
mand;	the order of the chief.
Ш : also signifies, especially, the
enunciations and pronouncements which
have issued from the Buddha. They are
said to be of three kinds; so «iwjsr Jq^4
has three divisions :—
(1)	shal-nas gsufis-pa pre-
cepts delivered by the Buddha personally.
(2)	those conveyed through
the attendant Bodhisattva and §'гйъ'ака>
such as Subhuti, S'ariputra, &c., under
inspiration from Buddha or by his
sanction expressed or implied or re-
vealed in such works as	lhahi
Ijon-fifi the celestial tree;	Г^-
bo ehe mdo the great drum sutra.
The precepts under this head are sub-
divided into—(1)	the personal
blessings (of the Buddha), also the bless-
ings received from his enchanted image;
(2)	the blessings derived from
his teaehings ; (3)	tho bless-
ings of the spirit. This last again is sub-
divided into the following:—(1)
4^'jn s^q§qsrq the blessings of a contem-
plative heart as in the work called
^*5 $e$-rab snifi-po; (2)	3”’
the grace of the spirit, as in
the Mantras uttered
by Noijin and other goblins; (3)
ччthe blessings inherent
in a truthful spirit or mind.
(3)	rje§-8u, gnafi-wa anything
reproduced from memory by the successors
of the Buddha under inspiration from
him at the Buddhist convocation
(J. Zaft.).
Syn. lufi;	fies-par bstan-
pa;	ne-war b$tan-pa;
gdam§~pa;	rje$-su b$tan-pa;
rje$-sii gnafi-wa; ^’qv^q’q Не-war
gnafi-pa; bkah-luH (Шоп.),
ч^ч’ч^ч bkah-bkod pa to publish, pro-
claim ; also publication, proclamation.
q’lp’qjfl bkah-bkyon according to fiag.
implies blaming; a verbal blow, repri-
mand, rebuke (given by a superior) (Ja.).
q^rqipi bkah bkrol (ka-tol) leave of
absence.
61
з^ч^’й^'ц bkah-skor тефра=4^'^’
without delay.
«FTfVpei bkah-khol, чргй-цЗ'сгцч very im-
portantorder (Yig. 4):	the
most important will of King Sron-btsan
sgam-po. This document having been dis-
covered within one of the great pillars of
Kinkhording temple in Lhasa is generally
known by the name
ц*|Ч’чр5Ч bkah-hkhor, divided into nafi-
hkor domestic servants; bran-gyog ser-
vants, menials; phyi-hkhor attendants ;
цФЧ,чр5К,д^’ч]'Чч| those who wait for orders,
attendants;	official clerks; also
private secretaries and personal assistants
of a high official; attendants in general.
bkafr-khyab a decree, manifesto,
edict; a general order.
ц^Ч’^л^ bkafy khrims a law, command-
ment;	strict justice; severe
punishment:	by the
cruel order of the king (Jd.).
q’lp’gjwq bkah, khrims-pa a lawyer; a
magistrate.
bkah gro§ (ka-doi) a conference,
consultation ; ^ч-^’g^
makes consultation; gives advice or coun-
sel; gives instructions; ч^ч*	to
give advice (Ja.).
Ц’ТЧ’^М'Ч %ka gro^-pa (ka-doi-pa) a coun-
sellor ; senator.
с^Ч’сйгч bkah bgro-wa debating;
considering; taking measures for:
qy	deliberating care-
fully with the ten confidential ministers.
ч^Ч'ч^’С) bkah hgrol-ica to dismiss;
dissolve a meeting or a conference.
ц*]Ч*£^ bkah-glegs— phyag-bris
or -^4} bkah-gog a letter; an autograph:
| “ great many thanks
for the gracious letter with enclosures sent
by the Donner according to the good
customs ” (Yig. k, 12).
bkah-hgyur is generally takon
as a synonym for 44the instructionsand
precepts of Buddha,” and means literally
4‘that which has become a command.”
This term is in fact the title of the great
collection of the religious Buddhist
writings (mostly, but not all, translated
from Sanskrit into Tibetan) known as the
Kahgyur. The Kahgyur is divided
into seven series of books containing
several hundred treatises, and consists pro-
perly of 108 volumes, though editions in
100,102, and 104 volumes are also current.
bkah-rgya bcug-pa issuing
of an official order; also the accumulation
of gold, silver, and grain in a Government
treasury.
q^4’g’^ bkah rgya-ma
in Hind. Pat'a-wana 1. public order,
permit, missive, communication, &c. 2.
цп|Ч,2’«,^’«Л|Ч’чрк’сГ’5^ (Lex.) in mysticism
a secret precept; occult communication
which is made only to the trusted few.
i:	bkah-rgyud succession or
descent of the dogmatic principles of
Buddha. The principal school of Tantrik
Lamaism originating from Naro Pap-chen
of Magadha and alleged by Milaraspa to
have been introduced by7 Mar-pa Lo-tsava
in Tibet in the beginning of the 11th cen-
tury A.D. Its different sects or branches
are the following :—^’ч^чKarma
Bkah-гдуиф	Dge-ldan Bkah-
rgyud , ^i^’q’crqv^ Dwags-po Bkah тдуиф
Bbri-gun Bkah-гдуиф
Bbrug-pa Bkah-гдуиф
62
11:	'^5 bkah-yi rgyud, t.e.,
the line or thread of the word, lc., the
oral tradition of tho word of Buddha
which is supposed to have been delivered
through a continued chain of teachers and
disciples apart from the written scriptures.
(lit. the illuminator
of the doctrine of Kahgyud School) a
general designation of the chief lamas of
the Bkah-rgyud-pa sect (Th/. к. в7\
V $kab-rgyud rnam-rgyal
the Bkah rgyud* Chief Lama whom tho
Mongol Chief Gushi Khan dethroned
after overthrowing the power of Sde-pa
Gtsafl-pa the ruler of Tsang and tf in
1643 A.D. (Lofi. 13).
^ЯЧ’|Р bkah-sgyur admonition and
reprehension ; ^Я^'^'Я3^’4 to issue an
order ; to admonish ;	to translate
the words of Buddha, &e.
bkah-sgyur btafi-wa to in-
struct a subordinate in a rough pointed
manner, cautioning him against his faults ;
to counsel against wrong practices.
ляя’^я'4 bkah ^grog-pa to publish an
order; to proclaim or read an order or
edict.
bkah bsgo	1. exhorta-
tion to the deity. When any one falls ill
either naturally or from the supposed
malignity of an evil spirit, he goes to
a lama or a Tantrik priest and begs of
him for a bkah b$go—permission to invoke
the deity. The lama touches the patient’s
head with the consecrated sceptre called
Dorje (I'tijra), with the sacred dagger
called the phurbu, a string of beads,
an image of a Buddha or a deity or a
holy book, and repeating some charms
exhorts the deity to be propitious to
the patient. Those who do not actually
suffer from any kind of illness also ask
for such protective religious measures.
2. commandment ; precept (Jd.).
bkah b§gos is pf. of аяч’чУ bkah
b$go, a sentence passed.
ля^’^Я^ bkah mfiags-pa^^'^w&jy
to send verbal message; to give a reply.
bkah-bcuy also	bkah beu-
pa, one who has observed the ten command-
ments of Buddha. The title of Bkah-bcu
is given to a Buddhist monk-scholar who
has passed all preliminary examinations
for a religious degree. There are two
classes of ^Я4’^—those of glefi-bsrc$ and
gsan-phu \ а ^Яяч§ of Tashilhunpo monas-
tery is called Bkah-chen on account of
his superior prestige in religious study
and practice.
ля^’Я^Я4 bkah gcog-pa to act against
an order; to disregard an express order
or command :	’**5 the order
of (one’s father must not be disregarded)
^/.).
ля^'л^м bkah-bco$ an abbreviation of
ляя^^’^'л^-л?^ or the two great collec-
tions of Buddhist writings.
ля^’^яч bkah-chem$ — ^'&sw resp. for
a great man’s last will; a royal
testament or will: ляя’^ям'Я’^’^’^^Я^’
I in the work called Bkah-chems ka-
khol-ma, etc. (J. Zafi.).
+ ля^’^5 bkah mchid=^^ai\ or Я^ц*
$Я^ a command in reply reap., but also
word от speech of a superior person.
The term likewise signifies a conference,
debate, &c. :	what
conversation did he hold? ля^*55*гсг
'^’Я^®4 “pray, let the nectar of
pious conversation be uttered I”

63

A’n'V^ bkah-han 1, obedient; dutiful;
submissive; observant of command. 2.
one’s tutelary deity is also called his bkah-
nany because he carries out his protege’s
behest;	service; doing
service (Жж).
A^^ap bkah nan-pa to obey; be
obedient;	to disobey;
an observer of orders or precepts.
bkah gnan the cruel commander;
acc. to Zcz. btsan-pahi sa bdag, “the
mighty lord of the soil,” is said to be a
pre-Buddhist deity (Jd.).
A*p'oj3^q bkah gnan-pa 1. severe retri-
bution from guardian deities for defects in
worshipping them ; also the injury they
do their devotees for impropriety in their
conduct or language. 2. damnation into
which both a teacher and his pupil fall
for disclosure of secrets of their doctrine
without authority.
a’tj'v^ a^ bkah-gnan brjid a weighty
command or injunction.
+ a>t]Va^	=	ч 1. a
proclaimed order : g^'Ag^^ A is also
colloq. called	bkar-btags. 2.
one versed in drawing omens;
an astrologer	(Л/. K. 61).
АД]Ч*^Д|^ bkah-rtag$ mark seal; precept;
maxim (Cs.):	(Yig. k. 27).
A^4’|5 bkah-stod a subaltern; agent
(Sch.)
а^ч*ча bkah-thafi— A^’^ bkah-1 an order;
edict (Jd.); written order ; command ;
commandment; precept (Cs.).
а^ч-дя bkah-tham— S5TS* phyag-dam
or dam-phrug, seal; chief seal :
чя	received the
letter containing the chief seal of the
Grand Lama and enclosing a scarf with
charmed knots (Yig. k. 75).
qnyvyjfcTAAq bkah drag-pa phab-pa to
command sharply, hastily or severely
(Sch.); to issue an ultimatum.
bkah-drin) resp. for drin
a favour, kindness, grace, boon:
through the kindness of the
lama.
A^XV^	bkah-dr in-can— &WA
byam$-pa dan Idan-pa kind; gracious;
benevolent (Mnon.).
bkah-drin-che very gracious;
(you arc) very kind; the usual phrase for
our “ thank you,” in acknowledgment of
a kindness or favour—common in letters,
&c.
bkah-drin-che shus-pa to
say it is an act of great kindness; to
acknowledge kindness; to thank.
bkah-drin rjes-su dran-
pa to remember a benefit or kindness
received.
bkah-drin snin-dpyafis to
bear in mind or remember the kindness
obtained of another person.
bkah-drin mdsad-pa to
bestow a favour; to show kindness.
bkah-drin gsnm-ldan pos-
sessed of or making use of the three graces
or courtesies, viz.: (1) ^npA^A'A teaching
of the sciences; (2)	explaining
the aphorisms and the Tantra \ (3)
blessing and ordaining.
A’ti'V^ajWa bkah-drin gsol-wa to thank ;
to be grateful for favours.
a^^a bkah-drufi a secretary of state.
а^ч*д]5^ hkah-gdams an advice; coun-
sel ; instruction from a high official.
A^rnfiWA Bkah-gdams-pa 1. an
adviser (Sch.). 2, the reformed Buddhist
I el

school of Tibet founded by
the chief disciple of Atisha. It
was divided into two stages:
or q»rp'	tho earlier school from
Bromst on to Tsongkha-pa, and л^гд^адг
«]wq or the modern school, said to be
identical with that now called Gelug-pa,
dating from Tsongkha-pa downwards.
Tho earlier Bkah-gdants-pa were distin-
guished for their elaborate ritual and for
their power of propitiating deities. The
members of the later Bkah-gdam-pa have
been remarkable for scholarship and
linguistic erudition.
fykah-gdams pho-brafi the
palace where tho Grand Lama of Tashi-
lhun-po resides.
fykah-mdah a contraction for
bkah-blon-dafi mdah-dpo)^
minister and general (Yig. k. 5£).
bkah-hdu§ cho$-kyi
rgya-mtsho a kind of ritualistic obser-
vance of the lldsogs-chen sect of the
Rnin-ma Buddhist School in which a parti-
cular deity with his followers is depicted.
л*]яч^чргл bkafy hdogs-pa to make into
law; to proclaim ; a proclamation (Jd.).
л»т|чя\^ bkah-hdom$ — ^'^\^(x
instruction; order.
bka-$dod, also written as
one waiting for orders; an attendant
on a superior; an aide-de-camp; one’s
guardian deity is also called by this
epithet:	(A. IS)
“he who has propitiated the lord of
death to serve him as his attendant
spirit.”
bkah bsdu-wa collection of the
doctrine (Jd.); synopsis of the scriptures
at the grand Buddhist convocations; also
the convocations where the precepts of
Buddha were promulged.
л^г^рс/ч ftkah gnafi-tra, vb., to order,
command, grant, permit; an order; per-
mission :
I beg you wall give her as a consort to
our King of Tibet (Jd.).
Л’ЦЧ'чр^ Bkah-gnam^*]'1^ a district in
the east of Kong-bu ; also n. of a district
of Ngari Khorsum in Western Tibet.
л^Ч'^цц bkah-pkeb$ a groat man’s order,
л^ч'^ bkah-phrin (ka-tiri) a message.
fykah-hphrin letter of command:
to write or issue a letter
containing instructions.
Л’цч'ллч i: bkah-babs an injunction; a
direction.
л^ч'ллл л: bkah-bab$ the fulfilment of
a commission ; also the lama or saint who i*
commissioned with some high duty. When
a lama at the command of his spiritual
instructor fulfils what was entrusted to
him, he is said to bo a bkah-babs.
сгт|ч*од^’ц^ bkah-babs bditn n. of a his-
torical work on later Indian Buddhism
by Lama Taranatha.
л’пч'чздл^ babs-bshi the four
eommissioned ones (see л^ч^ллэд).
Л’тр’ця bkah-bani — л^Ч’-З^ order; dip-
loma: Л’гр/ля ^л^иЦфЛ’^л	the object
of sending the autograph letter (Rtsti.).
лт]Ч,д^ bkah-bri^ resp. л^Ч’^ bkah-qog,
a letter; a written authority, generally in
autograph :
| it is very gracious
of you to favour me with your autograph
and enclosure presented by the hand of
the Don nyer (Yig. k. 1J).
I
65

qwpv^qr bkah-dicati==%\Q a minister
{Mnon.).
q^44qq’q bkah-hbab-pa the going forth
of an order or edict {Sehr.).
bkah-hbum the hundred thou-
sand precepts; n. of a religious work.
q*]4’g’q^’q bkah-blo bde-wa=^^Q
bkah-blo go-wa;	{Rag.) 1. at-
tentive ; executing an instruction or order
with attention; one who is cheerful at
heart owing to his attention to
2. one who easily understands what he is
ordered to do; one who appreciates his
superior’s instruction. 3. speaking
well; eloquent; q”]4’§f«tq^q bkah-blo
mi-bde-wa,	one whose expression
or delivery is not good.
bkah-blon or	bkah-yi
blon-po, the name given to the four Cabinet
Ministers who assist the Gyal-tshab or
Regent in the administration of the Govern-
ment of Tibet during the minority of the
Grand Lama of Lhasa. The four Kalbn
must be laymen and are often military
officers. Popularly they are styled Shape
(<¥1^):	bkah-blon gzims-
gag the residence of a bkah-blon.
^’^^^bkah-blon driift-hkhor the
official staff of a Kaldn.
«vrp'g^q^ bka-bkni-bshi (particularly) the
four ministers whom the 4th Mauchu
Emperor K’ien-lung (in Tibetan called
Lha-skyon Protected of Heaven) appointed
to conduct the state affairs of Tibet. They
were	Ku n-dgah-bshi No-yon,
Tshe-rin dican-rgyal of Gyan
Ron, Thon-pa, and Rtee-drun
of Po-ta-la. These four governed the
country for twenty-seven years from the
year of the iron-sheep {Lon. 16).
т ^я^ч^ bkah-blon-gsum the three
ministers who conducted the Government
of Tibet from the year of the fire-horse to
the middle of the year of the earth-ape.
Their names were :—q^^'^ q’q bkah-
blon Lum-pa-ica, ^я’д^Ч^ч bkah-blon
Na-phod-pa of Ron-bu, and ^wfVgjVi^’q
bkah-blon Sbyar-ra-wa.
ч^я’я	spiritual or
intellectual heir-loom. This -is a philo-
sophical term of the Rnin-ma School,
meaning the descent of the bkah (Bud-
dha’s word) in an unbroken succes-
sion or without being kept concealed
for a period. One who has received such
a succession, or any scripture that has
come down to him in such a manner.
q’lfwSw bkah-тай thim-pa to con-
tain many precepts or commands; one on
whom there are instructions or commis-
sions to perform.
bkah gtsan-ma one whose
morals are pure; one who has preserved
his vows.
qWjrgbrq bkah-stsol-ica, pf. steal, to speak;
to say (where an honoured person is the
spokesman); according to circumstances,
to command, ask, beg, relate, answer,
&c., especially in ancient literature, in
which it is almost invariably used of
Buddha and of kings speaking.
bkah-tshog^^^^ bkah-lan or
a reply in the way of instruction :
“ pray favour me with replies on internal
affairs (uninterruptedly) like the flow of
the river of gold ” {Yig. k. 15.)
Ф]яч£^ bkah-hdsin letter of authority
or commission from Government (issued to
one who is on the move or who is to
io
cI71rq^-gY4l
66
qipiq|
exercise some kind of power over the
people) to afford facilities for travelling or
tor carrying out a mission: $
commission was issued to despatch hither
a man who would frame settled laws and
shew energy.
bkah-bshin byed-pa to do
according to order; doing; ordered: ч^ч*
to be obedient; a faithful servant.
bkah. rab-hbyam$-pa a doc-
tor of divinity among the monastic
scholars of Tibet; one who has acquired
the highest proficiency in the Buddhist
sacred literature and is of pure morale.
«Hvwq bkah-rams-pa one who has
passed the highest examination in Bud-
dhist met aphysics ; one who has reached
the highest of the 13 classes in the
l^tshan-nid grva-tshan, tho metaphysical
bchdol in the great monastic establish-
ments of Tibet.
crqvQr^’q bkah-la rtsi-wa to give heed
to or attend to an instruction or precept;
to listen to any advice.
bkah-lnn an order; a precept:
^q-^q-q f0 command or give orders;
to issue an injunction.
А’Чч НЦ bkah-tog—4ffa\ gr^a-log (ta-log)
one who has given up his religious vows;
a Buddhist monk turned out of his
monastery for misconduct. In Kham$
he is called bkah-tog- in Middle Tibet
ta-lryp
а^ч'-^щ bkah*$ag the court or council-
house of tha four кilon or ministers of
Lhasa:
!] when the
warrant officer registers the document at
the court of kalon he should also verify it
at the Account Office (Rtsii.).
А^Ч'-^д] b\ah-$og any writing of autho-
rity from a superior; decree; diploma ;
passportofficial paper or letter; «луч’-ХТ
ёЧ*	rdsun-ma a fabricated autho-
rity; spurious writing or deed;
bkah-qog rim $kyel to circulate a pass-
port or an official order; serial letters sent
one after another.
а^Ч'^цо! bkah-gsal = ч»»|ч-аЦ order; official
message: q^4-*|w4*-agv«<Y4 to send a
message or express order one after
another.
а’Г)5*^-25bkahi-rfia-wo-che proclamation
by the beat of drum (Yig. k. 18).
bkahi cod-pan an instruction
or precept to be received with perfect
obedience; to value or honour an order;
a command carried out with the same
respect as that with which a man carries
his own head-dress.
bkahi mdun-blon reap. SH2*
blon-po minister:
my humble self bearing the title of
state minister together with the circle of
attendants, both lay and clerical officials, •
are in good health (Yig. k. 6).
bkar or ч’Ч’ч’Ц according .to’
the law; to legalize; to make it into law
(Cs.); to proclaim, publish (Je.); ql’K
to publish; publication:
q^ for 4^'5.
*	1. bkar-ica pf. of vb. V]VA
to separate, put. aside, select,
banish:	banished from his '
place. 2. to ask any question captiously ;
to make a peevish enquiry.
ЧТ]ОГЗ bkal-wa, pf. of ‘ч^гч, but in
IF. is the primary form of the verb
meaning 1. to load *y to burden; put a load
on (Cs.):	to load wool: P^-q’rpcq

67

to. load a beast of burden, &c.: 0^ А’гргч
to levy a tax. 2. pf. of ^‘4 to spin;
spun; twisted (Naff. 5).
	bkal-thags a kind of
stuff made of coarse goat-hair about nine
inches in width:	'$pr
q^ I ra spu nag-lna re la bkal-thags byas-par
with every five pounds of goat’s hair to
weave one blanket (Rtsii.).
t>kas, contraction	instr,
of «Т.
bka$-pa=§*'P 1. crack, split,
cleft. 2. pf. of ^^'4
qij-q bku-tca 1. elixir, quintessence
(Os.); ‘medicinal extract. 2. with
pf. q^rq to make extract of a drug by
drawing out the juice (Lex.); w’qj
melted butter; ^j’qxg^q to extract tho
spirit of; ч bku phytifi spirit extracted
((7$.);	to extract medicine
by infusion.
q^’4 bkug-pa pf. of
drawn or pulled forward;
summons (Yig. 7).
q'Qfrp bkmn-pa, pf. of but
pres, in W. and according to Lex. fut.
bkum, pf. q^wq, to kill, to destroy;
to cut off the edge ; fix a
boundary to.
^’1 bkur-sti nfw, HWh iter, uft-
honour, respect, homage; mark of
honour; respectful reception (by asking
one to sit on a seat of honour);
bkur-sti mchod-ра to distinguish (a per-
son) by marks of respect (Zam.); ^q’orq^v
ran-la Ьккг-sti hbyun-dtis when
honour is shewn to (one’s self) yourself
(Jd.);	bkur-§tis dregs sense of
honour;. self-respect:
। ?ш’ cJien.po rnamsJa bkur-stis
dregs-pa yod great men have the seuse
of dignity.
Syn.. ^5*q mchod-pa ;	5 rim-gro ;
bsnen-bkur ;	ri-mor Lyas;
shabs-tog;	shaLs-hLrin;
4j^*q bkur-ica; ^qv<i|^ ne-trar gnas;
ne-war spyod\ rjed-pa (Mnon.).
I; bkiu'~ica = ti&\4 1. to pay
homage or reverence; to esteem. Ж’ЗД’
q^vqS’gerq	TTSfT literally ° the
king honoured of many ” was the name
of the first king of the world according
to the Buddhist legendary account. 2. to
carry; to fetch; to convey in TY being also
pf. of^’4;	to carry upward.
to slander; to blashpheme ;
not to accept as true or correct (Lig. F 4 .
qjvq’v^q bkur-tcar byed-pa the act of
respecting; to do honour; frq. to make
reverence, to salute.
bkur-tshig — ^S^'^] bstod-pahi-
tshig words or expressions of honour,
some of which are:—b$nag§-
ho§; qg*prq’q|5 bsnag§-pa brjod-
mckod-tshig\ «tfwg,
mtho-war-bya\ stod-pa $mra\ ^,£HS
che-brjod}	mchog-gyur; ^'^phul-
Lynn; &\^rmad-byun;	legs-brjod;
legs-smra; «qBwrq^q gzens-bstod-pa ;
(pn-tu-bzafi, (Mnon.).
qj^‘XN bkur hos worthy of respect;
respectable.
'tfpq'q bkog-pa. pf. of я^-q.
q^C’q t>kon-icay pf. of ‘tfjk’q. When
«flfq bkoft is joined with В to form the
compound word 3**^ it means $4^’4
threat, menace.

68

bskos to appoint; to
raise to the throne.
q^’4 $ko4-pa, v. ^V4 Ч'ЗП,
=*JTfl 1. sbst. Л* gral or §4'4 arrangement;
order or arrangement; method of
Arranging; applied to mind, as in Swr*r
the meaning is meditation, wfa,
wrftH. 2. vb.= to build, arrange, plan,
&c.
of boundless or
infinite design; the universe; n. of a great
Bodhisattva.
Vcod-pahi gtug-gtor—
4q‘arg<4 q the prince of learning; science.
4^X»w bkod-hdom$ =45fjv?Y4 bkod-
ston-pa (Yig. k. 23).
bkod-blta (colloq. «йрг?» bkob-lta)
the plan of an undertaking; design ; plot.
3^5’^ bkod-ldan=zla-wa
bcu-pcig-pa or	dgun-zla hbrin-
po the eleventh month of the Tibetan year,
sometimes corresponding with January
(Ktsii.).
q’fa-q bkon-pa, pf. of *j£y4 hgon-pa.
^05 bkor-hdre seems to be a kind
of goblin (Ja.).
bkol-spyod n. of a torment;
torture from being boiled in water or oil:
byol-son bkol-spyod-
kyi sdug-bsnal the sufferings of the damned
through the torture of being boiled,
bkol-wa occasionally pf. of ^4*4
hkhol-wa, to boil; usually indicates Q[^4*4 to
bind to sendee ; to employ;
snod-spyad bkol-iva a boiling vessel; Я^Я’
gyog-tu bko-wa to take into ser-
vice; ^’§’4^4’4 to set aside; to keep out.
bkyal-wa 1. to talk nonsense
(Ja.). 2. mt|*r*4'4 to rave in speech; to talk
nonsense : язч’«Н’ад| wnr, пРяяЯчПЧ, v.
34*я.
bkyig-pa in the colloq. of
Tsang—^0Я’4 ikhyig-pa to tie (by a
rope); 4$я^ = 4$W4 bound, tied,
fastened (JDkm.).
qj-q bkye-wa, pf. and fut! of *35’4,
but in IF. is used as the only form of
tho verb=to send, despatch; to cause to
come forth: ^’43 pho-па bkye despatch-
ed an envoy: *5’4$ ho# $kye sent forth
rays: §4*443 sprul-pa bkye caused a form
to emanate: ^’35'43 $ton-nto bkye made
an exhibition of.
bkyed-pa, pf. to bend back;
recline (vb. nt.).
ЧЗУ4 Ьky on-pa = 5е*’4 rdufi-гса to beat
(Ja.); 4’Г|Я*4з^4 resp. to chastise with
words, to scold (Ja«). Schtr. mentions
43^*434'4 chiding.
qij’q bkra-wa (ta-ica) cog. to
f^,	variegated; beautiful,
blooming (of complexion); glossy, well-
fed (of animals); 4j’^ яттВн a great
painting ; 43’4V4Z^’4	a painter;
4j’4$’4’3r^ with variegated figures; paint-
ings : 42),4$’К5’5ччГ^	a radiant
or illuminated zone or halo: 42)’«к fwfw,
variegated; with shades of colour.
bkra-wahi $kad-hbyin n. of
the bird called Garghongata; 9’Я^’?А'Я'^’
Й4* I (Jdnon.).
' hkra-byed^R'^ri-mo~mkhun
a painter (Mnon.).
bkra fin #mar parti-coloured;
on a red ground.
q^|
69

bkra-lam^ne=glaring;
in glare;
^4’3^ the beauty or effect produced by
variegated colour^ as in a painting; the
illumination of colours as set forth in a
rainbow; hence splendour.
ZTT]’5^J bkar-fa H^T,	wt-
prosperity; blessing; good luck:
g00d fortune to my
people ! may they .prosper !
holy-water; consecrated water or con-
secrating water; 43’^K§’W auspicious
bed; nuptial bed (Os.); qg’^’S’^r words
of blessing; benediction; ^3’^’1
bkra-qis-kyi gso sbyofi, H^r auspi-
cious fasting; зз’^гдьчй^а bkra-qissruti-
wahi go-cha instruments used for insuring
luck; sacrificial ceremony by which
blessings are to be drawn down (Jd.);
propitious ; lucky;
good omens; lucky signs; ЧЗ’З^’^ЧС
bkra-qis-pahi rtag§ lucky configurations or
semblances; happy omens ;	н^гг
n. of a goddess; the goddess of glory
(Ja.);	misfortune; calamity ;
calamity; adj. wretched;
unlucky.
^З^'д^ Bkra-fis glin n. of a place in
Kham§ (Lon. * 25).
чд'’q «X bkra-fis brgyad-pahi
mdo n. of a short sutra in K. d. * 76
which contains the names of eight Bud-
dhas. Whoever recites it and meditates
on the perfections acquired by the
Buddhas escapes from the dangers of evil
spirits and demons. Such a devotee can
easily have admission into the courts of
kings and address the highest authorities
without let or hinderance. Remembrance
of this effusion is believed to be a safe-
guard against bad dreams and also
mishaps or accidents in war, and in
repelling offensive weapons.
чз’^’^яс bkra-giz ^go-man n. of a
monastery in Amdo.
43bkra-gis-can n. of an
incense (Mnon.).
43Bkra-gis chos-rdson the
summer seat of the Government of Bhutan
where the Dharma Raja resides. It is
ordinarily called Tassisudon on English
maps.
43’^^'qXV^ bkra-giz brjod-pa
auspicious expression; a benediction.
33bkra-gis rtags-brgyad the
eight auspicious signs or emblems, vin.:—
(1)	эття the precious or
jewelled umbrella; (2)	Яфз
the golden fish; (3)
gw the pot of treasures; (4)
W the-excellent lotus; (5)
the white conch-shell with
whorls turning to the right; (6) 5W
3*9$ the auspicious mark repre-
sented by a curled noose emblematical of
love; (7)	the chief
standard of victory, m?., the emblem of
royalty; (8) fl^vg^vS	the
golden wheel.
rtags-can possessed
of auspicious marks:
a glossy hand
possessing auspicious lines will cause one
to obtain both a son and wealth (K. d.
217).
qj-S^K/ bkra^is
dun-dkar gya^-hkhyil	a conch-
shell with its whorls turning to the right
instead of to the left (Mnon.).
Syn. dun-mchog\ |’«rg’q §kye-ua
lna-pa\ дч’З’ядч’а tgyal-po hkhyu-wa
(Milon.).
bkra-fa Idan
auspicious; lucky.
bkra-ci$-pahi rdsas
^ЧГ, яжтдг,	lucky articles.
Bkra-fa-pahi yi-ge n. of a
kind of (mystic) writing which is consi-
dered auspicious.
bkra-<p$-par gyur-cig
may you enjoy prosperity.
bkra-<p§ byed-ma—^\'&'^''&
u. of a goddess (7C. g.\ 11%).
Bkra-<p$ blama 1. Tashi
Lama, the name by which the Panchhen
Lama of Tashilhun-po is known in India
and Europe. 2. a lama priest who
oificiates at a marriage ceremony in
Sikkim:
jitfj'q gQl-ajc.-1 [he Tashi lama will touch
with tho auspicious offerings (for the gods)
the head of the bride.
Bkra-$is-rtse (TaJii-tse) n. of a
village in the district of Stod-lufi in Tibet.
Bkra-<ps-b$tsegs (Tashi'seg-
pa) u. of a brother of King Sky id-Ide
Rimahi mgony who settled down in ШаЬ
ris in Western Tibet (Zofi. * 5).
bkra-$i$ btseg^pahi
indo u. of a work the reading of which
produced auspicious occurrences.
the eight lucky articles
are—(1)	mirror; (2) medicinal
concretion from the brains of elephant;
(3) Ц curd; (4) Di/i-gfass ; (5)
the wood-apple; (6)
a right-whorled couch-shell; (7)	li-khri
vermillion; (8)	white mustard.
bkra-qis rdsogs-pa
completion of an auspicious work
or event.
70	q^|
q^^-Zr Bkra -fij lhun-po (Tashi-
Ihunpo) the seat of the Panchhen Rin-po-
che, the second Lama in Tibet, ordinarily
called Tashi Lama, ranking noxt to the
Dalai Lama of Lhasa. The grand monas-
tery of this name adjoining the town of
Shiga-tso in Tsang harbours 4,880 monks,
presided over by the Tashi Lama.
q^ bkrag (tag)	Acrf
Ihoft-lhofi mdafi§ yod-pa 1. dazzling
brightness; lustre; *55^ mdafi§ also
glitter (of jewels). 2.
beautiful appearance ; high colour (of the
face, skin) ;	pure gloss of the
skin ; <ир|*& very bright (Jd.).
q>Tjq|’q bkrag-pa=^\p\fair or
fine complexion.
Syn. mdafa-can; htshev-
u?a (Mnon.).
члдо] bkrag-med=*i^or *5«гЙ5
dull appearance; bad complexion (Itffion.).
q’Tjq’q bkrab-pa (tab-pa) pf.
to choose or select from among many;
mchog-tu bkrab exquisite choice
(Lex.).
bkram-pa (tam-pa), pf.
a form of ‘Ч]*'4	to
spread over, scatter.
Syn. 55**4 dgram-pa; brdal-pa
also gtor-wa; hthord-pa ;
gtsug$-pa (Mnon.).
qiprq bkral-wa (tal-wa) 1. pf. of
^5*4*4 (Os.)	[
elucidation (of the meanings of the terms
in the Sutra and the Tantra). 2. to
appoint:	to engage щ business.
q^ bkras in the passage
; qjN here means rolled or
. varnished in variegated colours.

71

bkra^-pa (te-pa) an abbreviation
of	according to Sch* also pf. of
the verb чд'Л;	for
an auspicious scarf for presentation on the
occasion of a visit or some ceremony or
festivity.
bkra$-lun(Te-lang) n. of a valley
in Tibet (Deb. 44)*
Bkra$-lhun (Tei-lhun) a
contraction of	(Tashi-lhun-po) ;
also a heap or mountain of glory or auspi-
cious objects.
C\
CJTj'ZJ bkri-ica (ti-wd) 1. pf. of
to conduct according to order, e.</., one
after another. 2. for	to wrap.
3. to draw; to try; to acquire; to search
for.
bkrid-dran (Mang) — ^'i^^
the black discipliner of the unsub-
dued; the black and horrible (assumed)
appearance of Manju Ghosa Bodhisattva to
lead the sinner into the path, of righteous-
ness and virtue:	the
dreaded (Bon) deity who leads or drags
the subdued straight onward (7). /?.).
bkri$ an abbreviation of
bkra-ps.
bkris-pa (ti-pd), pf. of w
q-QTcnj^rq thar-pa-la fykris-pa conducted to
emancipation or Nirvana.
ПЦ bkru (Ju), fut.of 0^ khrus,v.
чо	43	~	43
bkru-zin	bkrn bpd-
gyi $nod ЧГ=( washing bowl; to wash
a vessel, plate, &c.:	bkru-bya,
clothes, etc.r to be washed.
РТ}Ч]’Ц bkrug-pa (tug-pa) probably an
ЧЭ
incorrect reading of SOT'q-
fykru$-pa, pf. of khrus.
Bkre (teh) n. of a place in Khams,
which is also called	Bkre-nag
tshan.
Bkre-hor (te-hor) n. of a section of
the Sgo-man department of the monastic
school of Dapung.
* qrpfq bkren-pa (ten-pa), 1.
poor, indigent, hungry;
42ft a country where resources are
scanty (Lex.). 2. miserly, stingy.
qjft’Q bkren-po —55^’4 a beggar; desti-
tute person.
Syn. ^‘^5 nor-med; hphons-pa
(Mnon.).
4^*^ bkres-skom, contraction of <r
hungry and thirsty :
this tobacco does not allay
in any way either hunger or thirst: 4Tj^r
leading from hunger
and thirst to satiety (Jd.):
। the cow’s milk removes
hunger and thirst and hard breathing.”
qjjsr^ bkres-nas being hungry.
*	bkres-pa (teh-pa) to be
hungry; also hunger. In. C. res£. for
“hunger”; 4^«Ч4’ч to have ravenous
appetite (Sch.); g'4^’4 tho appetite
or feeling of hunger; honorific term :
on arriving .at the top of a barren
mountain, he felt hungry and was sup-
plied with food (Deb. 7).
4,	bkrofis-pa resp. term for
killed; dead.
q^oj’q bkrol-wa (tot) pf. of hgrol-u-a
vb. trs. to untie, to loosen; also in W. is the
only form in use :	mdud-pa
bkrol-ica the knot untied.
*11
72

bpns-pa bkrol-wa set free from bondage;
gorqj«rq Jdiral bkrol-ica remitted revenue
or rent ; 5^**чгчцчгч dgon$-pa bkrol-ica
forgiven, pardoned, &c.
bkro§ (toi) — ^*^ to choose; to
select; imp. bkro$-fig {Situ, 105).
чцрргч fyklags-pa pf. of to have
read; done reading:	wishes to
read or sing.
Я| rka or chuhi-rka or	a
gutter; a small channel on the roof of
a houso or at the edge of the roof
for carrying off the rain	small
furrow conveying water from a conduit
to trees or plants; furrow between the
beds of a garden; hence even flower-bed.
chuhi lha khafi n. of a
monastery near Sam-ye.
Яр rkan I: 1. marrow, pith. 2.
deseent, extraction, origin:
। “for example,
the mule on which the Goddess Paldan
Lhamo rides is called rkan gsum, on
account of a so-called three-fold origin ”
(its father is an ass, mother a mare
but in itself it is neither of them, but
a mule !).
Яр’ II: 1. stuff;	it is of
good stuff:	it is not of good
stuff. 2. bundle; a collection : ST
a bundle of grass:	a tuft of hair:
a skein of yarn.
яр’ч rkan-pa resp. хт^, фз
1. foot, leg, hind leg of a quadruped:
q^'^c	not throwing the
foot {Шоп.). 2. lower part, lower end,
e.f/., of a letter:	having a foot, so
the nine letters are called that extend
below the line wrrr% etc. {Jd.). 3. a
metrical line, verse. 4. base founda-
tion :	rdsu-hphrul-gyi rkan-
pa bshi the four feet (stages) of
performing miracles.
Syn. shabs\ ryyu-byed\
§5 hgro-byed\	bgrod-byed*
rgyuy-byed {Mnon.).
kafi-kyog bandy-legged. (Jd.)
rkafi-kri {kang-ti) a piece of cloth
to wrap round the legs {Sch.).
rkan-bkod чт^ГГН tho manner
of walking ; ^‘q’qj’qS’^ rkan-pa bkru-
wafri sa	tho place for washing
tho feet.
^•qj-я RkanJJcra-ma = ^'&%^ bom of
tho hill-rat; a name of Agastya Muni
(ДГпоп.).
rkafi-$kye$ n. for the Sudra caste
(of India) which originated from the foot
(of Brahma) {Mnon.).
^’й Rkan khra {Kaug-tha) n. of a king
of Ancient India : З’Я^З’З^^’^’ЙЛ^'^
| “ like the
Indian Kings, Rkan Khra, and Rab snail
and others, their lineage on the mother’s
side was also from apes, etc.” {J. Zan.).
rkan khrab {kang-thab) iron shoes
worn along with the coat of mail; that
part of armour worn like boots from the
foot to the knees; greaves.
rkaft-khri {kang-thi — ^'^^) foot-
stool {Mnon.).
rkaft-hkhum (probably) having
a foot contracted by disease {Lex.).
rkan-hkhor bandy-legged {Sch.).
rkaft-go$ =	gos-lhain
Tibetan boots made of felt or of
coarse serge.

73

г кап-mg о	the fore part
of the foot.
Syn. rkan-rtse (Шоп.).
rkaft-mgyog§ swift-footed : *3'
mlhu-rtsal rmad-du byuft-wa rkan-mgyogs
rlun-dan mnam-pa gcig %pyan-draft$
invited (brought) one who was swift-
footed like tho wind and possessed of
miraculous powers:	the
secret blessing of swift-foot edness: *5*
(K. dun. 73) having
acquired the grace of swift-footedness.
*1^5 rkafi-hgro (kang-do) t^r one
who travels on foot; a vassal or subject
paying his duty by serving as a messenger
or porter (Cs.).
rkaft-hgro§ also rkaft-bro§
1. walking on foot. 2. domestic cattle;
breeding cattle.
rkaft-gdin a trumpet made of the
human thigh-bone used in temples; also in
travelling to keep off evil-spirits.
tkaft-rgyu a foot-soldier, v.
: infantry acc. to Cs.
rkaft-brgya or = a centi-
pede:	“the name
of the worm which has a hundred feet
and arms ” (Шоп.).
rkaft brgyad-pa a fabulous lion
having eight feet. An imaginary lion
of Buddhist design with eight legs,
generally found in sculpture and in
Tibetan mythological pictures.
fljVKA rkaft-ftar the leg (Attfow.).
rkaft-gcig-pa	one-
footed, met. a tree; the fabulous countries
of the JhtSaft and Tsti-ta, the people of
which are said to walk on one foot.
rkaft-rje§	footstep,
foot-mark; a dog; “foot-follower.”
rkan gnis-pa mankind;
^’3 the chief of bipeds; an epithet of
Buddha or	(Шоп.):
| Sans-rgyas (Buddha) is
the chief of the human kind.
rkaft gtub a foot ornament;
a foot-bangle.
rkaft-rten	a foot-stool;
trestle; a raised ground or stone step on
which, at the time of alighting from any
conveyance, the foot is placed.
rkan-stegs or
foot-stool.
Syn. rkan-rten; V'B rkan-khri*
zla-wa g.cig-pa*)	shabs-
steb§ (Шоп.).
^‘§^’3 rkan-$teft-bu =	the
star of the golden flight or a name
of a fixed star (Шоп.).
rkan-sten-bu =	9^ the star
of higher flight (Шоп.).
rkaft-than 1. on foot. 2. = ^’
a foot soldier (Шоп.).
rkaft-t haft-pa a pedestrian;
qc' § 45'4’4 one travelling on foot; to walk;
to go on foot.
rkan-mthil	the sole of
the foot; foot-sole.
rkan-hthun	metaph. for a
tree, ?>., that which drinks or draws
nourishment through its feet, or roots:
the red tree;
the devil’s tree.
rkan drug-pa or	the
six-footed, met. for the bee.
n
I
74

rkan-drug-lske$=vrsfi2^ the
mango tree.
rkan-gdub эдч: foot-ring;
bangle-like ornament worn on the foot.
rkan-hdrcn also	c.g.,
drawn by the foot; shame; disgrace.
rkan-ldan shoes ; that contains or
holds the feet; also metaph. for a road,
way, passage;	*
the lion’a-tail tree {Mnon.).
*5'^ rkan-snam coarse woollen leg-
gings manufactured in Tibet.
jp-qjw rkn-pa btkyafis the legs
stretched; ^qvqgsiN contracted legs;
= to rove, wander; to disperse,
separate:
opr^-cjq^ ( banished from their country, by
force of Karma they wandered forth and
came to tho country of Tibet.
rkan-pa hthen-po цт<Я
lamo.
rkan-pa gwm-ldan — tpvfa'
he who is possessed of
three legs or three regions; Vishpu; an
epithet of Vais'ravaua.
Syn.	’5 Byan-phycg$ bdag-
po;	rgyal-pohi rgyal^
дцые/е^ dpal-gtrr дмп-bdag',
gter-gyi bdag;	mihi chos-ldan;
слгцЗц’З nal-bsos-po;	hod-yan§
tsha-bo; й’Зч’ЛЩ E-lahi brgud\
^’q nor-sbyin hdrcn-pa\	gnod~
$byin-rgyal\	nor-gyi §dag; SOT
dbyig-gi char-hbcb§; 9^’5^'gk
byan-phyogs-^kyofi (Mnon.).
^'^.’f^^rkan-pahi $tabs-§gyur dan-
cing at the cadence of a song (dgnon.).
tka^-pahi hdtt-byed
the movements <jf the feet which aro
described as Vl’Mfa dal-hgro§\
bul-hgros;	IcJohi hgro§;
hgyin-hgro§;	§geg~hgros ; X'TqS^Sfa
rolpahi hgros ;	brjid-pahi hgro%;
gom-<pig§\ ^%wgom-$tab§\
gom-rlabs,	дот-pa yafi§}
дот-pa hkhyor\	tan тпе/юп hgro;
3^5 myur-hgro] *й}*|*г*5 mgyogs-hgro;
^’*5 rab-hgro ; ^1’4 rgyug-pa (Jgfion.).
q5 ’ £ ’ q	rkan-pah i	rt sa-wa=| ’ q
rtin-pa the heel (Mnon.).
rkafi-pahi wdshon-cha
can = 0W’ 9 poultry; a fowl (of which the
weapon is in its feet).
rkan-phyin felt for covering tho
legs.
*}E/4qi rkafi-bol upper part of the foot
(Jd.).
rkarl bral footless; help-
less; involved.
^•qqH rkan hbam a disease in
the foot; swelling in the foot; also
gout.
rkan-hlro$ or v.
rkdn-$ba$ (lit. hidden feetjzx^
a snake (Mnon.).
^e.-^ joj Rkan-ma rkan-chig n. of the
part of the nether world where the Naga
demi-gods reside.
JfW rkafi-tnar pith; marrow:
Awq|gwr»i^’qv55l
by rubbing in any kind of marrow,
contracted limbs may be smoothened
(i.c., straightened).
Syn. indans*, R’4’35 khn-wa-byed
(Mnon.).
Bkafi-тгд	(W^4R) n.
of the founder of Nyaya philosophical
sect in ancient India.
T'WI
rkin-dmag infantry; a foot-
soldier.
Syn. rkan-than	rkan-pa§
tgyu; wgw	ran sfobs-kyis bgrod;
Jffl.’-qvq rkan far-wa;	lus-kyis
bthab;	lu§-kyis rgol* гя^’<*^’«Х’А
mtshon-chas htsho-ica;	dpun-bu
chun (Шоп.).
fl^T rkafi-rtsa, resp. shabs rtsa,
general name for shoes in Tsang. In
Tibet the sole of a shoe is generally made
of a kind of durable grass, hence the name
flj^’S rkan rtsa, foot-grass, signifies a
shoe.
rkan rise the fore part of
the foot.
rkan-tshiigs — ^^^ or ^-q-
to have a firm footing ; to take
root.
^q-ггёЧ rkan mdser iron nails or spikes
fastened to the boot-sole for climbing.
rkan-mdse §=the
As'oka tree, Jonesia asoka Roxburgh
(Шоп.).
fl^'A^ rkan-bshi,	four-footed;
quadruped; a beast; also a chair or any-
thing that stands on four legs;
q^q= lit. possessed of cattle;
a herdsman (Шоп.).
flj«v«K kan-yan agile; quick in going
or walking.
kan-rin i: long shanks.
ii: v.	the crane; acc.
to some the grey species of duck (Шоп.).
rkan-lam foot-path; a passage
where a man can only pass but not ride.
гкап-$аг-ра~^'\Щ a foot-
soldier (Шоп.).
rZw $in treadle of a loom.
75
ктап-gu foot-sore.
«5-§an rkran-$ubs socks; stocking.
кап-sor toe.
rkan 1. sometimes used in the place
of	2. flfl нщ the palatewhich
is an obsolete form:	rkan-
rnthahi rnil end of tho palate or “gums
at the end of the palate” : 5’fl’V
^'1*^•wi^ar'4 “the six letters t, th, d, n,
r, 1, arise from the tip of the tongue and
the front palate.”
flfl’S4! rkan-phug the cavity of the palate:
these
four letters come out from partly the
cavity of the palate and partly the tip of
the tongue.	the roof or centre
of the palate:	^‘^I'SSHflfl*
I these seven letters are pronounced
from the centre of the tongue and the
middle of the palate.
flfl'W rkan-mar the butter which is
mixed with barley-flour to make a paste
for the food of children and infants; bar-
ley paste made with water or milk is apt
to choke infants, so the Tibetan mothers
mix in butter (Deb. Я 10).
rkarn-pa or of passion-
ate desire. The latter form is
generally used; it signifies «Л5
longing;	greed; passionate:
А bkur-sti dan rned-pa
la brkam-pa a longing for honours and
gain: p’«rQrq^WA§* becomes eager for
cakes.
rku-ica	pf. fut.
or Aj-qq-g, imp. 5^, to steal, rob; pres.
flfAV§5 steals, robs; brku-bya an
article to be stolen;	brku-byahi
rdsas things that may be stolen; also stolen
<|-qvq^c-q|
76
*.q»
property. The six kinds of theft acc. to
Buddhism are—(1)	hjab-bu^
rku-u'(( to steal or take away quietly
another’s property; (2)	rgyt^-rku-
ira to rob a thing knowing all about it
beforehand ; (3)	mthu$-rkn-wa to
rob violently one’s property; (4) B** SVX’
to rob a thing promising to
return it; (5)	to steal by con-
cealment; (6)	to rob a
thing by slandering another person
(K. d. « 5}.
jqvqgu-q rku-icar fyjrafi-wa
to count as stealing.
гкн-sanf a mind to steal,
or thievish mind.
rkur bcug-pa
jeq^sfqj^q rku-thab$-8u gnas-pa
arffoi:, the ten kinds of stealing according
to Tibetan authors, viz,:—mthu$
rku-tra to rob by means of incantations;
spqNsgyu thabs-kyi$ rkit-wa to rob
"by producing magical illusions; 4JVWj q
hhrid-jxiS rku-ica to rob one by using
threat*;	s gtam-pa$ rku-ica to rob
by speech (by lying);	to
rob one by soft words;	to
rob by saying that ho will return the thing
afterwards;	q to steal by
conjuring;	stealing by
misapproprittion or breach of trust;
RwEiKj-q cheating by gentle persuasion;
q stealing by (imposing upon
another in tho name of) religion (Lofi.
ч 15),
J’S rku-bya^ same as C4 to keep
secret, hide.
tkun-sgyig thief’s pouch; a sort
of smell wallet.
- rkuu-can a thief.
>•
^•q^w rkun-bcom plunder; highway
robbery.
rkun-thabs-su blan-zca to
take away by thievish means.
5^’^ rkun-uor stolen goods.
гкин-рОу fem. rkun-nio
a thief, a robber.
Syn. W|'4 jag-pa;	gyo^may
yan-lag flan; вчкч ar-pa;
hjab-bu-pa;	chom-rkun; WV1
gshan-dufi;	irdshani$-kyi
byed-po; ^4T5’^ hog-tu-rgyu ; chom-po
(Mflon,),
.j^-efa-q^q rkun-po§ Ь$до-гса—^'^'*Л'
rkun-роъ nan byed-pa the harm done
by a thief.
rkun-dpon the head of a gang
of wandering marauders.
JV* rkun-ma one who steals; a thief;
also applies occasionally to theft.
5^F*< rkun-rdsa§ stolen goods or things.
Syn. rkun-nor\ Ikog-nor.)
stolen property (ДГйои.).
rkt>n-$run& guard; a watchman;
to watch for thieves:
rkun^ma srun-rgyuhi ched-du khyi-gto$
feeding dogs to guard against thieves.
rkub чтз vulgar word for the
anus, backside, posterior; colloq. or
zkub^kyod-par to move or
shake one’s hinder parts, a mode of
nautch girl’s dance in India.
tkub-rgyag a chair to sit upon.
Jqrkub-ttegs a sitting bench; a
portable rest used by coolies.
jq*^ rkub-tshoi buttocks (Cs.).
77
rke-wa—^S^ rid-pa %kem-
pa) lean; meagre (Cs.):	rke-
war hgyur-war to grow lean, thin.
rked-pa, also *^S’4 ^ifs, the
waist, more particularly that part where
the girdle is worn; also the loins; also
defined as	the ends or notches
of the bow which hold the string or to
which the string is attached.
Syn.	$ke-rags yul; Ч’ч’я
bar-nia; lu$-phra {Mnon.).
rked-rgyun an ornament (chain)
hanging from waist.
rked-hchu the buttocks.
rked-mdud anything twisted
at the middle; knotted-waist; n. of a
biscuit {Jig}.
rked-nad can-tna, v. gV^Vdr94^’
a woman who has her monthly
courses (Mnon.).
^•q^c/q rked-pa g yon-pa stiff, unyield-
ing waist:	the
husband of the woman with a stiff waist
will die (ЛГ. d. Я 217}.
rked-pa, rgyur-wa (metaph.) to
become a slave (female):	4‘q’ЯЗ'
a woman whose waist has
become bent like a bow becomes a maid
servant (K. d. ^217).
rked-pa chag (lit. broken waist)
to fail in a great undertaking:
«ЧО&’^'ПЯ if a fox (tries to) leap
over a place where lions jump, he breaks
his waist, i.e,, dies in the attempt.
rked-pa phr a a slender waist.
rked-hbra§=*'ъn. of a fruit
used in fever (ДГлсш.).
3 V?* rked-sbom one with a large or
broad waist; a corpulent person.
Syn.	Ido-wa che-wa; Я’^’^
gsus-poche;	lto-ldir-wa;
&si(§-rdse§ can;	lto-гса hphyan-wa;
Sjyq'laj-cj grod-pa chen-po;	grod-
pa §bom-po (Mnon,).
rke<i-med~ma a pretty woman ;
=ду^у«ХЯ, a woman with slender
waist (ДГйсж).
+ rked-$o rked-pa the waist:
Sde-mig chufi-
fiu sna-man-po§ ska hi rketj-so hkhor-wa {A.
133) many little keys of different kinds
surrounded his waist.
rko-wa, pf. brkos, imp. W
ЗЯ rkos-gig 1. to dig, dig out; to hoe
2. to engrave; turn up ; till.
^'§5rko-byed i: 1. = ®*Я a hog; also
that which digs; a mattock, shovel.
2. an arrow.
ii: v. byi-wa that burrow’s; a
rat (Mfion.).
Я**4 rko-ma a kind of small hoe for
digging earth; n. of a bird called ^J’54
ko-ma (Vai. §n.),
rko%-mkhan qt лХ*4’*4^ or
a digger ; one who hoes.
rkog-ma incorrectly for з(Я54
lkog-ma.
X^’4 rkofi-pa=**\^ za-rkon
ringworm; itch ((%).,
rkofi-po hbras chen n. of a
skin disease with large: eruptions; also
eruptions {Ya-sel. 28),
rkod-pa engraving; =^’4 rko-
ica, to dig or to engrave (fis.).	.
78

* rkon-pa net; a fowler’s net:
S' 4|R- tfi- Xv V 5V4gh|4'q4	ч^я'Э-> I
(flag.) to sot up a snare to catch birds is
called rkouya hdtug^a.
Syn. J bya-tgya; bya-rkou
(Шоп.).
brkam-chagti passionate;
also greedy.
qjN	rkun-ma brkit$
char-wa stolon :	brkus-tc bor-ica
to abandon or throw away a thing after
stealing it.
brko-$pyod a gouge; an instru-
ment to scoop out (Sch.); an instrument to
engrave;	brko-byahi sa ploughed
land; Ьгко^а ’ITH dug out;
brko$-phor a mould for making
clay images:	*
I in tho time of the Lhatho-
thori dynasty there fell on tho top of tho
palaeo a book called Span §kon phyag-rgya
and a mould for clay miniature images
and brought tho commencement of the
holy doctrine.
brko$-ma sculpture; anything
that has been engraved upon.
jqp ткуад^а, also g^ $kyag-pa,
dung; ordure; excrement:
rkyag-})a Ыоп-гса to cause purging, v. g^
skyag.
I: гЛуап <=г<, пзга Equus kyang^
or tho wild ass of Tibet and Higher Asia.
It is found everywhere in Tibet in large
droves, and is distinct from the wild ass
of Sindh and Persia. a male kyang;
a female kyang;	an adult
kyang; an old kyang (Cs.).
JI; or rkyan-pa, also
rkyan-tkyan.	яя,	each;
single ; simple; alone:	I alone
cannot: мгцч dressed only in cotton
cloth:	will Your
Honour go thus alone ?	drink-
ing water only, nakedbody;
only one; same as i.e., a free,
unemployed man, generally one that
carries no burden;	yi-ge rkyaA-
pa a letter that forms by itself a syllabic,
or one that is not briegs-pa (mounted) and
without any other consonant or any vowel
sign superscribed;	said to bo
1, 10, 100, and the further multiples of
10;	a word that has no affix
denoting case, &c., also a name without
any titles added to it.
Syn. re-re; *$*19 geig-bu;
8rab-pa\ geer-bu.
Rkyan chit n. of a lake in the south
of Ladak, in tho neighbourhood of which
there arc many wild asses.
rkyan-thag
a rOpe yiaf is lowered from the
top of a mountain or from the roof of a
lofty house (Yig.).
5^'4 1. rkyan-pa prose ; writing.
2.	rkyan-wa = ^’Ч ткуоп-гса чкгрсн
extended; spread.
rkyan-hphyes	an im-
mensely largo number.
rkyan-ma n. of an artery often
referred to in mystic meditation. It is
one of the three arteries denominated
Srog-rtsa rin-po, and is asserted to run
towards tho left side.
$**54 rkyan-phyag salutation by pros-
trating one’s self on the ground with the
hands and feet stretched out (A. 48).

79
rkyan 1. a brass vessel like a tea-
pot, with a spout; in W. “o-kyan” a milk-
pot. 2. pot-belly ; paunch (Seh.) ;
a vessel for water ; a vessel for wine
(Ji)-
SV5 rkyan-bu =	hgrim-shal
a'kind of vessel made of brass or silver
or gold of the shape of a wine glass.
три rkyal-ka—1^ vain talk; rkyal-
ka byed-pa to play a practical joke on ; to
make game of.
rkyal-pa	a sack or
leather bag, frq. is poetical term for the
body or tho five aggregates, i.e.y
j4’q “the body is a bag of
unclean thiugs” (Jd.).
rkyal-wa to swim; J14’
£5*4 rkyal-rsted-pa to amuse one’s self
by swimming (Ja.); colloq. u khyal-gyab
khan ” a swimmer.
5^’3 rkyal-biv small bag; pouch;
colloq. kyal-bu. a bag of goat skin ;
g*$4 ; a bag for flour $’J4 water bag or
Hindi inoshuk ; W$4 butter bag.
rkyal bycd-pa	the act
of swimming or bathing. In the mystic
language of the Brahmakayika deva $ч*
Й5 rkyal-bycd or J4*Q signifies
misery;	or	means
sins; J4’4‘4V^ denotes
the exhaustion of misery, the cessation
of misery or its <tfp]’4 fMJfa; $4’4'V4'£)5
signifies ^Ч'^'^гч, i^-, to meditate on the
exhaustion of misery signifies чя or the
way to Nirvana. These are the terms
believed to bo used in the language of the
celestial beings who dwell in the heaven
called ^4’VI* Ажшз (К. ко. 4 236).
rkycn I: In Buddhist science this
important term oxpresses any co-oper-
ating influence which serves to shape and
bring about an event as distinguished
from J ryyu, its direct and obvious cause.
In plain language, rgyii is the primary
cause of anything, but rgyu is frequently
controlled and modified by a co-ordinate
influence known as rkycn. As a medical
term, according to Jaschke, rkycn is
differentiated from rgyu in that it indi-
cates the pathological or secondary cause
of disease, while the latter word denotes its
primary or anthropological cause. How-
ever, while assigning to rkycn the primary
meaning of “cause” and “occasion” in
the qualified sense of being contributory
only to that which comes to pass, we have
to note the apparently contradictory
signification—effect, occurrence, incident,
event. So we meet with 5*^’4 rkyen-
tian-pa unfortunate accident;
he has perished by an evil incident;
Xthe adversities arising
in this life;	an event dis-
agreeable to one’s own self; blo-
bur rkycn a sudden accident ;
rkycn dc-la bricn-na§ owing to that
circumstance ; ^5‘чЗ‘^’Ч*Ч|Ч’5 med-pahi
rkyen-la blias-tc or brten-te consider-
ing the case of not being, not having ;
thus	stands also for a
cause of disease and of death ; 4^4'j^
bgol-rkycn any circumstance от event
adverse to the success of an action, any
obstacle, anything opposed or hostile to
the existence of another thing :
mthun-rkycn a happy, favourable circum-
stance ; furtherance ; assistance ; supply;
mthun-rkycn bycd-pa to assist
in; to help to ;	ndhun-rkycn
hdsom-pa altogether successful.
80

II: ясцц, чттч In Buddhist
metaphysics there are four kinds of
rkyen, viz., (1) rgyuhi ткеп
relation of causality ; (2)
ma-thag pahi гкуеп БНЯпК STOFU relation
of posteriority; (3) fydag-rkyen wft-
nfasrajq relation of subordination or
conditionality; (4)	dmigs-rkycn
relation of dependence (as for
instance the relation of parts to the whole
and vice versa) :
ЯВЯ^’^’!К^Я’Ч'^§Ь'
ЯВЯ*’
Я^’§5‘А. Besides the above four there are
two other subdivisions of гкуещ viz.,
<зит<т wi and
Я7ЧЧ (Рой. 16).
III: misfortune; ill-luck; calamity:
$^ЭЯ’4 rkyen glog-pa to avert a misfortune:
*?^ЯКс* rkycn thcg$-pa to endure misfor-
tune:	rkytn thub-pa to be equal to
tho occassion, cope with calamity.
rkyen-gyi^ postp. with gen. by
reason of ; on account of ; by ;
therefore; accordingly.
5^Я^Я’?Я*’ rktn-g.cig
5^ an epithet for a Pratyeka Buddha
(JWon.).
rkyen-chags hbyun-wa to
die or to be abolished (2). qel. 11).
rkyen-stogs	also the
contemplation of a Pratyeka Buddha
and ordinary saint; a class of Buddhist
devotees who meditate on T.kyen, the
co-operative cause.
rkyen-thub — c&\ q patience ; for-
bearance (Mnon.).
rkyen-pa ЧЧ barley.
41	$ rkyen-rtsi = Jft tkyen-
$man	a medicine that is
administered for determining the co-
operative cause of a disease.
rkyoft-wa, pf. fut.
or	to stretch, extend, stretch
forth (one’s hand to a person) ; put out
(the tongue); spread; distend (the wings,
a curtain) :	shab$~gni$
brkyoft bskum ono leg stretched out, the
other drawn in.
Syn. fyrkyafaca; 4JW brkyafa-
pa\ jjwq rkyafa-pa\ Jwi rkyofi$-pu*,
Ь§нат-1са (Мйоп.).
rkyoft-tse in }fr. lamp; candle
(Jd.).
brkyafi-tpft 1. literally “tho
extending-wood,” an instrument of torture
in Tibet; a wooden frame on which the
extended arms and legs of the delinquent
are fastened down, whilst burning pitch
or sealing wax is dropped on his naked
breast, which procedure is called
§yq or qjf^’orq^ q or placing or
stretching one on a cross (Jd.). 2. in New
Testament translation adopted to signify
“ cross.”
qjc.4 brkyafis Ттягя prostrated (by
fatigue) ; stretched out;
*rr«r for tho purpose of stretching.
Ikttg rm a wager: 4^5’5^ “to
gain a wager in dice-playing, &c.”
P*T4 lkugs-ра I. dimb; mute;
p'^qj^-qvgyq kha Ikugs-par byed-pa to put-
to silence; §Я^’4’* a dumb woman (Cs.).
2. sre dull, stupid (Sch.). The fol-
lowing examples may belong to either.
1. or 2.	Ikug&par $kyes bom
idiotic or.mute:
SHI
81
*11
। if one is born a deaf-
mute, one’s consciousness (soul) not being
suited to work, one cannot act religiously.
Syn. g smra-bcad;	fiag-gi$
dbul;	flag mi(dan\ ц sem§
bem-po; ^*354^ tshignams ;	tshig
mi-psal;	bem-po Itar Ikug; Q’
mi-tmra (Idnon^).
§|4| Ikog I:=4'3) pha-gi yonder. In
the passage
he said “from here look to yonder hill-
side”:	Ikog-giri^na=4'4^'^ the
corner of the bill there.
II: secrecy; Зр’гЗг^’я a wife kept
secretly in Tibet. Where polyandry pre-
vails any of the brothers who is not satis-
fied with the common spouse takes to
himself a wife called Kok-gi chung-ma—a
concubine ((?$.).
^4|’« Ikog-ma, vulg.	og-hjo(
1. gullet, oesophagus. 2. wind-pipe. 3.
the throat;	Ikog-mahi lha-gon
the larynx (&?A.); also written
Ikog-dk ar the ferret-badger
(Helictis monticola).
Ikog-gynr, v.	lkog-na-ma
(]$non.);	(kog-gya byat made
secret.
Ikog-ghi a secret hummed song:
a song
sung so that others may not hear it is
called Kog-lu (fiag.).
Ikog-chad secret punishment.
Ikog-chos byed-pa to apply
one’s self to religious studies secretly.
Ikog-rnan a reward given secretly;
a bribe.
Spl’S bkog-tu confidentially, secretly;
or ^’|’5‘?vq secret; hidden;
out of sight (Ja.);	$in-tu (kog-
gyur very secret; most confidential.
Ikog-tu brkus stolen ; removed
secretly; ЗрЧ’§Ж‘ч to converse secretly;
a secret doctrine; to worship
secretly ; ^pq’9’q4‘4 1° speak confidentially.
ЯрЧ‘*^5 lkog-mdud—Ъкы^ the larynx.
Ikog-hdun is described as mean-
ing У*secret conversation or
deliberating, so that others may not under-
stand it.
lkog-na-ma that which is not
evident.
Syn. Ikog-gyur; *£5j’*J*’Styq mfion-
sum min-pa (Mfion.).
lkog-nor = *\3\'Г*4 rktm-rdas, lit.
secret articles; stolen property (Iffo/o).
Sfa’S	or 53*1’%
dkrug-qifi, byed-pa misunderstanding ;
difference (between two parties).
n Ikog zan-za-ica to take usurious
interest in secret (Sch.); $4
watch; to witness from a lurking-place.
opq’wrq lkog-za§ za-гса to take food
secretly.
Lkog-la brafi hbyar-
gyi rgyal khamt the name of a kingdom
of the Asura (demons) where people have
no neck, their chins being joined to the
breast.
Ikog-^al W dew-lap (of oxen);
(код^а^сап — ^^	in
general (M.^on^.
$3'^1 Ikog-sog craw (of birds) (Cs.).
Ikob fat, heavy, plump (Sch.).
Ikol-mdud-^ larynx.
5J| ska ; this word is thus explained
“ ska
12
82
351
3^1
shows the complete knowledge of the
aggregation of all dharma or phenomena”
(K. d. 114). This explanation also
occurs in tho aphorism on the interroga-
tion of tho Naga-raja Samudra (K. d. Я
175), also in (Hbum. Я W):
“ $ka is the sym-
bol of the law of Buddha (Buddhism) as
it explains mystically that all things are
not dependant; they are sup-
portless, t>., have no real existence.”
§ka-cig for 45'^4 a moment.
§ka-cog or	ka-lcog the
names of two grammarians jointly written
for abbreviation, Ska standing for 4’4’
5<w and Oog for
Cog-ro klu-yi rgyal-mtshan.
$ka-ica thick (of fluids, cf.
§la-ua); $ka-$lad consistence; density
(Ja.}.
§ka-rag$ ^«г:ч,
nfw; ==$4^’3 also $|’*4«, in resp. lan-
guage; g’*4^ a girdle : 4’*4*V£^c>-q to put
on a girdle.	(Sch.) a girdle
with a clasp;
VTX ornamental chain worn by Tibetan
women on the waist.
Ц’ЗДргвде/ЕряSka-rag sbzan-po ma; <qXS’
n. of
a princess of the
Noijin demi-gods (Mfion.).
№ $kag=^ kag or *|4&# wifar 1.
n. of one of the 27 constellations, A$lc$d;
an evil star. 2. mischief; bad luck; evil;
the name of the goddess Bhogavati; a
fox 5’44 lo-^kag an unlucky or bad
year Д’4Я zla-$kag an evil or unlucky
month 4% 44 Jiag-skag a bad day ; ^«’44
dui^kag evil hour; inauspicious time.
Syn.	gdefa-can lha-то; ч
tea (Rtsi. and Mnon.).
44*^« $кад-тЫ$ astrology which treats
of the planets and of bad omens, &c.
44’<4*4l*’ $kag-la$ $kyc§
a comet; born under the constellation
of A$le§d.
Syn. «54’^5’*5 mjug-phod-can; 4$4S5’
gtsug-phud-can;	$brul-can ; 3f 4^’4
$kra-gfii$-pa (Mnon.).
4 §kan-wa=^Q, 4^‘Я^ 1. satisfac-
tion (677/.). 2. a kind of expiatory
sacrifice to make amends for a duty not
performed (Ja.).
$kafi-$a sods cut out (Sch.).
skadl: (keh) НВП, ТГЯТ 1. voice,
cry, sound. Though 45 and 3 are gene-
rally used as synonymous words, yet the
majority of tho grammarians of Tibet
apply the former to all manner of sounds
and the latter to the sounds uttered by
animate things only. 2. 45 is equivalent
of in some expressions such as
*4’4% which mean “ thus ho said,” “ speak-
ing those words,” &c., and in ^‘45, ^’4%
&o., maybe traced similar significations:
45*$’4¥‘**VI what is your pleasure ? what
did you say, sir? 1V4the
(words) spoken what speech are they?
what do they mean? (Ja.) *4*45’4 “in
these words” is used before a literally
quoted speech and 445after it. ^'45 also
often occurs after statements meaning “ it
is said” or “it is rumoured.” Other
phrases are : 4*45’«’§5 don’t do that or so;
45’9’^ to give an account, to relate. 3.
language : ^5’45 the Tibetan language;
$*4**45 the Indian language; 4^’45*^
83
45’^1
451
in the provincial dialect; speaking
human language;	hbrug-^kad
Idtr zer the voice of thunder rattles;
a voice like the cry of an
elephant;	to utter
painful or lamentable cries; ^’^*45
to send forth cries for pity; 45'§'5SC^
the root of a word.
II: ladder =^4 $ka§-ka (Jd.).
45’^<4<4 ^kad-hgag or Ч^’^’З skad hdser-
po hoarseness of the voice ((7s.).
45’5^ skad-rgyal, metaph. a donkey
(Sman. 2).
45’ч|^‘ч §kad-b§gur-pa=4Vq|^' W one
who has changed his language.
45'S'^ §kad-sgra che (ke’ da-che) the vul-
gar expression for “fame”:
he is just now very famous.
45'^ §kad-fiar rough language : 4S’tv
on account
of their speaking rough speech the name
of that place was called fia-ra than
(Fig. 65). •
45‘^ §kad-can having a voice; sound-
ing.
45’^ tkad-cig ^лг,	one
moment; au instant. 45’^1 ’^=
4S’^Tq is described as
g5’«, ‘one fifth part of the time required
for the sound of the snapping of the
fingers.”
fkad-cig boom, n. rtwq.
skad-cighdoj-ldan, v.
WRf a pigeon (Mnon.).
$kad-cig-pa or 45’^4’*
^PriT,	instanteneous; also ephe-
meral, momentary; also lightning.
4Sskad-cig-dbugz lit. that takes
breath only for a moment=5”, an otter
(Mnon.).
45'^1^5 $kad-cig hdod sudden
flash; flash of lightning.
§kad-cig glog-hod—^
lightning (Mnon.).
45‘* skad-cha qrqi,
news, report, discourse, conversation, topic;
Ч^ажч to converse; to have a chat.
skad-gnis-pa lit. that has two
kinds of voices, i.e.^ a parrot.
Syn.	lce-gni§-pa\
hkhyog-pohi mthii-can;	tshig-
hjam-ldan;	hjani-ljan hdab-
Idan (Mnon.).
4S’^^’9 ’5qCk q $kad-gni§ smra-uahi
dwan-po one learned in science; one who
has mastered (at least) two languages
(Fig. k. k8).
45'*Hq skad mnen-pa	of a
gentle voice; soft voiced.
4Vq?^	§ка<1-Ь$пап=ф\'* an echo
(returned by a rock) (Mnon.).
45’^’q|p’q §kad-snan b$gyur-ua to sing
or whistle in a quavering, warbling man-
ner, of birds, flute-players, &c. (Jd.):
45 a singing or playing of this kind.
45’^'q §kad snan-pa qftfw, one
with a sweet voice; spoken of the
cuckoo.
45’skad-snam-ma the princess of
the Noijin demi-gods; cf.
(Щоп.).
45'§vq %kad = to call
to a person (Schtr.).

84
45’W4* №4 wdhun-par with one
voice; with one accord.
45'^5 skad~dod=^S'^ an equivalent
term in another language; the original
from which another is translated : 45’X5*
whether there are any original
texts: 45Л5’^5 it is without the original
text {Situ. 110).
45‘9’ql5**’ skad-kyi gdafis the character
or tone of the voice:	45**15^’
I щсгслг^-qrII
{Mdshan.) when the tone of one’s voice
is that of a goose or dragon it betokens
the possession of wealth. Л voice like
that of an ass or ox indicates great
troubles.
$kad-gdafis dmah-wa
fwK low sinking voice ; poor voice.
45’*45 $kad-hdon БГга bawling out;
loud voice.
45'4 tkad-pa i: = ^'S'4N shes bya-wat
called ; named {A. 120).
45'q и: 1. vh. to say, tell, relate:
^5X‘45q* that a land (of bliss)
exists I heard people say. 2. interpreter;
language master ; teacher {Jd.)
45’4'^ skad-pa-che qt 45^^ $kad-po-che
celebrated; famed.
45’^*^ $kad-po che	rumour.
45’^ Skad-hbyin	singing of a
bird.
45'S w2|«| skad $byafi$-pg cultivate your
voice; improve the voice by exercise.
45*ft'«|<w skad ini-gsal one whose
language is not intelligible; a barbarian.
45’^ skad-rifi.	a voice heard
at a distance; a high pitched voice.
W
$kad-rigs hen-po bshi the
four great divisions of language—(1)
§5*45 Sanskrit, the language of the gods;
(2) 5-4}*^	*5'45 Pifdtsl, the language of
the meat-eating people; (3)
rafi-fyshin she^-pa pra-kr-ta the Prdkrta or
the natural language of the people; (4)
wcryrjjЛ*’*Ч'И Лра bhram-fa corrupt
language {T. K.).
45'skad Jugs = 45’5ч]м	§kud-rig$
dialect.
45’^ $kadJog clamour; screaming.
a celestial courtezan {Alfion.).
skan-tc, JK., instead of 4q ka-wa.
hgor-po delay: *3^*1’
q*rw’^Y44*4*r*‘^V$c/I {Rdsa. 28) the
swift not hurrying, the lingerers not
finishing.
$kab$ ТПС 1. time, oppor-
tunity, occasion, circumstance:
4*w opportunity of seeing: 4q*,:15’q skab$
rned-pa to find an opportunity: 4q^
or4q**’4q^ now and then; sometimes.
4^’$ or 4*w with genit.=at the time of,
on the occasion of, during, while, when:
^’’T4q*r$ in a moment; instantly: 4^’^
$kabs der	thereafter: 4W*4*
now ; here ; in this case; in this place:
4WX once for a time; each time; W4«w
interval; inter-lapse of time. 2. sphere^
state, situation:	fit for;
adapted; suited to the occasion. 3. 4^^
also means lehu, chapter, and is
synonymous with *4*	&c.,
signifying section : 4ад ч3 tkafy bcu, the
ten sections of the doctrine ; also he that
has observed them {Jd.).	4. mode,
85	^-Ц|
method, way, manner, so the word seems
to be used in Vai$no :
| Idum-btihi skabs la-phug daft
&kye$ lugs hdra-tcar the manner (nature)
of the plants being similar to that of
a raddish as to growth (Ja.).
4W4fy*rq %kabs gnis-pa	the
second chapter.
4q**^ skabs-don	for the sake
of leisure; also circumstance.
§kabs hdi-la	at
this opportunity; at this time ; on this
subject.
Чч**3 ^ skabs phye-na wwnf fWPt to
make opportunity.
4q*r^\q skabs hbyed-pa чкяч; leisure.
$рс«гад*гч skabs-la babs-pa when
the time came; opportunity arrived.
skabs-gsum blttn-ua — ^'
the drink of the gods ; ambrosia ;
| pray send kind letters
like the flow of the drink of the gods over
the heads of the good {Yig. k. 78).
skab$-gsum-gnas~
the residence of the gods; the heaven.
a skabs gsum-pa i:
a god; a common name for gods possessed
of the knowledge of their past and future
births and also of those of others.
qwqjgwq и : a name of the celestial
musician; ^'ЗГ*!4^ lhahi glu-mkhan (Mnon.).
skabs-gsum-dwafi a name of
Indra;	Brgya-byin or
{Шоп.).
skabs-gsum mtshon-cha
thunderbolt of Indra.
Skam I: 4*q n. of a tribe in Tibet
(Vai. kar. 160).
II: a pair of tongs; pincers; an
instrument for seizing anything.
Syn. ^'§5 hdsin-byed*, bzufi-
byed {Won.).
skam-pa dry; 4*’^ skam
rlon lit. dry and wet; all articles (furni-
ture, chattels, clothes, utensils, &c.) and
food, drink, etc., being included in the term.
4* is often used as equivalent to 4* S the
dry land, hence a plain or *мрг«г§ч*гс|
skam-la slebs-pa\tQ get ashore ; Ч* *4* jour-
ney by land, 4**^ dry food, 4*'**1 dry
meat, 4*’4* skam-skom the dry or stuffed
carcass of an animal;
4W^‘5‘4*’^* 1 the dried carcasses of
beasts and game and of all (others)
{D. R.).
skam-glog a flash of summer
lightning :	’apfc-jw
i “ on a great flash Of light-
ning coming forth, all his attendants
became very much frightened ” {A.
17).
4**л* skam-chas all goods except live-
stock.
4^*44	огЗЯ’Г* com or
barley flour to make gruel.
Ч^'ЗЯ skam-thug gruel made of barley-
flour, dry meat and raddish.
4«'^ skam-dras neat and clean
{Jig. 30).
4*rq*q skam-pag dry, flour of barley.
4*’ч skam-po	dry dried.
4*’4*]*< skam-phogs allowances or wages
of an officer or inferior servaut in
barley-flour, tea or coin, etc., but not
86
cooked food;	according
to Government order ; dry allowance
(/. Zan.).
skam-la$ $kye~u:a pro-
duced or born on land.
dry or meaningless
words; hollow expressions meaning
nothing:	“one
versod in talking nonsense, as if only
for his mouth’s sake” (or “as if on
account of his mouth’") (£«?.).
$kam$-pa=.w^ bleak and barren
place (Д0?ол.).
skar-wa I: pf. 4^ , imp. 4\ to
hang up ; to weigh; 4\ ч^Г
weight; 4V^S measure; scale; 4^'q $kar-wa
for 4V% 4^and points on a steel-
yard for weight or measure : 4VS five
points on tho steel-yard weighing two
annas of silver: 4^*4^ (one $£#>*) is equal
to ten hon, which is a little less than
an Indian anna.
tkar-ma wtfa:,	НШ,
a star ; a fixed star; constellation :
^ §5, ^’§5, ^5’4a™'H435 ( Vai. kar.)
the stars that arc liberated and that soar
on high and roam are twenty-eight in
number:	$kar-ma-can with stars or
figures of stars on anything, a shawl, &c.
Ч^'Й^’ $kar-khun ЧТНЮТ, 7RTW, «TRI
a holo or small opening for the admission
of light in a house; a window; same as
аЧ«Ч v.	Ч^й*'5)'?^ a plank or
board for a window; shutters ; Ч^’Й^Л*
’зн^ЗГсПЧН lattice window; a grated
window.
4Vpfc.^ skar-khofl$ the sphere of a
lunar mansion; a constellation together
with the minor stars which are included
yrithin its sphere.
4^1
Ч^5^ tkar-nikhan an astrologer.
Ч^’ЭТ §kar-lcag a rigorous enquiry ; a
flogging (Ja.).
Ч^’Ф skar-chu 1: literally star-water;
bathing when the star Agastya (Ri-byi)
appears in October, when, according to
Tibetan astrologers, water becomes pure
and wholesome.
4^’4 n: generally applied to dew
which is said to come from the stars :
§kar-tagtafi che (Jd.) to enquire rigorously;
to restrict; to bind down ; to flog.
Ч^'я5ч skar-mdab a shooting star; jfv34
$gron-ma a lamp; 5^’^ WT a meteor :
Ч^^’ч or татш the falling or
shooting of a meteor.
tkar-mdahi gdofl-fiam
§na or ’swprrfl one having either
his face or nose glowing as a meteor; a
demon ; a meteor-mouthed arrow ; n. of a
fire-arm anciently used in India. One of
the ancestors of Gautama Buddha, directly
descended from Mahasammata, the first
elected king of tho world.
4^ 'STS $kar-4pya4=z 4^'£^ skar-ttsi$
astrology; 4vST\’q=an astrologer
(HJnon.).
4^‘S^ skar-phran or 4^’^ a little
star.
4^51 Skar-hprefi 1. n. of a fabulous
city situated at the foot of Rirab (Sumeru)
mountain said to be the residence of the
Asura King, Kaptha-Mali. 2. the squares
in a chart of the constellations in
which tho figures representing the stars
are written. 3. the angular distance
between two stars or planets (Ci.).
II : (C$.) 1. a penning of
cattle; assortment ; separation; to pen;
to fold; to separate, v.
87
§kar-ma stod-phur З^ПХТ
supposed to be Leonis. This star is
believed to be the most steady among the
stars and is therefore called the sure-star
or fixed-star ; also called the crown-star.
Syn. brtan-pa;	rkan
bu; ^*^'^'5 §nan-ldan gin-rta;
| «4 §lugs~bzan skye§;	gzah-yi rten;
^Ц^Щгдуи~$каг tog; *ff’5«rg gan-rgyal-
bu ;	gser-hphur (Mnon.).
^’5Г£Ч]skar-ma rtsag-rtsig, also
a twinkling star; painting on a
canopy or on a ceiling in starry design;
^*4^ those constellations through which
the moon passes in her revolution round
the heaven ;	the constellation under
which one is born;	a propitious
constellation ; the constellation under
which one prospers or which brings
fortune and good luck to one.
§kar~ma htshe	the
injury caused by a malignant star.
skar-mahi dpyod	an
examination or observation of the stars.
§kar-mig-bu “ son of Star-eye
or Skar-тгд” the eagle. A certain hermit
called Skar-mig found three eggs. These
he gave to a woman in distress, saying
that if she broke them after seven days
they would bring her happiness. Out of
impatient curiosity she broke two on the
third and the sixth day. These turned
into lightning and the dawn. The third
she broke on the seventh day, when there
sprung forth a full-fledged eagle which
turning round asked what she wanted of
him. In reply she wished him to kill the
Lu demons; and this he accordingly did.
Thenceforth the eagle came to be known
as the son of Skar-mig (Mfion.).
skar-hdsin star-catching; making
sure of a propitious constellation, e.g.,
for an intended journey (Jd.).
’*5 skar-hod sftfrnw the light emit-
ted by a star; name of a kind of flower.
$kar~yum works or treatises on
the stars ;	sacred works on
stars and planets.
skal-pa	luck, chance,
fortune—particularly when propitious.
§kal-nan	wretched; un-
lucky ; unfortunate.
$kal-can-ma, also called
§kaLldan-ma 1.	n. of a goddess ;
a blessed lady. 2. =3’4’W4 §pu-la hbab-
pa n. of a disease in which the hairs are
affected.
§kal-ldan UVFTH happy;
blessed; also n. of one of the 28 ancient
sages mentioned in Buddhist works.
Skal-ldan qin-rta	n.
of a king of the solar race who is said to
have brought the river Ganges to Jambu-
dvipa (India) from heaven ; one of the
ancestors of the Buddha S'akya-muni :
“favour me with letters uninterruptedly
like the course of the river Bhagirathi
(Ganges)” (Yig- k- 17).
$kal-ldan qifi-rtahi bu-mo
v. Gaft-ga, the daughter of
Bhagiratha, the river Ganges (Mfion.).
skal-pa-can ИтОгч the for-
tunate :	are
very fortunate.
$kal-pa-chez=.^f^n^4
very fortunate, lucky; also powerful and
rich.
88

$kal-pay mnam-pa uniformly
fortunate or always lucky;
fortunate : $	'QV|m mi daft skal-
pa mnam-par §kye$ НЩЧМ ннптнгттадФПГ
born with fortune equal to that of a human
being.
$р|чгч№ skal-pa fyzang-po good
fortune; яргсгМ’4 bad luck, unfortunate;
the matrimonial share of
tho present life; the connubial fate for
which a person is predestined ;
religious good luck; also the merit of the
pious; very lucky; Ч*4 unfortu-
nate.
q skal-pa yod-pa fortunate ; Ч4’
cr^ q extra luck.
w skaljiphar enlarged fortune;
lucky or of increased luck.
lkal~wa=z* cha НТЛ 1. portion;
share;	the apportioned
share of hereditary wealth ; inheritance;
share or portion of food ; ration;
personal share:	without
being deprived of any of his portion. 2.
the portion of good or bad fortune that
falls to a man’s lot as a consequence of
his former actions ; lot, fate, destiny.
skal-wa chad-pa suppressed
fortune; unhappy.
Sfrw skal-bzafi xjhit I. prosperous; of
good fortune. 2. a plant— Chrysanthemum
coronarium.
$kal-rin the valuation of one’s
share of property; the price of one’s share
in any concern (Jig.).
ska§ or ^*4’^ skas-ka, also called 4м’
<Гч|:	ftr, a stair; a flight of steps;
^4 order of steps; ^*r*3J* the two
side-pieces of a staircase or ladder (Cs.)
to place a ladder ; ицг'гздвгч ш-
to come down a ladder;
to climb up a ladder.
$kas-$kor khra-ma the lattice,
rail or fencing by the sides of stairs.
skas-gdafi-Ьщ abbr. of
a flight of long steps in a ladder:
5^’4‘ I to
bring him (here) a seven-step ladder was
necessary (Л. 91).
$ka$-tshafi signifies a flight of
steps (Jig-).
$kas-lcb the steps of a ladder or
stair; the planks of a ladder.
sku ^ТЦ, ГТД, resp. for
body. 1. iku may be prefixed to the
names of parts of the body and even of
anything belonging to a person, thus
imparting to them the character of res-
pectful terms. As honorific particle it can
also be prefixed to nouns in general:
the person or body of a great man ; g
goods, stores or property of a inau of
rank ; also the religious robe of a lama.
Jl’gM $ku-skye$ a present (given to or re-
ceived from a respected personage);
virtue, happiness; g'wq image, statue;
the wrapper used by a lama or a
great man; the cloak used by the
lamas when attending a religious service;
the inner lower garment of a man
of rank. Even buildings (monasteries,
&c.) are honoured .by this respectful
expression:	to white-wash
a house, &c.;	rko$-$ku au engraved
image; tapestry; a figure worked
upon satin with silk; an image of
clay ; a woven image; a stone
image; a molten image; a
painted image;	a Basso Relievo

89

image;	blugs-sku a cast image;
4^’g &ser-§ku a. golden image. 2. g or
g*$ §ku-yi may be also used honorifically as
a poss. meaning “his,” “her,” “yours,”
&c. 3. It is further employed to express
the reflective verb Idtyed-gan la skit
hdeg “why are you beating yourself ?”
g‘g«i §ku-skal portion or share of a
respected person.
g*^ $kit-skem the lean slender body of
a respectable person.
^^thu-khamt a great man's person;
also the state of health.
g’^'^fq^ $ku-gam fio-bcar a personal
interview; to approach or come before a
great man personally.
g'qn|3]*r<M]N sku-bgegs chags disease
caused by evil spirits.
О S'4’2* $ku-lna rgyal-po the five divine
Buddhas symbolical of the five highest
moral virtues inculcated in Buddhism.
g'^ $ku-rgyu the matter or substance
whereof an image is made.
g'^S §ku-rgyud a scion, descendant, of
a noble family.
g*W $ku-bcar personal attendant of a
greatman; gen. the attendant monks of
the Dalai Lama (8. kar. 181); also same as
g’«^'4 as in g’W^p^’q $ku-bcar mkhan-
po, the domestic priest of the Dalai Lama
who is also called g’5^V*|4№L
g’qsvSS $ku-bcar-mo the raiment worn
next to the skin (Yig.).
g*w tku-ckas
the chattels and other possessions of
any high class person.
g’^	robes; dress worn
by great men or by lamas.
g’^5 $ku-mched brothers and sisters:
gar
я| “those who are born the
sons of kings are ‘kum-che,’ and the
pupils of one lama are ‘kum-che’ (Lofi. *
£). g‘^5 the three spiritual sons of
Bromston— (1)	(2) ^’g’q’^4’
gwrqq^ (3) ^q-q’qfty^;
{Lon. ? £) ; these
three were called the spiritual sons of
Bromston.
g’*fys sku^rnned^=. Ito-ras or
handkerchief (Yig. k. 55).
g'4!^ sku-gner	keeper of
images in a temple or monastery.
Syn.	lha-gner; ^v^-q lhahi
hteho-гса (Mfiou.).
g’4^ §ku-brnan i: a reflected image, v.
g,Q5 or	likeness (Mnon.).
g'^ ii: = g*^ the health or flesh of a
respectable person (Milon.).
g’^ $ku-rten an image of Buddha
or of a saint. It is a contraction of the
three words: $ku, gsufis, thug-rten the holy
image, i.e., of a Buddha or saint; the
sacred books or volumes containing reli-
gious precepts; and the chatty a (mchorten),
the symbol of the resting of the thugs or
heart.
g’4gw	birth (of
a great man).
sku-thog=g’^‘ lifetime; age;
generation; g,?^'g’^=g,?I’r^’* or g’H’
g'V* former generation; also ancestor
or predecessor; g'Wt^^g suc-
ceeding generation; g’’tf<4’*rZ’ many gene-
rations :
^’^•^q^’^’q S)^j the three incarnate beings
of Tibet (i.e., the Dalai Lama, Panchen
Lama an& Tirana th Lama) having come
in many re-births are greatly blessed.
13
nc’ql
90

gV‘q sku drufi-pa a page; an attendant
of a great man; a private secretary to a
high official.
g’^c. $ku-gdufi relics, remains; also
lineage, descendants.
g’*^ sku-hdra (kunfa) чртят, srfafa*?,
4<fvr imago; statue of Buddha or any
sainted persons.
Syn. ft^sku-brnan; g’^B^ sku-gztigs;
gzug$^brnan	$lar-gzug$;
inchod-bya;	ne-war hjal;
fadra-war ^shefis;	hdra-
bbag\ de4ta\ de-hdra; de-
mtshufis ; 5$ dpe; mnam;	iptshufa;
dehi gshi-hdsin\	rab-ta
hdra \	pra-phab bshin\
legt-par	lder-bzo\
SjVSp’w slar-grib-ma\	$lar-bya$
fpt/шн;	tffios-po wdshufa}
hdra-wa\ g'3 lta-bu\ ner-tsha^\
fieS’$naft (Mfion.).
%%MQ$ku [dem-pa to ho unwell, ill;
ill-health.
Syn.	nad-kyi$ blab; ^№4q
nad phog-pa\ ^’4 na-wa ;	na-tsha
hbyuft-wa; [W^’Q kham$ ma-bde-wa;
s hdu-гса hkhrugs-pa\	ne-
war gduft-wa ;	nam§ ma-bde-wa;
дЧЖтчйго htshal-wa\ ^'^^nun-pa (Шоп,).
g’^ skit-па a respectable person’s ago.
8’5^ $ku-bub a monkey of the langur
class found near Bathang.
g**S« Sku-hbum “a hundred thousand
images,” commonly pronounced Kum-
bum. The name of the birth place of
Tsongkhapa in Amdo, situated to the east
of lake Kokonor ; also the name of huge
monastery built on the spot. Village and
monastery both derive their names from
a poplar tree, the leaves of which are said
to boar miraculous impressions of a hun-
dred thousand images of Buddha on them.
Hue and W. W. Rockhill have given
elaborate accounts of Kumbum monastery:
’ Щ4-3)- g’^' $4 3| • J- Й
(Loft. 17) ho (King Mi-gicaft Phola Thaiji)
erected the gilt dome of the monastery
of Chambaling above Kum-bum in Amdo.
g’JIS $i'u-§mad tho part of tho body
below tho navel; g’^VJIS the upper and
lower parts of tho body.
g’^ sku-tsha a brother’s son; a nephew;
called tsha-ico in colloquial language.
Q^lku-tshab a representative; deputy.
g’*’?S $ku	during
tho time of his predecessors.
g’a^ sku-mtshal, rosp. for	the
blood (of a great man’s) body.
sku-shabt lit. “your honour’s
feet,” is tho correct form of the colloq.
expression g'-^S meaning your
honour, your lordship, your worship. It
is generally pronounced as ku-sho.
g’W	gzem shawl wrap-
per worn by lamas (Yig. k. 55).
g’^*^ sku-gzug$ bde= ^5’4 health;
also healthy.
Syn. khamf bde;	ner-
htshe med;	hbyufi-bshi $nom$;
bro mi-htshal (l$fton.).
$ku-yi bab$ daft bstun
according as his health permits; according
to the state of one’s health.
g'S)-r^<q iku-yi zo-mdog, reap, of 4^'3’
pwN lu$-kyi-khain$ health:
। just now your
health is good like the condition of the
gold in the Dsam-bu river.
91
tku-rags ike-rag^ also 4’
Mj*i $ka-rags, a sash (Yig. k. 55.).
g*^' $ku-riA the period of a life—one’s
own or another’s.
g*^ sku-rim, resp. for rim-hgro,
reverence, respect, and thence the common
word for any set service in a temple and in
general for a ceremonial act of worship,
and particularly in the special sense of a
solemn sacrificial ceremony.
indicates the allowance
granted by the Government of Lhasa for
Kurim in tho different monasteries of
Tibet.
$ku-ru a water-wheel without a
rim; such are the water-wheels of all
the mills in the Himalaya (Jd.).
I’SF tku-ru-kha asterisks; marks
generally of the figure of a cross, +
also x. The latter is common in books
as an abbreviation like “ditto,” to save
the repeated writing at full length of the
same sentence or word or expression.
Some authors spell this word as 3’^f4-
jku-lus srrR, resp. for the
body.
sku-qa ЬЬуог-ро=^ж%ч^
corpulent; also corpulence; the ori-
ginal name of Bbrom Rgyal-icahi hbyun
gnas (Шит.).
sku-gyegs-pa dying; death.
Sku-ggen-ggen Rab the great
teacher of the Bon:
“ Uotf-zcr dpal was my
father, I Sku ggen of Yag gs/ier am called
Jlbrom” (JJbrom. Г 22).
$ku-sras brgyad, the eight
spiritual sons of Bon-po S'en-rab are the
following(1) Mu-chos; (2)
ч Sol-dr tiff tliaA-po; (3)	Gto-bu
bum-safa-, (4)	Dptjad-bu khri-fin;
(5) Lufi-hdren; (6) Bryyud
kdren; (7)	Koft-tsha dkar-po ;
(8)	Koft-Ma hphitl-bu chttH.
$ku gsun-thugs, resp. for
body, speech, thought, which
constitute the three spheres of a man’s
doings or sufferings; works in words and
thoughts.
g’^spj §ku-gsum Тчзгга the three
personal exsistences of a Buddha, viz.,
^*l*g V’ifara spiritual existence ;
qVg цчТНГФЩ celestial existence,
and g^’q^’g	bodily existence;
also miraculously emanated existence.
g,flq^ sku-gseft rest and gentle exercise
(of a great man) when convalescent: qw
when gout was indica-
ted in the form of swelling of the body and
slight improvement approached, it being
the time of convalescence, he went out
(Ya-sel. 11).
g-«ujc^ $ku-bsrufi$ or g'qsjwq §ku-
bsTufis-pa ^T=RT,	attendant;
waiter; body-guard.
skugs — Sfi wager; the stake in a
game received by the winner. g^N**!’
signifies	that is,
anything placed in pawn:
I (D. Л.) if the wager is lost he
will be plunged into an ocean of grief.
$kiifi-ica=to conceal in
a secret place (Nag.), pf. чд*^ Ь$кийз, fut.
чдь* b$kun. 1. to hide in the ground ; to
bury; to inter:
I have found hidden treasures and
concealed wealth (nor.). 2.
(А. N 53-55) to fasten down; to tie, to

92

tie on all sides (a corpse in a doubled up
or twisted position before it is burnt).
skufasa lurking place; biding
place.
$kud or g\q	чптпм
1 thread, yarn, wire:	to cut
the thread, i.e., the tie of marriage; to
divorce.	the thread to sew
a dress with ; Wg5 cotton thread, yarn;
wgs woollen thread ;	gold wire;
S^'gS silver wire ; gS'^ yellow thread ;
5^’gS silk thread; ^’gS coloured thread;
the frayed ends of a scam ; g\9*r
an embroiderer; one that makes up a
picture with threads of different colours;
gS’=z	needle-work on
cloth; g\qspinning thread. 2.
vb« pf. fut. qg, imp. g^, to smear; to
besmear; to daub : ^e4'g5'q=	to be
smeared with oil: sf’^’J"gVq to paint a
door: lK3’g\q to anoint; to apply an
ointment; gV^w or
threads twisted together.
gS’q5ag $kud-pahi	dar-
gyi srin-bu silk-worm (Mnon.).
tkiid-po=J chun-niahi
spun zla 1. wife’s brother; brother-
in-law. 2. father-in-law (Jd.). 3.
in Sikkim a husband’s younger brother
is also called skud-po.
Fi $kun-bu is described as
smyug-ma-la btag^pahi $nod a
wicker-work basket; but a basket or vessel
made of bamboo is called ^'3 or
(^ag.).
tkub W4H very low (Zez.).
skum-pa, pf. ng»^,fut. imp.
g34^, to contract; also to be drawn up; to be
paralysed: «^’«urgwq to draw in the
limbs.
^5 skur-pa	slander; false
witness; blasphemy; abuse: gva^qq'q same
as g^'qq^q ^ to throw abuse, cast aspersion
and to bear false witness; to speak im-
piously of holy things :
qv^V^'q,^q”,q to blaspheme by view-
ing as untrue the three most precious
Ones.
I: $kur-wa or g^'8*rq to slander,
mock, ridicule.
II := q a bestowing,
giving, sending; also vb. a. to bestow,
give, send; v^-qgvq to furnish
with power; to empower or instal;
g^'=J to send intelligence; if g^ probably
decorating one with the peacock’s feather
(as in China).
g^ q'a^w'q skur-ма hdebs-pa to hold as
not existing what exists; to belittle.
g^M skul-mkhan in JF. overseer
(Jd.).
g*r^ skul-rgyu to render service; to
exact service:
the son-in-law (elect), though he is not a
slave by birth, must render service for three
years (to the parents of tho bride).
4рГЦ skul-гса, pf. 4g% qg^‘q^’S, to
excite; to exhort, admonish, enjoin: ft*
to exhort a man to do a
thing; to appoint: ft^'W^q-qgq-^ im-
posed some work on a person:
4gq*^ being induced by his words:
the (departed)
soul urged on by its former deeds and
sins:	though I tried to
bring round the gods and evil spirits
by sacrifices:	arousing
strongly (the actors) with flutes and other
instruments, sgq'q and more frequently
qg^74 exhortation; admonition. qg«r«r
93
Ri
also	and	to
expostulate with, rebuke; incite.
$kul-byed, v.
skul-tshig a word in the horta-
tive or imperative mood.
$ke ^4, resp. neck; throat: «Ifr
q ai^4| with one throat; unanimously :
4]XvP=^’<J|54-q aud	to cut one’s
throat; to behead:to seize by the
throat; to worry (Sch.):	to tie
round the neck (an amulet); neck-
lace (Schr.); ornament for the neck; a
necklace:	the coral neck-
lace of a woman of Kham*.
ike-$toft cavity of the throat (7й.),
defined in Med, as
^5'^ the cavity as far down as below the
larynx.
ske-tse or *5^ vf^HiT, Sinapis
ramosa, black mustard; mustard seeds
(Jd ):	it removes
evil spirits and cures swellings and
carbuncles (Med,).
Ske-tshafi n.of an old monastery
situated in the mountains behind the
monastery of Sera (Deb, 13),
a sash; an ornament like a sash worn
round the waist.
skeg n. of a constellation:
$keg-la $kye$	born in the
constellation of Aflesa, [The man born
in the constellation of A^lesS is unfortu-
nate, inasmuch as his birth is followed by
the death of himself, his mother or father.]
$keg-isho$ paint, rouge (for the
face) (Sch,).
Skefi-lufi$ n. of a place in
Tibet (Deb. «I H)<
$kyed-dkar same as
white sash.
$ked-hjig§ =	da-dr и
hjom$ n. of a medicinal drug (Mnon,).
sked-pa=^\^ the waist:
$ku skyed or $ked-$kabs
the hind parts below the waist;
waist-band. sked-so the waists :
^M^S^A34^^ the length of
hair reaching down even to the waist
(Dbroni. ? 35).
^V34 $ked-ma, v. pomegranate
(MAon,),
Ч34’^ $kem-nad consumption.
Ця-Ч ькет-ра=^'ц	adj.
vb. pf. lifter, fut. or
ЧЧ’^'З, imp. Ч3^ ikoms, pres. 4W
1. to make dry, lean meagre; to dry up.
2. also as adj. 4^’q skam-po dry; dried
up; meagre.
^кет-ра^^'ф^'Ф^ lean, thin
body (Mnon.).
Skem-byed n. of a demon that
causes drought;	n. of a
trouble (in the body of a person) caused
by an evil spirit.
Ч34 S'VST'’24 $kem-byed dkar-po the resin
of the 8dl tree, which is burnt as an
incense; same as	white incense
gum (Sman. bJ7.)
"s^SS*34 Skem-byed-ma n. of a goddess.
Skem-byed рт-2«==^'^ГчГе’
an epithet of Kumara,
the younger son of Mahadeva (Mfion.).
$kem$-pa	v. M
very thin, lean.
skems-pahi $breb$-pa з?Гфж
tho hunger of emaciating disease.
VolCT^ |	94
^1
sker is sometimes written as ker.
sker lebggur pony, sheep,
and yak ; collectively cattle.
sko-$ko the chin.
$|’Л $ко-гса, pf. fut. «^Tor A^f'A^'s,
to select; also to appoint, nominate, com-
mission, charge; WSj’Sf’A to appoint a
person to work:	avs* |
(K. du. *4 362) should appoint a ge-long
(Buddhist monk) to arrange for lodg-
ing; jwvqjw raised to the throne;
without mandate; unbidden;
destined; appointed to the work,
t.e., destined (to be a man) in consequence
of his works; ^5’appointed by
my destiny; fate (Ja.).
sko-tse a mixture of the leaves
of various kinds of leeks pounded aud
formed into balls and dried ; when used,
a small portion is broken off, fried in
butter, and then added to the food. This
spice forms a lucrative article of commerce
and is exported from Ladak to Kashmir
and from Lhasa to India (Jd.).
or ^4’4 a hard cover-
ing ; rind; bark ; a shell:	$kog$can
adj., having a cover or shell (Cs.).
skofi, v. kon.
$kofi-ica ’jrtr, pf. a^ bfkafa,
fut. imp. Sfc*, to fulfil; also sbst.
^’A’ijjk’, to fulfil a hope: F'Sfc’A to fill up
what is open; to make up a deficiency: 5*T
qS’p* j[k dge-wahi kha-skoft to fulfil perfectly
the laws of virtue, or P’A^ also
signify an appendix; supplement:
will be described in the
appendix below:	to do a
certain ceremony fully according to your
vow;	the ceremony to satisfy
one’s guardian deity by supplementing
what was wanting and making amends
for the same:	is an offering or
forma for a deficiency: A^^X” offering
of some representation of eelestial man-
sions, made of coloured threads, to one’s
guardian deities; a^a*^ offering to the
gods and guardian deities.
may your
hope he fulfilled.
ЯУ* =	1. sbst. v.
2. vb. pf. and fut. A$fa to dress; to clothe
another person.
4A«’O5*3ka5'X^ (&ag.) signifies tho com-
ing occasion of doing some difficult work.
I: shorn fuATUT, thirst; resp.
shal-tkom, A^c/A ^’jj’^A’q tormented
by thirst;	food and drink:
take milk (lit. “white”)
and tea for thirst:	$kom~du
chafi-gsot take wine for thirst (Kathafi.
115).
П: the dry land (Jd.).
$kom-tkyur sour beer; sour
fermented liquor.
^'55 ^кот-dador thirst; Л’ЯфГ
one who is very thirsty:
APT цпггйад: (give) drink to the
thirsty ; a§«ca*r^5=$’^5 wishing for
drink ; F’Sfcw mouth drying; thirsty:
i the thirsty will be
freed from their thirst.
$kom-na$ thirsty; imp.
become thirsty;
fwfuH thirsty.
skom-pathe flesh of a calf that
died or was killed as soon as it was born,

95

even before it could suck milk from its
mother’s teat (Sman.).
$kom$-pa thirsty.
Syn.	btun-wa hdod;
chuhdo4\ kha-$kom( Mnon.).
skor 1. class, order; appertain-
ing to; subject; circle; body—a term often
used to signify a retinue, a set of atten-
dants, persons of one class ;	class
of official staff ; also court (Yig. k. 37);
class of husband; that which
concerns a husband ;	class of
women, about women ; ^5'^X*q of that
order; with respect to that; also of that
subject ;	on the subject of
litigation ;	the paraphernalia of
worship; circuit, tour :
I “the Resident
Amban of Tibet (started) from Lhasa on
a military tour, &o.” 2. anything round,
a circle; eye-ball. In JF. SV
hoop of bamboo (Schtr.) ;	the
(circumference) of a man’s head ;
the top of a house. 3. section, division,
e.g., of a book, similar to chapter. 4.
repetition ;	to repeat (Schtr.). 5.
religious circumambulation, v. Sfc*4-
Syn. $de-tshan, rigs, gras,
4^ don (Mfion.).
$kor-mkhan one who goes round;
sft'Q one who turns a lathe; one who cir-
cumambulates or walks round a sacred
object.
^'^skor-bgo,	(Yai.
kar.) classes in 'astrology. There are eight
heads or sections according to Indian
astrology; according to Tibetan astrology
there are fifteen heads of astrology,
such as about kings, ministers, priests,
sages, mystics, queens, &c. ; also about
birth, growth, maidens, old persons, ill-
ness, husbandry, houses, service, &c.;
| about profit in trade;
aygvq	| profit from the com-
pounding of medicines and drugs ;
| interest accruing
from the laying out of silver (money).
$kor-rgyug$ turning the enemy;
getting into his rear (Jd.).
3(Х,ад| skor-thag the cord of a lathe.
3{X’^ skor-thaft price or rate; also
interest on anything in kind; in grain
given as loan.
^X'^4! skor-thig a pair of compasses;
МХ*^4! a sling.
SjX’^ skor-pa or or a turner;
also one who goes on his rounds.
^X’^ skor-wa, vb., pf., &c., fut. ч?Х,
1. to fill with ; to surround, encircle,
enclose, besiege; to come again and again;
to revolve:	। (^. jf.)
the town that was encircled (filled) with
houses : 3|Х’ч^	the
three men of those who were surrounding
them:	I the Chief of the
Ya-rt$e mountains is surrounded by
rugged rocks:	the
Ti-rtse (Tise) mountain is surrounded by
glaciers:	5*^’jq'q’W^’^^X the Kyura
Rgyalpo mountain is surrounded by water
(Z>. U). 2. to traverse; ride round a thing.
Also metaphorically in the religious sense:
to preach, to propound the
doctrine of Buddhism : ^”’9
to make mystic offerings (i.e., the symbo-
lical offerings representing one’s accumu-
lated merits) to the Tantrik deities, and
to observe the ceremonies thereof. 3. 3{X’q
or	the reverential cere-
mony of circumambulation which consists
in walking round a holy object with

96
Sil
one’s right side towards it. This is also
called c/io$-skor	Buddhist
circumambulation. The Buddhist priests
of Tibet perform this in contradistinction
to or the ceremony of the Lon, who
reverences a sacred object by walking
round it keeping it to his left. The Bon
ceremony is also called	walking
round a holy object keeping it to the left
as a specification of reli-
gious duties, to make salutation and cir-
cumambulations. ’qX tho inner path-
way for circumambulating a holy place
or shrine ; *$(X the outer passage for the
above object ; the middle pathway
for the same ; t}kor-bye$ one "who
goes round or makes a circle or traverse.
Other usages of this verb are :—
or	to befool, delude, deceive a
person ; kha skor-wa to make one
alter one’s sentiments; to divert one from
a plan, &c. $kor in *’4^53*4^ signifies
if all were taken into account; the cir-
cumstances or things available (Л. 1&2).
Syn. ярбХ’ч hkhor-ica;	yafi-
yaft hoft-wa (Mfion,).
skor-tsher on this occasion :
Svgs’q | on this (present) occasion
prosperity arose.
4ХХ4	in courses; in
rotation, one coming after another and
again going back.
$kar-lam a roundabout way;
the way or passage round any sacred
place, temple or town for pilgrims to
circumambulate it; the pathway round
about a monastery used for holy proces-
sions.
q $kor-log-pa a wrong turn : i[X’
to walk round an object in the
wrong way, keeping it to his left.
$kor-$ifi a turner’s lathe or tool.
$kol-wa=*^ pf. and fut. q^,
to boil (vb., act., cf. я^-q):	one who
boils tea.
$ko$-pa, v. 4 е1 sko-tca.
skya 1. crop ; the produce of
a year, «>., S’3M plenteous crop:
5’4’ j‘ jN’q’gE.* I this year the crop has been
abundant : S’® 3 I this year the
crop has been unsuccessful (lit. “ a loser ”).
2. a paddle ; also ladle. 3. wall or parti-
tion, usually 4. plain, without dis-
tinguishing colour, but see jfq below : 3*
*1* a plain unpaiuted box: 3^* a blank
book:	a plain hat without riband.
8’qql skya-bag greyish colour; iron-grey
colour (Jig.).
S'T skya-ka—%'^ magpie; in Ld.
n. of a bird (Cs.) .*
Syn. bya khra-wo; *^'3’^'3Ч’Э
mgron-gyi hphrin^kycl bya;
ipfion~fe$-can (Mfion.).
5’3 §kya skya pale-white; grey colour.
5’jq q $kya rgyab-pa to row ; to ladle.
$kya-chen a superior kind of plain
scarf (for presentation) (S. kar. 179).
skya-nil zinc.
3*4’^ $kya-tha-le of plain white colour.
3'3S tkya-thud a kind of plain cheese
made of pounded dried milk with butter
but not with sugar.
3’35 ^4 skya-thud-leb a kind of cheese-
cake made of dried milk and butter.
3’3* skya-thum a kind of cake or biscuit
made without sugar or treacle.
skya thom-me-wa glaring white:
at all times one of
g,qi
3’^ §kya-nar 4t«f^,	1. n. of a
flower, Bignonia graveolens. 2. brown;
buff.
5’^‘H§kya-nar khra-bo, also
ftn чт^г, n. of a flower; д’^’чз]’^
41W another species of Bigno-
nia graveolens.
g'^’S’S Skya-nar-gyi Ъи чте^гнч n.
of a city in ancient India, Rataliputra,
now supposed to bo Patna.
g’^’^’w Skya-nar ldan-ma чт^гчн!,
also 4TWT4<?t n. of a river in Ancient
India; acc. to Bhavabhuti’s description
the river flowed by	or modern
Narwar in Malwa нг^гч	This
latter name of the river occurs in Bhava-
bhuti’s Malatimadhava, written early in
the 8th century.
U’P $kya-wa 1: 1. vb. pf. чдц b$kya§f
fut. ^3 bskya, to carry; convey to a place
(a quantity of stones, wood, water, &c.).
2,to change place.
g’q ikya-wa II: also skya-ico чп?к,
grey or whitish grey; pale-white;
$*g a secular personage ; one clothed in no
particular colour; a layman, from the grey
colour of the coarse serge which is gene-
rally worn by the lay people of Tibet: g’
when (he was still) a layman, £.<?.,
had not entered the sacred order (Л. 126):
(Л. 126) from the time I was a
layman; if’3light blue, g^’g light green;
Swg light red; SK*g 4tf43( tawny; light
yellow; g g rice; barley without anything
to eat it with ; insipid miserable food;
4^5 whiteness; faintness; ^’g$ Sfc’ ^rfw-
ИПК the city of Kapila;	4rfw-
4T^[ the residence of Kapila;
the hermitage of Kapila.
3’4^ skya-ica hdsin-==wy\4 mnan-pa or
a rower (МЯсш.).
97
g’S	$kya- ico=V4V	iN44* p-	pale
whitish yellow.
g’S’l §куа-гсо $pyi vulgar people; the
common worldly men.
g*« §kya-ma hard and rough soil for
cultivation:	g*«	(J/y.)
as to soil, two kinds, the alluvial or soft
and the hard or gravelly.
g^YP Skya-ma na-kha n. of a vast
grassy plain or common belonging to the
Government of Lhasa in U (Central
Tibet).
gT Skya-rtsa dry grass.
3’J“ skya-rtse a layman at the top (of
a row):	the front
left hand row of seats should have a lay-
man heading it (Jig.).
3’^n skya-ris outline, sketch, draw-
ing of the outlines of a picture, which is
generally done with charcoal in Tibet:
then outlines of this
kind are necessary (Л. 108.).
3'^’ Skya-refi, also called g’«S3 ^44;,
n. of the lake from which (the Yang-tse
kiang) the River of the Golden Sauds
takes its rise.
g'^^’5’^ skya-refis mi-bo	the
several stages or divisions of the dawn
which are—сПЧФТЧМ the copper-
red dawu; дЛ^г*^ эг1чт the white
dawn (the earth);	the golden or
yellow dawn; g’^Y’^vq
the first appearance of the dawn ; g’^*r
rrtarw the appearance of the
middle or the yellow dawn;
сГГЧТ^Ц the last (stage of the) dawn.
д’«Ц skya-lan also g 5 in C. morning;
twilight; dawn.
g’°ta $£ya-&5=3'w^ a rudder.
3’^ Skya-scfi n. of a tree (Ja.);
translation of the name Pa у du.
и

98
skya-sefi-gi Ьи чпз^ the sons
of Pai?<Ju; g-^-4|-gg3^4-V^’3^ tho
names of Karpa, the oldest of tho 1’apdava—
«•8Ц-Ч вче^-^ч « ^rrsi,
гтчтачч, «<W§vg, Y^'S4!4
: ЧГЗ'4 ЙК’ч^цч'йе.' names of Yu-
dhisthira—ffifeK, S*rg4'g« ч^ттзтуч, *Ц’
vpgq-e^, **>'§'9 яд ’5Щ wsrran^,
^'3’V^, ^'8«:	the names of
Bhima-sona—qj«fiT<T; Д “1 |;4»rs^ Klu-yi
stobs-hlan,	Tfhogs-las skyes \чч-
§=.'3ja ЧЧ5ТЗЧ,	§vg4 $'
**4’ grid sgrub-kyi win, the names of
Arjuna—9'*«'5!, pHW^K', ^4'9'*,
^Z^Sfun-po-med, «^vg'srgs, AggAVB.
ч^-цvn Ej( g Bre-ta, gho,	:
йе.- the names of As'viniku-
maras Sahadeva—Skyes Г *7" skyes,
SJVS’TS” Lhaii-eig-skyes,	1
ц«ч g'^'Sjg-gS ^wS-»k' the names
>f the wife of the five Papdava—
wjtf-g-fy gjau-ц qT^raf; Mj»r« Ri-skyes-ma,
«№, д\я Skyid-ma, «SW”,
**’T§V§« Rigbyed $ky<s, W’le/
g’^ skya-*r white and yellow, :>.,
the laity and the clergy, the latter being
distinguished from tho former by their
yellow dress.
g<^ skya-sloms occurs in tho pas-
sage
% JRtsii.).	*
3'^* skya-lham leather boots put on
by laymen.
skyag-pa I: same as ^’g^ 1.
human excrement; also any kind of ordure.
2. bad man, the dreg or scum of society ;
secretion from the eyes;
to ease nature.
Syn. 4’^ dri-chcn ; Ъгип (inn);
я mi-gtsafi-ma (Iflfion.).
рт1
^Ч)’Ц П: 1. = ^Ч 2. pf. fut.
чдч), imp. jp) to spend, lay out, expend :
expenditure or items of expenditure:
gЯT skyag-tho list or account of expenses.
3. in JF. 3*4’5*’$ to slaughter, to murder
3*4’5 §kyag-po n. of a place in Tibet:
the marshy plain of g*4’5.
skyafi VW; SWg*’?’S reddish
brown.
+scT; sky an	or g4!'^ ^4
plaster ; also pavement; clay-flour; mud-
flour; g^’§S’<i=<¥rcr§V ч to pave; to
plaster; according to Seh, to rub, polish.
skyafis ashamed; in shame:
5^’$^ being ashamed (Л. ЛГ.).
skyabs цуч protection, defence;
help, assistance:	protec-
tion for the place and for the occasion:
$a^-gnj'4]5^2'gcw permanent and ever-
lasting protection which according to
tho Buddhists can only be obtained from
taking refuge in the three holies:—(1)
Buddha who is the teacher is called J«w
or the Refuge Master; (2) Dharma
or the sacred doctrine called	the
real protection; (3) Sangha, tho priest-
hood called gW|jq'q^ the friend for
gaining protection. Refuge in these throe
completely liberates же from the miseries
of tho world and secui^s the state of omnis-
cience for the devotee:
the three formula or expressions for
seeking refuge in the three holies ; (1) Я)*’
। “ I come
for refuge to Buddha who is the chief of
the two-footed”; (2)
“J come for refuge to
Dharma which separates from desires ”;
(3)	“I come

99
for refuge to the priesthood, the chief of
all assemblies.”
gw$tffa skyabs-mgon helper; protector;
deliverer. The Kyapt-gon is the popular
term for the Dalai Lama in Lhasa and
for the Panchen Lama in Shigatse
and throughout Tsang. It is also applied
to other incarnate lamas by courtesy.
gqN'wfjYSFl skyab§-mgon sbug original
or real protector; a complementary title
of the Dalai Lama:
according to the spirit of the
letter of command of the Protector.
skyabs-mgou rtse-god lit.
the Protector (residing on the) top (of
Potala and the court) below:
“offer, without fail annually, as
before, the new year’s homage to the
Grand Lama and his Court.”
gwjfa $kyabs-sgron	both pro-
tector and enlightener.
•	§kyabs-bcol,
§kyab§ beol-sa the place of
refuge: gW^orN'S^Y^T । ex-
cept the three precious ones there is no-
place of refuge.
gw%<q §kyabs-hjiig=^'&fi a blessing;
favour; taken under protectiou:
blessing attained in accoid-
ance with one’s mental prayer (Yig.
k. 25}.
дц^'я^*д’ч §kyabs-hjug §hu-ica to ask
benediction from the higher class of
incarnate lamas for protection against
disease, evil spirits, and other enemies, and
also for a safe journey to heaven without
falling into hell, &c.
gw^N skyabs-gnas the place of
refuge, shelter; also of persons, helper.
додчрргд*^ $kyab$~gna§ rgya-chen =
the great object of worship or
adoration (Mtfon.).
gW4 $kyab§-pa~w^ bskyabs шдхц
protection; saved (Zam.).
S §kyab$-bya the person who seeks
refuge.
gw§5	skyab§-byed	pro-
tection, defence (Mnon.).
gq^’gY^ §kyabs byed-pa to protect, help,
save.
skyabs-hos щчзш worthy of
protection; also gwo]^ the three
protectors, i.e.^ Buddha, Dharma and
Sangha.
gqsrg’Mj'P skyabs-su hgro-wa or gw
^5*4 skyabs hgro-wa щпнгня to seek
refuge ; a going unto or repairing to for
protection.	or faznupuw has been
defined in the Bodhicharyavatara as fol-
lows :—। “ I
take refuge in the three gems.” In the
same work has been substituted for it
and it is found in the list of seven-fold
highest modes of worship.
дчк^ю skyab-sem§ gw$4?'w^wng51
the idea of seeking refuge.
Skyar-phu a place in Tibet
{Deb. 45).
1^=4 skyar-gog naked (in the
dialect of Purang).
skyar-bcag to bring into
recollection, to bring back into memory
anything that has been forgotten.
skyar-po snipe; wood-cock
(Sch.).
skyar-wa=%W	5*.
again and again.
Syn. д^’чч’ЗЦ skyar-wahi tshig; gv^^q
skyor-tshig;	zlos-tshig; W
Fl
100
F’4I
X^*4 gnis-g,sum zlos-pa\ zlot-gtam
(Шоп.).
skyar-rbab (Cs.)	a kind
of dropsy; a greyish rheumatic swelling.
ъкуаг-то a kind of water fowl;
according to Sch. a heron. The flesh of
this fowl is antidote for a poison adminis-
tered in Mongolia mixed with horse
flesh (Sman gshnii). $’g4 duck (Cs., Sch.);
bittern, but the of the is a
kind of goose.
jveta skyar-leb the sheldrake.
skyal swimming.
g^’l4 skyal-kha leaping; a boat.
$kyal-gyi$ sgrot	cross-
ing over by swimming.
skyal-chtn — У^ na-pa fish; a
fisherman (Mnon.).
skya$ a changing of abode or
residence ; g^'^'Ej death :
the great change of place that uplifts, e>.,
death ;	to change one’s dwelling
place; (cf. g‘4)	to die; vb.
skya$-pa, pf. 43*1, fut. 43 or 45'44-3, to
transfer, and hence to depart this life.
skyas-ma 1. v. 2. fern
(in Sikkim).
skyi 1. interest on loan; B'V' wealth
accrued from interest, t.e., money-lending;
according to some borrowed wealth. 2.
the outward side of a skin or hide (ft.).
5 VP skyi dkar=^'^'f>yr\^ tho white
fatty side of a skin (Aiy.):
acc. to Cs., dressed leather; tanned leather,
sometimes hide: 85’’|*зГч"1’’Л*|1 parch-
meat.
Skyi-khun a place in Tibet
(Deb. q 34).
Skyi-mkhar Iha-khaft n. of a
monastery in Tsang (Deb. *4 12).
g’gj* skyi-sgam a box, chest or trunk
lined outside with dressed hide.
skyi-b$tu>n$ anything packed
or tied round with dressed hide; a skin or
hide to pack with: 5Д*'£”В'Ч8ЯЧ'* dkroA-
rtse skyi bstuins-ma.
B’^ Skyi-nag or В В’^4 ikyi-tkyi па-да
n. of a pasture laud in province Tsang.
tkyi-lpags chamois wash-leather
(Sch.).
Ц skyi-ica I: a medicinal plant
(Med.); acc. to Jd. potato.
^’3II; vb. pf. 45 bskyis, fut. 4j ftskyi,
imp. 3^ skyi§, to borrow, especially money
or goods (cf. 4|44’4 and Bv4 skyin-pa).
B'S*’ tkyi-buft cloud:
q	thereupon the phantom
King Kong-tso departed with tho clouds
(D. /?.).
B’S^ skyi-bun prob, an itching of the
skin (Jd.).
Вtkyi-gyha^'&^Q fear; dread
(Mfion.) :	skyi gyah-ica to shiver,
tremble with fear (ft.); to be struck with
panic.
B'4! skyi $a outward and inward side
of a hide (Jd.); according to Sch. the
anus.
I4!’4 tgyig-pa or g4!*’’4 skyig$-pa also
B4!*^ ikyigt-bii vulgo. i-khug fv4Tb
hicough; yex; also a sob: Я$4*
“COUghing by
those who eat the berry (gyer-ma)” ($ag.);
g4]^’S*4j"qTq4 skyig^-bu brtseg-par to keep
on sobbing.
ВСТ«М
101

F’F2’ skyin-khab in Hindi Kiftkab^
embroidery inlaid with gold and silk
manufactured both in India and China.
B*’^ skycfi ser eagle; vulture (Zz.).
^5^1 ikyifis occurs in the passage
44|V«W'U<E. gMrtflfa,1S4r4|-j^’ (Z>. JJ.).
|stc' Skyid-grofi n.ofa well-known
town in Southern Tib., near sources of the
Ganduk on Nepal border, commonly called
Kirong :	w |
having come to meditate on the mountains
of Kirong between Tibet and Nepal
да).
BVSI skyid ght song of joy; a merry
song.
skyid mgo beginning of happi-
ness.
fy\$Skyid-clni “the river of happiness,”
n. of northern tributary of the great Yeru
Tsangpo or Brahmaputra River, on which
tributary Lhasa is situated.
55’3^ §kyid-hes comfortable:
g 5'1*1 *q fied-rnam§ skyid chcs-pa we have
been comfortable (-4. 229).
55’чсто skyid-thab§ comforts ; mode of
comfortable living : 5’^
wjfy’q Ъч-de bde-thabs skyid-thab$ hjam-
thabs kho-na-la the son only sought for
opportunities of happiness and comfort.
BW' skyid-dar a silk scarf presented to
the bride at the time of marriage as a token
of prosperity.
Skyid-lde m-ina-mgon n.
of a King of Tibet:
I this Kyi-de Sima-gon
came into Ngari and seized the kingdom
(Zorf.).
skyid-sdug good and ill-luck,
happiness and misery; one’s general
circumstances:	whatever
circumstances may happen :
pleasure and pain intermingled.
$k у id-pa or gV2* skyd-po sbst.
^r, ’ёи happiness; adj.
happy :	§kyid-po hdod-
na gcig-por §dod if you wish to be happy,
live alone, be a celibate (Zo. 27).
= §kyi ston-ne
always happy ; uninterrupted happiness:
BV^’^S’4 $kyid zin-zin byed-pa to be
continuously happy.
Skyid-fod the district including
the tracts in the lower valley of the river
Kyi; the central district of 5^ от V, the
province of which Lhasa is the chief city.
§kyi-lhan signifies
$kyi-po-la hgro-icar, to be prosperous;
happy (Zo.).
$kyin the Tibetan ibex, Capra
sakeen:
khyehu clnin-$kyin-gyi ral-ka-can
gser-gyi ral-gri thogs-pa gcig (D. H.)
a little boy who had the horns of an ibex
holding a golden sword. In Ladak the
female ibex is differentiated as
+$kyin-gor or B^^ $kyin-
mgo a lizard (Z^.); also called *1^’
snow-frog.
skyin-thafi^^'^ ser-wa hail
and sleet (SM.).
§kyin-pa 1. sbst. a loan ; money
borrowed irrespective of interest;
ч5'В^ч loan producing interest :
fia-la hdi tftyin-du htshal grant me
this as a loan; B^‘q’|S’q skyin-pa sprod-
pa or B^ q q sky in-pa hyal-wa to pay
back or return a loan ; nor-skyin a

102
S’Wf
loan of money or goods ; ^’g^ gos-$kyiu
a loan of clothes ; g^’q'^’q $kyin-p>a len-
pa to take on credit. 2. vb. pf. чд^*
bskyin to borrow.
д^ч §kyin-po chiefly colloq. resp. ’’jV
g^ kar-skyin a loan ;a thing borrowed;
money advanced without interest (Ja.).
д^’й skyin-mi acc. to Schr. a debtor.
g^’^q skyin-tshab a debt; anything paid
os equivalent of thing taken on loan. In
C. signifies same as the pledge for
loan.
skyibs a place giving shelter
(either in a rock, under a tree, roof or
cavern) : ЭТ
^•^•gw^'q’gAKqS’Xfl i ^org’gA^ be-
cause birds dwell in the hollow of an over-
hanging rock, such rock known as §kyib$
is termed “bird-shelter” for the reason
that it affords protection (flag.):
I rag-skyibs a sheltering place under an
overhanging roek or a projecting roof:
q^4-gAN bkah-skyibs a covered terrace or
small portico before a house : *vgq char-
skyib shelter from rain.
skyim dressed leather painted
red or in other colours, japanned or var-
nished leather.
W skyil-krun (kit-tun) tho posture
of sitting cross-legged serenely without
moving the limbs ; g^’^SVA skyil-krufi
byed-pa to take a particular kind of
posture practised by ascetics in medi-
tation; g^Zr^Sp^-q skyil-mo kruft-gi
hdug-pa or bshugs-pa to sit in a
cross-legged posture ; ^wv^gorg^* sems-
dpahi sk$ il-krufi the mental concentration,
or the posture of sitting perfectly still, of a
Bodhisattva ;	rdo-rje skyil-kruA
the posture of sitting perfectly
still without moving the body ; the un-
changeable posture of sitting cross-legged;
rdsogs-pahi skyil-krufi, the
posturo of perfection, i.en of a Buddha.
§kyil-wti, pf. чд bskyil-pa or
cjgoi5 bskyil-to, fut. qgoTAVg fakyil-war bya
or bskyil 1. to pen up, shut up; to dam up
a river ; ф’д«Г4 chu $kyil-ica to bank up
water ;	chu rclsiA-du skyil-wa
to collect water iu a pond ;
chu rjift-bm* skyil-wa to collect water for
a pond. When tho water collects itself
into a pool or tank it is called
chu hkhyil-tca:
чд^ zag-med bdud-rtsihi btufi-wa intsho-
Ltar bskyil the exhaust less drink of
ambrosia stands collected like a sea.
[2. to bend, esp. the legs when sitting on
the ground after Oriental fashion ; also
to bend in another’s leg by a kick from
behind ; to bend the bow (Ja.)].
S'4 3^ skyil-mokruft=^^'t^ posture
of sitting; it is same as ^'В'д^'З^’ rdo-rje
skyil-krufi (Mnon.).
skyu-gafi 1. acc. to Sch. a
gulp; draught. 2. dough made of flour
with tea: д
(fiag.) at the time of eating pap of barley
flour the dough becomes ‘formed like a
hollow bowl and the name of the rounded
buttery lump is kyu-gang :
g’fljA’Al^’5 on a journey
when eating barley flour mixed with butter
and boiled tea the dough so made (Zo.).
Skyu-ra-sgaft one of the six
\o
districts of Kham* designated under
the name of The six Sgafi are the
103
1^1
following:—(1)	Skyu-ra Sgaft, (2)
W8j*’ Rab-Sgan, (3)	Spo-hbqr
SgaA, (4) 5Wf»W8]X’ Dmar-Khams Sgan,
(5) *j|b- Tsha-Sgan, (6) дагХгць- Zal-mo
Sgan.
I: $kyu-ru a kind of medicinal
fruit called g*’-^ §kyer-fun.
П: §kyu-ru in Sikk. and д^’Й
skyur-mo in Lhasa, signify a sour liquid or
vinegar (Ja.).
$kyu-ru-ra	1.
n.^of a sour fruit said to cure the
diseases of phlegm, bile and blood. 2.
Jd. in liis Diet, says: “ In later times the
word seems to have been used also for the
olive, and §kyu-ru $ifty the olive tree, which
in Sikkim is called kha %kyur-pohi fin У
Syn. 5^9*1 rgyal-hbras; ^’§5 shi-byed ;
bead lfta-pa*,	lan-Uio
brtan-byed;	na-tshod-gnas\
dpal-ldan ;	bcud-gnas \ ma-ma
(Шоп.).
3*^54 skyu-riim^^S*^*^' tshod-mahi
min (Nag.) 1. n. of a kind of table vege-
table. 2. condiment; sauce; pickle (Os.).
According to others, at least in JK, only
the resp. word for §p>ag$: (Jd.) 3'^’
gvq to prepare sauce, &c.;	sauce
made of vinegar for meat;
sauce made of vegetable or pot-herbs.
B4!’4 skyug-jxi, pf. g’]” ikrugt 1.
20
to vomit, eject, e.y., blood;
skyug-tc hjug-pa to cause to vomit;
skyug-pa dren-pa to excite vomit-
ing; M‘34!*1 fian-skyug$ vomit (it is the
food of certain demons, and being boiled
in it is one of the punishments of hell)
(Ja.).' 2. to lose colour; to stain.
g^srq skyug ne§-pa that can-
not be taken or eaten.
skyug-ldad rumination; chewing
the cud; acc. to Sch. eructation:
to chew the cud as cattle.
skyug bro-u’a (kyug-to-wa) or
nausea (Шоп.); also what is
repulsive to taste or sight or smell; causing
nausea;	the disease of nausea;
from disgust (to eat anything) ;
3^ '9 $kyug-bro in C. shameful; impure
with regard to religion (Ja.).
an emetic; a
medicine causing to vomit.
skyug log-pa (Sch.) to feel
disgust, v. skyug bro-ua.
skyugs-po —	gsal-wa
1. clear; 2. n. of a bird the bill of which
is of coral colour.
Syn.	byu-ruhi mchu-can;
yul-ftan hbod\	graft-reg
pho-ha (IJfton.).
skyuft-гса, pf. A|^'q b$kyuft$-pa,
fut. чде/ bskyuft, imp. дзд skaufts, to dimi-
nish or reduce; b§kum-pa or also
hbri-wa,	nuft-du btan-wa ; g^
skyufts reduced; subdued: чдк.^1 b§ky lifts
(Д. “he was
seated on his cushion after his pride was
subdued.” Acc. to Jd. in 0. §kyun-ica, to
leave behind; to lay aside, e.g.y a task.
ikyud-pa to forget, resp.
thugs brjed $or-wa forget-
fulness; acc. to Jd. to leave off: чд^’ч
b^kyad-pa (Zam. 10). Acc. to Sch. to
communicate; to swallow.
104
I: skyur-ica, vb. pf. and fut.
bskyur to throw, to cast; to leave
off; Sq rgyab-tu skyur
to east behind;	riUu skyur-tca,
to throw at a distance: ^vq^-^rsipver
IhuMzed nam-rnkhah-la fyskyur-nas
having flung his mendicant’s platter
towards the sky; ^«rgvq e.hu-la skyur-tca,
to throw into the water. g^ skyur also
implies btafi, to mix; throw; pour out;
to throw away ; throw down a stone, a
corpse, &e.: c^Q|	fylag
chafi hthufi-rgyu skyur ^shag^pa yin I have
left off drinking beer. ^Vq,3^’q lud-pa
skyur-ica to eject a phlegm ; to throw off a
rider; to give up, abandon a work; to
forsake a friend ; to abort (-4. 155.).
|Vci skyur-p>a bleached; bleach-
ing:	like the moon bleached, or
white like the moon. skyur-po
acid; sour.
skyur-khu 1. a sour soup ; sour
juice. 2. ^’g* ran-skyur vinegar (in
Sikkim “ skyur-ru” in Lahoul “skyur-
ino”).
g^^’ skyur-gon, aho skyur-dad,
same as g*’^ skyur-fion. g^ skyur signi-
fies “thrown” and gon over; hence
one over-powered by wine ; a drunkard:
ч one who is over-
powered by wine delights in women :
a tipsy man is con-
temptible:	if a
layman is intoxicated with beer, drunken
noisiness arises (Rdsa. 11).
дч’Ея skyur-nom or g^’55 skyur-dad=^
necessity (by habit) to drink;
passion for drinking.
gvs^ skyur^an powerful ; spirited.
!”i
skyur-hjug-pa to leaven to
turn sour; to take a sour taste;
kha-skyur-po or	kha-ga skyur-po
olive (Ju.).
skyurJum a condiment;
sauce ;	a sour vegetable curry.
II:	adj. sour, acid;
more frequently 3V^ skyur-po also
skyur-mo. Also sbst. sourness.
3v§5,ql^ Skyur-byed д$ит=^2№%**№
hbras-Ъи gsum the three sour medicinal
fruits; also called
kun daft mthun-])tthi skyur-byed gsum “the
three wyrobolan which agree with all” and
are:—(1) ^”5 a-ru, (2) 4’5 ba-ru, (3) 3'5
skyu-ru [Sman. &Л7).
3^‘я skyur-ma abortion; in JF. chu-
skyur, Я^’З* &yaft skyur, capital punish-
ment in Tibet, when the delinquent, with
a weight fastened to his neck, is thrown
from a reek into a river {Jd.).
gvtf skyur-mo leaf of the Eld plant;
Elettaria cardamomum, v. й (Muon.).
$fywr-rtef==^c‘’,T$5‘4 tpn-ka pad-
tha a kind of lemon {Mnon.).
rskyur-гЫ chufi	the
smaller species of orange.
skyur-rtsi chen-po	n.
of a kind of lemon.
Syn. so-rtsi*,	lcgs-hdsin\
rab-gnas me-tog;	| snin-rje;
gso-dgah-byed-,	rnam-
par-mdses (Mnon.).
rag-chufi
giii 11. of a plant (Mnon.).
§kyus, acc. to Sch.	sky us
thog-pa altogether: З^З’ЗРГ4 skyus-su
klog-pa to pronounce jointly, viz., two
consonants without a vowel between
them {Jd.)~
105
ii
v-35 and $kyc-wa.
3’53 $#yM?0W=B’^ '3^ skye-bo kun wr
all beings. This word is sometimes writ-
ten as 3'5 skye-rgu. 55 dgu “nine,” in
the word 3*53 Skye-dgu signifies many: 3'
53*M%*’4 skye-dgu marun-wa or |’53‘^’^'
skye dgu-та rufi-wahi bsam-pa
can wicked and vicious animals or sensate
beings (7Г du. Я ^53).
B*53^*4V4'4 skye-dguM bdag-po = ^^'^'^
zkar-ma ynar-ma	1. n. of the
fourth constellation {Mnon.). 2. the
god Brahma of the Hindus {Mnon.).
1’53^’4541'3$ Skye-dgu-hi bdag-mo, H^T-
the step-mother and first gover-
ness of Buddha ; also a name of the
goddess Paldan Lhamo.
3*^5 skye-hgro—^'Q hgro-wa зтлд
beings or moving beings; also 3'^ skye-bo
human being {Mnon.).
g-q^	skye-hgro yon^-kyi
mdog-gsat—^^ honey {Sman. 73).
B‘^ $kye-rgas, contraction of 3’4’5^’W
$kye-wa dart rga-was, by birth and old age,
i.e.y death»
B’? $kye-sgo 1. entrance to rebirth,
viz., to one of the six regions of birth:
gcod-pa to prevent birth,
to lock it up 2. face: g*^*«t4prq skye-
sgo leg§-pa a handsome face; 3*F^’q skye-
$go s han-pa an ugly face; also
kha-§go skye-hbra§ leg$-pa is said
for having a handsome exterior.
3’M skye-fian,	lit. “a bad
man,” but also a dwarf.
skye-mched 1 :=544-4 wtohw the
sources and places of origin of the senses.
Of these there are four:—(1)	wv
икгд'я!^ nam mkhah mthah ya§ $kye-
me bed	a world as infi-
nite as the sky; (2)
rnam-fe$ mthah ya§ skye~mched бппнтпггг-
ЦсРТ a world as formless as consciousness ;
(3) $’^4-й\ч5'3*5^5 ci-yati med-pahi skye-
rnchcd Mfaww a world as unlimited
as void; (4)	A’*^'g’^5hdu-
ges-med hdu-qes-med mifi §kye-mched Н4Ч-
a world where there is
neither consciousness пот unconsciousness.
3’^5 n: the inner and outward organs
of sense.
3'^5’^’4^ skye-mchcd mu-bshi is said to
mean	n. of the world.
3skye-hehi med-pa without birth
or death; eternal.
B'SftN skye-gna§ 1. birth-place; station
or locality of a plant; also = ^’54^‘
the female generative organ. 2. oil fa the
state or sphere of birth or rebirth; 5«r$4’?|’
3'4 byol-sofi-gi skye-wa the being born as
an animal; 3’4’4^ $kye-wa, bshi or B ’4!^*
4^ skye-gna§ bshi the four states or ways
of being born.
g ^^'s^ksrq §kye-gna§ mtshufi§-pa = *^'
§4’ miH-srin brother and sister {Mnon.).
^’4 I: skye-wa pf. skyes to be born:
E/orcj‘gsrq fta-la bu skyes-pa yin I have
given birth to a son, or to me a son has
been born. wargN mnal skyes or wer^r
g’4 mnad-na§ skye-wa	viviparous;
bom of the womb. B sgoft $kye$ or
c/wg‘4 $go	skye-wa	born
out of an egg or oviparous; ^5’M*’3**
§kye$	moisture-sprung;
born out of heat and humidity; Г*гд^
rdsu$-skye§ <31(41 apparitional; born
in a supernatural way like the gods who,
15
106

!'=>i
it is said, spring out from lotus flowers;
also tho inhabitants of the infernal re-
gions; souls in that state of existence
between death and rebirth which is called
wX Ъаг-do; pho-skyc$ a male; a
man; also ono who has done a manly
work; Srgsi mo-^kyes a woman; female:
5’*jskye-ga-nahchi-wahi §dug-
btfial the evils of birth—old ago, sickness
and death.
II:	§kyc-u'a ^rrfir 1. the being
born ; tho birth; also re-birth ; д’Ч’ыУ’Ч $kyc-
wa mtho-wa high birth; of high birth;
uoblcman; male;	skye-ica dmah-
wa or $kyc-dmah or 3 skye-dman
of low birth; ignoble; also a woman:
mi-lui thob-kyafi ^kie-ira
ditian born a human being, it is true, but
only a fomalo. 3^’5*Ц §kyc$-dman, in collo-
quial kyer-mfln, a vulgar word for wife or
woman: ft' “skyr-mcn” my woman or
wifo:	mir $kye-<ca bshm-pa to
take or assume rebirth, existence, life.
III:	1. to become; to begin to
exist; to arise:
?ii morbus ullus nascatur, natus quoquesed fur
(Jd.),	khe-hu khros-pahi
sem$-skyes-te the youth—thoughts of wrath
arising (in him). 2. to grow (nasci): ^’4*чд*
g‘4 valleys where com grows:
ru rngo-la §kye a horn is growing on
the head. 3.	^4,
growing up, or grow up; thriving. 4.
to grow (cresccrc) ; cher or
cher-por §kye-ica to grow up; to grow tall:
ras-kyan lus-kyi tshad-
du skyc§-so the garment also grew to the
measure in proportion to the growth of
the body, i.e.,	rtul-phod-par
§kye$-so, he grew up a valiant man; became
a valiant man; to bud, germinate, sprout;
in W. to accelerate tho germinating of
the seed by maceration.
IV:	1. v. 3’*]^ skye-gna$ in a
concrete sense the reborn individual:
3’3*4 yum-gyi $kye-wa yin she is the
rebirth of the mother. 2. the arising,
etc 3. tho growing, etc.
3’4’J*i $kye-ica ryal=fyw $kye-pa a
person.
§’4$kye-wa rgyun-pcod to stop
tho continuance of birth—to interrupt
it.
Syn. 3*1*^ brag-$pra$; gab mifi
(Jf/Я.).
3’4-g-Q tkye-ica
dufi-dkar gya$-hkhyil <(44U^d>igta conch-
shell with its coil reverting to tho right
instead of to the left (ДГЯоа.).
§*4'g $kye-wa tfla wwr former
birth; anterior birth; |*4,g,w,K'p §kye-wa
$fia-mahi re-kha tho lines or marks in
the hand or head which are supposed to
represent tho symbols of ono’s acts in a
former life.
$kye-wa ipthun-pa is defined as
rig$-ru$ geig-
parikye icahni nin-ycig $kye-wa “the being
bom of ono and tho same lineage or the
being bom on one day.”
ц-q q skye-wa dafi hjig-pa birth
and death, or passing away; frequently*
of thoughts, passions, &c. (the person as
well as the thing in the accusative).
3 skyc-гса dran-pa
remembrance of a former birth.

107

skye-wa bdun seven periods of
life.
skye-wa hdi-la in this my
present period of life.
3*?^ skye-ldan =	sems-can
animated beings (4fffon.).
skye-ldum a plantain (in Zayul)
(Snd. Hbk.y
д’Ц'Й®< skye-wa	hkhrig-pa
to copulate.
Syn.	dgah-mgitr spyod;
gS chagsspyod;	hdod-log spyod;
«рЕ?ц*д|^г|Х dwan-po gnis sbyor;
log-gyew ; ’l^’SS g& rfi-spyod; й^ЕЛгд\
mi-tshans spyod (4fzion.).
skye-wa phyi-ma^^'fy9* tshe
phyi-ma future birth or existence.
skye-wa phra-mo — 0^^^ an
animalculee; also a small grain (Д(Яо».).
g’q’«|^ skye-wa gshan 5i5jrpfK a future
or previous birth.
З'Ч'Ячр skye-wa rig-pa inherited intel-
ligence : p«%r4W«5^gEk,q’gas'^,<W’§,q’^’q
khams thams-cad hbyun-wa Inar $e$-pas skye-
wa rig-pa that all the elements from
which we spring are known to be five is
hereditary knowledge.
skye-wahi cha-can	a dog.
Syn.	rdo-rjehi mjng-ma;
seft-gehi rigs;	grong-gi
gean-gzan (Mfion.).
skye-wahi lanz-ster—** ma
mother (Жло/г.).
skye-wa s mtho—^'Ц skyes-pa
of high birth; man.
skye-was hthob
or inheritance; heritage.
H skye-bo 1. a general name for all
living creatures: »V«r?fapr«r|’4 mi la-sogs-
pa skye-bo man and other living beings.
2. people; mankind; Rsprwrg’tf hphrnl
beas skye-bo infatuated men •,
Skye-bo mkhas-pa gshan rnams other
intellectual people;
skye-bo mafi-pohi yid-du hofi-wa beloved
by many; ^'VTg’^ mi-nag skye-bo lay-
men (on account of the dimness of their
religious knowledge);	so-so skye-
bo ЦЩрт the lower clergy, common
monks, but also simple laymen if they
are not quite without religious know-
ledge; not of saintly origin; not an
incarnate Lama;	skye-bo
tham§-chad la phan-yon	useful
to all ; of public utility.
Syn. §’*5 skye-hgro.
g’SJ’qj^’q skye-bo bkres-pa huugry per-
son:	skye-bo bkres-pa
the people residing in that country (or
continent) are (always) hungry (7f. d.
14^).
g-25-^-q skye-bo Han-pa a charla-
tan ; a knave :	q 5Ц g’S’
skye-bo Han daii hgrogs-pa-yis,
skye-bo dam-pa rlag-par byed by friendship
with a bad man a holy man is spoiled
{Can,).
skye-bo dam-pa a good
or holy man; an incarnate being.
skye-bo gnas-pa итч a
place of habitation.
skye-bo phal-po-chehi
phan-pa 4M9i|4I3 fecHj of good or
use to the general public.

108
j’5 §kye-bo tshan-po-che a large
number of men; a crowd; tshan-po
implying a large number.
I'5’0)5-sta] $kye-bo gso-thig n. of a
treatise on ethics by Nagarjuna (Тан d.
^176).
g-55 <i]5« ikiju-liohi fftam «J-HK,
popular talk; rumour.
skye-bohi tshog assem-
bly ; a crowd.
g’5Q’^oj^’^ ъкус-bohi tshog-can^zffi13^'
m $mad-htshoft mahi gtso-mo queen of
tho harlots (Al ft on.).
g’5^-qgvw $kye-bo$ Ь$киг-та, v.
m’opf-Й smad-htshon inahi gtso-mo
(Ad ft on.).
g'^^yQ skyc-bo$ dwen-pa a solitary
man.
g-^q^jr^’q §kye-mcd btsansa zin-pa
attained to an exalted state of existence
from which there is no rebirth.
g’ifc** $kye-rmofts=$^'Q skye-bu
rmoft^-pa a stupid man; one who is sunk
in pleasures or sordid acts.
g’* skye-tshc vrfererr mustard; g’^‘
skyc-tshchi hbru Klftran mustard
grain.
B'flJ ikye-zla (keh-da) the month or the
particular phase of the moon in which
one is born (Ya-sel. 11).
$kye-rag$y v. for §ke-ragsy
girdle. The term in Adil. book, skye-
rags-kyi ra§ hdiy seems an inversion of the
intended order of the words.
5’3* skye-pft =	§doft rkaft ^bod
a tree with a huge trunk.
851
g-^'З*^’ $kye-ser-gyi rluft the cold
north wind called $kyeft-ser rluft in Adil.:
by aft §kye-$er-. gyi rluft-po ma, rgyab-na
Iho-ru tsaii-dan-gyi-nags mi-hgul if the
north wind does not blow, the sandal
trees in the south do not move.
$kye-srid sa-bon^z* father
(Mfton.).
34 iky eg^ keg qt kag misfortune.
B4!” $kyeg$ 1. n. of a bird;
chu-skyegt coot; water-hen (&Л.); ^’g*|M
ri-$kycgs a large singing bird (Cs.); algo
according to Sch. grouse; heath cock. 2.
rgya-skyegs shell-lac (Jd.).
|cq ikyeft-wa or g*N'q skyefts-pa
to be ashamed; shame; bashfulness:
kha $kyeft-wa or (^rg*'n shal Jcycft-
tea to bo unable to reply out of shame.
$kyeft-ser rluft, v. g'^'3’5*
ikye-ser-gyi rluft.
gEjrq»)^ tkyefti-pa med =
shameless (Mfton.).
$kycd and g §kye 1. growth; pro-
gress; increase: ^’g1^ ishe-skyed longe-
vity or increase of life:	lu$ skyed
growth of the body:	dwaftJhaft
$kyed growth of wealth and power:
stob$-skyed increase of strengthi*r<r
gS nus-pa skyed increase of efficacy or
ability:	skyedche-war bgyur-
wa to grow much :
gshan-gyi zla §kyed-pa$ dchi shag-skyed
che his daily growth was greater than the
growth of others in a month (Jd.):
$-S)*r1|c/g54^ yur-wahi chit-yis shift $kyed
109
B^l
hdra just as the water of the irrigation
canals makes growth in the fields ; J 5*
§kyed-kyis htsho-wa to nurse up;
skyed- у oft shall make progress. 2.
interest; profit; gain: 5^'|5 dnul-skyed
profit in silver or money; ^*§5 fabru-skyed
interest of corn loan ; gV^*4!^*4 skyed-du
giafi-wa to lay out or to give on interest
(Os.) : ^5’^*55*^5 nad-la skyed med (this)
is of no use for that disease (Ja.).
BsT skyed-sgo, not improbably
rgyal-sgo, principal door (Ja.).
|5’^ sky cd-can i : yielding interest or
profit (Os.).
g5'^ ii • skycd-can, v. ^Л^’З^'Э 5^’^
tsan-dan §brul-gyi §nin-po, the sandal wood
called ‘snake’s heart’ (ДГйон.).
|5*^ ^kyed-cig ^Vg5'$R] у ar-skyed cig
let it grow up, thrive.
Is’4 I: $kyed-pa vb. pf. 455 bskyed,
act. to skyc-wa^ to procreate, gene-
rate, and, sometimes, to bring forth ; give
birth to :	$a khrag
lu§ hdi, bskyed-pahi pha daft ma the
parents who generated this body of blood
and flesh:
&ans-rgya% thams-cad bskyed-pahi yab dan
yum the father and mother who have
begotten all the Buddhas: §5'§5 skyed-
byed tree.
<5-4 11:1. to produce, form, cause;
and metaph. to generate (opposite to ^5’4V
§5*4 m?d-par byed-pa to destroy, annihi-
late), e.g., diseases, fear, roots of virtue,
merit:	the accumula-
tion of merits or the seed or germ of virtue.
Fig. *9^’3 hbras-bu retribution: tf 4’qg5’
4^,	§pro-wa bskyed-
pas, de hiplia-ma-y an spro-wa cufi-zad skycs-
nas joy having arisen (in him), his parents
B^i
also were caused a little joy :
’qj5‘X thams-cad-kyis brtson-hgrus
bskycd-do they all created zeal; took great
pains : 3*r4W«rqg5*^ ces bsam-pa b sky cd-
na$ thus were thoughts generated (Ja).
2. §5*4 skyed-pa or |5*4 skyed-po sinfiim,
father.
g5*^<( $kyed-hphel 45'4^-a5-Rrq-%g5’
цвНг’Зк’ yod-pa$ med-la bu-lon $kyed-hphel
thon (the rich one) who has* should give
loan on interest to one who has not
(Jtathaft. ’H 115).
|5Ԥ5 skyed-byed applies to father or
earth; also to a tree ; g5'§5’4 skyed byed-
pa blowing : ^^5’^*^'55 ji srid rlun-
ni skyed byed-pa HKrf: as the wind
blows (Л. K. 2-7).
g5*« $&yeJ-wa = g5'§5**< skycd-byed ma
mother ; also ^ПГГ shadow; shade.
g5’^4 skyed-tshal
the so-called Tibetan park; artificial grove;
also |5’3fa’^«i skyed-mo s tshal.
g5’^w skyed-rim	the kind of
Tantrik meditation in which one has to
imagine himself to be a god with a view
ultimately to be changed into a god:
rdsogt-rim, fPTOW, in which
according to the Tantrik process one has
to pass through five stages of development
before attaining the Bodhisatva rank.
$kyen ъч&ь thorn.
s7vt/(?w-j9a=«54|^'4 mgyogs-pa
(Йад.) 1. quick, swift : ^’g^*q khro-la
skyen-pa or sdan skyen-pa swift to
wrath : §5*|<q byed ^kyen-pa, 2. rash,
hasty, precipitate. 3. nimble; dexterous:
R^-g^q hphoft skyen-pa dexterous in
shooting; a skilful archer.
skyen-la colloq. C. “upwards”
{Snd. Hbk. 94).
110
skyem-pa,Y<wp. to be thirsty; gw
skyem§ 1. thirst. 2. drink, beverage,
especially beer; also	shal-$kyems or
shal-skoms;	$kyems hdren-
pa to offer or set before an honoured person
something to drink ;	$kyems
bahe^pa to accept of it; to take it ; Jw
orsjXfarwgv4 $kyem$-la gsol-ra$ byed-pa to
be permitted to drink beer in company;
cpjflrpTgw gqegs-skyems a carousal on tho
departure of an honoured person ; drink-
offerings to a lama on his departure {Mil.
I4 12a) ;	gser-$kycm$ an offering
of beer or wino to tho gods for tho good
success of an enterprise, a journey, oto.,
also for recovery from illness :
gser $kyem$-pa “ the offerer of golden
drink ”; a Tuntrik priest who offers tho
drink to the gods; among the religious
dancers of Tibet the priost who offers wine
to tho gods for invocation is called Gser-
skyem§-pa.
g»r§V* §kycm-byed-ma the God-
doss Is'vari.
В«'4ч §kyem-$og a kind of superior
paper manufactured in tho town of
Skyems in tho district of Dicag$-po\ this
paper is of largo size, generally measuring
two feet by six feet in size.
Skyctns n. of a place in VKV5
Upper Dbag$-po.
| $kycms-chan beer; $kyem§-
ehu drinkable water; drinking water.
Skyems-stofi rdsoft the fort of
8kyems.-$ton ; |W’t}4pr$*’ §kyems-$prag$
lan the place where the finest Daphne paper
called skyems-gog is manufactured.
§kyem$-tshug cup; dish {Sch.)\
gwfo $kyem$-sin small beer-cup {Jd.).
$kyem$-bzafl pleasant beverage,
such as good wine or savoury tea.
$kyem$-gsol resp. beverage,
drink:	mandara-
tcahi glu ya-rab$ §kyem§ gsol (the lady)
Mandarava sang and offered drink to the
superior (personages).
§ $kyer-Skya = *>sr «X4!’	3
reddish brown {fiag.).
B3^ $kycr-$kyev solitary; perfectly
solitary:	skyer-skyer
mi dan hgul-hgul khyi lonely without men;
where not even a dog stirs about.
B3'F skycr-kha a kind of dye; colour;
yellow’ dye; a light yellow
colour.
B3^ Skyer-chu n. of a river of 9'5
{Pa-rd) in Bhutan.
skycr-pa tho barberry; applied to
the plant and its wood from which a yellow
dye is extracted; tho flower of this plant is
said to be euro for diarrhoea, its fruit draws
out bilious matters and its yellow bark is
useful in dropsy, etc.; gvpj skycr-khanfa
a confection of skyer-pa useful in
eye diseases.
Syn. Н’Ц’^Ч’5 khu-ica ser-po ; du§-
skyes;	ginser;	gi-la-drii
{Шоп.).
g^,JW skycr-dman^^'S^ skyes-dman
a woman. The former is a corruption of
the latter and, sounded kyermen, is on о of
the most familiar terms in tho colloquial
for “wife ” or “ woman.”
skyer-gift	n>
of a treo, Flacourtia eataphracta.
Ill
gorq
§kyel-gyur Ffprfn removal of
articles, furniture, etc. (to another place):
§kyel ehe-гса wfinr, Wptfti frequent
removal or changing.
gei’S^* ikyel than to accompany or to
escort one from the place of starting to a
distance on the way:
Lka btsun-pas thag rin-por
§kyel thun mdsadnas Lah tshun-pa having
accompanied the party to a long distance
(Л. 129) \	skyel-thuft byed-pa or
ggegs-skyel byed-pa to accom-
pany one to a short distance (generally
with some wine for his refreshment). g«r
skyel-dar, acc. to Lex. also in colloq.,
presentation scarf of the departing person
to those that had accompanied him for a
short distance.
S^-4 I: $kуel-wa pf. and fut.
b sky al, imp. ty^skyol 1. to carry, take
away: ^*ч5*Х’догп qi-wahi ro skyel-tca to
take away the body of tho dead (Cs.) :
*rg®r3*| do not bring wood :	bring!
gor3fc' take away! 2. to send, e.y., clothes,
to somebody. 3. to risk, to stake (one’s
life ran-srog). 4. to use, to employ :
baglan las byed-pa la sky al
use an ox for work ;	to de-
vote one’s whole life to work,	in
idleness;	gtor-ma glad $kycl-
wa to cast away as a ransom in the tor ma
sacrifice; Р’д'Ч’Ч kha §kyel-wa to kiss (Ja.);
4lXVq'Bai'q gnod-pa sky el-ка to do harm;
to hurt; inflict an injury; to play one a
trick; ^ч’дсч mnah §kyel-ica to swear;
take an oath ; if*BQr л 1° skyel-гса to rely;
depend upon; repose confidence.
II: pf. and fut. чд«1 bskyel, imp.
g«i §kyol L to conduct ; accompany;
resp.	gdan-skyel-ка;
skyol-la fog conduct him hither; л^д'3*
bsu-bskyal going to meet and to accom-
pany ;	fflegs skyal-byed-pa
resp. to accompany an honoured person on
departing ; to see him off.
д'Ч’я skyel-ma	an escort;
convoy: goi’W^S skyel-mar yod he is a
guide (to me): д $kyel-ma shu grant
us safe conduct,	dmag
dan bcas pahi skyel-ma a military escort;
gQrXajsrg^'q §kyel-rog$ byed-pa to escort or
accompany one to a place.
gsr’l §kyel-mi an escort: ^'^♦гд'згй'^г
Lhasa
nas sky el mi dgos rigs sfiar-rgyun Itar mi-
dpon nas gton-wa bcas bgyis the Mi-dpon
should arrange for the escort (sky el-mi) Qi
those formerly entitled to that privilege
from Lhasa.
I: skyes 1. v. ska. 2. v. gS
skyed. 3. д'ч skye-гса.
|ЯП: also $kya$-ma or jf*’
« skyo$-ma, khyos-ma, resp.
gnati-§kye§	<TF^ a present;
news, tidings;	hbyon-skyes=J№x
д phebs-skyes a present given to or received
from somebody on his arrival or going
away ; skes-chan a present of beer:
skyes chen a present sent with a letter,
etc. (flag.) ; §ke§-khur present of
cakes; §kes-lan a present made in
return (Cfe.).
III:	birth or
growth; growing or grown ; rafi§-
kyes self-grown; ^’g^ shifi-skyes bom in
a grove; lhan-kyes or
bom together;	pho-skyes male;
mo-skyes female ; £^’g^ §ftags-skye§ of
enchanted growth; born out of charms :
^g^’^^'g^V’
gsrpsjl	112
j shifi-$kye$
lhan-ehigskyes daft §ftag$-skyes-kyi mkhah-
hgrohi tshog$-kyi§ bu-la ma-bshin-du fyrtse-
war dgofts na$ dft os-grub kun stsal-shift bgegs
кин пе-гсаг shi-icahi fykah-drin ipdsod, as
the assemblage of khadoma fairies, who
have been born in groves and born simul-
taneously and are of magie birth, are medi-
tating lovingly as a mother towards a son,
may the grace bo granted of all manner
of perfect knowledge being bestowed and
of all demons being speedily soothed!
§kye$-§gra can = goat (Milon.).
$kye$-fie$	certain of
being bom or reborn.
skyct-chen a present with or as an
enclosure to a letter, explained in fiag.
as	that which is sent as
a support to a letter.
$kye$-chen figrub-gnas a
hermitage of holy persons.
g^a^wq $kye$-chen dam-pa a holy
incarnate person:
Bsod-nam$ rgya-mtsho sogs §kye§-ehen dam-
pa brgya-phrag mafi-po la gus-hdud daft d'id-
hbul rgya-cher mdse-do “ So-nam Gya-ts’o
and others made salutations and offerings
in full form to many hundred holy incar-
nate ones” (Zotf. *14)-
$kye$-mchog ш or 4WTH 3^4
an incarnate personage; a MalMma*. g*r
§kye§-mchog bshi, ^'g’W’wpN’q*
the names of four great
learned lamas of China, tho four incarnate
ones:—(1)	Ua-phu-qi, (2)
Wcnwaft, (3)	Cihi kyuft, (4)
Khufitsi (Confucius) (Grub. ч /).
$kye$-ldan = й $ mi-^pyi
mankind (Mnon.).
g^^t- §kes-sdofi,	skyes-la $dofl
in Sikkim the banana^ plantain; from
Hindi ke-la and a plant: la is dropt
in conversation, hence ke-la and goto#
are abbreviated into “А-е-яЫ.” In tho
districts of Upper Tib. and IF. ke-doft
signifies a layman.
$kyes-nag=*l'%ЧЯ in C. widower
(Jd.). g*^ $kye$-nag stands for
§kye$-bu nag-po (lit. black person) a
layman = mi-nag : 9	in the
country dialect of the lay people.
I:	skyes-pa 1. man; male
person. 2.= ^^ the year-crop;
produce. 3.	adult; full grown.
Ex. of 1. g’rcr^’gV^S skyes-pa daft bud-
med men and women ;
rgyal-po man; geig-po $kges-pa yin tho
king alone is a man (Jd.); g^’q’^qr
tkye-pa hdra-wahi bud-med,
a woman resembling a man,
(>., possessing masculine appearance and
virtues.
Syn. skye$-bupho; д^’Ц’д^ skyes-
pa tgyal;	§kye-wa§ mtho; й'414’
^^5 khn-wahi bdag-nid; skyoft-
byed; hzan-pho ; g'g*J Ina-syes;
mi-pho;	lift-ga-can (Mnon.).
II:	pf. of 8куе-гса=^^‘^
also	growth or grown up.
III:	= *||W<| hbrun$-pa born.
g^'q’^’w skyes-pa dar-ma full ;
manhood.
$kye$-pa hbru$
phyufi-wa according to some: an eunuch,
one who is made so artificially.
Syn. hog-med;	dwafc-
ponams-pa; ЦЯ’р'Ч khyimkhol;
btsun-mohi khol-po;	bud-med
113	§<«гччрц|
dgah bral\	ral-gu-can\ ’Й’Г’Ц*’
hkhrig tni-ntis; *34*53*’ч hbras dbyufi-ua;
3%yr<i nug-rum-pa; Лч*ч5’*гЗ|* bcos-pahi
ma-niH (Mnon.).
*1**'%V tkye$-pahi rgyu-$kar 5РЯ-
(Schf.) the particular star or constel-
lation under which one is born.
B«T' sb/^-sjwr the measure used by
creditors in receiving back the loan of
grain, etc.:
Iha-spor dan lha$sran gsum bshi $kye$-§por
che “ a large kye-phor contains 3 or 4 ounces
in measure or weight.”
%куе$-гса rgyal=%*w skyes-pa
or a man or male person (Mnon.\
5«г«Ц $kye$-phan-=.3^ a damsel,
maiden.
skyes-bu 5^4 man, esp. a holy
man; person; B^’S*4!^’ skyes-bu gan whoso-
ever; human (3Ied.); one: J*rg*®i4]’<r4$vtr
§kyes-bu lag-pa brkyan-wa tsam-gyi§
as quick as one stretches out his hand (J«.);
jM’Q’Vrq $kycs-bu dam-pa a saint;
dad-ldan $kyes-bu the believing;
the faithful. According to some Tibetan
grammarians skyes-bu applies both
to men and women:
jpnjw3*r«ig4|R skyes-bu дай-zag
dad-pa-can, gan-shig lha rnam$ mchod
byed-pa, Ston-pahi bkah bshin byed-pa-stc,
de ni Safa-rgyas-rnarn$-kyis b$nag$ (K. du,
Г 96) that human being who is faithful,
and who worships the gods (saints) and
acts according to the commands of the
Teachey is praised by the Buddhas.
$kyet-bu $kye mchog jw-
the chief among men.
B^'S’S skycs-bu khu-mchog srWTH
the leader of men.
skye$-bu can S^wqS’B^’S
dan bca^-pahi $kye$-bn a horseman; one
on horseback.
Syn. 5*4 ria-pa*,	rta-la gshon-
pa (Шоп.).
$kyes-bu mchog SWl’flH a
superior person; lama; also Visnu:
§kyes-bu chen-po	a great
man or saint; an epithet of Buddha.
skye$-bu — glu-fift
n. of a tree supposed to grow in the land
of the Naga (Жоп.).
$kye$-bu nag-po, same as й**гу
n. of a kind of flower (Sman. M7).
$kyes-bu pho—^'^ $kye$-pa a
man or male person.
В R’5’^* $kye§-bu hbrift=B*T<1W R
8kye$-bu bar-wa or	$kye$-bu
dbus-ma	the second person;
personal pronoun in grammar.
ikycs-buhi hkhrugs-pa
wfwnr pride, self-respect.
$kye8-buhi nos УИГГ, 4^4
manliness; manly self-respect or confi-
dence.
skyes-ma 1. fem. of skyes-pa, a
female; she that has been born. 2.
abride. 3. skyes-ma fem in Sikkim.
B«***4fl] skyes-ma ihag as soon as born;
newly bom.
В^’л’ч^ ч skyes-ma thag-pa a new-born
infant.
Syn.	btsas-ma thag-pa} V
sho thuii-wa*,	gshib-hihuti;
hjib-hthuft*,	hkhyud-hthuti}
ho-mahi mgrin-pa-can (Jtfnon.):
10
SI
114

§kycs-dman in the vulg. lan-
guage a woman ; = ^’« or SV^S {Mnon.).
skyts-rdsons cultivation; a
farm.
дз skyes-gzugs	gold;
birth; form or horn-shape; staturo; figure
(gold).
SjN’Wi tky'$-rab$ «ЦсГФ a series of
alleged births of an individual, or legendary
history of these, and especially accounts of
the different births of Buddha.
$kyes-so cog ancestors:
shyes tdiad thamt-cad^
tfia-rabs-kyi pha dan
wt-po yan-me$ la-sog§-pa $kye$-so~chog
kyan rim-par $i ste da-ita ni mifi-gi lhag
tsam-du gyur father, grandfather, great-
grandfather, &c., ancestors of the former
generations having successively died, now
nothing remains but their names.
§kyo or g’G skyo-wa, rr, VTVT,
W, н’чл, grief; sorrow; grieving;
mourning.
5A35 §kyo-hgyed weariness dispersed:
the inhabitants of the land of bliss
relieved of weariness accept all your
precepts {Lam-rim.).
$куо-пс$=§ыч'1£ц	tkyo-ica
to repent; repentance {Jdhon.).
+ g-Jftpi
tkyo-nogt quarrel;
hkhrug-lon {Lex.), esp. f
reviving of old feuds and dissensions.
Ц’Ч skyo-wa 1. g^3‘?5’q snar-gyirisod-,
pa old quarrels and feuds. 2. repentance;
sorrow:	j sons $kyo-
wa btkyed-la ri-khro hgrim he wanders од
mountain ranges to induce repentance
{Lo.).
skyo-bran servant; slave:
q £’чр,8|,л|Ччг25 a slave for life.
^’<^1 I: $kyo-ma 1. quarrel; litigation.
2. thin gruel, gruel of rice and tea, thin
paste of wheat or oatmeal:
tkyo-ma-tca
sh(s-pahi rgya-rnthso nub Ba-lafi-tpyod-
kyi gliit hdat na§ yod the ocean called
Skyoma-wa lies beyond the continent of
Godaniya {K. d. 2J4).
II: v. khrim-pa 1. ono
convicted. 2. спрг, ^ЧчТЧ penitence;
smaller transgression:	tkyo-ma
tna fysan
one who was once convicted before on the
occasion of a former dispute.
skyo-ma can adj. slanderous {Cs.);
tkyo-ma by cd-pa a slandering
{Cs.).
2’^5	mtho-ritkyi
gnat the heaven, where there is no peni-
tence.
Syn.	dal-hd sin gnat~l>zafi,
bde-hgro,	bdc-lden,
mtho-rit rgyal-srid,	skab$~gsum
gnat,	tien-gi hjig-rtcn,
★grub-pahi gnat, ^‘^5 hchi-mcd,
nam-mkhahi khylm,	sum-rtsen,
lha-yi gron,	lha-yi hjig-rtcn,
lha-yi yul, a semi-divine being
possessed of supernatural powers {^on.).
%te№tkyo med-khyab
n. of Visnu's bow {Mnon.).
skyo-tshag a light broth made
of barley-flour with the addition of a little
butter {A. 155):
(^) aT4 tho-rafa-kyi dus-su skyo-tshag
iser-ma {rlufi) mi skyc-tca early in the
8ЧГ¥11
115
morning (ье., at dawn) by taking barley
gruel, wind is not engendered (A. 155).
§&yo-ras tsho-tshogs n. of a
kind of chintz (8. kar. 179).
§kyo-rogs a consoler; one who
consoles a person during grief: S'^’g*
X^ww^'s^ the mother cannot be the
consoler of her daughter’s grief, f.e., one
cannot be of service to another in certain
cases of sorrow.
g’4^ §k go-gas to be sad; sorrowful:
ran la nes-
hbynn dan sk go-gas sad-sud §kye$ he felt
(slight) repentance and sorrow.
дяад sk go-sans to console in his grief
or sorrow or repentance.
дяслг*^\ sky о-sans nid freedom from
fatigue.
дяслг^м sky о-sans gnas a pleasure
garden.
§kyog-nag iron spoon or scoop.
sb/o$fs 1. a spoon or ladle; also
shovel. Wooden spoons for wine measure
used in Tibet are called |ч^ skyogs. There
are three kinds of spoons used in Tibet
for measuring liquids, salt, &c.—those
which are mounted with copper are the
largest; those lined with silver are of
middle size; those of the smallest size
are tipped with gold and called gser-skyogs,
golden spoons- ^‘дч^ me-$kyogs coal
shovel;	the copper
spoon with which to measure the allowance
in salt and oil for servants, etc.; З’Вч*’ s/w-
skyogs melting spoon or crucible. 2.
drinking cup; bowl; goblet; Ч^’Вч^ gser-
skyogs S^‘^4^ dnul-skyogs, etc., gold cup,
silver cup, and wooden cup are now called,
4^’S gzar-bu*, wgbpj shal-skyogs lip-cup;
resp. eating or drinking-cup; the
rein of a bridle; also name of tribe in
Tibet (Fat. kar.).
Вч^*^’ц8 skyogs Ito-hbu a snail in JF.
(Ja.).
§kyogs-pa I.- to turn:
Вч^’4 mgrin-pa §kyogs-pa to turn the
neck, i.c., look round, back; also to turn
away, aside. 2. one who uses or manu-
factures the coal-shovel or stone scoop, etc.
Вч^’4 §kyogs-pa З^АЧ^’4 skyon hdogs-
pa; <T4^TrRrf<T to find fault with.
g4^'**S skyogs-nted not curved;
without any curvature or crookedness.
skyon Idan-ina n. of a goddess;
she who protects.
skyon-tca ut, шн, pf. чдкя
bskyons, fut. Ъзкуащ imp. sgkq bskyons
or 4g^‘-^4 bskyon^-gig^ to guard; to keep;
to defend; to save; preserve (the life, the
body); to support; to take care of (poor
people)	drin bzan-pos skyon-
ка to support by benefits, favours: w
thabs-kyis skyon-гса to protect by
various means; to attend to:
$[*’5 lhug§-dam-ghyi skyon-wa to protect
by the moral force of meditation: ^4'
lag-len-gyi by exercise:	q
igyalsr id skyon-tca to rule; govern a king-
dom:	chos bshin-tu bskyon-
wa to protect by justice or justly:
chos-skyon Ч’йя protector, defender of
religion, is used for a certain individual
deity or for a class of exorcists in some of
the monasteries of Tibet. Under this
head there are certain powerful deities
who have taken on themselves the duty
of defending Buddhism, against its
m не
enemies. When co-erced they can even
make their appearance in the person of the
invoker. The	Gna$-chun
chos-skyon living near Lhasa is a deity of
this class who is generally consulted both
by the State and the people of Tibet as an
oracle:	bjig-rten skyon
guardian of the world. There are four of
these, identical with the	Rgyal-
ehen the four great spirit kings:—
VBXTJJ Apvjk’ Yul-hkhor skyon) the
protector of the country or kingdom;
(чич|*тдч'$ JJphags skyes-bu); f4i£-
ЧТ^ (§^ ^ qic.' Spyan mi-bzan);	($**
Snani thos-sra$). 5^5^ skyon-dal
assistance (in the colloquial of Br.) ; gk’
5^ skyon-dal byed-pa to help;
sky on-ma, same as	brtan-ma, the God-
dess of tho Earth;	tgy^srid
skyon	a defender of the realm;
same as	a defender or
protector of the subject or of people: gk’
skyon-byed чт^ж one who supports or
protects.
Skyon byed-ma, v.
(ДГяои.).
skyod-pa pf. and fut. bskyod
’чПягч,	gyo-wa or яд*гч
hgul-wa to move (trans, vb.); also to
go, pass on: 5^*,’ttwr4rgV^ if the wind
moves the branches.	Mi-skyod-pa or
mi-gyo-wa	the unmoved;
he whose mind is not agitated; n. of the
second Dhyani Buddha. In 7F*. skyod-pa
is the general respectful term for: to go;
to walk.	bskyod-hdod is same as
hgro-hdod desirous to go or about to
go:	“ пап-du skyod” step in (if
you please); “tan-po kyot” tread firmly!
bskyod skabs-la at the time of
going or coming.
g^l
ifS	gru-skya oar
(Mnon.).
skyon, ^’q net-pa <14, Wf, W4^T,
чап(я, WW4,	<rf^j
also ТЯЧ r nog-pa 1. a fault, defect:
$kon gah-yaH med it has no
fault whatever. The two words skyon
and ^4’0 nes-pa are sometimes used together
as^'jfa ne$-$kyon, but defects in inanimate
things are expressed by the word skyon
and never by the words nes or nef-
tkyon ; slight defects in honoured persons
are expressed by the words dge-
skyon, which also signifies faults or sins
in holy persons, that is, g^ skyon (fault)
in 5<| dge or dge-hdun (clergy):
q skyon ci yod ftkhrul-pa la,
what harm is there in erriugP rni-
skyon no harm;	skyon-med no
harm, no matter;	skyon
yon gan yan min he is without any
imperfection or perfection;
skyon-du mthon-tca to consider as a loss,
also to find fault with. 2. bodily defect,
fault, as lameness, derangement, disorder
in the mixture of the humours. 3.
spiritual defect, sin, vicious quality; £Y
rdsun-du smra-tcahi skyon the sin
of lying; gY3M’R’4* skyon-gyi ma-gos not
defiled by sin :	far skyon che but
that is very bad (of you). 3^‘§S’q skyon
byed-pa to commit a fault; skyon
Span-wa to leave off a fault or quit it;
й atmi-la skyon hbebs-pa
hdogs-pa to charge one with a crime; to
criminate;	g$han-gyi
skyon glcft brjod-pa to name the faults
of others, to speak ill of them; to slander;
to blame, criticise; gYS^’F'^V4 skyon-
span kha she med-pa to do any work with
application and at the same time without
117

W! i
any fault or mischief to any body ; gY*
not perceive a fault or
defect.
5Yg skyon-skye	con-
ducive of sin ; sin-producing.
skyon-nag thorny; mis-
chievous.
JpY*Y skyon-can^fyi^'Wn-Q skyon-dafi
bcas-pa or skyon-ldan згг%ЖТ,
faulty, defective, incorrect, sinful;
guilty.
skyon bco-brgad tho eighteen
defects are the following:—(1) 9 gflj-q mi-
sdug-pa ugliness; (2)	mgo skra
nan-pa bad or bristling hair; (3)
dpral-wachun-wa small or narrow forehead;
(4) **Kg mgo ser-skya brown hair ; (5)
migser-ica yellow eyes; (6)
smin-rntshams ma-hbyar-wa the
eye-brows disjoined ; (7) §na leb-pa
flat nose ; (8) so Ito-wa bottle-teeth;
(9) ч dig-pa stammering ; (10)
mig zlum-pa round eyes ; (11) ^ГфЧ’Ч mig
chufawa small eyes ; (12) sgur-wa
crooked or bent body ; (13)	Ito-bo
che-wa large or pot-belly; (14)
$4'4 dpufapa rje fair thufawa small
shoulders ; (15) spu-сап hairy body;
(16)	q the arms and legs
with the feet not proportionate; (17)
ч tshigs sbonv-pa large or swollen joints;
(18) F^’orV* Лн'Ч^ч bad foetid smell
coming out of the body and the mouth.
skyon brjod-pa^^^'^ $mad-
pahi tshig to slander or speak ill of others;
also slander (Mnon.).
skyon-du hgrafawa 4jgwr
to reckon as or into sin or defect.
skyon-nas smra-wa
to ascribe a fault.
skyon gnad med-pa without
the least fault or blemish.
sky on-pa, pf. чду bskyon, to put
astride upon a thing (causative form of
Ч^‘ч shon-pd) ; ^’^’5’or^-q mi-shig rta-la
sky on-pa to cause a man to mount ; to
ride on horseback; to fix something on a
stick ; ^|,qw^ er£pycf to impale a man
(Jd.):	bon-bur skyon-te having
caused him to ride a donkey (Pag. 61).
skyon-med rtog ТИктяд free
from disease; thinking or taking as fault-
less.
5pY^5‘*|^ skyon-med gnas WRrei
remaining, living, or dwelling, in a state of
innocence or faultlessness : ^’^5'4V4j4|u‘q
med-sky on par bshug$-pa яггн: residing
without fault.
PpY^4 skyon-tshig slander; also scandal.
gpY*^ skyon-hdsin fpYET^'^’4 to find
fault with.
skyon-^es = *^’4 a learned man;
a critic.
Syn. kun-rig; kun-qes',
kun-kyis-bkur-wa. (Mnon.)
gy-^’Ч skyon $е$-ра=ф\Ц sman-раЪЧ
a physician (Mnon.).
|^4’4 skyon sel-wa to remove a sin ;
amend or correct a fault.
F4 skyob-pa grfa, xw, pf.
fut. чу3, imp. $чм or	to
protect; to defend, preserve, eave ;. fre-
quently яВчргч’огдч’Ч bjigs-pa la skyob-
pa, to protect from fear or danger or
destruction : чдчч’ч the protecting power;
the preserving cause :
чЛ*!	be that
gives protection to another is called q

118
SI
sk yob-pa :	skyob$ %by in-pa the
giver of refuge or shelter.
skyob-ston = дчч'ц §kyob-pa-po
or дч^'ч skyobs-pa srj^t a protector.
skyobs help, assistance; seldom
for 3^*1 skyab§\ дч*гя skyobs-ma and 5H*
$rog-skyobs in colloq., preservation of
life; escape; also he that saves another’s
life ; a helper (Ja.); imp. of дч’Ч $kyob-pa
protect from all
tho dangers.
$kyob-byed 4TWU, TTSt,
one who protects; a name of Balabhadra.
$kyom-pa, pf. 4gw bskyom^ fut.
чд* b^kyom, imp. 3** $kyoms to pour;
to pour out, agitate, stir up; according to
Lex. to give ; defined as
chn snod chu-
$kyog§-kyi$ blans-te zafa-nan-du blug^-pa
lia-bu^ taking from water-pots and water-
bowls and pouring into kettles (Nag.).
Seldom used in colloquial language ;
3* 4 to stir the water ; to shake a
vessel.
sky or, same as khyor, the
hollow of the hand filled :	ehu-skyor
a handful of water (Ja.).
skyoiy	hkhgog-paham
gner-wa bent, contracted or crooked:
$an$-skyor=§na hkhyog-pa (his) nose
was bent (A. 106).
*	skyor-skyor again
again ; repeatedly.
skyor-wa, vb. pf. and fut. чдя
btkyar 1. to hold up, to prop; to paste..
2. to repeat; to recite by heart: 4|^’^
ч$е. Ъ^куагЛе .btan it was repeatedly sent:
and
Ззрдя’ч tshig $kyor-wa to repeat a word,
like tho reciting of the Л/anf, e.e.,
от ma-ni pad-те hum :
an old,siek,
or drunken person walks being supported
by another: ^v^,e,3qt’q?'q‘Q,'3^'q to prop a
thing that is falling or tumbling down : Ф’
|X‘4 chu skyor-ica the pouring of water with
some force as if through a pipe or the
mouth of a kettle; the sprinkling of water
from a pot or vessel or a scoop ;
to back; to help morally or religiously or
otherwise one who is in difficulty, engaged
in war or litigation, &c.: 3. enclosure;
fence (Ja.).
3^’3^ $kyor-$byan§ repetition from
memory :	having
retained in his minds, ho repeated it.
^kyor-tshig^ v. gvq (Шоп.).
§kyor-mo-lun n. of a village
with a monastery situated to the west of
Lhasa containing estate of the 8habs-pad
Sre$ chun-pa
skyot-wa sometimes for
sky cl-ica.
$Ayos-pa = 3**’4 wasted ;'
spoiled; degenerated.
sky os-ma, v. g* $kye§, ,^'Я
skyos-ma a present made to a friend or
an acquaintance at the time of his going
to a distant place, or removal to some place
of residence.
skra (ta), resp. the hair of the
head : g ’V’F’S skra dan к ha-spa the hair
of the head and the beard:
skra-bsgrit-wa plaited-hair or curled hair:
Я’ЭТ’ЧЦ skra nag-geig a single, .tuft of
119

hair:
jfS’^ skra-ni hjam rtsnb sbom phra snoms-
ser mdans-can snum Ions spyod-che (he
whose) hair is neither soft nor rough nor
thick nor fine hut uniform and smooth,
and yellowish and glossy, becomes wealthy
and prosperous (Mtxhan.). 3'X’^ §kra
do-ker the hair dressed and plaited
together on the crown of the head; JfX*
$kra do-ker can	one with
long flowing locks; д’З^^^’^’д skra
yyen-dn hgrcn-wa Ita-bn whose hairs stand
upwards as bristles; SfSfa	with
loose or carelessly wrorn hair; О’
a skein of silk or cotton attached
to the flowing locks of Tibetan women;
skra la-glan-gi spu hdra-wa
hair like that of ahull; g
locks of hail* of women; g*^’ thin hair
(Schtr.); to comb hair ; д’^^'ч the
shaving of one’s hair ;	a
barber; also napkin;	^rt well
braided hair ; also a braid or fillet of hair,
Syn. skra-tshogs; Sj^’g slar-skyc;
byed-wa-can;	тпдо-skyes;
3 ingo-§pn; g’^’gN spyi-bo skyes; *1^4’95
gtsng-phud; мгч ral-pa;	thor-
tshugs;	me-tog-can;	hkhyil-
tca; mgo-nal; Xdo-ker;
4^5ral-pahi gden§; 35’35 zur-phud; XK'Xnj
thor-cog; 53’5 dwu-lo; Ican-lo (Mnon.).
skra-mkhan^^’1^'9^ §kra hdreg-
inkhan a barber (Mnon.).
skra-can	the
mane (as of a lion); hairy.
$kra-can gnas TTUK lady’s
bed-chamber.
д’^я skra can-та a kind of hairy
worm; also = 35'^5 woman (Mnom). ’
§kra-can gsod a name
of Hari, who killed the demon Keci.
skra дт§-ра=^or
a comet (Itlnon.).
3’^5 skra-mdtid hair knot; acc. to Jd.
the bow of ribands at the end of the long
plaits of hair of the women in Ladak.
g’^r* skra Мге$-та=^'*№фг^'Н
a celestial courtezan (Mnon.).
g’^^ skra-gnas n. of a species of
sensitive plant.
дхадч skra-hbal ?ra = g’^|*4 skra rkog-
pa or gч skra tog-pa	(shaving
the head clean); to pull out the hair:
some sent
forth cries of anguish, some pulled out tho
hair of their head (Jlbrom, 113).
skra-nied mgo “a head without
hair ”; £5 dsa-ti «nf*r nutmeg; also Jar-
yninum grandiflornm (Sman. /М.)>
g'^ skra-tsal false hair; a peruke.
g’-S skra-rtsa clotted hair.
skra-tshogs, v. g skra (Mfion,).
§kra-mtshams	the
arrangement of the hair.
+	skra-zins = ^’	vanity,
pride; adj. vain, very proud.
g*W‘ §kra-bzan a secret or mystic word
(Ulin. J).
jfw’* §kra
n. of a Yaksa goddess (Шоп,).
skrahi khyon-nam
byis-pahl lam hair parting.
g^’gorq skrahi rgyal-po^9^ [dun-po
a grove; a garden; n. of a
vegetable.
Skrahi byi-dor -v. 3’^5 skra-sa$
(IJfton.).
aw ।
120
I” i
$krahi rtse-mohi mthah or
•3)'au	the hair-end.
g-^’4 skra li-u-a or	tkrahi
rnam-gyur curly hair; to dress the
hair.
jfS $£rfl-fo=SV*^'3'5| bud-med kyi-ikra
woman’s hair {№non.).
skra-shad hair separator;
a comb.
Syn.	so-man,	tkrahi byi-
dor hair cleaner (ДГлся.).
m4!	khrag-po or
sra-wa hard.
$krag-pa {tag-pa) to be terrified,
frightened, afraid of something. This
word is nearly always combined with яйрг
4 hjig§-pa as in	hjig$$krag-pa, to
be panic-struck.
J4§S'^ §krag byed-ma^fy&'^&fti ni
mahi btsun-mo the wife of the sun (4fnon.).
^^’4 $kran-wa (tan-wa) <3Wnr, ; pf.
§kran$ to swell; skranssofi it is
swollen:	^^-^чч^Ч^^Ч'^'
swollen from being suddenly struck
with a stick or a stone or a sword.
5jc/^ $krafi$-hbur an abscess not yet
open (5cA.);	ikrans-hbur
hjom$, v. 4,{f^4' ba-§pru fin, n. of a
medicinal tree which removes tumours or
abscess (4fnon.).
skran-kyi spyan-ki, 5
$man-thar-nu n. of a medicine {Sman.
126).
дмгп skrans-po a swelling; tumour
(&Л.).
$kran {ten) Ihan-^kren 1.
tumour or any fleshy excrescence in the
abdomen; a concretion under the skin or
in the bowels, womb, &c. {Cs.); a swelling
of the glands {Sch.). ^45 skran-nad is
described as a consequence of suppressed
wind {Ja.); rdo-skran 4V|fl two sorts
of steatite.
$krab-pa {tab-pa) to beat tho
ground with one’s feet; to stamp, tread; to
dance; also bro $krab-pa :
yesterday’s dancing was excellent.
$|4’Ч §kras-ka a ladder, v. 4K4 $kas-
ka.
{te-ka) ladder, which generally
consists of the notched trunk of a tree {Jd.);
a single ladder, i.e., a ladder with
one pole; rdo $kra$ {do-te) a flight
of stone steps ; rgya-skra$ a regular
staircase, as in European houses ; sj’gx
probably a flight of steps at the corner
of a building.
^’4 $kri-ica {ti-гса) to conduct; to
send (Cs.): g’^4 йл-р’<7=Ус‘‘^Ч thon-shig
let him send:	I
asked to send him to Tibet {A. 101).
+ skru-wa, pf. «ЦМ bftkrus, fut. 4g
h$kru, to wait {Sch.) ; to cut ; лгч’д za$-la
$kru to cut meat ; g skru, ^4’дц*4 fin
kru$-pa to cut wood or a tree: 4g*q
bskru-ica, ^*^’5Яя*4?,д,4,^м always being
smitten by pleasures {Pag. 1-35).
MS’4 $krud-pa {tud-pa) =
>0
to make another run away by
devices.
^^’4 skrun-pa (tun-pa) = |5*4 ^kyed-pa
to produce ; 4J^4 bskrun-pa, 4^*4 ^kyed-
pa «пн, ftfirH, grown up: 4gygA‘5’
$4 growing crop.
skrum {turn) meat; applied to
the° food of the respected; generally
gsol-tkrum is used in colloquial
language.

121

skrcg (leg) to beat (the drum).
dama-rn hkhrol^wahi don
signifies the beatirg of a skull-drum
(•$«£•) 
^'q $krog-pa to churn; stir (with a
rod): К’аг^ГЧ ho-та §krog-pa to churn
milk (&ag.).
§krod-pa (to-pa)	^Ц-
Tsrrfcff to expel, drive out, eject:
g.na$ nas-$krod to expel from a place :
phyir-skrod to drive out:
hgegs-$krod to eject an evil spirit.
q^’q bska-tca = ^’4, astringent;
also thick.
ч^ч’*^ Ь$кап mdos a slight frame-
work made of sticks and coloured threads
as an offering to the gods in cases of sick-
ness:	Iho-
yi-phyogs-su bskan-mdos dan bsrufi hkhor
bshag place Rskan-mdo$ and amulets on
the south side (Jig.).
гцр’^4 bskan-rdsa$ a sacrificial cere-
mony (Sehl. 360).
ч^-ч^ b§kan-gso
^’ЧЧ^’^^’Ч to make copious religious ser-
vices to the tutelar deities, angels, and the
guardian spirits of the ten quarters
(Qil. 9).
4^ b$kan$ 1.	full to the
brim, 2. 3«Ч<Г5*гчч^, э«*гч‘ч|3*гч пате-
ра gso§-pa fill to the brim (Situ. 74).
q^W b$kam “ ччя'ЭЛ'^В&’ч bskam-byahi
dfo§-po "(Situ. 77).
bskam§ past, dried, burnt: 44^’
by the fire (at the end of the
age) the lakes dried up (Nag. 9).
q^’q bskalp>a a fabulous period
of time; the various ages of tho world,
each of which has been presided over by
its own human Buddha respectively : чч^’ч*
bskal-pa chen-po the great Kalpa; 4V
44^ bar-bskal the intervening от middle
Kalpa; чч*гчз^-Щ bskal-pa bzafi-po
the happy or glorious period in which the
Buddhas appear ; 44^’4'^'q bskal-pa fian-
pa the evil Kalpa, in which no Buddhas
appear (<7a.).
чч'Ч'Ч'Чзч bskal-pa bzan = ч^\^ад трщ
virtuous; also virtue (Mnon.).
чч^’Ч’-?^ bskal-pa j^ = ^*4 rt sis-pa an
accountant (Mnon.).
44^’5) bskal-me — ^i'wcft the fire which
will destroy the world at the end of the
present Kalpa (Nag. 9).
чЧ'Ч'Чзе. bskal-bzan	n. of a
religious work.
q^ bsku=^\'4 byug-pa, fut. 4^n bskus
rubbed (Nag, 9).
q^£3IW4ms	mi-mt/iun-
tear §bas-pa concealed; hidden (Nag. 10.).
q^^l bskuni, pf. of g*<’.
bskum-mkhyid the distance or
measure between the thumb and the top
of the forefinger draw n in; about one-
half of the measure of a span:
I (Rtsii.) its
breadth was one finger (i.e., one inch),
and length eight spans and one bskum-
mkhyid.
4g*rg bskum-khru about a cubit
measure with the fingers drawn in a fist.
4g*r«A^ bskum-hdom a measure of dis-
tance by stretching apart the two arms
(with “ fisted hands ”); a little less than a
fathom’s measure.
°F b$kur, sbst. sending, granting;
^чч’ч^ to bless; to grant benediction;
<^•4^ (pag. 9).
17

122

qg*l v.	b$kul-brdah signal
to call one to his business; signal to call
workmen to their respective duties.
qg^’^q bskul-gshufi,
one who gets Government works excuted:
pf. of b§ku ftiK
anointed; stained or poisoned (Nag. 9).
bskon, pf.	go$ b§kon-to
to be dressed (Situ.
b§kor surrounded: qpvjj^qJjX
surrounded by followers, admirers and
attendants.
6^05=4^5 bkod, pf.
\Situ. 7 fa.
qgq'^S b^kyan-du med = 5ЧЧГ§’**5
numberless ; immeasurable (Zam. 10 s.
qgtN bskyans urf^fH protected; cherish-
ed ; nursed.
«15ЧЦ bskyabs protected; sjfa'qgq**
protected, saved life (Situ.
7'i).
+ qjw b$kyam§=^W : ^ft-qg^N $)lod
mi-bsk yarns the vessel has not dried.
$ water dried up (Situ. 7 fa.
bskyarz^flfi^' or и^'и’А’ again;
again and again (Zam. 10\
qg^'sT b$kyar-bzo repairing; mend-
ing of.
b$kyu}' cast ouf > exhiled ; driven
xo
away.
fakyur-du bcug-pa to causo
any one to east or fling anything away.
^5*^5 btkyed-hdod growth or
growing; wish to grow.
«’BV bskyed-pa, ^xrrf^H, зррт,
1.	a production, generation, formation»
2.	jftwqjV4 sewis bskyed-
pa	to form one’s mind; to have
a conception of; also technically means
purification of the heart as in
qg^’q-qg-K bskyed-pa bgyi-ho
to have a conception of.
qgS’Xn bskyed-vim ^qfvr^H the gra-
dual development of ideas; powers of An
occult nature.
bskyod-na$ = $po$-nas.
b$kyod-pa
moved, agitated;	5’q ma bskyod-pa
unagitated.
qgX’q^q^ b$kyod-pa yan-ma ^njan^<n
moving again and again, at paroxysm.
q|5*^’q bskyod med-pa, 9]^ grans
n. of an immensely great
number.
h^krad and phyir-b$krad=-
^q^ phyir-fyon turn out, expel (Situ.
7^) : q^^'qgS turn out a ghost or devil.
*3^ b§krus, pf. of Sf’4, wqjpj food cut
up (Situ. 9).
^Awn=qg5 bskyed 1. *^’^4
man-du btafi-wa to multiply. 2. qv^q^fpv4
par-du bkod-pa to print, set up in print
(Nag. 9.): VT^'^yq dge-tca bskruna, 25’
WW fo 4c>y b$krun-pa.
р
[Ч kha I: the second letter of the
Tibetan alphabet, being the aspirate of
ka. In sound it resembles the second
consonant of the Sanskrit alphabet. 1.
On registers it indicates the second, or
number two. It is attached, often option-
ally, as an additional syllable to many
words, especially in the colloquial:
dgon-kha the price; cha-kha a thing.
2. It implies khag, a part: FF)*^
kha-gnit-su=khag-gnis-su into
two parts (divisions): F*F kha-gaft one
part. The sixth part of a tafi-ka (Tib. coin)
is called kha. 3. Origin, source, &c.:
gser-gyi hbyuft-
khufis the source of gold, gold-mine:
tshica-kha salt-pit:	tswa-kha pas-
ture-land, a place where pastures abound.
4. Time:	nihchar-kha-ru
dus-gdab (Situ. 21) calculate time from the
moment of sunrise; hgro-khar at
the time of going; at the time when he was
ready to start : Йmo hchi-
khar cho$-la hdun-pa she at the time of
dying became religious, &c. (Pag. 27):
byon-khar when he came; at the
moment of arrival: ’fc’p yoft-kha at the
time of coming;	sa dan-po
thob-kha-ma=w^4fo'ww\ sa dan-po thob-
ma-thag as soon as he attained to the first
stage, <>., one moment before the attain-
ment:	yun rin-gi kha
yun rin-gi $go nas by little
and little; gradually (Jd.); in the
hope of;	just on the oppor-
tunity; “in the nick of time.”
[4 II: 1. the front side:	face,
mouth; also the surface or upper side. F
is the ordinary word for “ mouth,” while
4^’ is the commoner term for “face.”
Again, to express the surface as well as the
front of any inanimate thing, F is the
usual form:	icicles on the
face of the cliff;
§kyil-kruft mdsad-nas chu-khar byon (Pag.
117) sitting in a cross-legged posture he
moved on the surface of the water;
ho-thug kha-la hod-zer-
gyi ri-mo mthon saw reflection of rays on
the surface of milk-broth (Pag. 113). 2.
НТЧТ language; conversation; word:
the king having
become powerless at (his) wife’s word
(Pag. 32).
Syn. §mra-icahi sgo; *’§5 za-
byed;	gsnn-u'ar-byed;	shat;
gtam-gyi hbyun-gna$*
rjod-byed*,	gdon;	bdud-
rtsihi rten; ^5 §kad; ytam (IJnon.).
|4 III: a breadth or a square of cloth,
&c.
In its several inflected forms F is
often used as if it were a postposition
governing the accusative case. These
forms are M kha-na, F5 kha-гщ and F*
khari and take the meaning of “on,” “ at,”
F3Q)'c’I	124	|”'0|
“beside,” &c.:	on the fire;	on
the chair;	ah round.
F’’’jpi’4 Мя к у el-1 ra	to kiss.
Р’Щ4’« kha krab-pa {kha tab-pa) to smack
or cluck with the mouth.
P’5Fq^*Ej fcha dkar-po =	§nan-
wagsall. bright:	ц bkra-p§-pa. 2.
auspicious; of happy omen ; agreeable ;
pleasant looking; frST;4$c',,¥Il kha-dkar
gt innag outside white, inside black, />.,
plausible.
P’SS kha-dkri (kha-ti) neck-cloth, some-
times worn as a protection against cold ; a
kind of raw silk stuff of narrow breadth
manufactured in Assam and largely im-
ported into Tibet, where it is used as neck-
tie and handkerchief: f Slj*4W^*4f‘Kv
^9 kha-dkri bcas hdra-ica kha-rer hbru
(Rtsii.) for each breadth (of cloth), which
is equal to a kha-tt\ price in barley grain.
kha-lkug dumb; also of indis-
tinct speech :	the
spleen of a goat removes the dumbness of
children.
kha-skad	oral account;
tradition ; narrative ; colloquial language.
kha-skon	a mouthful;
completion ; appendix of a book:
kha-$kon-u'a 1. to fill up a void; to make
up a deficiency. 2. to fill up the mouth
with water, to rinse it.
F’ifc’4 kha skor-wa = 9’4 stu-wa or
F’4^k 4 kha b$kor-wa to speak cunningly;
to circumvent by speech.
kha skyut-pan 1. sour; of an
acid taste. 2. olive; olive tree (in Sikkim)
(Jd.).
kha-skyens shame-facedness: $’^*4’
ojcq-ElК^,4,М’|<г|слг^,
’^4^5If a man is about
to give his garment to another man, and
that other man having held out his hand,
it is not given to him, he is ashamed—
that is termed kha-§kyefi§.
Ff kha-kha I: apart, separately: F’F*
if (you) sit apart there will
be no quarrel.
Ff II: or kha-kha-mo bitter
mouth; bitter taste.
kha-kheb* a veil; a cover:
g’ qf •	мгрЛ grba-pa rer kha-
khebs ra§ kha-rc (at every offering) there is
a square of cloth apiece as a face cover-
ing to each monk.
kha-khor= tha-hkhor border,
edge; also the circumference.
FW kha-khyag ^ §^4 kha-theg
Lyed-pa contradiction; denying one’s
liability.
ГВЯ’4 kha-khyag-pa^ same as
kha-theg byed-pa, to deny having under-
taken to do a thing; denying one’s
liability.
kha-khyer 1. kin-kan ;
$tegs-bu any shelf or box on which birds
perch; also an altar; a raised seat.
2.	mthah-skor-kha the surround-
ing line or circumference of anything;
the surrounding edge of a cloth, &c.
F’H Kha-khra (kha-tha),N. SfF'H Blokha-
khra or Lo kha-brag\ also n. for
certain wild tribes of the border land of
Tibet, namely the Aka and Mishmi tribes
of eastern Tibet and Assam (Ya-seL 38).
Р'ЙЯ kha-khram (kha-lham) defined as
prSj'4)tSj ^-4-fj^q cunning talk, deceitful
language.
ррт kha-khram-pa = 4|4
gyorgyu fyad-mkhan one who speaks
cunningly so as to cheat.
125
rw
Р'Н'Ч I : kha-khral (kha-the) res-
pect, regard ; lit. tribute in language or
in words.
Р’ЕЭ'Ч II: capitation tax or poll tax.
P’^SX kha-hkhor the circumference of
the mouth (Ck.) ; Гkha hkhor-wa to
surround.
kha hkhyig-pa to bind an aui-
mal’s mouth; to gag; to strangle.
P'R$*w kha-hkhyoms to be agitated
outwardly:	rlun
chen-po des rgya-mtshohi kha hkhyoms the
surface of the sea was troubled by that
great wind (zt. 16*).
P‘4*2* kha-ga-po difficult (&?7/.).
kha-ga-ma or p’^'^ kha-gan-ma
the square rug that is spread over a great
man's cushion or seat.
P'4!^ kha-gan a quadrate, square; one
sixth of the Tibetan coin called tanka,
which is equivalent to one anna in India:
prsp/q kha gan-ica adj. square.
P^VF’g’4 kha-gaft-dgar-smra-ica to
talk at random; to speak at pleasure
(thoughtlessly).
kha-gab cover, lid. (Sch.).
P'3^kha gycn-phyogs with
the face upwards (in expectation); expec-
tantly, eagerly.
P‘3F* kha-grafts (kha-dan) enumeration.
P*5 kha-gru (kha-du) or mthah-gru
the comor limit or sphere of a place, also
of tho mouth. The width of the mouth of
a vessel or pot, also the opening of the
mouth.	kha-
gru yaft$-<pft dkar-hbol rtsa-med mchog that
being broad in space, of white and soft
appearance, and without grass, is best
P’gjt; Kha-glin,	mthah-
hkhob yul-gi min n. of a border country.
Р Щ^’Я kha glin-sgra is defined as
the noise of the foe which
arises in a battle-field (Mfton ).
P‘^ajq khahgog-pa mute; one who can-
not or does not speak; gagged (Миon,).
р'Ч^'л kha hgyur-wa to change one’s
words or promises.
p'aSj^ q kha hgrig-pa (kha-dig) — ^'^^'^
kha hcham-pa of the same opinion or
disposition.
kha-hgril (kha-dil) the selvedge or
loose tufts of thread on either edge of a
cloth:	the
fringes of the tout being made with blue
cotton.
P'^5 kha-rgod ill or rough language;
also a slanderer (Sch.).
P'Sft kha-rgan privilege of old age (Jd.}.
P 4^ kha-rgyan	the betel-leaf
which the Indians chew; literally the
beautifier of the mouth.
Р’5*гл kha-rgyal-wa to win a dispute :
bdud rigs-kyi sems-
can kha-rgyal the animate beings of the
demon kind won the controversy.
P'J23! kha-rgyug idle talk ; unfounded
assertion (Ja.).
P’^S kha-rgyud, resp. ^’^5 shal-rgyud,
same as gtam-rgyud, oral tradition;
also certain mystical doctrine not allowed
to bo written down.
P’F^ kha-sgor the shoulder bone.
P’g^'3 kha sgyur-wa P’®’g^’4 kha-lo
sgyur-гса to govern; to rein the mouth
(of a horse); to lead, guide, influence other
persons.
P’F1! kha-sgrog (kha-dog) p*
In this passage P'tH kha-
126

sgrog means shutting or binding up the
straps of a trunk or leather box.
P'^ifa kha-b$gos advice.
P’g’Q kha lna-pa=^*^ sefi-ge the lion
(Mnon.).
P’g'fl kha $na-wa or F’g^'4 kha sfias-pa
to antieipato or say something before-
hand ; to speak out inconsiderately.
P'^] kha-cig or p’4^ kha-gcig 1.
la-la, a certain person ; P’-*pi kha$as
also	hgah-re,	hgah-shig.
2.	some (J. Zan.) :	kha cig-
tn phur-§grar	“or as some call
it a flying word”; P’W^ kha-cig na-re
someone said.
P*^ kha-cul or Pkha-cur Kashmir;
a Kashmirian.
kha-gcan clever talking, cf. P'SJ^'Q
kha §byan-po eloquent; dexterous in
conversation.
kha-bcud^^'^ cu-gan n. of a
medicinal substance (Sman. 1^9).
P,q]^5 kha-gcod cover; in Ld. cork.
Р’яХч kha-beolidle talk, prattle (Sch.).
F’«| I : kha-chag defect in the blade
(of a knife or an axe), but F ‘Jf’Mi kha-
rhag $na-ral= to get the mouth damaged
and nose torn ; Р’УЧ'Зkha thug-po son the
edge (of a knife, &c.) has become blunt;
P’Mqflfc kha log-son tho blade has become
turned, re., bad ; Р'^'^Я kha mi-hdug tho
sharpness is wanting; §3'F grihi-kha or
grihi so (in Khainsi) the blade of a
knife.
F**4! II: abuse ; ill language (Jd).
F'*5 kha-chad, shal-chad agree-
ment, covenant; a truce; P*^ kha-chad~
*5’4^ chad-don special object or reason
(Mnon).
F'^ kha-char= abbreviation of P’3,
Enow and rain.
P'Se.^ kha-chin$ the taming or appeas-
ing of wild beasts, &c., by witchcraft.
РЛ kha-chu (^г*ч shal-chab) зттзт,
spittle; also used colloq. for F'4$*$
kha-uahi chu snow-water.
P'^'^l kha chu-phug n. of a place on
the uplands of Kha-chu (Lon. *1 32).
Kha-che a native of Kashmir;
a Mahomcdan; a person that has the
command over much; principal or impor-
tant things (p kha-ehM.ca rnant$);
n. of a mask in the religious plays of Tibet.
F ^ g*J kha-che $kye$,	kha-che
mchog, v. gitr-gum (Mfon), or
saffron, the produce of Kashmir.
p’а'яЩ’р* kha-che hgron-khan, p’l’rp^
kha-che za-khan an inn kept by a Mussul-
man at Lhasa or in Peking; р'£**Хч| Ma-
che mchog чтя tho chief article, ?>.,
saffron, which the Tibetans obtain from
Kashmir; p*^'-q'p'« kha-che ^a-kha-ma a
kind of yellow flower resembling saffron
which imported from Kashmir is largely
grown in Tibet; p’^’-q'p’«*aXkha-che
faiha-ш spor rcr hlru the cost of a spor
of Kashmir ^a-kha-nw flower is a bru or
barley flour (Rtsii).
FFlJW kha-chcmt, resp. shal-
cheins, last will, testament: pwA&l’4 kha-
che ins hjog-pa to make a will; p'^w
kha-chcm$ rlun-la b^kur eent (his)
last mil to tho winds (Bchu).
Р’Хэд kha-chos hypocrisy; religion in
talk only.
рллч kha-hchal idle talk, prattle;
talk as in a delirium: p’Wg^ (he)
prattles.
Г1|
127

kha-hcham— F kha-mthun.
pwq kha heham-pa—F&QftQ kha-mthun-
pa or F’S4!*4 kha thug-pa to agree upon;
F’wrgfljq kha-hcham khrugs^^'%^^
residing together as husband and
wife; to live harmoniously (Д/лоа.).
kha hche-wa, same as F’^’q kha
thal-wa, to promise ; speaking sweet words
meaning nothing or evil.
kha-hjam gtin-khag — ^'^^'
kha-hjam gfin-nag F
soft and polite in language but
evil at heart.
F'4^’q kha-hjal-ica to measure.
F'q^’q kha hjug-pa to interfere; to
meddle with; meddlesome.
|4’^ kha-rje	the chief of the
clouds; cloud-god. Acc. to Cs. great lord,
mighty personage; good luck, good for-
tune; ace. to <7d. fortune, good, wealth.
F’t’IS’^4! kha-rje khyu-mchog^^S'W®
bsod-nams ТрШ merit, moral virtue (Шоп.).
F’t’^	bsod-nams
can possessed of moral merit; virtuous
(Шоп.).
F'O kha-rje che very powerful ; also
high moral merit:
^4^’F’Iif we brother and sister were
not here, would you have been powerful
to-day? (A. 18).
F’W’q kha nan-pa or F’*4’^’4 kha-la nan-
pa to obey; F’H2* kha nan -po obedient.
F’S^ kha-nun sparing of words; laconic
(Sch.) : F'3^q|'qI^’ kha-nun lag-tsan, F’w’^’
is one who does not
speak many words and who does not act
the thief.
F’^J kha-nog, v. F’^fa kha-nog.
F'^3* kha-m/ham~4N™№ skad-mnam
of equal, ?>., same words or opinion:
if (you) eat together
(you) should agree in speech.
Fl^ kha-rnin old or second-hand articles.
F’rifk^ kha-brhons,
sems-la med-pahi kha-la mdses-po bad at
heart, but very polite in expression
(Nag. 10).
F’ifw kha-snoms of same height; also
of level surface: WF'*V^Twq they
were equal in height;
Bq^ bsil-ri kha-snom§-pahi khon§-skyibs-na
in a sheltered corner or cleft of cool moun-
tains of level surface (Ya-sel. 35.).
F5 kha-ta or F'g kha-tta good advice ;
lesson ; F'S'SS*4 kha-ta byed-pa от
hjog-pa to give advice;
not to give advice to a bad man (Jig.).
kha tam-да, F*% kha-lwa, v. F’
yr*] kha-tbam-ga,^ club or staff with a skull
at the top, the weapon of S'iva, also carried
by ascetics; a trident ; F'B,ql kha tam-ga a
Tantrik club or staff with a skull at the
top, v. F ,qI kha-twam да, trident ; the
Tantrik staff with three skulls piled one
above another at the top, the lowest one
resting on a pot. This was originally
introduced into Tibet by Padma Sambhava.
F'B4! kha-tig bitter; bitter taste, v. F’q i •
kha-wa.
F’?'^ kha-to gin is said to be same
as	gsal-gin, a pointed stake used
for the execution of criminals (Ja.).
F’fa kha-ton or F44^ kha-hdon
a reading or reciting from memory
with a loud voice;	reading
or saying by heart; F’K^'4 kha ton-du

128

$es-pa to know by heart ;	kha-
ton byaft-wa qfkfsicTT (цщ^ат) a
clear recitation of prayer or hymns. Also
explained as
<*Aqv§\q to recite religious tracts from
memory, without having recourse to
books:	“by looking
at scientific works to commit to memory”
(Л. 8).
kha gtad-pa, same as FlfS’4 kha
$prad-pa or *’E|S’q ra-sprad-pa 1. to bring
together personally; to confront: ^5
qvj^fr^hgro ma-nus-par rta ran
kha-gtad hdon pas (17y.) not being able
to go, (he) let the horse go towards you.
2. to turn one’s face.
kha-gtam, resp.	shal-gtam,
oral tradition.
|4’q]fjqj*rq kha gtug$-pa — F'W^’^s\4 kha
la ho gtng^-pa or	kha-la ho byed-
pa to kiss.
frap>c/q kha gton-wa to injure; to abuse ;
to call names.
kha-btag$ anything that is put on
the face, t>., presented or placed before
a person for his acceptance; hence that
ubiquitous article of Tibetan social inter-
course, the presentation or salutation scarf.
These scarves are of various descriptions.
Tho longest and the best ones are presented
to the great lamas, high officials, and to
other personages; they carry respect ac-
cording to their quality, colour and length.
There are different sorts of Г4 kha-
btags (silk presentation scarves)—
kha-btags-la phyi-
mdtod, nan-mdsod, nm-bde-ma, q^q5<4”
bsod-btags, tshe-lha-mo or
•Xwpsrjr&qq 3$^ a Ina-sbags
brgyad-sbags, bcu-sbags, sog§ sna-tehogs
yod.
kha-^tan a soft thin rug that is
spread on a cushion; a cover for a cushion
or couch.
f4kha $ten-du above ; besides; on ;
upon ; at; towards :	de hi kha-
§tefi-du shtigs he sat upon it {Pag, 64*)
kha-§ton not yet having eaten any-
thing ; lit. empty mouth.
p’jfowgq-q kha-§tom$ rgyab-pa is de-
fined as
q wq, to revile one another for no purpose.
kha tbam-ga,	lha-yi
phyag mishan, v. kha-tam-ga.
Г’ чч kha-thal=$F\'W thug-lhal or 34]’
thug rtsatn rice or barley particles.
p wq kha thal-tca^F’&Q kha hche-tca to
promise (C*.).
kha-thi a kind of satin in variega-
ted colours.
Г^З4! kha-thug to the brim= Ч^Л’З4] gdon-
thug : Р’ЗЯ kha-thug §коп-гса\.о fill to
the brim ; f4 kha-nan the inside brim
Р’З4!'4 kha thug-pa to meet in a contest,
in concert with.
kha-thog top or surface; upon a
thing=#4T’ thog-kha on tho roof, on the
upper flat.
kha-thor pustules in the mouth
(Sell,),
Р’^З^ kha-mthun, v. kha-cham,
F'*4s^'q kha-rnihim-pa=zF^№ kha-lhug-
pa agreeing ujxm, unanimous ; also
together with: 3’9*
in concert with the men of the palace
they petitioned (Pag, 275).
Р'ччп kha-hthab 1. regulating of stores
by equalizing their quantities :
01 ya-byed §og§ man nun hdra
hdra by 'd-pa la,

129

SS41 rnift-pahi chad dan gsar ^prod-la hthab
byed-pa (Rtsti.). 2. p’Wq kha hthab-pa=
gynl sprod pa or vaq ачя <i dmag
hthab-pa to fight; to give battle {M.fton}.
kha-hthen btan-wa=^W^
Ion btan-wa to send a reply, to reply ; F’
^*4 kha hihen-pa (to pull the mouth) to
stop a beast of draught.
рчХкч kha-hthor-pa=so-sor
hbral-tca, gyes-pa to scatter, to sepa-
rate one from another; also disordered,
confused, confusion:	a book,
the leaves of which have become mixed
up together;	at the
place there were a few scattered ones
only {A. 23);
among the beasts there are two
classes: those that live secluded and those
that are scattered (in abodes of men
and gods).
FVI kha-dag swept clean, cleared up,
entirely gone:	nor
phyugs. thams-cad kha-dag soft his wealth
and cattle have all disappeared.
F’44! kha-dig or F’?4! kha-ldlg to stam-
mer ; Р’^’Г’ТЧ kha-ldig-mkhan a stam-
merer.
F’VI’^ hha dug-can
poisonous mouth; having poison in the
mouth.
F'^4 kha dum-pa being in concert
with; having agreed.
F’V1’® kha-dul-po (soft mouth) manage-
able ; tractable.
РЛ4! kha-dog or F'^Vl kha-mdog — *^4
mdafti colour:	the
hair became blue-black; Р’ХчЛчЭТМ kha-
dog-gi gzugs	kha-dog
mthun-pa of one uniform colour:
dge-§loft cho$-
gos gsum kha-dog mthun-par gspl-pa he
wears the three garments of a monk of
uniform colour. F*4ql’|^’4 kha-dog tgyur
wa to change colour; F’the colour
changes (Ja.).
F’44rV’F‘® kha-dog $каг-ро=\*№\ dag-
byedor rtsba ku-fa the cleanser, puri-
fier ; also a name for the dub grass {Mfton.).
F’^4|*e^4| kha-dog ftan-pa of dis-
agreeable or bad color.
kha-chen-po metaph. =
gser gold (Mnoft.).
рЧч’О kha-dog Ita-bu or F'Vr%’4 kha-
dog hdra-wa dog lta-Ъи in colour ; like its
colour.
F’X4!’!?’^4!’’ kha-dog $na-tshog$ variety
of colours; of different hues:
kha-dog sna-tshog mu-tig rab
yin-no an excellent pearl is of a variety of
colours {Loft. 5 2.).
F’M4* kka-dog-pa small hole or narrow
hole.
F’X/q’wvuwti kha-dog mt hah ya^pa
variegated colours.
Р’Ч4! W4 kha-dog gsum-pa explained as
ftft ba-glaft rmig-pahi mift
a name for the tree called the ox-hoof
{Mfton.).
F’Sfl kha-drag mighty, haughty;
FV)’q loquacious, talkative.
F\*‘ kha-draft just before; straight on.
F’X kha-dro in Kham* and Amdo signi-
fies	bkra -fi$ auspicious, of good
omen or appearance.
F’X’® kha dro-fy>=F'^№ kha hphro$-po
agreeable, amiable, of pleasant company.
kha gdaft$-pa ftrajnnr,
yawning; opening the mouth; gaping;
widening the mouth :	kha~gdafi$
na$ having opened the mouth widely.
is
130	p X4! I
Г’ ’*Чв| kha~mdog, v. P'X’I kha-dog.
F‘^5* kha-hdar one who speaks too fast
or too loud.
Г kha-hdig cork, bung, stopple.
Fkha gcig-
tu mthun-pa agreeing in an account.
F'^A^ kha-hdcm, v. kha-ton.
F’^XvSV4 kha-hdon byed-pa to reoite or
mutter a charm or mantra.
FA kha-rda muttering, whispering : F‘
to mutter or speak auspiciously.
F к had}? da conversation, talk, pro-
phecy, prediction; it also signifies cHjV4’
qjfgj fyad-pa bzafi-po good explanation or
utterance :
“may the doctrine (of Buddha) prosper”
such was his righteous utterance (A.
146).
F’^*5 kha ^rdah — ^\^ skad-cha verbal
utterance:
§S although he had beheld tho
girl's eyes, he acted as if he had not seen
her and gave no spoken sign.
kha-sdams = F'$ kha-ta or
gdams-kha advice.
kha §dom-pa=zF'W\^n kha mnan-
pa to silence ; to gag or stop the speech.
i F?’4! kha-da-ga wit tho scimitar
or sabre of the Hindus.
kha-na ma-tho-wa, lit. FA*w
Ууч kha na§ ma thon-pa, not confessed, *>.,
not come out of the mouth; ,чгте also
a metaphysical term defined as
a name for sin and moral corruption.
There are two kinds, viz., (1) M^y^F*
bshin-gyi kha-na ma-tho-ica sins
which are committed naturally and semi-
consciously; (2)	bcas-pahi
kha na ma tho-wa sins of overt violation
of law or religion.
Householders and monksin general,
in keeping theso sins and failings conceal-
ed, because they do not issue forth from
the mouth, such are styled kha-na-ma-tho~
tea. FA**	kha-na ma tho-tea mi
mnah-u-a	the sinless;
kha na ma tho-wa med-pa without
sin or moral corruption; FA'*1'^’4!^ kha-
na-ma thohi gtam = V
sinful or blasphemous speech.
FA4!'^ kha iiag-pa=t&4'W% mun-pa
nag-po darkness ; also of gloomy appear-
ance ; morose; wicked (jlftfon.).
FA*’ kha-nah yesterday morning. But
FA*’^’4^ kha-nah-du blta§	to
look inwardly:
tho knowledge gained by intro-
spection, which is carefully to examine
how much of good or evil and virtue or
vice exists in one’s own heart, causes rejec-
tion (of evil) and acceptance (of good).
FAS kha nad mouth disease.
F'^ kha nar-can oblong.
F kha-nas orally; by word of mouth;
FAQ'S'S4! a cuckoo; also to cry or call like
the cuckoo; FA^*'* kha-nas zer-tea to
speak colloquially.
F’^* kha-nih last year.
of cotton cloth, etc.; that having two
colours (Rtsii.).
F’^fakha-nog orF*?4)kha-nog clamourous;
asking often and often for a thing, etc.:
the three may be classed together, (namely)
defilement, importunity, and being strick-
en by lightning (Rtsii.).
I
131
p*q|
р*3[кХ<с kha-nor son he has erred in
conversation.
Р’я^'ч kha mnan-pa = F'lfa'Q kha §dom-
pa to obstruct the speech; also to coerce,
to silence.
Р’ч kha-pa the volume marked with
the letter p kha, i.e., the 2nd volume. Any-
thing (hook or article) marked with the
letter P kha.
P*Q kha-po sometimes=P kha speech,
e.g.y p'Q^q’S mild speech and polished
language.
P‘E?^ kha-po-che^F kha rgyag-pa or
P'^'q kha mah-po talking much:
4rtsi-ge sreg-gor zer-wahi kha
pho-chc a shrew called Rtsi-ge sreg-for,
who was very talkative (Rdsa. 31).
P’gJ^M	khal-pag§ lip.
P’3 kha-spu hair of the face; whiskers.
P’V kha-pho boasting: Р’Ч'й kha-pho-
chc one who boasts much; also boasting
much.
p‘йч| kha-phog verbal reproof.
P’4^ kha-phor нтхчт a cup; a
saucer.
P’B kha-phyi the outer edge.
P*Bvq kha phyin-pa=$\W$*№ gros
mthun-pa unanimity in a conference;
unanimous vote.
P’B^'g kha-phyir #л=И’Х^ р’|ч1*г<1 pha-
rol-tu kha phyogs-pa examining by appear-
ances ; also to look outside (Mnon.): P'^v
kha-phyir bltas kyi gc§-pa know-
ing or judging things by their external
appearance.
P’^ kha-phyi s napkin.
P’3‘4 kha phyc-wa=?'$4'4 kha rgya$-pa
$facr, 1. to bloom or blossom; also
well developed, full blown. 2. = ря$\ц
kha hbycd-pa to yawn.
p*g4p< ЛЛа-рЛуо^§=р,^‘ч5‘5<’|^ kha Ha-
te ahi phyog§ the direction of one’s sight.
радк.’Р kha-hphah-wa—	to
divulge; spread ill rumours (Jd.).
P*^ kha-hphyur swi a solid mea-
sure for grain like bre or hbo.
p'«S|5*q kha hphrod-po, v. P’X’^ kha dro-bo.
|4’q I: kha-wa fintr bitter ; P’$4 kha-
tig from P’4 and bitter, i.e., of
very bitter taste : Х р л ro kha-wa bitter
taste; P'*^ kha-mfiar bitter and sweet;
Р’Й kha-mo bitter: л^’р’Й chan kha-mo
beer that is very strong or of bitter taste.
рГЧ II: =«|^ gafis snow: p*
4	kha-ica duh It ar gsal the snow
(was) unsullied as shells; P’^'J kha-wa
skye xhv, WI snow-born or ocean-
god; PЛАа-<7См = Р'ч5,^,^'ч snowball;
P‘«^ kha-char snow and rain; p*w’« kha-
ma char sleet; Kha-wa-can
Tibet, the suowy country:	3’^ the
country of snow, or snowy country; *
^p’q100 years (after)
my time the snowy lakes of Tibet becoming
dry; Р’Ч'з?4] a swallow, prob, snow-
swallow. p*q5’^i kha-icahi rtul
lumps of snow: рч5%я kha-
wahiphye-ma	snow dust; flakos
of snow; also camphor, PX4q kha*
hbab or Р’Ч’^чч kha-ica hbab snow-fall,
avalanche;	having the name of
snow; p’«ft’X5 f^nrfh glare from the
snow, snowy lustre.
p*q vnvq JJha-гса Jkar-po n. of an im-
portant religious institution in Khams.
P’A’^4 kha-wa ri-pa=^^r4 Gah^
ljoh^-pa a Tibetan; one residing in the
snowy mountains (Yig* k. 6).
132
I: kha-bad the architectural
ornament of a Tibetan house formed by
the projecting ends of the beams which
support the roof.
II: tho humidity of the air
caused by snow (Ja.).
P^’SS kha^war byed^^w** reg-bzafi
of soft or pleasant touch {lifnon.).
P’S kha-bu or P’S4’4 kha bub-pa being
turned downwards:
I have fallen headlong into the abyss
of sin {Pag. 185).
P’5* kha-byan	with
the faeo downwards; learned, wise.
P'3'q kha bye-wa in bloom.
P*9^ kha-brag {kha-tag) forked rocks ;
any forked object; also as adj. S’P’Effl Lo-
kha-brag, tho mountainous wild country
N. E. of Bhutan inhabited by wild tribes.
P S0* kha-bral (kha-tai)	divorce,
separation, especially of lovers or husband
and wife.
P’S4*’ kha-dwah eloquent: рук’Хч] kha-
dican-chog able to speak powerfully, elo-
quent {Nag. 11).
P'S?41) kha-$brag literally tho mouth-
split: Ф’РАЭ4! chu kha-dbrag a river which
is divided or branched out; ***Р55Л a
road which is branched into several paths;
3**^1 -qj-pthe branch of a tree which
divides into several parts; ЙЧ’^’РЛЭТ PW-
7>a kha-dbrag a hoof which is bifurcated
or split.
p’w* Kha hbar-ma	n. of
a goddess {Rtsii.). In tho Hindu pan-
theon Jvalamukhi (she with a burning or
glowing mouth) is worshipped as the
goddess of cholera.
1”’^ I
Р’яд’А kha-hbu-гса, the opening of the
buds of flowers.
P'^'5^q kha-hbub-tu nal-ica to lie
with one’s face downwards.
p'*q*rq kha-hbu^-pa
unblown flower, buds.
P’*9\4 kha hbyed-pa—F^'Q kha-phye-
wa to open a cover or pasted letter or packed
article ; is also used of books.
Р’^’Л kha hbri-tca {kha-$i-wa) to make
loss, to diminish; to detract from (in
quality).
P’g* kha-sbyan eloquence; P'|*’£ kha
sbyafi-po eloquent.
P’5^ kha-tbyar or pgvq kha sbyar-wa
the mouth of a vessel or box closed or shut
up:	z^-chen
kha-^byar rin-chen sil-nias bkafl a covered
copper vessel filled with precious things,
etc. {G kah. 77).
* P’jk kha-tbyor ^thig-le
n. pr. {Schr. Ta. 2, 275).
P’S* kha tbyor	any-
thing that is left after eating or has boon
touched by the mouth but not eaten;
P’jk q to kiss.
kha-sbyor bdun-ldan t’
w Rdo-rje hehan, the Tantrik Buddha
Vajradhara UWfion.).
ря’Ч^ kha ma-hcham = F^'*^ kha mi-
nd him discordant; р’«Н*я kha mi-hcham
does not agree or live in harmony.
ря’З’Ч kha nia-phye-ica	an
opening bud; one of the twenty-one hells
in which sinners are punished, being bound
with ropes.
P*’9 kha-ma bye чГтч a store or
repository {Lex.).
F'yk I
133	I
khami-$es-pa not knowing the
language.
F3^ kha-mur bit (of a bridle).
F^S kha-med silent; cannot reply: ад
lab-па kha-med^ bton-na
rgyu med if asked there is no reply; if ran-
sacked, nothing to produce (from one’s
pocket); F^S’gTS(the common
saying is) “the dumb does not speak,
the tongueless stammers.”
F^ kha-то enchantment; irresistible
influence.
kha-dmar lit. “red mouth”; a
demon or pref a ; a ghostly apparition.
This word is used in astrology and the
medical works of Tibet to signify an affirm-
ative prediction, good or bad. When
such a prediction is realized it is called
p kha-dmar phogy when otherwise it
is called FS^'T'7! kha-dmar tog.
FT* kha-rtsaft=F'4^ kha зай yester-
day forenoon : F^’^’S*41 the boy that
was here yesterday forenoon (Л.) ; also
the day before yesterday; FVM**4p4*y*
kar*san gzah ni-ma last Sunday (Jd.).
F?S kha-rtsod disputation.
F* kha-tsha bitter and acrid; hot in
the mouth; pungent like pepper; acc. to
Jd. (a) a very acrid sort of radish; (b)
aphthae thrush, a disease of the mouth
incident to horses, cows, sheep, &c.; (<?) F
kha-tsha rifi-fie-wa daily warm
food.
F^ kha-tshar 1. fringes, such as the
threads at the end of a web or cloth or
rug, scarf or sash. 2. minor ingredients
in a medicinal mixture :
having made one drug the principal
ingredient, on adding thereto another drug
in less quantity, it is called adding the
kha-tshar.
F£q kha-tshub snow-storm.
F* kha-tsho boasting : F*kha
tsho fin-tu che-wa a great swaggerer (Ja.).
F^S kha-tshod the weighing: F^S‘q?’
kha-tshody btta-phyir tshig-
gi lan smras-pa (A. 6) considering one’s
expression with a view to reply to it.
gan-hdra lab-yon
tshod Ita-ica.)
F^ kha-tshon=f*'*3*4 kha-hgrig, F4**
kha-hcham qt F*'^ kha-mthnn unanimous,
of one voice or opinion. Generally used
with 4^54 meaning 1. as in
w YWF^ WS (A. J), all unanimously
and firmly agreed upon; lit. F3^ kha-tshon
colour; hence to be all of one colour in the
face, ?>., to be	of	the	same	opinion. 2.
thag gcod-pa a final decision or
resolution :	(A.
15) they all resolved	to	forsake their
kingdoms ;	mthah
geig-tu kha-tshon chotj dkah it is difficult
to arrive at a final decision. 3. surface
or width (Jd.).
F*^ kha-mtshul muzzle; mouth;
the lower part of the human face.
F*^**rq kha htshan't-pa=ffiQ smod-pa
to slander; to curse (Mnon.).
kha-htshog abuse : F^4!’^’2* kha-
htehog chen-po a great abuser, a reviler.
F^ kha-hdsin shifts the ouckoo.
F^<Y§S'4 kha-hdsin bye<$-pa to receive
in a friendly spirit; to be kind; to assist
(Jd.); also to govern; f*4<K’*wF4
134
sent or commissioned for governing
(Dsam. 25).
’W4 kha-hdsin gsum are the fol-
lowing three:	sug-smel	{чдг small
cardamom, Convolvulus turpetthum\ $^‘5*
gur-gum saffron; and Э'З’Зч pi-pi-lln long
pepper (Sman. 1/50).
р kha hdsum-pa to shut the mouth.
P’^ kha-shan of inferior quality
or of low position: p^'qwi^qgq the mis-
fortune of being of low birth (Ja.).
PԤ^ kha-shur water-hen (Sch.).
P’3 kha-she mouth and mind: p’^’ft’
ы^елгч kha-she ml mchufa-pa hypocrisy;
hypocrite ; P ^5’q kha-she med-pa un-
feigned ; sincere.
P’^ kha-shefi breadth, expanse, e.g., of
the heavens.
P’^ kha-shen~kha-hb shan~pa modest
in speech; also not able to speak well.
P’^ kha-she$ food, victuals (Cs.).
kha zam, р &'яя kha-che zam
a kind of chintz from Kashmir; also a
kind of cloth or silk stuff in variegated
colours : чтя* bal zam chintz from Nepal.
P’**J kha-za$ food, either in general or
some particular article of food : P’W’«C
kha-zas la brkam-par gyur
he longed for food; p’w<qfc*w kha-zas
gtshaft-ma clean food, or clean in (taking
food). In Sikk. khabze sweet cakes, etc.
Р’^я’ч kha sum-pa- to close tho mouth
or any opening.
J P’^ kha-zur от P’U^ kha-sur the
date fruit.
p’lvq kha zer-ica loquacious.
р’чр^ kha-gzar spoon or ladle.
P’q^ kha-gzi or Р'Я^ kha-gze in IF.
rake in gardening; in Spiti a carrier’s
load; kha ze-pa a coolie (Jal)..
P'W’	tshig-gi
gtafi-rag good speech ; one who speaks
pleasantly (lAnon.).
p5’^ khahi-nin the day before
yesterday.
P’^ej kha-hog lit. face downward; down-
cast ; P’X^j’g’qj^-q kha hog-tu bcug-pa or
$5'4 chud-pa to subjugate one, or to
enforce obedience upon; p’^’5*4g*r^*4
kha hog-tu bltas-te <p-wa to die falling down
head-long, i.e., with the face downward.
fTW kha ya lit. being one’s partner
or match as to speaking, but in general
partner, assistant; p’^'95’q kha-ya byed-
pa to assist : pSl’wx^’jq I am not his
match, not able to compete with him;
with regard to things, I am not equal to
the task (Ja.).
p’^l kha-ytg	the letter Р, a
label ; a letter or writing on the cover
of any parcel or letter; an inscription.
p'^ kha-yel the spout (of a kettle or
any other vessel): g^qS-p’gv^q’p^’QF
drawing with his lips at the
spout which hangs down outside the vessel
(A. 23).
P’^FJJ kha-yog a false charge (Jd): «’V
qcvp’tSjspgA ma ne-pahikha-yog byun(C.) he
was unjustly accused (Jd.); Jy
unfounded accusations arise such as those
coming by word of mouth and by impli-
cation, though one is guiltless.
р’ч]$ч( kha-gyel wide mouth:
the shape of
Sumeru resembled that of a vessel placed
with its wide mouth upwards (i.e., like a
pyramid on a point) (Ya-sel. 35).
p’^pfapi kha-gyogs—F'frw kha-kheb$.
cover of a vessel .or basket (G. kah* 77).

135

kha-ra in W. for T* ka-ra, sugar
(Jd.) ; trough; manger (Sch.).
P'^H Kha-rag n. of a place in Tibet.
F’Mjn. of a celebrated lama of the
Kadampa School of Buddhism.
F’^ kha-ra$ neck-cloth; a towel.
kha-ri or F’5 kha-ru, v. F®*’^ khal-ri.
F’5’^ kha-ru	black salt
used medicinally (Mfton.):	f^?-
CT a kind of salt (procured by boiling
earth impregnated with saline particles);
a particular kind of salt of fetid odour
(used medicinally as a tonic aperient).
It is black in colour and is prepared by
fusing fossil salt with a small proportion
of emblic myrobalan^ the product being
muriate of soda with small quantities of
muriate of lime, sulphur and oxide of
iron (2Л Wills.}. Kha-ru tshwa-yi§ drod
skyed $bo$-pa dan sgeg dan hgyin khrog bad
rluft hjoms-par byre# flatulence, accom-
panied with belching, rumblings, phlegm,
and wind, is overcome by the medicinal
salt.
Syn. ru-tsa ka ; smin-tshba ;
Ы-tani fto {Mfton.}.
kha-re	kha
$kyaft$-pa or fto tsha-wa to be ashamed.
Г’Л'Ч’ч kha reg-pa to touch anything by
the lips; to put one’s mouth to a thing in
order to eat or drink it.
F*X kha-ro taste in the mouth.
F’X^I kha-rog-=P'^$H kha-btsum silent,
without reply : ^‘WJi’A’frr^’F’Xqf there-
fore remain silent with untingling ear !
F’X^ifv^ kha-rog sdod-cig be silent; do
not speak. F’^l’4 is also freq. F’X^x^fq
to remain silent.
F’Xqfq kha rog-pa a kind of
drug, prob, sulphate of copper.
р kha-rlans ггпч vapour from tho
mouth.
p’fli’d’W kha-la me-hbar n. of the King
of the Yi-dag or Prefa.
F'**r^|’q kha-la reg-pa^metaph. zas
to eat; do eat {K. g. £S).
F’^'^’X^VT4 kha-la sla-te don-la dkah
easily spoken but difficult in meaning.
F’®4 kha-lan mouth requital; thanks-
giving ; reply, especially angry reply;
also requital for food received (еТй.):
when disordered with evil
thoughts, the food of faith is my reply
(JA7.).
kha-las byuft sprung forth from
the mouth.
Kha-lin-pa n. of a place in
Tibet.
kha-le, v. E'** khya-le.
F‘“l4 kha-leb cover, lid.
kha-lo 1. = kha-phyogi
towards the mouth. 2. prow of the ship
(Schr.); according to others the helm
3. acc. to Cs. and Jd. the glans-
penis.
kha-lo sgyur-pa or sgyur-wa
3^, u^rr, HTKfa, ; F’®’g^‘”F^
kha-lo sgyur-mkhan one who steers ; also
a governor, a driver, a charioteer. See
especially in narrative of early life of the
Buddha in Dulwa.
F’tf’q kha lo-pa=F'&\^ kha phyogs-pa
UTcfa, ФВ1Т; F’^’g^’W kha phyogs
sgynr-mkhan one who leads or guides;
also a shadow.
kha-log-pa to reply; to contra-
dict :	phyi-la hgro-na
tshur kha log-pa walking out he returned
hither.
Ml
136
kha-qa the spotted deer (<7й.); elk
(Sch.). In Sikk. the common deer of the
Duars is called p‘4« Р’Л^‘ГВЧ kha-<;a-yi
ja-khug a tea bag made of deer-skin.
Р'ЧЧ^ kha-^ags jest ; joke in IK.
(Jd.).
P'-q** kha-$as (sounded “kha-she”) some;
colloq. in C.
Р’ЗЧ”’^ kha-qugs-can or p’45’«q kha
shed-can eloquent ; р'-^Ч4 kha-^ugs
med-pa on€ who has nothing much to say,
same as ЧУ*’414	4 ^kaj-cha lab-tgyu
med-pa.
рЛл kha-^ob in colloq. lies ; obscene
talk; idle talk.
РЛ* kha-$or breach of promise : РЛ^’
kha-qor soft the mouth has run away,
denoting inconsiderate talk (Jd.).
РЛ^'А kha-gol-wa	rinsing the
mouth; sipping water and ejecting it.
IP’-q Khasya n. of a mountainous
country in the north-east of India (Ta.);
the Khasya Hills in Assam.
Р’ЧЧЧ4 kha-gfag§~F'fSkha-rtsod using
rough language; controversy, discussion,
dispute; with rgyag-pa to dispute :
Я Р’Ч^Ч^ 54 5 pointing his fin gers
he goes to dispute (Rdsa. 17).
Р’Ч-qS kha-b^ad talk, gossip.
[Ч^Ч] Kha-sag ^Л4Л’а1;’ n.
of a wild country on the border of Tibet
(Ya-sel. 38).
kha-saiiy v. PT^ kha-rtsaA.
PkhasaAs explained as
j|vq,p,aiiY,2i’«H|S to speak one’s mind; to
tell honestly what has occurred in the
mind.
P’^a kha-sub a bribe : P kha-stlb
byin-pa to offer a bribe.
F*l
P’$ Khasi n. of a wild hill tribe of
India (of the Khasya Hille) (Dsam.).
P‘S^ kha-sift 1. the day before yester-
day. 2. also — several weeks ago; some-
time back.
P’^ kha-sur, v. P'B^ kha-zur.
P’S( kha-so 1. abbreviation of I4 kha>
mouth, and^ «о, teeth. 2. the edge, border
of a thing : рЗГ'Ч^мс/?’ kha-so la bphafi-fio
=	flung to the border (Pag.
187) : Г^’З’Р B^WW^‘5* rdsifis-kyt
kha-khycr las hjah li byas-=- S'
ifdhah la $an-rgyab
lined the border of the ship with iron
plates (Л. 18).
Р*5рг^Ъ kha-sral chuA-Au что deaf.
Р’^ч kha-slob~Fft kha-ton learning by
heart; primer used by children in W.
ГЧ^Ч kha-gsag, v. Р’^ЧЧ kha-bsag.
I4’4^ kha-gsar new, fresh.
Г'4!^ kha-gsal or W
message; clear language;
language: p-iV<i|w«i kha
obscure; not in clear terms or language.
fnf&kha-gso made full by adding some-
thing more to it:	^’P‘4^’ filling
with the best thing and nectar in oblation
(Rtsii.).
P‘*W4 kha	kha gsag ajwra
talkative.
kha bsre-wa to associate with
one another, viz., in drinking and smok-
ing together.
kha-bjan-du turned upwards:
I4kha b$lafi-pa to lie with the face
uppermost.
kha-b$lu$ to tempt by false hopes
and promises; to deceive by sweet words.
. P VI khq-hrag forked mouth or point;
the bifurcated mouth or end of anything
gsal-kha a
intelligible
mi-gsal-ua

137
[ЛЕ'Ч |
5
made of iron or wood:	T'^'F’
nub-ua fift-gcig rtse-mo kha-hrag daft
in the west a tree with forked top, &c.
F'^4! kha-lhag remnant of a meal.
khwa a raven :	khwa-
skad fes-pafyi rig-pa	the’ science
of drawing omens from the caw of a raven.
khwa^krodnus-pa—^^5'^\^^
bya-khwa dej ihub-pa	Iable
to scare a raven—used as attribute of Bud-
dha ; as long as a boy cannot drive away a
magpie he is not considered ready (by his
age) to get religious instructions.
5’5 khwa-ta the Tibetan magpie : 5’5^’
khica-tahi ga-yis gdon-nad sel-гсаг byed,
khba-tahi $gro-yis $g rib-fin. byed the flesh
of the magpie removes diseases caused by
evil spirits; the feather of the magpie
prevents the patient seeing apparitions,
ghosts, &c.; spotted magpie or
khicatakhra-u'a fuller name for the magpie.
4 khwa-	dpya-tcarent or tax
in kind:	cho$ bshin-du
khbaham dpya-hbul paid rent or tax
according to religious law.
Fl I: khag 1. means, resource;
F4! khag-med—*№'&\ without means.
рт| П: a task, charge, business, duty,
responsibility; of importance: F^'B^ khag-
ЛЛмг=^’Н^ hgan-khur to take charge of
a thing or person, to be responsible for
anything, to be surety for anyone; F4!’
*&vq khag hkhur-ica to assume charge of;
ра|’Чч|<ч’ц khag hgel-wa to place in charge;
q khagtheg-pa orF4]^’4 khagrgyag-
pa to guarantee; become responsible:
derhtsho-гса yon-ivakhag-
iheg I warrant you will get something to
eat there. F4!’44! khag-theg or Г*Г|ЭТ khag-

khyag in G. acc. to Jd, = bail; F4’^ khag-
chen important.
III: that which is divided off; a
class, part, division, section (of a book or
place) ; ^’F4! bcu-khag the tenth part;
tithe: р4Г41^1*г'ч’гИkhay gni$-laphog-sofl,
I have hurt myself in two places. ^M’F4!
yul-khag a province, district; g^’F4! vgyal-
khag kingdom; S^’F4! dpon-khag princi-
pality; Vfa'F4! dgon-khag monastic estate
or authority. V^F4!^^’^У4]^4!
the different divisional chiefs
should make religious offerings (service)
for one night (Loti. 4 17) ;
§kyab$ hgro sems skyed-
kyi khag kho-mo cag-rnams we who belong
to the class in whom the inclination (for
religion) and to seek refuge has arisen
(A. 19).
Fl’Sf khag-po difficult, hard; colloq,
° kd-le khag-po.” w л| ^'s^F4^this
work is very hard ;	the way
is difficult; F4!2*’^*’ difficulties arose ; F4!’
q’^’q khag-po chc-wa to suffer from want.
2. acc. to Jd. bad, spoiled, rotten : WF4*
5 the butter has become rancid (Ja.).
рК’Ч Лг/штьра = F^’B*4 khan-khyim HTH,
ЗД^ТТ,	Ч9ППРГ
house, residence, home; a building; ^'F^
§ien-khafi, ^’F* hog-khat^ q^’F^ bar-khafi
upper story, lower story or ground floor,
middle story;	gshun-khan means
also the principal or central room. A
khaft-pa is the opposite to $4’4 phug-pa, a
cavern. q^'F^ bzo-khan workshop; «K’F*
bafi-khan store-house, store-room; if’F^ ^go-
khan entrance, vestibule; SfvF* skor-khafi
or more properly skor-lam, passage
running round a building or temple ;
F^ fog-khan paper house or a house where
19

138
Г51
paper is kept or manufactured. In W\
the scooping form or mould used in the
manufacture of paper is so called.
p* tshas khaft flower bed (garden) (Jiz.). In
Buddhism khaft signifies naft, inside,
ml, the heart:	khaA
myag^gih phyir Jidsag-pa
inwardly being corrupt, the pus issues or
drops from him;	khaft
mourning house; also tho body ; Г’^’Я khaft-
gla house rent;	a small house;
a house or room reserved for decrepit
parents; khan chufi-pa an occupant
of such;	yaft-khaft chuft-pa such
a person of tho second degree (if, during
his life, his son enters into the same right)
(Ja.); khaA chen a large house;
q khan chen-pa	one taking
his abode in a great house or mansion
(Budh.) ; old, weak persons belonging to
Gautama’s family.
Syn. «iMvr** g.na*-kJiaft \ gnas-
gshi',	hptg-pahi gnas;
hdug-sa*,	hdug-gnas; khyim\
рч khab; 5^'^	5^4^ r/<m-
g.na$; §f	gab-can;	phib$-
hog (Itfnon.).
khaft-gner	ajVWps the
steward of a house; the house-keeper; the
person in whose charge a house is kept.
khan-stefi	the upper
roof or terrace of a house,
khan-thog or	khan-pahi
thog $т<5 the roof or cover of a
house; the top flat of a house.
khan-pa bkra-ica
a painted house.
khaft-pa btsan-po a consecrated
house where theives or robbers cannot
have access.
khaft-pa ЪгШдь-ра ят’гг
a masonry building; also a storeyed house.
khafi-pa gyo the roof of a
house :	to cover a house, to roof
it;	khah-pa ral-shift grum-
pa or bdruw-pa a delapi-
dated house; a ruined edifice.
khati-pahi naA
theinsido of a house; a room; an apart-
ment.
Khaft-bu m of a fabulous country;
a little house, cottage.
khaA-mig a room; a cell.
khaA-rtsa the foundation of a
house.
khaA-brtseg^ grei'fK upper
house or a storied room, v.
khan-pa brtsegs-pa.
khaA-shabs floor; flooring of a
room.
khaA-shiA=khaft-pa
dan shin-kha house and the cultivated fields
attached to it. •
(ч^-цэе, khaA-fezan	residence ;
mansion. In Budh, (^4^)» «Ww,
^Ьииктн monument.
khan-bzo-wa wWfa mason;
architect.
khans-pa~*^'4 ranf-pa 1.
delay. 2. distance.
khad=l. «Я thag or tshar near.
2. litter barrow. 3.	like, as FS'
§w kliad-snam$t v.	hkhod §nam$9
equal, even ; de-nia khad=^'W4 de-
ma thag not distantly; instantly; as soon
as ; without delay:	4bugi
chad-ma khad-dn as soon as. the breathing
ceases;	bn ^kyes-ma khad-^ig
139
1^1
a child born just now;	bphur-la
khad about to fly; *5’^5 hgro-la khad
about to go; Ihuft-la khad near to
fall;	sleb$-la khad as soon as (he)
arrived;	hchi-la khad^h^u about
to die:	nub-la khad-pahi tshe
when the evening drew near;
dbugs chad-la khad-pahi du§ when
the ceasing of the breath approaches ; ^<T
zin-la khad yod-pa la as we were
j’ust about to seize him; khad-du as
far as:	khad-du as far as
the heel (Ja.).
PS’Jm khad-kyi^*^'^ dal-bu$ or^’3”
rim-gyis slowly, by degrees;
khad-kyis khad-kyi$ xtmi wh: by de-
grees ; in slow motion.
FS’4 khad-pa the same as
hkhod-pa to stick fast; to be seized,
stopped, impeded, v.	bkhad-pa.
FS’WgKq khad-par gyur-pa to be stop-
ped or hindered;	khad-par byed-
pa to stop, hinder.
F*i khan wraftxr bit; small piece (G$.).
t FYS khan-da confection; a
medicinal s^rup; treacle or molasses
partially dried;	delakhanda
bcos-pa the candy made of it (Ja.).
F¥4 khan-pa also khen-pa, worm-
wood. (Schtr.); to add (aritli.) (Vai. kar.).
khan-man modest in Lh (Ja.).
pq I: khab—'X'^ pho-braft w?
resp. of khaft-khyim) a great man’s
residence; a castle ; court; residence of a
prince;	Rgyal-pohi khab ttwtx
metropolis; the capital of Magadha in
Buddha’s time; the modern town of Raj-
gir in Behar:	Rgyal-
pohi khab-kyi mi-rnam$ the courtiers; the
people of Rajagrha. 2. wife, spouse; F^’
khab chen-ma the first wife (who is
high in rank):	de-lakhab
ho§-pa ma rned-nas as there was not found
a wife worthy of him;
А'йкМ hdi-ynis fiahikhab-tu byufi-гса rmi$-
80 I dreamt that these two would become
my wives (Jd.); pq^'q^’q khab-tu bshe$-pa
to take for a wife (Schtr.); ^‘R’pq'q chtifi*
mar khab-pa to marry; to take one for his
wife.
^qq^'fl khab btsun-ma a married lady;
pq-qfef’»i khab hdsin-ma^BF'Q^'ft khyim
bdag-mo ’ZVQsft housewife; tho lady of the
house.
|ЧЦ II: tHI a needle :	khab-^pu
a bristle; a needle like hair F«rg khdb-
phra a small, fine needle ; f’S'g* khab-$bom
a large needle; pq*^ khab-mig the eye
of a needle;	khab-mig-tu
skud-pa hjug-pato thread a needle;
kha-rtse	ЧТТЦ the point of a
needle.
pqA4 khab-ral also	rtse-ma
khab-ral	needle-case.
pq khab-le in IF. difficult (Ja.).
pq’^X khab-len-rdo ^^<4? load-stone;
the metal that attracts a needle : pq*^*
Ф’the load-stone
draws out arrow-heads and removes
diseases of the brains, bones and veins.
pq*^ khab-loft wWiPff the magnet;
lit. the needle-lifter.
khabs n. of a disease (Ja.).
рл kham 1. colour. 2. a bit; a small
piece of anything. 3. the point of a
reed pen. 4. appetite (Ja.).
I
140
рЯ’рЗЦ kham-kham,	ser-kham
kham or pale yellow:
тяХ/q nidog ser kham-kham smug-
mahi mdog the colour was pale-yellow,
t>., the colour of a dry bamboo.
kham-khum uneven, explained,
as	“in ridges, like a
puckered skin.”
kham-gaft or	kham-geig
a bit; W|W*|S<| a mouthful of food:
3 Л	’^5 the measure
of food in each piece that can be put in tho
mouth at once when eating; kham-
chufi a morsel.
kham-star abbreviation of
kham-bu-dafi star-ga, t>., peach and
walnut.
knam-ldog faded colour, same as
kham-log, want of appetite; nausea,
aversion, dislike (Ja.).
рач’ч kham-pa 1. fox coloured ; sorrel;
brownish; fK’*r*><4 kham-nag dark brown:
ral-pa kham-nag dark brown
locks or mane. 2. porcelain-clay; china
clay. 3. Tenacetum tomentosum, a very
aromatic plant growing on the high moun-
tains of Tibet. 4. a native of Kha ms in
Eastern Tibet.
* p»r25K kham-phor тпта a cup
or saucer made of (burnt) clay ; a cup made
of dough, usod in sacrifice as lamps (Ji.).
kham-hphromi-bcad-pa h®-
refers to Buddha hav-
ing enjoined that a monk must not eat a
fruit or cake, ete., leaving any of it. He
should not take more than what he can or
should eat.
kham-bu apricot; peach; in Sikk.
^5 kham-buhi rtsi-gu the stone of an
apricot (Ji.): ясА’Хя’рэгд Jffiah-ris kham-
bu dried apricot imported from Ngari:
tho peach dries
tho yellow humour of the body and pro-
motes the growth of hair on the head
(J/*?i.); kham-Uhig the stone of an
apricot or peach; ’№<’3д]the cost of a
coral of the sizo of the stone of a large
apricot.
kham-gyag 1. lit. the Boz grun-
Aliens or уаЛ-bull of Khams^ which is
of a brown colour : jf
jk spu-khahi rpdog ter-kham yod-pa
la kham-gyag zer tho colour of the hair (of
an animal) when pale yellow is called F^’
*|uwl kham-gyag. 2. cherries, morels (Ja.).
kham ran-pa
a horse’s bit that fits well.
Fw’* kham-sa clay for making pottery.
ря-чс/ kham-safc=ww: chab-safi,
gein-pa, etc., resp. evacuation ; purging ;
making water.
F*’«K kham-ser of a slightly pale-yellow;
colour resembling tho colour of dried bam-
boo, v. рю'гю kham-kham.
I: khams= dafis-ga appe-
tite.
pJW II: чтд the health, condition,
physical constitution of the body; also root;
a constituent or essential part; that which
constitutes the nature of a thing. Used
colloq. as in kusho, khye'-kyi kham^ta-sam ?
“Sir, how are you ?” (Snd. Hlk?):
kham$* shes-pa
Spyir rafi-bthin nam tio-bo la hjug-pahi don-
can yin-te rlun-gi khams she$-pahi khams
de ni rlttfi rafl-gi no-bo yin.
141
|
III: the six elements, earth, air,
fire, water, the heavenly ether, and nam-
shes or the physical substance of the mind.
For the last two, arterial blood and semi-
nal fluid are sometimes substituted. Also
there are the eighteen elements aco. to
the Buddhists, namely, the five organs of
sense, together with man as (mind); the six
faculties or senses dependent on these and
also the six ideas produced by these
six faculties. Any one of the five proper-
ties or qualities of the elements observed
by the organs of sense, viz., sound, tangi-
bility, colour, flavour and smell, is also so
called.
khams Ъео-brgyad-kyi mig sog$ rten dicafi-
pohi khams drug daft mig-gi rnam-par $e9-pa
sogs $r ten-pa rnam-par $es~pahi khams daft
gzugs-khams sogs dmigs-pa yul-gi khams-
drug daft ico-brggad-do m&y be rendered.
The eighteen khams or Dhatu
acc. to the Buddhists are:—
I	.—The organs themselves:	m*g
eye ; V4 гпа-гса ear; sna-ica nose;
Ice tongue; lus body; and yid the
mind.
II	.—gwgs bodily form; Й sgra
sound; 4 dri smell; X ro taste; X«| reg
touch ; ehosy attributes.
III	.—The	rnam-par $e$-pa
Vijnana or consciousness produced by the
organs of sense, &c. The Vijnana of
mig, of $‘4 rna-wa, of ${*4 доа-w, of g Zee,
of lus and of ^5 yid, i.e., eye, ear, nose,
tongue, body, and mind.
IV: empire; realm; territory;
domain: зргряя yul-khams political terri-
tory; empire, in a geographical sense (Ja.);
rgyal-khams kingdom:
rgyal-wahi khams the province or sphere
of the Buddhas, also of their spiritual in-
fluence :	rgyal-khams hgrini-
pa to roam over the kingdoms, the countries
(Ja.):	empire; also the earth.
paw V:	world: pww khams-
gsum йчГш, the sensual world,
viz:—(1) ^Twrg or	(я^-ц5-|чл«1
Jldod-pahi khams) the phenomenal world;
(2) ^44T?J;	gzugs-kyi khams
the world of astral forms; (3)
gzugs-med khams the spiritual
world, />., the world of formless spirits.
VI: n. of the easternmost dis-
tricts of Tibet, embracing some dozen
semi-independent petty states, about half
of which own allegiance to Lhasa, and the
rest give joint allegiance to both China
and Lhasa. Khams and §gan are
the two lower regions of Tibet; these
constitute what is called ^5’*^ Lod-chen or
Greater Tibet.
khams brtas-pa or
khams-brtas byed-pa one who draws
omens:	theg-pa
gsum-gyi khams-brtas byed-pa (J. Zan.).
рячkhams chen-po—^^'§ dnul-chu
mercury; quicksilver (Mfton.).
khams dbafts-pa=F*w^4
khams bde-iea good health. When glass is
pure	dri-та med-pa and clean
it is called	qel-khams dicafts-pa.
A clear cloudless sky Vе	is said
to be Nam-khams dicafts-pa}
sems sgrib-pa med-pa the mind when it is
free from defilement or sin.
I
142
I**!.
ккатз-Ь<1е=^\ч nag meg.pa
free from disease; health.
Syn.	$ku-gzugs bde;
ner-htshe med; ne shos-tfwen; <q^’
**5 дооЯ-med; ‘^S $nun-med; nad-
bu-med\ ^^'^'$^hbyuft-fahi$nom§* q*^’
A&i Iro nii-htshal (Шоп).
pw^'ViiS khcnn$-faie dri-$med> g,£J’5c/
§mra-ica daft rje^eu hbrel-wa
to inquire of one’s health if ho is well or
happy (a complementary expression used
on the occasion of meeting) (ДГЯбш.).
khamt bde-гса or	gzugs
fab-wa good health; healthy constitution;
the happy state both of the body and tho
mind:	Rje-btsun
gyi khams-bde lags-sam is your reverence
well?	khyed khams fab-ham
aro you well ? (Ja.)
khams ldog-pa=FW^\4 khamt
log-pa want of appetite; aversion, dislike;
pwa kham$-rmya nausea; falling sick
(Cs.).
khams sna-tshogs
mkhyen-pahi $tob$	the
power of knowing the constitution of
all sorts of bodies.
Kham§ mi-nag n. of one of tho
petty principalities in Kham$.
khams mi-hdra-wa,
hjig-rten gyi kham$ mt hdra-wa
different or dissimilar worlds.
khams-tshan this term is
applied to the quarters in a monastery
reserved for the accommodation of the
monks of a particular section of people or
of some special community or those coming
from one particular locality.
fWW kham$-sa$ rest; health; comfort
(Sch.); recreation; recovery; restoration
of health.
khamssu gtogs-pa
trfan included in the constitution.
r»WS^ Шж$-$/лп==р*М‘§'ах kham$-kyi
sla-fia a cooking pan made in Kham$.
pw*§ khams-tle better kind of coarse
serge of the pattern coming from Yar-
kand; blanket manufactured in Khamj'
imug sic khams sle
faas rnam-pa re each piece of blanket
costs, &c.
pw<r)q* kham§-gsum	the three
worlds—heaven, earth and the nether
world.
Kham$-gsum hkhor*
lo§ dsgyur-wa э?г1^т<’Ч'Ж a name of the
KMachakra system (Шоп),
khams-gxum zafa-
khaft-glin n. of the temple in the grand
monastery of Sam-ye (Bsam-ya$) built by
one of the queens of King Khrt згой Iden
btsan (Loft. 3 8).
kham$-gsum$-la ma-
cho gs-pa	is not passionately
fond of or attached to the three worlds.
pwsjWtK khams gsos-par to repair
broken health.
Is* Khar n. of a city in W. (8.
Lam).
khar-bkrol чрцт (Schr. ;
Lebensh. 93).
khar-гкуащ n. F^kha гкуай.
khar-gon steatite; soap stone;
probably dkar-gon (Sch.).
Khar chen-bzah the Princess
of Khar-chen, one of the queens of King
Khri-zroft Idyu, bisan (Lofi. 8).
P^'5’5 Khar Ta-ta n.«of a city or seaport
on the mouth of the Indus, Tata (& Lam).
143
1^1
Khar-pa 1. n. of a demon of
Ригли w India who was killed by Krishna.
2. a compound of copper and zine; bell
metal.
khar-wa mgar a maker
of bell-metal.
P^T* khar-Ttsan—P^'^ khar-san col.
yesterday forenoon.
Jpvg4 khar-dsu-ra Wl;
$ift-gi hbra$-bu the date fruit.
J khar-sa pa-ni or kha-
tar pa-na he that moves in the sky;
gliding through the air; a name of Aval-
okites'vara Bodhisattva; Vishnu.
khar-gsel fa'jjST the trident
carried by mendicants of the
Tantrik School.
khal 1. primarily a load or burden
in general: ртфкчЛЛл/ khyer-wa to carry
a burden;	khal-gyi stefi-la on the
top of the baggage; р*гя$)«гм khal hgel-ica
to load;	khal hbog^-pa to take off
the burden, to unload; WP% a sheep
load; ч^*ч5’рм a coolie load. 2. a set
weight or measure, said to equal 301b,
used for dry goods, corn, salt, tea, &c.
In Tibet 1 khal = 2	bre\ hence
in Sikkim and W\ per^&q “khe-chik” has
come to mean 20 or a score of anything ;
я^чгрх bdegt-khal a weighing score ;
the weight of 20 points on the steel-yard
oalled rgya-ma. 3. a caravan.
F^’F Khal-kha the native name of
Mongolia Proper, the country of Jenghis-
khan, the Tartar Conqueror B’TP’P'wy
Khal-kha khu-ral bla-braA, lit. “the
sacred enclosure of Khal-kha”; the name
applied to Urga in Northern Mongolia,
1^1
where the incarnation of the Taranath
Lama resides. The latter is sometimes
styled рср^чй'^’ч Khal-kha Rje-btsun
dam-pa, the venerable holy one of Khal-kha.
P«r jifa khal-khol stunned; insensible
(Ja.).
^'$4 khal-cag the best sort of wool for
manufacturing shawls coming from the
northern solitudes of Tibet.
khal-tjes = t&'^ do$-rgydb or
5 khal-ma r(a,	plan sogt-kyi ryes
those who conduct a caravan or follow the
train of packed animals, such as pony, yaks,
oxen, &c.; relay of packed animals :
khams sogs thag-
rin-pahi do$-rgya bkhal-rje$ the relay of
beasts of burden when proceeding on a
long journey to Khanin, fyc.
pwkhal-pa 1. wether; castrated ram.
2. sow-thistle, Sonchas.
khal-ban jug or pitcher to hold
wino for 20 persons or a quantity measur-
ing 20 g bre:	'^|M jugs
of ale each sufficient for 20 of the vulgar
folk of whatever class.
рч* khal-ma any draught animal or
beast of burden:	to
drive beasts of burden to the pasture; often
contracted into khal: й’рч’ч^м’^’Д the
wages of both carriers and beasts of
burden.
Р'Ч'^ khal-ri^P^'S khal-ru or P'% kha-
ri or P'5 kha-ru a measure of about 20
bushels.
F^ khas for PЯм kha-уц instr, of p
kha.
kha^khyag^P^^ khat-ihegi
or P4’i^ khag-theg$ to be witness; to give
evidence.
ш
Pl
р*г& kha$-che = fW%m khat-blafa pro-
mise.
рн&'Л kha$ che-гса яГн^гт to promise;
undertake:	khas che-wahi
dge-$lofi	a Buddhist monk who
has taken the vows.
Syn. P*r£ khas-chc;	phyogs
bzufi;	fle$-par mnan-bya$;
?N yofi-dag-thos;	hdag-gir
bya$;	so-sor mnan; 4|WV< gyar
dam;	dam kha$ blaft$-war
hos-par;	dam-bcah; рм’ЗЦ khat-lcn
(tfnon.).
khas-brjod— SJ’SS^4 glu-Jbyafa
song; singing (ДГяон.).
pur^qr;^' kha-nan &caft-chuft = **W
mi nam chuft a humble man.
ргдад kha$-blafis = FW^ khas Jen Ч&П,
^jhb,	<згчтгн promise; consent,
approval; knowledge; acceptance.
p*r<W4 kha$ shan-pa humble.
рн’^’^’й* kha-lan rgan-khur responsi-
bility.
P<V^‘« kha$ len-pa or p'^’4 kha lafi-
wa <sxnntfi< 1. to promise; to stand bail
or security. 2. to presume; to arrogate;
to accept, adopt with the mouth; to ac-
knowledge, admit (Ja.).
ft к hi numcrioal figure 32.
Khi-Ы dsa-la	n. of
a city in the neighbourhood of the fabulous
S'ambhala.
khihu khyin or khi-chufi)
a small cutting-knife.
kha numerical figure 62; also for fl4*
khu-wa (humour or juice or sap), as in
khu khrag sogs	humour,
blood, &c.
khu-gu uncle (Cs.).
13*4 |
O4! khu-khrag tho mixture of
the semen with the uterine blood by which
process, according to Indian physiology,
the foetus is formed (Med.).
й'5 khu-tu a hut, cottage, constructed
of branches of trees (Ja.).
Khu-thu-chi the title of a Mongo-
lian nobleman: ^Н'йЗ'В’З’Х^-ам’Хч Sog-pohi
khu-thu-chihi cha$ thob obtained the robe of
a Mongolian Chief.
S*5«tkhu-rdul~	Л/ш-rna water-spray:
the water in all
its particles issued fresh from the clouds
(А. 149) :
nam-ipkhabi khams mi-dans-par
byed-pa smug-pa dan rdu[ sogs the firma-
ment of tho sky was obscured by mists
and fogs. In medical works the seminal
fluid of the male is called H khu and of
females yi rdul.
ВЧ Khu-nu the districts of Kunawar
and Bissahar on the Upper Sutlej, border-
ing Tibet and inhabited in the northern
part by Tibetans:	grapes from
Kunawar.
khu-rna, v. khu-rdul.
H 25 Rhu-po n. of a place and also of a
Lama of that place (Deb.).
|5’П khu-wa=$'Q shu-wa; th,
1. fluid, liquid:
^ q^-q^ q5’B-q ihu^bzad bkrus-pahi khu-
a: a the liquid (water) which has washed
a mendicant’s bowl;	khrus-khu
dish-wash; swill (Ja.);	hbras-khu
rice-soup (Cs.); rice-water (Schtr?);
$in-khu the sap of trees; S"B rtsa-khu the
sap of plants (Cs.); **TB $a-khu broth;
gravy; WR mar-khu melted butter. 2.
semen virile.
Н’З |
145

.Syn. g^zla-wa; ^'^thig-le; sa-
Ъоп\	stob$-ldan;	dtcan-
por hgro\	byafi-scms dkar-po;
улга dbafa-nia;' ^'^'q khams dkar-po
(Mfion,),
khu-wa kun-ldan = gfЯ’
§po$-dkar fid the S&1 tree, the dried sap of
which fa used as incense.
Syn.	sha-lahi pfl, sra-
rtsi pn,	§po§-dkar qift,
vnchod-^byiu $po$ (Mnon,),
R,£3'^ khu-wa Idan, v. thar-nu,
S’^'§5 khu-гса byed—tfS&K marrow; to
make a soup of; also to make an infusion
or decoction of: JftV’-Т^’Э’
(Mnon.),
khu-ica hbyin-pa, |*гч^ч|,й’
to emit semen.
й'Ч'^’ч khu-wa ser-po—^'^ $yer-tca n.
of a plant from which a kind of yellow
dye is made in Tibet (Mfioni).
khu-wahi bdag-md= |
$kye$-pa 5^4 meton. for a male person.
khu-xcahi hphow^fa the dis-
charge of the semen.
Й’д5’khu-uaht dwafi-po 4TT<-
ХЯ a kind of mercurial medicine.
khu-wahi $lob-ma Ij4i-fira=
lha-ma-yin the class of demi-
gods on Mount Sumeru who fight with
the Lha (Mfion.).
Khu-be n. of a place to the west
of Lhasa.
0-S khu-wo wb uncle on the father’s
side, t.e., pha-spun, father’s brother,
uncle ; R’5^ khxt-dbon also khxi-tshan,
.uncle and nephew:
father’s brother is called A-khuor Khu-Ъо.
15’^ khu-byug	cuckoo.
Syn.	dpyid-kyi pho-na\
nags na dgah-ica;	ч hdab-
mahi thig-pa;	xxa-tshod gnas; «top
mig-mdses;	5’^ hdod-pahi tala;
gshan-gyis gsos\ fiag-
snan ; dwan-snan ;	gshan-
la sems;	hdod-pahipho-na;
g’q^g,^ §kad-la Ifia-pahi dbyans\
sbran-rtsihi sgra (Mnoxi,),
В	khu-byug gwgs-zla — ^'^'u
zla-tva bshi-pa the fourth month of the
Tibetan year corresponding with the
month of May (.SWl).
H’S4)^4! i: khu-byug-mig eyes like those
of the cuckoo; red eyes.
и : = угЯ-Ло hksa
n. of a tree (Мйоп.),
khu-byug-rtsa n. of a medicinal
herb.
Н’^АЛи-шяуpurse, money-bag; colloq.
for ’« khug-ma (Jd,),
R’^ khu-tshur	the clenched
hands; fist.
khu-tshur gyis htsho=^^
чМч gser bzo-ica a goldsmith ; one who
makes his livelihood by the use of his fist,
i.e,, hand-craft (Mnon,),
khu-tshur bcins-pa to clench
the fist; also to hold with the fist
(Mnon,),
*Rkhu-tshur bcifis fist;
closed hand (Schr,; Kalac, T. 131).
khu-tshur snwn-pa^^&^^'Q
khu-tshur rgyab-pa to stnke with the fist
or the half-closed fist (Sch,),
Khu-hod bzah n. of tho mother
of Bromgton, the founder of tho Lamaic
hierarchy of Tibet.
20
146
15^1
B’B khu-yu hornless; having no horns;
also a corruption of tho word khu-byug in
colloq. Tibetan.
B*^ khu-ra, snumJchur cakes or
pastry fried in oil or butter {K. du. 327).
О khu-lu 1. the short soft hair of
the yak, also pashm wool in general. 2.
In Lh. venereal disease; syphilis {Jd.).
B'^ Khu-le 1. n. of a place in Tibet:
KhuJe rnam-rgyal tho Lama
Namgyal of Khu-le ; R
Habo Gang-ri, a part of Khule. 2. In the
Dzang-lun tho word is used to denote
tho pan in an ordinary pair of scales on
which tho weights are placed.
1^ khug or B^N khngs 1. a comer or
nook; a creek, bay, gulf, inlet; O4)
khug crook in a river: B^'5 khug-tu, in tho
inner recess of a cavity. 2. imp. of
hgug-pa	drawn or attracted by;
gycn-du khug called upward, i.e.,
to good luck or fortune; khug-thub
earned, acquired.
B4!’^ khug-khyog solitude; solitary
place; a place with few men.
khug-rta, B*T5 khug-ta or в^ВЯ’
$ dli-khug-ta	the swal-
low, Cuculuz melanoleueus, a kind of swallow
(Os.):	tho lungs of й4!'?
khug-rta suppress pulmonary diseases
{Med.).
Syn. char-$tod*, chufi-nufi*,
c spriu-la §lofi;	sprin-hdegs;
bzan-mo ;	thub-pahi-bu;
едга-здгор§; char-dgah {Mnon.).
№[%khug-$na or khug-fna, fnvn,
яргзп fog, mist, haze (during a calm,
especially in spring time) : mentioned also
as u^'qis]лр	“ one of the
eight varieties of causal concatenation.’*
ВТ41: khug-pa turning like a zig-zag;
also bending like a thread that is trimmed;
oWB^P lam khug-pa the twist of a road;
g'VB4!’4 skud khug-pa entwining of a
thread ;	4 dus khug-pa returning
to mundane existence at tho expiration of
each term of life.
fisp n: to find, got, earn, draw: X*'
nor khugs-pa han srid it is even
possible that cash may bo replenished; ^5*
B4!^'4 &nid khugs-pa to get asleep:
B4]^ srafi gsuni khugs it drew, i.e., weighed
three ounces (Jd.):	khug-pa
hco-brgyad “ the eighteen turns/* i.e.,
returns to life in tho present kalpa.
*R4Tq^Pr$’ Khug-pa Ihas-rtsi^'^'0^'
Rta-nag ljgo$ Lo-isa-wa (Sohr.).
khug-ma also pouch ;
little bag; small sack; g'B4! rgya-khug
Chineso bags made of leather; ^'B4)
ske-khug ncck-bag; a bag with charmed
objects or important letters hanging
at the neck; a courier bag; gf’B4]
glo-khug bag carried at one’s side;
dnul-khug pouch for silver, a purse; ^’B^J
bul-khug a pouch containing soda; d’jflpr
meJcags khug-ma tinder-pouch with
flint; 5'R4! nuJchug sucking bag for
babies ; ^ B4! rtsamJchug a bag of barley
flour; tswa-khug a salt bag;
shibJchug little bag for flour; Ч^'В4!
gyan-khug pouch containing auspicious
articles to draw good luck.
RT*’4 Khugs-pa m of a dynasty
originated at a place called Khugs-pa:
Vl is the n. of a historical work containing
accounts of the succession, dynasty, etc., of
kings narrated by Khugs-pa Thug$-rje
ohenpo {Yig. 9).
147
Fl
15е khu fl I: hole, pit, hollow, cavity,
originally used, only of dark holes and
cavities: R*‘^* khun-nal	that
sleeps in a lair or hole; a snake; ^‘R^ $na-
khun nostril; ^'R^ chab-khufi. a sink;
R^ mchan-khuft armpit: armhole ; ^K^’R^
gtor-khun a sink; a gutter; ^’R^ mdah-
khun loop-hole; a hole made by an arrow;
S’R^ by-ikhun mouse-hole; ЭЯВ^ brag-
khufl a cleft in a rock; bso-khun
peep-hole; 5*r^ hi-khufi or ^’R^ mig-khun,
^R^ te-khuti, are used of any hole in
walls, clothes, &c., caused by natural or
artificial causes.
II : = $Г’Ч rtsa-ica root: ^-rez^e?
dehi khun
nahan Bod-kyi sems-can dan Safis-rgyas-
kyi bstan-pa from that root the living be-
ings of Tibet and the religion of Buddha
spread out, &c. (Л. 128).
R^'V1!^ khuft-drogs soot of an oven or
chimney (Sc/г.).
R^’4 khun-p/a or R^’4 khun-po a large
hole.
R^’5 khun-bu=^ khun a small hole
(Cs.); spu-hi khun-bu the passage
of perspiration; hair-hole or cavity.
R^’Q’^ khufi-bu can full of cavities or
holes.
C\
Khun-tsi or R^'S^ Khun phuhu
tsi Confucius, the first law-giver of China
and founder of Confucianism.
[^^44 khufls origin, source: R^'g12*
khuns-skyel the act of making over the
charge of any office or store in a faithful
manner without anything missing, making
use in full of that bought over as a loan,
&c.:	choskhun dag-pas фхм and
uninterpolated religious work; also pure
1551
religion : ^5'qRwVT4 tgyud-pa khufis dag-
pa of pure origin or lineage. The word
RWV*p khuns dag-pa is also applied to
articles of the best make and quality from
well-known centres of trade:
hdir yod
rmons-mi-rnams nas khuns-skyel thub-pahi
snun-shu hbul the benighted people of that
place petitioned stating the real state (of
affairs).	khuns-thub pure and real,
original; R^’^5 khuns-me# or R«Rq
khuns-fian-p/a having no good origin, f.c.,
mean, inferior: ^*tre^ gtam-khufls histori-
cal or traditional source; record; document:
gtam khnfi s-canyin the source
of that speech is divine,
If asked
what is the nature of meditation, it is the
secret source of being able to abandon
imaginative thoughts (rnam-ttog) together
with their seed (Lam. ti., 1/3).
R^V* khuns-ma^^$'*№'^\ 4 dnos-nas
yod-pa original and really existing or
V4’4 §pus dag-po, of excellent quality, same
aS
some of pure descent had reasons
arising from genuine grounds.
khufis-btsun well-founded;
genuine; of undefiled origin: Ч^^е/^е;
as described in what-
ever Bon texts that have a genuine origin.
RS khud coat-lap or any makeshift
cloth; wrapper: M^’S'RS’^’V^’R^ go^-kyi
khud-du dril te khur carried wrapped in the
flap of his coat; R5'^ khud-du aside, apart;
secretly;	khud-du hjog-pa to
put; lay aside: RS‘^5”’4khud-du byas-pa
to have shown one’s authority over a
thing which belongs to many.
13^)51
148

khud-pa pocket, pouch {Sch.):
rdsa$ or	skyel-rdsofis any-
thing sent; a dowry; an article presented.
R5'* khud-ma side ; edge (Cs.).
R\3 khud-ze for BS,QrqPS khud-la gzad
hold forth the lap of your coat!
khun-ti or khyen-ti is stated
to be used in Pur. for he or she (Ja.).
|3khun-pa эгзгн the uttering of
any inarticulate sound; cooing; moaning;
the rattling of wheels; rumbling of the
bowels ; to grunt (Jd.) ;. to groan {Sch.).
15^'5 Khum-bu n. of a place in the
confines of Tibet and Nepal {S. kar. 77).
й«(”) khum{$) crooked (Jd.).
khum$-lag= §kyes-lag, XV
don b§gyur-yiu diminished;
changed:	if your faith
be diminished (Л. 85).
15^ khur or khur-po НП burden;
load for men :	the father’s
burden having fallen on the son {Pag. 23):
^4] one that lives by carrying
loads (Ja.):	khur-fin wooden pole
over the neck from the ends of which loads
are carried; a milkmaid’s yoke-pole is
called RV^ khur-hdsiu: В^'В^’З khur-
khur-po he who carries the bodily existence
is Pun-gala; a corporeal being; B^’3*1’^4
khur-gyis dub-pa	one worn out by
carrying loads; В^’З^’Х^’4 khur-gyi§ non-
pa one drooping under a burden or load, also
pressed down by responsibilities and suffer-
ings :	were
pressed down by the weight of many
miseries; R*‘S| khur-gla	the wage
for carrying a load :	khur-rnan. id.
khur Ici-ica heavy load or respon-
sibility :	being old,
heavy burdens and death wore them out
{Lam-rim. 7k).
Rvq^q khur-brnan-pa^^'Q &yar-wa
TO (from vrfk) to borrow; to take loan of.
khur-thag=fi^khur-
yofis hdren-thag or hphyah-thag tho
rope used in suspending loads from the
ends of a yoke-like pole; rope to carry
loads.
hdegs-byed giving over
a charge or responsibility or load.
R^,{i khur hdren-pa НтТтж one who
carries or draws a load; one who takes
charge of.
Rvq’ khur-pa and R^’^ khur-mi a
load-carrier; a coolie.
R*’*Sp4’4 khur hphrog-pa НПТП the
depriving of one’s charge; the robbing of
one’s load.
B^’q khur-ica, v. RV&< khur-Miot.
khur-bor-гса wnp|'d*l К he wrho
has laid down the burden, charge or res-
ponsibility. In Buddhism RVWv4 khur-
bor-wa orB^‘5’^’4 khur-po bor-wa, one who
has laid down the five aggregates {skan-
dha), i.e., he who will not have again to
take corporeal existence; one of the perfec-
tions of a S'ravaka.
Rvg^rq khur blah-pa to take over
charge:	hbrel bfad kyi
khur blafi$-pas having undertaken the
task of expounding {Situ. 2).
В*’я*(*9 khur-mah{$) or RV*K’q khur-
mafi-pa, RV&s khur-tshod fnfax,
dandelion, or the ? ba-glah lee) ox-
tongue (as it is called in Tibet), used as a
pot-herb and medicinal plant, a kind of
149
I
I5°i I
edible herb:	dandelion
is -useful in fever and brown phlegm.
Syn. R^A khttr-tshad ba-glafi
{се (Шоп,).
khur-tshos or	mkhur-tshos
; ЗПТ^Г the cheek, the ruddy part of
the face below the eyes.
Sy n. 0^’4 khur-гса.
|§vA'q khur-bzod-pa нпмн one who
is able to carry a load, who has patience
to carry a burden or responsibility.
khur-la nii-hjigs-=wtf$ sa-
yshi the earth (Шоп.).
R*A khur-len the charge of :
the resi-
dent officer in the Jong about this date
of the month and year took over charge
of the Jong (district).
khur-bsam che-ica one having
a sense of responsibility : §5’FA1KRv
general instruction for
the necessity of a sense of responsibilities
in an office.
№ khul 1. jurisdiction ; province ;
domain; district:	Gshis-rtse-khul
within the jurisdiction or province of Shi-
ga-tse:	Lha-sahi khul all the places
belonging to or within the town jurisdiction
of Lhasa: ^R^a^ dehi khul la hdug
is subject to him (Jd.). 2. also manner,
state, or circumstance:
if you do not know, act the manner of
knowing:	if (you) have
(it not), act as if you had:
I have been doing a little
business in buying and reselling from
one party to another. 3. a ravine (in
JTunaioar). 4. the soft down of furs (Sch.).
5. R<W khul-wial small basket for wool.
6.	very soft wool of Tibetan goat which
grows next to skin, and also called R‘R
khu-lu or AW# lal-hjam : R^’g'^ khul
Sgye-mo made of the softest goat-hair or
yak-hair : R^’B^ khul~phyifi felt made of
the softest wool of goat or yak.
Syn.	mfiah-shabs; w* A mfiah-
hog (Шоп.).
R^’* khul-та the bottom or tho side of
a thing (Cs.).
R^’lr khul-rise — У-за ha-can or A 5 <jn-
tu to a great measure, lit. from the bot-
tom to the top; hence entirely, greatly
(Yig- Ц).
R^’I'S khul-rtsid an abbreviation of the
words R’$ khu-lu and 15 rtsid.
khe numeral ninety-two (92).
P’B khe-khye or khe-ma 1. profit,
gain ;	khe-spogs ditto ;
khe tshon byed-pa to trade; to traffic; to
bargain ;	gain ; advan-
tage obtained by experience. 2. tetter;
herpes; ringworm (eruption on the skin)
(Sch,).
j*A Khe-gad n. of a place, the birth-
place of	4 Lo-tsa-wa Bkhor-
lo grags-pa (Lofi. -3 30).
JLhe gan-risen. of a monastery
in China erected by the Chinese Minister
Ka-thi-shee (Yig.).
q khe sgrub-pa to make profit, to
gain :	q khe brgyab-pa to make a
good bargain (Sch.).
khe-can with profit; profitable.
khe-nen profit and loss; risk; also
good and evil, i.e.y yag and ne§.
^’4 klte-pa in Amdo =	4 tshofi-pa
tradesman ; dealer; one who makes profit
|	150	Ч [
by selling or in business;	t$hoft-
hdn§ к he-pa trader; middleman.
Khe brag-mdo n. of a place in
Kong-po, whore tho eighth incarnate Kar-
тара Lama was horn.
khe-тсф unprofitable.
khe-ru hgro-wa to fall in price.
Klie-le mon n. of a place in
Mongolia (Yig.).
w^’Zi khe-$leb$ chen-po very profita-
ble yielding good income.
<4^34 Khe-gsnm n. of a place in Tibet
(8. Aar.).
kheg$, v. I4 kha.
jfcapra i: khegs-pa to obstruct; close:
(tho medicine) will
certainly obstruct the passage of tho womb.
п: = ^'ч tj тип-pa spyi a general
name for darkness, gloom or obscurity
(Шоп.).
khefa-gtam boastful words or
language.
Syn.	dregs-tsig; «/К fia-ro
(Шоп.).
khefis-ldan	bu-mo
dar-ma a youthful maiden (Шоп.).
khefi§-pa VWT, 1. pride,
haughtiness, arrogance. 2. pf. of
hkhefi§-pa to fill; become replete with,
3. puffed up, haughty, arrogant:
khefis-pa-can	one who
boasts; braggadacio.
Syn. refi$-pa\ X4!”’4 dregs-pa;
fia-rgyal (Шоп.).
khen-hdra a kind of cotton
cloth.
F>¥4 khen-pa 1. wormwood (Schtr.).
2. to lean; to repose on (erroneously for
d|^-q bkhan-pa) (Sch.).
kheb$ *p4T a cover, lid,
coverlet: apqr an enclosure round the sacri-
ficial ground ;	kheb$-kyi dra-tca
srra a not (generally of iron) to cover any-
thing ; pafi-khebs a cover for the
lap; apron ; napkin ; 5f F4** sga-khebs a
cover for the saddle ;	cog-rtse
khebs a tablo cloth;	ehar-khebs a
rain cloak:	thod-khebs& cap;hood;
gdufi-khebs a certain beam or
board abovo tho capital of a pillar ; 4V’
^44 gdofi-khebs, veil; cloth to cover the
face ;	mdun-khebs in W.
apron.
khebs-hgab-pa to place a cover-
ing (over a thing); to cover.
pwwq khebs san-гса to tako the cover-
ing off.
gyogs-pa cover-
ed, veiled; khebt-ma covering (Cs.).
khem, v. 0* khyem.
kher-rkyan alone; solitary:
there was only one man, a
solitary man.
kher rgyag-pa to defraud;
to usurp (Soli?).
psrlf Khel-sgo n. of a district, also
that of a mountain:	Khcl-
sgo ri-la sdog rgyu-khyod.
khel-ua 1. to load upon;=яр«гч
hkhcl-wa (Ja.). 2. rely upon; depend on;
gf'j^rq bio khyel-wa, sftv'Q bio e/ies-wa to
have confidence in ;	brten khei>-
ua to be sure; to be certain; to be certain
of anything; absolutely certain :
Sfc’«J5^Q| de-riil yofi, brtan-khel-yin (his)
coming to-day is absolutely certain.
iM^ii
151

kites-nin the day before yes-
terday (Sch.).
khes-pa 1. to hit (tho right
thing) :	gnad-la khcs-pa to
strike the vital parts; to hit mortally»
2. one who makes profit or bargain by
selling; a petty dealer, trader.
kho I: numeral 122.
p kho II: the usual word for the pers.
pron., 3rd pers., meaning he, she, or it.
Although not an honorific term, it occurs
in many authors in referring to both com-
mon personages and respected persons, es-
pecially in Milarapa and even in much
earlier works where kho often refers to kings
and lamas. However ffc’ khofi is the
proper honorific term of the 3rd pers. pron.
In certain districts and in some popular
writings Я mo is used instead of kho for
“ she,” but it is considered a vulgar and
illiterate usage. Tho plural takes «*4 or
e. P*4! kho-сад, they, them; also
kho-tshO) commoner in W. In C.
kho-rang is the popular form for “he ” or
“ she,” $c.
kho-ti tea-kettle, prob. Chinese
(./«.).
kho-thag gcod-pa to
acquiesce in ; hope for; be resigned to:
(Pag. 45) hearing the account of her
son having usurped the kingdom, JJphrcfi-
can acquiesced in it. The word sems
often precedes this phrase.
Kho-mthin lha-khan n. of a
monastery in Lhobrag, South Tibet»
[6’3) kho-na 1. only, solely, exclusive-
ly. 2. just, exactly, the very:
sdigpa kho-na sin only; dge-гса kho-
na piety alone:	^kad-cig kho-na
only for a moment;	hdod kho-
na s brcl-wa to be separated even from desire:
as he intended
only the welfare of beings:
(Pag. 134) it will be the fault only
of one’s own doing:	that
is just what has been wished for by the
king (Ja.)'.	]П8^ as before:
the very same (man) :
just like a worm :	by the
very same process:	dc-kho-na the
state of being that; true state; real state;
truth ; reality; opposed to what is illusory
or fallacious; essential nature; the real
nature of the human soul as being one and
the same with the supreme spirit pervading
the universe; (in philosophy) truth, reality,
a true principle.
Syn. 5^ $a-§tag;	hbah-shig
(Milon.).
[6’4	kho-сад or khon
is ho they.
Kho-po a tribal name in Tibet:
«Гч	Rag-le la kho-po daft kho
dbra gnis, the Rag-le tribe is divided
into two—pq Kho-po and	Kho-dbra.
kho-wo I ; myself ;
kho-гсо cag=*\* we :
bdi-la kho-wos fio-mtshar gyur this pro-
duced admiration in me :
ifq’^q for this system my enthusiasm
increased. In	the term
kho-гсо would seem to mean “himself”—
the soul of man himself.
Kho-bom the early Tibetan name
for Khatmandu, the capital of Nepal, In
East Tibet Khatmandu is still called
Yam-bu.

152

р^Л//с-ма=р^ khom knapsack; wallet
p£'31 kho-mo I; wo (feminine)»
kho-gyu the thrashing process,
which is done by driving a number of
oxen fastened together round a pole that
stands in the middle of the thrashing
floor.
pA i: kho-ra is evidently a corruption
of kho-rafi,	mi kho-ra ran-
gi of the man himself (flag.).
и : (Ck.) also *p£v^ khor-sa circum-
ference; circumjacent space.
pS’Vpfc’’^ kho-ra khor-унд 1. space;
also fence; any surrounding wall (Ja.);
also a ditch filled with water or moat round
a city or a fort. 2. kun-na$ нн’ЯгГ:
from everywhere, from all directions ;
р^р^’$Я’5 kho-ra khor yug-tn in a circle;
in circumference (frequently in measuring)
also roundabout, all round, c.^., to en-
compass : p^ЛК5 in the whole circuit,
roundabout (Jd.) :
extending over half a yojana or two miles
all round.
pA kho-rc 1. in Khams an expression of
displeasure or anger towards a man : w
Кчщя-годе Oh friend! is the opposite of
pA kho-rc. 2 one of the early kings of
Tibet, son of King Lde-cug mgon.
kho-la che-u'a 1. a large space
(Sc7h). 2. dough made of rtsam-pa
(barley flour) and beer.
P’QI4] kho-lag^^^ sku-his limbs, the
entire body :	kho-lag yans-pa
fully developed body or prominent limbs ;
his
person being well-developed, was large and
glowed with grace and brightness ; g'^*
q-erp-^nj anything that is large all
over is called kho-lag che-ica. Also a gene-
rally well-developed shape is called kho-
lag che-wa.
kho-lag rdsogs^Q^’^'Q
tsho dar-ка youthfulness; full youth
(ДГЙап.).
р5ч] khog, freq, for pfc‘4 khoft-pa 1. the
interior, inside. 2. for khogs or
hkhogs. 3. also for	hgegs-pa;
<pfo| qa-khog the carcass of an animal for
moat : p^j	khog
hdsud khog-pa ph у cd dan lhu-gzug$ sogs
(Jig.) the entire body and one half of the
carcass and the parts of tho animal (slain).
pfa] khog-gcofi. chronic disease in
the stomach or internal parts of tho body.
pfr|4S khog-chud for pfc‘^45 khofi-du-
chud.
khog-pa 1. inside; the stomach:
ц1е digestion of food in the
stomach. 2 the trunk of tho body, con-
taining the heart, lungs, liver, &c. :
p^l rus $bal gyi khog tho interior of
the body of a tortoise.
khog-ma also rdsa-khog
pot; earthen vessel generally used in Tibet
for cooking rice, meat, broth, &c. ; ^’p^l
rdo-khog a stone vessel or pot used in
Kham* for cooking purposes; p^)'^ khog-
chen large earthen or stone vessels for
cooking the food of a large number.
pfaj-ujMi khog-yafa or pfapr^'q khog-pa
che-wa capacious or large interior (Ya-sel.
4S) : p^l^’ khog-$in the core of a tree;
heart-wood.
pw]*4pi]5H khog-$uy& a groan ; a sigh.
khogt-pa 1. imp. of
kgg-opa,	stop
pfc-|	153
that goat from eating the flowers. 2. to
cough (Ja.).
pfc I: khofi an honorific equivalent of
P kha, he, she:	kkofi-gi thugs-
la in his thoughts;	khoft-
gi $ku-mdun-du in his presence ;
rgyal-po khofi-rafi yin dgofis-
nas tho king supposing that he himself
was meant. Plural ffe'* khoH-tsho they,
them.
ph’q khon-pa the interior of anything;
the inside; also as adv. in the forms khon-
du, khoft-na, inside, within; also postp.
khon-nay into, within ; khofi-nas out of.
Certain phrases occur:	to be
anxious, to bear in mind, be impressed;
to repeat from memory;
to collect in the mind; to impress on the
memory; to learn (by heart);
not to appreciate (Jlbum. 239 to 2J/9) ; ffc’
not that it was not understood
or appreciated (Hbum. 239 to 2J/9):
khoft-nas $nift phufi-гса liar as if
their hearts had burst out;
khofi-nas sdafi-wa wfa to be angry
or indignant;	khofi-nas pyyuft—
nah-na$ phyufi, was taken out;
khon-pahi drod-la phan it
helps the internal heat, i.e., digestion.
khofi-hkhrug uneasiness; sorrow;
anxiety.
j’fc jg khoft-khro (kofi-tho) or khofi
khro-wa the state of becoming
angry; passion; also inward wrath, malice;
ffc’gkhon-khro-can ъфЬ bitter; angry ;
malicious:
g	even all the good that
was done, by one angry outburst may be
destroyed ;	khon-khro §poft-wa to
put away or subdue anger; jfc’g’rq khon-
khro za-wa to conceive anger, take dislike;
to be indignant;	khofi-
khrohi rnam hgyur med-pa free from the
state of passion or anger {Pag. 130.).
khon-gaft full inside ; solid.
Syn. tskod-yod\ khog-chud
(Шоп.).
khoft-§mn 1. the secret heart; the
intention or design. 2. pith; core;
the pith or inner wood of a tree (ДГ&ш.).
+ khofl-snom==^\yid-shum-
pa of even temper.
jfc’W khon-mar butter used in making
cake-like offerings to the gods.
-q khon-$man ser-po the yellow
medicine from the intestines, i.e., bile or
gall (Sman. 66).
khon-tsil suet.
hkhon-hdsin = ]&d$ khofi-kkro
anger; vindictiveness (ДГЯоп.).
khofi-sen secret holes iu rocks.
khoft-gseb the hollow (of a tree);
the inner recess:
in ancient times the wife of
Gautama the sage, Shol-med-ma by name,
being very pretty and fascinating, was
concealed in the hollow of a tree (Шоп.).
khofis the middle; the innermost;
pwg or in the midst: khonssu
htshud-pa to go into the midst; to under-
stand; byed-sgo che phra zom-lu$ med-pahi
khons hgros yon-wa the more and less im-
portant works, not leaving out the simpler
ones, should be well studied. Ндго-гса rigs
drug rtsis pahi skabs-su klu-ni dud-hgrohi
khons-su hdus when reckoning the six kinds
of animated beings, include the Naga
among the beasts; V
Ser-ling, Zang-ling,
21

154
etc., are included in the continent of
Dzam-ling:	(this) is
contained, t.c., included in, that (Jd.):
bsil-ri kha snam$-
vahi khofts-skyibs na in the protected
cleft of tho cool mountain whore the snow
is levelled (Ya-sel. 35).
рЦ^ГЧ
khon$-pa Wl 1» highly
injurious; violent ; cruel ; rough. 2.
adv. crooked:	khoft$ cha-hdug
it is bent, curved, warped.
khofts-ril crippled. (Jd.).
khod=&* fto$ 1. the external
appearance ; outward look ; surface : |p<*’
«*’p5‘ sa khod-snom$-pa land of even sur-
face; plains : ’Shoven and regular
teeth:	las-ka la khod-
snoms-po gyi$ in doing a work (business)
bo of even temper:
shal-tca daft tshon fyaft-rgyu-la
khod-snoms-po gyi$ in plastering and in
painting make the surface even:
mi maft-pohi bzah
btuft-la khod $hom$-po gyis in giving
food and drink to many people make the
distribution uniform:	,c^’p^'$W24 Srab
hthug khod-snoms-po fine and thick levelled
into one. 2. v. ^5'4 hkhod-pa and
h god-pa.
an average number (Ya-
sel. 35).
I: khon	sbst. anger;
grudge; resentment; enmity: fakhon
hdsin-pa or fa’^E^ khon-du fads in-pa
to feel rancour, hatred ; fa’«SV<i
khon bzod-pa forbear, endure, forgive;
fa*?!4!’?khon gug-te sdad-pa lit. to sit
waiting out of vindictiveness to take
revenge upon; fa’4Q4 khon-hbar in TP.
gting ; the burning of anger or hatred in
the soul (Ja.);	getting
more and more spiteful.
II: a technical term in Tibet
and Chinese astrology applying to one of
the eight mystical signs or parkha Qi
divination; fa'« one whose lot is cast in
this division.
pq khob fat; heavy; clumsy (&Л.).
fa’jgq khob-khrob the sound caused by
the tapping of one thing upon another.
ря khom wallet; leather trunk; felt or
hide bag: qptoprfai* gzigs-khoms a groat
man’s trunk: ря'чЧз] khom-hbog a bag
usually made of leather for carrying
apparel and other articles on a journey.
рл’ч khom-pa 1. to have leisure,
time to do a thing. 2. to be enabled
to do a thing by the absence of ex-
ternal impediments (Schtr.): fartrfa khom-
pa min I have no time; I cannot do it now;
tfod mi khom no leisure to stay ;
fta khom I am versed in ; $’fa mi
khom not practised; ft’farcrq mi khom-pa
btgyad	: the eight obstacles to
happiness caused by the rebirth in places or
situations unfavourable to one’s conversion
to Buddhism. Such re-births aro>—
л sems-can dmyal-wa	as
hell beings; dud-hgro as beasts,
reptiles, flies, etc.; $’54* yi-dbags я<т
ghosts ;	lha tshe-rift-po
the gods who enjoy very long life; w
Rfar$ rpthah hkhob-mi	the bor-
der (wild) people;	dwan-po ma-
tshan-wa	those who are defective
in the faculties of the mind or of the body;
log-par На-каТФЧКфЪ following
fake or heretical doctrines or theories;
de-bshin g$eg-pa
rnams ma byuft-wa dVRdM	the
155
place- where the Tathagata hasmot (yet)
made his appearance.
khor-mo yug incessantly;
continually (&Л.), v. khor-yug.
khor-mor §pyod-pa continual
and uninterrupted suffering (in the hell) :
35’л^‘Р*1 when born in hell, being sub-
jected to torments in the miseries of heat
and cold, the performance of religion is
impracticable.
khor-zug an obsolete form of
(ЯЧ’ЯН khor-yug, also ne-hkhor trfk-
khor-yug 1. ne-hkor;
kun-nas	the horizon;
the outmost limit; tho outer line or cir-
cumference ; "fa5 at all times, day
aud night. 2.
kept them, without sleep at all times, day
and: night (Yig) :	khor-yug
chen-po	acc. to the Buddhists,
the. out er wall of the world ; the greater
horizon from the top of Sumeru.
• khor-sa=- pл kho-ra.
px khol or f&i’S khol-bu abridgment;
epitome ; pXkhol-du phyun-wa
abridged (Os.).
khol-mchu the mouth of a
bellows.
khol-du^^'1^ zur-du in a cor-
ner; marginally.
1^01’4 khol-pa boiled (Os.); boiling;
bubbling (Sc/г.).
pbj’A	gyog~po a
servant; khol-bran a slave;
^^^^khol-por rjes-su bzuh-ica to take; to
hire for a servant:	hjig-rten
1.
sri&pahi khol the world is a servant
of the evolving principle. par# khol-mo
a maid-servant; a female slave;
khol-po sgog-skyahi khur-po-can
name of kind of vegetable medicine applied
to wounds and sores, &c. (Sman. 350).
khol-bu a bit; a small piece.
p*TA khol-ma = skar-khun
a window; a hole in the wall or roof of
a house to serve the purpose of a window
or sky-light ; acc. to Sch. an outlet
for the smoke in a roof. 2. anything
boiled:	j&rw ja daft chu
sogs bskol-pahi khol-ma tea or water
that has been boiled:	dmyal-
icahi khro-chu khol-ma the boiling or mol-
ten matter of hell:	ho-thug
khol-ma boiling gruel.
рч’Й: khol-mo 1. лрЧ'Ц’Й gyog-mo
maid servant. 2. a coarse sort of blanket
usually given to slaves in C. (Schtr.). 3.
mowed corn; a swath (Ja.), 4. among
tho herdsmen called Dog-pa, a bellows
made of an entire goat skin.
khos-rgyud, mis-spelt for
a slave family or mean extraction:
mag-pa lo-gsum
khos rgyud min-kyaft skul-rgyud yin though
the son-in-law (elect) is not a slave (by
birth) yet he should bo made to servo (the
bride’s parents) for three years.
p^r khos imp. of ga§-pa to split:
dgra-bohi mgo khos fig
split the head of the enemy.
B’V? khya-hi-tse the running hand-
writing of the Chinese.
khya-le or F'^kha-lc as much as
fills the hollow of the hand; handful,e.g.,
of water (Cs.).
156
05'^1
ШТ5* I
ОТ4 I: khy ад-ра, seldom 0^*4
khyag$-pa 1. frozen. 2. tho frost; ice ;
go] khyag thog-khar on the ice ; ^BT
hkhyag-pahi Bod-yul, Tibet, the
country of frost ; В'Т^'Ц^khyag-la
$byar so^j it has stuck fast by freezing :
ВТв’^Г^ khyag-shu ko-ko ace. to Jd. in
Tsang, mud caused by a thaw; snow-
water ; ВЧЖ^ khyag sran-can hardened
by frost;	’3* khyag-rum or 04‘Xw khyag-
rom ico ; pieces of ice ; floating blocks of
ice.
В’ГЧ II: to undertake ; to be surety
for:	bdi kkyod-khur
khyag-gam mi kkyag can you undertake
to do this or not :	B4! §Vq to
stand as security for a loan, etc.
khyad 1. difference, distinction :
^’45^gaft btan-na khyed-med it is
no matter which you give me; **5^’3 V4'
S^'BS’^5 fia daH p hr ad-pa dan khyad-med
it is quite the same as if they came to
myself;	sems-la khyed-byufi
a difference of opinion arose (Jd.). 2.
something excellent; superior; 05<i
greatly exalted; чГ05 b^o-khyad an excel-
lent work of art; чд«иг«й*05*®к b$grub$-
pahi khyad-yofi there will be some ad-
vantage in accomplishing it; 05’^ khyad-
nor tho principal or chief wealth ; 05’X5
khy ad-don the principal sense or reason;
advantage. 3. is added to an adj. to
express the notion derivable from any
quality:	thick; X**05’ thickness;
wci wide; ^^'05 width; accus-
tomed ; ^W|j5 a habit or custom.
05’05 khyad-khyud) said to be 3^’5'
n. of a number (Ya-sel. 57).
05’^n khyad-chos superior or excellent
doctrine; a good religious discourse, hence
those who possess special qualification for
miracles are called 4WW*05
“in sublimity superior to others.”
05’^ khуad-da = 05*4V^ khyad-par-du
or bye-brag-tu especially, particular-
ly ; also superior and excellent;
khyad-du gsad-pa to contradict; also to do
the contrary (out of pride or vanity); to
despise: v j<r5^«’5W*4-B5-^^5 fa-rgyal
dtcaft-gis dmah-la khyad-du gsad from
pride he speaks ironically to the lowly.
B5’q^ khyad-par=khyad-dn 1. difference,
distinction:	/ta dan
khyod dni$ khyad-par che between you
and I there is a great difference; ^’5^’
de daft khyad-par ma
mchis-pahi rten an image not differing
from this ;	^’05*^min-gi khyad-par
yin it is (only) a difference of name.
2. sort, kind : ^9^’9^’05*hbras-buhi
khyad-par kun all sorts of fruit ;
B5’4V^ ri-dbags-kyi khyad-par shig a par-
ticular kind of game; ^'3’05*^ yul-gyi
khyed-par a particular place or province.
05’W«fl]5’<i khyad-par bkod-pa,
rgyal-pohi pho-braft an edifice of
special design ; palace of superb make.
05*qv3 khyad-par-gyi hclM-wa
that which binds particularly, i.en
worldliness.
B5'qv^ khyad-par-can special; specially
good; superior, excellent, capital: B5‘qv*5‘
khyad-par can-gyi mdsad-pa dhis
the two special achievements or exploits
(Yig.):	bla-ma khy ad-par-
can cig an excellent spiritual teacher.
05’^*^ khyad-par-du^ adv. particularly,
chiefly, especially: 05*<к*5яич]*г«1 khyad-
par-du hphags-pa particularly eminent,
noble; 05*^^*Mv§5 khyad-par-du sod-
par bycd he scorns, despises, ridicules,
vilifies.
157

БЧ’Ч|
BVq*’*R* khyad-par £«a$:=5A*$q’ga^q‘
the Bodhi or Piped tree {Mnou.).
|3S'4^'5’w Khyad-par lo-ma excellent
leaf; (Ътш n. of an individual {А. Д.).
khyad tshar-can^^^^’Ho
mtshar-can wonderful; curious; strange.
SS'4!^ khyad-gshi the superior basis. A
superior basis is alone possessed of
khyad-chos, i.e., virtues which cannot be
found elsewhere. The god Brahma is
called	K/iyad-gshi tshans-pa,
the god of excellent basis, for Brahm&
is possessed of superior moral merits,
resplendence, and longevity,
khyab-pa=tp'4 rgyas-pa srrfxFI,
5ГГЯ, ’Жчг 1. to fill, penetrate; also to
embrace, estimate, comprise: ядя’ч*ясг
сягдч’Р hbruin-pa maH-pos khyab-pa full
of, or quite covered with, pustules; яд «г
mkhris-pas khyab-pa filled, impreg-
nated with bile;
unnumbered
immeasurable kalpas ago; beyond what
the mind is able to estimate. In grammar:
capable of being joined to any word, inclu-
sive of all; a khyab-che-wa comprehen-
sive ; everywhere and nowhere; to be met
everywhere; used also in the way of
censure (Ja.). ^^^’^-gq-q-Sj-^q^’
the wisdom of Buddha
encompasses the bounds of heaven;
the
domain of knowledge is commensurate
with the very extremity of the heavens.
2. gq‘^’4 khyab soil-tea all-sufficing; all-
covering.
QA’* khab-cha=^'^ bya-wa duty, gene-
ral business (of a man); work: lugs zuH-gi
khyab-cha Ihos med-du mcis am executing
without relaxation the general duties of
both parts of life {i.e., the spiritual and
temporal) {Yig. Ш.).
Khyab-hjug fw the All-per-
vading One, i.e., Vishnu. His several
names are:—S^’qS ^qqq ^’^^-^ Dgah-tcahi
duan-po	the Lord of Pleasures,
Govinda;	Thig-le drug-
pa hgro-tcahi tog;
guhi lto-can sred med-bu;
Gyo-med glaH-rdsi skra-can gsod the
immovable Gopala—the killer of Kes’i;
9’S}’^q| q’^q«,’25’q^ Mi-yi theg-pa dpah-bo
brgyud,	Re-dwaH dpal-
gyi behus rntshan	the
sign S'rivatsa on the breast of Vishnu;
qVwS’^-q’KqrVK’l^ Padmahi lte-гса hog
duaH skyes;	Dpal-gyi
lag-pa gytiH drtiH can;
Dbyig-gi lto-гса nabs-so §kyes; §k’A’Aj’A’
^qorg’q^q] Sbyor-tca brgya-pa dpal-gyi bdag;
*g4)’q*qyq'9y^ Bjttg-pa bcu-pa mihu thuH
TTH«T the dwarf; he of the ten incarna-
tions; 3[я’$|5$яGom gsum
gnau dafl §tob§-ldan b$lu; ярч’^А’^агяаЦ’
Mkhah Idin rgyal-Tntshan hkhor-lo
phyag ;	Zla-zcahi sniH-po
pad-dkar	mig	the lotus-eyed;
Vishnu;	Mahdsag daH ni
nca gshu-can;
tshogs gzugs can khyu-witshog Ito. WA’qj’
q*^’q5Dgah-wa brgya-pa rnthon~pohi
lha;	Sbyin-skyes dgra-
bo gos-ser-can;	Me-tog
lto-гса mkhar-tcahi dgra;
Mi-yi sen-ge Khyab hjug-go
Vishnu or Nrisimba.
gq’^^q'^t’q Khyab-hjug rkaft-pa — river
Ganges.

158
Вв'яБч1’В* khyab-hjug ^Aycs=^'M'3a,'S’
^А'ц t san-dan $brul-gyi §пгп-ро
the fragrant sandal wood tree. Snakes
generally coil round its branches; images
made of it fetch very high prices.
Khyab-hjug dgah-ma—^P'
khyab-hjug chufi-nia
Vishnu’s lover or wife.
ВА'%ч)‘$а-*< khyab-hjug chuft-ma
fwr Visnu's wife. Her different names
are:—ч^’згз^ Padnia-can, WW?t; 9V
Bphrog-bycd yum, SW# Dpal-mo, Bq
<Ч4Г5ЧЧKhyab-hjug dgah-ma.
B4'*VTVPr4^’4lV‘ khyab-hjuy drcg^-pahi
§man-eheu aconite (6’?шп. 97).
SA'^VT4)^ Khyab-hjug gna§ a
place of pilgrimage in Gaya, the temple
where there is a footprint of Vishpu.
ВАЧ^-чр^'ч khyab-hjug gnon-pa=^
§pan-gyau lit. tho ornament of grass or
S’^’?4! tfon-gyi те-tog, an autumnal flower
(^Taon.).
IJA’Agm’A^’A Khyab-hjug bshou-pa the
golden eagle on which Vishpu rides: @A’
*5)’^* tho different names
of Garuda, the conveyor of Vishpu—g’^r
i’5 Skya-ren§ пи-bo the younger brother
of the dawn;	Hod srufi§ §kye$
^ni^q ;	Mkhah hgrofi dwaft
phyug, 2T*W§5 Klu-inthar bycd WTFW;
Qscr-gyi hdab can КRdo-
rjchi rnchu, я^А'лчрГ$А’<| JJdab-chag^ sen-ge
$3’^*3 hlto hgro-za, ^aa^a’^ Re-dban fin-
rta,	Rnam dul-§kye$, ^'fo^Skar
niig-bu,	Dug-hjoms Idan,
bdul-$kyc§,	Hdab-chag§ rgyal-
po, я^а'^а* Mkhah-ldin (Mfion.).
|jq’A^n]'a|5A Khyab-hjug gzer or B^VT^
khyab-hjug nad, also ^’5*^ Ra-hu le ne,
BW|
epilepsy, which is supposed to be tent or
caused by the planets or the Hindu
deity Vishpu.
B4'4!^ khyab-gdal spread out slowly
and uniformly in all directions; to absorb
all, as does Qunyata; voidity : |угЗ(’^г«ГЯлУ
^«^•(Ч-ША-|зч-ч]5Ч’§-дч^а|-ч^-^ (fag.).
BA'A^q khyab-bdag fHl tho all-per-
vading lord.
Bq qX5 khyab-hdod wishing everything.
B^V* kkyab-brdal-^F^ khyab-gdal
all absorbing; all-encompassing:
^пай-wa dkar-pohikhyab-
fyrdal du-sptd widely diffused like the
sunlight.
BA'aa'aSJ a khyab-par hgro-tca to move,
covering everything in the way.
дч’ЧА’чТ^'ч khyab-par hdsin-pa frefa:
to envelope.
khyab-byed^^ ru-rta 1. n. of
a vegetable drug. 2. met. the eye.
3. met. the sun.
gw khyam§ 1. yard, courtyard;
gallery (Cs.);=^'^ sraft-ga the hall of a
house; impluvium; (khyains is termed sgo-
ra in a poor house). 2. open; uncovered
place in the upper stories of a house where
people sit for airing or to enjoy light, air
and sun.
^4I yul-hhor hdi-na skyes-
bu ji-§ned yod-pa tham§-cad hkhor-gi khyatns
sa hdu$-$ig bring to the courtyard all the
people as many as there are in this country
to be my followers (K. d. 210 to *
BW’?S khyams-stod upper courtyard;
B^’35 khyamwmad the lower courtyard.
159
6'Sf
Bi
B<q khyam$-pa, khyctr-wa ог‘0*гч
khyal-pa, v. hkhyam^-pa, &c.
B**’’' khyams-ra open space before
a house or on the roof of a house used for
airing, walking, or sitting ; also play-
ground.
C\
khyi, in Tsang pronounced as kyi
or kih,	hound,
dog; 0’^ khyi-mo a bitch;
the dog will bite;	khyi
bos-nas ma-brdun “after calling a dog,
do not beat him” is a Tibetan common
saying to oxplain that it is not proper
to beat or insult an invited person even
if he be a bad person. Acc. to Sch.
khyi-rkan gnis a bastard dog, a
our; prob, an inferior breed is meant. 0*
khyi-yi lee-yi$ rma
rnams hdrubs-par byed the tongue of the
dog causes wounds to heal;
khyi-yi rlig-pas bu ro hbyin the testes
of a dog draw out the dead child (from tho
womb) ;	khyi-yi
klad-pas hgrib mig-la phau the brains of a
dog are useful for the cataract of the eye;
dog’s blood removes
leprosy : B’^4a dog’s
flesh dries up water, tu?., heals dropsy;
khyi-yi spu gshob
Ihog skrans gnon the burnt hair of a
dog absorbs swollen ulcers ; B*^ 3^’
khyi-yi drun-gyis gdou
hjom skrans-pa shi the excrement of the
dog subdues evil spirits in one’s body
and soothes swellings;
khyi-thug ehn-yis kha-yi rul-rdol
geod the urine of a dog is a cure for ulcers
in the gums (Sman.) \	khyi-yi
spyod-pa the habits of the dog des-
cribed by Ufasuraksa are as follows: w
^*>5’4 тай-du zad-pa voraciousness,
cuft-zad chog contentment with a small
quantity,	legs-par gnid-log
always sleeping,	rnyur-xcar sad
easily wakeful, dpal-la intrepidity,
$nin-ne faithfulness, brtan-pa
firmness.	khyi-ndl rgyug-lhoft is
a common saying, to cause a sleeping dog
to get up by poking him with a stick, t>.,
to rouse to action one who is silent.
Syn.	'* rdo-rjehi mjug-ma;
gso-byed ; яХ/WK hdod-dwaft;
Xojn seft-gehi rig§;	skye-icahi
eha-can ;	rdsi gsaft-wa ;
groft-gi gean-gzan ; -*j'0 ^a-khyi (Mnon.).
C\
B’SF Khyi-kluft n. of a place and
valley in Tibet.
khyi dkar
duft-gi thag-pa-ean n. of a vegetable pos-
sessing medicinal properties for healing
wounds and sores (Sman. 350).
0’45 khyi-skad the barking of a dog.
B’F^ khyi-khan dog kennel.
0*3 i: khyi-gu in 7F., bud (of leaves
and branches, not of blossoms); the eye
(of a plant).
0’3 и: a puppy; a dog.
cs
ITO Kyi-kyo n. of a place, also of a
fabulous country to the east of Asia, prob.
Kamsohatka (J. Zaft.).
B'^’E Khyi-$ton.jo-ye n. of a Buddhist
teacher of Tibet.
B’S* khyi-dam lit. dog’s seal; a mark
burnt in; stigma.
0’V1 khyi-dug the poison of hydro-
phobia (Sch.).
0**^5*q khyi mdud-pa pairing of dogs.
B’w€^ kyi-pal jor in JF., Blvtum
virgaiamt
ieo
$'^khyi-pul a dog kennel; dog-house
(Ja.)
g'g^ khyi-spyan (khib-juug) a jackal.
g*g khyi-bru a vicious, biting dog
(Sch.)"
khyi-ra-pa = rfion-pa,
1. a huntsman; one who kills
wild animals by chasing them with dogs,
&c. 2. Ktraia a tribo iu
Nepal who live by hunting.
B’S^ khyi-sbrafi a flea; lit. dog’s fly.
*В‘Й khyi-mo bitch or female dog:
“ the woman
having transmigrated into a red bitch”
(Mil.).
B’tfc khyi-myoft a rabid dog ; also
canine madness; hydrophobia.
B’^A khyi-tshah a dog-house.
khyi-htshed tho baker
or seller of parched rice, millet, &c.
C\
*15^ khyihu-ka the remainder
of anything cut or chopped off.
B^’B^ khyihuhi-khyihu, g S4! khyi-
pjiniffory-khigu, puppy; pup: Bl5’B^’
52^44*^4’^ khyi-hu-hi-khyihu dbyun-tcahi
tshul-du	in the man-
ner of a puppy being brought forth.
g'^ khyi-ra chasing, hunting, espe-
cially of a single huntsman, not of a
party; in JF. khyi-ra la ca-fe, to go hunt-
ing: g’^'awpr^ khyi-ra la chag§-can one
who is fond of huntiog; sportsman.
©\
В-ч-чН khyi-la tra-ri^fa'^ seH Idan
the tree Acacia catechu; also Terra
japonica.
B’^ khyi-gig	a flea.
khyi-gtn a tree-drug which cures
diseases of the lungs and the eye. It
also expectorative (Med.).
khyiw-rgyab-pa the bite of a
dog: B*^^4'^ khyiso tab-fe the dog will
bite—Ladak dialect.
I34] khyig, v. 43^ hkhyig-pa.
e\
ISS khyid breadth of tho hand with
the thumb extended to form a span.
C\
khyim 1. rosp. khab WPTR
a home, residence, dwelling-place:
khyim-na at home; ty^khyim-du at home,
in tho house;	khyim-bdag riu-
po-che	the ideal householder (of
tho Buddhists). 2. vrfa the signs of
zodiac;	khyim-bcu-gnis
the twelve signs of the zodiac; or
gw§4p^ 4 khyim-gyi hkhor-lo the zodiac ;
^4, W lug the ram;	g|^ glan the bull;
ftVb hkhrig-pa (husband and wife
in union) the twins; w, kar-ka-
ia the crab; far, sen-ge the lion ;
4R7T, 9’bu-mo the virgin ;	4е* sraA
the balance ;	$dig-pa the scor-
pion; ^3 gshu (or bow) tho archer;
ehu-srin the sea-monster (capri-
corn) ; gw, bum-pa water-pot; water-
bearer ; and Ъ Ha fish. Besides these
there are mentioned twenty-four minor
signs of the zodiac such as зтни,
mihu than the dwarf ; 'srqgw,	ne-
tcahi bum-pa, ЧК4)* hbrin-gar, &c., which
raise the list of the signs to thirty-six
(K. g. SI29). Acc. to Jd. there is more-
over a division into twenty-seven lower
mansions much in use, v. ^’4* rgyu-
$kar. 3. double hours ; the time of two
hours; the time of the passing of a sign
of the zodiac through the meridian (Ja.).
В’Ф I
161

4.	halo or circle round the sun or moon
(<7s.). 5. symbolic numeral 21 (Ji.).
B^’B”khyim-stcyes tzw domesticated;
indigenous.
В^'3Ц’4 khyim skyon-wa to have a
household; to gain a livelihood (Jiz.); to
stick to home and look after it.
B*’^	skyes-
pa hbrus-phyitn-wa an eunuch; also
a domestic slave; one belonging or related
to a family.
Вя’3	khyim-gyi kun-dgah ra-
skyed-tshal a grove or garden
attached to a house (M?w.).
khyim-gyi gtor-za
chuhi bya-gag a grey species of duck
(Jfnon.).
B^'S’S4!'^ khyim-дуг dag-ra, фкк dans-
ra	yard, courtyard. The Vf*
dag-ra of a temple or tomb is called
hkhor-sa or ne-hkhor.
В^З’^’З khyim-gyi nor-bu (lit. the gem
of the house)§gron-med or
§5 mtshan-mohi §nan byed and
hbar-wahi ral-pa a lamp, light (Mnon.).
khyim-gyi gyab§ НТЙ veran-
dah or portico.
B^’3J'N‘^*< khyim-gyi sa tsis household;
house-keeping; farming.
B*’5 khyim-na a whale; a fish of the
size of a house ; a mythological fish (&7г.).
В*’У«й'Ч^ khyim-ne-wahi rin-po-che
the perfect ideal of a lay subject
of a king and second only to the B^W
khyim-bdag rin-po che.
В^’чл khyim-thab or B^44N khyim-
thabs husband; frequently also wife; B*’
khyimthab-la slon-wa to give in
marriage ; to give away a woman for a
wife; B^’44^ khyim thab-mo wife; house-
wife ((7s.) ; B* wvfHWT a
devoted wife:	let you
and me be married.
Syn. ВЧГЧ khyo-gug\ bzan-tsho,
bzah-tshan (Mnon.).
B^S^’B^ ^ khyim dan khyim-na house
to house; each in his house.
B«’^ khyim-du nal—^w&WQ bya-mchil-
pa the swallow (тИлоп.).
B^VI khyim-bdag	a house-
holder ; a master of the house; husband;
owner of a house; a citizen. Very freq, in
the older writings
V3!	the house-holder
class is like a great Sala tree.
khyim-bdag drag-tptl can
a rough uncultured householder.
khyim-bdag dpal-§byin,
n. of a householder who was devo-
ted to Buddha (К. ко. * J55).
khyim-bdag-mo	a
house-wife; also a female householder.
Syn.	brtul shugs-ma;
khyim hdsin-ma;	khab-hdsin-ma;
rigs §kyon-ma;	rigs-kyi-
ma; В*ГЛ5ДГЯ khyim-bdag-ma (Mnon.).
khyim-ldan, v. rtsan§-pa a
lizard (Mnon.).
khyim-nas byun-wa — ^'^
theg-chcn byan-chnb lion-
gin-gi lo-ma a leaf of the Bodhi-tree
(ЛГ. d.
khyini-gna^
bram-zehi rig§-bshi-yi gcig la-
khyim gnas	acc. to Brahma^ical
religion, the worldly life, a house-holder’s
life (Ydsel.) 55).
22
162
B^i
дя'ч khyim-pa layman; married man :
g»rqr2£4pr«j’|Vq khyim-pahi phyogs-su
ibyin-pa to give away to a layman :
phyis khyim-pahi tshul
can-gyi rnal-hbyor-pa a devout man or yogi
who lives outwardly in tho manner of a
layman.
0*rq^5’q‘^ khyim-pahi spod-pa can ho
who betakes to the life of yogi;
54! gshon-nu gdun-drug an epithet of
Kumara Shadanana (Mnon.) :
do not revert to the life of a
layman (Mnon.).
g*i'q ^ q5khyim-pa riag-pahi dpyad
the science of discerning tho fit
place for tho residence (of a householder).
gwqvoi^q khyim-par gnas-pa 77^,
4W one that abides in his house; ono
living in his house; a worldly man; ho who
lives as a layman.
0^’34 khyim-phub living in divided
families (7Г. d. я 75).
0^’3 khyim-bya (khyim-cha) grajs, fWH
domestic fowl ; eock; hen; poultry.
Syn.	’ЯЗЯ'$5 zan^-kyi gtsug-phud;
5	mya-nan-nied;	znn-gl
rags sgrogs*, iho-ran§ skad;
^5 mishan-mo skad;	bde-leg^chn;
yons-zlnm mig; 5Ф’§5 dgah-
byed; ^№§\hphel-byed;	nor-
buhi mgr in-can;	hod-kyisde; 2’зкд’
sna-гсаг sgra-sgrogs;	zans-zi-
can; q^N’q5'4|^4]'^5 pags-pahi gistig phud;
mishan-mo rig;
rkan-pahi mishan-cha can (filfion.).
'<3 khyim-bya mishal-lu a very
large species of fowl which is also called
If 5The bile of this bird is believed
to be a cure for poison.
0*<’5$’§5’q khyim-byahi %pyod-pa the
four habits of the cook acc. to Masuraksi
§1
are the following:—iho-rans
Idan dan crowing before dawn ;
hihab-pa dan-ldan always fighting;
gnen-la kha-zas snom§-par
bycd dividing food equally with his friond;
mola rab-gnon ne-icar
spyod always keeping tho hen under
control and chucking her.
0*r^ khyini-tshan a family; a house-
hold.
(дяяХад khyim-mihes a neighbour; 0***
яХяkhyim-mishc^ du^-pa btan-
fabrel nearness of residence; neighbour-
hood so near that the smoke from tho fire-
place of ono house mixes up with that of
another; 0^’^N’q khyim-mishe§-pa a male
neighbour;	khyim-mtshes-ma a
fomalo neighbour.
§^’^4 khyim-shag a zodiacal day.
0Я Д khyim-zla a zodiacal month.
gsrq ^c/q khyim-la hon-гса, gion-
tea to got married, to be given in mar-
riage on tho female part (/a.).
jjjrer^-q khyim-la s hen-pa a lover of
home ; ono attached to his homo ; home-
sick.
khyim-sun hbyin-pa 3^r-
vituperating or blaming the secular
state or a domestic abode.
0*гй khyim-so	homesick.
khyim so-sor bsgo-wa gi^r-
ono who creates dissensions in
a family.
khyim-gsar-ma^Qy** bag-ma
or	lag-hdsin-ma^ also
Ihan-cig §pyod-ma a bride ; wife (Mnon.).
1^, kyu flock ; herd: ЧЧЛ’В khyu
a flock of sheep; rtahi khyu a herd
of horses; {pwg-gi khyu a herd of
cattle; 5^‘B byahi khyu or i$hog§ a
163
flock of birds.	khyu gsags-pa to
collect or gather in flocks (Sch,);
khyu skyons~wa to keep; tend a flock
or herd; company; band; gang; troop:
mi-khyu a company of men (Os.);
S’«’B bu-mo-khyu a bevy of girls;
dmag-khyu a troop of soldiers.
khyu-nas hbud-pa to exclude from the flock
or company;	khyu sna hdren-pa
to go before; to take the lead of a troop or
of a flock; Bya ser-po khyu-rc hgrogs
man-po yellow birds; many companions
in each flock (A, 34).
khyu-mchog
1. chief; king; the bull; Vishnu.
2.	zla-wa gsum-pa the third
month of the Tibetan year generally
corresponding with April.
Syn.	dpyid-tha chun
nag-pa; §bran-zla; myos-
byed;	dri-shini ldan\ «Ksp5* yid-
srab§;	hdod-hdus}	min-
bzugs;	hbrug-zla\	zla-wa
gsum-pa, the third month of the Tib. year
{Rtsii.),
khyu-mchog bgrod-pa=S’
bya-mchil pa a kind of swal-
low (l^non.).
khyu-mchog rgyal-mtshan
=	dwaan-phyag chen-po
n. of Mahadeva (Mnon).
khyu-mchog can = $^ffiQ zla-
wa brgyad-pa or	§ton-zla hbrin-po
the eighth month of the Tibetan year
corresponding with November (Rtsii.).
ц-я^-я^’ч khyu-mcog mtshan-pa 1.
^4!^ one with the marks or signs of a
bull or ono who carries the bull ensign.
2. n. of a drug called (the plant
Jastica genderussd), which is used for
purifying the blood.
B’jpi khyu Ito-wa with a belly
resembling that of a bull.
0*^’4 khyu hdus-pa collected in
a herd or flock; also heap, multitude; an
aggregate.
khyu-ldan, v. tsha-wa len
Гч^, the tamarisk (M.non.).
khyu-byug erroneously used for
so
R’g4] khu-byug, n. of a large bird of sweet
note, which, according to the Tibetans,
migrates in summer to cooler regions and
in cold ’weather returns to the warmer
zones. In Jd. В’ЗЧ’^О probably signifies
the note of the black Indian cuckoo.
IS4! khyug, v. hkhyug-pa,
so
ЭТ'З4! khytig-hhijug Й’5Г*\ОТ|5Л1'§5
glog-gi hod khyug-khyug byed a zig-zag
flash of lightning.
B4!’^ khyug tsam = ^'i^ tig-tsam or $4*
or SJA’&i srib-tsam a little; a little
while.
Б* I: khyun herd, multitude.
SO
IB* II: (Sch. also khyun-mo) the garuda
SO
bird, mythical chief of the feathered race;
the golden eagle: B*’!4] khyun-skyug a
kind of gem said to have been brought
from the Sumcru mountain by Garuda
and vomited by him:
ч1яя*ч5’яМд) khyuA-skyug dug sogs nad kun
hjoms-pahi mchog, the khyun-skyug (the
eagle’s vomit) is the chief remedy against
the effects of poisonous drugs: В^’Ч’^’
khyud-gi sen-mos klu nad
hjoms the toe of an eagle is used as an
antidote for leprosy.
*$] <£• khyun phrug $kyug-pahi bdw} rtsi-
chag pahi kha-chu the watery substance
vomited by locusts; a mystical expression
(ПНЯ, 4).
0C'W
164

i: khyun $fion-skye$ 1.
тщггта the first-born of heaven; the one
that was born before garuda; an epithet
of Aruna, the charioteer of the sun. 2. ==
3’^’ skya-ren dawn. 3.	khyun
$og-can the early morning which advances
with the wings of an eagle ; a name of
Vaj тара щ Bodh isattva.
ii :	ni-mahi kha lo-pa
the charioteer of the sun (Мпон.).
khyufi-thur ean = ^*^ go-cha or
go-khrab coat of mail (Mnon.).
B^ khyufi-sder claws of an eagle
(Med.; Cs.); (Garutja-claw) the n.of amedi-
cinal root:	khyufi-$dcr dkar-
mo tho white species of this vegetable drug,
so called on account of its resemblance to
the claw of an eagle:	khyuA-
$der smug-po the dark brown species of the
root, in appearance like the claws of an
eagle. Both these roots are used to
neutralize snake poison, &e.
B^*^ khyun-po many collected or assem-
bled together.
(BOSS'S khyun-dpyad a small round
basket of reed (Cs.).
Khyuft-rtse dgonpa monas-
tery5 in the valley of Panam in Tsang.
|$еА<ч khyun-ril is said to be a largo?
cylindrical basket, the same as kun-dum
in Ld.y v. ^'4 rkon-pa.
khyud-pa xrfvjeR to worship,
adore.
BS* khyud-mo 1. rta-cha$ the
>o
equipments of a horse. 2. rim of vessel
(Sch.),
khyur-po=^l'Q ril-po or ^*3
sgan-po entire; full.
BvSV” khyur mid-pa to swallow;
to eat the food without chewing, in the
manner of birds, snakes and fish: BK^5*
khyur mid-du sofi-ste suffering
himself to bo swallowed.
khyu$ wall side (in Tsang) ? (Jd.).
khye-pa яит wide.
khye-Ьоу 3’* bu-tsha children.
B'« khye-ma n. of a disease (Jled.;
Ja.).
Bs 1 : khyed n. of a tribe in Tibet
(Vai. kar. 150).
BS П: pers. pron. thou, you ; is the
ordinary resp. form of jjv* khyed-cag,
plur. of Й5 khyed) is generally used in
addressing lamas, but seldom in addressing
superiors, such as parents, uncles, and
brothers; is used to those senior in age, and
sometimes contemptuously. khyed-ran
is common colloquially for khyed;
you or you all:
dge-tshul khyed gnis you two
novice monks;	it will
be as you (all) think.
B^ khyen-te in Purang he; she
+	= khebs cover.
khem a shovel:
to shovel away; to cast out with a
shovel;	khyem-gyi hddb-ma the
blade of a shovel (Jd.):	khyem-
gyi-yu-wa the handle of a shovel (Cs,);
gru-khyem> $'Й* chu-khyem oar; in
TF. §Ч]М’й* Icags khyem iron spade; й*Й*
ЙЯ1
165
ем
me-khyem fire-shovel; гса-khyem а
scoop; khyern-bu a spoon (C-s.).
khyehu also НТ<1<=СФ, finj 1. a
boy; an infant child. 2. a youth, esp.
in Dzang-lun.
ЙУГ» khyehu
gsar-du kha hbus-pa the tender shoots
of leaves (ДГЯо«.).
khyehu mthon-pa,	khyehu
bye-wa the delivery of a child; child-birth.
In Kahgyur and Tangyur	khyehu
rntsas-pa=^^^ bu skyes-pa the birth of a
male child.
Svje khyer-rkyan one who is
specially authorised or responsible to make
payment or receive deposits in money or
in kind in a Jong ordistrict:
уой-sgos che phrahi rigs
Rdson-sdod khyer-rkyan nas b$du-wa all
proceeds (collections) large or small should
be collected by the officer resident in the
Jong (Rtsii.).
khyel bshug^-pa n. of a posture
in yoga\ a mode of sitting:
hdug-§taft§ kyi mift or TT?4!’^’^4)’4 rtsog-
tsog pur hdug-pa (Mnon.).
[5 khyo or [J’3 khyo-bo a husband; j5’
khyo byed-pa to act as a husband; also
to take a wife: khyod-ftahi khyo mi byed-
na if you do not marry me (Jd.).
khyo-ga husband; also emphatically
man, as ^’S’^'T^’jJ’4]’^ §kyes-bu fia
Hor-pa khyo-ga yin, I, a Tartar, am a man
(as distinguished from effeminate people).
Й’ТЗ khyo-ga-po a hero.
khyo hdam-ma-=.^* bag-ma
a bride.
5’5 khyo-pho husband: 5S'§’5’5 ^’Vl'
^’9 khyod-kyi khyo-pho de che-shig Ita-bu
what like is your husband (Snin.).
Вkhyo-raed-pa, чпш,	a
widow.
5’^ khyo-re to stand erect, upright
(Yig. 51).
S’*?4! khyo-^ug husband and
wife; a married couple; same as w#
bzah-tsho or чяч'й bzah-mi (Lig. F J).
J’^4!'4]^ khyo-sug gna$ ггпгс the place
where a married couple pass their honey-
moon.
B4!'^ khyog-thon (abbr. of S’4! khyo-
ga and Ifc thoti) in IF. a young man;
a youth (Jd.).
B4!'2* khyog-po crooked; curved; bent
(0s.); also cunning (Ja.).
J4]*? khyogt, Зад’ри phebs-byams
1.	a sedan chair, palankeen; also a
scaffold (Cs.). 2. litter, bier (Jd.).
*54!^ khyogs a swing (Schr.;
Kdlac. T. 146).
g4!*^ khyogs-pa~^'Q theg-pa a vehicle
or conveyance.
skyoft, or khon-rca,
in colloq. VfB* nin-khyon, one day’s
entertainment.
^hyod Регз* Pron-> 2nd pers., thou,
you—is the ordinary form of address
to inferiors or to equals: gvl khyod-kyi
your, thine; gS'*4]'4) khyod cag-gi your, of
you all: gS’^ khyod-tsho or gv^^ khyod-
rnams you, ye: gS’^ khyod-гай thou,
you, yourself—very common in the celloq.
of C. in place of the simple khyod.
SS’^4!4 khyod-tpigs a pair; pair-
ing, v. B’ (J4! khyo-qug.
В3! I
166
HI
khyon, wiuci, гйл the measure
or dimensions, area, extent, size; width;
circumference; height: this term can be
applied to things material or immaterial;
fe$-byahi khyon-kun the whole
extent of learning or knowledge;
the extent of the void space or sky.
S^'lj'q khyon-sgril altogether; all taken
together:	$don-ra$
khyon-sgril go$ snams cotton cloth for wicks
all together (Rtsii.).
khyon-che-wa fwW, broad;
very widely spread.
B^’?^ khyon-^dom all together; sum
total; contents; acc. to Cs. narrow extent.
khyon-nas thoroughly;
^Я’^ an out-and-out sinner;
not at all (Jd.).
kyom-khyom oblique; awry;
irregularly shaped.
13^ I: to move totteringly; to stum-
ble ; be dizzy; defined in a native author аз
“ mov-
ing as if one went with a hungry belly and
without strength”;
qjkq’jj* to walk as an old or drunken
person;	tshad-pas na-na§
kha khyor speaking irregularly as in a
feverish delirium; ^'Я’^'Й^'4 fin-gisnod
khyor-wa bobbing as a wooden vessel.
II: as much as fills the hollow
of the hand; В^’А'Я^ khyor-wo gan a
handful (of anything); khyor-wa
do two handsful.
khyol-wa, v.	hkhyol-wa, to
be brought or carried or	khyos-ma.
|5 I: khra (tha) 1. a cheat. 2. a
kind of hawk or falcon; sparrow-hawk used
for hunting:	khra-
yi zgo-nag sa-bon hdsag-pa bsrun the egg
of the hawk is curative of the disease of
involuntary discharge of the semen ; 0’^*
the feathers from a hawk’s
tail remove female diseases; Д'^’д^’З^’Э^’
^Я'*§’яЗЯ^ khra-yi brun-gyis skrans-pa
rnag-tu hgiigs tho excrcmont of tho hawk
prevents accumulation of pus in a boil;
НЙ«Т«|рч-^<1§е.-ця-ч]^^4А a hawk’s eyo
overcomes all demons that produce
apoplexy.
Syn.	hdab-chags dan~ma;
ri-bofi-za; S’H bya-khra\ Я^ 4 &У°-
и-а'(Ц[поп.).
II: n. of a tribo in Tibet (Vat.
kar. 160).
III:	1. a lie, falsehood; also
a liar. 2. n. of a Naga Raja (snake king).
|5 IV: or Йkhra-ma (tha-ma) a letter;
B4‘H tkyes-khra a letter with a present.
НЙ khra-khra (tha-tha) = ff% khra~wo-
party-colour (Nag. 10).
ЙВkhra khro-can (tha-tho-ean)
defined as	a passionate
or wrathful individual.
H’Sj khra-rgyu variegated colour: g**
ЧЯ'^5	snum fag iked
lha$ la dkar-po khra rgyu dgo§ fin.
khra-brgyan variegating an
ornament (amulot or bracelet, &c.) with
precious stones.
Н’ВЯ’Н khra-sgrigs (tha-dig)
^q]^’q khra-rim bshin sgrig^-pa arranging
in variegated colours with rows of tur-
quoise, corals, pearls, &c.
0*^'5 Iflvra-vna-ke-ru n. of a place
near Ron in Tibet.
0’25'J	167	041
й*ч khra-pa a falconer.
khra-bo (tha-o) fMr, ЗПШ, Я^Г,
згзх: 1. many coloured, with one
predominating colour as in chintz; party-
coloured, as in the case of cattle and
wild animals, such as a tiger or leopard,
and in birds. In dkar-khra, the
white (dkar) is supposed to predominate.
In dmar-khra, red predominates. In
the common saying
stag-gi khra-bo ph у i-la yod, nii-yi
khra-bo nan-la yod, the tiger is party-
coloured externally, but man is so inter-
nally—the meaning, of course, is that
it is difficult to know a man even by
the traits of his mind. 2. Acc. to
Jd. a distinction is to be drawn
between khra-wo and khra-гса, the first
signifying only two-coloured or piebald,
and the second party or many-coloured.
We have not found this distinction our-
selves. The significations of the various
compounds of Й khra have all a reference
to the peculiar effect produced on the eye
by the blending of two or more colours
together, especially when seen from a
distance ; so khra cem-me is said of a
rainbow, tinted meteor, etc.; рта khra
lam-пге or 0khra lham-me of a similar
phenomenon ; 0khra chem-chcm of
a flight of birds: Щ’^'^’йkhra cham-
se khra chem-me or khra chem-se in C.
chem khra $prin-fie in Ld.
Such compounds have also assumed the
character of an adverb, as in 0’^Л khra-
me-re, together; altogether.
khra-ma 1. a register, index. 2.
a judicial decree. 3. a kind of grain, *9
hbru	4. acc. to Vai.
mgyogs-nas a kind of barley grain,
growing and ripening rapidly within 60
days, v. 4^’0* gyo-khram.
khra-niagni$ sgrom in jewel-
lery or lacquer work when there is a
variegating with two colours.
0’** khra-niar a kind of biscuit made
in twisted cross ribs and painted red.
These are given only to Government
officials at state dinners in Tibet.
0’3" khra-rfsc a kind of biscuit or pastry
made in the shape of a grating.
0'^ khra-zur a species of eagle (Sch.).
0’3 khra-zla (tha-da)=^'d\tyr4 zla-ica
gnis-pa or	dpyid-zla hbnn-po the
second Tibetan month corresponding with
March (Rtsii.).
0’^ khra-rin a striped long scarf.
This is also called	bkra-fis
khra-rin, the auspicious long striped
scarf which is generally attached to flag
poles:—lhag-par pho-brafi rtse-na$ khra-
rin dan dar-phan dun dan rol-mo sogs §bro,
moreover they exhibited from the top of
the palace long scarves and pendant silk
and played on trumpets and cymbals, &c.
khra qig-qig in dazzling
array (J. Zan.).
khra-sems fcs n. of a bird
(2Г. ко. 3).
khrag (thag) sku-nitshal, resp.
blood: ^‘0^
pan-khrag blood of child-bed. ^‘04 shan-
khrag or vulgarly ^’0Я dsan-khrag
signifies blood of the menses;
gshuft-khrag healthy and nourishing blood
(Cs.)', ^0*4 nad-kltrag bad or diseased
blood. In Sikkim khrag is pronounced
khyak. 0*4’^5 khrag-gcod n. of a medi-
cinal herb which stops bleeding (Л/ed.):
168
04]-q^l|
I
to stop bleeding;
cessation of bleeding:	in
IF. I feel my blood throbbing, e.g., from
ascending a steep hill.	flowing
of the blood, generally applied to men-
struation ; B4!’*4!'4 clotted blood; gore (Ck.).
Syn. rma-skycs;	fur
hgyvr~bycd\	ga-yi sa-bcm;
8^ rntshan-bsnun $kye$\ ’Bqql^ khyab-
gnas\ mi-lhun\ lus^kycs*, Si’
WRqq'q rnia-las hbab-pa {Шоп.).
ВЯМ* ккгад-зкепц tpaft-rtsi n. of a
vegetable medicine very useful in stopping
bleeding (Swan. 86).
04|-R4] khrag-khrig {thag-thig) f^pt
also 1. one hundred thousand
million, or an indefinitely large number
(Ce.); this number has twelve figures;
gq'gq|'^'q khrag-khrig chen-po
this has thirteen figures, cf. dkrigs*
pa. 2. in vulgar language В’Гй1’! khrag-
khrig is expressed as В'Ч’В'^ khra-gi
khri-gi and means moving and oscillating
about:	de-na$
rdsih§ chen-po khrag-khrig team yan med-
par then (in) a large ship which did not
even roll.
ЕЯ' В ЧГ^С/Ч khrag-khrig §nan-wa=B4!'
ynig-rgyu a mirage; an optical illusion
{Mnon.).
B^I'B4) khrag khrug {thag-thug) all in
disorder; promiscuous state; like a troop of
fighting men, or like the loose leaves of a
book when out of order {Zam.).
khrag-hkhrugs agitation; flut-
ter ; orgasm of the blood {Sch.).
khrag-khrog {thag-thog), v. ВТ
khrag-khrug.
йч|Лйч1^ khrag-ge khrug-ge {thag-ge
thug-ge) when two men do not agree with
each oher, there is said to be thag-ge
thug-ge among them—a falling-out, dis-
agreement.
BT^ khrag-rgyun	the run-
ning of the blood in the veins; circulation.
BT**!^’? khrag chag$-rta a blood bred
horse, i.e., a real horse, opposed to a
metaphysical ono {Mil.).
BTq3^ khrag-hthuft 1. a class of terri-
fying deities of the Bon and Tantrik
Schools. 2. gV' skyu-ru-ra
Myrobalaum emblica {Sman. 30b).
ВТ *3^*5 khrag hthufi-hbu the worm
that drinks blood.
khrag-hthuti erin-bu a leech
{Шоп.).
BT?4 khrag-ldah wnr tiger;
tpft-dniar ram gqer n. of
a red tree; tho red pine called ; a
species of mahogony {Шоп.).
BT^'* khrag-ldan ma described as SV
^V3’*^ V3JV4 a woman at her monthly
period {Mnon.).
дч]'EKj-q khrag-por skye-гса a botanical
term applied to the leaves of plants
(Vai. sH.).
04] 4qq khrag-hbab—tf^'b chu-bo si-ta
a name of the river Sita {Шоп.).
BT^ khrag-ro clotted blood.
BT^q khrag-lift a clot of blood.
khrag-^as che-wa plethoric
{Med.; Ja.).
ВЯЛ* khrag-$or hemorrhage; bloody-
flux {Med.; Jd.).
ВТ44!4 khrag-bqal flooding after child-
birth ; profuse mensturation: 3 ^Y^V4^’qc/
04]’€Hjq’4]T^ it stops the flooding
and internal spasms in the blood discharge
of a healthy woman: MJ rag=^khrag.
169
й-ад ।
khrafl. (thang)> v. *04 rnkhran.
0S’q hrad-pa (the-pa) stretched out:
BS'^’^S’4 khrad-por §dod-pa to sit with
the legs stretched out (Ja.).
khrab (thab) чйгаптате: shield;
buckler; coat of mail. The coat of mail
used in Tibet and Bhutan is generally made
of iron rings or thin disks resembling the
scales of a fish netted together. Two kinds
of khrab are known in Tibet; one is called
вч’$4’Э||дц, which is made of iron rings or
scales;	that made of thin plates
or iron foils. There are accounts of coats
of mail made of silver and gold for the use
of kings. The common quilted cloth
armour used in Mongolia and China is
called 04’W0q, In Mongolia it is called
dasa.
04’04 khrab-khrab (thab-thab) a
weeper; one that sheds tears on every
occasion (&Л.).
04,*f43i khrab-mkhan one who makes or
wears armour.
04’khrab-can scaled; scaly ; wearing
a coat of mail.
khrab-byafi gu scales or iron foils
used in a coat of mail (Rtsii.).
04 55*^ ^4 khab-byin lu§ kheb a coat of
mail for covering the whole body (Rtsii.).
khram (tham)^ g* phra-ma a false
word; wrfe a cunning man.
khram-kha (tham-kha) 1.
S’S^STB^'f’^4|’0’0 Iha-hdre bye-brag-gi
khro-wahi kha-dog khra-khra (tha-tha)
spotted and “party-coloured appearance of
the wrathful demi-gods the Lhan-de
(Nag.). 2. chart used in witchcraft or
necromancy:	lha hdrchi rtsis-
kyi min, B*’F’*T44N khram-kha la bab§ is
explained:
жчthe signor mark of
one’s ruin having been incident on the chart
(of fate). 3. cross marks or lines cut into
a piece of wood so as to cross one another
as an ornament:	khram-khahi-qin
a club-like implement, carved with lines,
representing the attributes of a god and
containing squares with mystic figures in
them which serve as a means to make
attempts of witchcraft to injure a person
ineffectual; WB* nag-khram a notch
№)
B*'B* khram-khrum fragments; baked
fragments: ^4]’«гск’4^4’<^*а	\
05Г0я’4|Елг^,ч^рч (raw) brick containing
prints or engravings thereon when burnt
are said to be baked fragments.
0*’^ khram-ldan зття a tiger.
khram-pa (tham-pa) = ^'^ vjr,
1. a liar; a swindler;
artful person: ST 4^’§5’44'0*'4 byed-pahi
for seducing or deceiving:	khram
sems-can lying; mendacious (Cs.). 2.
lively, brisk, quick, like boys, kids, &e.
(the contrary of gfa’4 glen-pa. slow,
indolent, apathetic): khram-pa che in JF. a
wish of god-speed addressed to oue going
on a journey, such as Good success I May
all go well! 3. modest; attentive to the
wishes of others (Ja.). 0**4'4JT5 gcod lit.
means to get out of mishaps caused by the
evil machinations of enemies; to make
the evil-charms of enemies ineffectual.
0*Ԥ5 khram-byed., v. gyo-can or
**§5 phra-ma byed\	Ice gnis-pa
double-tongued or double-dealer (Mfion.).
0**^4’ khram-ginpr 0**’§’0*’^4' khrims-
kyi khram-qin a board on which the body
23
170

of a culprit is stretched to flog him on tho
back (7Cay.).
khral (that)	1. tax;
tribute; duty; forced service. 2. punish-
ment ; chastisement for sins; visitations:
gry-qwprq khral bkal-wa to levy taxes :
Й'Ч dnul-khral tax to be paid in money:
hbru-khral tribute paid in corn:
til-фпаг khral tax to be paid in red
sesamum.
Syn. 53	£5^ sdud-pa\ ч]^’й'4
gyar-khraly	qo-garn;	khral-
rigs (Mnon.).
khral rgyug-pa to perform forced
sendee (Rtsii.).
q khral-hjal-wa or	khral
skor-ua to pay taxes or customs duty.
Syn.	khral hbttl-wa; 53
dpya hjal-гга; й^‘§5’^ hhral sprod-pa
(Mnon.).
khral sdtt-wa to collect taxes; pf.
khral-bsdus, pf. дчгч;« khral-
b§dus fshar, fut.	khral-b$du tcar-
by a.
khral-gsir levying of a new
tax: £^***5 ur•йкчг^ч|*25-
by levying fresh taxes to oppress tho
tenants.
ртй^ khral-khrug	n. of a very
large number (Ya-sd.).
fprg'4 khral-khrulis defined as
applied to any broken
things, such as furniture or utensils.
I: khri (tin), g’B*l khri-khrag, Й’З^
khri-gratis for number:	ten
thousand; a myriad:	khri bye-tea
ton millions.
c\
[£) II:	seat, chair, throne,
couch; also frame, sawing jack, trestle;
J’B an European chair; khrihu
1. a bedstead or stool; a small
chair or table; §,<4'qK*q khri-la bsko-wa
to raise to the throno; to place on
the chair; §,QJ*q^5’q khri-la hkhod-pa
to preside; to occupy the chair;
sen-ge khri throne; a chair borno (in
relief) by a carved lion for rulers and
incarnate lamas; gser-khri golden
scat or chair; seat for royalty;
§fias-khri a contrivance to serve the
purpose of a pillow; chos-khri a
professoral chair; pulpit; reading desk;
table for books; schooltablo; nal-khri
resp.	gzims-khri bedstead. 2.
tho upper pedestal of a
chaltya or Buddhist votive tomb.
Syn. 3*rg nal-khri-9 tgyun-khri\
hdug-khri.
khri rkan сан a seat fur-
nished with legs; a bedstead.
§ p khri-kha^fi1*’f4 khrihi kha or
khrihi $ten on the chair:	khri kha-
on the chair or seat (A. 57),
khri-cheu a great chair; a title of
the abbot of Galdan monastery.
* I	Khri-chen tfag-
dwan ipchog-ldan 55’^554C> ^^1 Drin-
can fiag-dwan inchog-ldan (Schr, 17 A).
♦	Khri-chen fiag-dwat
$iian-grag$ n. pr. (Schr,).
*	‘	Khri-chen Blo-
bzafi bstan-pahi	bio*
bzaii in-ma hi shab§ (Schr.).
fl'5^ khri-snan n. of a Buddhist
physician of Lhasa;
^ 3*5^ the son of the celebrated physi-
cian named Dun-gi thor-can.(Yu thog-pa)
(Gyn. 33).
khri snan sa-le skin of the
black antelope; a devotee sitting
§Ч|'ЙЧ||	!71
on it remembers the vows as well the
duties of a Bodhisattva ;
spreading a skin of black antelope
for a seat (Л. 11.).
ichri §tan chen-po
a large conch or bed ;	khri-stan
mthon-po	a high couch or bed
(forbidden to the devout).
khri-gdiigs the sun.
*	khri-ldan sen-gehi mdsod
(Schr.; Ta. 2, Ц).
khri-phycd dan gnis two
thousand and half ; ni-khri twenty
thousand.
khri-hphan the height of a chair;
a high chair (Gs.); also the official rank.
bison-khan a prison; jail
(IQnon.) ; also R’^ khri-mun a prison;
dungeon.
RV> khri-hur	n- of a bird
(Ya-sel. 7).
0’^’4 khri le-wa fear, in G. (Ja.).
i: khri-qift or R^ khrihu a chair.
R’^' и: (thi-s'ing) a creeping
plant; a creeper.
Khri-sroft Ide-btsan the
celeberated King of Tibet who formally
introduced Buddhist monarchism into
Tibet, erected the great monastery of
Sam-ye, and caused numerous Buddhist
sacred books to be translated into Tibetan.
khrihi rkan-pa chos-pa чт<^-
a bed furnished with legs or sup-
ports ; fig. to discipline the mind so that
religion may take hold of it.
khrihi rkan-rtcn sfaur^i the
legs of a chair.
ЙчГЙч1 khrig-khrig (thig-thig) 1.
proper, suitable; not less nor more : R4!’
Khrig-khrig bsgrtgs-son it has
suited well; it fits exactly. 2. quivering,
as of the body with cold, or chattering of
the teeth. 3. v. R^’Rq khrib-khrib.
Сч
khrigs (thig)	gral khrigs-
pa 1. arranged in proper order or row with-
out deviation from the right course or line:
khrigs chags-sn bkod-pa
seated or arranged in proper order where
men, women, the old and the young,
the great and the low, all are put in their
respective order; 2. also in reference to a
priest conducting a religious service, his
demeanour when he does not look this
side or that side but is intent on his
duties and ceremonial observances; he is
then said to be	khrigs
chags-su bkod-pa.
kharigs-se plentiful, abundant;
thorough ;	khrigs-se gan quite
well ;	khrigs-se byed-pa to
treat; to entertain plentifully (Sch.).
I: khrid (thi) instruction, tutelage;
yon-tan khrid-pa instruction,
teaching ; RS’^i^4 khrid hdebs-pa to
give instruction ; to instruct:
khri$-pa§ chog I am willing to give
instruction ; you may have lessons with
me (Jd.). khrid zab-po thorough
instruction; Sj§lu-khrid instruction
to an evil purpose; seduction;
khrid b gad-pa to give instruction; to
make admonitory speeches.
C\
HS II: or 3^ row; order; serial
order or arrangement :
in the same manner there
are four stages in the way to saintly
perfection (Lam-rim, fr).
051
172

1^5 И! : pf. of
khrid-phrug (thi-thug) scholar ;
pupil (Jd.).
khrib-khrib (thib-thib) ^^’3
n. of a large numbor (Ya-sel.).
C\
khrims (thim), тлям, ^TU,
law or right in general ; the laws of a
state ; any particular law. There are two
kinds of laws—
khrim-la chos-khrims dan rgyal-khrhns
gnis god state law and spiritual or reli-
gious law. The proverb says:
Э’ЯЗ*'3s	Kyyal-
khrbns gxcr-gyi gnah ftf, chos-khrbns dar-
дуг mdiid-pa lta-Ъи yin the state law is a
golden yoke, but the religious law is like a
silken knot:	'З'Ч^’^^Т'В^'^ for
laws they pass decrees, statutes :	‘or
khrbns-la gnas-pa to be subject to
law :
holy personages and the incarnate
race are also subject to law.
Syn. for laws of state:—Ч4!” lugs ;
hjig-rten khrinis-,	yuZ-.
chos; Д*** khrbn$;	khrims-htg$
(Mnon.).
khrims-khan court or place of
justice.
Syn.	q khrims-rnahi khan-pa ;
sgra-ldan can\ DwJ'vq khrim&Jcyi
ra-wa ;Vrg4T*’ dril-sgrog-sa, (Mnon.).
khrbns-kyi kha lo-pa,
Blon-po a minister; a legal officer (ДЬ7оп.),
khrbns bsgrags-pa, v. 0^4*
bkah-btags, a proclamation or prcu
claimed order.
khrims-gcod^^^^^S nes-pti
gcod to inflict punishment (Mnon.).
gw4e«i|N khrims-hjagi =
khrbns kyi don bshin ace. to the meaning
or spirit of the law (Nag.).
4 khrbns
la §kyal-tca to deliver up to justice.
|5^ khrii (I hi), v. khrii.
|5^ к hr is (thi), pK‘^’1*’’4 khrii hjogs-
pa peace, v. hjug$-pa.
khru (thu) fi’« khru-ma one-
fourth of a hdom or fathom; a cubit;
rtsc-khru or the measure of eighteen
inches, from tho elbow to the extremity
of the middle finger:	khru-gan
rtsam	about the measure of 15
inches from the elbow to tho fisted middle
finger is called bskum-khru, qt cubit
measure ; (9’WP к hr и hjal-tca to measure
with a cubit measure (Cs.).
H’=J khru-wa (thu-wa), sometimes for
45*4°hkhru-wa, to wash.
ч»
Й'Ч]з^ khru-gzar a kind of stew-pan
(SM.).
khru-slog or	khru-rlog
tilling the ground; ace. to Seh. a pit
filled with corn :	khru-$log-pa dig-
ging ; breaking up the soil; gardening.
khrufi-khrun (thung-thung)
so "Э
яте crane, grus cinerea; also the stork:
khrun-khrun rus-pas
chu-hgags sol the bones of the crane remove
the stoppage of urine. When milk mixed
with water is given to a crane it will drink
the milk, leaving the water in the basin.
The reason of this, according to K. d.\ 110,
is that as soon as the bill of the crane
touches the milk it turns into curds, which
are eaten up, leaving the water in the
basin.
03j I	173	I
Syn.	mgrin-pa rab-rift; й*Г
mig $man mjug-ma; ДУ* krun-ca
(Mnon.).
|gc/|5c/4Ew khrun-khrufi hjoms—^^
8)’g	dbafi-phyug-gi bit
ckufi-ba gshon-nu gdon-drug a name of
Kumarathe second son of Is'vara (Mnon,).
IS54 khrtuj pa, Q*t|554 lus khrud-pa to
wash; cleanse out dirt or filth from the
body (Rag.).
p^ khrun (than) ufhrnu height;
X0	.
length; extension (Cs.):	khrun
phafi srid height and breadth (equal).
kh rn m-kh rum	(thu m- th am)
40	40
(Sch.) :	9S’q khrum-khrum byed-pa or
khrum-khrum brdun-tca to
pound in a mortar.
RWJ khrums (thum)	n. of a
40
constellation: ^^5 khrums-$tod the name
of the 24th constellation,
Syn. bya-mchu;	# ?ihi Iha-
mo; W’*1 gna§-ma;	Ьа-ghn rkan
(Mnon.).
^’?S’3yq khrums-stod-kyi na-ica 4Tx£-
the full moon of the month
of 4^, July.
khrnm$-$mad the name of the
25th constellation,	; acc. to
Hindu astronomy the 26th lunar mansion,
figured by a conch, and comprehending two
stars, of which one is Andromeda.
Syn. zehu ; ^'Ч'яЭс, ^brul-hchin (Mnon.),
£*<^'3 khrum-zla (thum da), v. 3'q’q3S’q
zla-ba brgyad-pa ^йнт^, the eighth
month of the Tibetan year.
Syn.	hbugs-pa ; Sbya-mchu ;
nor-ldun;	khyu-mchog can;
q qik. ^'£Uc/ ba-lan rkafi-bzan; *w sprin-
bzan; ^’4 len-pa; byahi zla-wa;
§ton-zla hbrin-po (Mnon.),
khrul (thul),	khrul gton-
wa to let fall; to drop (several things at
intervals) ;	mchi-ma khrul
bshcd to shed tears : 3’^ zla-khrul in W.
iutercalary month (Jd.),
khrul-po in C. 1. cheerful;
40
merry. 2. fornicator (Jd.).
khrul-ma 1. in W. crooked
40
crank, handle (Jd). 2. a whore. 3. P'
ger* khu-wa khrul-ma rice-water or water
in which millet is washed.
khrus (thus)	WTUcT, яй
bath; washing ; ablution.
khru§-kyi btul-shugs
can = dran-srofi a Rsi or sage who
observes the vow of ablution :
khru$ byed-pahi Itun-byed
faults committed while bath-
ing :	having
bathed put on clean clothes and take
milk, curds and butter (Lon, ^\32).
Syn. kun-tu rgyu;	dkah-
thub-can;	fiag b§dams-pa;
4 dge-war slofi-ica ;	non-mons thul;
^qc. q*^<4 dban-po thul;	§mra-ba cad-
pa;	gtan-bar gna§-pa;
95'4 tshan-par spyod-pa;	*],q rig-
byed klog-pa (Mnon.),
& ST kkru§-kyi rtsa, $'-*] ku-ga the
grass Ku-ga (Mnon.).
khrus-kyi rdsin
к hr us rgyab-sahi rdsin a bathing tank.
g*T0 khru§-khu water for bathing (Jd.),
g$rpq'q|^’q khrus-khah brtsegs-pa the
making of a bath or bathing place.
I
174
[
B’T’W khrus-mkhan	one who
bathes ; he that has bathed.
khru-chal	washing
materials, soda, soap, etc.
khrus-chu bathing water; water
consecrated by a deity being washed in it.
khru$-dar scraf or good linen
towel for the toilet; scarf of silk used in
washing the images of deities (Rtsii.).
Syn. bum-dar\
sor khru$ btags-ri (IjUon.)^
khru$-$der basin; washing bowl.
khrtts-pa ((hu$-pa)	qfKSeHb
чга washed; also washing.
Syn. 5^'5 khru$-bya;	fikhrud; {9'4
khni-wa (Mnon.).
khrus-buni	washing pot
or jug.
khru^-ma khrud-ma washings
of rice or any other millet; also the rem-
nant of water in which rice, &c., is boiled.
khru$-rdsa$ articles of washing or
to wash with such as soap, ete.
Syn. Idag-chal; khrus-rtsi*,
VT§5 dag-Lyed (MHon.).
khrus-gshofl	bathing
tub; basin used for a bath.
Щ’ЗД khrus-ras	a towel; a
bathing towel.
khruz-gfcr bathing water. Ace.
to Jd. this word (in La dak) relates to a
certain medical procedure or method of
curing.
ргдШ khru$-gsol-wa resp. for E^'§5’4
khru§-bycd-pa, i.e., when applied to bathing
places used by divine beings and great
men:	g*r§V°’ lha-mi khaft-pa
sogs la khrus byea-pa “gods or men taking
a bath in their abodes and so forth/’ to
administer a bath to another, especially
as a religious ceremony, consisting in
sprinkling with water.
khre (the) millet:
4$*r§5,	w§5 millet,
being both heavy and chilling, causes
'wounds to swell, but bones which have
been dislocated or fractured it causes to
unite. khre-rgod wild millet;
wild Й stops diarrhoea
and removes the poison.
§'£ khre-tse Chinese vermicelli (Jd.).
khreg^-pa (theg-pa), v.
mkhrcg§-pa.
khrem-gner, v. chu-gncr
(Mnon.).
khrd-po shameful.
-*4
khrems-pa (them-pa) 1. irriga-
tion; also to water gardens and cultiva-
tions ; to sprinkle water. 2. n. of a book:
byan-khog
khrem^-kyi lufirin-chcn hod hphro-ica
(Sorig. 81).
khrcl (thel) resp. 3^’0^ thugs-
khrcli. fqqija kind of millet. 2. 44^41
shame; diffidence ; bashfulness ; modesty.
3. piety acc. to Ja., especially in IF
4. in C. disgust; aversion.
0^'45 khrel-gad a scornful laughter.
В°г^ khrel-can possessed of shame;
4^ khrel-can bashful (Cs.); also earnest,
conscientious.
khrel-lto$ pusilanimous ; shame-
faced.
khrel-gdoil (lit. a face capa-
ble of shame) a bashful face.
khrel-hdod-can in W. ready
to shame others.
fKtft khrel-ldan, v.	fio-tsha $es-
pa qroMfari modest.
0” I
175

Н'ТЦ to be ashamed; to provoke shame:
gq-ц&\khrel-wadan no-tsha-wa me$
he has no shame or modesty.
khrel-mcd-pa^ ^'^y^khrel-med-
та immodest, shameless.
jgai khrel-yod modesty ; chas-
tity ; decency ; 0^’*Ч5 4 l-yod-pa to be
chaste:	khrel yod-par byed-
pa to behave chastely, with modesty.
khre§ or (the) 0*r3 khres-po, (the-po)
a load, burden:	mikhres chun-
can a man with a small load (A, 10),
g^-q-^q^c.-^N kre§-po dehi nan-nas from
within that package: Я9*
gshun-don-gyi bsans $in khres phed
half a bundle (or load) of fire-wood for
the use of government (Rtsiii),
Syn. khur-pa*	khur hdren-
pa;	tgyab-kyis theg-pa; ft*’
ЗГ*ч khur stsa-pa (Mnoui),
khres-khrc§ (the-thc) unable
to sit erect; falling down :
mi-gag khres-
khre$ na-wa gzigs nas sman-pa la cis phau
dris-pas (A, 44) seeing a man very ill
so as to be unable to sit erect, he asked the
physician what would be of use.
khra (tho) a kind of bronzo, of
about samo quality and worth as bell-
metal	hkhar-u-u), but inferior to
li. The kind of bronze called khro-nag or
dark bronze is also called Ichags к hr о on
account of the predominance of iron in
the compound. The kind called fTST1
khro-dkar, white bronze, has more zine and
•ЗД’рГ zans-khro has more of copper in
it than iron. The dark-bronze is largely
manufactured in China; the white-bronze
is much prized by the Tibetans. Huge
bronze caldrons used in the great monas-
teries of Tibet for boiling tea are made of
the white bronze; tshog§-khro large
bronzo caldrons used in cooking tea, &c.,
for the use of the congregation in the mon-
asteries of Tibet:
khro-nag gzcr-srin dan dug-nad
hjoins dark bronze dissipates worm-spasms
and poisonous complaints.
0’5^ khro-rgyan ornaments made of
bronze,	khrohi khug-til bronze
pot to boil tea.
щЧ khro-chu 1. liquid or melted
bronze; acc. to some author melted iron
before it is cast. 2. n. for 5^’$ dnul-chu
quicksilver; (a mystic) term (Min,),
khro-chu §dom-pa to fill up
joints, grooves, &c., with melted bronze; to
solder.
0	hjoms-pa to suppress anger
or wrath:
ganshig b$grim$-te khro hjoms-pa,
de-ni hdi-din gshan-du bde (Spyod.) he
who can subdue his anger will be happy
here and hereafter.
йЧ*^ khro-nams-^t&'^ls rnam-brjid or
rfiam-hjigs or	rnom-brjid
to sit in an angry mood (Mnon.),
khro-gner	wrinkles
on tho face and forehead expressive of
wrath, indignation, anger; also indignant.
khro-gner-can she whose
face is wrinkled with anger; also frown-
ing.
*	khro-gner can-ma (Schr,
36 Ci).
g^v^ci khro-gftcr med-pa
free from frowning or anger.
Й’Я
й<11
й 4^	khro-gner gzi-brjid
ldan-pa} -q’V1! $u-daj n. of a medicinal root
[Sman. 102).
0q khro-pa in JF. for 0 khro.
д q khro-gt um-po furious with rage.
й-q khro-wa^ (tho-wa) 4£‘« brtse-wa
тру, wfcrr sbst. anger, wrath ; also
adj. angry, wrathful:	khon-khro-
wa smouldering wrath:	khro-wa
bzod-pa subduing or abstaining from
anger: 0 4 '4^'4
khro-wa b^od-pa nc$ bcom-pa $ltir-yaft
$kye-war mi-hgyur-ro anger having been
subdued and inwardly suppressed, it
will not grow again (It. d. * 68) : 0‘4^‘
-9|	§ tin chief remedy for
the poison of anger в forbearance (7Г. d.
* 68) :	53\4W*’«5’
if tho wrathful mind be onee
subdued it is tantamount to subduing all
the enemies ono has.	or 0'4^*
to be or to grow angry (Cs.) ;
though angry, to be as if not
angry ; 0	’4*rg’4 angry looks ;
to look back with anger (Mnon.).
Й'Ця Ithro-wa-пш жЬ?*тт n. of a
goddess.
khro-wo itho-wo) ^tvt, an
angry spirit; a god or Bodhisattva in his
assumed wrathful mood or manifestation.
*	khro-WO
khamt-gsum rnam-rgyal tprul-tyad ЖПТ-
(Schr.; Ta. 2, 276).
0'S^q khro-wo chen-po	an
appellation of MahSkala, the Lord of
Death—the terrific god or guardian of
Buddhism.
*0‘^^я^ khra-wo rta-mgrin ЖТ^-
(Schr. 71 C.).
* 0'^5 ^4^'5 i khro-wo $tob$-po-che
(Schr. 73 B.).
♦ p ^4^\£ ч0<Ц'4 khro-wo bdud-rt$i
hkhyil-pa ЖПтг«гнг<гй (Schr.; Ta. 2, 103).
*0’^'ЯЧ5’5’4 khro-wo hdod-rgyal
(Schr. 72 A.).
* 0’25	khro-wo rdo-rje sa-hog
(Schr. 7k B,).
*	khro-wo dbyug-pa sfion-
po nWw (Schr.; Ta. 2, 161).
*0'2$9 q^’4 khro-wo mi-gyo-pa WTWT^T
(Schr. 58 C.).
*	khro-wo ^ne-wa btseg^-
pi (Schr. 58 Л.).
khro-ico gtsng-tor
hkhor-bsgyur	(Schr.).
khro-wo gshan-gyiz
mi-thub-pa (Schr. 71 A.).
*p’25’qj^aj'gaj^5 'khro-wa ggin-rje-gged
(Schr. 71 B.).
0 §5 khro-byed Vtw,	frightful.
0'§V* khro byed-nia 1. a name
of the goddess Paldan Lhamo. 2.
ojgsrXi bud-med gtum-mo	a fearful
woman (Mnon.).
0 'Й4]	mig-gi
тпат-hgyur or ^4фйч| §dafi-mig an expres-
sion of the eye; angry eyes (Mnon.).
0 Й khro-пю a female terrific deity or
spirit.
0'Й^ khro-mon prison (Sch.).
khrog (thog) in 0^'454 4 khrog
brgyab-pa to drink hastily; to gulp down :
0<q £4 4*ShT0«q	khrog chiifi-pa
yis khrag-gor-gcod-pahi-mchog. Thog-
chung is beht for stopping bleeding.
04'041
177
й*'5||
khrog-khrog (thog-thog) 1.
one who speaks irrelevantly and is not
steady in his acts or words. Described as
q’i^-q’p’^’^	c^'q’
acc. to Jd. in JF. the sound caused
by something falling heavily on the
ground.
Й*Г4** khrog-chun an herb with leaves
resembling a saw in shape.
M4!’ khrog-po botanical term, used
of leaves standing round the stem scattered
or alternately.
khrog-sman the raw unpre-
pared substance of a medicine (Sch.): ЯУ
B^l sman-khrog is defined as
sman-ma brduns-pa §na-tshog$-la, the
unpulverized ingredients of a medicine.
khroft-fie (thong-he} upright,
straight, erect (Jd.).
khrofi-po close-fisted, stingy
(JS.).
R5’ khrod (thod) crowd, assemblage,
mass, multitude ; mi-khrod a troop;
crowd of men ; ^’B5 ri-khrod a range of
mountain peaks; Г05 rtsa-khrod a heap,
stack, rick (of hay); V^’B^ nag§-khrod a
dense forest; $<YB5 mun-khrod thick dark-
ness ; dur-khrod a cemetery ; B5'^
in the crowd; ^'B5=also a hermit.
khron (thon) claw: B^
khron kyis тко-icahi sdc the class of galli-
naceous birds (S.g.; Jd.).
khron-pa (thon-pa), ^4, 3rrfa,
well; spring : B^’S khron-
pahi chu well-water; also called
don-chu; B^'S khron-Ъщ a little well:
§\q^vq khron-pahi shih-po B^w
^’4 hron-pa$ run-ica	water in a
well that has been made fit (by the priest-
hood) for drink.
B^’9 khron-bu 1. a medicinal root; a
vegetable purgative. 2	’***‘cjvje/
kJiron-bus hjam-por $byon-byed
grogs-kyi mchog thron-bu acts as a gentle
purgative.
R« khrom (thorn) a market place; a
bazar; crowd of people ; multitude of per-
sons ; B*1’^ khrom-chcn a great crowd;
tshogs-pahi khrom-rnams the
assembled crowd; pho-khrom mul-
titude of men; J^'B^ rgydl-Khrom a
royal gathering: acc. to Cs. B^yq khrom-
chen-po, chief market-placo, also principal
street: b^’^X q khrom-$kor-wa to wander
about the market; to ramble through as if
in a market;	gsan-snags
khrom-du klog secret spells (magic
formulas) are read in the market.
khrom-skor-ma harlot;
strumpet; street woman (Cs.).
B*1'^4]‘^5 khrom-thog chod a person well
dressed, well equipped, and possessed of
personal accomplishments; one above the
crowd ; above his fellows.
Khrom-pa 1. n. of a province
in Tibet; B^’qq khrom-po-pa, an inhabi-
tant of Khrom (Thom). 2. a market
vendor.
^*5^ khrom-dpon officer who is charged
with the supervision of a market.
khrom-me * sparkling ; glittering:
zil p-akhrom-pie sparkling dew
24
178
di’np. js^'V^ ^’I^S'4’4 Mrow dmar nag
hkhyil-wa a motloy crowd; a throng, black
and rod intermingled.
khroni-tshogs (thom-tsho) tho
gathering of buyers and sellers, &c., in a
market :	$a-khrom the section of the
market where meat is sold; meat market;
VTg* dpe-khrom book market; УД* rta-
khrom the section where ponies and horses
are sold.
khroms, v. *5^'4 hgrcm-pa.
khrol (thol), v. hkhrol-wa and
яЗргд hgrol-ica 1. a sound (Ja.). 2.
ЧртеТте loosening ; unfastening ; that
which is unfastened.
by wgo-
khrol is meant the separating of meat from
tire bones by tho sheep’s head having
been boiled well. ^’Д*1 пай khrol the con-
tents of a slaughtered animal, including
the stomach, entrails, lungs, liver, spleen,
&c. The expression
гай-gi пай-khrol phyi-la-ston-pa means
“ one’s own blunders exposed to outward
show” :	khrol-gyis son (the
ring) slid sounding (across tho azure
floor).
khrol-khrol (thol-thol) — ^^
khrol-po bright, shining;
khrol-khrol	mig
khrol-k khrol-k Ita-wa to stare at.
Д^Л^ khrol-doh is said to denote a large
hand-bell.
Ж khrol-cha release (as of monks
from a religious service or of sohool-boys
from class work; ace. to Sch, the act of
forgiving ; pardon.
j. khrol-po (thol-po) 1. cheerful,
merry; sparkling, glittering, dazzling.
2. fornicator.
ц. j sparkling : ^’Д'Ч’З hod
khrol-po brightness (on water when the
sun shines upon it). 2. acc. to Jd. in IF.
distinct; intelligible.
Д'Ч’я khrol-ma, nas-tehags a seive
for cleansing and sifting barley, grain, etc.
khrol-mo in IF. brittle, fragile;
opposite to mnon-poy tough.
khrol tshogs a siovo (Cs.);
fags t shags iron sieve.
д*гЙ khrol-log—ДЯ’ЁН khrog-khrog in
W. of. hkhrol-ica. ; also 1. kettle.
2. a sound.
|^5ГЦ khros-pa	thugs khros-
pa те, enraged; wrath-seeming;
appearance of wrath :
phyag-na rdo-rje gin-tu khro$-pahi
tshul bstau-])a Chagna Dorje in a very
wrathful form manifested himself :
khro^-pahi gar dance in wrathful mood.
khros-ma (thoi-ma) or Д’* khro-ma
the wrathful female deity or Rudrdnl;
such female divinities as outwardly show
themselves to be of terrific and frightful
aspect.
khros-tshig angry words.
Syn. rnan-hphyar or	sun-
hbyin (Mnon.).
mkhan an affix which, annexed to
substantives and verbal roots, answers in
oolloq. very much the same purposes as the
Hindustani appendix tea la;	sa-
mkhan one who has to do with the soil;
lam-mkhan one who knows the
way, a guide;	fih-inkhan a

179

worker in wood, carpenter, joiner, &c.
Affixed to a verbal root, signifies he who
perforins an action, whether only just
now or habitually;	yon-mkhan
oomer;	hgro-mkhan the goer;
one who moves; bri-mkhan the
writer, one who has written it; «q*«^ an-
mkhan (in Sikkim) one who speaks false-
hoods, a liar; $e$-mkhan he who
knows;	b$tan-mkhan the shower,
explainer ; *44^*4^ hdvgs-mkhan one who
is binding, fastening; also with an objec-
tive case,	fiahi bu-mo hdotf-
mkhan, such as are desiring my daughter;
bsad-mkhan the man who is killed
or who kills; a murderer. In colloq. lan-
guage mkhan seems to have entirely dis-
placed the termination ч pa, signifying in
general the agent:	gdun-
ma kh у er-mkhan gyi mi the men carrying
the beam. Contrary to its original signi-
fication, it is even used to form the relative:
the sheep which was killed.
’^5 mkhan-rgyud-=^
Bli-chen dan mkhan-pohi rgyud the lineal
spiritual descendants of Bla-chen and
Mkhan-po, those through whom the vows
formulated by them are handed down
(ВД-
I: mkhan-pa ferns of two
species. The one growing in Tibet is
called WV’F mkhan-dkar, or the white
fern; the other species belonging to the
Cis-Himalaya is called mkhan-nag,
black fern: mkhan-pa is deemed useful in
healing fresh eut wounds; it is also applied
to swellings.
зцруц II: incense ; frankincense :
the
various kinds of incense in which the scent
of such as khan-pa, Bain, etc., predomi-
nates (Rtsii.).
mkhan-po,	a
professor employed to teach; the head of a
monastery. In Tibet the head of a parti-
cular college attached to a monastery,
high priests who give vows to the junior
or inferior lamas, and professors of sacred
literature, are called mkhan-po; also learn-
ed men, who as such are endowed with the
mkhan-rgyud or spiritual gifts or
descended heritage from their spiritual
ancestors, are called mkhan-po. Again,
learned men such as are sent to China as
representatives of the Grand Hierarch ате
also styled mkhan-po. Besides these, those
who serve the Grand Lama as his domestic
chaplains, teachers or advisers, such as
Sku-bcar Mkhan-po Khau-po, who
sits in company of the Grand Lama;
gzim-dpon mkhan-po the chamber-
lain khan-po;	mchod-dpon
mkhan-po the domestic chaplain; ^W^qy
*f^’q gsol-dpon-mkhan-po the steward in
charge of the Grand Lama’s tea and food;
*1 mkhan-sde phyi-ka outside khan-
po—those that enjoy this distinction but
partially. Other designations of this kind
are	§ Mkhan-po la rnam-pa
bshiste:—(1)
<Rq’^5 mkhan-po chos-kyis sdud-la zan-zin-
gi$ та-yin pahan-yod the professor who
conveys to his pupil instruction, not wealth;
(2)	zafi-zin-
gis sdud-la, cho§-kyis та-yin pahan yod the
professor who gives riches but not religi-
ous instructions; (3) ^’qgv^q^q’
^q‘wprsjvq‘^5 mkhan-po chos-kyis sdud-
cin zan-ziil-gis sdud-pa у an yod the professor
who gives both wealth and religious instruc-
tion to his pupil; (4) ^yq^^-jq^Y
180

Sl^l
й mkhan-po cho^-kyis
kyafi mi-sditd-chfn zan-zin-gis kyan mi sdud-
pa yod the professor who neither imparts
in traction nor wealth.
W9 mkhan-bu pupil, scholar (Jd.).
mkhan-mo mistress, intructress
(CsJ.
mkhan-rab$ the succession of
khan-po or abbots in a great monastery.
mkhan-rim$ the respective
prospects of being elected abbot as depend-
ing on the different ranks of the expectant
candidates; the order of the succession of
abbots.
mkhan-^ob for
mkhau-po dan §lob-ma the professor and
his pupil; also (according to some)
mkhan-po dan $lob-dpon the pro-
fessor and the teacher:
bla-ma mkhan-slob-kyi bkah the words or
commands of the lama, abbot and teachers.
mkhah щ the heaven ; the sky;
generally nam-mkhah.
mkhah-klofi, ^I5q mkhah-
khyab,	mkhah-dbyin§ the whole
rompass or extent of the heavens (C*.\
wjq mkhah-skyc$ heaven-born; a
name for the year Fire-tiger of the
Tibetan calendar (Mnon.),
mkhah-khyab	that
which encompasses space or the sky:
•jq-^’^’ч^ mkhah-khyab tin-m hdJn Wth^t-
ГЧ131	the all-comprehending (all
; b<orbingl meditation; n. of a Samadhi.
mkhah khyim-can
lie whose abode is in the sky; the sun.
♦jfoprX mkhah-mkhah ro
[Schr; Kalac. T. 46).
я^ч	mkhah-gos	can clouds
(MM).
ярч'чЗ} mkhah-hgro (kha-rfo) lit. “the
sky-goer ” ; a god; a bird; arrow.
Syn.	lha-rnams; ч^глчщ hdab
ch ays ; 5 by a; mdah ; bya-khyun ;
da-ki-ni\ gtso-mo (Mfion.).
яртч^’л mkhah-hgro—ma a class, mainly
of female sprites, akin to our witches, but
not necessarily ugly or deformed. There
are two kinds of khadoma :—those still in the
world and those that have passed out of the
world or are about to pass away from it.
Of the latter or those called
ye-fes kyi mkhah hgro-ma> goddessoss of
wisdom, they are five kinds, viz., Buddha
Ddkini, Vajra Ddkim, llatna Ddkini, Pad-
ma Dakitfl, and Karma Ddkinl. Of these
Rdor-je Phag-mo, Sen ydon-ma, &c., have
each a hundred thousand dakinl followers.
They are said to bo possessed of superna-
tural powers and resemble fairies in their
attributes. Among the worldly Ddkini
there are two classes, those belonging to
the pantheon of the Brahmaps and those
devoted to the cause of Buddhism. In
Tibet we read of	Tshe-rifi mched-
Ina, the five long-lived sisters:
Bsian-ma bcu-gni§ the twelve nymph
siders who undertook to guard Buddhism,
&c.
Syn.	hgro-zcahi sgron-me; §5’
чя£ srid-pahi $gron-me, the lamp of the
world, the light of the universe (ДГЯоп.).
я^ч*ч5’|ч mkhah-hgro skyes
born of those that move in the sky.
mkhah-hbro brcla-yig
^ччЗрч^БЦ a form of
Deva nagari character used by the Rnin-ma
sect in their mystical writings.
ярч’чЗглщс/Аl^khak-hgro gsan-гса
ye-$es n. of a deified lady, who was, in her

181

former existence, the wife of a king called
(Ratna Dasa)	She is adored
in Tibet as the goddess of mystical
learning.
Щ rnkhah-hgrohi rgyal-po=
bya-gtsug phud-
can the golden bird (eagle) with a crest:
4’IP‘
the crest of this bird is in colour
resplendent as lapis lazuli, and its wings
are said to be chequered all over.
w^q-q^q^qq-^q j: rnkhah-hgrohi daan-
phyug ^7T, sftHvrfbl the lord of
the sky.
^q-q^q^qq-^ n: = fzra ; gq^vq khyab-
hjttgNishipi (Mnon.).
mkhah-rnnam like the heavens;
infinite:	mkhah rnnam-pa a
name of Buddha (Mnon.).
rnkhah-rten the firmament;
sky supporting ; a sort of ornament.
rnkhah-ldin	met. the
eagle, the bird that soars on high.
rnkhah-ldin dkar-po
TS a general name for the
swan species (Mnon.).
Npq-^q-joi»^ rnkhah-ldin ryyal-mtshan, •
gq'ЧЧ khyab-hjug	Visnu (Mnon.).
^q-^q- ^qq • q rnkhah-ldifi d wan-po = g
khyun the king of birds (Yig. k. 29).
«jqq^q-qp^-q rnkhah-ldin (tfog-ра, v. w
mar-gad	n. of a green gem
(Mnon.).
rnkhah-spyod
^1^4,	!• that which has attained
to the sky, a gandharva (celestial musi-
cian). 2. celestial enjoyment; residing in
heaven:	«pq’g^^^’W’^-qq-q^-q’wpq-
rnkhah-spyod du las ma-§pafi$par
bgrod-pa rnkhah-spyod kyi dfios-grub the
blessing of entering into a heavenly exis-
tence without losing one’s present form:
^Ԥ5gone to the state of beati-
tude, i.e., to heaven.
«pq-g^-q mkhah spyod-pa	n. of
Avalokitesvara Bodhisattva.
«pq*gYVK‘# rnkhah-spyod dwan-mo an
epithet of the goddess Dorje Phag-mo
and of the abbess of the Yamdok Samding
monastery: t^qN’q^'
before the precious lotus feet of
the venerable one who has attained the
heavens (Yig. k. 20).
^q-^gqj mkhah-dbyug	lit. sky-
sticks ; a bedstead.
rnkhah-mig	(Schr.;
Kal e. T.48).
ыр-q	mkhah-yisne-ma =	rgyal-
rntshtn the sacred ensign (Mnon.).
^q-X«rq rnkhah rol-pa divine musician ;
that plays or moves merrily in the sky.
^q-or^ 1. rnkhah-la rgyu	that
moves in tho sky. 2. S bya a bird
(Mnon.): «pq-or^-q rnkha-la rgyu-u'a to
wander or move in the sky : flf^ar^’qq'S)'
the Preta that moves in the sky:
^q’q|-ajq-q rnkhah-la Idin-wa to soar in the
air. 3. ether, as the fifth element 4.
symbolical numbers; cypher, naught.
wpq-q^E.' rnkhah-gsan-=Y&'*^*\ mo-mtshan
the female sex (Mnon.).
rnkhahi gos -can ^TcR^i cover
or dress of the sky ; the night;
rnkhahi rgyal-rntshan	the sky-
ensign; Nf^-qqprq rnkhahi pag§-pa = faG
space; xhe void sphere ; the skin or cover
of the sky, i.e.) darkness, gloom ; q
rnkhahi gem of heaven ; the suu, moon,
star.
^q-^-q rnkhahi zil-ba — iog (Шоп.).

182
фЧ'51 |
mkhar	a castle, a
nobleman’s seat or mansion ; manor house;
freq, a citadel; fort:	mkhar-dpon
governor of a castle; commander of a
fortress.
Mkhar-kha n. of a place
situated, to the north of Gyan-tse in
Tsang; the birthplace of Grub-chcn Gtsafi.
$myon He-rti-ka, oue of the celebrated
Buddhist Tantrik saints of Tsang.
mkhar rgyahi-khal contains
7G8 Dbus sho=J>±0 mgyur-sho.
«pvt mkhar-rna	a drum;
(according to some) a minstrel.
YP Mkhar-chcn brag-dkar
n. of 0110 of the
37 sacred places of the Bon <G.
Bon. 3$).
Mkhar-chcn rdson n. of a
fort near Tengri Nor.
wpva^-q^ Mkhar-chcn bzih ^'4'^4’
one of the
wives of Padma Sambhava {Lon. я 8).
mkhar-nag-gi khal on
the Tibetan steel-yard	mkhar-nag
gan of gold weights 38 sho of Dbu§ plus
8 $kar of gold.
mkhar-nal that sleeps on space ;
a general name for gods and birds.
Mkhar-rta, n. of a place on the
confines of Tibet and Nepal (5. kar. 77).
Mkhar-ltag an abbreviation of
Mkar-rtsc dan Ltag-rtsc
rdson, the forts of Mkhar-rtsc &n&Ltag-rtse.
Mkhar-thog n. of Tibet.
mkhar-rdo (№)	n. of a
medicine; a metalic substance in large
grains; a sort of pyrites.
mkhar-sder* w, a plate or
dish made of boll-metal.
apvq mkhar-ica I:	bell-
mctal.
II: (also яр^-q hkhar-ua) in
B. and C. staff, stick:	mkhar-
gsil a staff of the Buddhist mendicant
priests, the upper part of which is hung
with jingling rings (Jd.):	phyag-
mkhar resp. for *pvq mkhar-wa.
w^vq^gj mkhar-bahi dgra, sfarfc
enemy of Kan£a an epithet of Ftinu
(Mnon.).
Mkhar-rtsc n. of a Rdsofi, or
fort in Phan-yul in Tibet.
Mkhar-zam Lha-khan
rdson n. of a fort and town in Tibet.
mkhar-bzo-tra зшзгтк,
a maker of articles of bell-metal.
'qjc. mkhar-ruhi spor gan one
$por of Mkhar-ru measure is equal to one
silver sran.
mkhar^srun	the guard
or garrison of a fortress (C?.)<
mkhar-gsil metal cymbal.
mkhal-mdog kidney-coloured;
dark red (Cs.).
mkhal-mahi
nad disease of the kidneys.
rnkhal-wa I: the kidneys:
mkhel-ma дай yin tsha-gran mis pa
unthun dan. rnkhal-nad Igan-wa rked-pahi
nad-la phan the kidney (of cattle, etc.
taken as food) equalizes the temperature,
and is beneficial in kidney disease and
also for ailments of the bladder and groin.
II: gaid to be kind of fruit
of two species used in kidney disease.
I
183

mkhas-gritb	mkha$-
pa dan grub-pa} a Buddhist scholar who
being learned has attained perfection.
*^^q’| Mkhas-grub rjc=^'^^
Q^yqarqaq Mkhas-grub Dge-legs dpal-bzan
one of the chief disciples of Tson-khapa.
mkhas-mchog a profound
scholar; eminent among the learned.
*ip$rq^ mkhas-brtan 4R steady and
wise; of reliable knowledge «p^’q'q’lyq
mkhas-po brten-f)a.
mkhas-pa nfccf,
f^TPL
4^, ys, wise,
learned, sagacious: g^q^p^’q sman-pa
vnkha$-pa skilful physician:
cho$-la mkhas-pa versed in religion:
^’«•gk’q’or^f^’q efficient in managing
pupils.
Syn. 95’4 bya-wa; rig-ldan;
rnam-gsal; ^’q’^ rig-pa-can;
blo-ldan ; skyon-fes;	yon-
ian-ges; grafis-can; mdsan§-
pa; ^’СЛГ’,М snan-fiag-mkhan;
fas-rab-can;	dam-pa; ^j’q^yqrq
rig-pahi dpah-po; 3fq’^ go-wa-can;
кгт-rig; brtan-po; $w^*rq sem§
ge$-pa; thos-ldan;	spyod-ldan;
ii*<'q*y^ rnam-par-dbans;	rin-
du mthon-ica; HJ^^’q’Mq’q	grags-pa	thob-pa;
дщч’ЧЯ’аГ gsal-wahi sgo;	dus-yig-
can; kun-$a$; cyq^qq’q dran-pahi
dwan-po; §fw blo-bzan; blo-gro$;
5^ mig-ldan; ^’J^'q^'q kun-gyis bkur-wa.
(Mfion.)
wpurqmkha^-pa-can ГНПЧ wise;
learned; skilful; experienced ; prudent;
shrewd.
K^srqnnkhas~pa Ita-bu
like a dexterous man; appearing skilful.
«f4^ q-g5’q mkhas-pa smad-pa 4?^4 of
inferior attainments.
w^-q-q^’^ mkhas-pa bshiu byed shew-
ing as one skilful, but not really so.
mkha$-pahi mgul rgyan
n. of a
commentary on Tibetan grammar called
mkhas-pahi mgul-rgyan by
Si-tic Chos-kyi hbyun-gnas.
mkha$-pahi dgah-ston
jorqS ’$«’$4)” ’
n. of a commentary on Tibetan orthogra-
phy (Sum-rtag) by Blo-gros rgyal-po Qi
Zur-mkhar.
rnkha^-pahi гдуапЪ'^Ц'лф*^
n. of a grammatical wrork by
Karma Rab-rgya§ of Ho-phug.
mkhas-pahi rafi-bshin
can	possessed of the nature
of the learned; naturally wise or skilful.
mkhas-pahi rigs
of the learned class:
mkhas-pahi rig§ las skyes born of the race
of Daksa,
jfwrq^’gjirq mkhas-par rlom-pa
mkhas-rlom^) ufecRPT, conceited
person; a pedant.
mkha$-pa$ dregs pedantic:
q^’X4!^’4’^ among the
cultured there is much pedantry in learn-
ing.
ирч'ч mkhas-po or *if*rq .mkhas-pa a
learned man;	stion-gyi
rnkhas-po rnams learned men of former
times.
rnkhas-blun wise and foolish;
wisdom and folly.
bud-med
blo-ldan ma a noble, learned woman
(ДИо;п).

184

mkhas-btsun learned and righ-
teous;	mkhafajtsun fain
learned; conscientious and good.
mkhas-god	most
skilful or dexterous.
W4 mkhun-pa (Sch.)} v. khun*
pa.
nMur-wa the chocks:
a little fleshiness in
the chocks forebodes wealth (JZZ.):
mkhur-tshos, v. 0^’^ khur-hhos,
chocks:	her
very ruddy cheeks glow like the rising sun.
ач^’Л w.kho-wa necessary; desirable ;
also vb. to want:	J don’t want
it.	mkho-tcahi yo-byad indis-
pensable things; necessary articles;
Не-war mkho-wa or ner-mkho
requisites, wants, desiderata; most neces-
sary things:	according as was
wanted before; as heretofore.
rykho-byed, colloq. kho-du\
necessary things; what may be needed:
khyo-la kho-ehe yb-pc rik di dir nyo nia
chok the kind which you wanted cannot
be bought here.
rnkho$-phah acc. to Nag.
signifies a fancy for a thing; a liking
for; also to wish, want something.
rnkhyid-gan the measure with
the fist made with thumb extended, about
six inches:	(its) length
when folded is one mkhyid {Yig. k.).
mkhyud-pa, v. i: hkhyud-
40
pa to keep, to hold, to retain;
dpe mkhy ud-pa,	dpe rnkhyud-ean
unwillingness to lend books (Cs.);
dpe-mkhyud byed-pa to be unwilling to
lend books.
rukh у ud-spy ad 1. a sort of bag
or vessel for carrying medicine. 2. sorcery,
witchcraft (Sch.):	Л a little
instruction or various subjects like the
alms-bag of the saint Phadam-pa (which
contained different medicines).
*0SV-’4 mkhyud $py(id-pa = ^^ ^man-pa
a medicine man; a physician (ДГло/л).
v. rnkhycn-pa. I
В 4 rje faun-gyis
thugs inkhyen-gyi fags-pa lags-sam Has
your reverence seen by your prophetic
sight ? §ku-mkhycn form of abject
entreaty: I appeal to your honour’s wis-
dom;	to your honour’s sacred
words;	to your honour’s heart;
you know full well; you will
understand :	О Lama, thou
knowest all!	of your wis-
dom permit to be done !
wkhycn-wkhan very learned:
profound like
tho ocean in every (department of) religion.
wikhycn-rgya-can possessed of
much understanding; very learned:
ye-mkhycn — *&i*fy*\ ntfion mkhycn pos-
sessed of prophetic knowledge; fore-know-
ledge;	thiigs-mkhycn knowledge
of a higher kind; prophetic sight.
mkhycn-pa resp. for ^*4
rig-pa,	go-tea 1. to know; also
knowledge; '#fy%4thams-cadmk/iyen-
pa all-knowing. 2 rnam-fes
= ^•5^ rnam-mkhyen fbr, such terms
though applicable to Buddha are now
applied to the Grand Lamas of Tibet out
of courtesy or for the purpose of flattering

185

them:	whose know-
ledge has no hound (Lam-rim.) ;
superior wisdom;	‘<й’ЗцФЯ attain-
ments ; accomplishments of a high order;
perceived, found out, dis-
covered; л«яч’5<1|чк«фуч*1 perceived the
sentiments to be pure.
mkhyen-dpyod yafa-pa
wide and critical knowledge; wide discri-
minating wisdom.
mkhyen-spyan yans-pa
(with) broad views and wisdom; wide
prophetic vision or sight.
mkhyen-brtse omniscient mercy.
mkh yen-gzigs supernatural
perception; attributes of a high incarnate
lama or a Bodhisattva,
mkhyen-rab the wise; also
$c$-rab wisdom.
mkhyen-fin-fiatn—^^
mkhyen-nam did you understand it ?
mkhyen psum:—pshi-fe$,
жгад, or	the knowledge of the
subject; basic knowledge: wr-SjR lam-fes
knowledge of the way (to Nirvana); know-
ing the way.	rnam-mkhyen = ^^'
rnam-par fes faurn cognition
of all things.
mkhrafi-pa (thang-pa) acc. to Jd.
is the fourth stage of the development of
the foetus.
ткЬгап-ро=$^'Ц hran-pa or
sra-war hgyur-ua a robust, hard and
sound constitution: 4«r3**3|5’*‘4’e|’*43*;Z* in
the great strength of his body there is
sound health (Nag). The soundness of one’s
constitution is ascertained by examining
the urine deposited in a bottle; when it
is natural the physician declares
nikhran-hdiig, or colloquially
hran-gin hdug, it (the constitution) is
sound, &o.
mkhran-wa (t han-ica) y or *0=^
mkhrafi§ also	khran hard; solid; com-
pact;	’^5 sra-mkhran-can
hgyur med firm; hearty; sound; of a
robust constitution (Jd.).
c\
mkhrig-ma (thig-ma) the wrist
of the hand (Jd.); the part of the hand
which (in women) is adorned with bangles.
It is also called ’*«/4 nor-bu chin-ica,
the part where jewels are bound.
c\
mkhrigs-pa (thig-pa) some-
times for mkhrig-ma.
mkhri§-nad bilious disease,
ex
'	mkhris-pa (thi-pa) fbw 1. the
vesicle of the gall; the gall-bladder, as part
of the intestines. 2. generally the bile
itself; the bilious fluid: «§*г<г^£чргч|*г<г
^ЧГ'Ч’Ь^ mkhris-pa $na-tshogs
b$dus-pa rma (fan dug mkhrii mig-la phan a
mixture of the biles of different auimals is
useful for sores; and the bile of poisonous
animals is useful for eye-disease: «g*rq$'
the four animal biles that are
used in medicine:—(1)	dom-mkhri$
bear’s bile; (2)	ri-bon mkhris-pa
hare’s bile; (3)	hphyi-wafai
mkhri^-pa marmot’s bile; (4) 3’^0M na-
mkhris fish bile (Sinan. 175).
rnkhris-pa~can splenetic; a
short-tempered person.
mkhris-ma acc. to =
hkhri§.
mkhris-tshad bilious fever; 3V
«3*1 gra^-mkhris a feverish chill.
«§«Л«« mkhri§-ritn$ applied to a fever
in which the liver is conjested.
as

186
ofwi’q |
tfJJuVs-fas e7/c, й’огл|д*ГЧЧ’^’
one in whose constitution the
bilious diseases predominate.
inkhregs-pa (thcg-pd) SiBtx,
hard; that cannot be broken; cannot
be divided ; also fearless; and acc. to Jd.
rngo mhhregs-ean obstinate,
stiffnecked, stubborn.
Syn. 5'4 sra-ica; mi-$fg$',
mi-hjig\ $’B5 wi-phyed (Mnon.).
hkhan-ica,	senis
mi-dgah-ua lta-hu 1. to hurt at heart or
offend, also to irritate. 2. vindictiveness:
gS-raj	npv^qq khyod la hkhan-
tshig cig-kyan hdug-pas (Hbrom. 51) you
use all manner of vindictive words. 3.
bickering, quarrelling; many quar-
rels:	dpon slob re hkhan-
hbynn there arose mutual differences bet-
ween masters and scholars.
re hkhan byed-pri to make mischief (Jf/7.).
Црр’Ц hkhad-pa, especially in IF.
1. to sit; to sit firm: f^q-ej^q
to sit on the back of a camel. 2. to
remain sitting ; to stick fast; to be stopped;
kept back (Jd); ^qa^ajorq to got
entangled with the foot so as to fall:
the door sticks.
hkham-pa — ^^'^ brgyal-tca to
sink or fall down senseless; to faint away;
to swoon. 2. to take into one’s mouth
(&//.).
hkhar-=.^4 sfien-pa or м]«'ч
«hags-jui desire; passion; attachment
hkhar-sgon white pebbles
called dhar gon in medical works:
&yas-gyon
ynis-su hkhar-sgoft dan sran-ma on both his
right and left there were white pebbles and
peas.
I: 1. hkhar-wa a walking
stick, staff, clutcheon: &’-^‘Spr^'q,#Tj*rq-
met (a man) who carried a
stick of chu-qin (water-tree) (Л. 131). 2.
bell-metal:
tho nist (sulphate) of bronze, or of
gong-metal, removes eye disease, ^vq i8
a compound of boll-mctal with copper, &c.;
^vq$'$ hkhar-icahi chu molten, liquid
bronze;	hkhar-tcahi ine-lon a
metallic mirror.
Qpvq II. vb. to adhere to; to stick to.
hkhar-rfaot J'£ rgya-rna 1. gong
used in Tibet and China to call people
to their work or lamas to religious service.
2. a drum of bcll-metal, large bell-metal
disk, producing when struck loud sound
like that of a bell.
hkhar-gshofi dish of boll-metal.
hkhar~zans a metallic kettle.
hkhar-gsil tho staff carried by
mendicant priests having a chait у a fixed on
its top ond, from which hang down sixteen
rings:	(A.
23) they all grasped beautiful mendi-
cant’s staves.
hkhar-gsil-gyi-mdo (K. d.
<4. J$5) a tractate on tho merit accruing
from the use of the mendicant’s staff.
Qfni hkhal when spinning the thread
stretched across is called hkhal, and that
lengthwise is called sgrhn; sometimes
this word is spolt as hkhel (Dag-yig.).
Q.p^I’4 hkhal-wa 1. to spin:*
lai hkhel-wa to-spin wool. 2 in W. to
send; to forward things.
I
187

hkhii-hkhrig or ярс/ч
hkhaft-wa denotes certain passions that
disturb the tranquility of the mind, such
as malignity and covetousness; acc. to Cfc.
to emulate, contemn, hate; also to long
for; acc. to Sch. pride (Jd.).
*	hkhu-tca я^*ч hgran-pa=
to vie with, contend; also wrath-
fully rebelling :	she sdan-du-
han	don-la
rgyun-du gnod-pahi sems he han-pa the real
signification is always to harbour thoughts
of doing mischief. Acc. to Jd. to offend,
insult, injure; also injury.
яд-А^-адгтА hkhu-wahi bsam-pa^^^
log-lta	a false creed ; heresy
(M«on.).
hkhun-pa 1. groan; a deep
sigh, from suffering or disease. 2. on
account of fullness of the stomach, beasts
such as cows and buffaloes make this hollow
sound at the time of chewing the cud: ящ*
g-pc/crjSK^ hkhun-sgra khan-pa khens he
filled the house with groanings:
i4-q]uw]-n^x)^ $(ian wahi dgra-la gyag Itar
hkhun he groans (or grunts) like a yak
against a fierce enemy (Jd.).
hkhum-pa, pf. khams (cf.
4 skum-pd\ 3^'4 thos-pa to comprehend;
to shrink ;	yan-lag hkhums-
pa to be contracted of the limbs ;
rkan-lag hkhums-pa contracted
hands and feet :
yur-ra raft-bshin hkhznn by cd yin the ditch
will get narrower of itself (Ja.).
hkums-pa 1. shrunk,
shriveled, contracted ; fig. reduced ;
restricted; deprived of power: gf'^wq bio
hkhums-pa a contracted mind; an easily
frightened heart; one who is much afraid
of (Af/j.) : acc. to Sch. to practise; to
impress on the mind.
hkhur-du thogs-te taking
up in order to carry; taking on one’s back;
lag-par khur-byes in W.
to hold in one’s hand (Jd.) ; ^«гвгяцч'А
sems-la hkhttr-wa to bear in mind ; ядя'чч)
hkhur-thag girth or rope; strap for
carrying.
W’A hkhur-ica sbst. pastry; vb.
to carry, as in R^RVtrq khur hkhur-ica-
one who carries a burden; hkhur-
byed, я^^’Ч hkhur bshin-pa carrying:
s^aj’qvQRVA mi-theg-par hkhur-wa to carry
very heavy loads; to carry what one is not
able to carry. Khur-gog^ bring it 1 Khur-
song, take it away!
hklmr-tshos, v. khur-tshos.
hkhnr-ra=^'*$^ smun-hkhur
bread or pastry baked with or in oil
(flag.).
W’A hkhul-wa acc. to Nag. to
subdue; to subject one by argument and
language to service ; acc. to Cs. to be
uneasy about; Д®гяцзга khral hkhul-zva
acc. to Jd. perh. to force a tax, a rate, on
a person.
hkhegs-pa^ pf. of яч|ч|^ hgegs^
to hinder, stop, shut off, debar:
ji-ltar bkag run-та hkhegs-
pas although they prohibited, in whatever
way, he was not stopped :
net-skyon hkhegs-pa-po one who has stopped
evils and dangers :	hkheqs-byed
one who stops. ’
188	®fa|
hkhens-pa, pf. khefi^ to
be replete ; to be full:	was
filled with blood;	blo-gros
ma khefis-te his mind not being satiated
(Л.).
Q^q’CI hkheb-ра, pf. kheb§, to cover;
to spread over;	yons-su khebs-
te being covered all over;
kha tham^cad khebs-te being covered over
the whole face; to overshadow (Jd.).
oj^Tl'q hkhcl-wa, hgd-ica, pf.
khcl,	q y(iefi hkhel^ra, to put on ; to
pack on; to load : ^’‘Sfaj-^orq bcu thogkhcl-
tea when tho ten storeys shall have been
put on (erected).
qp’q hkho-wa (cog. to mkho-
tea) to wish; to want; to think useful, ser-
viceable, necessary; to have occasion for:
it will be of use; he will be able
to make use of it : ap-wft’wp will it bo
useful or not, or in W. hkho-ee med,
I do not want it; I do not like it. ^«£5
fit for use; useful (Jd.).
I: hkhogs-pa very infirm
from old age; decrepit; decayed. Gen.
signifies rgan or	rgyas-hkhogs
worn out by age:	tfio-khog, sfya-
khog complexion blue or pale from old age.
II: VT4,
migration; wandering; fig. worldly
existence.
III : = g^’q gio hgog-pa
to cough (Mnon.).
hkhon-wa (cf. sfc-q $gon-wa) to
draw in one’s limbs; to sit in a cowering
position; to squat; to hide one’s self; V*’
dpah hkhofi-ica to be discouraged,
disheartened (Jd.).
4ps hkhod, fut. of	khod
1. surface; superficies ;	$ahi
hkhod snom-pa to remove inequalities of
tho surface; to level; to plane;
hkhod §nom$-pa levelled; made even; plain;
frequently	bar-gyi khod-snoms
gaps were filled up, t>., distinctions of rank,
wealth, &c., were done away with. 2. a
mill stone; «гяр^ya-hkhod the upper stone;
ma-hkhod tho nether stone (Ja.).
hkhod-pa=J^4 sdod-pa to sit
down; to sit; also to live, to dwell; to be
set down; to bo put : rgyal srid-la hkhod-
pa raised to the throne; ^‘^’^’q settled
at a place ; apr^j^’q seated in rank or
order;	stefi-tu hkhod-pa placed
above ; K^xj^’q placed under.
Ufa I: J$khon n. of an ancient family
in Tibet :	Sa^kya hkhon-
gyi rigs, Sa-$kya (hierarchs) belonged to
the race of Hkhon (&ag.).
Qjfa II:=W4 she-hkhon malice;
dispute; war; spite (fiag.); hkhon-
na§ from the state of dispute or war;
hkhon-ned-par honestly, without
evil intentions ; also without quarrel or
dispute;	hkhon sugs-pa to be
spiteful or quarrelsome.
*pVq hkhon-pa, also hkhon-yod-
pa to bear a grudge or ill-will against a
person; to be dissatisfied with a thing; also
to be malicious, spiteful.
hkhon-po discord; dissension
(Jd.).
Cf5q5l|
189

hkhol^	bya-icahi
hkholt the sphere of one’s doing or work
(Zaur); also = jyrci khyab-pa. Acc. to Jd.
to be startled, agitated, alarmed.
hkhobs^ag not fitting to a
place ; become larger or smaller:
hkhyag$-nas hkhdb^ag
cher-chcr son being frozen it does not fit,
it having grown larger (Асф.).
+	hkhob-ua — ^^ fan-pa bad;
wicked; low; barbarous; rough; rude; w
ярч wdhah hkhob border; also border coun-
try ; yan-hkhob distant border land.
I: hkhor an attendant who is
inferior to a friend in rank and superior to
a servant : <^’3’^Ая^лГЗс;У‘’ even if he
be allowed to be among the attendants.
^II: 1. for hkhor-lo a wheel;
Д’яря me-hkhor the fire-wheel ; chu-
hkhor a mill or wheel turned by water;
gf/ярХ Rlun-hkhor wheel turned by wind;
qqj-qpSX lag-hkhor a wheel turned by the
hand; a millstone. 2. circle; circumfer-
ence ; the persons or objects encircling; that
which surrounds (a certain point or place):
g'qIte-u'a dan dehi hkhor-
rnams the navel and the circumjacent
parts ;	de khor-la thereabouts.
ne-hkhor retinue, attendants; also
waiters :	hkhor daft bcas-pa
(qqfXTTK) with the attendants or suite;
hkhor dgra-bcom-pas sur-
rounded by the retinue of Arhats:
hkhor-du b$dus-po gathered
round as his retinue; also frequently the
train of thoughts, reminiscences, &c.,
which the soul, when passing into a new
body, cannot take along with it (Ja.).
hkhor wfcT (Schr.; Kdlac. T. 22).
hkhor kun-tu grays, Hq-
resounding in every
company.
hkhor-kha,	zla-ua
dan shag hkhor-гса la return or each rota-
tion (of a month, day, or year):
пшп-wahi
rigs la hkhor-khahi lhag hkhyil yon-gi hdug-
pa those articles which are found in excess
at the termination of the period should
be sent round (Rtsii.).
hkhor-mkhan one who turns
a wheel; a wheel that is turned; those who
come and go with somebody.
hkhor-gyi dkyil-hkhir
the circle of attendants.
hkhor-gyi skc-wa, qfrsrq
dependants.
hkhor-gyi sk>bo
(Schr.; Kalac. T. 21).
qffc'B’Rgwj hkhor-gyi hkhyams court-
yard ; an open space near a temple or a
residential hou^e where people assemble
to witness a spectacle; also the passage
round a temple or monastery for devotees
to walk round for religious merit.
Rftfvg'hkhor-gyi gtso-bo the chief of
the attendants or followers.
hkhor-geig one attendant ;
hkhor-rnam§ domestics ; house-
hold servants ; ®lo-hkhor a cycle of
years : йгяря'^’фм lo-hkhor bcu-gnis or
drug-bcu a cycle of twelve or sixty
years.
яря’^ hkhor-пап faqR the first of the
seven musical notes.
hkhor-to n. of a tribe in Tibet
(Vai. kar. 190).
Gpf\-q|
190

fjgohi them-
pa	steps at tho threshold or at the
entrance of a house.
qffchkhor-du b$du§ to enlist; to
recruit; to take as one’s followers. 3^4^'
A Bodhi-
sattva taking animated beings as his fol-
lowers works for their good; or a Bodhi-
sattvaAi^Nin^ brought animated beings into
his followers, does work for the cause of
men : ApVA^WA^<q hkhor-hdus-pa hdug
all the attendants had collected together.
Apvq hkhor-pa or Ap№3 hkhor-po male
attendant.
* Apfr;'«W| Й	hkhor phag-mo (Schr.,
5J Л.)
hkhor-wa I: to turn round; to
circumambulate, to walk all round; also
to elapse, to be completed. 2. to be
formed, perfected: (ЭТ‘^'Apfc’Athe frost
has formed ;	dew has arisen.
R^VA II: the world ; rotatory exis-
tence; the round of transmigration within
the six classes of beings: Aj^-q-erg-^prgM
hkhor-wa la skyo-fas skyes to repent at
having come into transmigratory existence.
Syn. w’Rnj та-rig*,	тппон-chags}
srid-pa ; hjig-rten ; ^’5(5 yan-
srid;	gshi hdsin-pa;
gtsug-lag dan-po\	thun-mon chos\
^•qgei’Agc’O)^ §dug-bsnal hbyun-nas ; Ap<q
hkhor-tea (Mnon,).
Rpfc'q'RpvSfc hkhor-wa hkhor-mor to
transmigrate in the world (Pag. 291).
Rpfc*q R&q hkhor-wa hjig	сПГРГН
the breaker or destroyer of transmigratory
existence; the name of a former Tatha-
gata.
*	-Sytf hkhor-wa dan-ldan
chcn-po	(Schr.; Kalac T. l^o).
hkhor-wa doMprug=Aw
д^А^^А^'А’аГ^the pass-
ing of all animals to be followers of the
thousand past Buddhas.
RpVqWjjar^ hkhor-wa la$ §grot-
mkhan oue who has been liberated from
transmigratory existence ; also one who
liberates another from that state.
R^’qR'gw hkhor-wahi khyim=^tt&
9^' btsun -mohipho-bran the residence of a
queen (Mnon.).
AjSX’qR 55 hkhor-wahi dgra	the
enemy of the world, Mara.
r^vpr hkhor-wahi rgya-ndsko the
ocean of worldly existence :
the Vikalpana
(the wrong impression); thrown into the
ocean of worldly business (Grub. S7G).
RpVAR'RJR'q hkhor-wahi hchin-wa the en-
tanglements or ties of tho world: ApVAR’
RjqqVjEj	the strong
fastenings to this world arc the cause of
the suffering in hell of all animated
nature (К. * 1Ц\
A{^R’qR^5’q^ hkhor-wahi $dttg-btfxal the
miseries of the worldly existence.
aj^var g « hkhor-wahi
hdod-lha dgah-rab dban-phyvg
Cupid, the god of Love (Mfion.).
а^а’а^’а^л hkhor-wahi tyson-ra the
prison-hcuse of worldly existence,
Rpfc’AR’W hkhor-wahi lam	-tho
path of transmigratory existence.
RftfR’AR’Rpfc hkhor-war hkhor to come in
and go out of this world very often.
Aj£vqvAp?4‘q’q hkhor-war hkhor-wa-po
one who transmigrates.
R^vq^ AQ^ hkhor-war hkhyams
wandering purposelessly in this world/

191
’’Sj |
hkhor-та tshags without
interruption.
hkhor man-can	gin
ka-dam-pa «14*4 the tree Cadamba
(Mnon.).
\hkhor-med, chad-mcd unin-
terrupted : «П|Ч	bkah drin hkhor-
mcd uninterrupted mercy (У{^. 42) ♦
RpX’^ij hkhor-shag the date of return;
the term or period for which leave is
granted to monks or soldiers at the expira-
tion of which they are bound to return
to duty.
hkhor-zug, v. ‘Ч^Х’^*| hkhor-у и g.
hkhor-yug, the horizon;
the wall surrounding a city or fort; ram-
part: ^^'44’5 hkhor-yug-tu or
hkhor-mo yug-tu within the limits of the
horizon; everywhere; at all times.
*hkhor-yug (Schr.; Kalac.
T. 12).
uffr/quA hkhor-gyah latch.
hkhor-gyog ufbnr,
attendants and servants, companions and
domestics:	mdun-hkhor waiting
servant; valet de chambrc, ^’^X nah-
hkhor household servants; domestics:
*j*X gtso-hkhor master and servant: 5^'
*j^X dpon-hkhor the chief and his servant;
^’^X $ton-hkhor the teacher and his
pupils; 5^'*j*X druft-hkhor a secretary or
clerk; phyi-hkhor servants outside
the domestics.
*	hkhor ral-gcig-ma (Schr.
53 B.).
hkhor-legs-pa good atten-
dants.
<грХ’^ I: hkhor-lo and other weapons
of war included in the following list of
weapons or	mtshon cha:—
gyul-du hdsin-pa-) tho-vca\ ^'^Srdtin-
bycd] hdsom-byed} dbytig-pa-,
leags-bcins; dbyig-pa; w
hphan-mdun} gan-lafi\
gsor-mdun; tsa-kra	hkhor-lo
(Mnon.).
II: 1.
an orb, circle, disk; a wheel:
§ ’дц,- J	ЧТГЗЖ
the symbol of entering into the great
circle. 2. the round of life; orb or state
of existence;	srid-pahi hkhor-
lo the chart or cycle of existence:
lha clan mi rnams-kyi
hkhor-lo bshi the four states of existence
of gods and men:—(1)
mthun-pahi yul-du gna$-pa
residence in a place where there is agree-
ment or which is agreeable; (2)
$kye$-bu dam-pa la brten-pa Hcfpw-
’sru to take refuge with or shelter under
good men; (3)	bdag
ned-kyi yan-dag-pahi won-lam Ч1Ж:
srfwTH perfect determination of one’s self;
(4)	sfion yan-bsod-nam§
byas-pa sw moral merit acquired
in a former existence: «фбХ’йгз^ (1) hkhor-lo
can one who is possessed of a disk;
(2) gpi shrill a snake (Mnon.); (3) v.
bya nnr-wa	(Mnon.).
hkhor-lo b§gyur,
hkhor-lo^gyur	an Universal
Emperor.
Syn.	ma-lu§ rgyal-po ;
rgyal-кип hdud*	lhag-pahi
dican-phyng;	sa-kuh dicoll;
yan-dag rgyal-po; *4^ ^ mi-yi lha;
gnam^kos (ЩИон.).
Rpvafa-gvjprg-q^-S hkhor-lo$ tgyur
rgyal-gyi ty sun-mo the wife of the
"Universal Emperor.
Syn.	nri-yi lha-то-
bud-med rin-chen;	gnam b$ko§-
ma;	Lhag-pahi dwan-phyug
ma;	hjig-rten btsun-mo.
{Mnon.)
hkhor-lo hjom$, v.
di-dru hjom§	vegetable medicine
lor ringworm.
Mkhor-lo dan Idafipahi-
ri	n. of a fabulous mountain
situated beyond tho great ocean whore the
horizon touches the earth. At its centre it
has an impenetrable golden hill called
Vajra nabhi parvata. It is filled with fruit
trees in consequence of which thoro aro
innumerable species of monkey living
there (7f. d. 282).
*rpr| hkhor-lo dan
hkhor-lo chen-po lhahi те-tog (7Г. d. & 368)
n. of a celestial flower; idem
5^’3 tsa-kra dan tsa-kra chen-po. (7f. d.
156.)
hkhor-lo dri-med
n. of flower.
hkhor-lo дх1оп~чъ\ Ц phag-pa,
^Ж, ЖЖТ a pig; ono with a circular
muzzle.
hkhor-lo hdab-brgya ^ж-
КПЧЯ n. of a flower.
Rj^R-afR^ hkhor-lo hdra=\^'^\ don-ga.
Syn.	rgyal-pohi fin;
sor-ma gshi-pa; Йгэгцзч lo-ma bzan
{Mnon.).
R^R-HfR^q hkhor-lo hdra-ica
жТжж: like a circle; resembling a wheel.
Rp^R’iS’^wq hkhor-lo $doma-pa
n. of Buddhist Tantrik deity.
192
в.р5*.'3('5Ч=.'|р hkhor-lo фсап-tgyur
ч ^в| n. of a Bou teacher (G. Bon. 1).
hkhor-lo hLyed-pa
one who can penetrate into tho designs or
machinations of others.
hkhor-lo rtsihs-$ton the
fabulous washing wTheol wdiich is possessed
of one thousand radiating spokes: g«r
<*i q^-g’4pR'5	in the presence
of the king w as the golden w’heel with one
thousand radiating ribs; £ачАЛ,«г<мг|(Л*
’^TR^-q'Qi on each spoke, wdiere it
touched tho felloe, there was placed a
dainty dish;
from the wheel was brought before him
whatovorho wished;
that which he did not like turned
away from him {Л. 2).
hkhor-lo gyo n. of a
flow’er.
Rfev^R'^c/ hkhor-lohi rkafl round foot;
elephant; R^'Qglan-po (Mfion.).
hkhor-lohi rngon-])o tho lord
or chief of all:	wrr r^r’
before the feet of Kalyanamilra
who is the paramount lord possessing the
grace of the noble, wise, and good, whose
kindness is unequalled.
4p?R-26R-w§^ hkhor-lohi mgrin as met.=
rna-mon tho camel. {Mnon.)
RpSv^RWR hkhor-lohi mt hah	Hifa
the circumference of a circle.
Rpfc-aiR'^rq’^ hkhor-lohi rnam-pa can,
described as ^’5)	a scent
called “ tiger’s-claw's.”
яра^аЯ^'ч^ hkhor-lohi yan-lag=^‘^
fan-pa tpyihi min ЖЖТ^,	a general
term for the goose species {Mnon.).
^p5cq-q ।
193
e.^|
I; hkkor-lohl lug = g'^«r? pu-
$el tse amber.
Syn. S'** bya-za$;	ha-yi hkhor-
pa ;	lu$~nan mig (Mnon.).
ii	gdags an umbrella.
Syn. ehar-tfcyob', tsha-wa
§grib ; ^S’5^ tshad-ikyob (Mnon.).
hkhor-lo$ hgro-wa,
§‘9Я $ift-rta $pyi-daft bye-brag wheeled;
carriage or vehicle (Mnon.).
hkhor-lo$ sgyur, v. K«|’W
reg-bzafi (Mnon.).
hkhor-lo§ hisho, v. rdsa-
mkhan, a potter; one who lives by turning
the (potter’s) wheel (Mfton.).
RpSK’M hkhor-sa ч<(ч<И-ч^1ФТ the path
for circumambulation round a sacred build-
ing or other object; the positions of
attendant demi-gods of a principal deity
round his mansion.
khor-hgsum man, horse and
cow:	V^’S'4, alight-
ing from his horse, he presented the three
objects, viz., a servant, a horse, and a cow
to him (A. 7).
hkhor-gsum rnam-par
dag-pa the alms-giver, alms-giving, and
the receiver of alms, when those three are
of pure motives.
hkhol-wa, pf. «йрч bkhol, imp. рч
khol 1. to make a person a slave; to bind
as a servant; to cause to serve one.
bran-khol or ^'2i khol-po a slave; bkol-
tpyod-kyi sdug-bsftal the miseries of servi-
tude ; gshan-dag-gi^ dwan-med-par ikol-wa
to be enslaved by others, without ability
to help oneself. 2. acc. to Cs. to save; to
spare; to enjoy with moderation. 3. ace.
to Sch. to become insensible; to be asleep;
to get benumbed in reference to the limbs.
In Med. 4. to boil (with pf. рч khol):
to make one boil; place for
boiling (Jd.).
Rjtfurjq-q hkholihub-pa explained in raft-
gis b$go-wahi nag la nan-cin las gaft b$kul-wa
ihams-ead ^grub-par by cd, sems kyaft hgytir-
ica-med nd bran gyog-tu hkhol-thub-pa yin,
de-ltar ma-byuft-na bran gyog-tu gyur-kyaft
hkhol mi thub-pa red (&ag.) extracting
voluntary service, i.e., if a servant
obediently gives effect to the wishes of
his master, otherwise, although the servant
maybe in his service, he has not rendered
service.
яр&гя hkhor-та a female attendant
(CS.).
яр^гЙ hkhol-пю maid-servant.
hkho$ or ’H hkhos-ka worth,
value, importance ; also necessity:
hkho$-can important; mighty; of great
influence; hkho$-nwd uninfluential;
hkhos-su phab-pa to draw as a
blister or poultice;
dnos-podgah tshaft eig yod kyaft
tnod-kyi hkhos-kaham (A. 1J/2) although
there have existed some articles pretty
complete, there was necessity for a vessel
to receive (deserve) them;
hkho$-ka ehun-tva of less necessity;
яр«г$с.ч hkhos ckuft-wa=W’^^^^ las-
bya-war	ehuft-ba	less	active	or	less
energetic (Mfton.).
яркч|^ hkho$	ho$	babs,
don daft	bstun	suited	to	one’s
intention or object; fitness; suitability.
hkho$-dpag	according to the
measure of one’s ability.
26
I	194
hkhos-sii pheb$-pa
qVT4 logs-su bshag-pa to put in opposition.
hkhyags-pa xfU, ftH, firfsTK
vb. intrans. 1. to freeze either into ice or
hard ; to coagulate, crystaliso:
the water will be freezing;
tho soda has congealed on the salt-lake,
lu Sikkim khyek or MeA*=ioe. 2. to feel
cold, become numbed:	hkhyags-
hbyufi they felt cold (ДГЯо-а.).
hkyag$-rum or ядчцгзд hkhyags
ram au ice-slip; also ice in blocks.
ЯВЛ’0 hkhyam-kyi a stray dog.
I: hkhyams-pa fig. to rove,
wander:
being completely deluded by
desire, they rove tho world as a wheel
(2Г. d. * 380}:	hkhor-гсаг
hkhyamt-2>a dan or	lac-dor
hkhyam§-pa to rove (in the world or in tho
interval between death and regeneration)
for no purpose.
II:	don-med-
du hgro-ica Hfare-wru, ^5,
fw<; pf.	hkhy amt-par gyur 1.
to ramble about; to wander purposelessly;
to wander in a strange country. At
certain seasons many monks wander about
Tibet, Mongolia and China, ride Hue.
frww,	n«w«(ywrcf rnam-par
hkhyams-pa, to wander about continually;
to move about unceasingly:
hkhyam-du hjug-pa to cause to ramble or
rove about; to become strayed, lost;
wandering; vagrant; erroneous; erring;
$’R|5$rq chu hkhyam-pa inundation; flood.
hkhyams-po 1. erroneous; a
vagabond. 2. n. of a disease.
hkhyar-ica to err, to go
astray, to deviate from the right path: ft’
^B^ mi-hkhyar erring or blundering man;
В‘ЯВ^ khyi hkhyac a stray dog;
yi-ge hkhyar-tca-po ono who makes
mistakes in writing (a letter, &c.);
Rjjvsrqjqj do not err in conversation,
ono should bo afraid of
making mistakes, of going astray;
dpe hkhyar-po a defective simile (Ja.).
ОДЧ’Ч hkhyal-u'a—^*-^'^ hchal-ica
irrelevant: £Л]'с*в'*га speaking unconnec-
tedly.
hkhyal-tshig irrelevant speech;
speaking nonsense:
if one speak mis-
leading words which cause the youthful
not to go straight, it infringes the law (or
justice).
e\
hkhyi-ua, acc. to Sch. ^B^’4
hkhyil-ica.
c\
*4 hkhyig-pa, to bind; to
take prisoner.	also in (Л, to
strangle; suffocate; *4thag-pas
hkhyig~pa-i)o one who binds with a rope.
Syn. hchin-ica*, $dom;
hdogtj ffdags; о&гц bcifi-wa*
bkyig-pa.
hkhyigt-pa, pf. bkyigt,
bound.
C\
*	hkyid-pa^=hbyin-pa
to draw out; strain; also to roll, revolve:
mig-hkhyid-pa to turn orroll one’s
eyes:
hkhor-гсаг hkhyid-pahi rgyuhigtso-
bo ni ji-ltar §»afi-tcahi dnot-po hdi dag la
the chief of the causes of revolving in the
195
world lies in how one appears outwardly
(Lam. ti, 36).
e\
hkhyim~par=%°^*W chu hkhor-
tea to whirl (as of water) (Mnon.).
e\
0^5151'4 hkhyim$-pa qfwi,
described as ni-ma dan zla-wa sogs la hod
sgor-sgor-du hkhyims-pa, to be encircled
with a halo, like the sun and moon;
hog-hkhyim$ nimbus; halo:
W’KYRjyrc hjah-hod hkhyims a rainbow
encircling (him) :	na-bun or
smug-pa khyims	dud-pa
hkhyims fog, mist, or smoke enveloped
him (Ja.).
C\
hkhyir-wa to turn round:
4 dbu-la gdtigs bskor-wahi
hkhyir-pa (fiag.) to turn a parasol round
in a circle over the head.
e\
hkhyil-wa	vb.
intrans. to wind ; to twist; to whirl round;
§kra hair (Mnon.):
ehu-ran fug$-kyi§ hkhyil-wa water of itself
whirls round, i.e., turns into a whirlpool;
duft-dkar gyas-
bkhyil gyon-hkhyil a white shell wound to
the right or wound to the left; |pr*j^rq
sbrul hkhyil-wa to coil up like a snake; to
being wound in the manner of a snake :
chu chen-po hkhyil hdug
much water has accumulated surrounding a
place or inside a place forming itself
in a whirlpool;	V’ hod-du
bkhyil-shifi as if wreathed with light; У
na gscr mig hkhyil-wa yod
the fish was revolving its golden eyes:
mi man-po de-ru hkhyil-
war gyur-te there many people having
cjjowded together or assembled together:
although
there was no swirl in the waters they dug
deeply into the ground.
Syn.	hkhor-гса} hjug-pa
(Milon.).
hkhyil-wa brgya злптт one
hundred coils:	hkhyil-sdan
anything that is possessed of coils; wound
together.
hkhyil-ba ean = *\$*\ rna-rgyan
an earring.
Syn.	rna-ba mdses-byed}
^0^ rna-war hkhyil}	§nan-rgyan
4ffahiT (Mnon.).
*0^ hkhyis-pa* v. hkhyid-pa. to
evolve.
hkhyu-wa or hkhyuspia —
о
№< kyog-po 1. bent; not straight (Nag ).
2. pf. hkhyus run aavay.
Syn. yo-ica-, bros-pa (Mfion.).
hkhyug-pa pf. /34] khytig
to run, move swiftly; said to imply
^myur-wahi-don^hs meaning of rapidity;
hkhyug-po runner. sf<T404Tq glog-
hkhyug-pa rapid motion of lightning:
glog liar hkhyug-pa to run or
move rapidly like the flash of lightning:
hkhyug-po hkhyu-pa to run away
swiftly :	hkhyug-tsam in or about
a moment or in a flash : g’*|g<i]’&rawq sku
hkhyug-tsam phebs-payem honour has come
for a rapid visit:
khyed-ran de-rin hkhyug-tsam phebs rogs
will you come here to-day just for a trice :
hkhyug-tsam gzigs see for
aboiit an instant:	sems hkhyug the
mind travels quickly. khra khyug-
pa to gleam; to twinkle’ with light; to
shine in various colours :
(Lam. ti. 35.) the mind moves
^1
196

(restless) with suffering ; АЗЧЛ’’ glit-
tering in yellow lustre; to glitter ; to
shine (of the rainbow).
454’^4 hkhyug-yig running hand;
current handwriting.
hkhyug-$ar-can in JF. hasty;
hurrying ; careloss.
hkhyud-hihuft^^^^'4 skyes-
ma t hag-pa as soon as born (ДГлон.).
hkhyud na$ Idoft-wahi
та ntn	one that becomes
an hermaphrodite after being embraced.
I: hkhyud-pa	Wlfe-
1. to embrace; embraced :
mgul-nas hkhyud-pa to clasp round the
neck; to hug ; to encompass by spanning.
2. to glide in or into (as serpents) :
q mftal-du hkhyug-pa entering of
the soul into new conception. 3. to be
able :	lan-war mi hkhyud
unable to rise (from bod). The word is
also illustrated as
rtsig-pa la rten nas hgro-wa lta-buy to
move supporting himself on a wall, &c.
П: =qBql'q hkhrig-pa
sexual embrace (4f>?on.).
W2* hkhyur-wa or *5* hkhyur, fut.
><5
of tekyw\ to be separated ; divorced
(Cs.): to stop ; to put an end to. Acc. to
Ja., to be deserted: ^vq*r^*^rq^
being separated, be was, so to speak,
bereft.
eS^ hkhyus, v. *5’4 hkhyu-wa.
hkhyeft-wa to be filled up, v.
^q hgen$-pa.
hkhyed-pa 1. to be sufficient, to
suffice, to be enough; to hold out ; colloq.
this is enough:	there is not
enough. 2. in C. to gain (a law suit);
to be acquitted (Ja.). 3.	phyir
khyed-pa to bow without uncovering one’s
head, as a less humble way of saluting
(Ja.).
hkhyer-wa to carry
away, to take away ; sometimes, to bring:
chu-yii hkhyer carried away by
water ;	le-los hkhyer to be over-
come, carried away by idleness.
Ide-mig khyer tako the key ;
khye.r-qog bring;	khyer soft carry
off, take away; akin to the le-аи and
le-jao of Hindustani.
hkhyer-so 1. bearing ;
appearance; demeanour; neatness. 2.
colloq. advantage; superiority ; pleasant-
ness.
hkhyel-wa Ld. to hit, to
strike.
hkhyog-hkhyog bent,
crooked {Nag.).
4S4'Q? 1 hkhyog-hgro=4\**'%\'Q gzah
Spen-pa the planet Saturn or g&9-
snon ; he in blue robe {Mfton.). 2. =
hbab-ehu a stream ; waterfall {Mfton.);
sbrul hkhyog-hgro the snake
because it creeps in a bent course {Mnon.).
*54’^ hkhyog-can or	hkhyog-
hkhyog tortuous.
q54*^’q hkhyog ston-pa to fly into a
passion (&?Л.).
*i§44 hkhyog-pa, pf. $4 khyag, imp.
54 khyog 1. to lift; lift up. 2. to
carry; tob ring :	gsol-ja khyog
bring in the tea ((?.).
197

hkhyog-po or ЙЙЧ’З khyog-po
crooked; bent:	khyog-pohi ri-mo
a crooked figure; a curve, flourish, crescent,
&c. :	has phar hkhog-
ishun-hkhyog the fish writhing hither and
thither.
hkhyog-pahi sa-bon
crooked seeds.
‘ФТЗ hkhyog-po—^’25’$Ц’Ч draft-po min-
pa	•nr,	not
upright; not straight, /.e., crooked.
*5*1'25$’hkhyog-pohi mthu-can the
bent-bill; a toucan.
*5*1’25$^ hkhyog-pohi	po-son
cha, chaft-rtsi a kind of churn or mixer
to make wine with.
Syn. 4*'S**^ goft-bu can ;	gser-
gyi lag*,	dbugs-hbyin qift\
сЛай-р'й;	lag-pahi tshofi-
das; 5^’§5 myot-byed.
hkhyog-pohi tshig—^^’^^h^
tshig-gi gt aft-rag rough language ; not
straightforward {Mfton.).
hkhyog-dpyaft a lath or pole for
carrying burdens {Sch.).
q5zTS'4 hkhyog-gral—1^^ draft-lam
straight road {Mfton.}.
*5^1 w hkhyog-hbar	blaze
or flame {Шоп.).
hkhyog-med—^'^ draft-po or if*’
ч .sroft-pa straight {Mfton.).
*3*T<W|S hkhyog-bqad a crooked, out-of-
the-way construction or explanation.
hkhyogs or [J4)** hkhyogs, ях
a palanquin ; sedan chair ; litter.
hkhyoft-wa or hkhyons J*’
лд**	skyoft-wa daft $kyoft§-
pahi don-daft mtshufts to observe:
nin-hkhyotif, ч	я
dgon-pa la sbyin-bdag-gis ni-magcig-
gi bsnen-bkur shu-гса 1. to observe a day’s
religious service in a monastery. 2. acc.
to Jd. and Ramsay khyong in Ladak
signifies to bring.
^[3^*^ hkhyom-pa <тя^г, fluid hence
fig. giddy or giddiness; also to reel; to be
giddy:	$si hkhyom hkhyom
tgyug dizzy with intoxication:	'Xfapr
<Jw’5*’*J*’^*’*5*] yaft fift sog# hkhyog daft
hkhy or-shift hkhyog the trees being moved
(by the wind) were bent {Nag.) ; so the
words	hkhyom and *5*1 hkhyog are some-
what similar to each other.	khyoin-
khyom do-гса in C. to reel, stagger : **‘$T
chan-gi hkhyom-pa hdug he is
staggering under the influence of beer;
mtsho-hkhyom dizziness ; vertigo :
lug-glad mgo-hkhor
hkhyom-pa gso the brain of a sheep (taken
as food) cures reeling or dizziness of the
head {Med.).
hkhyor-ua to be un-
steady ; to miss, fail; not to hit {Cs.); to
reel, stagger, from intoxication; to warp
(of wood or wooden vessels) :
in walking his steps reeled {Rdsa.).
hkhyol-pa, pf. *5*4 hkhyol, cf.
skyel-wa, to be carried; to be brought;
to arrive at, come to, reach :
qprlfc on reaching the end, it was left
(unfinished).
hkhyos-pa — ^ч ч hphyo$-pa
{Sch.).
hkhyo$-ma, same as
$kya$-ma, a present, gift.

198

hkhra*ica (tha-wa), vb», pf.
probably qg^ hkhras^ to lean to; to
incline towards ((?$.).
яд’*: hkhra-sa a support to lean against;
a prop; tho back (of a chair): яд’^^*яд^
hkhra-sar /jkhra$=^^45Vq rten-la brten-
pa firm in support (i^a^.).
hkhrafa (than) <sTC: hard ; яд^-q
hkhrans-wa, Ъкгап-гса adj. hard.
hkhrad-pa (thad-pa), in colloq.
Tib. to expel; turn out:	bg> g$
hkhrad byed to expel the devil (from
one's body).
hkhrab-pa {thab-pa\ ЧЧ;
pf. чдр bkrahox $кгаЪ-ра, 1. to strike;
to beat (in regular strokes, as in swimming
and rowing); to thrust, stamp, tread
heavily; g^gqqJro hkhrab-pa to daneo in
that manner. 2. towinnow; tofan. 3.
to blink, twinkle, wink with the eyes. 4.
to jest; to joke; to crack jokes. 5. to
leap, jump (Sch)*, jump for joy (Schr.).
G. to scoop out; to bail out (Sch.). 7. to
fight; to combat in C. and ТГ. (Ja.).
hkhral-hkhrul (thal-thut) —
g^rar^*1^ khral-le khrul-le (tha-le thn-le)
confused; dazed; confounded; also as adv.
Ц * Зя ’
also applied to one who is confused in
his ideas and speaks unconnected ly and
ravingly, and being unable to sit moves up
and down and cannot even preserve his
own goods.
hkhras (the) =	seni$-
chags $dod-pa hopeful; also attached.
e\
hkhri (thi) reduction; discount.
hkhri-rkafi \pr, said to be=J'’’
rgyal-mtshan, the Buddhist flag of
victory.
я§’||4 hkhri-sgrub payment of stipulated
revenue or dues : д*гяя’5’йЦ'ХИ]« khral-ham
bu-lon soggy ^•(arqq^'Q’^’Qg’q ran-gi
wigo-ta bab$-p)a-m hkhri-tca liabilities on
account of rent or debt, &c.
^[5’4 hkhri-гса, pf. я^ hkhri$y ef. ЯД’
Ц dkri-wa cognate. 1. to wind; compress;
entangle ; hold fast: jyrqq'^g-q khyim
tkab-kyihkhri-гса conjugal embrace; яд^с.
hkhri-gin or hkhril-gin a creeper ; a
creeping plant: g^Agq^’^^’qg-q to be
tied by taxes and entangled in debt. 2.=
soprq сЛлде-ря mostly as a sbst. thrall ;
attachment, but as vb. also:
ran don-gyi hkhrisya to be attached to
one’s interest or advantage;	bu-
med-kyi to wife and children: яд’Ч’^
shen-pa-
dan hbrel-thag chad fondness; attachment,
^'ядад shen-hkhris passionate attachment.
hkhri-hbab assessment of
revenue or S'‘^’^^’Ч^'З’яд'Ячч rtsa-chu
gin gsum-gyi hkhri-hbaby levy for the
three—grass, water, wood (to be supplied
to privileged travellers or officials)
(Rtsii.).
/^Лп-ргй=яд,ч’^ hkhril-gin
Mafa a creeping
plant.
Syn. w*|5'MTq yal-gahi ral-pa.
яд’-^я’яХ^hkhri-gin mehog-ldan,
qjac/cj'^q|-5| &E. n. of a kind of tree.
Syn. pri-yan ku;	't^bud-
med min-can;	$na-tshog§ $de; яде;
hbyun-pohi me~tog*f	sa-fa
hyag-htshadl (1£пон.}.

199

hkhri-^in thog$-med ^’5^’
a name for the Sal tree.
Syn.	sa-lahi lfon-pa;
$a-fahi fin;	sra-risi fin ^.4 ЗГГ,
(ДГлоп.).
* Ф|’Ч hkhrig-pa 1. fH^T (Sohr.).
2. &ni$ mystic number signifying
“two” (Rtsii.). 3. vb. to cohere; to stick
together, become thick, intermingled:
<Tfi5T£^q| gnam-hkhrig the sky is thick:
hod-zer dan hjah-hod
hkhrig-pa beams of light and rainbow hues
intermingled:	hkhrig gyur-pa^
^K/|$4|'^v<<§4pr4 to become adherent
being intimately mixed up with the saffron
of mercy. 4/coitus; sexual intercourse:
<lg«|q-g5"4 to perform such.
^kad— Д'ВЧ'^Ч1 hkhrig-tshig amorous speech;
obscene language; Rp^l'scR hkhrig-thab§
amorous dalliance;
hkhrig hdod-ma	a voluptuous
woman. 5. finFTTrfa the twins in the
Zodiac.
Syn. of No. 4.	dwan-po
gni$-$byor	groft-pahi cho$;
nt-sufa; lag-b$dam$; *X5'q‘95 hdod-
pa spyod;	fyos-pa;	* fe-§byor;
mi tshans spyod; gsan-spyod;
ne-reg; S4!4	rmofts; gk’4
sbyor-wa; kun-tbyor; g’4‘gs $kye-wa
spyod; S^'^^'lfcdgah mgur-spyod; V»|V«r
X«( dgah-гса rol; R05’4 hkhyud-pa;
chagt-spyod; R^V^SS hdod-fog spyod;
log-gyem (ilfton.).
hkhrig-pa daft Idan-
par smra-wa н^*ГГНТЧ< speaking of
copulation or of sexual union.
Rg^’R’Rc^-q hkhrig-ра hbyin-pa to talk
smut.
ЧЙЧ^15 hkhrig-pa sbed	n. for
the crow (Mnon.).
RflR|	hkhrig-pahi cho§ rten-pa
to be given up to voluptuousness.
hkhrig-pahi bsam-gtan
Wd} or	bud-med hdod-ldan
ma a voluptuous or licentious woman
(Mnon.).
hkhrig-sbadv.
hkhrig-pa sbed.
c\
hkhrig-та or *B*l*r« hkhrigs-
ma9 lag-pahi	the wrist
(of the hand).
R|§ 4|K4 hkhrig§-pa collected or assembled
together, of sprin (clouds).
hkhrig-pa (thid-pa) pf.
fi5 khridy pf. *51 bkri nqfn, to lead; to
conduct; bring to a place; especially used
in connection with animals and children,
also of leading an army:	bu-
tsha hkhrid by и ft led out their children.
c\
hkhrims (thim),	hjig§
skrag (Nag.) terror, panic, fear:
hbrcd-na§ hkhrims (Lex.; Jd.).
C\
hkhril-ua {thil-гоа) ^й’4 hkhri-
ica to wind, coil round (of serpents) ;
draw close; embrace closely; to clasp
round; ^RWK^hkhril-mkhan an embracer;
hkhril-ldan a plant furnished with
tendrils or claspers; kha hkhril-wa
in W. to speak imperfectly like children ;
to lisp, to stammer.
hkhril-ldem fig. very hand-
some and young; ^Й^ hkhril union.
Idem waving; moving.
hkhril-$ift*=$'3\^ hkhri-gift a
climbing plant, a creeper.
Ф«|
200

hkhri# (thi) K*?tq near,
neighbouring bank, shore, coast; also
postp. *jg**’S and close to; very near;
against: sbrel zla-wa med-pa rnan^-kyaft
srid-$kyoftdehi hkhrt$-8u min-pa zla yod ma
gtogs ran-nid gcig-por gshuft-ta§ mi byed
one should not singly (venture) to do
Government work unless assisted by a
colleague under the king (D. qel. 1%).
Syn. *2]* hgram\ risar\ V4 druft
(Mfton.).
khhri* hdsin, ra-gan^
brass.
$khru-u:a (thu-wa) = *H5'4
чэ
hkhrud-pa	to wash; to bathe:
*0^’4*|’q hkhrur hjug-pa Mnrfa
causing to be washed.
hkhru-ка gcod-pa
stoppage of looseness or diarrhoea.
hkhru-gshi 1. diarrhoea. 2.
hkhru-ibywft> *3’^5 khru-nad^ *3’3*1
hkhru-skyug	fa HIT diarrhoea with
vomiting.
hkhrug (Schr.; Kahc.
T. 12^.
*0*1 hkhrug-go^^'* go-cha or ^'04
go-hhrab war -dress; coat of mail (Mnon.).
*0*Г£Гч hhhrug-lfta-pa tho drumming to
battle; stated (Mfton.) to mean also
-qgc/q5 g'^5 the clamour which arises
on the battle-field.
cqgqfq I: hkhrug-pa (thug-pa) ^ЧГГН,
so
fbnu, Kwrg, hi?	fht,
1. vb. pf. *0*КЧ hkhrugs-pa, cf.
5ЭТ 4 dkrug-pa, 53J*T«i bkrug-pa to be in
commotion ; commotion ; to be disturbed;
to be panic-stricken:	*0	*§* ч
hkhrug-par mi-hgyur-wa и wrfh will not
become angry; get disordered:
*0*T5’q5*l rtsa thamt-cad hkhrug-tu bcug it
made all his veins disordered (blood to
boil). 2. to be angry; also to quarrel,
fight, contend: ^*^*'*0*1^ dc-gnis
bkhrug-na$ tho two quarrelling. Also as
sbst. fight, disruption, row: *§*)’ЧЛ*
hkhrug-pa $or disorder arose; quarrel took
place. *0 ч to show fight; to take up
arms; to rebel: *H*rq’95,q^’Vr$ in times of
war: 5**1 *0*1 dmag-hkhrug^^^'^^hthab-
hkhrug war. й*0*|*гч Mi hkhrug-pa a
name of Buddha, who does not become
agitated or ruffled at heart.
hkhrug-pah i sa-gsh i = ’3’ ‘gy и I-gyi
sa-gshi or 5»w|,q)*1^ фпау-gi, sa-gshi
battle-field (4fnon.).
*0*1'5^ hkhrug-dpon = \^^ , dmag
dpon general; commanding in war.
*0*1’^ hkhrug-loft=%t&№ $kyo-ftog$
1. contest, strife. 2.	gyul-tprod
pa or 5**1 'WQ dmag-hthab-pa (Mfton.).
hkhrugs (thug) defined as
quaking, trembling, shak-
ing (Mfton.): *0 hkhrugs-mkhan in
JF. having small cracks, flaws, of
potter's ware (Jd.): *0*|^’Q hkhrttg$-pa=
^’3 $dan-ua also	khon-nas
ldaft-гса g»f4<T, Wlq, Trfw<r was
stirred up, agitated, confused, also rage,
anger; greatly angry; passionate. *0*|*’^5
hkhrugt-tshad fever caused by overwork
and fatigue.
*0*)*’^ hkhrug-lon <t^r war, fight:
*0*1'^* hkhrug-lai work of dispute;
quarrel.
hkhruft-wa (thuft-ica) or *0*4г<1
-4
hkhruft$-pa resp. for tkye-wa згга,
201
1. to be bom: g'*04’4 sku-hkhruA-
wa= g'4^wv4 §ku bltams-pa to be born; also
the birth of a great man, prince or lama :
(ikhriin§-rab$~%4'4W §kyes-rabs
^nw birth stories or legends connected
with one’s birth. 2. to arise; come from:
ч5’^*| words as they may
just arise in the mind of yourself;
WW tin-ne-hdsin hkhrun$-pa§
meditation arising:	$nin-
rje thugs-la hkhrun$-pa compassion arose
in his mind. 3. to come up, shoot,
sprout, grow (of seeds and plants) (Ja.).
hkhruns-rabs gsol
hdeb§ reverence shown to a great lama
or saint by enumerating the names of his
supposed successive embodiments.
hkhrud-pa (thud-pa) ши, pf.
>o
*|5*< hkhrify fut. чд bkru, to wash; to
cleanse; to bathe; to wash off: 54V*’
*PS'4^’§5 dri-та hkhrud-par byed the
dirt of clothes should bo washed out:
nad-la in ill-
ness, by giving purgatives, one may be
cleansed:	cause to be washed.
№
hkhrud-ma the washings of plates
and dishes after dinner, which are given to
pigs, dogs, &c.
hkhrun-chod (thun-chod)=
don dag thag-chod finally decid-
ing or determining any matter (J. Zaft.:
dmag-dan kha-mchu
lta-Ъи thag-chod to decide upon a war or
a law suit.
hkhrun mtho-wa—wzctifa
x3
phah mtho-wa of high rank.
+	khrun-rin\—^^'^Q dkyus-
su rin-wa lengthwise; in length.
: hkhrul (thul) or *Н^‘Ч hkrul-pa
fWJ, 1. sbst. mistake; frenzy;
madness; error; illusion; also adj. mistaken;
deranged; deluded:	mis-
takes are not profitable; *5’4’413^’4 hgro-
wa hkhrul-pa the deluded beings (of this
world); *^’4 hkhrul-wa to be mistaken;
to be deceived:	’*^*j ran-
snan hkhrul-par hdug I have mistaken ; it
was a deception of the senses;
snan hkhrul-hain hkhrul-snan
illusion; delusion :	hkhrul-snan
can delusive; erring: as a syn. of ^*’4 nor-
wa:	'^’4 hhyod-cag hkhrul-
p>ahi hjig-sten pa ye deluded children of
the world! 2. to be insane, deranged,
byn. of	smo§-pa hkhrul-so occa-
sion for making mistake; wrong way; peril.
II: (thul) in the words
mig-hkhrul is a little different from *3*4
hphvul; it applies to moral or intellectual
mistakes as distinct from external blun-
ders. In the same manner it differs
from the word ^’4 nor-wa or nor
hkhrul. ^*’4 пог-гса applies to external or
phenomenal blunders:
if the inner heart does not err,
one’s doings in the outside world will also
not be wrong; ignorance:
та-rig hkhrul-wahi
dwafi-gi$ hkhor-war hkhyams by the influ-
ence of unrighteous errors (we) wander in
the cycles of existence.
hkhrul-hkhor machine;
contrivance; artifice. Acc. to Cs. this is
same as *5jer*jfc hphrul-hkhor.
* *g4’*jfc hkhrul-hkhor (Schr.;
Kalac. T. 12 a.).
*j5«r*f6k,j|« hkhrl-hkor-mkhyim, v. 4?*j’
l4^ btson-khan, a prison-house (Mfton.).
27
202
hkhrul-hkhor mkhan a
juggler.
Jlkhrul-dgah	(wrongly for
hphrul-dgah)	<ияпг TW:
n. of a celestial mansion.
hkhrul-snan, v. я^Г^я’А hkhrul
wahi $nan-wa, illusive vision or exhibition.
Syn. ядч’чч hkhrul-wahi sem$; Ч$г
^я*«|«\ hkhrul-pahi yid (Mnon.).
я^ч’^'54 hkhrul byed-ma SS^S’^V54^
a woman that decoys others.
R5GT&5 hkhrul-med, v. nor-med or
hchug-med, unmistakeably; without
mistake.
*5'^’1 hkhrul-shig,	чч'д-«чя-
ч|е.’зч] §ton-nid rtog$-pahi bla-ma ham gah-
zag a lama or any person who meditates on
the theory of emptiness (i.e., tho voidity of
all nature).
Я{5ч *чХ hkhrul-gshi cause or basis of
error; fundamental mistake. It is usually
illustrated thus : If one mistakes a fine
rope for a snake, the rope is the basis or
cause of mistake, and я^ч^ hkhrul-^es
is the idoa or notion of a snake convoyed to
the mind by the sight of the торе: чч]сг
thag-pa mthon-na$
$brul-hjin-gyi $es-pa skyes-pa ni hkhrul-^es
yin-te, de-bshin-du bdag-cag та-rig hkhor-
wahi sem$-ean rnams mi-bden-pa bden-par
bzun,mi-rtag-pa la rtag-pa bzuft, $dug-b$nal~
wa la bde-war bzun-ste hkhrul-was hkhor-
wa hdi yin in the same manner we
animated beings, deluded by Avidyd,
mistake falsehood for truth, the transient
for the permanent, misery for happiness;
hence this transmigratory existence.
hkhrul-ya$ (3)^) a very large
number.
ящч]ч hkhreg$=^Q era-и а	very
stiff or hard.
hkhrcn-pa (then-pa)	then-
pa desire; passion; to wish; to long for:
1.	za$-§kom hkhran-pa to wish
for food and drink. 2. to look upon with,
envy; jealousy (Jd.).
яр‘A hkhro-wa pf. khro§ to be angry.
яр*Ч’Д hkhrol-wa ((hol-wa), pf and fut.
Sifa dkrol, imp. X4 khrol 1. to cause to
sound; to make a noise; play: rol-ma
hkhrol-wa to play on a musical instrument;
dril-Ъи hkhrol-wa to ring a bell. 2. vb.
intrans. to sound; resound: F'WSifa the
avalanche resounded; ^Чк.’ядч|*5|г rgya-lon
khrog-gin a rumbling in the bowels
(Medd); ifqp4| §bo-hkhrog in the belly :
ядд|*(дч) hkhrog-khrog roaring; rushing;
buzzing (Jd.).
я0в1^ hkhrogs dislocated:
the old woman yet
wishes to walk, though her knee has been
dislocated (Rdsa. 17.).
I : да is the third letter of the
Tibetan alphabet corresponding with
Sanskrit if. It is pronounced as soft к
when alone or when placed without a prefix
at the beginning of a word or syllable.
When used as a final letter it sounds
as к or is often barely pronounced. If a
prefix precede or if it carry a surmount-
ing letter, it sounds as a hard g. When
used to represent a numerical figure it
signifies tbe third, i.e., the ordinal HI,
and as such is generally used in marking
volumes of books, &o. да is sometimes
used as an affixed particle of a word to
complete it, as in W4] yal-ga, the branch
of a tree.
Ilf in mystical language signifies
born of a goat; also a he-goat :
bsan skad-la ra-$kye§ yin {K. g. f4,
28).
4] III: I. in mystic Buddhism да
means the hidden entity or the essence of
Buddha :
that which is styled да being
the hidden essence of the Tathagata, it
may be said that all sensate beings
have the nature of Buddha (JT. my.
207). 2.	as to да it
moves and it is also motionless :
“the cause is да, the real
nature or origin of sound” (Bbrom. 88).
Again we read definitions of this sort: 4’$’
“that which belongs
to no place anywhere is да” {Hbrom. 88).
W ga-khral (ga-thal) tax, duty (on
cattle, butter, &c.) (Ja.).
да-да a title of honour in W.
4|’4|’cd^J да-да tshil tickling :
to tickle:
II in ancient time
sixteen monks tickled one monk and from
the excessive laugtber he involuntarily sent
forth, the mystic wind passing upwards
inside him, his end came ” {K. du.
г, 228).
Ga-ge-mo I. n. of a certain
place in Tibet. 2. chege-mo, such a
one; such a thing; such and such (Cs.).
4|'^ Ga-gon 1. one of the two
merchants whom Buddha met imme-
diately after his six years’ asceticism under
the Bodhi tree. 2.	Ga-gon-gyi
rgyal-po the king of a country in
Southern India. 3. a melon (acc. Cs.,
Lex., cucumber; others; barley) {Jd.).
C\
ga-hgrig {ga-dig) a saddle;
SfiH Sga-sgrig equipment of a riding horse.
ga-cen or ga-chen some
or a good many; good deal (Jd).
4]ga-chad involuntarily; without
cause, e.g., to weep {Med., Ja.).

204
да chad-pa fatigued; very
tired; StW’PY4, WW4 giving np
in despair; being quite exhausted (2).
«HS ga-snod WMifsy cummin seed,
Nigella Indica.
±	^TTHT or	£7^-
tahi$de tshan a kind of Indian handwriting,
evidently referring to the Gatha or Kaithi
character, in which the original idagadhi
used to be written. The Tibetan Ч да is
ordinarily pronounced as 7f, hence
ka-ta, or kaithi.
tTS ga-da a club; a mace.
4’^ да-dur an astringent medicinal
root:	it removes remit-
tent fever, diseases of the lungs and of the
bowels.
gwa-dor also
go-dor the tender growthof fresh horn in
the three animals, rhinoceros, stag, and
antelope: gwa-dor gsum-gyi$ rnag dan chu-
v r skem tho three да dor dry up pus and
yellowish discharges:	tho
growth of a new branch on a stag’s horn
Ч]'Ч« ga-hdras	gan-hdra§
(colloq. “gdnde”) how? of what kind?
what sort ?
ga-na (ka-nd) gan-na
where? 4ga-na-wa and geifi-na-
wet, the same as a sbst., the whereabouts of
a person, his place of residence :	v
he went here where tho king
was.
ga-na med (in IT.) absolutely ;
at all events:	it must be
T91
sent by all means:	I I
shall give it back at all events (Ja.L
+	Ga-na pa-ti тгччТа SpV
Lha-chen Tshogs-fydag-gi min
the name of the great God, called the
Lord of the Multitude (Snag.).
Ga-ica ta-wa ri-ni
rsTnfvfa	small cardamom]. Also
the n. of a flower (K. kon. % 4).
да-bur 1: 1. n. of several
plants, probably Gentiana cherayta^
Curcuma y Zerumbetf &o. 2. f	is
a kind of stone like	(jtfin. 4).
II: tfk, camphor ;
$el да-bur crystal-like camphor;
man да-bur camphor resembling yak’s lard
in appearance; да-bur tsha-wa tgyas-pa
thog-hbab gcod camphor, where the fever
has increased, cures by lowering its height;
rnin-shin shan-pahi tsha-wa rtsa-nad gcod it
also cures long-standing fever and disease
of the fundament; да-bur ti-lo$ glo-rim$
tshad-pa sei the kind of camphor called
Tilo cures inflamation of the lungs and
fever.
Syn. p'qS’j’w kha-icahi phye-ma ;
hod-dkar-can ; nu^-ldau; «КЗ?*’®
§prin-gyi snin-po	zla-wahi thal-;
wa ; X5’<|’W rohi-ge-sar ;	qifi-gi
$n'n-po (JUnon.).
да-bur nag-po defined as «w|’
g^-ij-q-q^qi^-qq-qarq phag-brun те-la bsregs-
pahi thal-ica. 1. the ashes of the burnt
dung of pigs. 2. a secret name (№in. 4).
да-bur hdsin-pa
meton. zla-wa the moon.
ga-bra {ga-tah) n. of a medicine;
a twig; also the fresh shoot on a tree:
та
205	Ч|Л|
ga-bra rlun-tshad rims-nad sel-icar byed
(this medicine) removes the epidemic fevers
and the heat induced by rlun (wind).
t 9a~mn from ^he Sans. ЧЧ go;in
mystical language go or go away !
(к g. F 27).
да-mo byi-la n. of a species
of wild cat: Я	the ga-
me byi-la catches little birds by lying in
wait (Rdsa.).
qj’&i ga4sam=£'fa ji-tsam how
much; how many ; how long; interr, and
correl., as much as, e.g., as much as you
like.
ga-btson (in TF.) an irruption
of the skin (Ja.).
ga-tshod how much; colloq. “ rin
di ka tso” what is the price; how much ?
In Sikkim gong-di ka-dzd-mo ? (Snd. Hbk.).
’Г'Н'5 ga-dsan-ta a precious
stone used in curing infectious fevers and
other diseases, also to relieve one from the
influence of malignant spirits.
4|’(^ ga-sha = ga-gshah or Я’4! </a-fa,
more properly the last word, /.<?., ga-^a
signifies	bshad-gad a laughter, jest,
joko:	they jest and play:
he is nof jn good humour,
or in good spirits, to-day (Ja.) ; also
“to-day there is no fun.”
ga-zug (in Jfr.) how, interr,
and correl (Ja.).
Ч]’Ч|^ ga-gzi squinting (in IF.).
gahu an amulet ; a brooch
containing charms (v. Я* </«w).
Syn. p'3^ kha-sbyur (Mfion.).
kha-sbyar charm box the
lids of a which are joined edge to edge:
О Mi-wang (0 king), thy residence
is very solitary and so beautiful, as if the
heaven and the earth kiss each other there,
like the lids of an amulet (Hbrom. 89).
4J5-0) gahu-le account book; list (of
cases, also of cash and balance); also a short
note kept on the margin:	iogs-su
in a separate place that is not in the body
of a book, but on the foot or margin or
corner, i.e.) 35’zur-du, of a book or note-
book :
’^«1 since the date
of the month, etc., of taking over charge
of the Rdson (District office) as many
criminal eases as may be, and the receipts
large and small all bound together should
be kept in the registration book (Rtsii.;
G. Sndg.).
4-
Ga-ya gau-rihi
mdo a Sutra delivered by the Buddha on
the mountain of Gaya Gauri.
ga-yig чзч the letter ч g.
f	(/«-’•« kha-
tan du lahi rtsa-wa	excel-
lent rice; the root of a kind of plant:
-by taking
a confection made of equal quantities
of the root of Garka Tandula rta-dri,
sesame, barley and treacle, one becomes
youthful (K. g. * 45).
4]’^ ga-riy for dgah-ri^ 4’^ ga~
sha (in JF.) dejected :	I am in
low spirits (Ja.).
4^1
206
^51
ga-ru in colloquial 4^ gafi-du
whither ; which way; to which place;
where ?
1	=S^ khyuft
the fabulous chief of the feathered race,
ga-re 1. in Lhasa very com.
colloq. form for “what,” sounded bare. 2.
where, whence:	9a~
re hdi-hdra a-kyaft ran-drag byun whence
comes this oppression, over-powering
(Rdsa.10).
4’K Ga-ro «(’’M s?v4^'44 n. of
a place in India; the Garo hills (()sam. 28).
4|’Q1 ga-la 1. Э’Т whither:
огчЙ дк л Эи нипти Эи
W3 with the palms of the hands joined
he bowed in tho direction where the Vic-
torious Ono was.	ji-la for what;
owing to what:	to what does this
serve ? of what use is this ?
where are (you or they) going ?
1	ga-la go-U-ka
n.ofan insect which subsists, it is said,
by inhaling the air only (7f. d. *
4’$ ga-le iph slowly, softly,
gently. To a departing guest one says :
oj etsta “ ka-le pcyp ” go gently. To the host
you answer:	‘‘ка-le sAw” stay
quietly, remain in peace ! ga-le fog
come slowly or gently :
it is a common
saying (in Tibet) that by walking slowly
and slowly the ass can travel all round
China.
4’^4 ga-log (in JF.) squinting.
I: ga-$a laughter:	gad-
mo bgad,	да-far bcug to cause
laughter.
ДГ4Г1Р’| ga-$a-$grog loud laughter;
ga-$a sgrog-cin glu-gar rol-mo hbul loudly
laughing they danced, sang, and made
music {A. 11).
*T]’^II: n. of a place in Upper Tibet
(A. 20).
III:	v. gasha	a
raiment used by Tantrik priests.
IV:	a string of beads; a necklace;
a string of human skulls or bone-bits worn
by Tantrik Lamas :
blood drops from her mouth, a
string of human heads hangs down from
her neck, to thee be my praise who hast
subdued the intolerable pride and arrogance
of tho host of demons (Choi-g.).
4’4^ ga-$ar 1. defined in these
passages;	phyog^-geig dpun-
pa la;	phyog^-geig
mtehan-hog la\	gshu-d
geig да- kar far gyon-pa (A. 135). Girth
or rope hung across tho breast and the
shoulder in order to draw or carry any-
thing ; also a dog harness; a shoulder-belt
worn as a badge of dignity by constables
and tho like officers. 2. §gom-thag,
the cord worn round the shoulder and the
waist at the time of meditation.
-^=4rq да-far dan gfam-thab^-kyi
mdses-pa (Z>. Л.) Looking nice (on account)
of (his) ga-far and petticoat.
4]’^ ^a-ja$=P’4|M kha-fa$ some;
part; a few, com. in colloq.
ga-ged 1. prob. 4^5 gan-ged
uncertain ; not definitely known. 2. an
approximate but uncertain direction,
region or quarter :	it is at a
4'^1
207
Т1
certain place; it is somewhere:
without explaining
minutely (i.e., the particulars), he pro-
ceeded instantly somewhere (Л. 135).
4|’^ ga-<;el glass beads; glass pearls
(Sch.).
4] Ga n. of a Dakini, a goddess (K. g.
Г, 179).
4]’q gtca-pa the white mark or patch
И
on the forehead of the kyan (the wild ass
of Tibet).
gag 1. silver in bars, ingots,
small pieces, &c., uncoined (in IK).
2. wad; wadding (for loading muskets)
(Jd.).
4J4|’4	lhog-pa qt *44’^4
gag-lhog is a swelling in the throat; a
quinsy: nad mi dan dud-hgrohi ske-dan
mgr in-pa-la §kran-nas rnag thon-te drag-
yod is a malady of men and animals in
which the neck and throat become swollen,
but matter issuing forth, it is eased;
death occurs from obstruction.
Wyfspyir gag-lhog-cc^ min so-sor
bgad-kyan no-wo gnan-nad du-gcig rim$-nad-
kyi gra§ though the disease in general is
differently expressed by the names gag
and Ihog, its real nature is but one among
pestilential diseases and it belongs to the
class of (ftxH-^x) fatal fevers.
gag-tshe^#^ bya-gag a water
fowl {Cs.).
gags obstructed.
чр-чцс- I: gan-ga-chuA a kind of
flower which resembles a chorten (chaitya)
in shape, growing in the sandy crevices of
rocks in Tibet. It is used as an antidote
against poison and also diarrhoea, *1^’
gyah-gseb bye-mahi log %-la
skye	ga chufi-
gan-ga chun-gis dug dan tsha-hkhrti gcod.
Qanga the river
Ganges ;	Gan-gdhi Lha-mo ’T^T-
the goddess of the river Gaqga. Its
different names are :—Yan-
lag brgyan-ldan^ ^’ilyaq ]lchi-mcd chab,
Nam-mkhahi chu-bo,
Drag-pohi thod,	Dsa-uuhi bu-mo
(згттж^),	Rgyun-gsum-pa, ^43*’
^5 Lam-gsum hgro, gjq’^fr^qq Glan-chen
kha-hbab (*it^ft),	Hjigs-sde ma,
Khyab-hjug rkan-pa,
Chu-byin-ma,	Skalddan fin-
rtahi bu-mo (HnrWft),	Lha-yi chu-bo
{Mnon.).
i: gan-ga hdsin an epi-
thet of S’iva. He who holds Gaq-ga on
his head, i.c., from whose head the Ganges
flows:
mtho-ris-kyi
gnas tham§-cad b^kal-pahi me§ bsrcg§-pahi
skabs-su Lha-mo Gan-ga lhuft~nas byun-wa-
na nam-mkhah la ral-pa bkyans-na§ ral-pahi
sten-du bzun-wa§-80 when all the celes-
tial regions were burnt by the fire of the
Kalpa, Gaqga as goddess appeared on
this earth having fallen from heaven.
Her locks were spread out in the sky and
held up aloft by S'iva (for which he is
called Gangadhara, the holder of Ganga)
{Mnon.),
ii:	rgya-mtsho chen-
po the great ooean which holds the entire
discharge of Gaqga {Mnon.).
4|f gan what, which.
*1^’8)gafi-gi-du§ when; at which time.

208

gan-gi-phyir ччгггь for
which; for the sake or reason of which,
gaA-nid whichever; what-
ever.
gaA-hthad—	g^A-hgrigs
what (you) like; also what suits you ?
even
if any accident happened to life there,
to us no hardship occurring, we can do
whatever suits us, so one Txo-wo expressed
himself (Hbrom. 136).
^’V4 gan-dag 3i^r some; Ч]^ЛЧ1АВ’'
gaA-dag-gi phyir	for whom or
what; for the sake of whom or what.
gaA-dag-nid whichever.
gan-dag-hdir snfar,
those two who are here; all those here;
whoever present.
g<&-du дгч, where ? where.
iqc^RE.* gan-diihan at whatever
time; wherever; seldom; where.
gan dran-dran-du b^ad.
brdsun fyad-pa to speak at
random; to say what occurs in the mind;
to speak falsehood.
gaA-hdra znprt how, like what:
gaA-hdra mihoA what have you
seen ?
gaA-na^tt where?
gaA-rnam$-kyi ifar of what;
pertaining to what ?
gan-nigo (in C.) bowl of
a tobacco-pipe; gan-mjug mouth-
piece or tip of it.
gan-por in a lump, mass.
1:	khens-pa ^5
to fill; to make full; filled up; also
piled up: 0]^-qW4^*rci gan-icaham brisegs-
pa piled up or made full. <
Syn. tshan-can; khefis;
byur-bu} phyur-bu (Mnon.).
Ш1:	JW finished; comple-
ted;	lun-chu$ gaA-wa a valley,
filled with water:	“tho moon as
full fish in the fullness of the crescent.
gaA-wa med-pa	in-
complete.
* wZj gan-ica bzaA-po	(Schr,;
Ta. 2, 1ST) completely happy or gentle;
also n. of a serpent demon.
* q gaA-wahi zla-wa (Schr.;
Bulk 18^8, 298); lit. the full moon; n. of
a Bodhisattava.
gan-bu wft, wft fresh shoots
of leaves; a pod or sheath; also cluster of
buds. Acc. to Sch. flower bud:
hbru gaA-bu-can grains which have husks
such as wheat, sesamum, &c.: ^’^’3'4^’
enveloping himself in a veil of
rays; wrapping himself in a sheath of
light.
^’§5 gan-byed гщ ^rctfir whatever he
does, has been doing, is doing.
gan-mo$ <ггит 1. various;
different sorts. 2.	gan-hdod
whatever is wished for.
gaA-tsam a small quantity; not a
considerable quantity.
gan-isug-yin = yan-nas-
yin or	gan-na $dod mkhan-
yin;	khyed gaA-tsug-
yin gar-hgro dri-pa$ he asked whence are
you; whither are you going (A. 131).
ддп-Мд which.

209
SC'SSI
п^-qgyq дай-she bstan-pa 4 <зч^х(:
which has been explained, shewn.
I: (^®r**| shat-zag) tobacco-
pipe, not the hukka, but a long straight
sort, similar to the European smoking
pipe, generally made of metal.
gan-zag II: 1. 3^, 3^,
1 ijwfa	that which
becomes full and then undergoes decay
(Sam.) ; an animated being; a corporeal
being that is subject to decay and
destruction. 2 man, as an intellectual
being; a person:	gaA-
zag gshan-gyi$ brda sprad-pa$ another
person describing it to you (opposite to
what we know by our own perception and
observation), hence a philosophical term
for “ self ” :
learned or lettered men; men of science,
especially in relation to religion:
men who postpone
religion, not troubling themselves about
it:	the prince of
tho reverend (band of) persons, i.e,y
Buddha: ^*|’§’^’3'ЯС’'Я4Т1 inferior heretical
people:	gan-zag phal-pa or ч
tha-malrpa) common or vulgar people
(J«.).
дай-zag bshi the four kinds of
human beings or higher beings are—(1)
QTW.;	mun-
khrod na$ пшп-khrod du hgro-wa that go
on from darkness to darkness; (2) «flfh:
4<TW.;	nmn-khrod na$
$пай-гсаг hgro-wa that go from darkness
unto light; (3)
nas mun-khrod du
hgro-ica that go again from light into
darkness; (4)
§пай-гса\ па§ ъпай-war hgro-гса.
that advance from light to a greater en-
lightenment. The term gan-zag
has sixteen different synonyms:—SV4
bdag* 3*| sroy; §w^8tms-ean; g'4 skye-
ua; gso-ira; g^'S skyes-bu ; ped'
bdag;	pptas §kyc$; ЧТЯД,
man;	byed-pa-po\
byed-du hjug-pa-po} tshor-гса-ро;
4’4 ps-pa-po; sdfc/q’Sj nithon-u’a-po; za-
wa-po\	ъ1ой-и:а-ро (Mnon.). The«e
are all applied to signify an animate
being. There are two kinds of *|*’**I,
ordinary and extraordinary; the ordinary
*]с/.эд| literally means that which is
subject to decay, from *|^ дай> what, and
zagt decay. Tho Buddhist meaning is as
follows:— (1)
^’q^’q^'q^’-sq гай-rgyud plig-pa поп-пюй§
kyis дай shin yon-tan dan dge-tcahi rigs gsog
mi-thub-par zag hgro-wassems-can phal-wahi
дай-zag one’s own nature being filled (*!*’
дай) with sin he cannot acquire and retain
virtue, which **J zag leaks out or decays,
therefore an ordinary living being is called
дай-zag \ (2)
WNE4*rgN'«r|K/<3*i| ran-rgyud dge-гса dan
bzaft-pohi yon-tan thams-cad-kyis дай-shin
non-mons-kyi skyon thams-cad zag hgro-was
8айь-тдуа$ дай-zag Buddha is *]*’3q
because his nature is full of all virtues or
merits and sin has been thrown out of it
or has altogether been destroyed; (3)
gE.’q^^^’q^-g^q’^-
g^'g’^q^’gE.-q^W^q^’^^q^’^'c^q-q^^q'
Л’ q- ^r;- oj-q- <4*	*T $4]’	4]E? jq
when one’s own nature retains whatever
virtue it possessed undeteriorated and
whatever faults there was in it have been
thrown out from exertion, one has entered
28
I
210

either the Nah А у ana or Hina у ana path.
Persons in such a stage, whatever doertine or
theory they may hold for salvation, belong
indeed of the Mahay Ana. In gafi-zag
of tho ordinary kind his vorjr nature is 4**
gafi, i.e., filled with deeds (Z<z$), sin,
suffering, and misery; moreover, all virtue
and talents having become exhausted, t.c.,
**1 zag, his animated being becomes what is
called Pudgal. In tho strict sense of tho
word, a Buddha is also a Pudgala, though
of tho extraordinary kind, ho on the con-
trary being full of virtues and talents and all
defects, sins, &c,, being exhausted in him.
Tho following are the twenty gafi-
zag (Pudgala) of the Qravaka School:—(1)
rgyun-du shugs-pa ono
having entered the regular course performs
Samadhi (deep meditation); (2)
AS]q dollar Ihogs-
na srid-pa lav bdun-pa after having thus
spiritually cultured the mind he has to pass
into seven births in tho world ; (3)
rigs-nas rigs-su
skye-wa after the second stage, his birth is
ensured in his own state, m., if he is a god
he is reborn as a god, if man hois reborn as
a man, but he never goes to any lower stage
of birth ; (4)	lan-
gcig phyir hofi-ica (as such) lie has only
once to come to this world for doing good;
(5)	bar-chad geig-pa
he has only one interruption before full
fruition; (6) nprmrfff; В*'**phyir ini-
hofi -iva he will not come again to this
existence ; (7) wfxf^rf
bar-ma-dor yons-su mya-
Han las hdah-ica he will attain to Nirvana
not from this life but from the interme-
diate state or Bardo ; (8)
mfion-par hdu-Ъуефра dafi bcas-pas
yofis-su mya-fian las bdah-wa he escapes
from misery save that a vestige of the
Skandha still remains; (9)
5mfion-du hdu-byed par med-
par yofis-su mya-fian las hdah-wa he attains
to Nirvana, the Skandha being utterly
destroyed, i.e., without the least vestige
remaining ; (10)	gofi-du
hpho-ica he will in his spiritual progress
reach up to the Akanistha heavens; (11)
чггцнт^;	lus-kyi mfion
sum-du byed-pa he will obtain the body of
supreme intelligence or knowledge; (12)
dadpahi rjes-su
hbrafi-wa ho will here have completely
subdued tho senses or passions; (13) W-
chos-kyi rjes-su
hbrafi-wa all his intellectual and moral
faculties become so as to bo directed
effectually to all good works; (14) <fc-
ЯТК;	Ihofi-ivas thob-pa having
heretical	views or having insight
into religion ; (15) wzrpnpff;
q^$<4’q dus-kyi rnam-par grol-wa getting
salvation in time ; (16)
getting salvation not in
proper time; (17)
«я	$ чг q gnis-kahi cha-las rnam-par grol-
wa getting salvation in time as well as
without ref erenee to time; (18)
f^nqV;	skyet-
nas yofis-su mya-fian las hdah-wa entering
into the state of Nirvana immediately after
one’s birth; (19)
ges-rab kyis rnam-par grol-wa fully
delivered by means of absolute or transe-
cendental knowledge; (20)	I
delivered by means of faith.
дргч gafi-ya a very large figure o?
number (Ya-sel. i>£).
211

чр-'^l
в]с.-ик.’ gafi-yaft	whosoever;
whatever ; any one.
gaft-la grs( where ; in whom.
qp’JSi gaft-lo an empty pod, freed
from the kernels (in JK) (Ja.).
gaft-gar ^'^’«ч’ччя’ч anything
that occurs (in the mind); what is
thought; a thought.
gaft-su dag	whichever
of those.
1. glacier; glacier-ice.
2. snow (usually kha). 3. the sclerotic
of the eye (&*Л.).
gaftt-rgyud a chain of snowy
mountains.
*т]елг^ дан s-can	1. one of the
native names of Tibet. 2. abounding in
snow; snowy; full of glaciers: Gafts-can-las
bbyun-wahi chu the water issuing from a
glacier: Gafts-can-gyi $kad the language of
Tibet.
Gafts-can mkhas-
pahi gisug-rgyan a complementary name of
Tsongkha-pa, the great Buddhist reformer
of Tibet whose religious name was
wgjflprq Byyal-ica Bto-bzaft grags-pa; his
other names were :—tRje rin-po
che;	Bje Tsoft-kha-pa;
Gafi$-can cin-rta;	Car Tsoft-kha-pa;
wrsiSfa-g-a ffjam mgon blama.
Gaft-can mgon-po or (P’W
Spyan-ras gzigs the patron saint of
Tibet, Avalokites'vara, also styled :—
^•5^25 Hjig-rten mgon-po;
Thug$-rje chen-po;	Hgro-wahi
mgon-po.
д]ьлг-5У Gafa-can rgyal-po King of
Tibet; and in books occasionally applied
to the Dalai Lamas of Lhasa.
Gaft$-can rgyal-pohi
isti-gnas as also	cho$-hkhor
dpal-gyi Lha-sa used to designate Lhasa,
the capital of Tibet (Yig. k. 31).
д]елг^-^-ц gafts-can chen-po sometimes
applied to mountainous region covered
with eternal snow extending from Ladak
to the Kailas range. Also the name of a
fabulous mountainous region the chief peak
of which is said to be about 1,500 miles
round and filled with Yaks a, Raksa and
other demi-gods.
Gaft$-chen any great range of
snowy mountains or a great glacier; n.
of a village at the south-western foot of
theKanchenjunga mountain.
(Kanchenjunga in Sikkim) lit. the five
great repositories of snow.
Gaft$-chen Cho§-rgyal
the Grand Lama of Tibet; also the name
of a guardian deity of Buddhism in
Tibet; a name of Yama, the Lord of
Death, who is worshipped in Tibet under
the name of Dam-chen Cho§-rgyal.
Gans-ljofts yul=-^S Rod
Tibet.
Syn.	gafts-can shift;
gaft§ ri ra-wahi skor-tcahi
shift-khams;	gaft§-can sa-
lhahi §)nan-ljoft§ (Mnon. and Yig. k.).
gafts-hbab avalanche; it snows.
sjwgpi gaft§-sbal, also called
dkyil-hkhor *T|VT, the snow lizard with
circular marks on its skin resembling
the common Indian lizard (Lex.); a frog
of fabulous origin: the male frog is said
to live on the top of the snowy mountains
and the female frog in the abyss of the deep
gorge below the mountain; when the sun
passes over tho tropic of cancer (karkata or
crab), tho male frog descends to the foot of
tho mountain and the femalo frog ascends
there to meet him midway. Before
*rprtfT||
212
VY* |
meeting each other tho male frog remains
more powerful; but after they have united,
the female becomes the stronger of the
two (timan.).
i; gan^-ri frnOlft snowy
mountain or snow-mountains—a com-
mon designation for many of tho great
ranges in Tibet ;	gafis-ni-$u the
twenty principal mountains of Tibet:—(1)
Thufilha, (2) Ь Ti-sc ^Iiaila^a), (3)
Jlah-rykhar, (4) Bu-le, (5)
д7аг-эдо, (6) Pho-la, (7) «рЯ’Я Hfrkhah-
r , '8j £ Jo-mo kha-rag, (9) Rdo-
i lOj Gan-bzafi, (11) fr’J* Rtse-
T'lum, 12) Laphyi, (13) ЗЛс? Tshe-rift,
(14) §na-nam, <J5) 5’8 Te-$gro, (16)
JJod-dc gufi-rgyal, (17) WKty'W
*5 Yar-lha gam-po, Ц8) Gsal-rje, (19)
На-bo gafa-bzati, (20)
p^a.ri a lahi-gan§ (Kathafi. %
1I:	f it-dag dkar-po n.
of a vegetable drug (ДГЛон.,.
gans-^rag = *|wgS gan§-hphred
along or across tho glacier.
gafis-srul an avalanche; a slip
m the snowy side of a mountain ; a snow-
'’ip-
q]K.5Tj|q] gans-thig n. of a stone or
mineral substance resembling stone; it
is said to be a cure for fever that is
produced from the liver.
Gan§-pa ge-hu tho name
of a celebrated lama and philosopher of
the Kadampa School of Tibet.
=4Vg’* gaii-ji-ra lit. posessed of trea-
sure or rndcod-ldan; an ornamental
pinnacle on a temple, house or chorten
constructed after the proscribed model
given in Buddhist hooks. This is a
Sanskrt word though sometimes Tibctau-
ized, being written as	hgan-hji-ro.
gad as in gscr-gad 1. pure,
genuine, unalloyed. 2. a rock.
C\
a rock cavern; a
place of shelter under the cloft or nook of
a rock:
kept tho bars of silver in tho nook of a
rocky hill.
TCP gad-kha W- wide, broad;
breadth; with breadth.
gad-mo, TTW a laughing;
laughter:	gad-mo dgod
utters a laugh; *|VM’«W|Vgcz ga$-mo-bgad
byufi I have laughed ;	gad-mo
bgad-sofi ho has laughed.	gad-mo
rgod to laugh;	g^* gad-mo $or-
byufi laughter sprang forth;
gad-mo gor-sofi idem;	gad-
mot hdeb$-pa to laugh at a person ;
hjig rten-pahi gad-mo laughtor of
worldly-minded people :	this
is to mo an object of laughtor; it is ridicu-
lous to me (Ja.).	gad-rgyan^-ean
Й bsdig$-pahi gad-mo
(^Ш Ла Ла) loud laughter;
$dig-pahi gad-mo (fvP? hila) coquettish
laugh;	dgyes-pahi-gad-mo (T%
he-he) laugh of merriment or rejoicing;
zil-gyi$ gnon-pahi gyad-
mo vt a laughter of triumph;
khro-icohi bshad-pa brgyad the eight
laughs of indignation and wrath, &c.
gad-kgyal the walls of conglo-
merate rock through which mountain-
torrents have cut their way.

213
Wl
rjad-snigs dust; refuses; swept-
out: phyays-mas yad-sniy^ phyagt sweep
with a broom the dust, refuse, etc.
cqS V gad-dar sweeping, cleansing;
gad-dar-byed-pa cleansing;
sweeping well a place; keeping it clean.
Syn. phyag-dar; byi-dor*, ЯУ
5^ ga&clar\	gtsan-war-byed *,
ДЧСЛ4 rdul-hphafa (ДМоп.).
Gad-mdah-la n. of a moun-
tain ; the lowlands at the foot of a Gad.
gad mdal-la tshun this side
of the mountain called Gad-dala.
Я5’4 i: gad-pa or Я5‘*^ gad-mkhan
a sweeper; a cleanser; ЗЯ‘^’§5*^, Я5*
the class (of menial
servants) requiring wages (such as)
sweepers, dusters and water carriers.
Я5’Я^'^ any place or object well dusted
or cleansed.
Я5‘ч n: 1. a precipitous cliff of
conglomerate such as often walls in the
mountain rivers: 2. wide crack in a con-
glomerate rock.
Я5’ЗЯ gad-phug a cavern or cleft in a
conglomerate rock: ЯЗ^’Я^’^Я'
ЗЯ’^Я’ё’^ЗЯ^ gshttfi-gis stag-dkar-gyi gad
phug-tu shag-Ina bshug§ meanwhile they
halted for five days in the rocky cavern of
Stag-dkar.
gan=rtsar near:	А^'Я^
ded‘dpon dehi gan-du son-ste dris-
pa going near to the chief of the
merchants (caravan), he asked. Я^ gan
(=Яя gam in C.) signifying nearness,
proximity; is used in such connection as
Я^ to, towards, up to: «^‘Я^’ЛЯ come
up to me;	be went unto the
king ;	he wont towards the
house;	he came from the
king; ХЯ'^Ж^ in ТГ. close by the
brook;	c^ur gan-du in W. hard
by the water; ^’Я^ rir gan-pa one
living close to a mountain or hill.
дам-kyal or Я3» дап-гкуаЦ
ЧсИ supine; lying on the back with the
face upward: Я^’З^ЛЭ'4’4 to lie in that
position: Я^’З4'^З'4'4 to fall on the back.
hgan-rgya,
vulg. Я^’5 gam-rgya, a written contract ;
an agreement (Cs.).
Я¥5* gan-dar, a silk handkerchief
offered as a present in exchanging compli-
ments on meeting (Sch.).
gan-dha bha-dra a
kiud of drug used in liver derangement.
J Я^Л’^'йЯ^ gan-dha rihi sfiags тгетч!-
ЯпИ a Buddhist mantra or charm which
has the power of enabling one to move in
space.
gan-dho-la,
the temple of fragrance; hall of worship
built after the model of a chatty a
with many doors. It is generally attached
to a great monastery. In Tibetan it is
called Х’Я^'!4^ Dri gtzan-khan, the name
being applied to the particular chapel
where the image of Buddha is placed.
The great temple of Buddha at Gaya was
called Maha gandhola Caitya. Phyi gan-
dho-la nafi-du lha-khan byas-pa its inside
was a god’s house or chapel and the outside
a gandhola.
gan-dhi a mineral sub-
stance used as a cure for leprosy.

214
Ч|£Г&| ।
+ gan-tahi-tog or	gan-thi
par-na a medicinal plant.
t V? gan-ti a piece of thick
plank measuring about G feet by 12 inches
either of white sandal wood or of deodar,
which when struck with a hammer or
another piece of thick hard wood, produces
a kind of ringing sound which is heard
from a great distance. It is used on
special occasions to summon the monks of
a monastery to attend any special religious
service, &c.
gan-gyog or gan-ti the-
hu vft? the rod or hammer with
which the ghanti (wooden gong) is struck
or beaten.
J ganda-pa si (mystic) avarice;
greed for gain (K. g. p £6).
gan-di	iu books the
gong or bell to call monks to monastic
services.
gan-mdsod= 5 bafi-mdso#
store-room, storo-houso.
gab-khufi, defined as
pns-mohi rgyab-kyi ^gyid-khufi,
the cavities behind tho knee bones.
gab-igra a belch (in W.)
(Ja.).
4 gab-pa to hide; to conceal one’s
self:
Rgyal-wahi hbyuft-gnas hdi yon-
tan tham^-cad gab-nas mi ston-par gdah-
teas» This Rgyal-wahi hbyuft-gna$ having
concealed all his talents does not exhibit
them (Jlbrom. I4 2).
Syn. «ta’o yib-pa\ $Ьаз-ра; *|Ччргч
gyog$-pa; «VaiKvcvg’q mi mfion-par by a*
ica (Jgnofli).
gab-phyiin n. of a religious
treatise on the occult doctrine of Bud-
dhism.
чр’Я gab-tse^ ZJ]^’S‘ gab-rtse or
gab-tshe a plan or table of points
for computing the figures of divination in
magical computations. In this connec-
tion,	sa-la gna$ pahi
sa-bdag-gi rtsi$ refers to calculating tho
identity and deeds of mischief done by a
local “god of tho soil.” Again Wjpr
refers to astrological
calculations worked with the gab-tse.
is a mystio chart used for
bodily prognostics ;	one for the
speech;	one for the heart;
In the general term gab-tse
are included many particular significations,
that for the soil, that for the sky, that for
the intermediate space, etc.
gab-tshad slow, insiduous
fever; according to Sch. a hectic, con-
sumptive fever.
ЦрГсоЧ] gab-tshig	riddle;
also mystical words or expressions used in
magic to stupify one’s enemies without
killing them. Also the 1G ornamental
mystical allusions employed to excite
laughter in a play, etc., and to convey
hidden meanings in an assembly, ete. The
names of these are as follows:—
kun-tu tshogs pahi gab-tshig*
de-bshin-du
$lu byed-kyi rim-pa daft bral-wahi gab-tshig;
WflfcrQ’flp’Sq rab-bcom-gyi gab-tshig;
mthzin gzug$-kyi gab-tshig;
215
4*1
rtsub-mohi gab-tshig;
«jq-Xa] grafa-kyi gab-tshig \
rab btags-kyi gab-tshig-,
min-du hdus-pahi gab-tshig; |q*q5’fl|q^ff|
§grib-pahi gab-tshig; *3^<й’|рч]«гЗд| mthun-
jpaA? sgrahi gab-tshig; йелг<|5’ч]л*ЗЦ rmons-
pahi gab-tshig;	yon$
phrog§-kyi gab-tshig;	gcig
b$grib$-kyi gab-tshig; ^Vr’T4B4’re^’4lrr^4l
gni$-ka tegrib$-pahi gab-tshig;
*^’^4 yofi$ hdre$-kyi gab-tshig,
<q«T$«| gab-yig 1. in the medicinal works
of Tibet the names of certain drugs and
medicines are written in words which are
not ordinarily understood, having secret
meanings assigned to them. 2. in figura-
tive language, meanings of names and
words which are not ordinarily understood.
Such are called gab-miti, i.e., secret
names.
^4’*? gab-sa $ba$-sa or yib-sa
hiding-place ; place of concealment :
came bringing much gold with us, but we
were without a hiding-place or a place to
go to (Л. 120).
Ч|Я gam near, v. gan.
Syn. gam-yo; drun; ne-
hkhor {HJAon.).
gam-gum a number,
grafa-g.nas {Ya-sel. 57).
gam-span? panels or little
boards beneath the cornice of a roof, often
filled np with paintings (Ja.).
Ф 9 gam-bu-ra, erf^TT in W. a
citron; lemon (Ja.).
gam-hbrog a dairy in the
neighbourhood of one’s residence. Gam*
hbrog rgyaA hgrog bzaft-wa rtsa-yi dge
Near and distant dairy farms become
thriving through the abundance of pas-
tures {Jig.).
gam-hdsin abbr. of
ganrgya daft hdsin, a receipt, acknowledg-
ment ; the letter of transfer, exchange, &c.,
for buying and selling or transaction of
money business, &c.:
q^q-^q^xg^’^ gam-hdsin byed-pa hdod
sbyargyi bkod-pa go-brdah hphrod fie$
certainly, the receipt and the deed of
agreement should be satisfactorily ex-
plained (B/sii ).
+ gam-yo («ргч]^ч| gam-gyog) —
ne-hkhor attendant.
4]^ gahu fl’jz 1. a little box or case;
when containing a talisman or amulet, it
is worn suspended round the neck.
I:	gar or «jvg gar-bro итч, игг,
UK dance; acting in a dramatic play;
gesticulation ;	gar-icas tbkor
surrounded by dancing girls or actors ;
gar-byed-pa to dance;
rtsed-mo byed-pa to sing; to
dance and play; gar-zas the food
given to performers; gar hkhrab-mkhan gyi
zas-la for the food of those who perform
dancing ;	gar-la dgah-гса
<TT^fsw very fond of dancing; як’вгч?
gar-la blta	attending a dance;
witnessing a performance.
gar-gyi liad-mo danc-
ing entertainment or amusement.
^’5 gar-gyi dwaA-po =
grub-chen or	inal-bbyor-pa
4N
216

cJitn-po fig. a yogi or ascetic engaged in
meditation : §р*Я
sku-inchog gar-gyi dicafi-po mdse$ brjij
tiomj-pifi your holiness the lord of the
dancers (peacock), equal in beauty and
splendour (Fig. k. 28).
Я^§’Я^’^ gar-gyi #$о-&о=ЗГЯ*,9'*Т,^г’
gju-gar-gyi i&khan-po or Я^’^ gtso-bo
teacher or director of a dance or danc-
ing performance (Alfion.).
III : or Я’5 gci-rtiy or Я5^ даМщ
whither; where; gar-yafi anywhere:
fljvujc’g’q gar-yaft $kye-wa growing any-
where: Я^<ил ц gar-yaft mi hgro-wa to
go nowhere. Я*’й5 gar-mc$ in IF. at
all events; by all moans; Яga-na-mc#
or gar-bab at random; haphazard
(SeA.).
Я^’ЯМ gar-mkhan or bro-mkhan
5fW dancer 1. a dancer, performer, e.g.y
oven a Buddha or any saint dances when
displaying miracles. 2. name of a god,
acc. to Sch. S'iva (Ja.).
gar-inkhau-ma — 1^^ gar-ma
г^, dancing girl. Tho thirteen
modulations of voice or musical notes:
(1) Я^'* gar-ma ; (2)
rol-rtsed-ma пт^п;; (3)	« dal-ma ;
(4) 5^** myur-ma ; (5)	bar-ma
’TWH; (6) ^Я’КЯ tshig-rdeg (7) 3'4**
bya-icahi-du^ WH; (8)	bya-wahi
tshad Ч5ЧН ; (9) 5‘54 ta-tea (<nq) reality;
(10) o-gha (wfa) flow ; (11) gha-ni
compact;	(12) la-ya (^ru)
absorption; adherence ; (13) zd-mya
(w) equality.
flp-qwi gar-cham the frantic dance of the
lamas of Tibet which is chiefly observed
by the Rnifi-ma schools of Tibet. It is of
two kinds	phur-pahi rtsa hcham
the dance of tho enchanted club, and ^§4'
hkhrub-hcham the dance of the lamas
at the time of offering sacrifice.
gar-^tabi dancing gesture or
motion.
Я*’* gar-pa a dancer; also a
dance. ,
II:	the encampment of an army;
a camp.
Я^'З4 gar-rgyab encampment; Я*’2Ч‘Ч
gar-rgyab-pa to encamp; also for Я^’З4
gaft-rgyab,	rdo-mdab sog$
gar-rgyab fling at him stone or arrow, etc.,
whatever (you can) (ДЬгот. f4 6’).
+ я^’^Я 0бгг-с?<7=Яс/^Я gan-shig, which
one; whichever one.
Gar gdofi-btsau the
famous general of King Sron-fysan sgarn-
pO) who visited the capital of China and
induced Emperor Taitsung to give one of
the princesses imperial in marraigo to his
sovereign, about 630 A.D.
gar-rdeb
chus-khyer gar-rdeb-sog$-la lands, fields,
houses, &c., that have been devastated
by a river by the over-flowing of its
banks, &e. (Rtsii,).
4M4I gar-nag name of a medicine.
I:	gar-po in colloq. language
the word dkar-po is pronouned as
Я^'5 gar-po and also written as such.
It is usual to pronounce <$kar-po as
Я^ ц gar-po in the vulgar language
(Grub, ч 2).
217
II:	also '’JvS gar-mo^ thick;
dense; condensed; not fluid.
1. gar-wa чцч bska-wa
astringent. 2. strong; qvac; gar-chaft
strong beer (Ja.).
Gar btsan hphags-pa name
of a monastery and also of a deity in
Tibet {Jig. 3.).
t gar-dsa or bi gar-dsa, лм,
n. of a tree or kind of wood
pn {К. ко. % 3).
TO gar-sha the native name of the
district called La-hul or La-hol by the
Hindus (Ja.).
gar-log acc. to the Tibetans
rapacious mountain tribes belonging to
the far north-east of Tibet.	4*
’^5 those
styled in the Tibetan tongue Gar-log are
described in the Li-s'i Gur-khang as
Turushka. The	Gar log were a
different people from the Mgo-log.
Р$’Зрг2п*Ц Gar-log gi rgyal-p>o la ska-lus
btan-was cho^-phyir srog-kyan btoft-icahi
rgyal-po yin. In Atis'a’s biography it is
mentioned that the King of the Gar-log
iu the first part of the 11th century,
A.D., came from the Indian side and made
the King of Tibet a captive when he was
there on a visit to Purang. Probably
they were the earliest Mohamedan
invaders of Kashmir.
gar-$a the muscles of tho thumb
(.W.) (Ja.).
+ I: gal—W nan pressing;
gal-gyi$ pressingly, urgently.
П: importance «рг^’Ч^’ч gal-du
h(ktfi-pa to consider of importance; to
esteem.
Syn. gnad', mdo (M.fion.').
4J4I III: 1. constraint; compulsion:
fta-la gal-juft in С. “I have been compelled’’
(Ja.). 2. trap; snare: in colloq.
gal hdsug-pa to set a snare (Ja.).
IV: v. *p‘Q|’a( gan la-la.
gal-hgag=important;
д]^ цч|п|-йч very important.
gal-chuft unimportant; insignifi-
cant ; undervalued; slighted.
fljorl q gal-che-wa very important:
of the two, this
life and the future, the latter is of greater
importance:	4
it is of greater importance to acquire
accomplishments than to go roving about
without purpose :	q important
moral precepts.
Syn.	gna<l-che-wa; rtsa-
che-iia; M ’^’4 khag-chc-wa]	gtso-
che-ica {Affton.).
чрг^ gal-te conj. if; in case of;
implies a conditional possibility. It is
placed as the first word in a conditional
sentence while na, its complement, stands
after the verb at the end; together they
signify “ if У 4^’5, however, is sometimes
omitted, still meaning “ if.” In colloq.
expression gal-te is seldom used;
but “ gal-shi” is a common substitute:
if you wish to enjoy all happiness, you
must entirely leave off all desire:
29
qjcy'SlX |
218
q)-^|
qg-q, q	if you wish at all
times to live in friendship (with the three
Holies), you should avoid the three
dangers, viz. of looking at your loving
wife, thinking of profit, and of confiding
in an envoy.
gal-mdo^-^gal-hgag or
W^4!21! gnad-hgag 1. really, essentially of
importance. 2. n. of a disease (J/Ы.).
gal-po probably same as Я*4 gal.
the important, indispens-
able master of the house (family).
sprq gai-ua to force, to press some
thing on a person:	indoor con-
finement is forced on men (Ja.).
gal-war byed-pa «QfWVq
brtson btan-wa	to be assiduous.
gal-fyzuft (Jit. got hold of the
important thing),	renunciation.
gal-ro in ГГ. refuse; rnbbi>h.
ga$, v. адргч hga$-pa.
gi I. numeral for 33, v. affix instead
of 5 kyi after and for signification
v. 5 kyi.
gi-gtt the vowel sign04 for i.
f^=5|3^ gi-gu-fa,
having a white speck in the eye;
wall-eyed (of horses) (/ScA.).
gi-lji-big or ko-tsi-Ыд
tanued skin of a kind of deer obtained
from Mongolia and China (Jig-)-
Gu-ne-ru n. of an Indian
yog ini or female aseetie (K. dun. 38).
Ч|-(ЦЕ- gi-wan and also gi-haft
W,	a yellow
pigment, an anthelminthic medicine;
n. of a concretion in the
entrails of some animals, used for
medicine. Aee. to the medical works
of Tibet this concretion is formed in the
liver of certain animals and seldom in
men, and it resembles in appearance and
size the boiled yolk of a hen’s egg.
There are also smaller ones. Лее. to some
lexicographers this concretion is formed in
two or three strata or folds. The best
quality of gi-ican is that which is
obtained from an elephant, and those
obtained from the ox called gorocanZ
are of second quality. A kind of
gi-ican is also obtained from minerals
and clay, and is of reddish-yellow colour.
All these are supposed to bo possessed
of wonderful healing power.
(7Г. g. 308).
Gi-wan mixed wdth honey, if applied to
both the eyes as a medieino, will give
one such a clear vision, enabling one to
see all the treasures which are in tho
earth.
GYri bkan-dha n. of a
mountainous country: Gi-ri bhan-dhahi
yul-gyi nithahi ri khon§-su kla-klohi rigs
mi-hdra-wa beu yod-par rgya-gar-pa dag-la
grag^in it being known to tho Indians
that in the mountains skirting the country
of Giribandha there are ten different
La-lo tribes (Dsatn.).
gi-lifi a strong-bodied horse
(Sch.).
gi-lin a fabulous animal.

219
та
as an accom-
Gt-fan rgya n. of a tribe in
Tibet.
gin probably a little
drum, or the beating of it
paniment in dancing (<7Й.).
gim ЛЧ
gra$-shig n. of a soft
(К. my.
gir-mo, Ld., the Indian rupee;
in G. it is called gor-mo or
s gor-mo,
gi$ instead of kyis after a final
«I or
$gra-§nan-gyi
musical tone.
gu 1. numerical for 63 = ^ hu. 2.
sign of diminutives, e.g., 0*g khyi-gu a
puppy ; little dog. 3. extension; extent;
room; space;	gna§ sa gu-dog,
З^’З'Хз М-ра gu-dog, Vl lam gu-dog,
gu-dog-po narrow-minded;
a narrow place, valley or road ; ’[’‘wq
gu-yan$-pa spacious; roomy; wide ; g,(*iA<r
Ч gu yan$-pa hdug there is much room
here.
qjWq ди	dog§-po
med-pa spacious; capacious: sra’g’uiMrq
sa-cha gu yans-pa a spacious, wido place:
sdod-sa gu yifa-pa a
commodious residence:	sems
gu-yans-pa a broad, generous heart.
9’94 gu-gu^a enamelled plates,
cups, &c.; generally enamels on copper.
f 9’9^ g^-gul or gug-gui, ^чн,
^4^4, a costly incense, one kind of
which is white, another black. It is used
in medicine and its smell drives away evil
spirits.
Syn. bum-mkhan; ^‘^9* hdre-
hjigs\ ^^'^nal-mo hdra (Mnon.).
i ЗЗ^5^ gu-gul-pn
Amyris galloca the plant from which the
incense is obtained.
qj-qj Gu-ge n. of a province in the
West of Tibet. Also n of a section and
school in the Sera monastery. The people
of the province of 3'^1 Gu-ge are called
ч]’ч)'ч Go-ge-pa.
TFi Git-fan also called Go-tan^ the
elder grandson of	Khany
who invited Sakya Papdita to Mongolia
in order to introduce Buddhism there.
gu-ti in IF. deaf (Jd.).
c\
19’^’5 Gu-na mi-tra a
Buddhist monk about whom mention is
made in the Phar-phyin section of the
sacred books of Tibet.
9'1^ gu-zul (for	ral-gu zul-
ma) hair-pendants of precious stones of
women in Tibet:
taking off her hair-ornaments, she offered
them (A.	102.).
9’^ gn-yar in IF. slowly ; gently;
without noise (Sch.).
9’^ gu-yii quick-silver.
чуКЙ] Gu-yog 1.	byahi
rgyal-po shigyi. of a king of birds (К. my.
18). 2. n. of the second son of Jengis
Khan, who ruled over Eastern Mongolia.
t 99 gu-ru spiritual teacher; a
teacher ; father-confessor; Щ’я Ъ1а-та^ apr
Vfy $lob-dpon. Often in Milarapa.
I
220
3F'I
Gu-ru ndshan-lprgyad the
oight manifestations of tho Great
Teacher; also the eight names of Padma
Sambhava.
gu-rug 1. in Ld. a colt or foal
of an ass (Jd.). 2. n. of a celebrated lama
who was tutor to Log Ce§-rab.
ди-1ай n. of a deity propitiated
by mothers (in Tibet) for the well-being
of their children. According to some this
deity blesses mothers with children.
4J-W- ди-Ий 1. pure gold picked out
from a mine. 2. also spelt 3’8^’
gold embroidered cloth or silk: 3’Я5/’Г^*1*
having presented a reli-
gious garment of embroidered silk (to
him).
gu-le in W. for Я gaJe slowly;
softly; gently.
Gu-$ri said to be a corrupt
form of the Chinese title of Kaufiri,
as hick is conferred on Buddhist monks and
religious men, but it is evidently tho
corruption of the Sanskrit title of gau-
the lord of religion or guna-fri:
in Tibetan	yon-tau-dpal, tho
blessed, learned or talented one. In
Mongolian Kau-qri signifies a Pandit or a
learned man.
З’^^Г^ Gu^ri sog-po Gus'ri the Mon-
golian, in Tib. called 3*5 'Sirj'Ji
Gu-sri bstan-hdJnehog-rgyal, the D sung a-
rian Chief, who conquered Tibet and esta-
blished the supremacy of the Dalai Lama
in 1643 A.D. over all Tibet; also an
(Eleuth Mongolian who belonged to Gus’ri’s
banners.
TS gusu occurs in (Vai. kar.) a
garment, dress (Jd.).
gug-gu, bgan an oblation
cup:	(MH>n
b^an-ni Hor-gyi Ий la§ lod this name
is now applied to enamelled cups made in
China (Jig.).
t ЗТЗ'4 v. 3’3^ gtt-guh
’Ц gug-pa 1. 35*q dud-pa,
3«Tj-q dad-pa^ дид-ра ’ялг-итг bent as in
reverence, to bend in salutation : 3Tq^
gug-bca$ with humility, humbleness,
modesty. 2. In IV. to rub or scratch
gently ; to tickle.
ЗТЗ4! gug-gug bend low:
ЗТЗ^И^З^ЗТ^ mgoJut gag-gug gsum-
gyis phyag-bya$ he saluted thrico, bending
low his head and body.
ЗЯЛ4 gag-gc-wa bent; bent down-
wards (of leaves) (Vai. §й.)> v. 3Tq
gug-pa.
gug-sran weight of gold
according to tho standard formerly used
in tho province of 3'^1 Gu-ge, a Sran or
ounce of 3**1 Gu-ge :
having presented gold of tho weight of
300 ounces (of Gu-ge) (Л. 79).
I: вий an imperial title, belong-
ing to the second class of nobility in China;
it is second only to tho distinction of
Wang or Princo, and is very much prized
in Tibet. The recipient wears a ruby
button and three plumes of the peacock.
4JS- II: ftfrPX variously applied (1)
to a species of leopard-cat found in
Tibet.
’F’l
221
•which is smaller than the Himalayan leo-
pard, and (2) to the broad-headed tiger of
Central Asia, kharakula of the Mongols,
which lives in the forests of the Amur
and of North-Western China. The flesh
of latter is used in paralysis, and also as
an antidote against evil spirits.
HI: the middle ; central; also
generally the meridian; noon; midday;
as well as, less frequently, midnight ;
3^ nin-gun midday; noon; mid-
night.
З^'Ч gun-la in the middle : ^5'5'3^
stod-kyi gun-паз thou taken er come
ont of the middle of Upper Tibet.
3^3 gun-du byed-pa to divide
through middle ; to dissect anatomically;
dwyar-ggi gun-la in tho middle
of summer ;	nam-gyi gun-la at
the midnight hour; the middle watch of
night.
Gufi-rgyal n. of one of the
early kings of Tibet (Yig.).
3^’^ gun-ja midday tea ; also the reli-
gious service conducted in a Buddhist
monastery at midday when tea is served to
the congregated monks.
3*'4f^i gun-gni$ the two middle times,
midday and midnight.
Gufi-than lit. central plain,
n. of a part of Ngari Khorsum; n. of a
monastery in Ngari.
district of Grungthang in
western Tsang, the birth-place of Nag-
tsho Lo-tsa-ua Tshul-khrims rgyal-wa,
who brought Atis'a to Tibet.
Gun-than Bjam-dbyans
n. of an incarnate Lama of Amdo, who
th
became the high priest of Tashi Gomafi
monastery of Amdo and erected a lofty
chorten-temple 360 feet high; and founded
a monastery with a library containing
20,000 block-print volumes.
Gun-thafi Rtsahi ко ron
the birth-place of Milaraspa the poet and
saint.
3^'4 gun-pa —hbrin-po ньцн tha
second of three brothers; the middle one.
Зс/чад’Ц gun hbab-pa to take rest at noon
on a journey; 3^3*1 gun-tshig§ dinner
(Sch.).
З^'^С4! gufi-hdsug f^T also gang-mo,
the middle finger.
3^’3*’^ Gun-ri gufi-btsan the son
and successor of King	Khri-
sron Idehu-tysan who reigned in Tibet
about 733 A.D.
guft-la phug or
gun dmar-la phug carrot.
guft-safis la hgro-wa to
take a walk about midday, also generally
to take a walk 3^'^ gun-ion at noon.
3s gud 1. slope; declivity (Cs.).
2. separation; solitude; seclusion (Sch.).
35’3	=	logs suham
§ger-du aside; apart:
35again Jobo spoke to Phyag-dar
§t on-pa while alone in a solitary place
(A. 5).
35’3’q^’4 gud-du hbor-ica 1. to place
aslant or to one side ; З^’З'М4^4 gud-du
gegs-pa to separate (Ja.), disperse. 2. to
buy dear, at a loss ; synonymous with
3^S gun-god', in Lad. heavy or thick of
hearing; gud-nag quite deaf; deaf as
a post. 3.	gud-du hjug-pa —
log§-su bshag-pa or
222

shan-du bcug-pa to humiliate; deprecate;
to place in a false or inferior position.
5Л4 gad-pa = ^\Q hgud-pa.
JS'5 gud-po dear; expensive, v.
r gud-po.
gun loss'; damage:	fia-la
gun-phog in JK., I have suffered loss
(prop, damage has сото to me) (Ja.).
to make up a loss :	льл’огд;
in all
other places, on the other hand, they out of
pride almost daily tried to replenish their
loss (BLrom. Г JJ).
З3^ gun-dum a bottle-shaped or
cylindrical basket for fruit in Ld. (per-
haps akin to гкон-pa) (Ja.).
дин-ро in Ld. expensive; dear.
3^‘§	or §
having died or bemi dead:
de-na$ pun nii-rin tear Bram-i(
gum-$te then, not long after, tho Brahma^
having died (Hbrom. 162).
3*’4 gum-pa, v. 4g*rq hgum-pa.
gar TOZV, WC,	a tent ;
also a house made of hay or straw or grass ;
dicu-gur a sleeping tent; ^oprg^
fyshugs-gur a tent used by a great man for
his residence; д^'^'Ч gar- yol the ceiling of
a tent; gvpqN gur-kheb$ the cover or
canopy ; ras-gur tent of cotton cloth;
rgyal-gur royal pavilion;
dmag-gur a military tent; gv$tf4| gur-
nchog a magnificent tent ; gvs*] gur-tkag
tent robes; g*^ gur-ber in JK., or
gur-qin, the tent poles ; д^’3ч| gur-thog the
upper covering or outer-fly of a tent; «Y
thdb-gur hearth-tent; that which is used
as a kitchen; З^’З'-^З gur-gyi qarn-bu
tho outer canopy-like cover of a tent; the
upper part of a double tent f g*’^ gur-
phur tho pegs or pins used for pitching a
tent • g^’^X* gur-gthol tho walls of a tent;
4]Vg]5 gur-glad tho top or crown of a tent;
the passage for the smoko out of a tent;
gur-hgram lattice in the side of a
tent ; gvg* gur-lcam stakes supporting
the roof of a tent {Sch.}.
gur-khan the imaginary pavilion
or mansion of tho gods, which is formed
in tho sky, canopied by rain-bows, walled
by rays of light, supported by diamond
posts and carpctted with variegated clouds,
for the uso of tho gods when they
come to witness religious entertainments
or performances of tho pious on this
earth.
Gur-gyi mgon-po a divinity
of tho Sakya-pa School.
3^54 Gur-drag n. of a Buddhist deity
of tho Sakya-pa School.
3M4! gar-nag those of tho black tent,
or tho Black-tent Mongols; g^’VP gar-
dkar tho Whito-tont tribes of Mongolia;
Я*5’3* gcod-gur tho tent used by itiner-
ant mendicants or Shamans.
^vq’jg’^q gur-pa grba-ishan a Buddhist
congregation at 3^'3 Gyan-tse.
gvo;^ gur-lpags a perforated skin; a
hide full of holes (Sch.).
gv^ gur-ser the tribe of the Mongols
who used to live in yellow tents. The
Taranatha Lama of Urga (Tab Khureh)
in Mongolia still uses the yellow tent.
3^’3* gur-gum or 3^’3^ gur-kum
5^4, жчЬхэт saffron, crocus, marigold,

223
calendula, and similar yellow flowers
{Ja.):	gar-gum
mchin-nad kun sei rtsa kha §dom saffron
cures liver-disorders and contracts the
surface of the bowels (Rtsii.). There are
three kinds of saffron known to the
Tibetans ;	Bal-po gur-gum
the saffron of Nepal;	kha-che
gur-gum the Kashmir saffron, which is the
best, and or If’*’*!, that is brought
from distant regions (Spice-islands).
Syn.	tshiin byed dinar; 45cr
hdab brgya-wa;	rdsin drun
§kye§;	те-tog don-can ;
kun-nas hkhums*,	me-tog
ni-ma\ phra-ma-eair,	kha-
chc-§kye§ ;VV* dri-shim ;	lus-dmar\
niehi rtse-mo ; bdc-byed]
hthufi-byed\ ^^’^mchog-ldan} V^’q’q^yq
dpah-po brtan-pa (Mnon:).
gur-gur in Ld. a small
ehurn used for preparing tea. (Jd.)
gur-tig a kind of drug used
for healing or drawing sores, &c.;
^’34[g*r^?V4 rma gas rtsa tshad mkhris
nad-sel it inflames sores, cures bilious
fever.
gnl-gula quaking; shaken as
if by a strong wind :
khro-bohi §tan-stab§
mdsad-pa$ yul ehen-po geig gul-gulbyun §kad
It is said that because they assumed the
attitude of a wrathful deity, a great
eountry trembled (as if by an earth-
quake) .
gul-nag, lit. the black д’дч
gu-gul or	gug-gul nag-po, n. of a
medicine.
(ju§-pa ’Г5Т, HW, ^T<T,
яЬл fftw, ччтТя, ич, нтя, sbst.
humility, respect, reverence, devotion; also
adj. respectful, devout; very common in
the phrase gus-ptas pthyag htshal-lo, saluted
with reverence ; «’g^’q ma-gus-pa unsub-
missive, undevout;	gus-pa dan
Ьса§-ра respectfully; with dignity
and honour*;	gu§-par hgyur-ua
to be respectful; to humble one-self (Cs.)
I offer salu-
tation reverentially with the three—my
heart, speech and body : gq’q’^^q^-q^-
gus-pa chen-pos bsten-par
byin-gyi^-rlobs may the blessing be granted
to maintain the greatest devotion, gq*qv
qg^’q gus-par bsg rim-pa to behave with
respect ; g*rqv^ gus-p>ar йап туччт to
serve or attend respectfully; to listen with
respect ; g*rqvg\q to regard.
gu$-po in C. and TF. expensive,
costly, dear, v. g5*5 gud-po or $5’^
rgud-po.
gu§-so becomes very dear;
respects; worships.
ge num. for 93.
ge-wa is an auxiliary particle
signifying did (emphatically):
mche-wa^ bran kha non, ma-sohi mche-wa§
dpral-wa na yar-la lhag ge-ica by the upper
tusk he pressed on his breast, by his lower
tusk he opened asunder up to tho forehead
(Rbrom. 139).
Ge-ra n. of a country :
Ge-rahi rgyal-po she$-
pahan byun-hdug also there was one, called
the King of Ge-ra (K. du. ч 281).

224.

Gy.??? lha-pa name of a Tibetan
chief, said to have descended from the
royal lino of kings, ?.t., from Sron-bisan
sgam-po, and belonging to a place called
Ge-ra lha situated to the east of
Lhasa on the Yarn Tsang-po beyond
Chothaug.
gt-fa a kerchief for the head
hanging down behind from the shoulders.
I: ge-sar
saffron, the
corolla of a flower. There are three
kinds of ge-sar viz:—ua-ga
g(-4ir	pus-pa ge-sar
and	pad-ma ge-sar
трихит (Л/7Й.). Aec. to Cs. is
a flower ; it is said to grow in Nopal
and is called	%)ad-ma ge-sar ; acc.
to Sch. pistil, but like zc-hbru it sig-
nifies undoubtedly the organs of fructifi-
cation in general.
II: Ge-sar n. of a powerful
king ruling in Shensi in China, who on
account of his martial valour was deified
and raised to the }>osition of the God of
War. There are various accounts of him.
The people of Kham in Tibet own him
for their national war-god, while the
Mongolians say that Ge-sar was a
king of Mongolia. According to some
authors, he lived in the 7th century A.D.
According to the collection of heroic songs
called the Rgyal-drun* King Ge-sar
lived in the 8th century A.D. His origin
is, however, lost in myth.
ge-sar-gyi sgrun stories from
the works called	Aznc/ and Jang}
also extracts from the fabulous history of
Ge-sar.
ge-sar-can the lotus flower;
the filament of a lotus.
ge-sar dmar-po^ 5)glu-ipfi,
Naga Vrksa (Ж//.).
’Г’? gc-hya^ gna§ a secret abode—
used as gsafi-ska# (a mystic word)
in tho Tantra (K. g. 215).
geg$ = gag$ fqrar,
hindrance; stoppage; obstacle:
geg$-ehags’—^'&S bar-chad interruption
by an accident; danger;
to remove doubts and hindrances {Mil.);
^4	a malignant spirit causing
mischief or impediments;
4 to hinder effectually religious
doings;	four obs-
tacles to the attainment of Buddhabood:
tfq-QSj thob-pahi grogs
hgroham geg§-su hgro will you help me or
hinder mo in obtaining;
hgrub-pahi gegs impediment to the
attainment of perfection.
gel-pa tho trunk of a tree with
a spiral top:
3^ q gel-wa fin phufi flam rtsa-ua $bom
finrtsf-mo rgyas-pa the term gehca is when
the stem or thick roots of a tree grow into
a branching top.
gel-fin	a log; a post.
Gain-dar-pa
n. of a king of birds. (IT. my. % 18).
3] I: go 1. numerical sign for 123.
2. abbr. for dgu-bcu in the nineties;
go-geig 91; also	go-gni§
92, etc.
II: = in mystio language
khyu-mchog	the chief of
a herd or company {К. g. I4, 28).

225
^•*1
4J III : 1. place; room; space (prob.=
; in this sense it is usedin
mtshams med-par, without intermediate
space, t.e., close together, continuous:
hbra sna-tshogs go
mtsham$ med-par §kye$ grain of every kind
grew densely, luxuriantly:
4 go-m&hams med-par gafi-wa closely filled.
An important compound of go is found in
go-chod, the space is cut off, or filled,
m?., the matter is done with, settled; satis-
faction has been made ; colloq. also I have
got enough ; I am full:
des rgyal-wahi go-mi chod-pa by this the
victory has not yet been fully decided:
thot-bsam §gom gsum-
gyi go-chod there is intermission of hear-
ing; thinking; meditation:
q5’^*1 khycd-la go-mi-chod pahi chos doc-
trine not satisfactory to you : g^qx'|S|N'
9'^5 bu-tshab Ha §pyugs ci-phyir go-
mi-chod why should it not be sufficient that
I be banished instead of my son? 2.
place, position, rank, condition of life:
pha-yi gor in the place of his
father; go-nas according to; in
proportion to (Ja.):	rga§-na when
rank and dignity are grown old and gone;
when the position in life has been lost:
3] that is my place; my business. 3.
a way, a space, in the more general sense:
tprin-gyi go-war phyc-
na$ hoH$ have come parting the clouds:
вч’т*^a-mahi go na at the place of my
mother; with my mother (Ja.). ^’^|’q go
ldog-pa to change place, especially to turn
to the contrary (Sch,); ^5 nad-go the seat
of disease (Sell,).
go-§kab§	^ГРГ,
ягднл, interval; leisure; space;
opportunity ; in the meanwhile: qvfl^w
£$]	T^rVTq V'^q^q-^qq’^’
occasionally with companion words go-§kab§
signifies slowly, at leisure, or in power ;
just at the time: q^qKq^qS^q^S
b de-war bsdad-pahi go skab$-med there is
no chance of my sitting at ease:
dc-phyir b dag-la go-
§kab§ stsal-du gsol (A. 16) therefore I
pray for leave to avail myself of this oppor-
tunity.
go-^kal the share or portion due to
a person in accordance to his rank (Ja.).
go-khan, ^**q*pq*q go-chahi khafi-
pa arsenal (Schtr.).
Sfjgq 0o-JMroJ:=^’*V'|9r’ go-cha dan krab
coat of mail with helmet; armour, v.
go-cha.
^'^•q go-gyon-pa, go-cha gyon-
pa to wear a coat of mail, etc.; to put on
war dress.
Syn. gO-bgOS ;	^4Tq gyul
gyi cha§ shugs-pa; uro^’q^ ya-lad bgos
(Mnon.).
’fjipf go-gral or go-gra$ rank; dig-
nity (Cs.).
4]’q^’q go-bgo$ pa	the act of
equipping or arraying :=^’«‘g^q go-cha
gyon-pa to equip with armour; put on
harness, v. go-cha.
go-ca, v. go-cha.
go-cha ЧН, W, UslTV,
fWfai,	armour; harness; gear;
implements; tools;
go-cha the implement of good luck; an
amulet.
Syn.	ya-lad, *^'Jq; mtshon-
tikyob;	1ч$-$куоЬ*, lu$-sruH',
lchags-go$', shub-can;
30
226	4j-q|
dra-wa can', ^S4]^ hkhrug-go$;
ctffq lcag§-kyi bgo-ira; ^khrab; £fa] rniog*,
mgo skyob; fcsj’g rmog-shu; §^’9
Icogsshtt;	£hT3^ rmog-thur; gc/gvSJ,
khyun-thur cw\ Зрдч go-khrab (Шоп.).
^*’3Yq go-cha g yon-pa, v. ^’^,q go
gyon-pi or	go bgo$~pa.
go-cha d in beat (Schr.;
Katie. T. 139) with a ball.
a4! §v« go-chahi Skrag byed-ma.
{22 B.) (Schr.)
♦	go-chahi B^kyad-byed-ma.
(Sdir.) (22 C.)
* SfaS-j-aSaj go-chahi Rta-me hog. (Schr.)
(21 A.)
go-chahi Rdo-rje ni-ma.
(Srhr.) (20 C.)
go-chahi Rdo-rje scm$-
dpah. (19 B.)
go-chahi Rnam-tnafi. (19 C.)
♦	go-chahi Pad-ma gir-
dican. (S'dir.) (20 A.)
* ^’ЗЕа £ГЕлг§^я? go-chahi Rmo^-byed-ma.
{Schr.) (22 A.)
♦^•*5’^1’^ go-chahi Tsan-di ka. (Schr.)
{23 A.)
*	go-chahi Gfin-rje-ma.
(Schr?) (21 C.)
*	gt-chhi Пс-ru-ka nag-po.
(Schr.) (20 B.)
go-chod-po —phan-thog-po
useful; serviceable.
qiwwto don gan-byed
kyan b§grub-nuspaham mtharphyin-j)ahi mi-
ll go-chod-po zer the term go-chod-po is
applied to a man who is successful or who
accomplishes any business or duty suc-
cessfully:	mi-hdi go chotf-dam
will this man be of service ? (A. 127).
go-^nod	cummin seed
(Zam. 24).
J go-da гса-ri the Godavari river.
$4’5V44l ^5
thug$-kyi gna$ brkyad kyi-geig, be-tahi yul-
gyi [ho-thag tie sar-yod,
ho-mahi chu-mig sog$ gna$-ya
mtshan-can тай Godavari, one of the holy
rivers of Southern India, a place on its
bank near Vidharva where there is spirit-
symbol of Buddha. It contains a milky
spring (Dsam. 36).
+ Л go-dam ba n. of a drug
Syn.	yafis-pci can; ri-mo
can; «rgp’^4 ba-glaH mig\	inchog
$byin-ma;	dbafi-po bkra-wa*}
^'*5 kam-ka chen-po (Шоп.).
go-bde-wa simple; easy; that
which is easily understood:
go-bde-гса la bsam-na$ dpcr-bjod
na he uttered an example with a view to
make it easily understood (Situ. 101).
+ go-hdun, defined as
Йл,£4 tna-tshogs-sam gafi mo$-pa what you
like of different kinds.
go-hdris khycr-wa^^yv&fyx
to be friendly; intimate (A. 145).
* go-da	^7Чй«г55 Go-da
hphel-byed n. pr. (Schr.) (Ta. 2, 82).
if-w ро-ЛрЛаЯ=^Г^*« rank; place;
position :
may the blessing be accorded me
to gain the rank of an omniscient Buddha
(№l-)>
Sfq go-wa to understand; to perceive
mentally:	daH-po
pan-ti-ta kun-gyi go wa bynft first of all it
was understood by all the Bandits.
*1*1
227

go-ica	a learned, clear-
headed person;	wise men.
go-fyo or S’^f’4 by a-go-bo a kind of
vulture:	w-jpig-qv',
(jo-uohl g re-was <pi-ma shu-iva
daft, ma-shu-wahi rig$-rnam§ hju-war byed
the larynx of the vulture causes indiges-
tible meat and different kinds of food
which are not digested, to become digested
(§man.).
^Ԥ5 go-byed acc. to Jd. is a quality of
the air.
yo-fydog (go-acg)^^ go-log
misunderstand ; misapprehend; to attach
a wrong meaning (Situ. 110).
t ^’4 go-yu (Beng. Ipn) areca nut:
areca nut is the
best essence for the tee‘h and cures kidney
disease (§man.).
+ go-ra—^&^btson-ra jail; prison.
go-rim order, arrangement:
have arranged it so
as to agree with the order of things, etc.
(Situ. 101).
+	<70-n?=^’« rdsogs-pa perfected;
finished ; completed.
♦	go-re Zon=^4]’419^’CJ mnag
gshug-pa or	ran-dwaft med-pa
spontaneously ; as a matter of course;
without power to exert ono’s self in any
matter; necessarily (K. du. p 175).
Wf<4 go-la,	rgga-
nag gi sra-rtsihi rgyu-se gift-gI khu-wa 1. a
kind of gum, prob, acacia imported to Tibet
from China; ashes which have burnt with-
out ignition. 2.	lime
of burnt shell or cowries. 3. the areca nut
brought from the sub-Himalayan district
or from India is called $man go-la, i.e.,
the globular medicine;	rgya-gar
go-yu the Indian areca nut, or Зц’Ч'Ч, areca
nut from the sub-Himalaya; these two
are called ^nan-go-la (SmanT).
go-lahi-rlan
the wind which, acc. to Tibetan
astronomers, keeps the sun and the
stars moving in space :
phebs-tshog§ kyan Go-lahi
rlun-hgrosltar hgog-med-du shu your letters
should also be without let or hindrance,
like the wind which keeps the heavenly
bodies always in motion (Yig. k. 87).
go-le=.^\ga-le or dal-po
slowly.
go-sa,
n. of a town in the way to Udyana, prob,
in Ancient Kabul (S. Lam. 17.).
go-log the reverse; opposite to what
was; back again ; also for	go-su
log-pa degraded; position changed as in the
case of a superior officer subordinated, or an
inferior officer promoted to a higher posi-
tion :—dpon-po gyog master
made a subordinate or servant, or
ggog-po dpon, a servant raised to the
position of a master; ^q^g^q-q ^^-q^
4’^’S phan-par 8mra$-pa la gnod-par go-wa
Ita-bu to take a useful advice as intended
for mischief; also	opposed to
charity or misunderstand charity; ^’jgwr
reversing, misinterpreting character
or morality; 4^5’q’%*5^ bzod-pa go-log*
brtson-hgnis go-log to misunder-
stand one’s forbearance or industry; «ж
performance of the wrong
Dhyana-,	perverse or distorted
knowledge or wisdom; ^'1snifi-rje
go-log tired of showing sympathy or
compassion;	byams-pa go-log
tired of loving.

228
^4*51
or rank; office;
dignity: g	^О’14
bh-пш mkhan-po rgyal-blon sogs-kyi go-sa
Ita-bu-la like unto the position of the
lama*, professors, officers, etc.
4 qjyfl gau-ta-ma — ^*)** Gohu-ta-ma
n. of a family in
Ancient India (Л7. du, 5 133); n. of Buddha
S'akyamuni.
^4j gog in IF. for ^’25 gofi-po a lump.
чо| gog-thal ashes; burnt fragments.
^q gog-pa 1. to crawl. 2. to crumble
off; to scale off (of the plaster of a wall)
^ZJ #o0-po==^4]'w§c;q ^hig-ral byun-wa
or	nam^-chag byufi-wa dilapi-
dated ; damaged; in ruins; worn out :
SfF*'^4fq a temple in ruins:	a
chorten in ruins:
there are some who even die worn
out when they crawl about (as little
children) (Khrid. 13).
*^TQ’I4T^V2N go-bzlog lhan-skyes (Schr.)
(30 A.).
go-lihi ri-mo ггг^<тг (Kaiас,
I. 5$ 58) a circle; circular.
gon 1. price; value; also ^’чс. gofi-
thafi	gon-tshad;
nor-rdsas kyi rm gon-gi (shad the price
or valuation of things or property : Sjk’
555’^ gon dpyad-pa to apprize; to fix a price:
3fc‘qjq’q gon brgyab-pa or ^'g4|’q gofi
sgrig-pa id. In Sikkim : “ di gon ka dz6
mo" what is the price of it ? (Snd. НЬк.)
2.=^ tfeft or g^ 8non or K4] * thag-ma
also as klad	the above; in space
as well as in time (in Jl7kuw§, e.g., it is used
as a sbst. signifying elevated, alpine pasture
grounds).	go ft dan mt him,
gon-dan hdra-war, goft-bshin,
gon-mtshun$ as above (men-
tioned) ; like the above or aforesaid similar
to the above.
gon-hkhod stated above;
^S*a gofi-du yod-pa existing above; 4^’
gofi-dtt gsal war, set forth or elu-
cidated above; gofi-gi the former; tho
above;	gon-gi de rnams those
preceding;	jfa’q gon-gi sites $mo$-
pa the above statement that;
goii Bod-kyi rgyal-po the ancient or
former Tibetan kings;	gon-
gi fyad-pa It ar as has been stated above;
доп-du over it; above;
gofi-du hphags-pa taken upwards;
gone upwards; improved; progressed;
^’35 доп-du phud placed in a position of
dignity; kept on the top;	gon-du
hpho-ua,	spiritually developed,
lit. gone upwards;	gofi-du $byor-
wa ready;	gon-du mos-pa
the above mentioned; gofi-na on
it; above;	gofi-na$ from above;
goft-nas gofi-du	more
and more; higher and higher. 3jk q gofi-pa
wfa very much (Lex.); one above; the
senior (one) = ?3jk*^ §go доп-du over tho
door;	yab-kyi goft-du hda$
died before his father; dehi gon-du
before that or that time;
ma-tshogs gofi-du before they assembled or
congregated together.
Goft-gkar-rdsofi, n. of a fort
and town on the Tsang-po, where con-
victs are generally sent for punishment.
It is situated S -E. of Lhasa, in the
district of Mal-gro.
Gofi khri-bdal, hod-hbar
n. of a Bon saint believed to exist in astral
229
form in the north-west quarter. (6r.
Bon. Z),
^‘3	= gon-bu MWT a
meeting; assembly; fame; renown; glo-
bular.
gon-phud-pa=^'*№\4 goA-du
phud-pa to lift up; to ride up.
Srjk'Scw gofi-pheb$, от	gon-gi
bkah-phebsy the instructions from higher
authorities; also those arrived or received
earlier.
Зр’ч gon-wa in Ж. collar:
gon-wa na§ hdsin-pa to seize by the
collar.
^’5 gofi-bu 1. fa*?, ufw, <fn,
HT<t a globular mass, lump, heap;
gon-bu-can	clot; clotty; in
lump; in heaps;	gon-bu so-so
sfaagT, catarrh or cold;
gon-bur-by as made into globular mass or
lump. 2. agglomeration of atoms
dri ro reg
gzugs bshi-§te rdul-rdsa$ brgyadhdus gon-u-a
yin acc. to the Buddhist metaphysical con-
ception that which produces the sensation
of smell, taste, touch and sight is formed
of the following eight atoms:—(1)
rdulphra-rab, (2)	rdul-phran, (3)
leags-rdul, (4)	chu-rdul, (5)
ri-boft-rdul, (6) ^’^4 lug-rdul, (7) 5Ц'
^ч glaA-rdul, (8)	ni-mahi
hod-zer-gyi rdul (Sorig. 7.)
gon-ma 'sufk,
superior; the former; the first-named;
gofi-ma-che or	gon-ma chen-po
the most high;	Rgya-nag gon-
ma the Emperor of China;	gofi-
ma-rnam§ the gods and superior beings.
gon-ma che drug, the six superior
things of the 3^’3 Bon-po are the follow-
ing :—gsan-wa hdus-pa mysti-
cism; sti-ghar*,	mi-lus
bsam legs ;	yi-fe§ $nin-po;
§nan-wa mdog-can.
Gon-ma Chen-lun rgyal-
po the Tibetan name of the fourth Man-
chu Emperor Kyun-lun is	Lha-
skyon rgyal-po, the king protected by the
gods.
He became
very powerful, was devoted to Buddhism,
invited the Pan-cheu Bin-po-che called
Tashi Lama Pal-dan Ye-s'o (friend of
the first Governor General of India,
Mr. Warren Hastings). He erected
many temples and chaityas, and his life
was a record of miracles. He reigned
upwards of sixty years.
gon-ma mchod-yon the Dalai
Lama being the spiritual lord and the
Emperor of China being the temporal
lord:
gon-ma
mchon-yon-gyi thugs-rjer hdir-yan htsho-
kham§ bde-shin hphrin-las sltabs-hdegs la
Ihod-med-du mchi§ by the grace of the
Grand Lama and the Emperor (of China)
here too I being in good health have
been in the discharge of public service
without relaxation (Yig. k. 18).
gon-ma bshin = %*№'*$fi snon-ma
bshin as before; as the above men-
tioned ; like the aforesaid; as the previous
one.
gon-mohi gon-ma	a
superior’s superior; also more and more;
more in future.

230

Sjk’# i. gon-mo the upper one; ^’q^’
lag-pahi gon-mo	tho middle
finger. 2. tho white grouse, but applied
to various birds in Tibet of tho Tctraonidee
family : lha-bya gofi-mo is the Crossoptilon
Tibetanum, and gong-gyag the Ithaginis
geojfryoi, etc. (Snd. Hbk. pp. 170-1).
ч byihu co-ka gut's
kyis gofi-mo la smras-pa tho two little
Сока birds said to tho grouse (Rdsa.).
3ffi’-q8ta‘X’$’	gofi-
mohi $a-yis ro-tsa chu-ser mo-nad sei the
flesh of the grouso stimulates tho sexual
desire and also cures discharge of whites:
gofi-mohi mjug sgrohi
mo-nad sei tho feathers of the grouso
cure female diseases:
gofi-mohi $go-fia§ me-lhahi gdon-nad
gso the eggs of the grouso cure illness
caused by tho demons of the fire-god.
Sjk'Srjpq gon-mo sreg a pheasant, Phasi-
aniis decollates.
^’8 gofi-shu=Jfc*i$ gofi-du she 1. as
stated or prayed above. 2. a paper lantern
(Jiz.); in colloq. Tibetan “ gam-shu” a
lantern.
г7оЯ-Лог7=^ ^ Itag-hog
upper and lower; gshi-gofi folio;
gofi-ske gshogs a title of honour,
signifying his highness, excellence, etc.
Sjk’Xor^ gofi-rol-du=t£'^'^$fia-rol-du or
^’4 snon-la, before, prior to:
^'Xq’^beforo the war took place.
gofi-la above.
gofi-sa one in supreme autho-
rity or position; the sovereign.
^Vw^yq gofi-sa yas ph yin-pa
ya-rabs gofi-ma those superior persons
gone before; persons in superior or more
exalted stations.
45 god loss; damage;	god
hgyer-tca to suffer loss;	loss of
money and property; Sfrf’ god-kha,
norphyugs la nad
sna-tshogs byufi-nas fi-wa loss in property
or in cattlo by disease and othor accidents :
sgom §grub ci-byas kyafi
god-med there was no loss whatever
whether he performed meditation or
propitiation.
^5’* god-ma^&y^ hjig-pa W, чщ;
fear, loss.
gon the common gourd; pump-
kin in ТГ. (Jd.).
gon-pa (3^’q) to put on clothes,
shoes, etc.; ^'q*Vq^ gon-pa hdra-ica
re-re tho cost of a sot of anything to wear
(Rtsii.); Q to put a cap on the
head. 2. coat, clothing (Sch.).
gon-snam (3’^) serge or broad-
cloth for making robes, etc. (Rtsii.).
gon-phyifi felt used for wearing.
Чф gon-lham=&ty* gyon-lham shoes
to put on.
gob-non (spelling uncertain) in
7K. to tease; vex; irritate (Ja}.
Зрт gom-pa tn<, 4^,	жн
apace; stop: *j*’*?fa rkafi-hgros to make
a step; Sprq^vqgom-pa bor-tca topace:
gom-pa bdun Ъог-гса to
make seven steps (as a ceremony, which
may also be counted equivalent to a
religious pilgrimage, the actual perform-
ance of which is not possible).
^•q gom-pahi stabs any peculiar
manner of stepping whether in proces-
sion or in dancing.
Sffwsq
231

gom-hgros walking in step like
soldiers or a procession:
hgro-na gom-hgro$ hkhyor in walking he
missed the measure of the paces*
gom-§tans the manner of
pacing; walking in measured step.
gom-gsum Тччт< three paces ; fig.
the heavens, earth and the nether region.
q gom-gsum-pa one with three
steps.
gom-gsum gnon, 04kyab-
hjug	a name of
Vishnu when he deceived Bali in his
Bdmana or Dwarf incarnation (Mnon.).
gom$-pa 1. wnqTH one prac-
tised in any work; skilled; wont; Jfa’
q-«r3jwq practising or practised in the art
of reading ; ^jwq*^ goms-pa-can ^<?t
one who is skilled or practised in any art,
Sffwq’vgs'4 goms-par byed-pa one
who is skilled or accustomed ;
gom§-par bya$-pa	one who has
practised or studied.
gor or	ркупд§-дог=2^^\
nor-nad murrain (A. 103}.
gor-btt 1.	quadrangle.
2.	wisdom.
ЧЧ’я дот-ma ^'<4’^’*rs*rq rdo-la she-sa
bya$-pa a term of respect for stone, or
a general name for stone (Cs.); large and
small pebbles ; stones ; rubble ; boulder
stones (Sch.).
gor-ma chag—^fc'W^wq
gor-ma bkum-pa,	the-tshom med
or	nes-pa	certain; sure;
indubitable:	de-hbyu^ca
gor-ma mchag-go his coming is quite cer-
tain.
+ ^КЙ gor-mo—\ rdo,
sdafi-wahi sem$-la yanhjug gor-
mo is also applied to signify an irritable
or angry temper.
i ^'^'*4 gor-fi-$a,	a kind of
sandal wood.
^’q gol-ica, v. hgol-ica.
доз w, ЧП*Г,
sffa, uft-
cover ; dress ; garment.
The common word for coat or clothing;
there are seven kinds of stuffs for priests,
&c.:	bal-go$ woollen cloth ;
ga-nahi gos cloth of flax;	zar-
mahi доз linen;	du-khu lahi доз
silk cloth; wq^rgras-bal-gyi доз
cotton cloth; 'fp^qS'qfk ко tam-pahi
доз jute cloth;	ni-hog-gi gos
European cloth, &c.
доз-kyi rgyuhi fybyun-khtins b§tau-pa
enumeration of the materials for cloth:—
jfa’S srin-bu silk-worm ;
g,Y/qql*rq'^ZIlN гл lag dan ri-dbag§-kyi
spu-dan pags-pa §na-tshogs various hairs
and skins of sheep, goats and wild animals;
bark or fibres ;	fruits;
zar-ma sogs fibres, etc.; ЭДЖ
газ-bal sogs wool, cotton, etc.;
du-khu-lahi mi ft silk cloth, satin, etc. ;
gos-gsar new cloth; dri-med
clean cloth ; ^’^’Й gos-so-mo new or
fresh cloth; dri-та can dirty cloth ;
^•|c*q доз rnin-pa old, worn out
clothes; aS*q zad-pa or hrul-po rags
or ragged dress ; §tod-gos
upper garment of Buddhist monks ; 3’^
bla-go$=^'^ §nam-§byar the sacred rai-
ment containing thirty-two patches;
§tod-gyog$ upper cover ;
smad-gyogs or 85’^ $mad-go$ lower gar-
ment; qy$’2r*| ban-tsa-li-ka an apron of
five colours;	hdoms-dkri$ folds
round loins like the dhuti of the Hindus;

232
i^3j|
SiS’Sl]*1 §mad-dkri§ the back folds of dhuti\
smad-fam under cloth or garment;
or the petticoat-like clothes
worn by the Tibetan monks; rgyan-go$
fine dressing clothes; rgyim-go$ an every-
day coat (Jd.) ; cho$-go§ clerical garb or
garment ; pho-go$ male dress ; Ыа-до§ an
upper garment, a kind of toga ; mo-go$ a
woman’s gown ; gzab-go§ holiday or gala
clothes ;	go§ gу on-pa to put on
dress ;	go§ hbud-pa to take off
dress ; go§ brje-wa to change dress
or clothes; ^N'q^^’q go$ brtscg$-pa to put
one garment over tho other ; ^prq^’q g°§
bteg-pa to tuck up, by drawing the front
skirts under the girdle ; ^pr^q’q go$ Idab-
pu to lay or fold a coat together.
gos-kyi kkyim (rrts) a
tent; a diseased man’s wardrobe ;
go$-kyi gar	a bamboo or bar to
hang or keep the dress ;	gos-
kyii chog qes-pa	one who has
enough of clothes ;	go^-kyi
pdan-fin	a rope or string to hang
clothes.
go$-dkar white dress;
go$-dkar can	ono dressed in
white; the Goddess Sarasvati.
^’§5 r7O5-?^tZ yarn or silk thread.
Sprp’qj’wq go^-kha brgya-tham-pa one
hundred breadth-measure of blankets.
go§ khum$-pa ^Ker«q^’»r§E/q
a cloth folded as to look like waves or
winkles.
^’3^ go^-gur a tent of cloth or satin;
9ЛТ* phyin-gur a tent of felt ; g §bra or
re-gur tent of yak-hair blanket or
felt.
go§ hgyed-pa	the
folds in the garment of a monk; one who
folds clothes.
go$-grum a square rug made of
Chinese satin.
go§-$gab skirt or flap of a coat or
robo.
go$-$gam box ; chest or press for
clothes; wardrobe.
go$-$fton-can	1. one
dressed in a blue dross; the-sky. 2. 3*4’^
4^qIChag-na Dorje Bodisattva^
%tob§-bzaft, ww the brother
of Krishpa said to bean acatdra of Vishpu.
3.	gzah §pcn-pa the planet Saturn.
go§-cau a kind of sandal.
go§-can 1. 4^il(Schr.; Lebensb.
86) a tablet; a piece of cloth. 2.
go$-cau tsan-dkar qfc<hT satin.
go$-chen silk fabrics; Chinese
satin, of which the different kinds known
in Tibet are:—hor-go^ thon-thi^
nor-bu chab bdun-ma,
mdsod-go^	$kyin-khab (Kineob) em-
broidered satin; ju§,	rgyan
bshi-ma,	rgyan drug-nia,
hbrug ri$-ma,	fybrug brgya-ma.
go^chen-po =	du-ku
lahi ra$ silk-cloth (Mnon.).
go^-mchog the finest satin or
silk-cloth.
Syn. ^N’q^q go$-bzan\	kun-
dgahi go§;	srub$-med go$ (Mrlon.).
go§-no ntujqw a purchased dross; a
cloth fit to be purchased.
go§-rnin=i^^^go$ rnin-pa or
bem-po in Ld. dialect, an old coat
or dress.
Syn. zad-po\ ^’2» hrul-po*, q
dug-pa (Mnon.).
Sfprq|^ gos-brftan	a mendi-
cant who puts on a ragged garment; a
ragged dress.
233
gos-thnft trousers.
3]*гячч gos-mthah skirt of dress orrobo.
gos dug-pa old cloth ; ragged
cloth; torn cloth;	go§	dri-ша-
can dirty clothes;	go$	dri-wed
clean cloth.
3j*T4^q gos-hdug or 4’^ chu-gos bath-
ing cloth.
1. gos-pa fHH, pf. of bgo-wa,
to apply on; to paste or rub. 2. a
liniment.
gos-phyed phu-luft sleeveless
robe or garment (in Sikk.).
Sfcrg gos-phra fine-silk ; muslin.
^’§5 gos-byed sfdufa gain; accept-
ance ; performance; honour.
gos-bral *nr, naked ; with-
out dress or cover for the body.
	gos sbyed-pa	one
concealing his mendicant’s clothes.
gos-min a roof; veil; film
over the eyes; multitude.
gos-med	fWfw
a devotee who has cut off worldly ties.
gos-dmar sde	classes
of Buddhists who are dressed in red.
gos-team satin.
gos-btsems nes-pa, =
badly-sewn clothes.
gos-shig-pa ’erfn^n a wave, a
plait or fold in a garment.
gos zad-po worn-out clothes.
go$-za$-kyi htshos-ma rfz-
a female mendicant clothed in suit-
able dress; one who lives doing nothing
more than eating and dressing.
gos-zegs worn out clothes; old
olothes (Rtsii, 5).
gos-yug piece or cloth or satin,
enough for making a robe.
gos-lag colloq. (in Sikk.)
“ ko-lak) ” a coat; dress; clothes.
gos-ser can, uhrpan; a name
of Vishpu, one covered with a yellow
cloth.
go§-lhod-pa to let go a robe
which has been grasped :
gos-
nas hjus-par thon zer slu-rin sprod-zer sran-
gsum sprad-de go$ Ihod sgo-bcad one said:
“see you are held fast by your clothes ; ”
and he said: fix a price for the ensnare-
ment; ” and three srang being allotted,
the cloth was let go and the door shut.
(G, Sndg,),
go§-po or q gyos-po Ш
father-in-law; W’cjjJ wqgos-p>os bsrufts-
pa	protected by one’s father-in-
law.
gya num. used in the abbreviated
form, in the place of Wfi'Sbrgyad-cu 80;
3’^1 gya-gtig 81; З'4^ gya-gnis 82;
З'4!^ gya-gsum 83; З’ч^ gya-fyihi 84; 3 g
<7У«-/л«85; 3 VI gya-drug 86; 3 ^ gya-
bdun 87; 3’q35 gya-brgyad 88; 3'53 gya-
dgu 89.
3'i дуа-дуи=*№^ gyon-can w5
dissimulation; crookedness; intrigue;
secret machinations:
q*T de-nid gya-gyu med-pahi rnam-pa
yin-pas he was a person absolutely free
from deceitful intentions.
a’d^’3’5’^34 gnodsems daft $fa-wahi gya-
gyu sogs malice and beguiling intrigues,
eto.
31
3’^1
234
3 S дуа-ду'л-сап
crafty, deceitful, fraudulent.
3’S'SV4 gya-gyu byed-pa to intrigue ;
to plot.
3’g^?ff gya-gyur hgro that which goes
not in the direct way; a frog; smoke ; a
snake; a river:	gya-gyur hgro-
wa serpentine-motion; to move cir-
cuitously.
gya-ma gyu (meandering of rivers,
&c.) quiet; calm; gently flowing along
(Ja.). Of a man: cautious; scheming so
that ono does not know what to think of
him.
Э'И gya-fiet marvellous; inexplica-
ble, of men, occurrences, &c.
3 gya-tho=\'$\ rna-rgyan
ornament for the ear; an ear-ring.
3<ZS дУа^° a breast plate.
*	дуа-под $паЯ beau-
tiful ; of nice appearance.
gya-nom $nan-wa n. of a
celestial mansion, the residence of the
gods.
*	дуа пот-pa 9
phun-sum tshogs-pa
dwah-thatiche-wa one in abundance;
in plenty ; possessed of wealth and power.
an
gya-pa or 3q gya-wa=>?F&'4'
Яат$-ра WB spoiled; degenerated. Acc.
to Cs. deformed; disfigured ; having lost
his or her former beauty.
3*^^ gya-tsom or З’У* gya-rtsam
(to become dry ?) acc. to Cs. • haste;
hurry; rashness.
351
+ 3’^ gya-tshom9Wttl; ma
brtags-pa momentary; unstable; without
deliberation; consideration:
gya tshom-du hgro-war mi-byaho should
not go all on a sudden, without delibera-
tion.
gya-tshom-can 1. a bard
of the Magadha tribe. 2. ono in doubt.
33 дуад-ра=ъф\'иЬг1ад-ра
destroyed; ruined; acc. to Cs.diminished,
v. ч Ъдуад-ра.
дуаЯ or §*' дуг Я clay stamped
into moulds, and frequently usod as build-
ing material in Spiti, Ladak and other
parts of Tibet; 3^'^ дуаЯ-tkor earthen
wall round an estate or village; З^’Й*
дуаЯ-sgrom pis£ mould.
3е*’дуаЯ-tse pise terrace; wall of dry
earth in Ladak.
3^ дуаЯ-га cattle-yards constructed
of clay or mud.
дуаЯ-rim pise layer or one layer
of pise, i>., as much as is stamped in at a
time, about one ell in height; this fre-
quently serves for a measure of the depth
of the snow (Jd.).
3^’Хч gyafi-rh fresco or wall painting;
phug-pahi дуаЯ-ris sogs-
la in the frescoes, &c., of the caves (Ya-
scl. 45).
2JS $Уа- a tampion; a man
of great physical strength; an athlete: S’
^‘3^’$ЧАЭД da duti gyad-kyi rtsal hgran
let us compete once more in athletic dex-
terity. 35*3’*EvjW gyad-kyi hdsin
the mode of seizing
in wrestling; |35’3’$*р< gyad-kyi $ид$&$
prowess or strength of a champion.
235
gyad-rdo 1. giant stone; a quoit.
2. n. of a tribe in Tibet.
gyad дуий-ро
(Schr.; Lebensh. 98) n. of a bar-
barous tribe.
gyam a shelter; a recess in a rock,
large and wide but not deep; SVTS* brag-
gyam a shelter under a rock: *15'3*
gyam a grotto beneath a conglomerate
rock; a shelter in the steep side of a rock;
phoft-gyam or pha-boft gyam
a shelter under a beetling rock (Ja.); 3^’q
gyam-bu a little cover or shelter (C$.).
gyar-gyofl, probably 3VP
gyod-kha god-pa, loss, damage (Ja.).
gyi for 3) gt, after <5, ”, \ ®<, v. 9
kyi.
§iF Gyi-glifi Kulti, n. of a place.
3'F' Gyi-ljaft n. of a place in Tibet.
Gyi-than n. of a place and also
of a tribe in E. Tibet:
in the middle (country) are the two, viz.,
Ro-hje and Rag-$i*,
§mad-na Uli-nag Gi-than gni$ in the lower
country are Uli-nag and Gyi-than (Yig.).
gyi-na-wa 1. coarse; poor;
miserable, of food, clothes, &c.:
a miserable, starving life. 2. unsteady;
fickle (Sch.).
gyi hphyo, in
V/ gcam-ya$ bgrafi-ya$ gyi-hpho dan, n. of
a number inconceivably large (Ya-sel.
57).
gyi-nah% дуай — ^'ЧЦ'Ц
$nom la$-pa, or	la§-ka chcr-ma
thub-pa, state of inactivity, idleness:
log cho$ tham$-cad
gyi-nahi gyan la b^kyur threw all heretical
doctrines into the abyss of inaction.
(A. 158.)
g-Sk gyi-liti name of a good breed
of horses from Amdo where there are
twelve different breeds, §’5^ gyi-lin and
gnam-sa being the best among them
gyi-Ий chu-rta $йоп-
po = K№'§ quick-silver (Sman. 118). 3’«fc’
gyi-Ий chu-rta dkar-po—
q hdsin-pa dkar-po n. of a mineral
medicine, probably mercury. (Sman. M7.)
Эч gyig caoutchouc; India rubber.
gyig-$ift or ЗТ1&’ gyig-sdoti
caoutchouc tree (Sikk.).
Gyin n. of a deity, prob.
Kin-к an.
gyin-mo in W. gently sloping;
gradually descending or subsiding.
9У™> V. 5^’ kyin.
gyuuAag amalgam; 3*'«^-
to gild in the fire. (Schtr.)
Gyim-дий
Rin-chen $pun$-pa n. of an astrological
work.
ga-Sjc gyim-fifi, Хч'Й rol-mo
music, cymbal.
gyls 1. instead of 5^ kyi$, after
tho letters na, та, га, «I la. 2.
imp. of ^35’4 bgyid-pa, work honestly;

236
•du

behave well; do (so);	drafi-pur-
gyi$ do it straight: ’K^‘4 Ql/ii-pg, JX do
or let him do.
* S’4	Ькиг-ica to
honour; to esteem.
5е*дуиЛ-ro, v. gyoft-ra.
gynr imp. and pf. of
gyur-du	gyur-i
chug.
gyur-na wufreRT if it so hap-
pened; if it became so.
jvqS'^'q gyur-pahi rnam-pa ufwnr
anything changeable; subject to change.
3’3 gye-gu gw crookedness; curve;
hunch; hump; crooked back; З’З^’З^
gye-gur gynr-pa double hump-back;
met. a Bactrian camel.
3’^ Gye-gor n. of a Bon-po deity.
Gye-re n. of place on the Tsang-po,
to the south-east of Lhasa: 3’^’4Gye-re
Lha-pa n. of a very old noble family
of Tibet.
5,c' vi/efl< v- sb май.
3S'a gyed-pa, v. *35’4 hgyed-pa.
^p\\gyen-du up; upward; uphill :3V
gyen-du-hgro ’згцгн, ^[ЧсГИ going
or flowing upwards; climb up ; 3V
3’X gyen-gyi-dri fragrance; sweet
scent; fragrant; 3V^’4£’*q gyen-du ^Ца-
= у ar Ita-ica	to look
upwards.
gyen-rgyu 3^S’9,4I gyen-rgyuhi
bu-ga (P’S^ ? kha-dafi-$na) the mouth and
the nose through which the wind passes
upwards or downwards; gvj*’*3 gyen-
rgyuhi ndhu n. of a disease (Med.).
дуеп~тдуи that runs up-
wards ; fire; names of the five vital (xpqr-
дтд) winds in tho human body.
to gallop uphill;
to pass upwards; to climb up.
3V*5 gyen-ehad in W. (opp. to *v
*5 man-chad) 1. the upper part of a coun-
try; 5’^T3^’aS Pu-rig Gyen-chad, the
Upper Purig (JS.) 2 an ascent.
avv№q gyen-du hdcg$-pa to lift
high; to praise.
gycn-du hdren drawing
upwards; also marriage.
SV^l^ gyen-du brd$i$-pa
to turn up; to cock (a hat or cap).
gV^’V*41 gyen-du lus-pa to keep above
(water).
’SV^4! Gyen-mig f4W the second
of the seven lower regions under the
earth.
з^ч^’25 gzar-po a steep ascent.
gV^S4!^ gyen-fydog-pa to vomit.
gV^’y^ gyen-la drafi-po in W\
perpendicular; vertical.
3^ дуегу v. S5^‘4 dgyer-ua.
3*’4^я gyer-tegom the kind of medita-
tion practised by the Bon-po.
gyer-lin 5 rta a high
breed horse, or pony.
З*’ gye^ — ^^ 80-sor, v. ^3’4 hgye-ica.
4 3^’^ gyes-brjes <s<?r raised up; mag-
nanimous ; noble.
g*i’4 gye^-pa to analyse, resolve,
separate; to split asunder.
9*^^ gyo-dum=z*[^ ka-ra щфс,
1. rngar. 2. potsherd. 3. brick tile (Seh.).
S^|
237

3# дуо-то 1. gravel; grit. 2.
potsherd. 3. = 3’П дуе-тдо clay vessel.
Ч|Я|’Ц gyog-pci crooked; curved: ^*33
rkafi-gyog bent or crooked leg.
33*3 50/0/7-po left-handed; awkward
(&A.).
33^ 9У°93 for 39У°№ cannon; a
large gun.
3C’ gyon -want; need; indigence : 3*’
gyon hkhur-ica to be reduced to
want.
3^’^ gyoft-po
dkah-ica crooked; rough; hard to under-
stand; Г 3^*3 kha gyon-po hard-mouthed
(?>., pulling at the reins);	3^’3 sem§
gyon-po harsh; resembling a horn or
hide that can hardly be made soft ;
ш gyon-po a crooked man; an
obstinate man (A. 13i) ; ^З'ЗГ^’З $kad
gyon-po imperfect language ; ^3’3Ц’3 tshig
gyon-po impolite words; 52ГЗЦ‘ dgna У У on
a hard, cruel, dangerous enemy.
3^’q дуоп-гса ; F’3^ kha gyoft-
che very rude; impudent (Ja.).
3*’5’4 gyon-ru-ica	rough.
+	sa-shag a
film of dirt, formed of dust and other
substances, on the surface of water; scum.
SF'< gyofi-ro dried body; a mummy
(Sch.).
3S tfW, v- bgyod-pa.
SS'P gyod-kha remorse; quarrel ;
law-suit.
35'3^ gyod-gshi^^^Z'^ hkhrug-
pahi rtsa-wa the basis or grounds of a
quarrel or fight:	35’3^ the
last is the ground of contention between
lust and passion.
gyon-pa qfcfwH, xrfkfrn,
to put on ; to dress; to wear : з\ч $4Г«г
gyon-pa lu^-la gyon-pahi go$
putting on the garment that one wears :
3^| yyon-rgya materials for clothing.
3ЧЗ	gnab§-pa or
na-bzah w the garment or dress to be
worn.
$У°1 green shoots of leaves
or twigs ; 3*r5 gyol-po	a blue-
necked jay.
•ь 3^'^ 1 : gyos-рю	wife’s
father; father-in-law :	4ZJX-
lf^<f protected by the father-in-law*.
3N’^ gyo$-mo mother-in-law; the
matron of a family; also any old lady of a
family: 3^’g3 gyos-zgyug parents-in-law.
5J gra (da) one of the six early tribes
of Tibet:	*£Г§’$*г
§3bod-mi mched-pa se-rniu Idon st on daft
gra hbru-§te ru^-drug zer, the six tribes :—
Jlbru, Gra, Ston, Ldon, Rmu and fie (ori-
ginated from) the five Tibetan brothers
(bearing the same names) (<7. ZaH.).
gra-rgyas thick and abundant (as
of the mane on the neck of the lion, horse
etc.) :	sho-grod
bkal-dafi gcan-gzan gra-rgya$ hdra (the
land is well-preserved) as curds carried in
a sheep’s paunch or like the thickly-grown
mano of wild animals (youth in good
circumstance is also so described) :
kho gra-rgya§-po hdug he is very
bright and cheerful (Jig-).
Wl	238
HTSg gra-bgrig to make proper pre-
paration or arrangement or equipment
for any business, &c.
Н]1|ЧГ£’ <7r^ sgrig-pv everything put in
order; also looking neat and clean.
g-fcajq-q gra-chag$-po 1. nice and
smooth or glossy; very fine; fit and out-
wardly appearing nice. 2. appropriate;
elegant; looking well (Л. 126).
3'4^ gra-dol abbr. of tho two names of
places called Lho-gra (Lho-da) andNang-
dol (Rtsii. 25).
g*?w gra~$dcbs proper order, arrange-
ment ; also	mi-maft kha-§debb
uniform deposition :
the arrangement in the front and
of the right and left sides (Rtsii.).
gra-pad 1. n. of a great Lama who
is said to have unearthed many Buddhist
religious and medical works. 2. a net
before tho window to prevent passers-by
from looking into the room. 3. carvings
inwrood;	gro sog&
gra pad kyi gin phug rig* films and
holknved pieces of wood with carvings,
etc. (Rtsii.).
gra-phub, g Vsgra-daft phub
the bristles of barley grain and its chaff:
cs
5]’^ Gra-phyi (tfa-chyi) and g'^‘ Gra-
nan (da-naft) are names of twFo villages in
Lho-kha (Rtsii.).
Gra phyi tshoft-hdu$ n. of a
great mart of trade in Lho-kha during the
11th century A.D. (A. 90).
W4 gra-sbug^ also called
tgya-nag gi §bug-cha, a musical instrument
of Chinese make, perhaps the cymbal:
g’Sg’fc'K'K gra-sbug cha-re-re the cymbal
each pair (Rtsii.).
5]’Я gra-ma (ta-ma) ftirft,
1. awm, beard, bristle, the ears of cereals
and wild grasses have:
“when the fruits of wheat and barley
spring forth, to those w’hich сото in points
like tho Poa grass, tho namo of bearded
grain is given?’ Tho term	hbru
gra-ma-can, bearded, awned plants, is opp.
to	bbru gaft bu-сащ leguminous
plants. 2. trellis-work, lattice. 3. a tree
or shrub, probably tho Tibetan furze,
Caragana versicolor.
gra-ma
uanis gra-zur mi maft gruA-po rnam-dag ni
in tho (irregular cornered) cell many
learned and holy men lived (Jig. 36).
д*к^ Gra-ma che n. of a king of ancient
timo ;	mi-la§ §kal-ldan
gra-ma che among mon tho blosscd Gra-
ma-che (Tfy.).
д’З’ч gra-zur (tfa-zur) nfe the corner or
junction of sides also called grwa.
g’^gsra gra lcg§-pa (ta leg-pa) or g'*‘
gra ma-leg$-pa the hairs of wild
animals such as tiger or leopard, &c., when
thick and glossy aro called gra-leg§-pa.
5] I: grwa (ta) 1. angle ; corner;
side	Grwa is quarter or
direction 2. lap; lappet; extremity; 4pr
§’3 gos-kyi-grwa coat-tail :
Lo-tsa-wa$
cho$-go$ kyi grwa-na§ bzuft-ste bfum$-pa$
kyaft ma-gnan though the Lo-tsa-wa wept
seizing the lappet of his garment, yet
he (Atis'a) would not bestow it.
239
№l|
II: a school; Д3’5| klog-grwa a read-
ing school (Cs.) ; $gom-grwa a school
for meditation; E3^'5| sftag$-grwa a school
for mystical Buddhism (Cs.);	hdul-
grwa a training school; seminary; JH’SJ
$man-grica a medical school;	rtsi§-
gnea a school where mathematics is taught;
«>3’^ yig-grtca a writing school (Cs.).
Я/Г* grwa-khan vuh 1. top-
house; a dome. 2. school-house, some-
times also monk’s residence.
Sj'H^ grica-grans (la-dan) the number
of candidtae monks in a monastery.
grwa-thaft (da-than)
corner or nook in a plain.
Tq grwa-pa(ia-pa) 1. a school hoy ;
a scholar; disciple. 2. generally a monk-
pupil or novice belonging to a monastery.
grica-dpon schoolmaster; chief la-
pa or monk.
ST|3 grwa-phrug a little boy who reads,
gj'ak* grwa-tshaft (ta-tshafi)
school where monks are instructed in sacred
literature ; a section in a great monastery,
where the monks belonging to one parti-
cular school of studies live together.
grica-tshogs (ta-tshog) a congre-
gation or convention of monks.
grwa-bshir (ta-shor) ^git^S in
the four corners: the real meaning accord-
ing to Tibetan authors is чд«п<$3, on the
four sides of a house.
STS* дггса-zur a corner room or monk’s
cell"
grwa-sa (la-sa) a monastery;
S|’4r^’Ei grwa-sa chen-po (la-sa chen-po)
great departmental school attached to
large monastery;	' Vi wdshan-nid
grica-sa shig a school where the Buddhist
metaphysics is taught.
grwa-ti plate; dish in Ld. (Jd.).
33’?^' grag-stoft echo; described as 53'
brag-cha Ita-bu ston-ntd kyi
sgra, a name for anything of empty sound
as an echo from a rock: skye-me$ gray-
st on tshig-gi na-ro sgrogs an echo without
any real existence proclaims a loud cry of
words (A. 14); la shes bya-tva grag-stoft
snan-pahi glu-dbyafis a low noiseless refrain
is called lo (A. 146):
«to,	khyed-kyi grag-ston
bsgrags-pa yi§ ; kho-bohi blo-gro§ ga$-war
bya§ the echoes (or reverberations) of the
sounds you sent forth have split my senses
(llbrom. F10).
grag-pa or 33^q grags-pa l.=
sgra hbyind-pa hr the tone; pitch
of a sound or voice. 2. fame ; noise;
rumour; talk. 3. the principal or most
distinguished amongst several persons
(Jd.). 4. occasionally=^33q-
ffrag$ fw hope; contempt.
i : grags-pa 1. acc. to Jd. to
bind or fasten up a load; so also in the
colloq. 2. pf. of *33'4 hgrag-pa.
II: зга, 4rfwrT, ^fn, WTWT,
НЛ, WTH glory; also fame,
reputation, character by report; дз^'чх^’ц
notoriety; ill name; bad repute; rumour;
report:	the report of it
spread, was circulated (in most cases it
signifies good name, renown): §y<rsS’33*r
§nan-pa daft grags-pas
sahi $left tham$-cad khyab-pa the whole
earth was filled with his fame and renown;
^’33* snan-grag$ reputation.
|	240	5F4J
^^'^grags-ean 1. famous; renowned;
beautiful; splendid ; glorious; proud ;
haughty;	grag$ chcn ЯТ7WT:; of
great fame; celebrated; renowned; well
known. 2. HTzhTTS a merchant;
V’F4 grag$-$uan dkir-wa	good
name; pure fame; reputation;
grags-hdod-can ambitious; desirous of
gaining glory, of being famous;
grags-ldan	ono who is
celebrated or possessed of fame:
stian-pahi grag$-pa$
phyogs-rnams kun-tu pjrogs (his) fame
spread in all quarters (everywhere).
*	Grag$-pa rgyal-mtshan
{Schr.; Td. JI), lit. banner of
glory; n. of a governor of Tibet.
3]Ч]Ч’сг-53|	$ftan-
grags-ean	ЯсгЬт, srrfecT
illustrious; renowned;	of
groat renown; of celebrity, fame, glory;
greedy of gain and
fame.
grag$-pa thob-pa =
mkhas-pa, a learned man.
*	Grags-pa hod-zer n. pr.
{Schr.).
*	Grags-pahl bge$-gnen
n. pr. {Schr.; Td. 2, 205).
Grag$-byin	one of tho
devoted attendants of tho Buddha:
grag$-ma Paldan Lhamo, also
called 5Ч<2Г^’Й Dpal lha-mo, i.e., Cri-Deti.
3^ Grags mu-khyud n. of
a legendary king, tho sphere or circle of
whose fame was very wide.
Grays hdsin-ma (dag-dsin-ma)
the wife of the Buddha S'akya-
muni.
Grags-yas 1. fwTPf of world-
wide fame; of boundless celebrity. 2.
n. of a number. 3. n. of a district in
Khams.
qjc’q
grange a {laug-tca), also 3F^
adj. cold, cool; colloq. partakes of the na-
ture of a verb in such phrases as SF*j
graft-gi hdug, he fools cold; yraft-fto
it is cold. In such phrases, however, it is
common to insert tho word nam, the
sky, c.g. (eolloq.) nam tang-mo re, tho sky
is cold, i.e., “it is cold”; 3F{Tq graft-sky ob
ггдчщ protection from cold; warm woollen
clothos: SF44FX’4’^ 9^'S gran-tca daft
dro-ica shes-byahi by a the bird called
tho cold and warmth; this fabu-
lous bird is a native of the forest
called in Tibetan	Sgrib-pa
sfton-pahi nags, the primeval shady forest;
its sight relievos ono from the effects of
cold or boat: 3Fqthe cold will bo
changed into warmth; HFwaP^ frozen
or congealed by cold; Sp	it will
grow cold.
Syn. §^’2^ lhag$-graft.;	hkhyags;
lhags-pa; 4?ta’4 bsil-wa;	bscr-ua;
gran-reg*, SF^S graft-ftad {Mnon.).
5jCq-i^ graft-гса sei wfafrrt warm;
where there is no cold to remove.
SF^’V* gran-uahi dus fafin,
the cold season.
HF4^V> graft-wahi-nad s?fav?lcf the
oold fit of the aguo; $«‘8 grum-pu gout ;
rheumatism; arthritic pain; HF^ graft-dro
cold and warmth, temperature;
graft-gum byed-pa to shiver with cold.
graft-wahignas a cool place.
3F2F’ gran-kluft lit. cold valley; n. of
a large village under Kamba Jong on the
other side of the Kangchen Junga
mountain.
241
Sprsajl
SRI
grati-dmyal btgyad the eight
cold hells, v. dmyal-ica.
g^’g^ grati-gshi disease induced by cold,
gen. dispepsia.
gp’K<| 3 brati-reg pho-na-Q^'^ bya-
skyuti-ka the jack-daw (Mnon.).
g^’g^ grati-rluti тга a disease allied to
rheumatism, also cold in the stomach.
gratis (dang) Шг number;
дслт^я^ a multiplied number, many
times;	innumerable; g^N’u’wl^’
gratis ma-mchis-par having no number
or without number; numberless ; g^’
gratis hdebs-pa or rtsis-pa
to count; also an accountant;
gratis-brdt symbolical numerals of certain
nouns, which in some books are used
instead of the usual numerals, for instance
ftg mig, the eye for ° two” (Cs.)	1.
f^T^= sign. 2. тпн? astrologer.
gw5’$»rg^ gratis-kyi rnam-gratis
arithmetical enumeration; enumeration
of the numbers used in the sacred books
of Tibet as compiled from the work
called (^S’MF®1) mdsod-hgrel are:—(1) g^g
gcig one; (2) 4$ fychu 10; (3) brgya
100; (4) stoti 1000; (5) § khri 10,000;
(6) hbum 100,000; (7) sa-ya
1,000,000; (8) 3’ A bye-wa 10,000,000 ; (9)
duti-phyur 100,000,000; (10)
ther-hbum 1,000,000,000 ; (11)
ther-hbum chen-po 10,000,000,000; (12)
Hg’§g khragkhrig 100,000,000,000;
(13)	khrag-khrig chen-po,
1,000,000,000,000; (14) М’адя rab-bkram
10,000,000,000,000; (15)	rab-
Ъкгат chen-po 100,000,000,000,000;
(16) g$»w gtams 1,000,000,000,000,000;
(17)	glams chen-po
10,000,000,000,000,000 ; (18) «S^g dkrigs
100,000,000,000,000,000; (19) 5?jg^4*
dkrigs chen-po 1,000,000,000,000,000,000.
Next, the following are progressive
numbers increasing by multiples of ten up
to 60 figures: 20, й-gsg mi-hkhrug; 21,
S’^g-^’q mi-hkhrиg-chen-po; 22,
khyad hbyin; 23,	khyad-hbyiu
chen-po; 24,	spati-rten; 25,
spati-rten chen-po; 26,	ded-hdren;
27,	ded-hdren-chen-po; 28,
w^mthah-snati; 29, w^’^’q mthah-
snati chen-po; 30, ^g^ tf/yw-n/ys; 31,
^g*r^-q rgyu-rigs chen-po; 32,
hod-mdses; 33,	hod-nidses chen-
po; 34, V^’q dicati-po; 35,
dwan-po chen-po; 36, ^д*гяд^ legs-hbyin;
37, ^g*34gy&Yq legs-hbyin chen-po; 38,
$g*T43j rtogs-hgro; 39, ^gN’A^j’^’q rtogs-
hgro chen-po; 40, hbyiti-rdul; 41,
hbyiti-rdul chen-po; 42, J'^g^
tgya-rtags; 43,	rgya-rtags chen-
po; 44, stobs-hkhor; 45,
^’3 stobs-hkhor chcn-po; 46,
brdah-^es; 47,	brdah-ges chen-
po ; 48,	rnam-hbyuti; 49,
5 rnam-hbyuti chen-po ; 50, S^w^g stob§-
mig; 51,	s)g^q stobs-mig chen-po.
Up to this number there are Sanskrit
equivalents; from 53 to 60 there are
no Sanskrt equivalents, the Tibetans
having introduced new names to replace
lost originals. 53, byams-pa; 54,
gfriq'cr^ q byams-pa chen-po; 56, snin-
rje; 56,	stiin-rje chen-po; 57,
5дч’А dgah-wa; 58, 5g<v«r^*3 dgah-wa
chen-po ; 59, btati-snoms ; 60,
btati-snoms chen-po. These sixty
numbers are used in astronomical and
astrological calculations.
gratis-can НТЛТО 1. a countless
number. 2. mkhas-pa or ^’4'^ rig-
32
242
pa-can qfngcT an intelligent man; a learned
man (Jgnon.).
grafts-can-pa КЩ7 the oldest
of the atheistic philosophical sects of the
Brahmans, called Safikhya.
grafis-bcas 1. the dawn, or
the goddess of the dawn. 2. lit. “ together
with the number.”
grafis-hbyam$ 'W^TT num-
berless; countless.
gjww* grafa mafi-cha (4?JPW,
repeated four times] S.
gjw*^ grafts-med 1» countless;
numberless. 2. a crawling; PiRlTUT
white leprosy:	grafis-med
kyi khyad-par the distinction of being
countless, numberless;	grafts-
tned-can ЧХЧ supremo.
grans-med geig (the num-
berless one). In tho work called Manju pri-
mula Tantra (ч^г^огу^) the following
numbers are said to have been in use
in Ancient India among the laity for
worldly purposes:—From 1 to 10, t.e.,
geig to	thcr-hbum, and
11, -fl’t4] f u-rftog; 12,	mchog-nal]
13, g’^g^ skya-hphyis; 14, byc-ma; 15,
nub-nub' 16, mtsho-yas ; 17,
tdabs-phyor; 18, Г rdsi,—all those
being each a multiple of another by ten.
In the work called phal-po-che the
numbers vary after the eighth, i.en
Ъуе-гса; such as pS’PS khod-khod,
thad-dgu, Й^ГЙ4! khrig-khrig, 4WW
thams-thams and so on up to 128 places,
increasing by multiples of one hundred.
In the Lalita Vistara there are thirty-two
numbers, also increasing in multiples of a
hundred.
ЗИГ’РЦ grans-g$er to enumerate; count
the number one by one.
д;мгд-^ grafis-whgro ^rwt goes
into numbers; is counted: gjwg-cj^q
grafis-su bcug-pa, put into numbers • count-
ed:	grafi$-su yaft йжгяТч even
in number.
grab-rgyab pride; boasting
(&Л.).
I: grabs	gfom-byed; gj’f|4
gra-$grig 1. preparation; arrangement;
measures; contrivance; gjw^S’4 to make
preparation for;	to prepare
to go:	just as prepara-
tions were being made for slaughtering
them (Jf>7). 2. defined as
u signifies the certainty about the
time of immediate action”: ’Ч^’дрм^Ч
yoft-grabs fydugrw&s on the point of coming,
or am just coming; qyvgjrwcprgc/ $rdufi-
grabs byas-byuft was . about to beat or
strike; ^g]W5*r§^ fi-grabs byas-byun
was almost dying or dead; «Щ\дрч’дл*’3^‘
gsad-grabs lyas-byuft, was about to kill:
Хч д;сцг5Ц was about to get or gain;
g]W»H is about to slip or run away;
gjq^'^S is about to finish;
on mutual agreement. 3. delibera-
tion:	they were deli-
berating about me (in 7Г.).
II.-	place or object of
reflection, thought, etc.:	5 grabs-
yul Ita Ьщ дрЦ'3*1 grabs-gyis> §ton-
mo lta-bu.
gram (dam) 1.	еЛ« nan-gi
rdo a kind of stone found in water (flag).
2. grandpa s^amp; marsh; fen
(Lex.). 3, яд|5ГЙ bgrem-pa (Mill.).
243
5pl|
g*rq-|wg Gram-pa kham-bti one of the
places of pilgrimage of the Bon (6?.
Ban. 38).
gram-sa stony.
*|pj gral (dal) hphrefi-wa rff^rr
row, range series; also a rope, cord;
WT^rn, wrf%, class, stratum.
gral-mgo от g4,g,?g’*i gral-gyi
thog-ma the upper end of a row; the
uppermost place ; the seat at the head of
a table; gwg4 gya$-gral the right hand
row; *|^’g4 gyon-gral the left hand row;
ft]Kg4 tshags gral 1. the order or file of
monks in a religious congregation; 3J’«i w
many novices
sitting in rows without being awry;
дч bshug$-gral the order of seats, also the
order or row in which lamas and chiefs,
high and low, sit according to their posi-
tion or rank in any public or social gather-
ing; row of religious symbols; ^5’
row of offerings for- the gods or offer-
ings placed in one or more rows ; the
order or row in which the images axe placed
in a temple; $*g4 row or order in which
men are seated; д®Г*15* house-talk (Jd.) ;
the row of supplicants waiting for
benediction:
when you are sitting with your brethren
(fellow-believers) in one row.
g4*|g gral-tgrig or д4*з’Ц*Г* gral-du
sgrig-pa to arrange in order, dispose in
rows.
SprSto	gral-tshe$=Х<дад tshe$-gran$
date; a consecutive date.
i: gral-rimqfa line; row; file in
which monks sit in any religious service
or congregation:	rgan-gshan
gral-rim the order in which the young and
old sit; the right of seniority ;
the religious services of the per-
fected saints according to the order of
seniority (Zam.).
Syn. д4*з;дд*г* gral-du $grigt-pa; ^'3
5** tshar-du dnar;	; $’3
^5 ht-gu rgyud', gg'**]*rcpfj5 khrig chags
bkod (Mnon.).
д®г^я ii: (dal-rim) acc. to Jd. claim ;
title.
gq-jk’q gral $куой-ыаф&ц a shadow.
gral-pa a beer-house customer
(Ja).
gpraq gral-ma a small beam; rafter
(Cs); дч’д’дагдя gral-bu gral-phyam roof-
laths ; sticks which are laid close together
and covered with earth (Jd.).
gra$ class, order, series; rank,
dignity; tribe (Cs.).
gra§-pa 1. to bind, for V**4 dras-
pa. 2. (Bengali)	wooden beams
or rails.
c\
5J &>'* (dt) TO, a knife, wea-
pon ; Wyr sabre. Different kinds of
weapons :—$*g chu-gri^ g’3* gri-thun, *4’
9^'3 rai-grlhi bxiy д‘д*Г gri-gug, g’^Jg'2*
grl hkhyogrpoy dgra-sta, f$ta-ri, fg
tfa-gri,	ral-grihi hkhrul-
hkhar^ gri-$gur> 4'** sa-raft.
Syn.	^aft-lafi] *5^’* brdeg-cha^
^*’$’*1^5	gcod\ qg’jf* lag-skyoft ; g’A’
zla-ica hdsum-byed;	gyul-
du hdsin\	mtshon-chahi gshi \ $4’
§5 sgrol-byed\ 5*4’3’§^3 dpal-gyi tfM-po;
gcod-byed} g^a-ma-ka (Mfion.).
STF gri-kha the edge of a knife.
та
244

khug-cig niche;
corner (A. 57): ^ <1
у an Rdo-rje gdan-gyi gri-gu na bu$-med cig
again a woman in a niohe of the temple,
&e., at VajrSsana.
gri-gu <?Л«Й small knifo.
gri-gug a short erooked
sword»
gj’qprerf^Ei Gri gum-btsan-po one of the
anoiout kings of Tibet, son of Srib-khri-
tyean, who was assassinated with a knife.
9]*^ gri-non ^4 n. of a disease.
3 S ’I4l9l'Mel't,,^"9 fffi Ъуа gag-gi g^og-
pa Ita-bu чуЛ’-	a knifo of
tho shape of the wings of a cock.
gri bya rog-gi mchu wn-
a knife of the shape of tho
crow’s bill.
gri-mag, v. §4’4 grib-ma.
zj'^^gri-dtnar (lit. the red knife) knife
of superior quality manufactured in Tibet.
grihi-so sharp edge of a knife.
grihi tse-mo чгачч the point of
a scimitar or sword.
9ft grihu a small knifo.
9f-q gri-^a explained as gM'Q’^vsrgj’er
skye§-pa dar-ma gri-la gi-wahi $a9
flesh of an adult man who has been killed
with a sword (this flesh being used in
sorcery).
§V£a4'4 grir rnam-pa or 9J^’ ЧХ54 grir
gwd-pa or gvqgsrq grir hgum~pa to kill
(or being killed) with a knife.
5]^’^ grin-pa (din-pa) prob. tgrin-
po skilful; clever (Jit).
c\
grib (dib) shade ; defilement; stain
or spot; filth; contamination, mostly in
a religious sense: §4’^4 grib-yofi con-
tamination, pollution will arise: X*gj4 ro-
grib defilement by or from a corpse; §4’ita
grib-sel the removal of defilement; also one
in whom there is no defilement; n. of a
Buddha.	za^-grib unclean food
or pollution of food; ^4’§4 dirty clothes,
or defilement in clothes; ^4'§4 yug$-
grib or pollution of widowhood; 4q*
§4 or the defilement that is brought by
different people assembled in a marriage;
5W§4 dmar-grib or pollution of blood or
anything slaiu red-handed; 5*’3|4 pollution
by the breach of a vow; unchastity ;
3ч defilement by quarrel or fight;
defilement in slaughter pertaining to
butchers, or defilement from murdor;
9F defilement caused by oath or by the
barbarous custom of killing animals and
swearing over their blood (prevailing
among the Kham-pa tribes); ^*§4 defile-
ment from incest.
grib-kyiphu shady valley, gene-
rally on the north side of a mountain
range (cf. mfy); §4'1^|4 grib-phyog§
the shady side of a hill or mountain, the
side not exposed to the sun.
§4'^4 grib-khru$ the washing of defile-
ment.
9]4*г^ grib-can stubborn; refractory
№)
§4*h^i grib-mdo$ offerings made to Bon
deities for removing some defilement.
9]4*qpfa grib-gnon 1. WTOi, OTT sha-
dow, or 2. 4&f4S'9jq btsog-pahi grib defile-
ment from unclean things, filth, night-soil,
&o.:	^4 cho$-grwar
grul-bum grib-gnon bsrufis in a religious
school there should be protection against
defilement from harpies (Zam. 2.).
245

1
S|tr4)XV2}'‘’|X^ grib-gnon gyi gdon a demon
that defiles and poisons food; a harpy.
gjA’w grtb-ma shade; shadow; 5^5’3^'
grib-daft grib-mahi grol (Zam. %)
^Tur;	qin-gi grib-ma the shadow
of a tree.
gcra	Grib-ma §non-pohi nags
forest of the dark-blue shade in the fabu-
lous northern continent of Uttara Kuru.
gjq’m'w grib-mahi lam	the
milky-way; also a path by the shady side
of a mountain or in the valley.
grib-mahi lus ^ТШ^, the
shadowy body, i.e.y body of defilements.
ijcrita the removing of pollution
or defilement of any symbol, image, sacred
books, or offerings by religious rites.
$q*grib-so the quickly vanishing, at
sunset, of the shadows of trees, &c.;
hanging down,
also lengthening of shadows before they
vanish in the shade of night; qqqrq
long projection of shadows.
i;q'5j^ grib-sruft guarding against defile-
ment.
gjq-q^qq grib-bsafis cleansed or purified
of defilement; purification of defilement.
9|q’^|*< grib-lhags cool shade (Sch.).
Cs
Ч|£ГЧ grim-pa to hasten ; to hurry
(&Л.).
grim-tsc, acc. to Jd. a pair of
scissors (in Sikkim sounded “kyimtse”).
C\
ЧртЧ g rims-pa,	clever;
skilful; dexterous; also careful; on the
alert;	rig-pa grims-pa to be
careful; on the alert:	grwa-sa
grimt-fig be attentive in the monastic
school:	on a hill range take
care!
e\
gril (dil) (cf. ч^ргч hgril-гса) a roll;
gog-gril rolled paper; a paper roll:
kept rolled up in paper:
gos-gril a roll of satin or cloth; a
garment folded up (Cs.).
Iprp'gVq gril-kha byed-pa to make up a
parcel. (Sch.)
I: gru 1. a figure, corner, tip, any-
thing with length and breadth; 5'4^ gru-
bshi a figure with four corners, gen. a
square; yul-gru a country with
certain dimensions, t.e., the division of a
country in provinces or districts. 2.
lustre; gru-dmar a reddish lustre
from precious stones. 3. a district of
Tibet lying to the east and north of Dbus
(^•).
2J II: svb, ига, xftu, щч
general term for boat, raft, vessel; also
gru-fan a boat, ferry.
Syn.	rtags gsum-pa; $’«1^
gru-yi rab;	sgrol-war byed;
pha-mthar sgrol;	scft-ge-can;
rta-mgo-can;	chuhi-fifi-rta
(Mnon.).
STST' gru-dkar (tfu-kar) a kind of
turquoise.
5'5 gru-skya	that which falling
on water strikes it; an oar (Д(Яом.).
Syn.	skyod-bycd; qjerq^’^'j
bsgral-wahi firl-rta.
5’F gru-kha or 5’^T’ gru fan-kha or
5'^'” gru btaft-sa landing place on the side
of a river, etc.; a ferry. See maps in
Survey Report of A. K.’s journey.
J’S4! gru-khug the keel of a slip.
5*^^ gru-mkhan	navigator;
a ferry man.
П1
246
5*^1
Gru-да 1. clew; hank. 2. n. of
a country. 3. stone or paint of whitish-
blue colour.
5Jgru-gu 1. a thread-ball; yarn in
round ball. 2.	IJtshon-gyi gru-
gu n. of a village in Tibet (Jty.).
5’3'5Л Gru-gu Rgya-ra n. of a village
in Kham {Lon. 27).
5’8 gru-gla passage money at a ferry;
a boatman’s fee.
$•54,™ •char 1. rains; rainy season:
^^g^gq-q^-^n^-qS-a^ yul-gru kun-la
khyab-par hbcbs-pahi char rains that fall
over the whole country and produce a good
harvest. 2. a fine, fertile rain {Sch.).
QcU gru-ma {(ju-ma) angle; corner;
convex or concave; also edge, border, brim.
{Cs.).
gru-chod or 5*’^ grub-zin
corner; angle.
gru-gsum	a triangle; 5*^
gru-bshi a square;	gru-draft a right
angle; gru-yon or 3’®l$®i gru-gyel obli-
que angled.
5’4^ gru-bshi n. of a stone:
gru^his ]tlad-pa gso shin-
chu-ser hdcn the stone called Grub-bshi
heals the brain and draws out pus.
5’^ gru-hdren defined as 5’^’
gru nafi-du hjug-pahi §kyc-
bohi mifi, person conveyed in a boat. Peo-
ple who journey by boat are:—
guest; merchant, trader; $‘®r3fa
boat passengers.
gp gru-pa ferryman.
5’5	gru-gzins ship
{Jd.).
+ 5’^ gru-btMQ' boatman’s fee; 5’
qi^’q gru btsas-pa^'^^'^’^^ chu-la khral
$dud-pa-po fol collector of a ferry.
5’4®]^ gru-tshng^ gru-gtoft-sa a
ferry or ghat*, de nas Se-dmar gyi-gru-
tshug$-la byon-nas, then he arrived at the
ferry of Se-dmar {A. 91).
gru-tshum$-pa—F‘&W4 or Г
ifrq to sit silent, without speaking.
5’^ gru-hdsin	1. n. of
a mountain in the south of India; also
the residence of Avalokites'vara on the
small island of Puto off Shanghai; n. of
tho residence of the Grand Lama. at
Lhasa. 2. an harbour.
5’$,иЦ’®1®| gru-yi yan-lag—Ч^ gru-skya
an oar (ДГмол.).
gru-yi	gru-fan a ship
(4frfon.).
5	gru-yi g$og-pa=4£% gru-skya
oar; the wings of a boat {Шоп.).
Syn.	gruhi yan-lag;
gyob-byc\ g*q skya-ua {Шоп.).
5 'Sta’jpi gru-yis sgrol a navigator.
j’W^’q gru-las hdas-pa one
who has made a voyage.
5’^ gru-fan=^’«I’Ml gru-yi rab a ship;
S gru-fan kha—^'*^'1^ gruil-gian
sa starting or landing place of a ferry; 5’
-ЧУ4 gru fan-pa ferryman; 5’®»’ЧУ4 gru-
la shon-pa to go on a ferry-boat.
gru-mo {du-то) the elbow;
gre-mOy 3’^ ku-niy учх the elbow, or *ГЧГ^
ka-au-ni ^q^&^-q-qvqSlag-
pahi-tshigs-pa bar-pahi rtse-tog the top-
most piece of the middle joint of the arm:
5’3fafr^»r*rqi*.’q gru-mor kha tvam-ka hold-
ing a trident in the hollow of his elbow.
0R| q5’5’# lag-pahi gru-mo is defined as ne-
tcahi dp^Pa \ 5’^’B4 the hollow of the
247
I
elbow joint: Ч’Т'Й’З'Я
lag-pahi gru-mo re jo-wohi pu$-mohi
sten-na bshag resting each elbow on the
knees of the lord (A. 135).
grug-pa to break into small
pieces; to crumble; to bruise; gjspq^g^
grug-pahi hbras bruised rice (&?Л.);
grugs-bu something broken.
I: gruft-po (duft-po) = 5^*4 gruft-
tea, §byaft-po,	rig-pa grim§-
pa 1. very intelligent^* clever ; wise ;
prudent. 2. meek; mild; gentle (Cs.).
II : the corn seed that is not
rotten (Jig-)*
3^4 grub I: (dub) pronounced rub, in the
upper Himalaya’s and Shar-Khombu,
signifying in Ld. all: jq’Sflk’ grub-fi-$oft
all are dead (Ja.). JRub-te: altogether,
jointly.
SJH II: fax;
^q*q byed-pa-po dno§-su med-par rafi-raft gis
grub-pa anything accomplished or done
by itself without any agent.
gjq$$«q grub-mchog=^^ a great saint;
gjq’sjX*]* я grub-meh од-ma faxNXT a female
saint.
5=гХл grub-thob, fasj a saint, occurs in
the following passage of (Zam. 2): —5J4
зргЪг grub-thob rim-gro gral-rim
t>shin	grub-brnes one who has
gained perfection.
yrw*i: grub-rpthah 1. faxFH,
established conclusion; opinion; theory
(Zm):	there being
no conformity of doctrinal principles
between the Brahmans and the Buddhists.
jp'W ii	ihar-pahi blo-gros
resolution for liberation from miseries;
determination for obtaining .Nirvana
(Mnon.).
^’41
grub-pa 1:1. fax, faxr, та, w-
ifa, 13H, ’Ехз*; pf. of *3^ to accom-
plish 2.	grub-par byed hzug
fax^f a saint: ^wq^’q grub-pas
biag^-pa far! accomplished by a saint;
gjq'q^rq^-q taught or preached by a saint;
grub-par gyur-cig	be
it ready, complete, perfect.
II: ^’q zin-pa fa^X, fafa exist-
ing ; success; *'$4’q ma grub-pa not exist-
ing (Jd.):	grub-pa daft bde-wa
Ufa the happiness arising from yoga
or union with the supreme spirit (in Brah-
manism) and with the eternal Cunyata or
void in Buddhism :	grub-pa lus, the
formed body, either the frame, the struc-
ture, the body, or more prob, an abbre-
viation of	the body that
is made of the five skandha (aggregates);
grub-pahi don-can what is neces-
sary in the charms of necromancy for pro-
pitiation ; mustard.
^q-qS^qq^uj grub-pahi du'an-phyug=^^'
grub-chen great saint (Yig. k. 11).
Grub-pahi raft-
byon §pyan-ra§ gzig§ the saint originated or
existing by himself; the self-formed
Avalokites'vara; Ihun-grub or
зрт Ihun-gyi grub-pa	self-origi-
nated or self-formed: ^’$4 Don-grub or
^yqa^r^gjq'q Don tham§-cadgrub-pa H’XTU-
fax a name of the Buddha, iu whom there
is the fulfilment of every purpose; also the
name of a magic spell or formula.
grum-pa the Tibetan badger:
rluft
sems hdsin-pa phyi-ba-dgft grum-pat kyaft-
gsuft he said both the badger and the
marmot know how to suspend animation
5**1
248
Uf
and rlung—a reflection upon the the prac-
tices of Tibetan ascetics or nal-jor (A.
70):	grum-pahi rgyu
ma $rgyu-gzer hjom§ tho intestines of the
badger overcome colic.
grum-po a maimed person ; a
cripple.
grum-bu (Jum-bu) qt Л5 gruni-
naj also called Xя trem, gout or rheumatism.
f«-<7rwm, acc. to Jd. Vf5?54 dreg-grum
podagra; a feeling of lameness in the limbs;
ru§-grum gout affecting the bones ;
tsa-grum rheumatic pain in the
muscles. $ 5* chu-grum, 5я’VI* grum-dkar,
’^4 grum-nag seem to bo varieties of
small-pox.
grid-bum (Jid-bunt)
a class of vampire-ghouls feed-
ing in cemetories; $*rg*r* grul-bum-ma
^ГЧП41> females of the above.
n. of a medi-
cinal drug ; an esculent root, Arum cam-
pa nulatum (a cure for piles).
Syn. rtsub-mo*, 4’4^ ga-gon\ «v-ip
arfa-hjoms that which cures
piles:	bra-bo rgod; *^5* SVI!*'2! hded-
byej spofi-po (Mnon.).
grul-bum zh-
wahi nu sho-can are the following three:—
Я VI klu-dug nag), ^^gzah-dug (VI*
dkar),	gnan-dug (F) kha (Sman.
350).
gru$-po (du-po) a yak only two or
three years old (Ja.).
5) Gre (deh)	the eleventh of
the twenty-seven constellations mentioned
in works on astronomy.
Syn. mtsho-tkyet; tta-chu;
ht8ho-$kye$ (IJfton,).
STS” gre-$kye$	bom in
the constellation of
gre-ga a sheet of paper (Jd.).
5)’^ Gre-sna n. of a place in the pro-
vince of Kofi-po in Central Tibet.
дге-гса (de-?ca) = wjff'cj mgrin-pa
or £4 glo-yu ^37, что the fore part of
the neck, the throat, both wind-pipe and
the gullet; voice: 3|’«rq^’35 gre-tca fede-mo
a good voice;	gre-tca gag$-pa
obstruction in the throat; hoarseness; 5’
4’S*'4 gre-wa, d<ir-wa a stertorous voice ;
gre-bwd btafi-byed in IF. to
hawk; to hem; to clear the throat (Jd.).
a species of demons;
gre-mo female demons of this kind.
gre-mag vulg. for 3]я gra-ma
awn of barley or of Poa grass.
Sl’Sspg gre-mog hbu in IF. ant;
emmot (Jd.).
gren occurs in
Йgren-gyi don-du bcifi$-pahi ri*mo can.
(Jig. 32).
?|¥*| gren-tshag plaited wicker-
work in straight rows.
I : grehu, or drehu, a young
bear :	co-ro$ grehu-geig
phul-was Cho-ro having presented a young
bear (A. 63).
4]^ II: ЯПТ pea, peas;
sran grehu a kind of pea growing in the
Sub-Himalayas.
4J5TS||
249

gre§- ma 1. the flashing light-
ning (Se/rtr.). 2. dres-ma a kind of
plant: д*г*я49™s-
mahi ge-sar srin-gsod glan-thab$ hjoms the
pistil of dre$ma kills worms and overcomes
the diseases called glan-thabs.
gro ’FhjH wheat; 5’^ gro-skam
dry wheat.
gro-ga (do-да) or?’p gro-kha^4*,
or	fin-§tag pahi pags-pa,
white birch bark used for writing charms
on; also acc. to Jd. used for ornamenting
bows:
q-Ol • £4]Ц •	• gN wrote
these mantras on white cloth or paper or
leaves of the palmyra or the bark of the
birch which grew in their country (Suran.).
5Л** gro-don the winter granary of
wheat in Tibet; an under-ground cell
where wheat is kept during the winter.
5*^ gro-tshag sieve for sifting wheat.
дго-гса or 3j’Si gro-mo reddish grey.
й’О-Js/uw^WH^i the twenty-
second or tw’enty-third constellation in the
astronomical works of Tibet and India.
Syn. hphrog-byed; bon-po\
W^bya-ibo (Mnon.).
?‘q^’3'3’q Gro-bshin gyi na-wa
the full moon in tho month of July-
August.
?’^V3’a’q Gro-bshin-gyi zla-tca or
zla-ica bdun-pa the month of Qrarana.
gro-bshin-byed (do-shin-ch6)
hole under the ground where wheat is
kept in winter (Л. K.).
gro-yos (do-yo) parched ivheat
or corn.
gro-ril ball of dough, or lump
made of moistened wheat flour.
Sj’Sfaj gro-sog (do-soy) stalks of wheat,
wheat-straw.
gro-ma (do-та)
1. the sweet potato of Tibet. 2. name
of a herb (Vai-sn.) [the grass Seirpus
Kysoor^S. 5'5 rgya-gro or rgyahi
gro-ma the potato introduced from India :
the potato being
sweet is cooling and stops diarrhoea.
Gro-ma lun n. of a place in
the north of Tibet (Ka-thafi. 168).
Gro-tuft n. of a village in the
province of Lho-kha.
gro-lo-ma (do-lo-ma) go$-
chen a kind of satin; silk stuff.
Gro-sa village in the district of
Phenyul.
Gro-ho (do-ho)	phyag-
rgya rnam$-so a mystical word used in the
Mahdmudra Tantrik rites (K. g. £15).
grog-та or	grog-
mo (dog-mo) fhxfteRi, ant; emmet.
Syn. 5fa’3№< srin phran-ma;	rgyv-
pgyu-ra;	д^йг-rjehi-bn (Mnon.).
grog-iked waist of the ant; also
narrow as that is.
grog-mkhar ant-hill.
Syn.	brgya-byin $pyi-ico;
nor-ldan brtsegs;	grog-
mahi-tshhH;	grog-mahi mkhor
(Mnon.).
1. w a deep ravine
in which a torrent flows; the sides of such
33

250
ravines are termed gad-pa, %'З^ цч дч
cri qj^crmE/jK chu chcn-pos brus-nas
byuft-wahi grog-poham, gad-pa yaft-zcr, that
which is caused by the erosion of great
waters is also styled grogs-po or gad-pa,
5Я’Я to grog-sbuy v. ЗИ*4 grog-nia, ant
(Nag. 52).
5Я’^ grog-tshah-==2№\grog-muhi
tshan ant-hill.
I: grog-shin or ^Я’^’ cultiva-
tion in uneven narrow ground away from
villages or gen in wild places where cattle
are pastured.
II: Я’5Е. ч|1^ 5[е.м ^ ?>ч rma-
dan gzer $krafis chu sri-sel n. of a medicine
which cures obstruction of tho urine; a kind
of moss growing on the sides of chorten, and
old walls, etc.
^ЯЯ^’ grog-gyan lateral gully on
hill-side: ?Я*$ grog-chu, brook; rivulet,
v. grog-po.
?Я’Я3* grog-gzar a torrent pouring down
a ravine.
^с§гт, vr< a friend, companion, fellow-
labourer, assistant; paramour, also hus-
band ;	kha-grogs a seoming friend;
a friend in words; a false friend;
?Я^ rtin-grogs or ^’5я^ sn*n-grogs
true friend, bosom friend, associate, com-
panion, comrade, fellow; ^Я^’Й grogs-khye
playmate or play-fellow; 53*’?ЯЧ dpun-
grogs, fellow combatants comrades; ^Я
?Я^ hdug-grogs or ч^Я^’^Я4 bshugs-grogs
fellow-lodger; dgah-grogs, ЯИ^Я^
gtan-grogs spouse; husband ; wife;
^^bdod-grogs or^Y^4!” hdod-rogs sweet-
heart ; ^ёя’^Я44 mdsah-grogs a -lover; Я^‘
gzim-grogs bed-fellow (not only con-
cubine); ^Я'ЗН4 dmag-grogs ally, confe-
derate (in war) ;W‘3jopilas-grogs colleague;
journeyman; under-workman; ^Я'МЯ*^
tshig-grogs an auxiliary word. [N.-B.—In
pop. works and colloq. language the word
^Я^ sounded ro or год is combined with
verbs in tho imp. To givo a polite
turn to any request; ° nang-ro-nang ”
please givo; “ton-rog-naug ” “mil you
kindly show,” etc.
^Я**’1^ grog$-fian a bad friend.
?Я*’М grogs~dan help or assis-
tance.
grogs-hdris mutual friend-
ship,
5Я*гЗ grogs-po (tog-po) fpsn, fra, та
friend; ally.
i : grogs-byed-pa to be friend;
to make friendship; to assist; to be friends.
Й to cultivate friendship, to
be mutual friends.
: татд, та assistance; aiding.
5Я^’§5’4 grogs-byed-pa is synonymous
with	rogs-ram; in writing some-
times	$don§-grogs is also used.
5Я^'Й grogs-.mo a female friend; also
a mistress.
Syn. zla-mo*,	inflam-ma;
pho па-mo*,	kun-spyod
mtshuns-mahphrin §kyel-ma
(Mnon.).
grog$-bzan or	grogs*
bzah-po	friendship, also
sweetheart.
I: groii or grons pf. of
to die;	grnn-hjug resurrection
bringing life to a dead body, translating

251

the soul from one body to another:
45 5'	’ чч ’ ? Y 3’ 5^ ’ Ч4! ’
gjq^-5jE. having done service to religion,
and living beings he is said to have four
times performed the noble work of transla-
ting a soul from one body to another
(J, Zan.).
II: 1» ЧТИ, an inhabited place;
a village; hamlet; also house; brgya-
gron a place of a hundred; ston-gron
thousand houses or households (Jd.);
gron-la-hgro	going or gone
to the village :	gron-gsum
mthar-byed	he who has destroyed
the three habitable spheres, the god S'iva.
gron-khycr (don-khyer) gx,
ПИК,	НТ a town or city;
a place which is surrounded by a
wall, originally a palace. That is called
a country or	у til where there are
100 lakhs of households, a place where
there are 100,000 households is called
yul-hkhor or province. In a city
groft-khycr) which is gen. fortified
there should be at least 10,000 households;
a town with population less than 800 is
called a grofi in Sans. чти.
Syn.	pho-bran hkhor;
mi-gron\	gron-khyim\	lu$-
can-gna^;	dmans-hdul-gnas;
mur-ga-ti\^^sa-b§kos;
§pyod-pahi phur-bu;	hjigs-
med~gna$;	mi-b§kyod-gna§;
§5 sruh-bycd; skyon-bycd (Milon.).
Gron-khycr dgra nxrfx the
enemy of tho city, S'iva.
Gron-khycr hjig
Indra.
gron-khycr
gyi bdag-po or	yU^hkhor dwan
sheriff, also the chief of a city; also
rgyal-phran a petty Raja (Milon.).
^F^’gS Gron-khycr vpyod met. for a
crow.
*	groh-khyer dpal-yon-
can	(Schr.; Ta. 2, 166).
gron-khycr тс-tog
(&Zir.) lit. the city of flowers ; it is the
same as Patalipuira or Patna.
gron-gi gcan-gzan
met. for dog (Mnon.).
gron-gi brjod-pa nbc pro-
vincialism ; country or rural language;
gron-gi nc-hkhor 4T<rt44W the
suburbs: gfc‘<i[w3i gron-gi hthab-тпо
feuds and quarrels (among villagers).
Gron-gi bdag хлнтГчч,
the headman of a village.
grofi dra-iva-can	(5^*
gron-mthah la-dra-wa b§kor-
tea) a town surrounded with fortifications;
gron-gi dra-wa ’ччг a circle or
circuit of a village; fortification round a
city: gfc’Sjgron-gi hphren Idan-
the village flower-woman :
Gron-gi giso-wo the -chief man
in a town or village; a headman.
gron-gran§ the number of houses
in a village or town.
SjE/sjXqj gron-mchog chief city; also
scene; sphere.
groft-btficn a
§S‘q’ a lama who performs meditations or
asceticism remaining inside a village
or town;	dben-
na mibsten-pahi gron i^ncn dar-tca dafi one
not performing the practice of asceticism
by going to any solitude (Ta-scl. 21).,
^1
252

groft-gtam country speech or
language.
3^4*51	gron-pahi
gtso-bo the headman of a village or city.
gron-rdal— groft-brdal 3R-
4^, farnr a large town (which is not
enclosed by a wall) together with its
suburbs.
groft-sdchiphra-ma mkhan
=	dkrugs-$in bycd-ipkhan
one who causes or excites brawls,
feuds, etc., among village people or com-
munities.
groft-pa a villager; one holding a
house; a tenant.
groft-pahi cho§ = ^'^xjgoj q pho-
hkhrig-pa sexual union {Affton.).
groft-pahi cho§ kyi§-
та ga$-pa = ^ V^SS’4 bn-то pho-daft
ma phrad-pa virgin purity ; a maiden not
touched by a malo (8man 289).
5*5^ gron-dpon TTTWt, 3^, 4VF-
ЯТН the chief of a town or village.
5^’4 gron-ira (dong-tea) in C. aec. to
Jd. used for 2^’4 grafi-ira: cold.
gron-war the middle of a village
or hamlet.
groft-$pan$	one who is
liberated or has abandoned the life of a
layman or householder.
groft-tshig чгтщ provincialism:
-^ц|?)n-wgron-tshig gis-ma §la-dpar
=	gron-$kad kyi$-ma-hdre$
par not mixed up with provincialisms.
gron-tsho large village; town;
several hamlets taken together.
Gron-rntsho mer-mo n. of a
village in the district of w E in Lhokha:
E lab-kyi hdab Graft
rptsho mer-mo (Lon. > 30).
groft-gshi an estate ; farm (S/7/.).
gron-yul country place (Jd.).
Ф groft* (dofig), v. re^p. f0
die;	is resp. for natural
death.
?5’« grod-pa or gsu$-pa belly;
generally tho paunch of ruminating
animals; in colhq. language it is
sometimes applied to the stomach or 4’4
pho-ica:	mar-grod butter kept in
the dried paunch of a sheep.
grod-ibom (doi-bom) a large belly;
also the dried paunch of a bullock to keep
oil.
gron-can (don-can) disadvan-
tageous ; injurious.
gron-che very noxious (Jd.);
gron-medharmless; innoxious (Lex.).
^ч
I: gron-pa (don-pa) explained
as	hgro-$go chen-po, much expen-
diture ; expensive; also to expend, squan-
der :	bod-kyi mi nor
man-po gron-pa dan having squandered
much wealth and men of Tibet:
§nag-$og gron-pa (Nag.) waste or
expenditure of much paper and ink.
II: explained by SV*<VWT4?V
mi-tshan eheham bzod-cheham
bsran che-wa, applied to a great or illustrious
family, to one who is very patient or for-
bearing, a thing that is very durable and
hard.
дгоп-$аз hgro-sgo item of
expenditure; also the account of the dis-
tribution and lending of grain.

253
ail
Grom-pa rgyaft (tom~pa-
gyang) n. of a place in Tsang which con-
tained one of the twelve temples said to
have been erected by King Sron-btsan
sgam-po (Ya~sel. frl).
grol (dol)	(Schr,; Kalac. T. 5)
release; deliverance.
Grol-nin (dol-nin) the day when
the annual assembly of the lamas dissolve.
Grol-$ton (do I-tori) a festival on
the day when lamas relax after the term of
the special devotions is over.
grol-hdod wishing to be
emancipated or set free from transmigra-
tory existence and misery, etc.; abbrevia-
tion of
hkhor-ica dafi-$dng-b§fial §og§-las grol-гсаг
hdod-pa.
grol-ка (dol-ка) pf. of ‘фч
hgrol-wa; also sbst. fh'.WVU, HR,
deliverance; deliverance from worldly
existence.
grol-ica can 1. relating to
emancipation ; deliverance. 2. sbst,. pearl:
рт that has been delivered from the
oyster.
Syn. пт-tig} ^4* na-lc $am
(Mfon.).
Grol-buhi lha-tna the five
demigods or, perhaps, Naga demi-gods.
Grol-mcd hjoms
the killer of Namuci; an epithet of Indra.
I: gro§ = mol-wa 1.
advice; counsel. 2. = ^?« gtani speech;
talk;'	fykah-gros conference; com-
mittee.
II: acc. to Us. care, heed, caution.
5^gros-grogs (doi-dog) a consult-
ing friend; anyone consulted with.
5^’^ gros-can careful; cautious.
+	gro$-gcam 1 consultation.
2. = $^-g5’q gros byed-pa to consult.
gros mthun-par unanimously;
by unanimous decree.
gro$ hdri-sa (doi-di-sri) the place
where advice may be asked; an oracle.
gro§ hdebs-pa giving advice.
gro§ hdri-wa to ask (a person’s)
advice ; to consult (with one).
gros-pa (doi-pa) adviser; coun-
sellor; senator; also advice ;	gro§
byas-pa (doi-je-pa) to have consulted;
consultation; conference; ’q
gro§ byed-pa (doi-je-pa) F’quTVK to con-
sider ; to deliberate; to resolve; decide
after consderation, deliberation, etc.
Gros-mi (doi-mi) consulting man;
an adviser; sometimes in Sikkim the
headman of a village.
gros-med without asking or con-
sulting anybody; self-sufficient; careless ;
heedless.
gro$-tshod (doi-tshoi) the real
points or object of a conference:
gro$-tshod hdsin-dan ya-rabs
§pyod-pa to catch the leading and salient
points in a conference (/?</.).
gro§-ya (doi-ya) a secretary ; a
councillor.
Щ gla wages; pay; fee or remuneration
for any work done:
dgc-slon brgya-rtsa brgyad-kyi
htsho-гса gla-nas §byar the maintenance of
one hundred and eight monks was met
from the fees (he received) (A. 61).

254

gla-tca	the musk deer,
Moschus mosehiferus^ of which there are three
varieties or perhaps even species in Tibet.
Another species occurs in Amdo : Moschu§
Sifaniens;	gla-rnahi pag§ > V
q^-qsprq gfa-ica dafi rna-icahi pags-pa the
skin of tho Nao antelope and the musk-
deer.
Syn.	dri-bzan dican-po;
gla-rtsi can; sa-lu$;	rlun~
bsreg (Mnonf).
gla-gor sho-^a n. of a fruit.
Щ’дмгч gla blaf^-pa has taken or
received his wages for work.
gfa-sgafi	n. of a med-
cinal herb ;	Суper us rotundas: ПТЛТ
the root of Cyperns jurlinivs.
g|*^ gla-rnan, abbr. of	gla-dan
rfian-pa, wages and remuneration.
ap gla-pa or 51’5 gla-po or Д’З gla-Ъи
one who works on wages; a servant em-
ployed on a fixed salary; also a day-
labourer or hired workman; gyog-
gla фя service money; salary.
aj’^ gla-phor a kind of tree the wood
of which is good in turning and for making
plates and cups.
Я’I4! gla-phrug the young one of a
musk-deer.
Я’й gla-ш	a servant; a hired
workman.
gf# gla-mo 1. a hired female servant.
2. musk-doe: д'ця
gla-icahi ног-bn § §brul-sog$ dug-srun byed
the jewel of the musk deer (the musk-
pod) is a protection against snake poison,
etc.
Щ*!” gla-rtsi Ж, ^Prrfh,	musk:
glo-rtsi gro-yi tshig-ma
hdra musk is like burnt-wheat grains:
the musk that is
slightly soft, tough besides being of
strong scent, is good : Д
musk eradicates snake-poison,
kidney disease, plague.
Syn.	ri-dbag§ Ite-wa;
§brul-$krag byed;	myo^-pahi
rptshan-ma; dri-yi thod;
dri-yi go§-can;	ri-dcag§ clan;
ri-dbag$ rlsi; SI’^'^'9 gla-wahi nor-
bn (Mfion.).
Gla-risihi те-tog n. of a
flower, the Pedicularis megalantha.
SJ’W gfa-tto fo°d and wages.
arc glag or S’S4! bya-glag a bird des-
cribed as resembling an eagle, but smaller
than the vulture and larger than the hawk,
of blackish chocolate colour; carries away
kids and lambs. This bird is numerous in
Mongolia, Central Tibet and Kham. Pro-
bably the lammergayor.
glag-khra-mo a spotted species
of eagle.
glag-pa — ^'^ liag-pa upper
or back part or side :	w^z Itay-
pa the crown or upper part of the head.
Defined as	the upper back
part or blunt side of a knife or axe.
§]Ч|’Ц’О!Л Glag-pa lam n. of a place in
Tibet (Deb.).
ajT1 glags W3KC opportunity, occa-
sion, possibility:	glags htshol-
tca to seek for an opportunity:
glagt rned-par hdug now the
favourable time seems to have come; esp.
opportunity of doing harm to another,
SFI
255

of getting a hold on him (Ja):
&lag§ hned-par ml hgyur he will not
get an opportunity to do you harm.
intolerable; insupportable:
there is no possibility of helping
him; he is incurable (Jd) :	not
able to do injury or some interruption to
one’s actions.
glags-pa to go; be going;
to proceed ; to be on the point of.
I: Gian n. of a place in Tibet.
Эр’ II: ^4,	1. ox; bullock.
2. one of the signs of the Zodiac,
the Bull: SF4
glan-gi mkhri§-pa§ §byar-dug mig-la phog-
par phan the bile of the ox is useful when
contagious poison strikes upon the eye:
the spleen of the
ox is useful in sores and poisons: g^'3)
the kidney of the ox re-
moves kidney diseases:
the blood of the ox (with food) draws out
blood poison.
Syn. hgro-bycd} ^§5 hdren-
bycd\ stobs-ldan; wq bzan-po; S’
khyu-mchog (Mnon.).
III:	also called
e|ivgf? gzer-glan, colic, gripes, spasms in
the stomach and similar affections (Jd.).
g|£/wi glafi-thab§~%№\ glo-bur 1.
sudden; suddenly:	was
suddenly defeated by the enemy. 2. n. of
a disease, prob, hysterical fit.
Я^В* glan-khyim Utjp: a shed
or fold where cows are kept; an orna-
mented gateway.
gjE/g’A&q glafi-khyu rnchhog	a
bull; ox.
gjaft-khyu-ua	a bull
kept for breeding purpose.
Я^’Я5 glan-glad 1. the brains of the
bullock or ox. 2. in Tsang=soap.
glan-rgod a wild ox. This term
is applied in Tibet to the buffalo (in Tib.
mah-he).
aF’&i glan-chen = glan-po-che
?T5T, яти, w<n^, xfhs, жж,
WC, XH, W the elephant; elephant
in rut:	the skin
of the elephant is useful in black small-
pox :	^5-Эе/ glan-po
rjcs-зи mthuu-pahi rdtsag so-sohi min, i.e.y the
names of various apparatus necessary for
an elephant are the following:—gram
жт; grini-ga-ma	glan-
pohi rgyan;	bdogs-pahi ка-гга ;
a-la-na; ’Яг^пя the post to which an
elephant is tied;	lcag$-kyu the
conductor’s hook;	^fnrjwtorq mchil-
wa;	bri-ksa ka-kza ba-ra-ta
^W-’W’C^or	glan-po hi t hag-pa.
hak-ko gdsa-dsa ^iu95i=
hbod-pa shis-hdug (Mnon.).
Syn. so-ldan; so-gni$;
lag-ldan; gni$-hthun ;	niafi-
po hthufi ;	myos Ьгмп-сап;
5ЯЧ падз-tshal dgah\	mche-ica
$tob$-ldan;	sa-lud nal;	ihig-
le can ;	hkhor-lohi rkafi;
dsa-la ka;	niyo$~rnnl can; 5®4!
dbyug-pahi rna-can;	rnchotf-
rten byed\ §tob$-ldan.
glan-chen thal-dkar *the
white elephant, or one having a white fore-
head ; the chief of the elephants ($ag.):
the bile of the
elephant cures emaciation caused by poison,
etc.:	the flesh of
25(>
elephant (taken as food) cures the diseases
attributed to devils (in JF-).
8^ glaft-ehen rfsi	the
secretion of the elephant; also elephant-
ппьк.
Syn. gi-tcan (in magic) or
mystic term (Min J).
Qian rnjifi-yon a name of
Prince Sad-na Ig§-mjifi yon, son of King
Khri-sron Idehu-btsan. He was so called
on account of his prowess: ^tc/q^org'^qq*
mjin-ра yon-la §ku~
dican che-tca§ glafi-mjin yon-du grays.
a^’V glan-to the Indian bull (Ло$
taunts Indi' u*).
gq-чс Qlan*lhafi n. of a plain to the
eact of Lham.
Я^'ЗЯ glan-thug or	glan-hog
can a bull (not castrated):
glan-lhug rica-co? mgo-ehag-la phan
the horn of mi castrated bull is useful in the
fracture of the head: glan-lhttg nag rica-ro$
mdsc-la phan-par-byed the horn of a black
uncastrated bull is used in leprosy: Я^'Я*
y^q-^J^q^-y-q-^q glafi-gi rtca-gshob mchin-
pa hi Isha-ica-sel the ashes of a burnt bull’s
horn taken internally cures inflamation of
the liver.
Glan-dar-ma 1. a youthful ox.
2. n. of the King of Tibet who persecuted
the Buddhists in the ninth century A.D.
Яс'я^5 glan-hded—^'^^ thon-mkhan
the husbandman, a rustic.
gq-q-^q* glan^ю-skyofi = gl:iil-rd$i
^Ttrra a cow-herd; one who tends or
looks after cows (Mnon.).
glan-])o-rnchog	the
chief of the elephants, lit. a scent-elephant.
Syn.	glan-pohi rgyal-po*,
spo§-kyi glan-po; g’Sh*ftjrq * khyu-
yi mgon-po ; B’^,qVIkhyu-yi fydag-po ; ч*Г
’П’ч thal-kar ;	mche-atc drug-[dan;
^^•qgq-^qq’Ej gni$-hthun dtcaft-po (Mfion.).
g]q-q-<q^'q ghn-po glum-po-ft^'ty^
glafi-po nt yon-pa a wild, mad elephant
(Mnon.).
gc/q ч^-q^^qj^-q glan-po hdod-pas dreg$-
pa—^'^S glan-po rgod wild elephant; an
elephant turned wild and mad for union
with a she-elephant.
Svn.	chag$-pa§ myo$-pa*,
^Я^'З^'Я1^ VP’q Iwgs-kyus gdul-dkah-wa ;
qp5 q\Mj gyo-wa-can.; gq’q’qft glaH-po rgod\
gq-q-*q‘?№‘^N’q glan-po chan-gi$ myo$-pa;
gq-q-q^-q glan-po gfttm-po;
chan-gts dregs-pa*, g.lan-fyzi\ 2P PYq
ylan-po smyon-pa.
Glan-po §nahi glin-smad n.
of a place within the district of Shiga-tse
in Tsang.
Glan-po fofis n. of a place (in
Tib.); also one which was situated near
the ancient city of Kapilavastu.
gq’q^’prafq glan-pohi kha-loya^^'Z
gM-rdfd conductor of an elephant
(Mnon.).
gjE/qo/jQrq glifi-pohi гдуа1-ро=^'Ъ'*№*\
plafl-po-mchog (M^on.).
Glan-pohi $lob$, tfwi n. of
a very powerful giant-like king;
§pan.-rten man-hdsin glan-pohi
$tob$ (Ya-sel. 57).
ghn-pohi-gna$sz Я^ ’ч ‘
glan-po-chehi gna§ the stable where ele-
phants are kept (Mfion.)*
Яс glaii-phran^S^ glafi-phrug a
young elephant (Mixon.).
Я^9^ glaH-bre$ ox-manger; Я^‘
q5’3*r gktfi-pohi bre§ elephant-stall.
glaft-nia 1. a medicinal plant: Я^‘
яч’Й	gian-ma euros fever and
3F^|
257

female diseases. 2. a large kind of alpine
willow.
Д^’Й glan-mo or lag-ldan-ma she-
elephant: дсЙ^-адthe milk
of a she-elephant is very sustaining: Д*'Й5’
the skin of a she-
elephant cures female disease and fever.
g/ал-^шг a stallion ox:
with the warm blood of a living stal-
lion ox the circulation of poison in the
blood can be neutralized.
i: glan-rdsi a cow-keeper;
a chief herdsman.
gp’g* ii: *fhrra the keeper of an ele-
phant ; keeper of cows; Krishpa.
Syn.	glan-pohi kha-lo-pa;
gjE.’q’jq- glan-po §kyon {Mnon,),
glan-gyag dri-ldan 1. 5)’^
gi-wan	the musk-like, scented
secretion in the brains or in the stomach
of an elephant.	dom-mkhri$
bear’s bile (Sman, 353),
Glan-ri lufi-bstan n. of a
Sfitra in the Kahgyur, said to have been
delivered by Buddha when on a visit to
Li-yul.
g|^’5 glan-ru a bullock’s horn; also a
large forked stick used by the Tibetan
soldiers to rest the musket on when firing.
Д^'^’^^’Й’Й Glan-lufi gnas-khra-пю n.
of a place in Kham.
дЫ-ma-fifi or
я^й’-^q’ mdso-mo-^in a kind of tree grow-
ing largely in Tibet, the leaves of which
are burnt as incense	mystical
term) (Min,),
glan-fu a kind of sore-hoof.
Glan$-khan^-pa n. of a
learned lama come from a place called
Glan-kham^ who was invited by King
Khri-srofi, Idehu-btsan to his capital on
account of the fame of his learning.
glad or glad-pa the head;
brains; cf. 21S klad; Д5‘*< glad-la on the
top, on the head; also used as postposition
in the sense of over, close over:
chuhi glad-la close above the river or water.
SIS'S glad-rgya—^S^'^ glad-pahi rtsa
the veins of the brain.
SJS'4 glad-pa generally written as afi'4
klad-pa {Sch,), cf. lhad or S|5’4 $lad-pa,
glan-pa also Sr’4 glon-pa 1. to
patch up; to mend:	^s*q=
lhan glan-pa to sew up or patch up
torn clothes, etc. {fiag?); gjysjcq to sew
on a patch. 2. to return; lan an answer
to reply; rejoin {Lex.), 3. colloquial for
ЯН'Ч gLn-pa,
glan-glen, v. glen-pa dumb.
glam-pa or^S'^OT ^ §nam-bu
hthug-po a kind of thick blanket.
glal-wa 1. to yawn or gape:
dor-hgyin wahibrdah
a relaxation of the body by stretching the
limbs and yawning. 2. a terrific attitude
or posture of sitting:	sen-ge
tnam-bsgyifis—^'^ft!3!^ sefi-ge glal-гса
a lion’s attitude on his vanquished foe is
called glal-wa,
gla§ htsho-wa one who subsists
on salary or wages.
I: glin gw a kind of sacred
grass.
СЧ
II: 1. ffa, icf island; isolated
place; limb or part of the globe; divi-
sion of lands, large or small; continent, in
34
258
fabulous Indian sense:
§5 gliA gshan-na$ $kye$-pa tshul-bycd-
mi hdra-wa	: being of other
continents they are of a different manner
of birth.
lj£’ III: a large monastery; a monas-
tery isolated in its greatness and separate
from other jurisdiction*
gliA-chen bcu-gni$ tho
tw elvo continents according to Bon cosmo-
graphy are the following(1) V’4?fK
argjE/ (-^) GyuA-dfuA bkod-pabi-gliA; (2)
(«]«ro) Qgah-ldan lha-yi gliA ;
(3)	(qf^) Bdul-Ьа khrimg-
kyi gliA ; (4)	(flFw)
hdul SAags-kyi glin; (5) ^V^^-q-gq- $)
Tsad-med bya-wa gliA; (6)
8byin-pa mthah-ya$ gliA; (7) й’чрЧ*
qwqsvgj*	Mt-дуо bsam-gtan glin;
(8>	(«рч) Dge-rgyas yon-tan
gliA; (9)	(^1) Tshad-nicd
byams-pahi glin; (10)	S Яц (B^’)
Gnod-gbyin nor-gyi glin;' (11)
gt’ (epw) Yon-tan rgyag-pahi glifi ; (12)
Rin-chcn spiing-pahi glin ;
or	(55«) Jjol-пю glin (G. Bon. 5).
The seventeen sub-continents attached
to the twelve continents are the follow-
ing:—(1)	Rgyal-rigg
rgyal-sa hdsin-pahi glin ; (2)
Rjehu bkod-pahi glin; (3)
DraA-sroA bgro-bdul-glin; (4)
Mya-Aan metf-pahi glin; (5)
Bram-ze gtsaA-wahi gliA; (6)
Bram-ze ha$-mo gliA; (7)
Bbri-mig mtsho-yi gliA; (8)
4Xprq$-gj^ IBnags-rigg gdol-wahi gliA; (9)
Stob-chen gyad-kyi glin;
(10) wq*^5-jc- A-ba-da-rahi glin; (11)
^5 4 «Wgjq* Hgro-tca hdul-wahi glin J
(12) $ VVWqo. g|q' Khri dflA hthab-pahi
31
gliA; (13)	Rgya-lag hod-mahi
gliA; (14)	Rgyal-tno mo-khro$
gliA; (15)	Igkhab-hgro tni-
rkun glin ; (16) ^w^SVgjq* Miham ci-yi
glin; (17) ^‘3Lha-klaman-dha
Sprehti gliA (6r. Bon. 6).
QUA-ka a garden or pleasure
grove.
S*’4 gliA-Aan dispute; quarrel.
Glin-dkar t'dsoA n. of a
district in Tibet.
gliA-dar u. of a kind of cloud.
« glin-ldan-?naf iptsho
a lake whioh contains islands.
Оч
fflin~bu дц, \jf5prer a reed-pipe;
a musical reed; flageolet; the common
musical instrument of herdsmen, and con-
sists of two pipes joined together;
phred-glin flute; piocolo-flute, mostly of
metal; dge-g^h generally written
5’^’	a larger musical instru-
ment like a hautboy, used in sacred cere-
monies ; ^’Д^’ rkan-gtin trumpet made of
the human femoral bone.
8|^’« gliA-та the margin of a
lake or river.
Glin-yag^-pa n. of the
chief preist of Galdan who was born at
GliA~yag$.
gliA-log revolution; internal
d’ssension:	there
arose much civil disturbance there in
Dikhun, t.e., among the members of
the Jlbri-khuA monastery.
SJ glu *?hf, ifa, «w, Ш song ;
ditty; also a tune;
accompaniments of musical performance,
etc.; bba-ra-ta, HXcT; gar-dag an
actor; a stage-player;	fkaA*
259
5'11
pahi ttabs-sgyur falling pf the feet at the
musio or cadence of the song;
gar-gyi gtso-bo stage-master; £’4 rfta-pa
the drummer;	brduft-гоа drum-
heater ; pheb rdob-pa,
thal-mo rdob the clapper; gtin-bu tea
trombone blower;	glifi-bu mkhan
the flute-player;	pt-wail guitar, violin;
pi-wan-mkhan the violin player;
gj’fl glu-wa the singer; gar-rnkhan
dancer;	hgyur-bag-mkhan one
who shows various appearances in different
dresses, such as the clown, etc. (ДИо«.).
8Г1 glu-sgra time in singing,
134е-’ glu-chufl a little song; ditty.
gfawcm ien-pa tp sing ц
sweet song.
glu-dbyan§	sjnging ; ST
glu-dbyant-kyi fies-pa-
bdun the seven kinds of harmonical pitch
or measures of the compass of the musical
tones. These are:—bar-ma HWH,
drafaroft ЧГЧН, sa-hdsin nrenx,
drug-ldan g'^ lfia-pa
blo-gsal	hkhor-nan
f^T4T<. Then, too, there are various
definitions of songs and modes of sing-
ing. Such are:
rgyud-daft mgrin-la§ &kye$-pqhj dbyqfa, Apv
hkhor-nan glan-pohi $gra tta-
buy	khyu-mqhog bq-plgfi
$kad-kyi	d?d-hdsip
gkyeg-ni ra-yi gkya<],
drug-gkyeg tnwi-byahi gka<$-ltar ggrogg, ччл
’Б^'Я’ч^ bar-та khruA-khrufl ggra-
ggrogg Win, §|4]W5bla-gsal rta-
gkad Ita-bur hither,	Й’ЗТ
о g gX jfi(i,pa fye.top.tdfiy (fug.su, khu-
ЬУУУ Wregg^q ^^uho tV^'S«’4Va4-4'?!,
?	чч яч	rtzed-mo rlom-parhlafawa-
a«i
tn, Ina-pa dan-ni bar-mahi cfbyafy VK’S’VT S’
dpah-po
drag-po no-mtshar-du,, drug-$kye§ khyu-
mchog de-b shin-no	§c;
£5’X’«rgwq^'3 sa hdsin-pa dafl hkhor-nan
dbyafa) shin-rjehi ro-la blafis-par by a w8’
hihal-
mo hjigs-dan bcas-pa-la, blo-gsal dbyao^ni
bM^aho.
glu-dbyan$ kyi khan-pa
a stage; a place where sing-
ing is done.
3]ЛЭ^’^Г’^ gin dbyan$-mkhan a singer;
one who sings or instructs in singing.
Syn. Д’вЦ’ч glu len-pa, glu-mkhqn
(Mnon.).
glu-re$ alternate songs.
д1и-1еп-та=$*ф^ы gfa mkhan-
ma a songstress.
gia^ a thing given ap a rapsom ;
<э ;	'
5Ч’5|’а5 a ransom for life:
khohi glud-du lug brgya-gsod
slaughter a hundred sheep as a random
for him,	glud-lg btqn to гагшрщ q
scape-goat.
glud-tshab the ransom offered to
some malignant spirit, consisting of one’s
effigy made of barley or wheat-rstraw, and
its interior filled with grain, edibles, cloth,
medicines, and precious articles such as
gold, silver or coins, and then thrown in
the direction from which the evil spirit
is supposed to have come. There are
several varieties of this kind of ceremony.
glum or §baft-glum fresh
fermented rice, faarlpy, or wheat, i^sed
instead of malt in brewing beer.
Я!
260
3^1
chan btsos phab btab b$nal-na$ lafi$-pa chafi-
gi glum-mam $bafi glum yan-zer.
§] Qle a small uncultivated island;
also a grove; same as tshal огД^
glift-ka.
gle hdam$-ma 1. one having
tho disease in which urine and foecal mat-
ter pass together, t.e., by the rectum (K.
du. S J/13).	=
mt s han-med ma-nifi a hermaphrodite;
having neither tho sign of male nor of
female.
-s
gleg$ table; plate; board; any
flat piece: $Г’Д’|,гчЮТ tgo-glegt gshug-go
there was a door panel placed.
glegs-chab a buckle, clasp or ring
attached to the thong.
5}чргчч| gleg$-thag a thong, &o., fastened
round a book.
8I4*VW gleg^am 5^», gfa a volume ;
a book; leaves placed between flat boards.
SHIP'S glcg^bu 1. a label; explained as
cho$-go$ la
glin-glin grti-bshi bead-pahi gra bkag-pa, a
square or rectangular piece of cloth or
paper put as label containing the name of
books, chapters, pages, etc. (2&zy.). 2. a
tablet. 3.	bkahi-glegs-bu or
^4 fykah-qog a diploma; «Ч’З’ДЯ^’в copper
plate or tablet.
glcgs-ma, v. Д*|*1 gleg$.
щчцгЗ*’ glegs-pfi the wooden boards
which in a Tibetan book supply the
binding.
Л gleft-wa or Д w«i glefa-pa ^5 to
say, converse, relate, describe:
gtam-du gten-ica or	gsufi gleft-wa to
relate a story: oiw	lam-la
ma-thar she$ glen$-na$ as the word was sent,
the road is not passable! Ч^Д^Л’^4!’
3|*гдл1 I have mado this speech: Ч^Г
the
rumour spreading from one to another,
until it came before the lady.
§5*^ cho$-kyi sgrog-glefi byed-pa to preach
religious discourses; $^’3^ gro$-gleft coun-
cil ; consultation.
glefi-wa-po or	glefi-mo
rnkhan a story-teller.
fi***S« Qlefi-hbum a hundred thousand
stories; tho title of a book in the Hdul-wa
division of the Kahgyur or Tibetan Bud-
dhist scriptures, which contains different
stories on the behaviour of devotees, monks,
nuns, &c , who adopted the Buddhist faith,
and who violated the rules of monastic
discipline laid down by Buddha.
glen-mo or Idb-glefi
glefi-^rjod ЧПГТ, ^rrfrwY, Tnrf, wm talk;
conversation; story; account.
Д*’Ч^ glen-gshi or Д^’ЧДЗД^ gleA btlafa-
pa	any subject; primary cause:
glefi-gshi hdi-la wftpj in
this narration. 1. narration. 2. the
subject of a discourse (Cs.). 3. table of
contents; index. 4. place, scene of a con-
versation or discourse.
&кп-1кидь abbr. of
5^'q glen-pa dafi-lkugs-pa^ very stupid and
idiotic:	glen-lkugs
ikol tpyod-kyi sdug-t^fial the misery of
being stupid, of dumbness and servitude.
glen-pa ЗМ, зге, ЯГЯ,
stupid, foolish, ignorant; a thick-headed
fool; an idiot:	more
stupid than a brute:	fools that
you are each of you: Д^’ЧЗ’^Ч’^ mud-
dled ones.
।
261
I
Syn. ^’4 Idar-wa; glan-glen; Й’
mi gsal-wa; Ito-hgefis; atM’fl
le-lo-wa; ч’^ tha-qal (Mfion.).
3j«rq gleb-pa, pf. gj<w glebs, to make
flat, plain (Cs.);	leb-mor-gleb
make flat,
-4
+• 3}^^ Ц gleb$-pa,fWn to trample;
to tread down; to press down by the feet
($'</’)•
—4
aprs glem-pa to press, squeeze; to
crush, squash (Ja.).
Щ gio or gf Ido, in Ld. resp.
gshog$, 1, the side,eep. of the body: Jprwq
glo$~phab-pa to lie down on one’s side.
2. a cough.
glo-dkar or *Ик’ч| hthofi-ka 4R|^3
a small window in (the side of) a house to
let in light.
Щ’4*TJ Glo-bkra n. of a country in Tibet
\Jig^
gp^piprq glo-lkog$-pa	to cough;
to clear the throat.
Д*4^	glo-dkar or
skar-khun a small door or window.
STF glo-kha n. of a colour like the blood
of the lungs; pale-red.
STR4! glo-khttg a small money-bag
attached to the sash or girdle of a
Tibetan.
gio hgogs-pa^^'^^'^ ОГ gf
3^4 gio rgyag-pa to cough; to feel stifled
(Mnon.).
gp3]w glo-hgrams n. of a disease.
STS** glo-tgya$ a disease of the lungs;
asthma.
glo-gcoft a disease of the lungs
which increases during the night.
8^’ glo-don wind-pipe (Cs.).
glo-rdog=3№ glo-bur sudden
(^й<7-)-
glo-rdol—*F\ K^rnag-rdol excessive
expectoration.
O* glo-spir n. of a kind of shield: 5'4’
afiKV'^'SM'av5^
kul-dkor phub-ni rab-la sho-lna-ste, glo-spir
sho-re phub-skor sho-phyed y in the best Kul-
dkar shield costs five sho and that of Gio-
§pir costs a sho for each disk on it (Jig.).
gf’S*! glo-phug place where things are
kept—either in a wall or a corner of a
house, &c.:
that boy kept the gold in a niche.
afa glo-wa	the lungs ;
3'4 9'§' gto-wa bu-lfla the five anterior
lobes of the lungs; sf’q glo-wa ma Ina
the five posterior lobes of the lungs.
glo-bur	sudden; adv.
Я ’9*'^glo-bur-du suddenly; all on a sudden ;
instantaneously :	^oj qgej
glo-bur-du mi-mafi-po ^i-zoahi §dug-b$fialt}iQ
misery or calamity of many men dying
suddenly.	4 glo-bur-du hons-pa
one who has come all on a sudden;
glo-bur-zcahi don the signification
of suddenness.
gf’SVjai Ef Glo-bur rgyal-po a name of
the King of Tibet about 900 years ago.
glo-bur-nad a disease that arises
suddenly.
gio bur-гоа suddenness.
8T^ glo-hbzvr яитя a projection ;
uprising :	hbur-du sdod-pa to rise
up into sitting posture.
glo-§bub wind-pipe.
gloJa-wa convulsions of the lungs;
cough.

262

fflog fm nfHi ’rfc’ft, <тжт-
ftrarr, ^гРт, чфят, 4jwM, w
lightning ; flash of lightning;
tprin-phan-tshun hthab pa
las byuft~wa that produced from tho con-
cussion or collision of clouds. The names
of different kinds of lightning are men-
tioned in tho Kah-gyurx—glog
gzi-btiid~can the lightning with flash ; gfo’
g4) glog-stug hoi the lightning of dense
lustre, sheet-lightning;	gk>g-
rpdses phrefi-can tho lightning of beautiful
strings or zig-zags, &c. (Л7. g. *, 115).
The lightning that oomes from the south is
called	skad-btgya-p^ that of a
hundred rattles; that coming from tho
west is called	hod-nams-pa, that of
fading lustre; that which comes from tho
north is called ^гЗ’Ч^Ч’в rgyun-gyi fyfag-
po, lord of streaming flashes (K. g. 3%).
Syn. Чч1’ц’ч5’4 hjug-pa hrgya~pi\
3^ gshi-snou $kycs; 8^'3$prin-gyi
lcug~nia ;	gser-hod can ; ^'5J lus-
phra;	bde-hthuft;	skad-cig
hod;	skad-cig gsal-wa (J£fton.\
84'^5 g.hg-ldan full of light-
ning ; flashed cloud.
SF’SP’ GMbdhaft n. of a place in
Tibet proper and also in Kham.
Gloft-thaft tgron-mahi
lha-khaft n. of a monastery and temple in
Kham.
Й44 glog-pa rm silver.
glog-pahi-nad n. of a disease
mentioned in grammar, but not found
in the medical works. Ace. to Ja. 84’^5
is another name of the disease called Ij4)'4
lhog-pa— cancer.
ajs’q glod-pa^^l^lhod-pa to relax; to
loosen ч^мгч*^ fydn$-pa-glod= ч^здгч’
b$dams-pa-glod slacken binding;
to relax the mind, be at ease; 8S’4*
glod-ki тдуип-du bshugs you
may stay here always with easy mind;
ma-Qzuft wa-glod-par without
any regard to taking or giving.
glon-pa or glan-pa 1. to
return an answer ; to reply. 2. to patch,
mend.
*	glos-pa or Йкжч pwortf-pa
stupidity; ignorance.
Ji’wa glos-phab-pa to Ho on one side or
on the side :	to
lie on the side like an ox lying down.
^Ч]Ч]’Ц dgag-pa, fut. of *$|4M'4 to hinder.
^qjqj q-^'qq-q dgag-pa daft bral-wa^S^^
dgag-pa nwd-pa	open; with-
out let or hinderance ; unobstructed.
W'3 dgag-phye, v. WS&’Sft dgag-flye
bycd.
dgag-dbye^'Wft dgag-phye
wfci stopped; obstructed.
544'59'Ss dgffg-dbya byed жиж one
who stops or obstructed
VW ’^4 dgag~teh*g or VW чЗ’Зч dgagpahi
tshig и word of prohibition; objection.
V^*VTV^ dgan-dkah-wa,	khefts-
dkah-гса hard to fill up.
dgaft~war fut. of *^W4 ligefts-
wat to fill; fill up.
V’F' S}*] dgan-blug	a ladle
to pour butter in sacrificial fire.
YqKzqp’s dgaft-gzar wnft sacrificial spoon
or ladle:
bbyin-sreg blags byed^kyi gzar^bu daft skyog
Ita-bu there are two kinds of spoons in homa

263
TO
sacrificial fire, one is large called Dgaft-
gsar, and the other smaller blug-gsar,
which is used to pour butter on fire.
Dgan-gzar gin n. of a
tree, the tree resembling tiger’s feet.
Syn. *8|'^‘4 $tag-gi гкаИ-ра ;	'V*
tshcr-ma shim; sa-htsho; tshig
mail {Mnon.}.
5Ч|с/д’л dgan^h-wa full to the brim;
replete:	*nod*du khefi$-ma
khen$.
VF* dgah-pay fut. of hgcb$-pa.
dgab-bya garment; dress
{Mnon.).
dgah-wa h<h, и^н, №b
^VT, WWS, Wfc, wr, ЯНГ, xfa,
яЙн, н^гГч, хне, x^,	1.
delight; happiness ; joy. 2. vb. neut. to
rejoice ; vqx«r%q to be pleased ; VP’<r»r
to be displeased; also	to
make glad: ‘Vp was displeased:
V’JM” rejoicing greatly.
Syn. «*3’4 mgu-tca; ran$-pa;
tpro-wa; ^V5*V44 gin-tu dgah;
уan-dag dgah, yid-rafi; q dgycs-
pa ; mne$-pa ; tshim-pa ; ^’3S
bde-skyid; $5’4^ yid-bdt;	8ems
^num-pa ; rab-rdgah;	hdso-
iter-wa {Mnon.).
dgah-rky aft (Sjw^v4) n. of a
large numerical figure {Ya-sel, 75).
S^'fytdgah-skyes	very pleased; glad.
5ч1ч'’3’В'ч,д|^я dgah-ikya zul-gsum the
abbreviation of the names of the three
places situated to the west of Lhasa,
vi^.,	Dgah-wa-gdoft, g*Skyo-
mo-luft and Zul-po^ in each of which
there is a monastery.
«pp’Spqn dgah-grogs	lover; spouse;
wife ; an intimate friend {Mfion.).
W'53 dyah-dgu intercourse; asso-
ciation; merriment;	dgah-dgur
spyod-pa	to perform conjugal
rites; also to indulge in sexual enjoyment.
Dgah-can gyi-mdo^ the Su-
tra, of ^чр’Ч’-Ц Dgah-геа-сап in (2Г. d, °(
4&Z), which contains
4$ srog gcod-pahi ne$-dmig§ bcu (10); ^’^’0’
ч5’^5$чргч$ rdsun-da $mra-wahi ne$-dmig$
bcu (10);	chaft
hthun-zcahi nes-dmigs sum-bcu so-lfta (35);
ma-byin-par len-pahi
ni$-dmig$ bcu (10); ^4]
log-par дуст-pahi nes-dmigs bcu (10).
dgah-$ton	W,
festival.
Syn. «^5’4 mchod-pa\ dupion;
tgod; ner-dgah {J^fton,).
dgah-ston-^kyes producing
mirth.
dgah-^ton sbyiu an astro-
loger ; water.
dgah-bde, colloq. “ gan-de, M
joy and happiness,
dgah-dar or	dgah-
ivahi kha-gtags a scarf presented for pleas-
ing or consoling; a scarf of congratulation.
54l4’4lXc* Dgah-gdoft n. of a monastery
near Dapung which has an oracle and a
divinity called Ga-dong Ohokyong, whose
duty it is to cause rain during a drought.
I: Dgah-ldan Ga-dan) gft<f
a paradise of the Buddhists; the residence
of those sainted beings who enjoy beati-
tude, which is the peculiar privilege of
the Mahayana Buddhists. It is presided
।
264
5WI
over by the coming Buddha, now tho
Bodhisattva Maitreya. The gods residing
in it are said to live 4,000 years, the
duration of a day of which is equal to 400
human years; and the length of one’s
body is a furlong (Sorig.).
qjar <V4’5'
owing to Lord
Maitreyas’ spiritual and temporal rule
the celestial people are possessed of the
joy of a righteous life.
II: (pronouncnd Gandan) the
great monastery of G4ndan situated 35
miles N.E. of Lhasa, which was founded
by the Buddhist reformer Tsong-kha-pa.
It contains twenty-six divisions or wards
for tho residence of monks.
Grva-sa Dgah-ldan the quarters for the
re idence of the monks of Gandan are
divided into two sections 1. called
grva-tshafi go fi В ya fi-rtse which has
the following divisions or khatns-
tshau \—(\) Har-gdofi- (2) qw^T
Bsani-glo*, (3) щ’4 Kre-tp>\ (4) T$ha-
pa; (5)	Gser-khafi; (6) Rdo-
ray (7) Klu-hbumy (8) Brag-niy
(9)	; (10) JTKc/ Rgyal-rofiy (11)
Go-wa ; (12) ^’3 Kofi-po; (13)
]£nah-ri$ (Lofi. 14).	2. called
gyvi-tshafi hog Car-rtse, which
has the following divisions or
khams-tshan;—(1) ^'f4^ Rdo-khafi*, (2)
Pho-khafi у (3) £ho-pa; (4) З4!'^
tfag-re; (5) X^Co-ne; (6) Tte-$o;
(7) Zufi-chu; (8) ^а|*Ц Sog-po; (9)
Rta-hon ; (10) wwXq Mnah-ri$ ; (11)
*'4 Cha-pay (12) З^*2* ~Rafi-po\ (13)
Gufi-rn (Lofi. 14). The name
Gandan is generally fixed before the
names of monasteries and institutions
which belong to the Dgah-ldan-pa qt
Gelug-pa sect.
Qgah-ldan Khafi-gsar L
formerly the residence of King Bpon-po
Mi-l)wafi :	Dpon-po dicafi-gi
pho-brafi near Lhasa (Lofi. % 18). 2. the
residence of King %)gah-ldan Tshe-wafi is
situated to tho back of the royal monastery
of Tsho-mo-glifi in Lhasa:
5qCl'5)-51gK.-^^^^'»,§q,5|’jq‘«4,^5 (Rtsii.).
Dgah-ldan khri-pa tho lineal
successor of Tsong-kha-pa in the ecclesias-
tical throne of the great monastery of
Gandan. Ho is tho chief of the ordinary
non-in cam ate lamas and occupies tho
third place in the hierarchical precedence
of Tibet.
Dgah-ldan chos-hkhor
glifi n. of a monastery in Higher Tibet.
It is a very common name by which
several monasteries are designated.
Dgah-ldan Phun-tshog$
glifi the monastery of Phunts'o Ling situa-
ted to the west of Tashi-lhunpo in Tsang.
It contains a large number of block-prints
and religious works. It was (formerly)
Lama Taranatha’s monastery.
Gtsafi
Bkra-<p$-lhun-pohi nub-la yod, Jo-nafi
tha-rha-nha thahi dgon-pa yin, jf4ra**3qPr
^•§q^'5<c.'2i,355 $ku-gsug thug$-rten
dan, cho$-kyi phar nuifi-pa yod.
Dgah-ldan pho-brafi also
called	Sde-pa gshufi the Govern-
ment-house in Lhasa, also the Government
of Lhasa (fifew. 14)*
V’H’is dgih-spyod НЗГЧТОГ entertain-
ment ; merriment; also good behaviour.

265

dgah-^pro-can 'wj^cT: possessed
of cheerfulness and enthusiasm»
yipvcr^gQrq dgah-wa hkhyil-wa 1-
the all-good; that exists by itself; the em-
blem of purity; purity typified. 2. n. of
a gem. 3. the king’s palace.
Syn.	gyufi-drufi;
t g у al-pohi pho-bran {Mnon,),
jq Dgah-wa brga-pa (Е^Ч'Т5!'^)
one of the names of Vishnu; one of a
hundred joys {Milon.).
dgah-wa-can здтгд cheerful;
merry.
Syn.	dgah-гса myofi=
hkhrigpa or	khyim-pahi cho$,
sexual enjoyment {Milon.).
dgah-wa dman-pa sordid
pleasure; one delighting in sexual plea-
sures ; met. a cock.
dgah-wa bshitfa four pleasures
or delights are the following:—(1) wf4]* *
lkog-та mi-bde glu-la dgah; (2)
dman$-rig§ stan-mtho
la dgah; (3)	dbul-po gton-la
dgah; (4)	shin-rgan-po
gshin-nn-ma-la dgah {Can,},
Dgah-wa hod-hphro n. of
Atis'a’s residence at Nye-thang near
Lhasa: €	1
J9-boh i gzim§ ch un Dgah-wa hod-hph ro
slws-pihi glin (Л. 9S).
yi]4*qS‘q]a|*rq n: Dgah-wahi grag$-pa ТГЧ-
the Brahmaua at whose request the
Kashmirian poet Kshemendra wrote Ava- •
dana Kalpalata and several other Sanskrit
poems.
♦«^•«й-щпргч n:	(Sohr.; Bull.
184, Ш).
^ч’ч5-д'ч| dgah-wahi lm-да	the
female organ.
i; dgah-wahi dwan-po
khyab-hjag a name of
Virhnu {Milon.},
Dgah-wahi tshal—^'^^&A
rgyal-pohi skyed-tshal royal gardens ; also
the celestial gardens.
Dgah-wahi bshin	yul-
Ijofw) n. of a place; ggar-phyogs the
Orient, the East {K, d. \ 267).
dgah-zcahi ro	sexual
enjoyment..
*	dgah-wahi Ь$е§-дмеп
fq^ {Schr.},
dgah-wahi sa-gshi the female
organ.
Syn mo-rtags ; Й mo-mtshan
{Mnon.),
dgah-wahi slad fwra for the
sake of pleasure.
dgah-war byed^^'&W dgah-
grogs or rndsah-grogs or kyoh-bo
a friend; sweetheart; a hubsand {Mnon.).
dgah-tca$ bcin§ love-
bound ; bond of love.
i: dgah-wo {Schr.; Ta.
d9).
Dg'(h-bycd‘ TTH,
gf<K Rama, the hero
of the epic Ramayana; n. of a cloud.
dgah-byed ^han-pa
n, pr. {Schr.; Ta. 2 102), dear to or fond
of Nanda (the delightful).
Dgah bycd Dgra-^ta-can
лизття the third accepted incarnation of
Vishnu; his other names are—^в’^«
35
VFW	266	«fl |
Dpah-po dsa-ma;	Ag-nihi sra$ ;
$q*>Dican-chcn ; joiqsR'gN Rtul-bzan
$kye§;	Mtshon-eha mkhan ; §5'1^
Srid-sgrub ; Lu$-$kye$; ^S’SS Qcod-
]yed;	Rdul-can-mahi bu ;
|n Nan-spon §kye$ ; «**45 Pha-lad; W’<q*5|’
74r9S Aga-ni dgah-bycd (Milon.).
5^’55'dgah-bycd fin «jif^r the tree
called 5’3^’^ Spyi-shur fin.
Syn. &dun byed; lu§ ilan;
ku-ni; hod-ldan; hkhyog-po
(Milon.).
dgah-hbyam§ SH^t she who
is full of enjoyment; a number.
Dgah-ma xfh, W, W, wfnai
tho beautiful; a name of Rati, the wife of
^upid;	Dgah-mahi bdagtfaqfa
the husband of Rati.
dgih-mo sftfa good; lovely.
5R|V<*R dgah-tshafv=^% yag-po^
bzin-po and leg§-pa good; fino;
handsome :	^1 ^5’3*
among them there was one article which
was very pretty (A. 14).
V^Fdgah-t shad-pa =
to be sufficiently pleased (Khrid. 32).
dgah bshi-pa	: possess-
ed of the four joys—piety, wealth, men
and lands:	**-^ft ^^w’qR'vqR-q^q
cho$ nor mi sa-bshi hdsom-pahi dgah bshi-pa,
dgah-ya^ boundless joy
or pleasure.
dgah-yi §kye-uar fussier
bum or grown out of joy or enjoyment.
g Dgah-rab Rdo-rje n. of a
celebrated Lama of the Rdsog-chen sect
of the Rnin-ma School (Grub. F 13).
Dgah-rab dicaA-phyug
the Lord of Love, Cupid.
5*|R'Xr<j dgah-rin$ met. for tho
hog [u long in copulation ”; a dog]&
dgar 1. n. of a place; n. of a
district in Tibet. 2.=V44’4R dgah-war
5^ гаЯ-/уаг at pleasure, ad libitum;
frq. chi-dgar what is your pleasure;
according to Jd, why?
dgar-гоа ’S’Wfzw to separate;
confine; place apart (men, cattle, goods):
5R]R*5R’§R)N dgar-byahi phugs cattle to bo
penned in a fold (Cs).	gna$-
na$ dgur-wa to banish from a place; to
exile;	dgar-ivahi don-du in
special sense; in particular (Sch.). In TJr.
“gar-tc bor-cc” to set apart, exclude, shut
out; to lock up, shut up; to lay up or by;
to preserve (Л.); Dgar-rgya co-ce to
store up.
5<t|4|'q dg«l-wa, fut. of hgcl-wa.
54j*rsi dga$-pa9 v. hga^-pa\ «К’2*]'
ser-ga dga$-p>a to have cracks or be
cracked.
L nine; 53’4 dgu-fau qt 5$’
qywq dgu-bcu tham-pa ninety. 2. as met.
= many:	dgu$-thab$ gsagt
gathered by many efforts, with great diffi-
culty. 3. also sign of plural:
§’53 kham§-gsum §kyc-dgu the people of
tho three worlds: ft
this man says many things he knows
not. ft -^’sgone who know’s every-
thing; 3^’53 or many talks; many
things to say;	Skye-dguhi
bdag-po ssrnjfa the lord of all living
beings;	§kye-dguhi bdag-mo
wrqfH, the name of the step-mother
who nursed Gautama Buddha; ^5’5$
those that are; the existing many or
beings;	the goods that one
has; property;	the many good
5^1	267
ST4
tod brave ; also	4 lu^-hdod
dgur tgyur-wa to be changed,- trans-
formed ad libitum; M’53fian-ggit thub-
pa one who can suppress the wicked; also
to overcome every evil:
ud-byed dgu-bycd mi-yoft dgu-yon,
according to <7s., Ja., if you do many
things which ought not to be done, many
things will take place which ought not to
take place ;	35not count-
ing upon death among things to be
thought of; 53'Й dgu-khri the chair or
conveyance for the many, i.e., for the
dead; litter ; bier (Ja). 53’Яdgu-
glin &cu-gni$ the twelve continents
inhabited by living beings. Here dgu
would seem to act as mere plural sign.
S3dgu-gtor offerings made to evil
spirits on the 29th day of the last month
of the Tibetan calender in the monasteries
of Tibet.
53*3^ dgu-thub able to subdue the
many; one full of resources; tho all-
conquering one.
53’q dgu-pa the ninth; having, com-
prising, measuring nine, c.g., H’53’q khru
dgu-pa, measuring nine cubits (in length,
height, etc.); 53*5 dgu-po skh the ninth,
the nine, those nine; °Ц’53 lan-dgu nine
times.
55*1^4 dgu-phriigs or 53^q4 dgu-$deb$
a stage of meditation which is dependent
upon the regulation of the breath ;
rlun sgom-pahi du^-su dafi-
po. The first stage in the regulation of
the breath in the art of meditative con-
centration.
S3’q dgu-wa 1. vb. to bend; to make
crooked. 2. sbst. the act of bending,
stooping, bowing; inflection. 3. adj.
bent; stooping.
53’1^ dgu-rtseg§ n. of a yellow flower
(Св.).
53’^1^ dgu-tshigs or 53’^3%r§’^ dgu-
tshigs §kya-mo the milky-way constella-
tion.
Syn.	паиг-rnkhahi §kye-
rag$}	gnod-§byin kha-rlafi%
(Mnon.).
53'^’Яс;£^ dgu-zi gltn-po §na n. of the
enchanted sword of Gri-gum btsan-po; one
of the early kings of Tibet who was assa-
sinated (Yig. 58).
53’ЛЙК‘* Dgu-gzhun n. of a place in
Tibet (Rtsii. 70).
W4 dgug-pa, v. °33’Ч hgug-pa.
53«J|'g5’ dgug-byafi, urgent call; 533’353
dgug-gshug=^4^№ dgug-<pig§ id.
dgun vfa generally applied to
nfidnight, but at times to noon as well.
Sometimes is made equivalent to 3^'
but properly speaking 53^’ signifies
sublimity, loftiness and also profundity;
and 3^* gun signifies tho middle part,
centre. ^Y53e’^V53e' is sometimes writ-
ten as ^’З^УЗ^’ I The direct sense occurs
in	ri mthon-pv dgufi-la
$negs-pa9 a high mountain rising aloft;
53^,fi^,^^r55,5a^'?i=^5^^’53c‘' at noon,
the middle of the day ($ag.).
53^’ ГЗ dgufi-khag division of time.
53^’”^ dgtift-mkhah midnight sky,
53^**^ dgufl-char=*K4 char-pa rain
(Muon,).
53^’?^' dgufi-snift a year; a year of
one’s life.
53^3 dguft-thig the meridian line ; 53^*
dgtin thig-gi tfkyil-hkhor the
meridian circle.

268
5^1
53c'3 dguft-du or 53*’’Я^Я**’4 dguft-la
gpgs-pa gone to heaven, i.e., dead.
53*’435 dgun-fydun seven nights; a
week.
53*X‘iq dgufi-do-nub this evening ; to-
night.
dgitft
seated steadily without moving or leaning
on any side; raised to the sky.
53**^ dgufi-nio the early night;
evening; the time from 4 p.m. to 7 p.m.
53*'^Я dgufi-shag a day’s halt; halt.
53**^Л^-q dgufi-la reg-pa touching, the
sky; the meridian.
53*'^ dgun-lo the age of a respectable
or high personage ;	^tcu shab§-
kyi dgun-lo what is your honour’s age ?
53*’a*’*^V4 dguft-lo rnthon-pa^^'^ rgan-
pi an elderly person, 61 to 72 joars old
(Mnon.).
5дс*Я$Ч dgufi-g$ b or 53*’5Z^ dgufi-
dkyil tho middle of the sky.
Vxl^j $Vun fafirc; 53V3 dgun-ka tho
winter.
*53^’3’3^’^ dgun-gyi rgyal-mo {Schr.;
C.).
53*\§Я dgun-ni [dog the winter sol-
stice : 53О’?Я’^Я dgun-ni [dog-gi thig or
khor-thig the line of the winter
solstice; the tropic of Capricorn.
53V?5 dgun-stod the first part of winter.
5^-qgeH dgun-hbrum winter grapes.
535'85 dgun-smad firfiiT the after part
of the winter season ; 53V?5T3*rW dgun-
§fnd kha dus heinanta time of snow in the
beginning winter; 535’Я5,Я*’3^ time of
cold, about the end of the winter
{Rtsii.).
535 ^Я^ dgun-txhig$=^*\^ (dgun-du§)
winter time.
535’3 dgun-zla the mid-winter months,
g q qj'q zfa-tca bcu-pa, 3*^Я^ЯЧ zla-ica
Ьеи-geig-pa, Д’Ч’Ч'Д^’ч zla-wa bcu-gni$-pa.
535‘3'4’^*’ dgun-zla tha-chuft нгч. the
month of January-February.
53VJ’*9*’® dgun-zla hbrin-po De-
cember-J anuary.
535'3'^dfun-zta ra-wa нпр?Н Janu-
ary; lit. tho beginning of tho year, i.e.,
November-December.
535dgun-sa	ТГН winter
residence.
S3*’4 dgum-pay fut. of *3*гч hgum-
pa.
53* I: dgar crooked : 59^’53* 4
dbyib^dgur tra of crooked stature:
£Я*Г3*’3**’3*Г53*’*ГСЯ*< sem$-kyi$ tshugt-
kyan li($-kyi$ dgur-ma tshugs although the
mind may bend, yet do not let your body
bend (Rdsa.): ^*’^Я rgur-shig stoop
down! 5^'5 $gur-te writhing (with pain);
to bend; to submit; to humble
one’s self; ^Я^’53^ & crooked-back;
'53* drawn bent hands.
Syn. rgur; §gur (Mnon.).
S^II: many; all;	'^5
^q^-iAK	hkhor-kyi dkyil-hkhor yod^
dgur yafi yod dgur signifies ^5'4'^ yod-pa
kun all or all of those existing.
53*’^? dgur-hgro a snake; one of a
stooping gait.
534’^ dgur-po anything crooked; a
crooked man; sgur-po hump-backed ;
53^ dgur-mo a crooked woman.
^’4 I: dge-wa ^^тог, jot,
5ц:,	fw, HTtJ, if,
happiness, welfare, virtue; also adj.
happy, propitious, virtuous: S3

269
5^3) ।
dge-wahi sems a virtuous mind; WVl’q*
las dge-wa mi-dge-wa virtuous and
evil actions;	dge-wahi rtsa-
wa fundamental virtues:
3^’9'Vfa some mighty act of virtue
should be performed (Л. 65);
dge-rtsa skyed-pa to conceive the idea
of a meritorious act. There are two kinds
of dge-wa,	zag-bcas kyi
dgc-wa and	zag-med-kyi dge-wa;
the former, called or M-«$,
belongs to the world of desires and is sub-
ject to decay; tho latter is undestructible,
consisting of the enduring works of piety
performed by saints belonging to the
khams gon-та superior states of exist-
ence. There are two other kinds of dge-wa,
viz.:—hdus-byas-kyi dge-wa
and	hdus-ma bya$-kyi dge-
wa, the former consists of works done for
gain or happiness in this world;
hdtin-dii byas-pahi dge-wa consists in
paying reverence to and worshipping the
Tathagata and the incarnate saints.
may mean fasting, abstinence, as in ’the
phrase	dge-wa sruft-wa, to fast,
to abstain from food. Also alms, charity;
that which is done as a religious work.
gi dge gson dge benevolences
bestowed or given in one’s life time when
dying; 5	dge-wa hdod-par byed
ijwrerfh wishes for prosperity;
у aft dge-wa la hjig-rten-pahi dge-wa daft,
hjig-rten-las hdas-pahi dge-wa yod. Dge-гса
are of two kinds—the worldly religious
works, and the same for spiritual cul-
tures ; the former consists in phar-
$es-pa, appreciating or regarding one’s
father or knowing him as such;
mar^es-pa knowing the mother, i.e., to be
grateful to her; to regard as one’s mother;
dge-sbyoft-dufe$-pa to venerate
or revere one as a member of the Buddhist
church;	bram-zer $es-pa to respect
or pay homage to a Brahmap;
rigs-kyi naft-na rgan-pa la
rim-gro byed-pa to pay respect to the elders
of a family;	sbyin-pa gtoft-wa
to give alms in chanty; dge-beu the
observance of the ten virtuous acts;
53’5^’ hdii-qes dgu-dan the nine Samskara ;
dran-pa bcii the ten remembrances.
dge-skyes sfw charm; good
appearance; n. of a goddess.
skyon phran-
bu	skyon cuft-zad slightly defec-
tive ; a little fault.
S’Tg** dge-skyos or dge-bskyos,
a supervisor or director of
monks in a monastery. A sort of pro-
vost-sergeant in the larger monasteries
who keeps strict order and punishes trans-
gressors. He is also called wq Chos-
hkhrims-pa in some monasteries. Rockhill
calls this officer at Kumbum the Ge-kor.
Syn. 3 tse-rgod (Mnon.).
Dge-rgan I: surety ; moral
bail; a monk that is made answerable for
the moral conduct of another who is
placed under his care (Jd.).
П; lit. an old man of the
religious order.	dge-hdun
rgan-pa ordinarily signifies a school-
master, tutor: <&»|
both the spiritual teacher and worldly
teacher.
Dge-rgyas n. of a celestial region
(B. ch. 6); ono of the Rupa-dhatu or
worlds of form.
^•rorq |
270

Dge-rgya$ bye-та glifi
n. of a monastery near Sam-ye founded by
.Hirotf-sa, wife of King Khri-soft dhu*
bl san.
W-uvz—novice monk.
5$|’qj dge-bcu — ^Q'^ dgc-wa-bcu tho
ten virtues, which are as follows:—(1) sT4!’®’
srog mi-gcod-pa, (2) «	ч tna-
byin-par mi-len-pa, (3)	(shafts-
par tpyod-pa, (4)	bdon-par $mra-
tea, (5) ЗчрыгЕкчр tshig hjam-por smra-
wa, (G)	ftag nii-hchal-wa, (7) д'
q phra-ma mi-byed-pa} (8)
q-^-«r&'3vq gshan-gyi nor-li ham-pa nii-
byed-pa, (9) <W4’4]X\q*	gshan-
lignod-pahi sem$ mi-b$kyed-pi, (10)
q^’q у aft-da g-pahi Ita-wa. Those arc :
not taking life; not to take what is not
given; to observe purity of morals; to
speak the truth; to speak gently, politely;
not to break a promise; not to speak slander;
not to covet another’s property; not to do
mischief or think of doing injury to others;
to regard the purest doctrine.
’Лф dge-chu sacred water.
$4*’ Dgc-chuft one of the celestial
regions.
dgc-chc med-pa
don-dag chen-po med-pa without some im-
portant object or business:
if there be nothing very
important to be done quickly, work accord-
ing to circumstance (D. gel. 7).
Dge-b^nen	Buddhist
devotee with only eight vows to observe.
])ge-b$nen Chot-hphel the
original name of "fY J4'q$
JJbrotn-teon Rgyat-wahi hbyaft-gna$ the
founder of the Buddhist hierarchy of
Tibet {Grub. Я 5)*
J)ge-b$nen-ma ^trrfw a
female Buddhist devotee.
*	Dge^tnen dharma=£wfo cho§-
tkyob {Schr.).
dge-ktou rkycn-gsaft,
‘Й dge-bton rkyen gsan-
gi mthun-hgyur leg$-$pel bya-rgyu rnam$~
khyed-raft la bkod-mtiags $fion yon-ltar.
dge-ltat propitious prognostic.
dgc-hthud—	dge-wa
hthud-pa an uninterrupted payment of
allowances or endowments attached to
religious offices or institutions; a connected
series of pious actions or works; also the
performance of some religious observances
by several persons one following another:
drun-hkhor-du yun-rift b$dad-pa htsho-war
dge-hthudbabt daft the estimated permanent
allowances to the Drun-hkhor (civil em-
ployes) for food and lodging {D. gel. £).
Dge-druft lha-khaft n. of a
monastery in Tsang.
dge-bdiin, the third com-
ponent of the Buddhist triad or Vfa’
may bo rendered as “the priest-
hood,” “ the assemblage,” or “the church.”
•The term dge-hdun is composed of two
words, S<| dge and hdun; hdun
means hdod-pa desire:
dge-wa~daft thar-pa
tgrub-par hdod-pat na dge-bdun he is
dge-hdun who longs for piety and
emancipation:
dge-hdun btsun^pa rnamt bsan-du gtol
I beg the venerable body of monks would
hear me. In this sentence dge-hdun has
271
^•q-цс-1
the general meaning of an assembly of
religious folk. There are in particular two
kinds of dge-hdun*.
so-sor skyebohi dge-hdun the ordinary
clergy, and	hphag$-pahi
dge-hduu the sainted clergy. Four indivi-
duals of the former class collectively,
when they assemble together, form what
is called Saggha-ratua	dge-
hdun dkon-mchog. An individual of the
latter class, t>., the sainted clergy, may
singly form the Saygha-ratna. The
Saygha of the Mahayana School differed
from that of the Hinayana School. In the
Abhisatnaya of Maitreya, twenty classes
of Saqgha are enumerated as belonging to
the Hinayana School. The S'ravaka, Pra-
tyeka Buddha, Bodhisattva and the Dhar-
rnapala, who protect Buddhism, are also
included in the Saygha-ratna.
^’4	rag-lu§-pa wjnftw be-
longing or subject to the church ;
dge-hdun-la ruii-wa	suitable
for the use of the clergy.
dge-hdun skyes=^'^ ri-fo 1.
n. of a medicinal plant; gab-nun
(Min) mystic. 2. n. of a lama.
dge-hdun-gyi du$
belonging to the months following autumn
when the lamas perform religious medita-
tions, &o.
dge-hdun-gyi $de the clerical
order or class of the clergy.
dge-hdun-gyi dben byed-
pa	one who produces differences
or disunion among the clergy ; to produce
such disunion.
Sge-hdun Rgya-mtsho n. of
the Dalai Lama who died in 1851.
Dge-hdun grub-pa the
founder of the hierarchy of the Dalai
Lama.
dge-hdun bsdu-icah-
phyir for the purpose of assembling tho
clergy.
dge-hdun phal-chen-pa the
clergy of the Mahasanghika School.
dge-hdun hphel	n.
of a Buddhist saint; pr. (Schr.; Ta. 278).
*5«T^**W Dge-hdun hban§
n. pr. (Seh.; Ta. 2,127).
*dge-hdun bsrun-wa tfw-
n. of a Buddhist sage pr. (Sehr.; Ta.
2, 104).
dge-ldan — ^Q'bfi dge-wa can
possessed of virtue or of piety; pious.
Dge-ldan-pa a name of the Vl’
Dge-lugs-pa sect of Lamas founded
by Tsong-kha-pa.
5^95 dge-§pyod religious acts; acc. to
the Bon-po 5^1'95 dge-§pyod consists in erect-
ing tombs, images, caitya, painting of
holy personages and printing of the sacred
texts, making moulds of images of gods
and saints, uttering nuintras and, generally,
acquiring moral merits.
dge-phrug pupil-monk; young
boy trained as a novice monk.
^•q-gk’ dge-wa sbyon or dge-sbyon
a religious ascetic. In this term are
included all those who have taken the vows
of renouncement, i.e., mjpqt; so both
dge-tshul and dge-$loft are within
its signification; in the Southern School
only the dge-slon, i.e., the Bhikshu,
can have claim to this title provided they
live in conformity with the rules of the
Vinaya, The qualifications of a dge-$byofi
vr^'4 I
272

are the following:—dul-pa cia&
moral discipline; ^’^*rq^’ cafi (p$-p<L
daft wisdom;	$c/Ej
txhul-khrim$ kyi phufi-po yofi$-su dag-pfr
(hft purity of morals;
йе hdsin-la hjug-pa $e$-pa knowing to реГ*
form Samddhi or meditation.
q q dge-wa $byom-pay explained
S4] q gudge-wa bya§.pd
don-me^-par gshan-la ^grog-pri, to trumpet
or advertize one’s acts of charity ;
gwq dge-wa mi-$byom$-pa Mfnwa^^QT4!
to do virtue secretly, t>., without any
fuss or trumpeting or advert izement.
dge-tcahi dag-nid щтц for-
tune; good luck.
a place of
piety; a pious man.
V)qX’VK’2i dge-wahi dban-po,
q Wf5*ra §nan-fiag mfon-brjocZ
§deb-$byor gsttm-la rnkhas-pa one versed in
poetry, Abhidhana, and in rhetoiic like
the great poet Kshemendra of Kashmir.
dge-wahi rtsa-iea
tekritu-pahi b^kyed-pa
one who has done some religious acts.
5<|'qrw dge-wahi la§	good
actions.
dge-wahi bfe§~
gnen mgu-war bya-ica ^лг(ихпт^гГ
paying reverence, &c., to please a Kalya~
namitra (a Buddhist monk-scholar).
dge-war gyur-cig
good luck to you.
5^’9^ dge-bral	devoid of vir-
tue or piety.
Dgc-sbyon ehcna-po
an epithet of Buddha; 'fvqTtra dfJe~
sbyon It ar bcos-pa	in the
manner of a religious ascetic.
^ 3Сч ^1г”4 Я^ 4 dge-$byofi-du kha^-helw-
wa ’ЧЯЧ-яГёПТ one who has avowed to
betako to the life of a dge-$byoft or Cramana.
dge-$byon byed-pa ,чнлг-^тк^т
the performance of asceticism in the
manner of a Buddhist Cramana:
dge-§byoft byed-pahi eho$-bshi
’WiRiTwr ч’ят:, the four duties of
a true Craw ana, w’hieh are as follows:—(1)
ggehafi-slar mi-g$e war
bya WTWEfl	do not curse others
though you have been abused by thorn;
(2)	khros-kyafi tlar-ma
khro-war-bya	do not
be angry with others though you have been
enraged by them; (3)
чк5 mtzhati-brus kyan $lar-mi bru-war-bya
do not commit injury
to others though you have been injured
by them; (4)	^«j’qvs brdeg-
kyafi $lar mi-brdeg-p>ar bya sferarf^-
cT^TH do not beat others though you have
been beaten by them.
^•|k’W’S)^qv dge-sbyon ma-yiu-par
VW not being а
V| bge-$byor	§5’q eho$ dge-
la$ byed-pa one who has attained to a
stage of holiness by religious devotion
and works:
q^’X mtshan-dus dge-$byor-gyi i*gyun-la
cun-zad gna^-pahi tshe at night when he
was absorbed in the state of pious
devotion (Ya-sel. 11).
dge-mar=z^^bt^un-ma 1. a Bud-
dhist nun. 2, JnfvT peace.
Dge-tshul яячпе generally a
novice-monk; the first stage of a monk
after he has taken the vow of Pratrajya
or renunciation, when he has to observe-

273

thirty-d x vows before he is qualified to be
ordained as a Dge-slon; as long as
he is not admitted into the latter order
he will continue as a Qamanera though
even to eighty years old.
Dge-tshul-ma	a nun
young or old that has not yet taken the
vows of ordination belonging to the order
of Bhiksuni.
dge-mtshan giW^r^r,
lucky omen ; also entertainment, amuse-
ment or amusing;	dgc-mtshan-
can bearing lucky marks.
Dge-gshon a young student who
is studying under a tutor called dge-
tgyan, who is responsible for his education,
behaviour and moral training. He is
required to attend, when necessary, his
monk-tutor as a servant. When he is very
young he is called dge-phrug,
Dge-gyog boy or youth attend-
ing upon a monk and who works with a
view himself to enter the holy order.
When he has passedthe prescribed examin-
ations for admission, he gets the position
of a Dge-gshon.
Dge-lugs-pa. Tsong-kha-pa
founded the monastery of
Dgah-ldan rnam-par rgyal-wahi glin,
situated on the hill called eiqqj-X’M-i ЦЬгод-
ri-bo che, and resided there during the last
part of his life. His school was called
chot-rje Dgah-ldan-pahi
lugs and vulgarly	Dgah-
Idan-pahi-lugs or	Dgah-ldan
lugs-pa, which term has assumed the form
c^-^qprq Dge-lugs-pa {Grub. 5 1).
Ц; £)ge-lugs-pa one belonging
to the sect of Dgai-ldan-pa founded by
Tsong-kha-pa.
V) dge-legs or dge-гса wfl
IJH,	piety; good and auspicious
action.
Syn. bde-legs\ shi-wa; 5^’^
myan-hdas', K'Sfk* re-skon',	gnam-
bskros;	Snon-bsags-mthu; P’l
kha-rje;	rab-bsnags;	skal-
wahiphuT,	bsnags-hos;
gid bshin-hgntb',	bde-ivahi
hbyun-gnas', rab-shi\ legs-ldan9,
hun-tshogs {Mnon.).
dge-legs-ean	blessed;
glorious.
Dge-legs dpal-bzafi=
Mkhas-grub rje {Schr.; Org.
105, 5).
*5<|	Dge-legs b^es-ghen
{Sehr.; Ta. 2, 211) a good coun-
sellor ; a pious Buddhist monk.
Vl’-^ dge-fis^^9, ^'q^q-^’q dge-гса
dan ps-pa piety and blessedness.
Dge-bfes	a con-
traction of ^^'^^'^^dge-wahibges-gnen,
a Buddhist gelong who has mastered meta-
physics and the important branches of
sacred literature. Monks, also, who have
got the titles of	Rab-hbyanis-pa,
Rdo-rams-pa, &c., are by courtesy
addressed with the title of V) Dge-b^es
; others who lead a pure life and
are possessed of learning and good charac-
ter are also generally addressed as
Dge-byes, i.e.,	Dge-wahi b$es~
gnen.
i: dge-sruft WW n. pr.
{Sehr.^Ta. 2, 219).
* и:	{Sehr.; Bull.
1848, 292).
36

274
Dgc-glofl	a Bud-
dhist monk who after finishing his proba-
tionary period in a monastery has been
ordained into tho highest order. He has to
observe 253 vows.
among gelong
there are two classes : para mdrtha Bhiksu
and Sanwrti Bhiksu. The following seven,
i.e., Buddha and Bodhisattva, Pratyeka
Buddha, Arhats, such saints as on account
of their pious acts will not be born again or
will be born only once, thoso wrho have
attained to the stage of Srotdpanna, i.e.,
gone on the path of Nirvdna, belong to the
higher class or Paramartha Bhiksu. These
or some of these while even they reside in
human habitation, being possessed of
divine knowledge and wisdom, continue
in the class of Paramartha Bhiksu.
Ordinary gelong or Bhiksu, such as wear
tho yellow garments, have shaven their
heads and betaken to tho life of Pravrajya
or renunciation of all worldly concerns,
and observe the vow belonging to the
order, are called Safnrrti Bhiksu.
dge-slo^-du mi-run-tca,
dge-$lon ma-yin-pa ono
unworthy the position of a gelong.
Dge-$lon-ma firwt an ordained
nun ; she has 364 vows or restrictions to
observe;	dge-$lon-ma sun-
ph у и fi-tea	one who finds fault
with or slanders a Buddhist nun.
dge-§lon-fin acc. to Ja. is a
provincial name for the (Cedrus deodara)
Deodar tree.
Dge-slob-ma	a pupil
monk; one who is preparing himself for
t>eing admitted into the higher order.
5^1
• cjgeft.-l(i, more properly ’Seflc- '5*
tfgafi-la on; upon; in; at (in Ts., Ja.).
dger-ica=^'4 gyo-wa to parch
or fry (food);	to fry pastry.
dgcr~hbad—*fttW*A\ dge-wa la-
hlad to exert one’s self in acts of piety;
a pious man.
dgyes-pa or
mne$-pa or vyvn dguh-wa delighted,
pleased or cheered.
Dge$-pa Rdo-rje, also written
as	Dgye$-pa Rdo-rje, name of
the Tantrik deity Пе-vajra:
rnal-hbyor-
gyi dicafi-phyug dgc§-pa Rdo-rje shal-gzig^-
pa he saw (miraculously) the faee of the
deity I>ge$-pa Rdo-rje, tho Chief of the
Nabjor (J. 28).
dgo-wa a species of antelope
living on high mountains, Procapra pieti-
caudata (Hodgson); eolloq. “go-d ” Mongol;
gura. dgo-tca-ma, female of the above
(Cs.):	dgo-wohi rba-hi
hkhru^wa ffcod tho horn of the до-d taken
as medicine cures diarrhoea.
+ ^’^'q dgog-du phy in-pa 1. ДЩ-
to become aged, 2. acc. Be#.
4 Ikog-tu phyin-pa.
Syn. 3j*r« rgas-pa {Mnon.).
dgog-pa abstraction:
dgog-pahi §nom$-hjug ces-pa
sat perfectly abstracted, being absorbed in
meditation on the emptiness of all worldly
things.
dgon-rgyu Ha opinion.
dgofi-mo or	dgofi$-mo
нЬч the evening; the junction of
I
275
[
the day and the night; S/Y’faphyi-
dro nin-mohi mt hah the evening which is
the end of the day (Rtsii.) ;
evening tea ; 5^’^4 dgoti-shog evening
and morning.
dgoti$-$kor leave in general; also
leave (from a superior official); suing some-
body in a court to do him harm.
адресу q dgoti$-hgal med-pa^^^'
g'q^yq thugs khro-wa mcd-pa without
incurring displeasure, or displeasing.
dgoti$-bead judgment; deci-
sion on any case or law-suit.
dgotis-pa 1: 1. vb. to think,
reflect, meditate, consider: 2. sbst. the
act of thinking, reflection, cogitation.
thug$-dgofa=^^\ wish,
consideration;	mnam-pa
nid la dgoti$-pa to take one as his equal
or as a match for him; ^r^yor^wq
to think of or at other times; ч]Я’.м|’ч|^у
q-^fjE^rq to think of another person;
*py«r^jwq to reflect on some other object
or business; ^ffwq’jgorq dgoti§-pa khrel-
wa resp.	khon-khro zq-wa to
become angry; to take offence ;
bkah-las nam-yan
mi hdah-shin dgoti$-pa khrcl-wa never to
be disobedient and to be angry (Ya-sel.
16):	dgotis-phyogs ma-log-
na if his opinion does not change.
^(|КЗГЦ II: Ywsvb. to purpose,
intend; usually with termin. of the inf.
^4wqv<$w3 intended to fight.
dgoti$ phyogt-ri to be
partial; to act with partiality.
dgons-mo—tfa'ti dgoi-mo
night.
^Едгцд<ч dgotis-hbrel	com-
mentary.
dgotis-shu to ask for leave or
permission to do any thing.
е^елгяч dgoti$-zab serious consideration;
as very important.
I: dgod-par pr. tense, v^PT, VHU
to laugh; laughter.
S-^/Я II; a jest; joke (&/>.); of.
qsjyq bgad-pa;	bde-wa la
dgod-kyin hdug laughing, being in
happiness ;	g^i-mo dgod-
kyin hdug laughing a loud laughter.
dgod-yas (5]ЗД gratis) W n.
of a very large number.
dgod-ra “
T V^’ dgod-ra-la hkhor rnams ma htsham-
par rtsod-cin (Yig. %8).
+vfav dgon-dun
chu-med-pahi sa-phy ogs a desert; a desolate
wilderness where there is no water.
dgon-pa (pr. “дот-pa”) or
dgon W, qn5HTT, sist 1. wilderness; soli-
taryplace, waved-leaf fig-tree. Hence 2. a
vihara; a monastery, a hermitage, so called
on account of its original situation in
earlier times in lonely places abounding
in Bodhi trees. A дот-pa should be
situated at least a thousand yards distant
from a village or town (K. du. <*, 30k).
Later on these hermitages became
converted into monasteries. Monasteries
in later times assumed the size of large
castles and collections of dwelling houses.
Syn.	ehos-kyi hdun-sa
chos-kyi tshon-brdal-)	klog-
grbahi-gnas;	mkhas-pahi
276
kbyun-gna^,	cho^-kyi phur-bu;
hdul-wahi-gna^ (Mnon,).
5^'qq dgon-pa-pa wn?®4> one residing
in the wilderness, or in a hermitage or
g'bmpa;	gfcon-pa-им a female of
tho above.
5^>ЧЙ dgon-gshi landed endowments
of a monastery; an estate belonging to a
monastery for the support of its monks.
dgol (prob, for S?’! dgrol) 5f
$na-re b$du$ kyafi $na-re dgol
when some are collected, others disperse.
dgo$-nes urgent necessity;
urgently needed.
dgo$-eha necessary objects; in-
dispensablos.
1, dgos-hdo# necessary
expenses; what is wished for as very
necessary (Cs.). 2.	wishes and
wants:	dgo$-hdod
hbyun-wahi dpil a treasure out of which
all wishes aud wants are met.
^’4 I: dgos-pa (goi-pa) vutspf,
implies necessity and what is due
or desired; to be necessary; to bo obliged
or compelled; to want; to stand in need of;
also where we use ‘ ought’ dgos is generally
u^ed added to the verbal root, e.g.,
must cat:	na-la dgos I want ; I
stand in need of : ^'^'5’5^ ei-shig-tu
dgos for what purpose did he want them ?
bshens-ma~dgo§ he was not
obliged to erect. In commanding, the
word is used to paraphrase tho imperative
of a verb: Kq’qv^N hon-war gdo$ eome!
f'z., you must eome. In entreating, the
respectful term is chosen: *3^’5^ hbyoii-
dgos should practise good works:
^farq^ na-la gyu dgo$-pa med I have no
use for the turquoise, I do not want it.
и : necessary; due ; needful;
useful;	med-kyat dgo$-
pi hi khral b$dud a tax necessary to be
paid; unrelentingly exacted: «m’er^^qS’
the portion due to you:
for what purpose? ^Kq^czq? being of
little use;	dgos-pa-med not neces-
sary :	dgos-pa-yin it is requisite;
S’^prq mi-dgo$-pa useless; unnecessary;
mi-dgos-pahi phra-men perni-
cious witch-craft;	‘^’qgq’g dgo$-pahi
b^lib-bya useful doctrines; 5^’95 dgo$-
byed useful:	don-dgo$-byed
ci-hdagwhoi is there in it of useful con-
tents.
53‘53 agye-dgye = ^'^'ffi4'^'^'^ mgo-
rgyab-phyogs-su dgye-wa to bend the head
backwards.
-s
dgye-wa to bend; to be curving
or crooked; 53^’53'a dbyibs dgye-wa
stooping ; cringing; writhing : «’^5 JA'gqj*’’
S34 ma-^dod rgydb p)hyog$-8u dgye-wa
don’t wait, turn and go away: 53’53A^’gc/
*dgye-dgye-wahi braft-ma-$ton do not
stretch or heave up the breast by bending
or stooping backwards. 53*’53*’2'STC^'4
dgur dgur-gyi phyag htshal salutation by
bending the head low.
53dgye-wo a bent man.
"s
ssvq dgycr-waox g|’53*’4 gludgyer-
wa for gl'^yq glu len-pa to sing, chant; an
expression of the Bon-po.
554’q dgyel-wa ox g^’4 §gyel-wa to fall
down, tumble down.
dgye$-pa (ge~pa) (elegant term)
50|q'q dgah-wa ff’US 1. to rejoice; to be
451
277	I
glad; also cheerfulness: S^pvSS*’4 thugs-
dgpe§-pathe heart cheered:
rje-btsun Bla-ma dgyes-pahi
hdsum-dkar-can the reverend lama smiled
with cheerfulness. 2. to be pleased to; to
choose:	the Lord
in walking is pleased, ?>., likes to walk.
^’53^ mi-dgyes-te sorrowful, sad, dis-
comfited, dejected; angry, indignant.
’it Dgyes-pa Rdo-rje the Tantrik
god called He Vajra; his other names
are:—Dpal-ldan khrag
hthun he-ra-ka; SSSX'it Dpyid Rdo-rje;
Rdo-rje gri-gug; Xer^’^ Rol-pahi
Rdo-rje; ЗГ^'1 Kye Rdo-rje (Mnon.).
dgyes-pahi rdo-rje.
rgyan-kyi §nin-po	(Schr.; Td. 2,
192, 275) n. of a Tantra work.
dgyes-shal cheerful countenance:
туиг-гсаг dgycs
shal dno§-mjal shu chog-pa may soon be
permitted to have an interview ; may meet
or see your cheerful countenance soon.
dgyes-su hjug-pa to bend;
to double down (Sc7l), v. dge-ica.
551 dgra (da) also S3’X dgra-wo
ftg,	enemy;
foe;	hchi-dgra	mortal	enemy;
ЧГ5Э	sdah-wahi-dgra	the	hating	enemy,
opp.	byams-pahi-дпеП) the loving
friend;	da-dgra	or	da-ltahi
dgra present enemy; g’^2J sfia-dgra former
enemy; B’SHJ phyi-dgra a future foe; more
properly the outer enemy, i.e.y an ordinary
enemy, not the inner foe; also a foreign
enemy.
Syn. ^'§5 sdafi-bycd;	hkh^n-
hdsin;	b$es mi-byed; mdsah
bra I;	mdsah-mcd;	pha-rol-po;
phyir-rgol;	phas-kyi rgol
tva; dgra-zla; hgran-zla; ^’§5
hkhu-byed (Mnon.).
dgra-khan an enemy’s house or
camp.
dgra-gafc=A’^ wa-gam WIM;
a dome, a turret built on the top of
a castle.
Dgra-fian	bad or ungene-
rous enemy; a name of the king of the
Kaurava, son of Lhrtarastra.
Dgra-bcom-pa
dgra-Ьсот tshar-wa one
who has subdued his enemy; one who has
subdued his inner enemy (that brings
on sufferings) and by practising religion
becomes an Arhat of the Mahayana
School. The Arhat of the Mahayana
School is he who has attained to the first
stage of Bodhisattva perfections. An Arhat
of the Tantrik School is one who has
attained to the fourth order in the five
orders of the Tantrik • School, i.e.,
rdsogs rim-gyi rim-pa bshi-pa.
Dgra-bcom-pa gsod-pa
killing of an Arhat or Buddhist
saint.
dgra-chas the equipments of war;
weapons; arms.
dgra-hjoms	one who
has subdued his enemy; subduing the
enemy.
dgra hjoms-pa
killer or subduer of one’s enemy.
* dgra-nams	(Schr.; Ka-
lac. T. 110) destruction of the enemy.
dgra nams-par gyur-cig
(let the enemy be destroyed or in-
juriously dealt with).

278

531'^ dgra-bo (da-o) enemy: “<4^4**ST
^•ууапиЕг,	^’^52]
sw-svs^, ад-й-дк^у^'^ to whatever
enemy one does good with an unruffled
mind, even to him all tho enemies also
will show reverence.
S31'$ dgra-lha the war-god.
53	dgra-lha dpafi-bstod hymns
to the war-god; religious sendee for tho
war-god.
52Г? dgra-^ia xroj an axo tho blado of
which is semi-circular; a sector-like disk ;
a weapon of war.
Syn. ?$ta-re ; 52Г? dgra-$ta; tho-wa
(Mfion.).
52Tf’^ dgra-^t'i-can
frightful.
dgra-^ta-wa	one who
holds the axe (such as Paras'ur&ma).
УЗГУТ4 dgra-dag-pa fH^JTcK giving
pains; taking vengeance on an enemy.
52J'X°< dgra-rdd (Rtsii. 51.).
dgra hdul-wa	to sub-
due an enemy.
dgra-wo gdun-wa JrsFflU, f^4-
’НЧ one who has destroyed his enemy;
lit. foe-paining.
53Г§УЧ dgra-byed-pa,	dgra [dafi-
wa, laft-wa to act in a hostile manner.
55’^ dgra-zon always on guard; careful.
S3T3 dgra-zla (53'^ 3 ^ dgra-bohi zla
bo)	rival; opponent; adversary.
dgra-yi khyim
(Schr.; Kalac. T. 187) the enemy’s house.
yU'WjoTA dgra-la$ rgyal-wa ftraifk,
triumphant over an enemy.
53dgoa-$ag$ a substitute in cattle
supplied for killing another’s horse, yak or
sheep, etc.:
if you cannot give a substitute do not call
Die by my name.
$gra $lon-wa to search for one’s
enemy.
dgra-gsod dpah-wo
dkar-po — ^'^ да-bur <5x camphor (Sman.
107).
dgrad-рт. (da-pa) spread.
УД dgrwi-zla (dan-da) = 53 3 dgra-bo
or dgra-zli enemy; adversary; rival;
foe (ДГио».).
53яч dgram-pa (dam-pa) fut. of
hgrem-pa	me-iog dgram-pa W4-
flowers to be strewn; 53*** dgram$
that which is to be arranged or sot out.
dgrar scm$-pa hdsin-pa to
look upon ono as an enemy.
dgrofi-pa resp. of ^*4 fi-wa
to die; da dgrofi-gin hdug now ho is dying.
Мкч dgrol-wa, fut. of hgrol-wa
to set free; also free-will;
ггёыгчуф! bcin^dgrol a knot or tio loosened.
bgag-pa pf. tense of
hgegs-pa,
bgag^-su gyur-pahi (cha bshag-pa) rag lu$-pa
settled or decided upon obstructing or
hindering, opposing, etc.;
fam-sogs bgags-pa sfaw obstructed the road.
bgad-pa to laugh; a laugh;
ч^уЙ*ч^уц bgad-mu bgad-pa id. cf.
dgod; bzhad-gad ^nr^vrfn a smile;
laughter.
bgam-pa to eat; to gobble;
to throw into the mouth.
It bgegs ^ч|ч gegs a demon.
^‘чР’><|ГЛ’ЗЦц'ф*г315 bgegs-la
I
279
^№4
gaft-zag daft-gaft zag-ma yin-pa giiis-yod the
bgegs are of two classes, those mortal and
those spirit-like; these cause hinderance,
obstruction.	bgegs-kyi rgyal-
po vi-na-уа-ка, Ganes'a, the remover
of obstacles, the leader of the Qana—class
of demons.
II:	fra hinderance;
obstacle;	bgegs-kyi rgyal-po
is the chief of the evil spirits who
are of 80,000 different kinds. Some cause
heavy rains, hail storms, etc., to injure the
crops; some bring on famine and so on.
bgegs-kyi bdag-mo
a goddess.
bgegs bag-pa s]X5’4^
gnod-pahi hdre§ $g rib-pa-la
bdi-lo bgegs
bag-pa min-na ehuft-wahi hjam-pa tsam-
hdug-ruft (Rtsii.),
bgegs byed-pa sfwre, fiwnc
that which causes obstruction; to cause
obstruction.
bgegs sel-wa; skyonsel-
wa to remove obstruction, calamity, disease,
epidemic, &c.:
nan-lam shags-miyoft-wahiched-du bgegs-
sel performed some religious ceremonies
that no mishap may occur on the way,
etc. (Rtsii. 65).
Ьдо-skal so-sohi-eha нтзт,
<пп< VcTO portion ; a kinsman or
claimant. 1. iXB’WiJ’ctffjX'aj the portion
or lot on account of one’s former acts;
also share, lot. 2. the doctrine of strict
retribution.
bgo-skal-la sbyod-pa
nan-gis gaft-thob pahi-
ikal-ua de~la $pyod-pa) ^RTK-^rarf to
enjoy one’s own share.
I: Ъдо-wa w clothes ; clothing;
bgo-wa daft bzah-wa food and
clothes (Ja.).
qSj’A II: 1. to put on clothes, pf.
imp. bgo$;	lham-rtag-tu
bgos always wear shoes. 2. suhst. apparel,
etc. :	bgo-tea nan-pa
III: fut. of bgod-pa.
bgo-bya dividend; the number or
quantity to be divided.
b	Ьа-gam also the
parapet on the roof of a house; a square
turret от castellated room on the top of a
castle : $4’^’
“ it is applied to a building four-cornered
in shape with an edge of crockets on the
top.”
bgo-bqa—bgo-bgah or «йрЧ4*
bgo-skal, fffWTT,
bgo-bgah byed-pa to distri-
bute, allot, apportion. Often also
qSjv4 bgod-pa, fut. pf. bgo$
WV, to divide; nor-bgo-wa
to divide property; to divide in ciphering
а 5ЗД grafts number; to distribute
into shares;	among people.
A^'q-q bgod-pa-po the divider;
bgod-byed divisor.
bgod-ya$ 1. protection.
2. n. of a number (8. Lea.).
bgod-ra apportionment ; share :
naft-zan gtan §dod rnam§-la $%om§-brdad
yeft-yoft-wahi bgod-ra byed divide every-

280

thing (that is left over) equally among
the permanent residents of the family, &e.
(Rtsii. 61).
bgom-bya хщ way; road.
bgom$-pa ^r^f, nth, also
«tfprq b gom-pa, to walk, to step, to stride,
to pace :	stepped over the
threshold, ч^яч^ч to pace; to walk slowly,
q^ bgor, supine of bgo-wa.
q^4 ^gor-wa or hgor-wa (CsT)',
qiw^43fjX lani-du hgor to linger or loiter in
the way; delay.
qqjE^’q
Ьдуап$-ра, v. Jc4 rgyon-гса.
bgyid-pa, pf. «дц bgyi$, fut.
bgyi, imp. SN gyi$. Is elegant form of
TOT: 1. to do; to act; to perform.
2. to make; to manufacture:
the images regarding which there
had been said, ‘make them,’ i>., the
bespoken, ordered images (Ja.). wqjfrq
to do a work; q^4^Y^‘4gX according
to order, it will be done;
to act the disciple ; to be a disciple.
й'о|’«т]^чч§^ J have hurt the man; I have
done him harm;	make, bring
it about, that a child bo (bom) :
д*г2|ч] rgyal-po та-nor gyi§ gig see that you
do not let tho prince escape; ^ч§ч the
so-called (Ja.).
43N Ъдуч 2^, a deed, act.
^yer-wa, past, of hgyer-
era, ч*гХч]
ejaculating ; chanting : 4|Nq’g4j*rg'?4^Yqv
accordingly in
the chanting of the Mantra, there was some
mistake (Л- 66).
nqpv bgraii to number; figure.
bgrafi-rtogs n. of a very great
number (Ya-seL 57).
qjp.4jq bgrafl-hphyes n. of a great num-
ber; чдсч^м bgrafi hphyo$ n. of a great
number occurring in the passage Ч^ч^м*
ч^ч^цчч^цч bgrafi-gphyot bgran-hphye$-
la b$gre$-pa (Ya-sel. 57).
kgrafi-bphrefi WnHMT, 9ПГНКЙГ
rosary-beads.
qgc/q bgrafi-wa *rfw to number, count,
calculate:	hphraft-wa bgrafi-wa
bya should count the beads of his rosary.
b graft-wa у aft трципНч even
counting.
bgraft-bya what may be
numbered; numberable—years, time.
bgraft-yal low; n. of a
great number (S. Lex.).
q^x^fa’ bgraft-yol 4^4 that cannot be
measured:	чадч^м bgraft-
yol gni$ dan mi-mjal gni$ (Ya-sel. 57).
qjwq bgrafy-pa Д capable of
being counted.
чд^цч’^ч^ч bgrafi$-pa la hda^-pa 7П5-
that is past counting.
гЯК’Ч bgra$-pa=Y gdafts-pa
to open wide ; й^ч^ч mig-Ъgrad-pa to
stare ; to goggle ;	kha-bgrad-pa
to gape;	rkafi-pa bgrad-pa to
part the legs wide; to straddle. 2. to
scratch (Sch.), spelt more correctly
hbrad-pa (Jd.).
bgram-pa W separated;
anxious.
qf]«rq bgril-wa to fall down; to drop
down: spt/arqljai fell into the abyss
{Situ. 74).

281

bgrun-wa or	£(/nd?$, = ^W
dbafis-su bcug-pa to strain; to depu-
rate ;	Ц chu-yi rfiog-ma
dvafis-su bcug-pa to strain the impurities
out of water.
bgrud-pa, pf. bgrus, fut.
to clear of husks; to shell; Q5^'
bgru$-pahi hbras husked rice.
-s
qgj’q bgre-wa resp. ч r gas-pa or *3*1
bgreSy old; grown in age.
Syn. ’^’4ргч па-so rga§-pa old; sqj^rq
bgre$-po; JjV2! rgad-po or ^'5 rgau-po
(Mnon.).
4HF’ bgreft occasionally for 1. ^’4
sgefi-wa; 2. чдс’ч bgrafi-iva.
bgrcn-phrefi отчит^т a rosary
to count the names of saints, Buddhas, &c.
чз;уч bgren-pa (den-pa), v. ч?]уч £#ген-
pa (Sch.),
bgro (do) ЗлЪг a song.
s3j‘gj^4 bgro-glcn~pa=gros-byed-
pa to argue, discuss:
khon-gi grbc-pa mkhas-shig
lha-rje-la bgro-gleg byed-du by un-st e one of
his learned scholars having come to confer
with Lharje (Deb. 8).
ЧУ’П bgro-wa (do-ica) (pf. bgro$),
resp.	bkah-gro$ with 8)^*4 glen-a: a
1. to argue, discuss, confer with, consider:
she§ phan-tshun-du bgros-
na§ thus mutually discussing;
ji-ltar-bya shes bgro§-na$ deliberat-
ing what they should do. 2. to resolve,
decide.
Ьдго-wahi khan-pa —
I4*’4 glu-dbyan$-kyi khan-pa	the
stage; a music booth.
^5^ 4 bgrofi-wa (dofi-wa)^^*^ bgran-
wa to count (<7a.).
°?S bgrod (doi) 1. progress; gait
(Schr.; Kalac. T 25); going. 2. it also
signifiesthe number 2 (Rtsii.). чфуу^’ч
bgrod-dkah-ica	difficult progress;
difficult to pass;	bgrod-dkah-
wahi guas a wilderness; a place or
desert which is difficult to traverse; q$S’
УЛ^ч^я bgrod-dkah-wahi lam	a
difficult passage; an inaccessible path.
а^'Я <rrfir, 1. to walk; to
get over; wander: ч^уогы^ bgrod-la-phan
is useful in getting along. ‘ЧЯ’л^уч lam-
bg rod-pa to travel over; to get through :
ф'Q?yqvy»|4’q chu-bgrod-par dkah-wa a
river difficult to cross. 2. declination ;	;
ni-ma Iho-bgrod the sun’s going
to the south; the sun’s south declination ;
byan-bgrot} the sun’s north declina-
tion ; 45y^r<ify*i bgrod-du§ gni§ both
declinations; 9У^У^’ч5уч bud-med-la
bgrod-pa to lie with a woman (Cs.).
bgrod-bya (doi-ja) WM a road in
general; met. a woman (Mnon.).
bgrod-ya$	walking; a
mover (Lex.).
bgrod-lam 1. a road; passage.
2. met. the female organ (M^on.).
bgros (doi) = bkah-gro$ con-
ference, consultation (Situ. 75);
bgro^an bya§ made conspiracy; hold-
ing unlawful conference:
у ail san-niu khon-gnis
kyi$ bgros-йап byas-pas (Rdsa. 14) again
yesterday both of them held evil confer-
ence.
wgar the work or craft of a smith;
gser-mgar goldsmith.
37
^\’CJ I
282
ЭД
тпдаг-khan or	rngar-sa
smith}'.
Mgar-khri sgra-dsi thun\
и. of a celebrated minister of Tibet.
mg ir-tpyod (gar-choi)
the practice or craft of a smith.
mgar-wa ^hwnc,
Sirr, чгц^ктх blacksmith; one of low caste.
Syn. ?4j4’ql q kags-bzo-pa ; g^'w^vq
leag^w.gar wa\	mtshon-cha-
mkhan ; ^'л’^ rdeg-cha-Ynkhan \Д1поп.).
^Д]4^'Д)34q Mgar-rtsan gnah Idom-ba
n. of the celebrated minister Gar of Tibet,
who was sent to China to negotiate for
the marriage of the daughter of emperor
Than Tai-tsung with his master king
Sroil-btsan $gam-po.
ЯЧрГЛ mgal-wa jaw; jaw-bone; «г«Др1
ya-mgal the upper jaw-bone; *дрГ4 mgal-
wa or ini-rngil the lower jaw-bone.
In colloq. both jaws together are called **
w'qJ yu-b mi-le. ыдрг®Д| mgal-chag a broken
jaw-bone; *Дргд5 mgal-bud a dislocated
jaw-bone.
«дрг^* mgal-dum	a large piece
of wood split or cut, or half burnt.
mgal-pa or *дрг<г hg d-p / a billet
of wood.
ядргй mgal-w>	fire-brand; torch
consisting of long chips of wood.
unjoi’^'q^fk-q mgal-ny bskor-ica
to whirl round a fire-brand.
mgal-mchi hkhor-lo a circle
of light produced by whirling round a fire-
brand.
(j3 (Schr.; Kalac. T. 3).
L satisfied]^.
mgu-wa mw?H,
1. to rejoice; to be glad, joyful,
content; *3'^* mgu-nqs delighted: *3’4$’
mgiL-wahi Ian ma-byufi did not
receive a gratifying or satisfactory answer.
2. to exhilarate; to gladden; to make
content. S4^’S34 dgah-dgtt-u'ci,
«sC.’q dgah-dgu ran-wa, *q’q’S'4 mgu-wa
bya-wa ’tfnrawr are frq. intensive forms
to express joy or exultation in the older
classics.
Syn. VT*’4 (fgah-wa (Mnon.).
mgur 1.==*3’4*ч rygu-war. 2.
W throat; neck; that which eomes out of
the *5^ юдиг is called a *5^ я mgur-ma, a
song: t'q^’^*^ *5^ rje-btsun mi-lahi mgur
tho venerable Hila’s songs. 3. voice;
*5*’^ 4 mgur-snan-pa, sweet voice; harmo-
nious voice. 4. song, air, melody; hence
a religious song. Used as honorific form
for Я, especially in Milarapa, each of
tho doctrinal ditties in that work being
preceded by the words	he
uttered this song.
mgur-chu,	mchod
rten-gyi bum-gdan tho pedestal on which
the cupola of a chaitya rests.
*3^ *1^** q mgur-du gsunt-pa anything
sung or put into verse.
*	3*Лв mgur	mgul-rgyan
ornament worn round the neck (Mfton.).
rngur-hbum the hundred thou-
sand sacred songs; name of one of Mila-
ra§pa’s two great works, which are
both interwoven with numerous religious
songs.
*	3^’4 wigur-sho or й’4 se-wa 24; of the
weight of 24 rattee; a weight equal to
7j (§kar-ina

283
mgur-bsal-wa 1. to deliver
a song with emphasis. 2. to clear the
throat; to hawk; to hem (Ja.).
*	3^ тдит-lha a god of hunting with
the Mongol Shamans (&Л.).
mgur-lha mched-bshi the
four brothers (sylvan gods) from whom
the four great tribes of Tibet are said to
have originated.
зге, irtar,
neck; throat; resp. for mgrin-pa\
nig и I-du hdogs-pa to tie,
fasten on the neck, e.g., magic objects;
ran-gi mgi<l-pa gcod-pa
to cut one’s own throat; to commit sui-
cide, suicidal; «g^rq’^r^g^q ^gui-pa nu§
hkhyud-рл to fall on a person’s neck; to
embrace; sjgera'^VA^’q or to seine by
the throat.
Syn.”^ §ke; ^J^q mgrin-pw; ядя mgur;
mgo-rten ; rngo-hdsin ; resp.
frq)5j$rq ri-mo gsum-pa;	dun-
hdrahi mgrin ; g*rqqwjor^ lum-pahi mgul-
can (Mnon.).
mgul-glu, resp. Д glu, ^<5д,я?г
Tshan§-dbyans rgya mtshohi
mgul-glu, n. of a work of the second Dalai
Lama T4ian-dbyan§ rgya-mtsho.
mgul-rgyan	neck-
lace ; a neck ornament.
Syn.	mgrin-pihi rgyan,
<3 mgur-na spa; skehi-rgyan; *4д°г
q5’j^ njgiil-pihi-rgyan (Mnon.).
mgul-snon = mgrin-snon
1. he with a blue neck.
2. a peacock.
'^y|Vq mgul-chin dkar-pa a white
neck-cloth.
tngul-chun a small amulet wo:n
on the neck*
mgal-dar or dpah-dur 1.
a silk scarf tied round the neck as a badge
of honour. 2. the shoulder of a moun-
tain ;	gyon-mgid na on the left
slope (Ja.).
mgul-gdub ^4 the neck-
bangle or necklace worn by the Indians.
*^4’<YS mgul-nad disease of the throat.
wprqrhj^ mgul-pahi-rgyan^9^'^ mgul-
rgyan or	mgrin-pahi rgyan
(Mnon.).
емдчЛя nigiil-rih a long neck.
nigehu same as mgohu, v.
w/70.
I: mgo ftn?.,
the head:	mgo-hjog-pas
lus-q '8 by the movement of the head the
body is known;	mgo-la
mc-hbar-wd [ta-bu	as if
glowing with fire on his head.	mgo-
rus жчтчГ the hoad-bone; frontal bone;
myo lon-bu Ita-bu a head
like that of an ass: H'|p'^5
wgO’Sgyur slog-slog bsdad-hdug he sat (at
times) bending his head (Rdsa.).
1. summit, height, top:
tOpg were covered with
snow. 2. first place; principal part;
^‘§5‘q mgo-byed-pa to lead; to command ;
to be at tho head of; 55‘flt^q dicu-mdsad-pa
to inspect, look after, superintend, control:
g«^xr|-^-5<4]-g5*q4'^’Wq bu-mo shig-gis
mgo-byed-pahi mi-man-po a number of
(labouring) people were superintended
by a girl (tho farmer’s daughter) (Jii.).
3. beginning:	gros-mgo the begin-
ning of a consultation. ^g^ q nigo-
hdsug-pa to begin:	bod
sdug-pahi mgo-hdsug that was the
beginning of the misfortunes of Tibet;
5^|
284

brtun-gyi ^kgid-mgo
d<-mi$ txhugs with this my constant good
fortune commenced; lo-rngo h at
the beginning of the year; mgo-na$
from the beginning. 4. in grammar a
super'Cribed s, et?; л] ra-wtgohi
kt; *i к with r superscribed;
de-rnam$ bas-phul sa-rngohi
k'lho these are the words beginning with
ч «л] к (Jaty
III:	n. of a constellation
(the oth^ consisting of stars resembling the
head of an antelope.
Syn.	ri-dbag$-ingo\
m(jo-$kycs; $mal-po\ 8 zh-$kye$
5JS мдо-ккн! the brain.
«¥•5^ mgo-dkgH colloq. crown of the
head; vertex.
mgo-$kor imposture, deceit:
5	bdud-kyi mgo-skor d^ fat-
ini-hdod I detest these diabolical tricks
pA. .
njgo-skor-u’tt to cheat, swindle,
confuse;	mi-mgo ma-$kor do not
cheat people.
*^’55'4 nigo dgu-tra=^*<b dgur-wa-=.
q dgu-ua.
mgo-skya a gray head;
n gn-sky(t-((tn a gray-headed pers3n.
mgo-§kye^ v. mgo hi.
mgo-§kyc§ dkar-ira=^'4
rggaii-pti or rgyi§-pa an old man;
gray hairs (Mnon.)".
5mgo-$kyon or rpgo-hdren
a protector; patron.
mgo-$kyob-=W*\ r mog a helmet.
^ 0 vngo-khra (go-tha) scald-head.
mgo-mkhregz-ctin (go-theg-
ehen} obstinate, pertinacious, stubborn, esp.
in buying and bartering; selfish; bargain-
ing; haggling.
mgo-rgyan	1.
head ornament 2. n. of a place in Tibet.
мдо-lji yog-pt *p5s3uft a
heavy head.
mgo-ilal hair of the head.
rngo-nog bewildered, confused;
troublesome:	da-re^-kyi
bytt-wu hdi-mgo nog work at these times is
very troublesome (tydsa. 26).
mgo-mnam-gsum the three
things of simultaneous occurrence; they
are :—(1)	hchi-wa dran-
pt rgyud-l:t $ky $-p t the thought of death
arising in the mind ; (2) &
tshi-hdi blo$-thon$-w(t renouncing of
worldly affairs; (3) chos-bytd-pa to
practise religion. The contrary of the
three are the following:—(!)
mi-hchi-$“tam-pa the thought that one
will not die ; (2) 2'4^	tuhe-hdi-bi
hthams-pa to remain attached to worldly
affairs; (3)	§dig-pa byed-pt com-
mission of sin (Lo. 1/5).
rngo-b^nttn	stiff-
neck.
mgo-btugs shu-ica to seek
protection under one who is superior to
himself; to seek refuge under such.
mgo-rtug-chod-jyi one who
can give decided advice.
5^ mgo-rtan that on which the head
rests, i.e.y the throat or mgo-hdsin
that holds the head; the neck (Mnon.).
mgo-stofi a giddy-headed man; an
idiot; one who cannot think for himself.

285

*4 З4!	= hdra-hdra an
equal, a match, a rival.
яЗуУ^ mgo-thod top or crown of
the head; on the summit.
я^*У^*ч nigo-thon-pa one who by his
own ability can direct others.
я^рУя'ч mgo-hthom-pa confounded.
^0-Affo»-jt>7=^^'§V4 mgo-
hdren byed-pa to favour, preserve, make
safe: 5*1 Ч
all the properties of four Upasakas he caused
to be kept secure (Л. 22).
я^Л тдо-па headache.
mgo-nan, У*ГЯ thog-ma ЭДН first,
foremost.
я^’^ч] mgo-ibug the head together with
the moat of a slain goat, sheep or yak, &c.
я^'ц mgo-wa f>T<: the head.
[я^'У w^o-6o = UJ<'qq1^^4] yan~hg mehog
the chief of the limbs of the body
(Шоп.) : Я^’У	Й S) 5qc.’W*R§4
he who has a round head resembling an
umbrella becomes a lord of men.
я^У mgo-wo spyi-ther-wa a bald-
head.
jq-^qg^ xngo mi-b§gyur и srh'Hl^
does not change his residence or head-
quarters.
«tffЗгчрУч] mgo-mo-gyog head-cover.
я^я'чя’«fyq mgo-smos-pa§ до-гса=§^ *5’
чр ч	citn-zad fab-pa tsam~kyis до-
ма to easily perceive the meaning from a
slight movement of the head.
я^'Уч, mgo-tsog round protuberant head:
on the heads of
whatsoever things that may be round.
я^чй^ mgo-hdsin fipftftfx the head of
an office, or work-leader.
^4g4j-q mgo-hdsug-pa to begin
(a work or subject, etc.).
Я’Зга’А mgo-zla-wa Hnrfrn?., яМзйч
November-December of Indian calendar.
The eleventh month of the Tibetan
calendar.
я^'^я mgo-zlum (go-dttm) or я^Л4! mgo-
reg ^чзч, sra Ши, qfwK shaven head,
also round bald-head; a Buddhist monk;
mgo-zlum-gnas a place where the
shaven heads reside ; a monastery; я^’дя'ч
mgo-zlum-pa a shaven head ; a monk.
ЯЯ(§Я’ЯЯ^Ч| mgo-zlum lam-nag—
$gra-g.can тг? the sounding planet; a comet
(Шоп.).
^4* mgohn-chun with a small
or no h^ad; the running-hand character of
Tibet,
яч[ч]П)Ч|ч тдо-дуод-ра=Ц^'Ц bsfas-ptt
or я^-^Х wigo-skor to cheat, deceive; я^р
ч]й?ч|'я^^Х'3‘чд*05 wgo-gyog mgo-skor-gyt
bslu-khrid to rob one by deception or
cheating.
я^ч| W0o-r/q7=«^34|'4jqj g^'q mgo-gug
gug byed-pa to bend the head; to bow down
the head:	ja-wur
hdren-pahi nt go-rug byed-pa he made
obeisance presenting tea and treacle.
я^р$с.ч5 mgo-lin-can	$in a
tree ; = ячуч55'ч mg о hdan-pa shaking the
head as a signal or from illness.
я^Лч| tngo-reg or яч(дч]^ tngo-bregs Bud-
dhist monk.
mgo-lhag phyed-pa огя5р|яя’
§5’q mgo-SHom§ byed-pa to make all equal;
not to make any invidious distinction bet-
ween parties; to deal evenly: чяя'«5'я^'^ч|‘
§5’qv^'^N thams-cad mgo Ihag-phyed-par-
gyis she§ thus commanded, all behave
fairly among yourselves (A. 115).
S mgon-dkar yid-
bshin nor-bu (Schr.; 77 A.).


mgon-po according to some
grammarians the word mgon is an
abbreviation of tho words mgo-hdrcn
hdre being eliminated), signifying итц
protector, patron, principal, master, lord,
tutelary god; so the word is applicable
to Buddha, saints, and also ordinarily to
any protectors and benefactors in general.
When »tfp\-q occurs as a proper name it
denotes either Buddha or Aval okites'vara
or MahAdova. Among the mgon-po
are also classed Gaues'a, the Dikpala or
guardians of the world and of Buddhism,
besides many other spirits who are repre-
sented as possessing four, six, and some-
times eight anus. This class of gods is also
numerous in both tho Tantrik and Bon
pantheon.	mgon-po
shal-bshi phyag bco-brgyad the Lord with
four faces and eighteen arms. Sambhara
(q^'5iXq|) of tho Bon-po has throe faces
and six arms. In Buddhist India there
wore worshipped three Natha ИПТ, or
3 mgon-po, viz.:—(1)	JJbab-
S^gS mgon-po the spirit invoked to ins-
pire one by entering one’s body ; (2)
Nag-po mgon-po \\\c black-spirit; (3)
q Bram-z:> mgon-po the Brahma
natha, i.e., Brahma na’s spirit (7Г. dun. 50),
Mgon-po gri-gug n. pr.
.Schr.).
^•q^^’gqq^q тдзп-ра rta-nag
can ph gag bshi-pa (Schr.).
♦	Mgon-pa $tag-shon (Schr.;
87 J.).
54^-q	Mgon-po Spyan-ra^
gzigs=Hphag$-pa Spyaii-
ra§	the patron Lord Ava-
lokites'vara (Mnon.).
*	Mgon-po phyag-drng-pa
(Schr.).
*	«tffo-Ercpq’q^’q Mgon-po phyag-bshi-pa
(Schr.; 81 C.).
*	w^-Er^ Mgon-po Вей (Sehr.; 85 C.).
*	Mgon-po brani-gzug$ n.
pr. (Schr.).
*	Mgon po mi-pham-pa wfaRt-
htu (Schr.; Ta.' 2, 111) [invincible Lord] S.
Mgon-po hod-dpag med
чНщггн lit. immeasurable light; an. of
tho 4th Dhyani-Buddha.
*	Mgon-po shal-gcig (Schr.).
*	54^ q Mgon-po shal-bshi (Schr.).
♦	Mgon-po legs-ldau (Schr.;
(Org. m. 110, 20).
mgoii-mans many patrons or
defenders of religions; many small pyra-
midal sacred erections (Cs.).
mgon-nwd	unprotected,
helpless;	Mgon-mcd za$-$byin
wnnr-fqi^< n. of a certain house-holder
who accommodated Buddha in tho Jota-
vana grovo of S'ravasti. He was the chief
house-holder devotee of Buddha.
Мдоп-Шип phyahi
gron-khyer n. of a city in the paradise of
the Bon-po.
wigyogs-hgro horso, wind.
Syn. 5^' rlun; 5 rta (Mnon.).
mayogs-hgrohi	brim, met.
for	rta-yi &rn$,	horso-dung
(Sman. 186).
^351^	mgyog§-pa
fas, 5ТПИ, cjuf	adj. and adv.	rapid, swift,
quick; speedily:
<	q ^5jr рад •	by quickly
going the horso and the elephant become
prostrate; by slowly walking the donkey
travels round a kingdom. In modem
works and colloq. as adj. and
as the adv. are the commoner forms.

287	I
mgyogs-pa dri-ldan,
^in-kun assafoetida (Sman 109).
мдчцгчя mgyogs-por quickly, speedily,
soon.
mgyogs-lam a straight, short
way ;	rkyan-mgyogs, v. rkaft,
a short-cut;	su-mgyogs a race; a
running-match (Jd.).
e\
w^nn-<S/h/^ = 3'53A^ №"
dbyans song; music (Mnon.).
mgrin-sfton	Mahadeva;
he with a blue neck; tho peacock- When
the ocean was churned by the gods and
the A suras, there came out the sun and
moon and then Laksmi the goddess of
wealth and fortune, and afterwards nectar
was the result. Lastly came forth a
pot of poison which would have destroyed
the world. The God Mahadeva out of
compassion for all living beings of tho
world, himself drank the potion, in conse-
quence of which his neck turned blue.
Syn.	Lha-dwaft-phyug;
r ma-by a (Mnon.).
mgr in geig-tu with one voice ;
unanimously.
Mgrin-bcu	a name of
Havana, King of Ceylon and the son of
Pulasta.
mgrin-bcuhi dgra-bo,
*/« (5 Rgyal-po Ramana, King Rama
(Mftoni).
mgrin thun-wa a short neck,
throat, or voice.
mgrin-ldan, <H<tw the cuckoo or
Indian koel.
Syn. H’34! khn-byug.
e\
mgrin-pa (din-pa) яп^т,
faftfw, the neck;	mgrin
rin-wa a long neck.
Syn. дге-гса; ™gur; mgul-
pa; mgo-rten;	mgo-hdsin*, Я(
§ke; ^*3r4]5j«-q ri-mo gswm-pa;
dun-hdrahi mgrin;	bwn-pahi
mgul-can the last three are used in polite
language (Mnon.). д)’Ц gre-ua is a corrupt
form of the Sanskrt word ятЫт grlvd
(Li<p).
m grin-pa-can peaked mountain.
mgrin-pa btegs raised head
(as if out of panic or alarm).
mg rm-pa rab-rin =
khrun-khrun the stork (Mnon.).
яд^чя* mgrin-pahi rg у an =
mgul rgyan or^’^’J^ §kye-yi rgyan neck-
lace (Mnon.).
mgrin-pahi sgra voice.
mgrin-pahi phyogs, srj the
mouth [the collar-bone] 5.
ыдз>'чя*$г mgrin-pahi rtsa	the
root or base of the neck.
яд^-сй'^сг mgrin-pahi rluft
breath.
mgrin-dmar red-throat;
n. of a bird.
mgrin-mdsez	a hand-
some neck;	Mgrin-bzan n. of the
friend and general of Rama in his exile.
лдуцзЕ; mgrin-bzaft one with a loud,
clear voice.
*	rpgrin-bzan-ma (Schr.; 92 Д,).
mgrin-bzan btsun-mo 1.
n. of a goddess. 2. = gi-wan
n, of concretion found in the brains of
elephants or stomach of oows (Sman. 94);
a bright yellow pigment.
V!l*r4Ts Mgrin-$non zla-wahi
rtog$-brjod n. of a Tibetan romance con-
taining 133 block-print leaves, composed
288
by Lama Blo-bzaft B§tan-pahi rgyal-mtshan
of Tbhor-phu in Tibet.
I:	mgr on (don) is also sometimes
wrongly spelt as hdron wfhfa,
feast, treat, banquet, entertainment, resp.
§ku-mgron;	$ku-gron
hbnl-wa to entertain;	rngron-
11 h*>od~pa, resp.	« mgron-da
spyan-hdren-pa	to invite to an
(ntertainment;	to regale, treat
(7Г. du. fl, ,<?7).
II:	in Buddhism signifies object
<t invocation; and any person ’nvokod is
called mgron-pa. The latter aro of
lour classes:—(1)	5^**? 5 dkon-
ny hog srid shuhi mgr on the holy ones
form the object of invocation in the
world. The holy ones are:—Buddha,
Dharma, Sangha, one’s lama (Guru) and
one’s tutelary deity : (2)
mgon-po yon-tan-gyi mgron, the Nat Jia who
are a class of fearful deities, the celestial
Dakmi, the Dharmapdla and the guardian
gods of Buddhism; ^3) . VI
r>g$-drug $nin-rjfhi rngron the six classes of
animate beings such as human beings, gods,
demons, the animal kingdom, the Preta
or ghosts, and the hell-beings ; (4)
ydon-bgegs im-chags-kyi
mgron; here the invoked are 3G0 demons
adled Gdon and 80,000, evil spirits
called Bgeg$. These do mischief to
all living beings on account of their own
misdeeds of a former existence. It is
necessary to invoke such and to appease
them by offerings. According to the Bon-
po there are chiefly two kinds of mgron,
is., objects of invocation:—(1) a person
or deity invoked for worship; (2) a person
invoked out of compassion (D.R.).
mgron-khafi	a house
for the accommodation and temporary
board of guests, strangers, &c.
mgron-gyi hphrin-skyel
by a; 5’ Jf’’) by a $kya-ka the mag-pie
(ДГлоп.).
mgron-gher or
mgron-bu hbod-pa to invite or call a guest;
mgron-bu gntr-wa lit. the
receiver of guests; an officer whose duty
it is to introduce others to the king or
to the great lamas of Tibet. He is also
called	yar-gsal shu-mkhan, he
who communicates the wishes or mandates
of a superior person to an applicant.
n mgron-du hgro-гса to go to an
entertainment;	’^$5 a feast; a tea
party ; a treat with beer or wine.
mgron-po wfafa,	ono
newly come ; a guost.
Syn.	gsar-du hofi-гса; Д
glo-bur hofl~wa;	mgron-du
hon-ica (Jt[non.).
mgron-po bo$-pa to call or
invite a person.
mgron-bu thal-ica name of a
medicinal drug which is alleged to stop
bleeding; it is useful in fracture and sores.
hgag 1. obstruction; stoppage;
yid-hgag 'want of appetite; «fa4*!4!
gein-hgag also c<q]4l hgag strangury. 2. a
place or spot that has to be passed by all
that proceed to a certain point:
zam-pahi hgag-tu hgug-na
rku-ma hdsin-thub a thief may be arrested
if you be on the look-out for him in the
passage of a bridge; ’W’jAopi the
place on Pal-hbar mountain where there
is a narrow passage ; аГзд1<1 tgo-hgag the
door of the house because through it

289

all that enter or leave have to pass;
p-Rqq kha-hgag the month, through which
everything must pass that is eaten; fig.
wwg'q^'Rqq thar-lam-gyi gnad-hgag the
main point for salvation. Rqq,q$q*5’^'arq
hgag-gcig-tu dril-wa to unite; to be concen-
trated in one point (<7a.).
Rqq^R hgag-skyor anything like a
fencing that is put round a field or garden
or a house to stop ingress from outside.
Rqq’4 hgag-pay or bgags 1.
pf. form of RR|qM’q hgegs-pa to stop, to
cease; to be at a stand-still; mostly in the
perfect form: p’Rqqq the appetite is
gone; the passions having been suppressed.
2. door-keeper, v. ^’Rqq sgo-hgag.
Rqq’q‘^5 hgag-pa, med	free,
unobstructed; the sky; also voidity or that
which is in a simple or uncompounded
state.
Rqs hgafiy v. rgan.
RqR’(q) hgan (po) the burden of an
office, business, commission.
oqwr^ hgans-chen also RqR’^ hgan-
ehen important; very valuable; q^'Rq^sr
gdin hgans-chen
rnam$ bkol bdc daft fio-nor medy q^TRqc^*
hgans-chen rnams important
or chief places of pilgrimage, &c.; i^’Rqw
very sacred symbols; gv^q'Rqw^
valuable things;	important
meaning or object.
Syn. rtsa che-wa; drag-pa;
^q'5 yag-po (Mnon.).
hgans-mthun equal;
phal-cher rnthun in thorough agreement;
in harmony: ^sKq^q^’S’S^
Iho-glin-gsum gcig-tiibyas-pahi
t shad-daft yaft hgafts-mthitn (it was about)
equal to the area which the three southern
places together occupy (Ya-sel. 19).
hgans-pa difficult, troublesome
(&7?.).
Rq^'R^R’q hgan-hkhur-wa to stand secu-
rity for; to guarantee; to take respon-
sibility on one’s self; Rq^gvcj hgan-
b§kyur-wa to impose responsibility.
hgan-dkri$ (gan-ti) making
over charge ; making responsible.
Rqyg hgan-rgya—^fi^ gan-rgya agree-
ment, covenant.
Rqy-5<*i hgan-can responsible.
RqySq’q hgan-theg-pa to undertake any-
thing; to take charge of: RR ^A'^q	’
^•^•gq’Rq^^q when self-interest is con-
cerned even the donkey understands his
duty.
hgam-pa to cram into the
mouth, especially of dry edibles; |’Rq^*qq
ph ye hgam-pa-po an eater of flour (Situ.
54).
h gal-ка =	nd-rnthun-pa
to contradict; to disagree; to mistake;
Rq^'gR’q hgal-spon-и'а^^Ц'Ц^'ъ hg al-ка
§pofi-ica not to make mistake; to avoid
errors ; Rq^'^S hgal-med without mistake.
^7Z-sZrt = Rq^R'5qN hgul-icahi
grogs or	mi-mthiin-pahi grogs
an enemy :	Rqarg'^
having joined with such of the enemy
as were not in agreement with one another
(Khrid. 116).
hga^-pa to split, to crack, to
burst apart.
hgud-pa, v. gud-pa.
RqjqN'a hgugs-pa to summon; bring
back; Rgqwci hgug§-pa-po one who is
called to ; a waiter (Situ. 8Y).
38
СЛ]5Г£| |
290

’Ц Jgum-pa to die (of natural
death, of disease): s^c.'«r*i
**	at that time most of those of
tin1 attendants of the Lo-tsa-ica who were
smitten with fever died (A. 65).
f^qprq hgul-ica to move, quake,
shake; чгчрЧ sa-gyo = *isa-hgul earth-
quake;	hgul-ira po or ^^'§5 hgul-
byed shaker; fut.	hgul-bshm^*^'
3% hgul-gyhi.
hgur-sho, same as mgur-dio
^q^'arwjjq-^qj^q] tam-ka brgyad-la mgur-
dio-gcig, one Mgur-sho is equal to eight
tan-ka.
^^*§5 hg д-Ьу<=^’Ъ khyo-wo or
mdsah-grog§ husband (Mnon.).
hgem^-pa-^&W'Q hjom§-
pa to confound; to subdue
4 wgo hgem$-pa-po one who confounds or
bewilders.
hgrms-ptr byed-pa
repeatedly bites; ace. to Cs. another form
for	hgum-pa to kill, to destroy
(*Sz//.);	kl id-pt hgon^-pa to sur-
prise ; to over-throw an argument by
reason; mgo-g>m<$ stupid (&7/.).
hgegs-pa
to hinder, obstruct, keep back or in; fut.
5<r|q]N dgigs, pf. bkay.
dgag pa-la med-dgag dan
та-yin dgag gnis-yod	yin-min Ita-
bu- preventing what is and what is not,
etc., in Buddhist metaphysics
hgens-pa, pf. bkan, flit.
dgan, imp. j^* hhon, to fill up; also
to satiate.
hgJ)S-pa, pf. bkab, fut,
44]q bgab, imp. khoby to cover up;
to put on; to conceal.
= hgyel-wa, pf.
ЪкаЦ fut. S4)*1 dgaly imp. khol: 1.
to load; to lay on a burden; Ерг^чргч khral
hgel-ica to impose tax or rent; to commis-
sion ; to charge with; to make, appoint,
constitute; to put; to place cn or over:
'Я£гт]о( q- gdun-ma bkalnca abeam placed
over it; to set or put on, e.r/., a pot; to
hang up;	go$ hgcl-gdan a
stand to hang clothes on; fig. ^•qv^'qr
held-war nu^-pahi thog-hgel dgo§
one must set on it tho roof of being
able to die, a>., one must crown the whole
edifice of life by being free from fear of
death (Ja.); to impose a fine; to give
punishment.
44prqq hgel-brel old ;	hgel-
brel na-ldan the old, aged.
hgcl-gyag=рч’ч|<чч) khal-gyag
laden yaks.
hgel-lug§ the method of im-
posing fine or punishment.
hges-pi, pf.	fut.
dga§, imp. khos, to split, eleave, divide;
q^-^q- bkas-^in (Ler.) cleft or chopped
wood;	dam-bur dge$-pa to
divide into pieces; to cut up or open.
hgo, same as *4 origin, source;
snj’sT 1. foremost; in front;	dmag-
hgo commander of an army; mkhar*
hgo or rdson-hgo commander of a
fort, of a district:
cko$-kyi hgo sans-rgyas-la thug the origin of
Dharma (Buddhism) is traced to Buddha ;
the source of a river is
traced to the snows. 2. beginning; the
first:	hgor in the beginning; *Kq4’^4
ser-.wahi hgor the beginning of the hail.
Syn. S’)'* thog-ma; V- Ei dan-po \
rtsa-u’a (Mnon.).
г
291
fa go ltab-pa apricots ?
А<70-плп=Хч]я thog-ma beginning;
first.
hgo-sncnn broad-cloth; also the
superior kind of blanket.
^*q hgo-pa the headman of a village.
frgro-dpon rector, director, head-
master, principal.
hgo-phib ^'^figa-sub a cover; also
a canopy or dome over a temple or tomb.
llgo-wahi Iha-lna the five
superior demi-gods, which are the follow-
ing: (1) ^'^^^^mo-lhahamshan-iha, (2)
srog-lha, (3)^'%dgra-lhay (4) 5'typho-
Iha, (5) фГф yul-lha. These are the insepa-
rable companions of humanity, and rejoice
when wo do good actions and become sorry
when we sin. There are several treatises
on the rites to propitiate them.
«ta hgo-pher=tf'&pi go chod-pa useful:
from early years, i.en from
boyhood, he has been useful.
hgo-ica pf.	or
hgos, cf. bsgo-wa 1. to stain; to
lose colour; to dirty, sully one’s self. 2.
UVX to infect with a disease;
hgo-wahi nady	hgo-wahi rims a
contagious or epidemic disease, a plague;
or	'Yl	an
infectious disease; also a contagious disease.
hgo-ma beginning, origin, source.
h go-mi headman.
hgog-ku prob, derived from the
Chinese, signifying the goddess of the ele-
ments. Acc. to tho Chinese the funda-
mental elements are tree, fire, earth, iron,
and water. Each of these is presided over
by a goddess.
to arrange;
bkog, fut.
1. to take
tear away,
hgog-pa
Ц I: hgog-pa faffs, ufN, ^ar-
ХПЯ, ЯТТО,	sfaw, V. q^'^qX^q
bar-dll bcod-pa, чч^-q hgegs-pa.
0,^4] 4 II: = 4^ q hjog-pa fafk,
to keep; to place ;
a deposit; pledge.
III: pf. q^«q
dgog, imp. khog
away forcibly ; to snatch,
pull out; ^’q’^oj’q rtsa-ica
to pull up the root; ^‘4'3 hgog-pa-po
one who takes or draws out. 2. to take
off a cover, a lid, a pot from the fire, in IF.
(Ja.).
ячрчрчЛ Ilgog-pa-ri the hill on which
tho monastery of Gahdan is situated : ^PT
H<jog-
pa ri-nas Rje bla-mas dgah-Ukm-gyi dun
gter-na§ bton (J. Zan.).
4^4l’§5’q bgog-spyod-pa
sems-kyi rnam-rtog hgog-pa to
stop the arising of imaginations or fancies
in the mind.
hgog-byed	discipline, and
from hgag-pa, there arise 1. shi-
wa arrfo peace; 2.	gya-nom-pa = &f
p/iun-sum tshog§-pa srfnrfca per-
fected state; 3. fcsrq^gcq fies-pir hbyun-
tea fniunr firm conviction.
: hgog§ — q^ q bkag-pa (Mnon.).
II: ЧЩЦ, passing over;
transit; crossing; getting over.
ч hgeg§-pa to
prevent; to avert unfortunate events, as
danger, fatal consequences; to suppress
the symptoms of a disease by medicine;
to drive back or away; to expel, e.g.^ spirits,

292

ghosts; to repel people that are trying to
land :	bdud rnam-pa
tna-yis hgog-ste it having been averted by
tho five kinds of demons (D.Ti.).
hgon-po rdo, or
ьт-bu, a kind of stone of liver colour,
believed to be sacred to the GodDam-ohen
who rides on a goat—the peculiarity of
this stone being that it breaks in cube-like
pieces (Sman. 40£).
^C’q h gon-tea	hdah-wa or fiS
smad-pt Гчяж to bewitch, enchant; also
topass over, get the better of:
Qtfc/qvjN hdi-h su-yi$ bgofi-war nu$ who
can overpower this, i.e., who can enchant
him;	hgofis-nas	having
crossed, passed over.
rirq'Ei hgon-wa po or hgofi-po an
enchanter;	hgon-wa mo an en-
chantress, a sorceress.
hgoft-bo a class of demons
which bring disease on men and cattle.
hgod-pa, pf. ^5 bkody fut. 5^5
dgod, imp. khod^ of.	’« к hod-pa *?TTO,
1. to design ; to project; to plan (Sch,).
*2. to found; to establish; to lay out (a
town); to build (a house); to manufacture;
to form; to frame. 3. to put; to fix ; to
transfer into a certain state or condition ;
q places in a state of happiness;
m ЙЖ puts into the way of salva-
tion ;	$an$-rgya$-kyi
л '-la h god-pa establishes in the realm of
Buddhahood. 4. to set or place in order :
qqj^ q ^ gral-phyam bgod-pa hdra, as
the rafters of a roof are placed side by side
Gs’//.)	mthar dgod-po to add,
I lace at the end ( Vai-kar.); «flfs qv^=4rq
bkod-par mdses-pa beautiful as to arrange-
ment ; nicely ordered;	brgyan
dgod-pa to arrange ornaments (tastefully);
to decorate, adorn ; to construct or adjust
grammatical forms, sentences (Zam.).
5. to set down in writing; $	yi-
де-la hgod-pa to record;
mifl ka-wa-h hgod-pa to write name on a
column; to compose, draw up, write a
narrative, etc. Frequently to mention;
to insert in a writing; to publish ; to make
known. 6. to rule; to govern (Sch.)\
-q^-qS-jq 5 byol-son bkod-pahi rgyal-
pa yin he is king over all subjugated ani-
mals (Jd.). The participle pf. bkod-
pa is also sbst.: (1) ground-plan ; outline of
a building ; delineation; sketch ;
shinbkod map; design; (2) form, shape,
figure (Sch.); sample; copy ; even of one’s
own body, e.g., whore a person multiplies
himself by magic virtue 4 §prul-wa;
(3) building; edifice; structure:
bkod-pa mdse§ the structure is beautiful;
(4) frame; form; q^S’q’^N bkod-pa lu$ the
structure of the body:
flahi bkod-pa nam-mkhahi ran-bshin my
form of an ctherial nature.
hgom-pa 1. to tread: 3
^rq & bl i-ma $lob-dpon sogs-kyi
grib-mi daft, bshug^-gdan na-bzah sog$ dan
z ijrtun-sogs hgom-na fie$-pa-chc treading on
the shadows of lamas, teachers, &c., also
on their chairs, seats or clothes, or objects
of food and drink, is sinful. 2. ace. to
Л’ = ч hgem-pay ^’4 hgum-pa to pass
over; ^‘4 hgom-pa =	hgro-гса to go ;
going (by passing) ;	^Un-
na$ hgom sheippas^fyw*^ q to pass
over a thing; leap over it.
op|-q hgom-yug-pa =
hphar-hgom tshur-hgom byed-pa to cross

293
^•q|
or pass over from one side to another
(JChrid.):	’^A$| walks pacing
with the feet.
hgor 1. in the beginning;
at the top or head of a row or order:
$a3^ at the source of a river. 2. supine
of ^'4 hgo-wa.
hgor-tra=lfa]4'ti thogs-pa
тгп: to tarry, linger, loiter: w^ASfjAq lam
da hgor-wa to linger on the way.
Syn. 4 gul-ica.
яч[а<^ hgor-gshi delay;
hgor-gshi med-pa without delay.
оЛргз hgol-wa pf. gol 1. to
part, to separate; vb. n.	hgol-
и-ahi gnas a hermitage;	hgol-po
hermit, recluse. 2. to deviate; err; go
astray.
hgol-sa 1. the place where two
roads separate so as to create doubt in the
mind regarding the right path. 2. error;
mistake.
Bgos n. of a monastery, Ta.,
also n. of a tribe and of a minister
of Tibet: ^ >^a^n
Blon-chen hgo§-kyis shat-chc dgah gsam-da
bead (Ya-sel. 4).
«tfprq hgo^-pa 1. v. ^’4 hgo-icax
^A^K^fc hgo-icahi a ad hgo$-yofi it will
catch contagion. 2. f^rfacT a liniment; a
medicine to be rubbed on; fem anointed,
besmeared.
*	jEZf/os GMon-nu dpal n.
pr. (Schr.; Ta. 60).
^’4
hgyag-pa, cf. 34! q skyag-pay to
be sold, spent, expended (€V).
hgyan-ica, pf. *3^ hgyaf^\
to be delayed,
deferred, postponed; farthest: В^З5^
phylr hgyan-na if one defers it; 3r
яд^-q^ not many years shall have passed;
^ajcsi a long time after.
hgyans-'med without delay
(Yig. k. 26).
hgy ins-pa	an
appearance of greatness or of pride.
hgyin-wa 1. to assume air or
appearance of greatness; to sit lifting up
the body in the manner of a lion. 2. to
look haughtily ; to look down upon; to
slight a person; ^aa^e/q mi-la hgyifi-wa
also of things, to despise, contemn, neglect
them. ^kN'SjAgq q seems to be an intensified
form, meaning to scorn loftily ; to look
down on as from a summit.
hgyin-bag attitude; posture;
gesture; also manner in reference to.
gzags form, or dbyibs, appear-
ance.
я§е^А/я\ hgyifi-hkhar a staff consecrated
to a fearful deity, or having on its top a
head with wide yawning mouth or in some
fearful attitude.
hgyins-pa, v. *3^’4 hgyifi-ica.
hgyim-pa	the circum-
ference.
0^*4 hgyu-wa, pf.	bgyu$, to move
quickly to and fro, e.g., as lightning, the
quivering air in a mirage, the motion and
versatility of the mind, &c.
Ь9Уиг^са	Pf-
gyur-to or §=4'4 gyur-pa, imp.
gyur-cig, cf. ^gynr-ica 1. to become; to
grow, increase, ohange:	-9e~
$lon-du hgyur-wa to become a monk; 3^

294
*3^1
rgyal-por hgyur-wa to become a king;
g$r wqg’VQ §bruin-nnr hgyur-wa to get with
child;	bdan-du hgyur to reach tho
number of seven:
‘^5 khyod-pa$ hr да hgyur-pa$ lhag-par
bzan-wa yod there are those which grow a
hundred times better than you ;
gsum hgyur Ita-bur three times as much;
V4]^	da gni$-hgyur txam-shig one
twice as large as that; *g*‘MS a changing
voice. 2. sbst. change, alteration, revolu-
tion, vicissitude:	du bshihi
hgyur-wa$ through the change of tho
fourth season; *g*>q hgyur-brten
b$hag-pa to pay money in hand as an
earnest that the bargain is not to bo re-
tracted.	hgyur-du nitd-pa^fcA
unchangeable, invariable :
ndhu-stob$ nad med-
pa , gzi-rjid уой§-зи hgyur-wa the total
decay of strength, health and esteem (in
old age);	bdag-gi
ma-gyur ma-ilam$-pa my mind has
not been altered nor weakened; SV
q	dad-pa hdi-las ma-hgyur-
cig do not depart from this belief.
^Vq hgyur-du yod-pa changeable, variable :
W’S'Qg^’q pho-mo hgyur-pa male changing
into female and vice versa ; *lw^gvq
to change the mind ; Ч5 q^ ^gvq to become;
begin to exist; to gain possession :
^•qv^gvqSthese acts of having
become indifferent to life;
can mi smra-war gyur-to he became speech-
less. 3. *§^’4 hgyur* tea annexed to an infi-
nitive may denote either the perfect or the
future tense, the context deciding in every
instance how it is to be understood:
«j•^o]-gq'ivSV^'4^ sii-shig rgyal-srid byed-
par hgyur who shall have the Government ?
who shall rule ? J* ачwde
rgyal-por hg у ur-war ges-so they’ knew that
this man would become king.
ya-rntshan-du hgyur-tea to be surprised,
astonished;	gnas-su hgyur-wa
to come to a place; to arrive at: ^V^S^'
js'^g’vq hdod-pahi dfio$-grub-tu, hgyur-wa
to be endowed with the perfect gift of
wishing, viz., of having every wish fulfil-
led; ^^*4V^g4‘q to become moving; to
begin to move. 4. to be translated; ®V^'
to be translated into Tibetan; q^^g^
bkah-hgyur the translated word; ^gvgq'
hgyur-byun was translated.
hgyur-wahi-cho§ changeable
(and therefore perishable) things (Cs.).
♦^gvnv^g^ hgytir-war hgyur
(SWzr.; Kalac. T, 89) it will become.
^g^’§5 hgyur-byed a changer ; one who
brings about changes.
^g^5 hgyur-med unchangeable;
infallible.
hgyur-tshiy the translated
words; according to some authors words
that have been translated into another
language:
rgyud ran-gi hgyur-tshig dno§-gnas-su hjog
keep the original terms of the Tantra
intact with their translation (Ya-
sel. 38).
bye=%\ hod light; a whip.
*s
^3^ hgye-wa, pf. and imp. gyes, 1.
to be dispersed; to bo divided, e.g., a river
that is divided into several branches;
rnam-pa gni^-su (a ray of light)
divided into two parts; to separate; to
part:	bem-rig hgyes-dus when
body and soul part from each other. 2.
to issue, proceed, spread, branch from:
they have proceeded from
those (their ancestors).
295
*341
—ч
ед hgyeg = gnad the sense; the
real meaning; essence:
Bon thams-cad-kyi hgyeg-
man-nag-la thug-pas the essence of all the
Bon meets in tho Man-nag.
Hgyed 1. n. of a district in north
Tsang:	Gtsan-
gi Ru gnis-ni Ru lag Oaft hgyed (Lon. *
6). 2. alms in money or eatable things;
bgytd gton-pa to distribute alms.
This expression is defined by Tibetan
writer as
to bestow silver and the like in an assem-
bly, distributing to each man.
hgyed-stobs	athletic
feat; exercise of arms.
едч hgyed-ра, pf. ^3^, bg yes fut.
bkye	1. to divide
(trs.), to scatter, disperse;	hod-
zer hgyed-pa to diffuse rays of light: ^'q*
*3S $prul-pa-hgyed sends forth an emana-
tion;	pho-па hgyed-pa to send a
messenger; to dismiss; an assembly.
2. to institute, set going ; wSr^’q to
start a combat;	to fight a battle;
qj^QTG^’q’q one who gives battle; hgyed-
pahi tshe in the dispute. 3. to give an
entertainment, banquet; to hold a feast.
hgyed-ina=%'&№ phra, теп-pa n.
of a goddess—one that brings on divi-
sion, dissension, or disunion.
hgyer-wa or 1^'4 spoft-wa
to drop or let fall; to throw down; to
quit, abandon, throw away (Sch.).
hyyel-iua to fall; to tumble
down :	gan-rkyal hgyel fell on his
back, face upwards;	sa-la-hgyel
tumbled on the ground;
rlun-soys-kyi hgyel-ка to be thrown by the
*35^1
wind, &e.;	gq’qv^^q stricken
down by illness so as to be unable to walk;
he fell by stumbling on a
stone;	then
I, fainting away, fell to the ground.
05^4’4 h у yes-pa, another form of ^3’q
hyyc-ica	phan-tshun so-sor
hgges-pa, to separate asunder or between
two partie*.
hyyoy-thel^-QW l(t§-dam
seal;	properties under seal
(Rtsii.).
цутр hgyoy-pa to ascend ; ЗУ^ЗТ^
gyen-dn hgyog-pa-po one who climbs up
(Situ.
cft<T, f^sifaHTT to repent; to grieve for. 1.
lament, relent, not only for bad, but also
for good actions, when the latter are
attended with disadvantage. 2. sbst.
regret:	hgyod-pa bskyed-pa
regret arises at last; 35'^ J Vе* na hgyod-
pa bskyed-pa I felt regret;
na hgyod-pahi sems med-par
khyod-l't sb у in-110 I gave it to you readily
without regret.
hgyod-pa rnam-gsum tho
three kinds of regret are illustrated as
follows:—(1)	not
being able to defeat an enemy out of one’s
country, or	to
be sorry for an occasional defeat after one
has behaved himself as a hero ; (2)
to be sorry, when out
on a journey, at not being properly equip-
ped with provisions, etc;
to be sorry on inviting an im-
portant person when there is no proper
j	£96
WI
arrangement for his entertainment or re-
ception ; (3) 5 Я*]*rg*r*ito be
sorry for not having fed one’s horse when
on a journey; also 5'
to be sorry when the horse dies, one has
to cairy the saddle on one’s own back;
(4)	‘q3S to be sorry
in old age for not having done religious
works as a youth ; (5)
“when that Devil the lord of death
has come, he repents.”
^35 ^4’^ hgyod-pahi dri-та regret after
a gift has been made ;	^5 hgyod-med
^нтч without regret or repentance.
hgyod-rmo-wa to cause repent-
ance ; to make one suffer, feel, or pay for a
thiug:	hnoft-hgyod repentance
proceeds from consciousness of guilt (Jd).
hgyod-t shafts byed-pa to apo-
logise :	to accept an
apology.
q3Shgyod zin-pa having repeuted.
bgyod-bqags confession and
repentance.
5)^54 hgrags-gra^ or
grags-hgrags very bright.
I: hgrags-pa (dag-pa), pi.
grags 1. to sound forth ; to utter a cry or
sound, of men, animals, thunder, &c.; to
shout:	if it should
be shouted into his ear. 2. to be famous ;
to be called;	she$-grag$ so it is
called ; so he was called; by this name he
goes; under that name he is known.
II: hgrags-pa to bind, v.
gpjKq grags-pa.
ЧЗР'П hgran-wa (dang-wa) 1. to
number; to count, v. bgraft-гса. 2.
to satisfy with food; to satiate;
hgrans-rjes after having eaten one’s fill;
•q-q-q^wft’^MT^ not yet having enough
of deer killing.
hgrafts (dang) fully fed;
eaten to tho full extent; filled up.
hgrafts-pa^^Q grod-pa
hgefts or	gsus-pa hgefts bellyful,
stomaehful;	Ito-wa hgefts eaten to
one’s fill; also ftoms-pa eaten to
satiety ; with	t shim-pa satiated;
chog-pa contented (Affton.).
hgrad-pa or «JSJS4 byred-pa
(depd) to spread; to enter.
hgran (den), v. hgran-pa
wb	challenged;
invoked.
q3A’3’X’^5 hgran-gyi do-mcd=^\*i^
bgran-ya med without a rival; matchless ;
unequalled (applied to things).
Syn. '3’X’iHhgran-дуг’ do-zla med-
pa;	hgran-zla med-pa (QLfton.).
a^-jq-q hgran thub-pa=*4№W4 hgran
nus-pa or	hgran bzod-pa to suffer
rivalry; to stand rivalry.
hgran-du hjug-pa 1. to place
in opposition; to enter into competition.
2. in a general sense, to defend one’s self;
to make resistance (Rdsa.).
+ X hgran-do=^^^ hgran-zla.
hgran-pa (den-pa)
sfaipr, 3V4 (1) to vie with, contend with ;
to strive (for victory);
^5^’5 phyug-khyad rnam-thos eras-da ft
hgran-te to cope even with Vais'ravapa as
to riches:	№od-par hgran let us
vie with one another in uttering praise;
let us now draw a parallel
between (these two).
R4J5I |
297
сф|’Д|
ядр^я) hgran-tshig words of conten-
tion, bickering.
яд^'^ hgran zla (den-da) 1. rival, com-
petitor. 2. equal match;
wa unrivalled; matchless.
Syn. hgran-ya\ ^’З’Х'З hgran-
gyi do-zla ; я^-”^ hgran-do rival; match.
hgran-sems 1. contention;
emulation. 2. jealousy. 3. quarrelsome
temper; spirit of controversy; яд^адг
to stop ; put an end to contention,
rivalry.
hgram (dam) bank; shore ; side ;
neighbourhood, as	the foot
of the wall; ф’^’ядя ehu-yi hgram river-
side or bank; *^’яяр4 me-yi hgram
fire-side;	dgon-pahi hgram
neighbourhood of a monastery;
arofi-pahi hgram vicinity of a village;
Я2]^ lam-gyi hgram roadside:
the river fills the valley,
a stone on its bank does not remain dry
(a proverb). Often used as a postp. with
or without du or la annexed : чря’цЗ’ядрг^
at the brink of the precipice; $яязря at
the lake; close to the lake; ядрг^ is also
used as adv. meaning near; close by.
^5^53^ hgran-dkyus—я^^’ч hgram-pa.
ядрг&|м hg^am-fiogs <?Нг, нг a bathing-
place ; a shore.
qqprjqj hgram-khag a slap on the face;
a box on the ear.
hgram-pa T3, cheek (cf.
RK&N klmr-tshot) «l^q^qprq^^j'q lag-pa
hgram-pa la rten-pa to lay one’s hand on
the cheek; as vb. to proclaim, publish.
яд]Я'25 hgram-po one living or
residing in the neighbourhood; one pos-
sessing crushing teeth; a demon.
ядргя]^ hgram-g$hi foundation; basis;
яяргя^я^ур hgram-gshi hdin-wa to lay a
foundation.
ядя’5)я| hgram-yig edict, proclamation,
publication;	&>-
rgyus gnas-tshul-gyiyi-ge hgram-pa to pub-
lish accounts of biography or history, &c.
hgram-ru$ cheek-bone; jaw-bone.
hgram-g^og the hinder part of
the jaw-bone (Sch.).
я^я’^ hgram-so acc. to Jd. cheek-tooth ;
molar-tooth ; grinder.
hgrams-pa to spread over;
те-tog sogs hgrams-pa-po
one who spreads or scatters flowers, etc.:
я^з}•^•orqgj^-q this will be spread over the
man; *rqx^pwq to spread on the ground;
^q^^’^pgpwrq phyogs-phyogs-su hgrams-
pa to scatter to the different quarters; qpr
'аг^ язрт^ q lu$-la nad hgrams-pa to infect
the body with disease.
ядр«г^5 hgram-tshad over-mastering
fever.
ядргя^ hgra$-hgrii§= gya-gyu;
fsT’Sj serpentine, crooked, bent.
hgra$-pa (de-pa)
phan-tshtin mi-mthun-pa 1. disagreement;
difference between two parties. 2. f^fb,
ft’CW to hate; to bear ill-will; to have
spite against.
hgrig-hgrig (dig-dig) 1.
arranged properly;	fshig
hgrig-hgrig-pa to arrange words properly.
2. gelatine; jelly of meat (Jd.).
c\
hgrig-pa (cf. $grig-pa) to
suit, agree, correspond; to be right; gw
яд}яр $tab$ hgrig-pa suitable occasion;
^’яд*гя|]яр rtcn-hbrcl hgrig-pa good or
39

298

auspicious coincidence;	du$-
tuhod hgrig-pa the time suits; Spfxgjflpj
gral hgrig-pa to тако о very thing ready;
Г4 kha hgrig-pa unanimity in deposi-
tion ; all of one expression or speech; *
blo-scm§ hgrig-pa to agree in
opinion; f4	kha-mchu hgrig-pa
compromise in a law-suit or case (civil or
in criminal).
hgrib-pa 1. ^if^rto grow dim; to
get dark (Csi} (cf. ^grib-pa). 2. wqnj
loss; diminution; also to grow less; to
decrease, to be diminished, to decay;
mi-hgrib mi-lud-pa neither to grow
less nor to flow over; hphel-wa is
opposed to «зр ч hgrib-pa;
b$kal-pa mar-hgrib-pa the kalpa (period)
diminishes.
c\
hgrim, v. hgrim-pa in
lag-hgrim	lag-hgrim
gyi$ brgyu$-pas, passing from hand to
hand.
hgrim-hgrul communication;
also travellers, either merchants or pil-
grims:	Rdo-rje
gdan-du sog-pohi hgrim-hgrul eha4 the
communication of tho Tartars with Dorje-
dan (Gaya) was interrupted (Л. 19).
ОДЯ’Ч hgrim-pa 1. sometimes for
hbrim-px. 2. pf. hgritnt to
march about, perambulate; to rove or stroll
about; walk round;	rgyal-
kham$ hgrim-pa to rove over the countries;
ri-khred hgrim pa to wander on
a mountain range;
chu-dafi lun-la у an hgrim na$ bgro-wa to go
about crossing rivers and valleys, &e.
hgrim-mod doing or accomplish-
ing any work:
la-la ni la$-kt/i
dwafi-gh mfial-tgo gshan-yafi hgrim-mod-
ki$ mthar bde some in consequence of la$
(i.e. karma) entered the womb, others
having accomplished good deeds, were
happy enough to escape (here
(Ubrom. p, 2^).
e\
bgrim^ ((A'w) or ядтгц hgrim§-
pa W4, inferiority; inequa-
lity or also less in quantity or quality;
rig-pa hgrim$-pa failing in
intellect; growing foolish.
c\
hgril-wa (dil-icd), pf. gril
(cf. $gril-wa) 1. to be twisted or
wrapped round, for *04 AMriZ (Sch.), to
be collected, concentrated; to flock or
crowed together;	kun hgril-na^
all in a heap; all together. 2. to be
turned, rounded, made circular or cylin-
drical, e.g., a stick (Jd.). 3. to fall, drop
down.
СЧ
45] ^4 hgri$ (di), v. hdri$;
hgris-ma thag-tu §nin-
gtain mi-b^ad-cin immediatly after acquaint
tance not expressing one’s heart’s words,
(i.e., revealing one’s secret) (Jig.).
hgru-wa, (</u-?ca) pf. 5^ gru$ 1.
to bestow pains upon a thing ; ц ц q
to take pains in studying. 2. n. of a tribe
in Tibet:	dbrah-hgru
Idom-gsum Iga-da^. bshi (Jig.).
45^’4 hgrub-pa (dub-pa) pf. $4 grub
(Situ. 69) to be accomplished without any
perceptible agent; to be made ready; to
be finished; wqgvX hgrub-par hgyur-
ro will be finished:	hgrub-par
gyur-cig let it be finished or performed ;
4^4’or will be finished, per-
formed ;	4 hgrub-pa mi-srid it can-i
not be accomplished or done;	ma*

299
I
grub-par before accomplished or per-
formed:	let those
deeds not yet effected be accomplished.
ЦУЗКЗ4* *4 Ihun-gyis grub-pa spontaneously
grown or produced, z.c., in a supernatural
way : ^5^hgrub-par fog may
it be accomplished!
1: hgrub-sbyor or
hgrdb-pa dan $byor-wa anything accom-
plished and perfected (as a reward).
и: is an expression occurring in
almanacks relative to the proving true of
certain astrological prognostics of good
luck; similar to, but not identical with,
rten-hbrel.
hgrum-pa (dum-pa), pf. 5^
grum (cf. grum-pa), to pinch or nip
off (the point of a thing); to cut off; to
prime, lop, clip the wings (Ja.).
hgrul-pa (dul-pa) =
l.im-gyi mgron-po a traveller, passenger;
also a pilgrim:
§Bod-la da-lo sog-
po hgrul-pa mafl-po §lebs-byufi, hgyed
maft-ja yag-po byun this year many
Mongol pilgrims have come to Tibet; there
were liberal alms-doles, and tea for many.
Qqprq hgrul-ica 1. to walk; to pass;
to travel	hgrul-war byed-pa to
cause to go; to send off, despatch, a
messenger; hgrul-wa po a walker,
post, traveller, pedestrian ; sbst.
hgrul passage; the possibility of passing:
Gnah-nan-gi hgrul chad-
pas the passage from Nyanang being
stopped (by snow). 2. fig. to walk; to
live, act, or behave. 3. to pass as good;
to be current (of coins).
hgrul-shud passage, communi-
cation.
+	hgrus-hgog=^T^^ brison-
hgrns assiduity, industry.
hgrus-pa (dui-pa) 1. pf. *5**1
hgru-ica. 2. sbst. zeal, enthusiasm, dili-
gence, endeavour; more frequently
brtson-hgrus (Jd.)
hgre-wa (de-wd) (^Р^’З rigs Ita-
bu) щгга to roll one’s self;	sa-la
hgre-ica to roll on tho ground; hgre-
Idog or	hgre-log byed-pa to roll
on the ground from pain or despair, &e.;
also of horses, &c.
QqJ’gfafifayq hgre ldog-ldog-pa to roll on
the ground from pain, etc.; to wallow:
rta-sogs pkar-tskur
hgre-log rgyab-pa the horses, etc., roll
hither and thither;
’^1 §5	'*^1 sdag-bsnal mi-bzod-pa§
hgre Ijlog-Idog byed-kyin hdug unable
to bear pain they were rolling (on the
ground) (Khrid. 39).
hgrefi-wa (den-tea) (cf. 5^’4
Sgrefi-wa)	to stand:
standing at the mouth of the
pit ;	dnan$-pa liar
hgrefi-war hgyur they started up as if
afrightod.	mi-hgreti gsum three
lengths of a man (Jd.).
*5^’3 hgrefi-bu (den-bu)^ also hgrefi-
po, sign of the vowel “e.”
hgrem-pa, pf. здя bkram, fut.
S3* dgram, imp. khroms 1. to
spread (as of grain, for drying), or q
hgrems-pa (dem-pa) (ф'^’З chu Ita-bu)
to sprinkle (water). 2. to put or
lay down in order, e.g.^ beams, &c.; to
spread out; to display; to scatter; to
draw (a curtain).
*	hgrel-chun don-gsalTpZ-
ян n. pr. (Sehr.; Td. 2, 200).
^«1’41
300
£^а|'Л|
hgrel-pa	htshol-pa
^nfhfiT to beg, supplicate. 2. to put
in, arrange ; ^qj-^Rgprq tshig-don hgrel-pa
the arranging or paraphrasing the mean-
ings of words. 3. to explain, comment
upon.
*	hgrcl-fyad {Schr.)
*	3]*гч hgrcs-pa 6 z-officer; late officer.
*	*$’§!*• Hgro-glin 'srfw n. pr. (Schr.;
Td. 2, 222), n. of a country (prob.
Tamil); of a lexicographer [prob.
hgro-sgo = *5 'Як/q hgro-soft-ica
expenditure, cost; anything expended.
*5 i: llgro-ldift n. of a country in
the south of India, t’.c., Dravira.
и:	{Schr.; Ta. 2, 27).
’4 hgro-u'a, pf.	imp.
sort, but negative form of imp.
ma-bgro 1. to go, in all its significations,
re., to go away, proceed to, walk, &c. 2.
sbst. a living creature; that which moves;
*3j‘q	the six classes of living
things. 3. to live; be Eving; move;
exist; to bo.
Syn. ^‘4 rgyn-ica ; <*5'q hdofi-wa
{Шои.'у
hgro-wa po — 0^ IS hgro-byed one
who goes; goer; walker; traveller ; passen-
ger ; pres.	hgro-bshin hdtig —
hgro-gin hdug proceeding ;
going; fut. ^5’q^^g^ hgro-icar hgyur.
*5'qhgro-ica rigs-drug the six
kinds of moving beings:—(1)	lha the
gods; (2) Sp lha-ma yin the de-
mons ; (3) HTJEEF humanity; (4) ^’*5
dud-hgro fusthfi beasts, etc.; (5) yi-
dbags the ghosts; (6) dmyal-wa
hell-beings.
hgro-icahi тпдоп-ро an
epithet of Avalokitesvara;
Syan-ras ffzigs a name of Buddha, of
Vishnu (Шоп.).
hgro-myofis = hgro-пой
previously visited.
hgro-las	bgro-$a§
chc or hgro-nen chc, adv. very pro-
bably; in all probability ; also alone
is used:
gso-tca rig-pa hdi bod-па $man mcg-
pas nub-nas bgro-las chc tho science of
healing, there being no medieine in Tibet,
may in all probability disappear {A. 35).
QBjqprq hgrogs-pa to associate with;
to keep company; to be in the company of;
to accompany :	V^'S4!
dma-pa dga-dafi hgrogs-par, bcun try to
associate with the holy ones.
hgrogs-pa-po or
hgrogs-par byed associate; one who accom-
panies, goes together.
Syn. rjcs-chags; yofts-
$byor*t	yaft-dag hgrogs {Шоп.).
hgro-lugs (custom) manner.
hgron-bu *45* ncho-lohi sa-bon
cowries; dice {Шоп.).
**5'* hgro-ma {Schr.; Kdldc. T.
119).
*^'qjq94 hgro bzan-nia {Schr.; 92 A.).
hgro-byed=z^'% glan-po an ele-
phant {Шоп.).
I:	hgrol-ica, pf. «ipr ЬкгоЦ fut.
dgrol, to unravel; to make loose; to set
free ; to unfasten ;	don-
du rndud-pa hgrol-wa to cut the knot;
4’q hgrol-ica po or hgrol-bycd one
who unravels, loosens;	’^<q hgrol-
gyin hdug is being set free ; ^Trqv*^
hgrol-war hgyur will be set free.
301
II:	to escape, be liberated, be
released from. The pf. here is grol.
Generally used in the distinctive Bud-
dhist sense of escape from the necessity of
living, re-birth, etc.
hgros	mi-rta sog§-
kyi hgro-lags gait; manner of walking of
men, horses, etc.:	ni-gzlah §kar
la	чЗрг<^5 ran-hgro§
rhm-hgro§ gnis re-yod those that are self-
moving, such as sun, moon and planets,
etc., and those that are moved;
those whose manner of
walking is like the goose or the parrot are
respected by all;
ajwgv	glaft-chen
sen-ge khyu-mchog hgro$-ldan mis, lon$-spyod
mafi-pohi bdag-po byed-par hdod those that
walk in the manner of elephant, lion or
bull become rich and wish to be master of
many people;
whosoever walks in the manner of dog,
pig and donkey gains unhappiness (ЛЛ*.).
rga-ita, pf. rgas srt 1. to
be old, aged; also sbst. old age. 2. to go
down; to set (of the sun, etc.) (Ja.).
rga-ican krad-kyi bat, flitter-
mouse (Ja.).
rga-lo (Schr.; Ta 252).
rga-qi old age and death;
rga-qis gzir-tca to suffer under
the infirmities of old age.
4P’ rgan, also	hgaft-gzer-ma
hedge-hog, the second term designating
two species: Erinaceus auritus and
Eidnaceus anutrensis, the latter found in
Kokonur district.
rga£-pa=resp. rgan-pa old;
aged.
r^aJ-2?o=^^’4 tga$-pa also =
bgres-po an old man; a man gray
with age.
Syn.	lan-tsho yol*,	na-
tshod yol;	lo-mafi кhur-ldan;
dicon-po na/n§ ;	hkhogs-pa;
mgo-$kye§ dkar-wa ; q^’q$*qR<r
bshi-pahi gnas-skabs; gAitf'4 §ku-na
$min-pa ;	dgun-lo mthon-po;
rgan-pa (Mnon.).
r gad-mo an old woman.
rgan-rgon	rgad-po
rgad-po) old man and old woman.
rgan-pa Wtf, НЙч: an elder;
senior. In Tibetan astrology a person
aged between 60 and 72 is called
rgan-po	1. an old
man ; elder. 2. the headman of a village.
rgan-pohi thig> до-гса vul-
ture; also met. for rainbow (Mnon.).
rgan-pohi thig-le
met. an old man’s son.
rgan-pohi las tho work of an
elderly man.
rgan-mo	an
old woman; one infirm and worn out.
rgan-shugs	those that
are grown old; elderly people.
rgan-rabs wn the venerable,
aged.
rgan-rim$ ^T*ri of the older
class.
^’or^’q rgan-la iiam-pa to listen
to the advice of the old.
rganson жтмщ has become old.
^1
302

Spl rgal тгрц,	rab a ford;
$chu-rgal the ford in a rivor:
rgal dkah-wa difficult to ford or to cross.
Q rg^l-pa or rgal-ica pf. and fut.
brgal) imp. rgol, to ford (a river); to
travel through; to pass over; to surmount
a pass:	^’5 rgya-mtJio la
gru-gzifis-kyi r gal-te after having crossed
the sea in a ship;	la brgctl-
wahi byaft fios the north side (face) of the
mountain-pass that has been crossed.
rgal-hhigt VSHTU, the
joints of tho back; hip-joint; according
to Sch,	rgal-t8higs = tf№>4\4 $gal-
tshigs the spine.
4^4] rgal-cig a lizard; §}'*<
bla-ma r gal-cig tho chameleon.
4|^ r<7^==^*4 rga-wa old, ripe.
rga^-ka old ago.
4)^’4 r^-/?a = ^5’3 rgad-po зттпп,
srhi aged, old; exhausted; infirm ; sbst.
an old man.
rga§-pay $so-wa an elixir
(which has the property of giving tho
appearance of youth in old ago); ч$5
Sfc bcitd-leugyi $kor (Mrg. 90),
^‘35 rga^-bycd «TKTfTcr that makes
one look old and haggard.
Sj^’35’^ rga$ by cd-та	a woman
whose company makes a youth look old.
3)4^5 тда^-mcd foAx that never
grows old, a name of the celestial beings.
4] rgu=*Q-dgu many; 53’S4 dgu-thub
one able to overcome many.
«Г rgu-drus a mixture of many ingre-
dients healing sores, joining veins and
removing pains in the intestines, as in
rgu~dru$ rma-
hdrub rtsa-mthud rgyu-gzcr bjom$ (Med.).
rgud-pa
1. disadvantage; trouble. 2. to dec-
line, to sink, grow frail:
g4!rga$-pa daft na-
ica dan mya-nan dan $dug-b§nal gyi$ lu$-
rgud-pa (his) body and mind bocomo
deteriorated from misery, sorrow, disease
and age; 5^’$5 dar-rgud rise and decline.
$5’3 tgud-po, v. 55'3 gud-po.
$5’^ rgud-niun=^dbul-
phofa-kyi шип-pa a destitute person; des-
titute.
4j^j	rgun-hbrum
NO
grapes; $5'5^ rgun-dkar the white spe-
cies of grape:
rgun-hbrum glo-uad selsltiA tshad-pa sbyofi
the grape removes diseases of tho lungs
and cures fever.
rgitn-skems wine or drink made
from grapes.
$T^5 rgun-rgod wild grapes; according
to Jd. raisins in JP.
rgur-po or ^’3 sgur-po grit
so
hunchback; ono bent by age, v. 55*
rgur-re	rgur-rgur
bya$-na$ $dad-pa sit downcast, bending
the head downwards.
4) rgo, sometimes for §go.
г0<мса=53fq dgo-tca a species of
antelope Procapra picticaudata v. Jd.
dgoft-nio in
older writings tho evening.
4]^ rgod 1. adj. wild; g'3f5 a vulture; a
bird of prey; ^'^5. wild goat; чо|*^5 wild
boar; ^4’^5=a wild yak. 2. ^'^'8.
<iY4
303
31
mi-rgod lta-Ьи like a wild man; a savage;
a robber; a ruffian;	mi-rgod
byed-pa to rob (usually named together
with murdering and lying).
rgod skam-ma a barren mare.
Г god-pa 1. to laugh. 2. =
gyefi-wa to grow weak, languid, or in-
dolent.
+	rgod bag-can, described as
yon-tan med-cin sems
dwan rntho-гса 1. a vain person pretend-
ing to be great and powerful, but devoid
oE wisdom. 2.=^sems rnam-
par mi-ski-wa the disturbed state of the
mind (7Г. d. * 355). 3. weak; languid
(Ja.).
Г god-by cd	laughing; laugh-
ter.
3ft**4 rgod-та	a mare.
rgod-тд skyes 1. a name of the
physician of the gods. 2. born of the
mare. One of the wives of the God of the
Sun who, unable to bear the glare of his
rays, ran away in the guise of a mare to
the northern continent, Uttara Kuru.
The sun followed there, and caused her to
give birth to the celestial twins called
As'vini kumara.
rgod-mahi tshogs a herd
of mares.
rgod-yas a numerical figure.
Jfer rgol, v. rgol-гса.
rgol-phyi rgol a posture of witch-
craft against evil spirits:
q-fjw rgol phyi-pgol gyi-gdan fyams {A. 33)
prepared the seat for a defiant attitude to
suppress evil spirits.
tso4-pa зк, pf.
and fut. fyrgol, to dispute, combat,
fight, make controversy; 9)*v3f«rq to
hold discussion, verbal disputation; 53^’
to fight by means of troops
and powers ;	rgol-icahi, shu-don
a challenge; a speech provoking a quarrel;
a quarrel or contest begun by the
counter party (Sch.); w3ffor*l an adver-
sary, opponent; g’^M sfia-rgol the
plaintiff in a law suit, but generally signi-
fies an aggressor, assailant; B’3faphyi-rgol
defendant;	’^5'q phyir-
rgol-wahi gnod-pa is an external danger
against which every one tries to protect
himself and chiefly by charms and witch-
craft ; g*3jq sfia-rgol and phyi-rgol are
also said to signify such students as hold
religious controversies with one another.
g‘?f4 sna-rgol is the party putting the
questions; B’^ phyi-rgol is the party
answering the questions.
SfarSSq] rgol-tshig threatening words.
Syn. g’^q spyo-tshig\ ^^'^.isdigs^
tshig (Mfion).
I: rgya hvt seal, stamp, token,
mark, sign;	rgya-hdebs-pa to
seal; to stamp: Jrgya gcog-pa to
break or open a seal;	ri-
rgya lun-rgya bshug-pa to seal up hills and
valleys, i.e., to protect the living beings
inhabiting them from being harmed by
huntsmen or fishermen; an annual reli-
gious performance of tho Dalai Lama,
consisting in a variety of spells and
incantations for the safety of animals.
Syn. H’S thehu^tse ; phyag-dam ;
dam-phrug (BJinoft.)*
§11: animal of the deer dass, in
appearance like the Nilgai, possibly the
saiga-antelope.
si
304
З'ТЧ
III: мтег, W a net, a trap; У J
na-rgya a fishing net; 9’2 bya-rgya a
fowling net;	ri-dwagt kyi rgya a
net or trap to catch birds or wild animals.
IY: 1. extent; size:
rgyahi tshad-nichi-tsam how much was its
extent ? 2 Sq4 5*^q rgya dpag-tu nwd-pa
immeasurable in extent. 2. hrh a
namo for India but sometimes for China,
which are both vast countries; also full-
ness, complete state, or perfection.
4^’2^4^qq rgya rim-pa bduu-rgya$ btab-
pa there are seven kinds of mark used
in dividing a volume ; they are the fol-
lowing:—(1)	9|'j tshig-hbru
nri-bkhrugs tshig-gi rgya the sign or mark
for distinguishing one verse from another,
so that the verses may not be confused ;
(2)	tshig-rkaft mi-
hkhrug$-pa gad-kyi rgya the marks or stops
used at the end of a sentence or the line of
a verse ; (3)	fshig-don
mi-hkhrug$-pa lehuhi rgya to mark the
chapters: (4)	р-7о-
ka mi-hkhrug$-pa bam-pohi rgya the marks
so that the lines may not be earned from
one chapter to another; (5)
q'q^-q5,5jE4^’5*2 bam-po mi-hkhrugs-pa bam-
pohi grafa-kyi rgya marks to shew the
number of parts in each volume ; (G)
wdhah mi-hchal-wa $ne
thig-gi rgya the marks to shew the end
of book, part or chapter; (7)
2 glegs-bam mi-
hkhrugs pa gdoft-yig gam tpyan-khyer-gyi
rgya the serial number used in marking
the volumes of a collection.
2 5я tgya-gram (gya-tam) a cross; the
Svastika sign;	rdo-rje tgya-gram
a cross made of two Vajra, one placed
upon another crosswise.
2 MS Гдуа-skad Indian or Chinese lan-
guage.
2’MM rgya-$ka$ a staircase, ef. ^'"1
skas-ka,
2’3qiN tgya-ikycgt	lac; a
kind of rosin; 2’S11^rgya-$kyeg$
kyi rnam-hgyur sth; a sort of lac of the
colour of Jtfanjistha,
2ВЯ^^Г tgya-^kyeg gift ^rtw,
HHT a kind of tree the twigs of which are
used to clean the teeth.
2*<Цр<,<1 rgya bskum-pa to contract; to
diminish in extent.
2* W rgya-dkar large orb ; disk :
2 ni-zlahi rgya-dkar gar tho bright
orbs of the sun and the moon appear
(/«•)•
3ЧВ*^ rgya bskyed-pa to widen,
enlarge, extend, augment.
j’fwq rgya khams-pa the Khampa
tribes residing on the confines of China
and Tibet.
2’S rgya-khyi a Chinese lap-dog.
2 S\ rgya-khyou or 2’ЧКСИ rgya bam
khyon, v. 2 rgya,
S'^ Ztyya-f/ar said to stand for
Rgya-dkar, because dkar becomes gar
when joined to the word 2 rgya W;
Tibetan n. for India, the extensive country
where the people dress in white. The
different names for India are—(I)
Ilphags-yul Arya des'a; (2) адчрг
JJphags-hkhrufit birth (place) of the
Holy ones; (3)	Bsod-nams
sa-gshi Pnnya-bhu-mi for Magadha;
(4)	Sahi sniH-po
305
* 5 Rgya~gar phyag-na (Schr.;
Та. 0, ^49).
5 3я tgya-gratn> v- S rgya-kram.
З’НН rgya-grol^Wb set free, liberated»
rgya bgyab-pa or S’1^4’4 rgya-
btab-pa to lay a net or trap»
SI**' tgya-tgyu~r<h met. for
grog-ma the ant (JKnon.).
3’lT rg&a-$go a gate; a principal
door or entrance.
ST rgya-tgyur met. an ant (Mnon.).
rgya-caft
ч tke-ragt tbub-can ab btab-pa narrow,
long money-bag made of net and securely
joined to the sash»
rgya-lcog Chinese table.
j-ss rgya-chad partiality; invidious
distinction.
5 rgya che-гса or 3*1’^‘4 gthul che-iva
greats large, copious, diffused;
tton-pa rga chc-ica a great master or
teacher.
Rgya-cher rol-pa Tibetan
edition of the Lalitavistara.
yl’etw rgya-che lam одтщ=§’«!»< rgya-
lam main road.
rgya-chen-po= §‘^’4 rgya che-wa
large, copious, wide;
sa-cha tgya-chen-po an extensive country
or large place;	Semt rgya-chen-po
a generous broad heart; '^'^chot rgya-
chen-po a voluminous religious work; reli-
gious observances on a large scale.
rgya-cher bsnagt-pa fwW
copious or abundant description.
1^1 rgya-jog or 3’^ tgya-hjoga a
long table ; a bench.
J*1^ rgya-rtagt 1. mark, sign,
signature, stamp. 2. (5^ grant) n. of a
numeral.
S’?’1 Tgya-tam the Indian rupee.
S’&i tgya-thel a kind of seal or stamp.
rgya-mthofit lit. wide view; a
platform or open pavilion on the top of a
house.
Rgya-mdah n. of a district in
upper Kong-po (Yig. k. 25).
3*^ rgya-hdre or rgyam-hdre a
quarrel.
g'V’l Rgya-wig China, i.e., the
great and extensive country where people
dress in black.
J’apw Bgya-rnams or Rgya-mi-
rnams the Chinese people.
rgya-sna nc in mystic language
copulation	gab-tshiу (Ion-
ia hkhrig-pa).
3’sfa tgya-tpot НЖ: the Chinese
iucense stick or Jbss-stick.
3W tgya-phugt	a full covering.
Sq rgya-wa=zW№ рЬап-ра^ццц'ч^ц
bsam-pa, hbad-pa to be useful and of service;
to exert one’s self: ^мг
saflt-rgyas-kyi bstan-pa la rgya-wa yin-
pat (A. 133) he was of great service to
the religion of Buddha.
3	rgya-wo the beard;	colloq.	“ gyan.”
3	тдуа-bod or	Rgya-nag-dafi
Bod	China and Tibet.	also
Ulterior or Chinese Tibet.
3'1^’ЯЗ rgya-byin gshu	rain-
bow.
3 *1 rgya-ma a steel-yard. In Amdo
the term 3 rgya-rma signifies secondary
syphilis.
rgya-men те-tog a flower used
as medicine:
the flower Gy amen metog is useful in
diseased blood and in pains in the
shoulders.
j'M rgya-mo a net; also a Chinese
woman.
40
306
Wl
З’й4! rgya-s»iug of the colour of the
liver; purple. Acc. to Ja. violet colour.
rgya-rtsang a kind of lizard
(Sman 322).
J rgya-rtsi sa-r/si) a Chines©
varnish:	rgya-rtsig
rma-tpt hbrag-gkron rfio-h phan Chinese var-
nish cures sores, wounds, skin-inuption,
it eh, etc.
Rgya-brtsoii hgrus 8cfi-ge
n. of the learned Tibetan Lo-tsd-ica who
twice visited Vikramas'ila in Magadha with
a view to take Atis'a to Tibet.
5’* rgya-tshba^fyCQy*^'^ fin-tu lan-
tshba-ica sal-amoniac.
Syn. ”1’5’5 ka-po-ta;	lehe-hbigg
(4[fion.).
rgya-tshos vermilion.
J’w* rgya-mt*ho	1. the
ocean; the sea. 2. dropsy. 3. it also signi-
fies tho number four:
j	mkhag-pa legg-bgad
kyig mi-fiomg, rgya-mtsho chu-yig fiomg-pa
med no amount of elegant sayings or writ-
ings is adequate for the learned; no
quantity of water is sufficient for the ocean.
J’** is a common personal name in Tibet.
Syn. chu-gter; chu-dag\
^’3 ch и bi phufi-po;	rin-che.n
hbyufi-gva$\	zla-icag hphel; З'сЛ'
5^1^ zla-wahi grogs*, ыК'Ч’Э'я^ pha-rol mi-
mfion;	tgil-dkah-wa*,
chu-srin hbyufi-gnag;	chu-srin
kdag ;	chuhi srin-pohi gron-
che ;	sin-dhuhi bdag-po;
У aft gha-hdsin ;	rt'-yi hod-can ; X’
ro Idan-ma ;	sa-mchod ma ;
dug-can gnas ;	nal-hgrohi
fiter;	dal-hbab mdsod; chu-
stei;	chu-srin rgyal-mtshan
can ;	zla-ziahi ma-ma.
3’^1
5**^ V)4 rgya-mtsho dgah	the
moon; Jrgya-mtshohi zla
reflection of the moon in the ocean;
q’ciw ^5’3’525 rgya-mtsho pa-ham mchod-gyi
dpyad	a seaman or anything
belonging to the sea.
•	Rrgya-mtsho sbag-pa Samu-
dra Gupta; n. of ancient monas-
tery found buried under sand by King
DharmapSla, near site of which was found-
ed the monastery of Vikramas'ila.
+	rgya-mtshohi mchifi=$'
rgya-mtshohi mjins orifc’SZfa
dkyil the vast expanse of the sea.
rgya-rntshohi duA-phrefi^
tsha-la billows ; waves of the sea; also
borax (Sman. 166).
Rgya-mtshohi rdo-гса n. of a
medicine.
rgya-rntshohi wu-гса, v.
SS’4 rgya-mchohi dbu-ua	a kind of
medicine [(1) sea-foam, (2) cuttle-fish
boneJS.
rgya-^shiin IF. is stated to be a kind
of gtor-ma offering to demons and demi-gods
as a substitute for animal sacrifice (Jd.).
rgya-gzeb acc. Sch. a large net; a
largo rake used in reaping.
5'^ гдуа-уап = у^'ъ дуей-гса laziness;
remissness:	rnam-kun rgya-
yan dug during the time I am found negli-
gent (of religious duties) (Yig. k. 22).
+ 5’5)*^ rgya-yi-hbur engravings on a
seal;	rgya-yi hbur^^^^^
dam-phrug gi ri-mo the raised figures or
inscriptions on a seal; phyag-rgya in
mystic rites the symbolical gestures
of the hand or the fingers, to express cer-
tain charms and language.
5’^ rgya-yul the country of India or
China.
307
J’X Tgya-ri painted figures, etc.;
a portion of meat (Jd.). It also denotes a
measure = half dam or one fourth of Ihu.
J’Xq rgya-rog—wy'fa aga-tsom beard.
S'44 rgya-lab talk, gossip.
j4aw rgya-lam high road, main way.
rgya-qug the juniper tree; a
species of fir from China and the Hima-
layas; a species of jujube
rgya-gar-dan ron-
gi <P<g~Pa hbras-bu ehun-chun yod-pm shig
(Khrid. 33);	rgya-^ug-gi hbru
giw, w jujube, fruit.
Syn.	bya-rgod sen-mo; *3^’3
hbras-zlum-can; VW'S** ddal-skycs;
sa-stobs (M-fton.).
tgy^^g hkhyil (Э’-^Я'Я'^
rgya-tpig-gi §doft-po bzaft-po) a species
of juniper.
rgya-$ub$ or pi($-f ub§ light
trousers worn by the Chinese.
J’-^Я rgya-tpg Chinese paper.
З’Л” r^ya-ps=5'^ rgya-tshos vermi-
lion.
rgya-ser 1. gap, cleft, fissure
chasm in rocks, glaciers, &c. 2. a dog
with yellow spots about the nose. 3.
J’^’q a Russian.
rgya-sog or 5’^Яrgya-sog-le 1.
a saw imported from ludia or China. 2.
a Tartar of Turkistan.
rgya-sran a wide opening or
passage; a street; a balance.
J’5^ rgya-sran дгая (*3 hbru) a kind
of pulse ; gram.
rgyag-pa another form for ч
rgyab-pa, used esp. iu (7., to throw, cast,
fling; ^‘jq’q mdah rgyag-pa to shoot
arrows ; 5Я^'Ч'^Я’2Я’П dgon-pa shig rgyag-
pa to found a monastery. Has, in
general, all the significations of ^q*rq.
I • rgyags-pa provisions,
victuals, food;	htsho-tcahi
tgycigs provisions for living; «WjqN lam-
rgyags provisions fora journey; 'gq**
dgun-rgyags provisions for the winter;
rgyags-zoft merchandise to buy
or barter victuals with.
II:	<4, HTsi; ХЯ”’4 dregs-
pa arrogance, pride. Adj. arrogant and
inebriated. There are eight kinds of jq*rq
rgyags-pa :—(1) Xqsrqsq’WjqN’q rigsbzaft-
wa§ rgyags-pa pride of high birth; (2) qiq^’
gq^-q gzugs-kyis rgyags-p>a pride of appear-
ance ; (3) QK‘^r jqq*q laft-tshos rgyags-pa
pride of youth; (4)	jqN’q nad med-
pas rgyags-p't pride of freedom from sick-
ness; (5) Х^'З^'ЭЯ^ q nor-gyis rgyags-p>a
pride of wealth; (6) ^qq*^*q^’jq^’q dwan
yod-pas rgyags-pa pride of power; (7)
Xq’^srqsTjjqq’q bzo-rig $es-pas rg у gas-pa
pride of teohnical knowledge ; (8)
q^’jqN’q maft-du thos-pa§ rgyags-pa pride
of versatile perception.
jqvq<4'5q4’|3j rgyags-pahi
fat, stout (Sch.); also mighty,
proud.
cjj£’ rgyan^^' rgyafi 1. wall,
distance.
rgyan-grags the distance
of about two miles; the reach of hearing.
rgyan-mehoft	bt aft-gin
moving forward by long leaps.
j^-q rgyan thun-wa near; ^Я'^’
mig-rgyaft distance of sight, i.e., the
distance from which a man may be well
distinguished.
rgyan-du lus-pa lingering
behind (Sch.).
jc^-^q'q rgyan-nas phog-pa
ear shot; hit from a distance.
dgah-ston
powerful,
2.
3е’41
308
З3»!
rgyafi-pa, used for Ъгкуап-
ra, stretched:	rgyafi-na$ b*hag-
pa they laid him down stretched out
 Ja ).
jE/вц'сг Rgyan phan-pa or rgyan
phrn-pa a sect of Hindu philosophers who
were scorned by the Buddhists and called
atheists ;	lit. the cast out by
the world, t>., the despised of tho people,
the Lokayata sect of Ancient India.
rgyan-та distance ; great way off;
rgyan-ina-na§ at a distance; from
afar.	rgyafi-ma-na$ grag$-
pa the-ica famous, celebrated ; heard from
afar. Very common in older as well as
in modern works.
rgyafi-mig ini-ntthon-
ink han short-sighted.
Rgyan J ordinary pronunciation
ef Rgya?-rtse,ihe chief town in the
district of Nyang in Southern Tsang.
rgyan-t*ha$ not far from.
jcAc?q rgyan-rin-po far, remote ; Зц
ic/q q rgyan rin-po-na$ len-pa taken
or brought from a great distance.
rgyan-rin-ica
VTia decaying; procrastinating.
O rgyan b*rin$-pa lengthened
to a great distance.
rgyafa adv. far;	Tgyan$
bkyed-dc moving far away, e.g.^ in order
to increase one’s distance from an unplea-
sant neighbour at table (Ja.).
rgyans-te arriving as in haste:
gel-
gyi hkhar-ica-Mg thog$-na$ khofi-gi rt*ar
rgyan-tc by an carrying a crystal staff he
arrived near him (A. 138.).
jcatSjc/ rgyan-gin, also wrongly written
as	rkyan-gin=
•£’сг|$г^,й§ku-than rf-mo
bri-rgyuhi ra$-&shi rgyon-wahi gift sogs daft
nri-sog rgyan^-wa 1. castle. 2. the board
on which the body of a culprit is stretched
for flogging ; thoboard or canvas on which
cloth or pasteboard is placed for making
a picture.
I: rgyan,, colloq. rgyan-cha 'WWM,
ornament, decor-
ation;	rgyan-gyi$ brgyan-pa
decked with ornaments; dtcu-rgyan
the ornament of the head; a diadem;
sems-kyi rgyan a blessing; an
ornament of the heart:	%’^‘5’3^
ornament of the body equals mental talents;
the miseries of the body are not equal to
anxiety of the mind (Cc. 13).
Syn. cha$-> leg$-byed\
mdset-byas*, JYS4 rgyan-byed; dkod-
pa\ $pra§ {Mnon.).
И :	$kug§ 1. a stake or pledge
at play. 2. lot; $<¥3^* rgyan-rgyab-pa,
to cast lots—without religious ceremonies.
rgyan mkhan-po
(Schr.; Td %, 187) one versed in rhetoric.
3¥*3Vq rgyan hgyed-pa to lay
a wager.
3¥*^ rgyan-mchog earring.
JjYV4*1' rgyan-du hchar it proves a
blessing for tho heart; a moral advantage.
rgyan-drug the six kinds
of ornaments used by the Aryan people of
India.
rgyan-hdogs-pa to adorn
one’s self.
3¥^V°^ rgyan nehii le-can
ornament made in the shape of a weasel’s
head.
3¥q гдуап-ра~ъ№№ bshag-pa nfea
adorned, bejewelled.
309
Г* I
2^4 rgyan-ро	throwing dice;
also	rgyan bshag-mkhan qy№
who joins in a wager; gambler.
rgyau-pa byed-pa to lay a wager.
rgyan dor-wa or bshag-pa
a dice-rogue; a gamester; one who
throws dice.
2VS^ rgyan-phran commonly or
slightly ornamented.
rgyan-bya^ v. rgyan.
2 VS'4!” rgyan zla-gam a semi-
circular necklace.
rgyab re, Тота 1. the back of tho
body ; the back part of anything; 2q
rgyab-kyi phyogs behind ;
rgyab-kyis phyogs-par byed-pa to
put to flight ;	rgyab-khal a burden
carried on the back; 2Л’3^ rgyab gur-
po haunch-back;	rgyabsnas a
cushion or pad for the back. 2. a load;
wjr a load or pack of wool;	’4^
three mule-loads.
5q5 rgaab-tu rgyab-na, and 2qQi
rgyab-la are in common use both as adverbs
and as postp., in the latter form governing
the genit. ease, signifying afterwards or
after, behind, at the back, etc. : 2q’q’^ql
rgyab-la rgyug run behind;
they lay down behind him;
2q after building the roof of the
monastery.
2ч’5’Ч^ rgyab-tu shon mounts on the
back.
$4^ rgyab-rten vrsu a back-support;
something to lean against; a safe retreat;
prop, support.
rgyab r ten-pa to lean one’s back
against; to lean or rest on; to rely upon,
confide in.
rgyab-rten byed-pa to make
a support ; to back.
2CJ’^4 rgyab $ton-pa to turn one s
back; to turn round.
24’*Pfa rgyab-gnon confirmation.
rgyab-pa^ pf. and fut. ^2q
brgyab, imp. gb rgyoby to throw, to fling;
to hit, to beat, to strike ; ^'2q q rdo-rgyab-
pa to throw or pelt stones at; 2q q
rgyab-pa to put wood (on fire, &c.); ^2q q
ho-rgyab-pa to kiss ;
phyugs-nags seb-turgyab-pa to let tho
cattle run into the thickets, q|4q’2q
bztog-pa rgyab-pa^ also btab-pta to
clap; ^'2^ ho-ma-rgyab-pa to pour or
mix milk; ^’2qq tshba-rgyab to salt (a
curry or meat).
2q KT*>q rgyab phyogs-pa to turn one’s
back to a person or thing; to leave it
behind; to be indifferent.
rgyab byed-pa to protect; to
back.
rgyab-huoly 2q^ rgyab-rten
cushiou for the back.
jq rgyab-dmag^^'S^ rjes-dmag
re-inforccment; reseive.
2q^^ rgyab-rtsis intend to make; hint.
2A rgyab-rdsi one standing behind
working people in order to watch and
superintend them.
2^’q!5c> rgyab-gshun the spine, the
backbone.
rgyab-ya^ grans %VT (or
a number.
S4'^' rgyab-rin i’lire the long-back;
met. a fish or a snake.
rgyab-log byed-pa to turn
one’s back ; to rebel; revolt.
rgyab-log§ the back; back part;
the reverse of a thing.
rgyam~tshba — § rgya-tshba
a kind of rock-salt
(brought from Sind) used in medicine.
Saif
310
I: rgyal skar-ma) хрцт
the eighth constellation in the Hindu
and Buddhist astronomy.
Syn.	lha-ld im-ma;
sbyor Idan-ma;	t skim-bye d-
ma ; grnb-pa-ma ; S'4 ^5 tgyal-smad
(AJfon,).
И: 1. w. 2. the five penalties
for theft.
j jj-. (U30(j oniy in compounds)
royal, victorious; also great, chief.
Rgyal-кии hdud=^<fa'^
prgorEj ljkhor-lo§ $gyiir-icahi rgyal-po
a Chakra varti Raj& ^ДДОоп.).
Rgyal-dkah
invincible ; the unconquerable.
Й rgyal-gyi mtshan-nio
a December night; Tgy^-gyi *la-
wa	the month of December;
§N'yq rgyal-gyi na-wa ^fviRT the
full-moon day of December-January.
rgyal-khaft = 4^’35 Sqc; rgyal-
pohi pho-bran the king’s residence; palace.
Syn.	rgyal-pohi khab*,
bso$-nams khafi-pa (Mfion.).
jorpcr^’Ei rgyal-khab chen-po the main
government; imperial government (Fty.
k. 18).
jargfciN rgyal-khrims = ^'tt’$w rgyal-
pohi khrims court law; the king’s law : JT
the law is a golden yoke.
rgyal-mkhan-po 4fcn (Schr.;
Ta. 230) learned.
rgyal-rgyud royal family or line-
age.
j'M’t rgyal-rna drum of victory:
rgyal-rfia rab-
hbyams shin kun-khyab par-bsgrag$ the
drum of victory diffusing far and wide
proclaims your fame all over the world
(Kg- k.).
Rgyal-chcn zde-hslii^^'"^*^
Rgyal-chcn bshi ^тряттЧТ^т,
snfw; they are : (1)	Yul-hkhor
sruil (2)	Rphags skyes-po
(3) Spyan mi-bzan
(4)	Rnam~tho§ eras
rgyal-mchog fsnrax, n.
p. (Schr.; Td. 2, 3) victorious; subduer.
♦	Rgyal-mchog rin-chen
(Schr.; 27 A.).
rgyal-hdab зпппс n. of a tree
[a lotus]S.
*	Rgyal-sde dkar-chnfi si?j-
(Schr.; Ta. 2, 212).
I:	rgyal-po
W king» chieftain, ruler;
rgyal-por feko-wa to inaugurate a king;
to raise (him) to the throne :
the king
is honoured in his own country, the h arned
is everywhere respected;	the
ruling deity of Do-thang:	I
do not wish to be king :	if I
do not attain royalty.
Syn.	sa-$kyon;	sa-gshi
Skyon; sa-bsrufi; sa-bdag; jjk'S
sa-spyod\	sa-dwafi;	dpufi-pa
skyes;	lag-las	skyes;
rnam-par skyes;	hgro-tcahi dwan;
skyed-guhi bdag-po; t mi-rje;
mi-bdaej;	mihi dwan-phyug;
'ntihi dicafi-po;	mihi hdren-
pa;	guam-gyi rgyal-po;
§5 hjigs-sel byed;	dmah-skyob;
Yic/q^ spyi-wor dican-bskur;
ini-yi mgon-po; sa-hdsin; sa-
htsho;^'*^^ sahi dwan-phyug (HfnoH.).
311	4jeiW^|
gq*q и : that which is excellent;
something superior in its kind;
З'Ч'ч tin-nc-hzdsin rgyal-po Samadhi-raja,
the excellent work on meditation.
gq-qAj^'q’^A^w rgyal-po hkhun-pa
gro§	dkar-po ehig-thub
n. of a medicinal root (Sman. 10k).
gq’q'ogq-q rgyal-po hkhyil-wa 1. a
medicine. 2. ttsttw, тгзЩ? a kind of
precious stone said to be brought from
Viratdes'a; a royal fillet.
Syn. mu*mcn (Mnon.).
gq'q-£?<q<rt^q rgyal-po nes-par ht sho-
wn	supported by the king.
^orq-^ rgyal-po-сап royal; kingly.
gq’Hi’^f^N rgyal-po hjoms КГ5Щ one who
has killed the king; regicide.
gq'q’g^’q rgyal-po smug-po—Я gla-rtsi
musk (Sman. 333).
gq-q’sj^ gS| rgyal-po mtshon-byed
the cock.
gq'q-q^ rgyal-po bshin=^'u'3^<^
rgyal-pa nan-ltar чгьтзд in the manner of
a king; right royally.
gorq’qQ^'q rgyal-po bshug§-pa xrsrgr^f
the race of kings.
gqqw^q Rgyal-po zas-gtsan King
S'uddhodana; чТ*	bcom-ldan
hda§-kyi yab the father of S'akya-muni.
Rgyal-po gyn-sdoA
gser hgo n. of a medicinal plant
(Sman. 77) [the plant	Justicia
Janderussd}S.
gq’q’^’w*^ Rgyal-po Ra-ma-na	King
Rama-chandra of the Ramaya^a.
Syn. ^3’5 Ra-gliiihi-bu;	Dkah-
thub-can\ ^fq'qsq Tshul-bzan ;	Dg^h-
byed\ чЙклгд^ Hphons-skyen ,
Cin-rta bcu-pahi sras;	Mgrin
bcuhi-dgra-wo\	Si-tahi bdag-po;
gq'gq-q Hzam-glin rgyal-po;
Q dgah byed-bzan-po;	Pho-brad,
mi-tog can (Mnon).
gq qXq'^q Rgyal-po rab-snan described
as
n. of a king who was born on the
day Buddha was bom.
gq’q’-fpvq Rgyal-po qa-ra-wa явд= ;
q^’^’g^q^gq^vW^'^-
gq'q’tq^q'q'g^-qj^qi Rgyal-po gsad-wa
spyan-gcig—^'\w^\'Q fan-dril dmar-po
n. of a medicine (Sman. 22 k)-
gq-q^'g’q^wq rgyal-pohi §ku-bsrun§-pa
a king’s body-guard.
Syn. q’W’^jsrq bsrun-mihi tshogs-pa;
g’qsjq^-q bsruds-pa; ba-trahi §de;
bsruns-wa (Mnon.).
gq qrg^q rgyal-pohi §kyed-tshal=^’
q5’^q rgyal-pohi tshal or	dgah-
icahi tshal royal gardens; park (Mfion.).
gq-q^-g^'^ rgyal-pohi dkyes-bii — ^'^'Si
rgyal-pohi mi	personage of the
king’s family; an official.
gq-q^q rgyal-pohi khab	the
king’s residence ; palace; capital Rajagir
in Magadha.
Syn.	khyad-par bkod-pa; ^q’
q'^ hphel-ua-can;	bkra-<p§ can;
q^^Wf^'q bsod-nams khan-pa;
kun-nas bzan\ ba-gam-can;
sa-bdag khyim;	gyun-drun
hkhyil-wa;	rgyal-khah',
rgyal-pohi pho-bran ; gq'q^’q^ rgyal-
pohi bsti-gnas (Mnon.).
gq’q5*pw rgyal-pohi khams = ^’lp\
rgyal-srid kingdom.
gq’q^qpi rgyal-pohi rtag§ the signs of
royalty, such as the umbrella, the chowry,
etc.; royal paraphernalia.
312
$arq|
5^ rgyai-pohi	rgyai-
sras the son of a king; a prince; a scion
of the royal family ; a royal descendant.
rgyal-pohi dp у ad gf^T,
present; tribute (to a king).
rgyal-pohi myu-gu the son of
a king ; a prince.
+ д'ч Е&'дч rgyal-pohi =
btsun-mohi §dod-sa the queen’s apartments
in a palace, also her attendants.
Syn.	tysun-mohi hkhor; ^’9^’
pho-bran hkhor (ДГлог?.).
jq’Zhnijwa rgyal-po$ bkrab$-pa~^t№
rgyal-po$ hdam$-pa chosen, selected
gain and loss; win by the king.
rgyal-pham victory and defeat;
wining and losing.
5^'9^ rgyal-phran (gy al-than), a petty
king; a feudatory prince.
Syn.	rgyal-rigs cha-^as;
oprqjtfvViq’ yul-hkhor-dwafi;
yul-gyi bd'ig-po;	groft-khyer-rje;
$de-dpon\	sa-yi tihg-
le hdsin;	kham$-kyi rgyal-po
(Mnon.).
• rgyal-ica sni, v. neut. 1. to be
victorious; to win; to conquer; to subdue ;
to overpower ;	nag-pohi
2)hyog$-la$ rgyal-wa to be victorious over
the powers of sin, i.e., the side of darkness;
q gyul'las rgyal-wa to be vic-
torious in battle;	4 tshod Ita-
wa 11$ rgyal-wa to pass an examination
successfully; TS’4’Wjprq rtsod-pa-la rgyal-
wa to win a contest. 2. the number
twenty-four.
ij. j. the act of conquer-
ing; victory. 2. the conquering party or
person; he that prevails; the conqueror
(opp. to pham-pa, the vanquished).
ГП III: fspf, WWH 1. the con-
queror, most high, i>., the Buddha. 2.
the earliest known Buddha, Adi-Buddha ;
the conqueror of passions.
IV: adj. victorious; superior;
eminent; excellent:
rnam-par rgyal-wa hi khail-bsan the man-
sion completely excellent.
rgyal-wa can, n. p. (Schr.;
Bull. 1848, 2S8).
* gq’qrgyal-wa vnehog-gi
$kyed-iruha$	(Schr.; Kalac. T.
21).
Rgyal-wa gni$-pa the second
Buddha of this age; an epithet which
once belonged to NSgarjuna, now given
to Tsong khapa, i.e., tRje-rin-po-
che, jTq’qfttr	vfrvqjj
rgyal-ica gni§-pahi fatan-pahi rgyal-mtshau
srid-rtser b$grefi$, he uplifted in the king-
dom the banner of the creed of the second
Buddha (Tsong-khapa) (Yig. k. 22).
*	rgyal-wa tshitl-khrim§ one
of the four great Teachers of the Bon
religion (G. Bon. 35).
Rgyal-ica tshe-dpag-med
(Schr.*, 29 A.) n. of a
Dhyani-Buddha.
* З^’^З’З4’4 Rgyal-wa qhakya thitb-ра,
5’5 5 ta-tya-thha mu-ni (Schr. ; 33 Л).
Rgyal-wa Rin-gyo-che the
“most precious Jina” is the ordinary title
in Tibet of the Grand Lama of Lhasa—
the Dalai Lama.
Rgyal-wahi cod-pan
n. of a famous king of Kashmir who reign-
ed about the seventh century A-D.
Rgyal-wahi Ь§1а^-ра^^^
saw rgya^-kyi b§fan^pa the reli-
gion of Buddha ; Buddhism (Yig. k. 10).
rgyal wahi thugs-sras f^T-
ЧН: the spiritual son of Buddha.
jorqq’g^ rgyal-wahi spyan = ^^\'&'
5*4 lug-mig те-tog a flower resembling in
appearance the eye of a Buddha and used
in medicine (8man. 421),
Jiarqq^qvq Rgyal-wahi dwan-pv
the chief Buddha; also an occasional appel-
lation of the Grand Lama of Lhasa:
the
Gyal-wai Wang-po is the great seer and
one who knows all things (Yig. к. 1).
* jq’q^qq’EjA’gfSfa rgyal-wahi dwan-
pohi blo-gros	(Schr,; Bull, 1848>
94) one whose mind is devoted to the
Lord Buddha.
goi qo/^’sj rgyal-wahi myu-gu, v.
rgyal-was f^pn^ [a nascent Buddha.]#.
jorq^'gor^q rgyal-wahi rgyal-tshab—
Rgyal-warin-po chchi sku-tshab
the Regent of Tibet who administers the
country during the minority of the Dalai
Lama; now called Rgyal-tshab Rin-po che
or Bod-Rgyal-po (Po-gye po.).
g^’qS’^q rgyal-wahi tshab the vice-regent
of Buddha; a name of Maitreya Bodhi-
sattva.
rgyal-wahi gshi fspuw: by (in-
ch ub sems-dpah or Bodhisattva,
Rgyal-wahi hod зтянт, ftpr-
the glory of Buddha; name of a
Bodhisattva,
4jQl*q5'^ rgyal-wahi sras~ L'gyal-
ua ; Bodhisattva, a Buddhist monk;
an ordained Bhiksu.
*jorqrv^j rgyal-wahi lha	(Schr.;
Ta. 2, 146),
* epTAKVF rgyal-war dfcah	(Schr,;
Katie. T, 22) one of the ten stages of
perfection or
313
5^5' rgyal-bu	the son of
a king; a prince ;	J4’§5 rgyal-bu rgyal-
bycd n. of a prince in Kos'ala in Buddha’s
time.
Syn. q^-^^r^q^- bsod-nams	stobs;
zil-gnon-bu;	tgyal-
rigs thig-le ;	’*4^* rgyal-pohi gdun;
rggal-sras;	wor-
hdsin bdag-pohi sras\	rgyal-pohi
'myu-gu (Mnon,),
Rgyal bycd-ma
n. of a goddess.
jotRgyal-byed-tshal u. of
the grove which was purchased by Anath-
pindada a merchant of S'ravasti and where
the Buddha resided for a long time.
*	Rgyal-dwah Ifta-pa chen-
po =	kun-gzigs bti-
bzan rgya-mtihohi shabs (Schr.; 16 A).
gq'^qq-q^ Rgyal-dwan padma=-'®№
sahs-rgyas ghis-pa or ^ 5^ ^’5’*
Slob-dpon Rin-po-cbe an epithet of the
saint Padma Sambhava given him by the
Rhin-ma sects (Yig. k. 27),
rgyal-blon the king and his
minister, also the state minister.
rgyal-то the queen; wife
of the king.
Rgyal-то ka-ra sman) a
a coarse sugar used in medicine.
jorSrXc* Rgyal-mo-ron — ^'^ Rgyal-
ron n. of a country on the confines of S. E.
Tibet (Situ. 56).
j'arZK’q]'^ rgyal-mohi ga-gon n.
of a place.
jor^q rgyal-tshab ^KTaT 1. the Desi
(Bde-srid) or regent of Tibet. 2. the
would-be successor of a king; crown
prince.
i: rgyal-mtshan
1. the armorial flag or banner of
41

314
victory of Buddhism; is tho orthodox
standard of the Buddhist. 2. used as a
personal name of Bodhisattvas and indivi-
duals such as:—Sc^^wq'^nt^qS-gTw^
В у ah- hub stm$-pa mi brp'd-pahi rgyal-
ndshan, S^qvg'q’w^ Rtogs-pahi rgyab
mtshan,	Yoh^su
r*og$-pa daft, bral-icahi rgyal-mtshan. 3.
25 phod-wain Tho Gyal-tshan or Bud-
dhist banner is seen as a kind of decoration
of cloth in various colours and of cylindrical
shape erected upon a flagstaff or carried on
a pole. If is also made in brass and wood.
In Tibetan Buddhism the following are the
3*r**^ rgyal-mtshan, to combat with the
powers of evil:—(1)	tshul-
khrtms-kyi rgyal-mtshan, (2) ^’^‘^‘З’З4*
tin-fie-hdsin-gyi tgyal-mtshan, (3j
ys-rab-kyi rgyal-mtshan,
(4)	yc.-$e$-ky; rgyal-mtshan,
(5)	rnam-par grobwah*
rgyal-mtshan, (G)	tfitfbrjo
dien-pohi rgyal-mtshan, (7)
я cr^-qi^or^’ $tofbpa-nid-daft
mtshan-ina med-pahi $mon-pa mrd-pahi
rgyal-mtshan,	thahs-ky.
rgyal-mtshau, (9) ^4'^ £\q V5fa'£yqv’
sams-ean mt d-pa-dan srog
med-pa-dafl gan-zag nud-jyahi rgyal-mtshau,
(10) ^•^^g'5rqv^E4’q ^•^5'q^ Wg'q^'
догчч’д'ч'я^ rten-cin hdrtl-par hbyufi-ica
khofi-du chud-pas mthar Ita-bu dafi. bra I-icahi
rgyal-mtshan, (11)
5'с^'3*ГРЗ^ ran-gi scm$-gisem$ yofis-
su dag-pas sans-rgyas-kyi byin-gyi§ brlab$.
qjopr rgyal-mtshan grag§ чТ^ПН
fame; ornament.
rgyabmtshan-ma
(Schr.; 99 B) ensign of good fortune.
♦	rgyal-mtshan sefi-ge ^JT-
(Schr.; Org. m. Ill, 2$).
5*1’3 rgyabzla нтя the month of
December.
5*1 ачм rgyal-rab$ genealogy of kings.
Rgyal-rabs Bon-gyt
hbyrn-gnas n. of a work on the origin of
the Bon religion.
5*r^*pi rgyal-rigs	the
military caste of India; royal race; tho race
of a king.
Лч|Ц'|| N rgyal-rigs skyes
born of the military caste, also of the
royal family; resident of Magadha.
rgyal-rigs eha-ga^^'^
tgyal-phran a petty king; a vassal or feu-
datory prince (Mon.).
rgyal-rigs thig-le = ^r^
rgyal-bu tho son of a king; a prince.
jq-Rqprtf rgyal rigs-то	a lady
of the military caste of India.
rgyal-roft, v.	rgyal-mo-roft.
rgyal-sa capital seat of Govern*
ment, royal place ; the place or position of
a king.
rgyal-sra$=*prgyal-pohi
sras the son of a king or prince.
*5^ 4-^*1 rgyal-b^es D- Pr- (Schr.;
Was. 55).
5*C5J5 rgyal-srid KW, a kingdom ;
empire; state.
rgyalsrid rgyas-pa
empire.
'^’4^ rgyal-srid Rin-chen sna-
bdun the seven different precious articles
of royalty, viz:—hkhor-lo the
wheel; ^’9 nor-bu gem ; btsun-
mo, queen; SH2* blon-po minis-
ter; g|*’2i gian-po elephant; rta-
mchog spirited horse;	khyim-
bdag	house-holder;
dmagpon rin-po chc	commander”
inichief,
315
rgyal-srid srufi-wa
to defend a state against enemies.
5*4’^ r^as-A^Z=5*4*44*4^«\*4^*4^’4
rgyas-par bgad-pahi hgrel-pa comprehen-
sive commentary:	5*4*54 ’ 5^ ’9’q V*l ’45*
an elaborate commentary on
the texts of Sum-cu-pa and Rtags hjug-pa
{Situ. 137).
Syn. 4^’4 hphel-wa; F^’4 rdsogs-gia;
^4* 4 gan-wa ; p*§*4 kka-lye-wa; @4’4 khyab-
pa; ^’4 che-wa; ^’4 tshim-pa (Mnon.).
4^4’4 I: wth n. of a great sage of
Ancient India, the reputed author of the
Mahabharata; 54’^4-54’4 Dran-sron rgya§-
pa srrwft the sage Vyasa.
gsrq II: (prop. pf. to 5’4 rgya-wa)
1. vb. to increase in bulk or quantity; to
augment; to spread: 4’S)'$’^’54 la-yi nu-
Itar rgya$ swells like a cow’s dug; 4^’
4*54’2|v bstan-pa rgyas-$in the doctrine (of
Buddha) spreading; to grow,develope. 2.
adj. extensive, large, ample, wide, mani-
fold, numerous, copious, complete, full;
3’4’54’4 zla-ica rgyas-pa full moon ; the
adverbial form is frequent: 54*44'^5'5
rgyas-par hdo^-na if you wish to know
it fully.
54’44*55’4 rgya§-par byed-pa 1. to make
bigger; to augment; to increase. 2. to
describe, narrate, state at large.
54'44’4-55'4 rgyas-par b^ ad-pa
elucidation; full explanation; AV5^’4V
55’4 don rgyas-par byed-pa to be very use-
ful ; to exert a beneficial influence.
54'55 rgya$-byed нтта the land of
plenty; a name of India.
5*4’§5’^g^*q5'qfl|'q rgyas-byed hbyun-pohi
lag-pa—1^'^ dwafi-lag n. of a medicinal
plant growing below the limit of snow in
the Himalayas and resembling the human
hand in appearance (Sman. 416).
ii
54’55’^ Rgyas-byed-та UKcft n. of a
goddess—Cornocopia, the goddess of
plenty.
*5*V-^4- rgyas-qin gft (Schr. ; Kalac. T.
110) thriving.
I • rgyu a kind of blanket.
II:	1. matter; substance; material;
^’4 rgyu-wa superior quality:	rgyu-
gtsan any stuff, wool or cotton, &c., when
cleansed and washed for making cloth;
also pure origin, rgyu-$gog n. of a
medical drug; wild garlic. chafi-rgyu
ingredients for making beer: ^’5’|’4,444|4’
44‘4'5Ц rgya dge-wa bsags-pa$ thob-pa yin
the substance has been obtained by means
of accumulated merits : ** «1’5^4’^*5^’ fta-la
dgos-rgyu chu ft I have few wants. 4f’bzo-
rgyu material to make or manufacture any-
thing with ; *’^5 za-rgyn-med nothing to
eat:	da-liar rgyu-shig snan-no
an opportunity will presently offer itself
(Ja.). 2. In JK arrangement; preparation.
In a special sense material; stuff for weav-
ing; warp; chain (Jd.).
g 111:^1. cause, namely, the primary
cause as distinguished from 5^ the second-
ary or co-operatiug cause; the direct
cause for any event; also reason, motive,
main condition: $‘Mmya-
nan las hdas-pahi rgyur-hrgyur it becomes
the cause of passing out of misery, i.e.,
Nirvana;	nan-son rgyu-ru hgro,
^4 rgyns with genit. by reason of; on
account of ; in virtue of; in consequence of;
?5’^4 eihi rgyus, why: ^’^5Л rgyu med-du
rgyu med-par without any actual
cause; spontaneously; without sufficient
reason; without good cause; V
rgyu-dan rkycn primary and secondary
316
cause, which sometimes coincides with
‘ cause and effect’;	rgyu-dift
rkyeu-dehi phyir, dehi rgyu,
d hi rkyen-gyis,	dehi rgyu-rkyen
therefore ; on that accouut. $ fic-icahi
rgyu iu medicine tho three anthropological
causes or conditions of diseases ; the three
4 humours/ wind, bile, and phlegm ;
rin-tcahi rgyu tho ultimate cause of diseases
and of every evil, viz., ignorance ; q nm
rig-pa, sAt/ (7 byed-rgyu tho creative
< iuso ;	hphel-icahi гдуц-ni Ite-
<ca the efficient cause of growth is the
navel-string; ^'§5’4 rgyu byed-pa to be tho
principal cause of; to lie at the bottom of
a matter;	rgyu §kyed-pa to lay the
foundation of. There are six kinds of
rgyu-drugbyed-
ahi rgyu,	lian-eig hhyun-
<rahi rgyu ?	rnam-$miit-gyi rgyu,
mhshuvs-par Idan-pahi rgyu,
kun-tu hgro-wthi rgyu,
3 bk l-n.h m kyi rgyu. 2. attached to a
verbal ro >t rgyu often indicates tho
supin and, coll* quiiVly, the infinitive ;
wishes to gs. Also forms a
iutur1 tense when connecting the root
with th k cuxil. verb. will eat: ^^e.*
tho e that will come to me;
when thegovcri ment was
to bo entrust» 1 to him; 5	liors°s
as pro ii it to be had (Jd.);	dkou-rgyu
no d th it i. not a very precious thing; there
is nothin/particular in that; Wq^
gshan-p 'S I'gprgyu med he is not
more beautiful than others;
7 a-n *>'ian rgyu-med that is not to be won-
dered at.
rgyu-rky n	reason ; cause ;
acc. to Jd. connection :
rgyu-rky a bshad-du gw I please explain
to me the connection. rgyu-cha colloq.
that which belongs to a thing; appurte-
nance ; necessary implement, &c.; also pro-
perty. ^'^9* rgyu-hbrus cause and effect
or consequence; gen. in a moral sense;
actions and their fruits (W$las-kyi
rgyu-hbra§) ;	h$ rgyu hbra$-
kyi-eho$ the doctrine treating on this
subject ; tho doctrine of retribution ;
the principal dogma of Buddhism;
lt$-rgyu hbra,$ la-yid
ches-pa to believe in tho doctrine of
retribution.
4?^ “the moving
stars ” The constellations through which
the moon passes in her revolution round
tho heavens are called
rgyu-$kar lha-mo ni-gu rtsa-brgyad, the
twenty-eight goddesses, moving-stars, be-
lieved to be the daughters of the four
guardian-k:ngs of the world. Tho cons-
tellations are thus named:—(1)	A$nnt
(^^dbyug-gu)-, (2) Bharani- (3) Ba*
Krttiki the Pleiades; (4) liohini (Sir
be-rdse) ; (5) Mrg tsiras (^’5 smalg o);
(6) Ardrd, ; (7) A^’^ Punarvastt; (8)
5^ Pu?yd	rgyal-$tod=W* nvm-
so)-, (ty Я4!	(ч tea); (10) Mayhd
(5 ч rta-pa) or	$	rta-ehen with Kcgulus
bright star; (11) 9] Ptirraphalguni or
rtahu or 5'^ rta-ehun-, (12) Waraphat-
gani or R khra; (13) & Ilasra or S'*
by t-ma ; (14) VI4 Citra (or S$ byahu with
Spica); (10) Scati, (16) Viqakhfi,
(17)	Anura iha or lag-sor*,
(18) Jyesthdy or lde-hu (with
Antares); (19) Mula, or §44 srog-pa\
(20) Pared asadha ; (21) u'tard
asadha or phul; (22) 5’^^ Abhijit;
(23) Cravana gnis; (24)
Bhatia da or ЗЦЛ mon-dre\ (25) 9J
317
Qalatisa or Й S9r09> (26) Purra-
bhadrapada or (27) И««1Й5 utlarabJiadra-
pada; (28) V4'® Rcvati or ?<?-««.
rgyu-skar dus (Sch.; Kalac.
T. 48).
|’4MT|35 rgyu-skar mu-khyud
the moon which is surrounded by the
constellations.
Rgyu-skar man-po ri n. of a
mountain; the fabulous north polar moun-
tain (JT. d. 4 J4^).
rgyu-skar lam the milky-way ;
*Tg=(-usi the starry path.
rgyii-gan for what reason.
1'^ rgyu-ne§ the certain or real cause.
rgyu-mnah^^9^ rgyu-mtshan
cause; reason.
гдуи-сап=^ф\ one who knows
about a thing; well-informed.
rgyu-mthun cause sufficient to
produce observed effect.
rgyu-ldan 1. [a cave]8. a
hill, also a fountain; a lich man.
2. = 4p*j.
rgyu-nad disease of tho bowels.
Symptoms are ~rgyu-khrol causing
much sound in the stomach; rgyu-
hkhril causing much griping in the
stomach; ^3^ T(jyu^hgyihs where the
stomach or the intestines remain swollen
and stiff with wind, etc.;	rgyn-
hgags obstruction of the bowels;
aching or pains in the stomach.
rgyu-spun the threads stretched
lengthwise and crosswise to make cloth.
rgyu-wa	to go, walk,
move, wander, range;
chu-lu rgyu-wahi hdab-cags birds frequent-
ing the water;	kun-tu rgyu-ica
to wander from place to place. This verb
is generally used instead of in Sikkim.
rgyu-wa med-pa	that
does not move; motionless, still.
j-qq-q^or^^ rgyu-uahi	btul-shug$
*3X3a the vow of walking.
^’§5 тдуи-bycd TK feet; that
which moves.
1H rgyin met. the cloud.
vgyu-sbyor-ica	sbyin-bdag
an alms-giver; the maker of a gift.
rgyu-та entrails; intestines;
bowels, more especially the small intes-
tines ;	rgyu hkhrogpt the croak-
ing of the bowels; tyy^O^g the
envelope of the lower intestines; f5
rgyu-stod the upper bowels. Colloq.
rgyu-та is also a term for “ sausages.”
(6?. Sndg.),
rgyu med-pa without cause;
evidence devoid of tradesman a) or charac-
teristic.
Syn.	rgyu-yis st on;
mtshan-nid Iral (Mnon.).
rgyu-mtshan thfarf 1. cause;
concatenation of events; circumstances;
rgyu-mtshan hdri-ua to ask after
the cause:	fiahi
nan-nos phye khycr-wahi rgyu-mtshan god
tell me the circumstances of your fetching
the flour from my house 2. зштч token,
sign, characteristic, proof, evidence;
^^^hdug-pahi rgyu-mtshan as an evidence
of being (Ja.).
rgyu-mtshan rig 3nxfw: rela-
ting to proof or cause or reason.
rgyu-gwr	colic;
[dysentery] 8.
^•^•qq^ q-QT^Y^V
she bga-uahi nad-
ni rhns-tshad spyi dan hdra-ua lj, gnan-
na<j la bab§-na rgyu gzer shc-paho, no-uo

318
tho
has
tho
inchin-tshad thuMu bahs-pa la gnan-nad
eh user mkhris-tshad b$iafi-wa yi$ rgyu-ma
gzershift hkhrusca$ rgyu-gzer yin,
de-li dou-hkhru-snod hkhru
$tob$-chen dan, ^^rgyu-gzer ГДО«-
hkhor ^’q]Sfa rgyu-hkhrol rgyu-lkugs.
We read of, also,	чг?л ч)^м
rgyu-gzer gcog-pahi tho-ica gsum the thrco
hammers to break the nails of colie.
rgyuhi rgyun ^rrxwtm
stream of causo.
rgyuhi byed	that
become a causo; excuse.
rgyuhi gtso-bo
chief or primary cause.
rgyuhi rig	tho science
of reasoning.
rgyu у in-dag-par bead-
pa that has fully stopped or terminated
the cause ; the consequence.
rgyu-yi$ khyttd-par tho
chief cause; the agent.
rgyu-rig cen-po ($*3 grafts)
a number.
rgyu-la hLrts-bu btsags
srraffa^n to attach a fruit to causo.
rgyu-las byufi	produced
or originated from cause.
rgyu-lu$-kyi hbyun-wa,=
^oprfiw gzugs-khams the body; form.
rgyu-sa = (w l.im) road, passage.
J’SF’ rgyusran track, pas-age, road:
btsan-gyi rgyusran the road
that is frequented by a Btsan (demon).
кУУш11: rpg a string; chain ; that
which joins things together; a connection,
whether physical or mental; ^5 chain of
hills.
II: НпЗ Tantrik treatise; ritual
book for coercing deities and for other
magical ceremonies. One of tho largo
divisions of the Kah-gyur is styled ^5
because it contains innumerable magical
treatises. Thore are said to be four
classes of Tantras,	namely, (1)
(2) SS'^, (3)	(4)
In the Tan-gyur the
collection of Tantras is named
5^ rgyud-pa I: vb. to tie, fasten,
connect together.
3^’4n : religious teacher; especially
a teacher of mysticism.
55-4ni : extraction ; lineage ; belong-
ing to a family or race; family.
Syn.	Ьгдущ1-ра\ 5'^5 r^-
hkhrid;	rigs-hbyun;	rigs-
rgyud',	sa-boii la$-byun*,
gdun-rgyud\ ru$-rgyud', cho-
hbrafr, **ftfa-iie;	§nag-las-§kyes;
rigs (Mfion.).
rgyud-pa gsum the throe kinds
of lineage are:—(1)	gdun-rgyud
family ; descent; personal; (2) §*^5 sku-
rgyud descent (of the spirit in emanations,
etc., as in the case of incarnato lamas);
(3)	$lob-rgyud spiiitual descent
(ministerial succession by disciples).
rgyun continuity ; rgyuu-du always;
at all times; continually.
^*0 rgyun khri settled seat or throne ;
41 S Й du$-rgyun sa-
gnas geig-t и bjog-pahi khri tho chair which
always remains in ono place.
rgyun-khyofis always to protect.
rgyun-gyi myu-gu = ^^ char-
zil rain-drops or dews (Mnon.).
i rgyun-bab tsha^9*'^ char-drag
heavy rain (Mnon.).
rgyun-gtau = *fr^\ dus-rgyun
at all times; the stream of time:
31
319
51!
israpra real business; transactions of
a public character must always be reliable
(D. jeZ. 7).
rgyus-pa sinews; tendons.
rgyo falFb (a colloq. and
obscene term) sexual union; copulation.
5’4 rgyo-ica, pf. 45 ч brgyo$^ fut. 45
rgyo, imp. tgyo^ to have sexual inter-
course ; acc. to Cs. to deflower, ravish.
5^ tgyogs
inergyogs rdo-rgyog$ gun; missile.
’Ц	pf. brgyafiSy fut.
brgyan, seems to be a secondary form
of 5^’4 rkyon-wa, to extend, stretch,
spread forth, distend.
5^’q rgуor-tca HTTU to kill.
lga this word is seldom used, its
modern form being Ц sga. 1. ginger fresh
or dried; gfgfi Iga-rlon fresh ginger. In
medical works both Iga and sj $ga are
used to imply ’ЙЯ tga-smug, the brown
ginger. 2.	ru$-kyi mifi n. of a
tribe;	dbrah-hgru
Ido^gsum Iga-dan bshi the four tribes were
J)brahy lignin &don and Lga.
Iga pho-che=*p'* rgyam-tshba
a mystical word; oxido of mercury; also
signifies sman-sga, medicinal ginger.
Igafi-ne marble white.
§kya lgan-ne is stated to mean perfectly
white (Jd.).
lgan-pa or Igan-phug acc.
to Jd. the urinary bladder (IfeJ).
Syn. <’*< chu-so\ Igafi-bu (Mfion.).
I gan-pa relating to the bladder
(Zez.)-
lgaft-Ьи urinary bladder; same as
§|4'ц lgaft-pa\ acc. to Jd. husk, pod, shell.
^4’gq lgan4nig—\$^\ dri-ehuhi §nod
the bladder (Sman.).
lgahu-g$er=%lfa §ga-rlon fresh
ginger.
о]«ч’*г»НгЙ Lgar-ma mes-po patriarch of
the tribe of Lgar-ma; a tribal name:
gi’varAN’KHfa Iga-yi Igar-ma me$-po thob the
tribe of Lga obtained the name of Lgar-
ma mespo.
Igo a common kind of fungus like
the lycoperdon or puff-ball.
’<* Igyam-tslvca, sman-ga 1. gin-
ger, v. lga pho-ehe. 2. acc. to Jd. a
kind of rock salt.
= lga wdhb isfc 1.
ginger. 2. saddle, resp. ckib-sga, a
saddle for a horse;	bstad-
pa to lay the saddle on; to saddle; 4)^’9)^
gyag-gi §ga a saddle for a yak.
Sj’g §ga-skya ginger:
|дч]‘4|ут]’4^ sga-skyas bad-rluft sel-shifi khrag-
hkhyag hju ginger removes phlegm and
wind and liquifies the blood.
sga-khebs saddlecloth; the leather
cover or coating of a saddle.
ЗТЯГ §ga~glo saddle girth.
arifa’4 sga-sgron-pa described in Hlrom,
as meaning: to saddle a horse.
Sga-iig nag-po the flower of
a bitter species of ginger:
§ga-tig nag-pot фпи rdsin chu-ser
hdren the flower of Sgatie used as a
medicine draws out the yellow water of
dropsy.
320
Ч=>^|
sga-thag ropes or straps used, in
adjusting a saddle.
«Р 1- a young horse just fit for
the saddle. 2.	(also
4)	4 )1^ gyag thod-pa dkat-po la sgv-pa zer
a yak with a white forehead is called
sgi-pa (Rteii-}*
§f^^’ ъда-phoft bat; flitter-mouse
^ch.).
О Я sgi-SMug* also written §R'3| $mug-
$ga, brown ginger.
|f<* sga-tsha the flower of ginger plant:
iKAStf $ga-tsha$ drod-
$kyed rul-gcod chaser hdreu ginger flower
(used) as a stimulant, cures sores and draws
out pus.
4’<* sga-tsha	pungent ginger.
sgi-Jag frame of the saddle; sad-
dle-bow; saddle-tree (Cs.).
sgastr	turmeric; yellow
ginger; a spice used in cooking meat for
tho table.
straps for fastening the
travelling-baggage to the saddle, cf.
^a-^tag.
Sgag-thun n. of a small silk
searf used in religious services in Tibet:
Si4! V, 5iV^ * dican-ldan ma-
dan^gig-thun^ srid bde-ma \S. kar. 17У).
$j*rq sgag-pa to ravish; to
copulate; to embrace in sexual union.
$gan 1. a hilUspur ; the ridge or
top of a hill :	Sjvoi q^fl] cog-Mii
tgan-li shag keep on the top of the table.
2. time; occasion : W’flW §5'qS'jjc/ san
ia$-ka byed-ptahi §gan to-morrow at the
time of doing work; SV?1 ^Va
lto-za-wahi §gan just now while taking
food. 3. chu-sgan a blister caused
by manual work, by long marches, &c.,
cf. bsgan.
Syn.	ndho-wa (Mnon.).
SFF $0an-Mrt==§j^|^ sgafi-khul 1. a
hill-spur :	the (village) is situated
on a mountain spur. 2. full, entire:
3 Д] ’	• fl)$flj •
srog-chags geig bsad-kyan $ dig-pa tgaft-
kha re so-sor у oft even if (you) kill one
living being there will be the full (amount
of) sin in each separate case.
$gan-khul ace. to Jd. same as
^gan-kha.
sgafi-gi-lift a species of par-
tridge.
Ei $gafi mthon-po a high hill.
11^’4 $gaft-way pf. b^gans, fut.
b$gan, to grow or become full (Cs.):
bud-med na so-sgan a full grown
woman; marriageable girl.
sgan-bu full quantity; entire pieee:
g’Mrqvwgv^ has not his pride
been entirely broken-down within (J.
П).
§gifl-g<;on ,5?ra-fsf44iM ele-
vations and depressions on a hillside.
vgins gfan I. bank or elevat-
ed place on tho margin of a river. 2.
n. of districts in S.E. Tibet.
a class of demon; a
ghost that remains concealed:
• <нг цсг	§nag$-hchan lug$-dan
inthun-pa$ sgab-hdre bskrad if the Tantrik
priest properly performs exorcism, the
ghosts are scared away.
51'ч п sgab-pa 1. secondary form of
hgeb$-pa> to cover ; covering: ^’wepor^qq
bya-ma§ bu-la sgab-pa the covering of a
young bird by its mother. 2. go$-
$gab skirt or lap of a coat; $gab-thuH
a short skirt.
321
И
ч|Я $дмп	box, trunk?
chest; also the testes:	sgam-
$go man a chest of drawers; lcags~
sgam an iron-chest; ko-sgam a
leather trunk; X’apr ro-gams or
spmr-sgam a coffin.
Syn. a* sgrom; jfS snod; «^5 mdsod;
sgrom-bu', ^=>*4 ban-pa ; thab-sgrom.
ga*^gam-chan a small box.
$gam-pa=WQ zab-pa infh: deep;
profound ; mi sgam-pa — ч mi
zab-pa shallow ; not deep.
SprQ sgam-po, adj. full or fully accom-
plished; one who is deep: gq'Ei’^q^’Spr
3 Rgyal-po Sron-btsan sgam-po, King Sron-
btsan who was Sgam-po, i.e.., fully accom-
plished. Acc. to Sch. prudent, quiet:
4 bio sgam-pa=^\^^^'^^ thugs gin-tu
sgam-po he (the prince) was very profound.
§j^ ЭДяг, defined as gv^’Ei -gq aprq^q
gur man-po phub-nas bsdad-pa, pitching
many tents (at a place); camp ; encamp-
ment ; a military encampment; SjV
to encamp ; to pitch a camp.
SfVjjq Sgar-snan respectable men.
sgar-min (q^’g bso-sgra)
watch-word; parole (Jd.).
sgal a load that is carried on the
hack; load of a beast of burden ; rta-
$gal a horse-load ; 3еqin-rtahi sgal
cart-load; waggon-load.
sgal-rta pack-horse.
sgal-phyugs beast of burden.
gq’wcq $gal hphan-гса to throw a load
off;	sgal hbogs-pa to take out a
load;	sgal bsran-wa to adjust or
balance a load.
дч’ч sgal-pa 1. the back of man or
beast of burden;	rgyab-la
hkkur-nas hgro-tca = ^‘4W^\vp^ sgal-pa
la hkhur-te hgro the carrying a thing on
one’s back. 2. the small of the back ; $4’
^q^ sgal-hdabs the lumber region. 3.
croup; crupper.
зргч sgal-wa to carry a load (on one’s
back) or to cause a load to be carried on
the back of a beast of burden ;	’^’q
sgal hgel-wa to put on a load.
sgal-rma a sore on an animal’s
back caused by the load.
gq-Sopj sgal-tshigs the spine in general;
the backbone of a boast of burden.
sgal-tshigs ni-^u rtsa
brgyad the twenty-eight joints in the
backbone; S'Stgei’Sspj mi-yi sgal-tshigs the
joints in the human spinal column.
sgal-tshigs ni-fu rtsa-
bshi there are twenty-four joints in the
backbone of a beast of burden.
^QT&jjq-jjE/q sgal-tshigs sran-ira a beast
of burden of which the backbone is
straight, i.e., not bent by work.
SV# sgir-mo gvgv sgor-sgor ЗЛ?
round; orb-like; globular.
Ц sgu, adj. bent; $gu-steg$ 1. a
foot-stool. 2. acc. to Sch. elbow ; angle.
g sgu-rdo sling-string, explained as
hur-rdo hphan byed-kyi
thag-pa the string that is coiled round a
stone for flinging it; a sling.
g f’l4 Sgu-phyogt (f f’l*’ igye-phyo(j$) =
mdun-la khyog-pa bent-
forward:	w-
phyog ^gu-phyogs ges-pa $in-tu gees those
that are bent forward and bent round
were valuable ? (Jig-).
42

322

hur-rdo a sling.
$gug-l>a чнЫ (in Pali чГгш)
to wait, pf. b?gngf, fut. чцау bgug,
imp. sgiigs (or	tgugg fig};
й	mi yon-rgyu sgug b$daj-pat
to wait for a man’s arrival;	‘</<§5 §gug-
par bi I ono who waifs for; or 5 §gug-
7 a po a waiter; q lam-na sg'tg-pa to
wait on tho road;	q 'igdu hjug-
pa to cause to lio in wait (for a person ;
to cau^o tn way-lay.
$guii in Z7. clap ; crack ; crash ;
report (of a gun) ija.i.
sgtrl-po, acc. to Sch. father-in-
law; $g»d-mo mother-in-law.
sgum-md/Л, acc. to Schr. tho
butt-end of a gun; gun-stock.
sgary v. ST <?9">'-
5jT jq gur-rgyab a bunt-back.
§дкг-ро ^ni^benf; crooked
back.
Syn. ^‘*5*1 sgur-hkhyog;	§ sgu
(Mnon.).
sgur-ica, wtu, to become
afraid.
§gul-$kyod Фн agitation.
sgul-ica, pf. b$gtj fut.
b$gul (cf. ядпгч hgul-tca) to move, agitate,
put in motion:	tgyud-kyan
ma-sgul-to he could not even move the
bow-string :	5 lag-pas rdo
bsgal-to with his hand he shook the rock.
w sg^-khuny O*' ^go-chan a small
door; a window.
Wg ^TTW grace, charm in the
person.
5^ o sgeg-pa fWTH,	TH,
1. tho grace or charm of youth:
$gcg-
pa is the fascination arising at the appear-
ance of a body of beautiful shape. 2.
sensual enjoyment; flirtation. 3. acc. to
Ct. to brag, boast; airs of coquetish girls
(Jd. I.
Syn. ^*‘4 rol-pa; hjo-wa (Mnon.).
g Sg'g-pahi Rdo-rje
^^r^T n. of a Buddhist sage of Ancient
India who visited Udyana (Ancient
Cabul) and spread Buddhism there.
Sgig-ma n. of the goddess of
beauty.
$geg-mo MT^JT a dancing-
girl ; a charming damsel.
sgeg-rd* 7$ perfumery, pomades,
&c., articles which (according to Buddh-
ism) are incentives to sensual pleasures.
$gen-li or 5^’^ dgen-la, acc. to
Jd. on; upon ; perhaps a wrong spelling of
the word 5$^* sgan.
hu 1- diminutive of $ $ga,
ginger. 2. v. ifa'4 1: sgog-pa (7Г. g. * 46).
sgehu-ehun чПЗН garlic.
sg hu-gtpr тф ginger.
sger private; semi-independent;
$9 'r-du specially ; privately.
^’5 §ger-rta a horse for the use of a
private party, not for a public officer.
tgcr-don one’s own interest, pri-
vate or special reason or object:
ч'Д]sger gshan med du-wa gnam-
Min neither private nor public (but an in-
dependent family) sending forth smoko
from house-fire.
ipvq sgcr-pa a private land-holder; ^3^*
gshun-khral chen-po med-par ran-la
323
*11
miser у an yod-pa las khral-bsdu$ na$ za
b§dad-khan a land-holder who without
paying a largo tax to Government enjoys
an estate is called sgcr-pa, also one who
holds land fee-simple; $ger-lha or
$gcr-gyi mchod-pahi lha, a
special deity, i.e., a deity specially adored
by a class of people or by an individual or
by a particular family; §ger-khag
somi-independont estate.
$gcr-gyog private seiwant, also
one who does his own work; servant or
employe of an independent party or estate
which has no connection with the Govern-
ment.
sger-lo,	ran-sger
gyi shifl lo-tog the produce of a private
estate.
tif $()o	яаНтк, trg a door;
au entrance or doorway; the aperture
itself as well as the wood-work of tho
door;	sgo bcad-pa or FVT’T4 sgo
dgag-pa to shut or close a door; FB’q
§go phye-wa or F^IS’4 sgo byed-pa to
open a door; F*VTq sgo hj ид-рю to put
in a door; to hang a door ; F§(J° Tgyab-
pa to shut a door;	sgo gtan-pa
acc. to Sch. to lock up, to bolt, to bar;
Fbkum-p>a or^g^ bskum, acc. to Cs.
resp. to shut (a door); F4^'4 sgo bditfi-ua
to knock or rap at the door; jF rgya-sgo
large, or the principal, door or entrance ; F
the gate or gate-way ; Вphyi-sgo the outer
door; 44’F barsgo the middle door; ^’F
nafi-sgo the inner door; gsan-§go the
secret or private door;	mdsod-sgo
the door to the store-room; gnam-
sgo an aperture in the roof for light; sky-
light; g^’F stensgo the upper door; Xflj’F
hog-sgo the lower or under door; ^ST^’F
Г|
mehod-klan. sgo the chapel-door;
thab-tshan sgo kitchen door;	gner-
tshan §go the store-house door;
chab-khan §go the bathroom door. In
Sikkim gom —door.
П: often §go-mo, the admission to,
the medium or means of, the passage of,
knowledge or learning and, as such, the
science itself, &c.; <^'5 F^ chos-kyi sgo-mo
the service of Dharma (religion);
rtsis-kyi § go-mo the science of arithmetic
or numbers;	sman-kyi sgo-mo
science of medicine: F4
Sgrol-mahi sgo-nas gyul-mdos gton in
the religious service of Dolma—the vidos
for victory (in war) should be offered:
rgyas kyi bstan-pa la hjug-pahi sgo dam-pa
§kyabs-su hgro-wa as a door for entering
the religion of Buddha, it is necessary
to take refuge in the holy ones: «У'Ч'ЧТ
theg-chen-la hjug-pahi sgo
byan-chub-kyi sem§ for entering the
Greater Vehicle doctrine the means is a
saintly heart (the purified heart of & Bodhi-
sattva) ;	yon-tan
hbyun ivahi sgo brtson-hgrus the means of
acquiring learning is diligence and indus-
try;	’йглч]-5)5’4 nes-pahbynn
wahi-sgo Ic-lo lag-med-pa being idle and
immodest forms a way to tho springing up
of vice.
F3VQSj §go kun-gro	in every
way.
F’F^' §go-$kyofi	porter; door-
guard.
FF^ tgo-skyor, v. F’B sgo-spe.
Fr^' sgo-khaft or F^’ §go-$tcfi fasaH tho
entrance into a house; vestibule ; porch ;
portal; also a small house on the gate.
5Г15С’|
324

SI tgo-khufi opening of the door; an
apperture in a door;	эдо-
khan §ten-gi gsil-khan the verandah room
on the porch of a house.
О tgo-khyi watch-dog.
$go-hkhor hinge of a door or gate;
the pivot on which the door turns.
Fa4lM	a small beam used to bar
or bolt a door.
51 ’ядем tgo-hgram the space near the door.
BTgn tgo-rgyab the space behind the door
or within the door.
0*1* $go-gkg$	тгчи
the board or plank of a door; the
lintel; frame work on the four sides of a
door [a bier, the bed on which a dead body
is carried] 5.
*K §go-fia eggs, spawn; $go-
fa-can egg; producing or possessing or
having spawn.
tgo-fahi mdsod the testi-
cles.
$go-lcag$ сггаФ the lock of a
door.
йрЁ’ч $go-chor, v. if В 8go-$pe.
sgo-tnod=^’^S §go-$nod cummin
seed.
Vjo btfian n. of a Bon deity who
has eighteen hands and holds eighteen
different weapons of war, which are as
follows:—(1)	bteg pahi widah
an arrow for shooting; (2)
hbugs pahi rndufi a spear to pierce with;
(3) <«|Хч|’<й’у'К gcog pahi tfa-re an axe to
split with; (4)	gcod-pahi gra-
tia a chopper to cut off; (5)
fcthub-pahi ral-gri a sword to cut into
pieces ; (6)	btiim-pahi chu-gri
a dagger to pierce through; (7)
hchog-pahi tho-luni a cannon ball
for battering in; (8)
hbugt-pahi gsor-chen a pin to bore through ;
(9)	*^ч| a) hbral-wuhi sog-le the saw
to separato or cut asunder; (10)
dgra-icohi tpn-gri a razor-knife to cut the
enemy; (11)	fakor-wahihkhor-
lo a disk to whirl round; (12)
tgyur-wahi ya-lad an armour to ward off;
(13) ^ чч|,ч|Х5'о5 ’г|ц $ nam-thag gcod-pahi
ka-ma-li a sword to cut off ; (14)
sreg-pahi gtar-to; (15)
hchifi-wahi Icagt-sgrog iron chain to bind
with; (16)	dpal-zcr-gyi chu-
khol boiling water; (17)	hod-
zer-gyi me dpufi a heap of glowing fire; (18)
drag-rtsal gyi thog-mdab a
thunder-bolt for chivalrous exercises.
tgo-gtan a bar or bolt of a door;
Й tgo-them threshhold; also the head-
piece of a door.
if 5^ tgo-dar the scarf that is attached to
the door at the time of a marriage in
Sikkim.
t go-deb enumeration of persons;
the counting of persons of a village or
town, &c.
tgo-gdan zufi-ean a
circular disk with string attached to it that
is put on each side of the door to open it
by the hand.
tgo-hgrig door-frame; window
frame.
Sitgo-ldati each side of the door.
5go-nag the dark door, t>., the
door of the dark room where a dead body
is kept before disposal (D. {el. 8).
tgo-rnam a single board, >>., of
the floor.
sfa I	325	5)-Ч|^|
Fq sgo-pa or F5^ $go-dpo n or
F^*! S'/o-W/'Z 1. the door-keeper, porter;
2. also the headman of the village.
Syn. F^’ sgo-srufi \ F’B^’ § go-sky on] «С
О chab-§go-wa ; F'F^'4tgo-yi mel-
tshc-mkhan (Mnon.).
F’S^ §go-pur fore-skin ; prepuce.
F2* едо-jw also	outward looks;
stature; bodily appearance(Ja.); J'F$kye-
§go the face; couutenance; g’F“H4 §kye
sgo-l *дз a beautiful face; <^’F shan-sgo an
ugly face.
Fa*’ sgo-spafi 1. lintel. 2. F^ to’a*’^’
tgo-yi them-pa span-pahi
rnal-hbyor-pa у an-yod there are even yogi
who have only left the lintel and thres-
hold of their home (and no more).
Fa ^go-spe a projection of the roof of
a house above the principal door of a
house, under which one can sit or sleep,
or where servants wait: *^4* ^U’^’Fa^’
do-nub bi-kra-mahi sgo-spehi hog-tu
nol (Л. 130) to-night sleep under the
portico of Vikramas'ila.
Syn. F’3* sgo-skyar*, F’*** $go-mchor]
F495 $go-hbyar (Mnon.).
F** §go-phar, F^*’**’2* sgo-rim man-po
tho name for a series of doors.
Fw §go-hphar ^чтз-хрг, v. Fah** §go-
gteg$ [the junction of the leaves of a
door]&
Fq tgo-wa pf. ч? b$go also ^F*1 to
say; to speak, mostly to bid; to order (used
in old works, now become obsolete).
Fq95 9go-hbyar, v. FB tgo-spe.
FQ35 9go-hbyed a kind of grass used as
a medicine in eye-disease (Sman. 353).
F* tgo-ma 1. panel or square of a door;
the fold of a folding door. 2.=*lV*‘Jq’4w
gior-rgyab §kab§-kyi $gO-srufi-gi
lha, the deity who guards the door on the
occasion of offering forma*,
$prul-pa ye-$es kyi $go-ma bshihi
min the names of the four miraculous divi-
nities (of the Bon-po) :—(1)
Stag-gdon dkar-mo leags-kyu
banda-hdsin; (2)	Phag-
gdon ser-mo shag-pa, (3)	ц
jfa, Sen-gdon dmar-po leag$-$gro; (4)
$brul-gdon liafi khu dril-bu.
F* §go-mo (1) a large door: a gate ;
castle-gate ; town-gate; (2) the beginning:
ttsi^kyi §go-mo the beginning of
a new epoch.
F*^ sgo-tsam a little (Sch.).
Fs* sgo-rfsa—^sgohirtsa-wa at the
door ; F** near or at the door.
sgo-rrrtshani$ door-j unction; also
the chink left between a door-post and the
door, when the latter does not perfectly fit.
F^’Fn §go-hi Icog raised place or
stools placed on either side of a door [a
place where four roads meet]&
tgohi them-pa the threshold.
mel-t^he inkhan,n. Fq
sgo-yig 1. inscription. 2. lam-
poon ; label on the door; sign-board. 3. a
magisterial advertisement fastened at the
door.
F*'q	8go srun-wa a
door-keeper; a door-guard.
F® $go-lo 1. body. 2. face (Jd.).
F’^S $go	$go-la b$ad*
pa an inscription on the door; a sign-
board.
Fz4^w $go-gsum the three media, i.e.,
of body (4W speech (flag), and the
mind (®)5 yi£\

326

$до ^srun-ica — ^'^'^ §до ra-ica
a door-keeper.
W s^°r %'W4$kya-sgog white
garlic used in medicine; Allium niral
J(icqm\ $4$go<J-§non a blue species of
garlic, very common in the Himalayas,
perh. Allium rnbcllum (Ja.); 34]sgog-
geig-ma a garlic grown on a single root;
S4]’4§V4RJ*< sgog-bcud gsum throe epochs of
garlic "which have throe different proper-
ties :—(1)	tsuft-dmar rod onion ; (2)
ST4] Э tgog-skya tho common white garlic;
i3) of4]'^ sgog-tfon the blue species of
garlic.
F4!^ sgog-tin mortar; Г4!’4!^ Vjog-
gtu)i pc-tl<* for bruising leek [Jd.'}.
or m4)’^4! $g°g-L'dog a
number of garlic roots bunched in one.
I • ^g°g-la	garlic;
leek ; allium ; ^'Sj4! ri-^gog Allium spharo-
eeph a species of garlic growing wild in tho
hills of Tibet.
Syn. 5^X5 к n-dm ; ro-ldan \
gun dsun\ §nchu; sgchu;
lha-min khrag;	kla-klohi spos
\Mnon.).
II: acc. to Cs. pf. b$gag§,
fut. ^S;4] b§grg, to make one swear; Г4]’2*
sgog-gio one that makes a person swear
(Ja.).
sgog-gsil a single garlic root or
seed.
I: sgoh also §gon-na an egg.
In Sikkim “ sgon-do” (Snd. Hbk.).
II: n. of a country, prob.
Kon-po.
tgo-fia-
la§ skyes-pa bom of or produced
from an egg.
$gon-$pri the white of an egg or
more properly the thin film "which wraps
the contents of an egg.
sgon thog-pa n. of a plant.
эдоЯ-ггя, pf. bsgoii^ fut.
bsgon, imp. 5JX (^) sgofi (g) or ^r^4) $go fiz-
gig fq^ssr 1. to make in tea balls to eat; to
mako round balls of dough (Cs.). 2. to
hide; to conceal (a thing) (Sch.). 3,
§gon$-paham §gor-mo a
laughing speech or exclamation.
§god-ya§ n. of a numeral *w’
(Ya-scl).
§gob-$gob unablo; deficient;
wanting in strength (Sch.).
^<54 sgom, see SI*’4 $gom-pa.
5j* sgom-chcn 1. a Buddhist ascetic
"who remains absorbed in deep meditation.
2. species of fieldmouse, Lagomys Ladins,
so called from its hybemating disposition.
See Hooker’s Himalayan Journals.
scm$-la bsam-lug$ nes-pa	or	nor-гса, to
blunder in meditation.
sgom-thag	moditating-
cord; a long piece	of	cloth	about four
inches wdde which	is worn	by the Yogi
when he sits in meditation; it is stretched
round the nock affcl under tho knees while
sitting. About the 10th and 11th centuries
A.D. Buddhist ascetics used to woar it in
tho manner the sacred thread is worn by the
Brahmans, passing round the right shoul-
der to tho side below tho arm-pit: a W’441’^V
ч	let a large
$gom-thag pass from the shoulders over
the bosom (A. 11). Acc. to Jd. a cord
or rope is slung round the body in order
327

to facilitate the effort of maintaining an
erect and immoveable posture during medi-
tation, which expedient of course is scorned
by the more rigid devotees.
Sgom-sde n. of a section of the
school of monks called	Scr-byas
grba-tshan of Tibet (Lon. *16).
§gom-pa нгцит, vb. pres.
sgom§-gyin, or	§goin-bshin, pf. sgww
b$gom§, fut. bsgom, imp. sgom or
g*4*4 $gom$, resp. ЗТ4'^4 thugs-sgom 1.
originally to fancy, imagine; now to
meditate, contemplate systematically (c.
accus. and dat.); to have ; to entertain ;
to re-produce (in one’s mind), with the
accus. termin. or with double accus.
2. sbst. $gom-pa, has eome to signify
systematic meditation of the Buddhist
saint. Four degrees of this meditation are
to be distinguished, viz., Ita-ica contem-
plation ; §gom-pa meditation, properly
so called (which requires
gsal-dan mi-rtogs ma-gyen§ gsum,
i.e., that it be so performed in a clear and
decided manner without suffering one’s self
to be disturbed or distracted by anything);
the third degree spyod-pa consumma-
tion ; and hbras-bu fruition.
sgom-papo=&'&\ sgom-bycd, i.e.,
sgom-mkhan an ascetic who medi-
tates.
§gom-pa t shaft the term used in
Amdo to signify sgom-ehen, a Bud-
dhist ascetic who meditates, &c.
sgom-bya and sgom-rten the
object of meditation.
§gom-hbrog 1. the wilderness or
solitude where hermits dwell for medi-
tation. 2. holly in Sikkim (Jd.) ?
§gom yan-lag	a branch
or form of ascetical meditation [lit. burn-
ing the limbs; it is a kind of penanc? in
which the whole body is exposed to four
heaps of fire in four quarters and to the
sun on the head]®.
sgom-lam the practice of ascetical
meditation, also gKg’ow sgom-gyi lam, the
way to Nirvana by means of meditation:
from the
second stage of perfection freo from
defilement he entered on the practice of
meditation.
sgom-gin,	the stick on
which the ascetic fixes his gaze while
engaging himself in meditation.
sgom-gsum three kinds of
sgom-pa or mystical meditation, viz.:—(1)
meditation performed in the three, four or
six periods into which a day may he
divided for that purpose 3YKwЛ
c^'q-S^-qu, g^wg’q’qgkqX
thun-$gom-ni, las daft-po dus gnen-po phar
hdebs-kyi dran-pa yin-pas, thun-tshamsphyc-
la bsgom-paho; (2)
s^-q^
ftafi-sgom-ni, myon-tshur hdcb$-kyi
dran-pa yin-pas, hgro-hdug za-nal las spyod
ci-byas-kyan hbral med-du fian-gi$ gnas-so,
gw ’ aj' $ • um •	q’ QI •	• ЕЛ ♦ qjw	к.' Ц*
$gom-ni ci-yan med-pa la nan-dan, nan-gi$
пап-thag bsrift-bsren ; (3) Д	ff
klon-sgom
ni, nan-sems mu-thag chod-pas, bsgom bya-
§gom-byed-kyi bio-dan Iral-icaho.
sgoms ($’^'H lha Ita-bu) a
deity thought of for propitiation.
sgor a spindle in a turning-lathe
gK'gX §gor~sgor round.
$gor-sgor hkhyil forming into
an eddy or whirlpool (fiag. 12).
S<Vq|
328

qvq $gor-ira J. pf. and fut.
b?gar to boil down ; to condense by boiling,
c.//., Im-ram sugar. 2. to turn on a
lathe (Jd.).
F^‘^5 tgor-wfd without interruption or
break:	rimmed lam-hgro) to
go ou a journey without break, i.e., with-
out having to turn back.
$gor-mo, v. 1. $gon$. 2. a
ball, globe ; also a disk; hence an Indian
rupee is called	phyi-glin $gor-mo ;
Ьи-ram $gor-mo a ball of treacle ;
Зр^Я tgor-thig a pair of compasses ; ftv
^Я S 4 $g<>r-thig phye-wa or 55’Я phyed-ka
semi-circular (Cs. ; SJitr.).
=	or lhag-par,
specially, particularly, chiefly, &c.; in com-
pounds and as adverb: private, separate,
distinct; also as opposed to g Spyi^ e.g.,
1’Я^Я^ $pyi-pdug$ a parasol for several
persons; awning ; shelter; К^'Я^Я4 $до$-
gdug$ a parasol for one person; Jnsgo$-
$kal share of a single person ; individual
lot.
Sgos-khur °) 5Я^1Я n. of a
yi-dwag or preta.
Sj’va $go$-pa to ehoose ; to find the right
thing (Sch.).
tgo$-*u or %go$ adv.—
khyad-par du or sgtr-du (opposite to
tpyir), particularly, especially.
sgo^-kyi dpon a subaltern officer (CM:
£ $go$-su bkah-
gdams-kyi bstau-pa rin-po che particularly
the precious doctrine of the Bkah-gdani-pa
School (A. 12J).
-\
3 s<ji)ig-<ju or sgyihu a bag,
purse: |я'$sgyig-gu chad
pohi dwah-du son-na§ our purse being in the
way of breaking, i.e., at low ebb; 5^’5 Я
dhul-sgyig purse to keep silver pieces.
C\
tgyin-wa, pf. bsgyini, fut.
4gr bgyin. 1. to yawn, gape.
Syn. 3^*4 hgyift-ica;	SI’4*4 glal-rca
(Шоп.).
C\
!• the hollow of the knee;
bend of the knee; or j|5‘q $gyid-pa knee-
joint;	$ggid-pa geod-pa, to lame
the knee-joint; hamstring (a horse). 2.
the calf (of the leg).
e\
&jyid-$gyur	idleness;
langour :	Лз'4'Я^Я‘§5,ц5Ь ^^’§5‘qЛ
(fiag.) S5 3^ tgyid-tgyur is the
vicious indolence of beginning a new
work before ho has finished tho one he
has in hand.
g5’J^’q tgyid $kyur-pa acute pain in the
knee and leg, e.g., of a woman with child.
US'S4’ sgyid-khun the hollow of the
knee.
gS’S4 sgyid-khyol one lame in his legs
(^.).
15’^й4» tgyid-hkhril (lit. raised
knee, that is, squattingand doing nothing)
langour; laziness.
Syn. g5*F54*’ $gyid-$HO)n$*, 15’^Я tyyid-
Ing; *<Я>Г4 гтидь-ра*,	hjas-pfa
(Шоп.).
15’9 $gyid-bu, also g5’S sgyed-bu
a hearth, fire-place, consisting of three
stones on which the kettle is placed; $Я4’
55 Icags-sgyid iron trevet, tripod, cf. §5’3
$gyed-po.
g5’Wq $gyid-lug-pa ’Wii slothful; idle
Cs. and Lex. ^5’Q^'4 yid shum-pa prostrate
with fatigue or mental lassitude.
329
g	sgyir-rkan,
агя^огЕ^с/сйяччхг^ the fringe that is
attached to the border of robes or of
tents, &c.
= gyo-sgyu craft; decep-
tion ; pretext, g $gyu-ean artful;
crafty; cunning (Cs.).
ЗрЗ'Ч sgyu-hphntl НКГТ magical decep-
tion ;	sgyu-hphnil-ma *шгг the
name of Gautama, Buddha’s mother.
g^ sgyu-ma ЗГГЗТ illusion; fancy;
impo-ition whether natural or intentional;
sgyu-ma mkhan	a juggler;
g'^’<^ §gyu-m;i-c m	an imposter ;
one who plays deception; gsgyu-ma
lta-Ьи ЧРЙЧН like illusion ; illusive; g’«*
’A §gyu-ma ^prul-гса to exhibit a false
show (Cs.):	nas
пап-гса t ha ms-cad sgyu-mar ges I know
that all phenomena are only illusion*,
g**^ sgyu-ma byed-pa
one dexterous in magical show; a magician ;
g'sr^ q sgyu-ma med-pa	free from
guile; guileless;	sgyu-mahi nor
illusive riches, hence general wealth: g*
the mind is not sa-
tisfied with the illusive wealth, though
accumulated by desire it remains behind,
and though acquired by yourself it is
enjoyed by others.
sgyu-mahi dpe-bcu-gnis
the twelve expressions illustrative of illu-
sion:—(1) g’^’S sgyu-ma ita-bu; (2) О
chu-zfa the image of the moon in water;
(3)	mig-у or scenes that appear in a
vision; (4) smig-rgyu mirage; (5) й*
rmi-lam dream; (6)	sgra-brnan,
echo; (7)	dri-zahi gron-khycr
castle in the air; (8)	mig-hphrul;
(9)	duafi-pohi gshu rain-bow; (10)
SI *4 glog lightning; (11) chu-bur bub-
ble; (12)	me-lon-gi
gzug§-brnan lta-Ьи reflection or reflected
image in a mirror.
gsgyu-rtsal art, skill, dexterity:
sgyu-rtsal gnas-kyan
dran-por rgyur	though
dexterous (artful) he was sincere. There
are 61 arts, of which 30 are distributed in
handicrafts, 18 in music, 7 in singing,
9 in dancing.
g’#4’^ sgyu-rtsal sa^^w^S^ rgyal-
pohi skyed-tshal the royal gardens whero in
ancient time kings used to try feats of
arms, etc. (Mnon.).
g’^ sgyit-lus 1. the immaterial
body of the soul while in the Bardo.
2. the animal and human body in general,
inasmuch as it is only an apparent body ;
a phantom, when considered from a higher
philosophical point of view.
g4]-sf sgyttg-mo	=ант, чч
mother-in-law; ^^g^ mnah-sgyu both
daughter-in-lawaud mother-in-law: g«r3w
sgyug-mo$ bsruns-pa
watched by one’s mother-in-law.
g^'^5 sgyur-bkod strong advice.
gVq	pf. and fut.
fysgyur, trans, form of Jigyur-wa. 1.
to transform, alter, change (colour, one’s
mind); to correct; to translate; to rovise.
2. to cast aside; to dissuade, divert;
to turn; to cause to turn;
hkhor-lo sgyur-u'a or skor-ica to
turn a wheel; ^Yg^ shad sgyur-wa to
тагу or modulate the voice, also to
hum a tune; to sing or whistle. 3.
to govern, steer, control:
rtahi-kha srab-kyis §gyur a horse’s mouth
by a bridle;	wp-gp hdod-
43
330
SI
r/wps nan-pa^ kha-tgyur he is governed
by evil passions; r^’Sp’ci kha-lo tgyur-wa
to govern ; also a driver;
kha-lo <pn-rta §gyur-ica to drive a carriage;
dwan §gyur-wa to have command,
control of; to dominate; to command.
эдус (tfisnod),	a vessel
[a sack ; a Cathcrn bottleJS.
$gy*--$gi<r crooked (SJi).
W!/<d-Wyi( $gyur-ica
bent forward and hump-backed.
1. hump-back;
aec. to Ja. 2. on^ of tho lower classes of
officials or noblemen.
§§ду?-мо khug-pa,
1. sbst. a small pouch; MTg ras-sgyc a
bag of cotton stuff. 2. adj. quiet, gentle
(in Spiti) [Ja.).
tgyehu a small bag.
?fjy{Jp° 4^ a small fire-place;
hearth-stone.
IS’S sgycJLu a make-shift
fire-place.
’C| §gyen-pa to be on the move.
|prq $yycZ-tctf, pf. and fut.
Ь$дусЦ transit, form of ядогч hgyel-wa, to
throw down; to over-turn; to lay or put
down (a bottle, a book); to thwart (the
charm of an enemy); to kill (hordes) (Jd.).
Iff $gyog§ згг, a warlike
engine to shoot darts or to fling stones
with; mortar; cannon:
§9yogs~kyi hphr и I-hkhor id;	X ^9У0У^
rdo stone flung from such a machine.
mc-sgyogs and rdo-sgyogs—
cannon:	mc-^gyogt now called A4
dob in Tibet; Tdo-sgyogt a stone-
thrower is used in Bhutan.
* sgyoys-mdah uft (Schr.; Ka-
lac. T. 128) catapult.
gh’q $gyofi-tca, pf. bsgyons, fut.
QIC‘’ b§gyofi, perh. origin ally§gon-
tca to hide. 1. to fill; to stuff (a sausage).
2. colloq. iu IF. to put into (the pocket):
8ГЗЛ’В**’4 gh-phyir sgon-wa to return the
wages due to another person (Sc/л).
tj §gra (<ta)	<$K,
RtW;, hr, sfaufa,	1. sound,
noise, voice:
$gra-!a zin-paht §gra-dafi ma-zin-pahi
§gra-gni§ yod there are two kinds of sound,
viz:—zin-pahi §gra, i.e., sound that
can be caught or heard and understood;
ma-zin-pahi $gra which cannot
be heaid or understood; indistinct sound ;
miil-sgra a mere word. 2. word,
syllable. 3. a language.
OS §gra-§kad sound ; voice; famo; 5}’
4S $gra-$kad $nan-p:i sounding; sono-
rous.
g-qgE/q $gra b$kyun-tca	one
who speaks few words.
Я q3 4 sgm brya-pa — ^^ hbrug
thunder.
* 8 qSyra-bsgyur mar-pa lots
tsha=**4i Mar-pa the translator and lo-
ts a-wa,
%gra ^grags-pa (da-dag-pa) ^q;-
the sound returned by the target
when the arrow hits it.
$gra sgrog-par bycd (da-dog-
par cch) VHM ono who proclaims much;
a great self-advertiser.
tri4!** sgr<t-$g>*og$ жя, тичг,
1. the famous. 2. n. of tho king of Lafikd
(Ceylon) with whom Rama waged war,
described in the epic of Bamayan by
Valmiki.
TO!	331
sgra-sgrogpa (da-dog-pa) to
produce sounds, noises, etc.
sgra nes-par sbyor-tca—^' <
tshig-gi sgra (lag-par sbyor-
wa fMn? the correct formation of words. 
Sgra-gcan	1.	.
n. of an As»ra demon, who fought with ।
the gods and drank nectar obtained
by churning the ocean. 2. fabulous ;
planet of Chinese and Brahminical astro- j
logy which exercises malignant influences
on the destinies of mankind; specially
known by being at enmity with the sun (
and the moon, on whom it is continually
wreaking vengeance. Eclipses are caused	£
by Sgra-gcan swallowing the sun or moon.	«
His different names are the following:—	,
Bsod-nams Idan ; Mun-pa
can;	Mtho-ris snan-byed; 4*5’
Bzahi rna-ica ;	Mgo-zlum;
Lam-nag; Zla-icahi dgra}
Sen-ge mohi bit}	Zla-wa hjoms;
fie-tcar hphar-hgro ; -fl’* Qa-za;
Sprin-las rnam-rgyal;
Bra-iie skyes;	Khams-gsuni
rnam-rgyal (Mnon.).
Sgra-gcan-hdsin the only
son of Gautama Buddha who, accord-
ing to tho southern Buddhists, was born
on the day Siddhartha left the world.
According to the northern Buddhists ho
was conceived in the womb of his mother
Yasodhara long before the renunciation
took place, and saw light six years after,
on the day when Buddha finished his six
years asceticism, on the bank of the river
Nairanjana; he was so named being born
on the day when there was an eclipse.
*3Sgra-gcan hdsin b$e$-
gnen	(Schr.; Ta. 2-2b9) [friend
of Rahula]®.
l
sgra-gcan lus hjoms <i?-
tho god who subdued Rahu, tho
demon, by cutting him into two.
sgra-ehe far-famed, ronowned; S*
sgra-chcn great; sound;
sgra chen-po	high loud sound;
д’Зл’дрргч sgra-cher grags-pa well-known,
famous;	nan-pa to hear; to
hear sound;	sgra nams-pa
sinking voice; low sound; sgra-snan
a well-sounding, agreeable
voice; a guitar; sgra-brnan (9Я’А
brag-cha)	an echo.
Sgra-tog sound made by tho tongue
striking on the roof of the mouth:
when I
happened not to see him he by striking the
roof of the mouth with his tongue signi-
fied the relish of meat, &c. (Bbrom. 118).
STS4!*4 sgra dag-pa pure; clear-voiced.
sgra-don meaning of a word.
Sgra drag-po sound made
by a sudden blow.
sgra-ldan 1. noisy. 2. ($*Хч] bya-
rog) wtuT, 4N met. a crow.
8Sgra-ldar sounding ; sonorous.
* ST2* sgra-wa НТЧТ (Schr.) [speech]®.
syra-hbyin-pa xrafifa ^fh; 45*
skad hdon-pa to resound, groan, cry
loudly.
sgra-byun lo [resounded]®.
t!'§S sgra-byed sound-maker;
sgra byed-do makes sound.
sgra-dbyans	pleasing
tone; harmony; euphony (Л. k. 111-8).
Sgra-dbyans rgyal-po
(Schr.; (46 B.).
Sgra dbyafis Iha-mo the
Goddess Svarasvati.
0^4
332

S\n.	Lha-mo dbyan$-can-
ma*9	Dbyan$-Cfin-ma;
Tshans-sras-vio;	5^’^ ^ Mtsho-byun Iha-
mo; <^na4‘5|n’S Tdian-tcahi зга$-то;
fiag-dwan lha-)no (Mfion.).
О*' $9ra $byor-ma a coalition or
connection of letters.
Я Sgra-im-$nan of disagreeable
voice. According to the fabulous geo-
graphy of tho Buddhists the northern
continent which is said to be square in
shape, and where a language is spoken
not intelligible to the people of India.
soundless; voiceless.
sgra-med Sprin a cloud without
thunder.
$gra-tsam only a voice.
5f<*5 $gra-tshad (S'V^S* sgra-daft
tshad-ma) grammar and logic.
8’^ sgra-hdsin^^'Q rnawa that
catches the sound; the ear.
g^'g’4]^ sgrahi $kye-gna$ npj
the origin or root of a word.
Sgrahi-rgyan	metaphor
in rhetoric.
sgrahi sne-ma tender tones and
half tones, &c.; also the name of a book
($"!!')
g	$gra hod-zrr gsum tho three
rays of sound which are incident on the
soul in the Bardo: g’Shr^wr^ $gra-yi$
dnafis-so;	hod-kyis hjig$-so;
SKS4!’^ zer-gyi§ sgrag-go.
Я ? sgra-yi $de (Schr.; Kalac.
T. 124) [soldiers of the adversary]#.
sgra-yi-gna$~ Y4 rna-wa
the ear.
S’^4!’4 sgra-rig-pa	^^5^,
the science of words; grammar
[one versed in lexicography]#.
g’ftrsjpwq §gra-la mkha$-pa	one
versed in the science of words; a gram-
marian.
5j	Sgra-sen rig-pahi fylo-
gro§ =	Bjam-dpal dbyant
a Boddhisattva and God of Learn-
ing of the northern Buddhists.
Я'4!^ §gra-gsal articulate; intel-
ligible.
$grag$ L together with; jointly.
2. n. of a place in Tibet.
Sgrag$-kyi dar-phug n. of a
sanctuary situated in a roek-cavern of
Tibot (Deb. Я 44)-
ЯЯ^’5Sgrags-kyi Yan-rdsoft dis-
trict in Lho-brag in 8. Tibot.
nj’£ ’CJ §gran-wa (dang-wa) pf. чде^
b§grafi§, fut. чдс.' b^gran9 imp. g^‘ sgrofi 1.
to enumerate; to reckon up separately.
2. to upbraid; to reproach.
$gral-ica (dal-ica) 1. to cut into
small pieces, viz., the picture of an enemy
whom one wishes to destroy (<7л.). 2.
^qsrwgnrq chu-sogs las $gral-wa to pass
over or travel upon a river or sea.
$gra$ mron-par go-war
byed	by voice or sound
he causes to be understood.
If4! tgrig (dig) or	gral ^grig-pa
well arranged; good arrangement; v.
sgrol.
Сч
^grig-pa. pf. ^I4!^ bsgrig^ fut.
^B4! bsgrig, imp. $4 $grig or S4!3^ Sgrtg$
^’B4!’^ gral-du ^grig-pa, to arrange in order
or row; to lay or put in Oider; to arrange,
adjust; to put or fit together; to join (the
separate parts);	$grig$-par
byed-pa	to compile (books); to
stitch close (books, &c.);	covers.

333

in ^5 sgrig-lad defect in fixing gems
on ornaments:
even though there was some defect in
fixing a sapphire (Rtsii. and Tty. 17).
34],Qw sgrig-lam arrangement according
to usage; custom:	sgrig-lain
thig son-tea there was a custom.
Sgrigs, imp. of Ц*)*4 sgrig-pa.
cs ___
sgrin-po (din-po) skilful,
clever, prudent, expert.
Syn. Ц mkhas-pa*, spyan-po
(Mnon.).
cs
sgrib (dib),	ni-zla
sgra-can-gyi sgrib-pa, to eclipse ; to cover
over, v. i: sgrib-pa.
jjcrawj sgrib-chag,
^’лч|'Ч dus-rgyioi-gyi rt si-las tnar-hgrib tin
chag-pa reduction; anything below the
average calculation ; also discount.
dbye-wa dis-
tinction between the two defilements.
cs
ЦЧ’Ц 1: sgrib-pa 1. sbst.
sin; mental and
moral defilement; the state of being
obscured, darkened; obscuration. 2. чвг^г,
[a roof, cover] 8.
та-rig pahi sgo-fiahi sbugs-kyi sgrib-pa
hidden inside the egg of ignorance.
CS
II: 1. vb. pf. bsgribs, fut.
bsgrib, imp. sgrib s) to obscure; to
cover; to darken, defile:
ni-rnahi hod-zer bsgrib-nas the light of the
sun being obscured :	sprin-
pas ni-ma sgrib-pa the sun is covered by
the clouds. 2.	yofts-su bsgribs
qftwHUt utterly obscured or covered,
cs
III: adj. dark; sbst. darkness;
sinner.
I4 q‘c? sgrib-pa Ira the five kinds of
moral obscurations are tho following:—(1)
wj'ljч Ц las-kyi sgrib-pa, or S B4’4
hdod-srid-kyi sgrib-pa defilements or sins
of passionate desires; (2)
gnod-sems-kyi sgrib-pa sins of an evil heart,
i.e., of the wish to do evil to others; (3)
rmugs-rgod-kyi sgrib sins of
laziness and indolence ; (4)	gnid-
kyi sgrib-pa sins of sleep; (5)
the-tshorn gyi sgrib-pa sins of doubt.
sgrib-pa gnis qt Jsgrib-giiis
the two kinds of moral and mental obsou-
ations are:—(1)
defilement of misery that caused by
habits, etc.;	the sin
produced from the objects of cognition ;
aco. to the ifahayana doctrine these
two sins vanish as soon as one has attained
to the eight stage of Bodhisattva perfec-
tion ; acc. to the Binayana these remain
even when one has become an Arhat.
Ace. to the Bon religion, sins which bring
sufferings encompass the living beings of
the three worlds, sins that appertain to
knowledge only affect such saints,
Gyun-druA sems-pa and
$W«i Big-hdsin sems-pa, as belong to the
tenth stage only.
Sgrib-pa sgrib-pa rnam-stl
n. of a Bodhisattva.
Sgrib-<pft (dib-qing) invisible by
the power of charms or by certain articles
of influence on men and devils:
khwa-tahi sgro-yis sgrib-qin byed
made invisible by the feathers of a mag-
pie.
sgrim-pa (dim-pa), pf. bsgrims
(dim), fut. bsgrim, imp. (ч) sgrim (s).

334
1. to hold fast; to force or twist together;
to endeavour; (ft.) to squeeze in, crowd
in; (Sdt.) to bo confused: l}’V;^Tc,’5l*rq
blo-dan rig-pa ^grim-pa to bo careful both
in mind and intelligence, that is, not to
forgot any important point or say a
foolish word in conducting a case ; to bring
all the intelligence into play;
skud-pa $grbn-pa to twist tho tliroads
together that they may become a compart
plait.
$gril-kha a piece rolled together :
^5'45 ^ kha iii-fu rtsa-geig
rod-pahi sgril a roll containing twenty-
one pieces
Сч
nj^l’4 sgril-ira, pf. and fut. bpjril
(cf. hsgrtl-wa and *§<4’4 hkhril-u:a).
to make a roll of; to roll, wrap up; to
wdnd into a spool;	thag-
pa dan gog-bu sgrii-mkhan he who rolls up
ropes or paper ;	ril-bur figril-wa
to roll or form into a pill;	'§pV4‘
gan Iho&pa $gril-wa to roll up tightly
what has got slack.
$gri$-$khrim§ rules or regu-
lations of admission; Ч ?gris bcug-
pa to admit; to introduce.
4 ^rug-pa (ditg-p /) = ^'q bthu-wa,
pf. чдпргц bsyrugs-pa, fut. b^grug, imp.
fjq sgrug or $grng$ to collect, gather,
pluck, pick up, e.g., wood, nuts, vermin,
<^c.:	fifi-sgrug=fy'^ Q' gin hthu-
wa *	ffn cig $grug$-
dan gsun-na$ having requested that some
wood should bo collected.
I: Sgruii (dung) n. of a Tibetan
king of the Ben period.
F’ и : oi sgruns, described as
§non*ggi lo-rgyu$
V'4I
bden-rdsun §na-tshog$, various anecdotes,
true and false, of former times;
Sgrun-mkhan one who narrates fables or
stories (ft.) :	‘^5 sgrun-rgyu<$ the stories
or fables that have come down to us; g^‘
§grun hcha$-pa to relate fables, stories,
&c. ;	§grufi-gtamlegends; tales of
ancient time.
sgrufi-lchhi gnam-bon the
heavenly or celestial Bon-po teachers who
flourished before the time of King Di-gum
bisan-po and his successors in tho mytho-
logical period.
3^’4 ^jrun-pa a relater of legends.
ftgrun-ica=4^sgrufi bgad*
mkhan 1. one who relates fables or stories.
2. vb. pf. bpjruns, fut. bsgrun, to
mix; tomvent; to feign (ft.); З^’ВД^эдп/n-
bab$ the inspired story-tellers of Tibet,
whoso profession it is to narrate fables for
a living; ho puts a square cap on his
head and goes on telling stories without
pause.
+ igrun-pa (dun-pa), pf. and fut.
чй^ Ь$днт I. to resound; to reply
in tho same tone; to rival. 2. to compare;
to emulate, vic, contend with (ft.).
Syn. hgran-pa (Mnon.).
$grub-pa, vb. pf. sgqq bsgrubs,
fut.	b^grub, imp. sgrub (cf.
hgrub-pa)	to com-
plete, finish, perform, carry out, accom-
plish ; to achieve, manufacture, attain to;
X^*|q’Q don §grub-pa to attain to one’s aim;
to obtain a blessing, a boon;
tshc-hdihi don sgrub-pa to care for the
wants of this life; to accomplish the ends
of this life;	rgyags-phye ^grub-
pa to procure flour as provision for a jour-
ney ;	nor ^grub-pa togain riches;
335
also to furnish with, to supply; ^'S^a
lha ^grub-pa to propitiate a god. Acc.
to Jd. SfSJ4*4 lha §grub-pa implies, in accor-
dance with Bramanie-Buddhist theology,
not so much the making of a deity propi-
tious to man, as rendering a god subject to
human power, forcing him to perform the
will of man. Whilst the conatus, the
labouring in this arduous undertaking is
often called §grub-pa, the arriving at
the wished-for end is designated
hg rub-pa.
sgrub dkah-wa	very
difficult to propitiate, to perform, to exe-
cute.
^grub-khan the house or place
where one sits to meditate or propitate a
deity, or where the rites and ceremonies
are observed for the same.
S'lrub-mkhan нтнзг one who
propitiates; a propitiator.
ЦЧ’щ §grub-gla=s^№\ sg rub-у on remu-
neration for propitiating (Л/яои.).
sgrub-hchag building or making
and dismantling or destroying; the term
is defined in	w3;
gsar-wa sgrub-rgyu dan rnin-pa nas mar-
hchag rgyu constructing a new one and
breaking down the old one.
sgrub-rtags token; proofs of the
attainment of perfection in accomplished
saints.
$grub~thab$ НЩН, Hire the
method of effecting the propitiation of a
deity, of obliging a god to make his
appearance. There are two kinds of
tgrub-ihabs :
shi-wahi §grub-thab$ daft khro-wahi §grub-
ihabt gni§ the propitiation or co-ercion
of gods in their mild aspect, and of those
of wrathful aspect.
* gq’wrg’s# sgrub-thabt rgya-mtsho
Finn Hire (Behr.; Td. 2, 330) the ocean
of coercion.
sgrub-dan sun-hbyiu pro-
pitiating and discomfitting.
tgrub-nus НТЧЧиЗ the power to
perform or propitiate.
Sgrub-pa dkah-brgyad the
eight gods who according to the|^ Rnin-
nia sect of Tibet are difficult to propitiate.
They are the following:—WHjam-
dpal §ки,	Pad-ma gsun,
Yan-dag thugs,	Bdud-rtsi yon-
tan,	Phur-pa
hphrin-la§ hjig-rten hdas-pahi §de-lna, я‘3г
Ma-то rbod-gtofl,
]}mod-pa drag-snags,	Hjig-
rten mchod-bstod {Grub, p 11).
igrub-par byed-pa to cause
ecstasy in meditation.
§grub-po mehog highest
stage of consummation.
sgrub-bya	НТЩ anything
to be propitiated; a god. There are two
kinds of deities, male and female, who
having in view tho good of all living beings
do many kind services when invoked; they
are manifested in aspects, calm and peace-
ful, or terrific and wrathful. For instance,
the Goddess Dolma when she is propitiated
is a mild deity and is called ^'3rg4‘3 lha-mo
tgrub-bya, i.e., the goddess to be propitia-
ted ; the man who propitiates being called
tprq q §grub-pa-po, and the manner of ex-
horting her is called sgom-tshuT, the
propitiatory rites are called $grub-
thab$. gn^s'gS'^ $grub-par byed-pa in-
cludes the persons who observe the rites,
who meditates on her and officiates at the
service. When the goddess has been pro-
pitiated, i.e., b§grub$, she-appears

336
ГГ1
before the devotee and grants him hia
prayers or wishes.
§5 sgrub-byed
1.	ho that accomplishes the propitiation
or coercion. 2. a kind of bile.
'M Sgrub-ran or Sq sg rub-tian
cannot easily be propitiated or accom-
plished.
sgrub-le 54^V'gqdicafale dan
sgrub-l?.
g4'4!^^ Sgrub-gqen a deity of tho Bon
to ho propitiated; the Bon doctrine (<72.).
gq‘S'4 sgrub $li-ira easy to per-
form, or oasy of accomplishment.
sgre-гса (de-ica) 1. uncovered:
chos-kyi glegs-bam
sgre-wa la bshag mi-run a sacred volume
should not bo kept uncovered. 2. adj.
gen. + sgre-bo bare; naked; у'Й
tgre-то, S7 =	« sa-
khod mi-snoms-pa or	sa gc'r-bu
bare uneven ground. 3. vb. pf. and fut.
bsgre to repeat; to put or place in
order; to put together; to collate.
sgreg-pa (deg-pa) vb. pf.
sgregs, sbst.	to belch; also
sbst. eructation.
Syn. gsud-pa or
gsus-pa gyen-bzlog eructation that rises
upwards.
—Ч
sgren-sgren firm and well-fixed:
Itag-rtsa sgrefa
sgren гей med-pa hdis-lcn.
|J К’Ц sgren-wa (deng-tea) =
gyen-du slan-wa	vb. pf.
b$gren$, fut. bsgren, imp. sgren or ||ЗД
syrens, cf. hgren-pa 1. to lift, heist or
rise up:	fix
or erect the house-flags and the sacred
standard. 2. to stretch out.
sgren-mo (den-mo) nu;
gos-med geer-bu naked; without cover;
destitute; bleak.
|<Й'ч]^л sgren-mo gsum (den-mo sum)
the throe den mo according to a Tibetan
saying aro tho following :—(1)
^5’8УЙ § klun-ni chu-med sgren-mo $te a
valley is bloak whon it is without water;
(2)	yul-hkhor mgron-
med sgren-mo a country without a protect-
ing deity is destitute; (3) «трг^’йс/гГсф
^5’3^’, Йgal-te min-po-bcu
yod-kyan, khyo-med bud-med sgren-moho
that woman who is without husband
though she may have got ten brothers is
den mo, i.e., destitute.
—4
nj^I’Ц sgres-pa (deh-pa) n. of a numeral
figure used in Buddhist astrology:
(Ya-sel. 57).
sgro 1. a large feather, esp. quill-fea-
ther, used for an ornament of arrows, as a
charm, etc.: 5f^ sgro-ldan feathered race;
a general паше for birds as being possessed
of feathers; also an arrow. 2. sgro-гса
to elevate, exalt, increase (C«.); to exagger-
ate (Ja.). 3. sack; bag; thal-sgro a
sack full of ashes (Jii.), n. f‘4 sgro-ua.
sgro-rkan (do-kang) a species of
tall fir; tho feather-fir.
|j sgro-skur (do-кйг) is an abbrevia-
tion of the expression;
gvqsgro hdogs-pa dan skur-pa hdebs-
pa decorating with feathers and casting
abuse, i.e., exaggeration and depreciation:
na-ni sgro-skur med-
ni
337
mi
pahi dge-slon yin I am a monk (Bhilsu) who
neither flatters nor spoaks ill of ethers.
MlS*1 sgro-khyim (do-khirn) Fl3*rw,c^’Q,‘
(Jig. 32).
|j’4] §gro-ga (do-ga) 1. the little bubbles
in sparkling beverages. 2. the ropes used
to pack cloth ; cord, fetter; §Я^'В Icugs-
tgro iron fetters;	Icags-
§gro fag-pa sbrel-nas the hands chained
together; lham-sgro shoe-strap; lace ;
latchet.
B'3 sgw-gu (do-ди) string; strap for
binding, fastening, strapping : jf3« sgко-
да r ten-pa the steel point or Lade of an
arrow to which a feather is attached.
sgro fytags-pa WTXKT vb. to
make a false show; to pretend much; sbst.
vanity; presumption :
(Latn-ti. 42) imagiuary
thoughts are possessed of the nature of
vain and unreal assertion. *
$gro-hdogs (do-dog) doubts ; If
^Я^’Я^ sgro-hdogs good free from doubts:
g	’qj^q-q|-by
the (upadetpi) precepts of the holy Lama
his doubts were dissolved (-4. 77).
ъдко-hdogs ma-chod his
doubts were not cleared (A. 27).
ОЯ sgro-phitg n. of a place in Tibet.
n. of a celebrated Nying-ma
Lama who lived in Dophug: В
М’ЗЯ'^^Я^’^Я*’the temple of Du-ton
was built at Do-phug (Deb. Я 6).
I: ъдко-wa (do-ка) a loather or
hide bag for keeping barley-flour, peas,
eto. Those that are carried on horseback
are called $ g rta-sgro; small leather bags
are called °1Я‘5 fag-sgro hand-bag; Я^’К
gsan-sgro or the mystic bag is a term for
the scrotum.
Syn. sgye-mo*, sgyehu', СЯ^’^Ч
tshugs-snod*, phad-tshe (Mnon.).
Ц’Ч II: sbst. 1. acc. to Jrai-sn. and
Sch. the bark of a species of willow. 2.
in C. Tib. the penis.
III: vb. pf. bsgros, fut.
bsgro, imp. M to debate, discuss,
chatter freely.
sgro-mdons (dom-dong) a pea-
cock’s plumes or feathers (Bbrom. Г11) ;
a Chinese decoration used to adorn the
hat worn by the chiefs and noblemen of
Tibet, China, &c.
sgrog (dog) strap, as in ^‘8Я Iharii-
sgrog (lhani-dog); shoe-strap ; ЗЯ^’ВЯ faags-
§grog iron fetters or chain; c	jfЯ
brgyan§-$in-la sgrog.
ЭЯ'Я^ sgrog-gdan (dog-dan) the trian-
gular patch generally made up of satin
on the ^’ЯМ pan-gdan, i.e., the bibu which
covers the front of a woman’s petticoat.
КЯ'Я^4 sgrog-gdub (dog-dub) a bangle
made of cord or straps also of jade.
sgrog-pa (dog-pa) ж, ТЙсГ, ХГЧ,
pf. ЧЦТ1’ bsgrags, fut. чдя bsgrag,
imp. ЦЯ §gr«g or ^Я^ sgrags to call, shout
forth ; to publish, proclaim, declare;
$grog-pa po a declaimer, preacher; Я^'
F*Vq gsun sgrog-pa to read the sacred words.
Used in Mil., also, of birds sending forth
their cries,	sgrogs-pahm
gsal-wa ^ |Я^ q chos sgrogs-pa or
chos-kyi sgrogs-glen
mdsad-pa to preach; ^Г^Я*ГЧ dril sgregs-
pa to publish by ringing a bell.
sgrog-ril (dog-rit) button, round
button; ^Я’^’МЯ’4 sgrog-ril sgrog-pa to
button up (Sch.).
44

338

4 sgrog ru$-pa (dog-rni-pa)
[a shelter for swans]».
jpijsr^ $grogt-ldaii a river.
f’FVS* $grog$-shum (ddg-shtim) scream.
$g rod-pa (doi-pa) another form
of hgrod-pa as in B phyi-la
sgrod-pa to go outside; not much used.
$gron-b$kal (don-kal) the en-
lightened age, opp. to niun-b$kal or
the dark age.
$gron-eha$ the articles such as
butter, oil, &c., for lighting lamps in a
chapel during the eight holy days in a
month.
tgron-te=m'$ phul-ie having offer-
ed :	having
offered to the Trirat na (the three precious
ones) a wick (Rtsii. 32).
sgron-deb the list of people able
to give lamps in a town or on a large
estate.
sgron-dreg§ lamp-black.
IKI: * * 4 $gr on-pa, vb., pf. and fut.
bsgron 1. to cover; to lay over, adorn,
decorate; to light; to kindle. 2. n. of a
kind of arrow which shoots like a meteor.
I: $gron-ma (don-та) light, lamp,
lantern, torch. The word sgron is used
to various persons as a title of honour;
gser-snan sgron is intended for
royalty;	shal-gser sgron the golden
enlightener, term of address to great
lamas; na-bzah sgron is applied to
the dress of royalty;	gsol-wa sgron
to the food served to a prince ;
gsoi-ja sgron to his tea.
II:	(Schr.; Bull. 18i8
291). [light]».
Sgron-та drug the six lamps
used to signify the six religious discourses
of Panchen Naropa generally called
Na-ro chos-drug.
sgron-me	'зздп a burning
lamp; prop, a lamp as religious offering:
though a lamp bo in his hand, the blind
will not see the way (Ce. don. 16).
rin-ehen sgron-me the precious
light; name of a book.
Syn.	mtshan-mohi snan-
byed;	snum-la hgah\ В^'2'Х^’З
khyim-gyi nor-bu\ g*’* snwn-za; w«&'W
4'^ hbar-wahi ral-pa can ;	snafi-gsal;
mar-те (Affton.).
$gron-me-gift, v.	sgron-gin.
Sfa'^lVl4 §gron gshi-kha n. of a large
estate in the district of Lhun-tsc in Tibet.
sgron-gin or Sgron inc-gin
tho yew-leaf fir, Pinas picea; in Sikkim
Finns Ion gifolia is so called.
sgron-gin removes mucous, wind,
and cold in tho stomach.
sgrob (dob) haughtiness, arrogance,
pride.
sgrob che-wa=WW&Q nams che-wa,
one with great airs; bumptious, preten-
tious person:
(D gel. 7) Some Jong-
pons are as over-bearing, as if the whole
country belonged to their circuit.
sgrob-chen and sometimes
tgrom-chen are provincial words used to
signify pretentiousness or self-assumption;
sgro сЬе-гса=ъ%~$№'Ц brdsu byas-pa
pompous :
(flag. 18) mi dob-chen and dom-
3*1
339

chen etc. signify pretentiousness in pro-
vincial language.
^51 sgrom (dom) fqschij, qssr a trunk or
portmanteau; a box the inside of which is
made of wood or wicker work and the out-
side lined with leather; a large leather
box. may be regarded as the Pali
form of Sanskrit a seat, an altar]-S'.
mcho-sgrom a chest to keep articles
of religious service; thab-sgrom a
box to keep utensils, plates, &e., for
cooking, generally covered with tanned
tiger skin.
Syn. §gam,
S $grom-bu a small box;
smyug-sgrom^*^# gsheb-ma a chest made
of wicker work.
1^*5^ Sgrol-dkar and jprgq* sgrol-ljan
1. are known as tho White and Green
manifestations of the Goddess Dolma or
Tara, the two wives of King Sron-Btsan
Sgam-po, being deified and worshipped as
their incarnations. 2. names of females
of frequent occurrence in Tibet.
Sgrol-dkar кин blo-ma, |pr
Sgrol-ma kun-rgyal-ma, ’«rjef
Sgrol-ma rgyal-bzan-ma are other
different manifestations of the Goddess
Dolma.
$grol-ica, pf. and fut. qjpi bsgral
1. to save, rescue, deliver; to set free;
to liberate;
w|prq to save from the water, from
misery, fear, and from transmigratory
existence:	sgrol-waht
uad-dpon du hgyur he becomes a guide to
salvation. 2. to transport, carry; to cross
(a river) by boat or ferry: ^pvq’qjj'arqS'^*
hkhor-wa bsgral-wahi gru-gzins yin
it is a boat that will carry you over the river
of transmigration. 3. to remove, expel,
drive away :	•^•q-orqgoi hdre-
rnams phyihi rgya-mtsho chen-po la bsgral,
the demons were banished to the uttermost
parts of the sea;	bdud sgrol-
wa to expel the devil.
Iprq-q sgrol-wa-po nrrer. the deliverer,
met. for saviour.
* gq-q^’YK*^ sgrol-wahi dwan-phyug
(Schr, ; Bull, 1898, 295)
the Lord of final deliverance.
sgrol-byed	a deliverer;
met. for a boat, ship.
sgrol-ma (Dol-та) hrt, urfvJt the
Goddess Dolma, she that saves from trans-
migratory existence; one of the most
popular deities in Tibet, and of whom
there are supposed to be many sprul-ku or
branch emanations. Some Sgrol-ma kyil-
hkhor exhibit twenty-one different mani-
festations of the goddess. The several
appellations of ipr* Sgrol-ma are:—
Om-mdsad;	Bgyal-yum;
Mchog-gi ma; ’gq Myur-skyob;
yqq’Sj^’S Bjig-rten; Dwan sras-mo;
Zfcsrgq Shi-ma phon^-skob; оИргдуя Legs-
byin ma; W	Chos-kyi dpal-mo
(Mnon.).
IpiSgrol-ma ku-ru kullc one of
the twenty-one manifestations of the God-
dess Dolma (1C g. 266),
Sgrol-ma chc н^тегги Maha Tara
or the great Goddess Dolma.
* |piSgrol-ma nin-shi
mtshan-khro (Schr,; h5 A) “ Dolma, mild
by day and wrathful by night.”
* gor^R-gy^ Sgrol-ma nor-^byin-ma
(Schr.; кб B) Dolma, tho wealth-giver.
Sgrol-ma dpal-chcn тхт-
HVT’ft Dolma, the most glorious.
Sgrol-ma dmar-mo
sa-lugs) (Schr,; h-6 A) the Bed Dolma.

340

Sgrol-ma shi-ma ?nfk3nfa«?t
1* >inia in her mild aspect.
*	Sgrol-ma yid-bshin
nor-hu {S‘‘hr.; 4^ C) Dolma rhe wish
giving gem.
Sgrol-ma ser-mo (J/6 C.\
* $j*(wgcrsciN'qjSgrol-mahi sgrttb-
thahs brya-rtza нткпп^гцгп? (Ta 2, 156)
n. of a book consisting of one hundied
stanzas c omposed for propitiating the God-
dess Dolma.
Sgrol-ger abbreviation of tho
expressions	sgrol-ma hdon-rgyu-
and	tys-rab snin-po.
sgros (dot) manner ; method ; way ;
byri-sgros manner of explaining ;
pfam-sgros way of speaking (Cs.) ;
bla-ma rnams-kyi gsun-
§gros conference of tho lamas; g<i|*rq^
sgrog$ bfad-sgros the method of instruction
wh’ch is to be proclaimed {Sth.},
mditi-p/ros is same ns	mdm-
btyri<j*-pa, *O**’^’*’5^ mchu-xgros bim-ha
It it, his grai'eful lip was like the fruit
called Bind a. 1. edge, brim, lip (Cs.).
2. star, also a mark from a wound (<SWn).
q3iVq b г да d-pa =3^^	bgad-pa to
smile ; smile on.
brgal, pf. of Зргл n al-tra '°Ц
brgal-l> iiy controversy, disputation.
brgal dkah-wa the ocean
(that which is difficult to cross) (Mnon.).
brg d-pa [enjoined; asked;
censured] *S.
W4’q brgol-wa to disagree; to act in
opposition ; to be disposed to contrariety.
brgya UH one hundred;
brgya-mrhod a hecatomb of 100 lamps; one
hundred offerings ; brgya-ston ПИ
one hundred thousand;
bygya tham-pa full one hundred ;
brgyi-aod =	qi
remuneration to one hundred monks for
conducting a religious service;
S	&c.> remuneration in
silver, grain, etc., for conducting the
religious service of one hundred offerings;
brgyu-hdins about a hundred;
nearly one hundred.
q5’q brgya-pi uf?ni, ЩсЩЦр cen-
tenarian ; one of a hundred years of age.
45 brgya-po consisting of one hun-
dred.
brgya-phr tg 1ПГ tho hundred; a
century ;	phran-tehegs
brgya-phrag mi-pham mgon (Л. 21).
qj'qw brgya-bam anything kept in
groups of one hundred;
4^’4 (Zam. 4).
q3 9*^ Br<j.ya-byiu 1. n. of a medicinal
root;	3е-’ dug-то nun a mystic word
or Ч4’5^ (Min. 3). 2. i(<ray ono
xvho has performed ono hundred yajna
(sacrifices); an epithet of Indra. Acc. to
Buddhist mythology there are two
Indras, the senior Indra rules over tho
gods, the junior, riding on the great
elephant called Airavata,keeps guard over
the celestial regions, having in his imme-
diate charge the quarters of tho East.
brgya-byin §kye§ wst Indra’s
son ; born of Indra.
brgya-byin gron	the
residence of Indra; the celestial metropolis.
Svn.	hchi-wa med-ldm;
Ita-na sdug;	8iim-cu rtsi-jpum \
pc/яз:;	khan-bzan гпат-раг rgyal-
tca;	rnam-par rgyal-bycd
pho-1 ran (Mnon.).

341

Ag’|<Vgbrgya-byin spyi-ico=^’^
grog-mkhar ant-hill ; also ant’d foot.
Aj’B^’lp brgya-byin spros ; WMyra-
balan arjana the delight of Indra.
Aя Brgya-byin mv = Ag’Q^A^^
Brgya-byin btsun-mo the celestial
queen; the wife of Indra. Her different
names are :—*>S’SAA’Й Hehi-med dwan-
mo; ^va^# Lhahi btsnn-mo;
Lrgs-brjod ma; ^АА’5<уя Dwan-ehen ma;
Pu-lohi sras-mo: ; А^чцгя Bde-
sogs ma {Mnon.).
brgya-byin gshu	1- the
bow of Indra, />., rainbow. 2. a kind of
medicinal fruit.
Brgya-byin Lha-yi
bwan-pohi min the different names of
Indra:—Mtho-ris hdrm-pa;
Mfho-ri§ rgyal;	Lha-yi rgyal-
po ;	Jljcr-hjig$; Lhahi-rna-
can ;	Qtsan-byed mgon-po;
Rdo-rje-can;	Stobs-ld tn dgra-wo;
Lha-yi bdig;	Hehi-med
rgyal-po;	Legs-bris gtso;
I5S Grags-pahi mti-khyud;	4
Mchod-§byin brgya-pa; А^чргч^Ч Bde-sogs
bdag; ^5ЧС>* Lha-dwan ; A L 'gs-skyob ;
^AK^'VK- Skabs-фтт divan;
Rg m-l i nan ; -^’qT^^ Ois-brjod nan ;
5*q^*q Gnas-kyt bdag-po ;	Sprin-la
fdion ; А^-угцгААч Bzod-dkas runs ; A^’A^W
a5\ Bshen-bsncms bzod;
Char-hbebs gron-hjoms;	Grol-byrd
hjonis;	Pu-lo ina-dgra; AjA’q’A^
Gan-po hbod;	Ha-rihi rla-chan;
§min-pa gsod;	Tshig-
mdahi mgon-po; *Ц’|аMig-sfon-can;
Kohn qi-ka {Mnon.).
Ag brgya-hdsin spnjfa that contains
or holds one hundred objects, etc.
Ag о^’Ч^Я’А brgya-la§ hdam-pa Ajwcr
^$rci brgya-tham-pa las gcig-hdam-
pa.
Brgy^g brhan n. of a Bon
god who is also called ^’A^Aq Lha-bsans.
brgyags victuals; provi-
sion, as in	mtshas-brgyagS) w
AJ^4 lam-brgyags provision for the journey.
brgyan-wa	pf. Ag^
brgyanSy fut. brgyan, imp. gA^ rgyohs
or §a^*-^4] rgyons-giy 1. to extend, stretch
out, set out or arrange ; А ^А чдр ngc/q
ko-wa dan thag-pa brgyan-wa to stretch hide
and rope ;	snod rgyan-iea to set out
a vessel; «^‘st’AgA’q mchod-me brgyan-wa
to put in array lamps as offerings. 2. to
call a person from a distance.
brgyad eight.
Symbolic Syn. aj^ bkra-tps; lha;
JJ blit; nor; a]^a*t-6^ gdevs-can;
srid-pa ; Ito; hyro {Rtsii.).
+ Ag\A^a] brgyad-bkag = ^^ ^\^ bkah
bkyon-pa fhv? rebuke ; reproof; reflection
on one’s conduct or act.
Ag'VA’jpq brgyad-bkug or njS’^gS’§kitd-
pn brgyad-sgril thread in eight-fold twists.
brgyad-bcu eighty.
Bryyad-ehan n. of a kind of tea
which is of inferior quality, largely con-
sumed by Tibetans in general.
A§\^A*q Brgyad-^ton-pa
one of the abridged sacred scriptures of tho
northern Buddhists containing 8,000
s'lokas.
Brgyad-slon the festival
on the eighth lunar day of the month.
Ag^q brgyad-pa 1. the eighth.
2. <^VA^*4 tshar bcad-pa he who finishes
or puts an end to; the destroyer.
342	^F’l
eight;
excess
which
orna-
wyog-
down
down
brgyad-po consisting of
the eight.
q35’^H brgyad-lhag lit. eight in
(of one hundred); fas a rosary
consists of one hundred and eight heads.
brgytin-pa (gyen)
vb. to adorn, decorate; to provide
with :	rin-chcn rgyan-gyi§
^rgyan-pa adorned with precious
ments, cf. rgyan; sbst.
brgyal-wa = $*|’^*r§5*q
ches byed-pa	1. to fall
senseless ; to lie senseless ; to sink
unconscious ; to faint. 2. to howl, of a fox
(Sch.) ; ho brgyal-te fainting with
fatigue; лд'агЯчрл brgyal bog-pa laid pros-
trate and unconscious:
tham§-ead brgyal bog-pa bshiti all as if pros-
trate and senseless (Л. 76).
brgya$-=^'^ lhan-rgya$ together
with.
brgyngs, pf- of ^*Tq vr^fa,
vnn used as sbst. a race ; also running a
race.
brgyuns-pa the marrow in the
back-bone (Cs.).
brgyud, cf. ^5 rgyud q<«j<,
4^1 ^‘ql^4l‘5’q|5’q cig-na§ geig-
turgbyud-pa descent from one to ano-
ther. 1. family, lineage, ancestors, off-
spring. 2. race, people, nation :
bod-kyi mi-brgyud the Tibetan nation,
people.	rig^-brgyud relations;
gdun-brgyud descendants; bla-
brgyud the succession or line of Lamas. 3.
Tantras and mystic manuals, v. ^5 ;
chos-kyi religious arguments and
deductions.
brgyud-brgyugs a continuous
succession (Sch.).
brgyud-сап possessed of descen-
dants; fruitful.
q^5’q brgyud-pa 1. belonging to a race
or family. 2. v. ^5 rgyud and ^5‘q rgyud
pa.
q^Vq ^'q’§ brgyud-pa ruam-pa Zwatheie
were five different schismatic successions
among tho Buddhists iu Ancient India;
they were tho following:—(1)
frdul-wahi rgyud or	the generation
observing moral discipline; (2)
^5 gsan-§nag$-kyi rgyud or	the
mystical succession ; (3)	rgya-
chen spyod-rgyud or	tho succession
of abundant performance*; (4)
zab-mo Ita-rgijud	[tho profound
succession]^.; (5)	§nin-op don-
rgyud or tho Occult race	(Orub.
5 6).
brgyud hphcl-tva to increase
the race or progeny; to multiply; to
increase the family.
4^5’* in/yiof-ma 1. one belonging to a
family; a scion ; one well acquainted with
the secrets, well informed; acc. to Cs.—
brgyud-can. 2. in W. fruitful;
fertile. 3.	brgyud-та rgyab-pa
to perpetuate family lincago;
brgyud-hdsin ццчъ heir; successor.
&УУи&~Уа$ fe’K n. of a
numerical figure (Ya-sel. 56).
qyrq brgyus-pa ufan to make a
string of; to stitch together.
v.	and
^4q ^gog-pa.
bsgan or sgan =	dnos-gshi
point of time; moment; instant; conjunc-
ture :	lo-gsar bsgan-gi Ihags-
pa a chilling gale on the opening of the
343
new year;	the proper time for
doing a thing; яд'ЧА the time for
writing;	the time of eating.
bsgans-pa to form into; ^‘5’
gon-bu bsgans made a ball of; 4^4’5*
gcig-tu bsgons collects into one.
isgar, pf. of ^4
bsgugs-pa pf. of §^’q sgug-pa
to wait (for one’s arrival or return).
^5^ bsgal-bskyod tremulous; to
shake and tremble:
q|V§S the living beings move, stand
and tremble (Khrid. J±7).
q^oj’q
bsgulpa sr^=4 to shake, trem-
ble, quake, quiver Gen. 4
bsgo-гса	1. to direct,
instruct, v. sgo-гса. 2. to rub with; to
apply on	snum bsgos-pa; to stain,
anoint; to infect with disease; «liprq bsgos-
pa pf. of 4^q to command, order; also
bkah bsgos-pa to give directions;
issue commands; also the coercive bidding
of the mystic exorcist towards an evil
spirit.	bag-chags bsgos-pa
defiled with moral impurity (Nag. 19).
Syn.	khas-blans byed\
dul-wa hdsin;	tshig brtan-pa;
3V4 bsgo-wa nan-pa;	dwan-du gyur;
4^j'q bsnen-pa; ^'3 shi-wa; ^’4 dul-ica;
^,£* ner shi-wa (Mnon.).
bsgo-wa bcag-pa
to disobey; to disregard directions.
bsgo-wa rna-la gzon-pa~
^yq bsgo-wa mi-nan-pa not listening
to instructions or directions.
i: bsgo-wa rnam-pa gsum the
three religious instructions or directions:—
1-	instructions issued by
the church. 2.	those issued by a
section of the church. 3.
directions emanating from the
senior member of the holy order.
(и): 1.	the
order of the principal of a college or the
superior of a monastery. 2.
the command of the Khanpo (abbot). 3.
dge-hdungyis bsgo-wa.
qSfq^'q-q^ ш: J,	tho
vows of the holy order. 2.
vows of ordinary men. 3.
vows for individual emancipation in the
ordinary way (K. du. !$).
q^pq-q^y^q bsgo-wa bshin nan-pa or
rje-su hjug-pa	to
follow, do as directed. [One who acts as
directed]/?.
o^q-ofsT^-q bsgo-wa la mi-nan-pa
breach of religious discipline; W-
not to act according to instruction.
bsgom-pa нга contemplation; =
3fwq goms-pa;
bsgom-pa and goms-pa in their
application to road have one and same
meaning.
bsgom-skyes нт^зт, pro-
duced from contemplation, also reflection;
q^’q'g^q bsgom-pa byun-wa
sprung from contemplation; qijkq or^ q
bsgom-pa la dgah-wa delighting in contem-
plation.
bsgoms-pa^ pf. of |*rq sgom-pa.
c\
bsgyins-pa =	hgyin-wa
1. fesjur, to yawn. 2. =^’q sbo-wa.
qgvn I: bsgyur-гоа^ another form
of sgyur-wa	to
change; Гг^чГ£,|^’л kha-dog bsgur-ba
changing colour;	to change
clothes; to change the cover (like a snake);
q§vq|
344
qp/
to translate ; J	rgya-gar na$
ehos bsgyur-ica to translate books brought
from India;	tshig-bsgynr to
translate words; X^'q|p don-bsgyar to alter
the meaning; 4S*q|p thad-bsgyur to change
tire direction; ^forqsp hchol-b$gyur, Q^’qsp
lus-bsgyur to change one's body (mira-
culously) ; йс/4|р min-b$gyiir to change
one’s name; ^X4! 4g^ mdog-^gynr to
change the complexion or colour; a**'q|p
spus-bgpir to change the quality ;
bshos-bsgyttr^ Ac., to change one’s intention;
phyt-n /л b$gyur to invert tho
object;	ehos-ltig§ bsgyttr con-
version ; 4Vq|P 'd-bsgyur to change
the language.
Il’^fir^ to multiply, increase.
Syn. bsmm; qg*rq bsgres-рн; a^’q
Spel-wa\ spta’q gsil-ira (Mnon.).
b$gyu§-pa muscle.
W Bsgrag-phren (dag-thtng) n.
of a Jong in Tibet.
W b$grag$ (dag) (Ssr^J’^vq eho$
klog-Wrir-wa)	fwH proclaimed;
read or recited loudly»
cjfjoj^rcj bsgrags-pa sung; diffused.
^F4 bsgraft-pa 1. to enumerate,
count up (Cs.). 2. to causo to grow cold.
bsgrad-pa = ^\4 bgrad-pa to open
wide;	mig bgrad-pa to stare;
4315’q rkan-pa bgrad-pa to part the legs
wide; to straddle.
зд'Ч bsgral	[crossed ; passable] &
bsgral-wa to pass; cross
over.
qg^-q^’^c.^ bsgr l-icahi ^in-rta a boat,
also— J’| дгн-skya an oar of a boat
(»4
qg^’3 bsgral-bya	met. a boat,
q^'^^ b$gral-yas w. a numerical
figure used in Buddhist astrology,
cs
ksgrifjs (dig) ’ten, ipq, чгРча
put in order, arranged, arrayed ;
b$grigi-p<t vfaa formed into string.
bsgribs-pa (dib-pa), pf. of gq
$gris f^ToTeri, ifturfijcT, ’ohRh covered.
q|q^qq-gc^'^^-q bsgribs-pahi lun-du
mi-$ton-pa	to abstain from
obscure predictions:
q-^E.-$rq^: d0 nof prophesy or predict
what is not known either to be good or
bad.
C\
(dim-pa) (§^’q
$pra$-pa) c’5№J5^*S^,q	byas-pu^
v. ъдгип-ра, rig-pa b$grim$-pa perver-
ted skill ; also chaotic acquirements ; con-
fused information.
b$grun-pa, akin to hgran
ХЭ
to rival, vio with; to reply to: q|<Y
й brgrin	hgran-
zla byed mi-nu$-pa cannot compete or be a
match for.
^^«===q^ll^*q btsugs-pta,
rgyal-mtshan Ita-bn
up-lifted; hoisted.
b^gren^ (d^g)^ pf- of $greny
imp.	Sgrens-yig.,
b$grefis-byahi rgyal-mtshan^ a flag that is to
be hoisted (Situ. 77).
bsgres (de) (q|j bsgre) old, aged;
skn-bsgret,	de-igras
niu-yal bsgres (Ya-sel.). 59’^’ dbu-
chos bsgre$ rim aged respectable lamas.
ql^’q bsgres-pa changed.
q]]MW bsgres-yas a numerical figure
used in Buddhist astrology.
г;
На I: is the fourth consonant of the
Tibetan alphabet. It corresponds to the
Sanskrit letter and sounds like ng in
the English word “song.” As a final the
pronunciation is therefore easy enough;
but in its frequent occurrence as an initial
letter the difficulty of sounding it properly
comes in. As an initial must be pro-
nounced as a nasal g. To acquire the
sound, first say un-ga; and then, dropping
the u, try to say the nga.
II: 1. it represents the numerical
figure 4. 2. stands for in the conse-
cutive numbers 51; c-qf^ 52;
53	54; *g55; c-VI 56;	57;
58;	59.
ГШ: in mystical Buddhism is sym-
bolical of the dissolution of all Samskara
(combinations either phenomenal or mate-
rial).
“the term ** is the sign of the synthesis of
all matters which phenomenally exist in a
compounded state” (К. my, ”1 207).
g- *
1$) “ is symbolical of the state where
there is no cohesion; it explains that all
that are without adherence (attachment)
will be liberated.”
IV:	pers. pron., first person,
singular I :	old man that I am;
V’I “I with SroH-btum
$gam-po”\ Spr*' I the Eama. *5 or-^’”)
my, mine:	my charming (wife),
t>., dearest ;	it is mine;
soul of me a man; ^5’4^
this my;	my venerable master.
Colloq. the common form for nga is
Ha-raH “I.”
Ha kho-na I myself; I alone.
^5 na-ned,	WV,
I myself.
Syn. kho-wo.
na-eag, Ha-tsho, na-rnams,
are the several plurals of signifying we.
na§ for Ha-yis by me, v. na.
Ha-rgyal WU, <4, НТЯ, WK (lit.
“I, the chief”), i>., pride, arrogance:
I “ on the height
of pride the water of merit does not
accumulate”;	to be proud. *’5«r
to break (another’s) pride; to
humble ; rt*§«’45x’j«(=the pride of asser-
tion of self; lit. the pride of reflecting “I
am.”
Syn. rgyagv,
hphyar^gyen-§n,em^}	mfion-
pahi Ha-rgyal \ ^'^fta-ldan (MHon.).
Ha-rgyal-can	wf^THTpr^,
; proud, boastful; rivalling.
Syn.	Ha-rgyal-ldan,
dregs-ldan (MHon.).
suprome
pride.
Na-phod n. of a district in the
province of Kong-po (LoH. % 16).
45
c-q|
346
c-X|
= ya na-wa 1.
bad ; dangerous ; fearful. 2: rarely for
bad; V*’** a bad smell.
**^5 fta-med чгчк lit. without self;
without vanity; not thinking of one’s
self or self-interest.
fta-men chos-po (he who is
personified by worldlincss), the name
by which Mara, tho lord of worldliness
of the Buddhists, is known to the Bon
(В. Nam.).
fta-nur a species of duck, v.
ftur-pa, peril. Anas casarca.
fta-$i, lit. I dio ; cry of fear with
wonder ; evidently a Bengali expression of
wonder—44 hR or vr яТк I die, alas! I die,”
which Atis'a introduced in Tibetan—
(Л. 107)
(4Oh, I die from wonder! yet there are
wonderful stories in India (to be told).”
E’lf fta-mo for the camel:
khur-wa fair skyer drafts
$in fta-mo mgyag the camel, grunting with
loads, travels quickly (Jig. 22).
fta-htshen self-sufficient or self-
sufficiency; pride; egotism (A. 90).
fta-yir med WKTS want of self-
ishness: ^•^V4^,q=q54]-3|^4^ q 0Г
4S41,5’^*4 the cognition of personality
which may be styled the self or 474.
fta-ra 1. noise; sound. 2. cold
air :	I am not afraid
of the air of the glaciers (Mil.).
1:	na-ra-can 1. loud, noisy,
roaring. 2. a crier, brawler, noisy fellow,
n: rarified; cold.
Na-ra than n. of a place in Tibet:
{ (Jig. 65) when the lid of the
copper-coffin was opened, there came out
from it the cry fta-ra-ra; hence the name
of that place became known as fia-ra-than.
ftar ra-ra expression of extreme
pain and suffering.
E'5 &-™ n. of a place in Ancient
Tibet, which Hod, one of the four sons of
King Se-sbreg-pa, had chosen for his
residence (Deb. % 19).
td^fta-ro, 1. a loud, deep voice;
a cry;	the pitch of the voice
loud and low. 2. = tisarga, i.e., I. 55^'
3rcq-gS’W^	59ВД| at tho end of
the five short vowels, there being the
visarga dots (they should be regarded as
a) vowel (Гл-se/. 47). 3.
the roaring sound of the lion or
tho tiger:
I the tiger’s growl issuing forth, the
monkey drops down from the top of the
a tree ; 4Vthey pro-
claimed, shouting at the top of their voice ;
^qj-qS-E/X voices foreboding mischief ;
to raise woeful cries.
E.’X^'q fta-ro sgrog-pa 1. to roar; to
rage. 2. the circlet used on tho top of a
letter to signify « turns into % and »
before words beginning with any of these.
b’X-gaj-q fta-ro byin-pa	WTW^,
crying; bewailing; to cry or bewail
loudly on account of pain or grief.
&a-la nu also fia-las wu
KWTcrr n. of a mythological king who rulod
as a Chakravarti-raja over heaven and
earth and shared the celestial throne with
six successive Indras. N. of an ancestor of
Gautama Buddha : 5^’W5’^’l3r5’4№*rcr
the child having
W||	347	Eqpyqc-^l
cried “give me suck,” was called &a-la-nu
(Pag. Ik).
йад 4iw, ЗПГ1, W, Hroft,
speech; talk ; word;	sins com-
mitted with the tongue (in words);
polite speech ; gentle words;
чяшЧн or	silence,
observed as a monastic duty or religious
exercise; the vow of not speaking, £<?., of
keeping silence for a definite time.
Syn. tshig*,	sgra-bjod-pa;
55^’M dbyan§-can; gtam; 5’^4 lo-
rgyus*, $kad-smra-wa (Mnon.).
nag-$kye§	born or pro-
duced from speech.
мгядч nag-hkhyal WTQ,
delirium; unconnected speech; foolish
talk; ravings (&ag*).
w)*3)’Nag-gi rgyal-po н^П?Гч;
the Bodhisattva Manju-s'ri ghosha,
who is belioved by Buddhists to be the god
of speech;	nag-gi-rgyan a
figure of rhetoric or speech ; gen. amplica-
tion of an idea by the use of apt expressions;
the symbolic speech
or mode of expression by the configuration
of the fingers; this is described as
mystical language in which
expression by signs, i.e., with the confi-
guration of the fingers, forms the prin-
cipal feature;	the
lord of speech—Jam-yang or Man-ju-s'ri
ghosha:
salutation to Jampai-yang, the prince of
speech (Situ. 3);	ftag-gi dbul one
poor in speech; a dumb person, v. v
lkug-pa (Mnon.).
nag-hgro§ manner of speaking or
uttering words (Cs.).
fiag rgya§-pa	too
much talking; full and detailed discussion.
nag-rgyun a discourse; also
oral tradition, not recorded history.
nag-hchal^^^^ irregular or
senseless speech.
Syn. hchal-tshig*,	cha-
med gtam\ klag-сог*, ОД'Хч bab-col*,
mu-cor (Mnon.).
nag-snan l. = as met. the cuckoo.
2. pleasant voice or sweet language; one
who speaks in sweet language.
^’*45^ nag-gtam verbal message; also
oral tradition.
nag-bsdams-pa ПЗН, чт^-
flipf one who has controlled his speech or
tongue.
nag-hdab or	nag-gi
hdab-ma (lit. the leaf of speech) the
organ of tasting; the tongue, v. |
lee : (Mnon.).
nag-hdon-pa to express in
words; to cry ; to speak.
nag-ldan	elo-
quent ; possessed of (the power of) speaking.
nag-byed ; the speaker.
MipYK’ nag-dwan a title of learning
given to some of the Grand Lamas of
Tibet. Is also the first name of the present
or 14th Dalai Lama of Lhasa.
fiag-dwan Ye-fesrgya-
mtsho the Lama wTho with the help of
Lhabzan, King of tho country round lake
Kbkonor, conducted the Government of
Tibet for thirteen years (Loft. % 16).
Nag-dwan lha-mo
the goddess of speech;
an epithet of Sarasvati {Mnon.).
«'I
348
fag-ibyor	arrangement
of speech (Cs,).
’* fag-та ТПТТ the speech itself.
qnj-$r^c’q fag-nwtshan-ica — ^'Ц $Щ1.
one of imperfect or defective speech;
a stupid person. 2. indistinct speech.
fag-mi-ldan a dumb person; also
one who cannot express himself in clear
language.
Syn. g4) 4 lkug-pa\	tJiig-mi-
gsal\	8em$-bem-po (Мои.).
^'^5 fag-med SHlftr meditation; a state
in which there is no use of speech.
«T^q fag-tshab representation in writ-
ing :	(he principal points in
a representation or petition.
сч|я^с*4 fag-mt shuns	of uniform
aud consistent speech, t.e., where there is
no contradiction, redundancy, or irrele-
vancy.
fag-yid	the speech and
tho heart.
cnj’W^q fag-lam shu-wa to apply, or
pray to, verbally.
СЧ]-П|^С fag-gpy in vulg. Г’’4)-2)^ or
in Sikk. cross-examination ; also
deposition of tho plaintiff and defendant in
the presence of each other.
fag-for committing to words; a
promise.
fag-gsal	clear
speech or lucid language.
&ag lha-то the Goddess
of Speech.
I: ляп=35’ or 5S5N faqjr L tho
nature, being, idiosyncracy; the very
essence of any person or thing. 2. sphere;
province; domain:	j5c/q5’535^ the
essentiality of vacuity (Q&nyata) :
the sphere of tho void space:
—	535*4 the natural constitution of
the mind:	in a cheerful
state of the mind (Thgr.) ;	the
very essence of vacuity itself (Glr.):
§п]*4 Ч to enter into the state of
deep meditation: ^^5|
continue in that state of mind which is
free from attachment, etc.:	5]w
to die of fear or panic.
СК’ II: character ; disposition: ^’4
or	a naturally bad disposition;
qc’^-q^ Q a naturally good disposition
(Sch.; Jd.).
nafi-gi# adv. spontaneously;
naturally; also, acc. to Jd. and Schr.,
slowly, gradually, gently.
сл*-5^ nan-can natural capacity:
ainnwt one who is naturally capa-
ble of renouncing or giving up; able to
abandon, is generally used like
c.c-qnj Ч5 fan-bag-yod naturally modest:
tq-qnjBJvS‘5f^’<5jTHw4 his moral character
in regard to his natural modesty (A. 53).
fan nia-thufi do not be short-
tempered :
| when I had said to the kha-do-ma u pray
be not short-tempered” (Hbrom. 93).
fan-tshul natural disposition or
temperament; cr^qu/q 1. goed con-
duct; a naturally good disposition. 2. n.
of a Buddhist sage and author of Ancient
India, included in the list of twenty-three
sages (Jf.K.).
елЛс’ fan-rin or ct ^ Rq-q forbearing;
long-suffering; of cool nature:
ceAc’i §5’5^1 in accomplishing import-
ant business one should work with great
patience.
349
гх’Ч nan-pa tho male goose.
nail-rkan ts^t that which
waddles.
nan-^kya WHfiT grey teal of
Tibet.
Syn.	pad-zlinn mgrin.
nan-sgro the quill of the goose.
nan-nur the ruddy goose,
realy Tadorna rutila, the sheldrake.
nan-pa gser-ldan 1. the
yellow or golden goose. 2.
। he said “fetch the horse
called Nan-pa gser-ldan” (Yig.).
Zj nan-pahi rgyal-po the “king-
goose ” and flamingo; also the plant
Jas mi num zambac.
сд’сй^ч|Я Nan-pahi-nags a mythologi-
cal grove called the swan’s grove (as) situ-
ated beyond the Cuckoo’s hill on this side
of the ocean. It is filled with numberless
flocks of ducks, geese and swans, with
bills of coral, ruby, sapphire, and other
precious stones. The lakes in that grove
are filled with lotuses of the colour of
glittering gold; and the grove extends
over ten thousand miles (IT. d. \ 272).
cc/qcv&qq nan-pahi tshog§ a flock
of wild geese.
fiati-mo a goose.
I: fad nice smell; aroma frag-
rance:	the fragrancy, the aroma
evaporates;	aromatic herbs.
Syn.	Ьзип; 3^x5 bsuft-fad {Mnon.).
II: acc. to Jd. cog. to air;
the rising of an aromatic
breeze; also vapour; vapour from
the mouth; also snowy vapour;
aqueous vapour.
^1
*5’*^ fad-can fragrant; also acc. to Jd.
1. fresh, cool. 2. rough, impetuous.
nad-bzan good smell:
let the
breeze of your letters laden with the
aroma of camphor come again and again
to me, ?>., pray write me often.
fan evil; mischief; misfortune;
defilement:	it has done great
mischief ; esp. harm done by sorcery and
witchcraft;	to revile (a person).
fian-hgro I:	going or about
to go to the undesirable state, i.e.^ the
state of the damned, comprising those in
hell and those wandering about in distor-
ted forms.
II:	1. one who follows the
dictates of his wife and is led by the nose
by her in all his works. 2. dis-
simulation.
Ill :	lightning.
nan-dgu. all kinds of evil or
mischief.
fan-$kye§ of low birth; also
ЯрГЯ lit. anything produced from the
soil and manure; the planet Mars.
Mnan-rgyu-can one who does mis-
chief, speaks ill of others;	one
that does not speak evil of anybody
(A. 139).
fan-non WT<, sordid, vile,
mean, pitiful:	or
g'So|’4^’q	to be satisfied
with anything be it ever so little or poor;
unambitious.
fian-rned WiWX 1. scabby; itchy.
2. unchaste; libidinous.
raj-sjcjsq
350

Han-thab§=^ * phra-ma or fl^q
khram-pa ^ц, vile language; mean,
vulgar conversation; abuse.
Han-hdebs-pa to curse, exe-
crate;	to curse by means of
witchcraft; cf. *4
nan-na-wa the bad.
i:	Han-pa gi,
W, bad; miserable; poor; wicked;
ugly; also a scoundrel, slanderer, rogue;
tho vile, vulgar, low, mean.
Ч’4 и: 1. excrement; ordure; manure:
by the USO of
manure tho soil becomes very fertile.
Syn. mi-gtsaH-ma; g4]'^ skyag-pa
(Mnon.),
nan-pa brjod-pa Iн to
blaspheme.
nan-pa gnah-rens a stiff-
necked villain (Rtsii, 13),
c^*q	Han-pa dpun-$sdeb§ conspi-
rators; ovil-minded men who intrigue,
form a league to do mischief to others.
fian-spoH
or	Paras'u Rama; ^0^5$ the
son of Rdul-can-nn (Mnon.); an epithet of
S'ukra and also of the planet Venus
(qavq ).
+ nan-bu in earlier Tibetan the
word M’9 was used in the place of the
modern expression g3» or my humble
or little self.
Han bya-wa	reproached;
deceived; cheated.
Ham-smra WTH, notoriety;
bad reputation; disgrace.
nan-bzo$ nia-bya$-pa 'W’UTT-
?icf not reclaimed; made useless.
4'^ Han-дуо— or дя
hypocrisy (MHoni) ; (or
1.	a hypocrite; a fox. 2. of a low
caste.
^•^слг$г also ьеЛмгя procrasti-
nating, delaying ; always throwing a duty
or anything to a distance.
nan-rog^^9^^ nan-riled.
Han-lam^^^ ^ 1. bad habit,
indulgence in any kind of work, behaviour,
or eating, of a degrading nature. 2. n. of
a place in Tibet (Deb, % 2).
Han-^i ^rq^<j death from starva-
tion or from an accident or epidemic or
plague, etc.; any person or animal that
has died from starvation.
Hansel that which removes tho
defilement and purifies:
1 Han-sel is a term for
water and also for tufts of ku$a and dub
grass (Mnon.),
wfXfc’ Han-son wvm those actually
gone to damnation.
Han-gso to feed and foster per-
sons or animals that have suffered from
starvation.
^’^/fcrn-^rwZlow and destitute; delapi-
dated ; decomposed : й|
u (agricultural) tenants who have become
scattered and destitute” (Rtsii.),
nam~dkar grey colour; not
very white.
nam-grog—^^ deep
ravines with precipitous eroded banks,
which are impassable and inhospitable
in aspect. Ace. to Cs, a torrent; ace.
to Sch. the bank of a river grown ridgy
and steep by having been gradually washed
out by currents.
wSfr&j’cl Ham-grog chen-po nvrw a
poetic name of Tibet which is called
the country of deep ravines.
«ГЧ/
351

КЯ’Ц fiam-pa 1. arrogance. 2. Ш
a ravine.
nam-mthon-can зтРзга? a proud,
bumptious person; one who assumes the
appearance of greatness.
nam-dur-can given to gluttony
and drinking (Ja.).
fiam-rin n. of a district in
Upper Tsang with a fort and monastery
subject to Tashi-lhunpo.
пат-ru n. of a disease (Med.).
fiam-fin n. of a snake-demi-
god of the nether regions.
as a matter
of course; by one’s own force (of nature)
or accord.
fiam-tpd 1. =	upper
and lower: ^**£5
thence spreading over inundated the upper
and lower parts (of the country) (Л. 92).
2. n. of a place in Lhokha—the south-
eastern district of the province of U (Lon.
* 5); *’*^5’25 the lower part of
(Deb. % 19).
nar 1. fore side; front side;
front surface ; forepart, esp. of the leg, the
shin-bone, also knuckle; forearm;
lower part of the leg; acc. to
Jd. an appellation for both. 2. tennin.
of ‘ to one’s self ’;
pride; selfishness; self-
interest 3.	to set on or against;
to instigate.
cA’45 fair-skad the sound of the roaring
of lions, etc.
ьъ'^'Япаг-паг-ро hoarse, husky, wheez-
ing, e.g.y in old age (Thgy.); ^’85 йаг-
glud hoarseness and phlegm (Med.);
gre-wa nar-wa a hoarse throat (Med.;</«.) ;
WWJ a hoarse groaning.
nar-snabs mucus of the nose.
nar-pa stalk of plants (Л/erf.).
Kvq nar-wa 1. strength; vigour; hard-
ness (of steel);	gri-sogs-
kyi nar-hjam-po the hard or soft temper of
(the metal of) knife; etc. 2. cold; frost;
cold wind (Mil.) ; (cf. *’*) to steel;
to temper.
nar-can 1. strong; vigorous. 2.
ductile;	id.,	strong-
minded; weak; soft.
ЕЛ’ч nar-po grim; strong; ferocious,
(of beasts) (Jd.).
^’95 nar-blud sbst. 1. valour and
strength:	the
valour of a hero is indicated in his face
(physiognomy). 2. vb. wg5’4 or да’ч^'ч
to temper and sharpen a steel-weapon or
instrument.
nar-hbol strong in quality;
the red colour of
tea is its strength.
cA’fl nar-ma 1. irritable, passionate,
impetuous (Sch.). 2. strong, powerful,
e.#., a powerful protection (Mil., Jd.).
v. I
nal-wa w, WT4TH fatigue; weari-
ness; resp. also ^мгс.01 rjfblH; З4!*’
*4’4 or *фч*ч tired mentally; f^rrnT,
to be fatigued, wearied; prostrate
with exercise of the body.
Syn. t han-chad-pa; ^4*4 dub-pa;
fial-dub~pa (Mnon.).
nal-тксп-ра (^ nad) fwra a
kind of disease. [1. a kind of white lep-
rosy. 2. weariness, languor] 8.
с‘|
352

ад’*^‘ч fail chad-pa to be prostrate by
fatigue.
мгцрр nal-hjug-pa vb. a. to tire ; to
cause to be weary.
ад’§л]ц fial-%tegt i: a rest; a sort of
wooden crutch to support a load on the
back while resting in a standing posture.
ад’^чщп: or ад'^Т* a bench or seat
inviting repose.
Syn. ’4 b$ti-wa; ^5’4 $dod-pa (Mfam.).
ад’^зч fad-dub-pa intensive form of
ад ч, to be very tired.
fail-phon fatigued; become tired.
ад^ nal-med wprrfi not wearied; un-
tired ; untiring.
ад’Я^ fail-htsho refreshment.
адч^’ч fW-0$o-walit.to cure weariness;
to take rest: favrn, favrn, faxfh rest,
resting.
адftal-gso$ W met. for an ascetic.
c\ ,
fa num. fig. 34.
пи 1. num. fig. 64. 2. v. ^*4 nuwa.
5’^ fai-wa	to cry; to weep;
pf. 5S resp.	tears that
have been shed (Dzl.);	weeping
without cause; hysterical weeping (Med.) ;
fiu-tca-po a weeper;	fiu-mkhan
id.
6’^5 nu-hdod wishing to cry;
going to weep.
nu-bro was about to cry or weep.
nuh-bod 1. bewailing; crying or
weeping loudly. 2. n. of a hell:
the hell greater in
suffering than ' Raurav a.
fai-rdsi W\ sbst. a loud crying;
bawling out ; lamenting (Ja.).
5’5 fai-ru teal.
nu-ru hjug-pa to cause to weep.
nu-$ur-can acc. to Sch. a child
that is continually crying.
fiud-mo a sob (Cs.; Schr.).
^’4 fiug-pa=^Q to grunt; to snore;
to pur.
^‘Я’^ niir-sgra-can that which grunts;
a pig; a yak.
$5^’4 fair-pa	duck, esp. tho
red wild duck, Anas nyroca.
Syn.	yn-rtahi-lu$;
hkhor-lo-can;	gnil-gms-spyo# *
mt8han-mo-hbral\	hdod-
pa-ldan; $4 co-ка;	hdab-
chags gwr-ldan (Mnon.).
nur-pa chen-po 1. sheldrake.
2.	n. of a colobrated Lama of Tibet men-
tioned in the Mfion (Deb.).
fair-wa to grunt (of pigs and
yaks).
fiur-ka as red as fire; fiery-red
(Ja.).
^8*4 fiur-smrig ЖТГЧ is described as
reddish yellow; saff-
ron-colour.
nur-smrig go$ the robe of an
ordained monk which ought to be, but is
not often so in Tibet, of orange-colour;
he who wears the reddish-yellow; a
Buddhist mendicant dressed in reddish-
yollow clothes.
q fiur-smrig chen-po^^^^fy1*
a great Buddhist monk;
a monk who is great on account of bis
orange robe.
Ь'1
353

£ йе mim. fig. 94.
£5 ned 4V pers. pion, first person,
sing, in C. for S I; my or mine;
£54»» § our.
£^5 ned-nid—^S^’^, I myself ;
we ourselves.
^*4^^ ned-gnis we two; fefSY we
three brothers.
^YV^ ned-rnam^ ^Y^ ^Y4 ^Y54
are variously used for the plural of £5 to
signify we.
^Y^’ ned-гай I, or I myself.
^’рлч| Tfes-kha-rag n. of place in
Tibet (Deb. 4 25).
йе$-ра fwi, ffesfa»,
certain, true, sure, firm; also truth, reality,
certainty:	J ask
you to communicate to me something cer-
tain, i.e,, authentic news: ^’«rfe< death
is certain (JS.); Jw^’^'ferq rtsis hphro la
nes-pa to be sure of a mathematical cal-
culation, i.e.y to hold it as a certain result.
Syn. bden-pa} mi-bslu-iva}
rdsun-po ma-yin-pa (Mnon,).
£«V|yj ne$-khyab
qjE? q the proportion of space inside
a country to that which is outside, whether
large or small;	that
which is fully encompassed or covered
over by another object is called khyab-byed,
ferSJq ne$-grol (ne-dol)	fer
<w$q, «>., Rj^qv^Y^’l^’sgq’q^q |
liberation from the transmigratory exist-
ence, disease, and suffering.
nes-hgro transmigration; few*
differ Y4’	I return to
another state of existence after death,
either to hell or heaven, or to any non-
earthly place.
fcsrgq nes-rgyal~^'W<^ cer-
tain victory ; triumph. S^'^YjFY3^’'4^
triumph over enemies, the devil and misery,
is described as nes rgyal.
fies-sgra a real sound; few
q-ferqrg-ferq any sound that has made
an impression in the mind.
ferjpqq nes-sgrogs emphasis ; any
proclamation; reading letters or sacred
writings loudly that there may not be any
mistake about them.
fer^V*^ fie§-cher-med it is not quite
sure; I do not know for certain.
fev^cj’P nes-hjugs-pa assurance ;
to assure;	feipsrq’fer%4’4
to enter on good and bad actions.
nes-hjoms fully subduing an
enemy, the devil, etc.
£^15 nes-brjod a true and authorita-
tive expression ; fe*’«iltY§'^4'§5
the Rig Veda; true sayings or revel-
ations.
fer$« nes-nam the certain fall or degen-
eration.
fer?q ne§-thdb fnsr the real or certain
gain; it is explained thus:
^«UK’XKlIwfer
nes-par-thob is the gaining of
wealth, honour, or sainthood, Buddha-
hood, the stages to it, &c.
ferYq ties-dag ftwH: . = fer<K‘YJ| puri-
fication ; cleansing; IfaVY*
54’4 sure cleansing of faults, defilements,
stains, sins, etc.
fevX5 nes-don ^tara;=fe*'45,^5 or XY
V<’4 certain and true meaning or import ;
also immediate or absolute knowledge
of the truth.
46

354

iks-gdun ^чцф — CK'qj^-q
any tiling that gives sure pain : gq’q^or
misery
and sufferings which like fire and rays of
the sun burn with certainty.
=	or
hdra-Ъа similar things; also similarity in
U ings (Жоп.).
£*rq nes-pa-can real; actual.
neg-pa nid-du in reality; truly ;
in truth; really.
ius-pahi phnn-po
= ^’ц'шг^ all things perceivable and
realisable : VM
gvq sw^’qiprq’^ I for example, rupa-
skandha signifies all that has been transmu-
ted into bodily form collected together.
n^-par <?и adv. certainly ;
surdy; really ; to be sure.
Syn. ^<*r*«q’q gor-rna chag-pa {Mnon^.
neg-par kuii-sbyin ’WT^T^ re-
moval ;	чяя giving in
charity to all living beings;
or consists in giving over
one’s properties to others.
^N’qvg'q ncs-par skye-wa sure produce or
infallible results; for instance qsjwwfy'
5^'^-qvg'q from stud}' knowledge is the
sure result; q|wq’Wj^iprq from medi-
tation true thought (enlightenment) is
produced;	from the
poyvor of resolute will, birth in a happier
state is ensured;	by
force of Ms (i.e. of Каппа) one is born in
the transmigratory state;
from cause fruit is evolved.
£*rq\^4q n?s-par dgah-wa perfect
satisfaction; to be really pleased.
nes-par hgugg	the
act of bringing under one’s own sure pos-
session or power any wished-for property
or person by the exercise of occult powers.
£*rqv4§vq neg-par hgyur-wa^w^wq
fkUTH the future; that will be; that is
destined to come.
^•q^Mfq neg-par hgro-wa	to
go to certainty, t.c., to Nirvana or emanci-
pation from the sufferings of the world.
^•q^'j^rq neg-par rgyal-wa to be com-
pletely victorious; to bring a certain thing
or person under one’s command or control.
^qvqaprq fag-par brgal-wa,=WKfy(4
one who has arrived at a sure
conclusion; one who has attained to an
absolute state; one who has been saved
or emancipated.
neg-par-gcod-pa lit. to cut
sure; to make certain; w<c(WTO something
that will certainly happen;	fag-
par-chod to prevent the occurrence of omi-
nous events by means of mystical charms.
neg-par-hjug-pa to establish
firmly.
neg-pi r rnnan-byag = ^'
q anything promised; an undertaking
(Mnon.).
fag-par rtogg-pa or 51’?4!4
true investigation ; same as
to arrive at the truth
of a tiling or in a wider sense to reflect on
the true signification or import of a word
or expression, as to whether the right con-
clusion has been arrived at, etc.
fc^q^q^q fas-par brtan-pa
certainty; the state free from sin; the state
of reality.
^N-q^q^q fag-par bgtan-pa estab-
lished religion or doctrine.
neg-par gnod-mdsad lit. one
who really does mischief; an epithet
of a deity of wrathful mien.
^'qvcj^-q|
355
Bf-
й»ГЧЧ Ч^га ч fus-par brnagi-pa^^M^'
to be convinced of a thing or
occurrence; conviction.
^’q<g^-q fies-par spans-pa
perfect renunciation.
£*rqv§5’q nes-par byed-pa to fix, settle,
establish ; to make certain.
fcsrqv^'q nes-par hbyin-pa
to be evolved; to draw or pull out.
£*TqV^’«ИГЧ;^ iHffspzH ; = pX’q’Wit^r
q^Rg^wq^f based upon the certain libera-
tion from transmigratory existence ; acc. to
Sehtr. deliverance from the round of trans-
migration.
HTf3j4T: the four distinct orders agreeing
with the analytical stages of saintly
perfection are:—(1)	ЭДТПсЩ
process of moral development; (2)
the climax, Ac., reaching the crown-
ing stage; (3) «й^	perfect
patience; (4)	«rtwnr-
tho highest worldly good.
|k ne§-p)ar-sbyor	per-
manently-engaged or fully-employed.
£*rqv^*q ne$-par-hdsin-pa	КЧ
holding firmly ; to be convinced.
nes-par-bzun lit. held
fast; brought under discipline.
nes-par legs-pa fcwj
really blessed and good; deliverance from
transmigratory existence; summum bonum.
S^rqv^wq fie$-par sem$-pa to make
up the mind; to form a resolution ; fcsrqv
§wq’§5 to ascertain.
ne$-po the certain, fixed; the
inevitable.
fie$-spel or fc^’qvjjoi snfhr real
progress; ^pr^V^’q^’q’^’g'q advance-
ment or spread of family and religion.
a^xqq nes-hbab a veritable event.
nes-hbyan,	one of the
three principal ways to Nirvana that are
called	It is described as
c^vq’ei'З'йЦ,^rSiv’3q I repentance caused
by disgust at worldly matters.
Having
inquired the whole of what would happen
to all living beings, a strong aversion to
matters worldly arose.
nes-med 1. n. of a numhr.
2. uncertain; undefined; homeless.
ncs-smod curse.
nes-tshig	faqm lit. real
term ; real signification; real meaning.
nes-tshogs	many; a multi-
tude.
fies-^cs skyes birth of faith,
also the growth of the knowledge of
reality in the mind; full faith in the
doctrine of retribution (Karma Mid Phal
nes-gsal elucidation.
Nes-yam-tpin n. of a
place in Tibet (Deb. 4 25).
no I: num. fig. 124.
II:	^<3, resp. face; counte-
nance ; air; look; the original.
when (she, my mother) shall have
seen my face;
you must watch the looks of your elder
brothers.
3f no-kro (iio-io) n. of a capitation tax
(Yig.) ; lit. tax on the face, i.e., head-tax.
q no-dkar-po a cheerful face.
^qgS’q no-bskyod-рл to go or move per-
sonally.
no-lkoej adj. public and private;
open and secret.

356

no-khr.tl	poll-tax.
no-grans	individual
number; enumeration of individual things.
no-chc personal appreciation; recog-
nition of one’s sendee or kindness: 5’^'
| (Л. 103) the Lo-tsa-wa (on the
ground of) haviug undergone immeasure-
ablc hardships, prayed for the acceptance of
his request, but it was not acceded to.
no-chc n (lit. tho great self) a man
of influence; §5’q to intercede (only
men of higher position being able to inter-
cede) ; й oi’cf q f0 soot a great man
to intercede; to seek intervention.
master and his
servant.
no-stod praise to the face of a
person; open flattery.
fto-thog true ; genuine ; really.
no-thon-pa=*£%one in rank
or position; to rise to dignity.
+ fHSyq no-mthon-pa=*fify* earnestly;
pressingly; with persistence.
1. “black-face”;
to sit with a gloomy face:
to grow sorrowful; to turn dark with
fright, pain, otc. 2. n. of an Asura;
frowning or becoming gloomy
with sorrow. 3. n. of one of the 28
“curious religious sects” of Ancient India,
followers of which used to paint their faces
black (Jf. Г.).
no-gnon-wa to be ashamed; un-
able to show one’s face for shame.
no-sprod-pa to indentify; to point
out; acc. to Ja. to lay open the features;
to show the nature of a thing; to explain.
fio-bo HK, essence; substance;
intrinsic nature; 5м in itself; acc.
to its own nature ; by nature; naturally.
Syn. dno^-po; ran-bshin ;
ran-gjug$\ ^^‘^5 no-bo-rid (Mnon.).
fio-bo-nid, v. W§'f5^
temperament; acc. to JPas. character.
fo hbab-pa to be dejected; adj.
discouraged; downcast; in JK. bashful.
f « fio-ma the original, v.
f й jflfq no mi-rtag-pa unsteady; change-
able ; one who is vacillating; one who has
no personality (Yig?).
^-q fa mi-chod-pa — ^ or
*14'^	ono who listens to or
does a thing to please another which he
would not otherwise have done; to be
unable to refuse or oppose.
2Гй’-2]м*ч fio-mi-qe$-pa not knowing or
recognizing; unknown; incognito.
no-mig in JY. boldness ;	or
bold; courageous; daring (Ja.).
2f’£)Y3pj]’*>5 no-med [код-med acc. to Cs.
acting in the same manner in public as in
private life; ingenuous.
no-tsha ^TWT, x2!, TOT shame;
blushing of the face : f pf, blushed ;
felt shame; УЧ4! 4 to put to
shame.
Syn. 5*15 shum-byed;*^^ mig-dmah;
fio-dmah; r&tmX4! hdsem-mdog;
bag-yod\ bag-ldan; no-tsha-^es*
khrel-yod\ khrel-ldan;
no-tshahi tshul-can (Mnon.).
no-tsha-can one who has shame;
is bashful.
q no tsha-гса or	to feel
shame; blush.
357
£^•£5 fio-isha-med or	shame-
less ; immodest; impudent.
Syn.	log-par-spobs;
spyi-brtol-can\	dpral-mgo-stug-
po J	gdon-chen-can \ ч htsher-
trained,	skyens-wa-med;
*4 mu-cor tshugs-med\	no-mi-
bsrun; *4X^5 gnon-med (Mnon.).
еГ^ц no-tshab — ^’^ §ku-tshab a repre-
sentative ; a proxy (Yig. k. 53).
no-mtshar wonder
wondering; wonderful; famaze-
ment ;	exciting curiosity; to he
curious ; to wonder.
йо-Г&ии rgyab-pa to disguise;
to put under a false garb; also to garble.
no-gyog or
Ч^4! master (himself) and servant.
^4 fio-ru or in the face;	in
the face of; before the eyes.
noJog-mkhan a rebel, muti-
neer ;	seditious ; faithless; rebel-
lious.
fafaj-q	’« to turn the
face against; to revolt; to rebel against;
to oppose.
по-$и$ a copy from tho original.
q no-^es-pa	to know a
person or thing; to recognize an acquain-
tance.
f Я no-so joy; sometimes for a high
title or dignity:	j ou will have
great joy; he will obtain high dignity;
l^-qfXi^-q t0 make presents or give
alms to another to his full satisfaction.
no-srufa 1. regard to the opinion
of others; an aiming at applause. 2. body-
guard :	na-la
dpon-med gyog-med no-bsrun-med I have no
master, no servant, none to guard me
(Л. 7).
no-bso mthon-po a high title
or position; one in exalted position.
efq^cj-q no-bsod bya-wa to praise one
to the face ; to flatter; to eulogise.
Nog n. of a place in Tibet where
the monastery of Shong was founded by
Lama Ces-rah-rnchog of Myur (Deb. Я 4)-
nogs ahc the bank of a river or
lake;	ф’&щ a place on the bank
of a river where people crossing it; land.
Acc. to Jd. mountain side; slope; ghaut.
Syn. hgram.
£qpr$q nog$-thob n. of a number
(Ya-sel. 57).
Йот 1. n. of a place m Tibet
«4 30). 2. satisfaction:
g^ qI indeed accomplished
something very satisfactory (A.152).
& q пот-pa, pf.	fPrpr. &W’
g’9 to satisfy one’s self with gain; to be
contented:	I am not satisfied;
to drink one’s fill.
fto nom$-pa sbst. 1. content-
ment ; satisfaction. 2. oblation for
quenching the thirst of the Yidag. 3. a
hermit; a recluse in the wilderness who
enjoys contentment; fw^’^’q iusatiable:
: HTfa his thirst will
be quenched; his desire will be fulfilled.
Syn. tshim-})a} chog-pa;
yons-bsran;	lag-pa-hgebt
(Mnon.).
Nor 1. v. under ffo. 2. n. of a
monastery of the Sa-skya-pa School; n. of
a district in Tibet.
358
поз ФЗ 1. side; margin; edge;
surface;	front side; lho-no§
southern side or slope ; 25цч|$д| one side.
2. = ^' in the state of:
I while in tho state of being happy ;
while prosperous;
the surface of a mirror; W’Bfq the surface
of the earth. 3. basis or foundation.
25ч’^5	personally.
nos-hbyor rtags 1. a receipt
or sign of having received a tiling.
2. original sign or signification.
nos-zin-pa=^^^ vb. 1. to
be selfish. 2. = 2^’5^ self interested:
therefore, clear
of self interest, confess your faults (Rdsa.
15).
25ч ujc.n nos-ya ns	breadth.
nos-^us a copy from the original.
25ч’q nos-sti openly; publicly ; plainly.
dnag$-$/ian = ^v. §5'
poetry; a poem.
dnan-U'% pf. ^tFh<T, to be
out of breath; to pant; to feel oppressed’
(.g., when plunged into cold water, but
especially when frightened and terrified.
2. to bo frightened; to fear; to be afraid
of:	thus being affrighted.
dnan$-skrag WHIT hi colloq.
great fear; panic.
Syn.	j*U§-§krag$.
dnans-pa 1. foar
he became frightened. Often
ploonastieally joined with or or
with both. 2.=Х’5^ pure; clean.
dnan-hthen-pa misappro-
priation ; not returning things taken away
from another.
5^1
5е* dnar or 1. nectar; some-
times used for	sweet;	sweet
taste. 2.	to put in
order ; to arrange properly.
dnad-ino^^S^ nitd-mo (Sch.).
5^ dnill	silver ;
money. Tho kind of silver called
is imported into Tibet from Khorasan.
The silver current in Tibet consists of
ingots, Indian rupees, and a thin native
coin, tho chb-tang or taug-ka.
dnal-skam uniXH oxide of mer-
cury.
dnul-$kud silver-wire.
dnul-skycd silver-belt.
dnul-kha	silver mine;
silver vein;	to work a silver
mine.
dnul-khug or money-bag;
purse for silver coins.
dnul-hgag a silver cup or silver
slate.
dnul-rkyau goblet made of
silver:	1 silver
goblet for beer and silver cup for arrack
(Jig.).
dnul-chu 4T«,	quick-
silver.
Syn. hded-byed;	hphrog-
byed\ sa-bou; йц'&сс wcs-hchin*,
§S dnul-byed\	dag-pahi^khaws\
pw^-q	khams-chen-po^	mtthal-
skyes \ ^\'&\Tgyug-byed (№nou.).
dnul-tig one of the six kinds of
bitters which are, viz:—5^'
5* H stated to possess
wonderful healing virtues.
359

dnul-rta-mig-ma silver ingots
in the shape of a horse-hoof, weighing
about 165 tolas or rupees imported into
Tibet from China.
5^4’dnul-dam wino-cup made of
silver.
dnul dul-ma silver-ink {Sch.).
5^*^ dnul-rdo	hoomatite ore
of iron ; this term is also applied to a kind
of stone on which silver is tested.
dnul-phoг	wooden cup
mounted with silver used by the higher
classes in Tibet for drinking tea.
dnul-rmig bar or ingot of silver.
dnul-tshags silver-work on cop-
per, brass, or iron; plating of silver on
articles made of those metals.
dnul-bzo	silversmith.
dntd-ho-kha-ma the purest
silver imported into Tibet from China.
5^ 5 dntd-li ono tenth of the measure
called "fa hon.
dntil-sran an ounce of silver;
used as an equivalent of current money
in Tibet, = to one Chinese tael,
dno 1. edge; also = ^’^^l^ shore;
bank. 2.=§Г^’Я the edge of a knife;
I “ edge of whip-cord” ; lash of
a whip (Ja.). 3. = ^^ handle of a knife
{Gs.).
dnom-pa=brightness
splendour.
shining; bright (Cs.);
dnom-chc very bright, cf.
dnos (in Gram.) 1. original;
reality; real; very self;	reali-
ty and illusion;	the real
Buddha; the real god (not the
image); is equivalent to ^3*1 real;
reality. 2. proper; genuine ;true; positive
(opp. to negative); personal;
personally present. 3.	chief,
principal; in bodily form, e.g., to
appear bodily: *I even
though the letter я is not actually written
there.
dnos-§hyes personal present:
one roll of fine serge, as specified in the
letter, sent as a personal present has with-
out damage arrived (Tty. k.).
dnos-grub {noi-dub) fafx 1. the
accomplishment or acquisition of the real
thing sought for; gen. perfection or excel-
lence ; anything superior; acc. to Jd.
honour, richos, talents, and esp. wisdom,
higher knowledge, and spiritual power, as
far as they are not Acquired by ordinary
study and exercise, but have sprung from
within spontaneously or in consequence of
long and continued contemplation. In
Buddhism	seems to denote con-
summation of worldly as well as spiri-
tual objects. Temporal acquirements are
called	general or ordinary
consummation (in reference to material
objects); tho other is called
the supreme consummation, which is the
attainment of Buddhahood, i.e., Nirvana.
The following are the eight ordinary
dnos-grub or	а6 enumerated
in the sacred books of the Northern Bud-
dhists :—(1) wg3'<^f«rs[q the enchanted
sword made so by some mystical religions
process; for instance, if any one touching
it wishes to acquire any object, merit,
power, etc., he gets it; (2)
efficacy of magical pills; by some reli-
gious charms medicated pills are made to
possess wonderful healing properties; by
5*^1
360
5*^1
their use one may become healthy and
fine looking ; (3)	a medi-
cine for the eye by the use of which one
is able to see things in an occult manner ;
(4)	the power of walking
miraculously and swiftly, generally by the
efficacy of some enchanted loaf or leaves;
(5)	the magical elixir by
using which an old man of eighty may
look like a young man of twenty; (6) *4^'
the occult process of miracu-
lously vanishing bodily into the state of
the gods; (7) «bjjq qq ^Skgq the power of
miraculously disappearing from an assem-
bly, etc., without being seen by anybody;
(8)	the power of passing
through a wall, mountain, or earthly bar-
rier, without any difficulty.
or §5*4 $bed-pa
lean (in body); thin; emaciated.
dno^hjug the matter or the
subject of a work {Tta-tika.).
dno^-rned real or substantial
gain; also obtaining one’s object; anxious;
thoughtful.
dno$-dod the original text; the
principal part of a work.
dnos-po
1. property in gold or silver; substance;
belongings; goods; furniture; utensils;
article; position: q^^q’V^’V^1
I have given cash, lit. red cash or gold:
g	Q got q5 * * q ‘ flje.' ’ gfl] * § * Э|
(Л. 50) the Lord (Atis'a) does not touch
(receive) with his hand any article connec-
ted with (?>., belonging to) woman.
qimmaterial, unreal; also worthless,
poor, hollow; ^Vq«^ experience;
made mate-
rial, substantial;	object or
matter of rejoicing. 2. occurrence, events,
action 3. in Buddhism-subject matters;
properties; virtue: ^Srcrorq^w^g%
I have compiled subject-
matters classifying them under four, nine
or twenty-nine heads, that is Sutranta,
wherein I have explained religious matters
(7Г. d. « 7J).
«^irq^qq	$grub-pa to bring a
thing about; to set it on foot or a-going;
as a philosophical term, substance, matter;
Q the belief in the reality of the
existence of matter, holding it as simple
and absolute. In Buddhist ontology
there are eight kinds of 5?b'q or
states:—(1) wisdom; (2)
knowledge of the ways and means; (3)
H’TOUT omniscience; (4)
the contemplation of (the
possibility of) bringing all things into per-
fection; (5)	reaching the climax;
the state of attaining to the highest point
of moral excellence; (G) ««vjvq attain-
ment to finality, t>., emancipation; (7) 4S
| to
attain to the perfected state of enlighten-
ment in an instant; (8) ^’3’8 the
supreme, spiritual existence.
S^uq ^qN dni$-po mtshuns, v.
dnos-po gs/ii, abbr. of
g^&rZrq^ the four articles of merit.
orginal; natural; natural
productions (Cs.).
tfnos-min 1. the proper or real
name of a thing. 2. the noun substantive.
dno$-med ^kq’^-q unreal ;
that was never born nor existed:
^q-q‘^5’q	(AL JL) all
objects are unsubstantial, immaterial, not
existing (Cs. and JFhs.).

361

dnos-gtsan lit. pure in sub-
stance ; originally # pure; of the first or
superior quality.
dnos-hdsin identification; also
holding as one’s own; possession of worldly
objects: ^Я’^'З’ SW SW ^Я’5’
to hold as real and belonging to
one’s self things worldly which are unreal
and therefore nobody’s.
dnos-gshi w, the basis
of a thing; the thing itself.
dno§-$ugs abbr. of	and
honest beHef in a doctrine and
also apparent belief in it.
dnox-su in actual substance.
5^’SjA dno§-slob direct or personal dis-
ciple—Ananda was the personal disciple
of Buddha.
5|Р1|’Ч mnag-pa, pf. to com-
mission, charge, send, delegate, i.e., a
messenger, commissary, etc.
«ед|’Я5Я mnag-gshug also
a messenger, emissary, servant, slave.
Syn. Я^Яq g.yog-po; SOro (Mnon,).
innags-pa-can a messen-
ger ; envoy.
mftag§-bya-byed one executing
a mission; a commissioner.
mftan хглт a curse; а
necromantic injury;	enumeration
of curses (Cs.).
mnan-pa to curse; to execrate.
mfiah resp. for might,
dominion, sway, power;	to
govern, to rule; w^*rq to obtain power;
mnah-sgyiir-wa to have mastered
a thing; to understand thoroughly.
*wq|«rq mnah Ьгпе§-ра=\^№ч to
get authority, power, etc.; to be authoriz-
ed, v.	(Mnon.).
дел'чц/ mnah-than power, might.
Syn. ч^Я^’24 bsags-rgyab\ ^’А^Я^ snon-
bsags; lhas-btan-pa; bgo-skal',
§non-bya§-,	snon-gyi-hs*
Agq lhas-bskyob; Я^’4^ gnam-bskyos;
cha§-bskyos ; skal-ldan ; ^AA'^v
dican-than (Mnon.).
ле.ч‘че.4^ mnah-than-can powerful; one
in power.
лсач^я mnah-bdag fsu,
lord; owner; master; sovereign; an
epithet of Buddha (Jf.K).
якА'А^Я'^ Mnah-bdag kho-re n. of a
certain early king of Tibet (Lon. 7).
Mnah-bdag Khr Ra or
Kalpaeban, the famous king of Tibet who
greatly patronized Buddhism and also
extended the limits of his dominions to
the borders of China proper. Under his
orders Buddhist works were translated
from Sanskrit into Tibetan. He reigned
about the end of the 9th century A.D.
(Reb. Я 41).
Mnah-bdag-nan n. a ruler of
the province of Nyang; also ^а’За^я'Я’5^
that of a Buddhist saint (J. Zan.).
лцч’А^Я Mnah-bdag JBod4de n. of a
king of Tibet (Lon. % 7).
Mnah-bdag Lha-Ide,
“the son of King Kho-re of Tibet”
(Lofi. 9).
mfiah Idan-ma W’riTWt a mis-
tress, sweetheart, a secret wife.
яеа’а mnah-wa 1. vb. to own; to possess;
also sometimes resp. for ^5'a to be; to have:
^’ЕГ’Ч’^’Я^ the king having
three sons:	I your
47
3g2
majesty is not unwell. 2. adj. (partic.)
being owned by ; belonging to. 3.
having, owning, or being in possession of
(Ja.).
ясллас^ mfah-hbans=H^'^w 5^ a
subordinate; a tenant; a subject.
я^'я£^ tnnah-mdsad ftu lord, master;
яг;ч*яё\ч — vb. to lord, rule over;
also to own.
mnah-hdsin-ma she who has
assumed power; she who controls her
husband.
яед-ъч^ mnah-sliab^^^0-1^^.
яеаЛ^ mfiah-hog ясач^гч subject;
subjection; abo under the power of;
within tho jurisdiction or dominion of
(Situ. 1).
яеа'Ч^ JLIah-ris 1, = ^ад or W
W 2. u. of the westernmost province
of Tibet now known as Xgari Khorsum.
It formerly consisted of three dis-
tricts, Purang, Sliangshung, Man-yul,
which were apportioned to the three
princes of the royal family of Tibet,
vrn.,	| ^цогд-яч^ and
Prom this circumstance the province camo
to be known by the name of ilnah-ris {A,
6d). Out of those three districts, Purang,
Guge (Shangshunl, aud Man-yul, were
afterwards formed, when the province of
яелЛц’ч^а’^я became an important part
of Tibet. They are poetically described :—
Purang surrounded by
snowy mountains;	Guge
surrounded by rocky cliffs; я^тя^и)*гсц(Х
Man-yul filled with lakes. The whole coun-
try round the sources, and tho upper courses
of the Indus and the Sutlej, together
with some of tho more western parts is
now called (яЕА^-чрА’^Я) Ngari Khor-
sum. It also includes Budok.
mnah-ri$ kham-bu apricots
from Baltistan and Nga-ri.
Й Mnah-ri$ Stag-то n. of a
celebrated lama of яеаЛц JAnah-ri$.
яеа’Ялгл, mnah-ri^-ga a kind of apricot
grown in
я^-^^-q mnah-gwl-u'a L to be installed
in power; to be nominated or appointed to
a dignity or position. 2. to praise;
яед-д^огч to wish auspicious success; to
congratulate.
ewcA'^Wq, v. Vr<^Trql
mnar-wa^*^'^
sweet; delicious; яс.^,д|^я'^-д|5|я
mnar-gwm dkar-gsum the three streets
and the three whites:—5'^ bu-ram mo-
lasses ; sbran-rt&i honey; and
lye-maka-ra sugar (the three whites
being milk, curds and butter).
^fial зги, resp. ящ,
tho uterus; tho womb; also the side of
the breast, whence Buddhas are generally
bom lost they be contaminated by the
impurities of the womb.
ямг^ mfhl-$kyes	all animals
that arc bom of tho womb.
яелг^огч mfal-grot-wi я^Г,
child-delivery; child-birth; to be bom.
яадгЦч mfal-xgrtb contamination of the
womb or pollution caused from child-
birth.
яслг^зд mnal-chags or	чри:-
WT, ’чпиатаг 1. conception; the for-
mation in the womb. 2. the foetus or
embryo.
яедг^др mnal-hjug-pa or
TTHTWTpfl entering the womb (relative
to a Buddha); his . incarnating himself ;
his assuming corporeaLframe.
3^-Ц|
363

mhal-thur a spoon used in mid-
wifery for extracting a dead child.
mnal-hdsin-pa or
to conceive; te he big with child.
rghal-nad mcenorrhagia;
disease of the womb.
wq nM-wa^^bad offensive
smell from the mouth.
mhal-rlugppa ^ГНЧТсТН abor-
tion ;	to force delivery
or cause abortion.
mhon-pa i:	manifesta-
tion (this occurs in the works of the
Tirthikad) ; conspicuous; visible; evident;
manifest; clear;	to become
manifest; to be verified, proved; as a
vb. to bo evident; to appear clearly:
that which is true is
evident,
5it5j-q и: —the Ж-
dharmwa Pitaka; the metaphysical—
part of the Buddhist scriptures. At the
beginning of the Ahhidharrna of the A^/-
hayana School a salutation is made to
Bodhisattva Jam-pal.
mnon-khyab	encom-
passing fully; covering all.
Mhon-dgah 1. n. of a mytho-
logical garden and also world :
“in the east there
exists the World of Joy ” (J. Zah.). 2.
n. of a section of Oar-rtee theological
school in the monastery of Gahdan (Loh.
* 12). 3.	n- of a mer-
chant’s son who was devoted to Buddha.
mnen-dgohs	deliber-
ation ; design; premeditated plan.
rahon-hgro-iva a pioneer; vb.
to proceed; to go away.
mhon-bcos killed, slain,
destroyed.
mron-brjod	clear
explanation of terms; one of the four
parts of the science of words (?1®<ТФ5ГГ); a
dictionary which is in two parts: (1) in
which one meaning is conveyed by several
terms. (2) in which by one word several
meanings are expressed.
mhon-nid	the state of
being manifest; manifestation.
mhon-rtags proof; argument;
sign or token of the truth of a thing.
mnod-rtogs or
НКЦ practice, culture. 1.
those
that by their power of discrimination
have fully anl clearly comprehended the
doctrine of the Gravaka School. 2.
tho e that have fully and
clearly comprehended the doctrine of the
Pratyckya-Baddha School. 3.
q5'3qq*£y q^^N'W^JN | НШ Л cf-W-
those that have fully aud clearly
comprehended the vehicle or у ana of the
Tatha-gita. 4.
those that have not been able to rightly
comprehend any particular doctrine.
5.	| ^тгт^г those who have not
entered any of the schools.
тпоп-тМо^кг^Ц;
comprises a god or a human being,
heaven; those of exalted birth or state.
mhon-du gyur-pa
one of the ten stages of Bodhisattva per-
fection, to be made manifest. It is
explained	the
state in which the tattva (reality) is
manifest.

364

mfion-du ldafi-wa or чзд ч
дай,	getting пр (from one’s
seat out of respect to another person);
removal from a place; going away.
^^•gqprq mnon-du phyog§-pa
lit. going to the front; moving forward ;
proceeding.
*^V^’S** mfion-du-bya$	made
manifest.
mnon-du hbyin-pi to disclose,
reveal; to make known (one’s wishes).
mnon-du-hon	advent,
arrival, coming in.
mnon-hdod,
to wish for; earnest desire.
mnon-no	n? is made
known or evident.
mnon-pa-pa a student of Abhi-
dharnia ; one versed in that part of tho
Buddhist scriptures.
*£\qr^'jq mnon-pahi na-rgyal
self-respect; pride.
mnon-par adv. manifestly,
openly; evidently; entirely • highly;
greatly; very;
one who has leisure or opportunity to do
an act of piety or a self-sacrifice; an
ascetic; one w’ho remains in an un-
coveied spot to practise religious austerity.
mnon-par b§kу< d, v.
remembrance; any thought dawning in
the mind (Mnon.).
mnon-par khyab-pa
to cover or encompass well; w’c 11-accom-
plished.
mnon-par-khro	sbst.
wrath ; terrible mien.
^’qv^qv^q* — s^qvgq ^rfiiTWIT
to be rendered propitious ; fcKpvgvq
become manifest, clear ;	fhvh
нтзит to disappear, vanish from the sight.
5i2^ q^'^qpride.
mfion-par rgyug-pa wfH-
to follow with speed; to run after.
^Jj'qvgq mfion-par sgrub	well-
finished ; well-accomplished.
5^ q^ mfion-par fe$-myan wfafr-
Hfn enjoyment.
mnon-par chag^ v.
1. the transmigratory existence (Mnon.).
2. fondness ; attachment; the state
of being very much attached.
^q^dWT^-q^q mfam-par chal-du
bk ram-pa to spread over ; diffused.
a£\qv^X^q mfion-par chod-pa 43,
honour; to make reverence to a kind
friend or to a noble or venerable person.
^•q^’qfS mnon-par brjod, WWH, wfa-
зтиггт, wfwm? full expression; elu-
cidation.
q<qM^q m^on-par btud-pay
to pay homage; to bow down out of respect.
542^ q^ |4]^'Q mnon-par rtogs-pa wfafn-
wfWHU 1. right discernment; right
knowledge ; a clear comprehension ;
qvfsprqv/^vq one possessed of right
judgment and discernment; *^qv|o]*r
qSwW^’q,	one wdio has
been purified and perfected by the thorough
exercise of right judgment. 2. a hymn-like
diseription (of a deity).
5^2^q^q^q5 qjqprq	enlight-
ening fame.
»£5fqv»flfq mnon-par mtho-wa,
exalted; become sublime.
mnon-par drafts,	one
who has been conducted to the path of
deliverenee—from the sufferings of trans-
migratory existence.

365

«tSj-qva.'J/ls mflon-par hdu-byed,
1. sublime associations, ideas, views. 2.
possessing origination, continuance and
extinction:
WfaH wu:	objects are not pro-
duced, they are without origination or
extinction (J/.F.).
aSY^’^V4 mnon-par hdud-pa
bowing; bending reverentially.
mnon-par hdul hos-pa fit
to be brought under religious discipline.
mnon-par hdon-pa
drawing out; bring out; exposing; drag-
ging out.
Abhidharma-
pitaktp one of the three classes of Buddhist
sacred writings, v.
mfon-par
witchcraft; mystical measures for the
suppression of an enemy.
mfion-par spro-wa,
enthusiasm; zeal for any work.
mnon-par-phyog§=
mnon-par hphag$~pa
Q’W) чрггрт gone or come out of trans-
migratory existence.
mnon-par byan-chub^
highest state of a Bodhisattva; on
the brink of the position of a Buddha.
mnon-par dican-ikur-wa
the initiation of a monk into the
order of gelong or Bhiksu.
^2^’q^-g^ mfion-par-sbyor,	wfi(-
full application of meanings, words
and expressions in reference to religion.
occurs (in Tirthika
works) in the sense of manifestation.
mnon-par hbyun-wa (ЯрЧ’
Я74*1) wftfnw41’ perfect renunciation;
escape from worldly existence with the
resolution to go to Nirvana.
s^Y4^'4?^ mnon-par brtson-pa assi-
duity, industry.
mnon-mtshan	an evi-
dent sign.
mnon-pa mtshan-nid-pa
(cRsr) he who has clearly realized the true
state of things has become Mnon-pa.
mnon-par-hdsin^
attachment; passionate love.
«^•qv^qj^q mnon-par rdsog^a com-
plete fulfilment; perfection in all accom-
plishments, virtues, etc.;
j^-q	fully enlightened;
q^ g-qj^-qv^E.’jq the attainment of perfect
enlightenment, /.c., the state of Buddha.
mnon-par rab-tu hphyan
hangs down straightly or sus-
pends (some ornamental fringes or silk
cloth).
mnon-par rig-paham
snan-ica cognition; knowing of.
^Y4^*’ 4 mnon-par ges-pa	pre-
science ; resp. fl^Yq^apY4 mnon-par mkhan-
pa	certain gifts of supernatural
perception, of which six kinds are enu-
merated: (1) qj ^Y^
seeing anything clearly as if with divine
sight. By the exercise of this power
one can see (realize) the sufferings of all
kinds of living beings; (2)
divine hearing in a perfect man-
ner. By the exercise of this knowledge one
can hear the sound of g'^'5? (the smallest
insect) and understand the different langua-
ges articulate and inarticulate of all living
beings; (3)
knowledge of another’s heart;
^ qq-^Y^ q^Y^W^’^^Y^ knowing
of another’s thoughts;	serial
366


knowledge of tho heart; (4) г^ч^-д-ч^кча
qgfi fafs ТПЩ knowledge of the
four forms of miracle. By the exercise
of this knowledge one knows the events
of his former and future states of
existence, and also the circumstances of
his death and birth. By the exercise of
one’s miraculous knowledge it is possible
to move one’s body without being seen;
(5)
the power of remembering the
acts of one's former existence or life; (G)
q	know-
ledge of the destruction of the passions.
By tho exercise of the knowledge of (>*|
zig and zal) decay and destruction, one
can quickly attain to the state of the omnis-
cient	by purifying himself of all
impurities of the heart. By the exercise
of tho power of knowing all living beings
one can perceive as well tho stages of
their moral perfection or culture.
XSfasT tllO pOS-
sessor of tho six kinds of fore-knowledge;
an epithet of Buddha (JT. K).
s^-q^q qr-?|N‘q mnon-par <p'$-pahi $ §-
pa	fore-knowledge.
aK^-q^5^ mnon-par-sem$
Samadhi; contemplation; reflection.
mnon-par-sel	coagula-
ted ; congealed.
mnon-par-son involv-
ed ; fully occupied; engrossed.
mnon-par lhag-pa
a new-comer; new arrival; one
just come.
mnon-phyogs^F’^'^
in colloq. 1. towards; forward;
straightahead. 2. moving towards; g*«r«r
skye-wa la mnon-dit phyogs-pa
proceeding to birth ; яВ-q oi ^•^•g'qj^-q
rushing on to death; «w’q
moving towards the attainment of Buddha-
hood.
ipnon-phyng$-te having
gone on; proceeded.
mnon-phra dissimulation.
^Syg^-q	byed-pa to be mani-
fest; to make public; to make clear or
manifest to one’s self.
mnon-she-n	application;
devotion.
mnon-rlom$ wfaiPTH having
tho mind directed towards; longing-for.
mnon-$e$ foro-knowledge.
mnon-$e$-ean 1. v. S’g'T
the mag-pie. 2. ono possessed of
fore-knowledge ; one who can read the
mind of others.
*^Y$W mnon-snm Ясгге open, public,
manifest; cognizable by the senses.
Syn. *^Y^ mnon-du;	dwofi-
pohi-yv.l (Mnon.).
mnon sum-da 1. manifestly;
adv. openly, publicly. 2. ^^'^—dnos-sv,
e.g., bodily, personally; by one’s own
personal experience; «£y^w’ Yg^ mnon-sum-
du skyes	^firsR really bom, not
of imaginary birth ;
proper to place under moral
discipline; one fit to be brought under
religious control.
5<25i'^Yq mnon-sum phyogs-min-
pa чтгедч not forward; unable to
succeed; turned back; failed; unsuccessful
in an enterprise.
mnon-sum min-pa be-
yond the range of sight; imperceptible ;
unknown; unintelligible.
lucid, clear, evident;
making known; manifesting, v. nKYq*’4w-
£‘l
367
£’^”41
5 rna tambour; a drum used
in battle; a large military drum
beaten at one end; drum; kettle-drum
hkhar-rna, v. hkhar; rdsa-rfia
a drum made of earthenware;	rgyal-
rna the drum of victory; bag-
rna drum at a wedding:
khrim$-kyi rna-bo-ch e brduns-tc having
beaten the large drum for the Government
edicts.
tVP rna-dkar or	a white hairy
tail;	a fan of the white
yak-tail or the choicry.
t’wpaj rfia-mkhan mower; reaper.
rna-khri (fa-thi) a stool on which
the larger drums are set for being beaten.
rna-sgra (fa-da) 1. нгц sound, of
the drum. 2 an epithet of Buddha
Amogha Siddha;
n. of a forest situated on the mountains
Sprin-dkar rgyu-wa in the fabulous conti-
nent of Uttara Kuru.
£*£4] rna-rfog abbr. of £’*^’£*4, the tail
and the crest-hair (mane) of a yak, horse
or mule:
to all their tails and manes scarves of five
different colours were attached (A. 11$).
rna-lcags a drum-rod; gen. a bent
rod used as a drum-stick.
rfia-chun 1. a small drum. 2. a
small camel; a young camel.
£*V^ rna-dar a scarf tied to a drum.
£‘q rna-pa a drummer.
rna-dpon chief drummer.
rfia-lpag§ drum-skin.
£’Zq rna-wa, vb. pf* brna$, fut.
brnar imp* rnos, to mow, to reap, to cut
with the sickle; sbst. the seeding of corn,
barley, wheat or paddy;	btsas-
ma brnas-pa the reaped com.
rna-гео che snrhifk fame; also
large drum; a drum announcing fame.
a Sutra in the Kahgyur of a
metaphysical nature (K. d. i 11$).
Rna-bon 1. n. of an Indian sage
who is said to have flourished a thou-
sand years before Buddha. 2. n. for
camel in IF.
£*9^ rna-bran n. of an animal:
his food was the fresh meat of
fia-bran (Sman. 212).
C’Sg*1] rna-dbyug drum-stick.
rna-sbug drum and cymbal.
rna-ma 3^ the tail; the hairy tail
of a beast;	rna-ma rgygs-pa
byed	puffing out the tail.
a kind of drum.
rna-mon or Е‘Й rna-то w,
the camel; rnc-hu a young camel; the
smaller species of camel:
hearing the news of his having
gone to a distant country, he became
greatly grieved, as if he had lost his camel
or mule {llbrom. 113).
rha-mo nud-kay a srinbu, i.e.,
worm with a black head. In whatever
place the worm was found on its back,
that place suffered from visitations of
various kinds of calamities, such as war,
famine, disease, devastations and des-
tructions (К. ко. * 237).
£’3^ rna-thcr serge cloth made of camel’s
hair.
rna-^zo-гса a drum-щакег.
*51
368
&ГЦ |
2'354 тпа-zlum (na-dum) WTH^f kind
of drum played at Indian concerts.
rfia-zor n. of a demi-god.
£'3*^ rna-zlum-can species of
flower [a kind of drum; the resin of
Boswellia thurifera\S.
£'4 rna-yu handle of a kettle-drum
which is supported by a stick sometimes
fixed on the grouud hut generally held
by the hand.
Rna-yab щнч, 1. lit. “ the
father of tails/’ i.e., a yak’s tail, used for
fanning and sometimes for dusting. 2. n.
of a fabulous continent said to exist to the
north of Jambudvipa.
a term for horses in
general; lit. that has the yak’s tail
(Mfton.).
Syn. &yog-byed\	bun-
pa §krod-byed (Mnon.).
rna-gyog a military drum.
£ rna-rin long tail.
rna-fin the wooden body of a
drum; also the wooden support.
rfia-fon kettle-drum; music
(Sch.).
rna-gsafi§ or	a loud
beat or roll of the kettle-drum (Seh.).
rfiad	q^r«K’*V
i^i’q^E. rnan-bgran enumerating
another’s faults: wg-«i
like enumerating tho sins or misdoings of
a family, i.e., from father to son (Yig. k.).
rnan-can or rnan-chen
jrftu, jeering; disdain :
nan-pas rnan-can byed-duhaft
hon) the evil hearted also came to scoff
at him (Jdbrom. 37).
Syn. t»5*rq briias-pa ; *’|5S tsho-khyad or
khyod-tsho (Mnon.).
Ц'Че sbst. r^an-ра—remunera-
tion for a service done; reward; fee; hire;
wages; vb. pf. to pay hire to:
or	to pay wages or remunera-
tion ; sometimes to bribe; to corrupt.
ii: acc. to Ja. a kind of sacrifice
in C. Tibet.
i^jjvq rnan-hphyar-wa to insult, de-
fame.
£CT4 rfiab-pa 1. to be hungry: ^5^’
£q*q bkrez rnab-pa to be greedy; to have a
craving appetite; aco. Ja. 2. cf.
to crave; to desiro earnestly. 3. in W.
colloq. for £3, to mow.
tq-^'a rnab tsha-гса oppressive:
oven if the laws (of govern-
ment) be oppressive.
rnabs-rba—^Q'^ a surgical
instrument, made of horn, for drawing
out blood by suction.
rnam-rfiam 1. threateningly.
2. with dazzling splendour;
anything tidy and very fine.
rnam-can 1. adj. rageful; avarici-
ous ; covetous ; raging; gluttonous ;
ravenous.
rnam-brjid 1, expression or ap-
pearance of wrath. 2. = £Я	rnom-brjid
splendour; magnificence (Ja.).
Syn.	rnam-hjiys*, khro-
nams (Mnon.).
«ОТ rnam-pa 1. to rage at; to be
furious; to devastate; tfl’qSx'K a voice of
terror. 2. to breathe violently; to pant
for ; to desire ardently ;
sroggcod-pa-la rnam-pa to be blood-thirsty;
ravenously (devouring).

369
t4l
Rnam-pa phag-mgo n. of a
deity with the head of a wild boar.
rnam-po-che very frightful.
rnam-gsa$ the occupying of
one’s body by a god or spirit according to
Bon-po notions; a woman when inspired
riding on any demon is called ’ртй.
гпам$=^^ height or depth;
аункд in height or depth ;
(Fir/.) the depth at the
middle of the waters wras 800,000 yojana.
twq wonder, surprize; pathos in
music.
rham§-chc,	vory diffi-
cult ; causing much hardship.
rna$ (адз)^гчч4, v. §na§, pil-
low ; a bolster.
rfia$-hbol a stuffed cushion;
a football.
£ rn«=^T£ zug-rnii pain.
Г4 Rnu-chu, colloq. forC^(Lon. * 5).
rnu-ma or mig-§kyag
rheum in the eye.
-5^*^ rmib-pa^^'^^'Q nan-du
hdit$-pa or ^^hjiig-pa, pf. brnub$ or
W rnub§> fut. чдл brnub, imp. rflub§ to
draw in ;	4 dbugs rnub-pa to inhale;
to breathe in.
rfiul or rnul-chu Гзиггж
SO
perspiration; sweat;	rfad-bdon-pa
to cause to sweat or prespire.
Syn. chad-skyes; lu^-chu}
lu$-hbab\ qprejM lllS-rniil (Mnon.).
Rnul-chu, n. of a river in Kham.
It is formed by the joining of the rivers
5<5ГЙ‘£С$ Rgyal-то rnul-chu of Kham and
Rdsa-khog Nag-chи of Sze-chuan.
gars rnid-ua, vb. pf. brmil, to sweat,
perspire.
gar	[belonging to the arm-
pit] 8.
rfal-gzan-gyi gzan
Лтжт.
rneftti or	1« a little
drum. 2.	'3 rna-nton-gi phru-gu a
small camel; a young camel.
rno skin disease causing painful
itching which is contagious and affects
dogs, sheep, and goats.
q rno-t hog-pa to be capable :
внщ Sir, I can do (it);	incap-
able or not able.
ГЧ rno-wa to be able (Cs.) ;
not able; not competent; incapable.
rno-lag-can 1. a disease of the
skin with painful itching. 2. acc. Cs.~
rfto-yas n. of a number (8. Lex.).
rno-len-pa to roast; to fry (8сЛ.),
v. £5’4 rfiod-pa.
I:	rfiog or 1^1*^ rnog-ma—l^ zc-
rnog 1. the mane; rta-rnog mane of
the horse, &c. 2. acc. Lex! the hunch or
hump of an animal. 3. acc. Cs.
drehu-rnog a kind of stuffed seat ;
mattress; a thick-haired carpet (Sch.).
^1 II: n. of a tribe in Tibet to which
belonged the celebrated Lo-tsa-ica Lama
Rnog Blo-ldan Ce$-rab (Lofi. * 9).
I’W rnog-can or	rfiog-ldan having
a mane.
‘йртадщ rnog§-chags a beast that has a
mane.
48

370
St3! I
rnod-pa, pf. drnos, fut.^S
brftod.) acc. to Cs. and Jd, brno, imp. t5
rnod or rno§, 1. to parch (barley, wheat,
or rice); to bruise ; to roast; to fry, e.g.,
meat iu a pan. 2. acc. to Cs. to deceive.
£4’4 rnob-pa in Ld. to bo ablo, v. 't'Q
rno-tca.
'^5 rnon^brjid (cf. t*^) splendour;
stateliness; majesty;	rAom-bag-
can grand; majestic ; terrible.
rnom-po bright; brilliant;
majestic; shining.
Rnol-Bon the earliest stage of
the Bon religion of Tibet known by the
name of or Stastika, which flourished
before the second century B.C.; said to
have been introduced in Tibet during the
reign of tho seventh descendant of King
(J. Zan.),
rnos-khyer ono who has caught
the skin disease called ? rno.
Ina 4^ five:g‘*4 Ina-ga or g’^ all
the five; each of the fivo; g'^g Ina-rgya
WUH five hundred ; g'^ Ina-bcu
fifty; g’45-V4|^aj-q хгзпГГ^ tho fifty-
first: g’* Ina-cha WTRT, the fifth
part or share.
g**^5 Ifta-mchod lit. the five offerings;
but tho term signifies the religious service
with illumination on the anniversary of the
birth of Tsong-khapa, the great Buddhist
reformer of Tibet, which generally falls in
the month of November, i>., about the
25th of the 9th Tibetan month. It is obser-
ved in every house in Tibot.
Ifta-ston WWM five thousand.
g Ina-ston the fifth festive
ceremony generally observed.
g'** Ina-iham a Buddhist monk who
does not possess any knowledge of the
ritual and the contemplative practice of
Buddhism.
g’4\ Ina-bdo,	Ina-bdo
Snigs-nia ma-run§ tshe (Jlbrom. 25).
gVI Ina-drug-hgro in Tibet when one
borrows grain he has, as a rule, to give
back one measure more for every five
measures he had taken. This is called the
payment—six for fivo measures of agri-
cultural loan.
g LAa-ldau qtfra n. of a city in
ancient Kho-ten known in Tibet under
the namo of Li-yul.
g’S'wcj ]jfta-$de bzan-po the five early
disciples of Buddha:—Kaupdiyya, Afva-
jit, Vaspa, Mahanamfcn, and Bhadrika,
who first received his teachings (Ун/.).
+ g’^ [iia-pa 1. the fifth ; WbV tho
fifth day after tho full or new moon, Ж.
2. n. of a tribe in Tibet. 3.
a name for a Buddhist monk’s raiment.
4. the fifth path: wg^qj-^’Xk* theten
have gone before on the fifth path (Tig.).
g’^5 Ina-pa fil'd wtt the fifth state,
t.e„ death.
g'4 lna-ро w tho five.
Ina-pahi-don-^'^^^'^ the
fivo sciences.
g^S's^c^'^ n. of a singing bird, v.
Ina pahi-lam=°&'Q the way to
the fifth state, i.e., death.
g’4 Ina-ica a flash (of lightning).
g’t^ Iffia-rtsen ufwr or a game
played with five dice; 3^x n. of the Yaksha
who is custodian of wealth; one of the
eight generals of Vais’ravapa (Fit/.).
5'1
371
g‘^|
• lfia-tsftigg=&W4 anhi w: 1.
the third watch (of night or day). 2.
«45-jor3'4]wg'4|,g*i'g’^«]N Эч n. of a son
of Prasenajit, King of Kos'ala (Л Zaft.).
3. w^’4'q'g5,^4|*i g the five joints of the five
limbs.
g-R«]
one who is versed in the five sciences; a
learned man; a scholar.
WRTCfalso 1. ancient
name of a province in the north-west part
of India, one of the 36 sacred places of the
Buddhists (JT. F.). 2. five times. 3.
f0 be bom, m?., assumption of the
five (skandha) aggregates;body.
gna before; soon; early—refer-
ring mostly to time not place:
deliverance takes place much
too soon:	I was the fore-
most, the first, (earliest) to cross the thres-
hold (Glr.);	^gV’q^’BV’^ the
first, intermediate, and the last propagation
of the (Buddhist) doctrine (G7r.). g^orgV^
и the ordinary adverbial form; gen. g is
used with postpositions or in compounds:
g’^p gna-mkho the olden time; g’g sna-sna
very early; g’^*i in bygone times.
g’^’ sna-gun, abb. of g*X’5^'3S morning
and noon.
g’^fc gna-gon 1. adv. before; previously;
at first; a little while ago; just now (JZi’Z.);
g’^’V* formerly ; g’^jc/wq your late father
(GZr.);	the earlier Tibetan
kings (Glr.; Jd.).
gna-dgong morning and evening
(Sch.),
gna-rgol	in a religious
disputation, he who first begins the dis-
cussion ; a plaintiff in a case.
g’g gna-sno v. g’ §no, vegetables ; greens
(Ja.),
g’*5	gnon-chad former-
ly ; hitherto; till now; up to this time.
g’^	1. earlier date.
2. the indistinctness :
inelligibility of the writing on blue
paper with blue ink is here alluded to
(Rtsii.).
g’V*4 sna-rtog early crop; the first-fruit
of the harvest.
g’?^ gna-rtifi-du earlier or later; not
at the same time.
g’5^ gfia-ltag foreboding; prognostic;
presage.
g’^4] gfia-ihog early; in the forenoon.
g’X gna-dro	ЯТсК, early
morning: g’V^’^ sna-dro hdul-wa to tame
the mind in the morning lest evil may enter
it later.
g’^ gna-na before, previously, betimes.
g’^’B’^3^'^Vq gfia-nur phyi-hgyang
wied-pa early in the morning, not late in
the day; without delay.
g’4 gna-pa 1. vb. pf. g^ to be the
first; to come first; to be beforehand.
2. adj. ancient; belonging or referring to
former ages; J’VT^I’S'^’g'4 an ancient
king of China.
g’B gna-phyi, abbr. of
early and late;
’ЯТН not early not late; that has no
beginning or end.
g’B’^ gna-phyi rgol, abbr. of
тпа-rgol danphyi-rgol	the
plaintiff and defendant in a law-suit.
g’5pi sfia-phrog early or first work ; the
earlier position of a work.
5’^1
372
5¥Ч
g'4	= or	STTcf:
dawn; very early in the morning: qq'gqv
to-morrow early morning.
g’« §f.a-ma ят^1, ятзг the former;
the first-named; the earlier one; anterior in
time and place; the first; the foremost in a
’ series ; g’^q^ as before; аз the one
gone before ; as the earlier one; g'*$'^4 in
early times.
g'& $na-mo earlier ; bygone; g‘35'^« long
before ; from former time.
g'* $na-za breakfast; the morning food;
food taken early in the morning.
g’Kq $na-rol of old time; past ages;
g’X«ibefore; in time past; gone before.
g‘*W|^	in Tsang a return
visit or entertainment.
g’-Ч sna-p==5'3j5 g*5 straps for binding
things to a saddle; В‘**1 the straps which go
round tho hind part, and called
g’-q'^yjsi 5е1 (Lhaino b$tod-pa).
g’-^N $па-$а$ very early.
g’-^sr^q hdren-pa the accen-
ting of tho first syllable.
g sna-snr ^74 1. before; in the first
place; first of all; at first. 2. anciently; in
olden times.
Syn. £* §nar; & $non-du; g*« $na-ma
(Mr on.).
Ipj’s tfa-har a kind of tea.
also g«KS pf. fut.
qgqj, imp* S^og, to praise, commend,
extol; to recommend: ^‘qvgqpi it is
recommended to go; «^qg^'q praising;
singing praise; qgqprq'5 a praiser, com-
mender (Os.); qgqprqvKq‘q worthy of
praise; praised; also n. of Buddha’s
horce; qg^’4!^ thanksgiving.
1. praise; encomium (Ck).
2. Hn? magical formula consisting mostly
of strings of Sanskrt syllables in the
recital of which perfect accuracy is re-
quired. These are used in invoking and
coercing deities and demons, and are the
equivalents of the famous mantras and
dharani of Sanskrt Buddhism;
$fiag$-§grub-pa, g*|<rg<arq tfags-spel-wa, to
recite mantras; to pronounce charms or
incantations; gqj^‘3'^’4 НпЗГЩН the mysti-
cal or Tantrik doctrine of tho Buddhists,
v. theg-pa; g^’^VTSS vfin clarified
butter (used in the sacrificial fire); g^’S’
gS*4 §nags-kyi spyod-pa	mysticism;
the practice of the mystic cult.
gqprRttz §nag$-hchaft one who
ministers charms, a professor of mysticism;
gq|«’w/q or	to carry dharani
charms about one’s self.
gqprqy q $ag§-btu-wa	extracts
of mantra or charms.
gq^rl^q]^ $fiag§-§dc-gsum ace. to the
Buddhist as well as the Bon-po=gfljq
the external or ritualistic science. 1. the
external spells by which a god or goddess
is propitiated or brought under one’s power
so as to obey the wishes;
the secret charms by tho efficacy of
which a Tantrik Bodhisattva cither in his
wrathful manifestation or in his milder
form is propitiated. By dint of charms,
he mysteriously unites with a female
who having acquired similar perfections
and merits like himself, is thus prepared
spiritually for such a union. Both having
attained to the same degree of spiritual
culture and sitting in each others embrace
vanish, it is believed, into the state of
Nirvana. This practice is called *^’54
gE«|
373

rnkhah-spyod. 2.	secret written
charms; ^*rg«pi гПхЛяй? charms which
contain efficacious significations and are
capable of ovor-po wering or coercing spirits.
These charms are generally inscribed on
cloth, paper, or wooden boards. 3.
v. spells.
$пад$-ра нгНзл one versed in the
Tantra cult of the Buddhists; one who
practices mysticism.
Syn. nus-pa-can;	& rntbii-bo-
che ; gspixat tpags-hchan; qxffo’q bsrun-
hkhor-pa, ^’q^ bstan-bdag\
hjoms-byed\	rdo-rie-hdsin; £*Ч^’Ц
snags-che n (Mkon.).
sfags-bon for and *Ц’ц2?оя-
/><>•
g«J*T«i^ Wjw1^ §nay'8-btsun mar-gyi
rkyal-pa-can n. of an ointment for wounds
and sores (Sman. 350.),
snag§-rig§ згт^и Brahma^.
g=” 5/?tz??s=Sc'^, v. 5^
gwg<q snans-skrag^^^'ffi panic;
sudden fear.
g^*r§S $fans-byed ulw very fearful,
terrific; panic stricken.
$fan for g or gX siion, £^'*5 former-
ly ; before; previously, opp. to now: W’rf
g^T^ Charka was sent previously or
at first.
Sxan-bu a medicinal herb.
tfar gwra, adv. of time, used
for g'S $da-nt, before; beforehand; previ-
ously ; formerly ; at first; from
before; gv^’q what has not existed before;
an innovation; gVJi'c^q what was not
done before; gvak^ to got up first; one
who has risen first or early;
to have or avail of a former arrange-
ment or system ; g^*3old or
early records; the writings of antiquity;
q the former; first mentioned; gv
or g^wgr than,before:
“ the
prince was superior even to those who
preceded him, t.c., even he excelled his
predecessors.” Although g* occurs almost
exclusively as a temporal adv., it is used
in the sense of a local postp. in the hono-
rific expression before his eyes, in his
presence.
g^’g^ sfiar-skyes^w'Z; an elder
brother.
srar-khyun Itar or	as
usual; in the ordinary course; as formerly.
srar-khrims (nar4him) early
laws; previous punishment or conviction.
£^ЛЗ * snar4ikhyur=gw^a\ former
custom or usage.
snar-rgya$ early diffusion or
earlier propagation.
snar-hjags given as before; as
before.
snar-rjcs-can ono who follows
or acts according to precedents;
qqprjfei sna-mahi lam4ug$-srol the old or
former customs.
snar-rtogs —	sna-ma-
nas rtogs premeditated; thought of before;
anything done after much consideration.
£K^4 $nar-lfar as before.
g^'^* Snar-hthun anything that is to
be drunk first; an early drink.
srar-draf<$ (Ptfon-hdren-
pa) formerly invited.
s£ar-gnod aggression; doing
mischief without provocation.
g*’* snar-ma sharp, intelligent, quick of
apprehension.
374
snar-med-riied gaining or
acquiring what one was without before;
E^S’*|W‘ F’l** innovation ; new introduc-
tion;	what did not exist
before (in the usage, custom or institu-
tions), but has beon introduced.
sftar-tshim	early satis-
faction ; previous contentment.
E*’q^ §nar-bshin as before, as usual.
$na$ resp. dbu-sna§ pillow;
cushion; bolster: ^’SV2^’tj’44l'q using
their things as a pillow; EM’?^ or E^’^
pillow; a cushion for the back ; E*r
a couch of pillows.
E^’q $fia$-pa, v. E’q-
adv. of time; in colloq. signi-
'"O
fying previously; first; ago.
gX-q $fiur-wa to snore (cf. 5^’4 also
snehu the kind of pulse or peas
growing in the Sub-Himalayan regions
called v. grehu.
I: §no or Fv^ $fio-dbag$ (^'§«
zansre§).
gll: a root signifying green; as sbst.
plant, herb, green vegetable; Fjfa $no-
skyen early growth; when it is verdant.
FS silo-sky a pale-green.
g’B §no-khra painting on a blue body in
variegated colours.
F"S| $no-§ga officinal herb; green
ginger:	the
pungency of green ginger removes
headache and congested liver (Sman.).
Fg^’ sno-Уап bluish-green.
8’5'4 Sfio-tog unripe fruits; green fruits.
§fio-dreg$ mire or bluish-green
mud.
F^4! $fio-nag blue-black; deep-blue.
F’J? sno-$ne ornaments made of coloured
glass-beads.
Fih rfo-tprin^WW (mystic expres-
sion) (Jfin.).
I : gno-wa Cs. also FS'q tftod-pa, pf.
4£^ b$nos, fut. «Е imp. E*’ sno§ to
become green; F® sfio-bo green ; verdant.
II: S«|'4 trfbrnr, WR 1. to bless;
to pronounce benediction. 2. to design; to
intend: ч/ч-ч^сй’4?» г Ь$йо$ pahi gyu
the turquoise intended for me.
F^ $fio-$man a medicinal herb.
F^ §no-rt^a green grass, as distin-
guished from JJ’SJ, whitish-green shoots of
grass.
F^5 $fio-tshod vegetables ; herbs.
F^q §no-rdsab n. of a colour or paint.
F«« sfio-ya§ n. of a number.
F# §no-Io green leaf; the leaf of a plant
(Cs.): F^4*vq sfio-to hchar-wa 1. to
sprout. 2. “to become notorious.”
F^hmi $no-bsan§ pale or rather
Greenish blue ; Fw^'* S^o bsans-ma ЖГНТ
the goddess Paldan Lhamo; the sky.
Fqnw^n §iMsan$-his	pale-
blue body.
|£Д| 4 §fiog-pa, prob.pf. ч^ЭД btfiogs, fut.
4g<| b$nog, imp. F^ snogs, to vex; to annoy;
to cause petty irritation; to disturb from
rest.
§non JTT, 5Й, wife former; for-
merly; before; previously;	$non^
^s-гдуаз wrfeg< the earliest Buddha:

375

snon-gyi rtfyal-tfashiigs-
bshugs-pa	when the first
Buddha was still living; gV3’^,fl$ §non-
gyi-hchar-gshi former matter or subject;
gVg’£,‘4] anon-gyi cho-ga the preli-
minary ceremonies or rites; gy §non-
gyi-mthah Ч.ЧТМ, the end of a preceding
one; §non-gyi mu	former
boundary or limit; the starting point; gVB’
§non-gyi dus-sam-ishe or 3XT
former or olden times. This word has
more commonly the temporal signification,
whilst g^,(4 refers most frequently to place
and position.
йУдч §non-skycs	the
first-born; bom before; the first-born of
Brahma; a Brahmap; an elder brother.
§non-kyi rabs 1. jw;
ancient history; legends. 2. former gene-
ration.
g^5 $non-hgro чтил one going
before; precursor:	§non-du hgro,
Fai’^’F4l’V4 §non-du stsogs-pa трйиТтг the
preamble or the introduction of a work.
Syn. gnah-bo (Mnon.).
gV^ snon-chad in former times; an-
ciently:	snon-med
ma-yin §non-chad ma-grag^-pa not that it
did not exist before, but it was not known
formerly.
%non-hjug anything fixed to the
fore; a prefix; a prefixed letter.
gY^ sfion-du or gY^ §non-la, adv. and
postp. before; formerly; at the head; in
advance; in front of. Of the various forms
of cognate meaning, this is the most
usual and regular;	snon-du to
go before; precede;	tfion~du
hjug-pa to put or place before; F^’^’q
§fon-du hdren-pa ywv one drawing
before, leading; a guide; Fi'^’£,Pi*r4 snon-
du gnas-pa placed or located in front; exist-
ing from before; gY^’S^ snon-du-bya$
promoted; remunerated;
honoured; visited; FY^‘9^*1 snon-du byas-
being respected; FV^’^T4
snon-du	bshag-pa =	placed
before.
Fv^ $non-du ЗТГ ancient time; olden
times; of yore.
Fy^ snon-dran recollecting the events
of former times; I^^’Fy^YS’4!^ rje^
yon snon-dran-gyi gtam stories of olden
times (which have) come down.
Fy^ §non-na§ from a former time.
gY^ snon-po or §fion-mo 1. v. g sno
яЫт blue. 2. stale; old.
= the blue
sky, the nature of which is blue as of old;
Fy^§s §fion-por-hgyur (^’ $,£^) to
go out of use; become old and useless.
FY^I §non-phyug rich from the beginn-
ing ; rich at first; formerly rich.
§non phyug-par gywr was
formerly rich.
FYS Snon-bu a vegetable; n. of a medi-
cinal plant, Delphinium Cashmirianum: Fy
snon-bus chaser
nad-rnam§ hjam-por §byon.
FYg^
fRT history; ancient account: gYg^ snon-
byunwa anything happened before;
early events; gone before.
FY§^ $non-bya§ frfa, НТО destiny;
fate.
gYR^ Snon-hbum n. of a botanical
work; ‘ the hundred thousand vegetables ’
(Cs.).
gyg^N §non-§byan$ culture of a former
birth; early development;

376
$non-$byan$-kyi $ид§ by dint of culture
in a previous existence (Yig. 7).
g<V* gnon-ma 1. srr^tH, the former
(when two persons or things are spoken of);
$Hon-ma rnam§ tho former (per-
sons or things). 2. beginning;
4 a beginning to build
temples was mado at Lhasa.
Syn. g’« й’»ю; Уя'^ thog-ma; 5^’5
dan-po; hgo-та; Я^ч‘ч gnah-ica
(Mnon,).
g*i’Й $fion-mo tho first; a vegetable.
$поп-»ю chab-hdran (lit. the
vegetable which draws out water). 1. n.
of a medicinal plant which is largely used
in dropsy. It grows on tho plains as well
as in the elofts of rocks in Tibet. 2.
ЯОЯ * (F’iH), ЗЛТ' ЙЯ Ч’Я^^Я (MOL 4).
^non-dmar-can	1.
bluo and red ; purple. 2. an epithet of
S'iva.
gX$non-tshc olden times.
$non-bshin as formerly.
№[ merits of
former existence (M. V.).
$non-rab§ 5ТТЛТ ancient history;
former generation; gV’^’SHS*1 $non-rab§-
kyi gtam traditions of antiquity.
gX'X'q s&w-ro7=g*Xq §na-rol by-gone
time or period.
previously
stated; explained before or said before.
$non-la§ fWfa, fafa, <3, «НП for-
mer actions; an accident; an event over
which one has no control; from before.
$non -bsags-mthu power due
to merits formerly acquired» v. яТ^'Я^
or 5Я‘^Я*4- 1. virtue; piety. 2. paradise.
(&?i.).
qg’q bnia-wa to reap.
ЧЕbrfa)-ya$ n. of a number.
PE^ brnad l. = 3^ 2. ^g5’<i na$
bsnod-pa to crop barley. 3. ^5*ч
to tempt (Situ. 77).
^.5'q brfiad-pa to seduce deceitfully (a
woman or man) (Sch.) ; also to draw out;
to distill; to extract the juices of.
4£5’4 brnad-wa, v. £’ч.
+ ЧЕ^ ’ 4 brnan-pa = ^5’4 rnchod-pa
xpFf to honour; to worship.
чдчч brnab-pa 1. ace. to Sch.~Q£*\4*
(2) acc. to Lex, or №4
brnams—0^^'^	passionate
(Situ, 99.).
brnah crops ;	harvest fit
for tho sickle (Situ. 77).
brna$ reaped;	reaped
the harvest (Situ. 75).
W brfta$-pa tempted, entrapped.
brftub, pres. 59Я*4’Ч£Ч dbugs-hrfiub,
brnubs, past	du-wa brnubs
(Situ, 75) ; «НЧ'sA’Jfi brnub-byahi §man
medicine to be inhaled.
brnub§ drawn in (breath or
water);	drunk.
4£<ч brnul pf. of £4*4 rnul-wa.
ЧЕ brfiog-pa to point out anothors’
fault; seek out faults; also to search out
a lost article.
^ESj brfiod 1. pf.	brftod-byahi
na$ barley to be cropped (Situ. 77). 2. Si’s
to seduce, deceive: 95budmed-
brnod-pa to seduco a woman (Situ. 75).
brnon dividing (discovery) pf.
ri-dbag$ brnon-to hunted a wild
animal (Situ, 77).

377

brnon-pa, vb. pf. and fut.
brfion 1. to pursue wild beasts; to hunt;
to seduce bud-med, esp. to sensual
indulgence (Ja.):	rnon-pa
§ri-dbag§-la brfion a huntsman chases a
wild animal. 2. sbst. чгп*,
fowler; huntsman ; nrnfe hunting;
rfton-pa-mo a hunting woman; a
huntress (Cs.):	ri-dbags brnon-
to have been hunting game.
b$nag$-ldan	n. of
Gautama’s horse on which he left his
home.
Ь§пад$-ра =	1.
praise, eulogy; uftfiiE,	praised - sgsjsr
5*1 h$nag$-hos	praise-worthy.
2. description.
qg»4 q bsnal-ira to be faint or exhausted
(Cs.), v. $dug-b$nal.
q2^’q b§fia$-pa to place the head or body
upon a cushion; to recline.
qFq bsfio-wa 1. ufwTH the end v. Fq
§fio-wa. 2. a blessing,
bdag-gshan gyi don-du cf. F‘q $fio-wa. 3.
mouldy; rotten (<7s.).
q|faprci bsnogs-pa='^’q, pf.bsnag,
imp. §nog§“<pg (Situ. 75).
qgN’4 bsnos-pa resolution: cigN'4¥*
q|P’q b$fios-pa§ bsgyur-wa uf^TTHWr 1.
to make a firm resolve to go the way of
Nirvana or to do any act of piety. 2. final
consequences of Budhhistic enlighten-
ment, viz., showering of blessings on the
afflicted. Compare—
Яф 4^0'4 I
itfWSrajH: Нп ЗТ7ГЦ	(Bodhi)
° Let whatever sufferings the world has,
come to me! may the merits of the Bodhi-
sattvas make the world happy! ”
49
5
5 c a, the fifth letter of tho Tibetan
alphabet, corresponding in pronunciation
to the Sanskrit 4 or to English ch in the
word “child.” Ace. to Tibetan gramma-
rians, the Sanskrit is equivalent to the
seventeenth letter of tho Tibetan alphabet.
Thus Tibetans write the Sanskrit word
(moon) as tsan-dra and not as ^5
can-dra.
Ъ 1. as num. fig. 5. 2. 3 ea = g ka
excrement; alvine discharges :	to
discharge excrements (Ja.).
3'^ ca-cir bark (in Ld.) (Ja.).
Ъca-cu$ warpod ; distorted ; а\лту
(ScA).
3 <> C'l-co = &	(^sT,
clamour, noise, cry; tho noise pro-
duced by many people talking with one
another. 2.exclama-
tion of joy:	now do not mako
such a noise ! (AHI.) Ki-li kt-la, noise of
laughter. 3.	chirping, twitter
(of birds).
s’X’lpIN ca-co-$grog§
1. expression of love in birds; a low or
pleasing tone. 2.= 3qT^ WTh pigeon.
ca-co-can shouting, bawling;
talkative, loquacious (Jd.).
fc’X ca-co-chc ЗЯ a Ьд-bel; con-
fused noise (as in a market) (Д7//7-)-
ca-co nied-pa	free
from noise or chatter; witho^^ fuss; an
attribute of Buddha (ЛЛ F.); one of the
eighteen independent conditions of Bud-
dhahood (Uh. sect. LXXIX).
vi 2^	disagreement;
not in accordance with.
ca-ra nia-ra raving; adj. irre-
levant :	[ he is speak-
ing irrelevant things, talking unconnec-
tedly..
ca-ra-ra the noiso produced by
the falling of rain in high wind.
<5ca-ri in JF. a bug (Ja.).
5’^ са-ге = ъ\ car continually; always
(Jd.).
ca-re ъа*ге drippingly; little
and little (A. 52.).
ca-le	irregular:
(A. 107)
has not your conduct become irregular and
slack ?
<54] сад termination of plur. of pers.
pron. as in we, you, p’*4) they.
ЗДГД*	chag-krum 1.
sbst. broken pieces (of glass or any brittle
thing). 2. cartilage; gristle;
snahi cag-кгит bridge of the nose (Jd.).
cag-dkar=w\’^ in W.
quartz (Jd.).
sqpqj cag-ga care; vb. to take
care of;	acc. to Jd. in colloq.
careful, orderly, regular, tidy.

379
W j
5Ч|’5Ч| сад-сад crunching sound in
eating:	do not crunch so !
cag-cer-re closely pressed or
crowded in standing or sitting (in Zd.)
(Ja.).
54]’га	(Nag.).
34]’^ rag-rdo, v. in W.
can contraction of	anything,
whatever, everything:	he
did not say anything whatever;
to say nothing.
5^’^ can-tehu also	a
kind of small drum; a hand drum. Those
used by tho Tantriks ате made of a human
skull;	beating a hand-drum
(A. 32).
wise, prudent;
knowing everything.
canoes	one who knows
all about (a subject) ;	wise, well-
informed, good;
one not knowing anything ; block-
head, simpleton	not well
informed ]&;	did not see
anything :	I
I have never seen a friend who was inti-
mate with you (Rdsa. 13).
can-srid what; what is it?
cafi§-po clever, skilful.
can an affix signifying having,
possessing, being provided with, corre-
sponding to the English adj. termina-
tions—ous,—у,—ly,—ful:	thorny.
Sometimes also=like, or ish :	Bon-
like ; you or one like you ;
a Hindu, Hinduish.
having or being possessed of merit,
qualifications;	faulty, with
faults;	having sharp thorns ;
having a lion’s head. It is
sometimes affixed to verbs:	doer;
worker; sometimes signifies
belonging to: ^5’^ Tibetan,
European. In C. is plso used for the
possessive pron.	my, his or
her.
5^0! can-cil W. the green shell of a
walnut (Jd.).
ean-cc,	in colloq.
1. tea-cup (made either of wood or of
china (Nag.). 2. a small bowl or dish
(Sch.). 3. continually (Cs.).
+ сап-du postp. c. accus. to; with:
I do not go to him;
na-caii du with me, in my possession.
Gan-bshi rgyal-po believed to
be an incarnation of Padma Sambhava
or Guru rin-po-che.
S VM'211 saves one from enemies, evil
spirits and Rudra (Lh. kar. 35).
+ 34’34 cab-cab patting or clapping
with the hands to express approbation.
| als0 bowing to
and patting Rnog (Bbrom. 116).
5T5q cab-cob	1. the
sound of tasting. 2. nonsense : wXs’Q’A |
to talk nonsense.
551 earn 1. slow (Cs.). 2. quietly,
without any noise or fuss;	or
to place quietly; in Sikk.
w keep silent or sit still. 3. in W.
acc. to Jd. whole, unimpaired:
the whole store of hay is still left. 4.
glistening, ghttering cf. (Ja.).
wrqyaq	380
ЗЯ'Ц’у cam-pa ta-lo in Tsang, the
mallow (Ja.).
cam-pod in Ld. a bunch of flow-
ers, sprigs, etc., a handful of ears of corn
Ju.).
car 1. (Lex.) ; ace. to Cs. *
continually, always; with numerals; Я^4!'
at tho same time, opp. to one after the
other, successively (viz., doing or suffering
a thing, sleeping, dying, etc.). 2. at once,
on a sudden, opp. to gradually ; g'^ all
tho five together.
car-mar always, continually
(M).
car-ra$=^A«^‘^asmall apron
to cover the privy parts.
rar-re, v. car.
5^1 cal or noise (Cs.); «^‘54
rumour, (false) report. or
idle talk, nonsense (Ja.).
ca$-cu$ 1.	dis-
torted ; to be obstinately perverse; twisted;
awry. 2. acc. to Sch. —
I: num. fig. 35.
$ II: fa{, зге 1. gen, used in books
though not commonly in colloq.: what ?
of what? or why, for
what, for what object ? 35'AY^ in whose
interest, for what purpose?	or
35‘S|S why ?	this wherefore ?
why this? “if so it is asked.”
what sort of fruit; the fruit of what ?
35’^ what kind of mountain, hill; 5 also
like an adj., is placed after the word
to which it belongs: ow for what
reason; on what account ? 2. why ?
wherefore?	J “why should
not that suffice me”?	why do
you not procure ;	I I (you)
considered, why would not that be a good
thing?	if that happened,
why should it not be desirable ? 3. in
conjunction with other words S signifies
how ? 4. inst. of a note of Jntcrogation,
e.g., in: $‘ W for <Ч^«,	I
“ do you allow (me) to come ” ? (Jd.)
In the colloq. of C. S ci is almost
invariably re-placed by дай both in
the sense of “ what ” and “ which ” ;
whereas, properly means “ which ”
only, and $ means “what.”
$ III: correlatively which, what;
whatsoever; everything. $ as a corre-
lative ought properly always to be written
£; yet not even in decidedly correlative
sentences is this strictly observed : $ԤY
I whatever I may do ;
whatever we may bo bidden to
do, wo shall obediently perform.
also	as quickly as possible; also
$ may = at any rate:	he must
be invited here at all events (Jd.).
ci-да what ? colloq.
whatever one may wish; at pleasure;
ad libitum.	what is it? З’ЧЦ
=3'^ in what manner, how ?
ci-bgyi a servant, valet; one
who does what he is ordered to do.
whatever is good:
fTr4W*Y^,&Y3’^‘S'3	I from all
sides, whatever is good is accredited
(accounted) to you (A 133).
ci-cog what or whatever is.
S ci-brjod	what has been
stated or told.
ci-shig whatever; something; any-
thing :	for what purpose it is
wantci

381
3*11
3’15 ci-sfted, v. Is sned.
3'^ ci-ltar like what ? 3’^v
“he related how it
happened.”
3'§ ci-§te but if; if however.
3’? ci-§to what does it matter ?
3 VJ ci-drag what to do; what is to bo
done; what is the matter?
3*4^’ч ci-bde ba ft’ 1. what is
well, good; what pleases; as it pleases
them; as they like. 2. name of a section
of Tantrik Buddhists in the monastery of
Vikramas'ila during Atis'a’s time.
ci-hdod-pa Ф2ШГ whatever one
wishes; as much as desired; whatever (they)
wish; З чХ^сгр^ ^п ч to get according to
what one wishes [an attribute of a Bodhis-
attva (ЛЛ K.)].
3 ci-hdra-гса like what ? simi-
lar to what ? 3 what have you seen ?
3'g‘^<§5 ci-smra bar-byed ft
ft^^i^ what is there to fay ?
3 ci-tsam how much.
3'<*| ci-tsug how ? in what manner ?
3’54^ ci-mtshan of what sex ?
З’^'Л^'ц ci-shcs b$tan-pa whatever has
been demonstrated.
3*^ ci-zcr what does he say ?
3'l^ c^4| ci-zar brtag-pahi tshig the
interrogative expression ci-zar (ft З’фт) is
used to signify:—co-hdri\
hgog-tshig\ ^^^'^Shgal-u'a-brjod;
hog-kn-pa\ ^^^sad- rndah (Mfton.).
cihan = 3'^ (Situ. 125).
3 ci-yan = $z‘ ft^4 whatever; any-
thing ; 3we/5Vnot able to do anything.
З’«кг^ч| ci-yan med-pa ^ft^w nothing
whatever; not any; one who has got
nothing.
3wc.	ci-yaft med-pahi §kye-
mchcd %lft^wfw [lit. realm of nothing-
ness ; one of the eight kinds of Vimoksa—>
salvation. Tho sixth stage in which one
perceives nothing. Comp. Maha-p. 30]&
ci-у aft ruft-гса whatever is
permissible, suitable.
3 й’-уш = 3'А] ci-да what ?
3 ^ ci yod what has happened ?
З’Клргя ci-rigs-pa, adj.	adv. 3‘
L in some measure; to a certain
degree ; in part; partly. 2. of every sort.
3'$ ci-rtt whither: З’^'^’Ч,
q | to go without looking at any-
thing.
3^ ci-ia 5ГЗГ why ? wherefore ? 3 «гЗ 'Ч
why? for what? 3	ч | gone
without being obstructed; 3‘oruic; for
whatever; З’ог^дкп why is this ? whence ?
З’ога дгфК from what ?
3'^ w3	after whatever
has been done. *
3^ cir, 3 $ ci-ru, tennin. of 3 1. where
to, etc. 2. with ; everywhere; in every
direction ; for any purpose ; by all means;
with a negative=nowhere.
3vsV$R] сгг-?ш-г/о^:=3,^,й why
not consider the matter or subject.
3n cis instr, of 3 by what ? where-
by ; 3*v^5'3*w^g^ by what am I to
believe it ? what shall make me believe
it? whereby can I know it to be true?
3*r$R’«VgRp ho is not to be frightened
by anything. 3«tjjc: and	used
as adv.: by all means, at any rate:
3*r$^R3H if* yon wish to go by all
moans, at all hazards; ^’3*ГЗ^йчц now
nothing will help or be of any use ; 3*4’3^’
I beg of you at least to accept it;
3*rg«vg(«w teach it to me at any rate I (Jd.).

382

ci-rgod wild millet.
* ei-cer = wWf'er g-«>5 «i without
hair on the head ; bald head.
C\ ^C\
* ’S’<54 се-сЛг6==»«К’^ exhaustive;
brought to perfection; to the farthest
limit.
ci-rite a kind of millet; a
species of grain eaten by the poor.
ci-tse.
^4] cig modified form of Я?4! one, and
changing to after vowels or after
\ or °i. 1. a; a few; a little; some: qq*
5^5having bought a sheep,
they led it inside;	some five
people. 2. when affixed to verbs it is a
sign of the imperative mood.
ijS^4] wait a little while! 4W|fr’^4l show
the path!
cig-car or	1- together;
with one accord:	1 h0
left off his crown and sceptre together
(Zaw.l. 2.	quickly.
cig-car s/^s^^V4)^4]^ once;
equally;	4*^0] 3*14^ once; all
at once.
S4!	<dg-$o$ or vk the other;
the latter; some ether.
I :	= or a geruudial
particle, the initial letter of which is
changed acc. to the rules obtaining for $«4;
corresponds to the English participle
‘ tug1 and is used in sentences beginning
with “ when,” a after,” “ as,” and is affixed
to verbal roots and adjectives; in the latter
case including the auxiliary verb to be :
mostly concludes minor clauses and
interposed participial sentences, never
ending main clauses:
the other girl climbing up
the tree picked the flower:
having hid themselves after running
away; frq. also when co-ordinate ideas are
in English connected by ‘and’ or ‘but’:
•^ck-gqj q'^Ck-q| eating flesh and drink-
ing blood;	1 tall and well
shaped;	। heat is hurtful,
(but) cold is beneficial. It is also used
like the ablative of the gerund in Latin:
we live by fishing (Ja.).
Cin-ci-U a creeping plant (in
Tsang).
Cihu-ri n. of a female demon
(Ji/.).
с» 1. num. fig. G5. 2. inst. of
used in compound numerals for tho tens,
when the preceding numeral ends with a
consonant:	§4|’§, 4^’5, sgVS.
Cu-gan (^) 1- bamboo-
manna ; substance secreted in the joints
of bamboos and used in medicine both
in India and Tibet. 2. kind of lime
used in medicine (Cs.):
Л	си-gang breaks sores and cures
inflammation of the lungs.
cu-liy co-li 1. in IF. a fresh
apricot (Jd.). 2. dried apricots. 3. a sort
of wild-growing vegetable in Sikk. In IF.
the pulp of apricots boiled down
to a conserve and formed into cakes (Ja.).
cug-citgb v. ^p4! (Sch.),
Cun 1. in C. gourd; pumpkin. 2.
n. of a place. З.^З^4) a little: 5’135’5^
q you are a little too late now; 5^'
a little slanting (Ja.).
cuft-shigy v. 5^’*5 cun-zad a little.
6^44 cun-shog a little (piece), a trifle.
I
383

cufi-zad a little; slight, trifling; a
little while:	Uot
at all able; §^‘3S’|9'A a little angry:
a little smiling;	even for
the sake of a trifle:	I shall
see whether it will help a little;
wait a little, a while;	a little
unwell;	my self-respect is
(made) small.
$c/JYq an epithet of a Nagaraja (M. K)
cun-zad-tsam some little.
сип-hgag a brass plate or dish
(2Ий‘.).
cun-sho or	a medicinal
white stone alleged to cure diarrhoea
№).
cur eolloq. without leaving any
remnant; to devour it all up.
t cur-ni (^ч'Й or 3’w or
1. powder; in the work called Li-gur it is
stated to have been derived from the dia-
lect of Shan-shun, but it is evidently
Sanskrt. 2. meal, flour (occurring only
in medical writings) (eTa.).
3 ce> num. fig. 95.
cc-can, v.
се-na its other grammatical forms:
inst. of ^’g’A ‘if one says so,
asks, so/ etc.
ce-spyan —1'^* used for 0*§^
frrr, ЮТТЗГ jackal; fox.
ce-spyan га, S’j^vShrXvypr
| the horn of the (fabulous)
jackal; is a protection against cattle
disease; n. of a precious stone.
cc-tsc also JT. V.)
a kind of millet, Paspalum serobi-
cuhtunu
cc-tse-rgod— wild millet
(Jf. K).
cchu a reed for sucking up beer. It
is called 34^ tsug-li in Sikk.
ceho, f^r certain.
cc-rc or staring (fixed-eyes):
(he was) looking at it with
fixed eyes (fVr/y.); 3’K’erg*«i ce-re-la tta-
wa looking with fixed stare:
•<q'5r<<fc-cK he paced forward with his
eyes staring and open without seeing (it)
(Л. 73).
cen-ke (2j'544’5^) a kind of long
knife with thin but broad blade:
аЯ-^’п)-&гогяд-ро| for a Cen-ke about a
little less than an arm’s length the price is
one khal of grain (Rtsii.).
ccm-tse scissors (Ja.).
Cer-bu n. of a place in Tibet
(B. ch. 4).
eer-re = 3‘K ce-rc.
3*1 ccs (its other grammatical forms:
^) so, thus; cc§ is generally
used after % S, A, as in	I, the so-
named;	thus existing; Xa'Sn so
gaining; in ancient literature is regu-
larly placed after words or thoughts that
are literally quoted, and so continuing the
sentence; the quotation itself is generally
preceded by or	In later
literature and the introductory words are
often omitted; in eolloq. language always.
Inst, of	or	so he said,
thus he spoke, so has been said or spoken,
*!
384
&]'S|
во it is said; often only is used and in
like manner for this word, this
speech:	“ these and similar
words.”
Зм'3'ц ce$-bya-tca or the so-called,
frq. after names; rarely for
5 co num. fig. 125.
T’qj Co-да also written S‘<Il = qV’Tl in
colloq.	a small singing bird; the
lark:	the larynx of
Co-да removes hoarse voice.
X	co-да, klad-^nan — ^^^
(mystic expression) {Min. J).
T’qjN со-gras (co-teh) a colt one year
old, when Tibetans clip its mane and tail
for the first time.
3co-fo a tuft of hair on the head ;
hair plaited and diossed on tho
crown of the head:
XXXsj §S’4 to make the hair of a
sorcerer’s head into ?4'Xg] it (the hair) is
gathered into a tuft.
co-rf»r=yi^.
+ 3’0=^ co-hdri-ica,
1. to blame, reproach, scoff at; to vie with.
In 7Г. du. this term is described as signi-
fying to be jealous of, and as equivalent
of	acc. to Nag. X's^ v. S'^vq
what does he say. 2.	to deceive,
to cheat {Nag.).
3 Co-ni n. of a district in Amdo.
со-re same as X’K’X, the cor-cor
sound produced by straining fermented
beer {Nag.).
co-le-wa=Yi\'^ or чА’ЗЧ a
little; Х’^Хя=ХЛХя somewhat; rather:
£q-$q-$wq5*q3jq’q’«r^*q’X’$	| in
his instruction of the Bodhisattva he was
somewhat culpable {A. 52).
^4] cog 1. all ; also a plural sign;
ace. to Schr. all (people): ^V^'X*1] all that
exists:	all that has been heard;
яЗк'ВС Хч] all that lias been seen; «ЦЛ’Х’!
those that exist; flJ&rS'X*! those that are
valuable. 2.
cog-cig сяг=
altogether:
the BuddhaS of tho three ages all assem-
bled together {Ya-scl. 28).
ЗЧр^Ч^’Ц cog-cog-pa in W. grasshop-
per; cricket {Ja.).
34]’Ц cog-pa to have leisure:
if you have leisure you should come ;
^Лс/Х$| q-^5 to-day I have no leisure.
5ч|-д Cog-bu a small square tent to
accommodate only ono person used by
anchorites of Tibet when they retire to
solitary places for practising religious
austerities.
X«xj’g'<i сод-Ьи-ра 1. one who lives in a
lonely mountain cavern or in a small tent
that accommodates but one man. 2.
sitting and not lying down; one
of the twelve ascetic practices] S'.
X«|adv. cog-bur the manner of
sitting up at night awake {fiag.).
cog-tse is a corruption of the
Chinese word meaning a small din-
ing table. It has been Tibetanized in X^f
qt^*i or X«qX, Хч)Х-«ч)'^я	I
Ml
385
4]23j-4]3djl
(Jig.) (a small) table the legs of which
resemble those of a pig is here indicated ;
Х%ч|^'«Ьт]е/я a table just suitable for
one man to sit at.
Cog-ro n. of a place in the dis-
trict of Tsaft-dkar in E. Tibet.
Тдр’л cog-la-ma a mineral substance
used for medicinal purposes.
con, in colloq. 1. a musical
instrument (Zcz.); a bell (Schtr). 2. acc.
to Jd. a precipice: Xc/orgvq to push down
a precipice in order to kill (a man). 3. v.
дсоЯ.
cofi-ci small howl or dish (Sch.);
v.
соЯ-соЯ j*agged, indented, ser-
rated (Ja.).
Xc/q con-wa (^З^Хк/ч Ян-hbod con-wa)
to raise wailings, loud lamentations (at
funerals); cf. дсоЯ-skad.
tex соЯ-пю in colloq. for
соЯ-shi—^^ tunsho utn the
Soma plant said to be useful in diarrhoea,
in phlegm and fever; X^5’$ juice or water
of the soma plant.
соп-гоЯ, perh. = Xc/Xc/, Xe/Xc;
a kind of thistle.
XvX\ cor-cor an onomatopoetic word
expressive of effervescing; beer is describ-
ed in fermenting as making the sound ‘cor-
cor’: ^,д,Х^Х^К<^г®*чр| (Nag.) after
the sound XkX^ of fermenting beer has
ceased, it must be strained.
or adj. hang-
ing ordangling: oj®i^^3zl|^qJ'Ei’^,£i‘X®r^'
that country many black rocky
hills overhang (Hbrom. 117).
col-le-wa, v. or дХ'У’Х
adj. lying irregularly or promiscuously
(ДГяоп.).
cod-pan,	1.
tiara, diadem, crown worn by kings. 2.
the crest of gallinaceous birds.
Syn. dbn-rgyan,	dpun-
rgyan* zla-wa-can;	rtse-
gsum bgo-rgyan\ rtse-bran (Mnon.).
Х5 Ч(8 ^к^|°гЗ <<ч]
literally, handsomely-crested bird ; n. of a
king of birds	nam-mkhah-lditi)
(>. K).
cor-gan or a mouthful;
a gulp.
col-chuft childish prattle or
babbling.
q gcags-pa (A.K. I, &J) 1- to ap-
prehend ; to grasp (with the understand-
ing) ; to impress, gen. with ^S’®1 on the
mind;	well-impressed; impres-
sive ;	Щ J to give a very
thorough instruction ;	| to lay
emphasis on. 2. relative to persons it may
be synon. with лчргч, to love.
дсаЯ-ро clever; lively, sprightly;
in )F. also attentive to; regardful of ;
clever and sagacious;
sbst. sagacity, cleverness; clever
words; clever speech (Cs.).
v. ®]Х^ч gcod-po=^$p
cut into pieces (Mnon.).
gcan-gzan carnivorous
animal; beast of prey; the cat and the
50
Ч]г5ГЦ |
386
"iHS I
dng not being included in the term;
41^ the lowest of the boasts of prey;
Я^’Я^’ЁГ4 ferocious, wild animals
(Mnon.); ч^Л literally signifies a
warrior-beast. *
inade:¥^'SA^
made a conference; talked over
4]&£T4n: = 5wq/,уатя-ра loyal and
1.‘ving :	^Я’Я^^^'
*<Kj the frutra for expressing loving words
t > the miraculous king Kong-tse (I). It.).
* 45JT§ pam-ba adj. artificial, not
natural; artificial expression of feeling;
insincere demonstration: Ягк5*’^Я’1Гл>
speaking words of outward regard. Also
humbleness, servility, flattery : Я^’^’^Я,
a servile speech
Я**'3‘ч	an
obsequious, insincere person.
^ат-уа$ ц. of a number.
4pvq gcar-ica ace. to Sch. cut out;
put out; knocked out; cf. 4^’4 [Jd.).
gcal-ica to spread, display;lay
out, c.rp, precious stones, jewels, on a
table, on the ground (Ja.) ;
gcaldu Ъкгат-ра having laid out.
gei-wa ЧНТ4 1. vb. v. Я^5'а to
discharge urine; to make water. 2. Я^‘
Я^’лч one who is making water. 3. Я^‘
urine to be discharged.
grig ЧФ 1. the number one;
Я^Я'Щ^* one only; one and the same;
Я^Я’5 at the same time; at one time; V*’
$Я^’ or ^’Я^И once; one day. 2. one
only: адя^Я my only father or
Я^Я, the only mother, tho mother of
several brothers or sisters but idiomati-
cally the common wife of several brothers;
my only beloved mother :
the venerable mother Lab-
dron\ я^Я'^’Я^Я or Я^Я'^’ЯН etc., one
another, each other; Я^Я’4 different (Ja.).
Я^Я’Я grig-ка single, only, opp. to
several.
Я^Я’^ grig-<ar or Я^Я *^ alone, v.
Я^Я’^Я '(j certain; some one (Jd.).
Я^Я'Я^Я grig-grig 1. one at a time;
separately; alone. 2. of the same kind;
not different. 3. adv. by one’s self; only;
solely.
Я^Я ^Я grig-gcog	<4*4 КФ one
principal; the leader; ring-loader.
Я^Я'^Я grig-chog all-sufficient (Ja.).
Я^Я’^ &rig-rj($ (°w) a passage
(for ono man to pass); lit. fit for one foot
only.
Я^Я’^5 grig-nid WT, 17^ friendship;
state of unity; the state of being ono; one-
ness ; unity.
Я^Я’5 gnyJa ЧФФ 1. together with;
into one; into ono body; Я^Я’5'§'4 to
unite; to collect into one. 2. at once;
wholly; altogether. 3. only, solely;
я'И'О2^ be turned into one
uniform state; я'И'^^	to be
intent on one object; one object for certain;
Я^Я'5’Ц^tntrsf fwtaaj, having
agglomerated, abbreviated; Я^Я’5Х^^4
цфЪ^Л having come together; being
united ; Я^Я’5ялтл having
joined or being united together; Я^ЯУ
the holding together or to hold
together; ^Я^’Я^Я'З in one direction; in a
387
certain direction; Чч’ч1^ч1'5 in a certain
place; $5’4$% 5 in one vessel; in,
one house.
gcig-ta mdses-pa
1. lit. one who can perfectly please.
2. n. of a Bodhisattva (21. T.).
srfagpr all existing
together ; in one place.
q&if^wq geig-tu sems-pa 1. to be all
attention (to any subject or person); to
pay homage; to bo respectful. 2. 55’3^'
^E/ojyq| or	qj^’q (0 be possessed
of faith and respect (Mnon.).
ч]^ч|’яХч geig-hthob 1. expectant (that
he will get something). 2. an
actor; a bard.
grig-dii) acc. to Jd. unity and plu-
rality;	not having these qualities
(Was.).
geig-nas geig-tu чхщкт чк-
«Ч$П from ono to another; in succession;
flnfTH lineal descent or
lineal descendant; one unbroken line of
succession;	чрчкчт,
become one or united by succession;
geig-nas geig-tu bsdu-wa
to accumulate for each other;
geig-nas rtogs-pa	one
who deliberates with undivided attention ;
geig-nas geig-tu shen-pa
successive thoughts combining together.
g cig-pa 1. the first. 2. of one
kind, not different or manifold;
different.
ЧЙ’9 geig-pn 1. да alone, single, only;
to be able to cope alone
with a thousand men;	for-
saken, abandoned; to be left alone;
the only son. 2.	bare, naked,
single; in vulg.
Syn. re-re \ rkyan-rkyan*, gf
^5 zla-med, уа-дуа! (Mnon).
q^qj-g^a^q geig-pu dben-pa—	I
Ч^тТзнГГгг*?ПТ<гаг residing alone in retire-
ment ; one of the conditions of yoga
(21. V.).
geig-pu	a woman with'
out any husband, or living alone.
etg-po 1. alone : jGrcr^^'gN’q’
I “ the king alone is a man (one posses-
sed of manliness).n 2. being one, or the
one:	one son of
two mothers, viz., claimed by two. 3.
the one (Jd.).
4]^'Srq Gcig-po-pa n. of a solitary
mountain said to be one hundred yojana
long and 600 yojana high; from which a
great river (tho Tsang-po) issuing flows
eastward towards the ocean (JJ. d. ^268).
gctgJgas	only.
geig-min	except one.
geig-tshig the singular number
(Situ. 119).
’^q ^ q gcig-la geig med-pa
аттнтч mutual non-existence; absence of
one thing in relation to another thing—a
technical term of the Nyaya philosophy.
gcig-las hphros-pahi-
lun	n. of a religious work.
gcig-$o§ the only one; the other,
when speaking of two.
geid-pa^ also ^’4 pf. fl)^J fut.
4$, imp. to make water ; to piss.
^’^5 gein-nad disease of the
urine, prob, spermatorrhoea.
gein-wa WN 1. urine;
or to make water. 2. tight,
firm, ux^bakon.
’iHl
388
Ч]Ц|
Syn. dri-chu\	rgyun-hbab\
rab-hdsag (Iff non.).
<т]Зу-^Х gctn-gor involuntary discharge
of urine.
gcin-hgay	retention of urine
[Med.).
gjdn-sne	prob, gonorrhoea;
also	a	disease of the	kidneys in which
urine	is frequently	and involuntarily
discharged.
diabetes.
4^’^’	grin-man,
making water again and again.
gcin sri-ica	pain or
smarting in discharging urine.
1* = ^ clyster-pipe ; 4^*W
dyster (Nag.).
get I-tea to spoil; to destroy
(Л>Л.).
W gcu~gal— V4!4(adj. and
sbst.) importance; important.
4^	= cu-ti.
gcu-don screw-box.
=	1. to squeeze; to
strain; to whirl ; turn round like the
twisting of a screw: B’^4’48'4’^4’3**I
(J. 131), he made a twist with his eyes.
2. to punish by striking; to correct. 3.
= f 'Sv. 4§5’q; 45'4* in IF. 45^*5 screw.
45 or |	(Cs.).
Vcug difference, discord.
454gcug-rwd—ъ^ц without differ-
ence ; harmony (Дяу.).
gcug^-pa wnr planted, culti-
vated, acquired or gained ; *гёЯ’4$41Г<1
cultivated friendship; ^’454^’^ to sow
or create discord, dissension : jfyq’Wjfy*<R*
| “ from hatred to hatred, or hatred
increased more and more”;
41 to improve friendship; to become
more and more friendly; to increase inti-
macy :	^-qvg^’q| “ from
disagreement to disagreement, or the mis-
understanding became more and more
intense still.” 5. = ^q firm: ^Vet'454*r41
to be firm in tho mind, m?., <^V454*rq.
+ 4S*’2’’ gcin\-po—VNSiN^ a younger
brother (Nagd).
gcud-pa, pf. 45*, fut. 45 or
J, to turn; to turn round; to twist; to
twine; to plait; to braid.
455'^* gcud-bor 1. adj. is explained in
(KTa<7.) W^-n§54’5t',3’35’H4l “doing
work with zeal and earnestness and also
obediently.” 2. 455**’4^*'4 acc. to Sch.
to forsake ; to cast out; to reject.
w gcun-pa—0^^ to reprove (one’s
servants, &c.); to subdue, tame (an animal)
(flag.); 4§*’^’4§^ to beat or press a
thing until it is soft.
1. pf. of hjur-tca
(Nag.)	| shuns the
long narrow passage in the confines of the
Bar-do. 2. a coarse sort of vermicelli.
45*‘q gcu$~pa to interfere; to meddle
with (fiag.) : °<ч| id.
45*'3 gcus-Ън anything that is screwed
in ; what has got jammed in.
4|£q gce-ica, to esteem; to hold dear;
to love (Sch.).
+ &een ог 4^’й or q $й»<-
skyes-pa wipr, resp. for spun-chc-u-a,
1. an elder brother (fiag.) :

389
Ч%1 I then ho came to invite
the three elder brothers. 2. acc. to Zam.
first-born.
4% grehu, acc. to Jd. 1. clystcr-
pipe=J$,	a flageolet; a kind
of musical pipe with many holes in it.
goer anything naked, i.e., bare
and uncovered; a covering for the
bod; ; raiment.
gcer-sgrib lit. that which covers
the nakedness of the body; met. clothes or
dress.
gcer-tca, v.
gcer-bu	W* 1.
naked;	to make naked; to
strip off. 2. = 5c' q or alone, soli-
tary, without a companion, single.
gcer-bu-pa a naked per-
son ; n. of a sect of homeless mendicants;
of the Jaina sect of India; also
a Hindu sanydsi.
r-bu gncn-gyi bit fHf ^i-
n. of the founder of the Jaina
heretical school, one of the six Tirthika
teachers of Buddha’s time (Jf. K.).
gcer-bu-ma a naked woman;
the Goddess Kali.
Gcer-bu lag-rdum (*^V4) n.
of a mischievous armless demi-god.
qS^'35 gcer-mo or	a woman
who walks naked.
gces-gces-pa = gwrtfgwrci’
to show more and more affection
for one; to love very much.
gce$-btu$ choice extracts, &o.
(Cs.)-
4|&T4 I: gces-pa 1. 9^ dear; be-
loved:	a man dear to us; our
beloved; our darling child:
4	’^1 the dearest thing in
this world is one’s own life. 2. Also preci-
ous ; very important; useful:
*|’g the five very important letters;
*] one’s life is most precious in
this world;	it is of importance to
know.
II:	eager; diligent.
gces-par bya-wa to esteem; to
regard with affection.
gces-$pre$ (ce-teh^ esteem;
to hold dear; to love; to esteem;
also to exert one’s self;
exerted one’s self; made exertion :
(Hbrom. f4 2) without fore-knowledge it is
difficult for one to exert himself with
assiduity to counteract a former life.
gcog-pa, pf. b^ag, imp.
or to break ;	to break into
pieces; to burst asunder; to cleave; to
split, blast; to violate (a promise, a vow, a
law, etc.); to break out from:
the rope having been broken.
gcog-rtsis reduced account;
reduction, discount.
geon 1. a chronic disease; If’pfc’
chronic bronchitis;	chronic cough.
2. a defile;	a rocky defile.
gcon-$kad 1. a low fine musical
note or voice. 2. cry of sorrow, lampnfa-
tions, wailing (Nag.).
Syn. ^'^cho-fie; ye-gc bral;
та-la; ner-skad\	zer-zer skad;
^5’^ faitf-mo (Mnon.).
4]XE-q |
390

gcon-chen nad-dnig the six
chief chronic diseases: (1)	dyspep-
sia; (2) Stf; (3) gw; (4)	(5) SO
dropsy in the chest or in the pericar-
dium; (6)	phthisis (JZ. </u.).
qTrq gcon-ica J. pf.	to ex-
cavate, wash out, undermine through the
action of water :	have
not been undermined (by water). 2. to
get faint, languid, wearied in mind (Ja.).
geon-med without illness.
gcon-M, v.
gcon-ron is described in (XT^.):
an impassable narrow
defile.
^YV^ gtod-rtogs (3^) n. of
a number; ono versed in that chapter of
arithmetic which treats of dividend.
4]3S’« gcod-pay pf. bead, fut.
goad, imp. or chod 5»?
(Mnon,) to cut, to cut asunder (pw^
into small bits); to cut off, chop off (the
hands); to cut down, to fell (trees); to
cut out (the tongue); to rend asunder;
to break (a thread, a rope, chain, fetter).
This verb has a very varied metaphorical
use, and is especially employed to denote
that the course of anything has been
stopped or “ cut off?’ Thus it can
signify to cure (a disease); to suppress (a
passion); to stop a road ; to wake up from
sleep; ifa^Y4 to kill, to murder, to stop
life, to obviate, prevent, avert; to avoid;
to lock (the door);	to throw
obstacles in a person’s way; to hinder,
impede; frq. 34*’^4*Y4’^Y4 these
life-endangering beings; to stop, to make
a pause (in reading); to judge, condemn.
Again wo have to follow after;
to search into; to investigate.
^Y&S gcod-byed teeth; fiRT
knife; hand; the king ; executioner.
Syn. mchc-ica\ S| gri\ lag-pa
(Mnon.),
geod-hbreg-pa to make a
brief abstract of tho grounds of any com-
plaint or application made to a court of
justice:
। (D. fel 7) it is of much importance
previously to make some sort of abridg-
ment;	capital punishment
in which the culprit is either maimed by
cutting’ off his limbs or is beheaded.
gcod-mtshams the limit or
point to be cut for a defined boundary of
disputed land; an agreement or definite
treaty.
gcod-lug$ Tantrik or mystical
system of Buddhism.
^Y^W^Y4^ gcod-lugs bdud-bshi the
four chief evil spirits according to the
Tantras are:—(1)	| devil that
can be stopped or averted; (2)
devil that comes unhindered or cannot
be stopped ; (3)	I devil of en-
joyment and mirth; (4)	I devil
of arrogance and pride.
gcom for чХ« bcom that which is
over-powering; haughtiness, arrogance.
+ gcom-skgufi§ terror-stricken.
gcor-wa to spread, scatter, dis-
perse (Cs.).
4^’3 gcor-zla, З	«pfv
(Ya-scl,),
4i54| bcag or wq q? v. an(l
1. cut, ground or divided;

391

to split wood; to break stone. 2.
«ГЧ««]Ч to cultivate; till ground (Situ.
77).
bcag-thag taking care of
(one’s body, property, chattels, &c.):
| accord-
. ing to (my) verbal direction take care (of
the articles, &c.) without mistake.
bcags, pf. of W|'q, subdued, discip-
lined, down-trodden:	trod-
den on by his feet, t’.e., brought under
discipline {Situ. 75).
q$Cq bean-pa, pf. beans, fut. of
hchan 1. to hold:	held or
carried in the hand {Situ. 77). 2. acc. to
Sch. adj. comprising, comprehensive
extensive;	comprising much;
rosp. to apply one’s self; to
bestow pains upon,
q5^ bead in	cUt or put to
metre; poetry. «WV4 in IF. a whole that
has been cut into, or a piece cut off (Ja.).
q$^q*^ bca^brdar critical examination ;
cutting and rubbing (a thing) for testing.
bcad-ldan a kind of Chinese
satin.
qs^q bead-pa,pi. of 4^5’4 gcod~pa,io
cut; to separate ; to decide; to distinguish,
discriminate; to close (a road):
{Л. K. 1-48) having rent or pierced, cut,
separated, decided, distinguished, etc.
investigate. having cut. 4«V
qS’p’^Tq’^qwq	one of
the disciplinary duties of a Buddhist
monk; lit. rejecting or getting rid of
what is blamable.
bcad-po in W. something old,
torn, worn out (Ja.).
q$V49 bcad-hphro^^S^ too few or too
many (q*5 and JH) faults in writing or
printing.
q«S‘5 bcad-bya what is to be cut (off);
anything to be killed or slain.
bcad-mtsha)ns—^\also
rules or laws, especially for
monks in monasteries; decision, settle-
ment, agreement.
q$5’^4 bead-lhug, abbr. of
^]'q, poetry and prose.
q34N ЪеаЪ§ made secret, con-
cealed;	salutation in secret;
concealed or hidden fault {Situ. 75);
*A’qsqjH=^E;qpr^ q Or self conceal-
ed {flag.).
Syn.	gsan-wa;	sbas-pa
{Mnon.).
Ъеапг-Ъсот trivial things;
medley; hodge-podge {Sch.).
q3Q/Q^4| bcah-hgrig full equipment:
full equipment of
horse, saddle, and retinue in full array.
Wlj bcah-sga ijfc dried ginger.
bcah-hphran, declivity; pre-
cipice (&7^.).
qSQ/q bcah-wa, v. *'%sbst. a drinking
or drink.
wq’§5’Q bcah-геа byed-pa to give notice:
I ho arrived for
the purpose of giving notice or informa-
tion {Yig. 23)-
bcah-yig letter of notice, official
notice; regulation for public guidance.
qsvqj
392
q$\’q I: bcar-wa 1. sbst.=^‘4 near;
adj. intimate:
(Rttea. 13) I have not seen a more
intimate friend than you. 2. vb. to
interview; g’wXflp to be permitted to
interview (a great man).
II: 1. acc. to Jd, WPsukn,
to squeeze, to press (in a press); to crowd,
to throng. 2. to pull or force from; to
wrest (Cs.). 3. acc. to Sch.
to prop sideways.
W‘q5«|«r<i bear bshtigs-pa to have a per-
manent residence.
bcal-tra, pres. pf. of wo to
weigh; to pay; pay back; estimated
wealth; Sf'S’Wi measured in a brt {Situ
75).
WV bcal-lufi = gyog-po a waiter
for orders; a servant (Jflnon.).
45N bca$ and wo also wr^ bca$*te
ЪЪ, nif a word used as a conjunc-
tion and as adj. It is annexed to nouns
by means of the conjunction signify-
ing together with, connected with, having,
possessing, containing a thing: «j^’Wti
together with the attendants, with retinue
or suite; frq.	^ 4^’51
surrounded by (ten) virgins together with
the Tibetan ambassadors:
^'51 with his wife and son;
with; having his clothes on ;	V
} with a smiling face;
subject to avarice;	infatuated,
fascinated. When the form is w$ bca§-
s*u, the construction is adverbial, and the
words introduced with it are to be taken
adverbially as qualifying the proximate
verb., e.g.,
the girl poured butter on the fire with her
4]Wq|
spoon. It is also used as a kind of plural;
also like meaning “ etc.,” or “ and
such like.” So, too, wo read
| provisions and other necessaries
are sent.
be pa hi khrimi Buddhist
canon; religious regulations.
bca$-ran Я^Тя 1. notification,
information. 2. transgression:	w^
'W<j} ^3}	1
In bcas-raii, fyeas is law or rule laid down
by Buddha and гаЯ is ran-bzin-gyi ne$-pa,
natural corruption, hence it signifies
transgression caused by violating the law
of Buddha.
q^’q 1. bcift-wa and are parts
of йь-q hchin-ba srj, to bind. 2. sbst.
bond, fetters (whether of a material,
moral, or magical nature)	tied
with rope (Situ. 75).
bcin$-thag=^4'4 shags-pa ЧТИ
string or rope to bind with; fetter.
bcins-pa grol-ba
lit. to untie what is bound; liberation;
emancipation.
bcin, v.
bcib^ pf- of signifying
to mount or ride on a horse;
rode on a horse (Situ. 75).
q^vq bcir-wa> v.
* q^oj-q bcil-ba, pf. of ^’4 (Rdo.
46) to abandon, give up; to bring under
subjection:
(llbrom. r 36) he
brought himself under control by abandon-
ing, at least to a certain extent, the passions
of the five senses.

393
q^l
bcu or qywq ten; чу$Н a decade;
the tenth; чуч’^’ч the first ten (of a
series); чуч the tenth; чур tithe levied as
duty, honce customs-duty; 4y§s ten-fold;
чурч|<^yq to tithe; to take a tenth.
Syn. ^ч^ §tobs; sor-mo;
phyogs\ hjug-pa; 0’9 khro-wo; 4§^q
hbyor-pa (Rtsl.).
чучд^ц^рсл! Bcu-brgyad bkar-khons
n. of one of the state treasmies of Tibet.
чуя^Я bcu-gcig eleven.
Met. Syn. 4^’gs bdc-bycd\ 4^4§v bdc-
hbyun; 5че/|<г| dwan-phyug; VI drag;
bycd-pa (Rtsi.).
чуя^Я’^4 Bcu-gcig-shal the eleven-
faced deity—a name for the Bodhisattva
Avalo-kites'vara.
qysf^N fyea-gnis ^№1 twelve.
Met. Syn. йе-wirt; rtcn-hbrel;
khyim (Rtsi.).
чу5ч*4 bcu-thcb§ tenfold; also a group
or a batch of ten.
чу%Я bcu-dntg sixteen.
Met. Syn. *V4Vq mi-bdag, rgyal-po
{Rtsi.).
чу^Т* ^cu-drug-cha 1. one sixteenth
portion. 2. = 3v*n the lunar crescent—
each of which is one sixteenth of the full
moon.
чу^Я’Ч^Я^ bcu-drug bdag-po 1. the full
moon; чу^ ч^-q5’53ч’4^ I the disk of the
full moon: §
1 his healthy person shone like the
spotless disk of the full moon (Yig.). 2.
EnMic myrobalan.
>•
Syn. sgra-mkhan; g^p^ sgra-
mkhas] й’Ч^ дч mc-bshi-skyes; <wq-^
hbar-wa-ldan;	^§na-fshogsgtsug-
can ;	ni-mahi-rigs skyes ;
5ч mtho-ris-thob; ^Я’§5’Ч5Я rig-bycd-bdag,
also lha-yi Ыа-та ;	Iha-
yi slob-dpon (Mnon.).
чуЯ^’^Я bcu-gni§ mig-ldan an epi-
thet of Kumara or Sadanana, the youngest
son of Mahadeva.
чу^Я’Ч^'Ч^а’я’* maiden of sixteen.
чу^Я*5^^ hcu-drug hod-ldan a
name of the planet Venus.
чу^ЕЦ bcu-dpon a corporal over ten
soldiers.
чуbcu-phog an allowance every ten
days (given to every monk) in the state
monasteries of Tibet.
bcu-iva — ^'Ц.
чуч^ bcu-ban a mug for keeping wine
or beer enough for ten persons.
чуч^ bcu-bshi fourteen.
Met. Syn. §5 srid; ^5 yid; ma-nu\
^cd-bu (Rtsi.).
чуч^’^ ben-bski §ton	a festi-
val kept on the 14th day, i.e., before the
full or new moon.
чу*р| bcu-gal=^\’лрг^’ч important;
q4*0| Qrg qq] qyq]^4I51 (Rdsa. 21).
чу^*^ bcu-gsum thirteen.
Met. Syn. hdod~pa\ lus-
med; myos-bycd\
rim\ §na~tshogs (Rtsi.).
frrfw thrown
or having poured into.
bcug-ра, pf. of	with, also,
the special meanings of; to meddle ; to
interfere : ^ЭЛуч’^’Ч^ чуЧyou
have no business to interfere in my affairs
(Rdsa.).
Gl
^1
394

bcud кя, 1. sap, juice, mois-
ture. 2. =^’3 or essence:	the
essence of tho earth or soil, by which the
produce of tho field, medicinal plants and
precious metals and stones, &c., are said
by Tibetans to be produced ; therefore this
essence is the natural fecundity of the soil
and is not tho same as moisture or manure;
tho food nutriment which sustains
life and also by which living beings thrive
and grow;	tho fructifying effect
of tho moon on tho vegetable world which
is compared to tho nectar of tho gods.
3. invigorating cordial; quintessence.
bcud-kyi-ma, v. organ of
taste;	tho tongue, lit. tho
mother of all taste.
beud-$kye$ th agreeable taste.
/>Ki-prz = 5'^ VPWf
Emblic myrobalan.
bnid-lna 1пап-ра~§^'Ц tho
bee ; a kind of poisonous insects.
^§5’^ bcud-can nutritious; not
nutritious; also insipid.
bcud brtul-shug^^^
that takes or holds tho elixir or essence
(lino л.).
bcud Idan-che	the
nethor world.
bcud phra-mo lit. of mild
taste; sweet.
bcud-mo-ldin possessed
of the essence; sweet, juicy, succulent.
bcud smin-pa ripe; ripeness.
bcud hdsin-ma=*RR'§ a cata-
ract; cascade {Mnon.).
bcud-len or	ХНТДН tho
art of extracting essences for prolonging
health and longevity, such essences
as being of different kinds, viz.:—
the elixir of meditation;
the elixir drawn from flowers,
#>., honey ;	tho elixir drawn from
pebbles, &c. Animate beings aro meta-
phorically called ^5 and this world ^41
is called	the receptacle of life;
animated nature.
bcud-ten grub [a class of
demi-gods1/?.
UTTRH, хнгаи mer-
curial preparation for making an elixir of
life.
bcum-pa=QQH4 also L to
become contracted; contraction
§ | the east and west (sides) of
the ship having contracted {A. 18). 2.
pf. tense of 3. acc. to Sch. to use
artifices; to chicane.
bcur-pa 1. to be flattened
down {Sch.). 2. colloq. to bar, obstruct
block up by snow; obstructing a road; cf.
(Ja.)	{Situ. 77).
гфГЧ bcus-pa, pf. of ^5*4
1. to draw out water; to irrigate.
2. to distil {Situ. 75).
q^'q bcer-гса 1. to heap or pile up;
to collect in one place:
{A. 37) many volumes
of Mantras having been collected by many
Khado-ma. 2. to glare at:
। having looked closely
at them, he spake thus. 3. colloq. = 3^’4
to squeeze; to press.
q£|
395

qT bco for ч§ in, «S-g 15, and чГ
455 18.
qX'dgS bco~brgyad eighteen.
Syn. ncs; skyon* ряя khams
(Rtsi.).
4?‘g bco-lna fifteen.
Met. Syn. tshcs*, nin\ shag
(Rtsi.).
Bco-lna mchod-pa the religions
service that is observed on the fifteenth of
the first Tibetan month (February-March)
at Lhasa when the Kinkhording, the
grand templo of Buddha, is illuminated.
ЛЗ’Ц bco-pa a colt one year old.
qT’q Ъсо-гса pf. and imp. prop,
root of the fut. tense of but in IF.
the usual word for to make, perform;
to prepare, manufacture, construct. It is
employed in all kinds of phrases (-Ta.).
bcog-pa to reduce, cut down:
“every month makes it
less by ten” (Rtsii.);	the account
or calculation of reduction (of pay, allow-
ances, &e.).
q&l bcom НП success; victory;
triumph.
qlfcrqgwq bcom-b§kyuns-pa to speak in
. low voice or to keep silent (out of fright);
robbery and acts of violenco.
bcom-ldan victorious, blessed,
triumphant (over enemies).
Bcom-ldan hdas the vic-
torious one who, having subdued the host
of Mara, has passed away from misery;
epithet attached specially to the Buddha
S'akyamuni, acc. to Sch. ‘the victoriously-
consummated?
the blessed
Jina, the conquerer of his (moral enemies).
Bcom-ldan ral-gri n. of a
fancied Buddha.
чТяч bcom-pa, pf. of hjoms-pa
faVH, VTH,	conquered, subdued,
killed. Also broken down, dispersed;
FSw fully subdued (A. K. 1-2).
sTsrgfl Bcom-rlag я ST I n. of an an-
cient city of India near Agra in the early
times of Buddhism.
sTw bcoms, pf. fut. (Rtsii.
i6).
45^1 bcol-dam taking care of things
entrusted to one’s charge;
«w|Wo or
bcol-wa pf. and fut. of
чХч-я bcol-ma a thing committed to a
person’s charge ; a trust.
bcol bshog-pa to entrust a thing
to another’s charge;	[ to
settle about the trust; to entrust a thing
to a person’s charge (with an understand-
ing) ;
Ц354 bcos or	artificial.
bcos-thab§ 1. the method of cur-
ing. 2. doing a thing for the sake of
appearances, or for form’s sake;
performing a show work:
changing or modify-
ing it radically, he published the artificial
one (A. K. 7 J/). 3. made or contrived by
art; artless; unaffected ; genuine.
bcos-thab§-mcd	no
means of cure (disease) or mending
matters.
q&ftl |
396

bcos-pa JteiTK to refine ;
vfa to cure, remedy; healing or mending;
SifaR artificial, affected, feigned; mixed
up:	]10 cannot he cured
even by the wisest.
bcos-pahi-nags an artificial
grove attached to one’s residence.
Syn. |5’35^’^qi $kycd-mo$ tshal or BM3’^
khyim-gyi-tshal (Mnon.).
bcos-pahi ma-nifi ono who is
artificially made a eunuch.
Syn. ^ ^S’4 hog-mcd-pa;
skyc§-pa hlrusi)hun~ica (Mnon.).
qtsrgrMi ^cos-luhi-ras a coloured cloth
(W).
bco$-ma sbst. and adj. anything
artificial; anything ficticious, alloyed
(metal or thing), counterfeit, mock, sham,
not genuine.
bcos ma-byed-pa	a
section of the Tantrik school wliich prac-
tises mysticism.
Zc?, in Ld. for |’4, excrement, dung,
(of cattle) (Jd.).
g’o] lca-sga = w^ white ginger, v. $.
lca-wa 1. a sort of carrot (Cs.).
2. a garment made of wool or felt:
fdt cures watery
discharges, kidney disease, and cold in
the loins (Med.).
^’4] (cig 1. whip, rod, switch, stick:
even a good horse
requires a whip;	to get
work done, urging on is necessary; 5 g^l
horse-whip; gj^’g^ ox-whip; C’g4) stick to
beat a kettle-drum; g4!’^ willow-twig;
osierswitch; S g4! a cane or bamboo whip;
sharp words for reproof, rebuke.
2. stroke, blow, cut; ^’g4! a blow on the
head; a smack on the cheek (Cs.);
Wg4 slap on the face. 3. forepart of a
coat of mail (Sch.). 4. a kind of daphne
paper, v. Vg4’q
g^ kag-rdo in IF. flint; flint-stone;
gspg^i whip-cord (Jd.).
kag-lcig n. of a number: g4)’!4)*
। (Ya-sel. 56).
lcag-thog§—°^4 lit. one who
carries a whip (in hand) (Mnon.); yak-
herd ; also shepherd.
g«T^4 kag-sil, occurs in
+ g^l’cjs	chab-
тпдо can-gyi §ke-rag$ is described as a
girdle made of plaited wire and interlaced
scales resembling a chain.
gaj'Rgc/ kag-hbren = %y'^ lash of whip.
g^’^ Icag-tshan or S'g4! a whip in
general; a horse-whip.
g4!’^ Icag-yii tho handle of a whip.
I: Lcags n. of a place eight miles
to the south-east of Tashi-lhunpo in
Tsang.
II:	W, 1. iron;
one who digs out iron; J'g4!^
Chinese iron ; 5’g*p< steol; an inferior sort of
iron ; SrgsjN a finer and ductile sort of iron;
acc. to Cs. steel. 2. any iron instrument
or tool, esp. lock (of doors), fetter, shackle:
| having locked every
door; gT* a thunderbolt; also a flash
of lighting just striking an object; d’gspi
a steel to strike fire with; a tinder-pouch.
kags-kyi hkhrvl-hkhor
1. an enchanted iron-horse; the magie
397
iron-horse, i.e.f a name said to be given to
the railways of India hy the Tibetans.
g^’3‘^'5 leags-kyi gar-bn
iron-ball.
leags-kyi tho-lam tulips
a lump of iron; a hammer.
a fabulous moun-
tain which extends eastward over a dis-
tance of 12,000 miles from the ocean and
is filled with iron ore and iron-dust (K.
</. зц).
gqpr^q^ Icag^kyi-btsah rust; g^’S’
rust or oxide of iron
is useful in liver disease.
kags-kyi tsha-tsha
red-hot particles of iron flying
under the smith’s hammer.
g^M’^ Icags-kyi tshogs rust of iron,
scoria.
kags-kyi gshons-rin
srtftnrr iron vessel; iren-tray or bowl.
gq]*T-*pr№)’q^ kags-gal ma-li-ban
the wood of iron bristles; n. of
one of the subdivisions of hell (Jf. F.).
Icags-kyi sikkhrol
iron bells or rings tied to the necks of
donkeys and mules, cte.
g^'3 lcag§-kyu 4’^ 1. iron pin to
guide and punish elephants ; fish-hook :
kags-kyus gdul dkah-ua
an elephant that is difficult to tame or
manage with the iron-pin. 2. n. of an
officinal plant used to allay the effect of
poison.
kag§-kyus §gyur~thabs
an elephant-driver, also the art
of disciplining elephants.
lcag§-dka>r tin; tinned iron-
plate.
g^*r^ Icags-skam iron pincers.
kags-skud iron-wire ; a thin
wire made of steel.
g^’F Icags-kha iron colour or iron-grey.
g^'B kags-khn iron wash:
^4 iron-wash (water contain-
ing oxidized iron) removes inflammation
of the liver, and eye-abscess (Л/Ы.).
leags-khyem	a spade.
gqjsrgoi Icags-khrol an iron caldron.
gqprswp; Icags-mgar^w^q mgar-wa
ironsmith; smith.
gqprwg kags-mgu or g^S’5^ an iron
pot.
gqpra^f lcags-mgo—^\^''^\ kags-skyog
iron laddie.
g^’ifc kags-sgor iron pan.
g^’IS kags-sgyid trevet; tripod.
gqpr^fw kags-sgrog-ma iron-chain,
shacklo; n. of a Tibetan work printed at
Narthang.
g4]W|pi Icags-sgrol an iron pan; steel
pan.
gqjsr^Xs] kags-mchog or gspr^fli’S^Kq’ |
(Mnon.) l.=gold. 2. iron of superior
quality that came from Orissa. It is said
that swords made of this metal were so
sharp and hard that an elephant could be
cut into pieces with them. The finest and
hardest iron called mi-tshe-ri used
to be obtained from the country of Lag-
mana.
g^|q)^ kag§~snigs— g^V) iron slag
or dross of iron (Mnon?).
Icags-tig n. of a species of gen-
tian, v. И5:	Gen-
tian removes intermittent fever and also
sores (Med,).

398
kags-lhum^l^^	an
iron ladle; any cooking utensil of iron
such as a boiler or a saucepan.
kags-dreg medicinal prepara-
tion of iron for weak and painful eyes :
lcag$-rndah 17ЧЩ an iron arrow;
an iron or steel probe;	steel-
pointed arrow; steel arrow.
lcay$-mdah $дга-сап=ф№
kag§ sbub§-can a kind of steel-
tippod arrow from which when flung a
whizzing sound came forth (ДЫол.).
kag§-rdo^=?!\^ 1. flint-stones:
2. iron-stone or iron-orc.
lcag§-thag dross and slime of
the intestines.
&a0$4W=g<’]^’|<v
kags-thal cxidc of iron
obtained, red-hot iron being repeatedly
dipped in the urine of cows, фс.:
iron-ash is tho best
remedy for liver disease, poison and
dropsy.
-qjqi icags-ldel) abbr. of
$go-lcag§ dan kle-mig door-lock and key.
3^’3 Lcag$-$pu n. of a place in Tibet,
g^q-q^ Lcags-hphcl n. of a district
of Tibet to the north-east of Kashmir
(Lam. 19),
lcags-sbug$ a match-lock made
(formerly) in India.
g^pr^^ leags-dmar	copper.
Icagwnag tinder-case.
Icags-shol n. of a weapon.
kags-gzar	an iron
spoon.
gqjqqlfq kagS-bzo-pa—9*^ 4 iron-
smith, black-smith (Mnon,),
g^K^^ lcag$-gya rust.
lcag$-ra n. of a place on tho
confines of Tibet and China; a wall round
a house, an estate, or a town.
kags-ri (g*) srvk, ят^тт a
strong wall.
g<J|*r-«ft kag$-$an iron-hoop; hasp;
cramp-iron.
ggprSq Icags-sol powdered coal:
Хгч й**]	1 powder of mineral
coal (called in Hindi Surma) is used as a
cure for tho eyes.
g<jprq*f kag$-bsro smoothing iron
(ScA.).
g^-gc? kag$-$lafi a large iron pan for
roasting or kiln-drying corn (Ja.).
Lcan-^kya 1. n. of a place in the
province of Kham. 2. grey or pale white.
kan-$kya §tag-sgam a sort
of trunk first made under the direction of
Cafi-skya Lama, with tanned tiger skin.
Lcan-§kya Itol-pahi rdo-
rje n. of a celebrated lama bom at Can-^kya
in Kham and who became the chief-priest
of the lamaic section of the Chinese
Buddhists of Peking during tho reign of
Emperor Kyenlung, about 1770 A.D.
lean-icon =	(Cs.) a
craggy place; broken eroded country.
Lcan-phyihi nan n. of a
place in Tibet visited by Atis'a in the
beginning of the eleventh century A.D.
Ican-ma 1. willow, Salix rimi-
nalis. 2. a general namo for trees that
are planted in the vicinity of villages;
the ratan, Calamus roiang.

399
I’d I
Lcail-ma braj n. of a place iu
upper Tibet.
Lcan-rlsags n. of a place
near Nam-qod in Tibet.
g^ lcan-ra=^'%Q leansreb a grove
of willows, poplar and other trees.
Lean-ra rdsoii n. of a district
in Tibet.
Ican-rlom a flat basket made of
willow twigs.
g*^’^ leagspn willow tree ; willow wood.
lean-qos the red willow (Sch.).
leansil coolness, shade under
willow-trees.
F’^75 Lcan-lun pan-di~ta a
celebrated lama-author of Mongolia.
gc/5 lean-lo 1. willow leaves. 2.
braided hair; a eurl; lock of hair;
sjzr eoiled hair, long plait of hair.
Syn.	§kra rin-po; dbu-lo
(Mnon.).
^е/йт-з^ Lcan-lo-can	1. the
abode of Kuvera or Vais'ravana. 2. n. of
a village near Gyan-tse in Tsang. 3.
n. of a place in Ancient India,
also of another on the fabulous Sumern.
lcan-$e§= the finest breed
of horse in Tibet.
frim 1. a lady, a nobleman’s wife;
a princess or lady of rank; g*’4*’
young unmarried lady of noble rank.
2.= acc. to Jd. lath, polo, rafter, spar
of a roof.
gsr^lj^ leam-dkris	wrinkled;
n. of an ornament.
leam-dkri^can possessed of
wrinkles.
g**’^ fco2-rfraZ==	brother and
sister.
Ь leam^pa— g^'g^ 1. n. of an
officinal herb used for healing wounds: g*’
| Lcam-pa removes
obstruction of urine, thirst, and diarrhoea.
2. gentle ; polished;	mild
and humble (A. 134).
lcam-po tipright; in erect position
g* £Xadv.	(A.
33)	he walked iu an upright posture
without bending the body.
Lcamsne 1. n. of a celebrated
lady of Tibet who received Atis'a with
much hospitality (A. 5). 2. bright, glit-
tering.
g^’fl lcam me-wa shining, dazzling,
variegated (Jd.).
gn*# Icam-mo, an abbr. of g* and
srin-mo; acc. to some a sister.
Lcam-legs sniin n. of a
ы|чч-с^-я or Dakinl;	I
$1^1 Rgyal-po Indra bodhi, team-leg
King Indra Bodhi and the Lady Lcgmin
(A. 40).
C\
let'-wa ipr adj. heavy, substantial,
weighty:	khye-
kyi §kyes-dan bkah-stsal [ci ка-dcs in con-
sequence of your weighty presents and
requests;	a heavy deadly sin:
*1^’1 J, light and heavy, г.е,, gravity
or weight. 2. dung, osp. of cattle; ^'g
cowdung;	lei-tca skam-po
dried dung of cattle, &c.; 1’^ Ici-rlon frosh
dung or droppings of cattle;
|	400	t I
heap of cow-dung (dung in
general).
Lei-mdah n. of a place in Tibet;
| bridge at that place.
Icig-leig slightly moving:
Qi | moving as little worms and insects
do, like grain, &c., in fermentation.
Icid, sometimes written for
heavy.
lcib§ 1. gloves (Sch.); pot-
cloth (to take or lift up pots from
fire) j	or	eye-lids that pro-
tect the eyes;	stye in the
eye; Ъ fish-gills, 2. ace. to Jd.
contrivances to facilitate the handling of
different objects, as tho handles of pots
and vessels ; tho handles, loops, etc., of
knives, scissors, pincers, and other tools. 3.
a shield:	VI
the arrow of illusive thoughts haring been
flung, a white scarf camo forth as a shield
of protection.
lcu-wa> v.
g4]^oi leug-mdal creeping plant
(Жол.).
I4!'4 leug-pa ишт a supple branch;
fbo tender twig or the bend of a
twig; S'TStf leug-phran twigs of a plant
or creeper.
leug-ma a root-shoot of a willow or
of a poplar-tree; a rod, switch ;
to bud repeatedly (C«.).
leugs soft, pliable, not hard
or tough:	I
(Mbrom. F 30) the king being susceptible,
was seized with red fever.
lcun-ka= $kyun-ka colloq.
jackdaw.
[cuft-mo thimble (Jd.).
lend-pa, v.
[cum or a plant, the stalks of
which are used as a purgative (<7s.);
the root of
cures poison, fever, uterus fever, and
phlegm, &e.
[rum-dkar a white species of tho
above plant.
Ice fsr^T, wn, WH the tongue;
Zrr rkyan-ica to put forth, to stretch
out the tongue. Also met. a tonguo: SJ
the tongue or blade of a knife;
a tongue or flash of lightning ;
tongue of fire; Icc-kyigs the
frenum of the tongue (Cs.).
Syn. ro-hdJn ; X*^ ro-ge§; X’^c/q
ro-myan-wa ;	bdud-rtshi-hdsag;
bcud-kyi-ma;	nag-gi hdab-
ma; g’qS’qwgqpi §mra-bahi bab$~$teg$;
ljag§; §mra-bycd (Mnon.).
^•q3q Lee brgya-pa lit. he with a hun-
dred tongues—epithet of Varuna, the
god of the sea; tho sea, the waves being
so many tongues, &c. (Mnon.).
Ice b$gril-wa vwfcm to stretch
out or wag tho tongue, to grasp or twist it
round a thing as the cow does.
lee-chun ^ufWT uvula: 1*^'
inflammation of the uvula.
1 sftvq lee gni$-pa 1. lit. the two-
tongued, t.e., snake or parrot. 2. double-
tongued, deceitful;	lce-$ni$
byed-pa to be. double-tongued; to have
double dealings.

401

lee snift-med met. a thunder-bolt
(Шоп.).
lee-thcb or a fleshy exerescence
below the to ague (Cs.).
Ice-ide a nimblo tongue; a babbler.
Ice phuft-§te zas-mi-za not
eating food by licking (a prohibition to
monks).
lee A6ar-wa=WW burning
flame(Шоп.).
lce-Abig$ = $'* rgya-tshva sal-
ammoniac (Шоп.).
^**9^ Ice-hbur eruption on the tongue.
Ice-mcd (й^чч) lit. without
tongue ; a frog (which is supposed to have
no tongue).
Ice niya^-tsliba alum.
tec~rtsa or^$T*i Icthi rtsa-ica fasn-
the root of the tongue :	Ice-
rtsa can	a letter pronounced
from the root of the tongue; the guttu-
rals, viz., % I4, % S % % 84; the
visarga before И and I4, and also r, and
Zr, are called	the tip
of the tongue :	a letter sounded
from the tip of the tongue.
lec-rtse gyo-tca 1. to loll
out the tongue and move it too and fro.
2. fig. the fickle or changeable one. 3.
an epithet of the goddess of fortune.
Ice-gshuft	the middle of
the tongue; V'W Ice-bshar
a tongue-scraper.
l$ehi §kye-mchcd	the
organ of taste (Jf. F.).
leeg a • coat of mail for horse
(&?//.).
lceb-pa	1. to kill one’s
self; to commit suicide :
9^ I “ if, for even that, you kill yourself ”
(Hbrom. 12//)	committed suicide.
2. used of insects that fly into the flame.
^4] leog (r^'&) 1. a pot;
щН1 the arched roof of a house, a turret
on a house-top, a pinnacle. 2. n. of an
aquatic plant, Trapa bispinosa.
m lcog-ga the swallow, but, accord-
ing to some authors, the lark.
Ipn t* Icog-rtse, resp.	a small
very low table on which food and drink
are served in Tibet;	a cover for
such a table, table-cloth; J’^| Chinese or
European table;	‘fore-table,’ one
before an image of Buddha or of some
deity for placing offerings on.
Lcog-rtsc-la n. of a mountain in
Tibet the top of which is flat like a table.
leog-ras piece of cloth put over
iron helmet worn in war-dance in Tibet.
Lcog-la. brag-khun n. of a
rock-cavern on Chogla pass in Tibet.
lcogs-pa or I: 1. to bo agi-
tated, shaken; to tremble. 2.
a flower shaking, waving its head (Ja.).
II: 1. vb. to be able:
if (he) is not able (to do that);	§
as much as possible; to the utmost (Ja.).
2. adj. able;	| feeble (in
strength) failing in strength, weak;
ignorant, poor in intelligence.
a frog in its firDt stage
of development; a tadpole (Ja.).
= undulating; an
un-even place.
Ж cha I: the letter « cha, which is the
aspirated resembling tho Sanskrit in
pronunciation, though acc. to Tib. Gram.
$=<* tsha. As num. fig. = 6; *'4 cha-pa
tho volume marked with * signifying the
sixth volume.
S II: 1. a part or fraction; hip
share, portion, anything divided; opp. to
the whole; thus, 55’* one-half, one-
third, 4^’* one-fourth, and so on ; 44’* one
hundredth part; 8|’* ono thousandth part;
one-third of the treasury
(or its contents); 555*
thore being still wanting a portion
of as much gold as would about equal his
head (6?Zr.); 5*'§’*’?5 the flrot portion of tho
night;	the second, tho last half
of the night.	Ьятс-гса
to put together two parts; one’s own
share. 5^'4Vg'q5'* the following day’s first
part, ft?., the following morning ;K*
(lit. part of the earth) a piece of land;
territory; country in general. =
a pair;	a pair of boots; 55’*’4l^ql
a pair of shoes. *’$*|’4 to pair, to match,
to couple, to arrange in pairs or propor-
tionately; *’**35'4 proportionate, similar.
not forming a pair or match;
unfit, improper, discordant.	4'$'*’*<’
^5 not obeying; will not do; is out of place
(Ta. 110, 11; Ja.).
Й III: J. news, intelligence, word,
sound ; 45’* topic; Я5*г*’^’Ч ask
news; 5^'* echo returned from a rock,
g. prospect, auspices: дя'* prospects re-.
garding the household; 5^‘* prospects or
expectations as to one’s enemies.
things ; ^»rg*r* a complete suit of clothes
for a person; 35* ornaments or articles of
adornment; 54^’* necessary things, requi-
sites; *^Y* weapons; ^’]* articles of
writing, deeds, documents; w* cloth;
чч] л implements, utensils, &c.
& IV:	1. a sixteenth part of tho
month (Bull. 181/8, 295). 2. W a particle
(Kdlac. T. 7).
*’5”l^ Cha-gkar n. of a district in Lho-^
kha, in Tibet. *’5’т1*'’2(*г Cha-dkarsraft n.
of tho junction of several public roads in
Chakar,	Cha-dkar-du
Cha-dkar sran-gi bal in Chakar the wool
(sold at) Chakar cross-roads.
*'55 cha-rkyen share of destiny, of fate
(&-Л.).
Ж’Ч| cha-да (^V* or hem, edge,
border; ^М’5)’*4=3рг5-»гач the border or
edge of a robe. *4^44’4=*4-4544, (?fcr
g*5) to put a fringe to a robe, to hem, to
turn in (the edge of cloth). *4’H cha-ga^
ma a dress with linings on the edge of
the sleeve, etc.	(the
price) for each blue male robe with turned*’
back borders. *4^5*4 robe with plain
edge.
cha-ga-pa locust; also a grass-
hopper:	the head of
a grasshopper applied on the sting of ц
hornet (^5'9^’й) removes its poison.

403

cha-grum a square rug.
cha-hgrig a complete set or suit of
any furniture or clothes.
* cha-mkhan fortune-teller, sooth-
sayer (ScA.).
cha-can consisting of a pair,
forming a pair.
cha-cho a thing homogeneous;
matched (Sch.).
cha-hjog-pa to stick to, adhere
to any work; to come to a conclusion on
any matter; to arrive at a definite settle-
ment.
cha-nams wrfhr, чГгПлТ impair-
ed, degenerated, fallen down, grown
worse.
cha-gni§ two parts; WJ
both or a pair; eolloq. two pairs.
Ч cha-gni$ src-wa to mix or
mingle two equal parts.
cha-$nom$ qt equal parts
(without difference in size, number or
quantity); *Or in part, in some
measure;	or	partly, not
equal, differing a little ;	even
if one knows but a little (Jd.); being
complete in every part, entire, integral
(Sck.); adj. even.
cha-gter	the moon,
that which shines in crescent parts.
«Л cha-dc ior cha yod-pu-de.
cha-bdag skyes, v. ж chan wino.
cha-hdra tsam, v. cha~§nom§.
cha-ldan НПГ possessed of some
share; fortunate.
cha-phra a miser.
db’4l : cha-гоа —	or q vb.
to adorn, bedeck, wear (5. Lex.).
+ Л II: — яжг*т to go away, to start,
to leave (a place):	§lebs-tu cha-
tcahi tshe when they were on the point
of arriving;	to go, going (A.
138)	.
**3 cha-bu ornament worn in the ears.
cha-byed 4^1 1. dress, clothing;
й	shabbily dressed; poorly
elad; ragged:	he was (in this
manner) dressed. 2. implement, instru-
ment (e.g.., a musical instrument, a
surgical instrument) also external appear-
ance of animals (Ja.).
cha-ma-mchi$ (it has no equal,
not another like it to form a pair) match-
less (L.R.).
cha-ma mthun-pa, v.
cha-ma hdra-wa, v. ®’|w.
cha-med-pa to be companicnless;
to be left alone ; to be without an equal.
cha-mcd-gtam = ^4*w nonsense ;
irrelevant speech (Mnon.).
cha-tse is said to be a Chinese
wordjsf4’^ kha-tfen or tshig-sten.
«‘to cha-tsam, v. cha-snom§.
cha-tshan complete in all its parts;
complete suit of ornament, dress, &c.
«’^5 cha-tshad, v. chag-tshad.
cha-tshan species, division, class
(Schl).
cha-tshog§ (Sp^) n. of a large
number.
cha-mdses symmetrical.
cha-hdsin-pof 1. to select from
among many ; to pick one out of a num-
ber (for identification). 2.=К»ч Й a pair of
cymbals.

404
«4]-g-q|
cha-rdsog*, v. (Jia-$nom$.
*-q^’q cha-bskag-pa to rely or depond
upm, to confide in; sbst. trust, confidence:
if that information is
reliable. To adhere, cling to ; to follow,
obey (laws): «Wjpr§,q’qror*’q44| they
adheie to the w<*rds of Buddha; J4xrv
q^erarq^i’q to obey the king’s commands.
ch'i-yi rtse = ^‘ f sublime.
cha-ra also mon cha-ra Hima-
layan oak with pointed, over-groen leaves,
a tre о inferior to the English oak; *’v2j$
the stunted or dwarf species of oak.
35’^ сЛа-п = *’2> or a coarse blan-
ket made of yak’s hair (Jd.).
35’^’^ cha-ri-si 3,<J1 a steel-yard.
35’^ cha-ru a peg to which to fix tho
ropes of a tent.
35’cha-lag — ^^ implements re-
quired for carrying on business.
35’^ cha-lafi or $bub-chal pair
of cymbals.
З5’од cha-lam^^'W some; for the
most part; rather.
cha-lt\ v. * cha-ri.
cha-lu, v. cha-ri.
35’^ cha-lug§ Ът (А. К. I, 38)
appearance, clothing, costume; colloq.
artificial badge or mark of distinction.
cha-lugs fian-pa dis-
figured у of bad dr ess.
cha-lugs mdses-pa finely
dressed; elegant manner of dressing.
35’*^|^ chains ’WR, W4, shape;
part, portion, share; ^*5’*’^ a part of
the body, a limb; also shape of the body.
cha-$a§ паи-ра = ^'^^ц
slightly bad; also of bad shape or parts.
cha-qas mche-gtsig (^) ^5^1’-
ЗТ53 hill; heaved-up portion of the earth.
*-jpr<5prpq cha-$a$ hphrog-pa	a
sharer.
cha-$a$-bycd particles.
cha-$a$ $Ьуай-ра = у^\ (^'^'
gold.
сЛа-$го/==$^'$рч lugs-srol custom,
usage.
«•qmprq cha-ksags-pa lit. marry parts
or particles accumulated together
5q R5-aq ^’| * qN4|^q). 1. a term signify-
ing the earth ; a mountain. 2. the
capital of tho fabulous S'ambhala.
35Cha-har Chahar, n. of a Mongol
tribo.
354| chag 1. gram or other grain for
horses, &c.	the bag containing
grain which is tied to tho mouth of a
horse or donkoy from which it eats.
trough, manger, crib (Jd.). 2. the
fourth finger (Med.). 3. rosp. for shoe, also
for	=	incorrectly for ЭТ’
tow signifying welcome (Jd.). 5.
prob, for the breadth of a fist.
35Ч]’Т|Л chag-кгит piece, fragment;
chag-krum la son it has gone
to pieces (Jd.).
ёБЧ]'^ chag-$kya-ica (Sch.) having only
one purpose, pursuing but one aim; un-
remitting, indefatigable.
chag-khon$=ti^*'ty a basket
for measuring grain.

405
1
chag-chag colloq. anything
^Л’Я’*4’*4 broken dish or plate.
chag-chad rent, break, rupture
*44’^4^ chag-ga chog-ge for 34’4’§4,’l
things mixed up or thrown together.
*4'J4'q chag-rgyag-pa to doubt (Sch.).
I: chag-chag 1. with or
to sprinkle:
having swept and sprinkled the
inside of the house. *4**4 ^4^*^ 454 4
well bathed or washed, also to
cleanse a house or road with water. 2.
*4’*4'45q 4 to starch, to stiffen (Sch.). 3.
in JF. to tread, to trample, e.g., the
narrow path or furrows between garden
beds. 4. to clap the hands (Jd.).
broken.
*4^
(Sch.).
*4Л* chag-dum fragment, scrap, bit.
chag-hdin doubtful, incre-
dible {Sch.).
гьчрц chag-pa 1. a large bunch of
flowers, ears of corn, etc. 2. pf. of я*4’ч
broken; я*4^ and esp. adv. к*4«гск
also *4’^54 uninterrupted, unremitting,
(Jd.); ^’«’*4’4^ rgyan ma-chag-par without
interruption ; without breaking the conti-
nuity or course; 4*г*4*&5 without a
crack, flaw, or chink. 3.	**4’q, v. ^*44
и: *4 ^c* wooden splint for a broken limb
(W.) (Ja.).
Syn. ^44 shig-pa; RXX‘4 hthor-ica
(Mnon.).
*	4'5 chag-po a broken vessel, pot, etc.;
^’*4*5 a broken dosser or pannier (Jd.).
*	4 ^S chag-phad the bag containing
grain tied to the mouth of a hoi so from
which it eats.	f
*	4’3«w chag-pheb^ for 34 welcome.
*	4’3 chag-Ъй diminutive of *4 q a little
bunch.
*4’5* chag-brom in W. colloq. “chak-
rum” ice.
*	4’35 chag-mo bunch ; ^3^'3’*4’35 a fruit
growing in clusters, like the grapes of the
vine, the berries of the elder (IF.) (J2.).
chag-tse a small grain, e.g., of
ground grits; *4’ЗГг^ grauulous (W.) (Jd.).
*	4*^’«i chag-tshan-pa— WTfi’Q or a
cook
chag-tshad or *(Sch.) the
right measure; ^4’§^'*4dug-tfer chag-
tshad a sufficient quantity of poison admi-
nistered to a person (Med.; Jd.).
*	4’4^a Chag-gshoft* v. *4 chag.
Chag-lo n. of a celebrated lama
of Tibet.	it	was
asserted that Chag Lo-tsa-wa had been
into the middle of the lake (Ya-scl. 33).
*	4’^’ chag-gin, v. *4'^ chag-pa.
жчргч I: chag^-pa 1. to be fond of, to
be attached to, to love; 5’35’«i’«4^q to love
a girl; g^’P5C’^^,4^4,*4^,q §kycs-pa daft
na-chuft gcig chags-pa the mutual affection
between a man and a maiden; S)vQr*l4N
3’35^w my dearly beloved daughters (Pth.).
2. to cling to, e.g., ^V’5f4’*r*4«rq lu$-
daft srog-la chags-pa to body and to lifo;
to one’s home, to one’s native
country; often to suffer one’s self to be
enticed by a thing, to indulge in; *4*rciv
allowing neither desire
nor fear to have any influence upon him-
self (S. Lam., also Ja.).
ачрт II: vb. 1. to be begotten,
produced; *r*4^ not produced in the
usWU way of propagation, but
rdsu^-tc §kyc§-pa, or	lhun-gyi§

406

grub-pa (Pth.); frq.	to be pro-
duced. in the womb, ns the foetus is;
hence in co mpounds=animal;
bird ;	g^og-chag^ winged animal;
8rog-chag§ living being. 2. to
arise, spring up, originate, come forth;
to come to light, to appear:
the growth or founding of (towns, monas-
teries, institutions, etc.) on the earth; «г
qy^aqprq tho causing of nutrition in food;
the accumulation or growth
of fortune to a person; Зя'огры’д’ллцгдс;
apricots had sprung forth on tho tree ; wj’
to booome a cleric;
яч genesis, history of tho beginning esp. of
the world; «чцгф! manner of being pro-
duced, peopled:
я^р’*Мя-| I saw six largo pinnacles
appearing in the sky.
III: 1. ЯЩ1, ^тпг, Щ
ЗПНЦЛГ) Wiufw sbst. love, lust, passion for,
affection, attachment:	chag$-pa
$kye§-80 he fell in love (Dzl.);
chag$-pa §pyod-pa=^^'4dfr\'4 hkhrig-g>a
$pyod-pa to copulate: «чргч г^я^кч^
if tboro is no attachment, there cannot
be any transmigratory existence (2).Ii.).
2. greed for gain, acquisitiveness.
я^5the mind runs aftor the
objects of desire. 3. formation, congela-
tion, agglutination;	ico formed
on water;	fawini without any
covering, formation of film. «чргчя^^ргп
chag$-pahi b§kal-pa the age when
worlds are formed.
chag$-$kyod byed-pa
the act of affecting or agitating the heart
or producing sensation of pleasure in it.
qq chags-hkhri TTWcU fig. the
creeping plant of love which entwines.
лдцга chag^go extenuation of fault;
shield
the faulty and to put a patch or lid over
tho place (hollow).
chags-can, prov. кит, 1. time in
music. 2. passionate, lustful.
chag^-chen-ma
a musical air; a wife; a young woman.
&дргя£яц chag$-hjom§ ono who has sub-
dued his passions, a general epithet of
Buddha (ДГЯол.).
chags-gtam amorous conversa-
tion.
Syn. hkhrig-tshig; м|М‘Зч| chag§-
tshig* яХ^'4!^ hdod-gtam (Шоп.).
q chag$-rtag$-pa to remain for
a long time at one place.
chags-ldan-nia a lustful
woman.
chags-sdaft passion for; pas-
sionate attachment.
wprqcvchagt-pahi rgyal-mtshan
the male organ or penis.
abtTprq£’0]XV3V* chag$-pahi gdon-can-ma
=	a lustful woman (Шоп.).
*<44’qv§vq chag^-par hgyur-pa wnhl
lovely, fascinating, charming.
chag$-pa$ myo$-pa=*X^w
hdod-pa§ dreg^-pa intoxicated with
love or desire for any object (Шоп.).
**|*r|5 chag§-8pyod=°^^ copulation;
fornication.
chag§-bya iffa an object of
attachment; that which has been affected
with love.
chag$-byed or	йя
an epithet of the moon (Mnon.).
*	chags-bral itcKHT without
attachment (Kalac. T. 3).
«г |
407

chag§-bral-can рпрт one who
is free from passion or attachment.
aw|*r3«| chags-tshig = chags-gtam
or	hdod-gtam amorous conversa-
tion ; talk of love.
chags-shcn hankering after wealth
or worldly objects.
*^**5 chag^-zad	passionless,
attachment exhausted.
ЗБК, chan ’QXT, 4^5
fermented
liquor, whether beer or wine.
different sorts of beer or wine:—
beer from com; barley-brewed ale;
white rice beer;	treaole-
beer;	wine of honey, pulse, mead;
wino of certain flowers such as the
of Magadha;	wine from
certain barks of trees such as cinnamon;
fermented juice of certain
trees; beer of bones;	pro-
posal-wine, i>., wine sent as a present
to negotiate for the marriage of a girl;
medicinal wine; rgun-chan
wine from grapes;	wine of whey
or curds; present of wine sent for
the reception of a guest or friend or an
official; arrack or spirit.
Syn.	yons-hbab} а’чуч дч cha-
bdag-skyer, Yir# dpah-mo;	Iha-
min nin-khu; Jww $tobs-bzan; dgah-
ma;	bgol-ldan mnc§; ^‘§5 myo$-
byed 5 V1!4 §5 dgah-byed\ myo^-hgyur;
dri-mchog\ dri-rab\
§po$-nad-ldan; chu-ma; b$ol-ma;
mchog-ldan-ma; ca-co byed\
yons-sn thob$;	gnod-
tbyin chafi; lia-ld (Milon.).
JpJjN c han-skyog$	goblet for
wine ; also ladle to help wine.
az'fK chan-khafi pot-house, tavern, place
where wine and beer are sold.
+ «c/g'R&q chah khyu-htshog^
to beat with the clenched hand or
fist.
ЛЕ/Sj^'g chaft-gi nift-khu = *F% or У’Ц
spirit;	essence of nectar.
4 3V1 chan-gi phya-dar the place
where boiled barley, rice, etc., after being
mixed with yeast, is spread for fermenta-
tion.
chaft-gi$ gyefa-pa to be
drunk.
«vjpi chan-gral the order or row of seats
at a carnival.
chaft-hgag — *^'%\ chafi-snod vessel
for keeping wine,
chan-тдуи the substance of which
beer or wine is made.
chan-chuft in colloq. =
some few, also miscellaneous; ace. to Sch,
a little.
•*c*3*r^ chah-chem-can an intoxicated
person.
chafi-nams^rnet, thog (Mnon.),
chan-?nin~&z'$fi chan-rgan in
Sikk. old beer or wine.
bchan-b^nal intoxicated.
*^54 chan-tig vessel for measuring
wine.
+	chan-thub a drinking being,
i,e.) one subject to decay and destruction.
chan-dad-can a drunkard, tipp-
ler :	V’ |
й^аигй пруч ।	||
a husband of intemperate habits and an
immoral wife can have no harmony if they
dwell together in one home.
fc-q^rq |
408
1
chaft-dod silver or other articles
with which wine or beer is exchanged.
chaft-dreg$ or	chan-
ge dregs-pa=*^'^'*fa'4 chan-gis myo$-pa
intoxication (Mnon.).
chaft-hdon—	chaft-$uod wine-
glass or cup (in Sikk.).
*	c.-4j^ chaft-gna$ or	a place
of drinking; grog-shop.
chaft-pa $toft-ica erroneously
written for чьс.‘ч ^c.’q hchaft-pa $toft-pa рта-
lit. open fist, or an empty hand; fig.
nothing to give in charity to tho poor.
chaft-spagt dough of barley
soaked in beer.
chan-phud the first distillation of
wine—the best beer or wine.
chaft-phog allowance in boor.
chaft-bii) described in
| the dough of barley-flour squeezed or
pressed within the hand and coming out
between the fingers is given to the ghosts.
Syn. fdoq-pa; *c.*rq chaft$-pa
(Mfton.).
*	e.*w chaft-ma, v. sc/r^e.-^ (Mfton.) a
woman selling wino.
chaft-mal grog-shop, tavern.
chaft-rtsi dry barm, lees, yeast (of
beer).
ал-^Е.* chaft-tshaft grog-shop;
come or coming from a grog-shop.
Syn. chaft-mal; chaft-khaft
(Mfton.).
chaft-tshaft la$ hoft-wa a
drunkard; one who is just coming out of a
grog-shop.
аьЕ.-^Е.-ем chaft-htshoft-ma barmaid.
Syn.	myo$-byed-htshoft;
chaft-ma;	chaft-bycd-ma (Mfton.).
chaft-htshoft-mahi khaft-pa
lit. wine-selling woman’s house.
£E.*«i chaft-zas roast meat taken at the
time of drinking.
chaft-bzuft for
closed hand, fist.
chaft-gyo$ or	umhik
parched rice, barley, &c., taken with wine.
chaft-ra wronr, abbr. of and
wmj, beer and arrack; a drinking party.
*	^’*1 chaft-sa 1. a beer-house. 2. beer
carousal:	25'§^q to give or arrange
for a great beer-drinking party.
chafts-pa^ n. *^‘3 chaft-bu.
I: chad time; in after time,
henceforth; formerly, heretofore.
II: 1. special promise, agreement
or engagement; *^’яд<ч special presenta-
tion, special request, compliments at the
commencement of a letter, oral, verbal
engagement;	pledge of faith by the
hand (</«.). 2. in compounds for
punishment;	corporeal punishment.
chad-don or a promise, con-
tract ;	to give a promise, make
a contract;	to agree
about giving;	to keep, fulfil,
a promise.
chad-mdo or the purport
or the main object; a promise or contract.
I:	chad-pa	WHTU,
1.	to open, to separate, liberate; to
give out. 2. to promise, bind one’s self. •

409
ад|
Syn. 5V* phyed-ma\ dbye-ica
(Шоп.).
II:	sbst reap, «^’*5 fnw,
punishment; corporeal punishment;
fig. punishment with the rod.
king’s punishment, t.e., punishment that
the law inflicts on any person,
punished with fatigue, worn out.
chad-pa-can^^^'^	a con-
vict ; one who has been convicted of an
offence.	chad-paht tshar-
gcad-pa or	to convict, to
sentence, to punish.
Syn. 5S4) q dfyyug-pa.
III:	vb. to be descended from;
to be born of or with; gen. with or
chad-pa phog-pa to award
punishment, to punish in any way.
a^'qM'qas'q chad-pa§ bead-pa to be visited
with punishment.
chad-po 1. rent, tom, worn-out,
ragged, tattered (Ja.). 2. a limited time,
a term (&?Л.).
chad-yig a written contract: *5’
id. (G7r.; Jd.).
chad-lu$-pa not to obtain the
things hoped for, to be disappointed
(&?Л.).
chadso or	1. a limi-
ted time, a term. 2. a time-purchase
(Sch^. 3. an agreement (Ta.; Ja.).
chan I:	a mar-
ginal note or foot-note to explain the
meaning of a term or expression in the
text.
cE3j II: sop, mash, pulp, etc.;
rice-pap ; barley-pap (Jd.).
chan-gri= htshem-gri (lit. a
tailor’s knife); a pair of scissors.
жуч cdan-pa=42*rij scissors, shears :
(7Г. d. я 106) the
hair of a gelong should not be cropped
with scissors.
ЖЛ I: chab [resp. and eleg. for chit]
water, in any form; but never used like
chu to signify a river.	scented
water, or B’*q water which at the
beginning and close of religious meetings
in the larger mouasteries is passed round,
and of which every one present takes a
few drops on his tongue, as a symbol of
purification in the place of full ablutions.
tears; spittle; urine.
II: power, dominion, sway;
under one’s sway:	to bring or
collect under one’s power or sway.
chab-rkyan brass can, brass tea-
pot with a long spout for pouring out tea
(Ja.).
«ч’д chab-skya—^^ dar-wa whey.
chab-khun urinal, a privy.
chab-sgo door; w^q chab-sgo-wa—
door keeper.
chab-gtor—^13^^ chu-gtor НФЯ
oblations to the dead; water religiously
offered to quench the thirst of Yidag or
Preta in the |
waffl Chab-nag n. of a monastery in
Kong-po in Eastern Tib.
chab-brom ice (Ja.).
(?ЛаМЗаЯ5 = с^^'|,1^ Я^П a
servant; a subject; one owing allegiance.
chab-blug 1. a spittle pot. 2.
acc. to Jd. a vessel for rinsing one’s mouth
with water.
53
«ГЯ|
410

аутл chab-ma lid, valve; *4'1" chab-rtse
or «гЗ chab-tse buckle, clasp.
chab-mig—§ йл] a fountain,
spring.
wj’ chab-rtshe, n. w chab-ma,
chab-tshod (Lit. water-measure for
time) a watch, a clock.
wsjjc] chab-gshug a bath; also the ba-
thing festival of the Tibetans in August
and September.
chab-hog-gm a vassal, a subject;
X<r| q a vassal king, feudal chief.
chab-ril the vessel of consecrated
water passed to monks of a congregation
before dispersing.
жщЯ'Ч'Ц chab-ril-pa one who passes
through water, v. *4’^4
«q*c?72^-ro/?? = 4’q5^'q ice, frozen
water.
dEtr-Jfaj	eleg. for an
official letter, a diploma, etc.
chab-ser eleg. for фmatter,
pus.
+	chab-srid =	’ § 5 rg у a l-srid-
dominiou, kingdom, territory.
atqapqv chab-gwn urine;
to make water.
q chab gsil-wa to discharge urine,
make water (flag.)-
chubs cig = ^^ or
together with, all together.
chain headlong, full length; also,
completely, utterly.
always, conti-
nually;	pouring continually.
ЖЯ ’ Ц cham-pa vfaMru a cold or
catarrh; §’** gre-cham bronchial catarrh;
Jaw catarrh in the lungs; sna-cham
nose cold (cold in the head) ;
influenza.
chams-bshag = W'tr\4\y
j to be jn a tranquil state; eolloq.
to keep quiet
(Л. 119) those who did
not assent keeping quiet: it was effected
according to tho precepts of the lord
(Atis'a).
char or char-pa З'ЧТ жтег rain.
Syn. ЦSprin-hcud;	$braft-char;
chuhi-sa-bon;	Sprin-gyi
те-tog; ^^'^mkhah-las-bab;
lliin-gi hbra§-bu*9 rgyun-bab;
dgufi-char;	gru-char;	to-tog-
gnen (Mnon.).
char-$kyib a shelter, pent roof,
protection from rain.
char-$hye$ згчн lit. rain-born;
met. a frog.
avgh char-$kyob 1. protection against
rain, also opp. to tshad-tfeyob protec-
tion against heat (of the sun). 2. = ^^4
an umbrella (ДГиол.).
char-skyor undecided (cases or
disputes).
char-kheb§ cover or dress for pro-
tection against rain, rain- el oak.
char-gyan,
(Ya-wl. 33).
char-gyi zeg§-ma=.^'^t
char-dgah lit. that delights in
rains, H^'5 {Шоп.).
char^rgyun ЯФ? incessant rain.
char-can l.=*v^. 2.
custom, usage (7F.). 3. n. of a, hero
(Baladeva) (Lez.).

411

*А’Ч§чр char-bcug-pa	; §V^'
ЧЧ’4 made to be done or worked out.
char-che§ for *A’<i '^*3.
лА'^чргч char gtogs-pa, v. *>, included
in the division of; =	or gqpr
*A'I^ char-$ton met. the swallow.
ckar-du$ the rainy season.
ла'^'Ч char-drag-pa lit. heavy
rain; the month of heavy rains, corre-
sponding with July.
Syn.	з*}елг^к/ yon-lhufi;
^•qq*<£ rgynn bab-tsha (Jfnon.).
char-rdul—^'^.
char-klan, rainy ;
in the summer season are rain-
clouds (jMfton.).
char-§na rluft-khrid an
idiomatic expression signifying guided;
lit. as wind leads the rain.
char-pa у v.
char-sprin rain-cloud;
Ц cloud containing rain.
char-phob§ зпчгт to cause rain.
«АЧОД*«р»га char-hbab mkha$-pa gen. a
Tantrik lama; lit. one who is skilled in
bringing down rain (by the efficacy of his
charms).
лА’чЗад char-hbeb§ or	^rv^i,
fafTT that causes rain; rain-cloud.
sa/aSwSiax&w char-hbeb§ groft-hjoms an
epithet of Indra (Mnon.).
char-med thon-pa—
drought, rainlessness.
char-shod good and beneficial rain:
я^ЪА^’о^кчА’цад this year rain has
copiously fallen.
<зьа'^5'a^jsqN char-shod che-stabs (idio-
matic phrase) a matter of great impor-
tance.
«A'^q char-zil rain drop, rain particles
or drops.
Syn. char-rdul;	chu-yi
zegs-ma;	rgyun-gyi myu-gu\ 4’$’
5a chn-yi-zer; 4’^ chu-rdul*
char-gyi zeg§-ma (Mnon.).
* жа'с^эа-дЗзд’Ц char-bzan hbeb$-p)a
n. pr. (Td. %, Ш).
char-gyogs = «А’^ад house;
cover or dress for protection against rain.
«А*оЦ char-ten the coping or water-tile
of a wall (Cs.).
chai resp. belly, abdomen (Cs.).
chal-chal the sound of falling
oars.
а&'зг&з! chal-chil wavering, fluctuating
(Sch.).
chal-choly v. «Двгч&ц or
chal-du bkrams-pa
scattered, strewn over, fully spread, wide-
spread.
аьсц’ЯА’П^'Ч Ч chal-mar brdal-гса (vb. a.) to
spread equally, uniformly.
cha§ 1. thing; tool; requisite, etc.:
things to be givon to a
bride as dowry; iron tools or uten-
sils; food;	military stores,
requisites for war; provisions;
tools, instrument. 2. dress, garment;
man’s dress. 3. in a more general sense:
appearance, form, shape: 95'^5’
appearing in the guise of a woman;

412

ho puts on a Tartar dress;
he has assumed a girl’s dross; dis-
guised himself as a girl.
chas-ka or	one’s pro-
perty, resources, requisites; all that one
possesses or requires for his use.
^•gVq chas~$gyur-wa to put on, to as-
sume another’s dress.
chas-chod 44W, wfws, v.
brh $-pa.
chas-pa [originally tho pf. of «’A
but always used as a separate vb.] 1. to
set forth, depart: «^5^’qq as it is
necessary to depart (Thgy.);
they set out for Tibet (Glr.);
they departed together (Dzl.);	to
send away, dispatch. 2. to prepare for,
set about, to start; qp5vqv«*i they started
killing; ‘tyqwq'w having made arrange-
ments to depart (Dzl.):
‘ now we will return ’ they said, and they
made preparations (Dzl.; Ja.)
chas-bzo — ^'^ a full suit of
clothes (for the body).
c& chi num. fig. 36.
chi-да in W. wallet, knap-sack
(Jd.').
chi-li-li onomatopoetic word for
snuffing up scent by the nose;
(Cs.) snuffing sweet odours that are
borne ;	3| $ the perfumes of flowers
are perceptible (Mil. ; Jd.).
chig used for ч$ч) as the first part
-of compound numbers:—lOjSflj’qj
100; 3E4j 1,000 ; S a myriad, etc.
chig-rkyan acc. to Schtr. sepa-
rate, single, one alone.
chig-rgyu nig-gpun a kind of
blanket in the weaving of which one
longitudinal thread is crossed by two.
S^-jq-q chig-thub-pa 1. to be able to do a
thing alono. 2. n. of a plant used in medi-
cine (Ja.).
chig-dril rolled, wrapped, packed
up in one parcel or bundle (Sch.).
chig-lab byed-pa to talk to
one’s self, to hold a soliloquy (Schtr.),
chig-^ad one stroke, or stop: XV
-qYSI at the close of
each line of a verso (forming a sentence),
put one stroke, Ле., full stop (Situ.).
chins, v. *$*’4 that which
binds. Swg tho five binding things:—(1)
khog-dbug stofi-'hun-gyi
chins; (2)
bbyed-kyichins; (3)	hbrel-
pa hbru-hgrcl-gyi chins; (4)
bstus don-gyi chins; (5)	’«Ц
lag-ten man-nag-gi chifis (Sman.).
chid-pa, v.
chib-pa 1. B4’q ^гтя encom-
passing, covering all. 2. ace. to Sch.
equal, uniform, suitable.
IciN chibs or fan resp. term for 5 rta
a horse; generally a riding horse ; a saddle
horse ;	riding on a horse, to
get on horse-back;	to dis-
mount:	(С.) I beg you to
dismount;	I give it you for
a riding horse (Jd.).
chibs-bskyod gnan-wa (lit.
to ride on a horse) = <*wqgvqj^'q f0 start
for a journey, to go to a place.
chibs-kha hkhrid-pats&wpr
to lead a horse by the bridle (Sch.).
413
Sq^’P’^q chib$-kha thub-pa to have the
command of the biidle; fig. to be expert
in ruling.
chib§-$ga resp. for saddle.
Chib$-lna-ldan also called g^’
the horse on which Grautama Buddha
used to ride.
Bq^-gs] chib§-lcag resp. a whip.
chib-cha§ a horse’s furniture,
harness; (Cs.) the equipments of a horse.
chibs-chen a charger; the best
horse in the stable.
chib$-rta a riding horse of a great
man.
chib$-thur horse’s head-piece.
&Ж52Ц chib$-dpon chief groom.
f chir from the Hindi chintz.
T*
chil-§grog, n. $chu-gner.
I: chu num. fig. 66.
II:	<3^, W4:, crt:, &c. 1.
water, the universal and common term in
all senses. 2. a river ; the general term.
Syn. gtufabya*, gtufabyed*,
sgo-kun-hgro*,	sprin-gyi
me-tog ; B^'3’455 §prin~gyi-bcud; dag-
byed*, tian-sei*, hbru-phan ; IKS’
3 §prin-gyi myu-gu; 3* ^5 thur-bgrod;
3V*? kwn-hgro (Mnon.).
chu-khn a river is a term
often occuring in books, but rarely in con-
versation. VT**^*]*^the names of
various rivers both real and mythical which
occur in the sacred books of Tibet and
according to Buddhistic geography :—(1)
zab-inohi chu, (2)	rab-tu
dafi-tcahi chu, (3) *|&.’q$’$ gtsati-wahi chu, (4)
ho-mahi chu, (5) ^V*3^'$ rgyun-hbrutyi
chu, (6) zla-wa rgyu-wa, (7)
bo-thug-gi hdam, (8) дрч
SI
chu, (9)	tiati-tiur-gyi$ gati-wa,
(10) ^’^VS’ipS*»’4 tian-pa kun-tu sgra
hbyin-pa,(ll)S^^^dbyan$ §ilan-pa, (12)
^якчЗул sem§ hgro-wa, (13) ‘ллл л hu-
ru-ruhi-$gra§ hbab-pa, (14) §q*rag*/q rlab$
hbyun-tca, (15) л^’Л^’ф bdc-uahi chu, (16)
q ka-dam-pa hkhod-pa-nid, (17)
nor-buhi mchu-can
rnam§-kyi§ hdsin-pa, (18)
chu-srin kurma man-wa-nid, (19)
na ro-hi hkhor-wa, (20) ^rgFjk^q ru§-
$bal-gyi§ дай-иа, (21)	chu-
srin na-kras b^kor-wa, (22) ww
yid bdc-war hbab-pa, (23)	dbu-
icahi phreti-wa, (24) *^'5'5*1*^v§vq5rab-
tu dgah-war gyitr-pahi chut (25)
rlun. mtshun$-pa, (26)
char dan char-gyi rje§-su hbyufi-wahi
chu-ktun, (27)ЛЭ^’^*3	Dbyans-
can-gyi mdog-tu hbab-pa, (28)	dus-
su hbab-pa, (29) rin-pa, (30)
rtsc-niohi nafi, (31) gser-gyi chu, (32)
dnul-дуг rndog, (33)	q
mu-tig-gi bye-ma tdan-pa, (34) q ri-
bo-ta rgyu-wa, (35) tjv*i**’q$pm hkhor-wa,
(36)	tnu-sa-ra gal-pa
rgyan-du bya^-pa, (37) $^E/^c/^yq vi-
dru-mahi gin daft Idan-pa, (38) sBS’ST *
dpyid dgah-wa, (39)	l^q^ ^-qiV^qq’q
dbyar-&prin rab-tu dafi-u?ahi chu hbab-pa,
(40) Г*	rtse-mo la hjug-par
dgah-wa, (41) да fa yod-pa, (42) S’9’’
q*r&’^4]*q пг-wa gar-icar gyur-pas
nn reg-pa, (43) myur-wahi chu, (44)
’5’л^гч rlab^-rab-tu hjug-pa, (45)
5’л a-tu pa, (46) <’^’5‘^Л’Л tsu-lun-da
bbab-pa, (47) Vdrihi-chn, (48) V‘
qg^ q ke-ta-kahi-dri§ b$gos-pa, (49) 5^*5*|*’
л <75yar dgah-wa, (50)	dhun-dhu
ma-rd, (51) ^ffc’VB'vq nc-hkhor-na
khyab-pa, (52)	tned-pa

414
hbah-pa, (53)
rgyab-na$ klufi kun-tu-gan rab-tu hbab-pa^
(54) SW$*$ dmah-tcahi chu, (55)
dgah-wa$ hjug-pa, (56)
tfion-gyi du-wabi $tob$, (57)	sprin-
gy^ hgroz*	dri-zahi dbyafa-
can, (59)	rfiahi sgrafyi dbyan§-
can, (60)	§kad-kyi d§yan$-can,
(61) g-SVa'3^25» qvvqvA klu-yibu-mo mfion-
par 'dgah-tca, (62)
rig-pa hdsin-pa rtse-dgah tca$ gna$-pa (Ii.
d. Ш).
chu-fclufi $kyf$,
n. of a tree called sruwft [Scsbanta JEgyp-
ti(ica~\S.
chu-klufi mgon the lord of rivers.
chu-klufi-can a place which is
intersected by streams, or where there are
many rivulets.
chu-klufl dag-pa н^гпг lit.
purified by bathing in a river; a Tirthika.
chu-klufi-bdag «fleyifn the
lord of rivers; the oeean.	chu-
klun-dmar itni the red river, i.e., the
river Sone.
chujtlun-misho	tho
wide expanse of the heaven; an imaginary
lake in heaven; tho soa.
3'5^* chu-кЫ the main, deeper channel
of a river, v. klofi.
<1*5^ chu-dkyil the middle of a
river.
$‘5^ chu-rgyal a leather bag for water,
a moshug (Cs.).
$‘45 chu-$kad the voice of water, the
sound of rushing water.
chu b§kol-pa boiled water, boil-
ing water.
chu-$kor ог^’^’Ф*^ rafi-thag chu-
jkor water-mill, i.e., self-grinding mill.
$’jj chu-§kya=*^ whey.
chu-skyar a species of water
fowl—the spoon bill.
Syn.	naJibig§-byed; 5^’§5
rgyal-bycd;	rkafi-geig-pa;
gafa-sbal; mdsah-mo; chu-can
(Won.).
chu-$kyur 1. the bittern. 2. also
n. of a plant. 3. acidulous mineral waters.
4. vinegar (Jd.).
chu-skyes зт^г5т,	1.
lit. tho water-bom, the lotus. 2. the moon,
the planets Neptune and Venus.
£’jj*TW> chu-§kyc§ dkar	the
white lotus.	chu-$kyc$ §non-po
the bluo lotus.
chu-$kye$ mnal гщ^грт, ^t; =
tho great Brahma.
chu-$kyc$-can fnirfsnV pond
where lotuses grow.
chu-$kyc$-bdag	the
lord of tho lotus, the sun.
chu-§kyc$ rtsa-ica	tho
white tuberous root of the lotus.
$’^5 chu-skyod tffar met. tho neek.
chu-khug a creek; bay, gulf.
\chu-khur-tu hdsin
[1. “that which holds clouds,” i.e., the
sky. 2. “having clouds for a vehicle,”
an epithet of Indra] 8.
chu-hkhur, met. sprin-pa cloud.
chxi-kheb$=^'frw cloak worn for
protection against rain.
ehu-khol$'$F\. [1. boiled water,
2.	the Hilsa or sable fish]S.
chu-hkhor «Тчггги,	кин
a whirlpool, an eddy. [“ a water-goer/*
t.c.j, a heron or a leech]8.

415

Syn. klon-hkhor; *0*^ hkhyim-
pa;	? зед-шяЛг Ite;	chu-yi
hkhor-lo tf^Qhkhor-chu (Mfton.).
$•^*4 chu-hkhor-гса the turning of a
water-mill.
chn-hkhyag§ ice, frozen water.
Syn. bhab-rom; яд*|’ч gkhyag-pa.
chu-hkhyil puddle, pool.
chu hkhyogs-pa	any
tortuous or meandering river.
cJm-hkhri-<pft = &'%'%fl^ a wave.
chu-mkhri§ srafqw water and
bile [“the bile of water,” i.e. fire]£.
^'^(5^1 сЛм-ЛЛЛг«0=^’Д’$чч a wave;
ruffle on the surface of water.
chu-дай full of water.
О chu-gri a small knife; acc.
to Schr. razor.
chu-grog aco.'to Sch. 1. rivulet,
brook. 2. dish-water, rinsings (Ja.).
chu-glan nag-po or
— rwa-co-can	§dig-pa rica-co
(Sman. 108).
$‘a^’ chu-glin Bfern any islet in a river.
chu mgrin-can=#?fa
sraw said to be the crocodile.
chu-mgo source or head of a river,
a feeding spring.
chu hgag§-pa stoppage
or retention of urine.
Chu-hgo rta-rifl one of the
thirty-seven holy places of the Bon (G.
Bon. 38).
4’5^ chu-rgyan the ornament of
the water, i.e., the lotus flower.
chu-rgyun ЯТГТ the cutrent or
flow of a river.
3*^ chu-rgyu$ sinews, ligaments
and nerves; gland.
О*'* chu-sgan a blister.
chu-sgoft the water-egg, po. for the
moon which (mythologically) sprung out
of the great ocean.
О chu-sgra the murmur of a stream.
chu bsgyiir-ica — ^'^^^ the
change of the course of a river.
chu-nan hm-bshugs=$fa‘
tycrgc/q srol nan-pa byun-гса (idiomatic
expression) the introduction of a bad
custom; following a bad usage.
chu-fogs bank of a river or lake;
«rXerSqN the opposite side or bank, called
also q*’4 and	this side of the
river; sandy bank; sandy plain
on the side or margin of a river.
chu-rnams — ffi%i$fl4 a wave
(<zkm.).
chu-bcu$=^* lan-tsh&a table-salt.
chu-lcag water streaming
down from rock [the tree Barringtonia
acutangiila^S.
chu-chag grain or grass, &c., given
to cattle mixed with water.
chu-chu=^'§ rhubarb; its root
is used as dye and laxative in Tibet.
chu chuft-du (^‘?V3'^'4) the sixth
month of the Tibetan calendar, i.e., July.
chu chuft-nhi la (X^’5) precious
stone, a gem of fabulous properties like
containing the essence of water, the
finest pebble or crystal.
chu-nal also ^’?4| wram a tank.
chu-пий, v. ЯЯ’? WHT the
swallow.

416

* O4'4 chu-nul~wa=m’4 or
4*4^ chu-gner wavelets or ripples in
water.
Syn.	mtshar-gyo*, chib
tgrog; khrem-gner ;	{fabt-
kyi rbmo (Шоп.).
^'9фгц Chu-тппат-ра n. of a fabulous
sea situated beyond the ocean called Я
чТя; lit. (cure against snake-poison) (7Г. d.
\335).
chu rnog-ma-can turbid or
muddy water.
Syn. ldam-Ьн; mi-dafit; Ifa’
* rnog-ma-can ; hdam-rd*ab\
hbyin-bycd\ hjim-pa (Mfton.).
chu-$nift 1. a precious stone; be-
lieved to possess fabulous properties such
as the power of keeping off fire, and the
effects of thunder and lightning. 2. salt.
chu-gtift than-tea shallow
water.
Syn.	gtifi gshal-nut; sa
le-wa\ ftwq mi zab-pa (Шоп.).
chu-gtin zab-pa deep water.
Syn. gtifbmcd; zab ;
V4* gtifbdpag-($kah ;	hog-gshi-
mi rig; rab-med (Щгоп.).
• $4^ chu-gtcr
ocean; also symb. the number four
(Я/sr.).
chu-gter mu-khyutf wfwfn
an island.
*	chu-gtcr-zur	a creek
of the sea (Kdlac. T. 135).
Chu rta-mo n. of a medicinal plant
called 4 $tag-$a (Sman. 258).
chu §tefl-§byin the water**
lily.
chu-stotf	the month of
July.
Ф’1КЗКЭ’4 chu-stod-kyis na-wa
the full moon of July.
chu-§tod $kar-nia tho constel-
lation	brc-chu lha Idan-tna gf’if;
’З’Йгчтг (Rtsi.).
chu-M-skyc$
TO the planot Mars.
chu-thag§ wator-mill.
chu-thig	drop of water,
water-drop.
S’lfaprci chu thogs-pa	to bathe
in water.
chu-rpthah or	the broad
side or bank of a river.
chu-mthofiv^^^^ nam-rnkhah.
chH-hthor=w particles of
water.	chu-hthor-gtam speaking
and spitting together.
4’a?X’q chu-hthor-wa to sprinkle.
Syn.	chur-$grog§\ chur-
bJug;	chuhi hdab-chag$.
chu-dafi sheH-du Idan-pa
a long wide river.
chu-dar a small prayer-flag stuck
on the bank of a river, in order to avert
inundations (cTiz.).
chzi-dug acc. to Sch. hemlock.
chu-bdag or	the god
of water (Шоп.) ; also a fox.
ф ски-Мад-$куе§~&*>'^ч alcohol
(Шоп.).
chu-dro hjani	tepid
water, slightly warm water.
е’К3)!
417

chu-dron or 4’Xv** chu dron-ша
Т5Чгк* hot or warm water.
clm-mdah a jet of water.
chu-mdo confluence of rivers.
4^5 chu-hdodt=%ww skom§-pa or I4’
Sfw kha-skoms (Mnon.) thirst; also thirsty.
chu-hdrcn lit. that draws
water; a cloud.
chu-rdugs khycr water-fright;
cattle being confounded by fright while
crossing a river.
chu-rduly v. «А particles of water
or rain drops (Mnon.).
chu-rdo rounded pebbles found in
brooks; a kind of crystal.	cool
crystal (used for spectacles)
Эач’йд1’л1^’^^).
chu-ldur ($5’ST*) flour and water
mixed up together as the food of horses.
S’fc* chu-nift years ago.
chu-rnag matter, pus (Sch}.
ОЯ chu-phug a cavern in a rock at the
head of a river or brook.
chu-phyag-pa (lit. one who sweeps
over water), i.e., a ferry-man (Jd}.
chu-phran a little river, a brook.
chu hphrad-pa	a rud-
der, or a largo oar used as such.
$ 4 chu-ica a large gland of which there
are sixteen acc. to Tibetan anatomy (Ja.).
a contraction of the sinews (Cs.).
chu-ban jug; water-pot.
Syn. $’jf* chu-§no$\ ST chu-rdsa'y^Q
nor-bu-can; if§no$-po chc; chu-
lum (Mnon.).
chu-wal	water-
moss.
chu-bun white paint for the face
(Sch}.
chu-buin = ^^ chu-ban.
^’9^ chu-burchuhi Ibu-wa ^TC
(Mnon.) 1. bubbles of water, also froth.
2. watery eruptions on the skin, vcscicles,
blister, occasioned by a burn. 3. acc. to
Jd. boil, ulcer, abscess.
Chn-bur-can	n. of one of
the cold hells. 2. acc. to Schir. the eye.
chu-wo	1. river : $
like the streams of
the four great rivers (let your letters) flow
towards me (Yig. k. 13). 2. also signi-
fies the number four (Rtsi.).
ehu-bo chen-po Ina the five
great rivers of the continent of Godaniya
Ba-lan-spyod),, which acc. to
Buddhist cosmogony are the following:—
(1)	(2)	(3)
(4) fc’ws (5)
Tbe seventeen great rivers of the con-
tinent of Purva Videha (^’^гяб^ргч)
are:—(1)	(2) Sfta шге-dd,
(3)	(4) S)5’^ Khihi-chu, (5)
(А)	(?) д(8)
Й’агярЗк'ч, (9)	(10)
(11) Vq’ST’q, (12)	(13)
Draft sroft dgah-wa sfton hbab-
pa , (14) wq (these flow down from
the mountain called	Rma-
lyahi ishogs-kyi ri in Purva Videha), (15)
yujsjsrq Rica gsum-pa, (16) Ca-co-pa,
(17)	Rdo-wa hgrim-pa (7Г. d. \
337).
chu-bo hdra-'tca}	chu-
bohi sta-sur	chu-bohi
hdoms ?
^^9^ tbe river Ganges.
64

418

Chu-bo Ya-mu-na the different
names of the river Yamun£:
mahi bu-mo, 4^5*Gdufi. bycd-ma, ^*ч5‘
jjvZj Shi-icahi srin-mo, Rtsod-can, Д;
Ka-lindahi bu-mo,
Gqin-rjehi srin-mo
$*5л«ГЙ5 Chu-bo rab-med	the
great unfordable river of hell.
$3 Chu-bo ri n. of a monastery situa-
ted 32 m. S. W. of Lhasa on the top of
a hill opposite the iron bridge over the
Yerii Tsang-po. It is also called g^'
eh'$*25’4 Lcags-zam Chu-bo-ri.
Chu-bo St-td the river Sitft =
the great Tsang-po of Tibet: ч
Brgyar-gycs, Shags-grol,
T>puft-pas by in, sKS4’* Srid-sgrub-ma
Rtags-tu hbab, Д^'^чч Khrag-
hbab, ^В^ЛН’4 Dbyig-gi khu-wa,
Lag-pahi chu-bo.
Chu-bo Sin-dhu different names
of the river Sindhu (Indus):
Rtsed-hjohi chu-bo,	Snon-gyi gan-
gd (*£ЙП^т), Z/a-wa skyes,
Ri-bohi bu-mo, Mafi-po by in,
Re-ba chu-bo.
chu-dbus — Q1^^ cha-gJiuft the
central course or main stream of a river.
* chu-dbus-pa	Pali:
Majjhantiko (Ta. 2, 9).
$'*чч chu-hbab ppretcn: a hill-torrent;
$WJ chu-hbab sgra the sound of a torrent.
О chu-bya water-fowl, water-bird ;
5’^ chuhi bya-gag the grey duck.
ohu-hbyun grans) a number
(Ya-sel. 57).
chu-hbycd said to be the swan
(Д R-).
chu brug-pa
^1 vA over-flowing of a river; any
inundation (Zam. 5).
0*4 chu-lbag, v. bubbles.
£1^ chu-sbur aoo. to Sch. 1. drifted
wood and tho like; thin pieces of wood,
chips, chaff, etc., floating on the water.
2. water-beetle (Jd.).
O'4 chu-sbrid a harmless water-snake
said to abound in the hotsprings of Tibet.
ф’^с/ш-$4у|’?*==?гччт offerings of water
to the yi-dag.
chu-ma 1. a water-carrier,
। classes of men such as
sweepers and water-carriers, &c., to whom
allowances should be paid (Rtsii.). 2,
cultivation which requires irrigation.
chu-ma-rtsi a water-plant:
| chu-ma rtsi cures or
dries pus and serum.
$ chu-mig srerrg 1. spring, fountain.
2.	n. of a vein. [3. an aquatie
plant, Commelina salicijblia\S.
$ chu-dmar-po a sea of red water
where the N&ga people and the Asura
fight together every day after taking their
food (K. d. 331f).
* chu-smad $kar-ma the constel-
lations of	are the following:—
phnl) $na-tshog, tha-ldan^
ma (Rtsi.).
chu-rtsam water with flour; gen.
the grain mixed with water that is given’to
horses.
chu-tshags	1. a strainer,
sieve. 2. n. of a demi-god of the nether
world. ф’^ргЗм’^’Ч chu-tshags kyis гиб-
ка 4fTUT<3v3i; a monk permitted to use
filtered water, i.e., fit to use filtered water,

419

3.	clm-tshajs gru-psum ’«гшг
triangular filtering sieve [a leather
water-bag] S.
4'^ chu-tshan any hot-spring, large
numbers of which occur everywhere in
Tibet.
4’^’3^*’ chu-tshub skya-rcfi,
(M.).
4’<$ chu-tshica salt from water.
4’^5 chu-tshod lit. the measure of
time by a water-clock ; the Indian hour,
one-fifth of a B*4 or 24 minutes.
4’^5’*^’^ chu-tshod hkhor-lo ;
1.	the clepsydra or water-clock of
Ancient India. 2. now=clock in general
or watch.
4’Q^ chu-hdsiu 1. мл the female organ.
2.	srwc, wfa cloud. In Mnor. we
read	I it is so
called because of its holding the particles
of water that rise from the ocean.
Syn. of 2. ?Нч sprin-pa*
nam-mkhahi glafi-po;	tsha-zer-
hjoms ;	mkhah-gos-can (Mfion.).
4T chu-§dsa earthen water-jar.
chu-shefi. area; 4= S3*4’
dkyus-rin-thufi*,	kha-shefi
superficial area of a globe or circle.
chu-shen hgab-pa
ufbuiT acc. to Schtr. proportionate,
symmetrical; acc. to others, beautiful,
stately.
chu-shcfi wthah	circum-
ference.
chu-bzom a covered bucket for
carrying water.
chu'rtni sfentai water-tub (Jd.).
4’3 chu-zla q>t 4^’3 chuhi-zla	1.
the image of the moon in water, reputed
to be a deception of the senses by witch-
craft. 2. the water-month, the first
month (Ja.).
4'Я3’' chu-gzar a large ladle (Cs.).
4^'g'^^ chuhi-§kyc-gnas	(4’
water insects, worms,
etc. (may also mean “fire”).
chiihi-hkhril-qin creeping
plants growing in water.
45’^gq	. chiihi-hkhrul-hkhor=4’^
mirage (Mnon.).
45’^5'^ chuhi gad-mo —chuhi Ibu-
wa	1. cuttle-fish bone, considered
as tho petrified foam of the sea. 2.
water-bubbles] 8.
chuhi-sgur hkhyog a pig.
4^’5’B^ chuhi na-phyis shell; also
a snail.
4^'Vq chuhi dra-wa (4’^’q) [the
j’ujube-tree]#.
4^'XC/ chuhi-don=§[з^эп?! a well,
spring or pool]#.
43'4Vr*^ chuhi hdab-chags water-fowl
v. 4’^'4.
4^’4 chuhi-rdo-ica (4’V^’K)
[n. of a plant]#.
chuhi hdre-log—^^lf^ waves
(HJnon.).
$5’5чог^ chuhi dpal-yon (4’3)
flow and ebb-tide.
4^ chuhi-rtsu'a	watermoss;
(<1V)) the rush.
4^’^’54 chuhi^shal-ta-pa 4P?li^rfw
a woman who supplies water to a lady.
4?’^ chuhi-^shi жгод a lake; a
place filled with fresh water.
420
chuhi zeg^-ma particles of
water; spray.
Syn. chu-hthor; nar-ww;
Sv* chuhi zer-ma ; chu-zil, chu-
thig ;	dbah rlab§-$kye§ (Mfton.).
chuhi gjug^-brnan^^’^
smij-rgyu) mirage.
йгя chuhi lo-ma (4^’*<) ripples in
water.
chuhi $in-rta (5’^) дтрхц met.
a boat, ship.
chuhi sa-bon, v. *^4
ф'ЗДч chit-hob§ watcr-ditch (Sch.).
chu-yi hkhor-lo whirlpool,
v. klon-hkhor qt
chu-yi snags-pa, a shell ; met.
a monkey.
chu-yi $nin-po l. = $5)K salt
(Milon.). 2. n. of tank filled with lotus
flowers.
$ S’q-q chu-yi thub-pa or $’^'Sqc/£* ;5ПТ^Г
the god of water; also animals living in
water. However, in Tibetan mythology
there is no general god of water. Irriga-
tion streams and channels are under tho
protcciou of a special deity and tho va-
rious large rivers have each a protecting
river-god respectively; but if au universal
is over mentioned in books, it must be
a mere phrase of tho author’s fancy.
^•S)-bp;-q chu-yiphun-pO, ^Tpwfai ; = 5
^’5 tho ocean.
chu-yi tsher-ma the lotus plant,
flower, etc.
$ qgsj'YT' chu-yi hdsum-dkar=$^^
froth of water, also bubble.
chu-yi zegs-ldan
that which contains particles of water;
rain or cloud.
chu-yi zcg§-tna, v. w^or.
chu-yi ЪоФ-phrug $non-po
= 5^’$ quick-silver.
$ $ X chu-yi-ro salt.
chu-yi lafi-tsho wu the lotus.
chu-yi trin-pohi gron-che
the great city of sea monsters,
i.e., the ocean (Mnon.).
$'*^chu-rag$ dam, dyke(Ja.); same as
chu-lofi (Mnon.).
chu-ri (lit. water-hill) a billow.
$chu-rug n. of a medicinal root:
цж;3 chu-rug will remove
inflammation in tho bones.
0е™ chu-rlab^ v.	wave,
billow.
ф-WRg^-q chu-la^ fybyun-wa er<hrr:
a Icoch.
4*® chudo n. of an aquatic edible
plant.
chu-log floods (J2.).
chu-lon dam, dyke. *
chu-lou-gyi thub-pa bdun (Ta. 2, 71)
the seven rulers over irrigation channels
and the watering of crops.
chu-gin V^r, 1. the
plantain. 2. acc. to Jd. drift-wood. [3.
also the rat an plant] S.
Syn. rfsa-yi snin-po;
rgyun-rnan^-hdain;	nad-kyi
hbra^-cau;	hchi-hbra§-can ; 31
glan-pohi leug-nia; mdsod-lus ;
Зрч'А grol-wa*, gin-hdsin (Mnon.).
’5 chu-qifi, dkar-po С^геттг^гг,
white aconite, Aconiium fcrox].S.
Syn.	gshon-nu can ; Io-
nia kha (Mnon.).

421

§chu-giH gi mkhar-wa a stick
made of chugin plant (Jlbrom, 160).
chit-gin brla-can-ma lit a
woman whose loins resemble tho plantain
plant, i.e,, a harlot, prostitute (Ya-scl. 5 J)
4’^ Chu-gur n. of a district in Tibet.
(Rtsii.).	Chu-gur-rdson the Jong
or fort of Chu-gur near Lhasa.
chu-gul	channel or drain
for water [little drops of water adhering
to a vessel after it has been emptied^.
chu-gcl	crystal.
[^Р5ЖгНН|щ tho “moon-stone” described
by Sanskrit poets as having the power
of emitting water at the sight of the
moon] 5.
chu-gcl dican-gl dkyil
hkhor—tho crystal disk, i.e., the moon
(Yig. k, 30). ^’^’^qq’Ei chu-gcl dicail-po —
3’4 tho moon:
। while the
light of your good works has been increas-
ing in brightness, your health has become
resplendent as the lord of the crystal disk
(Yig. k, 85),
$*^‘5^ chu-gcl shun-ma lit. melted
crystal; met. the moon (Yig. k, 18).
chu-ggoil a ravine containing
water (Jd.).
chu-ser matter, pus.
chu-so 1. the bladder. 2. the
external and internal urinary organs (Ja.),
* 4'54* chu-sraii 1%нт;	chu-
trail gsum (Kalac. T, 63),
Chu-srin Ke-kc-ru n. of a
croeodile; also that of a place in Ancient
India (A. 30),
Chu-srin rgyal-mtshan
n. of a king whose royal standard
was a crocodile; an epithet of Cupid.
Syn. chu-gtcr (Mnou.).
chu-srin chen-po or Ф’5И-*П1
chu-srin ga-kra чгг?, mythological
monster-fish with body like a hill, and
furnished with eighteen heads (K. d, 5
83),
chu-srin-bdag said to be = 5 ^
the sea.
$	Chu-srin rdo-rje ri-
tnohi bran-mo a goddess who rules over the
forest of Kong-po and is believed to pos-
sess the power of stopping at will the
course of the great river Yeru Tsang-po.
S’sK’V'Si chu-srin tder-mo medicinal
herb useful in leprosy.
chu-srin byis-pa-gsod a
river-crocodile which carries away and eats
children (K, d. * 3J),
chu-srin hdsindchri a throne
supported on carved crocodiles.
$'§4 chu srib gonorrhoea.
$’^4 chu-srub—chu-dkrug-pa
convulsed state of a lake by wind; ruffling
or churning of the waters.
$'§4 chu-srd— ’^’4 the ocean.
ф’С4* chu-srol dried-up bod of river.
chu-lhag a kind of tree.
Syn. Я’aIwi ; ri-hjomt ^’4’^4* ra-wa gift
(Mnon.).
ф-^5 ^^'4 chu-lhahi shags-pa 47 ar, иттг-
ЧП1 the snake-noose—the weapon of the
god of water.
chu lhahi-gifi W an
Indian tree, the tree Cratcwa roxburghii.
£Ч][	422	$3)1
chug, imp. of 4*44 hjug-pa; ’1^’
ho said: admit
tho elder brother into the priesthood!
{Hbrorn. 36).
1. chuA or ^’4 chufi-ica
tTX> little, small, young, junior,
inferior;	when he was very
young; S'^'Q or
(his) younger brother
S'rigarbha also having entered the
Buddhist order;	the younger
or youngest son; young in years;
«ч-ы $c-q the junior father, i.e., the second
joint-hu<band of one’s mother;
from infancy;	an early friend, a
friend of younger days. Sometimes in-
cludes vb. to be, as in	be not
small in courage I
Syn. nun-ua;	niin-$a$-tsam;
tshotf-tsaw,	chiin-
fiu; Qphra; 3^ phra-nw,	bag-tsam;
Зчргя z^gs-ma ; Н*я yr-ma; яЗХ’я hthor-ma
{Milon.).
chun-gri=^$F a small knifo.
* chun-fat small, little {Kalac.
T. 1^1).
rhun-Aun a very little part;
W^’^\( Ft/;.) one thousandth part
is called $ton chuft-ftun.
ch un-ckunvery small, little.
chufi-che$-pi	a little
more, yet still small in quantity.
chnn-hjug a kind of tea {Rtsii.).
chun-nun, v. khug-rta.
$^'§S chuft-byed ^fsrrs slender [also
fireJS.
54 ckun-ma	wife, consort,
partner;	to take a wife, to marry;
W*4’4^W'5S’q to be made a man’s wife,
to bo married;	to
abandon an adulterous wife {(je. 1).
chuA-mahi $pun-zla brothers
of one’s wife {Mnon.).
£^’->5 chun-zad^^'^S a little.
chun-nus-grol
я w?^)	to gain salvation with
little asceticsm; a state which precedes
sainthood.
chun-lag a lamb.
C/iiifi-luft n. of a place in Tibet-
£^4	= mutton.
chufi-$o$ tho smallest or the
youngest.
chunsug the limbs of a kid.
chud-pa srfbrj = ‘44|‘q to get into,
to enter, to put into, insert, etc.; З4!^*
resp. to impress on one’s' mind;
to comprehend or got into the mind
fully; ^qT54S‘q to subject, to put under.
^’я’прЦ chud-)w-g8on = &\W^&\ not ex-
hausted, exhaustless {flag.).
c/iU mi-za-wa or 45’^’ч^‘я inex-
haustible, unwasteablo; to be successful.
^’я^я я chudhdsah-геа—to be fruit-
less or unsuccessful (in any work or action).
$5’4|5ayq chud-gzon-pa to waste, make
away with, to squander; q child-
zod-pa to be wasted, become barren:
when it had been consumed^
they went quite away.
chun occurs in one that is
watering or taking caro of fields, ^’£5
gardens, meadows (Ja.).
Chun-gyi brag-dmar one of
the thirty-seven holy places of the Bon
(67. Bon. 37).

423
*1
chun-pa 1. to bunch or bundle
together. 2. in Ж. the common designa’
tion of one that takes care of fields.
^'5 chttn-po	’TTWT 1- bunch,
bundle; 5^’3’a bundle of silk scarves;
a skien of silk. 2. a collection, pile, heap.
3. tuft, tassel, as ornament, etc.
^'5’^ chun-po-can wreathed.
chun-hphyan-iva to wear a wreath
or garland of flowers.
chub-pa accomplished, perfected
as in	a Bodhi-
sattva is to be perfected in all matters.
chum rice (in Sikk.).
chum-pa uVd; =^^'4 khrcin-pa
to be frightened, also to shrink;
to crouch with fear. 2. =	animals
living on the surface of water; also
a kind of cuttle-fish called Pilha (^’^)
supposed to move on the surface of water
and to pull down men and cattle when
they swim.
chur termin. of $ ;	to be
drowned.
chur-sgrogs or n. of a
kind of water-fowl.
chur-hdrcs — ^	buffalo
(W*.).
chur-wa qt	a kind of
cheese or curd extracted from milk after
boiling and evaporation:
srvta chur-ra gives strength and increases
the seminal energy.
chur-mi lhun~ffi§F a
magic tree (Д6Ы.).
Chur-lhun чта^гчг n. of a sage,
the expounder of the Yoga philosophy.
chu$ instr, of $;	to
gild, to overspread with liquid gold or
silver.
chus-hjig-pa	des-
truction or devastation from water.
chus-bran-pa,	to
slightly wet or moisten with water.
chu§ mi-nams-pa thunder-bolt,
v. (Шоп.).
chus-mi-htshiib met. fish (Шоп.),
chc 1. num. fig 96. 2. v. ^’4 great.
che-ka acc. to Sch. chiefly; the
plurality.
che-khyad size, greatness.
che-ge a garland, wreath.
* che-ge-mo (in Beng.) 1. such
a one, such a person:	in such
and such a year;	such as you
are;	let such a one protect
(me or him). 2.=ц]с^гЧ'9 a term for ani-
mated beings in general.
^’53 che-dgn the upper classes or races;
S3 in ^'53 che-dgu signifies many and
chc the upper races:
all the upper classes
of Nepal possess horses, chariots and
elephants (A. 148).
che-rgyu=%>'4 che-ica.
che^gynd the descendants of the
eldest son.
che-chufi НФ?! 1. joint wife. 2.
great and small; the dimensions or size.
chc-che for chcn-po chcn-po;
first leave off the
most serious moral faults (Веки 40).
che-cher rgan-pa qtfatf, ЧТ^ГсГ
growing older, becoming того and more
an old man;	che-cher rgaii-mo
nrfsrar growing older, becoming more and
more an old woman.
424	fcy
che-mchog ятт; chief and
great.
che-brjod^^S^ btfod-tshig or
«Л’чfykur-tshig words of praise, eulogy
(4Won.).
che-thabs arrogance, haughtiness;
& $dc-pahi chc-thab§ the arrogance
of the Pepa (chief of a tribe or place).
che-thabs-can proud, arrogant,
haughty.
chc-don for chad-don a missive
to an inferior, an edict (Ju.). In a letter the
word	che d-d on expresses some special
wish or object.
che-fedon the coming to full age,
attaining the age of majority.
che-dpan-po	witness in
chief.
che-wa wfanrn, wr 1.
often in compounds che : great, large,
powerful. alone often=very. In con-
versation ^'5 chen-po is tho usual form
and in Ladak Ц’Й chen-mo both in books
and in talk. 2. sometimes used as a vb.
with perf.
his piety is much greater than before
(PSQ.
che-btsan majesty, greatness in
rank and power : *
(Khrid.) greatness and fame being
transient.
che-she a female adorned with jewel-
lery (K, d. q 326).
+ chc-gshi=\^^ dpan-po a wit-
ness.
^'3^'4 che-bshag chun-$kyur-wa
to keep everything in proper order, e,g.,
placing larger or smaller things in their
respective order.
i'K che-re with ffn to stare at, to look
with fixed eyes (Bbrom. 105),
or
[sufficient, excessive, noble]S.:
having perceived a
sufficient meaning he obtained content-
ment.
che-Wn 1. grown up, adult (Ja.).
2. many, much :
qgM I if collected largely from the actions
of the teacher (J, Zafi.).
the great-
est, greater than all others, chief
(Mnon.).
chcd or ched-du Prfnn, 1.
postp. for, for the purpose of, with a view
to, for the sake of, because of, on account
of; * ^5 given for, made a gift on
account of ;	4 to be done on account
of;	it is in order to see. 2.
adv. on purpose, expressly.
Syn. don-du; 4^ 4 don-la ;
phyir-du*, ^^^ched-gner (Mnon,).
+	ched-hgah — ^'^^ some, a good
number of.
ц ehed chen-po a special thing, an
important business.
ched-ehcr more and more ;
to increase:
gnid-daft rnnig^-pa lached-chcr
ma-bya$ par buhi rje$-su ehugs-so (Jlbrom.
Г 20) without indulging more and more in
sleep and laziness, he followed the example
of my son.
Ched brjod-pahi $de a class of
Buddhist scriptures which includes four
divisions (1)	(2)	(3)
*4pT45S, (4) Ц'чК
chetf-pfer, v. *5-
Ml
425
1^1
ched-du brjod-pahi tshoms
this expression is described as:—
^’H?qgK^^-q^'^q|q]Kq (fc d. q 327,
400) the compilation of the substance of
the Doctrine, and arranging it in verses.
ched-don=&'\^ special significa-
tion, etc.
Ц’4 ched-pa—ffw Ж to spread over.
^•§вГЧ cheg-spel-wa (^wpr^’q) to
send any special message
ched-so—^^ great object, special
reason: ®’<’4’^5^ (Л. 84)
again the Lo-tsa-wa having a special
reason for the first (course).
chen-po h^t,	Tf*,
great, large, chief; ^’^’3 a great man;
5}’яa great lama. Sometimes Й;
a huge jar containing
magic spells.
^’4*’ chen-chun first wife and second
wife (JS.).
chen-snan	magnifier;
seeing a thing larger than its real size.
chen-po hgyur-wa to become
great, to increase, to grow up.
chen-po Ina lit. the five greats,
tz., void space. In Buddhism, the sky is
so called as having the five attributes of
greatness, viz.:—it is immaterial,
limitless, eternal, £’*§vq
unchangeable, S’tfi’q undestructible.
chem or	chem-chem rattling
sound like thunder; also any loud noise
expressive of anger. Also ^q to thunder
forth:	he made a thundering
noise (D.jR.).
chems compounds: P’^ or
resp.	farewell exhortation ;
last will, testament; дк«гр’iw*Eq|’q to
deposit a testamentary disposal for a son
№}•
chem-chem n.’of a number (Ya-
sel. 56).
&M’$'q chem me-wa stillness, silence (Cs1.);
a^av^’q (Sch.)	to sit still
without speaking (Ja}.
chems-pa (^’^) to inform, to
deliver a message.
’Ц chel-pa defined as
or S4'q able by one’s own power or might
(fiag.26).
chee 1. instr of X 2. pf. of ^*4
as adv. P’W’4’^’5 as the food is very bad
(Ja} ; ata’lfrq’ very prudent or clever
(Sch}; vq^gv? it spread very much
(Jd} ;	it becomes exceedingly
valuable or scarce (Situ. 55).
В^ччдчр? ches-mgyogs, v.	ches-
myur very quick, speedy.
^’^’q che§-rgas-pa, or old,
worn out.
3sr|’q che^-lci-wa *jXcT< very heavy.
Зя’фчД ches chufi-wa much less.
^’^•q che§ che-wa (^'^) very much;
supreme, the greatest or highest.
а^ччХч] chcs-mchog	the supreme.
SUr^’q ches-ne-ua	very attached;
very intimate.
ateca^-q ches-hthuft-xca to drink much.
W®&rq chez sdom-pa to preserve one’s
vows very carefully.
3<q ches-pa 1. pf. of to be great,
to increase:	the army having
55
Jl
426

become great;	being very power-
ful. 2. to believe, but only when pre-
ceded by ^5 (’resp. З4!^) • does not
believe.
che$-man or S«r«V4 яуах,
rather large or too many.
che$-myur f^4UX very quick,
rapid.
i^-q^-q chc$-b$hon-pa	very
youthful; also жрте very young or
youngest.
che$-lhag-pa ^ftre^X in much
excess; a great deal in excess.
5 (ho 1. num. fig. 126. 2. substantial,
of meaning ;	meaningless, for
nothing, no object, in vain; an
empty-headed man.
cho-ga fafa, f^PT, ntfd 1. the way
or method of doing a thing, of sol-
ving an arithmetical problem, of coring
maladies, esp. used in magical performan-
ces. 2. prescribed rites and observances
(in religious services, etc.,
observant of rites). 3. specially, any
magical rite. 4. чп^тх behaviour;
of good character, pos-
sessed of good morals;	VT^TX-
1443 of bad morals, fallen.	or
the ten kinds of religious rites observed
by the Buddhists of Tibet are:—(1) «IV
rites of magical circles and
figures painted on the ground and also on
paper; (2)	rites of mystical
initiation and religious service; (3) SY
rites of consecration; (4)
2	q che-hdas ro-sreg-gi cho-ga
funeral rites and ceremonies; (5)
Iho-^go $byon§-kyi cho-ga the art of
sleight of hand, etc.; (6)
rites for propitiation (of a deity or spirit);
(7)	rites for forma
offerings to a deity; (8)
*’4 tho art of making casts of miniature
images; (9)	‘^’4 offering of
sacrificial fire and also of water to the
manes of the dead; (10)	rites
to secure a happy and long life.
cho-gahl nan-tskul can
*qrqrx3?ta one naturally of good behavior.
M’S cho-fic or is explained as ($4'
$’4?vq) shedding of tears (^on.), lamen-
tation, wailing, esp. lamentations for the
dead, dirge;	WTWX
throwing up lamentations.
cho-ne-dir loud lamentations
(2).Л.).
cho-hphrul vrfavnu, mira-
cles. ^’^^^^cho-hpltrul-gsum three kinds
of miracles performed by the Buddha:—(1)
rdsu-hphrul-gyi cho-hphrul
magical and miraculous exhi-
bitions; (2)	kun-tu krjod-
pahi cho-hphrul	miraculous
exhibition by speech; (3)
rjc^-su b$tan-pihi cho-hphrul
VPU miraculous effects of teaching the
doctrine. We read also of
miraculous thoughts.
cho-hphrul mchod-pa religi-
ous service to commemorate the miracu-
lous exhibitions of Buddha.
Ж’Л cho-ка to set on or incite;
££'« to set the dog at any one repeatedly
(C5.).
I’wrjjX chos-bab$ ^kor^^^r^m reve-
nue, income;	the earnings
pr income from the state of Sikkim.
4-	cho-hbran (^5 or
(Hdfton.) family; extraction j especially

427
^1
the maternal relations, the mother’s
family or lineage.
cho-ma n. of a number (Ya-sel. 56).
cho-rig§ father’s lineage, descent
by the father’s side.
cho-ris can descent, extrac-
tion;	from the beginning
or always of honourable descent.
cho-lo 1. a shrub from the dried
leaves of which a yellow dye is prepared
for the clothes of the lower classes. 2.
ЧЧ, EFT gambling dice;
cho-lo inkhan a dice-player (Cs.); Я’Ягд'Ч’Ч
cho-lo rgyal-lo he excels in dice-
throwing.
cho-lo rtse-u-a
to play at dice.	л
cho-lo-ris diagram; a stamped
mark or figure on a dice.
cho-lohi-skugs-pa
to lay a wager in gambling and
to exhort your side to win.
cho-los ihul-lo	one
who has been defeated, i.e., has lost in
dice-play.
cho-lohisa-bon^'J&.Q hgron-bu
(Mnon.) a kind of shell; the cowrie used as
a coin in India and also as a substitute for
dice.
chog, see HI below: it is gene-
rally used as a permissive particle after
a verb:	you can go; 'fc* you
may come; may be permitted to
he done.
chog-pa I:	adorned,
ornamented (Lex.).
II: чщНк to suffice, to be suffi-
cient: ^V^’’’pv&i|that is sufficient for us;
they had about
enough of those horses;	this
is not sufficient. Adv. sufficiently;
ЗЦ-ц^-^’ц to give sufficiently;
it being sufficient (for the present) that I
have come;	there was
enough for all;	to deem a thing
sufficient; to be contented or satisfied with
it.
III: to be permitted, to be
allowable. In books gen. with the instru-
mental participle:	drinking
beer is not allowed;	it will
be permitted to come back (Mil.). In
colloq. is annexed direct to the verbal
root:	talking loudly is not
allowable;	you may go inside,
or into the house.
ц chog-pa med-pa appetite
or 5c‘*q|’^'c>) good appetite (Mnon.).
chog-^es-pa	content-
ment ; to be contented or satisfied with.
chon or transparent variega-
ted half-precious stone brought from India
to Ld. and considered less valuable than
(cat’s eye),perh. cornelian or sardonyx
(Jd.).
chod 1. a decision. 2. a parti-
tion wall; З^дч;’q to construct a partition
wall (ScA.). 3. v.
chod-pal: 1. to be cut off;
to be separated by a long
interval;	both approach-
es being cut off or obstructed by snow;
1 a diamond that cannot be cut
to pieces; an epithet of a firm unbend-
ing king. 2. to be decided, settled, fixed;
the value (of the stone)

428
&q
cannot be fixed, though one should attempt
toappraize it, t.e., it is priceless, invaluable
(Jd.).
&S’4n : (^q) яущгчг, to cover
□vor, put into shade; also a shade, cover.
chod-so bdog-pa=J*'**J^\Q
also	to promise, to undertake to
do a thing:	W‘*5
(Л. Si) he indeed bore in
mind that he had made a promise to the
Sthavira the chief teacher.
chon in W. 1. useless, to no pur-
pose ;	the payment has been use-
less; thrown away; gen. adv. ЭЦ’* gratui-
tously, in vain, for nothing. 2. tent;
tent-rope; tent-peg (Jd.).
chom or robbery; b*vj*ri»r
to live by robbery;
a fearful rattling sound (resembling
that of a thunder or a cannon), gen. made
by robbers when invading a village or
house to frighten the inmates out.
&ГЧ chom-pa to be finished, accom-
plished, in W. (Jd.).
chom-po or ^мг25 chom$-po
a robber; Xw’STjY* robber and
thief, gen.	fear
robbers and thieves.
chol 1. inconstant (Cs.); fickle
spring-weather (Jd,). 2. for in com-
pounds, a dice made of bone; Хч
a wooden dice; ^5*^ a shell used in the
place of a dice.
chol-kha 1. a country, province:
53^| O' and Tsang
were the countries of holy religion ;
Й5*^ч‘р Mdo-stod, the province abounding
with population ;
imad, the province of horses; £erfr4|$5r
5 presented the three provinces (Lofi.
13). 2. acc. to Sch. a hole made by a
blow; a nest.
$4’Qf’q (hol-hgro-ica or ^'3'^5
chol-gyi hgro—tyw^'** or to be
decayed, become degenerate (A. 70).
chol-zafi$ (*ч У4)) 1. bed-
pan; also a vessel to contain washings,
&o.; impure-water. 2. ace. to Sch. a
shallow shore.
$51 cho$ 1. religious doctrine;
religion; more especially the doctrine of
Buddha. Generally speaking, cho$, i.e.,
dharma, consists of all phenomena, all
matter, and all knowledge of things
worldly as well as spiritual. It includes
•^^ 3 all that can be known, Ч¥Гв all that
is cognizable by the senses, ^5'4 all that
exists, basis and material. 2. a
particular doctrine, tenet, or precept;
an esoteric doctrine, a mystical
doctrine; for QSsublime
or excellent religion;	the
eight worldly doctrines or principles,
viz.gain, profit;
loss;	fame, reputation;
bad name, notoriety; q
scandal, slander; ЯХШ praise ;
м<$г happiness;	misery or
unhappiness. 3. system of morality,
ethics (faith, exercise of religion). 4. any
way, manner, method; a custom, usage.
5. is sometimes used to signify a thing,
substance, property.
The word is also explained as
чХя	Choi consists in plac-
ing under discipline a mind already formed.
Choi or the religion of Buddha is again
429 M’5I’C>4II
divided into two classes which are of scrip-
tural and contemplative nature. The
scriptural chos is collected in the three
sde-snod or pitaka, viz.:—the Vinaya, the
Sutra and the Abhidharma, The medi-
tative chos consists of the three trainings
viz.:—moral discipline, meditation and
Prajna or the absolute knowledge of all
things, The first three are studied and
the last three are practised. The chos for
the purification of sins have been also
subdivided as follows:—(1) ^’B^’B^lthe six
transcendental moral virtues; (2) f
flJV the eighteen metaphysical voidities;
(3)	the four remembran-
ces ; (4)	the four renun-
ciations ; (5) t^|Qr2'JF|C?q rdsu-hphrul-gyi
rkafi-pa bshi the four bases for magical
transformations; (6) Y^’g the five
powers; (7) ?wg five fortitudes ; (8)
the seve> Bodhyanga or
attributes of Bodhisattva; (9) ‘wiprq'i-w
u^'qvjj’q^ the eight subdivisions of the
noble paths; (10)
the thirty-seven northern paths of
ascetism.
chos-kyi-sku the spiritual
form or the existence (of a Buddha).
chos-kyi skye-mched
1. religious capacity, spiritual develop-
ment. [2. the mind]S.
chos-kyi khyu-kchog hbroft
Й)	(B^W'^I
tyg-ядл’) following a leader.
chos-kyi hkyor-lo
comprises three:—(1)	(Y^r^),
(2) ^^’qv^q^g^qS^K^
^S), (3)	The three are
explained as the original, the amplified and
the abridged yum
*	Chos-kyi grags-pa
n. of a Buddhist philosopher {Bull, 18^8,
287),
Chos-kyi rgyal-mtshan
n. of a Buddhist philosopher and
author.
chos-kyi-sgra	the loud
recitation of religious formulae, or singing
of hymns; preaching of a sermon.
chos-kyi tian, v.	chos-
kyi dbyifa.
’^^5 chos-kyi chos-nid the natural
properties of matter, such as
me-gycn-du hbar-wa the property of fire to
run up;	that of water to run
down.
Xstt) ^к/gwq chos-kyi gtih slebs-pa=^'
^Y^V^’Y^'q reflecting on the virtues
of matter and phenomena.
chos-kyi bston-pa wfef recita-
tion of the scripture; remembrance thereof.
chos-kyi hdun-sa a
monastery or convent.
chos-kyi rnam-grans
Чщгл enumeration of scriptures.
chos-kyi hphons-par
hgyur-wa	to become irreligious,
sacrilegious.
chos-kyi bar-du gcod-pa
to obstruct the course of nature.
^'5'3 Chos-kyi-bu	a name of
Yudhisthira the eldest of the five Papdava
brothers»
chos-kyi dtcan-phyug
described as wr	sans-rgys Spyihi-
mtshan (Mnon,) an epithet applicable to the
Buddhas in general.
430
cho§-kyi dbyint	the
sphere or purview of religion;
^N'jjN'q ^?) 5?4[-щзчгн [versed in the
element of law or religion]#.
cho$-kyi rtsa-hkhor	met.
the heart (Jfnon.).
cho$-kyi rtsa-ica	the
root or the fundam mtal principles of reli-
gion.
chos-kyi tshon-brdal met.
a monastery (djnon.).
*	chos-kyi t^hon-dpon ^Ht-
a divine; a priest; one whose profes-
sion is religion [Ta. 3y 53).
X^J’q^yq(hos-kyi bshon-pa-can чНь
the conveyance of cho§ or dharma,
[“ono whjse vehicle is dharma personified
as the bull/’ Ae., S'iva]#.
cho^kad book language.
chos-$kyon ’^gr^r 1. the
protector or defender of Buddhism;
йуЙ the great guardian of Buddhism ;
the equivalent of or Pe-har. 2.
name sometimes given to the four Dik-
rajas or guardian kings of Buddhism ;
Wife.	offerings for the
guardian spirits of the doctrine. 3. popu-
lar astrologers, votaries of Pe-har at Lhasa.
Cho^kyon drcy§-pa
Icam-srin (Org. m. 113, 33) a terrific
female guardian deity.
♦	Wgq*i chos-§kyobs	n. pr.
(Ta. 2, 397); n. of an Indian Buddhist
who taught Buddhism in China.
W§ chos-khri book-shelves or table to
keep sacred books upon; also the chair
on which the priest sits while delivering
a religious sermon; acc. to Jd. reading-
desk, pulpit.
Wgw chos-krims	religious or
monastic discipline;	chos-khrim§-
pa one who enforces discipline in a
monastery.
cho^hkhor prayer-wheel.
Cho$-hkhor rgyal n. of the
place where the first Dalai Lama was
born, and where there is a large monas-
tery which is generally visited once by
the successive Grand Lamas of Lhasa.
(Jho$-hkhor-$gaft n. of a place
in Tibet.
Xn	Chw-hkhor-gnas n. of a
plaoe in Tibet.
cho$-go$ the religious robe
worn by a Buddhist monk. W’^*3’84*
cho§-go§-kyt $grog-ma	strings
or bands for fastening a religious robe, [a
basket for containing religious robes]#.
cho§-go$-kyi §aod	a
pocket in the upper garment of a monk ; f
cho$~go$-kyi gtur-bu
tho bag in which a monk puts robes.
W^Kjwqvq^fq cho$-go§ zlum-por bgo-
tca	one dressed iu a petti-
coat like robe; also to put ou a such robe.
W^j cho$-gnca	a school for reli-
gious instruction, generally a class in a
monastic institution where religious discus-
sions are held. The school at Tashi-lhun-
po is called	grub-pahi cho§-grica,
the school of religious attainments.
♦	WnpijN cho$-grag§ (3 C).
W$pi chos-rgyal or
1. a king who rules acc. to Buddhist
laws. 2. n. of the lord of death
3. also applied to a great personage by
courtesy, and is a general epithet of
Buddhas (№non.).
Chos-rgyal-§kye$	a
name of Yudhisthira, the eldest Pa^dava;
also that of Ajata-s'atru, the son of king
Bimbisara.
431


*	Chos-rgyal-gyi sgrub
yum-bcag (Org. ш. 113, 33; Pallasiix, vii,
4. П>).
* ^rw^’gq Cho^-rgyal nafi-sgrub
(SO BY
*	Cho$-rgyal phyi-sgrub
(80 AY
*	Chos-rgyal yab-rkyan
(Org. w?. 113, 31fY
* 3hr	Cho^rgyal g$an-$grub
(80 CY
cho§-rgyug$ lessons, or tasks im-
posed by a teacher on his pupil.
^^*^5 chos-rgyud religious instructions
descending to pupils and their sub-pupils,
&c.; religious tradition, also creed;
those embracing the reli-
gious traditions of his reverence;
one confessing ancestral religion.
chos-rgyud hdsin-pa (Ta. £?,
233).
*	Chos-rgyun-gyi tin-ne
hdsin	(Ta. 2, Hi).
cho§-can pious, devout.
cho§-can-rin met. a donkey
(Mnon.).
cho$-bca$-ma met. a bride.
Syn.	khyini-gsar-ma}
kyo-hdam-nia (Mnon.).
chos-chas the requirements of a
religious service ; also religious dress.
* ^q-гч^Д] Chos-mchog n. pr. (Td.
2, 223); a logician, author of
Nyayabindu tika.
cho$ hchad-pa to explain or
set forth religion; to teach religion;
MW cho§-kyi $grog-g.len rndsad-
pa to demonstrate or expound the doctrine;
place where sermons are
delivered; to hear religious dis-
courses; ^*9’3 to ask religious instruc-
tion ;	to act or live religiously
or practice religion.
chos-hchon-p'i	Lord
of the faith, viz., 1. Buddha. 2. a title of
honour given to distinguished scholars.
3. Tibetan exorcists who are believed to
be coerced by a god or demi-god who has
been invoked for the purpose of inspiring
them.
chos-rje nag-dkar the black
and the white (Buddhist) exorcists.
chos-nid=	1.
quality, nature. 2. existence, entity.
cho^-nidkyis rhed-pa ц^гп-
srrfa^rfJnr one who has acquired a reli-
gious disposition; also religiousness.
cho$-nid kyis hi hob-pa
id.
3$r^34 gq’q q chos-snam sgrub-pa po=^’
’^’g4^ one who, having acquired
great proficiency in sacred literature, has
become protected by mystic arts.
* chos-rtol (Td. 1,216).
chos-tfegs—'&W^ cho§-khri.
chos-§ton an entertainment given
in honour of a saint.
cho^-thams-cad matter;
all things; phenomena.
W?q chos-thob	one who has
become religious; a convert to Buddhism.
cho^-rnthun or	in con-
formity with religion, in harmony with
Buddhism.
chos-dar-ica to propagate Bud-
dhism ; also the place where Buddhism was
introduced.
&Г^|-Ц|	432	1
Хчгулгл cho$-dran$-pa 1. righteous in
reference to the laws of Buddhism 2.
justice, righteousness.
cho^-drug the six tenets
of Buddhism.
^45' cho^drcd £*Гв»ЛгИ‘ч one who is
disgusted with Buddhism, t>., has no
faith in that religion.
cho$-don-du gner-wa—Ъц'
^rf^i to be devout.
Cho$-hdod the son of Cupid.
cho$-hdod-pa	to be
fond of religion; to delight in Buddhism.
cho^ldan or^V’Sft’4 one
who is devout.
Cho^ldan $hifi-kham$ gen.
used to signify Tibet
the precious majesty of the
religious kingdom (Buddhist realm) (Yig.
k. 59).
*	Chos-ldan rab-hbyory
(Ta. 2, 90).
cho$-§de a certain term for Bud-
dhist monasteries in Tibet, where studies
are not altogether neglected. Wlf 3^*25
chos-sde chcn-po the grand religious insti-
tution or monastery (Yig. k. 66).
cho$-rnam$ gaft-dag 5
: n. of a kind of contemplation; and
a literal translation of the first part of the
Sanskrit formula ye dharma hetu, &c.
cho$-$nan-bahi $go
the door or entrance to Buddhism,
[the initiatory light of religion]8.
cho$-pa a monk.
chos-spun a brotherhood formed
by two devotees who before starting on
a pilgrimage are blessed by a priest who
casts lots on the occasion.
♦	Chos-hphel^fai* n. pr. (Td.
2,105).
cho$-blon a Buddhist minister, a
minister well disposed towards Buddhism.
*	Chos-hbafa	n. pr.
(Ta. 127).
cho§-hbyuft works on the origin,
growth, and development, of Buddhism.
*	Cho$-hbyuft-byin
n. pr. (Ta. 2, 219).
*	Cho$-hbyun shi-tra
irrf’rr n. pr. (Ta. 2, 252).
cho§-$byin, 4 chos-kyi $byin~
pa religious gift, religious charity.
chos-ma a Buddhist nun.
ch o$-mi-hgyur-wa nid (f^'
Vi)	that the nature of things
is unalterable.
cho-min мнтрйж un-Bud-
dhistic, irreligious.
cho$-min ъруо£-ра=&х*^'
any practice opposed to Bud-
dhism.
chos-med	the un-
civilised; a name for a Candela, the
lowest class of men in India.
cho$-myon religious frenzy, mad
with religion; a religious bigot.
cho$-$mra-wa	to preach
Buddhism ; to deliver a sermon.
chos-ishoH-wa	to trade
in religion.
Chos-rdsoti n. of a monastery and
of a fort in Nye-thang, near Lhasa.
*	Cho^-bshi-wahi dbyafa
n. pr. (Td. 2y 213).
433	s&t||.
cho§-gshi endowment for the
feupport of a religious institution.
‘4^ chos-shog priest-craft (Ja.).
cho^-bzan 1.=&2TW ярите
good custom. 2. Buddhism; piety;
pious. (3) и. of an individual; a compli-
mentary address for monks.
* S^wq^q Cho$-bzan bskal-pa
4»^ (Kalac. T. 14) age of good fortune;
tho lucky age in which Buddhas appear.
*	Cho§-bzan sprin, or Sad-
dharma meg ha (Ta. £, 277}. [one of the
ten bhtimis от stages of perfection]8.
chos-tiigs 1. ^tfa, usage.
2. a denomination, sect.
Xq-^-qv^ cho§ ge$-par hdod
inquiring after religious matter,
wishing to know of religion.
cho$-sems religious temper, piety.
i^-pc/g cho$-scm§ khan-bii=^'^\ a
mountain hermitage; a cave used by
Buddhist recluses for meditation.
cho§-sems-can inclined to reli-
gion, pious.
5 chos-srid	chos-kyi-srid
^Нпт^) religious government:
hban$-rnams cho$-srid kyis-
§kyoft the subjects weie protected (governed)
by religious government (Yig. k. 27}.
mchan-gna$ occurs in
ho-па mchafi-gnas gig shu
zcr-ro (A. 95}.
ЯЗБ^’Ц mchad-pa	1. tomb, sepul-
chre. 2. ws\qvgq	greatness; also
the magical power of increasing one’s size
at will. 3. acc. to Jd. swrfbt killed, slain;
but	entire, perfect.
mchan 1. a footnote, v. 2.
jre the side of the breast; *^’§'5 bosom-
child, darling;	bosom-wife;
mchan-da hjug-pa to put into
one’s bosom.
chan-khug = H&\'^‘	arm-
pit.
Syn. mchan-hog; mchan-
shal§ (Mnon.).
^^‘^mchan-bu 1. note, annotation, foot-
note in a book; 8)‘*|5**i*yg words or lines
written or printed in smaller character
than the original and inserted in the
(main-work). 2. a helper, an apprentice
(Jd.}. 3. v. «**4
mchan-shabs, v.
mchan-hog, v.
mchi-ioa 1. eleg. for to come, to go,
to appear: g\q^yqv«S^ I shall come later;
gq^та go under tho pro-
tection of, take refuge:	I will
obey (as a subject, servant) (ЛА7.);
yes sir, it will be or it will do.
2. to say, in the phrase	thus he
said. (Jd.). 3. v.
mehi-ma re<p.	$
tears; ^q’S to shed tears; g*rq
mchi-ma skyem-pa to dry tears;
to wipe away tears; fl&wq^q to be
choked with tears, acc. to Sch. to sob
violently.	^%<ito
shed tears ; яЗ'w?q|-q	tear drops;
or	to cry, to
shed tears.
mchig (^^)	stone for
grinding spice, ote.
mchig-gu 1. a small mortar, a
mortar. 2. a pestle. 3. the nether mill-
stone.
mchig §kor~wa to grind (Sch.).
chig-ma the runner or upper
mill-stone (Sch.).
56
434
mchin-bu 1. glas8 orna.
ments trinkets, v. ^-g. 2. n. of a piaCo
in Tibet. 3. a precious stone.
Syn. of 3.	nor-bu
indse$-hzaft rol-po;	rin-chen
hgyur-bycd (Mnon.).
mchid or q'qv*^ 1. rosp. talk, dis-
course, speech (of an honoured person).
2. letter:
q^yF4’4'*^ I “pray let your letters come
to me uninterruptedly like the flow of the
divine river (Ganges)” (Yig. k.).
mchin-pa (resp. acc. to
Lex,). 1. aec. to Ja. the liver. 2. n. of a
fruit called «ЗучД'-*,.
•^4 mchin-dri or the midriff or
diaphragm.
mehin-nad liver disease.
mchin-nan lit. liver-pressing, i.e.,
keeping tho liver in order.
to breakfast. It is believed that taking
food early in the morning keeps the liver
in good order.
rnchin-tshad liver-fever;
iron-mixture cures eye-dis-
ease and congested liver (Mcdi).
Mchim$ n. of a village near the
great monastery of Sam-ye; n. of a tribal
family,
Mchimt-bzah princess of
Mrhims who was married to king Khri-
sron Idehu btsau.
*гч'д mchil-khra the sparrow-hawk.
wchil-mgo a fabulous stone, re-
sembling a sparrow’s head, supposed to
possess marvellous qualities (Ja.).
Я&ГЧ I
4. Ц I : mchil-pa	1==
lcag§-kyu an iron hook; described as
gK^’^yq?^ (Mnon.) the thing which
makes the elephant obey his conductor.
2. fishing hook;	to fish with
a hook.
II:	tho common
sparrow.
Syn. ner-chag$; khyim-
du-nal*,	khyu-mchog t>grod-pcr,
jq’qj rgyab-bkra*,	mgrin-sfion
(Mnon.).
mchil-ma (resp.
spittle.
Syn. kha-chu; (Mnon.).
wE'W'Wq mchil-mahi thal-wa particles
of saliva :	rgyal-
srid mchil-mahi thal-wa bshin-du $pafi$
he threw off his kingdom in tho manner
one throws out spittle (Л. 11).
mchil-mabi-$nod resp. (^’^5)
"ФггГФ,	spittoon, spitting-box.
mchil-lud or	mucous.
mehil-lham shoo, boot:
to lose both the shoes;
ghoe-maker, cobbler, seller of
boots; ^’^‘^,£Jthe leg of a boot (Cs.):
he pre-,
sented him with five pieces of Karsapana
and a pair of shoes (Yig.).
I: mchi^-pa pf. of «В’п
u^fT, eleg.	to be, to be there,
to exist:	how much was there, how
many were there ? (Cs.).
whoeyer has the holy doctrine.
wUfq II: pf. of to come;
having pome from afar.
435
4,	mchis-Ьгап (lit. a house
where one exists, resides) 1. a housewife,
partner. 2. eleg. dwelling, abode, domi-
cile; also when speaking of one’s own
dwelhng: ^'Э| my humble resi-
dence, cf. ^’3^’ palace, Щ'д*’ lama’s
residence.
Syn. chun-ma; bag-ma; S«'
*74'35 fo/iw b dag-mo (Milon.).
mchi$-mal bed, bedstead (Cs.).
mchu I: gug, xrte 1. the lips;
the upper lip; the lower lip. 2. beak
or bill of a bird, also called in Sikk.:
there were
two, tho bird called the long-beaked and
the Ting-ting-ma” (Bdsa.).
going off, carrying something in the
bill.	the lips were red like
the Bimba fruit.	mcJiu-rkan-dmar
lit. red bill and feot = ^'^'j'4*q a gander
(Mnon.). mchu-can possessed of fine
lips; mchu-rdo beak, the bill of a bird;
mchu-non-pa pointed beak; ^’^5
mchii-nwd one whose lips are very
small, one who has no lips. mchn-
shcn	; = SS5 dkyud and F'^*’ length
and breadth.
Syn. mchu-sgro$\ эдго$-
dmar\	so-yi-g.yog§\ so-
§kyob$\ so-sgrib; so-go§ (Milon.).
«I II: constellation called Magha in
Sanskrt; one of the lunar mansions, v.
Syn.	pha-me lha-§kyes} §^,СЛГ
*ГЦ $nan-ilag-mkhan; rta-chen ; ma-
gha (Milon.) ; also	tshigs
brgyahi dwan-po\	bcu-drug hod-
Idan (Mnon.).
Mchti-sde-lna n. of a chapter in
the Mdo series of Buddhist sacred books.
+	meh и-rin —dkyus-su
riil-po long, lengthwise.
mchu-rin$ (QW‘^’ hkhrun-riH)
1. В’3’<}5 (Mnon.) the long-beaked-bird, the
hoopoe, the crane. 2. ^‘^5 the wild boar;
long-snout. 3. acc. to Jd. mosquito.
mchu-la§ skyes н'цпп born
under the constellation of Magha.
mchum-po (&‘?*4) pearl; also
string of pearls.
mchc-wa	tooth,
generally canine tooth, the eye-tooth,
fang; elephant’s tusk.
mche-gtsigs-pa in W.
to show one’s teeth, to grin;
the class of tusked animals, viz., the
carnivora and the tusked pachydermata.
mchc-sder	mchc-wa
dan sder-mo teeth and claws	of wild
animals.
Mche-wa	geig-pa	a
name of	Ga^apati, the	son of the goddess
Uma.
mche-wa Idad-byed-pa
to chew the cud, ruminate.
mche-wa §ton-ldan (y®tj*4’q)
fish, said to possess one thousand teeth
(Milon.).
mche-wa §tob^-ldan=^^^ an
elephant.
mche-u’a drug-ldan
n. of the king of elephants on whom
Indra rides.
*	Mehc-wahi-sde n. pr.
(Td. Ш).
436
^51
inched	sku-mched, я2><^я
mched-lc'im) resp. for brother, also for
bister; «*5^ two brothers;
яа^-q^ four princesses, sifters; his
brother, in reference to a king, prince,
etc., esp. of gods; four divine bro-
thers ;	or	clerical brothers,
politely addressed as brother,
where many clerical brothers
assemble ; ^5q betrothed
brothers, religious brothers (^4'3^ cho$-
tpun); an intimate friend.	the race
that originated from the five early patri-
archs of Tib4.	'q^ four brothers
called:—Mgur-lha*. (J) Gnen>
(2) S?i Dmu, (3) 2 Glu, (4) * Tsha.
rnchid-zla — R*ifapun-za' brothers;
also brother and sister.
inchcd-pa	:
to spread, gain ground; to increase, mul-
tiply ; the word q is seldom used except
of fire, plague, etc. :
a8 the fire of voluptuousness spread
or increased within me;
as one kindles one light by another ;
pcig-glen gm§-
glen rim-pi$ mched-de as (the news)
spread more and more pacing from one
to another, ^'^\>kye-mchrd, v. 5 $kye
pkges-pahi niched.	mched
che min-pa very widely spread, very
largely. ^g**q ’	* *£5 ’	qS’wuc^-**
ЬЪгит-pa yan mched-che min-pahi yan lei
$ua-tshogs (Ya-sel. 27) also several cases
of small-pox of virulent and light (types)
were very widely spread.
Syn. |5q 4 khyab-pa ; JN’R rgya^-pa ; V
^*q che-ru soft-ica; «v^’R^fq man-du hgro-
wa; 3 q $kye-wa; hphel-xua\
hgrim-pa (Mnon.).
5^4] |
л&х’ч mcher-pa (also spelt tffcq)
ace. to Jd. the mult, spleen.
mchel	a support, help:
the hand stretched to rescue (A.
K. Ill, 21).
ЯМ^| inchog ^чг, чгхп, 44, яцрт, <3W,
^Г«, 444, ЯТТЧ the best, the most,
the most excellent of its kind;
tho greatest rarity, the Deity; v. also
under Vfa—tpn-tu mehog the
very excellent or superior, sublime, exal-
ted;	Cho$-mchog ^iffax n. of a
Buddhist philosopher who wrote the 55П1-
Я ‘	mchog-gi inchog=w3’
^q, д'ыгд’* the most excellent, the best of
the best, superior of the superior ;
§kyc§-bu inchog the chief of great beings, also
Buddha;	the greatest of men, a
king, also Buddha:
the chief of the bi-peds,
i.e., of men, any Buddha.
J am the highest in this world (says
Buddha immediately after his birth),
chief of the fundamental doc-
trine.	цуч Potala is the chief
of (holy) places.	excellent taste
or flavour, delicious.	most
learned men:	thou best of
men.	the great and the low;
the nobles and the com-
mons;	the great and the vul-
gar. As adv. ^^'5 чдезм very, most (used
with verbs).
Syn. <)<?’*5 gtso-ico;	chc-fo$;
che$ che-wa; ^'§q* phul-byun\ chen-
po ; rt$e-mo; ^q rab; JZrz-na med;
gya-nom-pa;	dpon;	gon-ma;
dan-po*, phud-du-b$kur ; t
rtse-mor-son ;	ieg$-pa;	jey$
gna$; «клч yah-rab;	goft-mafi
я2Гч]'|т:’ |	437
goft-ma* % dpah-bo; *c/i|srq can $es-pa
(Шоп.).
mchog-skyoh the chief protec-
tor.
mchog-gi rgyan the chief
ornament; pure-born; a holy lady (D.jR.).
mchog-gi Icug-ma the princi-
pal of the women in a family (Шоп.).
mchog-gi-bdag the lord of the
best; the principal among the nobles or
lamas.
wXflj S4 mchog-gi rgyal-mtshan n.
of a gem, v.	the eight aus-
picious objects.
Mchog-gi dan-pohi
Sans-rgya$ the Supreme Adi-Buddha, v.
Dus-kyi hkhor-lohi mtshan.
mchog-gi bdud-rtsi ’Ч’ЗН-
нп; the best elixir; n. of a medicine.
«Хч]'9| mchog-gi-ma the chief mother;
epithet of the goddess Dolma (Шоп.).
mchog-dgah or *^’5 V*!4 4
snftei great joy, ecstasy.
«йчгуя mchog-nal	n. of a
number (Ya-sel. 56).
mchog-tu-bkrab^ vsrq the
chosen.
mchog-tu hgro-wa to become
great or attain to the position of the great,
to be elevated to an exalted position.
mchog-tu yyur-pa, id.
mchog-tu ryyan-pa to be very
well-dressed.
mchog-tu phitn-sum
tshog$-pa to become very prosperous.
♦	§*<£• 544’^5 mchog-tu tsha-wahi
dpah-bo	(Kalac. Ta. 2, 162).
mchog-tu mdxes-pa
very handsome, lustrous.
mchog-tu yid-bthad ЧХИ-
exquisite, very pleasant.
mchog-tu rin-гса very remote,
fl&q’g’wrq mchog-tu bsam-pa well-
thought of.
bchog-bdag met. tho earth.
mchog-bde met. a fish.
mchog-hdod	met. the sun.
mchog-ldan	1. n. of a
great number. 2.	saffron
(Mnon.).
mchog-sbyin 1. ад, the
god of water. 2. t(T« quick-silver.
mchog-$byin phyag-rgya a
gesture made in practicing magic, in con-
juring up or exorcising ghosts.
§^ач mchog-§byin-ma~(^’
w) n. of a medicine (Mnon.).
mchog-$byor-ica	to
unite the principal ones, also to mix up (he
chief ingredients of medicines.
яХп]mchog-zufi, the model pair; the
two most excellent amongst Buddha’s dis-
ciples, S'ari-putra and Maudgalyayana.
mchog-hod or ^^’§5 mchog-srid
gT’Tfa n. of the celebrated Sanskrt gram-
marian who wrote during the reign of
king Vikramaditya.
mchog-ya$ (5^) n. of a
great number.
54^зисЛоу-{5с$==^лч vf?f wisdom.
♦tibsjibw mehog-sems 1. =	a saint,
purified soul, 2. ад; the god
of water, also called
Mchog-sridy ^ПсЦПРТ, crwfa; I.
n. of a great Buddhist sage who first com-
posed the Pali grammar. 2. one of the
nine sages who adorned the court of
king Vikramaditya.

438

mchog-g.surn =
the most precious ones:
^vuK-gc/fwsrn^ here I am in good health
by the grace of the throe chief ones
(Triratna) {Yig. k. 15).
chon n. of a gem
•which is believed to have tho property of
curing paralysis.
atifc’q Tnchofi-wa щрт; pf. to
leap up, to jump (into tho water, etc.), also
to bathe in water:
when the fox jumps hi tho place
where lions leap, he breaks his waist;
having leapt into the water.
Syn.	fygcn$-pa; ч^огц fyrgal-wa
{МпопУ.
mchod-pa (vb.) ^ТТПРП,
VSFHj нптят 1. to honour, to worship, to
revere, respect; to receive with honour.
^S’^S’q formal worshipping, i.e., to
honour saints or deities by offering articles
of food, flowers, perfumes, etc.;
to honour Buddha, Bodhisattvas, etc., in
faith by meditating on their virtues.
«tf^q^irqsr^S^q mchod-раг ho$-pa$
mchod-pa	because worthy of
being honoured; (he) is honoured. 2.
sbst. offering, oblation, libation;
q ^oj q to make offerings;
Ag*rq tn bring an offering of music;
carrying along with them
all sorts of offerings;	the
ten kinds of offerings; offerings or
libations to the gods;	offerings
made to the lamas iu order to honour
them;	an offering consisting of
grain;	offering presented on pro-
scribed occasions;	daily or usual
offering or religious service.
festivity, festive entertainment {Mnon.).
mchod-koft small oil-burners
generally made of bell-metal, brass,
copper, silver or gold.
mchod-khri the chair or seat of
the priest performing any religious service.
Also ^5 trestle, tablo, altar or frame for
placing offerings	v. Ja.
mchod-khaft	a chapel.
mchod-lcog a table or altar on
which tho offerings are put.
54X5**^ mchod-cha$ utensils necessary
in making offerings.
mchod-mchog a grand
religious sendee; chief or principal ser-
vice [u. of Indra] 8.
mchod-brjod the invocations,
praisos, &c., of the deities and saints wor-
shipped.
mehod-rten, vai, wj lit. means
“receptacle of offerings/’ but is tho com-
mon term for a chaitya; in Tibet this takes
the shape of small and tall masonry monu-
ments of settled form crowned with tho^'3
(emblem of the sun and moon) and gener-
ally having in some cavity inside the ashes
of a saint or other relics.
mehod-rten-gyi hkhor-sa
the walk or passage round a
chorten for devotional circumambula-
tion.
Mchod-rtcn-qifi^lZb lit. the
tree which grows on the (brick) chaitya; or
which is venerated on account of Buddha
having attained to tho state of Buddha
under its shadow; С.	the Bodhi
or pipal tree.
mehod-rten-byed met. an
elephant {Mnon.).

439

mchod-$teg$ offering-table,
altar.
mchod-stod an offering with a
hymn of praise (Sch.).
mchod-ston an entertainment, as
a sort of libation, given to the priests.
mchod-ldan ^e& the sun (Mnon.).
mcJtod-ldan^ma	an
epithet of Um. (ДГЯол.).
^5’^’ mchod-$don~&i&\ mchod-rtcn
1. zife, zjqMig’ a stick [a sacrificial
post]#. 2. offering-lamp (Sch.). 3. the
wick of such a lamp (Ja.).
mchod-§don-can a kind of
water-fowl (Mnon.).
mchod-sdon chen-po °J
the great offering trunk or Bodhi tree.
seated unmoved for a hund-
red Kalpa, as the worshipful Bodhi tree :
by the good merits of all religious beings.
(Yig. k. 20).
mcho$-g.na$ 1. objects to which
offerings are made.
the objects to
which veneration is shown comprise two:
persons and symbols; the persons are the
assembly, Buddha, and the lamas; the
symbols aro images, the receptacles of
what has been said, relics, and such like.
2. the officiating priest, the sacrificator,
w^q-q mchod-pa-po a sacrifice!, ono
who gives an offering.
mchod-pahi-$prin (яХу
[“ a cloud of worship” described
in the Bodhi. II, to be a magnificent
mode of worship in which incenses, lamps,
garlands of flowers, etc., are profusely
used]S.
mchod-pahi-tshigz
the Gaiha or verses reci-
ted at a religious service.
mchod-par-byed	wor-
shipping, paying reverence.
mchod-par ho$-pa	or
worthy of veneration, wor-
shipful ; they are three such, viz.:—(1)
5^ Ч1ГФЩ the teacher or spiritual guide;
(2) ^’2? ^хгпцп! the high priest; (3) those
who are elders or superiors.
mchod-phyir-thogs zr^fafta,
the sacred raiment
made of silk or a square satin scarf which
is held in the hand while making any
offerings to a deity; also an image or
figure of a deity.
mchod-bya object of worship.
^5’95 mchod-bycd— offerings,
libations.
mchod-hbul the offerings in a
sacrifice (Cs.).
^5’1^ mchod-$byin ztst, ЖЗ, zfspt
a religious service where sacrifices of
small figures are made.	the five
Yajna (sacrifices) are:—(1) ^*rq5’wXv
tshah§~pahi mchod-byin klog
hdon-pa the Brahma Yajna, which consists
of recitation of the Vedas; (2) ^5’^5’1^—
1^'9	lhahi mchod-sbyin—§byin-sreg-byed
the Deva Yajna, consisting of burnt offer-
ings to the gods; (3)
mihi mchod-§byin mgron-hofl ipchod the
human Yajna consisting of hospitality
to those present; (4)
95 pha-mes ipchofabyin mtshu nJ shim-bye d
the Yajna for ancestors consists in giving
them (their souls) satisfaction; (5)
hbyufi-pohi mchod^byin
gtorJnaho,	В hut a Yajna, consists in
making torma offerings of cakes to the
ghosts,
Syn, |Y5j«| sbyinsreg-, ^Y^Y4 rgyud
Ыип-ра\	rntho-ri$ don\
a-dhara (Mnon.).
^YIyS'^I'SS mchod-$byin-gyi rig-bycd
tho Yajur Veda of theBrahmaps.
R^Y^Y^ mchod-$byin-can	an
epithet of Indra.
яХ^^Хям i$chod-$byin-hjom$
ono who destroys a sacrifice; a Yavana>
Mahomcdan [an epithet of S'iva аз
destroyer of Dak^a’s sacrifice]S.
*^Y1Y^^ inchod-$bgin hdsin — ^S^'^'
mchod-$byin-gyi la$ bycd-tnkhan
priests who recite tho ritual at a sacrificial
offering.
*^Y1YW^ mchod-$byin <Jgra-wo=ty'w
an Astir a, a demon.
*Xy$V*XY* mchod-sbyiu hdon-marf&fr
mot. mother.
^YlY’W rnchoj-^byin
tho house or place whore Yajna
sacrifices are performed.
^Y^’K mchod-sbyin	§pos-
dkar lit. white incense, tho resin of tho
Sal tree (Mfion.).
ipchod-sbyin-spyod the perfor-
mance of Yajna.
^YSV^4!** Ynchod-$byin-phyug§ gen. tho
object that is sacrificed in a Yajna.
*^Y|Y5*i irwhod-$byin-bya§ one
who performs a Yajna sacrifice.
*<XY|jY95mchod-§byin byed-du
hjug-pa to make ono perform a
Yajna sacrifice.
inchod-$byin-§byar=^TTT
the self.
mchod-$byin-lhag nectar.
440
яХ\й mchod-me offering of lighted
lamps in honour of a deity.
rnchod-rdsa§ jrt, V4 the arti-
cles of Yajiia, particularly clarified butter,
t.e., articles of religious sendee (*X\*n
or	sacrificial utensils), re-
quisites for festive processions in honour
of a doity.
яХ^ям mchod-<;om$ or яХ^-с^яя tho
arrangements for a religious service and
the placing of tho offerings on the table
before tho deity to bo worshipped.
яХ^^ч] mchod-tshig (^Y^4! or
words of praise to a deity or saint.
яХ^Хя mchod-hos 1. met. tho sun
(Mnon.). 2. worthy of worship, worship-
ful.
яХ^Хя'^я
a sanctuary or Gandhagrha	dri
gtean-khan) or Vihara (Mnon.).
яХ\Зц wtchod-yon remuneration to a
priest or lama performing any religious
service.
Syn. ^‘^p7c-r<77; qorqSfa bshal-gsil\ I4'
q-q*rq kha fyal-wa; yon~chab\
hthor-thun (Mnon.).
яХ^’^д] mchod-gyog one who serves in
a religious or sacrificial service.
яХ^’Х mchod-ro remnants of offerings
consisting of cakes, etc., that have already
been presented to a deity.
mchor-po sometimes also
hphyor-po 1. pretty, handsome, neat, ele-
gant ; ^‘яХ^’ц a handsome man; gY^Y*Sv3i
a pretty woman, osp. a smart gaily-dressed
female. 2. in JY. also vain, conceited( Ja.).
he hag constitutional walk; in
colloq. is called ^4’^ Ito hju-wa constitu-
tional walk for the digestion of food; in

441

eleg. language of the lamas it is called
rhtn-san§ hgro-chcd “a walk
for clearing the wind.” *r
। to play, to walk, and to move
about, not lying down (Л. 14).
hchag-can in eolloq. -trodden,
stamped; solid, firm, eompact.
hchag-pa I: pf. ®*| or 1.
to break, be broken ; ^’*4’4
a broken vessel; fig. 4’jor®4’4 humiliation,
breaking one’s pride;	the
opportunity of going there has been cut
off; w®*]’4 lam-chag-pa a beaten, practi-
cable road. 2. to abate, beat down from
the price:	thero being no room
for either asking or abating (Ja.).
II: also «4^, pf. fut.
1. to tread, to walk, to move, esp.
when speaking respectfully or formally:
the place where
my ancestors did walk;
follow me on my walk (Ja.); ^*4’5 or
я*4’д’яЗГ4 to take a walk.
я*4’^ hchag-sa	((Ц«игя«|’^rg’g5) a
place for walking in ;	to take
a constitutional walk within a limited dis-
tance.
**4’4^35 hchag-par-byed	takes
constitutional walk after dinner; also the
place for this purpose.
R<4’^S’g4’q hchag-sahi bug-pa an. artifi-
cial cavern where a recluse takes rest or
retires.
444^*4 1. confession: $4’q’
§dig-pa hchags-so I have confessed
my sins. 2. v. я*4'4. 3. sometimes for
^4’4 hcheg-pa (Ja.).
hchan-wa=.4 hdsin-pa^ pf.
43^, imp. or 1. to hold, to take
hold of, to keep, to bear; also possession;
Чпзя, vft; «(4'§’**4‘4 to hold in the hand;
Werwn to bear in the mind, also to
retain in the memory: ^'3*Г4^Г4$’|3’^’
zan-gyi$ gso$-
pahi khyi-rgan gyis> nam-shig ran-la hchaft-
wa mthon one night I beheld the old dog
which I had fostered with food laying hold
on my own self. 544’2}dwafi-
po rdo-rje hchan-bibt lha the god Vajra-
dhara—n. of the ideal Buddha of the
Gelugpa school acc. to the Tantrik sec-
tion of it.	tshul-
khrims chen-po hchaft-bahi mchog a very
good character is the chief of posses-
sions. 2. to carry, to wear, to carry
about with one, e.g., amulets, etc. 3.
to have, to assume, e.g., the body of a god-
dess, of a JRaksasl (Ja.). 4. to bite or
bark at.
hchan-zufis handle, crook of a
stick.
R«wq hchans-pa in W. a (closed) hand-
ful, t.e., of dough; **wrg a clod (of clay),
a snow-ball, etc., formed in the hand (Ja.).
I: hchad-pa 1. pf. *5 vb. n. to
4^5’4; like ^5'4	to be cut into
pieces, to be cut off, to decay, to separate
or break asunder: *4’4cut like a
rope. 2. to cease, end, stop: 5S4^*q*S
^4 he is stopping for breath; to die
away, to become extinct (of a family, a
generation); to be consumed (of provi-
sions, of bodily strength) (Ja.).
II: pf. and fut. 445, imp.
HUW, precnx to explain; explanation,
explaining:	it is now explained;
he is explaining tho doctrine;
give heed, and I will
explain it to you; **5’4VR§^
57

442

to listen to an explanation (Sch).;
to teach tho transitoriness
of existence (Sch,),
hchad-mkha§-pa^^^' or w
ячяя- oue skilful in explaining a thing; ako
a clever description. In Bon terminolgy
я*\ч = а convincing explanation, where
there is no room for doubt.
hchal-hdodfift^r	desire
for explanation of any discourse.
ОД>^’Ц III ; =	dead-home,
a shed whore tho c >rpso к kept.
♦ь ^ЗЕД’Ч hchab-pa pf. Я*АЗ, fut. SSS,
imp. sbed-pa	to conceal,
to keep secret.	ft candid
mind, open-heartedness (cog. to W4).
The word is ako explained as яе.
yan-gi skyou mi-mfion-par bya-wa
not to make evident one’s fault, to
hide it.
I: hcha»i-pa=*W4 (pf.
Zez.\ also adj. and sbst., to accord, to
agree, agreeing, agreement:
33 sri-I'i )m-hcham-pa§ as they did not
agree about the government.
hchaw-byed-pa to make agree, to reconcile ;
p-Rwq to agree upon, to concert: щЧч
prwa^ the officers having disagreed
(Pth,).
ОДЛ'Ц II:	«ргчадз ггйн to
daneo; also a dancer : й’ялз’а khro-hchatn-
pa who dances in frantic leaps wearing a
frightful mask ; a dramatic от stage
dance (Ja.),
яхзз hcham-po or 1. a dancer.
2.	harmony, concord :
q	the king sat between the
two parties to reconcile them to each other
(Yi$. k. 52).
<«356^ hcham-dpon director of a danoe,
a stage-niastcr.
hcham-yig a book on dancing,
яхяз hcham§ a dance, daneing.
hchah in Zrf., a cup-board (Ja.).
ОДД/Ч I: hchah-ica 1, pf. ч^з rare-
ly ; 4X3 fut. bcah imp. cho§ to draw
up, prepare, construct, adjust. Wwq
gnas hchah-ica to prepare a place, or abode ;
to settle, wwq mal hchah-wa to pre-
pare a bed ;	dmag-gar hchah-
tea to pitch a camp; ij'iripvwvq $kyil-
krun hchah-na to adjust in cross-legged
posture;	Мптж hchah-ica
encamp, to establish a court of justice;
rgyal-khrims hchalj-wa to
draw up a law, to give laws. 2. with S3
dam to make a vow, to promise, assert;
frq.	y^damhehah-tea to promise
by oath;	blo-gtad hchah-wa
to place confidence in. 3. with shen-
pa or *ч|3’Ч chag§-pa to be attached to.
II: to snap at, mangle;
gcig-la geig hchah-shin za-wa
to maul and devour ono another;
pfi-hchathwa to gnaw at a piece of wood
(Jd).
wgfsrq hchah-rlmn-pa — FW* Spgprq
kha-la za-rgyu la rlom-pa one very fond of
munching ; a greedy person.
hchar rising, appearance (as
of the sun).
wq ‘Qchar-ka	n. of an atten-
dant of Buddha, who became a Bhikzu.
wvjw hchar-ikyein^	Ыс^дтоъ
Ita-bu) habit.
Rxvq hchar-ga the rising, the appear*
ance,
QcbVCI I
443

hehar-sgo thought, idea, concep-
tion ;	scms-can
so-so hi snan-icahi hchar-sgo las from, the
thoughts that dawn (in the mind) of
different animated beings (Ya-sel. 1$).
Hchar-§tcn§-pa n. of a celebra-
ted Lama of Cbarteng {Deb. Я 44).
ОДЛ’Ч hchar-ica (pf. 'А)
to arise, to start up, become visible,
to shine:	'fathe six
objects of perception free from fascination
continually arise.	to cause
an image to be reflected (in water); 'fa'0!’
чаьч’А (thoughts; dawning or rising in the
mind;	(they) appear as friends;
it turned into an ornament, /.<?., a
blessing.
hchal wur random talk or
speech:	'^W«.3j| as this
is meaningless talk, let us, every one of us,
now go.
я&огчЗь'Ч hchal-hchol or	con_
fused, pell-mell.
hchal-giam meaningless talk;
meaningless talk
where nothing practical comes out;
to rave, talk nonsense.
I: hchal-pa	a kind
of supernatural wisdom; wrqS^XA
mischievous wisdom or knowledge;
*wq<Vj|w bad morals; immoral.
W II: or адч’ч hchal-po lecher,
fornicator;	hchal-pa rnam§-
kyi tshig obscene language (Ja.).
ОДДГЧ hchal-ica 1. to lose one’s wits,
to be confused, to be in disorder, ^q’q*
to break moral discipline; to make
confusion of the doctrine. 2. to hesitate,
fluctuate in mind, be irresolute. 3. to
fornicate, to commit adultery;
a woman that has lost her purity; a
whore, harlot (Ja.).
wr# hchal-mo a whore (Ja.).
hchal-tshig=^ ‘яж'Ч delirium,
vain talk.
* hchi death (Kalae. T. 109).
c\
sling, string-
weapon.
яаь-р hchl-kha	the point of
death, just when dying; at the time
of dying;	u. of a religious
work, which if read to a dying person
his soul will not wander in the Bardo (the
state between death and re-birth).
hchi-rtags sign of death.
Hchi-rtags, rntshan-
ina ran-grol another work which is read
when the sign of approaching death
is perceived. It i^ read in order to hasten
death so that after death the deceased may
go to some ascertained place in the next
world.
^’4 hchi-Uas,	forebodings
of death	increasing the
signs of the sun’s death (by the approach
of the eclipse) (Ya-scl. 51).
Hchi-bdag=^\l ЧН,
Yama, the lord of death.
hchi-nad a fatal disease.
hchi-hpho or	а
BW,	termination of worldly
concerns, death.
hchi-hpho-wa^H^'^ to change
one’s place of existence, to transmigrate.
hchi hpho-)ned=fya&*F\
not subject to change, without birth and
death.
444
eS-q |
Q.B’4 hhci-ut, ПТЯТ, w<5, VflWT,
zmrr; нгдя, цЯж, vr vb. to die:
ждч1К ran-hchiho I will seek death; чВ*л£Ц
he is about to die;	water
causing death; чВ'чч‘лч’чрр^
appertaining to death, relating to death.
Syn.	lna-wahi gna$-$kab$;
iu$ shig-pa;	du^-kyi cho$-
nu7; ^'Ч'чВч] §k'il-hjig ; <^5 t*he-hgro\ ч^’чч’
»m blta-wahi mthah;
til-beat khyor-chu sbyin-pahi yul; ^ч^ч tshe-
hdah;	tahe-hpho; ч$’ч2$ hchi-hpho
(Мйон.).
чВ’л’й^ hchi-wa-mcd, WHC immortal, v.
чВ*£)<^
чВ'л’ч^’^'ЧЛ hchi-wa la$-rgyal-tca, ipj-
^zj ho who has conquered death; an epi-
thet of Buddha.
^B’q’qgq hchi-ica-b$lu-iea,	to
decieve death, to ransom the life of a
dying man.
*Bhehi-med, WHT, жня, wfre 1.
emancipation, immortality. 2. mot.
the raven which is famous for longevity.
чВ	hehi-med dgab-гса, n. of a
religious work (Ya-scl. 60).
яВ'^5‘t hchi-med-rna, or
C’^ ^lit. celestial drum; n. of a Buddhist
work (Yig. k. 20).
чВ*А\лч Hchi-med-chab—$*^’Д|К.a name
of the river Ganges (Mnon.).
чВ’^дХ^йц hehi-med mchod-yon, an
epithet of the river Ganges (Yasel. 76).
чВ’^^’^'^с.* hehi-med, tyon-qin^^*^
the celestial wishing-tree: g’^’
чВ'^5^-^	may your
health remain as steady as the celestial
wishing-tree (Yig. k. 35).
hchi-med bdud-rtsi the
immortal elixir of life, Ganges water: ч^ч*
pray let your letters, communication, &c.,
flow like the deathless elixir— the stream
of the Ganges (17y. k. 12).
чВ-^5'д*Й hehi-med bu-mo a goddess.
цВ*^**^ hchi-med-mdsod, чнкчйч n. of
a Sanskrt Dictionary composed by Amara
Simha.
чВ-^Лч*д hehi-med ril-bu lit. life-
pill ; the life-giving pills. The abbess of
Samding monastery and other sacred per-
sonages have such pills at their disposal.
чВhehi-med dtvan-mo,
the queen of the immortals; a name of the
wife of Indra.
♦ чВ £5hehi-med 8en-ge, WHXf&v
(Bull. 1898, 296).
hchig-pa 1. =^'3 fiiw a pestle.
2. said to^^^^VV^4’ to hold
as holy that which is not Dharma (Bud-
dhism) (K. d. 355).
чВч'а^ч;^ hehin-b$grig$ an agreement.
чВк.q hehin-nen-pa to become connected
or related by marriage:
in Bengal I entered into marriage rela-
tions (A. Ilf).
чВе/ч hehift-pa bond, binding.
I: hchin-wa <far, wnf,
(pf. чВс.4 fut. imp. or чВ«) to
bind, tie up, make fast to exorcise.
c&rq II: sbot. any binding-material.
1. ribbon;	necklace, neck-cloth,
neckerchief. 2. cord, fastenings, fotter,
shackle: «1ч-^чВ^Ц'^ч	the
fetters of Karma, also fig. for magic curse,
anathema. 3. used in colloq. for cramp
or convulsions.
Syn. btyig-pa; hkhyig-pa;
bcin-wa; pf. *Bw<i hchife-ра^Ч^'Ц

445
o£-oiq|
bkyigg-pa; ЦВ’1*ГЧ hkhyig$~pa; чЗс.*Г« bcifig-
pa, signifying 4^wq bdamg-pa (jffion.).
hchi^byed=^ rne or *|’ЧЯ Г^-
thag {Mnon.).
hvhin-bycd-ma a general term
for women.
4k‘4'^‘*i hchifi-wa tbyin-nia a hand-
some woman; maiden.
ййс/ц«ч JJchift-war n. of a village in
54, in Tibet {Rtsii.),
hchtfi-zab=^'W or 25’^ klon-
zab depth, profundity (Tty.).
qfe’g hchtft-bu trinket; glass-bangle for
feet
hchift-buhi §no$ a glass vessel.
hchib-pam aSq^’q, pf. q$q4, fut.
q?4, imp. resp. to mount a horse or
carriage ; й’Я’Лт to ride, to mount
a horse.
Echim$-phug n. of a holy
place with a small temple near Sam-ye.
hchtmg-pa to be full, to get
full (Sch}.
hchir-wa evidently a form of
3<4 cir-гса to press, to squeeze. 4^q
has pf. fut. spS to press, to
wring, &c.; 4$V4 and ^'4 being mere cor-
ruptions of the foregoing, though Jd,
has them.
hchil-pa sometimes stands by
mistake for mchil-paz a sparrow.
I: hchu-wa acc. to Jd. 1. vb.
n. to bo twisted, distorted, pf. 4”. 2.
sbst. curvature, crookedness, distortion.
3. adj. as 4”’4 crooked; P'4” the
mouth distorted.
II: pf. 4$4, fut. % imp. ^4 1.
to scoop up or ladle water ; $‘^ ^4*4’4
to draw water from a spring; water-
bucket. 2. to irrigate, to water.
hchug said to44’4*4
phyin-ua§ $leb$-pa la having reached;
arrived at (Ity.).
4*4^5 hchiig-med—^^^^^ nor-
hkhrul med-pa without mistake {Rtsii.) ;
4^1'sure necessaries; unmistake-
able wants.
hchiin or 4Y4 under one’s control,
hence. 1. to be tamed, subdued, made to
yield; ^q4’§4*4^ retained by force; 44’ §4’
4^'q subdued or overpowered by hard
work;	entangled in viciou#
indulgences {Sch.).
hchum-pa 1. to wish, to long
for. 2. sbst.«=^V5f ser-$na coveteousness
{Шоп.).
gyog-po
awkward, acc. to Sch. also left-handed;
acc. to Cs. curved, crooked.
hche-гоа (pf. 4$м, fut. 4S, imp.
to attest, to promise p4’^’4 resp. ^4’§4’
«£*4 id.
ч&Ч’ч I: heheg-pa related to wpra
(pf. 4^ч]4, fut. 4^, imp. Л4! V>g) 1. to
cut in twain, cleave, split;	to split
wood;	to cut with a saw (Cs.).
2. to confess, to acknowledge (<7a.). 3. to
be afraid of.
ho herns-pa pf. 4^*4, fut. 4?я
to chew {Med.; Jd.).
hchcr-pa (^’fl”) the
spleen.
fachel-wa or я^4’4г=^*4 or
desire, wish; acc. to Jd. and Cs.
to believe, to give credence to.

446

hchc^pa sometimes spelt as
happy advent.
Ч^Ч]'4 hchog-pa to smite ; acc.
to Sch. a wall.
RlbO| #г| hchog-thog the sound of a falling
article or thing.
hchon-ica or чХелгч=ч*е/ч qr^R,
у?п?ц to bo holding, keep fast.
+	hchob$-fig=4ffc.Qmade
secret.
Q&W3	= vb. n. to
+ чХч'^ hchor-nciH^^'^ ччЛц’ёГ ^opr
qj^-^чХч'^ ч^ц] (Rdsa.Y
чХч'ц hchor-po occasionally for
ЧМЧ’П hchor-wa I: vb. n. pf. 1. to
escape, flee or steal away; also to flow out,
ooze; j’jgsfч^ч’ч the blood exuding ;
чХч without splendour, lustreless; ^ч’чХч
the money has fled ; |&гчХч the vow is
dissipated; ^,'Ч‘чХч,ч to be consumed by
fire ; ф’Ч’чХч’Я to be carried away by water.
2, to сото out, to break forth, frq. of fire;
hkhrug-pa-^or a quarrel, a war
broke out, also of water breaking through
an embankment. 3. to go over, to pass,
be transferred.
ЦМЧ'П II: vb. a., pf. fut.
to pursue, chase, go after;	hares
by means of nets; f чХкч to fish; a
seducer; a swaggerer (Sc//,).
ЧЙЧ’П hchol-wa I: 1. adj. topsy-
turvy, upside-down. 2. to mistake or
deviate from an order; чХвгчч’Э*^ to put
into disorder, to confuse, to confound.
8. pf. to entrust, lay upon, to com-
mit a thing to another’s charge; to make,
appoint;	they appointed him
king;	they made the
queen tend the horses;	ho
may Ъэ employed as a scullion; Л
чХ^га to make ono powerless, to compel
authority ;	manager. «шчХога
or (rc<p. ^Y^ чХчгр) to commission one
with an affair or transaction;
I ban-so yal dehi lha*
srun rnams-la phrin-bcol mdsad-do he en-
trusted the sepulchre to the tutelary gods
of the country. 4. to be thrown together
confusedly, c.^/., of the loose leaves of a
book:	virtue and vice arc
intermixed. 5. to rave, to be delirious, to
talk eonfusHllj’ whilst heavy with sleep
(Ja.).
чХчгя h('hol*ma> acc. to Cs. 1. a thing
committed to another’s care. 2. a sly,
crafty woman. 3. acc. to Sch. a dissolute
woman (Ja.).
*<$T4 I : hchos-jM—z&WQ; 1. pf.
or fut. чХ*, imp. supine
to make, make ready, prepare; to cons-
truct, build, etc.: 4X^’$w am I to build ?
^я’ччрЧ'чХ^гч to make ropes out of dres-
ш grass, prop, to make ropes out of it.
4]3q 4X^’q to dross, to train one’s self up
(Sch.); ^ч^чХ^ч to renew, renovate, repair
(Sch.); |Ч*сг^Ч'чХ§гч to retouch, amend,
correct, improve. $ч*чХад hypocrisy, a
mere outward porformauco of religious
rites and observances :	чХц'я
tshul-hchos nia-byas §pyod-pa to live with-
out hypocrisy.	hypocrite.
чХц'ц or qXsrq acc. to Cs. an established
rule or canon (Ju.).
Ч^’Ч II: htsho^-pa 1. adj. dis-
orderly, dissolute, immoral. 2. sbst. dis-
orderly conduct, dissoluteness: чХссг jf’ftpr
SY’4 committing various acts of immorality.
&
E ja I: this the seventh letter of the
Tibetan alphabet, according to the gram-
marians of Tibet, was not borrowed from
India, its equivalent being unknown
in any of the Indian languages of the
seventh century, A. D., when the Tibetan
written language was shaped by Thon-mi
Sambhota, In sound it corresponds with
the English J, but as an initial it is
pronounced in C. as Jh. However when
it is surmounted by any letter or has
a prefix preceding it, as in the words
t rje and rnjal, it then resumes the
sound of a pure J.
E П: 1. tea ; word derived from the
Chinese t?a, signifying tea. The resp. form
for ja is gsol-ja.
ja-ko a hide bag for packing tea
(Л/ш.).
*’53 *4 ja-dkrug a twirling stick, the tea
churning-piston.
ja-kha of tho colour of tea ; n. of a
Chinese scarf of brick-red colour.
ja-khug a vessel or bag in which
tea is kept.
ja-khra a large tea-pot made of
copper, silver, &c., for serving tea to the
congregation of monks at a religious
service.
^*5q ja-rgyab lit. “after tea.” In Tibet
and Sikkim table-talk commences after
tea has been served.
ja-mchod libation of tea.
ja-hthaj or ja-btag tea-
grinder (in Tibet powdered tea is put
in boiled water); grinding stone, used for
kitchen purposes.
ja-dpon ow who is in charge of
tea-drinking meetings; head tea-cook.
ja-phud the first preparation of tea
which is sometimes offered to the gods ;
first quality of tea.
ja-hbin tea-pot, tea-kettle. This
word, sounded cham-bing, is the common
term used in C.
ja-§byor a mixture of tea with
butter and salt (Rtsii.).
ja-ma tea-maker, tea-cook, a cook
who prepares tea and gruel, &e. (ТШи.).
r&ipi ja-tshags a sieve to strain tea
(Rtsii.).
t’«В Ja-ya-ju n. of a kind of tea
(Rtsii.). s Ja-yu another kind of tea
(Rtsii^.
. £ga-ril in JK. ace. to Jd. grinding-
stone ; also a skull.
ja-lag-gni§ an abbr. of and
МЧ one who prepares tea and
another who serves it (Rtsii.).
ja-lan the handle straps of a
leathern-trunk.
• ja-qin tea plant. In Tibet the tea-
plant is styled	*.<?., the plant
which cures Indian or Chinese diseases, as
being an antidote against malarial fever.
ja-sanplain decoction of tea:
get plain tea with its acces-
sories! (Rtsii.).
Е'У- |
448
^•Ч]|
*’’Ц* ja-sigs used in
Jo-Ъо ja-sigs ji-^ned-dad (J, ZaA.).
*’3^ ja-sun time when tea is served.
к ’Эд	ja sun-can acc. to Sch. a oup of
tea; as much as a oup of tea.
ja-ser yellow tea exported from
Amdo into Eastern Tibet.
fycod-mdog or
dmar-ser yellowish-red, acc.
to Ja. ja-hod is yellow-red.
ЕЧ] jag robbing, robbery;
j4| <i jag rgyag-pa to commit robbery.
tnj q jag-pa one who terrifies by
shouts and gestures; a robber, й
q*'3}*rvS^ it is a lurking place of husband-
men who rob, or who aro robbers (J/t?.).
In this passage might be almost a
verb “ to rob.”
jag-dpon captain of a gang of
robbers; a brigand chief.
Jal n. of a place in Tibet;	3
Jal-gyi-phu the uplands of Jal (Deb. «П 47).
ji I: 1. num. fig 37. 2. the cor-
relative form of the pron. 3 ci what.
II: в used in expressions illustrating
examples, comparison, measurement,
dimensions, also extent of time. and %
are of same signification; but Tibetan
grammarians discriminate their use as
follows	i’lfa |	I
in making comparisons and measurement
use yi, in the case of direct significations
use ci.
jiskad	what, what-
ever, relative to words spoken: W
whatever I may have said; B’flV
gq q’q^	ггздт doing in
accordance with what one has said.
4- E’^] ji-ga = £,54l'q when examined or
searched into:
ji-ga $kye$-bu de fio-intshar byed-pa yin-nam
(K. d. & 4) if looked into, is not that
person really wonderful ?
^'§*,q jisnam-pa equal to what ?
ji-$ned, = 8 i* сгттес, faun: 1.
as much as; as great as. 2. whatever is
or may bo possible. 3. just about (so
much).
or what is, or as much as
is (Dag. 8).
ji-lta or 1. W,	how,
of what kind, of what nature. 2. sbst.
quality, nature, condition (Cs.); B’g—
WH then.
ji-ltar^ цяп adv. as, in what
manner; j&ri ^'qq^y^ acc. to what
he has said;	in as much .as,
in the measure of.	V* in the
proportion as ono shall bo contented.
ji-lta-Ьи such as, like as.
ji-ltar de
how to be taken ? E}’* qsjWA
b what manner should I
convey requests to the lama?	ji-
ltar hbyor-pa uvnfrir acc. to the measure
of one’s means or attainments, t
ji-ltar у	for example, thus.
ji-§te is said to = 3*g’^ V* ci-$ta de-
na$ so and so. It also is a conjunc-
tion meaning but if, nevertheless.
=	or ji-ltar
also *4*^ as for instance; henceforth.
= as much as
possible ; to the utmost, to the best of one’s
ability, as far as it lies in one’s power.
ji-r/ia-run—^'9^exclama-
tory phrase akin to S’* or
alas!
449

£'£*4	how, like what ? in
what manner ?
^•orXk’ (A 128) “ how the merciful
ones, the refuge (of the helpless), have
passed away!
i’&< ji-tsam how much ?
as soon as, when;	how many
have been got ?
^ftji-shig
^4 seldom.
-bshin how, like what ?
?ji-bshin-du accordingly.
+1	1. in accordance with,
conformity with. 2. whatever is
fit, is becoming (Dag. 8).
^Sji-srid 4Т4Ц as long as; £’5jVq*’
all the life long; as
long as one lives.
jin the Chinese term for Buddhism
which in Tibetan is in Sanskrt
E ju num. fig. G7.
denotes a drawing of lots
by threads of different colours, whence
a class of Bon-po is called З’^’В’^Г^
(Ja.).
ju-2>o a globular stone used for
grinding 8р1сов=*’^1 (Jd.); acc. to
Mnon. 4J5^, a pestle.
ju-ru-ja a kind of tea {Rtsii.}.
1’-^ ju-$e$ a kind of satin.
Jan-wan n. of a celebrated
Tibetan chief under whose orders the
sacred series of works called Kahgyur and
Tangyur were engraved on wooden blocks
at Lhasa {Lon. % 17).
a kind of tea {Rtsii.).
jus strategy (Jd.).
jus mkhas-po^ww&fWQ one
skilful in means, one full of resources.
t’N’Qlqq i:	one
who has conquered his enemies; a Bud-
dhist saint of the Hinayana School.
Syn. WTJ’VJ'4 Mhab-rtsod-гдуаЦ
gyul-legs-pa;	dgra-bcom-pa;
dgra-las-rgyal {Mnon.).
л: 1. acc. to Sch. possessed of
good manners, of propriety of conduct;
decent, agreeable; B^’4^ sincere. 2. acc.
to Cs. clever, skilled, able, experienced;
^ц-qj’warmskilful in agriculture;
dextrous in military matters.
B**’** jtts-ma a sort of silk stuff {Cs.).
1. num. fig. 97. 2. a particle, used
for expressing the comparative degree of
an adj. or adv., and esp. a gradual grow-
ing or increase, often with termin. case or
oi; ё-fc-E-grew larger and larger:
many stream-
lets increased in size becoming larger and
larger {Behn. 50).	(they) go on
increasing in number;	it has
become more evident;	going
nearer and nearer;	higher and
higher; £to grow better
and better. 3. progress:
{Suran. 5) whatever progress you
observe in the advance of the doctrine in
this place (association). 4. acc. to Lex.
5$^ sound, voice {Ja.). 5. acc. to Schtr.
a hortative particle, often connected with
a vocative.
^ I4 je-kha a deed.
je-khyod acc. to Sch. now you,
you first.
jc-dan-po the very first. =
thinner and thinner or finer and
finer.
58

450
siEarq|
Z^'Qjc-dbul-ica^^to grow
p »orer, become more and more destitute.
£	== a little while, some-
time.
growing longer
and longer.
tc’ Jr«=l. 5^’5 dan-po or TO,
Wfe the first or earl io t. 2. Vt4
-nund, voice.
jo 1. num. fig. 127 = or
jo-jo tetcpbjtcU elder brother {Dag.
8) ; = w £ in (7. and in Sikk.
Syn. 3’^ phu-bo^	snoH-sZrye.s, ?V
thob-nia §kycs, ncs-hdsin, 3’®
thu-bo, gecn-po (MnonX
jo-gdan=^’^’the seat or
head-quarters of the Jo-nang-pa sect of
Buddhism in Tibet.
Jo-nan or ГЗг^с? n. of a plaeo with
a lofty Chortcn and a convent sb uated
about 100 miles to the N.W. of Tashilhun-
po; the place where Pliyogs-las Rnam-rgyal
tho founder of tho Jonang-pa sect was
born, and whence tho name Jonang-pa
was derived.
e-3>-ico	also
lord, master, noble, venerable; also one
of tho nobility.
Syn. ^’5 gtso-u-o; mgon-po;
mgon-hdren {Mnon.).
Jo-гсо Ja-ma-li n. of an image
of Buddha in Yambu the ancient capital
of Nepal.
t Jo-ico rje (lit. the noble lord)
the Tibetan title of Atis'a.
£Jo-ico phyin dkar-wa n. of a
demi-god {Rtsii).
*	Jo-wohi lugs-kyi rta-
mgrin {56c) tho deity Hayagriwa aec. to
the system of Jo-tco.
jo-mo 1. win the female head of
a household, a woman that governs as
mistress of her own servants. 2. a clois-
tress, nun.
ГЙ'ргэд Jo-mo kha-nag snowy moun-
tain in S. Tibet towards Bhotan.
Jo-mo gan§-dkar lit. the
lady of the white snows, a Tibetan name
for Mount Everest.
Jo-mo lha-ri tho snowy mountain
between Tibet and Bhotan ordinarily
called Chumalari.
^’3” jo-rtsi varnish for wooden furni-
ture.
gscr-gog lustrous gold-
leaf for painting purposes.
Jo-rdson or Е’йТс/ Jo-mo rdson n.
of a fort and district in Tibet (Rtsii.).
* £’ W'FVI* Jo-lug^ ^grol-dkar {2A.)
JIEQI’CJ mjal-wa resp. for	;
imp. mjol 1. to meet; to interview,
obtain access to an honoured person, to
wait on, to pay one’s respects tea person:
utfrc^-WTR&artf I will pay a visit to my
father;	phyi§ my ar-du
mjal-du yon I shall take the liberty of soon
coming back; WRVjq to ask for an
audience; w^’S’q^q cannot get in, can-
not obtain admittance;
R|5$T5^-q'they exchanged many compli-
ments and expressions of joy;	to
visit a sanctuary or a holy place; to go on
a pilgrimage;	a pilgrim. 2.
^•qS-wq-q go-itahi mjal-ica 5П to under-
stand, comprehend;	4 to understand
the meaning.

451

жвгр mjal-kha audience, access to a
great man’s presence, admittance; WTF'
^5^*q or to give audience, grant
interview;	to have an inter-
view with; to meet.
mjal-rten a present made at an
interview with a great man.
mjal-dar the scarf that is
presented on the occasion of an interview.
W^’q mjal-sna-pa an introducer,
master of ceremonies (Cs).
mjal-phyag salutation.
wjal-man a visit paid by many
together, a grand reception (<7s.).
^4*3 mjal-shu a prayer made on the
occasion of an interview or meeting.
ЯЕ-К’Ч mjin-pa —	1. the
neck (Day. S). 2.meadow (Schtr.).
mjin-bsnol explained as
among birds or animals, for instance one
hugging or embracing the neck of another
to pick or tickle each other with the teeth ;
let the four
corners be made beauteous with peacocks
crossing each other’s necks (A. £)*
mjins-zab, v. klon-zab.
«В4! mjug the back, the tail; what is
behind, the hinder part, of anything, resp.
posteriors, backside, tail (Dag. 8).
colloq. to turn one’s back (on
another). With regard to time=the end :
at the end of the eighth
month; *^’«1 or as adv. and postp.
are colloquially in common use to signify:
at the end of, at last, behind, after,
with genit. of the verbal root; also вч^'
^5^=the last, the last one.
nyug-sgro lower or inferior part,
underpart, buttocks; tail-feather (Snin.).
wgug §gro-can=$i%
peacock.
mptg b§no-wa to make a prayer
after having done some act of merit.
mjug-bsnos (^v^-q-q^ mthar
phy in-pa hsnad) Pnw gone to the
extremity; attaining thoroughness in any
subject.
rpjxig-do the bone ef the tail:
the sheep’s
tail-end ernes kidney, pains in the waist
and disease caused by rlun.
rpjug-rdum-^	with short
tail, tail cut off; an ill-conditioned im-
provident person who at the end dis-
appoints or behaves ungratefully.
mjugphod^can^^'9^^
a comet (Mnon.).
^B4!mjug-ma or ^*T*i hjwj-ma
чгшнд the tail, the posterior that
hangs down;	sgril-ica
to wag the tail; fig. the further progress
and final issue of an affair; the conse-
quences ; вчк.-t]the last.
Syn. rna-rna; shu-gu (Mnon.).
*	wjug-rins or	Du-
tc a mjug-rins ^g comet (Kalac. T, 49).
«VIone of the nine planets of
Hindu Astronomy.
rnje tflW the penis (Dag.
8) ; in the Tantras it is called ’
or	erection
of the penis; the glans penis;
mje-rlig the penis and the testicles. *£*$qN
the membraneous covering or the sheath
of the penis (Jd.).

452
®Eq-q|
Syn. 5’5^ pho-rtagt; pho-dwan.
(Mnon.).
Ц mjed-pa suffering, endur-
ing, bearing patiently; ace. to Cs. obnox-
ious; prop, free; gen. acc. to
Buddhist ideas the world, the universe.
lyag-papLt^jags (Cs.)\ acc. to
Sch. to establish, settle, fix, found; hence
prob,	and	khris-bjagS)
prob. я^чцгХс; time of prosperity,
of peace, of rest ; a time without distur-
bances, war, epidemic, etc. (Jd.).
hjag-$ky(i> v. я**]я.
hjag-gdan a seat made of the
grass called я*ч|‘»<; a cotton-rug with its
edges turned up with red cloth.
я^я hjag-ma 1. a fragrant grass,
Andropogon mu mat us. 2. асе. to Sch. a
coarse and thick grass of inferior quality
used in roofing huts. 3. a blade (of
grass); stalk (of corn);	on
every blade of grass; ^’^’я^я-^’^ч) a
bundle of blades of Ku$a grass. я^$5
ace. to Sch. horse-tail, pewter grass,
Bgiiisctuni (Jd.). я^яя’^* aho called g
the roots of this grass. In Tsang
яя*]я is called (В*, я^]Я being eolloq. a
word of CL; in Tsang we hcar^’^’S’
sa-shin phru-rlog byed-rgynhi
khyem a shovel with which soil is over-
turned (Rtsii.).
hjags n. under я^ч 1,=^я| as
remember, keep in
mind :
pray bear in the ocean of your mind
that we may meet before long (Yig.k.
26). 2. clay or mud (Dag. 8).
я^д]*гч hjags-pa in C. to give, to make
a present, to formally present (Georg? s
Alphabeium Tibetamun).
the time
of happiness or prosperity.
ОДК’ lljaA place in N. W. Tibet which
once formed the kingdom of Bjan
(J. ZafL).
я^я-д-^яря Bjan-gyi rgyan-mkhar one
of the thirty-seven holy places of the Bon •
(G. Bon. 38).
ОДЦ’Ч hjfin-ica to devour, swallow
(Sch.).
я^с^-о^ля’ Bjan-tsha Lha-dican the
son of king*	Khri Idc-
gtsug-brlan betrothed to tho sister of the
Emperor Jun, Jun the fifth of the Tang
dynasty. Ho died before his would-be
spouse could reach Tibet. His father,
however, married her as she would not go
back to China without becoming a queen.
яяяhjafi-so=4sa-wdsham$.
lljans-shabs n. of a place in
Kham (Lon. a, 12).
я^адгзгад Bjan$-sa-lham n. of a place in
Kham (Lon. >, 12).
hjan-po a consort; properly
яц-W=husband, and —wife.
ЯВД'«фА hjab-gdan a soft rug made
of wool (Rtsii.).
ОДЦ’Ц hjab-pa pf. prob, fut.,
to sneak, slink, creep privily; to lie in
wait, in ambush; Х*вгявд’<1 to make an
attempt on a person’s life.
я^сг^’Р A/aZ>-Ju-?nz=*i№ rkun-po or
МЯ rkun-ma (Mnon.) a thief; явд’д^гзг
to steal clandestinely.
яад*? hjab-ise a pair of scissors, nippers,
teezers.
я«-|"р hjab-tse-kha a kind of rug made
of <;яя $б7ег-тл

453

hjam-pa	tender,
soft, lovely, charming.
Syn. ^’ci mnen-pa,	hbol-wa
(Mnon.).
hjam-kh$ ЧЕХ, straight.
qew-яч^ JJjarn-mgon е^етчт ; v. ^»r«pq.
Bjam-тпдоп chos-kyi
rgyal-po the complimentary title by which
Tsong-khapa is addressed in Tibet:
-gq’qqto the lotus
feet of the king of the Doctrine, Jam-pal.
Bjam-mgon bstan-
pahi srog-^in Jam-gon the life-tree of the
Doctrine.
hjam-mgoa bl a-ma an ad-
dress of politeness to the hierarchs of
the S'akya school.
hjam-ju§=^'^ a rkyan-jus a
kind of silk scarf or satin.
hjam-hjam polite words: ^Vq*
СК5Г^Я,3“polite language
should be used even towards the meanest
person.” Also, in C. softly, gently.
hjam-ljan hdab-ldan a
parrot or the bird with light green plumage
i Mfion.).
hjam днеп-та a woman of
fascinating speech.
hjam-thabs gentle means, milder
measures.
| Bjam-pahi rdo-rje n.
of a deity; a Bodhisattva.
* qwqS'53^ Bjam-pahi-dbyans
Maitri (firg. m. 113, 35).
hjam-pahi rigs E^^TT^tu
humbler classes (opp. to Z^Qrtsub-pa), soft,
tender, smooth, mild, e.g., of cloth, hair; a
meadow, a plain without stones or rocks,
of fruit, the air, the character of a person,
a person’s way of speaking.
wrq hjam-po 1. soft, gentle, not rough
or cross;	gyon-po-ma yin-p>a
not stiff. 2. тгад,	mild ; alum.
^W^'^hjam-pos-leniG draw out infor-
mation or any secret from another by
using fascinating or smooth language.
^*rqvg hjam-por-$mra speak softly,
gently.
Bjam-dpal E^rvl n. of the
third JDhyani Bodhisattva, who is
regarded as the deputy of the third
Dhyani Buddha, Dzin-sten Jung-do. Is
popular throughout Nepal and Tibet.
His several names are:—E^Vt4
the soft-voiced;	Ces-rab-kyi-
lha the god of wisdom;
Brtaii-pahi hkhor-lo*, wgj Ral-gri-
can;	Zur-phud Ina-pa;
Blo-yi-gter	Nag-gi die an-ph у-
Sen-ge-rtsen;	Smra-
wahi rgyal-po ; Smra-ivahi-lha;
jTifc Ye-tys melon; $ ’^E’g Ye-ges-sku\^’M*
Ces-rab hkhor-lo ;-^е‘мг^ Qes-rab-sku ;
Rdo-rje rnon-po ; ^ Syg'srq Nag-gi
rgyal-po {Mnon.).
Q^qq^E'q E^Hhfrsrx the residence
or sphere in the heavens of Jam-pal.
*	Bjam-dpal-grags E^JeV
(Bull. 1848, 295).
Bjam-dpal rgya-mtsho n.
of the eighth Dalai Lama of Lhasa who
died in the year 1805, aged 46. From
the birth of Tsong-khapa to the 20th
year of the Dalai Lama Bjam-dpal rgya-
mtsho 420 years elapsed (Lon. 16).
♦	g JBjam-dpal rfia-$gra W1?!-
n. of a Buddha (Td. 2, 279).

454

q Bjam-dpal $nin-po the name
under which Tsong-khapais now belioved
to be known in tho Tusita regions.
n. of a Buddhist religious
hook giving description of the region
where dwells Man-jus'ri or Jam-pal.
*	Bjam-dpal ffshon-
nur gyur-pa	a manifestation
of Jam-pal.
*	Tljam-dpal bfr$-gnen,
Tljam-dbyan* *ши)ч v.
VH called also tho principal Bodhisattva
among	the eight spiritual
sons of tho Buddha.
*	Hjam-dbyaiis dkar-po
a white image or manifestation of Jam-
pal. A yellow ditto
11 jam-dfyyan§ dmar-ser.
*	Jljam-dbyans smra-sen
srl'-P’* Wa-ghi gta-ra	Lord of
speech.
lljam-hbrasn. of medicinal fruit
reputed usefid in diseases of tho kidney
{Med?);
hjam-hbras dbyp-pa, v.
(Jfnon.), a medicinal fruit, [the tree Pon-
gamia glabrd]S.
hjam-ma l.=t‘R^ resp. for 3*)’4
gruel, broth. 2. goddess of fortune.
‘Й hjam-mo post-stage (&Ж.).
^5г|* hjam-rtsi	a purging
clyster; a mild purgative medicine.
hjam-yas n. of a number {Ya-
sei. 57).
hjam-bslus mgo-skor-wa
to deceive by sweet and fascinating
language.
hjah or
rainbow; also tho colours of
the rainbow; w&fwq hjah-tshon у al-
tea the vanishing of the rainbow; W^5
hjah-hod light or splendour of the rain-
bow ; the body of a saint vanishing
in tho rainbow or in tho manner of the
colours of tho rainbow.
Syn. 5«K’qcv5i^ dwan-pohi mtshon; 4g’
В^З brgya-byin gshu;	rlun-
gi rgyal-tshap; rlun-gi bah, 8^’5Г
rlun-gi hbra$-bu; ^S’S’q hod Ina-pa ;
gshah-tshon ; hjah-ris;
rgan-pohi thig;	Iha-rgyal
mtshon-cha ;	so^-ka bshad;
dtcan-gshw,	lha-yi tshan-ri§;
dicah-pohi (jin-lal {Milon.).
ОДО/Е} hjah-wa 1. also aec. to
Seh. lame, gen. ^’3;	hjah-tfar
byed-pa to make lame, to lame. 2. to
bespeak, to concert, to confederate {Seh.)
QEQ/£| hjah
-ma laces or needle-work
representing the colours of the rainbow;
generally Chinese shoes are made with
such laces.
hjah-sa or edict, diploma,
a permit {Cs?); said to be a Chinese word
Tibetanized.
hjah-ris, n. ^^.hjah.
hjah-sa,	faithful ser-
vant of the king.
hjar-wa acc. to <X=W’q to
stick together, to cohere.
hjal-wa, pf. 4S*I, fut.
imp. {Rdo. jfi) 1. to weigh.
(a pair of) scales for weighing. 2. to
measure :	to measure • the
length. 3. to appraise, to taS J to weigh

455
in one’s mind, to ponder; more fully
expressed by	blos-gshal-ica (hppt,
to understand. 4. to pay; pay
back, repay;	to pay a debt;
skyin-pahg'aI-tea to repay a loan;
to pay rent or tax, esp. with ;
or	to
retaliate, return, repay, return evil for
good; also in tho way of a fine or punish-
ment. In the Tibetan penal code 0’^
khri-hjal, i.e., payment in ten thousand
fold is nccc-sary for making good the loss
of sacred life or objects; а^а§чвд in.
eighty-fold for the property of the clergy;
nine-fold is compensation for the
property of ordinary men.
the articles or essentials of payment in
purchase or of exchange in barter.
hjal-kha the act or business of mea-
suring ; fHar measured.
hjal-tcar-byed=>^\^§S or
fWlR’ paying in price;	hjal-
was ятц dry or liquid measurement or
weighmeut.
hjal-byed = 4 adhakas ; a
measure; a measure of capacity.
0Д5ГЦ hjas-pa, v. §5'3^4 (Mnon.),
•<Д’П hji-гса 1. or	a flea,
also g‘A Iji-ica. 2. acc. to Cfe. = ^’A. 3.
soft, smooth. 4. acc. to Sch. disgusting,
nasty, e.g., of a filthy smell.
I: hjig-rten — 0^'** HHR 1.
the transmigratory existence (Mnon.);
or	passed out of
the world. 2. symbolically the number
three (Rtsi.).
receptacle of all
that is perishable. 1. the external world,
the universe,; ^Г^‘3‘^ the god of the
world (who is also subject to death) ; ^4*
hjig-rten las hdas-pa one that
has escaped from this world, emancipated,
blessed;	hjig-rten-gsum the
three divisions of the world: earth, the
heavens and hades; ^|‘^’3*9’qhjig-rten-
gyi bya-wa worldly things or affairs; ^{4*
hjig-rtcn-la dgos-pahi
bslab-bya useful maxims of life, moral
rules; ^’^'3	the eight
worldly objects:—(a)	rned-pa
gain; (6) ж rned-pa loss; (c)
fame ; (d) й’^’А notoriety
or ill-fame; (e) fft’A fa-41 slanderer scan-
dal ; (/) Af^A ssfar praise; (g) a^a
happiness; (h) ?«q*Ag*i sdug-bsnal
misery.	the five temporal
acts of a Buddha:—Conception in the
mother’s womb, birth, youthful achieve-
ments, marriage, and reigning over
the kingdom.	the
five works leading to the passing out
of the world of a Buddha: (a) ^A'§*
(чтет) renunciation; (b) 7ЧЯ’А'§5’А
(U4^jy) asceticism; (0)	chos-
hkhor bskor-ica (^Й^ТЯТЙ^) turning the
wheel of Law, i.e., preaching religion;
(d)	cho-hphrul ston-
cin bdud btul-гса subduing tho devil
(Mara) by exhibiting religious miracles;
(e) J^’A the attainment of Nirvana.
2. world, as a more general term: a^a*
bde-ica-can gyi hjig-rten the
Sukhavati or the world of bliss.
There are two kinds of worlds:—(a)
я'^'ач’яВа]the impure or defiled world,
i.e., the world of sin ; (b) V4A44&J] the
sanctified world, i.e., the world of purity.
Most Buddhists include our world,
in the Madag-pahi Hjig-rten. The fol-
lowing five include the pure worlds' or
Dag-pahi hjig-rten: (a) A^AVApjflprA’A^'
|	456
gthe worlds which have been sanc-
tified by the presence of the seven Sugata
Buddhas or the happily-passed-away Bud-
dhas ; (6) the worlds presided over by the
Buddhas of the ten quarters and the five
Dhyani Buddhas; (e) the world of beati-
tude called «KVvyvq or
(rf) the world called pad пш-
can ; (e) De-wa-chan or the World of
Bliss of the Northern Buddhists (Sor?y.).
Our present world is divided into two:—
ya)	Phyi-$nod-kyi hjig-rten
the physical or inorganic world, (6)
the living or animated world.
qBo]hjig-rten-kham$	the
world.
Syn. wfy^a-rten ; 4f\^\beud-kyi'$vod\
gna$-rten; rati-$kyed\
sa-bon (Mnon.).
rBoj	hjig-rten-kham$ kyi
eha-$a§	part of the world.
* *^1	Bjig-rten rnkhah-hgro n.
of a nymph.
hjig-rten mkh yen-pa <r^-
the knower of the world, t>., of all
that happens in the world.
hjig-rten-khrim§=^'$*w
rgyal-khrim$ the laws or institutes for
governing (Mnon.).
^43’^ hjig-rten-gyi gtani worldly
saying, common saying, proverb.
Я^Г^'3'Ч5 hjig-rten-gyi thad
worldliness; in the direction of worldliness,
or usage, custom, etc.
bjig-rten-gyi bar
in the world a dark space, n. of a hell.
Bjig-rten-gyi gtso-bo the
lord of the universe (M. V.).
^ofi^-g^q bjig-rten-gyi tshul
worldly manner, according to custom, or
usage.
qtfl]’q Bjig-rten mgon-po
the patron or protector of the world; an
epithet of the Bodhisattva Avalokites'vara ;
also n. of the Buddha.
hjig-rten hjig-pa
the destruction of the world.
an aversion to the con-
cerns of this world, being tho outcome of
adherence to the Doctrine.
hjig-rlen-hdul
spyihi-mtshan)	one who
has conquered the world—a general epi-
thet of Buddha (Mfton.).
hjig-rten-pa	a
worldly man, a layman.
bjig-rten dpan-po=\^ also
tnuxuraf the sun, the witness of
the world.
hjig-rten pha-rol the
next world.
§5'q Bjig-rten byed-po the maker
of the universe, an epithet of
Mahes'vara (Situ. 8).
Bjig-rten byed-po = ^^^'^
Iha-tshan$-pa a name of Brahma (Mnon.).
Bjig-rten dwan-phyug
VC a name of Avalokites'vara (Mnon.).
*	Bjig-rten du'an-
phyug yi-ge bdun the seven letters symbo-
lical of Avalokites'vara (A. 2b)-
hjig-rten-mig=P^**	:
the sun as the eye of the world (Mnon.);
n. of a Rishi, the founder of Lokayata
sect of Indian atheists (Grub. ”| 5).
Bjig-rten me$-po
the ancestor of the world; an epithet of
Brahma (Mnon.).
*	bjig-rten zla-wa^^^ (Ka-
lae. T, 7b).
457

^Ч]’Ц|
** Hjig-rten las hda^-ma а
n. of the queen of the Noi-Jin demons
(K. g. S 130).
hjig-rten $in rta-ma^WQ
hbab-chu a hill torrent (Л/йоя.).
^Ч|’Ц I: hjig-pa=^ia\a break-
ing down, destruction, ruin.
аЦ'ц II: 1. vb, act. pf. fut.
imp.	46.) to destroy, to
devastate, to devour, to abolish, to do
away with, dissolve (an enchantment).
2. vb. n. pf. or shig to be lost;
undermined ; to decay, perish :
5*9 (earthly good) may be easily lost
again; ч	to restore repair.
3. to suck, draw out moisture (&Л.), v.
&r<i.
hjig-pa-can frail, perishable
(Cs.); imperishable.
hjig-pahi bskal-pa 4^^
the period of dissolution of the universe.
hjig-pahi nan-can
subject to destruction.
R&fqKjj-q hjig-par Ita-ica appre-
hensive of danger, fearful.
hjig-tshogs lit. collection of the
destmctibles, t.e., the worldly things;
iftaw terrible.
c&^qj^-oigiq hjig-tshogs-la Ita-wa the
doctrine of regarding everything as des-
tructible; described as
one of the five schools of philosophy
that aimed at freedom from misery,
holding that worldly existence is comprised
of five miseries; the doctrines opposed to
it were:—(1)	(2) wg; (3) ^*
•«Xspfei; (4)	; (5) <S*T?-
[The Sanskrt equivalents may be thus
rendered:—(1)	regarding the
body as permanent; (2)	ponder-
ing on death ; (3) fwnqjs false concep-
tion, i.e.y denial of future existence ;
(4)	hesitation or doubt about
truths; (5)	doubt about rules
of conduct] £
ba-ru-ra a medicinal
fruit.
hjigs-pa I: vb. to fear,
be afraid, be terrified. Frq. both in old
and recent lit., also common in colloq.
In books occurs with the instrumental
case of the object:
fearing those who were able to
destroy the city; but in later writings
and in colloq. takes
because her anger was arising,
he became afraid of the goddess (JZiY.) :
I am afraid of you,
thus he said. The form of the supine
seems to be not	and is in
common use:
as it was proper to fear the
poisonous snakes in the trench, they filled
it (with water) (G. Sndg.). Intensive
forms of this verb are very frq. in early
lit., being combined with either
or or with both; esp. common in the
Kah-gyur treatises:	grew
afraid;	was sore affrighted.
II : sbst. fear, apprehension,
dread. Often with genit. case:
rgyal-pohi hjigs-pa standing in fear of
the king; JЧ5|П|-в&1ргсгд«чbecause
free from fear of robbery, I am happy;
when having no appre-
hension of expenditure, he felt happy-
Syn.	skrag-pa*, AT*’4 dog$-pa‘,
5W dnafa-pa\ skyi-gyab} 5’^
skyi-bun ;	bag-isha-wa (Mnon.)*
*	hjig§-§kyobs 45
chuhi... sen-gehi...^'^ .glaA-P0**^
59

458

chad-pahi... kluhi...
rnkhah-grohi.. mi~rgod*kyi... (Schr.).
hjig$-§krag fear, panic; also a
terrible object:	he has be-
come frightened.
«гёчцгярц hjig^mkhan ono who is fright-
ened.
R&prqsN hjig§-bca§ W, nta with fear,
possessed of fear.
hjigs-bca^Jani a bad, unsafe
road
чВа]«г£5гч hjig$-chum-pay v.
* hjigs^ter (Kalac T. 152)
[inspiring fear, causing danger]
bjigs-sdafi W^x fierce, terrible;
also a term for wine.
lljigs^dc hMK Wi^fi
terrible, a name of the second Paydava,
also Bhishma.
hjig$-$na§ 1. lit. a fearful
place; a cemetery, where dead bodies are
left or disposed of. 2. = ^q fbn wealth,
prosperity.
Syn. dur-khrod; ro-yi-gas
{Mnon.).
hjig$-pa~can 1. fearful, timo-
rous. 2. dreadful, frightful (Cs.).
hjig^pa bcu-pa = *^ ma-he
a buffalo.
hjigs*pa~med WHU fearless.
hjig$-pa sel-byed the remo-
ver of all fears; a kind or ruler; also=5^'я
a Jina, who removes all fears.
Syn.	mihi mgon-po;
sa-bshi skyon (Mnon.).
hjig%-par-hyyur becomes
frightened;	hjig&par byedwpZ-
fw frightened.
hjig^byed^kyes bom
of Bhishma.
*	Ejig-bye# b^du^pa
(Schr.).
Hjigs-byed-rna 1. n. of a
princess of the Yaksa or Noijin demi-gods.
(K. g. 5, 130). 2.=^‘^qw the way to sin
(Mnon.).
propitiating eight fearful gob-
lins (Schr.).
(q) hjtg$~rnfi-(tca) wfrt, sfaw,
жЪтгш,	fearful, loath-
some ; one of tho names of the second son
Рац^и Raja.
hjig^sa dangerous quarters or
place.
hjig$-sa-chc a placo where
there is much occasion for being afraid.
hjigs-su rufi-wa~ma xhrfl,
ftw, •. n. of a goddess of fearful mien.
Q.EK’ I: hjin a mineral substance
applied on old sores.
Rte’ II: seems to mean the midst,
as well as the expanse, the whole bulk;
g	rgya-mtsho-ye hjifi the whole sur-
face of tho sea;
lu$-hjam hjag-po mtsho hjin-hjug the smooth-
bodied Takshaka (snake) enters into the
midst of the lake.
rIc’r hjin-pa also «^’4 neck, resp.
hjin-kyog a wry neck (Cs.);
the nape of the neck (Jd.);
the back part of the neck (Cs.);
(lit. sunk-neck) a short-neck (in a
man).
hjin^ hi®, ячт th© center, the
pith or 53”,	the
depths of the sea; the centre of ocean
(Dag. 8).
459

Q.E-3 t| |
hjib-hthun lit. that drinks as
soon as it is Ьогп=|’Я',г*‘’Гс< §kge$~ina
thag-pa an infant just born.
оДц’Ч I; hjib-pa or pf. also
fut. or^A to suck, e.g., of
a baby;	to suck with the lips
{Dag. 8). fi«]'^q^ to suck blood; also to
blister.
с&гч и : or cf. ^‘q to
relish, also to taste.
hjib-rtsi acc. to Cs. a syrup, a
medicinal plant.
hjib-rtsi chen-po n. of a medi-
cinal plant; it is said of it:
it cures inflamma-
tion of the liver and the teeth and diseases
of the mouth.
qhrq hjim-pa mud, clay, also
muddy water (ДГЯоп.). § mud image
or statue.	hjm-$kon a small cup of
olay; a crucible (Cs.).	a figure
formed of clay.
hjhn-las-pa one of the four
classes of the rural people who make mud
houses; those who work in mud, cultiva-
tors of the soil {Ya-sel. 55).
Utorq hjil-ica 1. to shed blood. 2.
pf. boil, fut.	tо expel, eject, remove,
turn off.	phyir hjil-wa to banish
out (noxious animals, vices, etc.).
+	]Ijil-na-gan river mentioned
in early history of India {К. my. p 198).
hjil-li —^^khrihii-qin a chair,
wooden stool; alhjah-ris colours
of the rainbow :
rdsins-kyi kha khyer-las hjil-li byas-nas (A.
18^ a seat was furnished him by his being
carried on the deck of a vessel.
Q|'q I: hju-ica vb. 1. pf. to seize,
grasp, lay hold of, with {Dag. 8):
dpral-wahi mdah-la hju-wa
grasping the arrow (that was) sticking
in his forehead;	taking
firmly hold of each other ; <чд|'Ч^ я^-q to
grasp by the hand {Jd.). 2. pf. fut.
to melt, to digest; ^N’%‘q to digest the
food; 4’8|’q easily digestible; 4’Wq
difficult for digestion;
RWqv’SW^V^’^^’q^'q*^ whatever
has been eaten, drunk, or tasted with
perfect ease (pleasure) becomes well
digested.
II: 1. digestion; hju-wa-
la-sgo the digestion is in order, is easy
{Itfedj;	the digestive power is
weak {Med.; Ja.). 2. = яВ^ a flea (&?Л.).
I: hjug, slabs to plant, fix,
pitch;hjug-bde-tca^^'^^ stabs-
bde-wa easy to plant or to fix.
Ч4!’4^’^’4 hjug-hkhrun ehod-pa to
make the last settlement, settle a thing
once for all.
Ч4!’4^*4 hjug-brgya-pa=^^\ glog тгда
lightning; banks, margin.
hjag-nogs, ufa n. of Vishnu ;
a ford, where one may cross a river,
also the margin of a river.
Ч4!’^4! bjug-ldog obstacles.
Ч4!'^ hjug-§dud for Ч4!’^ in-
sertion, also conclusion in a syllogism.
I: hjug-pa
pf. and imp. shugs 1. to go
into, to enter ; ^’V^'4^4!’4 to enter into
the water; J’^vagspq to start on the sea;
QW^'44rq to set out, start, to proceed on
a journey. Gren. Ч4!’4 is used with the
termin. case, but sometimes it occurs with
«I:	by the blessing of

460
*^1
the reverend lamas I have entered the
mountains [Mil. I4 278) ;
q and when they
had emerged from the first stage of Sam-
tan abstraction (»>., dhydiia), they entered
into the second stage (J)zl.). In this
passage, we find the ter min. case employ-
ed : W”Л	when I feel
cold, I enter into the fold of the very
Void (Mil. *192).	to betake
to pious works;	works that are
a consequence of having really entered
upon the praetieA of virtue, positive good
works;	осодч to turn to
religion, to be converted ;	Ч4)41
hjan-pa shig-la hjug-pato adopt a certain
religion, a certain doctrine. 2. almost
analogous to 1. is another eommon signi-
fication : to begin, to set about. Hero
the vb. is always eoupled to the participle
by *4 :	to begin to think
upon;	4 to begin showing ;
4	having started
entirely exterminating one another {Ja.).
II: = 5^*4 sbst. the going into,
the entering; the beginning; the first
stage of a disease {Mng.); also can signify :
ТОП the incarnation of a deity.
Ч4!4^ Bjug-pa-Ъси	the ten
incarnations of the Supreme Being
z Vishnu), viz., $ the Fish;
Tortoise; the Pig; ^fnvtho
Man-lion; зтни the Dwarf;
Krishna or lather his elder brother
Balarama;	ЧТЩПТ Paras'u
Kama;	Eamaeandra;
Ntarjsj Buddha; Kin-ghi rtse
Kalki.
Ш; (Perh- a^so
Lex.)^ fut. (Rdo. 46), imp. vb.
1. to put into, insert; to infuse, inject;
to fix. йto convert a man,
to induce him to adopt a certain religion.
2. to appoint, constitute ; also to mani-
fest, place out, settle. 3. to command,
induce. 4. to permit, allow, suffer. In
last two senses with termin. case of root of
verb.
q	hjug-pa-geig — ^^ ‘^<4 of one
opinion, of the same party;	; J’l”'
(Mnon.).
Ч4!^ hjug-pahi-gna$ met. house,
residence (Mnon.).
4*1 q^q hjug-par hdod-pa to wish to
take up any work.
^^qvg^q hjug-par-byed-pa to under-
take.
ЧЯ’З hjug-bya 1. road. 2. dwelling.
Ч4! hjug-rins (for	mjug-
ring %3 comet.
+	hjitti8-pa=fo'%'%'Q 1. ava-
rice ; avaricious {Dag. 8). 2. ^4^ a
miser;	hjufa-pa-can avaricious.
+	hjud-pa and more frq.
a secondary form of 4*14 cf- $S‘q, 45q-
+	hjiid-mthiin-ina or 4T4V*1
=	Jifwi a prostitute, harlot.
(Daj. 8);	hjud-mthun byed-pa
to play the harlot.
4^*4* Hjun-hgar a tribe of Eleuth
Mongols who invaded Tibet and destroyed
monasteries circa 1645 {Lon. ^12}.
0,^’Ц hjun-pa pf. bean, fut.
gfdnin (ef. Q^bshun, 9^ shun) aec. to Cs.,to
subdue, make tame; to make confess; to
make soft, to soften, to punish (by
words or blows); to convert,
one who can tame by certain means or
strategy.
4*'BS hjum-khyad= ^•^^•qw'40|'q
to diminish, to become less {Rtsii.).

461

hjum-pa or	pf. я&н bjum,
fut. imp. $*, prop, to cause to shudder,
but is frq. as neut. vb. to contract;
contraction of the muscles, shrinking
(Sch.).
Hjur-дедъ n. of a kind of Yi-
dag whose throat is so contracted that
a drop of water can hardly pass through
it to quench his ever-burning thirst.
hjur-gyis suddenly, all at once:
ua-bzahi phag-na tshur dnul-gyi man-dal
khrti gan-pa shig hjur-gyis bton. from the
pocket of his robe he suddenly drew forth
a silver mandal tray one cubit square
(Bbrom. I4).
4^ hjur-ica (pf. q.v.) 1. to draw
tight;	to be entangled;
wrinkled, as the skin is in old age;
hjur-mig a wire-drawing hole or
vice. 2. = QK^’q to evade, to shun, to go
out of the way; ^’**5 unavoidable (Ja.).
hjur-bu the act of busying one’s
self in worldly concerns and thereby re-
maining tied to them,
КЗ,	(Lo. 40).
hju§ seized, held by the hand, v.
4q.
hje sometimes written for
•+> Ц hgebs-pa or	well
sounding, beautiful, handsome; also of
sweet sounds; harmony, euphony
(Ja.).
re& ci hjem-pa also or 1.
dexterity, cleverness. 2. skilled, clever.
Bjer-hjig$ an epithet of Indra
(ЛГпоя.).
оЮп hjo-wa	sgeg-pa mtw
fascinating, charming, seductive.
Ju'd hjo-bgam phyo^-pa=or я&гч
playful, coquettish. hjo-sgeg:
1. beauty, charm (Yig- 50).	2. a
coquettish, alluring posture;
the harlot places herself alluringly
(Jd.).	hjo ster-wa — S^'^ giving
delight, charming (Mnon.).
оК’Л II: pf. fut. imp.
to milk;	to milk a yak-
cow. Я^ЧЙ’Ч hdod-hjohi-Ьа 3innhl a
cow yielding all desires; a cow that gives
milk at pleasure.
hjo-mkhan one who milks a
cow; also hjo-wa-po.
hjo-wa-mo a milkmaid.
яГя hjo-ma a mil ch-cow.
Syn. Ч'Й ba-mo; hbab-byed;
yons-hjom (Mnon.).
яЕ’-q hjo-qa and -qhjo-$a-ka
chen-po are celestial flowers.lhahi
meJog flowers of the gods (K. d. 156).
hjog-pa I: ^n^r,
; pf. ^4, fut. imp. :
1. to put, place, make a place for,
settle; to assign:
(A* $5) if you can employ
me I must do the work of an attendant.
to set one a task, to employ one
in a certain service;	q
to set up some person as false witnesses;
to boar in mind;	to
leave behind, to leave out, to put by, to lay
aside.	treasure and articles
were not put by.	one who
hoards up wealth. 2. to leave, to leave
behind; an impression;
to leave one’s own country;
so that it is not loft to povferty;
to leave offspring behind,
to propagate the species (Ja.).
^]'С| |
462

II: pf.	fut. Я^%
imp. to cut, to hew, to square (a pen,
timber, etc.), to carve, to chip (a thin piece
of wood, eto.) (Ja.).
R&jfEj Ндод-ро^ъуЪ m n. of a
species of Naga or Lu. <rgfwr
Taxila, n. of an ancient city in the
Panjab which was visited by Alexander
the Great.	Klu-rgyal
dgah-Ъо IJjog-po Naga-raja Nanda
Takshaka.
hjog-byed n. of a bitter medi-
cinal plant.
hjofi.	Icon tadpole. 2.
a hoe, pick-axe:	frjoft-chcn,
a large hoe, also pick-axe:
the hammer and hoe are both of
the devil (D.I?.). 3. of egg-form
*TS) (Dag. 8).
oXr2f hjon-po also hjon-hjofi oblong,
longish, oval, elliptical, cylindric, bottle-
shaped, etc.; also applied to stature: tall;
oblong shaped, in relation to
leaves, cones of firs, etc.; # *
slips; leaves split into narrow slips.
(Jrai. §n.);	an oval form (Ja.).
a small low table
(used as dining table for a single person in
Tibet).
hjon-dmar—*^ copper (7Г. du.
19).
* afcw hjoni* ЯП broken (Kalae. T.
144).
hjo ms-pa, pf. or чЖяя
also of fut. Я^я (Rdo. 46), imp.
1.	W, VTH, t^Arnpr,
qftn to conquer, subdue, put down, sup-
press ;	to root out a disease ;
emKwo to defeat in a war;
blo-mun hjom§-pa to keep down or suppress
a wicked person;
to be quite overpowered by lust;
the following overpowering (charm);
will be killed, des-
troyed; чТя’Й an exclamation: I am
done for I (Ja.). 2. to oppress, tyrannize
over, plunder:	as they
were on the point of plundering him.
аЦ who
were oppressed by the king were delivered.
From this verb is derived the well-known
appellation of Buddha,	mean-
ing “he who, possessed of victory, has
passed beyond.”
i: hjom§-byed 1. a charm, a
magical formula. 2. an exorcist who
suppresses the vanquisher.
Syn. ndhu-bo-che;	rdo-
rje hdsin-pa (Mnon.).
* и:	the conqueror; con-
querable (Kalac. T. 153).
*Ewr§Y5 JJjom$-bycd-bu the eldest of
the five Papdava brothers (Mnon.).
hjor—rffc 1. hoe, grubbing hoe,
mattock, pick-axe; ^'^Я^ the iron of a
mattock (Cs.). 2. the supine of as in
hjor-gyi$ rko-tca to turn up
with the hoe; ^‘5 a small hoe.
^'3 hjor-po a large mattock, spade ;
hjor-yzi the handle of the hoe.
^Xoi’q I: hjol-wa 1. to hang" down,
go$ tta-bu as of a robe, grament.
2. occurs for hbyol-wa to turn .aside,
to make way.
463
П II: a sbst. acc. to Cs.—^'
в^®< hjol-hjol or fl]^4'A gshol-wa train, trail,
retinue; hjol-gos or hjol-ber
a linen cloth, a robe or garment with
a train; hjobcan having a train;
qw^q54lq*g4’^ put on the protecting
robes of listening, reflection, meditation
{Mil. 92).
r&ta&i hjol-hjol hanging belly or
paunch Jd.\	Кдч
like a flowing robe touching the ground
while walking) {Dag. 8).
hjol-le hanging; cf. or ^5'4’
аЁогй hanging-belly, paunch.
Бjol-mo 1. a singing bird of
very sweet note, said to be abundant in
the juniper groves near Lhasa and in
Lhokha:	hjol-
mohi grc-wa$ tshan$-pahi dbyan§ lia-bu $kyed
from the throat of the Jol-mo comes out a
voice-like that of Brahma. In Snd. Hbk.
mention is made of two species of Jol-mo:
gaid to be a species of blackbird
identical with Merula ruficollis, aud
a middle-sized piebald bird described as
white in colour with yellow markings and
with a daub of red behind each ear.
Met. Syn.	Ina-icahi dbyafa-
§nan;	gre-hgyur-mkhan ;
3^5 dus-tshigs kun-hgro {Mnon.).
store-room {Ja}.
1V4 rjid-pa acc. to Cs. lean; gen.
4a.
rjib-las in IF. = service done in
socage ; compulsory service in the fields,
on roads etc. {Ja}.
6,^’4 rjud-pa—^^rgud-pa
\> .49
trouble, danger, disadvantage {Dag. 8).
t	wiw, яя lord, master,
superior, chief;	his lordship, his
majesty; a title of rulers and chiefs. In
Tibet this title is also applied to
ministers and to officials up to the
rank of Mdah-dpon (general) if ap-
pointed from among the hereditary nobles
of the land. ^’3'1 yul-gyi rje
mdsad-nas having acted the part of a
sovereign of the country.
t'B'SRje Khri sgra §pufis-can
one of the kings of Tibet {Yig} ;
Rje khri-thog the reigning king (of Tibet).
Rje Dge-hdun-grub Gedun-
dub, the famous Lama of Lhasa who
founded the monastery of Tashi-lhunpo in
Tsang, and who was one of the most
distinguished disciples of Tsongkhapa.
Note: the title of Dalai Lama was not
assumed until 200 years later.
rje-nar sqp the loin; but acc. to
Jd. the lower part of the leg.
*	Rje Ican^kya robpahi
rdo-rje or	Lcan-§kya rob
pahi rdo-rjihi-shab§ {18B), v. Rolpahi
Rdorje.
^5 rje-nid 4^ your lordship, rever-
ence.
Rje-thog-rtsan n. of a king of
Tibet {Yig}.
rje-ua, pf. ч^м, fut. imp. ч^
qfKWH to change, barter, to give or take
in exchange: я^’5д*ч|<гч^ it may be
changed for these; to shift, pass on;
articles of barter.
w,	1- lord,
master, ruler, king:	be
464	<5'^1
became sovereign of Tibet;
й*В sa-yi bdag-po mi-yi rje the lord of the
soil, ruler of the people; B’^’V^ master
and servant; B'p^ master and slave; B'S}
king and minister;	rje-ci hgs sir,
what for, why ? 2. a title of honour for
dreaded persons or deities.
Syn. gtso-bo;	dmag-hdren ;
mgo-dponJfA\^dpon-mgo {Шон.\
rje-hbans the king aud his
subjects.
acc. f0 CSt a lady
of rank ; B’*'4^‘ young lady.
I й rje-mo mistress, lady.
rje-btsun reverend, wor-
shipful. This title is applied to saints,
hermits, learned lamas, е.д.у to Milaraspa,
the author aud peripatetic teacher.
*	Rje-btsun
dam-pa blo-bzan bstan-pahi rgyal-mtshan
Schr.
*	rjc-btsiin-dpal
honourable sir I {Bull. 1838, 301) Schr.
*	Bjc-btsan byams-pa or§w
q your beneficient reverence ! 1 A.)
Schr.
1*^'* rjt-btsun-ma lady who has
entered the order of ge-long-ma. Ap-
plied also to any very charitable от devout
woman.
to the feet of the
venerable lady who in her devotion to
the cause of religion and in beneficence
is unrivalled {Yig. k. 13).
*	Rje-btsun-ma kd-pa-li
td-ra {53 A.)	Rje-
btsun-ma hphags-ma sgrol-ma
W nW titles of the goddess Dolma
{Ta. 2, 151).
rje-rigs the caste of the nobility;
the caste of the smaller lords, ?>.,
gentlemen.
Syn. brfa-byun (sprung from the
loins); brla-skyes (loin-bom);
sa-reg^ ВУ^** rjehu-rigs {Шоп.).
ВRje Rin-po-che the epithet by
which Tsong-khapa is commonly known in
Tibet. His real name was
Spprq in Sans.
rjehu-rigSy v. В’^Я^ tje-rig$.
B’4 rje-sa^^'v deference, respect;
§5'4 to show respect, to pay ond*s respect.
th ^5*^ ijed-pa 'таит, pf. and fut. ^BS
brjed 1. to honour, reverence ; qBS
to honour and worship;	vener-
able, worthy of honour. 2. to for-
get ; ^Bv^'R^p brjed-du hjug-pa to
make forget, to cause to forget:
стрглВ^Л having gradually forgotten my
native land {Hfil.).
rjed-na$-c,an ace. to Lex. con-
sulted ; by Jd. Hf4wfa; forgetful, oblivious;
Cs. gives instead of it BS‘^’^.
Bs ‘3 rjed-chu draught of oblivion, water
of forgetfulness.
Bv? rjed-tho list of notes, memorandum,
journal, note-book, etc.
BS’K rjed-rdo prob, memorial stone (Ja.).
tS’9c'‘ rjed-byaft specification or list
of goods, luggage, etc., which the Tibetans
mark with letters of the alphabet.
BS’lS Tjed-byed or BtV§\S'4lA<Ji 1. a
demon that takes away the power of
memory. 2. epilepsy.
Bs'^ rjed-zas the meal of forgetfulness
{0s.); any food that produces oblivion.

465
<5Г#Т| |
4 rjen-pa «пт, 1. stark, bare,
naked; bare-footed, unshod;
to go bare-footed;
gdoft-rjcn-du §dod-pa to sit with
unveiled face;	with uncovered
head;	rgyab-rjen-pa naked back-
side;	to strip perfectly; 5W
quite naked (&?A.); ^3’^’4 ral-gri rjen-
pa a naked sword;	the bare
ground, an uncovered ground; un-
disguised, obvious to the understanding,
manifest. 2. raw, not roasted or cooked;
red raw meat; butter not
melted; raw barley, not parched;
also the meal of it; 9*1^ buck-wheat meal
(Se/i.). 3. unripe (chiefly from Ja.).
r/ewraw; -*T^i 1. raw meat. 2.=
<4^a naked person {Dag. 8).
Syn. деет-Ъи; ткуап-ра; ^’^5
sgrtb-med;	gyogs-med {Mfion.).
rjen-btagz raw barley or peas
ground, without being first parched.
rjen-phye unparched barley, pea,
or wheat flour {Rtsii.).
rjen-rigz victuals that may be
eaten raw (Cs.).
I rjen-zat uncooked meal or victuals.
has primarily the significa-
tion of a mark left, an imprint made on the
ground; and this meaning is more exactly
expressed in such terms as rkafi-rjes,
a foot-mark, the trace of one’s foot and
the impression or mark left of one’s
hand, hence fig. an action or deed. 2.
However, from this the primary sense of
there is derived the second and more
‘ordinary signification of the word, m.,
that which comes after, that which follows,
the consequence. Hence we obtain the
. most common usage of all, namely its use
as an adv., signifying after, afterwards;
and the postp.	or simply
meaning after, behind, &c.	to
follow ;	Xie/ pursued after
the stag. Also, conjunction	there-
fore, consequently. 3. the hinder-parts,
v. Pth. 270, line 6.
rjes-khugs-pa to recall
or find out afterwards.
1^’05 rje^khrid	certainty,
sureness.
to recover, to re-acquire, v.
{Situ. 110).
rje$-dnos real.
rjes-gcod=$ knife {Mnon.).
^•<4X5*4 rJ'S-eod-pa 1. acc. to
Seh. to destroy, blot out, efface a track or
trace; in Med. to eradicate the trace of a
disease, to cure thoroughly. 2. to separ-
ate, disjoin. 3. In IK. acc. to Jd. to fol-
low a trace or track, to find or t о come
upon the track.
rjes-ehags	attachment,
attached; compassion.
Syn.	rfa-su-brtse \ ?пй-
rje.	hgrogs-pa {Mfion.).
rjes-chags-skye^^'^ or
eulogy, praise {Mnon.).
rjes-hjug 1. a final consonant.
the ten finals, i.e., %	5, S
% S % S which are affixed to others to
form a syllable or word. 2. adj. following,
subsequent;	all the
following generations.
Tjes-brjod	imitative
words; a copy; also postscript, anything
said or written afterwards; an after-
expression.
rje$-$neg$-pa to follow after
(in Sikk.).
rje$-thog=^'4 afterwards.
60

46G

t^’A’q 1. cessation of meditationto take
food, but no more of it than is absolutely
necessary for preservation of life. 2.
wgwn profit, gain. 3. to find tho
track.
rje$-Ynthun-pa wg^nj (А, 7Г.
III. 38} to make similar, to adjust after-
wards.
rjes-dran wggif?r remembrance,
recollection.
4]^* rje$-gnan ^д^т, wgnfa, FHfa,
permission, leave, consent.
rje$-pa, v. ^'q rje-tea.
rje$-dpag 1. ^дщи conjecture,
guessing or guess. 2. consideration,
deliberation. 3. aec. to Was. a syllogism
consisting of three propositions.
rjes-hbran vgjffi a follower,
an adherent.
rje$-ma 1. ^gt last, final; the
final one. 2. sometimes for rje$. 3.
tho hinder part ((/<?.).
Syn. Й phyi-ma*, Ttift-ma ; §
phyi-$o$; g$am-ma ; wjug-ma ;
l^'^^Srj^-su-bgyid} t*rg'gA tje$-8u $grub
{Milon.).
rjc$-med without leaving any
traces, trackless;	to destroy
without trace being left.
1^'4^ rje$-hdsin acquirements; accom-
plishments :
rje$-hdsin rig-pahi yan-rtse-hdi nam-yafi.
mi-nani§ these acquirements—’the summit m
bonuni of knowledge—can never fade.
rje^zun чд<1^ the taking or
receiving at last; a favour or kindness
done (А. К. XXX. 3).
rjc^cs ^gw, ^g^fn knows
ledge; knowing after.
|Xg rje$-su adv. afterwards,
t*rg’S[«i	ndhun-
par-$kyc$, v.	rje$-$kye$, wg^T a
younger brother; also a deed, aet.
tje$-su khyod sfaur a statue,
representation; a figure representing
some person or deity.
Вя’дчдчрГА rje$~su~hgug$-pa to recall;to
summon; to ordor to do according to one’s
instructions.
rje$-su-bgrod gone behind,
followed.
1^д’<ч rjes-suhgro-wa ^*44 to follow',
go behind; to imitate.
rje$-su h$grub-pa	lit.
doing after an ordor; following, obeying.
rjes-su geo d—met. a knife
{Mnon.).
rje$-8u ehag$^^^^ WHTNT
attachment;	attached, fond of;
with love or fondness; also
дЯтг with motion, or force.
|м*дч^« rjes-su-hjigs—W^yQ bgyod-pa
a repentance {Milon.).
g^'g^VT4 rje$-8u hjug-pa wgurfx or
^gmfbPl, wgM^r imitation; imitator;
follower.
t^’gT4!^rjc$-8u rtog$-par bya ^g-
FnPT should ponder on, consider, reflect
upon.
^’g q^’q rje$-su b$tan-p(i wgajHMr
orders, ruling instruction; or S^ g*
precepts, instructions left (Mnon.);
in colloq.	mgo-hdren byed-pa
to instruct a disciple in spiritual learn-
ing ; also to protect, patronise.
i^N'g’Vji ty'es-su-thos'q^pi hearing after-
wards, anything heard after.
|*rg’^ q rje$-su mihun-pa wg^tH, ’’W
regular, harmonious; faith. twrg’aj^qS’&r
VI	six regular virtues:—(1)
wg^frfawf^ resignation

467
^51
to natural consequences; (2)
^^4 character; (3)
disposition to view a thing properly ; (4)
w* *jdT4 remorse; (5) *35’q hgyod-
pa	sorrow for good as well
as bad acts; (6) t^’<PXS’q ries-su hdod-pa
right ambition.
r/^-sw dran-pa^l^'V\
subjects of recollection, which are six:—(1)
ysr^nryj’q ^rgsjfd the remembrance
of the Buddha; (2) £*rt*r*J’^'q tpwhjMJfa
the remembrance of the Dharma; (3) 5^|*
the remembrance
of the Sangha* (4)^§яф’*г^1 ЛЫт-
the rememberance of reh’gious duty;
(5)	arrw^fa the recol-
lection of renunciation; (6) ^’t^’^’^’q
the remembrance of the gods.
rjes-su-ldan	practised,
habituated.
rjes-su gnan-wa, v. t^’^’^’q
rjes-su b§tan-pa to propound; to grant
religious instruction.
rje$-su-dpag or	to
weigh, to deliberate upon.
I’srgipS*4 rjes-su spyod-pa^^'^’^'^
or (Mnon.) to perform or practise.
^rg^jpfq rjcs-su-hphrog-pa	to
deprive, to plunder, to rob, to snatch.
rjes-su byed-pa^	rjes-
su hgyur-гса	to do like another,
to imitate; imitation.
^’g'^g^'q rjes-su hbyun-wa	feel-
ing, thinking.
*	hbrafi-ica going
after ; usage, custom (Dull. 18J/8Z 291).
t^’g’^-q rjes-su hbrafi-wa	to
follow.
t^'^’^gq-q rje§-su hbr&t-wa чгйат to
adore, to worship.
g^rg’sV^'q rjes-su mi-mthun-pa
discordant, in contradistinction to another.
rje$su brtse-геа	to
pity;to favour out of compassion (Mnon.).
gsrg-£«rq rje§-su tshol-ica чрч'чШ
searching after; ’«RprfS imploring help,
favour, etc.
rjes-su-htsho Ш being
supported or backed by another, main-
tained or favoured with sustenance.
rjes-su-shugz involved
with.
rjes-su mi-hdsin-pa not re-
taining ; not retentive.
Syn. mi-hdsin,	de-nan-
hgal (Mnon.).
g*rg’^*q rjes-su hdsin-pa 1. ^^TT^to
follow (one in reading or in making a
speech, etc.); to welcome or receive kindly.
2. to believe ; to have the impression of,
to retain.
Syn. »£^j’q^’qgs mnon-par-bskyed
(Mnon.).
|$rg SJ^’q rjes-su yi-ran-wa to rejoice
in ecstasy.
tN’^’q^jS'q rjes-su bgad-pa
to explain; explanation, description.
tsrgiprq rjes-su slob-pa ^gfir^r teach-
ing according to another’s system.
pf. and fut. to say, to
recite (5^’5 from a book); pronounce,
utter, c.0., a charm or magic formula;
to annouce, promulgate (£« a religious
doctrine); to enumerate, set forth,
or the good or bad qualities, actions
etc.; to treat of a subject in writing.
5r>V=^‘£’l5 (fii-brjid, V^’qlS
dpal-brjid glory, halo, splendour, lustre;
brjid-kyis brjid shines with
still greater brightness.
468
—	1ия-
tr )us, refulgent; very able and accom-
plished.
q£5‘«*]*rq brjid-chags-pa — ^’л^’Ч'Ц or
Dag. 8*.
brjid-non bringing another
under one’s power by the spell of speech,
learning, or force of character; subduing
one by will-power or by tho fascination of
one’s charms, &c.	yoH-
$dud brjid-non ehe-gin Btsii.).
а^-я brjid-pa to shine, glitter.
Л15 • q 5  4^ N b rjid-p7h i-hg ro$ = Л’ R^‘
walking with a darning gait Mnon.).
qt brje sbst. change, barter.
ЦВ‘Ч brp-wa to be absorbed in thought;
q| 4	behaviour after the man-
ner of a Bodhisattva whose self is lost in
the thought of the well-being of others.
As a vb. '£vq£'q to change, tran>fer,
barter property.
<j|’25 brje-bo a making up, a compens-
ation by barter; qt S’gV4 to exchange,
to give an equal measure in bartering, e.g.,
of salt for barley, &c.
brjc-mtsham$ taking over office,
when a new officer tak^s charge of a post
from an old officer
41S brjed=^\^ b$kud-pa oblivion.
c|5'rqR‘RTq brjed-fia-wahi htshe-ica tho
danger of forgetting.
qg^’wq brjed-na$-pa gfqwfa one whose
recollection (memory) has been robbed.
In ^wer ftxyq-“it signifies
that which has been forgotten in reference
to a religious discourse” (K. d. R 355).
stV? brjed-tho memorandum.
Syn. V dran-tho\ brjed-byafi
(Mnon.).
$rje<l-tho-fyags-pa to keep a
memorandum ; «‘«J^q^vTrflfcq to keep
note with a view not to forget a thing:
Г5 Z	4$^ the
lord (Ati/a), being pleased with the won-
derful account, took a note of it (A. 60).
irjed-pa wyqfa to forget.
Stated by lamas to be the correct spelling
of tVq rjed-pa.
qtVq’^S'q b rjed-pa med-pa
without forgetfulness, oblivion.
S btjed-sprod prob, mis-spelt for
brjid-sprod to give or make over
charge of an office or duty.
4^5 §5 brjed-bye(j WW forgetfulness
(Zant. 11).
fyrjed-byed-kyi gdon demon
who brings in forgetfulness (21 fig. 77,
79).
brjed $byan-wa to recall to the
mind what has been forgotten and to
retain it by exercise.
q|*rq brje$-pa pf. of ч| ч q.v.
^5	(faufcfl Kdlac.
T, 101) speech,clear expression; a phrase,
utterance. qlS’S^'^'q vb. to be inex-
pressible.	one cannot
mention or enumerate each by its
name:	brjod-kyi$
mi-lan-icahi phyir nd-bkod I do not write it
down, because it is impossible to relate
everything (Ja.).
ql^NN’^zq brjod-iiams-tshig = ^ч|’цз^25'
tshig bzafi-po med-pa bad language,
vulgar speech.
4l5’^’^5*q brjod-du med-pa ямрЮГЩ
1. indescribable, inexpressible, ineffable;
469	F’l
4	qfbrn record-
ing what is unspeakable. 2. (Ззд) u. of a
number.
brjod-do ^^said, described.
q brjed-bde-wa agreeable speech;
also one able to speak with facility.
brjod-hdod acc. to Schtr. a
mere supposition.
q^qS}^ brjod-pa-yin it is said,
related, v. q rjod-pa.
brjod-par hdod-pa wishing
to speak; also ftw to desire to talk of
one’s own self, conceit.
qt^qvyq brjod-par bya-wa fit to
be spoken ; ^l^'qvg^q brjod-par byed-pa
to speak; sbst. a speaker.
4eV5 brjod-bya=X*\ don meaning; 4T^i,
W,	an expression,
anything said ; an attribute (Zam. 11).
*0-5’3’^ brjod-bya-can=Xfi‘^ don-can
possessed of meaning; explainable.
brjod-bya-ldan зттф, met.
a child.
brjod-bya - bral =
that cannot be said, or described.
brjod-byahi-rtags sign of
expression; srajiK begging back.
brjod-byahi-rab,	яфз-
fit to be proclaimed, praiseworthy.
qX^'^*q^’q brjod-mi bde-ica one who is
not able to speak well.
brjod-med 1. the unspeakable,
the transcendental. 2. a speech not ear-
nestly meant; empty words, mere talk.
3.	n. of a very large number.
dpag-thag-gfii§ daft
brjod-med-gnis (Ya~sel. 57).
q£^W	or WW
good speech, also a good speaker; good
delivery (lljnon.).	synonymy,
explanation of words; imagery. «X^q^
praise, eulogy; acc. to Sch. invocation of
a deity. complimentary expres-
sion, adulation.	acc. to Schtr.
preface, introduction; acc. to Jd. in 0.
to approve, commend, sanction; acc. to
Was. the title of a book called
class of gatha delivered by Buddha out of
j°y-
brjod-ya^ (3^^) n. of a large
number.
Ijag-ma fine satin generally
spread on cushions used by the great of
Tibet.
Ljag-mo glin-ga n. of a state
grove in Tibet (Rtsii.).
tia№ resp. f°r g Ice fsnrr, тнггт
the tougue;	liags-kyis
chab-hdor-wa to spit, to spit out; g^N'aq
ljag§-chab spittle, saliva; g3*r*S3^ Ijags-
dbugs breath. g3^ljag§~kyi dwan-
po	the organ of taste, the
tongue.
Syn. ro-hdsin\ g Ice (Mnon).
gsprq|<yq ljag$-bnem-pa=^w^V4 $nags-
bzlas-pa to ejaculate charms or mantras.
Ljafi also spelt, g^N a place one
day’s journey to the west of Lhasa.
gc/q^q’^-q Ljan-bkra-fis dgon-pa n.
of an ancient monastery in Jang (Deb. frO).
g^’3 ljan-gu green (light).
g^'E ljan-ja also called g^'E'q'X ljan-ja-
pa-ri green tea, exported from the Chinese
district of Kang-tse Rapak situated on
the confines of Tibet (Rtsii.).
g^'^5* tjafi-dun in W. acc. to Jd. solid,
not hollow; it also prob, signifies, bar-
silver, silver beaten.

470

gr3 Ifan-skya greenish-white.
g^’S Ijaft-khu also spelt g^'3 Ijan^ja
vftcT, W green (Dag. 8).
g^'H Ijan-khra party-coloured on a
green base ; different colours on green
back ground.
gM4! Ijan-nag	blackish-
green.
g^’S*^ IJan-dnwr greenish-red.
g^^ IJafi-ser greenish-yellow.
adj. 1. green, not ripe. 2.
green corn in the first stage of its growth,
green leaves of barley and oats. 3.
silver-plate, pure silver : S^ S’g^’4 ^
«IS’	dnul-gyi IJan-pa de-rnam$
gad-$kyib$ pg-tu §ba§ they concealed the
plates of silver in certain crevices of the
cliff (Л. 121 к
Syn. * wa-smm-jw; g’*K4 $no-san$'>
fie$-$grib ij^non.).
g^'S Ijan-bu tho seedlings of rico, when
they grow a foot high and are fit to bo
transplanted; greenness, verdure (grass,
foliage, shrubs); ai’g«vq a green leaf, also
having a green leaf.
g^	Ijan-bu.
gc/Й Ljan-mo a district in Lithang
beyond Kham.
e\
lian-ljin	defilement,
filth, dirt, dust, sweepings: 4«p«]*r^’*’g^
f°r washing off by conse-
crated water the defilement and the mucus-
of lust (D.-R.).
ijab in jf. flat, plain, even (Jd}.
Ijdb-ljab a large number,
©s
g sbst. hit heaviness-
yi-tin heavy, depressed, as if
pressed with a stone:
gtonpa’s mind having become
depressed, he said to the lord (-4.115).
|’4 IJi-ica or	adj. 1. нт(т,
heavy, weighty. 2. a flea.
g'^5 Iji-nied light, not heavy.
Ijid-gntm also gV^fa Ijid-noii
oppressive.
Ijid-can heavy; ljid-che-wa
very heavy.
1^5 ^ Ifid-pa heaviness, weight:
«I^VS^gS*4gwr-daft ljid-ра nam§-
pa-dgo§ it must be weighed up with gold
(Ja.).	de-dafi Ijid fiams-pa of
equal weight, equal in weight:
lu$-tham$~cad-kyi Ipd-phab he eat
down with the whole weight of his body
(CZs.) ;	Ijid-ci-tsam what is ^the
weight of.
ljur prob, for g*' Idur.
*4
ljen-pa to enter, to penetrate;
blo-la ljen-pa to be perceived, under-
stood; ^'g^ tshou-ljen a dyo or colour
penetrating and remaining fixed in cloth,
ete. (Ja.).
g^’^	mdah-doft-
gi dar a scarf that is used to cover a quiver;
Ijofi-dar rerhbru bre (3) of corn
for each scarf (Rtsii.).
Ijons l. = «j^4- a cultivated valley;
or §man-ljon$ a
valley of medicinal herbs. 2. a province
or district; gw&fEi ljon§-chen-po a large
country;	Kha-va-can-gyi Ifofa
the snowy provinces.
mu-gehi Ijofis starving country, a poor
country where food is scarce.

471

woody district,
Ijofa-mi rnam§ provincial people. g^’ST
^,£J Ijons-su тдуи-ica to rove about:
slob-dpon (ke-ta-ri ljon$-
rgyur byon-pa§ when the teacher Jetari
was roaming in the district	£<?.,
at a place round about his monastery
after the summer recess (Snin). gk*
^’4 ljon$-rgyur-w(i the time at the end
of the summer confinement in the monas-
tery when monks are allowed holiday to
roam about in the country.
ljon$-psum 1.
*q*r35’gMi Iho-nub mt$ham§-na §bas-yitl
JB bras-mo ljon$ on the south-western con-
fines (of C. Tib.) is the hidden country
of Bbra$-mo-ljons (Demojong or Sikkim).
2.	nub-byaA
mtshamt-na $bas-yul SLkhan-po-tfofa on
the north-west boundary (of C. Tib.) is
the hidden country of firs. 3.
byan-$ar ndshanis-
nas $ba$-yul Lun-psum-ljofi$ on the north-
east boundary (of C. Tib.) is the hidden
country of the three valleys. (KatkaA,
168), Note:—Hue’s San-chuau,
Цоп-ра an immortal paradise, or
country of the gods. g\q5*vq^ a sublime
forest.
Ijon-tpn- ?нг,	a tree;
a magic tree in Dewachan.
Syn. gy<r^’ Ijon-pa-fin ;	yal-gal-
can ; hdab-ldan ; *j*’*3*’ ткап-hthun;
rkan-pa^-hthuA;	rlan-
la§-skye$;	chur-mi-lhtm ;
rtsc-mo-can;	mgo-ldin-can ;
yal-ga-hdsin;	hdab-ma-cau; ^’5'^
phun-po-can; bgro-hgog;	’^5 hgro*
med; §ten-§kye§; ^’3^ sa-skyes;
yal-ga-hhrel (№non.).
Ljon-pa-lnn n. of a district in
Kong-po in South-Eastern Tibet.
g^-q ^ q ljon-pa ser-po^QZ'^'
«the deodara tree.
Ijon-tpn rtsa-chas a branch-
ing magic tree (JttAoni).

Na I: the eighth letter of the Tibe-
tan alphabet corresponds in sound to the
Sanskrit я. The sound of this letter, when
followed by w, may be heard in English
in such words as neuter, new, &c.
II: in general Buddhism this letter
signifies wisdom, knowledge (7Г. му.
*]207); in Tantrikism:
na is tho symbol of
passive existence; being free from action
it leads to Nirrtina (7Г. ди. 4 4'2h
III; symb. num. for eight.
na-ner n. of a number
I (Ya-sel 57).
IV: hSt, W the
general term for a fish; means also the
egg-born, the fixed;	the king’s
table fish; ^5*4 an eel (Cs.).
Syn. sfc'g** $до%-$куе$,	niig
mi-hcUum-pa, hgro-tdan^ rnam-
hphyoy	$na-tshog$ tgyuy
gscr-gyi mig-can,	chu$ mi-
htshub, chur-nal,	rgyab-rin
(%fon.).
УЗ na-kyuy described as 9'яТучя joprg
na hdsin-pahi lcag^-куи^ iron hook for
catching fish.
Syn. ua*hbig$, wy-Acfefo,
3 lcag§-kyu (Mnon.).
na-rkyal the bladder of a fish (Cs.).
na-tfeyog^fi'9^gills (Min.).
УН na-khra probablyPandion haliaeius,
the osprey; but in JP". is the n. given to
Polioaetu-s humilie, Hodgson, also of
Polioa'etus ichthyaetus; two species of grey
fishing eagle.
na-khrab-can carp; УВ4'^ na-
khrab chen sturgeon (Sch.).
na-dgra dkar-mo^^1^^^
dkar-ka ma a species of white crane, a fish-
eating bird (Rtsii.),
У J йа-гдуа ЧЖ a fishing net.
na nt-ma dgah lit. sun-
loving fish, t>., that basks in the sun.
Syn.	tshog§-kyi srad-bu, X4
dot (Mnon.).
ygq na-rgyab coping, covering of the
top of a wall; acc. to Jii. earth heaped
up (like the back of a fish) on the top of the
outer Avails of a house.
йа-vjon fish-spawn, roe of fish.
} iia-lcibs 1. mother-o'pearl,
a kind of oyster. 2. fish-gills (Cs.). 3. n.
of a medicinal root:	чЯ йа-
lcib$ mc^tshig chu-^kyem htsho the root of
na-cib heals scalds and blisters.
na-lcib$ kyi §min-hgyu
head ornaments made of mother-o’pearl
used by women of rank in Kham.
na-tcib§ khog-par $minpa
may be taken to indicate S’?4! the pearl.
y|wq *fa]'4|^r|jN na-lcib$ pa-phog nam-
skyc$	lit. the sky-born pearl-seed.
Acc. to the common belief, drops of rain
falling in the mouth of river-mussels
become converted into pearls.
473
‘И
уАч na-dol	fishing-net.
уХ^'Ц na do I-pa a fisherman; such as
those living on the southern shores of
Yamdok Tsho.
Syn. fayal-chen^ учак* ha-hchin,
dra-ica hdain, yS|^4^q na-yis htsho-
wa (ДГиоя.).
уЧ” na-do$ a load of fish.
УВ” na-phyi$ xjf^i mother-of-pearl; an
oyster shell; it is believed that any food
or drink kept in a vessel of mother-of-pearl
never becomes poisonous.
y^^ na-hbigz fishing hook; y^^'§5
v. a kind of wild duck (ЛКои).
ySyiyq па-mid chen-po u. of a
sea-monster;	I
taking the form of the sea-monster called
fta-mid, he obstructed our passage, ygfr
he said:—“ we also saw
the fia-rlon mid chen-po” (A. 16).
па-mo a female fish.
уЙч’^ч na-mohi
У^ na-tsher fish-bones (Sch.).
У3^ na-zan	1. n. of an aquatic
monster, perhaps the crocodile. 2. an
aquatic bird, a fish-eater.
y^Pfa na-g^og the fin of a fish (Cs.).
У^*| na-sag fish-scale.
y*fa| nasog the saw-like fringe on the
back of a fish.
V: acc. to Jd. 1. tendon, sinew. 2.
in colloq. mark left by a blow, a weal;
in Ж. УЧЗД the blow has left a weal. 3.
acc. to Sch. a lock, уч^ the four
muscles, viz., those of the arms and the
calves of the leg. У$ na-chu tendon,
sinew; perh. also a large nerve in the
ГЧ
nape of the neck. У2^ па-log a contrac-
tion or wasting of the sinews (Mnon).
q-fenft the
day of the full moon ; y^ a day in the
increasing phase of the moon; ^'Ч^’У^рч
on the sixth day of the moon; У*|Ч*
na-gan the full moon; у^ч’Р
full moon; filled with fish; yj^ na-
rgyas (j|’4 zla-wa) the full phase of the
moon; У?^ nation	a festival
observed on a full-moon day.
У IS* na-khrar a kind of brick tea.
УН fia-khri p. n. the youngest son of
king	Digum-tsanpo.
У Я na-ga or yq nag a steel-yard.
У2? па-Ъо body, figure (Sch?).
na-ma I: acc. to Sch. mistress of
the house, house-wife; hearer of a lama,
without being a regular disciple (Jd.).
na-ma pho-mo rnams hearers,
male and female.
II: 1. in the colloq. of C. a
woman; the word occurs in the Gurhum
of Mila-ra$-pa where it applies to a lady
who helped the saint. 2. iu Amdo colloq.
the vagina.
fia-mo gan& n. of a snowy
mountain in Tibet to the north of Palpa
in Nepal.
na bziin-ma=w\'^ a bride.
Syn. V/213'^чdan-pohi rdul can-
rna; 0'^’4 khyo hdam-pa (Mnon).
na-ra care; yv§\q to take care
of, to provide for a person, to keep a thing
safe; cf. ^'F.
61
I	474	F |
ha-ra no-re weak, fragile,
frail.
Ra-ri n. of a place situated to the
north-east of Tashi-lhunpo.
31Л na-lhog n. of a disease.
hwa-sul, defined in
sems-can gah-run-gi rkah-
pahi nica-yi sul the muscular ridges of the
logs of any living creature.
^4] nag 1. v. 3’^, 3^’^’ one measure on
the steel-yard=4 sran and 1 M^r=four
and onevfourth ounces. 2.=3qT*< 3. also
З4!4! or ЗЯ'ЙЯ notch, indenture;
ЗЯЯ having multifold leaves, like those
of caraway (Jd.; Vai-th); ЗЯ’T’M not
cleft, .not indented. 4. of wool, ЗЯ’5’^4
hdren-pa to draw out into threads, to spin
(JL7.; Jd.).
w hag-rkyan obstinately;
45K/q = sr^q^q^’q to send anything obs-
tinately, not listening to any one.
З’Г’УЧ nag-§kyag=^’\ in Sikk. dialect:
д]^^ск дч^а|’ч^Эч1’да1^'5^ should only
press the application to be permitted to
send the Nan-chan (proposal-wine for
marriage).
hag-gcig=-fi'*\ alone, the only:
the only refuge is
(in) Qkon-mchog gtso (Hbrom. p 38):
only Buddha (Jd.).
ЗЧ’Я hag-ma single; З'З4!’51 ^pu hag-ma
or 3'УГ* a single hair.
yq-Bq] nag-hig filth, dirt (Sch.).
Ж hgg-nug^^^ various, of
different kinds.
^a9^°9 Ь not clear, turbid;
jnixed with foul matter (as water m&ed
with mud). 2. confusedly, speaking
irrelevantly ; also contradicting one state-
ment by another.
nag-thag thread, chain (of gold or
iron), cord for stringing turquoises (Jd.).
З4!’*^ nag-mthil scale of a steel-yard.
34’^ nag-rdo the weight of a steel-yard.
З’Г^* nag-qin the beam of a steel-yard.
nag-pa notch, indenture=§’34l
notch or hole in tho nose, or a notched
noso (Shin).
*	hag-phran=&^ зре an ar-
row ; acc. to Cs. a beam, a pole.
nag-mo acc. to Sch. a woman.
Rag-re 1. n. of a place in Kham
(Loh. > 9). 2. single.
Rag-ron n. of a small principality
ruled by a petty king in Kham.
З4!*^ Rag-lc n. of a place in Tibet.
Rah the district of Tsang of which
Gyang-tso is the chief city. It is sometimes
spelt Myan signifying tasteful, sweet
(on account of its water). So in ЛП1. 36:
met with the lama
in the mountains of upper Nyang.
3^*5* nah-grum the square carpet-rug
manufactured in the district of Rah.
3^’4 Rah-chu the tributary of the Yeru
Tsang-po which, rising from the moun-
tains in the district of Phagri, flows
N.N.W. and falls into the Tsang-po near
Shiga-tse.
З^’^’З’й nah-chu $kya-mo a feeder of tho
Rah-chu.
3^5 nan-sto# upper ftang containing
the town of Gyang-tse.
475
3^'3 i: Saii-po n. of a place in Tibet
visited by Atis'a:	he also
visited San-po (A. 27).
3^’3 n: n. of a district in the pro-
vince of Kong-po.
nan-rtsi brag a kind of yellow
fibrous root largely exported from Tibet
to China : ^’£’ЭЧГУГГ^’Ч9 a nag “ weight
of nan-t si-brag is so much a piece, &c.”
{Rtsii.).
Safi-ro b$am-po mkhar a
small town in Tsang:
on tho top of the hill of Sfan-ro
bgam-po mkhar (Yig).
Sian- ron n. of a battle-field where
the people of Tibet fought with one
of their kings (Yig).
nan-ka or 3^ nan-де in Sp. a cur-
rant (Jd.).
nan-non=^w^ espionage.
^’4 nan-pa ш, 1. imp.jfa to hear, to
give ear to, to listen; sbst. hearing or a
hearer	hears or does
hear.	the ear. W-
have heard.	to
attend to the religious instructions of the
teacher; *4 or to listen to the
word (of the teacher); to obey;
fo obey the commands or or-
ders, to yield;	listen
to my words as I speak.	or
F’or^-s^ one who is obedient;
one who is disobedient. 2. to be able:
яЦ’я’Зуад not being able to walk (on
account of illness); in W\ yes, I
shall be able. In this sense is used also
as a formative, added to the root of a
verb, signifying capability, possibility,
&c.	the river is fordable.
nan-thos-pa
lit. one who hearing the Dharma under-
stands it; a follower of the Hinayana
school.
Syn.	thub-dican gsun-
§kyes\	thos grog-pa;
theg-chun skyes-Ьи; 4|or§«r]qbrtiil-shugs
dican*,	sbyans-pahi yon-
tan la gnas-pa (Mnon.).
nan-thos kyi sa-bdun
the seven stages of perfection
acc. to the S'ravaka school: (1)	-
<rpjfa;	the white illu-
minated stage; (2)	the
exalted stage of noble birth; (3)	;
the stage through sight; (4) cT^-
the fine or subtle stage;
(5)	the
stage which is free from passions (desires,
etc.); (6)	the
finished or perfected stage; (7)	;
the eighth stage.
nan-thos bcu-drug the sixteen
chief disciples of S'akya-muni, t.c., the
or Sthavira of the S'ravaka school.
nan-tho§-ma a female
hearer of the Hinayana school.
nan-hdod-pa—^'Q
UW respectful, respectful service.
nan-rna messenger, envoy, am-
bassador.
Syn. pho-na\	gtam skye't
(Mnon.).
nan-rna-pa ^4^ to overhear;
an overhearer.
nan-pa-mo a female listener.
San-po the birth place of a celebra-
ted Lama called	Qakya rgyal-
mtshan {Lon. a 10).
fiain locust; also aco. to Jd.
a cricket.

476

nam-fia or	despair
anxiety, dread, fear (of a thing);
цч to be delivered from anxiety.
Э5гс/ч ?7™-лл-?са = Vl**’4 W*,
sbst. danger, fear, anxiety; also
adj. anxious, fearful; vb. n. to be
alarmed, to be in great anxiety:
| so it is, in
that pernicious sphere where the cycle
of anxious eares prevails (J. Zan.).
ч‘3«cq	less risky, beset with
danger.
nam-fia med iutrepid, fearless.
Syn.	§nin-8tob$-can,
hjiqs-mcd, ?A4itob$-can (Mnon.\
354^=4* nam-chun	weak,	feeble.
nam-chun dican-po
met. a fly, a bee.
ч num thag-pa Wtm to be stricken,
exhausted.
3«’^* nam-$nan WTHTO a sudden flash ;
also a hint.
ЗЯ’сй’ою nam-pahi — a bad
dangerous road (Mnon.).
nam-yo$ iu Sikk. locust. = the Tib.
* or *^4
or	resp. W3«4
1. thought, apprehension of ideas : §***’
to comprehend,
to acquire the meaning or import of a
thing;	to commit reli-
gious instructions to memory and to
comprehend their meaning. 2. the soul,
mind, spirit, as an entity:
companions of tho soul when in retirement
(Mil.);	wine of the soul, t.e.,
religious knowledge (Mil.); 3*4’ J nams-skye
or a thought springing up in the
mind. 3. manner, extent, degree, condi-
tion, state; з*ч’§ to try, to put
to test, 6.</., one’s strength; 34^
344454 to try the degree of a person’s
devotion or spiritual progress (Mil.); 0*’
3**1 pleasing, agreeable manner of speak-
ing; §5‘3W pleasing manner of doing
or dealing ; З^ч’^гч nam§ dgah-wa
pleasant, delightful, agreeable, charming:
in the most
delightful grove (A. 16).
3*^‘S3 namt-dgu, v. з*чллч nam§-thab§.
3*4’Rg^ nam§-hgyur handsome,
elegant, to be elegant, comfortable.
3**'|5 nam§ rgyud=pw,
intellectually skilled, well-versed.
3*ч*$с/ nam§-chun 1. humble; faint,
weak. 2. = 9^’4 bufi-wa a bee.
3«ч^’5 nam$ chen-po pride.
3wq$4§5'4 nam$-brta$ byed-pa to
strengthen, restore : з*ч’4$ч he recovered,
grew well, got up again (Ja.).
3**’^4^’9S’q nam§-rtog$ byed-pa to in-
quire fully into any subject.
3*Ч’^’«|ЧЧ nam$ $ton-gsal, v. *|Wq,
344'^4 nam$-$tob$ strength.
3W44f4 nam$ thag-pa, v. 3*’Ч*ГЧ suffer-
ing, tormented, exhausted : з^ч’ч^ чц с. <
the cry of suffering, doleful cries; 3W’
bewailing
under agony, to utter cries of suffering.
344444 nam$-thab$, 3**’53 appearance,
colour, figure (Jd.).
3544'5^’4 nam$-dan-wa bright appearance.
З^чц^’ч nam$ fyde-wa 4ГЯТ happy, com-
fortable.
9544 я^ч nam$-hdi(§ met. ifa the male
organ.
3*44nam$-pa 1. f^mi, faua, f^re, vfa
injured, hurt, spoiled, damaged, impaired,
imperfect, *'3**^ uncorruptcd, un-
touched, not weakened. 2. defiled, pol-
luted.	to grow weak, become

477

deteriorated, to degenerate. 3. sbst. de-
generation :	the three deteriora-
tions or impairments:—(1)
depravity of morals ; (2)	vicious
principle*; (3)	mistaken religious
observances, rites, &c. (K. d. 52), R‘
q VI nams-pa-drug the six kinds of dege-
neration;—degeneration in
one’s self; (2)	the fall of
others; (3) gq’$wq degeneration in reli-
gion; (4)	bad or deteriorated-
morals; (5; gX'q’^wq spyod-pa nam&pa
bad behaviour; (6)	bad habits,
living. Be^id^s these qualities are others
with which the word ч is joined:—
4^4*q*ywq5	-$wq,
fyqinni, Vjq^wq, frjwrq shortened
life;	of impaired health;
of impaired talents, loss of
ability; V^*5’$wq impaired faculties;
q§53wq degenerated vitality; ^rq^wq
loss of energy, depreciation of ability,
of efficacy, &c.
nams-pa med-pa not
damaged, unimpaired, uninjured, indis-
tructible.
^wqSw^' nams-pahi <ma-nln
impotent, useless.
^ц-qvg nam§-par bya WWt to
be languid or weary; to despond.
naws-par byed-pa i?hrfh; =
'%^‘q hams-su hjug-pa.
nams-po injury, damage.
hams dpyod-pa to investigate ;
examine minutely.
nams-byed that which da-
mages.
$3W цд ч ham$ hbru-wa to irritate, vex,
provoke.
^^•^q^-q hams mi-bde-uw — F^'^'^^
bad health, unwell, ill.
Syn.	hdu-ка hkhrug&pa;
nad-pa;	na-tsha byun-ica; q
na-wa (Mnon.),
hams-shib-kyi$
§bug-don nes-byun-wa by minute inquiry
to ascertain the real state of things or
secret of any matter.
nams-med Эд’тгрт undamaged,
that cannot be spoiled; also strengthless.
nams-dmas=t\^ ^'^'Zi dmah-ru
son-wa degenerated.
nams-myon experience; but acc.
to Ja. enjoyment, delight. ^-qS^w^V
tshor-bahi nams-myon experience acquired
through the medium of the senses.
3^'slS'4 nam§ smad-pa id.
hams-rtsal skill; dexterity.
^wa^-q nams mtshar-wa wonderful,
most beautiful.
hams bshag-pa is said to be =
^•q-’yq^’q^l’q dran-pa ne-war bshag-pa.
ywrfcj^q hams yod-pa to be in
possession of.
’вЦ nams-leu a memorial verse, a
rhyme or verse for retaining things in
memory (Mil.; Ja.).
$wfyq nams leu-pa 1. v. nan-non
2. to take the measure of, the dimensions
of, to survey (in respect of land); inquiring
into the state of any object, &c., to explore;
to take an inventory, to ascertain or com-
pute the state of any property.
nam$-su myon-wa to
suffer, undergo, experience.
to injure, spoil, render useless.
^•3«ч nahi tshir ЯГЧ a large fish.
nar 1. v. ha-ra. 2. acc. to Cs,
oblong; nar~nar oblong.
nar-ner яд n. of an immensely
large number.

478

Rar-du li-kha-ra n. of a
place lying between India and Tibet {Yig).
З^'фл' nar-gdon^^'*^’ in IF. shin,
shin-bone (Ja.).
3vu Наг-та	particles of water,
spray {Mnon.).
9^’4 nal-wa	imp.
not. to lie down, to sleep:
nal-du son he has gone to sleep;
mal-tifi la on the bed ;	nal hdug-go
he slept. Sometimes:	to go to
sleep ;	nal-war hdod wishing to
sleep.
y*rg nal-khri=.mal-khri a bed-
stead, couch, sofa.
nal-go§ counterpane, quilt, blan-
ket (ScA.).
3^5 nal-hgro^^Qa river, stream.
учч^'ф3; nal-hgrohi gter receptacle of
rivers the sea wherein all the rivers flow
{Mnon.).
nal-thag bands or ropes stretch-
ed to sleep upon.
3^’5 nal-po чтят 1. a village. 2. coi-
tion ; 3'4’^’IS'4 nal-po byed-pa to practise
cohabitation.
3^'q nal-ba bastard, whore-son.
З'Ч'М^’ nal-§lon 1. [understanding,
intelleet]& 2. я^т wisdom, spiri-
tual knowledge {Mnoni).
З^и nal~$a—*w‘u or	alsOj^l^u’u
board to sleep on, a bed to sleep upon,
a sleeping place.
ni 1. num. fig. 38. 2. num. used
inst. of фи gnis in compounds :	twc>
hundred; ni-khri twenty thousand,
etc. 3. forV*4 tho sun.
*V|u ni-ikye$ УП5РГ, ЖИЯК,	a
Brahmaija, son of the sun.
Si-khud a lake in Nepal (Ja.).
B ni-khyim 4TW, згппсп a travel-
ler, a son-in-law; also halo or circle
round tho sun.
"У 0 ni-khri {nt-thi) the title of a book;
the Prajna-Paramita containing 20,000
s'lokas.
VVF ni-dgah=%w Icam-pa a mystical
term {Min. 4"1; a flower.
ili-dkyil di"k of the sun {Sch.).
VSF’ ni-днп noon, midday.
У * ni-cha the suuny parts or flanks of
a hill or mountain.
V?3) ni-$ton the lotus flower; the
tree Terminalia arjuna.
VXu ni-dro$ morning time, from 8 a.m.
to 10 a.m., when the sun is warm and
pleasant.
ni-ldog tho solstice;	dgun
ni-ldog the winter solstice;	dbyar
ni-ldog the summer solstice.
Vi4 ni-nub sunset.
ni-ma 1. Wir, W^T,	the
sun:	the sun is rising; V*’4!2' the
sun has risen, shines; ^*u’4ju or the
sun is setting or sets; ’y®r5q’^*q^ until
sunset {Sch.). 2.=H^ nin-mo the day: у к
two days	every day.
Syn. tsha-zer;	§na-tshogs
fin-rta; ^*1^1 U’Q mi-sbyin skyes-pa; <1^
pad-mahi gnen;	du^-kyi
bdag-po]	mun-pahi dgra;
’)ч1 hjig-rten miy,	dus-la dgah',
hgro-bahi sgron-me ;	Ъеи-
gn^bdag; ^'^'^^lo-yigin-rta; 4№*\^ки-
dgra;	snd-pahi §gron^me;

479
])'5rq=rZq
nin-mor byed; §nan-byed;
^5’B5 hod-byed;	nam-mkhahi nor;
rta-ljah; ч)эгч^ч] gzah-bdag;
w hod §ton-hbar; *5'^ hod-ldan;
mun-sel;	nin-mohi nor;
hod-gzu,gs;	hod-hdren;	nin-
mohi bbyin; bvrub-byed; bod
gtsan; ^V^S'S^'SS hod-hgro rgya$-byed;
ачрч'^5 mkhah-hgro;	rnam-sgyur
hgro~lu$; ч|чч|'Ч?'^ gsal-bahi nor;
tsha-ldan; nes-sreg; ^5’hv^ hod-
zer Idan; hod-kyi rgyun ; ^^’^’§5
phyog$-$nah byed; ^^5'§S gdun-byed; <*'§5
tsha-byed; ^^’^‘§5 rnam-snan byed; SV
mim-hjonis; lus-skyob; ^^‘gN’
hdam-^kyts mtshan;	mchod-
Idan; ^Va ^V*4 bdun-gyi bdun-pa; §51^’
phyogs-bdag; ^^'^Smchog-hdod;
^44 char-hbebs; ^V§5 hdsin-byed;
S5 snan-bahi mu-khyud;	snan-ldan;
*И*Ч11Ч|^ mig-gzug^;	rnam-gsal
byed; ^S'^SS hod-hgyed;	b^ten-bya;
bdud-la$ rgyal;	ina-zkim§;
4*4'§S bphrog-byed; t'V4 rtsen-pa; §51^*
phyog$-dgod byed;	gtum-
pahi hod;	hod-kyi §kra-ean ; $
sna-tshogs hod;	snan-bahi
indsod;	nor-gyi mdsod;
rgyu-wahi brtul-shugs;	gzah-
b$e§; mchod-hos; ^5’3'X^’^ hod-kyi
nor-can;	^Я’4 pad-mahi lag-pa; 5^'5’
rtag-tu hehar; ^’§5’^^* rig-byed
hbyufi;	la§ $na-tshog§; 0q’§S
khyab-byed;	nad-med; ^’§5 hthun-
byed;	hod-kyi hphren-ean;
nug-gzug^; hod-^nan; ^5'?^’
hod $ton hdsin-pa; khri-can;
«й'ргЧ’ч lon-bahi kha lo-pa; lam-^ton;
stid-byed; -^^’5'^ qin-rta mtho; SS4!’
^*S*q dbyig-gi khu-wa;	zlum-po
hdsin;	du§-kyi lryed-po;
Й4] nam-rnkhahi mig;	hjig-rten
dwan-po; hod phnn-po; г?5’^'чЦч|^'
hoh-zer gzugs-man;	nam-
mkhahi tog;	phyogs-kyi ma-
khyud; ^M’q5’5 tshan-giahi rta;
nam-mkhahi thig-le;	§na-
tshogs hod; 5‘4^'4 rta bdun-pa (Mnonl),
ni-ma gafi-$ar sun-flower,
Hetianthus,
V|4 ffii-ma dgah 1. a name of Катца,
the king of Anga, 2. n. of a medicinal
plant.
ni-ma §na-dro early morning.
ni-ma bcu-gnis twelve demi-
gods who acc. to Chinese astronomy re-
present 12 divisions of the day (as of other
periods) and are therefore called
they are §’4 byi-wa (mouse), glah
(ox), g4! stag (tiger), yos (hare),
hhrug (dragon), sbrul (serpent), 5 rta
(horse), lug (sheep) j}0* §prel (monkey),
& bya (bird), В khyi (dog), phag (pig).
V”’4C*’ $i-ana thail n. of a place situated
to the west of Lhasa (Loh, 3 4)-
$i-ma Idan-pahi ri n. of a
mythological mountain believed to be
situated 5,000 yojana beyond the Southern
Ocean (K, d. S75),
ni-ma nag-chen and
are the names of two (Sa-bdag) demi-gods.
ni-ma phyi-dro итп₽,
afternoon.
ni-ma phyi-ma a future day.
ni-ma phyed-lhag
lit. more than one half of the sun, i.e., from
early morning to the afternoon.
Ri-ma §bas W&UK one of the
successors of Buddha in the Buddhist
hierarchy of India.
ni-ma bzah-po a good or
auspicious day.

480

У«-jj^-q ni-ma $ar-wa	sunrise.
•^'•gc.'q^ ni-tna lho-Ъуап bgrod the
course of the sun to tho south and to the
north (of tho equator).
У^ч'р'5-q ni-niahi kha lo-pa the chario-
teers of the sun are:—$kya-ren$, 3’
bla-med,	hod-srufi,
khyun-$non $kye$ (Mnon.).
ni-mahi khor-yug the sur-
roundings of the sun.
ni-mahi hkhor the attendants
of the sun ; they are:—gnas~byed,
dbyug-pa can, dmar-ser.
54 QQ54^ q n\-nui hkhyim$-pa
the circumference of tho sun.
ni-mahi guft 4WT₽ when the
sun is at the meridian, midday, noon.
ymsjVfK/ ni-mahi gur-khan tho sun’s
pavilion, tho halo of five different colours
which surrounds the sun;
ni-mahi l_din-khan the floating castle of the
sun ; *У*^‘В* the sun-sphere.
У’^S ni-mahi rgyud	tho des-
cendants of the sun.
Уni-mahi ghen	rela-
tive of tho sun, epithet of S'akya-muni.
y’«S’^q^ ni-mahi rta-bduu the seven
horses of the sun are tho following:—tip
yidmgyogs,*^'^ mdog (па-
ра, $4 thig-le can, ^‘^£5 ius-brjod,
gin-tu rgyal-mtshan,	ri-wo
hjoms. To these are occasionally added
four others:—rtsen-pahi hod, V*’
nam-mkhahi gru Я^'З 53^ gser~gyi
dbyans, У’яя’^с^АягЗ^дсг ni-mahi $in-rta
ral-grihi ph ren (Mnon,).
у545'а|^р< ni-mahi gdugs lit. the um-
brella of the sun, i.e., the day (Zam. 13).
у 54^ 5454 ffi-mahi mdah an epithet of
the god of love.
ni-mahi dpal в. of a
Buddhist author of ancient India.
ni-mahi bu	spen-pa
the son of the sun, the planet Saturn.
у-545'д Й ni-mahi Ьи-mo the daughter of
the sun, a name of the river Yamuna or
Pakshu (Mnon.).
У »й^4УЙ ni-mahi btsun-mo the wives of
the sun-god are:—Rgyal-mo,
Legt-hdod, Rdul-bzan, Bod
$куе$-та,	Gfin-rje ka-lin-dl,
^’5 Nam-gru,	Ma-пи $byin $kyed,
Skrag byed-ma (Mfion.).
y^S’qji^^ q^ \ni-mahi gzug^-irnan the
reflected image of the sun.
У ‘«A ^5 ni-mahi hod the following are
the names of the sun’s rays:—^5***q« ^’4
hod-chag$ $nan-wa ;	nam-mkhah
hjal; ^^’§5 gduft-byed;	tsha-zer; ф
^5 chu-hthun hod}	mtshan-mo
hjoms}	hod-kyi char} Qq^ q
kun $nan hbar-pa (Mnon.).
y $4$ SyjJ|X ni-mahi hod-skor the circle
of light round the sun.
ni-mahi hod mnam n. of a
flower (K. gu. ’’I Ц6).
y-w^*^ ni-mnhi hod-zer the rays of
tho sun, sunbeam.
у-54$Лпрг|ч ni-mahi rigs-skye$=y^'
ni-mahi rigs-hkhruiis born of the
race of the sun; occurs as a name of
Buddha Sakya Simha.
У’54?*^ ni-mahi ru$	the race of
the sun, a section of the warrior caste of
India claiming descent from the sun.
У'54яni-mahi lus	1. the body
of the sun; 2. copper.
У'я?ni-mahilha-mo ^EEjrupt the wife
of the sun-god.
y-»w-q^ ni-mas bshad met. a lotus
(Шои.).
Hl
481
И51
ni-myur evening, a little before
dusk; the hour of sunset.
yM ni-tshe acc. to Sch. 1. the time or
duration of one day, a very short time.
2. acc. to Lex. direction ; sphere,
country.
•yx-q nt tshe-wa 1. ephemeral, single,
simple. 2. n. of a class of infernal beings.
3. very small, minute (Grub. ч £);
culm (Lam-ti.). 4. animals that do
not live more than a day, very short-
lived animate beings.
ni-tskod	a
sun-dial; also a wheel to ascertain time,
a watch.
ni zer-gyi rd til
the dust seen flying in the rays of the sun
coming through apertures of a window;
a mote floating in a sunbeam.
*УЯ lit- sun and moon; but is the
term designating the topmost ornament of
a chorten, which takes the form of a ball
superimposed on a crescent. This nyi-da
ornament is ah о placed above the gyal-
tshan or Buddhist trophy of victory.
iu-sla dwan-po n. of a Dakin!
[Lon. * 9).
“У^4! ni-hog lit. below the sun;
the western limit; У^'9|’^*|одч $i-hog-
(ji rgyal-kham$ Aparantaka the western
continent or kingdom.
ni-hog-gi gc§	or
dress of the ancient people from Bactria.
ni-hod	the rays of
the sun, sunbeam, light of the sun.
*У ni^yol a screen, awning.
V4! ni~<pi fresh meat.
“У^ nt-f«r=g'X zna-dro sunrise, early
morning.
nt-f« (inst. of V*’}) twen-
ty ;	the twenty; ‘У^’З* about
twenty; <У41ТЧ^1 twenty-one ;
alone sometimes signifies twenty-one.
In Sikk. and B. and C. Tib. *У‘(Г^’Ч$Ч1
or is used to denote twenty-one.
In the same manner the use of the abbre-
viated form or Гfor *y,$’)v
or *У*(ГЗ"*й^ is common, and so on.
c\
nig-nty in W. loose, slack, lax,
not tight or tense (Ja.).
nifi-khuws 1. the juice, essence
of any substance, the pith or snin
(heart, soul ) q. v. 2. spirit (of wine) ЗП-
vhK;	[yeast, the froth of
the liquor]8.
nin-sgo-phugs the private or
inner (hidden) door of a castle or palace:
I while residing with the
king, he fastened the secret door of the
palace from within so that it was not to be
opened (Hbroni. 162).
V*’? nin-to acc. to Sch. sure, trust-
worthy.
+ ^e.nin-gtor:=£4'4\ certain, sure.
nin-$prul acc. to Jd. an emana-
tion or incarnation,	yan-sprul an
emanation of an incarnate being.
nin-mtshams sbyor-wa nfa-
fu^rfa to be reborn, to be transmigra-
ted in regular routine; the re-appearing
of the soul after death in one of the four
forms of birth, i.e., the linking of the
limits of existence.
nin-lag 1. minor or second-
ary members of the body, such as the fore-
head, nose, chin, fingers, ear, eyes, ete. The
or limbs of the body called are
the head, arms, legs, &c. 2. a division,
section, part, subdivision. N.B.—Sumpa
62
^41
482

includes tho following in the *^c/«ai4;
*4 9S	I ca, jn, «с/
&c. Acc. to Jd. members
of a second order, parts of the i.e.t of
the limbs.
VMq	a pupil’s
pupil:	(J, Jfy.) the
two Rin-slob depending on tho ten (uf.,
being supported by them).
e>
*l'n-fa one's own flosh; the ex-
pression	hi tho older form
of Tibetan signifies	ono eat-
ing his own fiesh, t.c., ruining himself.
nid	1. self, same,
opp. to other persons; gVi your (honour’s)
self: ^s=c'^' I mysolf; tho mother
herself ; $ЛЛ’З4	this man is
you (yourself), О king! (Jd.). 2. tho very,
just, etc.:	just where
I am working;	dehid ггт
nid-na close by, at tho very spot;
at the very moment; ^S'S'^S that which
is honourable in itself. 3. when added to
adjectives it denotes abstract nouns, as in
English the terminations:—ness,—ship,—
ty,—cy,—у, otc., but it is chiefly limited to
the language of philosophical writings (Ja}.
4. in tho more recent literature it is used
resp. for SS khyod thou, you; thy,
your; you, in IF. 5. = p^ only
only the numeral g; the
letter za (*) alone.
uf,	nid-hgrul a very low caste.
nin-mo f<H, <K, KTTftvr, VS-
the day; the time lighted or illuminated
by the sun.
hdi-na mdans-hbar dany gsal-
war snan-daii snan-ldan-dan^
tnun-sel pod-ma bshad-pahi-du$
(Rtsii.).
fiin-dkar a white, a lucky day
(Sch.).
nin-skar the star that is visible
during the day time:
% an agroeablo friend is like the day-
star (Hbrom. 55).
^Yg^’ nin-§kyon tho observance of a
fast, rito, etc., for one day.
nin~hkhyon§ for one day, one
whole day :
500 various and wonderful offerings
as the allowance for one full day (Rtsii.).
*^Y'4lcr nin-gan all the day long, during
the whole day; nin-gun noon;^'5
a day’s hire.
fy'3‘^*'3 nin-gyi rin-la during the day
time.
nin-cig one day, onco ; VT^T'Ay^
daily; during the day time, by the
day light;	on that day;
the following day, on tho following day;
tho 15th day, on the 15th
day;	a person who
brings to light the faith.
*fa’*** nin-cha$=^'&'^Q'i}S nin-rehi
dgos-spyad tho requirements of every day ;
daily necessities (Rtsii.).
nin-ltar chos-cha§ the daily
needs for religious services.
^YW4*’B5 nin~rnthar-b$ed f^rrwrar ;=$Yq
тип-pa darkness (Mnon}, n.
nin-mohi §go-na.
ninJhun-§kab§,	ni~
ma thun-du$ the period of short days;
when the day becomes short.
Vi’q^ nin-par during the day-time, v.
Pth. 268 £, line b.
Мм
483
FT41
nin-phyed 1. midday, noon. 2.
half a day, i.e., six hours.
^V§5 nin-byed	1. the sun—the
maker of the day. 2. mtshal vermilion
(Smart. 355). 3.	saffron.
nin-bral	without day, day-
less.
nin-§brel the accumulated works
of several days (Bfsit.).
fan-med mtshan-med with-
out interruption during day and night,
continually.
fan-mohi-§go the opening
of the day, day-break ;	;
the egg of the day, dawn [the egg or
embryo whence day proceeds; hence
darkness]8. ‘fa’SS’w* the noon,
the highest limit or climax of tho day;
ferurfa,	the lord
of the day, the 6un;^V^5’^’«i the sun,
that brings on the day;	f^r-
the gem of the day, the sun;
the planet Saturn, the son of the sun.
nin-mtshan	day and
night.
nin-mtshan mnam-pa
the time of the equinox ;
when the sun passes over the meri-
dian not causing increase or decrease (in
the hours of the day). Described as
when there is neither
increase or decrease but the sun passes
direct (over the head) (Rtsii.).
*^4 fan-shag 1. day; ^’^4'49* three
days. 2.	every day. 3. as
a symbol num. 15.
*^Y^4’^4^’4^4 fan-shag phrugs-gcig a
day of twenty-four hours; 84*г«г«Ц,сй’вгХяг
5’^	(A. 74).
nm-ran=K^M day-break, morn-
ing twilight (Schtr.).
nin-rin-skab^
the time when tho days become long.
*^44^ nin-re-fyshin every day, daily.
nin-hm a day’s journey, daily
march.
fan-gad mtshan-gad,—^
without interruption, day and
night (A. 150).
nil-byed-pa or
also V1 nil-к byed-pa^ to trickle
down, fall in drops (of tears, etc.): ^4^’
(Brom. 251) Legs-pahi ges-rab rose up and
tear-drops like peas trickled down.
1. instr, of У 2. in compounds
for 4°^ as in two hundred,
two thousand, double.
fas-rgyu chig-pa serge cloth
in which two threads cross, one stretched
lengthwise (Rtsii.).
fas-bltahi mi one who looks to
the interests both of the State and of the
Church; also one who serves two masters
(D. gel. 5).
$ nu num. fig. 68.
$*^1^ span-hb n- a kind
of worm (Rtsii.).
nu-ti a pear (Ld.).
nug fatg-pa to stand out, to
project.
34’$** nug-rum lit. the testes cut out;
34Л* or 34'$*’q=B*’q43*T;’4 eunuch,
one whose testes have been extracted
(Mnon.).
Slug-pa I: n. of a. place m tha
province of Tsang.
Fl'41
484

З4!’4 II: 1. to besmear, to rub
gently ; "Й’ГЗЯ’З $po§nug-pa to rub per-
fume ; acc. to Sch. to stroke, to caress. 2.
to touch; feel for. 3. to protrude, stretch
out:	to stretch one’s head out
of water ;	to look or peep out,
to take a peep at.
3*|’f nug-rlM те-tog Carthusian
pink (Ja.).
3c’q nun-ica	not many,
little, a few; minor ;	a very little
quantity, a little.
3*^ hun-$kyon slight defect.
З^Ъ пип-пи	less, little, small:
З^Ъ'Й q speaks little.
Syn. ^‘4 chun-ira,	hun-du
(Mnon.).
nun-ma turnip, turnip soup;
3^ w^-aj-w turnip leaf, a fragrant gum
resin; Зц’^ nun-rlon fresh turnip.
3^ nun-rww, v. 3*1 nvg-rum.
F’q nul-ica to wander or rove
about, to step gently or steal through,
to creep. 34a detective ; ^'3^ a spy.
he 1. num. fig. 98. 2. for near.
nc-$br = ?<W thog-skor
those about (us), retinue, v.
^3^ ne-^kyon fault of partiality (c.y.,
in a Jongpon district chief or judge). \
lit. the inclining to one side.
he-mkhon~^^' (Cs.).
ne-hkhor ннж, ЧГТГ^П,
1. an attendant, one
near or in waiting; relations, kindred,
neighbour. 2. n. of one of the hell>.
3. neighbourhood:	'^jfc-g-^rg’q a
beggar belonging to bis neighbourhood.
4. (Upali) the disciple of Buddha
who narrated the Vinaya pitaka.
Re-hkhor-gyi mig n. of a
great ocean lying between the continents
of Godfcniya and Uttara Kuru (A\ d.
330).
ne-dgah	a king of the
Naga.
ne-b§gyur	trouble, mis-
fortune.
he-grogs fellow creature, neigh-
bour ((?«.).
5'4 ne-ghe a tribal name in Tibet, one
of the three:—^4l'q shvg-pa^
ne-ghe (Yig}.
ne-char 1. at present or very
shortly: (Yig. k. 29).
the governor Rampa
with hi я officer? and chiefs will come very
shortly. 2. at the close of.
ne-eho$ FHU, time; usage ;
neighbour; near.
ne-ti a pear (Schtr.), v. 3’5 Hu-ti.
ne-d^g relations ((?«.).
5’^ ne-du ^rrfa, kindred, relations :
5	(he । is
certainly fit to be among the kinsmen.
ne-du$ now-a-days.
^’^54 ne-hdih one’s own people,
friends or admirers.
^‘4^” he-дпаз	1. the
male organ. 2.	disciple: $5’5’
I shall be your attendant, or I
wish to become your disciple ;
I am bec3niing a follower.
ne-tshan relative, kinsman.
ne-tshal or 5’^’^ an arti-
ficial grove, garden.
485
I
Vq
+ ne-rig-pa l. = *j9*]‘q hkhrig-pa
(Mnon.) copulation. 2. = H*rg\q khru§-
byed-pa to wash.
ne-rigs near relation.
fy^ne-wa 1. НчЫ-^ГТ,
vb. to be near, to approach:
when he was near dying; 3 q
V4*1 (when she was) near the completion
of the months, i.e.^ the time of giving
birth to a child (Jd.) ;
when the time of the teacher’s return drew
near;	being not near having
done;	when he was near
arriving at the place. 2. also as an adj.=
near:	the neigh-
bour is nearer than a kind man living far
off; H|’q-^-yq5-w at a place near the pillar;
near.	frq. in colloq.
neighbouring hill, standing near, being
closely connected with by consanguinity;
yq^sw those who are near, near relations ;
the five worst
sins and those coming nearest to them.
3. as an adv. the form is generally ne-
war almost, near, nearly:
when they had come near. Sometimes the
form is as in
these seven days being almost ended. 4.
as a postp. it requires to connect it
with the word it governs :
q when he came near
to the house he heard music and dancing;
^v^qvcw* it came near to the time
of going.
ne-wahi dgah-byed-ma=
’Pfa’l3»3$ n. of the queen of the Noi-
jin or Yaksa demi-gods.
ne-wahi rna-rgyan
ear-ornaments beside the ear-ring.
У«й’59ад ne-wahi dbyans musi-
cal airs, musical notes to help in singing.
^qS’sraq ne-icahi ma-ma VTsfr 1. a foster-
mother, a wet-nurse. 2. ^чнтнт step-
mother.
t	ne-wahi tsa-tshan dho-ha
hortative expression used in
exorcism.
ne-wahi	skyed-tshal
'нхган a grove.
ne-wahi ri-mo can = ^’^
(Mnon.) n. of a medicinal plant,
[the plants Sahinia ciwnlluta^ and Croton
polyandra^S.
^•q?-^’^-q^ ne-wahi rin-chen bdun the
seven secondary adjuncts of royalty:—
(1) shoes, (2) ч«|*гч skin-rug, (3)
dress, (4) w couch, (5) grove, (6) Q*
house, (7) sword.
ne-wahi sa	table-land,
plateau, plains on or by the side of a hill.
ne-wahi 8ar-gyu=*ty\ bsnen
become intimate, near.
^q5*5jsr^’q^ ne-wahi sras-ehen brgyad
the eight chief spiritual sons
of the Buddha described under that title
are said to be :—(1)	; ‘W
; (2) mrfni;
(3)
(4)	(5)	;
|q q-^T?ta; (6) WT^nnTH;	;
(7)	3W; (8)
ne-war bkod ’зчяпл appro-
priate arrangement, good design.
^•qvwjtfq ne-war mkho-wa 1. of urgent
necessity. 2.=^*^ rapid increase or
growth; it increases rapidly.
ne-war hkhyud ^qrfn^ devo-
tee.
ne-war gus ’sqfSrqq; lit. humbly
near; the Upanishad or Vedic literature
treating of Brahma.

486

^’qv^qq tie-war dgofi% ^sq^rq tale,
story, romance.
^•qvq^q-q tie-war brgal-wa чг|нжч, (’sq-
ЖН) to pass over.
^q4’лчрго ne-icar ehag§-pa <ЗЦХПГ, qvq
1. eclipse. 2. quarrel.
tie-war tMm-tshog§ ^йГТЧ
contentment.
^•qv«X<\‘q tie-war rnchod-pa
to honour, respect.
yq^’^q tie-war mjal or incorrectly
v. Sf-*j $£u-fa 1. health (ДЬгоя.);
= sku-hdra,	’ЗЧЯРТ, qcl,
2. image, likeness (jUwon).
^•qv^Ioj q tie-war hjog-pa	lit. to
stand near; to worship, to wait upon.
^•qvq|^q ne-war b$nen-pa <sqifaT ser-
vice ; to attend or take care of.
^’qVj^q’q ne-war rtog^-pa ^qq^t^q to
inquire into; investigation.
^q^q^’q tie-war brteu-pa <sq^q*f en-
joying, serving, honouring.
^q^q^ tie-war bsfan <sqqq advice,
counsel.
yqvq^’4 tie-war b§tan-pa to command,
instruct (ДЫоп.).
tie-war gdun^one attacked
with disease.
}-qv^q tie-war hdug-pa <3qtqg to fast
on the prescribed days.
^qv<i]$q’q tie-war nan-wa = 4^'^’.
пе-гсаг	adulation,
also	flattery;	tie-war	spyod ^qr-
K*n	supplication.	$*qvq]^’q	to
be near, in attendance (ДГиоя.).
^‘qv|\q ne-war	§pyod-pa	^qWT to
enjoy.
^qvqaj tic-war phan	put to-»
gether, constructed, produced.
^’qvqy^q^ tie-war phan-hdog$ ^qg^jW
is fit for, suits.
$'qvw<^ tie-war hphar-hgro^'^
the demon who causes the eclipse of
the sun (ДГиоп.).
tie-war-byed—^Ц ^qrfqr ser-
vice, veneration.
^*q<|X tie-war §byor ^qqq friendship,
harmony; ^qvgvn^q-q ^q^?K fulfil-
ment, completion, conclusion.
tie-war mi-rig =^'qv$H<5 or
рм’й’вЦ.
^•qvV^ tie-war dmigs ^q^r«nr prop,
support.
^wqVTq ne-war bshag-pa to make use of,
to employ; ^q'^qvq^q ппдтагя ear-
nest meditation, v. ^yq’^*qvqv4; wsrj<r
<ч5^Yq5-^^^-qvqv’rq to apply to Bud-
dha the notion of rareness.
^q^’^ tie-war ski ’^ЧИЯ relief; it is also
applied in reference to	£ and
q^\q, to signify putting out, and for-
bearance {Mnon.).
^‘qv^’q tie-war len-pa i: ^'qv^ qS ^q'
«‘g the fivo tipadana or vija or fundamen-
tal skandha are:—(1)	;
(2)	^vqq^q-q; (3) 4^TTWq;
(4)
(5)	^ qv^-q^q-q.
The Sanskrit equivalents may be ren-
dered as follows:—
[(1) Form-group; (2) sensation-group ;
(3) names or idea-group, i.e., verbal asso-
ciation. (4) predisposition-group;	(5)
knowledge-groupjjS,
^•q^-^-q и: to seine eagerly, to strive
for earnestly, to aspire to; also
^•qv§4]’qv|vq tie-war ereg-par-byed-pa
^qqrv [to set fire to, to burn]#.
I	487

VS1*’ ne-dban ^4^ a name of Vishnu.
^’*34 ne-hbrcl connection, kindred,
relations.
ne-tshij a secondary word
which limits the idea contained in the
principal word.
nc-tshe-wa provincial.
ne-tsh?hi san§-rgyas ЯЙФ-
Pratyeka Buddha.
fa nehu small fish: AVT^’S’^'V1)'4, fa’
an impure man like my-
self will be a small fish cast out on dry
land.
^’4 ne-sho	partiality. 2.
mishap.
+	1: ne-sho те<$-ра~^'^&\Ц
nes-$kyon med-pa without defect, without
mishap:	ne-sho med-
par §leb§-pa legs it is well that you have
arrived without any accident (A. 12).
л:	filled, complete;
without damage.
ne-shos	or
without disease; healthy (Mnon.).
nc-s?ins=Q'9q| ч hkhrig-pa copula-
tion (Mnon.).
+ fa‘§ nehu-gyi—^Y\^ bcud-chor.
ne-gyog bya-war hod-
pa-lna the five persons that are worthy
of being served are: (l) и father, (2)
я mother, (3) «p^’q teacher, (4)
spiritual guide, (5) ^5’4 a sick man.
ne-rin 1. near and far. ^’A'^a-
near and distant relations. 2. distance:
how far is it from here
to the gate ? 3. partial:	tho
king is very partial.	impartial.
яе-4гт=:чч]’^‘А5’ад close or shorter
road.
near, in the neighbourhood (Mnon.).
ne-qin n. of a tree, the root
of which is used in medicine.
Syn.	dran-sron bqad\
hjigs-nwd hdab; 5АА’5гёьч| dwan-
mchog*	mchog-ldan \
mehog-rgyal-ma; £'A'Ag‘A rtsa-wa brgya-
wa; 5’^’bu-man*	srid-sgrub-bu
(Mnon).
MS’4 nen-byed-pa to glance at an
object by lifting up the head a little : 5’3^’
is it a
child of the gods who has come and who
has been obtained by just glancing at the
door of the palace ? (Bbroni. 123).
ned-pa — *fy\Q mned-pa.
nen чгт^н, чГЬаш 1. perhaps=sick-
ness, thinness (A. K. Ill, 20). ^A’AS’fa
nrermf. 2. sbst. a relative, kinsman. 3.
danger, liability, risk. This meaning is
probably derived from 3^ nan which in C.
is invariably pronounced nen and which
signifies: capability, chance, etc. Like 3^
also, it is annexed to verbal roots : *ф«1’
AVQ^j’fa’4]^ dmy al-war hgro-nen gdah there
is a danger of going to hell;
c^’qfvfa'^ srog-gi bar-chad-du hgro-wahi
nen-yod there is the danger of risking one’s
life.
fa'^ nen-kor seems to=^’^'q thag ne-
ica near (Nag.).
fa’^ nen-skor-^’rffa gnen a relative ; fa‘
ijvVl nen-skor shig he is a relative, kins-
man.
fa’p'^'fo nen-kha ehe-tsam may become
dangerous, full of danger ; fa nen-ean
dangerous ; fa'^'q55’q nen-snar b§kyod-pa
continually moving towards danger ; fa’
nen-pahi 1ат=°№'^ц lam nan-pa a
dangerous road, a road which leads to
anger (МпопЗр
488

Нч
iien-ра 1. = ^<1Г,‘,1 neg-thag, v.
nag-ma. 2. an enemy. 3. to be pained,
pinched, pressed hard, e.g., by hunger;
to labour, to drudge, v. чч- ban.
пег 1. ne-war. 2. used in lieu
of *V$ in counting numerals from
20 to 30. 3.=5’4 mya-nan affliction,
pain.
^'4S ner-^ad—^ffc'^ gy>n-§kad suffer-
ing, cry of suffering.
ner-bjcyod ’sqqfM suitability.
^’ЧЦ ner-b^krun ^qqfvf, said to
= ^$5 self.
ner-hkhod WTH3 near.
ner-dgah delight.
rier-dgu 29; also the 29th day
of each month when offerings are made to
the demons.
ner-b^gynr <yqqq unlucky acci-
dent.
ner-snogz theme, ta^k (Seh.Y
ner-ner=fc'$ in IF. dregs, sedi-
ment (Jd.).
inr-$»|/o<2 ^qqrv offerings; q^t-
qqiX or the five kinds of offerings to be
made to the gods in worshipping them:—
Л; ^’94 дщ flowers; (2)	V4
incense; (3)	lamps; (4) X
ipq odours; (5)	eatables,
cakes (Ya-sel. 53).
ner-byun origination.
nrr-bycd met. a tree.
fier-sba?—} 4Vgpq ^q^H the
Buddhist priest who was spiritual guide to
As'oka.
ner-tshad <?qqq, <sq<nr, fqcq
personal danger (Jftfion.).	ner-
tshad-nuyd=y\&\4 nad-tned-pa or
q^|w hbyun-fyhi $noni$ without danger
to health (Mm)-
ner-t8had=^\ $ku-hdra, v.
4V«W ne-war mjal.
^v^q ner-8hi-wa 1. 4^q q^VW4 b$go-
wa bshin nan-pa to listen to an instruction
or direction. 2. ^’ЧЧ’Х’Ч ^qijH allevia-
tion, pacification.
пег 1еп-ра=У^^^ or
the cause of a cause, tho original cause
(Jd.).
^•4 ner-pa 1. acc. to Seh. to tan,
dress, make soft. 2. aco. to Jd. in IF.
to snarl, growl. 3. to tarry, stay, linger.
ner-ma in IF. for red
pepper (Jd.).
nel~wa to fall ill; become sick
(Sch.).
ne$-pa I: qtq, wqrrq, WHjq 1.
sbst. any evil or misfortune or injurious
occurrence:	4	all
thing* noxious are massing together upon
his body; a year of calamities, bad
harvest;	when the harvest had
been bad;	also	W
the three humours of the body, viz:
qrn §4’ wind; fqvr bile; ^qj
phlegm. 2. moral fault, offence, crime ;
^rci5• the failings of immoral acts;
cq’Sj'^-q guilt of speech and bad action;
^•q’^-q in reference to the body,=to
commit a fault, a crime, to sin; but the
word used for “sin” in the AT. Testament
and in the Christian sense is not ^гч but
lit. wages of faults, i.e.,
retribution, punishment.
|
489

^*'*5	crime, also
fine.
nes-ltun a moral slip, trespass:
he has met with a moral fall
(JffZ.).
hc§-pa kha§ mi-len not to
confess fault or guilt.
К’’’ II : vb. to commit an offence:
hdi§-ci nes-te bzufi for com-
mitting what offence has he been seized;
gvsrgyq*^^ §nar ma-sbran-pa nes-so not
reporting earlier, you did wrong;
q you have committed a fault by
covering it;	if harm is done to
me;	q’S*’З4! khyed-ci ncs-pa §mro$-
fig tell me what has befallen you; й
she out of her senses;
what is the matter (with her) ? *r^<rq5’
*?'q innocent beings;	he came
out again unhurt. The commoner verbal
usage is with §5’q annexed. Thus, in
their N. Testament translation, the Mora-
vian missionaries invariably use ^ q §5’q in
the sense of to trespass, commit a fault.
Syn. nons-pa;	sky on-can ;
^N'q^’ nes-bzun ;	sdom-hchin ; 0W
khrims-gcod-yul; йУе/сгй^ rnthoh-
wa med (Mnon.).
^rq-JprEt nes-pa sbom-po ЖТДЩ a
great sin, serious fault.
ne$-par gnan-byas, v. Г**
5)^ has been promised (Mnon.).
ne§-dpyad snar-spyod conti-
nually committing mischief or trespasses.
^*rg5 hes-ypyad bad habit, im-
moral conduct.
^•9” ncs-bya§ a wicked action.
^rq‘§5'qS'-4'qprq ne§-pa byed-pahi fo-
gam-pa a tyrant; oppressive tax-gatherer
or ruler.
^г^йд^ nes-dmigs
reproach; punishment for faults : jj«'3'
considering the
punishments of lay life to be great, г.с.,
ever increasing (Л. 11). In C. “nye-
mig ” is a term for punishment, penalty.
no 1. num. fig. 128. 2. carrot (Cs.).
no-ti pear in Ld. (Jd.).
no-tca, pf. and imp.	to
buy, to obtain by payment; a “buyer,”
of the bride at a Ladak wedding;
a buyer:	whether any or
many wants arise he buys, Z.e., a constant
customer; account, bill; anything
bought, commodity to be bought;
buying and selling, commerce, traffic;
to trade;	«0-
icahi died for buying.
no-to inferior animals which can-
not carry burdens :
stupid mule-
colts and mules of the worst sort whether
adult or small are said to be “ little ho-to'’
hog-pa or IK* soiled,
dirtied, made unclean, e.g.^ of victuals;
$’1K* muddy or foul water.
'^‘q hog-hog-pa confused, mixed up.
^|N-gc- nogs-byin (Sch.). too soft; ^K
-K nog-non soft, maudlin, weak.
fas nog-can in W. for	fondling
anything (Ja.).
hod-pa = w WS food.
1. misery, trouble,
distress, any misfortune. 2. vb. to be
troubled, in misery: «wlftmoles-
ted by the heat;	to get
63
490	=^1
into trouble, to be distressed;
had you not any trouble? prob, you
had no troubles. 3. often has the
technical meaning of misery as the result
of ignorant clinging to existence and the
world, and therefore, in the Buddhist
sense, the misery of sin:
this does net avail for being deli-
vered from such a misery;
free from troubles, perhaps also sinless:
the sinner buys tho
flesh of fish (Ja.).
non-nion$-pahi sa acc. to
Buddhism d. « 655.) the ten smaller
causes of moral misery are:—0'4 wrath,
spite, ostentation, show,
adherence to what is contrary
to Buddhism, | illusion, Я^ deception,
дяЛя jealousy, envy, covetousness,
q’gn pride,	arrogance.
non-mon-pahi sa-chen
heu tho ten greater causes of moral or
mental misery:—want of faith;
hgyod-pa repentance or regret;
bartering, also vacillating;
optc^rq inattention or changing tho mind;
confusion or mental derange-
meat;	%«г§5,ч practising
actions inaecordant with custom;
Й*Г4 irreverence ; laughing aloud;
q ignorance; чя’^’ч immodesty.
поп-топ^ med-pa
free from pain or misery.
ЗЦ*йслгЗд| Hon-mons	tshig=оГЗй’йч]
words of idleness (Mnon.).
^q’^l nob-nob weak, feeble-minded
(Sch.).
^4 nor l.=? w. 2. a rectangle (C«_),
yH no J, imp. of ^4’4
^51 nog pf. of	a man who
has been bought, a slave (Cs.).
TOP* gnags n. of a place in Tibet
(Deb. Я 2).
рпап I: 1. n. of a place in Tibet
(Deb. Я 2). 2. very powerful and at the
same time fearful.
TO II: 1. a pestilential disease,
epidemic, infectious sickness, plague;
ы^с/^дзгд-то leprosy and small pox
are pestilential diseases. The following
dkeases are mentioned under the term of
Я?^ pestilence (Sman. 108): Я^’ЗЯ* gzer-
thug, ^Я'З’^Я^З4 nag-po tgyug-hgyel, 2V
Я^ klad-gzer,	hdsum kha-rtseg,
^С^’^'ЯЛЗ hdsum Itag-dgye, nba-log or
ЗУ^Я byin-log, pho-ghn,
rna-rtsa phu§-hdcb§, fiam-ru,
gnan-srin,	gnan-nad rkun-po,
ЯЗТ^З^ gnan-hbra^ ЯИ*9^ gnan-hbur, §Я’
4 lhog-pa, ЯЯ’4 gag-pa. The four reme-
dies proscribed in Tib. medical works
for gnan called ЯЭ^’Я^ plague killers :—
84'5 or lagerstra>mia, ч^’^я arsenic, -^ЛЯ
and g| ^ musk (§man. l±50). 2. a class
of mischievous demi-gods (^’Ч^Я), also
called ЯЗУЙ the parti-colourcd дпап,
ЯЗУ^' the green gnany and Я^’йЦЯ'ч.
Ш: a species of wild sheep,
not the Ovis ammon but the Ovis Uodg-
soni. Its range is throughout Tibet, but
never in the Sikkim-Himalaya. In tho
Kuen-liin and Altan Tag ranges, both
this species and the true Ovis ammon
occur.
ЯИ*ч*ч gnan-thab-pa certain medicinal
roots so called on account of their curative
virtues in plague, namely:—£Я’-^ ^Я’^
^Я^’?1 Icag&tyu (Mirf. 2).

491

«г|^’c^orq gnan hdul-pa root of a plant
used in the disease called Gnan-gzer tsha-
tea of which high fever and severe aching
in the body are chief characteristics*
gnan-pa or w 1. cruel,
fierce, severe:	the Bon
religion is cruel and Buddhism is uohle
(Gyal. S.).	deities of terror; pjw
*1^’4 severe justice, cruel laws;
Ч5УЧ rigid vow, a solemn oath. 2. wild,
rugged, precipitous:	a rugged
country.
^2)0/4 gnab-wa (in composition, often
only) 1. neck, nape:	the
neck is contracted or shortened. 2.=^’^
partizan, one backing a side.
gnah-ko hide or leather of a
beast’s neck.
gnah-khob§ screen to protect
the neck attached to a helmet.
Qnah-khri Btsan-po the first
king of Tibet who was carried in a sedan-
chair and was therefore called the “ neck-
chaired.”
gnah-gori du mi-snol, =
gnah-rgyab in C. castellations,
parapet.
Qnah-nan, a village on the con-
fines of Tibet and Nepal, but belonging to
the former.
+ «]yvq gnah-po a witness, one that gives
evidence;	to vouch for, to be
surety for:	he became surety for
the loan.
gnah-rtse the cervical vertebra
with its projecting process (Ja.).
gnah-tshigs spinal joints.
чрчЛад gnah-rens stiff-necked, obsti-
nate:	(Bdsa.
28) Ser-smug, thou obstinate wretch, listen
to this my word.	gnah-rens-
can stiff-necked, obstinate.
gnah-gin gu yoke (for oxen);
Gnah^in hclsin one of the seven
fabulous mountains of Buddhist cosmo-
gony so called on account of its standing
out like the yoke of oxen.
Gnal n. of a place in Tibet;
anative of Gnal;Gnal-pa
grba-tshan the section of Daipung monas-
tery where monks from Gnal are admitted
(Lon. * 3).
C\
^ш-уа=чр)«’’т| both.
4^^ gni-zer sometimes for*V^ suu-
beam (Lex.).
4H5 gnig-tu = into
one, aimed at one, having only one obj ect
in view; but	seems to=
the two loved as one.
sleep;
to fall asleep:	I am
sleepless;	sleep has not come, I
cannot find sleep;	one uninter-
rupted portion of sleep;
he fell into a sound sleep; light
sleep, a slumber.	gnid-kyi log-
pa 44<$U4H to fall asleep, to sleep:
who is free from misery will sleep happily;
(S.
phren. 288) he who has attained to the
stage of Sbyor-lam will not fall asleep.
sleepy, drowsy;
sleep interrupted, roused from
slumber.	has gone to sleep.
^ocq|	492
Syn. gnid-bro; 4]H4AS ffnid-
hir>d-, 4iV> <'№'£’
r ib-tu hthibt-pa; «V mnal; gzim-,
Q4) « gnid khug-pa; ?ч|Ч'й rmong-
grogs-po; йч]я^"я'а mxg hdsutnpa
\Mnon.).
gnid-hdod wishing to sleep.
gnid-rdol somnambulism.
’* ’3*^ gnid ma-byun~wa
wakefulness, sleeplessness.
Syn. *ftV**S gnid~med-,	gnid-
ma-khug;	gnid chaj-pa-,
gnid-yar-ica {Mnon.).
gnid-mo цдя asleep, in
sleep.
gnid-rmug$ cbiz?d, stupid with
sleep:	cM 54l‘5 q?3i‘q3’4’
(Hbrom. I4 Id) leaving off sleepi-
ness and indolence, (you) should be always
industrious.
qlV4RJvq gntd gyur-pa to be overcome
by sleepiness.
sfy’V’W gnid-lam—U'w rmi-lam dream.
gmd-log hdod-pa to desire
sleep, to be sleepy.
^5gnid-sa bed, place of sleep.
Syn. ^’*1 nal-sa\ malstan} *«*«
mal-xa {Mnon.).
sinrfta, awakened, to
awake;	smj to become
awake.
4||oi’q gnil-wa to be dessicated, to
crumble away; to thaw.
gnis f% 1. two: jJVS^*5,
we two shall marry each other ;
either of us: В
час* । which is the better of the two reli-
gions, Brahmanism or Buddhism? 9*’^
a Brahman couple (man and wife). 2.
both:	both Maitreya
and the lord (Atis'a);	both
you and I.
ЯУ4’”! gnis-ka Wl the two, both:
the meaning of both; the
interests of both parties;	gnis-
gnis two each.
gni^kyi gnis sprad-pa
placed in two and two (in
pairs).
gnis-skye* fe*r, ftwfa,
the “ twice-born,” i.e., a Brahman ; used,
also, of birds in general, and of human*
teeth.
= gni^ka both.
gni^dyahi khyim
met. for the female organ.
4^,q^S gni$-br(jyud—^4 copper.
gn&cha half.
gni$-gni$ $pyod
said to be either the curlew or lapwing.
gni$-gni$ zufi pairing, also
male and female living together.
gni^hthun ftq met. for ele-
phant ;	the king of elephants,
zjf^gni$-ldabtwo-fold, double, twice.
gni$-ldan f^K, twice;
also the second age, the age according to
Brahmanical astrology in which two mea-
sures of virtue were left to humanity.
gni$-ldan-du$	the se-
cond age of the present Kalpa.
gni^pa ^гт, 1. the second.
2. having two, possessed of two, e.g.,
mgo gnit-pa having two heads, the
two-headed;	lee gni$-pa double-
tongued;	all the second ones;
the second only.
gnis-po W both, the two.
gnis-med gsuH-pa an
epithet of .Buddha.	ч
I
493

a propounder of the non-dualist
doctrine ; epithet of Buddha.
gnis-hdsin holding to
two; doubt, unsteadiness, wavering.
of^r^’orq gni^hdsin lta-wa to look
upon two things as differing, to think
them different.
gnis-gad the strokes put after a
complete sentence (Situ.).
gnis-su med-pa	vfccffa
1. matchless; identical:	’$’^51
the king and I are not two indubitably,
are the same. 2. u. of the Tantrik work
of S'ri Kala-chakra	««o».).
gni§-g§um zlos-pa—^J^
skyor-tshig or	skyar-wahi tshig
repetition (Mnon.).
4]J4)-W gnug-ma acc. to Cs. 1.
natural, opp. to qX^ « bcos-ma artificial,
hence (Sch.) 5^** dnos-ma. 2. innate,
peculiar;	peculiar mind; ^З4!’
я? 'Ът gnug-mahi	innate
wisdom; 4l3ql<^’XdS innate signification or
worth; «лХя*ч|5«|’»<5'са’=^я^ та-Ьео§ gnug-
mahi nan-du hdre$ dissolved into the un-
created primordial existence (Jd.).
gnun-dkar rape seed.
gnul-wa-W^ nul-гса.
gne-wa to woo, court.
gneho=% ‘5 smye^bo a wooer, cour-
tier (Jd.).
gne-ma nan-khroty,
the coiled intestine (Zam.), the twisted
part of the colon or great gut (Jd.).
gnen «mm, resp.
gku-gnen kinsman, relation;
beloved relation;	to love
one’s relations;	mother-in-law
by relation; as a degree of relationship;
'’iHSV4 pnen byed-pa to marry, to become
related by	marriage;	friends
and relations;
attachment	towards friends quivers like
water, &c.	(Lo. %);	pha-gnen
relations on	father’s side;	ma-gnen
relations on	mother’s side;	bges-
gnen	spiritual friend, generally
a lama scholar who is versed in the
Buddhist metaphysics.
gnin-po helper, friend, assistant,
esp. spiritually;	|
bless, that it may become a good spiritual
help	without looking upon
a spiritual adviser; ^’^erqS’^’Zi the
spiritual discipliner of Tibet (Avalokite-
s'vara) ; (applied to things) remedy, means,
expedient, antidote;
assistants in curing maladies (e.g., medi-
cine, diet, etc.);	dehi gnen-por as
a remedy for;
§grub-pahi thabs mi-ges-pahi gnen-por as a
remedy for helplessness in acquiring a
certain object, i.e., direction or instruction
how to obtain it (Jd.).
Syn.	mthun-phyogv,
yid-bcug§;	mdsah-bcugs; 3^ zun ;
hkhor-med;	yid mthun-pa;
mdsah-bge$\	grogs-po *,
q’H'q^Mi mdsah-was bcin$; §f'Vq blo-ne-wa ;
ran-phyogs (M^on.).
gnen-can used in polite lan-
guage for gnen.
gnen ne^ca or	gnen
ne-mo	near relations,
cousins.
gnen ne-hbrel, v. relatives by
blood or marriage connection.
^•Ч|	494	Ч|^|
0]^-^	gnen-lshan, яИ
§5 gnen-srid аге words signifying relatives.
gnen-hdab^ n. gnen.
gnen-hdun 1. relatives;
pha-yan та-yin gnen-hdim min
neither father nor relations. 2. acc. to
&Л. concord, harmony, amongst kins-
men :	gnen-hdun zid-pa yin
tho harmony ceased.
gnen-pa ^rfa kinsman:
4^’4 gnen-pa$ b$run-wa	pre-
served or protected by (his) kinsman.
Syn. 4^’4^ gnen-ggin\	gnan-
hdab\	$nag-gi gnen; ne-
hbrcl;	md^ah-bges;	rt$a-lag;
rig$-ru$ gcig-pa;
cho-hbran mtshun$-pa; У^пе-du (Mnon.).
gnen-po srfavr, sfarng ad-
versary, antagonist; adverse, in opposition.
gnen-po cho$-dbyin$
gnen-por gar (Hbrom. F 33).
pfien byed-pa marriage.
^en hbrel-wa to be related,
connected by marriage or friendship.
ЯН? gnen-zla consort; companion by
marriage:	as ye
(Tibetans) may enter into connubial con-
nexion with ns (Chinese). ,*rlV&**
gnen-zla ma-rned-kyi§ a match not being
available;	Hkkyod-dan ghen-
zh min you are not a consort fit for me;
aho not related to you.
gnen-yig friendly letter.
gnen rin-po	Aidant
relation.
gnen-ggin, v. gnen.
gnen-bgesrelatives and friends:
khyod-li gnen-med
bge§-kyan-med you have neither relations
nor friends.
4^ gner 1. meaning, occasion :
’^5 dehi-gner d-yod what was the
meaning of that (A. 33).
gner-ka or gner-kha atten-
tion, care; Ч)^‘'ТВ5 gner-ka byed~\\*e§\
do-dam byed take care (of a thing, property
or person), to supervise, to pay attention
to:	khyod-raH gner-ka
byed lo-gyi$ would you take care (or take
charge of) (A. 115);
when I am free from the attentions of
village officials I am happy (Mil.).
t4^7T415S’q gner-ka glad-pa to commit
a thing to a person’s charge, to put a per-
son in trust of.
gner-du gtad-pa==^’Qy\4 bio
glad-pa to entrust, confide in.
gner-pa WU£i<t a store-keeper;
farm-steward:
(Gul.) he was the
steward, wise in protecting agriculture
and its surroundings and knowing how to
collect and to keep accounts.	dkon-
gner keeper of precious (religious) objects;
§ku-gner temple-minder;
the steward of a monastery;
gshi-gner manager of an estate or farm;
khan-gner one in whose charge a
house or house properties are left, house-
keeper :	having
arrived at Dingri, they asked the house-
keeper ; §lob gner a student:
§lob-gner gan-du bgyi§ where did
you study. 455’4^ gtad-gner to entrust a
thing.	mgron-gner (lit, receiver
|
495
ЭД
of guests but) practically a general mana-
ger or secretary under a king, minister, or
landlord.
Syn.	mig-gi ehos-can; ^’£H|*q
Ide mig-pa;	nan-gi gru-hdsin;
4$^ §ku-gner or a keeper of images
of gods, &c. (ДГЯоп.).
gner-ica or ^Vg\q gner byed-pa
to tend, to take care of, to provide for;
to seek for; to procure, to acquire. X^’
ф’Ч don gner-wa to earn money, to take
interest on money;	don-du gner-
ua to provide for, to strive to procure;
Х^Л’4!^ 4 people who desire to have
property; X^’4!^ don-gner exertion, effort,
zeal; ХУ4!^’^’^’Vfa don-gner chen-po dgos
great exertions are necessary; |V^,4I>’
investigating both the pri-
mary and secondary causes;	don-
gner etm zealous, pains-taking.
«ЧК» gner-ma wrinkles (of the
face), a fold of the skin;	gner-
ma dans	defined wrinkles;
with many wrinkles;
the wrinkles have become
settled or rigid, vb. 4^’4 gner-pa to
wrinkle;	sna-^on	gner-wa to
knit the brows, to frown. p'4!^
a frown, a severe, angry look;
khro-gner can with frowning looks; the
goddess Dolma in her terrific, frowning
manifestation is called
Sgrol-ma Khro-gner-ean
oj^-jr^wq gner-ma khums-pa^ X^’^’5q’
the object not fulfilled (Л. 65).
gner-ma can wrinkled.
gner-mahi gdon lit. the
wrinkled-faced; met. a monkey.
gner-tshan store or store-room;
house where provisions are stored up:
4|^’^’4|?k‘§5 gner-tshan gton-byed issuing
of articles from the stores; one who issues
such.
gnel-wa=zW^ nal-wa W fa-
tigue, also ’ifT’fr tired, to get tired; acc. to
some authors, the proper spelling is
mnel-wa.
gnog-pa to desire, wish earn-
estly (Cs.), v. snog-pa (Jd.).
^5 gnod strength, durability, stout-
ness;	gnod-ean strong;
gnod-ehun or gnod-med weak;
lus gnod-cJvun a weakly^body or
feeble constitution (Ja.).
gnod-ka^*^ hkhos-ka im-
portance, worth. 41^*1’^’= 1. unimpor-
tant, worthless. 2. generous or charitable,
n. of a tribe in Tibet
(Lon. 23).
mnan boat, skiff, wherry.
^'q mnan-pa boatman, ferry-man.
«^q’y^'X454 a fish-skin (Sman. 350).
^’^5 mnan-yod n. of a city in
Kos'ala where Buddha resided for many
years. Occasionally occurs errone-
ously for 3^’q to hear.
mned-pa pf. and imp. fut.
1. to rub, between tho hands or feet,
e.g.) ears of corn. 2. to tan, curry, dress;
X q to tan skin. 3. to coax (C#.).
mnam hh, UHI43 similar, equal,
like (Щоп.).

496

Syn. hdra-wa or ffg Ita-bu also
de-lta, de mtshuns.
«3»r^w|4 mnam-dkar; *3*5** mnam-$kye$
colleague, brethren in the same
work or profession.
mnam-hgyur bkal-pa the
age or Kal-pa next to terminate (D.R.).
*3»r«Is]	ыщт,
HHifW contemplation, preserving the
equanimity of the mind.
*3*’^S тпат-пи}=ф'&\ phyam-chad
книг, ^нтчат impartiality, evenness, equ-
ality; justice,	mnam-nid ye-
$es the knowledge to be acquired by con-
templation, by Samddhi.
«3«’«3« тпат-тппат hhhh level, very
even; smooth.
*3*’^ mnam-du 1. together, in com-
pany with.	mnam-du hgro-ica
going together. 2. in Mnon. wnbf
yearly, annually.
язя’^^л^ц mnam-ldan b$kal-pa the
Kalpa that is continuing (D.7?.).
mnam-gna$ residing to-
gether; also of equal position.
*3*‘q mnam-pa, КН,	HHtfvu
1.	like, alike, equal, same:
mham-po yod they are alike, equal, not
differing;	lha-dan mnam-pa
yod they are like unto the gods. «з*сч
zlum-po mnam-pa roundish;	rigs
mnam-pa of equal birth, rank; ^гыз^ ч dus
mnam-pa contemporary, simultaneous;
«3*w*gV£i to become equal, to be equal.
2. even, level, flat;	*з«гч mnam-
pa flat like the palm of the hand.
mnam-pa brjod-pa
to invite impartially.
*	3*,q ^q mnam-pa med-pa
uneven; unequally.
*	3*rqvalb4|’q mnam-par hjog-pa wrfu
to adjust for contemplation.
*	3N'qVQ^|’q mnam-par bshag-po wrfTH,
uftrfru, to compose the
mind to perfect rest for meditation.
^3$rqv§vq mnam-par byed-pa to make
even or level, to equalize; to divide
equally;	sems mnam-po im-
perturbability, evenness of mind; not to
be affected by kindness or by the reverse.
ft'«3*rq mi-mnam-pa unequal, uneven.
^3«’д^ mnam-bral ip® unequalled,
matchless.
*3*^5 mnam-med, v. «<3«‘дч mnam-bral.
«З^ ЯВ^* mnam-gzun топчи lit. receiv-
ing equally; finishing.
mne-wa or *^'fl^'q mne bshin-pa
qfblVf to tan, to rub ; **)’^*S^
tanned, rubbed; ‘^’3 will tan or rub,
v. mne$pa.
«Vя®* rnne-hbol cushion, a pillow.
1. mnen-pa resp. 3*)phyag
mnen-pa	f^P4 flexible, pliable,
supple, soft. 2.=*fa’2t mnen-po
tender, soft.
mnen-lcug soft and pliant or
flexible.
mnen mnel-wa to make soft
by tanning (Sch.).
mnen-mnes g^in-pa to
caress, to fondle (&Л.).
w^q^sgvq mnen-par hgyur-wa to
become soft.
«^•q^’g^-q mnen-par byed-pa
to make soft, smooth, flexible.
mnel-wa—M-wa or
thaft chad-pa to be tired, fatigued.

497

mne§ smoothened; made
soft (like leather).
mne$-pa resp. for
same as 53^’M dg yes-pa to be glad, to take
delight in; also pleased, delighted: §pA’
bla niahi thugs mnes-pa the
lama’s heart was delighted.
mnes-par byed-pa to make
glad, to give pleasure.
*^*’*§S mnes-byed HM<H, мпттцит ador-
ation, paying respect.
rnnes-gqin
loving, affectionate (-4. K. 1-10).
«]5frq	g$m-pa=^^'^l §niH-$dug be-
loved. Acc. to Sch. to love much; to be
rejoiced at,
<4^*mno fond; mno mno-can in
W. fondling, petting (^'9<ч) a child (Ja.).
^’4 Rna-wa n. of a place in Tibet.
(Deb. *| 11).
^’*5} rna-U> or sna-lo several wild-
growing species of Polygonum (Jd.).
ex
rnan-rniH worn-out clothes,
rags (Cs.).
rnan-wa= *иуагд b^al-wa to rinse;
in W. to suffer from diarrhoea.
rnan-nad diarrhoea; ?* ^nan-pa or ’«
rnan-ma diarrhoetic stool (Jd.).
rnan=fl]3^ gnan the Tibetan argali
(Ovis ammon).
5«Г|ч'ч rnab-rnab-pa to seize or snatch
together (Sch.).
Ц snabs-pa stretching out the hand
to catch ;	«I«fa khyehu
yi lag-pa uw-la rnabs-pa yi$ holding out the
hands of a child to the fire.
rnas sometimes used for
brnas-pa.	rnas-byed-pa to
scorn, to look down on with contempt.
rni STM net, snare or trap for
capturing wild animals or birds. Ч
rni hdsug-pa to lay snares; phur-
rni mouse-trap consisting of a flat stone
supported by a little stick or pin
phur-pa).
Syn. I’*4] rni-thag\	ri-dbags
rgya;	ri-dbags hdsin;
ri-dbags dra-wa; dra-ica-can;
nan-pahi hkhrul-
hkhor bya-dan ri-dbags hchin-byed (Шоп.).
V4ql rni-thag^ v. 1 rni.
СЧ
rnin, v. 5^ rnin-pa.
ex
rnin-pa sra,	3U4 1.
old, ancient (of things, i.e.^ clothes). 2.
muddy.	gsar-rnin new and old;
snar-gyi yi-ge rnin-gia
rnams the ancient records; brda-hin
the ancient orthography; *5’1*’ lo-rnin =
V$[*’ na-nin last year (JFls.);
drafi-sron rnin-pa the old rishi or sage.
Syn. ^’4 rgan-po; thar-po;
S^on-skyes\ * $non-dus-ma\
уипгьп-та} 1*’* rnin-ma, 54** thog-ma\
тда%-ра'')	chos rga$-pa
(Мйоп.).
lE/q rnin-wa vb., pf. *1*^ brnihs to age,
wax old; gos-brnin§ worn, clothes;
lham-brnihs old shoes;
rnin-war hgyur-wa,	rnin-war
byed-pa to wear out in a short time (Jd.).
1*** Rnin-ma 1. general term for
the various unreformed red-cap sects of
Buddhism in Tibet. 2. particular name
for one of the oldest of these same sects.
64

498

3.=V’4 rniH-pa,
rnin*ma de-la rab-gna$ край mdsag he
also consecrated that old one (Л. 9J);
5Е/»й*с|^*ч]5«г rnifi-mahi gter-gshrin the
religious works which, it is said, were un-
earthed by Gter-§ton~pa belonging to the
Nying-ma school of Tibet.
rnin*tshad old fever; chronic
disease.
rnifi-hrui worn-out, old and
rotten (things).
rnins-pa—^WQ refi$-pa ’ЖгЫг
worn out; delapidatcd ; cast off.
rnid-pa pf. ^5 «ЦК brni%
fut. «fys gnid. 1. to fade. 2. to grieve
(vb. nJ \Sch.Y
C\
uf, rhil or §ntl gen. as so*
rnil the gums.
^<4’4 rnil-u'a, v. snil*wa.
rnis-pa^^'Q §nin$*pa pf.
iftw to be worn out, become old,
faded.
?S'4I : rfied-pa 1. vb., pf. ч|5 brned or
drncs fut. brned. W, nfK’Tcl,
to find, discover, acquire, meet with,
get:	de-ni gafi-na$ rned where
did you get that ?	rned~du
mi run-no it must be procured by all means;
ma rned-pa not finding;
ISA zas-dan §kom-ma rned-de having not
found anything to eat or to drink; 5‘V
* q da-ni re*wa brned-do now that
my hopes are fulfilled; gri rned-
pus as he found a knife (from Ja.).
-v.
II: sbst. profit, - gain, ’ property,
goods	rned-pa маЯ-ро rned*
pa to gain much profit:
(R. d.
4 36) by exerting himself for gain and
honour a gelong will be ruined; these
riches and honours are the causes of in-
terruption to all works of piety:
q	bdag riied-ра daft ldan*na
mi-dgah if I am possessed of earnings,
he is aggrieved.	rned $du-wa
collecting of riches;	rned phrOg-pa
to take booty, to plunder (Sch.).
rned-rlom pride of wealth or gain: rSp<’
(Khrid. 125).
rned dkah-wa^B;
difficult to find, rare. The five hardly
obtainable things are (seo IC d. ч J/75):—
(1)	the human body which
is slowly prepared; (2) Я gla (Mfion.)
wages, remuneration for work done, rent;
(3) w^rj*rarv^ faith in Buddha; (4) the
conception of saintly ideas, i.e., the
enlightened heart of a Bodhisattva;
(5)	the appearance of a
Buddha.
rned*bkur=fathob-nor riches
and honour.
rned-hdod—^y9^ hdotBchags
inclination for gain (ДГлоя.).
Пч гпо£-7>д (cf. q nog* pa) vb.,
pf. brnogs, fut. qp| brnog to troublo,
to stir up (Cs.); also adj. thick, turbid ;
chu rnog-pa muddy or dirty - water.
'I^l'q*^ rnog*pa can : l.=sjpf«^ $kyon*can
faulty. 2. dirty, turbid, troubled
rnog-nia can, miry, muddy.
rnogi'-pa,	dirt,
scum,- stain;	rnogt-pa-med
stainless, clear,- purified, washed;	*>5

499

ehu-rnog med^^^i^'4 chu tsan-aca pure,
water (fllnon.).
T^’^s rnogS'tshad n. of a disease
•J1 rnoH=‘^i gal ЗПЖ trap, snare.
ft'q rnon-wa pf. brnofa fut. ч|к'
brnofi, imp-.T^ 1. to ensnare, trap (Cs.).
2.=Jf ’4 rkyan-pa stfwa to stretch out.,
$йл-пап=*ЧУ*'^’ gnah-nafi.
^яд-/Ь = 5'<? rna-lo.
П4 snag-pa col. for^4!'4 sneg-pa.
dbyans music, har-
mony (Jd.).
l.==^r rgyu-rkyen” reason;
^^4\$nad4ned-par without reason, pre-
tence or provocation :
(A. 62) the reason of
Atis'a/з undertaking to proceed to Tibet
was the welfare of animate beings, 2.
snad hdog$-pa=ffi4£\fy\Q skyon
brjod byed-pa
$kyon-med-par skyon btags-pa to impute
fault where there is none, malicious
accusation or imputation; 55’ЧТЧ snad
hdsug-pa to bring an action against, to
prosecute; §5’§5'^ snad byed-pa (with a
dat.) to use a pretence or pretext.
^\Q‘$nad-pa pf. and fut., ^§5 bsnad,
imp. 55 §nod to relate,.to report; ^’^’$5’4
lo-rgyu$ ^nad-pa to relate a story; ₽’W
55‘4 rmi-lam §nad-pa to relate a dream;
snad-pa to state, inform, give
notice; to rehearse.
snad-mej shad-dkris impu-
tation, without cause.; false charge.
snan w, vhr, resp. for V4 гпачса
the ear:	'rgyal-pohi- snan-du
thos it came to the king’s hearing.
snan-khun the ear-hole, hearing.
snan-gyi gon-rgyan ^iw,
ornament worn on the tip or up-
per lap of the ear; 5555 snan^rgyan
an ear-ring ; rna-rgyan ear-
ornament.
§nan sgrogs-ma — ^&S1^
bud-med blo-ldan-ma (Mnon.) a noble and
generous lady.
snan-nag lit. speech which is
agreeable to the ear. 1.
poetry as one of the four divisions of the
science of words. 2.=^^ pa-asns тж
the planet Venus.
snan-nag mkJianA.'^^ a des-
criber, poet. 2. a learned man (Mnon.).
snan-ftag mkhan-po the
planet Venus; the spiritual guide of the
Asura demi-gods.
Syn.	gzah-pa §ans;
nan spon-bu;	lha-min bla-ma
(Mnon.)'.
^nan-nag., mkhas-dican
chief poet; a complimentary
address to the learned.,
$nan-fiag ro-ldan^^'^'1*^
lit. a humorous expression; but includes
5ч|*чг<1)5я a religious discourse, Rvr2fc’g
soft language w sweet words
conciliatory mild expressions; w plea-
ant words «fapr«Mj5 moral sayings (Mnon.).
snan-grags fame, reputation.
snanjijeg^ polite, and gentle
{Yig- *).
§nan-brjod* W graphic descrip-
tion;
500
$nan-gtod-pa to give ear to:
5	kye rgyal-
po chen-po bdag-gi tshig hdi-la §nan gtod-cig
О great king, do lend your ears to my
bpeech (Hbrom. 136),
8nan-nan also called Mnah-
nan n. of a district in N. Western Tibet.
?¥« $nan-pa 1. like	grag^-pti
mi:, ’irfwIT fame, renown, glory, praise:
• s§vyour fame has
spread in the ten quarters, t.e., all over
the world;	dJii $nan-pa
rgyafi-nat tho$ his praises are heard far
aud wide;	ce$ dehi $nan-pa
brjod-cin thus speaking praisingly of him;
ces-pahi snan-pa-la rten-
na$ relying on a rumour of this purport;
ce* ^nan-pa daft
grags-pa chen-po byun so his praise and
great fame arose; dehi$han-du to his
praise, or to his hearing. 2. adj. well-
souuding, sweet to hear;
$mra-wa	sweet expresion, sweet
and polite language;	^nan-par
hyedf&jftiK that does pleasant things;
qv^’^ $nan-pahi dpe-can n. of a warb-
ling bird, v. я]’вг<к’*] ka-ta pin-ka (Mfton.).
a monk having a well-
bounding voice;	tJdg ^nan-par
with pleasant words; $nan-$kad
melodious language. 3. vb. to praise,
extol, glorify. = gor ma-chag
without interruption (Lex.).
S’^’q mi-$nan-pa 1. discordant, gra-
ting ;	$kad-ni mi-$nan-pa zer-
cf a to utter discordant cries; (Jd.). 2. offen-
sive, insulting:
gan-shig b dag-la rtsod-cin mi-snan brjod he
who in a dispute says to me insulting
words.	q	mi-§nan-par
zer-wa daft-du len-pa to put up with offen-
sive remarks.
q]^4q gtam $nan-pa 1. good joyful
news, glad tidings;	gtam-snan
bye^-pa to bring glad tidings. 2. pleas-
ingconversation (Cs.) ; =
v. gragt] ъпаи-гдуиб^Чф^
bkah-rgyud oral instructions of lamas.
SVS 8 q $nan-phra shu-wa to slander, to
backbite.
$nan-hphrin 1. good tiding,
gospel. 2. n. of a bird which lives very
long (Mnon.).
tnan-tehig MiH,
snan tshig-gi rig-bye#	the third
Veda of the Hindus.	Vhan-tshig
byun МГЧ5Т grown out of the Sania-Vcda.
SY3 $nan-shu petition, memorial; §^’8’
$nan-shu hbul-wa topresent a petition.
tnan-$al the flap of the ear.
^•op^^qN'q $nan-gt>an hbeb$-pa, WHISHT
invitation; to invite, to call attention to.
snan-srab—Wft’^’4 nan-dad che-
tca credulous:	rjehi $nan-srab the
king’s credulity (Gyal. 2).
q §nan-lhon-ica to make dear.
^’Ц
$nab-pa to smack with the lips
(Sch.).
§nam-pa 1. vb. to think, consider,
imagine:	we thought
we should give up the jewels;
na~lceb dgo$-$nam-na§ thinking I should
commit suicide;	yon-
tan dan Idan-par $nam-ste considering him
to be possessed of talents. 2. sbst. thought,
sense, mind, sensation:
chos byas-na snam-pa у ой-gin gdah we
have thoughts of practising religion;
hjigs-so $nam-pa yo^

501

re-§kan I am far from any thought of
fear;	though one may
imagine that it will help; ЗЯ’4 tkyug-pa,
brduft$-dkri$ wam-byed
there arises a feeling like that of nausea,
like that of being beaten, of being
(tightly) wrapt up (Jd.).
W«l-ya$ (^^’W*) n. of a
number;	V' I (Ya-sel.
57)	.
у $m, v. rm.
*ni-$teil=W* gnah neck; nape of
neck.
V2* $т-ро=^'ч wifi-po the heart.
5’3* §hi-phulcorn of luxuriant growth;
abundant harvest.
§'4 §ni-wa 1. a dwarf. 2. softness.
3. n. of a plant.
sni-wo adj. gentle, soft, de-
licate, tender.
5* $ni-ma for sne-ma (Ja.).
Sni-faft ka tya or
Sni-$aft gur-rta name of mountains in
Nepal (Jd.).
wig$-du$ or §*|*r*3snigs-
mahi du$ or 4FfW the degenerate age,
or the age of sin.
§nig$ byed-ma acc. to the Bon
n. of the god of air (D.R.).
c\
wigs-pa degenerated, grown
worse, v. snigs-ma.
5’^'^ snigs-ma ЖЧТД, f^rqru, 1. a
whet-stone. 2.	impurity in food,
poison or defilement in food; impure
sediment;	mar gyi §nigs-ma
impurities in butter;	to se-
parate the clear (fluid) from the sediment;
snigs-nia thams-ead sel-
wa to clear out all the impurities.
shift wigs-та	a yellowish sprout
growing up on land. 3. Здргл tshig^-ma
a member between two joints.
$mg$-m(dna-ni the five impuri-
ties are:—(1) Wig: ws;
hgrib-pa the decrease of the duration of life;
(2)	л
perversity in thoughts, religious disbeliefs,
&c. 3.
the five poisons; (4)
ЧМ-ЧГЧГП1; VF* difficulty to convert ;
(5) ^4	rtsod-ldan
degenerate ages or times.
e\
$nift гпг.,	1. the heart,
both met. and physically:
snift-hdar shift-hgul the heart throbs with
fear;	bdag-gi lu^kyi
§nift-ltar gees as dear to me as my own
heart. 2. the disposition.
win-dgah-гса or	win bdc-wa glad-
ness, cheerfulness;	win-dan
mig hphrog-pa to transport, to ravish (Sch.).
3. courage; яbe not afraid!
gdon gyi% b$lus the heart is
infatuated by a demon.	§nin-na§
(i) heartily, zealously, earnestly, e.g., look-
ing for or to a thing; with all one’s heart,
most earnestly, devoutly, e.g., to say one’s
prayer; (ii) actually, really:
khon $nin-na mi-hbyin-pa yin really
he does not sink. 3. for 5^,
win hgem§-pa etupified, confounded,
depressed (D.R7).
Syn. of No. 1. thugs ;	fa-
yimchog* 3for§’3”4j54 cho&kyi rtsa-hkhor \
5W'3V95 kun-skyed byed\	srpg-gi
gnas\ ^w’S’pc.-q wms-kyi khaft-pa;
rnam-fe§ rten (Mnon.).
502

Iе? I
§rM-kha the heart.; ^-рж,
$nin-khar on the heart, at heart..
$nifi-kham$ the heart; acc. to
Sch. courage.
jneH-*Aw=V’R nin-khu.
§*’4 tfM-ga the breast:	j*r
q-q^qVR* $nin-gar $pu-man $kye$-pa bde-
war litsho he will live to be happy on whose
breast grows much hair {Mi.).
^c.*5«|4-q inifi dgah-wa	heart’s
content, joy, cheerfulness.
tfiift-grogt ,<W. a sym-
pathizing friend, a bosom friend.
§*’«1 $nin-can courageous, spirited, bold.
$*’£<гч $nin rtsc$-pa, v. ^‘t'4 rje-wa
Mi mcrey, compassion.
$nin-chu bshug in IF. afflicted
with dropsy in the pericardium {Jd.}.
^‘1 tfiin-rje	.WB4jp kind-
ness, mercy, compassion: Jhr^-jirq to
meditate with pity for all men. £ $п«Я-
re rje, occurs	khyod Bod-
rnam$ §nin-rc-rjc I pity you ye Tibetans
{A. 65).
Syn. 3^’t thugs rje; btse tea;
rje§ chags;	rjes-su btse
{Mnon.).
sniii rje $kad>lamentation ; cry
of compassion.
$nifi-rje-can ®xmg merciful,
kind hearted; a merciful person.
Sntn rje chen po,
Snin rjchi lha, are names of Avalokitcs'-
vara.
V't	fnen rje chen po pad
dkar	n., of a sutra in the Kah
gyur, vol. *, Mdo section.
snin-rje brat^^'l^Qsnifrrjt
med-pa . devoid of mercy or com-
passion, merciless, cruet The, following
ten acc. to Buddhism are included in
the category of those, who are called
rhin-rje-bral*.—«мргч butchers; в*чр1'яЗ>я‘Ч
sellers of ducks; «яг^’ч sellers- of pigs
or pork; уч fishermen;
hunters; S’q bird-catehers;
цр(Ч,|ч’т|‘зг5,ч^с.,«^ drivers of donkeys
and other boasts of burden who, lading
them heavily beat them;	J^'4 robbers
and way-layers;	murderers;
slayers of oxen, etc. {K. du.
<M).
tftin-rje mo 1. compassionate:
you are compassion personified. Aoo. to
Jd. in	yOU are much
to be pitied. 2. colloq. dearest, most
beloved, aipiable, charming.
$nift nc-wa l.=w^S rpdsq-bo,
ne-wo, friendly, amicable, loving,
affectionate. Figurative expression for it
is иЦ’З'Эа'яд yid-kyi zehu hbru (Yig.k. 1).
2. dear and near relatives. 3. ЖЧТФТ
money.
^?чч snin-stobs мм, fMMM; usfa
fortitude; character; courage, spirit,
virtue: «рм,^Еч,я^маг^магч'д:ч‘|Е.,^ччм'^‘Ч|
а)-3|,^с.,^ч,с.^,чя,^ч‘^*й'я?5*л fortitude and
enlightenment increasing in the wise and
learned ; they go not after evil deeds and
indolence {Ld.; Glr.).
$nin-$tob$ can Mrf«R>, fear-
less ; possessed of fortitude, moral courage.
Syn. dpah-po;	natn-^a
med; дя’Ч’^мс.я shum-pa
$tob$-chcH;	pya-rol gnon {Mnon.).
$nin-$tob$-che qlWVi' WHW
great soul, one of great fortitude.
^’45* $nin?pfaw confidential speaking
a secret:
gyi sems-la shog	Pu^‘ а^аУ
your mind talk which is confidential;
$nifi-gtam the secret
503
speech of kindness or of love;
phan-pahi §nifi~gtam useful admonition.
§nin-$tobs gter ;=$**
intrepid, one
whose heart is stored with cottfage (-4.
К. 1, 18).
$nin-du $dug-pa or
charming, handsome;
gzug$ mdse§-pa very handsome per-
son, charming (ДГпо«,); in JF. liked, be-
loved, darling, favourite;
$nift-$dug shig-hdug he is a general fa-
vourite;	^nin ma-sdug riot hand-
some, not charming; acc. to Jd. bad
people.
$nifi-bdom ornamental equipments
of a riding horse, generally what is put
on its breast (Rtsii.).
$nifi hdod-pa to wish, to desire,
to * long for;	za-snin hdod-pa to
long to eat, to bo craving for food;
*Vi'q ardently wishing to go.
§nin-sdug a beloved one; a sweet-
heart (fiag. 29).
$nin-rtad 1.==^‘<уч snin. na-tta
disease of the heart, but not often 'any
physical disorder; heart-sickness; grief
on account of injury suffered from others.
2. defined as ^'q’^q sems-la nag
po shag-pa vindictiveness, to keep a
grudge at heart: 5
mya-^an
sem$-hkhrug% yi mi-bde shin Ito-chdg gnid-
chag she-sdah drag-рдь $nin-nad §kyed.
Smfi-nad is caused by fits of anger,
sleeplessness, starvation,* despair arid men-
tal derangement from troubles, etc. The
disease is of seven kinds:—(1)	dropsy
of the heart, (2)^^, (3)
(4)^'яЗчч, (5)^-*i, (6)	(7)
(Мпд. 3UY
I: snifi-po, «it, ’TH the
pith, essence, heart;
snift-po та-yin pa mod-par ggur
far from being useless; useful. 45’5’?^'
skad-kyi snifi-po the substance of a
speech;	chos-kyi §nifi-po the
essential part or purport of a work or
the main substance of a doctrine;
^•q doti-snifi hbyin-pa to draw out a
summary, the sum and substance (of a
writing):
bein^-cad thams-cad sans-rgуkyi §nin
po can yin-na if all living beings have'the
pith and essence of, m?., partake of the
nature of, -Buddha;
de-bshin b (pgs-pahi $nin-po the spirit
of Tathagata;	byan*chub siiin-
po; the spirit of  the Bodhisattva, i.e.,
Buddhahood. СчГ^’§с;®’я5'4’4 ^Vog-gi §nin-
po hbul-ica to offer one’s heart’s blood,
to pledge one’s own life. The five chief
essences or snin-po of food are:—salt,
^’1*4 fruits, treacle, honey,
red sesame (Rtsii.).
1. ’HT’I flcwcr. 2. фи the
thunder-bolt. 3. '	a heap, a
plough. 4.	a kin d of precious
stone, sapphire.
^vq rijgqjN'q §nin po mkhregs ра=^^
$nift pohi gshi the earth, that
holds everything, all substances.
snin re rye pity; to be pitied:
hdi rham$ $nin re rje these
people are indeed much to be pitied. As
an adj.	sems-can snift re rje
the poor creatures (Jd.);
the pitiable sinners.
$nin pb can Т^чт^, sub-
stantial ; also courageous.

504

V’S’i gnin-po die
йнчй ge|W«w»rgf j'i^Ei finfl chen-po bya$-
tpn thug$-sem$ mi-$dug-par §sam~tyo rgya
then-po) noble-hearted, intrepid, adven-
turous, enterprizing : V>£*	5
0, noble-hearted (sire)
you have been required to do husbandry
bending on your chest {A. 127).
$nin po inchog ЧНП5Я n. of a
number.
$nin-po theg-pahi yan-
rtse n. of tho chief works of the Anuttara
my&tics of Tibet and of Ancient India.
$nin-po [dan та нтш) an
article that is possessed of some real pro-
perties, or of intrinsic value.
$nin~po b$du-wa япЛчгс n. of
a work composed by Atis'a (A. 66).
^c/Zr&Vq $nin po med pa 1. чтян, ,
worthless, null, void, false,
hollow. 2. n. of чтан the third Pagdava,
the hero of the Mahabharata {Mnon.).
^с/ЕгЗ$nin-po so 8or (^’5^’V’I* tsan-
dan dkar) цЪщп, white species of sandal
wood; a yellow gem, a topaz.
^c/aQ’pc/q $nin-pohi khan pa^^'^S a
recluse’s cell or hermitage in the midst of
a group of hills {Mnon.).
tnin-pohi dben-pa void,
worthless; sbst. solitude.
hfrab dri agreeable scent
{Mnon.).
§mn rtsa heart-vein; the veins
connected with the heart.
smn rtse the tip or apex of the
heart; the focus of attention, i.e., when
all attention is concentrated.
snin brise Idan, shin
rje can loving, affectionate {Mnon.).
snin tshim gratification, satisfac-
tion, consolation; also pleasure felt at the
discomfiture or death of an enemy or ad-
versary	$mn tshim hdebtpa to
show such pleasure; also vb.
re tshim-pa to gratify or console; to
become gratified.
5^’*ч $nin tshil the fat about the heart
(съ.).
^*4*4 wifi shot n. of a fruit which
in appearance is like the heart {Rtsii.).
+ §t’qX*r5 (rq wifi bshot te $тга-гса?=
gtam dafi gsah
gtam $nira wa to speak out a secret or re-
veal a confidential thing.
Snifi-ri n. of monastery in Tibet.
wifi	1. assiduity,
firmness of mind, perseverance. 2.
courage.
Win rluft	anger,
indignation. 2. low spirit?, melancholy
(Sch.).	'3^ become indignant.
khugt ЯЖН upon the
breast.
tninJa nal=^S^^ lit. that lies
down ou the mind; a name of Kama, the
Indian Cupid {MftonX
^’eiwci tnin-la hbab-pa 1.
fully comprehending, appreciating. 2.
nectar.
c\
tnid-pa prob. IS'q rnid-pa {Jd.).
Wid-mo	younger sister of
a woman’s husband.
Syn.	khyo-gahi пи то;
bdag-pohi srin mo {Mnon.).
$nin-pa,fy\% tnin-po,^’^ tnin-te
5 tni~wo.
jntm-pcJ or^>c* sntithpo^ ччгЙ
thal-mo чг^г two handsful; a measure
505

>511
for liquids, as well as for flour, grain
and the like, as much as may be
taken up by both hands placed together:
jo^wos hgron-
bu §ntm-pa gan bsnams-te byon (A, 69) the
lord carrying both hands full of cowries
arrived.
C\
mdses pa beautiful,
handsome (fiag. 29).
$пИ=уц rnily	tfie mahi
phuft po a bunch of ears of corn (Aa^.
£9).
ex
$nil-wa or rnil-ica pf. and
fut. bsnil (cf. gnil-wa) 1. to
push or throw down, to break down, to
destroy (houses, rocks, eto.);
phye-mar snil-wa to reduce to powder
(Sch.). 2. phyir snil wa to expel,
banish, exile (Sch,) (from Jd.).
$пид-ра also smyug-pa, pf.
bnugsy fut. b§nug to dip in, to
immerse (Ja.).
Л snug-ma more frq. smyug-
ina reed, rush, bulrush.
3 snug-gu reed-pen; snug bzo
wicker-work.
$nug hdsin lit. one holding the
reed-pen, a writer.	snug hdsin
dwan po a chief clerk in Tibet;
4)'o(’5f»^'q 0I1G versed in writing: S4Q,^‘
to the chief writer who is well
versed in the art of writing which was
introduced by the noble Thu-mi (TV#.
k. №).
J4!’^ §nug-rum n. of a place in Tibet
(Lon. * 3).
• f4’^' snug fin bamboo;
snug-si dark yellow-colour;
^*1 broad-cloth of dark yellow colour
(Rtsii,).
snugs duration, continuity, time
(Cs\
$nugs-chen continual (&ag. #9);
snugs-srifis yun-tshad pro-
tracted, lengthened out (Ja.).
jp4’gq $nug$-$brul a species of lizard
(Sch.). "
+ swigs	in a long time.
snugs-srin lengthened
or continual.
snun=^ resp. for disease, ill-
ness, sickness:	btsun
pahi sku la snun mi mnah ham your honour
I suppose is not unwell ?
Snun-гса I: vb., pf. bsnuiis.
fut. bsnun 1. to make less, to reduce,
to diminish; aco. to Sch. to disparage.
2. to be ill, sick, indisposed;	й
people that are disagreeable, annoying to
others (Jd.).
П: sbst. the state of being ill;
illness, indisposition.
snun bu awl, pricker, punch.
Syn. Ttse rno;	ко wa
hbigs by cd (Mnon.).
snun gshi—SR^ 1- illness,
disease. 2.	banishment; to
expel, eject.
^3j $nun illness, disease, sickness:
Э’4	ta snun gyis bzuii ho was
taken ill. Acc. to Jd.	dri-гса
or	snun gsol-wa are expressions
of inquiry after a person’s health.
na-dri shu-wa or	snun-dri shu-wa
to wait on, to pay one’s respects (Ja.).
65

506

яйг/n dban$-pa wrcru cured
from a disease, recovered from an illness,
convalescent.
Syn.	nad san$-pa;
nad gsos pa\ q5q q nad kyis btan wa\
YVwSprq nad la$ grol ica*, ^‘W4vq na$
la$ thar wa (Mnon.).
|£Y4 tfiun-pa 1. pf. and fut. bsnun
to bo ill, to labour under a disease. 2.=
W4 nad pa, ^y^i^nad phog pa,
nam$ nia bde wa,	bdu wa khrugs
pi,	kyam$ ma bde wa.
^Y^S $nim med free from illness.
+ snun rmed illness, Й5
rm?d=%F dri-wa) to inquire, to inquire
after one's health: E’^'^ySS jo bo la
shun rmed, ^'45^5’^ (Л. 75) thus in-
quiring if the lord was well.
sne-ma=$H or wrt, HWCt
1. ears of corn. 2. q hbruhi dog-pa
corn forming ears (v. Ijan pa).
I’VTs sne dkar diseased ears of corn;^’
$ne mgo^'H §ne ma ears of corn.
^’чег Sne-than, also written
mne$ than, n. of a village situated about
ten miles S.W. of Lhasa city. It was at
Sethang that the celebrated Atis'a spent
his last days and died.
Sne-than glin-ga the large
grove in neighbourhood of the monastery
where Atis'a resided. It contains the
chorten or chait where his remains were
interred.
Sne-mdo n. of a village in Tibet
(Deb. №).
Sne-phu n. of a small town in Tibet.
Sne-hphren n. of a large grove in
Tibet (Rtsii.).
$ne hbol—£*\,Q^ pillow or
cushion to rest the head upon (Nag. 29).
-5^ $пе-та mig-can ears of com
which have just got or formed grains.
now the ears of wheat have
got grains.
§ne-ma lu$-tceb$
the tree Pongamia glabra, used medicin-
ally (Mnon.).
She-то n. of a district situated
between tl and Tsang (Rtsii.).
She-то Hphran-rdson n. of
a fort situated on a precipice in She-mo
(Rtsii).
§ne-mahi phufi-po WYt a
bunoh formed of ears of corn.
*s
$negs straight or stretched out
(Jd.):	lag pas §neg$ with the
hand stretched out.
"S
^54’Ц shegs-pa pf. bsnegs pa
fut. ч|ч| b§neg imp. snogs 1. e. accus.
to hasten or run after, to pursue; frq. also
with ryes паз, ihrg rje$ sh,
bshin-du,	phyi bshin-du.
*5raii hgro sa snogs hasten towards
your destination;	tu hdon
pa or	snegs su hdon wa to walk
hastily, to make haste or speed (Jd.). 2. to
overtake ;	’5Г5<ад sneg ma nu$-pa$ not
being able to reach. 3. c. dat. to hasten
(to some place) £5’Й'ог^ Itad-mo la sneg
hasten to the play;	nam la sneg
hastening up to heaven (as a flame). 4.
to strive or struggle for, to aspire to;
nr la sneg to aspire to riches;
sde chen la sneg to aspire to the increase of
territory;	shin khams bzan
ta sneg to aspire to the region of eternal
bliss. sneg-ma a pursue^ (from Jd.),

507

shen-гса 1. to stretch. 2. also
snens-pa to fear (pf.	bsnens, fut.
resp.	rgyal pos ma shens
<pg do not be afraid of the king (Ja.).
-s
§hed 1. the crupper attached to a
saddle. 2. iu ^\%'$ji-§hed lta-bu
hdi-shcd-cig or	de $hed-cig so
much, so many, frq. used for how many:
so	many excellent
qualities has he. ^’$5 or how much,
how many?	3.	after	numbers: about,
near:	§ton-shed	about or near a
thousand;	ston-ji shed about a
thousand	also:	how	many thousands?
(ей.).
^S'q §ned-pa is mistake forX^’q rned-pa
WH, to gain, profit, acquire:
4'3'Y*Yq §ned-pa bla na med-pa чПнЬ-
the very highest gain or supremest
state.
*4.
snen-pa or snen-ma, acc. to
Cs. 1. to come, go near, approach.
2. to gain, to procure.
$nems-ehun 1. unpretentious,
humble, affable. 2. sbst. poor, indigent.
*s
snem$-pa 1. vb. pf. 4|w bsnems
to be proud or arrogant, to boast;
ад nargyal §nems-pas being swollen or puffed
up with pride ;	mthu rtsal
§nemspa§ proud of one’s strength. 2. sbst.
4Й; Хя^'4 dregs-pa pride, haughtiness;
§hem$-pa-ean full of pride, proud.
I55 shes, v. §ne-wa.	§has-la
§ne§ (Nag. 29) reclined your head on
the pillow; *|*гя5ц she§-hbol pillow.
sho-гса sometimes for B‘4 smyo-гса.
§nogs-pa or 4$q’4 b snog-pa (flag.
29) 1. secondary form of "H4 §neg-pa tesp.
when signifying to wish earnestly, to crave
for or implore; abo F'I’P’’4 kha §nog§ pa
id. <ЦЧ]’с,*гФ’§'ч1’гч lag-pas ehn snogs-pa to
ask for water stretching out the hand.
2. = rjes-su §nog following;
yar-shog mar-shog went up and
down; now gone towards the uplands,
then towards the lowlands.
snons-pa=^\'4	to
apply (an ointment).
snoJ=3j'$5 go-shod caraway.
Ys’4 I: shod pa pf, 4^5 bsnod 4$^ bsnos,
fut. 4^5 b$nod 1. to draw out and twist,
as in spinning (Ja.). 2. acc. to Cs. to tell,
relate. 3. $5'4 shad pa.
1^’4 II: to feed, to give to eat and to
drink: <‘W$Y&^4$T4 ho-mas snodeih stobs
pa fed and strengthened with milk.
vyq I: shon-pa 1. pf. and fut.
4$^ b$hon to deny, disavow (dishonestly);
4$V§Yq btfion byed pa to assert falsely.
^’4 II:=ifo‘4 smyon-pa.
$5’^^ shon mohs — b^'u ; S^ir^’Y^Y
(flag. 29).
4 §nob-pa pf. 4^4^ bsnobSy fut. 4^q
bshoby imp. $ад snobs 1. to stretch forth;
4’$4^ lag pa snobs stretched out the hand
(&ag. 29). What is given as food is always
placed in the instr, case, while the animal
or person fed takes the dative : 4<^,Й’«|^-
the queen was fed with turnips
and radishes (Ld.; Glr.). 2. to roach by
stretching one’s self out; to arrive at.
i: shorn or $ад'ад snom§-la§
Яй?ПН,	indolence, unconcern, esp.
religious indifference.
508

if* п: or
hdra hdr* khotf §nom$ pa vary similar.
Vjt4 §noni-pa or $nom$-pa cp^r;
or ч)5^ 1. weariness, lassitude, lazi-
ness, idleness;	lus-snonq lei-
tra-yin one is exhausted and dull; §wor
$nom-h nul-wa to bo tired and ex-
hausted. 2.	impartial,
to treat impartially, i.e., in equal terms
§« ^«1 (Pty.) ; **4F’4*’ W° ^°»4 impar-
tial.
’^ifq $nom-par hjug-pa, drug-
pa tho six Samapanna sages are:—(1)
US 3 3 ^ 35 ljan$ Wl/odkyi bu Lhag tpyod;
(2) g ST4	Sgyu rtsal $e$ kyi bu
Rinphur; (3)	tgyu
Lrg$ bzans; (4)	bram zehi khyihu
Rgyal \ ^o)	dran sron ma
§cin$pa', (6)	Itert rgya$
hod srtin ra1 pa can.
snom-po—$nom-pohi la$
(Nag. 29).
snom§ for нн;	Йш?-
d’t med without an equal.
§noms-pa vb., pf.	b$nom$,
fut. bsnom 1. to make even, to level;
я’«г§яя’ч м-h $noni3-pa to level (with the
ground), to demolish. 2. to equalize
(different things), to arrange uniformly:
za$ §nom$-pa to arrange (uniform-
ly) one’s meals, i.e., not cold and warm
promiscuously;
I wish to be treated fairly on a
par with all others; F’4’$wq kha-la $nom§-
pa to regulate (a matter), to manage or
direct (a business) justly, uniformly.
snoms-pa ^нгг; ^’q dub-pa
fatigue, exhaustion.
tnoms-po equal, even, uniform
(i.e., in every part equally thick) (Ja.).
§nom$ par hjug pa umuffl
evenness or calmness of mind, equanimity.
The nine Samapatti are as follows:—(1) я
мйщ!	sfHriTrmH жад
<ПЯТЖНзГГ»П{	VPPriWHW <;сЧГФЬ
favrfal Having com-
pletely passel tho form-group and crossed
the aggregate of passions and not think-
ing of the varieties, he remains realising
in his mind tho infinite expanse of the
sky, viz., that tho sky is limitless. (2) нйх[
sMhw wpph Ирл-
। Having com-
pletely passed tho infinite expanse of sky,
ho remains realising in his mind tho infi-
nite ox tent of knowledge, viz, that know-
ledge is unbounded. (3) M нйд! faUTHl-
ящ ниШ nrfa йаддащ
I Having thoroughly passed the
boundless extent of knowledge, he remains
realising in his mind the realm of nothing-
ness, viz., that there is nothing. (4) H
НЯЙЖЩ HMei! KHreSj
fawfa I Having thoroughly passed
tho realm of nothingness, he remains
realising in his mind the region of consci-
ous-nonconsciousnoss [Jf. F.]. In Tibetan
we find the^e four thus expressed:—(1)
(2)
UK-yq-
’ g ’яэ	। (3)
ч	«ад*|чиЗ^«гцк/^лГ
5 wv	j’*$v
I (4) ^*’q,qw«S‘V^’WK/
509

-»£«V £:«prq^s*ri’> • «№«* I The
other five are:—(5)
qrfW’HHHnrfni (6)
Ч’РЛЗ J ^^rg^Tvrwrnrfn । (7) t»g«vq-3f
q’«3^'4l htpihwtot। (8)
jfi-^WXKXgqj q J w<nfTW4f’> I (9) Зс-‘ч *)5'
q? |W44Agq q| 4JTW^ wrnrffl |
§aWQW§5*q $по)н$ h§ byed pa to be lazy,
indolent, indifferent.	snoms la$
can W^n*.,	adj. a lazy and idle
person ; an ab. ent-minded person.
WA5	one who h not
lazy or indolent.
Syn. l?.4o-can; §‘^*A gyi-na wa;
gfofi-$nom$-can; 3 ’4S‘^ bio chud
zo§ (Mnon.).
$nol-wa pf. and fut. а§ч bnal (cf.
?«ГА nal wa) to lay anything down; to bed
a person, to assign him couch or bed; SJ'3’
w^’|q*A phru gu ma I du snol wa to lay a
child on its bed; ^’^’q^qq nal du bshag pa
to lay or put down; me nal wa to
put the fire to bed, t.c., to ecrape it
together and cover it with ashes; S'^'a
$pu §nol-wa lit. to smooth down the hair,
fig. to abate one's anger by the touch,
i.e., as if to pat a oat or dog;
Av§5 hi§ nag yid kyi she $dafi
shi war by cd ($ag< S9) to pacify anger
physically, by words and by the heart.
brna-wa pf. Ajq brnas 1.=^'4
gyar-wa to borrow (Nag. 30). 2. = *Ta no-
wa to buy, to take on lease (&ag. 30). 3.
to seize (by force), to usurp (Sch.). A^'M
brna$-pa purchased, bought, borrowed.
qj*r aqq brnas thab$ arrangement to borrow,
to take loan of;	bshan-la$ brnas
borrowed from others; q^’AS’Ajq brfian-
pohi brnas interest for a loan, rent for a
thing borrowed (Sch.).
z^C’q ir/?«7z-wa=4g’q hkhru-wa.
brnad-pa for A^5'q bsnad-pa.
6flfl^a=4]«ivq to borrow: AJY
brnan pohi gos borrowed dress.
Acc. to Cs. a garment marked with the
figures of the rainbow, also fig. bor-
rowed, reflected.	gzugs brnan or
^•q^ $nan brnan sfafeW a reflected im-
age, frq. also image, picture in general;
even a little statue.	rmi
lam-gyi gzugs brnan vision, visionary im-
age. §gra brnan	returned
sound, i.e., echo, mgo brnan a mask,
a fearful apparition. g^’Aj^ phyag brnan
servant (Cs.).
kha-mchu
hdsugs to begin a case or lawsuit.
brnabs-pa diligence, painstak-
ing; to take pains (&Л.).
I: brnas-pa, v. Aj’q brna-wa.
II: wh?) TOT con-
tempt ; also to despise, contemn, c. dat.,
frq.	ma brnas fig do not despise;
Aj<rq§\q brnas pa byed pa to treat con-
temptuously; qj^*q^« brnas-bco$ contempt,
scorn. Aj^'Arg^'^q^q brnas pahi khyad
du bsodp'i ТОН, ЧсППМ disrespectfulness,
contempt.
brnas-par byed one who is not
respectful; one devoid of love and regard.
Syn. dad med; ma mo$ pa;
3$rcr^ gu$ pa shan;	dad hdun
bral (Hdnon.),
brnas $mad scorn and slander.
brna$-se (А^я brnas contempt
slightly) adv. disrespectfully, slightingly
Ч<*ГМ|
510

84	A-me$ byan-
chub lei у an brna§-se bya$-pa§, Ames even
had behaved disrespectfully to the Bodhi-
sattva (A. 94).
brnins 1. pf. of rnin-wa. 2.
adj. old, worn-out.
“4
q^’4 brnes ра=Ф£\% bdud rtsi or
mfiah briic§ 1. nectar, ambrosia,
the food of the gods. 2. ятн vb. pf. of
^5*q rned pa got, received.
brnon§ explained as
qS’p’oi’Wx^ q sems la medpahi kha la mdse§-
pa one promising but not meaning to keep
his word; polite in speech but different at
heart (flag. 30), i.e., ono suiting himself
to or framing his speech according to tho
circumstances of tho moment; and hence,
doubtloss, comes tho definition by Sch.,
convenient, suitable.
bsnad pf. of
bqad pa	1. stated, or related to
others;	rgyu mtshan la b§nad
having stated the reasons (Situ. 7). 2.
Я^‘ч5\ 4gshan brnadpa~to have oppressed
tho weak.
b§nad-pa (3F«) n. of a
high number.
b$nams-pa pf. of
ертч reconciled, q made even,
level (Stfw. 75).
2^*1 bsnal pf. of Ipt §nol; ^Y<4’q|Qi
hphred la b$nol, sq’q^ than bsnal, *wq$p
mar sar bsnal (Situ. 73).
b$nal-yas	n. of a
numerical figure.
bsnigs-pa 1. to return, restore,
deliver up (Cs.). 2. sediment (Jd.).
q^q]^*q b$higs ра—^'Ц rnin-pa or ^‘4
nams-pa stale, old, less efficacious;^’^'
q^4 lyun bzed bsnigs an old alms-bowl,
SY§4N'q^spj byin rlabs b$nigs a benediction
less efficacious (Nag. 30).
c\
bf,	bsnil-wa pf. of to throw
down, destroy ; squander : X'q^oi ri b§nil
(Situ. 75) the hills were thrown down.
hclod rgu hbad rned
char du b§nil tea to squander wealth earned
without exertion (T7y. k. 2).
b§nil §bud pa ияг? to waste amassed
wealth.
b$nug-pa pf. bsnugs to
beeome full (Sch.)*, З’Я^'^Я $kyu gan b§nug
a full draught; ^w^q^qp? dmar khu
b§nug$ (Situ 75), filled up with red fluid
(i.e., blood).
#$^§=3^’^ slightly laid up
(fiag. 30) ; wfa;	made less, be-
littled,	yobyadb§nufi§ (Situ.75).
+ 3j b§nun form of Ъ$пип=*№
na tea to be ill, laid up;
Ь§пгт to or ч^Я'Я^’^ btfiug gshi§ b§nun
ill of or laid up with an illness (Situ. 75).
b$nul~wa to bo rubbed (&ag.
30), also to wash.
b$neg$-pa pf. of *^Я‘Ч §ncg-pa
^•^•qqq’q^prq (his) position and dignity
raised.
•s
b$nens-pa=qt<iprq hjig$-pa
НЦ fear, also to be afraid of 1Пг
bsnens—mi-hjig§-pa not to be
afraid	guas su b§nens (Situ. 75).
q^q^-qoi b§nefi§ bral fearless, intrepid,
=YK*q dpah-po hero.
Syn.	мт na med*,
shum pa mi man;	snin stob§ can
(Mnon.).	. .
-4
hsnen-рй =4§Vq hften-pa or
bsgrub	^«ГЧ^'^'Ч ^адо-гга bshin

511

nan-pa to serve as directed, as prescribed
(Mnon.). 1. to approach, to come near,
c. dat. also drun du, Р
kho-wohi drun-du bsnen-cig come to me;
q	as with every
step we come nearer to our death; to join,
to stick to a person. 2. ¥Г5РТ, ^rr,
to propitiate a deity, to soothe or satisfy
him. 3. to accept, to receive, admit;
yi-dam lha-yi bsnen-pa
Man ejaculated many mantras of his tute-
lary deity.
^’^35 i: b^nen-bkur, qg^JN’q bsnags-pa
з^чг, ^TVT
reverence, veneration, respect; ^V^vg^q
bsnan bkur by r d-pa to pay one’s respect,
esp. to the priesthood by various services.
n: tjwtrht; ^^^q
shabs-tog shu$-pa to worship, to do religi-
ous service,	dge-hdun
la bsnen-bkur shus (Nag. 30) venerated
the clergy; also asked permission of the
clergy to do somo religious service.
Ьзпеп bkur gnas
worthy of worship, veneration, adoration.
b$nen bsgrub
gsun-bsnen service and worship.
b$ncn gna§	fast-
ing, also ono who fasts (as a religious
duty).
b§nen-gnas srufi-pa to ob-
serve fasting as a religious duty, absti-
nence ; to fast, to abstain from food.
fl^yqs’^'q bnen-par dkah-wa hard to
propitiate.
q|aj’qv?aprq bsnen par rdsog§ pa <34-
ФЧ5 to be ordained, consecrated.
bsneh bsrin = fy^' he rin.
-к
bsnems — ^'na-rgyal che-
wa ФТ  very proud, great pride,
haughtiness;	tshan§-par b§nem$
(Situ. 75).
bsher-гса to make grimaces or
gesticulations (Cs.).
bsner-ma wrinkles ;	CJ>
gdon-gi dpral-wa sogs-kyi b§ner
wrinkles of the forehead, or of the cheeks,
etc. (fiag. 30).
bshel-гса resp. of brjed to
forget;	thugs mi-bsnel-war not
forgetting, not forgetful; bsnel med
not forgetting, not minding;
(fiag. 30)
shel-gso-wa to remind, to put one in
mind of a thing.
q bsnel-wa med-pa nrf^r ^f4<n
there is no oblivion; or ♦nfcr there
is no gladness.	forgetfulness.
6si?0ys:=	dbans po med
pa not clear, not sparkling;	ehu-
bsnogs turbid, dirty water (Situ. 75).
q^5*q bshod-pa to give to one another:
spag^-gi $kyu-gan zas-
bsnod (Nag. 3).
bsnon = mi srid pa,
gshan-la Ь^поп-to (Situ. 75).
b^non-tol—^ffi^ bsnon-can (Zam.
10).
b§non~dor=Qffi**i b^non-can
{^ag. SO).
bsnon-med untrue or false:
sbzigs-hbyar b^non-med
ci yin la (D. $el. 7).
zqfvq b§nor-wa to sort, sift, divide :
nas-sogs lag-pas mar
b§nor separates the butter from the barley,
etc., with his hands ($ag. 30).
5
ta I: is the ninth letter of the
Tibetan alphabet corresponding to the
Sanskrit letter a; it has practically the
pronunciation of an English t.
II: 1. as a num. fig. it represents 9.
2. in Budh.: (a)
ta zhes-pa ni chos thams-cad-kyi $go-$te the
letter called 5 is a door of admission to all
things (Bum. Я 283) ; (b)
ta-ni tha-snad med-
pahi syo, brjod-pa med-pas thams-cad grol,
5 is a symbol of that which is free from
grammatical rules or pedantry; without
being uttered it liberates all (K. g.
№).
ylj ta-sde the four letters classed
under 5, viz., % ’, 5,
5’^4 ta-yig ггпт the letter 5.
ST* ta ka-ri (Hindi) scales for
weighing (in Ld.) (Jd.).
Ta-ku in W. 1. n. of a place
and fort in N. China. 2. stick with a
hook ; a hooked-cane; a crutch. 3. crook-
ed, contracted, crippled (Ja.).
ta-gar гппс n. of a flower;
also of a city in ancient India.
5’^ ta-gir in W. bread; esp. the flat
bread-cakes of India (Ja.).
ta-ja a kind of Chinese tea import-
ed into Tibet (fttstt.).
to-Ъад, in ЛГ. cwj tha-bag, in
Tsang a plate;	ta-bag $kor-$kor
a soup plate, a round deep plate (Jd.).
7s* ta-ber in IF. a fence of boards or
laths (Ja.).
*	ta-ma la «ЯМ, ffPJ^TK n. of
tree with a very dark bark and white
blossoms, Xanthochymuz pictortus ; also the
small tree Vitcx negundo.
Syn. VK-ehw фсай-pohi chaft ;
^'3 nag-po phun-po',	mun-pa
hdsin\	mteho-can', 5^’3 ^ ^аЯ-ро
can;	mtsho-mchog (Mnon.).
ta-ma-lahi lo-ma	lit.
the leaf of Tamala tree, acc. to Lex.
with flowers supposed to be very accept-
able to gods as offerings from their
devotees (Bum. 17). 5**5’ta-mahi
bead or	ta-ma-lahi bead
tho juice or elixir extracted from the
fruit of Tamila.
Га-sip for	ttag^zig
Persia, Ae., the country of the Tajik
people.
to-zufi a flower.
Jj’UW ta-yas a number in Bud-
dhist astrology.
* Ta-ra nd-tha гпчтята n. of one
of the historiographers of Tibet whose
“Rite of Indian Buddhism ”
has been translated into German. He
5^1
513
5’^1
was known by tho name of	or
t 14 Taranatha of tho Jonang sect;
his religious name was	Kun-
dgah $nin-po. He is supposed to be still
undergoing re-births in the person of
each successive chief of the lamas of the
Mongols who resides in great state at
Urga on the Siberian border.
1 5 ta-ra ni ёПзЛ a kind of
flower (7f. ко. ’I 4); a species of rose, Rosa
glandulifera (K. d. 4 126).
ta-ru-ka or more properly
tu-ru-ka Turkistan:	'Spr
qzer geig-gis mthah
Ta-ru kahi pho-bran-la phog-pa$ (A. 19)
one of the rays at length having fallen on
the palace of Turkistan.
la-re, v. К re.
la-la нтчГ the palmyra tree,
Borassus flabelliformis :
«Н Ta-la-qin bcad-na §lar skye-wa та-yin if
the palmyra tree be cut it does not grow
again (К. my. 228).
ta la-la = sgron-
me lamp, lantern; a meteor.
la la-lahi mdo n. of a Sulra in the Kah-
gy^r-
yq^^q-^ ta-lahi rkan-pa can lit. one
with palm legs, t.e., legs erect, i.e., a
human being (Mtfon.).
5’qrjar5 ta-lahi rgyal-po v. be
ta-fin the cane, Calamus rotung; also acc.
to some authors:	(nrfKw) the
cocoanut tree, “ so called because of its
being tall and majestic like the palm and
more graceful than it” (Itfnon.).
ta-lahi hdab palm leaf.
Ц(Ч ta-lahi myu-guham yal-
ga branch or stalk of the palm.
Ta-le bh-ma the name by
which the Grand Lama of Lhasa is known
in Mongolia and China. His Tibetan
designation is 3 Rg yal-ica Rin-po-
che which seems to be sounded throughout
Tibet as “ Gye-wa Rimpoche.” The Mongol
term, really spelt Dalai Lama, signifies
“ ocean lama.”
la-si gi-sa a kind of satin
(Jiff.).
ta-hun red Chinese satin (Jig.).
Б’^ГЯ Ta-bo-than. of a large and lofty
chorten at Ribo rtse-lna in W. China. Dur-
ing the days of Buddha Kas'yapa a certain
king named As'vaka is said with the help
of the demons to have erected in one
night 84,000 caitya which all contained
relics of past Buddhas. One of these is
said to have been located at Tabotha near
Ribo rlse-lna.
Td-min (in Chinese § 1a great,
min n. of a family) the great Ming
dynasty overthrown in 1643 A.D. by
Shnnte, the founder of the reigning Man-
chu dynasty of China. J’Sk’^q-Hrjq-q
Td-min gyun-lo rgyal-po Emperor Ynnglo
of the Ming dynasty who greatly encoura-
ged lamaism and sent an invitation to
Tsong-khapa to visit China.
Id-tshwa also ta-tshwan are two
kinds of Chinese tea greatly used in Tibet.
ta-li ka n. of a goddess ; a
mystic word for a ddkint.
Talika is a kha-do-ma fairy (K. g. p
28).
66

514
^1
R’Qft’ijrq Ta-lahi phren-wa n. of a
fabulous mountain situated five thousand
yojana beyond the southern ocean.
(Rt
* 275).
t m’3' Tak-sa $i-la а^Тзшт;
the capital of the Panjab in ancient
India, visited by Alexander the Great;
the Taxila of the Greeks. The name
Taksha^i-la frequently occurs in K, d. **j.
ЯГЯ in W. the imitative
sound of knocking.	there is a
knock (Jd.).
tail through, v. and ^'[tcn (Jd.).
tan-кип root used to allay in-
flammation of tho heart and fever : 5^ UV
t tat wr;=^V
dehi-dus or du§-$byor at that time;
the occasion; a sequence of happy
moments; acc. to Jd. the present moment.
tan-dur Ld., a hard cake or
bread, resembling biscuit or rusk (Jd.).
tab-tab-por 1. KqVH sud-
denly :	ho tap-
ped so as not to speak suddenly. 2. v.
tob-tob.
tar-tar in Ld., smooth or oven
under pressure (as wrinkles or folds in
cloth, paper, etc., are removed).
^ar~^u (B3* 4 smin-pa) teu-ka ?
tal-pa or tal-ma acc. to Cs.
a moment. 5®rm tal-par or tal-niar
1. instantly, immediately, quickly :
tal-par son go quickly, without delay;
spyan-$nar tal-gyi byon went
before him quickly. 2. acc. to Sch. com-
pletely, quite, thorough;	tal-
par gcod-pa to cut quite through;
tfjoprq tal-mar hbig$-pa also	tai
hbig§-pa to bore through, to perforate.
tal-wa a tool with holes in it
used by nailers (Sch?).
ti 1. represents num. fig. 39. 2. not
originally Tibetan, designating water;
has found its way into Ld. in P'5 kha-ti
saliva (water of the mouth) and $na-ti
water from the nose.,3. v. g §pyi Jd.
^’^TJ ti-ka used for ti-ka (^Wr)
explanation, commentary.
t	^rf^rT a bird, said to
be the Indian mynah.
ti-$ga chopped meat (in Sikk.).
ti-ti bha fnfw n. of an insect,
cochineal (K. d. *462).
ti-trig (5$ byihu), the
francoline partridge, a small bird (Rtsii.).
ti-thug (acc. to Sch. $ti-
thug) bad, mean, silly (Cs.); obstinate,
stubborn (Schtr.}.
ti-nag heath-cock (Sch.).
t h* ti-pu-ri Pppft the modern
Tippera in East Bengal;
(he) was a king of the
country of Tipuri in the eastern quarter
(K. dun. 13),
^ ^ti-phu pigeon; aec. to Sch.
ti-phu mjug-rin the long-tailed
pheasant.
/ 5 n. of a giant sea-fish: t’gv
515
jusf as the fish called the Tibyi
liking to see light or rays does not sink
below {К. my. I4 357).
t hr* ti-mu-sa n. of a plant (prob.
fafa4 Benincasa eerifera):
ti-mu-sa-yi§ hkhru-wa geod-par
byed the plant Timusa (used medicinally)
stops diarrhoea.
4^ ti-tsa 1. a mineral drug; B'^’
ti-tsa dkar-pohi dud-
pas mig-la phan the smoke of white Ti-tsa
is useful for the eyes. 2. (acc. to Sch. =
6’^ tu-tsha) an anvil.
Ti-rtse or B*§ Ti-se n. of a three-
peaked mountain (fabulously described in
Buddhist works) lying north of the
Himalayas near Manasarowar lake. Be-
yond its northern flanks is the residence of
Virudhaka the guardian king of the West.
the mountain called Ti-
rtso five hundred yojana long is situated
at a distance from and on the north of
the Himavat mountains {K. d. 287).
Under the name	there is a long
account in Milaraspa’s Gurbum of a
contest between a Bon priest and the
author for jurisdiction over the mountain.
In modern days Tise or Kailas is still an
object of pilgrimage; and four monasteries
stand on its flanks. During the past 100
years only two Europeans have reached
the neighbourhood of this famous moun-
tain; Moorcroft in 1812, and Lieut.
Straehey in 1846. Its height in the main
peak is about 22,300 ft. above sea-level.
ti-tsha 1. same as B’£, of which
there seem to be two kinds, the white and
the yellow: B’**{Jilfig.)
the yellow titsha absorbs sores and cures
eye disease. 2. a musical instrument,
constructed of metal {Sch.).
’^| ti-rug the Indian rupee (in Sikk.).
ii-la sesamum.
+	Ti-la-ka na-tha
n. of a Brahmanical sanctuary of
Mahadeva near Nahri.
^’^’4 Ti lo-pa or B §'4 Til-li-pa fwtq
n. of an Indian Buddhist sage born in
Chittagong, East Bengal, in the beginning
of the 10th century A.D. His religious
name was Prajna bhadra (in Tib. Ces-rab
bzan-po). He was called Tillipa or Tilopa
by the Tibetans, on account of his having
done the work of thrashing sesamum for
oil. 5’^3’зр*#г^’Ец	BQJ'qy
{К. dun. 31).
tig 1. a fluid measure, five
g skyogs or five dkar-tshad make one tig
{Rtsii.). B^T4)^' tig-gan one tig measure.
2. in Sikk. the great hornet {Ja.). 3. to
be sure; ^'B4! really, in fact, surely.
t h? tig-ta Ятттн-fh^i, f4x-
1. the stalks of a bitterplant Gentiana
chiretta growing in the Himalayas, largely
used as an antidote against fever and liver
complaints: g'B^S’B^'WB^’WS B4]’^’4’
{Min.)
there are three species of chiretta,
Indian tigta^ Tibetan tigta, and Nepal
tigta; it cures all kinds of bilious fever. 2.
n. of several trees and plants, viz., Tricho-
santhes disiea^ Agathotes chirayta, Termi-
nalia catappa^ the last growing in Tibet.

516

or steady,
useful: p•в,*,й$,5«ГЗ’й’чМчга having not
got an intelligent steady man (A, 123)»
tig-nwn (in Ld. fa’fr) ribands
wound round the felt gaiters that cover
the lower part of the logs (Ja.).
tig-tsha=^'% ti-tsa.
tin or	yon chab-kyi tin
1. cups made of silver, boll-metal, brass,
or copper to hold oblation water which are
placed before tho images of deities in
Buddlust chapcis. 2. tho sound of metal.
3. a note of cadence introductory to
a song, etc. £ *5?ЖЧ*
a repellent smiio of tho Jo-bo having
been signified by the sound of a ting.
tin-vcJidsin wfa, acc.
to Жив. HHrafa, inten^o contemplation,
profound meditation, perfect absorption
of thought into the object of meditation,
(cf.	and нт?*п)
to be absorbed in
deep and devout meditation;
tin-ne-hdJn hkhruns devout meditation
took place ; ako meton. tho faculty, the
power of meditating (Jd.).
tin ne-hd$in-gyi dkyil-
hkhor	the mystic circle which
is de cribcd on tho place one occupies
when nu dieting; a circle of meditation.
tin ne-Jddn-gyi rgyal-po
HHlfiTOsr n. of a Mahayana Sutra con-
tained in the Kahgj ur, dddo section,
marked iti-pa.
ti% ne-hdsin-gyi zas-
kyis idsho-bca living on the food of con-
templ^ion: q^w^qv^ ?ц£*ч^зД5-
W*'*! he being happily not attached
to anything, the mind being at peace by
tasting the food of contemplation during
great periods of time (K. d. & 362).
^'£4^53 tin ne-hdsin dgu the nine
meditations of a Bodhisattva, are:—(1)
’wpi complete coming
forth of jewels; (2) ^rfprer,	well-
ostablidied; (3)WW; 5^ a unagitated; (4)
Uot liable to return;
(5) mrarc; yfftabode or mine
of jewels; (6)
brillianco like sunshine; (7)
^’RW^’jq’q successful in effecting all
objects; (8) ТГтчгжЬ?,	light of
knowledge; (9) яягчд
S’^’3	'фладц	me-
ditation attained in prosenco of the future
Buddha.
tin-fie-hdsin rnam-gsitm
the three kinds of acc. to Bon rules
are' 1) ^05’3 K*
; (2)
35 ; (3)	q
a* (D.R.).
cs , c\
tin-rjin a n. given to several
species of shrew in Sikkim.
tin-ti lift acc. to Jd. a snipe
(Zrl).
C\ 0*
tin-tin 1. is an auxiliary (^«Г
SivO to another word to intensify its mean-
ing (фн’55$5'А to emphasise it); W?*’?**
nag tiii-tiH intensely black, jet black. 2.
acc. to Jd. clean, well-swept (Ld.; Ts.).
pZ'fa'cH tindin-ma n. of a small bird:
I there
were two small birds, one called inchu-rin*
ma (the long-beak) and another tiii-tin-mat

517

tiii-gag or 1. a
kind of cymbal. 2. little bell moved by
the wind (Seh.).
+ tin-tii	a tree,
prob, the tainarmd (К. ко. 5).
t 5=’S”! tin-du ka n. of one
of two trees Diospyros embryopteris or
Diospyros glutiuosa; a Karsa is said to=
the weight of the Tinduka fruit.
Hb-ril resp. §4 in W,<=
tea-pot; copper tea-pot; an
earthen tea-pot (Jd.).
fim-pi goatV leather, kid-leather
from India, dyed green or blue (Ja.).
5 tim-bi ca hor^e imported into
Tibet from India.
4 tim-bi (Ts.) funnel.
f ^^*^5 Tir-hu-ta modern Tirhut:
0}Q(• uiE^-q-^	Й• ЗУ q5•
at not long di tance from Yang-pa-
chan towards the ea^t is the country
called Tirhufa (Dsam.).
til fw set annum; ^45^ f ti-
nker white *o amum; ^4 til-nay black
sesamum;	til-gyi phye powdered
sesamum ;	til snig§-ma mixed
sesamum; a so nn inferior quality of eesa-
nium;	td-brdu- ? thrashed
or beaten so.-amum [also a sesamum-
grinder]S.
5*rw til-mar НчТ sesame oil, seed-oil.
til SCT-Cun fxm, 3?t%
n. of a medicine; tho plant Cassia (data or
Cardiospermum halicacabum (ЖЯоп.).
§ tu 1. num. fig. 68. 2. an affix de-
noting the terminative case, generally
used to express direction to, as represented
by the English “into” or “unto;” it
is joined to the final consonants % % and
ч, as in thog-tu; mjug-tu;
rgyab-tu\ gseb-tu\ also after what
is called SVI da.drag as in the words:—
kund-tu\ «гКв15’§ pha rold-tu*
thard-tuy cf. da, $ rw, 5 su.
tu-ru-ka the Turks,
sometimes used historically as a general
term for Mahomedans.
tu-tsay v. ti-tsa.
tug-yis suddenly; аз if by
surprise :	4«	I sud-
denly met him on the way to the forest
land (D.R.).
tug-r in or	dug-chum prob,
jsgqpta tug-chem (Cs.) noise of a wooden
rattle; also of the trotting of horses heard
in the dbtanec (Sch.).
5^ 5*4 tub-tug either, or: whether I be
able (to do it) or not (Lex. and Sch).
tur-chuv hardly any, nothing
definite, little elearly :
sems-la re-dogs tur-chun yod in his mind he
entertained hardly any hope or fear
(D.R.).
1 5^*5^ tur-tur<то 1. quickly, with
ha?te, swiftly:	twr-tur byed-pa—
la$ myur-du byed-pa to do
work quickly (Жоп.). 2. also defined as
jjE/q’Qr^^’g'^w	appearing white
spotted or red-spotten (to the mind or in
vision).

518
5’^1И tur phog-pa^^^Q Ihon-
phog-pa от ^'.a^qsrq slightly affected.
tur-wa in W. Tib. to darn (stock-
ings) (Ja.).
5^ tur-men (Chinese) one at a
time in order or in a row.
tur-re clear, distinct; cog. to
ЧЙ wal-le:	it is clear to my
mind; 5^'^' tur-re bzufi prob, watch it !
have a sharp eye upon it! (Jd.).
jn take care le<t an emo-
tion of anger arises in your mind!
prob, he awakes, stirs, is evidently
roused; tur-re-wa adj. (or abstract
noun) :	rjcd-ycn nwd-par
tur-re-wa clear, firm with regard to per-
ceptions, opinions, etc., without omissions
or digression (Ja.)*
i 5'S^ Tur-ya Bha-wa-ni n. of
image of Ary a Tara in a temple situated
on tho bank of Godavari, and famed for its
sanctity througout India (Dsani.).
Сч
tul dri-сап (prob. nil
dri-сап) putrid, of offensive smell.
^2^1 П = dgod-pa to laugh
(mystic) (7Г. gu. p 26).
tc wr 1. num. fig. 99. 2. an affix
denoting the gerund, and used after the
final letters \ ч, ; in subordinate sen-
tences may be conveniently rendered by :
when, after, as, etc.; and also used as a
finite tense and in that case followed by
*^4 or or sometimes without any auxi-
liary. May bo also denominated a con-
tinuative particle.
n. of a place in Upper Tibet.
ft
b	leg$.par W,
wfaHi^r 1. excellent, noble, intense,
strong. 2. aec. to Sch. very, really,
actually: ^‘4*VTq te-wor drag-pa S
really good (adviser).
Syn.	V1’4 dam-pa, 5*4
sra-tca, 5fl'q drag-pa,	tshab che-tca
(Mnon.).
te-wor acc. to Sch. constantly,
continually.
tc-lo n. of a bird : 5’®^*J]VWJ*'VT
the brains of the Telo cures
(the effect) of poison applied and heart
disease.
Tc-se 1. n. of a domi-god of the
nether regions:	the son
of These king of the Sadag demons.
2. v. П.
tehu (L<1. Glr.) (Seidl f. 25. b.);
tehu ser-po (Mil. 59, 4 of Jd.
edition);	§ tchu gin-khri acc. to Sch.
a square tabic.
to pack up, put
up; to put in or into:	put into
your breast-pocket.
tel-pa acc. to Cs. an instrument
for- burning;	a burning instru-
ment made of iron.
*4| Tai lin-да the modern Telin-
gana, tho birth place of the Buddhist sage
and author Dignaga:	w
there is Tailinga the birth-
place of S'ri Dignaga (Dsam.).
% to 1. num. for 129. 2. (styled Fl”*
^4) an affix added to certain verbs when
they terminate a sentence.
^•StE-olc'i	519	3’«l|
% %	io-to lin-UH W. an ad-
verb denoting a swinging motion (Ja.).
tog ^3, to, wnr the top of
anything, a top ornament; esp. the but-
ton on the cap of the Tibetan and Chinese
dignitaries, as a mark of distinction;
VI* tog*dkar the name by which
Gautama Buddha was known in the Tusita
heaven before his last incarnation. J*r
rgyal-mtshan-gyi tog the top-point
of a banner;	shba-mohi tog the
point of a helmet or Chinese cap. In
medical works V4! tog signifies or
essence, pith.	the point of
a spear. ^N‘X^=now, at present (in ZJ.)
(Ja.).
wicker work vessel
for grain, lo-ka ni (Mnon.).
tog-§gra or	Wfl any cracking
or snapping sound.
tog-can	a pillar with a
capital.
54^* tog-til a bump or swelling from
a knock on the head (Ja.)
tog-tse (also called or
Э'я^) hoe,mattock; tog-lcags
the iron of the hoe. ‘^cjjprq tog.tse
brkox-po	one who digs
soil with a hoe.
tog-tee htsho-wa one who lives
by hoeing.
tog-yu the handle of a hoe.
ton-toft byed-pa to per-
forate ; also to produce a whirling noise
with a whip.
^4’^ tob-chi, more properly thob-
<?a, a button.
tob-tob smra-wa to talk
confusedly (Sch.).
tohu-lo the polecat.
tol-wa 1. to arrive at, to reach :
he did not arrive and is not
coming. v.	arrived:
5 (Yig) in one watch of the night he
arrived at Chorten rnam-dag (the Chaitya
of purity) in the forest of Dkah-thub («л.,
Nirvana). Sch.quotes ?/4'^S4,)=^QI
J) tra (5 я! srag) Hitz an ape.
tram-pa 1. hard, tough, stiff :
tough meat; hard bone; Х'У*
rtsa-tram tough muscle. 2. acc. to Ja.
tram-dkar,	tram-nag are
different species of gout.
gzitgs-can possess-
ing form or body, anything that has form,
a living being (mystic) (K. gu. F 179).
tri-ked £’^5 ti-ked.
tri-gia ti=§’4 ehu-гоа a prayer, a
petition (mystic) (ЛГ. gu. P 26).
Pu~Th	f^T^t the
three cities, name of a part of Lan-ka
(modern Ceylon) ; three strong cities of
gold, silver, and iron, in the sky, air, and
earth, built by Maya for a celebrated
Asura, and burnt by S'iva (Dus-ye. 40).
Cs
§’4 tri-wa taking up; any
object that may be accomplished by reli-
gious acts.
Сч
tri-та a kind of bee the sting of
which is very painful. It is said in
Sikkim that an ox dies if he has received

520
455*1
The
the
sub-
a
a
the sting of this bee seven times,
honey of this bee is claimed by
Kaja of Sikkim as a due from his
jects.
the princess is now living, having taken
the body of the bee called Tre-ma {Khrid).
tri-mer n. of a sweet-scented
flower (7Г. du. S 319).
СЧ
; 9’5^ tri-qi ku-nai L =
three reasons or signs. 2. n. of a holy
place in Persia {Du$-ye. 39).
tri-^u-la trident.
5V’? tre-tre-ha (by the context)
dangerous disease of the stomach or
serious symptom of it {Jd.).
tre-wa-can coloured {Sch.).
tre-sam in ЙУЗ’* WS'^’
tre$-sam sman phye-ma gshan phye-mahi
mift (Lif.); tre-sam is a medicine in the
shape of a powder.
tre-med dun-mdses n.
of a king of Tibet of the Bon period
(r-w.
Tre-qod gans-kyi
ra-wa n. of a place in Kham, the birthplace
of the seventh head of the Karma-pa sect
{Lon. * 20).
Iron 1. Я<чГв’л1Т’^'^жчаГ«’М**в’'
(-S'- du. e 399)
a monastic official; in old days an assis-
tant superintendent of a Buddhist monas-
tery whose position resembled that of the
modern dge-skos {q.v.). 2. diligence, indus-
try {Cs.); to be diligent, to exert
one’s self.
Ч]Я'^С’ gtag-gtoft {Lex. w. e.)
gtag-gton-wa to disperse {Sch.).
gtag-pa any species of white-
flowering rhododendron, all of which kind
are held by Tibetans to be of the male sex.
454 ’« gtag-ma red-flow ering rhododendrons,
which are considered to be female shrubs.
gtaft-rag thank, thanksgiv-
ing, and prob, also thank-offering, esp.
rendering thanks to a deity; 45^4‘9S’<*
or	to render thanks {Jd.).
(v-	$0$-Ра} 1* the
direction of, towards: 4^№Qr^45V^'¥’
gyon-gral du glad phyin-nas going towards
the left end of the row. 2. = *^’л
to press, urge, v. 4?S’4 also 45S’4. 3. sbst.
steadiness, firmness; 455‘4'^5 it has no
hold, no firmness ; 45S,*\q*<4'4 to vacil-
late, to waver, to be unsteady.
455‘4 glad-pa unfqH; phul-wa to be
made over, entrusted to. In Buddhism
there are four kinds of 45V4 gtad-pa :—(1)
; (2)	; (3) Ц4’
W^45S; (4) 3W’$4 * ^*4*'455 {Lo.
U).
4554wcr^ gtad-rabs bdun the first
seven (Buddhist) hierarehs in succession to
Gautama Buddha. Maha-k&-s'yapa is said
to have succeeded Gautama. Kas'yapa
entrusted the headship of the order to An-
anda; Sanavastri succeeded Ananda;
Arya Upagupta followed Sanavastri, who
in his turn gave the charge to Arya
Krishna. Dhitika succeeded Krishna and
before his death appointed Arya Sudar-
s'ana to the Buddhist headship.
Note.—This order of succession is part-
ly founded on Brahmanic tradition; and
Buddhaghosha gives a different series.
gtad-so a refuge, resource; also
store of provisions; 45V^’44’4 prob. 4?V
4^4*г<Ц4’л to keep a store of food.
4j^|	521	4)5*11
gtan I: a husband, a consort: 'WS'
(Zo. 28).
II: 1. order, system. 2. put in
order, arranged, reduced to a system.
(M. 726).
*45^'13 tfan-khra,
agreement, stipulation, convention; also
order or decision passed; a decree ; Ч^'В’
important decrees (Z>. gel. 7).
gtan-khrim§ established law.
gtan-hkhel perfectly certain,
quite sure.
^ИЗ gtan-gyi constant, continual.
‘ЧИЭ’^” gian-gyi grogs husband, a
friend or partner for life (Жгоп.).
ч^’дчч^вгч gtan-glen hkhel-wa—^'^4
to adhere reso-
lutely or come to a decision on work or
business ; to work steadily.
ran-sems gfan-pa in a mystic sense : to re-
gulate, to fashion, to train, to set right.
^<zn-A/zz^=^’^'4|^’4 perma-
nent, enduring, perpetually abiding (Rtsii,).
’^’q gtan dii-tva — ^^ ч^’ч to be or
to make continual (Mnon.). As an adj.
^ieSTpvT<?i complete; <45^ gtan-du always,
continually, for ever.;	living
or residing continually.
flj5^®TW4 gtan-la phab-pa Я^ПЦД
to decide a question.
gtan-pa Siqre door-bar.
gtan-phan only, alone;
absolute; absolutely.
gtan-phebs рп&ц explained by
jg^g^l^^vq'	published after
being -thoroughly revised or completely
got ready.
flj^’or^wq gtan-la-hbebs-pa to put
any matter into writing; to publish after
the composition has been corrected ; also
to fix, to arrange.
gtan-med	perishable;
without duration or continua-
tion.
gtan-tshigs (
1. an expression of fixed meaning.
2.	rtags}.	rgyu-mtshan
not deviating from what has been first
settled. 3. ЭДчЛт, яящ, янтт proof,
demonstated conclusion.
gtan-tshigs med-par
smra-wa to argue illogically; also irra-
tional exposition.
or Йч ^тттпт, чтят,
ЯТттт, ’эггапт, f^r^T 1. speech, conver-
sation, talk. 2. news, tidings, intelli-
gence, account of anything; also report,
rumour:	when
the king heard the report that it had been
given;	thag-rift-gi gtam ac-
counts of bygone events;
as I have learned, have been told (Jiz.);
45^'8 c‘’q gtam glen-wa or	gtam-
du glen-гса to converse, to discourse;
he gave an account of
how it happened. ч|5Н|вгч gtam skyel-
hphrin §kyel-iva to send
a message; also a messenger.
Д]55Г^чр1 gtam-hgal=	skad-
cha mi rtan-pa discrepancy in speech, con-
tradictory language or talk.
*Ч5Я’^5 gtam-тдуud	oral tradi-
dition, legend:	the legend of
him;	the boy
said, has it been described in history ?
(Bbrom. 5b\
gtam-nan evil report.
45^^ gtam-can зпзг, япш met. the
crow.
67
45^1
522
*15*4gtam-snan ядхзтат, *rvj<i^ni ele-
gant saying; pleasant conversation.
«К«г^*гл ^am htlres-pa mixed-
up stories, garbled accounts.
I: gtam-pa the face.
11: pf-T?**1’4 1.=^^ to fill
up, to make full:	§pu gri gt a ms-
pa quite full of razors; acc. to Jd. is frq.
spelt Qgwq. 2. дги to appoint, to com-
mission (Ja.):	it is not
proper ^not safe) to take charge of pro-
perty. 3.	to be surety for or
security (K. dtt. 5 200).
я|55г^ ptam-dp<' proverb, coihmon say-
ing, maxim.
q5«-qgq-q f0 declare, to proclaim.
to make inquiry.
ogsrupfo gtam-gshon <ПЛ[ strong or em-
phatic (speech).
•«[-qnprq gtam-ggags-pa to make con-
fession :	T** ’5’^’
-c^^-ckw these two by avoiding the
question of mischief appeared to make
confesssion by the fact (Rdsa. 16).
gfah-ma a pawn, pledge; 45я’
to pawn, to give as a pledge (Cs.);
mi gtah ma a hostage (Cs.).
gtar-wa or «I5*T§5'q has been
described as
(Ya-sel. 9) to bleeder to blister human
beings, animals, &c., in the way of medical
treatment,	or
= to let out blood from a vein. Colloq.
to bleed.
<F> gti-khe a kind of louse (5(?/|.).
^•|
gti-thug = $3R ti-thiig acc. to
Sch. insane, mad.
r$-4 gti-ica to question, to speak.
I: gti-mug gloom, mental
darkness, ignorance, stupidity. Seems to
be also used in the physical sense of
stupour or comatoseness:
I * at night I fell into profound
coma. In a special sense it is a sub-
division of the lowest of the three quali-
ties of humanity, viz:—TO,
virtue, passion and ignorance.	is
symbolized by a pig in the Bhatacakra
or	(cycle of existence) and
is placed at its centre along with the ser-
pent and cock which are typical of anger
and lust.	Отт-КТ? he who is
entirely free from gti-mug;
Khratr stolid indifference, also stupidity.
II: (as stated above) met. a
pig (in mysticism) also as	the
snout of a hog (21ng. IT).
ptig§-pa to trickle down, to
fall in drops, to drip.
4]^- gtin bottom ; depth or
wta:	deep bottom of a river;
in a man, great depth ;
with regard to the
declivity, great depth.
rgya-mtshohi gtin-dkrugs he turned
up the bottom of the sea;	to
sink to the bottom;	it is very
deep;	’^,£J deep; ч not deep, shak
low; g’^’^it is deeper than
the sea;	a deep abyss; <5*
a deep river. gtin-nas
from the bottom (of the heart);
45^1	523	4j§3j|
ЧЯ white above, and black beneath; Я^’^
profound (fig. with regard to tho mind),
considerate ; reserved, difficult to fathom;
shallow, superficial.
gtin-don len-pa to sound
the heart or to know a secret design.
glin drons-pu fathomed, pene-
trated, ascertained.
Я^’К giin-rdo a stone or piece of lead
fastened to a rope, and used as a
plummet, or an anchor; also a heavy
weight as a means for drowning delin-
quents.
Я?=^ gtift-§dib socket; Эя’^'Я^’^
mig*kyafi gtin-la §dib his eyes also sunk in
the sockets {Rtsii.).
Gtih-zkyes n. of a district of
Tibet immediately .to the north of the
Kanglachen pass. It is known under the
name of Tin-kye-Jong or Я^’Я^’В^’
; also we hear Я^’В^'4 Glin §kyes-pa a
native of Ting-kye.
Я^5ЧЯ’5ЯГЧ giin-dpag dkah-ica
unfathomable, difficult to dive to the
bottom of ; hard to get at the bottom of
one’s heart (ДЫоп.).
Я^'4 gtin phyin-pa=<№fy№ to
examine or fathom thoroughly;
mthar phyin-pa	g°mg to the
bottom; probing the mind ; also a perfect
saint.
Я?^’Я^*^ gtin gshal-nus fathomable;
shallow water {Mnon.).
Я^’лч gtin-zab or Я^’^ лнк
the deep recesses (of the mind).
gtib-pa or я54^*4 gtibs-p^ to bo
gathering (of clouds) ;	4 thick
clouds gathering; ^Я^К^Н'^'Я?4 bdug-
spbs sprin-bshin gtib incense passes along
like clouds;	Я^4 darkness envelopes.
^ад’^я gtib^hog^ occurs in
khrims-pahi gtibs-hog
nan-na§ phyir-la leur-gyis phyun (D.R.)
outside the subterranean obscurities of
lawyers, entanglements are removed.
gtim-pa, v. fo’q thhn-pa.
drunkenness;
also intoxicated, drunk.
TO’4 giug-pa pf. also TOP
щи, cognate to ЗЯ’а 1’ to reach,
to meet with, to fall down to; to touch,
to join. «)*5Я'31Я^‘Я^’Я5Я^^ putting or
pressing (his forehead) against the breast
of the image (of his tutelary god) ;	^Я’
^чм'Ч’^3«гя5Я’чог only ^'Я5Я‘Ч shals
gtug-pa to touch as suppliant a person’s
feet (or the skirt of his robe), to cast one’s
self at another’s feet. 2. acc. to Sch.
to sue, to bring an action against a
person.
Я^Я'З^’4’ gtug-sbyans-pa to supplicate
or pray (touching tho feet of the king)
• ч*г й Y q$ ‘ ’ я^’Я5Я’В	V ’
{D. $el. 7).
TO	fwr, a
pestle; also a stone ball or club; the
nether mill-stone; acc. to Sch. pestle.
Я5^*й^ excavation in a piece of rock or
stone to servo for a mortar whero grain
is pounded with a pestle ; Я^’Э^'У^ to
pound with a pestle. Я5*Г^ gtun-po a mortar
{Cs.); Я5^'5 gtun-bu pestle; Я5^ gtun-hos
3W a mallet, a knocker.
Я5^5’ giitn-qin a pestle made of
wood to pound Indian corn or paddy (used
in Sikkim).

521
Ч]^|
gtub-pa pf. 454*’q(4f«o#.) 1- to
cut to pieces, to cut up; to chop; to mince;
454’55 a chopper (Sch.). 2. = 4§crq to be
able:	shall you really be
able to come hack.	to be unable,
to be unwilling, to have no mind (to do a
thing) (Ja.).
45*Л4 giutn-drag one who is fierce,
powerful. 45*‘VI met. for a bear.
45*’q #гш-ра=4Ч’згч 1. the
Hinduized savage people or wild tribes of
the lauds S. of Tibet. 2.	fierce,
furious. 3. sbst. ferocity, rage; ja‘^’45*^’
injurious wrath, merciless; 4^4’^'
45^’4$*3) gdug-cifi. gtum-pahi klu a Naga in
a deadly rage ; 45*rq*’l!*S4’q to roar furi-
ously ; 0'45*'q furious with rage; 45*’^*’
$5’4 obstinate and wild; 45*’^ or 45*3^
cruel, fierce (Ja.).
45**43Л5 gtum-pahi hod
the sun, v.*y* ni-ma.
45*'q gtum-pa for 4554'q or ^*‘4 to veil,
to cover; to wap up, e.g.y tho head (Ja.).
gtum-po 1: 1. fierce; sbst.
лтл, ГГЖ an Asura ; an un-
civilized Hindu tribe generally residing in
the suburbs of a town. 2. v.
t Mnon.). 3. a fierce-looking short-nosed
man.
Ч|§Л’2ТП:	often 45*'^ gtum-mo,
in the more developed mysticism, the
special internal heat which arises after
protracted meditation when such medita-
tion has been accompanied by the peculiar
technical inner absorption of the breath.
Milaraspa speaks of “ the blessed warmth
of the gtum-mo.”
45*’*’t Gtum-po rje n. of a fierce Bon
deity (D.R.).
gtum-po nag-po^^^^tf
(Sman. 125) the black species of aconite
or wolf’s bane.
4§№гад^ gtum-po hbar the arising of
warmth in meditation. The veins, viz.,
^ *, and 5S'* are symbolically re-
presented by (W‘4S)> the second half of
an w a, hence (вч,-#]5,4§*,ц) the three-
veins meditation-warmth {Mil.; Jd.).
4§«’2i*w^’ Qtum-po rab-§nan
n. of a king of ancient India (Yig.).
45*** gtum-ma	an epithet of
the goddess Durga.
45**^ gtum-mo
Mtwr 1. a fierce or violent woman, a
female of the Canddla tribe, etc. 2. as
an adj. violent, fearful; 5^’45*'^ rlufigtum-
mo a violent wind, a hurricane. 3. mystic
heat.
45**3$** gtum-mo ma-ma
wfK«KT Paldan Lha-mo, a fierce goddess.
45*’3$v«> gtum-mohi cha	stick,
club.
45^^* gtum~sras also 45**4** n. of a
female deity of the Bon (D.R.).
+	gtur-bu 1. ***^*’^4*, 5*45
a Buddhist monk’s religious wrapper.
2. bag, sack, wallet (Cs.).
gtul-гса to grind, to pulverize
(colours, medicinal substances, etc.); cf.
чрч gte-pa, 4’?% 4^** in C. acc. to
Lex. 4^c/q pawn, pledge, bail (acc. to Sch.
a present).
•4^ gter fafv, (нуги, 1. treasure,
store-place ; <5'4^ the repository of water,
the ocean. In the Rnin-ma-pa School of
Tibet there are Buddhist scriptures
(generally spurious) called 45^'*, the
^ТЧ
525

authorship of which is attributed to
gods and holy lamas, also called ;
others said to have been mysteriously
discovered or composed by learned lamas
of that school are called
There are different classes of treasures
such as	the treasures of learn-
ing of which again are eight:—(1) qt\q'
treasure of learning always
present in the memory and which cannot be
forgotten; (2)	the
treasure of learning which develops the
mind; (3) f^qS’^
efc.) the treasure for medi-
tation and reflection: (4)	(?*<*
etc.) the treasure of
learning to be retained in the mind
as having been heard or understood,
sometimes in the form of a formula ;
(5)
the treasure of fortitude;
(6)	dam-
pahi chos yons-sa srun-icas, etc.) the
treasure of secret learning or scrip-
tural knowledge; (7)
etc.) the
treasure of a Bodhisattva s saintly heart,
/>., of unflagging faith in the three
Holies; (8) ip-qS ^
q*i mi-skye-wahi ekos-ia bzod-pa thob-pas,
etc.) the treasure of perfection, etc. (7Г. d.
F 325).
«I^’F gter-kha a mineral vein, mine :
to find a mine (of precious
metals or stones).
gter dgu the nine oceans which
are repositories of treasures according to
the Bon are:—(1) q^’*the ocean of
lotus or the repository of countless preci-
ous things, gems, pearls, etc.; (2)
the ocean of shells or mines of fossil,
etc.; (3)	ocean or mine of pre-
cious things larger than	(4)
ocean filled with crocodiles and
other sea-monsters; (5)	ocean
filled with turtles, etc., and other sea-
monsters; (G) 5'^; (7)	; (8)
(9) ’Ms
gter-chen 1. a great store of
hidden wealth, hidden books, etc. 2.
НТГФЯ n. of an immensely large number.
yter chen-pohi bum-pa n.
of one of the eight auspicious symbols
of the Northern Buddhists,—the pot of
treasure, i.e., the wishing-pot which yields
whatever precious object is sought.
4]^ gtcr-ston a discoverer of hidden
treasures, generally of sacred books which
are supposed often to be kept concealed
under rocks and ground for fear of being
destroyed by heretics and unbelievers.
Learued lamas are deemed to be expert
gter-st on.
gter-blta. ges-pa
one who knows or can tell where treasures
are hidden or where they can be found.
ч^’Ч^Ч gter-bdag wfau a wealthy
man; n. of the god of wealth, Kuvera,
in Tibetan called (ДИоя.).
gter-gnas the place where a con-
cealed treasure is unearthed. Acc. to the
Rnin-ma school, Buddhist sacred books have
been uneaidhed in the following places in
Tibet:—(1)	Glo-bo dge-ka\ (2)
Spu-rna rdsa-ri; (3)	&on-
than-sgrol-ma ; (4) 4]^ ^%’^’\Gyu-phu rdsa-
Ihun; (5)	Byams-pa $prin; (G)
ByaA-gter gter-phran; (7)
Hbum-than rtsi-lun; (8)
94! Snin-drun gan$-brag; (9)
4|^'4]^^ Gtsan-gl ri-bo che* (10) ФТ«рзг
Bal-yul e-yig gtsug-lag
I	526	^-q I
khan} (11) %’FLho-kha} (12) 4^'4’S*^
Gtsan-gi ni-mt shams; (13) ЗЦTr$l*<’*** Hlon-
kha bum-than} (14)	Dge-rgya§
ha^-po ri} (15)	Sha-yi lha-khan
bi-ma; (16)	(17)
Mchim^phu kho^mtlM; (18)
Sr in-то $par-rje$ kho-
inthin} (19) gc; Сгопыса rgyan ; (20)
Pad-та $el-phug} (21) 4¥<Ж
Gnam-$ka$ mkhar-chu; (22) JW<44*g4
Zah$-yag brag} (23) 4W44'g4’3i Gan^-par
phug-mo}{21) чргяд^Е; Gy ah-ma spa-yon}
(25)	Rdo-bod mtshams} (26)
Lho-monphyog$} (27)
Dbushalgser-khan ; (28) ^44^JJu-yug
gyag-sde; (29)	Mon-kha spa-gro;
(30)	^ ^'Kllu^an rdo} (31)	e<
Khams-kyi arm-mo rdsofl; (32) yiprq^c/q^
Dicags-po tdan-labrag; (33) ^'F‘O4 №on-
kha chu-phug} (34) *=И^*‘^’д4 JJbrm-
than ko-ro brag} (35) ^ig«|^4| Qd-gyi
brag-phug; (Зб') §4’<$qw^' Stag-tshan
zab-lufi; (37)	Bsam-yas
mtahams-phu} (38)	Yum-bu la
sgan} (39) 4^4^4’if Qa-hug §tag-sgo; (40)
M.chod-rten dkar-po; (41) 4^’
Gya$~ru gtsafi-hgram} (42)
l4^* Rtsi$-kyi lha-khan; (43) ^’3’9’S Kon-po
bu-eha; (44) ^‘3Kon-po phyin-lun}
(45) a-ww# Jde-hbar mtaho} (46)
3*’^*’ Lho-kon byaft-kob} (47) 55^3’94
dpyal-gyi brag; (48)	Khyun-tshan
brag} (49) p^4*34 Kha-rag phug (Bkah-
than.y 159).
4?кчдк;д'ч gter-bsrun sba-wa to keep
concealed a disease, one’s learning, cove-
ted treasures, etc:	3’^’1’=r
in the manner of one who keeps his
goitre concealed (Л. 15).
4^’чдсг gter-barun lit. one who guards
treasures; local deities, such as Shibdag
and Lu, who are supposed to be the custo-
dians of hidden treasures, mines, etc.
9$° or a magic ceremony
for the purpose of averting misfortunes.
gto-rgyal ye-mkhyen the
supremo Bon deity resembling in his
attributes ^'й'^5 or Dipamkara Buddha
in the Buddhist series (D.li.).
gto-ba dotf-dc=
Thug$-rje bzun-na§ taking compassion or
having mercy upon (D.12.).
’*^*1 Gto-bu buni-safi§ a disciple of
Bon S'on-rab and tho analogue of Ananda.
4|^S’q»qq’g« gtohi fckah-sgromn. of a Bon
work.
Ч£Ч]Ч gtog-pa 1. liko to grab,
pluck, gather, tear out. 2. v.
gtogs-pa тайга (чаЫя) 1.
to assign, classify. 2. to belong to, apper-
tain to ; belonging to:
you belong to the royal blood or family;
4w am I not included in
them?	belonging to
Dsam-buhi-glin (Jambudvipa).
as adv.	not included, except,
besides.
gtoghdod-pa acc. to Sch. to
love, to like, to widi.
gtoft-djo$\mchod-cha§ arti-
cles necessary for religious observances
{RtsH.).
4?^ gfon^go allowances in money or 
in kind for religious observances (jR/su.) ;
Лч gton-deb a register for such, etc.
gton-phod generosity; 45^5’*^
one who is able to give; liberal; ’
bounteous.
.	gfon-u-a pf. fut. 45*’, imp.
1. to send, to let go, to permit to go, to
dismiss :	’«4’5^4?** why
should we let you go ? do not let
527
!
him go. 2. to let in, to admit;
admit through the door ; ^‘^’55^* let in,
to permit to enter. 3. to let have, to
give:	having given
blue cotton for the fringes of the tent;
to administer medicine; 5?*’35
the manner of dispensing, or giving away
of medicine. ^’q^^q^q^-q^^ by
generosity or friendship the number of
friends increases.	ёЦтитЫ
one who is able or has the heart to
give awav (many things, &c.) in chari-
ty ; 5^’*^ liberality, bounty; 3^’яг
5?цto give a person to religion, />., to
destine him for the priesthood (Ja.). In
JK. 5^’4 is the common term for the verb
to give; the pf. form btan being
used as pres, tense. 4. to give up, aban-
don, forsake, leave.
gfon-lugs the manner of distri-
buting, of giving away; also of forgiving.
I: gfod-pa=^4 pf. 455 or *155,
fut. 555, imp. 5?5 or 1. to deliver up,
hand over, to commit to another, to bestow,
confer : 5’ra5^QrSqc‘555’qto confer import-
ant offices on the priesthood ; 5$5^5$5,'4’
555‘q to communicate one’s feelings to
one another. 2. to lean against or upon,
to press on, to put against. 3. to direct, to
turn:	to turn one’s face
towards a’ person, to take refuge or seek
protection under some one; S^gq-?r«t|^'q
to point at a person with the finger, also in
the way of threat;
the door points south, towards Nepal;
<5?5*q to take aim, to aim at; ^q^qq-Hr
555’4 to listen to, to give a person a hear-
ing ; 35* 5?5’q to confide in a person. ^5*
^ ^ 555^’5^5^'q^ turning after'a ray of
light, following it with the eye (chiefly
from Ja.). 34-^-^555‘q to submit to
the king’s authority.	to place
a horse in pasture.
gtom-pa to talk, to speak (Sch.).
gtom$-pa filled up, full, for
qjwcr) 5]5W£| (Sch.).
gtor-zca^^'v bkram-pa cf.
tffc’q hthor-wa	1. to scat-
ter, strew, spread over (Mnon.): ^’?5'5|n*
5?^’X strewed flowers;	he that
threw earth.upon mo; $rq’5^<q to scatter
on the ground. 2. to cast, throw (books
into the water, a ring into the air); to
throw out, e.g.y spittle into a person’s ear
for healing purposes (^5’q); to cause to
circulate the chyle through every part of
the body; to waste, to dissipate (occasion-
ally with the the accus. of the vessel
containing the substance thrown out):
S’^5^ a cow emptying its udder by dis-
charging the milk. 3. acc. to Sch. srub
gtor-wa to rend, to tear to pieces (Jd.).
gfor-ma <1% sacrificial objects,
i.e.у that which is strewn or scattered or
given away. The gtor-ma offering may
consist of 5^кд cakes (not cooked or
baked) made of rice, barley flour, wheat,
&c., and offered as an appeasing gift to
gods, saints, evil-spirits, Naga demi-
gods, &c., to avert dangers to the living
and to guard against visitations of epide-
mics, plague, drought, famine, &c. Gener-
ally the torma is shaped into a conical
form, the stuff of which it is made being
cemented together with butter into a
firm consistency. It is an essential that,
after dedication, the thing offered shall
be burnt or -oast away. W. W. Rockhill
in his “Land of the Lamas” gives an
excellent account of one kind of torma
Offering (pp. 113, 114).- 59w$^« to

528

offer a forma;	gt&r-ma b$fio-wa
to devote something for it.	offer-
ings made to a deity that it may give any-
thing asked for ; usual or custo-
mary offerings ; ghid-gtor offerings made
to ransom a life;	offerings made
to avert the dangers caused by an evil
spirit; oblation of water offerings
made to the manes of the dead, t>., to
Prcta. Other terms are
3	bzlog-
gtor,	bsruft-mahi gtor. all being
offerings made to the guardian deities;
these offerings are made of various designs
and colours to suit the supposed fancy of
the deities to be conciliated.
epjX’jq gtor-rgyab offerings of pyra-
midal shape and painted in red and white
colours as if flames of fire were inscribed
on them, and whieh are often burnt
inside a human skull.
gtor-rgyu the ingredients of whieh
a forma offering is made.
gtor-stegz trays and table* on
which the forma offerings are placed.
gtor-dar scarves placed over
offerings at the time of presenting them to
the gods, &c.
gtor-gdan (in certain Tantrik
rites) the grain placed on the ground, on
whieh the offerings are put.
gtor-nia rgya$	ТГЗН
one that delights in forma or, rather,
in the offering when cast away, ?>., the
the crow.
gtor-ma bshes-na§ tfcjt
having accepted the offerings.
gtor-ma za	met. the
crow.
gtor-ma zan acc. to Jd. oblation
of the remnants of a meal to creatures
of every description.
gtor-rtsam barley-flour for mak-
ing forma offerings.
gtor-bzlog offerings to gods
and spirits for avciting epidemics, etc.
gtor gso§ cakes of the size of
the thumb offered to gods and demons
morning and noon.
gtol ЯТК a division of time.
«qjorq gtol-wa acc. to Sch. to perfo-
rate, pierce; to discover, disclose, v. 5^’4
gtol-bral,	J	' *
bzah-rgyu ma-rned ci-bya gtol bral-tshe
at the time when we were without re-
source having nothing to eat (Jig.).
«1^5 gtol-med==*'&\ ^’*5 or
unknown, a stranger; also strange; one
without any knowledge of a place or thing;
acc. to (Jd.) not known, dubious;
one who does not know yet
whether will come a boy or a girl; $3^*
4?^ ^5 not knowing what to do; «|VW«i<v
not knowing where she had gone :
I am without knowledge
of it.
giZe, dimension :
the belly of
the yidag (Prcta) equals the size of a
mountain; ^,3|,ч1<гВ,ч homage or reli-
gious observances of great magnitude.
blag-pa. v.
ought to be tied)	an ornament
to be worn.
(
529
|
Ц btag$-pa 1. v. <^|KQ bound,
tied, as in g’q^M'q bound or chained
the dog;	ornament worn; p'q^^’q
anything bound to the face or placed
in front of any one for acceptance. 2.
ground, crushed;	reduced to fine
powder, to flour;	medicine pul-
verized.
btang. pf. of	and used in
W. instead of the latter.
btafi-tfioms	equanimity;
even treatment of all things. 1.
S’q3|,
is a word signifying
impartial and equal treatment of friend or
foe, t>., to abstain from anger or affection
for friends and relations, equal treatment to
all living beings without either attach-
ment or hatred. 2. acc. to Jd. perfect
apathy 3. acc. to Sch. perfect impartia-
lity.
btan-§nom$ can	in-
different, indolent, apathetic person.
Syn. le-to can,	tfioms-
la$ can (Mfion.).
a species of
flower; ako n. of a mythical mountain.
qjq-q^'l^Bi	chen-po
a larger species of Muchilinda flower.
btafl-t/as (Hl^) n. of a number
(Fa-seZ. 56).
ad-pa=н made
over, entrusted, presented to.
454 fyab ^T? xtfaa sewn (Zam. 8).
btab-pa pf. of
Ф]’4 btig-pa pf. acc. to Cs. to
drop, to let fall in drops.	to
drop medicine in the ears, v. ^qj-q.
*^‘q btift-wa 1. v. Min-ica. 2.
4(WK spread, anything spread (Zam. 8),
W;	q^,cJ to spread a rug.
^'3 btu-гса, v. 43’q hthu-wa.
sgqp Mug-gia, v. '^gtug-pa.
q^-q btufi-wa 1. pf. of htkun-
wa to drink. 2. urn; (Zam. 8) xfta, qq
drink, anything for drinking.
btun-hdod= ,q ikom^pa
thirsty (МЯо?г.).
•Ь	btuns-pa
killed.
htun-snod drinking glass.
btad-pa	subdued, v.
q5V^ bti^nas wu, tpns,
having bowed, paid reverence; adv. reve-
rentially.
q§S’^ btud-mar in rapid or close
succession (Jd.).
q^q btub 1. fit, becoming; conve-
nient, practicable: ^’Xerq’^fV4
q§q (Л. 33) it is proper not to have con-
troversy with outsiders (unbelievers).
wqgq-Ei btub-po it is not convenient.
btub§-pa f$*T, cut into
pieces, v. ^5^ gtub-pa.
btum-pa pf. of ^5,rq to wrap
round, to envelope; hence in W. to shut
(a book).
qgwtfqj fyum-phog acc. to Jd. bunch or
knot produced by money and the like
being tied up in the girdle.
qg'srq gtul-wa pf. of ^’4 hdul-
wa, also	to subdue
an enemy, to vanquish the devil.
btusd)a l.=q5^’q <3fHr
extracted, quoted. 2. «V1*™ or
68
530	511
fifaa;	3. Q^-Чот^^ ч abbre-
viated, concise, taken in short, in few
words (4Mon.).
q^-q^S^'q bteg-btcg byed-pa to
haul upwards : <wh^'3c/3n, Vk Vjvg^qw
’jTtjrsg-q?*] q?4’3*(Bbrom. 125).
tycg-pa, v. ^M*'q; also used in the
common saying:—g’3r
“when the father main-
tains the son, a tiger is produced, when
the mother the daugther a drudge
appears.”
4VV'4 bton-pa v. hdon-pa.
rta or, occasionally, 5’9 rta-po
T3, Tf<, cFT a horse; the feminine form
for which is usually a mare. 5’^rq to
break in or train a horse ; 5'^4 4 to gallop,
to race; 5‘QJ'^'q to ride on horseback.
Horses arc largely bred in Tibet, several
of the Dog-pa tribes north of Lhasa
devoting themselves exclusively to roar-
ing horses. Both Shigatse and Gyaugtse
are famous horse-markets, and from the
latter place numbers are imported into
Nepal and Sikkim.	the
blood from the horse’s palate cures sores ;
the kidney of the
liorso removes kidney disease; pfagw
the bile of the horse is useful for
sores ; 5'^’4K4MfV?'<i the larynx of the
horse improves the voice ;
urinary bladder of the horse is use-
ful for scalds and burns ; 5’^ ^-gN’s-gqj
horse-fat dissipates itching and
eruptions on the skin.
Syn.	rnchod-$byin phyugs;
S dpal-gyi bu * jqrjyab-hdsin ; f
r,]a-yab tyjug-ma-can ; 8^4’^’
5 rlui -gi pi1-rta;	rlun-las skyes;
sin-dhu §kge§;	mgyogs-
hgro; hdren-bycn;	rmiej-jw-
can; gf-qpw tyo-gsal; Ч'4’^* ikal-ldan ;
*5 myur-hgro;	rnam-par gnon;
rgya-mtsho $kyc§; 5*4^ rtag-tu
za; t^'^r^og-ma-can (Igfion.).
rta-ka or 5^4=^^^ rmig-lcags
lit. hoof-iron, horse-shoe.
5*5'q r/a rkya-pa or 5‘j'q one skilled
in horsemanship.
5'J^ rta-$kyin lit. “the horse ibex”; is
a curious large heavy animal peculiar
to Tibet, but straying also into North
Assam, the Budorcas taxicolor, known to
sportmen as the takin. Two species are
recorded, one found by Рёге David in the
ranges of Aloupin on the Chinese border,
the other occurring in the mountains of
the Mishmi and Abor territory.
5^34* rta-b$krag$ a clattering train of
horsemen.
5’M rta-gO) ^'gq’a^q- coat of mail for
a horse;	the horse-:
equipment for generals (Rtsii.).
54^ rta-gal saddle-bag.
5’HP< rta-gral,	a
number of horses kept in a row, prop,
cavalry in martial array.
54* rta-gra$=^ rta-ra stable.
5 *45 rta-bgad a horse-laugh; 5’г4\$*’
^q*rq to set up a horse-laugh (Schi).
5rta-rngo a horse’s head. 5'^'^=
5’4^ gru-tpin boat (Mnon.).
5*«§Jj’ Rta-mgrin, (Tamdin) n. of
deity with a man’s body but having the
head of a horse and which neighs fear-
fully to frighten beings who are mischie-
vous to Buddhism. The Hindu analogue
of Tamdin is Hayagriwa, and shrines to
this deity are not uncommon at the
present day in Assam.
5'4 rta-sga or 5^*4 saddle; 5*44^* or
5'44^v*4§jq the equipments of a riding
horse {Rtsii.).
531
5^1
я* I
rta-sgam a large trunk or chest
generally carried on horseback.
5ria-sgo the entrance for a horse or
pony, a gate-way.
5 rta-sgyel gen. connected with
the slaughtering of men and killing of
horses.
ria b$nags Ulan bzah-po
n. of the horse on which Buddha used to
ride when he was still a prince.
5’^ ria-can,	n. of a class of
Brahmans (Mnon,).
rta-Uag horse-whip; whip in
general.
5’*^ rta-chag dry fodder or provender
given to horses, such as peas, corn, oats.
rta-chas=^’§5 equip-
ments of a riding horse, including the
cloth that is wrapped round its breast.
rta-chun, 9 gre	a
constellation (Rtsii,).
З’а&ч] rta-mchog	“the best
horse,” the ideal horse which makes its
possessor a wealthy man; the mytholo-
gical horse of Indra, a sort of Pegasus
which partakes of divine properties. He
is called Balahaka the prince of horses
or in Tibetan
Syn.	can ges-p)a*,	legs-
hgro;	rlun-gi д$од-ра-сап;
rliin-las-iggyal*,	rnam-par-
dul-, rigs-ldatr,' gyi~lin'>
rlun-rta the horse of fortune or good luck
(Milon,).
Rta-mchog kha-hbab lit.
(i the. down-flowing mouth of the best
horse.” This is the appellation of the
Yeru Tsang-po or Brahmaputra during
the earlier portion of its course in Western
Tibet. Throughout Ngari it is known as
Tamjo Kha-bab. The river is supposed to
issue from a rock shaped like a horse’s
mouth, but in reality rises in a swamp in
a mountain-locked valley 12 miles cast of
Gur-lha in West Purang.
rta-ljan	a grey-
green horse or a horse the colour of which
is grey-green like a leaf.
^^5'^ rta gdon-me	a great
submarine Are which is believed to exist
in the southern limits of the great ocean:
5rta-gdon med-dm
dus-mthahi rlun lta-Ьи (devastating) like
the submarine fire and the wind at the
end of time (Rtsii.).
Ria-bdag brgad an epithet of
the god of wealth (Rtsii.).
rta bdun-pa ^нп§| an epithet
of the sun, whose chariot is said to be
drawn by seven horses; also n. of Varuna
the god of the oceans (Mnon.),
5'^ Rta-nag (Tanag) n. of a district in
Tibet situated a few miles to the north of
Tashi-lhunpo iu Tsang.
5VT4R’r<,l Ria-nag gna$-ga n. of a vil-
lage in Tanag;	n. of a town
in Tanag with a monastery called Rin-
er hen d sc.
rta-gnas a stable.
Syn. 5’Г^‘ ria-khan;
rngyogs-hgrohi gnas (Mnon,),
rta-rna the horse’s-ear, one having
the ears of a horse.
5’^*^ Rta-^na ri one of the seven
golden mountains of Buddhist mythology,
so called from its shape being like tho
nose of a horse.
rta-pa a horseman, a rider;
infantry and cavahy
(Ya-sel. 65), The terms signifying a
horseman are: 5'^,	'§kycs-
Ьгс-сап,	(Mnon,).
532	5'35<l
?‘qVfa rta-pa rta-shon in Ld. a balanc-
ing board, soe-saw {Jd\
$ rta-pahi dpun cavalry (Cs.).
rta-lpags a horse’s skin; n. of a
medicinal herb,
5rta-pho thal-dkar a stallion of
ash-colour (7Г. du. \ 18).
ria-phrug foal, the young of the
horso.
Syn. 3'5 thti-ru ; rte-hn ; $’$’3 fta-yi
bu; 5 3^ fte-thur; 5’3^ rta-phran (Mfion.).
$W4 rta-bab$ <т}ях 1. a raised place or
large stone generally kept at the entrance
of a house or monastery or temple for
alighting from a horse. 2.	the
pediment of a large door-way; acc. to
Jd. the arch of a gate-way.
5'^ rta-bcl a horse’s forelock.
5 rta-bre$	a stable; manger.
rta Jon is described as lag-pahi
naft-phyog rba hdra-wa dri fian-pa nasty
filth, such as that which occurs in fissures
inside the hand.
rta bon-pa	a mare.
Rta-dfyyafa a celebrated
Buddhist sage who was converted to
Buddhism, better known by the name of
Viracharya for his heroic devotion to tho
cause of that faith. He wrote an epistle
to king Kaniska, also a commentary on
the Sutranta.	ql У‘^1,
nj^At first
(in the first part of his life) he was a
. learned Tirthika Pandit, afterwards he
was converted to Buddhism, when being
called Acharya Vira he greatly furthered
the cause of Buddhism. Acharya As'va
Ghosha wrote a commentary on the
(Buddhist scriptural) workc ailed Dran-pa
nergshag (D. yd. 12).
rta-sbafa horse-dung ; 5'SM’S
horse-dung (strained) re-
moves worms and bilious vomiting.
$5*^ rta-dmag cavalry.
rta-rmig 1. a horse’s hoof;
* or 5,йч1‘ч13ч1^ silver ingots prepared in
the shape of a horse-hoof, weighing
variously from 125 to 156 rupees-weight.
2. a plant the leaves of which
resemble the horse’s hoof;
. [jthe egg-plant Solanum melon-
gena'yS.
rta-rdsiy or 5one that tends
horses; a groom.
tV’ also all the ascetics mentioned above
and below with the horse-minder (A-119).
5'4|^‘ rsa-gtsafi the pure horse necessary
for the sacrificial purposes of the Vedic
Brabmapas:	the
Brahmapical sacrifice of the horse accord-
ing to the Vedic rites.
5*3^ rta-shun a good horse.
rta-bzafi leag-bshin (lit. as a
whip is necessary to keep even a good
horse in order) is said to be a common
saying in Tibet for one person sending his
remembrances to another.
5‘<>* rta-zam lit. horse bridge, has a
double meaning : first, a government post-
station on the main roadway from provin-
cial centres to Lhasa, the place where
horses, &c., are changed; secondly, it is
applied to the post-rider or government
messenger himself. The best known
tazam, or tajam as the word is often heard,
are those situated on the great .postal
track which stretches fromLeh, vifi Gartok
and the north bank of the Tsang-po, to
Shiga-tse and Lhasa. The proper term for
the post-rider himself is ; however
usage has contracted it into 5'зя.
533
ms ।
$5'3 rtahi-burtahi nin-
lam wpfk a day’s journey on horse
back.	rtahi hu-lag a compulsory
service for the supply of oxen, mules, and
'horses. rtahi ra-ica an enclo-
sure for horses, a stable.
5*^ Rta-hon n. of a monastic club for
discussing metaphysical topics in the
monasteries of Daipung, Sera and Gahdan
(Lon. >14)-
5rta-yi mjug-ma (lit. the horse’s
tail) n. of a medicinal plant.
Syn. gyo Idan-ma;	zla-
icahi Io-та;	hdur-qyed $kyes\ <W
yal-gahi me-tog;	mthon-po
ma; ^5^ hgro-ldan;	lon-bohi
me-tog (Mfion.).
Rta^lahi kon n. of a mythologi-
cal race in ancient India (Yig.).
5'-^ rta-ga 1. horse-flesh. 2. the oblique
abdominal muscles of the hips.
5'^5 rta-qtid curry-comb (Sch.).
rta-sre a pie-bald horse.
[‘ Having pie-bald horses’; an epithet of
Marut or the wind-godj&
rta-gsar a new horse, a horse not
yet broken in or dressed (Schtr.);
a colt three years old newly broken and
saddled.
rta-gscb a stallion:
the dung of a stallion
of blue colour is a preventive of hydro-
phobia.
rta-gsod—^'^ ka-ra Ш-rathe
oleander, Nerium odortim (Mfion.).
rtag-pa	also f^ar,
fKf% 1. continuous, enduring,
lasting, eternal. 2. perpetuity, duration
to all futurity (a quality which, according
to Buddhist views, can be ascribed only
to absolute emptiness—Qunyata) :
ц	the chief of all
permanent things is voidity. й ^‘4 imper-
manent, not durable, perishable:
that, too, is subject to the law
of perishableness;	(“ tak-pa re-
shi ”) is the common colloq. expression in
C. for always, constantly (Snd. Ilbk.).
Syn. q brtan-pa; Ч ther-zug-
pa;	gtan du-wa;	rati-
fy shin gna§;	mi hgyur-wa;
gyuti-druft; mi-gshig; й'дрЧ mi-gyo;
’**5 gyo-med; gshon-me (liltion.).
эд’rtag-hkhrus che always washed
= assiduity.
rtag-chad lasting and transitory;
an abbr. of	the
theory of eternal existence or annihilation:
you have
avoided the false doctrine of perpetual
existence (Jdbrom. I4 £9).
rtag-$noms-la adv. uniformly,
equally.
5^’5 rtag-tu
always, continually, perpetually: 5^'5’
at all times do I seek refuge
in my lama (Buddha).
rtag-tu khol a slave, per-
petual servant:	a servant
of a resourceful minister (Hbrom. 152).
W’S’W rtag-tu dgah	always
cheerful ever happy; an epithet of
Mahadeva.
54]*6'^ Rtag-tu tiu 1. n. of a Buddhist
saint who used to weep when observing
the miseries of mundane existence. He
devoted all that he possessed to others and
by his religious ascetism and study
of the Prajnti-paramita he attained to
the position of a Boddhisattva (Jlbum.
501). 2. n. of a medicinal flower on
which dew is formed at all times on
?ТП51
534

account of which it is said to be always in
tears. It grows on high altitudes in Tsari
the most easterly district of Central Tibet.
W5*3*5 rtag-tu spyod чтчзг met. the fire,
which is always at work.
rtag-tu-ica eternal, perpetual;
also acc. to Cs. perpetuity, eternity.
5^‘5’чод rtag-tu hbab .a name of the
river Sit&, tho river of continual flow
(ДГлсш.).
rtag-tu hbyuft of eternal or
perpetual growth.
5^5’1^ rtag-tu §bym
perpetually giving or yielding.
Prafteptf always assiduous,
ever-applying.
W5'3 rtag-tu za lit. that eats at all
times, met. a horse.
5T6’'4C'’^’?VW rtag-tu tan-tsho Idan-ma
she who is at all times youthful, an epithet
of Draupadi tho common wife of the
P^udava brothers.
rtag-lta = ¥*\ ^%Q the doctrine of
the immortality of the soul and of all
things.
rtag-bde byed (lit. happy at all
times) an epithet of	Vais'ravana
the god of wealth (ДГпши).
Rtag-sdod land-steward or over-
seer.	the resident manager of
the estate of Lha-gsel in Tibet (Rtsii.).
qq rtag-pa ther-zug §mra-
bahi lia-ica the doctrine of a Brahmai?ical
sect in Ancient India:
qj	(they) did not
believe in the great unchangeable and
eternal principle (Theg. 33 to 39).
q rtag-pa don mtshon-
pahi lta-гса the doctrine or view as to the
eternity of matter and its attributes
(Theg. 33 to 39).
rtag-par FTT adv. always.
rtag-par hdsin-pa to look
upon what is transitory as lasting, and
henee to be worldly-minded, a worldling;
steady in lying down, i>., to be
continually at rest.
5^ 5 rtug-po adj. lasting, durable, re-
liable.
rtag-ma fmV eternity personified,
the eternal goddess; an epithet of DurgS.
Rtag-myo§	an epithet
of tho god of love.
rtag hdsin-can^^^'^^^^
ho who holds that things are permanent.
5^’V4 ttag shi-pa is an epithet
of Avalokitesvara Bodhisattva and S'iva.
rtag-res hkhor 1. ИН7ЧС
constantly recurring. 2.	acc.
to (&7u) constant change.
rtag8 1.	fa*,	fw
resp. ЗЧЛ4!*1 sign, manual, badge, token,
mark, characteristic, prognostic, &c. W’
good sign or token; evil mark
or bad sign;	auspicious	sign
or mark;	or	the
eight auspicious symbols or objects, v.
We have in	the
sign of being or not being, sufficiency or
insufficiency, &c.	§kyc-hchihi
rtags the signs of birth and death;
to make a mark;
tho badge or distinction of monk-
hood ; one having tho marks of an
ecclesiastic ; *£5fproof, clear evidence ;
on what
evidence have they seized him ?
a proof is necessary:
there is even no evidence or mark. $4*^
wfacf, fafaa having a mark upon it or
marked, stained; also ominous.
a harlot (Mnon.). 2.=*<^’* fa^
535
gender; the organ of generation;
rtag^mcd	hermaphrodite.
male organ;	female organ.
rtags-hjug the description of the distinction
of the sexes;	^’S’4
i^i, id.j a grammatical
treatise on the same (by Thon-mi Sam-
bhota). 5*]^ denotes also marks of gram-
matical distinction, such as terminations
etc.:	using such marks, making
grammatical distinctions.
rtag$-thug§ intimate connection.
rtags dam-phrug sign and
seal {Yig. k. 2).
$a]*ra]5j54 rtag§-gsum met. an oar
(<&w.).
rtab-pa acc. tot7a. = §qq or =5gq^*q
to be in a hurry, to be confused, fright-
ened, in a state of alarm (acc. to Zam.
= 9Y4).
^q’^q’P rtab rtab^po—^^^^ con-
fused, confounded with fear, perplexed :
hkhor-
rnam$ rtab-rtab-por gyur-te tham§-cad-kyis
bzfog all the attendants becoming panic-
struck turned back {Khrid. 1^0); ?q'?q
having become quite startled and
confounded.
^q'^q^ rtab-rtab-la also $q’jfq‘*i adv.
helter-skelter, pell-mell; also in haste,
^q^q- id. ^q ^‘q^-qK^q^q’Hiv §
it is not proper while perplexed
or confused to come to a legal decision
without minute investigation {Rdsa, 16).
rtas-pa, v. 45'q brta-wa.
ttas ytsan-дг mchod-
sbyin	the Vedic sacrificial cere-
mony in which horse’s flesh is used for
entertaining the invoked deities.
rlig-gi in Tsang lm%%rtehu foal,
colt.
c\
rtift what is behind or after (with
regard to space, but more particularly to
time). rtin-du, rtin-nay rtin-
la, adv. and postp. afterwards, after:
qf^'XS rtift-du bcos-so they were made
afterwards; byon-rtin la after their
appearance;	byun-rtin after he has
come; ^'5^ de rtifi-la after that.
rtin-bskul earnest entreaty of
exhortation {Sorig. 13£).
rtifi-lcags a spur; ^’gqprgqq
rtin-lcags rgyab-pa to spur, to prick with
the spur.
5^4*1 rtin-hjug remaining part, re-
mainder.
rtift-pa 1. the end, extremity,
lowest part, e.g., of a stick; gen. the
heel of the foot	{Mnon.). 2. В
phyi latter.
^c/qoi rtin-bal hair of the foot of goat,
sheep, etc.
stin-ma adj. and sbst. latter, the
last;	gtam-gyi rtifi-ma yin
it is the end of a speech, conversation or
discourse, this is my last and farewell-
speech;	rtin-ma ni-ma the fol-
lowing day.
Syn. phyi-ma\	rjcs-ma\
tje$-su bgyid\	rjes-su §grub;
ggam-ma;	mjug-maphyi-
fo§ {Mfion.).
I qq rtib-pa pf. q$q^ brtib^ fut. q brtib,
imp. rtib or ?q^ rtibs to break or pull
down (cf. rdib-pa); in Sikk, to beat
or thrash thoroughly.
Л’а rtug-pa, й’«qfc’w вгет 1. human
excrement; or *51* rtug-§kem dry
F-qf
536

excrement. 2. in C. wind, flatulency.
3. or 54, rtug, v. under
П rtuft-wa pf. fut. 4$*’ also
to make less, to shorten, to contract,
e.g., a rope, a dress: ЧУ^’Ч’Ч^м his neck is
contracted (Ja.).
rtun у. <45^ gtun;	rtun-ril a
trituration-bowl (&Л.).
rtun-pa diligence;	q rtun-
pahi $kyed~pa to be diligent (Zam); cf. ^4
rtul-po or ^5 blunt, dull,
stupid; a blunt weapon (Cs.); VK’5*
blundering; 5'^ blo-rtul weak
intellect.
rtul phod-pa ХГСТЖН, ofwr,
bold, intrepid; also sbst. courage.
jq'WgN Rtul-fyiaft $kye§=^&\*fc$
the son of Rtul-can-ma, ono of the ten
incarnations of Vishnu; a name of W3-
ктн;
rtc-thur^^ foal, colt;
*9^4 to bring forth a colt, to foal (Cs.).
rten 1. ш,	ww, S’*,
wnra a hold, support, esp. in com-
pounds : *| the plinth or base of a pillar
(Cs.); or a footstool (Cs.) 2.
WfWTS in Gram, the case which
denotes the place of a thing or person, the
locative. 3. зрск that which holds, con-
tains, or supports a thing: • lit. the
holder or receptacle of a person himself,
?>., an image of a deity, of a Buddha or
Bodhisattva}	letters, writ-
ings, holders of the doctrine, gen. consist-
ing in a volume of the holy writings.
8^*^ thug$-rten “ the holder of the heart
or mind” as manifest in a holy person.
The term is often applied to the
foregoing three.	gdufi-rten recep-
tacle for the bones or relics of a saint;
mchod-rten a holder ot depository for
oblations, a chaitya;	rig-pahi rten
receptacle of the soul, г.е., the body (Schtr^\
the houseless, bodi-
less soul:	tshe-
srog sem$-kyi rten the heart is the seat of
life and of the soul. Similarly is often
a term for a temple or shrine:
the deity in a shrine; again we have 8’^
shu-rten resp. phyag-rten a present,
gift, offering, t>., “ the holder or support
of a request.”
rten-khebs	the cover for
religious offerings.
^’B	a chapel or
cabinet to hold images with accommo-
dation for keeping offerings before them
and for religious books (Rtsii.).
rten-
ein hbrcl-war hbyun §nifi-pohi-cho g.ahl-
gzurig	n. of a
dharani expressing the essence of the
doctrine of relative existence or origina-
tion (K. gu. ч 288).
rten'-chas things, articles.
rten-pa 1. vb., pf. and fut. imp.
to keep, to hold, to adhere to, to lean
on; ^vq«r^-q to lean on a staff;
to keep or hold against a pillar; 4^*q*
«igprq^r^ to keep the hand on one’s
cheeks, to lean one’s head on one’s hand
in meditating; fig. to depend or rely on ;
^yq^ g-w the priest to whom one holds;
^•of-^-q to keep to the fat, i.e., to eat
much fat;	to be given
to sensuality. A frequent form of the
vb. is rten-nas:
following, depending on your orders; *5*
relying on my strength;
hence is frq. used for in conse-
quence of, with respect to,concerning, etc.:
^4^1
537

in consequence of that event;
4q’SS'qi’^VV4 in connection with a
noble object;	Iho-phyogt la
rten-nas to be situated towards the south;
'^rflj^qprq to look after or pursue
with one’s eye a ray of light. 2. sbst.
that which holds, keeps up;
these are the supports of king;
‘the doctrine of the hold-
giving bones’ t>., osteology. 3. adj.
attached to, faithful (Jd.).
rt( n-pahi rkyen dependent
cause; ^‘$’«1	<A’J^|yT4’q the dependent
cause of 'the formation of) ice is water.
rten-hbrel is said to be a contrac-
tion of	’^g^rq^j^q rten-par hbrel-war
hgyur-wa	1. it is best defined
not as causal concatenation but as the
inter-dependent causes which have origin-
ted matter and all phenomena. These
mutually contributory causes, however,
according to Buddhist theory, properly
centre in or spring forth from avidyd (Tib.
or the ignorant belief that all
which seems to us to exist does so exist
when it is really non-existent. 2.
omen; circumstances combining to found
a judgment or prognostic; diagnosis.
Milaragpa says of rten-hbrel: дкчр^^'З'
understanding rten-
hbrel to be the whole doctrine of transmi-
gration in general. However, he deviates
from tho purer philosophy by averring
that the co-operating cause at work in
^ten-bbrt I is produced by tho deep myste-
ries of and (Mil. ^,59). The
doctrine involved in rten-hbrel is fully
dealt with in Tsong-khapa’s great work,
the Lam-rim ehen-mo. He sums up the
argument thus:	1
i.^qV5|	*4'
II The certitude that all
theso things are in their very essence void
and yet that from the one its fruit the
other springs forth, the two uninterup-
tedly hither or thither mutually assisting
each other—what can be more wonderful
than this, and what has arisen more
stupendous than it!
^’Rg<rg'^pv4 rten-hbrel-gyi hkhor-lo
the wheel illustrating the
process of the working of successive exis-
tences and helpful in meditating on them
and in methods for getting rid of their
influences, etc. In the tractate
rten-hbrel gyi-hhor-lo mi
hdra-гса Ъео-brgyad (A. 35) there are
eighteen different descriptions of the wheel
illustrating the cycle of Pratitya samut-
pada> the earliest one having been designed
by N^garjuna as contained in Tan. d.
32. In it are contained indications of hu-
man destiny, luck, happiness and misery,
which are drawn up in set formulas.
the
Sutra describing the relative existences
and the distinctive features contained in
them (K. d. *ч 203). In it are described the
science of divination, the art of drawing
omens from different occurrences and
signs.
^•^orq^R rten-hbrel bsgom=4^w^
an epithet for a Pratyeka Buddha
(М&ш.).
rten-hbrel rtogs-pa to in-
vestigate significant or ominous incidents
and draw inferences therefrom;
to know such, or one who knows
them (e.g., a physician when treating a
patient must try to find out the auspices).
good auspices ;	bad
omens.
69
538
5^1
rten-hbrel yan-lag
bcu gnis tho twelve inter-dependent. con-
tributories to the ori gnat ion of all pheno-
mena. Or, more fully:—Tho twelve
inter-dependent elements which together
contribute to the production of all pheno-
mena ; the twelve, however, being theore-
tically not simultaneous in origination
but occurring in a certain sequence ; each
indeed being dependent on its predecessor,
though not exactly evolved from it,
because by a process of re-action the pre-
decessor is also dependent for manifesta-
tion on its successor. Thus, while the
succeeding contributories may be said to bo
evolved in a measure from the preceding
ones, there is a mutual dependence which
makes all the twelve co-ordinate also.
The twelve inter-dependent originations
in the Pratitya Samutpada are:—(1) *
ignorance ; (2)	associa-
tion er impressions; (3)	con-
sciousness; (4) Sk’sppqq name and
form; (5) д’яЦ §kye-mched wwf the six
sense-organs; (6) Кчр contact; (7)
^•q i^<rr feeling; (8) sred-pa 5JVq
.desire or hankering after; (9)
sensual enthralment; (10) §\q srid-pa НЧ
procreation; (11) j'q skye-wa, birth;
(12)	3 5ПТНТЧГ old age and death.
rten-ma prop, support, pillar.
rten tynan-pa subordinate; of
lower position or order, junior; a ge-tshul
is subordinate to a ge-long, a ge-nyen is
inferior to a ge-tshul or Cramanera:
he being inferior
in rank, lc., in the religious order, he did
not make salutation with his body (Л. 56).
rten-gshi 1. basis, foundation
2,=Г^'В*4residence, home
(Жоп.). 5^4^ rten-g.na^ id.
54 I'toj 1. in rtog-khan
zrrar a room dr place of amusement on
the top of a house or building. 2.
for tog.
5<p I: rtog-pa гпй, чгаш sbst.
1. consideration, deliberation, reflection;
q rtog-pa $kye-ica or ^‘q’ni'a^qq to
reflect on a thing, to indulge in musings.
2. scruple, hesitation:	rtog-pa
§ky* $-te to grow doubtful, hesitating.
II- vb., pf. w or
imp. or	to consider, exa-
mine, search into, muse. upon=4^^
or «Vq^-q (Шоп.):	though
ono meditates (upon the soul), one can-
not understand. To trouble one’s head
about a thing is considered a fault much
to be guarded against, and the more so,
as religious faith as well as meditation
require the mind to be strictly free from
distraction, and especially in meditation
to be concentrated on a single object
only :	contemplation without
any disturbing reflections.
'^rtog-ge the act of arguing, rea-
soning; dialectics (Cs.) \ rtog ge-pa
an arguer, disputer, reasoner (Cs.);
rtog-gehi $pyod-yul ma-
yin-pa	not being the object of
controversy or arguing.
^Гч-^едвгч rtog-pa daft bral-wa
ftu without imagination, free from во-,
phistication.
rtog-pahi dgra	n. of a
tree.
Syn.	rgyal-byet} fiti, О *‘5$
ehu-khifl $kye§ (Ш#п.).
^q^*§S,q r^/7-P^ •Ъуёф-ра :f°
fancy, to imagine.

539

rtog-dpyodszWW*^ or
(Mnon.) fsr^TT consideration; examina-
tion, trial:	without
examination or reflection (Л. 7Г. 1-36).
^’SSV4!^’4 to identify, to discern to
recognize as, e.g.,	it is ascertain-
ed to be bile, to be caused by bile.
to identify as being different (Ja.).
^5 rtog-med simple, unsophi-
sticated; also simplicity; singleness of
heart.	it should not be
interfered with; he does not meddle with
that (Jai).
^1'^5 rtog-med logics—
mistakes caused by wrong or false con-
clusions, such as while passing in a boat
to maintain that the trees and houses on
the bank of a river are moving; in the
same manner holding that all phenomena
are permenant, &c. (Zozl. ^15).
rtogs dkah-icahi gna§~
a very inaccessible and fear-
ful place.
rtogs-hgro nfa a number ;
a great number.
rtog§-brjod or
lit. discriminative speech, the utter-
ance of what is fully grasped; a common
designation for the recital of the events of
an ideal life, full of instructive lessons.
rtogs-brjod brgya-pa
n. of a work contained in the
Kah-gyur (7Г. d. ^).
rtogs-brjod
rin-po-che dpag-bsam khri-gin
<<n the great work of the Kashmirian poet
Kshemendra on the deeds of tho Buddha,
in 108 chapters, translated into metrical
Tibetan by Shon-ton Lo-tsa-wa^ and form-
ing the 93rd volume of the Tangyur
collection.
brjed-
thohi deb-yig a memorandum book (Rtsii.).
rtogs-hdod can desirous of
knowiug or learning; inquisitive (Ja.).
rtog^dan	=
a sage, a general term to signify such.
rtogs-pa I: ftfu, ШЯ,
HHU,. irfa sbst. thorough percep-
tion, infallible knowledge. It is stated
that ordinary mortals are incapable of
cogitating on the merits and qualities of
Buddhas and Bodhisattvas. The true
Rtogs-pa cannot be acquired in the first
instance, the (meaning of a thing) first
must be understood (^’^V4) and that may
lead to the acquirement of knowledge by
лдл’ч fir^T study; then comes reflection
or meditation, and last of all is Rtog^-pa
the full comprehension. Thus we can
define as : 1. the true perception of
all things in general, which leads to the
attainment of the	so-so skychi-sa
stage of ordinary perfection. 2. a true
metaphysical development leading the
way to what is called	that is, to
Nirvana. This last is called
or	fsreHU, the clear understanding or
perception, the same as or meta-
physical voidity or nothingness.,
Syn.	khon-du chud-pa ;
mkhas-pa;	go-wa;
Wq idags-pa;	byaft-wa fays.
II: vb. to perceive, to know;
to understand : S554’* they did not
understand; though they inquired into
it;	to obtain information;
to convince one’s-self of a thing;
to teach, demonstrate, to convince a
person. «’Jpiprq stupid, ignorant; igno-
rance.	self-knowledge.
540
rtogs-рч hkhrufa-pa
the growth of ideas, thought,
fq* qq• 'q^X rtog^-pa chen-
po yons-su rgyu$-pahi rndo a metaphysical
work in the Kah-gyur (Mdo. 41$);
^rjsrq^iq^ rtog§-pahi gter or *X’*^’4W
another
work in the Kah-gyur (Mdo. 325).
rtcg^spyod theory and practice.
rtog$-$pod byed-pa to know and
to practise;	rtog$-$pyod la
njkhas-pa theoretically aud practically reli-
gious.
rtog$-shib thorough inquiry;
investigation of minute details.
rtog$-ya$ (5^) HHHT n. of a
numerical figure.
rtog$-§la easily comprehended,
or easy to understand.
rtod-pa=^ or ’ЭТ (ДГйои.) 1.
vb. to fasten, to secure, tether (v.	);
to drive iu a stake or peg (Ja.). 2.
shst.=?pS^ a stake in the ground for
fastening a horse, a boat, etc.; a peg in a
wall for hanging up things; id.
^•4 rton-pa (4^pfq or WtjJWH,
яЭпнч to place confidence in a person,
to rely on, to adhere to, to act in accord-
ance with. In connection with the mean-
ing of rton-pa common sayings prevail
among the learned of Tibet:—(1) ^5'5
rely on the
import of words, do not depend on their
literal signification ; (2)
do not depend on the personality of a
teacher but rely on his doctrine; (3)
огй Xtf’eirely on ascertained state-
ments not on those quoted from memory;
(4)	rely on absolute
knowledge, not on mere perception. •
^1
Syn.	rton-pa;	Ыо
b$tad-pa;	yid che$-ya;	tJe&
su hbraft (Mfion.).
rtol in acc. to Schr. the pith
or marrow of a doctrine; to know
thoroughly (Schr?).
rtol-mo a cross back to the yak
by breeding an animal three-parts of
Indian parentage with a pure-bred yak.
rtol-wa pf. L to bore, to pierce,
to perforate. 2. to be present in от at;
to reach:
*’|*г4 (Л. 74) there was a manuscript
which being left in Man-yul could not
reach Tibet be extant there).
rtol ma-rtol arrived or not arrived; 4 мг
^**4^4 acc. to Schr. mftwicm’ the coral-
tree Erythrina Indica; also a tree of
paradise.
^**3)*	prescience,
intuitive knowledge, knowing without
being taught:	it is
said he knew intuitively many religious
doctrines (J. Zaft.).
lia 1. v. under gA Itar. 2. v. Jd. in
loco.
Ita-wa I: vb. pf. qg*, fut. 4g,
imp. g* or 4g resp.	1. to look,
take a look at, espy, g’4 implies a special
visual act, whereas is the general
power or habit of seeing, beholding, etc. :
$'^*4^*qgN’q*iwhen you have seen what it
is like;	I
।	the wife, having
taken the boy and looked at him, because
he was a fine comely child, greatly rejoiced
(Dzl.);	though you look (for
it), you do not see it (Mil.); the imp.
look! in C. is often both written
and spoken	and we even hear
“to-tang” with the same meaning.
541

4 pleasing when looked upon; also
name of the chief city of Indra on 4ie
top of Mount Sumeru; g'S go there
and look (at it)!	to gaze all
round;	1° look up and down;
B'a4i or to look back. Colloq. in the
sense of to look at Ita-wa is usually prece-
ded by йд| the eye :	looking at it.
2. to look for, to search for; in this sense
common in Ж., е.д.>	*«w’уч’Ч’Яч' the
horse has not come, go and look for it. 3.
t о view mentally, to consider, look into; also
to examine, investigate: чм'«гч^м^ if I did
not examine it; to feel a person's
pulse; «ц'^гчуч to consider if it will be
useful. $^ч? let us see who is greater or
taller; ^Ч’ХК’Ч^ we shall see that after-
wards;	to examine or search
into minutely; ^S‘g‘4 is the expression
most in use for to examine, to test, to try;
let us see how many there are;
to investigate closely. 4. a fourth
and not unimportant usage of ^4 is to
express a stage in mystic meditation
wherein it means to be in the first or con-
templative stage, during which one must
be especially oblivious to all sounds and
to all that is occurring around one, the
sight and that limited to a single object
being the only sense in action : 0^*45
ч there
must not be attention to even so much as
the bark of a dog or the chirp of a spar-
row ; if there is hearing, there is no con-
templation (Jft7. 'И).
II: sbst. 1. a look, the act of look-
ing. 2. contemplation (mystical). 3.
opinion, doctrine, theory, philosophical
system, school,	the theory of.
perpetual existence or duration (of worldly
things). ^qvar4=awja false opinion
or heretical view (<Za.).
^’Ч’чуч Ita-wa ftan-pa	jealous
sight, spiteful or mischievous sight.
g’4’$m lla-wa nams-pa	of
heretical views . $з ч5	tta-uahi rtul
shugs-ma	having obscured vision
or heretical views.
^*чкй lta-wa§ mi-fioms not satisfied
with a glance, wishing to look at it
more; hencea very hand-
some shape от person (Жлоп.).
to-irajrAo/z-wZ-f^the sight
of which is never enough, met. a very
handsome person (Mfion.).
Ita-byed met. the eye (Milon.).
Ita-log or false statement;
false doctrine, heresy; acc. to Jd. any
irreligious impulses of the mind, perverse
and sinful thoughts.
g'S lta-Ъи i: V,	may
be described as an adj., though often used
in the manner of a postp. instead of and
It is generally conjoined with the
substantive vb. with the signification of to
be like, to be as (another), to be equal to :
ч^чч^ч ^ч5§<ум<	I my-
self am not like Chenrezig with many
hands, or I have not myself many hands
like Chenrezig;	one as
wise as three village-elders («>., the village
council);
you have a voice like that of a companion
giving advice;	he became
(to him) like a father; чЗ’Р^’д^ч-^^
having eye-lashes like those of a cow (Stg).
tta-Ьи и : =	gzugs-brnan or
g‘4 %ku-hdra a likeness, reflected image,
image (MAon.).
g’S in : v. §‘-1 $ku-$a (MAon.).
ltanul-pa a spy, scout;
to spy, to explore, v. 5^'4 nul-wa.
542
I
tta-§tan§ 1. a glance or aspect,
look;	a mild look or counte-
nance (Cs.);	an angry or fierce
look (Cs.). 2. the magical and powerful
look employed by Tantrik experts in ordor
to control or subdue demons;
to east such a magical magnetizing
look. In the narratives ascribed to Mila-
raspa, frequent mention is made of his
exorcising this power.
’Ц Itag-pa 1. describe 1 as jn*
the projecting parts at the back of
tho crown of tho head. 2> the back part
of the neck, the nape. 3. tho upper or
back part of any thing; ST^l’4 tho back of
a knife; tho back of a house; a
the back of an axe; ^'0 [tag-spu neck-hair;
mane of the horse, or that of the lion.
[taj-kcr the bones of the neck.
“the
curved bones below the napo of tho nock.”
Itaj-sjo tho back-door of a house-
As the cottages in a Tibetan village
mostly stand on hill-side, tho back-door
is also the upper door.
+ tfag-sgre or	an-
terior or posterior; upper and lower.
Itag-gcod or ^*05 1- decapita-
tion. 2. acc. to Sch. changeable, fickle,
inconstant.
Itag-mdad the hole in the occi-
put, tho connexion of tho brain with the
spinal marrow (Jd.).
ttag-sprod byed-pa, to trans-
pose ; to put in alternation :
to administer medicines alternately*
or one after another.
tho hand-drum made of pieces of
skull put in alternation ;
it is described as bringing the necks
together opposite each other.
Uag-hbig
(Jig.) the piercing right through from tho
breast to the back of tho neck.
Itag-ma what is uppermost, е,д.^
words written over other words.
Itag-rtsa^tfi the back;
Itag-rtsa §grefi-$gren the back stiff
and unbending (Rdsa. 29).
Raft 1. a bale of goods carried on
one side of a boast of burden, half a load;
two bales, or a whole load. 2. also
= in IK. adv. through, quite through:
ono sees from tho
outside into the interior;	bore
through;	be is passing
through, he does not make a stay hero (Ja.).
givepi Raft-phul occurs in
(D. R. 300).
Uaft^pyad-pa explained as
to minutely examine ; whe-
ther a thing is good or bad, etc. (Yig. 16),
Rad-mo гггчг, гггФТ,
a bight, scene, spectacle; exhibition,
musical entertainment;	to go
to an entertainment, to some amuse-
ment ;	do not remem-
ber or recall the scenes of a country life.
$5’^ Itad-mo che great display,
entertainment:
tho father said, what is the cause of this
grand display and prodigy ? (df/Л).
ltad-то khan a play-house, ex-
hibition, stage, etc.;	ltad-то inkhan
or	a show-man, actor, mimic, etc.
ltad-mo lta-гса to look at a
scene, to witness a play or scene:
Rad-mo Ra-wahi sa a place where
there is something to be seen for amuse-
ment; a theatre; Rad-mo-pa a spec-
tator, a visitor :	Rad-mo la
543
I
htshogs they came together to (a sight);
an entertainment; ^'йя’^’я^ Itad-mohi
4ge-mtshan innocent amusement, entertain-
ment.
Uad-mo sna-tshogs different
kinds of amusements and entertainments,
as:—gq* 5 ’ а&я ’ яду q elephant fighting;
SS^’S’^’^^gyq a tournament; ^’«rwq
to scuffle; ^е/я£д] climbing up ; ^aterq’wrci
bulbul fight;	Я’^гчдуч
buffalo fight; д*п^я’я&сч to jump from
upon the shoulder of one person to that
of another person;
exhibiting the summits of the
royal standards and the supreme power;
a review of troops
(Л; du, S 501),
+ т-Pf Itan-pa — ^^ ^TT, ЗтГ joined
together.
Itab-pa pf. ч^чя, fut. imp.
to fold or gather up; to lay or put
together; J^’^’q to fold single ;
to fold double,
|4'§5'q Ttab-byed-pa to fold up; «|$я*
to fold or bend together three-fold
(c.^., a corpse previous to cremation or
anything else).
ltab-ma a fold, crease, plait (Cs.);
clasp-knife. ^’Я’^^яя’^ llab-ma
dgn-rtsig§ can one with nine folds piled
one upon another, i.e., nine-thick (Sorig.
119).
^я’^я Itam-ltem immaterial, ephemeral,
unsubstantial, toy-like; the meaning
may be conveyed by the words
or	col.	and
Dge §byor ltam4tem tham&cad ma-rig-pahi
rkyen-gyi§ hdu-byed yin-te (A. 51) Oh,
Cramana, all those immaterial toy-like
things are brought together (made pheno?
menal) by means of ignorance.
ltam$-pa pf. ч|’яя3 fut.
1. to be full, also	2, vrrf<f resp.
to be born; д^^ч^'^я^я^я skyed-
pahi yab-dan bltam§ pahi yum the father
by whom one is begotten, and the mother
by whom one is born (Ja.).
liar or tta-la and sometimes
simply g It a, words akin to but more
directly used as postp. governing accus.;
and the first two, also, as adv.—like,
as, after the manner of; ^|я^ц’5’Я’Х«г
5’^*q-^T^’q	made
like as the work Prajnaparamita;
^я having heard so, being told so; ЭТ'
§5’q’^v§5’q making a gesture like mak-
ing salutation;	Я’А^’^Я’^’дч’^’Я’-у#-
ВМЯ the demi-god of the place was carry-
ing a fungus as a shield;
lonely as a rhinocerus; зк?^’^’§чя’§чя
undulating like a steppe. ^’^=thus,- as
follows; or like that, in that
way. Colloq. я^ or я^’ч are generally
substituted for etc.:	be
is doing so.
Itar-ltar or	the
early stage of the embryo while it is
being formed in the womb.
lias I: for ^я see; also ^я’<£я or
$я'Э^ has seen. Should be ^я.
И: or ё'^я (similar to ^я), ртЯпг
omen, prognostic, but generally used for
a bad omen; ^я*<ря§с.’ч accident, a
danger befallen ; ВРя^’Ч^^я miraculous
sign, prodigy, a miracle; ОД'^Я'УЯ'^я a
propitious omen;	rmi-ltas bzan-
po a good sign in a dream ^’^я a favour-
able omen Ч'^я or :^Я’ЧЗ| a bad sign; §Я’$Г
^qfq	the science of drawing
omens,
544	>Ч|
$w q lta$*pa	a diviner, astro-
loger.
Itas-su bbyuft-wa
meeting with an accident.
[ti-ri pitcher (Sch.).
еч
Itig-thun in C, a person of
small stature, perh. a corruption of
ite-thuft (Jd.).
ltib-pa to fall through (Sch}.
c\
Itir wfayJ full; g*3** *1*4 ltir-gyi$
gaft-wa full to the brim.
ijvq [tir-wa, v. ldir-wa.
ЭЦ’ Ituft fut. and pf. of ^’4 Ihuft-
wa to fall, to fall down:
having fallen from the tree;
Oven what is high will even-
tually fall down: ^’g^’ a moral fall, a
sinful deed.
Ituft-byed	a transgres-
sion, crime;	fallen into dam-
nation ; g*’*X5 wishing to fall, .to sin;
alsp apt to fall.
Itun-wa wnrfn, цтспг, Prafa sbst.
fall	esp. moral fall;
stained with sin; g^n'n-qqN’q confession
of sin;	ltuft-wa ma-hdre$-pa
Xjmrcnf&T^n not mixed with sin; jmr
ltuft-wa las Ыаписа чтргагжтя to
raise up from a slip into sin. g*/4V*5*'
«Й’^*4 It и ft-war hgyur-bahi chos acts or doc-
trines which cause falling into sin; un-
righteous actions or unscrupulous prin-
ciples ; g^‘^5 ttufi-med *pn<rfvr sinless.
-4
Ite-wa or lte-ра ^rfa,
1. navel	^гпнтбт; musk-pod of
musk-deer:	p’w ww
<^\qK Ite-wa, la m ned byed-na, kha-zas
bzah-war hdod-paho (K. gu. 50) if the
navel be rubbed, there will be desire to
eat food,
zab-zlum gyas hkyyil don-grub bzaft a navel,
deep, round, or coiled to the right, is a good
sign of success (JJ,). 2. navel-string,
umbilical cord:	Ite-wa gcod-pa
to cut the umbilical cord;
sq-^q^q khoft-faft gi Ite-wa guft-thaft du
bcaj-pa his navel string was out at Guft-
thaft, i.e., ho was born there. 3. fig.=the
middle of a thing or centre;
the centre of a circle or disk.
mu-khyuj gsum-gyi Ite-war in the
middle of three concentric circles or disks;
the navel or axle-tree of a
water-wheel;	the navel of the
earth, i.e., Gayft in Magadha.
^‘4’5*1 Ite-wa skyes Hrfasran, nifSnn
born from the navel is met. for 9 a raven;
also an epithet of Brahmft (Affton.).
Ue-wa hkhyil	n. of a
medicine.
^•q-qor^ Ite-wa bal-ean (lit. in
whose navel there is a store of wool)
met. the spider (Mfton.).
ite-wa gshuft-rafi the central
place of government in Tibet, i.e., Lhasa.
jjTfl’W fye-wa bzaft one of the names
of Mount Tise in Ngari (Igfton.).
ite-le prob, the polecat.
[teft-ka 1. acc. to Ja. v. Itaft.
2.=^’J* n. of a Buddha. 3. f<wr pool,
pond. 4.	n. of a disciple of
Buddha.
^4 Iteb pocket in the fold of garment:
na-bzahi tteb-tu beug-
(Л. 72) putting (the gold) in the pocket
of his robes he went on.
545
|
^чч lteb-pa (cog. to j?4'4) to double
down, to turn in; л?ч |ч ч to turn in the
edge, cf. fne-mo.
Item-rgyaft whim, caprice.
5^’4 ltem-ра the state of being full,
a vessel full of water ; full, over flowing;
^54*23 ltem-po full; Item-Item so full
that it runs over (Ja.).
Ito 1. wa food, victuals; ^’wq
Ito bzah-ica to eat; also to gain one’s liv-
ing;	Ito-yafi ma-zos he did not
eat his meal, i.e., anything.	^f7“
la Ito-st er feed the sheep;	Ito gyo-
wa to prepare food;	lto-no srog-
tshoft he risks his life in order to procure
food; a gla-bto wages and food;
Ito-gos or ifjsi Ito-rgyab food and clothes;
SfS4 B^ rgyab-skyid food, clothes and
comfort; lto~chufty lto~ran acc.
to Sch. a person temperate in eating, g'
Ito hdun-can an epicure, parasite
(Ja.). 2. goat’s-beard {Tragopogon) used
as a kitchen vegetable.
cS'-flc/q^rq Ito-kluft fyfab-pa v.
Ito-loft bdab-pa.
ffVI* Ito-dkar white-belly; an
epithet of Rnam-sras or Kuvera.
Ito-skur chod-po btab-pa
to greatly slander, spread scandal (DJ?.)
lto-§kur chod-pu btab-pa s id.
lto-hgefis = $%4 glen-pa a fool,
an imbecile (ДГпоп.); jTq’^Mrq lto-wa
hgefts-pa	full-stomach; ^q'^q^r
satiated with food (jMftow.).
[to-hgro 1. met. a snake.
2. symb. num. 8.
Ito hgro-dgra an eagle; an
epithet of the conveyer of Vishnu {Mnon.).
= {Yasel. 36) зяп,
belly, stomach;	lto-ua mtshufts-
pa	of equal stomach or having ,
a belly of similar size; met. brother.
Ito-can—*^ or g*?3! an arrow
{Mftonl).
Ito-chas provisions.
Ito che-wa—^S^ za phod-pa
a large belly, voracious.
Syn.	gsus-poche; g'q’R^ q Ito-
wa hphyaft-wa\	Ito ldir-wa\ *|V
8* rked-sbom:,	gsus-rdsift-can
{Mnon.).
Ito-wa Idir globular, bulbous; *4^’
S^’q’^q^ gser-gyi bum-pa Ito-ica Idir a
golden pot with a huge bulb {Hbrom. 9).
^’gw’q Ito §num-pa rice-cakes with but-
ter or any oily substance.
Ito-hphye nilKU, a snake,
a reptile that creeps.
Ito-hphye chen-po HTtKTT a
python; also described as ^'q^'V’c/^q^
demi-god, or huge god of the soil of the
serpent-kind.
Ito-sbos wittk a swollen belly.
Ito-yus can	conceited,
selfish person.
Ito-ras handkerchief, napkin.
llo-lan tsa or thick cotton
cloth used in India for spreading on the
floor; evidently a corruption of the Hindi
word
= lto-kluny
«J-q^^-^^’q^q’^-q^ hu-bu hphogS-SU
btsun-mo tto-kluft btdb gsun-was (D.R.).
Itogs-hdre a demon {Sch.);
prob, the same as hdre-ltags.
70
|
546

ltog$~pa 1.	hunger:
ltog$-pahi gzir тпяпкрн suffer-
ing from hunger; |Tq)*l|ql Itogi-phyng
hunger, /.<?., poverty and wealth. 2. vb.
to be hungry :	I am hungry (Cs.).
cfrjq-q-^-q to suffer a person to be
hungry, to starve. 3. aec. to Sch. to
regret:	do not always lie down
in regret! ^|4’qvqj«J4’q resp. to be full
of regret (P).	4. adj. hungry:
sem§-can Itog^pa rnam$ the
hungry animals; ^prm^vq ltog$-par
htyur-wa to grow hungry.
3j Itogs-gri starvation. In colloq%
hunger:	‘ijv^-q-QW Ла7-
dag ltog$-gri ham hkhyag-grir hdd-wa ham
are these going to die from hunger or
cold ?
Itofi-ka the groove at the lower
end of an arrow to fit it on the bow-string.
It oh-да 1. notch, incision, indenta-
tion;	mdah-ltoh the notch in an
anow. 2. a depression ; ri-ltoft de-
pression in a ridge of mountains; ki-
lt on the indentation of a mountain-pass
JdX
Itofa summit (Jd.} f’r)
It о fa-pa	a dunce, an unlet-
tered person.
£q'£N ltob-cha$ (^*«0 food, provisions,
etc. (in Sikk.).
llob§ v. tdob§; in *jKXfa|*r|q«
Л 104).
ltoms-ра—^’^ or
(A. 104) the
twenty-one objects desired by the Lord
. Atis'a).
ttor a bastard- sra§-ltor a
bastard prince (Jd.). ^v^N’q [tor shugs-pa
to be in the womb being illegitimately
conceived; bastard conception:
(K. du. 5 261) from
the time the child was conceived in the
womb her illness was alleviated.
rtol=Jfa rtol a calf bred by a
yak-bull on а or female cross of a
yak and oow- (Rtsii.).
attendants.
Qpfcq^N together with attendants (Yig.).
2. v. ^4. 3.=^ (Sch.).
*{У$ГЦ ItoS’pa vb. to attend to; to look
at, on, or to. Is akin to and always
governs the dative
«Ц khyod-dc la [to$ mi-dgo$-pa shig-yin
you need not attend to that;
de-la lto§-na if I look at or consider this
taking it for example;
without looking at each, take one.
lto$-$pag$ meat and rice cooked
together (Sikk.).
^•^5 lto$-med ярикн,
continual, without interruption, in a con-
tinual stream or flow.
§fa is defined thus: f^rs'4Л?5’сг^'
V^prq*	(Ubum, 283).
ner-b§ftog^ or
tfon-du hgrig-pa
preparation, early arrangement. If
$ta-gon byed-pa to make prepara-
tion, to make arrangement for a person’s
reception :
having decided what course to follow,
when he was preparing to sleep (A-67) ;
^ q5-|p-?^-ftrq^N rose Up f0 make
preparations for food (Ulil.).
sta-gri pick-axe, v. $ta-re
(Шоп.).
ГЧ1
547

sta-rnon sde-rnon occurs in the
passage :—bdud-kyi $ta-
rnon sde-rnon ggi§ (DJ?.).
$ta-bon occurs in the passage:
de-na§ §nin-po §ia-bon la gna$-pa ni rdsas-
kyi $ta-bon tshig-bfad kyi-bon (D.R.).
^a-swr=5^**4 dpyi-mgo ^tfir,
hip, hip-bone,e.g.y as the seat of strength:
tfa-zur yan-chad from the hip
upwards (Ja.).
§ta-re = §'=g frequently f	;
sfg^rr axe, hatchet.
$4] stag аощ the Bengal tiger,
which is  not, however, ’ found in Tibet.
In tho far S. E. districts tho thick-furred
Chineso variety of tiger is said to be occa-
sionally met with; but iu general, to Tibe-
tans, the tiger is only an animal of legend
and literature, though actual tiger-skins
are imported into the country. §4’SJ4 a
tiger cub; f4’^ a tigress; g4‘^’ a tiger’s
den; ?4*^* the stripes on a tiger’s skin;
§4'§|a tiger’s tooth
overcomes toothache; £4’4’3'^*’£'R44^5
stag-gi §pu-yi$ sna-khrag gcod tiger’s hair
inhaled as smoke stops bleeding from the
nose;	and cures
all pains in the body and the head; £4’^T
tiger’s-bone softens disease
of the bones (perhaps caries).
Syn. Vi* dri-snom;	rnags-kyi
fican; ^'§5 htshe-byed \	brtnl-phod;
ftar-$kad-can; 4^’4^’H’^ gcan-
gzan-khra-bo; lus-bkra (Mfton.).
£4*VF stag-dkar lit. white tiger; n.
of a demi-god belonging to the JJw or
Naga class and which is believed to be
striped.
^4'0'5 stag-khra-po = %'^phye-ma
leb khra-po a marbled or striped butterfly
(Mift. 4).
£4’4’^‘^ stag-gi rkaft-pa=S^'^^K‘
n. of a tree or plant.
Syn.	tshlgs-maft (Mnon.),
• ?4’5’^‘^ stag-gi sen-то W lit. the
tiger’s nail; n. of a sweet-scented plant.
Syn. ^4’g^ lag-skyes;	sbrul-
gyi mtshon-cha \	hkhor-lohi
rnam-pa can (Mnon.).
st a j-gras occurs in the passage
£4’Зрг^’4ц’Х‘(Rtsii.).
£4,<SN §t'ig-chas articles carried by
travellers such as tinder-casc, smoking im-
plements, weapons, etc. (in striped skin
bags).
£4’^ stag-ldan	the plant
Solamtm jacquini (K. d. 1X1 £14).
£4'4C’ stag-don —quiver. £4’\^’
4^4’^qq a quiver for arrows lined with
leopard’s skin (Rtsii.).
£4£ Stagsde n. of a place in Tibet:
V£4’£ ’4*Цto the west are two
places called Tag-de and Zig-phan.
£4'^ §tag-rna	n. of the son of
Tri-S'anku king of the Sudra class who by
the force of his logic had induced a ricli
Brahman to give his daughter in marriage
to his son Sardulakarua.
^’4 §tag-pa the birch-tree; a large
species occurs in Tibet, £4'^ $tag-(}uu
birch bark.
Syn. 5’4 gro-ga; 4^4**^4* gdugs-khyebs;
44^'4 pags-gya can ; w'4^'44 yi-gehi fishi;
re-khahi bdab\	(pin-pa
hjanr, gj4^’*r^ sgmg^-pa ntnen (Mfton.).
I	548	I
f4!	stag hbroS’pahi-sfiags the
eharm to make a tiger run away, чтений
(/Г ди, « 52).
54 ag-ma n. of a medicinal plant:
^4Stag-tse rdsofi n. of an ancient
fort situated to the east of Lhasa:
3the walled
fortress of Stag-rtse was the earliest
fortress of Tibet (<7. Zafi,).
Stag-tshan (lit. the tiger’s den);
a place in Tibet well known for being
the birth place of 1H £ q Stag-tshaft Lo
tsd-ua.
^5 Stag-tshafi Ra-wa $tod n. of
a well-known hermitage situated in the
mountains to the west of Lhasa (Zatf. > 5).
^rj-^orq Stag tshal-wa (lit. tiger’s-grove)
n.of a place in Tsang:
(Л-65) think-
ing that tho Jo-wo (Atis'a) should under
any circumstance be brought to Tibet, the
Lo-tsa-wa of Stag-tshal in Tsang, etc.
Stag-g&g (^S4! sa-fylag) lit.
“tiger-leopard.” 1. n. of a demi-god
residing in the nether world. 2. a cor-
ruption of the name Tajik by which Persia
and the Persians are known to the
Tibetans.
ttag-ras a kind of chintz with
stripes resembling those of a tiger.
Stag-ri gnan-gzigs n. of
an early king of Tibet (J. Zan,),
^1 Stag-rus n. of a clan or tribe in
Tibet.
Stag-luft n. of a district situated
to the north of Tsang (Lon, *5).
Stag-ga a herb growing in pasture
land with leaves resembling those of the
pea.
&a9-$ar °- full grown youth.
stag-lha me-hbar lit. the tiger-
god of burning fire, the chief Bon god
who resembles the Buddhist deity
his attributes.
there are three kinds of
this stone, viz., the black, golden, and
silver zil;	Also
= camphor.
also manner, style,
posture:	manner of walking,
gait:	from
the bank of the river he (with eyes fixed
on a certain person as if to kill him)
assumed the manner and posture of a
wrathful deity.
tta4~pa pf- and fut. QfS’ imp.
to load, to put on, to lay on;	to
saddle a horse.
Stan resp.	a seat, mat,
anything to sit upon ;	to get up
from a seat;	to spread a rug or
mat on the ground;	to lay a mat
on; a chair, also a rug or carpet
spread on a bedstead; resp.
a cushion or carpet to sit or lie upon;
seat on the ground:
^'S'§ Stan rnam-pa Ifiahi stefl-du Hdug-par
mi bya $te (a monk) should not sit upon
the five seats intended for honourable
persons. gvM14 stan-phrol occurs in
M- -Ш)- In the following
passage the sense is fairly clear:
•r^-qq^qrg^g^ and	seat of
state.
Stab 1. v. $q rtab, 2. acc. to Sch,
to suffer; to tolerate; to yield.
|	549	|
Stab-ka n. of a place io Tibet.
Stab-ka-pa a native of that place or
district (Do A. * 3). .
$fab-sefi the sap of a tree;
Stab-sen causes broken
bones to join, and removes rheumatism.
I: stabs compliments: уадчдч'ч
stabs-hbul-tca to present compliments (Yig.
k. 47).
II: (cog. to also synonymous
with 1. mode, manner, way, measure;
sfc	ЯЗГЧ to walk in the manner of
a lion; 'gw manner of dancing^ v. 2.
opportunity,	manner of walking ;
an opportunity for going;	has-
tily, speedily ; Yfa'g4** scarcity, dearth.
Stabs may be used as a formative, convert-
ing the adj. into its related substantive.
Stabs-khri bzun-mon
kheft n. of a king of Tibet (TY7.).
$tab$-bder—^'*^ zlum-bder\№st
compliments, felicitations.
g* Star for g*^ sta-re q. v.
Star-ka or g<% g^T
1. the tree Diospyros embryopt er is or
(jtutinosay tho fruit of this tree. 2. a
Karsa, a weight=the weight of the dry
Tinduka fruit:	to be in weight
a Tinduka fruit. 2. acc. to authors the
black species of walnut, g*’4!^** star-
gahi-^in the walnut tree;	§tar-
skogs nut-shell; g^’^’ star-sdoft walnut
tree.
star-ica pf. and fut. imp.
1. to file on a string, e.g., pearls; to
tie, fasten to; g^’^id. 2. to clean, to
polish. 3. (Sch.) to ornament.
Star-bu or g^'§^	the
berries of Hippophae rhamnoides, a shrub
very frequent in Tibet, esp. near river-
beds in the Indus and Sutlej districts of
W. Tib.
Syn.	sprin-gyi rba-can;
me tdan-ma ; Ч’ч’ч1’3^ yul-ga skyur (Mfion.).
^’4 sti-гса pf. bstis^ fut. 4$ bsti,
imp. stis 1. to rest, to repose, to refresh
one’s self ;	a resting place. 2. to
honour;	sbst. respect, reverence,
honour; g’g^’SV* to honour a person, to
show a person honour.
C\
service.
C\
stifi-wa pf. 4g^ bstiAs, fut. Ag*’
imp. g^M to rebuke, scold, abuse.
ex
Stib-pa or to offer (sacrifice)
(Jd.).
stim-pa, pf. bstirns, fut. 4gw
bstini, imp. stints, prop. vb. causative
f0	to enter, to penetrate, per-
vade, to be absorbed in :
thugs chos-nid-kyi kloA-du stint the soul
is absorbed in the expanse of the spirit
(*^5).
Stu	the vulgar torm for a
woman’s private parts.
stag-pa or g**]^’4
1. ordure, excrement. 2. thickness, deusity.
3. a wind, flatulence.
§^^о=з<1]'25	thick,
opaque, solid, dense. vnrg«]*<
really or solidly noble, an epithet of
Buddha.
I	550	^E-1
flog-min the highest of the Buddhist
heavens.
$tud-pa pf. and fut. to repeat,
to reiterate, to give, offer repeatedly
(medicine, food, etc.):	if it is
repeated;	repeated
sneezing ensues;	to be always
ill (Sch.) ; cf. (from Jd.).
gV stun-pa pf. and fut. to agree;
to he accordant with.
stun-gin an iron-club.
$tub-pa 1. in Ld. for sgQ’a tyub-pa
[Jd.). 2. same as	tfub&pa to cut
into pieces (4 qaJta-bu like moat).
jS $te (т£г) an affix for the gerund,
inst. of after % and vowels, v. As
$ contains the copula it may be added also
to other words than verbs, e.g.,
khyod-rig§ che-shiil mtho-iva §te as
vou are of high and noble extraction; like
it is also used for namely, to wit,
videlicet (viz.), that is to say, esp. before
translations of foreign words and names.
After an enumeration of several things it
serves to point back, or to comprise:
3, %	**1» Л the six letters <% *, ete.
Xthe three signs as 0,1,
and e.	as to tho being now, in
seven days, i.e., in seven days from to-day
(Dzl.) (from Jd). As a gernndial affix
? or is most coiTectly annexed to the
present tense only, while forms the
perf. or pluperf. gerund.
$1е-ро = $Ъ stchu an axe with its
blade athwart the handle used by Indian
and Tibetan carpenters; § $te-ltag the
back of the axe; ste-yu its handle;
ste-kha its edge.	stc-bshog
gton-wa to smooth, to hew with the axe
(7aj.
Stcgs I: a bridge over narrow
gaps or along precipitous paths, torrents,
&c.; fig. the saints or sages by whose
agency men are led out of this world
to Nirvana:
those lamas have spiritually descend-
ed by tho connecting bridge of those who
have gained sainthood (A. 1/2).
II: also sbst. a rest,
support, upholder, shelf, etc.;
book-stand, bookshelf;	a board,
stool, bench, to sit on (Csl); «134a
board to place things on (Cs.); or
gsol-stegs dining table (Schtr.);
stool, portable resting stick for sitting
on. a candle-stick.
$teg$-bu 1. a turret where spar-
rows make their nests. 2.	^teg^bn
ya-tha occurs in
; in thesame work
§4^*3’4 8teg$-bi( ma-tha occurs in §4^’
(D.R.).
eft ^4,	^5* that which
в above, tho upper part, top, surface:
$ten-gi uam-mkhah the heavens
above; §^14” the zenith; §*’*4 above
and below;	the demons of the
upper and nether regions; §^’3)’^4’^	-
the upper world; the heavens;
an epithet of Vishnu;
$teft-§kye$,	lit. that grows
upwards; met. a tree. (Milon.);
$/en-§Ay0& a canopy; upper story of
a house, garret;	upper cover,
cover. In Gram. §*’44 and *«]'44 a
surmounting and subjoined letter respec-
tively (Yig. к. 1).
§*4^’ sten-hthun lit. that drinks or
draws nourishment from above; fig. the
К41	551	fr/
water-lily.	g^ the white
species of water-lily.
stcn-du and	sten-na adv.=up-
wards, etc.; and as postp.: above, on the
surface, upon; also besides, in addition to.
Sten-du hdren ’У^Ч^ drawn
upwards, promoted; also thrown upwards.
sten-du hdseg-pa ^4
to ascend, ascending, climbing;
sten-nas down from.
steft-hphiir dicafi-po an epi-
thet of the god Mahadeva (Mnon.).
the moon (Mnon.).
§tcn-hbar~w*\^ than-pa drought,
want of rain (Mnon.).
sten-gyogs=^'^
the upper garment of a religious mendi-
cant; also=shogs~ma	the
upper covering.
sten-pa, pf. and fut. imp.
1. to keep close to, to adhere to, to retain
to depend upon; akin to ^’4 but c.
accus.:	q to adhere to a learned
lama;	’^4 cho§ dam-pahi
khoti $man §ten shig keep to the internal
medicine of the holy doctrine. 2. to side
with ; partake of; serve; sten-byed-
pa or	to serve reverentially or
respectfully (Mnon.).
pm stem-pa, pf. and fut. seems
to occur in popular Hterature and in colloq.
with the sense of—to shut or fasten (a
door), to block it with a beam or bar.
stems curse, cf. S5 byad. (?)
stehu ka-ma w a kind of
missile,	stehu-stcig тля a searp
arrow, v. ste-po.
Ster-ica, pf. and fut. 1. to
grant, to give, to bestow:
gave remuneration or much bakshish;
’<!48’§xs to grant to come indoors. 2. in
IF. in a special sense: to give (^*$'H) to
eat or to drink, to feed (animals, infants)
(Jd.). Ster-гса is the common colloq. for to
give in C. Tib. just as in W. is always
used.	ster-dug hjug-pa to make
orcause one to give; §^‘*45 willing or
wishing to give;	for the purpose
of giving, bestowing.
ster-sgo 1. aid, contribution; al-
lowance, expenditure. 2. dowry, presents
made by parent to daughter on giving her
away in marriage.
*	Stes-dban ways, or means,
good manners.	by
the power of fate (Schtri).
stes force, motion (A. K. 1-48).
Sto n. of a tribe in Tibet (Jig.).
sto-thag a rope (Sch.). ?sto-ra W\
a circle of dancers (Jd.).
^'4 sto-гса most frq. in colloq. phrase;
( =	it does not matter, it
makes no difference, it is all the same.
it does not matter if they
die;	what does it matter if they
die ? (Jd.).
Ston I: n. of a tribe in Tibet (J.
Zan J
II: 1. or	a thousand;
j^-cjg'4	the Mahayana scriptures
composing a hundred thousand s'loka.
4 the three thousands/ viz., (a)
(b)
(<?)
2. a fine for manslaughter to be paid
552

in money or in goods to the relatives of
the person killed;	'^’B5’q to propor-
tion this fine to the rank of the man killed
(Ja).
stoft-dpon a commander over
a thousand soldiers:
“ now-a-days he is called Mdah-dpon.”
seft-gehi rtsal-ni dgu-daft
rab-ldan shin blo-ldan hphrul-che khe-nen
rig-jya daft, go-bsra rptshou-rno dpah rta-
ipgyog$-pahi, mi-de hjig-rten hdi-na $toft
dpon yin that man is a commander over a
thousand men in this world who, riding
on a swift charger, has a sharp weapon
and a coat of mail; he possesses the nine
adroitnesses of the lion, is very intellectual
and miraculously skilful as well as noble.
Stoft-khun n. of an ancient king of
China the fame of whose wealth was
known in India even in Atis'a’s time. JVI*
r$ya-
nag stoft-khuft rgyal-pohi loft$-$pyod dan
hdra-ica yod gsuft they say his wealth was
like that of Tong-khung Emperor of
China (Л. 26).
hkhor-lo 1. a wheel with
a thousand spokes (of fabulous properties).
2.	n. of an incarnate Lama
of the monastery of Ston-hkhor near
Koko Nor in Amdo.
§toft-khyab nag-mo =
n. of a wrathful Bon deity.
stoft-eha Z3?*T empty, vacant.
^'3^ Ston-thun 1. n. of a mythological
king. 2. a number (Ya-sei. 60).
^£’4 ston-pa Z£S,	я$г, empty,
void, hollow; clear, blank ; barren, with-
out substance:	the room is
empty;	ядя*
secret
incantations having been recited by the
saint, as the small-pox was subdued, the
pustules were removed and the body of
the girl became clear.	a desert
plain; blank paper; a rocky
deseit; a desolate valley; a
man without any thing to carry;
an empty house;	a desert
place with mountains only;	mi
empty vessel;	the void space
(sty)-
Syn.	g£og-gsob\ yanta
fyrla;	§iiin-po ined;	frbrai
busstofi (Mfton.).
$toft-pa la reg-pa=^\\ no-
thing (mystic) (А. да. p 28).
^toft-pa fiid^^M Z3?W,
emptiness, the void, vacuity; non-
existence, unreality, the false or illusory
nature of all things or existence. Of this
we read:	it signifies
that no object in this world is absolute,
i.e., simple in its nature. In Budh.
metaphysics there are described eighteen
kinds of Qunyata or voidness :—(1) ^*^’q‘
(2)	B'?VM5
(3)	Bv’^’MS
(4)	zj-тат zsRm; (5)
MS	(6)	qwi-
3J?W; (7)
(8) ^’MS	(9)wk*
Ц0)
(Ц)
(12)
(13)
(14)	^FWzaFSHT;
(15)	. ^-^oiN’q fq'MS	;
16)	s^'^vq-^Vi WcngaiHT; (17)
Ц8)
I	553	I
stofi-byed expenses, expenditure,
or called
*wg<i| ab-phrug in Khams and in $ag-rofi,
a general commanding one thousand
soldiers.
$tofi-zad la tshe-skyel-ica
to sqander, waste one’s life.
§tofi-zil or	also called W
Corydalis meifolia (Ja.)
it subdues infectious fevers, etc.
^с/ц|^сл1 Stofl-g$ofts n. of a place in lower
Takpo or Dways-sman (Vl**’^) (Rtsii.).
stoftsob hollow like chaff,
very worthless;
bloated; sponge-like.
$tofts-grogs 1. adj. help, co-
operation, assistance (Mnon.):
though he visited
a place where there were no men, yet he
was be-friended by gods and Nag as (D.R.).
2. sbst. a companion, a helper: ^'*£5*
is a companion of those
who act religiously (Mil. F- 262).
ston$-pa 1. pf. fut.
to accompany:	I die
without anything accompanying me. 2. to
make empty; to be empty, to become waste
or desolate:	'V,
your own place becoming desolate;
to have become nearly empty;
was almost spent or exhausted;
q^F^'X ruins forsaken by men;
^^’4 to level with the ground, to raze,
to demolish entirely [from (J#.).]
$ton$~bskal or
the period during which no Buddha
appears; a state of unhappiness-or q,
v. рЯ’ч khom-pa.
stod	hw the upper,
higher, fore, foimer part (of a thing):
S ‘?5 resp.	the upper part of the body;
the first portion of the night.
stoLskor or	a waist-
coat.
stod-khun §de-lna the five sub-
districts in the district of Toi-lung (Deb.
^21).
stod-khog or ^5’5 the upper part
of the carcase (Sell}.
stod-khebs a sort of frill or ruffle
of the lamas.
stod-gos over-coat, upper gar-
ment.	stod-hgag doublet woru by
lamas without sleeves.
Stod Mnah-ris skor-
gsum three districts in W. or upper Tibet.
* stod-za catechu, the resin of
Acacia catechu (Tib. sen-lden).
stod-thufi a short coat.
§tod-phyogs the region about the
Kailas mountains, in W. or upper Tibet.
stod-hbrel n. of a commentary
written iu upper West Tibet.
§tot-phur=wfi4 the polar star.
stod-smad	the	upper and
the lower pait (of anything); also the
dimensions;	$tod-gyogs lit. cover-
ing the upper parts, but is explained as
meaning XojVF'fj*V9 (to He) as if tho
face were joined to one’s lower parts; also
as the lid fits to the lower part of a box.
stod-ra (for ?5*Ц) flattering language
or speech (Sikk.);	cotton cloth
imported into Tibet from the direction of
Ladak (Rtsii.).
Т’З’Й Stod-lun phu-rtsa gye-mo
district N. W. of Lhasa where is the
monastery of Tshor-phug, chief seat of
the Kannapa sect (Lon. * £).
71
554
Stod-lufi, Ma-ni Idan-
§kyog n. of a place in То-lung {Rtsii.).
Stod-lun Tshal-bde a sub-
district of Тб-lung of Which tho chief
town is	Bde-ehen Jong.
Stod-luA Mtsho-^mad part of
To-lung:	at the
time of visiting Stod-lun Mtsho-smad
{Л, 27).
tfod-le* 1. a jacket. 2. the upper
or higher pait of a country.
§tod-gscr gold fiom upper Tibet.
Stod-horStod-sog the Tar-
tars of Bokhara and Khoten {Lofi. 12).
§tod-pa 1. vb., pf. and fut. to
praise, commend, laud;	WWW
praising of one’s eelf;	a self-
admirer, self-flatterer; to extol, to glorify
(men, gods, etc.), frq.	to
glorify and praise; praise;
mystic words of praise. 2. sbst. tpn
praise, eulogy, compliments; complimen-
tary phrases, e.g., in letters.
iV.2>.—By native writers and teachers
the verb in its simplest foim is held to be
not <S‘q.
ttod-glu hymn of praise.
fVq^ԤVq stod-par byed-pa to praise, to
extol;	laudable, commendable,
worthy of praise.
§tod-dbyans the voice of praise.
§ton or 1. the autumn:
may he live to see a
hundred autumns !
s'arata the arrow-gift
was formerly the name of autumn tho
fruitful season when joy sprang forth
{Rtsii.).	ston-gyi me-tog the
flowers of autumn.
tfon-ka zpyod met. the
swallow (lit. that pairs in autumn).
Syn. ba-mo byehu {Mnon.).
fa'P $ton-kha=fyi*\ §ton-ka.
§ton-t/iog=^'^ harvest, autumnal
crop: ^Y^ iJ'^to gather in the harvest.
the instalment of taxes in gold,
silver or grain, payable in autumn just
after the harvest time in Tibet {Rtsii.).
$ton-zla tha-chuA ^rrfb^i the
month from the middle of October to the
middle of November.
§ton-zla hbrin-po from
the middlo of September to the middle of
October.
$ton-zla ra-wa from the
middle of August to tho middle of
September.
Ston-tjafi n. of a district in Tibet
containing the monastery of
{Ston-Ljafi Bkra-fi$ dgon).
^’4 I: on-pa pf. and fut. 1.
to show, indicate. A vb. much used in
ordinary talk as well as in books; the
person shown anything taking the dat. c.
and the object he is shown standing in
the accus., e.g.,
(or please shew me the way
to Tashi-lhunpo ;
they shewed tho robber
captain the provisions which they had.
Occurs often with only the proximate
object:	if it can
be pointed out it shall be destroyed ; W
5*	Buddha will shew
the path of emancipation. 2. to show,
exhibit, display:	mira-.
plos suph as that should be shewn;
555
there was no limit to human life; (2)
$Wqg*i pantomime and frolics were dis-
played; §5	q	the
bravery which you have shewn is exhila-
rating to me (Ta. 21.13}. Z. to teach,
instruct, explain :
having taught the girl the doctrine, faith
was horn in her; ^M’qrqgq’^’qgY^ neces-
sary precepts having been imparted» From
this signification of the verb is derived
the important sbst. meaning that
which has been taught, and, hence, reli-
gious tenets and doctrine, and so the
Buddhist religion itself in its doctrinal
aspect. 4. to exemplify by overt action,
to shew faith; to cause to undergo; to
inflict:	having visited
misfortunes on the man.
К4 Л: sbst. srii<n, a teacher, esp. a
religious teacher, commonly the founder or
promulgator of a particular doctrine.
Buddha is called *q, the teacher of Bud-
dhism, and	is the or tea-
cher of the Bon tenets. ^’4‘4IV>4I‘3’^5'4 I
the Teacher is without an equal, he alone
has said the word and what-he has Eaid is
certain (K. du.\19T}. ^’^’q^-q $tOn-
2>aht. tetania	tho religion of
the teacher (Buddhism).
The ten teachers of the Bon located
in the ten quarters are said to bo
the. following:—(1)	(2)
; (3)	; (4)
; (5)	q (6)
^•q-gq-q*q^W^-^*?5 ; (7)
(8) ^q^'q^'^; (9) ^'q’^,|3q'
; (10)	(G. Bon.
1). The succession of teachers
of the Bon are the following :—(1)
appeared in this world when
appeared in this world
when men lived a hundred thousand years;
(3)	came into this world
when men lived ten thousand years; (4)
q'^	appeared in this world when
tho duration of human life was five
hundred years; (5)	came
to this world in the ’ present Kalpa when
the duration of life is one hundred
years. The first attendants of
the' great Bon teacher, were the follow-
ing :—(1)	; (2)	;
(3)	(4) gvS	; (5)
£'5^’9'^;’ (6)	§4^; (7) VT*’
(D.jR.).
ston-mun one belonging to tho
school of Hoshang Mahayana, the doctrine
of absolute inaction.
§ton-mo *ггат, festivity, feast,
banquet, entertainment:	§ton-mo
hgyed-pa to distribute the dishes in a
feast; S*,c^'3'?5i'R3S’q to distribute the
viands of the table to the common people
(JZe7.);	st on-то hdren-pa to serve
a feast;	festive entertainment,
jubilee;	a feast or treat to
one’s ears;	a religious feast, or
feast of charity to the poor (including
monks);	a periodical feast;
feast given at the name-giving ceremony
of a child; a feast after settling
some important business (Cs.}.
§tob-pa <пт pf. 4fq (acc. to C$.
pf. and fut. *$q) imp. acc. to Jd to
put into another’s mouth, esp. food, to
feed; also applied to a mare that shows
the grass to her foal; WjHw to press
a person to accept a dish, etc. In a more
general sense:	rising to
offer one’s own scat, to make a donation;

556

also	to provide a person
with every thing within one’s power.
gtobf or wsr, «w, Wsr., ufa
1. the semen. 2. strength, vigour, force,
prowess, fortitude.	powerful;
^am bodily vigour, physical strength;
mental strength, more properly
moral strength;	digestive power.
?x*r^ is a post. p. by means of, through.
fwg stob$-(na	the five forces:
(V SVq^*?q** ’яхт the force of faith;
(2^	^tesx^r force of energy;
(3; 5Aq^‘?qN qjfaxsr force of recollection;
(4)	HHrfxx^T force of contem-
plation; (5)	force of
wisdom. The five ace. to the Bon
are :—(1) ^ч’А'^'2Й'1?аэд strength of
love; (2) $strength of know-
ledge; (3)	strength of peace;
(4)	strength of charity;
(o)	strength of generosity.
^A*rq§ stobs-fyu a Buddha is
he who is possessed of the ten kinds
of strength enumerated in the sacred
books, viz:—(1) awaq^ wnrqxxr the
power of reflection; (2) ^<ач»г^ая
power of concentration; (3) |X av
sfaqf^xxi power of acquisition ; (4)
shttxxt or ^txxxt power of wis-
dom; (5)	xJwptx^t power of
resolute prayer; (6)	дтххчт power
of creed; (7) g\qMqN ^frxxi power
of accomplishment or bringing to pass;
(8^	power of
changing shape; (9)
power of enlightenment; (10)
power of setting the wheel of religion in
motion. Again we meet with А^’А]-?|Арг
aS^astaj or the ten moral virtues of a
Tathagata; these are the following:—(1)
force of the knowledge of what is possible
and impossible; (2) w§x*’q^Bv™RHq5*
force of the knowledge
of the consequences of actions; (3) Xw-q-jr
xrxrfx^ftrarxx^ force of
the knowledge of the different disposi-
tions of men; (4) FW^o|*r^’qS£A4
итятхтдцтхх^ force of the knowledge of
different elements; (5)
*г$усй^Ац	force of the
knowledge of the higher or lower mental
powers of men; (6)
q3'jfcw nixmfHSifxqqinxxxi force of the
knowledge of the progress that leads
everywhere ; (7)
KtuTTxf^Hfaw-
XTTOTX ^TXXXT force
of the knowledge of all which concerns the
origin of miseries of every kind and which
will lead to equanimity, mystic medita-
tion, complete emancipation and dhyana;
(8)	зхргхшти-
qjfa^Txxxr force of the knowledge of
remembering afterwards former abodes;
(9) ^A^T4’^’^4*’
force of the knowledge of birth and
death; (10)	q^'Wixq-
force of the knowledge of the
destruction of afflictions.
^AK^j£q^ stobs~kun stabs n. of number
(Yasel. 57).
jSqM'qg^-q stobs-bskyed-pa ххпхтя the
special qualities which Bodhisattvas only
can acquire:—(1) ^aS^h-aj^a dran*
pahi stabs bskyed-pa xjfxxxnxrx memory;
(2) §ГЛК!1 blo-gros kyi HfcTWXR intelli-
gence; (3) fWKWnjm discrimina-
tion ; (4) 2f^’^-q5 xr^TTWTXR shame; (5)

557
Wl
faith; (6)	^Ш-
W virtue; (7)	physical
grace ; (8)	self-confidence;
(9)	the recitation of reli-
gious charms; (10)	lofi^pyod kyi
delightfulness; (11)
bodily grace; (12)	mental
powers; (13) Ё^^’З	magical know-
ledge; (14)	religion; (15)
vanquishing evil
spirits; (16) WW’3’|q^q55‘4 nan-tan-gyi
§fob$ b§kyed-pa	assiduity (K, d, Ъ
353),
$tob§-b§kyed gsum three
producers of bodily vigour:
(can,) bath-
ing, milk, the meat of the duck—these
three quickly produce strength.
Stob$-chun a n.* of the’son of
king Bimbisara (J, ZafL),
§tob$-chen a rammer, pile-
driver.
Stob^hjig
(D, Л.) an epithet of Shin-je the lord of
death, acc. to the Bon cult. [Indra, the
slayer of Hala]S.
stob^ldan — ^Щ	ДчПЩ,
swsr, T? very powerful; also жтгам an
an epithet of Vishnu, Asura or demon.
tfobs-tdan Ь$пет$ьп epithet
of Кйта (Mfton,),
Stob$ ldan-bu
the son of Bali.
§tob3-ldan-ma a power-
ful woman, an amazon.
jfcwcr^ $tob&po che HTTW title of a
dharanl for causing rain during a
drought (K. gu, * 474)*
$tob§ maft-po=YN&. iron; =
^’5, with syn.	(Mnon.).
$tob$-mig n. of a number
(Ya-sel, 56) ;	я^тжжт
another number.
j^rw Stobs-bzaft 1. WW n. of the
elder brother of Krishna. 2.=41^ spirit,
alcohol (Mnon,),
Jww* §bob§ bzan-ma fwr n. of
a medicinal plant (Mnon,),
Stobs-las ят^я courage, intrepi-
dity.
stor-wa— also	to go
astray, to be lost ; 5'?^ a child has
been lost; lu$~din srog$ stor-ua to lose
one’s life;	to lose one’s senses;
it cannot be lost; SVa,4T?*‘4 to lose
an article; 5’ч‘95‘to be misguided,
lose one’s character:	’^'ч
(Л, 9) when he was losing most cer-
tainly the good luck of emancipation;
stor-гса rned-pa §
$in-tu rgya&par hgyur (Jlbrom. 57) having
regained the (thing) lost he will be very
pleased.
+ $tor-khun 1.	a mirage.
2. defined as	VP or
a ditch where all impurities are deposited;
also a gutter or drain.
tb brta-wa fut. jnwsa pf.
to grow wide, expand; be copious, abun-
dant.	id.; ei§v<rw big with
repentance;	inflated with
passion.
q^-Ц brtag-pa
examined, v.	careful
or minute inquiry or investigation, exami-
nation ; ii’wqyq’4 examination of dreams;
skilful in testing preci-
ous stones (Ja.).

558

Mag-pa shut-pa to make in-
quiry, invosigatition
q^-ur^ btag-yas (SJ***) n. of a number.
555 Mag-dpyad= ^555 examina-
tion, careful weighing of all the details
of a case, deliberation: 5*4’555
^^’=^’*215 {Rdsa. Id) if anything bo done
without deliberation, ono repents at tho
end.
Mabrtoyt-pa ртзч
1. dextrous, skilful. 2,	fioklo,
lightning.
Maj a kind of formal
curse, which consists in hiding the effigy
and name of an enemy in the ground
and imploring some deity to kill him: ^?5’
*VT4 to perform that ceremony iJd.\
= gh Ъиг-wa
1. new, recent; sudden. 2. hasto, speed,
{Sch.).
q$a^orq Man khel-гса to be sure or
certain of.
vb: steadfast, quiet,
steady.
q^’4l . Man-pa or 3
^IT^, irr, irw, Pnu 1. adj.
and abstract noun: firm, steadfast, safe.
2. firmness;	to last, hold out,
abide, continue; q^’q-^q q acquire firmness
and durability; ^’ЧКЯ§к«Цо become firm.
ч5УЗ’д5 Man gyi $kyid a continued or
abiding happiness; 5£^'453i firm strength,
their strength is holding out;
to watch, keep, preserve carefully;
qjY^’-^ ho knew his word to bo inviol-
able;	because he firmly kept
his word;	eternal welfare,
everlasting happiness; 55'4q59i'q firmfaith
(Ja.).
Syn. ^5’^ hbaj-pa;	gna§-pa
qjsjq-q bcug^pa] mi gyo-wa (fijnon.).
II	or the earth;
В	tho physical or material
world.
III:	the fixed star, polar
star.
Syn. of III: Я’М*' gscr-phur*
§tod-phur\	rkafi rteft-bu;
snan-ldan $ifi-rta;	lugt-bsaA
$ky	gzah-yi rtan ;	’^4 tgyu-
$kar tog; gan rgyal-bu {Шоп.).
£J5VcrtJli;’ brfan-pa bzun an epithet of the
Asttra	lha-min).
brtan-pahi cho$	tho
enduring religion, f.c., Buddhism.
Man-par byas-pa ;
fiimly rooted or established.
Man-po^*^^	{Шоп.);
Man-pohi dreg-pa (mystic); for
rdo-dreg§. {Hing. 11).
«35Yq^’§5 Man-par bycd	causes
to be established ; the cstablisher.
q53i’§5‘J4 Man byed-ma the goddess of
earth; Йthe goddess
of the earth who is thoroughly steadfast
{D.R.).
q^*<£orq Man htshol-гса in
if you seek reliability, search for
the daughter of a good father.
ф q^'syai Man-shal a complimentary
address or title of respect to good and
honourable man.
Man-дуо	the animate
and inanimate world; <|^‘^^5‘5
gyo signifies animated nature.
Man-ma—1.
the aggregate of stability {A. IT. 1-28).
2, v.

559

brtabs-pa	2.=
Riqsrq to bo afraid of, to apprehend: ^’4’
4-454^ feared sin {Situ. 75).
fertas-pa 1.=^'чд5*ч yar bskyed-
pa grown up, anything full blown. 2. to
be delighted:
(^/7*	^0 I received
the note containing the particulars you
havo sent together w’ith enclosure of silk
scraf, and have been greatly pleased.
’Я4 brhtn-pa=Af-\'4 ^rarfq^ assi-
duity, assiduous.
45^	ne§-pa = Ч^$я’5члс/ч1 rash
and self-sufficient;	brtun-nc§
hjug-pa to be self-confident.
brtum-pa чхтжн power,
prowess.
brtul pf. and fut. of ^’4 {Rdo-
rin. 45).
+ q^q-q brtul-pa or 454'4’4=^4 or Wfl
^5 mild, 'gentle.
• 454’55 brtul-phod or 454-55 4=5^4-q^’
?4*^	1. a hero, champion; 454-5574'
abode oE a hero, a tiger’s den. 2. (^4’
ЙХ) to subdue an enemy in battle.
brtul-wa~y^K§*:4 ne-war sbyor^
гса or VqKf4'q 1* to conquer. 2. deport-
ment, behaviour {Cs.).	3. diligence,
painstaking {Sch.).
454-я brtiil-ma or 454’^ = 14^15 [not
bluntedJS. 454-яч д heaven.
454'^я brtul-shugs ян, qf^C, ffawY
qfa, qyrqcq 1. vow; aco. to Cs. manner,
way of acting. 2. acc, to Sch. exercise
of penance; 454’^t5’q or 4545^’^5
to perform such exercises, to do
penance. 3. penitent,
454*541^-^ brhil-shugs	qfa,
an ascetic; one who is penitent; a
maker of penance; a sage.
Syn. 55’^’ dran-sron;	kun-tu
rgyu ;	q dkah-thub §pyod-pa; чч]'
nag b§dam§-pa;	gtsan-
war gnas-pa {Mnon.).
454’341^’544’ brtul-shiig$ dwan=ffilfa
qrq^i any novice monk or disciple of the
Hi nay ana school.
454’34]^ brtul-shugs-ma = jj*'4VT# or
B*’454p a house-wife {Mnon.).
4^-q brtcn-pa fqqq, v.
£r^/=$4|’4 phug-pa a cavern
{Mnon.).
4g blta fut. of g’4 we will see, let us
see; also sbst. a view, prospect.
qg-<YIKq-q blta-na §ditg^pa
pleasant to look upon, n. of the city of
Indra.
4g‘44’^5 blta-wafai ehed for seeing.
qg-4$W4 bUa-wahi rnthah limit of sight;
mot. death.
Syn. ча&*4 hchi-wa; '^5^ tshe-hdah; 3>’ч5
tshe-hpho ; ч^ ч5 hchi*hpho {Mnon.).
4g’9, blta-bya qmq visible.
ЪМаЪз pf. Of g4'4, ^-4gq^q
{Situ. 75).
bltam$-pa pf. of g«'4=4^4K4
hkhrun§-pa.
Syn. дя’ч $kye$-pa \ 4^4*4 btsah-wa; 4^^-q
$tsa§-pa {Mnon.).
pf* °f lta-гса.
blta$-na$ concerning, regarding,
as to; used as a postp. with 4
q^rq|	560	q^'X||
btfaft-wa, v. $toft$~pa.
ksta<J—^ dog or 'И*’ surface;
direction: 4&rK-ge]W4-AjS on tho side of a
cool hill (Ya-sel. 38).
b$tan, demonstration, expli-
cation (Zam. 10).
+	fetan $kah-ica hard to expli-
cate ттгж) a religious work or doctrine.
tetan-hgyur a miscellaneous
collection of literary works, both sacred
and general, consisting of 225 volumes.
Very few of tho Tangyur troatisos belong
to Tibetan authorship; they are mostly
translations into Tibetan from Chinese and
Sanskrit texts. A fino copy of this collec-
tion is stored at the India office.
tetan-rgya$ glifi a monastery
presided over by one of the four incarnate
lamas of Lhasa from among whom by turn
the Rgyal-tshab, i.e.* the Regent of the
Dalai Lama, is selected. The monastery
stands in the northern quarter of Lhasa
within the walls of the city; and the title
by which tho lama of Tan-gye-ling is
known in Tibot is & Bde-mo Rin-
po-che.
q^qT^ tefan-bco§ та,	>TRR
a religious commentary.
q^jqT^’QJNAgrq'^ b$tan-bco$ la$ hbynfi-
wa rnamt suwfa works relating to the
S'astras: (1)	don-nwd-kyi
bstan-bco$; (2)	don-log-gi
bstan-Ъсог, (3)	don-dafi
tdan-pahi b$tan-bco§; (4)
tho^-pa Ihur-len-pahi bstan-bco^; (5)
4	rt sod-pa Ihur-len pahi
b$tan-bcos; (6)	sgrub-pa
lhar-len-pahi btfan-bfo$; (7) qp^K/qi^rq?'
д^-qlfa fian-gyo dan hbrel-icahi bstan-bco$;
(8)	fatse bral-gyi btfan-bco§;
(9)	gdug-Wal $pon-
bycd-kyi b$tan-bco$.
btfan-pa ЖПЯИ 1. doctrinal
toacliing in general. 2. a single doctrine
or a system of doctrines, «мгsan$-
rgya$-kyi b$tan-pa the doctrine or religion
of Buddha; $4^ thub-b$tan for фгч5*яц*<|
thub-pahi b$tan-pa id.; 4-*^	; 8*^
чп-пг;	(Intr. J.
v.	explanation of the
real state (of the body of illusion).
btfan-pahi tgron-me the lamp
of religion, a spiritual guide, a compli-
mentary title for a learned lama (Yig. k.
30),
btfan-pahi mnah-bdag the
lord of religion. VW
to the feet
of his holiness Qri JVarota—the matchless
lord of the profound mystic doctrines
(Yig. k. 10). ’
чГнчгсЦ.* to make intelligible, to elucidate.
seems to be a name
given to certain female subterranean spirits
living in mountainous districts. One such,
in the expanded history of Gautama, under
the title of	’^5’
hdsain-bu-g.lifi-sog$ dwaft-chen gser-gyi
tshan-mahi lha-mo, was, after his victory
over Mara the devil, cited as a witness to
his exploits. In both Milaraspa and
Padma Tang-yig, we read of “ the twelve
btfan-ma ” Eaid to haunt the upper peaks of
Mount Everest. Padma Sambhava cons-
tituted them protectors of the Doctrine in
that region. Milaraspa speaks also of a
or mistress of the twelve bstan-ma
whom he describes as a khadoma able to
raise mirages before worldly eyes. (v.
|	561	।
MU. F, 262). In Rtsii. mention is made
of:	bstad-mahi gsol-mchod
the food offerings for the guardian deity of
the monastery of *3^*8^ hbra§-§puns (Dai-
pung) called ^‘л.
b§tan-rtsis a chronology; dates
relative to the year of Buddha’s death ;
a follower of Buddhism, a Buddhist;
an adherent of a doctrine ; colloq.
a destroyer of the doctrine, an obnoxious
person.
b§tan-ya§ n. of a number.
bstan-srufi 1. guardian of the
doctrine. 2. a guardian in general.
b§tab§-pa=%*iq
q^q^*q ।	gifts having been freely
dispensed, food was set forth (Situ. 75).
l.to sweep,
clean, cleanse ; also adj. nice and elegant.
2. to appreciate; to be aware of (Lif.);
t>$tar cheg-pa^pwQ'fy’ty'Q to be
able to comprehend, appreciate (Yig„ k.
45).
to take rest.
bsti-khaft private house, sanctum.
+ feti-gnas	1. the
place of origin, source. Under this term
are said to fall:	residence;
home; lama’s residence; 5’3^’ palace;
Vihara or monastery; JflVFvvq
Агата grove or park where religious ser-
mons are given; 5^’% hermitage,
sanctuary, retreat of	2.
essence.
+ q| -q^-	respect;
bowing, physically shewing
respect,	(Ya-
sel. 3!f).
b$ti-mt shuns	a fellow
religious student.
q|c/$4] b st in-1 shig or qfcx$<i| b$tifi$-
tshig satire, irony; also reflecting
upon conduct in polite language; censure
concealed under sweet language.
Syn.	hphya-tshig;
tshig-gis b$tin§ (Situ. 75).
c\
b§tir supine of sti-ua.
+ ^\'$^bstir-med=l.
one of the infernal regions,
the hell of endless torments. 2. acc. to
Jd. restlessness.
q|-q bstu-гса to bring together
discordant elements; to collect in one heap
things unlike one another. The four
entities which may be so drawn together
qgqS-^’q q^ are:—(1)	; (2)
«Kg л fsRjcuf^ar; (3) X^’SS*4 don-la spyod-pa
WRT ; (4)	WR.
bstugs-pa to make lower, to
lower (Sch.).
bstuiis pf. 3^’4,	(Situ.
75).
v.
b$tun-pa to be compared; w
he by skilful compari-
son imposed on them (A. 127);
W'S^ q^ were compared as to size and
height and depth (Yig. к. 1).
to attend, wait
upon, respectfully, to serve ; qujqrafa lit.
being ranged quite closely together,
quite huddled together; also sticking
most closely (A. K. 111-3).
П
562
faten-kdod (pia$ the object
or person on which one wishes to rely.
bsten^pa 1. pf. of tfen-pa. 2.
sbst. wsr, vb. v.	confidence ; =
qTv4 6rton-pa (Ja.).
b$ten*bya one to be served,
waited upon.
£sten-Aos ita fit to be respected
or served.
t^tod-pa 1. (^vq
to tether cattle such as horses,
sheep, goats, etc. j’WI’WAjS to tether with
a string (Situ. 75). 2. eulogium, expres-
sion of praise, v. JfS’4 stoibpa.
b$tod-ra§ bye&pe prob. *4Kg-
§S‘q, to praise, to compliment; in
colloq.=or
being greatly praised by
the learned, noble, and good (A. 126).

Я I: tha the tenth letter of the Tibe-
tan alphabet and the second consonant of
the dental class. It is the aspirated form
of 5 ta; and in English its sound might be
found in the word “ Thames.”
1. num. fig. IQ. 2. every thing, all,
total (Sck).
ЯII: defined as	signify-
ing foolishness and mental darkness.
Я III: In Budh. * tha is the entrance
to the cognition of all things, of matter
and phenomena: (a)
it demonstrates that all
things are phenomenal (K. d. 114); (6)
it is. sym-
bolio of the instability of all things (ДЬит.
<4, Ш).
tha-ko n. of a fruit, a species of
walnut. Г”г^>	{Sam. k. 179).
tha-skar 1. n. of a con?
stellation represented in Buddhist astro-
nomy by a. woman on horseback. 2. n.
of the goddess presiding over that constel-
lation.
Syn. S’SJV* rta ldan-ma\	Jbgu-
pu gcig-pa;	gwu-wahi bu-mo
(Rtsi.).
tha-skar-gyi bu-gnis
УЯЖЧ the two sons of Agvint who are
divine physicians. r^’5j’3’q tha-skar-gyi
sla-wa the month of Alvina (October).
МГЗГЗ tha-skar-gyi na wrf^R	the
full moon in the month of Agdna.
Я’ргс tha-khab a large needle (in Lh.)
(Ja.).
Я’^’3j tha-ga-na occurs in the work
a com-
mentary on the description of the names of
Tha-ga-na and other, terms of mysticism
(Deb. % 27).
Я’^’^ tha-ga-pa <F?pru,
crwj'wf^ 1. a weaver, one of. the weaving
caste in India. 2. in Tib. a term for the '
lowest class (^|^’4) of people.
tha-gv=J$4 shi-wa 4^1
peaceful; mild aspect.
thargu vulg. Э'д thi-gu a
wreath, a short cord or rope; twine for
making garlands ; a chain or fetter.
tha-guhi lto-сап	an
epithet of Vishnu on whose belly hang
garlands (Mnon.).
tha-gu§ Id under the weight of
chains; bound by fetters or ropes : V
a. man of wicked nature
Kes under the weight of the chain of fraud
(Khrid. 9). •
Я’^ tha-gru acc. to Jd. origi-
nally	rgya-khyon 1. large-
ness, spaciousness; abundance, plenty.
2. acc. to Jd. extent, width, breadth:
^’9’SV4 Mdsam-bu glin-gi tha-gru,
kun-la in the whole extent of Jambudvlpa
(G/r.).

564
Tdj|
Ч'^'^'Ч tha-gru che-ua—^w^ or j’^4
very wide, spacious; extensive.
ч ^ цслгч tha-gru yans-pa very spacious,
abundant (Шоп.).
tha-rgyod obtuse, rounded off
(Schf.
tha-cad qt 4**5 tha-chad
w, sfmsre,	base, sordid, vile
(Cer. 5)7
Syn. чая tha-ram \ ч’-^щ tha-$al\
nan-pa \ w tha-та (Шоп.).
tha-chuft 1. the last month of
a season,	чdpyid-zla tha-chun
the last month of spring, opp. to ra-
wa the first month. 2. the youngest of
three or more sons : 8^5Ч*’чthe
youngest or last two of the nine brothers.
$T^ tha-snad 1, = ч^'У lag-pa mfa the
hand. 2. seems to be used of a word
when employed in some peculiar sense
rather than in its strictly etymological
meaning; for example, as a proper name.
A derived or compounded word can only be
called a tha-snad when the idea it expresses
does not clearly appear on analysis;
ч?\У^ч understanding the sense. 3.
designation; metaphor; phrase; *Кч'§5
shes tha-snad-du grags-so so it is said
to be styled,	conditional truth
(Ja.). 4. behaviour, practice, deal-
ing, business; pecuniary transaction.
4‘55’q tha-snad-pa WW one who
plays at dice; gaining at dice; one who lays
stakes at play.
tha-snad geig-pa 1. of the same
nomenclature. 2. n. of a school of
doctrine.
4’555^ tha-snad dbye a writer.
tha-thor^^Sf^ thar-ther a few
here and there:
htshe-fiA §pen-pa tha-thor yod-pa shig
there were a few scattered bristles of htshe-
fifi (Rdsa. 18).
tha-dad-pa=zH'£^ q ma-hdres-pa
faa, wafaa distinction, separa-
ted, not mixed up together, ч ^*g tha-dad
Ina the five kinds of distinctions are :—
(1) fa,£r4'*fi difference in the teachers
(founders) of religions; (2) *<455 differ-
ence in the doctrines taught by them;
(3)	’^’4’55 dge-hdun tha-dad difference
in the classes of monks; (4) la$ tha-
dad difference or varieties in works; (5) w
455 lam tha-dad difference in the ways,
different methods or ways of reaching the
goal (K. du. 88). 4’W3T**M’W the
different sages or schools of sages (Yig.
3).	tha-dad bya-wa ci-yin
нрпжгтцц what are the various doings or
causes ?
tha-dad-du separately, variously,
apart:	^rrf^r one
of the eighteen ч unmixod theories
of Buddha (M.V.).	tha-dad-du
dbye-na if differentiated? also: syntheti-
cally, differentially. 45V^’44’q tha-dad-
du mi hjug-pa=*\4^'^K4 not differing,
not being different, not admitting of
differentiation.
4’W5i^ v. 4V$ thar-nu.
tha-na 1. polite inquiry at any
time regarding a Buddhist monk’s com-
forts while he is taking any meal, etc. This
forms a part of the training in manners
given to monks. 2. even, so far as,
up to: чeven having
thought that (one) was laughing at. ч

565

even above the smallest
insect, s.e., above the ants.
44*| tha-pag^ v. *^5q*| thar-dpag.
tha-pi thu-pi confusion, dis-
order (Sch,),
ягад 1.
rigid, hard, compact, firm (J, Zan.).
2.=5*4 thu-wa bad (Mil.). 3.=^’^’
. anger.
tha-ba Han-pa liar	or
flftar one of the stages of yoga (v.
4’3 tha-Ъе a medicinal plant Ter-
minalia tomentosa.
4’*«Ц tha-hban cast-off clothes; rags
thrown out;	from the
heap of cast-off rags at the entrance
of a house (Pag. 180).
tha-ma 1. W’fra», ЧТ®и, VTC,
Wi vile, inferior, poor, humble. 2. = t*r
w or wn the last, lowest, uttermost; 5’4’»r
the lowest class of male is
he who is rich in wealth (Jlbrom. 51); the
last of several things, with respect to
number, time, or rank:	the
meanest of the carnivorous animals;
рД*ч’5г^’*дч the end of every meeting is
parting;	gnen-gyi tha-ma$
bskor he sees his relations for the last
time around him; «гя za$-kyi tha-ma
za he eats for the last time (Ja.).
ч ^'4 tha-ma-la 1. adv. finally, at last.
2. postp.: at the end of, after=t^4
w tha-mar to the utmost, at the end,
lastly; 4W5<|’q tha-mar dge-wa
4fiwnr piety, auspiciousness: В5у^4w^*|
yon-tan tha-mar hdug lastly, there was
talent (Jlbrom. 51).
tha-ma las ww- at the least, at
all events, in any case.
З’Я’Р tha-ma-kha tobacco:
q2 $5| Мс/ц'у§е; J in ancient time about one*
hundred years after the Nirvana of Bud-
dha, this evil drug called Thamakha
appeared (Chu-bzaH. 4|, 1$). Mention is
also made of tobacco in the writings of
Macig Lab-don dated the 12th century
A.D.
tha-ma-ga also 4^*| tha-mag 1.
is a Mongolian word= Tib. ^Wphyag-dam
the official seal, or a warrant containing it;
also tablet with the seal of authority : W*
1 the
governor Grags-dar having received the
warrant of official command from
the Emperor Se-chen (Khublai-khan) (J.
ZaH.). 2. in W. tobacco.
tha-mal-pa	ordinary,
mean, coarse, vulgar, common, general,
usual: 4’W4V^4|-4 to live like the vulgar ;
4M<wfy that is no usual thing, no com-
mon or ordinary thing (Jd,).
Sl’a>4|	or F'*5'
vow, promise, solemn word:
5r*pta*g<Y34	forget not, forget
not, reflect on your former vows! g^'3'4 ^*j'
*|Win thinking closely on thy
former rigid vows; In the common saying
F'VH'4kha-dpe la tha dqm-tshig
the words tha dam-tshig signify solemn
vow.
tha-ra tho-re in W. wide
asunder, wide; 4,«сУЛ,ч^*р tha-ra tho-re
bshag-pa to scatter, to throw loosely about

566

4, ^’^Я tha-ram 1. vile, mean:
ujj|^«fl-ficq|l<q-q 1	he prayed
to Gf en-rab that the vile ones should be laid
under chains (Bon). 2: a medicinal herb
in ZA., Ptantago major (Ja.)
tha-ram hkhru-wa good-par byed the
herb t haram stops diarrhoea. 3. the
breadth of a plain (&Л.).
gtam&pa adj.
full.
3 ^tha-ru the utmost limit (Schf.).
tha-Ion in IP*, a sort of red cloth
ST**P1 tha^al Ггаз, w> Mftra 1.
modest, lowly; base, ugly. 2. a mischie-
vous person, one who is inferior, cruel, and
mischief-making:	4 3'q
a ^а^г^аЗ’^^а^ (Ya-sel. 11)
now-a-days the incarnations of great and
sanctified souls do not make show of great-
ness but live in modest, and humble man-
ner.	§kye$J)u tha-fid nid, a
n’er-do-weeL
£J^| I: Thag 1. n. of a place in Tibet:
Sj-g-U^^ui'Sl'gq’q’w^q?^ at the time he
was engaged in the acquirement of per-
fection at Rgya-bo in Thag (Deb. 5). 2.
for 43* the palato. A^pi thag-h gram=
hgram-so fsps the human palate;
swelling of the tongue/
II: distance:	thag ci-tsam
how far; * 4ql ma-thag only now, just now,
gen. with a verbal root: § A^wf^'A he
that has arrived just now (Glr.); gvq-q^-sr
(the passages) that have been ex-
plained just now; as an adv. gen.
ma thag-tu or only ’<’*’! ma-thag frq., e.g.,
аз soon as he had heard;
de-та thag-tu immediately (from Ja.).
thag по-war qt	thag>ne*m/o
fw? near; proximity;;	do. not
be familiar, keep .at a distance.
2JS thag ne-sar $dad sit near, in the vicinity.
Syn.	пеДод;.	ne-hkhor;
drufi-na-mo; $ gio; ХЧ/5Х tho-hkhor
(Mnon.).
*4’^ thag-ran fibre from the bark, of
plants or trees, &c., v. ran-ma.
thag-rin ^3; distance; distant:’
thag-rih-po ma-byed do not make
it distant;	a
neighbour is a hundred times better than a
relation residing at. a distance.
v.^'a.
Syn. *3^ hgyafal rgya&rin;
а^ч b$kal; ^‘^'A chcs^riArtca (Mnon.).
thag-rin-po от	thag
rin-mo far distant, a great distance;
sa-thag rin a far or remote
country.	thag rin-po na§
from afar, from a distance.
44l'q1^5’q thag gcod-pa vb. a. (*4'X5’A thag
chod-pa or ^'*5’4 thag-chad-pa vb. n. or
passive) 1. to cut the cord, sever, discon-
nect; to abandon: a1?)’)’^V'^’441’A*S’a*v
A* bdag nc-du dan hbrel-thag bcad-pa$ bde I
am glad at having severed the connection
with my family;	a5A’«t«5 the hope of
going has been given up. Acc. to. S.chir.
K-mpqX’V4 ho-thag. gcod-pa^to wean (a
child); blo-thag ehod deliberation
is cut off, the matter is decided or resolved
upon. 2. to decide, resolve, determine :
jq qqTjc/AV^’AyYA it was determined to
murder the king;
A'^ if you both positively refuse to give me
a wife.	to be sure, to decide, be
certain: ?wiWpwV1 as it is quite certain
that he has died; ^5’**f*S yod thag-chod
567
I
there are certainly:	chos
dar hofi. thag-chod it is quite certain that
religion will spread;	being
immovable in contemplation.
thag bead-pa is same as
Ч* {чин decided, finished. €^,3ч|н,^,«гй‘
fia-ni phyogs de-la mi-thig thag-
ehod zer (Rdsa. W).
Syn. ЧЗя’д bzlas-pa; phyan-chad
(Mfion.).
thag-chod certainty; surety, evi-
dence:	but one should
know for certain, one must be sure of it
you, the ascetio
(yoyZ), 'firm in meditation (Ja.).
ф*| thag-thag the noise made by
the fingers on a door, etc., an onomotopetic
word; ^«r44pq]§vq to knock on or at the
door.
thag-pa or ччч| 1. до a creeping
plant, root 2.	^5 a rope, cord; w
4<q bal-thag .rope made of wool; rtsid-
thag rope of the long hair of the Yak;
tfsa-thag or Wapfl] phon-thag rope of
grass ; kags-thag iron-chain, wire-
rope ; wvif ra§-thag cotton-rope, bandage
(Jd.). чч|’йч| thag-mig mesh of a net (&A.);
thag-zo rope-work; rope maker’s work;
чч|'Щ*д«гяЗк/л thag-khra sbrul-mthOn-wa lit.
mistaking a spotted string for a snake; fig.
to be helpless, to be very afraid of. 4qw
to be attached or
tied by a rope (Jt. X*1-16).
we shall watch, defend-
ing you in all sincerity (Suran. 124).
ч<т|-сгч]*|я thag-pa gsum fig. the three fet-
ters : (1) Йч|$мгч$*^*ччр1§вг to preserve an
undisturbed or undeviated memory; (2)
for a long time to remain
Я^'
unagitated and without expressing pain;
(3)	to sit still for a
long time unmoved (Bon).
44]'gj thag-gru—XQ tha-gru.
ччрчр^ thag-hgyans — thag-rin
distant, remote; also late. *гч]^’чч[’ядслг
important cases of
long-suffering patients coming frbm a
distance (D. jeZ. 11).
thag-ma^w^ hjam-pa or 4])^q
gncn-pa soft or fine (of cloth, woollens,
etc.);	of the two kinds
of grey (woollens) of fine texture (Jig.).
44|’wXq Thag-bzan rig an epithet of
the lord of the Asura or 'fy demi-gods.
S|4p4 thugs texture, web. ччрг$'|
thags-kyi rgyu any stuff with which
to weave, warp.
ччрг|5 thagg-khri чти weaver’s loom.
чч]*гя|^ thags-mkhan	«Р'ЗЯга 1.
the spider, a weaver. 2. XV4«qq tsher
hthag a fence of thorny plants (Mnon.).
яч|М'я^’чд ihagg-mkhan hbu lit. the weav-
ing insect; a spider.
чч^-^-д thag-sgru bu or 5*3 gru-gu balls
of thread or yam to weave with.
ччргХчр! thags-thogs impediments (Cs.).
44|<T444)-q thagg hthag-pa 1. to
weave. 2.=44]4,4<i«|,wp^ thags hthag-mkhan
a weaver.
ччцг^звгя thags §nal-ma thread or yam.
ччргд^ thagwpun WX thread stretched
cross-wise in weaving.
44pvg3f§5’q thag§*bran byed-pa to begin
the warp (Ja.).
ччщл thags-ra weaver’s yard.
+ ччцгч^ thags-run^^wi tyags-pa
attached, tied, bound, fastened.
568
ЧЕ' |
than 1: = Ч5’^Ч skad-cig а
moment, an instant; чс/*|$ч| thafi-gcig one
moment, a very short time; чс/ччрчд^ч
momentary; ^'чч* t$hig-thaft
one moment; ч^чс.- fyhi-thaft four mo-
ments; чс?£я ihan-tsam—4£\&* or a
little while.
II: 1. a plain, steppe ; but the
Tibetan plain is never level and always of
a basin-like or hollowed configuration. Bp’
чч* gram-thaft a fenny or swampy plain
(C^.). Э^чч’ $pan-than a green grassy plain,
meadow; ^’чсг rtsa-than steppe; З^чс/
Byah-than the northern steppes of Tibet,
commonly called the Jang-thang. §'чг
bye-than sandy plain or desert. Кч’чсг hol-
than ground covered with clover, pasture
ground, grassy plain, (Jd.) ;-*РГч*’ $ag-thaft
a gravelly plain. 2. when used with the
word than signifies price, value. It is
also used plcon. К^-чсг id. Х^чсг^ rin-
thaft-can dear, precious; Ч^чс; yon-thaft in
W. income, profit; in C. = the measure of
anything. Ч’чь- to-1 haft the measure of
produce, i.e.., grain; also yearly tribute;
й5 че.’ч]?5’ч lo-than gcod-pa to fix yearly
tribute; rza-than (a person’s) measure
of food taken at each meal; capability of
eating. 3. clear, serene: ^я’чч’ nam-than a
cloudless sky, fine weather; ччр’ч^* bkah-
than clear order or command ; чк?8)ч| thaft-
yig plain or clear decree or order. ч^я*чс;8|ч|
pad-ma than-yig is the abridged collection
of legends about Padma Sambhava. 4.
чч- thaft in signifies potion, plain
decoction, or mixture to be drunk after a
medicinal pill has been taken; * чс? ja-tha ft
plain tea. ^’чч* rkan-than on foot (<7Й.).
чч’Ч] thaft-ka or чч*ч| th aft-да 1. a plain,
a flat field, alluvial plain. 2. resp. ^ччч*
shal-thaft a portrait, a painting ; чч'д thaft-
4E-*|
$ku or д’чч* sku-thaft a picture or represen-
tation of a deity on cloth or paper.
445^ than-dkar 1. white-tailed eagle
(Sch.). 2. a greyhound.
4^’5 Thaft-$kya (lit. white plain), a
locality near Lhasa; Ч*^'чч’у^’Ч’^г
to tho west
of Lhasa in that place there was a monas-
tery called Than^kya dgon-pa (Deb. % 18).
чс/дп] thaft-khrag cedar used medicinally
(Med?). чччч| than-rag colloq. of чч*|дч] thaft-
khrag. чс/чд thaft-hbru ceder nuts (Sch.).
ч^’^ч* than-khrun 1. bastard (Sch.). 2.=
чч*$ thaft-chu.	• *
чч'дя than khrom v^fk=44*§w thaft-
phrom a medicinal herb of white and black
species; bears the thorn-apple used for
intestinal worms.
чч'^ thaft-chu gum.
Syn. VW SffN dpal-go§ (Mnon.); ^4 tshi-
wa (Med.).
чч-$ч^ч*а Thaft-chuft gtsaft-po n. of a
river passing by Thang Chung in Tibet
(Deb. % <%)♦
чч-дч- thaft-braft lit. a place in a plain,
an encampment on a ‘plain: $ч*Й
5-Чч-дчч^*гчач]и at night he stayed
encamping in a (dried) water-course (A.
UY
44**r»rJ^ Thaft-ma me-sgron an epithet
of a deity of the Bon pantheon resembling
Maitreyain his attributes:
цзеч’^-чьчч,й'^’3’^’чХ-ч2^Эс‘’ between the
chief great teacher Kunzang and Thaft-ma
me-sgron there arose eighteen (B. grub. 1).
ччяч than-mar (lit. tree-butter or oil)
a balsam ; acc. to Cs. tar.
ч^* thaft-tshwa salt obtained from a
dry place, quarried salt: чч^’^4^4^’4’
5S rock-salt (collected from dry places)

569
*51
soothes evil-spirits and produces the three
evils—phlegm, bile and wind (Med.).
4^4^14 thafi-gshal—^'^w thafi-hjal
survey; map or plan of a place (ffrsu.).
4*<4^ thafi-gshi=Jfy^' price, market-
price ;	reduction of the cost price:
the market price abates (Jd.).
thafi-po enduring, able to stand
fatigue; able and hardy, strong, tense;
fig. tight, firm, also tenseness: 4|3<Ч*гц’4*
ihafi-fiam are you strong?
than gcod-pa to tire, fatigue.
**5*ч thafi chad-pa or thafi chod-
pa fatigue ; to be fatigued, tired, wearied.
Syn. fial-wa\ yrq dub-pa
non-mofi$-pa (Mnon.).
чсл4|’ч[^4 thafi-fa gcod-pa to strain, to
stretch :	exert yourself
on the side of virtue (D.Z?.).
4*§5 thafi-lhod tight and loose; the fit
of clothing. 4='*^5'^5’q thafi-lhod med-pa
neither strict nor mild or relaxed. ^***
(D. gel. 11) as
to arriving at detail, making the investi-
gations without relaxation or strictness.
4*3 Thafi-ju n. of one the emperors of
China of the great T’an dynasty.
Than-the juft emperor T’aijung whose
daughter was married to king Srofibtsan
$gam-po about the year 633 A. D.
4*3* thafi-thufi^^'4* inferior, unim-
portant ;	included
in the inferior class of artizans (Rtsii.).
ч*^ thafi-du 1. in the opinion of ; 5**5*
54j^4^5’3*q-q$'4*^ although little
reliable hope remained, yet in the opinion
of some (J, Zaft.). 2. for 4*S}4|‘5 thafi-
y'g-tu.
+ 4*4 thafi-la^^^'^ bkram-pa spread
over.
че.’3* thafi-qifi	fir,
pine; deodar tree.
Syn. ^554^5 bcud-hdsin; 4*$’-^* thafi-
chu-gifi;	ljon-pa ser-po; 4]W^e.
gsom*gifi (l}[fion.).
Thafi-sag n. of a district in
Phanyul, W. N. W. of Lhasa (Lofi. * 11).
thafi-thafi strained to utmost:
4'4* че. qa-thafi-thafi to the utmost of one’s
muscles.
thad 1. aside, in one direction. $4*
5p4'4V445*54 leaving aside body and
soul, e.g., sacrificing his body and soul
(for the sake of his religion). ^*$*45'§
situated on the direct west of it (A. 65);
^•45'5^5 cut off from the flesh only. 2. in
C. entire, whole, untouched (Ja.)..
454 thad-ka 1. the direction, straight
forward. §*5**<4V'45’’4'4W$5^ upward
and downward, and in every direction; §*
Кч|,Ч54’ч straight upward and downward:
from the
direction where Atis'a resided were noises
and voices in the distance (A. 27) ;
• 45 *p3j go straight on, in the direction of
that which moves or walks horizontally,
i.e.,	•
454^ч£ч]'^5'§4Л^ thad-kahi hjig-rten-gyi
khamt	the animal kingdom;
one of the twenty-four regions of the
world (M.V.).
454^ thad-kar each for himself (Glr.)
(Ja.).
45*3 thaj-kya or 454*4 thad-kar la
1. straight on; just so, iu eolloq. 2. = ^43
de-hdra like that, so.
45*5*3 thad-dgu n. of a number (Ya-sel.
56).
73
^1
570

tha^-chi towards, in straight direc-
чоп; over against, in presence of; exactly
in the direction of a thing.
thad-dran straight, not bent or
< .nkcd:	two doors
directly opposite to obq another illumined
the inside spaco (Jig.).
thad dran-na directly ahead.
thad-do the remnant of the car-
use of a sheep killed.
5]^ thamd abbr. of	tham$-cad
vhole, all.
Spj than — ^ a reply (csp. in the dialect
>f Upper Tibet'» ; чучдч than Ь§киг=-°&\
q^-q fan-bskur-ica to cend a reply :
again having gone
there) and come down back, he could not
^end a reply (A. 15).
than-kor or than-§kor—^'^\
flnw a vassal or feudatory chief; ac .
11 S'*h, Furrounding country.
than-thun a little (Sch.).
=	rain-
hssness, drought, want of rain; also omi-
nous :	if
the king (Cikravartti-raja\ feels thirsty,
drought comes into this world (A. 26).
Syn. 4|V,r3’fi^<’l*1’4 g.nam-gyi hjig§-})a \
W3 дпмп-gyi $kyon ;	char-
m'd sfcn-hbar\	tsha-icas-m n ;
qgS mu-де fakyed*,	shod-kyi
b'icgx}	gnam-gyi ncr-htsh' ;
gnam-dmag (Mfion.).
than-bya lit. the bird of drought,
.<., of ominous appearance and cry, de-
fined as	’^’3
the owl and other monster birds the cry of
)f which prognosticates evil.
$J£J thab or itflA me-thab 1.
resp.	gsol-thab fire-place, hearth;
gqpm leags-thab iron-stove; thab-$or
the hearth is running over, i.e., the food
placed on it rims over in boiling; Ito*
thab a hearth to cook food;	§ sbyin
sreg gi thab an oven to burn sacrificial
offerings; чл’Вthe burnt
clay of a hearth purges intestinal worms
(Med.).
thab-ka or w? tkab-kha
health, fire-place;	thab-ka
tsam-yod how many fire-places, i.e., house-
holds, are there? (Jd?).
eqfrql^-qq then the female Band£ pre-
pared a health for cooking food for the
lord (Atis'a) (A. 103).
Syn. thab-sgy’#', 15'9 Sgyid-bw,
gyo^-thab; me-thab; gyo$
s a (Mfton.).
thabka-ica or W’F,q thab kha-pa —
ma-chen a cook.
Syn. lag-bde ; hdren-thafi ;
ди)-^q q chag-tshafi-ica;	za^-gner;
^za^-hyed]	htshed-byed-ma\
zaa-ma; gyo^-ma ; thab ka-p>a;
gyo?-dpoa;	lag-bdehi
dpon-po (Mnon.).
eq’fwj thab-khaj different kinds of
health : qq-p^q-ZJ-^^q-ei there were many
kinds of hearths (Rtsii.).
qq-pf thab-kha^	kitchon, cook-
honse=	thab-ishan.
Syn.	tshai\-bah \ ^STf4^’ bsro-khan ;
gyo^-khan;	htshod-pahi;
gno$\ gsol-khaft (Mnon.).
thdb-khro a cauldron dr large bell-
metal vessel to cook food, tea etc.
thab-$gyid=W*\ 'thab-ka hearth,
a cooking tripod.
sq'|j« thab-yfrom a chest or basket
wherein cook’s utensils, etc., are kept
t]iag gdan-cha cooking furniture,
utensils, etc.
чсгчу thab-bsii receiving a great man
by waiting on the way he comes with
cooking appliances, etc., to serve him with
warm tea and cooked food.
thab-lha the deity presiding over
the health. If milk or broth boil over,
he must be appeased by casting butter in
the fire; and, often, by more elaborate
ceremonial, sometimes even by digging
up the hearth.
ад Thab-lha se-gar n. of a
hearth-god.
ад ад thab-thdb flapping noise: ^ ч’ад’
go д-ра thab-ihab lan-gsum bya§
its wings thrice flapped (Rdsa. 17).
thab-thib (^ад) n. of a
large number.
SPW thab§ 'зчги, uU,	1.
opportunity, chance, possibility:	or
^огадчргд*' I had no opportunity of seeing
or going;	iu if you
offer no chance, if on your part it is not
made possible;	I am not able, I
cannot; ’^’чад’^ there will be no
chance of bringing (the princess); tf^qS*
there is no chance of escaping; wr
there is no occasion for tarrying
on the road,	thab$-gshi the four
resources are the following:—(1)
сгё5'^ч5’ад^ (2) ад-я^'Х^В^'ч^'^-чад, (3)
^^^'^’Э^’чад, (4)
чад. 2. way, .manner, mode :	way
of reading; 5^’чад in a- thievish manner,
by theft; ^^’чад’^сч to give up the
way (of life) of a king, i.e., to renounce
royalty, чад'^ч]^ thabs gcig-tii together,
in company with; чад'Л]$4]'§*цзчрг^ jointly
571	।
sat down, stayed, resided in company; чад’
going together to a place. 3.
means, measures: ад*г§5'Ц to use means, to
take measures; by (various) means;
дрчад’^'Ц’с! to contrive means, ч^’чад
livelihood, subsistence; ^'ч5’чад*В<1 by pa-
cific means, amicably, in a fair way; чад’
or чад’-?рт skilful, dexter-
ous, clever, full of devices; адк*Ц thab§-
min a stupid man who has no resources,
resourceless :	now take
steps, make preparations, for a journey
to Tibet;	is there a
means of recalling these men to life ? 4.
cho-ga ritualistic observances, mystical
operations; чад’В^’чЖ^’^*]^ thab$-kyi*
gshan-nor hgug§-pa drawn (gathered)
another’s wealth by (occult) means ; чад-
В’^'3]ад thab^-kyi rnam-gran$ enumeration
of skilful means (K. d. м 265); чад’В’
M'X'q’g’^'q thab-kyi j)ha-rol-ta ph у in-pa
the supreme skilfulness in
resources.
чад-аа] = вчог*г'ч a shift, makeshift,
surrogate.
thabs-dan ges-rab=*№3\^
1. ritual and divine knowledge. 2. ace.
to Jd. the mystical union of art and
science; acc. to Sch. of matter and spirit
(cf. Was. Ш).
чад^чщ ^a^-r6^=Q,N 4K’*l^q la$-tkan
med-pa having no spirit for work or no
ability to do any work; stupid, always
blundering.
чад'/агар^ thab^-la mkha$-pa
ready in contrivance; possessed of
resources.
чад^^-^ thab§-la rnkha^-pahi mdo
n. of a sutra on skilful
means in K. d. ъ 405.
Я*ГЧ]|
572
4W41
ччч ч» thabi-lam ’ячпгнпт a resource.
thab$-$ej [dan-pa ’дцтцц
possessed of resources [A. K. 1-4).
Thab$-$e$ bdag-rdd
^Ж = 5чч ^4'5Aj®4'iS Kiilachakra doctrine.
tham-ga or W”| tham-ka a seal,
sign (Cs.); incorrect forms ч'Я’Ч] tha-ma-ga
aud « tha-mag^ v. V<’F dam-kha.
thani-tham or tham тмса
uucorrectcd, scattered, dispersed.
tham-tham l>yed-pa~°&w fythain-pa (Jd.).
t ham-pa (sometimes them-pa)
complete, full—almost exclusively used as
a pleonastic addition to the tens up to a
hundred.
tham-lag^9*^ man-fiag
precept, moral instruction.
tham$-cad ЯЖ, sbst. and
adj. the whole, all; added to tho singular
number it gives a plural sense:
the whole empire;	the
whole body ails; г55’3’->**гчмг$\ all the
copper of Tibet;	all those;
3^all of them ono by one;
tham$-ca$-kyi thami-cad
яй: or	all in all; everything
out of the whole.
Thami-cad §kyob§ (Vis'vabhu)
the third of the six earthly Buddhas, who
succeeded each other prior to the appear-
ance of Shakyamuni.
tham§-cad mkhyen-pa = ^’ *
the omniscient, the all-knower,
an epithet of Buddhas and Bodhisattvas.
The incarnate lamas of Tibet are also by
courtesy addressed by this title.
tham$-cad sgrol	1. a
general epithet of Buddha, lit. the deliverer
of the universe. 2. Vis'vantara, name
of a prince believed to have been Buddha
Gautama in his last-but-one birth.
tham$-cad rtogs~*W'^u$3pi
fawtfa a general epithet of Buddhas and
Bodhisattvas.
thami-cad mthofi, lit.
the all-seeing; an epithet of Buddha.
tham-cad rnam-par hbyed
renouncing or giving up every
thing.
thamt cad-pa ^чч?т,	all.
thami-cad tshe	at all
times; also, frequently (Л. K. 1-2).
thams-ca#
epithet of Bodhisattvas of
higher order like Avalokites'vara.
Thana-cad yod-
par imra-wahi sde-^dun the seven sections
of the SarvSstivadin school of early Bud-
dhism (1) Mahis'asaka, (2)	w
ч Kas’yapiya, (3)	Dharma gupta,
(4) ^5^’^ Tamra s'itiya, (5)	4
Vibhajya vadin, (6)	ц Bahu-
s'rutiya, (7) Mulasarvfistivada.
thams-cad la$ hda$
passed beyond all, out of the reach of
all.
гретгзт n. of a mystical treatise con-
taining metaphysical discussions on the
nature of the soul, etc. (7Г. g. 3 207).
tham$-pa 1. to lock together,
to hold fast with the arms, either in
love, or with anger.	so th ami-pa
lock-jaw. 2. to stick fast;
to stick fast in sand:
there was heard
the cry of a lagomys mouse clinging fast
573
to the wall behind Atis'a’s back (A.
106).
Thahi-gafl Lohu-kyun
in Chinese = ^athe most excellent;
or spf’^’AvyR the chief lord; epithets of
the founder of Taoism {Grub. ч 14),
thahu 1. capsule (Vai-$fi.). 2.
peach (JF7s.).
tkar for ч^ЗХ thar-thor.
tha) chuft-pa=&^ khron-bu
a small well (mystic) {Mifi-rda.).
thar-thor scatteredly, not together.
Syn. чЛХЧ tha-re tho-re\ VvXa thor
re-wa; T^A co le-ica {Mfton.).
4^ thar-nu a kind of medicinal root
used as a purgative:
Thar-nu cures all disease caused by
heat and cold {Med.).
Syn. V# re-mo \ K ne-wahi re-
mo can; А^*§\я bde byed-ma; R’A*^ khu-wa
Idanx	tha-dadphreft-ldan ;
ЪиМphreft-ldan; ’ЗДА char-hbab ; S’aS’
*5’^ byi-wahi lo-ma {Mfton.).
I: Thar-pa n. of a place near
Dong-tee in Tibet. *w«£a,
n. of a Sanskrit scholar of Tibet who
belonged to Tharpa.
SIV4 II:	far,
1. freedom, salvation, liberty, eman-
cipation, Nirvana, supreme happiness,
escape: ч^аг^гя^ it will be serviceable
for (my) liberty {Ja.). чк*>\$’5уГА hell
from which there is no escape. 2. adj.
free; 4W*jva to become free; 4VAV5^«
thar-war byed-pa to make free, liberate,
to save.
Syn. byaft-grol', shi-wa; 5<СЛ
mya-Aan hda$-> ^ ^5 hchi-me<}-, ^’5*1
rnam-grol\	byaft chub-pa; 5^*5
rdul-med‘, 5Q|’S'4 rdul-ЪтаЦ	yaft
srid-med]	don-dam;	ftet-legs
{Mnon.).
4V4AN thar-thab$ the means of release,
liberation; а£^чгчкча« means to escape
from prison.
Thar-pa chen-pohi mdo the
sutra on complete deliverance of the
soul {K. d. 328).
thar-pahi blo-gro^—^'^tho
inclination for liberation; the metaphysi-
cal conclusions of religion; n. of a meta-
physical work {Mnon.).
gvA' thar-po old, worn out; И’А rnift-
pa, SpH’A rga§ pa {Mfton.),
thar-pa bshon-mi n. of a Bon.
arch-devil {G. Bon. 22).
thar-dpag or ч^аа^ thar-hbag
a large plate, dish, platter.
thar-гса 1. to be freed, to be
liberated, absolved. 2. escape, to get
through, to be able to pass; S’^va chu-
te thar-wa to get through water:
S7$ mi-thar the food cannot pass through.
'^VT4 thar-du hjug-pa to set at liberty,
to acquit; Х’ч^агА^А’А to pardon (a male-
factor), to grant him his life, frq. to let
live (animals) {Ja.); ^гч^'ч^А to be saved,
fully released, gen. from any further
transmigration.
ч^ Thar-rtse n. of monastery; also
that of the residence of the lama of ^or
in Tsang {Вой. 31).
ч^чю thar-lam or чка^^я ^fWHrir the
way to Nirvana or emancipation.
574

thar-leg$-pa purified;
one who has acquired the means to escape
sufferings.
«к thar-sa plaee of refuge, means of
escape;	there is no escape.
ад /Даг-$оЯ=ад’ч*Хк’ 1. has become
old, worn out {Rtsii.). 2. has been saved,
has escaped.
that the trumpet flower.
I: thal-wa w, vf^r, тзт: dust,,
powder, ashes; Ч4!4QI (jog-that fire ashes;
З^ад thug* that roasted barloy dried and
portable; В*ад bya-thal dung of birds;
ад'^’ burning embers. ад’& thal-chu lyo,
ash-water used instead of soda for making
tea. ад’^ thal-chcn ashes of the dead;
also a sort of gray earth used for be-
daubing the face in masquerades (Mil. ;
Ja.). ад^ thal-thag {Ld.) bread baked in
ashes; ад’я^Я thal-rydog ash-coloured;
thal-j>hyags broom, dusting rag
{Sch.).
$|ОГЩ 11; = чадч bthal-wa {Cs.) 1. to
pass, to pass by, to stop beyond; to miss
a mark : ггад’ад’^’ the waves come flowing
past {2IH.). 2. to elapse, be passed; to
change or pass from:	fifty years
has been passed (Fat-$«.);
changing or turning from blue to
red ; a«iabout
nine years passed by, whilo he sat in medi-
tation single-minded {’Qbro.m. Г* 10-18).
pw to be forward in speaking, bold.
3. to go or pass through:
to soar up and down before a rock;
ад-ад-^Ч’ад^ч^ to pass actually through
it (the saints not being subject to
the physical laws of matter) ; to shine,
to light through:	to go
straight forward, to act without eeremony
or disguise {Jd). 4. to come, to get to, to
arrive at:	three years elapsed
since they arrived;	where
the parents have gone it is not known; w
ад safe arrival;	to
arrive at: to attain (a blessed state) in a
pleasant and speedy manner. 5. to be
over, past, finished, done; ад'® it is
over, finished; §«г$*ад’® the number
sixty is completed; <wwq having disap-
peared, vanished; |^дгад he is undone it
is all oyer with him;	by
degrees it vanishes or dies away;
^ад the former agreement is no longer
valid {Ja.).
ад’в*’ different lengths, one object pro-
jecting beyond another; ад’^мя to exceed
the due measure {Sch.).
ад**Г^ g thal-ka rdo- rje a medicinal
fruit; is described as	“in
shape like a dog’s penis.” ад^Х^’^’^’
Thal-ka rdorje relieves suppura-
tions {Med.).
I: thal-kar or ад^р a white
elephant;	n. of the
fabulous white elephant with , six tusks;
also the leader-elephant in a herd {Yig.).
Syn. av^‘Sq*^- gtan-pohi rgyal-po; В'Щ'
khyu-yi mgon-po;	gty'n-
pohi nwhogf^i^^^ spos-kyi glaft-po (jrs-
Vfa) {Mnon?).
адя§^ thal-bgyur adherence; asso-
ciation ; connected language. ад
thal-hgyur-pa one belonging to the Pra-
saftgika school of the Buddhists.
•
ад’^я’ад’чд^ that ches-par hgyur Wfawy
absence of connection;, absence of.adhej,*
ence.
ЧОГ§Д] I	575
thal-kag a slap (on the cheek);
4^‘8ql*S4'4 thal-lcag гдуаЪ-ра to slap on the
cheek, to give a box on the ear.
thal brdab-pa a clap with the
hands (out of joy or scorn).
thal-thal a particular number.
thal-dre$ n. of a medicinal
flower of the lily species; also
Anantamula.
Syn.	8o-ht8hohi bu-mo;
mthah-ya§ rtsa; g	§no-safl$ hkhri-
$ifi; 2)'^’^ klu-yi lee;	те-tog phra-
то;	ba-glafi bsrufi; gww«i4
§no-8an§ mthah-ya§ (Mnon.).
wfqsi thal-phyogs the party victorious
in a metaphysical disputation.
thal-byi the grey or cat-squirrel.
norq^-q thal-bahi snin-po	wnnf
a kind of sandal wood.
wqK*§X thal-war hgyur con-
nection.
wgq^q thal byufi-hgro~wa 1. to move
or walk or rush fearlessly. 2. sbst. a hero.
Syn. 5qqdp ah-и: о;	hjigs-mcd;
8riin-%tob$-cau (Mnon.).
thal-ma through and through (&?Л.).
thal-mo the palm of the hand :
thal-mo sbyar-tca	to
fold the palms of the hands in devotion;
thal-mo $nan-pa to give a slap on
the cheek, or box on the ear;
§5 thal-mo thal-icar byed	sepa-
rated the hands that were joined to show
reverence.
w«r^t Thal-la tshal n. of a place in
Я Ке’ Rag-roA in Kham's: ^'Xv£q^w<4'
at Thal-la tshal in ffag-ron
rtsibs the chieftain and his subjects fought
(ПУ).
thal-tshan	closet, privy.
thal-tshwa a kind of salt, gen.
burnt salt:	burnt
salt subdues cold and swelling of the
stomach.
swuiN thal-yas (SF^) n. of a number.
44’3| thal-le straight on; forthwith;
(TIbvom. I4 10).
5]^’If Thahi-dsi (Mongolian) the title by
which the descendants of Jenghis Khan
the great Tartar conqueror are known.
According to Mongol law the fact of one’s
bearing the title of Thahi-dsi exempts one
from taxation.
thi num. fig. 40.
thi-gu rope, string:
a golden cord descended from
heaven (Yig?).
$|’4 thi-wa ЗпЛн 1. sandpiper, but
acc. to Sch. stock-dove; also = 5^ plover,
lapwing. 2.=^ ч in C. (Jd.).
=	“0” or numeral for
zero. 2. a line:	эдцкя to draw
a line; or a black line; a
red line ; diameter. 3. also
carpenter’s cord or ’string to mark lines
with any instrument used in drawing
lines; $kor-thig a pair of com-
passes;	slate-pencil, lead pencil;
also' a line drawn with a lead-pencil (Jd.).
^’85 thig-skud thread, yarn; also
straight line.
thig-mkhau sawyer.
I
576
1
^^’’1 thig-nag 1. one of the eight
hot hells whore the damned are sawn to
pieces, lines being drawn upon them, v.
2. black spot.
thig-tsam a little, about the size of
a line, a drop.
thig-tshad proportion, symmetry
(Cs.).	thig-tshad byed-pa to pro-
portion.
thig-$ift ruler for ruling lines;
also a level.
$ч|’Ч thig-ра, v. thigt-pa.
thig-ma cotton or woollen chintz,
on which there are different designs.
Зчрд* thig-hbum	tho sea, ocean.
thig-le (Д А 1* semen virile.
2. fa*;	or «V”
star or mark tatooed on the forehead as
an ornament; an eye on a peacock's
feather. 3. the concentration of what is
diffused ; par-excellence ;	*3ч) sa-yi
thig-le	the chief or supreme
person, king {A. K. 1-h); painting, mark,
spot; spotted, concentred in spots ;
the best or concentration
of all religions. 4.	[com-
plete, special] S. 5. zero, naught (PTn-
$#.). 6. a phase of mystic contemplation
in which the seminal fluid is supposed to
be inwardly absorbed into the arteries;
also, the mystic fluid, itself:	’^T
ЙАЗчгч’вЦ the semen of the roma and
kyafima becomes increased (Л/rZ.).
tfiifi-kha cho$-
kyi hkhorAo hdi theg$-le gafi-wa-yin that
globe of the doctrine, his heart, has been
filled with the mystical fluids. 7. said
1о=3’*^ the female monthly discharge.
8. as met. may=2J^ glafi-po.
thig-le mchog-ma fwtWHT
n. of a celestial courtezan; a centre of all
religions in which finally all the sects
must unite.
thig-le hi lus a leopard, snake
(ДМок.).
thigt-pa also spelt «HfA—^’A
zil-wa 1. a drop (Л. 7c 111-86):
from every drop; in drops, by drops;
*as|4|*i rain drops;	a drop or
globule of gold. 2. vb. to sprinkle or
throw in drops.
thifiy v. hdift-wa.
thifi-$ift TFsnrs n. of a dye.
thin-gi	n. of a line
or succession of noblemen in Tibet (Tty.).
M4! thid-yug a number {Ya-sel. 57).
thib-ра, v. aSa’a hthib-pa and
фч gtib-pa; Эч'Зч thib-thib very dark,
dense; яфгЪсгЪч $mug$-pa thib-thib fogs
thickening.
thib^-po 1. vanishing,
disappearing. 2. fafar dark, dense,
obscure, v. hthib-pa and ^aa gtib-pa-,
^^a^an^an a blessing devolving upon a
person.
ЗпкЗб thibs-mo dense, dark.
3«’A thim-pa (ич|*»гдчрг« phags-ma khugs
la)	*ro to be lost (in some
thing else), to melt down; to be dissolved
being mixed up with another object; =
and t*'4; gen. with «I or to dis-
appear by being imbibed, to be absorbed;
to pass into, to evaporate (of fluids); of a
snake; to creep away, to disappear in a
hole; frq. of the vanishing of rays of
light, of a god, etc.;	to pass
or sink into unconsciousness.
§5TS5J ]
577

Syn. sim-pa; 3'4 sku-wa (Mflon.).
thim-thim n. of a number (Ya-
sei. 57).
Thihu kwan4hifi-mur
n. of one of the Tartar Emperors of China
belonging to the great Yuan dynasty. He
invited the celebrated Karma Lama Ran-
byuft Rdorje to Peking (ZofL 10).
Thil-chuft. n. of a place in
Tibet (Loti. 8).
Э’ПЙ thil-sion prob, for rntlzil
^ton-pa to enter into the depth of a con-
versation or expression; to fathom a
secret.
thu 1. num. fig. 70. 2. spittle:
3‘3'4 to spit out of scorn or contempt
at anybody (K. du. S &16).
thu-pa skirt of a robe, coat-flap
(Khrtd).
thu-wa 1. vb. swr to pluck or
collect flowers. 2. = 3’3’4^^. 3. 3*‘4
thub-pa able, powerful, capable of:
(Snifi.) in
measuring the bottom of perdition (with
a fathoming stone) there is none more
capable than man. 4. malicious, wicked,
vicious: ЦЧ’^й^’З’4 $dug-b$fial thu-wa a
malignant suffering or severe accident. 5.
vb., v. ^3'^ hthu-tva.
^^thu-wo chief, senior, an elder
brother. 2.	quarrel, poison.
3. =3*4’4 thug-pa gruel made of bar-
ley flour.
Syn. £ jojo\ a-jo; 3'^ phu-bo;
?*4'*rg*< thog-'nia-^kyes; §fion-skye§.
З’Й thu-mo lady, mistress (Cs.).
’5 Thii-med al-than rgyal-po
a king of Mongolia who was famed for
his patronage of Buddhism, althan in
Mongolian signifying “golden.” (Loft.
11).
thu-re uninterrupted (&Л.).
thu-lu spittle; 3'$’^q'4 or ^^'4
to spit, to throw spittle; thu-lu nag-po
occurs in Glu. 3 as=withered flower.
3'3^ thu-lum a lump of metal; in W.
acc. to Jd. a cannon-ball.
thug postp. c. accus. until, up to; in
reference to time and space V34! until
now;	for forty days;
ч5‘Р’3*4 over against the gompa, at the
gompa. Adv. = only.
3*4’3 thug-sgra or 3*4great noise:
now each
made great noise and rattling sounds
(Rdsa. 9).
3*4’C’ thug-rfia (34Г|4ияГ4|Т*) the hairy
tail of a yak fixed with a flag on the top
of a Tibetan house. 3*4’^< thug-tshom the
flag staff with a silken flag, or a yak’s
tail and hay attached to the top of a post
and fixed on the roof of a monastery or
house in Tibet (Rtsii.).
I: thug-pa sbst. soup, broth;
^З^’З4! hbras-thug rice-soup; 4*4’3*4 bag-thug
meal-soup; barley-soup, зчр'чдяч
thug-pa hgrim-pa	to make
barley gruel; the cook who prepares such ;
J'S4! rgya-thug Chinese porridge, a soit of
vermicelli-soup; 3*4’^ thug-thal—^'Z^
thug-ttsam flour of barley for making
gruel or broth.
|Ч|’Ц II: 1. to reach, arrive at, come
to; o. dat. or termin: X5’W3*4'4 to reach
the close of life; §*Г4‘«гз*4 to reach to the
74
!
578

very bone; З’^ЗЯ’* or ^чк’ЗЯ’^ at thq
point of death; ^’^'ЗЯ he was just on
the point of seizing her. 2. to interview,
to encounter; to meet, to light upon:
to have an interview with
(JR from. P 7); ^Я^’^’ЗЯ’4 to fall in with
robbers; ЯХ^’ЗЯ’4 resp. shal-mjal
personal interview. 3. colloq. to touch, to
hit or strike against : ^Я’у’^'ЭТI shall
not touch it, I shall not come near with
my hand (Ja.).
ЗЯ‘*5 thug-chad agreement (&A.h
ЗЯthug-yas 1. not to be reached,
«adless (Cs.). 2.u. of a very great number
(Га-*/. 37).
ЗЯq	thug-pa nwd-par-hgyur
WWli possibility of the fallacy of
id injinitum (Gram.). ЗЯ*^'^’1^^ thug-
nud las tegres-pa	chapter
on the fallacy of ad injinitum.
thugs 1. fa’w, the heart,
gen. ЗЯ^'Я thugs-ka breast, the heait:
the incarnation of a deity,
originating in a ray of light which proceeds
from the breast of that deity. 2. heait (in
a spiritual sense), mind, soul, spirit, used
resp. for	ЗЯ^’ЗЛ^^ЗЯ^ТФ^ to
be kept in the mind, in memory. 3.
purpose, intention. In this sense it occurs
in the well-know compound word ЗЯ^’1
mercy, a favour. АЗР'^'^’ЗЯ^'
if so bom the birth will be use-
less and for no purpose (Lam.-ti.Y ЗЯ^'
thugs-rab — ^'*^ wisdom, good heart;
thugs-rus^fyb1* assiduity, exer-
tion ; зя^’^'4 thugs $e$-pa resp. for
yid-$es-pa to believe; to know one’s
mind. Thugs is used also like sems in the
colloq. pleonastically when mental feelings
are expressed: Vi’**	'^’чх5-дя^’5ЯЯ’<г
^5 I am glad to see you; lit."there is
joy in my mind to see yon.”
Syn. §ntfi; ^‘§5’95 kun-skyed-byed;
rnam^es rten\ зГЯ'Я^ sroy-gi
rten ;	sems-kyi khan-pa; я*ч’*^Я
<;a-yi-mchog (Affton.).
ЗЯ^’Я^'4 thugs gtofi-wa resp. «тся’^Ят*’
ч to muse, meditate, reflect.
ЗЯ*Г£рц thugt-spro-wa to be cheerful;
to be merry.
3q*TV1*‘q thugs dhar-tra 1. white (clean)
heart, sincerity. 2. there are 360 Bon
gods called Thugs-dkar; and those who
conduct religious rites to propitiate them
are called Thugs-dkar-wa (Rtsii.). ЗЯМ'
V^'5*one of the seven Bon sages
(G. Bon. 35).
ЗЯ^’^5 thugs-iskyed=§WttyS *m-
1- imbibing faith, an idea dawning
in the mind. 2. kind remembrance: ЗЯ**’
я | also may it please you to write me
often as heretofore without becoming
unsteady in your kind remembrance of
me (Pty. k. 25).
ЗЯ^ЕИ thugs-mkhyen resp. for
fore-knowledge.
ЗЯ^’ЯЗ^'^*1 thugs-hkhur che-bshes to
accept responsibility : ЗЯ^ЯЗ^'4^’^'4'
Я^’снм at the bottom there having been
engendered a sense of responsibility.
• ЗЯ^ЗЯ^ thugs-hkhrugs resp. for ffc*
я^Я^ khoft-hkrugs agitation of the mind.
ЗЯМ'^с.ч thugs-dgofis resp. for
consideration, thought, opinion, view.
ЗЯ^*5^ thugs-rgyal resp. for anger,
wrath, indignation: зя^*^*^^ anger
arises, is roused (Ja.).
ЗЯ^’М thugs-fian grief, sorrow, afflks
tion.
ЗЯМ’^’ц Mw7$-ffaZ-tra==$wwi sems-^l
to be sorrowful; sorrow: $здгя^*ЗЯ*г^'ч’*г
*^Я be consoled, do not be grieved
(Rdsa, 19).
r^i'l
579

3^’t thugs-rje lit. noble purpose or
heart; generosity, pity, commiseration,
compassion; a grace, favour, mercy, bless-
ing:	pray, look graciously
upon me;	pray,
be so kind as to send me some seeds {Ja.).
thug§-ye-can—$^’Q%‘%*\ gracious,
merciful, generous {Mnon.). 3^]N’^q
thugs-rje che-гса, 9WY'^'4 merciful
and loving {Mnon.).	thug$-rje die
is one of the common expressions of thanks
and courtesy=our “many thanks,” “you
are most kind,” etc.
З^цг^^З Thug$-rje chen-po an epithet
of Avalokites'vara; the all-merciful one, a
Buddha.
3*prtgww Thugs-rje byams-ma an epi-
thet of	Skye-dguhi bdag-mo
aunt and foster-mother of Gautama
Buddha.
§4]*rt'c^Yq ihtigt-rje hddn-pa to be com-
passionate, merciful; з^рг^’^’ч thng^rje
mdsad-pa to shew mercy, to behave
kindly.
З^рг^’^ Thugs-rjehi lha an appellation
of Avalokites'vara. There are four gods
bearing the name of	in the Bon
pantheon of the later period; they are
called by their attributes:—(1) Rjtfvq’q’
mercy.flows to all
the world uninterruptedly like a river;
(2)	mercy in-
exhaustible as the basis of all things for
the world of migratory existence; (3)
^QT§wq5'34|^l’y*rg’g blessings to all
living beings evenly like as with the
sun; (4)	mercy
boundless like the sky.
thngs-nid—^w^y sems-nid.
З^^’З^ thug§-thub resp. for 3<r&\ 1.
self-sufficient, not caring; thinking no
danger or injury will accrue from such
and such action or steps, eto. 2. misappro-
priation of anything to one’s self thinking
that no notice will be taken:
{A.
75) because he had misappropriated
to himself half a pound of rice, he was
born as a Preta of most insignificant
power ;	thugs thub-tu spyad-
pa to work with self-reliance, being con-
fident of one’s own abilities {A. 75).
1^5* thugs-dam^^'^ yi-dam 1.
lit. holy opinion; advice. 2. oath, vow,
solemn promise:	to take an
oath, to make a vow. 3. a prayer, a wish
in the form of a prayer ; =	5. con-
templation, the act of contemplating a
deity (cf. and|4’q sgrub-pa), meditation
in general: 3<q^’^’R^ meditation increases,
proceeds successfully; devotion. 4. a
deity, a tutelar god or saint: 3T*'5*X
not expel-
ling me at any time outside the protec-
tion of the dorje of my tutelary god.
3<jprq^ thugs-bde happy, cheerful.
3^’^ thugs-hdun =	thugs-
kyi hdun-pa or 34*VRAS thugs-hdod.
«^’g^rX^’qR^^^'R^’q^^i’q^’RXv^^-q^jJ^ lct
your affection to me not be cast aside
that I may be permitted to have a gracious
interview {Yig. k. 25).
З^^-ч^ч thugs-nafi ggln-pa very
affectionate, loving letters: З^’^'5!^'
pray that your affectionate letters may
also come to me unhindered as the motion
of the wind {Yig. k. 87).
3W^ thugs-mug~$.'W\ yi-mug des-
pair.
Fc' I
580
thugs brtse-wa love, affection
of the heart, compassion; resp. for ;
frq.	^4|*TQ to look upon
compassionately, to remember in mercy.
thugs-su
to think well of, approve of; to be agree-
able ; aLo adj. agreeable, pleasant, delight-
ful ; also sbst. pleasure, delight.
thu$-sra$ spiritual son; an ap-
pellation given to distinguished disciples
of saints. Manju-s'ri, Avalokites'vara,
Vajrapfcpi, etc., are spiritual sons of
Gautama acc. to the МаЫуйпа School.
Among the Bon, ]Ja-shoy l£do-sdud and
other saints are the spiritual sons of Shen-
rab.
tkun-fta three years old, of
animals {Seh.).
I*’2! Mwri-wa 1. short, low in size, of
small dimensions: ^’З^’ч a short stem.
distance in general; «ЧЗ^’В’З^*
short in size, a dwarf. З^’Ч'Л^ thun-гса bshi
the four shortnesses of the members of the
human body which are regarded as defects,
viz:—short neck; яртЗ^’Ч short
legs; дл’З^ short back; the lower
parts of the arm or legs (J/t.). З^Ь’ thun-
nu diminutive, short;	to
become shorter. 2.	^'5'3**'4 brief
in respect of duration, of time.
Syn. dmah-u'a; srid-thuft;
thuft-fiu\ йл? mi-mtho; rtse-
dnian (Mfion.).
thud (*pS)	1. the hollow of a
pillar. 2. coagulated milk, thickened milk
with butter a dainty with yak herdsmen
of Tibet.
ate pastry made of treacle and dried curds
with butter; *’35 ho-thud milk-cheese; also
3«il
a mess of rice, milk and sugar; 35’^q‘S five
cakes of milk cheese {Rtsii.). 3S’B* thud-
$grom a box iu which milk-cheese is packed
for sale.
3\^vq thud for-tra lit. careless; erring,
blundering; defined as <ч*г*|^*гдчрneg-
lect of work, etc.; 3\Л^not to
be negligent.
^’^5 thud-thud n. of a number {Ya-
sei. 56).
I: thuH = *W% 5(fr, WC a period of
three hours, the eighth part of a day accord-
ing to Buddhist astrology. Ace. to Jd.
a fixed length of time; as long as a man is
able to work without resting; a shift of six,
four or three hours.	the night-
watch is over; зу^*г^	ЯТК
the second watch (of day or night); 3^**’
qfait urif iu the last watch of night;
3aj5*-Zr«i	in the first watch (of
night); 3^w<r«i	in the middle
watch (of night).	nam-yyi gun
thun-la at or about midnight.
3<Y* thun-ma irw relating to the
watch of the night.
3Y4Vq //iun fahi-pa the fourth
lunar crescent, i.e., the fourth day after
the full or the new-moon.
thun-bshihi rnal-hbyor an
ascetic who meditates or keeps the mind
abstracted from worldly objects, &e., con-
tinuously during the four watches of the
day; the meditation of a whole day.
3^q^-p thun bzufi-tca to keep the watch,
i.e., not let slip the time without fully
using it either in meditation or in the
performance of any other work.
3^'Д]$»4'ч than ysum-pa	1. one
who remains engaged in devotion three
times during the day (twenty:four hours).
S3)!
581
З3)’^' |
2. the lunar crescent on the third
day after a uew or fullmoon. [3. night]#.
thiin-pa=*^'4 b§nun-pa to cling
to, to adhere.
И	1.	the
junction of the day and night, twilight and
day-break:
there are four periods or
junctions in which those called Tsham-pa
Gom-chen can relax their meditation
(Oil. 8). з^'я*яч thun mtshani§ the day
and the night; at sunset or at day-break.
an auspicious con-
junction of time. 2. state of abstraction
and isolation, real or suppositional, of a
lama sitting to meditate. Often even
applied to the room where he is sitting.
thun-mtsham^rtogs is a
or cannibal demon that longs for the gloom
betwixt day and night to be able to search
for prey.
• З^’^нч'^ач thun-mtshams
strong in twilight, a demon or Rakshasa.
(prob, for ^3^) in sorcery :
bodies or substances which are supposed to
be possessed of magic virtues, such as sand,
barley, sesame, mustard, etc. 3^’^ thun-
gfor offerings made to evil spirits. 3^‘V’
thun-doft a hole in which magical articles
are buried or concealed in Shaman rites.
3^’*5* thun-mddh a magical arrow to shoot
people or devils. З^дчч thun brab-pa to
cast or throw enchanted articles, also to
perform magical rites with them, also
to slay people or evil-spirits.
3^*^ thun-rwa, an enchanted horn on
which figures of scorpions, alligators, etc.,
are engraved for witch-craft.
IV: one who collects; a gatherer
(from *3’q); one who picks up or
gathers sticks; Г'З^ a gatherer of grass
(Ja.); ^‘34’ a gatherer of ears of corn (Ck.).
3^’34 reaping-hook, sickle (&?A.).
3^*^* thun-mtshon a weapon that is
fixed or stuck on.
thun-nan ma-mo the mo-
ther of the arch-devil, said to=AVVI54'q'
the long-armed devil. However
«!*)is the demon who measured lances
with Shenrab the Teacher of the Bon
(Ж
thun-топ or З^’Йс-q
чп5(птц ordinary, general, common,
usual; that which is done or happens every
day. д^Зк'Хч thzin-mofi	trans-
migratory existence, worldly life, the works •
that one does in ordinary life (Mfion.).
The	as specified in Buddhist
works are:—(1) ччичр^ч^ the four (Dhya-
nd) kinds of meditation; (2)	the
immeasurable virtues; (3)
the four kinds of sitting in
abstraction in the formless state; (4)
the five kinds of fore-knowledge.
Again *^‘^‘g=the five sorts of
ordinary ascetics which are:—(1) ^‘ЗА'Хч*
a yogi who meditates in the
mornings and evenings ; (2)
a yogi who propitiates a divinity by
first offering him cakes; (3) Азч'Ч’-ач’З^г^ч
an ascetic who practises asceticism for
getting food; (4)	a thirsty
ascetic who practises penance for the, sake
of liquor; (5)	an ascetic
whose behaviour is uniform at all times
(Bbum. <1 78).
Syn. $ $pyi', ST* spyi-mci'j g'^ $pyi-
thog (Mfion.).
thun-mofi-tea^^’Xds.
thun-mofl ma-yin-pahi
chos in Budh. extraordinary doctrines
582.
^aid to comprise :—q^
§ ХЫ’Л 4^'q qT qjv3,<l^’§, VT**
It is stated that they are called
extraordinary because they can only be
practised and comprehended by tho Bodhi-
sattvas of tho ten stages and aro incompre-
hensible to the followers of the Hinayfina
school.
thuii-inon bud-med
a public woman (ДМон.).
thun-moft-sa unclaimed grounds,
publie gardens, a place for public sports
and athletic exercises (Mnou.).
phran-tzhegs.
thub хпчц; bio thub-p.i 1. cap-
able; also sbst. a mighty one.- 3V3q one
who is able to do everything, able to fight
out all enemies (Yid. 224)- ' 2. a
wise man, a sage, a saint in general.
^q-ц
t hub-palpotential vb. with ac-
cus. or root of another verb: 1. to be able,
to be capable of, to withstand, be equal
to:	as the poison could’not
do him any harm;	5’«КачЗадгуг
one able to keep off hail;
invincible; ^'S3’3q 4 to bo able to subdue
all evil.	is not easily borne
by man, e.g., does not agree with him;
wjK/gq^ to be able to bear a simple
cotton dress;	was not able
to lie on his bed;
'fc' ’t shall not be able to reach the pass-
top to-morrow. 2. the common Tibetan
epithet of Sakya-muni—^'3’3q’q. 3.
the mighty or capable one.
3q’^5 thub-tshod wtm courage (A. K.
1-П).
^q-X^^ Thuh-chod-can==**fcw
one of the fierce wild tribes of India that
3*1
did not submit to the Aryas; the lowest
of the Hindu tribes (iftfon.).
thub-pa nid a sage.
gq qthub-pa che a great sage;
an epithet of Buddha.
3qc^ thub-bstan	the doctrine
of Buddha : 3q
the stainless doctrine of Buddha enduring
to the end of time (I7y. k. 27),
3^*£4 fhub-pa drug the manifestations
of Buddha in the six states of existence acc.
to the Nying-ma sect:—(1) in the abodes
of gods, (2) in the world of demons, (3) in
the land of men, (4) as Вейде Rab-brtan
in the world of beasts, etc., (5) as Guru
Vairotsana in the abode of tho Yidag or
Preta, (6) as Vikrama in hell.
gq-q-^q’^Xq thub-pa rab-mchog Pravara
muni ; n. of a Tathagata.
Thub-pa 8an$-rgya$
Sakya-muni.
jq-qS’aj^ thub-pahi gna§ wnw a
hermitage.
угач’д thug-pahi-bu=№l%,
gq-q? ^qc/ZJ thub-pahi dwan-po an
epithet of Buddha.
gq^qq-qj^q-j^ Thub-dican gsuii-$kye$ an
epithet of a Qrataka, a monk of the Hina-
yana school (Mnon.). Also
theg-chun skye$-bu.
$|JJ thum or	anything
packed *n a bag, a parcel, anything packed
or wrapped up: ag’SR/jjrqw hbru-thaft
fhum-bca$ together with a package of
grained tea.
3*5	anything cut into
pieces.
583
|
thum-pa a while, a moment:
took a nap for a moment.
3^’9 thum-bu 1. a piece, bit:
not ac-
cepting anything else, (but) this piece he
would have; thus he expressed himself
(Hbrom. 144). 2.=^s a large spoon, a
ladle; ^‘3* a brass ladle; **^’3* a copper
ladle.
thum$= 1. 3^’9 spoon, ladle. 2.
piece of cloth, linen (^'3W^'S ra^tkum
Ita-bu); acc. to Cs. = 3^’q 3. cover, cover-
ing, wrapper of a book or a parcel, also
the parcel itself. 3WJA’^ to put (a cover
round a thing), to wrap up; 3w*i having
a cover, packed.	*
thur a slope; 3M^ adv. down;
3K«w thur-lam down-hill road, a steep de-
scent ; 3*^ thur-da or 3^,QJ thur-la down-
wards ;	to cast down into ; 3*’*i
sink down;	head down or
head over heels ;	3*^55 thur-hgrod that
which runs downward, as met. water
(ДГЯон.).
3^’ыЗ] thur-mgo 1. the tip of a spoon
thur mgo-tsam about the tip of a
spoon, a spoon measure. 2.=5^Ц//шг-
адо a halter; З^Я thur-tkag the rope
attached to 3^4; 3^5Я thur-mthah the
end of that rope.
3^'3 thur-po the lowest part, the lower
side (of a hill): З^’З^'З’З^’^’'4 at the very
lowest possible point, in the bottom-most
part (e.g., of a deep ravine between two
hill-sides).
3^’*Vm thur-sel that which clears the
downward passage, a purgation; 3*s’Shr§’
thur-sel-gyi rlufi the wind that
passes downward, £e., through the rectum.
3*^1
3^’3 thur-bu or 3^'$ tkur-ru foal, colt,
filly (Ja.).
3*’* thur-ma 1. wm a stick, chop-
stick ; 3^'wq3'q tur-та brga-pa an umbrella
which is made on a frame work of (lit. a
hundred) many sticks (Milon.). 2. spoon.
3. a whole class of surgical instruments
(Ja.).
3^’4 thur-sho a pair of scales.
3*’% thur-fin WW pole, the stick
with which loads are supported (being at-
tached to its two ends).
3^’3*’ thur-sraft an ounce of silver
(Yig.)J ЗМ*’5^ (Rtsti.).
thul from hdul-wa used sub-
stantively :	besides that way of
converting (people) (Ja.).	tkul
hog-tu hjug-pa to keep under one’s power
or control; to keep a tight hand over
a person, to discipline one; 54C'3^ ftfa-
(Л.	1-8) one who has controlled
his passion;	to clear land
for tillage (Schl.).
3^'3^ thul-gyi$ suddenly, immediately :
З^'З^’Й3» thul-gyis byon he arrived suddenly
(Л. 4^).
5^1’4 tkul-pa acc. to Cs. = 3*19 thul-po
dress made of the skins of animals, a fur
coat or cloak; ^ГЗ** lug-thul dress of
sheep skin; ^’3** ra-thul dress of goat-
skin.
thul-ica 1. imp. З^4] thul*cig
to restrain, tame, curb, check:
к*г<ц^адгз*г^ the goblins having been
subdued by me;	it is
difficult to check a sinful deed. As a
participle: tamed, civilized; converted.
2. rolled or wound up.
^’Ч|
584
V’ |
thul-tu the common sheep-skin
dress.
3^ thul-le (Ld.) impressive.
thu$-pa or	1. = ^*гч
fit, appropriate:
whether it will be appropriate if coming
forth from the lips, e.e., expressed in words
(Rdsa. 15). v.	hthu-ica.
S| the 1. for and ^4 2. num.
100.
e\
the-khyim> v. the-se.
$4^' the-chuft the smallest toe.
the-wa pf. the$ (Sch.) 1. to be-
long, appertain to; belonging to
a thing;	relation of
owner-ship:	£5 to this my
father has no claims. 2. to occupy one’s
self with a thing, to meddle with, to
interfere.
the-pa or theb-pa^offiyw per-
taining to; to be applied to ; to be of use:
those who are fit to
enter service (Ya-sel. 31).
W The-Ьо n. of a place in Khams-Am-
do (Loft. * 14).
the-mo resp. (originally the
thumb or thumb impression) a seal, signet,
stomp. S’? the-tse id.
the-tshom	fafaps<sr,
hesitation ;
doubt, unceitaiuty, perplexity :
doubt arises, or	I am doubtful.
to utter a doubt. In Budh:—
1-	doubt regarding altera-
tion of signification. 2.
doubt as to the meaning remaining
unchanged. 3.	equal doubt
in reference to both (Loft. * 15)\
the mi-tshom not doubting, also~
without being afraid of, boldly : W*q<r
he practised
(tho rites) for the attainment of occult
powers without being exercised by the
thought of kanna^ retribution, truth
and untruth (ЦЬгот. Г 3).
Syn. som-ni\ ^5^ пет-пиг^
hphyaft-mo nug; ma-fte$;
(Mfton.).
the-rtog scruple doubt, uncer-
tainty, hesitation.
the-tshom med unquestionable,
certain =	doubtless:
that the son should inherit the
father’s property is undoubted.
3 £*rrq the-tshom za-wa to doubt, to
suspect, to be suspicious, doubtful, i’&rr
«цм* the-tshom za-wa ?нат$ scrupulous
irresolute persons.
the-tshom log-ge groundless
doubt, false scruple, or suspicions :
as
groundless suspicions remain, make a
further investigation should you think it
necessary to be done (Rdsa 12).
The-han (Chinese) = heaven.
5The han-nu or (Chinese)=4^’
the lord of heaven (Grub, ч 15).
the-re col. straight, upright, fiim,
smooth, without folds or wrinkles : 5ЛSc
the-re thift or the-re then draw the
(carpet) smooth (Jd.).
The-raft, v. thchu-raft.
the-raft mig geig-
pahi rgyal-khams the fabulous kingdom of
one-eyed giants, of cyclops; or 3AC
a class of demons (Yig.).

585
^•<l|
the-rel in W. incomplete, de-
fective, unfinished.
 the-lz black spots tatooed on
the forehead pf Hindu women of
Bengal. $the-le lia-buhi rgyan is
rendered: ornament resembling the eye
of a peacock’s feather.
The-se a king of the demi-
gods residing in the nether regions. ^0^
The-khyim n. of his principal wife. 3’$*
The-se grum-bu one of the minor
chiefs of Sa-bdag demi-gods (Rtsii.).
the-te-le evil-hearted, vicious:
some
said that the miraculous king Kong-tso
was blasphemous and vicious (D.R.).
theg-pa I 1. to support: Vl'^'
5ql’5^nl .always supports tho clergy. 2.
to lift, raise, hold up. 3. to endure,
to be able to carry:	as much as
you are able to carry;	as
much as one man is able’to carry; he
was not able to hold him up;
unportable, not to be carried ;
•K’Wipdfc’fy	the
roof will not bear so much snow ; it cannot
be supported for the space of a moment;
not being able to stand
their urgent demands;	to
be able to bear good fortune and ill
fortune, cf.	4. цт^,
any vehicle for transit, carriage, convey-
ance, even riding-beast:	he
mounted on a carriage drawn by horses;
he procured or gathered
five hundred conveyances (horses,
elephants, chariots); 3ор^л^ч one who
mounts chariots. Not used in this sense
in modern writings.
II•	1. a method of doctrinal
religion and conduct, a vehicle whereby
one may be conveyed to higher and
higher stages of progress to Buddhistic
perfection and so ultimately to Nirvana.
Buddhism is supposed to be divided,
primarily and also as a matter of history,
into two great methods of observance
aud spiritual advance, these methods being
designated (Sans, yand) or vehicles to
carry you onwards. The first or earliest
was thd ^ч'^я^’ч otherwise Sq&tv the Hina-
у ana school or following, now generally
estimated as the meanest because the easiest
vehicle to go by. This school may be
taken to have been now long since extinct.
The second and later development, said
to have been first authoritatively promul-
gated by Kanishka at the council of
Kusana in Kashmir (about A.D. 78), is
designated the ^ip’^q theg-pa chen-po
or Great Vehicle, otherwise the Maha-
yaua school. A leading feature in this
system was the introduction of the series
of Bodhisattwas (ЭА’^'^яя’^чч), and even-
tually of Dhyani Buddhas (^’^я'яля’^я)
and Dhyani Bodhisattwas (^’^’^яя^чч),
into the curriculum of progress. As the
Bodhisattwas are beings who have volun-
tarily and indefinitely delayed their own
absorption into Nirvana for the sake of
helping forward others on the $кч5’яя or
path of deliverance, so much the greater
and more noble and beneficent is a system
deemed which has included such principles
as part of itself than that of the Hinayana
or Lesser Vehicle which is destitute of
tho idea. The Mahayana in all other
respects, likewise, is a more elaborate and
intricate method of advance and therefore
is,’ Buddhistically, considered tho higher
and better; while the Hinayana is held
to be as crude and unsophisticated as it is
75
586

frankly selfish. Historically, the Lessor
or Lower Vehicle may be taken as the
primitive curriculum of Doctrine and
Practice as taught in the early period in
Magadha and transported thonco into
Ceylon and oven to Kambodia. Never-
theless, Trans-Himalayan Buddhism, as
propagated from North India into Tibet
China, and Japan, has never known any
other form than the MahAyana. Indeed
all records of tho prevalence of or
Hinayana are so vague that theories
invalidating its existence altogether as a
practised sphere of Buddhism have been
propounded. One theory allows to it only
a paper existence set forth to contrast the
greater glory of the MahAyAua system, in
tho works of winch system alone all first
references to it oceur. Another theory
lately expounded by Professor Satis Chan-
dra Acharya of Calcutta (Seo Journal
Royal Asiatic Soo., Jan. 1900) endeavours
to classify Brahmanism and Jainism with
the doctrine of heretical Buddhists as
together comprising the Hinayana system
as referred to in Mahayana writings;
and it is urged that Buddhist authors
would naturally speak scornfully of tho
Brahmanism, etc., which had gone before
as being a Hinayana, a less or lower means
of conveyance to salvation. However,
Professor 0. Bendall, in a note on the last
proposition, points to the matter-of-faot
reference of the Chinese pilgrim Hiuen
Tsang to the two systems as being both
of them schools of solely Buddhist practice
prevalent in his own day in the countries
he visited, describing in particular some
of the Ceylon Buddhists as of “the Little
Vehicle.” We may add, moreover, that
W’X* the well-known term for a Buddhist
hearer or Sr'avaka is always defined in the
Igfion-brjod and other similar Tibetan
treatises as a	or	5, that
is, a follower of the Hinayana school. 2.
tho word seems to have a second or more
general technical meaning, signifying :
doctrine in overt action, the practice of
any doctrine, whether particular or ‘part
of a system or the whole system itself;
also conduct.
theg-pa gsum the Three
Vehicles. Although the groat primary
division of Buddhism is ordinarily set
forth as only two-fold, the trinitarian
tendency arises hero, as elsewhere, and we
read, therefore, of a set of throe doctrinal
vehicles also. These are:—(1)
or	Hinayana or Cravaka yana;
(2)	or	Pratyeka
Buddha yana or Pradegika yana; (3) 9^'
Ог	the Bodhisattva
ydna or Mahayfina or Ek ayana}
for the good of all sentient beings so
that they may imbibe faith in tho doctrine
of tho all-perfect Buddhahood.” Again,
tho Mahayana school has been further
divided into departments which under
Tantrik influence, have assumed tho posi-
tion of independent and oven superseding
systems, deemed preferable to tho genera-
ting source from which they took origin.
The principal derivative of Mahayana origin
is tho Mantra yana (g^’3 ^*q) or Vajra-
ydna	which follows mysticism
and deals in a measure with esoteric
Buddhism. The Mantra-yana is divided
into two classes called q (Hetu-yana)
vehicle of Cause and	ч (Phala-
yana) the vehielo of Effect. Aoc. to the
Bon and also the Rdsogs-chvn-pa sect of
the $in-ma school there are nine vehicles
(^Tq53). Of these	are* the four
subdivisions of the doctrine of Cause:—

587
Е/Зчр,	Я-gq ^ q; while
q^gsr^’^^four subdivisions of the
doctrine of Effect:—^’HV04^,
^4j-q; and lastly is or
W'SJMWH which is common to both the
series just mentioned.
theg-pahi-stobs ijnTW one of
the ten spiritual strengths of a Bodhisattva
so called on account of the superiority of
doctrine, v. Ipwq§ %tubs-bcu.
theg-chen thugs-rje
sems-dpah — §wrt№ a follower of the Yoga-
carya school of Buddhism an offshoot of
the Mahayana School.
Theg-mchog-gltn n. of a
monastery within the suburbs of Lhasa
presided over by an incarnate Lama.
Seems to be identical with the Tshe-mchog
Ling.
Then-kwan =X’^4^ (Vima-
la drsti) n. of a celebrated Chinese Bud-
dhist scholar well-versed in Sanskrt and
who is said to have compiled 300 works.
He lived during the reign of Emperor
Ming huang of the T’ang dynasty and was
greatly revered both by the people and
the Emperor (Grub. 5, 11).
then-po or then-bu lame,
maimed in the leg ; in ТГ. limping,
hobbling.
thens щт time, times:
one time, once; Swg five times;
in one drawing of breath;
at a stretch, without intermission (Ja.).
then 1. explained as	tshur
hdon-rgyu drawing out or pulling towards
one:	bead-
khra bkod-lug§ boas then-hkhyer mi^yoA
(Rtsii.). 2. = srib or hrib-tsam
«gm a little while, a moment:
рГау do wait for a little
while and I shall speak but three words
(Rdsa. 22).
then-pa tax, duty, impost (Sch dp
4^5 then-med=^*'*^ (D-	8).
theb 1. for them full. 2. for
thabs (Glr.).
theb-mo or the thumb;
theb-chun the little finger, v.
I: thebs series, order, succession
(Schi).	to do successively;
thebs-pdy v.	hthebs-pa.
II: 1. signifies yon-tca
coming out, issuing; thus =
Sfc'q the coming out of snakes or nag as
from underneath the ground. 2.=Г'^'§ч]^}
go sgra-can
§gra-gcan kha-lta phyogs.
^’4 thebs-pa I: 1. to reach, arrive
at:	it has come to my
hand, 'Шч to reach the ear, to come
to one’s hearing:
q^'^5 if you do not like to go, at least let
it come to your hearing (give audience)
(Л. 128). 2.=^’^ hdsom-pa to collect,
assemble:	assem-
bling together of the eight classes of
demons. 3. to be taken, be captured, to
fall into;	whether an animal
has fallen in the snare or not;
having laid the trap, see if any
fall in it or not.
Iqsrq thebs-pa II: to adjust, to fit or
cause to fit, to make appropriate, to make 
Sqsr^’l	588
suitable:	to give a suitable or
appropriate reply;	[caj$-
gzer theb^-son a rivet or nail has been
fitted into it;	food and
drink have been applied, fitted, distri-
buted ; ЗфгНзд does the lock fit
or not ?
theb$-rati=^*& thehu-raft
or 3*gc.' tho-braft a class of demon.
I: them-pa 1. Khnn,
writer threshold;	to cross the
threshold; Jfчя §go-them door-sill; ya-
tht m head piece of a door-frame, lintel;
«'Зя ma-them sill, threshold. 2. rank,
dignity. 3. series, set; them-$ka$
staircase, flight of steps, a ladder ; 3«‘4«
them-rim the several steps of a staircase ;
З^'Зя rdo-them stone-stair; яр^'Зя hkhor-
them winding stair (Cs.).
Зя’Зч them-deb registration or record of
the thresholds of houses with a view to
levy house-tax :	a
statement or list of tenants, villages and
towns is set forth herein (Rtsii.).
II: 1. to be full, complete:
when the (specified) space of
months was fulfilled;
one day being still wanting; ч^Зя-о one
hundred being full or the limit of a
hundred having been reached. 2. in W.
to be sufficient, enough (from Ja.).
3^g them-bu closing, shutting up (Sch.f.
3*r£ Z//€7n-risa=^^’5T£’ (Lo. 8).
3«them-tsham$ stopping, a stoppage.
3nn'S)q thems-yig memorial (Sch.).
thehu-rati, 3w a set of de-
mons.
ther bare, denuded; also 3v3^f/w-
ther unruffled, flat.
ther-hbum (Я^**) ФИ; 3vRg*r
i.e., 1,000,000,000. 3vQgw^-21
ther-hbumchen-po ; = 10,000,000,000.
3v* ther-ma a kind of serge-cloth
resembling flannel; Зя ra&dher drill;
4тЗя bal-ther shawl made of sheep’s wool;
$*’3я rnam-ther very thick serge resem-.
bling blanket; ^'Зя le-ther serge made of
very soft goafs wool; 3vtp| ther-$bag (3v
«ЗЧ’4) a coarse kind of serge (Rtsii.); Sv
ther-gzan a wrapper made of serge
which the lamas wrap round their body;
3v*p^v<vZi ther-gzan dmar-po red plaid-
shawl (Rtsii.).
ther-zug= Зя’^'Ч or *£V«r*\q
hgyur-tca med-pa constant, enduring,
unchangeable.
Syn. 5^'4 rtag-pa;	brtan-pa,
(Mnon.).
thel-wa in IF. =	tfeb-pa to
arrive, cf. ^’4 t hal-ка.
^’<37 thcl-ma leather strap (Rtsii.).
thcl-tshe (WF) seal, ftamp; З^
thel-se = % £ the-tshe seal, stamp (Sch.).
яНгц thc$-pa pf. to 3'4 the-ка (Schi).
jf tho 1. num. for 130. 2. register, list,
catalogue, index, memorandum:
354N keeping memoranda. Уяд’ч tho hlri-
ка to register, to make out a list. or
catalogue (Schtr.); $ vlf $leb-tho or Qgc.-?
hbyun-tho account of receipts; son-
tho, S5 ? bud-tho,	$kyag-tho account of
expenditures;	btafi-tho account of
money or goods lent or sent out; ?? no-tho
589
bill, account of goods purchased; 5’У lo-tho
or З'У zla-tho calendar, almanac;
?К^У list of orders or directions given to
one (lit. laid down on his hand);
Уч’У a list of things which his relations
shall receive, i.e., inherit (Jd.);
tho-yig lags-su bkod-pa to make a
separate list of things (F?<?.). У^ tho-
zur corner or marginal note;
ЗрУ^И list, catalogue, for reference.
Уя^ч tho-hkhor adj. and adv. near;
sbst. neighbourhood.
Syn. thag ne-ica;	ne-hkhor
(Шоп.).
Tho-gar or Ул’Ч’я tho-dkar n. of
a kingdom situated N. and N.W. of
Kashmir, including Kho-ten. Tukhara, n.
of a place and people in the north-west of
India; Jd. suggests it is the Togaimah of
the Bible. У	they
brought Ramdar a large number of troops
from Tho-dkar (Grub * 15).
srr tho-co jocular talk, nonsense-
ehatter; УУ §\ч tho-co bycd-pa to speak
nonsense, meaningless words. This word
and У* tho-cho are evidently identic.
yX^-l<r|urg tho-cho snen-tshig ya-
§gra dan to speak with dissimulation; to
speak gently by concealing one’s anger
(D.7?.).
У‘В tho-phyi 1. in Pth. seems to sig-
nify the sky (Ja.); acc. to Schr. love. 2.
dissimulation.
tho-tho prob, a Chinese word, sig-
nif ying boundary demarcation ; thus J
УУ rgya-mi tho-tho is the designation of
the boundary marks put by the Chinese
between Nepal and Tibet.
Tho-tho-ri gnan-btsan
the first historical king of Tibet; during
his reign Buddhism was first introduced in
Tibet:
3е’I the commencement of the holy doc-
trine occurred in the times of Tho-tho-ri
nyan-tsan (Deb. *12).
tho-rdo stone boundary: ^гУУч§ч]’Ч
putting boundary marks of piled stones.
tho-ica^^'^ a hammer; У
blacksmith’s hammer ;	; Уч*г
5^ to hammer, to forge; ^’У rdo-tho a
stone hammer; ^’У yft-tho a wooden
hammer, mallet; Уч^' tho-chufi a small
hammer, the cock of a gun; a soldering
stick.
У'с^яяч tho btsams-pa pf. of Уя^яя’Ч tho
htshams-pa (&ag.).
Уя^я'ч tho-htsham-pa	sbst. 1.
contempt, scorn, a scoffer, also Уя^и<гч
(q|*rqy«rg*r«|^) (Nag.). 2. to scorn, scoff,
jeer, sneer at, mock:
pardon our having sneered at you
before.
У^я tho-yor pyramid of stones heaped
up as votive pile, a cairn.
Tho-ri §nan-$al another
name of king Tho tho-ri gnan-bisan (Loti.
*8).
iho-rafi$ or УЛкл tho-refa ЯТН:,
<зчт, Ш dawn, break of day, early morn-
ing; Уладг^угд early, in the morning;
chiefly used in W. 2. the following
morning, also adverbially: ^сгя^ чя Улся
on the morning after having met him (Ja.).
Улчм’||Ч’ч tho-rafa $nafi-tca to-morrow. УК
tho-re acc. to Jd. in W. to-morrow ;=w
safi.
S-ajsil
590
УК ц tho-re-wa 1. acc. to Cs.=Xin tho-
tsal. 2. ф* a few:	ч^^«ХК-
according to the manner of
speech of pandit^ he said a few words
(Л. 104). ХЛ&< tho-re team a little while,
time (J. Zaft.).
thu-lam a kind of
hammer with a knob at its head;
yriVwq a red-hot iron hammer (Sorig).
£f’tho-le l.=^4vKq-Zi a projection;
defined also as «i«j,wXarq^,q clapping the
palms of the hand (D.f?.). X^**Xwq tho-le
hdcbs-pa to spit, o. °* la at or on (cf. 3
Мн). 2. a button. 3.	chalk (Jd.).
fho-te rift
being diffused as white
light in the sky it was projected in a long
column (D.J?.).
tho-log hinny, offspring of a
horse and sho-ass; a flummel. X4^q^%
two hinnies with the stupi-
dest mule-colt of the lot (Ji\/.).
Tho-qo legs n. of a tribe in
Tibet (Yig.).
tho-hnn a Chinese word, meaning
pale-white or grey colour.
Sf4| I: thog	thun-
der-bolt, lightning; Xq V^’4 lightning
and hail: Xe^'j^XS’4 damage done by
lightning and hail. X^wq lightning
descending, falling of a thunderbolt; X«]’
jn-q striking with lightning; X«r
to arrive, to approach quick or suddenly
like lightning; Х^Ч^^ q«p^’«wj<4’
by the touch of a bone of an
individual killed by lightning, colic
and diarrhoea are cured.	or
*41
X«TW§ Q^q dying from a thunderbolt; to
be killed by lightning:
I gaw six great lightnings
burst asunder in the sky (A. 16).
Syn. Xrdo-rjehi char-pa;	«
chu-hdsin Aweig’q&w mc-char hphro
hjoms; Vw’4 Ice hbar-wa;
sprui-gyi hod-zcr\	chu-las hlar
^’wp5-Xq nam-mkhabi tho-ica; lee
snin-med;	chaft-nams;
spriu-gyi те-po che;	rdo-rjehi zegs ;
4*rJVj»wi chus nu-$nani§;	gnani-
dags;	Spriu-gyi zer bphro-tca\
ri-hjoins;	hbigs-byed
(Mnon.).
thog-rgyag=№^ or sud-
denly; also any sudden rattling noise;
fig. sudden accident or mishap at a time
when nothing was expected.
X^'gqjM thog-lcags meteorie iron, a thun-
derbolt (ДГЯол.). Xflj'X thog-rdo id.
(Mnon.).
thog-ri hjoms thunder, the
chief weapon of Indra with which ho
strikes the mountains (Mfton.).
II; (pE. q5?4j) a roof, a cover,
top; X*]'^q*rq or X*r^|«rq to put a roof
on a house; also fig. to finish an enter-
prise or task; Х^'В^Ч^’4 to roof, to finish
a roof by beating and stamping down the
earth or sods of which the covering con-
sists; also fig. to impress (Ja.). X*|Vp
thog-dkar opening for smoke in a. roof;
wXo] ya-thog ceiling; «’Xq ma-thog floor of
a room; S^X4! dgu-thog having nine
storeys or floors. The ni-zla or crown-
ing finial of a ehait or ohorten is
also styled the thog; so, too, architec-
turally, the apex or culminating point
of any structure. The following forty-
tf’l!	591
three terms are enumerated in connec-
tion with a storeyed house :—yan-
thog, £*54*^ chu Jcyob-thog, dkar-
gsal, skas-ka,	$kyan-nnl, j&r*
khol-ma, gron-khycr sgo, j’Sw rgya-
phibs, ^T1^’ sgo-khan,	^go-glegs,
$go-gtan, $45* $go-dran, sgo-rndun,
sgo-hphar, sgo-phibs, sgo-
mo ehe,	$go-yi khyim§, ^’|J^ §go-
yi khyam^,	glafi-rgydb,	glan-
pofri sen, «4’if chab-sgo, ^q]'§5 hjug-byed,
яле: rta-hbab,	gtan-pa,	them-ska§,
dra-mig, mdah-yab, ^’л5^’
snan-wahi khun, pu-gu, phyi-rol
$go, phred-gtan, л дя-йч] ba-glan mig
W^,	bya-§kyibs can,	hdseg
§ka$,	hdseg-pahi rten,	shal-
shal, ^5 ya-gad, wgq ya-phub,
yan-lag gshi-mdo, lan-kan, g^’if rlun-
sgo,	sa-bcin§,	sraft-mdah
(Mnon.).
III: head, top, in a general sense:
X*|4^-q thog-hdren-pa to be at the head,
to lead; or ЗЧрч on, upon, g4]
on the ice;	at head of the army.
and adv.’up, up to, above ;
quite at the top. Sw^-g-qv
§q'^« lying heavy, weighing heavily, upon
one’s mind. Also postp. c. gen. 1. on,
upon, e.g., to lay on, to place upon: ля’
345’3^’ *ahi thog-tu byuti it smote right
upon me (i.e., on my heart). 2. towards,
in the direction of :	mahi thog-tu
towards (its) mother;
the Bon priest soaring towards the
skies. 3. postp. c. accus. during, as long
as, throughout; whilst (У4 gen. without 5)
dgun-thog throughout the whole
winter; bgro^-thog during the walk;
sfia-thog, phi-thog lit. ‘during
forenoon, during afternoon, as sbst. in TF.
morning, evening, or forenoon and after
noon. 4. just upon, directly after: лфг
ЗяуХ’я bsho§-thog ho-та milk just after
being milked (Jd.). thog-nas above,
more than;	they re-
mained, e.g., lived, not more than fifty
years (Ld.),
• IV; 1. fruit, produce; VT^lv.
ehin-thog produee of the
fields; lo-thog year’s produce ; ^5’
gifi-thog fruit, produce of a tree or
other plant; sjwlfa) gsar-thog new pro-
duce, the year’s crop; thog-phud first
fruit, as an offering. 2. in W. fortune,
wealth, property; common property,
property belonging to the community or
congregation 3. lit. red fruit,
n. of a plant and its fruit. Has these syno-
nyms:	pi-
Mi hdab	hbra^-bu	dmar;
hdsin-byed\	bsit-ica	hdsin;
'Wj'ii gshan-rgyal;	thog-gi	lo-nui
(Шоп.).
thog-grans-pa 1. to be the
leader of, to lead against, to lead forward,
to conduct:
and headed by Sakya together with
Mahanama (I7?^.).
thog-thag 1. in the dialect of
the Dok-pa herdsmen of Tibetreli-
gion. 2. or during, as long as,
whilst, quite :	during
a whole day;	the road
was quite full (of snow) ; л^л^'чя’
whilst they began to fill up
the;
benefit of this will be permanent as long
as the sun endures (Surafi. 123).
thog mthah-цаг first and last,
from beginning to end; at all times
592	Sc-1
continuously ($. kar. 5).	thog-
nit ha hi rgyu-rkyen the first and the last
cause, the entire cause or origin.
^Ч]’Л thog-ma wq, тон 1. what
is uppermost, the upper end, the fore-
most place, tho top;	they
sat down at tho top of the row. 2. the
first, earliest, ancient; also origin, begin-
ning;	already at his birth,
from his very birth;	нХн of
noble birth, as regards his birth very
high;	from the very beginning;
of itself (Ja.);	or
from eternity, from time imme-
morial.	Чгздтщ blessing,
good or prosperity Ut the beginning (of
an ything).
thog-mahi lo-ma fresh shoots
of leaves.
i:	thog-ma-§kyc§ hjw the first
born (of brothers and sisters); the eldest
brother.
Syn. $fton-$hye$\ jo-jo;
phu-ico; a-jo (Mnon.).
I1:	the first born (of Brahma),
i.e., Brahmai?a caste of India.
thog-ma dan
wdhah-ina med-pahi §tofi-pa-$nid WTOTTV-
one of tho 18 kinds of emptiness
(Jf.F.).
thog-mahi тдон-ро = Jig’
WZJ ОГ	(Yig. k. 26)
epithet applied to the Adi-Buddha.
thog-mahi byed-pa
first rites, duties, or business, to be done
at the outset.
t hog-mar 1. adv. at first, first.
2. postp. c. genit. before, at the begin-
jring of.'
*5 thog-tshad or (F^'q^) storey
of a house.
*5 Thog-tsha dpah-bo n. of a sec-
tion of the Sa-$kya ruling family (Zotf.
* 30).
thogs v. <V4*’4 b<logs-pa and
Ц bthogt-pa.
thog^-pa 1. hti, Hf= to bear
aloft;	to hold up in the hand;
згэгщ a king; one over
whose head an umbrella is held as a
mark of honour. 2. sifnv^ sfkv, to
strike, stumble, run against, to throw
against or on, to be impeded, delayed:
with obstruction or impedi-
ments.	wsfaTO, unhin-
dered, unobstructed; also two classes of
devils, v. 4^5А а-0-ч|ьв1вЕ.-Г<пм-ч^5^
without being, hindered by men, dogs, oi’
any thing else.
Syn. W’q hchan-ua\ hdsin-pa
(% fan.).
thog$-pa me# =
or	1.	v.
preceding para., also = all-searching, all-
penetrating, all-pervading. 2. ^чн^
Aryasanga the founder of the Yoga-
ch arya school of Buddhism. He was
called the sage of Achinta-puri Vihar, now
called A junta, the cave and temples of
which still bear testimony to the glory of
his time ; and is said to have lived 150
years. Acc. to some Tibetan authors he
was‘the brother of the celebrated Vasu
Bandhu (K. g. \ 450).
thofi 1. a plough.	thofi-
leags	the iron of the plough
share.’ 2. a trunk, box (A. K. 1-14) ;
thoft-go§ clothes in a leather trunk,
also the lining of the inside of a leather
trunk (Rtsii.).
thoft-ka or
or the breast : Зк’Ч	they
(fought) holding each other breast to
breast.
* Sk’P*	t kofi-khor=sdense,
thick; also sbst. density.
thoH-pa 1.
Pg»rq a rain two years old just entering
its third year. 2. acc. to Cs. a ram
that is castrated, wether; ^’Mk’ ra-thoft
a castrated he-goat; Мк’ч5’Ч thon-pahi-
lo the years between childhood and man-
hood ; juvenile years (Sch.). 3. TW,
also Ik*3 thoft-po cf. ^Ч’Мк* a plough.
Ус/чяадч’t hoft-pahi hchaft-bzuft=Уч
^ §5 whn to plough, to hold the plough.
?k'9 thoft-spu mane of the camel
(Sch\
thoft-gqol чп^г, the plough-
share : ?к*др^г^ thoft-g$ol can one who
ploughs, a tiller of the soil.
Хкм’ЧЙ^ thoft$-hdsin a receipt: ^5’^’
ч«гч’Укчч®?|Ч the fuel having been
supplied take a receipt for it (Rtsii.).
Tithod 1. postp. over or above;
— up, upon; also as adj.
higher, upper: чч*2!ч,зч,Уч’У\вч,^,§,& the
windings of the higher ravines and gorges
of Nepal are very considerable (Jig.).
§teft-kheb$ cover,
outside cover, anything to cover over.
2.=^ shba	also
fyla-thod or SS’^5 dbu-thod crown of the
head, ornament or covering for the head.
ya-thod, ma-thod a loft in the
rafters of the upper and lower storey of a
house.
593	^1
tho d-rgal
^’4 thod-rgal che-wa angry, wrathful.
thod-thod, v. $ su.
thod-pa 1. чптж skull; skull of
dead person, death’s head; thod-$kam
a dry skull; thod-rlon a fresh skull;
XSH4! thod-khrag a skull filled with blood;
thod-phor drinking cup made of a
skull used by Tantrik lamas in propitiating
spirits, ghosts, etc. 2. or thod-dkri$
a turban, not however worn in Tibet.
3. the forehead, brow:	thod-
rtsa vena frontalis.	thod-rgyan
the ornament for the head.
thod-mo~khor=Jfafi*^ a species
of conch-shell which when burnt makes
fine lime.	thod-пю khor-gyi
phye-ma	lime-wash for walls
of buildings.
thod-le kor or	thod-le
$kod said to mean alabaster (fiag).
^5*^5^ thod-le dkar chalk;
thod-le dkar-gyi phye-ma lime-
wash or powder.
sjaj thon 1. V. ^4, so; S?
at the time of, also time of coming
out, at the time of his departure;
khydd-thon—^^'^'Q turning out excel-
lent, particularly good. 2. n. of a village
at the foot of the Khambala ridge on the
south side of the Yeru Tsangpo, famous
for being the birth-place of Thon-mi Sam-
bhota the father of Tibetan literature.
Thon-pa a native of Thon, also a
member of the family of Thon-mi Sam-
bhota;	n. of a Tibetan minis-
ter born of the family of Thon-mi
Sambhota (Loft. * 8). У^’Й Thon-mi or
Thon-mi Sam-bho-ta, called also
the minister of king Sroft~bt$an
Sgam-po who resided for many years in
76
594
^41
India in order to study Sanskrt and on
his return to Tibet framed the Tibetan
characters and laid tho basis of Tibetan
literature about the middle of the seventh
century A.D.
thon-ka greenish-blue:
чУу^'й^-яУ^ {Jig.) bright green-blue
bears the name of thon-ka. Уу^ thon-thi n.
of a kind of Chinese satin shot with green
and blue (S. kar. 279).
thob, v. Уя’я t hob-pa, an exhortation
as in Ч^яУя | я*ЦУч, v. hdeb$-pa.
Уя’ф ihob-ehu ace. to Schr. button (*•*)•
I: t hob-pa щи, зт, um, W 1.
vb. to find, to get, obtain; is practically
synonymous withlS’q rned-pa, which verb
in the colloq. it has to a large extent
superseded, though in certain parts of
Central Tibet rned-pa is often heard. In
TF. and Sikkim Уя*я only is in use both
conversationally and in letters. In litera-
ture Уя*я occurs in the sense of “to get,
obtain, procure, receive” ; but not in tho
proper sense of “ to find, discover ” which
is the special meaning belonging to"^S,q.
Thus in books a common phrase is 5$’я*Уч’
they obtained or acquired faith; S54l*^ir
at the end have got the W (in gram-
matical construction), Уяч'^чдч
gaining [having a close adherence ; closely
connected; consequent on]& 2. to be-
come; $<<5’Уя’я to become king;
Уч q to become a Buddha, to attain to Bud-
dhahood ; £*Учч to be religious; ^я^'
Учч to be miserable, to be unhappy; 4^’q’
yq q to be saved, emancipated; ч^ч’Уя'Я to
become happy, i.e., to attain to Nirvana.
II: sbst. gain, profit,
that which has been got or obtained; the
sum, result, of gain. Уч’У^ in IF. adj.
<q’5)q||
that which is to be got or received (Ja.); Уя'
§4j qt4’q=4q*’5*’awq to draw or
acquire' somehow or other another’s pro-
perty.
Уя'Ч thob-ga, v. Уя’У.
Уч'р* thob-kha-ma—\ww\ also Уяч*<г|
immediately, e.g., §^’Уя’Р’еч'в| directly he
had arrived (4ftfon.).
Уч'^ thob-tgyu colloq. lit. anything to
be got, as income, profit, gain.
yqj^ thob-tgyal 1. Уч’Я’^'^я thob-pa
daft rgyal-ica to gain and win; this ex-
pression occurs in the passage ГЯ'}*^,
J-ЙУч ядягд^ч) where it signifies ***
Уя'^, i.e., acquiring, finding, the way (to
Nirvana), getting at the root or gaining tho
fruit in the phraseology of the Sift-tna sect
{Khrid). 2. n. of a district with a monas^
tery in Tsang:
the temple of the
Biver-bank Sands is situated on a hill on
tho further .bank of the Tsangpo in the
direction of Thob-gyal in Tsang {Loft. *
6). In Thob-gyal was bom
the Panchen Lama Tanpai Wangchug,
who was the successor of the Tashi Lama
Tan-pai Nyi-ma whom Capt. Samuel
Turner had interviewed in 1786 A.D. 3.
occurs in Уя* thob-rgyal byed-pa aec.
to Sch. to despoil, pillage, plunder.
Уч** tho-cha a share, due; the share
’which one gets. Also Уч’У^.
Уч’я^ thob-hdod—^4 ehags ex-»
pectation, longing for.
Уч’^4 thob-tshir lit. the turn of getting;
may be taken as=claim, right, due : Уя
*•<^5 thob-tshir fta-la yod I have a claim,
a right to it (Ja.). Уч’^* thob-rim the order
or turn of getting.
yq’Sjq] ihob-yig repertory, indent

595

thob-lo^lfa^ t hob-да vanity, false
show:	he is conceited, he is
not talented but he makes a show.
he who
makes show of religion, of having acquired
it, while just entered at the door of its
exposition (Khrid.).
yp'Sfq thob-srol ргоЬ.=Чч’а^ thob-tshir
right of succession.
thob-ga contest, scramble, e.g., for
money thrown among people.
thom-bu, v. (in the dialect
of Amdo) a large wooden spoon or ladle
ordinarily called
^яч'Ц^’я*^5-^Уя
regarding tho Jowo as not like others he
presented him with an additional spoonful
of buffalo-cow’s curds and a handful of
crystaline sugar (A. 35) ;
brought one spoonful of drink (A. 116).
thom§-pa, v. rXww hthom§~pa.
Thohu-kican the last emperor of
China of the Ta-yuan or Tartar dynasty :
Karma
Raft-byuft rdo-rje was invited to China by
(emperor) Thohu kwan (Loft. * 10).
thor anything gathered into a single
point; what is in a tangle drawn out fine.
thor-cog or	or	(also
a plaited tuft of hair,
toupet:	he bound the tuft
of hair with silk-string of five colours.
Thor-khod or Thor-god n.
of a Mongol tribe.	Thor-god §pyi-
khaft n. of quarters in the monastery of
Tashi-lhunpo where monks coming from
X’tffc Thor-god generally reside.	•
(Loft. 15) the most
learned Ce^rab §byin-pa of Thor-god &c.
thor-mgo 1. v. thur-mgo. 2.
the commencement of the dawn, of the
morning.
ХХ’аирт thor-chag§=%$entered
into the list; registered:	’&• w
the resident official of a Jong gene-
rously put into the list (Rtsii.).
* thor-to=&% the top point of
hair, etc.
Ккч thor-pay also <Sk’ci, small-pox (Sch.)>
pimples, pustule;	srin-thor cuta-
neous disorders, pustules, pimples on the
skin (Jd.).
ЧХ‘4 thor-w a 1. v. hthor-wa. 2»
thor-pa.
ЗХ’З I: thor-bu 1. acc. to Jd. denotes a
whole class of diseases comprising dyspepsia
as well as cutaneous disorders. swMX
dmar-thor measles (Sch.); Хм4! thor-nag
some kind of pimples or eruption on the
skin (Ya-sei. 28). 2.’single, separate (Ja.);
д’Й’МК’З’Ц separate little things, works,
books, etc. (Schr.).
thor-mo the growing fat of cows,
goats, etc., in consequence of sterility
(Sch.).
thor-gtsug	gtsug-
thor or gtsug-tor a turban.
thor- tshugs fwnw, =
plaited hair bound up on the head in a
spiral.
thor-ГС ОГ	^q’Crq| 5’4^5
(A. 110).
ihor-re-wa, v.
^’4 thol-wa 1. v. hthol-ica pf.
to rtol-ica what has come forth, what
596
has been raised, elevated (Sch.); tho I-
by uh arisen, begun suddenly.
Thog I: or Thog-rug n. of
a clan among the ancient Tibetans (17#.).
3^11: (in Sikk.) = ^’4 understanding ;
thog*chuft of less understanding; Vm*
to express intelligibly;
absolute comprehension; fully
understanding or hearing, one of the six
v. 5-
thog-pa 1. vb. to hear; now
used in tho ordinary sense of hearing
anything with one’s own ears just as is the
verb nan-pa; but seems to have
had originally the meaning of hearing
something at second hand, i.e., from others.
This signification it still bears also.
Hence we derive the further meaning:
2. to hear of, to have woid of, to under-
stand;	have you
heard of the English or Europeans of
Calcutta?	ЧЧГТЧТЦ,	as
reported. 3. ono of the 18 sciences
or f^?jT; Veda, v.
Sfa'Sfc thog-grol or	set
free (from the world as soon as he) beard
(it); an abbreviated n. of a book called
the work by the
hearing of which one is instantly saved.
It is read over deceased persons or to the
soul of the deceased.
Ifc-q-tapi	legg a follower
of the Hinayana school (ДМоя.).
thog-chuft of little experience;
ignorant.
thog-ggrogg or	1. met.
5’Xq bya-rog the crow. 2.	a
hearer ; a follower of the Hinayana school
(JU«on.).
am I
thog-rtul less read or imperfectly
informed.
thog-ldan ufwn learned man.
Syn. rpkhag-pa\	$e*-rab~
can\ rig-pa can (Milon.).
thog-ldan dicaft the chief among
the learned; complimentary address for a
learned man.
.	thog-pa-dgah n. given to the
Buddhist saint Mi-la rag-pa.
thog-hdsin = V4 rna-wa
hearing; also the organ of hearing.
thog-hdsin rgyan = $‘5^ rna rgyan
ear-ornament.
Л’5 thog-lo hear-say; hearing (a thing)
but not understanding:
not being so, as
if one pretended to have heard and to
understand without really having taken
into the mind (Khrid. 40).
&SP* mthah wminh the lower part
of the body ;	mthah-gog wwnjfa
a vestment for it, a sort of petticoat (Cs.);
aoo. to others : a toga worn by the lamas.
mthah gprad-pa згтччтт mutual
touching of tho body, lying or sleeping
together (as husband and wife):
just on the point of embracing ;
f^E, gvq embracing (for company).
ipikahg=W all:
perceived by all, heard by all.
w mthah (cf. *’«) 1. the end,
whether relative to space or time; so=
edge, margin, brink; termination, con-
clusion, limits:	to go round
the confines (of a place);	mthah-
fygril skirts or edge of a gown or vestment
tied up ;	exceeding all bounds,
very great;	to walk
[	597	|
round him that sits on a throne (G7r.); <w
лчччгеч <5[q] q not returning to former works;
to the last karma ; de-mthah round that
(mountain);	at the frontiers
and in the interior, everywhere (Jd.}; »«*’
jj'TF’w border region; (be four bord-
ers, i.e., all the surrounding territory, frq.
«ч?'Х\ the treasures of the border-country;
mthah hdul-wa to conquer or con-
vert the people on the frontier;
the monasteries (founded)
to convert the wild people of the border-
land and also those beyond (Rtsii.} ;
mthuhi-dmag border-war, i.e., the invading
armies (from China, India, Nepal or Kho-
ten):	4’5**	if the
lower lands are seized, tranquility will be
reduced to a minimum (Rdsa. 22}. 2.
In grammar: terminal letters; na, «
ma, ra, * la 3*4**; *чч^ mthah-can
words ending in n, m, r, 1; ga-mthah
a final (*Ч ga}. 3.=®*-*1* cha-$as. 4. appa-
rently is sometimes used as adj. = the
utmost, tho last, e.g.,
having been delivered from misery and
from the utmost prosperity (Khor-de).
Wflj&fij mthah gcig-tu 1. on the one
hand; in part; in a certain degree and in
some respects (Jd.}. 2. keeping all on one
’de, or taking from one end or from one
side (of a subject or question);
it is not easy for one
like me to explain only one side (Situ. 2};
mthah gcig-pa^^^'^^ of
one opinion, view or thought; unani-
mous.
mthah gcod-pa 1. final sen-
tence or judgment, a decision. 2. to
adjudge, decide, come to a conclusion:
mthah gcod-pahi phyir in or-
der to settle it definitely, to come to a
conclusion, or decision.	yafi-dag
mthah trani the true end, the farthest
limit. 3. the rest, remainder: ^’X4|*’3'w’
having given up the last remnant of
hope and fear.
лчч <1V’5*’Q mthah-bshir rgyas-pa
ftsraT one who expands even unto the
four limits of the universe; an epithet of
a Cakravarti Raja (M.V.}.
mvS* mthah-klas^^'^\ ч limitless,
boundless.
mthah-skor	all round;
also as sbst. the whole circumference, the
perimeter.
гччч рйч mthah-khob or	ят«н bor-
der, outskirts, etc. wvjtfqmthah-
khob miham $kye-wa	any bor-
der-land occupied by uncivilized people;
also one of the eight unhappy states, v.
mthah-hkhob yul ят«я-
barbarian’s country ; also any country
where Buddhism has not penetrated.
mthah geb$~pa l. = *
a raddish leaf. 2. faqn rule, regulation.
ячя'5 mthah-gru=^&№ I copious-
ness; spacious, extensive.
?ЫАаЛ-<7ге^=^ч1*’5ч1* or ТЯ’
5*4* lit. friend to the limit of life, i.e.,
spouse.
wbi mthah-fios bashfulness,
modesty.
W44*g4j^ mthahdcagt the form of a
mirror, etc. (Schr.}.
«нчя’М mthafy-can ктязт mot. a branch.
«чч'*ч|м mthah-chag$ living at the
border or edge; the border of a robe.
mthah-gni$ lit. the two.extremes,
namely,	ttag-pa daft chad-pa. In
598	wq
ancient India the eages held that there was
either immortality or total annihilation,
Buddha discovering the golden mean or
middle path, «чгфч’дад mthah-gfii§ §pafi$
= «V‘ та-тЯ a hermaphrodite, who is
neither man nor woman (Шоп.). адч-д]*^г
doubt.
mthah-m the sun at the end of
summer and winter.
mthah-dag HW, fnfW,
several, sundry, all ; = *<Л
mthah-dag nun frq.
74 таЯ-t shig mthah-dag the plural sign
WWVI mthah-dag (gram.).
N44VJ mthah-dam qt	mt/iah-
dam-tshig=the difference separating ruler
and subject (Yig. k.)
mt/iah-brduln. of a number (Kz-
sel. 57). mvjpv mthab-snaft n. of
number of twenty-eight figures; wjfq*
£ пМаЯ-ъпаЯ chen-po (9]^)	n.
of number of twenty-nine figures.
wta mthah-ber a kind of lasso
with which the body of an enemy is en-
tangled.
wvqq mthah-bral 1. the sky, space. 2.
boundless; as with the ocean (Шоп.).
mthafy-hbyatns ’TXH n. of a very
large number (Ya-sel. 57).
mt hah-та ча, 1. the
cud; the outermost or extreme side or
thing. 2. border, hem, scam, of dresses.
to-day we see (him) for the
last time.
hr'й mthah-mi ятлшЛ border people;
barbarians.
wvqSyq mthah bstan-pa = ^^y*№ phugs
brtan-pa secure future, eventually for good.
mthah-bshi the four limits
of the globe;
one who has conquered every-
where,
mthab-yas 1. sfawn&, что, 3ч
infinite, endless. 2. n. of the king of Kash-
mir during whose reign Kshemendra
wrote the Avadfina Kalpalata. N. of a
king of Naga demi-gods (Шоп.). 3.=
^‘4^ sa-gshi the world.
wmw l)Jthah-ya$-ma the ocean,
a name of the goddess Paldan Lhamo
(Шоп.).
ыччmthah-ya$ rtsa	n. of a
vegetable medicine.
Syn.	that drewnan ; wytH a-
ta-pal (Шоп.).
«чгзд mthah-ra$ piece-goods imported
from border countries such as India $
China, Kashmir or Nepal (Rtsii.).
mthah^la^ hdas-pa
$t on-pa hid	one of the eighteen
kinds of emptiness (Jf. V.).
=	(Шоп.).
wa|w mthah-gsal wholly clear, illu-
minated.
wn|$q mthah-gseb — W^'*^.
345^ mthar 1. adv. at last, lastly, fin-
ally, in conclusion ; acc. to Jd. perh. also:
to the very last, wholly, altogether. Also
postp. after, behind;
rgyal-rab$ sum-brgyafyi mthar after three
hundred royal generations; rwfy’
the progressive particle <рЯ is (to
be written) after a final 2. or
«44-^ mthah-ru towards the end, at the
end; frq.	the number of
those that reach the natural end of life;
mthar thug-pa тефра not to be
got through, inexhaustible; reach-
ed the extreme limit or wlyn mthar
599
thon-pa fully crossed or passed over the
limit; as a sbst. a perfect holy person,
a saint who has acquired all virtues and
has gone to the farthest limit of learning
or has acquired all that is knowable, w
§5’3 miliar byed-pa to end a work, to
destroy, to put an end to, to demolish.
mthar-phyin or wvtyci
the sky. *W’§5 mthar-byed sjurnr,
the lord of death who puts an end
to every thing.	mthar-hbyin
going to the limit.
mthar-gyis
gna$-paJp ^nom$-par hjug-pa dgu the gradu-
ally-acquired nine stages of tranquil pos-
ture. They comprise the states of чад’
the four Dhyana;	the
four Arupa and
яч^'дагч mihar-tkyel-wa to carry out
fully; to depose without reserve, to dwell
upon a subject exhaustively.
mihar-gyi$=J^'^ rim-gyis adv.
by degrees, gradually, at length.
•	miliar thug-pa and
«, a	mi rtog-pa daft
nifl-mtshams spyod-pa med-pa are attributes
of the gods of the highest heaven (К. ко.
*1 237).
яч^’ЗЯ'4 mthar thug-pa^ mur-
t hug-pa touching or carried to the limit as
regards quality, good or bad.
rrdhas-kla^ v. wjq mthah-kla$.
яад-АЩчргч Mthas gtugs-pa ri. of a place.
mthin 1. sky-blue, azure. 2.
n. of a flower, used as a medicine for eye-
disease. 3. aoc. to Cs. = indigo;
mthifaph indigo-plant. 4. indigo colour
(Ja.).
mthift-skya light blue. *йч*р
mthin-kha blue colour. mtlM-ga n.
of a bird of deep-blue colour (C. Bon. 12).
mtkift-khra a kind of silk-scarf with
white spots on a blue ground (Rtsii.).
*йч*?| mtlM-gi	n. of an an-
cient dynasty (J. Zafi.).	mthifi-
rgyus a kind of stone used medicinally.
*й*’^ mthift-tifton n. of a blue-stone used
in medicine, lapis lazuli (Mcdl).
mtlM-ril acc. to Sch. wild duck.
mtlM-hril a smaller bird (Ja.) [the
fruit of the marshy date treeJS.;
= Icags-rdo superior steel,
of bluish-red colour, highly prized in
Tibet (Jig.).
Syn.	З mig-sman $fion-po;
bya-khyuft rdo;	gsal-ldan ; ч|ад’Ч*
gsal-pa can;	те-tog mig-
$тап;	ku-^uhi khams i
dus-kyi те-tog; те-tog ze (IMlfion.).
IjJthiA-shun n. of a place on the
Tibeto-Chinese frontier;
on a hill of turquoise-stone (shone as it
were) melted lapis lazuli (Tig.),
*йч’^с/ mthift-qifi monolyth of
turquoise.
mthihu, v. mthehu.
mthil 1. era, sbst. the bottom,
the lowermost part, the depths:
Лч'ЭД’Й'ч at the deep bottom of a
marmot’s burrow;	the bot-
tom or undermost of the pile of
clothes. 2. the hollow part of anything,
chiefly used of the hand or foot: ”14’»й*
the palm of the hand; the sole of
the foot;
vi for a hasty illustration,
there might be so many ants clinging to
life on the flat palm of the hand (or, on the
600
|
*31
palm of the hand as on a plain ) (Khor-
de}. 3. the centre, the principal or chief
part, of a town; the principal place :
Qdan-sa mt hit the capital or the
central place of a country whero the
government is located; also n. of the chief
monastery of Tibet in Yar-lung, throe
day’s journey to the east of Sam-ye.
mthu = ячп, Wre,
foroe or power of an inherent
nature; innate energy; capacity, resource.
Is a word chiefly used as denoting magie
powers; but not invariably so.
stroug, powerful, efficacious;
the capacity of suppressing
the powois of darkness; 5jfa
q^be-
cause he has abandoned the taking of life,
he shall be born in a land of great resources
and fine natural productions. n^Smthu-
tned also *3S'^S powerless, feeble, unable;
mthu$ by virtue of, frq. or *3’
5*magic, witchcraft;
q t0 cast magie spells, to bewitch.
*3’*фкл ndhu-tegyifa fawsifa roaring
expressive of one’s might and prowess
mthu-chen rnam$	*3'$v
conjuring, raising
tempests, exorcising ghosts, these three
I have learned thoroughly.
mthu-гса «те («3’|4’^) an exor-
cist, one who practises witchcraft. «3’
mthu-wo che	one versed
in mysticism, in the Tantrik cult, an exor-
cist lama
mthu-mo che n. of a prcta :
yi-dwag$ mthu-mo cher $kye$ was born as
a powerful female prcta (KhridY
«3'^ mthu-rtsal^^fyw, mthu-rtsa
rmad-du, byufi-wa rkan-mgyogt rlufi-dafi
mnam-pa geig §pyan-d§afi§ brought in one
who in walking was swift as wind and
wonderfully skilful in feats of arms,
&c.
^S» tnthu yo4-pa=tw»\
efficacious.
^’4 mthug^pa, v.	thick,
denes.
w3^'§5 mthuft-byed, v. gvjH gur-gum
(Mfon.).
wdhud, v. Я3\ч ht hud-pa.
**3V**S ipthud-medi *3S’M hthud-med.
ifdhun-pa (*'$й
W4T<R, ННТИ, ^r^rhpt,	WF3-
(bio lta-Ьи) * to agree with, to
be accordant, to be on a par with : *3<vqv
§5’q to make agree, to bring to agreement,
reconcile ; to be in sympathy with. Г’^З'У'4
unanimous;	ярк^з^ч to live
in harmony, unanimous in judgment;
accordant in form of religion.
X^’*3^‘q	merchants, men of
one and the same avocation;
*3Vq mutual agreement. S’q'ifvw'agdp
similarity or agreement in acts and
behaviour.	in harmony
with other men;	or
in conformity with one’s words, expres-
sions; ^'^‘«3^^ agreement in refer-
ence to time and place; ^’**3^’q per-
sonal union as of husband and wife;
agreeing in the habits of
life, in the manner of food and drink, etc.;
Ячрг^«зуч of equal birth and extrac-
tion ;	of the same or similar pro-
fession, also persons whose karma is simi-
lar ;	mental unity, of the same
thought or mind, agreement; *3^’q*’?
mthun-pahi §de итфЖ same or equal rank
601
or class.	similar
extraction or birth. я^-а^^а equal or
similar culture or enlightenment. ря^к;
яЗ^’А^’^'ч^'А paying taxes according to
law; 4V*’я’я^-3§\qor
-*)я the news being contradictory I do not
know what to do ;	’Ч|^ч]’я’я«я*
q^l	the
two men having disagreed, they did not
go to law but a friend made them agree ;
^ОГА^ЯЯ’! ’ ?<Ч’	V §^’«1 ’ *3^’ ’ Я^А’	<Y
^Я’язу^ч]-3f because the villagers
could not agree on question concerning
their common property, the headman of
the village came causing them to agree.
It will be noted from certain of the fore-
going examples that яз^а«; may be used
as a postp. coupled to the word it governs
by the affix 5^’.
яз^ qvj’ A mthun-par rtse-wa
playing without disagreement.
яз^*а5^ yathun-pahi rkz/en or я^'^
mthun-rkyen necessary articles ; also, as
predicate, requisite, indispensable : зя’^я'
Яч]чгя#«й*яз^5 f00(j and drink, &c., are
the requisites of living;
w3^’£5 clothes, etc., are the articles of
necessity which one must have;
‘*3^’H ^яя-q^q ^’А^язу^ health is
a requisite of domestic.happiness and a
peaceful mind is necessary for inner en-
joyment.
lading on the two elephants all the neces-
sary articles (A 22).
ЧЦА’А bstan hdsin skyes-buhi mthun-rkyen
b$grub-pa to have secured all things requi-
site for a religious man (TV#.).
mthun-rkyen	to co-
operate, to help, to be-friend (Шоп.).
*3*i nMun-can in IF. gentle, peace
(Ja.).
яз^mthun hjug-pa or я^ач'ч^-а
to cause to agree, to fit in, to bring in
accordant elements (Yig.).
яз^’А^’^я mthiin-pahi grogs friends of
great mental affinity ; я^-Qgvg'«1 -ч) letter
of recommendation.
я^’ая^йг^а mthnn-pahi dnos-grub
wished-for blessings.
mthzin-pahi yul-du
gnas-pa	residence in a coun-
try of congenial characteristics (21. V.).
яз^’ач-^е/ mthim-pahi rlun favourable
wind (for a vessel sailing).
язу§^ mthun-sbyor friendship, rela-
tionship, favourable coincidence of time,
circumstances, etc., particularly when
matrimonial relationship is formed.
Syn.	nithun-p)hyog8\ я£о/§5
mdsah-byed\	ne-war sbyor ; я^яя’§К
mtshams-sbyor (Шоп.).
яз^§ч]я mthun-phyogs
relations, friends (Шоп.).
яз^’Йа-а mthun шоп-pa or яз^’Йая
ordinary, usual; also = §’^ spyi-pa
general, common; also common property.
яЗУ^я mthun-rtsis the astrological cal-
culation to ascertain if a bride and bride-
groom will live in harmony or not after
marriage.
mthur also я^я^гя$ч straps
or rope for a horse’s head to which
another rope is tied to fasten him.
яз^ я^ц mthur-rndah or яз^'чч] a halter,
rope tied to the muzzle of a horse, &c.;
яз^'я^ reins: яз^я^я^^-вг^кЛ^А-Вч-
‘^я even on the halter and the head
gear there were many precious gems
(A. lkl).
77
602
W
mthu§ instr. of *3, by magical
power, by dint of (Л. K. 111-16).
q£*'4 mthu$ brtsir-wa ^Wr’rf to be
subdued; gen. overpowered by witch-
craft.
mthe-bo also col. «5*^,
Й or the-bo the thumb. ^-q^-^-25
rkan-pahi mt he-bo the big toe.
Syn. йч’Й-'й'Ч sor-mo the-bo; ipthe-
toft (Mfioti.).
mihe-ehufi^9^ or Xt’vXl’^’q
4pnfi^T tho little finger; tho little too.
*5-5c mtht-bofi — 9^ mthe-bo.
mtheb-kyu 1. button. 2. a sym-
bol resembling a finger which is placed
with the tonna (offerings made to gods
and demi-gods, &c.) (Rtsii.).
rnthehu or a little hammer.
Also, the little toe.
mt ho (чч[*ч5 lag-pahi) 1. a
span, from the tip of the thumb to the
tip of the middle finger when extended.
they inoreased each
about a cubit and span measure (Hbrom.
163).	=	(Jiy.).
«wq or *<T'<q^rq to span, to measure by
the hand with tho fingers extended; *#'
К a span in length ;
or	two spans. 2. v. *34
*3*^’ mtho-gon a little triangular re-
ceptacle into which the effigy of an enemy
i* placed, to whom ono wishes to do harm
by witchcraft (Ja.).
«If'jq-q mtho rgyab-pa -to give earnest
money in W. (Jd.).
wXxiq mth-fiag—^Q-f\\ mtho-bqad gran-<
diloquence, high speech with little mean-
ing.	iVg’q’tf	the
stf-qj
doctrines of the time of that Buddhist king
were only high-flown theories (Л. 77).
mtho-wa=^'	<зд
1. sbst. elevation, prominence; height;
also adj. high, lofty, elevated, raised.
Jd. makes it primarily a verb: to be high.
being of high and noble
birth; q higher than that;
the sacred insignia
are high up above the roof; S’F^’wlfq*
^ qs4$%q-^qN the height of Potala
reaches to eleven stories ; *’*3^ fia-iptho-
na when I am high, when I rise in
position. s/Jq'qpfa'4 to lower what is
high, to bring down, to humble, frq.
the more I was
aspiring, the more I was brought low (Jd.).
2. for hammer; *34^ stone used as
a hammer (Cs.). mtho-khyad height,
highness.
*3‘SS mtho-spyod in IF. haughty
manner (Ja.). mtho-dpafl occurs in
^•q^’qJojN'q ]£tho-war brtseg$-pa n. of a
lofty mountain in the fabulous continent
of Uttara Kura where there are trees with
leaves of gold, lapiz lazuli, coral, diamond,
ruby, etc., and tranks of silver. At night
light is emitted from the leaves of trees,
etc., to enable the gods and nymphs to
make themselves merry and to revel, &c.
(7Г. d. * 309).
mtho-war sems-pa
to think highly of, to extol (one’s own
religion, doctrine, &c.). «tf’Avg’q mtho-
war bya-wa to eulogise, to flatter, to praise,
to exalt ;=^M-4l5'q,	also as
sbst. = ^^4,
*3'5^^ mtho-dman height:-
of equal height;	undulating;
having high and low lands,

603

mtho-mtshams evil design,
mischievous mind or intention, brewing
mischief.	|
$ton-pa la mtho-mtshoms shin, bar-da
good-par hdod designing mischief to the
teacher in the meantime he wished to
injure it (Yig).
(Ebrom. I4 31).
Syn.	mtho-htshams;
giiod-sems; htshe-byed (Mnon.).
mtho-ris I: ^?T, fK^, <n^, <5,
ttY heaven, paradise, the abode of the
gods: м^r*fg*r
persons gone to the three spheres
of damnation being very many and persons
gone into bliss being few (Khor-de.).
Syn. ^’2*1’515 mtho-ris rgyal-srid;
lha-yi yul; w^sa-bta;
Sten-gi hjig-rten;	dal-hdsin,
gnas-^zaii; Хогчч’^ rol-pahi sa; bde-
hgro; 3'M skyo-med;	skabs-
gsum gna$;	lha-yi hjig-rten;
Ika-yi gron; sum-risen; ^’^5
hchi-med; yrcR’e)^ grub-pahi gnas;
nam-mkkahi khyim;	bde-ldan
(Itfnon.).
mtho-ris-kyi yon-tan
bdun the seven attributes or advantages of
paradise are:—noble birth,
w fine form,	great enjoyment,
mental accomplishment and
merit,	power and prosperity, Y/
^5 freedom from disease,	ex-
treme longevity (Mfion.).
mtho-ris-kyi mtsho the lake
of heaven.
Syn. О*’»# chu-kluft mtsho;
rtse-wahi mtsho (Mnon.).
mtho-ris klun=^%% the
celestial river, the river of the Mandakini
(or glacial streams).
гчУ’Y| д mtho-ris dge-ica worldly
virtues, good, etc., (heaven being inside
such world).
mtho-ris thob	the
spiritual guide or teacher of the gods.
Syn. phnr-bu; sgru-mkhan ;
|f*4|4N §gra-mkhas;	lha-yi Ыа-та
(Mnon.).
mtho-ris rnams — ty*^ the
gods including tho planet Rahu.
яУ^’йУЧ mtho-ri§ sman-ya
the physician of the gods.
Syn.	tha-skar skyes;
lhahi sman-pa (Mnon.).
*чУ	mtho-ris smad-htshon =
celestial courtezan (Mnon.).
афс’р mthoh-kha or chest,
breast;	to seize by the breast
(Ja.).
I: mthoft-wa 1. to see, to view,
in the broad sense of the term as an ordinary
faculty;.to look, to see, in a general way;
having seen;
was seen;	to cause to see:
। he sees only when
the object is near, not when it is far (Sch.);
can you
see to a far distance at night time? 2. to
perceive or behold any particular object ;
an eminence from whence
one can see the mountains of Tibet;
a place where one can be seen by
others;	he made it visi-
ble to the girl, he made her see it;
if there is one that has seen it, if
there exists a witness;	seeing
this, I came to know, t>., from this I saw,
I percieved; «чУ*’У«г^’^Ч frq. seeing,
hearing, touching, remembering; acc. to

604
^4||
Jd. thinking of (e.g.^ a form of prayer,
or magic formula); eolloq. is usually
coupled with the eye, quite pleonasti-
cally :	look
up there, you can see three goa deer.
3. to witness, observe (mentally):
О capital, capital, for the
second time have I witnessed tho Doctrine
preached in the metropolis I thus de-
signedly he cried. 4. eolloq. to experi-
ence, to endure : I*]has
experienced many troubles.
II: slight; in Budh. w?VqVе
q mthon-ica la rnam-pa gni$-te of
two kinds: 1. «^’3hr«£vq perception by
inference :	wvq’
etc., by seeing smoke from a
distance to hold that I have seen fire
although really I have not seen fire, etc.
2. ^^’oiwqwfc'q actual sight by
personal observation (717. my. 1/37).
mthon-phyogs—exjdain-
edas^’^’	object of sight;
a now, scene, aspect (Ya-м I. 4d).
wdhofi-dug (‘sight-poison’)
evil eye (Sch.); envy, grudge, jealousy [a
snake] S.
mfhofi-ttyed^&q mig 1. that
which sees, the eye (Mnon.). 2. a species
of kite.
«dfe’ow mthon-lam the true way 1.
q^ q•efiw the state or stage of per-
fection in which one perceives the truth,
he., the reality of Nirvana-.
f^q^,	accord-
ingly from the first stage of perfection
or ecstasy he passes to the meditative
stage called	w'here he perceives
the true state of Dharma. 2. acc. to
Was. (139): the path of obtaining the
power of sight, a mystical state.
mthoft-lugt the .way of viewing
a thing ; notion, theory, opinion.
fljfc q-^ДГ/ЛоЯ-tca donjdan n. of an
image of Buddha, the sight of which
brought merit to any one (Yig. k. 21).
mthoH-na dgah = ^l^'*£w
very handsome, of beautiful form.
*rtfe’$Qr$q-q mthofi-phul ehufi-wa=wfc$
^•q, as in	tiniest
thing visible or faintest thing audible
(D.7?.).
wMt’q’Sf^V4 mthoft-wa tya-na тефра =
q^q^Tqq <п^тщ perceiving the
supreme truth v. g*V^Vq-
mrhon-wa med-pa
fatalist.
mthofi-uahi eho§	ac-
tions of present life. wXqxj50hnr$i/qv
4§<q mthon-icahi eho$-la myofi~war hgyur-
tea	(Karma) manifesting
itself in the actions of this life.
orq^-qx; a|^rq	one of the stages
in technical meditation.
mthofi$-wa$ $paft-bya that
which is renounced when seen;
mthofi-icat sgrol deliverance at sight.
mthon-tshor w^r explained by
gu. 90).
view, prospect, sphere; illuminated space :
v^,^4 ^df3*‘,3Kql5*w the’ ex-
panses of*sky were filled with rain-bow
canopies. 2. opening in the wall or roof
of a house for the entrance of light or for
egress of smoke:
ga|	on the side of my

605

pillow there came a solitary white man
opening wide the cleft-holes of the hamboo
house (Л. 129). fpiwTui an opening to
the sky in the middle of a building.
3. mthofts-kha plat-
form on a fl at-roof.	mthons-ka silk
ornaments, fringes on the borders of
paintings (Cs.)	mthons che-wa—
g dome.
я?слгс| mthon$-pa 1. to lose one’s senses;
one who has lost his senses. 2. acc. to
Jd. perh. = ^?^‘^ hthom$-pa.
mthon-ka or also
ц mthon-ka chen-po 1.	blue gem
of great value; acc. to Jd. one of the five
celestial gems. 2. azure, sky-blue.
mthon-te coming out success-
fully, surmounted, climbed up.
mthon-po high, elevated, exal-
ted ; deep, loud. Practically the same as
A and in colloq. much more frq.; occurs
also as	mthon-mo.
Syn.	mtho-wa;	gzefts-
•mtho;	rnams-ehe;	dpafts-
mtho;	rtse-mo rift (Mnon.).
mthon-mthiil 1.	; sap-
phire. 2. the high blue colour (of things).
mthon-pohi lha an epithet of
Vishnu (bjnon.).
mthor-hthuft чпччч washing
the mouth with a potion of water.
mthol-wa or А?«ГА=«нррГА to
confess, confession; from the word
thal-mo ; and is defined as ^’А,а]^гч'Ц’Хг|Х*
it signifies joining tho palms of the
hands in contrition:	if you
are guilty make confession (Hbrom. F 19)
qv K4TQ
one fit to confess not keeping company
for a day with a sinner after he has con-
fessed (A. 52).	mthol-$ag$ con-
fession.
mthol-tshan§ (cf.	con“
fession, acknowledgment of guilt.
mthol-tshan§ byed-pa^9^’^^'^
to make confession, to confess, which
acc. to Buddhism implies atonement and
remission of sins (Jd,),
mthos abbreviated form of
hthag a mill; mill-stone; colloq.
W|hthag-gi anything pulverized in a
mill;	grinding or ground in
a mill.
hthag-paipi. btag^ fut. ^5^,
imp. 1. to grind, crush;	to
grindin a mill; pwwpto make flour
of roasted corn, barley, wheat, &c.;
g’WW|’A phye-mar hthag-pa to grind into
flour, to pulverize. 2. to weave:
явд|’А to weave woolen cloth; яччр’ч a
weaver;	the daughter of a silk-
weaver (Glr.); loom (Sch.); Wj’g’
a to cause cloth to be woven.
hthan-gos~	Wnfafa
the under-garment or petticoat worn by
tho lamas called also -q»nA4,
hthan sprad-pa s&HRiO bodily
union as in conjugal relations.
wZi hthafi-po lower parts of body:
a bodily defect or personal
deformity.
hthad liking, pleasure; good will;
joy (Ja.)-
1	: hthai-pa	х’гг I.
to be delightful; pleasant, agreeable, well-

606

pleasing.	not agreeable,
repulsive:	^4’3*’
all these sayings have pleased me very
much. 2. (not governing a case) to please,
to bo acceptable, to be considered as good,
to be (generally) admitted,	f
I see that (this reading) is not generally
accepted (Zam.);	it occurs also
in this form;	wrong (JKas. 29J);
to bo fit, proper, suitable (from Jd.).
as it is not proper to call
it soul, as it cannot fitly be called soul.
3. ^^5 is a familiar word very frq. in JK.
almo4 the only word for dgah-tca:
cheerfully, joyfully;
as it was not agreeable (to
him);	though apparently
rejoicing. 4. at pleasure, at will:
let us turn back;	voluntarily,
spontaneously (Jd.).
hthad-leg$ n. of a large numeral
(Ya-sel. 58).
11	; acc. to Sch. = °x\Q hthan-pa
ldhad-lda»=wji hthan-po.
hthan^Wft nan-tan pressure;
urging, hthan-hdre a demon (Sch\
hthan-po steady, persistent:
mi hthan-po a steady man, a
resolute man (Cs.).
ОДЧ’Ц hthab-pa ^xf^r,	f^r<
to fight; to quarrel, to dispute, to brawl.
to struggle with snow-storm
(Mil.)}	to die peaceably
without a struggle; also used when quar-
relling persons are reconciled (Jd.)} F’W
verbal altercation. As sbst. also w35
hthab-mo a fight, a battle ; wrjpi hthab-krol
dispute, contest (Lex.) +
gq’q one who quarrels is one who produces
cause for mischief.	hthab-hkhrug
fighting, war.
wч hthab-ya antagonist:
you must bo my rival in fight;
a fighting cantankerous female;
occasional rival; a rival for
tho time being; acc. to Jd. the antago-
nists of life, i.e., tho family and relations a
secular man has to struggle with.
hthab-rag§ intrenchmcnts,
breast-work, ramparts.
qqq’cjai fythab-bral 1. thus explained:
? if one is
free from troubles with the Asura, it is
Thabtfal—signifying that one of the
heavens of the Buddhist theogony is free
from strife. This region lies above the
Trayas irinisa heaven. 2. acc. to Bon=
mtshe-ma.
hthab-hbu silk-worm.
WTP I: htham-pa pf. wro hthams
1. to seize, to lay hold of, to clutch,
to attach oneself to, to realise mentally. 2.
to join together, to enlock:	or
to unite in friendship ;
g to join in any undeitaking (Jd.).
W4	П: = Гл	§руо-ка trf<HT4T
blaming, scolding; to scold, to blame.
uf,	htham§-pa to clasp out of
affection.	to seal friendship
under a solemn oath.
wrq hthal-wa, v. W4 thal-wa.
htha$-pa жя: 1. not stiaight-
forward, double-dealing. 2. bard, solid:
sra-htha$ sinewy, strong, robust
(Sch:).
hthig-pa 1. vb. n., pf. *$4M
to drop, to fall in drops, to drip from:

607

without any blood dropping
out. 2. vb. a., pf. 4^^, fut. 4$flj to causo
to fall in drops, to distil, etc. (Jd.).
*	hthin-stad^tfa^ smod-pa
slander, a term of blame or abuse (Cs.).
hthibs-pa, pf. ^4^ or *]^4^
g.tibs to bo covered, darkened:
$**’*^wq tho body and mind being covered
with disease; 5'35’4^5'be-
came darkened as with a fog; vb. n. g5‘^‘
W^«№’4^'^qN all the trees afford
a delightful shade; S*’*34M drowsiness
overcomes me; 4}*г4^ад ges-pa hthib*
consciousness grows dim (Jd.).
*^4$rq hthib$-po dark, close, dense.
*^4« sbst., a covering.
О&ГЦ hthim~pa fut. of ^*’4 thim-pa: *’
| it would vanish into the earth;
also would be absorbed in the soil.
*3’4 hthu-ica 1. adj. v. 3’4 thu-wa.
2. vb., also *35’q, pf.	fut. imp.
3*T4§ or to gather, collect, pick up : ^’5*'
$*’3>’*3’4 to collect wood and roots for
fuel; 3k’*’*3’4 to pick up things strewn
about; З^’й an assemblage of men,
council (Cs.).
hthug-pa—ы^ц also *3*4’4 adj.
and abstr. sbst. thick: ччрт’^ЗЯ’2* a thick
skin;	a thick hide; ^’*3^ a
thick rug. *****34] thicker towards the
margin or edge, gen. of woven stuffs, opp.
to ^4*q srab-pa (Jd.); thickness in
consistency, as of liquids; also adj. dense,
strong: ^Ч^‘*ЗЯ dense forest; *Ь5'*3*Г4
a sound sleep; 4чг*<1рг4з<1|’5 a strong
inclination (Jd.).
43*’4 hthun~wa pf. 4§c.ж btwn§ or *3^*
hthuns to drink, to imbibe fluid:
to diink one’s fill; *3«'q'^’3*’
mediately after • drinking;	4 ® one
who will drink water; a water-drinker
(Situ. 84); *3^Vq drinkable; allow-
able to drink ; *3^ they were engaged
in drinking; have drunk; 454*4 sbst. drink;
454 4 f0 ЦгцД (any) liquid : 4эч*ч’^4*
4544 eating and drink; 4*4'454* food and
drink; 454’$ btun chu water for drinking;
*3q’S’^q,$,^IFarS’5>,5*l if drinking water
and irrigation water be good, there is
water prosperity (Jig.).
*3q’§5 hthufi-byed met. the sun
(he that drinks, t.e.9 draws out moisture
by his heat) (Mnon.).
hthud~pa=&3\4 to add on,
make longer ; to piece on, to prolong ; wf
q to add a piece to a string when
a part of it has broken off;
he has no need of an additional re-birth.
*35'* hthud-ma 1. assistance, help in
general. 2. an added piece; prolongation :
gvirq,435**&’a5*,T34’54* make an agreement
for, engage, more coolies! *35'^5 hthud-
med or *35’^’^5=Ф5,^*Г^5‘4 without any
omission or addition, i.e.9 to make or do
a thing perfectly well.
ед’4 i. hthun-pa9 v. *35'4. 2. a
gatherer : ^*’*35 a gatherer of wood; ST'*35
a gatherer of grass.
ОДП’Ц hthub-pa pf. *34*1 hthubs or 454,
fut. *154 4, imp. *34 to cut into pieces, to
split: ^*’3^'*34’q'q one who cuts into
pieces, a splitter (Situ. 84); -*J‘4J5q’q to
cut meat into pieces,, to mince; ^*‘*154’4
to split wood in chips.
hthum*pa a form of *13*‘4, pf.
*3** or 45*4, fut. *3* or 45*, imp. *3* or
*5* to oover or lay over, , to put over, to

608

coat; to wrap up, to envelop, v. ;
Slfir 3*r»tfp3»rq to cover or wrap up the head
with clothes.
hthums barren, sterile; addled
(eggs). Ef*3w stupid.
hthur supine of *3 for *3’4* in
colloq. 2|4'*31^*?=^с;*3‘сг'ч'чФ goes collect-
ing wood.
Q^QJ’CJ hthul-wa 1. adj. volatile. 2.
sbst. the subtle particles that are carried
by the wind to produce the sensation
of smell. 3. to raise, to spread ; to smell
of: ^«г*3*гч to raise smoke;
*3^'4 to diffuse good or bad smell; 4’^’^
it smells of camphor ;
after having laid the dust; °<
*3*< some persons were spreading perfumes
(Ja.).
QjE}4J?T4 htheg^-pa 1. to prepare for a
journey, to pack up. 2. to depart; it prob,
signifies the same as 3*1'4, to lift, raise,
take up; cf, *lVq5*l^ or *^*|*rq to shift, to
change (lodging), to remove;
carpet bag, knap-sack.
hthefi. or *3*'4 adj. lame
(person or animal); to be lame, to go lame,
cf. 3q t?;	became lame
the leg being maimed.
ht hen-pa 1. to draw, to pull: **T
a ^'q to pull a rope; 4fr*l’*3^4 to pull up,
hoistto pull towards;^’#*’
to pull this way and that way ;
*Н£кчЦ they pulled to and fro; jv
§n q pulling by jerks, by little and
little; Ч*гсгя^'4 to draw a curtain. 2.
acc. to Jd. to stop, to stop short, to halt:
q^ q-цяс- it will be advisable to stop. 3.
in W. also=^’4 to lean, recline upon
(Ja.).
0^’4 II: acc. to Bon terminology
is the line of a J41 or dynasty, the
term being thus applied because each
member was metaphorically drawn up
towards heaven by his ancestors. The
eleven dynasties of Bon kings or *JW3’
*3^'4 (lit. heavenly lines) were called
(1) W*3y^, (2) $’&’*r*3^ (3)
*r*3^, (4)	(5) *1^V
^Елгд-qq^ (6)	(7) XofW
$я*г*3^, (8)	(9)
*r*3^, (10)	(11)
*T*3^ which is also called 5$’*3^ (G. Bon.
23).
htheb^ty^ overplus, extra,
supernumerary : 3[<r*3q a supernumerary
dress; j$5жогч]<ч*-Хч]<гд*1 if
you have an extra dress please lend it to
me; w^'*34’5j*i *3**4 to wrap up in an
extra blanket; ®k*|’*]$*l’*3q one day over,
or too much. (Ja.). *34’4 htheb-pa acc. to
Sch. to have too much (?).
hthebs-pa pf. 3q* a pass, form
of	1. to be thrown, overthrown;
seized by or with: ^5*В*’*34*Г4 seized with
disease; *3«w$q instrument for holding
fast cloth etc. in sewing. 2. to be opened
out,be spread about:	to be
opened out clearly, made plain ; *r5^’*?W4
seed having been strewn; g*|*
4*hard soil which had been broken up
with iron bars. 3. sometimes occurs as
act. vb. instead of *^4*4
hthemt-pa 4.	the
completion of a specified number; g*P*’
qgjq*r*i*r*3>w completed counting the
number of charms (mantra). 2. to shut
L

609
ед|
in,- comprise, cover, include, v. яяадгз,
3. to suffice=^S’4 or ^’4 (Jd.).
hther-po or яЗя’ч smooth and
glossy:	л*гя$я'я^я dril-buhi dbyibs
hther-hther surface of the bell well polish-
ed (Jig.).
htho sometimes written instead of
«Т mtho a span.
Я^)’Я1 : hthog-pa acc. to Ck. = s]V^’q
, gtog-pa acc. to Sch. яядрч hthag-pa.
II: pf. я^ imp. 1. to
take, bear away, carry:	'W*
^яргяЗярч’Ч the magpie carries away
worms, insects, etc., wdth its bill; ^*я?ярг
<rci one who places or carries the meat;
яЗяря-ц one carrying cymbals (musical
instruments, etc.) having cymbals in his
hand (Situ. 84). 2. for thob-pa to
receive. 3. for as ®ц’я$1ргч useful.
4. to name, to call (Ja.).
рДуЩ hthon-pa (pf. and imp. ^’q) 1.
to go out, to come forth, depart;
яЗ^п to come from within; ^’^’«^Я'я?^
to isuse forth from the ground:
all having come out;	when I
emerged on the other side of the river. In
IF. colloq. is a common usage for Кя-q to
come, and to arise. 2. acc. to Jd.=
to occur, as in ^я-ад-дя’^’яЗ^я^г] (these
goods) occur as imported, are imported:
^я|-чч^йс?я^-ЗЦ’!> his name occurs (?>.,
goes forth) as one who is knowing, i.e.y he
is reputed sagacious.
я^й’ядЕ/сг^ Jlfhon-mi hlrin-po rgyal
n. of a descendant of king Lde-p)hrin btsan
Wg.).
яТя’ч hihob-pa sometimes as a fut. of
thob-pa: яЗсгч’^с/ядчгч hthob-pa daA
hbrcl-wa	the accompaniment of
what will be gained; result of gain or
profit. яЗа’Ч’^ hthob-pa med W'nfK not
getting, not to be got.
hthom-pa> pf. яфкгя also ?w*q
tc be confused, puzzled, to grope, to bo
stunned. я^яТ^ч=я^яря q:
his head being turned, puzzled;
^^•чя’яХ^ being devoid of the eye of
fore-knowledge he groped in darkness; asf
5’яУя his head becomes dizzy, confounded
(Hbrom. IS). Acc. to Jd. is now used in
JF. for to doze, slumber.
я^я'^я hthom-yor idiot, or dumb-con-
founded:	the
three miseries of idiots, dumbness, deaf-
ness and blindness (Khrid. 4Z). In C.
colloq. й’Я^’я?<няТ»гК^ this man is very
stupid or quite dazed.
hthor-wa pf. ч^я btor, fut. ^Тя
pfor, imp. я?я 1. prop. v. n. to be strewn
or scattered, (Ыкч, ичкЫ; $я?я to
sprinkle water; яд'Я^я'ч to scatter grain:
*^*Ц’я?я’я?яялц'Ч’я£ч| the rain comes driz-
zling down. 2. to be dispersed, dedi-
cated, to burst (of a gun): $’Я?я’ц'ч one
who throws or sprinkles water (Situ. 84).
яЗя’|5 hthor-byed a parrot (Mnon.).
яЗя’я^я* hthor-hthnA libation = $
^(Cs.; Sch.).
hthor-mtho lofty peak.
ОДГЧ hthol ^5'^ or revealing,
giving out, confessing; same as
mthol-wa confession.
78
da is the eleventh letter of the Tibe-
tan alphabet and the third letter of the
third group of consonants. It is equiva-
lent to the Sanskrit <, being more dental
in its pronunciation than the English d.
I: num. figure for 11.
S П:	1. metaphorically it
symbolisms a gift:
bestowing groat charity is the
Mahayana (personified) (7Г. my. *1205). 2.
tho signification and virtues of this letter
according to tho fancies of mystic authors
may perhaps be gathered from such state-
ments as these:
row «S’54 the letter S is a symbol of
being deprived of nothing; it takes away
nothing, hence it sets freo everything,
i.e., gives salvation (7Г. g. 4 42); also
| q
being the state of entrance to all Dharma
(i.e., source of knowledge), it explains all
matterand phenomena both in their passive
and regulated or active states (K. d.^ 114);
qapr «Г
as it fully makes sure the Vinaya
(moral discipline) and the objects of Vinaya,
it is called the entrance to all Dharma
(Hbum. *4 282).
now, at present, just, osp,
before the imp. mood :	in C; just
go home! in W. now go inside! In later
works and especially in modern eolloq. the
da, now, is 5’^ da-lta, usually heard in
eolloq, as “ tanda.” Other combinations
are	“tanda lamsang” at once;
S’^34 ^ “tandd t'eltu” directly, imme-
diately» 2. this time, the present: this,
the present year. 5 da in ’^’9 da-chog
Ita-bu then, now,
5 Da-ko-qa n. of an island called- .
the Sandal-wood island (Kaihati. 121),
5T1 da-kha 1. now, just now, presently.
2. acc. to Jd. a horse-shoe : VF’JA’q da-kha
rgyab-pa to shoe a horse.
da-lta or ^ 4^ hdi-
$kab§ now, this time, this occasion.
5$ da-ci 1. then what:	then
what do you think;	bio ne$-pa
kho$.	’яХ/s
(Khrid. 78). 2. what was, lately:
from lately until now. 3. sickle-
hook for cutting briars (Jd.).
da-cha in future, henceforward.
5’^5 da-nid qt SffiS the present time;
but just now;	da-lta. nid-du
instantly.
da-lta, v. 5 III.
Vg’A da-lta-wa or da-lta-yaft even
now:	even now he is very
kind. S’f* da-ltar for the present, at the .
present time ;	da-ltar-gyi bya-wa
or q dnos-po a person’s experience or
actions during the present period of his
life; 5’^4 da-ltar-wa the present time,
present; the present tense;	da*
liar byun-wa UriMg presence of mind;
also, born or grown for the current age or
current times.

611
Wl
' da-ste henceforth, from this time
forward. Also da-phyis.
5’^’ da-dun or 5'^’ da-run still, still
more; but in (✓. this latter form is in
common use for and .give still
more:	please explain
it once more ; again and again.
In colloq. 5’^ often stands for da-run.
5’^4 da-drag =	da dgah-mo
red that is good. 2. a term used in
grammar for the now obsolete 5 da
when second final after the letters \ ч,
in 5^5 or ^5, changing the termi-
native into 5, also X or into £ Thus
in the place of was formerly in use
W? kund-tO) and for was written
hbyord-to ; now, although the final
d is no longer used, a relic of its former
use survives .in the concluding particle
У to.
da-gdod—S^' still, still more
(fiag. 25).
5’^’ da-nan or da-nans 1. pre-
sently. 2. this morning; lately this day;
da-nan klags read just now.
da-tsug—S1^' da-gan:	da-
tsug byed now what to do, or what is to
be done;
5’4^	now (at last)
I understand:	V*
now (at last) you have understood and
accepted the real doctrine (Rbroin. 17).
da-hur—^^\ glo-bur suddenly,
instantly:	fell suddenly
from humanity (D.R.).
5’^1 da-ran—S^ da-lan this time (in
Sikk.).
da-rans this morning.
da-re—this day, to-day:
5Е/	2’g- аЦ- q'gx 'fc’cr ।
what is this terrible noise and confusion
to-day (Rdsa. 17). 5Л or S’Xq in IF.
means also : heretofore, sometime ago.
5’^ da-lam—now-a-days : V
now-a-days in the
country of Urgyen in the west (Ya-sel.
II).
+	da-dru-hjoms
the plant Cassia alata, the root of which
cures ringworm; several synonyms for this
bulbous root, called ol in Bengal, are
mentioned:	rab-mt/io;	ч
glan-po dkar-po;	hkhor-lo-hjoms}
sbyed-hjig^;	hdor kha-wa;
fin-fiin-ean;	phug-ron
rkan; ^7 pi-nya;	hod-ldan
hkhri-qin; 5^’34’^ dkah-thub can; ^,QT$V
te-la ser-can;	phag-тпо gdofi;
Jpr§s a ^kyob-byed-ma. Another species
of Cassia is called	stobs-bzan-ma.
1da-пи ka-ri or 5’5’4’^ da-nit
ska-ri	or n. of a flower
(K. d. 568).
‘5 Da-khri btsan-po the name of
one of the sons of king lYu-khri btsan-po.
da-c/iu—*^^ dnul-chu mercury
(gwan.):	5	Da-ehu
causes fractured bones to unite.
5’^ da-trig 1. n. of a vegetable medi-
cine (prob, tamarind): V54!	4
^ §5 da-trig tsha^-gran hkhru-wa gcod-pa
byed da-trig stops diarrhoea caused by
heat or cold (Rtsii.). Syn.	so
brtsi-ma; gvli $kyur-mo; яугяд’Й hdal-
612	VH!
ma phra-mo {Mnon.). 2. in Bon termino-
logy=devil: V54!'*da-trig
ma-sans gsal zer hbar the deni Masang
exhibited radiant light (D.J?.).
da-phrug or VI4! dwa-phrug or S’?
da-tse ьп orphan.
V9S da-byid ntm a lizard of Ladak:
Syn. sa-hdsin;	sa-hdsin
§kyes; tehu le-ica\ bdag-$kye§
(Mfion.).
da-ber, v. ta-Ьег,
mdah-bcr.
dahu=$*\ rgya-tshad Indian
fever, typhus fever:
at that time Gya-
tson-seng was laid up with typhus fever
at Nalendra (A. 71).
V* d.i-ra 1. a class of headless
ghosts. 2.=SV4 buttermilk which
is half or three-fourths water.
t S’^’5 Da-ra-da n. of a country to
tho N.W. of India, prob, the modem
Dardistan (K. d. 23).
da-li§ (prob, from <rf%u) same
as	a species of dwarf rhododen-
dron with fragrant leaves:
1Г^г^г;-3>'с^’аЦ J)ali cures phlegm, gonor-
rhoea, and gives longevity.
dica-wa a plant yielding an acrid
drug:	dtca-
tcahi rtsa-was sringsod ru$-hdser hgog the
root of da-wa kills worms and checks bony
excrescences (J/i?cL).	dwa-tshur
vinegar of dwa-wa plant, which made into
a gargle removes fetid smell from the
mouth and heals diseases of the bone
(Med.).
jMq'Ji Dwafyi-hchin ba-dur a
Mongolian king who reigned over Tibet
for seven years (Lon. * 12).
Daa-la$ ba-dur the Mon-
gol name of the son of king Mi-wah
Phola Bsodnam§ 8tob-rgya$. His real
Tibetan name was Цдуиг-med Rnam-Rgyal,
and the Emperor of China conferred
on him the title of Wang (Loft. * IS).
^4] dag 1. sign of the plural, eleg. for
rnams; often added to the pronouns
and and sometimes to numerals; also
in the combination dag-rnam$. , 2.
in translation of Sanskrt denotes the dual
number:	we two; j^S'S4] you two; acc.
to Jd. often used for	my equals.
3. in colloq.: certainly, it is true:
sir, it is so.
STF dag-kha is said to be used in
Tsang for (Ja.).
dag-ga dog-ge 1. uneven,
also adv. unevenly; anything placed
not quite on a level. 2. acc. to Jiz.^X4]’
Ч4! dog-dog.
dag-gu=J&** phye-ma powder.
V4'4 dag-pa I: (prop. pf. of ^54l’q
hdag-pa) uf<,
1. clean, pure; cleansed;	purified
(of dirt, defilement, stain, etc.); ^'«rs15]4*
purified of sin. 2. sublime, exalted/
passionless. Also may occur as abstr.
noun : purity: 54!’4dag-pa can possess-
ing purity. V4 4 dag iher-гса от 54!
; aco. to Sch.: to make clean,
cleanse;	id. 54l^’4^’4 to
I
613
Л
become clean, purified;	to make
clean, to cleanse, to purify; V^qv^'q
towash clean;	ur^tq,
srtfufl made clean, cleansed;
impure or defiled blood or caste;
I quite pure in the
works of the mind, in word, and in body;
5*|’q^’4#q to lead a pure virtuous life;
«W’Sfl'q a right and proper prayer;
faljfi, falja; quite pure, most holy, also the
state of purity; $‘5Я’4 impure; impurity,
defilement;	bkrus-na mi-
dag-pa med-do when they have bathed they
are freed from impurity. 3.	*33,
атМн bleached, bathed, washed cleanK
rubbed, dusted, swept out:
his face washed with tears;
dag-pa yofa-su dag washed completely
clean.
dag-hgrel^^'&^W a com-
mentary on orthography.
dag-ci mint, aromatic plant, Mentha
roy liana (Jd.).
Vl’ql5 dag-brjod or	correct ex-
pression, right spelling.
UK/^oyq yan-dag-pa v. yan.
dag-pa nid	the state
of being pure; purification.
^q^q’q dag-pa rig-pa
pure consciousness.
dag-pa gsum the three require-
ments of purity in religion as explained in
Tsong-khapa’s Lam-rim . Chenmo, viz.:—
(1)	purity in the speech
of a spiritual teacher; (2)
purity in tho innate nature of a pupil;
(3)	purity in the doctrine
to be explained.
dag-pahi dkyil-hkhor the
disk of purity, the immaculate orb, *>., the
moon:
5^“^' the disk of purity, though liko
waters stored in a beauteous body, is yet
deprived of all clouds (Yig. k. 15).
«fl'qSfW dag-pahi khams=4jx$m met.
for mercury, quick-silver (Mnon.).
dag-pahi mt hah or 5^
tjc/ dag-pahi shin the region of
purity, the pure mansion;’ hence Dewa-
chan the heaven of Amitabha Buddha
where there is no impurity.
: dag-byed ятте, хпи 1. water,
air, the wind-god, fire, and tho sacrificial
grass kiufl. 2. fair complexion (MnonJ).
vrasii: also qnHf, qf^ 1. holy.
2. a holy river (as a purifier of dirt
and sin).	the four holy rivers,
namely, Sindhu, Puksu, Sita and Ganga:
3^ I5’ vgv	t”VT§S’
pray bestow
the nectar of your commands upon my
head from the canopied enclosure of your
compassion like the streams of the four
holy rivers which are never diverted
(Yig. k. 6). 3. ftiK, white, bleached.
4. a-ru Myrobolana arjuna.
VTlS III: correct spelling (in a
composition); also any revision, correc-
tion.
Vq'fX dag-sbyor or	dag-pal}i
sbyor-wa holy combination; also exact
coincidence (Oil. 6).
dag-ra a species of garlic.
dag-yig orthography;
or the earlier (now obsolete) ortho-
graphy.
dag-la^-gyo=V*p’*i’S^q not
holy, profane.
614
TO
dag-fin 1. small splinter of
wood or bamboo for cleansing the teeth.
2. bark of a tree. 3. scale of a fish.
dwags bright, t>., in reference to
openness, cheerful appearance of a place
in the selec-
tion of a site for building are four chief
points, the frontage, back, openness and
tho shade (Jig.).
Dicags-stod tho upper or •
4
higher portion of tho district of Dwag-po
in Tibet.	Du;ag§-$tod leaft-ra n.
of a grovo in tho upper portion of tho
district of Dwag-po (Л/зи.).
^ЧрГ2| Dwag^-po tho district of Dwag-
po, situated between tho S. E. of the pro-
vince of U and Kong-po, the birth place
of tho present Dalai Lama Lobzang
Thubdan Gya-tsho. V’l*’I: 2 **Dwags-
po bkah-rgyud a section of tho School of
the Kah-gyu-pa which was powerful in
Tibet before the supremacy of the Dalai
Lama was established in 1G44 A.D.
Dtcags-po zla-hod gshon-nu
n. of celebrated lama of this school (Lon.
* 9).	dtcags-phor wooden cups
turned in Dwag-po.	dwags-fog
Daphne paper manufactured • in Dwag-po.
dwags-sle tho striped woollen
wrapper cloth manufactured in Dwag-po.
I: dan is a poculiariy-used word
taking tho form and position of a conjunc-
tion but really being a postp. or com-
mitative case-sign of the meaning “with
4.” Thus	is not pro-
perly “sheep and she-goats and yak,”
but “yak with she-goats with'sheep.”
5е’ I
However, in such enumerations, the ren-
dering “ and ” is legitimate, as well as in
mere couplings, e.g., SV’FS'^«T4 shaving
tho hair and moustache. Acc. to Thon-mi-
Sambhota, tho father of Tibetan literature,
this word has the following five significa-
tions (1)	as a conj.
for connocting a word with another follow-
ing it. (2)	as an analytic term
to separate ono word from another:—VK’cT
the Dican-
po or the organs of sense are tho eye and
ear and uose and tongue and the body.
(3)	because of, on
account of, by reason of: aYSVqv’
because of having taken medicine the disease
was cured;	on
account of hearing many religious discourses
his perceptive faculty increased; ^’q’wXk’q’
5^by seeing smoke he could know
(there wns) fire. (4) ^qfs’q
when, as soon as, occasion, opportunity:
he proceeded to
the country when the constellation Pusya
appeared;	as soon
as the sun rose on the mountain-pass
he performed the religious service. (5)
it is used to
signify exhortation, advice or entreaty:
do learn well;
and read loudly (Situ.). This last usage,
namely, tho annexation of dan to the
imperative, has become common with
certain verbs in the colloq. being then
used almost as a sign of the imperative.
Thus “ toi tang” look, see!
eat food. That “with” is the general
signification is evident from many phrat-
seological usages of daft :—in using
“in equality, on a level,” daft connects
that word with ’ the consequent, c.g.,
he must go with you ;
615
VI
so with the formative ^'4 ldan-ра signi-
fying “possessed of/’ “provided with/’
provided with wealth,
wealthy;	a king pos-
sessed of (or with) five sons. More
explicitly in its true sense does it occur
with many verbs:—S’^V5^**35’q to meet
with the husbandman ;	to fall in
with robbers;	to salute
the king’s person;	f°
agree with another’s opinion;
to be in harmony with all;
to be in opposition to or
with the local god; *^q’q to fight
with an enemy;	S*'*^4* to struggle
with a snow-storm;
9^ made dispute with the lama about the
prayer-wheel;	to con-
tend in miracles with the saint;
to lie with a woman;
near the town;	equal to
that. Some particular ways of using
dan are the following:—
gold, and silver, and
iron, and the other (metals) ; whence note
that in enumerations 5^’ is employed
in different ways, arbitrarily, e.g.y after
every single noun or pronoun except the
last one, or also after the last; it is
used or omitted just as the metre may
require it; or when a sum is mentioned,
in the following manner:—*3^4’4^ the
four elements;	Su-
dan chu-dan тпе-dan rlun-dan bshiho earth,
and water, and fire, and air, or esp. in col.
language, thus	etc.—
V/ is frequent also in the sense of “from,”
especially "with certain verbs which cannot
indeed be used apart from it. Of these
are *9*4'4 to be separated from, e. g.y
5^9*4 was separated from lust;
also *94 4 hphral-wa to divide 5*’ from;
5C1I
again:	far from the house. In
general, however, W or is the sign of
“from.” A further employment of 5^*
very habitual in the classical treatises is
in the manner of a continuative particle
at the end of subordinate and co-ordinate
sentences ; so it is annexed to the* verbal
participle which concludes the clause, but
never in the older works to the root of a
verb standing thus; it can often, of course,
be rendered by “ and ” as if it belonged
to the following clause, but not always
so. One example of this very common
usage will here suffice:
thereupon the snake terri-
fying the householder, two boys together
with that, man, throwing up cries, escaped.
Finally, the one conclusion derivable
from the various usages of 5^’ is that the
word must be always technically regarded
as belonging to the words or clause which
may precede it and not to any word or
clause subsequent; which thus negatives
the notion that it is a true conjunction.'
II: a meadow.
^’4] dan-ga (col.=5*T’ dan-khd) ap-
petite :	my appetite is gone;
want of appetite (though wish-
ing to eat, cannot eat);	dan-ga •
bde-wa good appetite.
Syn.	grod->ehe\
dan-kha bde; ^’^5 t shim-med;
chog-pa med-pa (Mfion.).
dan-du blan-wa or	to
receive a command or missive with readi-
ness, to do a work with earnestness:
bkah-rtsal dan-du
blan$-pa§ ishul-bshin the behest he received
616
as a work of first importance (t>., consider-
ing it as the first of duties).
dan-du ini-len does not accept; does not
apprehend.
dan-po ^й,
w, W-, 55^ ЯЗ’З, тая !• йо
first, earliest, with respect to number,
time, rank:	the first
or the earliest Buddha; 5^Й5’«|5*Л’9* -4
who spoke (raised) the first rumour ? who
was it that first got up the rumour ? *5?*
on the very first day;
being still in the prime of life; ^’5
the two first. 2. tho first beginning, out-
set ; also signifies aboriginal, fundamental :
at the beginning of the day;
S^’q'yV^in the first place, above all, at the
veiy commencement;	from the
beginning;	la$ dan-po-pa a
beginner;	’^-g as long as he is
only a beginner; 5^’3 Sc’4’* dan-po dan
tha-ma the first and the last;
dan-pohi rgyu the original or primary
cause;	din-pohi §gra preceding
word;	he knows
the meaning* from the context. 3. as adv.
firstly, in the first place; at first;
in the beginning; ^c/qvq^ happy from
the beginning.
dan-pdki dul-can a bride
(ju*t passed out of virginhood) (Mnon.);
'^1	« a maiden; a girl at puberty.
Syn.	bu-nio dar-?na;
khcn§ ldan-та;	fan-tsho can-ma
(Mnon.).
dan-pohi bdag нзд [1. a noble
manjS. 2. in Gram. Wf .5^1 the first
person.
dan-ica 'sf, Ц4 1. to be pure;
to be clear; gen. as adj. pure, clear;
cleaned or sifted rice. 2. sincere,
single-hearted, guileless: ^w^^'QJAq*
S^q truly sincere towards all creatures;
a pure, sincere disposition
to virtue (S. o.).	dan-ica nid яя*г
devotion, purity of heart. S^*q5*a]wq
dan-icahi gsal-wa (Г’ХЧ’^’д) w, ЙЯ to
be cheerful; of open countenance; of bright
appearance.
dafi-t&e l.n: of a kind of Chinese
satin. 2. in 7F. a field-terrace (Jd.).
-za$ ma-za
do not eat with a doubt; also do not
entertain doubt [a suspicious man]S.
daft-ra stable for cattle, in C. and
W. (Jd.).
& Dan-fa 1.	a tank,
a pond. 2. acc. to Sch. a tract of land
abounding in springs. 3. n. of a long
and lofty mountain range in N. E. Tibet,
running from long. 90° to long. 96° E.
and keeping mainly to the 33rd parallel
of latitude. Travellers to Lhasa from the
N. E. must cross this range. It is Father
Hue’s “ Tant-la.”
dican $ or dtcuns-pa 1. sbst.
glare, lustre:	it has no brightness
or glitter; very glittering. 2. force
of language; also pronunciation (eolloq.
crq^q^);	dwan$-po nid sbst. bright-
ness, lustre, glare, clearness. 3. adj.
sparkling, pure, clean, clear:
sparkling water;	unpolluted
heart; ргс’уя’Ч (of the body) perfect
health, looking bright;	a clear
sky, fine weather;	n. of a code
called “ the clear crystal mirror ” or direc-
tions for the guidance of government offi-
cials.
^•5||
617	|
51 dwaftt-ma—^^khu-wa те juice,
И
gravy; fig. .relish, taste:	the
relish of food (Mnon.).
5V4 dad-pa 45j,	1. sbst.
faith, devotion. 2. vb. to believe, to have
faith; acc. to Jd. a secondary form of
to wish; hence in compounds: ^55 thirst,
etc. Referring to this word Milaraspa
remarks:
as it is
to be feared that 5КЧ may be mistaken for
^5’q, it is important that these two and
the object of one’s SS'q or faith should not
be confounded. The first is what may be
called divine love, the second, i.e., *A5’q, is
love for one’s wife, children, and worldly
things.
I to men who are devoid of faith, holy
thoughts (religious ideas) would not occur
(Lam-run. 85).
§ I	all believing in
him shall not be destroyed, but shall
obtain everlasting life. There are three
kinds of daJ-pa, viz:—(1)
HjW sincere faith; (2) 8lv^’q^5V4 trust,
full confidence; (3/	unflag-
ging devotion, unalterable belief.
dad-pa nid sbst. faith, love, devotion;
55’3*1 dad-gut reverence and faith:
on hearing of
his high virtues I meditated reverentially
on faith (llbrom. P 8).	dad-pa
log-pa Vssjfaqa impaired faith, want of
faith [also, the man who is wanting in
faith]#; 55,crBvej|*’4 dad-pa phyirbtgyur-
ica 5\tj'^N'q	; яшш change or modi-
fication of one’s opinion, (regarding
another person). 55’q§5q dad-pa byed-pa
to confide in, to believe; 55,{^’^ in
faith; 55’Ч’СЧ1«ГЧdad-pa hbul-ica offer of
faith; wq’Mfi’q dad-pa mi-phyed-pa
unflagging faith.
55’3**^ dad-gus Idan Я*ЯГ, W^T^, w-
faithful, loyal, devout, res-
pectful.
Syn.	gus-par byed; 3*^5 gut-
ldan\ ^^'^she-sabyed-,	mtion-
par Idan ; §^’§5 tten-byed;	kun-tu
b§ten;	rab-tu bsten*, mos-
Idan; 55*^ dad-ldan; 55'*4*T’55 dad-ch адs-
can- dad-pa can;	gcig-tu
sem§\ 5V4 dan-wa\ mot-pa \ З^’ЭТ’
§5’q gus-pa phyag byed-pa;	ban-da-
ru (Mnon.).
55’55ГЯ^’^5’В’Я^5*4 dad-dam hpho-med-
kyi hdun-pa love with unflagging faith
and unflinching devotion ; as in
‘^5'1 ^q^5’*M in a remote
land though separated by distance his un-
failing love and devotion remained undi-
minished.
55’q^5 dad-hdun love, faith, devotion,
reverence, veneration. 55'^5‘q dad-hdun
med-pa faithless, irreverent, unbelieving.
55’q,qHJ« dad-pa gzum the three kinds of
55*q dad-pa or faith acc. to Bon:—*^'^5'
§’55,q; 55'^'55q; ^5’^’B’55’q ; but acc. to
Buddhism, there are two kinds of 55'q (1)
яёч] ^,q^'55*q faith in a worldly sense; (2)
^•^’W45*rq5’5vq faith in a spiritual
sense (K. d. ^310).
55**й’£*гдхдс«1 dad-pahi rjes-su hbrafi-wa
Ч<|ЦНГС51’ one of the stages of a Buddhist
monk who is a Oravaka. 55’q^,qI^’i5’
to
pray to perform the uposatha (religious
fasting) in faith;	one of
the twenty stages which a Buddhist monk
attains to in the order of Oravaka.
79

618
dm-доп balls made of wood,
(loth, stone, or glass, with whieh children
play (7Г. du. S 146).
dan-ta n. of a fruit yielding a
medicinal drug.
dan-neg in tho dialect of Amdo:
precious, important.
dan-ihu li-ka n. of a kind of
grass which grows as quickly as it is cut
(К. my. ”| 22S).
dan-da n. of a medicinal herb.
VfS'5» dan-da-li in Ld. a sieve, gen.
consisting of perforated leather or a wooden
frame;	ras dan-dab a sieve made
of cloth (Jd.).
dan-hdra TO n. of a medicinal
fruit- [the castor-oil plant]#.
Dan-bag or Dam-bag n.
of hamlet situated below the great monas-
tery of	Hbra§ $pun§ or Daipung
near Lhasa, about 4 miles to the W. of
that city 3 3).
5^4 dan-rog srawra Croton euphor-
bia ; or rather its medicinal fruit: Y’^T
dan-rog nan-nad drag-po
sbyofi-wa byed croton heals serious internal
maladies.
Danda u-ta pa-la
n. of a medicinal plant: M?ЧГ
from the root of the plant called
Daijda Utpala taken with cow’s butter
a woman will in proper time become
pregnant (K. g. * 44).
Wl
^4 dam bound fast:
fit or suitable to be bound by promise
or under an oath, v.	kba$-blan§\
dam-du bcin-pa well
bound; also bound tightly.
dam-du bzun-wa to hold tightly, hold fast;
yi-dam or thug^-dam a solemn
promise, vow, oath, confirmation by
oath;	dam-la gna$-pa to abide
by one’s own promise or words;
dam-nam§ a violation of promise; a
violator of promises;
violations of duty.	to	exor-
cise demons, to bind them under solemn
oath, ete.
dam-kha=^tf& thehu-tse a seal;
Y^J^ci to seal, stamp.	dam-ga—
««T tham-kha (Cs.).
Y^4! dam-prhug=vFT^ or	thehu-tse
a seal (Шоп.).
Y4’^ dam-bcah or Y4'4*44 dam-bcah-wa
Риги,	a promise, a
vow; the act of promising ; almost equiva-
lent to what we might term a sacrament.
dam-bcah hbul-wa to give assu-
rance ; to make a promise ; ^wchVy4'1^
mi-hbab-pahi dam-bcah a promise from
which ono will not shrink.
Dam-can rdo-rie legs-pa
is a Tantrik deity introduced by Padma
S'ambhawa and mentioned in Pth. He
is of the or terrific class of deities
and is usually portrayed riding either on
the Tibetan imaginary form of lion or on
a he-goat. He is known also as Rdor-lcg§.
Probably the same as that in the next
paragraph.
Dam-chen cho^-rgal is the
tutelary deity of the Grand Lama of
Tashi-lhunpo, and is supposed to be
w<l
619
W£c'l
under a solemn oath to defend Buddhism
against all infidels.
^•q«N'q dam bcas-pa a promise made;
to make a promise;	^’q dam srun-wa
to keep one’s word or vow;
q not to violate one’s .promise.
dam-dim l.=^‘S phran-bu
or 3^’3^ nun-nufi small; a little quantity
or bit. 2. various (Sch.),
^’4 dam-pa ЧТН, НН, I.
excellent, superior, the best. 2. steady or
firm, tight. 3. holy, sacred; which is the
most frequent usage of the word:
a holy lama has come; «ртч’^Йа]’
§ gvq he is a holy one who has become
the very best; VTq5g^ dam-pahi blo-gros
holy intention, pious inclination. 4.
seems to be also used as a term resp. for:
the deceased, the late, e.g.,	he
my deceased father;	the
late teacher himself, etc. 5. also sbst.
the good, the holy, holiness:	of
the holy ones.
dam-pa rgyal for
Dam-pa (og-dkar n. of a De-
va-puttra; acc. to some Gautama Buddha
bore this name in the Gahdan heavens.
dam-pa
dam-pahi grib-bsil-
dan Idan-pa UW4 possessed of the grate-
ful shade of sanctity.
Vrq^’^M dam-pahi chos or vrifo
holy religion, Buddhism:
both holy
religion and worldly wishes there is none
that can accomplish these two together
(Lo, 7).	Dam-pahi
cho§ pad-ma dkar-pohi mdo
n. of one of the well-known scriptures
of the JRahdydna school.
^'q5*q]3<3]N*q^ dam-pahi gzugsJrrnan the
image of holiness.
dam-po 1. strict, firm, strong,
tight; adv. as in v^v^’q to hold firmly,
to seize securely. 2. acc. to Jd. narrow.
«ргсгд’аЦ dam-po та-yin not strong-
willed ; not strict; relaxed;	dam-
por byed-pa or 5T^'§^*q <д^ц^ making
firm, tight, or strict.
VTRg5 dam-hbyar 1. =	custom,
usage, official practice:
the customary allowances of the
new year, etc. (Rtsii). 2. the affixing a
seal; also a letter to which a seal has
been fixed.
’^4 dam-tshig word of honour, a
sacred or solemn vow; words or engage-
ment made solemnly;	dam-tshig
uid promise solemnly undertaken.
dam-rdsas or	dam-tshig-
gi rdsas objects or articles of religious
utility which one carries about; for
instance, the bell and the dorje are the
of a Tantrik lama or a Buddhist
exorcist which he always carries with him:
because he consulted the holy opinion of
the nalgorma (female ascetic of the Tantrik
school); her desideratum which was
beer was kept concealed (A. 61).
Bdam-buhi tshal n. of a place
beyond Suvar^a-bhumi (ancient Pegu) ;
it is located:
goon after crossing the occau
to the west of the groves of Suvarna-
bhumi (A. 20).
Dam-srag rdson described as
as being a district in Tibet (Rtsii.).
620	V4
В dam-sri a species of gnome men-
tioned in Pth. as causing plague and
cattle-disease.
dahu a kind of fever (typhoid):
Л’SV*being laid up with typhoid
fever. dahu bu-tsha=y№'* dicahu
Ьи-tsha an orphan boy, orphan.
I: dar кпт, TO silk; also a
flag* «MV lit. meeting-scarf, is resp. for
рч^Я** silk-scarf presented on meeting*;
presentation scarf; Chinese or Indian
silk; white or plain silk scarf; SV
silk stuff or dress. *gv^ hphyar-dar
a hoisted flag; 5**4^ a small flag; *^*5*
widun-dar a silken strip attached to tho top
of a lance. SVJjS dar-$kud silk-
thread: ^♦r^S'SVgs’^ without dress; naked
like a silk thread (stark-naked). svg
dar-khra painted or coloured satin;
satin with figures on it; SV^s dar-phon
a coarse kind of silk; SVg dar-khru small
square or triangular flag (made originally
of silk); svg dar-gyi Ida-Idin
silk-lace or fringes : svg ? ’^vwvq’q^^rq
dar-gyi Ida-ldiA niafi-po btag$-pa
decorated with a large number of silk
fringes, lace, &c. svaq dar-zab tho
finest satin, silk-stuff; embroidered silk
kincob; svwgp^ owgvq (^Eiwgvq)
the finest satin: svjq
ЗЯМ)	(Л. 4) let Chandra-
garbha sit on tho satin-robe spread out.
gafflpqiMWto a large
present consisting of the finest embroidered
satin, etc. (ZJ/sh.).	dar ri-mo-can
figured satin imported from
China.
dar-la rrz, (Ч**’^1) [a kind
of satin cloth used for protection against
frost] S.
dar-gyi hbu or Svg-j^-g dar-gyi
srin-Ьн silk-worm.
Syn.	skud-pahi hbu; svg’^g
dar-gyi hbu (Mnon,)'
Sv|fl] dar-lcog a flag-staff about 10 or
12 feet high (with inscribed flag) fixed
on house-tops, piles of stone, or on votive
cairns.
Syn. dar-po chs.
dar-btag$-pa to bind silk
scarves to the neck or throw them on the
necks of parties to be blessed.
5V?4)Kq dar-thog$~pa one with a scarf
in his hand;	the general
(when given command of an army)
being presented with a silk scarf as a token
of office (D.R'Y
dar hthag-mkhan silk-weaver;
svwf*f^g*g# daughter of a silk-
weaver.
^vg dar-bu a kind of red cloth made
of either coarse silk or cotton, manufac-
tured in Amdo (5. kar. 174)'
SvgqN dar-bub$ a whole piece of silk-
stuff rolled together.
SV^gwi dar-dpyan$ or SV«p| daryug
TOW a narrow ribbon-like piece of
silk, a kind of silken ornament. 2. the
silk scarves or coloured cotton cloth at-
tached to a flag-staff (/?/$».)..
Syn. Svg dar-bu;	dar-chun
(Jit).
: ice, not glacial ice, but that on
ponds, streams and lakes; svmjm dar-chag$
icy formation, ice in formation:
лчр*’**Й an incrustation of ice has formed
on the lake. SV3« dar-zam ice-bridge.

621
III: чМ youth; $кадч or 5^4’
чвд’ч ччпт; 3<T youth; youthful age ;
also—gN’S*i skyes-phran. 4^'35 dar-phyed
or dar-yol wrsJhf, one past
his youth, i>., after the middle age, i.e.,
from the 49th to the 60th year in
man.
S^'4!^4] dar-gcig=^S&* or a little
while, a moment;	after a
while; adverbially : for a little while, for
a moment, directly, instantly, in a mo-
ment ; dar-tsam about a moment.
dar-wa vb. 1. to be diffused, grown
up; to spread, spreading; to gain
much ground, to increase exceedingly ; 5*’
to extend, enlarge; 5^'55 spreading
and decaying; increase and decrease; 4*'
Vcq a growing place or country. 2.=
(Beng.) Wfa sbst. whey; milk from which
butter has been churned out; wine
made of fermented whey.
Syn. 4’3 chu-skya-,	chab-skya
(Mnon.).
dar bab-ma=a
maiden; a damsel.
youthful.
Dar-rgyas glin n. of a Bud-
dhist monastery in Upper Tibet. Jd.
mentions this also as another n. for Dar-
jeeling.
dar-§ga the walnut-tree.
dar-dir	humming
or buzzing; wailing, lamenting (Ja.).
dar-rdo—^'^rdar-rdo,
a stone on which any steel implement is
sharpened; grinding stone.
СЧ
dar-dhi, v. J*4? ku-qa (Mnon.).
5V9 dar-po an adult.
dar-po che, v. 5^’1^ dar-lcog sail;
large flag fastened to a flag-staff:
and that
ship quivered like as a flag when moved
by the wind (A. 16).
: Dar-ma n. of a district in the
province of JIphan-yul, with a small fort
(Rtsn.).
II: cTTTO, Ш, also
middle age (in man or woman) after the
40th year.
dar-mahi §tob§ the strength of
full-grown man, that of an adult.
dar-mahi lus	the body
of a bull; youthful body (like that of
growing bull).
Dar-ma rin-chen also called
the disciple and successor of Tsong-
khapa ;	Dar-ma bsod-nam$ n.
of a disciple of Tsong-khapa (Lon. * 11).
Dar-mo an abbreviated n. of a
Tibetan physician called	;
his work on medicine is still extant in
Tibet.
«^Ляк/q dar dman-pa raw-silk (Schtr.).
dar-§man=^'& alum.
dar-tsam—^'&i or § or
a moment; very short time.
SVq&q dar~btsag—*^cloth used for
sifting and filtering:
sifted wheat is like barley (in price)
(Rtsii.).
Dar-rt^e-mdo Darchendo, other-
wise Ta-chien-lu, situated in the south-
easternmost comer of Tibet and practi-
cally out of all Tibetan jurisdiction. It
is the transport place from whence brick
tea is brought into Tibet.

622
dar-tshil 1. the fat of youthful
growth. 2. acc. to Sch. grain.
dar-ya kan a medicinal herb
growing in clefts of rocks: 5^'14	Э‘5Ц’КЧ’
dar-yab a silk-fan.
dar-fctm 1. tho lower border of a
silk dress (Ja.). 2.=5t<T n. of a plant,
prob, tho plantain.
5^3*’ dar-fin 1. a medicinal fruit. 2.=
flag-staff. 3.	a very
fine wood (Jig.), prob, tho satin-wood.
dar-sar byed-pa to keep
observances where religion flourishes.
dar-san a thin satiny muslin
used for door-curtains and screens by
lamas and great personages to prevent tho
public gazing on any ceremony or
entertainment.
dar-han a Mongol word signi-
fying a man who is exempt from the duty
of furnishing labour, &c., to the State,
and also from supplying ponies, &o., to
those who travel under official authority.
501 adj. slow, leisurely; 5°*^’
dal-rkan slowly walking; s^pfa’^'q dal-
khom ined-pa—^'*^ without leisure or
rest: S	54 ffa ^’q^ the
mouths of crows and little birds, etc., have
little rest (Khrid. 45). dal-gyi$=
*|'°* slowly, softly, gently.
^'^N^qqq dal-g у is hbab-pa
11. of the river Ganges in the Himalaya;
any sluggish or glacial stream. Also dal-
babs.
5^5 dal-hgro or ^’3^5	’
slowly or gradually mov-
ing; that moves in a prostrate position.
Met. for the planet Saturn, the white
swan, or a tortoise.	dal-
hgrohi rgyun-bshin meandering, as great
rivers of the plains which flow sluggishly:
(Yig. k. 15) pray permit your instructions
(letters) to come to me uninterruptedly,
like tho flow of a river.
dal-hgros 1. a mode of dancing
v.	2. described as Я
to walk or move slowly.
dal-rgyu slowly moving, sluggish
stream.
V<’^l dal-ctg=.wf&\ lan-cig 1. once: 5®r
‘q/’fc’i’SH I shall be coming over once.
2. a moment, cf. dar-geig a
little while.
dal-rten — ^'^ tho human body
(which is very slowly evolved).
dal-thog hjug-pa to attack,
disperse an enemy (Sch.).
dal-dag this term and S*and
occur in astrological calculations of
Д|зч’§ the five planets (which term probably
implies the planet Saturn).
dal-du phan^-pa fig. to work
or to study assiduously; not to be lazy or
indolent: 4^’^ ^yq-<q*r^ he said:
but then learn some science not to remain
idle (A. 32).
q dal-po i^'. — dal sluggish, slow,
relaxed; weak, with but little energy.
Syn. lhod-po;	fugs chun-
wa; bul-гса (Mnon.).
5е*’ 4 dal-wa=pfoq ^чг, fWfan
languor, ease, quietude, leisure; also the
state of dalwa, and so the being at ease or in
state of leisurely comfort or repose: 3^'
when at leisure, when the mind is
disengaged or at ease, dolce far niente.
623
5^1
j&rq-^q-q^q-g generally, not being born in
any of the eight states of restless existence,
one who finds rest by religious practice
is said to be Dal-wa (Shin.).
the eight states in which Eving beings
are at ease and happy as being possessed
of many blessings ; they are: (1)
a religious person ; (2)	one who is
fully developed both physically and men-
tally; (3)	not a heretic, t.e., one
who is a Buddhist; (4) as a lha or god;
(5) as a lha-ma yin or Asura an
antagonist of .the gods; (6) an enlightened
man (г>., not a savage or wildman); (7)
and (8) those not born in space or in
any animated nature outside humanity.
These are also called	The
following are	mi-khom-pa brgyad
i.e., the states in which Ey-
ing beings have no ease or rest who suffer
from continual work, and are therefore
caUed restless ones or	:—(1)
И hell-beings; (2)
those bom in the form of pretas; (3)
fw^rrqfvr those in the animal kingdom
(humanity excluded); (4)	яарн-
WUKhrqfw wild tribes Eving in the border
countries, i.e., outside the pale of civiE-
zation; (5) a'sf kla-klo or
lit. one of indistinct speech, i.e., Moslems;
(6)	the gods who
on account of desire to Eve long are bom
in spheres of the heavens where there
is no opportunity of entering the state of
Nirvana; (7)	those
who are defective in them internal or
external organs; (8)	those
who are heretics or infidels, a>., not Bud-
dhists. In Sanskrt and PaE works we find
fa	d i indifference with respect
to the purification of heart, instead of (5).
SW&ty'^^dal-wahi lha-ldan-ma
the lunar mansion in which there are
five star-gods, a constellation appearing iu
the shape of a chariot.
Syn. bi-rji\	skar-ma snar-
ma (Mnon.).
dal-zcar dgah-wa to like doing
things slowly, not rashly.
«ргд dal-bu—5*4'4 dalwa slow: 54’
she who moves slowly,
slowly; gently.
Dal-Ьоп a sect of the Bon: 5*г^'
the Dal-Bon
came from the soft regions where the
lambs dweU (D.R.).
^q-qqq dal-hbab rnam-bshi the four
great rivers which have issued from the
glaciers are:—(1) ftwthe Indus; (2)
the Ganges; (3) qxj the Pakshu;
acc. to some authors, the Yamuna; (4) §
fad! the Oxus; acc. to some authors the
Brahmaputtra:	^srq-q^v
l^^’^-q*^ (Yig. k. 28) may your
letters also be Eke the flowing streams of
the four Mandakinl rivers.
5*4'^ dal-hbyor an abbr. of
and	and when these eighteen
conditions are complete in a Saliva, i.e.,
in an animate being, it becomes a human
being:	I haring
obtained the noble body of a dal-hbyor
man (A. 3).	dal-hbyor
rned-par dkah-ua humanity, i.e., the stat о
in which tho eighteen blessings are with
difficulty acquired.
dal sbyin-ma guRT 1. n. of a
festival. [2. night, giving relaxation or
rest]&
VT*	a nautch-girl
or dancing-woman (Mnon.}.
5«ГЙ|
624

dal-то quiet, calm; also the chine,
loin (Ja.).
Vr3$ dW-mos*)’^ slowly:
you walk slowly, proceed slowly. Vr$v
dal-myur mtho-dman-gyi hgro$
slow and quick, upward or downward
movement (J?, ch.).
dal-btson 1. one selling
articles at his own residence, who has not
to move here and there for their disposal;
qfe btsofi is pf. of **** htshofi. 2. in IF.
the people of	are not
seldom forced by their rulers to take
goods from them at fixed prices. When
this is done underlings appear before
the tents or houses with a quantity
of goods (which nobody else will buy) and
throwing them down tell the owner of
the house or tent that he now owes
so much to the Government for things
received. This is called S*orthogr. of
5*4 not certain, but it appears to mean
to spread, distribute—to spread trade by
force.
dal-hd$in=\4*m or
flowing in a low stream,
dal-hdsin fia-rgyal	the pride of
Mandhara; the pride that I am more
happy than another person ;
dal-dsin [to-dgah	the lover of
Mandodari, Havana;	dal-
hdsin gna^-bzan the superb mansion of
heaven.
a pesti-
lence of the worst kind, with the following
symptoms:—gzer-thun; 0*4^5khrag-
nad; ^**3* Itag-hgyel \	cog-hgyel;
jigirXwi mkhris-rims;	smyo-rimt)
etc. (Sman. 119)...
\ di num- fig- 41.
di-ki in mysticism=an assemblage;
all or some brought in together (K. g.
Я 215).
di-mar a certain worm or insect
(ScA).
di-ri-ri the, howling noise of
the wind, the rattle of thunder;, also
buzz, murmur, hum, low confused noise
as of crowds, of number of praying people,
of wailing prisoners, of birds on the wing.
(Qlr., Jd).
M di-hi=\'^'&i drunk (mystie) (K.
g> 4 215).
dig in ГЛ4! or v.
dig-tnan a pigeon.
Syn. 44’^4 phug-ron;	ca-co
sgrog \	hphrul-icahi mig-сан
(Mnon.).
Ч4!’4 dig-pa 1. to stammer, also
a stammerer: Ч5’*’ч^^’Т’ЛчГч he
at the time of speaking stammers (Ya-sel.
35); cf. hdig-pa. , 2. staggering,
intoxicated (Ja.).
4^’ din for dtft-san.
^'0 difi-khri a descendant of Qnah-
khri btsan-po, the first historical king of
Tibet (J. Zan.).
din-din the sound of the drum ;
ace. to Sehr.	laughing aloud
(Td. 158-4).
din-phon n. of a superior kind of
Chinese satin embroidered and worked
with needle:	the
canopy or ceiling made only of Din-phon
satin is better (Jig?)- Also din-gos
id. (S. kar. 179).
dift-hur ит< a sound, noise.
Din-ri n. of an extensive table-
land situated N. E. of the confines of Nepal
625
CT1I
in Tibet and where there is stationed a
Chinese militia. It is commonly called
Tingri Maidan. Is more than once men-
tioned by Milarag-pa in his Nam-thar.
din-san abbr. and
to-day and to-morrow, hence just now,
now-a-days; also written as
this passage
was explained as:
the stage wherein the teacher re-
nouncing his home enters the religious life
(D.7?.).
I: du 1. num. fig. 71. 2, termi-
native case-sign after final S %	% S
3. how many, how much:	hew
much is there ?	how
many months ago was it that he came ?
(Л.
93) he asked how many years have passed
since the Nirvana of Buddha.
Syn. T&i ga-tsam\ ci-tsam\
ji-tsam (Mnon.).
du-du how much, how many each
time ?
du-та НТЯГ many; also va-
rious, several; many days:
it divided itself into several (parts);
many a time, often. Occurs for “many”
in Mil. Gurbum 79b. 2 and 182a. 3.
du-shig about how much ?
Y5 du-ru how much, what extent ?
(Lon. 4) I am confused
being a stranger in this country; for that
reason the nature and extent of this coun-
try of Tibet (pray describe).
II: in mystic sense l.=X taste (X
also— dead body). 2. a woman of bad
morals (7f. g. I4 179).
+	du-ku-lahi ras or
the finest kind of silk cloth
manufactured in very early times in
India
7 ^\5 du-pa tri-ya (mystic) a cloud
(К. g. p 28).
du-wa vh smoke; ^‘4*«3*1 du-wa
mthul it smokes;	du-
wa pkyur-wa bycd smoke rises; 5^'^ hor-
da “Turk’s smoke,” signifying the Tur-
koman Lob-nor or nomad’s tents each
containing a stove from which smoke rises.
du-wa mjug-rifi ^3 comet.
Syn. phod-can* ewBq],^S'-5a‘i mjug-
phod-can*	gtsug-pkud-can \
sbritl-can;	§кад-1а$-кде$}	4
skra-gnis-pa (Mnon.).
^'Q Qdu-wa-pa acc. to Jd. : in Spiti very
poor people that pay but a trifling tax;
proletarians (‘smoke people’) that have
nothing but the smoke of their fire.
'5)'35’q du-wa-тг zdd-pa—^13^ n. of a
hell (in the Bon mythology).
du-wa htshubs the hornet.
du-ivahi skye-gnas 1. w-
fire (as the source of smoke). 2.
acc. to Mfion.-=^ sprin cloud.
'fq du-wahi tog a comet.
du-shag acc. to Jd. the smoke or
vapour hanging over towns and large
villages in the morning.
du-ru-ka L a kind of fir from
the sap of which a resinous incense is pro-
duced;	(К. g. S 338)
the resin is considered good for the sacri-
ficial fire. 2,	rgya duru-kahi
yul n. of a place in China inhabited by
MuEalmans (Lofi. 12).
7 ^’5 du-ham	a reply
saying “it is a town” (a phrase used in
mysticism) (K. g. F 27).
80
^||	626	^|-а.ЕМ1|
Du-har пад-ро>п. of a celebra-
ted Chinese astronomer and mathematician
(AWi.).
+ m dii-pa kd ya ^TW =
g g an image either inscribed on or depo-
sited in a stupa or chaitya. 2. a name of
the great temple in the Daipung monastery
near Lhasa.
^1] dug poison, which is of several
kinds, viz :—natural poison,
such as’ snake venom, vegetable and
also moral poisons;	substances
that have been converted into poison;
аге	poisons applied and also
made by mixture;	sight-
poison, poisons which are visible as such;
^q]-qcv^4| poisons of contagion and inf ection,
those of fatal or ruinous consequences.
The four figurative poisons in Budh.
are :—a mantra or
charm known in a wrong manner is poison ;
q indifference to an ill-
ness is poison;	an
old man’s keeping company with a young
woman is poison;	a poor
man’s sleep during the day-time is poison
(C*. don.). In medical works :
the hot sun acts as a poison to the
skin;	beer acts as poison
to the flesh;	table-salt
acts as poison to the bones. Again, we
read of	dug-gsum-ni the three,
poisons,:—[lust]#.
[hatred]#. nt? [ignorance]#.
(Л. K. 111-21). Acc. to the Bon there are
five moral poisons:—(1)	pride originar
ting from an inordinate sense of one’s
acquirements; (2)	love and lust
originated from objects that, fascinate the.
mind; (3) anger as the poison of the
mind which embitters everything that would
otherwise be charming; (4) 34l’^ql jealousy
which does not allow the mind to bear the
sight of another’s prosperity; (5)
ЙГЗД’Ч darkness of the mind. The five gods
who ace. to the Bon can suppress the above
five poisons are:—(1)	(2) gy
(3)	(4)
(5)
by ug-pa-can what-
ever has been poisoned or besmeared with
poison (as an arrow point) (ДГтгоп.).
^ЧГ^’5’Ч1 dug-gi me-tog 1. generally
tho plant Vangucria spinosa, the blue-lotus^
2. also whbV Ыпцт usitatissimum.
dug-gi §man or aconite;
poison used as medicine. '»Kq dug-gi
§тан-ра	a physican or medicind-.
man using poisonous drugs in diseases.
dug-§nags poison charm; the
following poison-charm is carried in amu*
let cases inscribed on cloth, paper, or
birch-bark, as a protection against poison :
cfgw'g)	qye’? *Tq‘ <??
da-na-te
o-le	(Ai du. *116).
dug-can poisonous;	dug-
ean-pa =	а1во=цтж the ocean;
anything poisonous or mischievous;
dug-can mtsho тж the ocean
(which is believed to contain poison).
dug-bcopi an epithet of
Buddha; one who has made poison ineffec-
tual (JfK).
dug-chags mischievous; colloq.
“wt di duk-chak re” that
man is very mischievous^
dug^hjomsjF®,.
a kind of twining shrub used as!s ад
627
УI
antidote against poison, Muispermum
cordifoliilm.
dug hjoms-ldan the
golden eagle which Vishnu is said to ride.
dtlg-guen an antidote to poison.
dug-ti in Tsang: so, thus, in this
manner=$^’3 (JZs.).
dug-pa or old coat or garment
patched up and mended (Mnon.}. Acc. to
Jd. coat, garment, dress.
dag-hphrog faWVI poison-
repelling, antidote against poison, n. of a
species of tree, Aristolockia Indica.
dug-то nun or
medicinal fruit akin to Earaya-. nT^'u*
*^5 Karaya or
Dugma-nun stops dysentery and cures
biliousness.
Syn.	bcad-$kyc; g§pu-can;
X’Sj’gc/ ri-yi-phren *, behu-can\ g
gin-sky a .
^q*3idug-mo nun-gi hbru
described as чзс/ nas hbras-bzan
fine-fruiting barley.
VT3" dug-rtsa (4^4) a species of
aconite.
^q‘w4E»itf dug rab-hjom$ 1.
the lotus; that which destroys the effect
of poison. 2. the poison-destroying,
the tree Mimosa sirissu.
dug rba-can	hornet
or insect having a poison-sting.
^51*5 dug-lo 1. poisonous leaf. 2. sspihj
the banyan tree; Ficus rcligiosa.
Dug-lo Ijon-pahi mdo n. of a
Bon religious work called ‘the tree of
poisonous leaves?
dug-gbg pdisonous рарёг, or
daphne bark paper of Tibet arsenieatod 'to
prevent its being eaten up by moth.
dug-sel 1.	that which
neutralizes the effect of poison; an epithet
of Mahadeva. 2. n. of a medieal author
of ancient India. 3. 5'^ the fruit of
Emb lie myrdbalan.
J	dug-ha-la ha-la	or
WW,	a deadly poisonous drug,
w* I: dugs inflamation ; in medical
works of Tibet are named two kinds
of viz. :—inflamation from
cold, and inflamation from heat.
II: 1. gentle warmth ; acc. to
Schtr. heat:	by the heat of
fever; warmth from heated stone ;
g|^ry<qq warmth from the fresh
dung of animals;	parched corn
before it has lost its warmth. 2. revenge,
grudge, rancour (Jd.}.
dugs-pa vb. 1. to make warm, to
warm. 2. to light, to kindle (Jd.}.
dun	any
shell, the conch-shell (used as a vessel for
offerings; or, when perforated at one end,
for blowing as a horn); a horn, trumpet
(to call the monks of a monastery to a
service);	to blow a shell-; *
trumpet used in courts of justice;
church-trumpet, trumpet used in religions
services;	war-trumpet;
hunting bugle; a trumpet made of
a hollow thigh-bone;	a copper
trumpet; *4’^’ a brass tubo about eight
feet long used as a trumpet; a
similar instrument but shorter and
smaller in size;	a horn trumpet;
dun-gi-tsho'gs a feeries cf
628
conch-shells. ^кг?|'о|а]’црК=^C’Q|SX the
conch-shell ornament worn in Tibet on
the wrist by the women;	зтужя:
an arm adorned with the conch-shell;
^’45 dun-$kad the sound of the conch-
shell trumpet;	a
conch-shell on account of its sound is
higher than all musical instruments (Zotf.
2) I dufi-chen largo trumpets made
of copper or brass used in religious
services; the human skull; rkan-
dun tho thigh-bono trumpet; dufi-
cho$ religious service with the music
of the church shell-trumpets ; also the
damning of religious faith or inclination
in tho mind.
Syn. ^«’1 famkv,	cku-srtn
Dufi-gi thor-cog can n. of
a celebrated physician of Tibet who lived
in the 4th century A. D :
«<5’4 the physician Dungi-thor-chog-chan
served as physician-lama to king Thori
and his son Khri-snan-gzugs-can {Gyu.
33). '
dun-gi Idem-fifi dkar-po
white-wood tree to make images, the wood
resembling a conch-shell in appearance;
prob, birch-tree (ZJ?.). а'^'9*
n. of a mythological ocean situated
beyond the great mountain of Rtsed-mohi
Phren-wahi ri {K. d. 330).
dnA-tkyon n. of a Naga Raja
who resides in the ocean and protects the
shells {Mnon.).
dun-dkar rag-gfog-tna
lit, white conch with brass wings; a
conch-shell trumpet or vessel mounted
with brass, with brass-wings {Rtsii.).
duft-dkar gyas-hkhyil
a coneh-shell with its coil
reverting to the right instead of to the
left:	jj*r
the sound of the
Daksina vartta conch-shell eures various
diseases and if one is kept in the house
it removes quarrels, strife, and brings in
harmony {Lon. Ъ %).
Syn. «^4 dun-mchog; jTEpogerq
rgyal-po hkhyil-tca \	fykrafa dun;
g’q grq $kye-ica [na-pa {Mnon.).
dun gyon-hkhyil the ordi-
nary conch-shell of which the coil is from
left to right; dufi-dmar =
4^ red eonch-shell; conch-shell vermi-
lion dyed;	dufi tchcr-ma can
-horned conch-shell or
one with bristle-like excrescence^.
^^.du^rnkhan, v.	*
du^rnchog, v..	Rgq
dufi-dkar gya$-hkhyil.
^’4 dun-rdo fossil-shell.
dufi-mdog-can possessed of
conch-shell colour, conch-like colour ;=*>’
tho human skull {Sman. 348).
dufi-hbra%	a kind of
stone which joins fracture:
duft-mtsho dkar-mo n. of a
great white ocean abounding in conch-
shells {J. Zan.).
dun gya^-hkyil, n.
dun-iie defined as *45’q or 55‘q’
the growth of real attach-
ment or regard; also	or
id-	dufi-ne-wa constant,
continual {Jd.).
629
^с’|
Dun-can-ma	n. of a
Khadoma sprite.
=	1.	with
§S*4=to yearn:	even
if you starve, do not yearn after a thing;
he yearns for his rela-
tions. 2. staggering, reeling, loitering,
wavering (Sch,),
dun-pan a Chinese word Tibe-
tanized=a washing bowl, basin.
dun~phyur (31^)	HW
aco. to Sch, and Jd, 100 millions.
Dun Jun n. of a sacred place in
Tibet (Deb, 43):
at Dunlung he heard the voice of a
Dakini,
Dufi-lo Ijon-pahi mdo n. of
a Bon religious work (B, Nam},
Stall dun-sems lit. white heart,
sincerity, candidness:
(Yig. k,
88) I shall again and again' sincerely
hold intercourse with you on appropriate
subjects so as not to be discarded.
dufis-pa a secondary form of
love,	some
faith and love having grown.
loving, affectionate.
SS’q I: dud-pa 1.=з*гч adj.
humble, sbst. mildness, humility, also
respect, homage. 2. vb. to lie, to knit, v.
3. pf. of to stoop, bend, to
bow down.
dud-hgro TO that which walks
bending; opposite to man who walks
upright; a quadruped, beast, and some-
times used as a general name for all
animals except man. Dudo are of two
kinds:—(1)	those that live
hidden, such as in the sea, underground, &o.
2.	those that live scattered in the
abodes of men and -gods.	54**
§it is said that there
are Dudo also in hell and in the region of
the Preta (ghosts) (K. d.^ 2),
II:	W 1. smoke. 2.
soot mixed with butter which is
applied to the eye-lashes in the East.
55‘F dud-kha acc. to Sch,: (1) having
the colour of smoke. (2) a family; house-
hold, as smoke-emitters. (3) chimney;
dud-grans number of houses counted
by the smoke coming out from each:
the number of house*
holds or families of tf and Tsang under
the Khri-bskor rule. (Yig.),
dud-pa §non the smoke preceding the
flames; dvd-bal soot; dud-
risi id.
^5*5*4 dud-dmag 1. fight or dispute
among householders. 2. soldiers recruited
from, among villagers.
dud-t8hafi=^’^’ a family, a
household; dud-htsho=Jfca village,
hamlet; ^5’^’P4*4S'4^* twelve villages or
hamlets.
dun-pa (for ^’4) great diligence,
assiduity;	very diligent; in JT.
(cf. and ^).
dub-pa efTfict or vb., pf.
to-be fatigued, to be tired; $K*tasr
have you not become
fatigued in mind and body (A, 23,); adj.
tired, fatigued ; also ; sbst. fatigue;
untired ones;	being
fatigued: ^V^4’4Y^4 he is tired in
body, speech, and mind.
630
dum 1. a small plate or vessel:
carrying one plate
filled with torma offerings (Л. 29). 2. a
small quantity, a little, a bit:
wait just a short while.
^«’4 dum-pa 1. some:
it being a little, somewhat. 2. a division,
or volume, in the dialect of Amdo:
the twelve volumes of the Bum
(scriptures).
^№5 dum-po a large piece, a fragment.
^«’9 dum-bu~\w>p a fraction,
small piece, a part, a quantity. VrSvql^<,T
or to break, to cut to pieces:
all properties
and effects whatever there may be should
be divided into three parts—the parents
will get two parts and the son one part.
can fractional; ^«'3’«Ц dum-
bu min	entire.	dum-bu
gsum three parts, triple division ;
dum-bur gyur-pa divided into
parts;	dum-bur byed-pa
to divide.
•	Bum-brag n. of a rock-cavern
(Deb. *121). 
dum-yan in Sikk. =
head workman, one who supervises work.
dum-bu gsum-pa> v. ^’25.
flfar-wavb. 1. to dispose of the .
dead, to keep a dead body. 2. dur or
tomb, grave;	to bury, to
inter, to put in the grave; я to dig a
grave ; dur-khun a grave, tomb.
^’BS dur-khrod -a cemetery or
any place whore the dead are disposed
of (being buried, cremated, or else cut into
^‘1^1
pieces for distribution to birds, dogs, etc.)-
In the N. E. and E. suburbs of Lhasa
are two large (i dur-t’oi ” or cemeteries,
attended to by the notorious Rogya-pa
or scavengers of the city, whose huts built
of bones and horns stand in rows hard
by. The different systems of dealing
with the dead in East Tibet on the
Chinese border, which in the main are
identical with the methods in vogUe at
Lhasa, are fully described by Mr. W. W-
Rockhill in his interesting work “The
Land of the Lamas.”
Syn.	hjig$-gna$; sreg-
gnas;	ro-yi gnas\	ski-
icahi gnaf, Ч'йМ'ЧЦЧ pha-mes .nags*, ^^‘3’
g$in-gyi nags (Mnon.).
dur-khrod chen-po brgyad
the eight great historical cemeteries of
Magadha mentioned in Mahayana works:
(1) lies in a forest where the
fragrant sandal tree abounded ; (2)
Qjzjqprq in a forest of Bodhi trees where the
sacred fig-tree abounded; (3) WRfjflpra
in a forest where Jonesia asoka abounded ;
4.	in a forest where the
myrobalan abounded. 5.	or
гйто'й (Qitawma) . where the 'species
of sandal tree kasanja abounded ; (6)
the forest where the glomerous fig-
tree abounded; (7)
ki-lir sgra sgrog-pa where the Arjuna tree
abounded ; (8) where the banyan
tree abounded.
dur-khrod-pa tywfacha Tantrik
lama, one .who resides in a cemetery for
propitiating spirits-
dur-khrod-ma	an epi-
thet of the goddess Paldan Lhamo.
dur-rgyas	thee "food
which is given to a dying man.

631
ЭТ1
^*•5* durrsgam or coffin.
dur-rdo stones piled over one’s
grave or place of cremation.
dur-spyan lit. “ grave-wolf ” ;
perhaps a species of hyena that digs out
dead bodies to devour them.
t dur-wa 1. to hurry, hasten;
to run towards a place or object;
in eolloq. to hasten to : №1’^’4 to hasten
to dinner; wor^’q to hasten to work;
cf.	2. W^TT a kind of
grass with syn.	nus-pa ston-ldan;
nan spon-§kye$;skyes-ldan;
rnthah-ya$; ^kpqj’q tshig brgya-wa;
sa-yi hdab;	Ijan-ser can.;
tsJie-hphel-rdsas (Mnon.).
dur-wa dkar~po 1. the
blue or white flowering durwa; Panicum
dactylon. 2. WT^t, fw other white
species of durwa.
Syn.	brston-hgru^ brgya-
wa; сЦ^’З'З^ gjan-spu skyes; bya-yi
mig.
dur-xcas hchi a scorpion.
Syn..	sdig-pa rba-can (Mnon.).
^'^.Pur-bon (lit. the Bon of the ceme-
teries) one of the earlier sects of Bon-pa
which originating in Shang-Shung and
Brutsha at last spread into the Tibetan
central provinces during the reign of •
king	the son of	srib-
khri btsan-po; Lonam his minister under
the instigation of the Dur-bon priests
assassinated the king with a sword, whence
he was called by the historians of Tibet
the sword-assasinated king.
(J. ZafL).
^’5 dur-by a	1. also
Brahminy kite with white, back, (Mnon.).
2. acc. to Sch. a paring-axe, a, hoe.
dur-byid, (^) fagsr, ph the
castor-oil plant, Pdcinus communis.
the. root of dur-byid
ejects all diseases arising from heat or cold.
2. (acc. to Vai. §n.) Ipomoea tur-
pethum [a plant of valuable purgative
properties, commonly called Teori, and
distinguished into two species, white and
black (Convulvulus turpethum)\S.
Syn.	mdah-hjoms;
tshan§-gsum;	dor byed-ma; 3V$r
phur-ma psum-pa;	kun-
rje^-hbyun ; rdul-can ; Sf'wqsprQ Io-
nia g$um-pa;	dum-bu gsupi-pa
(Mnon.).
^’§5 dur-byed	SiM
the plant Croton polyandrwm.
dur-byanoxi inscription placed
on a tomb.
dur-tshun, ^‘^5 dur-t&hod food
offered to the dead (ft>‘.).
dur-mtshed a place for burying
dead bodies (Sch.).
tZ«r-yw=B’^4 out side, beyond,
foreign (mystic) (К. g. fi $6).
dur-lcn (lit. that.takps away fronj
the cemetery) a sort of vampire.
dul is, porf. root of the- trs. vb.
hdul-wa to tame, q. v.
.	dul-gna$ or	place
of conversion or of one’s discipline.
discipline; ^гсГ$«р<
[good discipline]/?.
yrq’q dul-wa-pa a, tamer, di^ci-
pliner. ^’4’^	one of the early
Buddhist sages and authQrs of India.
^cq’^ dul-wu hdsin^^^'^3
obedient, holding to discipline; one who
observes the rules of Vinaya (Мпюъ).
C32
dul-icar hdod htvh courage.
dul-ma 1. powdered or pulverized
by burning, grinding, pounding, etc.;
gold-dust, also oxidized powder of
gold;^ ^q * medicinal powders. 2. acc.
to Ja, a kind of water-colour made of
pulverized gold and silver, for painting and
writing. Really an erroneous form of
rdul,
dul-mo tender-mouthed, tame,
manageable, tractable (Ja.).
du$	W, ЧП 1- time in
general, season. 2. a certain time,
the time or occasion for a thing to
happen; right time, proper season : V^’BV
taking the 10th day of tho
month as the most appropriate time,
when night came on, in the first hour of
dusk he would equip himself with a black
silk robe and a staff (Pth. 129).
dus adv. for a whilo, sometimes; ^5’
at the time; at that time;
then, at this time;
in that very time ;	in the
very first time ; or ’^’3 at times;
sometimes, now and then; ^’5^’
simultaneously with that;
then on occasion;
on a certain time, once;	or
at one and the same time,
together;	some future day.
The statement that tho time had arrived
for anything is always phrased: it came
down to the time ^г«гад’^; the time
will arrive:	it will descend to
the time. or after a genit. inf.
or verbal root=when, after:
when two days had, or will have passed;
5*395when I was still a girl;
the time of merriment never
arrives;	being the time of giving
birth;	to fix a time for
going; henceforth, from this time
forward; ^’3’BS’4^ dus-kyi khyad-par
special time, special occasion.
Dut-kyi hkhor-lo
1. tho famous Kala-chakra system of
Buddhism which introduced tho worship
of a Supremo Deity under tho designation
of ikdi-buddha or Х«|’»й’ммг jk. It arose
in tho 11th century A.D. in Shambala, a
city said to have been located near the
river Oxus in Central Asia; and both
Atis'a and tho historian Buston belonged
to this cult. Under the appellation Ttakun
Kiir (km it is popular with the Mongols.
Varieties of the cult in India gave to
S'iva or to Gapes'a the position of Adi-
Buddha. 2.	ani-
mated nature or living beings; W^’3*
meditation. 3. v.
du§-hkhor.
du^-kyi cha-$a$ the divisions of
time—such as 5 year; season; 3
month; ordinarily the year 5 is divided
into four seasons, each of three months;
but according to the Vinaya school the
seasons are six, divided in reference to the
Uposatha observances, and are:—Ф*4
two spring months,	two summer
months, W4^*4 two rainy months,
two autumn or harvesting months, S^’^*4
two winter months,	two deep-
winter months. Tibetans also divide the
year into three seasons, counting
spring and summer together, 59^ ?^ rains
and autumn together, and 53^'and
anterior winter and posterior winter
together.
du$-kyi cho^nid^^ met.
death (Mnon.).

633
das-kyi rjes-su hgro-wa
^T^rgHifk one who behaves or changes
according to the occasion; a wind-cock,
[also, it is a phrase signifying benzoin or
benjamin]#.
dus-kyi rjes-su
hbran-wahi tsan-daii	yellow
sandal.
dus-kyi bdag-po met. the sun,
the lord of time (МЯоп.).
dus-kyi gnas [revolu-
tion of the seasons; a year]#,
dus-kyi dbyid-pa
[the staff of time, death]#.
dus-kyi byed-po
the snn; the maker of time.
^*3*^ dus-kyi-bar during;
[momentary]#.
dus-kyi me-togy v. mthift
deep blue (Mnon.).
dus-kyi brtsi-tshult^v^b^mQx
of counting time:—120 of
dus-mthahi skad-cig-pa (the smallest con-
ceivable division of time) make ono S’
by a rdsogs-kyi skad-cig-ma ($*
sc-gol gtogs-pa); 60 of this latter
make one set than; 30 than make a
yud-tsam; and 30 yud make
one shag or day. Aco. to the system
of counting adopted by Tibetan astrono-
mers	skar rtsis-pd) four drawings
of breath in an adult make one chu-
sraftj 60 $’5^ chusran make one ehu-
tshod^ 60 chu-tshod make on© shag
(day and night) ; sixty years make one
rab-byun or cycle.
dus-kyi-tshigs^^r^ [a sum-
mons by the angel of death]#.
dus bkag-pa explained as
yodpa-lag dafl те$-ра du§.
du$-$kabs v. skabs.
dus-skyes Wi,
skyer-^in prob. Berberis vulgaris called
skycr-pa or qin-ser the yellow
plant.
dus-hkhor	[the wheel
of time]#.
Syn.	mchog~gi dan-
pohi san$-rgya$;	tkabs-$e§
bdag-nid;	rdo-rje sems-dpah;
e-icam yi-ge rigs nud-pa ;
qes-dan fes-byahi
bdag-nid mchog;	ski-ica
sdom§-la hdus-pa ; ^'^5 hpho-med;
thog-med} tha-ша med\
rigs-кип khyab-dag\	byan-chitb
sons;	rnal-hbyor rnam-pa\
rnam-kun mchog-ldan;
яЗруц thog-mahi mgon-po; ф’Н’9’^5 #«/$-•$«
med;	khams-gsum
hkhor-los bsgyur-wa. (Mnon.).
Dus-hkhor pandita n. of a
celebrated lama born in Mongolia who
was recognised as an incarnation by the
Emperor of China. He founded the
monastery of Bad-dkar cho-glin now
harbouring three thousand monks.
dus-hgyur ’egufkcrn; change of
season.
уг-Ц ius-can 4nf^3i; n. of a flower;
n. of a flower (К. my.
4 20).
dus-gcig skyes-pahi
ma-bxt—*$%№№** (mystic) (Min-rda. k)-
dus chad-pa med-pa
in proper time, timely; time without
interruption, continually.
du§-chen dge-wa hbum
hgyur tho days when one work of merit-
81

634
5^51
done produces one hundred thousand
merits; they are: tho 8th lunar day of
the month of Vaiqakha when Gautama
Buddha renounced the world; the 15th or
full moon of the same month when he
was conceived; the day when he became
a Buddha; the day he entered Nirvana \
the day of lus preaching the Dharma;
the day when he descended from among
the gods.	dut-chen b$hi or у ft’
3'4^ the great periods of time or Yttga.
У du$-whod wfsnt, religious
service observed at certain prescribed
periods [a priest for performing a sacri-
fice] 5.
У'ft dupion or Wft a festival
Mnon.). yft'YJ the nine festivals
observed by Buddhists:—yft'M'^ du$-
ston chen-po	great festival;
birth festival;	ft
the festival of cutting the hair;
5‘yft	festival of forming
the crest; ^'g^’yft festival at tho fifth
year of child;	fyy ft the sixth year
festival;	ft tho monastic or
vihdra festival; 5^’ft	festive
rejoicing. ^^'ft'3S’q du$-$ton byed-pa to
keep a festival.
У^ ci fyab-pa to fix time (for
meeting, eto.). уч$Ч'* du$ btab-ma=^\
^5	a passionate woman {Mnon.).
уыччу du$-mthahi rZ//n = 4^’«iA&a|’
яадзпд the wind that mil destroy
the world.
wi-f^ one
of the 20 stages a monk of the Or dr aka
school reaches [delivered at a wrong
time]<S.
У’У‘$ du$-dus-su at times, occasion-
ally.
У’*У du$-hda$ ^i, wata, $rr<R?ta; past
time, past tense ; time elapsed.
У Dui-ldan n. of one of the
16 stharira or ; also : goddess ;
sandal-wood.
У KYя du$-ldan-ma a woman in mens-
truation (4f^on.).
yYyrq’y-g-q^ ^Du$-na dgah-wa she$
bya-wahi ri a mountain in the fabu-
lous continent of Uttara Kuru {K. d.
815).
Уу «rjfl du$ rnam-pa kun all times;
with % as adv. always, at all times (4/non.).
y'wi du$-bab$ appointed time; the
natural ooutso of events.
V’T* du$-$byor ад, |чад [the parti-
cular time in which a man is bom]*S.
у |X*ci du$-$byor-pa an astrologer. y.£V
§5*^ du^byor byed-pa vtv [the hour in
which a man is bornJS. y’^gvq du$-
$byor-pa ад junction of periods, time, #c.
[the particular sign of the zodiac under
which a man is bom]&
du$ ma-y in-par za-wa •
taking food untimely, i.i?,, not at
the fixed or proscribed time or hour;
du^-min $е$~ра one who
knows the fixed times or seasons ; a cock;
an astrologer.
у Я du§-me	lately said to =
universal conflagration at the end of time.
dus-tshigt gr?j season. у
Й the jolmo bird {Mnon.).
у*^Sy vq du$-tshigt gsar-ica—^'^^^'
change of time, season ; also fresh provi-
sion, produce of the year, etc.
у du^-tshod 1. a division of time
equal to two English hours : fy'bry
in each day are twelve du^-tshod.
Acc. to the Chinese method each of these

635
has a separate name attached to it, viz:—
(1) day-break, called^ yo$ rabbit;
(2)*У**|* sun-rise, called hbrug {duk) dragon;
(3) VX4 morning, called sbrul {dul) ser-
pent; (4) V3S ni-phyed noon called, rta
horse; (5) afternoon, called lug
sheep ; (6) evening, called $prel monkey;
(7) Vi4 sunset, called ^yubird; (8)
dusk, called khyi dog; (9) fore-night,
called phag pig; (10) mid-night,
called byi-ica mouse; (11)	after-
night, calledЩЬ’ glan ox; (12) dawn,
called stag tiger. These twelve names are
also given to the succeeding years of the
60 years cycle in various combinations with
the names of five so-called elements, viz.,
earth, fire, water, wood, iron, v. 5 lo.
V^V^’4 dus-t^hod nes-pa evil-hour,
bad time=^’^5’^’4 wrong or inauspici-
ous time or hour.
^'Ki^dus-intshan :	the king of
Kalinga, a descendant of Chakravarti raja.
dus-mt$hams tot,
junction of day and night; period, epoch.
^’4^ dus~bshi the four seasons, viz
the ‘ summer; 5^ the winter; the
autumn; the spring time; also V
morning or day; 44 evening or night;
day-time, and night.
^Г4^3‘и*г5 du$-bshihi phan-lo^^*^
the four times wheel; a cycle of years.
Du$-bskihi Ihor-mo or
the goddesses presiding over the four
seasons:—VI* the white
fair queen of spring; wS’
the blue queen of the summer season; ф\
J-the yellow queen of the
autumn;	VI the black
queen of the winter season (7?. с/г.).
tfu$-2tntime of depravity (&?A.).
^rtfar4 dus yol-ica чигдяга lit. time
passed; too late.
^•^•25 dus rin-po faxTW long de-
layed.
dus-rlabs wave of time,
i.e., ebb and flow of time.
^rerVfvq dus-la dgah-wa W,
that delights in time; an epithet of the
sun {Mnon.).
dus-log a year yielding no crops;
a sterile year {Jd.).
^т-?|*Г4 dus-fes~pa	an astro-
nomer or astrologer; 3^*4 rtsis~pa {Mnon.).
^’^B’4 dus-su skye-гоа mature; born
or grown at the proper time.
^*Г$'?4'4 dus-su thob-pa to get at the
opportune time or hour.
du$-su hos-pa	suit-
ing the occasion, opportune; Ч^'У’7^*4
сГ^г^Ш<!Ц as suited the occasion.
^’^*4**4 dus-su гиб-wa timely.
dus-gsum	the three
times, viz:—(1) g’B’S early, after and now,
described as wKwq future, *VT4 the
past, and S’?’4 the present. ^‘W1’*^’4
dus-gsum wkhyen-pa	a general
epithet of a Buddha.	dus-
gsum mtshams the three junctions
of time.
I: de Я: 1. that, that one ; he,
she, it; like that;	that
which is;	other than that;
^‘B* forthat;	under that, after
that; at that time; g^^-q^ he
that has gone before. 2. frq. stands in
the place of the definite article—the:
ет^ Й5^с'^‘4^’^'4Х,^'^54’г4|,3‘^’ lug-hdi
khrid-hons-pahi fan-pa de fiahi lham-cag rku-
sort the butcher who brought the sheep
stole my boots;	the younger

636
^’91
one said, or the youth replied ; also some-
times in tho plural:
he said—were you they or those ones
\Hh'om. 55).
II: (in mystic) a term forsho ;
the term ‘de’ is a woman
(K.y.WV).
di-ka or dc-kha that, the very
same;	that very person was
I myself;	just so;	(in
answer to a question) indeed! that is so;
just that.
de-kha=\'*\t	from those
same public bodies.
or ^4 that juris-
diction ; also under that, included in that.
d^ kho-na ггъ ; cf. ^; =
the col. the very same, that itself.
de kho-na hid era; =
Stmyata, essence, nature ;	j^WS
the essence of the soul.	de
kho-na hid btu$-pa	n. of a
Buddhist metaphysical work:
be proceeded in the direction of Tibet
carrying with him the religious work
called Tatlva-samueeaya by Santi-jiva
(Л. 33).	de kho-na hid rtogs-
pa гг^тт to meditate on tho real tattea
or secrets of religion.
^’4 de-да colloq. that, that one; precisely
so, just so; de-gar=d^ or there,
in that place.
de-hid c^-, Н7Я that itself;
S ’VSS 4 de-hid smra-ica	one who
expounds the truth.
de-$ned=K%\ so many:
so many men
as there are so many shares are required.
5 ^ de-lta like that; so; is fig. in
books, but in colloq. is used instead:
ы •$!	not being so with the father;
^’RV'?l*rw de Ita-hdu fe$-pa$
being known as that; de-lta-na like
this; ^’5 dc-tfa-lni of that kind,
quality, or manner; such;
history, oral account, narration of
accounts; ^#5'9 de-lta mod-kyi
fgpfrfi yet, notwithstanding that;
de-lta-yafi and yet; dc-[la-la =
although.
de-cihi-phyir-shc-na is a
curious paraphrase, used- chiefly in the
older classical writings, but not quite
disused still, to express the conjunctions
“for” and “because” at the beginning
of a consequent clause or sentence. It is
sometimes varied to	de-tthi-
%lad-du she-па (K,	3,ete.), both meaning
lit. “if asked, because of what is that.”
Curiously enough the Mongols have
adopted in their sacred writings a similar
phrase for the same conjunctions: tore
dzagun-u tula kemebeuu.
de-ltar=^'^ <f3, чя, w,
like that, accordingly;	de-ltar
gyi&yg. 4W ^5 do accordingly;	d<-
ltar-na thus indeed;	dc-[tar-
yan 'ЧПГМ yet.
de-thad=^fy for that; also there-
fore :	therefore, the
words to be put together or in 01 dor
(Ya-sel. 34).
V de-dan Зя < by that very (thing)
de-dan hdra-ica	like
that.
that time;
fit for-that time.
637

^1
de-de exactly that; that (emphati-
cally) ;	just according
to that; yes, so it is.
dc-don	for that.
dc-ldan	truth.
^'4 dc-hdra is the modern and colloq.
usage in place of de-lta or ^’g’5 de-lta-
bu like that, similar, similarly;
seen like that, seen so;	dc-hdra-
phan§ an interj.: such a loss! so
great a damage! de-hdra-ma
like that (applied to fem.).
dc-na or	’Wt,
’therein, in that place; also thereafter,
after that.
de-паз hdi-$kad Q4 then
for instance, then like this, then so.
de-ni that, that one, it, those
indeed:	it is not the proper
place.
de-pa one of that place; but in C.
colloq. = there, thither; de-wa$ era*. 1.
than that, gon. after a comparative. 2.
also for therefore, consequently,
now then.
6^-po=^’5, ^’5 well, excellent
(Yig. k. 58).
^‘5 dc-pho a cock.
de-hphral WV. immediately,
at once. In colloq. in C. we hear
“ tanta t’el-tii” immediately.
de-hpkro$=z the remainder,
excess thereof (Ya-sel. the excess
portion.
&?-ica$ than that;	de-wa§
kyan nahfa more than that.
de-та one of that place, sect, reli-
gion, etc. (Cs.); de-ma-thag-tu
at once, freshly, instantly;	Л-
ma-thag-pa jhpfw fresh, immediate;
de-ma-lag§=\*^\ de-ma-fiid not
that, not the same;	WRIT
ЯсЭД immediate cause or dependence, v.
(ДЛК).
гЛ?-?;2о=5^'Ч necessity.
de-tsam	nfir:,
ЦсПЗПЗ so much, about that;
then, at that time, at about that time;
de-tsug so, thus:
how is it ? how is that ? what is it like ?
(Deb. Я 3S).
de-tso—^^ or those:
they possessed
perfect contemplative skill (A. I £4).
de4ptehufa=.^\ de-hdra
like that, its match, equal.
dc-hdsin sjfaqr = acceptance.
^^5 de-bshin nid HV<U, ия
identity, essence (Was.), lit. that-ness;
de-bshin-du	according to
that, thus, so; acc. to <7a. = for it:
he allowed it accordingly;
de-bshin fio-$es-na§ perceiving
it as such;	de-bshin-du sbyar-
to apply as before,
to adjust accordingly;	de-bshin
byed-pa xtf zpj to do accordingly;
de-bshin min not accord-
ingly, differently.
^•q^-a^opTci de-bshin ggeg^-pa ачпга
lit. he who is gone or passed away like as
did that other one—like as did his pre-
decessor ; in other words, a Tathagata or
evangelistic teaching Buddha. The
Mongol synonym for the Tibetan term is
Tegun ehilen ireksen “came like him.”
Shakya-thubpa or Gautama together with
the six preceding terrestrial Buddhas
M’ll
638
4«T£||
form the seven pre-eminent Tathagatas.
But we read of “ thousands of Tatha-
gatas ” in the later MAliftyana writings.
t аЦ-pq^q hvrih
n. of a religious work.
q g'4’4§q q q^ q WTJHtqufH	n.
of a religious work,
«Hifa n. of a religious work (ЛЛ K).
3’34 df-zug=s\&*l in IK.
dchi chos-^n ctSFflf, 33?$^ pos-
sessed of that virtue ; its attributes; of
that quality.
45	dehi rj?s-su phyogs-pa
imitating (considered as an inex-
cusible sin in a Budh. monk); following
that; its follower.
^5'3$\ai dehi wod-la=^ ^'w
or at that time, during that time:
Xf5‘«r<5»r«ic.*rXic;qN in the meantime the
night was over (Rdsa. 10).
de-hog «га*. then, thereafter.
de haft=\"K.
de-yafi W'Sf 1. this also, or that
too; he also. 2. namely, to wit, viz.; is
used before any specification or detailed
statement.
dc-yan for also that, pre-
ceding it (Ya-sel. 35).
de-rag directly, immediately (Sch.)
that is just
the thing! exactly! to be sure (Jd.).
^4*	eolloq. to-
day, this day. In W\ T. hdi-ring
is more frq. ^’^g^q de-rifi byun-ica
a fresh occurrence; to day’s out-
come, produce, experience.
de-ru—^ into that, there, into
that place, thither, that way.
4J*rq deJa rag Jus-pa shes nf<3-
to do as directed,
or as per design.
de Jas <ra*., яфщ from; out of;
from that; after a comparative: and,
other than that:	de Jas $kye$
grown or bom from or out of that;
what results from that ?
de Jas stsog$-pa	[having these as
their mouth-pieces, i.e., like these]8.
De-$o n. of a tribe in Tibet.
n. of a king of Tibet (J. Zaft.).
^’§5 de-sritf	as much as
that; thus far 5 also that is possible.
+ deg-go or X non-no used in
keep it above, put it up.
’ deft also to-day from this
day forward;	henceforth;
the present time or age.
8j	defi-gi char-yaft=\^wy^
^4’ even at the present time, even
now-a-days (Yig. k. 14). defi-phan
henceforth, henceforward.
defis-ptt 1. or ^q deft-гса^ pf.
of 4^'q hdefi-wa to go, to go away;
went to their respective
places;	went each to his
own place;	melted away into
space, dissolved into air. 2. old, stale,
worn.
defi-saft at present; for the
present; now-a-days:	defisafi
lha-rje the physician of the present day.
der~^\^de-ru Trfy there; also as an
adv.: then, at that time: ^’*5 that
is all, there is nothing more (Cs.);
der-gsal as mentioned, as stated

639

therein; acc. to that. des ifa, w 1.
instrum, of ; by that. ^'^des-chog^
that is enough; that will do Sch.
2. for v.	that is enough
for me (A. 128).	’^’S* des-па dehi-
phyir WH:, ттФЩ	that then, on
that very account then.
. ^’4 de-ica a medicinal herb: ^’фгЧя^г
'^’ядя‘я§^’^5the dewa, removing
the communicating cause, dispels bilious-
ness.
De-ica sa-ra n. of a learned Sing-
halese nun who with ten companion-nuns
visited China and preached Buddhism there
(Grub. ”1 6).
^’9*^ De-Ы ko-ta an ancient city in
India, probably near the cave temples
of Ellora and Ajanta.
dehu^^F^ small; adv. almost;
(^* №)
on a small rock standing on the bank of
the river Gangft;
the horse having leaped into the water,
Khu-ston nearly died;	dehu-ndn-
but for a little;
did hit (him) almost;	dehu-tshig
but for that, he had
almost fallen down (D.Il}; ^'Ч^ад’^я
<й?Ли gyen§-tsam=^^^'*]$*'* (D.R.).
dehu-ra (vulg.) 1. a little,
almost:	were it
not for a little, I had fallen down
the roof. 2. acc, to Jd. one day,
future time.
ded-hdren (5^) n.
large numerical figure (Ya-sel. 57).
n. of a still larger
number than the above (Ya-sel. 57).
from
some
of a
ded-pa driven, carried, moved,
pursued; pf. of	*’*
ded-dpon	foreign-trader,
master, captain of a ship.	=
merchant’s place, commercial
building, shop (Mwon.).
merchant;
an epithet of the son of Kama
(MAon.).
deb ifhf or «Г^’ЯЙ^ library,
archives, records;	a list or
register of articles, &c.; ^Tf3^’ del-khan
chancery, government office (Schtr.);
deb-ther or	register; documents,
catalogues, anything recorded or put into
writing or stitched together;
to register all accounts or put
them together in one book; ^«г^'ярц
del-ther rnkhan keeper of the archives or
librarian (Cs.).
Del-ther §пон-ро the n. of a
historical work by Gshon-nu dp al.
^’4 del-pa 1. accounts cast into one
place or shape; ®to cast
all accounts or records into one place.
2. acc. to Sch.: poultice, cataplasm, applied
to sores and inflamed parts of the body.
dem-tsi a small, narrow bridge;
foot-bridge (Jd.).
dehu^ or on any day, at some
future time (JZ7.).
^'4 de§—pa	ftw 1- fine,
brave, noble, chaste (Cs.); 2. =
or of good nature ; (IT. d. 166).
de§-pa phun-sum tshog$-pa
consummate.
do 1. num. fig.: 131. 2. a pair or
couple—used only in counting, weighing,
measuring, etc.:	of sho two each.

640
^1
3.	this; this evening, to-night:	\
I} a man only for to-day and to-
morrow (Jd.) ;	to-day. 4.
also an equal, a match; 4‘^q
do b$do~ica adversaries, rivals; ^q^r^nr
«ч v44]'^*q«5 he exterminated his anta-
gonists by war (Sorig.). do non-pa
the equalizing of tho load, by increasing
or lessening it on ono of tho sides \Jd.).
do ina-yin or
match-loss, unequalled : $
(Khri<J.) the possession of
this precious human body is not equalled
by the gain of any gem.
•J,	•Ж‘ЧСЧ1 also
written as У^'^Я luxuriant locks dressed
neatly on the crown of the head, some-
times in fanciful designs as among tho
Burmese; Tibetan high officials of the lay-
class also dress their hair in a prescribed
form.
V4I*'*I4 do-jai kha in W. light -blue (Ja.).
do-gal importance, weight;
important:	Я^'З
matters that are important to yourself
should not be delayed (Ya-stl.J). Ч’Я4’^
important; of weighty consequence
(Cs.);	= very important.
4'^5	do-chod=^\$>\ intelligent and
useful.
W do-dam commission, charge,
superintendence, care ; an overseer,
authorized person;	4 to supervise,
superintend.
do-po 1. or ^ЯЛ an assistant, a
servant. 2. a load, fora beast of burden,
cf. 4* (Ju.).
do-phrug an orphan.
^•Ч-£5’ Do-wa rdsofi n. of a district
in tho province of Lho-brag in Tibet.
^’q4^^ do-wahi tog-та ; root
of artichoke ; also potatoe.
4*5 do-ico—do$-po a load (Rtsii.).
do-mod=^^ 1. quickly;
(place) quickly
in tho holy mandala of unsullied contem-
plation. 2. to-day, this day (Cs.).
do-shag this day, presently: BVq^’
and particu-’
larly to-day the ministers are more lazy
than before (Hbrom. J/l).
do-zla~^*\$ hgran-zla 1. comrade,
consort, follow. 2. party in a law-suit.
^q‘S5’q carefully to investigate
(the right of) both parties (Cs). \’^’Я^Я
do-ya-grig lit. one of the two or of a pair;
half a load.
V* do-ra 1. a stage; a courtyard
where dancing is performed=
2. an enclosed pasture land ; a lawn.
do-lo or X-ai’qQ-^’g^^-SN-q
a necklace, a string made of pearls or
precious stones (worn hanging down from,
the neck); an ornament hanging down
from the shoulders (Jig.).
Do-log a kind of worm:	f
in future life (he) would
bo born as the worm Dolog (Ya-sel 7).
do-$al th, ЧПОЦ necklace.
Syn. 9^’3^ phyan-phrul\ se-modo\
bran-gi rgyan (Mnon.).
do-^al-can 1. one wearing a necklace.
2. n. of the residence of Vaijayanta.
^qq’^q do-^al phyed-pa wivT half-
length string of pearls, &c., or half size
necklace.
*511
641
V4 dog 1. clod, clump, lump, loaf: ”1^’
Х4ГЧ1$<’1 a lump of sugar. 2. capsule;
capsule of the cotton plant
(Jd.). 3. for XT4 dog-pa narrow.
I: dog-pa 1. capsule :
9]ag*rg capsule of flower, i.e., flower seed
in one pod. 2. X4! bundle, skein, i.e., of
wool, as much as one can hold with the
hand; ‘ПХ'П handful. 3.	as a
neck ornament. 4. ear of corn X4!4^'
3	X4!'4	flower shoots or
buds; g^S’X4!’4 H’gWxV buds contain-
ing honey in their capsules.
М’Я II: also \ч]*5 or X*T^ 1. narrow,
narrowness: X4!2^4^4! й is not narrow;
ge£ out of a narrow
place;	fig. they were
kept within narrow bounds (G7r., Jd.).
2. strict : gwX4]^ khrim$ dog-po strict
justice, also hard punishment. X4!'®’^
not narrow, wide; f^X4! small narrow
house; wX4) narrow-place; ^'X4! a robe
that does not fit being narrow in dimen-
sions. X4!’5 dog-po or X4!	adj. dense,
thick; X4! ^ densely, thickly :
5ЧГХ4Г1^’|3^’<> all the regions were thickly
filled up, i.e., thickly inhabited (Yig.).
XYq don-pa, v. *XY4 to bring out;
XYq ejaculated; Im^'XY4 brought out by
the door.
+ ХЧГ* dog-ma=*^ front, fore; also,
resp. for * (Lex.).
♦ X4!’ dog-le=«I? chu-bsro-wahi
$поф ace. to Jd. an iron pan with a handle.
I: dog^-pa for *Xfl)*,,q 1.
necessity, usefulness: ч^Х4!** usefulness;
k^Xt^Y4 useless, without usefulness. 2.
fear, apprehension; ^’X^ what fear! do
not be afraid of; X4!*^’ fear having
arisen; X4!^^414 or ХЧРГЧ^5’Ч=*
to remove doubt or clear misap-
prehension :
X<]^in a draft
containing matters of some importance the
points should be written carefully to avoid
all that may be misapprehended (D. $el. 20).
Х^М'Ч‘^5 от X4!**’^	; without
fear, fearlessly ; ^X^hope and fear; X4!”’
uwwith apprehension;
dread of suspicion. 3.=
scruple, doubt; X4!*’44!*’ in colloq.
scrupulously, doubtfully; Xt1’^ the
limit of doubt (A. 50); Xql^’^ scrupulous,
also to take care, take heed, to be cautious:
being a king he
should be cautious. X4I^’MW4 dog§-§lofi$-
pa to raise scruple, doubt; also to make
another apprehensive, doubtful (D. $ei.
20).
II: vb. to fear, not in the
violent sense in which is used, but to
apprehend or dread anything happening:
ifc §С‘'ХЧ1¥ Ч^’V*ftt a time when he was
apprehending that hail would come on;
being afraid (the
prince) might not be able to govern;
я'яЯк/Х^ чад fearing lest he should not see
the sakti; д’йЯ	dreading that
his son might meet the view of the people;
^кгчкдгХ4]^ ^’§*1 be on your guard lest
anger should arise; take care not to grow
angry! (Jd.).
khuft дку 1. a deep
hole, pit, trench:
in refilling the earth into the
hole excavated, it will not be even with the
surface (K. du. 5 US).
a firepit; ace. to Sch. crater; ^ X^’ a hole
82

042

in tho ground; S'V a well, a doop
cistern; X^’^=a впако. 2. depth, deep-
ness, profundity (Jd.). deep, full of
trenches ; not deep, shallow (Cs.). 3.
v. ^*4.
Ч5*1*] dofi.-ka	the tree Ptcrosper-
mum accrifolium.	54
flower of Кагткйга.
the fruit of donki is a cure for
liver disease and is a mild purgative.
Syn.	me-tog phren-wa; Ч’я’
lo-ma-fyzin;	nad~hjom$;
hkhor-lo fydra; ^’§5 shi-byed; ^<35*q^’q
w-mo bshi-pa;	rgyal-pohi gin
(Mnon.).
don-kha grebe [a kind of radish]^,
grefa^ <i medicinal fruit.
+	= son-ste.
V’A don-pa padlock; V'^VT4 to put
a padlock on (Jd.).
^5'3 doil-po—1,	tube, any hollow
cylindrical vessel. 2. a bamboo tube
used as water or milk vessel in Sikkim,
Bhutan, etc.	a quiver (generally
made of bamboo).	iron tube;
*5’ wooden tube.
Jon-fca=*5,cb a 1. to proceed, to
go (Mnon.), v.	2. a quiver.
don-mo or a small churn for
tea-making=3^3^ (Jd).
don-tse or don-rtsc 4»qfgg
1. a copper coin in China. 2. piece of
money of small value either in silver, gold,
or copper;	gold coin.
in IF. Corydalis meifolia (Ja.).
^5’3 don-zc wasp, acc. to Cs.
dod 1. definite; indefinite^. 2.
a substitute; an equivalent;
what is the equivalent, what shall we get
for it? a’AS adopted son:
pray, suffer yourself to be adopted by us.
verbal equivalent, the original of a
translation, a synonym; ^5’^ as an equi-
valent, as payment for, instead of, at, e.g.,
at a moderate price (Jd.); ASdod-po one
in the place of, a substitute, a representa-
tive;	represented, acted
as a representative:
,sbi’w
both tho mother and son being pleased,
substituted tho yogi, though ho was not’
really tho cow-herd, but one representing
him (A. 60).	dod-por bya§-te
acting as a substitute (A. 69).
dod-pa^Q^'Q fy$nel-wa or
1. to project, to bo prominent. Often
with *5^;	elongated. 43^‘S’
V\’q сото out in relief; skye-mche# datf-pa
a child in the womb just when its nose
and ears are being formed. 2. to
come out, float up: $<r«p’«fc*4VqV^*gjr
$w^Vq (Ya-scL 36) there arose islets in
tho midst of the flooded place.
don 1. particle signifying: more
than, over; а^*А5ф^’Ч?Д| onoover seventy;
two over seventy, etc. •
II ; iJ^T, <3^ Д, 1. the
sense or signification of anything;
to understand the meaning;
the meaning to be expressed;
to elucidate, explain‘the meaning;
individual letter, the mean-
ing of which is not easily understood;
it has no sense.	what
.does this mean ? X^’S^’^^.full of mean-
ing; also one wha is a. sensible щап;
meaningless words>. ravings;

643

do think over the meaning
of this (J/?7.};	col. in truth, in
fact, really, surely, indeed! 2. reason,
purpose, profit, advantage; object:
aS’A^s going on is to no purpose;
’^a hgro-wahi rafl-gi don lab
tell me your reason for going ;
what has been his object in
coining ? A^’tjA 4 don §grub-pa to gain
one’s object;	gnad-rnam$
real reasons. 3. in a general sense:
affair, concern, business;	*<| A^ one’s own
affairs, one’s own interest; ^V3’A^
interest of others ;	on account
of much business (DzZ.). 4. welfare,
advantage, the good of a person;
to promote a man’s welfare;
^*а5'^-§*\’А to work for the welfare of all
living beings;	a useful tiling;
a gift of fortune (Ja.). s^rgA*
the substantial benefit of thp
highest perfection.
’ft HI: a document: *VA^ 1. a special
request or object (in writing a letter to a
subordinate or one in subordinate posi-
tion). 2. a written contract, agreement;
also a letter to an inferior person.
^’A^ the certain or real meaning, also
positive order or instruction. ^’A^ the
proper or plain meaning; distinct order or
instruction. §'A^ application, petition,
request. 3«тА^ literal meaning, grammati-
cal signification.
don-li gycn-ica to change or
divert the thoughts from the three causes
which disturb the mind.
А^ЛИ don-kun the interest or
well-being of all; public good, cause, ob-
ject, etc. A^’^'5q>q don-kun grub-pa
1. to accomplish or fulfil all objects,
purposes; one who has done them. 2. tho
early name of Buddha S'akya-Muni which
was given him by his father, A^'MS4’4
don-kun ^grub-pa	one who
performs service for the good of the public,
e>., does public good.
^’Э’РЧ’ЗА’а don-gyi khog-phub-pa as in
(<?. Hon.) to
penetrate into the real import.
АУЗ’Э don-gyi spyi	general
sense, ordinary meaning, common object.
^’§A Don-grid) =	don kun-grub
1. Amoghasiddha, v. A^’^s^A’A post. 2.
assemblage. 3. common personal
name in use in Tibet and Sikkim.
don-hgal=dtft% ’^’A don-mt
mtJiun-ioa contrary sense, opposite meaning,
going against the purpose or interest of
{Mnon.).
A^’g don-lna in anatomy the five func-
tionaries of the human body: (1) §nin
the heart; (2) gf gio lungs ; (3) mchin-
pa liver; (4) «^’A nichcr-wa spleen; (5)
ырагя mkhal-ma kidney.
A^’*^ don-candon-ldan 1.
useful, meaningful, profitable, expedient.
2. enjoying an advantage. 3. having a
ceriain sense.
A^’^S don-gcod or AV^S'4 dongcod-pa,
(A^Y^S'^Pi don-tliag gcod-mkhan) one
commissioned, a commissioner; one spe-
cially appointed for the performance of a
certain object:
it necessitated the going of a commis-
sioner (Rtsii.).
don ricrin^-pa—'yi^^^n
failure, ill-success; also the decrease of
interest or importance (ATww.).
A3!4!)* don-giier (Зьк^’д)- vrifo, 1.
prayer. 2. the care-taker of a place; the
custodian of the property in a templet.
644
don-gnis in Budh. ^ПёРГЦ
for one’s self, one’s own affair; ЧАЧ’З’1^
ЧХТ& another’s business:
that is not my but another’s busi-
ness. Ace. to the Bon don is of two
kinds: (1)	self-interost which is
inherent, and (2) interest for
others.	the final interest for self
emancipation.
^Y^’ don-$nifi or	the real
object, tho chief object of a petition or
prayer, etc.
don rtogt-pa^tfi'^'Q to com-
prehend the meaning ; also to reflect on
the sense of a term or passage, or on any
subject.
*Л?С?ЗГ^Ч1 don tfon-gi tshig a word of
empty meaning, nonsense; a meaningless
expression.
M don sfo^pa — ^ ^Q or ^Y^’S4’4
objectless; unfulfilled purpose; void
of meaning; for nothing (Mnon.).
don-med fyshin-du without
seeing the use of it, without understanding
the purpose (with the genit. of the
noun).
don-mthun lit. ono having com-
mon interest or purpose to serve; originally
a number of traders who would make a
voyage to Ceylon for buying pearls, &c.
ОТОЧИТ merchant (gene-
rally those who make sea voyages), hence
a boat passenger (Mnon.).	don
1. (^1Ч) яигчгег an
assembly having a common interest. 2.
business men.
^YV4 don-dag lit. good or pure inten-
tion = purpose, object, interest; com-
mission, business, affairs.
don-dam 1. the true sense; sub-
jectively: good, earnest; col. in. W.
qwYAYV4’^ it is not said in jest but
in right earnest; objectively;
in truth, after all, upon the whole.
2. = emancipation, liberation (from
worldly troubles) (Mnon.). But
don-dam bden-pa or ^YV^'^Y4 ЧЧЯТ'НШ
= absolute truth, i.e., ^‘4^5 $tofi-pa nid
адчш emptiness, voidity.
^YV^ don dam-pa [tho highest
truth]#. 1. нтщ [essence, the very
truth]#. 2.	[the cul-
minating point for all beings; voidness,
vacuity, absolute nonentity)]#. 3.
V, ниаг; [that-ness, true essence]#. 4.
[unmistakable
truth]#. 5. w*
[non-altomate truth]#. 6.
[emptiness itself]#. 7. ^*3’53^,
[the essence of existence]#. 8.
[unalterable entity]#. 9.
[unthinkable
entity]#. 10.	Wf<-
qinwr irreversible truth]#.; 11.
[non-separablo]#. 12.
[non-di visible]#.
’ 13.	[substratum of
existence]#. 14.
15.	16.
Xsr 3-фздг	v<i}
[indestructible essence of exis-
tence]#. 17.
don-du postp. c. genit. 1. for, for
the good of. 2. for the sake of, on
account of; e. genit. of inf. in order to,
that. 3. rarely, in the place of, instead
of, for.
don dod-pa (q**S) a needy
person, a beggar (Mnon.).
4^1
645
don-ldan with some object or
design; in Budh. abbr. of
possesed of religion and piety;
^VS4 4	make it essential to
acquire while you are a human being
(Rdsa. 23).
don rnam-pa gsum the three
kinds of don9 i.e. of significations: (1) ^*4*
the literal meaning or signification
of a word; (2)	the meaning of a
meaning, real import; (3)	this
includes
etc., the meaning of the root and also
that of physical things and spirit, also
etc.
(K. d. * 47).
don-dpyod snon-gnafi the
pioneer investigator; the first man who
inquires into any subject or case ; ^4’5 Jv 4
don dp yod-pa an investigator, inquirer. =
Arjuna.
don-med useless, in vain,
for no purpose, silly manner:
it is useless to light lamps in
the day time;	j^q Xfl
to entertain one who has eaten to the full
is useless;	it is
useless to stick to a bad man or mean
person (K. du. 5 200).	don
med-dkrog-rkyen quarrel for nothing or
without any cause.
don-med gtam	vain,
idle talk.
Syn.	fiag-hchal glam;
don stofi-tshig; M’S4’^4 don bral-tshig.
MT don-rtsa (M'3’2>’q) the real mean-
ing, reason ; also result.
Don-shags seems to be a Tantrik
manifestation of Avalokites'vara.
don-bzaft ye-pcs
snin-pohi rgyud n. of a Bon work on mys-
ticism.
4 Don-yod grub-pa	lit.
one who does a real work successfully;
n. of the fifth Dhyani Buddha, the ruler
of the heaven situated to the north. In
Tantrik ceremonial he is generally painted
green and is often represented with a
Khadoma fairy as his Sakti (Tib. S’*’*)-
Is styled M'5q Don-grub for short.
dob-dob 1. one who dresses
tying his breeches above the knees, in the
manner of a Bhutanese. 2. stuff, non-
sense (Sch?).
dom	the tawny bear,
Ursus pruinosus of Blyth, found near
Lhasa and elsewhere: М’5’’^’ад’Вч1Л*’
the teeth of the bear (made
into paste) stops bleeding;
the bear’s brains heal sores on the
head; M ЭЧ	the flesh of
the bear is useful in the diseases caused
by evil spirits.	dom-mkhri§ bear’s
bile (it is used as a medicine).
Syn. phug-nal;	mig-
§man lus-can;	rab dkar-$nifi ;
gtum-drag she-sdati-can ;
q*sdig-pahi ltd-can (Mnon.).
dor a pair of draught cattle; Д^’
M glan-dor a yoke of oxen (Jd.).
’П dor-wa pf. and imp. of
hdor-гса to throw out, cast out;
give up bad actions or behaviour;
dor-war gyur left, cast out (А. К. 1).
M’SS'*4 dor byed-ma—^QSfft dur-byid-
Srnan.

646

dor-та breeches, trowsers ;
short breeches; long drawers;
breeches made of thick sergo cloth;
XM dor-rta that part of the breeches
which covers the privy parts.
I:	dol 1. yg fishing-net (Mnon.);
a fisherman, cf. чЧ4**4 gdol-pa. 2.
IF. stew-pan (Jd.). 3. in q to split,
to cleave (Sch.).
II:	n. of a place in the province
of Lhokha in Tibet:
S*1 then arriving at Dol from Sna-
bo la kha ho blew the conch-shell (trumpet)
[A. 90).	Dol-gyi don-sna n. of
a village in Dol (Deb. Я Xi.).
Dol-rnamrgyal-dsoft the head-quarters
of Dol (Rtsii). Dol-pa a native or
resident of Dol; Ч'4’4dol-pa rin-po-che
n. of a celebrated lama of this place (Lon.
* 2); ^'S‘q Dol-bu-wa tho name by which
that lama was usually called (Ya-sel. 27).
dol-bon a sect of the Bon (J.
Zan.).
^^4 dos or	a load that is
carried by man or boast; khal-dos
load carried by a beast of burden;
a load of tea carried in this manner; X*r
to load, to pack;	to unload.
a guard in charge of loads, one in
charge of loads carried by beasts of burden
and walking behind ;
caravan-guard corning from Khams
and other distant, places (Rtsii.).
<Zo§-<?A(’=R2?va&’q. hbor chc-wa or
(Jig.).
do$-drag=.*'\^ tsha-drag (D.R.)
=;	ha-caft bret tsha-гсо urgent,
impatient; calling for inquiry.
A**'VT4 dos drag-pa 1. hard compul-
sory service. 2. severe in exacting it, e.^.,
a feudal lord (Jd.).
dos-pa one who carries loads, a
coolie; ^’5 do$-po=-a load;
the leader of a caravan of suoh loads.
the weight that can
beoarried by a man or beast. In Tibet
12 khal is the usual dos-po or load for
a cooly (Rtsii.).
dra signifies (mystically) §kycs
bu a person, a personage (K. g. p 179).
dra-ci or dran-ci in Put. a flat
basket (Jd.); dra-chun a small bag
made of not cloth (Cs.); dra-phad a
bag of net-cloth.
V35 dm-phyed 1. half-necklace,
half-chain. 2. half-lattice-work; a kind of
silk ornament.
5^ I: dra-wa 1. a tailor who cuts
robes, sbiris, etc. 2. to cut, clip, lop,
dress, prune, pare with knife or scissors;
also fig.	borrowing (a syllable)
from the father’s name; cloth cut
out for a garment (Cs.):
in handicraft (he knew) tailoring,
cutting and sewing (A. 24) ; V95 scissors
(Sch.). 3. a small copper coin used in
the Western Himalaya; called also Dabu.
II: sbst. 1. тгч necklace (of
pearls, gold etc.), chain worn as an orna-
ment. 2. web, net, lattice,, grater
net-work:	(the veins) are
spread throughout tho body like net-work
(S.g.).	dra-toahi thag-pa rope or
string of a net or trap.
xcahi rkan-ldaw web-footed; a goose,

647

duck, swan.	the frame-work of
bones, the skeleton;	iron lattice; J*^
wooden rails, fencing;	iron
trellis; gridiron;	lattice-work of
rays. 3. [a clubJS.
dra-wa hkhrol-wa
dra-wa-can 1.	latticed,
grated. 2. met. a spider. 3.=^’НЧ a
coat of mail (ДГлоп.). 4. = 3*3 a gourd
(ДГлоп.).	dra-wa can-ma (55'^V
a clever and skilful woman
(Mnon.).
dra-wa dra-phycd laced curtains
or ornamental silken frills, hangings em-
broidered and with pendant strings : $*?Я'
having put on
certain ornaments with pearls and pendant
tassels (A. 141).
dra-ica-hdsin met. a fisherman,
one who holds or uses fishing-net (Mfton.).
5^51 dra-ma 1. = «гччч nobility, gene-
rally applied to the Licchabi race of
Vais'ali. 2. experienced, practised, learn-
ed. 3. = S"’^3 rtsi-qin a board or slate for
counting and writing figures upon.
^’n-gorqS’gc. Dra~ma §prul-pahi glift n.
of a fancied continent or island.
dra-mig or the openings or
“eyes” in a net-work or lattice.
drag seems to be a root with two
distinct significations : 1. advisable, better,
best; where two or more courses offer,
that which is the more or most expedient:
Mfa'Vl hgro-na drag it is better to go;
sdod-na drag better to sit, to stay
(Mfton.);	what course would
be expedient ? Also any improvement
may be expressed by drag'.	has
improved, become better;
your entering into a religious
life is better (A. 127) ; VI'S** drag-$kye$
growing better, is improving; is in the
way of improvement (Yig.); colloq. better,
that is better, well done. 2. vehement,
forcible; and so, fierce, violent. In this
sense is gen. applied to the powerful and
violent aspect of certain Tantrik deities;
other compounds of this root, however,
are being more frequently employed.
drag-gi$ firmly; VT’fa’SS to
believe firmly.
q	n. of a Tantra
used by the Rnift-ma sect (K. g. R 349).
drag-can	strong, vehe-
ment. Term applied to terrifying deities.
drag-char яйзк heavy rain, heavy
rain or downpour.
^’4^ drag-hjift n. of Indra’s horso
(Sorig}. ,
V4’5 drag-tn^^F^'^ or adv.’
strongly, earnestly, vehemently, violent-
ly; moreover:
УЧ’§‘Ч5Ч’ЧЧ he implored him to stay in
that place (Bbrom. 106).	drag-
tn hthen-pa to pull violently, with great
force.
(/гл£-§йИ>§=^‘^ТЗ'¥^’3'3^гапк
or class of better people; higher class or
order:
account of monthly allowance to tho better
or higher class of domestic servants and
workmen (Rtsii.).
VTYS drag-nad a serious illness, gen.=
dreg-nad gout.
VI’4 drag-pa 1. from the root drag
and thus signifying: the better sort of
.persons', and. so: noble, of noble birth,
superior, respectable, of. superior quality
|	648

or order; a nobleman, gentleman,
respectable man; SS,Q*’VTq articles of
superior quality;	nobility, gentry;
Vl’W^q to raise to nobility
to become a nobleman. 2. vehement,
powerful, severe;	to
exert with assiduity; VTq4^S*q unben-
ding, unwearied application; 4WI’q
a powerful voice; QWVI’4 a severe
punishment; §^’Vrq yearning compas-
sion. Drag-pa implies in fact possessing
any quality in a high degree; VT^4!’4
very poisonous, virulent poison.
^ч|<й drag-pahi cho$-pa a performer
of Tantrik rites and religious observances,
in which fierce deities are either coerced or
propitiated.
drag-pahi thocl described as
an epithet of the river
Ganges (4fnon.).
VI’® drag-po also VIм® drag^-po (A.
K. 1-5^,	W, "w,	1. fierce,
terrible, fearful, violent; and is the term
specially attached to deities in their aspect
of anger as defenders of Buddhism; is thus
synonymous with Й® as used in that
sense. 2. sbst. any terrific deity; a
В hair a ra.
VI^’VW’M4! drag-po dwal-flog-can
n. of a Bon deity (D.Zi.).
VT^S^i drag-pohi niig 1. n. of a
fabulous animal. 2. species of tree, Elao-
carpus ganitrus; the berry of this tree
used for rosaries.
5^ drag-pohi gtsug-rgyan an
epithet of the moon (Ifnon.).
VT®* drag-pohi gugs-hgro
that which moves with vehement speed,
like a shooting arrow.
VI’® drag-пю 1. <srin a fearful woman,
an amason (Mnon.). 2.	Rudra’s
wife, an epithet of the goddess Durga.
VI’Г*’*4 drag risal-can=\^'^ aco. to
the Bon, possessing the terrific attitude and
powers of deities.
4 drag-rtsub b$kal-pa the rough
or rude age, a name of this present
period of time which is called^«рг^гчч4*4’
drag-tshafi chon-can acc. to
the Bon: in whom are all manner of
perfections, good qualities.
VI44 drag-shan strong and weak, t>.,
the relative force of sound; also with
respect to rank, superior and inferior or
good and bad.
VI’fl1* drag-gul fierce, also frightfulncss;
Vl’fl0^ drag-fill can xfa? frightful,
terrible, powerful, cruel; also one of the
ten tones of musio (ЛЛ K). VI’drag-
gul chef	dpah-^o [ta-wa fierce,
terrible; also like a hero, chivalrous,
heroic:	? 45* ’^VJ ’fT* ’* thou art
heroic and fearful (Rtsii. 30). VISITS
drag-gul $pyod a mystical practice=<K^‘
VT^S Drag-gg&d is not, as Jd has it,
a single deity but indicates a group of
fierce and redoubtable gods, of which
there are said to te eight. See Griin-
wedeFs Myt ho logic des Buddhismus, 16&.
The Mongols style the Drag-shed group
Dokshit; and a special robe and hat are
worn by exorcists who deal with the
group. Each Dhyani Buddha, moreover,
is held to have a drag-shed in his retinue.
VI49* Drag-gsum the three fierce ones
(the Bon trinity).
dragsaw, §p|-q Or m thal-pa
=excess:	л viM'4‘*’84<V^seating in
649

excess will cause the illness of indigestion;
maft-drag$ чъту much, in excess; as
adj. much, strong, intense.
byed a hragadacio, one who brags
much.
5^’ draft 1. a kind of beer (Sch.}. 2.
honest, straightforward, upright.
draft-hgro^9*^, an arrow, a shot
(lit. that which goes straight) (Mnon.};
plain language ; ^*q draft-po 1й^,
right, truthful, straight (**
B<4‘C| not crooked or bent), sincere, honest.
draft-lam short road, straight-road,
straightforward, not deviating from the
direct course; upright; «w^q’q good
actions, righteous deeds ; 0**N’^q’q righte-
ous judgment, justice. ^q’q^rSfqfsr^
draft bshag-gi bzos-§go settlement, good
arrangement—also described as ч&гЦг
to
return good to one who has done kind-
ness or good service before (Fty.).
^q'Xfl draft-don ordinary signification;
the difference bet-
ween the general and real significations ;
(wi) the sense or spirit of an
expression or word:
significations drawn
from unrealities or phenomena are to
come within the term draft-don; 5»rqi’
a meaning derived
from the spirit or spiritual sense is
i.e., the certain or absolute meaning.
(Behu. 37}.
^q’q^ draft-por adv. straight;
draft-рот hjog-pa to place, put
straight;	draft-por hdoi-pa
wishing frankly; ^*5vg'q draft-por &nra~
tea to speak plainly, to be candid, to speak
the truth.
^q’q draft-tea wrafiq, 1* abstract
noun to draft-po. 2. pf. to
draft-sroft
a reciter of sacred hymns, an
inspired sage; originally the authors or
rather seers of the Vedio hymns; a saint;
an anchorite. Jd. says: at present the
lama that offers $byin-sreg is stated to bear
this name, and whilst he is attending to
the sacred rites he is not allowed to eat
anything but white food, i.e., milk,
curds and cheese. The terms cognate
to 55’5^ draft-sroft but not exactly
synonymous with it are the following:
«^fqq’gq,
q^g
(Mfton.}.
^q’ijq’q^ draft-sroft bdun the
seven sages; also the constellation of the
Great-Bear. Ace. to Bon the seven
are:—(1)	(2) ^q; (3)
; (4)	(5)
(6)	(7)	(G.
Bon.}.	draft-sroft rigs-bcu ten
kinds of Rishi, acc. to Budh.: (1)
q5’^q’^q* Rishi that move on earth; (2p3v
q^S^q’jfq’ flying Rishi; (3) jw'Xer^q’j’
the Rishi that walk in a dancing
mode; (4) «|^’q*|’q$'^q*5fc’ Rishi that
travel in the sky; (5)
Rishi that travel to the celestial regions;
(6)	Rishi who move
miraculously; (7)	‘qq-^q^q*
Rishi that can take an enchanted form;
(8) ^q-qN-^’q5^q-^q’ Rishi that can
vanish in light;. (9)	-qS^q'gq*
Rishi that can move as embodied forms
of anything; (10) jq’q^’qlj’qS
Rishi who have attained to excellence.
83
650

^1
dran-srod Ihufi-wa Чйрптпп
one of the 3G sacred places of Buddhists
in ancient India, the site of modem
Sarnath, near Benaros, where Buddha first
preached the Saddharma.
drafts v.
^3)’Ц dran-pa 1: 1. in Budli.
^’qvqfs'q^V^, ^w£Twq»>vqX (IT. d.
* 355) the state of the expression of
^e., dependence of a thing upon
another, indicating that the mind is free
from darkness. 2. orfa, З’ЯТ recollection,
remembrance, memory: ^fq^wQ clear
recollection;	to lose one’s
memory or senses;	,5^,^’*3ЧГЧ to swoon,
to fall down unconscious ;	being
out of one’s senses (with joy) (Jd.). 3.
self-recollection, consideration:
jfrq’Vq’^’qinsane persons regained
the respective faculties of their minds;
^q's^qsrq quickness of apprehension,
good capacity (Jd.). 4. an epithet
of Kamadeva.
5$’^ II: 1. vb. to think of, ponder;
gen. to remember, recollect with
to think of, to remember
Buddha, Dharma and Saqgha:
m ^q'S^ do not think of, do not trouble
yourself about, future evils ; qgsrqv^Л
I do not recollect having taken any-
thing on credit (Jd.) ;	as soon
one thinks of it; quick as thought; V*
qv§^q rje§-su dran-par byed-pa^^zj0^'^
dran-du hjug-pa also to be reminded of, to
put in mind of;	to recall to the
mind. 2. to become conscious;
to recover one’s senses, to be one’s self
again;	unconscious ;
after they had become insensible (Jd.).
3. to think of with love or affection, to be
attached to, to long for.
dran-mchog rje dearest sir (Ja.).
^•^•q dran nams-pa рг.нтт 1. uncon-
scious, senseless. 2.=^4rq)w*z*‘** iS,q faint
recollection; weak-minded.
ne-tcar bshag-pa
bshi ’Wft	the four essential
recollections, which are—(1) ^V’q’^v
[tho body is imper-
manent] S.; *(2) ^’q'^ q yqvq^q ^4T
[the evils of sensation]#.; (3)
Sw^q^q^q^	[the eva-
nescence of thought]#.; (4) ^‘Stf’q’^’qv
q^ q	[the conditions of exis-
tence]#.
У dran-tho a memo, a note for refresh-
ing the memory.
dran-dri abbr. of ^'q’5*’B’q-
^q^’^q dran-pahi ka-wa^X'*^' or 5’
tho glans penis, the male organ.
^q q§ dran-pa fyu or VTq the ten
remembrances, viz.(1)	;
(2) ^’ib^Vrq; (3)	the
constant remembrance of Buddha, Dharma
and Saqgha; (4)	the
bearing in mind monastic vows of mora-
lity; (5) qj?q*q	remembrance to
givo away in charity; (6)
remembrance of one’s tutelary deity; (7)
recollection of
breathing in and out in the practice of
(8)	the remem-
brance of the various constituents of the
body; (9)	skye-wa rjes-su
dran-pa bearing in mind that one has to
be reborn (in any of the six states of exists
ence); (10)	the remembrance
of death (as a certain and unavoidable
fact) (Ilbum. 93).
W*1I
651
VC5I
Dran-pa hjoms	the
subduer of Dod-lha, t.c., of the desire of
procreation, an epithet of Buddha; also
n. of an Arhat, &c.
dran-pahi khron-pa
the female organ of generation..
dran-pahi dican-po l. = «p^q
mkhas-pa a learned man (Mnon.). 2.
the faculty of recollection;
memory as one of the five facilities, v.
^qc/gj-g-,
dran-pahi gzugs a handsome
woman, a beauty (Mnon.).
dran-pahi fin-rta an
epithet of Kamadova or Dod-lha.
tfran-po ФТ, awake, one in his
senses, conscious.
dran-ma the mind, memory :
чзс good memory; dran-la§
from memory, from consciousness; con-
scious state ;	dran had-kyi zin-
pa sudden recollection; remembering all
on a sudden.
dran-pa the meat of an animal
that was slaughtered three days ago; the
flesh of an animal after the third day of
its death (consciousness is said to linger
in the body until life has been extinct for
three days; it is therefore that the human
body is not disposed of until after the
third day of death in Tibet).
dran-sem§ in W. love, affection,
attachment (Ja.).
dral 1. v. J**’». 2. v. 3. for
Нрт gral.
^’5 dral-po
(Rtsii.) grain or peas that have
been split by beating.
dral-гса	to split with a
blow;	to split assunder, splitting,
rending;	one whose observance
(of a religious study or vow) has been
broken;	4 5 dral-gyis
slius-pahi tyes-bshin kho-na ru scar or mark
left on humau body by striking (D.R.).
yr? dral-tse a kind of cornier or mes-
senger (Cs.).
dras	cloth cut out
for making a robe or coat, etc., v. V4
dra-ica.
СЧ
dri 1. ‘wnfe, ятч odour, smell,
scent;	sweet-smelling; VM’4 dri
nan-pa	bad smell, stench, offensive
smell; ^5 dri-med without smell;
odourless; bright (A. K. 1-2);
water (Mnon.). 2. ordure, for
V*.	n. of a sacred
shrine at Lhar-tso iu Tsang (Jig.).
n. of a work (Ya-sel. 3Ji).
n. of an Indian pandit
who worked in the Buddhist propaganda
in Tibet in tho 8th century, A.D.
n.. of a Rnin-ma lama (S'. kar.
182).
dri skye-ma	produced’
of smell, a kind of insect сото into exis-
tence from dirt or	moisture and
warmth.
dri-hkhor changing or fading of
colour of a dress by use or age:
(Rtsii.).
dn-mgyogs—t^K spos-dri wnj-
strong scent; incense; V*’4 dri-fia-
wa bad smell; ^-q'^-q prcurw odour-
less, free from bad smell.
dri-figd vapour, exhalations;
dri-ftad hjam-pa	very agree-

652

able scent; fig. virtue, laudable merit,
qualification:
3 IT* the monastery of Vikrama'rila
was so called, (its monks) being possessed
of purity in morals (-4. 61).
^хЗ’Я5<глч|М dri-ftafyi hdab-ckag$ met.
the hoopoe (1/lnon.).
Vg dri-lfta the five perfumes used in
offerings to saints and gods.
dri-сап	a pod of
musk (mystic) Mift-rda. 5).
dri-chab scented water; scent, per-
fumery.
X’S dri-chu^*^^ 4^ urine, also abbr.
Vw dri-ma ordure and $ urine; $ water
when written with X conveys the meaning
of urine.
q dri-chu gsil-wa — *^0^^ or
to make water, to piss (&ag. 68),
X^ dri-chen = y\'4 5^4 ordure, filth,
dung (Sman.).
dri-me hog,	excellent .
smell, sweet scent, fragrance {M^on.),
dri mnam-pa of uniform
smell as of incense-sticks of China.
V45* dri-btul=zX'^4’угч suppression
of stench.
dri-daft hphreft-wa$
mckod-pa	worshipping
with offerings of garlands and frankin-
cense.
dri-ldan 1. • having the
smell of. 2. ггзтун a gander or ka’mS’
(Mfton.).
V?Vq dri Idan-pa there are acc. to the
Bon cult seven classes of scent:—(1) V
earthy smell such as sulphur;
(2)	(3)
; (4) 4rW’^,q,a-fr’O
fleshy musky smell; (5) *gXv^’q‘*?’V
S^’5; (6)	(7)
(D.R.).
ХЖЯ Dft Idan-ma (*r*) TpjRTpt n. of
a place in ancient India.
V?**4 .dri $ нот-pa pf. b$nam$
=55«цгйЦ’<1 to smell, to inhale arf odour
Mfton.).
dri-phog gen.	clothes
soiled with spots and bad smell (Rtsii.).
Х’З'Ч dri-bral or	dri-ma-bral
free from bad smell; that which is
not soiled ; fig.«	tfeyon-med-pa
blameless, without any defect (A. K.
1-2).	= 3JV94* ^wv’iv
a white scarf presented as a
token of pure heart and good wishes.
dri-ma <rr^f, W, filth,
excrement, manuro; $na-dri nose-
mucus;	dri-ma knn-zatf-nat
after all impurities have been put off 5 V
*55 dri-ma <pcu or	bad or
offensive smell;	dri-ma
hgag$-pahi nad tho disease of obstruction
of the bowels. dri-ma-can 1. dirty,
sluttish (as to dress). V*5q'qwq dri-ma
daft bca$-pa янзг with smell, stain or
defilement.	dri-ma daft bral-wa
(4’9^.) washed, bleached, cleansed—V*’
and	signify the same
2.	interlocutory month in the
lunar calendar Mfton.).
dri-ma drug in Budh. the six
sorts of defilement, namely:—(1) the
feeling that I am superior to my spiritual
teacher; (2) want of regard for religion
and one’s spiritual guide; (3) X*r«rX^’
neglect of religious observances;
(4) ^^,3*K«r3*^eroriiww«i^K.,q’the mind
wandering over external objects, in

653

deviation from the observance of religious
duties; (5)	concentrat-
ing attention upon the working of the
.five senses; (6) W^^q’v^’q•^’|'q
tiring of continued application to religion
(KJtrid. 6).
^я'^я dri-та ldan-ma=-^\
a voluptuous woman (Mnon.).
^я*<ч^*сйяя dri-та hphyi-wahi ma-ma
a child’s wet-nurse; a woman who
attends to infants’ cleanliness.
\я’«)яса dri-та mi-mnah not
touched or affected by filth; unblemished,
throughly pure.
dri-ma med-pa 1. the
third stage of Bodhisattva perfection or
pure as smell of flowers;
without defilement, an epithet of Buddha
(Jf.F.). 2. fsra pure, holy, all-good;
clean, cleanly.
^Я’й^Ч*'Xafq SS-ajE/q a treatise
by Aoh&rya Amogha (Tan, d. 117).
\ qq ’	’ q^  q5^X
n. of a Sutra (K, d. 2%$),
^я*д]$я dri-ma-gsum the three impuri-
ties or filths :—«Hjc/ ordure, urine,
rnnl sweat (Swan)}; fig.	also
y^^q^-q^-^я and рг^я’?-q^-^я.
^я^’Х4)**’** dri-та $ nogs-pa blemished,
stained, spoiled.
Syn. ^X4! nag-nog; dri-ldan
dri-та can;	dri-mas sun-
phyitft;	dri-та gos (Mnon.).
X‘^T^* dri-gtsafl khafi
prob,	a sacred place, the princi-
pal chapel in a monastery.
Syngtsug-lag khan (Mnon.).
dri-Msuft—\'^^' good smell,
fragrance.
dri-hdsin $куе$=^'Ф'^
dri-shib dkar clear and definite
instruction or direction.
dri shim-pa от Х ч 1. an agree-
able smell, sweet fragrance ; adj. fragrant.
2.=gvg^ saffron.
Syn. of 1.	rnam-nid sbyar-
Spo§ ; ^q*qqq*X snin-hbab dri;
kun-mos dri-bzan;	bshon-pa can;
gin-tu yid-hphrog;
rin-na§ hgugs;	hdod-pahi dri;$'*%w
§5 sna-tshim byed; hbod-byed; q^q^q*
ftad-bzafi;	rin-du khyab; ^«|*rqq
legs-par hthul (Mfion.).
dri-shim bya§ ^rfbcf perfumed,
scented.
X’X^ dri-shon	met. for wind
(Mnon.),
X’-3 dri-za ТРЧ’Й lit. eaters of smells,
a class of demi-gods supposed to mag-
nate from the zone of scents in
Grandhamadna in the Himalayas; are also
celestial musicians. Acc. to Ja.: “the
Dri-za are not only supposed to he fond
of flowers and other fragrant objects, but
also to visit dung-hills, flaying places,
shambles, etc. The insects swarming about
such place, the Tibetan believes, to be
incarnated Dri-za.”	dri-za
да-bur mi-sho-can	dbyi-mon
rigs-gnis names of two species of vegetable
medicine black and white (Sman. 109).
dri-zahi grofi-khyer a mirage;
explained as	’^vq an
illusory phenomenon appearing as a
reality: ,йч»гёч^-§-»гч^,
*44^,	^'ц^л,ил'
я?ч|чгч,дад (Buddha) has said that like as
a dream or illusion or in the manner of a
mirage are we bora, live, and die (Thcg,
M)^
654
vb., to acknowledge a kindness, to
feel obliged:	as I shall always
feel greatly obliged to you-
being now full of thankfulness to him;
to forget kindness received, un-
mindful of obligations.
drin chc-wa or very kind,
great boon, the great or greatest bene-
factor.	bkafy-drin-che is a very
frequent phraso of thanks equivalent to
our “most kind of you,” “many thanks”;
it is often repeated twice and is a common
expression of ceremonious thanks in letters.
the greatest
benefactress for this life is one’s own
mother;	M this turned
out the greatest benefit for Tibet; wafyfy
kindest mother.
drin gzo-wa	to show
one’s self grateful;	you
shall not have done it for nothing.
4^’^ drin-fan gratitude; to be
grateful;	in return for kindness
received;	ingratitude, ungrate-
fulness :	lygw
«г jX one night because of his ungrate-
fulness, tho hermit was punished at last
(Rdsa. 19)	to be grateful.
drin log-pa or	lit. to
reverse a favour, to return evil for good
or for kindness ; ingratitude:
now, having met with
ingratitude, he did me wrong (Rdsa. 10).
drib-gil acc. to Jd. a corrupt form
for in
e\
^51 drim stump, trunk of a tree or
plant; pollarded (in Ld.).
v. 4 dre ; prob, for 4*’^
a young mule.
. 5^!
dri-zahi glu-dbyafis *ТДГ<,
3i?tfa melodies of the dri-za musicians.
dri-faifi $kye$ lit. born of
fragrance; an insect; tho rose-bug.
wyjc/2j	dwati-po musk-deer.
Syn. 3’4 gla-wa;	gla-rt si-can
i Mnon.).
^’qiE/pc/ц dri-fain khan-pa TO lotus
flower (ДГяо^-)-
'^M’5 drihi sra$-po a kind of insect
believed to grow from smell.
Syn.	$pafi-$po§;
hbyuft-pohi ral-pa\ 3'^ $pu-can (Mfion.).
drihi fad flower, lotus; the
virtue or nutriment of 4 scent, smell;
substances like camphor, assafcotida, &c.
dri-fat fi-wa ятщ to smell.
kri-fa hkhor a bee, that which
roves round or is attracted by fragrance.
C\
^’4 dri-wa for pf- Jm;=\*r
to ask, to make inquiry, to interro-
gate ; also sbst. TO, W question, inquiry.
+^’£П‘’огл]У^,ч dri-wa rna-fa gzon-pa=\'Q'
not asking to the point
but in an artful manner;	dri-wa
log-pa to ask irrelevantly; wrong or con-
trary questions ;	dri-wa hdri-wa
to ask a question.
c\
5^ drin 1. looking to; care, regard;
dependance upon; = or
if you place no regard in
others, if (you) do not care for others. 2.
acc. to Cs.=V-
e\
drin resp. rarely kind-
ness, favour, grace; drin-can kind,
gracious, benevolent; also benefactor; 4 V
the parents, the benefactors (Jd.);
^1
655

dril 1. roll or rounded thing:
a roll of paper. 2. for a bell.
V’3 dril-bu a bell;	one
who rings the bell.	a- member of
the S'akya race whose daughter was
married to Siddhartha (Yig.).
sotmding
like a small bell.
Vrp*’ dril-khaft bell-tower, belfry;
5^'8 the sound of a bell.
dril-sgra las bsgrag§-pa	procla-
mation by ringing the bell; 4'4'?ql q dril
sgrog-pa to ring the bell; to publish by
ringing a bell; Vdf4l^==Bwf’be a place
of justice (Mnon.). dril-lce the tongue
of a bell, the clapper; 4^’^' dril-chun
U’UfW a small bell;	dril-$tegs a
bell stand, or a piece of cloth on which
bells stand; the frame of timber in which
bells are suspended.
dril-wa> v. ^’4 hdril-wa.
dri§-pa, v. hdri-ii'a. dris те,
ЯЖ asked, an interrogation.
xrfbWT having asked;
well asked; asked carefully.
dri§-pa gtan-la phab [jref-
{ища decision of questions]#.
dri$~pahi tho
dri-Ьо an enchanter, sorcerer, magi-
cian; dri-то enchantress, witch (Jd.).
dri§-ma тезтд one who has
asked; having asked.
dri$-lan	answer to a
question.
dru-gu a ball or skein of thread.
dru-bu a clew or ball;
a ball of thread or of wool;
like the clew of a thread
mixed up or confused.
drug 1. 4^ num. six. 2. = W’S
good. 3. symbolic of g the kinds of taste
which are six, also of the six quarters
i.e., the four cardinal points besides
above and below; also that of the six
ornaments or (Rtsii.).	drug-
dkar a superior kind of turquoise.
drug-brgya six hundred (600). drug-
sgra in Gram, the so-called article present-
ing itself in the following six forms;	q,
ci,	drug-cu or
the num. sixty (60);
num. sixty-one (61).	drug-cu skor
the Vrhaspati cycle or the cycle of sixty
years. drug-cha one-sixth, one-sixth
part; drug-stoft six thousand (6,000).
drug . Idan-ma an epithet of
the goddess Gauri (Mfton.). §4’4 drug-pa.
or drug-po 43” the sixth one. §45**
drug-dinar a very fine kind of turquoise
supposed to be one-sixth part red in tint.
drug-sho six khal (mule load) of
barley grain for one sho (Rtsii.).
§4’1; drug-sde	1. the early
disciples of Buddha :—
; £**V'T]	2. a class of dissenting
monks who being of a discordant disposi-
tion often brought troubles to the early
congregation of S'akya Muni.
§T*X drug-mdo back joint, spinal joint;
hence	a follower.
(Шоп.).
draft resp. 1. мЦгагя,
adv. and postp. near to, beside, at, to;
^4^ druft-na§hbyin wrihw: drawn from
near;	having
alighted on the place before the palace.
But the ordinary form in which the word is
found is as the postp. and adv.
¥^1.
650

at, near to, in front of, before ;
to tho king, before tho king ;
b examine personally, face to face;
*5’4 to go near or up to;
near or under the tree. 2. a title or
address of honour generally intended for
the *ош of noblemm; g‘^4*r%4‘ your
honour;	honourable mhs. 3.
civil officer, official;
high official $ ^’S)^ drufi-yig private secre-
tary;	drun dkyu$-ma an inferior
official, a commm clerk (Rtsii.) ;
drun-hkhor gen. lay-officials under the
government of Tibet;	draft gnis-
pt a companion, an associate; ^’*1^’4
draft hhdft-W'i or	a middle-
das* official (Rtsii.) 	druft-spyi civil
officer in general.
^’SPI*rq draft grag^-pa names of
officials under Phag-mo Grub hierarchy.
draft-drag superior rank of offi-
cials :
those superior officials who are of
much importance for public service and
are especially favoured, etc. (D. qcl. 11).
draft ni-mo WTH;I imminent,
very near, close to, impending.
Syn. *4’$‘4 fhig пс-ич; nc-hkhor
(Mftov.).
Draft Xam-mkah fyzaft-po
(Loft. * 15) n. of a Government secretary
of Lhasa.
+ druft-pa or gV,q=S’*SVq
secretary, lit. one standing near, waiting
in the presence of a great man, an aide-
de-camp.
druft-po — 1. g^’25 or 5^’21 ^T?pc
clever, skilful. Acc. to Jd. prudent,
wise, judicious, sensible. 2. sincere,
candid.
draft htsho-wa private physician,
physician in ordinary (Ce.).
druft-yig-pa	a clerk,
specially the clerk of a superior officer, a
writer.
drufis root (of misery, sin,
disease, etc., also that of a tree, etc.).
exterminated or destroyed
from the root; radically cured.
druft$-pa = bright,
sparkling. 2. acc. to Cs. clarified, clear.
3. beer, resp.	beer for the use of
a great man.
drud v. pTWpH 1. divested :
n	the father killed
a tiger, the son pulled off its skin. 2.
drud-drud a pelican (Sch.).
+ drub-pa or v. ^4’4= •
q (anything) sewn.
drum-pa or Ы|*Ф passion ; acc.
to Sch. to have a strong desire, to long,
languish, pine for.
Vя dru$-ma 1. in foal, as 4'^’w a
cow about to bring forth. 2. millot (Sch.).
dre acc. to Jd. a mule; prob. col.
of X4’. ЧА ^4 she-mule;X‘^, ^4 mule.
dre-ico in W. the elbow (Jd.).
dreg-pa grime, incrusted dirt,
soot:	sgron-dreg lamp-black; 8[4^n]
slaft-dreg soot on the frying-pan; ^’55
or dreg-grum gout; dreg-ldan
coating of dirt on anything;
dreg-byed rdo-wa (?).
5^]^ dregs or dreg$-pa
^TW,	pride, haughtiness, arro-
gance;	id.	dregs-tshig^
haughty expressions or words;
^51	657	EJ
boasting (Mnon.). X4!’4’^’*4 dregs Idan-
р«г=^ЕЛг£йуя a youthful female, a damsel
who on account of the charms of her
youth is proud. In Budh. fifteen kinds
of pride are mentioned:—(1)
X^^’q the pride of moral purity; (2)
X4!”'4 pride from much hearing ; (3) Ifw
pride of courage; (4) XV^XV4’4
pride of acquirements; (5) ч^’Я^ХТ4'4
pride of honours; (6) ^qI'q|^^'^|4^'q^Xi’]’4*q
pride of intellect; (7) 5^'4|^,^X4l’4'q
pride of residence in solitude; (8) g^n’q^v
^'H^X4!*4’4 pride in attainments; (9) 4*
55 ^'q,4Xr’l*4'q pride of having few neces-
saries of life; (10)	pride
of personal appearance; (11) tfwgXS*4’
X4!*4^ pride of wealth; (12) 5^*rVl”’q
pride of power; (13)	ч
pride in possessing many servants and
retainers; (14)	*5^’ of dhyfina
and fore-knowledge; (15)
X4!*4’4 pride from the praises of gods and
naga. (K. d. ч 78 and Lon.).
Vl^'§5 dregs-byed met. for a devil.
dred, generally Х\^ dred-mo, indi-
cates the red or snow bear (Ursus
isabellinus); but is often indiscriminately
applied to other species found in Tibet.
55’3 dred-po 1. a wild-man, a savage;
one who is brute-like and irreligious.
though bom as
a human being, he has grown an impi-
ous savage (D.R.); acc. to Sch.: evasive,
lazy; he quotes the passage: ^‘^Xv24’
Уог^ч|	a savage without religion,
full of deceit and cunning. 2. a yellow
male-bear; X5’^‘ dred-tshan a bear’s den.
X5’^ dred-mo 1. one who has gone as-
tray from a religious life; one who
has abandoned a righteous life. 2. a
yellow bear.
X5’^ dred-mo species of bear peculiar
to the mountainous plains of Amdo and the
Koko Nor region, the Ursus lagomyarius
of Prej evalski. It preys upon lagomys
and marmots, as described by “ A. K.” in
his Report on a Journey in Tibet and
Mongolia.
-*v
5^ drehu w, a young or small
mule.
+ X'^TI drehu-rnog} Х^&Г*4' 1- the
mane of a mule. 2. =^’й’Ч a spotted seat,
or cushion. 3. a kind of long-haired cloth.
5^4 JreZ a full grown mule. VrqIV/ =
X'*’* drel-ra stall for mule, the rope for
tethering mules (Rtsii?).
dres-ma a kind of grass, of which
ropes and shoe-soles are made in Tibet.
X*4’*4'^ the filaments of V4'*; X*4'^
dres-hbru or X*4'4^54 dres-hbrum the seeds
of V4*54 grass; X*4’^ dres-qun rope made
ofX*4’*4 grass (Rtsii.).
dro 1. the hot time of the day.
gX sna-dro the morning from 8 a.m. to
10 a.m. B'X phyi-dro afternoon from
3 p.m. to 5 p.m. in India and Tibet. 2.
acc. to Ja., lunch, a meal taken about
noon; X’q5q'q to lunch. X has also the
general meaning of any meal: V’4’4lWQr
X*4!^ in one day three meals; с/*у,4’ч$чГ
“ give to (the labourers) five
meals a day” (said a rich man who was
building a house).
X’^ dro-hjam (col. tonjam) tepid.
X’XS dro-dod— comfortable accommo-
dation (of travellers) under road-bill.
X’q dro-wa 1. vb. and adj. to be warm ;
warm, as distinguished from hot. 2.=^q
Ъго-гса of which it is an incorrect form.
84
VW
658

dro-wa rnon-po aY^TTH very
acrid taste; pungent.
dro-lug a sheep intended for food ;
V4!’ dro-qa meat intended for such a
purpose.
drog§ (Sch.) packed up, made up
into a pack or parcel.
X^’ dron orX^ drons v. hdren-pa.
dron-ma a large basket or dosser
provided with a lid and carried on the
ba< k.
5^ drod W 1. sbst. warmth;
SXs warmth (derived from clothes)
^Xs warmth from fire. 2. animal heat.
a small piece of food = |4‘>^,
prob, for fXs enjoyment of the mouth.
(•Id.); Xs'^ drod-can possessed of
warmth, warm.
+X5'3^ drod-nul=^^'4^&\ matching
one’s desires, in accordance with design, фс.
XS'^4^drodphrbs-du^Qs^ dpyid-ka^
the warm season, t.c., tho spring (jHilon.).
XS’ifi drod-smm^bS'^'SS stimulant;
XS'S!^'431^'4!^4 the three stimulant medi-
cines are Piper longiun, cardamom, and
a smaller species of cardamom (JZ/Я-
rdi. 3).
XS'^” drod-hons the coming of
the hot season, the summer. Xs’^’4 drod
i/al-wa the vanishing or diminishing of
warmth or heat.
Xsq drod rig-pa	the science
of mysticism, occultism, charms. Jd. has:
well-versed in measures.
XS’4)^ drod-gtpr 1. sweat, pers-
piration. 2. acc. to Jd.: warmth and
moisture.	vermin,
insect, etc., produced by heat and moisture.
X№^ dron-po col. for Xdro-ico.
X*idron-ma orX^ gentle warmth, gen.
equalling Х'я** dro-hjam ^X^ warm
food;	khrag dron-mo warm blood.
(Hbrom. 41).
V” drol v. яХ^’ч hdrol-wa.
X^ 1: dro§ (SW.)=X dro, X”'^ noon,
midday; X^’^ when it is getting warm.
X*’ n: sometimes written for XN-
X^,q dro$-pa 1. heated, grown
warm, esp. of the ground by the heat of
the sun or of men by warm clothing.
*X4'4 -Ma dro$-pa is the n. of a
lake, t.c., of Tsho Mapham, the eastern
one of the two Manasarowar lakes in S.
W. Tibet; also a Naga king. 2.
cutting cloth t о make a dress.
gdag or gdag$ 1. fut. of
qX4Im'4, VTfftr;	to attach or give
a name;	the man about to be
given the name ;	tho doctrine that
one should bo attached to (Pdo. 46).
2. acc. to Jd. day-light, opp. to §4*1.
3. in Stg. occurs frq. as a transla-
tion of wisdom (Ja.).
4]SC- gdan or
clothes-horse, rack; the rail on
which a bird perches is called	2.
a peg or nail for clothing. 3.
the rail of a ladder; but acc. to Ja., the
step of a ladder.
on a golden rack there was
placed a black goat-skin (fibrom, 14%).
gdafi-гса pf. gdafa-pa ;
р to gape, to open wide (the mouth
and nostrils), to stretch;	stretched
apart the. arms;	&$nun gJn
gdan§ cured of disease. -

659

ej5c.-<w pdafi-yag n, of a numerical
figure (S!^): «цЗг^'^ $№15с;д|*> VI {Ya-
sel. 57).
gdans prob.— dican§ (4V
as of the voice), or 1, the tone
or pitch of one’s voice (Situ. 5£). 2.=
gdaAs-snan music, harmony, melody;
to make music (Jd.) 3. resp.—
the forehead (Cs.).
gdans-pa 1. v. gdan-wa.
2. = ^^’4 so$-pa or	san§-pay also resp.
for VTq drag-pa to recover (from an ill-
ness) ;	one recovering from
illness, convalescent.
= stan resp.
a low seat, a divan, cushion, a bolster.
gdan-khri a throne, a high seat
(Rtsii.);	gdan-kog abbr. of «]VT
a cushion and a small table. Tfl*
gdan-cha a suite of cushions; seats (for
the use of a party including a great
man, his attendants, etc.):
thab-gdan-cha §ogs sprod supply seats,
fireplace, etc. (Rtsii.);	gdan-hjag
cushion-seat and small table, tea, etc.
(Rtsii?) ; Tfi’S'T4*4 gdan^tag hjab a tiger-
skin rug lined with satin placed on a
stuffed cushion for the use of great men
or respectable lamas;
| on the first row of seats
spread tiger-skin rugs lined with satin and
(place) wine-glasses and large silver cups
(Rtsii.).	gdan hdegs-pa to take
leave, to withdraw, to depart;
gdan hdren-pa — ^z^u to invite, to go to
meet.
gdan-pa	one seated on a
cushion, one occupying a seat, a chairman.
gdan-rabs a succession of
abbots in a Buddhist monastery.
gdan-sa 1. place of residence ;
the scat of a chief lama;
a place of festival. 2. situa-
tion, position, rank;	the chief or
central residence of a head or ruler;
n. of the capital of the Phagmo-gru
head-lama in Lhokha, the province to the
south-east of Lhasa and east of Sam-ye.
gdab-pa, fut. of	but
apparently is often considered as the
pres. 1. to put, sow;	to
plant seeds, grain (Rdo. 4d).
| he was
enabled to put into practical use all
the religious instructions of the Pitaka
classes (A. 10). 2. =яд<ч or to give,
offer:
even the Maharaja of Nalendra
(the king of Magadha) having offered me
a good deal of property and effects
{A. 10).
gdab-yas (^^’^^) a
numerical figure (Ya-sel. 57).
gdam-ka or V* V1' Я
choice, election (Nag.).
gdam-nag
advice, counsel.
Syn. man-nag \	gdams-pa
(Mnon.).
4V^,q gdams-pa L technically fut. of
f0 advise; but occurs as present :
I advised this; j«rZi’*r
the sutra which will advise
sovereigns. 2. or	sbst.
advice, counsel, directions :
we pray give advice;
ч to give sound advice;
^Wtfg’q gdams-pa smra-wa	to
give advice, to counsel, to make suggestion.
4^1
660
Ч1У'1 .
Syn.	tycah-luft; щап-йад;
gdam§-nag (Mfion. and Йад.). •
Ч|^07Л gdah-гса is tho elegant form of
1. to be, to bo there;	or
(sir) here it is. И‘5'^
it may be discerned, distinguished;
gjj he had arrived (Jd.); Ч54’
'to ‘wSTqvM the water did
not roach above tho soles of tho shoes
kdf/Z., Ja.). 2. it is also equivalent to
tho expression З^’4]^*’^ sAcs g$un-na to
say, cf. ^‘ч mchi-wa. 3. with the termin.
inf. of another verb expresses possibility
of being or of doing.
gdah-gun^1^^ gdah-shi and
3^4* gun-tshigs the congregating of
monks for midday meal or dinner.
gdal-wa encompassing, diffus-
ing (Yig. 25).
•Ь	= $mras-pa
said, stated.
Ч^К-q gdif.-wa h^k,	1. the
rug or carpot which a monk sits upon and
which he carries on his shoulders: ф’Я’
4	4 45* spreading (floating)
his rug upon the river Ganga ho pro-
ceeded (A. 28). 2. as vb. another form of
^*’4 hdin-ua.
’ft*4 gdu-wa pf. <q^ gdu$ gpi 1. to stir
up together, to mingle, mix up, to mix
up drugs;	to make up into a
broth. 2. to covet, to hanker after ; IV'5*
rncd-la gdu love of gain (Zam.).
gdu-bu sometimes	ЗчГЧ,
ufkvr^i ring for the wrist
or the ankle;
chain-straps for the shoulder, shoulder
ornament;	gdu-bu brgyan-can
ornamented with bangles.
Ч]^'Ч gdug-pa or
1. vicious, mischievous, ^deleterious,
poisonous: 4WeP?4IVT4 mischievous wild
animals; «^’ч^'ч^тч propensity to mis-
chief ; 4F^41’<Ax’X gdug-pahi fia-ro wild,
hideous screams; ч|у|'ч5\'я deleterious
smell; ’ч5* 454^5 a mischievous
spirit;	pdug-spyod *5Ч*гчгд\ч
bad behaviour. ЧЗ4!’* gdug-ma=§\&\'
a fierce, venomous woman (SJflon.);
gdug-pahi lha mischievous god.
4I34l*S’q gdug-rtsub feiocity, malice’, spite.
2. used for 3*] poison.
#<fcW=*V4I34I*’ resp. *£’
1- parasol, umbrella:
; um-
brellas, royal ensign, and flags were hoisted.
Syn. <*Vjf4 tshad-$kyob; ^’Ч’$ч tsha-wa
Sgrib; З^'чуч thur-ma brgya-pa;
hkhor-lohi lus; **’ifc char-skyob (Itfnon.).
’ЭЧ gdugs-kyi-guj ишчгт the ribs of
an umbrella. 2. any canopy or awning
(Jd.). 3. eleg. midday, noon; 4134l'r^
gdugs-tehod^*^' or S3**^ч noon-tide,
also noon-tide meal; S4!
•я^,ч8’зрг^’ in tho row in which
the clergy had congregated for the
purpose of taking their midday meal (A.
158).
4J34^’SWI* gdugs-dkar white um-
brella :	ЯЗ4!”’^’
«Xqjgqw,	Ж*'4!^ I are the
names of charms, which when recited keep
off evils, diseases, etc., they are resorted
to also to bring immunity from war, etc^
(К. g. ч ^12).
gdugs-khebs^^’^’Ч рЯ stag-
pa the birch tree (Mnon.).
gdun honorific term. 1. bones or
remains of a deceased person; the

661	*Ч5П|
remains of a lama, or those of a king ; also
a tomb wherein the remains, of the dead
are deposited. 2. family, descendants:
gduft-hdsin-pahi sras «fa-
the son who will continue the
family; Яг*’^ gdufi-rus lineage, family,
blood or seed. Also Яг*’4 gduft-pa and
Яг*’* gdun-mi fsrf^ beam, piece of
timber; ^*Яг*’ principal beam; SV
cross-beam; я^’?ад beams projecting
over the capital of a column (6r7r.);
pedestal; Яг*’** a bridge of
beams or of poles; Я^*’^*’ in Sikk. the
silver-fir Abies Webbiana. Я^’|5 gdun-
rgyud—or ^Я* or ^4*’$** progeny,
descendants: Яг* his descendants
still exist.
Яг*’Эч gdafi-§kyob umbrella.
Яг*’^ gduft-rten funeral pyramid con-
taining relics, cf. ^5whod-rten.
Яг*’^ gdun-ldan kind, merciful,
compassionate.
V* I: де/кй-ичг vb., pf. Яг** gdun$
nU, nupr, ; to be pained by physical
causes, to be tormented, to be scorched:
,^,чч,я^зд he was scorched by
the sun or by the burning heat of the
day (Nag.); Я’^’Х^’З^’Яг*’* was scorched
by the heat of fire; ^^чЗмт^я*
^^'^'^Я^'З^'Яг*41 to be distressed by
disease, misfortunes, destitution, poverty,
thirst, hunger, etc.
II: 1. to desire, to long for;
зм'Ч’Яг^’* zas-la gdan-wa to long for food;
4^5* сцряг**'4	one who is
consumed with desire has neither fear
nor shame (Tsd-па-ка.). ^’^’Я’г*	* Я^Я
acc. to Ja.: my own dearly beloved
mother.
III: wpnprfarar 1. sbst. exces-
sive desire, passion (for any enjoyment);
lust; Яг^’4^ (sensual) desire subsides.
2. love; Й*1‘З^ Яг* 4 ^ЧЯ‘^5’B immense
veneration and love arises (Ja.). 3. yearn-
ing grief, distress, torment, pangs: Я^’
a plaintive voice, doleful cry; Я'г4’
S9AN gdun-dbyans a song of longing grief ;
gduft-wa med-pa
unafflicted, without troubles or
anxiety;	be-
came free from sufferings. ЯУ*’4*.^ gdun-
war byed dhuses pain, afflicts ; Яг* 4* §S’4
to make sad, to distress, e.g., Я^’З
the mind of others.
Я^*‘§5 gdun-byed 1. as met.* the sun,
also	the sun’s rays. 2. drought
('M.non.). 3. 5ЯЧ‘§5’^** n. of a tree (Mnondp
Яг* gdun byed-ma цднт an epithet
of the river Yamuna.
Я^*** gdun.-ma v. Я*г*‘*.
Я^4’^ gdub-pa 1. Я^’4- 2. adj. frugal,
temperate (7d.).
gdub-bu v. Я*гЗ fi’W, W*
ring, bracelet; 'ЧЯЯ’г4 0Г ЗЯ’ЯУ* bracelet;
Я*’Я^4 an ornament for the toes of
the feet, foot-ring; ^‘Я’г* also Я’г4’^*
finger ring; Я'М’г4 golden bangle.
V gdum-po 1.=Я5*‘®. 2. a piece
= y< dam.
Яг* 4 gdul-wa v. hdul-wa. Яг*4’
qq q gd^l-wahi d^os-po—^^'the
objects that are to be suppressed, which
are five:—о^я**4 threat, Я5’4 curse,
and (K. du. « 44). Ягч’5
to he disciplined by
religion. Яг^’^Я4'4 gdul dkah-wa
difficult to subdue, restrain, or
tame.
1
662
v I
°1S‘4 aderj v. я^|*гч:
яёчт (Зад. 38).
g.dcn, also Ял^^	confi-
dence, assurance, cheerfulness (^/<7. 38).
Я^г^ч*л gden-khcl-ica to repose confi-
dence; adj. confident, certain;
gdcfi thob-pi to become confident, to take
courage, to be reassured; яЯС’Я^'^*^
when dying he has nothing to rely upon ;
й’^я^’^’Я^* a strong or fearless confi-
dence ; ^‘?[5’Я^5‘^5 ^5 no joy at dying
without steadfast assurance; ^Я^-5’ implicit
confidence, trust.
Я^ЦС1 gden-u ч pf. Я^*1 gdens ч t°
raise, lift: ^Я Ял^'4 to raise one’s hand ;
Э’ЯХЯ'Я^'4 a bird with its wings raised
and spread (Ma.). я^**’я^'Ч to brandish
a weapon, to flourish it (£ag. 37).
Я^-’Я gdens-ki 4W, Hhr the
expanded hood or neck of the cobra;
Я^’Я'§\Р resting on its lifted neck,
standing in a proud posture ; Я^^’Я’*^
gd n$-k'i-can	UKH the fabulous
hooded dragon with eight legs inhabiting
the snowy mountains; a hooded snake ;
Я^^Я4^ ЧППЖ hooded snake, cobra da
capello; Я>5^'Я’^ hooded snake,
any hooded object.
Я^^’МЛ4^ Qdens-can dban
Ananta Naga, the king of the serpents.
Я	gdefa-can lha-mo 1. Vasuki,
rhieftainess of the snakes. 2. the god-
dess with the dragon’s tail=
Ч^'ЧЯ the ninth lunar mansion; constella-
tion of Scorpio.
gdon or яХ^’Р don-kha the resp.
form is Я^тяХ*’ ’Чта, the face, the
front: ?М^яХ^'^ one with the
lion's face, n. of a goddess; В^'яХ^’^=0^
a Bon god, one with a dog’s face or
head; ^Я’ЯХ^*4 the pig-faced—such are
names of Buddhist and Bon deities of
Tibet; яХ^’З a pale face; яХ^*4*redface,
is the n. of a cannibal hobgoblin with red
face ;	the country of red-
faced demons, i.e?., Tibet. яХс/а*г£Г**г
5е*a round faee indicates possession
of religious nature; Я^’ЧМЙ 4 Vs $
a dry hollow face indicates gar-
rulousness and thievishness (JZi.): ЯХ^*
5 gdon khyihi [ta-Lu his face is
like that of a dog. ЯХЦ’Я'§Я^ gdon-gi
phyogs the eheek. яХц,^‘^’ the snout (of a
pig), tho pointed part of the face. ЯХЦ*§^
gdon-sgyur changing of complexion of the
face out of shame or auger.
ЯХ*'?Р gdon Ina-pa — ^^S^ WFH,
fuv or “the five-tufted one,” an epithet
of Mahadeva.
ЯХ^У'5^ gdofi-c/ic)i-can = ^£'&\4, t>.,
a shameless person (Jtfnon.).
gdoil-drug 1. the river
Ganges which is said to have issued
through six heads, i.e., has six sources.
2. an epithet of Kartika, the sou
of Mahadeva.
ЯХ^Ч^’ gdoft-chuft dejected, dishear-
tened; В'Ч’^Я’яХ^Ч^’^ not being
impudent and saucy.
ЯХ^'4 gdoft-la adv. in front, in advance;
ЯХЬ’?5 gdon-stad just opposite.
ЯХЦ'^Я &dofi-yig=^ that which
attracts the eye, e.g.y addiess on the cover
of a letter, front inscription, sign-board.
ЯХ^^‘ gdoti-rin	long-face
explained аз
(Tan. d.^230).
663
^51
gdon-kt dcd-pa to push or
press forward, to urge on, to haul
a culprit before the judge;	XS’q
to pursue one’s course regardless of others
(both in good and in bad sense) (Ja.).
gdod or *|4V*=in early time;
also Wife the first; and the begin-
ning ; 4X5’^’V1 in the beginning, at fiist;
the eailiest Buddha.
ГЧ ч]Х5*	pure
from the very root, in origin. '’iXS’
gdod-na^ ma-skyes-pa
not bom from the first; *|XS’W5*Tq pure
from tho beginning, primitive purity. As
an adv. ЧХ\Э first, at first, previously,
before; also ValX5=5'i4^5 at the start.
I: gdon or	ягТ, ;
an evil spirit, a demon causing disease.
There are 360 kinds of spirits which do
mischief to living beings; out of which
eighteen are very powerful and dangerous;
fifteen kinds are said to attack child: en of
either sex. The names of some of the chief
evil-spirits are: (1)	(2)
тпттт, (3)	(4)V^‘
whit, (5)	’TJT4T,
(6)	whir, (7) ЙЯЯ-3
few, (8) ^3’&i 'JW, (9) ’fiV
(10)а^ч*дчп5М!гт, (ii)
Qgs.'35'4]V 4<hit, (12) "I	нчт;
(13) 5ЙЛЧ (14)
(15) я<чц5ч)^, (16) ^srgsrZiSfl]^, (17)
(18)	(I9) ЗР’ЧЧ
S ’fa, (20) рТЗИЧ (21) ’1^455^,
(22)	(23) ¥^'ч11Ч (24)
(25) S5’4!^, (26) «
SV<ft-4p4 (27) ТГЗ^'й-’РЧ (28) ^’«r
чРЧч^’чРЧ &c. Generally, all gdon are
divided into th.ее great groups, viz.,
$c;’l14 evil-spirits of upper regions,
'ЧЧ hog-gdon those of the nether worlds and
A^X^ bar-gdon those of the intermediate
regions. Again §c^<T§T4)X3i $ten-hog-gi
gdon the evil spirits of the higher and
-nether regions ате called ^,/J|X^ lhahi-gdon.
death by
epilepsy, which is believed to be the malig-
nant influence of the evil spirits of the
upper region; 4]X^’3^'4^^‘q g.don-gyi$
brfams-pa or	brl'tbs-pa infatuated
or possessed by evil spirits (Sch.); ^Xv
<4^q|,q gdon bjug-pathe entering of a demon
into a person’s body.
4^ II: 1. fut. of ‘’Ч 4 {Nag. 37). 2.
'ЧЧcertainty, surety
(flag. 38) as in	there is no
doubt of such a thing having happened.
As adv. > й undoubt-
edly, indubitably. 'ЧЧ'Э g<Z<w-iy«=4|14
sVtftf d {Situ. 7$).
gdol-pa	ятя^ 1 • a
Tartar; the fierce, impetuous. Among the
Mongols there is a tradition to the effect
that India was the original home of the
Mongol tribes. 2. the lowest and most
despised class, a fisherman; in W. Tib.
я ул gdol-pa.
Syn. given in Mnon.:—gtum-pa;
^X'*4 gdol-wa\ ^5*1’35 mi~dge $pyod\
ne-tshe ; cho^med; sdig-pa-can ;
rfafi$-po;	nn-bsrim §kye-ico;
ma-rufis-pa;	; thub-chod-
can\ glan-po (HTH^).
4X*’'S‘.4134]^ anything
having material form;	the
aggregate of material forms, #>., of
matter;	material, corporeal:
«wrg’5p’<ri5 these things are nothing
material, they have no substance (Ja«).
q gdo$-pa — *v№ £ a boat, a ship;
gdos-thag a boat-rope. 2. a mash

664
ТО
Syn.	rluft-gyor thog$-pa;
gruhi dar-po hdsin-pa (Ndg.
<%?). *
’<rrf^-q gdo$-pa hdsin-pa^ffi'F'lft'y
w?n lit. the holder of the boat, the
steersman of a vessel.
+ gdos-bu 1. 5^^’Sor gf'
*5]^* rlaft-gyor the sail of a boat or ship;
<чХ*г5’ч$'чГч to set sail, to fix the sail
on the mast. 2. balls made of tough or
soft materials such as cotton or wool with
which monks keep off sleep during the
timo of study or meditation. 3. acc. to
Sch. an oar.
gdo$-med or	gdos-bral
immaterial, unsubstantial.
§dag wwt 1. self, one’s self;
05*4	for the good of one’s
self and others (5. o.). 2. = ^ kho-wo I,
I myself:	bdag-gi$
g.tam*gyi hphro-b$ad-kyi$ let me relate the
remainder of my story, i.e., I will relate
the remaining portion of my story
(Ubroni. 116). Common in polite talk; also
in personal narrative. 4^|’9) hdag-gi ни
mine, one’s own, my; ilwre-
proving one’s own self;
decorated my own body with gems (K. du.
221). 3. the sbst. 4. the I, the ego — 4!^’^
(Was. 269). 5. for master. 6. in
natural philosophy, the element of solid
matter; also met. for air. «ivygiTwo
bdag-tu rmoft$-pa	self-illusion;
WKft insight into self. 5VT
WTff egotism.	bdag-
b$tod self-praise:
praising his own self and slandering
others.	bdag-thob one’s own share
of property.
Syn. 45^5 hdag-nid\ shin;
$kyes-bu*f gtso-wo; gaft-zag;
ran ; 3’4*4 $k)Je-wa-po ; ^V’l <;e<i-bdag; -*|V
$ed-bu\
wer-JsAr«n;	mchod-sbyin $byar
(Mfton.).
bdag-гкуен recognition of one’s
services by one’s superior, with promo-
tion, etc.; appreciation of merit by an
official superior (Rtsii.).
bdag^kye^ wraisf 1. an epithet
of Brahmft. 2. born of one’s self, t.e., a
son.
Syn.	q lha-chen tshafts-pa; ***
raft-bi$ $kye$; phru-gu qt 5’^
bu-tsha (Mfton.).
ргея • without egoism, an
epithet of Buddha (JT. V.). €M‘5| *
n. of a goddess.
fyiag-gir bya*-pa=rw%wv
1. promised, undertaken;	to
undertake, to promise. 2. acc. to Ja.:
Sjv^’q attachment to the I and
mine.
bdig-rgyud= 4=. 3] raft-gi-sew
one’s own mind or self:	*5’5^’
^’*5,	go to
the venorablo Avadhuti and, propitiating
him, enter into the disciplining of the
mind (A. 13).
Bdag-chen rin-po-che (4’J’
the title of the head of the Sakya-pa
school (Fig. k. 12-lli).
bdag-nij^*^ 1. I myself, thou
thyself, he himself; 4VJ|^Ve,'4lM^4l listen
to me!	the king himself; F&)’
some ask for the
permission of becoming priests themselves;
only for their own persons. 2.
sbst. the thing itself, the substance, the
essence:	I am the
I
665
I
essence of Bodhi enlightenment; 5^1$’
the precious ones consti-
tute the divine mercy itself; wyrw
the
sum and substance of all the thoughts
of all the Buddhas concentrated in one
expression (that is от manipadme hum).
+	bdag-nid sgrog 1. extoll-
ing of one’s own self, advertising one’s own
doings, self-laudation. 2. met. the crow
(Mnon.).
bdag-nid [^’«wq blo^
khog yafis-pa or bio-che-wa magnani-
mous, generous; one with broad views and
principles (Mnon.).
bdog-nid chen-po 4^141 a
general epithet of all the Buddhas, a title
of address for a king=J'4’4'^’Ei your
majesty!
let his majesty’s life remain
fixed through myriads of ages (Yig.
k. 59).
+	bdag-nid-la brnas-pa one
weeping at heart for failing to practise
religion, self mortification.
bdag-po qfa 1. lord, master,
owner, proprietor;	khyim-bdag
«eXTQfa a house-holder;	q thugs*
rjehi bdag-po the lord of grace. 2. in gram-
mar : an agent; the word denoting
the agent. 3. spouse, husband, companion
for life. луЧ’й‘55’<1 dag-po byed-pa to take
possession of, reign over;
a married woman.	bdag-pohi-
rkyen	[dominant or defining
cause]®.
hdag-med	1. Qiinyatd\
voidity, emptiness, that which is not
absolute, the quality of being not absolute.
2. unowned, forlorn, friendless, a vagabond.
bdag-med nor unclaimed pro-
perty :
the Dong, i.e., the wild yak, of
Chan-kha (northern deserts of Tibet) is
unclaimed property; the king’s treasury
(granary) is also public property, .
bdag-med-ma a woman who has
obtained perfection; a woman that is not
married; also a public woman.
В dag-mo chen-mo
n. of a Buddhist goddess.
q^^t^ bdag-hdsin чият-ггт 1. selfish-
ness ; in Buddhism there ате two kinds of
Л5<т|*ч^ atmagraha:—the
conviction that a living being which in its
nature is perishable is not so; and
q^-at^ to believe that everything, i.e.,
matter, is permanent and enduring (which
in fact is not so). 2. the clinging to the
I; the clinging to one’s own self; egotism.
Syn.	dnos-hdin*,	na-yir-
hdsin; fiar-hdsin (Mnon.).
qvq’q^' bdag-bzufl claimed property, .
property of which there is an owner or
claimant;	a woman
that is married, i.e., who is claimed for the
wife of somebody; q^’eraqprq чт self-
attachment (Rtsii.).
q^'Wj^’ bdag-lts byufi lit. the self-
born one; an epithet of Kamadeva the
god of sensuality (Mfion.).
bdag-sruA or	bdag-
srufi-wa, 1. a hermit, one who watches his
own actions, i.e., his self. 2. self-defence,
self-preservation.
bdah-wa 1. adj. delicious,
savoury, well-tasting. 2. vb. to drive,
to drive out=^^’5^‘^S’q to chase,
to put to flight;	la$-
kyi rlufl-gis bdas-nas being impelled by the
85
^'q|
666
wind of karma, t>.,in consequence of one’s
works or certain actions. 3. to bear
away, along, or off, to hurry off;
qs^'4^'Bc’land carried away by water (Gs.).
4. to call in, collect, recover; g’^'q^Q
to recover money lent, to sue for the
recovery of a loan.
bdar 1. for 45*’^ bdah-wir. 2. = gj
gh; thus	fee or reward given
to an escort, the charge of conveying a
thing or person.
bdar-tca or ^’4 rdar-ica 1.
to adjust exactly or in a very accurate
manner;	4 to depose
the truth. 2. to pray earnestly (in easting
lots and in divination). 3. to grind, to
polish, rub, file; J^prq^ a filo; a
rasp, also sandalwood;	to
grind to fine powder (fiag. 38);
q^v^^q’q^ reluced to powder (Situ.
75); to brush the teeth; to grind
the teeth; $byofij}dir exercise, prac-
tice. 4. to inspect; to examine closely:
examine minutely the
working of yonr own mind; take it seri-
ously to heart.
q^rq fydal-ica 1. to spread forth,
to expend; X^‘^4*q to give away riches, to
lavish money, to scatter plenty (Situ. 75).
2. v. ^’4 rdal-u'i. q^r^ga n. of a Bon
religious work
((?. Bon.).
q^ bdas, pf. of q^’q bdah-wa,
the suburbs of that city the king drove
five hundred oxen and gave them grass
(K. du. 261-306).
bdug-pa 1. vb. pf. bdugs to
fumigate, to burn incense, to swing the
penser;	lha-la $pos-kyt$ bdug-
*551
2>a to bum incense before a god; я^‘вгз‘5рг
2^*q^’q hdre-l'i gu-gul-gyit bdug-pa to
fumigate demons with the incense of
gugul. 2. sbst. the burning of incense;
frankincense:	bdug-spos hthul
odours of incense arise (Ja.).
^ay-ffn = -gtI|*4 fw<7-^; Juni-
perns exeelsa, called by the Hindus
or the deodar tree.
4^’4 iduft-wa 1. pf.
gshu-bdufi$~bent the bow
by pulling the string to shoot on arrow
(flag. 38). 2. vb.=5^ rduft-гса,
the chief devil or anta-
gonist of religion; the personified evil
principle; the evil one. There are four*
bdad devils :—(1) gq^’q^S the
devil originated from the aggregates, ?>.,
the constituents of the living being; (2)
^•Sc^’qU-q^ the devil ruling over
sufferings and diseases ; (3) qafc’qvT'T^S
^cUqfaHH; the devil of death, the messenger
of the lord of death ; (4) ^-gS-q^
htt, the lustful god or Cupid. The
first two are classed under '*f|’q^S
as devils of imagination or Vikalpani, the
last two are figuratively called
tho demons that are not human beings.
There is a second classification of the
Satanic principle:—(1) tf^prqwj'q^ the
avoidable devil; (2)	the um
avoidable devil; (3)	the demon
of merriment; (4)	the demon
of pride.
g*T5	fWwrn n.- of a
mystical symbolic rite; 4^5’3’W* the
concubine of Kamadeva.
bdudjcyi-sde НПЖ, HnW the
troops of the DeviJ,
С’^’С|5Ч11	667
t’W§’q5‘’l bditd-kyi-bdag the arch
demon.
bdud-kyi-bu=^\^ffi'Q the son
of the god of sensuality (Mnon.).
bdud-kyi bu mo the damsels
of Mara who are:—SjV54 sred-ma ачит,
dgah byed-ma xfa, and
dgah §pyod-ma or sftfh (K. d. 70).
qW5q bdug-ryal нткхт^т, нгфщ the
conqueror of Mara, the archdemon. 4^5'
Я34 bdud-hthul or	bdud-hdul Н1Ч-
he who has subdued the evil one;
an epithet of Buddha. ^5dud
bhdul-gdan дгщ: the grass Kus'a (Д£пол.);
a seat made of Kus'a, grass sitting on
which Buddha vanquished Mara.
bdud §dig-can=^^'^'^\
dgah-rab dicafi-phyug. Hi’; Mara, the
sinner; also Kamadeva.
bdud-nag hbar-wa a god of
the Bon pantheon resembling in his attri-
butes	q Manju S'ri.
bdud-rtsi uhjy, ФП 1. the
food of the gods, nectar, the potion that
confers immortality;	the nectar
of dharma* i.e.* of the doctrine of Buddha.
2. a laudatory epithet of medicines;
4^5the fragrant juniper; an
elixir prepared of a decoction of five holy
plants, viz., Ьа-lu a fragrant dwarf
species of rhododendron, mtshc-ma*
kham-pa* and ^'5 hom-Ъи. N.B.—Really
only four, but according to the absurd
method of numbering in Tibetan styled
“ five,” because the whole taken together
makes five. 3. Myrobalan, Terminalia*
Citrina. 4. a polite word for wine.
bdud-rtsi ril-bu	elixir-pill,
nectar-pills.	bdud-rtsihi khafi*
ri-khrod& hermitage; a retreat
in tho solitudes of hills (Mnon.).
bdud-rtsihi sgo — F or gsmra-wahi
§go the mouth (Mnon.),
^2^ bdud-rltsi-skycs produc-
ing nectar [the yellow Myrobalan plant] S.
bdud-rtsi gafa-fam vege-
table medicine growing on the snow-line
in the Himalaya or in Tibet.
bdud-rtsi chos-sman vegetable elixir used
as an antidote against the attack of evil
spirits.
*’q bdud-stsi §nih~po yeast.
Syn. chafi-rtsi* V*H hiil-khu*
snin-khu (Mnon.).
Bdtyd-rtsi thab-^byor
n. of a goddess.
Bdud-rtsi bum-pa ma n. of
a goddess in the Bon pantheon who
resembles in her attributes the Buddhist
goddess of the ocean.
bdud-rtsi dmar-po n. of a
demon.
bdud-rtsi §mug-po a cure for
congestion of the brain.
bdud-rtsi char-ldan
raining nectar, a. met. for the moon.
bdud-rtsi hdsag~% Ice чдат
the tongue, the organ of taste (MfionX
bdud-rtsi hdsag-pa
pouring nectar; also satire; sweet meli-
fluous tongue or language.
bdud-rtsi za	the gods
who subsist on nectar.	bdud-rtsi
zas	J. ambrosial food. 2.
n. of an uncle of Buddha Gautama.
bdud-rtsihi hod zla-wa)
met. the moon.
bdud-la skyefi$-pa
§ter mdsad-ma^^^^ ^'^^ (Шоп.) the
668
4^)1
goddess of earth called B$tan-ma who
keeps certain demons under terror.
bdun ня the number seven;
seven hundred;	seven thousand;
Hnfa seventy, 70;
seventy-one;	the seventieth;
4^V3'4^’4 bdun-gyi hdun-pa пяти,
the sun, who has seven horses before him
harnessed to his chariot (M.fton.Y
n. of a perfumery,
prob, a preparation consisting of seven
ingredients.
Syn.	bsil-hdsin ; dbu-ba-
ma; gp|*r<l lpag$-pa\	psal;
mi mecf (Щпоп.). „
= or	the
leligious robe of the Buddhist clergy.
bdun-pa якн, tho seventh.
4^'5 bdun-po of seven parts:
5 the seven principal parts of the
body; viz., hands, feet, shoulders, and
neck.
bdun-phrag шпт a week, seven
days.
bdun-btxa$ bom in the seventh
month, a soven-months’ child.
bde or 4^*4 bdc-wa ^,>i, Ф1,3J4,
1. happiness, welfare, safety, piety,
enjoyment, joy, bliss, prosperity. In
Budh. there are two kinds of happi-
ness:	the happiness or
bliss that terminates or becomes exhausted,
and acfl’^5'3’4^’4 the happiness that is
eteinal and cannot be exhausted; the first
being mixed up with the miseries of
transmigratory existence, the latter re-
maining unaffected by any cause.
£^«Tl«T4^V’,	§ happi-.
ness is followed by misery and after
^1
misery comes happiness, the two revolv-
ing like as a wheel (Tsa-na-ka). A Tib.
proverb is:—ч^гя^г
q^'§5 longing for happiness, one only
brings on misery.
possessed of all happiness;
to gain happiness;
that which makes happiness;
c^’«i5’gvq	the requisites of hap-
piness ;	what causes to enjoy
happiness.	bdc-tcahi khru§=%;
a merry festival;
the god S'ambara [a
demon of drought represented as an
enemy of Indra the god of eloudJS'.
the human body; ^’4?’
or	[resting upon
comfortably, a comfortable pillow]S.
[basis or seat of’ happi-
ness'S. 2. bdc-wa to be happy or
well; also adj. happy, pleasant, blessed,
and even beautiful; also easy:
as I am quite happy; Ч5Ч he is
happy;	ч gone to be happy
or to a place of safety;	to
live happily, in prosperity;
to let another be happy;
й 'Sfc/ we shall not allow you to be
quiet;	the source of becom-
ing happy, the state of bliss, paradise ;
4^’^4j«=peace and joy (Шоп.\ 4^’qv
or 4vq§4]N’^qbe happy I faiewcll I
to be bodily and
spiritually afflicted ;*b^'q3'«wj‘£v^ fearless
of adversity;	to ache (of
parts of the body); wrft’q^q^Ag^q to be
unhappy in the womb, i.e., in travail, to
suffer the pangs of child-birth ; or
or cheerful, merry, glad; S4]4’
peace, a state of peace; q^qS-X<er
W4 enjoying the quality of peace or
peaceful happiness; ^‘q^'q^q the happiness
669	'’X’W
of rest, a happy tranquility; я^Т^’З'ч^
ч^ыр^ loving the pleasures of the world;
^-q^4 a happy situation;
ччч^ч’ч^ ч^’Ч’Уч’ч to attain to the happi-
ness of Nirvana. ^'•ч^’Ч'^ч’ it will be easy
to understand; 4^’3$ he is well; яЗрч^’ч
easy-going person; also well-qualified, well
adapted; F‘J’4^4 with good organs of
speech; чч|‘Ч^опе who has practice in
working with his hands, skilled, clever;
g’4^4- knowing to speak well, being
eloquent, well-spoken;	a
tongue skilled in speaking wisdom; W 4^’35
the road is easy, may be passed without
risk. As adv. ч^чч happily, merrily; ч^*
4*4# t0 uve happily, Ле., without illness.
3. good order, durability, strength; ч^
ч*VP* S3 acc- to Bon the nine signs of
ч^’ч durability:—elasticity, if
pressed it springs up; ч^’^ччгч when
weighed it is found light; ч^Ч'^ч^ч
when turned it revolves; чпрч^^’ч when
bending it, it is pliable; ч^’^ ^ц bshag-
na sdod-pa'whm® placed it remains ;
V™ if broken it crumbles away;
*|’ч if scattered it diffuses; ч^ч-^ч^вгч if
amassed or collected it mixes up, Ле.,
agglomerates; W4 it is soft to the
touch.
4^'gS bde-$kyid happiness, felicity.
4^*$ bde-hgro or 4^’4vM}
state of happiness, going to happiness;
the kingdom of heaven. Opp. to
ftan-hgro the state of unhappiness, ч*'
bde-hgro-can heavenly, celestial
’$ч’?ч*ч to receive a heavenly
or glorified body.
ч^’^ bde-can happy.
ч^З^ bde-chen abbr. of ч^Ч’>^б felicity,
consummate bliss, ч^’^’ч bde-chen-pa KSi-
great happiness; one in great happiness.
й bde-*cham-me or ч^^-fc n. of a sect.
4^’4X«ij Bde-mchog is a most impor-
tant yidam or Tantrik deity of .the
Buddhists. Ho is the equivalent of S'am-
bara or Samvara ; and in Tibet is usually
represented with three faces and eleven
arms, standing on two crushed bodies and
wearing armour and a necklace of skulls.
This is his formas ^ччгчрХ’Ч’зйгч Pal-khor-
lo Dom-pa; but he has several other forms
and phases. The Chief Lama resident at
Peking is held to bo an incarnation of
one aspect of Bde-mchog (Dem chog).
Syn.	hkhor-lo $dom-pa;
ч ri-khrod-pa ;	dpah-wo r do-где ;
t hod-pa can* З'ЧЧ’Х^'Ч^ zla-wahi
chod-pan ; *r*v*?S’54r mkhah-hgrohi divan ;
rdo-rge hkhor-lo (Mnon.).
ч^’^чщ bde-legs =	dge-legs or
rntho-ns gna§ paradise. 2. ^f^T,
35пц well-being, auspiciousness, blessed-
ness ; blessing.
ч^чргг^ bde legs-can 1. auspi-
cious. 2. = B^’5 domestic fowl (Mnon.).
ч^аИцгч^’Ч bde leg$-brjod-pa benedic-
tion, expression of blessing:
bde leg$-su gyur-cig	bless-
ings be to him.	bde legs-sn
gyar-pa has become blest;	per-
formance of religious ceremonies to bring
blessings.
4^‘W|4i bde-hjags prosperity, welfare.
4^’415 bde-brjod felicitous expression.
чй^с/ bde^toH abbr. of ч^ч^ ^-ч^
happiness and Nirvana.
ч^**4ь’ bde-hthnfi met. for lightning
(^йоп.).
ч^-ччч bde-thab$ abbr. of ч^’чЯччч,
4^’^ bde-ldan the heavens.
Syn-	mtho-ri§-gnas; яУЯч дт
IjS mtho-ri$ rgyal-sri$ (Jgnon.).

670

Bde-ldm фоаА-phyug ^J<=n-
the lord of the Sukhficati heaven.
gjjj Ag^ bde-ld'Ui hbra$-hbyiin ^T-
the happiness of heaven.
q^’W^’q^-qS^ bde-ldan-ma bin
b$tan-})ahi mdo, the Sutra delivered at the
request of В de-Idan-ma queen of king
Bimbisara (7C. cl, ч 395),
kde-spyod sensual enjoyment;
also a privy (Ja.),
q^'q’^ Bd^-ica-can	Dowachan,
the paradise of the Northern Buddhists
which is said to be situated in the west
and presided ovor by Buddha Amitfcbha.
It is never mentioned in works of the
pre-Christian era of Buddhism. 4^q*5^'§'
^vq^V4	“ the plan or design of
the Sukhavati ” (7Г. d. в 306) is a work
describing this heaven as being full of
terraces, lotos-lakes, and players of music,
together with swans, cuckoos and pea-
cocks. Tho Tibetan version as given in
the Kah-gyur is longer than the Sanskrit
text which Cowell, under the title of “the
smaller Sukhavati-vyuha,” has translated
for Max Muller’s Sacred Books of the
East, The whole work is one of the
latest Mahayana productions, probably
as late as the 5th century A.D., and in
some respects bears a curious analogy to
the description of Heaven in the Revela-
tion of St. John, of which the writer may
have certainly had knowledge.
q^'qKAsq bdr-war hthab	the son
of Dhrtarastra; the chief adversary of the
Pandava brothers in the great war of Kuru-
ksetra.
q^'SVAgvq bde-tcar hbyar-pa well-
made, elegant, handsome.
q^’qv4]-?|fl|*rq bde-war g^cgs-pa or
фяг a general epithet of the Bud-
dhas, one who has passed to Nirvana.
the
goddess of Earth (Мло/ь).
bdc-byed 1.	ftpmh
an epithet of Mahadeva; also
saffron; a physician; the glans .penis;
thunder-bolt; the spring season; a croco-
dile. 2. n. of a Buddhist author who
wrote certain religious works (Grub.
15),
Syn. for saffron:	gar-gum \
a-ru-ra;	wan hofi-len ; ЛУЧ wan-
pa; ЯVI*1 pho-rtag$\	brgya-
byin mtshon-cha\ cjwaft-phyug \
klu-^pyi;	so^-kihi dfi§; hu-srin
(Milon.).
bde-byed tshogs Ж [a class
of fiends attending on S'ivaJ#.
Bde-hyecl gshi-thog$ зщч,
n. of a deity mentioned in N. F.
^'§5'5^ Bde-byed sra$ ч^пня the young-
est son of Mahes'vara.
q^-Agq- bde-hbyuil w 1. source of
happiness; an epithet of Mahes'vara and
of the city of S'ambhala. 2. as a symbol:
11.
bde-hbyuft dal-wahi
tshogs чпт^ a cowry; also the followers of
Mahadeva.
4*‘S]A| bde-blag ^<4 felicity, ease, con-
tentment;	in happiness, happily.
bde-gzar the time of war or inter-
nal dissension, disturbed state of a country
(Shal-lce ch. 1). *
bde-fe§ я’tn or if-^тя felicitous
knowledge.
q^-flpjqpi bde-gfegs я$яя an epithet of
Buddha, one who has passed to eternal
happiness.
671
4^1
bde-sogs-bdag an epithet of
Indra (Mfton.);	bde sog§-ma the
celestial queen, the wife of Indra (Mfton.).
hdeh-wa an antiquated form of
bde-wa.
bder abbr. of bde-war.
I: bden-pa ^raj,	true,
sincere = чд’Л’дуч bslu-ica med-pa guile-
less, not false or deceptive. Also as a
vb. to be true: BV^vq’q^’X khyo<$zer-wa
bden-no what you say is time, i.e., you are
light;	bdag-gi% ne§-pa
bden-gyis it being true that I committed a
fault;	de-shin-du bdensrid
it might be true after all;
that is indeed time!	is it
quite certain that this is time ?
qSfrsi II: 1. truth, right, in the
abstract; but usually something true; true
words, etc.
bden-pa gnis the two
truths: (1)	kun-rdsob bden-pa
JHWfWH the ordinary truth which concerns
all things or phenomena; (2)
rrw^hraithe sublime truth.
the Sutra on the
two-fold truth (K. d. ч 370).
bden-ра rnthon-ica
the perception of the truth; to discern, to
know the truth; a degree of Buddhist
perfection.
q^j-q-q^ bden-pa bsili or wqsrqrq^'q'q^
the foiir noble truths; the
four apparent realities: (1) gI4’*g«r«i
misery; (2)	(K^) fRJ-
the cause or origin of misery; (3)
(g^-qgq) «tfpfq pfffa cessation or pre-
vention of misery; (4) f^fqg^'^q'q^SfqS’
япт the path of salvation, the
deliverance from misery.
1
q^ q^-^-q bden-par hdsin-pa to believe
to be true, to take for granted;
bden-fydsin shig-na if the illusion is
destroyed; “ den-den ”	very true
indeed! certainly.
q^-q^5 bden-pa-nij truth, also
Сипу at a.
bden-pa §m?'a-wa to tell or speak
the truth; as an adj. veracious.
q^yq^-Ejq fyien-pahi-ftag 1. truth-
ful speech. 2. as met. bya-rog the
crow (Mnon.).
4^’5 bden-po a time, a just man (Cs.).
bden-bral 1. frefa south-west
direction;	bden-bral-phyogs
wfrtfT3* the south-west quarter. 2. void of
truth, unjust (Cs.),
bden-smra 4?f4, чтж 1. an ascetic,
a hermit (Mfton.). 2. one who speaks the
truth or preaches the truth.
q^*qS*g«4 bden-pahi khrims strict jus-
tice ; discipline of the truth.
q^-ЭЦ bden-tshig or q^'q5’^i=
^5^	1. truthful expression, true
words.	2. a solemn asseveration, often
combined with a prayer.	one
who has spoken nothing but truth during
several births, and thereby has acquired the
power of exhibiting miracles.
bdog-pa 1. attainments, effects,
possessions^ wealth: q^'cr^’q^’l^^qgq^*
bdog-pa	rig-pas	ner-b$grub-qift having
acquired all attainments by intelligence
(C. don.) ;	^'q’sw-^-^Ejr^-qSE/^
having wholly renounced all his posses-
sions. 2. vb. to get or take possession
of, to be possessed of, gen. with ч, as in
he is in possession
of only one piece of cloth;
qS’gjq'srqXfl’sjfl have you such scholars ?
^•^•q^’q poor, having no property (Jd).
672
3 to be; to be situated:
where is your monastery ; q^qartjqqt^u]
bdag-la phug-pa fydog I have a cavern;
thab$ fydog-gam mi-fydog
are there any means or not ?
q^’q fydo-wa 1. = 5^’4 dar-wa to increase,
to spread, diffuse; applied chiefly in
reference to sin and evil.
inigt-ma Ifta bdo-wa the increase in the five
kinds of ^чпх degenerations ;=$*гч rgya$-
pa abundance, exuberance. ’ 2. acc. to
Zam. acute, keen. 3. with % to hurt,
to injure a person:	to hurt an
enemy. 6с4>-АрЛ?’о=2^‘чя,§|Ек,‘ч rgya$-
pahi sgaft-li on the increase, in the course
of increasing, copious or full:
Дin such ways as
this, awakening only to go on again, the
dreams of present happiness are aug-
mented (Khrid.).
fydral pf. of hdral-wa and sig-
nifies : disregarded, broken, not observed.
51^’4 mdag-pa or 1.==**’kV4
glowing embers, ciudcrs. 2. a soit of
large unburnt brick of mud or clay (Cs.);
mdag-mahi doft a pit for keeping
live coals (for the purpose of melting
metals).
mdaft or	yesterday
evening ;	mdifi-saft	yester-
day.	came only yester-
day {fiag. 39). *5*^ mdaft-sum last
night:	mdaft-sum bdag~
gi rmi-lani-na last night in my dream, etc.
mdafl-tca or	place of
cremation, the place where the burning of
the dead takes place (8cA.).
rndafts ’чЫ: 1. colour of
the face, fresh looks, healthy complexion;
dmar-ivahi mdafts ruddy com-
plexion ;	of fresh appearance;
bad-looking, dull complexion.
2. brightness, lustre, splendour. 3. resp. for
S£pi‘4 dpral-tca the forehead.
mdafts hphrog-pa
or nafttrfT’ft faded lustre, the brightness
destroyed.
mdaft$-med dull appearance, not
bright, ugly.
Syn.	ipdog-ftan;	bkrag-
med (Mfton.).
mdan$-bzaft 1. blight colour,
good and cheerful complexion. 2. a hy-
pothetical fluid, the most subtle part of
the semen.
mdan~khaft or «Wrtfrq (Я^)
ихуцргч a kind of poison used in medi- ’
cine.
£1^0, mdah ^3, XT, нтаж, pi-
1. an arrow: ^‘$4^ to shoot an
arrow'.	myug-mdah an arrow of reed
or bamboo;	fcagt-mdah an iron
arrow;	dug-mdah& poisoned arrow;
dpral-icahimdah an arrow lodged
in the fore-head; me-mdah a gun,
fire-lock. 2. any straight and thin pole
or piece of wood, e.g^ tho tube of a
tobacco-pipe ; lpag$-mdah iron rod,
a ramrod, etc.; chu-mdah a jet or
shoot of water;	ikar-mdab a
shooting star or meteor. 3. sym.
num. 5. 4.	luft-pahi rpdah the
lower terrace of a plateau, also mdah-
chu the river or stream running through it.
{Jd, in part.)	tydati-fubi a case
or cover for keeping arrows; a quiver.
Syn. nag-phran; draft-hgro;
mi-hkhyog-hgro;
I
673
I
га hbigs-byed;	hdab-ldcm-
iptshon;	fgro-ldan-,	$tofl-C(iii;
Г* rtse-mo-can ; hben-b&wn; *5^
mdah-mo;	g lcag$-mdah sgra-
can; Gg’rjN'gfiw^ leags-sbub^can;
hur-$gra-can; я^*«5,ц|У mtshon-chahi-gtso;
dug-mdah;	3|’ dug-gi byug-
pa-can; lo-§ia-ka. (Mnon.).
«VvSjc- mdah-groft	PmT [ft
quiver] #.
mdah-tsha-shan b$dur-na§ rgyal-wa (Rtsii,),
(Rtsii,),
mdvh-che or	mdah-bo-ehe
a very powerful effective arrow [a
lance]#.
to shoot an arrow upwards, i.e., to
the sky.
mdah-khun loop-hole, embrasure.
mdah-rrikhan 1. n. of a low
caste in ancient India who used to live by
hunting. 2. an archer, an arrow-maker.
я^Ч’^ mdah-rgyaft the range of an
arrow shot.
mdah-rgyud 1. the bowstring.
2. n. of a medicinal drug : **S5*^Vr’^§V3‘
(Med.).
mdah-sgro the feathers attached
to an arrow.
mdah-lfta are (1) ^’§S'5§myo-
bycd-kyi indah; (2)	sred-byed-
kyi wdah- (3)	kuhn-tu
rmon§-byed-kyi indah; (4)	$kem-
byed-kyi mdah; (5)	hchi-bycd-
kyi indah.
^'g*q Mdah-lna-pa Ч^ггц an epithet
of Cupid, lit. the holder of five arrows.
Md(ih-hjom§ 1. iit^T the great
Tantrik Buddhist Sage who was abbot of
Nalendra and from whom Nagarjuna
derived his mystical knowledge of Bud-
dhism. 2. n. of a medicinal root=^‘lsW
dur-byid-sman.
*55'^' mdah-stofi the notch at the end
of an arrow which is placed against the
bow-string.
mdah-bstan >ггОт [a deer]#.
wvvS* mdah-dar a lance; a little flag
fastened to an arrow with silk ribbons of
five different colours, by hooking which
arrow into the collar of a bride the
match-maker draws her forth from among
her maiden companions. Also an arrow
wrapped in a scarf, with which the head
of the bride is touched during marriage
ceremony.
mdah-don WT4 quiver,
id.
«$3’5^ mdah-dpon the commander of
a troop of soldiers; an officer of high mili-
tary rank next to the 5^’5^ dmag-dpon,
who has command over one thousand
men (Rtsii^).
mdah-&ag$ a gourd, v. $ ч
ku-wa (Mnon.).
Mdah-phii n. of a place in Tibet
(Deb, 4 11).
rndah-phyed bya$-pa
an arrow with a sharp semi-circular disk at
the top-end.
mdah-mo-che	[an
iron club or crow; a lance]#.
mdah-тпо arrow-lot, a kind of
fortune-telling by shooting of arrows.
mdah-zo a vessel made of wood, or
wicker work, etc., with which barley and
wheat are measured (Rtsii^).
mdah-yab-=^'^ 1. balcony under
the dome of a temple made in Chinese
86
674
style. Е’ЯЗ
q^N he constructed, i. e.f caused to
be made, the sacred symbols placed in the
balcony of the Jo-wo lha-khang at Lhasa
(Lon. * 17). 2. acc. Lex. = 3’*(l pu-tpt
parapet, railing. 3. a covered gallery on
the top of a house.
mdah-yig 1. a kind of arrow-
point character which was usedin Magadha
on Buddhist statues. This character was
brought into Tibet from Vikramas'ila in
A.D. 1000, 2. letters which axe conveyed
by arrow-shot are also called Da-yig.
mdun	lanco, spear, pike;
«^‘4 or	to shixxg; to pierce with
a spear.	and	are the two
frontal muscles (Ju.).	mduft
b$kor-w(t to brandish, to whirl a spear;
фд a spear attached to a sling.
mduft-khyim a shade for travel-
lers made on the wayside by throwing a
piece of cloth over three pikes or poles;
a frame to lean speai's against.
mdun-can-ma >uf^n [a female
worshipper of the S'akti principle] S.
mdufi-thufi-hdsin an epithet of
Kartikeya youngest son of Maha deva.
mdufi-thogs or «^’4 1. a spear-
man, lancer. 2. an epithet of Maha deva
(Шоп.).
mdun-dar a lanco with a little
flag at the top.
mdun-rtse 1. a spear-head, top
of a lance. 2. the religious trident.
mdufi-rtee gsum-pa
1.	epithet of Mahadeva, who holds the
trident. 2. n. of a sect of the Tirthika
in Ancient India who used to perform
the lite of leaping over three pikes fixed
on the ground (They. 33-39)t
«4^.mdufi-hdsin hornet.
N^t/q^'q mdun-zo-wa a maker of lancos.
mdun-tpft or shaft of a lanco.
^^5 Whig a^so widud^pa a knot;
the chin of animals;
the muscles of the body;
sruf^mdud charmed silk-
knots used as protection against evil spirits;
skra-mdud knot of ribbons holding
together the long hair of women in Tibet;
44jq5-^5’4 knot of strings, fig.
the bond of avarice (Ja,);	mdud-
pa tgrohwa or hgrol-ica to untie a
knot.	mdud-pa hgreLpa 1. a
commentary, a key to unknot difficulties.
2. to untie a knot.
to lay
a wager.
’% mdud-hdra a disease of the mem-,
brum virile, prob, paraphimosis.
5^ mdud-pa, §nin-pa wealth.
mdud-hdsm (^^’S) a string
or wreath of flowers or of any other
thing.
<34^ mdun (*|woiw) ’чтя the van,
the fore-part, tho front-side of a thing;
face or presence.	good frontage;
jp^’q an aide-de-camp;
rndun-gyi nam-mkhah-la in the heavens
before him, over against him. Usually
occurs in the adverbial forms: mdunJa,
mdim-na, rndun-du^ mdun-nas, which all
seem to have about the same meaning:
in front, before, ahead. In this sentence,
for example, two forms occur with no
varying meaning:	।
*4l
675

having brought the bier and lifted up the
burning lamp in front, a vast crowd of
people went on at the head (K d. 4);
mdun-du dmag-mi phyin-
§te the soldiers approaching first. Also
used as postpositions:	in
the presence of a lama;
before the king;	khyod-kyi
mdun-la in your presence.
mduu-byus
conference, consultation.
mdun-hjog a present.
Syn. phul-wa; hbul-ica;
Jsas; g*4phyag-rten; §shu-
rten (Mfton.).
mdun-du b§nur-wa to
move forward, towards one’s self.
+	or
in presence of an
assembly.
mdim-na hdon
a minister, a magistrate, a judge, a high
functionary.
Syn. E}<Y^ blou-po; 4^54^* bkah-dwan;
khrims-kyi к ha-to-pa (M-non.).
mdun-ma <14 conference.
Syn.	mdun-gro^; gro§ •
gro§-bcam;	gros bya&pa
(Шоп.).
mdun-sa W society, com-
mittee, association:	mdun-
sar bshugs-pa wufa to sit in committee.
mdun-so чуэт^ punishment in-
flicted by court or king.
=	mdahi mdehu the
pointed arrow-head made of steel in Tibet
and Mongolia; the arrow-head is made of
various designs some with three points,
others like a miniature pick-axe.
mdehu behuhi-so hdra-гса
arrow-head like calf’s teeth;
mdehu byihu	arrow-head
like a bird’s heart;	mdehu zur
bshi-pa an arrow with four-bladed head.
mdo 1:1. the lower part of a valley
where it merges into the plain, the place
where one valley opens into another; the
point where two valleys, roads, or rivers
meet;g’^X upper-part and lower part of
a lateral valley; Ч^’З’^’^Х the upper or
higher part of a country and the lower
part of it;	‘*X road-junction; $’«X river-
junction ; W5}e.’«X street corners ; ^‘*X
a cross road; 5T’^X where one vein crosses
another vein in the body. ^X’F*^ Mdo
and Khams, indicates 2kmdo, the province
of Tibet S.E. of Koko Nor, and
Kham. 2. acc. tc Cs. *X’^ prudent,
^X’^5 imprudent. 3. conjunction or meet-
ing place in general:	brtag-
pa rtsa-chuhi mdo;	shi-byed
§man-gyi mdo;	$byofi-byed
las-kyl mdo;	hjam-rtsub
' dpyad-kyi mdo (Sman-rtsa ch. IL I).
II:	1. defined as q
a discourse where many significations
are massed together in a few words; a
Sutra. 2. short sentence or rule, axiom;
hence **X’5, *X\	to contract,
abridge, epitomize, to give only the main
points; *X*,£3§^ mdor b§du-na in short, in
general, altogether, on an average.
^X^q mdo-snob a benediction to the
host for his entertainment (Ja.).
^X’*X’§S'q mdo-mdo byed-pa occurs in
«Х’^Х’З’^'^'^ (2. 122).

676

«Х'? Mdo-^de a collection of
Sutras forming an important section of the
Kahgyur.
*X’V4 mdo-tde-pa or	mdo-tde-
hdsin	one versed in the Mdo or
belonging to the Sutranta school of philo-
sophy of Buddhism.
*X'4*V4 mdo-hdsin-pa a carpen-
ter [also a stage-manager]8.
+	mdo-mi dmah-wa^S^^^
dtcafi intho-wa of high power or ability.
«X*w mdo-kun according to the teach-
ings of the Sutras; is parallel to the term
rgyu$-lam according to the Tantras.
^X*'4^ mdor-btdut	abridg-
ment = 4g*i'4 tdut-pa or 45*rq btu$-pa
(Mfion.). *X^	5	indor-btdu-na, hhtw.
[briefly, collectively]8. »<ХМ mdor-na
in brief.
mdor-bfa# zfQTc^ akin to *XN
a cross formed of two small sticks, the ends
of which are connected by coloured strings,
and used in various magic ceremonies (Jd.).
i mdo-li	khyog t a
sedan-chair, a conveyance for carrying
sick, incapable, or old persons: дч|«ф*гу^4*
supporting him by
the left hand he lifted him on a dooly
(Л. 70).
mdog or f^X*! colour; com-
plexion ; g’^X4! tku-mdog the colour of the
body;	’^4|4 beautiful colour; ^X4!’*-*1
mdog-mdses nice colour, arose (Cs.). ^X4!'
VI* mdog-dkar—&'^ me-hog	white
colour.	mdog mtshufit-gya — ^W
q or ^5’4 of uniform or same colour.
«X4!'4!^ mdog-gser gold; golden
colour.
^X4!^	1. white
sandal-wood. 2. having a fair com-
plexion.
^ХЧШ indogjdan 1. (‘4^) gold. 2.«чтж
camphor. 3. a coloured cloth.
indog-bu-pa or ^ХТЯ^4!4
met. for the raven (Mfion.).
^X4!^ mdog-tbyin W a species
of sandal wood.
•<ХЧГ**’’ indog-indset тЫя, and
HTritanfi seem to be names of
flowers (K. d. * 368).
mdog-gsal a species of gall (Ja.).
indo fit	1. appearance, the
form of the face.. 2. sometimes for «5^4
white spot, blaze, or star on the fore-
head of a horse or cow. 3. the eye in
a peacock’s feather;	indofit
mthah-can peacock (Mfion.). Syn. 55
byad', 4^'mi bshin-rat. (Mfion.).
indo fit Jdan 1. peacock (Mfion.). 2. = B4
khyug.
^4’4 indo fit-pa 1. = ^ц,4 ldofi-wa
blind (physically and morally):
r^cm'4,	4 to get blind, to be
made blind. 2. = 5^4*4 forehead.
я^4’ч]^’4 mdofit-gsol-wa l.=4p’4|y
J4*q gzi-brjid rgyas-pa very bright, res-
plendent, refulgent (Nag.). 2. to make
a prayer before the image of a deity. 3.
to congratulate, to wish joy to another
(Cs.).
mdom or *Х*” indomt some-
times written for *X* a measure (^^’§5)
equal to six feet [зля a fathom or the
space between the tips of the fingers of
either hand when the arms are extended]8.
indot a tall thin pared stick or
wand provided with small cross-pieces,

677
^1
and with strings of various colours
fastened to the ends of the transverse
pieces and stretched thence to the main
upright stick; the whole evidently in-
tended to be a rude imitation of the
mast of a vessel with yard-arms and
rigging. Several of these structures,
each 3 to 5 feet in height, are planted
in the ground on the hill-side just above
the house where some sick person is
lying; and various magical ceremonies
having been performed over the sick
person, the btsan or demons which
were afflicting him, and which are reputed
to have a great passion for the ligging
of a vessel, are presumed to be expelled
and to take refuge in the toy masts out-
side the cottage. The sticks with their
coloured strings are presently cast away
as SS glad down the ravine (Snd. Hbk.).
There seem to be various names for the
masts such as:—§kyel-wahi mdo§
(fiag. 38);	lha-mohi b$kafi-
mdo§;	sgrol-mahi gyal-Yndo§;
rgyal-mdos",	btsan-mdos.
hdag-gu^Q** §kyo-ma pap,
pulp ; piob.=^ $ Ide-gu.
hdag-pa —1. to lick off, as
in	Ц lee-yis sho-hdag-pa to’lick
curd with the tongue; to clear, or wash
away, to wipe off (dirt, blemishes, and
even bad thoughts). 2. in = a
mixture of clay and water. Sch. more-
over gives this meaning: “clearing,
adhesive, sticky.”	hdag-pa
§byafi-wa to make a mixture of soil and
water; ^‘q'g^’q hdag-pa sbydr-ica covering
or stopping up with clay, e.g., the chinks
of a wall or door.	hdag-pahi
phye-ma powdered clay.
hdag-$byar hbul-wa topresent clay, etc., i.e.,
to cover the chinks of the cell of a
meditating lama sitting mtsham$-la as an
act of piety. In Pth. is mentioned
as a kind of plastic art, and evidently
signifies to mould, to model, to shape
(Ja.). 3. = ^] ^ Idag-pa (Cs.).
hdag-rdsas or more propei ly
clay, dry or wet.
hdafi, v. ^5 hdad.
+	JJdan-gi-pa (from or
srfjf the paddy-pounding implement) n. of
an Indian Buddhist saint:
§lob-dpon kluhi-sa, hdan-gi-
pa, dha-rika-pa the teachers Naga bhumi,
Dan-gi-pa, Dharikapa, etc.
hdaft-wa 1. (pf. «V^«)=:'4c^'q
or Ml4!'4 hgrig-pa to be right, to suit, &c.;
мгЗрнra$-go$-hdafi cloth just enough
for making a dress or robe, just as much
as is required, etc.	Ito za-rgyu
hdan food to be just enough. 2. acc. to
Sch. to come to, to arrive at; cf. also
qgabout or nearly one hundred.
&dad re8P- 3^ku-hdad, or
hdati a funeral repast.
hdab 1. a train (of persons):
hkhor-hdab retinue (Cs.) 2. fold:
gni§-hdab—^lan-gnis twice or
two-fold. 3.	or lo-bdab a
leaf,	yal-hdab a twig with
leaves. 4. a feather.
hdab-§kye§ feathered, bird-bom.
hdab-§kyod чпзн anet. a bird
(Mnon.) [prob, a crane]#.
^q'qg hdab-brgya stmrsf, W the lotus.
hdab-brgya-pa 1.=Я’5 the pea-
cock. 2.=$*’чр< gur-gum saffron.

678

hdab-can leafy; feathery ; as met.
a bird.
hdab-chag two-fold fall in the
value of a coin or anything; if for one
rupee four pounds of butter can he had
iu one market and again in another
market not more than two for the same
price it is said of it hdab-chag son {Rtsii.}.
hdib-hphar—a two-fold increase in
price.
hdab-(hag$ rrfH,
birds, the feathered race,
various kinds of bird;
*«|4’jprZi hhab-chag$ rgyal-pa the king
of birds, the eagle, the mythical Garuda
on whom Vishnu rides,
said to be tho hawk and=^,2fe’* ri-Ьоп za
the eater of haios, t/., the largest species
of hawk.	the
flying-fox bat {Smin. 330).
=9'^* the long-lived bird.
hdib~chag§ scn-gc tho most powerful of all
birds, an epithet of Garuda. a^q****]*3*’*1!*^’
hdab-chags gser-ldan (вЪ*‘ч) [a
kind of curlew or plover] &
hdab-stofi	W the thou-
sand petals or the largest species of lotus.
hdab-ldan rntshon the feather-
ed weapon, met. an arrow.
hdab-hdeb a largo numerical
figure:	{Ya-sel. 57).
^•3hdab-bu-che one of the names of
Arjuna, the third of the Pavdava brothers.
с^гтач hdab-ma
1. wing :	Ц hdab-ma sprug-
pa to shake the wings (Cs.)	to
clap the wings. 2. leaf, corolla, petal;
large leaf;	нйхрг-
all the leaves fully come out, the
flower in full blossom;	eight-
petaled =	(4(Яол.)-
a smooth fresh leaf, v. Schl.
Budh. 248.	aheap of leaves;
^qhdab-mahi gifi-rta 4WT4 a chariot
or conveyance made of leaves. 3. fan.
4. flag (Cs.).
Syn. of 2.	lo-nta; 1.	sgro-g$og-
{Mnon.).
4<\q-«^q hdab-ma §kyob {$) that
which is protected by wings ; the feather-
protected, a bird.
^q$4’qjj5 hda-ma fekyotf that which
moves with or by wings.
^W&|’q hdab-ma hjig-pa
withering of leaves, the winter season
that kills the loaves of trees.
hdab-ma bdun-gia HSHTuf, KH-
n. of a flowering tree [“ the seven-
leaved,n tho tree Alstonia^S.
^q'srghdab-ma phra-mo sifax lemon,
citron = g^'# §kyur-mo (Mfton.).
q^q-л’^ч hdab-ma yan$ frra Sal tree
with broad leaves.
hdab-mahi thig-pa met. for
cuckoo (ДГЯоп.).
hdab-mahi mdsod (^'V5^')
[Jasminum multiflorurn.]£.
hdab-bzaft 1. фрн fine looking
leaf. 2. a species of bird of fine plumes.
3. = so-та ra-dsa flax {Mnon.).
hdab bzaft-mahi bu
the son of Suparjia [Garutja bird.]/?.
hdab-zur-can a species of
sandal wood tree.
hdab-yas	a
measure for grain smaller than bre qt drona.
hdabs rarely the side, lateral
surface (chiefly of the body); surface;

679

the surface of the liver;
the lumbar region;	in
the wood (Ja.),
hdam ni?,	r«a,
mud, mire, swamp; earth and water
together : ^'q<4 muddy clay or plaster;
hdam-§kye§ 41^, lit. that
is grown in mud, lotus plant;
hdam §kye$-dmar the red water-lily;
hdam $kyes-mtshan
met. the sun (Mnon.). [lit. “marked by
a lotus”; signifies also, a king, an
epithet of Brahma.]S.
hdam-ka, or
choice, option.	to choose
(whether to-day or to-morrow) (Zam.).
hdam-
spag-gi khrod a swamp or a number of
swamps (flag. 32).
hdam-g.na§	[one who
gives help to a cow in the mud.]#.
hdam-pa=°<fyw'4 to pick out,
to mark out, to choose:	hdam-
rin choosing, brooding over in one’s mind3
a long while;
not losing sight of your enemy,
constantly watching, put him down as soon
as an opportunity offers;	long
grudge (Jd.).’	man-pohi
khrod-na§ hdam-pa to select from among
many.	mi-gtsafi-po hdam-pa
such as choose impure things, ?>., lascivious
characters, ^'cr^’g hdam-pa ser-$kya
said to =	lan-pohi
pi-pi-Un (Mflon.).
hdam-po — ^'Q log-pa.
hdamJm ka-ra§ n. of a modi*
cinal root:	dambu
removes inflammation of the lungs, liver,
and blood-vessels.
hdam-bu a reed for thatching,
writing; acc. to Cs. sugar-cane.
hdam-bu lte-гса [the navel or joint
of a reed]#. ’^*3 hdam-buhi na a species
of eel living amid reeds (Mnon.)
hdam-buhi tshal-$kye§ shwri an
epithet of Karttikeya the youngest son
of Mahadeva. [lit. ‘reed-bom/ Kartti-
keya is fabled to have been born in a
thicket of reeds]#.
hdam-buhi sa-bon [the
plant Curcuma zerumbet.^S.
hdam-buhi tshan-mo
[the plant Nelwmbium speciosumU\S.
hdam-rtsa an aquatic' creeper;
grass growing in swamps and marshy
soil.
dam-rdsab swamp, cess-pool; the
filth of which makes water impure and
dangerous to health:
the unclean, or badly governed
kingdom is (like) a filthy swamp (A. 7).
hdam-rdsab-la hbyifi-wa to sink
into a swamp.
^rf^-jorf^Zar-^oone of the
thirty-seven sacred places of the Bon (G.
Bon. 37).
’fo’ hdam-sen the lion of the swamp,
i.e., the frog.	hdam-gyi
sefi-ge §kdd-po che the cry of the lion of
the swamp is loud (Sman. 108).
hdah’ica (pres, and fut.) pf.
hda^-pa
1. to pass away; to go beyond; to
surmount, get the better of;
to pass away from sufferings, i.e.,
to attain to Nirvana;	at

680

the time of deathat the time of enter-
ing into the state of Nirvapa. *54-
hdah dkah-wa	diffi-
cult to pass over, to spend time;
hdah-kha the point of death;
these are of importance at
the time of (one’s) death, he said (Deb. Я
16). Tho following are examples of the
use of hda^-pa the past tense:
hda^-pahi safi$-rgya$ the past Buddha; an
epithet of Dipaijkara Buddha.
hda$-pahi char gyur-pa	ЯЯШ;
passed away from this
world;	the time that has passed
away;	after an elapse of nino
months;	Iha-lat hda^-pahi
spo? incense surpassing that of the gods;
чдмгогсч^гч surpassing the number, i.e.t
numberless, innumerable;
surpassing the understanding; inconceiv-
able ;	unspeakable, indes-
cribable;	when the sun and
moon have disappeared (for a time).
hdas-pahi tshig tho perfect
tense ;	bcom-ld'in-hdas “ he who,
sated with conquest, has parsed beyond,”
!>., Bhagwan or Buddha.
^•<4 bdah-ga or	($*gc^*S
chu-hphreft lia-bu) the hour of death (Cs.);
hdah-да yc-gej ’SfarfP! know-
ledge of the hour of death (title of a
book).
hda$-mchod (4'^5 or
funeral ceremonies (7. Zhi?.), religious
ceremonies observed at death; the death
anniversary of deceased parents and
lamas :
he kept well each death anniversary
of Lama Gscr-glifi-pa without a break
(Л. 49).
sejjq hda^-po the deceased, defunct,
the late.
bda$-log ghost, apparition; the
reappearance of a deceased person, which
re-appe'aring is possible only within
forty-nine days from death.
hdar-pa or *5V«i hdar-wa w
(sbst.) quaking, shivering; one who
shivers. Also as vb.	to tremble,
shudder, shiver, quake:
hkhyag^nas bdar the body freezing shivers
(&ag. 39) \	to shiver with
cold;	s hdar-war hgyur-гсаЛо
tremble.
hdar-yam wavering, doubting,
undetermined.
Syn.	дуо-гсаг-byed;
hdar-war-bye# (ЛГйоп.).
hdar-yam byed-pa to doubt,
to waver.
hdar shum-shum tremulous,
quaking with fear :
the mice quaking with fear and
depositing dung squatted down (Rdsa.
31).
hilar hdar trembling.
q5v9 hdar-bu ЧТО ague, throbbing.
hdar-дай a high-sounding vibra-
ting drum used by Bon priests in
necromancy:
even all the demons carrying drums.
hdal-wa 1. to sink down: *S®r
^5'4 hdal hgro-wa to be absorbed, sunk, as
ink sinks in bad porous paper or in
blotting paper. 2. dal-paf $chu-
hdal still-water, also water moving
slowly. 45’^ bad-hdal being left ex-
hausted on the road, • sinking under
fatigue (Jd.).
^1
681

- hdi 1. vt, W,
this; also in colloq. very commonly=
the:	where is the gun?
who is this ? Where the plural of
a noun is indicated, the plural sign is
annexed to the demon, pion., e.g.,
fiahi-mjug-la rta hdi-dag
krid-<pg lead the horses after me I
in this month ; in this year;
at this (particular) time. 2. when
applied in reference to distance it signifies
nearness;	my residence in
this (near) hill;	in this valley
or country;	the respective per-
former (of an incantation) (Jiz.). 3. such
a one:	I, and such and
such a one;	'X I
give you such and such a thing. is
often redundantly joined with the pos-
sessive pron.	this my cloth;
this my wealth;
(Yid. 162) in this great country
who else is greater than this ?
hdi ji §nam-du sems	what
think you of this?
(underneath this mound of
sand) there is the monastery of Buddha
Kas'yapa, restore it; ч^^адч^'ч^к; hdi
yod-pa§ hdi-byun	HTfW that
having existed this arose; 4^’4^wp§k/
hdis hdi-rnams itun Wlfa	they
will drink these.
hdi-ka-ran just here, just now
(Jd ); also this very same.
hdi-ко this one (So-rig. 15).
ч^’^ hdi-skad=^'%\	thus,
accordingly. Used chiefly with the verbum
loguendi and quotations ; but
hdi-skad byed-par gyur cig
[do in this way] &	hdi-skad-do~
' or	has said so;
j^qS-ЭЦhas thus fully ex-
pressed in respectful language; or, he
prayed with inflated words thus (A. 21).
^'g$rq5’^5hdi skyes-pahi phyir
hdi-skye$	[this is
produced on account of that being pro-
duced] &
hdi-ltar	tpb fepJ,
so, in this manner, thus:
in what manner have you become
so, how did you get into this condition ?
it was to this effect, of this pur-
port ; ^’4^«Ц such as this I am; ч^г
5^compounded things must
be regarded thus; the word	should
usually be accompanied by a snap of the
fingers (^ or 4VS%«).	hdi-
ltar gyur-cig v? чзте be it so, let
it so be. ч^'§ hdijta-§te, (YM)
for example, for instance, to wit, such
as, viz.
^WB hdi-dafiphyi or the present
and the future (life).
hdi-du$ T<rnt, to-day, this
time.
ч^’^^ hdi-na$ from this place, from this
time; as yet, still.	from here
to that, from here to there.
ч^’ч hdi-pa man of this place; this
man ;	hdi-pahi gdon from this
man’s face, i.e., from the lips of this man.
Colloq. ч^-q is a common word for here :
kha-sang di-pa lep-song he arrived here
yesterday.
ЯКВ q hdi-phyi sdeb-pa, or t’S rje-wa
to exchange this life, for the future one,
i.e.,	doing the
concerns of this life, having cast out from
the mind the thoughts of the future (exis-
tence).
87
=^ll
682

hdi-Ьуа hdi-byed instructions
to do this and that (idiom.); to be earthly
minded.
*4’3*4hdi-tsug-yin in JF.: how is
this? *4’**^ it is he himself:
*4’3*4 Uhe-dan Idan-pa hdi-tshug-yin how
is the venerable monk himself? (A. 132).
*4$ hdi-ru here, into this place, at
this place. *4‘5ЛЧ come hither! *4*
hdir w^here; = *4^ hdi-na at this
place: X<r3’54<‘2i‘*4*’9*4*r*w has the Dharma
Itaja (with his retinue) come here?
(A. 23).
hdi '-тнг=^‘Ъ hdi-na here (1Ъ/.
83).
*4hdi-rig§ these; of this kind.
bdig stopper, stopple; also р'я4ч]'Ч
to stop up, to close with a stopper;
musket-ball, cf. 44! dig (Jd.}.
hdin-ica pf. btin fut. ^4^’
imp. thins, to spread on the ground
^a mat, etc.); to lay out, to sprinkle, strew
grass, hay); sbst. in JF. a small
carpet on which lamas sit; wfc’ bed-
ding, pillow, or blanket; я4^’}Ч‘Ч acc. to
Sch. to weigh in one’s mind, to con-
sider ; to suspect.
I: hdu-wa pf,	;
HUigsr 1. to collect, accumulate;
to collect men, wealth and
fortune. 2. to come together, to assemble,
(of men and animals).
hdu-khan яа properly the hall
of congregation for members in a monas-
tery, but is a term often loosely assigned
and is applied even to the ordinary ante-
chamber of a temple.	hdu-
khan-du hdu-wa to assemble in the congre-
gation-hall.
*^‘*S*4 hdu-hkhrug	or
*3^ чядчр ]Jt. distemper, disorder in the
constitution; hence illness, ill-health.
2. tumult, riot, uproar (Cs.); я^ядчцгч hdu
hkhrug-pa invalid, one laid up.
hdn-gnas хпчгт; Wrr [house, the
world]#.
+ ^‘*35 or 05 hdu-hphrod or khrod—
&ЦКЧ assemblage, congregation, crowding
together.
hdu-hdsin пни [company]#.
II: 1. to get married, to unite,
to join one another: B*9*4’54^'4 khyod $ug-
iu hdu-wa to unite as husband and wife.
2. in a special sense in philosophical lang.:
to unite (opp. to ядогч to separate), e.g.,
the soul uniting with an organ of sense,
like sdeb-pa:	hdus-byas com-
posed of two or more ingredients; я^г
*'5^ consisting of one thing, simple,
elementary; only the primordial is eternal,
everything compounded is perishable;
fiq. 3. to consist of or in;
я^'З consist of two things;
я^к^ч^я the inner, i.e., the visible world
comprised in the soul.
Я^’О-S hdu~byed яГачя, «tafvs, ФЯП
that which is or seems to be compounded,
as opp. to the simple and elementary;
anything peitaining to either body, speech
or mind that can be analyzed. Is thus
particularised:	mental associa-
tions, thoughts, ideas, etc.;
material or physical compounds;	4"R^’§5
phrases, epigram, sententious expressions
etc. (K. d. 4 2i3). It is one of the five
Skandha. Acc. to Budh. there are eight
Du-je or Samskara which are necessary to
the state of Samadhi (i.e., contemplative
^1
683

asceticism):—(1) ч [vffn love]#. (2)
|>ппн exercise]#. (3) [w
faith]#. {4)	[tfw*I watch-
fulness]#. (5) ^Vq [чтДа memory]#. (6)
^’4^ intelligence or reflection]#.
(7) Шч [y^^ confidence]#. (8)
[^q^r indifference to pleasure and
pain]#.
§noms-pa—*fift\Q good
physical constitution, health.
hda-t shags a crowd, many people
assembled together:	’^ijV
the concourse of men was like the
city of Gandhavati (A. 2).
hdu-hdsl entertainment of many
people in one place with food and drink
or with amusement, also noisy talking at
the time of entertainment: *'’^5'B*’qVT
being free from pride I have
left off attending entertainments (Л. 6).
Also =noisc, bustle, din:
this solitude which is free from noise;
to live in the midst of the
bustle of worldly affairs. Acc. to the
Bon there are sixteen kinds of —
hdit-hdsi-can ^ra£=a hermit,
a retired man.
hdu-$e$ «Чп, 1. con-
sciousness. Moreover, in the opinion of
the author of this dictionary (though not
in that of the editors), this word practi-
cally signifies the soul, with the difference
that according to Buddhists it is not an
absolute simple entity : Samjna conveys
the idea of a collection of perceptions to
form one compound entity, t*.e., to form
such consciousness as is capable of being
analyzed.
Hdu-$e§ or consciousness is said to be
the sign of perfect knowledge;
q	X that is
Samjna which comprises the knowledge of
the nature of all different things, t.e.,
matter in its differentiated state (7Г. d.
* 35J). 2. notion, conception, image, feel-
ing, thought:	the
up-rising of the idea of constant posses-
sion of earthly good;	to
unite with the human body the idea of
a ship, to represent the body as a ship;
there arose the feeling of
discomfort;	the giving up
of the idea of anger;
no thoughts, no inclinations,
tending to virtue, arose (in him), virtuous
emotions never stirred in his mind;
entertaining thoughts of sen-
sual pleasure;	to'recover from
a state of insensibility. As one of the
five or skandha the term is translated
by idea (Burn. I. 511), by perception
(Kopp. 1-603). The three terms
may be Tendered:
having the faculty of thinking, having no
faculty of thinking, neither thinking nor
not thinking (latterpart from Jd.).
hdu-$e§ or samjna signifies 1. denomi-
nation, name; 2. knowledge derived
through names, verbal association]#.
hdu-pes-gsum 1. qfru
[little, limited]#, 2.
[great, extensive]#. 3.	[un-
limited, infinite]#. (If. V.).
hdu-$e$-kyi rnam-pa яЧтаа
the 15 subjects of Samjna necessary to full
meditation on are (1)
(2)
or	fznrwrar; (3)
(4)
(5)	ft-

684
^1
7)	; (8) 5««S'
ч^ч or	; (9) ужЦ
tn(ччттп; (10)
svivi, 5^ ^й^ян^'^в] '3f чгятячпччягйтнч
a*t цчт ч^ап ятягет^ФЙ ^4-.; (И) ^Ч ’55'Ч‘
ч^\?щ ч]^д] Ч5п]> «^а^Е.чЯчЗ'^ ^5^'а §с.’цХ
итятжчпч ччтвпЬття чат
тачтМтеа:; (12) «а'’1^вс^чч5^5'11,
52Kv*5’ql*wrq’¥w<’31 рчпжгаг; нтнг<сг^тит:
HI w wmrw:; (13)
Y4, ^M5^5^3 gp*w**	т^огат:
Н^п^гт: WJW«; (14)
ип^титаЧтпт^; (15)
^ q3 ЙЧЧ ’^ч W^WW*n:.
^ча\чЗ ч^ч hdu-$e$ med-pahi дпа$
an imaginary place situated in the direc-
tion of *g*rg-*-q (Bon).
-^ч ^\ц hdu-$e$ med-pa vhjra; [with-
out consciousness^.
hdug-pa 1. to sit; to remain,
to stay: ^‘T^TST4 4 stay, stay! don’t
be in a hurry. 2. carries all the meanings
of our verb “ to be ” in its usage both as
an auxiliary verb and as a substantive
verb. It is employed to express presence,
e.g.,, Kho khang-la hdug he is in the house;
also existence and identity, e.g., De su
hdug who is that ? В и-mo la Lu-tsa gfits
hdug the woman has two sons; also as
copula to connect a noun or phrase with
ifa attribute, e.g., Chan hdi yag-po hdug
this beer is good. As an auxiliary
is conjoined with other verbs under
varying circumstances. If annexed to
the simple root, the present tense is usually
indicated:	tprin-
mam$ hdah-la fd-hhod %kye-h$ug when the
clouds pass away, sun-light appears.
Added to the termin. inf. it expresses
intention or compulsion:
sna-dro-la ^kyod-par hdug he is to set out
in the morning. As an auxiliary
seems to be annexed to all the gerundial
and participal forms of other verbs, i.e.,
with the forms in 3 or 3ft or 5) and those
iu q^, and ; making with the first
set a periphrastical pres, tense, e.g.^ ч’Ч’уг
Эhe is lying on the ground, and with
the second class usually an imperfect
tense. In the case, however, of its use
with gerunds of the second class we
observe often that the sense of “it seemed”
or “ it was as if ” is implied. Thus, ^4
commonly occurs as the auxiliary of verbs
in narratives of visions, illusions, etc., and
also where a certain doubtfulness or want
of exactitude exists. We shall proceed
to quote two passages from Milaraspa
which sufficiently illustrate the latter
usage and which, further, are examples of
the whole participial or gerundial forms
with
I	ЧЧ' q^5* «V qqqqr
| q^r
3j-«-^rS]KR£	1 one day when
the deities of the six classes of gods of
lust were clearly visible, those which were
uppermost were, as it were, showering
down rain of nectar on those below.
When the deities had satisfied their thirst
and were contentedly sitting together
they saw one of their number who
was apparently dying yet was free from
thirst.	|
Itf|- §«4‘ $Y
abv X'«r qqq-	I
жй^ч5 vtM‘ v |v v ¥’ i
аргчьч’^ч’>[«г чч|- qSpr qv Лу qv । then,
because he applied himself assiduously
to meditation, when 14 days had elapsed

it seemed as if his body the whole night
•had been even up to the skies, and it was
as if there were sensate beings of the six
classes of living creatures from the crown
of his head to the tops and soles of his feet
and for the most part they ‘were drinking
only milk; some indeed having obtained
milk from the stars, were drinking it,
and loud sounds of cymbals were conti-
nually coming up without his knowing
whence they arose ; but when night had
lifted, having cast aside his meditating
bonds, they vanished. Finally, it should
be pointed out, how common in the colloq.
is that form of the present with added
to the gerund in etc. In fact this
form has almost superseded the ordinary
present tense; although in these cases
seems to be confined to express the 2nd
and 3rd persons, or ^5 being substituted
in the 1st person: kho-rang do-gi-dug he is
going; fia-rang do-gi-yin I am going.
hdug-khri a chair, a raised plat-
form to sit upon.
hdug-gnas or	’^=^’13^
residence, home (ДГпоп.).
hdug-$tan§ =	manner
of sitting:	the manner of a
lion’s sitting. The different postures of
sitting are (1) Kt rdo-rje skyil-
krun ; (2) Й skyil-mo krun; (3) w®'
; (4) jprtrXai ; (5)
; (6) &]•&]'g*; (7)
(МпОП.).
hdug-hdug 1. (in the dialect of
2. = ?vF5 sit, sit.
q55’q hdud-pa pf. and fut. 455
btud to bend, to make a bow;
to bow at a person’s feet {Nag.
39); ^,q55 to incline one’s ears to hear ;
^q’5’q^5'q salutation.
685	^’51J
hdun or	several kinds,
divers, various.
+ q^’F^’ hdun-khan 1. = ^^ or
store-house, treasury, repository. 2, —
$dod-$a residence, abode {Mnon.).
3. wtwv,	parlour, council -
тоот.
hdun-pa
1. longing, craving, wish, supplication ;
^v^gww^%q* what is called
В dun-pa is whatever arises in the mind
(7Г. d. ч 355). 2. a courtier; a sycophant,
flatterer, one who waits upon royalty
to contribute to his pleasures and amuse-
ments:	to the prince
the courtiers said {Bbrom. 11/5). 3. vb. to
long for, crave, to hanker after: 3Vqqi
they not having any desire to hear;
5*|,q^ Qne who is devout or is earnest
in virtue or religion; also S^'q'^A^yq f0
yearn for or strive after virtue. 4. one
of the six early disciples of Buddha called
Sadvarga {M.V.).
Syn. hdod-pa \	dgons-pa;
mos-pa (Mnon.).
hdun-ma 1. council, conference,
committee:	the committee
did not agree;
others said; if each Srin-
po speaks independently the conference
cannot settle (anything) {Bbrom. 136);
they called a council together;
S^|q^ a congregation or association of
religious persons, the Buddhist priesthood.
2. advice, counsel: я a bad advice;
q^-^Wq to give advice; §S’q to
take a resolution (Ja.). 3. companion,
associate:	perma-
nent companion, t.e., wife, and the con-
sideration of the future.

686
hdun-sa meeting place, assem-
bly; association, society.
posted, appointed to a position (Л. K.
2-73).
hdum-pa 1. sbst concord,
peace, treaty, concordat. 2. vb. to bring
to reconciliation, to reconcile one’s self to,
to be reconciled with;	if con-
tending parties are reconciled with one
another;	they are constantly at
variance;	*3^'3^ to make
treaty, to сото to terms, to come to
agreement.
H hdum-khra agreement, contract.
hdum bde-wa—ф^^ц (Yig.).
hdum-bn seems to indicate the
three	sc-r god, д^ч §kye d-pa, ^'3
hom-bu which also are called	&UU~
hdum,	gwr-hdum, яХс/r^w mchon-
hdum (IWin-rda. 2).
hdur thick and clammy (Sc/г.).
hdur-wa to trot, to run in a
trot; hdur-gro^ a trot;
hdur-gyis son went trotting.
trotting along
with a whip in his grasp went to the
side of Atis'a (Л. 106).	hdur-
/кй/г=^^ hgro-$tans (Nag. 39):
carae гаыниб
in a trot before me (Rdsa. 31).
hdur-phye drag-pa very fine
flour;	hdur-phye shel-pa course
flour (2ftsn.).
hdur-Ьоп—^^ dur-bon the
class of Bon who chiefly practise necro-
mancy (Yig.).
f^TPl : hdul-wa vb., pf. btul or
3^ thul, fut. pdul, imp. 3^ thul;
^•41
hdul-byed, яугчкд hdul-war-bya, should or
ought to be converted,	hdul-
tcar gyur-ro have become converted. 1.
to subdue, conquer, vanquish; sometimes
even to kill, to annihilate. 2. to till,
to cultivate, waste land. 3. to tame,
bring under right discipline; and so,
Buddhistically, to convert. This last is
the most important and frequent sense
of the word. я^агч?’^]*гч hdul-wahi rig-pa
those fit for and predestined to conver-
sion;	hgro-wa fiahi hdul-
bya yin the beings are to be converted
by me;	bdag khyed-
kyi hdul-byar gog-cig may we become
your converts I 43 ’5^’3
the time having arrived that
all the regions of Urgyan should be
converted.
II:	discipline, .taming,
conversion, etc. But tho word is espe-
cially applied as the title of the first
section of the Kah-gyur which is equiva-
lent to the Vinaya.
In Budh.	f^qfTT ^’4'
^’4'$»ГЧЧ	also
gq^q-Rgq-^gc-qV,
$НЧ«гё*г|кЧ^аГА^5 (J.
Zan.) “ Bdul-wa is called Vinaya and
Vipatti signifies complete falling(into sin);
and that which demonstrates that fall by
making sure of it is called Vinaya. It is
stated by Viniqcaya that is by Rnam-par He§-
pa that Vinaya is observed. That state of
moral discipline, i.e., Vinaya, because of its
certain action, fully distinguishes between
sin, origin of sin, anger, or passion, and is
so called on account of its certainty.”
Vinaya is subduing of the external foe as
well as of the inner sufferings. Buddha
c^arq*|'q |
-687

is reputed to have delivered tho Vinaya-
pitaka scriptures consisting of 21,000
sermons; but at any rate only thirteen
volumes have been translated into Tibetan,
In the Tibetan Dulwa or Vinaya there are
three hundred and forty four chapters and
104,800 sloka. At the beginning of each
chapter is the following heading which dis-
tinguishes it from all other pitaka:—
thams-cad mkhyen-
pa-la phyay-htshal-lo Salutation to the om-
niscient ! The section of the Dulwa
treating of hin-gshi is called
’ЗЧ’Жг hdul-lun ma-mo {Rda-rnin.).
4 hdul-wa smra-wa	(Л.
K. 1-12) [one who propounds the doc-
trine of Vinaya-pitaka]S.
q hdul-wa-po a tamer, discipliner.
^Qrc,’1Sc^iJPrq hdul-ica dan hgal-гса
[transgressing the laws of moral
conduct]#
*^’35 hdul-byed [virtue of self-
restraint]#
hdul-byed skyes	an
epithet of the Garuda bird.
hdul-wahi sdc	the
Dulwa or disciplinary part of the
Kahgyur.	hdal-wahi-gshi
the main principles of the Dulwa.
hdul-u'a hdsin-pa	a
Buddhist monk who observes the rules of
Vinaya.
JJdul-hdsin rntsho sna-pa n.
of a celebrated lama of the Bkah-gdam-pa
sect of Mtsho-sna in Tibet {Lon. 9).
hdul-gqen drag the six Bon
ascetics or saints corresponding to the 34‘
4 ’5fl t hub -pa drug of the Nyingma school
who preside over the six states of animated
being.
Hdus-chun rdson n. of the
chief town in the district of
JIdu§-chun {Rtsii.).
hdus-pa 1. a pf. as well as
of ^‘4 hdu-ica ;	assembled.
assembled from, different Buddhist man-
sions. 2. sbst. w, яг, НШ5Г:
although he may have entered
the assembly or council; also=he may
sit or have a seat in the council. 3.
Kfjpjra typhoid fever accompanied by
many complications.
hdu§ [aggregate]#
Hdus-chun n. of a district of
Gtsan in Tibet.
q hdus-pa rin po chehi
rgyud n. of a collection of Tantrik works
of two classes {D.R.). Again spoken of
as double in form and of a secret
quality	(g^j-
These two systems
are mentioned frequently:
let the two classes of Tantrik collections
be searched out; let some ono be sent to
India to fetch the classes of Tantrik works
{A. Gi).
hdus-pa^^'Q hbyun-iva
[to become]#
Edits-dwan n. of a district
in Gtsan (Rtsii.).	JRdu$-dtcan
rdson n. of the chief town in the district
of	JB.du§-duafi.
^^’3^ hdus-byas smptef compiled,
brought together; revised.
hdu$-byas-kyi chos things or matters which
are compounded are the following:—
things corporate ;

688

objects having shape and dimen-
sions ;	formless or
etherial objects. 5^-q ^q^q^qq^q;
£JV jjt q’ q?j’ <JjN’
are included in the compounded
things; while ideas such as	hdu§-
ma bya§ are W$Wb wfJpftn [not com-
pounded, incorporate, uncaused]®.
hdu$-bya§-kyi kham$ things that
are absolute and simple, which being never
born or compounded, arc not subject to
dissolution or annihilation; such are
(7Г. d. 91) states of the cessation of
desires, metaphysical voidity, and deliver-
ance from sufferings.
^*5 hde-gu, v. Ide-gu.
^’3 hde-ica, v. ^’4 Ide-wa.
hdeg-pa or hdeg^pa pf.
or bteg§ fut. *|^| gdeg. imp. Э2*]
theg;	1. to lift, raise,
hold up, hoist;	to raise up,
/ia «a-yt§ hdeg who will raise
me;	will lift up the drunken
man;	the hig stone has
been hoisted;	1° raise to
a high rank, to raise to distinction. 2. to
weigh: J ^w^n’ci on a steel-yard ;
to put on the balance; ^’4^
weighed accurately;	hdeg§-khal a
bushel by weight (Cs.).	hdeg§-
dpon one who weighs or measures things
in the stores (of a merchant or land-
holder or monastery); ^<^5 hdegs-tshotf
weight, weighment and measurement.
hdegs-mtshon— ^3* hbiil-rten
or gzigs-rten token or present sent
with a letter, gen. a presentation scarf:
presented on
an auspicious date with a silk scarf as a
souvenir (Yig. k. 27).
hdeg^ifi a yoke; a bar or
thick stick placed on a person’s shoulders
for carrying goods or water-buckets.
Acfe^s-gfor weighment and
measurement:
unless there has been fault
in the weighment or measurement (of
articles) in receiving or taking away, «.<?.,
in bartering (Z). $el. 8).
Л hdefi-tca pf. ^4 hdefi§ imp.
to go, depart; to vanish: q^f-W]
Jet us both go to our
parent’s house (Rbrom. Г 19); ^’3'^5’
ц5^ V3w	| they
went to wash their robes at a delightful
solitary place where there was a tank
(Ubrom. 49)}	hdefi-brda tprad-
kyi$ give the signal of march;
at the time of his
arrival do give the signal of marching
instead of me (A. 48).
hden§48hod=%w&'%\ or
also ЗЦ measure of sufficiency,
i.e., being just what is wanted:
the account re-
garding the payment of allowances or
food according to the requirement (Rtsii.).
'Ц hded-pa or ded-pa, the
prefix * being sometimes dropped, pf.
and imp. ded. 1. vb. n. to follow,
to come out in succession, to succeed:
to follow one after
another, i.e., in succession ;
from where the immaculate monk
followed out (Л. 20);	to
succeed or follow a particular school or
sect of religion. 2.	to drive,
pursue :	causes to move on;
the wind drives the boat,
85-я ч^-q a horse pursuing a mare, i.e., to
689

he in the rut;	to chase out,
drive out;	to drive upwards;
 to chase down; hded-mi a
driver, the pursuer of a fugitive. S^’^S’4
to urge a debtor for payment. Other
phrases-are ma-ded, bu-dcd,
grogs-ded, 53’^5 dgra-ded.
hded-$ban§ clever in making
collection of rents or debts:
$WR^-gwqq*r§4|^ the measures of excess
and the budget of skilful collection (D.
$el. 8).
hded-bye&=^№dnal-chu quick-
silver, mercury (Mnon.).
hded-byed §don-po v.
n. of a poisonous vegetable drug (Мл on.).
hdeb§ a puncheon (tool).
R^RT4 hdeb$-pa pf. btab^ fut.
R^qq hdeb^ imp. thob supine
hdcb§-su to cast, to throw ; to strike, hit ;
to offer (Rdo. 46). In the colloq.
3q‘q rgyab-pa 'usually takes the place of
this verb; and also, occasionally, JT4
rgyag-pa. q’5^A^qj$rq to throw seed,
to make a request, to offer or make
prayers;	to slander, cast or make
reflection;	to pitch a ?tent;
^wq to encamp; 5^	to be beaten
by the wind;	q to be harassed,
possessed, by a demon;	to be
attacked with an illness;	to
pronounce a charm against a person or
thing;	to comment upon, to
explain; 5to give or thrust advise;
o^-^qsrq to reply, to answer;
to express one’s wish with force, to offer
up a prayer; ^WR^q^'g8^ commonly to
remember well;	to have
distinct recollection of a thing; t^’R^wq
to compute, reckon, to cast up accounts:
I do not take that into
account; ^’WRjlKR^qq’q knocking nails in
the body;	to fix or attach a seal ;
to sprinkle water; ^-q-gRp-orR^-q
to put salted meat into the gruel; gR’^q*
qR‘$’R]3(E/^ (pitching) in the same dell
where they had encamped before (Dzl.) ;
^^q-q^q^-q to found a monastery;
to fix a time (Jit.).
R^T4 hdem-pa to prove, to examine
(&A).
hder prob, for |r Ider.
hdo for яА mdo\ having
substance, not hollow; prudent, clever.
R^’4^’ bdo-chun a good breed of pony,
prob, those imported from Amdo;
the breed of Bdo-chun goes
smoothly as fish swimming in water (Jig),
hdo-chen another Amdoan breed:
the Вdo-chen horse
gallops up-hill like a hare.
^q hdo-wa vb- =3’q zh-u'a to say,
to repeat;	unspeakable.
hdo-le a sedan chair, the Indian
dooli. Is mentioned in Fth.
R^'4 hdogs-pa 1. to bind, fasten,
attach, to tie round, to tie to (opp. to
R^^'q hgrol-ica), pf. btagsy fut.
gdag^ imp. thogs.	tb buckle
on the armour ;	RX/Tp’qR'*yq	a
pillar to which an elephant is tied;
jYRAT4’4 to attach an oinament; w
adorned with fine ' ornaments;
^‘RT^’rVP*’4 to charge a person with
fault; IfR^F4 v. K;	to in-
terest one’s self in or for, to take care of:
why he
docs not interest himself in your behalf
88

690
I know not;	you have taken
great care of me, a phrase frq. used
whore we should say: I am much obliged
to you (Jd.);	to bind under
oath;	v.
to give a name to a child;
Я5Я** how is the dog to be called ? In
Gram. я^дргч=to subjoin, affix:	у
subjoined to another; r subjoined to
a letter; ^5^ the letter I subjoined to
another letter;	the three sub-
scribed letters % я, and Ч я^чргз^ hdogs-
ran 1. having a letter subscribed. 2. an
open syllable with a vowel-sign, as
5, etc.; я-r^n ha-hdog§ consonants
with the letter я subscribed, t.e., syllables
with the vowel elongated by the addition
of tho letter я.
hdon-wa pf. and imp. or
я^’ to go, to proceed; 'яХ^’Ч to sepa-
rate, to disperse:	я^с/q^q may
you without fatigue proceed happily!
jq-qS^^X^’q going direct to the king;
g’Xq’jw]^^q-q to take a walk outside;
he passed through
one hundred iron portals of the fort
(D.R.).
I; hdod-pa vb. to desire with
the mind, to wish, to bo willing; wq«’
does not wish for dainties, delicious
food;	he betrays repugnance
to eating it, also: he feigns not to like
this food; § Vq^'я^чкя^ he grows willing
to give;	he becomes disin-
clined ; to feel no longer inclined;
to wish to listen; З’^’З’яХ^ч whatever you
may wish;	to wish to be a king;
яХ\^ if you wish; я^’^’Э’* will be agree-
able, pleasing, obliging, flattering (Cs.).
I wish I were at home;
I
I am longing for firo and for siinshinc;
self-love;	self-com-
placency, vanity (I am alone good);
^^vq’gqN they came in order to ask
for the Chinese princess, i.e.y to make pro-
posal for her marriage ;	to
aspire after Buddha-hood; one that
wants to grow ill, that does not take care
of himself; яХ^ск^'ч to make willing,
disposed, persuaded to it; ^яХ\ч to bo
not willing, not liking;
as she was detested by all on
account of her slovenliness,	and
*я^д as adj. = not wished for, disagree-
able;	unpleasant work, hard
drudgery;	adverse "winds.
hdod-rmams трпцг utensils for
religious sendee in a temple.
II:	TW	1. lust, sensual
desire: ^AS’q’!l^’1V^ after all desires have
ceased; я^ця*г*глчцгч to indulge in
one’s desires or passions; ^Vq §S’q hdod-pa
§pyod-pa to practise cohabiting;
я^игч to agree upon the time for coha-
biting (Jd.). Is sometimes used as our
word “love,” but mostly with the sensual
idea. 2. any "wish or desiro: я^’Ч’^ an
ardent wish;	if three
wishes are granted; яХ^’Ч‘Jqq to get one’s
wish fulfilled; я^ч^’дчгч to be sepa-
rated from the object of one’s desire,
to be free from desires. 3. supposition
(Td. 45-21). 4. Kama, the god of lust;
5. num.: 13 (Ja.). 6. an object of sensual
pleasure, a mistress, я^’чд the ’ five
gratifications: (1) that of sight, desire
for beauty, etc.; (2) that of hearing, i.e.y
desire for music; (3) that of smelling,
desire for sweet scents; (4) that
of touch; (5) that of taste, i.e., desire for
sweet and delicious food.
691
the thirteen celestial courtezans:—(1)
(2)	fwtw; (3)
(4)	(5)
qq]’A5E;-5l; (6) S<|* C15’3C;$’a4 5 (?) ^'S’S^V51;
(8) З’Я^-Я; (9)°^'5<Y«; (10)
(11) 04’W^P; (12)	(13) 4V
$Ч|4Г«1.
Syn. H’S khi^ica ; sa-bon ;
khu-byug (Mnon.).
«XST3*^ . I: hdod-kham$ 4frwhff,
^wng’ the world of sensual pleasures,
the world of Brahma. It is situated
below Paranirmana-vasa-vartin and im-
mediately above the purgatory of the
Buddhist cosmogony.	’5У qB*Tq ’
^tS’X (So-rig.). ^XS’P^’S’^JS the eight
classes of gods of Kamaloka are:—
(1) ^’S|	(2)
(3)	; (4) «Jw§T
W	; (5) wg«l w; (6)
?lfra; (7)	sphrul-dgah	;
(8)	Kama-
loka is described in the Buddhist works
of Tibet as consisting of 44, 36, and 20
regions. In the first the constituents are
22 unhappy states and 22
happy states, the former consisting of eight
hot hells, eight cold hells, two (^'4
and ^’^), two	and P'^),
and two	and P ^); the 22
hajjpy states comprise the human beings of
the twelve continents and the ten states of
Asura headed by the demon Rahu. The
36 ^ypwi are:—the 16 hot and cold hells,
with the spheres of Preta and Asura,
making 18 unhappy states and 18
happier states which include residence in
the twelve fabulous continents and six
islands. The 20 ^X^P*^ are:—eight hells
of the animal kingdom, the two ghost
worlds, the four continents and the six
spheres of gods (Lon. 16 and 17).
^45’^P^ hdod-mkhan one who sues as
a- lover, a suitor, one wanting (a particular
thing):	there are
many suitors for my daughter.
^X5‘53 hdod-dgu lit. all wishes, i.e., the
desires in general, the word dgu hero
signifying many: Q^XVW’!4’4’ to trans-
form one’s body at pleasure. ^XS’S^’^ap
WP44 [freedom of transformation posses-
sed by gods; occurs in the Sankhya works
of the Brahmans] S.
qX5’5®i hdod-rgyal conceit, self-assurance:
one thinking much
of himself without cause (Situ. 119).
*X5’| hdod-rgyu
objects of desire ; wealth, prosperity, etc.
hdod ligro-ma—^\^^'^ a pros-
titute, harlot. (Mnon.).
hdod-chags wr, зггя passion,
carnal desire, lust:
-with the growth of
carnal desire, anger, and blind passion,
arises sin or vice (Zo.). In Budh.
^Xv*4!^ is of four kinds : (1)
bodily or physical wants; (2)
the desires of the intellect; (3)
«Xv*^ sensual desires; (4)
moral desires other than
those for perfect emancipation (A". d.
*4 UY
Syn.	mnon-shen; яй>'<^5 mnon-
hdod-,	Mcam-chags*, ^*4 shen-pa;
sred-pa; chags-pa; i5?XS rned-
hdod\ *Xvt|' hdod-spro',	yid-kyi
fin-rta никзг; ^re-iva; 34'rX5 thob-fidod.
(Mnon.),
hdod-chags-kyi rtse^na in
mystic phraseology is defined as=S^‘
*^1
692
чляч'д the red crest of the cock (d/ny.
111).
hdod-hjo^^S'^ a wish-
ing cow, a cow that yields milk at all times.
*Х\Я5* hdod-gtam—^^ or *ЯЯ^я
words of love, amorous conversation
(ДГлон.).
*Х\ЧЧГ^’4 hdod-thag ne-ua an expectant
impatient person; one expecting that his
wishes would be soon fulfilled. чЧ5’чЯ
hdod-thag ma-ne not impatient,-not sangu-
ine, not thinking that his object would be
soon fulfilled : *<5^'*	^я*
slowly and patiently he ascended the hill
(Я. 131).
hdod-ldan TrfipT,
1. lustful, p^sionate. 2. n. of a
flower;	n. of a flower (К. my.
*\20.)
hdod-gdjtf^	one
smitten with love, love-stricken.
hdod-du§ яд, the spring
season.
hdod-don 1. desire, object of
desire :	(^**5)
if the objects of desire be divers, not one
is fulfilled. 2. v.
*Х\ХЯ’^ hd^d-nog-ean^^^'^ very
ambitious, with many desires. |яц’чХ\^Я‘
the boy wishful of many things, who
knows not his mind (Л. 139).
Kamadcva=QAV^W*q’
w (Жом.).
яХ^йгдядя hdod-pahi myo^-bnm the.
intoxicating bowls of lust=вк*#5'я^
the swelling breast of a youthful woman
(Mnon.).
4XS’q’Y§Sq tidod-pa-na spyod-pa Жтяг<-
[walking or doing according to
one’s desire ; a class of gods living in the
world of desire] S'.
qAVqhdod-pa Idan 1. wishing; a
lustful person. 2. = S^’q (Mnon.).
hdod-phyog$ the objects of
one’s desires:	various
articles of desire (Ya-sel. I/O).
*XS’S hdod-bya sre copulation, the act
of cohabiting.
hdod-dican—met. a dog.
RXS‘§5 hdod-byed l.:=W£ quicksilver.-
2. as met. water, frolicsome.
hdod-bral 1. met. a snake. 2.
passionless, free from desire.
*X^ hdod-me i.’met. a he-goat. 2. the
fire of lust.
hdod-$pyod-ma~W\°$^ a pros-
titute, a voluptuous woman, a libidinous
woman.
hdod-rtsen as met. the
cuckoo.
чХ\ЯЗЯ^ hdod-gzugs abbr. of
(Ya-sel. 55).
hdodshen^^^ passion,
selfishness.
<Хд'^Я hdod-log desire for sexual enjoy-
ment, lewdness, wrong desire : яХ/^Я’
hdod-log $pyod—*R^ copulaton, gen.
illicit connection, adultery. Syn.
gron-pahi cho§,	hdod-pa spyod,
mi-tshon $pyod, «Я^'55 chags-spyod,
tog-gy&m (Mnon.).
^5'°* hdod-le defined as ^g.
hdod-(tfi$ bskyan^-pa one
who acts according to his will, a libertine ;
to act according to one’s own wish.
hdod-sred passion, eager desire-
qX/V9\^ hdod-sred-can avaricious, greedy. •
hdod-pa-ni rul lla-bu
W: rotten or putrid desire.

693	rXv^'Wx'4’5£,c'|4I I
«О^-ц^хц hdod-pa-ni dri-na-ica
ОТ. desire of a bad smell.
hdod-pa rnams-ni
kun-tu hbar-wa зтгип the (his, her)
burning desires injure everywhere or
everything.
hdod-pa rnams-ni gsod-
pa ^v-^ггнт: desires which kill, killing
desires.
hdod-pa, rnam-par gyo-
wa fickle desires.
4^V4’S5q hdod-pa zpyod-pa v.
hdod-pa shi.
hdod-pa la hdod-chags
TOOT carnal desire, lust.
Q^q’urx$wq hdod-pa-la hchum^-pa W
one who restrains his desire or
increasing desire.
ч^-q-B-q hdod-pa ohe-wa one who has
many desires, discontented: <^5’q’^’e,'^’Qr
q^-q^,	the man
who has' many desires is unhappy; if you
wish for happiness limit your desires and
be contented {Pha-chos 80).
AJ^q-qf q hdod-pa hjo-wa	[that
which yields all that is desired]#.
hdod-pa nid ТШ desire itself
desirousness.
Q^-q-^-q hdod-pa gpyod-pa — ^^ sexual
union (ITkcw.).
^*q5'p*5 q hdod-pahi kha-lo-pa n. of a
celestial courtezan (МЯоп.).
Q^-q^jg-^E; hdod-pahi khri-qin an
epithet of the wife of Kamadeva.
fidod-pahi ta-la the cuckoo as
the messenger of the spring
{Шоп.).
hdod-pahi dri^=?\fy№ scent,
perfumery (jffion.).
4^5'qq iJ hdod-pahipho-па 1.
music, sweet sounds. 2. semen virile.
3. the cuckoo.
hdod-pahi rtsod-ldan
desire for dispute, debate, contention
[eager] #.
hdod-pahi tsher-gnas чгтягд*.
[lustful, life]#.
hdod-pahi gzugs-can з»гч-
personification of sensual love.
hdod-pahi yon-tan Ina Чя[-.
[five sensual pleasures, viz., the
pleasures arising from the five objects of
sense]#.
R^5*q5 4 VW hdod-pahi yon-tan wished-
for goods, earthly goods and pleasures,
whatever is gratifying to the senses.
q^-qS-Хя hdod-pahi rim	lust-
fever.
^•q?‘*j hdod-pahi lha 1. ^<=ru a
tutelary deity. 2. hdod-lha
the god of love or illicit desire. However,
mention is frq. of six classes of Dod-lha
or gods of desire, e.g.,
f ^’WK<4’»l’«rq^5’^5’
avqqq*r^’4^i| one day the gods of the six
classes of gods of desire being distinctly
visible to a great distance, the rain of
nectar began to descend from those above
on those below {Mil. Gfur. 191).
Kamadeva or
the god of sensual love whose other names
are:	yid-la§ §kyes; n^v^'^'B
qVq'Wgv gshan-las ma-skyes bdad-la§ byun ;
dran-pahi fin-rta; snin-la
rial; hgro-rtsen*, OV^'^VW ^Ли-
srin rgyal-mtshan-can;	hkhor-
wahi bla-ma;	§tobs-ldan btfiems;
yid-la nal;	sdom-pahi
dgra; W me-tog gshu-can;
694
mdah Ina-pa; S4l^’qS:,l’q dgah-mohi bdag-
po; 'W\ shi-mihar byed; hppmed;
gshan-hphrul dwan^byed
bdag;	те-tog mdah-can ; ST’3q‘
S3 dkah-lhub dgra; myo$-byed;
§bran-rtsihi kha-lo-pa*, ^’54^’
чХя yid-srub$ tshan$-bcom;	Л4! na-yi
tog ; t’VP al * rtse-dgahi bla-rna ; S^’Wgq*
yid-la§ byun\	dgah-rab dwan-
phyng\	ni-mahi vndah*,
hgro-wahi qin-rta ;	bdud sdig-can;
яА\^я hdod-pahi lha; ВА'Я^д khyab hjug-
bu (Mnon.).
hdod-lhahi chun-mahd
min tho several names of the wife of Kania:
bdud-kyi dgah-ma; $р|*я?‘я
sgeg hgro-ma;	hdod-chag$
hkhri-tpfi (Mnon.).
hdod-lhahi-bu rnam§ the
sons of Kama, who are :—Jag-pa
brgya-pa,	sna-tshogs tog,
cKtgj’Sjq tshan$-pahi blo-gro$, «ячрщч
hgag$-pa,	ded-dpon dbyan$-
snan, bio bzan-po,	mig-
bzan blo-gros, й q mi gyo-wa,
blo-gros rtse-gdg,	bsod-nams
rgyan, Xq'^AS chos-hdod,	seii-
gehi sgra sgrogs-pa,	blo-gros nan-
pa,	tshan$-$pon, gj4^ glog-lha
(Mnon.).
hdon-pa, pf. fut. ace. to
Cs. яА5», imp. thon 1. to cause to go
out or to come forth, to expel, throw out,
eject, to take out (from a box); to dismiss;
to drive forth: яз^яА^’4 to sbed tears;
;|5 яАуч to utter, to ejaculate, to pronounce
two consonants as two distinct sounds;
qgq^AAY4 to pronounce a magic formula ;
practising reading
and pronouncing (reciting);	to
read in monotone a book; ^‘яА^’*^’2*
(Ta. 95-11) resp. = r^i'§S’q to read by
heart; ^^NQ,AA^‘q to read silently. W3‘
q to pull out another’s life, to kill
him. 2. fig. to elevate, to raise: §'ФГ5'*Х^
or	to raise to the throne;
to arrive at the end and scope
of religious knowledge (Mil.) 8. in W. to
take, to taste, to eat or drink;
would you like a taste of that ?
dining-room; for 5'^; for
w’Mj brandy (Ja.). Kha-hdon in
rites &e. to be per-
formed by reciting by heart (Rtsii.).
hdon-dmag troops that are
drawn up, i.e., have been arranged for
battle. ^XvVKT<Ql^'CJI)qF’ hdon-dmag gsar-
tegrigs re-arrangement of troops for
battle.
hdon-ga §ton-hjal the realiz-
ation of meat-tax in the autumn (Rtsii.).
hdom or hdom-pa a lineal
measure, four cubits or six feet in
length, a fathom:	a piece of
wood twro fathoms long;	one
fathom;	a fathom
square, about the length of an arrow
(Hbroni. 41).	hdom-gyis
hjal-wa 1. to measure by fathoms (Cs.).
2. sbst. a strong jail or dungeon.
fafom nu§-pa=^-p-^*q> g’V
q W^E/^5 «ГЯА*’
(Khrid.).
fydom-ра or generally
hdom^.pa, pf-	g.dam$ or dams, fut.
gdam, imp- l^sw hdom$ 1., to induce,
to admonish, to exhort:
*X»«rq bag med-pa rnams^a hdom?-pa- to
exhort wicked persons’;
695
^1
brtson-par hdoms-pa to exhort to be diligent
(Td.). 2. to assemble, to come together.
the gods having come
together and appeased themselves {Mil.).
to demonstrate, explain;
w to explain
precepts or advice; demonstration, expla-
nation (Situ. dl). 4. to select, to choose :
choose one, which-
ever you wish.
hdom$ private parts:
the penis, the male organ;
eolloq. to take to one’s
heels;	hdoms-lpag§ foreskin, pre-
puce;	hdom$-ras	a small
apron to cover the privy parts (Cs.)
hdoms-dkris' the dhuti worn-by
the Hindus and particularly by the natives
of Bengal (Жш.). [wr^t, W?t,’ a
chequered cloth for playing at draughts
on, etc.]S.
hdor met. the sun. Hdor kha-ica
n. of a medicinal drug (Mnon.) [the
plant Cassia alata or Tora^S.
hdor-w a, pf. and imp. dor
to cast forth, to throw out, to
eject; to reject, to fling away; to sweep
off or away; to give up. or
rejecting and taking, deciding for or
against;
would you abandon or not the practice of
secret charms, he said. ^4‘^vq=3prq-
to fling forth one’s steps, to stride on;
hdor-bya ОТ, жгщ any thing
forsaken or to be abandoned.
hdor-byed 1. one who for-,
sakes or abandons. 2. met. blood. 3. ^R;
the spyi-shur plant of Tibet
(Mnon.) [the tree Terminal la towpntosa,
qt Mar si lea quadrifolia^S.
05^’4 hdol-pa a kind of plant used
for fire-wood in Tibet {Rtsii.).
hdol-sa fertile ground or soil {Sch.).
hdra or hdra-wa fw,
; 1. a comparative term, which may
be used after the manner of a verb, an
adj., or a postp. meaning: to be like;
equal, similar; like, as, just as. When
used in the postpositional manner=like,
as, etc., it is then syn. with Itar or
lta-buy and in the eolloq. has completely
supplanted the latter. As a verb it has a
pf. tense which in eolloq. is the com-
moner postp., e.g.., hdi hdras like
this, so, such. It gen. takes 5V as
й	you cannot tell a real man
that he is like a man;
as to the monkey it is right to say that
it is like man. But often is omitted:
^•^ = 0’5 like a g°d;	=
like a donkey;	these equal things,
these images,sku-hdra\
you two resemble each other
very much;	equal in
length;	amongst those
who are woman-like ;
his brightness is equal to (that of)
Brahma;
esteeming other’s advantage as high as our
own;	he behaved
to all as to an only son;
others’shall allow it just as little
as he himself;	in
order to become equal to Buddha;
% a place such as should be enquired
about;	whether there is any-
thing like hair (left) ?	he ^ound
the remnants of a carcass or something
like it;	as much as dead;
hdi hdras hur ma rgyab cig

696
^5'41
don’t make such a noise;
gan-na$ blta§ kyan hdre gin-
pa hdra from whatever way you look
at him he is like what a demon is;
**’*V’a^ if it appears feasible;
ч'А^ it seems I shall be obliged to give it;
as your strength
this time at last seems to be rather great;
й’А^-q dissimilar, unequal, different:
khyehu chun-
fiu kha-dog mi-hdra-wa Ifia hkhruns-te there
issued forth five little boys each of a
different colour;	$fiar daft
mi-hdra-wahi bde happiness not equal to
that which was before; ^г<гагЯ‘а^ч«ч
not like or not befitting a priest. а^а^’ч
hdi hdra-tca or	hdra-wa sueh,
^o ; £а^ч of what kind, of what
like ;	you must tell
mo minutely how she looks, what kind
of appeamco she has ?	what
will be the upshot ? whore is this to end ?
he becomes just what
I am; how? what like? In IK.
rntshogs takes the place of or g*.
hdra-hdra colloq. (danda)
match, rival, the two alike ; •*] or
5^’Эsomething similar
to the substance of tin is called zinc.
%hdra mi-hdra like and unlike;
equality, likeness, similarity : а^Э-а^ч
hdra mi-hdra lta-гса to examine the like-
ness.
hdra-icar bshefi§ image or
likeness of a person or thing; a statue;
anything drawn to resemble an original.
Syn. sku-hdra\	gzugt-
brnan; hdra-wa; а^’Ача) hdra-hbag
(JI non.).
hdra-wo 1. as if:
as if he was made to doubt. 2. likeness,
copy.
a^hdra-$u§~^^ exact or true copy.
a^*i hdrafa 1. v. 2. v. *31* ”.
0,^5 hdradv. ^5
h(fran=°W C^a’SV bdran zla
byed-pa to rival).
0*^’4 hdral-pa = *wz ; pf. drat I.
to break, violate; vr^ A^q-q f0 break a
promise;	to break or violate
law (flag. 39). 2. to tear to pieces, to
rend asunder; to rip open (an animal) :
л ono who tears asunder a grating
or lattice (Situ. 84).
Сч
Аул hdri-гса pf. and imp. V4 drU or
hdris, srj, to to ask, to ask for,
enquire after or about (a thing):
a place for asking advice, oracle;
enquired after his parents;
to ask a question. Tho honorific form
for this verb is Q A shu-wa which is used
to signify an inferior enquiring of a
superior, whereas when the latter asks
anything of the former *X’q is the verb
employed. However, *Vq is also some-
times found where one would expect
to be used; thus in Tangyur, mdo, xciii,
131, we read:
A^N	w AT the gelong
having enquired, the conqueror Bhagavan
because he sees all replied to him. . Again
in Pth. we find: ч**^ *5V4! «М’З* 6*r
V*‘q the king enquired of Buddha
Amitahha. 2. sometimes occurs for а§*ч
3. wvl address.	hdri-byed
interrogation, inquiry. *V?* bdri thos
information.
c\
hdr id-pa l.=4’q $lu-wa to
entrap, delude, deceive. 2. v. *§5’q hbrid-pa.
*5*[q hdrim-pa incorrectly for а§яч
hbrim-pa.

697
hdril~way pf. dril 1. to roll
down, to be rolled along or down; to be
joined, entwined or wrapped or enveloped;
^•^’З'^Е/дкя^огч hod-zer-gyi gan-bur
hdril-wa to be wrapped into a covering of
light; Щbiosems gcig-tu
hdril-te whilst our minds were flowing
down together;	the
country men uniting together (forming
a league) conspired against (me);
я^ч ri-wo no§-la hdril rolls down the slope
of a hill. 2. vb. a. like to wrap
up, to coil, to roll about:	ras-
kyis hdril-wa to wrap up in cotton cloth ;
to wrap up in five sorts of
silk; Зяя^чч covered or sheathed
with copper;	amal-
gamate the gastric mucous with stone-ash.
dril-icas wrapping it together, in
short, to sum up all; ^ня^ч’А to roll about
the tongue, moving it to and fro (&?Л.).
C\
hdris-pa qfbu?, qftfau
to be well acquainted with; to be known
intimately to; to be accustomed to:
* *4'5 as soon as you are acquainted with,
immediately after acquaintance ;
do not express your
heart immediately upon becoming ac-
quainted (Jty.); an acquaintance, a
sympathizing friend.
hdru-wa v. *9'4:	to dig
a hole, ditch (Nag. 30).
hdrugs-pa	hkrugs-
pa to stir up, agitate. 2. to fall into small
pieces; to crumble (away) (Sch.).
hdrud-pa pf. and imp. §5
drud 1. to drag, haul or pull along:
чгч’я^ч tn drag on the ground ; *4'^5^
to pull at a rope. 2. to rub: $*гя^а to
rub the body; я^уч to polish wood, to
plane wood; м^ч^я^\1я^1is striking a
match.
hdrub-pa pf. and imp.§A drub
or drubs 1. = я^яч to sew. 2. to em-
broider; яЭ>я*я^ч needle work; я$фг$’5‘а
hdrubssu bya-wa=!^\^	needle-
work or sewing. 3. to heal up: й’я^ the
wound is healed.
я§ч*ч hdrul-wa pf. drul 1.= $чч to
rot, to grow putrid. ядгАЯ’§Я’А hdi al-war
gyur-wa to become putrid, to become
decomposed. 2.= ^яч to slip down, to
fall down:
(ri. 17) making the weapon of another
angry deity to fall down.
hdre a general term for a
demon, or evil spirit; ^’Я^ <p-hdre the
ghost of the dead;	gson-hdre a
goblin possessing a living man ; в я^ bya-
hdre bird-goblin ; za-hdre a word for
“owl ” (Ja.); я^чтя^ hdres-hkhyer carried
off by goblins; я^Д’^is this
a man or is it a demon ? я^-я^ч’ч hdre
hdul-wa to subdue or suppress evil spirits.
qWTl3t' hdre-dkar a class of demons whom
the Bon worship with a view to keep off
other mischievous spirits; я^а^ч Hdre-
bkol n. of a disciple of Padma Sambhava
(Deb. 4d).	hdre §krod-pa to cast
out evil spirits; я^’Ч hdre-pho a male
devil; я^д hdre-bu a young devil; я^Й
hdre-то a female devil; я^йд^ hdre-me-
bud the fire-blowing devil, the will-o’-the-
wisp, ignis 'fatuus (Schtr.) ; я^ад) hdre-
dmag a troop of demons, a goblin host.
я^я£ч]М hdre-hjigs чГ lit. the devil’s
fear, a fragrant gum resin the smoke of
which is a terror to ghosts and evil spirits.
89
698

hdrc-hjigs thaft-chun= g’g^’
^’3 (mystic) (Smau.).
hdre-rje badsra (0^ ^ khyun-po
rdo-rje) n. of a celebrated physician of
Tibet who was born of the family of Byu
t hog-pa. He was physician to king Gun-
son gun-btsan. (Gyu. 2.).
hdre-ldog [a plunderer]S.
hdre-pan-kha n. of a medicinal
fruit =^,'?4| $gon-thog (Vai-$n.).
’^V^l hdrc-gig lit. ‘devil louse/s= bed-
bug.
I: hdre-wa pf. and imp.
hdres^ acc. to Ja. vb. n. to bsre-tca
1. to be mixed up with, to blend together;
to go together:	phyogs geig-
tu hdre§ mixed together, miscellaneous;
hdres-mtsham$ the limits of con-
junction ;	tshig-gshan ma-
hdres-рат without mingling other talk
with (the conversation);	k/ia
dan §nift-ina-hdres a man with .whom outer
word and inner feelings do not blend;
eho^-dan eho§ ma-yin-pa
hdres a medley of religion and irreligion.
In an absolute sense :
identifying himself with overt
practices, he became a Brahmanist;
dud-hgro hdres-pa an animal of
mixed breed, a cross, mongrel;
ma-hdre$-pa unmixed, pure, unadulter-
ated;	ma-hdre§-par without con-
founding or mixing up together, sharply
discriminating (partly from Ja.).
II ’	rig-pa§ hdre-wa)
1. to diserbnmate by intelligence. 2. to
interfere with > to have intercourse
with, to enga8e :
Taft-sems bfa-nM ^fyes-pas bde through your,
the lama’s, intercourse with my soul,
I am happy (Jd.).
я^’ч hdreg-pa (y. ядч]ч hbreg-pa),
pf. я^чргч hdreg$-pa: to excise, to shave
the hair, to pare nails, etc. я^ч|’^ hdreg-
mkhan Hifqu; a barber, one who
crops hair. Syn. of latter term:
Jcra-mkhan; zla-hdsin;
mtho-ri$-grag§;	mthar-gna$-pa;
ядяр hbreg-pa (Mnon.). я^]’*руз|в|Ч[а&
hdreg-inkhan-gyi lag-cha ♦fifacj hw; the
implements of a barber.
45^'4 hdred-pa~	blo-scm$
sun-pa 1. to bo sick of (at heart), to bo
disgusted or annoyed. 2. to slide, glide,
to slip (Jd.).
я\<уаьад hdren-cha$, defined as
$pyad-lag phar-lshur $por-wa the
removal of things from one place to
another (Rtsii.). я^учк/ hdren-than=*&^
та-chen a cook (Mfton.).
Я^’Ч1 : hdren-pa pf. draft or 55**
drafts fut. draft) imp. як’ dron or
drofts 1. to draw, to pull: 2)с/я^уч gift
hdren-pa to haul wood ; *ч|’ОД‘Х’^ч|’я^уч
to drag a cropse by a rope;
the feathers pulled forth
from the peacock were placed in the sacred
jar. 2. to conduct, to draw along, to
invite: wя^уц lam dren-pa to guide in a
journey, a guide; ‘S4!log hdren-pa to
mislead, to take to the wrong way, i.e.)
to the state of unhappiness and hell;
yul-du dmag hdren-pa to
conduct an army into a country;
invited the wayfarer
indoors ; to invite is usually rendered by
or	$pyan-ma
drans-par hgro-wa to go uninvited; §1*
ЭД
699
^1
spyan-hdren-pa also= to call up a
spirit, to invite or draw up a deity:
having placed the vessel of fate
at the eastern entrance, the lama (stand-
ing) in front made offerings to the tute-
lary deity he had conjured up and
meditated on the very void. Sometimes,
also, the form §^‘^'q must be merely
literally rendered, e.</.,	$4^’SMV
drawing to his eyes a little sleep at
dinner, or closing his eyes for a short nap
when eating. Other usages of ^‘q may
be quoted:	to suck; ^'%Vq
§na-hdren pa to guide, lead, e.g.,
to conduct water, to irrigate;
$habs hdren-pa to disgrace, to bring shame
to, to insult; bio'hdren-paor «К
^Vq to persuade, to induce;	to
appoint; also to go to meet; to invite.
II:	the chief, lord, hus-
band, guide:	the lama is my
guide:	hdren-pa gtso гпцч? the
chief leader, a husband.
hdren-ma = °\^^ hdres-ma
complex.
•s
05^’4 hdres-pa ; fas,
to be mixed; a mixture:	chu-
dan ho-та hdre$-pa a mixture of milk and
water.	^,qXN’q a mixture as
of sin and property.
Syn. hkhrugs-pa; hchol-wa
(Mfion.).
^T4! hdre^-rhog disorder, confusion;
sde-tshan hdrefprnog med-
par' no disorder in the chapters and
sections of the book (Rtsii.).
hdrei-par gyur^t^ become
mixed up.
hdres-ma medley, mixture,
anything mixed up together:
like different sorts mixed up together
(flag. 39).
hdrog-pa 1. to wince, shrink,
quiver, shudder (from fear); 5'QV4'q rta
hdrog-pa the shying of a horse ;
hdrog-can shy, skittish, easily frightened.
2. «VTSfc’4 hdrog slon-ua take by surprise,
to deceive by cunning, to outwit (Jd.).
^’4 hdron-pa (S^q’^fa’q) to believe,
confide in : 0W4lai^€^q,4|wc’§c''4^^V
<4 the detailed clear news obtained
from you being reliable.
Mron$-pa= Q^'q hdren-pa.
Jldron-ikyon-gi bu Ka-
s'yapa Rishi, the son of 4^’5*’ JJdron-
skyon the keeper of light.
hdrobs-pa straight.
^’4 Rda-wa one of the thirty-six
border-countries of India (Ya-sel. 38).
rdan* v. gdaft.
r dab-pa to fold, pile one upon
another; clapping one hand against ano-
ther, v. Xq’q rdeb-pa. ^4’3 rdab-sgra sound
of clapping of the hands, clap (Rtsii.).
rdar-ica to sharpen, grind: §’*5*
gri rdar-ua to sharpen a knife, v. ^’ч
bdar-ica.
rdab== thar-thor scattered,
separated from each other as houses are
in the suburbs of a town :	grofi-rdal
the suburbs of a town (Nag* 40).
^•q|
700	^l|
^*4’4 rdal-wa—^^ hgram-pa,pi. and
fut. brdal, imp. rdol, also gdal-
wa, bdal-tca to spread, stretch
out, to include:	rdstn-gi
xhabs-bye ma$ brdal the bottom of the
pond is strewn with sand;
dam-cho$ than-mar rdal-wa la now
when holy religion (Buddhism) lies before
you as if it were spread out in a plain,
i.e., when it is accessible to all;
khyab-rdal comprehensive; all-embracing:
the mind is all-
embracing ; so^rdal slowly, not in
a hurry
rdig for	all the
utensils and furniture of a house.
rdig$-pa to beat {Sch.), prob.=
V4’q rdeg-pa.
^'4 rdib-pa, pf. rdib$, to crumble,
to fall to pieces, collapse, cave in :
khan-pa rdib-pa the house breaks down;
thog rdib-pa tho roof gives way
{Nag. 40). Also to get dinted, battered
(like tin vessels by a blow or knock)
(Jd.).
rda-ica a thistle (Cs.).
rdug-pa, pf. brdugs, fut.
brdug 1. to conquer, to worst: ШW
3^	'54! the Nagas having
overcome and worsted the Asuras. 2. to
devastate, wreck, undo : ^sqKqyqirqq as
all the resources were destroyed;
«‘Is’4 glag§-ma rned-pa desti-
tute, wrecked {fiag. 40); и rdug-pa
or hu-rdug§ a wreck, one shattered
by indiscreet actions, entangled with debts
and vicissitudes, a destitute person; 3’5^
phu-rdug$ a bewildered person.
rdun a small mound, hillock {Jd.).
5^ rdun-wa= q^’q> pf. brdun$,
fut. чу/ brduH, imp. brdun% or у
rdun 1. to beat, to striko, to drub; X’W
уч to beat with a hammer;
лугУ* having beaten a large drum of
lion acacia (Pth.); y*T^| rdun$-$ig beat
him, strike him; Jy’4 sgo rdufi-wa to
knock at a door. 2. to break to pieces,
to smash, to beat out (g*^ bra-bo buck-
wheat with a stick); У у $ten-rdun a
pestle; Spy ч bro rduft-гса to dance; ’JSy ч
gshu rdufi-wa to bend the bow (v. Schl. on
Dzl. 162-11); y*M rduti-TMan=^'%
a beater, striker, fighter, fuller. y4)^!
rdun-gtag prob, a drubbing, a sound-
thrashing :	I have got a thrash-
ing {Jd.); у 9s rdun-byed—S^'^ a stick,
a striker; y^p rdun-htshog-pa==чу A
to cudgel, a cudgelling {Nag. 40).
^<£1 rdum maimed, limbless:
arm loss; tailless {Nag. 40); у
у rkan-rdum a maimed foot; yy rwa-
rdum a mutilated horn; J* 2*, rtse
metf-pa, headless, without the top;
y’9Vq to mutilate; anything mutilated,
maimed.
rdul кзт:, xriu 1. dust, motes,
particles of dust in the air visible in
the rays of the sun, pollen В’ДЧ’чГу’
$5 all the particles of the procrea-
tive fluid {Vai. $n.). 2. the subtle
components of impalpable or intangible
things (such as smells, heat, cold, etc.);
perhaps molecule,	monad. у 3’5^ ^
rdul-gyi $nifi-po	[the essence of
dust; camphor]#.	rdul-gyithig-le
Tmtfnw [mark of dust]#. у’З* rdul-thul
dust arises.	rdul mi-thul-war

701
byed-pa 1. to lay the dust, minutest
particles. 2. a woman’s menstrual dis-
charge. 3 rdul-phra rab ЧТЧТ75 or
rdul-phra rab cha-med atom,
indivisible particle. rdul-phran or
the minutest particle;
^Vl’q rdul-du rlog-pa =
rdul-thal-bar r log-pa to crush or pound a
thing until it is reduced to powder ;
glan-rdul a mote in the dung of an ox, a
small particle of cowdung; rdo-rje
rdul diamond-powder;	rdul-dmar
vermillion powder. ^'<4
rdul-tshub a whirling cloud of dust.
rdul-tshon paint-powder, coloured stone-
dust, used in ceremonies for making figures
drawn in the sand more visible (Rtsii.).
rdul-gzan a blouse, a travelling-
cloak against dust, a god wears it (Vai.
kar.).
^^rdul-ean 1. dusty. 2.= ^’^. 3.
тзт^гг in menstruation.
rdul-can mahi-bu the son of
Rdul-can-ma, Paras'urama
Ч’ЖЯ ^rdul Ьса$-та=^^*№ a
young girl, a maiden, damsel, young
woman (Mnon.).
rdul-hjoms [wi destroyer of
dust; water]&
rdul-ldan 1. т^иЦаЪее. 2.
night»
rdul-hphyan	[reduced
to dust]/?.
^rg«l rdul-ЬгаЦ faToiXf (A. K. 1-61)
= 4^'4 salvation, emancipation (Mnon.).
rdul-та dust.
rdul-mun snin-stob§ acc. to
Dus-hkhor-lo (Kalachakra) : ^T^wojeror
| ^’4*^
(Rgyan.
11).
-s
rde in compounds for % rdehu.
rdeg-pa or $^N*4 rdegs-pa,
rdegs or 4$*|« brdegs, fut. 4$4| brdeg, imp.
brdcgs or rdeg: 1. to beat, strike,
smite;	rdeg-cin spyod-pa
to commit rape; to force cohabi-
tation ;	me-lon-la brdeg-cin
beating the looking glass in anger;
$<rp&q,§j'g<i|'4£’'4 rdeg-htshog-gi sdug-bsnal
torment of corporal punishment, the ill-
fortune of getting a beating. 2. to push,
thrust, knock, kick;	phul-rdeg
byed-pa to give a blow with the fist (Sch.);
rdeg-cha mkhan== *^‘4 black-
smith (Mnon.); M rdcg-ehos a dance;
$4]‘I*T4 rdeg cho§-pa to dance. 4?4| brdeg
seems to occur also as pres, tense; also in
combinations:	4&уч4*г
btsan thabs-kyi brdeg hchag gnan na§
giving thumpings and rendings of a
violent kind (Mil.).
rdeb da-ru (Vai-sn.) incorrectly
for ; deodar, a species of cedar.
ч r deb-pa for |4’4 sdeb-pa.
rdeb^-pa acc. to Jd. prob, the
original form, but of rare occurrence, for
$4'4 r dab-pa pf. 4$4^j brdabs, fut. 4$q 1.
to throw down with a clap, to fling or
knock down:	lus-sa-la rdeb$-pa
to prostrate one’s self;	rta§-rdeb$
thrown by a horse. 2. to throw to and
fro, to toSS about:	4
гпдо-гсо rdebs-fin hdre-ldog-pa to roll on the
ground as ponies do, to wallow. 3. to
stumble: ^’$4’4 or $4’*«i‘4 to elip and
stumble (Sch.).	*
702

rdehu or rdel-po diminutive of
rdo 1. Small stone, pebble.
rdehu b$kyur-wa bshin like a little stone
thrown on the ground (G7r.). 2. the stone,
calculus in males, mo-rde in females;
q rdehu chag$-pa the concrescence
of a calculus;	4 rdehu hdon-pa the
removing of stone (Ca.); rdel-dkar a
white pebble (C^.); rdel-khra a colour-
ed pobble (Cs.);	rdel-hgram (lit,
tho spreading of little stones) the count-
ing with pebbles (Cs.). 3. a musket-ball
or bullet.	rdehu bcud-len the
enchanted pebble; anciently in India the
Buddhist sages used to enchant pebbles
with the pretence of subsisting on them
when performing contemplative feats.
rdehu chan-bran pimples on face
from excessive drinking. rdehu-par
a bullet fount or bullet mould.
rdo цтчлц, wr, ’W,	1. a stone,
a boulder. 2. main or real point (in a
memorial, complaint or application). 3. a
weight, for weighing things by a balance.
dnul-rdo a stone containing silver,
silver ore; sprin-rdo prob, a topaz;
§bra-rdo asbestos; me-rdo fire-
stone, flint; zur-rdo corner-stone;
gser-rdo gold ore, stone containing
gold (Cs.); a boulder; ^Я rdo-rtsig
a stone wall; rdo-zam stone bridge;
rdohi rnam gyur formed of stone;
a stone image of S'akya-thubpa;
^5’9 mineral formation; rdo zo-wa
stone-worker, quarry-man; ^’Я^Я^ rdo
gshogs a cut or squared stone.
Syn. rdo-ica; 84 sped; gor-ma;
ч?ч13 btsog.po-, S*ju-po-, «1^ gtun (Mnon.).
Tda-dkar	a bind of
crystal)	a stonc^ acc*
to Sch. alabaster.	a mineral
medicine (Mnon.).
rdo-klad a stone resembling a
sheep’s brain in appearance, and used as a
remedy for diseases of the brain. (Sman.).
rdo-skyur another mineral medicinal
substance (Sman.).
rdo-§kye§ twrsrnj; Ьйитеп=дЯ’
9^ brag-shun (Mnon.). rdo-bcud bitu-
men (mystic) (Mift-rda. J). rdo-skrau
a kind of steatite or soap-stone (Jd.)
rdo-kha vein in a stone; also=r4'
rtsa-wa bzufi-sa what is fundamental
in the points of an argument; the basis of
tho complaint in a suit; the subject
matter.	(j?.
fcZ. 6).
^‘рЯ rdo-khog 1. a hollow or natural
cavern in a rock. 2. acc. to Jd.: a stone-
pot
rdo-mkhan 1.	stone-
cutter, or worker. 2. the thunder.,
rdo-mkhris	gallstone
(Mnon.). Used, it is asserted, as a medi-
cinal application : %
(Sman.).
rdo-rgyud various kinds of soft
stones, as serpentine, soap-stone, chalk, etc.
rdo-rgyu$ 1. a medicinal stone
(Шоп.). This mineral cures swellings of
the veins and sprains and contraction of
the muscles (Sman.). 2. oath in contract-
ing friendship to make it lasting.
rdo-hchan a stone of such a size
as can easily be held by a man as a
weapon.
^Я Rdo-hjog cRfasrrTaxila, n. of a
sacred place of the Buddhists; the ancient
capital of the Panjab when Alexander
the Great invaded that region.
X'^l	703
rdo-mnen a soft kind of stone,
alabaster.
X^' rdo-^nin or ^’«^ 5 l. = g^
ЛН, iron, lit. the pith of stone,
iron removes the
poison of diseased liver (Sman.). 2.
acc. to Sch. jasper [emerald]#.
X^ rdo-thal (X^) (Mfton.) stone-ashes
(Cfe.), calcined stone (<7a.), quicklime (&//.),
chalk (Schtr.) But v.
(#wwn.). Xw34Prq rdo-thal by ugs-pa to
rough-cast, to plaster.
X'Xfl r6?o-6fen=X^'3'§c'^ (Rtsii.) purport,
substance of any prayer or application.
X’VI rdo-dreg	a kind of pitch)
(Mfton.) not as in Jd. the dirt on stone.
X^VH^VqV'qpitch eradicates chro-
nic inflamation’and poison (Sman.).
Х|* rdo-snum rock-oil, petroleum; X|5,‘
’5^=v-4 oiled iron used as horoscopic dice.
Xifa rdo-$po$ solid incense : X?N4^q^
do-spos is of use in some
constitutional diseases (Sman.).
Xw«r$’»X tdo hphan^-pahi rndo n. of a
sfttra in the Mdo section of the Kahgyur
* 426 describing the miraculous feat of
Buddha in throwing missiles performed
by him in the country of the Malta.
X'4 rdo-tca is another word for X rdo
a stone : X^^4^	W’h”'
M	in winter time the soil
becomes (hard) like stone (Khrid.); X^
rdo-tcar gyur-pa чпяпп converted
into stone, turned into fossil.’
rdo-sbrags explained as
Sbe-ser ni-ma than-gi bla-ma
(flag. 53}.
X^S rdo-tshad a bar of silver bullion of
about 4 pounds in weight.
Х^ч| rdo-tshig=^*9fi4 a firm expres-
sion or word (flag. 40)-
X’§^ rdo-shun bitumen, mineral pitch.
X'4 rdo-sho lime (both quick and
slaked).
X’^lXS rdo-gshod [a mallet for break-
ing small stones]#.
X^’ rc&-^w==X^^§5 (Mnon.).
X'^’54Tqt|^ rdo-yi rgyal-po bshi the
four kings of stone, viz.: tortoise-shell
stone—	g*] q.
X'SVw^ rdo-yi %а$-сап==-^*Л
met. a pigeon (Mfton.).
X’^‘ rdo-rin or X^tN rdo-rins a stone
pillar, obelisk or monument, or an orna-
ment of buildings. There is a famous
Do-ring near the chief temple of Lhasa
with an inscription recording a victory of
the Tibetans over the Chinese.
X^’34 rdo-ru^-thug to the last extre-
mity (Sch.).
X’*fa rdo-sol coal (Mfton.), mineral coal.
rdo-rje 1. w,	Xs* t
or X‘^’5er2’ the prince of stones,
and said, primarily, to be WKT=^'35q mi-
phyed-pa or	mi-btpg-pa infallible
or indestructible, also unchangeable, hence
holy, venerable; but is best known as
Indra’s thunder-bolt or sceptre. With
tho Northern Buddhists a supposed model
of this sceptre has long been in use as a
ritual instrument of the Tantrik priests,
held by them during prayer in their
hands and moved about in various direc-
tions ; it is used as a symbol of durability
and of power. The vajra or dorje is,
moreover, a common symbol in repre-
sentations of deities in whose hands it is
there placed. In Tibet the standard-
704	I
shape for all dorjes is a huge golden one
in Sera monastery near Lhasa, which is
alleged to have a miraculous origin and is
carried in procession on a certain day
annually through the streets of Lhasa.
rdo-rje mkhah-hgro
heavenly females, a class of celestial
deities who in their attributes resemble
superior fairies. They appear to have
played a very important part in later
Buddhism.
the n. of a treatise (in K. phal. c/).
Rdo-rje hkhor-lo an epithet of
Sambhara (^*£4) a chief Tantrik deity
of the Buddhist pantheon (Mnon.).
Rdo-rje-glin lit. place of the
ritual sceptre, n. of a monastery formerly
belonging to Sikkim from which the
important hill station of Darjeeling de-
rives its name. It once stood on tho
Observatory-hill at Darjeeling.
rdo-rje rgyal-mtshan
the standard of Victory, a fuller
name for the Buddhist folded flag or
emblem of conquest. [Haring a vajra
for an ensign ; n. of the demon Naraka]S.
q rdo-rje rgyal-mtshan-gyi
bsno-tva in (IC phal. Q).
Up* rdo-rje rgya-gram the fixed un-
changeable posture of sitting cross-legged,
v. J rgya.
Rdo-rje gri-gug an epithet of
Heruka called	dgye$-pa rdo-rje he
who holds a scimitar in his hand (Mnon.).
rdo-rje bcuhi $nifi-po lit.
the essence of ten vajra, n. of a Sutra.
tq rdo-rje gcod-pa	; title
of a religious book most extensivly used
among the Northern Buddhists.
rdo-rje cho§-$dun =
the seven venerable sermons of
Vairotsana (K.phal. *).
Rdo-rje hjigs-byed
is a tutelary deity of the drag-g^ed or
terrifying type, held to be a manifestation
of the Bodhisattwa Jampal (Manjus'ri)
who under this guise assumes the charac-
ter of Shin-je the lord of death. Among
tho Mongols this tutelary deity is veiy
popular under the title of Ayol ghakchi;
A ritual for placing a person under the
protection of Dorje Jig-jye occurs in the
Kah-gyur.
rdo-rje beom killed by the
Vajra of Indra (A. K. 1-1/2).
rdo-rje cho§-kyi glu hymns of
Buddhist Tantrikism:
2J (A. 66) having translated Tantrik
hymns at the monastery of Kusumapuri.
2^1 *1X4 rdo-rje mchog n. of a bird (7Г.
ho. *1 2).
Rdo-rje hchaft is the Ye-
shes Sems-pa or Dhyani Bodhisattwa
evolved from the 2nd Dhyani Buddha
Mi-skyod-pa (Sans. Akshobhya).
Has been chosen to be the ruling deity
in the Tantrik system under the appel’a/?
tion of or, in brief, Chhak-dor..
Syn.	lag-na rdo-rje
^54 rigs kun-khyab bdag; ^Ч^З^'^Ч rigs-
brgyahi bdag; &rcrg’^ fies-pa Ina-ldan ;
kha-sbyor bdnn-ldan; 4^*’
сЧ^’Э4 gwnlsftagt-rgyal (Mfton.).
rdo-rje ni-nia qm&ui; lit. the
venerable sun; n. of a sutra [also, of a
Buddha] &
^’В^Кз^^’Ч^Ч rdo-rje sninshus lehn-
gcig n* of a sutra (K. d. *)

rdo-rje §nin-po rgyan-gyi
rgyud a Tantrik sutra descriptive of
acquiring perfection (K. g. 5 7^4).
rdo rje snin-gzuns (see K.
</. V
^j’^'q^l’jwq Rdo-rje snin-po rdo-
rje Ice hbab-pa n. of a dharaui (JT. g. *
93) used as a protection against epidemics,
enemy, evil spirits, also to stop rain, to
cause rain to fall, to make abundant
harvest, etc.
Rdo-rje dril-Ьп n. of an Indian
Buddhist sage (K. dun. 20).
Rdo-rje gdan itfaw ; U^r, W-
ни ; described as	the navel
of India, namely Gaya, considered the
holiest of all places in the Buddhist world
(Mnon.). In Pth. (folio 1^4, etc.) occurs a
story of the destruction of Gaya by fire.
Rdo-rje gdan-pa 1. an epithet
of Buddha (Mnon.). 2. names of throe
Indian sages of Vajrasana (Gaya) (K.
dun. £3).
rdo-rje gdan-bshihi-rgyud
a Tantra treating of the twelve signs of
the zodiac, of the symbolic hand gestures
of the Khadoma, of the use of
rosaries, etc. (K. g. 57).
rdo-rje bdud-
rtsihi rgyud lehu-gcu-gcig n. of a Tantra in
the Kahgyur (K. phal. *).
rdo-rje gdefi$-pahi rgyud another Tantra
(K. phal. 5).
Rdo-rje Nag-mo	n.
of a Tantrik goddess.
Rdo-rje rnam-hhjoms-
kyi gzun§ n. of a special dharaiji or
mystical sentence (K. p>hal. *).
Rdo-rje rnon-po an epithet
of the Bodhisattva Jam-yang, an aspect
of Jampal or Manjus'ri (Mnon.).
Rdo-rje pad-ma	seems to
be some Bodhisattva.
rdo-rje 2^ш^ат
a diamond believed to be formed of stone
derived from earth and water and said to
be of four qualities corresponding to the
four castes of men in India (Mnon.).
Syn.	nor-buhi mchog\
rdo-rjehi rigs (Mnon,).
{N. ту. П 228).
qjhjq^g^ Rdo-rje phal-lant
thog kun brjog pan-byed.
rdo-rje rnam-hjoms-
kyi bgad-rgyud n. of a Tantra in the Kali-
gyur (K. phal. w).
Rdo-rje gnam-lcags nuhu
lit. the thunderbolt lips, n. of a Tantra (K.
phal. *).
1‘qnjRdo-rje Phaj-mo	a
popular goddess of the Karmapa sect who
is said to have frightened and vanquished
the enemies of Buddhism by manifesting
herself in the form of a sow. Her spirit
is continuously transmitted incarnate in
each successive abbess who presides over
the monastery of Samding on the shore of
Yamdok lake in Tibet.
rdo-rje plmr-pa the vajrakila, a
religious instrument the upper part of
which is of the shape of a dorje and the
lower a phurpa or mystic dagger.
q rdo-rje phur-pa rtsa-wahi rgyud to
enchant a phurpa for suppressing evil
spirits (IT. g. 288).
4 rdo-rje phren-wa Vajra mala,
n. of a Tantra (K. phal. £).
-Rdo-rje dbyiHs-kyi
dican-phyug-ma an epithet of
90

706

tho goddess Sarasvati (JZno/o). In later
Buddhism, she is the Yum or Sakti of tho
Bodhisattwa Jampal (Manjus'ri) and is
popular among the Mongols under tho
designation of Egeshiktii Eke,
is a
dharani in (E. phal. 4).
К trdo-rje mc-lce n. of a hell whcie
flames of fire issue resembling the point of
the dorje (Ya->sel. 1$).
rdo-rje rtse dgu-pa lit. a dorje
made with nine points; n. of a religious
work which was unearthed by Pad-ma
glin-рт, a dorje made of meteoric metal
with nine points being found with the
book :
(S. kar, 193}.
Rdo-rje rdsin	an epithet
of a terrific doity who is guardian of
mysticism and preserver. Often con-
founded, with the Dhyani-sattwa Dorje
Chhang or Chhak-dor of the Tantras.
Syn. 3aT‘Y^,t phyag-na rdo-rje; sj’SV
fyrgya-byiu gsan-$fia(j§-kyi
sg rub-pa-po (Mnon.),
^‘1rdo-rje hdsin-pa an exorcist, a
Tantrik priest.
Syn. g4]*1’41 $fiag$-pa;	§nag$-
hehan (Milon.).
t q g‘|V^Tfll4 rdo-rje lu-gu rgyud^
niahi rtog-pa a mystical work used by the
blue-dress Bon exorcists of Tibet (JY.
phal. *).	a mys-
tical work in thirteen chapters called the
nether Tantra (K. phal. *).
(K. g- 4 W)
a Tantra of Vajrapapi to meditate on
the three stages of Bodhisattva perfection.
Rdo-rje scm$-dpah
1. an eternal and unchangeable being who
is Adi-Buddha of the Nyingma school.
2. a Tantrik form of Akshobhya, tho 2nd
Dhyani Buddha, which was introduced to
followers of the Dor jo Vehicle by Padma
Sambhava and stated by him to be presi-
dent of the Eastern Heaven where he sits
on a white lotus. Is often represented
clasping a female as his Yum or Sakti.
(7Г. g. ч 171) n. of a Tantra used
by the RniH-ma sect.
| Rdo-rje leg^-pa an epithet of
the tutelary deity Dam-chcn who under
tho present Dalai Lama’s rule occupies the
position of a chief guardian of Bud-
dhism in Tibot (Rtsii.).
rdo-rje slob-dpon
gq|^’qa/«jBW(-q (Rtsii.) professor of the
Mantra section in a monastery of the
Tantrik school ; also the lama of a
monastery who is in charge of the Tantrik
ritual.
Rdo-rjehi $kyil-krnn mystical
posture, the posture of sitting cross-legged.
Rdo-rjehi mchu-can
1. an epithet of Gapapati, also
that of Garuija the eagle-king—who car-
ries Vishpu on his back. 2. S’9 '^1 by a
pho^rog the raven.	a tutelary
deity, sometimes held to bo identical with
or Yamant aka, a Tantrik
development of Yama the lord of death.
rdo-rjehi hjim-pa or
QEterq rin-po chehi hjim-pa mortar composed
of pulverised cement of marvellous
properties.
rdo-rjehi mjug-ma met. a god
(Mfom),
ХЧ1
707

rdo-rjehi tshig lit. the precious
or holy word ; truth; the word of Bud-
dha, held to be free from deception, un-
changeable, of profound sense, and hard
to comprehend.
Syn. ^'55 snin-pohi tshig;
mnam-pahi tshig*	bden-pahi tshig*
mi-phyed-pahi tshig;
brtan-pahi tshig (JT. d. 118).
rdo-rjehizegs— thunder (Mnon.).
rdo-rjehi rigs-kyi snin-po
= mysticism, mystical charms:
these princes
of charms will bless the soul (Sura ft. 12).
rdo-rjehi giun a knocker made
of precious stones.
rdo-rjehi thog	4
n. of the second chapter He Vajra Tantra
(IT.phal. *’).
rdo-rjehi tshe a very long life,
immortality:
he having obtained lifelike the undecaying
dorje.
rdo-ra = enclosure with
a railing or wall made with posts or
pillars with capitals of the shape of the
dorje or with dorje on their tops (such
is the shape of the wall which surrounds
the monastery of Sam-ye in Tibet).
2. = circle of dancers (Ja.).
Rdo-la-kha n. of a place in Nepal
(Dsew?.).
rdog 1. an item, any single thing
or single piece as in a grain of
com; 3 phren-rdog the bead of a
rosary,	seven peas. 2. a root.
3.	just about:	just about to start,
on the tip-toe of starting (Yig. Ij).
rdog-tsam rdog-tsam only a
little bit: Й
with a razor cut just a little of the
hair of the ear and from the tip of the
tail (Rdsa. 3).
rdog-tshig—^*^| the main point,
subject-matter:
(Rdsa.) according to the main points of
my first petition, my state, i.e., the cir-
cumstances under which I laboured, was.
rdog dkar-ua—^'S^'Q for
supervisor, overseer:
F*rg* the allowance of five kha! of barley
flour for an overseer (Rtsii.).
^т|	rdog-hgriZ-wa—V^^fl §S
to enumerate exactly, scrutinize carefully;
formed into minute grain:
^34 a even more-fully grained than white
mustard seed.
rdog-thon-pa to go out together.
rdog-pa any action with the
foot, but chiefly a footstep; a stride or
pace: K4! to step, to pace, to walk
rdog-pa rgyab-pa to stamp
on the ground with the feet, to kick.
rdog-po qt	each; also ono
of tho two loads placed on the back of
a pack horse or any beast of burden, RV
the load a man can carry on his
back. X rdog-sho the price or charge
of articles at one sho each. '«ta rdog-leb
a flat piece (Rtsii.).
rdorts-pa, v. sdofis-гоа.
rdob-pa = ^4’4 to give, offer.
rdom-chafl colloq. 1. many
persons who drink wine together. 2.
colloq. for a stone
К4'41
708

г dor, imp. of rdar-wa:
gr'-rknft rdor sharpen the knife! (&ag.
rdol-pa for fl|Vrq gdol-pa a
< obbler.
rdol-wa, pf. and fut. brdol-
i, to eomc forth, to make its appearance,
t ‘ come up (as of a plant4 ; to be re-
vealed :	«1^ ^'9^
t ie hiding-place of the books having
been revealed by the treasure-finder ; to
< jmc out, percolate (as of water from a
vessel or rock), to lot in water:
$ the tea-pot runs or leaks;
disease breaking out among men.
rdol-cbos=^'^ (tfag. 46*).
leak or hole in a
vessel:
he carried an iron mendicant’s platter
without any holos in it (Л. 22
rdol gzt r an instrument for boring metal
l^N’4 rdos-pa 1. adj. swollen, bloated,
like to burst:	very corpulent
body. 2. vb. n. to break, burst, flow
out:	ll>u-wa rdo$-pa the bursting
of a bubble.	to pant.
lda-gu discourse, speech, conversa-
tion (Ja.) ;	lda-gu-can talkative
(C.5.).	to talk.
Ida-man a couple of small kettle-
drums one hanging in front, the other
behind, the latter being beaten by a
second person that follows the bearer
(Ja.).
СЧ
Ida-ldi ^пт, string (of beads
or flowers); a wreath made of pieces of
silk, etc. (^^Ё^гд^’а^ащ); ornament of
silk or cotton of various colours, a fringe
or tassel hung from the ceiling of a
temple or chapel.
Id а д-ра, pf.	Wags fut.
bldag imp. SpH Idog to lick:	to lick
blood;	lce§ Idag-pa to lick with
the tonguo.
Idan	near, at:
written at the entranee or threshold. 2. v.
^'q.
q Idan-wa pf. ldaft§ or
laft$y imp. [don, 1. to rise, to
get up; to flow up (as smoke);
to get up from a fall;
[raises ир]&	to raise up;
to rise from his seat;
^’4 to rise up from a lying position;
to rise from a seat;
when the king arrived
who would not rise up ? {A. 6);
an offensive smell is rising
(spreading) in every quarter;
me-lce rnam$ mgyog$-sii
Idanspbyuft the flames quickly rose up;
Л’Х’Згсг the smothered flame breaks out
again;	4 to break out into hosti-
lities (Ja.). З. = я^’ч to suffice, to be
sufficient, enough:	if divi-
ded into shares it will suffice;
tshad Ida ft sufficient quantity.
the manner of rising:
(Khrid. 47).
§j^’Ц Idad-pa l. = ^5‘4 to contaminate,
debase, adulterate; alloy; debasement:
54 Ej’QTW	if (Ле)
cohabited with another person, leaving
the king, it would debase the dynasty
(-4. 60). 2. = £\Я funeral anniversary or
festival: 34 ч	in the

709
^•q|
year of the sheep they performed a memo-
rial anniversary for Atis'a (A. 117). 3»
vb., pf. and fut. bldad to chew; g^S*4
skyug-[dad-pa to chew the cud, to rumi-
nate;	§no-skyo-mar ziea-
tshod $[dad-na$ having chewed the nettles
into a green pulp (Mil.).
idan or ,£J [dan-pa 1. possessed of,
belonging to, having; is defined in Situ.
48 as	shows whatever
belongs to what. It is used as formative
whereby sbst. are converted into adj. and
sometimes into other sbst., and in gen.
the sbst. is connected with by the
conjunction Ex.	q brag-dan-
[dan-pa rocky, contr. 5^’?^ brag Adan;
dgah-ldan joyous, blissful. Often is
conjoined to several nouns at once :
phyugs lug rta
ra mdso-rnams daft Idan-pahi rdson-dpon a
Jong-pon possessed of yak, goats, horses,
sheep and cattle. 2. sbst., also cheek;
cheek-tooth, molar tooth;
a blow or box on the cheek, a box on
the ear (Cs.). the cheek or side of
a ravine (Ja.).
Idan-pa Ina the five possessions:
(1)	possessed of a sincere
heart; (2) «prqS’^’^-^q possessed of
respectful (humble) person; (3)
possessed of an agreeable voice;
4.	'ajyq possessed of clean
and pure food; (6)	pos-
sessed of beautifying ornaments.
Idan-grol an’abbr. of
q (Khrid.).
ldan-pa-po possessor; one that
has, that is able, a man of ability (Cs.), one
that is possessed of qualifications or talent.
Ldan-ma n. of a district in Kham
(Lon. * 6).
‘Й ldan-mo 1. a female-pos-
sessor or owneress. 2. a female ibex.
Idan-tshad^J^ acc. to Jd.:
Ldan-yal n. of a village in Tsang
near Tanag (Deb. Я 45).
C\
Idab-ldib idle talk, tittle-tattle:
(Situ. 90) there being
no inaccurate or irrelevant speech;
mi choms fin tshig Idab-ldib-tu §mra speak-
ing tattling words and not subduing
unbridled proceedings (Khrid. 47).
gJEJ’gJZJ Idab-ldob 1. indistinct and in-
correct expressions. 2. indolence, dull-
ness, drowsiness (Cs.).
[dab-pa pf. bldabs fut. «ф’ч
bldub imp. 3& Idob 1. to fold up;
to fold up clothes, etc. 2. acc. to Cs.:
to repeat, to do again; repeatedly,
afresh, again, anew;	twice, for
the second time (Sch.).
Idabs-phyor n. of a great nume-
rical figure:	(Ya-
sel. 56).
ldamJchu—%¥t*\'*\ dirty water,
water sullied with impurities (Mfion.).
Idam-ldam or Idam-pa very
slothful (Cs.).
Idam-ldum mean, pitiful (Cs.)
^я*^я [dam-idem dubious, uncertain,
(used of things) (Jd.)
ldar-wa to be weary, tired, faint;
gj’s	languid.
Ldahu mgo-dkar n. of the
minister of king Rula-^kyes (Yig.).
710
ч-^l
the
lattling of thunder, v. ^’4 Idiv-tca.
ldig-pa pf. ldig§ to quiver,
shudder, to wriggle ; P^4!’4 kha-ldig-pa
to stammer. З*]*’ Idigs creaking sound,
sound expressive of labouring or groaning
under a heavy weight;
a mass of scoi'pions were wiggling
(Л. 27).
cs
Idin-wa to float, to be swimming,
to be suspended, floating, soaring (in the
ah’):	the bird soars in the
sky;	Idin-bskor floating in a circle
in the sky (as of birds) ; the circle made
by birds when floating or flying in
circles;
(Rdsa.) the vulture thrice circling
in the sky said this.
ldin-$kyog§ a large copper ladle
(Rtsii.).
Сч
P Idin-kha v. ^P Itin-kha.
^’p*’ Idin-khan a bower formed by
over-hanging shady trees, a natural
arbour:	a bower of
trees full of green (turquoise) leaves.
tdift-khug a small silken bag
worn as an amulet or talisman on the
breast:	put it iu a silken
amulet bag (D.R.).
^’5^ Idin-dpon an officer over fifty
soldiers (Rtsii.). Idin-hog one under
or subordinate to a Ldift-dpou; Idin-
tsho militia of fifty soldiers under a Ldin-
dpon (Rtsii.).
йус/яад Idift-zafis a large copper caldron
(Rtsii.).
Idifi-se or Idifi-si in Ld., adv.
quite, very, very much (Jd.).
ldib-pa vb., pf. q^q tydib 1, in
Sch.	2. not clear, unintelligible ;
^q-|q stammering.
e\
^<34 Idim in W. the crash of a falling
tree, the report of a gun.
Idir-wa 1. also liir-tca to be
distended, inflated; lio-ldir a big
belly;	lto-ldir-сап big-bellied.
IfdirJdir full to the brim, oaten to the
full (of a greedy boy or boast). 2.
to rush, to roar (of wind); to roll, of
tho thunder;	hbrug-ldir it thun-
ders;	Idtr-bshin like thunder;
Idir-sgra a thundeiing, loaiing noise;
Idir tsha-wa thundeiing (Jd.).
Idu-gu — ^^ gdu-wa 4^'3-
ldiig-pa or §3^ Idugs pf.
Idugs or (usual form), fut. 9*1 blag
imp. S Я blug or §lug$ col. S4] blug-pa:
to pour out от into to sprinkle, to shew;
to cast, to found (metal), cf. (Jug$.
Idud-pa pf., fut. and imp.
bind col. q tyud-pa to give to drink, to
water (cattle, etc.);	he does
not die by a poisoned draught; ^‘q'g^
he gives (him) to drink;	give
milk to the boy; q giving water
to a pony.
khun 1. vegetables, greens or edible
roots in general. 2. in W. lettuce, salad.
Idum-nag black species of lettuce:
T'P’^ I black lettuce
with bear’s bile applied on a sore heals it
and also acts as an astiingent on the
rectum.
g^’2* Idum-po or 1. for ^’25 dtem-
po. 2. for zlum~po round:	q
^'51
711

ldum-Ia liyril-wa made round, rounded
off.
5*^ Idum-bu = alms, also
begging for alms:
(-4. 14)* 2* any stalked plant.
Idum-ra or S’*’*' sdum-ra garden
in general, kitchen-garden, vegetable
garden, an artificial grove. In W. fruit
garden, orchard (Ja.).
Syn. §kyed-tshal;	khyim-
gyi tshal;	bcos-pahi nays;
me-tog [dum-ra flower garden (Mnon.).

1.	the noise of boil-
ing water, or any fluid boiling. 2. roar-
ing, rushing (Sch.).
Idur-phye also chu-ldur peas or
barley-flour boiled in water for cattle
(Rtsii.).
-s
§j Ide 1. a prefixed tribal title which
some of the early kings of Tibet had
assumed. 2. treasury, store-house.
Ide-kha belonging together, of the
same species (Sch.).
SfR Ide-khu coloured medicinal
syrup; sweetened medicine (Rtsii.).
^’3 lde-ди or Idehn 1. mixture,
syrup. 2. ointment (Jd.).
lde-chu A junior treasurer in a
monastery or government treasury;
lde-chen senior treasurer.
Lde Snol-nam n. of one of the
early kings of Tibet (Yig.).
Lde-hphrul Nam-gshufi-
btsan n. of a descendant of king Ze-lde
one of the early kings of Tibet (J. zan.
148).
$ 4 [de-tca 1. one who is in charge of
the key of treasury, t.e., a treasurer. 2,
vb. with pf. hides or	fut.
bide imp. Ides to warm one’s self, to bo
warmed at or by:	me-lde-wa to warm
one’s self at the fire; ni-ma lde-wa
to be wanned in the sun.
Idc-mig 1. the key of a store-room,
any bey; padlock. 2. introduction to a
book; index or key.	lde mig-pa =
(Mnon.).
ldehu acc. to Cs. l. = §^ §dehu
a kind of peas. 2. v. 3 lde-ди. 3. = $’3*
a riddle.
’Ц hleg-pa (pf.	bdeg) to quake,
shake, tremble, e.gn of the palace of the
gods (DzL).
ldeh-ka=Y^’^\ ldin-ka v.
ltcn-ka a pond.
Llden-rgyas n. of a mountain on
the border of India.
Iden-min colloq. (also ^^'^)
insufficient.
ldeb-pa l.=^T4 ldeg-pa (Cs.).
2. to bend round or back, to turn round,
to double down or over.
-s
Idebsppa l.=Satire side :
the inner wall or the inner side of the
wall of ahouse (Situ. 99). ldeb§-ri§
— log§-bri§ paintings on the inside
of a house;	ru§-hpahi
hbur-pohi ldeb§ by the side of the portu-
berance of the bone. 2. enclosure, fence
(Sch.).
Ldehu §gan n. of a place in Tibet:
mkhan-po ldehu sgan-pa tho
learned teacher (professor) of Ldeh u-$gaft
(Deb. 43).
712
oiqpi
Idem 1. v.	ldem-po. 2. a
statue, image, idol, (standing upright)
^1’4 Idem-pa contrariety, opposition,
irony. 2. adj. inconsistent, unstable,
variable. (Ck.). 3. vb. also ^’^‘4 Idem-
ld<>m-pa (Sch,) to move up and down, to
vibrate	ДОЯР [deni-pa the
flapping of wings.
Idem-Idem flexible, supple, elastic,
pliant (Jet).	Idem-Idem gyo-ica
to shake flexibly, />., bending but not
breaking.	Idem brjod-pa to
utter a double entendre; also to speak a
parable.
V	ideb^ 5 $kya [der-la
on the side of a wall, on a wall;
rihi Ider the side of a hill, hill-side.
ldem-ро 1. ^'cj’Syq not
straight, dishonest,	crooked-hearted.
2.	riddle, enigma (cf.	mi-ldem,
3	bya-ldem, bem-ldem an enigma,
an allegory, applied to men, to birds, to
inanimate beings,	Idem-pohi nag
or	Idem-gtam parable, allegory.
§iw*3\q Idem tshod-pa or Idem-chod-
pa 1. to solvo a riddle. 2. = wfwfa a
plot, a concealed and deceitful design;
aco. to Sch, a mysterious opinion. cfc’
q Idem-por dgons-pa to design a plan:
of which are four kinds:—(1)
wwwrtHHfc [plan of appear-
ing or descending]#.; (2)
[plan with regard to
tokens or characteristics]#. ; (3)
[a plan regard-
ing the opposite side]#.; (4) ngvqorgw’
q^-^^-q	[a plan respect-
ing change or transformation]#.
^’3 lder-$ku or^v^ Ider-lsho 1. an idol
or statue made of clay. 2. an image
painted on the wall.
^’4 [der-ua 1. toughness, clamminess
(Ck). 2. potter’s clay.
Ider-bzo 1. image, statue, figures
modelled of clay. 2. day:
Ider-bzohi ldeb$ a clay-inclosure or
wall.
[do the side of anything.
§{’§j Ido-Ido for a few days, for a short
time:	phar-gar [do-ldb
fydiug he resided for a few days at places
where he pleased (A, 123),
Idog §kyen-pa	[being
dragged back]#.
^qj-ц I • ldog-pa pf. and imp. log,
vb. n. to lfa’q zlog-pa farS* 1. to
eome back, to return, to go home. 2. to
send back.
Syn. 3^	и ph у in -ci log-pa;	'q go
log-pa (Mnon,).
gjqp
II: 1. in a specific religious sense:
v.	frq. ;	dgrar ldog-pa to
come forward again as an enemy, to renew
tho war (Jd.) 2. to change, to undergo a
change (as to colour, smell, etc.).
hgyur-ldog and Idod-hgyur change-
ableness, inconstancy, fickleness. 3. to
turn away (vb. n.) 1л§ from; blo
ldog-pa to change the mind from ; q=
to rebel. The partic. as adj. :
de-la§ Idog-pahi (thing) opposed to
that, contrary (to it); Sch. has also
Idog phye-wa distinguished, different (fiom
each other), and ldog-pa reciprocal,
mutual, each separately.

^•q|
Ldon one of the six early tiibes of
Tibet descended from the four sons of the
monkey patiiarch, the six being : sc, to
гтщ ldon, §lon, 5 gra, g brn, which
are also called	mi-bu gdun-drug.
the six descendants of the (first) man (J.
Zan.}.
Idon-kha the cover or lid of a tea-
churner (Rtsii.}.
pf. Idons,
1. to become blind, to be infatuated. 2.
adj. ldon$-pa=9iK^4 blind, infatu-
ated.
ldon-mo=\^% resp. (*pfa^ gsol-
ldon} a tea-churner.
Idon-ros «PT-fx^T; a kind
of mineral medicine; also a yellow earth
used for painting walls of houses.
Syn.	ba-na ri-skye$;
В al-у ul §kyes; ui^A^’w yid-hbo^-ma*
W” gar-mkhan-ma; до-li,; klu-
lce\ ma-no-ha (Mnon.}.
Ldofi-lha n. of a mountain in
Tibet, presided over by a demi-god of the
same name (G. Bon.}.
ldon-pa to give or pay back, to
return==?fS'4 klon-pa or glon-pa\
lan [don-pa to reply, to give an
answer.
ldob-pa to apprehend quickly ; to
be witty, to be quick in repartee (Cs.).
Idobs-paz^WQ $pobs-pa. +
ldob$ $куеп-ра—2\*Щ'ъ quick percep-
tion, understanding readily.
ldom-pa alms, anything given to
a religious beggar.
Syn. ^’9 Idom-bu ;	bsod-snoin%
(Situ. 137}.
+ Idom-bu v. ldom-pa. ^ 5’
§5’4 Idom-bu byed-pa to ask for alms, to
beg as a religious mendicant. Idom-
bu-pa a religious beggar, mendicant.
Idom-sa alms-house, house where
beggars receive food.
sdan-wa l. = 3^3;
pf. sdans to hate, to be angry,
wrathful:	’^’qVgs’A
the parents together with those about
them became displeased (Hbrom. 49};
being displeased, he grew
angry;	the
Chinese hated all foreigners. 2. sbst. anger,
hatred, malice:
and imme-
diately perceiving in very truth thoughts
the most stupendous, those afflicted with
the potent poison of malice were healed
(Tan. Mdo 130.}. 3. adj. angry, mali-
cious, hostile:	sdan-wahi dgra
an angry vindictive enemy;
$dan-wahi sems wrathful mind, hatred,
enmity, hostility;	sdan-icdii
sems-Idan having a vindictive mind.
sdan-wa thums-cad hjig-pa
(or colloq. to disarm hostilities or
hostile feelings, g^'^’q $fiar $dan-ica the
former hatred, old grudge.
$dafi-aiahi rlags the signs of
hatred or ill-feeling are :	not
giving alms от charity;	^'§5 ^
to cause disagreement;	not
being accordant, or in harmony;
ne$-spyod mischievous, behaving viciously,
etc. (K. du. 5 203}.
^’§5 sdan-byed an enemy, foe.
Syn. 5SJ dgra;	hkhcn-hdsin
(Mfion.}.
^’9 $dafi-bU) v. gdafi~bu.
91
§dad-gron freehold bouse; a
resident owner ; opp. to house occupied by
an agricultural tenant (fi/sri.).
^dam-pa v. §dom-pa ffax
abstinent, self-restraining, bound ;
handcuffed ;	bound with a rope.
§dar-ma	eft nil-wa,
^’4) timid, timorous, trembling:
though a timid person may
put on various clothes, 4*c’ (^- &<• S
Ok
^Ч]’Ц sdig-pa I:	WWI4, W,
qrq sin, moral evil. Лес. to Tibetan
explanation, tho word is derived from
sdig§-pa to sting or torment, the
sinner being pained in body, speech and
mind by tho misery resulting from impious
acts, &e:
q	§dig-pa-la yid-che$-pa to believe
in sin ; sdig-sgrib =	q sin
and defilement, contamination of sin.
ч §dig~§grib thams-cad sel-ua
to cleanse from every defilement of sin.
§dig-can sinful:	$dig-can
pm-pa tho sinful butcher ; Tq sdig to-ica
or	a sinner, one who has
accumulated sin ;	sdig-ltaht
mtJian-nid-can	one having sinful
looks, a suspicious character; $dig-
-dug	sin and suffering.
^dig-pa hjom$-pa to conquer sin, as
something hostile to man (Jd.);
?qr^’q a grievous sin; ^-qqvg^N sdig-
pa- rnam-par §byaiis f^vaqrq [one whose
sins have been entirely washed off]#.
^*q|X'4 sdig-pa spyod-pa to practise sin;
sdig-pa byed-pa to commit sin.
^•q-sHppwg^q sdig-pa bpigs-par byed-pa
expatiation of sin by confession and
repentance for whieh four kinds of or
powers are necessary: (1) ifw^’^-q-
(2)	(3)
; (4) ^’З'^ю.—
$dig-pahi grogs a companion in vice, an
associate in crime: i^^qprEfyw-gczSlc;,
avoid-
ing evil companions and not being bound
by tho snares of women, associate with
the gods (7Г. d. * 31);	sdig-pahi
ebo^can чпгч1^ possessed of vicious
propensities.
lh'q* sdig-pahi IJo-can a bear,
ex
Ц II: a scorpion; of which three
kinds occur in parts of Tibet, but mainly
known by reputation only.
sdig-pahi phufi-po a largo number of
scorpions in one place: <*3r*i^,^<q’q'V
^’3	Jo-wold rndun-du sdig-pahi
phun-po Idigs-kyi-byun a heap of scorpions
were quivering in front of Atis'a
(Я. 27).
Sj n. $pan-bya; nesJtun ;
wW&l bzan-las by о I;	dmas-byed;
sdig-blta;	fan-hgrohi lam;
tJiar-hgro ;	’*3^* nan-hthiin ;
dgc-icahi hgabzla (Mnon.).
$dig-t>lon a wicked officer; an
officer or minister who is not devoted to
Buddhism but favours the Bon cult.
§digJshig lit. words of
sin, but also implies words of repentance.
§dig-srin (jft) the crab,
the crab draws
forth paralysis, kidney disease, and
dropsy (Med.).
Syn.	hphrogjyed wig;
rkaftrmanrpo; $bal*chen (Mnon.)9

715

sdig-pa пса-сап scor-
pion.
Syn.	dur-tcas hchi;
§5 mar-gyi$nam$-byed;	fa§ mi-^dug
(Mfion.).
§dig-phug-ma, species of bird of
Tibet (KisU.).
c\
^чрга §dig§-pa^ pf. bsdigs, fut
bsdig, imp. ij*|M sdigs; also §’4 sdi-wa,
pf. bsdi§9 fut bsdi to point
towards or at, to point out; to threaten, to
sting.	sdig§-ri bya-wa cWt,
*4qS when shooting an arrow or
flinging a stone to threaten to strike some-
body :	’^3S 5*Г^*
if the merciful one for
the purpose of threatening cast a thunder-
bolt on the prince (A. 13).
§digs-mo byed-pa to assume a
menacing attitude, to threaten tauntingly
(Jd.).
^^•«gq §digs indsub sp£i«?t index-finger,
the forefinger of tho right hand the
pointing of which may be a sign of a
threat.	khro-wohi §digs mdsttb
the sign of threat made by the hand in
which the thumb and the middle finger
are brought to touch each other at the
centre of the palm, the pointer remaining
outstretched,
gya^-na hkhor-lo ral-gri dgra-sta rdo-
rje difi gyan-na sdigs-pahi §digs-mdsuh-po
$in-tu hjigs-pahi bdag-nid-can (tho figures
of) the dorje, battle-axe and sword being
formed in a circle to the right, and the
index-finger of myself, who am greatly
afraid, pointing to the left (Tantra in
Tangyur on “Mode of co-ercion of Yi-
dags, Grul-bum, and Srul-po”).
sdins,	нгз 1. a level
eminence, a levelled place, flat surface,
table-land:	lha-sdins the eminence
where gods dwell;	klu-sdtns the
plateau where the naga reside; 5^’
dnos-gnib sdin§ the plain where
enchanted things are obtained or where
one’s wishes are fulfilled. 2. acc. to Jd.
a cavity or depression;	spafi-sdins
an undulation on a grassy plain;
ri-sdifis a depression on a mountain ridge.
3. acc. to Cs. middle part, heart, core.
e\
1. (Seh.) = dib-pa. 2.=
ItlL-pa (Ja.).
sdu [also^£.
sda-gu for	mdses-pa
3iTni beauty, beautiful.
sdug as adj. unhappy, miserable.
I: sdug-pa те, ЗПпт adj.
attractive, agreeable; comely, nice ; dear,
loveable: ^A’^Tq nice-looking;
became beauti-
ful, pleasing and comely, to the sight;
'^'9A*I4!q,Q* the most beloved of my
sons; S’§3 my dear son;	to
love, c. dat., gen. with regard to parental
love; ^*qK4^-q to become dear to a
person, to be endeared to; not nice,
disgusting, disagreeable:
5'^ a lama covered with disgusting sores ;
to disfigure, pollute, profane.
Syn. hdod-pa ; bde-ica ; 4qq*rq
hphans-pa; q §dug-pa; «^’q
mjah-pa. (Mnon.).
3 sdug-gu (also written §’$) engaging,
pretty, winsome:	3‘*5 all
pretty women. §4’3'^ sdug-gu-ma or^H q

716
rs,£,l
idurj-ge-tra the state of being pleasing
(Ja., Cs.)
§4]-4II : vb. to be afflicted, downcast,
depressed, prostrated:	^q- the
inind was very mueh afflicted; also as
sbst.	senis sdag-pa)
soirow, misery, distress; ^5
the beginning of the misfortunes of Tibet;
‘Й<гчч our tmn of being visited
by affliction came ; Sjqx^]a:e
you notin distress ?	to undergo
hardships, to bear affliction, to suffer;
you cannot endure hardship ;
or	$kyid-§dug lit. happiness and
misery, good and adverse fortune, but gon.
ill-luck; 54l’^4l4495’q to accumulate miseiy
upon one’s self;	the sin of
having done evil to others; IJ4)'Wi to be
in mourning (0's.) ; $dug srun-wa to
mourn (Cs.);	§dug-can colloq.
fatiguing, worrying.	sdug-khan a
darkened room, a chamber of mourning ;
§dng-go§ a mourning dress (Cs ).
$dug-k$fial calamity misery,
distress, affliction.	$dug-b$fial
brgyad the eight miseries enumoiated in
Buddhist works:—(1)	; (2)
5J4]-qgQ|; (3)	; (4) Rafc-q$ |W|‘qg«|;
(5)	; (6)
$J4J-q£Q|; (7)	^Rq ^O|’q^ ;
(4) ^’^^•W^’qq^q’Zi-g’^'qgq-qX.	g*]’
sdug-b&al-wa io be unhappy; the
state of unhappiness;	$dug-
bsnal byed-pa to bewail, bemoan;
to become melancholy.
§dug-bsnal hbyun-gna^0^' Q (Mnon,).
Syn. sem$-§dug;	sem§-
gyens',	sewi$-khofi-chud;
yid-nan-chud;	yid-mi-bde\ ^4I’^
§dug-po\	rab-tu-tsha;
yi(h&di(n§; 5*^ mya-fian; gduil-ua
(Д/Йо^.).
$dug-rnthug accumulated cala-
mities.
$dug-hdre a demon (Sch.).
§dug-pa nal-wa—13^^
(7ь ко. 236).
$dug-po wretched, savage, unami-
able; evil;	§dug-po byed-pa to
do evil ;	§dug-po btan»wa to do
evil to a person; to molest, trouble,
injure any one.
S’lSS §dag-byed=^ ’^4’	(K.
ко. ”1 ^6).
g^lЛ $dug-shba a mourning hood or cap.
&1нд-$еп1$=$№^' byafis-tfitfi
; affectionate.
$dud 1. [folds, wrinkles]#,
the folds of a garment; gSF §dud-kha
stiing for drawing together the open-
ing of a bag; drawing-hem. 2. Cs. :
synthesis ; ^§5 §5 hbyed-^dud analysis and
synthesis. 3. v. SJ5'Q $dud-pa.
I: $7ad-pa	pf. b§du§,
fut. (used likewise for the pres, tense) 4J
b§du, imp.	vb. a. to kdu-
wa 1. to collect, gather, mass or range
together, to assemble, to put together, to
compile; to brush or sweep together.
to biing under one’s power, to sub-
ject, subdue ; £	’q^as many
as six kinds being massed together; Yf
by the power of
faith was unable to control the eyes from
looking {A. 151). 2. to unite, join, con-
dense, add together, contract:
adding the troop to his retinue;
khyo-$ug-tu §dnd-pa to unite
7)7
in matrimony ;
go|*r^4^'£ п	$pyan gsum §dan-mig
khro-gner b§du§ fifi ljag§ hdril che-wa me
stag hphro a tiger will issue forth with a
great fiery tongue lolling out and having
three eyes united together with scowls and
frowns (Tangyur treatise for “ Coercion
of Tamdin”);	if one shortens it
still mo.o, if it is further abridged;
b§dus-yig abbreviation, abridgment; Qgsr
bsdu§-hgrel an abridged commentary,
comprised of six letters.
cjgN'R or ^*8 a preparation by combining
together several ingredients.
II tdttd-pa^^&tf&'X the
four virtuous collections or confederacies:
§byin-pa charity, i>., giving alms, &c.
4 polite language; Хдcommon
uniform interest; public weal; don
§pyod-pa working for an end (K. du. « 43).
gV°^ §ditd-len abbr. of
collection and realization:	g5
(source of) income from the
realization of revenue of a Jong (district)
(Rtsii.).	sdudsrafi = gS
^>^§5 the weighment or measuring of
revenue, ete. (Rtsii.).
^<ЗЦ’Ц $dum-pa 1. vb., pf. fut.
imp. g** or gw to make agree, to
bring to an agreement, to reconcile, to
conciliate; g’wlV* to bring to harmony
or terms; gw§\q reconciliation
gwJS'4	who is eager to
make peace will join the gods, will
become a god (K. d. я 31). gw*^
intermediary: I
the Jowo also becoming the reconciler
of the two kings (A. 58). g«'4 3 $dum-pa-po
or g*r*f^ conciliator, pacifier, peace-
maker ;	they
31
often at one time were at odds, at
another they were at peace with ono
another. 2. sbst. a treaty, agreement.
3. = ^’®^ khan-khyim a mansion, house;
4]^wg54 gzim-sdum (resp.) bed room. + g5^
4PN	family life. + g*r
sdimi-mtshes—ffl*neighbour.
rq sdur-u'a pf. and fut. bsdur to
make comparison, compare: ^44'^g^ԤSq
to compare attainments among scholars;
^wg^g^q to compare different texts;
^'V^wgKA to try feats of strength;
g^^ sdur-len exercises, g^'^’ sdur-blan
in Tsang: amber (Jd.).
I: sde ffar, ЗП section, class, commu-
nity, race, tribe; part, portion:	bon-sde
Bon community;	sde-chen-la
sneg-pa to aim at an extension of teiritory;
q’^’31* *£w’q pha-rol-gyi sde hjom§-pa to
conquer hostile tribes;	sde-$der
Ьдо-гса to divide into clssses (Cs.);
mdo-sde Sutranta class; ^5'^ Tantra class ;
ckos-sde religious class or section,
hence a monastery :	§de-btsugs he
founded a section t>., a monastery.
§de Ьсо-brgyad the eighteen sects into
which the four earliest schools of Buddhism
were divided:—I: wprq w’«5	g j
;	(1)	1
(2) wq5	(3)
(4) ^‘9	1 wqtt; (5)
(6)	cin?-
HTzfaf; (7)	?	I	II:
; (8)
I ; (9) q I
(10)	1 HI*
(11)
(12)	(13)
ТНя<т;(14)	l I	;
(15)	IV:

718

q’^^-q^-qS^ |	; (16) <4Cql'wlTx;^’
W? I HrrfaTHcnfa^; (17)	|
йгжЪт; (18)	WHUfafc-
TTfani.
sde-bshi the four classes of Buddhists
(the earlier schools). £Mrq5’§*q^ four
kinds of acquirements;	W*,
enjoys or prospers in five evil objects of
desire;	the fourth section of
at tain-men ts is salvation ;	Ma~
arin-gyi §dej}vgyad the eight classes of
spiiits.
1* Sde-dkor district ((?ZrJ.
$de-dkrug$ disturbance, dispute,
general niisundci standing:
я^'я^'В” they engaged in disturbances
of this kind, as being innate to tho body
(Zif/srz.).	§de-hkhrug-pa in «prsj
C^gqj-q tho fighting between the neigh-
bouring states or countries; a general
revolt of a people (Ya-scl. 18).
$de-dgon	central	monastery	abbr.
of If sdc aud	dgon-pa	(Yig.).
sde-fyrgyad	the eight	kinds
of demon in three series, each of eight:—
I:	(1) ‘rtjk’Zf	hgon-po	(2) Зудгг	thehu
bran, (3) na-yani, (4) «’ч^| sa-bdag, (5)
yul-lha, (6) $man, (7) btsan,
(8) "j kht.
II:	(1) sf«T4¥l srog-fydag, (2) ma-
mo, (3) gfin-rje, (4) «^5 bdud,
'5) gnod-§byin, (G) 5$ dmu, (7) 53’^
d-.,ra-lhay (8) яч[е/р hgon-po.
Ill:	(1)	gzah-mchog byi~
tri-pa-tra, (2)	Ijafi-sfion drag-po,
(3)	du-wa mgug-rin, (4)
hbar-wa ra-fsa, (5)	sgra-gcan-
hdsin, (6) $%к&Ьуг-пг< ra-tsa, (7) V5®1 >*a-
hu-la, (8)	q khyab-rnjug chcn-i>o
(K. than. p 37).
Sde-can n. of an ancient sage in
India (Fh-seZ. 53).
$de-chen bya-gag an epithet of
KArttikeya the youngest son of Mahes'vara
(Mnon.).
VV* ^de-dum subdivision of a district;
a small community or section of a larger
community (Lofi. я 13).
$de-§nod-gsum the Tripitaka
or the three baskets, viz: the three classes
of the sacred writings:—Vinaya pitaka
(Q^ q5 § ^5 hdul-icahi $de-$nod) treating
of moral discipline; Sutranta pitaka (*\
mdo-sdehi §de-$nod) the aphorisms,
general religious discourses; Abhidharma
pitaka («Sj^ or *2^w?-^c^q^q Wflon-
pahi ^doi-nod lufl-gi btfan-gia, the metaphy-
sical and dogmatical instructions.
all virtues are embodied
in these three (Lam-rini. 4).
-s
tdo-pa 1. one in charge of al*
^le or district, a district officer; formerly the
chief or governor of a province was called
Depa.	§de-wa £s/wfi=the central
government or tho government of Lhasa.
2. (”ГГ^ ka-$de Ita-wa a letter of a
certain phonetic class, or the phonetic class
itself;	$de-pa bshi-pa the fourth
phonetic class, the labials in Gram. 3.
sde-gia signifies also a class of demons. 4.
jfarqfa, [leader of an army] S.
3§de-p)a Don-yod n. of the
famous Rin-chen Pung-pa of Tsang who
founded the Rin-^pufis Jon in Tsang (Lon.
я 13).
^•q^q-q	gtsan-pa the powerful
chief who had established his sway over
Tibet in the beginning of the 17th cen-
tury. He was killed by the Zungarian
719
chief Gushi-khan in 1643 A. D. {Loft.
\ 13)-
sde-dpou a petty chief ruling over
a district-
Syn. rgyal-jihran;	yul-
gyi bdag-po {Mnon.).
§de-tshan ; section of written
characters e.g.> phonetic class=В sde^
a particular kind of wiiting as
Na-ga-ri sde-tshcm character {Glr.) ij
§dc-mtshan-pa 1. an astrologer. 2.
[collection, multitude]#.
sd'>-gzar civil dissension, law-
lessness, anarchy:	sde-gzar chen-
po great revolution, civil war.
ifw §de-fyzaft	; good or well disci-
plined brigade.
$(&-уап§=|5*^ court, court-yard
(-7Й.).
ij	Sde-rab-tu pdiam-byed n. of a
king of S'ravasti {К. my. I4 31f2).
Hs sdc-srid 1. province, king-
dom (Cs.). 2. ruler, governor, administra-
tor. Is the name especially given to the
Regent who administers the government of
Lhasa during the minority of a Dalai
Lama.	sde-srid phag-mo grub
u. of the rulers of Tibet who administered
the government of Tibet during the hier-
archy of Phag-mo-gru in the 15th and 16th
centuries A, D., the chief among them
being Byan-chub Rgyal-mtshan born of the
family of Chot-sgyal Sne-gdon {Loft. * 13).
Sde-srid Sans-rgyas
Rgya-mtsho the famous Regent of Tibet
who conducted the government of Tibet for
13 years after the concealed death of the
first Dalai Lama, and better known by
the name of Gon-sa Lfta-pa chen-po {Loft. *
12).
^^c^sdeg-par gzahvftQ [reproach,
reviling] #.
sden-hhag charge, responsibi-
lity.
sdeb-pa, pf. bsdebs, fut. 4^q
bsdeb imp. sdebs 1. to mingle, mix;
to make unite, to conjoin; to fasten
together :	5*1qq phyogs-gcigJu
sdeb-pa to mix together certain things and
setting them apart;	combined
one with another (Rag. Z$);	'«J’g qq dr as-
sn sdeb-pa sewed together. 2. vb. n.:
to join, to unite, 5^’ with, also «I:
the soul sees
by joining the eyes, it hears by joining the
ear; to join company, to associate, to hold
intercourse with (ЛЛ7.,). 3. to exchange,
barter; to change (money). 4. to make
poetry, to compose verses {Ja.).
?q*jV sdeb-sbyor 1. [the doctrine
of the udgatri priests contained in a
chapter of the Sama-veda]#. 2.
metre in general, metrical science, poetry
{Jd.); S)’^’$q*gk yi-gehi sdeb-sbyor ortho-
graphy {Schtr.) ; i*q*r^5§'q sdeb-sbyor dbyc-
iea	metrical distinction;
sdeb-byor-gyi bye-brag W a metri-
cal narrative; § 4'^'3^ sdeb-sbyor-gyt
brat	metrical line ; t»q|vqg*rq
sdeb-sbyor bsdus-pa	metrical
collection or extracts. §q^ sdebs
together, in conjunction [a number of
stanzas grammatically connected]#, ij q<r
sdebs-blans {^'^) in
§q^'3^ to take up together the above
mentioned necessaries {Rtsii.). gqir&i|^
sdebs-tshogs assembling of different people
or classes of people in one place:
qg^'Sjq^q^^^ they daily assembled
being seated in rows {Rtsii.).

720

$der-ma (resp. gsol-*der)
plate, dish, platter, saucer;
li-Mr a plate or dish made of bell-metal
S4!**^* Icags-yfyr iron-plate; ka-$der
or VI* * dkar-§der porcelain dish;	*
zan$-$der copper dish; l;**4)^’ $der-gan a
plateful.
$dyr-$pyad-kyi shal-lta-wa
a superintendant of plates, &c.
(X K).
§6Zcr-??x) = ^’3 $dcr-kyu acc. to
/SJo*. claw, talon;	^dcr-mo ?no a
sharp claw;	$der-can furnished with
daw; a hawk; §der-med without
claws;	to seize with the claws
((X). ?*Г*Г^* §tay-gi §der a tiger’s claw.
sder-chagt animals provided with
claws;	$dcr-chag$ dwan-po is
a met. for the lion (ДГЯол.).
$do-kham belonging together (&/?.).
§do-ica pf. ifk $do§ or м $$do§
fut. b$do imp. $do$ 1. to risk, make
venture, used with V’ or : «VI’5)	? ч
bdag-gi Ih$ $do~u:a to risk my body; *b’5j’
ran-gi srog-dan §do-ica to risk
my own life;	dgra-la fy§do$
(Situ. 76) made a venture against an
enemy;	lus-srog b$dos-pa lisked
his body and life;
ifa	the Lo-tsa-wa
undergoing hardships and risking his life
and body made up his miud to proceed
(Л. 65).
§don-po им, ’Я’»,
1. trunk or stem of a tree. 2. the stalk
of a plant;	pad-mahi §don-po
the stalk of the lotus; ^'q-q^q^-a-qg^-
ц	$don-po pan-pas mi
hkhgig§-pa tsam shig $kye$-pa ndhon-no
the stalk from which it was seen to le
growing was such an one as could not be
clasped by the out-spread arms; 3*‘25‘
’?*’ $dofi-po khog-ston a hollow log or
stalk (Vai. $fi.).	$dofi-pohi $de the
class of stalked plants (Cs.). 3. is the
common word in the C. colloq. for a
tree, also ^ifk'q $in-§doft po a tree;
rkan-geig a tree of a
single stem or trunk (Glr.)\
<;in-$doii khofi-rul a tree rotten at the core j
$tar-$dofi trunk of a walnut tree; *gq|‘$k:
pig-sdofi stem of a juniper tree;
tMI-$doft a tallow candle ; B*]N khy«g§-
^don an icicle; mchod-$don (1)=*&S‘
rnchod-rten, (2) = ^^* $doa-rkan or
$k*M< $don-ya$ a wick. $k*^^ $dot-dum or
§dofi-bu dum-dum stump
of a tree.	$doft-dum tshiy-pa the
burnt stump of a tree:	q’
many ghosts of the appear-
ance of burnt stumps of trees having as-
sembled together (Khrid. 40). See also
in Dzl. legend of a prince who was born
in shape like a tree-stump and so called
Sdofi-dum.
$don-po-can w, nfan possessed
of a stalk, a lotus flower.
§don-po-g<dg n. of a species of
gentian =	35*15 nagt-kyiiag-ta (Mnon.).
Sfkqgr sdon-po-lna or	q-g-
the five plants of Budh.: (1) чвд’вгярц-ч
full of resources, or skilful in means;
(2)	perfection in know-
ledge от transcendental wisdom; (3)
maturity in animated
existence ; (4) V™5«p&jVV t^$’
лчщ-q perfect acceptance of Buddhism and
following it; (5)
freedom from anger is enjoyment- of
equanimity (K. d. 327).

721

$don-phran ijsw shrub, plant.
if^'n $don-tca or $don$-pa pf.
bsdofis fut. ojfc' b§dofi to accompany, to
join with, to enter into partnership (used
with ^*); J5SV^'§^5 khyod-daft Ha sdoft-
$te hgro you and I will go together ; 5^’
dgah-wahi sems~kyi$
b$don§-te hgro-ho will go accompanying
one another cheerfully (IJbrom. !£.). It
is to be noted that b§doHs-pa seems
to be often used as pres, tense.
$doH-bu stick, staff:
the flower-like staff was lapis
lazuli; acc. to Cs. 1. a small trunk. 2.
stalk. 3. wick. 4. WH, [1. the
stalk of a pot-herb. 2. an arrow]£.
§don-bu-rin — ^ ku-wa gourd
(JWon.).
sdon-buhi $man НЧ^Ч n. of
a medicinal plant.
gtfon-2fo==i3'?IIP’ zla-yrojs friend,
associate.
sdon-ras a cotton wick (Risii.);
§don-$in, V*’ don-rkan a wick of
wood, of pith.
ifS $dod=*Wt№Q nal-hso-ica |ЧЯ|н
respite, relaxation.
^*4 §dod-pa wiff, 4^^ pf. and fut.
4^5 b$dad 1. to sit;	dal-war
$dod-pa to sit still, to be at ease. 2. to
stay, to stop, to wait:	thog-mar
der-fysdad for the present I will stay here
yet a little longer (Mil.);	to
lie down and to continue lying (Mil.),
wait a little yet before
beginning to kill (Dzl.);
without timo to stop even for a mo-
ment;	§dod-par byed to be
seated, to cause to sit. 3. to be at home,
to live, to reside, to settle at. bkah-
$dod attendant, waiting servant.
sdod-rogs a sweetheart, mistress, a con-
cubine. ^’ЗЯ* sdod-lug$~fyty\ (acc. to
Rnin-ma school).
sdom I:	the spider:
spiders, scorpions,
insects and worms, etc. (Rtsii.); sdom-
mo a she-spider; §я’^]’щ $clom-nag-
po black spider:
a black spider
with 360 arms and feet having one eye on
its forehead and sixteen mouths (D. R.).
Syn.	thags-mkhan; V4
wa-can;	Ite-ica bal-can;
sprehu-hdra (Mnon.).
II: summary: S*FW §pyi-sdom
general summary, contents; dpehi
$dom a table of contents, index in gen.,
introductory remarks, introduction.
I:	§dom-pa цн, {Мн vb., pf. ч^яя
or ч^Гяя bsdom§ fut. ^я or ч^я b§dom imp.
?я $dom or ^яя §doms 1. to bind, fasten ;
to tie up, bind up: ЙГ^я’^яч khro-chu
$dom-pa to fasten by melted metal, i.e.,
to solder; *^я а so-sdom-pa to press the
teeth together, to gnash ; rtsa-kha
sdom-pa to close an opened vein. 2. to
stanch, to stop, to cause to cease: Г'НЯ'Л^*
ч'^я*ч risa-kkrag for-wa sdom-pa the stop-
ping of the bloody influx; to bind,
constrain, render harmless; ^я ч’^я ч ne$-pu
$dom-pa to neutralize an evil (Sch.). 3. to
make morally firm, to confirm; д^г^я’Ц
spyod-pa $dom-pa to make firm one’s moral
conduct. 4. to add together, to cash or
sum up:	rgyud-bshi
bsdom$-pa§ Ichu all tho four Tantras taken
92

722

together have 154 chapters;
taking all together (Л. Ju 1-14).
II:	sbst. нж; obligation, en-
gagement, duty; on either side ;
if^q^Kq $dom-pa chag$-pa
55	§dom-pahi ggra	|fava^q $dom-
pa fen-pa (Glr.) or	$dom-pa hdsin-
pa to enter into an engagement, to
bind one’s self to perform a certain duty;
^qjj^-q $dom-pa srun-pa to be true to
one’s words, to keep one’s engagements;
E/orgTHq-^ fia-la $doni-pa-med I have
renounced iny vow ; I have no vow (Glr.).
the three vows: (1)
the vow of an ordinary Buddliist for
self-emancipation; (2)	fwq the
vow of a Bodhisattva for universal libera-
tion ; (3)	the Tantrik or
mystical vow. We find also
priestly vow ; 1^55'5'3 the vows of a
Danapati (almsgiver) ;	the vows
of a physician. (K. du. ч
^«’§5 $dom-byed 1. one that binds by
duty, etc. 2. an astringent medicine (Cs.);
^^§5 5'3^ $ a mystical posture in yoga
signifying perseverance :
then being released
by the mystical posture of §dom-byed, the
naga returned to his own country
(P.J?.).
SprXq sdom-tshig a summary in a few
words.
$dom-la summarily, in brief, in
short.
sdoni-gzer rivet of a pair of scis-
* ?rs or tongs (Sch.).
^q5'55 $dom-pahi dgra an epithet of
Kamadeva (Mnon.).
sdom-bu, (^’5) a ditch, ravine;
a ball; a round tassel.
$dom-brtson Kfn, fSnj a profes-
sional sage, an ascetic:
according to the custom of
lama ascetics in conformity with religious
rules.
Syn.	kun-tu-rgyu; я|$сгяч*ч^м
gtsan-war gna$;	khru&Jcyi
irful-shug§\ ц’я^я^’я ynra-icar bcad-pa
(Mnon.).
$dom-gcod-pa =.	a
waiter, valet; sentinel (D.-$cl. 11).
sdom-hchifi^fow fault, guilt
(Mfion.).
$dor a general term for spices,
butter, lard, or oil, which give seasoning
to food; that which gives relish to food;
seasoning, condiment; esp. thug-
§dor that which makes soup tasteful, deli-
cious, viz: meat; ^5’^ tshod-§dor grease
used to roast vegetables, greens, &c.
(Rtsii.); fshica-$dor salt and meal;
*ja-sdor—*^ butter, for the tea-soup
of Tibetans.
hr da or я^я tprdah	1. any
sign, gesture; signal with the hand;
signs by tho eye.
making many wanton gestures.
2. call, signal:	'я^ call by tho beating
of the drum, sounding of the trumpet
or the linging of the bell, for assembling
at an entertainment; 5^‘Я5 summons to
bed; proclaiming arrival by beat-
ing drums or by firing guns. 3. sign,
symptom, token, inference: *Цчр5Кя5’Я5<
it is an indication of their impermanent
condition (Pth.). ЯС5 as a symbol,
symbolically; я^д5*4, |Хя, я$ч*я to
explain, describe, represent (with accus.,
and prob, also with genit.); ^К^рфя^*
^^я to explaip. the essence or nature

723
4^1
of things, metonomically:
what may be the symbolical meaning
of it (JZiZ). 4. mystic phrase or key-
word. 5. word in gen.	verbal
interjection (Lif.);	an obsolete
word being asked; an interpre-
ter (&?Л.) ;	is stated to be a
lama who instructs verbally esp. with
regard to the spelling of words;
there came also into use
various spellings (Zam.); brda-rnin
old orthography; new orthography;
a grammatical treatise
on Tibetan words; ЗЦ’Ц’=&г|, аЦ’ск;
to explain words (Mil., Jd.)
brdahi-phyag homage with words,
also mutterings expressive of respect in
bowing down: ^•gqj’q^q^N'q&r^ having
made twelve prostrations with words of
respect on his lips (Л. 37).
brda-bkrog alarm, warning,
notice of danger.
brda-§kad symbolical language,
sign-expression.
brda-chad language, evidence;
irak’qfq^^ the language or evidence of
the mirror.
brda-§ton-pa	to un-
ravel an enigma.
brda-hdiim-fes	signal of
danger.
q* brda-spral-гса openly or cleaily
to explain; explanation of a sign or
symbol.
brda-sprod (^jfs)	1.
explanation of words;	min-don
brda-sprod n. of a dictionary of mystical
and technical terms. 2. orthography. 3.
as vb.=MTV4 ra-sprod-pa to verify evi-
dence or terms.	brdah-
§prod-pahi b§tanJ)co§ n. of a grammatical
work.
brdah^es ($***) a numeri-
cal figure;	a number
of higher value than the preceding.
brdab-pa pf. 1. to fold, to
place together;	folded the palms;
snod-brdab puts ono vessel on
another, one box or vessel placed in
another; a rug folded; qprq^rq to
keep clothes in proper folds, or to
fold up clothes;	folded arms or
hands (Situ. 75). 2. to fall down, go
down, to sink; J
at one time (the boat) seemed as if it
was going down to the bottom of the sea
(Л. 16) ; «K/q^qV^’^’ being drunk
he fell down (i.e., folded up).
brdabs-bsigs oppression,
tyranny; giving trouble to the subjects
(Fig. k. 3).
br dar-wet pf. form of
s^yq^v^ sharpened the weapons (Situ.
™).
q^ q^ q brdar btags~p(i	sym-
bolical.
brdal-ica v. [creeping
down, gently gliding]#.
brdas a pf. of ^5:
rjes-su brda§ (Situ. 75).
brdun or ^K»’q pf. brdufis
(Nag. 40).
qX^'4 brdeg-pa 1. altem. foini
and fut. of also seems=beaten to
death. 2. = ^ to eat, eating.
qi^qp brdeg-cka^^^^ weapons, sword,
etc. a javelin (Mnon.).
q^-qXq fyrdeg-hcho§ 1. falling
down, fall. 2. a dance.
brdufl-ma	a beating, puk
verisation).
724

q^-qi
brdog-pa = owч eaten up.
brdun-ica v. rdun-tea.
brdugs pf. of bdug-pa and
wqyqq bdug-pas brdugs seems to be an
intensive form (Situ. 75).
qjQj’ZJ brdul-wa 1. to deceive, to
(‘heat (&Л.). 2. to swing, brandish,
flourish,	gyab-mo brditl-ica to
swing a fly-flap (Jd.).
brd д-ра 1. to strike,
bang :	Q|or^’q^’4qN ^q^A*4|-4]JjC^^
the machine giving bangs and cuts of a
violent character. 2.	to eat.
qs/тр bl'deg-cha—^ gri.
q^tqA^aj q brd* g-htshog-pa (§S’4
brdufi-grabs byed-pa) 1. to threaten to
beat, prepare to beat. 2. to tumble down
as if falling down under intoxication ; to
slip, to slide, to lose one’s footing.
q^N*q brdos-pa (W*! gshan-la) 'wfHS'a
[run towards, attacked] S.
ч bldags-pa [licking]8.
bljhd explained by:
bldad is the chewing the
cud by oxen, goats and sheep.
q^^’q b$dams-pay v. if**q sdom-pa.
qjwtf hsdam-mo a knot, a tied
bandage.
bsdam-ra = q^’if^q §S'q
bkag-sdom dam-po byed-pa (Rtsii.).
bsdar-wa Sell.; in^^n^ q mdun-
du b$dar-ua to hope, to expect or wait for
a favour.
bsdigs [sth object to fix the
eyes on, either to steady the vision or in
mystic contemplation:
hjigs-tshul-gyis bsdigs (Situ. 76) ; =
dmig$-pa.
q^^^rj b^digs-tshig a catch or quibble
in a disputergol-tshig or
rgol-wahi tshigS (l&non.).
qsj'q bsdii’ica pf. qg^'q b^dus-pa fut.
bsdu to collect.
qg'q bsdu-wa sbst. нягн or
yig. 1. union of words and syllables
under certain grammatical rules, collec-
tion, gathering; qg^'q^w^N bsdus-te
b$dom$-na$ having abridged ; bsdu$-
don wrurir precise meaning; qg^’q wgvq
bsdus-pa las gyur-pa	a form
compounded from atoms. 2. co-operation,
partnership, fellowship. qg*q$5?ir2?q^ b$du-
wahi dnos-pobMthe four essentials of part-
nership or co-operation:—(1) ajtfq’l^q
mkho-tra sbyin-pa; (2)	$nan-par
Smra-wa ; (3)	hjig-rten don
nithun-pa; (4)	gdul-byahi
don-la spyod-pa. qgN'qS^fa b$dus-pahi sdom
firn conglommerate mass; ^qq-^-q^-q dican-
du bsdus-pa brought under one’s control or
power (Situ. 76).	bsdus-bshom З’чтя
a hell, pcidition.
qgwq b$dums-pa~ AVC^g^-q tar-
bsdums byed-pa treaty, intermediation,
reconciliation.
b$dur-wa	to comparo
[party representative, party fighting]8.
q^Vqvq bsdogs-pa to compose, prepare,
make ready:	lham-gyi b§dogs~
pa;	ner-b$dogs-pa id.;
Sta-gon-bsdogs (Situ. 76).
b^dofis-te together, in company
with (Nag. j/2).
bsdu-yig (Мйоп.);
bsdos (see ante £fq sdo-wa) risked.
I	: na L (he twelfth letter of the
Tibetan alphabet, corresponding in sound
to Sanskrit и or English n. 2. num.
fig.: 12.
II	. as a symbol na signifies steadi-
ness, or	and, further, it
signifies	to have steady
faith in the Buddhist Trinity (К. my. ”1
207). Again in the Tantra, means
futurity or	(7Г. g. p 179). Also
explains the knowledge of the name and
forms of all things, i.e., matter. In
mysticism is used to denote
bad luek (K. g. p 179).
III	: or^ na-ga 1. meadow, pasture
land ;	it grows on meadows (Vai.
$fi). 2. old name of the province of Gar
in Upper Tibet (A. 148). 3. sbst. = ^5 or
(resp. g’^ §ku-na) age, stage of life;
na-tshod rga§-pa§ of advanced age
(Vai. §n.);	naso gshon-te being
young;	na-tshotf-kyi dbye-wa
the different ages or stages of life (Ja.);
na-chufi maiden, virgin:
nachufi bzan-nio bcu ten beautiful gills; V
*3* na-mnam=%lo-mnam of equal or
same age, contemporaneous;	a
young maiden.
IV: 1. the locative case-sign added to
substantives, and to be translated: in, on,
at, unto: <]Wj gyas-na on the right;
jgyon-na on the left; lo-rgyuz-na in
a book of history; dc-na there, in
that place;	at the same time,
at a certain time; ^’3>at that time,
then. 2. added to verbs, either to the
inf. or more frq. to the verbal root, when
it implies the construction of a gerund
and is best rendered by “on” his doing
so-and-so, or by “when” he did or was
doing such a thing, etc. 3. added, as Jd.
points out, to the instr, of substantives
and verbs:	for	that reason, there-
fore ; for what reason, why, where-
fore ;	hence,	thus, so then,
accordingly, very frq. khur-ica$-na
because they carried (Glr.); also added to
the tenninative case:	I I
in the first place, firstly, etc., (Dzl.);
on account of.
V: the next meaning of as
given in the work Smra-sgo is:—
1 This definition refers
in fact to the use of as a conditional
conjunction when it is placed after the
verb of the clause it affects and is rendered
by “if.” Frequently but not always the
word gal-te is put at the beginning
of such clause, and T1 *5 with together=
“if.” In Situ. 22 there is given an
elaborate explanation of as conditional
particle:—1.	applied
to show how a thing is comprised or on
what it depends, for instance if in
reality or substantially;	if taken
together. 2. Фapplied to
726
express reason or conditional existence:
this having existed, that
arose;	fire existing, smoke
came out. 3. as a suppositional particle :
I if there
exists no wood at all how can there be dry
wood?	if matter
is not composite can there be imperma-
nency ? 4. although :
although he was
foimerly a transgressor ho is now applying
his mind to piety ;	I
’X although this (person) was
poor foimerly, he is now no longer poor.
5. applied to prayer=if indeed:
।	з;-^Й ।
if indeed, I obtained saintly enlighten-
ment, I should think that all living
beings were happy I 6. applied to express
doubt:
if I sow seeds would seedlings (at all)
come out of them ? (Situ, 21). is also
used with nani:	nam-du$-la
lab-na when the time comes, frq,;
nam-hgro-na when I go, was going, shall
go. We have not space to illustrate
the usage of with «pr? the latter word
merely serving to show where the condi-
tional clause commences.
t Na-ka ищ n. of a Buddhist sage
at whose request the poet Kshemendra wrote
his famous poem Avadana Kalpalata.
J Щ na-kra a sea-monster of egg-
horn species, possibly a crocodile, an
alligator.
Na-kha n. of a place in Tibet: ^’P’
the saint Thar-pahi
Kyyal-wdshan of Nakha (Loft. * 18),
2. = И^’ green-sward, turf.
[1. the plant
Marsika quadrifolia. 2. pearl oyster]8.
У*!} na-ga pasture land, green mea-
dow. ’5} na-ga pha-ni wfa n. of
a medicinal plant.
na-yi rRpt n. of a medicinal seed
of the size and appearanco of a pea, prob,
a cubeb (Ijtsii.) [lit. mountain-born]8.
Syn.	na-phyi$-duft; й«р rniig-
pa;	ko-lahi hdab\ й’^’^’Й mi-
ry an sen-mo (Mfton..).
na-yu-chan^^'i" spaft-rtsi
green sward, pasture land.
’Q)	[the plant Vatica
robusta.yS-
па-с1шп-та=Ъ'%% a virgin,
a young woman, a damsel.
Syn. Hbu-mo gshon-nu ;
laft-tsho daft-po;	phyog$-med-ma
nor-ldan-ma (Mfion,),
na-mnam-ma=ЗрргМ	a
female friend, a mistress (Mnon,),
Na-ti-ka n. of a place in ancient
India (K. du. S 328).
G\
na-nin JPK last year, preceding
year [previously, before, in front]#.
^’4 na-wa 1. to be ill, sick; also the
state of being ill, illness, sickness;
to cure sickness (though ^5 is more in
use);	ua-ica dan hchi-ica disease
and death ; g zkye-rya-ua-hchi, v. | ч
skye-wa I. 2. sbst. = a sick person;
q old and sick people;	an
invalid (male and female) (Ck.); W one

727

laid up with disease, a female patient
(ЛД7.); a sickly person, an invalid
(Cs.); sickly ; healthy (Cs.);
after falling ill (Sch.); ear-ache;
my whole body aches;
if the tooth aches;	it aches on
pressing (S.g.); 3]5’q'ai'4'<4 (good) for the
headache, for disease of the brain;
complication of diseases or fits of
generally. na-tsha=illness:
| medicine is not congenial to
one who is not ill.
t yzT<jrotq
na-wa ma-li-ka
the flower Jdsminum sambae.
na-wa tsa-ti-ka
n. of a bird (К. ко. 3) [a young spar-
row] 5.
na-bun	fogs, line of
thick mist which hangs over the sides and
tops of hills.	byin-rlab$-kyi
na-bun the fog of blessings.
Syn.	$ mug-pa; R«|	khug-rna.
na-bun bu-mo a kind of worm.
na-ma abbr. =*i name for
$tod-gar the province of Gar in upper
Tibet and * for the lake Ma-pham
(Manasarovara) (A. 148).
па-mo ин*- praise, glory, adora-
tion [bowing one-self down]S.
па-mo gu-ru praise to the teacher! frq.
in Milaraspa.
Na-mo-che n. of a place in
ancient India:
(A. 114).
^5 na-tshod age; V^V*?**4*
of the same age;	youthful,
young.
na-tshod-gnas l.=S’§4,l khyu-
byug the cuckoo. 2. = 5’^ raven (Mfion.).
3. a name for	and
$kyu-ru-ra ityrobolana embelica.
na-tshod ynas-pa,
a youth (Mnon.) [a youthful
maiden] S.	na-tshod-yol passed
youth, one whose youth is over; but
ace. to Rtsii. an old man between 60 and
72 years of age.
па-rdsa [sprinkled ]&
na-bzah (uamza) рЧПН,
dress, clothes, covering. Also the cloth
coverings of an idol.	na-bzahi
lteb-tu=9\^'^^ in the fold of the dress :
saying
poor pup! having wrapped it up in his
garment, ho proceeded (A. 13).
na-bzah sgron or	offering of
raiment. у	na-bzah go§-drug the
six kinds of clothes used by the Bon priest
are the following;—smad-gosy Я5’*4!
smad-hog, smad-gam, stod-gos^
sad-shu, sad-lham an additional
one is hdin-iua.
na-hun ace. to Bon=^’^ na-bun :
qpX}	I agitated by the
blowing wind like vanishing mists (D.R.).
1 3)’up^ Na-ya ko-ta n. of
a village in Nepal.
Na-ra n. of a place in the 10th
century A.D. in Southern India (A. 40).
(mystic) (К. g. I4 28). [1. hell. 2. a sort
of mystical diagram framed in summoning
up a divinity, eto.]S.
3j’^l
728
^51
J па-гад—Vajra Naraka
eternal hell, or	dmyal-wa
ntn ir-nied the hell of ceaseless torture.
3j’43J na-rani n. of a medicinal plant
used for diarrhoea.
j	na-ri ki-la cocoa-
nut :
(7Г. g. i 48).
яа-п?=Ье (someone) says or said.
It hardly occurs in old classical literature,
but is frq. in later literature, especially in
Hit. and Pth.
3jNa-la-da n. of a sage (K. du.
5 121}. [Prob, tho same as Nfcrada
the divine sage who was produced from
tho forehead of Brahma] S.
1	Na-la-tee n. of the sister of
Das'anuna tho fabulous king of Ceylon :
q'S’-q 2J 4N I 9 V *»
I then the
Baksasa Dasagiiva for the purpose of
conquering gods and men gave his sister
Nalatse in marriage to Mah&devu (K. g.
«i 317).
na-li bowl, basin, an iron or
thina dish (Jd.).
+	lha-yi me-tog n.
of a celestial flower (Hbrom. *\ 17) [prob,
the same as Naltna a lotus-flower or
water-1 ily]S.
+ a, ®Y5, л-len-dra •тгзр^ the great
monastery of Nalanda in Magadha, which
was a Buddhist seminary ; also name of
a small monastery in Phenvul in Tibet.
na-lr-gam 1. peail. 2.
|H	[pepper; a small tree
with fragrant blossoms, called Mcsua rox-
burghii^S.
Syn. ?rar«r«^ grol-wa-can; mu-tig
(Mnon.).
na-le-fam dkar-po [a
particular drug or medicinal substance
said to be fragrant, but bitter and slightly
pungent in taste, and of a greyish colour;
it is produced in grains about tho size of
pepper-corns] 5.
Syn.	gni$-skye§; hphrog-
byed;	grfugs-can ; gdun-can ;
SK’J ser-^kye (ДГЯоп.).
Sal, /Sjjl; = 3*3 f!-kinl
n. of an acrid medicine.
na-ro 1. the o, or the vowel sign
for the letter б? о in the Tibetan alphabet
also called If 2. fhl [disease]/?.
Na-ro-mkhah* $pyod-ma a
dakini who is taken to be the tutelary
goddess of the Sa-kya sect, and said to ho
an emanation of variant type from Dorje
Phagmo.
па-г0~*а orNarotapa; Tib.
Na-ro-pa a celebrated Buddhist sage of
Nalanda in Magadha who guarded the
northern gate of the monastery of Vikrama
S'ila. Born of Kashmir Brahma? parents
he became a pandit before his conversion
to Buddhism, and wrote a learned treatise
on the subject of subduing the Tirthika
in disputation. Being miraculously told
by a Khadoma that he should receive
instructions in Buddhism from Tilopa and
meditating for twelve years he obtained
the occult powers called «*4	He
$1
729
returned to the life of an anchorite about
the 70th year of his age leaving the
Buddhist ministry to Dipaihkara S'rij-
пйпа (Atis'a).
%=nd man (mystic) (К. g. F 28)
[the word nd may be derived from the
Sanskrit nr (man), in the nominative case,
singular number]#.
nd-да the Indian term for
S klu. q. v.
+	nd-да ge-sar итп%ЩХа1во called
[probably Michelia champaka^S.
Syn.	gser-mifi-can;
tsam~pa-skye$; VIя bufi-ioa-dgah
(Шоп.).
tVHTT4 nd-да ta-la-pa	n. of
a lake in one of the fabulous cemeteries of
Buddhist India.
+ 4’4’^ na-ga-ri the civic language, or
the language of the civilized people, the
character in which modern Sanskrit is
written.
t q Na-go-pa n. of a Buddhist Indian
ascetic who used to put on scarcely any
clothes, and called the naked saint; while
in Konkan in S. W. India he was found
lecturing in the harem of a king who
consequently caused his limbs to be cut
off. It is said that the saint bearing the
pain with indifference caused the king’s
limbs to be cut off by some occult agency.
He resided in a hermitage in the Vindhya
mountains (K. dun. 5£).
3) nd-та 5fm=^'3’e3 shes-Ъуа-гса
named, so-called.
i	na-ri kro-ra a very delici-
ous fruit (2Г. d. £0).
nag-po скш black; dark,
gloomy;	kha-mdog nag-po
black colour, black or
dark appearance. ^Bber-phyi
nag-po nan-dkar a garment out side black
inside white (Rtsii.); mi-nag or
mi-nag-pa 1. a layman who has
entered the state of religious enlighten-
ment, but is still in the darkness of a
worldly life. 2. a married man. V’W
nag-can a wicked man, a murderer; a
person guilty of a crime (#t?A.);
a criminal released or escaped
from prison.
^0 nag-khra paintings in various
colours on a black plain or basis.
nag-gi-shift «пгт a bower [an
uncultivated field] #.
nag-hgro	[1. walking in
the night. 2. fire, that which causes a path
to be black in moving]#,
Nag-rgya n. of a tribe in
Ancient India:
Rajputs who lived in the neighbourhood
of Kapilav&stu (Yig. 28).
nag-chag$ black cattle, horned
cattle (Sch.).
Nag-chu acc. to Tibetan writers
the upper course of the Irawadi:
В	rf-cr
w i ®	i ”’5>'
the Rivers Nag-chu of
the north, Shag-chu, Sog-chu, these three
joining at a place in upper Kham-mdo
form the river called Ngul-chu which
93
5)^1
730

flowing through Tsha-wa Long in a south-
ward direction enters Mukham and thence
passes by Ava, Amarapur, Mon Sowa, &c.;
the Indians call it Airavati {Dsam. 33).
This statement, however, is not borne out
by the investigation of modern explorers
who have proved the Ira wadi to rise not
iu Tibet but in the northernmost ranges
of Burmah itself.
^Яnag-chu kha-pa people living on
tho banks of the river Nag-chu who are
notorious for their thievish propensities.
^Яnag-chun or	—^Я^'Я^Я’
ЗЯ^'ч^Я'^Т^Я'^Я
^Я'^ пад-clun a heinous crime ; a great
sinner.
I nag-ta ma-la n. of a tree, the
black Tamala (7Г. ко. Я 3).
над-tin black indeed is a
^Я’?Я^ or auxiliary word added for
emphasis to the principal word ^Я, so too
wo have	deep purple, £ 5^5^’
very blue. On the other hand
ehab-chab expresses a meaning contrary to
^3^’ tin-tin as in	and
Similar expletives are in
or -^Я’^Я in Й’^Я'^Я, and so on).
ЯС*ЦЯ	the Lord smiling with
an expression of suppressed displeasure
(A. 76).
^Я^ nag-thum or ^Я^ or ^Я'З'^
nag-hu-тс jet black {Sch.).
nag-nog чтгеи [touching]#.
^Я ХЯ’^ nag-nog-can not clear; fig. pol-
luted, stained with sin.
^Я’^ЯЛ’^'ХЯ^ nag-nog dri-mas nog§-pa
covered with dirt, dirty, dingy.
VT4 nag-pa	§kar-ma) the
thirteenth constellation. ^Я’З^ nag-zla-
tra	[March-April]#.	nag-
pa$-na	[the full-moon day of
March-April] S.	'^Я^ nag-pahi-tshogs
[^ч; variegated]#.
ЗЯ^'^ЧЯ Nag-po khyab-hjug n. of
Vishyu {Hbrom. 41)-
^Я 3nag-po hgro-fe$~
a clear legible writing, writing very
clearly {Rtsii.). VI’nag-po hgro-
bger was explained to Jd. as illustrating
a sentence by comparing it with similar
passages.
Nag-po chen-po 1.	the
god Mahakala, or the lord of death; acc.
to the later treatises, he is the wrathful
manifestation of Chenraisi or Avalokites-
vara. By propitating Mahakala, one ean
get a charmed sword, elixir medicine
for eye-disease, pills of wonderful pro-
perties, also the power of walking with
miraculous swiftness {K. g. 291).
2. an epithet of the king of the Naga.
^Я’йnag-po chcn-pohi tshogs ;
attendants on Mahakala.
nag-po dri-ldanb	black
sulphur {Sman. 447).
Nag-po ^pyod-pa n. of one
of the Mahasiddhas or Grub-chen: aiw
arise, arise, the
sage Krsnacharya is coming {R. dun.
27).
^Я nag-po fnJi a kind of grain or
seed which cures “the disease of thirst ”
(Sfa'V).
^Я^Я*4 nag-phyogs [black, sin]#.
^Я’^Я’^’|Я^ nag-po sdig-pahi phyogs.

731
W
cho^lugs nan-pahi phyogs
the side of irreligiousness; evil, sin, crime,
etc., also the side of perverted religion, also
those who behave contrary to the prac-
tices of the Buddhist religion; generally
a Mleccha, an outsider, S’^'q phyi-rol-pa
and 21’ JT kla-klo etc.
nag-ma a kind of vegetable medi-
cine :
^'Й nag-mo ^rf^reir. a black woman, a
woman in general; the goddess Kali.
nag-niohi-biM-mift the names of
the sons of Kali:—bum-pa-can;
nag-mo-$kye§;	mthar-byed;
^yqV^qq*^ mun-pahi dwaft-phyug*, §‘3^’
$de-bzan\	du$-kyi phyi-ma; 9*,'S’4i|v
bum-$gra-b$greft; gcod-byed (Mnon.).
Nag-mo khyo-med n. of a
female sa-bdag or goddess of the
soil.
з^'Й^оЦ nag-mo Ifta-ten «чпт,
one of the names of Draupadi, the joint
wife of the five Pa^dava brothers (Mfton.).
nag-mo-can	[a
yellow fragrant wood considered as a
yellow species of sandal-wood; saffron]8.
^•Йячдц [La tower. 2. a conse-
quence] S.
а^’ЙЗ’[&| Nag-mohi-khol or з^’Йг^^
Kalidasa the great Indian poet.
Nag-tshaft 1. = ^Т^’ нтт-нчц.
2. n. of a Dok-land lying to the north-
west of Sa-skya monastery, and S. of the
Yeru Tsangpo (Loft. * 13).
nag-tshig a point, dot.
Nag-tsho Lo-tsa-wa
j*rq) the Tibetan scholar and traveller who
twice visited Magadha and resided for
three years at the monastery of Vikrama
S'ila for the purpose of bringing Atis'a
to Tibet about 1000 A.D. (Loft. я 9).
nag§ opf, 7ТТИ a forest:
mi-med-nags solitude, lonely forest (A. K.
1-4);	nags-tshal a grove ;
dense forests;	nags-khrod-pa
3HWT or a succession of thick woods
on steep hill-sides. The names of the
forests in the mountains called
of Uttara Kura are the following:—I: (1)
gjqjrg^q	; (2)
q^^N; (3)	; (4)
gq^opj; (5)	II: (1)
(2)	(3)
gx/wg ; (4)
—these exist in the mountains of Uttara
Kuru called	Tho
following forests are said to exist in tho
mountains of Purva Videha'.—(1)
2 «gjvcr<!Wl*rq; (3)
Also (1)	; (2)
; (3)	; (4) $4'45’^; (5)
(6)	(7)
; (8) W (K. d. 320).
nags-kyi rgyal	[‘king
of the forest/ the lion ; the plant Verbesina
8candens}S.
nags-kyi gean-
gzan gdug-gm-can— tofyu-lo the polecat
(Sman. 108).
5*1’5 nag$-kyi tig-ta a wild bitter
medicinal plant, a species of chiretta.
Syn.	rig-pahi rna-wa ;
gna^-gcig-hdsin ; leg§-ldan;
ro-ldan\	$don-bu-gcig; •^’дуЙ
sdig-pahi bran-me ; *^'§5hjom-byed-ma
(Mfton.).
'gprq nag^kyi sbal-pa acc. to Jd.: a
tree-frog; a species of frog living in dense
732
*FI
marshy forest:	KiHfw
(Med.).
nagf-hyi fica-««=fI: * * 4l4J^4| tfag-
gzig a tiger-leopard (ДГЙои.).
? * nag$-kyi hi-ra wild-boar.
nag$-kyi-lha	sylvan
god, nymph (Л. 7Г. 7-4).
W0 nag-khyi or	nag-kyi-khyi
wild dog Сноп alpinus.
Syn.	n-
dbags-gsotf (Мйоп.).
lfag$-mtioM-por dya^-wa
n. of a city in the fabulous continent of
Раз'ci ma Godaniya.
5*!*^ q nag$-ne-ica	a grove.
^4|*’’?3i nagt-ldan fa peacock] S.
nag$-la-lu$~ Q4! khyug 3^-fvn
[fond of the forest, the Indian euckoo]S.
nags-na dgah-wa cuckoo.
Syn. f^'g4! khyu-byug\ йад-^пап
(Д?Яо?ь).
^^g^ пад$-Ьуий эта = ’Жгдя
nag$-t3hal-$kye$ [‘ forest -born,’ an ele-
phant, a kind of grass] S.
nag$-ma officinal plant used in
fractures.
I: nail W’nurf the space
within a thing, the interior, the inside ;
colloq. and late literature: indoors, a
house:	g0 home,	the
whole interior of the cavern (ЛЛ7.);
gshoft-pahi пай the interior of the
basin ;	the interior of a pit;
to sweep the inside of
a house (Dzl.) ; пай-Май the whole
family (Jd.);	S q пай-gi bye-brag
phye-wa to differentiate, to specify; the
inner distinction. Also ^,4]^ specifica-
tion as in: ^V^^'^'4!^’4!^’ in the speci-
fication of the provinces of Tibet Tsang is
included. Other ex.:	to go
into the room of a sick person (Vai. ?/?.);
inviting into their houses
(Mil.); nang-na^ пай-la,
пай-du postp. with gen. = in, into, within ;
also as adv. = inside:	the
kernel is inside;- V'V* пай-паз from
within ; пай-1а§ from among ; ^‘9)’
^*VH*v§5’q rdstf-gi пай-па khru$-bycd-pa
(Dzl.) to bathe in a pond;	’^’S4]*^
(colloq.) to go into the water;
5^’B'K4*in the town and out of it (Dzl.);
it came out of his nose (Dzl.).
II : = ^’Й пай-то the morning
(Jd.); ^'^5 пай-mej-la col., frq. sud-
denly ;	пай-med nor-rned-pa to
become rich unexpectedly (S.g?).	has
also a special mystical sense = esoteric.
пай-кЪой-$кет$	con-
sumption.
пай-khrol bowels, entrails, intes-
tines ; also any separate part of them (Jd.) ;
пай-khrol d/ой-и'а spasmodic
contractions of the bowels ;
khrol bshag=*W*Wl.
nan-hkhor domestic attendants
and officers, such as	gwl-dpon^
gziin-dpon^ etc. :
q he does not even say anything to
his domestic attendants (A. P.5).
^£ч?||чс.-ч nan-gi ккай-ра inner apart-
ment, also room of the house,
пай-gi rpcoj-zbyin sacri-
fice of animals, an offering.

733

naft-gi byed-pa w^*. W ;=$w
^5 sem$-nid the mind, the heart (M-fton.)
[the internal sense-organs]/?.
^c/3)-gw44 naft-gi khrims or	naft-
khrims a private law, precept or doctrine
not intended for the public; private
punishment or chastisement.
naft-gt дги-Мып=^*& store
keeper, one in charge of stores (M-fton.).
V^iIh'4 naft-gi sb у in-pa denotes per-
sonal sacrifices, the surrendering of parts
of ourself, e.g., a member of the body,
opp. to outward property.
naft-gi rlgs-bshi the four
original races (of Tibet) which are:—?ч*
Ijk' {doft, § se and Д ?mu (Yig. 7).
naft-gog* v. ther.
a general term for the
inner contents of the body (Ya-sel. 39).
пай-йог $ar-wa 1. for
-V’4 perception: йч|-?]чЭ	per-
ception by the sense of the eye. 2. to en-
lighten :
there Buddha having blessed (sanc-
tified) that country for the enlightenment
of the Nfiga (A. 40).
«atf-gri^=^”4|$4| $dod-gcig also
one day, one morning:
ч5*Уг1|*»^*г'Ё'^*ц§ч]*г^,чу’Т|| one morning
he went towards the edge of the roof of
Atis'a’s residence (A. 27) i
V* лап-с7/а== VET4 naft-khrol intes-
tines.
nan-chag§su in one’s self, in
one’s own mind (&?Л.).
naft-chen one great in orthodoxy:
Kjpvsa-$kyahi naft-gi mi-chen a
great man under the hierarchy of Sakya.
Naft-chen sper-ggig n. of a
place in Khams (Loft. з 26).
nan-mchod 1. mystical religious
service; also offerings mado to deities in
such a service, the most important offering
being sanctified beer poured from a
human-skull-cup into the cups of devotees
who drink it as something efficacious
against evil. 2. a sori of potion consisting
of the ten impurities, viz., five kinds of
flesh (including human flesh), excre-
ment, urine, blood, mairow and
W'4 (semen) all mixed together, trans-
substantiated by charms into fydud-
rtsi the potion of immortality, a small
quantity of which is tasted by the
devotees with the lama at their head.
This drink is considered of great import-
ance by the mystics who seek to obtain
gifts of witchcraft; hence every offering
is sprinkled with this potion.
naft-rje minister of the interior,
home-minister (Sch.).
naft-ltar (col. for 4^’^ or Itar)
according to, in conformity with, like, as,
c. genit. or accus.: Ч’»р’^’$ч according to
order or command; ч^Г*Н'Ч-^ч^к^ч
according to what I have said;
according to law;	acc. to
my written petition; ч*рaccord-
ing to the orders (of Government).
naft-hthab byed-pa =
§\ч naft-hkhrugs byed-pa to stir up civil
war, internal feuds.
W nan-dag pure or clean within; the
interior being cleansed; the intrinsic
meaning, the true sense;	naft-
don rtog-pa to investigate, to study, the
real meaning.
<5F-3f4||
734
3jC-«IE5TC||
¥-4 nafl-nan-rji,	паЯ-gi,
•’iM*’ паЯ-nai from among, out of:
must be taken out of these;
bring some
of the nails which are in store.
^•^•цс/5<г|а£«г| пай-du уай-dag hjog sfa-
н^П1Я [complete absorption].
Л8'4 пай-па Ici-wa	[be-
comes heavier, greater]^.
i: пай-ра wfaw [humiliated,
defeated]^.
и: a Buddhist, opp. to B'q phyi-pa
non-Buddhist, Brfihmanist. ^E/q’w^jsrq
пай-ра san$-rgya$-pa he who has from
sincere belief accepted Buddhism by
formally taking refuge in the Buddhist
Trinity—as thus defined by Tsongkhapa:
(Lam-rim. 92).
a^'qS'dbпай-pahi cha-htgi the Buddhist
way of dressing;	пай-pahi-chos
Buddhist religion ;	пай-pahi Ita-
tca Buddhist philosophy; ^cqS'q^’q nan-
pahi tetan-pa Buddhist doctrine;
пай-pahi iton-pa the Buddhist Teacher;
I	a Buddhist is
inwardly clean or pure, a Hindu out-
wardly.
пай-раг 1. in the morning
(Dzl.). 2. the morning esp. the following
morning: ^’q^’5’^’4 the allowance, the
ration for the following morning (Glr.).
nan-po an intimate, a bosom-friend
(&Л.).
nan-bion фсай-ро Ina acc.
to Bon. the five external organs of sense:
nose, ears, tongue, eyes and the skin(2).2?.).
+	пай-Ьуап chug-pa
one who
has mastered all meanings and does not
require to ask others for explanation of
the same.
пай-ma 1. confidential, private. 2.
house-wife, chief lady of the house-
hold (Yig. k. 3).
пай-mahi %kah-bri$ private
or confidential writing or correspondence
(Yig. k. 27).	пай-mahi bkah-
tshogif	пай-mahi bkah-mchid
confidential instructions, confidential cor-
respondence ;	private ad-
vice=^’W’^»r**H
пай-mi	[near relative or
friond]&; members of a household, in-
mates (Dorn.).
пай-mig room, apartment.
пай-те lit. morning-fire for pre-
paring breakfast [^«fu the interior fire,
digestive force] S.
пай-dme	a
murder of one’s own brothers, relations,
etc. (Ya-sel. 18).
nan-mo tho morning; in the
morning;	every morning and
evening; 5’^* this morning :
where do you come from this morning ?
(Л1П.)	this day’s meal; in
the morning and evening;
in the morning, in the evening, and at
noon.
пай-1$1шд$=Ф'ЩЯ^ пай-lugs.
пай-fyzan-pa clerks or minis-
terial officers who receive allowance in kind
or money; also domestic servants who
receive food for the work they do:
the working attendants who
receive allowance in food (Btfsu.).
^•ujE.^’q пап-уай$-ра	mag-
nanimous, broad-hearted.
735
naft-rig-pa the esoteric science
or learning;	nan-rig-pahi
bon-^de gsum the three esoteric divisions of
the Bon are:—(1)	drag-
pohi klu-hbum nag-po; (2)
hdul-wahi klu-hbum khra-bo; (3)
gfsafi-icahi klu-hbum dkar-po.
These three Bon scriptures are said to have
been brought from the land of the Naga
when they were delivered to the sage Yegcs
shin-po (2ZjR.). Also	science of
the soul or mind.
nail-rim	[the inte-
rior cloth, cloth used for a turban]#.
nafi-sel dissensions, discrepancy.
nafi-gsal 1. clear inside, inner
light; lucid; also elucidation. 2. =
du-кй lahi-ras (®on.) [attired
in coloured cloth or woven silk]S'.
nafis, lit to-moirow when the
night is over; but practically signifies the
day after to-morrow (K. du. 313).
na^-par adv. on the day after to-
morrow.
nad чЪт, snfa; WH, ^Tpi disease,
illness, sickness; with vbs. signifyingto be
stricken with any sickness ^5 is always
put in the instr, case.
fXTt’vsn {A. JT.) [was attacked for
a moment by headache]#.
or to be attacked by a disease,
to be taken ill;	nad-kyi
hbra$-bu-can lit. that contains the germ
of disease;	nad-kyi §man remedy
for illness;	nad-rkyen byed the
causes of illness or diseases (such as)
^43^1
**51 drinking of much water and lying on
a hard bed, sleeping in the daytime,
and keeping up at night. nad-go seat
of a disease (#сЛ.); nad-ean wtm ill,
sick;	§brum-ma a pregnant
woman; ^5nad-theg-pa	to
suffer sickness or loss (Rtsii.).
nad-bdud mgo-gcod n. of a demi-god
of the Naga class.
nad §na-tshogs-kyi§ btab
laid up with a complexity
of diseases.
^5’4 nad-pa 1. a sick person, male or
female. In colloq. frq. 2. adj. ill, sick.
Syn. of 1:	nad-kyis btab-po;
nad-phog-pa; ^‘4 na-wa>\
zug-rHu mnar-wa;	na-tsha byun-wa;
khams ma-bde-wa\ ^’Ч'^й^'Ч
hdu-u'a hkhrugs-pa; ^‘ЧК^Ч'Ч nc-icar gdufi-
wa; ^аддоч^ч nam§ ma-bde-wa; blo-
htshal-wa ; ЦА*4 $nun-pa ; §ku-ldem-pa
(Mnon.).
nad-po — *№ nad-pa.
^5’9 nad-bu^^S illness, disease; W9’*^
sickly.
nad-med 1. V* ni-ma the sun
(Mnon.). 2. healthy, hale.
^5 nad-med-pa
healthy, sound, not diseased;
tp heal; also	one who makes well,
physician;	4 or to get well,
to recover one’s health.
Syn. ^5’9 ^5 nad-bu med;	ner-
htshe-rned;	geon-med;
hgyufi-bshi §nom$;	ne-sho dwen;
bro-mi-htshat;	kham§-bde;
snun-med;	§ku-gzug§ bde
(Mflon.).
^5’^ nad-tsha WW; fever, disquietude.
736
nad-shi-гса	alleviation
of or recovery from a disease.
nad-gshi the primary cause of a
disease.
nad-yog-pa trfwx^ an atten-
dant on a patient; medical attendants:
(KL du. 5 261),
the inedieal attendants were unable to
alleviate it; §Vq to nurse.
^у^слгч nad-safa-pa recovery, the state
of being cured.
Syn.	nad-fpot-pa;
zng-rfiu bral-ira;	nad-kyis-btafi\
rnam-hgyur-mcd;	nad-
las-grol; ^с.*гц $nun-dicaft$-pa ;
nad-las thar-wa (Цпоп.).
^S’^4 nad’Scl a general name for medi-
cine (Mfion.).
nad-gso-thabs medical treat-
ment, the method of healing.
Syn. gto-dpyad', tman-
gyi bya-wa; nad-g$o; htsho-
thabs\ tshehi-rig-byed (Mfton.).
nan derived from поп-pa occurs
as abstr. noun = urging, pressure, impor-
tunity:	not being
able to resist their importunity (Mil.) ;
^'З*4 with urgency, pressingly;
nan-kha urgency, pressure.
^’S’i nan-tan sbst.	ич
1. earnestness, application, exertion;
assiduity:	S exert yourself
willingly for the attainment of perfection
(Jtyrom. I41). 2. adv.certainly, positively;
earnestly, ardently; ^W^’S*4'4 nan-tan-du
bya^-pa accomplished, practised with
earnestness ;	do earn-
estly, should be done with exertion.
Syn. hbad-pa; ч?prison-
bgyu$ (Mfton.).
nan-tar veiy much, all the more;
altogether.
+ V* nan-tur sfafa, observing,
scrutinizing as secret agent = ^‘5^ nan-tan.
nan-ltar W4TX [interminable,
epithet of heaven, the ocean, etc.]S.
^’3^ nan-thuror
nan-shag in W. Tib. late, recent.
’^4 nab-nub n. of a great number :
(Ya-
wl. 56, 57).
ajqsrSf nab$-so	n. of the sixth
constellation in Buddhist astrology,
nabs-so-skyes one born under the
constellation of Punarvasu, an epithet of
Vishnu (Mnon.).
Syn. §^’«5^’35 sbyin-mahi lha-mo;
rgyal-stod {Шоп.).
I: nam, Kifa sbst. the night:
nam-lans-te or na$ the night rising,
i.e., at day-break. ^ЗЗ^ЗУ4* nam-gyi
gufi-thun-la at the hour of mid-night.
II: adv. of time: when: BSV4^’
when did you come; ^*‘*5 when will you
go ?	always keep in mind
that when death will come is uncertain;
since what time ? since
when? (Mil.); relatively:
to appoint the time when one is going to
start (Dzl.);	when he
shall lay aside his phantom-body (Mil.),
nani-yaft with a negative, in sen-
tences relating to the past or the future,
= never:	(that) has never
been heard of formerly;

737

<че.§кЙ'3!с.' the body of the abbot will
never decay. Used, also, with imperat.
never renounce the holy
doctrine. In collq. u nam-yang ” =
nam-mkhah ^пчпи, ИНц
7171Я the sky, space above and abound the
earth ; the various heavens which acc. to
Mahayana lore lie to the west, north,
east, and south. However, there are two
classes of aka$a, one is sky or heaven,
the other is a metaphysical conception
which may be expressed just like the point
in geometry.
Syn. acc. to (22/sh.) *R<|sw kun-hgebs;
S'W bya-lam ; rtag-sdod\ kun-
gsal	lha-rise rol-pahi
gna§; lha-lam; gyw sprin-lam;
w rgyu-skir-lam;	mthah-med;
; S’R^R mi-hdth; gnam; ^'^5
lus-med] ^’*§5 go-hbyed;	me-shal-
lam;	lh(i~yt rdsin-rift\
khyab-hjug-gnas^ chu-sgrogs;
frdfcN chu-mthons; hr^^r bar-med-mkhah;
*Vr§^ mi-hgyur; 4^’^' bar-snan; R^ kun-
hgro, mthah-bral^ ^<Y(3q kun-khyab\
nam-mkhah (Mnon.).
Nam-mkhah Rgyal-mtshan
the celebrated chief of B/in-spuns Jong in
Tsang (Lon. ^15).
^’^R nam-mkhah-mjal—y^'^ sun-
light (Mnon.).
лат-mkhah-ldin the king of
birds, the eagle (7Г. g. S 127). Of
its other names are:—Х^’чяс; hod-bzan,
hdab-dkar,	rkan-med-
hgro, R^Q'R^j hdab-hgro, R^cr^c/gN hdab-
bzan §ky^	hdab-med skyes, «Kg*»*
yid-ltar-mgyog^ jr$WR&*|M klu-
rnam§ hjigs,	rnam-hbxtd ba,
bha-ra dba-dsa, S’^'2* Ъуа-chen-po,
xXrj hdab-Idan mchog (K. g. 5 127).
nan-mkhahi dkyil
[the vault of the sky]S.
nam-mkhahi skc-rags^S^
dgu-tshigs the horizon (Mnon.).
nam-mkhahi-khyim the hea-
venly mansion in a mystical as well as in
astrological sense.
Syn.	mtho-rls-nas;
§5 mtho-ris rgyal-srid (Mnon.).
nam-mkhahi khyon occurs in
both the ex-
panse of my own mind and the area of
the heavens (Yid. 83).
+	nam-mkahi gos-can^=-^\
^mad-htshon-ma a harlot; fR*l**t^ a
celestial courtezan.
nam-mkhahi glan-po a the
bull of the heavens,” met. cloud (Mnon.).
Syn.	nam-mkhahi ta-ma-la
(Mnon.) also (Yig. k. 59).
nam-mkhahi chu-bo the hea-
venly river, epithet of the river Ganges
(Mfion.).
nam-mkhahi snin-po ^шят-
iTH lit. the essence of the sky or void,
n. of a Bodhisattva:
^,£I55'q the 108 names of Bodhisattva
Akas'agarbha (contained in K. g. ** 63).
^wpR^R-ZjR*^ nam-mkhahi §nin-pohi mdo
n. of a Buddhist work of
the northern school which contains the
enumeration of the attributes of Bodhi-
sattva Akas'agarbha (K. d. <4 377).
^«•jfjR-^q’qjM’R^ei’qR’qJs^R’^X in IL. d.
137.
nam-khahi-rta (lit. heavenly
horse); general name for birds (Mnon.).
94

738

nam-khahi thig-le as met.
the sun (Mnon, also Yig. k, 59),
nam-rnkhahi tho-wa (lit. the
hammer of heaven) thunder (Mnon,),
nam-mkhahi-ldin 714?;
nam-mkhahi-dbug$ ^Н’.чтн [‘ sky-
breath/ wind]#.
nam-mkhahi-nor or nor-
Z-M=tho sun and moon (Mnon,) lit. the
gems of heaven:
f (Yig, k, 70).
nam-rnkhahi inc-tog 4П4ПХ-
1. the flowers of the sky, i,e,r
nothing. 2.=^’*4 go-thal	Ьуа-
go-bohi bran) the excrement of the vulture
(Sman, 2^3),
nam-ga yid-la hdod
[tho bodiless one, Kama]#.
nam-gan the now-moon,
(lit. the night of full darkness).
nam-giti midnight.
nam-gyi cha-stod ^й<г=г the
first half of tho night;	nam-gyi
§madcha latter part of tho night.
nam-grn 1.	the twenty-*
sixth constellation in Buddhist astrology:
it is shaped as two
eliptical groups of thirty-two stars.
Syn.	gso-icahi lha-mo;
rgyas-byed (Rtsii,),
Nam-gru-§kye§ 1.	[the
river Yamuna, daughter of the sun]#.
2. an epithet of the wife of tho sun.
nam-gru-ma 1. n. of a Yaksa
princess (K, g, 5, 130). 2. ИН4Т river
Nerbudda in South India. 3.	[n.
of a constellation or lunar mansion]#.
nam-mjug hchad-ka or
the end of autumn and
beginning of winter:
like a garden of flowers of tho days
preceding tho winter season (Л. 6),
nam-§to$ or nam-gyi cha-
stod the first half of the night.
nam-than n. of a kind of serge
of great breadth which the Tibetan monks
wrap round their bodies (JMsh.).
nam-pyugs wi [time]#.
nam-phyed midnight.
nam-hphan-^pyod as met.=
vulture (Mnon.).
^35 nam-smad or	the second
half of tho night.
^«45 nam-shod heavy and continual
rain :	$na-lohi nam-shod
mjug-rin (Jig.) the comet (indicating) tho
heavy rains of tho last years.
^*’3 nam-zla^^'^S time, season.
the four seasons;	da-nam
zla ston-far now autumn has set in; frq.
nam-zla-hdas the favourable season
has passed (Mil,);	.now
tho time or season of winter has sot in.
з^Лс/ nam-rin a long night.
зргчзд nam-lans ядч day-break:
a the beginning of day is at the
termination of the night (Rtsii.),
пат-so a corrupt form for
nab§-so,
n^w-srco?=*<’^ sa-sro§ tho hours
of night between 9 and 12 p.m., in India.
Acc. to Ja, darkness of night:
nam-srod byiA soil-wahi tshe as it was
almost quite dark (Mil,).
Nahi-ljon§ n. of a place in
Tibet (Ti>),
739
^1
I: nar, v. 3 na I and II 2; also
VF na-kha (Jd.).
II : long and slender like a rope or
string; as adv. straightway:
came out straightway white (Hbrom. 93).
mchi-nar-te then tears flowed
forth continuously.
nar-nar or nar-ra-ra in a
line, row, or file:	to pull
a rope steadily;	chu-nar-nar
Ыид-ра to pour out water continuously.
nar-ma adj. continuous, without
interruption (Sch.) ;also ^'^nar-mar adv.
continually, always (Jig. 51).
nar-mo, nar-nar-po oblong;
kha-nar-can having the shape of
a rectangle; 9}'^’^ gru-nar-can rhombic,
lozenge-shaped, cf. §nar-wa (Jd.).
3^1 ;?й/1. n. of a precious stone: ^«<’3<
2. incest; nal-grib
pollution, fornication. ^«rg^l nal-phrug
bastard-child:	pha hdi-yin
med-pahi-bu a child of unknown parent-
age. ^«l’g nal-bu [child of an unmar-
ried woman] &
Nal-ica n. of a place in Tibet
(Deb. % g.)-
nal-byi 1. unnatural offence=^'
SxgX'q pho§ pho-la sbyor-wa a vicious prac-
tice very common among the monks of
the monasteries of Tibet and Mongolia.
2. n. of a poison tree (Pth.).
§5 nal-bycd or я nal-ma incest-
uous action, fornication.
nal-le in Tsang=a bastard-child;
nal-lu in IK
¥»l
nal-bfams to impute base-
birth to one who is not a bastard:
^я^я’д'я’ч^ nal-fyams shes phra-ma bong
they falsely calumniated him as a bastard
(J. Zan.).
I : nas sbst. barley, acc. to Jd. in
three varieties:	mgyogs-na§ (Ld.
yan-ma) or	drug-cu-na$ or
й’я khra-ma early or quick barley, ripening
in about 60 days; ser-mo late barley,
the best sort; chc-na$ a middling sort.
In Kahgyur Mdo * 266, ^'«г^я-чvl:—(1)
§pun-pa dad-bcas-pa dan;
(2)	spun-pa med-pa dan; (3)
rnam-par hdres-pa dan; (4)
mnar-po dan; (5)	mdog-
nag-pa;(6) яХ^'д’лХ mdog-skya-tcaho.
§na§-kyi-shin barley field or cultivation;
nas-kyi so-wa barley-cake;
but in IK is a species of barley;
nas-rfia-wa to cut barley;	nas-chan
beer brewed out of barley;
nas-phye barley flour;	na§-
hbras-bzan=Й S)'яд*гд (a medicinal
millet) (Mnon.).	nas-tsan
[half-ripe barley] &
II: 1. a case-sign representing the
ablative and usually to be rendered: from.
It is to be distinguished from «га las in
that the latter=from out, or from among,
may in certain instances=by, e.g.,
he grasped the horse
by the bridle;	accosted him
by his name. 2. as a gerundial affix,
indicating usually the past tense in
contrast to the affix 5 which forms a
gerund of the present tense. Jd. seems
iu error in deeming to belong properly
to pres, as well as past significations. Thus
having looked at him,”

740

and not: “looking at him,” The
importance of the difference would be
evident if the sentence ran on:
*5^ “went straight on;” as the present
signification would imply that as the
person went on he kept on looking,
instead of the looking action being now
done with. 3. where is used to connect
the root of a verb with ^5 or either
the pluperf. act. or perf. pass, is indi-
cated:	has been eaten;
as they had begun.
I: ni 1. is a particle of no intrinsic
meaning which is chiefly employed in
lengthy and ambiguous sentences to
single out the leading subject, or even
the object, for the sake of perspicuity.
It is also used for the purpose of laying
special stress on a word or sot of words at
the opening of a sentence, in three ways
as Tibetan grammarians put it: (1)
to set apart as tho chief or most
important, e.#., Bq’%^
it is Vishnu who is tho most
heroic among the gods. (2)	as
emphasis to show inferiority:
in caste the Sudra is
the lowest. (3)	where
emphasis is given to distinguish one from
another:	! dark-blue
is different from pale blue. The particle
is also generally placed when the subject
is twice mentioned:
q ^к^-qj among the gods the fourfaced is
Brahma;	«МI the
lord (the performer) of a hundred yajna
(sacrifices) is Indra (Situ. 39). Further-
more, we find it stated that where it may
be necessary	bsnan-pa-la hjug-
pa “to signify pressure,” is twice
repeated with the subject:
thou art friend, thou art relation,
i.e., thou art both friend and relation.
Other examples of the use of may be
given:	what is to be aban-
doned has been abandoned ;
what is to be accomplished, do accomplish.
is also used to complete a sentence:
possessed of all the vows
(abstinence, etc.) (Situ.). Lastly, in poetry
3 is constantly introduced for no purpose
but to make an additional syllable in
a line.
II: as a num. fig. =42.
Ij’TJ ni-ku [the areca or betel-nut
tree] 6’.
137?. NiJ&a-ta n. of a mountain,
B. ch. II.
f	a weasel. Ace.
to Sch. ?ri-At-Zr'=the great buzzard or
mouse hawk.
J ni-ya-ma n. of a tree (7Г
ко. % 3).
ni-ru-ha rgyab-pa to
inject medicine through the rectum (Sman.
2^5).
? ni-ro-dha fafhj cessation,
obstruction, stoppage. So, in mystic
ritual =	char-hbab-pa bzlog-pa
stopping of rains by magic or by the
efficacy of charms (JT. g. F, 26).
nin 1. col. for 2. for rnin ?
v. na-nift, she-nin (Jd.).
Nid-du shi-lo-dhi n.
of a tree (К. ко. "1, 3).
* nim-pa n. of a plant:
d^q ^5^-55V’ I
741
5^*^| by nimpa is removed erysipelas
with nausea, increasing thirst, and deadly
fever.
Syn.	$in-kun-hdres; 4^’9’
W yon^u-bzan; V4*** dri-bcas; q^T§S
hjug-byed;	5’hjam-po-hjoms; <g
sa-skye$;	a-rkahi long-ma; вч^?’
a-rkahi-^in [Mnon.).
^’q’F nim-pa-kha	[the bitter of
Neem or Azadirachta Indica\S.
пи 1. num. fig.: 72. 2. v. $’5 nn-bo
and nu-ma.
nu-rgya$-ma as met. =cow.
Syn. «г* ba-ma^ яаа hbab-byed^
ho-hphely bshon-ma (Mfion.).
5*?^ nit-tog the nipple of the teat.
nu-gdau cow’s udder (Cs.).
nu-wa [pf. and imp. nus to suck
(Ck), or V’A a suckling (Cs.);
nu-khug suckling-bag] (Jd.),
пи-bo
[youngest or younger broth er] 8.
bu-$pun-ehun a man’s younger brother.
Syn. ’514 phyis-skyes; gcufi-po;
rtin-^kyes;	tha-chun (Mnon.).
ru-hbur the nipple; also
nu-hbor.
S'*4 i: nu-ma 1. mammary gland,
female breast, bosom. 2. blind nipple
of males. 3. dug, nipple of a cow’s udder.
Syn. g^g* bran-$kye$;	dkar-
hdsin;	ho-ma-hdsin; <^Mg^ logs-
skyes;	lan-tshohi mtshan-ma ;
яХД'АЯ’$»г«рт hdod-pahi myos-bum; пи-
та; na-sor; nu-tog; nu-
mahi-rtse (Mnon.).
nu-ma gnis-ma women in
general; $ * я$с,’А nu-ma-hthun-ica
breast-sucker, an infant;
nu-ma b§uun-pahi ma-ma	wet-
nurse. $‘w‘$fifA nu-ma mtho-ica
heaving breast.
+ 5‘Й пи-mo sister ;= З’Й'^’^’Ча
younger sister.
nu-ma-zun	a pair of
breasts.
nu-riii the price of milk; the
money-present which a bridegroom has to
make to the bride’s mother for the trouble
she took iu suckling her (Sikkim and
Ladak).
nu-sor the nipple.
nud-pa to suckle, = g^'q snun-pa
(Jd.).
nub	1. the west :
the western direction;
towards the west;	N.W.; of the
west, western;	nub-kyiphyogs-
skyon — Ciie guardian or keeper of the
western quarter, the god of water, Varupa;
nub-by an	phyog$-skyon
tho god of wind who keeps the north-
western quarter. 2. or night;
this night; this evening, to-night.
nub-kyi thig-le the moon (Yig.
k. 11).	nub-kyi-ri ЧПГОШ western
mountain ; S nub-tu gnas resident of
the west;	come from the west ;
jA'gsprA^sj nub-phyog§-bdag	the
lord of the western quarter;
nub-phyog^-pa occidental, western.
I: nub-pa sbst. one of the west,
an inhabitant of the west, occidental.
II:	to go down, to set, of
the sun or moon; to sink, to collapse,
decline:	to cause to sink, to
decay or decline;	disappeared,

742

vanquished; nub-po	[dis-
appearance^.	nub ba-glan-sbyod
[lit. the cattle-feeding land
in the west, n. of the western continent].
Й nub-mo, v. the evening ; also in
the evening, at night.
num	sounding, thun-
dering ; sounded] 8.
nur-nur-po the embryo
in utero.	nur-mir~ma denotes the
embryo in the second week. 2. oval,
oblong ; =	mer-mer-po (Jd.).
nur-pa =	elongated,
stretched; also=^PfifHn*7 [fit to come
out] 8.
nur-tca 1. to change place or
posture, to shift, to move by degree*, be
displaced. 2. to be impressed; to yield,
to give way, be dessicated; cf. and
qjvq.
nur-rtsi or + nur-rdsi$
spirit of wine, naptha.
Syn.	chan-gi §mn-khu;
bdud-rtsi snin-po (Mnon.).
nus-mthu ^ртат power and ability
[experience]8.	[able,
cempetent]8.	nu§-ldan chen-po
1. very powerful, efficacious. 2. Шт
[a species of amaranth]8.
nus-pa1\ power, ability, capabi-
lity, force,—this word is used as a syno-
nym for rnthu and stobs; also
occult powers when applied to
or necromancy, and hence	=
or	or
Ifa-jwprq-gsinus-mthu ma thob snags-
pa rlom sems-can the proud shaman who
is not possessed of supernatural powers to
suppress evil spirits. Is applied to ST''
dkar-phyog§ §kyofis-pa the pro-
tection of the good and virtuous. Of
course ^’4=power and capability in a
general sense also:	to one’s best
ability.
II: the common potential verb,
to be able. Is gen. annexed to the root
of another verb, as in ^’5^ is able to
come, can come; can eat food;
let us see who is more able,
who can do more (Mil.); |^],q^*rcr’5*V
whether or not he has been able to
build. This vb. is much more frq. in
literature than in ordinary talk, being
usually now replaced by such verbs as дч,£»
thub-pa and htshngs-pa the former
being more common in W. Tib., the latter
used in Lhasa and Tsang.
III: pf. of 5’4 nu-wa (Jd.).
mis-pa-can w [able]8. (A. K.
1-20).
nus-pa $ton-ldan = %'^4 the
c?«6-grass; Panicum dactylon (Mnon.).
nus-byed та [able]8.
nus-ma xrfrrr is the female energy
and vulgarly the female companion or
concubine of a deity or even of a Bodhi-
sattwa; —in Tantrik mythology.
nus-med impotent [inca-
pable, powerless]8.
3j ne 1. num. figure: 102. 2. for
ne-than, or nehu-than mea-
dow, grass-land, sward.
5^ ne-ne-mo 1. an address of cour-
tesy to a respectable woman. 2.
aunt, the father’s sister, or the wife of a
mother’s brother (Jd.).
ne~ma meadow, green-sward (Jd.).

743
X-Xi
He-rtsam-pa n. of a place
situated to the south-west of the birth-
place of Dignaga, in the neighbourhood
of Aurangabad, etc., in Southern India
(Dsam.).
ne-fso ijjs, тр: 1. parrot:
said Bud-
dhadhara, I have to-day seen a strange
sight—a parrot (Mgrin.). 2. n. of a minis-
ter of the king of tho Raksha (Mnon.).
Syn. of 1: sflfc’SS mthor-byed\
yid-gshun ; kim-tu-hgro; lee-
gni§-pa; 45'skad-gnis-pa ;
hkhyog-pahi rnthu-can;	tshig-
hjam-ldan\	hjam-ljan hdab-
Idan (Mnon.).
^4 ne-we a mason’s trowel:	ne-
we rgyag-pa to plaster, to rough-cast (Ja.).
nc-re or ner-ner in IK. sedi-
ment, settlings, dregs (Ja.).
5jT<2j ne-le 1. a species of harrier-
hawk, prob. Circus mclanoleucus which
occurs in Tibet. Syn. hol-wa (Mnon.).
But in one author is stated to be equiva-
lent to	pin-kyur-ma the kite
(ZtoY.).
ne-gsin alpine pastures, grass
on mountain tops or in high valleys :
do always come here, this place is diver-
sified with different flowers and pasture
lands (Bbrom. F,16).
^4 nen-pa TF. col. for ^,£> to
take, to lay hold of, seize; to take off
(Ja.).
nem-nur doubt, sus-
picion.
Syn. the-ishom^ also the-
tshom za-wa; yid-gnis (Mnon.).
nem-nem-pa 1. to cave in or
sink down: ^’^'§5’Q or nem§ it sinks
a little, gives way. 2. denotes a nodding,
waving, or rocking motion (Mil.).
nem-bu doubt, error (Sch.).
nehuJe [ichneumon, Her pest es
pharaonis represented in Bal. as a fabu-
lous animal, cat-like and vomiting jewels]
(Ja.).
nehu-ljan=^\Q^' ne-gsin.
*	nehu klan one of equal or
same age, a contemporary; acc. to Seh.
nehu Idan-ь friend.
Syn. ^’g na-zla*, na-mnam\
lo-mnam.
Idans protector, defen-
der (&7z.).
nehu-gsin~\'tf^' [green
grass, abounding in green grass, ver-
dant] &
ner-wa to drop gradually, to
lower itself, subside, sink.
no 1. W. for 5*5 nu-bo. 2. num. fig.
132.
t W’ No-kro-gofi, n. of a small
town in Assam near Gharagaon (Bsam.).
no-no in Ladak a title of young
noblemen;	no-no chen-mo the eldest
of a nobleman’s sons, no-no bar-pa
the second, chun-se the youngest. In
Khams is a favourite playful address to
youngsters.

744

t no-pi-ka n. of a religions
service; propitiatory rite:
wrwvEing* {Deb, 27) he translated many
works on propitiatory rites such as
Xopika, &c.
no-yon in Mong.=S^’5 dpon-po
chief, lord.	no-yon hu-thug-
thu a Mongol chief saint, or incarnate
lama.
nog cervical vertebra; hump
of a camel {Sch,) [the hump on the shoul-
ders of the Indian bull]& nog-can
humped-back; gen. cattle.
под§-ра==^У Ц phyie-pa ФСТЭД
rubbed, cleansed, cleaned. nogs-thub
capable of being cleaned.
non-ica pf. 3^*1 none 1. to grieve,
upset, to cause pain, to ail:
I at that time
tears having flowed down, “Atis'a what
has upset you ” he asked {Л, 49). 2. to
commit a fault, to make a mistake, to
commit one’s self:	what has been
done amiss?	I
I have thus been injured without any fault
(Dzl,).
nons-pa=^'^ fault, crime:
now I have confessed my
faults (JBbrom, P, 15);	not to
commit a fault or crime;
to ask for pardon for a fault committed;
culpable, blameable.
3^'4 nod-pa от tnnod-pa pf.
mnos 1. to keep, take, obtain, receive. 2. to
receive instruction, directions, favours,
from a superior, esp. a priest (DsZ.,
Glr,).
поп-pa l.=3fa ^ to mount.
2. a not uncommon variant of the more
correct form <pfa’q gnon-pa to press, force,
compel, coerce; also to suppress, keep
under e.g,	lag-pat phru-
gu non-kyi hdug pressing down a baby
(in its basket) with the hands;
q f0 subdue evil spirits by mystic
charms, v. «Pfaq-
X* nom, occurs in
{Surafi 3). v, X*q 2.
nom is the equivalent in Mongol
for the Buddhist doctrine, and is
sometimes incorrectly written in Tibetan
as no-mo. The Mongol Nom-un
Khany answering to the Tib.
king of the doctrine, and often transli-
terated in Tib. as no-mun~han,
occurs as the designation of the head of
one of the Ling monasteries of Lhasa, who
is held to be an incarnation of a Mongol
saint. The Abbe Hue refers to this
personage as the Nomenkhan, Like in
Tibetan, the word nom in mongol also =
a religious book.
^51’Ц пот-pa l. = £|S Ktn enjoyments.
In Amdo, all articles, substances, proper-
ties (moveables) are called X*’q. 2. pf.
noms to enjoy, partake of ; to be
satisfied. 3. acc. to Sch,:	§\q to
lay hold of. cf. ^‘q.
nom-nom act of sifting, also of
polishing,=^ 34 nab-nab or 9q'5q byab-byab:
{Behu, 50),
^4 nor or W,
1. primarily=any property or possessions;
but, eventually, has come to mean rather
more especially: wealth, riches, money ;
to suffer a loss of property;
one’s all, all one’s goods, etc.;
rich, wealthy;	to care for money,
to he avaricious; ^’5’4 nor-§kyi-wa to

745

borrow money;	q to accumulate
riches. 2. In Sikk.=cattle:
the pairing of cattle; ^‘5^ acc. to Desg.
chief neat-herd;	nor-rkan grib-
pa the reduction in the number of cows,
falling off in the number of cows.
Syn. rdsa§; ^'35 yo-byad;
lon$-$pyod\ sun-лгЯ; si41! dbyig; 5^
dkor; ка-са.; hbyor-wa;
dnos-po (Mfion.).
nor-ska I inheritance, hereditary
portion; share of property:	funds,
capital (ЛЛ7.).
^’3^’ nor-§kyon or nor-$kyon§ 1.
a kind of bird (К. ко. % 13). 2.= 33’*^S
treasurer, keeper of the treasury, watch
dog (Mnon.).
nor-gyi na-ica	[a
security for money J 8.
nor-gyi-bdag	[master
of wealth; the god of wealth]8.
nor-gyi dwafi-po
[lord of wealth, surety] 8.
nor-skyon-ze-hbru n. of
a medicinal fruit.
nor-rgyas 1. abundance, plenty.
2. the snake-goddess who holds the
earth on her head (Л. K. 41-47).
Nor-rgyun-ma, n. of a
goddess. [Also, the earth]8.
nor-gner= ЗЯ'^5 phyag-mdsod
treasurer (Mnon.).
nor-char-hbab§ n. of a gem of
Indra (Mnon.).
Nor-hdsin dwaA-mo ЗХГЯТ-
the wife of Kuvera, the holder of
treasure.
nor-nan-pa (colloq. and idiom.)
anything that is useful.
nor-dan hdra-wa srfnw, coun-
terpart, parallel, equivalent to wealth.
nor-dad che-toa,
greed for wealth, avarice:
avoid that friend who has greed
for wealth (Ce.)
Nor-bdag l.=
the lord of riches; also=Vais'ravana, the
god of wealth. 2. a money-changer,
usurer.	nor-bdag-po heir;
nor-bdag-mo fem. of it; also n. of a goddess.
nor-hdus in Pur. the gathering
of taxes.
я nor-ldan-ma as met. the
earth. Also a youthful damsel.
nor-ldan-brtsegs= Sh
ant-hill (Mnon.).
=	sdon-
bu.
nor-gna$-pa9	treasurer,
store-keeper (Mnon.).
nor-risen	playing with
wealth; one rolling in wealth.
nor-iva 1. to err, to make a mis-
take, to be in error:	he mistook
the way;	if
he lay hold on God, he will not greatly
err.. Colloq. tshul di nor-ki-du -ga mindid
is this the wrong way of doing it or not ?
2. MTfwr an error, a mistake.	wor-
hkhrul or nor-so a mistake;
blundering (Vai-kar.). Syn. я|5«гч hkhrul-
wa; log-fes;	log-pahi blo-
gros\	fin-tu hkhor (Mnon.).
nor-bu 1. any gem or pre-
cious stone; sometimes applied fig. to any
precious object: ^’5’^ adorned with
jewels, set with precious stones;
95
746
nor-bu §kar-mdog brilliant, gem of
star-like brilliancy; ^’ЗЛЯ^В'4 nor-bu
dgah-hkhyil n. of a gem of the value of
one hundred and twenty ounces of gold ;
nor-bu dgod-hdod $pufi$-
hjom	the gem which brings to its
owner all that he wishes for ; ^*'3
nor-bu $non-po	sapphire; X*’3’
a topaz;	nor-bu chab-
bdun-ma n. of a superior quality of satin.
<fc’3^q nor-bu-thob w stone from which
gems are obtained; ^З^’ nor-bu-ljan
emerald. Syn. *^‘Я5 mar-gad; ^5
mrgad (ДГиои.). ^’3*я^ nor-bu-hdra
gem-like; imitation stones, glass trinkets.
**‘5‘q nor-bu-pa or ^’3’*ТЦ nor-bu-mkhan
a jeweller, a connoiseur of gems. ^*'3‘
ядс/ч nor-bu hphren-wa a rosary or chaplet
composed of precious stones; ^'3’5 ^’5
nor-bu bi-tsu* la-ta n. of a fabulous gem.
2. a common personal name for men in
Tibet and Mongolia.
nor-bu bzan-po n. of a
Buddhist house-holder; an epithet of
Jambhala the god of wealth.
Syn. &Яrmug-hdsin (Mnon.).
nor-bu bzan-pohi $zun§
n. of a dharani or mystic
sentence which when regularly recited
brings wealth (К. g. I).
nor-buhi mgr in-can met. for
domestic fowl.
Syn. khyim-bya; зскЭ’-ц zans-ze-
can;	pags-pahi gtsug-phud
(Mnon.).
^^35’<5 Nbr-buhi-hod n. of a mountain.
^‘3’^’^ nor-bu rin-po-che
a mythical precious stone ; further des-
cribed as	the priceless
gem in which lies the chief wealth and
prosperity of the Chakravarti Baja.
nor-bu bsam-hphel the gem
which increases one’s wealth according to
the desire (Mnon.).
^бГ^К^Я nor tyo-gros-bdag or
5^'Р^Я a king.
Syn. rgyal-po;	hjig$-sel-
byed (Mfion.).
Nor-$byin Kuvera.
Nor-fiyin-ma^^^9* W’HT an
epithet of the wife of Indra, the queen of
heaven (Mnon.).
nor mi-nan-pa (idiom.) useless
things, any thing that does not come
of use (Rtsii.).
nor-rtsen=^w\4\ nor-fydag Vai-
s'ravaga.
яог-Л</$1п=:*<*Я^	the
earth.	son of a king, a
prince, = 5^'^ rgyal-sras (Mnon.).
^'^iSP^nor-hdsin dican-mo a title of
queens and princesses; also a complimen-
tary title for a young lady of great perso-
nal accomplishments:
to her charming and
precious highness the princess (Yig. k. £9).
^’^ЧЗ’Й nor-hdsin	bu-mo =the
daughter of the earth, an epithet of Sita
(Rtsii.)*	nor-hdsin gyan-mo
a goddess of the soil (Yig. k. 85).
nor-hdzin gser-mo in Tantrik
mythology deemed to be the nu$-ma or
female energy of the tutelary deity Kye-
wa Dorje.
nor-rdsas wealth, chattels.
Xvwyi Nor-lawgyal an epithet
of Arjuna the third Pandava
^•Ч|
747	W
nor-las-hdas [extra-
vagant] &
nor-gsar 1. fresh wealth, one
who has newly become rich. 2.
[good fortune; Mars] 8.
nol-wa =	ч adj. un-
clean, dirty; unchaste. 2. to agree, to
come to terms (Cs.).
noippa 1. = «Цч to receive, to
accept, to obtain :
take vows that agree or suit you
(Rbrom. 117). 2. v. 3.=VW|^ to
judge, appraise, measure [^c[fw,
pressing out] 8.
nya-gro-dha =	by an-
ohub Ljon-pn ; the peepul or bodhi
tree.	in
the pure city of S'akya, the unique
abode of the bodhi tree (Tangiir Melo
<|. 230).
чрргр gnag-pa—*^ nag-po black, H
a girl with her greasy hair
black {llbrom. 109);	gnag-sbag
sooty (Sch.);	5^*1 nag-phyugs black
cattle, esp. the yak; WTB gnag-khyu a
herd of cattle, cowherd; wt gnag-rdsi
a keeper of cattle, cowherd;
scm-la nag-pa black-hearted, scowling, im-
pious ;
(Rdsa. 1J).
чрр’ч I: gnan-zca resp. form of
ster-u'a pf. *4^’ or	gnans imp.
gnofi, 1. to give, grant, only used
when a person of higher rank gives or is
asked to give; to concede what has been
asked;	please give
me a rupee!
meditative warmth of the highest kind
having been conceded, he became wrapt
in meditation. 2. to allow, permit, approve
of, assent to:	he accepted
the invitation, he promised to come (Dzl.);
I allow me to send
for the horse (1Ы.);
nj^E/^л] | allow of my making a donation
(Dzl.);	| yes, I permit it;
ЕИ^’Я3^’^ he appointed him his minister ;
я^е.*? he forbade, refused; ^'дл^'ч^Е/
чч’дя^'дач| he published a prohibitory
law concerning the exercise of religion
(Glr.);	he declined to grant it;
5^*я'^е? he refused to come. ^Ч'чч’
^е/чч’^я gnan-icahi tun-ivar-byas
[1. invitation, entreaty. 2. application
of perfumes]8.
gnan-skyed present, reward,
grant. gnan-cha remuneration or
gift. 4^’^ gnan-rten a present sent in a
letter or with a letter {Yig, к,),
Syn.	hbab-rten; чад’я^ hbab-
mtshon; 4^4*^ gzigs-rten; чо䑧«|Я hbab-
stegs; ч^4|Я’я^ hdegs-mtshon;	shu-
hdegs, *^’§5 mtshon-byed* ч^]Я’^ hdegs-
rten (Mnon.).
gnans the day after to-morrow;
яе/д^е.^ to-morrow and the day after to-
morrow; Я3^'^ on the day after to-
morrow ; яе/ч^д^е^’чЗ}’3^’4to-morrow
or the day after to-morrow I must be off
(Jd.),
4^ gnad w [vital part]8. 1. the
essence or pith: Хд5cr|c;3-q^-q the pur-
port, the essential point, the point of view;
the essence or pith of religion,
gnad-che important, of great import
or meaning. ’

748

it is of great importance to attend per-
sonally (to every point), and to inquire
minutely into a matter (D. $el. 7).
gnad-hgrol-ica to explain the
main point (ЛЛ7.); Я^Л1 * 3» the proper
meaning, the pith ef the matter; Я^5'
gnad-hgagvery important or
salient point, object, purpose:
’Я^ЯЯ’^	| {Khrid.
188}. 2. in anatomy: the heart; Я^5'4^
= the seven important parts of the body.
3. in mysticism: tho seven points to be
observed in the disposition of one’s body
when sitting in systematic meditation.
Also	are other attitudes
and conditions imposed on a lama when
«ndsham$-la, i.e., when seated in
meditation. Я^5’^Я’4 gnad-du phog-pa
piercing the heart, wound the
feelings.
qjdjEJ’P gnab-pa pf Я^ gnab$ 1.	;
gos-gy on-pa to put on clothes.
2. v. (Ja.).
1. the sky;
the sphere or dome of
heaven ; Я¥<X gnam-rdo hail. 2. the air,
atmosphere, weather: Я^’^’^'^Я gnam
graft-то hdug the weather is cold, it is
cold;	the weather will be
clear to-day; 'WSfr4’^5 the air is damp.
Я^нццХл gnam-bskos or Я^З**4^'4
1. the title by whieh the Tibetans address
the Emperor of China. 2. =
wepi ц	Emperor of the universe
{Шоп.).
the supreme sovereign Manju Ghosa, the
lord by heaven appointed {Yig. k. 55).
Я^'ЗЙ'4^ gnam-gyi khri-bdun the
seven earliest kings of Tibet who traced
their origin to the skies:—(1) ЯЗ^’Й'4^
Qnah-khri btsan-po; (2)	Ш-khri
btsan-po; (3)	Din-khri btsan-po ;
(4)	So-khri btsan-po; (5) ^’0’
Hcr-khri btsan-po; (6)
Srib-khri btsan-po;	Seft-khri
btsan-po {J. Zaft.).
gnam-b^ko^-ma the empress
of the universe, an epithet of the queen of
a Chakravarti Raja (Шоп.).
Я¥Т gnam-khah for Я^№я=а18о
azure, sky-colour.
Я^В’^Я’5 gnam khyi nag-po lit. black
dog of the sky; a deity of the sa-bdag
class.
Я^'Я^’ gnam-gan tho new moon.
Я^*3*^ gnam-gyi $kyon drought, want
of rains {Шоп.). Я^'З'Н4^ gnam-gyi
ned-htshe id.
Syn. char-med; then-pa;
*4* sten-hbar {Шоп.).
Я^'З'ч^я’*'4 gnam-gyi hjigs-pa, dangers
brought by the skies, i.e., from rainless-
ness; those are drought, famine, danger
from excessive heat.
Я^я 3'S‘Br gnam-gyi bya-khyuft 1. demi-
god of the Sa-bdag class. 2. the Garuda.
Я^^ЗЭ’54^’ Gnam-gyi bye-ma-lun sand
banks of tfnam, n. of a village near Sam-
yo, i.e., in the Yarlung district: «чяч’Я^’^Я’
(Л.1^0)-
gnam-gyi ^-mon-Ьуа as
met. the raven {llLfton.).
Я<^яя*'^‘^ gnam-grags ftar-chen=<^'
«й’ум’б the god of love, Kamadeva.
Я^^я<1 gnam-grum-pa—^^ faint
vory rough and thundering sound.
Я^'д^ gnam-rgyan—^ НТО, n.
of an evil spirit {Шоп.).
749
Ч]<5)5ГЦ|
(piam-lcags ; resp. for
the thunder : WW^*F*Ewrgi
§5’3^ with a kind of thunder was able to
suppress evil spirits.
Syn.	brgya-byin mtshon-cha
(Mfton.).
Д|^54-Х^ц gnam-chod-pa mystically=^CI|N 4
good (Bon.).
Ч131Я’?'Э'^С'’ gnam-rta-gyi lift a good
breed of horses brought to Tibet from
Amdo and Mongolia:
(Jig.t
^я^с/ gnam-§(oft the day of the new
moon, the thirtieth day of the lunar
month.
л]^5гц]Х5’Hj Gnam-gdoft-po n. of a place
in Tibet.
Gnam-lde ffo^sruft n. of
one of the early kings of Tibet (Loft. % 7).
celestial, resident in heaven [1. ‘having
the clouds as fostermother,’ fostered or
watered by the clouds or by Indra, as corn,
land, eto. 2. mother of the gods,- Aditij#.
+	4 gnam-pa — ^ят^ч dri ma-
ftan-pa bad smell, stench.
gnam-po=55'^ dran-po
honest, straight;
Guam mtsho phy id-то is the
large lake lying about 120 miles to the
N.W. of Lhasa, commonly known by its
Mongol name of Tengri Nor and styled
Nam-tsho Chyidmo by Tibetans, i.e.y “the
frozen sky lake.” It was first surveyed
and mapped by the native exploring
agent of the Indian Survey Office, Nain
Singh, in 1874. Since then it has been
visited by Mr. and Mrs. St. George
W
Littledale and Mr. Fletcher (in 1895).
The map of Du Halde, founded on the
Jesuit Fathers’ notes, however, repre-
sented this lake approximately in its
actual position. The Jesuits did not
personally visit it, but marked it down
from Chinese information. Д|^я’я#^^’
Gnam-mtsho rdo-rift the long stone or
monolith of Nam-tsho; one of the thirty-
seven secret holy places of the Bon, situated
on a rock on the shores of Lake Tengri
Nor (G. Bon.).
ч^я’я^ Gnam-mdsod n. of a demi-god
of the Sa-bdag class.
+ 4)^x3^ gnam-zer 1. lit. the heavenly
nail or pain, n. of a disease. 2. wooden
bench or seats kept in the felt tents of
Mongolia.
^я’«/я Gnam-ya$ the name of a castle
in Tibet (Glr.).
Gnam-ri sron-btsan king
Nam-ri Sron-tsan, father of king Sroft-
btsan sgam-po (Lon. % 5).
^я'Зг^я^я gnam-lo gsar-tshe§ the new-
year’s day (Rtsii.).
Gnam-g$ed n. of a Sa-bdag.
+ я^я’З gnam-so—^'^ draft-po straight.
4FP. gnah or gnah-wa, but in
eolloq. usually styled “wa-po,” a large
wild sheep found all over Tibet from
Ladak to the borders of China, and often
styled in sportsmen’s books, the burrhel.
It is the Ovis nahur, and is not so large as
the Ovis ammon or tho Ovis hodgsoni: W
gnah-wahi mjug-spus rma-la
phan the hair of the tail of burrhel sheep
is good for sores;
the hair of the male burrhel sheep cures
poison (probably removes poison from
ulcers) and dries pus in sores.
750	W
gnah-ica adj. former, ancient.
gnah-diis^Jfa^ thog-ma or
snon-ehad\	$nah-na§ ma-
mthon never seen before, gnah-bo
xpj	$no-mahi-du§ former or an-
cient time, of yore; чря'й gnah-tni man of
ancient time;	gnah-rabs men
who lived in olden times, the ancients
(&.).
W.t,
1. a place, locality, spot or piece of
ground; and hence, also: an abode,
dwelling-place; also a temporary lodging:
or -2(нч to give shelter to, to
lodge, a person;	to become
homeless; gna§-po, colloq. “ня-бе” a
landlord, inn-keeper; 4^ a lodging-
house; sleeping place;
they returned to their place, their home;
g4!^ skye-gnas birth-place. 2. a holy
place, place of pilgrimage; a monastery:
q gnas-na§ dbyuft-wa to turn out
of a monastery, also excommunication.
ч1^’8'£’^ш id. 3. a clerical dignity
or religious personage; Ч^’В^’4 gna$-$byin-
pa to confer priestly status on a man.
4. object, heading, point: ч|5‘ЙЗ,в|^ an
object of laughter;	that which
ought to be an object of shame (Schtr.).
5. division, section; sphere, province: XflfaS*
^•g’ rig-pahi gnas-lna the five classes of
science. appears also to mean any
definite division of places, things, or
beings: and oven: sort, variety—almost
equivalent to rigs, but not technically
the same. Thus, the following definitions
are termed :—(1) $*гч^с/я^кч'
ИРП-
[varie-
ties of bodies obtain various names, such
as the gods are different from men]/?.
(2)
I имгачпцг
[varieties of
bodies obtain the same name, such as tho
Brahmakdyika and Prathamatinibrtta are
both called gods] S. (3)
|	ЧРПЖ-
cf^w wthwj: [the same sorts of
bodies assume different names such as the
various (64) classes of the Abhastara dei-
ties]/?. (4)
[the same sort of body assumes
the same name such as the Cubhakrtsua
>
class of the gods]& So, likewise, these
spheres of external existence are classed
as 4^: (1)	j ятття*
[the infinite expanse of the
sky, the first of tho Arupa Brahma-
loka^S. (2)
’HHWFl [unlimited realm of knowledge,
tho second of the Arupa Brahma lokd]S.
(3)	[source
of nothingness, tho third of the Arupa
Brahma-loka~\S. (4)
[the sphere
of knowledge and non-knowledge, the
fourth of the Arupa Brahma loka}S.
(5)	I
[the knowledgeless animated beings, the
11th or 13th of the Rupdvacara gods]£
gna§-8um-cu so-bdun
the thirty-seven holy places of the
Bon, out of which there are thirteen in
Z)6?z^-r«-tlie Central Division of Tibet:—
(1) Gnan, 5 Zo, and Rai*, (2)
В dam-god §nar-mo\ (3)
SP'S’T' Bpham-yul grab-dkar; (4)
Mal-gro ra-wa; (5)	Chun-gyi
brag-dmar\ (6) W2r^4V Ha$~po ri-ihan\
(7)	(8)

751

re-gad*, (9)	Gnam-mtsho rdo-
rifi; (10) ?SAn’^Stod-ras lufi-gsum;
(11)	Sky Id-god lun-nag\ (12)
5'j^-sm Ru-rgyan ga-mthah; (13)
Mgon-gon rgyal-mo. Seven in the
Gyon-ru districts:—(1) Kerp'-jppqS*! Hol-
kha gug-gcig; (2)	Ran-yul gin-
nag ; (3) S3Dye-lun дап-гсаг; (4)
Kofi-yul bre-sna ; (5)
Kla-god than-dmar; (6)	Yar-lun
sog-kha; (7)	Mal-gro mtshon-god.
Eight in tho Gyas-ru or Yeru districts:—
(1) $^'^\Ilu-yug sa-nag; (2)
Cans-kyi pon-tshal\ (3)
Brud-kyi wkhar-gdon; (4) 5’^’3^ S Ria-nag
gyaft-phu; (5)	Hjan-gi rgyan-
rnkhar; (6)	Ltag-phu gros-lhas;
(7)	Qtsan-gi gyer-yug; (8) «юс/
Sf'34! Laft-zan Iga-brag. Nine in Ru-lag:—
(1)	Rag-tfod §tag-tshal; (2)
Chu-hgo rta-rin; (3) «Р^ЧЭТЛ’Ч*
Mkhar-chen brag-dkar; (4) *^*EJN’$cz
Mtsho-fia bri§-chun ; (5)	Gnan-
rtse than-god; (6) ^’4’ряд Gram-pa kham-bu ;
(7)	Rag-pa than-zlum; (8) вдгяр^’
Man-mkhar mdo-phug; (9)
Lha-yul gur-than (G. Bon. 37, 38).
gnas-bchu-gcig the eleven
gna$ or physical states as mentioned in the
medical works of Tibet: (1)
rtsa-wa mdo-yi-gna§; (2)
grub-pa lu$-kyi-gna$; (3)
hphel-grib nad-kyi-gnas; (4) 3’3'§Х‘а,*гЗ‘ч1^
bya-wa spyod-lam-gyi gna§; (5)
htsho-ica za§-kyi-gna§; (6)
§byor-wa sman-gyi-gnas; (7)
cha-byad dpyad-kyi-gnas; (8)
tha-mal nad-med-gna$; (9)
nos-bzun rtag^-kyi-gnas; (10)
gso-byed thabs-kyi-gnas} (11)
bya-byed §inan-pahi-gna§.
gnas-chen-lna tho five great
holy places of the Northern Buddhists of
Tibet:—(1)	the central one,
Vajrasana in Magadha; (2)
in the east Utai-shan in China; (3)
in the south Potala; (4)
or 43*'5^’^ Udyana in the west; (5)
S'ambhala in the north. g
the eight places made holy by the
relics of Buddha: (1) Preta puri (Tibet);
(2) Grriha devata; 3. Saurastra (Guzerat);
(4) Suvar^a dvipa (Pegu and Burma); (5)
Nagara; (6) Sindhu (Sind); (7). Maru;
(8) Kuluta (7Г. g. P, 69-76).
gnas-skabs	tem-
poral state or life [opportunity, condi-
tion]^.	produced from
circumstance	accidental] & ;
iflswdanger to my
temporal life not occurring.
gnas-skye§-ma	[1.
habitable. 2. night]&
sj^’pc/gc^’q gnas-khan §pans-pa
xifKVC [one who has forsaken his
home]#, a mendicant, a Buddhist monk.
gnas-nes-med one whose resi-
dence is not fixed, a mendicant ascetic; a
vagabond; one of uncertain residence, not
residing in one place.
gna§-nan-lan [depravity,
wickedness]#.
gnas-geig
a species of wild gentian used in medi-
cine (Mnon.).
4|5*rwq gnas-bcah-wa	[fit to
be a shelter]#.	bca$
n. of an ancient city in upper India
sacred to the Buddhists [Some identify it
with modem Oudh or Ayodhya; others
maintain that it is the same as Sogdiana or
752
njajsrci)

the land of the Scythians. Patanjali who
nourished in the 2nd century B.C. in
referring to the conquests of Alexander
the Great and in illustrating a rule of
Papini’s grammar writes
нч the Yatana (Alexander) besieged
Saketa ”]#.
Gnas-chuft sgra-dbyans
glin n. of a small monastery situated to
tho south-east of Dapung monastery near
Lhasa, where resides the great oracle of
Na-chQng Choi-kyong, a personage said
to be the incarnation of Pe-har Gompo,
and who forecasts the place of re-birth of
each successive Dalai Lama (& Лаг. 181).
gnas-chen (also	or
a very important place, a very
sacred place (Rtsn.), a great resort of
pilgrimage, a great sanctuary.
gnas-mchog principal place of
pilgrimage, a very holy place.
*1^^’ Gna$-$nin n. of an old monas-
tery in Tsang situated near the road to
Gyan-tse from Phari {Lon, *, 10).
Gnas-ta-la n. of a place in Tibet.
| {Lon. 25) the fifth named, Dge-
legs bstan-pahi Rgyal-mtshan was born in
the neighbourhood of Gnas-ta-kt.
gnas-rten—	hjig-rten,
^а-rten the earth, the world {Mnon.).
gnas-brtan 1. lit. firm in
his place, an elder, a Buddhist monk of
the Sthavira School. 2. [arrived
at the tenth decade of life, above ninety
>ears old]#. But chiefly we read of
gnas-brtan bcu-drug the sixteen
famous Sthavira or elders who severally
preached Buddhist doctrine in the various
mythical islands and continents of the
Buddhist cosmogony. A very late
tradition asserts that they were invited
to China by the Princess Wun-shing
Konjo daughter of Emperor Than-ju.
gna$-pa I: l.= sfv» sdod-pa,
to sit \ to be placed, to exist, to be in force,
to continue to exist;	khrim$-
gnas-pa tho law being in force;
mi-gna$-pa evanescent, unsteady. 2. to
reside, dwell, stay:	mnal-na
gnas-pahi khyehu tho boy dwelling in his
mother’s womb {Dom.) 3. to remain, con-
tinue, adhere to, e.g., a doctrine or opinion :
to persevere in tho ten
virtues;	to remain, to
continue in love;	to abide in
religion, one abiding in religion, a clerical
person.
II: religious exercise, monas-
tic function:	to perform such;
the nine devotions of a Buddhist:—
(1)	devotedness to the creed
or teacher; (2)	devotion to reli-
gion; (3)	devotion to the
church; (4)	devoted regard to
the teacher; (5)	attachment
to one’s own professor or teacher ; (6)
а loyalty to tho spiritual guide ; (7)
attachment to one’s own
station ; (8)	attachment to an
individual; (9)	attachment to
one’s own country. {K. du. «, 60).
^•qUI:	Q ldan-pa. 2. =^ q
bstan-pa wwnre, [to teach, having
been taught]#.
gnas-byed=y&'^<<i 1, the orb
of the sun {Mfion.). 2. a saint, sage.
gnas-byed-ma grWt as met. —
a cow, also a woman {Mnon.}. .
^•511
753
я gnas-ma residence; also
a resident.
# gnas-mo hostess, land-lady, frq.
mistress.
Gna^-gtsan mahi rij ijx-
n. of a class of gods whose abodes
are very clean and pure.
gna^-tsan v. 1.
gnas-tshul state of things, affairs;
condition of life bodily or spiritually;
news.
gnas-tshehu d?i*I [a tank]#.
n 	gna$-gsh i = 4^ ’	rt a n-g n a$
homestead, permanent residence; estate:
*4’^5 ЙХ‘3j	mc/qwgKkjjq within the
province of Afagadha there were number-
less homesteads, residences of monks,
estates, monasteries and villages, &c. (Л.
59).
Syn. F^'B* khan-khyim\ gjds-ka
(Шоп.).
(?пя§.-а5 n. of the city of the
Asura situated at the foot of Sumeru.
gna$-bzan a good and
happy world.
content-
ment, easiness at heart.
for that reason let us both
with a heart full of ease go to a happy
place (RdsaX
gnawings has been described
as	the natural state
of all things, material and phenomenal.
gna$-lug§ rtogs-pa the
knowledge of the essence of all things, the
knowledge of all things, or in a Buddhist
sense, of the non-existence of all things:
(A. 28)
in his mind arose the right unperverted
meaning of the state of all things.
gnas-bsrun gen. a local god or
spirit entrusted with the duty of guarding
a holy place or sanctuary against an enemy,
be he god or man. In JK earnest-money,
pledge, security (Jd.).	gnas-srufi-
po an epithet of	Rnam-sras or
Vais'ravaoa who is the guardian of all
Buddhist sacred places.
Gnubt n. of a lo-tsa-wa of the
Rnin-ma School who translated Tantrik
manuals into Tibetan (Khrid. 23).
+ gnon consciousness of guilt,
=	(Lif.).
gnon-wa 1. to feel ashamed:
na no-у an gnofi-pa yod I
also felt ashamed (A. 68). 2.==)*го,чд^ч
to feel remorse =	4 to be
conscience-stricken.
4]<S-4i : gnod-pa зтпт is thus defined:
men, demons
and evil spirits who are bent on evil
here and useless.
чч|Ч'5'Д|5ч at the root of the sacred tree
of the s'akti there were some demons
(Hbrom. 106).
II:	wfSlW, WH 1. evil, mis-
chief, injury, harm, damage:
fearing lest his feet should be
hurt;	a dangerous enemy;
4 or | «гч to do harm, to inflict
injury, to hurt.	gnod-pa byufi-
nam (modern) =	are you well ?
2. to injure, to cause illness.
gnod-bsnen —	khitnMyufi-ica (K.
ко. 235).	$dug
bsnal-wa, gnod-zad-pa^'&^f1* hgog-
pa.	gnod-pa zad-par $gom-
pa—<w lam. These terms are used in
mystical language.
96
754
^XS5^ gnod-$byin W a set of deities
or demons believed, in Tibet, to haunt
mountains and especially mountain
passes. They are poisonous to travellers
unless propitiated at a pass-top. Many
mountain ranges in Tibet are named
after Noi-Jin demons.	gnod-
shy in kha-rlan$ lit. the mouth vapour of
а yaksa demi-god; = 53’^^ ggu-tshiys
(Mnon.). ^ХМи'З4^ gnod-$byin rgyal-po
the king of tho Noi-Jin demons who
guards the northern quarter of the world.
the names of
some of the Noi-Jin chiefs are:—Rnam
tho$sra$ (Vais'ravapa), Bbrog-gna^ Yu l~
hkhor-srufi (Dhritarastra), Hphag$-$kye§-
po (Virudhaka), Mig-nii-bzan (Virupaksa),
Bzafi-po, Gan-wa bzan-po, Rmofi$-by?d hdsin-
pa, Chuhi dtcan-po, Lag-brgy ad-pa, I^na-
r^en (7Г. g. ч ИЗ).
’iXS’S^ (*c/ gnod-§byin-chan met. for alco-
holic spirit (Mnon.).
qjXs*-** nod-rndse§ [n. of a demon
slain by the Hindu goddess Durga; he
was son of Gaveshthin and grandson
of Prahlada]S.
’iXSgnod-sem$ or	«цтцт<
mischievous wish, ill-will:
gVI	js»w it is against
duty to harbour evil-mindedness and false
religion (Hbrom. p
Syn. ^i^gnod-byed;	htshe-
byed nes-byed. (Mnon.).
ч|^-а gnon-pa, pf. Щ gnan or
ninan, fut. rnnan, imper. X^4! non-cig,
to press, compress, force down; to subdue,
suppress, keep down:
that the broth might
not boil over from the cauldron, the girl
pressed down the lid;
bgegs dri-za lha-hdre-
rnam$ mnan-pahi gzun$-sfiag$ a dharani
which will suppress demons, driza and
imps;	’*4 gnan-mgo n. of a mountain,
“the head forced down,” situated in Nepal,
a few miles S. W. of Kinchinjunga.
hdre rnnan-pay	to press
down.	n.
of a forest iu tho fabulous continent of
Uttarakuru (K. d. \ 30b).
4|<q {рюЪ, v. mnob-pa.
ninag-pa=z дпвд-pa (Sch.).
n.nad-rnnad falsehood,
calumny (Sch.).
mnab-pa or innab$-pa
go^-gyon-pa to put on:
put On clothes (Situ. 65); v. also
nab$.
+ si^q-q&i mnab-btsal n. of a kind of
pastry, biscuit or cake.
«ЦЧ'Г* mnab-rtsal 1. mean, worthless
(Cs.). 2. nourishment, food.
mnab-rtsal-gyi bu the child of an indigent
person (<7s.).
winam-pa 1. to smell:
чгщщ having smelt (A. A”. 1-2);
dri nan-pa bad smelling. 2. to
smell of (most frq. signification).
ntnah ЖФ1, W, oath:
or to take an oath, to swear;
to swear by the gods
(Glr.). There are two kinds of oath,
viz:—S	oath to do mischief
to an enemy; and	°ath to
remain faithful to friends (Gyu. 86).
Syn. (to swear) 5’®^ bro-bor-wa;
я^я-q^wq dyu-rpnah bshe&pa;	dyu
b§nun-wa (l&flon.).

735
Я^’<34 mnah-ma a son’s or grand-
son’s wife; but the word is also used for
the bride of one’s younger brother.
mnar-wa 1. sbst. torture, tor-
ment, excruciating pain. 2. to suffer, to
be tormented:
the innocent lords had to suffer in conse-
quence of the king’s fears (Pth.);
^^’4 to suffer in consequence of former
actions; ^^5 you cause yourselves
to suffer torments; Mnar-med ’Wifa
n. of one of the eight hells the torments
of which are excruciating (B. ch. 5);
**5^4** mnar-med gzigs one who has seen
the hell of unceasing torment.
mnal resp. for	1. sleep,
mnal-gzim-pa, resp. for
gnid-log-pa to go to sleep;
mnal-du phcb-pa or ‘4 hgro-гса to fall
asleep, to sleep; я^ч’зя’ч mnal-thum-pa
a short nap, slight sleep:
чгй’ад^ in a dream while he indulged in
a short sleep (A. hk)* я^’^ч mnal-lab
the talking in one’s sleep.
хппо-гса=^№№ sems-pa, pf.
mno§ to think over, ponder, imagine:
thinking it had been
said to me. 4W^^*q bsam-mno gton-
?т=ч^я*д^?ч’ч bsam-blo gton-ica to con-
sider, to think carefully upon.
я^*^я*д*з mno-gi§ Ina-pa
2|*»k’) n. of a Kabandha Raja, king of the
headless spirits (К. g. я, 5^).
mnog-pa=%’&^ rtsa-chun-
pa of little importance; slight, moderate;
я^«| mnog-chun insignificant, trifling, of
little value.	za§-mnog moderate
fare, frugal diet (Sch.).
mnon-wa, v. *3 *
mnoh-med—^ £5 shameless (Mnon.).
mnod-pa==^\4 rned-pa:, v.
mnol-wa to grow feeble, to be
reduced, weakened; ^‘4’^ have been
weakened (Pth. 193). я^огдч mnol-grib
weak and dull, or obscure; я^ч’^| ntnol-
rig weak intellect.
rna-iva ’siw, the ear:
khyod-la hon-can byun-
na rna-ru mar blugs if you have become
deaf pour butter into the ear. $’4$*£*^с/
rna-wahi me-lon the drum or tympanum
of the ear; rna-ica ma-tsha do not
disturb or vex by frequent prayers or
clamour: ^‘чязря*^S therefore dont
vex, sit silent (Bdsa.).	a treat
for the ear (Glr.);	rna-waht
dtcan-po gtod lend me your ear, listen to
me (Mil.); ^’§я*ч rnar snam-pa pleasant to
the ear, tickling the ear ; ^’Ч’Я^р rna-
wa hdud-pa, v. hdud-pa; ^'Ч’^’ч rna-
wa bya-wa, ^ч‘§’Ч тпа-гоа byo-ica, ^’4’§pp
rna-wa blag-pa, all=to listen, $'ч**уч
deaf, to be deaf; $’ч5’«1Я the function of
hearing.
rna-khun ear-hole: ^’чг^цч
ч^ч to cry into a dying man’s cars. The
common word for the ear in eolloq. is
Д‘«#’1 sounded 44 namchok in W. вчял^о]
vulg. rna-rgyan or ear ornaments are
in universal use in Tibet; but the vulgar
word for earring is not or (some-
times used in books) but 44 e-kor.”
Syn. Я sgra-hdsin; §nan;
thos-hdsin*,	thos-pahi-^go;
§gra-yi gna§; H§5 пап-byed (Mnon.).
rna-rgyan geig-pa he who
wears only one earring, as epithet of
та
756

$«‘2^ Rnam-sras or Vais'ravapa, the god
of wealth ; also = a Tibetan layman.
rna-sgran— mdahi mdehu
a bullet, a buzzing arrow.
rna-can w the first born of Kunti
before she was married to Papcju (ДГйоп.).
$'* rna-cha 1.=^ rna-rgyan ear-
ornament ( Yig.).	the halo
encircling the sun, the canopy of the sun
(Mnon.). $’*’4^4’rna-cha gdub $kor
[oarring]8. Also id.
rna-theg-can one who can hear
patiently;	one that is
able to listen to all with patience; parti-
cularly one who is meditating on the
merit of patience.
rna-sbafi§ or rna-spags W-
ear-wax.
Rna-wa gon-pa n. of place prob,
east of India (K. d. \ 267).
rna-wa brgyad-pa ono possessed
of eight ears—an epithet of deities
with four heads; Brahma, (Mnon.).
$,£г-5$ rna-wa-can as met. the Sal troe =
(Mfton.).
g-q Rna-wa bye-wa-ri n. of a hill in
the land of the Yidag or Preta :
(Khrid. kl).
^•qrqj^ rna-wahi bead— ’’Г'Ч *^'4 ka-la
pift-ka or the Indian koel (Mnon.).
rna-wa-hdsin the holder
of the helm of a boat, a pilot.
rna-mdsad=*i§\ n. of a kind of
ear-ornament (Rtsii.);	rna-wa
mdse§-byed id.
*\i Tna"ru==z hkhrig-pa copu-
lative union of the sexes (mystic)*
rna-lun the ear or handle of a
vessel (Cs.).
rna-$lag$ [capable of being
heard] 8.
rna-$al or $4^4 rw-gqog ear-lap,
tip of the ear (Med.). a vessel]^.
rna-^lan a fur-cover for the ears
worn by Tibetan ladies (Jd.).
rnag пгт matter, pus, suppuration;
TO'q rnag-smin-pa pus grown mature.
rnag-hdren-pa to draw out pus;
$4 H4 rnag-khrag matter and blood; $4
rnag-can containing pus, purulent: $4‘qav
$4'4 rnag-par rnag-pa to form pus, to
ulcerate (Cs.). $4’ядя rnag-hbrum abcess
(Sch.).
$4'4a$ гиа-дая a kind of damned crea-
ture, prob, a preta which subsists on pus
and mucous.
rnags in colloq. = ready money,
cash (Jd.).
rnan-wa, pf. fyrnans to be-
come choked, be stifled, grow constricted :
q^K^q&q brnaft^-tc hchi-wa dying by
choking;	(bis) breath stop-
ping short;
lkog-ma bskran§-na§ d'ehi $kad-kyi§ brnans-
so his throat having become swollen his
words were stifled;	zas-kyis
rnaft-te the food choking him ;
mya-nan-gyis rnaft-te stifled by his grief.
SjJTq rnam-pa I 1. a piece, a part, a
section, distinct part, ingredient: S
the subtle and the coarse ingre-
dients of the body (Vai. sn.);	or
ч in every respect, to all intents and
purposes—this phrase is used whenever
people of rank are addressed:
most honoured
757
patron, altogether incomparable as to grace
and goodness. 2. adj. different, distinct,
individual, respective:	four
(separate) rays of light;	the
two lords respectively;
we five individual girls here assembled
(Л/г7.);	the eighteen
different wonderful feats; ^rw^rq sepa-
rate dishes of food;
^’qX omniscience is
that in which both colour and form are
individually included (Vai. §n.). 3. divi-
sion, class, species: 5SM* the four species
of troops;	rnam-pa sna-tshogs
different sorts;	of four different
kinds. 4. manner, way: ^rq^'&qK^^
in manifold manner, variously, frq.;
in every way;	(the earth
shakes) in six ways, t.e., directions. 5.
effect, result, consequence;
q^ from vexation at it; qSk’aXwqq in con-
sequence of the cold wind (J/?7.). 6.
shape, aspect, form:
assuming individuality, personified outward
appearance, figure, shape (A. K.);
j|5’^rq lcag§-kyuhi rnam-pa in the shape
of a hook ( Vai. §n.}; ^•qX’^’qvgei §ton-
pahi rnam-par §prul he assumed the form
of the teacher (Ta.};	to
appear in a spiritual form (Glr.};
XX^srqVRg^ this body turns into a
corpse; and so in most cases with regard
to the whole appearance [in substance
(from Ja.)]. 7. time as an unit:
rnam-pa kun atoms of all things;
time without end; rnam-pa kun-tu
at all times, perpetually (Mnon.}.
J	there
is no greater danger than an evil thought,
therefore it should be avoided at all times
(Lo. 26}.
^1
ЗрЧ’Ц II: in Budh. that which is
cognizable, can be measured, or conceived
is called rnam-pa* that whieh is inconceiv-
able or incomprehensible is rnam-pa med-
pa (K. d. % 45).
aprq^ rnam-par or rnam full, com-
plete, all; fully, completely, to the
uttermost:	rnam-par bkod fully
arranged; ^rqvwpirq thoroughly wise,
fully acquainted with; ^rq^jX^ quite
dazed	resigning all, thoroughly
giving up; ^rq^’jswq rnam-par Itams-pa
quite full, full to the brim; com-
plete escape, emancipation, and hence:
memoir, life, biography. For other
compounds and examples, v. separate
headings.
^rqnj or f^f^r variegated, piebald.
^’SPl^S4!*) rnam-skrag. (hkhrugs}
[very agitated, overcome] $.
Vй! rnam-skyes or ^’q^’g^ rnam-par
§kye§ a king.
Syn. rgyal-po;	sa-dwan
(Mnon.}.
^’|V rnam-skyed to procreate; pro-
creation.
Rnam-dkar-rtse (Nangar-tse)
n. of a small town with a fort situated
on the western shore of lake Yamdok on
the highroad from Gyang-tse to Lhasa.
^’0 rnam-khro	wrath
[shameless anger]S.
rnam-mkha$-ma a clever, wise
woman (Mnon.}.
rnam-mkhyen omniscience; the
term in later lit. has been applied to
Buddha:	I

758

(Gser-phren 68) the omniscience to be
able to see things in that manner exists
only in the nature of Buddha.
or	rnam-hkhor rnam-
par hkhor-wa [mistake, flurry]S.
rnam-gran$ тщДц 1. specifica-
tion, enumeration: J*'*®rgyal-
pohi rnam-gran$ enumeration of the names
of kings,	rnam-gran$ dpag-
ya$	kha-grafi$ mi-hdra-
ica man-po) many different individual
things, great variety of numbers (Rtsii.).
the component parts of
names according to their etymological
value (Ta. 69, 3-3). 2. treatise, disserta-
tion, a paper cho$-kyi frq.
Syn. of 1. gna$-§kab§; ^wq r(m.
pa ; sprul-pa; rnam-pa (Situ.
rnam-grol or ^wj«rq rnam-par
grol-ua	emancipation, complete
escapo from rc-birth.
a Siitra in K. d. «I, 199.
Rnam-glin or	Rnam-
rgyal-glin 1. n. of a monastery in the
town of	Rnam-glin-rdsofi in the
Shang district of the province of Tsang
(Rtsii). 2. n. of a Bon work (6?. Ron. 4).
rnam-hgyed n. of a fabulous
number : 4W«s^^35’H (Ya-sel.
57).
I: rnam-hgyur	fwt
change (for the worse) in illness; affliction
of mind:	without
anything affecting the mind, the mind
in its serene, calm state; V^J***^ one
whose mjnd has been affected, changed for
good or bad;	convalascent;
recovered from illness.
Syn. ‘^^q nadsafa-pa;
nad-las thar-wa (Mnon.); without dis-
turbance in the mind or anger; also
change from the normal state of the
mind.
П: 1. form, figure, shape;
S}’4|?the form of letters (written or
printed) (Glr.). 2. behaviour, demeanor;
(Vai-$n.); of a sick person,
rnam-hgyur mdse$-pa mi-
mic gestures or performances, mummers’
dance. 3. graceful carriage of the body,
strutting walk; pride.
rnam-rgyal or aprqKjq 1.
complete victory; a common appellation
of persons, deities and monasteries:
Rnam-rgyal Cho$-§de the Dalai
Lama’s personal monastery on Potala at
Lhasa. 2.=sW’5’V4j?lv»i^| mystic. 3. as
met.= 3’4 gourd (Mfton.).
rnam-rgyal-ipn 1. one of the
names of Arjuna the third of tho Papdava
brothers (Mnon.); a name of sadanana
the youngest son of Mahadeva (Mnon.).
2.= $«г*сЦ rgyal-mtshan	the
standard of victory (Mnon.).
Syn.	rgyal-byed-qin; О
chu-klumgin (Mnon.).
rnam-rgyal bum-pa 1. a con-
secrated water pot supposed to contain an
elixir of life which Buddha Amita Ayusa
holds in his hands; any vessel containing
charmed water;
the consecrated water-pot made of brass
or red-copper (Rtsii.). 2. n. of a sanc-
tuary in Yarlung.
rnam-rgyas frerH copious, abun-
dant.
VnHP1 rnam-sgeg-ma a coquettish
woman.
759
Syn. hgram-ser;	skyc-
bohi §kra-can (Mnon.),
IP rnam-^gyur hgro-lus as met.
the sun (Mnon,).
’I* rnam-sgom ; met. night.
rnam-gcod and	yons-gcod,
[relinquishment, leaving; a full
pause consisting of two dots] S.
rnam-bcad-can a passage or sentence at
the end of which two dots, one above
another, are put is called Rnam-bcod-can
(Ya-sel. 47).
rnam-hjig sadness.
rnam-hjoms rtsa-wa ($ft) n. of
a medicinal root.
Syn. mnar-wa; skar-chen;
§kar-mahi dri-ldan-ma; ^V|*'
q ho-ma dkar-po;	bur-gin-dri;
rna-то*, grag^-ldan (Mnon.}.
rnam-hjom$ bashfulness.
rnam-gnis sbyar-spos—\'$'
bad smell, stink (Mnon.),
rnam-rlog or
1. cogitation, actual per-
ception, thought, reflection, [a^ reason-
ing or confutation; disputation]&
It is variously stated by Tibetan sages:—
that all cogitation is
to be avoided (Grub. 5, 76) ;
all that occurs in
the mind, i.e., thoughts good or bad, is
called Rnam-rtog. 2. unreal conclusions,
imagination, aberrations of the mind. 3. in
philosophy: obscuration, viz., of the clear
and direct (nihilistic) knowledge of truth
by reasonings in the mind of the individual,
error (JYas. 305). 4. in pop. language dis-
gust, distaste,	rnam-rlog §kyed-
pa to feel disgust (Jd.). 5. doubt,
scruples, misgiving; ’^VTS5Vq y^-kyi
rnam-rtog-dpyod-pa to remove doubts from
the mind (Nag.);	rnam-rlog can
or	rnam-rtog-ldan doubtful, hesi-
tating.	rnam-rlog mi-mfiah-
rnam-rtog nicd-pa doubtless,
unquestionably.
Syn. kun-rtog; yid-gshun ;
yid-kyi-las*,	sems-kyi
lon-spy od\	yan-dag-rtog; «Ког§5‘4
yid-la byed-pa \ iplsSs rtog-dpyod*, S4!4*
rtog-pa; dran-pa;	bsam-mno
(Mnon.).
rnam-thar, v.	rnam-par
thar-wa.
rnam-thar sgo-gsum the
three doors of fbffa emancipation: (1)
^^5 Q tiny at a	[void] 8. (2)
я	[unconditioned] S.; (3)
^5'q	[passionless]^.
rnam-thos or	rnam-par-
tho§ 1. n. of a Sa-bdag or demi-god. 2.=
one possessed of wisdom, spiritual
knowledge (Mnon.).
Rnam-thos-sras the king of the
Noijin or mountain deities who guards
the northern quarters (Mnon.). Is also,
in a way, amalgamated with Kuvera or
Vais'ravapa, the god and guardian of
wealth, whom he is sometimes identical
with and sometimes differentiated from.
He is furthermore classed with the
deities and also placed in the Yamantaka
group. His Mongol designation seems
to be Bisaman-tegri, while in Japan he is
styled Bishamun.
Syn.	Byaft-phyogs bdag-po;
rgyal-pohi rgyal;
dpal-gter gsan-bdag;	yter-gyi-
fydag*,	mihi cho$-ldan;

760

fial-bsos-po;	hod-yan§ tsha-bo; й‘
E-lehi brgyud*	nor-sbyiu
hdren-pa;	gnod-$byin rgyal\ ^‘3’
nor-gyi-bdag;	dbyig-
tshar-hbeb$; S^’§’4lMTCk’ yan-phyog§-§kyofi.
(Mnon.).
^'54 rnam-dag or	1.
very pure, thoroughly cleansed, frq.
2. n. of the chaitya on the site of which
Buddha cut off his locks with his sword
and for the first time renounced the
world and the pleasures of royalty.
rnam-dul or	rta-
mchog	tho king of horses which
possesses a wonderful power of hearing
¥^5’5**	rnam-dud $kye$ fwwi;
an epithet of tho mythical khyuti
bird (Mnon.).
rnam-dwafa or
a learned man (Mnon.).
rnam-gduft-ma or
n. of a very useful and important medi-
cine.
Syn. 45*^1 ** $kad-cig-ma \	$de~
tshan bu-mo;	phra-nwhi-hbras; g^’
leafi-lo-ma;	mtshan-khun-ma;
sa-skyes-ma;	yul-bzan
skyes;	rab-tu pad-dkar; qW1^‘
pad-dkar §kyes; yan§~ma;
mehi-rtse; swwci mthah-ya&pa;	5
kun-tu fugs-ldan;	rgan-po
hjom§;	yan-lag mnam; я
hgram-nag-ma;	ser byed-ma; уйч]
na-mig-can;	zla-icahi hkhri-gin ;
po-tuhi hdab; «JwqS’iS’W gsal-wahi
to-та;	gan$-can-ma; tshans-
ma; zla-wahi $ne-ma (Mnon.).
Rnam-hdud n. of one of
the seven golden mountains of the
Buddhist cosmography which are situated
round Meru (G7r.). It is so called from
its crest being slightly bent (So-ri^r.).
rnam-hdren or	fanru^
[spiritual preceptor]/?,
one who leads to Nirvana (&
kar. 6), an epithet of Buddha; saviour.
q rnam-hdren chen-po—
rnam-hdren the great leader, an epithet of
the Bodhisattvas who are incarnated for
tho purpose of conducting men along
the path of Nirvana (Yig. к. 3).
Bftam-snan gans-chen
mtsho n. of a lake in Tibet (B. ch. 10).
’^’15 rnam-snan-byed met. the sun.
rnam-b^nun fMWv manifold;
[various, many]#.
rnatn-par dge-wahi du^ —
^•q^c.-q good times, auspicious time or
moment, favourable time.
Rnam-par rgyal-byed 'tsni’H
n. of the celestial palace of Indra (Mnon.).
Rnam-r'tjyal-ma fawn n. of a
goddess who is generally represented as
possessed of 3 faces and 8 arms. In one
of her right hands she holds an image of
the Dhyani Buddha Amitabha, and from
a left hand hang golden cords to which
is attached the mystical syllable Hri
wrought in silver. She is, it seems,
identical with the goddess
Gtsng-gtor rnam-par rgyal-ma or
Ushnisha-vijaya, a popular deity in
J apan.
rnam-par Idan-pa [gone
away]/?.
rnam-par-hdud bending down
most humbly, to bow respectfully.
I
761

rnam-par-gnas ft^n; to rest,
repose; residing at a place comfortably.
rnam-par gnon 1. met. a lion.
2.	horse in general (Mfion.). 3. hero ; in-
trepid, fearless.
Rnam-par snan-mdwd also
Rnam-§nan 1. Pairocana the chief
of the five Dhyani Buddhas or
J4 Is usually as an effigy painted white
in colour and is asserted to preside over
the uppermost paradise situated in the
zenith of the terrestrial skies. The Mon-
gol designation is Mashi gheigulun dzo-
kiakckt. 2. = 3'^ the moon.
-^5 rnam-par spro^-pa-mcd with-
out enthu iasm, or zeal.
$«wwq Rnam-par hbab-pa n. of a
forest in the hill of Samkas'a in Uttara
kuru (K. d. \ 299).
rnam-par-bya$	shape,
form (A. K. 2-95 v.).
tshig	[solvent] 8.
^wqV’jq rnam-par bshag-pa siwnR
estabhshment; good arrangement.
rnam-par gyeft-ica very at-
tentive [frSqq throwing away, casting
away, postponing]8.
^•qv^^'q rnam-pa> yans-pa = *ft'Q wide
and spacious {Mfion.).
swqv^np rnam-par rig-pa =
idea, notion; often = [principle]8.;
also	[knowledge]8.
rnam-rig-tu bkral-pa ‘explained in the
sense of the idealists’ (8сЛ/*.).
rnam-par-rig byed ftifft
science, knowledge.
^•qvXei’4 rnam-par rol-iea fHfa
enjoyment, merriment.
^nq^^l^q rnam-par $es-pa ft^R 1.
etymologically: perfect knowledge, cons-
ciousness. 2. in philosophy: one of the
five phun-po or “ aggregates.” Is also
used for: soul of the departed. By other
authorities it is stated	is of two
kinds, phenomenal consciousness or
and
consciousness of external things, or
that which distinguishes one from another
(K. d. 100). Nine kinds of Rnam-<p>$
also ате given:—(1)
ft^R [abode of knowledge, self-consci-
ousness, the “ego” or “I”] 8. (2)
^w-?|*rq sj^rfrijWR [momentary acts
of knowledge] 8. (3)
। WRfHR [image-receiving
knowledge]8. (4) ^Si^-qv-^q | sra
fq^R [visual kuowledge]8. (5)
^t=rft^R [auditory knowledge]8.
(6)	| qnrfWR [smell-know-
ledge]^ (7)	fti^ift^R [taste-
knowledge]8. (8)	। «arqft^R
[tactual knowledge]8. (9)	I
«Rtft^TR [internal-sense-knowledge.]8.
^•q^'g^q rnam-par $nun-pa
flowing, issuing forth]8.
rnam-dpyod ftqn, srsji,
discrimination, discernment, judgment.
Syn. blo-gros\ pcs-rab (Mnon.)
(Yig. k. 88).	rnam-dpyod-can —
blo-gros-can	one who
judges well, a judge (Nag.).
^’4 sensible, possessed of judgment (Situ.
2).	by
that generous person who is without an
equal in discretion (Yid. £7).
rnam-par §pros-pa med-pa
without (religious) fervour or zeal;
not unreal or magical.
97
762

•gjqsm Rnam-phug-pahi grub-
mthah n. of a metaphysical and doctrinal
treatise of ono of the non-Buddhist schools
of Magadha written by Rnam phug-pa
(Theg. 33-39).
^’9* rnam-phyar or rnam-phyar-
Ina the five modes of reproof (Yig.).
B rnam-phye, ^'35 rnam-phyed, =$«*
q 1. fw5R distinction, division, sec-
tion :	rnam par phye-^te fW’Q
di riding, having divided or differentiated.
2. = ^Ԥ5.
‘*5 rnam-hphyo as met. fish.
q’V’I’Q rnam-hphyohibdag-po the king of fish,
who is possessed of a thousand teeth. Syn.
yS) gorq na-yi rgyal-po;	mche-ica
^ton-lna; Sfac’q $o-mafi-ica; j*^ khri-can
1 МпонХ
§5 rnam-byed f*waT, ferfa, [pro-
vidence ; fortune] S.
^«53 rnam-dkye нтл case or cases
in Gram, [division, separation; also, case-
endings. ]*S.
rnam-smin or	f^pqTSi,
lit. fully ripened, become mature. In
Budh. the fullness of one’s sin.
to suffer the effects of one’s sins.
rnam-mrdse$ or	rnam*
par-mrdscs-pa 1. vory handsome, beautiful.
2. = 8>Ф‘&Г5 $kyur-rtsi chen-po the largo
species of lime (Ijjnon.).
rnam-bshag arrangement,
order in reference to place, position =
(Ja.).
Rnam-gzigs or Vipas'yi, the n.
of the first of the six temporal Buddhas
who preceded S'akyamuni:
4 Vipas'yi,
Dipankara and Ratna-chuda appeared at
the end of the age called Asanklya. The
Mongol appellation of the Buddha Rnam-
gzigs is Babashi.
-4]^- rnam-gyefi я unsteady, vacil-
lating, wavering, restless, =s^wa|$k’ a
changeable mind:	the
friend who is fond of change (Bbrom. f4,5).
rnam-gyefi-pa one who is not of
fixed purpose, always vacillating (Yig. k.
26).
rnam-дуо explained by S’^5*3’
fickleness, an attribute of the fair
sex (Jfflon.).
Rnam-rdb dwag$-po
grwa-tshaft n. of a monastery situated to
tho west of Lhasa (Loft. *, 4).
rnam-rig-byed^^'^ ЯТП
wisdom (Mfion.).
rnam-(;c§ or	f^jFT the
mind, memory, intellect; knowledge.
or mkka^-pa.
rnam-^-tsam-pa	one who is
possessed of only tho Vijnana. [n. of
a sect in India and China who maintained
that knowledge alone was real.]#.
rnam-$e$-rten the heart the basis
of consciousness.
Rnam-sras gan-mdsod n. of
the repository of precious articles (gold,
silver, precious stones, etc.) belonging to
the De-wa Zhung (gdo-pa gshun) or
central government of Lhasa (5. kar. 178).
rnam-gsal 1. ftwi light;
enlightened person (Milon.) 2.
lightning.	rnam-gsal-bye#
the maker of light, sun (Mnon.).
rnamsrol— * lugs-srol tra-
dition, custom:
in the event of my death your
ancestral tradition (or customs) should be
preserved (A. 128).

763

rnam-par Ihun-wa [44 fad
entirely fallen (morally).
Rnam Ihun-grub-rdsoA n. of
a Jong in upper Nyang (3^’?5) in Tsang.
rnams 1.	the word or
particle denotive of plurality:	the
gods, S'VW klu-rnam$ the Naga demi-gods,
men, etc. 2. In Bak the usual sign
of the plural, but in col. language little
used. May be annexed to adjectives and
even whole phrases:	those which
were large, the big ones; those
in front;	lug-khyu
de myan-na§ khrid-hofa rnams those who
had brought the flock of sheep from
Nyang;	whichever they were ;
those that went behind.
rnar 1. abbr. of	also abbr. of
or 4*. 2. for	in the ear.
1: rnal or	(Nag.) basic or
fundamental state, alsoor
normal condition; real, actual;
5чцг&ч^(	with the
exception of the sign of ordination he was
not possessed of real theoretical learning
(Тй?.).	the
mind come to a state of happiness, t>.,
being in peace, or was in a tranquil state;
it again
got to its original condition (-4. N. 1-16).
performing real
religious practices, to practise religion
from the heart.
II: 1. rest.	his
body obtained rest; esp. tranquility of
mind, composedness, absence of passion:
—	to become
steady in its nature as before; gA*r^’Zfy*r
rdsifis chen-po rnal-dn pheb$-na$
the large boat has arrived at the tranquil
state (Л. 18);	his soul
having no rest (Ta.). 2. seems to bo
related to but in this form used in
the sense of a dream or dreamful sleep
(also a meditative trance):	rnal-lta§
signs of a dream ;	rnal-ltas
bzan-po good prognostics of a dream
(TV#.).
der-rnal sad-pa dafi
rmi-lam hdi-rnams dge-ham mi-dge dgofis-te
rtog-bcun-shig skyes-pa as soon as the trance
was over, then reflecting were these
dreams and testings of visions auspicious
or inauspicious, a maze of doubts arose.
rnal-hgons [crossing]#.
rnal-dn bkod-pa wsraflfa
1. put in the way of ascetical practice.
2. endeavours.
rnal-hbyor irS; qtn the realiza-
tion of the happy state of meditation.
rnal-hbyor-pa or ral-byor
VH;	; 1. lit. one who adheres to con-
templative tranquility, a hermit, an ascetic
given up to meditation, a yogi. 2. n. of
one of the earliest Tibetan disciples of
Atis'a (Khrid. 56). 3. acc. to Seh., per-
sonal, visible.
rnal-hbyor-ma a female
hermit or ascetie; but hardly known in
Tibet in modern times. However, the
lady-abbess of Sam-ding on lake Yamdok
is usually accorded this distinction.
rnal-hbyor-rgyud гйлнп? [n.
of a class of writings about the different
Tantrik postures of yoga\S.
rnal-hbyor §pyod-pa
the practice of systematic meditation, but
more especially an expert in the art.
rnal-hbyor rnam-pa said to
’rtererenr, i-e., the
I
764
*1
Kalaohakra cultus (Mnon.).
=	grii^^n^cnsf the
substance of yoga-tantra and mala-tan-
fra classes of writings, contained in K.
y. t, 213.	q^5'^Xt^^ is
contained in K. y. % and gives explan-
ation of such mystic letters and terms as
вч	om-a-httih, sb a-ha-phal, etc.
rnal-mahi-rgyud the real
passage to Nirvana.
СЧ
+	гш7=^'^ sohi $nil the gums.
’П rniir-ica, pf. «riq or q^’q to pull
forward or out of the way v. ^’4 $nur-ica.
rno-ira	1. sharp, pointed;
5Aq	very sharp,	r no-med
dull, blunt; K’^*q rno-phyufi-wa to sharpen ;
rno-hbig$ auger, instrument to
bore holes in wood or iron, etc. (.Rtsii.).
Г 9^ гно-byas sharpened knife. rno-
bytd a horn (^.fon.);	rno-l n-
pa to get sharp, to be sharpened;
rno-phyufi a n. of females and males. 2.
rank in taste, acrid, strong or penetrating
I smell). 3. sharp, clever, shrewd, pre-
ceded by or ^].
rnon-po sharp; sharpness
,A. К. 1-38 : ^’5’^ rnon-po byas
sharpened ;	rnon mafi-du-
bya§ cirim	acute meditation.
sna Wi, ; the nose but in the
eolloq. the usual teim seems to be
“ na-ku ” and in the 7F*. $na-mtshul
pr. “ namtshul” is the common word.
sna-chu discharge or mucus from the nose ;
sna-chen-po a big nose, used also to
designate a government commissioner or
magistrate, just as the English slang term
“ beak ” is vulgarly applied. ^5 sna-skad
whine, nasal twang ; O4! ^па-guy flat nose ;
§na-§yafi the bridge or top of the
nose ; sna-bug nostril.	q
$na kun-nas dmah-ica ace. to iS. = flat-
nosed. Jf sna seems to he often used to
designate a peak or project*on from a
mountain; also a promcntaiy in a lake.
Also, the tip or end of any thing:
thag-sna tip of a piece of string,
sna-yi br tag-pa the prognostics of the nose:
$na-rifi rno-tca inchoy yin-la
a long aquiline nose is the sign of shrewdness
and of superior intellect;
U5 Ъпа-rtse sbom-mthug $diy-la spyod a thick
obtuse nose indicates viciousness (in a
man);	a flat and
crooked nose is an augury of much misery
Mi.
II: sort, kind; part, portion; with
tshojs or various, all sorts
of:	^na-tshoys-kyis
hd‘b$-pa (Dzl.); to strew all sorts of
spices over.....;	every kind,
tna-mafi (Lex.),	(Glr.);
^5 of every sort;	seven kinds
of jewels; five sorts of silk; also
alone is added to substantives, inst. of
ог=_^^:	smoke from
different sorts of wood ;	the
ripening of corn (Glr.); ^’£T]^£T1 single;
a portion of the doctrine (Schf.)
(from Jd.)
Sna-khrid,
guide, leader.
$na-yofi trunk, proboscis (5W.).
$sna-can-nia the wind.
$na-bcay-pa to procure sanction
for any thing through the kindness of a
superior official:
the work may be undertaken after sanction
has been obtained, etc.

765
Г* I
sna-chen-po 1. chief official, judge.
2. n. of a place in Magadha (I7y.).
Syn. ‘5 blon-po; •fSjxj khrims-kyi
kha-lo*pa\	g.shufi-lug§ hdsin-
pa (Jgfion.).
$na-hjti piece of wood bent in the
shape of a ring to which the nose-string
of yaks is attached (Rtsii.).
jflpq §na-rtog nosiril; $sn<z-
rtog che shin so-rno-гса the nostrils were
large and the teeth were pointed (Hbrom.
11Г).
§на bstad-pa to he confident of,
rely on; also as abstr. noun: trust, confi-
dence.
$na-thag 1. Tfa?; янгат^ a rope
passed through the nose of a beast of
burden to lead it by. 2. proboscis,
sna-thag or	sna-mehu srin-wa to
stretch it forward (Pth., Ja.).
$na-thnfi-ica~$'%J'Q sro-tlrifi-ua
short-tempered, also one who loses his
spirits very easily (Mnon.).
§na-dri prob.= ^ snabs (Med.).
$na~drofi$ leader, conductor :
for the conductor of
the three white chariots (A. 4).
§na-hdcd-pa 1.	one
who goes before; a fore-runner, pioneer.
2.	q to precede, go before.
$na-hdren leader, commander ; g4!’
*4**r$*$4^ §dag-bsfial-gyi sna-hdren one
that causes misfortune, author of it (Jd.).
'^'q to lead, conduct; to head an expe-
dition.
$na-drafi$— *3f9*^N hjo-bya$-na§
having taken the lead of (A. 65).
Jpw Sna-nam Samarkand in Bokhara:
Sna-nam rdo-rje bdnd-
hjoins n. of a certain Buddhist sage who
belonged to Samarkand (Deb. Я, £)• *q'§S’
^ererjv^ chab-srid sna-nam-la §ter-fies it
was settled that the kingdom should be
given to Nanam (Ya-sel. 74) •
sna-snem, lazy :	yna-
§nem ma-hdng-cig do not sit here so idly,
without any object! ‘(Sch.).
$’3 Sna-phu n. of a place in Tibet (Lon.
28).
% ч sna-ba or or	leader, a
guide:	for about
every third step a guide was necessary.
sna-wa hdsin (evidently
ship-commander, boat-man.
Syn. *»Hq mnan-pa;	gru-yi
kha-lo-pa*, 5 gru-mkhan (Mfion.).
$па-ЬаЪ§ the glanders
$ 9* sna-bum	[ink-stand] &
Sna-u'O la-kha on the top of the
mountain of Sna-bo situated between
Gyang-tse and Bong cham-chen
then arriving at
Doi he caused a trumpet to be sounded
from the top of Nao peak (A. 90).
% $na-bon certain Bon charms which
are uttered by the leader of a marriage
procession in Tibet (D.R.).
§na-§byofi,	§na-$man snuff
(Med.)
§na-$brafi =	snabs-lud mucus.
sna-ma 1. (Cs.^the blossom of the
nut-meg tree? 2. v. $ compound. gShir
[1. n. of a plant Cissampelos hexandra.
2. badly clothed]&
$na-ma or £ §na-mahi me-
tog	n. of a flower \Jasnrinum
yrandifioru!)i]S.
ОМ
766
Г*!
Sna-§mad n. of a place in Tibet,
lower part of the place called J| Sna.
sna-rtee the top or point of the
nose; and
is a mystic phraso of the Khadoma spiiits
(Mkbah-krdo.) (K. g. 70).
$na-tshan—	complete in
varieties.
&ia-tshog$ 1. f^r, ^rwr, v.
$na II. 2. =35 all.	§na-tshog$-
hgefa [1. the earth. 2. that fills
or supports the universe]#.
sna-tshog$ гдуи=Ъ fish (ДГЯоп.).
ч|л sna-tstogs-tegrub^faCxfa [Brahma]#.
§na-tshog$-bsgnib byed faWI
[ maker of all things, Vis'va-karta]#.
sna-tshogs-ean	the water
bird [a wild cock]#.
Sna-tshogs tog	n. of the
son of Kamadeva (Mflon.).
Sna-tshogs rta-can an epithet
of the god of wind (MnonX
$na-tshog$-hthnfi рНПП [as
met. all-drinking, the sun or moon or
fire]#.
$na-tshogs mdog^Q'R	ba-bla
lit.	variety of	colours; the	plant
Curcuma	amhatdi or	zerumbet"\S.	Also
=	stage dress	(Д(пон.).
sna-tshog$ mdog-can^
the comet’s tail (4Won.\
§na-tshg% rdo-rje the Vis'va-
vajra or four-fold dorje which the Yum
or Sakti of Don-grub the fifth Dhyani
Buddha bears in her hand.
§na-tshog$-$dc ^тчг n. of a
medicine (ДГ^оя.). [the plant Cassia alata
or Tora.^S.
я Sna-tshog$ mig-ldan-nia n.
of a Noijin goddess (K. g. **, ISO).
§na-tshog$ gtsug-can
the spiritual guide of the gods, Vrhaspati
(Mnon.).
§na-t8hbg$-hdsin = as
met. the earth (lotion.).
^^’^*5 $na-tshog$ gift-rta=fy ni-tna
^dtthe sun (МЯон.). = &ъхч [‘having a
variegated car/ the sun]#.
sna-hdsoms-pa^^'^M sne-hdsom.
$na-ro or tna-ru l. = 5’5 the
sign of tho vowel о (Situ. 12). 2. snuff-
bottlo made of the horn of yaks or of
goats.
$na-lcn-pa 1. to give shelter or
lodging. 2. hospitality.
$nag a tribal name.
suag-tsha nuV ink. ^9^ an ink-
pot ; ЗН’й4! $nag-$myug pen and ink;
5*71’3 Snag-tsha daH $myu-gu id.
both pen
and ink together being not available he
wrote with what he had, consequently the
writing was not clear (legible) (A. 100).
snag-tsha hbyar-byed glue,
gum.
Syn.	hbyar-rtsi\	fybyar-
bye$\ 95 sbyin (Mfion.).
$nag-la$ $kye$ born of the
family of Snag; gen. family extraction.
Syn. |5*ч rgyud-pa; rig$-rgyud;
*^5 gdu^-rgyud (Mnon.).
pi^-j9a=4A4]^,q fybags-pa defiled,
polluted.
^’41 : gnan^ta WTHT, wraW sbst.
1. brightness, light, lustre, glare. av^c-'
767
° the light between,” i.e., the atmosphere,
the light of heaven, the sky: wgq’wav
qw^'Sjq'S) ^af
lain descending from the heavens the fruit
of the fruit-trees and all the crops matured
together (ЛЛ.).	when there
is light, when it is light; fig.
the light of doctrine (2Ы.). Syn.
§nafi-byed\ gvqpw §nan-gsal;	gsal\
aiJfyqq-qj^orq mfion-par gsal-wa;	hod-
zer; Kv'W hotf-hbar; $gron-me;
rab-gsal (Mnon.). 2. an objective appear-
ance or thing seen, an apparition:
Bj^-^’qq^q-qAjq-? there is an appearance
as of being pursued by many people;
appearances in a dream. 3.
a visual seeing, one’s sight: ^5^’
^q-^q-q-jr^qj-q-S^ my faculty of vision,
my sight, is dimmed (Jiz.) (more frq.
intellectually) a view, opinion; ^q*r
in the view of Buddha ; and hence:
4. thought, idea, notion, conception, c.
genit.:	w^qq-Sj^w^q’q all these
things are only conceptions of your mind,
your fancies; 45^'^q-qAgq- (Jf/Z.);
qg *r^qbkressnan ye-med-par
gyur-to he was even without a thought
of hunger (Mil.); XN’«r^q’q*gq turn your
mind to religion ! (Mil.); A§vq to
change hearts to repent, conversion.
4'q^q pleased, cheerful, happy (Pth.);
col. the arising of two ideas in the
mind;	hesitation,	irresolution,
wavering; perception, both physi-
cal and mental: «tffc'gq’Sfg ч’ч mtkoH gnafi-
gi tprul-pa phantom, apparition;
an illusion of fancy (Thgy.) (Jd).
5. attainments, intellectual illumination.
$nan-ehag§ shifts ef work from
serfs or mi-ser according to their respective
turns (Rtsii.).
snaH-ehuH unimportant and of
little use:	not mention-
ing those that are unimportant (Rtsii.).
§naft-brnan 1. f’-ei’^^-q very
handsome outwardly (Nag. 33). 2. = g’*V’
reflected image, image.
$nafi-dag (^q’$qpi) eolloq. the
inward man, the heart, the soul;
not to care at all, to be indifferent.
snan-ldan as met.=the sun ;
^'^’^’5 =	skar-ma brtan-pa
the polar star (Mnon.).
II: vb. 1. to emit light, to shine,
to be bright; ^’A^’g^’q to fill with light, to
be enlightened, to illuminate; gq’AqAjq’q
to be filled with light, to be enlightened,
e.#., by the light of wisdom (Jd.);
S’gq*q5’$af q darkness entirely devoid of light
(Dzl.). 2. to be seen or perceived, to show
one’s self, to appear;	or B’^’q'
qjc/qgc/ every thing visible; B’^'4^41
all that is an object of senses (Mil.);
^Tgq-Bf now an opportunity shows
itself (Jd.). ^^’^-gqwq-qj^q’gqq’^^’q’gq'
although the body had become invisible,
yet the voice continued to appear and was
heard without interruption (Td. 127. 11);
to have a certain appearance, to look
(like),	as if it had been
suddenly cut off (Vai. $fi.)\
$niim-bcas §nafi-pa (to look) greasy (&<;.);
it looks like sorcery (Glr.) (ci.
4|0l) ; a-^q-q invisible, ^q’qq'g^q- to
disappear frq.;	as their
wives were not to be seen, were not present
(Dzl. чз, 27); ft’g^Agvq to become
invisible, to efface the traces of a thing
(Ja.).
gq*qj^«r^ $nafi-$yel-can forgetful, lazy.
^•^•i^-Sq^q-q-^ q of no attainments yet
high in appearances.
768
JF'=4
III:=Lex.; in Amdo:
a= or •** is or is not,
155 ог^я’сг^с/ kkyoj-la rtscun-pa e-$nan I
believe you havo not barley-flour ?
I havo not barley-flour;
so it occurs in vulgar language,
it is said, dicitur (Ta. 3,fp 14)’, prob,
also: to be in a certain state (of health', in
a certain condition, etc.; in C.
how are you now (?) what have
you been doing now? (Ja.).
й-^-q mi-$nan-u?a	(A. JC. 111-
51) [to vanish or disappear]^.
q $nafi-tca dkar-pa= moon-
light (Ity. к. 15).
ja	дс/ piafi-brgad-pahi rab-fclufi
an epithet of the river Ganga:
•Ц’ф pray Jet
your kind letters flow (to me! like the
Garga (Yig. к. 36).
piafi-ica-can	manifest,
present in all its glory (Л. K. 111-51).
^c/qw^-q pian-ica mched-pa
[increase of light]8.
q $nafi-ica thob-pa to obtain light
obtained light, enlightened]8.
Snan-wa ndhah-ya%
the fourth Dhyani Buddha Amitabha in
his first form of existence, i.e., in his
dharmakaya or chos-kyi-$ku. In his
sumbhoga stage he is designated
Tshe-dpag-med; and in the third or nirmana
stage	Bod-dpag-med. His present
earthly incarnation as	is the
Panchhcn Lama of Tashi-lhunpo.
+ ^’c*'qlAc'snafi-wa gdon-red-pa to
take up or undertake a work without much
deliberation.
jjc/q	snafi-ica na§ §nafi-icat
kgro-wa	to go from light
to light.
q'^W^A^fp $nafi-uaz~mun-par fagro-
гса	[going from light to
darkness] 8.
pian-ica vied-pa faTWW [not
possessing light, not bright]8.
$nafi-wahi bdag-po fsnr’qfa
[the lord of rays, the sun]8.
§nan~rcahi dicafi-po=	the
eye (Mfion.).
§nafi-wahi mu-khyud ;
[the lustrous halo round the sun]8.
$nafi-tcahi гЫ-Wthe repository
of light, i.e., the sun (Mfion.).
Snafi-war mdse %-ma n. of a
great Yaksini, a she-demon (K. g. 5,130).
$nah-bycd as mot. the eye,
tho sun, light.
§nan-byed gni$-pa the tea nd
luminary, the moon (^ag.) (Mfion.).
§S'^* snafi-byed zun the two lumina-
ries, i.e., the sun and the moon.
$nan-byed hod-byed as met.
= the sun (Mnon.).
$nafi-med, v. nan-med.
^•<#5 snafi-tshad, v. the measure of
light.
snan-tshul the outward appear-
ance, of a landscape; scenery (MU.);
appearance, opp. to essence, (Was.
29Г).
snan-tshc—nam-snan ’Чтчпг
[illumination, exhibition] 8.
^*£5 §nan-mds(id brightening, illumi-
nating, also, illuminator.
769

§nan-zer can-ma, v.
snafi-zer ldan-ma=
n. of a Bon deity, one refulgent with
light, radiant (B. Ch. IV).
^’*5 §naft-hod n. of a flower (K. d. |”,
12).
’5*^’ 8naft-ru-sgan n. of a place in
Tibet near §tod-lun (Lon. *, 3).
$nan-fa$ thoughts, fancies.
Snan-g^an n. of a Bon priest of
great mystical learning (Jig.).
Snan-sel khrab-gyon n. of
Bon deity of Sa-bdag class, who wears a
coat of mail.
^Ԥ5 $nan-srid HHK the visible, exter-
nal world.
%naft-gsal shining, bright, bril-
liant;	the clear bright
light of religion, also a lamp, light; syn.
(Mfion.).
^’4 snad-pa, pf. 4^5 bsnad imp. ifs
snod to wound, to hurt, to stab:
being hurt in the body; M my
horse might be injured;	afraid
of hurting him (Jd.); of horned cattle:
to butt (&Л.).
snabs, mucus of the nose:
g q $nabs phyi-wa to wipe one’s nose,
J|W^ pocket-handkerchief; ^^‘^5 snotty
nose, snotty fellow (&?Л).
Syn.	snab§-lud;	fair-&ndbs;
$na-kid; $na-yi dri-ma.
I: Snam 1. n. of a place in Tibet;
snam-gyi re-gad one of the thirty
seven sacred places of the Bon (G. Bon.
37). 2. jja ’ятст smelt.
II: or ^'5 snam-bu woollen cloth of
various kinds, a blanket. woollen
cloth manufactured in Kong-bu;
English broadcloth; woollen cloth
from Central Tibet and Lhasa.
snam-dkar	white or woollen
blanket.	hairy cloth, frieze;
snam-yug a whole piece or roll of
woollen cloth,	§nam-ra$ woollen and
cotton cloth (Mil.).
сч
Snaw-phyi privy, latrine.
Syn. chab-khan ; phyis-khan ;
gsafachod. (Mnon.).
^‘34	am-phrag in
vulg. language: breast pocket.
snam-brag~ ^‘5(4 %nam-phrag or
am-phrag the bosom, also the breast
pocket. In colloq. am-bdk.
snam-hbyar	[a pair or
couple; the aquatic plant Trapa bispi-
snam-sbyar a sort of loose mantle
for priests (Cs.).
§nam-gshogs resp. for side
(Ja.).
snam-log^ also
snam-phyogs, may signify respectfully the
whole bodily person of a deity or lama,
usually, however, it indicates the sides
only; also specially =	side and
back. The following passage occurs in
a Tantrik litual of the Tangyur: 3^’5*‘S'
gur dan bla re
lha snam-phyogs skyon gior-ma so-sor dgram
having sprinkled separately the torma
offerings protecting the back and sides of
the god and each lama, together with
their canopies.
98

770

Snar-than n. of a village and
monastery about six miles to tho south-
west of Tashilhunpo. The monastery
contains a printing press and a huge stock
of wooden blocks embossed with the text
of tho Kahgyur and Tangyur encyclopae-
dias.	Snar-thafi Rig-pahi
ral-gri n. of the great abbot of Snar-thaft
who arranged tho cutting of the text of
the two collections of sacred books in
block-type or xylograph (Lon. % 10).
Snar-po or snar-то or $nar
= or long, lengthwise.
snar-tca to shake or move to
and fro: B*r9^nT*rgV4 a dog wagging its
tail; also v.	bsnal-wa to extend,
protract.
Snar-ma *г^г 1. the third
constellation or lunar mansion containing
five stars and represented in the figure
of a chariot; the wife of the moon. 2.
^44?f [sandal, incense]8.
Syn.	dal-wahi-
Iha Idan-ma \ |	$ky-dguhi bdag-po.
$nar-ma skyes	[Bala-
rama; the planet Mercury]#.
$nar~mahi bdag-po —
the moon (Mnon.).
snal-ma [thread, silk thread,
woollen thread, etc.; knitting-yam, yarn
used for other purposes; also for warp,
abbyam] (Jd.).
rdufi-wa or
beating, sticking in (A. K.).
Wlfa [puts together]#, pf. and
fut. 1. to prick into, e.g., a stick
into the ground, to thrust a weapon.
2. to suckle: i’^gaj'q (jpihj id & to
multiply (Vai. tn., Lez^ Sch.).
|А’Ц $пиЬ-ра pf. «Jgw fut, qgq imp.
or gw vb. a. to	to do
away with; to causo to perish; gen. fig. to
suppress, abrogate, annul, destroy, anni-
hilate, a religion; sp^gw abolished the
custom.
tq” Snubs n. of a place in Tibet
(Deb. % 2). gW’^’^A^^ Snubs-gnah
То-re rtsug-lo n. of tho son of king Tore
Srofi-btsan (Yig.) who wasprinco of Snubs-
gnah.
gW’^’gj^S'g’X; Snubs-mtsho glin-
dguhi bla-do n. of a place in the lake
country of Yam-dok (Deb. % 4#)-
Smw ?hl oil, grease; g«^’
snum-кой a little bowl for oil; g*'H* snum-
khur cake cooked in or seasoned with oil,
a kind of pastry baked in suot;
Snum-can or gwsw or g*’^ fatty, oily,
greasy; g*'^ snum-dri a smell of fat.
snum-can (pn [n. of
several medicinal plants = Asteracantha
longifolia, Tribulue lanuginosus etc.]#.
Г4 snum-pa or g«'9 snum-po ftps*. 1.
smooth, shining and of fine texture: g«
snum-bag polished. 2. fat, grease, any
oily substance (or g*^ snum-rtsi) ; oil:
gu’fVS’*^a lamp, the oil of which is
consumed; §Vg* raw fat, 9Vg* melted fat
(Ce.); ^fargw cart-grease, composed of pul-
verized charcoal and fat (Glr.). 3. fertile,
with luxuriant pastures C. (Jd.). 4. n. of
a clan (A. 80).
a snum-za oil-burner, a lamp.
Syn.	sgron-me; W’A mar-me
(Mnon.).
g^v*1 snum-zan-ma one who eats dainty
dishes; a glutton :

771
Р>!
(may be} you have some
petted child with the disposition of a
glutton (Л. 137).
snur-ica 1. pf. and fut. to
push or move, to move out of its place,
to remove, to shift JF.; to drag up, pull
in. 2. Sch.: to cut into pieces, to frac-
ture, to crush, into impalpable
powder.	or	3. to
abridge. 4. v.
—4
§ne or g’* pie-ma 1. extremity, end
of a thread or string, the selvedge or hem
of a piece of cloth:	thag-snethQ end of
a rope. $ne-hkhor to warp, to get
twisted (&Л.). рге-skog chaff of
barley, wheat, etc. {Rtsii.).
Sne-gdon-rtse n. of a town
with a Jong stylod	Sne-gdon-
rdsofi the fort of Nedong-tse {Lon. % 14).
§ne-hdsom= gn. of fragrant
plant burnt as incense:	’^’g
5^ for (the cure of) cow-itch I must have
the Ne-dsom plant, the Ne-dsom plant is
necessary {Rtsii.).
piem-pa to shake, to cause to
move slightly:	bsnem byahi
яа-gshi a quagmire, a bog, Siberian
tundra.
piehu glin-kha n. of a grove
near Lhasa	two over-
seers at Neuling-kha {Rtsii.).
Нет $nehu-stan—^ child, boy.
Snehu-rdson n. of a small fort on
the bank of the Kyi-chhu on the opposite
side to Rbrapspuns (Daipung) {Loft. % Ilf),
pie-len resp. («Хк’АЗя mthon-bzo$)
attention to guests, hospitality, reception
given to guests:
1Л5 Sne-god n. of j a village in Kham*
{Lon. * 28).
snc-sel tsam-du rnchis^^'
am in the due dis-
charge of my duties (K^.).
gMj^ sner-slebs officials (who succeed
each other by gradual promotion). 49^'
{D. gel. 7) the government officials should
not show partiality to any among the
subjects of the state.
sno-ica acc. to (7$. = |кц to reduce
to small pieces, to crumble {Jd.).
+	pnog-zan cake, biscuit, etc.;
in vulg. “ khab-zeu for F*«<.
I: piod 1. sbst.	grog a
receptacle, that which holds anything,
a vessel, basket. Syn. yol-go; g’s'fS
snod-spyad {Mnon.). sde-piod a
receptacle of doctrine, the doctrinal basket,
sacred writings;	tho
Three Pitakas or three classes of sacred
works. phye-piod a vessel for meal
or flour; %fahu~§nod water-pot, pitcher;
9'g5 bu-§nod uterus, womb; $nod-
kyi khyed-pa [a small pot]S.
snod-kyi-sten upper part of a vessel, also
its cover or lid. gV^RF* $nod-gsum or 5^*4*
the three qualities of the
organs of the senses—best, intermediate,
and the last.
II: Jd. says that in tho ascetic
language $nod denotes man, as far as he
is susceptible of higher and divine things;
a man is called	$nod-yofipsu
bdag-pa a very pure and holy vessel; g5’^‘
piodJdan $lob-ma^& disciple eager to
be instructed {Mil.); $nod~nia yin
772	|ЗД|
insusceptible of religion. Also in meta-
physics В XS phyi-$nod = the external world,
or rather inanimate nature. jpvB'jV'W1
tnod-kyi M‘^-^sum==the three defects of
humanity: 1.	2.
ДЧ a ( 3. ^Ч1Ц«ГЧХ to be thus
interpreted:—one who at tho time of a
sermon does not attend to it is as a
vessel of which the mouth is shut up;
on hearing if one does not get at the
right moaning, but misundertands, it is
like a spittle-pot full of unclean things or
thoughts; if one attends to a sermon and
understands it, but does not act accord-
ingly, that is like a vessel which is upset.
XS'q§5 §nod-bcud the world of inanimate
and sentient beings.
$nod ehen [road, bathing
place] S.
3ft* $nod-ma	[circular, coil-
ing]#.
$nod-run-wa	[1. recep-
tacle. 2. a vessel for roasting or frying]#.
^’4 $non-pa pf. and fut. b$nan
1. to add on, expand, augment; to put a
tip on or point to (e.g., an arrow):
two being added to them (Mil.); ^^’XV4
maft-du $non-pa to augment by a great
number; rgyab-$non adding on the
back, i.e., confirmation; S*4!jpv* dmag-
tshog# $non-ma reinforcements, auxiliary
troops;	rtse-mo $non adding or
putting on a pinnacle;
snon-mdar Arya-de-wahi Iha-
khan-la rab-gnas mdsad consecrating the
temple of Arya-deva with a pointed
arrow. 2. to revive, strengthen.
iq-Sq-55j $nob~zog-can curious, inqui-
sitive (Ja.).
4 $nom-pa I: pf. b$nam$ fut.
ЧХ* tenam imp. X* or X*w
to lay hold of, grasp, take up, pick up,
to seize on ;	phag-tu $nom-pa to
grasp with the hand:
W ^X*’’ 4 having taken up in
his hands the dorje and bell as a sign of
his knowledge of tho various vehicles
(Pth. 128b.).
q^X**’^* phag gya$-pa§ damaru hkhrol shin
gyon bum-pa tenam$ na$ with his right hand
he played the damaru and with his left
held tho sacred water-flagon.
э&Я’Ч II: akin to jw ^num-pa to
smell:	dri-ma ^пот-shift smelling
the scent; met, the nose. Prob,
this vb. is very near in sense to that of I.
in that it signifies: to catch up by means
of the nose, t.e., to smell or take up a
scent.
Snor-wa, pf. and fut. ч^к bpior
to confound, intermingle, stir up sediment:
Хчух Я’Ч $t eft-hog $nor-wa to comfound or
mix up the upper and lower (contents, etc.)
§nol-tca pf. and fut. ч^ч b$no
1. to adjust, place together, fit together;
to close up exactly, interlace,
hlham $nol-wa to seize and wrestle with or
“ embrace and wrestle with; to embrace
(Cs.); §‘Х^ ч Zfa $nol~ica to interchange
looks; S’jjftrn ho piol-ica to kiss each other;
phan-tshun $nol-wa to unite both
the parties, яр/ч’хч’ч rkaft-pa §nol-wa to
join the legs. 2. to wrestle, to pounce
upon ; to contend with.
^4^4 §nrub§	the nineteenth
•\э
constellation or lunar mansion.
Syn. ST‘4 rtsa-wa; sog-pa; gru-so
(Mnon.).

773

зпгоп ’ЙШ the eighteenth lunar
mansion.
Syn. ldehu\ gdu-bu-,
lha-dwan-ldan (Mnon.).
T^’3'3’4 §nron-gyi zkz-wa the month of
May-June. ^’3 yq snron-gyi na-wa the
full moon of that month.
fyrnag-nu^*^5’4	patience
(Mnon.).
*	Ъгпад-ра, pf. brnags
1. to cogitate, deliberate; reflect upon:
q’«iq*ujqq*wq to think over and over again.
turned over in the mind, thought
over (Situ. 76 and 137). 2. to be con-
cerned about, to strive after,.....
striving after that one thing.
3. to flow over with, be replete with; and
hence, to be burdened with mentally as
well as physically.
brnaft-wa another form of
rnafi-wa to be choked with; defined in
flag. as	obstruc-
tion of food in the gullet, which neither
goes down nor comes out (also A. 13 k).
nan-tan brnan or
pressed, urged upon (Situ. 76).
* гЦУЧ $rnan-pa to be eager for;
to be on the alert, be attentive to:
«ад’ч to attend while a person is reading
or writing;	to be eager for reli-
gious instruction, «fq'q^’q eager for food.
$rnab-sem§	wfwjT;
desire of gain, covetousness (A. K. 6-17).
speaking falsely or boastfully together
with rough words and avarice (are of no
good in this world) (K. d. % 3 k6).
b snob-sc ms can a covetous person.
qX4Frq brnogs-pa 1.	to be
hidden, concealed. 2.	bound, tied
tightly (Ay. h3).
b$nan-wa, v. ^’4 rnan-wa.
bsnad-pa, n.
mtson-gyiz rma§-pa to cause a wound with
a weapon.
q^'4 bsnan-pa, v.
q^ to augment by the addition of a
great many a great degree revived me
(fag. k3).
q^’qvg b$nam-par-bya g^cr [met. a
bull, excellent]*?.
bsnam-zin g§F3 [the soul, an
individual]*?.
pf. of q.v.
bsnar-wa = ji’q rkyoft-wa 1. to
stretch, to extend in length, to lengthen,
to pull out, e.g., a piece of India rubber,
to stretch out and trail
the tail (Nag. k3); !Ч&чГг,^’Х injug-bsnar-to
it stretched out its tail (Situ. 76). 2. to
have in its train, to drag after:
q^ non-mons b§nar the consequences of
sin. v. 1^4
b$nal-wa to spin out, to protract
(Cs.).
4^’4 bsnun 1. v. (Ttot.). 2.=
offended, hurt in the mind,
[to wound in the heart]*?. 3.=wr^:
hit or pierced
with weapons like arrows, etc., the target.
4. = ^'Ч, to give suck (&ag. k3).
bsnun-pa sbst. [^<4Г*чп a moving to
and fro, shaking; wra, beating;
piercing ; piercing, a needle]*?.
bsnur 1. pf. of §nur. 2. has
been explained as v^'qjc/q.

774

qgQN b$nub§, pf. of 0Г g4 4.
qjiwN b$ne»i§, pf. of $nem: ^я*ч*'
пет-par bsnems {Situ. 76).
^пот-pa apparently, in two
passages met with, is to be differentiated
from if5*4 snom-pa, and=to cut, to shape,,
to carve: ^$|ЧФ<ч^ча§с^'чач|м rdo
gru gsum tenom-pabi $ten-du bshugs sat on
a stone which was shaped or cut at the
comers, i.e., on a triangular stone (Fig);
$nal ma b§no?n cut threads.
tenor nar-nar*.
gon-hog tenor (&ag. 43).
ч^ч b$nol v. jj% З’з ^=д*«г^,£ч|'дс/ч
thu-wa gofi-hog byuft-wa upper and lower
flaps of a garment joined (fiag. 43).
Again, wo find:
ч|ч’У friends and relations mutually
attending or associating (Situ. 76).
ч^к	hdre$-pa, and is
illustrated thus:
gvsjjfa bvw as all medicines are beaten
together and thoroughly commingled in
a paste (Situ. 76).
*1
Ц pa I: the thirteenth letter of the
Tibetan alphabet and the first of the labial
group.
mi : as a syllable is called
bdag pohi §gra, the word or particle expres-
sive of ownership or possession. As an
affix it is found added on to many roots,
to verbs, nouns and adjectives, sometimes
affecting the meaning of the root, some-
times making no difference and merely
affixed from custom. As a general rule
(but, it must be noted, not invariably so)
it is changed to ч wa after a vowel or one
of the three consonants % % and 4
When ч is attached to the roots of verbs
it is the sign of the infinitive and
participle as in S Ч54,	;
in the language of common life, how-
ever, it is frq. used for the finite tense,
and for par. Affixed to the names of
certain places or things, it denotes the
person that deals therewith as in 5’4 rta-pa
horseman, chu-pa water-carrier, $хч
one of Lhasa, §’*’4 a monk of Sera.
In such instances some writers use я
instead of which is wrong; it is not
correct to say or Combined
with names of places, ч designates the
inhabitant (^5’4 inhabitant of Tibet);
with numerals, it either forms the ordinal
numeral gfti$-pa the second) or it
may imply other enumerations, e>.,
q-35 5 a girl of two years, 0’^’4 khru
gan-pa measuring one cubit, ^§’4 so-
cu-pa containing thirty, viz., letters, as
in the Tibetan alphabet. As already
said, with sbst. it may have no particular
signification (^5’4 rked-pa, etc.), or may
serve to distinguish different meanings
(^' rkan marrow, *^’ч rkan-pa foot) or
be a peculiarity of dialects. In certain
expressions ч or a stands, it would seem,
incorr. inst. of ч5 pahi or ч5 wahi: чргч’
^ч|’Ч gso-wa rig-pa science of medicine, 5ч’
4’^ grub-pa lu§ structure of the body;
dam-pa c/ios holy doctrine (of
Buddha) (Jd.). In Budh. ч pa mysti-
cally expresses	don dam-pa the
pure sense of all things (K. d. £, 321 and
ЦЬит. % 282). Again in К. my. 207,
чpa signifies fallaciousness.
4’1( Pa-§de letter of the P series,
i.e., 4, ч q, я.
Pa-gor n. of a place in the
district of Snan-mo in Tibet (Deb.
q’S’s pa-car or sprwg’g gos-ehas lia-Lu
a small piece of
cloth worn over the privities;	the
end of a lower garment gathered up behind
and tucked into the waistband] S.
pa-ta-ha чгт (^’§'ЭТ^) a
kind of drum (K. du. 5, 502).
4’5 pa-ia W. a cross (Jd.).
t Pa-tan ancient capital of Nepal
called $***’ Ye-ran in Tibetan works
(Dsam. 3).
776
Pa-tba lo-ta-na n. of a groat
river running from oast to west and to
the north of Monkori (& lam. kO).
t	a tree (S. lam. 38}.
pa-to or «rlfa pa-to-la a medicinal
plant and fruit:	I
{Med.}.
Ф pa-tra or ^'5 pa-tra 1. ipr
figures, pictures of various designs; §^5
srid-pa tra (§S'q‘V srid-pa-ho from Tib. 5jS'4
srid-pa the world and 5 from tho Chinese
hwo a picture) astrological chart. 2.
a golong’s begging-bowl— Ihun-
bzed. 3. n. of a gem, precious stone.
wearing a patra
can protect one under the judicial) ordeal
by poison.
f W§Pa-tru n. of a great river flowing
by the city of Madhubandha 4 tho natives
of which are very good-naturod and honest,
in consequence of which thoro is no fear of
travelling in that country and there Bud-
dhist monks got alms easily” (& lam.
36).
pa-na чм the sixteenth part of
a rupee.
+ pa-na-sa [the jack-fruit
tree]S. (K. d. 201).
Ц Pa-s пат also called Dpal-
gnam n. of a district with a fort called
Penam Jong on the Penam Nyang Chhu
midway between Tashi-lhunpo and
Gyang-tse.
pa-ben in W. = a strip of wood, a
ledge, border.
Pa-ma-le-pafi n. of a place
in Tibet {Yig. 7).
4*^ pa-tse a masak or leather bag for
water, etc.
Pa-tshab n. of a Tibetan district
and -of a resident officer of the district:
{A. 102).
Pa-tshab presented him
with a cloak lined with leopard-skin (Л.
63).
pa wa san$ v. pa-san§.
pa-yag-pa a medicinal herb=
smug-chub:	I
(JfriZ.).
pa-ra-kha in W. cross (a straight
one) {Jd.}.
4	pa-ra-^a n. of a sweet deli-
cious fruit {K. d. 201).
4% pa-ri in IK, Л pa-ru in C., box,
cylindrical or oval, high or flat, of wood or
metal (Jd.).
4	Kshatriya race (my-
stic) {К. g. F, 28). [Evidently the
ФТ^ of ancient times mentioned in the
Mahabharata, Manu-Samhita, and Vishgu-
puraqa]&
pa-ri-tsi-tra n. of a tree
and of its flower {K. my. F, 3^5 and
% 20).
t чЛ £5’’’I pa-ri dsa ti-ka ч the
flower of paradise (K. du. \310).
+ ЧЛ,4П paru-^a-ka [Qrewia act-
atica from the berries of which a cooling
beverage is prepared] S.

777

4 Ц Q]	pa-la-fa цжд 1. the tree
Butea frondosa-.
5'&яй\зХ (JT. (j.	57) used £u Yajna
spyin-sreg gi-yam fin-
da rufi-wa) (K. g. % 327). 2. [Also its
leaf.]#.
+ qlH’SA Pa-la-fa-pur the sea-port
Balasore situated on the west shore of the
Bay of Bengal (Dsam. 317). [The ancient
capital of Magadha or Behar where the
tree Butea frondosa grew in abundance]&
t 4’5^ pa-fa-ni Indian gold formerly
imported into Tibet (Rtsii.).
pa-fii—^ri-dwags wild
animal (mystic) (K. g. F 28).
* cr^q Pa-fu pa-ti fwa-ra n. of
sacred place in Nepal much frequented by
Hindu pilgrims; in Tibetan called also
Gu-M dwan-phyug (Dsam. 5).
[ЧЯЧ^ШХ: the lake of Pas'upati.]#.
pa-fu-li-ka =§*’’ khyim
house (in mystic rituals) (К. g. I4, 26).
pa-sans or WW** 1. Friday.
2. НПТ4, the planet Venus.
Syn.	Iha-min bla-ma ;
§nan-nag mkhan-po; nan-spon
bu;	mchu-las skyes;
Iha-min bdag-po ;	nan-spon hdsin;
wgq nan-la^ rgyal;	tshigs-
brgyahi dican;	bcu-drug hod-
Idan; dkar-po; 0'4 khu-wa (Mnon.).
^^^'Ц^ра-sans §1оЬ-та=%7&'Щ lha-ma
yin the demons who war with the
lha or petty gods (Mnon.).
Pa-fi prob. (47T^ Pak-fi) a
Tibetan lama of the Karmapa sect who
visited China to preach Buddhism. In
Mongolian pag-fi or bakshi—a teacher.
pak-ti 1. [line, row]#. 2.
ensign of victory, royal stan-
dard (mystic) (К. g. I4 26).
pag-zan barley-meal.
ОД| рад sometimes incorrectly for
barley dough. ^'5 pag-gn (Dzl.); pahu
in Lh. brick;	phibs-pag roof-tile
(Cs.)-, wa-pag gutter-tile (Cs.);
rdsa-pag or so-рад (Glr.); sa-pag
(Glr.) (Jd.).
чч]’3к pag-rtsir burnt brick ; unburnt
brick.	pag-pu mkhan mason,
pag-tsig brick wall, in IF. a row
or layer of bricks; frq. used as a measure :
pqs]	kha-pag tshirgnis yod the
snow is as deep as two layers of bricks
(Jd.).
pags-pa or	«гаг,
(cf. Ipags) 1- skin, hide:
changing of skin (as of snakes) ;
to skin ; qo|^-q5 skin or fur clothing, fur-
cloak;	robe or cloak lined with
lambskin. 2. rind or peel of fruit, also
the bark of trees; bark. ц^-q^-qQ'
pags-pa nc-tcahi rin-po che
the most precious of all skins said to be
obtained from the body of an ocean-
monster ; it is presented to a Chakravartti
Baja by sea-going merchants and is gene-
rally five miles in length, possessing the
property of never getting wet (7Г. d.
1177).	pags-pa	birch-
tree (Mnon.). Syn.	rus-pahi
gzeb;	fa-khrag §grib;	fa-
khrag dsin.	pags-pahi gos-
can an epithet of Mahes'vara who dresses
in tiger-skin (Mnon.).	pags-pahi
nad skin disease, ten kinds of which are
99

778
^'5||
enumerated in the work Man-rgyud ch.
bl):—ftf-Mnz, glan-$u,
hd.str-wa, za-kon,	$u-wa, SW’fc
^rin-thor, iT‘^1 rno-$ig,	rno-kha,
khyc-ma,	rno-gyan-pa.
pags-pahi глуи-ди or	pag$-pahi
m>-tog hair of the skin (Mnon.).
pag$-byihu 1. a species of
plant. 2. =ч W pha-wan bat.
Q^q5'<i]£4]	pag$-pahi gtsug phud
domestic fowl.
pan or pun-pa the lap or tho
bend between legs and bosom:
У31 the boy sleeps in the mother’s lap; qA‘
q^' on the bosom;	armful of
wood (Mil.).	pafi-kheb$ or q^,aM
apron (Jig. 2J}; pafi-khrag the
blood flowing off during child-birth; q^‘
midwife, wet-nurse.
pafi-pa [to abandon]8.
pan-tsa li-ka = ^\^^
the colours of the rain-bow, five different
colours: q^$	ho wore
a robe of five different colours which was
seized by the king (Л. 2).
q5‘ W * pad-dkar-ma=‘ я
a celestial courtezan (Lon. % 5).
pad-dkar-mig Ysrfare [lotus-
eyed, an epithet of Vishnu] 8.
q5=fl]5 Pad-bkod, q5’«^5 n. of a
district of Southern Tibet.
Pad-glifi a Buddhist sanctuary
consecrated to Padma Sambhava;
on the south-east
boundary is the hidden country Pad-ma-
glin, i.e. Sikkim (K. than. % 168).
q5 pad-sdon я^г, [a species of
reed, consisting of reeds] 8. Also lotus
silk.
Ц^’Ц pad-pa in C. and in8z‘M:. = iHRS’
q5* srin-hbu pad-ma T3i4i, leech.
pad-ра^Ш^ц bgam-pa farsrnn
inquiring, inquiry (Lex.).
+ 4^’54 pad-ma жга, W;
swhar, WIX, the sacred lotus.
Syn. ^’3^ hdam~$kyc$; &^chu-$kye$;
mtsho~la§ skyes; hdab-stofi;
hdab-brgya;	chu-yi rgyan ;
S'4 sbran-rtsihi rgyal-mtshan;
a^ spran-rtsi hdsin ;	dpaLgos;
dpal-gyi hdab-can;
drt-bzan khan-pa;	chnhi-lan isho;
gc-sar-can;	zehu-hbru can ;
ni-mas llfad (Mnon.).
qS‘^ pad-hdab lotus leaf (Yascl. 42).
+ цуяpad-ma-ka-ra ч^гж an epithet
of Padmakara or Padma-sambhava (Yig.
k. 83).
J qS 5pad-ma ku-$e $a-ya 451^-
wu a mythological lake on the side of a
mountain of same name (K. d. \ 319).
pad-dkar-po-,	white
lotus—8. Lex.
iqS * S^5 Pad-ma dkod n. of tho south
eastern district of Tibet.
q5*'5^ pad-ma-skyes жгзгмр! lotus-
born, bom of or from lotus [Brahma]8.
+	pad-ma ge-sar wisR the
pistil of the lotus flower.
Syn.	pad-mahi ze-wa*}
pad-mahi skra ; ^|*W ge-sar (Mnon.).
+ q5‘^ ^ Pad-ma-can 1. an epithet of the
wife of Visuu. 2. epithet of Avalokite-
s'vara (Mnon.).	pad-can-ma
a lotus flower; a woman of per-
sonal and moral accomplishments.
J	Pad-ma can-gyimtshoXefais-
lake; is the name of a small lake
in the little kingdom of Mandi in Kangra
district, Panjab.
779
Syn.	ЫЫ;	pad-
mahi rdshin-bu; pad-та Idan; qS^
Ъ*\ра(1-та сан;	chu-yi snin-po;
bshad-ldan ma;	'*i% pad-mahi
mtsko;	pad-та hbyun-gnas
(llfnon.).
q^-^ q Pad-та chen-po 1. n. of
a Buddhist king of ancient India (Yig.
15). 2. n. of one of the cold hells.
[According to the Vish^upura?a, sect. iv.
chap. 24, Padma-chen-po or Mahapadma
was a king of Magadha, and was fifth in
descent from the famous Ajatas'atru.
He was the founder of the Nanda dynasty
and is described in the Vishoupurana as
being a very cruel man exercising autho-
rity over the whole of India. He is said
to be a S'udra king who destroyed the
Kshatriya rulers] S.
+ Padma-pani wnfa a form of
the Bodhisattva Avalokites'vara, who under
this aspect appeal’s with a spray of lotus in
one of his left hands. He was originally
sprung or born from a lotus.
q^srqgq'o]^ Pad-та hbynn-gna§
is the Tibetan name of the great master
of magic who came into Tibet from India
860 A.D., Pad-ma sam-bha-wa. He was
the inventor of much of the Tantrik ritual
and eclectic mythology of later Buddhism;
and he even devised female companions for
the Dhyani Bodhisattwas whom he desig-
nated, from the analogy of the Sakti in
Hinduism, astheFz^n companion to tho
Yab or Bodhisattwa. Throughout Tibet
Padma Jungnas may be asserted to be
much more popular than Gautama the
Buddha; and as Guru Padma, Urgfan
Padma, and Lopon Humkara, his votaries
are full of belief in his present might
and powers of assistance.
pad-ma-ma	[‘marked or
symbolized by a lotus,’ a king, Brahma] S.
pad-ma-dmar red lotus
flower (S. Lex.).
Pad-та tshu chen-po n. of an
Indian sage (JT. dun. 17).
+ q^'5i ла’Чяк/ы Pad-та rab-bzan-ma n. of
a Tibetan female saint (Mnon.).
Padma ye-mdses n. of a Bon
teacher (G. Bon. 1).
+ pad-та ra-ga тпшя,
з^кпг,	a red
gem, the ruby.	a gem or precious
stone brought from the Himalayas and the
Indus, described as being of four sorts:
white, pale-yellow, red, and dark-blue] 8.
It is of seven kiuds :—3’^| mu-la ram-ga ;
9 Ы-dsa-ya; ghahu-ri;	daa-li
ha-ri;^'W*'*V) pad-та rakta ;	puspa
rakta; gau-meta (Mnon.).
th0 ruby removes
illness and all evil spirits (Sman.).
Syn.	rin-chtn dmar-po.
+	Pad-та sam-bha-wa the
Indian Buddhist saint, $*’5^ of the
v. above.
pad-mahi skra pistil of tho
lotus flower.
skyil-krun 4W9W
the manner of sitting of
the gods (Ya-sel.); and so, too, that adop-
ted by a lama sitting ?>., in medi-
tation.
Pad-mahi skyc$-gnas wftPb
an epithet of Brahma (Mnon.).
pad-mahi khrag
the womb-blood of women (Sman 2).
pad-mahi cha-lag [a
lotus fibre]#.
|	780
pad-mahi дпсп as met. the
bim (Mnon.).
ч^яЦ-ц Pad-mahi lle-ica 1. WH an
epithet of Vishnu (Mnon.). 2.
the seed-ovary of the lotus flower (MiionX
pad-ma-gdan	; lotus
seat [Brahma] S.
pad-mahi bdag-po pfn
the sun.
pad-mahi gdan-can
Indra.
q^Spad-mahi plon-pow^T^z lotus-
stick ; wn a fine lotus stalk.
q^m-g^ giad-mahi-spyan ТСЙ; lotus-
eyed [11. of a future Buddha]5.
j)ad-mahi hbyun-gna$ pond
or lake where lotus grows \Mnon.).
q\m'yq or £k‘q the lotus-root or
stalk [lotus fibre]Я
Syn.	chu-$kyes rtsa-ica ;
chu-yi isher-ma; pad-rtsa li; q{v^‘
jiad-tpfi. rtsa-na; q rkaiXpa;
fiar-pa ; ’З'ч yu-wa ; q5pad-sdon (Mnon.).
q^wlqpad-mahi ze-гса^^ък Ge-sar.
q«Y«filqg pad-mahi zu-hbni the anther
and ovary of the lotus.
Syn.	sa-boii mdsod; q^’m’^’q
pad-mahi Ite-ica (Mnon.).
q^S^-q pad-mahi lag-pa the lotus-
armed, met. the sun (Mnon.).
pad-mahi ea mtxhan tni-
[‘symbolized by a lotus/ a king,
Brahma] 8.
^’^pad-shira a kind of mitre-shaped cap
whieh was worn by the Buddhist saint
Padma Sambhava: 53 01 q he put on
a mitre-shaped cap (Khrid. 106).
^3^ pad-zlum mgr in —nan-sky a
the white goose, wild swan (Mnon.).
Pan-grub (pandub) for Pantjita
and grub-chan, also a learned Indian sage.
* qpi^ Pan-chen an abbr. of
Panfjita-chen-po, a title first given to the
Kashmirian Buddhist sage S'akya S'ri
who visited Magadha and Orissa when the
Mahomedans under Baktyar Ghilji con-
quered Bihar; he was present at the
sack of the monasteries of Odantapuri
and Vikramaeila in 1203 A.D. and from
there retired to Tloet. The title of Pap-
chen Bin-po-ehhe if now enjoyed by the
lama-head of Tashi-lhunpo monastery who
is titular ruler of the province of Tsang.
He is believed to be an incarnation of
Subhuti the third great disciple of Gau-
tama Buddha; and also is an incarnate
emanation of the Dhyani Buddha Ami-
tabha.
...........Pan-chen...... Dpal
Idan Ye-$e§ tho third Panchen Bin-po-
ehhe to whose court Warren Hastings in
1772 sent George Bogle. This lama made
a grand progress from Shigatseto Peking ;
and died in 1779.
^•><5if-Pan-chen Blo-bzan
cho§-kyi rgyal-mtshan the first Papchen
ruler of Tashilhunpo.
^q5C. u|'^^5qq-q3E.-q Pan-chen Blo-
bzan Ye-$e§ Qpal-bzan-po the second Pap-
ehen Bin-po-ehhe (Lon. % 9). Ho died in
1737, aged 75 years.
Pan-chen Blo-bzan
Bstan-pahi Ri-ma the fourth Papchen Bin-
po-chho to whoso court Captain Samuel
Turner was sent in 1781 by Warren
Hastings and who was then an infant.
q^	q^-qq^qq^Qj Pan-chen
Chos-kyi Grags-pa B^tan-pahi Dican-phyug
the Papchen Bin-po-ehhe who invited

781

Sarat Chandra Das to Tibet in 1879 and
1881. He died of small-pox in 18*2.
Pan-chen Blo-
bzan Thub-bdan Chos-kyi $i-ma the sixth
and present Panchen Rin-po-chhe, who
came into the position as an infant in
1883.
+	‘7 *i pan-chen ir-ti-ni
the title by which the Panchen or Tashi
Lama is known in Mongolia.
+ qp'^’5 pan-di-ta a Sanskritist or
Indian scholar, a title often introduced
into Tibetan literature:
q^’§^'^’qi67’^the title of Pai?dita is
given to one who has become versed in
the five sciences.
+ qf '^’5 Pan-di-ta Dha-na Orl-
mitra the eldest of the nine sons of Atisa's
elder brother who succeeded to the throne
of Bengal and became known by the name
of Dhana sri-mitra.
+ qp7'y|'§ Pan-di-ta Smri-ti the Indian
Buddhist pandit who visited Tibet shortly
after Buddhism was persecuted by king
Langdarma but finding no encourage-
ment at Lhasa he resided at Tanag in
Tsang and earned his subsistence for some
time by tending sheep (J. Zan.).
+ q^7pandi-tahi shiva the kind of
mitre-shaped cap which Atisa and Tsong-
khapa used to wear:
they all wore the pandit’s cap
without showing vanity (Л. ££).
qj5Wt“'^* pan-shwa rtse-rin the conical
mitre-shaped cap worn by the lamas of Tibet
during any religious service:
V»’X {J.Zan. 108) at that time on the occa-
sion of a religious dispa u cion ihat was
held in the monastery called Papdita
Vihara in the town of Tsa-li-g^o (modern
Chittagong) of Bangala, a В ddhist рац-
dit listening to the adv>e of an old
woman wore a cap pointed like a thorn.
From his victory in the (ont"' ’vcrsy, the
use of the pointed mitre-sh .pc c p spread
about.
pan-ion not considered perfect
in dignity, as for instance lamas of
Lahoul that are married (•'«.;
pan-mthah [aavller, wan-
derer] 8.
+ pan-tai ka and	pan-tsi
ka chen-po	and	are the
names of Noijin chiefs (7Г. g. % £1).
pahu-rtse (Chinese) a kind of
tea {Jig. %%)*
ц^1 : par any artificial mould: 5}^*q^
glugs-par casting mould; rdehu-par
bullet-mould; qin-par block-print;
printing forms, a stereotype plate cut in
wood; qK*f’A par-rko-wa to cut types on
boards; q^‘§4’4,	par-da hdebs-pa
to print, to stamp; q^'*f par-rko mkhan
or par-rko-pa cutter of type; qvfK;
par-khan printing office; par-mkhan
printer; qvgq par-rgyab text; q^'^q] par-
§nag printing-ink; qv^ par-та a printed
work, book;	par-gshi printing
boards; чк spfa] par-gyog a printer’s assist-
ant ; qV-3f«q par-gog printing-paper.
II: sign of the adverb; combined
with verbs it represents the supine.
gdan-grum
rt§e a square carpet used for sitting upon.
^51
782
Q-Stc.-!
t 4 par-pa-ta n. of an officinal
plant used in intermittent fever.
Par-po so-brgyad the
castle in which Gfen-rab’$ father lived
(G. Bon. 11).
par-bu w [breadth]8. (Zam. 4);
acc. to Sch.4 pa-tra.
par-tsa so-ti in IF. a kind
of cotton cloth (Ja.).
par-fik xrfx<* n. of a flower
d. q, 126).
par-sig 1. Persia (Dsam. 2). 2.
[a strap, strip of leather]8.
wp pat-kha=^§ hthu [a vein or
any tubular vessel] 8.
pa§ 1. as in that being so,
that not being so, being without it.
Combined with verbs, it signifies: by,
inconsequence of, because; also : as, since,
when. 2. sign of the comparative; after
vowels, however, and the final cansonants
5, \ % w stands in its place ;
Tibet is colder than Sikkim ;
3the meditator
is (spiritually) happier than the eater.
t ‘ПГЗ pa-$pa ll long pepper.
pi 1.=^ЕГ> dur-khroi a cemetery
(mystic) (K. (j. P, Д7&). 2. num. fig.: 43.
4 З’Пуо) pi.ka-li=S^”] 3 shelf
to keep books, book-shelf (Rtsii. 28).
Pi-to-pn fq^hl; n. of an Indian
Buddhist who is said to have visited Sham-
bhala (K. dun. 4-7).
Pi-pa $an n. of a great river
in ancient India (-^ mJ-14? !№)-
4
pi-pap-la prob, the peepul
tree;	Pi-pap la ya-na fawnFf; n.
of an individual in A. K.
pi-pi 1. acc. to Sehtr., Sch. fife,
flute. 2. in IF. nipple, teat. 3. in JF.
icicle.
pi-pi-lin Piper long и in:
the Piper longum
(fruit) cures all kinds of cold.
Syn.	lit§-hphag$ $куе$\ У41’
yul-dbu$ $kye$; grogs-rned;
drod-^man; X5g5*&5 drod-^kyed byed;
zcg$-ma;	35 g.yo-byed; sreg-
byed\ §na-rin, (Mnon.).
54 pi-pho 1. abbr. of 3’3'Sfc* pi-pi-lin
and «г«гЧ<ч‘5 pha-u'a ril-po=Piper longum
and black pepper. 2. v. 5 pi-p.
t	pi-tsu la-la n. of a gem
4
(S. kar. 182).
pi-wan ^bur, guitar;
ko-na pi-yan a kind of guitar.
pi-wail inkhan = pi-wan-pa
ono who plays on the guitar
(Mnon.). 5^*^5 pi-waii-rgyud cpsrt 1. [a
musician]8. 2. [a lute]8. 5чсг
pi-u'an rgyud-man	a
guitar with many strings;
])i-wah rgyud-gsum a three stringed guitar.
pi-rag (^*3) n. of a gem or pre-
cious stone;
the precious stone pirag is a protection
against poison and evil spirits.
4	§nin-
iiid (mystic) (IT. g* P, ^7).
’pi-lin and	pi-lin hphar-
ma are names of two <*54 demi-gods. ’

783
J	pi-lin dahi-bu
the son of Pilinda, one of the disciples of
Gautama Buddha, who used to exhibit
miracles.
pig-mo v. pv.s-mo (Ja.).
t	pin-ta ra-ta n. of a com-
mentary :
he translated the Yogdcarya works and
their commentaries, etc. (A. 66).
pir pencil, pen, brush; g4]’^
byug-pir large brush for house-painting;
bcad-pir small brush for artistic
painting, also lead-pencil.
Syn.	hbri-byed^
smyug (Mnon.).
^•q pir-wa to crush, to grind (to
powder) in Ladak= mned-pa.
pu-wa l.==4pfa*q gnon-pa to press,
pressing (mystic) (K. g. f4, 179). 2. num.
fig. 73.
д*д|$чд$гд pu-gaM hbras-bu areca
nut eaten by the Hindus.
J $5 Pu-ti,	Pu4i§ gyogs-pa
n. of the great ocean to the South of India
on the coasts of which people subsist
chiefly on fish (K. d. \ 273).
6га-
Pu-ta-na n. of a city:
he was born in the house of a Brahman in
the city of Putana in the country of Petala
in Southern India (7Г. my. I4, #46).
9 Pu-to-po n. of a learned lama:
| g-^q Ж- having
composed a large book of maxims, Putapo
went away (A. 135),
5Г-51
4	or po-ti a manuscript
book.
+ 6 pu-sta-ka a volume, book.
pii-na-ka n. of a flower (K.
<7* % 4^6).
a^p Pu-na-kha the winter capital of
Bhutan*
еч
5*3 Pu~tyi v. spu-byi.
pu-tse.
£J’do pu-tJw bran (Cs.); husks of barley
(Jd.)
Pu-rans a district in the S.E.
of Ngari Khorsum, of which province it is
a division; it is situated to the north of the
districts of Kamaun and of Western Nepal.
1	jw-rw-fa an officer iu
Tibet — ift’Ei blon-po a minister, official.
Jg^’Vfl’QTw Pu-li-va Ma-la-ya n. of a
country in ancient India.
pu-lin-ga n. for the
masculine gender.
5 <5 Pu-t* hut, built of stones, like
those of alpine herdsmen in JY. (Ja.).
V5 Pu-tomahi-dgra
an epithet of Indra (Mnon.) [Indra des-
troyed his father-in-law Puloman in order
to avert his imprecation consequent on the
violation of his daughter]^.
pu-lohi sras-mo	pu-lo mahi-sras
mo)	the daughter of Pulo, an
epithet of the wife of Indra (Mnon.).
I:	1. span-war
[gradually tapering] 8. 2.	[se-
cretly] 8.
784

9'31
II: l. = “<ьМ’а|, upper story,
second flat of a building also=5l^'4T:c-'
the top of a house. 2.	pu-^uhi-
$ten$	[top of a building]^.
Pei-pid (5)	1. the hoopoe
bird:	£’^§S the flesh of
Pu-£uJ soothes apoplexy or illness caused
by evil spirits. The colloq. term for
tho hoopoe in С. T. is pu-pu ku-shu.
2, = «rc/?4| yan-thog or ЬЛ-khafi tho
turret or open airing room on the top of a
house.
Syn. of 1. rnchu-rin ; 3
*qro-hi-g.tsug phud-can ;	dri-^ahi
hdag-chays {Milon
pu-<jfl txe (ifl) Wtx [the
fragrant root of tho plant Andropogon
mu г иat us ; the root is a cure for vomit-
ing] S. (Slfl’SF1 klu-§man gra§).
Syn. nag-dbye ; bya-za§;
hkhor-lohi lus\	na-yi hb у ог-
ра ;	lus-nan mig (Mnon.).
pug-ta [shelf, partition in a box]
(Л.)
pug-та in Purig = collar-bone.
CJC’4 pun-pa or phun-pa in (7., IF.
an unshaped vessel of clay or wood for
water, beer, etc., but seems not to be the
same with bum-pa (Jd.)
,e\ *
}ntn-da ri-ka 1. n. of a
gem (precious stone). 2. n. of a celestial
flower;	pun-da rl-kahiphren a
garland of pupdarika flower {Situ. 137).
3. white lotus.
pun-nag [n. of a tree, Bot-
tler la tinctoria, from the blossoms of which
a yellowish dye is prepared]
pur resp. for X dead body; gv jqj
ghost-land, a name for Tibet which
is calle'd the kingdom of the dead.
t	Pur-па kats-feha n. of
a place in Ancient India.
+ 5^Pur-па gi-ri in Tib.
1. the Indian Gosain belonging to Joshi-
mot who' resided for many years at Tashi-
Ihunpo and accompanied Panchon Bin-po-
che Palden Ye-s'es to Poking. It was he
who carried letters to Warren Hastings
and founded the monastery of Bhot-Bagan
opposite Calcutta on the Howrah side of
the Hughli. He was killed by dacoits who
had robbed him of tho large quantity
of gold ho had amassed during his resi-
dence in Tibet. 2. n. of a Buddhist holy
place in the Swat Valley.
situated on the north of Udyana (Du$-
ye. 08).
pupka-ra n. of a me-
dicinal plant tho flower of which resembles
in shape a lamb’s foot: ВРЧ
tho root of pushkara cures phelgm
and fover.
+	pu$-hkhyud=J&w\ ^gom-thag
the string or cloth tied round the body of
a Naljor by which he ties himself when
meditating (Pag. 76).
д«гЙ pupmo «ng, sqp the knee; the
shank or lower part of the leg from the
ankle to the knee.	чтосс^-дpus-mo sa-
la hdsug-pa to kneel] Jd.
he kneeled down with the
palms of his hands joined and petitioned.
Fftrerm	[fixed the right knee-joint
on the ground]S.
785
д<гЙ5‘ч|э^ pus-mohi диа§ sng [the knee
joint]8.
pu§-mohi lha-fia
[knee-pans] 8.
££«r%<q«3	pus-mohi
tshiffS the knee joint,
гдан-то pn§ hkhregs-kyafi hgro-snifi
hdod though the, old woman had a stiff
knee she wished to go away (RJsa. 17),
% pe= S^j q gruel-broth (mystic) (7Г. g.
P, W
Pe-kar or ^5*1^ Pe-dkar (also
spelt ^5^ or Р/^-Ляг):=^^«Г
д'Ч’З dkor-bdag rgyal-ро the spirit-king or
chief of the custodians of monastic proper-
ties. His principal shrine stands in the
Nechung grove near Lhasa. He is
greatly adored all over Tibet; and it is
said that he was brought by Padma Sam-
bhawa from the monastery of Odantapuri
in Magadha and bound under solemn oath
to protect the great monastery of Sam-ye.
pe-kar glifi,	the temple
of Реках in Sam-ye in which the monastic
treasures are kept:
AI (-4. 91) his small room was also
in the treasury of the temple of Pe-kar glifi.
Pe-sgafi n. of a place in Tibet:
shag-sa pe-§gafi du-bya§ he
halted one night at Pe-sgafi (A, 90),
2^5* Pe-te-hor, more properly Pa-
ta-hor, the country to the east of Yarkand
which was a great place of the Northern
Buddhists.
pe-tsam little, small, a little
(Sch.).
pe-tse white cabbage in C. (Ja.).
«14 pe-ra a flat basket (Jd.).
pen-pa pincers (in 8/Z7-.).
I:	Po 1. n. of a place in the con-
fines of the country of Gesar and Tibet (G.
Bon. J). 2. n. of a clan in Tibet (Jig.
21). 3. for qЛ
All: 1. the particle styled bdag-
$gra signifying the agent, as in a
demonstrator, explainer, thos-pa-po a
hearer. 2. sign of nouns, designating
concrete nouns and the masculine gender,
in contradistinction to abstract nouns with
4 or ч, and to feminines with Й; connected
with a numeral, it supplies the definite
article:	/йл-pothe five (just mentioned);
gnis-po the two, both, (Jd.).
Po-ta-la	Iho-
phyogs ri-bogru-hdshi) 1. ifta^or	the
residence of Avalokites'vara and Arya Tara
on a hill situated in an harbour somewhere
in the Indian ocean; acc. to the Chinese
Buddhists an island in the China sea off
the coast of Shanghai. 2. = 1г'5'5^ Rt*<
Po la-la or	rgyal-ica rin-po
chehi pho-brafi the residence of the Dalai
Lama at Lhasa (Rtsii.). The buildings
stand on a three-peaked hill in the north-
western suburbs of Lhasa.
=	gsofi-
por smra-wa (mystic) (К. g. 27).
po-ti—$5 pu-ti small book.
p)o-tog v.	mtho-po tog
(Jd.).
Er4 po-bo grandfather (both in the
father’s and mother’s side); q'S grand-
mother.
Po-lon-qan n. of a high
mountain in China.
100

786

Ч’^’еБ ро-зоп-cha	a shrub
S dana grandiflora.
Syn.	gofi-bu-ean ;
lag-pahi tJi('A-du§; S '44] {per-gyi lag ;
dfyugs-hbyin ftn;
hkhyog-pohi sd< ; *p<ԤS myot-byed;
'ban-pfi Щйон.).
2faj род	resin of the plant
thurijerd]S.
pog-ta (Mong.) = ^ sir, lord.
cjopiSX	= spopphor (5*1
=	incense-burner, pcrfuming-
pan.
*1^ pod acc. to Jd.=d&pon, QyV pon-to,
v. phon, phon-to.
Por-hdsod n. of a tribe in Tibet
J, Zan.).
Efa pol in Tsang is said to bo a sort of
fever.
I: pra 1. a small turquoise, in TP.
seldom larger than a lentil, for wearing
jn ornamental rings. 2. v. /shorn.
Q Il : also 9 й pra-mo 1. lot; sign,
token, prognostic : «Г'Ч4 pra-nan-pa bad
sign ; £fW<i pra phab-pa=yt\^'&J* rtags-pa
fap d-pa to draw prognostics from a charmed
mirror : t	Cj-bjq qprognostics
were drawn from a mirror consecrated to
Dolma (A. 57); pra-rtags, а
the mirror
having been consecrated any good or bad
signs will appear on it;
the ill-omen of Samadhi (D.R.).
t pra kir-ya я^щ [1. the plant
Gail an di na bondue. 2. the tree Pongamia
gl ibrd~\S. ; v. ka-ran dsa (Mfion.).
5f	Praga dsyo-ti япг-
n. of a mountain said to be situated
beyond the mountains of Susrimo Par vat a
which is inhabited by the gods and where
tho Asuras cause the former constant
terror (K. d, \ 283). [It is identified by
home writers with Pragjyotisha, or the
province of Assam] 8.
pra-chal or ger*^ $pral-chal jest,
joke, nonsensical talk;	pra-chal
byed-pa to make sport, to play the buffoon ;
cf*org|c/q pra-chal $lofi-wa to cause merri-
ment (Jd.).
pra-ti po-tafi-gi is
explained as *|NcrZfc*u’q5’®i^ gsan-por §mra-
wahi lan reply to an enquiry given in a
mystic language.
'^f^’ Pra-dun-rtse lha khan one of
tho twelve Buddhist temples said to have
been erected by king Sroft-fysan Sgam-po,
this one being in the north of Tibet.
t ср'Ь pra-pa-ta = ^ gru boat (in mystic
language) (7C g. 27).
3pra-phab-pa [1. n. of a prince,
2. figure, shape image]8.;
pra-phab bshin я[п^ТЙ likeness, image.
Я'Ц pra-wa 1.	pra-wahi me-
tog ззгдч [the flower of the tree called
JEschynomene grandiflora’yS. 2.
[hardness, the plant Ter onia elephantumjS.
q-^oi pra-tJiil-=	$brafi-rtsig$-ma
bee-wax.
pra-li a tailless rodent, Lagomys
badins or some kindred species.
J pri yaft-ku or pri yan-
gu	[ZVmfcw m it alien m, a medicinal
plant and perfume described in some
places as being a fragrant seed]8. S’mcj’
^5^.
787
W
^У11* 55*^5	bud-med niin^an >
§na-tshogs §de;	hbyu^-
pohi-me-tog ; ^'ддя dsam-bu skyes; *1’^’
^4|’^ hkhri-mchog Idan ;	§fia~san§
can ; Wg%R*q sa-la pJyag-htshal (Mnon>)>
ST4! prog or ^’£H ze-prog the crest of a
cock (Cs.)
jirog-shu or ?H’S phrog-shu
^r=X\q^ eod-pan ornamental helmet,
the kind of crown worn by Vais'ravapa
the king of the north.
Syn. *4’5* m^rgyan; dbu-rgyan
(J^non.).
dpag measure: 5qql’^5 dpag-nied or
Ykt]-uk4 dpag-yas measureless, immeasurable.
5^'чч| dpag-thag measuring string or tape;
ywp dpag-pa яг fathom; 5qql’S^ dpag-
byas ^4 measurable; 5^’9^ dpag-bral
рПТИ m of a number. Vi<r*S*^
dpag-hbyams id.
^<*5 dpag-tshad	acc. to Cs.
4,000 fathoms, hence a geographical mile;
V*4!dpag-cen a distance of 5,000 fathoms.
5qq)Л5 Dpag-god or Dprnh n. of a
village in Kham belonging to the estate
of	Kun-bde glin, i.e., to one of
the four great Ling monasteries of Lhasa
(Lon. >, 16).
dpag-bsam thought, ima-
gination, wish.	dpag-bsam
hkhri-qin	or	the wishing
tree, the tree of cogitation; n. of a fine
poetical work written by Kshemendra on
the exploits and glories of Buddha. This
work occurs in full in the Tangyur, in
the 93rd vol. mdo section; the text and a
synopsis of the whole work in Tibetan
have been published under the editorship
of Sarat Chandra Das, c.i.e., by the
W
Asiatic Society of Bengal,
dpag-bsam Ijon-pa	the wishing-
tree; one who is very charitable and gives
alms to all beggars.
5^4]^ dpags 1. parched barley meal
made into sop or balls by soaking in tea
or soup. 2. =^'q no§-pa [to accu-
mulate] S. 3. = ^^’ gtin depth.
in me said the herdsman
there is some depth (of mind) (A. 1№).
5^’ dpan or dpan-po 1. a wit-
ness, one able to attest or bear witness;
also, a surety: V^'§5'q dp a ft byed-pa to
bear witness, to attest, v. mnah;
^gsj q to be sincere, to be con-
scious of speaking the truth (Ja.);
dpan-po§ Ikog-rnan za-wa-dc (g*r
causes the ends of law to
be thrown to the winds) the witness that
receives secret gratification (Gscr-phren
16).	dpan-du hgyur-ica to be
witness of q^-^q^ witness or proof for
the truth of; a thing; £3 rdsun-dpan
false witness (Schtr). ^'5qc; C., one who is
a defendant’s advocate ; (or ^’9)
§5’^ c. genit. or dat., to defend in a court
of justice (Jd.). VK’Efc’^rq dpaft-por dris-
pa asked to be a witness;	dpaft-
hpher-wa to become witness.
^'q$vq Dpan-blo gro§ brtan-pa n.
of a learned Lotsdwa of Tibet.
dpan-dmah-wa low;
dpaft-mtho-ua high.
5qc^ Jpaft$ height, 5qc^’$ dpaft§-
su in height.
^40, dpah or VW dpah-ua Щ, с?к,
HUfepr,	1. sbst. bravery
strength, courage; also adj. brave, strong,

788

courageous ;	dpah-khums weak,
strengthless, feeble,	dpah rgya%-
^/=s<iwq very powerful, heroic, chival-
гоцч.	dpah-mnah	strong,
powerful;	dpah-ldan brave. 2. in
IF taste, agreeable flavour.
VJ4 $fc*q	=	fia-
rgyaI hjom$-pa to humiliate, to humble,
break the pride:	v q'VT
{JU brom, p,
dpah-can 1. brave. 2. beauti-
ful. 3. TF. savoury
Y44dpah-dar scarf presented to one
who has distinguished himself by valour
und success in any undertaking.
VH'qjs* dpah-gdam = §^' long knife, a
sword.
V4^4 dpah-p>a, a medicinal plant with
root resembling that of a radish.
V^*5 dpah-po heroic.	dgiah-po
(h! an epithet of Bhimasena the second
Papdava (ДМон.).	dpah-po d^a-
ma an epithet of Para^urama {Mfion.).
Vjq q <ЧЦ| q dpah-po lag-pa	[the fra-
grant oleander] S.; n. of a medicinal
plant aud flower (ДГлои.).
VH*q dpah-wa mYk, an ascetic ;
•i steady person ; v. ante 544- steadi-
ness valour.
dpah-bo cfix, 1. an intrepid
chivalrous person, hero, a fearless strong
man, a demi-god. 2. brave, heroic :$'«3ft*
Vjvtf Rta-mgrin dpah-wo brave Tamdin I
according to some	dpah-bo chen-
po is same as bon-nag aconite: VwSJ*
Mdpah-bo fyrtan-
paz=^^ saffron {Mfton.).
bya-rog mig
bya-rog nor-Ъи,	dhar-j)o
yar-hdren re-$kor, etc. {Sman. 350).
dpah-bo ser, an officinal plant of
bitter taste.	dpah-bohi-rgyud;
nffk, ирг of chivalrous spirit, heroic and
noble-birth.
Syn. $tob$-chen; gyad-mi;
6f Xq-qpfa pha-rol-gnon; 3'^5* ^*^*ч*^
she-sdaft gtiun-pahi dpuft-pa-can ;
rnam-gnon-can ;	gyul-ftor fydan;
tshim-pa med;	thal-byun
hgro;	hjig$-med;
bral; bag-mi tsha;	shum-
pa mi-mfiah;	nam-fia med;
gyul-na irjid8nifi-$tob$ can;
qj*4 ^5’4 rtul-phodpa ;	chu-дай can ;
Sp^c/q mi-hgobi-wa; ^4q’<£*rgq' fythab~cho$
tbgafi. (IdnonJ).
dpah-bo brgyud an epithet of
Vishpu (ДГ^о/г.).
YjcvSq	dpah-pohi hdug-§taft§ the
manner of sitting of a lha or minor
god (Pa-^?.).
V^Ԥ5 dpah-byed fk [hero]5.
dpah-mo 1. heroine, also name of
a Yaksha queen (2Г. g, 5,139), 2. v. *^*f
W\q Qpah-rab n. of a country that
was ruled over by king Udayi (W*|) (K,
d. 133),
5Q4-^qK^q-qwa dpah-rlab$-dan bca§-pa
[having violent waves; the
ocean] 5.
dpah-f od= 5ччгЛ5 dpag-qod.
I: JQpal ^т^тг^, n. of a
medicinal tree [the tree Gmclina arbo-
rafjS.
Syn.	kun-nas bzafi;
lo-ma гпйаг; g^’^o/^q sbraA-rtsihi hdab;
789	«1<рг^-£С’|
<5lo-ma-bzail sprod-byed-, 5W3'
dpal-gyi lo-ma (Jfwtw.).
II: 1. xh, ¥ПТ,НПГ, W glory,
splendour, magnificence, abundance; pros-
perity, talent.	^’|5’4 enjoy-
ing the utmost happiness (Glr.); as an
epithet, or part of the names of deities,
Dpal Idem a deity incarnated
in the Sikkim mountain peak of Pandim;
welfare of all living beings.
3VW or -^’4 to be the salvation,
tho saviour of all beings (Glr.);
dpal-skyed-pa,	gshan-gyi
ran-gi dpal to work for the elevation of
others or for one’s own. 2. nobility :
VW^’q^'S privilege of nobility; ^w^'q^’
Л4! diploma of nobility;	’4R*'Jf5,Tq one
having a diploma of nobility (Cs.)
Syn. yon-tan ; q^SA gzi-brjid;
gnen-lon$ spyod (J^Lnon.).
dpal-§kye$= g’^q тдуа-дид
(Мйоп.).
VW’gk’ Dpal-$kyon [the lord of
fortune, n. of Vishnu; also a king]#.
VW'|3S dpal-khyad—\^ dpal (Jd.).
VW'^f^’^ Dpal-hkhor btsan n. of an
early king of Tibet, the son of king Gnam-
Ide llod-srun (Lon. я, 8).
+ VW’^ dpal-go§ 1. w lotus flower
(Milon.). 2. vtarn [dwelling with S'ri, n.
of Vishpu]#. VW’S^^’*^ dpal-gyi behu§
mtshan another epithet of Vishnu (ДГЯоп.).
VW'S'^’S ^V'SVV’I^ dpal-gyi dum-bu
tsan-dan dkar-po	white san-
dal-wood.
5чог§-ид]’ч dpal-gyi phag-pa vtaw [‘ the
divine boar/ a n. of Vishnu]#. ^q
dpal-gyi bdag another epithet of
Vishnu (Mnon.).
Vwg’^VW^ dpal-gyi hdab-ma can as
met.=lotus flower (Mnon.).
V^I’S dpal-gyi-bu met. horse (Mnon.).
VW’§dpal-gyi behu noose of
love, n. of a gem Qa particular mark or
curl-hair on the breast of Vishnu]#.
Dpal-gyi ri чгЫйн [n. of a
mountain mentioned by Bhavabhuti in
his Malatim&dhava]#. Also a mountain in
Southern India where Nagarjuna is said to
have spent his last days absorbed in deep
meditation. Also a mountain with a
monastery in Tsang, opposite Dong-tse,
built by an incarnate lama of the Nying-
ma school.
dpal-gyi lag-pa	an
epithet of Vishnu (Mnon.). Vw3,Q,4T3!y*
dpal-gyi-lag-ldan-ma or VW|q dpal-$tug~
sho curds.
VW’^Sfa dpal-mgrin ’йзте-нч another
epithet of Vishnu (Mnon.).
VWdpal-mchog dan-p>ohi
rgyud n. of a book (in K. g. 3, 29 J).
^qorqgst q Dpal-gtam-po n. of a spirit-
king of very frightful appearance (K. g.
1)-
Vwq^ dpal-gter or VWԤ^ dpal-st er an
epithet of Nam-sras or Vais'ravapa
(Mnon.).
VW’gq dpal-stug majestic.
14' Dpal-sdehi rdsofi h. of a small,
fort and Jong situated on the north
margin of Yamdok-lake a few miles to
the south-east of Khamba-La and on the
road to Lhasa from Gyantse (Lofi. % 1J).
The Jesuit missionaries who visited Tibet
in the 18th century A.D. on their way
to Lhasa passed this place and called the
great lake after the name of the fort.
790
Dpal-§de shabs-drun n. of
a Nyingma sage of Yamdok district, a
groat expert in Tantrik ritual and author
of the work	By his infl ence
with tho lake-deities the Jong-Gar
Mongol invasion of this district was re-
pulsed and 1,000 Mongol soldiers drowned
in the Yamdok Tsho.
YW	dpal-rdo-rje-hjigs
byed kyi-rgyud	n. of a book
in 1Г. g. *, 46.
Dpalrdo-rje-gdan
the ancient name of Buddha Gaya in
Bchar :	5
(A. 26) to tho oast of Dorjedan is situated
the great country of Bangala.
dpal-hdab
dpal-ldan	; adj. glo-
rious; also as sbst. one possessed of glory,
abundance, wealth, property, talents, &c.;
is a common title by which every Bud-
dhist is privileged to be addressed. Sw
чгЫиТ possessed of glory, and
charms, noblewoman.
Dpal-[dan khrag-hthun —
t Dgyc^pa rdb-rje an epithet of
a wrathful Buddhist deity of the Tantra.
class (Mnon.).
Dpal-ldan dus-hkhor vhfiM-
an epithet of the Adi Buddha
(Mnon.).
Dpal-ldan hbra$-$pun§
1. n. of an ancient Buddhist
monastery in Orissa (near modem Katak).
2. The great monastery of Daipung near
Lhasa (8. kar. 180).
dpal ldan-ma ; 1. polite
term for the female sex. 2. n. of a
Yakshini, queen of the Yaksha demi-gods
(X g. % 133).
dpal-ldan &nad rgyud-pa
rgyud-$mad grica-tshan n. of
the Tantrik section of the Gahdan monas-
tery (Lon. % 17).
Й Dpal-ldan Lha-mo is a god-
dess of terrific aspect famous for her
bloody and licentious deeds, but at the
same- time a constant and redoubtable
championess of Buddhisim. She is the
analogue of the Indian goddess S'rimati
Dovi; and by tho Mongol Tatars is known
as Ukin Tegri. In all large Tibetan
temples Paldan Lhamo is to be found
presiding over the or wrathful deities.
Iler several names are:—’Й’ЧЗ’Я lha-mo
inna;	lha-mo dmar-mo;
tsa тип-di;	lha-mo par-na-fa
pa ri;	ri-krod lo-ma ea; BJ-Й-
5^4™ lha-mo dkar-mo dun-skyon
ma ;	§pa$-pahi ihal mdog-ma ;
g-q^Y* khro-gner-chan-ma;
WN mi-pham khro-gner ro-lan$ ma;
nag-mo re-ma-ti;	srin-
po dmar-hdib;	phiir-icahi lha
gscr-can; 5Кч'^*гЗ’5Г*srid-pa gsum-
gyi-blo-hphrog-ma;
ya-wdshan hphrul-gyi ggog-pa can ;
dpal lha-mo nag-mo ;	dpal-
ldan hphyi-ma; <ад]'л)Л'»г$ yag-ga re-ma-ti;
srid-gsiun rgyal-mo;
rdo-rje glog-ma sprin;
hdod-pahi kham^-kyi dwan-phyug-ma;
Кlha-mo man-dsn;	dmag-zor
rgyal-mo;	lha-mo dmag-zorma ;
ftjc/qsE.* rgyal-mo Idifi-bzan.
dpal-hdal	[the plant
Prcmna spinosa, the lotus.]#.
dpal-behu love noose. [1.
Vishnu. 2. a particular mark or curl of
hair on the breast of Vishnu.]#.

791
5^*4
V™ §5 dpal-byed ’чфт [the third of the
Pagdava brothers.]#.
544495 dpal-hbyor 1. glory, effulgence,
grandeur: ^5’5'544’494 glory of light
(Л. K. 111-36).	2. W. strawberry,
3.	is a common personal name for men.
544-49*1 dpal-hbras ’rtw woodapple (ИЗ
(I. % 4%7}. several plants such as
Momordika mixta.
544'^ Dpal-spas n. of a house-
holder who at the institgation of Kshapa-
?aka laid a foul plot to kill Buddha
who miraculously frustrated his designs
and converted him to Buddhism (K. cl.
417).
5^’g5 dpal-sbyin ; = Kuvera.
544Й Dpal-mo ^и^гг, ^fcrf^sr she that
has sprung from the ocean of milk, in
certain Tantras set down as the Yum or
Nu$~ma (sakti or female energy) co-opera-
tive vlthSpyan-ras-gzigs (Avalokites'vara).
54444У dpal gtso bolder.
544*^5 dpal-yon [1. fortunate. 2.
the fruit of Diospyros embryobteris.]S.
544’4|Ц4*сй’^4*3 dpal-gsan tcahi-snin-po
n. of a book in К. g. 4, 139 much used
by the Nyingma school.
^q*rq]^-q5^r4 Dpal-gsan-wa hdu§-pa
яигзт n. of a Tantra which is considered
as a standard Tantrik work of the North-
ern Buddhists.
-P1^ host, great number;
as vb. to collect, assemble, pf. 59^ dpuns.
2.=S^^4]^ (Mnon.) force, troops, army;
59^^ or 59c;^4l*rq^	are the
following four kinds of troops:—54^*1
cavalry; 3]4*4’55elephant; ^4’$4‘&]*i
chariots;	infantry. 5*J4'?|*5?K
4^4 dpufi-gi dkyil-hkhor	dmag-
dpun army, troops (Mnon.); 59*’’Г’^’5
dpun-gi mgon-po=5^*545 dmag-dpon com-
mander, general (Mfton.); 59е*dpun-
gi gnen friend, protector, defender, assis-
tant ; 594'qj*^n dpun-gi tshog 5*eT59c/
army; 53’59^' hostile army; 59c^qlN or
594Х4Щ allies.
59^*3^ dpun-rgyan or 59c/q*'J’i
a bracelet worn on the upper arm]#.
534*45454^Ԥ5 an ornament for the arm;
^ ^^’59^*3^ arm-ornament made of pre-
cious stones (А. K. 1-10).
5$4*4|Л*4 dpun hjum-pa (Sch.) to
contract the arm.
59с/д1^ dpun-gnen цкгащ [last resort]#.
59^’^ dpun-ldan — ^ ri mountain.
59с'ц1^ dpun-gnon reinforcement.
dpzin-pa 1. 4TY, W the
shoulder; tho upper part of the arm.
594*4<ff= 594’444^ dpun-pahi hgo or «Н
p>hrag shoulders (Mnon.). 594’4’^* dpzift-
pa rkan shoulder-blade; 554’4*5^’4 dpun-pa
rgyas-pa fleshy shoulder ; 59^ q
dpun-pa lag-pa upper and lower arm
(Cs.); 59CT* on the shoulder; 59^'
both tho shoulders and hips (#.
</•)• 59^q^ 9 dpun-pahi-bu [arms or
pertaining to arms]. 2. rrpx, W » heap,
anything piled up together.
554*4^ 95* Dpufi-pas-byiH an epithet of
the great Yeru Tsang-po of Tibet (Mnon.).
59^9'^’ dpufi-bu chun—^^S^^ in-
fantry (A. 149).
S^’^'^Dpun-la §куе§—^^^ lag-la§
skyes born of the hand, n. of a king
(Mnon.).
5g4’W4)<gn’44'^5 dpun-bzan gi§-shu§
pahi-rgyiid n. of a Tantra in which there
792
I
аге descriptions of mystic vows, tho
method of preserving one’s vows, manner
<»f meditation and that of ejaculating
cliarms (If. g. *, 40.
53*4^ dpufi~gyo$ re-inforcement of
troops, also sending of troops to fight.
(jput-b&jynr-wti)	or
A to exchange or dispose of articles:
** I	with
tho exception of very rare articles it
would be necessary to sell off on Govern-
ment account {D. fcl. 11).
dpc=tyQK*wm w’-war hjul-ua
эднт 1. sample, specimen, example,
pattern :	for instance ; ^'S2^ d-
dp<.r byc$-na$ taking this for a sample
{Zam.). 2. way of doing anything,
method: gwMS21^ it was from
China that methods of reckoning arose;
according to what method, plan,
example;	a way that may be
followed, a good example. 3. a parable,
analogue, simile, illustration. 4. a book:
a-b-c book, primer; resp.
for	yum-dpe original of a book;
bu~dpe copy of a book; list of
books;	book-cover;	to
write, to compose; s^‘q4’q to copy a
book; 5^’44^ copied manuscript; ^AXwq
to stitch a book; end of a book.
5^*] dpe-ka a little book {Jd.).
dpe-khan library; book-seller’s
shop.
В dpe-khri a table to put books on,
a bookstand.
+ 5^*55 dpc mkhyud fond of books.
’^| dpe-rgyug or S2^4!^ book-lesson.
^’8 dp^sgra in W. speech {Jd.).
dpe-cha 5’^' in colloq. is the
common word for book.
^•q|
dpe-brjod эдтм {Шоп.) 1.
example, comparison:	эдт-
by way or means of example;
to compare, to cite an example.
2. paradigm, example in Gram. {Jd.)
S^’95 dpe-byad	proportion,
symmetry, beauty {Jd.). [In the Lalita-
vistara it occurs as meaning “ secondary
marks of perfection.”]#.	dpe-byad
can well-proportioned;	w25’«J JV5
tho eighty physical poiffeotions of Buddha
(^•gV 336).
Dpe-med n. of a city in ancient
India {Jig.).
dpe-med-pa	incompara-
ble, unique, unexampled; an epithet of
Buddha. Also personal name.
dpe-ya$ (Ц1^)	n. of a
number.
• * ^’4 dpen-pa is used for *^*rq
phafa-pa or yid-hofi charming,
very handsome; useful.
dper-na or	dper
for example; v. sub.	dpc.	dper-
mtJion^^w^'u setting example,
dper-yan	[even comparison]#.
dper-brjod-pa fit for being an
example.
dpog-pa pf. dpags, fut.
dpag> to measure, to apportion, to fix:
W5’^5 or	immeasurable
immensely large, very much;
infinite grace ;	to show
mercy	tshad-dpoy-pa to fathom;
fathomless;	mean-
ing comprehensible or not.
(in the dialect of Amdo) to cross a
river, a^qq ^qjjQr^q-q unfordable,
a river or lake that cannot be crossed over.
5^'^ |	793
59,c> I
an elegant composition that
is added to a letter to make the meaning
of the writer clear, pathetic, or forcible
(D. gel. 20):	gal-che
dpod-rtsom byuft-rig$.
dpon or S^yq dpon-po s^T, ufn,
втдгс chief; master, lord; overseer of
working-men, foreman, leader. 52ц'Bfa-
I Я	if a master
does not want his servant, he should pay
his wages and dismiss him;
q-^^l ЯI if the
servant does not like his master, he should
give up his wages and go away. gw^q^
is the title of the second judge at Lhasa ;
^’S2^ rtsi-dpon chief accountant; Я^Л2^
Gar-dpon chief administrative officer of
the districts of Gartok and Budok in Ж
Tib.; ^’S2^ leader of a thousand soldiers;
in C. modern word for general,
and	bdegs-dpou the same as
5^’5^ (Jd.) spyi-dpon a general
manager in a monastery :
etc., etc., that man in this wrorld
(is fit) to be Spyi-dpon who is noble in
birth, wealthy, magnanimous, who is
anxious for his personal gain, very modest
in his speech, etc. »^2Ц prefect;
master mason; rdson-dpon, eolloq.
Jong-po)\ district administrative officer
who possesses civil and quasi-military
jurisdiction ; ru-dpon commander of
250 troops;	school-master
also title of the more learned lamas;
kitchen steward who arranges the
food of a Grand Lama or of the head
lama of a large monastery;
^*3 chief steward of the food of the
Dalai Lama of Lhasa, who is assisted
by four sub-stewards. dpon-skya
[an honourable and distinguished
manj£.
dpon-hgo^9^’*^ chief governor,
ruler, lord (Mfton.).
dpon~po v. 52Ц dpon.
dpon-mo mistress, chieftainess :
qq ^q^'^ S)^ she is my ruler.
52Цdpon-med free (Cs.).
52ц-Sfaj dpon-yod standing under master
or mistress.
^q^q- dpon-tshaft physician (Schtr.).
dpon-gyog master and servant:
koft-jo dpon-gyog Princess
Kongjo and her suite (Glr.)
dpon-rabs genealogy of kings,
chiefs or governors :
the genealogy of the dynasty of Phag-
mo-grub (Jig.).
dpon-sa	the
high priest; a hierarch (D.R.).
W§jq dpon-slob 1. for ^-q^q^q’^,
2. title of the petty feudal governors
ruling in Bhutan.	dpon-
dan gyog (Rtsii.).
dpor-wa pf. and fut. dpar
to dictate (Cs.).
S3* $PVa tribute, tax, duty: 53’^q^
to impose a tax (Ta. 21, 11).
dpya-khral—^^'^ government revenue :
he established
the custom of raising revenue for Govern-
ment (Lon. % £7). 55‘wrq dpya hjal-wa=
goiAE.q-q or	or й'Ч'^’Ч khral §prod-
pa payment of revenue (Mfton.);
4pya-bla $kye§ вдтд [revenue, tax, toll]#.
JSS’5’ а^’/я-«'«=ч3‘£| fyphya-ica.
101

794

to dangle, to let
down, to make hang down, vb. a., pf. 53ц*
dpyans imp. pyans also 55^^ dpyofy ;
59C/44L Rgc^fl] oord or rope, by which a
thing is suspended; henco fig.
(Thgr.);	let down
a thick rope; 53c/4qT^’5’q to swing (one’s
self); 59^'5^ dpyafi-dar scarf attached to
pillars in a temple or monastery or to flag-
poles, eto. (Rtsii.).
535 dpyad and its compounds, v. 595'q-
&РУа1 n- °f a place in Tibet
{Deb. Я, 14).
5Swq dpya$-pa, explained as
4 5^* I	to throw blame upon
another, to impute guilt to another person.
53^’^ dpya&po fault, blunder; 53^’^
4pya§-cau faulty, blameablo; 53*^5 dpya%-
med faultless, blameless (Cs.) ; 59^
dpya$ hdog$-pa to blame (Ta.).
C\
SS &У* tho belly; (also W53’
rkan-pahi dpyi-mig Ita-bu ace. to
C^. = 9 §pyi) hip; 59'35 dpyi-zur, 59Л^
dpyi-ni$ hip-bone; 53*^1 dpyi-mig socket
of the hip-bone perh. also vulg. = hip
(Ju.); 53*^ 4pyi-wgo=%& hip.
e\
dpyid l. = VW grace (Yig. 64).
2. Wfl, also 5^5’^ the spring
soason. 535'5 Э dpyid-kyi pho-па
tho messenger of the spring, tho cuckoo;
5^5‘S dpyid-zla months of spring; 5^5*3
dpyid-zla tha-chufi tho month of
March-April ; 595 dpyid-zla hbrifi-
po April; 5§5*a’*‘q ipyi&zla ra-pa
February-March.
СЧ
59* dpyis the last, the end,
conclusion: 5^'Bv4 dpyis py in-pa to
bring to an end, finish;
tshig-dcu miliar phyin-pa to arrive at the
final conclusion as to the meaning of a
word or that of. any object or business.
Syn.	mthar phyin-pa;
hphya-pa (Situ. 41).
5?4 dpyo-tca to change (Sch.).
53*c',q dpyon-гса perh. primitive form of
53е4'4 dpyan-wa (Jd.).
5*5^ dpyons explained as
^•^•q-qjE^qgW yip | difficulty in
stretching or contracting the legs from
pain in the hip-joint.
595’4 dpyod-pa pf. and fut. 535'-q
dpyad-pa to investigate, to examine into,
to test by reasoning; 535’§5’q dpyad-byed-pa
to test, make an examination of; to diag-
nose medically; dpyad-na on examination;
?^I'555*q to examine anything; fi*5aT535
kriag-dpyad investigation, inquiry; Э'З'Ч’У
535’q'§ separately examining it; ^’5957TI^41* q
to inspect the mountains (Glr.);
to know that this inspection will
turn out favourably (Glr.) ; M535'§5'q to
treat medically: 535‘* ^'3 then the mother
(not the child) must be placed under
medical treatment (Jd.); JH’555’<*r*4
skilful in medical science (Dzl.); 59V
dpyad-mtsham$ minute rules, also
close inquiry ; 5S5‘qfi grounds for inquiry,
also elements on which an investigation
can be based, i.e., the evidence; 595’qq’’5Q(
dpyai-pahi yul an object or a subject of
examination; 535’-^‘q to ascertain, to
come to a conclusion upon: jpr§}
that which the
king and his ministers do not unravel
must be decided by means of powerful
drugs (i.e., by tho test or ordeal of poision).
^535 rnam-dpyad=.^^ blo-gro$. 535*?^

795
dpyod-ldan — ttfwyi learned, discreet, posses-
sed of judgment: SUS
elegant description full of well-judged
thoughts (Yig. k. J$).
Bphod-pa-pa 1.	in an-
ci nt India a sect of philosophers. 2.
one bringing on a reconciliation between
two parties ; an arbitrator.
SUS'4 Bpyod-la n. of a Tibetan minis-
ter: ^’Q’SUV4’^'4*^ О minister Dpyod-la^
do listen to me (Mbrom. 110).
dprag-chags, in
a’V (B.R.).
dpral-wa the forehead, the
brow:	1, MW'
WAx^’A’^A' | he who has two wrinkles on
the expanse of his forehead will live
sixty years, etc.	dpral-mgo
$1ид-ро=*^'&\ц lit. a thick-headed, a
shameless person ; shamelessness (Mnon.).
dpral-mig ^=r the third eye,
the eye of knowledge [one who has got an
eye on his forehead, n. of S'iva]*?.
dpral-ril a seotarial mark or circlet
on the forehead;	dpral-gyu — w^'^
the turquoise that a Tibetan woman wears
on her forehead;	dpral-gyu
gser-^koh-pa a turquoise mounted on gold
and overhanging the forehead (Rtsii.).
^pTAX^q }F. luckless person.
Syn.	rgyan-gnas;
hdsin (Шоп.).
SS'4’^'4 WTR, ^ЕПТТ^ [character, a mark
on the head]*?.
5U dpri t?hr4 cream also gen. por-
ridge made of milk and rice.
SU^’^U'4 Jprul-dprul in dprul-dprul la
gton-tca to hang one’s self (Jd.).
I
£j^’4 Ipags-pa the outer skin or fur
of an animal; a leatb srn strap; also less
frq. the bark of a tree. When this word
is joined to another word the surmount-
ing «I is sometimes dropped : ет’дчр stag-
lpag§ tiger’s skin,	gunjpags bark,
peol, <h’£|4In wa-ljiags fox skin, g4^
lpag§-ldan-ma	[covered
with hides or skins; also, the n. of a river
which flows through Bundelkhand into
the Ganges, the modern Chambal]*?.
gpprq-si^ Ipags-pa rnncn of soft skin, a
name for the birch tree (£4P^’) (Mnon.) ;
g^MX's^x^X4! lpgas~pa-gser-mdog ;
the golden bark;	Ipags-pahi
la§-can	dealer in leather, a shoe-
maker.
Ipags-pahi hdab-chag§~can
bat, the skin-winged animal.
Syn. W pha+wati,; g4]^'^ lpag§-byehu
(Шоп.).
spa 1. ornament, equipment;
that which beautifies. 2. bamboo,
cane:	spa-hkhar, З’ЭТ Spa~lcags,
a’W spa-dbyug walking-cane. 3. hair-
dressing ;	one who is skilled in
dressing hair. Spa-lo (l)=|w spob^-pa;
(2)	the hair
dressed and tied in a round ball on the
crown of the head of the civil officers of
Tibet,	(B. fel.
11) hair-tea, i.e., tea, &c., served to officials
on every occasion of their dressing thoir
hair.
spa-kofi=a gzil-gyis
gnon-pa to frighten (GyaU);
showing the tongue to frighten.
Й’$4 vpa-skor hoop of a cask (Schtr
3^1
796
?}Г|
Spa-gro n. of tho seat of the Gover-
nor of West Bhutan called Paro (Loft.
% 6).
spa goft-гса	yul-yul-du
gyur jealousy, envy.	spa-goft
'icar^hgytir^^ws^'^ yid-fysad par gyur
|^тпт^нтш<гг|а incurs blaming,
becomes sad or sorry]5.
§ q?$5' w q gv «Ус/ q’^-g’ 4V |
when the sons of gods of lesser merits
should see that, they will become envious.
spa-cu-gaft	[bamboo
manna] 8.
g Spa-chal or ip^ spra-cal ’$4*0
restless, cannot remain in one place.
Spa-ti n. of a section of the monas-
tery of Sera;	the section or
community of Pati in Tsang {Lon.
*, 16).
’^4 spa-LI match, v. « 54 pha-til (Jd.).
й Spa-doft or 3spa-ldoft little cask,
made of bamboo; in Sikk. vessel made of
bamboo to carry milk or water.
й’<| spa-pa = ^4’3 drag-po
byin-chags-pa)
a Spa-hbrum n. of a fruit:
Й* spa-nia juniper, Juniper us squamosa;
and some other small species.
£рч Spa-tshab n. of a place in Upper
Tibet (Yig- 8).
$pa-yi snas [a small
stake] S.
Й spa-ra n. of a village to the north-
west of Lhasa (Zo/i. 12).
3’^ spa-ri n. of a kind of cotton cloth
(R.tsii.).
spa-refts (^) (phag) pig, hog.
spag	; bailey paste balls,
barley meal moistened with butter or tea.
^q?-^ rtsam-pahi Ito barley food ;
Spag-ltar isnos or ЧГ’* brdsis mixed
in dough (fiag. 43). й4!4 spag-pa 1. to
sop up with meal or bread, to soak up
gravy (Ja.). 2. = 4^4, b$no$-pa
to accumulate] 8. spag-phor a bowl
made of wood or metal to hold barley
meal.
||Ч|?ГЦ spags-pa 1. = spo-wa to shift,
to transfer one’s self:	remove
elsewhere;	to go elsewhere (8/ta.
99). 2. pickle, pottage, sauce, gravy:
IjEU Spaft 1. board, plank, eolloq. ;
also a slab, slate, flag; й^’^ spaft-sgo board
or panel of a door (Cs.) ; bookstand
(Schtr.) 2. soft springy turf yielding
to the feet. дч/25 $раЯ-ро=й boggy
marshy flat, a moss; also chu-spaft
(Cs.).^
Spaft-skoft Tsho the well-known
Pang-kong Lake on the Tibeto-Ladak
frontier, stretching due oast towards the
immediate north of Rudok. It com-
prises throe oblong sheets of water con-
nected by narrow necks, together making
a fine lake over 100 miles in length.
,5k-6j4|-j5,w^ $paft-$koft phyag-rgyahi
mdo a Sutra occurring in 7Г. d. \ 1-50
and containing an enumeration of the
epithets of Buddhas, Bodhisattvas, etc.,
and also the method of confession of sins.
It is said to have fallen from heaven on
the roof of the palace of king Lha
Thothori.
Й^’Г $paft-kha=z%^' spaft a marsh
(Rdsa.).
।
797
гм
spafi-khebs an apron, a piece of
cloth that covers a lady’s breast:
-jaqirXsffrqwq with her tears she wet her
apron and the small table before her (A.
128).
span-rgyan n. of an autumnal
flower that grows along with grass. There
are three kinds of it: (1)
white species 3 ’^5which cures
poison and affections of the throat); (2)
5 spafi-rgyan sfion-po the blue
species; (3)	spafi-rgyan nag-po
the black species	which
cures black pox and inflammatory fever.
Syn. ^'2^ ri-bohi rna-rgyan;
kun-tu gas;	khyab-hjug
gdan-pa ;	gshan-las rgyal;
дкй gshan-gyis mi-thub ;	ba-glafi
dsas;	ston-gyi те-tog (Mfion.).
S^’4 $pafi-wa 1. v. дк’ч spofi-ua. 2.
sfcffiVXnPtu rc-adjustive, elastic, spongy.
gc/qv5 span-war-bya	[fit to be left
out]S.
spafi-spos	1. the plant
Nardostachys jatamamsi. 2. ^^4»^ the tree
Nauclca cadamba.
Syn. 3^ spu-сап;	dkah-thub
can ;	hbyufi-pohi ral-ica ;
drehi sras-po (Mfion.).
4«q spafi-bog piece of turf, sod; a^’«
spafi-ma g<w blue vitriol.
spafi-ma	verdure,
green colour; a*pot-herb :
Syn.	Spafi-mahi mig-sman ;
i rtsa-can mgr in; sfion-po ; Я'
S rma bya-can; g^’*r§4‘« spafi-ma drul-
ma;	bcos-pa las-byufi (Mfion.).
2F’W spafi-shun verdigris (Sch.) Also=
gM4 tshon-ljafi kha green paint (Rtsii.).
spafi-lcb	[1. a shield. 2. one
who observes a particular religious penance
peculiar to Buddhists, vizn rubbing the feet
backwards and forwards on the edge of a
sword made red-hot] S.
§pafi-leb-khafi	[the
stand on which a Buddhist priest keeps his
cap] S'.
3^ ppafi-se n. of a bird (Rtsii.).
spafis 1. pf. oflfc’3 to aban-
don ; 3=^’5 spafis-te giving up. Sometimes
intrs. of 5qc^ dpafis. 2. n. of a place in
Tibet (Deb. «q, 33);	q spans-
mi phag mgon-po n. of a celebrated Lama
of Tibet born at Spafis (Deb. 33).
$pafi§-mtho-wa high, eleva-
ted.
Е|мгЕ1 spafis-po [renunciation of
everything, freedom]^.
spafi§-bya	anything
very bad, worthy of being abandoned.
^pad only in pha-spad father
and children ; cf. the more frq. «735 ma-
Smad Lex. (Jd.).
span-span brothers, relatives (Cs.).
spabs l. = 5q qSbfl1^’4 rdul brtsigs-
pa. 2. in rna-spab$ ear-wax.
= mdses-pa or q legs-
pa beautiful, nice, good:
(Rdsa?).
Spar also spar-mo “the
grasping hand,” pan, claw; a handful,
as much as may be contained in the
closed hand.	spar-gan id.: 5*!‘
the Kai у ana
mitra (Buddhist scholar) sent one handful
5^1
798

more of the relics (Л.	to
strike with the paws; a^FV^'4 to scratch;
gpar-wwg snam-pti to clutch,
grab at.
gvp Spar-kha mystical marks on
tortoise-shell from which the Chinese are
said to have derived thoir knowledge of
divination.	Spar-brgya$ the eight
diagrams of Chinoso divination represent-
ed by the names of elements and certain
other things*. 7/'=^ fire, khon = earth,
= iron, = sky, kham=§
water, = hill 2tn=^’ tree, and zan
— wind.
>»
Spar-phu placo in Tibet; a
celebrated lama of Phar-phu (Lon. *,29}.
Spar-wa 1. vb. v. spor-wa.
2. to raise, increase, advance, promote ; ex-
cite, incito:	to lift up the
soul;	to advance one’s dignity or
rank; a*g^q me spar-wa to excite or poke
up firo.
Я spar-та [a low-growing shrub
of very hard wood Mil. пЛ] Jd.
tj Spi-ti is ono of tho Himalayan
hill-states, lying W.N.W. of Lahul ;
greatly elevated and very sparsely popu-
lated.
c\
Spig-rdsoA n. of a placo in
Tibet.	bu-mohi $pig-rdson.
tj spu	; syn.	1. hair:
spu-yi khuA-bu kun-nas from
every pore of the hair (MAon.). ^'3 mgo-
spu hair of the head; Р’й kha-spu the beard;
*lV’S gdoft-spu hair of the face; **^8
nwAazt-gpu the hair of the arm-pits;
a hdo>ns-$pu or (3 ^ spu-Aan Cs.) the hair
of tho private parts; g^'3 braA-spu hair of
tho chost; ^й ba-spu the little hairs of tho
skin; 3spu-zin,	ex-
plained ч‘з-огс<<1 ba-spu laAs-pa (MAon.).
spu-briA-shes byed-pa or 3’^'
§pu-ri§ hbye$-mkhas knowing how
to judge cases on their own merits, i.e.*
not mixing up the facts of one case with
those of another, i.e., as the hairs of tho
body remain separate and not mixed up
together (D. gel. 10).
B F spu-kha 1. n. of a kind of cotton
cloth (Rtsii.). 2. colour, colour of horses
and other animals.
3‘3’V Spu-gu dor n. of a place in Tibet
(Deb. % 21).
В Щ spu-gri ’©x, Vtnpj raxor =
Saccharum spontaneuni]S.
3 §A spu-gri gan-wa n. of one of the
hells full of razors over the edges of which
sinners walk with bleeding feet.
Spu-ja n. of a kind of tea; but
perhaps = lft skra-ja, v. under 3 spa.
+	spa b$nal-wa— jT^q khro-
wa shi-wa pacification of anger.
khro-wa skyun-wa suppres-
sion of anger or	to confess
guilt (Zani. %lf).
3'4ql spu-thag a rope made of hair
(Rtsii.).
3spu-nag a term for the hairy-eattle
i.e., yak, yak-cow (Rtsii.).
3’3’5'^ spa-spa da-ma (aVTa'4’’^) n. of
a fabulous place in the abode of the Asura
(K.d. % 15).
3’!4! spu-phrag or 3 spu-hrug a kind
of hairy blanket, also serge (Rtsii.).
v. fl** spus.
?г^|	799	I’M
Spu-rafis the Purang district in
S.W. Tibet.
0Л §pu-ra a knife.
spu-rin na seems to be a fish
(Mnon.).
spu-rin-po srj [the vulva; an
elephant.] S.
spu-rcns with bristles on its body,
as met. a wild boar (Mnon.).
0’Bfc‘ §pu-lofi ys [bristling of the
hairs; glad]S. (A. K. 1-54)	ч
ba-Spu lans-pa (Mnon.).
0'Х*дч| Spu-ho brag n. of a place and
rock-cavern in Tibet: 0§puho-
brag thog-tu byon he visited the top of the
rock of Spuho-brag (Jig-)-
spu-fel amber; but 0spu-fel-
rtsc [Indian spikenard, Nardostachys
jataniansi; the root of Andropogon muri-
catus]S.
0*1 spuAvrug a durable serge made of
soft hair or wool worn by all classes in
Tibet.
|J4| spug (XyHrfc) [^пя, Ж&тн a kind
NO
of gem]/?.
spun-гса pf. д^кч spuns-pa, imp.
3^ spufis 1. to heap, accumulate, pile up;
$a-rdo spuns-pa heaped earth and
stones; *д’Ядргдслгч accumulated grain,
etc. 2. to fill up:	putting
(anything) into a vessel to fill it to the
brim. 3ygE№i Rin-chen spufis-pa where
precious things have been accumulated
together or are heaped up ; a heap of pre-
cious stones; n. of a town in Tibet.
0^ spwib adj. (wq?	many.
делгч’^ spuns-pa-can [broad, ex-
panded]/?.
spud a hanging ornament, em-
NO
broidery, equipment (Mnon.); 0 уч spud-pa,
ornamented, decorated.
Spun, also 0^’|	1. usually a
NO	X»	«
brother; also, in general sense, brethren
aud even of both sexes, i.e., children of
the same parents; also of the same fathers
but of different mothers; ^«^’ЗУ*!^
kho-nia сад spun gnis we (his) two sisters
(Dzl. 180, 17); ^УЗУ4]^ fied-spun gsum
we (his) three brothers (Glr.); ЙУЗ’Йду
*4$** khyed bu-mo spun gsum you three sisters;
brothers and sisters of the same
father ; **'3^ та-spun of the same mother
(Jd.) нЧи, [brothers of the same
parents]/?, зуд spun-skya or ЗУЗ^'д spun-
zlahi-bu the son of one’s brother. Another
meaning of ЗУ§ spun-zla or snam-
zla spun seems to be: the joint-husbands
of a woman; two men of different parent-
age having one common wife. 2. bro-
th em in a figurative and more general sense,
as comrades, members of one religious
section in a monastery, persons with the
same tutelary deity, sets of ninepins, series
of brass cups all alike, etc., etc.; acc. to Jd.
also: cousins, brothers and sisters by mar-
riage. дуч= husks of winnowed grain,
cornwaste after brewing.
spub-pa pf. 0*”* spubS) to reverse,
NJ
to turn upside down: Г0Ч’Ч kha spub-pa to
turn the mouth, face, or the top of a thing
upside down; 3^'0 4*4 thur-du spub-pa to
plunge head-long downwards.
spur or pur also §’0^ ku-spur,
NO
resp. for X, ro dead body, corpse-:
800
^1
spur-byafis-pa C. to burn a dead body ;
spur-khaft house for keeping dead
bodies, or rather in most cases, the place
of cremation ; spur^gam or S^if*4
Spur-sgrom coffin ; spur-thal ashes of
the dead body (Jd.)
Spur-rgyal an ancient name of
Tibet. Acc. to some historians Tibet was
called Spur-rgyul, i.e., the kingdom of the
dead, and as such it was known to the
Buddhists of India who believed that a
heaven was located on tho snowy peaks of
Himalaya, while somewhat below it was
tho intermediate region between heaven
and earth called Bardo where the soul of
the departed rested before entering a new
destination. King Yudhisthir the model
of piety before being conducted to heaven
was made to visit this region. Hence in
all probablity he had a glance at Tibet
or the terrestrial Pretaloka. The Tibetan
history of tho term is that king Gri-gum
btsan-po had made the town of Spuho-brag
his capital and was called the king of Spu,
i.e., §j)ur-rgyal and from that circumstance
Tibet became known as Purgyal or Botf-kyi
Rgyal Khams (Yig.).
3 ^’4 spur-ica [vb. a. to hphur to
make fly, to scare up, to lot fly; ^'8^’4
dus spur-pa to pass time quickly;
st ой-spur exaggeration, bombast] Jd.
spus 1- quality or property of a
хэ
thing; pleasant characteristic:
uwj'q snam-bu hdi-spus yag-po hdug this
blanket is of good quality; S spus-
kha — ^ spus ; spus-cha id. ;
$pus-cha dnog-gtsan articles of good
quality;	rta spus-kha yag-
po hdug the horse is of fine quality; 3
spus-lta-wa to examine the quality of an
article before purchasing it; 3 SjniS-
gtsafi pure; spu-med ill-looking, of
inferior quality; a<TRgv spus-hbrift mid-
dling; spus shan-pa id.;
spu-phrug spu$-shan Purug serge of inferior
quality (Rtsii.); 0**spus-rab superior
quality; g*r^*( $pus-legs best things,
articles of the best quality (Yig. k. 85). .
-4
Ij 8pe n. of a place in Tibet,
Spe-thub n. of a village in the province of
Ngari Khorsum in W. Tibet (Lofl. *, 16).
tpeg-qifi some part of a cart
(£*•)•
Spen-dkar tamarisk-blossom;
the plant itself being styled 0 V*4 spen-ma.
inV’l spen-tog or 3^54$^ a kind of muslin
with variegated figures embroidered on it
like tamarisk foliage, also called
and imported into Tibet vid Buxa Duars
(Rtsii.). 3^^ $pen-thog, or
khaft-pahi spen-pa roof made of pen-ma
stems (Yig.); 3^5 spen-pat} a border
formed of the brushwood of tamarisk on
the roofs of monasteries.	spen-
rndog a kind of country chintz with figures
of tamarisk, imported into Tibet from
Bhutan and Assam (Jig.); 3^’5* qpen-phor
eating bowl of tamarisk-wood (Rtsii.).
spen-pa iW, Ufa 1. the planet
Saturn. Syn. ni-mahi
dal-icar hgro ni-skyes; tshafts-
skyes; rjes-su skyes ;	hod-
zer bdun-pa ;	mi-bzad mig;
24 gqin-rjehi bdag-po; g dpye-tcahi
bu;	hkhyog-hgro;	gos-sfion
(Mnon.). 2.=4|3qB^'q gzah-spen-pa Satur-
day.
spehu turret on a castle or gate.
Berni
801

sped-tea 1. to augment, to increase,
to increase the wealth, qy^^’g^’q to
increase one’s welfare;	rkan-
hgros speLica to breed cattle {Dzl.) В'Ч’Ч'Ч
sjiel-wa-la qfja; to the increase, for in-
creasing ; ip 'H spel-zin increased. 2. to
diffuse: X^'g^’q eho§-spel-ica spreading or
propagating religion,	ppel-rgyas-
par or g4! grog-par byed-pa to blaze
about 23.	3. to multiply (arith.)
{Rtsiij.	4. to conjoin, unite together,
compose:	bcad-lhag spel-ma a
composition of poetry and prose.
§pcl-gos clothes of various colours (Cs.) ;
g чя cho^-dan hjig-rten spel-ma
religion and worldliness mixed up together
{Yig. к. 1 ; §pel-tskig & combination
of verses, poetry and prose;
§pel-mar gnas-pa to keep different от many
things together; 'W’gyq spel-mar byed-
pa to mix {Lex\
spet-gshiiL. of a village in Tsang
(S. kar. 178).
I: spo the height, the summit (of a
mountain"):	brag-dmar spo-
mtho-nas from the height of a red cliff
or rock;	Rdo-rje gdan gyi-spo-
la on the top of Vajrasana.
Spo orlfT1 Spo-yul 1. a district S.E.
of Kong-po and N. of Dza-yul {Lon.
26/; Spo-wa name of the tribe inhabiting
that district. The district is sub-divided
into Spotted and Spo-pnad {Po-td and
Po-nu	2. = 5‘*5 or f grandfather, an
address of courtesy for old respectable
men.
tj$po-to 1. the yellow woollen cap of
Tibet worn by lamas when travelling. 2.
bullock C. 3. n. of a village in Phan-yul
(Л.).
че/ spo-than,	n. of rat in
the story of the Hermit and the Rats
{Rdsa.).
IP spo-wa [qfv^rn to remove residence,
throw out, deposit or pledge]#, pf.
and imp. spo§ (vb. a. to q hpho-wa),
to alter, to change :	’if я gna$ $po-wa to
change tho place of residence, to remove,
to shift; also to transplant; *^lfq min spo-
wa to change name; ^Ifq go$ ppo-wa to
change one’s dress; to dismiss, to alter,
to mend, correct W. (Ja.); ifa §po-sa a
placo newly occupied by nomads {Sch.);
If q’«5^4 spo-wa cha-dkar n. of an insect
that eats up com {Rtsii.).
Spo-bo brag-thog the palace of
the chieftain of Po-Yul situated on a rocky
hill {Yig. 65).
Spo-hbor SjaA one of tho six
provinces of Mdo-Khams, called also
Sgafi.
IfX spo-re v. §por {Ja.);
sometimes changing his placo of
residence.
Spo-ser Dkon-
mchog bkra-gis glin n. of a place and
monastery in Lhobrag, the birth-place of
Marpa the Lotsawa {Lofi. 28).
spoj-pa pf. spag$ imp.
spogs to carry elsewhere, to remove:
hdi-khyod raft-$pog$-sofi-fiam
have you removed this.
$pog$ gain, profit, khe-spog$
id. ;	spogs-byed-pa to make profit,
’ipTSS’S	fo gain money by
traffic {Dzl.) ; §kyed-$pog§ interest
102

802
g адгц I
(of money) ;gtofi-гса to
give money on interest (Cs.)
F'q spoft-гса or 0^’4 spafi-wa [ftxfa,
я^тчг=cessation, abandoning]#, pf.
spans, fut. spafi, imp. EF* spoil
or spons; to abandon, renounce, leave,
deliver up; to reject, throw out:
§5'q^Bk^ if he abandons him without
discerning tho proper medicines; ifc'g^,£^’
qq spofi-blan hdsin-pa shig-pa the cessa-
tion of every inclination and disinclination,
or also, of every interest in choosing or
rejecting (Jd.).	V’4	|
the flower that
is not fresh is quitted by tho boo, tho forest
that is burnt is forsaken by wild creatures
\Cdn.)	spon-thag ono who has
renounced every thing; also a destitute
person Deb. % 10 ; spofi-tca-pa
a renouncer, a Buddhist monk.
spon-bya that which should bo given
up, i.e. a fault.
a^ §S SpoMyed Vriji, an ancient town
in Magadha. £F’§5’4 spon-byed-pa qrferar;
belonging to tho district of Vriji.
[Major Cunningham has identified the
ancient town of Vriji or Wajji with
modern Tirhut and the adjoining dis-
tricts. The people of Vriji or Wajji are
called Vrijika or Wajjians. The great
monarch Ajatas'atru of Magadha is des-
cribed in the Mahaparinibbana sutta
to have built a fortress at Pataligra-
ma (Pataliputra) with a view* to subdue
the great and powerful people of Vriji.
These people were divided into eight clans
such as Licohavi and others whose capital
cities are said to have been respectively at:
(1) Vais'ali, (2) Kesariya, (3) Janakapura,
(4) Navandgarh, (5) Simrun, (6) Dar-
banga, (7) Puraniya, and (8) Motihari.
If the bearings and distance recorded by
Hwen Thsang are correct, it is almost
certain that the capital of Vriji in tho 7th
century must have boon at Janakapur.
Amsuvarma, king of Nepal and a con-
temporary of Hwen Thsang, belonged to
the Liochavi branch of the Vriji people.
The Vriji conquest of Nepal is assigned
to Newarit who preceded Amsuvarma by
37 reigns. It is also curious that kings of
Tibet and Ladak also trace their descent
from the Liochavi branch of the Vriji
race. It is indeed found in the Pali
annals that Ajatas'atru who ascended
tho throne of Magadha in 551 B.C. drove
most of tho Vriji people out of India.
It is therefore not altogether improbable
that the powerful people of Vriji being
driven out of India founded the kingdoms
of Nepal, Tibet, Ladak, etc., in the
centuries immediately preceding the birth
of Christ.]#.
Spon-hbor also called n. of
a section of Daipung monastery.
spod spico (such as pepper, ginger,
onion, garlic, etc.): afc^wq spod hdebs-pa
to season ; spod-can seasoned.
Bs4 spod-pa 1. hermit, spod-khafi,
hermitage Sch. 2. vow, 35'^3wi gpod-pa
nams-pa one that has broken his vow (Sch.
Jd.).
spobs-pa 1. self-reliance and
wisdom (K. d. % Я63).
the Tibetan religious
teachers who were not selfreliant and
wise became wonder-stricken (A. 77).
2. яУннти courage, self-confidence ; fitness,
propriety (Yig.). ' 3. vb. to dare/venture:
‘«{taw hju-war m §pobs-pa$
3*1
S03
зч
not daring to take hold of (Pth.) ; ijcRWV
§S’q spobs-par byed-pa to enable, empower,
authorize;	$pobs-pa-can
daring, bold.	§pobs-pa-shan
adj. [TO not daring]/?, less intelligent;
gqq-q-^-q spobs-pa shan-pa one less intelli-
gent and wanting in courage.
n.of a Sutra (K. d. F, 323).
s/;o6s pahi-gter n. of a reli-
gious work, lit. the mine of wisdom;
(JT. d. p, 325).
sponp	шап-пип average.
2. n. of a place in Khams :	Spom-
mdah the lower part of Pom in Khams
Ifa'lTs spom-spod=%^%\ sdebs-spod,
qjfwjjSj b$doms-sprod the delivering alto-
gether, making over entire charge or
responsibilities (Rtsii.).
Spom-hbor — lfc.'^^ Spon-hbor n.
of a section of Daipung monastery (Lon.
3 16).
tfrnSfc §pom-yor superfluity, over-flow :
spom chen-po diffuse (in words),
prolix, long-winded;	to be
succinct.
a*	spor-re 1. small pair of
scales. 2. n. of a medicinal plant:
por removes
chronic fever and worms.
дХ*чк.-	nag-rt sis the
black-art, the art of divination. It was
introduced into Tibet from China during
tho Thang dynasty (Grub. я, 5).
tfa’g* spor-snum oil or butter to burn
in lamps (Rtsii.).
gfc’A spor-wa, §par-wa 1. pf. and
fut. spar to elevate, raise:	to
lift up the mystic sceptre. 2. v. YJV4
dpor-wa.
spos, vy, ihnf; sbst. incense; fumes,
perfume; ^q’gii bdug-spo§ id.; byug-
spos sweet-scented water or ointment;
gfa’IX’A spos sbyor-wa, sgrub-pa also
gA’4 to burn (incense) ; gV^g^J to cover
(with) perfumed ointment.
§^’4 §pos-§byor rin-po cliehi-phrcn-u-a
n. of a work on the preparation of
incense-sticks by Nagarjuna (Tan. d. Я 28)
in two chapters; tho recipe is as follows: —
«TS^’Al F'^'S^VT
|	1 q p'VT^4'
Vs I
^’or^'l g'^’VT^’WI
i IK’
gq-J^’54^-q ] p-^qjsV' I
3^q3K/q^’q|p;qX f| j*g^ rgya-spos, OT'ifa
brag-spos, span-spos different kinds of
exalation or miasma.	spo§-dkar=
bdug-§po§ or	gu~gul dkar-
po (Rtsii.) frankincense, or a fragrant
gum obtained from the Sal tree.
§po$-kyi rgyal-po snfaw
nutmeg.
§pos-kyi glan-po
glan-po mchog the chief or the prince
of elephants (Mfton.).
gfa’VI* spos-dkar [the resin of the
plant Shorea robusta.~]S.	^?es-
dkar-qin the Sal tree; [ir^r^^,
?Й^т, a tendril, the plant Premna
spinosa~\S.
ifa’S'fc’g ^pos-kyi reft-bu 1. a single
incense-stick (Rtsii.). 2. pastil, long

804

thin straw covered with an odoriferous
substance, which generally consists of
pulverized juniper and sandal-wood,
combined with musk and the like ; they
are made by the lamas, and frequently
presented to travellers as an offering of
welcome (Jd.).
§po#-glafl 1.	the royal
elephant which in ancient India used to
pick out a person as king in tho place of
defunct royalty, 2.	[‘ always
exuding ichor’; an elephant in rut; n. of
Airavata, and of Gancs'a]S.
$po$-fiad	beer, also
very delicious and fragrant wino [Mnon.).
$po#-chag$ or $po§-$pam§ a
bundle of incenso sticks.
$po$-ba lahi^iri [a kind
of fragrant herb, Andropogou schcenan-
thus}S.
Syn. 5f^ §kra-can; й ЧЭСк §kra-bzan ;
5^‘й byafi-gi $kra; ^’“)'й lha-yi §kra-
can; ffio-tshahi lu§;	nag$-
gna# ;	gin-la gna#; $chu-
yi mig-can (Mnon.).
spos-sihla gqg;; a Turk, Tartar.
#po#-gel amber (Lon. S).
Г'З #pyan-kyiy generally “ chafi-
kit” the wrolf, Lupus Tibetanus, wdrieh is of
amber colour ; but there is another species
w’hich has not, so far, been differentiated
scientifically and which is jet-black. The
black wolf occurs not infrequently in
Ngari Khorsum, near Lake Ma-pham.
spyaft-thul raiment or cloak made
of wolf’s skin :
Pa-tsha-wa presented him wdth a wolf’s
skin cloak (A. 66). QM4! black wolf;
she-wolf;	dur-spy aft the hyaena.
§£;Й''ЧТ’ spyan-khu la-kha (lit. the wolf’s
peak; n. of a hill N. of Lhasa on the road
from Sera towards Phan-yul.
g^'B4! Spyafi-khrig n. of a tribe (J.
Zan.) ;	spyaft-khrig ye-ge# a
celebrated Lama of that tribe.
g^‘5^* $pyan-grun or g^‘3 spyan-po very
clover and dextrous:
3^’ (A. 10%) (KhridX §^’4 tpyafi-tca
skilful, expert; spyan-glen tho clover
ono and tho dunce.
spy aft dug-pa or g^*3k spyan-
IJier the thistle, or a kind of thistle
(Ja.)	the root of
a thistle draws out complaints with phlegm.
g^4* spyafts-pa — ц hju#-pa
[support]/?, seizing, catching hold of.
spy ad v. g54 Also 85’5 spyad-bya
[enjoyed, eaton]S. (A. K. 50-137).
g5‘5^ spyad-dno# for	#pyad-
lag dno§-po=^ yo-byad things, articles.
$pyan ww, resp. word for
the eye; g^w ^pyan-kib# the eye-lid;
Spyan-rtseg puckers about the eye,
crow-feet; ^^\#pyan-kyug or STO4! spyan-
khttg eye-brow (Cs.) g^ S3*1 spyan-dkyu# v.
53*1 dkyu#.	to look backward, to
glanco behind;	#pyan-b#kyan#
mdsad-pa to protect, to preserve the eyes
(Sch.) g^gr spyan-lfia	the five eyes:
(1)	gahi-spyan	the flesh eyo
the one with which we see ; (2) ^'g=^ Ihahi-
spyan the divine eye with which
one can sec what other mortals cannot; (3)
<;e$-rab-kyi #pyan	the
eye of knowledge or wisdom ; (4)
chQ#-kyi spy an the eye of religion ;
(5)	sans-rgya# kyi spyan :
the eye of the Buddha, the most perfect
№ I
805

sight (Rnam. 69). д^'Ч §pyan-pa observa-
tion, inspection.
g^’g* $pyan-sfia before, in the presence
of (a dignitary): gvg$ §pyan-§nahi
grwa-pa rnam§ the scholars in his Rever-
ence’s presence. $pyan-snar,
§ku mdun-du as adv. and postp. in front,
in the presence of:	rgyal-
pohi §pyan-sfiar-khr id-pa to lead another
before the king ;
he said that he would not stay in tho
presence of the deity (7Г. du. 5, 261).
д^’ч§’4^ tpyan bcit-gni§	one
with twelve eyes [an epithet of Kartti-
keya and of the sun] S.
gV*4 §pyan-chab tears,	spyan-
chab hbyin-pa to shed teax’s; д^’^ч’яХкл
§pyan-chab hchor-wa to let the tears flow ;
also to shed tears ;	rgyal-bu
Spyan-chab for-ro the prince shed tears
spyan-lto§ resp. of ^4'^ mig-ltos,
( = »Ч5'Й lad-mo) imitation:
gYg»r3V|in the Dge-
lug^-pa sect which was an imitation of
the Bkah-gdam$-pa sect there arose no
schismatic differences (Zwl % 12).
$pyan-ltar-u*a or д^*ч^я spyan-
£rdar=4^4*1*54*’ '^‘4 gzigs-rtogs phul-wa
to offer for inspection or for revision.
§pyan-bltar shu-rgyu-гса to sub-
mit or ask for inspection: 34’1
4*5‘S*J phyag-bri$ rnams-spyan brdar-shu$
submit the letters for approval (£<?., for
revision) (Rtsii.).
S*i V spyan-dnig acc. to the Bon there
are six glances or visions, viz.: SvS’lfi bon-
gyi spyan ; $ ye-^ kyi-spyan ; ^4‘
rig-pahi §pyan ; 34*rg4'g^ thugs-rjehi
$pyan; |«T4ivg^ sprul-pahi spyan ; -3|*гя«г J
g*i $e§-rab kyi-spyan (D.R.)
$pyan-drafi$ qt
v. Я^’Ч hdren-pa.	$pyan-dran$
ne-ma	[invitation, inaugura-
tion]^.
+ д^ч spyan-pa 1. = д;кч bya-ra-wa to
give heed, attention, take care. 2. eye-
witness. 3. inspection. 4. overseer, ins-
pector.
д^'яйч^ $pyan-hbeb$ = ^*^ spyan-bltar
inspection: $4*г^*гЗ*4^4*1 54*1 Q*iч to ask
for inspection of a work or thing to
ascertain its quality and defects ; also to
display articles of merchandise for sale
(Rtsii.).
g^’* spyan-ma = *^] or mig-ma ^t^nthe
eye.
дуй'лзс/ Spyan-mi bzafi	[lit.
one with eyes of uneven number] ; one
of the four guardian kings of the world,
the keeper of the western quarter of the
world.
g<Y5*K spyan-dmar =	one with
red oyes;=^4‘5w Mig-bmar an epithet of
the planet Mangala, Mars.
g^j‘^4*! $pyan-dmig$ 4 the object of
vision’; any object, mental or visual,
which an ascetic employs for the purpose
of concentrating his mind in the process
of systematic meditation.
g^'4^4*1 §pyan-gzig§ 1. costly offerings
dedicated to the gods (Mil.) ; also applied
to presents of food offered to men (2fil.) ;
д^'4^4*гяд«гч spyan-gzigs hbul-wa to make
presents gen. of curios or precious aitides.
2. wild animals, horses, camels, etc., that
are presented to a nobleman king, minister
or a lama (RZsn.).

806

g^’Mi $pyan-ra§ penetrating vision,
observation:	to be-
hold with one’s merciful eye (ГА/. k. 13).
Spyan-ra§-gzig§-
by ail-chub sem$-dpah	; the
4th Dhyani Bodhisattva Avalokites'vara,
the patron saint of Tibet, the vicegerent of
the Dhyani Buddha Amitabha. He is
incarnated perpetually in each successive
Dalai Lama of Lhasa. His colloq. n. in
Tibet is Chcnrezi and the images of this
being generally represent him as having
elevon faces, each differently coloured,
and with from G to 1000 arms. In
Mongolia he is styled Hid uber Udzek'hi.
His other Tibetan names are
Hjig-rten dwan-phyug\
Hjig-rten mgon-po;	Thug$-rje
chen-po; 5’Я^’Я5Я Gnt-hdsin bdag ;
Phyag-na pad-mo ; Snin-rjehi lha ;
Bcu-gcig-shal. Tho Muni Bkah-
hbum, in chap. 2, mentions that g^’MT
was doubly evolved on earth; first
appearing from a ray of white light
which issued forth from the left eye of
Amitabha, and secondly being born as a
youth of 1G from out of a lotos-bud.
$pyan-ra§ gzig$-
shc§ bya-icahi mdo a Sutra on zkvalokite-
s’vara (K. d. a, 404).
the ono hun-
dred and eight names of Avalokites'vara
together with mantras and charms, etc.,
(contained in K. g. 218-457).
gyw1^ spy an-lam-du in the observa-
tion; also = SV£^ near, in the presence of.
g^3|WjA Spyan-gsal-rgyab
[laughing-eyed, n. of a BuddhaJS.
gjj-q^KQ spyan-gsum-pa	; the
three eyed one; an epithet of Ifahes’vara.
Ц spyi HTHRT, ^rrf?( 1. adj.
common, the public, ordinary, general,
relating to all; as sbst. the lot, those in
general. As adv. spyir, дя’^ ^pyir-du
or B’^ spyi-na, also spyw-gyii gene-
rally, in general; frq. used in contradis-
tinction to khyad-par in particular,
singly. 2. In the colloq. В spyi =all;
$pyi-%Jra °? 3’9 §gra-$pyi general meaning
or general expression (Jd.)
Il’S4 spyi-khyab that covers all; a
minister that has general jurisdiction over
the public, one who rules over several
districts together. B’S4’*№* spyi-khyab-
mkhan-po a high official at Lhasa who
ranks next to the four Kalons in the
Dalai Lama’s council; seems to bo also a
sort of lord chamberlain in his court
duties. Another important officer, who
resides in tho far oast of Tibet, is known
as Я^’^'Я’В'®4 the Chyi-khyab of
Nya-rong. He is placed in lieu of a
Jong-pon to administer the petty loid-
ships inhabited by the 18 tribes of the
Hor-wa who people the hanks of the
Nya-Chhu, just AV. of Ta-chion-lu.
holy water-pot
which the lamas keep near them with a
’view to sprinkle the heads of their
devotees.
9’3^ §pyi-§go§ general and special.
^ 7 Spyi-tiXL. of a kind of yoga (medi-
tation) performed by tho Dzog-chen sect;
described as his own invention by Urgyen
Padma in the Padma Tang-Yig.
+ 1’9^ $pyi-tor or $pyi-gtor 1. v.
§pyi-ivo, 2. acc. to Lex.=д’Тя $pyi~
thog the property of a particular commu-
nity or institution, common property.
tWI
807
+ spyi-brtol or spyi-btol also
$ 4^4 Spyi-brdol signifying no-tsha
med-pa [impudent, shameless, dar-
ing] S. also = 3'^5 mu-cod	4WH
[scan ilous, foul-mouthed] S. § ’^'gV4
spyi-brtol byed-pa to be impudent (Cs.);
g-q^bjq^ spyi-brtol gtam shameless talk,
impertinent language.
| Spyt-ther=§’5 spyi-tco.
S’^ spyi-don	thams-ead kyi-
don) the interest of all, public welfare
(Rtsii.).
spyi-sde bshi the four sects among
the Bons: (1) ^4'$^bkah-lun
Idan-bgad-kyi sde, (2)	brag-
dgon dkah thub-sde, (3)
dur-khrod nan-thos bog-puhl sde, (4)
gin-drufi та-rig pahi-sde (D.R.).
i’q Spyi-pa or fj‘5^ pyi-dpon head, chief,
leader, superintendent.
g’SS’J'4’2* Spyi-phud rgyal-po one of tho
five mythological kings of the world;
Spyi-phud rgyal-po the universal
king.
8’3 Spyi-bo 1.	1Ж’-, WTr; crown of
the head, the top: ^’Sfg’3 gin-gi spyi-bo —
уin-gi rtse-mo the top of a tree.
spyi-bor hkhur-wat() carry on the
head; д*3*гдч|ч^ч’л spyi-bos phyag htshal-wa
to bow down bending tho head; ^w|*34*
shab§ spyi-bor len-pa with one’s own
head to touch tho foot of a superior
person; ^5*g'q'^'g4|’^ dehi spyi-bo-nas
byug-nas pouring over his head, 8’3
spyi-bo na§ dban bskur-wa anointing
the head; g’^ or bald, baldness; .
I §pyi-gtor a turban or pagri; 3
or Ip spyi-pa head-man, over-
seer, chief. 2. the end of a piece of
cloth :	dar-yug-gi spyi-bo. 3. n.
of a king of China. g’3‘|*i spyi-bo skyes
(1) an epithet of king Mandhata, a
legendary ancestor of Gautama Buddha;
(2) = g sgra hah* of the head
(Mnon.).
spyi-bor dban-b§kur=ffi%
rgyal-po,	; a king, one on whose
head has been sprinkled sanctified water;
a man of the Kshatriya or warrior caste
of India (Mnon.).
v. g.
Spyi-shur gyi-gifi, ’теи,
n. of the tree Terminalia tomentosa.
Syn. sa-Ia ser-po ;	kun-
za me-tog; dgah-byed;	nie-
tog rtsa-lag*	htsho-byed gin;
g^ hdod-byed (Mnon.).
§pyi-g&ig§,	gcig-ta
bsdns-ра, aggregated body; amassed into
one body.
spyi-blugs vase ;	a golden
pitcher or vase.
O54	spyi-mdun-cdn,
<зча [combined]#.
spyin-skor gsum, three scrip-
tures of the Bon the originals of which
disappeared after they had been deHvered,
but were published: 1.
§ten-lha yul-du bsgrags-pahi skor, 2.
yul-du bsgrags-
pahi §kor, 3.	bar-mi
yul-du bsgrags-pahi skor (D.R.).
04
. Bc’q spyin-wa, pf.‘ §pyifi&> imp.
gt’ spyifi or g^ spying being the vb. a.
to hbyin-wa, to vanish, to be lost, to
sink, to lower down, dip undfer ehur
into water.
808
%py*d h1 colloq. gum, glue,
paste; is sometimes incorrectly written
as g^oriH spin. § tpyin skol-wa to
manufacture glue; g Y$|5'4 spyin skud-pa to
spread glue on; ko-spyin glue made
of hides; y&na-spyiu fish-glue ;4<i|g^ bag-
spy in paste compounded of flour and glue ;
*'g^ rba-spyiu glue made of horn ; -Л
^a-spyin meat-jelly also, slime; gY$ spyin-
chu gum, resin.	$ the
gum ^or resinous juice, that has come out
of the interstice where the two trees were
cleft (RdsaX
Syn. Vlfa dri-spyin ; go-tea ;
hbyar-rtsi \ ^’§5 hbyar-byed ;
suag-txha hphel-byed MnouX
g^ = § ~la. adv. v. g spyi.
’^1 spyil-po ; a hut of grass
or straw: уя'д'Ч'й risahi spyil-po thatched
hut; g^’H $pyil-bu id.; g^ tpyil-pa fem.
8°*'* $pyd-ma hut-dweller.
spyug-pa, pf.	imp.
8Я°spyug ог S4!^ spyngs 5 t° exprl, to
drive out, to banish ; ^^^g4] out of
country;	Glr., wthah-la
rnthar into the neighbouring cruntry,
over the frontier (Ja.). g^'^ spt tg-9-pa
exile, banishment;	Spyugs-
qig, imp. turn him out I
^’4	= g^e-tca, to abuse,
revile; to blame, to scold; $5 '*,Л4Г55Г’^С‘‘
(hun-ma rtag-tu spyo-fdnn as my wife is
always scolding; ehes-spyos-so thus
the}" spoke in a blaming way (Dzl.); (p*
Spyo-wa mdsad wtWBl cursing,
blaming; 1*^1 spyo-ishig — ^'^ rgol-hhig
words of blame, censure (Mnon.).
spyon-wa = dpyan-wa (Ja.).
IY4
gS tpyo<l-pa 'W,	pf. SS
Spy ad, 1. to practise, perform ;but signifies
rather the completing or completion of an
action than the process of performance,
and thus is better rendered: to accom-
plish, to perpetrate; to succeed in.
4 tni-dge-ica de dag-$pyod-na if one
perpetrates these sins ;
bdag-ci spyad-pas hdir skyes for what I did,
I am reborn here. 2. to bring into sub-
jection, over-power, coerce, e.g., demons,
deities, etc., to make subject. acA’K^’gv
mfiah-hog spyod-pahi hbans subjects
brought under control;
sdig-pa hbah-shig la spyod-pa utterly subject
to sin;	sa-hog-spyod subject to
earth; sf^gS subject to heaven. 3. to
make use of, to employ, to enjoy:
Xе* ba-glan nin-par to use an ox during
the day (for ploughing) (Dzl.) ;
8S^’ even if one has long enjoyed
well-being;	Ions spyod-pa, to
enjoy, to use,’have the benefit of;
85’4 bud-med la spyod-pa to cohabit with a
woman (Dzl.) ;	log-par spyod-pa
to violate (a woman);	dga-
rngur-spyod-pa, very frq. to enjoy a
woman. 4. to arrive at the third stage
of mystic meditation, to complete or
consummate meditation, very frq.;
^'85 meditative exercises.
II: 1. фч ^Tfbr, ’ЧЧП 1. a deed,
perpetrated action ; a practice, the accom-
plishing of any action. 2. an object at
tained, thing dnoe, esp. the third stage
of mystic meditation or “ consummation
which implies expertness and that the end
aimed at has been gained:	con-
templation and consummation being dis-
entangled one from the other. 3. duty;
also conduct, mode, manner: g\w Spyod-
809	||
lam also spyod-tshul behaviour; 4
nan or nes-spyod bad actions, W bzaft
or legs-tpyod good actions (Cs.);
g^q-^q-q §pyod-pa sbib-pa ‘ the strict monas-
tic walk ;	spyod-pa rtsin-wa rude,
rough, in manners (Glr.);
of an extremely variable conduct.
de-у aft dan-po rnal-hbyor-gyi
$pgod-pa§ chags-can-gyi gdul-bya yid daft-
wa hdren-pahi phyir moreover because it
was the duty of a Naljor first to draw into
purity of disposition such of the sensual
as were destined for conversion;
spyod-pa rgya-che	magnanimity,
noble behaviour.	spyod-pa
mi-gsal-wa	[awkward practice]#,
jfcqu^x* spyod-pa yaft-ftam=wr&
las-kyi ipthah-grub-bam (asks the question)
whether you have accomplished all that
you had to do ?	spyod-pahi phun-
bu = groft-khyer a fortified town, a
city (Mnon.);	§pyod-bab$ rtse-
tnthun generous conduct; g\^ spyod-pa
manners, $pyod-ldan accomplished,
courteous, polite;	ill-mannered,
rude, uneputh.
g\q$pyod-pa b$du$-pahi sgron-
ma n. of a work written by Atis'a.
(A. 11).	gsan-§nag§-kyi
$pyod-pa a mystic cult of the Buddhists;
in which there are three stages:
$рго$-Ьса$,	$pro$-med,
<pn-tu $рго$-те$.
g\*q*q $pyod-pa-pa (чд«гчд*[*гд\ч<^т
*5^'q) a Yogi* one who practises mysticism.
spyod-byed-ma a woman.
[a religious men-
dicant, a naked devotee}#.
ifc’S'4 $pyod-yul fapro sphere of
activity:	mthoft-wahi spyod-yul
range of vision ; gv*jwS)yq spyod-yul ma-
y in-pa	[a place which is not fit
for thinking upon]#.
q,g’, according to the Dultca, the five places
with which one should have nothing to
do :—(1) Кчrol-mohi gnas the place
of music; (2)	smad-fytshoft
mahi-gnas a public house ; (3)
rygal-pohi pho-braft hkhor-gyi
the palace gate; (4)	rigs-ft an
gyi-gnas the residence of low persons ; (5)
ле.chan-htshoft-mahi gnas grog-
shop kept by a woman, a brothel (K.
da. 56).
$РУ°п or ifa 4 spyon-pa resp. form
of byon-pat C^’g^ tshur-spyon come
here, pray come (fiag.).
3^’q зруот-ра^^ц smod-pa slander;
also vb. with pf. spyoms to boast, to
exhibit with ostentation; sbst. spyoms
self-praise, boasting (Jd.);
Spyoms-daft bcas ma-byaho you must not be
boastful.
^yas-;M=q^<vq'ifa’q bkah-
bkyon-pa	to reprove, to remons-
trate with.
Ц Spra (ta) (K. du. S, 111) a species
of monkey with black face, and a tail as
long as its body, the langur;
§pra-dan sprehu-yan rtsal-che) the
larger and smaller species of monkey
are very agile; $pra-mo; U’S’l spra-
phrug young langur; the gray species is
called §’51^ white ta.
g*aei §pra-chal=^^§5\ hgyur-byed нте
[changeable, moving about, trembling]#.
103
gs-4|
810
Brqi
g?9! spra-thog a medicinal herb: g?9)'
Q’4 §pra-wa 1. vegetable-tinder. 2.
also g*4’g’«, ornament, decorations. 3. vb.
pf. gN $pra§9 imp. if** $pro$ to adorn, to
decorate; rgyan-gyi$ with ornaments.
$pra-wahi ж-tog [species
of tree, Aeschynomeue grandiflora\S.
zpra-tMl [1. boiled rice.
2. bee’s wax]8. g’3*r§9|qwiH’e’^'q3’’K
g*’3 $pran-po a beggar;
rd*u$-mahi $pran-po a sham beggar;
gvifft sprafi-rgan an old beggar; g^’^ low
boggar; g^'^ ^ргаЯ-qog coarse and inferior
paper.	$prafl-po hu puhi
rgyal-nag a kind of rope ; also n. of a
demon ^‘^4 lha-hdre) {Deb, % 14)-
Syn.	$lon-mo-pa; mu-tto-
tea; lam-pa;	lag-rkyon ; Xtf*
don-fydod-pa; eolloq.	$lofi-
rpkhan (Mnon.).
gVF tprad-kha register or list of things
or of revenue received (Rtsii.).
§prad-pa I. 1. to give, bestow,
deliver, confer; resp. term forgnan.
Q|4I'4'5'g5 pray hand over! 2.
monkey.
1^’411: used for to meet, to come
across: w5'ygvq pha§ pho-па sprad-pa
the father met the envoy (K. du. S, 261).
Sprat 1. n. of a place in
JJphan-yul in Tibet. д«г$’д$*ч^’ Sprat-kyi
brahi-than birthplace of To-tca Rin-chen
gsal (a pupil of Bromston in Jlphan-yul
(Lofi. -3, 2.). 2. = rgyan ornament
(MHon.).
g*4'4 sprat-pa 1.
variegated, bedecked. 2. enumerated:
I have
enumerated the thirty-two names of Bud-
dha (Surafi. J). 3.=^wi b$grim$-pa also
4^’4 bkod-pa Tfcci.
c\
tpri cream.
fl’t	Spri-tfi Mar-dsa-ya-la Si-
cken n. of the emperor of China during
whose reign Buddhism was introduced into
that country, acc. to Chinese accounts (Ja.).
+ Ц’И’ЧМ $prig-ka gan-dha 1. n. of
a bird of the land of Asura (IT. d. % 15.),
2. [адепте a kind of mixed scent=the
scent of tho plant Trigonella cenmiculata~\S.
ex
$prin-wa (=qfc*4) pf. tprifa
to send a message, to give information, to
send word; tprift tidings (Dzl.); j^'erar
I shall send a reply to the
king (K. du. 5, 261-306); J^’MVsTaT4’
gc.N'4 rgya-gar-du sfion-gyi
$lob-dpon-r»ams-la yi-ge sprlfis-pa he des-
patched a letter to his former teachers in
India; B? she§-^priH-fio so I sent him
word;	spri^-b^hul ЯФШ [servant,
messenger] 8;	$prin$-yig letter,
epistle.
sprin or l<Vq sprin-pa НП,
ntipn, sjbgjt, a cloud: tKI
tprin-gyi gseb-nashoxn between	the
clouds; ’O^gV^V^fl4^ rgya-
bal gnis-na mu-де sprtn bshin-du' hkhrigs
famine enfolded like a cloud both India
and Nepal (Pth.);	darken-
ing the heavens with clouds; hzah-
tprin cloud tinged with rain-bow colours ;
Iho-sprin a southern cloud;
tprin-phun, sprin-tshogs an accumula-
tion of clouds; ^’3’5’? sprin-gyi pho-fra
the cloud messenger, Meghaduta, a
Sanskrit poem by Kalidasa.
Syn.	du-wahi. $kye-gna§;
J*i'rpkhahi-rgyal nitshan*9
811

chu-yi bshon-pa;	tsha-zer hjom$;
ka-dam-pasan; <Jpr*4R(Vg]*’ nam-
mkhahi glifl\	rluft-gi ftn-rta*
mkhah-gos can;	$gra-
Idan parma-ni; ^«’^5’д^25 nam-mkhahi
glafi-po;	mkhah-kt rgyu;
chu-hdsin ;	nani-mkhahi ta-ma-
la; glog-ldan; chu sprin-pa
(Mfion.).
§prin-dkar-po rgyu-ica n. of
a mountain in Uttara kuru (7Г. d. \ 305).
Sprin-dkar po-shes
bya-wahi $na$ a grove in the mountain of
Samkas'a in Uttara kuru (A", d. \ 299).
$prin-$kye$ as met. = thunder.
9-laii‘po an epithet of
Airavata the elephant of Indra (Mfion.).
sprin-gyi rgyu the sources of rain,
vapour and humid air.
$prin-gyi bya — QQ^ cha-bya gag
{Mnon.).
$prin-gyi sni^-po=l4'^ ga-lntr
ч«1«тч., чт, camphor.
M<q $prin-gyi rdo-wa [hail,
thunderbolt]#.
I'YjA’?4) sprin-gyi me-tog snow flakes
[^Я’я? lit. “cloud-blossom”; water or
had.]#.
§prin-gyi me-po che met. the
thunder {J^tion.).
§prin-gyimyu-gu water {Мй<т.).
sprin-gyi rba-can or ^’3’^’
$tar-bu$in {fijdlon.).
B<¥9‘114l*r’5<’i Sprin-gyi fug$-can n. of an
angel, Devaputra {K. g. % 523).
ffrS'l4! tyrin-gyl $geg met. peacock
{Id^on.).
В35'§’|ч1'я sprin-gyi kug-ma=JsR glog
lightning (Жом.).
Ejaj	$prin-mgo	=
sog-pahi me-lon (myst.) (Jfzn. 4)*
sprin-bcud as met.=rain.
$prin-chen char-hbeb$
cho-ga a religious service for rain to fall.
|<Y><Y^c/q Sprin-chen-snin-po, i. e., Maha
meghagarbha, seems to be the n. of a Bodhi-
sattwa or else of a demon.
sprin-hdegs [the bird
Chiculus melanoleiiciis\S. $<4'5 khug-rta, t|v
sprin-la $lon {Mnon.).
$prin-la dgah as met. a peacock.
$prin-la-slofi=13%$ khug-rta
£the bird Cuciilus mclanoleucus\S.
sprin-dag-pa fog frog] S.
§prin-ldan-ma [enveloped
in clouds]#. As met. = peacock.
sprin-dmar>	[1. plants
such as Trichosanthes diceca y Laffa acutan-
gula, etc. 2. a moonlight nightj#.
sprin-stsa-ua	the root
of long pepper.
sprin-gsar met. ink.
qprib&pa to be hungry (Sch.).
C\
spvis or spris-ma scum, con-
gealed grease floating on gravy or soup;
also cream; id.
д-ч spru-wa or spru-ma hellebore ;
fJ’ST* spru-dkar white species of it.
ijwv i v
hellebore cures plague, fever, worms and
leprosy, also stops bleeding.
§4'4 sprug-pa^fyz phyi-iva
splitting, opening, blowing.
812
tprug язтн residence in a foreign
country.
+ Sprug-pa l.=*Vq zad-pa,
wasting, consuming. 2. pf. and imp.
g^ ^ru/ys, to shake, to shake off, to
beat out, c.y.jdust; rdul-tsub to raise,
whirl up dust; ^prgq]'Shrgyq 1и$-$ргнд st I
byed-pa to shake one’s self ^usedof horses).
3. to bestir one’s self, to bustle. g^
$piugs-bsig$	[falling asunder]®.
§prul-$ku	an incarnate
being, generally a lama; a personage in
whom the emanation from some deity or
by-gone saint is present in an occult
manner. A lama thus possessed is styled
a Tul-кч and usually occupies some high
office to which only the particular indivi-
dual into which the emanation has passed
can succeed. Mongol equiv. is Khubilgan.
$prul-$ku gm the three in-
carnate beings:—’5’$> Rgyal-srag
Rin-po ehe of lion,	Sem$-
dpah Rin-po ehe of Lo, and
Mthoft-ica Rin-po eh^ of	St ад-1 и fi
who ore known as the three incarnate
beings of Tibet, and are eaid to have
appeared in Tibet for a scries of years.
1. a phantom, a dis-
embodied spirit, a ghost from the Bardo ;
emanation;	yyan-sprul emanation
of tho second degree, i.e., ono emanation
going forth from another ; uin-sprul
or	gsuni-tprul an emanation of
the third* degree (/77/.) ; рт,£^ §prul~pa
hgyed-pa to let emanations go forth ; gw
sprul-pa mkhyen-pa to be an adept
in the art of producing miraculous
apparitions (Jd.).	sprul-pa
$prul-byed 1и*ит<п the inventor, the trans-
former, maker; also anything made or in-
vented.	thams-cad $prul-
par hdug-pa these were all metamorphoses,
mocking phantoms (Glr.), gw^jerZj $prttl-
pahi rgyal-po phantom king. 2. a miracle-
worker. 3.	$gyu-ma Ita-bu
“as if an illusion ”) to appear to change, to
transform one’s self, to cause illusions,
to alter an object by magic. д«цч?*адц
§prul-pahi-thabt tho power of miraculous
transformation ; jugglery.
g^Q’^S $prul-pa ben the ten sublime
illusions workable by Bodhisattvas are :—
(1)	evolving animate
beings ; (2) -ця’Ч^дч’Ч creation of astro-
logical mansions; (3)	inven-
tion of religious doctrines ; (4)
д*чч formation of bodily famine; (5)
fi’wjfrwgЧЧ dream-illusions; (6) gs*^’
illusions as to some sphere of
activity; (7) «T-?pnj»wgw exhibition of
feats of fore-knowledge ; (8)
д'чч appearance as of transcendental
learning; (9) Г*д'5ЦЯ'ч*|‘4'4 exhibition
of miracles; (10) jfwapr^gw exhibition
of feats of strength.
g^'2! $prul-po 1. phantom. 2. n. of a
Kinnara Baja (K. g. 54, 523).
$prul-yafi-g§aft or
a mystical form of Bon divinity
(D.R.).
Syn. Я’^Л’5 $gra-can RaJtu (MfionX
$pre or g^ sprehu	Vft,
monkey in general,	3prehubf-gna$
faifaw the abode of monkeys, n. of a
particular forest in Mysore.
Syn.	yal-gahi ri-dicag$ ;
gner-mahi gdon; hpharjigro;
rgyug-rpcho^\	sahi fpjug-
tp’SH!	813
та;	rlufi-gi bu-rgyud ; wt-
dan hdra ; ma-rga-ra {Mfton.).
|’*т|§п|Лло| spre-gshug re-ral (mystic)
грш, [ape, monkey]#.
jf^4! Sprel~^lag one of the thirty-six
border countries of ancient India {Ya-sei.
38).
$pro-wa	[to ex-
pand, to get air, to receive scent]#,
pf. spro$ (acc. to Jd. is the transitive
of ^q=to make go out, to disperse,
to spread) ; gen. however intransitive:
1. to go out, to proceed, to spread, of
rays of light, of tho wind; fig. to enlarge
upon, by way of explaining,
gcig-la§ §pro$-pa {Was. 115), enlarging
(proceeding) from the number one in an
ascending progression of numbers ;
g'g	Я emanations had been diffu-
sed liko rays of light. 2. to feel energy
for, incline towards; to delight in, rejoice
at:	feel little inclination
for doing anything;	$pro-war
hgyur-ica to get cheerful, to be merry
{Mil.).	3.	sbst. joy,
energy, cheerfulness:	spro-tva
$kyed-pa to feel joy, pleasure {Dzl.);
spro-san-ica great joy ; $pro-fi~
u*a ‘not to be joyful/ lit. the dying of
joy.	§pro-wa	hphel-wa (§f‘$*w)
to encourage, inspire, incite;
increase of pleasure, enthusiasm:
in this sect my enthusiasm
increased (Ха/-$л.). $pro-rim-pa to
increase or become more and more by
degrees.	spro-bsrins,
[consoled]#.:	the
prince consoled the queen {Yig. 18).
8prog-ina	spro§ kyi
sprog-ma little box for frankincense {Ja.).
sprog-shu v. phrog {Jd.).
sprod-deb-pa to give accounts of
articles, money, etc., making over of an
office or duty:	’ojwq'Vsprwi
{Rtsii.).
sprod 5’^’SI^’^ тенг*=г adv. presently,
immediately; lit. existing time.
sprod-pa secondary form tho
vb. a. of 1- to bring together, to put
together, to make to meet:
ftahi-bla ma-la §prod-ds> we will bring you
together with our lama {Mil.) ; so also
resp.....gnis-shal sprod-
mdsad-pa ; in another passage ^’5^
prob, means sitting exactly oppo-
site to one another ;	bdag-cag
§pvod-cig bring about a meeting between
our two parties ! Яor ЭД’З? to meet in
a battle ; WF Ma., to put the edges of the
swords together ;	mtheb sprod-pa
to put the finger to the bow-string. 2. to
deliver a letter, message {Pth.); spar-
mor, lag-tu to put into one’s hand;
to set, to put, to propose. 3. to pay (cf.
hphrod-pa), phyir-zprod-pa to
repay. 4. 2fjjVq fto $prod-pa to explain,
don-dan $proJ-pa=Q*ffiq brda-
sprod-pa to explain, to describe v. q$ brda~]
(extracted from Jd.) jjS Й sprod htham-
mo qfbuqi [technicality]#. $prod-de
рг.яяг [having come out]#. §5’5^* $prod-
dpan witness of receipt of things and of
loan given.	§prod-ho§ worthy or
fit to be given.
$pro$-pa	[creation]#.
{A. K. 111-1). 2. (^) яте, iwh [expres-
sion, exhibition, illusion]#.

814

$pro$-pa 1. pf. of §pro-tca.
2. business, employment, activity;
spros-pa can busy, employed, occupied ; I*’
$pro$ id.; and	spiritual
and secular business (Ja.). 3. occurs in
чгж [not expanded, real, honest, pure]5.
$pro$-med-pa or $pro9-bral tho
statoof an absolute inactivity (Pth.):
(Л. 78).
§pro$~mcg-snan-shu an indiffe-
rent application or prayer.	Хч'
’S»i-gN-qq the formal piety and the
absolute piety. In the first a devetee has
to make offerings, recite mantras, etc.; in
the latter ho has only to meditate doing
nothing more for the attainment of
Nirvana.
$pro$-gzan the allowance that is
given by miser and other tenants towards
tho maintenance of men and horses kept
for service of the Government (Rtsii.).

Ц 1: pha 1. the fourteenth letter of the
Tibetan alphabet corresponding in sound
to of the Nagri alphabet, and heard
in a measure in the ph of uphill, loophole,
etc; 2. num. figure’: 14.
Ч II: mystically:
'if it is a symbol of all things
its effects not being dependent on ima-
gination (Shum. % 282, 283).
% III: ftcU, «лиг, ЩгГ father; the
colloq. form being w*®* a-pha, in TF. also wy
Also=male:	pha-glan bull, ^’5 pha-rta
stallion, pha-phag boar, pha-ra he-
goat, buck.	pha-spad— ^'5^’3 pha-daft-
bu father and son or father and daughter;
®ffl pha-spun brothers by the same father;
w pha-ma parents, father and mother;
*’^’9 a posthumous child or one born
after its father’s death (Sch.); patri-
mony* вгя’вгддгч respect to parents;
brothers and sisters born of same
parents. afwSj’g gon of good parentage,
extraction ; (lit. father as sandal
wood) pure blood, blue blood,
inheritance; heritage (lit. father’s effects
and estates the son inherits). pha-yan
or step-father, foster-father;
pha-yul father-land, native country:
(5jv«) love of one’s country.
pha-bsad-pa	murderer of
one’s father;	phabi-gdon§-po
patrimony; phahi-pha fcranre in colloq.
grand-father; w^phahi-bib 5%son, worthy
вод; phahi-ma fucTTH^ grandmother,
her mother	phahi
lofi$-spyod-la phan-pa fcnufhffa: one who
enjoys his paternal fortune, enjoying a
father’s property.
er5»r<rw*rjq Pha-dam-pa safi$-rgya$ an
Indian who visited Tibet and founded the
Shi-byed-pa Tantrik school. According to
legendary accounts he paid seven visits
to Tibet in one of which he is said to have
miraculously proceeded to China. The
chief of his disciples was the famous
dtfa-gcig lab-$gron who founded the
monastery of Saft-ri EJiamar on the Yeru
Tsang-po in Lho-kha. Phadampa founded
the monastery of Dln-ri slaft-gor:
the monastery
founded by him is to the north east of the
(snowy mountain of) Lab-phyi (now
called Mt. Everest) (J. Zaft.).
pha-maki-don the interest
or welfare of one’s parents [the food or
oblation offered to the spirits of deceased
ancestors]/?.
^^'^pha-mahi-mdo Sutra on the sub-
ject of the duties of a son to his parents,
etc. (JT. d. «1, 266).
pha-mift tho friends and relations
of a bride;	tho friends
and relations of the bride at tho time of
sending her away;	he
invited tho relations of his wife’s side
816
и-йя pha-mes 'bj* paternal ances-
tors :	ая'ХЛ^ f°r the defunct ances-
tors (Vai. §n.);	pha-me$-$kab§ fan
of the time of one’s ancestors. 2. (X*)
kht<h [eternal] &
pha-»w$ nags any cemetery.
Syn. dur-khrod}	ro-yi-
gnas (Mnon.).
мйнч pha-mes-pa farjl [belonging to
ancestors] S.
pha-tshan paternal relations ;
phahi-sde father’s kindrod, also class.
g	7) the minis-
ters are great as paternal relatives of the
devil. pha-tshan-che of noble extrac-
tion or birth:	rgyal-po pha-
t shan-che tho king was of noble pedigree
(J. ^).
4pha-gshi ancestral property, heri-
tage.
phar-hdsin-pa [one who
knows his ancestors]^.	phar
mi-hdsiti-pa one who does not know his
ancestors.
Ч IV: beyond, farther on ; А'Ч] the
opposite side; A’4* adv. on or to the
opposite side	having gone to
the opposite bank or shore; A’9j pha-gi
yonder, there (opp. to y9| ha-gi just here);
from there or yonder; иЗ] stand
there; that mountain yonder; a'Sa
there, thither; ч’йггИ'Хч, A**m the other
end, the other boundary; иячч*^ without
boundary, endless (Cs.); a Jspj pha-phyogs
C. = « *4 pha-ga ; A'^ pha-tshad or pha-
zad a space, a distance;	a bit
further on;	from there going
on some distance ; A^v&ygAXfl^ stepping
a little space aside (Ja.).
2fV||
M’j&i pha-khol [obstacle]^.
v^pha-gu [ScA. 1. wall; edge, border;
2.	tile] Jd.
м pha-tift in JV. sweot dried apricots;
in C.	rnnah-ris khani-bu (Jd.).
M pha-mthar §grol as met. boat.
apha-thel—*’^ pha-гоЦ adv. A‘W^
pha-thel-du: V?(A. 30).
pha-nor patrimony; also burnt
brick.
а’аХчЛ*! pha-wa dgo-dgo
sdug-hdrehi thafi-khug) (Nag.) puff-ball,
bull-fist (Vai. §fi.).
+ a^ pha-bi=^'^ pha-rol.
a’5a- pha-boft (in Ld. a'5v) a largo
boulder or block of rock; a boulder-liko
mass: йЧ*а ^a^j w^^v^ajcjujc.’ al.
though four massive lumps of bronze were
cast to the bottom of the sea as anchors
(A. 92).	(Med).
Pha-boti-ka n. of monastery situated
on a hugo rock north of Lhasa (Rtsii).
A' J*pha-rtse = av j^r Aphar skyal-wa (Yig.
k. 88).
a’3 2>Aa-/sAc = 5AH4| rgyab-khug a bag, a
sack, alms-bag carried by mendicants;
JM in-
side a bag there was a picture of tho
Buddhas of the three ages.
м ча* pha-waH	a bat
of any species—the general term .* a
o)o|-the flosh of bat stops vomiting.
Syn.	lpag$-pahi hdab-can;
khyim-du hgro*
5*Хч|*^-?5 Ьуа-rog dgra-bo',
mtshan-du$ rgyu-wa (Мйоп.).
аач| pha-rag 1. breeding-buck. 2. v.
wa phar-pa (Ja.). 3. n. of a section in
the Dapung monastery (Lon. 16). 4. n.
of a place in Kham$.*
cr^.E’1	817	2fX<2r^3j|
W pha-raft 1. also 8^* from Feringhi
a man of European race. 2. vulg. vene-
real disease (Ja.).
И’Ч pha-ri 1. in Lh. a coarse covering
or carpet. 2. for	the mountains
on the other side ; yonder mountain.
m'Kqi pha-rol 1. the other, ЧХ<Ч, 4Xt^,
ЧТХ; also defined as ’KWflflX4 other than
self, one’s neighbour; и’Хч'Зto take
away a neighbour’s property ; m'Xqi з’^ч
another’s property or things. 2. an
outsider, an enemy, the opposer; the
enemy of man’s peace. But more frq.
occurs as	3, rpxfa that beyond,
the next world; и’Хч'чх чх^ЧЧ ЧНЧ
gone to the next or other world (Л. N
111* 20). 4. for M’Xorg pha-rol-tu adv.
beyond, outside, abroad: Й5у
when you go
out abroad you walk on foot alone
without a companion or a horse (Л. 7);
M’K«r£‘Xai this side and that side ; И’Хогчрх
pha-rol-hkhor further bank or side ;
pha-rol-hk hor-wa ЧХЧЧ»; the enemy’s
designs, machinations, enemy’s advice
[4KWX the further and the nearer bank
or shore]#. ;	pha-rol-gyi go-wa
the space or sphere beyond;
ph-rol-gyi-du$ ЧХФКЯ time after death.
pha-rol-gyi dmag-tshog$
4X44i the enemy’s troops; и
QKQF'i) pha-rol-gyi zla-dan mthun-par byas-te
ЧХМЧТччгч [acting in obedience to the
enemyn#.	pha-rol-bgrod чгх1ч
[being on the other shore]S.
pha-rol lHa-xoahi lam u^4 444 the way to
the fifth stage of humanity, »>., death,
the five stages being the following : S**’4
byi$-pa boyhood, их# lafi-tsho youth, 5x4
dar-ma adult age or manhood, rga$-pa
old age, xlq hchi-ica death:
<wx;*r§x'$4 (Yig. k. 80). [4W1
may also be interpreted as tho state of
being dissolved into the five elements at
death]#.	pha-rol hjig-rten
ЧХ^Н [next existence от the other
world] S.
pha-rol-tu beyond, to the other
side ;	sog§-kyi pha-rol-tu
to the other or the further side of a river,
etc.
pha-rol-tu phyin-pa to get to
the other side; in Budh. crossing to the
other side of this life, etc., «>., to Nirvana.
Gen. as sbst.= 4ixfa<n [lit. absolute trans-
cendental virtue]#.	pha-
rol tu phyin-pa Inahi-mdo the Sutra on the
five transcendental virtues, viz:	shy in-
pa чти (charity),	tshul-khrims
(morality), zod-pa жОн (patience
and forgiveness),	brtson-hgrus
(industry and assiduity) and bsam-
gtan ьцтн (meditation or Dhyand). To
these five virtues is added Prajha (^'xq
qes-rab) wisdom. These six are called
их'3^'^ phar-phyin drug, or
p>ha-rol-tu phyin-pa drug the six transcen-
dental virtues* In the later development
of the Mai ayana doctrine ten Paramita
were formed by the addition to the above
six of the following four : wwthabs (means
or resource),	^mon-lam (prayer or
prani-dhana), §tob$ (fortitude or moral
strength), and	ye-$e§ (divine know-
ledge).
и’Х«г§'pha-rol-tu kha phyog$-pa to
go beyond, to look beyond or outside, to
go against, to act in opposition to, also to
contradict.
«rX«rq^ pha-rol-brien ччют [the ex-
cellent refuge]#.
104
2R|
818
*Я]’4|
ы Хч йpha-rol Itar mi-^nan ($’*w
5'й'Л) (ЛМом.) tho limit of the wide ex-
panse of water is very distant.
ы pha-rol-gdun 4X^4 [enemies
tormented; a conqueror ; n. of a king of
Magadha mentioned by Kalidasa in his
Raghuvamsa]#.
pha-rolhdod-pa ono who thinks
of tho next world or existence, a Rishi.
Syn. dran-sron;	dge-wa
$lon {Mnon.).
pha-rol-brduft§	[sub-
duer of enemies, a victor]#.
pha-rol-na ago, on tho other side,
beyond.
ыХогяХ^ pha-rol-gnon a hero, a warrior
who vanquishes the enemy. ьгХ'Ч’яХ^’4
pha-rol gnon-pa — ^W%^ pha-rol rtul-wa
to vanquish tho enemy.
йгХщ’сця^ pha-rol brnog$ hidden adver-
sary.
ы Хч ч pha-rol-pa ono living on the other
side, an outsider, a foreigner; ^’Xq’q pha-
rol-po an enomy, foe; ьгХ'агЩгgorq pha-rol-
pohi rgyal-po tho hostile king;
pha-rol-pohi dtnag hostile army.
pha-rol mi-mnon the ocean.
Syn.	rgya-mtsho chen-po
{Mnon.}.
ы’Хч’^’Ч pha-rol bslu-wa w deceiv-
ing others by jugglery [magic, illusion]#.
bfHjom рЬа-1од$=Ц'*я pha-rol.
4ЧЦ pha-la 1. w fruit {Jd.). 2. n.
of ono of the old families of Tibet from
among tho representatives of which gene-
rals are appointed. They have estates in
Tsang and Yarlung and generally reside
at the Gyankhar castle near the town of
.Gyan-tse. Pha-la-tshan the family
of Shabpe Phala in Tsang,
pha-lam or	a dia-
mond.
an epithet of Parasura -
ma (Mnon.).
4’5) pha-li shield, buckler.
44]	phag that which is hidden or secret,
that which lies in between; a hidden part,
interstice:	$go-phag-na$ fyltas-
pas having spied from the crevice of the
door; чч]bag-mahi phag-iu nal
slept in tho embrace of the bride {Jig. 86).
««[•«ж secret path.
44]’4 phag.pa	зхтт a
boar, hog, pig. Syn. ЗМЯ grofi-phag\
4-qc. q j fyan-wa-za; ^Я phag-pa chnn-
fin; {Mnon.).	phag-pahi §na
tho pig’s snout; ^Я’ЯЯА^’ phag-gi gdon
a pig’s face; Ч*«я pho-phag male hog not
castrated ; % мч| mo-phag sow. ^ЯЗ^ phag-
krum=w\-*\ phag-fa pork: ^Т»Я‘*^’я9*г
<^-вд]л]ы{Yig.). «Я’Вphag-khyu
a herd of swine; ^Я’^ phag-mchu a hog;
phag-rnche boar’s tusks; ЫЯ’^’^Я
is said to be: boar’s tail; ^Яhog’s
bristle.
Syn. *^Я sa-^log; sa-hjom§\
^’g man-du-§kye\ ^Я^л nag$-hi-ra\ ф
nur-sgra-ean ; mehu-rin;
§pu-ren$;	hkhor-lohi $na-can ;
mehe-wa-can {Mnon.).
ЫЯ'^Я phag-mgo a mineral medicine (^’
8^ rdo-^nan) a stone : *Я
(Med.) ; |^Я’*^5^‘*’'Ч’*’Я*ГЧ
(A. 4).
ЫЯ 3^’ Phag-gun n. of a district in Tibet
(Rfsu.);	phag-gun rdson the chief
town of Phag-gung district.
^Я’З Phag^gru or ^Яphag-mo gru n.
of a .district in the province of Lhokha.
819

«qj'frgp jyhag-wo gru-pa n. of a celebrated
lama who founded the monastery of
Gdan-sa mt hit (Lon. % 5).
phag-rgod	wild boar.
phag-mo 1. a sow;
Dorje Phagmo the diamond sow?
a Buddhist goddess believed to be incarna-
ted as the abbess of the monastery of
Samding in Central Tibet. 3.
[a kind of plant] S', v. ^‘1 rdo-rje.
мд] phag-shag (lit. hog’s day) it occurs
twelve days after the summer solstice when
if it rains the water becomes bad and poi-
sonous (Rtsii.}.
phag-sho weight of 31 sho (Yig.).
phag-zur,	gser-
gyi phag-zur gsum-gyis.
-q phag-ga pork.
phag-rags ramparts, intrench-
men t.
phag-ri and phag-ri rdson
n. of a fort and frontier station of Tibet
situated on the confines of Tibet, Bhutan,
and Sikkim (Rtsii.) :	to
the west is Phagri-lung (Kathan. П, 118).
swfQic/q phag lan-pa = ty'^'^' myu-gu gin
reed-bamboo (in mysticism) (HJin-rda. k).
phag-sug-ma a kind of small
table used as dining table by Tibetan
lamas and noblemen, with legs resembling
those of a pig. ‘3,ад|,дч|,я cog-tse-phag-
sug-ma (J. 27).
^1 ,fiw| phag-phag [the name given in
Pur. to Co doiiop sis ovata, the thick roots
of which plant are cooked like turnips or
ground and baked] (Jd.).
phan for hphan 1. ^‘9 phan-
bu or ^’^phan-ma spindle (Cs.). 2. in
я’ьк/ Yltsho-ma phan seems to bo equal to
3. v. pan. j)han-kheb^^
jfc* pan-kheb.
2)han-mkhan = (^|**’M) weaver’s
caste. Mk ®	hkhorJo	[a
wheel] S.
ЧК’Ц phan-wa 'ЭТО, pf. probably
phon$-pa, to save, to spare, to use
economy:	srog phan-wa to spare
one’s life;	to give without
stint; caretui disposition;
thrifty, frugal (Jd.)	lap, embrace,
gr^j = tbe hip, lap]&
ph&n~2)hun = wJ^' or bit
by bit, piece by piece; also=^’^J rdog-
rdog patched (Yig.)	phah-phan-da
— adv. in patches (Yig.).
2}han-ma 1- = 6^'3. 2. a medicinal
plant (Med.).
I: phans-pa loss:
sjz;srq a-kha phan$-pa alas so much loss !
alas, to aban-
don it would be indeed a loss, affection
would not forsake it (A. 11).
phans-mod (vulg.)	hphro-lhag the
excess of anything, anything that is
thrown out when not required.
WW:	[n. of a Brahman
whom Buddha met on his way to
BenaresJS.
phat is a very powerful and effica-
cious ejaculation used in mantras for the
destruction and suppression of evil spirits.
In Milaraspa the writer expounds this
mystic syllable thus: “Outwardly phat
is the condensation of the items of
Discriminative Perception, or their amal-
gamation- when those items have been
820
^1
too minutely subdivided and scattered;
inwardly, phat is the revival of one’s
sinking soul; rationally, phat is the classifi-
cation of things according to their pri-
mary nature.”
%£\phad $5) 1. a largo bag or sack of
hair or cotton cloth:	the bottom of
a sack; a full sack; a sackful;
an empty sack; ««S’g phad-bu a small
handbag to contain trifles such as tea-
cups, saucors, etc.: «tVHS’yrgw*^|phad-
buhi thum-thum shig khur (Lam-rim. 139).
phad-tse a sack made of yak-hair or
yak-tail hair. ^5'^ sacking; «S’* very
coarse sack-cloth (Jd.). 2. sting in the
tail of a scorpion [also WM3i=curl,
lock]$.
43j I: phan a tassel, fringe, hanging
ribands, etc.
43) П : postp. until; id. Also in
the combination phan-chad or «Ц'^5
phan-chod postp. = beyond, further than,
as far as, until : 5 up till now;
C. do not go any further than that
pl ace.
«Ц’ЗЙ phan-t shun	to and
fro, over and across, hither and thither;
one another. phan-tshun [w< split-
ting, junction,	following, connec-
tion,	TOH each other, ono ano-
ther]^.	phan-tshun hgrogs-
pa to hold to one another, to associate.
phan-tshun rgyud-pa to twist,
to string together.	phan-
tshun-du hgro-wa to walk to and fro, there
and back;	to push hither and
thither;	words of mutual
friendship (Glr.) ;	5pPT$4|Qr«iч|’
S’l’SV4»	1 mutual corres-
pondence, mutual greetings, mutual
^1
encroachment; *^*gKq^q<q to compare
with one another, to mix one with the
other (Zam.).	on each
of the two shores of lake Ma-pham,
(Mil.);	phan-tshun thor-wa to
scatter, to disperse. «4
*3^ between friends accustomed to one
another there is good agreement; «Ц’Й’
E|5 phan-tshun-§prdd to exchange mutually,
mutual exchange.
phan-dil round open metal pot of
all sizes, a dcgchi, the common cooking
vessel in Tibet and India; phan-
chuA a small cooking vessel.
phan-phun n. of a very large
numeral (Ya-sel. 57).
phan-phun-du gyur-pa—^’
to disagree, not to be in accord or
agreement.
43)'4 phan-pa 1. fact,	to
benefit, to be of use, to bo useful:
‘й’М that is of no use to me;
this son will hardly be useful to
me (Jd.). «Ц’ч and ^ySj^q adj. useful:
a useful thing, valuable posses-
sion, frq.;	after
all it is of no use to me in my misery
(Dzl.); чдп'З ^*q5 a wholesome instruc-
tive word (Glr.);	useful advice
(Dzl.). 2. {TH, w?!, зга, (Л. JT.
1-20) use, utility, benefit; force, victory,
ability; also «Ч’Хя4 usoful, profit-
able, «Ц’дч’ч to be useful;	to
befit, suit;	serviceable, of good
effect, comfortable ; a comfort, blessing;
merit. ьц-qr^w phan-pahi-sems bene-
volence, readiness to help;	phan
btag&pa and	the administration
of medicine to a sick-man:
ед
821
has done a useful work. Where
medicine does no good it is said of it:
Phan-yul and incorrectly
for llphan-yul and
ЧП
chan-rtsi yeast
(Mnon.). In Baltistan едя phab§.
ЧЦЧ phab-pa to bring down
едч ^ей-ncxj mar phab-pa), v. hbebs-
pa perf. ЗД phab fut. 544 dbab imp. ^phob.
(Rdo. 46).
ЧЛ’^П pham-rgyal—ад q pham-
pa dan rgyal-wa.
wwk’cr-ц Pham mthin-pa can n. of a
Buddhist of Nepal:
ям^к^'5 (Л. 87). ад^с/л Pham-mthin-гса
n. of two Buddhist priests of Nepal (Л.
86).
ад4* pham-pa, pf. of яад4* hpham-pa, q. r.
+ адед pham-phab=w
ч to give to some one the remainder of a
dish which one has not been able to eat.
phahu=w] pag.
Ч^ I; phar [sbst. exchange, interest of
money IF.] Jd.
Ч^ II: adv. away, beyond, out, fur-
ther ; to go off; ад’ядя’Ч to roam on-
wards :	away from here; ад
I do not go away; ад’Зк* go away ! Often
used in conjunction with £4 tshur hither,
when = hither and thither.
phar-hgre tshur-hgre rolling about on the
ground (<гогад’£Хчз)’Ч sa-la phar-tshur hgre-
tca). ад Ся phar-nos the other or opposite
side: ад£я	(D.R.)
ад* pha-la or ад’|^я phar-phyog^^ phar
beyond, further side.
ад^ phar-кап = мХя pha-rol or
pha-phyogs*.	(Л. 27).
ад’14 phar-kha=^’Хя pha-rol the oppo-
site side (of a valley, river, etc.).
ад’Р’^ phar-kha	gshan-du
phyog§ or phyin-ci log (Mnon.).
ад/4phar-kha-na = ад’”И phar-kan.
ад*я^ч) phar-hdsug and tshur-rgol
= sna-rgol and В phyi~rgol.
ад'ад phar-phar indirectly; also even-
tually, lat*r on: ад’ад'Я^^’3^’У< in-
directly his relations came to know.
ад phar-phyin abbr. of н’Хя’§ q
pha-rol-tu phyin-pa, v. я'Хя pha-rol.
ад’*5 phar-zad^'^S pha-zad.
ад’яphar-la 1. beyond: Йч^адя after
one year. 2. over there: ^’*|*$’Я’уад’я
over there at the foot of a tree (Hbrom.
106).
ад’Йо]phar-log tshur-log
topsy-turvy, upside-down ; all confused
together.
ад я phar-wa the lesser wild dog, Сион
primcevus; ад’д^’ phar-spyan Pallas’s wild-
dog, Cuon alpinns.
J phal-ga the river of Gaya
anciently called Nairanjana (Nilajan)
mentioned by the Chinese traveller Thang-
ning under the name of hphag^-chu.
4^’4 phal-pa—S^'^ dkyus-ma
common, usual, ordinary; that which
suits or is fitting for:	n
a more than ordinary beauty (Jd.) mi
or 4]E/,3q]a$q’q gan-zag phal-pa common
people, i.e.., so-so $kye-bo ordinary
people, not uncommon or incarnate in
origin;	рй phal-rnam§ common
trees (Mil.);	phal-pahi $kad the
language of common life, opp. to
cho^ka# book language; phal-btaA
822

ед I
— mi-hos-tsa/н unfit, unsuited, also
very common, w* s phal-che-wa
or w2j& a host, a troop, mass of
people; *)‘Sj\wq*^<q mi-rgod-phal-po che
shig a troop or sot of monsters (wild mon).
phal-po-che	a class of
Mahayana Sutra comprising six volumes
containing brief accounts of gods, demons
(К/tea), the sun-god	tho moon-
god (ыЦ Й5^), etc.; and also of tho
formation, dimensions, duration of tho
world; of the different Buddhas, Bodhi-
sattvas ; also of how and what to pray for,
etc.
phal-chcn $de-pa the Mahasam-
gika school of Buddhists.
wi*. phal-cher яти 1. usually, mostly
(Л. 7Г. 1-2J). 2. ^-q,	4ft
many, majority.
phal-can IK., broad, wide, e.y., a
broad valley; phal-med narrow.
phal-ku gani=^'^ $kye-wa. birth,
(mystic) (7Г. g. I4, 28).
pha$ instr, of by tho father;
*^’3^ pha§-$pitn children of one father.
phas-kyi-dgra ЯсЦиЫ [hostile,
opposed, enemy]#. wtfjqA pha? rgol-wa,
pha$-kyi rgol-гса	an
enemy; of the opposite side, of tho counter-
party (Ja.).	pha§ pham-pa bshi
the four fundamental sins:—or
impurity,	or stealing, or
killing, srarq or frivolous and irrelevant
talk.
pi [1. num. fig.: 44. 2. IT. for
B, for 3'4] Jd.
phi-lift or B'Sft’4 phyi glin-pa a
foreigner, one of the outer continent,
t.e., a European. The common term for
an Englishman.
phig-phig 1. adj. jelly-like.
2. a kind of jelly.
phin 1. a kind of vermicelli made
of pea flour and brought from China.
2. earthen-ware cup.
Phift-gi^ n. of a mountain in
South China where some of the finest tea
is produced (Jig. 16).
Ifc q or for B^’q-
to phib$ dome, canopy.
1. under a canopy or dome of a house.
2.	residence, house (Шоп.).
phir-wa in W. to fall down (Jd.)
phu the upper part of a sloping
valley; the higher ground. 3*3 phu-chu
river coming from above; 3’4**^ phu-
chuhi-rgyun the upland stream. З’^Ч^Лм-
lhag$ higher situated and colder places or
districts, opp. to rgya-$od open lower
and milder parts.
3‘2F< phu-gra§ an cider brother (Jd.).
phu-thag fyod-pa is described
as	to reflect on the real
meaning, not to make any mistake about
the real meaning of a thing: З'^ргЯ^’З*
^^5 there is doubt whore there is no
arriving at the real meaning (Rtsa-ti.
2). For derivation of phrase v. Jd. 3'44l’
phii-thag rift-thuft occurs in З^’4!^'
3*3^* phu-thuft or 3‘V’ phu-duft asleevo;
with short sleeves; 3V^ phu-dun rise
sleeve-edges; 3 V)^S phu-(duft) yod one
with sleeves, 3'^S phu-med sleeveless (shirt
or robe); 3 V phu-ruft sleeves:	w
(X120) in the morning
there was a fellow wearing long sleeves.
3 3^‘ p7zw-Z«4=3'V’ phu-duft a-sleeve.
9’3)!	823	W
+ 3’^5 jfl/w-cW honour, respect, esteem;
3 ^5’§5'q or 35'ЭД*^ to show honour, res-
pect; 3’^5'4=3^q?, q^S4 to bend or bow
down respectfully.
Phu-na n. of a sacred place of the
Bon somewhere in ancient Persia (6?.
Bon, J).
+ 3’i phu-nu the elder aud the younger
brother, or brothers; З^’* or ЗЛ'^
sisters; elder sister in modern Tibetan =
^’1 a-lci.	phu-nu-mos bsruns-
pa Hpnft-TfWcn [protected or supported
by one’s sisters]^. 3*^ phu-bo=w£ a-jo or
E’E jo-jo a man’s elder brother;
(Hbrom. P, 35),
phu-wa [pf. of ^S’q hbttd-pa to
blow; col. used for the latter] Ja,
phu-mo a kind of plant growing in
the glens of high mountains.
3‘3,'g ‘Й Phu-rtsa gyc-mo n. of a village
in Stod-lun situated N. W. of Lhasa, the
birth place of JBbroni-ston Rgyal-wahi
hbyun-gnas:
$4’3^3'^ (Pon. *,
3’^ p7^-ron=3*1^ : З’^’З’В a flock of
pigeons.
phu ians-pa (in the eolloq. of
Amdo) to be irritated, enraged.
phu-phu an expression of disappro-
val.	when
Atis'a was unwell (hearing it) he said phn-
phu (Л. 115), 3’3’^’S phu-phu-mi-bya
зпеч* do not blow wind with the
mouth.
3’*$5 phu-(pid the hoopoe. In eolloq.
pu-pu-kyqu.
3 phu-se mouse, souslik and similar
rodent quardrupeds (Jd.).
3*I’g phug-skya=^]'*\% pigeon-hued,
of a light blue colour (Sch,).
3*1'^ phug^han («^ nags) woody,
wild.
a bear.
phug-thogs-pa	[quiver-
ing, vibrating]/?.
phug-pa grr, recess in a
rock, a cave, cavern ; in eolloq. “ tak-phuk ”
9*T3*I; 3*1’5 p>hug-tu into the hollow; *15 3*1
cavern in a steep river-bank formed by
conglomerate; 5^V3*1 the solitary cavern
of an anchorite. 3*1 is also loosely used to
designate the dwelling place of solitary
meditative lamas, whether actually in
caverns or not. Syn. 53*1 dbug] brtol\
bug-pa by as (Mnon.).
3*l‘q’§3i’3q Phug-pa Ihun-drub rgya-
mtsho n. of a celebrated author born in
Lhokha. He wrote commentaries on the
works of Pad-dkary Sha-lun, and Gsal
sgrom,
W*phug-ma dust, chaff: *g^V’^*F
§'3*1 я chaff of rice and barley, etc. (Jig,),
phug-ron
a pigeon.
Syn. ^5 $*Г‘Ц5’^ skad-cig hdod-hlan;
co-co-sgrog;	rdo-yi zas-can;
rgya-phyibs-gnas\
chah-dig-snan;	hphrul-wahi
mg-сап (Mnon,),
3*1^'^’ phug-ron rkan fwi n.
of a medicinal plant, [^зш the plant
Cassia alata ; fqw=the heart-pea Cardio-
spermum halicabum\S.
Syn. phag-gdon ; phag-mo
(Mnon,).
phugs 1. occurs apparently as
a fut. of hbigs-pa (Rdo. /rf>). 2.
824
824
the extreme or uttermost part, the extre-
mity ; that which is innermost; ЙЯ^’3'5
prob. = ultimate design;	ЗЯ*^ in
the end, eventually, ultimately ; ЗЯ*^
SojXts’ how will it end ? what will be the
final issue? (Ja.).
phugt-ma mthon-icar hphral-rtsod (Hbrom.
Г20). ^Я^phug$-lon a provident fore-
seeing person. ЗЯ^’^ phugs-su-bros
f^5r<X escaped to tho interior (of tho
house or country); sunk down, set (as
of the sun). W* phugs-ma
[interior]S.
^•^•ыр/шЯ-Jan-nia go$) wf^ waist-
coat.
phun-pa=^f^ brlag-pa spoilt,
blown out, destroyed, lost, etc.
hthab-krol mclessyS.;
also=^’c<’wZiA’yq	tho causo or
root of many evils and faults.
^’F phun-kha	med-par hgro-
wa)	(Khrid. 1J7Y
phun-hdib to back-bite (Sikk.Y
phun-wa, v. 4 hphun-wa.
^*Я^ phun-gshi, destruction : ^’ЯУЗ’
they brought about such
dissension and destruction (Rdsa.
caused to be killed or spoiled.
phun-son destroyed, ruined, upset,
fallen.
phuft-po 1:1. ^*, (Г?'**) bundle
(of hay, straw &c.). 2. ($Гя'*Я^) [a
herdjS 3.
II; 1. symb. num. 5. 2. ^rz
a piled-up hill or peak, a mound : 9*q5’S**
ЧЗП the vulture-peak hill \phun-
po also=any heap; many things brought
together or collected under a certain name
or head.
9^1
:	the body—the philo-
sophical term when regarded as a bundle
or agglomeration of component parts:
^w-wV3'«|c/Zr^zi all animated nature and
beings like the Qrdvakas, Pratyeka-Buddhas,
Arhats including the Bodhisattvas; such
as have for the first time conceived faith in
Buddhism and those who have attained
that stage from which they will not
return to this world being included
in this very comprehensive term (Bbttm,
Я, 77).	nani$-pahi phiin-po Ina
the five aggregates that are
subject to destruction(1) ЯВЯ^З’З^
^xrewtho aggregate of form comprising
the organs of senso, viz., taste, smell,
sound or hearing, sight, and form which
is not perceptible	;
(2)	comprising happi-
ness and misery and indifference to either
of them (q^S ^Я^,	; (3)
3’$F’2i	comprising
and A wfWK; (4)
which includes (d)	com-
prising (the mind) and	all
that have grown therefrom, and (b)
^’§S; (5)	-^5 $E/q rnam-
par $e§-pahiphun-po	the aggregate
of consciousness comprising all knowledge
conveyed to the mind (Lon. 9). There
are also ^wqq^c/Zrg the five aggre-
gates not liable to destruction: (1)
Bw3^rzi |	(2)	5 ।
; (3) mi^q I stsjtws ; (4) V<’
q^QTqq^Z||	(5)
Besides
these there are moral and physical aggro,
gates such as |^'3'3^'5|	faults;
V^-^-qi	virtues;
xrnrcrfa sins;
butes and talents; $'SF’51
825
951
water;	fire; etc., etc.
Altogether there are 84,000
Wvrfa (Ya-sel. 272), i.e,., conceivable
aggregates of mental, moral, and mate-
rial substances.
phufi-po-can=^& v.
a tree (Mfion.).
дсгЕгЧ’Я’й Phufi-po ri-wo-che n. of a
monastery situated on the top of a hill
in Tsang ; in its neighbourhood there is a
Bon monastery (Deb. % 22).
phufi-po gsum-gyi lam-
ston-pa	the instructor of
the way (regarding salvation of the
three aggregates), an epithet of Buddha
Г.).
phun-po gsinn-pahi mdo n.
of a Sutra also called	the
confessions of tho sins of a Bodhisattva
(Yig. 13).
’Efc'SM phufi-f)or-bya$	[heaped]$.
phwf 1. v. ^S'q5 pf* sbst.
that which is taken forth from the rest;
a specimen ; also a first taste or experi-
mental trial. In common life, especially
a sort of first fruits offering, a portion
selected and offered to gods or driza.
thug-phud or 5 lo-phud an offering of
the first fruits of harvest; sru$-phud
offering of ears of corn wound round
a pillar of the house; ^'35 rdo-phud, *i $5
sa-phud an offering of stones or earth
when a house is built; these materials being
used for manufacturing images of gods
(Glr.) (Jd.). 2.	phud-dub skur-
tca—	spyi-wor b§kur-ica or
q ytsug-tu b§kur-wa to carry a present
on one’s head, to offer respectfully
{Mnon.).
’fl phwj-pa 1. pf. of hbud-pa
thrown out. cast out; turned out, dismissed
9^1
(servants, etc.). 2. hair-knot, tuft of
hair,
ex
4VJJC- Phun-glin abbr. of
Phun-tshogs-glifi a great monastery of the
Jonang-pa sect in Tsang (Rtsii.).
phun-chag bundle, tuft (Glu.).
phnn-tshogs or
adj. [possessed of the three:—
grace, glory and wealth], perfect, com-
plete, sublime; also as sbst. mass of
merits, perfection, quintessence, all that
could be desired; frq. = heaven, paradise.
phub armour. 1. shield, plate
or breast-plate:	ko-phub a leather
buckler; phub-pib$ the cover of a
shield; ^'3 **phub-kyi me-lon the centre
of the shield (Cs.). 2. canopy, a project-
ing moulding; BMSq khyim-phub a roof
constructed like a canopy ;
phub an umbrella.
phub-pa, = q hbub-pa to probe
into, to penetrate into the meaning, to
get at the sense:
(Л. 126) if one enquires of
the Sdul-wa Bdsin-pa in order to get at
tho meaning of these expressions.
phub-ma ?jq 1. chaff or chaff-dust
with particles of the husk.	phub-
mahi-me дчрга a kind of torture which
a penitent undergoes by burning his
body with the glowing fire of rice-chaff.
2. gleanings, stubble, straw-ends.
Syn. 3pi]*rq lkog§-pa\ spun-pa.
phur-pa 1. any peg, staple, or
large nail whether of wood or iron;
but usually = a metal three-sided dagger,
not in any way pointed, used by exorcists
and lamas in their ceremonial, wherewith
105
826
theoretically they stab demons. The
shaft of this instrument usually comprises
the heads of throe deities cappod by a
projecting representation of the horse-
headed Tamdin. Usually, for the smaller
or того ordinary implement the term
is not 3*^ but phur-bu. 2. adj. and
adv. piercing, piercingly:
to look at one with a piercing glance of
tho oyo;	to im-
plore a god very earnestly.
one with brandished dagger
having risen up (A. 131).	phur-
hgyur pegs to which tout ropes are tied
in pitching a tent {Rtsii.}.
phur-wa l.=^q or <44'4
(Mftondi, v. to scratch. 2. Sch.: to
emboss. 3. n. of a disease (JdX
4. [strung, tied, connected]#.
svg phur-bu 1.
an epithet of Vrihaspati the
spritual teachor of the gods.
gzah-phur-bu thursday. 2. v. QVq.
Syn. lha-yi bla-ma; Й
mkhan; ^lo-ldan-,	me-bshi-
§kye§;	tshig-fydag;	$gra-mkha§;
’^ЕЦ lhahi $lob-dpon;	$na-
tshogs gtsug-can ; ч^т] rig-byed-hdag;
gre-$kyc$-, htsho-byed-,
$mra-xnkha$-,	bcu-gni§ hod-
hphro*,	rig$-$kye§\	rrdho-
ri^-thob;	hbar-wa-ldan;
ptsab-ldan; ^’5’4|W4S’*]§S f in-tu gsal-ivahi
gcud; tshig-ldan ;	mig Adan;
dpyoi-ldan (Mfton.).
S^'SST4) Phur-bu Icog n. of a small mo-
nastery situated in the neighbourhood of
Sera toward tho east (Loft. \ 17).
phur-ma 1. = ч$чя hbur-ma 3^
relievo work, embossment; also a vessel
Ё||
made of a leaf doubled over in funnel
shape. 2. fine medicinal powders, any-
thing volatile.	phur-ma gsum-
pa a medicinal root.	phur-moft
(ace. to Jd., =jv3fi) a medicament:
Phur-moft sgaft n. of a place
in Tibot (Deb. <4, 24).
phul 1. phyag-lta-bu a hand-
ful, also phul-gaft. 2. чи, fwqfo
[bost, issued]#.
phul-tu phyin-pa	qft-
ннгчя [finished, perfect, accomplished]#,
reached the climax, i.e., attained highest
point, victorious, to have got the bettor
of au argument;	ho
became a great scholar (Ja.).
phul-du byuft-wa attained excellence.
phul-byuft or
accomplished, perfect,
eminent; tho Tibetan translation of the
personal name of Atis'a.
phul-гса,	wFva [repre-
sented, delivered]#. 1. pf. of ч v. я^-q
hphul-wa and	hbul-wa. 2. an
offering, a present. Syn. *д«гч hbul-wa;
phyag-tten; $kye§;	rnam-
g§hag*,	rdsa$-,	mdun
hjog ; 3'^ shu-rten (Mfton.).
lihul-icahi btuft-p>hor	[a drinking
plate]#.
$ phe 1. JP, and Sikk. for | phye ^5
powder, anything pulverized.
phe-phe-shib-mo 55 fine powder. 2. num,
fig. 104.
$ phe-ga is an exclamation; occurs in
the passage	(D.R.).
pheg-tdog ччи [a musical instru-
ment, a tabor]#. pheg-rdob l.=
pheb-kyaft w&n when соще. 2.
[a small drum, or tabor, or a kind of
cymbal]#, сгтет^ч is a long drum
used by the Indians as a musical instru-
ment.	pheb-rdob-pa	a
minstrel.
ФГЧ pheb-pa 1. pf. p>Jieb$9 resp.
term for to come, to arrive, to go, depart»
Is in very frequent use in ft ga-le
pheb a farewell salute to a visitor: “go
gently!” я pheb$-par §mra-tca
to ask to come, to invite. Зя*г&ч« pheb§-
tshogs instructions, or anything that is
sent as a favour:
pray, may your letters also come
like the stream of a river (Yig. k. 69).
яд’Ч pheb$-bsit-ica or Зя«г^я phebs-gso-wa
to go and meet a person in the way for his
reception.
pher-wa to be able, to be capable
of, equal to:	go,
if from your heart you can do so (A. 65);
^у^яггя^чя^я^ he was able
to consecrate others (Deb. % 23). <К*я
also=serviceable; an equivalent. й-^’Я
incapable, not serviceable, = $'«Ц‘ч
(Khrid. 28).
я-3)уя4< (A. 84).
^’2f pher-po one who is clever in
conversation, correspondence, or diploma-
tic business, etc. (Yig. 13).
pho 1. an affixed particle or perhaps
adj. signifying: male, paternal:	a
male fowl, cock-bird; wa-pho male
fox. 2. also sbst. a male; and occasion-
ally, a father (not however commonly):
male and female;	handsome
man. Applied to animals seems gene-
rally to indicate castrated males; but
pAo-rtay$=the male organ of
827
generation, and id.,	virile
power.
5‘Д^’ pho-glan	[the lungs,
the bladder]#.
Ч’^5’4 pho-rgod-pa [raising, eleva-
tion]#.
5’^я pho-che-wa=frJW khen^-pa
noble, exalted.
5'^5 pho-nid	[coming after,
successive]#.
+ 5’44]'^q pho-thag che-ica =
and Н^’я khur-che-ica (Mnon.). 2. ==§’q‘
*#я [ta-ica mtho-wa.
spun rgan-pa elder
brother (Yig. 11).	Pho-wo-ldoft n.
of a clan (Yig. 7).
2f’*l	=54^*5 ma-nin-pho herma-
phrodite of the male class (Mnon.).
5’Й pho-mo man and woman; male and
female.	pho-mo-med no difference
of sex exists;	terms sig-
nifying cohabitation.
че;*^ Pho-mo Byan-than mtsho a
large lake in Tibet on the Bhutan frontier
lying between long 90° and 90° 30'E. at
an elevation of 16,050 ft.
pho-rmotis the penis.
pho-rtsed §na-dgu the nine
different sports or feats of man as men-
tioned in Rtsis-len.
pho-tshod acc. to <Та. = %'Ъ pho-so:
do not boast of pro-
phetic sight.
pho-mtshan f^= masculine gen-
der ; the male organ, the penis. In the
Dulwa 5*54^ is termed	and its
work is called ww.
^•t^E-q3Q I
828
Svn.	hdoms-kyi $ba-wa-. й'У^
?л -ha-na ; ^*^5^ he-ma-na-dpyad;
dran-pahi ka-wa; Й Sqc/ pho-dwaft ;
Q7chag&-pahi rgyal-mtshan ;
</- aft-po ; »рн9V84l’r3 myos-byed lcag$-kyu ;
mtxhan-gtun-fin;
hd >m$-kyi rnjug-ma (Mnon.).
5 “^ pho-yan and Йхс/ pho-ran, also
Йpho-hran~an unmarried man.
%pho-lha 1. tutelary deity of a man’s
rigid side \JdX 2. Ся.: sir, as polite
address.
2?£Ц pho-yig the male letters of the
Tibetan alphabet which are ’H,	5, q,
\e. ; among the thirty letters tho first
<d each group being regarded as a male
I iter xSitu. 60 .
Pho-yoft-fyzah n. of one of
the queens of king Khri-srofi Idahu btsan
(Lofi. % 8).
% 3 ч Pho-lha-wa or й'дргц! or чг£ the
family descended from king Miwang
Pholha Thaiji, originally occupying tho
village of ^^4^’ in Tsang iLtfi. % Г2>.
Й-я^ pho-fan explained as |*rq'VrT4 §куе$-
r drag-pa (fitsdX
Й й pho-so one of position ; %q
jAo-so thon-pa = ^^\^ one who has made
himself prominent, distinguished. In
JF. йй1^ proud, haughty.
pho-ria or й pho-na-wa a messen-
ger, deputy, envoy: Й’у^ьх pho-па gton-
n a, й y№|,q pho-ria mnag-pa to send,
despatch a messenger. Also, a spiritual
messenger or angel: л^Ч’^д’Й’з bde-wa
an-gyi pho-ria the angel of paradise;
Йз gpu-rjnhi pho-ha the messenger
of death;	rgyal-pohi pho-ria
ambassador, envoy. pho-ria-mo 1.
female messenger. 2. gen. a Й
mistress, female friend (Mfion.). Й’У«Р*Г
pho-па gzig-gi §log-pa-can a lit.
messenger wearing a leopard’s skin=9*4
(Sman. 350).
Syn. nan-rna; 5’»r$ Lya-ma-rta;
gtam-ikycl;	hphrin-^kyel;
bafi-chcn; ban-phyin (jjf&w.).
Pho-brgyad and Й'^ч] pho-drug a
silk scarf for presentation (S. kar. 179).
pho-wa (resp. gdfy Cs.) 1.
colloq. the stomach. 2. second cavity of
the stomach or tho reticulum of ruminating
animals (Jd.); WTHmn [the receptacle of
undigested food, tho stomachJS. Й*ч§^ч
pho-wa IJid-pa to overcharge the stomach,
to clog; в'Ч'^’А pho-wa $ol-wa to purge,
to cleanse; Йх^ pho-fian a weak stomach;
Йx цзе,* pho-wa-fyzafi a good, sound stomach
(Jd.).
Й55 p)ho-drod (lit. warmth in the sto-
mach) digestion:	one
in whose stomach there is no heat will not
be able to digest food (Sog-dpe.).
Й })ho-wa-g.dag$ (w^t) [imme-
diate]^.
Йххсц pho-wa-ril (also Йх^м or Й’Чад)
black pepper.
Syn. na-le fam ; ЙХ’^огд pho-wa
ril-bu.
Й qc pho-bran ягнк palace, family
oastle; Й	pho-bran-hkhor
a town (Mnon.). Й’3^хдкч^4|« pho-bran
hbum-gdugs n. of a palace built by king
Gnam-ri sron-btsan whore under royal order
medicinal drugs were assorted for use in
Tibet. 5]^ й дс.* palace of the Sikkim
raja.
Й O Pho-bran Yum-bu kla-
§gan the most ancient stone structure of
Tibet built by the first king and said

829

to bo still kept in some state of preser-
vation by the Dalai Lama’s government
(Z Zafi.\
^'5^Pho-brafi, me-tog-can the
capital of king R&ma. 5’gc/ Chos-
rgya! pho-brafi ancient capital of Tibet
in Yar-lung in Lhokha now in ruins
(Rtsii.).
pho-btsog or Ч btsog-pa.
4’^ pho-tshos 1.	[inference,
estimate, measurement; one’s own esti-
mate of himself, etc.]#.
(Khrid.). 2. rouge for
the cheeks of ladies.
pho-rog eolloq for bya-rog
the raven, said to possess the power of
foreboding ; consequently omens are drawn
from its cry.	pho-rog-mig (lit. the
raven’s eye) n. of a medicinal herb
(Vai. $fi.).
3 pho-len byed-pa transferring of
Jongpons from one district to another:
the tran fer of Jongo officers who were
instituted by the former kings (Rtsii.).
pho-log	a disease of the
stomach resembling cholera if not cholera
itself [spasmodic cholera]/?. :
the lo-tsawa having died of
cholera in Nepal (A.).
pho-lofi [a kind of jasmine]#.
pho-lon	pho-diran
(Jd.).
phog 1. v. чЧчр 2. wages, pay,
salary; 4 yearly pay,	monthly
salary, daily wages;	an
officer at Shigatse who pays and looks
after the maintenance of the Tibetan
troops on the Himalayan frontier. 3.
pension, gratuitous support. phog-
rgyar allowance in meat, each pound
being called rgya-ri (Rtsii-)- 5^’яэ^
phog-bzan or	officers or servants
with allowances either in money or in
kind; any allowance (Rtsii.).
phofi, v. hphafi-wa ; phofi-
wa (Glr.) for pafi-wa.	phon-
gyur-wa [afflicted]#.
phofi$-pa WHU, 1. poor,
needy, destitute:	destitute of
food and wealth ;	devoid
of religion and intellect;
5=3 the poor and miserable creatures (5$
dgu being here sign of plural). 2. poverty,
misfortune.	phofis-pahi dus
[time of danger, evil, cala-
mity]#. (A- K. 1-40).
РЫ-ка (or
a kind of stage-dross of the lamas;
masquerade garment with long sleeves:
jpr*he put on a cloak
and stage-robe (Khrid. 106)-
phod-can ; comet. Syn.
mjug phod-can;	du-wa
mjug-rifi (Mnon.) ?V*’*I5* phod-ca-gzah.
2^’q phod-pa—	’tW 1- to
cope with, to be able, to coerce:
q	although he was scarcely able
to part with; ^ #5 I cannot boar to se*
that. 2. to withstand, be a match for:
who can resist good
food and fine clothes ? phod-pa-can
bold, daring (Cs.).
phOn ОГ l.=^4|N4
bundle, truss, sheaf. 2. = 4^'5 chun-po
830

bunch, cluster, umbel; tuft, tassel (Jd,);
(lar-phon, skud-phon (Cs,),
phou-cheii a good deal = ^'4
much, many (Rtsii.}.
phob v. hbeb§-pa.
ь phom-ра^ф'Ц bum-pa a pot,
jar.
phor-rni trap, net to catch birds:
’^Я^’^Я^ЯЯСЯ^ ?Л^Я4^ next
(lay at evening ho laid a fine trap (Rdsa.
10'.
34 *4 p/ior-pa	drinking cup or
vessel; ?Я^ iron cup, 5^1'4* silver cup,
Я*^ golden cup,	glass cup, ^Я
barley flour-bowl,	spyin-plmr glue-
pot ; cloth for wiping a cup.
рЛаг-n/= phw-pa.
phol in 1П any blister caused by
burning. phol-mig 1. a circle, disk.
2. a bad sore, ulcer, boil.
3^’5 phol-ta = $*J> i)hen-tc.
phol-ica=^]Nq I'togS-pa*
2fc< phos = pho-yis. 2. pf. of
q hbo-ica. 3. v. Я
рЛул 34 phyva lot, luck, chance, for-
tune, good luck: 3 J4’4 to cast lots; §w
gc.^ good, bad fortune or prognostics
(C- .);	B^'3 prognostics relative to
property, family, etc., by casting dice;
354 Я^* lot (good luck) and blessing;
g54Я^’^ЯЯq to call forth good luck and
blessing, to secure it by enchantment
(Jd.). 3'^5* phya-ken tse one who pre-
tends to know tho issue of fighting
between gods and demons; a Bon
necromancer (D,R.). g^ phya-mkhan =
fortune-teller. 3'^ phya-tshaii
the fceces of any infant, new born colt,
calf, etc., that died immediately after
sucking milk, and used as an augury:
g'^i §^Я55^Ч The expression З^ЯТ|5
ph у ahi gto-spyad occurs in
3 ^Й^дЗ’Я^З^'Я^Я*^ (D.R,).
g’я^’^кд^*Я 5^ Phyva-hphrin nor-bu
rychag-rgyal (я^^ЗЯ^ЗГ^) n. of a Bon
work to hear which brings good luck and
fortune (Rtsii.).
gx phya-ra door-curtain of yak-hair
cloth.
+ phyaJe~wa=^M^M fine, smooth
refined, pleasant:
khyod ini-mnam-pa not smooth-going,
rough.
Phyasafy (Qol-la-hthen n.
of a son of Gyen-san$ phya-la hthen (G.
Ron. 2J).
phyag ф|чг is the resp. word
for ^Я the hand; and from the use made
of the hand in salutation by orientals,
tho word has also come to mean: solu-
tion and reverence. ЗЯЛ^’ back of hand,
ЗЯ^4 the wrist, зя**^4 the thumb, all
resp. terms. ЗЯ55/2^ at the first salute;
ЗЯ	with unnumbered compli-
ments ; ЗЯ’Э5Ч, ЗЯ***5Ч to pay one’s
respects, to salute; ч^’дя salutation by
prostrating the body on the ground; qgw
ЗЯ salutation by bending tho body and
touching the ground with the head: ЗЯ
welcome! ЗЯ ^'Я^Я^Я is form of welcome
by a host on arrival of a guest; ЗЯ‘5w8’
Я^’ id.; ЗЯЗ^З'Ч phyag-gyen hgyel or ЗЯ’
phyag-gyafi hgyel suddenly falling
on the ground (like the falling of a
dilapidated wall) to make salutation: ^q’U'

831
3WI
the midst of his pupils he saluted (him)
by falling down on the ground (A. 23).
phyag-mkhar (resp. for ярч’ч)
handstaff.
ЭТ’З phyag-rgya	[the
clenched fist, seal]S. 1. resp. for J a seal;
3*[j’4^wq phyag-rgya hdeb$-pa to seal, to
confirm by a seal. 2. a sign or manual
gesture; the manner in which the hand
and fingers are held by Buddhist saints
and lamas when performing certain reli-
gious ceremonies or mystical rites; also,
symbolic devotional ceremonies by Tantrik
priests. ^*5'ЭТ'5 when making offerings
to a deity, term for the peculiar gestures
and signs of the hands and fingers.
These are different in exhorting, or threat-
ening or in binding a deity to perform
some religious duty in the names of
Buddhas and Bodhisattvas; and those who
are adepts in such mystic signs are said to
be able to exercise great power over spirits.
It is believed that snags, 351J and
(mantra, mudrd and samadhi) are
equally efficacious when they are properly
uttered or performed.	the mudrd
of speech consists in using mystical
language and signs;	the mudrd
of the mind is meditation on the deity.
i: phyag-rgya chen-po
is said to be a figurative designation under
the Madhyamika doctrine, indicating a
mode of attaining Nirvana by highly
mystically-developed devolves while indulg-
ing in sexual embrace; the woman so
embraced is called	(private sakti).
Likewise this sexual ecstasy is termed
3^’2* phyag-rgya-ma or	las-kyi-
phyag-rgya	НТГМ37-
n: ig decribed in both Shtra
and Tantra. 1.
the special
meaning of Mahdmudra is Anuttara, the
supreme and absolute doctrine; it is
described as the knowledge of Dharma
Karma (its practice) and the vows.
2. according to the Tantra:
Phyag signifies the knowledge of
Cunyata, while Rgya conveys the meaning
of liberation from worldliness; and chen-po
signifies both these important functions
being brought together. This occult
Buddhism was first taught in India by
Padma-vajra (the senior), Saraha, Nagar-
juna, Ri-khrod dwan-phyug, Maitripa,
etc., and afterwards it was taken into Tibet
by the Tibetan sages such as Marmije,
Sgam-po, Phag-gru, Sakya Pan-chen and
others (J. ZafL). 3*4'2’* phyag-rgya-ma
[a posture of the hands or feet in
the practice of Yoga or meditation]^.
But v. preceding paragraph. 3*4gN'*Wq
phyag-rgyas mnan-pa to overcome evil-
spirits by gesticulations; 3*|' phyag-
rgyas hgrol-wa to set them free, by
dissolving the charm (Jd.).
3*4* phyag-cha any manual tool or
implement, resp. for ^*4*. 3*4'«* phyag-
cha^ instruments (symb. of attributes)
carried in the hand, or used in performing
religious dances, cf. 3*4’*^ •
3*4’*^ phyag-mchod for
salutation and worshipping.
+ 3*4'4^	=	hkhor-
gyog qfkrrK attendants, retinue.
phyag-snigs=	gad-
snigs (flag. 38).
3*4phyag-rtags 1. resp. for
lag-rtags sign of the hand, impression of a
34'^1
832
5ЧГ*Ч
blackened finger in the place of a seal.
2. in Sikkim, hand-token, «.<?., a present
(Ja.).
3*4’^ phyag-rten = W*, 8’^ pre-
sent, souvenir with letter {Mnon.). 3*4'^
n [orders, instruction,
message]
3*45* phyag-dam a seal.
Syn. dam-phrug \ thchu-tse
{Mnon.).
3*451'4 phyag-dar-pa a sweeper, duster;
or Эт5*^05 ЧГЩП dust-heap;
3<’TV'3 HVS'**1 or чэч vestment or cowl
of a mendicant monk patched with rags
gathered from rubbish heaps. 34
3* ^ phyag-dar legs-par bya$-pa ччЪг’Т-
фсг [rendered clean or pure, swept well,
cleansed well]#. ЗЧ’Ч5* phyag-bdar—^\\'
3S'q TOTH clearing from dust, dusting,
making a thing clean:	byi-dor-
gyi la$ the work of cleansing, sweeping,
dusting {fiag. 38).
34phyag-deb occurs in
34'^ {Rtsii.).
94^ Phyag-rdor or 945^1 Phyag-na
rdo-rje also called ^45^1 Lag-na rdo-rje
«пофц the Bodhisattva Dorje Chang or
Vajra-pani in his wrathful manifestation,
the chief of Tantrik deities.
Syn.	gsan-tcahi bdag-po\
gsaA-wa-hdsin \ ^45
lag-na rclo-rje gsan-wahi-rgyal\ ^V*'34
rdo-rje dican-phyugrdo-rje-eafi;
q rnthu-stobs bdag-po (Mnon.).
94 AX t'4Kg^	Phyag-na rdo-rje go§-
on-can (4^lHn- of oue
of the most terrific manifestations of
VajraPaui; his body being said to be then
26^,000 yojana high. In his right hand
he carries a flaming pointed vajra (thun-
derbolt), in his left hand he holds the king
of eagles ; eight huge snakes coiled round
his arms and feet serve him for bangles;
six thousand tiger skins sewn together
form his garment. He prostrates himself
before Buddha and prays that ho may
gain perfection. 34AK^'**5q55’q, 4^*’
one hundred and eight epithets
of Vajra Papi together with Dharani
(contained in K. g. % 73).
+ 94 Phyag-na pad-ma QVirfti an
epithet of Avalokites'vara {Yig. k. 5).
3459^’ phyag-dpuA resp. for arm.
34'5^ phyag-dpe resp. for dpe-cha
a hand -book, book in general.
+ §4‘^ phyag-sbal 1. = ^ ^’ prison
house. 2. resp. = 34^* {Cs.).
94’9 phyag-phyi=<¥№'3 shab^-phyi
attendant, man-servant; 94'3’3Vq phyag-
phyi-byetf-pa to be a servant. 34’3'^ phyag-
phyi-la or	phyag-phyir hbreft-wa
to be a follower (of a lama); train of
servant, retinue {Jd.)
34’34 phyag-phyig I. a very large
numeral; 3434W|4’w*w {Ya-sc I. 57).
2. чж [remnants of food, a small portion]#.
34’1* phyag-bri* resp. hand-writing,
manuscript; but gen. = a letter:
your kind letter, your friendly corre-
spondence.
3*4 phyag-hbul resp. gift, present.
34я51' phyag-hbyor^^^ phyag-son.
phyag-ma	broom, dus-
ter, mop.
S’TSfl phyag-snian 1. resp. for tnian.
2- = S’! phyag-rten.
S4!^' phyag-tshaA=*^ эджт a cook:

833
he who knows the science of cooking is
said to be a cook (Can.).
tjnpMqq phyag-tshal-wa <nr- bowing
down, profound salutation (Л. K. 1-2).
The erroneous Budh. etymology is: 3*4 —
sweeping out all defilements and —
begging for virtue and blessing: in mak-
ing prayers or reciting mantras one should
bend his head respectfully and then pros-
trate himself on the ground (Spyod. 17).
phyag-htshal-lo НН: I salute.
phyag-md.sod one in whose baud
the treasury is; a treasurer.
Syn. «^5'q rndsod-pa;	nor-gju г;
ban-mdsod-pa \	no&-skyon§;
nor-b^run^;	nor-gna&pa;
rndsod-hdsin (Mnon.).
ЭТТphyag rdsa§ resp. for	nor-
rdsa$.
phyag-shab$ resp. for	rkan-
lag (Schtr.).
Хч phyag-ho$ worthy of saluta-
tion, worshipful.
5ЯЛ phyag-ra prob, for ЗЯ 5] phyag-gra
privy, water-closet. In W. also ЗЯ4
phyag-sa.
g4|'<4^ phyag-lan reply, the return for a
salutation, reciprocal greeting.
д<рчм phyag-la^—\\^ phrin-las resp.
for чч work, business.
+	phyas-la$ khom resp. for
ч’Х’ч ra-ro-wa.
ЭТ phyag-ten resp. for ,<5Ц practice,
excercise, also ceremony.
3*1лЦ phyag-scn resp. for	nails.
phyag-son~%R receipt of cash,
cash in hand (Yig. k.).
ЭТ’^<ч phyag-srol law, regulation ; tradi-
tion (Jd.).
3*1
ЗЯ^4 phyag-lham a kind of slipper
which the Buddhist monks in ancient
India were permitted to wear:
ujaj	only the 5*Г^’
and those above him may wear slippers
with a hole at the centre (A. 22).
phyan-ne-vca 1. hanging down ;
(acc. to Cs.,	2. wh slender,
slight-made; acc. to Sch.3 straight or
stretched (Jd.). See hphyaft-wa.
t$F&\phyan -chad=^**\ certain, sure,
decided.
3^ phyan-phrul	necklace;
pendant ornaments (Mnon.).
gE. uix, phyan-yar~ hphrin-la$.
35‘4V(SC'’?V4 phyad-par	on-pa
[uncurtailed explanation or exposi-
tion]^.
35’|5 phyad-phyod or 35Л adv. des-
criptive of uncertainty of movement, e.g.^
not going by the straight path: ’«rtfa’W
35	riding on a horse
going this way and that way. 55’35
phyad-phyad awkward gambols, clumsy
attempts at dancing (Ja.).
35^’Ц phyad-pa also ^g54 hphyad-pa
constant, firm, persevering. 35‘q^ phyad-
par always, continually, perpetually.
continually revolving; uninterrupted revo-
lution.
phyam	also 3^?^ the
resting beam of a staircase or ladder.
Also: prop, bracket, mortice: 3»Q^
phyam-ina§ the transverse ledges on which
rafters of a roof rest. З^’З'З’^ phyam-
gyi spyi-rten чгг projecting bracket.
106

831
§,<Яph>jam-phyad=w^S miiam-nid
btato of evenness; equality.
phyar-wa to let float, hoist (a
flag).
Syn. 4 sgrefi-wa;	§lofi$-pa.
< Jlnon.Y
р/г?/аг-А7ш blame, affront, insult.
phyar-phyur МГТС u. of
a large numeral ^l”a-wZ. 56).
9*	phyar-gyen-can
given up to enjoyment of
worldly happiness.
4-» phyal— q $ku-yi lto-wa belly,
stomach (Cs.).	phyal-phyan-ne or
9ТЙ pkyal-mo prominent or hanging
paunch.
-4
phyal-phyd n. of a large
number:	S'4	q
Ya-sd. 56).
9^^ phyal-phyol яяя [bowing
down]S. ; 9*ч^А phyal-le-гса—Щ** level,
prostrate.
phyi 1. adv. behind, backwards:
to lie on one’s back; В я® Jq q
phyi-hgro rgyab-pa C., to retreat, to walk
backwards quickly ; Вbehind; g from
behind; but see also under 3. below. В’я? q
to walk behind; В ’Fl a back-hand blow;
Вto look behind, also B’^4 a back-
ward look; BV’ the heel. 2. or В'ч
phyi-la after, afterwards, adv. of time;
g’| earlier and later, also former and
latter; Вsubsequent increase; ^B
at a later period, sometime after-
wards {Dzl.};	on the following
day (Ja.). 3. also Вoutside; B* the
m
out^r; B'5**^ husbandry,farming (GJr.);
g-S)‘the outer sea, tho ocean ; B’^
people from abroad, foreigner strange
people; Вforeign land;	W
(when) either guests or strangers
have come;	eamo indoors
from without; B‘S3 phyi-dgra foreign
enemy; B'*'4 phyi-rgol Tcrf<T adversary,
antagonist (in a lawsuit or controversy);
Spq^ Bphyog§-phyi-nia id.
дчо] phyi-thag in future, eventually,
afterwards, in remote future {Jlbrom. F,5).
= % future life:
resided here--not having
seen anything that would profit (him) in
the next life (Л. 6).
B 4^ phyi-than a threat, menace.
B'5^ phyi-dar later development: B’V'*
3 V* period of later development or diffu-
sion : ВV’g*V phyi-dar §fiar-dar earlier
introduction of Buddha and its later
development.
В5 phyi-dro or B’X phyi-ro ;
colloq. “phi-ro, ” the evening: В‘?ё’^’
during the six times between
morning and evening {Zam. £).
B q^ §S 4 phyi-bdar byed-pa is explained
as	to make
clean by sweeping away whatever is filthy
(#ag. 38).
B'<^*phyi-nan 1. the outside and inside;
В1° ^urn inside out;
ripe both as to the outside and inside.
B^B'^S	Hindus clean out-
side, Buddhists pure inside;—so say the
Buddhists of Ladak. B^ 4^’ Pure as
to thought and action;	the
three inner outer and intermediate (pro^
vinccs, ete.). 2. inside:
пап-du rgyan^-te calling in from outside;

835

calling inside one
who had gone on to the roof {A. 113).
phyi-nan-min	[not in the
interior, ?.<?., an outsider]#.
В phyi-na$ 1. in future, in time to
come, later on; from outside. 2. = t^'^
rje§-na$ again, subsequently (Л. K. 1-6).
В	phyi-na§-gdun = *35’4 hgyod-pa
repentance {Mnon.).
ЭЛ3' phyi-nur—'fy1^ phyi-hthen {Yig.
83). B’$K^Vq phyi-nur med-pa or В'£5‘^5'q
phyi-nud med-pa without fail.
phyi-phyag byed-pa to request
for the last time; to bid farewell, to take
leave.
phyi-hphrod чтцтж [the even-
ing]&
e\
S’* phyi-ica 1. in eolloq. “chi-phi”
the large marmot found throughout Tibet.
2. v. *B’q hbyi-wa.
B’^ phyi-pur a kind of ornament,
similar to ®Ц.
phyi-ma see also B^ phyi-mo 1.
later, subsequent, following: g’ww
§’B’*»4 not having digested the first (meal),
to eat additional quantities ; Вthe
later ones, the modem;	iial-wahi
phyi-ma the last going to bed. 2.
W4X the posterior. В ЯВ* phyi-ma phyi-
ma each following one, every one conse-
cutive in a series (Jd.). B’^w*phyi-mahi-
mthah [western border, extreme
end]#. B’w5’^ phyi-mahi-dus Ч^Т^ГГ^Г,
ч’чхга [future or aft er-time]#.
В phyi-mo 1. grand mother. 2.
[small particle]#. 3. late, as adv. or
adj.; also, last, the latest, as sbst. B’^’
*§^'4 to have become late; B’^V1^ those
who came last; eolloq. f^*A’54|,q’^B4rB‘^'
kho-raft rtag-pa-re-shig phyi-mo $leb§
he always arrives late. In W. and Sikkim
sounds “phi-mo.”
B’q<M phyi-bshin or B^’q^ adv. aud
postp. after; В’ч^х?‘ч, to pursue;
also a follower; В'Ч<М’В^ ^4 q?’q to go
after, etc. B'q^ phyi-bshin phyi-bshin
= 1^^ (тИиоп.).
phyi-bshin hbrafi-icahi dge-sbyofi.
[an attendant S'ramana, one resembling
a S'ramaria]#.
phyi-rabs the later generation,
posterity.
В Лч|’4чphyi rig-pahi bon-dc
gsum the three sutras of Bon in reference to
their outer doctrine:—(1)	I
(2)	। (з) ^-^^w*^-
S’lJAq. These three are said to have been
delivered by Shenrab on the top of Sumeru
mountain to king Kon-tse JIphrul.
B’^ phyi-rim, in Pali 4rfv^ outer-
zone.
phyi-rol the outer side, outside.
я^Э’В’^ the outside of the bed (Glr.) ;
B’^’^—5,—are adverbs equiv. toBB’5>
B’^ outside, out of doors, from without ;
also occur as postp. on the outside of, etc.
In mysticism:	to
believe goblins and demons to be really
existing in the outer world. В2rg‘
phyi-vol-pahi dwan-po Ina the five external
members of the body which are: *4*1'4 hand,
the legs, *^*4 the belly, *AW privi-
ties, tho speech. В^5’qAg phyi-
rol-gyi don yod-par-§mra	[a
class of Buddhist philosophers who main-
tained that the external world was real]#.
B’Xq q phyi-rol-pa or B’q phyi-pa a non-
Buddhist, more particularly a Brahmanist;
836
phyi-rol pahi or В’ФХч phyi-pahi
cho? the ^oetrine of the non-Buddhists.
B^o]	4 phyi-lag nan-hbrcl-wa to
have confidential conference, to discuss any
matter without letting the public know it.
В phyi-leb a felt rug (Rtsii, 46).
B^ phyi-qo?	behind, later,
latest.
Syn.	rje?-ma;	rtin-ma
Ynon.). v. B*4 phyi-ma.
B'4^ /)Ay:-££oZ==B*^5$qq phyir-log
rgyab-pa (Ya-sel. JJ).
phyi-sa — ^excrements:
й B**J §*Xqi unclean things and ordure
throw out (Zam. 4);	4 я 4'54* after-
wards (it was their lot) to cat dung (Dug.
10).
СЧ
Ц phyin-pa (44'3)	[the
quantity of wool necessary for making a
blanket]&; felt much used by Dokpa
nomads of Tibet for tents and carpets.
3^^5’q phyin-hdnd-ра to make felt, to
mill (>SVA.); 3^'3^ phyin-gur felt tent,
a Dokpa hut; B^'^5 phyin-?tan felt-carpet.
В4 VI* 4 Phyin-dkar-ica n. of a place in
Tibet; I*2JB4’VI*’q n. °f an image of
Buddha of that place ^RtsiiW
B4S£5Phyin-bya Stag-rtse rdson
n. of a district in Lhokha near Rphufi-
tjya§ ‘ Lofi. % 14)*
Cs
phyid after, following; BVfa
phyitf-nin the day after to morrow (Cs.
Jd.).
Cs
^/^’4 phyid-pa l. = 4V’q to suffice, to
be sufficient: ^<^35 Ito-go? mi-phyid
food and dress were not enough, did not
suffice; tshe-phyid-pa to suffice life,
to sustain life. 2. to freeze, become
frozen : 3* 9)’hM^wvBS*3^’ byaft-gi mtsho-
rnarns phyid-byufi the northern lakes have
become frozen.
C\
phyin-pa 1. (vn, ПН to go), set
out:	lam-du phyi-yul-du
phyin-pa gone on a journey;
gone to the country, gone to the other
side of the sea, done thoroughly: ^'^'S*4’
if I g° iato the house (A. K.).
2. to reach, come to, arrive at:
Bv^^V4* has Mila arrived here—
thus they asked;
chu-de cifi-gi stefi-du phyin-nas
padmahi те-tog Idifi soil when the water had
reached above the tree the lotus-flower
floated. « to reach the ond, to com-
plete ; also a perfected one, a saint:
’q5 as a sign of having com-
pleted the three stages of meditation.
phyin 1. that which is to arrive,
what is subsequent: В 5’^phyin-ehad later,
hereafter; B^'^S’?54 phyin-chad §dom bound
over for the time to come; B5’*5A’%* ^‘§5’
henceforth do not act like that; 5’§5’*5
from the present moment, from hence-
forth ; ^35’*5 einco, since that time, ever
since. 2. for В outside (Jd.) З^'^Г4*^ as
there was no wall outside; 55'55 phyin-
dgra a foreign enemy (Glr.); B5’Q4*4 phyin-
la? outside business, foreign affairs.
B5^5'q phyin-ci log-pa fmJrH,
falFU that which is false or deceptive or
mistaken; B^^5^Kq45'^ phyi-ci log-gi?
?lad~de corrupt, depraved by perversity
(Dzl.); 35 w'^5 q phyin-ci ma-log-pa it is
a fact; 4^'4т?435’$***correct view,
opinion (Pth.); §TB5’*» ^4l'q with a never-
erring mind (1Л7.) (Jd.); ЗЦч a
perverted mind; g 4 3^*3 2fa| ч false view or
doctrine;	54 ^5q incontrovertible (JT.
47). 35 ^^5415 phyin-ci log-brjod
837
5=4
blasphemy; syn.	sman-pahi-tshig,
b$kur-wa-hdeb$ (Mnon.).
phyin-phyod (5J^) n. of a numeral.
СЧ
a(lv. again, back: B^’*^*4 to
return [1. adv. back, towards the back,
behind; B^’^’4 to come back, to return
(Dzl.); used in a special sense rel. to
re-birth: оц’4|3ч| B* once 4 о return
(to this life);	to remain behind,
at home (Dzl.); В*Л^ГЧ to leave behind,
at home, to lay aside, to lay up (Dzl.);
again (rursus),	to get up again,
after having fallen ; B*’?4!’4 phyir-ldog-pa,
to come back again, to return ; B^’?4!’
phyir [dog-pahi lam the way back,
the return (Dzl.); B^ ^14 phyir mi-ldog-
pa the not taking place of relapses, the
prevention of them (Lt.); ВМ4!’4 phyir-
zlog-p)a to bring back, to draw off, to
divert from; Вк^ч^ц?^4 to return to
life;	having recovered (Dzl.) ;
B*he replied to his mother (Dzl.) ;
to make one ride backward with
the face to the horse’s tail. 2. poetp., e.g.^
behind, after:	(Pth.) will you
follow me ?] from Jd.
сч
:	outside, forth, out; B^
from an interior to an exterior place,
to cast out; $vB* ^‘5 all coming
forth; В^Э^4 to come out; phyir-
§kyur-ica to cast out, Ba'cW^ turned inside
out (the lining of a coat) (Glr.); це/ч
khafi-pa-la$ phyug$ phyir bda§
drove forth the cattle from the house ;
placed the lamp outside;
$fB^’Kal^,q not to let out at the door
(Jd) ; B’^'B^* lot out the dog. B^T'4
outside aggressor, foreign foe ; B^’^'4 4
to expel;	phyir-bsrins sent off.
phyir-ipched-pa	to reveal a
a^i
secret, to spread or let out confidential news
or information.
g-g qc/Xwpr)-
the important policy of the state whether
of public or of private interest should not
be revealed to one’s own son, brother,
parents, wife, and near relations, or to
any whomsoever (D. $el. 13).
СЧ
III: or B*’^ I-	postp.
because of, on account of, by or through :
^В^В\ЯК^§^ through what have you
become like this (Dzl.); ^^’B^ why, where-
fore ; члчI have come
because he came ;	because of
having done you harm (MH.). 2. for, for
the sake of, in order to, for the purpose
of:	B t the plumes
of vultures were stuck up in order to roof
him in overhead (Pih. 128b.);
gdul-bya dan-wa hdren-pahi phyir
with the object of attracting converts;
5^'цЯ’В^ because it is necessary.
C\
IV : adv. afterwards, subsequently.
В^’Ч^'Ч*  §5*q phyir-bcil-war byed-pz =
ч to obstruct, to put hindrance to.
В**чХ*г</ phyir-bcoppa or =
to reply, return;
[remedy] #.
B^V’4 phyir-dran-wa sfrefa [against
the hair or grain; disagreeable, hostile]#.
B*	ph yir-phyogs=B* ’®4I
[having the face turned back; disinclined
towards; regardless of]#.
ger^’XwwB^’B*]* being devoid of holy
virtues he turns his back on religion
(Khrid. 17). B^S4!44 phyir phyog$-pa =
F B^V4 1° look back or forth (Mnon. A.
K. 1-12).
phyir-hbur-wa [tg^con-
found]#.
838
3*4
phyir *hbran-wa=or
g^TS’4 Tje^~su spyod-pa to follow, to
imitate, to go to imitate, to go in the
foot-steps (ДГйснЛ
ч phyir mi-nur-wa	[not
to change place with]#.
B^’lU’q phyir mi-hofi-ica ^^TTHT^Ft
[that will not have to come hack; tho
Andgamins are those who will not have to
be bom in the world again]#.
^'^q qphyir mi-hon-ua-la hjug^a MRnnfH-
[one who has attained to the state
of anagdmQS. B*'^’4 phyir-hon-wa wr-
[to come back]#.	уд
copy of a reply that has come aft ei wards.
phyir-lau hon-zin-gyi
true copy of a reply received
UV к. .
phyi$ l. = 5'4|^S da-gzod and
da-$dod (Mfton.) adv. of time and place :
late, last; at the back, behind, to the
rear. Often with : B*1^ having
come later, or at last; В^^Л#4^’4”
because cries for help were arising in
the rear.	aftcrwaids, later, here-
after; B^q'^ at a later time, ^B^’
?q'<^ id. Occasionally used like a
postp., e.g.,	after he had be-
hold, after having seen. B^ /<№‘4 phyi$-
lain kheg&pa to prevent the recin fence
of a fault, guilt, mistake or irregularity
(D. feZ. 10). 2. sbst. rag, scrap of cloth :
^q'B^ rag for the hands, ^‘BN nose-rag,
B«‘B« phyi$-$kye$ younger brother or
sister.
Syn. mi-bo; q§^-2j genft-po (Mfton.).
В*гчХ*1 phyi§-bcos sfwr amendment,
reparation.
phyis cho$-rgyun=^'*Y^'^
rje^-su chos-rgyun : B^
the later development of religion and
the intermediate great deeds (Yig. k.).
+ phyi$-bu=%\ $nod a vessel.
phyi$-byuft-=-	any-
thing that will happen afterwards; after
consequences (Rtsii.).	phyi$-
hbyuft ji-byed what to bo done when a
thing happens afterwards, i.e., to provide
for a contingency (Yig. k.).
ph у tig or gq’^i phyug-po adj. rich:
gq-Ej^wg^^gq^I Sfl'JTqIF
the wealth of the rich being taken away
from them should be distributed to the
poor. gq Q чдЕ.4 q^ there are three
classes of rich people :—(1)	Bgq 21 the
best who aro rich in righteousness (reli-
gion) ; (2) agc/sbujKgq q the intermediate
who are rich in men (friend, relation
flowers); (3) 4^’Bgqq the last are those
who are rich in possessions. §q Й phyug*ino
a rich lady ; gq gS riches, wealth, opulence;
gq^vc^q to grow rich; §q SB4 rich and
poor; ^q’SS'4no difference between rich
and poor (Jd.).
Syn. nor-ldan', *5*^ hbyorjdan;
yo-byadJdan;	rdsa§-ldan;
^5K§qq nor-gyi$ phyng-pa ; gqq dtcaft-
phyug-pa; ^q Q phyug-po; gw’^q khyim-
fykig*, q^’S gtso-wo; dpon-hgo\
*4^ dpon-mgo;	rngo-hdren; rje-
tco\ phyug-cheir, ^q*§^ lhagJibyor',
yaft-dag-hbyor;	hdrin-pa;
jo-bo ; «EA’q^q mfiah-bdag;
(jpon*, X^5qc/ nor-dican (Mnon.).
phyugs TO all beasts that can
be domesticated or subjugated by
man: camel, horse, yak, cow, sheep, goatr
etc., gen. translated ucattle”:
phyug$-§kyon herdsman; gq^B^q rich in
cattle, cattle-wealth (Мйдп.). §q*T5^£^4
1^1
839
SM
phyugs-dan mtshufis brute-like:
(JT. du. 51) the man whose mind is
under the influence of wino is like a brute;
’ЯШЦ |
whoever does not think of other persons’
interests, his behaviour is similar to that
of beasts (Cdn.). phyug§-deb=^\^
phyug$-rtsi§ a register or account of
cattle.	phyugs-bdag—^wffi'^
dwafi-phyng chen-po mjqfr Mahes'vara
(Mfion.);	phyugs-hdul taming of
beasts, breaking in horses and mules,
domesticating animals (Behu. 174) ; 3^’
qjmc/S phyug$-g.yaft-mo cattle which have
lived a great many years (Yig. 8).
+ phyug$-phyufi~^*\^ gshon-
nu-ma a youthful maiden.
= ,q or (Mfion.).
1. really perf. of, but sometimes used
instead of, hbyin-pa (Rdo. 46) to
cast out, throw away; banish. 2. to be
in excess, to be more than what is required
or can be accommodated in a vessel (Yig.
28). 3. sbst. the excess or overflow of a
thing in a vessel (Rtsii.).
phyiir-bu 1. hay-rick, shock of
sheaves, heap of sticks (Jd.). 2. the solid
substance obtained from milk devoid of
butter: 3^’4* phyur-$kam dried curds
(Rtsii. 49).
—s
I: ph ye 1. flour, meal, flour of
parched barley=£«4 2. for 3‘* phye-ma
dust, powder, etc. ; зччч]^ phye hthag-p>a
or	phyer-hthag-pa to reduce to
flour. 5^‘B rgyag&phye flour as provision
for a journey = ^q, also parched meal;
g^’B lcag$-phye iron filings ;	rdo-phye
stone reduced to powder, small particles
of stone; ifa’B §po$-phye,	tsan*
dan-gyi phye-ma fumigating powder, san-
dal-wood powder; bag-phye wheat
flour or barley meal; SH'B brag-phye small
fragments of stone produced by stone-
cutting; ^’3 qin-phye saw-dust;
gser-hye gold-dust (from Jd.).
^11: occurs as pf. and impcrat. of
q- v.
B’4)?* phye-gtor offerings made of
barley-flour to spirits (Jig. 36).
3’« phye-ma powder, dust, v. В
phye.
3’*r$«iphye-ma-leb abutterfly (Yig. 36).
3 phye-leb ser-khra n. of a
vegetable medicine:
Р11Уе$ half; a^Bs midnight,
§Bs zla-phyed half a month. BS’H
phyed-ka one half (А. K. 40). 35'7F'
phyed-krttn — ^^' §kyil-krufi drawing
in one leg and stretching out the other.
3S‘g^’fl phyed-$kyil-ica to sit in a cross-
legged posture but not exactly in the
manner of Buddha :
чзад with the real body seated in a
cross legged posture but not meditating
(A. 11). BS’i^’ phyed-glift peninsula. 35 *
partner to one half:
as I have still a partner in this
business.
BSq phyed-pa—t^^ hgyitr-ica to
change, changing;	nii-phyed
dican§-pa a mind that does not change
and remains firm (Yig. 42). phyed-po
that which has changed.
phyen-=Y^\hog-rlufi dri-ma
(vulg. in Sikk. and W. pronounced > as
phen) wind, flatulence: ^B5*B 3 ^B^’
3^51	840
at midnight the child let go a wind
{Dag. £);	phyen-qorsoH a wind
has escaped (Jd.).
^4’^5^ phyeni-red the whole after-
noon, e.g.) from 1 p.m., to 3 р.м. (K. d. *,
<J, 396; S 4S).
’K phyo-phyo is defined as
khyi-la r bad-pa to incite or set on a dog.
phyogt 1. that part which bor-
ders on another greater part, the base, the
side, the outskirts ; with reference to any
place—the direction or quarter in which
it lies from the speaker : З^^'Ч phyogt-su
towards, in the direction of;
in the front, ahead, the front
side;	wih?;	from
whence ?	there, thither, in that
direction ; ^’рй’З^’Ч towards the nape
of the neck {Vai. ; in colloq.:
54!*174 towards, in the direction of ; 3H4’
together, at one time;
also	one-sided, prejudiced. 2.
В4!*1 is also used figuratively to signify
a man’s side, part, interests, benefit,
party; the benefit of anything in general:
t0 gpend for the benefit
of religion;	to take tho
part of another, to embrace another’s
interests; in favour of, for, in behalf
of, for the benefit of :
q to die or to undergo death for the sake
of a close friend (J/ZZ.);	phyogt-
mthah ultimate end or use;	the
part or side of a person or faction;
В я phyogs-phyi-ma an enemy's party or
Fide. 3. the cardinal point, quarter or
direction;	the four points of the
compass;	on every side, in all
directions; all round (a person or place);
from all sides, frq.;
tfefijipyogi the zenith ; *4’54” hog-phyogs
the nadir.	sa-phyog$ locality, region,
country:	y°ur neighbourhood
or your country.	phyog^kyi
mukhyud=J\^ hi-та the sun (Jfnoa.). 4.
about, lately:	about 3 o’clock
5. symb. numeral = ten.
Syn.	tfon\ kun-khyab
(ДГЛоп.).
З^’Й’Я^2* phyogt-kyi glafi-po 1.
[A famous Buddhist logician born in
Kan chipur in the Deccan. Ho is the
author of Prftmanasamuccaya and NyA-
ya-bha§ya, And was a contemporary of
Lha-Tho-tho-ri of Tibet. He is des-
cribed in the Hindu works on NyAya
philosophy as being a man of extra-
ordinary genius]^. 2. the ei&ht
mythological elephants which guaid the
“ quarters ” of the woild are :— (1)
sa-srufisJni; (2)	pad-dkar-can;
(3)	Qyon-phyogs; (4) 8a-mo$;
(5) gwl-byed', (6)	me-tog
so-ean; (7)	kun-gragt; (8)
cha-mdzet.
phyogt-kyi gotgeer-bu,
^’^5 got-med яп naked, uncovered
(Mfion.).
phyogt-kyi gcod-pahi
bgegt-bshi^ the four obstructors on Ohe’s
four sides or towards the four points of
the compass :—(1)	.hbyuft-wat
gcod-pa; (2)	khamt-kyit gcod-
pa; (3) $A^wr«rpfv<i Iha-hdret gcod-pa; (4)
dgra-yi$ gcod-pa.
5^'5^’ phyogt-tkyoft the guar-
dian of a quarter or direction.
phyogt-tkyofi rgyal-po the
guardian kings of the four quarters. The

841

second of the four great kings of the
world:—(1)	sa-hdsin rgyal-po \
(2)	phyogs-skyon rgal-po; (3)
rigs-drug rgyal-po; (4)^’3^’
5*rq hdsani-glin rgyal-po.
the ten great gods who guard the ten
sides of the world.
phyog$-go$-can	an
epithet of Mabes'vara.
Phyog§-glan ftwn n. of a
great Buddhist philosopher who was con-
temporary with Kalidasa. See
I.
bjqjag’g’^ phyog^na-ma	[1. nor-
thern or left side. 2. second part of an
argument, reason pro, the reply]S.
Phyogs-can n. of a Risi (Ya-sel.
53).
phyogs-bca tho ten quar-
ters, all sides; all directions; v. above.
Phyogs-bcu mun-sel n. of a
work in Tibetan which is considered as an
indispensable traveller’s manual (Rtsii.).
phyogs-chahi rtog-pa hesita-
tion or scruples arising from feeling an
interest in a thing.
tham$-cadall quarters:
from all
quarters (they) сото to your help (A. 61).
phyog§-mthun=4'**&.4 phyogs-
mtshuftt appropriate, suitable, adequate
(W)-
phyog$-bdag as met. the sun
(Mfton.). Also=iftqfu [1. the lord of
the earth. 2. the guardians of the eight
quart ers.]&
g<ipr^’q phyogs hdra-ica also
pihyag^rntshun^ similar.
phyog^naft-bycd the
illuminator of the quarters.
phyogs-me# impartial; without
country; a vagabond:	f4lN’
is said to be a stranger
Pandit who has no fixed residence (Л.
13b).
phyogs-med-ma 1.	a
prickly medicinal plant [Solanum
jacquini\S. 2. a young woman, a girl just
budding into youth (Mnon.).
phyogs-mtshams the limits of
quarters; boundary,	Phyogs-
mtshams-ma a queen of the yaksha (K. gu.
5,130).
khas-
blan§ promise; to promise,	one
who has become a party to, one engaged
to a party.
phyogs-ris inclining to one side,
partiality:
all the established
doctrines of the orthodox Buddhists are
impartial and unhostile evidences. (Lon.
% lb). Vide 2.
phyogs-la§ gol-ica-W'*^
lam-nor-wa to mistake the right way, to
go amiss: ^’^3’43i‘^'55,gqjN,4^’^4,qQ’5r
(Yig. k. 10).
gqpr|c?phyogs-lhun 1. partiality,
<Jj J	f sjvi'3
if one is partial and prejud-
iced one becomes bigotted and regards
another’s religion with intolerance (Lam-
rim. 23). 2.=*^'^’ chags-sdaft.
gqprq phyogs-pa 1. to go
aside, diverge, to turn; vb. n. chos-la
to turn to religion (Schtr.);	phyir
phyog^-pa to turn aside;	phyir
phyog$-par byed-pa to divert from, to dis-
suade from (Ta. 12, lb-);	hchi-
khar phyog§-pa turned to dying=nearing
107
842
death; Qftfvqarjqto turn one’s
back on worldly transmigration.
gojsra mAon-du phyog§-pa 2. to become
visible, to make evident, to face or front:
growing
from a rock facing the south side (#.
Lam,};	in order to
bring this meaning to light, to express it
clearly (Gram.), 3. to be openly or evi-
dently attached to, strongly turned
towards: ^5’^ rgyud-la to a Tantra or
treatise. 4. [adj., sbst. attached
to, following; a partizan, an adherent]
Jd.
’fl phyod-pa to be thorough, to carry
through:	very pushing;
by proceeding quickly a long
journey is accomplished.
phyor 1. n. of a numerical
figure (8, Lex,). 2, in kha phyor-wa
for mchor speaking vainly.
phyol-ya$ a numerical figure.
I: phra ace. to Jd, all these expres-
sions эд’р, ч'5чч>
signify to insert an ornament of jewels, to
stud with jewels, etc.:	'^'3 q^JVq
bedecked with different kinds of precious
stones and metals. 3’^5 phra-med the
displaced procious stones such as rubies,
sapphire, turquoises, picked out from
ornaments (Jig. 10).
3’3^ phra-rgya$=ffifa^ misery,
because it first comes in insignificant
form and then assumes more dangerous
shape and important dimensions.
%tf\phra-dog envy.
II: or яд*д 1. fine, thin. ^^’5’3'q in
reference to the doctrine . of Buddhist
5^1	•
subtleties; gvW’a body, a?
slender as a thread; Sfrgq a thin or
slender waist. УТЗ=3*Ч^’ a poor, humble
man. 2.==^’Я	wg [minute,
atomic]#. = 5’w	[the act o£
whispering into the ears; treason, dis-
union]#. phra-mo thin, little, small:
g Йsem^can phra-пю rnam$ ani*
maleuloe; ^'3'^ na-phra-mo little as to age,
trifling, slight;	rnam-rtog phra-
mo slight scruple; ё^’З’Й rdsun-phra-ma
a little lie; g'#&i phra-mo-tsam slender,
g'^c/gq phra-shiA phra-wa subtle, ex-
tremely fine; 3'^q phrashib very fine,
minute, exact; g ^q^NR^w phrashib
hthu$-hdem§ all the minute details, com-
plete details.
д'адч phra-phab-pa to cast a horoscope,
to predict good or evil by interpreting
reflections of any thing on a mirror; 3
phra-men magical forecasts.	3
if the imago
of the immaculate moon be thrown on a
mirror, from it can be drawn the essential
condition of an object in the three times,
i.e. past, present and future (A. 3J).
phra-gsa§ gshon-nu an epi-
thet of	Hjam-dpal dkar-po of
Bon mythology I).II.
phra-ma 1. fTOH one of the four
sins of speech, calumny, slander, &c. 3X
fl|Wq to calumniate, slander;	4 phra-
ma shu-wa id. (Jd.)
it is not right that a gelong
should speak words of calumny. 2.=
*^’35 a weapon of two tongues or
points, [two-tongued one, i.e., snake]#,
3. a needle.
phra-mahi^nad n. of a disease.

843
phra-mohi-xhin [a field
of Panicuni mtliaceum~\S.
Sfl phrag 1. intermediate space, inters-
tices, a ci evice, ravine. in between,
in the interstices, and as postp. betwixt;
v.	ЭТ is also used as
an auxiliary particle after cardinal num-
bers, to signify a collective body:	a
hundred, a thousand, S4) a hun-
dred thousand, bdim-phrag a week,
йГЗ4! a month.
=	(Mnon.)
1.	sbst. the shoulder: дч|’Ч’«гчч|«гч
to load on the shoulders; 5q]^’^gqTq’'4
to climb on the shoulders of a friend;
the flesh of both shoulders.
at tho moment the word was
uttered the bird without greatly increa-
sing the flappings of its pinions earned
both the brothers on its shoulders (Tan.
d. 4.)	phrag-byufior
shawl worn by the lamas as an
upper covering or wrapper leaving one
shoulder bare;	phrag-pa-gyas
right shoulder or arm, д<Г«г*|^ phrag-pa-
gyon left shoulder or arm. g<T*to phrag-
mig swathe crab; n. of a kind of spirits
having eyes on their shoulders. 2. vb.,
also ядчр hphrag-pa, to envy, to grudge
(Сз.)
phrag-dog turf, (Л. K.
1-2 J), envy, jealousy; дчА^Ж^’^’
^3’^'3 on the rock of jealousy the tender
shoots of merit will not grow.
phrag-dog-gi dri-ma the defilement of envy;
phrog-dog-can	jealous,
envious, grudging.
phra^ v. hphran.
gc/q&j Phran-btsan n. of a plaeein Tibet
(Rtsii.).
^yphrad	1. a particle added
to words or letters to show relationship to
another word in a sentence :
it is necessary to learn the
proper appheation of these particles
(Gram,)	phrad-gan hthob
It a-dg os-pa (a beginner of grammar) must
see what particles should be applied (Situ.
118).	rnam-dbye-phrad	the
signs	of	cases, as	§,	ч, etc.	2.=^
phrad-pa	is a form of	*gS‘q;
WRTH,	meeting	a	friend,
collision;	4 rlun-dan rliifi phrad-
pa wind rushing upon wind.
gS’3 phrad-po for 05’5 khrad-po (Vai.
sn.).
phran or	1. a little, a
trifle; trifling. 2. part of the body.
3. knives and other small instruments
used in surgery (Jd.) g^'^’ phran-chun
humble or little self (common in letters);
phran-tshegs (vulg. g^q|) = g^’g.
Also as adj. small, insignificant:
the minutiae of religious dis-
cipline (Jd.)	phran-tshegs
hgrim-pa	[practising in
small degree]S', g^ phran-tsho we, our
humble selves.
phral 1. present time, just now:
EA’^rwg^ in my country at present
(Jlbrom. 10J). g^’^ phral-du adv.=S‘^,
freshly, recently. 2. described as:
U	80-sor kha-bral-wa enumeration;
separation.
phri-wa v. фч or SSq $brid-pa to
diminish, reduce.
^1
844

phrm=^^\ hphrin news, tidings,
intelligence:	com-
municating news, sending it out and
abroad.
phril vulg. for $*4 hril used by the
herdsmen (Dok-pa) of Tibot:
mt shan-phrilmtshan-hril whole or
full night.
phru-gu, v. phrug.
о
phru-ica = (col. £*** rdsa-ma)
earthen pot, pan, stew-pan.
Syn. zan-rdsa; йчл mi-tha-ra ; чХ gf
bv-rdsa] gyo-piod; khog-ma
{МпопД.
+ phru-ma 1. tho womb; also
explained as meaning:
{Khrid. 46).	2. = 3'3^ a palace,
castle; also=S^^ dmag-sgar military
encampment.
phrug 1. (or or |’3) child; the
.	CS	.
young of any animal, 0^ khyi-phrug a
pup. Syn. bu-brgyud]	bdag-
§kye§]	lu$-las-hph(l] 3^’3^ bi*an-
§kye$] Bi khyehu] S*^q bus-pa {Mnon.).
5^13 3^ phrug-gu ^kye-ica to beget chil-
dren, to bring forth a child; 34!
y)hrug-gu chag^-pa pregnancy, a pregnant
woman {Mnon.) ; З^З^'4 phru-gu gso-wa
to rear, to bring up a child ;	3 ^’q
phru-gu for-pa a miscarriage, abortion;
phru-guhi du$ infancy, child-
hood ; da-phrug orphan; ^'З4! пл/-
phrug bastard; ^’3*1 tshon-phrug the
merchants of a caravan in their relation-
ship to their leader {Jd.). 2. fine cloth
or woollen stuff:	suam-phrug woollen
cloth; S'^j spn-phrug fine strong serge
of which the robes of Tibetan great men
are made.
phrugs or	phrugs-gcig
one day with the night, a period of
twenty-four hours :
tho work of one full day (day and night)
{A. 7 J);	Vi й^|
’65'q how ono with three vows should
observe (practise) them day and night or
within 24 hours {Qd. 6). ЗЯ**'* phrugs-
nia цтч: [a period of three hours]
phrum in 3*V* j>Aruwi-n/$=carti-
Iago, gristle {Jd.).
phrum-gsar, in
a fresh phrum yields vigour and
increases the semen; phrum-phrum=
X^X4! rdog-rdog.
phr(hu=%$kye-rags phra-
tco a fine sash; acc. to Cs. = 3phra-mo.
phren=^w 4f^, qrfa, W order,
line, row, stratum.
Phren-po n. of a place in Tibet.
3^ Phrtft-po shi-tca n. of the Lama of
that place (Lon. 4)-
phren-wa, L v. ч hphrefi-wa.
2. ПТМТ, wtw order, row, many
in a line or order. Also a garland,
wreath; further=щцнт^п, rosary, string of
beads.	ч phren-du b$grig$-pa (^r
З^чузрс^’З) arranged like the order in
chandas rhythm. 3^'*^ phren-thag
a rope, garland;	phren-ldan-ma a
cascade (wr^ hbab-chu) {Mnon.). 3^’Ч’«
phreft-wa-ma HTfa5?! [a female garland-
maker] S.
3^4*41^ phren-wa-gsar a Nepa-
lese.
351
845
cjE/Уч]^ phren-thogs an epithet of the
god of love, Kama (J5. ch. 5).
З^’Ч’г^ phren-wa~can 1. n. of the king
of swans (Mnon.) 2. Frat, Frairr^ [a
garland-maker, gardener, or florist]#.
•s
ph rid derivative from *35’^ hphrad*
pa to meet; and signifying khat which
meets or crosses over another, that which
is aslant something else: 3V*i across, at an
angle to, 35’^ id.; phred-lam a path
(horizontal or inclined) leading along the
side of a mountain; phred-gtan
bolt or bar ot a gate (Jd.).
3’^ phro-yas (9J^) faufK n. of a
numerical figure (8. Lex.).
phrog^ pf. of sX^’q dphrog-pa, fut.
bphrog (Rdo. b6)\ but ordinarily
S34! is considered to be the fut. ЗЯ*^4!
phrog$-$igy imp. of hphrog-pa.
3^ phrob, n. ядч hphrob.
3*1 phrol or hphrol, imp. of *3^ q
hphral-ica.
3*1 phro^ v. *3’4 hphro-wa.
Phrom n. of a country situated to
the north-east of Yarkand and north of
Tibet where Buddhism flourished in and
before the 10th century A.D.; but there-
after it became desolate, though traces
of its existence are occasionally disco-
vered by travellers. This country iu
the 6th century A.D. is said to have been
under the rule of king Gesar; acc. to Bon:
3H3’$'4 in the north the country
of Phrom of Gesar (G. Bon.).
phrom-$grag prob. public,
known to all, trumpetted.
ojwp hphag~pa, pf. wqN hphag^ to
rise up, to be elevated, to raise oneself, be
uplifted or raised, to ascend:
’«Ц (I) am the divine instrument
of your elevation (your elevation-blessing),
he who will effect your ascent to heaven
or deification (Jd.)
however, from .(the time of his)
coming up from Tibet till now. (A. 135).
hphags-pa is the equiv. of the
Sanskrit Arya sublime, exalted,
raised-up:	phal-lat
hphags-par bzafi-tca a more than ordinary
beauty (Dzl.) ;	gzan-pas
hphag§-par gyiir-to he far excelled others
(Dzl.); 155'4^*1 khyad-hphags or |55’qvY
Q khyad-par hphags-pa distinguished,
transcendant, glorious:
India, the most glorious country;
an offering of a
hundred of the most costly kinds of jewels
(Jd.). is a common prefix to the
names of great deities and Bodhisattwas,
e.#.,	Arya Chenraisi,
ц81Ч]^-ц-|ог51 Arya Dolma or Tara. Buddha
S'akya-thubpa is also par excellence
and this epithet standing alone
always indicates him and may be used in
lieu of his full name.
hphags-skad or
bphags-yul-§kad the language of the
Aryas; the Sanskrit language.
чаяргд<г5 hphags-§kyes-po	one
of the four Dikpala or guardian kings of
the Faith; the guardian of the south.
Bphagt-hkhnins the birth
place of the venerable ones; the
Buddhist name of India.
Syn. rgya-gar-yul\ ynl-
divu§;	bsod-rnams sa-gshi;
чдкяад/ dwn$-hgyiir-hchafi (Mnon.).
hphag$-chen-po fv^TUt: the
celebrated, the illustrious.
|	846	^7|
яччщ'ыХч] hphags-mchog or Q.qq^qS’wXn]
цянтщ the most exalted, the most holy.
hphags-mchog sem^-dpah
=	the venerable body of
saints.
hphag^-pa klu-$grub ^тяг-
игягая v. Я'Я5’ klu-$gri<b.
the Sutras delivered
by Buddha to a number of infants
whereby, though left in a lonely house
in the wilderness, they were not disturbed
by wild boasts, etc. (7Г. d. 421).
qqq|^*q ^^-q hphag§-pa dgyes-pa W-
[the noble and graceful]^.
hphags-rgyal ^rasrftr^ the city
of Ujjayani (modern Ujjain in Malwa).
qqqj^q ^ hpkag$-pa-can ace. to Bon, a
name of tho Kamaloka.
Hphags-pa Thog$-uicd
the founder of the Yogacharya
school of Buddhism. He was high-priest
in tho Achintapuri monastery (Ajanta
caves).
tho enumera-
tion of names in tho Shtra of the two
venerable ones (K. d. 342).
Hphags-pa fin-кип
a celebrated Buddhist sanctuary in Nepal.
Hphags-pa lha the chief
disciple of Nagarjuna who succeeded him
in the rulo of Nalendra.
qqqjsrqrqJ^q hphay^pahi bskgod-pa ^3^-
fHH [appeased]^.
hphags-pahi dge-hdun
tho holy Buddhist church com-
prising monks, saints, Bodhisattvas,
Arhats, etc.
hphagt-pahi nor-bdun the
seven riches of a Buddhist saint:—(1)
 (2)	; (3)
; (4)	;
(5) 3^-5)	; (6)
(7)	The trea-
sures of the saints, the wealth of the holy
personages are: the wealth of faith, of
pure morals, of modesty, of sensibility to
Dharma, of attentiveness, of charity, of
wisdom (K. d. q, 55).
qqqprq5'£a|N hphags-pahi-tshog$ чгпцляг
the assembly of tho venerable.
^qq]qqS’Q{5<uiyi3|q]'qj^ hphag$-pahi lam yan
lag-brgyad	the eight acces-
sories to tho noble path to Nirvapa:—(1)
uj^ ^ qS ^q yan-lplag-pahi lta-wa\ (2) if^’q
; (3) flag; (4) wjw la$-kyi-
mthah; (5) 4^’q htsho-гса ; (G) f «ГЧ rtsol-
wa;(7) draa-pa; (8)	tin-fie-
hdsiii (JT. du. 164). [The equivalents in
Sanskrit and English are:—(1) мярг ?f<
right view; (2)	right thought;
(3) издл ТГЖ right speech; (4) ящж
right action; (5) wpr right living;
(6) HRRT чтштн right exertion > (7)
right recollection, and (8)
right meditation] S.
hphag§-ma чггап the venerable
lady or female saint.
яычцгз'ч hphags-yul ( = q^w^q^ bsod-
vam$ sa-gshi 3^PJ{m) a Tibetan name of
India.
hphag$-rigs tho noble and
venerable brotherhood or order.
Syn.	rig$~cheu\	rig§-
bzafi; 3 ” 9’*^1 skye$-bii-mchog; 3 «rg’Vrq
§kye§-bu dam-pa; *WKjfrq Ishans-par
spyod-pa; ^N’or-oj^q khrims-la gna$-pa*}
d^*ry^*rq nag§-na guas-pa; dge-
§lofi (Mnon.).
QSJC/ hphaft also hphafy, wntv
height:	in height; also adv.

847

with dignity, with sublimity; 5^яХч|'
to lower, to detract from the
sublimity of the most Precious (Jd.).
hphans-nas byon proceeded in a
dignified manner, went on with cheerful
confidence.
яче/я^е/ hphan-mdun a sling-hook
or spear head to which a string is tied
and, being held fast, the spear-head is
flung at a fish or bird.
яче.’tjc; Hphan-phun n. of a very large
number: ячз^ччя
4 hphan-wa fut., and ячям’ч
hphans-pa pf., of явЦ’Ч hphen-pa.
яче/я hphafi-ma n. of a plant the fruit
of which is used in medicine: ячЕ/яя'ядя’
^’<51 hphan-lo=^\% hkhorJo,
1. a wheel, a cycle: яче/5&г§ч]чц hphan-
lo tsam-gyi go-san (B. ch. 14). ^е/^чче/
5 like the wheel of a vehicle; я^'^я’
яче/Зг^е. like the cycle of the four seasons
(Yig. 243). 2. a spindle; яче?2|е? hphan-
fifi a weaver’s spindle.
Ц5К5ГЦ hphans-pa 1. shaken, thrown,
cast out	b^kyod-pa), pf. of я«Цч
hphen-pa (Mnon.). 2. frq. for чяэдч
phafi§-pa to spare, to save (DsZ.); ячяя^'
op>E/$5w Eberal, bounteous, without
restriction (Jd.).
hphan, thrown, cast out
v. «Ц phan; ячз^ ч hphan byed-pa to
throw.
*	hpha n-pa=	nam§-pa.
яч^ ц Hphan-po or ячу^ч llphan-yul ($’
of the nearest
alpine valley north of Lhasa, яч^‘«ргдр*
hphan-yul grab-dkar one of the thirty
holy places of Bon (G. Bon. 4).
R4*f hphan-zel a kind of onyx: яч^’3«г
a^qq-w&qj'S^-Ei (Sorig.); яч^огЯ^уч^
the onyx is to be looked on as most
precious (Situ. 71).
hpham-pa pf. ия pham to be
defeated, subdued, vanquished, worsted; to
succumb: g^яя^'Ч’^чяч^ the Chinese
were conquered by the Tibetans; ячячя
я§\'Ч or ячя’ч^ч in C. to be defeated or
worsted; ячяч\*§5ч to cause defeat, to
conquer; ^яя’ячя'чя'^я be conquered tho
Chinese (Glr.); й
Milarapa overcoming the Bon religion
by the doctrine of Buddha; а#«‘чя the
Ma-pham or Manasarowar Lake, so called
because Milaraspa proved “ unconquera-
ble ” there. <Ц'ч*гч down-hearted, dejected;
^5’чяц a low-spirited, dejected woman
(Jd.). ^’ячя invincible: ^ячяяЗ^ц rni-
hpham mgon-po or ^’ячя is an epithet
of Jampal Bodhisattva, ячя*^ hpham-
rgyal abbr. of ячя’ч	victory and
defeat in a battle or law-suit: яцч[Ч’ччя’
д'чКя §^Ле/ victory or defeat are the res-
pective consequences of a dispute.
hphar a panel, small plank.
ямя я^ hphar-hgro sprehu mon-
key, that which walks jumping (Mfion.).
2. increase, advance.
I: hphar-гса, or wq Ш hill-
dog, wild-dog, Cuon primeemts.
Syn.	nags-khyi*,	n-
dwag$-gsod я*я mtshah\ ^чя’ЧМ'я^ dpah-
wa^-tshan or	dpal-ices-mtshan;
(Mnon.).
ячя‘ч*яЗ|55 Hphar-wa rngo-dgu n. of a
malignant devil of the Sa-bdag class.
^•q|
848
II:	(vb. n. to aX'4 fpor-
tea) 1. to leap up, to fly up, to bound, to
throb: S’W tho pulse is boating; м’чччка
to fidget, to be restloss (Jft.). 2. to bo
raised, elevated, promoted, advanced: 4’*’
«wq to bo officially promoted; ^'ччч to
increase or raise the price; “Kwq to
ascend forward; wf1 hphar-kha promo-
tion, augmentation of position and pay in
service:
^’Jqq^ (D. yeZ. 10).	3. =
bskyod-pa to flutter, to move to and fro
(Л. 16).
Syn. AtJ^ q don-hphel-wa ;	4 rgya§-
pa ; нУчкядкр mt ho-war hgyur-wa ; 5^'q
dar~ica. (Mnon.).
hphar-chag abbr. of чч’чмкч yar
hphar-tea and	mar-chag-pa.
wa hphar-ma =	or
excess, more than what is ordinarily re-
quired in worldly or religious matters;
refund or to pay up the excess
(Rtsii. 60).	hphar-mahi ilsa-
dnul in colloq. special allowance or reward,
extraordinary allowance (1). gel. 10).
4 О.Ч'З! 7JJ hphal-ka ri-mo (чгжж) a
figure or a painting.
W4| hphal-ga incision, indentation,
notch (Cs.).
О$Ч]'Ц hphig-pa or ч«Ц« pf- of ч^чрга,
0^4]’4 hphug-pa occurs for чдч^-q as
in etc.
hphun-wa pf. 3е1 'phun to
degenerate, to decay, to be in declining
circumstances, to wear away.
a deed for the ruin of Tibet; those
circumstances which brought ruin or
decay; чдс/А^чдч’А to be ruined, to become
decayed, чде^ч^ч, ^•Qr^q/^qw^-q
or чдч^ч’ч^’ч to ruin, to undo; чдч^дч
hphuft-dkrol the decay of fortune, ruin,
degeneration. ч$ач$ hphun-gshi cause,
occasion of decay.
чдчм*ч hphufa-pa concourse of
many people.
hphttdpa to transfer, lay aside,
to put apart:	’^^чд^ч naft-na$ hpyi-
la hphud-pa to remove a thing from inside
(a house) to outside (of it).
hphub-pa to set up, pitch: gv
чдч’ч to pitch a tent; B^qgq’q khyim-
hphub-pa to sot up or erect a house.
hphur-wa ^З^рГ; pf. 3*
2diur 1. to fly; also, to fan, to flap to
and fro: g^yr^Kq phur-gyi$ phur-wa
to flutter, чдч’ч^ hphur-hgro bird (Mfton.);
hphur-byed	flying. 2. =
to rub with the hand, e.g.^ linen in
washing; to scratch softly (Jd.).
4^^! hphul and чвргг^ hphul-ean in
Gram, the letters which ar о either prefixed
or affixed to a basic word or letter are
called 43^; e.g., in the word *3**, 3
is tho basic while ч and a prefixed and
affixed to it for the formation of a word
aro called 43ч Д word that is so formed
is called чд«г^, a term distinct from
чдч S)«q hphul-yig a prefix, i.e. one of the
prefixed letters y, tZ, b> w, and ч. А*гчдог*]Х
ba$-hphul-kaho words with tho initial
ka and tho prefix A ba; ^гчдч**^ das-
hphul-med these receive no 5 da as prefix;
*1, 4, «ця<гчд«г$г$ sa-ra-la-rnum§ hphul-
tshul-ni the manner in which prefixes are
joined with words beginning with ж sat
ч ra, or A la.
R§«rq|
849
q|<Tq hphul-wa 1. = ядч’ч to give,
i^cjorq f0 give away (in charity). 2.
^ПГ, to press, to drive, to push,
knock:	gru-mohi hphnl
r deg-cig byed-pa to jostle with the elbow
(ЛЛ7.);	to turn out.
to push out with the arms (Ja.).
Syn. of 2. hded-pa; b§kul-
wa; gdigs-pa; gzir-wa;
gnad-du bsnan-pa (Mnon.).
q3«q hpheg, v. pheg.
0$3|’Ц hphen-pa. pf. явкад hphans,
fut. hphany imp. phof^
to throw, to fling;	to fling
into the air (2Ы.);	to throw
into the orb of transmigration (Mild);
it must be thrown away
or outside. fls^'^’q to cast an arrow;
q^-ft’^q one that does not know how
to shoot (Ja.).	hphen-thag — ^^^
shagi-pa чт a sling (Mnondp J^’^'q
Rgyan hphen-pa or	Hjig-rten
Rgyan hphen-pa	a philosophical
sect of Ancient India, who were thorough
atheists and whom both Brahmans and
Buddhists condemned.
hpher-гса [to raise]#.
hphel-gtam = В ’«|5« §pel-gtam
harangue, speech, sermon, discourse.
c$orq hphel-tca ж	pf. phel
1. to increase either in number or in
size, to become more or larger:
the flowers under the tree had
multiplied;	the pleasant
warmth of mystic heat increases; *|мг3’
the air-blasts from the
caverns of ice grow stronger; q^qgjq*^
hphel-hgrib^iatf prob, diseases arising from
an excess or deficiency of humours (Vai.
$nd). яЗ«г*| increase, development. 2.=
q^N*q [to collect together]#. As
sbst. accumulation, collection, excess ; =
dar~wa.
q^qq-^ hphel-xva-can^^ ^^
palace, king’s place (Mnon.) [the upright
post of a house]#.
*3вг§5 hphel-byed l. = 0«’g khyim-bya
domestic fowl (Mnon.). 2. grow-
ing, rising.
qzfq hpho-wa pf. hphos imp.
^Rr^u, to change place, go, move
oneself away, migrate;	myur-
du hphos-qig depart quickly! яЗгбуз'ч^ч
transitory happiness ; ЯЙ ' я^й^'дч'я§^ a
yogi who is not subject to change ; я2? §\q
to move or shift anything: яЯ’ср* shifted
the tent. SRiJ-qzxS'wrqg'q
change of existence, я&яй'ч or ^'я2? q to
exchange life, to die;	hpho-skyas
byed-pa to remove from one place to
another, transfer, change one’s place :
-q^ nine times
he removed from one upland to another
(Deb. % 54)- я2гч^е/Я|ч| hpho-wa gron-
Ayw7=q]5Hqa|'4|*rq4 q gdam-nag-gis hpho-ica
the translation of a soul, by the efficacy of
sjV’ or charms, from one body to another
just vacated by death.
я5‘® hpho-bya — ^'^ the soul or Vijna-
na; ^*§5 =<45*1^ a charm, mantra.
q?hpho-med thog-med tha-
dpal-ldan dni-hkhor
; the doctrine of Kala-cakra
Buddhism, which affirms neither a begin-
ing nor an end in respect of the trans-
migration of the soul from one body to
another (Mfand)
108

850

hpho-lan 1. filling up by a new
comer of an appointment caused by the
removal or retirement of an officer: w
(/X $el.
10).	2. taking over charge of office-
accounts, &c., by an officer from a retiring
official (Rtsii. 21).
hpho§ death (A. K. 2-42),
passing over; migration:
3 those
swans (in their turn) without break in
their order, migrating whereever the boy
Gsal-wa was, took up their station (Ilbrom,
P, 35).
hphog-pa pf. 5*| phog to strike,
both in the figurative sense and materially:
to affect, influence, to touch the
main point; also, to hit (that which is
aimed at), to impinge upon, fall upon,
ц it struck his heart; Sa	q
it affected the man’s mind;
5*|O the food, etc., aifected the disease;
he was struck with
epilepsy; яйя’ч	the
arrow hit the target from a long distance,
qlfa] gqj hphog-thug pollution in the case
of a god, n&ga, demon, etc., but seems to
be a proper name here:—*|5*4'5
^5*](Hbrom. 5 J).
hphon ^ft<n archery;
hphon-rnkhan archer ;	archery.
hphon-gi stob-dpou
instructor in archery ; R?fc'*|’gk'N hphon-gi
$pon-sa or archery ground, the place
from which arrows are shot at the target.
чЗк'9]hphon-gi dbye-гса Ina or *5*^
hphon-rkyen the five distinguishing features
in archery: (1)	to hit from
a great distance; (2)	to hit
without perceiving it; (3) <*q«r^*q^S*T9
to hit with great force; (4)
to lut at the main point, or object; (5)
to hit at an object with a
sound.
hphoft$4cag=-%^ rta-lcag a
horse-whip (lllnon.).
hphoMshos sitting-part, poste-
riors (Vai. $Й.),	hphon-fa §kyon-
pa (Sch.) the riding of two persons on one
horse (Sch. Ja.).
Hphon^kyeu 1. an epithet of
king Rama (Шюп.). 2. a good skilful
archer (Jd.).
RtfcN,^T|g*|,R£*] hpkons-nas khrag-hdsag
[a stream of blood] S.
Q$WTC| hphon&pa 1. pf.
hphons or 5^ phons to be poor, indigent,
unfortunate ; with instrum, to be beieft of,
to lose; 54 ц	the king having
lost his own son (Pth.). 2. adj. poor,
unfortunate, dejected, disheartened (Ja.).
3. also	sbst. poverty; v.
hphofi-chos. Syn. 5^'5 dicul-po,
bkren-po (IJfion.).
hphod-pa = phod-pa (Cs.).
^•4 hphou-po a bundle, a bunch:
over each of
the two respectively a bundle of tamarisk
(Rdsa. 2'4).
C$ZTP hphob-pa=tfw hbebs-pa (Sch.).
hphos, v. ^5 я hpho-wa.
hphya-ica	pf.
hphyas to blame, censure, chide. Also:
to abuse, deride:	hphya-glen or ^3’
hphya-icahi glefi-mo a scoffing or
satirical discourse or story, etc.
V the sectarian
Wl
851

theories of the Bnlfi-ma gier-byon
were satires on purity (Ya-sel. 58). *3’
hphya-tshig=^’w&i] words of slan-
der, curses; (Mnon.).
hphyag-pa pf. чд*|^ hphyags to
sweep: дчрг^’чд*]?гс| swept with a broom.
^’q hphyan-xca, pf. чдк^ hphyans,
to hang down, to be suspended; to hang
on to (OS)
hanging down (А. K. 1-38); чдс/гк^
flowing (A. K. 1-14) [a support
or prop] 8.	a handker-
chief of blue silk hanging down (from
the hair); ч^с/чдс/ч to cling to, to take a
firm hold of \Thgy.); чдсгад| sounding-line
C. «3^1* hphyan hphrul or
f^p-ртг suspended ornament;
hphyan-ma a wife, one clinging to her
husband; any ornamental pendants, hang-
ings, &c.
* 4^’# hphyan-mo=^'^ thc-tsom
doubt, hesitation.
hphyans WTiTWfi, зпд [a talk-
ative one, a singer, a cuckoo] 8.
bphyad in 8<?Л. = 35 pyad ; *3V^
hphyad-can n. of a place (B. ch. J).
hphyan-pa 1. in з’^ч'чрч’йк’
*3V^ж	(Yig. 122). 2. acc. to Jd.
=wyq to ramble, to range, roam about,
wander, stray from;	to go
wandering about.
hphyar,
the roof of a house.
^3^‘f4 hphyar-kha blame, affront, dis-
grace (Sch.):	hphyar-kha btafi-
wa to uso abusive language, to insult a
person (Yig. к.).
*gvq phyar-pa *rrihf: [sprinkling] 8.
hphyar-wa imp. *3^ hphyor and
phyor 1. to hoist, lift up; to hold aloft:
sdig-mdsub to lift up the finger
(JZ/Z.); to hoist a flag; 5’S^gK^
rta-rlun hphyor-cig hang up the inscribed
flags; ^3^’V^ hphyar-dar or 5^’Q3^ dar-
hhpyar a flag. 2. (Cs.) to show, to repre-
sent, to excite, to waken; *3*^*5^hphyar-
wa byed-pa to assume an alluring attitude.
*3K*I hphyar-ka-can tempting, graceful,
charming (Jd.).
Syn. bkrab-pa*, £^§5 nes-hbyed
(Mnon.),
чдч’Ч’З^ Hphyar-wa-can n. of a cemetry
(Bon. eh. 5).
чдч’4|^’ hphyar-gych 1. = 4&q^ip< hjog-
sgegs engaging, winning behaviour (Ja.)
2. чд^’чХ^-q back-biting, doing mischief,
maliciously.
e\
чЗ’ч hphyi-tca I: a marmot; eolloq.
ч^/ч^эд “chhi-pik” or “chhi-pi” also
called §gom-chen on account of its
hybernating during the winter like Bud-
dhist monks who practise the state of sus-
pended animation ;=B q phyi-ua.
C\
II:	pf. g^ phyis or ^3^ hptiyit
чдч^гз to be late, to be belated,
to come too late; чрг^чд^ gal-te hphyis-
na if I have come too late ;	q
da-khyod cun hphyis-pa yin you havo come
just a little too late (Jd.);
W'Sqgq* I late at night there was the
chap-chap sound of the oars on the water
(A. 67).
e\
Q^Tq III:=*Bv* hphyid-pa to wipe,
to wipe off; to remove, eradicate: &Tw

852

to wipe out dust from tho eye;
a1	(17(7. 14);
to pull out the hair; §Яч’яВ’4 to
remove the testicles {Seh).
J2?7/y?’f7-p(z = ^Btnq hkhyig-pa to
bind (&Л).
hphin-san the designation in the
older writings of a minister of state of
Tibot= the modern
c\
hphy id-pa 1. to suffice, bo
enough. 2. = Q'3 C1 or
c\
hphyil-wa for ядогл hkhyil-wa
to wind, to twist, the hair Vai. $n. (Jd.).
bphyug-pa or	to
mistake, to be mistaken; =^‘q ehug-pa to
miss:	to mistake tho road;
ч to mistake the hour. ^Яч2* hphyugs-
po — ^^\ nor-mkhan the mistaker, one
who commits a blunder;	hphyug$-
uwd without mistake or blunder: Ч§ЯН*К
those that are
free from blunders should not be mistaken
by those who have erred {Rtsii. 11).
hphyur-wa 1. to ascend, to
mount, to rise up, of smoke; to overflow,
inundate, of rivers, lakes, etc. 2. Seh. to
heap up, to accumulate.
hphye-wa pf. *3^ hphyes to
crawl, to creep, like snakes;	'^’3
; n. of a naga demon.
*3’3 hphye-wo hphye-mo a crawler,
a cripple:
the
most degraded will be utterly consumed
together with their possessions, like
cripples who have fed upon roots, on this
day or the next (Tan. d. *|).
hphyen v. 3^ phyen flatulence.
hphyo-wa pf. 1. <5^ to
move, throb, be agitated:
his heart throbbing remembered
the lama (RJja. $4). [2. to soar, to float,
in the air {Thgy.). 3. to flow forth, heave,
smell, of fluids;	hphyo dar-wa
to undulato. 4. to range, roam about,
gambol:	(the deer) gambols
and skips (J/i7.);	ri-fa hphyo-
dgu the wild animals of the field Sch.
5. $nift-hphyo {Seh.) ‘the heart is
swelling, courage rising’; ^‘4**5 $e$-pa
hphyo {Med.) consciousness gives way, is
wavering, flitting] Jd.
hphyofi-hgyur a large number:
{Ya-sel. 57).
^‘5^ Jlphyon-rgyas (Chongay) n. of a
district of Lhokha in central Tibet {Rtsii.
35.)	the Governor of Chongay.
*2£c/3’^ JJphyofi-po Khe-ru n. of a place
in Tibet {Deb. Я, #4).
Qjcrq hphyofi-wa = skyofi-iva to
protect.	pride. 2. [to lay
aside, abandon]$. {Li<p).
hphyon-ma a harlot, prostitute
{Mfion.)',	hphyon-mo byed-pa to
whore, to commit fornication;
hphyon-mahi-bu = ^^^wi^ a prostitute’s
son {Situ. 91).
hphyor-wa 1. = 5^’Ч phor-wa to
rave: Г’’Я5КЧ kha-hphyor-wa to speak deli-
riously. 2. v. 3^q phyar-wa, also ^’4
ehor-wa; *^'3 hphyor-po for ч hence
^'5ЯЧ hphor-dgah dandy, fop (Jd.).
hphyos-ma 1. gifts to friends
and relations. 2. purchase-price of a bride
(Jd.).
853
hphra-wa pf. *3*1 hphras to kick,
to strike with the foot, struggle ;	4
hphras tgyab-pa id.;	‘^5 kicked
by a horse;	gi-hphras death-
struggle.
hphra-$ag$ 1. shaving clean;
having shaved his beard (Л. 95). 2. a
kick :	or ч to kick; ^Vi'qv
during that day it having
kicked about was not caught (Л. 9£).
^qj’q
hphrag-pa — ^fa** dkrog-pa to
stir up, to spur (a horse, etc.).
ЛрЛглй^З’Х4!’2* gu-dog-po, or
a narrow passage which is difficult to pass:
ы	when the messen-
ger of death will lead one along the
narrow path to the beyond {A. 9). w^gq*
difficult pathway, a foot-path along a
narrow ledge on the side of a precipice;
q^q-^gv bar-dohi-hphrafi the narrow
passage across the abyss of tho Bar-
do (the state between death and re-
birth) ;	bar-dohi hphrafi-sgrol a
prayer for escaping the isthmus of the
Bar-do.
^gqg^q hphran-gyur-wa —
^*’4 to be attached affectionately:
(Л. 10);
77)	prayed again in the
touching words of the prince.
hphran-hphrul something hang-
ing down {Sell.).
hphrad-pa pf. and fut. 3S phrad
to interview; meet together;
you shall meet him {Dzl.);
g^-gq him I cannot admit {Dzl.);
^q^qv-^^may it happen to me {Dzl.);
X	he found the dead body
of an infant {Dzl.); qgv^” (Sch.,) inter-
secting lines of two plains, corner, angle
(Л.).
QSpl’q hphrab-pa — ^'Q and
qgq-g^q to flutter, of a bird wounded by
a shot.
QQ^hphral or (qq’qX«i) adj. and adv.
the present, imminent, immediate, tem-
porary ; just now, immediately, this
instant; hphral-la and imme-
diately,. suddenly ; eolloq. qg^qg^q id.;
‘tanta thcl-tul at once, this instant
{Snd. Hbk. 93.) ;	facto,
at once by that very circumstance:
qV<’ VT 3^’
^^’§5 the fire springing up three times
and increasing, those who were able to
touch it, it caused to develope complete
purity forthwith;	hphral-la
kliro-icahi dug the poison of sudden
anger.	what is going to
happen immediately and at a later period,
Rgo: gzq^-qjE.’Qj-q^q- that is good both now
and in the more distant future; ^g^V’
now and in time to come; *g«rXw]‘
not having laid up anything for
present use (Mil.);	a
poor temporary dwelling, or also: a
common ordinary dwelling {Jd.) ; g*
phral-yun present and future:
qg«wq*w thought of the present and
future. 3*rj^ phral-rkyen immediate dis-
aster ; 3^54^ phral-dgos immediate neces-
sity ; phral-phugs the present and
future; present comfort; ^g^g^
hphral-sbyar	HiJtu sudden coinci-
dence ; accidental meeting. As adj.:
*9^5 hphral-$kad= ^*^5 the common
dialect, the colloquial language, the
language of the common people or of
common daily life: ^^g^V*so you

854
Q^Q||
hear it in the language of the common
people ;	one
who has been (in India) and knows the
language of the people (Л. 67).
phral-grig finished, ready, pre-
pared.
hphral-ica pf. g^i phral fut. 59^
dbral imp. ST4 phrol acc. to Jd. vb. a. to
ц and signifies : to separate, to part
(with tho word S*’ signifying “from”)
5<qN Vg4 he deprived them of their
insignia (Glr.);	srog-dan
hphral-tca to separate from life, to put to
death (Glr.); also, without S^’,=to cut,
diride:	to cut (cattle) into
quarters (Mil.); Ua-wa phral-wa to
split open tho belly.
ОД’Л hphri-ica pf. and imp. phri^
fut. sg dpri, vb. a., to diminish, to take
away from :	^’и^Т1ЧГ
(Yig. к.).
hphrig-pa to doubt, be unde-
cided about;	hphrig-tshud-pa~
to bo assured of.
hphrin 1.=^
correspondence. 2. news, tidings, intelli-
gence, message: *?K’wZi good tidings,
favourable accounts;	messenger ;
hphrin §prin-wa to send word,
information,	hphrin-khyer-wa to
bring tidings, intelligence.
hphrin-$kyel~zca—^*%^ gfam-$kyel to send
a message; to give orders, communi-
cate orders,	hphrin-bshag-pa —
54E^ q0|4] q f0 make a verbal request, to
leave orders.
he left a message (to the effect):
do inform mo when you have arrived
from India (A. 66).
hphrin-
a mistress, a female friend (Mnon.).
hphrin-yig letter, epistle.
hphrin-lan answer to a message. •
hphrinAat что, зггщ,
1. resp. for ад affair, business; deed,
work:	with regard to
such matters. язИ’адч»1’^ the four kinds
of religious service, enumerated as
$|лЦ’ад milder worship, abundant
service, religious service to obtain power,
and terrific methods in co-crcing a deity
by eharms. я*Кадх&цч,	to
commit a thing to another person’s care;
in reference to gods, to recommend to their
protection or blessings (Glr.). 2. effici-
ency, power (Mil.). 3. personal n. in
Tibet.
«цЦ’ад’дм hphrin~la$ sra§ acc. to Bon
incarnate beings.
hphriu-hgan-pa=^^^'4 or
to send a reply (Nag. 9).
hphrn-гса.) *5|’a hphru-ma v. З'Я
phu-icay etc. (Jdi).
hphrug-pa pf.	to
scratch one’s body:	hphrugs-
tu hjug-pa begins to scratch.
hphrul (occasionally only occurs
as ^’ч) black art and magic, of an
illicit and irregular character rather than
tho orthodox performances, though not
always so. or has tho adjec-
tival sense of transformed, illusionary,
magical:	magical power or force;
transformed into the form
of an ochre-coloured horse.	cho-
hphrul orthodox magio rite;	nfcu-
hphrul subtle miracle, magical tricks;
(abbr. for	sorcery of an
ctgarQf5<|	855	[
undesirable type:
sorcery which even lasts after another
re-hirth; S^j’Rapi optical illusion;
magician, illusion-worker.
hphrul-hkhor in modern times
is used to designate any machine turned
by a wheel, but is really: magic circles;
which are of three series :—1: 55$’^’
magical circles to lay siege
to an enemy’s fort and to capture it;
subdivided into seven kinds :-(l)
rdohi-hphrul hkhor the magic circle of
stone, discharging of missiles to capture
a fort situated on a plain; (2) gS'RSpi’RpR
gruhi-hphrul hkhor the magic circle of boats
to capture a floating fort; (3)
gyi-hphrul hkhor the magic
circle of fire (burning grain and butter) to
blockade a fort situated on a hill; (4) 3 5^'
ч|х5ргярк gri-gug gi hphrul-hkhor the magio
circle of a sabre to besiege an enemy’s
fort with swords ; (5) Qp/Rj’RsprRffc rlufi-gi
hphrul-hkhor the magic circle of wind for
the purpose of blowing away the top of
a fort situated on a hill; (6)
rdo-rje gur-gyi hphrul-hkhor the magic
circle of a Rdor-je tent made of iron-
sceptres, to break through or demolish
tho ramparts of a fort; (7)
чартер kag^mdahi hphrul-hkhor the
magic circle of iron arrows, to kill war-
elephants equipped with coats of mail.
II: RRк/^чвргярЧ ran-gnas bsrun-
pahi hphrul-hkhor magical circles intended
to defend one’s own place : (1) wgS’RSp’
ral-grihi hphrul-hkhor the magic circle
of swords which remain concealed under
the ground for the purpose of protecting
a king’s palace; (2) the magic circle of
chariots on which the warriors sit.
.1П.	magical
circles of triumph for enjoying peace and
prosperity after conquering an enemy:
(1) the king’s superb mansions to view the
arrival of his forces; (2) arrangements for
sights, entertainments and amusements;
(3) magic wheel for water-sports, etc.
(Dus-kho. 330).
hpkrul-gyi hkhor-lo magic
wheel—in ancient literature merely a fan-
tastic attribute of gods, etc. (Jd.).
Hphrul-dgah fwbKfn: n. of a
heavenly abode where the gods enjoy
prosperity and happiness by their own
merits and miraculous efforts (So-rig. 34).
hphrul-cha=^^ miraculous dress,
i.e.y coat of mail: R2pr« ar&ijsrq being
equipped with coat of mail, etc. (D.R.).
hphrul-thur catheter (S.g., Jd.).
Hphrul-§nan delusion, mockery;
miraculous; n. of the famous temple of
Buddha at Lhasa built by king Srofi-btsan
sgam~po at the instance of his Nepalese
wife, the daughter of king Arhs'u-Varma.
hphrul-гса 1. (by its form
intrs. to ядогч sprul-гса; acc. to Cs. both
are identical in meaning^R^'V^’4^’
many transformations, magic tricks.
2. = *5«rq hkhrul-wa to be mistaken, to err,
to make blunders. 3. to separate, sort,
discriminate, the good from the bad, truth
from falsehood (Jd.).
*«prq5*£l4| <5^ hphrul-wahi т1д-сап=^'Ъ*\
a pigeon.
JIphrul-za lhahi §gron-ma
n. of a Bon goddess; R$pr*M^’4^ Hphrul-
za ^nan-mo btsun another Bon goddess
(D.A.).
Bphrul-bgen the miraculous
fyen-rab founder of the Bon religion
(Jig. 20).

856	ссрц
4 hphre-wa pf. hphres to in-
eline, to lean against, to put down, to lay
down ; hphre byed-pa id.
hphrcn or hphren-ica 1. to
fasten, bo fastened to, be affixed to, bo
arranged (especially in a settled and
orderly manner) :	scm$-la
hphren-wa to fasten or bear in tho mind.
2. as sbst. an array, consecutive placing,
regular order ;чг*п, (A. JC 7-4)
ачсгЩ	а
great number of things arranged in
order, also one after another often in
rapid succession ;
the lamp-lights which remove darkness
are in fine array;	rgya-
mtshohi rlab$-hphreft the array of the waves
of the sea. 3. a chain, wreath, file, series,
string of anything: *H>a|3|agc;q mc-tog-gi
hphren-wa a wreath, a garland of flowers;
^мЛгадс? gan$-rihi hphrcn a chain of
snowy mountains;	nag§-kyi
hphrefi-ica a circle of woods; ^q^ag^q’
seven sets of chariots (Pth.); “bqagq*
yig-hphren a row of letters, a lino; agq q'
aX/iprq hphren-wa hdog$-pa to bind a
wreath;	hphren-rgyud ink han a
seller of flower wreaths, garlands. Syn.
for garland:	те-tog mkhan-po\
Rgqhphreft-ldan ;	те-tog gi§-
htsho;	mc-tog-can;	§5
me-tog rab-tu sog-byed;	vie-tog
yod-byed (Mnon.), agc/q hphren-wa a
string of beads, rosary;	mu-tig
hphren-wa rosary of pearls.
bphred, or ags X hphred-la adv.
across, transversely, by the transverse way,
by the oblique passage.
hphro 1. progress, continuation,
process; in progress, in process; од*
ч to lay the continuation aside, to put
it off ; *X'35’Q hphro-thud-pa to continue
again, once more. 2. = ^’w, remainder,
continuity: ад ^’Xk’ a remainder, the
rest, is still left.
agg hphro-^kye n. of a great number
(Ya-sel. 57).
43k hphro-ica pf. *3^ hphro$ vb.
n. to §pro-ica 1. gen. with «W from,
to proceed, issue, emanate from, to spread,
diffuse; agq $ku-hod zer hphro-wa
a body from which rays of light proceed,
a body sending forth light (Cs.). 2. to
proceed, to go on, continue, ag*wp or
^4^54 to discontinue, cease from, halt:
g q<^ q цдdiscontinue evil doings!
hphro-blan$ resumption of an un-
finished work :	**g f
Е (Л. o>2), tho lord having taken up
the controversy (where it was left by his
predecessor) eame out victorious, ядя’^ч
hphro-ma chad-pa =	rgyun-ma chad-
pa without interruption, keeping the
continuity: й’«’*5’4 the fire
was not put out during seven generations
(Л. 2). agq^ot hphro-fyol=^*W^
mtshain^-bshag postponement, puting off.
the invitation of the
pandit was postponed (A. 127).
bphrog (fut. of goj ace. to Rdo.
46), pf. and imp. M4!*1 phrog^ fut. sgo)
dbrog to rob, run away with; to deprive
of; appropriate, embezzle:
^*гдо|м?к' ravished the ear-ornaments
from the girl’s face;	to take
another man’s heart, to run away with his
affections, to captivate him (Jn.). *д*Г
to be lost.	rab-tu
bphrng-byed-pa	(A & 7-42).
^51

phrog-pahi-rdsas booty, stolen
goods.
IS hphrog-byed vft as epithet vari-
ously applied: 1. the sun, the wind-god,
the lord of death, Indra, the sky, wind, the
21st constellation Crava^a. 2. myrobalan,
white-pepper, mercury. 3. lion, a hero
(ЛГжт.). 4. symb. num. 11 (Ya-sel. 54)»
hphrog-byed-gtam vfr mot.
the cuckoo.
hphrog-byed dwan-po ~ the
lion: чдч]
to him who sits on the
exalted throne of gems borne by seven
lions (Tig- k. 4)-
hphrog-byed-mig
as met. = the scorpion (лйяон.); acc. to &
!>#.=: tpr<i the frog [also, a crab]&
hphrog-byed yum an epithet
of the mother of Vishnu (Mnon.).
hphro-byed sa-bon TlMW
[yellow orpiment] £
phog. ya§ vfra n. of a number.
bphrod offering (of present) =
resp. *д«гч;	(salutation) good
health (Yig. A-.).	hphrod b§ten*
pa recruiting of health when convales-
cent by a change or by resorting to
mineral springs, etc.
hphrod-pa, 1. pf. phrod vb.
n. to |5’4 spvod-pa to be given, bestowed,
offered, delivered.	receipt, quit-
tance; йгч^-q to recognise, know, per-
ceive. presents:
(A. 127). 2. = ^’q or adj.
fit, proper, suitable, agreeing with, conge-
nial to:	agreeing with the sto-
mach; unwholesome food; й’ч^’4
not acting (when medicine has not the
deshed effect) С.; Iis
this place agreeable to your reverence ?
4J5 hphrod-pa ner-brgyad or
the astrologi-
cal terms for harmony of influence in the
destiny of a person: (1) MW kun-dgah^
(2) ^г<В<Ч dus-dbyig, (3)	dul, (4)
skye-rgu, (5) gshon, (6)	bya-rog,
(7)	rgyal-mtshan, (8) dpal-
behu, (9) rdo-rje, (10)	tho-wa, (11)
gdugs, (12) grogs, (13) yid,
(14) ^AS^W,(15) ^^^hgal-me, (16)
rtsa-ton, (17) я^’ч^Д] hchi-bdag, (18)
mdah, (19) 54 grtib, (20) indan, (21)
bdud-rtsi, (22)	giun-qin, (23)
2^'25 glan-po, (24) stag-nvyos, (25)
zad-pa, (26) gyo, (27) brtan,
(28) hphel (Rtsi.).
^’4 hphrob-pa =	4 hphral-pa
(Sch.).
osforq
hphrol-гса =	hphral-wa
(Sch.)
hphros (from q. v.)=^q|*^
residue (Situ. 1Ц), excess of what is actu-
ally required, remainder, balance;
grant me that residue, let me have
the remainder (Yig. к.).
109

Л ba tho fifteenth letter of the Tibetan
alphabet sounded variously according to
position or from usage as b, p or w.
4 ba 1: 1. an affix sounded as tea for
uso of which v. ante under * pa. 2. in
Budh. ba is symbolical of the primordial
which is simple and absolute, i.e.,
eternal and unchangeable; ba also repre-
sents	the ten moral powers
of Buddha (К. my. ”1, 205), and further
demonstrates the doctrine of Buddha in
the Dharmartha for the salvation of
mankind (R. d. Ilk). 3. in mysticism,
Q is hold to signify meat and also
to eat (R. g. p, 179).
q II: also ч’й ba-то «ft a cow;
ba-glan a bull; ba-си (colloq.) a cow;
q ba-bjo «ffara a herdsman, cow-driver;
q^ calf; qfiqj ba-rmig a cow’s hoofs;
q fi4! tho water collected in the impres-
sion of • a cow’s foot on the ground, to
denote a very small quantity of water
(Dzl.); q	ba-nal rttdso-grod («W*a-
(Yig. к.) to
idle away time doing* no work; compared
with a cow which lying down chews the
cud and does nothing more.
Syn. hjo-ma;	ho-hphel;
ho-mo-hchin;	hbab-byed\
lus-ldan*,	sho-srufi-byed;
q ba-mo;	nu-rgyas-ma;
yons-hjom; q^<Y* bshon-ma; gru$-ma
(Mnon.).
q'gq’Jq’q ba-glafi. skyofaea «itw;, a low
caste in India whose profession it is to
tend cattle (Ya-sel. 55).
q’Sjq*^ ba-glafi-ldan n. of a Yakshini of
Rohita who, having invited Buddha with
his followers to her place, in honour of
this visit caused 500 vihara to be built
miraculously (K. du. q, 295).
q’Sl^fS ba-glafi-spyod xjfanufcnifa n. of
a fabulous continent to the west of Jambu-
dvipa, and so called because cows feed on
the lands and form the main wealth of the
people (K. du. 256).
+	ba-glafi-mig 1. a small
opening in the wall of a house for light
and air. 2. n. of a medicinal flower and
of millet (M^on^.
qgq*gf^ ba-glaft-rdsa$=^'ffi3pfa\ $pafi-
tgyan me-tog (ДГЛол.).
qgqqgR-	thal-
dre$-$man 435’^4 nt-pa-la (Mfion.).
q g|q |	khur-mafa.,
q qg ba-brgya чпйг-зпд a spider’s web.
Ч’П] ba-ka n. of a tree (К. ко.
% <?)•
J ba-ku-la 1. n. of a Preta
(К. my. p, 255). 2. n. of a flower'(that
of Mimusops elengi) which becomes
full-blown when smelt by a woman who
has the scent of wine in her mouth
(Yig. 41).
859
ba-kan-sel n. of a medicine
which cures phlegm.
ba-dkar 1. white. 2. lime,
lime-stone (Schtr.).
ba-gam	a dome on
the top of a house: ^к^Ч’^я a golden
dome (Л. K. 2-4); ч^рт^^я ba-gam hod
tshogs the glittering dome;
the celestial castle (Yig. k. 2). чч|« acc.
to Jd. is a certain part of the timber work
of a roof, something like pinnacle, battle-
ment; Ч'*|Я’^ ba-gam*can=^‘w№^'
king’s palace also ч'^кя milch-cow
(Mnon.).
Ч-5Ч ba-car	[a piece of cloth
to cover the secret parts; the hem of a
lower garment] 8.
ba-di ydJa=ttax.
Syn. fa-nahi me-tog; VrgS’g
dril-bahi-sgra \ ^чя -б^ $tobs-can (Mnon.).
. 4’^ Ьа-ti in Sikkim and the West: dry
grain-measure equal to four pounds.
4’?^ ba-ti-ka a small long measure, one
seventh of a barley-corn.
q’S’q Ba-tu-ba n. of a country men-
tioned in Bon works (B.ch. J).
ba-thag 1. cob-web, or thread
which is drawn from the spider’s body.
2. root, stalk of fruit (Jd.).
ba-da-na—rf^' gdoft the face
(mystic) (К. g. F, 26).
4* ba-da-ra jujube fruit=5*^
rgya-gug (Ya-scl. JfS).
We a tree:
4’51
ч ^^Ц а ba-dan sen-po a demon of the
Naga class.
4'Vi ba-dan чаш (A. k. 111-28) acc.
to Lig an ensign with pendent silk strips;
acc. to Ja. a kind of dagger set upright, a
semblance of which often attends appari-
tions of the gods. ч^ч^уя (Beng) fbUH-
flagholder; carrier of a standard.
Ч'Ч^я’Я&1 Ва-bde rnam-hdsom n. of a
village in the neighbour-bood of Stod-lun
(Rtsii.).
ba-ti-la n. of a tree (Lan. Yig.
36).
Syn. «^’5 ma-no-ha;	/бйт-ros
(Mnon.).
a mineral medicine: Ч’^ч
ч-дкч5^5^яч‘^ (Med.).
ч*| ba-spu 5®rhT, little hairs of the
body; 4*g’^ ba-spu-can hairy, covered
with hair; 4*g'^s ba-spu-med bald. Syn.
lus-skyes;	or ^pags-pahi
туи-да;	pags-pahi me-tog
(Milon.). ч'^ ччч’Ц ba-spu lans-paite^htix
standing on end (out of fear). Syn. 3 ^’
spu-zin; spu-ldan§; 3 ^’4 spu-gyo-
wa; spu-lon; Ч’дч^яч^ч ba-vpuhi
rnam-hgyur (Mnoni). 4’g S’gc/tj pore;
4’3’^’ joyful.
4’3 ba-bla (pron. babla)	W
yellow arsenic; yellow orpiment: Ч’дч'йу
ba-blas гтеп-йап rul-pa good
yellow arsenic is an antidote against
indolent sores and ulcers.
Syn. я cjs/q sa-hog phrей-wa;
«А4! $na-tshogs mdog; ч*дч‘^ ba-glafi-so *7
gar-gyi-brgyan; Ч’д’^ч’ч ba-$pu
Ihufaca*, byi-blaihi-mig (Mnon.).
чч^я ba-hbog W. clod, lump of earth.
860
4’О|'51
4'Й|
La-men iwt {Mnon.) the gayal
wild-ox {Bos garwus). Acc. to Tibetan
accounts the Gayal aro indigenous to the
Chittagong hill tracts and are also abun-
dant in tho'forests of Pemakod where it
has been with some success domesticated
and yields good milk; but the Sanskrit
name given in Mnon. evidently refers to
the yak-cattle of Tibet and Higher Asia.
In Lam. X яgafi$-ri-ba-men is often
mentioned and is certainly the yak of
Tibet.
q’lf ba-mo 1. a cow {Mnon.). 2. hoar-
frost.
Syn. of 2.	nam-mkhahi
rhns-pa\	rdul-д yi-chir,
mkhahi-zil-pa {Mfion.}.
ba-mohi byihu [the bird
Cw'ulus mdmolcucuSy according to the
legend living only upon rain-drops]#.
Syn.	§ton-ka-$pyod\
bin-cig-dgah\	tsa-tc-kahi rgyal;
char-mtshon-byed; char-rta;
dgah-wahi sil-snan ;
/ han$-$ba$ {Mnon.).
J	ba-tsi ger-gUn n. of an
island:	V>
(Л. 55).
q’dS ba-tshwa 1. described loosely as
- 4’
j rgya-rntshohi-chit sea-water {Ya-
«/. kO). 2. impure soda inerusting the
ground near salt lakes. ba-tswa-can
^»чт; salty, briny; q’^'-ayg^
La-tshba-can-gyi rrdsho a lake of soda-salt;
ba-tshbahi skyur-tshi muratic
acid (Cs.)
t qba-dsra bo-dhi n. of an Indian
Buddhist, born in the country of Malaya,
who visited China accompanied by his
pupil Amogha Vajra during the reign of
Emperor Ming Hung of the T'ng
dynasty {Grub. 7).
ч ba-yi nu-ma 1. cow’s dug or teat.
2.=^ rgun-hbrum grapes (МЯоп.).
ba-ra po-ta described as ^'V’pr
a wild animal of the deer class {K. d.
>,37b.)
Q'^Ba-ri n. of a solitary monastery on
tho top of a hill in Tsang {Deb. 35).
q-^Л ba-ru-ra	a species of
myrabolan [the plant Tcrminalia belc-
rica~]S.	{Med.).
Syn. 5’4| ta-ka ; чba-bha; ri-li;
kar-^ahi hbra$-bu ;	mig-
gi rtsa-rca ; йч| mig-can; ^'§5 tehim-byed
{Mnon.).
Ц Ba-re-nan n. of a place in
Tibet {Yig. 98).
1 ba-la-ka a tree [#ufa cordi-
folia\S. :	(АГ. g. ч, 210).
Ф Ц Ba-la-qa n. of a Tirthika
king:
{K.
my. p, 526).
ba-la-ha таттз* [eloudjS.
^croi can-fc$ ba-la-ha is a tamchok or
wonderful horse of Indra famous like
Alexander’s Bucephelus.
ba-laft like also	a
bullock:	a woman tending
bullocks;	ba-laft-bgrafi, v.
below.	[bullock’s
bile used as medicine by Hindus]#,
cow’s foot-mark holes;
3^, трмчи [a young ele-
phant]#. ; q	ba-lan kha-sho %non-
pan. of a wild animal of the deer species
861

(К. ко. *], 2); Ч a spotted or parti-
coloured bullock;	baJaft dwan-
ркугьд a herdsman, keeper or tender of
cattle; Wtobacco leaf; lit. bul-
lock’s nose;	[a cowkeeper]#.
[1. bullock’s hoof; 2. the
plant Asteraeantha longifolid\S.
[cow’s foot]#. ч	[a cow-
shed]#. «J4K’jr ntqrer [a cow-keeper]#.
Ba-la sans-gyen-la
hthen n. of the son of	mu-sans-
la hthen (G. Bon. 23).
ba-l и	species of fragrant
arborescent plants (rhododendrons) grow-
ing in the Himalaya and Tibet the bark
and leaves of which are used as incense by
Tibetans; its flowers are called da-li
{Li^.).
* ba-lti-ka n. of an aquatic insect
(7Г. du. 4, 2^1).
J qafc-tj]	ba-linga-nahiqin
[a species of creeper]#.
Syn.	qin-kun-ean;
nan-dgah-ma;	sen-то snod-ldan ;
Ч4! §5 hjug-byed.
t	ba-ga-ka зтрпят [the plant
Justicta ganderussa]S. Syn.	rta-gi
so-сан ;	sen-gehi-gdon;
gna§ ean-ma; ^’5’0 rtag-tu-khro;
яеп-де-сап;	kkyu-mchog;
$man-pahi-ma (Mnon.).
4ba-$u W. a virulent boil, ulcer
(Ja.).
q’S< Ba-so 1. a large village in Tsang
(Lon. >, 9);	Ba-so ehos-kyi
rgyal-mtshan a celebrated lama of that
place. 2. ivory, tusks of elephant: чХг
ba-so-mkhan worker in ivory.
f у ^]ба-Лг-7г« a bird (К. my. 18).
ba-hwa; here ч
simple, not compounded, and
hdus-byas therefore ’Ц’Г4 transient’ and
unsteady (К. my. ”1, 208).
bha—khitr-lci-ua khyer-
ica carrying heavy burdens, hence it signi-
fies a Bodhisattva or Mahasattva who is
capable of carrying heavy moral responsi-
bilities, i.e.' the burden of the anuttara
samyak-dhdrma on his shoulders (К. my.
>4, 208).
t H'VK Bha-ke-ra kid n. of a
town in’the country of Tamal (Dsam.).
t ?'Ti = a fairy,
in mysticism (К. g. I4, 26).
bha-dra-la — ^ bha-dra-
lahi phye-ma (U. g. h5).
Ф '^^Bha-ra-ta king Bharata (from
whom the Paurauic name Bharat Varsa
has been derived); the second step-brother
of king Rama.
bha-ra-ta lhag-par gnas-pa shes-bya-wahi
glin n. of a continent (K. d. у 3^2).
bha-ra-na an Indian Buddhist
pandit who with his colleague Matanga
visited China during the reign of
Emperor Ilan Mingti, and first intro-
duced Buddhism there about A.D. 61.
(Grub. % 7).
J Bha-lcn-tra the country
Varendra (North Bengal):
in the eastern quarter
in Bhalentra there were many Buddhist
images and symbols (Л. 60).
t Bhan-ga-la Bangala (modern
Eastern Bengal):

862
(king Deva Paia) summoning all the
Bangala-pa into war (A. 60). .
bhu=^ hdres mixed (mystic) (K.
+ Brahma dandi n. of a medicinal
(vegetable) drug : qyVJV’l 3 V”l'V I ST
VI ^Ч|Ч|«Ч^ |
(K. g. «, 49).
bag I: 1. = $^^ cufi-zad a little,
flight: gw $nuin bagchag$-pa a little
oil was on it (Л. loJ). 2. a primary signi-
fication of this word seems to be: a narrow
space; fig. 'A4!'4 to be straitened, in
necessitous circumstances (7f. d. % 557).
acc. to Jd. attention, care, caution, rela-
tive to physical and moral evils or conta-
minations ; q«|’^5 inattentiveness:	X5^ £r
the beginning of intoxication is the
disappearing of attention; as adj. or
attribute: careless, unrestrained, fearless;
^q^q^qsf^ fearless of misfortune (Dzl.).
See also below under q^| ^5.
bag-§kar or ч^|’$*< bagskar-rtsis
astrological calculation regarding good
and bad luck at the selection of a bride.
q«|’f^ bag-khag brick of tea weighing
6 lb. (Rtsii. 70).
q^Rgwwq bag-hkhum$-pa l.=O^ $Zo-
chun-wa timid, also little-minded(Mfion.).
'2. ace. to Sch. to be afraid of.
bag-glu marriage songs, i.e., those
sung on the occasion of a marriage by
women. .
bag-chugs 4ЖИ1,	ТОШ
habit, inclination, propensity: M'^wS’CRf
; the habits or propensities
of a former life, cwp&qw'w bag-chags-
bzan good propensities. q*fM)4’q]gw bag-
chags-gstim acc. to the Bon, the three vices
44]-^ I
of mind, body and speech (B. Nam.),
bag-chugs raft-grol n. of a
religious work of the Rnift-ma school.
Ьад-dro-u'a in easy circumstances;
also, a cheerful state of mind (A. 11$)*
bag-ldan modest, discreet, tempe-
rate, careful; one possessed of self respect:
behave honestly (ДЬгот.
106).
Syn. bag-yod*, khrel-yod*,
2f$0^ fio-tshahi tshul-can;	ffa-
tsha fes-pa (Mfion.). •
bag-pkebs—^'Q $pro-wa
§f’q^'q’3*r^w bio fyde-tea byas-nas) with a
cheerful mind; without care, anxiety or
fear. Adv. q*|at ease’, leisure-
ly, without any hurry: j&v^'jwq-qapqsr
qv^ww you gentlemen sleep without any
anxiety or fear, i.e., being at case (A. ISO).
ЧЯ4 bag-pa as a verb, to be afraid, to be
apprehensive of, to be anxious; q$|’^qwq
bag-hbebs-pa to drop, abandon cast away
all fear.'
q*p*q bag-tsha-wa^^'^^^^4 §nin-
la-tsha-lan$ byed-pa 1. to be afraid, panic-
struck ; to be convulsed out of fright: q*]’
q	in the meanwhile there
arose no apprehension or cause of uneasi-
ness whatever (A. 27). 2. sbst. fear, timi-
dity, anxiousness; q^ q bag-tsha med-pa
fearlessness (Jd.). qq|’*№ bag-mi-tsha
intrepid, fearless; as sbst. one who does
not become affected by threat, fear, or
danger; a hero, an intrepid person.
bag-yod=W[°p\ bag-ldan a prudent
person; one who is pious, law-abiding;
temperate, dutiful, discreet and conscien-
tious in his dealings: $<q’§’q^5'^we(|
all the world bows to
863
=P|I
those who at all times possess self-restraint
and honesty (K. d. \ 118).
*4*^51 bag'-med яят^ impious, dis-
honest, immodest, impudent, indiscreet, etc.
%5-ЧчгЙ5^-^^|	(K.
d. \ 107) a dishonest and impudent person
is the chief of all enemies, do not be
attached to such a man; the immodest gods
again and again fall into perdition; ч«г^'
’чЯЧ*
Y^'^’5,	he who not per-
forming works of piety falls into misery
and does not give up works of sin is called
bag-med-pa. ччр^’ч^ч]^ bag-med-pahi gnas,
янт^гтя [place of mistakes] S.
чч]'Ч5’Ч bag-yod-pa ЯЖ [absence of
mistake, carefulness]#. reverence, fear,
self-respect, self-control; as adj. chaste,
careful, conscientious; ччр bag-po adj.=
bag-yod-pa (Cs.).
bag-yafa sbst. [a striking]#,
as adj. intrepid.
II: meal (generally of barley, the
staple food of the Tibetans) чдрЧч- bowl
tb keep barley flour; чч|’§ Ъад-phye barley
flour; bag-skyo thin pap or porridge
of meal; ччр^ thick pap, dough;
warm porridge; Ч«Г|Ч bag-sbyar paste;
bag-^byin lute, putty, a compound
of meal and glue; ч^ч Ъад-leb or 4^<r«iflj
bshe$-pag C. cake or bread.
bag-ma th newly married wife,
a bride; bag-po bridegroom;
bag-gyog-ma a maid-servant who waits
upon a bride;
attendants on a bride at the time of
marriage;	the return of the
bride accompanied- by her husband* for
the first time after marriage. *”! wn5*/4
bag-mar btan-wa, given in inarfiage ;
bag-mar-blan^wa s^4’wgc/4
to take as wife, to marry;
a Brahman took a girl
for his wife. (K. du. 5, 261).
Syn. 4<rj 4|^ bag-gsar;	dan-
pofai rdul-сап; hkyo-hdam-ma;
r&V* lag-hdsin-ma;	lhan-cig spyod-
ma; З'Ч^Ч’я na-bzufi-ma; <^'4$w chos-bcas-
ma; khyim-gsar; л^’дс.’ mchi§-bran
(Mnon.).
чч|*^я bag-tsam—^or	; a
little ; ^’4nf each a little money (Mil.j;
appetite is growing a
little better; «wf&rq slight, insignificant,
trifling (Jd.).
+ Ьад§=*мЪ slowly, gradually, one
after another, by degrees; 4«q^ §N bGg§ kyis
rim§-kyis : ч^ ^'^ ^ чч]^ ^‘^4^
climbed up the hill slowly, i.e., by degrees
(A. 131).
ban 1. foot-race: чч-^’ч ban-
rgyug-pa to run a race. чч’яХе/ч^ ban-
mchofi-hgro§ or	movement of
gesture of the feet in dancing (Mfion.);
also =4j'«,q’^'4’g4,q making long strides,
or-paces in running (Milon.). 2. courier :
despatching a messenger, also
running.
ч^’В baft-k/iri shelf : чч-jg	ban-
khri gsum-brtsegs a shelf in three steps or
tiers (Rtsii. 55).
чч’^ ban-chen or 4Ei^=w«i,
[one going down; descending]#, swift
messenger, courier:
erSfc’ig’Eflftq (Rtsii.).
Syn. %ypho-na; 9^ nan-rna ;
hphrin-skyel; чч д^ bafi-phyiil (Mnon.).
чч ч’ ban-wa or ^^\ban-i^dsod store-
room^ store-house, corn magazine; also
qwctf ।	864	1
treasury; ban-khaft id.; «к ban-
phud the first-fruit offering from the barn
(Jd.);	dbu^-ban cup-board, press
(Jd.).
Syn. 'mdsod-khan ; TO’I4^’ hdun-
khafi ;	lon§-$pyod-g.na$ (Mnon,).
qq’w^‘4 ban-mdsod-pa — ^^S‘Q phyag^
mdsod-pa.
Syn. ^5'q mdsod-pa;	mdsod-
hdsin-pa (Mnon.).
qc/^я ban-ri/n — ^qfcns the steps
of a chortcn; terrace-steps:
Of ’3|^А§у\ from
the front of Is'wara to the first terrace step
of tho Sumeru they are made to reside
(IT, Tlug 33).
ban-so or чар Ьап-ро a tomb,
monument, but esp. graves of kings,
royal monuments or tombs.
qcsrSf ban$-po — Sfi'4 rlon-pa wet,
moist (ДГйоп.).
bad [1. moisture, humidity W.
2. edge, border: «15 the edge is of
gold &Л.] Jd.
bad-ka C. a plant similar to
mustard yielding oil (Jd.).
t	bad4i-ka n. of a bird <K.
ко. % 3).
q*^ Bad-sa n. of a tribe or class (K.
du. * 333).
bad-кап mucous, phlegm :
bad-kan-hjom§ that which re-
moves phlegm. 45'|P| bad-smug = qS’^’gnj'Q
bad-kan smug-po convulsions, choleraic
cramps (Mng. eh. 5).
Bad-sa-
lahi rgyal-po JJchar-bycd-la gdams-pahi-mdo
the Sfitra on the instruction given to
Hchar-byed the king of Badsala. Buddha
perceiving that tho time had arrived to
convert the king of Badsala proceeded to
that country with his attendants and
followers. Tho king about this time was
proceeding to invade the city of
Gshan-gscr-can; and, meeting Buddha on
the way, became annoyed and asked what
business that wicked man (alluding to
Buddha) had in shooting arrows at him,
tho arrows rising in the air miraculously
and sounding the following verse :—3
Spraj’iHyqgerqg s | я^а^а^чаяча^а ^5। дж
S^qAga|qgTR$A.| ^ ^^АЧЧА^ТО'I (If.
d. 337). But listening, the king perceived
the truth and became converted to Bud-
dhism. qs^ ^5*1	tho
Sutra delivered at tho prayer of Hchar-byed
king of Badsala. In this tho story is told
of the illicit connection which Buddha was
said to have had with queen S'yamaj a
story set afloat by queon Anupama the
daughter of Madhu. When the malicious
design of the enemies of Buddha was
percieved by tho truth having been brought
to light, the king with his wife became
firm believers in the religion of Buddha
(К. ко. «, 350).
f ban-§kya (q^ = qy^ ban-de a
Buddhist monk or priest, §=a layman)
^Aqvg’swsygw^'q'^Yq^ compelled
all tho priests and laymen in general to
take refuge in Buddhism (J. 103).
w ban-glaft^'^' ox, bull.
q^’§^ ban-bun	dsa-rc-dso-re
little by little. 2.=TO, й*|Ч
ban-dha or bhan-dha 1.=Х^г
skull, cranium; prob, те (a skull used
in Tantrik rites as a vessel for drinking

865

water or wine). 2. n. of a great mountain
situated to the north of the snowy mountains
of Kakari, and filled with medicinal
plants and minerals; a kind of animal
which can at will transform itself into
a lion having eight feet Hves there.
(Lam. 36'].
+ * ban-de	worshipful, venerable,
a Buddhist monk or priest. ban-rgan
an old or elderly priest; лу^у4 or лз^’
ban-spran and a mendicant monk;
лу^л ban^hun pupil in a monastery.
з$ял ban-d-hi mkhm-pa
the bile of the brown-duck
(mystic) (Ung. 111).
t	ban-dhn-ka s?lw, a
youth, n. of a red flower the plant
Terminalia tomenfosai]8.
Syn. 5 rtsa-lag-can ; gshon-
thu;	nu§-ldan\	rtsa-lag-
htsho;	me-tog dmar;	lan-
tsho-can (K. d. 75).
t 3^ *tj ban-dim dsi-wa-ka
n. of a red and brilliant flower [a shrub
bearing a red flower, Pentapetes phee-
niceayS,
Ban-ta n. of a tribe in Nepal
(Dsami).
л^ йл-tonfor («Ц^ and ^ =4) Buddhist
priest and Bon priest (Ya-sel. 18).
л^3^§\з ban-zon byed-paalso
§S q to be alarmed ; to take heed.
«Ц ^5 ban-gzan the shawl or serge-cloth
wrapper used by Tibetan lamas or Л
(Rtsii.L 43^34 Ъап-lham shoes worn by
Buddhist priests (Rtsii. 51).
t
T 4 \
n. of a bird \1L. ко. П, 3) [one who cats
what is vomited] 8.
у-™ ban-ta qa-ka
2ЗД bab and зля babs, v. ллл'л hbab-pa.
лля’л babs-pa — ^Q len-pa taking, assum-
ing ;-й’^я’лля'л nvi-lus babs-pa (Yig. ki).
лл'Х'Ч bab-eol	want of consi-
deration in speaking and acting, = я^нт,
gzu-lum hastiness, rashness :
лл’5«г^‘§5’3 to sin recklessly, without heed
or regard. лл’?ч ^яяз bab-col goms-pa
(A. IL. 910) [sudden practice.]#.
лл’Х'Ч'цз bab-col §mra-wa=&\Q л rdsun-
§mra-wa speaking falsehood, also insincere
speech, лл^л* bab-lhin considerateness and
discreetness in any work or proceeding;
лл ^лч]сг*г^] having carefully weighed the
circumstances; on full consideration of a •
subject (Yig. k.).
33W bab-mal^^ л'^'я also called
Я'С^я sa-tshugs which really signifies a
halting stage after a day’s march, lodging
for one night, place Of one day’s halt;
(цч|^ц]^я’ЛЛЯЧ’3^ялгял at a place
calculated for staying at after one day’s
or two days’ journey (A. 157).
qq’Sf bab-mo or ЛЯЙ in Ld. soft, mild;
also chaste, modest (Jd.).
лл*д bab-bla sulphate of arsenic. '
ччяЫ-«?	landing place; also
settlement, colony (Jd.). лля‘§*]я babs-
stcgs=^№ hbab-sa a place of landing, a
landing.
ллячс|Ц bab$-hbrel=^°^fl) joint,
combined; conjointly, in connection; also
in harmony with, in accordance with;
except,
but for that, we should require an order
according to the circumstances (Rdsa. 16);
SfjVfl ^я'лля* лдогя^ля'лгл^’
an official authority (jointly) from tho
Church government	and the
Emperor of China (Чц‘я)> е^с* Ф*
no
• 866

ад ।
счя bate-bo* suitable or fit for, oppor-
tune:	assistance ac-.
. ording to what shall be suitable or needed
Yi<j. k.).
bam or wq bam-pa stale, mouldy,
decaying.
bam-po that which has boon
gathered together, what is put or grouped
into one; and, hence, frq. a section or
subdivision of a book, a number of chap-
ters takon together; a series of fagos; a
sot of slokas; glegs-Ьат that which
is gathered between boards, i.e. a book or
MS.
bam-ril 1. defined as
mi-ro gtsan-ma $k yon-med fresh human
corpse without any part injured or de-
cayed. 2. that which is weakened or worn
out by much usage. 3. mould in IK. (Jd.)
bam-ro a made-up effigy to re-
present the dead bodies of supposed
enemies of Buddhism, gen. used iu Tan-
trik
bar 1. тег, intermediate space,
that which lies or comes between, that
which intervenes (used as adj. or as sbst.):
qvg-q^rq	the intermediate age;
omitting
1he intermediate word or particle, or
making it eliptical;	'^‘3
a wedge of lapis-lazuli in between the
rock; isthmus, neck of land;
upper, lower and middle country;
a lizard, as an amphibium
partaking of two natures (Jd.). But
most commonly occurs in the sense of a
postp. or of an adv. when it usually takes
such forms as Ьаг-la, b'ar-na,
bar-du-=.betwixt, between; also, up to, until,
as far as; during :
between the river banks a bridge had been
placed; <¥4^'3’^^ during seven days
(he had npt eaten any thing); till
now; Y^3^; until now,hitherto ;
or till then, up to that time;
at three (different) times;
frq. with verbs: ^’S’org^-Si’W^ till even
touching the top. With a negative,
etc. is equivalent to: as long as, «’Уч'чЗ*
as long as it has not been obtained,
i.e., until it is obtained; p'w’^’^^till or up
to his death (JfJ.);	as long as
we have not reached, attained to. .
bar-паз from between :	from
between the two tents.	to inter-
pose, intercede, mediate (Ja.).
bar-skab§ space of time,
meanwhile.
bar-khan 1. acc. to Sch. a building
between two other houses. 2. central
house or room.
ск‘|5 bar-khyin. of a demon (^vn) of the
naga class.
3* Й bar-khra a kind of tea of middling
quality (S. bar. 179).
bar-go^ a sort of waistcoat.
bar-gyi-mtshams the interme-
diate space or zone (flag).
«К’З’Р’Й* [a portico or veranda]S.
Bar-gyi ldin-gni§ n. of a
dynasty which reigned in Tibet, of which
there were only two kings, viz:—ЦГЗ*'
Gri-gum btsan-po and 9 $PU"
de gufi-rgyal (B. Nam).
bar-hgah l — ^*wp.re-hgah occa-
sionally, at times. 2. some, several;
several times, now...now...(Ja.).
ftf the middle
class, quality, or size.	barrshib. '
867
barley flour of second quality {Rtsii.);
bar-gyu=^^^' gyn-hbrin turquoise
of second quality; second quality
meat {Rtsii.).
bar-chod; bar-chad or
bar-good whw: that which interferes,
cuts in between something else; any
hindrance, accident, impediment, untoward
occurrence, interruption : ijfa
meeting with an accident, to perish,. to
be lost; q’va^uq to remove impediments;
without meeting with an
accident {Mil.); q’Vas’J^’q to meditate evil,
to brood mischief ;	not hav-
ing played me a roguish trick (<7a.). Whilst
q^S indicates usually any interruption in
a worldly business caused by any accident,
disease, eto., it means also a change of
mind or a hindrance by sin, etc. Again,
when a Buddhist who has been for years
observing the rules of Vina ya and suddenly
betakes himself to the practice of the
Tantrik rites but fails and becomes a
fallen monk, this change of religious
practice has been to him a Bar-chad.
Syn. ge-gos\ bgegs
Sgrnb-ina-hjng;	bar-du-gcod
Mnon.).
'ЧЯ’гга, faprix continuously,
uninterruptedly.
bar-dii Wni; in colloq.
dicar-dn between.	[good
or propitious in the middle.]#.
WnKTfast W- [intervening or obs-
tructing objects.]#, «к
the four obstructions, to good work, etc.
which bring calamities on men: (1)
45*5 danger to one’s body such as are
diseases; (2)	the danger of
devotion to religion is the devil ^5; (3)
faults are the dangers to life ;
(4) q^w^’qv*^ the danger to merit
{D.Ri).^
bar-do also bar-ma-do the
intermediate state between death and re-
birth, of a shorter or longer duration,
ordinarily under 49 days; lit. between
and A two, i.e., between tho two, so the
present life is a state of Bar-do inasmuch
as it lies between the past and future
existences. There are according to the
work called Tho-sgrol six varieties of the
Bardo: (1)	bar-do \ (2)
S'Wck'X rnii-lam bar-do; (3) qw«|5yq<^
bsam-gtan bar do ; (4)	hchi-kha bar-
do \ (5)	chos-nid bar-do; (6) 5J5'4'
s rid-pa bar-do. Acc. to Rnin-ma Bkah-
gter system there are seven stages of
Bardo: (1)	(2)
(3)	; (4)
; (5)	•
(6) ^'^Agorq^X ; (7)
Acc. to the Bkah-rgyud-pa school
there are five stages in the Bardo:—(1)
; (2) ^g’^-qvX; (3)
wg*qvX‘; (4)	(5)
qB-q-§^q5-q^X {Ya-sel. 186).
q^A^ Jrtr-#d«w==44'q|]4| agreement or
treaty between belligerents:
hoping to be able to bring about an
agreement, qvjfo bar-sdoni	[the
suppression of the breath or voice]#.
bar-snan	sflH atmos-
pherical space, tho illumined space;
q^^’4 in the heavens above, in the air;
’5)illuminated region above.
Syn. gnam;	gnam-mkhah.
qvq bar-pa the middle one, gen. the
second son or brother in a family.
q^’q^’i’^ Bar-pa ra-tsa-ka n. of a sect of
the Tirthika in ancient India: чкчл'£'*]
q^q$ivq^‘qsw,3\VV {К. ко. F, 137).
868
«^w^ bar-bar-du at intervals, from
time to time, now and then.
bar-ma HVTHT 1. the middle tone
in music. 2. or W the middle one
of three things; jSrq^sAA^ the world
of the middle thousand (B. di. 7).
3. = ^*» or	a dancing woman
or girl (ДГиоп.). 4. rked-pa the waist
or middle zone of the body (Д/жш.).
«iv*q middle one;
the middle world ; Ьаг-mi umpire,
mediator, intercessor.
qv&x bar-m^d without interval.
q^S’*rw‘ bar-med-mkhah the heavens.
bar-tshams or q^’jp^ew any
interval.	continual,
often.
bar-gyen-dgu explained:
v । | v	v* v i
(B. Nam.).
qK^’q bar-lag-pa a go-between, agent.
«кгая bar-lam —in the mean-
time, presently, at present (Yig. k. 3U).
bar-уд n. of a flower (Ju d.
F, 1?).
q^wl'c/pc/ Jlar-gsar rdsifi-khafi n. of a
place in Tibet (Deb. *3).
37] bal	wool; «га g woollen,
woolly (Vai-sfi.), «ra'^’q the first
coarse plucking of wool, «га’йогл bal-rme-
и a the second of the finer wool, «га ^’«1 the
third, of the finest W\; «ra^p. bal-dkar
fleece; «га-bal-^kud woollen thread,
«га’I bal-skye mould on fermented liquors.
«ra’^N	one of the 41 clothing
stuffs prescribed for the use of a Buddhist
monk (&. Lex.); «га'яч^ bal-hgor (modern
<ra’§|K bal-sgor): «ra^Kq^^^afporcjv
<w&5’4 there were only eight loads of
q^|
barley and peas and four balls of wool
(J. 103). «га[a woollen blanket,
spider]#. «ra^VJf'g bal-tshon §na-lna wool-
yarn or thread of five different colours;
«га эх balsam eotton-yarn of red and white
colours (Rtsii.); «ra*§ foZ-$/<?=«ra'g’fij^ bal-
gyi §lehii a kind of woollen serge-cloth of
very small breadth manufactured in
Tibet: «ra*g ^w«i bal-$te rnam-pa a piece of
bal-sle (costs so much) {Rtsii.).
«га*^ bal-thod the hair that is tied to
the skull cap used by Bon-po priests in
exorcism (Jig- 26). «га?*\^ bal-thod-can
a class of Bon exorcists who wear tufts of
wool on their forehead: «га’Ч^'^’дк^
the Bon exorcists wearing hair
on their brow invoke good luck (JigK 20)»
Щ7]’Ц'£ bal-pa-dsa or rtsa dres-ma
[n. of a Bodhisattva]#.
Bal-po or «га^ч Bal-yal
1. Nepal, the Indian stato lying S. of the
Tibetan districts of Burang and Kyirong.
2. a native of Nepal, «га’йч bal-chol a
cymbal imported into Tibet from Nepal
(Jig. 18); «ra’$ bal-tam Nepalese coin (Lofi.
*, 18); «га\ч| bal-dril bell manufactured in
Nepal; also a kind of cotton cloth
manufactured in Nepal; «гаbal-rydah
match-lock manufactured in Nepal and
imported to Tibet (Rtsii. 50); «га’Игд^я
Nepalese saffron ; «ra*Hr^y^«/
pomegranate tree; «га ^5 Bal-Bod
Nepal and Tibet; «га£(Ч| bal-§bug or «ra'Ej<v
SJ’psra bal-pohi sbug-dutl kind of cymbal
manufactured in Nepal (Rtsii.). «гай
bal-то a woman of Nepal.
qorq>4 Bal-bzah the Tibetan name of the
Nepalese wife of king Srofi-fysan §gam-po,
a daughter of king Ams'uvarman; n. of

869
a-p.|
a Tibetan lady who had obtained saint-
hood.
bal-yul-skyes	n. of a
medicine.
Syn. [don-ros^ go-la]
ma-ho-na (Mnon.).
t balla and	balla-chen-po
names of heavenly flowers (K. d. 150).
bal-li n. of a celestial flower
(K. d.
bal-lhog^W*^ plague, or cancer
(Ya-sel. 28).
qww bas-mthah 1.
чт^ the suburb of a town, i.e., the limits
where a town terminates,	,
touching or near the suburbs; w
srr’u WT4H place of residence
in the suburbs. 2. border country (Sch.).
. П5ГЦ bis-pa 1. occurs in lieu of
byas-pa the pf. of §S'q, mostly in the sense
of a thing being quite done or accom-
plished. 2. = ^’0r4'q mi-khrel-ica immodest.
ba$-mo, v. ччЙ bab-mo.
Bi-kra-ma gi-la (sometimes
wrongly written as 3’3‘5Г«г£| Bi-krd ma-la
glia) n. of a monastery at Magadha
founded by king Dharmapala on the
bank of the Ganges. It became the chief
s^at of Buddhist learning after the glory
of Nalanda had waned; and Atis'a was
high priest there for several years till he
proceeded to Tibet. It was destroyed by
Baktyar Ghiliji in A J). 1203 about the
time S'akya Sri Pandita of Kashmir
visited it (A. 61).
+ 3*трг§Л Bi-kra-ma pu-ri (sometimes
wrongly .written З’Щ’ггвг^ bi-kra ma-la
pu-ri) n. of a place in East Bengal situat-
ed in the neighbourhood of the place
where Atis'a was born:
(A. 2).
bi-chu xiw moss.
3^’ bi-chun^^^-’ bya-chttn (in Sikk.).
* % Ы-dru-ma n. of a precious
stone (K. d. \ 320). 3^’яа^’ч Bi-dru-ma
hdra-гса n. of a mountain inhabited by
venomous naga whose poisonous breath
renders the sea water warm at all times
(K. d. \ 030).
+ bi-na-ya-ka a class of malig-
nant spirits called in Tibetan, also
the name of their king.
bi-pa sfa?T? [receiving, accepting]/?.
t Bi-ma-la n. of an Indian Buddhist
saint who had confided his mystic lore to
Lo-tsa-wa Rin-chen mchog Rma and who
is very much respected by the Rnin-ma
school (Deb. % 3).
+ Bi-pa ka-ya n. of a fabulous
phantom who appears in the- sky at
times to receive the homage of the naga
demi-gods (Dus-ye. 39).
Bi-dha or Зац Vin-dhya, in Tib.
also Я‘5 я3д]я*|? chain of hill in central
India in a cavern of which the Buddhist
sage Acharya Diqnaga- performed his
ascetical meditations.
i З ё ^л Bi-dsa рй-ra n. of an ancient
city of southern India which is mentioned
in the Kahgyur under the names of ^3^’
(Mnon.).
3 bi-rdsi a species of shrew (in Sikk.).
3-^гн^ Bi-ri Ва-mdo n. of a place in
Ulterior Tibet or Amdo (Yig. 8).
bi-sa a poison.
+ vi-ha-ra	a Buddhist
monastery where monks receive instruction
in sacred literature.
9я-с||
870

i Se/q’S Bin-pa-ta n. of a treatise on
Cabda-vidya the science of words :
л /4	5<ч the work Bing-pata
called: thorns of words, etc. (A. 82).
J bim-pa or Змч (written in the
and etc., as the Sanskrt equi-
valent of	sku-gzugs and kbi-
hbi) : 1. Lama Con Blo-gros bftan states
that bimba is a flower of 3’3^ rgya-
skyegs. 2. Momordiai monadelpha a cucur-
bitaeeous plant with a red fruit,
a lip red like the fruit' of Bimba.
bihu a calf ; in Sikk. a snake,
and
[linen cloth dyed with red colour.]S.
bir-wa kuri-ti ma-ii is a
mystical expression.
+ qoj’q bil’-ica f^j, wood-apple/
The wood-apple tree is also called $
but this seems to be incorrect.
Syn. dpal-hbras; chu-klau-
mgo\	rab mchod-mig (Mnon.).
J biradsa in Tib. g n. of a
town situated to the south of Vajrasana
{Dus-ye 40).
bu 1. sbst., resp. sras) anu,
son, boy, common in С.	bu-
chu gin-gi yor-ma in Tibetan proverbs:
a son that is not worthy of his father. 2.
fxiZJ child; offspring ; bu-phrug children ;
a pregnant woman, one
big with child: З'Ч54'3q5^
bu-chui sa-skya-pahi bu-chen yir-nub g и fi-
gsum (Yig. 2).
9’495 bu-hkhrid (puli') a common title
generally given by parents in Tibet to
the first born daughter with a hope that
she would bring in the train of birth a 5
or son to her parents.
§’4| bu-ga I: or bug 1. hole,
aperture, opening:	ba^puhi bu-ga
pore, passage of prespiration (Dzl.);
sna-bug nostril;	bu-ga-hdsin full
of perforations; З'ЯЛ'З bu-ga-dgu the nine
orifices of the body (2 eyes, 2 ears, 2 nos-
trils, mouth, urethra, anus). 2. symbol,
num. 9 (Jd.}.
bu-gu — ^'^'§J' bu-tsha chun-chun
little boy.
9’^’ Bu-glin n. of a park or ‘grove in
Lhasa belonging to the State (Rtsii i).
9’4^5 bu-brgyud н’нти, Hwifa, ямт.
descendants, issue, generation.
Bu-chu lha-khan ono of the
twelve Buddhist sanctuaries erected during
the ‘ reign of king Sron-btsan §gam-po
(Lon. % 6).
95'4 bu-ta-ka=rffaH offerings to the
earthly gods and spirits (7Г. g. % 215).
Button ^'54) « a celebrated
lama the author of voluminous works
who edited and put into present form the
Kahgyur and Tangyur encyclopcedias.
It may be said that a more deeply-read
and a more voluminous writer than Buton
has not at anytime appeared in Tibet.
He lived over seventy years strenuously
exerting himself for the spread of Bud-
dhism, and spending the last days of. his
life at Shalu, a large monastery situated
about twelve miles to- the S.E. of Tashi-
Ihunpo, where he died about the begin-
ning of the 14th century A.D.
9Л’* bu-de-tshe life.
9’^5 bu-dod foster-child, adopted son,
^5’Э’9Л5‘*^5 ned-kyi Ьи-dod-mdsod deign to
be adopted by us (Mil. Jd.).
9*4^’ bu-gdun a small cross-beam (Mil.)

871

gX bu-rdo \Sch.) idle talk, tittle-tattle.
g,Ji5 Ьч-nad child-bed:	the
child-bed terminates unfavourably (Pth.).
bu-snod uterus, womb.
5’^ bu-dp true copy: g’5^
(Ya-sel.
П):
bu-mo, rarely g'^’я bu-mo-ma, 1.
^n, a daughter. 2. a girl, maiden,
virgin: з’35’Ч|4ц*я or or a girl
that is still in a virgin state; g’^V*
Ьи-mo dar-ma a youthful maiden, a young
woman.
Syn.	di—та;	myo§-ma;
4*^ mc-tog-Q*ur;	khens-ldan-ma;
dregs-ldan-ma;	lan-tsho
rtse-dgah-ma;
dan-pohi rdul-can; ^ч*л**гя rdul-beas-ma;
Svqq*54 dar-bab-ma (Mnon.).
bu-mo gshon-nu-ma a young
girl, maiden, damsel.
• Syn.	ma-hons rdul-can ;
na-ehun-ma ; 5*4^‘^S’5'’ phyogs-med-ma ;
lan-tsho dan-po;	nor-ldan-
ma;	gron-pahi chos-ma-gos
(Mnon.).
д’Й^-р^чгЗ jiefgg- bridegroom, son-in-
law [also, a lotus]#.
9‘Я5 bu-snmd family, children.
g bu-tsha HnfTH, ^Tr.3i son, boy;
often familiarly sounded as potsa or putsa.
9’^'^ я’нте increase of family,
g^^gorq Ьи-tsha^ hbrel-ica to cohabit
(Jd.).
g’^ Ъи-tshab—^S bu-dod.
bti-hdsin-ma gf^^FT [a daughter]#,
д’!"**	Kxffi [guard of a
young child]#.; a nurse that looks after
children (Nag. 59).
9’Ч4! bu-yug snow-storm.
S’** bu-ram wc molasses, raw
brown sugar; treacle: g’W^’4 bu-ram-
sgor-wa to boil down raw sugar (Jd.)
sugarcane juice and hot melted butter
drunk while warm relieves coughing and
removes hard-breathing (K. g. Iff).
длял]bu-ram ka-ra, fHSTHi treacle;
^.‘9 loaf sugar. д’^’З’Й’*
[diluted sugar]#, д’мгд bu-ram sgra, an
epithet of Arjuna the 3rd son of Panda
(Мло/г.). g’W*E? bu-ram-chan, spirit
from sugarcane juice or from treacle;
g’W-^’ bu-ram-gin	the plant
from which sugar is extracted, sugarcane
plant; д'мг^чщ’л sugarcane juice.
work on
the exploits of Ikshakus, etc. (A. 35).
д’мг-^егч bu-ram gin-pa n. of the
progenitor of the solar race, an epithet of
Sakya-simha Buddha who was born of
that race. •
длГ5Г|*т»Н^| bu-la-ma skyes me-tog
д^’« hom-bu sne-ma (mytic) (Mifi. i).
д‘*П’^ Bu-la ha-ri 1. a kind of fine
leather generally of calf or kid which is
japanned black or red and is used in lin-
ing boxes, &c.
(Rtsiii). 2. n. of a monastery on the
Ganges in the Monghyr district said to
be still resorted to by Tibetan pilgrims.
9’^	slob-та scholar, dis-
ciple, follower of a clerical teacher; also
= ^’5^] slob-phrug a pupil.
bu-lon (cf. g^ bun) advanced
money, debt:	or 9‘^’SV4 to con-
tract debts; g’^’wrq bu-lon hjal-wa or
^prod-pa to pay a debt; g’®^ bu-lon-
pa a debtor.
5V4
872
| §Ч|’Ц bii(/-pa = ^ a crack,
hob, cavity:	bored holes.
Syn. S'4] bu-ga; S khun-bu;
pad-mahi-mig ; Sp^S^’ rlun-hbijHn ; Я’яХья
sa-mthons; khon-ston (MnonX
bug-shol, v. S4]^ slings {Jd.),
З^'ч^ч] bugs-gcig ='H^4] '^4]'4]^4] a
week, seven days : V^TS4]^'4]^4^ ho
received a week’s instruction (Rtsii.).
94|*’’afc' bugs-toil an entire earease :
-q q qojnentire dry car-
case of a sheep, goat or yak. (Jig. 2fJ).
bun-ica —sbran-ma xfa,
ЯНТ (MnonX 1. a humming and stinging
insect, such as a bee, etc.; ЗЯ?4] sting, and
also the wound caused by it. 2. acc. to
Cs. a bright black stone:	black
either like a bee or like this stone, g^’4*
g5§5 bun-ica skrod-byed-=^t^^'*r г^’я
чн<1 the female bee; also a ehotcry to
drive away flies (MiiouX
tfst prob, the queen-bee though the mas-
culine gender is used.
bun Ju 4^^ [a discus-bearer].
buns [mass, heap, brlk;S^*v^
a large heap; V^’9^’* a great quan-
tity of urine (Min.); to heap one
upon another, pile up] Jd.
bud 1. ($*) any darkening of
the air through dry matter, a cloud of
dust, dust-storm: 55’§я’Л5Ч wrapt in
dusty mist. 2.=^EMurned out, expelled:
turned out of the assembly
of monks or congregation (Yig- 3). 95’.?^*
bud-stoft destitute tenants or subjects, also
where a family has been entirely expelled
(Rtsii.).
bud-dha wa-na n. of a forest
^>**4
situated to the east of Vajrasana in Bud-
dha-Gaya (Dsam. 17).
Rud-dha — ww^ Sans-rgyas.
bud-med I. ^rft,
a woman; defined as я^я ^«гя '95’^5-
pone that cannot be dispensed with
or forsaken; acc. to others, one that can-
not be, left* outside the house at night is
called 95’^5, and hence=woman. 9S'^V^‘9
a female child;	a violent hag;
95^5^ 4 a fair woman (Bzl.)\
one who is bullied by his wife; Я^^^’95'^5
gpo-icohi bud-med	a lady (A.
К. 1 22). 95bud-med-kyi rnam-
hgyur womanly expression and beauty :—
чГ§,ч]Я hjo-sgegs ; rnam-hgyur; ^я’чр}
rnam-gyo; Кя’ц rol-pa; b§kul-wa;
4 zur-gyis st on-pa (Mnon.). 2.
= я£<г<уЙ a concubine, mistress.
Syn. й’Й mi-mo; JJ з<уя skra-can-ma ;
я^ям ^<уя mtskam§-ldan-ma; |^‘§5’я §byor-
byed-ma ;	§5’я hchin-byed-ma; ^'ч^я’я
ni-yni§-ma ; 4^5 Я hdod-klan-ma ; §5‘^‘
ч$ byed-pahi-gshi \ ч]|ч|яг^я gzugs-eau-ma ;
dgah-icahi-gshi; ^'^’’я zur-lta-ma ;
^яя dgah-ma\ З5’я skyed-ma*,, 4^'я hdsin-
ina ; ^’^ я ho-hdsin-ma; $*г^уя his-ldan-
ma;	§fobs tned-ma; д'ЧМ’5я^ §kye-
icas-dman;	lan-bu-can; Я^я’^’я
gnas-byed-ma (Mnon.).
95^5‘$q'4^q4 female ascetics that
wear human bone ornaments, or Buddhist
women who are said to have obtained
sainthood; those of Indian origin:—
9P’®5'^ sukhsid-dhi, я'^^з ча^огй ma-eig
grub-pahi rgyal-mo,	gc-slofi-ma
dpal-mo, etc. Tibetan nal-jor-ma:—
rgya-bzdh, ww bal-bzahy ^’^я’я^’ye-$e§
mtsho-гдуаЦ	bdag med-ma я$др
oia'^-я та-cig lab-sgron-may «й^ям’^’я

873

bsod-nams brgyan-ma, »г$Я ^‘я та-cig sha-
ma,	bsod-nams dpal-hdren,
q^x*^ pad-ma-mtsho^	lha-rtse
dpon-mo,	qifi-bzah rnal-
hbyor-ma, м^ялсгцле/я pad-ma rab-bzah-ma
(Lofi. w, 3).
bud-med dgah-bral $W
ядя’дс/q or a woman who is devoid
of enjoyment and happiness, a barren
woman; a hermaphrodite of the female
sign.
bud-med hgyur-
wa lufi-btfan-pahi mdo n. of a Sutra in
which is described how women can be
changed into men (K. d. ч, 326).
д^’^яХя bud-med-mchog, <*ГГГ,
a very handsome woman with personal
accomplishments. [1. a prostitute. 2.
one who goes about in the dark]#.
Syn. ^^яyan-lag mchog-ldan-
ma; угяХя'я hi$-nudwg-ma; щя’ож’я lus-
bzan-ma; угдя lus-phra-ma; ^я* чзч*я m{g.
bzan-ma; ч^’А^'я b^kin-bzan-ma; я^'^’я
mtshan-ldau-ma; pad-ma-can; ^Я
sgeg-mo; й^’дяя imad-rgya^-ma; JS’^5
rkyed-med-ma; о^’Кч’я yid-hoft-ma; ^5 ‘ЧЯ’
я yid-hphrog-ma; язк/ч^’я hclM-tca sbyin-
ma; ^Я Я^*л mig-gyo-ma; йя'я^я'я mig-
mdse$-ma; ^я^Я’*№* ri-dwag$ mig-ean-
ma; я^^Я’* gyon-mig-ma;	’^Я * sur-
mtg-ma ; В^Я** $min~legs-ma; §Я'3
tdug-gu-ma;	mcliog-gi lcug-ma;
myo$-gsal-ma; зЦцс.яя mig-
yan$-ma; Д’^чя^яя zla-shal mdses-ma.
(%поп.)
д\й\<*^уя any voluptuous or un-
chaste woman; with following syn.: *Я*Г
ы chag$-ldan ma; $ячгдч^’я myos-pahi
phreMdan-ma;	rig-myur-ma} yr
Ч5ЧЯ dus-btab-ma яйГуя^я тйоп-hgro-ma \
dben-hgro-nia; ы hdod-bgro^.
; ядя^5*чяя*Я^я hkhrig-pa-hi b^n^
gfan-ma; я|5«г§^я hkhrnl-byed-ma; «Я^-ДЯ-
Я\^*уя chag$-pahi gdon-can-ma (Mnon.у
bnd-med rdul
the menses.
'§} ’*< bud-med blo-ldan-ma a
noble and magnanimous woman; with
syn.: ^я’яряя rnam-mkhas-ma;
sbyod-ldan ma ; яря’я mkhas-ma;
qes-rab-ma ;^я*^ я tshig-ldan-ma
§nan-sgrogs-ma; -^я ^^ я ges-ldan-ma\
я dra^ca can~ma (Мйоп.).
bud-med sbrum-ma	a
pregnant woman.
Syn.	phru-gu-chags;
mnal-ldan-ma;	sems-can shags;
дЯ’^Я*^ srog-chags-ldan; ^я'^'я hiS’-Ui^
та;	lus-mi-bde; яяо1<з«|яя mfial-
chags-ma; д^'Йя’я^я'я glan-mohi hgro$-nta
(Mnon.).
bud-med zla-mtshft'n-
dan Idan-ma ®йдн<?1 a woman in
menses.
Syn 5\а<£я^я bud-med chos-ldan-
ma;^'^** dus-ldan-ma ; ^Я'^'*4
те-tog Idan-ma ; Я5rked-nad can-ma ;
|ЗЯ’^*** khrag-ldan-ma (Mfion.).
an adulterous
woman, who is said in her manners to
resemble a hen.
bud-fift=^'*^‘ fire-wood, fuel,
also dried dung used as such;	4
bud-fin bqag-pa to split or chop wood.
S5^^ 4§ q (як£)	a torch, a light;
lit. flambeau consisting of ten pieces of
wood.
bun abbr. of 9'5^': interest
on money lent. S^'35 bun-rfyod ^I^TfsK
in
874
stretched and hanging. 9^*^ bun-tho or
bun-yig 1. debtor’s account-book.
2. bond or obligation; bill of debt.
Ьии-gton to lend money on in-
terest :
З’чрич whatever receipts there are should
be clear in the cash account list (Rtsii.).
bun-bdag money-lender, banker.
SVW bun-bun piece-meal, dispersed
bun-dsan-ti^^ity^ kun-tu-
mdsts very handsome (mystic) (K. g. %
215).
bun-re (Sch.) a small matter, cf.
^’9^ ban-bun.
bun-ion О3»whirling
up and down, an expression used of boil-
ing water;	bun-lon-gi $nan~
sras troubled, impure, sinful thoughts (Jd.).
bun-lob some large number:
(Ya-sel. 57).
bubs—^\ 1. an entire pieco of
cloth rolled up; cotton-cloth (Cs.).
2. in a general sense: whole, something
entire (Schi); gw^i prob, whole, entire,
the whole body as opp. to
separate parts (7a.).
bum-sku^ acc. to the Rnin-ma
School=state of unchangcablcness like
that of the Vajra (Yig. 14).
bum-pa те, water-bottle,
flask; bottle-shaped ornaments in archi-
tecture, e.g., on the chorten; vessel
used in sacrificing. The water pot re-
quired in Buddhist religious services is
of two kinds having the following charac-
teristics ; a large belly, long neck hang-
ing down («$ *3^*4) and contracted legs:
(1) wg* and (2)	fwu-
The former has no or beak,
^1
the latter when provided with *4 is
called the jar-of-life, t.e., it con-
tains water consecrated to the Dhyani
Buddha SV’lA (Amitayusha).
bum-kheb$ the cover for a water-pot
used in Tantrik religious ceremonies
(Rtsii.); bum-dar the scarf that is
wrapt round the jar containing sacred
water (Rtsii.).
Wi [sonorous] S.	9*’
bum-rdsas:
^'g' twenty-five articles (comprising con-
secrated objects and various sorts of
medicines) required to be kept in the
sacred-pot which contains the consecrated
water (Rtsii.).
Bum-pa $kye$ jwm, n. of
a Rishi, who was born in a water pot. In
ancient times the Rishi Rgyal-wa while
practising asceticism caught a glimpse of
an -4psara-goddess and, as if embracing
her, in a dream discharged seed which
preserved in a water-pot produced tho
Rishi. This was the famous Vas'ishtha
the pot-bom (ДГяоя.).
[a kind of lotus,
the Prcmna spinosa.~\S.
bum-pahi hkhrul-hkhor—
zo-ehuii-khyud (Mnon.).
bum-pahi mgul-can resp.
form of mgrin-pa neck (MnonT).
gw'qsrjoi чг[г-ф- [1. a pitcher. 2. the
back of the neck]S.
+ 9*'g bum-bu = ^ ^ small water-pot
generally used in religious ceremonies.
bur upright bolt or fastening to a
door, ^’9^ upper bolt, ^’9^ lower bolt.
(Ja.)^
• bur-rtin or bur*tin a kind
of bell or gong in temples (Jd.).
875
^ч||
$41
bur-ltan balls of molasses packed
in goat skin:
{Rtsii.). g^‘55 bur-thud pastry
or cakes made of dried milk, molasses and
butter:	{Jig. 29).
bur-thun-khugs^^^'^ blo-
bur-du suddenly {8 man).
bur-tse various species of Eurotia,
largely used in the JF. by travellers as
fuel.
bur-gin for	I
I: lul or 3a,5q] bul-tog soda occurs
in Tibet as a white powder on the ground,
generally near the margins of lakes
though not exclusively so. It is used as a
medicine, and also added in small quanti-
ties to bring out the quality and flavour
of tea.
II: or bul-ро^ЧЧЦ dal-po,
ga-le 1. slow, dilatory, lazy:
hgro-bul-te slow in walking, making but
tardy progress {Dzl.); й	mi-bul
mi-myur neither slow nor quick {A. 60).
2. = ^ч sul valley, ravine:
a valley of the mountains resembling (the
plains of) India (A. ДЗ).
bul~hgro§=^ ^‘^ §5 rkan-pahi
hdu-byed a kind of movement of the feet
(in dancing).
bul-ran-pa neither very quick nor
slow in walking:	a
modorately-swift horse {llbrom 118).
+ bus-pa = &w 1. boy, lad.
2. v. *55’4 hbud-pa {Jd.).
I: be 1. num. fig.: 105. 2. TF.
for В bye {Jd.). 3. for be-rdo; 3’^*
be-gin an oath {Jig. 62).
И be-ge, v. beg-ge.
= byi$-pa a little boy, lad
or lass:	(л.
88, 86).
bc-chon	{Zam. 3) club
with an ornamental hammer, knob,
dorje, or human head-like figure on its top
which the gods generally carry in their
hands to fight with the Asura.
be-con-hchaft 1. an epithet
of Vishnu, and also of Yama the lord of
death {Mnon.). 2. n. of a goddess {Jd.).
be-bjan — ^*W (mystic) {Min J).
^’5 be-ta 1.	; cocoa-nut, 3 5*
be-t ahi-gin the cocoa-nut tree. 2. Tibetan
name of ^5’5 bi-da-rwa Bedar, the
birth place of Nagarjuna (Djgw*.).
Syn.	hbras-bu-rtag; g^’gS’gq-q
hbrus-buhi phunpo;	sa-htJo-
hdab;	ta-lahi rgyal-po;
mi-mo-rtsr ; ggol-ldan {Mnon.).
sulphate of copper.
Ic-nidun a spear or javelin made
of oak-wood {Jig. 32).
bt-rdo, v. 3 quoit, the discus of the
ancients.
+	= hdsin-pa.
Ье-sna lag-chen n. of a
demon of the naga class.
be-snabs a mineral substance.
be-rdsi-=^^^ skar-ma snar-ma.
J besa ra-ka a species of very
small insects {K. du. % 20 J).
be-rag a long and more or less
broad band worn as a head-ornament by
all Buddhist women of Ladak, nuns
excepted. It is fastened to the hair and
is studded with one to five long rows of
turquoises which forcibly suggest serpents
and serpent-worship in general.. In a
WI
876
*1
case in -wliich a woman was ordered by
the court to give up her berag to the
complainant at once, she refused to do so
saying that this could not be done as
long as (in that year) the irrigation of
the fields lasted, evidently because of the
water-supplying Я or nagas.
йBe-ri n. of a district in the juris-
diction of Chamdo in E. Tibet (Zo/L
<4 15).	n. of a petty chief who
favoured the Karma-pa school and helped
Deba Tsangpa in the war with the (Eleuth
chief Gus'ri Khan, but was killed by him
(Lon. % 15).
3 5*1 Ье-log a great-grand father (Ja.).
behu w a calf :	dpal-behu
n. of a gem; also the emblem of
love and affection represented by a noose.
behu-bum lit. calf’s pot, i.e., cow’s
dug from which tho calf sucks milk; fig.
that which yields nourishment to life, met.
spiritual life, hence, scriptures.
gV2* be-hbum $non-po the ancient book on
religion and religious history of the
Kadampa school compiled by Dge-ges Dol
llin-po-ehe (Lofi. 2).
Mil.;	to be temperate, to
keep moderation in the indulgence of the
appetites (Ja.).
len a large pitcher; ehu-ben
water-pot.
Зя bem or	bem-po=fyfy^
(Mnon.) 1. in the dialect of upper or
western Tsang = old, worn-out, as of
patched clothes. Also applied to the body,
and defined as	“an
entity deprived of all sense.”
on the boundary between
the physical matter of the body and the
soul (Mil.), jfa’***
by the power of his prayer was
deprived of sense like his own worn-out
self (Ya-sel 10);	bem~pa liar-
Ikug^ffi'Q lkug-pa stupid, senseless like a
log of wood or physical matter,
3^ 4 bem-rig bral-wa without body and
soul:	the dead are
without body and soul. 2. a receptacle,
box, bag, ete. (Ja.).
bem-chag?=*№*^ dkar-chag list of
contents:
ч* should refer to those occurring in the
Ьед-де=Ъ'^ be-ge measles (&Л.);
also called sib-bi.
Beg-tse 1. n. of a goddess who
when propitiated protects her devotees.
2.‘hidden shirt of mail.
ben 1. smaller beams of a house
wliich support the roof. 2. a stick,
cudgel, club (Jd.)
bed 1. deamoss, advantage:
bed-nia-ehod proved of no use, no advan-
tage;	at a time
when salt was sixty times dearer (than
barley) (Glr.);	lonwpyod in
list of contents of the Rgyalrab (Hbrom.
. 251).
ber 1. resp. g‘8*	o/a-
gam cloak of thick woollen cloth used by
the lamas of Tibet, in winter; ber-
ehen a full cloak; tshem-bcr a cloak
made up of many pieces (Pth.); 8*4*
ber-thul gown of a priest, sacerdotal cloak
without sleeves, with 4*go$-chen for a
ber-thul fur-cloak. 2. burning, sharpness,
acridity, any biting, stinging quality:
a stinging or burning of
the blister arose. 8*’«^ ber-ean sharp,
pungent, keen.
|	877	।
ber-ka = w*\ a branch;	* ber-ma
ber-lcag a stick or staff; spahi
ber-ma cane, bamboo stick {Mil.);
ber-ma leag a switch.
Syn. 4 dfyyug-pa; hkhar-ica;
hkhar-dbyug {Mnon.).
ber-ser-can an aquatic grass
{§man. 109).
bel a leather bag. ^’gp]4 bel-lpags
= ^5’д<г|« behuhi-lpags calf-skin {Rtsii.).
be$ Tro the cheek.
bai-dur-ya malachite or
chrysolite. There are three descrip-
tions of Vaidurya stone: (1)
bai-dur-ya ser man-dsu-ri; the yellow lapis-
lazuli called Manjuri; (2)	bai-
dHr-ya lian-su-ga-ta the green lapis-lazuli .
called Sugata ; (3)	’§’5 bai-dur-ya
dkar-su nya the white lapis-lazuli called
the white Sunya.
% q’K<Vai-ra tsa-na 1. n. of the
first Dhyani Buddha. 2. a learned lo-tsa-
wa who flourished during king Khri-sron
ldehu btsan's reign and who first translated
the Hbum from Sanskrit {Yig. 35).
£ bhe-ka ihi; toad, corrupted into
§ sbe-ka :	rugged naked
person, |	I if the fat of
the toad is made into eye-salve, etc. {K. g.
«, 56).
? Bhai-ka-tse leam-bral n. of a
sylvan nymph who undertook to protect
Tibet and defend Buddhism {Deb. $).
J Ip bhai-ra a gem:
«д	Bhaira gem is a protec-
tion against all classes of evil-spirit and
removes pain.
bo 1. num. fig.: 135. 2. affix, to
designate certain adj. or nouns.
2^’4 bo-tog-pa = q & q ba-loft-ica ;
acc. to. Jd. ankle, ankle-bone.
$kyid-po-
nal-wa to sleep well:
1	226).
+ %%bo-dhi==SF§Qbyan-chub itfW 1. en-
lightenment, divine wisdom or knowledge.
2. = SA’$cr^c/ byan-chub-qin the Indian
pteepul, Ficus religiosg.	bo-dhi-rtsi
rosary used to count the recitation of the
names of Bodhisattvas, probably made of
a kind of peepul wood.
Bo-don n. of a place in Tibet
situated to the north-west of Tashilhunpo
in Tsang {Deb. % 2).
Bo-don Phyogs-las
rnam-rgyal also called	Hjigs-
med grags was one of the celebrated
lamas of Tibet; and is said to have
written one hundred volumes. He belong-
ed to the Jonang-pa school and founded the
monastery of	Dpal-то chos-
Idins monastery {Grub. 14), also esta-
blishing his control over the monastery of
Sam-ding in Yamdok lake-district which
is presided over by Dorje Phagmo the
incarnate Vajra Varahi.
bo-wa яте to expand as a bubble;
to overflow or fall out of a vessel on
account of over-filling:	ho-та bo-
was the milk bubbled over {A. 80).
Bo-^og-thu n. of a province in
Mongolia, also of its king:
to the ruler of
heaven and earth the king of Bo-cog-thu
a votary of the Gelugpa school {Ya-sel.
17).
878
bog-to Tib. rendering of Mongol
term for a prince or chief ;=t rje lord or
sir (Lon. \ 10);	the yellow
turban worn by the lay people of Tibet.
^5Bog-to Mu-tan n. of the prince
of Mongolia who entertained tho Dalai
Lama Bsod-nams Rgyam tsho with great
pomp when he visited that country at the
invitation of king Thu-mad Altan Khan
for the purpose of introducing Buddhism
there (LoA. % 11).
+ Л bog-ri acc. to some, Sa|’§, bog-te=.
A‘«|H ba-gam.
bogs benefit, profit, advantage.
bon in size, sized; in capacity, in
bulk, generally with or $A’ annexed
signifying “large-sized” or “small-
sized ”; also with ЗА’: ^a^e/ short in
staturo;	^5, ^a full sized. ^aci, <<fhj
[a clod]S.
2fe’|3 boA-khra a species of falcon.
За'З bon-ди eolloq. for ^A*g bon-bu.
Sa'e? bon-Aa	the wrild
aconite, of which soven species grow in
the Himalayas. ^AA^^-q boA-Aa dkar-po
the white species of aconite: ^a*aVF'qsr
white aconite cures con-
tagious bilious fevers.
the red species of aconite: ‘V^I'A^V^T^®1’
(Med.); ^A*Vq also called a$v^| or
the black species of aconite which is called
a great medicine:
(Swan?).
Syn. a ; slar-dug;
(pn-tu-dug i ^’A$ VI ne-tcahi-dug \
dmar-po rba-can;	hod-dmar-can;
BS^V^A'a byed-ldan snan-ica; sman-chen
(MAon.).
ЪоА-bu I	; the ass,
donkey; ЧкЛ or 4’4^ a he-ass; 9a-» or
Й’Мс.’ she-ass ; ^a'^c] colt or foal of an ass;
3F*a^ ЩВДТ an ass’s fold; Ы-
bu-pa an ass-driver.
Syn. rna-chen; skad-chen;
$ug$-hgrohi-pha\	chos-
can-rin; 5'5^ pho-rtag$ or *’4 cha-wa; SV
Ц'4$ a; byin-pa-gtsaA; a^vaa^’Q^ bzod-pahi
mu-khyud-	groA-du hdren; *3V
a*a’ mgrin-bzaA (Шоп.).
SA’g’gw boA-bu phye-mar^^\^Q
lhog-dug-ра^ g’* ke-tsha (mystic) (Л/гй. 4)-
^A'gS-gv4 Ьоп-buhi spyod-pa the charac-
teristics of an ass:	a^av^^F’ASA’
when laden with a burden he carries it;
S '^e/ js not affected either
by cold or heat; 5<T5‘*4] <¥’?F4‘§ when ho
has had enough, he always knows it
(Masuraksd).
II: small insects; ’^aq
ryyas-pahi bon-bu sugar mite, lepisma; A’
(SV)^*| bon-(bun)-nag dung-beetle (Cs.).
bon$-thuA = ^‘З’ЗА’ mihu-thuA
a dwarf (ЛГйоп.).
Ча$г#5	[sharpness.] S.
Bod qt rite, Tibet;
^5’3*^ Bod-kyi-yul the country of Bhot
or Tibet which comprises ^V^a- little
Tibet including U. and Tsang, and
greater Tibet including M.do-§mad (Amdo)
and Mdo-§tod (Kham). Ч^адА< bod-hbans
Tibetan subjects: а^ЯАА^А^-аг^г
RtajN'q the Tibetan subjects are happy
having good crops and cattle. (S^s«.).
bod-hbrog herdsmen of Tibet living
in the northern solitudes tending their
cattle (so expressed in LoA. % 5).
879
|
bod-kyi stag-то ske-rifi-
сап^Л'Х^' sre-mon (Sman. 108).
Bod-skad ^гкгчт Tibetan langu-
age ; ^5’^5 ^*q|’vq§4l Bod-skad-da bsgyur-
bcug translated into Tibetan,	Bod
kha-wa-can the ancient name of
Tibet which before the spread of Buddhism
was called Don-mar-can-gyi yul the country
of the red-face cannibals, i.e., of savages
(I7<7, 9). ^5’**»^ bod-chams Tibetan lea-
ther tanned and painted in Tibet:
|	as to the
price of the best Tibetan leather there is
information of its fetching ono srang a
piece (Jig. 21). bod-dad (lit. Tibe-
tan-smoke), i.e., Tibetan husbandmen
engaged in agricultural pursuits, or having
settled life; so called from smoke coming
out of their huts. Bod-pa or
Bod-mi a Tibetan.
bod-bse cups and plates and buck-
les made of rhinoceros skin, generally by
Dokpa Tibetans (Jig. 21).
2j3j bon 1. the ancient religion of Tibet
which was fetishism, demon worship, and
propitiation by means of incantations.
The word w’hieh ordinarily means
religion is used as the antithesis to
Bon now signifies the kind of Shamanism
which was followed by Tibetans before the
introduction of Buddhism and in certain
parts still extant; of this there were three
stages, namely :—hdsol-bon,
hkhyar-bon and	hsgyur-bon. The
duration of the first extended from the
time of	Qnab-khri Btsan-po^
the first historical king of Tibet, down to
the reign of king	Khri-^de Btsan-
po ; the second from the reign of king
Digum tsan-po	q) to the formal
introduction of Buddhism under king
Sron-btsan sgam-po; and tho
third stage from king £rong-tsan’s time
down to the time of Tsong-khapa.
bon~§ku kun-tu bzan-po the
supreme deity according to Bon, opp. to
Dharmakaya Samanta
Bhadra ; bon-skyon a guardian deity
of the Bon, opp. to ^’3^’ Dhatmapala.
bon-sgo-bshi mdsod-lna the
four schools of Bon (treasures) (1)
(2) Wq(3)
(4)	and
the five classes of sacred works called
We have also
bon-sde-gsum the three subdivisions
of the Bon scriptures. ^’2? Bon-po a
follower of Bon tenets.
bon-pa = bzlas-pa to ex-
press, to mutter.
bon-hbyun rtsis-chen n. of a
Bon religious work resembling the
of the Buddhists.
Bon-ri n. of a mountain in Kongpo
sacred to Bon people:
many Tibetan
holy places such as Bon-ri situated to the
east of Buchu lha-khang of the province of
Kongpo (B. grub. 2).
bon-lun hod-dkar^zw^'Q
the venerable (B. Nam.).
bor-ra	effcr 1. a sack of
corn; holding about 30 khal (Jd.). 2. bag
for sweepings and dust, dust-bin.
2pi
bol or bol-gon the upper
part of the foot or boot. bol-gar=
Ud-ha-ri.
bol-po v. hbol-po.
bo§, v. hbod-pa to call.
91
880

5/ I: by a the fut. root of §5 byed-pa;
v. this and the sbst. S’^ bya-iva,
S II:	fsT*T any bird or fowl.
^*5 khyim-bya the domestic fowl; 3‘M
bya-tgro a feather; Sbya-hdab wing ;
S3 bya-$pu bird’s down; 3^q* bya-ishafi
or S'W bya-mal bird’s nest; S'Sfa bya-skon
or S'J bya-rgya a net or trap to catch
birds.
Syn. $goft-$kye§\ 4^’3**
rnkhah-hgro;	mkhah-
tpyod\	mkhah-la-rgyu; *5*^ hdab-
(dan ;	hdab-mahi fin-rta-ean ;
yan-lag drug-pa;	nam-
rnkhahi-rta} «FM4 mkhah-nal-,	$gro-
Id in ;	me-yi-mgrin ;	,Q>? hphur-
hgro;	rnkhah-bgrod;	Ins-
mgyog§\ hdab-§kyod \	hdab-
rhagt {Mnon.),
q the bird called cadam-
la-goose,
l bya-ka lan-ta-ka n. ’’[‘M'\4ll
3’3’*’* bya-ku ra-ra giTT; v. 3’*’^ [an
ospreyJS.
Sy31-	rgyati-grag$-tho$\ О4]**
$gra-$grog$\	sgra-hbyin chen-po
{Mnon.).
Syt^bya ku-na-la gpn<3 or ЭТ'*4
[Phasianus gallus]S,
Syn.	hdab-chags-rab] 3'^
bya-ldan {Mnon,),
3’W v. ^’S’4)4! |
3’*5' bya-rkan	a place in
Magadha where Gautama had resided
some time.
S'3^ bya-skyibs (cha-kib) янтнп clefts
in rocks where birds take shelter, rocky
overhanging crag with ledge beneath, men
and animals taking shelter in such large
chakib or rock-harbours. 94Г4КС^4Г25
<ij‘3’$w$ in the bird’s shelter under a
black rock; g’jwfjw formed into a
shelter for birds (-4.11).
3'F*’ bya-khafi or S^'Fq’q a bird’s cage.
Syn.	bu-gahi-
dbyan^ {MHon,).
S’B^’ bya-khyufi an eagle.
S’B^X bya-khyt(A-rdo^9&^ mthin blue
mineral colour {M^on.).
S B bya-khra 1?Гperegrine falcon.
S'£q’ bya-khrufi the crane.
S	bya-ga rgaft-gha-ga-ti:
Syn.	nam-mkhar-$geg;
dbyaft$-ldan\	fykra-wahi $kad-
hbyin {Mnon.),
S'^ bya-gag	a
species of bird: S’4)4!'^jbya-gag-gi h bird
year. ^’314)«Г**then he
proceeded to Tharpa (Nirvapa) in the
year called bya-gag, i.e., the bird year
(A. 93).
Syn. 5’5’J4)^ kn-ku $gnog§; ^’4^* sa-gna$;
^'S khyim-bya {Mnon,).
S34) bya-glag the white-tailed eagle.
5'^j‘S bya-go-wo the lammergayer.
Syn.	byhi-zahi lto-wa\
0.^*4 hchi-icahi-hban$;	zla-hod
$дга-сап {Mnon.).
§%Sbya-rgod—^ 714 vulture, bird of
prey; S’^VSF’2^ bya-rgod phufcpohi-ri
jjW? vulture-hill of Magadha, a resort
of S'akyamuni. Syn.	rhtfl-$pyod\
rnkha-la hkhor; rin-hphur;
3*1	881	З’Хчц
nani-hphaft-spyo# (Шоп.). З'^’З^
bya-rgod-$po$ the plant Delphinium Bru-
nonianum, the same as Delphinium
moschatum \	bya-rgod sen-mo =
rgya-tug; 3 J a net or trap to catch
birds. 94*4	bya-rgod-brun
vulture’s droppings (Mift-rda. J).
5’^5 bya-rgyutj {жгсТ’Н a ritual in
mysticism.
З’Я^ bya~$grufi$, or S'45 title of a book
of satirical fables, in which birds are
introduced as speaking.
3’^’ bya-^'iin^^J\ bya-rmyen.
3’q^wsqjw	vb. yawning,
gaping.
+ s№**Q Bya-da li-pa an Indian Bud-
dhist saint, a pupil of Virupa (K. dun,
12).
S'^54 bya-hdaby	a balcony.
Э'ЯХ bya-hdre a kind of winged demon.
bya-po cock, the male of the domes-
tic fowl:	etc., the first, the
second cock-crow (C.),
qjrtt bya-po tsi-tsi (Med.) a medicinal
plant, stopping the monthly courses; in
ZA. applied to Inpatient sulcata.
3'8 bya-§pu-non-pa to pat on the
back; to keep in orderj not to disturb any
arrangement: 5'3patting on the
back in the way of encouragement as if
gently touching the plumes of a bird
(Yig. k.).
S'ifa	n. of a cons-
tellation.
bya-pho a male bird, a cock; n. of
a medicinal plant used to stop excessive
menstruation.
5’^ bya-ma-rta = ^ or ban-
phyin a messenger (Шоп.).
З’Я’З bya-ma-byi the fruit-bat or flying
fox.
Syn. S'*’39 bya-ma byihu; ^5 §5 gcod-
byed\ $'^’^’§5 ne-war hdsin-byed (Шоп.).
З'$г$ч bya-ma-leb any butterfly.
З’^^’Л . bya-rmyan-wa^^^'ц
stretching one’s self after fatigue, lying
prostrate:	this
lion coming out of his den stretches his
body.
bya-tshe-rift the white crane,
a species of bird said to live one hundred
years.
Syn. ^5’^5 Ihad-bkod \ ^'§3’^3
gnam-gyi $e-mon-bya\	$nan-hphrin ;
hdab-ehags tshe-rin (Mfion.).
3’4^’ bya-wafi the bat; acc. to Jd. night-
hawk, goatsucker, caprimulgus.
3'4^ bya-bshon 1. one who rides on a
bird, an epithet of Vishnu and Kartikeya
the former riding on the eagle, the latter
on the peacock. 2. an egg (in Bal.)
(Jd.).
3’3 bya-ze crest on the head of birds,
tuft (of feathers) of birds.
bya hug-pa the owl (general term).
3^‘Я^ byahi-gdon a malignant spirit
which kills birds; a disease of birds
(Mng. 77).
by ahi phur-tshul flying of a
bird; 3^3* gyen-hphur\	thur-
hphur;	thad-ka-hphur; ^’5’^ rab-
tu hphur; 5’S)’Mj^ byahi-hgros (Mfion.).
3’Я*|ч]эд sjixf [a species of bird, the
Gracula religiosa.~]S.
9'<4| bya-rog jfhr, ^Тчгепгк, «ftrs
the crow; in W. the raven. S'^’l’gS4'
112
3’X^f ।
882
bya-rog spyod-pa the characteristics of a
crow:	mi-тпоп fckhrig-dan,
ewq^c.- rftam-pa dan,
dus-sti gna§-na hchah-bag yod-pa daft,
у id-mi ehe§ (Masti raksa).
Syn. fj'5 khba-ta*,	tho§-$grog$;
gron-khyer-$pyod\
t diod-gna$; ЯМ’Я^	gshan-gso\	rab-
daah;	tsher-mahi	tshan$-eau
^5'5^’$*’ tirgya-byiii	§kye$\	kin-cig
skyt$\ ^АЯ'Я^Я'4 nidog gcig-pa',
rdo-rjehi ehu-can ;	’4'15 hkhrid-pa §])ed ;
упч-ак^ dgah-pas-rgyu; ^‘3^ Ite-ica $kye$;
lha-gtor za-tca; ^Я^ТЯ*1 bdag-
nld $krog§; 4^’qvcoj bdn-pahi Hag (Mnon.).
bya-rog dgra-wo
[a bat, an owl, a cricket]S.^er^’
pita-trail.
g Xn| q bya-rog chen-po the large spe-
cies of crow, the raven.
Syn. ka-ko-la\	hchi-wa
b$/u ; mgrin-nag (Mnon.}.
0'^Я[a fragrant powder, a
kind of gcm.]S.
bya-rog nufl-ma a medicinal
plant:
Syn. **'W?!^’ tha-dad phreU ; 0« bam-
nes;	u-du mu-rahi hdab; 45'
pad-ma mchos-,	nad-med
lam skyes;	fin-tu spyod\
hdab-byed rt sub-mo ;	yan-lag dinar;
wuhe$-ldan Hid (Milon.).
9’^Я‘| bya-rog-Ito	[a vege-
table substance used in medicine, described
as sweet and cooling, allaying fever,
removing phlegm, etc; it is said to be a
root brought from Nepal or Morung]&
9’^Я’ЯХ^’ 1. a kind of sandal
wood. 2. the crow’s face.
9'^Яbya-rog $tob$-ldan important
medicinal root.
Syn.	$de~brgyad-hbra$ shim ;
oic/^-^N lan-tsho gna$;	so-sohi
phren-wa (Mnon.).
Э’^Я’^’З bya-rog nor-bu	a
medicinal fruit said to be useful in con-
sumption: S’^r^’S’^'S’S’SV bya-rog nor-
bu $tar-bu ru-rta daH (Sman$. 222).
t S^’9 ^’4 bya-rog u-dum wa-rikd
[the glomerous fig tree.]S.
Syn. $*‘^5 $nin-med\
rje-Har hbra$ (Mnon.).
&wh bya-lam as met. the sky (MHon.).
0^ 4 bya-lo-pa one born in the bird-
year of the Tibetan calendar.
0*2)С/5'Й Ьуа-^iH rta-mo.
Syn.	gin-hjom$; Qvwqj\q
hdab-ma hrgyad-])a;	mgrin-rifl
(Mnon.).
byu-gor-ica bird of prey.
Syn. ч *5 htsho^cahi tha-chad; &‘Vq
bya-rni-wa ; S’J’4 bya-rgya-wa (M^on.).
s,£> 1. sbst. чпщ that which is to be
done ; any action or deed; a duty: <&Ч^-
S3'4 hjiy-rten gyi-bya-ica and
choskyi bya-it'a secular and religious works;
S'bya-la$ one’s duties ; 0 Ч bya^vea
^pyod-lam behaviour, conduct, doings.
2. fut. infin. of §5'4 to do, or to call;
esp. in the phrase ^S’4 thus to be
called, so to be styled (placed after
personal names).	bya-rgyu zad-pa
aH efforts or measures exhausted, nothing
left to be done. Sj^w^ bya-rgyal
thab$-zad all resources failing, bereft of
help. S’§w'q bya-snam-pa—^WMW: 'g’JTS4’
(A. 60). S’^‘
9*М
883
9C’^ I
bya-btan	bdag-hdsin blos-
btan relinquishing one’s interest or posses-
sions either in a spiritual or a temporal
sense. 9'S'q easy to be done.
9’^1 bya-ga or 9ql,4 byag-pa pliancy,
nimbleness, agility of body; rope-
dancer {Jd.).
9’5*1* bya-dgah	favour, boon,
royal favour, recognition of services with
rewards and presents:
besides not demanding ran-
som from you he would oven confer on you
great rewards ;
offer-
ing rewards to mendicants of India he
sent to inquire if there were pandits who
would be of sendee to Tibet (Л. 64).
9'9^ bya-bral met. night, lit. free from
work, cessation from work. Syn.
rntshan-mo \	hdu-hdsi bral-wa
{Mnon.), S'9^'q bya-bral-pa — ^^^'^ one
free from business, an ascetic.
9^'9^’q bya-ma bum-pa. a teapot-shaped
vessel used in sacrificing.
bya-ma byar-skyag dandelion.
9'Й-Я1Л byd-mo-lab — ^S^ articles for
religious service.
bya-ra sbst. watch, superinten-
dence, attention:
he watched the conduct of the
upasaka for three days (or it may mean
that he did the duties of an upasaka for
three days) (Л. 83). S’a'*l?{rl^ bya-ra-
gtogs in:
does not move without doing some service
to religion in reference to study {A.
1J6}. S’vq Jya-ra-w, = S^^rfi^i sen-
tinel, watcher.
9'^ Bya-sa n. of a monastery near
Chethang Rtse-thafi) on the Yeru
Tsang-po:	dafi-por bya-
sar phyag-phebs he first visited the monas-
tery of Ghya-sa {A. 93). 9’^’1^ bfla-sa
ko-khar the ferry at 9’^ the place where
people cross the Tsang-po by means of
'fj'A hide boats.
byan	the north:
9^*1*!^ the northern direction, 9^’
northern ; 9^’^ north side,
9^the Jang-thang or grassy undulat-
ing plains of North Tibet; 9q q an inha-
bitant of the north. 9Е^'|*1*<’|ГС/ byaft-gi
phyogs-skyon the guardian of the north,
an epithet of Vai-sravana. 9^’8’^’^
byan-sgra mi-snan	the fancied
continent of the north where men enjoy
unvarying health and fabulous longevity.
9^5*1 bul-tog a
a kind of soda obtained from the northern
deserts of Tibet (Smart); 9^'5^' byan-dwan
n. of a superior quality of satin {S. Kar.
179). 9^9*1 byan-hbrog the herdsmen
of the northern solitudes of Tibet {Lon.
% 5)-'
byan-chub 9^' byan —
purified, all sins and defilements washed
out, and $4 chub=perfected, all attain-
ments and accomplishments having been
acquired.	byan-chub-$ems-
dpah	one having perfect spiritual
enlightenment, i.e.z a Bodhisattwa; 9^’^'
fem. of 9^4q’^’VK. There are
two classes of	: one those
belonging to the school of Hinayana, m?.,
Cravakas and Pratyeka Buddhas; and the
other those belonging to the Mahayana
school or the proper Bodhisattica. The
name	bla-na-med-pabi byan-
3-^1
884

diub, i.e., Auuttara Bodhisattva is given to
those who haring attained to the position
of a Bodhisattwa of the Mahayana school
ire neither subject to decay nor dependent
on anything (K. d. y, 451). General names
if a Bodhisattwa are :
; jfrqS'S’*
; 5^ qS^ {зтятен:;	;
fsrw*; fw^; яад]*г*^ч1
ITCRTW; firahfT^;	*r?m*rr:; V t’
нттуш; 5qq
*^34q srpfo;	fsnftm; ***’
'WQgt’q	The
special attributes of a Bodhisattwa are:
£A&i Samadhi or contemplation ;
the ten kinds of moral strength;
^ q?q*rq Vai^radya or moral intrepidity,
Л. g*’£4* the
eighteen unmixed virtues of a Bodhtsat-
^a\—(1)	W^rf^Pfr. ;
v2) «,q?A ’^’Еяк^4*4	; (3)
54	; (4)
qi qf ^4*^4544	; (5) *rq£4'q*'
W^Tf^WTHT: ; ^67 54’q£4qr^4*
^qчц-дш wgqRe^vr-; (7)
^5 ч	; (8)
4	; (9)
«q4 • 54^4 ‘ q*r $W4*	• ЧЯМ’
q^ 54^	^§q q ^*q
^(тгн4^-ЧТН4ти-|^тщ-н^щ^т:; (10) ^'q‘
£y25 44444441444 п^птрпиятгп (not fallen
away from Mahayana) ; (II) Rpvqyjx^'
w>c^ qo4544 ЗНГ*	^T: ;
12)	44544 ini^WcEiT’rrgw^T:;
' 13)
q *5-4^Л44'Ч54^г^'*2Гу^ §q]4*q^544 ^Mj4-
; (14)
^45^xq]4q'515-§-w§W^4«|'q'q§,^q^4,q4544
; (15)
q-WST^-q^-qr,^•вЦ'СИгЫ* «V j’fWlW
^4 ^ ^^4544
нйяяW^fwpTW!; (16) *$-q-4w^25\
q*VI4 пк^-ч4«м	;
(17) 3N’q5^’^y4^q5\q^^5?a]*S|4<i4ujq4^‘
q-5<q 55^Yi^q*VW|-q
^frav.; (18)
Хкч W<5V§‘4!H*r*5‘ g^i * q*T «pcqgvq-Mq’ q* ‘ yq V
^•4q4'g4,§X4,q^,q^-q-Q|,§^,5)'^qj444 ^й-
Again, wo read of Sc‘’^q'5’w/^,Q,al’q^ byan-
chub-kyi yan-lag bdun the seven secondary
virtues of a Bodhisattwa, viz. : q, Х44Я’
q^-qg^q, qf^^N, V^'S ^'б’в^Л 5^ ^,
q^-§44 (K. d. «, 25T). Sb^q^W^qq^a]^’
j^q ^E/ujq-qqq ^!] j^TfT З^НЖГЧЯ 4T<*
[with a large retinue of Bodhisattvas.]S.
<4qV]’5*'Sq yan-dag bya^-chab
complete enlightenment; ^ViT^'q^s^’
$qito4a soul that has attained to the most
perfect development spiritually. *£q q
byafi~chiib-j)a — ^Qthar-wa	or salva-
tion (4№n.).
5q‘Sq'8M*' byafi-chub ljon-$ifi
W’sthi, ftpqg; the Indian fig-tree, Ficus
rcligiosa.
Syn.	iychod-rtcn-$in ; fiSqK’
Я^34 khrad-par-gna$; gjq q?'^ glafi-pohi-za$ ;
•^q ^qq'Q giU-gi фсай-ро {^он.).
З^Ч4’^*2’ byaft-chub tfiifi-po itfwv?
the sacred heart of the Bodhisattva, i.e.,
the place where Buddha attained to 2Vir-
vana, Vajrasana now called Gayfi.
5^'^q’W^ byan-chub lam-sgron the
great work of Atis'a which was written
in Sanskrt during his residence in the
golden monastery of Thoding or Tholing
in AV. Tibet, still an important establish-
ment.
9c/,lq bya^chub lhaMaft n. of a
sanctuary in Kong-po (Jig. 3).
885
I
grq |
byaft-grol (abbr. of
f^fW, immortality, emancipation,
salvation.
Syn. 4V3 thar-pa; rnam-grol; яВ*
hchi-med (Mnon.).
byaft-dar a kind of white silk
scarf presented to guests at the time of
meeting or pairing (& Kar. 179).
9=^ byaft-rdo monument or prop, ins-
cription stone (Jd.).
• byan-pa 1. v. 9^’ by aft. 2. medi-
cinal plant:
9E/^wE/rp> byaft-scms-dkar, 5^ dmar
white and red species of medicinal plants
which are used to stop seminal discharge,
etc.	I
«г^З (Mad.). gE/^r^-Ej byan-sems-dkar-
po the seminal fluid, the animal seed.
= coft-shi soap-
stone, or perhaps pumice stone (Sman.).
gA’P byaft-wa = (Yig. 38).
purified; = ^rq powdered (& Lex.). 2. sbst.
*fHrq	37^ wise, learned,
skilful, clever.	becomes puri-
fied;	has not been made clean.
byaft-bu 1. coat of mail made of
thin circular scale-like iron rings (Jig.
31). 2. an inscription written on a board.
Acc. to Jd. direction, label.
byan-byift 5)^ n. of a num-
ber:	(Ya-sel. 56).
byan-mi 1. north-man. 2. nothing,
not at all, by no means: §5’^*4^’ said
nothing.
9^ byaft-shiva,
iron helmet (Rtbii.).
byafts=^‘ byan :	rab-byans
well cleansed or purified.
byad ^Tqfirx 1. shape, aspeet, outline;
and, hence, countenance:
brightness, radiancy, beautiful com-
plexion;	well-formed. 2.
(Cs. also ty\^byad-ma) enemy : 95’^й'^З
byad-ma rme-fa-can a wicked demon,
(Vai-sft.). 3. = suppression, impre-
cation, malediction. 4. any article, piece
of furniture; in compounds, ^'9^ <*'55.
a fragrant grass, Cype-
fnsJjS.
or S3 =
*3'^. 93 may be salted curry orS^ byan
is prob, a corrupted form of ЗУ^З I
byan-po a cook. 93'35 a house-
wife, a woman who cooks food ; acc. to
-Sch. a divorced woman; and 9Y$5’q byan-
tJiud-pa 4 to allure, entice, seduce.’
Ц byab-pa, pf. 9wq byabs-pa
1. to cleanse, wash, wipe: ^E/^w^-orgq-q
to clean the whole house. 2. to seize,
clutch:	ra lug byab-
nas aJche wa-mos za seizing the goat and
sheep, the fox eats them, alas !
Ц byam§-pa 1. sbst. ян
kindness, love, affection,	id. Also
adj. kind, loving, benevolent, used of the
love of parents to their children, of the
beneficent to the needy, but not in the
contrary order, nor of love to inanimate
objects (Jd.).	byams-dgoft§
kindness, consideration, gracious treat-
ment ;	byams-pahi-ghen kind
and beloved friend: ЗХ’КЕ/днн’Ф^з
beloved friend do come here. 2. h^H;
the loving one, г.б\, the coming Buddha,
or Maitreya; also styled:—	Ma
pham mgon-po;	Sa-bcuhi dwaft-
phyug; * ww q Ma-pham-pa;	^3'43^
Dgah-ldanbshug$;	Dgah-ldan-
bdag; g^r^y^ytf Byams-chm mgon-po
(J^fton.). An enumeration of his one
hundred and eight names is to be found in
If. g. % 21. His name with Mongol
Buddhists is Maid'iri\ and tho Pali
synonym is Metteyya.
Byaui$-chen Cho§-rje
Ca-kya yc-$e n. of the founder of the great
monastery of Sera near Lhasa (Loft. % 12)
gwcrgjc; Byams-pa-glift (Chambaling)
n. of a great monaster)’ and Chart eu in
Gra-nang in Lhokha where there is a
huge image of Maitreya. Every year in
the month of Juno a great fair is held at
Chainbaling \Loft. 3, 7k
byams-pa-chos hkhor-та n. of tho chief
image of tho Maitreya Dharma cakra
which king Krikri during the time of
Buddha Kas'yapa used to adore (Lou.
5).
gwq-Q£<i| чByam$-pa hjug-pa
shc$-pahi mdo a sfttra on the advent of
Maitreya {Ji. d. «, 440*
§5^ q twenty-one Champa duties
of tho Bon pantheon which according to
some find form in the	the
twenty-one manifestations of the goddess
Dol-та or Tara 1 D.12.).
q	Byams-pa mi-hgyum. of an
ancient castle built by the royal father of
king Sroft-btsan $gam-po situated to the
east of Lhasa (Loft. % 5).
^wq'S^’^q byams-pa-daft [dan-paloving
and affectionate, one who is possessed of
these qualities.
Syn.	yid-la pcags-pa;
pha-lta-bu ;	pha-yi chos-ldan ;
ma-daft srift-mo Ita-bu;
byams-ldau; ^к|’&’Ч thugs-rje che-wa;
886
ч^ч^у^ bkah-drtn-can, ^гч^ьг Tjes-bzaft",
qt’qN'jk' brtse-was-skyoft; fydse-ldan ;
ф’чц-ч^ brtse-was-hdsin; gwq|“ byams-
brtse; mnes-gnen; gw^*q'3y25 byams-
pa chen-po (Mfton.).
354N’q«’5*rq'V&vqj5 byams-pa s shus-pahi
ehos-krgad the eight religious discourses
delivered to Maitreya at his request on
the following subjects: wq bsam-pa,
sbyor-ica, gtoft-wa; ^^•5j-qg’q’«r^-q
yoft$-su bsfto-wa-la mkhas-pa, byams-
pa , snin-rje sworsfwq thabs-la mkhas-
pa,	(К. ко. *,
203). gwq*rg*rq4^ byams-pas shus-pahi
mdo a sutra spoken by Maitreya (К. ко.
*, 41).
gwfjy Byam$-$prin n. of a place with
a monastery in the district of Skyitf-groft
(Kirong) north of Nepal (Loft. 6).
Byams-bshtigs sitting like Mai-
treya, i.e., after European fashion on a
chair with his legs hanging down, opp.
to sitting cross legged like Buddha.
Maitreya when appearing in this world as
a Buddha will change the usual mode of
Buddhist sitting.
6y67r=S ^ bya-icar, supine of §5’q;
S^5 byar-med 1. not to be done. 2. sbst.
inactivity, inaction. In Buddhism, apathy,
indifference:	q to live in
the state of inaction.
byas-deb (<wg ч	register
of work and duties (of officials, etc.)
(W)-
bya$-na$ having done,’per-
formed.
§/^’4 byas-pa pf. of byed-pa ;
1. чгг(Ът [done]/S. s^y bya$-w, when
done. 2. a doer: §\<rgwq byed-pa byas-pa
5-1
887
a doer of deeds, as the first grade of holi-
ness.	[one who has done]#.
5*rci’$Va'4 byas-pa-chud-za-ica
[destruction of what has been done; is a
technical term of Indian philosophy
adopted to establish the doctrine of re-
birth by showing that it is an absurdity
to maintain that any act done by me will
be destroyed, and that I shall not enjoy
the fruit of it]#. 5*Г4’^‘Ч byas-pa tshor-
wa	[grateful]#.	byas-pa
<?e§-pa or	infra.
byas-chos conscience (Ja.).	bya§-
zin-pa a work done, finished or completed.
5*r^’ci bya$-$es-pa	to be
grateful; gratitude, thankfulness: 5^’^'
W5 for kindness done you should
be grateful (A. 129),
e\
Q byi 1. anything that is devoid of
hair and plumes or from which the hail’
has been taken off. 5'§5'q byi-byed-pa
rarely byi-ica to ravish, commit a rape;
5**5 byi-chad punishment for it.
§*5^ byi-bya^lb'^ byi-gor or
55’$5’«rg5*4 adultery, fornication (Shat,
ch, 14), 5'5 byi-wo=*wv hchal-po a lewd
person.
5'5**Я byi-taft-ga also called S‘5*rziI
n. of a medicinal fruit [Erycibc paniculatd]
very effective in killing worms and improv-
ing digestion.
Syn.	don-yod hbra^-bu;
$na-tshog$-hbra§ (Mnon,).
5'4*'^ byi-thar-dur porcupine, hedge-
hog.
5'5* byi-dar a silk stuff (Vai-^n),
5'^*J byi-$difa whole, entire.
3'^ fiyi-nu~ti n. of a place in ancient
India:	at
that time (seven days after the death of
Buddha) the king of the country of
Byinuti called Abhaya (К. my, I4, 526),
Q'*y^byi-dor also 5'^5* byi-bdar
нтйи, rrfxw the wiping, cleansing; the
act of cleaning; 5’4*'l5’4 byi-dor byed-pa
to clean, to sweep out spiritually, to
cleanse one’s thoughts (ЛА7.); 5'^5*’§5'q
to dress trimly, to make one’s self smart;
5’4*’*^ byi-dor-can one who keeps neat and
clean and is fond of living so : ^‘S**4!^'
(A. 5).
5'5 byi-po or 5byi-pho an adulterer,
a lewd person (7Г. du, 5, 284)-
5'4 byi-wa-=-^^ rtsi-rtsi fs-HTTU
rat, mouse.
Syn. 5^’35 гкип+то ; *«Ц^’§5 hbigs-byed;
-$ahi-mig ; ^'§5 rko-byed;
bug-pa-byed;	ri-brag-la gna$-pa;
gin-gi byi-ica\ 5’»r^ dri-ma-can
(Mfion.).
S'^W byi-wa smug-chun n. of a mouse
in the fable Rdta-byi.
•	byi-wahi lo-ma v. **'$’.
5'^ byi-tsho n. of a monster: 5'3’*wf»i3f
(^, 34),
5’^* byi-tsher a medicine for external
appEcation:
{Mod.},
5'4^ byi-bshin (Я*’*)	n. of
the 21st constellation or lunar mansion.
Syn. fiag-nampa; tshirn-
byed-ma* 5’^ bya-ze (Mnon,).
5’^*’ byi-bzun the bur of the burdock
plant (Jd.),
5‘^ byi-ze = ^w thab$ manner, way,
method.
5’^ byi-hu 1. shrew-rat. 5byihu-
thaMhyams field-shrew:
1-41
888
1^1
guided the men who wont
like a field-shrew (Fty. &.). 2. a sparrow.
byihu-la-phug and byihu-^gog
are medicinal plants.
SS byi-ru wrongly written for byu-
rn q. v.
S’V’I byi-rug a kind of plant.
9^ byi-la 1. nnrh, f^r^I cat. Syn.
hiim-lm; ski-mi; a-li; {Mfion X
2. n. of a demon (*v«iV4) of the n§ga
'lass.	byi-lahi rgyal-mtshan
is an appurtenance of gods, resembling a
flag with a cat’s head at the top (Ja.).
g	byi-lani pha-mgo—^w'^lk byi-
lam $fion-mo n. of a monster of the n§ga
< lass having a pig’s head.
byi-$afi dkar-mo n. of a medi-
cinal plant,
S’-^ч byi-$o>\ v. byi-bya§ ; ^г^тГ«ат
[calumniated]^.
byifi-rdnl : n. of a number.
byifi-phab a kind of tea (Rfstfi).
^£’4 byifi-ica рппт, hidden (Л.
K. l-18)y sunk in water, etc., v. q
Uyifi-wa.
byifi-byifi tkii-la a species of
small beetle.
byin-ma a kind of woollen stuff like
serge: 3^X3 *4а^’ч^ч'ч^яЛ the cost of
each fathom’s length of middle quality
of chingma {Rtsii.).
5^ byifi§ 1. depth of the sea:
byifi$-na дна§-ра animals that live
hidden in the deep sea. 2. hidden, con-
cealed ; sunk in water:	rnani-par
byifi$ quite submerged, foundered
(Л. K. 1-16). 8. or дмг%=а11, in
general (like kun-spyi).
byin 1. pomp, splendour, magni-
ficence, ЗЛ grandeur; magnificent,
splendid, brilliant, without display.
2. also a blessing, a bestowing of
blessings received blessings; aT«r
by the blessing or the mira-
culous power of Buddha (Ja.). ^’3*4’5q,q
byin-gyi* r lob-pa	to bless:
2grant thy blessing,
tliat the misery of beings may be assuaged
\J[il.);	heretical
teachers sent and fitted out by the devil
{Ja.). There are four kinds of Adhis-
thana or blessings: (1) qM q^‘g^'3^,q§q*’
[blessing of truthJS.; (2)
q5	arRrrfawrn [blessing of
charity ]& ; Z<T	gN oyrc ’Зфцит-
fWTFT [blessing of tranquility]^; (4) -ijw
5’S^'3N q54N WifWR [blessing of wis- *,
dom]£.	byin-rlibs-can blessed,
holy.	to suppress evil by
means of blessing, also to exorcise spirits.
byinjeags a kind of tea {Rtsiii).
q byin-chags-pa	charming,
fascinating [also, playful, tender]^.
byin-rten	the object
of sanctity, symbol of blessedness, sacred
charm or medicament; saintly relies.
c\
by in-pa 1. (*|4‘qS) calf of
the leg :	byin-pa na-wa pain in the
calf. 2. pf. of 1^’4 $byin-pa.
byin-pahi rntlnh the limit
of charity.
byin-po ordinary; most, all: ч/^Х*
most of the servants or attendants
{A. 71);
mentioning (he would stay in Tibet) one
889
year, he sent back most of his attendants
(ХП).
byin-phabs good ordinary tea
(Rtsii.).
byin-phul hollow on the inner
side of the thigh (Cs.).
hyin-zahi tto-wa — tf^ bya-go-
bo a kind of vulture with plumes (ДГЯсш.)
by'n-l m thank-offering.
C\
by seems to have a pres, form
ЗЛЧ or	bkab-pa or
pyogt-pa enveloped, hidden (Mfton.).
by;hu-$byan a small bird (Rtsii,).
bfr 'hu-me-zan (lit. the fire-eating
bird) n. of a tabulous bird from the excre-
ment of which gold is said to be obtained:
2^5-цдя’д-длГ’<аЦ’2Г'Ч |
from the dung of the so-called fire-bird on
a large rocky precipice of the sea-shore.
16).
es
byil-wa to pat:
to pat a person’s head (Pth.).
5/5ГЙ byil-mo naked (Sch.).
c\
byis-pa finj, ЯГп<Ф,
little child, young boy:	mo-byi$ little
girl;	byis-pa spyod-pa
childish or boyish behaviour.
byi$-pa rda-bdud n. of a (^V*!) monster.
by't-pahi skye-ico gimT 1. a
plain young person not initiated or mar-
ried. 2. one who is ignorant of the
doctrine of Karma and Phala^ and
who does not receive what is necessary
for his spiritual culture.
childish resolution, or vows;
puerile childish nature;
мгепщ childish ways. длг<гч]*пт*г
in
bringing up a child there are three
things to be watched	ner-spyod-
la:—to see whether it will be lucky
on its navel string being cut, to ascertain
the diseases to which it will be subject
owing to faults of the parents, to protect
it against the twenty-four dangers from
evil spirits.
byu-ru	coral (Zam.):
it is said that
coral is grown in sand on the sea-shores;
it is foolish talk to say that it is the
horn of a species of rat (Loft. \
byu-rv-ja n. of a kind of tea (Rtsii.).
byu-ruhi" mehic-C(in~Sffi'*\ bya-
skyafi-ka the bird with a coral-like bill.
Syn.	nor-buhi hkhri-gift;
nor-bu chcn-po ;	dpal me-
tog ;	lu§-dmar-hdab;
gser-can hdab;	rin-cheu sdon-po
(Mnon.),
byug-pa = hbyug-pa 1. to
apply a salve, to anoint. 2.
я%ч medicinal ointment, also pomade.
byug-spos scented ointment or oil;
byug-dinar the coloured butter
that is used to paint cakes, biscuits, &c.,
for temple-offerings (Rtsii.).
byug-ri§ 1. a painted image, a
figure done in paint or colour. 2. acc. to
Jd, = 3*4 a place in a certain succession
or row;	byug-ris-shog make room,
leave a place empty (Sch.).
byug-gser gold that is used in
gilding, golden paint.
byugs pf. of byug-pa t
fy/ufl 1. v.	hbyufi-wa.
'о	из
890
+ SC43af^Sq byun-rgyal-du $mra-wa =
gASP rdsun-smra-tca to speak falsehood,
to utter an untnith.
byuH-tshul history, story, parti-
culars of any event:
that is my history (Ja.); byufl-rabs
history, historical events ; byufi-gag
must have occurred or happened; also, it
is hoped that such a thing has happened,
v. *^‘4 hbyufi-wa.
byub an abbrv. of bya fl-chub.
NO
+ s^ byur=ty^*\ mya-fian ill-luck,
NO
misery, shamo;	byur-sdud-ma — *^
ft woman who does shameful
actions (Khrid. 51).
byur-po	ominous sign,
ill-omen :	a human
body is an Ш-fatod object, it is very mean
(Khrid. 19). 2. acc. to Ja. = vulg. =
heaped, a heaped measure of
corn or meal; §Agv§vq became heaped
up, accumulated.
byu^-hgro-wa to be successful, to
succeed {Yig. 19). byu^-ch
gntd chen-byu very important, (Ljan§.).
byus-dpon a commander-in-chief
who is successful in administration and
diplomacy (Ljan§.).
S =В PhDe 1 • powder. 2. = & lit tie
bird; bird’s nest; §	a young
bird;	bird-dung (Vai-§n.).
§5^ bye-kar=§'**refined sugar;
also for 4* crystaline sugar or sugar
candy (Rtsii.).
bye-§tag = *fa[§ dmig-bu (mystio)
(Uin-rda. £).
g-^cr^q [a javelin, measuring-
rod] S.
I: bye-wa ten millions; §,£1
thirty-six millions;
bye-ica sa-ya eleven millions.
Ч II:	[disjunction^.
bye-brag l. = S5’a^f4^4 special,
particular; opp. to S $pyi general, eom-
mon. 2. difference, diversity:
what difference is there
between me and Buddha ?
bye-brag hbyed-pa to find, to show the
difference, e. genit. (Jd.).	not
different;	yal-gyi bye-brag a part
of the country, province.	£5 Bye-
brag dfa§-med==^Q№*. «ю an epithet of
Amitabha, the Buddha of immeasurable
light (D.2?.). bye-brag-can different
(to.); §дч|*5 bye-brag-tиkhyad-
par-du especially;	44 bye-
brag -tи rtog$-par byed-pa
anything done with reference to the
original root or signification of it;
name of the work Maha-
vyutpatti (Tan. d. ft 223-377).
bye-brag-pa $n. of a school
of philosophers, the Vaiqesika school, which
was founded by Kapada. The philosophers
of this school maintained that the seven
categories such as substance, quality, etc.,
were each eternally distinct or sui generis
in nature.	bye-brag-pahi Ita-
tca the philosophical doctrine of the
Vai^sika school.
.3С/Й5(Potopa on the here-
tical doctrines: Lo. 9).
§	94 bye-brag ^nira-wa	[a
class of Buddhist philosophers who held
891
IV» I
that the external world and knowledge
were both real]#.
bye-ma Тязшт,	sand, a
sandy place or desert:	in
the middle of a plain of golden sand
(G7r.);	as much as there
is sand in the Ganges [Jiz.]. ww
Bsam-yas
dgon-pahi ph yogs bshi-nas bye-ma sbom
shen-can hbyun, widely-extending thick
sands appear all round Samye gompa.
§’^«1 black sand; §'<*я bye-chab sandy water,
water standing on sandy ground;
bye-spufi, heap of sand; sand-storm.
bye-stofts margin of a lake or
river which is free from sand; sandless
bank. bye-stobs sand-bank:
then Khu-ston’s
followers arrived at the margin which was
not sandy (Л. 95); §bye-thati=§’w^-'
bye-mahi-than sandy plain (Mnon.).
bye-ma ka-ra (Beng.)
brown sugar, moist sugar.
bye-ma nu-gu a kind of worm, or
insect abounding in sandy plains (Rtsii.).
bye-ma-lufi, n. of a district in the
neighbourhood of the snowy mountain
Gnan-chen than-lha, the birth-
place of the 7th Karma hierarch named
Cho^-rje divaft-po of the red-cap
school (Lofi. -3, 30).
bye-ma-dmar K^4T^t<hi,
vermillion (& Lex).
^*ч| Bye-ma sen-ge n. of a place in
Tibet (Deb. % 23).
Bye-ma sgo-la n. of a sandy
hill in (Toilung) (Rtsiii);
Bye-mahi llia-khafi n. of an ancient
monastery situated on a mountain over-
hanging the Tsang-po and opposite to
Thob-rgyal in Tsang (Loti. % 6).
bye-gel sugar and sugarcandy.
tyerf-wzo=worb;
to leave a work half done or unfinished;
detailed works (minute and
important work);	performing
duties methodically and continuously
(Rtsiii).	byed-sgo phra-shib all
works small or great, £.e., minute details.
bycd-hgol flan-pa to work
badly or wrongly (Yig. к.).
byed-hjol hdsab-che performing work with
zeal, also in an efficient manner (Khrid.
130).
byed-lte-wa =
the basis of works or of anything to be
done (Yig. k.).
av4 byed-pa I: pf.	byas, fut. S
bya, imp.	by os or by as, also sometimes
1. to make, to manufacture:
’ *r
rdsa-las tsha-tsha ner-geig byas-nas
Sgrol-mahi dkyil-hkhor-la de-dag gsol-lo
having made 21 sacrificial cones out of
the clay, he offered them on the mandala
of Dolma;	are you
making bread ? 2. to make, cause, force
to do anything, to bring about either
with root or termin. inf. of another vb.:
making the boy eat the
dung;	causes to be removed;
(also with sbst.)	brought about
misery,	causing great pain; but
not used as we should in such phrases as
“to make a noise”	° to make
water”	etc. 3. to do, per-
form, to act:	khyod дай
byetf-kyi-hdug what are you doing ?
to perform a task, to work;
892
id/;	if it is done
quickly according to your intention;
why did you do so?
what is it best to do ?	^’^^‘§5’5 ’
$man-gyi$ la$ byed-rgyu-yin-nam
will the medicine operate? 35’q’S”’S^,q
hy>d-pa bya$-bya$-pa one who has accom-
plished that which was to be done ;
5*г$м having acted or behaved properly.
35‘q under this head seems also to be used
iu an obscene sense and can stand for
“to copulate,” much after the usage of
$5’q $pyod-pa : 55 ^5 §5q id.;	byed-
pihi gdd as met. = a woman; §5’q^<*Y'4’l
“ the member for doing,” as met. = #'5qc/
the female organ. 4. as a pleonastic
addition to verbs or verbal roots for the
sake of emphasis or by custom: g §5’q to
speak,	to cure, §Hr§5’q to put
wood on <the fire\ 55q’35’q to believe in,
5^5'4 §5’q to repent, S'§5'q to ravish, etc.,
etc. In this way, also, §5’q added to a
derived noun is often preferred to the
simple verb from which the noun is
derived: ^^'§5'q is preferred to the
simple, to steal, ^5^’^ §5'q is pre-
ferred to ядгл to look down upon,
despise; etc. It is moreover, important
to note in this connection, how helpful this
auxiliary use of §5’q cau become in differ-
entiating tho active and passive senses of
a verb, especially the participle; thus
^'§5’q = he who is beating, while
— he who is to be beaten, and
him who was beaten ; so, too, ^5’35 or
q1^5'§5’q a killer, he who kills, and 4*5’B’rq
him who has been killed, the killed ; with
many other like examples. S or 3? as
an auxiliary also carries the sense of
“should” and “must”:
dc-rnam-kyi skyod-pa bcuy-par byaho
they must not be allowed to depart.
^1
Lastly, should not be forgotten the idio-
matic use in certain phrases, as in §5'q
to tell a lie, V^'§5’q (lit. “ to make near ”)
to love, be attached to, f’WSV4 (lit. “ to
operate tho lips”) to bicker, to quarrel.
A lengthy list of such phrases may be
found in Snd. Hbk. p. 77-78. 2V. 2?.—In
West Tibet the use of this verb is largely
superseded by another, namely, чУч fyo-
xoa to make, to do. The honorific forms
of §5*q should be also noted: ^5’Ц used in
addressing or speaking of superiors and
q55‘q b(J у'd-pa in polite conversation
betwixt equals.
35’411: to style, to denominate; to
tell, to mention ; used almost exclusively
in the pf. and the future tenses:
thus was it mentioned; g^‘5^’4'4^ accord-
ing to what has been said before; §5'3^'
though saying. The fut. inf. in this sense
is in common use after tho mention of
a person’s name for tho first time, also
after the names of places; and the verb
is then usually preceded by the adv.
shes “thus” or “so”:
in tho city of Vais'ali thus to
be styled; ^5*5'^^5‘*
my daughter Sved-ma so-called died
yesterday;	^ч’д’Ч’ч
the Hundred Thousand Songs of Mila-
raspa, so to be designated, is (herein)
contained. Also, more generally, even
in the plain verbun loquendi*. д‘Я’^ч*г
there arose the
sound of many voices which said ‘the
lama has come,’
an order being given which said: ‘go,
make search?
Ш: wht, ^rr^, W sbst. I.
also §5'W and §5‘q£J the person that does
a thing, the doer, performer etc., author;

893
Wi|
the author of the work.
2. §S’4 the doing, dealings (with
noun in the instr, case):
guch wrong being done by the
king, such unjust dealings of the king;
§5’q3**4	less doing, or little
to be done; in the genit. case: §T^'gV4’
hide the working of your under-
standing in the heavens;
byed-pa lam-du hkhycr-ivahi Ita-wa :
(They, 39). §5*4**^	instrumental
cause;	verbal-term or
expression, a verb, g^qS’^v*^ (j) the
female organ. (8. Lex.). (2) effort,
endeavour ; g^q^-q	effortless.
gSbycd-lug$ or bycd-§tan§ man-
ner of doing, working; method in work
(Rdsa. 10). §S’5fa fy^roZ=gVW byed-
lugs (Rtsii.).
:diagrams; gv^q^q]^ byed-pa
beu-gcig the eleven astrological diagrams.
They ore: Ял4’4 gdab-pa ; byis-pa ; S^'4
dge-wa*,	til-brduft\ ^^*khyim-
skyes; ^’4 tshofi-pa; 4p.y ba§-di; 4Ц’^
bkra-$i$; 4^’H^ bshi-mdo ; 3 klu ; S'gqj q mi-
$dug-pa.
g\q’^ bycd-pa-can l.=^v^r skra hair.
2. чгтэгагаг [produced from or belonging
to any doer or maker] >3.
gS’^'3 byed-pa-po=|*’g ’45’^n Tgyur
smra-wahi Ita-ica the doctrine of the Hetu-
Vftdin sect of the Tirthika (Theg. 33).
g^Wq byehu mchil-pa=f^'§& swallow
also : sparrow (JRbrom. p, 163).
g^'q sp’l byehu-la-phug a medicinal herb
(Cs.).
byer-wa = ^'Q bral-wa or
so-sor bral-wa 1. to separate, disintegrate;
§*'4 to destroy,	go
dispersing the troops of enemies or sins
(Jgbrom. T, 125). Xk q-gK^q] sofi-wa byer-cig,
imp. let them go, let them disperse (A.
19). 2. in medical works = 5^'4.
bye$ place of occasional residence
opp. to home or place of permanent
residence ; foreign country; abroad, g^
*5'4 to go abroad, to travel; g^’4 bye$-pa
foreigner, stranger; traveller; g^’w byes-
hgrul-lam travelling road,
road on which to travel.
§	devoid of food
and drink (mystic) (К. g. P, 179).
byo-гса 1. to pour, to transfer
water or anything else from one vessel to
another vessel, hence fig. communicating
or imparting instruction:	fill up
a pot with wator ; £^'q’flqE.’g*
^q’^’Q^q’S^ the lord also had received
(from him) as it were one vesselful of
learning (A. 40);
communication of ideas is like
pouring from one vessel into another (A.
47). 2. to hear, listen to (Jd.).
byon-pa,	v. *§<Y4 hbyon-
pa ;	byon-dn re-nas	;
expecting or awaiting his arrival:
(Л. 86).
byor=z*F^ nar-nar (&ag. 48).
byol-wa to mistake, to blunder,
to err; to go astray. 2. v. *§^'4 hbyol-wa.
Syn. ^*’4 nor-гиа; «%^*4 hchol-wa; 1K4
zur-wa (Mflon).
byol-soft ХЩ,	(wgq’ER’R^-
lit. one gone out of the way,
hence all animals other than man, parti-
cularly the quadrupeds. jorEi byol-
rgyal-po the king of beasts, the lion;
the three classes of

894

beasts in general, viz., those living in
water, those moving on the earth, and
those moving in space such as birds, flies,
etc.	byol-sofi-ica$ gleh-pa more
stupid than a brute (Jf/Z.).
gbra-ne HTTt ’T^r constellation I.,
the first lunar mansion [second constel-
lation in the Hindu astronomy]®.
Syn.	(tfm-rje-mo; $geg-mo
(Rtsii.).
5'S'^ bra-da-ra n. of a tree (-4. 38).
q’q bra-ica I: sbst., does not indicate
the marmot, but is the того formal n. for
animals of the lagomys genus, small
rodents, - tailless and living in burrows,
wg a-bra and £"9 rdsa-bra are colloq.
terms for two species of the genus, g’»^
bra-mkhar=*$**.' bra-tshaft burrow of the
'lagomys.
II: vb. to have or to be in
great plenty:	she
allowed herself no abundance of food,
drink or clothing (Ja.).
3'3 bra-wo ЧГГЧГС buck-wheat of white
and black species ; 9'35buck-
wheat meal. bra-phye buck-wheat
flour;	bra-sog buck-wheat straw
serving as a poor sort of fodder during tho
winter (Ja.).
g bra-rtse-g.yag n. of a kind of
animal; said to be a species of hedgehog
(Rtsii.).
3'^ bra-lo-can	’^’д^
(Jig. 30).
brag a rock, crag; gqX brag-rdo
id.: дч]’^’§5 warmth in
the rock being kindled, the cold was
removed; дч]’« brag-cha echo from a rock;
gqjgw’4 rock vegetation; дч]’дч] brag-phug
a cavern, very frq. дч]’|“ brag-rise rocky
peak, rock-top ; g^l’X^’ a narrow ravine.
дч|?('?5я^ Brags-kya-bohi-ri n. of a
mountain supposed to exist beyond Ratna-
dwipa the island of precious things,
situated in the western quarter (7f. d. \
282).
g'Tg'W trag-skyibs a harbourage for
birds under the cleft of a rock.
дч;gbrag-$kye§=z% bra iiito [1. rock-
grown. 2. a fragrant resin, benzoin or
storax]®.
g^ js brag-rgyab 1. lit. behind the rock.
2. n. of a village beyond llphan-yul
(Lon., 13).
дч|’^ч] brag-sgog a species of garlic grow-
ing in the clefts of rocks :
garlic roots suppress gonorrhoea.
+ g4!* brag-ca= дч| *
дч]’^ч] ч brag-nag-la n. of a mountain in
Stod-hin tshur-phug (Rtsii.).
brag-pa = khon-khro anger,
malice.
дЯ5*Ц brag-рои n. of a place in Tibet
(Lofi. *, 8).
g^’ifa brag-spos an aromatic substance
used for incense: дч|’д^ ^ч| ц^ц brag-$po$
rma-vnag hdrub.
дч]*д^ Brag-spra$=g’£r^’4pf5 §kye-wa
rgyu-gcod (Hfifi.).
g^ S^’ brag-rtsan rock-lizard.
g^l'S’i brag-shun fwroirj fossil
pitch or bitumen, found for instance in
Lower Lahul between rocks in solid
pieces like unmelted pitch [stone-lac, red
chalk]®. gqwMI 05’^
895
Syn. don-phan\ rdo-skyes^
la-dsa-tu; </^5 rdo-wahi-nad (Mnon.).
g*H«J4 Brag-gyab n. of a place in
Khams: gtq^^q^q-^^^q^-qfij^' it is
time for starting political investigation
in Tag-y<ib \Yig. k. 26).
д^ля Brag-ram n. of a place in Tibet
(Yig.); also, a kind of mineral substance
inerusted on roeks:
fragrant mineral substances ob-
tained from rocky lulls:	dus-
rjes-hbraft; rdohi m^-tog ; rgan-
po ;	brag-skyes ; ч^гч bsil-ica; ^*4
shi-ira <Mflon.).
brag-gig a rock-mite or tick.
З4!'^ brag-god described as a wild
animal roaming on rocks (Rtsii. 64).
bran I:	the chest, the
breast: 345^ middle of the breast, pit
of the stomach; or g^Sj'^ necklace
which hangs on the breast (Mnon.). g^'
bran-gthn a bib or apron worn by
Ladaki women; 3^'3^ bran-bur middle
convex part of the t or Buddhist sceptre;
g^'9|’j^	the ornament worn on
the breast; g^V* a young woman with
fine bust. g^l braii-ze^.^-^ the breast
flesh of goat, sheep or yak (Rtsii.).
II:	1. dwelling-place: Sfg**
lama’s residence; ядс/si or ч|4|Я‘дч* resi-
dence ; ^я-дсг night-quarters, halting
place, whether under a roof or in the open
air; 5’9^’ king’s residence, a palace;
also a monastery is called
dkon-mchog-gi pho-bran. 2.=§|^ eamp,
encampment: ч^'дч’ч^ч pitched his tent,
encamped. 3. = ^^ wood, forest:
^]'ч residing in the woods (mystic) (K.
<7.T, 38).
^1
+ braft-khan dwelling house, quar-
ters or rooms of one’s residence ;
rtf’qg^w’g^T^’S^the 'S'ramanera
was residing in the central room of the
lord’s residence (A. 56).
9^-gN bran-skye§ 1.	lit. what
grows on the breast, i.e. the teats; also a
son, child. Syn. 9’^'5 (Mnoni); $'я пи-
та \ ho-ma-hdsiu (Milon.). 2. n.
of mythological being called ‘the
mare’s face,’ born out of the breast of
Rishi Urva, who wished that a child
should be born to him without his having
to keep female company. So, when feeling
heat in his breast, he scratched it and
a child came out, which child in the shape
of a mare full of burning flame (volcano)
resides in the great ocean south of
Jambudwipa ! She causes the tides. (IT.
d.....).
• 4  Q|' Я^'	W1) •
3^'9^' bran-breft n. of a number: w
(Ya-sel. 56).
bran	a servant, a slave;
also = ^^^ a subject, дуя^4! house
servant; д^'чзч. cultivator, tiller of the
soil; and д^’й male and female
servant. ЗУ^’З^'Ч to engage as a servant:
д^Р*г§|*лгМ they engaged themselves as
servants;	devoting
heart, mouth, and body to his service
(Pth.);	morning and
night I am a slave to food and clothing
(Jd).
Syn. pjog-po; ^ччгядч/ч shabs-
hbrift-ica;	mnag-gshug-pa; W
gshan-gsos-, WF bcal-lun ; q khol-
po; ^ч^’^-q shabs-tog-pa\	gshan-
skye§ \ ч^’З^’Чдад gshan-gyis-bskyans;
yons-$u-§p)yod; ч^я'^’ч bsgam-bya-

896
u’a;	rtse-rgod byed-pahi
gna$; «rqMV bkah-пан ci-bgyi (tyfton.).
gap*] bran-ka n. of a powerful local
demon whom Atis'a is said to havo sub-
dued (A. 102).
bran-pa faW to moisten, to satu-
rate with water (А. K. 1-36). Sometimes
spelt g^.
bran-lha hkhor-bu n. of a
n 45^ monster of tho naga class.
brab-pa or (pf. of *gq'q)
vt, thrown (lYag, £8).
5JJT5) bram-cha ono of the thirty-six
udcr countries (Ya-sel. 38).
t	bram-ze f^3T, feu,
Brahman; in Nepalese Baje [ono who
x3ws Brahma, i.e., possesses divine know-
t	Я*•Ъгйк/дагЭ |	। дет
Я* йЦ а Brahman has his Brahman
‘".mo, his Brahman caste, also his three
1 rahman duties to perform.
Syn.	lfog-mar-§kye$; pwgN
a-la$-$kye$; Й'З*1 $fton-$kye$;
Wtw; З’Я^4 §kye-gni$-pa;
afo-byuft;	t shaft-rigs ;
afo-pahi-bu; 5'^ rta-can;	§lar-
b.'iod^ sa-yi-lha\ bshi-mdo-\ca;
mgrin-ikud-can;	rig§-
thu-wo;	rgyal-mtshaii-can;
dwaft-bca§; 4V5'§R’ $in-tu-byuft;
A'wgu rgod-ma-$kye$.
I
bram-zehi las-drug the six
practices of a Brahman are:—(1) ^5'S^’§5’q
u tr the performance of Yajna; (2)
ФМЯ causing such to be performed;
J)	Wfl reciting or reading
of the holy works; (4) ЭТ^'Ч4!'4 wwrnn
causing them to be read secretly; (5)
II
tho receiving of alms or
presents; (6)	ufaw
sagacity in receiving such.
bram-ze-chen-pohi gdam$~
pa prob, tho upadefa deep meta-
physical precepts (A. 91). g«'^w$’**55
bram-ze rnams-kyi cha-bya# the dress,
requisites, etc., of tho Brahman:—
the sacred thread,	q
tho skin of an antelope, пдь/чдЕ/
hphren rosary for counting; 1’5^ W**
blugs anointing ;	his baton, etc.
(tyfon.). дя’З р bram-ze-pa an adherent
of Brahmanical doctrine; дя’ЭЙ brani-
zc-nio a female Brahman.
‘яХургд tho voice of a Brahman recit-
ing the Veda being taken as a sign of
good luck.
дя ! Bram-ze Tsa-na-ka n. of an
Indian minister the author of works on
ethics and political economy, of which
only ono is extant in India, but of which
several are preserved in translation in
tho Tibetan Tangyur: 4x4]'$^
qV’ (A. 34).
J	Bram-ze Н-Ы-ka-ra
n. of an Indian Brahman who
taught Sanskrit to Thon-mi Sambhota
early in the seventh century A.D. (Situ.).
bram-zehi rig^-gsum the
three classes of Brahmans: 1.
those residing in wilderness as
ascetics ; 2.	those	living
as house-holders; 3. WTWI those
that acquire mystic powers (Ya-sel. 55).
g* bra-wo ЧПЧПС buck-wheat.
bral, v. ^g^*Q hbral-wa.
©s
bri, v. *9’^ hbri-wa.	.
I	897	g
brid-pa v.	brid-
wkha$ or	§nafl-wa brid-mka$
skilful in imposing upon (Khrid. 113).
brin-po=^'3 tgyug-po or 4$я’3
b$grim-po seems to signify: a rush or
run upon anything, a demand; also adj.
brisk.	brin-po-byu^i thero being
a full market for articles of sale, when
they are sold wrell, it is said brin-po byuft;
whomsoever else may
not be wanted, (still) there is need of me
(А. Ш
br *7J or brims,, v. Д^»Г4 hbrim-
pa.
c\
£rts, v. ^9’4 hbri-wa.
bri§-rnifi = ^^4’ yig-rnifi old
writings, records, old manuscripts: 9^1^'
SUch things occur
even in the older writings (Ya-sel. 38).
9*гяд^ bri§-hbur the art of painting
and carving imeges.	bri§-ma a
written book, a manuscript book.
9 bru one °f the six earliest tribes of
Tibet (J. Zan.).
9’4 bru-^ca, v. яд’4 hkre-wa.
Я’Д’М lru<va-tsha~w^ Ъкгез
NO
W hunger and thirst.
Я’аб Bru-tsha also Ep Bru-sha n. of a
country N.W. of Tibet; also that of a
tribe in Tibet (Lori. *, 5). We have
in the Kah-gyur encyclopoedia certain
treatises in incomprehensible syllables
asserted to be in the Bru-tsha language.
§ ’$я’	V^s^’gq’
^’5 I during the time of king Digum-tsan
the sect called Dur Bon of the Bon religion
of Shan-shan and Bru-sha greatly spread
(over Tibet) when the use of weapons and
shields was also introduced (J. Zaft.).-
ЗЧ'ч brug-pa to flow, to stream out,
NO
to gush forth; as sbst. current, flow, flux
brug-gyo$ a number (Ya-sel. 57).
Brud-kyi mkhar-gdoft one
of the thirty-seven holy places of the Bon
in Tibet (G. Bon. 38).
irwj=J[4]’4 dirt, dung, excrement.
no
brub-pa or gWP	;
NO	43
but is pf. of ^4-q to put in ; *5
to put in a hole (Nag, 49).
(So-rig. 2).
brul small chips, bits, crumbs:
4*19^ bag-brul crumbs of bread ;
being pulled by the hand, after a
while the wooden girl turned into a heap
of wooden chips (K. du. p, 508).
9^’4 brul-ica vb. to be scattered,
crumble, fall to pieces, to be shed.
9^ brus, v. 4^'4 hbru-wa.
bhnm-hri a charm of great efficacy:
I	the
Yaksha having heard this charm u bhrurn
hri” thereupon all the red mystic wind
(within him) was soothed (A. 18).
bre or 9’3 bre-wo	HPf
a measure for dry things as well as fluids,
about two pints, originally a measure of
as much as may be contained in a cow’s
foot-hole. 4)*Kg’$|’4|K/ gser-phye bre-gan
one bre measure of gold-dust;. bre-
do two 3 bre;
114
|	898	J
having invited him he consecrated
a miniature chapel the size of a bre
measure (A. 90). bre-wa a grain
measurer, ono who measures with the
9 bre.
gbre-ko basin for washing C. (Ja.).
bre-khahi mig-can as met. a
mouse (Yig. k.).
3’<q bre-ga or a’5 bre-gu a plant produc-
ing small hairy berries which arc used for
medicinal purposes:
br< да cures ailments of the lungs and heat
in the kidneys.
g’Spr bre-pkul [head, helmet.]#,
a^ bre-tco W [expanse, breadth]#.
a Xi bre-mo =	foolish talk, talking
nonsense or jokingly.
—4
bregs-pa —	shaved
clean; cut, sheared, v. ядчрч hbreg-j)a.
Ч brcfi-ica = cuft-zad a little.
2. v. ядч'ч hbrcA-ica.
-4
q to be alarmed,
depressed at heart, to be dejected ; also = ^
ч to be ashamed; aS’q’5^	acted as one
who has become alarmed (A. 13b);
the king of Nalendra
having become alarmed (A. 8).
—4
gon? brel-wa vb. (as Jd. points out,
not the same as ядогч hbrel-wa) 1. to be
employed, busy, engaged, to have business
or work in hand:
я^о] being engaged in building, we have
no time to spare ; яХ^р’-^дчhdod kho-
nas brel-na if one is entirely taken up
with lust or pleasure; д'Ч’ВД on account
of much business. 2. akin to ядч’ч to be
deprived of; and hence=to become poor,
to be without, to be in want, destitute of,
c. inst. ease:	loA$-^pyoJ-kyi$
brel-wa being devoid of wealth, (means);
they did not let him
want anything. Other forms:	;
g^ ;	not sparingly,
scantily, niggardly (Ja.).	3. sbst.
business, affair, concern:
saying that he had a certain
business that day (A. 95);	brel-
dwafi pressure of work, business:
if it was left on account
of pressure of business (Rtsii.).
-4
bre§ 1. or g^’J bre^-kyu a manger;
rta-brc§ manger for horses. 2. vb.
pf. of яд ч hbre-u'a to spread out;
bres-su bcug-p>a~*vrpt4 to spread,
having spread
out an umbrella and a silk curtain (A.
150),	bta-ri bre§-pa der there
where the upper hills are stretched out
(Sman-bla, 6).
bro 1. нтг dance; entertain-
ment, amusement. W3! bro-mkhan пмж
a dancer;	shab^-bro indsad-pa
to dance as a manifestation of gladness
and mirth; g’4]^ bro-gar dramatic
performance, drama, play. 2. an oath.
bro-brdufi. dgon-pa n. of a
monastery in Kham (#. Kar).
: bro-wa or
mnah-$kyel-wa to swear, to take an oath:
dbii-bsnufi-dafi, brp-bor-ro
they swore by their head.
sick man, one laid up with illness. 5’^’
5^orq bro-mi-htshal-wa^^S^J* Had-med-pa
a healthy person.
W=4
899

Syn. nad-pa\	nad-phog-pa
(ДЯо«.).
5’A II; 1. to taste, to get enjoyment
of; ^5 W not even tasting of sleep;
ГХ-дч-^Г one has an astringent taste in the
the mouth. 2. in C. to desire, to wish,=
O'* id. 3. sbst. taste, savour,
flavour:	salt imparts
flavour (or taste) to every kind of food;
bro Ita-wa to try the taste of; 9'4’^5
bro-wa-wd tasteless, insipid (Ck.),
^'я bro-ina, v. 5 я gro-ma.
brog-shu wrongly written for
prog-shn.
brog-lbur	ant-hill.
&ran==425 ^Thmc[ [enticing]^.
£;W=9'4 bro-ica taste.
brod-pa joy, Eagerness. 5^'95
cheerfulness C.; ^’^5 readiness to die
(Jd.\
qq brob, v. ядч'ч hbrab-pa.
bros, v.
o} bh that condition which is above or
higher than something else or than things
in general. Is used with reference to the
actual local position of an article, e.g.,
bl <-go§ upper garment; bla-gyu
a turquoise worn on the forehead; but is
chiefly employed in the moral or meta-
physical sense, e.g. Efifa bla-srog the
higher life or life in bliss, bla-thabs
supernal methods, lofty or excellent
means, 5‘B* bla~khyim “the house above,”
the abode where the souls of men rest or
dwell after death (Jig. $6). Henee
may— as sbst. anything blessed or super-
nal such as a superhuman gift and power.
So Schmidt renders 3 Jfoas “ life,” “soul,”
and Jaschke has “blessing.” As an
adv. occurs as above, high up. 2.
also takes a verbal form, somewhat curi-
ously , by annexing when it signifies: is
above, is better, is superior ; in such cases
invariably preceded by or 3^’ mean-
ing “ even ” or “ indeed ”:
it is better that I should have even passed
from life;
qgKq-^'щХ it were preferable that a
large stone had been bound on his neck
and he wore cast into the sea. Moreover,
5 appears occasionally to assume the
gerundial form:	| g’5’
though indeed a learned
monk is to be preferred, a virtuous person
is also good.
Щ’дч bla-skyal	[succes-
sion] S.
bla-rnkyhen phehu (я'А54]‘^'д'я'
n. of a demon, exorcist.
Sfsp bla-gab =	1, upper cover
of a thing; also raiment covering the body
as a shawl;	upper garment as the
shawl or wrapper used by Indians and
also by Tibetans to wrap round their
body.
WT to throw the shawl over one shoulder;
without any upper
garment [one who remains in an open
space for practising religious austerity] &
2. roof of a building; also^^'f4 thog-
kha upper floor of a house.
9W 3RTH a temple without roof ;
sbst. a residence, a roofed
dwelling.
bla-go§	upper garment
which is of two forms: 54’д^’5|’Я’^я that
worn by a Buddhist monk, and the other
1	I.
Hindus); believing the Tibetan appellation
to owe its origin to one of those Hindu
terms. To show the importance of
the lama a well-road Buddhist once
remarked: gw
previous to the lama even the
name of Buddha did not exist; and
a 5^ ^'g	also
the 1000 Buddhas of 1000 ages depend
on the lamas. Another made the • gw
greater by explaining that g meant soul
or life and w mother, hence=life-mother,
the all sustaining mother of the universe !
Again juq-чя^	q “in the
ocean of wisdom all tho Buddhas are one, ”
was said when one man tried to explain
what Buddhism was. In its more general
sense the term g« is defined as : he who
presides over a large number of pupils and
who has got past sins and defilements
(Lofi. ч, 8). д*Ч^,5Ич^Ч1
S*™ I s	(Can.) | he that has
not saluted his lama who has taught him
even one letter will after undergoing a
hundred births as a dog, etc. д
position of spiritual chief, also the lama
personally. gwwXo| bl i-ma-rnchog, also
gh, the dhief lama, supreme lama,
physician lama: ggY
tya-ynan-par bskur (So-rig 13 k)*
д-Зуяр^'^5 tya-chen mkhan-rgyud the line
of lamas and mkhan-po learned pro-
fessors (Jig. 36), also the initiation or
vow introduced by Lachen from Amdo
shortly ‘ after the revival of Buddhism
after the persecution by king Landarma.
д Ыа-mchod or g’wwX^q bla-ma mehod-
pa a yearly festival solely in honour of
the lamas; gw^/wX^^w bla-ma-dan mchod-
gnas the entire body of tho sainted lamas
(Bodhisattva), &c., who are most wor-
shipful. g'W bla-gnan (1) = ^*яХ
|	900
jj* the upper covering of the body
used by lay folk.
gX* tya-col 5ТОПТ [frivolous-talk] 5.
jgqv	=	upper
aud lower; also = B within and without.
д^*ч &47-п70/=Гуч rdsun-pa a false
speech, inconsiderate talking (Situ. 2k).
tya-rdol-du &nra-wa =
rdsun-ynra-wa to utter an untruth, to lie.
g tya-dar a little flag on the -
house-top on which benedictions are
inscribed.
gyqw hla-dbag$ 1.	(^’SR)
denomination]#. 2. in Gram. 4 a primi-
tive word, an abstract noun ’ (Sc/i.).
5 bla-na above, over, on tho top.
tya-na med-pa	having
nothing higher over it, the uppermost,
the very highest, e.g., Ьуай-chub,
$e$-rab and the like, frq. g^’^’W
bla-na me-pahi lim	the highest
path or supreme way to salvation.
3 9^’ bla-bran formerly a lama’s resi-
dence, but now in Tibet, especially in
Tsang, = Grand Lama’s residence and
place of business cal'cd Labrang Gy al
tshan thon-po.
bla-bre$, v. g^ bla-re.
bla-ma	the upper one,
the higher one; and hence, an upper
monk or lama—a term sometimes loosely
applied to all fully-qualified inmates of a
monastery, but is more correctly the
designation of the head ge-long only or,
in large monasteries, of tho chief teachers
and more learned monks. Some have
seen a close connection between the word
bh-ma and the Hindu terms Brahman
(one who possesses divine knowledge) and
Brah-ma (the highest deity of the
|	901	9'41
danger; (2) = дя^Т^И2* bla-ma bkah-
gnan-po a lama whose commands are
very strict and severe.
дяг^’^м bla-ma^i lta-ldan-ma днп-
the lunar mansion called Pusya
(Mnon.).
g'^5 №-пи#=дл*^ supreme :
g-^V^w^	to those who are
supreme; also: to the followers of the
Anuttara school of Buddhism.
g bla-mhho a lake which is the abode
of gods and nSgas, like the lake of Mule-
ding in the province of Cho$-khor-rgyal.
(A. 72).
g bla-hur—V^ glo-bur immediately,
of a sudden: 9	5 immediately
taking his food (Suranrh).
g’^q bla-hog = above and
below, inferior and subordinate. 2. abbr.
of g*w^ or д'З^’^Я under the lama
or the Labrang.
g’MW bla-rab$ hierarchy, hierarchical
succession :	the succes-
sion of the Phagmodu Lamas was the
chief (Ft<7- $)•
gЛ bla-ri—	bla-srog-gnas
sahi-ri the hill on which orib’s soul rests
after death or in its passage to the Bardo.
g К tya-re fsunr canopy.
Syn. ^«’5^ gnam-rgyan; g^ bla-bre$
(M^on,).
g$7a-j explained thus: ^д'^Ч
’jfc/j*rZi3’g'^-g-«r*w|*rq •	(Hbrom.
106) the tree of life, t.c., that on the
existence of which depends the vitality
of a person. Thus, the Bodhi tree at
Buddha Gay& was the bla-$ifi of king
As'oka; and when by the foul incanta-
tion/Jof a Chapdalini that tree began to
wither the emperor is said to have begun
losing his vitality.
blag occurs in the compounds:
g^ bad-blag, чУдч] btso-blag, etc., v. g^ q
blag-pa.
£^’4 blag-pa pf. g^ (S. Lex.).
l. = ^q to attend to, to hearken to; to
lean towards, to permit:	’дчР==^7,|555
to incline one’s ear to, to listen to. 2.
я’д^’ч to shed tears (Ja.). gqq^4 [w
wrfw one who remains in open space to
practise religious austerity]#.
g<H blag-^a n. of a tree (К. ко. 3).
Ыай-гса, v.	len-pa. д^’ч
blafis-pa WT<Ff, 1. received, took,
accepted (A. K.) 2.	quoted, taken
from a book, etc.
blad-pa =	thick-
headed, dull, stupid. 2. or Wgs;q so§-
bl ad-pa to chew, a secondary form to q
ldad-pa.
qJ^’4	= to give a reply;
g^-q|5q*q to retort, to answer.
о}3?, blar 1. abbr. of g2. used incor-
rectly for slar.
blu-wa pf. 9^ blu$ to ransom, to
redeem, a pawn, pledge, or security;
also in mystical ceremonial;
cho^-dan sku-hdra blu-wa to buy back an
image or a book.
g’^ blu-rin price paid for the redeem-
ing of persons or animals; ransom. As
a means of gaining moral merit or of
obtaining relief in sickness, a price is
given by wealthy persons to butchers or
fishermen to rescue from death animals
or fish about to be slain or caught. This

902
ЯI
§ is also termed 5R'EL
blu-rinJa blan polite expression used to
indicate selling an image or any property
belonging to a lama or great personage
or anything of a saered nature.
§«] blug-kofi =	hdodJdau
{Mfton.).
blug-pa (pf. SR^ blags, fut. ER
blag, imp. ER blag or ER*1 1. to
pom* into a pot, to fill. 2. v. g5'4
ldud-pa. EPRg blugs-Jcu molten image;
EjflR'q* blugs-par casting mould; EHR'*
blugs-ma cast metal, statues, relievo (ef.
dgaft-blugs, a large spoon
to fill with, fc’EpiR ja-blugs urn-shaped
teapot; |'ERR $pyi-blag$ v.	W
SR** ntar-blitgs oil-pitcher; SRRR^ blugs-
gzar ladle with a long handle to pour
clarified butter in the sacrificial fire.
blud-pa l. = g5'4 klad-pa to pour
out: й’«ггЕН<ч mi-la ja-blud-pa to pour
out tea to a man;	rta-la chu-blad
to pour out water into a pail or bucket
for a horse. 2. to offer:	sprqr
$'5R offered intoxicating drink to the
lady or queen (Hbroni. 52). 3. sbst.
release, ransom, esp. in religious cere-
monies where effigy of a siekman is
offered to demons to effect a cure, i.e.,
the effigy is the substitute or ransom for
the man ; also in other rites, ete.: ^'л^*
let this
ransom and torma be offered to king
Shinje the lord of death I 4-
remainder, anything left. blud-byui
= ^’S^ rin-byin giving the price of, the
worth:
М-5Г01	having obtained the best
seven out of the many good and tolerable
things he presented them to his parents (A.
67).
о}^’Ц blun-pa or EH,£i blun-po vjj adj.
ХЭ	*
dull, foolish, stupid; sbst. fool, zany.
ER foolery, fool’s opinion, expres-
sions frq. used in scientific works to define
antagonistic views (Jd.) ;
the mail who does not do works of
virtue is a fool; g	blun-
po ckos-la mi-dgah-shift fools do not take
delight in religion (K. d. % 351).
Mw-yta/^==§«iRR5« foojish talk (Mfton.);
blun-po-glift tho fool’s park, n.
of a grove noar Lhasa (Rtsii.). ER'^Vv
stupidity,* foolishness; SR’&] blun-
tsltig = tyuu-glam.
El^ bias, v. blu-wa.
g N W blus-ma anything ransomed.
£} bio я?п, gft, Hfa, Ф (A. K. 1-2),
the mind, the heart, together with the
primary mental operations; is the general
word, though the terms or ^5 are
alleged as more correctly=mind, ^’4 in-
tellect, -3R'<i consciousness, but all are put
as synonymous to bio. Ace. to Mfton.
bio signifies a broad heart	also
a generous self or soul, magnani-
mity. It should be particularly noted
that if is placed, often pleonastically,
before a large number of verbs denoting
mental operations of all kinds. This will
be illustrated in subsequent articles subsi-
diary to the present article, e.g., bio gtod-
pa to rely upon. We merely append
or the
enumeration of the terms which express
the different states and functions of the
mind, which will illustrate the comprehen-
sive application of the term if Ыо «—sT^9S‘
'^5,
903
twwrci, я5'ч Ч> ^Va'9*w’,	«I4 ^5,
Л^чгКуС!^	4g№, 4tS
<к®г5«, <vq'flSI' > ^'a4'^'5S5, чч#>, Я1^ЯГ
q^'q, ’^'sSSj ^^’q^J3l,	^54555,
^‘53%	|<Y*r^TS °КЭ’¥<
я§\	q54|’’q, 54 ?^N q>
^I'S -^4 ^<VCq4 5^слг^,
^qqvn]4|^ (Mfo».),
The rendering of §f in the foregoing
paragraph may he considered adequate
in that it is a definition which is intended
to embrace the mind and all its direct
operations. AVe shall, however, for
greater perspicuity, proceed to embody in
the present paragraph the differentiation
of meanings which Jaschke has attached
to the word. lie distinguishes: (1) the
intellectual power in man, understanding:
Ыо-тпо-wa talented, gifted; if^‘3 blo-cken-
po of great mental abilities C.; blo-
gsal-te of a clear understanding; ^’qrgf
ges-pahl-blo sagacity, intelligence, judg-
ment; blo-rgya comprehensive intel-
lectual power;	blo-myur-shift being
of quick comprehension, sharp; blo-
rab—hbrifi—dman-j)a of sound,
moderate, weak intellect or mental faculty
Л/Уну. (the last expression is frq. used
in modestly speaking of one’s self); if
blo-bag narrow-minded, weak in intellect;
khyod-ni blo-nor-ro you are
mistaken; blo-na hbab ‘I understand’
(Sell.). (2) thought, memory: if-^5 blo-
ged memory; £*г^с/о)Чч,‘5Г‘‘ЧчГсг to direct
one’s thoughts to religion and to learning;
iprgvs blo-la sbyor-wa to impress on the
mind, inculcate;	blo-bshug§-pa
what is retained by, treasured up in, the
memory;	blo-la bsun-wa to learn
by heart (Glr.). (3) sentiment, disposi-
tion, desires: blo-dkar sincere disposition;
blo-la hdod-pa to desire ; if
blo-hdan-pa interest, concern; if^ inclined
to,	ho that has a mind, is dis-
posed to sacrifice (Dzl.),
without any regard to his own wel-
fare (Thgy.);. blo-ne-wa friendly,
amiable; if*^’ fanciful, fickle; if’^q^’q
bio ma-bsad-pa or if «T**!*^ bio ma-rdsogs-
pa wishes unfulfilled; ifv^ blo-dman
mean-spirited, low-minded.
ifg^'q blo-skyel-ica to depend upon, to
rely on (Jd.).
§Н**гч blo-khel-wa worthy of confidence,
trustworthy:	being
reliable, there was no changing of opinion
(Khrid. 188).
Syn.	yid-che§-pa; blo-
gdad-pa (Mfion.).
g p&rj’B blo-khog-chc=-^'^\'^*1 blo-khogs-
yans broad-hearted, generous; confident,
intrepid, undaunted.
blo-gel-wa to hope (Sch.).
if?*J blo-gro^^ «3|*ГМ| qes-rab (Mfton.).
^1%, nfu wisdom; sense, understan-
ding, intellect; ifSpr^N'-^’g blo-gros-kyi$
$es-bya what is to be discerned by the
understanding ; if*34v^yq blo-gros-daft
[dan-pa or ifM*^ blo-gros-can sensible,
judicious;
qv4§^ to know ono word full of wisdom
is to know one hundred ordinary words
(K d. <4, 1, 367)., ifSKlH^ blo-gro^-kyi
gler (K d. F, 3^5),
blo-gros rgya-mtshos shu$-pahi undo (K d. ^i)
are sutras.	blo-gro$-fian-pa one
whose views have become perverted; if 34'
blo-gros chufl-fia of little understand-
ing;	blo-gro§ chen-po HVTHfa; of
much sense, of an excellent understanding;
5Г1С' I
904
3^1
tyo-gros brtan-pa qI strong
commonsense; lf5*r.»\q	under-
standing exhausted.	bio-groomed
unintelligent, injudicious; jg?5*r£Hvwt,?Y
n. of a Sutra (7f.cZ. *, 24).
(7Г. ко. *, 299).
л an obscured understanding;
щ 3K^-q tyo-gros skan-pa of inferior
intellect. gf5*rw’5 blo-gro§ bzan-роъ^Щ.;
n. of a fabulous mountain situated to the
north of northern ocean (Jl. d. \ 288).
Vo-glift-=	blo-gsal-glift n.
of a section of the Daipung monastery
(Rtvi. 7).
blo-dgo$ sel-khyad the ques-
tion of the fulfilment of one’s plans or
intentions \ Yig. k).
if 5’^' blo-rgya-chufi = §f*r*|q*rq #/03-
ma-lcibopa not magnanimous, of contract-
ed views, illiberal. ^5^’л —
£Zo-&7h = ^we^ §em$-fian bad
hearted, evil minded (Pag. 300).
blo-chun-ica timid, vacillating,
wavering, not of fixed purpose.
Syn. gwq spobopa-shan ; Q^q shum-
pa ; *^5Vq mi-brtan-pa; SjA’q srab-pa; Л4|'
aflwq Ьцд-hkhumopa ($non.).
blo-chud-zos	an absent-
minded negligent person; lazy.’
ifsj^q blo-gtod-pa to rely on, con-
fide in:	(A. 111).
Syn. S^’^’q yid-cheopa ; blo-khel-
wa [Mnod.).
blo-stobs 1. courage. 2. in IF.
generosity, magnanimity. 3. fortitude.
blo-dogs sel-ched for the
purpose of removing one’s doubts or
fears.
blo-gdefi. hope, confidence,
assurance:	in whom
am I to place my confidence. (Jd.).
5^5*1 blo-hdao==fyP*F\ §tofl-fitd S'hnyata
(acc. to Rmfi-tna school).
fylo-rdor according to the Chinese
an ounce or 2^’ sraft weight of gold: Stc
ono ^Zo-rc/or=36 te-wa
(Rtsu.).
bioAdan ei-nta the heart of a
rabbit; cowardice, timidity (Sman.).
blo-ldan-ma a wise and virtuous
woman (ДГЯоа.).
cf^ac/q tyo-$na mafi~wa Glr. 1. having
many various thoughts, being restless,
flighty, giddy. 2. W. disposition, turn
of mind.
tyo-phug§ innermost heart;
(Hbrom. Ц) to give
the innermost heart to the Three Holies
i.e. to have faith in them.
oj’4 blo-pa 1. vh to be аЪ1е=®5^:
’sfa khyod ma-blo-na if you cannot. 2.
8bst. = 5T Vo frq- used by Adil, for the sake
of the rhythm (Ja.).
if я blo-ica яуи wisdom (£ Lex.)
b!o-lur—l№^ glo-bur
sudden, suddenly:
thy present faith is but just sprung up.
wnjwnif, wnnnf comes all on
a sudden; a guest.
c[4g^*rq blo-hbyofa-pa in ^4’oi^qq’
q^ ^q^V^ipg^ q^' (Hbrom. I4, 32).
«	[1. the anus. 2. intelli-
gence]^.
gfac/q blo-mafi-wa, n. gf bio (3), one who
thinks many things at a time but does
very little. The Tib. proverb says : sfwv
qr^’8'*jq| s’qwq^wS’^q | one who
wishes to do many things cannot fulfil
905
any; the work of one, who has many
plans is not accomplished.
blo-rtsa gsar-rned resuming
a question after much deliberation
(Ffy- k.).
ges-rab-can a
wise and learned person.
gfw’ Blo-bzan (noble-minded) is a
very common personal name throughout
Tibet and Mongolia, often sounded: Lob-
sang. Is a name which has been borne by
several of the Dalai Lamas and is attached
to the present ruler of Lhasa. gfW’gpprq
blo-bzan grag§-pa	the name of
Tsongkhapa by which he is known all
over Tibet. gfwq blo-bzan-po a name
of the son of Kamadeva the god of love
(Mnon.).
04 q blo-zlog-pa to subtract, to draw
off, divert, dissuade from (Ja.).
blo-yi-gter=*w^4 Iljam-
dbyans an epithet of Manjus'ri, also of
Sarasvati (Mnon.).
blo-yo-wa prob. blo-gyo-wa
a wavering weak mind:
whosoever is continually addicted to beer,
his mind becomes unsettled and his vacil-
lating mind has no religion (K. du. % 51).
J/o-W^=5ql,,'^'qW‘4 grogs-po
nd-brtan-pa a fickle-minded friend (Nag.
64).
blo-bfas occurs in
g	(Yig. k.).
3blo-lhag§=§w$ sems-gan-pan
as it occurs to one’s mind, according to
one’s own sweet will:
work which is foolish and suggested
according to one’s wishes (D. $el. 7).
+ gjVr$r|qua bios maJcibs-pa = %'$&^
blo-rgya chun~wa extremely little-minded.
blon-wa~$'№] or
rmug§ a dull person, thick-head, unintelli-
gent.
b q}3) bion	advice, counsel:
SpV^qKQ blon-h(leb§-pa or ^3q4’q hbebs-pa —
-R^q^’q to give advice, to counsel;
to give religious instructions; acc. to Cs.
to make arrangments.
blon-po	trfaam,
a state-officer, generally of high
rank:	W'|'q^&’
one of clear mode of expression and
cultured mind, learned in works of ethics
and political-economy, of polite language
and behaviour, should be the king’s
officer. The concerns of a fr/c^c-ministcr
are four according to the code of political
duties:
^xq^*r&ipr& religious services of tho
sacred images, attending to the domestic
affairs of the sovereign, state business,
and the welfare of subjects (D. gel. 14).
bkah-blon	high officer of.
state, minister, particularly at the present
day the four ministers (laymen) who
with the Desi or Gyal-tshab form the privy-
council of the Dalai Lama of Lhasa;
khrims-blon minister of justice,
officer of justice; cho§-blon (opp. to
bdud-blon) an orthodox minister
who observes the religion of Buddha;
spyi-blon chief officer;
ЗЖ2* high officials whose duty it is to
look to political concerns, household
affairs, and the welfare of the subject;
dmag-blon military officer,
ynl-blon civil officer.
115
W	906
Syn. qyvn- bkah-dbad; gros-
'jyt-^iod; ^guj blo-ldan ;	khrims-
kyi kha-lo-pa-,	mdun-na-hdan;
? $na-chen-p0;	^« яЕуч g>huA-lugs
h<lsin-pa (^non.).
Sqa!4' dbag-pa or dbags v.
dbog-pa=q gof-pa covered: g^'9*,'544lls
ikyon-gyis-dbags covered: with fault,
guilty, implicated in crime (&ag. 51).
dbah 1. an expression of approval,
well done! BS^’S^VlSV4^ you have
done well! 2. a billow, wave. 5^4*jjt’
dbah-klon or	dbah-rlabs waves,
billows (ifno».).	(*^)
n. of a large lake.	dbah-rlab$-
$А7/гя==$5’^Ч*г* chuhi-zegs-ma sea-foam,
scum ou water (Mnon,),	dbah-
rlabs can-ma=^w§ hbab-chu a hill-torrent,
a rapid mountian stream (Mnon.),
Syn. 4’2jt’ rba-klon ; $5’4’$q« chu hi-r ba-
rlabs ; S44’3 dbah-$kya whitish waves; 5’q4
$4 dbah-tshub (Mnon.),
Dbah-khri-$zig$ the first
Tibetan who entered monastic life by
renouncing the world when tho order of
Bhikshu was introduced into Tibet under
king	Khri-sron Idchu-btsan (So-
rig. 117).
divan, occasionally 5qq’q dwan-
ua, ТЯ, 1. power, ability, capability;
position of power:	he
granted great powers to the priest-hood;
q^VSqq ^5 bsdad-dwan-med it is not in my
power to stay; ^44c*not being
able to wait;	or ^qq^m
involuntarily;	to
cause one involuntarily to weep;
dwan-med-du hchol-wa to make
a person powerless.	to get into
another’s power, to be overpowered;
became subjected;	to bring
under one’s power. Ten mystic powers
of Bodhisattwas: ^of^qq-q ЧГТдД'рШ
power over the length of one’s own life;
^wersqq’q	power at one’s own
pleasure to enter into any meditation;
4	TfuJcU to shower down pro-
visions for the support of creatures;
w^qq* ^pirafanrrto mitigate thoir punish-
ments for sins; XHWM’^qq’q
3 filar to change one object into another
according to pleasure; J’q’Qf §kye-wa-la
^rqrrfvf to effect one’s own rebirth
into the external world, without danger of
being infected by its sin; ffcw^qq’q $mon-
lam-la dwan-ica яргата «rfacn to see every
prayer for the welfare of others fulfilled;
or^qq-q rdni-hphrul-la 4?fe^fiiaT to
exhibit wonderful feats for bringing about
the conversion of others (into Buddhism);
ar-^QTViq'q	to understand all
writings, on religion; ^Ф^аг to
convey the publication of religion to all
creatures at the same time and in every
language (K, d, 3, 170) and (K. d, £, 51).
^•^‘^^’srsqc/qgvq to convey to one the
power of ^qq’am’uw or Amitabha, namely,
consecration; which is of four kinds:—(1)
qwqq^qq* consecration by the religious of
the pot of life; (2)	mystical
consecration; (3) ^qq^^^qq’ conse-
cration by divine knowledge; (4)
consecration by holy words or expres-
sions.
5qq4 dwan-bskur-ica, v. s&wr-uw
to consecrate, anoint with
royalty, &c.
‘ ^qq-q^ dwan-gis postp.: by, by dint
of, by* means of, in virtue of, in conse-
quence of, e.g., of former actions
907
from or in consequence of
pride.
yic/qgvX Dwan-bskur-ri also called У114’
^•yjc/qgv^ Dgah-ldan dican bskur-ri a hill
east of Lhasa so styled because king Sron-
btsan sgam-j о was consecrated with water
obtained therefrom (Lofi. % 5).
dwafi-kham dkar?po=0’*
khit-ica the semen virile (Mnon.).
y^'Stj4*'2’dtcan-gi rgyal-po^^S^^^
yid-bshin nor-po ft’HTHfni the fabulous
wishing gem (Yig. k. 62).
dicafi-sgo gsal-icahi cho-
ga the rites or religious observances for
making an object or person fit to be
consecrated or ordained ; у dwan-gral
the row of those that are ordained or con-
secrated (Ja.1).
укdwafi-tflon the sapphire.
dican-chen	met. running-
water ; also the god of water, also Indra;
an epithet of Paracu-Rama (Mnon.).
dwan-chcn-ge-khod a Bon deity
opp. to	phyag-na rdo-rje Vajra-
pani of the Buddhists.	divafi-
chen-gron — ^Q'Q hbab-chu cataract or hill-
stream (Mnonj.	dwan-chen ran-
g^ed-nag (Bon).	diean-
ehen-sde n. of a legendary king said to
have been Buddha in one of his previous
existences (Pag. 300). ук’^-я dwafi-chen-
ma an epithet of the queen of Indra
(Mnon.).	dican-chen-mtshan—
the great ocean (Mnon.).
J5 dwafi-rta-brgyad= 5^^455 rta-
m- / 'i(]-brgyad the eight miraculous horses
near Lake Mapham seen in a vision by
the son of Emperor Chehu Wang who first
dreamt of the birth pf Buddha in a realm
to the west (Lofi. 2).
5^ g $wan-rten-lfia the five organs
of power	nam-mkhahi-rten
the heart; rlun-gi-rten the lungs;
-mehi-rten liver ; chiM-rten the
bladder;	sa-yi-rten the spleen
(D.R.).
dwan-than 1. might,=»ica’4«c
mnah-thafi. 2. HPT, Hnu, luck, destiny,
fate, the destiny of any creature conse-
quent on former actions, y^’^may
imply : having no particular destiny (Ja.);
нттнтп, щнтти [great
fortune] S.
yc/gcrci dwafi-thob-pd to get power, to
be powerful:
(K. du. 5, 261) if you appoint
Sman-chen-po the son of S'afi-po he will
rise to great power.
У^'^3^ dwan-du-gyur-wa to be subser-
vient to, to be obedient to^l^^^*4
bsgo-wa-bshin nan-pa to listen to or act as
directed or ordered;	dwan-du
gyur-pa WTRTR *. subdued, brought or
come under one’s power (A. Ki).
dican-du byed-pa^*^’^^
(Mnoni).
dwan-du for-па used as postp.
c. genit.=with respect to, as regards, in
reference to, as concerning; У^^^ id.
улч^ Dwan-hdus n. of a district in
Tsang;	Dwafi-hdits-Bdson n.
of the fort of that place (Btsiii).
dwan-ldan 1. mighty, powerful.
2. a king sprung from the patriarch king
of Tibet Ye-smon rgyal-po (J. Zan.).
3. a village in Tsang famous for carpet
manufacture. 4. sym. fig.: eleven (Ya-sel.
54).
dwafi-ldan-gyi phyogs or
yq’tiS’gftN the north-east quarter.
5^1
908

dwaMdan-ma a kind of presen-
tation s<*arf (8. kar, 17'9).
dwan-ldan ш-tog n. of a
flower and also that of a world of Bon
mythology (G. Bon.},
dwan-ldan me-tog me-hod-gsal a fancied
world believed to exist to the west of this
world (G. Bon.).
S^’ I: dican-po powerful, the
mighty one, a ruler, lord or sovereign,
esp. divine rulers and Indra,
firw5? the supreme Jina or conqueror ;
gqqr^qq-q	the highest or the
greatest of the sages.	dwan-
poh> dgra the Asura—the enemies of
Indra (dfnon.).
П: 1. the organs of
sense.	dban-pohi rim-pa-
g*nm	are : (1) 5«r2rjarZi dban-
po rtul-po	[dull sense-organs] 8.
(2) ^qq^gc/q dbaft-po hbrin-po
[sense-organs of middle power]S. (3) Sqc/
dban-po rnon-po	[sharp
gpnse-organs]8. 5qc* erg dban-po-lna the five
organs of sense: mig eyes, Д’Ч rna-wa ears,
? W nose, lu$ body, and f Ice tongue;
also	dwan-pohi $go-lna five imma-
terial transcendental senses of Buddha
which are in unison with his five powers
or $tob$-lna. In natural .philosophy
six organs of sense frq. are mentioned,
being added as the sixth; medical
writings also treat of	dwan-po-
dgu or V3c/2T§jxqj dwafi-po $до-паду v. g’*|
bu-ga, 2. the male genitals pho-
rtags (Mfion.), 3. intellectual powers:
^qq-gJ'S^q dwan-po rnon-po of acute intel-
lect,	dwafi-po rtul-po of dull
intellect; ^qq‘q*^« dwafi-рю-папц the senses
are weakened, become dull (Med.);
dwan-po gso-wa to gladden, strengthen,
revive, the senses (Mil.).	dwan-
pohi-yul—b&№ mnon-sum жд the sphere
of cognition; anything of the senses,
evident or clearly perceived.
. VK/Zfayq dwan-po $kra-wa = 4^'% go-
pdub-ba n. of a medicine (Mfion.).
dwan-po-lfia: — (1) the faculty of
faith	(О) the faculty
of assiduity	sYujfapJ); (3)
the faculty of memory	QrJtfeq);
(4) the faculty of concentration for contem-
plation ^ q^-g^qq-q	; (5) the
faculty of knowledge or learning
^qq q p-rab-kyi dwan-po	(K. d.
254).
^qq-q-^^-q dwan-po nam$-pa l. = old,
decrepit. Syn. rgan-pa ; rgas-
pa; rgad-po (Mnon.). 2. J^’^gprgq-q
$kyes-pa hbrus phyun-wa one devoid of the
procreative power.
V^’2i’«prq dwan-po thul-wa	one
who has brought his passions under his
control, a Rishi, an ascetic (Mnon.).
^qq qtvq]^ dwan-pohi gnat female geni-
tals (Mfion}.
^qq-qg^-Hj dwan-po-po byed-po symb.
fig.: 12 (Ya-sel. 54).
dwan-khrid a manuscript letter
of charms:	(Y&
^qq-Zj5*qq|-q dwafi-pohi lag-pa (lit. Indra’s
arm) a plant the viscid aromatic root of
which resembles the human arm in shape.
^qq-qq-^q-qq dwan-pohi-^in-bal as met.=
the rainbow or the colours of the rainbow
(Mnon.).
^qq-Ejq-qpw dwan-pohi-gsal a lamp, a
light (&ag).
^qq-zftxS]	semen
virile, seed.
909
dwan-phyug fo, fafbl,
adj. mighty. V^’|4]‘IW’^’4 dwafi-
phyug is he who is greater than the rest.
Acc. tp Buddhist mythology there are two
dwaft-phyug (Is'vara) the greater
one the lord of the w’orld is called
dwan-phyug-chen-po (Mahes'vara) and
resides on the top of mount Kailas, the
lesser one guards the eastern quarter. The
several names of Dwdn-phyug are:—Л
§ ч gtsug-na-bla-ica; ч	; sVl’8ft
dbyig-ldan ; bde-hbyun ; Я^УЗ’?? &У<>п-
gyi-lha;	phyugs-bdag;
mdun-thogs;	rtse-gsum-can;
uam-mkhahi skra-can ;	gan-ga-
hdsin ; Sfcgron-gsum mthar-byed;
§5’cr«uUi] srid-pa-hjig; mi-yi khu-wa;
dran-pahi-dgra;	gsan-
wahi bla-ma;	srid-srun-hdsin;
g	khyu-inchog'rgyal-intshan;
hbyun-pohi-mgon;	pags-
pahi go$-can,	mi-bzad-mig;
^4]«3ft mgnl-nag-ingrin;	khro-bo-can
dpal-mgr in;	gtsug-phud-
rgyal; язЦ’Час/ mtshan-hchan;
hbyun-pohi dwan-po;	mgrin-snon;
drag-po lha-chen	(Mnon.). The
eight attributes of	are:—Я
phra, yan, wlfa rab-thoby rab-
hdod,	inchod-ho^ 54t.’gq dican-
phyug,	dican-du-bsgyur,
hdod-dgur-b^gyur.
dwan-phyug-pa opulent, rich,
wealthy.
Syn. phyug-chen; *5*’8ft hbyor-
Idan ;	$a-yi dtcan-phyug
(Mhon.)^
the wife of Mahadeva, an
epithet of the goddess Durga.
{lordship] S.
‘^5 PrW [disobedient, out of power
or control] 8,
bwan-gslM^S^'^^ dwan-pohi-
gshu the rainbow:
(Yig. k. 60).
узс/ЗЦ dwan-yod force, violence (in
Sikk.)	dican-yod-kyis by force.
dwan-yod-tyed violence:
to carry away by force or
violence (Yig. k.).	q dwan-
yod bqed-khyer-гса to take money by force,
to levy blackmail.
dwan-lag VSW n. of a medici-
nal root resembling the human hand in
shape:	(Risii.).
Й dican-sras-mo an epithet of tho
goddess Dolma (Mnon.).
fut. of ‘tfwi
[devotedness] 8.
dwar=z^ bar between two, Vl’
a book (to be placed)
between every two monks, e.g., when a
number of monks read together every two
of them take leaves from one book placed
before them (Rtsii.).
dical I: 1. Фд pinnacle, spire:
tongue of flame [top, summit,
point, e.g.y of a (Glr.); the point,
or the grooves of the or exorcising
dagger] Jd. 2. = -qyw $a-nam^
mehi-drod.
II: for bal in Amdo dialect
(Rtsii^).
^qai*3*g*5*q Dwal-gyi khro-bo chen-po
n. of a Bon god (D.R.).
^qorcj^e/J*	Qwal~po MduA-rtse-can
another Bon god (D.2f.). •
^•q dwal-wa prob. fut. of W‘q
hbal-wa.
551
910

q dwal-tsha-wa this word is used to
signify sharpness, brightness; and also
spiritedness in a horse, etc.:
(Khrid. 3£) ;
dwal-gsar-pa id.
VW’<4*w Dwal-gsa$ an epithet of Padma
Herukaof the Bon pantheon who has nine
heads and eighteen arms.
dical-gsa§ nw-hbar=W\^\W'n Pad-ma ki-la-
ya n. of a Bon deity,	’w dwal-
gsas me-hbar a Bon deity= q4^qui Pad-
ma kl-la-ya (D.P.).
^icn resP- ^ог head; also,=
the beginning, commencement; a
crown or royal cap.
^59saying that there
were many present who were superhuman,
he entirely covered his head with his
clothes (Я. 87). 59’*^5 in an assembly
of priests he who first begins to recite the
sacred names of Buddha, &c., so that others
may follow him, is called 59'^5 фси-mdsad
(in eolloq. umdse or omdse). Hence the
leader of any craft or performance is called
S9'^S which now forms a complimentary
title of address for master-carpenters,
tailors, painters, smiths, weavers, etc., simi-
lar to tho Hindustani title sirdar, 55’5(^q
dwu-mdsad-pa to be the head, the principal
person, anywhere.
S9'$fr’q dwu-skor-u'a^ resp. of 4* ЭД/о-
skor to cheat, deceive.
S9'8 dwu-skra resp. for 3 the hair of the
head.
+	'^'q dwn-skra =
hair that has been well arranged, not in
disorder.
59'q3N dicu-bgyis^^’1^ gt§o-bgyi§ the
chief or leading things; the principal
possessions.	{A.
126) all the principal possessions of the
Dharma Il a j as, uncle and nephew. spr»)’
all the chief
things, men and properties of tho Lama,
were fully exhausted (-4.128).
S9'S^ dwu-rgyan	orna-
ment of tho head, diadem, tiara.
Syn. ЧСЧ’5^ ^8ug-rgyan\
gtsug-gi rin-po-che;	gisug-gi nor-
bu ;	$pyi-bohi-rgyan;	cod-pan ;
SpTS phog-shu ; rtse-phran ; w/jo-
rgyan (Alnon.).
59’^ dwu-rfta$ a pillow.	dwu-
§fia$-$brel remaining together of a teacher
and his pupil:
^•^q-^-q then for twelve years the
teacher and his pupil remaining together
worked for the Mahayana {A. h8). The
expression	$fia§-§brel implies the
remaining of husband and wife together
in one place at night.
dwu-can a letter furnished with
a head or head-line at the top (called
matra in Sanskrit); hence the name of the
Tibetan printing character yi-ge dwu-can.
59'^ dwu-chen head man, chief crafts-
man ; also high officer.
55’^ dwu-cho§ or 59’^5 title for the
chief instructor in a monastery who begins
every religious service and is tho chief
discipline!*:	one share
more for the 59'^-
59’t dwu-rje reverence, reverend, title of
lamas (Ja.).
S91Vq dwu-rned-pa the beginning, a
commencement; also: to be commenced.
jq’q dwu-$nag§ rgyab-pa obstinate
assertion, persistent application (Yig. k.).
5^Е-ф-С||	911	^5! |
53’q^z;'q^'q dwu-bsnun bshes-pa or 59
reSp. to swear by one’s head.
dicu-mnah bshe^pa^^^^'^
mnah-skyel-wa or 53'q^rq to swear (Jfiwn.),
53,3435dwii-mthiin drun-du the resp.
form of	shabs-drun-du in the
superscription of letters to high lamas.
53’4^ dwu-pan abbr. form of 53'^'qi6’^'
dwu-shwa pan-chen rna-rin the tall
conical cap worn by the lamas during a
solemn religious service, said to have been
introduced from the Pandit Vihara of
Chittagong in East Bengal about 900.
A.D. (Yig. 118).
59'5^’ dwu-phrenchuhi-lbit-wa
bubbles on water (Mnon.).
55’444^ dbu-hphans or 53’й^| a helmet.
53q dbu-wa—2'q гси-wa foam,
froth ;59q'^ frothy; 53'4’4^‘q
[“a mass of foam,” an empty idea]#.
53’q’^’§5 it froths. 53‘qX^ <$wu~
ua-rdos (1) bubbles of water; (2) hard
breathing.
53’*1 dwu-ma 1. the principal or cen-
tral artery of the body. 2. the middle
course or doctrine, which endeavours to
avoid the two extremes of total annihila-
tion and immortality, also 53'^’ад, the
Madhyamika doctrine; 53'*rq an adhe-
rent of the middle-course doctrine (#<?A.);
53^'^’q’ dwu-ma snan-wa n. of a work
on Madhyamika philosophy; 53ж^'£’’
dwu-ma rin-po-chehi phren-wa a
work on the Madhyamika philosophy
byNagarjuna (A. dd). 53’^'^'q dwu-mahi
Ita-wa the Madhyamika Dars'ana of the
Buddhists: 53’*^’qW<’qV he meditated
on the middle path doctrine (A. 51).
53’^5 dwu-med the running hand used
letters, the headless character.
53’^“ dicu-rtse the top or pinnacle of a
temple or monastery. 53’1“’^’ Dwu-rtse-
than seems to be: the courtyard of the
great monastery of Sam-ye in front of
the grand temple of Buddha:
Л53'1’’^’^'чРг1|*г^ he saw the image of
the Maha Bodhi from the central court
yard (A. 91).
53 '3'n dwu-yu-ma male yak and yak-cow
devoid of horns:	wsjgafcK | 55^
(Yig. &.).
53’S Dwu-ru or 53N 5 Dwus-ru the district
of Lhasa: 53^'Я^^'с’^'Э'^’^5'^Ч'^’гЧ5^
about so much regarding the mountain
chains situated between the districts of
TJ-ru and Yu-ru (А. J7).
dwug a cavern; a hole, cavity
(Mnon.).
W dwugs breath; also may —
rlun magic air or wind: ЭТ53^^’4 srog-
dwugs rgyu-watio® moving of the life-wind.
(Rtsii.); ^ЛЗ4!*5 th.e wind or air that
moves the bowels and moves in the veins.
Most commonly = respiratory breath,
respiration: 53^’5 4’4’5с/^’4 dwugs rnub-
pa dan hbyin-pa to respire, to inhale and
exhale breath ;	'^’q to
take away the breath of all beings; 534l*r
3^ short breath; 59^T^q or 4^’4
shortness of breath, asthma, as a complaint
of old age (Thgy.); 53a|^q’§q'§5’4 dwugs
lheb-lheb byed-pa to pant for breath (Jd.);
'*3^5 as quickly as possible,
i.e., within the fraction of a breath, not
delaying even for the time required to
draw a breath (Yig. 18). 53al*r^5 dwugs-
chad stopping of the breath, losing breath;
dwugs theb-rel in one breath
(Sch.); 53^’^ [confidence]#;
53nl^’5q [taking breath]#.
912
^'1
53*)*r*5<V45*j dwug^hbyin-bdag an epi-
thet of the god of wind (Mnoni).
53*1	dwug$-mcd-srog as met. an
egg, which is believed to have life but
has not the power of breathing (Mam.).
*5^’	яяч the middle
(5. Lex.).
59*’* dirub-pa, v. hbubs-pa.
^5^ dicur terrain, of 5$ dicu: at the
head, at first:	tshogs-dbur
ph bs-pa to preside at an assembly
(generally of priests). 53*^5 dicnr-tfod^
*3^?5 dtcus-ru-sfod upper 0: W?5'^'3S'
(J)b.
*!. 45).
59*’* dicur-ica [also ^*'4 hur-wa or
yur-pa to smooth, -^*13 $og-bi* paper,
ras woollen stuff, Я4)4 U^d a pavement]
Jd.
59е* dwul fut. of phul ace. to
(Rdo. 46).
53*13 diriil-po — ^Ъ,
poor, indigent \A. 71. 51-7 v. *. 53*r3’*W|’
dwul-po lag-§ton 1. a poor man whose
purse is empty. 2. n. of a xa-bdag)
monster.
59^’* dicul-wa 1. fut. of *3*14. 2.
adj. poor, indigent; also, ^bst. poverty,
want, penury, 53*Г4’йагл du'itl-u'a sel-wa to
relieve want (6r/r.); 53*r2f4N dicul-phofis
poor, a poor man, pauper; poverty.
В(СП$	и	the middle,
the centre. Is, particularly, the name
given to the central province «cf Tibet
wherein Lhasa the capital is situated,
being known colloquially as £7. 59^§*
dwus-hgyur seems to be another name for
5^1
this province or for tho city of Lhasa
itself ;	signifies one bom either
in Magadha or else in Lhasa; 55^’45
dicus-skad the polished speech of Lhasa,
Samyc, and Yarlung; 53^'^S sounded
tL-Tsang, indicates the two provinces of
those names conjointly.
59^’3 dwu$-kyu a kind of pastry (cake)
made of the flour of the millet called
rgya-ra-hbru wdth milk and sugar
and butter.
53*1'3 Dwu§-chu the river of Central Tibet
called 55'3 Skyid-chu on which Lhasa is
situated; it* falls into the great Yeru
Tsangpo.
59*r« L = 4V* hwh the central. 2.
the eentral dancer; 53*г*'4 шъц[йз(
the central one, one of.the Madhyamika
school of the Buddhists.
59*3'*l^*'$'q^ Dicu$-gtsan ni-bshi (acc. to
Lofi. *, 4), a name of Tibet proper which
comprises the two divisions of 59N
viz. :—the valley of the tikyid chu called
Dicu-ru Skyid-$od and Gya$-ru Nam-yxL
i.e., Lho-kha; and the two divisions of
Tsang:—Gtsafi-ru lag-yan hgyed and Gye-ru
Ran-chu-gshun the valley of Nyang.
53*Ц dicu$-sho= one ounce of silver or
20 й’4 sc-ica (Rtsii.).
dfcen 1. й^, й<^ difference, dis-
union : 5*)°Г5^ Н^Й^ж one who causes
dissension among the members of the
congregation. But most frq. 2.
KV: solitary, lonely; separate, separated ;
secret:	d^en-khan retreat, lonely
abode, hermitage; 5^5'*Sq dwen-hgro-u'a —
35'^5'*A5*?V* a voluptuous woman who,
lives alone (Mnon) ; 5^5'*P* secret or con-’
fidential talk; 5*V
[secret place or event]#.
Wl
913

dwen-pa 1. a solitary place, retire-
ment ; abst. n. solitude, loneliness; in Tibet
solitudes of mountains are generally
implied. 2. one who being disgusted
with the miseries of a worldly life has
retired into solitude.	one
who lives in a solitary place, a hermit,
recluse; solitude, loneliness.	in
this solitude;	dwen-par hgro-wa
go into solitude;	dwen-pahi
gnas-sa solitary place, esp. recluse’s cell;
earth got from the
eight great hermitages, sacred places of
pilgrimage in India;	silin-po
med-pa=fyJ^'*^Q snift-po-dwen-pa (Jd.).
dwo the eleventh constellation or
lunar mansion called TTttaraphalguni.
tbe 11th month of the Tibetan
calendar corresponding to чп^гдя of the
Hindus (S. Lex.).	the full moon
of the lltb month.
Syn. В phyi-mo;	ni-mahi
lha-ldan-ma (Mnon.).
dwo-wa, v. ^9’q hbo-wa.
5^ tfwon-po (pr. ompo or bmbo)
nephew of a lama or a chief of Tibet;
in the case of an abbot or lama of a
monastery the 5^’^ is from his brother’s
side and is generally appointed to super-
vise the monastery; hence the supervisor
of a monastery is generally styled
dwon-po. 2. Я¥ grandson;	id.
5^’* grand-daughter; ancestor and
grand-child (67r.); 3. a certain sect of
lamas, clad in red, shorn, and married.
4. a lama skilled in astrology, who for
instance, when a person dies, performs
those ceremonies that serve to avert harm
from the survivors (Jd.),
Dwor n. of a place in Tibet
a native of Dwor (Loft. 18).
dwol-wa or ? rdsift-dal-wa
to draw up water from a tank.
dbyafts 1. a vowel,	id.,
vita; the five vowels are :
вч a, ® t, 43 «, й e, ® o, (Situ. 59).
WtpR? [an indicatory letter or
syllable which is often elided but which
marks some peculiarity in the inflection
of the word to which it is attached]#.
2. a metrical rhyme, melodious song,
tune, melody.	dbyaft§-$grog§ as
met. = a fly, a bee (Mfton.).
dbyans-hthen-pa in singing to keep time;
a songstress with musical voice.
dbyaft$-can-ma the god-
dess of learning of both the Hindus and
the Buddhists; her different names :—
tshans-pahi sra§-mo;
dbyaft§-ldan-ma ; 3’35 sgra-dbyanz-
lha-то ; g’35 smra-lha-mo; J’^5’^'35 rgya-
mtshohi lha-mo ;	mtsho-ldan-ma;
zla-wahi 8 r in-mo; ^’^’35 $er-lha-
mo;	ftag-dwaft lha-mo;
£Zo-yt-^r;	(Mfton.).
55^dbyaft$-$nan ^vta, K^vta the
cuckoo; the divine singer or songstress;
Gandharra.
Syn. H g4! khu-byug; §’^'8 lha-yi
glu-mkhan ; dri-za (Mfton.).
dbyaft§-§bed=^^l^^^ ^
(Mnon.).
59^ dkyar also W’’] dbyar-ka or W
the short summer of Tibet; summer
season;	without distinction
of summer and winter, m., at all times.
dbyar-$kye$ ‘summer born’; W
dtyar-khaft the residence of Buddhist
116
914
I
nuns. SS**** dbyar-char summer-rain.
55^'З'С‘З^’ dbyar-gyi rna-gsan = ns met.
thunder:
thousand drums of thunder proclaiming
the religion of the ten virtues (Tfy.
k. 59). 55^'^3'q dbyar-gyi ihig-pa drops
of summer, i>., rain (Yig. k. 13). 55v?5
dbyar-^ton	the summer festivals
or entertainments (Rtsii.).
55^'35*1 dbyar-gna$ 1. summer-
residenco in religious confinement. 2. the
solitary summer-fasting of the monks;
55^*3^«гдкдз*Г4	one who has
not kept up the summer vows or lent.
55*’3¥*'M fer^TfH; id. (8. Lex.).
55^'4 dbyar-pa 1. the word is sometimes
incorrectly used for 3^'4 gyar-pa to bor-
row. 2. poplar, various kinds of which
are found in Tibet. It is cultivated in
Tsang and U, but grows wild in Yarlung.
55^’q dbyar-wa^S^'SJw tho month
of April-May.
55^'£'5§с;я5 dbyar-rtsa dbyufi-hbu (lit.
like grass in summer but worm-like in
winter) a kind of grass which grows abun-
dantly in Tibet, particularly in Kham.
Its root is believed to be a good medi-
cine for diseases of the bladder, and is
dug up in the month of November for use.
In December the root contracts until it
looks Eke a kind of worm.
55^’^^ wrns May-June.
55^'3^ dbyar-gsum fsRUT the three
months during which Buddhist monks
remain confined for religious contempla-
tion (8. Lex.).
cs
<&yi (pronounced yi) the golden
lynx. There are differentiated by natives
three species of lynx in Tibet:—(1) 55’53^
dbyi-dkar or ^‘55 dufi-dbyi the white lynx;
(2) SS ЛЗ dbyi-nag or 83^'55 leags-dbyi the
black or iron-ooloured lynx; (3) 5§’5W
dbyi-dmar or zans-dbyi the red or
copper-eoloured lynx. 5S'S34 skin of lynx
(Rtsii?). 55# dbyi-mo the female of this
animal; 55’|3 dbyi-phrug a young lynx;
55lair of the lynx.	I Vw’
55'53^'5^’ a robe of white lynx with clasps
of turquoise (G. Bon.).
55'3 dbyi-gu a small stick, of
55ЧЧ
55‘4 dbyi-wa to rub or wipe out any
letter, figure, or mark immediately after it
has been written; also in gen., to blot out,
to efface.
^55 or ,>SeIs’=^ МТУ, fre®,
; more esp. a precious stone of liver
colour. ^'553 nor dbyig wealth (Dzl.);
5$3*e/ dbyig-man much wealth; 553'^5
poor.
553'3)'H'4 dbyig-gi khu-ba a name of
river Sita (Mnon?); 553	an
epithet of Vaifrava^a (Mnon.); 553‘g’^ one
of the names of the Kailas mountain
3^5 Gans-ti-se (Mnon.).
fyyig-gu tw hiccough.
553g5 dbyig-Idan an epithet of
Mabes'vara (Mnon.).
553’4 dbyig-pa a walking staff,
a wand or stick=5§3‘4 dbyug-pa. 553'4*
3S5 4	to cut a stick.
553'5 dbyig-pu [&?Л. ‘implement for
cleaning, scouring, polishing ’J Jd.
553'* dbyig-ma an epithet of the god*
dess Gauri (Mnon.).
dbyin^ vrj space, expanse;
sphere, more especially indefinite mystic
spheres or regions as well as the celestial

915
5^1
sphere or space ; also that which is massed
in indefinite compass: 5§WS in space,
en masse; 53*^'?^ dbyings sion empty
space;	5§A^bar-dohi dbyins-su
Idin-wa floating in the region of the
bardo;	^qql^§^qsrq^-q con-
sciousness itself having indicated the
sphere (or extent) of the doctrine praised;
gc/q’^ц|яin the region where
nothing of the Skandha is left remain-
ing (#e7z.). Acc. to Bon there are eight
dbyins or spaces(1) $'^’4'^’5 ^’58*^ |
(2)	j (3) p’qj^-^q-
(4)	Wy5!'
58^1 (5) ^q'^’q'^’^'ql'^^l (6)Я5*Г
1 (7) 35’^5’44^5^4]'
58**4 (81 ^VA’^’q’^’^’^S^ (ДД
(7?. Nan <.
сч ,
dbyin-pa or 58^§5'q to incite,
instigate, set on.
СЧ
dbyib§ 1. W^T, 9fwfH,
shape, figure, form: 9’584^’^ bird-shaped;
^*’5*’584^’5*’*5 shaped like a cart;
51w’or£irq^-q f0 learn the nature (of
plants) from the shape in which they
grow (Ja.). 2. symmetrical dimensions;
[orderly or sym-
metrical shape]#. 5SW^	sym-
metrical; 5SW«^s pretty shape, pretty
looking, nice; 554^’^^ dbyibs-legs of
good shape, handsome figure. 5§4M’g or
WWM [situation]#.
5§*3'3 q dbyu-gu-zla-wa the ninth month
of the Tibetan kalendar (called also **45’
<4).	&rqX*qj5’q at
Nye-thang in the wooden-horse year on
the eighteenth- day of the ninth month;
05gT'&<'	commencing
from the first of the ninth month of tho
horse-year (A. 157); 5§Я^dbyug-guhi-
tshes the 18th of the 9th month of the
Tibetan calendar (A. 156),
w dbyug-pa- 1. gfg, a stick,
cudgel, staff: 5§*|T^ dbyug-to-can wield-
ing a stick; 5§*T4'J4’4 to beat with a stick.
2.=*5’4 ^punishment. 3. $ '^5 a divi-
sion of time of about 20 minutes, also a
fraction or proportionate part of weights
or measures. 4. vb. with pf. dbyugs
to swing, brandish; to throw, cast, fling
(Jd.); 5§*f w^Iqj'q to throw away; 5§*T
5§flT§5’q to swing to and fro. 5>T^ sling W.
5§q|'q^ dbyug -pa-can 1. 4’j&i one
carrying a stick in his hand. 2. an
epithet of	the lord of death.
3.	an attendant of the sun
(Mnon.).
5§iT4*’^ dbyug-pahi rna-can as met.
= an ox or bull (Mnon.).
5§4P^ dbyug-hdsin epithet of
Vishnu.
dbyun-pa ЙТК (a form of *S^’4
Rdo. 46) to turn out, banish, expel.
Generally speaking should be considered
fut. of *SVq hbyin-pa. B^'5§*’4 to turn
out; чщг^’5§*’с1 to banish or remove from
a place, particularly to deport from a
monastery.
5ST4 dbye-wa (acc. to Rdo. 46,
prest. of phye-wd) 1. = ^*’ 5§*’§5‘4 to
make distinction, to differentiate; 51*’$M’q
anything made distinct or classified. Acc.
to Jd. fut. of and in C. secondary form of
*15’4 hbyed-pa. 2. sbst. distinction, distinc-
tive feature ; also kind, class, species: ^q]^’
^’2|’51’44*ГО’§* the distinction between
good and evil cleared or explained. 5Й’Д11*^
dbye-gsal clear distinction. 3.=**’
plain, expanse, extent:
extent.
5ЯI	916	|
Dbye-wahi-bu xjrxja an epithet
o£ the planet Saturn.
5§dbye-luft gafi-bar one of the
thirty-seven sacred places of Bon pilgrim*
age ((7. Bon, 38) (Mnon,),
dbyen-pa^S^I,	difference,
dissension, discord, schism. 5^’^’3’S^’
to create discord;	dbyen
hbyed~pa to make a difference, to discrimi-
nate (Jd.); dbyenJnjed
^^|'§Vq).	dbyen-b^dum^
me hod-r ten n. of a ehorten.
dbyer-med	or	dbyer
mi-phyed-pa	inseparable,
not to be distinguished.
dbye$ magnitude, size, dimensions:
dbyes-che-wa^vj^ yafa-pa or y^-q
fwbf wide, spacious, broad:	*1
broad forehead.
dbra n. of a Tibetan tribe (Yig. 7).
dbrag =	intermediate
space, interstice; ravine, glen, defile, in C.
dbrad-pa, v. яд^’ч to scratch.
sqq-n dbrab-pa:	to
flog with whip and nettle, v. ядч ч
hbral-wa.
dbral-wa (^”’4‘g’9) taking off
er flaying = 3^’4; v. яд^'ч.
5^'4 dbri-wa,N. я^’Ч hbri-way diminished,
reduced, grown less.
—4
dbre$-pa or 53’4&l dbre-btsog
dirt, filth.
dbrog-pa 1.=ч|^4 to forget,
forgetfulness. 2. = ч^^’ч ч[<э,(м [revolu-
tion, exchange]#.
hbag mask, effigy, likeness, figure;
id.; resp. уя«ю| or ^«гя«и|;
hdra-hbag gy on-mi masked persons;
religious dance or masquerade;
цсирядя hbag-hbug disguised, not straight in
make : яч%ядуй5’<й’й’4с/ little man who
was free from crookedness (A. 1J$).
wpifaj hbag-hbog 1. uneven (of bed
or placo to lie upon). 2. in IT. a slight
elevation, hillock (Jd.).
ОДЧ]’Ц hbag-pa—ywq 1. vb. pf. я«^
hbag$, fut. dbag to defile or pollute
one’s self; to soil, make filthy:
pollution with women; ячлр’я^лцргйг
aqfl|-q defilement through lust; jjverwqq
$nod-la hbag-pa unclean as to a vessel.
2. C. to take away, to steal, to rob.
яфц^Я hbag$-lhag [rest, remainder,
remnant (of food) Mili} Jd.
hbag-rag [spider,
hbag-rag-gi tshaA cob-web Sikk.] Jd.
hban-wa pf. ячя*< hbans to love,
to regard: ячя^ чя-д л'^-ЯАя^чя§\ч love
those who are worthy of being loved or
regarded (J. Zan.). ячя* hbafl HW lover
(A, K. v. 61-8 ch,).
hban$ 1. w, <th; also
a subject or dependent; Tib. proverb has :
q’§5’q‘W it is much better to serve a
good and noble chief than rule over bad
subjects. яля^^‘§5’ч to reduce under one’s
dominion; яя^эд hbans collectively=the
people, the subjects. 2. servant, one who
serves: ялелгЙ a maidservant, a
female subject; ячя^’Й5’д	son of
maidservant [an abusive expression mean-
ing “ a low wretch.”]#. §’яодл lha-hbafy
polite expression for servants em-
ployed in a temple; «^ я^уяче^ dge-hdun-
hban$ the servants attached to tho
^Ч|	917
clergy or the ohuroh;	s^s-
rgyd^hba^ n. of a king.
ОД^’Ц hbad-pa 1. subst.
WHTV, ЗПТМ endeavour, earnestness, exer-
tion (Л. K. 1-46). ^W'4 hbad-pas
shug&pa to begin with energy (Л. К. 1-12).
2. vb., imp. hbod, to endeavour, to
try, to exert one’s self, make effort:
thog-gi §ten-la
rdo-$bom gar hphyar hbad nas having
endeavoured to hoist up the stone-block
on the roof. 3. to cultivate, rear, take
care of: V*’ or Я’ч^аа^а to cultivate the
ground, to raise grapes ^5’^5
to breed cattle, яа^’а*^	assiduous,
painstaking, industrious;	;
without exertion (S. Lex).
hban-khra a fine cotton cloth:
4A<Y|g’3j4| one roll of Ban cloth (Rtsii.).
яа^аз^ hban-bcad n. of a number :
A^wj^A’ (Удме/. 57).
ОДЧ’Ц hbab-pa pf. aa bob or AW babs,
imp. hbob or bob§ 1. to move
downward, to descend, to come down from,
to alight; to fall down: ч|^Я’<ч^’Р’АЧАА
snow falls from heaven. Constantly used
in connection with rivers : S’Sfi’Wfc’gA
m ЧАА the rivulets are descending babbling
on to the plain. In stating the arrival
of a certain time or occasion *AA'A is
generally used with the sense of “ it has
come down to the time of ” : <r«fg’A'erw$
the Nirvana month has arrived; 3j'AS’yr«r
Aqqthe time of death will arrive;
the time of going has come.
In W. *aa also = tax, taxation; Д^’ааа
fixing of rent or tax.
яаа’ф hbab-chu-==§>'4^' river, rivulet, brook;
also rain.	access or descent to
ед* I
the water, steps leading to a bathing-place
(Ja.). ЯАА’^'А^ hbab-chu-bshi 1. the four
rivers are :—(1) ^A’^'gjA^pA^’^AA
Ganga has issued forth from the mouth of
a bull (acc. to Tibetan authorities it has
descended from the mouth of an ele-
phant) ; (2)	'ч|5’р-^чод the Sindhu
springs forth from the mouth of a lion;
(3) The Tsangpo issues from the mouth
of a horse and is therefore call Tamchog
Khabab; (4) The Sutlej is called Rma-bya
kha-hbab (Л'Э’Р’яаа) because it is supposed
to come out of. the mouth of a pea-cock.
aaa'^ hbab4dan = ^^\^ river, stream.
pray permit your holy instruction
(letter) to come here like the flow of a
river (Yig. k. 2Y). яаа’^я low place or
ground, i.e., the direction of a river’s flow.
hbam in *)А'Яая a disease of the
foot; WA hbam-pa rot, decay; also as
disease: lupus.
QflQv hbah seizure, distraint; or rather
the liability of paying higher interest, pay-
ment not having been made at the
appointed time (Ja.); hbah-hgan—
«л]уд agreement, contract (subject of law-
suit) (Уйр. к.); hbah-gan an agree-
ment.
яая Jlbah or viw Jlbah-thafi n. of a
place in Kham$ (Rtsii.). bow that
is made of very strong bamboo growing
in Bbah (Rtsii.).
aa<v* hbah-cha sediment, lees, remnant:
gjcq^’q^’X'? the remnant of mustard when
oil has been extracted or pressed out;
the cost of load of bah-cha
is a Khal (Rtsii.).
hbah-dar a kind of scarf:

918
Я&ргс||
(Yig. k.).
I beg that you would kindly send by
the hand of this (man) as quickly as pos-
sible tea for religious service and hbah-dar
scarf for the omdse lama and church
governor, etc. together with a letter of
confirmation.
яяя ц hbah-po and wS hbah-mo are
wrongly spelt for and magician,
sorcerer, or witch, of the Bon religion.
W4 hbah-wa 1. to bleat. 2. (In Sikk.)
to bring, to carry,	hbih-^og bring
it hither ! hbah-*on take it away;
hbah-khen a coolie. 3. to commit adultery
c. (Ja).
Whbah-wo hole, cave, cavern,
hbah-bo-can hollowed out, excavated
(Ja.); W5 hbah-byi parched paddy beaten
out and used by Indians as food instead of
cooked rice; a cake of parched rice or
maize meal, frequently eaten with tea C.
(Ja.).
hbah-shig only, solely, alone:
filled with gold
and silver alone (Jd.);	sin
only;	сг-qgqj virtue alone.
+ w-qqj hbah-qag or wjpipi hbah-$kyog§
(in modern Tib.) a large ladle of wood
made in Bathang (Rtsii.).
W»! hbah-$a-ka (^W^l) n. of a
wild animal (K. d.	37 J).
hbar-wa or ’5’W ^r,
; vb. n. to ^‘4 1. to catch fire,
to become ignited, to blaze; also, in
reference to the passions, frq. to glare,
burn with wrath: WQ'combus-
tible ;	he is very angry
with me or he quarrels much with
me (7.; quarrelsome, brawling,
while she was brawling
(Mil.); 3to burn with rage. Also
wq has other figurative meanings, as:
2. to burst forth into bloom, to blossom;
to blaze forth into fame, to become noto-
rious, etc.
hbar-wa-ldan an epithet of
Vrhaspati the teacher of the gods (Mnon.).
hbar-wahiral-pa-chan=fyi
я $gron-ma lamp, light (Mnon.).
high and
low, uneven or undulating’ground.
hbal-gro a mixture of peas and
wheat (Rtsii.).
wrq hbal-wa l.zxX^’4 to throw
about, to pluck out the hair (used only
with JJ). 2. to part or arrange the hair, as
is customary with the monks and nuns
of certain sects; in Khamt this style being
the national costume. jpq'oaj n. of an
Indian religious sect.
4flq^3q hbal-hbol shaggy (Sch.).
оЛ’оЛ hbi-hbi small lumps of clay
that are cast into moulds to make miniature
chorten, images, etc.
hbigs-pa or	hbig-pa
pf. phigs fut. dbig im.	plug or
plugs 1.	to pierce, pierce
into, bore :	^’5^1 the diamond
will pierce what is precious;
to bore holes into wrood; $chu-
hgag^-hbigs it removes stangury (Medi).
g or a spire or a gilt pinnacle
on a temple or royal tomb ; hbig$-
Idan the thunder-bolt of Indra (Mnon.).
2. in C. seems to be used vulgarly for:
to lie with (a woman).
hbigs-byed fwn 1.
ri-bo hbigs-byed) n. of a chain of hills
919
Wl
extending eastward from Rajputana to
Behar dividing Hindustan into Aryavarta
and Daksinavarta, t.e., Northern India
and. Southern India:	|
ftT^q-^Е/ I
q^ (K. d. S, 272). 2.=*5^ an arrow, i.e.,
that which pierces through (Mnon.). 3.
thog a thunderbolt, which pierces the
mountains, &c. (Mnon.). 4.=Д*п ku-wa
gourd (Mnon.). qSsprSS f^47T=3T^[ the
Vindhya range of hills; я^ад^’огЙ a
constellation [a meteor]^.
q^q or^qsrq hbibs-pa = ^0T qgqsq
(Sch.).
qfc’q hbir-wa to tremble, shake, quake:
what was said to make him
tremble (A. 13 J).
QQhbw&fa 5^ a worm, insect, any
small vermin; *41’5^ or 5И’яд a caterpiller;
чд’^сг in W\ a snake (Jd.); яд’ч^ hbu-pad a
leech;	hbn-skyogs-dun snail, *9'
дЬ]ад-^л^ад-^^5д^^.
*9’V4^ hbu-dkar a preparation of wheat
flour, sugar-beer (Rtsii) also id.
(Rtsii.); the blackish-red preparation of
this is called яд^д].
яд’яр/ч^ hbu-rkan brgya-pa centipede.
Syn. ^’«i^’qj’q yan-lag brgya-pa; *|Я*
qjj’q rkan-brgya-pa(Mnon.).
hbu-khan n. of a much-worship-
ped deity in Nepal: я^ад-q’яд^ад$*
(A. 12J\.
hbii-phra-mo fly, flea, etc.
Syn. mdun-can^ g’q'^ skye-wa
phra-mo; 3’^ skra-can;	ne-wahi
Ice-can (Mnon.).
hbu-wa pf. ядад hbus to open, to
unfold, of flowers, esp. with I4 as
(ja.).
яд’ЦЯ] Ым-smiig, v. hbu-bkar.
яд лад hbu-ras a coarse sort of raw silk
imported into Tibet from Assam by traders
from Bhutan.
яд<^‘ hbu-su-han a medicinal herb.
Syn.	lha-mohi hkhri-gin;
Sjc/q lhahiphren-wa ; ser~snam\ 53^'3’
gS dbyar-gyi-rgyan\ ^’3 yan-ica;
q rgya-mtshohi thug-pa, gq^q* byi-wahi-
chan\ §4 spri-ka (Mnon.). яд’^’^’^ад’^'я§з'
Med.
hbugs-pa зп? pf. Q*\phug
to hollow out, bore; to pierce, sting; to
bite;	the dog has bitten
my foot;	^-адляд^ад*
fn the Nan-shan mountains
Chinamen, hollowing out hill-ground,
make dwelling-places.
hdsoms-pa.
qgcsrq hbuns-pa to concentrate one’s
force or energies; but v. supra ^qyq:
^ад’щ яд^ад apply yourselves to religion with
industry. ^ад^^ад^*Х^53'^^ if you
apply yourself to religion assiduously, the
high and the low will rise against you as
enemies (Rdsa. 22).
hbud-pa pf. 9S vb. n. (limited
perh. to JF.) 1. to fall from, drop, fall
down; to fall off (of leaves); to fall
through. 2. to go away, to leave, escape,
to disappear, to be lost:	the sun
has gone down; |г^|,д5’^’^‘ад^ад the
key has been lost many days ago.
P^- phus^ fut. S3 dbu,
imp. 3 phu 1. vb. act. and n. to blow,
either with the mouth, or to be blown by
the wind; д blow up the fire !
the wind will blow
I
920
|
away the leaves of a book; 5^
the monk having blown the trumpet;
q^4 like chaff blown off by
the wind {Dzl.); SS4!^ ^’q3VJ to breathe
upon; ЖЗ”the whole body
became bloated (J/rty.); hbud-hduti {Vai.
A’.) = ^5' trumpet, also: bellows;
fuel, firewood {Rtaii. 16).
III: [pf- imp. 3S fut. 535 trs.:
1. to put off, pull off, take off C., hat,
coat, ring, etc.; to throw down:
threw down. 2. to drive out, expel, cast
out, chase away, with the accus. of
the person and place, out of the coun-
try ; ^35 an exile {Schtr.); to set free,
to set at liberty, to allow to pass JV.; to
lay out, to spend. 3. to pull out, tear out,
uproot. 4. to take away, to subtract
from] {Ja.).
hbun or 9^’4 l.=3‘^ debt. 2.
to itch; *tho itch, an itching W.
{Jd.).
’Ц hbub-pa [pf. bub imp. g*w
bub$ 1. to be turned over upside down:
phe lies with his face undermost;
Or it is placed with its top
inverted, turned over; «И|'ядл §5’q to fall
on the hands. 2. fig., to be overthrown,
destroyed, spoiled, with regard to medita-
tion (ЛЛ7.)] Jd.
*gwq hbub$-pa [pf. imp. fut.
5^q to put on a roof, or some thing for
a roof; tfqpgwq to make or construct a
roof;	to pitch a tent;
corner pavilion Jd.
hbum	one hundred
thousand; hbum-tsho id.; jS’VWfRgw
**g 500,000 Chinese soldiers {Glr.); ядаг
дЯ4!^ a hundred thousand, ^u-
hbum the 100,000 images, the n. given
to the famous Kumbum monastery situated
about 25m. S.W. of Sining-fu in the Koko
Nor district, the name being derived
from miraculous figures alleged to be
present on the leaves of an aged lilac
tree. Accounts of this monastery are
given by Hue, Rockhill, and Kreitner.
It was founded by Tsongkhapa.
hbum-lfia the five sacred books of the Bon
enumerated, in	are:—(1)
^•qj5-«^‘QI'qq-q5-qg#4; (2) ^•^^•q^-q'^’
§’*3*; (3)	; (4)
gw^-q^arq^qg*; (%)
*3* {D.R.).
Jlbuin-thafi n. of a place inMon-
yul (Sikkim) south of Tibet. яз***^1^*
JJbum-than Skyer-chuhi gnas n. of a
sacred place in Mon-yul where Pad-ma
Sambhava* is said to have performed
ascetical meditation.
hbur-wa 1. to rise, to swell up,
become prominent:	a
single rocky hill rising from the green-
sward;	to emboss, to work in
relief {Glr.). 2. to spring up, come forth,
bud, unfold. 3*gold and silver orna-
ments in relievo on some other metals.
STqS^ glo-hbur paintings and sculptures;
an engraver; hbur
swelling, a boil, etc. *3^4 the slight
protuberant places on doors where handle
rings are fixed. *зМГ^’ hbur-§kyon an
undulating country with risings and
depressions:
4^ {Rtsii.). RgvR&wgvq hbur-hjom^ byed-
pa to reduce elevations, to smooth uneven
ground; fig. to prostrate an opponent in
disputation.	hbur-dod a statue, an
image in relief {Jig. 10). hbur-poz,
protuberance, tumour»
I
921

hbiil-wa (given as fut. of 3*’q
in Rdo. JJ>), pf. and imp. phul^ fut.
53* dbul 1. Я^РТ, wq4, a resp. term
for: to give, proffer; to send, when the
person receiving is considered to be of
higher rank:
khos snan-gyi gscr-rgyan lha-leam-gyi
phyag-tu phal he gave the golden ear-rings
into the hands of the lady; ч^ч^’чч-^X*r
S)q[ got*j	your letter of the 3rd
instant has been sent here and a reply to
it (^(*) shall be despatched to-morrow;
3* sent (or dated) from the Government
printing office at Dor-ling (Darjeeling)
on the 4th day of the 1st month of the
Water-Tiger (year), t>., on the 12th
February 1902;	’g’*K*’5S*
I am sending (you)
4 bo measures of rice whioh your humble
servant’s son will give your honour. 2. sbst.
present, offering.
Syn 3*’q phul-wa; 55*’q dbul-wa;
tlobs-pa\ $tab§-pa (Mfion.).
hbul-chas articles for presenting
to government, to high officials and to
lamas of monasteries, etc.:
are only presents to be
made to government (D. $cl. 8).
hbus-pa 1. to blow (of flowers),
to open, f’xq’H q v. 2. = чдч*чч promi-
nent (Ja.). чддг^к; hbus-gift a coppice of
young trees.
hben	1. target, goal:
if the, target be
good the sharp arrow will hit well (11 brom.
97); ч^ч^ч to set up a target; ч^х
to aim, to take aim ; ч^’м the place
where tho target is to be set up; specially,
the central part of the target, the mark.
hben-bgnun—W^ or я^чЙ an
arrow (Mnon.).
Q^’4|34 hben-gzar a field for cultiva-
tion:	the field
being level and smooth without uneven-
ness (Jig- 10).
Q.^’4 hbebs-pa WM, я^ч, pf. чч
fut. 5ЧЧ imp. causative to чад*ч 1. to
cause to descend, cause to fall down; and,
hence, to oast down, throw down:
чйчмч to cast one’s self on the ground
(Dzl.);	ч to cast one’s eyes
down on the tip of the nose. 2. to assign,
settle, fix, lay down, establish: used in a
variety of phrases : ч]5кчйз#гч to take up
one’s residence in a place; 55’4clw«i dpya-
hbeb$-p(i, with *, to impose taxes
to assign a crime to a person; ifЪ’
чйчнч to fix one’s thoughts on a place;
to give permanency, to fix,
to regulate, чйадчм|Мг=ч^’ч keeping,
laying a thing down or away.
hbem, n. ben.
Q^QT4|5<WAZ)eZ-0tfawi or 42iqq?'4j5«=u‘4’
yan dag-pahi gtam	holy
discourse, sermon, a speech on some sacred
subject.
чЗ'ч ч hbel-po temperate, saving, econo-
mical ; чй'ч’ч ч^ч] there has been economy,
frugality has been exercised; extra-
vagant; чй^ч^чр to enjoin temperance-,
frugality (Sch.).
hbo a dry measure generally used for
grain and salt, contains 5 6r<?=10 pints.
hbo-bre is eolloq. term for a measuring
vessel. 4^’p q hbo-kha-ica one who measures
grain, etc.: чЙ’р-ц’^-^ч^^
the case of the contract or agreement
П7
<я5’Е |
922
which tho grain measurers executed
(Rtsii.).
R^q hbo-ica pf. hbo$ or 3 pho, fut.
5^ dbo: 1. to pour out or forth, to spill
out:	there being no spilling
(G7r.);	milk having beon poured
out. 2. to swell up, to rise: чЧкчЗ’^м
swelled barley;	as big as swelled
peas. 3. to sprout, shoot forth, of wild
growing plants, *TR^‘R^R] the ground is
verdant C.; also : the ground swells, heaves.
hbo-ja a kind of tea (Rtsiii).
R^v^ hbo-dhi-tsi wrongly written for
bo-dhi-rtsi rosary {Rtsii. &8).
R*H hbo-le = ty\% thod-po without much
hurry, at case, easily, leisurely:
we shall be able to
take you across the river Gauges slowly
and easily {A. 130); |q^ ^ § R^ R|^M*rai
5Я*1' began to sleep quietly iu a sheltered
corner (A. 130).
R^4| hbog 1. a kind of upper-garment,
£r$r] for men, SrRifa] for females (Cs.).
2. in JF. a square cloth for wrapping
up and carrying provisions. 3. a small
hillock (Jd.). 4. n. of a wild animal:
{Rtsii. 5J).
d&y&^hbog-chol, v. sbng-chol,
R^'T hbog-tho or 4,3rR*fa|,lf shwa-ino hbog-
tho a soft felt hat with a broad brim
trimmed with long hairy fur.
R^|’4 hbog-pa pf. bog or 5% fut.
1. to be extracted,’ uprooted, pulled
out; to be dislocated, unhinged: 3qprR2$R|’4
IF. 2. to unload (opp. to чч^’ч hgcl-гса),
khal-rnams-phog tho loads were
taken off. 3. to grow loose, to eome
- off; to drop off, leaves from a tree C.. {Ja.). ’
I	^1
hbog$-pa 1. to sink down, to
fall to the ground, esp. in a fainting fit;
to bo submerged, immersed;
hbog-yun rift-па prob.: when the faint-
ing fit has lasted a long time;
§myo-bbog madness, insanity;
insanity arises; (R3’R*faprq,|?,9) чЧчцгч
^ПТТТ to wade through water. 2. pf.
phog fut. dbog imp. ЙЧ phog
to bestow, impart, 4|SWR4I counsel, advice,
directions, jK^sjq-q instruction.
hbon-u'a roundness, rotundity,
r5r-r5r’ round; loose, slack, incoherent
(Jch).
4 hbod-pa жпнпФП, wnnn pf. and
imp. bo$ 1. to call, to cry out to, to
invite:	he exclaimed, wait!
ft^qpara^-q to call to a man;
calls to tho presence;	calls indoors;
st’^R'q to come uninvited;
to bawl out, to cry out repeatedly; ^*R^\=
^'4 to weep.	wruir, .eome to
invite, to call, a guest. чЧ5’5*|« ЖТЖЧ: [!•
invitation. 2. fight. 3. name.JS.
hbod-byed that invites	sweet smell,
fragrance {Mnon.).
Syn. ijpYM sbron-pa; MS’4!?*’4 skad-gtofb
ica {Mnon.),
R^’g^	WU n. of
the king of Lanka—the chief hero of the
epic Eamayapa {Mnon.).
Rsfcw hbobs 1. imp. of ччля hbab-pax
2.	not exactly a
stocking, but a soft warm stuffing of the
stockings. R4q*r^ hbobs-zon
half sock,* foot-tie.
hbon supply, great or small. чМч'
§r	; чЧч’й hbor-che
good supply, abundance, plenty: чМч’Я^вг
923
V I	’^V4^4!q there was
not a small quantity, the requirement
being not less (FA/.’X:.).
hbor-wa pf. and imp. bor,
1. to throw, cast, fling:
casts a stone down a mountain side;
to precipitate a person
from a bridge (Dzl.);	to cast out;
or to throw away, pour away,
$ water in C. 2. to leave, forsake : B* *^4’
to forsake a husband or wife;
when I was left behind by
my father he died (Pth.);	let
that alone, give it up;
considering it a great loss out
of love he did not abandon it (A. 11).
Occurs, also, in certain phrases, as Я'Ч’
to make oath, qwqxtfvq to con-
ceive an idea, to think of a plan. In IF.
appears to be a common substitute
for to put down, to place.
hbor-spitns grain heaped together in one
place:	kjiyon-bsdoms
kbor-spimsJhog (Rtsii. 19).
qEfarq hbol-pO — °№% 1. soft, smooth,
yielding, elastic; both to the touch and
disposition of mind;	to sit,
to remain quiet, tranquil (ЛГИ.);
a bolster, mattress. 2. abundant, plenti-
ful:	according to the
abundance or scarcity of water and manure
(Rtsii.).
hbos 1. (зч-арга-чрга ч) concealed,
latent, hidden, v. 2. sbst. boil,
bump, tumour (Jd.).
QQEJQbbyafi-wa) pf. 6ya^to clean,
cleanse, purify:	his sins
and defilements will be cleansed.
bbyafi-khya#C. custom (Jd.).
c\
<^r hbyan-rtsi gum, glue (Mnon.).
hbyam-pa^ pf.	by a ms or
hbyams to flow over, to spread about.
As sbst. hbyams may =
1. state of being void, metaphy-
sical emptiness,	rab-hbyams (1)
knowledge of the metaphysics, divine
learning; (2) ^ttsrh [passing away, re-
treat] S.	2. acc. to Cs.: widely diffused,
far spread.	rab hbyams-pa a
man of profound learning, a doctor of
Buddhist philosophy; as a degree might
equal the European D.D.	hbyams-
w«rT to the furthest limit,
f.t?., limitless, infinite :	unlimited, ^’4^’
the spiritual image of
Buddha.is inconceivably great.
hbyams (another word altogether)
the finest breed of mule:
‘^’^5 the best breed of mule of
which the month is tractable and the hairs
are rough (bristle-like) has the name
‘cliyam’ (Jig. 25).
hbyar-wa 1. fw, ЩГ;
; v. *5^’4 [connected]^. 2. in *9^’
*9*’q4l hbyar-bag [a feather, a tail]S.
one possessing a tail.
*9*’*	anything joined or
connected with something else.
СЧ
*9’3 hbyi-wa pf. 9 byi, also BN phyis^
vb. n. of B’q, to he wiped off, effaced;
Cs. to fall off, of the hair (Jd.):
the hair of the head and body will
fall off.
СЧ
JI hbyig-ma an idol standing on
a bare ground, i.e., having no stand of

924

lotus flowers underneath the feet (Jig.
12).
hbyin-wa pf. byin 1. to sink
in, to sink downф	chu-dan
hdam-la hbytft-wa to sink in water and
mud, i.e., in swamps. 2. to grow faint,
languid, remiss: Яч, q	rig-pa hbyin-
wa bser-wa to lift up again one’s fainting
soul (Mil.);	senvpbyin-wa drowsi-
ness, indolence, depression of spirits (Jd.).
’JfS hbyin-rgod or	hbyin-ruiug§
Iftngour or distraction:	byin-
mug med-pahi §goni meditation free from
distraction (Jd.).
^ЗЛ'44 hbyid-pa~t&f\i* (Afy/. 51). pf.
aS or Bsphyid 1. to glide, to slip; to dis-
appear, to slip away:	'^3-S’q human life
passes away. 2. = ^Sc/q or g*'* $kyel-wa:
llo-god hbу id-pa to earn a living.
-54
hbyin-pa <цкчг, pf- and
imp. phytift, fut. (in C. also present)
dbyun 1. to take out, to remove,
cause to come forth; to draw out, pull out,
a thorn, etc.;	those whose
eyes are to be put out. 2. in a more gen.
sense: to let proceed, to send forth, to
omit; to sound forth; to release:
to draw blood by scratching one’s self;
to shod tears;	to shout;
uttered lamentations;
to cry aloud; ^’^SV44 or
gnas-dbyun-wa to banish, to cast out, throw
away.
(^)	[1. the
dust of the great Nimba tree. 2. n. of a
number] $.
1- mire, mud in which the
feet sink. 2. that which is drowned or
sunk—or caused to sink (S. Lex.).
hbyin-byed~Q^\'& chu rnog-ma-can dirty
water, water containing mud and other
impurities (Mnon.).
hbyug-pa (*y^g<»p) pf. and imp.
by иди 1. to wet, moisten, smear, spread
over, anoint: •*]^'g^N4! salt meat;
44 to daub one’s face with
ooal-salve (Glr.);	lha-rten
§po§-dan h byug-pa§ covering the little
temple with spieas and ointments;
^З^44 to gild (Pth.). 2. to stroke, to pat:
siSfj'arq.g^-q a person’s hcad(Ja.);
a painter, one who applies or rubs paint
on any thing (Situ. 85). •
hbyun-wa I: ^^4 1. vb., pf.
imp. byun (intrs. of bbyin-pa) to
come forth, arise, spring up, to omerge, to
appear:	to be set free; to go
forth, set out:	I shall
set out for the purpose (of conducting)
religious service (A. 71.).	to
eome out into the open air; to make one’s
appearance (Dzl.);
srod-la byi-dur glog-ma
sprin byufi-nas ^lob-dpon-gyi dgon$-pa gfig
at dusk thoro came forth moles and light-
ning and clouds aud tho toaoher’s train of
thought was dissipated (Pth. 127);
a noiso of falling water
arising in the air;	I have
had an auspicious dream (Mil.); not always
intrs. in practice:
as it will bo necessary to produce
the means of repelling these others;
he who is found not intoxicated
(Glr.); «ц it proved to be a failure
(Mil.); ^^ g^it derived its origin, it arose
from that;	trees on which
fruit is growing;	by that time
a boy had сото forth;	they
became two, they split in two (systems
of doctrine);	to become a priest.

925	• *^1
what has happened to
these corpses, what is their history ?
(Glr.); Щ w ^’g*did it also
happen to the lama ? 2. as an auxiliary
indicating the past tense, the pf. g1^' 6у«Я
is very common, and in C. has largely
re-placed the use of in* that sense:
tha lama has arrived. Also
occurs as the past of the sbst. vb.: &Л’
Л’’!*’frgq* the dog was white ;
he had a mild look then, ^g^’
5V?Y3 hbyun-rkyen snan-shu the petition
about the causes, consequences. ^gq*j4$w
q3E/q or	= ^^gE/fWNq^q‘^e/
(Yig. k. 87).
^g^ H^* hbyun-khun 1. = $‘*^| згц a
spring, fountain. = origin. 3.
зги?*» ablative case in Gram.
a mineral; *g^Bc^|,w*v
a inineral elixir.
*g^'XV^	growth, power of
growing.
*gq*^*4 hbyun-gnas ^TR, W4
source of anything, place of origin; pri-
mitive source:	source
of all accomplishments;	the
basis of all elements;
the primordial source of all happiness is
good. Also ^g^,^^=body, constitution
of the body.
q^’qil: 1. in the mystic language
of the four guardian kings of the world
(Catarmaha raja kayika deva) signifies
misery, mundane sufferings. Also,
=	= Way, method
(К. ко. П, &?5). 2. sbst. a coming forth,
an originating, the state of being, ^g^S
the true state of a case. 3. an element,
of which are usually four : ^gq’q qs^qpft ч
damage done by the four elements, i.e., by
fire, water, wind and earth;
the physical body; ^gqq^^5W the even
state of the physical constitution, i.e., good
health (Mnonl).
^^^'^hbyun-po 1. a being, a creature:
*дч‘Ег^	all that has come into
existence, all beings (Cs.); ^gcq'^'q- the
great being, Buddha (Cs.). 2. a demon,
evil spirit, a general name for all hdre,
g.don, and bgegs, which are of
eighteen classes. ^g^’S female sprite, ^g^'
[1. belonging to evil spirits.
2. elemental.]^. ядч’егя^ шйЗГГ
[‘‘the nurse or mother of beings/' i.e.,
the earth.hbyun-po-srun a
talisman, a preservative against evil spirits,
^gq'q^ gq q hbyuft-pohi rgyal-po the king
of the evil spirits; their names are :—
mdaft-can,	gtun-qin-can,
gqol-hdsin, hgugs-byed,
yan-dag hgugs-byed,
gnah-drag-hkhor, etc. (K. g. *, 117).
an enchanted gem
which cleanses from all diseases parti-
cularly the attacks of evjl spirits. It
is said to have been discovered by Jivaka
—the physician of Buddha—in a bundle
of wood which he had purchased at a cost
of five hundred karsapana (K. da. 11).
qgq-qS-^iri^ hbyun-pohi dgah-ma an epi-
thet of Durga, the wife of Mahes'vara
(Mnon).
hbyu-pohi-rygon	an
epithet of Mahe'svara (Mfion.).
ijerr^TH [“lit. the abode of
beings/’ i.e., 1. Vishpu, 2. S'iva, 3. the
body (as the abode of the elements) .]&
^gq-q^’wq dbyufi-pohi ral-pa^^'W*
§pan-spo$ a kind of vegetable incense grow-
ing in grassy places.

926
|
Syn. 3'^ §ри-сан ; q drihi-sras-pa
(Mnon.).
hbye-ica (also frq. g^ phye-pa)
pf. and imp. § bye ; intrs. of ^§5^ 1. to
open: ifthe door having been
opened, he entered the house;
when the mouth of the womb has opened.
2. to divide, separate, resolve:
$ka-$la giiis-su-Ьуе it resolves into
thick and thin matter (JfcJ.);
it separates into a thousand pieces
(Glr.);	as long as the
separation has not evidenced itself (Jd.).
hbyed-pa (acc. to Rdo. fut.
of g ph ye), pf - and imp. g ph ye or 5S phyed
and ph yes, fut. S§ dbye vb. a. 1.
to open; to place apart; to
unloose:	opening the door
keep it open; fig.	ч ; ifc-qS-
Stnpg^q to open a blind man’s eyes; to
open'again what had been shut or stop-
ped; «^'чТ^’а1л§5‘4 to restore the appetite;
4 S5 ba-phyed the open Ъ, Ь pronounced like
Gram. 2. [to separate, to keep asunder,
to disentangle, IF.; to disunite, to set
at variance,	in order to
set them at variance, to create enmity
between them Sty.; to part, separate,
the cavity of the
chest and the abdomen being separated by
the diaphragm S.g.e; to divide, classify:
if they are classified accord-
ing to the different species Lt.;
w§*r^rq<g the beings are severed by
their deed (beings are born as different
species in consequence of their Karma) ;
Гдч kha-phye-ica to open, to separate, e.g.,
when hands, that were laid in each other,
are separated again Glr.; Кд*Д kha-phye-wa
to open, to begin to bloom] from Jd.
'	4 HriT the divider, one who
divides or disjoins or separates.
hbycd-dpyad 1. the dia-
gnosis of diseases and their treatment. 2.
(Seh.) ‘tongs, pincers.*
hbyem-pa, with §5’^ byed-pa
‘to aet with promptness, determination,
and good success* (Sch. Ja.).
hbyer-tca WBPT 1. sbst. flight.
2. vb. pf. S1' byer to escape by flight, to
flee in different directions:
tho market-people having fled, and
nobody remaining (Pth.);	the
sickness was dispersed.
hbyo-wa pf. § phyo or	phyos
imp. §’§*? byo-byos, to pour out, to pour
into another vessel:	one who
transfers or pours wrator from one vessel
into another (Situ. 85).
hbyog-pa pf. byogs, to lick:
q^rj'g^gnj qq [ees hbyog-pa-po one who
licks, a licker (Situ. 85).
hbyofi-ica pf. byafi 1. to
be cleansed, purified, v. 55'4 2. to be skil-
led, well-versed, be full of: *<TT§VQr^5c'’cl
versed in the Vedas-, w'rpgc/q skilful
work (fiag. 5-2).
hbyonpa pf. and imp. byon,
to come, arrive (resp. verb):
having come to the cave;
he came to make eircumam-
bulation at the temple. Also=to proceed,
to go; to set out. Is a common vb. in
modern polite talk.	hdir hbyou
(polito expression) come here.
hbyor a spade in C.T. (Rtsii.).
hbyor-pa н»ч<, ж,
fivr that whieh is received, acquisitions,

927

acquirements; goods, treasures, fortune:
one possessing inex-
haustible wealth,	joy and
treasures;	ten good tilings; WSJ’
^g’ five goods or benefits acquired by
others.	raft-gi fibyor-pa-lna
five acquirements for one’s ownself,
gave receipt, given as soon as it
was received;	power
to produce fortune or wealth (Л. K. 2-92).
The goods or benefits accruing to one’s self
are j 1.	to have been bom
as a human being ; 2.
to have taken one's birth in
Magadha, e.e. in the central country; 3.
q to be in the enjoyment of sound
bodily development, m., to be suffering
from no want of organs of sense or limbs ;
4.	freedom from doing
wrong actions; б.	ц to
have faith in the holy religion. The
perfect sublime benefits or
(Л. K. 111-9) are as follows:—(1)
the advent of Buddha
into the world; (2) ^q^-^^q the
preaching of the holy religion; (3)
q*^^q the continuance and stability of
the religion of Buddha; (4) q q
being a believer and member of that
religion; (5)
being a patron of that religion so as to
contribute to the- maintenance of Bud-
dhism. ^gvq's^ hbyor-pa-can — ^^ wfi,
wealthy, possessing riches
(Mnon.). *5*^ hbyor-klan — %w^ posses-
sing properties, rich, opulent (Mfton.).
though having wealth
if it is not given up in charity (Ger.).
hbyor-thon abbr. of xg»vq and
phar-thon-pa receipts and drawings;
income and expenditure:
(D. gel. 10).
hbyor-ica also чд^’ч I: intrs. of
дХ*ч $b у or-tea 1. to stick, adhere to; to
take, contract, of diseases:	hbyor-
nad a contagious disease or infectious ma-
lady;	was borne in mind, was
remembered. 2. to be prepared, be ready,
to have at hand, distinct from |Х я to pre-
pare, make ready:	there being
no meat prepared;	that
is not at once procurable (Dzll); S §
but if he has not such a thing
at his disposal (Jd.). 3. to agree,
acquiesce, consent together.
II: (resp.) to come, to arrive,
to be received: §arrived at
(reached) Lhasa;	the	letter
is come to hand, has been received.
milch cow;	or
one	of tho wisest	and most learned
of Buddha’s disciples.
hbyol-wa pf. and	imp.	byol
fut. (and prest. in Cl), dbyol — ?J'^
to give or make way, Qiw§or4=to turn out
of the way, to step aside;	in
walking I make way (to people) (Jd.).
fibraft, v. g1^’ bran. hbran-
rgya§ a woman’s breast, teat; (4|?X‘*rj*rZi
gtor-ma zlum-pa) offerings of meal in the
shape of a bowl to spirits (Rtsii.).
*gq**i|3*rq hbraft-gees-pa (Э5’'чдГЗГ^’г1)
valuables, luggage:
sought for all
your valuables and sat down to sleep at
ease in a sheltered nook (A. 130).
hbraft^ra pf. ^g^ hbrafts imp.
or 1- t° follow, to go after; with

928
a pleonastic £**’9 or often prefixed:
VKS’^pg* followed each other; *4’§ |*r
З'цдЕ/ч to follow, be devoted to religion;
Я’П|	'^5^'4 to follow after worldly
pursuits;
(A. u) following the Tri-Ratna while in
the full exercise of one's senses; |*r^gq-
Wpstf a follower ; w^gq-q
one acting accordingly, following, ^imita-
ting (А. K. 1-21*). 2. to bring forth,
give birth to (of animals).
ЬЪга<$-ра=^\\ц pf. 9V brad,
imp. brod, 1. to scratch, to scrape, to
tear with tho claws: ч^’огд^’Йм’яд^
scratched with its paws his face (fibroin.
113). 2. or ^яд^р to be wrathful=also
6s'3QrZfaE/^g<VS*	saying
has your king also become displeased?
{fibrom. 55).
hbrab-pa pf. 9^ brab imp. 5**
brob 1. to catch at suddenly, to snatch
away. 2. to boat, to scourge,
with thorns. 3. to throw out, to scatter
(Ja.).
0.^’4 hbral-wa Ч-Ч^ядч'Р fHv;
pf. З'Ч braly If3* broT, to bo separated from,
disconnected: ядчр^йЧ^дЙ^ thou my
daughter from whom I am not able to
part (Glr.); 3‘Q5’ur9Q*‘^ [fa spyod ya bral-te
contemplation and consummation being
disentangled from one another; »^5*’в,чГ
сгй дог^- as tho sacred writings (Siitranta)
hqnqt came out of his hands. Usually
is preceded by V as in : яргч’^дчг
be got rid of his thirst; ^’^-gqw
5^5 he recovered from his illness.
qqarq^-Xq- what was compounded
matter is dissolved in its being. ядчг^5
hbral-med^^F^'&y^ wfWhf inseparable,
indissoluble (Ja.).’
0^51 hbra§ ^я*чдм’Й resp. чч^-ядч urfa
rice;	hbra$-kyi-sru§ husked rice;
дд^йое mixed with small pieces of meat,
ядм'4'q rico not husked ; ядч’^Ч’Я white-
rice, дм’5»« red-rice (the inferior and
cheaper sorts) (Cs.); *g*r«ta in (7. boiled
rice, served with butter, sugar, etc., яд*гл^
hbras-chan cooked rice; ядку^учд^глу g*
qjqgyq-srq^-q-^^-j^'2* §5 (Л.’б2) form-
erly one who had given a pound of cooked
rice in charity became by virtue thereof
king of Tibet. Subjoined aro names
of different kinds of rico as mentioned in
the Kahgyurg'54	#^’”1, ^Ч'л1
'SV4,
3'«*Ж5Л’% «iVtJ,
Ч^ТГР, ЧЯ’УЧ, WJ’^’q'q, gj'N'^’P, ^TP'W^C,
w-q-^ wwr^'j’q, 5к‘У5, ^ р*^*р, р’Ч^гаЦ’
3, чячг^^чргр^'з-р,
Я-wJ’q,
«ррТР’^-р, цдозуогд q,
я’ЦЛ ЛХ
AQ”1,	^’9, 9
Л « 9'^,	’3«]'5^« Р^ядм’
%	Vм зи %% 3
S’M|я*гр«к*ру^*|, дур-^vS
g’vp, X^2*, 3
^’§яд«гр,
^•pv^m-p,	(K. d.
\ ^65).
чд*г5 |дч] hbras-kyi-khrag vermi-.
lion, (mystic) (Min. rda. 3).
ад<«|Хч| hbra^rnclog—^ the gourd
(Mnon.).
ядм*|к.м Ilbrat-ljont (Denjong) (lit. the
country or valley of rice) the native
or Tibetan name of Sikkim which is also
called ^дч*3й |км Demojong or ядч-Зб др^'
Demoshong.
чд*г^-=|-Чс/ [unsubstantial]#.
^'5. I	929	|
hbras-$na gsum (W4g^? a-hbra§,
5P9*S sra-hbras, ядя’чд^ hjam-hbras) (mys-
tic) (JZi’il. rda. 2).
чдкдя^ Jibrawpiins or
Bbras dkar-spuft$ (lit. heap of white rice)
the ancient name of Katak the
chief town of Orissa; in its neighbourhood
existed a large Buddhist monastery called
S'ridhanya Kataka after the model of
which the great monastery of Daipung
near Lhasa was built; The Lhasa monas-
tery is an immense establishment said
occasionally to harbour 7000 inmates, of
whom many are Mongols and Siberian
Buriats. It stands 4 miles west of the
city. Under this head we may quote
from a Tibetan state document recently
issued an extreme specimen of abbrevia-
tion :	the teachers
of the three monasteries Sera, Daipung
and GaMan.
яд*гд hbras-phyc = яд*? rice-flour
(B/su.).
hbras-tsha rice-porridge (Rtsii.).
hbras-zan	cooked rice;
vfnsr, чпзт,	[cooked ric£,
parched rice]&
ядм'.^м^ hbras-zlum-can^ the In-
dian deodar (JWnon.).
*gn hbra^ril unmilled or unbroken
rice, paddy.
чд^ hbras-sil rice cooked with butter
and mixed with sugar, rice-pudding
(Rtsii.).
hbras-bu fruit, in every sense
of the term, both fruit the produce of a
tree or plant, and fig. the fruit, effect, or
consequence, of any course, conduct or
action, and thence can also mean the-
reward or the retribution of such beha-
viour; ^'яд^ cause and effect:
^*яд^	having enumerated the
various instances of the causes and effects
of derived knowledge. In the common
meaning of tree-fruit, we have яд*гд*^*
a fruit tree, яд*гд$учд^ or яд*гдя*^
fruitful, productive;	the three
chief fruits, m., wa^ru-ra the fruit of
Terminalia chebula, warura the fruit
of T. bellerica, and skyurura that of
Phyllanthus emblica. яд^’д-й^-q barren,
unfruitful. яд^гд also occurs in the fig.
sense ^ядчд apple of the eye; and again
to indicate a tumour or a swelling as the
result or fruit of inflammation or pain.
Furthermore ядадд constantly stands
technically as the fruit or reward result-
ing from passing successively through tho
three stages of ascetical meditation, esp.
in Mil. Ethically we find:	the
effect of sin; ч^ч’ЯЗ’чд^ the fruit of
lordship ; wj 'яд^*д the results of Karma,
etc. Again the various graded results of
progressive perfection, of which four are
distinguished : (1)	he
who enters the stream (that takes from the
external world to Nirvana); (2) «Ц'Ч&г
he who returns to this
world once more; (3)
he who returns no more, being a candi-
date of Nirvana; (4) ядчХям the
Arhat, the saint who has vanquished all
moral and spiritual foes. In the Kah-,
gyur the five stages are mentioned:—
(1) ^ч^ч'ядм'д the fruit of education
(moral, mental, etc.); (2) й аргз5чд*гд the
results or fruit not consequent on educa-
tion; (3) ^’^^'5^3’яд^д the precedence
gained by a Pratyeka Buddha; (4)
^ря’д^ч^ад-^я’^гчд^д the precedence
of a Bodhisattva who has entered the
118

930

stage from which he will not move out;
(5)	tho final stage
of omniscience to which a Buddha attains.
яд^ g’^q^ ^q5	a doctrine in which
the fruit of one’s Karma is always desired.
(Theg. 33).
ч?<з^п not barren, a
woman who gives birth to many children,
fruitful. *д*гдог|чу^ч
[to regard an effect as a cause] S.
^9hbri-ka rat-na n. of a medici-r
nal plant for sores and ulcers (Sman.
351.)
Hbri-khuft also called ^’3^'
Hbri-gun n. of a district situated to the
north-east of Gahdan in Tibet
JJbri-chu n. of a great river
described in a modern native work as
“ rising from tho snowy mountains in the
south of tho province of Thurpan in Thogar
whence it flows across the or upper
north towards the S. E. of Tibet; then,
turning its course directly southwards, it
outers the provinces of Hdan-khog and
§de-dge (Derge) and Jlbah (Bathang) and
then passing by the Chinese province of
Yunnan, occupied by the Musalmans,
crosses Yavana and the country of the
Laos. It is called	Lan-tshan-
kyaft by the Chinese, Kaswokha by the
Indians” (Dsam. 32). In Tibet it is gen.
called the river of	Kham Dege
(Lon. % 5).
^3*5 hbri-ta, a form of medicine, prob,
a kind of extract;	a medicinal
herb, an emetio (Hied.).
hbri-ica I: pf. and imp. to
write, to draw, note down :
ч to describe a circle or other figure;
I will write you a
letter;	I
jpv | qj^’qwould that
wherever the treasures of religion have
been abandoned, as soon as these words
have been written down, the precepts of
Buddha might come to be spread!
cj*rq3’4j^ treasures which have been noted
down in writing. phyag-bri$ polite
word for: a letter (except when mention-
ing one’s own epistle which one should
always style ")'*));	hbri-smyug'
writing-rced, pen.*
c\
hbri-ica II: pf. not 9^ bri$ but
9 bri, to diminish, grow less : 5^55^9 ^’
rluft-drod hbri-$hin meditative warmth
decreasing;	cjiUl rdsift buhi
kha bri-son the water of the pond had
diminished.
‘MlY Hbri-bho n. of a mountain situ-
ated southward beyond the ocean, in
which reside the species of venomous
serpents called Taksako. The finest
species of sandal wood ealled Gosirsa and
Hurianacandan grow there (K. d. \ 277).
Й hbri-mo female yak;
or wild female.
hbri-mog a kind of herb the root
of which is used in Tibet as a dye for
cakes, etc., giving a purple colour to these
offerings made to spirits (Rtsii.).
Ebrt-sa Thod-dkar the
mother of king Sroft-btsan $gam~po (Lon
^,5).
cs
hbrin JW middle, middling,
moderate;	tolerable, something
moderate, of middling quality; or
§ч|^ядс/ч the middle line;
good, bad and middling;
=^1
931
4‘aaj5j5i highest, mediocre, inferior: R|R’«f
’RgR’s,*^4]’4)he
caused to stand fast in the highest posi-
tions those human beings of the monastic
classes who mentally were first-rate,
middling or inferior. ^i’R§R‘RgR*2i one
that is moderately advanced in contem-
plation ; adv. RgR’^ middling, moder-
ately ; R^R’^’^ $who then are
the middle class men? (A. 122). RgR’A
hbrin-wa in ’RgR^V4^ordi-
nary, of middle quality. *
C\
hbrid-pa	1. to caress:
| (a boy) should be
caressed up to tho fifth year of his age
(Can.) 2. pf. ^56 rid to beguile, impose
upon; 3’^V4 id.	hbrid-de
nod-pa-la$ (as she) wanted to seduce him
deceitfully.
c\
hbrim-pa 1. pf. g** brims to
distribute, deal out, hand round; ^’5,
2. sbst. distributor, dispenser, waiter at
table.
hbru ЧВЗ, 1. a grain of
anything; also: corn, seed: 3*'R£pR §R
byerma hbru-rchi sten-na on every grain of
sand; Rg’R*4!^ hbru-hthag-pa to grind
grain. 2. a particle, piece, letter:
yig-hbru-gcig a single letter;
a syllable; Rg‘^ hbru-don the meaning of
a letter, the object of one’s application or
prayer (Btfs#.). 3. (collectively) grain,
corn, in gen. RjEjS’pq a load of grain;
’*5^ hbru-sna-der mi-hkhrufis no
kind of grain grows there; Rgipw hbru-
grims tea in grains and loose tea: Rg’ijw
(Jig. 22). R^Sfi wild
grain; Rg*Rt«i grain-measure. R^’R^S’4^*
hbru bead gsum the three-kinds of millet-
sesame (Sman. 3).
Rg’^’Sr hbru-sna so-so different sorts
of grainR9^VIS	$’*,
133vjr, 5,	"W,
W'h W3 ^’§’R9%’,
Vvss	R§R’4‘R^|^’&5, ^R^R], &ipv
J4*’
33, ЭД'Ч Л”’§'4|34Г35, ^«n/brgqq;
*)R’qgS’q, 5,qi, ifa’lK ^R’*, в4’*, 15’*.
Rg,fi4 hbru-phan as met. (lit. that which
benefits grain) water (Mnon.). Rgita'q
hbru-$min-pa terms for the ripe or riping
of corn. Rg^’Rg hbras-hbru mature or
fruited grain or corn.	rans-bycd,
§min-pa, 4’?R| lo-thog, ston-thog
are described as stages of growth. Rg^W
^cA’qv^’srq	terms for the
stalks, plants and ears of corn.
hbnt-гса or gR bru-wa, pf. and
imp. g* brus, to pry into, scrutinise; to
probe, and fig. to inflame and irritate:
si^R'Rg’q mtshafi-hbru^wa to spy out faults,
also to irritate, ^c/R^'q^4) rntshan hbru-
tcahi-tshig irritating words.
Rg’«	dbu-chen
the capital or printing letters of Tibet.
R^’^ hbru-tsha v. 3bru-tska.
hbru-zun a superior kind of carpet
or rug: ^1*1 V’^'R9	* (Jig. ^7).
Rg-Qrijq- Ubru-la-sgan n. of a place in
Tibet (Lon. з, 9).
RST^ hbru-$al, Rg’-<] hbru-qa, • v. g’-*J
bru-ga.
bb?mg I: (^'S’R^4!
thunder, lightning, whirlwind; ^V^‘R|4
^kad-chen-hbrug loud thunder. ЧЗ4]’^’
wqr|^’q'4| ^-q ^5, 5^’g ’^’qS’gS	
(Mongol, proverb) the clouds that are
932
accompanied by thunder seldom rain.
So, tho girl that has a loud voice seldom
gets married (“has no wedding feast”).
Syn. M Wrin-gyi-tgra; e
dbyar-§kye$-rfta', 8 4S q t$ra~brgya~Pa’>
К 1^*3 rdo-rjehi-$gra;	gnam-lcag§-
rgra\ thog-bab%\ ^ч|Ч^ч5цдч] g
I han-cig hdon-pahi hbrug-sgra (Mnon.).
И : the mythical winged dragon,
creature which gives its name to one of the
members of the series of twelve animals in
kalcudar cycle. TJ&yu-hbru &on-
po bluo-dragon (G7r.). ^*1'45 hbfug-§kad
or	qfbfa the cry or sound of
the dragon; thunder, ядч,
яЕяя the dragon’s tusk cures toothache.
hbrug-rgyab-chun a kind of
Chinese satin, with embroidered figures of
dragons on it; яд^ч^Й hbrug-rgyab
chen-mo satin with larger figures of
dragons.
*94'8’^ possessing the voice of
thunder; n. of a son of Havana king of
Lanka.
<Ч^'5р,ч]Ч hbrug-sgrahi-gar as met. = ^'S
rma-bya peacock (ДГЯоп.).
1 bbrug-rje also called naA-lha
n. of a Sa-bdag or demon monster.
hbrug-pa (Dukpa) 1. a native of
Bhutan (Jig. 26). 2. the thunderers or
the’sect of Buddhists inhabiting Bhutan ;
often also styled in Tibet ; is one
of the Nyingma or unreformed schools.
The Hbrug-pa. school of Buddhism origi-
nated from the lamas Glin-ra$ Pad-ma
Rdo-rje and Chos-rje Gtsan-pa 'Rgya-ras-pa.
The latter according to the advice of his
, spiritual teachers founded the monasteries
of Klon-rdol and Hbrug and agreeably to
the inspiration of his tutelary deity founded
the monastery of Ralung. At the time
of erecting the second monastery, a great
thunder storm took place from which
circumstance it was called *9*4 Jibrug. The
monks of Hbrug monastery became famous
for their learning and spread Buddhism
in the wild mountainous country of Bhutan
founding monasteries there; whence, from
that time Bhutan came to be known as the
country of Hbrug (Dug). The Bhutanese
still follow the teachings of Gsafi-pa rgya-
ra$-pa (Grub. 17). яд^ ч^ hbrug-bar the
middle sect of the Hbrug-pa school.’ ядч|*й5
hbrug-pnad the lower or later sect of the
Hbrug school; also=lower Bhutan.
hbrug-то fl. an.ewe. 2.
Nardosiachys jatamansi]S.
цд$1 hbrug-shabs or	hbrug-
shabz-drun seem to be the proper terms
for the ecclesiastical ruler of Bhutan
known in Indian official circles as the
Dharma Raja of Bhutan.
Rgoj’4]^| hbrug-gzig
a species of leopard found
in Bhutan the bones of which are usod as
antidote to cancerous sores and dog bites.
Hbrug-yul or Lho-hbrug
the country of Bhutan, occupying the
Himalayan region east of Sikkim and
west-north-west of Assam.
чд*('4|ад [agitation]#.
hbrug-gin n. of a plant:
^чд*г$*гглthe fruit of duk-
shing removes illness caused by lu brought
forth by the rain.
hbrud-pa^^S^i, to rub; also:
to fill up:	q 5 khuA-bu hbrud-pa-pa
(Situ. 85).
933
hbrub khun=^*'№ the
sacrificial fire-pit used in Tantrik religious
rites:	(fiag. 51)
fire-pit in which the Ngagpa lamas burn
clarified butter in sacrificial ceremonies.
hbrub-pa gen. with $ to over-
flow, to gush forth (Mil.); to. flow
over.
rejw*j’3’a (gyXsi) needle work.
hbruni any berry on trees or
shrubs:	rgun-hbrwn grape; ^9*
se-hbrum hip (fruit of wild brier) in Sikk.,
in W.=pomegranate.
Rgsrci hbrum-pa or ^я’д hbrum-Ъи
a pock or pustule.	hbrum-nad
small-pox, the commonest and most dreaded'
of all diseases in Tibet, transmission of
which into India by traders via the Sikkim
passes has only lately been in any way
checked by fumigating bales of merchan-
dise and by ordering compulsory vaccina-
tion of incoming traders at Yatung near
the Jelep Pass. The colloq. term.for small-
pox is “ lhandrum.”	фзтн n.
of a tree tho bark of which is used in
small-pox;	[a species of
leprosy]8.	hbrum-lha-mo the
goddess who causes the disease of small-
pox.
hbrum-pho-lha n. of a district in
Tsang where Pholha Thaiji was born
{Lofi. \ 16).	the
full name of governor Phalha Thaiji.
^9^ instr, of 59 also an abbr. of ^9^'9.
hbre n. of a place in Tibet {Deb. %
5). *9’^^' JJbre-ko de-lun another place
in Tibet {Lon. * $).
—s.
hbre-ua pf. and imp. 9^ bres to
screen off, to spread over, to envelop.
hbreg-pa pf. breg or g4]^
breg^ imp. S-fa brog or brog§ to lop
off, prune; amputate:	4 to cut
off at the neck;	to excise the
membrum virile; most frq. in reference to
the hair, to cut off, to shave :
one who shaves the head and
moustache.
Hbren-dpal-gуiblo-gros n.
of a Buddhist saint of Tibet {Deb. % 2).
’Ц hbren-pa ^{leather or hide
strap;	« [bound, connected] 8.
hbreft-hril=X\цдяч straps or
ropes made of hide thongs twisted
together (8. kar. 179).
hbrefaca frq. for ^д^ч hbran-wa.
^догч hbrel-pa connection, union,
conjunction, but only in certain applica-
tions. 1. connection between cause and
effect, used also for effect, consequence,
efficacy:	the efficacy of
prayer {Mil.);	bjog-pa to apply,
make use of it (Mil 7). 2. the vascular
and nervous system conjunctively, the
two systems in their totality. 3. genitive
case, the sixth case of Tibetan Gram-
marians,	hbrel-pahi-§gra the
termination of it: 5 kyi. 4. a small quan-
tity, a little, a bit:	I
want a little bit to eat; ^'5*ядчг<г?сг<1 to
snatch up a little bit of religion (Ja.).'
<гдогсц : hbrel-ica, vb. intrs. to adhere
together, to combine, to become con-
nected, tomeet together: ^^’^гц’&гядогa
connected only by veinsand bones, nothing
but skin and bone (Dzl.);
3^'9	•ядч'ч rkan lag-gi sor-mo-
rnamskyan nan-pahi sor-mo Itar hbrel-wa
her fingers and toes, adhered together
like the toes of a goose (Pth. 127,5).
934
^1
Vthe connection with, or the
intercourse between Tibet and China;
hbrel-gtam gossipings at meeting
(on the road) (ЛЙ7.).	de-daft
lus-hbrel-wa to cohabit with him or her
(GZr.);	they having co-
habited, a child was born (Jd,).
hbrel-med, unconnected. *3®*	4
hbrel-med-du $mra~wa, fH*[TMT4 uncon-
nected talk, irrelevant speech,
hbrel-mtehufa-pa, [a follow religious
studcnt.jS.
чдогхгч hbrel-zab~pa, [together,
in company]^.
45Jhbro-go (acc. S. Lex. WTO)
n. of a medicino said to resemble mare's
dung kytoor\S.
Jlbro-lo-tsa-wa n. of Lo-tsa-wa
who was a native of (or Do.).
hbrog, (W) WTO, W^ft soli-
tude, wilderness, uncultivated land, esp.
summer pasture for cattle in the moun-
tains.	hbrog-$kyon-wa, to attend to
a mountain dairy; hbrog-khyi herds-
man’s dog, a huge fierce mastiff;
hbrog-dgon, жрятк (A. K. Ill 20) monas-
tery in the solitudes of mountains gene-
rally kept up by the Dok-pa. *54^’
hbrog-stofi, open pasture lands on the tops
and slopes of mountains.	hbrog-
snam a coarse blanket made and used by
the Dok-pa people:
3^ hbrog&iam gyi gos-nis brt$eg$-g yon-pa
he was dressed in two-fold clothes of Dok
blanket (A. 130).
hbrog-pay (Dok-pa), afrif, afrw
herdsman, shepherd, etc., particularly the
nomadic Tibetans who live in tents on the
moors and upland valleys of Tibet, tending
cattle and earning a subsistence therefrom.
They are found all over Tibet, keeping
each tribe or section to its own grounds;
and are in various ways much superior to
the husbandmen and cottagers of the
country. They export wool and pay
taxes in butter to the Tibetan Govern-
ment. С^ЧГ9Ч1 hbrog-phrug, a herdsmans
child, a boy tending cattle—in W. now
used as a nickname; hbrog-mi, a
herdsman; hbrog-mo, uhft a female
Dok-pa; ^4’^5 hbrog-shad rude, rough,
boorish;	hbrog-shad snon-pa to
be rude, etc. (Scht). hbreg-lha$
a fold for cattle.
Syn.	phyug$-$kyon; «гвк/лдр;
ba-lan-byran;	rkan-bshihi nor*
Idan ;	phyug$-kyi$-phyug ;
pdyug$-ldan; trgi^q^o] ba-ldan dican-
phyug ; ч ч! ba-hjo ; hjo-mkhan; g’T?<>]
Icag-tog (MAon.).
hbron, (dong)^^^f\ gyag-rgod
1. wild yak (Pooephagus grun-
niens);	the yak of Jang-
thang; ^**3 hbroMibri wild yak-cow,
Я hbroA-pkrug a yak-calf,
hbronJco a wild-yak’s skin or leather.
2. v.^’4.
JIbrofi-khyags La the well-
known Dong-khya Pass, tho top of which
is 18,420 ft. altitude, giving access from
the Lachung valley in the extreme N.E.
of Sikkim into that part of Tibet which
lies at the northern head of the Chumbi
valley. The name signifies “ frozen wild-
yak pass, ” being so. called from a troop
of yak having been once overtaken by a
storm on the pass and having been there
found frozen to death.

935

attending to, to wait upon, to serve,
being attended to by celestial
damsels (Rfe$-§prifi).
*gc/|" Hbrofi-rtse n. of a prosperous
large village with a monastery and an
ancient palace four storeys high belonging
to the family of Shape Phala. It stands
about 10 miles N. N. W. of Gyang-tse, on
the Nyang river (Lon. % 8).
hbron-bzah n. of the fifth wife
of king Khri-sron Idehu-btsan (Lo^. % 5).
hbrom an ancient family in Tibet
in which was born
Bromgton the founder of the sovereign
hierarchy in Tibet in the beginning of
the 11th century A.D.
hbros-pa pf. or bros,
fut. or *lj*W*§\ to run away, to
escape; q ran away, fled from, took
to flight;	to run hither and
thither;	or *g*r^ place of refuge;
fig.	his eye are sunk (Jd.).
to make one run away; to drive
away. The pert, g^ bros' must not be
confused with gN the perf. of д ч bro-wa
to smell. In Tangyur, mdo, xciii, 130,
occurs a sentence with both verbs:
5 rba or VW dbah, waves.
S'jfcN rba-klons, and Д’фад id.
3^4| Rba-rag n. of a place in Tibet:
(A. 117).
rba-mi rag for	the better class
of men in Rba;	’^’ЗУ
(J).R. 11,12).
3^ rbad 1. a large species of eagle.
2. W. crutch ==<^1. 3. rough and hoarse;
5VB rbad-sgra a harsh voice; cf.
rbad-rbod. 4. quite, wholly: $54^5 q rbad-
gcod-pa or SV q rbad-tser gcod-pa to
cut off entirely, to extirpate (Jd.); SVJJV^
rbad-skyogs residue, residuum, drugs, husks,
etc. (Ja.).
3^’Ц rbad-pa, imp. S5 rbod, to set on,
incite:	4 to instigate a dog
against wild animals and incite a demon to
do mischief to an enemy. Also=«3’Л^’Ч
to send some calamity or disease by means
of witchcraft, etc.: я’#5’35’4]^’ brings
down visitations of the Ma-то fiends.
SVQ5 rbad-rbod thick, dense, • close:
thick hair, (Jd.).
sn rbab a rolling-down, also S% ^.g.,
^’<54 rdo-rbab loose stones rolling down;
after the rolling of detritus had
ceased (Mil.).
3^ rbod sTw; v. 4Vq rbad-pa.
gpq lba-wa 1. wen, goitre. 2.
large knots in, or excrescences on, trees;
on account of their speckled appearance
often turned into drinking-bowls or cups.
Ibu-wa, also dbu-гса, ягк, a
bubble, foam, froth, scum ; <^’3 chu-lbu id.;
3’^’^ or З’Ч’^ Ч5ИсГРь 4$f^r frothy, foamy
frost-covered;	producing little
scum ;	to seum or skim off (Gs.);
a friend is like water
bubbles (Jd.);	it sends up
bubbles.
sba v. д ч sba-wa. secret, hidden;
also sba-gsan secret and concealed.
§ba-$kar a kind of ’ linen cloth
(Rtsii.).

936
О
sba-rtir lining of tea-pots, tea-cups,
etc., with brass or gilt (Rtsii.).
3§ba-thag rope made of twisted cane.
sba-ica 1. a common form of the
vb. $bed-pa to hide, q. v. 2. or more
fully	hdoms-kyi sba-ica, sbst. the
privy-parts. 3. n. of a place in Kham$
(Lon. *,17).
§ba-tsha the residue of mustard seed
after oil has been pressed out.
3 $ba-tshafi oil-presser’s house, the
hut where oil is pressed out, as in Gyangtse.
sba-lu mig-byil an insect
(Rtsii.).
shag-pa pf. $bag$ imp.
sbogs to saturate, stain; to defile, pollute:
X* wЖ4 polluted with dirt; \	q
saturated with perfume (Rtsii?).
sbafi-wa 1. v. $bon-ica* 2. malt
from which beer has been brewed; 8}^'4*
sbafi-skom id. dried.
sbans 1* dung of large animals,
such as horses, yak, deer of large size;
especially also 5^^,	dung of
horses and asses; fresh dung of cows, yaks,
&c., is more correctly ^’4 or
dung manure; 8^’4* dung dried for fuel.
2.	wot, flowing:	wet
.with rain.	= wet
malt (Rtsii.). $ban§-rtam the refuse
barley when beer has been brewed out of it.
sbab a species of bird (Rtsii?).
sbab-ca a certain number or quan-
tity of trading articles, e.g., of paper, a
quire, a bundle of matches, etc. (Jd.).
sbam-pa pf. §bams, imp. ifw
sboms, to place together, to collect:
to keep together in
one place;	$myug-ma $bams~
pa-hdra like reeds laid together (Vai-sfi?)-
sbar-ica v. ifc’4 §bor-wa.
^’36 sbar-mo v.	$par-mo.
g* sbar-yas	n. of a number.
Sbal 1. a provincce of southern
Mongolia:	(в. Ron. 4).
2. muscles:	the soft muscles of
the palm of the hand.
%bal-pa Ж, ’ГОД*» a frog; also
erroneously the crab. $bal-
chun or SFjfc' sbal-lcon a young frog,
tad-pole (Cs.); 4^’^ $bal-chen a lizard;
3*1 sbal-nag toad (Rtsii.).
sbal-pa-ean [a kind of tree,
Sesbana grandiflora?]S. 8|Ч’П’о(Ч|’Ц §bal-pa
lag-pa the root of a medicinal plant:
the plant sbal-pa
lag-pa cures obstruction of urine.
sbas or	secret,
confidential; BF&q sba§-tshig words that
are suppressed, concealed (Mfion?).
cs
84 sbig a kind of wild animal (Rtsii.).
ibid-pa 1. corrupt form of
sprid-pa. 2. in Tsang, for bellows,
instrument for blowing a fire.
sbu-gu 1. hollow, cavity; the
narrow interior of anything, a tube.
2. a hollow stem or reed:	W|’
I a	^ ’5 having dwelt on
the stem of the lotus how could you go
into that mire of filth (БЬгот. Г, 28).
S’4 $bu-wa v. Ibu-ica. ibu-wa-
can wfre [unhurt, safe]#.
sbu-la-kha 1. the japanned or co-
loured leather imported into Tibet from
China. 2. the sable, Mustela zibellina (Jd?).
I4! I
937

§bug or 8*1’5 sbtig-po the inner-
"O
most part of a house where treasures are
kept;	or *^\§’8*J mdsod-kyi-§bug
treasure-safe.
sbztg-chol or 8^’ж^ sbub-chal
>э	43
large bell-metal cymbals; there are three
kinds of 8*Tse* §bug-chal in use in Tibet.
(1) V^’g*l hor-sbug cymbals imported from
Mongolia; (2) 5’8*1 rgya-sbug Chinese
cymbals; (3) W8*] bal-$bug cymbals manu-
factured in Nepal.
8*T4 sbug-pa to penetrate, to perforate,
to pierce into:	J)ug-rtsa Ion-pa=
’*)	‘УМ’4 to understand the secret of
any matter, to penetrate into the real
object or import of anything (Yig. k.).
; (SY4*) hollow
stalk, a tube; hole, excavation, interior
space :	tubular cavity, conduit,
sewer, in C.; 8*1'5’^’8’4 sbug-tu nor §Ьа-гса
to hide treasures in a recess. 8*1**=
san-sen hole for inserting the
handle of an instrument;
$ans-kyi §bttbs-gni§ the pair of nostrils.
g*]^,5ei’4=^’?5‘4‘A	[expanded,
blossomed]®. 9*I’3’21‘8*]*’ brag-bla klu-
sbug§ a shrine in Lhasa on the side of
Chag-po Hi where is a cave sacred to
nagas.
sbug§-dam or 8*1^*^ §bug§-hbyar
=8*^’5^*]^ sbugs-kyi phyag-dam the
royal seal:
$el. 7).
§bugs-rtsa the pulse; 8*1^
= ‘3K’ ^3 [the act of tasting]®.
8^’8^’ sbufi-sbufi many in one place, a
'О чо
heap;	many people died
in one place (J. 757). 8^*r& sbufig-che
[unassailable]®. 85’^ Sbud-hrar
n. of a place in Tibet {Deb. 47).
‘ЧИ4 (Mfton.)
. .
skin-bellows, used in blowing the
hearth. Tibetans always using dried
dung of cattle for fuel, the bellows is an
indispensible article, and usually consists
of two skin-bags squeezed together so
that the compressed air passes through a
tube into the fire (Jd.). 8\q‘*S5’q §bud-pa
hbud-pa to blow or work the bellows.
8Ssbud-mchu the tube or iron-mouth
of a bellows.
sbun-pa 1. v. spun-pa. 2. ^4 bark
of trees, the peel of fruit, pod or husk of
grain (K. d. *j, 76).
8^’*]?^ sbun-gter	don-med-pa
or	meaningless, without substance,
hollow, vain (Ztf.). 2. a small building in
the style of a monument, in which sacred
writings are deposited (Jd.).
tfmn-rtsis a very high rate of
interest, fifty per cent.
дц-jfc; §lub-khon a hollow ball.
8^4 sbub-chol v. 8*1’^=^*35 (Jig. 18).
§bub§-hbras the nutmeg.
Syn.	sbubs-skyes; sbubs-
can (Mnon.).
8^’4 sbur-pa or 8^’ЧЭТ sbur-hkhyog the
beetle:	*«*|*.
§bur-ma chaff, husks.
ufvn^tf^Tfrr,	slow fire kept
up with chaff (®. Lex.).
8^’аЦ sbur-len n. of a kind of gem.
the bur-len gem is
useful in cataract of the eye.
П9

938

sbur-lon, grsKUT [a topazJS. (S. Lex.).
g-gvife* gser-gyi sbur-loti (7).7?.).
8’*] s^-yr7,=B‘P	physical
exercises, athletics, etc. §bc-u?a to
scuffle, to wrestle; ^^-A7//z =	or
*4<§5'q trial of strength between comba-
tants (Rtsii.).
Sbe-ser a place situated to the
S. W. of Lhasa with a monastery, for-
merly the seat of Lama
Rnog-tfon Leg^-pahi $e$-rab (Lon. *, 4)-
*4
+ §beg-pa lean, lank, thin.
Syn.	dno$-nan-pa; •*)’4^’4 ju-
ehun-wa ; ^**’4 §kem-pa ; ^5’4 rid-pa (Mnon.).
—s
$bed-pay or §1’4 sba-tca, pf. SP* §bas,
imp. §bo§, to hide, conceal, cover :
V§Vq to conceal as a treasure,
to hide in a store-house ;	’в**
and treasures which had been recorded
in writing became hidden (Pth. 128).
^'§5 to conceal troops in a
wood; ^5hide in the ground;
assiduously conceals his
excellent quaEties (JR brom. I4, il).
gJV* §bed-ma 1. any property or article
that is hidden not made public; con-
cealed treasure that has come to light.
2. jfrn the veiled woman, n. of a wife
of Buddha, which name is also translated
as Sa-tsho-ma.
sbo the upper part of the beUy;
$fat from it; 3’5^4 sbo-rkun-pa pick-
pocket C. (Jd.).
3 ;prl sbo-khwa-chi (Mongol term) an
ambassador, envoy :
the leading men, such as the
orderEes of the reigning king and the
ambassadors (D. fel. 10).
§’4 sbo-wa pf. ifa §Ьо§=:^^ to swell
up, to distend: jifa’efa the beUy is swoUen,
turgid ; ^*04’4 to wheeze from inflation
(Jd.).
$bogs-pa v. cP!'4 §bag-pa.
sbofi-wa 1. pf. §ban§ fut.
§ban to steep in water, to soak, to drench
(Jd.). 2.=2F'4 spon-tca to abstain from.
send for ! or я nj, one who has
been sent for.
^bod-pa a tassel, tuft (Jd.).
+ gyq §bon-pa=*'Q za-wa to eat.
sbom-po or 3«’4 = Mprq rags-pa
of large dimensions, big, bulky, thick;
considerable; also=^’^*4 very broad:
he obtained con-
siderable satisfaction and great encour-
agement (Yig. k. 88). ^‘3 $bom-phra
dimensions, size, breadth; if^’g^srq of
equal thickness (Ya-sel. 85);
(Yig. kJ).
tfa'Vqr»! $bom-dgah-ma n. of a Buddhist
nun on account of whose misconduct
Buddha had to enjoin restrictions for the
guidance of nuns (K. du. 5, *, 5,).
(S. Lex). [1. bulky.
2. the grass or reed Saccharum cylindri-
cum2\S.
gvq sbor-wa, pf. and at times pres.
sbar 1. to Eght,kindle, inflame:
kindEng the fire aU
round the circle. 2. to transfer, trans-
fuse :	to remove from one place
to another.
sbor-lo; Anemone poly ant ha in Lh.
jfa’a a swelEng in the bone (£ Lex.).

939

bsyan-wa, v. sbyon-wa. JW
ЧТЯ, ЖТЛ washed, used; also (^VW’O)
practised, disciplined. g^*q$ ^q
washed and cleaned stone. gc^rqS’Sap
^Yorq^-q=^^ (Mnon.). One who re-
mains satisfied with qualifications acquired
by practice or study; a term signifying a
Cravaka; g^: talents or
qualification kept up, used or practised
[ascetic practices]8.	filtered,
purified by filtration.
Г’4 sbyar-pa n. of a specios of poplar.
^byar-wa a secondary form of
gX q sbyor-wa:	to mix up or prepare
medicine; Л4!q to paste paper;
g^*4 to attach, apply meaning to words.
gv>TgYq=qg*rq to borrow. gM*I ^xr,
[misery]8. gv^ ^*q	[full or
complete knowledge] 8. g^’« mix-
ture, anything mixed or joined together,
g^'if* sbyar-sbom trfbr*! pomade, perfumery.
g^'A 1.	q)'MH, joining
together, g^q'wgq'q =	; 2.=g^
[in collection, in ascent]8. 3.
mixing up ingredients, as in
food, medicine, etc. g^q^q’ wine or beer
prepared from two or three ingredients;
g^’^4 incense or incense sticks made of
two or three perfumes.
IK4 to tic, knot: W[’Wgs|'q
thag-pas §byig-pa.
§byin-pa I: vb., pf. and imp.
byin 1. to give, bestow, make a present
of:	he offered as a price
‘4 to take what is not given. 2. to add,
to sum up (Vai. kar).
Syn. §vq §ter-wa; gton-ica. Mnon.
II: sbst. gift, present, alms;
bestow gifts, then shall gifts be obtained
by you (Ar. 7’., St. Luke vi 38)
the four kinds of gift or alms:—
(1) jaq^q-^-q of goods; (2)	of
moral and religious instructions; (3)
*tq^q5'|ayq of protection; (4)
g^ presenting affection, love, etc. g<Y^*
a charitable pei-son;	'д]|е/ sbyin-gton
distribution of gifts,	to
make gifts to a large number of people,
also of valuable things to monasteries, etc.
the five articles wdiich
are not fit to be presented and should
not be made gifts of:—arms,
wine, poison, women, ^rsr«^’q
anything that is not dharma (K. du.
7S). g^'^’^’B^ <птчтх(нсп charity
carried to its furthest limit, Ле., unlimited
charity; gaj’qrqq'q^	[fidl of
charity] 8.
g^VH sbyin-bdag a patron, more
especially a dispenser of gifts, a layman
manifesting his piety by making presents
to tho priesthood.
sbyin-gnas—^^^\^
the objects worthy of gifts, i.e., beings
to be worshipped by offerings are:—a
deity, Bodhisattva, Arhat, etc., a
Buddhist saint or sage or object of reve-
rence,	worshipful objects, ^’3'
religious symbols, images, caitya.
gyq-^q§ the ten possessions of the
Buddhist which he should be ready to
bestow :—(1) precious things such as
gold, silver, gems; (2) furniture,
utensils etc.; (3) articles of food; (4)
his ox; (5) 5 horse; (6)
elephant; (7) Q'S his daughter; (8)
land; (9)	(this may be his
mistress); (10) ^*5)’-^ Ills own flesh.
The instances of the last two items are

940

where a Bodhisattva performs acts of
Dana-paramita (as found in legendary
stories) and are therefore considered as
not applicable in ordinary life—so in the
Vinaya a w'omau is prohibited as an
article of gift. The case of one’s body
forming an object of gift, which is the
outcome of sin (’Jftis applicable
to only a Bodhisattica who has no business
to remain in the mortal tenement (Lam-
rim. 2.? J).
$byin-pa-po giver, alms-
giver, offerer of a gift. Syn. gtoft-
phod;	dpal-sdug;	$byin-
rlabs-can;	f in-tu $byin-byed;
rab-tu-hgod\ rab-ster\
sbyod-po;	gter-med-mchod
sbyin;	ris-med-$ter (Mnon.).
sbyin-pa-hi hos objects of
charity:—supreme objects of
refuge; BkKg’Yprg those who are poor
and destitute; qg^’^ those who are
praise-worthy,	respected friends,
parents, etc;	respectable persons
[Mnon.).
the Sutra on Dana
Parmita (K. d. ч, 122) delivered by
Buddha at the request of the Bodhisattva
Mahasattva
JPV | qjra&rj'jprqv
(this
Bodhisattva? s name is unusually long).
§byin-mahi lha-mo the
goddess of gifts; a lunar mansion.
IKS}4! sbyin-sreg ^h, burnt offer-
ings as made by Tantrik Buddhists;
the offerer of such;
clarified butter, articles
necessary for burnt sacrifices.
§byin-sreg-gi yam-gin	first
wood necessary for the offering.
<зт^т fsra [lit. “one fond of oblation”
i.e. fire] £	sbyin-sreg
rnehod-sbyin г патоку i-mchog (K. da. F,
190) Homa is the chief of all fire-sacri-
ficials.
Syn. -^'3 gift-lm ; 35’^’ bud-gift;
tshim-byed-gin ; yam-gift;
hom-gin ;	'^c/ byin-zahi-gin ;
shugs-kyi-gin} g'fr-^q- phra-mo-gift \
sbyin-sreg-gin (Mnon.).
ЦК’Ч sbyon-ica pf. gw, gc.’ iftvn
1. to clean, remove by cleaning, clear
away; like ятан, washing off
osp. sj^’S^’4 to wash off or purge sin;
curing diarrhoea (Lex.);
the knowledge how a man may be
purified by his own doings. 2. to take
away, to subtract:	(Vai.
kar.) GO being subtracted. 3. to exercise,
to train, §[ bio one’s mind, F one’s
mouth, hence F'l^' eloquence (Mil.); gV^Y
^gq^q-^qq^g^ by	of formerly
cultivated abilities (Glr.); 5that
must be practised still better; ^^*N'gc.’q to
learn mathematics (Pth.); «M]Ag^’§Yq to
accustom, familiarize. $byon-thar=.
I^'q^'g^-q to perform magical practices
(Rtsii.).	vtq [a priest skilful in
offering oblations] &	$byon-
byed-gnis=^i thar-nu and dur-byid
(Sman. IrfiO).	sbyon-rtms — ^^
diarrhoea which is of four kinds,
and
sbyor-wa I:=sdeb-pa (Mfton.).
pf. and fut. g* sbyar 1. to affix, attach,
fasten together; to put close to, to apply:
to impress on the mind:
ч	sometimes he
941
Г'Л|
1^1
as a little boy eight years old would
fasten to his mouth a covering of fur
lined with silk; g
having fastened the head on the body of
the image. Also fig.:
conceiving the idea of bringing
trouble on them.	to unite
the two sexes;
having taken shelter from the rain, on
sitting down she fell asleep; but in a
dream tho teacher Padma came and
having connection with her bestowed seed.
£ ж also without the word
being added. 2. to conjoin, connect,
combine (used with V^*)
joined mouths, kissed; VW|’5j'^5'^’^5
5^'3for the purposes of war
the Chinamen should unite with Tibetans.
It is in this sense of the word that we find
a sort of adverbial use of the forms
sbyor-la and signifying ‘ along with
him,’ ‘ together with him ’, 6 as well ’:
q^q^q-jk-or^I sent the girl,
and the goats and sheep went along with
her;	*k‘ as the
lama wTas coming here, he brought the
letter with him.
$byor-wa II: 1. to prepare, get
ready, adjust, accommodate one’s self to
(and thus, as we see, practically identical
in meaning with I.) :	V
next, in order to
harmonise the direct way of entrance and
those series of vehicles, he caused to be
prepared for progress the higher Naljor
ascetics without neglecting those that
were of the lowest degree of stedfast-
ness;	in that cave they
made ready the victuals;
your subjects have not com-
plied with the agreement. 2. to establish,
confirm, make stedfast, settle ;
he confirmed
in the right way those human beings of
the middle classes who were intellectually,
superior, mediocre, and inferior, res-
pectively ;
in making people stedfast on several parti-
cular occasions he wrould act like this.
1^’4 III: fTO, чЪт sbst. 1. in
study or religious observances; assiduity,
application. 2. union, connection, con-
junction with something else; hence, the
joining together of letters, the mingling
of drugs in medicine, the linking of
subjects into a set or pair, the pairing of
animals, also coition and sexual union of
human beings. 3. coincidence, agreement,
harmony, parallelism, analogy :
auspicious coincidences, the
conjunction of the stars and planets
for harmonious connection (marriage).
4.arrangements, plan, pre-
paration:	(Л. 67)
at night when they had made an arrange-
ment to kill. the four preparations
are :—^qj^qwprq accumulation of merits;
^•q-gq-q the purification of sins;
5^5'q worshipping with recitation of
Buddhist scriptures;	the
offering of torma to evil spirits.
sbyor-klog spelling of words and
reading (Situ. 55).
gvqj'q sbyor-brgya-pa an epithet of
Vishnu (Mnon.).
[in medicine, excessive
union or mixture]#.
g^-q^q-q^ §byor-wa ner-bdun the twenty
seven coincidences in astrology: (1)

942
F)
ihrq	<2) mdsah-bo; (3)
*V<i tshe-dafi-pa; (4)	skabbzan;
/5) wq bzan-po\ (6)	fiu-tn
skrans-pa; (7) las-bzaH; (8) ч
hdsin-pa; (9)	zug-rfm; (10)
skrans-pa; (11) 4£hrq hphel-wa; (12)
nes-pa; (13)	kun-hjoms; (14) W*
dgah-ica ; (15) rdo-rje ; (16) 5q q grub-pa
'17)	<pn-iu lhun-гса; (18)
mchog-can; (19)	yon$ hjom;
<20) ^'4 shi-wa; (21) 5^ grub-pa; (22)
q|q 3 bsgrub-bya; (23) S4)q dge-wa; (24)
dkar-po ; (25) q tskan§-pa ; (26)
q dican-po ; (27)	hkhon-hdxin
(Rtsii.).
sbyor-byed-ma 1. a woman in
general. 2. a prostitute (Mnon.).
sbyor-tdun-та^Ч^^^ constel-
lation Pusya (Mnon.).
Sbyor-rtse or $byor-ra-rtsr n.
of a village situated to the south of Lhasa
(Yig. k. 10).
pbra or g^J4 sbra-gur ($5*^’
also called	the black yak-
hair tent in which the Dok-pa people of
Tibot live:	Л’З(A.
120). g’sq $bra-thag yak-hair tent-rope;
§bra-sna»i yak-hair blanket (Rtsii j ;
§ q sbra-pa inmate of yak-hair tent; g'^w
sbra-yol curtains made of yak-hair ; g
sbra-fin frame work of a yak-hair lent.
2. = 4’^ WX [a cagc]S.
$bra-Iha n. of a Sa-bdag monster.
^'4 s6rfl</-/M = ^'^q5Wq, pf. gq^
'brags; to lay or put a thing over or by
the side of another:
$rags means putting all things
together on one side (Nag. 53).
g^^'w sbrags-ma 1. a hay-fork. 2.
conjunction, combination:
flesh and skin in combination; Ж
^•wg-^-g^-»rg,4 Phun-tsogthe great
chief joined the head lama (J. Zaft.).
Syn. д^я $brag-ma; mthun-mony
also^^ g^ gni$-§brel; zun-sbrel.
g^ Sbrags n. of a village in Lhokha
on tho Bhutan border (Rtsii.).
IF’ $bran for дч^ sbraft-rtsi honey;
д^Лс’ honey-comb; g^’atv honey-beer
(Ar</.); g^*J^ $braix-rgya$ an offering of
honey to the gods, in Sikk.
д^’дч^ §bran-§kyab§=^^ wwro
mosquito curtain.
д^Я’Х $brafl-gi-ro residuum of honey
after having been clarified; also wax.
дс;*ч sbran-ehar^^w&K	slight
rain; meal.
g^'^	[1. n. of deity. 2. a large
creeper, Gaertncra racemosa\S.
g^’Q §bran-bu WT flies, bees, etc.; their
several names :—g^’SS $bran-byed; д^'Я д^
sbran-gi §brafi-ma ; g^ Wjc.- §brafi-ehes-nun ;
sa-ra-sum^ *fl‘g^' $a-$bran;
д^’я nags-kyi $bran-ma; зЖд^’З za-byed
sbran-bu ; tshans-ma; dug-nca-
can; 4’4*^ ba-ra-ta;	§bran-g$og-
can;	dar-dir-grogs;
dbyan§-byed\	sgra-byed]
cMj/flHs-st/rops (Mnon j.
g^’S sbran-byi the marten (Sch.).
д^'я $bran-/na — ^'Q МЖ the honey-
bee; дч’54] sbrafx-bug bees* nest; дч^с. bee-
hive, honey-comb.
Syn.	ra-yig gnis-pa;
me-tog hthun\ g^'^q^rgq^ $bran-
rtsihi brtul-shugs;	sbrafi-rt&i myan;
g^‘£’g^‘ sbra-rtsi skyon; g^ $bran-rtsi~
hdod *	sbraft-rtsihi dri-myan;
ge-sar-spyod; rdul-nal; ^’^1

943
I01'
яЗХ'А те-tog hthor-ica;	me-tog
zas-can; ^'T4]me-tog-hjug;	rkan-
drug ; bhyin-ga ; ?bhra-ma-ra ;
$E/«^c/q nam-chufi. dwan-po;	gsum-
sgra; ^55’^ bciid-hdsin ; bcud-sbyin ;
ч§5’ч|*гд^ bcud-brtul-shugs;
mi-gnas hkhor-hgro;	ge-sar-hdsin ;
rdul-hchan ; ri-skyes;	’^5
spos-nad-l_dan; ro-myon ;
me-tog myan-ica; *П?*Г'2Г1‘ me-tog la-rtse;
mchog-tu-dgah; g^’js sbran-
rt si-spy od; g^T’^S sbran-rtsi-hded; g^'^S’
sbron-rtsihi zas-can;	sbran-
rtsi-skyes; g^‘5 sbran-bu; 9^'4 bun-ica
(Mnon,).
§bran-pn (Hindi mowa) n.
of a tree from the flower of which wine is
distilled in India.
Syn.	legs-pahi-qin; дсг^к^
sbran-gnas-can ;	hod-zer mdans
can;	sbran-rtsihi-tog;
bu-ram me-tog; яс№гч^ mnar-wa-dsin;
pin-rin;	sbran-rtsihi IJon-
pa (mnon.),
*
IS’4 sbrad-pa — ^S^ hbrad-pa q. v.
sbram largeness, bulk: g ^ дя ^у
as to his bodily bulk the belly was
very corpulent (A. 11).
sbram-bu unwrought gold, bar-
gold : дя’3’^ЛЛ<3<5 had each a sho of un-
wrought gold (A, 20).
is’4 sbrid-pa 1. or lf^'gS‘4 sna-nas
sbrid-pa to sneeze: gS'^g^'STgS when
coughing I am seized with a sneezing.
gS’S^’lfi	drugs which produce
sneezing. 2. to become numb, torpid:
^ ^•q qg5^H^ q gvq by long squatting
the legs become numbed.
sbrud-pa pf. and imp. g^ sbrus,
fut°д sbru, 1. to stir with one’s hand to
poke up (fire). 2. to knead t"4 rdsi-wa
t.C,-V
ця-у sbrum-pa	JifiWt
pregnant, big with young; дя'ч^’я^^ч to
conceive, to become pregnant, fiq. дя’ч^'
feeling pregnant (Pth.);
having conceived, being with child (Jdi).
sbur-khra (or g^'0 sbrur-khra):
|3^'B'^1'q^’§5 the worm sbur-khra is a
cure for hydrophobia.
sbrul	; нч a ser-
pent, snake;	sbrul-
hbros-parhgуur-icahi-snags the charm to
make snakes run away; й^'5'^2—
^•Ч'^Г^-«ГЯС5^^	<Jj«T§QT
(K, g, 52). this charm when
muttered and wind blown on the ground
by the lips, will cause a snake to run away
from a particular place. g®<’^|5^ snake’s
coil; д'Ч'В'ч]^	HhT a snake’s
hood; дч’З’я^’Ч	fangs of a snake.
д'Ц'З’чр^ч’З ^brul-gyi gdub-bu	a
bangle, one made in the shape of a snake’s
coil.
Syn.	mig-gis-thos\
gzar-bu-mgo;	nal-byed-gnid
mi-sad; rkan-sbas; *0^’4 hkyil-гса;
logs-rans;	sa-la-hphye;
q gdens-can chen-po; Ito-
hphye ; <5R| ^ lag-hgro ; Ito-hgro ;
gya-gywr-hgro; M bran-hgro ;
hkhyog-hgro ; kun-hgro; ba-glan-
sna;	thig-lehi-sna ;	hkhor-
lo-can;	rlun-zas-can;
hphel-ka-can ; | qfyq q tce-дпц-ра;
nan-pahi za^can ; khun-du nal;
II
1^1
dug-gi ndshon-сан;	dug-
hdsiu;	gdens-can (Mnon.).
gorg-w^-a $brul-gyi mtshon-clui^^^]^
n. of a vegetable incense
called ‘tiger's nail’ (Mnon.).
goi'^ ^*aZ-C67?i = ^’4 ^|4]du-ica mjug-
nn a comet (Mnonl).
sbiul-gner-can—^^ $u-dag
(Sman-b$du$. IfJjS).
—V
Ц sbre said by some to be the sre-
mofi weasel; but acc. to Sch. the
stone-fox.
| $Ьге-Ьо=Л'^ re-bo or K’4 re-tca a
coarse material manufactured of yak’s
hair for tent coverings (Jd.),
$brcfi-tca pf. $brefi§: to rattle,
make shake, vibrato ; to play an instrument
(Jd.): чй’^5'8с;ч tyiku-rgyud sbren-ua to
jerk the bow-string ;	bum-pahi
chu sbren-wa to shake the water in a bottle.
* gq^’q $ЬгеЬ$-ра^ЦнцЦ $kem$-pa
Ш dry, thirsty.
д'Ч'Я §brel-po 1. a joint (D. cel. 7). 2.
an old officer (Rtsii.) :
3*4 4 sbrel-tca to stitch together (paper),
to sew on, to fasten on; to bind together,
to attach ; g<4*’ f4l’^'ipIcag^^grog lag-
pa $brel-na$ having one’s hands shackled
together.	$brel-zla joint official,
colleague, comrade:
(J>< f<d- 12)',
sbrel-zla-can having an assistant.
$bre$ (Cs.) frozen, stiff, hard.
^’4 sbron-pa = °^4 pf. ^bran, 1. to
summon, to call, to announce to;
to inform, warn;
grub-thob cig Has no ma shes
khon-ran-gis tshur sbran they summoned
hither a hermit whom I was not acquain-
ted with. 2. to sprinkle, to squirt upon.

find :
(Jf. my. *1, 208).
Я IV: a root=below, opp. to ya:
ma-gi the lower one, lower lip; *
ma-rdo =	rmaft-do foundation stone;
ma-rabs people of low extraction;
w mar down; ma-ri downwards (Sch.);
ma-gi-la below, down there;
ma-gi-na$ Itqth below, out of the valley.
« V: 1. the letter *< ma is both a
negative and a prohibitive particle, and is
described thus:	m(l
so-called is the sound which hinders or
stops. did not know; not see,
not seen; not tired; occasion-
ally contr. into min, is not;
nothing left; when ma is used in the
imperative sense, the root of the present
with м is used:	do not go (or eolloq.
mandro); * is not used with the fut.
and pres., but is changed into
it shall not be sounded w9’§q cannot
speak;	they should not make
the man their enemy. With the preterite
« ma is heard always: «гЯс/ he did not go,
та byuft did not appear; and
with the present tense also in conjunction
with the words	*5, and
2. я ma occurs as a particle added to
various roots of sbst. and sometimes,
though not always; indicates the fem.
gender.
+ ma-ka-ra a crocodile.
120
<W 1: tna 1. the sixteenth letter of the
Tibetan alphabet, having the sound of
the Sanskrt H or of the English m. 2.
Represents the numerical fig.: 16.
Я II: чтстг,	1. mother;
eolloq. a-ma ; mahi-rum womb,
matrix;	rafi-gi ma-gcig-
pahi erift-mo full sister by the same
mother;	ш dben-pahi srift-
mo half sister, step-sister, by another
mother (Ja.); ma-khu mother and
uncle (Ja.); «4** ma-chuft mother’s
younger sister. ma-chen a mother’s
elder sister, or father’s principal wife
((7s., Ja.); ma-gyar step-mother.
2. The original of any document or book
is termed the ma-gshi or «’я a-ma
while the copy of the same is styled the ’
3 fcu son or bu-dpe: «‘S’^S^q-qg-q
ma-bu mthun-pa fybri-ica to copy accurately
comparing the original with the copy.
Even a railway engine is called
because of the carriages or children fol-
lowing it: frwoi&ifzrik answered a Tibetan
woman at Darjeeling when asked whether
tho train had left.
34 III: in mysticism:	-
(K. g. *, 43).
q ^4]’9jvgq I	1
ma is symbolic of the want of attachment,
or the very opposite of what is ordinarily
meant by that feeling. It being devoid
of thought, i.e. not being comprehensible,
tolerates all (Bbum. % 283). Further, we

946

t ma-ko-ta-ka нжГаЖ; З^’^ртЗ’^4’
a kind of worm living in dry
wood (K. d. >, 455).
ma-byon-pa not
arrived at, not come, not happened.
Я’Я| Ma-rko a country situated to the
south of Dhana-s'ri tho people of which
are said to be naturally mild and also
prosperous (Iham.).
^3^* Ma-$kyaft a wild mountainous
district of Tibet inhabited by herdsmen
situated towards the west of Lhasa; also
u. of a celebrated lama (Хол. > 5).
MJM ma-$kye$ to, \ unborn, not
grown, primeval,	та-$куе§ фуга
one of the names of Yudhisthira,
the eldest of the Papjava brothers. Also
the son of Raja Bimbis^ra, king of
Magadha.
srp Ma-kha seems to be Mecca.
ma-kfta/ amount in bushels of grain
b‘U4 out (Ja.).
ma-khofis-su on the mother’s
part, on the maternal side.
ma-khom-pa — nu-dal-wa
without leisure, unrelated; suffering un-
interruptedly, perpetual suffering (Yig.Y
ma-ga-dha 1. grate a cock. 2. the
ancient name of the country including
Behar, Benares, Allahabad, etc.
ma-gar-ma 1ТЧП [the fibrous root
)f a water-lily] S.
ma-gal 1. acc. to Jo. in IF. a poplar
tree. 2. the bark of a medicinal plant:
magal cures disease
of the lungs and also small-pox.
№|	= down below, down-
ward, yonder:
the man having become attached to
something below cannot be admitted into
tho religious order (A, 31),
T^-er ’^,q = S|’^musk (Sman. 109).
*’3*^ ma-gu&pa	TOKK dis-
respectful; disregard,	ina-gu$-
pahi tshul	disrespectful feelings,
dishonourable profession.
ma-mcjal = khahi-ma-lc:
urswprurol ya-mgal ya-le the upper row of
teeth ;	ma-rpgal ma-le the lower
row of teeth (fiag.).
w’^q ma-hgab-=&^'Q or rough,
rude, wild; also that cannot and should
not be done:	’*4^' (D.
gel. 9).
+ ma-rgatf emerald.
• ina-rga$-pa not old; fashelter.
ma-$go=$4'Sf rgyal-$go the principal
or main gate, the royal entrance (in Sikk.);
arjjqKarJ'apj ma-$gruft$ ma rlsigs undis-
sombled impurity, unmitigated unclean-
liness : Я’F ij\qthe beha-
viour of a savage is untnixed uncleanliness.
or «Ъгч that which is
indefinite in all respects; not reliable,
uncertain;	ma-fie$-pa gni$ iqfairu
two kinds of doubtfulness;	мя-
fie$-pa bshi	the four kinds of
doubtfulness or uncertain objects.
wXn ma-bco$ not artificial or contrived
л’лХм’Ч ma-bco§-pa natural.
ma-tjbyc
unshaken; uncut, unhappened.
wq^N’q ma-bcos-pa w (dry ground).
«**5 ma-eha4 without falling or, being
tired or diminished.
ma-chen the cook in high lamas’ or
better-class families; ma-gyog the
assistant cook; q^q’w^ bde-wa ma-chen
chief cook in a monastery of large size,
srg I
947
sr^'4|
. ”415 ma-brjodz=. mi-hbyun not
come to pass.
*’3wq ma-nams-pa not impaired, in
full strength; also	WJVcf,
unblamable, uncorrupted, entire.
5T4f^-4 ma-gni&pa	lit. bom of
two mothers, an epithet of Gauapati the
elder son of Mahadeva (Жж).
+ Ma-tan-ga the Buddhist Arhat
of the sect of Kas'yapa who first carried
•Buddhism into China {Grub. \ 7).
t ma-tu-lun-ka n. of a plant:
the juice of Matulunka mixed’with
molasses would remove pain from the
body {K. g. « 47).
^’5’5x’rB’'3Q< Ma-tu mya-ftam-gyi yul n.
of a desert in the neighbourhood of
Jalandhara {Dus-ye. 39).
ma-gtogs-pa =	except,
besides, not belonging to;
besides fields he has
also plenty of other riches.
та-tri ma-tris la-hdsu a
form of prayer of the Bon, corresponding
to the от mani pad-те hum of the Tibetan
Buddhists {Jd.).
+ яц^-ci^-g’q ma-rtag-par §mra-wa {^r
Ц*ч) false speech, untruth.
ma-tha—^ tha-na neutral,.neu-
trality :	spoke
not remaining silent even if he was
neutral (Л. 94).
ma-thal restraint in speaking, in
running, racing, etc. ES* VI
have you been unassuming in power, rank,
etc. {Bd$a. 21).	ma-thal*war
gyur дай not gone beyond, not exceeded.
the city of Mathura in ancient India. <
ma-them,	the lower steps
at the threshold of a door, below the steps
{Bbrom. 53).
ma-thogs-pa	[without .
delay, let, or hindrance]#.
ma-mthah^^'w^ nun-mthah the
last of it; at last.
ma-dad-pa regardlessness,
absence of faith.
q ma-drug-pa or	ma-drug-
gi bu he who had six mothers, an
epithet of Kartikeya the youngest son of
Mahadeva.
Ma-dros-pa or	Ma-dros
mtsho^ttm; the lake Manasarowar other-
wise known as Tsho-lla-pham, one
of a pair of large lakes lying at the foot
of the Kailas group, N. of Lipu-lek Pass
in West Purang.	ma-dro§-g.na§
=3^ that lives in water=^^’q
Пай-ра swan, goose {Mnon.).
ma-gdan 1. ground, basis, founda-
tion ;	ground-plan {Ja.). 2. the
original from which a copy is made. 3.
the capital for merchandize.
«•q^d]-q ma-bdug-pa not fumigated;
incense not yet offered.
ma hdris-pa unacquainted, not
intimate, stranger; to place confidence in
or trust an unknown party and to do
service to the wicked;
are signs of boyishness {K.
du. 5, 299). H^’qWa'q^ ma-hdris-pahi
mdsah-bges unacquainted friends;
ma-dris—Ы^ ma shu§ ^гв^т (unworthy of
inquiry); q ma-dris-pa impro-
per ; unquestioned.
948
I
ma-hdre$-pa 1.	unseat-
tcred. 2. = * ^ WHfnra,
(undivided, absolute, unmixed]S.
ы ma-rdu W. thorn, prickle, ma
rdu-can thorny, prickly.
ma-rdо	rgya-ma-la
hdej§-pahi-rdo) weight or weighing stone.
ma-$dam$-pa fnsjnS unrestained ;
not found.
м^-уарм ina-na-nu ga-ma — 0^1^ hgog-
pa etc. (1Г. ко. 237}.
та-па-пн na-ya <mystic> = ^‘
*3^'4 kun-fibyuft-ica.
* w 5 ma-na-hu a kind of stone with
which tobacco pipes are made in China.
ma-mn	ЧЧЗЛ 1»
hermaphrodite, without sexual distinction.
2. eunuch, unable to beget:
a pig-headed eunuch;	jealous
eunuch;	ma-nift zla-byed-pa
eunuch-guard. 3. barren, childless
( Vai-$fi}. w5}c/8)-4| ma-ni fi yi-ge the letters
of Tibetan alphabet which are said to
pertain to no gender, tiz:—p, «, *,
Я «pho ma-nifi ; 3r»r5(c/ mo ma-nift;
ччн-^с/ hgyur-wa ma-nift ; sT*rq5 *r$[cj fyo$-
pahi ma-nift ; ral-gu-can.
Syn.	mthah-gni§ $pafi§\
mtshan-gni§;	’£5 mtshan-med
{Mnon.}.
ma-na 1.	2. n. of a mineral
drug Vl rdo-pnan shig) {Mnon.}. 3.
the mind ($S):	ma-пи hkhnn-
pa (prob, a corruption of ни :	grumb-
ling (without any eauseb	tna-nu
ta-ka ($ft) n. of a medicine; a kind
of plant.	ma-пи §po$-dkar
camphor.
Ma-nu-$byin	an epithet
of the wife of the sun v.
{$Inon.).
I «7 ma-ni ufa (jewel) ; abb. for «И
yi-ge drug the mystic six syllables of the
Tibetan Buddhists: От ma-nipad-те hum
вч^-с^-а-Згн.	ma-ni frkhor-lo
prayer-wheel; also	The long
piles of stone are simply called «7 in JF.;
but elsewhere “mendang.”
t «7 ^я*я^гн ma-ni bkahh-hbumn. of a
religious work, the authorship of which is
attributed to Avalokites'vara by the Rnift-
ma sect {J. Zaft). But usually ascribed to
Srong-tsan Campo.
t^’ST-S ню-я* pa-tra nfaqw pure leaf-
gold:	y	presented one
handful of pure gold-leaf called mani-
patra {A, 37),
t ma-ni bha-dra,	Ъ nor-bu
izan po) n. of a rich house-holder who was
devoted to Buddhism.
+ ma-ni	musical instru*
ments like cymbals;	the
cost of a pair of cymbals is six sho (Jig,)-
ma-dpyad=.H ^epi ma-gshal
immeasurable, that cannot bo examined.
я’йЬм та-$роЪ$—ы w&w ma-bsam-pa
without thinking, not hearing or keeping
in mind:
{llbrom. J$).
ma-phafi, or ma-pham = ** \^
ma-dro$-pa lake Manasarowara, or rather
the eastern one of the pair of lakes
bearing that name:
’?)V4thence proceeding
from Purang he halted near the lake
Maphang for breakfast {A. 7J). **wq
ma-pham-pa wErfwi tho unconquerable, an
epithet of Maitreya, tho coming Buddha
(ДГЯоп.).
ma-hphag§ not risen, not exalted
— ma-nog§ or ma-phyi%
without consideration.
Я’Я |
949
«гЯ|
•*’5 та-Ьи	mother and son:
та-Ьи phrad-pa meeting of
mother and son.	ma-bu-rtsal
gsnm three comprising: « ma—ЗИ’^Й’В4’
the universal basis, Q bu—
intellectual knowledge, 5РЧ rtsal—
sound and light, the activity of nature.
*ma-buhi hda-ges the associations
of mother and son.
ma-byas-pa = ^-g^-q Чфитяппн.
[receiving the fruit of what was not
done by one’s self. The argument of
« ma-bya$-pa чгфстпатпн “ coming of
not-done work” is advanced to silence
those who do not believe in the doctrine
of rebirths, for they cannot explain why
an infant who has not yet committed any
misdeeds is often found to suffer physical
pains]#.
ma-byuft did not appear, the act
failed, did not answer the purpose:
ci-yaft ma-byuft nothing happened,
nothing came out of it. ma-bynft-гса
not happening.
яАдд’ц пш-hbyar-wa ftw analysis.
ma-ma 1.	Я^; a midwife,
children’s nurse. There ате four kinds
of nurses—nurse
who carries the child in her lap;
nurse who gives the
child suck from her breast;
nurse for cleaning the child’s
body ;	; nurse for
playing with the child (K. du. ”|, 5).
’3vq the king’s lady having given
birth to a son, he said that it was time to
send for a good nurse (Jibrom. 52).
2.=^'^rgya-mtsho the ocean:
Ma-mi-rya n. of a wild tribe inha-
biting the easternmost hills of Assam and
the Himalaya and to the east of the Miri
people. The males are dwarfish and
crooked, the women are pretty-looking.
They are fond of meat and salt, and also
of human flesh (Dsam.).
ma-mun abb. of
ma-mo 1.	qtn:, 3*4
rtsa-wa root, foundation, the origin (J.
Zaft). 2. [a certain medicinal plant]#.
ma mo hdsin	[holder of
the matriki or the mystic diagram]#.
3. an ewe that has brought forth a lamb.
4. grandmother. 5. a kind of wicked
demon;	ma-mo dgah-
tear byed-pahi-gdoa n. of a fearful demon
(Mng. 77-79).
я-fl w ma-mohi-ma нгенгат [mother of a
mother an epithet of Parvati]#.
ma-myos-bshin = w^\Qfy as if
not liking or wishing (Khrid. 68).
cursorma-myo§-pas hdul-icar hotppa
ftw. not stupid, modesty.
ma-^mad mother and son (or
daughter) :	ч
arqq^ (Л. 59). ^«1 ma-smad ma or
paft-cho$ sem$ n. of a Buddhist
nun (Ya-sel. 31).
«'iT^qw^V4! ma-rmo§-pahi lo-tog wild
crop, crop grown without being cultivated;
also maize (Yig.).
я'й^’Ц v. g«V4.
not incomplete [not
impaired]#.
я ^-q ma-tshos-pa =	rjen-pa unripe,
raw (Mfton.).
«*9 ma-shu not melted, not said; етв’чя*
^5 ma-shu-pahi nad or indigestion.
950
»i<7-£eAi=W3tf4 subject matter:
ma-gshi-de даЯ-па^-ЬуиЯ
whence has that subject matter arisen ?
«•^15 ma-gshihi thad having regard
to the chief subject, or subject matter.
«З5!’4 ma-zug-pa = ^wto remem-
ber, recollect (Jjbroni. 129).
ma-zlum$ wn met. tho sun.
ma-hoft$-pa the future. «'Кыг
пш-hoftz rdul-can	a
maiden, a girl just entering the age of
puberty (Д?Яон.).
ma-yi-ma grandmother =04 3 0-
phyi or 3’* phyi-ma \ the grandmother’s
mother being called ^’3 yaft-phyi.
5гиящ g ma-yag§ bya to console, give
consolatation to one who is in grief:
thought of consoling the Dge-b$c§ whose
parents had died. (Л. 101).
5T$pS5nj ma-gyog n.
ma-gyo§ without hesitating, with-
out wavering, remaining firm;
being firm do you govern
the kingdom (Mbrom. J4, 17).
Ma-ran =Morning an aboriginal
tribo living in the Himalayan Terai
and East Nopal districts (J)sam.).
nia~rab§ the lower class of people,
the vulgar.
Syn. | so-so $kye-u'o; т'Ч phal-
pa\	rigs-Яап-,	dmafi§
rigs*	dman pahi rigs;
дуиЯ-ро;	rigs med*, *^’аь*ч rntshon-
cha-ка;	tha-fal;	tha-chad
(Mfton.).
de-tsam mi-thob an
expression to signify that you will not get
so much.
ma-rig-pa ^rfw ignorance,
not
knowing the things and phenomena of the
three worlds constitutes Avidya (K. d.
356).
Syn. fm-jes; та-rig;
ila-yir-hdsin;
bdag-hd$in; rig-niin; ^*5*4^ ma-
rtogs;	nia-fte$;	ma-go-wa
(Mfton.).
-ДГд-ггг or £‘5 n. of a eastle and
monastery in the N.E. quarter of Lhasa.
ma-ru-rtse 1. n. of a medicinal
fruit which cures tho disease of worms:
2. n. of a country
(Pth.).
ш-г«й-^=^ gdug-pa ЯП,
5ЧШ [mischievous]8. таггиЯз-
pa uutractable, coarse, furious; vy cunn-
ing, sly, deceitful (Mfton.).
nia-re=\wfy\ re-ica та-byed do not
expect, be hopeless.
та-reg or «4*Tq = not touch-
ing or untouched:
the intermediate space which has not
touched the clouds or sphere of water
(Ya-sel. 39).
ma-refi$-pa v. »r^4
JTQI ma-la 1. moreover, furthermore,
presently, just now:
Й now I consider the Tirthi-
kas (Brahmans) of about a span measure,
i.e., very unimportant. 2. in call
of compassion, or fatigue.	Aye-
ma.kye-hud oh, alas.
ma-la-mkhan in Lcl. snake-
charmer, conjurer.
ma-la-ti n. of a flower
[Jasminnm grandifloninQS. (K. g. 82).
Syn.	sa-yi гкаЯ-ра;
brgya-hjigs\	rt$a-tt$c-$ifk {МЯоп.).
951
* werw ma-la-ya 5 q^'c isil‘wa c°o1’
cool breeze.
worur? ma-la-ya-tse in Ld. a small lizard
(Jd.).
+	та-la yar-§kyes ; &V
white sandal wood.
ma-la-yar gna$-mo h^J-
an epithet of Durga the wife of
Mahes'vara (Mnon.).
ma-lag 1. active, quick. 2. in Ld.
somersault; colloq. :	to perform
a somersault, play the tricks of a mounte-
bank, to roll on the ground with legs
turned up, as do horses, etc.
ma-lam=-^'^ high road, broad
passage W. (Jd.).
= kun-ril-gyi fafw
all, entire (A. k. 1-2).	ma-ln§
rgyal-po ‘омрйхгзт a universal king.
згоНргч ma-lcg§-pa bad, unfortu-
nate :	a rash and hasty
action in a king is unfortunate;
it is bad for a house-holder
if the harvest fails (K. du. 5, 201).
J ma-lem in Sikk. for нт^П gar-
land=R3c‘’4 hphreft-wa.
Z w-q’n ma-^a-ka	the small
red seed-bean of Nepal; a berry used for
weighment of gold and silver.
J	ma-gahi hdab-ma [^fh-
a plant Hemionites cordifolia~\S.
ma-ge§ dgti-?es=&’^^*fi &c.
-suraksa a great ethical
writer of Buddhist India, a translation of
whose works in Tibetan is to be found in
Tan d. ^J, 203.
ma-gsan-tshul
^) conniving at ignorance (of informa-
tion) ; hearing anything to show as if one
has not heard it:
if any shameful or humi-
liating news arrived still to assume not
to have heard it (D. $cl. 7).
sryote'Fri w.a-ha lin-kaoJkin& of shoes used
in India during Buddha’s time (К. my.
"b 175).
t ma-hc н[т?Ч buffalo; ma-
he-mo female buffalo:
the horn of the buffalo cures the disease of
shunning the light (K.my. % 68).
Syn.	hjigs-pa bcu-pa;
rdul-ldan-mtg; chitr-hdre§-
sa-nal; rta-yi-dyra ;	gqin-
rjehi bshon-pa;	rol-pa-can; |5’«Мд|
kliyu-mcliog ; mig-dmar (Mnon.).
t ma-ha ka-ra 1. = h^t^tt: a
great figure. 2. = phyugs chen-po
(mystic) (К. g. I4, 28).
J ma-ha m-la	n. of a
precious stone (K. d. % 136).
t	ma-tri-ka n. of a wild animal
(K. d. 37J).
t nid-^a tu-^a, san-$d-ma,
sar-wa da-tra bi-ra-triis a mystic
formula for Vais'ravana [let blessings be
to me, О all-giving hero !]/S.
+ Ma-si-ta said to be the n. of a
Mahomedan teacher born in Mecca, so
perhaps Mahomed (S. Lam. 3J).
mag-pa wwt, «тщгн son-in-
law; mag-mal bed-clothes of bride-
groom, also the bed-room of the bride-
groom. In W. the word mak-mal as in
Hind.-= velvet.
*^’74^ Mafi-dkar n. of a place in Tsang
( Deb. % 26).
* I
952

Maft-bkur Rgyal-po or Jpi
«5/25-43x4 Rgyal-po Maft-po bkur-wa the
first king of the world who was elected by
the common consent of tho people.
«хдм inafi-$kye$ as met. pig, wild boar;
that gives birth to many young ones
(ДГЯон.).
mafi-khur-ma a presenta-
tion scarf of superior quality (Bhii.).
maH-ga-lam well-
being ;=4Д'^« fykra auspicious, good.
mafi-gu-ra n. of a fish of red
colour about a span in length.
mafi-ge-mo long ago, long since
((X).
«x§jx mafi-sgar 1. a military encamp-
ment. 2. n. of a fort in Manyul: ^X4*4X
^1^хя4х§х«хдх^ду54« (Л. 88).
«x* maft-ja, tea given to - tho assem-
bled monks on the occasion of a religious
service.
mafi-da = Wphal-cher ^fr, ’fpIH
plenty, enough, a compound of and
being used exactly like wftmfi-po;
in great
quantity or in large number: $x«<x«5’«4’
*£5455/ again they did it more and more
(Rbrom. 52). «с/^Ухч mafi-du. tho&pa
a Buddhist monk who has
heard many sermons and has read many
sacred books; such learned man has five
qualifications: (1) $х25ч№X4 (2) fW4'
«fWQ, (3) 5	(4) ^?C.Aq^4X
*	(5)
Ц](ЗД QJ’MJ(7Г. d. % 166).
»K’q mafi-po fwi, ’ifx adj. much,
many; also used as adv. for as in :
рч|-3j «5-4x4	bleeding profusely (A.
k. 2 69). $’*«/25 mi-mafi-po many people,
most people; чрбхяхВ! tho numerous
retinue;	look at the water,
whether there is much or little of it;
-4-q «4'35'£5 if yoU multiply by one,
you will get neither more nor less (Vai-
jfi). «х25’з$х5-9x4 ma fl-p о geig-tu bya$-pa
multitude, collection of many articles,
many made as ono ; «x2fy«« maft-po-rnams
: many; *>x25«x25 mafi-po mafi-po
abundant; «xQxfcj mafl-po-hdsin
much. «х25$5&Г4 man-pohi cffio$-pa the
common or public property. «xZK mafi-por
adv. much, mostly, «x «5x43x4 man-po$
ikur-wa or W4JX4 Hvnmra honoured of
many (<7. Zafi.); -2fa тай-pos-bos
called or invited by many.
Ж’Ч mafi-wa 1. many, much, a good
deal = ^x25. 2. vb., pf. mans, to be
much, to increase, become more or many:
^•«5X4« as the enemies had become very
numerous (Dzl.);	$ A by
increasing treatment he will not grow well
(Mil.); x«x$4j bo it not much, let it not
grow too much; ^xxw^x^q'^xoix
at Lhasa there are more Nepaleso
than Bhutanese. W4\ man-war adv. :
5’W4’4X^jX4 to have children abundantly;
9x5ц rich in children. «*хЗл| maft$-tshig
a term for the plural number.
wxrf^ mafi-hdsin n. of a very large
number:	(Ya-sel.
57).
Mafi-bzah-khri-lcam Queen
Man Za-thi-cbam, one of the Tibetan
queens of king Srofi-btsan sgam-po (LofL
% Ф-
Man-tjul old n. of a district in
upper Tibet bordering Nepal; its chief
town being Kirong (gS’Sfc’).
953
5T£QJ|
яс,Man-sron man-btasn one of
the early kings of Tibet, the son of king
Gafiri-gun btsan (Lon. 5).
+	fyden true: 3«|N’*5=
what you think is true. $5’*5‘
as you are speaking the truth ; *5'4 mad-
bden-pa truth. *5‘4^ mad-par
truly, true:
all those sayings of Lha-btsun-po are
very true (A. 128). *5’^ mad-po the truth
or adj. true:
though you speak as truths true words
which are not harmful.
+ mad-ta li-ка n. of a flower (K.
ко. 4).
man in W. eolloq. for *ma-yin.
*^xq man-nag 1.=Я5^’|
religious advice ; instruction ; direction.
There are different kinds of Man-nag:
^xq’q’g’^’a^x^	ел],
ц^ЯХГЯ^Х^, Ч^Х^’Я^Х^ с£-§5ХЧ'ЯЗ|ХД]'
Moreover, we meet with ^x«q’
«JV5 * man-fiag phran-bu, a little advice,
я^хчр«гй deep instruction, etc. 2. acc. to
Jd. in later writings, and in the mind of
the common people, it coincides with
§nag§.
Syn. tham-lan\ *^5 man-phad\
(Mnon.).
*5X4I'^5 man-nag-rgyud n. of the
standard medical work of Tibet.
*05 man-cad or *^'*5 man-chad also
*V^5 man-chod adv. and postp. below,
downward, inferior to, under: §5’^’*05
srid-rtse man-chad subject to, below heaven;
the countries under Lhasa, 5}'*’
*V*5 those below the lama, j**rEr*V*5 all
officers or people below the king;
*5he was immergod in the water
below his navel. Inst, of *V*5 also *^:
lit. below the parts above the
knee, ?>., higher than the knee;
from the foundation
up to consecration. *05 often = since,
from, henceforward from: 5’g’^O5 here-
after from now. Finally, be it noted, this
postp. does not require the gen. to connect
it with the governed word or phrase.
*	5'^ man-ne or mun-ne 1. йх?ях?я
a stupid person, dull man, half-wit. 2.
in Ld. turbid, muddy, dingy, dim, dusky,
as to water, lights, etc. (Jd.).
*	05 man-phad=.*^'zx\ man-nag.
*	V^ man-tsi a kind of silk cloth; blue
and red spotted scarf of Chinese silk.
*	^ man-dsi 1. in IF. a charpai bed-
stead. 2. a tripod with long curved feet
for sacrificial purposes. З.=нж a raised
seat or platform.
J man-dsi-ra a mineral:
’£xthe mineral mandsira
removes inflammation of the bone.
+	man-dsn pu-spi-ka
species of flower (К. ко. % 4).
J *YO man-da-ra НХИ,
the tree of heaven, celestial flowers (K. d.
F, 12).
+ *Т5‘Кч man-da-ra-tca от
man-da ra-wa-chen H^H^atree of paradise,
e.g.y mentioned in the
O’-*)'*! man-gel	crystal; glass.
eKT^’QJ I: man-da-la 1. Tibeta-
nized transcription of the Sanskrit term,
but generally styled in Tibetan
dkyil-hkhor, a sacred circle actually drawn
on the ground or formed of grain, idee,
gems, powder, etc., and used as a cere-
monial offering to deities; also an offering
consisting of jewels, precious things, ctc.,k
121

951

placed on a circular tray and made to a
deify, incarnate lama, or any holy person-
age. 2. a circle or disc metaphorically
expressed.
+ II: 1. a name connected with
some of the states situated to tho south
west of Orissa ; they are called
H4545etc.
(Dsam.). 2. then, of the modern city of
Mandalay in Burmah is the Pali form of
Maqdala.
I: mar ^hr, T, ^fu:, Tfq*. ;
1. resp.	butter; 8V** or WR
melted butter or clarified butter;
butter of oow-yak; butter of jomo
yaks;	fresh butter; W’^’4
old butter, which is often kept many
years in Tibet and is considered a luxury
by native epieuros. 2. oil: J'W oil from
the stoues of apricots, etc.; oil from
oleaginous seeds, rape-seed oil, etc.
churning cream.
the ocean of ghee;	qjpgf n. of
a medicinal fruit;	(?ч1с,‘^’г^
$dig-pa rba-can) a scorpion which is killed
by oil (Шоп,). mar-skrog or
niar-skrog-ga butter packed iu skin in two-
pound balls (Rtsii.); mar-than (w*
чрек/q^) the price of butter (Rtsii.);
mar-hdon	churning out butter
from milk; W’flX mar-$por
* quarter of a nag measure of butter=
half a pound (Rtsii.); mar-pur butter
and treacle (Rtsii.); mar-btso$ any-
thing (pastry, etc.) that is cooked or fried
in butter;	cakes and bis-
cuits fried in butter (Rtsii.).
Syn.	dkrogs-skyes;
t)srubs-$kyes (Mnon.).
lower, down, downwards, adj.
and adv. the lower palate;
Wq^4” degeneration, dwindling, falling
down, decreasing.
Ж Ш : termin. cose of a mother;
regarded as a mother;
id.
IV : n. of a place and clan in
Lhobra in Tibet, the birth place of the
celebrated Marpa lo-tsa-wa ; wci a native
of Mar.
wvjc/ mar-fkyafi revenue paid in butter
only; the people of the Dok nomad tribes
in Tibet who are all herdsmen pay
revenue in butter only (Rtsii.).
t mar-gad the emerald.
Syn.	nor-bu-ljan \
rnkhah-ldifi, ggog-pa ;	rdohi $nifi-po
(Шоп.).
W’2f mar-fio (opp. to	JWifa
the dark half of a month, tho decreasing
phase of the moon.
mar-gtor or	offer-
ings to evil-spirits and to manes of the
dead consisting of butter only (Rtsii.),
w^4j mar-nag, = g^ $num	oil, gen.
mustard oil, sesame oil, etc. used for
or lamps lighted before gods and saints
in a chapel.
mar-me^==%*\** sgron-me lamp, ^!q,
qfw, si^q a lamp, lamp-stand:
the time tho lord resided in Yerpa his oil
lamp was extinguished by water dropping
(from the roof) (A. 3£).
Mar-те mdsad, the en-!
tightener, the illuminator, an epithet of
a past Buddha	;
955	31
also that of or
the earliest Buddha.
wv^’w^’^’5, ^Dipankara Bhadra, a
Buddhist saint born in Western India
(7Г. dun. 4-Z).
Mar-те mdsad dpal ye-
the Buddhist name by
which Atis'a was known in India.
Mar-ynl the low country, i.e., in
the valley of the Indus; name given to
La-dwags (Ladak).
таг-уад§-ра=> v. w i.
mar-la at last, at the end, ulti-
mately, finally:
^’3’^’ (Hbrom. F, 1).
I: mal 1. n. of a place in Tibet
(Deb. % 21). 2. зли, wi bedstead,
place of rest, couch:	under
the bed	resp. for night-quar-
ters ; a quiet sleep (Sb7j.). W|g*f
mal-khrag-ean an adulterer or an adul-
tress. mal-khri *s(?, qsh? (Beng.)
4TW sofa, bedstead;	bed-frame,
bed-stead (Mfton.) ; mal-gos or w*
mal-eha bedding, bed-clothes ; W
mal-$tan id. (Mfton.) w^’g’^aryq mal-
$tan-gyi shal-ta-pa	[cham-
berlain, one who looks after the requisites
of the bed-chamber] &
Syn. nal-sa ; gnid-sa;
gzim-mal\ mal-stan ; $fta§; JA’^oi
rgyab-hbol (Mfton.).
II: the place where a thing is,
its situation, site, trace, vestige :
rut, ^heel-mark, track ;	A^aj’q
prob, to be unstable, changeable, fickle.
Mal-gro (Maldo) n. of a district
to the south-east of Lhasa (Loft. % 4) ;
Mal-gro guft-mkhar fort of the
town of Mal-gro.
warSfMal-gro mtsho-god one of the
37 holy places of the Bon (G. Bon. 38).
«ог^Х’ч Mal-gro ra-wa one of the 37
holy places of the Bon. (G. Bon. 37).
mal-la rnd-le or *wr«T$pi =
qorar^r^ 1. in Ld. luke-warm (Jd.). 2.
eating without properly masticating one’s
food like an old man who has no teeth.
+ wor$-nr| maMi-ka тг{%чгг n. of a
flower: Jasminum zambae.
Syn.	sa-yi rkaft-pa; a§a£o]^
brgya hjigs\ rtsa-rtse-qift (Mfton.).
JIN mas 1. instr, case of « by the
mother: was^w’a mas-bsruns-pa
watched or guarded by the mother. 2.
sometimes used for the lower part, gen.
however with the terminative meaning
downward, towards the lower part, w^ba
ma^-hjab straps to fasten below a j&rtffqw
(leather trunk). wa^e/a mas-btaft-wa
to move downward, to purge gently,
адгвдк mas-mthah the lower part or feet of
an image; mas-mthar id.: ww
in the lower paid of
the image small and large pearls were
uniformly studded (Yig.).
I: mi negative adv. not; used with
the pres, tense and in all cases where *
is not used. Jd. adds that in the case of
simple verbs the place of the negation is
always immediately before them, in com-
pound forms gen. before the last of the
component parts, as in	unless
indeed logically it belongs to the first, in
which case often я ma instead of mi is
employed. This rule, however, is not
956

strieЛу observed, so in Gir. 70 :
ччсрг^’з^’^ and immediately after
in	S'4	3^ do never part
with it (Ja.).
II: hi, hi^, a man—the
ordinary word, sometimes varied to
mi-pa in certain dialects.
mi-dkar shica-nag lit. a fair man wearing a
black hat, an innocent man charged with
<*!iilt:	a fair man
ho:n£ under tho cover of a black cap, Ле.,
b< ing guilty (Rdsa.);	mi-rkan
цКп-Ъи trumpet made of human thigh-
bone ; й-дЧ mi-$kyag (^‘9^ mihi brim)
human ordure (Mfion.).
Syn. <pd-ldan ; ma-nuhi bu ;
«nc.‘37| gafi-zaj; ^'5^ $f$-$kyes; E|Y*3h
sprin-mgidn;	ta-lahi rkan-pa
can;	rkan gnis~pa;	yi(J
sky's; ^S'9 ipd-ba;	§kyc$-ldaii
(Mfion.).
mt'-$kye-wa — ^wp’Q	^я-
what is not produced [non-produe-
tinn, non-origination^#. ^'g’qr^*^ mi-
§k ye- tea hi eho^-ca n	[that which
does not grow or is not produced^#.
miJtfkyod 1.	^гя^щт
unmovod, most steady, unshaken. 2.=*Й
grin urino (MfionJ. 4. a very large
number;	mi-$kyod chen-po or
R^’^-q mi-hkhrugi chen-po
a still larger number.
Syn.	mi-hkhrug§-pa;
mi-b^gul-wa (Mnon.).
^’gv« Mi-skyod-pa is the 2nd Dhyani
Buddha, equivalent to Akshobhya of the
Sanskrit Buddhists and to Ulu-kude-lukchi
of Mongol Buddhists. In Tantrik images
he is painted blue and clasps in his arms
a Yum or Sakti female.
’1 Mi-tekyo# Rdo-rje also called
n. of the image of Buddha
which was carried to Lhasa by the Nepalese
wife of king Sron-fysan sgam-po of Tibet
about 630 A.D. It is now kept in the
Temple of Ra-mo-chhe at Lhasa (Lofi.
% 6 b
mi-tekyod-$na$=^'fy< a city
or fixed habitation; opp. to nomadic resi-
dences.
mi-kha, thoughtless and irre-
sponsible advice of tho people, common
talk:	in the whole
neighbourhood one is an object of gossip ;
defaming talk—with or without ^'q.
mi-khal—**'^ mi-khur the load
that can be carried by an adult person,
ft-^srerfc-q mi-khen$-pa che-tca—^'w^'Q
mi-hgar-po	an arrogant person,
a conceited man.
mi-khom-pa	unin ton upted
uneasiness, want of leisure,	mi-
khom-pa brgyad	the eight states
of perpetual uneasiness or the states where
there are no opportunities for doing
religious works, viz.:	’КЗ»
those in the hell;	animals
other than humanity; SVV’I** ян the
ghosts;	the long-lived
deva;	яярнэрпк men living in
the outskirts of towns and cities, also
borderland-savages;	vfau-
those that are defective or wanting
in the organs of senses ; 5«if4V$’a
those holding false doctrines;
q'^wai’g^’q the people among whom no
Tathagata has appeared.
mi-khyofis or	mi-hkhofa
pa—mi-lcog^-pa or mi-thub-
pa not able to attempt for want of leisure:
(Rdsa.).

957
*>’*5'4*’ mi-hkhrugs чгоЪя 1. unshaken.
2. another n. of the second of the five
DhySni-Buddhas, v.	^•qp^N’q^
5)'q^-q5’^ mi-hkhrugs-pahi shin-gi
bkod-pahi mdo the Sutra on the paradise
of Akshobhya which is situated to the
east of this world (JT. ко, I4, 111),
^^'t^mi-gan-ham a man of an average
goodness or qualification, mediocre person.
й ’5 mi-gu=^’	W-shm,
mi-glen-pa—dig-pa [a cor-
ruption of facF fic!]S. a fool, stupid
person.
nn-dge-spyod—^d^ one of low
rank such as a fisherman.
а mi-dge-u'a ^ijH=sins. The ten
sins are : (1) srog geod яштТацтн;
(2) mi-byin-len	; (3)
hdod-log	; (4) rdwn r?;
(5) 3'** phra-ma цтащ; (6)	tshig-
rtsub	(7) nag-hchal
адтц; (8)	ЬтпаЪ-sews ; (9)
gnod-sems эпчк; (Ю) 'H’g log-lta
ftnmrfe.	nd-dgehi-gnas a place
of sin; w mi-dgehi-gna§ impious
action.
mi-hgo headman.
mi-hgoft-ica Lsz^’jjqj’q, not
afraid. 2.	not to go beyond, not
transgressing. 3. undaunted.
mi-hgyttr unchangeable, steady.
mi-hgrub'==&'% mi-^kye: 1. not
self-produced or born. 2.	does
not cause to turn back.
mi-hgreft — ^'ъ^'Ц as in
consequence of their karma of a former
(existence) the gods obtained the stature of
seven times the human height (Khrid. 53),
S’E^I
mi-rgod wildman, savage; robber.
^’^5 mi-rgyud generation, genealogy.
mi-fias intei mitt ent fever, infec-
tious disease.
im-mnon-pa	; king, a
ruler.
mi-b§nag§	undescribed,
indescribable.
nii-lcogs or S*|qprq mi-lcogs-pa —
»Vgcrq or having no opportunity or
leisure for doing a thing;
one having no leisure should not
promise to do (any work) (Jig,).
+ sVdb-q or
mi-chufi-wa and S'&’q are names
of heavens in the Bon cosmogony (B>
ch, 6),
mi-che dgu-rim-dgu the
cla’sses of great men in their order :
hearing the account of
the various classes of great men (A. 1^8),
й’Яя’я mi-chom-ma—^l:^ 1. not
new. 2. n. of a tribe.
mi-chos 1. =	the customs
and usages of common men or householders
(L. kah, 28), 2. a house-holder:
visiting a house-
holder belonging to the family of the
Lo-tsa-ica (A. 66).
mi-mchog as met. a king,
the best of men.
mi-hjig§-pa,	in
q^aj^-qQ’Spc^srq’q^ the four intrepidities
or fearlessnesses of a TathSgata.
^'1 mi-rje king, chief, ruler, governor;
^•g^^q mi-rje mdsad-pa to be king, to
reign.
958
Syn. 54 T<jyal-po;	wf-yj-
dicah-po (Mnon.).
^'*-5 mi-mpd ; a. = ^\q enduring
sufferings; b. for KWtWTJ [tho suffer-
ing world]#.
because
tho Bodhisattvas residing in tho three
thousand worlds seldom • suffer from
miseries {Lon. ч, 8);
it is so
called because tho animated beings (with
the exception of tho Bodhisattvas) living in
this world enduro sufferings (^<л) (JT. d.
*, 310V
й’УЧ Mi-hag n. of a province of Kham,
often called радгй’уч Khams Mi-nag.
mi-nams-pa	undimi-
nished :	Л wq‘V'’5’r
Э	wo quite imagine that tho
kingdom of Dgahldan Phobraft will not
collapse but flourish (Rtsii.).
nii-nams-pahi sa tfbl uneven land, tho
land that docs not fall in value or turn
bad.
mi-hid humanity, honesty;
humane ((%).
mi-ned-pa [crushing]#.
S	mi-gtoh-icar sgom-pa wf^TT-
unint erupted meditation ; ono
who meditates unobstructed.
mi-ltuh infallible [also 1. a boar.
2. star.]#.
+ frjjw mi-$te$-pa = ^	ma-legs-pa.
mi-ruh-ica {Sikh.).
й mi-thad==%'*\^ mi-zad-pa чк*, 'ЗЧ-
те inexhaustible; excellent, or exceeding
tho usual. ЙХ45 mi-hthad—^A$jnj-q unfit,
or it would not do, йччу
it will not be pleasant, will be
unfit (Ya-sel. 3^).
a-Эя] mi-thig—^^ or
he said: I am quite certain
that I shall not move, slip, in that
direction (Rdsa.).
й’лУ mi-mtho not high, low.
Syn. swq dmah-wa; rtse-dman;
3^’A thuh-ica (Mnon.).
mi do-chod=*^[£\ mi go-chodt
do-chod zuh-hbrel-wa (Rtsii.).
й mi-dr an=&\ myog gjti senseloss,
unconscious state, forgetfulness.
fpapyvq mi-gditfi-ica n. of a heavenly
mansion (B. ch. 6).
й’чтч mi-bdag the king;	mi-
bdag-dgah lit. tho king’s delight, i.e.
4RJ4 sandal wood, perfume,
rri-bdag-mchog 1. the king. 2. a
kind of duck or goose.	mi-
bdag-gdugs tho royal umbrella; also the
chief’s wife, queen, lady; ш-bdag-
ma queen.
mi-hdah—9^’^^ heavon, tho sky
(Mnon.). ^’^^^mi-hdah-tca^^\^m [not
passing over or beyond, not transgress-
ing J$. Also mindah Sikk. colloq. = a gun.
mi-hdod-pa 1. unpleasant,
unwished for. 2. мг(ни, injury,
insult.
MH-Wra-JC<z = ^’ql$<TCI,	dis-
similar, different:	the
different movements and gestures of tho
body (Yig.);	dan-
gers and sufferings on account of falling
into different or dissimilar unhappy
states.
mi-rdul as met. = blood.
spafap mi-ldog-pa=^R4	not
returning, not coming back.
S-g’SI	959
Syn. 35'S!4! phyir mi-ldog-pa; ^я'Фч’ч
go-та log-pa ;	phyir mi-log-pa;
phy in-ci ma log-pa (Mnon.).
mi-§dud	unable to
turn the eyes from the object of one’s
love or affection :
^’SJ5 seeing the prince, from love he was
unable to withdraw his eyes from him.
(A. 5). .
mi-sde, the laity, lay class:
mi-$de lha-sdc priesthood and laity.
mi-gnas-pa~^'Qty\^ mi-brtan-pa
unsteady not remaining at a place
steadily.
ЙЧЙ5-Ч mi-gnod-p>a not injurious;
f^TOT^T [unbarred, unobstruoting]#.
Syn. mi-hgog-pa (Mnon.),
nii-sna 1. race of men, class of
people. 2, (%'$ pho-па) messenger, dele-
gate.
$’^'4 mi-snan-wa, ^я,
[vanishing, gone away, invisible]^.
not seeing him,
the man having vanished, he looked on all
sides (K, du. 5, 261).
mi-iprug (^’g’S) Я	not
agitated.
^’gjk-q mi-spon-wa one who can-
not give up attachment; unable to re-
nounce or abandon.
an epithet of
Maitreya Bodhisattva.
й ыя q Mi-phani-pa	the n. of the
second of the Sthaviras—unconquerable,
invincible.
mi-phog exemption from a parti-
cular duty or tax in lieu of another or on
some condition (Rtsii.).
^’35 Mi-phyed n. of the 16th member
of the sixteen *4^’^ or Sthaviras.
mi-phyed-pahi dad-pa, single-
hearted faith:
^5*4 he had unflagging faith in the three
holies (IJbrom. 48).
Spcq^'q mi-hphrod-pa unfit, disagreeable,
not suitable, unsuited.
й’з'л mi-bya-wa (without action) =
salvation, freedom from sufferings :
(K. d. % 26).
mi-byed thu-med or
cannot help doing (idiom.)
mi-dban a ruler, a king.
mi-ma tears (Sch.).
mi-ma-yin lit. one that is
not a human being, a spirit;
all those who are men and those
who are not:	’^Vq'^^the ghosts
of the grave-yard (not the souls of the
dead);	the ghosts that
move in the air (Mil.) ;
good spirits or genii;
apparitions of ghosts (Mil.),
mi-byon —$‘^'q and $	incap-
able :	(Rdsa. 31.)
mi-sbyin skyes-pa Mtlnipr,
as met. = the sun (Mnon.).
wilderness, wood,
forests.
mi-mo Rrvt=a woman.
mi-mohi-glu woman’s song;
a sucking-child (Sman. 330).
ft’Sforq mi-mo$-pa devoid of faith or
regard; for
Syn. dad-med,	<Ы-
hdun bral-wa, 5prq’<^ gu^-pa-shar; я’чргм
ma-gus-pa (Mfion.),
mi-dmah-wa	[unbend-
ing, not humble; not bowed down]#.
960	।
nd-гтнп-ро heavy, dull
1. bearing burdens; 2. an ox.JS.
nd-pnad-pa = bstod-pa ^f^i,
snfci [praise]S. a*X^’SE/q^w§*ra*
Й5’4 praised by his companions and
followers (D. J?.).
й jj*rq<3*r5 mi-$mo$-par bya$de
not having said [having made an elision
of]/S.;	кьгщ^ч^т
[having made elision of tho middle
word] S.
q nd-$mra-ica ono who observes the
vow of keeping silent, not speaking at
all; a sage ^ДГткт.к
mi-ghan-khrod cess-pool, heap
of filth:	like worms of
accumulated filth (Jit row. f4, 20}.
й ^R’q mi-gtsaft-wa <3feT2, SWTU
human flesh, ordure; remnants of food fit
to be thrown away.	nd-
gtsafl-gi mchod-$byin	a sacrifice
in which human beings may oven bo
slaughtered.
»d-rtsom-pa	inactivity.
»№*rq mi-tshan$-pa	not observ-
ing purity of morals; not practising
austerity or celibacy. S’^w^.jpS’q
tshans-par $pyod-pa	1. leading a
worldly life and keeping female company:
if the power of religion is not made
one’s own and an impure life is practised
transgression of the law follows (Blrom.
p, 49). 2. = ‘*Hqrq hkhrig-pa copulation
(Mnon.).
mi-tshad 1. = ^mi-brian-po*.
(Rdsa. 27). 2.
=KaS ma-zad (Yig. 98}.
s^ q^-q nd-htsham-pa (^K^rqS’gwgXv
c.^’q-gN’q) cruel, oppressive, unfit, unbe-
coming (7?Aso.).
+ R^arq nd-htshol-wa = ^'^ not know-
ing, not inquisitive or searching.
й-q^-q nd-hdsag-pa not trickling
[firm, imperishable]^.
ft'^’q nd-hdsin-pa tho five irrelevances
which should bo avoided ; they are these:—
(1) 3g-^Yq^Ya^Yq when correct words
do not convey the right meaning; (2)
when the meanings
and the words used do not harmonize;
(3) 4^4’^8jvqvc^Vq to misapprehend an
expression or meaning; (4)
q£yq to comprehend without reference to
tho context; (5) tfg’qv*?vq to seize on the
wrong moaning.
mi~gshig = W4 L'tag-pa (Mfion.}.
й’*vq nd-zad-pa^^^ аЪг hardened,
obdurate; sharp; unexhausted:
go] qgQra-3S’qT4,q,<* ?
nd zim-bu^pun-dgu the
nine sons of Mizim tho blacksmith:
the swords manufactured
by tho nine blacksmith brothers (Yig. 63).
й‘«ззь’ nd-bzafi^^'*^ bad-luck, in-
auspicious ; = misfortune.
й’сззЕГ&д nd-bzafi-ndg 1. fright-
ful-mien or frightful-eyed. 2.
nd-bzad-ndg an epithet of tho planet
Saturn or	gzah-^pen-pa (Mfion.).
nd-gzar	not steep [not
active or striving] S'.
й'чддя^ nd-hzlog^-pa	unavoid-
able, that cannot be averted, or prevented.
ndham-ci 1. f^T,
яд an ugly people, a Mongolian.
2. an epithet of Mahcs'vara who is believed
।	961
to have been a Tibetan of the Kailas
mountains.	miham-ci-yi gdon
n. of an ugly evil spirit (Bing. 77).
ftwlS tniham ci-mo an ugly
woman, prob, a Mongolian woman [a
woman with the head of a mare, or of a
female gandharea^S.
mihi cho$-ldan
[possessing the characteristics of man,
worldly]#.
mi-yi htsho-ica	human
being, human existence, life.
4HR a little man,
a dwarf (Ya-sel. 5JI).
^]*q mi-yi they-pa an epithet of
Vishnu (Mnon.).
SVSpqc^S mi-yi bdag-mo==^&I& a lady,
a queen (Mfton.).
mi-yi hdren-po—^'R king;
also 3* priest.
a-sr3
mi-yi-bu child of man, mortal
being.
mi-yi dbaft-phyttg-==^'%,
king.
mi-yi yi-drfag§ a Preta in
human shape (Tan. d.	220).
SpSVopi mi-yi-yul or mi-yul human
world, lower world, opp. to the regions
of gods or the infernal regions.
Й‘д)5}е.*а mi-gyeft-wa~^wwx&\
indefatigable, untiring, not idle, unwea-
ried.
mi-дуо (lit. that never moves) as
met.=the sky (Mfton.); ^'^’4 mi-gyo-wa
; irw, met. a mountain.
mi-gyo-wahi rgyud n. of a
Tantra in ten chapters, which contains an
account of the causes which produce
untimely death, diseases, murrain, and
other visitations.
mi-rabs mankind, generation;
earliest of Tibetan tribes
sprung from the first patriarch (J. Zaft.).
mi-rig^ humanity, human kind,
race of man.
mi-rift-wa (w^’S) n°t remote,
short distance, used in reference to time
or place.
mi-rift^-pa not in haste.
mi-re fto-re respectively, one by
one, one after another.
mi-re $oft-tsam—*^'$\&H only
accommodating one man, very narrow7.
mi-raft or mi-hren a man
walking on foot without any load to carry:
reaching the capital of Nepal he met with
a solitary traveller (A. 129).
й*«| mi-la 1.==Я5* fierce, frightful,
(J. Zaft.). 2. an abbr. of either
flfilaraspa or	(Lon. % 9).
Milaraspa is known in Tibet as the
author of two popular works describing
his wanderings in the Himalayas, and
South Tibet. He was a peripatetic ascetic
and poet who worked miracles and deli-
vered instruction to his votaries in verses
composed for each occasion. His auto-
biography and his so-called 100,000 songs
have been translated from Tibetan into
Mongol. A full account of these writings
may be read in the Nineteenth Centnrу
Review for October 1899.
mi-lag a servant (Jal).
mi-lui the human body.
122
»|Ч||	962	&)|
й’«2)^ mi-fes	ignorance,
ignorant (Muon.).
>м-$гг=я«1кл1 com. term for : agri-
cultural tenants, husbandmen with lands
held subject to payments but from which
they are non-ejectable.
й	[impossible,
not becoming]^.
&’5!Vq misrun-pa evil, mis-
chievous.
mi-§lob-pa [1. “no longer a
pupil,” i.e., an ArhatJS. 2. not necessary
to train again; already disciplined.
й qjw mi-gsal 1.
not clear. 2. a barbarian
or Mlcchha. й-п^ц^'ч nii-gsal brjod-pa
speaking indistinctly or like a
drunkard or a Mkchha.
mi-gsod se-^ar (*r^Vrp|uq5*
и. of a guard of the Sa-bdag
demi-gods.
-5 mi-bsrun §kye-wo bad men,
'wicked persons:	(C*.
Syn.	mi-mi run-u?a ; $dug-
* ma-run-ica; ^’q	gdol-pa
mi-hren v. Йлс mi-ran.
&mi-lhufi~ blood (ДГяоп.)-
mig
tfjo e^e; tho °^e of a Needle,
Ide-mig the eye of a lock, t\e., the
^y ; hole in a hatchet or Ьатгцег ju
ду1рсЪ to insert the handle. A^c. to
^^dh. there are fivo kinds of <syes or
^glrt viz. :	the Ordinary
(of flesh); ^’йч] f^r^i divih^ eyeg.
^*ГАСГЭ‘йч]	the eye of ^dom;
the eye of r^ligion;
wrj*r3‘$bq the all-seeing eye of
Buddha. йч]*| w mig-kibs eye-lid; йчр 85*4
mig-chid-pa inflammation of the eyes
through cold or snow-blindness, C. *^’gVq
mig phyid-pa id.; йч|*$ mig-chu w^r tears;
йч|1ч|’ч mig dsag-pa blcar-eyes (Schtr.); йчр
mig-chu gtofi-a to shed tears. йчр^'
mig chu-bur Ita-bii	round
eyes, one whose eyes resemble bubbles.
Йч|’&’ч mig-che-ica or	mig-yafa-
pa	generous-minded, liberal; й*|’
^’^5'q mig-che med-pa = ^r<r^q-£^-q free
from greediness or onvy (A. 1^5): .й*|
£Vqv5H garVT&Vq1^ do behave without
jealousy. й^ч^с^ mig-nag мЯ-Яб=йч|-
W5<’T$<4Vq to look hither and thither
(Rdsa. 10); йч|-^ mig-nad disease of the
eye ; йч]mig-nehu Ha-bu one
whoso eyes are round like those of an
ichneumon;	mig-non-pa
squint-oyed; й<т|Г wHy-rHo=:$4fa]wZi clear
sight, sharp eyes (Hbrom. I4, 120). й^’ц
?ш</-2Ю = йч] mig (Cs.); йч]‘2г& mig-po-che
a large eye ; йч|’|^ mig-sprin cata-
ract ; й«ч‘с^'$ И1ч] mig-phyin ci-log fWtr^cng
[invcrted-oyed]S. Йч| mig-hphrul^
mig-hkhriil optical illusion ;
a showman (Cs.) ; йч|-д mig-bn
= one who loads a blind person;
йч] Ч^ mig-hbur gogglo-eye; й«тчдм mig-
hbra§ <nv, tho apple of the eye;
also, eye-ball:
although sho is as dear to me as tho
apple of my eyo. й^яды з^ mig-hbrum-
can	[cutaneous eruption in the
oyes]&; йч)-^ц] mig-rtseg the wrinkles of
the eye-lid; й^’^ч mig-tshil rheum or eke
fat growing in the oye; йч]ч^й mig-hdsum.
{яйч twinkling of the eyes; ft<i]4g*rq mig^
hdsum-pa eyes closing with sleep,
getting sleepy (ДГйоя.), йч|^ч mig-zur
чггщ a glance; also, corner of the eye,

963

mig-zlum-po
round and globular eyes {Ya-sel. 55).
mig rig-rig timidly, anxiously
looking to and fro, hither and hither (Ja.);
mig~rin-can = *^'	long
sighted; artificial eyebrows {Cs.);
eye-bone {Cs.); the act of
accustoming the eyes to anything : ^4fg|W
mig-slobs nan-pa-skye you habituate
yourself to a faulty look, i.e., downward,
to what is earthly {Jd); mig-rlo
[ядагд to eye one obliquely with envy
or jealousy [the hook or eye at each end
of a pole or beam for holding the strings
of a balance]#.	mig-log seeing
with up-turned eyes
in
ancient times there was a king who used
only to look at others with upturned eyes
{Khrid. 17).	mig-loft-mo gam
W a blind barren woman,
mig ha-ckaft ehe-wa very large eyes.
mig hrig-hrig gazing with terrified
eyes {Rdsa. 10).
Syn. ^'§5 Ita-bycd*, hdren-byed*,
lhahi sgron-ma;	gzigs-
byed*,	mthon-bycd*,	spy an \
§5 gsal-byed} №’§5 khyab-byed*, ^'§5 snan-
byed\	snan-wahi dwan-po
{Mnon.).
mig-skyag the impurities of the
eye.
Syn. mig-rnag} £’« Тпи-та ;
mig-dri {Mnon.).
mig b§kra-wa a certain magic
trick.
mig-khnn holes in a wall or roof
of a house for purposes of light.
mig-hkhrul v. mig-hphrnl.
mig-gi rkan	[1. the
eye of the family; 2. an earthy concre-
tion of a milk-white colour formed in
the hollow of the bamboo and known
by the name of bamboo-manna]#.
*ta|’Sfg*rg mig-gi skyes-bu	[a
person with beautiful eyes]#.
ач|-ч)'5 mig-gi gru	corner of
the eye.
mig-gi dgah-byed
[good-looking]#.
staySj-gerS mig-gi rgyal-mo	(lit.
the queen of the eye) the pupil or iris.
mig-gi skri-kha	[the
eye-line]#.
mig-gi chos-can — tffr^ or
lde mig-pa treasurer, store-keeper.
mig-gi bdud-rtsi handsome
person or graceful appearance or look.
mig-gi nor-buhi khyim the
socket of the eye.
mig-gi rnam-hgyur the
different movements and gesticulations of
the eye:
13^'^ {Mnon.).
mig-gis rnam-par qes-pa
the occult sight by which one can see
things which are not visible to the ordi-
nary eye :
there was a
minister who could see mines that lay
buried underground being, possessed of
occult vision {A. 63).
*4 Mig-gi phren-wa shes-
byahi ri n. of a fabulous mountain in Pur-
va Videha (2Г. d. \ 339).
mig-gi dwan-po	the
sense or organ of sight.

964

rdsi-nia Kfifl eye-lashes,
La ray of light, an eye-lash] 8.
mig-grogs one’s sweet-heart
((V).
mig-hgran disapproval, defined
thus:	яЗк-^с/огй-с^-ц
(W'L).
mig-sgyu mirage :	g*
ч like tho mirage on a plain in the hot
season (Ja.).
’ip тгд-$дуиг-та = *фЪ'^** mkhah-
hgro-ma a female sprite, a fairy.
ftofg’IA mig-$fto ce-re =	mig-
chr-re Ita-ica: ч^***^'Я ^’5V^'Siw
S (AV/rt’J. 43).
mig-eau (A. K. 1-4). 1.
hiving eyOs. 2. having seeds or grains,
fructified—of ears of corn (Jd.}.
mig-tfoft-can WR he with a
thousand eyes, an epithet of Indra
mig-thuft short-sightedness (Cs.).
ЙФ-^сж mig-mdoft$-pa or
*gvq to get blind, be blinded, to bo
deprived of sight (Dzl.).
й$|’я\дгч mig-hdrcs-pa fniiq to keep, to
guard, to care for, to look after, to
minister to; to serve.
mig-ldan = q or	a
learned man, a wise man (ДМои.). 2.=
phur-bu (Mnon.). 3. = ^-^ a needle
я migJdan-ma [endowed with
the faculty of seeing] 8.
mg^hben a target (Yig.).
Sqj-gkq	mig-$bom-pa large-minded,
generous, liberal.
Syn.	$ter hdod-pa; aiop*<wrq
lag-pa yans-pa (Mfton.)
mig-ma inkhanlow
caste, low-born. (Mnon.).
йд|’»|с^ mig-maft$ (frS’^i) WHR, WTf^K
chess-board ;	to play at ehess ;
chequered, painted or
in-laid work after the- pattern of a chess-
board (Jd.);	inig-maft$-kyi
thul-lo iRMTpRf defeated in chess-play.
mig ini-hckum wfnpw (lit.
not winking, looking steadily). 1. a
general epithet for the gods, who accord-
ing to the Buddhist idea never shut their
eyes (so also $ fish). 2. an epithet of
Avalokitesvara Bodhisattva. 3. n. of a
prince (Ya-sel. 34).
Mig-nii-bzaft	ono of
the guardian kings of tho world; an
epithet of S'iva, i.e., he having an odd
number of eyes.
mig-dmah—^ shameless
(Africw.).
mig-dmar
the planet Mars; also Tuesday.
Syn.	liis-dmar;
sa-yibu]	hod-zer dgu\
chu-dod $куег; rtsibs-ldan; *r
sa-hbyuft}	mkhah-§te ft hgro\
dmag-dpon;	mig-$mar
(M.non.).
Snf£T mig-rmo dice for teaching
letters or figures.
mig-$man	чифст, eye-
medicine [antimony as an application to
the eyes]8.	mig-$man $fton-
poss9A^9 mthift deep-blue (Mfton.).
mig-tman bead, TO [black
pigment or collyrium applied to the eye-
lashes or the inner coat of the eye-lids]8.
mig-tman wjiig-ma=R^'R^'
the stork (Mfton.).	тгд-зтап
lu$-ean=\^ doni [1. a bear (Mfton.).
2. a term used in addressing a flamingo;
fair-eyed] 8.

965

	HIig-bt8u»i$-pahi ri n. of a
fabulous mountain situated beyond that
ocean which is called	Q^og-gi
hphrefi-гса. Here is a cavern where
very handsome women are bom at sun-
rise with propensities of a former life and
on account of their Karma enjoy the
prime of youth at midday and die at
night (K. d. 270).
ftufqn/gf’Spi mig-bzan blo-gros an epithet
of the son of KSmadeva.
ftqfwst mig-bzafi-ma 1. a very hand-
some woman who has beautiful eyes
(Шоп.). 2. n. of a Yaksha nymph (K.
gu. 130).
'4 mig-ya an epithet of Vaisravapa
who has a third eye on his forehead.
(Шоп.).
й*]й^ mig-scr 1. jaundice. 2.
envy, jealousy;	mig ser-can en-
vious, jealous.
mtfi *TTH,	НП
designation, name: BYЗ’йк/л]к/1ч er
йк/S’R what is your name ?
such a thing is not known at all, such a
thing does not exist ;
do not call me by my name
if I cannot accept atonement from my
enemy (Rdsa. 74);	a word for
drawing (pulling) (Gram.)}	a
surname; ^'йс/ a family name (Cs.) ;
<\£лгйе/ real name, the name of an object;
рогйс. what name did you give
him ?	what is it called ?
gof j’£|q’&rw this tax exists only nomi-
nally. йк/фь* mifi-rkyafi a single syllable
or name; one’s namesake (Cs.)}
mifi-gi dge-$lofi nrafJqj: priest
only by name ; йк/З^Й^ mifi-gi mdsod
dictionary, treasury of words; й^хц min-
fian bad name; йс’«з^ mtfi-can 1. ht[W
having a name, having a reputation, being
well spoken of. 2. n. of a medicinal
plant, a flower;
(mystical)
(Mifi. 4). йс/3«] mifi-cig'4&^ [deserving,
becoming] 8.; йгЗ^ mifi-chen	fame,
reputation.	mifi-rje§-su fyrtags
ascertained the meaning
of the word; йк/sm mifi-mthah final letter
of a word.
mifi-don brda-sprod dic-
tionary of Sanskrit, Tibetan and mystical
terms in five chapters by Vairochana—a
block-print published at the monastery of
‘Qgah-ldan Phun-tshog glifi.
йг§ ltfin~dhi name of Emperor of the
great Han dynasty of China: ^’3’$Y3’
in the eighth year of Yung-
phing who was the Emperor Mingdhi of
the great Han dynasty, China obtained the
central doctrine (Y3**q-|N) Buddhism
(Grub. 5, 3).
йс/q mifi-po a brother (born of the
same parents) ; sisters so born are called
srin-mo*.	min-pos bsrufi-ira
cherished er protected by the
brother. йк/§*’ fflifi-srifi brother and
sister, abbr. of йк/Q and 5^’35. йк/§*‘ min-
srifiz=%*\ spun brother and sister born
of the same parents.
йе.*^ mifi-tshar (^^,(l) starvation.
йс/*|^ min-gshi basic letter gen. the first
letter of the root of a word, in contradis-
tinction to the second, the third, and tho
prefix letters.
йе.-чцч]^ min-gzugs [name and
form; the whole external world is com-
prised under the name йс’^з^]8.
av*i 96(> sraPii
'4 initj-pa 1.
the passage for food to the stomach, the
gullet. 2. vb. more fully:
khyur-mid byed-pa to swallow, to gulp
down, to devour:	mid-pahi za-tca
to eat devouring, to eat without
masticating food. 3. a fish of the
Sizopygopsis genus.
min very common in eolloq., also in
modern writings, as abbr. of ma-yin
is not:	the book is not
there. йэ^’ч or to bo without, to be
not, йуч^ not at all (Л. K. 1-2),
except (Л. K. 111-kl), й^pro-
bably, is it not. йуц^ min-hdra not of
tho saino kind or of same appearance,
dissimilar; «Нis it (so) or is it
not?	(eolloq. “du-ka min-
du”) id. (Note: й’Я^ which is often
sounded min-duk should be always written
for й^'я^о]	min-las-che огйуаг^ an
expression of doubt=is only doing, doing
nothing but:
qnow behaving ungratefully he is
but doing mo mischief (Bdsa. 10).
except, besides:	the other
trees except this one ;
й'-*^ besides Buddha no one knows it, no
one knows except Buddha;
й^гй’ч^ I have been sitting down only
this moment; ^й^'^ those excepted.
й^’5 min-da for й’^ mi-zta help-mate.
й^ mir termin. and йад instrum, case of
й: й^-^а to the understanding or percep-
tion of humanity, also	[non-per-
eeptionJS'.	mir-gyur-pa
turned or became man [the human
course] & йк^^’ч mir chags-pa
to desire to become man; й^д^’ч mir-
^pyod-pa human habits.
mu 1. sometimes for mu-st sulphur.
2. = 5** a kind or species:	is
there one of this kind? 3. = border r
boundary, limit, edge, margin, end, skirt:
residing on the border of the
field ; S 'y g grows on the edge;
there is neither limit nor end ;
it is because there is no limit
to the way of Nirrdna (Ser,),
on the circumference ; or
in (7. ^’I4 mu-khazz^'9^ (mystic) (N.
g. % 216).	mu-khyud, the rim,
the circumference, a hoop.
$ Mu-kham-pur n. of a place
anciently situated on the confines of Nepal
to the north of the cities of Kapilavastu
and J lai lade./a (modern Balia).
Mu-khyud hdain-ri
n. p., one of the seven fabulous
golden mountains surrounding Sumeru,
and it is so called:	because
it lies on its verge or circumference
(Sorig. 8).
Mu-khyud bdal-wahi
mtsho one of the great lakes of Tibet men-
tioned in G. Bon. 7.
Mu-khri btsan-po the eldest son
of king Khri-Sron Ide-btsan (Lofi. % 8).
mu-де	1. famine, &’«}*
’Xk died, there being a great
famine.	mu-ge-b$kyed~*^'4 than-
pa, ehar-med (J^fion.) that which
-causes a famine, draught, want of rain,
$-$|5’£]^агд"£1Кя mu-gehi b$kal-pa bar-ma
the age of famine. 2. in W. desire,
appetite :	mu-ge-can eager for food.
JLu-gyen n. of a fine breed of
horses imported from Kham and Amdo
(J^).

967
Ol
rnu-cor	impudent,
audacious.	mu-co-tsha impudent,
rough, rude in speech, one who speaks
without regard to another’s feelings.
SfXvQq mu-cor smra-ua	to talk
nonsense, also = ^’g‘4 rdsun $mra-wa to
speak falsehood [talkative and scurrilous]#.
mu-cor t$hug§-ined=%£'&\Q or
gq’q-iJ^q skyen-pa med-pa without shame,
immodest (Mnon.).
mu-cho [dem-drug the six Bon
teachers like the six manifestations of the
Buddha who bring the beings of Hell
under moral discipline (D.7?.).
mu-tig (derived from
signifying grol-wa-can what
has been sot free) hwt, mrr, H^rw, ^rfui
a pearl:	I
(Lon, 5, 2) the Buddhas and Bodhisattvas
having transformed themselves into shell-
fish, icd pearls were produced in their
stomachs which came to be known as
Rakta Mutig. There are seven kinds of
pearls mentioned in Tibetan works, some
of which are fabulous, others real, tca-lu,
and *<‘O’?4!. It is said that kinds of
pearl are obtained from the brains of
elephants and cobras; also a peculiar
kind of pearl from the leaves of a tree
growing in Southern India.
^5^*1 mu-tig §kyc-gnas or
as met. the ocean.
+	Mu-tig-ean one of the Tibetan
kings;
having decided to make over the
kingdom to Snanam he petitioned Mutig
Tsan-po.
mtt-lto-wa = ^'4 §pran-po a
beggar, destitute person (Mnon.),
mur-steg§=mur-hdug
one at the end or limit;	[1. a
sacred place. 2. an aggregate of three
things, such as virtue, wealth and plea-
sure]#.
mu-§teg§-pa also
a heretic, one who argues on
religion, a schismatic [lit. one creating a
passage through the circuit of life, or one
indulging in pilgrimage; also, one who
holds extreme views and docs not follow
the middle doctrine of Buddha; hence, a
non-Buddhist, such as the followers of
Brahminism or Jainism]#.
the six heretical teachers of
Buddha’s time(1)
(2)	(3) g
; (4) Stwr^orq’^ ;
(5)	; (6)	; these six
Tirthika teachers were known as the six
Tarkika (T4!'^) (K- du. 33-^3). The
sixth of those is asserted to have been
the founder of Jainism.
mu-thi-la n. of a precious stone.
ти-mthah boundary, limit; flW
unlimited ; also	not going
to the limit f.c., not thorough.
mu-hthud—^^S rgyun-htliud.
nni-rdo—ffi'*& ehu-yi rdehu
pebbles from water (mystic) (Min. 3).
(a spiritually power-
ful one), saint, ascetic, anchorite ; Sakya-
muni, the sage of the Sakya race.
Mu-rnu	gna^-geig) n. of
a Buddhist sacred place, said to be some-
where in the east part of India, prob in
Bengal (Du§-ye. 38). .
^1
968

^’^5 mu-meg boundless, limitless;
mu-med-par vaguely.
mu-men ^Чтг <гмчм n. of a
precious stone resembling sapphire
(IffionX	red mumen in
(Fhi-^.) also = an earth-worm] S.
: ¥r”5¥S mu-tsu kun-da [1.
n. of a tree. 2. n. of an ancient king, son
of Mandhfttft. Having assisted the gods
in their wars with tho demons ho got as
a rewaid the boon of long and unbroken
sleep; and the gods decreed that
whosoever disturbed him should bo burnt
to ashes by fire from his body. Krishna,
in order to destroy Ksla-yavana, enticed
him into the cavo where Muchukunda was
asleep and tho latter being thus roused
cast upon Kala-yavana an angry glance,
which reduced him to ashes]S.
mu-tsha lga one of tho six early
tribes of Tibet called	mihu ditfi-
drug (Yig. 61).
$ mu-mtshun$-pa янКг [a fellow
religious student] *S.
mu-bshi the four limits: (1)
Jycd-hgag biith and death; (2^ ^'*^rtag-
chad immortality and annihilation; (3)
^5’^5 yod-med existence and non-exis-
tence ; (4) $nan-§ton light or pheno-
menon and voidity (which is chaos).
mu-bshin = ^p^ in the course
of (Yig.).
mu-zi JPTS brimstone, sulphur:
mu-zi-can containing sulphur, sul-
phurous; ми-zi-rdo brimstone.
fi'ujai mu-yal some large number (Ya-
sel 59).
mu-ye san§-gsal
mthin пат-tig
chapter on the elucidation of the
meanings of the eighteen mercies of G$en~
rab (DJI).
mmwsW’W ndhah-fakor
W 4^4 *n.
Mu-rug htsan-po one of the
sons of king Sron-tysan Sgam-po (Don.
s 8).
mu-la 1. together, in a heap.
kept together, mu-la-hgro
goes together. 2. = kho^-su within
the province, sphere of:
ЖА accordingly within the pro-
vince of Tsang ho resided one year
(A. 89).
ти-8а$$=ф'*1^ the sky (mys-
tic) (G. Bon. 1).
TO* mug-chu-gum or a
kind'of wild ass (Jig-).
mug-pa 1. a moth; id. also
clothes-moth,	wool-
moth, moth-eaten, destroyed by
moth. 2. vb. with $5 or to despair ;
SWT4 bio mug-pa a gloomy doleful way
of thinking (Sch.).
Mun-nifi country situated to the
east of India including Bhamo (Dsam.).
muu-pa
dark, obscure; obscurity, darkness,
gloom, cognate teims differentiated as
adj. and sbst. respectively in a native
w’ork. The adj. has the syn.:—^’4 sgrib-
pa ;	ml-gsal-wa; hthib^-pa;
q khebs-pa\ mi-$nafi-zca \
mi-mnon\	tfar
kun-kheb§ (Mnon.). The sbst. (night or
darkness of night) has the syn.: —
Idons-byed; $nan-med\	nin-
|	969	8|
mthar byed*,	nin-mohi sgo-fwf,
frf^’q^'q rnkhahi pags-pa \	rdb-rib',
Я4!’^ tmag-rum; ^^*^5	mtshan-mohi
gos; Щ’ЧИ* mun-hkhrigs;	mun-nag;
$e-mim (Mnon.).	become
•dark; mun-khuft dungeon, prison ;
<И0Ч mun-khyab	entire darkness,
darkness enveloping every, thing; W’Ss
mun-khrod darkness, gloom ; тип-
can-ma <nrf^?t night.
mun-pa-shi acc. to the Bon the
four kinds of darkness are: (1)
the darkness of ignorance; (2) ярк’Ц?
worldly darkness; (3)	the
darknesses of passions; (4)	phy-
sical darkness such as the shade of a
mountain.
t mun-da-ri	n. of an
aquatic plant;	W”T5S
(K. g. «, 356).
mun-nag=WQ nnin-pa.
cHWKW. the
worst stage of men when they go from
darkness to still geater darkness.
mun-sprul lie, untruth, false-
hood; acc. to Jd. ignorance, stupidity:
mun-sprul-du smra-wa — ^^
to speak falsehood. ’<4 mun-tshub mun-
tshub fafax darkness, gloom.
mun-sel mgon-po—^’^ the
sun (Tty. k. 88).
munsro furiousness, passion.
mun-gsel-ma	fullmoon
night [also the dawn]#.
Mun-dsa skyes-ma^^'1^^
n. of a celestial courtezan (Loft.
« 5).
Mnn-dsahi yul the country
to the north of the Kailas mountains;
in the north (of Tibet)
the country of Tartar Munza (Sorig. 20).
shor; 8^’4=^ or «ж
fan-la
lan-gsal (Yig. 93).	mur-goft the
temples; the bent sides of either eye.
mur-hgram [the frontal bone
or cheek]#, acc. to Seh. jaw, jaw-bone.
mnr-ga=^^’^qX ja-lgafi ja-pa-ri
green China tea (Jig. 23).
+ ^FS4! mnr-thug =	mthar-thug
thorough, complete, to the extremity, till
the end of.
mur-dnm or mur-zlum in
Ld. dull, of knives, hatchets (Ja.).
8^4] mur-kdug=l.	.(Sch.').
2.	gills of a fish (Jd.).
mur-wa to gnaw, to crush with
the teeth, to bite asunder;	to
crunch bones.
3^’4 mul-po [a petitioner,
beggar, suitor]#.
^1*1 mul-thug the fist (Jd.).
Mus name of a village in Tsang
(ZoH. 7).
me fire, the fire, re.^p. *hugs (in
С.)	чкж,
<lf>, £<n, ^TBfcl, W, НТЗГС, fter:, <34^4;
me-gsum three kinds of fire :
^,§5F$’4lV/4lthe volcanic fire of the
Southern ocean called Вйгат&па!;
the fire generated by the sun; ^4|,9/
зсА’й bsreg-bya za-ieahi me fire which
devours (Mnon.). the fire burns ;
fire breaks out, fire spreads;
the fire is going out; f^q*
khafi-pa mes-bsregs the house.
123
од I
970
ОД I
is burnt down. d’gX'q me $por-ica fre-
quently also й'ЦЧ’А’ and Яto blow
upf or light a fire;	to stir,
poke, trim the fire ; to set on fire.
»*’M*’ gun-cock ; ’{pF* shovel for burning
coal; steel and tinder pouch;
me-h-e a flame; ’W me-thab hearth;
me-indag burning embers; тс-wo a
large fire, me-wo-che a conflagration;
me-gshi an anvil; a singe on
< loth or hair, a brand-mark; mc-hob§
trench or line of fire;	me-ya I a spurt
or flame of fire; me-ro cinders, extinct
cumbers; me-len ember nippers;
me-^el burning glass or crystal.
Syn. hbar-byed\	Bfywa
na-rahi Lu;	chu-yi $kye-nna%\ Jr’
rtse-mo-ean ;	hkhyog-hbar;
^3*4 <pfi-hph(l; zad-min ; R
ma-faruft;	$by in-areg lag-pa ;
«wjj nor-la$-rgya ; ^5 3^5 hod-kyi gift-
ria ; du-xcahi-dog ;	г/мЯ-
gi grog$-po;	lam-nagshugt;
§S gtsaft-byed; V4§S dag-byed\
gtwg-phud-can;	hbar-wahi lec-
[dan (Mfton.).
me-skyes 1. wftpj;, [bom
of fire; any illuminating substance; the
number six]2. iron.
me-khaft a house or enclosed space
for the consecrated fire.
me-mg al 1. fire-brand: «tosprj’
me-mgal-gyi hkhor-lo the circle made
by a fire brand when quickly swung round
2. half burnt fire-wood, a piece of wood
which has been partly burnt (Nag. 15).
me-rgan a learned man: gq'Ц
(Lon. >, 3fr).
*}**	flint
* <%).
£ mc-mnam rluft fire-wind, burn-
ing wind.
Me-cn-ru-di n. of an open
town in India during Buddha’s life (It.
du. 155).
me-tog дщ,	any flower:
aqjqjme-tog mfton-par Ъкгат-ра
the flowers conspicpusly spread out or
displayed ;	me-tog kha hbu^-pa
the flower opens, blossoms, begins to blow.
me-tog-gi rna-can	[a
flower ear-ring]S. ;	me-tog-gi
phur-ma 5^33 the sheath or calyx of a
flower;	me-tog-gi phrcft-ica chap-
let, wreath of flowers;	ч me-tog-
mkhan-po a garland maker;
w-toy rditl ччпг [the pollen or farina of
a flower] & ;	’^1'?^ me-tog ldm=*&i*\
spring and	(Mnon.); ^‘^4’
me-tog Idan-dut id. (Milon.).
me-tog Idan-ma a woman in menses
(Mfton.) \ «5i4’Qi* me-tog-lam jpow [fpath
of the menses/ the vulva]S.
Me-tog §gron lit. tho flower-
lamp ; one of tho names of Х’йк/ад Tshe-
$poft bzah wife of king Khri erofi Idehu-frt&an
who was mother of princes Ми-khri btsan-
po, Mu-rug btsan-po and Mu-tig btsari-po
(Loft. % 8).
me-tog glaft-$na тГ^тйд«ч [the
plant Sanseviei'a zeylanica~]S.
me-tog-chaft 5«пт< wine made
of the Mowa flow'er in India (Mfton.).
me-tog don-can id.
me-tog т-та^фф
saffron (ДГ/jow,).
me-tog tift-bshi viz :—
tift-li phyin ;	tift^sag-kyu*
tin-mu-la\ tift-mu-sa (Mift. tda. 2),

971

me-tog phr a-то the lily {№non.)*
me-tog mig-§man = **&r.
me-tog gshu-ean <f?W4 3^-
V’MT [lit. holding a bow of flowers, an epi-
thet of Kamadeva, god of love]#.
me-tog za^-can as met.
bee.
we-tog lug-mig or ’^1
Чтт|чзьч a kind of flower resembling a
sheep’s eyes, a species of Pedicularis.
^•^4]me-tog lug-ru also a species of
Pedicularis.
• те-stag. also me-tshag spark,
sparkle, a bit of live-coal in the ashes.
Syn. mkhah-skyes;
rab-hphro mehi zeg-ma ; ^^’3shugs-
kyi dum-hphrug (ijlnon.).
«VI me-da-ka — ^ ^4» water (mys-
tic) (If. g. 26).
1	me-du-ra =	medhya
[fit for a sacrifice, fat]#.
£•«54 me-mdah	a gun; colloq.
mendah and mindah.
a ’V'H me-na-ka яизп 1, = че/^я a
maiden, a youthful woman. 2. n. of a
celestial courtezan {Yig. k. 37). 3. the
daughter of Vrishanasva.
* JJe-na-ko n. of a moun-
tain range situated beyond the river
and mountain called Ti-rtse-rwa; where
have boon living from eternity the Asura
and a class of women whose faces resemble
those of horses {K. d. 287) [According
to somo authors Mainaka was situated in
the southern extremity of the Indian
peninsula' from which Laqka (Ceylon)
could be seen; but most Hindu writers
agree that Mainaka was an offshoot of
the Himalayas]#.
+ jtfe-na-ya prob. Mithila.
’	me-^nod
or me-phor coal-pan, chafing dish,
fuming-pan.
£me-ne n. of a place in India {Dsam.
21).
-me-pufi, me-bum cupping-
glass, cup {Ja.).
me-dwal fwJ fiufv ; [a cutaneous
disease, a sort of dry spreading itch,
erysipelatous inflammation]#.
me hbar-wa lta-Ъи wfinwfaH
[resembling a glowing or flaming fire,
a plant with red. blossoms] #.
me-sbyin-skyes
as met. the gods = ^g^H me-sbyin bu
ma-mdag
one of the hells;	me-mur-gyi hobs
au oven, a fire-pit or trench.
in the mystic language
of the demons Asura, i.e.9
45,Qf- We meet with, also:—
mur-gnod=^ sgq q; £me-mur
hdor-hdod^Q^y;	me-mur pjrol—
w {К. ко. 235).
l£e-tna or й’ч^я jlfe-btsah^^^
sa-yi Ite-wa and	{Sman) any im-
portant place oxcellent in position and
free from the depredations of malignant
spirits, and on such places Buddhist
viharas are enjoined to be erected: ^’54”’
{A. 153).

972

Яmc-hdsin	keeper of fire
Ll. competent. 2. a kind of sacred fire]#.
me-shal-lam as met. = tho sky.
or median W^TT-
a bowl made of burnt clay or iron
in which fire is made [a portable fire-
place]#.
mc-bshi the 12th constellation
called
Syn. rig-by(d\	bya-nia-
h<L'h f^Aonf),
we-JV/i $kye$ 1.
2. an epithet of Vphaspati {$nonf} [Brhas-
pati or Jupiter is so called because he was
born when the moon was in tho mansion
of Prakphalguni or Purvaphalguni (the
eleventh constellation)]#.
пк hi г1ч-то = ^^ saffron
(Д/Яси.).
£>-S)mc-m mgrin a general name for
birds (ДГЯон.).
* mr-ri fire mountain, volcano.
J/e-n§ tho barbarous modern Xfiri
tribe inhabiting the forests in the upper
valley of tho Dihong, their chief village
bung called Miri-patam.
£me-lon	1. a
mirror, or looking-glass: ®1*гЭ’*гйк’ the
mirror in which one’s Karma is reflected.
is frq. as a title of books, of tho
history of kings, c,g,,
lit. a bright mirror of royal pedigree.
2. plain surface, flat body length and
breadth. 3. sample, model, reflection,
specimen.
Syn.	kun-mthofi; kun-
raft-mthon\ (g) jf\ bshin-
gyi $nod*> ma-gu-ra-,
gzug$-brnan $kye-gnai;	gzug-
Jichar-byed;	by i-dor	mcl-tshe
(Mfton,).
me-loti-can	mirror-like,
n. of a prince in ancient India; a lako*
resembling a mirror, hence one of tho
historic doors of tho great temple of
Buddha at Lhasa is called	эдо
me-lo fi -can,
Me-lof luA-rin tho ’Bon
designation of Persia which is called
Sukhavati or tho Land of Bliss
((?. Bon, 4.)
me-$el 1.	[sun-stone,
sun-crystal; a kind of crystal cool to the
touch but omits fire when exposed to the
rays of the sun]#. 2. tho sun.
те-$1аА = **'Ц^ me-gshoA.
& me-bsrub ^rf^nn, WTft, «щт [the
wood of Ficus religiose used for kind-
ling Are by attrition ; fire-flint, tho plant
Premna sp)inosa]S.
me-ha-ra n. of a heretical soot
and work among tho Hindus.
he knew many S'astras of the outsiders
Ле., Hindus, such as Mehara, &c., of
MahAdeva S'ankara (A.
me-lha	the
god of fire [a general name for gods or
deitios; gods are supposed to oat tho sacri-
ficial offerings through tho help of fire
which is called the moufh of the gods]#,
Syn.	hod-kyi nor-ean;
nor-la8-$kye$; SVl4!”	byin-za-8reg$;
sbyin-sregs-za ;	gscr-kyi
thig-le ; <Ч*КН’4 iPer khu-ка;
hbar-ivahi ^kra-can; 55rta-$mar-can ;
jj	§na-tshog$ hod-zer;	hod
hdun-pa]	mchod-^byin §kye§; ^|’

973

rig-byed-skye$ ;•	tshafis-
dban sra§-po; ra-la-shon ;
gt' qar-lhohiphyogs-kyofi (Mnon.).
a-gj’S me lha-mo, wnr*?t the quarter
of fire, south-east:
make (your) cooking-hearth in the south-
east corner of the house which is the
quarter of the god of fire (Jig.).
&^^^me-lhahi chun-ma the wife of
the god of fire.
Syn.	тс-lhahi dgah-ma; «V
char ^dig-can ; me-ma;
legs-sbyin-ma.
me-lhahi rta the horse of the god
of fire.
Syn.	bshon-pa myur-hgro;
dmar-mo;	gser-rtsen qin-
rta; * ra (Mnon.).
I: med-pa the negative form of
^5'4 and K\q=to be not, not to be, to be
without, not to have, to be non-existent:
nga-la bu-rnams med I have
no children;	kho mkhas-pa
med xhig he is one void of learning;
stobs-med strengthless; bde-
med unhappy, uneasy, unwell;
passes away, is dissipated;	without
occasion, no opportunity.
^дч rha-lag med-kyan dgps-pahi khral
though without goods a necessary tax;
has your
Reverence no fellow-resident in your
house?	a man
about to be choked, being able neither to
vomit nor swallow down; 4V455ч'^5
we are not able to give anything ;
the sons and grand-sons that are
to get anything (as a heritage);
^5or у*ч indispensable in the
house;	the
ministers lost their litigiousness, i.e., gave
up quarrelling;	the
distribution of the dishes became impos-
sible ;	to annihilate (an enemy),
to put an end to (a quarrel) (Glr.); £5*^
without or 6 instead of’:	without
cause;	instead of the lung, £<3'
instead of the former shape;
continually making no differ-
ence between day and night; med-ma
not without, some, a few; £5med-mo a
penniless woman. ^\q.q med-pa-pa=«Pfr
or ^5’q’&5'q a mischievous person
(J/nc^.).
men an ornament, piece of finery
(Mil.). men-tsi (Chinese) a coloured
silk handkerchief. M $ men-hri a kind of
fur;	‘SpTW’ a fur-coat of red
men-hri (is mentioned as the vesture of the
gods).
mer 1. termin. of	mcr-
sreg za to eat after baking in fire. 2. in
she-mer lans-pa,	sky ng
bro-ica vomiting; fig.: anything that is
scorned also that is repulsive in appear- .
ance or offensive to sight. .3. adj. any^
thing kept in heaps' in a place, heaped
or piled up :	quite filled
with strained or purified tea (A. 747).
£^'4 mer-ica 1. sloppy, pappy, thin;
also: expanded, distended, full: »Xq •
id.	full to the brim;
mer-mer anything full to the brim.
mer-mer-po expanded, fully-blown. 2.
adj. shimmering, permeating. 3.
= adj. to define the shape and
consistency of an embryo, oblong, oval.
mcl-tshe	1. watch*man,
sentinel, watcher; §S'q to wait upon ;
974

|
to keep watch over:
attending upon him they made him
offerings of (entertained with) music and
songs (A. 13). 2. a watch or period of
3 horns at night.	mel-brtse-wa
[servant, attendant]*?,	mel-
tshe-wa one who remains awake to
givo watch; one awakened ; £^‘3я mcl-
the-ma qrfhnt tho night.
mes-po faunn, KHUFV grand-
father, forefather, ancestor:
у g	Kun-tu, zafi-po tho
common spiritual ancestor of all the Bud-
dhas;	forefather’s time, «юйм’
3 in our grandfathers time i.e., the time
of our ancestors; or great grand-
father ;	sfrmun an epithet of
Brahma (^ (Mfion) ; £*<q Aqq«<qJ4
Me§-po hphafis-brtson n. of a patriarch of
Tibet, tho g.oat ancestor named ‘wqj1^
llphan-brtsou who went to Kham and
back (Deb. % 12'.	me$-pohi
ral-klufi an epithet of the river Ganges;
«м йа^«1зе. ч^ ^ч чи^ (17//. 7;. 14) pray
send your favours to mo continually like
the river of patriarch’s locks. ^N’^q^
me^-dpon ancestors (both spiritual and
ordinary) (Yig. SY Tho ^K^qV^’4!^
in Tibetan histoiy or three ancestral
rulers are: king Srofi-btscm sgam-po, Khri-
srofi ldehu btsan and Khri Ral-pa-cam.
mes-hchin — S^'Q dfiul-chu mercury,
quicksilver (ifnon.).
C\
Я’ф mai-tri love, friendship.
mo I:	a woman, a female opp.
to W; also, occas. = she, her: 35^ A she said;
woman’s gown, petticoat; 3frq|5
me-brgyud female line of descent; 3$-cjm
(Mil.) mo-dbyis C. a girl, female
child. Я 5 mo-ria a mare; 3fyipi mo-rtag$
feminine gender, female organ;
female organ; v. also	mo-mtshan
below;	womankind; female
body.
II: alot: Sr^qq-q to cast lots, always
a religious ceremony performed by lamas.
3rwp<^ mo-mkhan or 35 a sooth-say er;
35’4 mo-pa a fortune-teller: ЗЗ’ч-ч^йк-чг
mo-pa hdre mthon-wa a sooth-sayer who
protends to be able to see a ghost. 35
mo-bon abbr. of 3^q and 5^’2? bon-po
fortune-teller and Bon-po priest: 35’5^₽y
fortune-tellers and Bon priests
should not preach false religion, should
not impose upon people (A. 18). 35-w
irio-ma fSnjfaSfr a female fortune-
teller [also, a female mendicant]/?.
III an affix which when attached to
nouns indicates tho feminine gen. but not
so, as a rule, when appended to adj.:
’35 a landlady, a daughter, a girl,
*Л35 an old woman; but ^’35 = great,
masc. or fem., and ^^35 = fine, good,
masc. or fem.
35-'pq mo-khab very fine needle.
3$’^n	woman’s garment :
the cost
of a woman’s fringed garments of blue-
colour and with spots is one load of grain
(Rtsii.). p mo-go§ gro-kha fSVM’P’
black-spotted garment worn
by the poorer classes of women in Tibet
(Rtsii.).
i ^4* Mo-na-za n. of a celestial cour-
tezan. (Mfion.)
35’5га|к/ mo-ma-nifi or *r^’35 a female
hermaphrodite (Mfion.)
Йmo-mi shan W, female organ,
female genitals.
975

Syn. skyes-gnas;	(fiis-
dgahi kkyiin ; ehu-ma; ner-gna§ ;
Йчл*/л^ mohi raft-bshin;
mtshams-min-rten ;	brjod-byahi-
phyog§ ; g skye-hdsin ;	dyad-
ic a hi bu-ga ; YVq*‘|§Vq dran-pahi khron-pa ;
^. qS'QW dbaft-pohi lam ;	bu-
gnas gron-khyer ; §Vi42ta’3s sr id-pa hphel-
byed; sjfa’SS'W myo§-byed-lam>; §^*<*^’§5
rlans-par-byed;	pad-ma chos-
hbyuft ;	byed-pahi yan-lag ;
gsan-wahi hkhor-lo ; W mi-zad-
lam ; &’ e-gsan ;	mkhah-gsan ;
me-tog-lam ; ^rg’W rdul-gyi-lam ;
rmoft^-byed ; Й’^^ mo-rtags ; Й^е/
mo-dicaft \JMfton.).
Й’^Ц то-yig от Й S) ч| mo-yi yi-ge femi-
nine letters (acc. to the Tibetan Grammar)
are % E, 5, S % % * % % -q, (Situ.)
t Йл mo-ra n. of a kind of bird (K.
d.
Й*^* mo-raft or ЙЛь* mo-ren 1. single,
unmarried woman :	’S’^’g^
happier is a single woman than one with a
husband of ugly face. 2. a poor, desti-
tute female, one who did not get a hus-
band. 3. pron. she herself.
Йлл mo-rab (95‘^Y^4!) a noble woman
of great accomplishments and character;
йлчthe friend of the
noble lady is considered a lord or
nobleman.
Й mo-gel a cool mild crystal opp. to
pho-gel, crystal which affects the eye
when used as spectacles.
Й'^я mo-ggam or Й'ч-^я mo-bgam
4?t, 5^37 barren:	abarren
woman (Jig.); [also an unchaste woman, a
helpless woman]S. Й'4|-*рг§)’ч| mo-ggam yi-ge
the letters which are said to be barren:
S % % (Situ. 59). Й’^я-^ mo-ggam-
gin a tree that neither produces fruit nor
flowers (Mfton.).
Й’^'^ Mo-la-ko n. of a large country or
island to the south (prob. Malacca) (K.
ко. \ 272).
mog-pa dark or faded colour:
чщч|’^5’Йч}’Щ-§5 also	pale lustreless
appearance (Hbrom. 18-F, 40). Йа]Х
mog-ro acc. to Jd. of horses, yellowish-
brown; but in <7. = Йч]-^ semi-aquatic
mushroom.
mog-mog (то-то) 1. W’Ft;
also Йч|Йч]р dark-coloured. 2. small
meat-patty, meat-balls in a cover of paste
generally cooked in steam.
3fK’4jq Moft-gol a Mongolian, form
sometimes occurring, but in Tib. usually
$og-po.
Йк/gq mon-rtul^ blun-po dull, stu-
pid (Jd.).
Йк/5 moft-fo W. for knuckle,
ankle-bone (Jd.).
^’4 mod-pa 1. to be (in an em-
phatic sense), to be indeed; is sometimes
superadded to ^5’^ or used alone, some-
times with other verbs:	though
indeed you may say во. Ч^'Й^ yod-mod
= §^5 byun-mod.
(Hbrom.
^).	though indeed it is
immeasurable;	neverthe-
less it is not this one,	(although
not invited) yet after all you must go.
2. й^‘й=wp maft-po many, much, abun-
dant: 5|^’Й5'р wood is plentiful;
abounding in tree-fruits;
loft$-$pyod mod-par hgyur he becomes the
owner of great wealth;	it

976

for
ris-
who from
name
you omit to do this, you will have many
enemies; ^5’34 plenty of diseases; Я'^сл
Sjg	although they abounded in
compliments.
wod tho instant, moment—occur-
ring only in the following combinations:
at tho very moment of
rising; the moment after; gon. ^5’^
instantly, immediately:	he
immediately pulled it out; Й’^’З^’В^?
immediately after there came also tho
hawk;	born on the instant with,
born with; and thus may=?4q possessed
of.
j/on	gen oral
flie different tribes living in the
Himalayan regions and
remote antiquity havo lived by hunting.
[Kirata moans one who constantly walks
on tho extreme boundaries. Tho term was
known to the ancients; Arrian making
mention of tho Kirrhadae who used to
bring musk from tho Himalaya to sell to
the Indians'* S. 34q Non-pa a native of
Kir anti which includes Nepal, Sikkim
and Bhutan but particularly the hill tract
between the Kosi and Teesta rive:s.
Noh Jo a fabulous mountain
inhabited by goblins and women with
horses’ faces and Naga maidens very
handsome and fond of music (S. Lam. 39).
34?54C; Non-rta-dwang the Ta-wang
Baj a small principality lying amid the
mountains immediately adjoining tho
eastern border of Bhutan, and of which
little is at present known. It is inhabited
by a barbarous semi-Tibetan race engaged
in trailing operations between Tibet and
Assam, and can be reached from tho
latter country vid Odalgiri. ЗЦ
.Jfon NkJiah-hgro-glin n. of a monastery
in lion Ta wan g.	Mon-gyi
ra^gzan a kind of cotton wrapper
manufactured in Non Rta TPaftg. (Rtsii.).
34*л mon-cha-ra the ever-green oak; also
its acorns:	ever-
green oak acorns stop diarrhoea.
34$ mon-gru uafirn the 23rd lunar
mansion or constellation.
Syn.$’^’3i chu lha-mo §grog-$mad.
(Rtsii?.
34s* mod-dar	[raw silk
stuff, a silk-petticoat or trowsereyS.
34^ mon-dre нРш tho 22nd lunar
mansion or constellation.
Syn. bya-gshug ; $grog-stod ;
thob-lda)' (Rtsii.).
34q‘5 Non-gia-gro tho town and province
of Pa-ro the seat of government of West •
Bhutan (Deb. Я, £1). VW‘4'X4°< the town
of Paldo or Paro in Bhutan.
mov-rdsu nag-po n. of a people
said to live somewhere in the region
towards Kamasehatka and supposed to
possess tails resembling those of dogs and
to wear dog’s skin (J. Zaft. 146).
34^ mon-sha in JK. popularity, respect,
reputation; he is highly respected;
34^^ beloved, popular (Jd.).
34^*1 JfoH-yttl favabl, ; tho sub-
Himalayan regions extending from Kash-
mir to Assam. But 34^*3 ^Л mon-yul-
gyi ban-de said to be: a monk from
Nepal.
34ЭТ топ-lug нтлт [a species
of grass, Cyperus rotundus]S.
Syn.	sprin min-can ] gla-
§gaft (Mfton.).
Xi’s |
977

mon-sran Indian pea; SySftAS
mon-sran na-gu a species of kidney
bean; ^тр’д mon-sran dkar-Ьи
[a kind of bean, Dolichos catjang}S.
ЗЦЖЯЗ mon-sran hgrehu нгч [Phaseolus
radiatus^S;	mon-sran-rdehii
[Phaseolus mungdeS,	mon-sran
zlum-po brinjal.
3^ 8} mon-sle or mon-gyi slehu a
kind of striped many-coloured shawl made
of the soft wool of goat and yak but with
cotton intermingled.
J	mohu-dgal	n. of a
family-clan descended from the sage
Mudgala (IT. du, 5, IBS').
+	3’3 Mohu-dgal-gyi-bu (иКЛ^Т-
Фт) the famous Maugalyayana one of the
two earliest disciples of Gautama Buddha;
his former name in Tib. was
Paft-nas-skycs. He at first was initiated in
the Tirthika school of	but after-
wards he found out his mistake and became
a follower of Buddha who made him one
of his highest and most powerful dis-
ciples. His Pali appellation is Moggal-
lana; and the Mongol Buddhists style
him variously Motagalwani, Molontain,
Motgalun Khubegiin, and Eb'dr Else
Toroksen (“he that encircles the bosom”).
See also GrunwedePs Mythologie des
Ihtddhismus,
mor termin. of mo-la.
mor-span a fine kind of satin
(5. kar, 179).
mol-гса l.=<]5*g’S
gros byed-pa to converse, confer upon. 2.
to say, to speak, used as Ъ^до-wa and
bkah-rtsal-wa are in earlier
Tibetan, and as <^’4 occurs in later liter-
ature and in C,; hence it is often to be
rendered by ‘to order’ (Jd.).
mol-mchid^dfa,	con-
ference, consultation :
in conferring about any subject do so
systematically (Yig. k. 87).
mos-pa
faw, vfn, 1. sbst. [implicit faith,
devotion, adoration, satisfaction]#. 2.
mostly as vb., to be pleased, to be pleased
with, to crave for, to be inclined to; я?’
J took a fancy to go there;
desiring and craving for
(are the origin of all the mirsery of sin).
mos-pa-zlog	[removes
the objects of desire]#. 3. to respect, to
esteem, to venerate, to adore:
whom do you adore;	I
offer it from veneration, ?>., I shall take
nothing for it; frq. joined with
with fervent veneration;
devotion.
§pyod-pahi sa-bshi
the four stages of perfection in devo-
tion:—(1)	[attainment
of light]#. (2)	snan-ica mched-pa
[increase of light]#. (3)
[entrance into the essential truths]#. (4)
[unin-
terrupted meditation]#.	mos
§pyod-pa a pious man, a devotee (Ta.
109-7). 4. = ^^ steadfast, firm.
Syn.	q dad-gus daft, ldan-pa ;
3* gus-ldan ; ^’5^ kun-tu-bsten ;
gu$-pa ;	geig-tu-sems; dad-
pa-can (Mnon,).
mos-ldan devoted, respectful, un-
flagging.
Syn. gus-ldan ; daft-wa ; W
dad-chag^can (Mfton.).
124

978

c£j,mya-nan xfa, faqra, fw-
<ги trouble, misery, affliction; S^AS***
afflicted by sorrow;.
without any uneasiness whatever;
to lament, to wail. sjxa^ifa mya-nan-sel
[remover of griefs, consoling] 6’.
ajx^x^’q mya-tian bsan-гса
[alleviating griefs, consoling] & «jxapwi
mya-fam-fysal the time of mourning is at
an ond.
Syn. sdug-b$fial; $dug-po;
sem§-gyen§ ; ^5yid nri-fyde ;
^xq gdufi-tca;	yid nan-chud
(Mnon.).
Mya-fan-mcd or $х^&р 1.
vfa, ХЯ, W5T, ^1%, free from
mbery, sorrows and sufferings. 2. a n. of
As'oka, the Buddhist emperor of India;
3. and hence, also=the tree of that name
in India, ajxa^q* from misery;
the As'oka tree belonging to
the leguminous class, with magnificent
red floivers.
$xap*i	Mya-nan-la$ hda§
pa chen-pohi-mdo	a sepa-
rate section of the Kahgyur encyclopoodia
in two volumes relating to the passage of
S'akyamuni Buddha out from this world
into Nirvapa, his obsequies, and the
general mourning for his demise. Is
known briefly as the Myan-hdas.
туа-пат W a fearful sandy
desert,	mya-nam-gyi	ynig-rgyu
mirage; чс.- mya-nam-than
a desert. §5 mya-nam-byed
дгеям bud; a hell.
<£|Ч|$ГЦ myag§-pa^putrid, decom-
posed ; to cause putrification; Sch. has
myag-pa to chew, pf. myags.
^^•qKg^q=$a|q myag-pa;
decomposed, putrified (Ja.).
myan-hda$ or gx^'ow'^q
tho Tibetan synonym for Nirvapa,
tho state of existence which is not only
free from misery, sufferings and sorrows,
but which is also void of all feelings and
sensations whatever whether delightful or
loviug or virtuous. But later Buddhism,
apparently shrinking from the awful
nothingness of the orthodox definition of
Nirvapa, has occasionally endeavoured
to assimilate Nirvapa to Jewish and
Christian ideas, making	equi-
valent to	mtho-ri-gna$ or
paradise, tho state of the 5^dge-letfs
righteous (ityon.). So, too, we read:—
s I	м’МЯ’ЭР’К VI
I ’ap&arX(qHgn]'qger£51 Qp^q’S Лц1|Яг,ёч(’
Ч4 qW a 04 25 the state of Nirv^a
is supreme peace and bliss; it is free-
dom from illusive thoughts, egotism, and
sufferings; there is nothing of the three
states of the damned, the sensations of heat
and cold or hunger and thirst in it. Mis-
ery and transient transmigration having
been exhausted, the emancipated one
works for the good of others and achieves
miracles inconceivably great. (7Г. d. w,
336). The states of Nirvapa have been
differentiated: (1)
w^-q	[conditional
Nirvapa]; (2) ^'3q
[unconditional perfect
Nirvapa]^.;	(3) a^qq-gx^ow^irq
[unlocalised Nirvapa,
the state in which the limitations of time
and space vanish away]S.
Syn. ЧК'Ч thar-pa; thar^ca ;
hchi-med; rdiil-bral; Vi’V4 cfon-Jaw,
(Цпоп.). •

979

myan-hdas mchod-rten v.
^5^ mchoj-rten 1. n. of the chorten or
caitya built on the site of Gautama
Buddha’s death and cremation. 2. the
style of сягУул-tombs built after that catty a.
3^’4 myan-wa v. 3^’4 myon-wa ^75,
to taste; tasteful: З^’ччч^ч
myaft-war hdod-pa wishing to taste; 3^S
nujan-bya as met. = the tongue.
5^’S' myan-rtsi n. of an officinal plant:
Зсг^ч Myan-ral n. of a village situated
towards the west of Sera monastery {Lon.
3, 20).
3^’X Myan-го n. of a village in Tsang
{Deb. % 5).
дкя myan§ f^TH [united]
SS'« myad-pa the older form of the
word *5'4 mad-pa^^W^ truth.
c\
myin the older form of the word
min name.
myu-gu or ЗЯ myiig~®WQ ячга,
[1. reed, rush,
flag [sprout, coral] 8. an erroneous form
of 2. relations, particularly those
who are of the same blood. 5 ’З^/лyu-
(ju-ysar [1. a new shoot or spring.
2. the plantain tree or banana tree] 8.
5inyu-giihi-tshal a grove of reeds.
3*1’4 myug-pa or 3^’3myug-myug-pa
1. я^’З*] to slightly bend the head.
2. to run, roam, stroll about {Sch.). 3.
to show ostentatiously, to boast about
v. 5^-4 dmyug-pa {Cs.).
myvr-гса 1. to hurry by, to pass
on swiftly:	dus-myur-wa time
quickly runs away. 2. adv. quickly, also
3^ q3^q myur-tca myur-wa = ^'^^ very
quickly, in colloq. ww at once, without
delay; 3^’3^4'^’^^’^45'q-§v^ the lion
goes to its den very quickly. 5^’4*’R9
myur-icahi hbru [чтеч? music, a
particular note] 8.
3^’|4’яё*|’^ myur-skyob hjig-rten she
who quickly protects the world, an epithet
of the goddess Dolma {Mnon.).
3^ myur-du adv. quickly, speedily,
soon; 3^’45’q myur-du hgro-wa to go
quickly; $'3* ci-myur as speedily as pos-
sible. 3^’^’q^‘54l^ myur-du btsah-rtags
symptoms of immediate parturition {Ja.).
З^’я ?;?ушм7гя==*]^’я/^'я a dancing
woman {Mnon.)
3^1я myur-tsam W, stsh quick
[wavering, quickening] 8.
JJQTP myul-u'a
to roam about, to do the work of espion-
age, to examine closely, to search into,
to scrutinize. §Ч’ря<3*гч rgyal-khant
myul-wa to explore (a country).
myo-ica v. й'4 smyo-ioa.
gc-q myon-icd pf. 3^ myans fut. 3^’
myan 1. ЧЧЧТ to enjoy, to taste, perceive ;
to lick; to undergo; д ч'З^ ч l/ro-wa myon-
ica to taste;	mthon myon-wa to
have seen before, t/to§ myon-tca to
have heard before; 3^’4*’§\4 myon-war
byed-pa to feel;	myofi-icar byed-do
enjoyed, causes to enjoy;
perceiving the relish by tasting;
ro-myon-wa to relish, to enjoy tho flavour ;
iMo-ri$-kyi lons-spyod
myon-wa to enjoy the bliss of paradise;
I shall make thee
enjoy the food of religion;	tp
5WI
980
¥R||
taste distress, to get into trouble;
works which
cause one to undergo another state of
existence (Thffy.);
your own doings are your own sufferings
(Jd.). 2. is an auxil. of tho pf. like
byun:	btsal ma-myoft I have
never yot sought;	rnthonma-
myon I have never yet seen;
one who had gone there
before and is acquainted with the language
of tho people (Л. 67); $5*1 *13^ myon-
ua than-thun or	myon-wa §na-zin
having experienced, having perceived
gen. by mystic meditation).
myon ham-can a vain con-
ceited person who protends to know much
more than he really is acquainted with.
myo* gru, WT4?t, excitement,
loss of control, sensual intoxication [a
kind of grass, Poa eynosuroides; the wood
of the Ficus religiosa used for kindling fire
by attrition]S.
S’™ myos-pa—***snax,
to become intoxicated, intoxica-
tion from wine, to be maddened, become
demented:	$hin-rnyo$-pa$
myo-hdug being deranged, he is demented
(Mnon.).	my os-pa hi ca-co noise
made by intoxicated poisons,
myos-pahi phrcn-ldan-ma
gV*) an excited indecent woman (Mnon.).
myos-pahi mtshan-ma that
which excites lust, i.e. musk (Mnon.).
myo§-bum-can as met. = an
elephant (Mnon.).	myos-byed 1.
*xx, w,	<rc,
Kamadeva, wine, intoxicator; a cloud.
2. the number thirteen (Rtsii.).
myo$-byed khan-pa,	qr or
wine-selling woman's house, a brothel
(Mnon.);	myos-byed-hkhri-gin
the penis;	myo^-byed leags-
kyu id.;	myos-byed-hbrin
tho male organ or sox; an intoxi-
cator, a drunken man.	myo$-
yed-hfshon^&t^'tt a wino-selling woman;
ST** myos-ma a youthful gill, a damsel=
5 Й5КЯ; ww myos-gsal-ma a youthful,
accomplished woman (Mnon.).
dmag 1.	, ffafi1,
troops, army, soldiers; rkan-dmag
infantry; 5 V”! rta-dmag cavalry;
yul-dmag a sort of militia or reserve who
in Tibet are occasionally mustered;
dmag-mi a soldier, v. frq.
oi4] dmag-gi yan-lag bshi ^X^ W the
four kinds of troops: g]^’ elephant,
ЗМ chariots,	infantry,
4? cavalry (Mnon.).
dmag-gi-gtam	talk of war or
fighting; 5*^1’gV’Y ’ dmag-gi $fion-du
rgyu-wa pioneer forco, or scouts of an
army;	dmag-gi rjes-su
hbran-ica ally or follower in war;
dmag-chas ammunition, equipment.
*J^q|q]$4j dmag-sde ehen-po $de-gcig
an army consisting of the
following —10,000 elephants, 30,000 cha-
riots, 100,000 warriors, 1,000,000 cavalry,
30,000,000 infantry (Yan-ti. 18).
V«|	dmag-sde chen-pohi
rnam-grans acc. to a Kalachakra writer
the following is the enumeration of forces:
^’g; three Paiti=a Senaniukha (^n^r);
three Senamukha=one Gnilma (g«);
three Gulma—ъ Gana ; three Gapa=
one Vahini ; three Fa/«m=one

981

Pritana (ш) ; three Priiana=$w Сити
(чТС); three Cto»w=one Anlkini	;
ten Anlkini make one Aksduhini
this last includes an army of elephants
and chariots numbering 21,870. (Du§-
ye. 3^3).
¥<4’53^’ dmag-dpun <<?r,	troops,
army; also	id.
Syn.	dmag-tshogs;	ru-pa ;
dpun-tshog§ ; V*4! dmag ;	dpun ;
dpun-gi dkyil-hkhor;
dmag-gi hjigs ; ^'owfq^qcv^ yan-lag
bshi-pahi sde (Mnon.).
dmag-dpon ifrnqfa, gene-
ral, commander.
Syn. ‘5| 4^’q dmag-gi hdren-pa ; w
§5'0]9^ ral-grihi gnen ;	rtJ-grihi
rgyun-hdsin ; VW|'S|44[q dmag-gi hgo-pa ;
dpun-gi khyu-mchog ; ^5^?'2?
$dehi btso-bo ;	dpun-gi rngon-po
(Mnon,),
dmag-rum — Q^'&ww darkness:
the destroyer
of the darkness of the three worlds.
(Yig. 9).
dmah or Swq dmah-wa, adj, low,
short; mean, humble, inferior.
low place, Xqq^wq low status; ^f^wq
inferior intelligence or intellect;
blo-gros dmah-wa mean in mind.
if (in pregnancy) the
middle parts of the body are low and the
sides high (Jd,); sbst. lowness. Also, as
vb., with pf. VW 6?mas,=to be low,
degraded, inferior.	to fall
lower and lower;	in times
of scarcity, when eating and drinking is
low (Pth,); in W. VR’vfaq’M to dishonour,
profane, to humiliate,	dmah-skyob
the protector of the humble, a king
(Mnon,);	dmah-hdod inclination
to go down, tendency to meanness.
dmans—^w the populace, mob,
common folk;	id. ¥к$г«е/
beer that is given to the common people
at entertainments (Rtsii.),	a
banquet or treat for the public; wq
the vulgar, the common people; one of
the common people;	dmans-
hdul £na§=?jc‘‘S^ gron-khycr a town or
city (Mnon,);	dmans-mo a
woman of low caste ;	dmans-rii§
the lowest class or caste in
India, people of degraded rank in Tibet.
dmad abuse, cursing.
dman <|5f,	^4,
vulgar, mean, inferior, of the lowest order
or quality. is even sometimes used
for | skye-dman a weman, common in
eolloq. as “ kyemen ”;	the
class of young woman (Yig; 56).
dman-pa) low, in reference to quantity
or quality, little;	either too
little, or too much, or badly constituted;
q^wWq having few merits; 3’Wq
‘blo-dman-pa having little sense (Glr.);
dman-ehun^^^'^ a young girl
(Yig. 87).	dnwn-pahi-rigs
the lowest people in India who are
very wild and fierce; dman-ma—
rnin-pa old, stale, not fresh:
^•or^rq’S),	«ч to each wither-
ed flower that was offered to the Blessed
One (K. g. 290).	dman-
rndses-ma a beautiful woman;
dman-^ar a maiden, a growing girl.
dmar 1. one of the thirty-six
border countries of India {jYa-sel, 38). 2.'
profit, gain, good success; a small
profit (Mil.).
dmar-po i. adj. successful:
^5wr5 §E.x5< did it go on well with your
meditation, instruction,	finishing
instruction, in religion, and in medical
science (Ja.).
ii.	red;	mdog-dmar red
colour;	dtnar-po rgya-mtsho
the red ocean, the colour of its water
being red for many thousand miles it is
so called (7Г. d. 3J+3);	dmar-po
nca-can as mct. = donkcy (Mnon.);
dmar-po erin-skyes	gifiOT,
a red dyo produced by an insect, Am yr is
agalloch. dmar-ica red or sbst. red-
ness:	red eyes; red nose.
dmar~khe~pa a butcher, execu-
tioner (Mgyur. 2!Jj);	dmar-khra
red stripes, as painted on llcd-hat monas-
teries; dmar-grum	a
square piece of red coloured rug (Rtsii.) \
dmar-rgyan piece of raw-meat in
Tantrik offerings made to spirits (Rtsii.);
dmar-iian greenish red;
dni'ir-rjen naked;	dmar-cham-
myur-po fresh baked cakes the natural
colour of which has not been changed
(Jig. 29);	dmar-mdans bright
ness, ruddy complexion. dmar-sdor
minced meat or meat
for broth (Rtsii.); dmar-mo red,
also red cow; dmar-smyug blackish-
red ;	йш’-яЛп footnotes
written in redink;	notes
in a book written in red (Rtsii.);
dmar-htshog copper-coloured,	фпаг-
bzan scarlet-red; фпаг-yol red china
ware as opp. to 5	dmar-
rufi-pa adj. naked, also a naked person,
frq.	dmar-ru mgo-nag [a
small shrub, Abrus precatorius bearing a
red and black berry, which forms the
982	5^1
smallest of jewellers ’ weights]#.;
dmar-bgal dysentery, bloody flux (Jd.).
dmar-ser (1)	the disk
of the sun, also the halo surrounding the
sun (Mnon.); (2) reddish yellow, honey-
coloured :	dmar-ser-mig
the lion-eyed<	skwa-dmar-pa a
monk of a red-hat sect.
dmig-pa 1. Lex. and Cs. a hole.
2. kind of lizard, also Iho pangolin:
I	•‘^гвпц. Also 5^9
dmig-bu qt g’fo sky a Jeb a kind of worm,
e>., “ insect which has no wings” (Rtsii.).
dmigs ЯНН,	1. imagi-
nation, frame of mind, tho mind on one
point.	dmig$-kyi$ dfyje-wa
Hicu discernment;	dmig$~can
ingenious, skilful in contriving W. 2. sbst.
sftranw,	[consciousness,
idea, attainment, perception, acceptance]#.
dmig$-gtad. object on which
a mystic concentrates his vision or his
mind in order to induce meditation; some-
times the object is a thing actually before
him, sometimes a mental object, sometimes
purely fanciful or impossible as tho horn
on a hare’s head or the child of a barren
woman. A meditator who can become
absorbed without any such assistance has
reached a high state of proficiency, v.
Mil. 82, b. 2. Sometimes erroneously
dmigs-$ton-pa or
to give an idea of, to make a sug-
gestion.
dmig$-pa 1. as vb. to fancy,
to imagine, to construe in one’s mind.
don dmigt-pa to intend a benefit
or profit for another person (Jd.). 2. sbst.
531
983
53^1
thought, idea, fancy
dmigs-pahi rten prob, a thing only suppos-
ed, an object imagined {Thgr.).
dinig s-pa med-pihi snin-rje in Jflil. is
acc. to Jd.: the pity which the accomplished
saint, ,who has found everything even
religion to be vain and empty, feels to-
wards all other beings, in as far as they
are still subject to error and mistakes, opp.
to	and
the tender sympathies called forth
by the sight of beings that are really
suffering and of those defective in mora-
lity ;	forgetful of all the
beautiful fancies, schemes, and airy notions.
beyond
the range of thought or imagination;
dmigs-pahi smra	ex-
cecration, reviling; 5*^’3 dmigs-bu
a support, gen. a blind man’s
leader (J9sZ.).
dniig^med	indepen-
dent, not depending:
Tsongkhapa who was free from all worldly
obstacles, i.e., perfectly independent,' in
which senSe all Bodhisattva are indepen-
dent.	dmig^hdsin dependent,
depending on a support.
dmigs-gsal or
clear to the mind:
unless it is clear that the work
should be done privately or confidentially
{D. $el. 12).
Dmu or *?is Dmu-rgod 1. n. of the
earliest tribe of Tibet, the men who
first inhabited Tibet (J. Zan.). 2. a
malignant spirit, a kind of evil-demon
that causes dropsy in those on whom his
malignant eye falls; one of the nine spirits
called
0, Kas'yapa these four are the
spirits which trouble the Bodhisattva {K.
ко. *, 213) ;	in
time to come even beings like Dmu-rgod
vftll have faith in Buddhism {Ebrom. 2).
\4'§dmu-chu dropsy; which is
brought on by evil demons; 50’^
one who is suffering from dropsy.
dmu-mdo demon of the disease of dropsy
etc. {Rtsii.);	dmii-dsin-can
dropsy, dropsical.
5Wq dmun-pa = ^Ji blun-po ’sre an
idiot; also, acc. to Ja., darkened, obscured.
dniur-wa v. mur-ica.
dmul-ica v. hdsum-pa.
dmus-lon — ^'Q lon-гса
ono who is born blind :
(J Zan.).
dme-wa — ^^ v. й‘ч rme-wa.
dmod-pa 1. щщ, gfbre,
4XWr cursing, subduing, vb. (acc. to Cs.)
to curse, execrate, accurse; 5&Vq’§5’q sbst.
imprecation, execration, malediction;
the twelve
years on which a curse had been pro-
nounced by the saint {Dzl.). 2. to swear,
to affirm, to confirm a treaty by an oath
{Ja.). 3. to address a prayer of conjura-
tion, to the deity {Glr.). ^’35 dmod-
nio (opp. to ifcw smonJam) malediction:
although a devil’s
malediction is very potent {D. R.).
dmod-tshod, abuse, insults.
Л dmyal-ica gsi, pw,
1.	hell, purgatory, perdition ;
going to hell;	the eight
hot hellg ;	the eight cold hells.
the hells of preli-
984
*ГГа I
minary or lighter punishment which are
situated in the neighbourhood of the
greater hells:
5^' | fire-trench situated round the hot
hells;	j the mire of putrid
corpses; Я	J the forest of razors;
wood of swords;
tho iron-bristle trees;
the river Vaitarani the fordless
Styx, &e.;	hell	of tem-
porary punishment which does not last
more than a day. 2. vb. to out up, to cut
into pieces, meat at dinner (Dzl.).
dmyug-pa to show;
da i ag-dmyug-pa or	фпуид-ра
bipd-pa to show repeatedly, to boast (Jd.
and Cs.).
swq dmyugs-pa to drain off:
о
to sift out fish with a
fishing net (Sag. 53).
rma I: w, faroi, ^<4 wouud, a
sear, a kind of leprosy with red spots and
insensibility of the skin:	’ I was
wounded or Г have got a wound;
to heal a wound; дЗ'^-q rmahi lha-ка a
wound growing worse. $4’|*4 rma-$kye$
^?T5i pus, matter ; also blood; rma-
rje$ sear, cicatrix; rma-rnin an old
wound; ЯЭД rma-sman or fc'J' medicine or
salve for a wound; $4’^5 rma-nad ччг sores
and ulcers: rma-nad are of two kinds
(I) ^‘3** lhan-§kye§ constitutional such
as	gshan-hbrum piles, me-dbal,
spvuj sur-ya^ rmen-bu, ^4*^4 rlig-
rlugy ^ччя rkan-hbam,	mtshan-
par rdol-wa*, (2) those which one con-
tracts from accidental causes
$<54^ rma-mtshan scar; Я*Х rma-ro scurf,
scab; ttww rma Jas hbab-pa — f^l blood
(Mnon.); rma-ju a festering, suppura-
ting wound; rma-qul scar; *<3*чу^Х
rmahi than-skor	the cleansing
or dressing of a sore.
‘^1II: sometimes signifies beauty, good
luck, etc.	rma-bya-can ver-
dure, green, a meadow.
fc'S Rma-bya (pro. Mabja) 1. n. of a large
village situated to the South West of the
district of Saskya visited by Sarat Chandra
Das in 1882. ^'З^чЗ^-п) rma-bya
myon-uahi sefi-ge n. of a Lama of learning
who belonged to Mabya (Lofi. * 5). 2. lit.
the mottled or spotted bird, the peacock,
commonly called
чмчпПни, S. Lex.
rma-byafj-mgrin n. of a gem;
*4*^'5^ rma-byahi rgyal-mtshan-can
* symbolized by a peacock, ’ an
epithet of Durga (Mfion.);	a
peacock’s tail;	a peacock’s
crest. 1гз3*я#ч rma-byahi htsho-wa (lit.
the food of tho peacock = ч^*^<| hem-
lock (Sman. 427). КЗ^ЯЧ^’^З’Х a
fabulous mountain said to exist in the
continent of Purva Videha, the people of
which possess blue necks (K. d. \ 338).
A mixture of Д’зЗ’лд^гч the peacock’s
bile with the juice of Bhrin-gi raja
cooked in cow’s butter when taken
through the nose will change the colour of
the hair to deep black (K. g. 48).
Syn. sgegJdan;	mgrin-
Snon ;	gtsug-phud-can ;
mjug-sgro-can ;	legs-bris-sgro ; w
rab-gyo; gar-mkhan ;
hbrug-grahi-gar ;	rgya-mtsho-skyes;
rna-rgyan-can ;	tyMarrtse ;
brtan-pa-dregs ; sar-hgro ;
bkra-wahi hog~pag$-can;

985
Л'Й|
mdofts-ldan-',	hbrug-
$grahi-rjc§ ; §geg or §neg) ;
mdon§-mthah-can ;	sen-mohi-
gar; gtsug-ldan; |<у«гучя $prin-la-
dgah > ядч|-д*гяЕ?ч hbrug-sgra§ mftal-
hdsin ;	lag-hgro-za ;	sprin-
gyi-§geg ; *S4’4J’4 hdab-brgya-pa (Mfton.).
Я'5’^’5 rma-bya chen-po	n. of
a deity (Dom.); one of the five tutelar dei-
ties of the Buddhists ; n. of Tantrik work
glorifying the goddess Mahamayuri.
Rma-kham$ or	n. of a
petty state included in Kham§ (Yig. k.
18-28).
Rma-chu n. of the great river of
N.E. Tibet which, rising in various ranges
S.W. of Barong Tsaidam and Shang,
flows past qsw Skar-ma-thaft lake and
3Skya-refts and then making a detour
round the mountain of A Spom-ra flows
due east keeping some 40 miles to the south
of lake Kokonor; whence entering the pro-
vince of Kansu it becomes the Hoangho or
Yellow River of China. A Tibetan author
says it is called Khathan-gol in Mongolian,
the Tibetan equivalent of which term is
the river in which a certain
qneen had drowned herself (Bsam. 32).
Rma-chen Spom-ra n. of the
great genius of the gshi-bdag class,
the lord of the peacocks, who resides in the
snowy mountain of *§*** Spom-ra of the
province of Amdo.
rma-tsho-kun-gshi one of the
Tibetan pupils of Atis'a:
(A. 16).
tmaft 1.	ground, base,
foundation ;	to lay foundation of
a house etc.; the foundation stone. 2.
a dream : ла'чя гтап-1ат=$1'ем dream,
vision;
having presented his request, in a dream
he saw the front of Vikramas'ila (A. 69).
rmaft-rmaft =	also implies
different (Hbrom. 131).
rmaft-tshcr also 1. pincers
(generally made of silver or iron) to pluck
out hair; acc. to Cs. instrument for clean-
sing the nostrils. 2. а гаке (&?A).
rmad—*&*\ excellent, very good.
rmad-byuft or	become
excellent, marvellous, admirable, grown
excellent:	in
this portion of the marvellous age (Yig.
k. 2)	to wonder, to be
surprised at (Jd.);	V’ I
ali
these are in their nature void—what is
more wonderful than this and what can
be more sublime ! (Lam-rim).
rmad-da byuft-wahi §de the orders or classes
of Buddhist dignitaries such as Crar aka.
Bodhisattva, etc. (J. Zaft).
rman-pa wounded.
J{>)iar-$nnn n. of a section in the
monastery of Sera	{Lofi. >,
17).
rmas-pa 1.=^’4 to ask, to
inquire. 2. mention is sometimes made
of a verb Л’А with pf. rrnas to wound.
rmas-ma an animal that has been
wounded but not killed.
.8'4 rnri-wa pf. Sa rmis to dream.
rmt-lam (resp.	a
dream; ii	vision-like, to
gee in a dream;	мярнхлсТ
dreamed in a dream;	xw
dreamless; й’ад’Я’Э a troubled dream;
125

986

ц-адrmi-tam	to dream;
rmi-hm bgad-pa to interpret
dreams (Сг.);	rmi-lam
mthon-wahi gznfi§ n. of a dharanl on dreams
(7Г. y. *, 5d); W'Swfl rmi-lam mi-
bzafi-ica a portentous ill-boding dream
cs
rmig-pa the hoof of an
animal:	rmig-brag& cloven
hoof ;	cloven-footed ; 5’й4! л
horse’s hoof ; a silver ingot shaped as
a hoof (=130 rupees); giJa(J-rn4g a
yak's hoof;	rmig-lcags horse-shoe ;
rmig-zlam an undivided hoof;
rmig-yzer horse-shoe nail, hob-nail.
rmigs-pa lizard of a * small
kind {Ja.).
ex
пя1Й=^‘ pm an (Ja.).
(Imu.
>o
rmu-rgocl-pa the lowest class of
people in ancient Tibet.
rmu-thag 1. a cord to which little
flags are attached on roofs of convents,
houses, etc. 2. a rope by which tho ancient
kings and qneens of Tibet were reputed
to ascend into heaven there to live with
their ancestors.
3M $ Rmu-li a place in Kham province
(Loft. 17).
r mug-pa pf. rmug$-pa 1. to
bite; occasionally used with the tooth:
the dog bit him. 2. to
sting, of bee^, etc. W.; to gall, e.g. the
feet by friction of the shoes JFi 3. to bark
in W. (Jd.).
rmugs-pa rarely *J/q 1- a
denso fog:	гтид$~Ра№ na-bun
id. ;	rmugt-pa-can foggy 5
nin-mtshan-diA yul rmug$-pa tho
place is foggy day and night. 2. be-
fogged mentally, stupid, inert, languid,
sluggish ;	yid-rmug§-pa depressed
and melancholy (% brom. I4, 22);
rmug§-thib-pa dense fog covering, envelop-
ing.	rmugs-hdsin 4ho chief
of waters,’ the sea, that holds the vapours.
rmur-wa to growl and bito eaeh
other as dogs do.
4 rme-ua (^^ 3) also S*'q dme-pa sbst.
spot, speck, mark, a natural mark as a
mole, birth-mark; any blemish or impurity:
rme-gtsan-med or	gtsafi-
rmc-med making no difference as to clean
or unclean food (J/#7.); rme-grib
moral defilement; adj., й'З rme-po stained,
defiled, mouldy, spotted;	rmehu-zan
unclean food:
(Behu. 67).
—s
Rme-lad n. of a very old
monastery in Lhasa in front of which a
stone monolyth was erected bearing tho
inscription of a treaty between the king
of Tibet Khri Ral-pa-ean and the
Emperor of China (J. Zaft.).
%l^Rme-ru n. of an ancient monas-
tery in the N.E. quarter of tho city of
Lhasa.
+	r meg-pa = $4 root, also=4M
order, series, row;	r meg-med-pa
gtau med-pa disorder, not regulated;
£’^'q,fiqTq^l^'Ql the religion became disor*
ganized (J. Zaft.).
rmed	crup-
per attached to a saddle.
*s
rmedrpa pf. rmes l. = «]^^'q
gtam dri-гса to ask, to inquire:

987

if you asked if
there are rich people in Tibet. 2.
to plough and sow: fiS^VT4 rmed-du
hjug-pa to cause to be ploughed and sown
(Ja.). 3. to study.
"s
*	гтеп-пап=ф* bad sign,
Ш-omen, foreboding»
rmen-pa or	=
(A. a goitre; also an induration
caused by a sore or wound: c^’Sjsrgcr^w
he dreamt that by
simply having covered it with the hand the
induration was healed (А. Ц).
rmen-buhi-nad an indurate sore or ulcer or
a swelling on the skin.
rmel-wa or §mel-wa 1. to
pluck out;	lai rmel-wa—
to pluck out hair. 2. to summon, to
call, to invite.
Sfa rmo-wa адпг, pf. and imp. й^ rmos,
to plough:	shin-rmo-wa to plough
fields;	ma-rmos-pahi lo-tog
a fabulous kind of grain in the mytho-
logical age said to grow without cultiva-
tion; also, maize.	rmo-mkhan
ploughman.
ifa rmo-ma l. = ^’3i an old woman.
2. fqunr^t father’s mother.
rmo-yas 1. n. of a number.
2. steel helmet; also, perhaps, full coat of
mail (Mnon.).
3^4]	* or ^’04 a helmet; Д^ЙЧ
khrab-rmog coat of mail and helmet (Jd.).
Syn. й^гзч rmog-thur ; tshem-shu ;
йЧз rmog-shu ; dmag-shwa (Mnon.).
Rmog-cog n. of a place in Tibet
(Loft. J, 32).
й^-ф^-я rnwg-brteegs-ina n. of a here-
tical sect (TibseZ. h!6).
rmon-wa (=*rjforq) pf. Йкад rmons
1. to be obscured; also, as subs, obscurity,
chiefly in spiritual sense; £ртЙк*ги fylo-ma
rmon^-pa or Йк^'^5 rmofts-med a mind
lively, unimpaired;	kun-tu
rmon-fes che-wa general obscuration of
mind; йк*гч*гя§^А rmon-par hgyur-wa to
become obscured, darkened;
rmsfi-icar byed-pa to obscure, to darken, also
to confound, perplex. 2. to bo puzzled;
to become dizzy,	rmon-chen-
pohi khan-pa uvThWnih [a refuge of
utmost ignorance or delusion]8.
Йк*д rmon-spu hair of the abdomen and
the pudenda:	the
belly-hair of a he-goat heals cancer.
r«?o«g=^§4]’£> copulation (MfionX
I: rmons-pa ФНХ, ^T^T,
WTynr, w
1. a fool, stupid person, ignorant or
untrained person, йк*гч^1 rmons-brtul—
5^’3 blun-po fool, idiot. 2. adj. obscured,
stultified (Stg.).
Syn. БИ’Ц blun-po ; glen-pa\
lug-ltar-lkugs-pa ;	ma-ges-pa ;
*rqa|q*rq ma-bslabs-pa ;	mi-mtshon-
pa ; nii-rig-pa ; mun-pa, ^k^-q
ldoft^-ра; (Mnon.).
Ц. = йклгч rmoft§-pa hIt
delusion: ^’йк^ [confusion, igno-
rance,	alarm] 8.;	^iTk*i fia/i-rmofis
stupid, deceitful (А. 7Г. 1-1 J).
$я*гйк^-§ rnam-rmons-te	enticed,
infatuated, fascinated.	йк*гчг?^|*г25
rmoft§-pohi grogs-po = ^'^^\^ dosireto
sleep, falling asleep (Mnon.). Й5*£чщ
rmo^-gflagg=^^or	charms
for causing mischief to others.
*5*1
988
$5^*1
rmod-pa to plough: Й5Ж rmod-
ghn a ploughing ox;	r mod Jani
furrow (&?Zl).
M'q rmon-pa 1. the act. of ploughing
rmon-pa rgyab-pa to plough (Cs.),
2. a plough-ox; rmon-dor or
rmon-pa-dor a yoke of oxen.
rmyafi-wa or iTvq rmycfi-wa to
bfiid towards; to stretch one’s self, to
stretch forward tho nock as if to hear any-
body speaking or whispering: S‘^'9Vq
Ьуа-rmyafi. byed-pa to stretch, to yawn ^Cs.).
+ Л rmya-wa 1. sickness, nausea;
****•& khams-rmya nausea (Lex.). 2.=
to degenerate, grow worse, decay.
U$)iid = d»tah : Hw’q to humiliate,
east down, humble;	a
humiliating word or phrase expressing an
insult.
Sma-khams—t^'F9^ Smar-kham$
n. of a district where a Jong-pon from
Lhasa with the designation Ma-kham thal-
chi holds office (Lofi. % 5).
= Г^ a khahi-$pu board;
bearded; STM** $ma-ra-nuA scanty
beard.
й $ma-sa	[suitable] S.
$mag a sort of medicine of an
astringent taste; &nag-rgyu black
pepper.
$тад-гит=Щdark,
darkness; to keep up or light a lamp in
darkness:	(Situ.);
dense gloom.
$mad 1. that which is lower than
some other place or thing; a comparative
adj.: the lower—usually opp. to $tod
the upper; both terms being often attached
to place-names to differentiate two.near
localities, e.g., Jang-tfod upper Jang and
Jang-$mad lower Jang. downwards,
^'2 Й5 the lower part of the human body.
stretching forth the lower parts.
WS’yw'W4 to bring the five lower
parts of the body, the belly, the knees, and
the points of the feet in close contact with
the ground, i.e.t to prostrate one’s self
(Jd.). 2. with regard to time the latter
part, the second half, of the night. 3.
children, in relation to their mother gen.
preceded by л or 3 thus:	I and my
mother (Jft7.) ;	the old woman
with her (two) sons, three; also of ani-
mals :	the mare and her foal,
tho two (Dzl.); ^S’q ^‘9'S5-the sick man’s
family; OSV1 my wife and children
(Ja.). Я5*&mad-rgya$-ma =
a woman in full sense (Mnon.).
$niad-hchal degradation, shame-
lessness, prostitution; JfS‘4W§^4to indulge
in dissolute habits, to practise $mad hchal.
ynad-hdogs a subscribed letter,
the letters \ and are subjoined as
in 3, 5, Я, T (Situ.).
imad htshon-ma, TTf^nrr,
и p, ^Tfw a prostitute, harlot, a
self-willed or unchaste woman,
ч)^л tmad-htshon-mahi gna$ a prostitute’s
house, a brothel.
Syn.	thnn-moti-bud-med;
* rtagt-can-ma; чд^*л hbyon-ma;
ч^ч’л gyel-ma; с^'^Ч’л fian-rol-ma; Кл*л
re^-ma; ч^’д^’л hdod~$pyo$-ma; ч\5'4*г^*л
hdod-раь rtsen-ma; ч|^*гч^с/л gzug$ htshoft-
ma; tbyor-byed-ina;	tshogt-
can-ma (MAon.).
S $mad-htshofi-mahi giio-mo
a chief courtezan.
989
СТ
Syn.	§kye-bohi tshog$-can\
re$-mohi-htso;	gron-
pahi chos-ldan ;	leug-ldan;
gzugs-kyi sne-ma; $*гл|р‘я lus-bsgyur-ma;
|^-q^ $куе-Ъо$ b$kur-ma;
hdod-dahi kha-lo-ua (Y[fton.).
wad-gyog$ nether integuments,
breeches, trowsers; 85*^ under-garments;
lower garments, petticoats.
&IS wad-pa I: or	blame,
reproof, reproach, disgrace, contempt.
Syn.	dhyin-ci log-brjod*,
log-hdren-tshig; log-smra*,
log-sgrub;	skur-pa-hdebs; ^'4
gge-ica ; й 5’q smod-pa;	brgyad-
bkag;	mtshan-rgod; ^3’^] hphya-
tshig*, 5V4XS‘q $kyon-brjod-da (Mnon.).
imafra abuse, reviling language:
do not slander or blaspheme.
$mad-rig$ low or inferior class,
lower race.
СТ П: vb. 1. to lower, make low:
to lower one’s eyes, to be abashed;
to humble one’s self;
to be lowly, meek (Dzl.):
when Afagadha had been brought low,
bad decayed in its prosperity. 2. to abuse,
revile; to blame, to chide:
(to abuse) the venerable-man with base
words;	(to degrade) the
highness of the excellent, to blaspheme
the doctrine (Glr.). 3. to. dishonour,
violate, ravish:	(Pth.).
wad-hdid the regulations of the
Dul-ica (Vinaya) as observed in Kham-
Amdo and introduced from there into
Tsang and U by Lama Lo-chcn, sometime
after Buddhism had been suppressed in
Tibet Proper.	siod-hdid the regu-
lations of the Vinaya as introduced by
the Kashmirian pandit S'akya-S'ri into
Tibet, having come from upper Tibet, i.e.,
the Ladak side (Yig. 3).
Smad Mdo Khams Shaft-
drug the really only five districts of the
lower Do-Kham province : § Skyu-ra,
Rab, Spo-hbor,	Dmar-tsha
Sgan, and Zalmo-sgaft :
anciently
there being nothing other than birds in
lower Khams-Sgaft-drug, it was called
Bya-yul or the land of birds (Jig. J).
$Pj I: sman benefit, use, good (resp. of
ь^'Ц)	for the good of
religion and living beings; ^<Tl^*q=^’
to be useful. Sch. has:	a bene-
ficent mind, a mind intent on doing good.
II:	НТО the common term
for : medicine, physic, drug:	to
gather medicinal plants on the mountains
(v. Hue’s Travels, vol. 2). sno-sman
vegetable medicine.—liquid medi-
cine, etc.—jfc’Jfl medicine taken inter-
nally ;—metallic and organic
drugs:	5^,	y|cw
&c.—’gaj medicinal stones,
pn^q, ayEX etc.—mineral
medicine such as soda, salt, saltpetre,
sulphur, etc.; barks, roots, medicinal
herbs, leaves and fruits. medicinal
oil, lard;	$kyug-$man emetic;
shi-sman soporific potion; b$al-$mari
purgative.	srog-chags-wan
animal medicine, &o. ^’3 lde-ди electuary,
syrup;	sman bkus-te bor-wa
^fa^TtfHTO a medicine well purified.
different medicines, also various
spices mixed up together; Wan-
ад
990

khrog medicinal ingredients not yet
pounded or mixed up (Tftsi?.). М’З’В’Ч
sman-gyi bya-wa the effect of medicine;
^35^^ §man-gyi sbyor-yfe medicinal
compounds; decoction; S’* powder;
pills; 5 Ide-ди syrup, HV** man-mar;
liquid mixture; tincture or
wine;	sulphates or carbonates
of metallic medicines.
8V3 &nan-$ku an imago made of tho six
medicinal metals, namely, gold, silver,
copper, iron, brass and zinc (Rtsii.).
$nian-gyi-{jon$ a country rich
in medicinal plants; is used as met. for
Tibet.
^man-rta the vehicle in which
medicine is taken :	tho three
vehicles which are two kinds of molasses
and sugar; д	white and
brown molasses are the vehicles of remo-
ving flatulence.
sman-dicafi or
met. = the moon believed to be the presi-
ding deity of officinal plants.
Smaii-fela	; Man-la the
Buddha presiding over the healing art;
who is often figured in temples and who
at Lhasa is the presiding deity of a
famous medical college built on the
Chagpo Bi in the south-west suburbs of
the city. His analogue with tho Mongols
is styled Otochi.	man-
blah i rndo rggas-bsdits two Sutra of the
Bhai-shajya guru ono abbreviated and
the other extended (7Г. g. ^33).
swrzn-r/se incorrect spelling of
a kind of yellow silk scarf, with rod spots
impressed on it, manufactured in China
(Rtsii.). М'ЗЯ	a roll
of man-tse scarf.
man-tsho§ a kind of dye (Jig. 24)*
$шг or g^’5^’ mar~kyan ready money,
cash ;	money and not goods.
anything
fried or preserved in butter;
dried fish preserved or cooked in oil
(Rtsii.).
= §kar-ma-mgo »ЛТ-
firc: (Mnon.) [lit. иdeer-head,” the fifth
star]#.
Ьз mi~ga (old Tibetan)myi-gu&
reed-pen.
ЙЯ mig-L'91/н mirage, vision-
ary illusion, reflection.
Syn.
;	S’3q
(Mfion.).
mig-Ьи small lizard v. rmig$-
pa (Jd.).
$mig-ma or
reed; bamboo.
(Milon.) the outer corner of tho eye.
Ifa’AS4)44 min-hkhyog-ma = §S'£\'^*
(Milon.). a fierce, frowning, fretful woman.
miH-groi-ia or
to lead to conversion and salvation (Glr.);
Яптт^ v. rnam-pa (Jd.).
Smin-grol gliil the monastery
of Mindoling, a famous establishment
the head-quarters of the Dukpa aud
Dzogchen sects, situated 35 miles N.E. of
Lake Yamdok and 8 m. S. of the Tsangpo.
The constitution of this monastery is
peculiar. It has two head lamas, one of
whom is vowed to celibacy and rules the
monks, while the other is permitted to
marry and if he has two children one

991

succeeds to the celibate headship and the
other to the non-celibate position. Should
the lay-head die, however, without chil-
dren, the sworn celibate is then expected
to marry the widow in order to raise up
heirs to succeed to the government. In
case of a total failure of heirs, war,
famine or other dire calamities are to be
looked for.
VI sniin-drug the Pleiades, or the
third lunar mansion, having fire as its
regent; this constellation, containing six
stars, is represented as a flame or else as
a razor or knife. The stars represented
as nymphs are said to have acted as
nurses to the god Kartikeya.
$min-drug zla-wa October-November or
the month of Kartika in which the moon
standing near the Pleiades is full.
Syn. mafi-po-skyes	;
rna-drug-bu (Mfion.).
§min-bdun or §me-bdtm also
byan-gi skar-ma spun-bdun
the seven brothers of the North who move
round the star otherwise the Great
Bear.
СЧ
§min-pa 43), ^Wr 1. ripened,
ripe; developed, perfect:	’S’SVX the
fruit is ripe;	or й^'75^’4 the
growing to maturity of an animal or
germ. 2. vb. to become ripe, to ripen:
quite ripened. 3. to be converted;
also as sbst. conversion:
those destined for conversion.
c\
smin-ma 1. the eye-brow;
also smin-phag. 2. a girl who has
reached maturity; й3)'*4^'^*4 smin-mahi
dints the breast of a youthful woman :
§min4egs-ma with good eye-brows, a
handsome woman (Mnon.).
Syn. rdsi-nia ; й^ЛЗ^ §min-dkyus ;
mig-yi-grica; *^’53*4 §min-dbrag
(Mnon.).
&nin-tshwa—F%* kha-ru-tshiva.
fj one of the six early tribes of
Tibet (Jig. 6).
§mtig or ЙЯ’^ &nug-po purple or
maroon colour, the colour of clotted
blood; ЙЯ'В smug-khu brownish purple
dye; йФ'Г^Л smiigJdiog a dried carcass of
sheep; й4!’^’ snutg-chuft a medicinal
plant; йЯ’З11’ §niug-thun cakes of wheat or
other flour mixed up with treacle prepared
in disks of a foot diameter for distribu-
tion among the monks. ЙЯ*4 smug-ma
stale meat which is getting rotten (Rtsii.).
Й4]’!" §niug-rtsi or й4!’^ $mug-tsho$ purple-
red dye made from the root of a plant
(Macrotomia) with which cakes and flour
offerings intended for spirits and sacri-
ficial utensils are painted.
§mug-phur a dagger-peg made of
acacia wood (Rtsii.).
й4!'^ smug-phyur purple-scar produced
from bruises or from the effect of a blow
on the skin:
the lama’s body was swollen from bruises
{A. 57).
йцГгч*§'Вж' Smug-ma Bu-khur n. of a coun-
try of cannibals (Yig. 8).
й4^'4 smug§-pa a7?! indolence.
В Г4 sme-khab prob, an incorrect spelling
of Й^‘Р4** an under-garment worn by
Buddhist nuns so that their religious robes
may not be defiled by menstrual dis-
charges (K. d. 5, 4^4).
992
5ГЧ
еммга fjRPS white or black mole
or spot on the skin.
Й	$me-bdun = colloq. forjK6^-
we-wa~dgu 1. й’Ч rme-гса.
2. the nine astrological diagrams or
figures in geomancy of the Tibetans
used in imitation of Chinese astrology ;
out of these, three or the 1st, the 6th and
the 8th are white being symbolical of
the element of iron; the black and blue
m., the 2nd and the 3rd diagrams repre-
sent the element of water; while the
fourth which is blue represents wood and
the fifth figure being yellow represents
the element of earth ; the 7th and 9th
representing the element of fire.
we-f a-can =	bgan-pa a
butcher {Dag. 16).
if4 wo-wa pf. and imp. wo$, occa-
sionally used for: to call, to name, to
remark, assert.
jfif wo-wo	mother’s mother.
tjS/Ц wod-pa 1. f^r, ^HT,
slander, blame, declamation, con-
tempt, invective, abuse, repioach, curse.
Also, vb. with pf. Я5 wad to blame, dis-
parage. 2. said to be synonymous, also,
with spyom-pa to boast, shew off
oue’s self.
Syn. of 1. F kha-fian ; tshig-fian ;
к)га. htshans-pa ;	fian-brjod;
wra-fian\	gnod-tshig\
Wod-tshig\ nes-sdyod-	sun-
hbyin*	shum-byed-tshig (Mnan.).
§шои-;м ^пй:,	bene-
diction ; to bless, to wish, to desire (others
to be happy and prosperous);
for other happiness I do not wish
(Mil.); more frq. with termin. of the
infinitive=to pray for.*
passionless, not fixed on;	the
object of a wish or prayer (Cs.);
yid won frq. a wish, desire, prayer :
having long ago
entertained this wash (Sig.);
worth-wishing, desirable;	a wish
and its accomplishment (Ja.). jfaASfi
smon-hgrin or	^mon-hdren (5<J]$v2r
g ’7^’4 a sincere friend or associate (K.
du. 5, #7, also Fag).	won-drin
praised, lauded, ifa'4’4 won-lam
sfafa? sfnrara, meditation, prayer, sup-
plication ; as a prayer it seems to be rather
for the enjoyment of the fruit of one’s
merits and seldom for a favour or a
necessity undeserved.	won-
lam blab bya$-te sfaww f^ni after having
made a prayer or supplication (A. K.
1-16).	won-lam log-par
hdt>b$-pa to pray for an undesirable object
such as the ruin of an enemy, the perform-
ance of an unrighteous action, etc.
jfa’Wgp* won-lam bla-ma n. of the
chief lama of the monastery
U-cum-chift monastery in Mongolia.
wos drag loud voice.
wyo^-ica =	brkyan-u'G.
I:	= match-making,
intermediation between a disagreeing
pair*;	wyan byed-pa a match-
maker, an intermediator in settling a mar-
riage;	a’ Buddhist
monk should not be an intermediator-in
marriage (K. du. 159). wyan-
byed-pa doing the work of a match
maker.	wyan byed-pa to act on
such business.
wyan-ka=4]^’^ gnen-ka.
$5’4 wyar-ica—^.
993
^'3 §myi-gu (pron. nyi-gu) a pen, of
any kind*
- g ’§ sniyi-gri a pen-knife. Also
in JF. Щ §myug-gri.
<=\
•Ji smyig-ma or smyug-ma
sfn cane, bamboo; a pen of reed; BFT*’
hjog-pa~ to make a reed-pen. JI <04^
smyug-thogs writer, one who carries a
reed pen to write with.
Syn. sriu-can\	sbu^-ldan\
glin-bu-gin; Aqsrg^&A hbra§-bu§
hchi-wa;	rlun-hbud-can ;	’«q g*
rluft-gi §gra-sgrogs (Mnon.).
ЭТйЯ tfnyug-khrog 1. tube of bamboo;
pen-case. 2.=3^’34 a small churn (Cs.);
йЯ'В54 §myug-khyim a house constructed of
bamboos; smyug-mkhan a worker in
bamboo and cane; §myug-sgam a
chest made of reed or bamboo; wicker work
box. tp'4]^’lN &nyitg-gdug$ an umbrella
made of split reeds or bamboos;
smyug-sder dish or fiat basket constructed
of reed or cane; smyxig~phon=^w
q'fcqq'A^’q split bamboo ОГ chips of it
[Rtsii.] ; ymyug-phran reed ; Й4]'54*
vnyug-ma mdah-rgyu reed-bamboo
of which arrows are made.	§myug-
tshig§ knot, node, joint, of reeds (Rtsii.);
§myug-hdsin a clerk, lit. a
reed-pen holder, scribe, writer;
§)nyug-zeb§ wicker-work box resembling a
trunk (Rtsii.);	smyug-bqad comb
made of bamboo used in Sikkim;
$myug-$lom plate made of wicker-work
(£. kar. 179)—in Sikk. dialect called g’M54
§pa-slom.
Я smyu-gu a pen; not used in C.
spiyug-glift (musical) reed-pipe.
Smyug-tshal slug n. of a holy
place in Tibet (Deb. % J/J/).
$туид$ = *ф\	bcug-na§.
snxyuft-ica ^'AKs^ta to fast, to
observe a scant diet (Med.) * often in a
religious sense, й C/<W smyun-gnas=w
*5^
leaving off food, the act of fasting as a
religious observance.	msyun-
gna§-kyi cho-ga	the practice of
fasting on prescribed days and also of
keeping silence according to the rules of
the Dulwa.
5^ $myur-pa to stretch one’s self
after sleep (Sch.).
smyur-tfa^^^ fas to be
quick, expeditious, in a hurry, to hasent.
§mye-pa = ^*4 shen-pa.
smyo-wa (^5) = ^A myo-wa
; pf. &nyos-pa to be
insane, inflamed with insanity;
q^lfa^ ci-haft mi-dran-par §m>yos-so not
recollecting anything they became crazed;
§myos Mug he is mad ; smyo-
byed a narcotic. swyo-hbog tempo-
rary delirium; one speaking while half
asleep, hysteria:
being attacked with delirium he was left
behind (A. 32).
§myon-wa^=^^^ brkyaft-tca.
^’4 smyon-pa	intoxi-
cated, insane, frantic, mad; тг-
126
994 *

IF I
$туон-ра a madman ; Вkhyi myon-pa
a mad dog,	gjaft-chen § myon-pa
an infuriated or mad elephant.
Ц’Ч §mra-tva pf- 8s1 $mra§ imp. gN
smros, to speak, to utter, say:
spoke pleasantly;	speaking well;
they grow speechless, did
not know what to say;	phan-
tshun $mra-wa to converse, ^‘^‘g to
speak from a distance, ^'g to give a reply
to speak again ; ce$ $mra$-so
thus he said;	saying these words;
g-q-^-25 loquacious, voluble; $mrq-
bead dumb ; ^S’^’g'4 med-par §mra-wa to
deny it altogether;	to bo
out off from speaking, to have impeded
speech; gqq $mra-wa-pa spokesman, a
speaker. Is heard as an elegant form in
C.T.
g*45 §mra-hdod ^F! [desired to
be spoken, desideratum^S.
g’qrjTQ $mra-wahi rgyal-po
the king of speech, an epithet of the Bodhi-
sattwa Jam-yang	(Mfan.Y
g $mra-wahi-$go opening or
commencement of speech, an exordium,
g^’if §mra-tcahi-$go kha (lit. the door
of speech tho mouth) n. of a grammatical
work by Sakya Papdita Kun-dgah Rgyal-
mtshan (Deb. *4, $9).
g-q^qq^^^ $mra-wahi bab$-$teg$ as
met. = 4W the tongue (Mnon.).
§mra-waht-lha = wr^c№ that is
W the god of speech (Mfion); g
vnra-wahi lha-mo	Sarasvati the
goddess of learning (Mfan.).
^’4 §mrafi-tca or g^s $mren-tca=
gq to speak, 8^**1 smrafi-tehig speech,
word, also, esp. mystic speech; g Ч**4
$mreft-gsol-wa to beg a word, to beg leave
to speak.
g ‘4 &nre-wa l. = g4‘q8* misery, distress.
2. =4’<K’|p fan-par smra-wa to speak ill
(of others); 0*2*1*’ &nre-tfiag$ bewailing;
g4)<r^*q $mre-$fiag$ hdon-pa to utter
lamentation.
5 tsa is the seventeenth letter of the
Tibetan alphabet, and acc. to Tibetan
grammarians represents the Sanskrit ca.
1. num. fig.: 17. 2. in mystic Budh.:—
the letter called tsa
implies contemplation;
such contemplation is a
converting influence for all intelligent
beings (7Г. wy. % 207).
tsa-lw-ra. 'b^K a partridge, Pcrdix
rufa :	the bird that
subsists by drinking honey from the lilies
(2Г. ко. % 8).
Syn. tsa-ko-ra ; <*5*3^ zla-hod-
htkuti;	hod-la-dgah (Mfion.).
? < Д ЯЧ tsa-kra ba-ka or
hkhor-lohi rkati-pa	red-goose, Anas
casarca.
+ tsa-tu-ka	a mystic word
conveying the meaning:
he said do hold it, do bear it (К. g. P, 27).
tsa-na an idiomatic term=while:
while so thinking;
in the event of arrival there, while
arriving.
+ Tsa-ма-ка 1.	acc. to
Tibetan authorities, n. of an ancient king
of India whose works have been pre-
served in translations of the Tangyur:
(Tan. d.
1)2), Cha^akya’s Rajaniti S'Sstra in
eight chapters. Acc. to Indian authors he
was prime minister of Chandra-gupta who
reigned at Pataliputra. 2. Wi chick-pea,
Cicer arietinum;	tsa-na-kahi hbru
the grain of chick-pea.
tsa-na§ from the time,
§leb$-pahi tsa-na§ from the time of arrival,
since coming.
Tsa-phu-gati shur-mo n. of a
place in Upper Tibet, the birth place of
the Karma-pa hierarch Rati-byuti rdor-je
(Loti. я #9).
tsa-big, v.	tsha~big.
+	tsa-mahi snin-po	a
kind of cake.
tsa-mun-dsa-=A&^d> so-та ra-tsa
flax, or jute.
ЗЛ tsa-ra (also S' rtsa-ra) flogging,
whipping as a criminal punishment;
tsa-ra gnad seems to indicate a
severe castigation in public; $to be
flogged;	having been
handed over to a severe flogging; aww
**’ w,‘4'4 §S
(2). fcZ. 7).
+ ЗЛ'П] tsa-ra-ka 1.=*^^^ go
together or smoothly (mystic) (7Г. g. *1,
215). 2. n. of a religious school of the
Tirthika people in ancient India:
1	those who
held different or opposite views were the
Charvaka and the Lokayati Schools (K.
ко. p, 137). 3. n. of an Indian
medical and surgical work.
Tsa-ri (also spelt rtsa-ri) famous
sacred place far to the S.E. of Lhasa
(Deb. Я 44).
*Л1
996

Ф	1- JF. = curled, frizzled,
as hair and similar things. 2. meat-
offering to tho manes of tho dead (Jd.).
tsd-ru na-ya	lit. fine oyes,
a deer or antelope.
Ф	= rlun wind (mystic)
(К. у. Г, 26).
tsa-^a or *| tsa-ga-ka ЧГЯ tho
Indian jay, Coracias Indica.
tsag-ge in TP. the blaok mark in
a target (Jd.).
tsag-sgra di-ri or &ТЙ also
to make a clucking sound by
touching tho roof of tho palato with the
tongue:	5)n ^’«rlpr ^’*4’8 A’^’S^’
one looking to another made
sounds by clucking with tho tongue to
express his wonder (Л. 151).
Tsan-kun n. of a sa-bdag king,
a monster;	the crawler, n. of
another sa-bdag.
tsan-cu a grain from which
oil is extracted f K. du. 3.1/6).
t ^YS^ tsan-dan	ЦЧПГ, in-
3<ч,	1. Sirium myrtifolium^ sandal-
wood, used for images of gods, perfumes,
medicines;	=	infe-
rior sandal-wood (Mnon.). 2. fig. some-
thing superior in its kind:
oj5j^-Xk- tho cider and younger sons of a
distinguished father perform menial
services (Jd.).
Syn. ma-la ya-dsa; «’«г«г|ч ma-
la ya-skye§ ; drthi §nin-^o;
dpal-gyi dum-bu\	bzaft-pohi-dpal;
tshim-byed gos-can (Mnon.).
Tsan-dan jo-wo n. of an image
of Buddha made of sandal-wood alleged
to have beon taken frem Graya to Bactria
in tho third century B.C. and from there
to China at the end of the first century
A.D. It is now kept in the temple of
Tsandan-sse in Peking and was there
seen by the compiler of this dictionary in
1885.
tsan-dan $brul-gyi $nin-po
згЬЙЧ,	lit. snake’s
heart sandal-wood, so called on account of
snakes’ attraction to it and because they
often remain coiled round the tree (Lofi.
% 6). Is the finest sandal-wood growing
in the Malayan mountains and valued
even-by the gods for its fragrance.
Syn.	sM-
gsutn rin-gyi$ gshal-du med-pahi-fifi;
til-hdab-can; sa-rnchog; ч
ba-gtaft-rngo;	rtna-gso§ ;
35'^ §kyed-can\ |уг^*гдм khyab-hjng-
$kye$;	hphrog-byetf tsan-dan \
25 rna-wa nag-po;	du$-rje$-
hbrafi ; if’4^4	ha-ri tsan-
dan ; oiq-Rja q lag-hgrohi snin-po;
tsan-dan-mchog (Mnon.).
tsan-dan dmar-po,
red-species of sandal-wood;
tsan-dan dmar-pohi hbru 4W-
the seeds of red-sandal-tree.
Syn.	me-tog don-can; sa-
tram-ga;	til-mar-can;
hdab-mahi-lu§\	cho$-bycd §num-
Idan;	sahi tsan-dan ;	rak-
ta tsan-dan \	lu$-Jmar ral-gri
(Mnon.).
^5<Y^v25 tsan-dan ser-po wm,
the yellow species of sandal-wood.
* tsan-rdsus-ma imitation sandal-
wood (Rtsii.)
tsan-sdofi, sandal-wood tree. .
|	997	|
tsab-tsub = rtsab-
rtsub or to*?q tsab-tsob in a hurry, to
hasty;	don’t be in a hurry!
to'Sjq’ tsab-lifl hastily, in a hurry (>8М.).
tsab-hral-wa = ^‘§*<5’ai
to clamour, to raise a cry (JT. du. 5, 11b
also in % 33). 2. loose, dissolute course of
life (Sch.).
tsabs-ru 1. sour curds. 2. a
kind of salt= to4$*£ tsab-ru-tsha (Jd.).
3. atube of horn (Sch.).
tsam HWi, кг^, 4fu we extract
from Jd. for convenience: [mostly affixed
as an enclitic, §ned. 1. as much
as, ^‘to as much as this, = so much, so
many; to^^q to kill so many
men Glr.; ‘to de-tsam so much; also
emphat.: S^to^fq-qv3^ after having
given you so much religious instruction;
by way of exclamation: $ to how much 1
IF., $'to’5^ how much have you done!
to, ^to how much.. .so much- (as much as)
Cs. 2. denoting comparison, as to size,
degree, intensity, like, as-as, so-as, so
that: ^‘wto rt-rab tsam like Sumeru (in
height) Cs.; ^*r*|'to as big as a grain of
mustard-seed; g^ijwto even to sinking
in up to the knees (knee-deep); ‘V^A^rq’to
so much that the sun was darkened;
q^E^v^^y^to ^* he became so
(powerful), that he could also* subdue, or
oould have subdued, the neighbouring
kings (Glr.). 3. denoting contingency and
restriction: perhaps, if need be, almost,
only, but, all but:	(Vai. §fi.) this
may perhaps be used instead, this may, if
need be, supply its place;
q'to ^54 if I let him loose, he might
almost catch a bird in the air. 5^4 *4’
to every one that has
the mark; £V$*rq*to nothing but muscles
and bones; *’to-?|4^’ if one knows but
a fraction of it, but a little bit; Slwto'S
they exist only in our fancy; to'^ tsam-
du denoting extent, degree, intensity; as
far as, about so far, nearly up to, even to,
till, so that: wg\to'^ lam-phyed tsam-du
about half way. Frqv with verbs: 4’aw’
trto^’gqjN he was so frightened that
his hair stood on end;
tormented by a pain as
if he were out to pieces; 5*r»r»#E/q’to
glad as a child is when beholding
its mother again; sometimes toq stands
for toand to: ^4'to q in the shade] Jd.
to §^ tsam-gyis instrum.: S^’to
content with everything poor as
it may bo; to added to the inf.:
to as soon as it had been said, to we?
with a following negative = not the least:
Zfa-q-toWE/я §\q to pay not the least
respect;	neither sun
nor moon is to be seen at all (Jd.). 4.
to tsam also=about, just about: g’4$ Ina-
bcu about fifty, r^l’to rtog-tsam in C.=
a little, a few; somewhat, rather.
to tsam-na acc. to Jd.: about a certain
time, at the time when, when:. ^’§5’to^
nam-phyed tsam-na about midnight; ^‘to
then, at that time; esp. with verbs =
‘when,’ ‘as ’:	when he came
home. Inst, of toit is very common to
hear	:—§5*5^5*^ as he was just doing
it;	when he awoke;
when eight months had passed.
&ГЧ tsam-pa 1. adj., about or of the
size: S^to'q mi-tshad tsam-pa man-sized,
about the size of a man. 2. flour from
parched barley. 3. n. of a country to the
east of Kashmir, the native state of
Cham-ba on the Ravi (S. Lam. 17).>

998

4.	the ancient Bhagalpur. 5. tho ancient
name of Cambodia.
tsam-pa-ka the magnolia;
Hichelia champaka^ the fruit of which is
called ”15 U ka-li-ka : Q
Cam рака (as a medicine) removes fever.
Syn. 4 hc-ma pus-pa ; 3^5
bsod-nam$ bsun ;	mchog-thob;
gscr-gyi mc-tog-can\
mc-tog-rgyal (ДГ/iou.).
Tsam-pa kahi yul, one of tho
96 provinces of S'ambhala (prob, the
Grceo-Bactrian Empire situated to tho
north-west of Kashmir (Dsam.}.
tsam-po whatsoever, such, such
an ono as : й	q I shall
enter into the soul of whatever man 1
meet with. Cs. has besides: q'q a
comparing.
Q a tsam-po-pa one who is contented,
has no ambition, no desire to improve
himself; a mere one, <e., one in the pos-
session of only one thing: й-^м-адччя |
«^•q he possessed the mere body not
the intellect, so ho was called Tsam-pa-po
the mere one {Khrid. 19).
tsam-tsom or	doubt.
you are in doubt
(about it).
Tsar-ma n. of a place in upper
Tibet or the monastery of Tsar-ma in Li-
yul
-Г 04
I	Tsar-pa ti-pa n. of an
Indian Buddhist saint (K. dun. 5).
tsi num.=47.
t Ysi-tra-ka several plants,
esp. Ricinus communis called	the
prince of the digestive stimulants, and
termed in China:	pur-pan-h
\Sman. 57).
^4 tsi-$tag a purgative medicine.
tsi-ti dswa-la 1. leprosy.
2. aeo. Cs. and aco. to Sch.
signifying cancer.	tsi-dsi tsha, a
kind of leprosy : ^5*^	4 be was
laid up with tsi-dsi tsha disease (Yig. 35).
Tsi-na	; China or tho eastern
ronntry.
tsi-tsi 1. mouse; tsi-chnfi
any shrew; че/Э]*^ than-gi tsi-tsi field-
shrew ; ’H sa-yi tsi-tsi id. 2. a kind of
millet grown in China:	he
took ^ate) a quantity of tsi-tsi millet with
ginger (Л. 90);
though tsi-tsi is cooling, yet it produces
wind in tho stomach.
tsi-ti-tsim a species of fish
»Mnon.).
Ф чГТГр Tsi-lu ka-k?a n. of a
Sthacira (but not one of the sixteen) who
visited China and preached Buddhism
there :	‘TO
(Grub. % 5).
t	(mystic word) the heart.
J	tsin-da ma-ni (^№^'X<9)
fasrimfa the chintamani, a yellow gem of
fabulous virtues with seven shades of
colour appearing in it at different hours
of the day (4fnon.). It adorns the crown
of the king of the Nagas (Yig. k. 12).
W Tsin-dhi-li-kra-ma n. of a
border, state of Magadha:
999

the barbarous border-country of India
called Tsin-dhili-kra-ma a Buddhist
minister erected a temple.
tsu num. fig. = 77.
qjq qjXtf’q’qjqj the gem tsuta removes
the malignant influence of evil spirits and
stops disturbing dreams, ^'^’qj^qrqS’gqr
tsu-ta rkan-gcjg-pahi rgyal-khams n. of
a fabulous kingdom of the class’of Asura
who havo only one leg {Yig. 6).
tsug = adv. interrog. and
correlat., how, as, in what way:
do it so!	where she is
going, and what she is doing ? In W.
com. in tho form 3% $ for $ etc.
(Jd.)	how it
was done, how he did it: £’5
it is not known what or how
much he did in the river Ganges, etc.
(A. 137).
Tsun-da	n. of a goddess
not often referred to:
(A. 34).	the smith from
whom Buddha took his last meal.
teun-dhahi refyud n. of a Tantra \
ise-gur 1. a small tube. 2. a
dose, little:	4 tse-gur btan-гса the
repeated administration of medicine to a
patient (§man.).
tse-po or З'М’Ц tsel-po a basket or
panier carried on the back; in W. «*4’?
cag-tse a wicker basket, 54!myug-tse a
cane basket, tse-luft string or strap
for carrying it.
tse-isi-=J%% tsi-isi millet (Cs.).
tee-re 1. song, tune. 2. — ^'^ tehe-re.
+ $	prob. a disciple: Vf
(Л.
56).
iseg-teeg-byed-pa or
3qj’Svq tseg-tseg zer-wa to rustle, to make a
noise like dry hay or dry leaved.
tseb-tseb sharp-pointed, of need-
les, thorns, etc. (Jd.).
tsem-tse — Ъыsmall scissors.
tser-tser byed-pa to shake,
quake, tremble.
^’4 tsel-po~%'% tse-po a basket.
I: tso num. fig. = 137.
II: or tso-ra	a medi-
cinal plant which yields incense. Acc. to
Jd. = in Kulu a sweet-scented white lily.
Syn.. Ifa’S sr in-mo;	gtum-mo;
nor hpkrog-ma\ ^’§5’3’^ bde-byed
bu-пап;	t sho g-b shad (Mnon.).
t t’ol’HI Tso-la-ka n. of a country
in southern India •. W
(A", d. \ 272).
<fq|’3 tsog-pu or tsog-tsog-pu
^5» the posture of cowering, squatting,
crouching:	he is
squatting down;	Э^ГЗ*’
the lord having gone to the edgs
of the lake Manasarowara sat crouching
(A. 74);	he cannot even cower,
of one very sick. &T3 q tsog-pu-pa
one cowering or sitting down.
tson vulg. Й o-tson the
onion.

1000
Ч^с-q ।
Tsoft-kha lit. the onion-bank, n.
of a district in Amdo in Ulterior Tibet
where Tsong-khapa the founder of the
Gelug-pa school was born.	Tsoft-
kha-pa lit. a native of Tsong-kha, but tho
term now signifies the great reformer
himself whoso real name was
tson-tsoft on a level, even,
straight.
tsob-tsob $dod-pa to sit
in different groups, not in rows.
tv# tsor-mo a five-finger pinch (Cs.).
4|&|’C| gtsag-pa 1. Safa a
goad, a long whip]S. 2. vb. to thrust in,
poke ; pierce, prick: 0^ khrag gtsag-
pa to bleed with an instrument,
gtsag-pa-po one who does the operation ;
«1^3	=	{Situ. SI)
an instrument (lancet) for bleeding.
Gtsaft 1. n. of a central province
of Tibet of wliich the chief .city is
'£ (Shiga-tse) adjoining which stands
the grand monastery of Tashi-lhunpo
(^^5) tj10 seat of the Tashi Lama.
It was anciently divided into two districts
called Rulag and Qan-hgyed (Lon. 5).
gtsan-SHam, woollen cloth manu-
factured in Tsang (Rtsii.). 2. = ^^'«
ptsaft-ma clean, pure.
gtsan-khan
temple, sanctuary.
gtsaft-gi gyer-yug one of
the 37 holy places of the Bon (G. Вон.
38).
Gtsan-hgram by aft-
chub lha-khaft n. of a monastery situated
on a mountain-top overhanging the
Tsangpo in Thobgyal in Tsang (Jig. 3). >

gtsaft-chag rdcl-shib a stone
used to cure obstruction of urine (Afed.).
gtsaft-chu any fresh water
or river. In Sikk. applied to the river
Teesta. In Tibet the Tsangpo is also
called Tsang-chu: ^‘53^ ^ 5 $
(Loft. * 5).
$tsaft-mchod=^ (Yig.
116).
*1^’3 ptsift-fia river-fish, fish from the
Tsangpo.
qj&cq ptsaft-po any river, but usually
a large one; esp. the great river of’ Tibet
flowing through the heart of Tibet from
west to east and called tho Yeru Tsang-
po. This river is believed to outer Assam
as the Dihong where it presently joins the
Brahmaputra just below Sadiya. “ Rising
from tho eastern range‘of Kailas'(*1^*5$)
and receiving the waters of the streams
coming from Вya ft, JYag$, Tshafts, it flows
eastward past Lhar-tse and Phun-tsho-
ling and then being joined by several
tributaries such as Skyid-chu, Uyaft-chu
and others in Lhokha, Yarlung, Kongbu,
etc., it enters the mountain gorges in a
southernly direction” (Dsam.).
g gtsaft-spra purity, gen. ex-
ternal purity in living;	g.tsaft-§pra-
can	possessed of cleanliness, clean,
pure; SV4 gtsaft-^prar §pyod-pa
moral purity, pure conduct.
д1$ап-$рга$=Ц\&^ pure, and
handsome: 5^
by practising asceticism with his’purity
of living he adorned this grove (A. 6).
gtsaft-wa 1. Tjfa, ч(?ПГ,
vb. to be clean, pure. Also sbst. cleanliness,
purity; and adj. clean, pure. Most frq. as
sbst. with negation: $чркч impurity,
4^31	1001	4441
foulness, filth, human ordure,
heap of all kinds of filth,
mass of corruption, sometimes applied to
the human body. Occurs as Tjfa,the pure;
an epithet of Buddha (Jf.K).
Я^’^ gt san-war gnas-pa one who leads a
= religious life;	khrus-kyi
brtul-shugs-can (Mnon.),	gtsan-
war-byas washed, cleansed, stainless ;
gtsaft-war-byed-pa to cleanse,
purify, by sweeping or by dusting.
Я^’5 gHaft-bu screen, parasol (Sch.)
Я^'§5 gtsan-byed 1.
2. a hog.	gtsan-byed mgon-po
^ПНТ-ЯГ4; an epithet of Indra (Mnon.).
gtsan-ma 4f^=C pure, clean;
sanctified, celestial: Я^’5^’	it
has become clean and pure. In eolloq.
t^angma is tho com. word for “clean,”
opp. to t nog-pa dirty.
Я^’*ГЯ$ЯЗЬ gtsan-ma gtsug-phud=^'
$4 a novice-monk of the Bon religion.
Я^’Я^’ gtsan-gtson steep, rugged,
mountainous (Jd.).
Я&ГЧ gtsab-pa to detach with a crow-
bar (Jd.).
4|& btsah 1. rust, blight:	rust
of iron ; Ч	the corn has been
spoiled by blight.
4|£’q gtsi-wa pf. Я^ gtsis 1. to delight
in, set store by, be fond of:
Я^’^Я'^ by one who was very fond of
pretty things, earthly goods and pleasure.
2. vb. to invite, summon, call, appoint
(Sch.).
gfsigs 1. prized, of importance;
Я^Я*^’^ very important; я^Я*^ to
prize, value; я'Я^Я^ unimportant; я’&Ч*^*4
head ornament,
fig. = most high,
supreme. Я^Я‘*Т
gtsigs-che-ica^^iw adj. and adv. affec-
tionate, dear, lovely. 2. in Mil. я^Я^’'4*
qjtaN’q to subdue, to force, compel, also
with supine, чл^чч^к/я^Я^’4 to compel to
obey. 3. in Sch.:	quick com-
prehension, retentive memory.
Я^Я^’4 gtsigs-pa 1. = ^’Л'^'ч^'я^Я^ to
show one’s teeth, to grin. 2.
glomerata^S.
gtsir-ica, to press out, extract;
-^Я^'Я^ §num-sogs-gtsir to press out oil.
gtsug ^t, crest, the crown
or top of the head; §'Я£Я crown of the
head; ЯСЯ’б'4^4 to fasten on the crown
of the head; ЯСЯ’З^
Я^Я'Я’^’З or Я^Я^
supreme, pre-eminent:
^я^’4 became ’ chief,
gtsug-gi rin-po-che fantnsi jewel worn
on the head or on the crown (Mnon.).
Я<Я^ gtsug-tor	faiT^s head-
cover, head-dress, crest, etc.; but, chiefly =
flame-shaped tuft or growth on the head of
a Buddha ; Я<Я5^'3	a
Sutra on mysticism (K. d. •*, 1/0J). ЯСЯ’
^v^rcK’g'4'Йгяв^ V^^rci ^'q-я^’Ц a
dharani about the goddess Vijaya (K. g.
% 188).
Я<ГЯ’^ gtsugJdan as met. the peacock
(Mfton.).
Я$Яgtsug-na nor-bu n. of
a mythological king, believed to have been
a former incarnation of Buddha (A. K.
ch. iv.). ЯЗЯЛ^’^5 n. of a yaksha (L.
ICah. 26.) ; ЯЗЯЛйГ4 an epithet of
Mahes'vara who decorated his forehead
with the moon obtained from the churning
of the ocean (Mnon.).
ЯЗЯ'^ gtsug-phud ^t, fwr,
hair, the crown of the head, Я^'3'Я^Я’
127
Ч)<ЧГО|Ч| I
1002
^S|
n* °f ’a king of fabulous origin
(Л. K. 14 5) ; q^q'SYSr^-43uv
ph nd rgyal-mtsan hchafi, an epithet of
Mabes'vara {Mnon.);	q^q^S'g'^ gtsug-
phiid Ina-pa usrfsra = the lion; q^qUV?^
gtmg^phud-ldan a peacock; anyone
with a crest. q^TSVS^B*** gtsugphud
iAiul-khrim, one of the four Bon sages
{G. Bon. 35.}; q^q’^S’^ gtsng-phud-hdsin
fauwu< peacock.
+ q^q’^q gtsugJag defined as:
^qojqiwSjl q£q£q^Kq^ f 3§5‘qq’
{Vai. kar. 144) that which has
ceine out of the head of the most holy,
?.<., the result of his intellect, and has been
placed in tho hands of the inquirer;
hence sciences, sacred literature, etc.;
q^q-oiq^wq’qX’qjq the eighteen separate
sciences; also, seems=?'lf5 $d'-piod Pitaka
class. qfq^^q^^'^45M he was
learned even in the learning of the Pitakas
{A. 34). q^q’^q’s^ tsug-lag-bshi the four
sciences: (1) §)‘<lS’q<q^q the science of
letters; (2) O*v5K§q‘QWl the science- of
language and .words, hr., grammar; (3)
q^q§5’$ qSq^q the science of supreme
enlightenment; (4) 4?q^ q^q ^q the
science of worldly object and usefulness
{К. my. q, 423).
^IqSq'^qTjyS^gtsug-lag kun-kyi ma-
mo the alphabet, lit. the mother of di
sciences.
4T§q^q-^' gtsug-lag^khan tjrewx, fwT
a monastery, a temple; but in the present
day most commonly applied to tho chief
hall of worship and assembly in . any
large monastery. In this sense a Tibetan
remarked lately to one of the editors:
q^q oiq’f;E4’^-^-'^q-S| ^'S,aNE4-S,|'q^,'4,45’4
in the congregation hall there are many
coloured pictures on the walls. In Lhasa
com. appellation of the Cho-khang or
chief temple of that city.
Syn. qvv4 gan-dho-la;	dip-
gtshafi-khafi; *&№'*№* mchod-ho$~gnar>
gff»v Iha-khafl-, ^q^q^ Ihayi gna$-gshi;
kun-dgah ra-tca; hdu-khafi;
dkon-mchog gwm-gyi
pho-bra ft {Mfion.).
q^q-qqx5*2j gtsug-lag dafi-pozztf&w
hkhor-ica tho world, the wheel of transmit
gratory existence (Д(жм,).
gtsug$-pa	to plant,
uvq^iprq to put in the ground; ifi ^q^q^r
q<q*rq to plant crops (flag. 56). 2. to
bore out, scoop out, excavate {Sch.). 3.
= ЧД5Г<1.
'Qgt sub-pa pf. «ЦГад fysnb§ to rub;
qfq’^v gtsub-fifi wood to make
fire by friction.
bsrtibi-pa
to churn.
q^-q gtse-wa, pf. q|*^ gtse§, v.
htshc-wa.
q^t’q gistn-wa= q^q gtei-гса {Sch.). •
q£vq gtser-ica, l. = ^*q . htshe-wa,
{A. 97); q^yq^q {Situ. 81). 2.
disagreeable, offensive to the ear, not
pleasant.
l. = wrar or ^qq^q self,
and even: the soul. 2. ^ч?т, chief,
lord, master ; qT’fcfc and qlfadv., espe-
cially, chiefly, principally;
the chief of men, Buddha {Dzl.);
the chief of all symbols, the principal
one in a shrine, the deity to whom a shrine
is consecrated. qW as a'title == sir, Mr.;
cj^ crqT-tf-cfl q the six (gentlemen) minis-’
ters (Jd.). 3.=4^’S excellence . in

1003

reference to S&rq substance, reality,
WH, я^,	А1зо, = я£ч| or
gtso-bo-nid	superiority,
excellency.	gtso-bo-tshog§
the highest in perfection, the most
excellent of its kind; or
*ч to place foremost, to consider the
first or most excellent.
gtso-ma or я 1. refined, pure,
without any alloy or mixture of base
metal:	unalloyed purified gold.
2. hemp (Sch.).
gtso-ию lady; the most distin-
guished, the noblest (of females):
the most beautiful girl;	a
girl of tho worthiest and noblest appear-
ance (ЛЛ7.);	to be mistress, resp.
(Jd.).	old lady with
hair adorned with gold, silver, and shells.
=4*5 gtsod or a? btso Hodgson’s ante-
lope, with straight horns standing close
together and at a distance imparting the
appearance of a single horn; hence Hue’s
appellation of it as the unicorn. It is tho
cko of provincial Tibetans, and occurs
throughout the country from Ladak to
the borders of Kansu and Szechuan.
q^V^emale cho ; the young cho.
“ plateau of antelope herds,”
n. of elevated* table-land in Gage pro-
vince lying between tho courses of the
Sutlej and ono branch of the Indus;
styled in maps Cho-chho Thol.
Ч&] btsag nfbfi, ^fv^T^-red ochre,
q&fsv fy$ag-thaft) 'bteag-ri,
btsag-lung plain, hill; valley, of red 6arth.
btsag-yug mineral substance : of
several colours, generally=red ochre. ч&Т
I fed ochre (applied) cures
headache and inflammation of the bones.
btsag-pa, v. also—;
(Situ. 76).
btsags-bu in
(Л. 29).
btsags-ma fine wheat or barley
flour that has been well sifted or passed
through the sieve (Rt$ii.).
q&p btsag-mo a certain beverage,
(Ja.).
q&rq btsan-u'a pf. bt^ans; to
press forward or into, squeeze one’s self
in :	pushed one’s way, into the
assembly, in between the crowd (Situ. 76).
btsan or ^^q 1. a species of
demon, inhabiting a given locality and
sometimes entering into a person visiting
the place for a brief period and causing
thereafter serious illness. 2. strict, secure,
binding : 4^*^ strict orders,	a
strong Jong or fortress (flag. 55);
Щ'ЭД I	’q-Qi-aw'^'q to bo long in
merriment and secure in comforts and
happiness; q&yq^fl^’q to enforce strictly;
nag-btsan a firm promise;
a safe, inaccessible
retreat where no robbers or enemies can
easily penetrate (ffbrom. F 3); also place
of purity and eminence, exalted position:
ЧД^q(Skin.) if here
in the present life I have not held an
exalted position, i.e., unless I have betaken
myself to the pure and sanctified life.
a strict and strong
Jongpon.
Btsan-dgon-pay n. of a monas-
tery in Gsaft-phu (Deb. &5).
q&p btsan-po 1. puissant/ mighty,’
powerful; strong, violent:	u viru-
lent .poison. 2. early name for-a king.
It is said that while Tibet was under the
I
1004
I
early monarchy the laws were enforced
with the greatest severity and rigour, and
because the kings administered them so
well they were called 4^Q (Nag. 55).
q^'q'^'&y^ Btsan-po No-mon~han one
of the incarnate lamas of Chtr-khog mon-
astery in Amdo whose position as a holy
man was recognized oven by the Emperor
of Cluna. He wrote the geographical
work called Dsam-ling gye-she
q^yEjw^ btsa/i-po ya-med^^ <’^q
the black species of aconite (Sman. 109).
q&fq ty sab-pa pf. ч^ч^ bGabs to cut
binall, to chop, to mince, in C. ; ч^ч'^у
chopping block С.;	to pulveratc,
to reduce to powder;	pounded
tlr bones {Situ. 56).
q&T4 btsam-pa. or q^N'q у. ч^я'ч.
q^'q bt.sa-ira 1. pf. t>tsa§ to be
born to, to bring forth :	a
son was born to his wife; $ ч$ч’чгчч*гй ^q
she was incapable of the chance of bearing
children (Dzl.). 2. rccp. to watch, to
look on, espy.
bbah-ma	ripening	of	corn in
autumn	in Tibet;	harvest;	to
harvest.
q^’q	btsal-wa^	v. ч^огч	htshol-ica:
geeks for wealth ;	qto’^r|5
gJtan-la bt*al-na$ rned having sought else-
where, he got it (Situ. 76).
q^q btsas-pa, v. ч^я'ч.
q^'fa fysas-ston	festivities and
religious ceremonies at birth.
q^^M btsa$-ma 1. also harvest,
q^e'q to reap the harvest;
reaped in the autumn season (Situ.
2. wages, pay; 5‘ч^эд ferry-toll.
qlvq btsir-wa v. я^кч.
q^cq^ Ыshags 1. iVfxra, ЯНТК,
obtained; planted, established. 2. §gren
raised. 3. чй^'ч Ъ§кгип-ра
reared, grown, produced. ч^рг^ч* gtsugs-
gin a tree that has been planted;
established a custom (Situ. 76).
gtsud-pa^Q#^ blsug-pa to put,
insert:	$nod-du btsutf put into a
vessel (Situ. 76).
W bt sun-pa 1. respectable, noble,
(of race, family), ч^чг^й^ л noble
lady, a lady of rank. 2. ’pj, ;
in £’4.<y reverend: ч^ чуяя the ecclesiastics,
priests; even ч^рт'»^ wicked priests.
Gt long and Getsul who are of pure morals
and learned are called ч<^’ч. Buddha
is also called ч^уч the reverend one.
qwq^^’q^W’q^W^q^ (K. d. 30J).
fir*^ a monk’s cell. '3.
creditable, honourable, faithful in observing
religious duties, frq.: w^ q^y qjq q)^
learned, noble and good—three qualities;
а^'ч^ч creditable discourse. Mil. even says
of his cane:	this cane of
quite a serviceable quality (Jd.).
btsun-ch 11Л a boy monk.
4^ 25 bl8un-po=Q&J\ 4 the noble
Emperor of China ч^ q«c§\q to reverence
(Cs.).
bt sun-mo honorific term for
a woman of rank, a queen: tysunmo-dafipo
chief wife. 4^’w btsun-ma is applied to
designate a Buddhist nun; and sometimes
tho nunnery itself is designated ч^’Ч
btsun-pa.	fyt sun-mo
dufi-gi thor-tsugs-can=\^i^ (8man. 77) ;
ч^'ЙЛ^’З’^ btsun-mo idn-po-clic the ideal
|
1005
beauty who is fit to be the wife of a
Cakravartti Raja (K. d. 4^-)
btsun-mohi §kyid-tshat	a
lady’s grove or pleasure-garden ;
btsun-mohi khol-po a lady’s attendant
or slave, eunuch;	bfsun-mohi-
gna§ the zanana ; s^XwpSX btsun-
mohi hkhor the attendants of a lady or
queen; А^З^дс/я btsun-mohi sruft-ma the
guards of a lady: ^q ^ц’я
^•gfq^wq
qvgvq^g, (Can.).
Syn- Зрг^я’^Е/я rgyal-rigs chuft-ma;
goj Хл]яя rgyal-rigs-ma ; S'SJ’q^q Xi mi-yi
bdag-mo ; *\а^'а§<я dicaft-bskur-ma ;
яркя pho-bran hkhor-ma; яе^аХ$ hdren-pa-
mo ; я*д\я sa-spyod-ma {Mfton.).
ч^’Йф^я Btsun-mo Chu-tcam the wife
of the Bon patriarch Safts-po who gave
birth to eighteen sons and daughters
(G. Bon, 23).
q^’Xr^qai 'Xi	btsun-mo dpal-mo
hod-zer-can S'rimati Prabhavati, n. of the
mother of Dipankara S'rijnana or Atis'a
(A. 26).
btsun-mohipho-braft female
sanctum, a lady’s mansion.
Syn.	pho-bra ft hkhor-wahi
khyim; я'^яч^я sa-spyod ma-gna§;
srun-ma-can ; 5^dag-pahi mthah-
can;	kun-nas hgeg$; а^ач^я
gtsaft-gnas;	btsun-mohi khaft-pa
(Mfton.).
гфзгч fysum-pa Тйчч to wink with
the eye; also а^яяq (Nag. 56); pf.
ч^яя btsums (Situ. 76).
чХся’ц btseft$~pa interchange,
barter, shift.
ЧХЯ’Ц btsem-pa pf. bisems: 4”’
аЗяя sewed the clothes.
btses-pa^ pf. of & htshe:
troubled by danger or mischief,
troubled by persecution (Situ. 76).
Чч^ btso or btso-wa 1. to dye. 2.
(лс/q^q) distilling; also refining, v. ;
цУя or ч^я'я a purified substance, а|^’чУ‘я
purified gold.	btso-lag-mkhan
also л^'^ я^ colloq. =^я'я^ dyer ;
hence :	a bleacher, washerman (Mnon.}.
btso-ma effi warm, boiled. nlf'f
btso-rdsa a kettle, cooking pan.
btso-zan, residuum of cooked wheat and
millet (which is thrown away as refuse
or given to cattle):
g’cf -^E/q-S^ it would be like one suffering
from nausea and taking tso-zan as food
(Khrid. o2).
btsog-pa 1.	sbst. dirt,
filth; fcecal matter:
qV^E/q’^^Я^Я'ЯкЧ’^Я ‘	* q • q&|• q^E/я*
q the food suitable for Buddhist monks
and Brahmans such as the three white foods
(milk, butter and curds) and three sweets
(sugar, treacle and honey) should not be
mixed up with dirt or filth (Hbrom. F 21).
btsog-po adj. filthy, dirty. 2.
rdeg-btsog-pa— to pelt mud at, to cast
filth (^acj. 55).
btsoft acc. to (fiag. 56).—
tsoft onion:
onions and leeks increase sleep and over-
come flatulence on taking food.
btsod	leug-phra
rift-pa a creeper; syn. \w*^-q dri-bzaft
rtsa-wa; chuhi leug-ma; ^я я
у aft-da (j linnet;	dpag-tshad-
1006
q&ii
hdtib-,	$Lal-wahl lo-ma\ frqjfl
U-brgan; qijq^'^q'gj^ bkra-icabi bdab~ldan
(Mfton.). 3^*3 btsod-hbrn seeds of this
plant.	btsod-shin plantation of
madder, field wherein madder is grown.
q&j btson or чХург fyson-khaA
prison, jail. In ЛЛ7. fyson-doft.iB
used.	fyson-lto provisions for a
prisoner, which, it seems, are supplied by
the friends*of a prisoner in Tibet; certain
kind-hearted people also furnishing funds
fur tho same. In Tibet the state does
not give food to those whom it imprisons.
a prisoner;	a con-
victed criminal; q^^^yci or to
take prisoner, to put into captivity;
q to set free from imprisonment;
hostage, fig. people that are snowed
up (Ja.); htson-rdsi or	bison-
wuft jailer; qfywk1 tyson-rar-bciti
imprisoned in the jail.
Syn.	btson-ra; §khri-mun;
q3q-qrjy< hchift-wahi khyim;	til-
mar ra-wa;	hkhrul-tfkhor-kJiyini;
dud-khafi (Affton.).
zq^Qfq bt sol-tea, pf. ^'4 htshol-wa.
btso$y	pf. of
dyed coloured. btso$-ma any
thing dyed.
q&rq btsho^-pa cooked, boded (ДГЯоп.).
rtsa I: fw,	1. vein, artery,
Y'w	the three principal arteries,
which are however of a mystic nature;
# SkQpfc/org'q muscles. It is mentioned in
Kah-дуит that there are 1072 smaller and
larger veins in the human body. 2.
intestine, bowels:	rtsa-la
тдуид-pahi $man drug tho six medicines
which move the bowels. 3. the pulse ;
tta-wa to .examine or. .feel the
pulse. Tibetan physicians .always feel
the left wrist of a male patient using
their right hand, to do,so, but feel.the
right wrist of a female patient using their
own left hand. They also examinonthe
pulse or eirculative force in other parts of
the body. .ttsa-chus in C. %
cramp.
Syn.	hbab-ldan; V™
ru$-pa hchift-byed (Mfton.).
II: particle connecting tho tens with
the units:	one and twenty, i.e.,
twenty is the principal number and one is
over it; again, after <3J and where also
daft-rtsa is not unusual :
= 2,007.
i’Bs rtsa-khrid=-^^ lineage or
family extraction (ДГЯод.).
'	rtsa-ltuft rg у archer hgrel-
pa n. of a Buddhist Sanskrit work on
the principal sins or moral corruption
(J. 136).
rtsa-phun n. of a place in Tibet
(Bon. ch. 5).
rtsa-tra 1. the root, both actually
of plants and fig. of other things; Г'ЧVI
six (medicinal) roots, viz. carrot,
PiS ВЧ-4, *q"I3 ”;	to pull
out with the root, to eradicate, extirpate;
fMf’facf, uprooted fully extin-
guished, destroyed from the root,
4^’q drawn out with the roots,
or	(Mnon.). rtsa-wa-nas
has also come to be used in tho C. colloq.
with the vb. in the negative .as=never,
but only with the present and future
tenses:	fta yaft-
skyar rtsa-wa-nas hgro-rgyu med I shall.
I	1007	f I
tiever go again; “tanda khorafi nga-la
tsa-гса-пе lep-kyi-ma-re ” he never eomes
to me now. 2. origin, primary cause,
source, also e.g.,	to
cut off the cause of transmigration, to
deliver a soul from transmigratory exis-
tence;	or ?Г5‘^5’4 to examine
closely, to investigate thoroughly.
are the three primary moral
evils, viz:	and Ж
rtsa-bral without origin, without begin-
ning or end, unlimited;
a virtuous deed, as a cause of future
reward;	original sin ‘sin
inherited from former births’ (&Л.);
an original treatise; 5’4^’
^’агч a commentary of the original work;
the Prajna-paramita the real
mother or producer of all Buddhas;
the real nature; original
words, original of a letter or document.
In the sense of “ really,”* “ in its very
essence,” “from the very root or core,”
is prefixed to certain adjectives as an
augmentative. Thus in describing great
sanctities as the Dalai Lama, the Pan-
chhen Lama, etc., they are said to be;
essentially great,	really
holy, etc. This augmentative is said to
be not applicable to laymen however lofty-
their rank. Also, in ge?. rt sa-chen =
very great.	rtsa-wa-nas Mar-
tea to shave or scrape entirely away.
# j Rfsa-sgye* place in Tibet in the
neighbourhood of which Hbrotn $ton*pa
Rgyal-icahi hbyun-gna§ was born: 5^'3’
first he was born
in the direction of Rtsa:sgye which is
towards the north (Л. 136).
' + rtsa-ba-lna, the five cardinal
virtues said to be the roots from which
the Mahayana doctrine springs: (1) 9^'
^’5 love; (2)	compassion, mercy;
(3)
; (4) ^rqq^'qNA^N’Q ; (5) ?<q*q*
not wishing to imbibe faith in
any other school of Buddhism. ’
1ГЧ w	rtsa-wa-mafi=	kln-qin
lit. the tree of numerous roots.
(Шоп.).
rtsa-lag=tffa'ti relation, friend :
adorations be to those holy men the
noble lamas who are the friends of the
doctrine (A. 1). The enemies of Buddhism
are called	friends of the evil
one; those who believe in Buddhism are
called	friends of religion.
§5 rtsa~fag~byed=j$'% a husband (Шоп.) ;
without relatives; rtsa-lag
htsho one that supports his friends and
relatives.
rtsa-gsum kun-hdu$ the
assemblage of the three principal ones in
mysticism: (1) g the deity represented in
the SJ’N or Guru; (2) the scripture
existing in the or tutelary deity; (3)
the spirit, represented by Khadoma
(Khrid. 4).
$rtswa gen. though incorrectly, written
as i rtsa, <вчг, grass, herb, small
plant. Also=hay, dry grass, straw,
rtsa-khan	thatched house; Ifift
rtsa-snon Ч4Б: green grass; rtsa-can
covered with grass, grassy; also, n. of a
town in ancient Magadha;
gaf jot q^*^*	JSqq-^Ед ‘ * 2ft •
in the city of Tsaehan (Kus'a)
formerly there was the palace of a very
powerful king called Kus'achan (IT. du. \
I	1008	।
592); 3 rtsa-mchog the best or
holiest of grass, hence the sacred Kus'a
grass; 3	the town of Kus'a
where Buddha died	rtsa-
thag or	grass-rope (Rtsii.);
rtsa-thun grass-gatherer;	rtsa-dur-
Lha or ^*q (ДГЯо?1.) fine green sward grass
called ; it is included in
or eight auspicious objects of the Hindus ;
rtsa-gdan grass-mat on which
Brahmans generally sit. 5'^5$ r^w-
gshon-ни fresh shoots of grass; rtsa-
zan	rtsahi gzg$-
та, (Л. It. 2-55) [a fragment or
piece of gras^]/?.; q rtsu-^zod.pa in
q	1 ojT^q^
in the Hi ma vat mountains
there is a kind of grass which if tho cow
eats she yields tho best milk for making
butter (К. my. f4, 129); q rtsahi-
khafi-pa a straw-house, a house thatched
with straw,	rtsa-khahi ztt-pa the
dew on the grass blades; 3rtsa-hdam
= marsh-grass, grassy swamp, the
grass belonging to tho government of
Lhasa growing in the swamps of Rkyafi-
thafi Naga in the N.W. environs of
Lhasa.
rtsa-hbyo n. of a large number
(Ya-sel. 51).
OS rtsa-phud one of the thirty-six
border countries (Ya-pd. 38).
rtsa-wahi-§d the four earliest
divisions in the Buddhist society: (1) W
*5^S^g*q wsnfW^t; (2) wSylfq^T-
HTflpi; (3) «fq^'q^q HVTHlWfa; (4)
555’* rtsa-cRm-ma |
5'^ rtsa-mi principal man.
Srtsa-med-ma without basis.
rtsa-rtse, abbr. of yq and
(Jig. 29).
rtsa-yi $nifi-po^%^ the ba-
nana plant (Mfion.).
rtsa-ra, punishment under law given
in a court of justice. rtsa-len-pa
[a small fine]&
К rtsa-$e§ primitive wisdom.
£q-q5'q rtsa-fyad-pa •nrhr lit. he who
has explained the fundamental doctrine;
an epithet of Naropa tho Tantrik sage
who lived in the tenth century A.D.
rtsa-gsum-pa, Яг^хт: [the three
headed, a demon of fever] 8.
Risag§, a celebrated lama of the
Rdzogs-chen sect of the Rnifi-ma school
(Deb. 19).
rtsafi	a kind of thorn,
bramble.
£^’5’^ rtsafi-pa rgya-rgan, v.
rtsafi&pag the skin of a lizard.
rtsafi-rtsafi n. of a sa-bdag
monster.
rtsafi$-pa	Wnisr,
the chameleon, a kind of lizard ; ЮТ*’
if the tail
of the chameleon is tied round the body
one’s health is preserved (or is protected
againist influence of evil spirits) (K. g.
49).
Syn. Ькга-ыа\ skyin-дог] %'
tta-yid-byid-, *w| sog-le-can:,
ral-gri-ean\ mdufacan]	khyim-
Idan;	mig~$man-rtsa;	nin-so-
ка ; gtjolJdan; rgyal-ica chu-
wo (Mfion.).
1009
<51
I: rtsad=$^ root,	to
root out, to eradicate.
II: track, place of being, actua-
lity; chiefly occurs in phrase
rtsacl gcod-pa to track out, search after or
into, inquire for:	rtsad ma-chod
unable to trace one’s whereabouts ;
^'3^51
(Л. 56) he was not found when called by
the Prince, could not be found though
sought for, and though asked for every-
where he could not be traced ;
since last year he was being
inquired about (A. 66);
(Л. 125) except you there was
none to search him out.
rtsab-pa or rtsab-rtsab, v.
rt sab-mo	acidula-
ted rice-water.
rtsab-rtsob Ш fickle, unsteady,
not firm:	rtsab-rtsob-tu soft-
hdug he has become very fickle.
rtsabs-pa 1.
(Nag, 56) vb. to chop or cut into small
pieces like meat. 2. ferment, barm, yeast,
prepared from barley-fiour;	a
sweetish sort of bread, made up with it;
a beverage brewed from roasted meal
(^’4) and water, and made to ferment by
adding butter-milk, esp. liked in winter;
also called (Jd,); rtsab§-ru tsha
a kind of salt in appearance like burnt
treacle:	VI
rtsam-pa parched barley
ground into meal, the staple food of
Tibetans in country places and eaten in
large measure by both dwellers in town
and country. Is usually sopped in soup
or tea into pasty balls. ЗГя'ВЯ rtsam-khug
bag, containing flour of parched barley
(Mfton.) ;	rtsam-gner keeper of
parched barley-store;	rtsam-phog
wages or allowance in parched barley flour,
given to monks and menials in Tibet
(Rtsii.);	rtsam-shib the finest
parched barley flour which is taken by
the highest class of officials (Rtsii.).
rtsam-gin — ^t (mystic) (Min,
rda, 3),
rtsar-=%'*\ or near, close to.
3^1 rtsalp=^^ (Nag, 56) skill, dex-
terity, adroitness:	a skilful, prac-
tised hand IF. ; g magical dexterity;
strength and dexterity (Glr.) ;
rtsal-gyi mchofts gymnastic feat;
rtsal-hgraft-pa to vie in skill;
rtsal-sgrub, business-like and expert.
r^aZ-c/^-гт or
1. very powerful, prowess;
adroit as a gymnastic wrestler, etc.; also
sbst. athlete, juggler, etc., (Dzl., Ja.). 2.
= ^' a conch shell trumpet (mystic) (Mift.
3),	rtsal-mtlion-pay efficient:
versed in the
metaphysical work Lam-rim; also one who
is an adept in the ascetical meditation on
Nirvana (A, 118,), rtsal-rdan
skilful, expert, adroit; rtsal-pa вд
powerful; ^ g^’ rtsal-sbyoft bodily exercise,
nimbleness, agility ; ^’^gS’ nimbleness
in running ;	g^‘ agility in flying;
jroi’gi’q rtsal-§byoft-wa to practise, or im-
prove one’s skill (Mil.); ^’^5 rtsal-med
unskilful; rtsal-qor all skill is gone
(Jd.),
rtsa§-ma, v. А^я’я btsas-rna.
128
1010
I
rtsi 1. varnish, paint
black paint, red-paint; J" gilding,
5^’^ silvering.	rtsi-khra-ma>
appliances of painting {Rtsii i); rtsi-
.^rou, paint-box	rtsi-sob
lading paint colour or varnish {Jig. 21b
J. all fluids of a certain consistency, such
a. the juice of some fruits, certain sccre-
Нопч, etc.:	fruit-tree; honey,
juice cull ectcd by boos; 5} secretion in tho
bag near the navel of the musk deer ;
£ nad-ky' гкуш-rtsi a medical draught,
])'tion; nectar; white-wash.
£'4 rti-khu or £" 5 fruit-stone, also the
к rncl.
lit. juice-elixir;
Ln<\y <mysti<” .JZ/a. J;;	rt*i-
b ad snifi-po butter churned out of milk.
rb -ro-Ji* or	asafoo-
tida (mystic i2fifi. о .
rt i-ma-gld n. of a medicine wliich
i ^aid to pc^ess tho virtue of making all
p Jbons including snake venom ineffectual:
there is a medi-
cinal oil called rt 'ana ghi which destroys
all poisons; a venomous snake at its
smell will go away НЬгот. dlJi.
rf ihi rg^al^u lit. the prince
•f medicinal oils or sap; n. of a kind of
tree. prob, tho Gar, ing from which a medi-
cinal oil is obtained 7Г. d. *, 117).
rt°ihu n. of a plant, = fsn^ {Vai-
tf. [Panicatn ;taliaini~\S.
5'4 rtsi- -a -or	pf. rtsi$,
>r brb fut. brtsi, imp. fydsis
1. to count, to reckon, compute:
having computed
which day would bo auspicious for setting
out; $A'§'^*rc’£'*rcrl?ic;’ please reckon tho
time by the clock;
counting the seats on each side;
number of boys ought to
be reckoned. 2. to estimate, consider,
in general judgments:	’^’$”4
to consider good qualities as faults;
he may bo reckoned to strike, f.c., he is
very likely to strike (in C.);	rgyu
brtsi$-yas having considered the cause.
rtsig-gc=$Q a mouse.
on the flour bowel sat
the mouse Smug-chufi {Rdsa. If).
rtJg-rtsig, squeaking of the mouse.
H’4 rtsig-pa vb., pf. brtsi&s or
imp. rtsigs 1. to build, to erect:
rtsig-pa Iprtsigs built a wall
{Situ. 70) \	build it well!
S'/o rtsig-pa to wall up a door. 2,
sbst. a wall; masonry, stones, horn, etc.
piled up:
those pictures painted on the wall;
Lha-sahi
phyogs fydiir rt sig-pa-can de JJia-sa-mthil
>7/ x z<r the Availed portion of Lhasa is
called Lhasa Thil. rtsig-gu =
r* sig-pa;	f*1 rt dg-fio$ side of a wall,
face of a wall; rtsig-rdo stone for
building; foundation stone ; rtsig-
dpon master-mason, architect;
bzo-wa	brick-layer, mason.
rts'g-rlag tho house-martin
{Rtsii.).
rtsigs-ma grounds, tea-leaves,
sediment, the turbid matter of a decoc-
tion; and thus in gruel made of barley
the fluid portion is called and the
thick sediment is called the of the
gruel.

1011
I
rtsift-po	adj.
and sbst., gritty, coarse; unrefined, rough,
rude; coarseness: ^ч’^с.’ or abbr.
of t-ч-ц and ^чЙ (Rtsii.) fine and gross;
rtsam~pa rtsin-po coarse barley
flour; rtsift-phye coarse meal, grits;
rude manners or behaviour (Glr.);
rtsift-cho$ coarse doctrine, a reli-
gion which has become mixed up; ^’$5
rtsin-thud coarse sort of cheese.
rtsid-p)(iy or §pu-rtsub-po
coarse hair;	the rough
longhair of the yak; $5*4 rtsid-thag a
rope manufactured of yak-hair;
saddle-cloth of yak-hair; $5$^ tent cover-
ing made of yak-hair ;	rtsii-phyar,
WWj[, yak-hair rope;	rtsid-
phyift felt.
$59 ttsij-bu a kid:	rtsid-
bu chu mi h do d-pa the kid that does not
like water (Lo. 7).
СЧ
rtsib or	; a rib
^•$=гя id. (fiag. 56).	from
between the ribs;	all the
ribs of the right and left side (Dzl.); $*r
pain about the ribs; $4’B^ rtsib-
khyim a hut made of the ribs of larger
animals such as yak, camel, etc.: $Ч’В*’
(Yig. 25) it is exceed-
ingly good to set up a house with ribs
(probably for the use of Tantrik priests).
It is also stated that a house built with
trusses laid like the ribs of a yak or camel
from the ridge piece is considered safe
and good.
rtsib-hbigs -(w) W34 n. of a
great number.
rtsibs-ma VC 1. the spoke of
a wheel, frq.; in ornamental designs the
|wi 'Ttsibs-ma are often fanciful figures,
supplying the radii of the circle. 2. the
sticks or ribs of a parasol, canopy, etc.
(Glr.); the spars of a felt-tent, the ribs or
stretchers of a hide boat (Schtr.)
rtsibs-kyi mi-khyud that
which composes the.rim of a wheel; also =
VC^fa n. of a king of the past Kalpa who
is said to have had a thousand sons destined
to be born as the one thousand Buddhas
of the present age ^У1д* 16.); $w^ rtsibs-
ri spurs of mountain radiating from a
nucleus.
rtsibs-logs tni side.
$^ rtsi§ jtw, irfSru, ^Т<ггг 1. counting,
reckoning, enumeration:	inu-
merable. 2. account or accounts: $^‘§5‘q
or to make account;	to
calculate, to compute,	accounts
added up; to count together, to sum up
(Dzl.); an account cleared or settled;
$*r^ or	to find by com-
putation ; $V|9 rtsis-khra or $^*Вй’я table
of figures or accounts (Rtsii.)
rtsi§-mkhan a computor, accountant.
or	Chinese astro-
logy. 3. estimation, esteem: $^'5 Ц'
to value, to make much of, $*r$v
one that makes much of his own body
by indulging and adorning it (Thgy.); v
he respected her beyond
measure (Ja.).
$vpiv rtsi§-khan a government account
office;	n. of the ac-
countant-general’s office at Lhasa, this
being the central office whither all the
Government accounts of the various dis-
tricts of Tibet are rendered and there
audited.
$^чр^ rtsi$-hkhri§ making over or re-
turning the articles of dregs, official robe,
1012
weapons, hat, etc., to government treasury
taken as loan by an officer of the state for
his personal use during the time of his
incumbency, also his replacing them by
new ones if he has damaged or lost tho old
ones :
qws^^qr^q^§5 (D. $el. 11).
to reckon
up.
rtsis-rta government ponies lent
to certain officials.
тЫ$-ра also	Wfi ac-
countant, chronologist, astrologer.
Syn. 5*^*4 lo^c^-pa; ^-?|Hq du$-$e$-
pa; ^'q q b$kal-pa $cs-pa; J^SSV4
$kar-dpyad-pa ;	tywh-skar-ipkhan;
gN 54^ lta$-mkhan; liases;
intshan-mkhan-pa ; 9]^^ grafi$-$e$; 5]^*r
grafl$-rig (AffioH.).
rtsis-dpe account book; an
astrological or astronomical work.
rtsis-dpon a treasury officer and
inspector of jong-pons’ accounts; they go
on tours of inspection, c.r/., the tsi-pon
stationed at Shigatse visits periodically
Gyang-tse, Khamba-jong, cte.
rtsi§-gshi phyog$-b$grig$
n. of the standard work on tho subsidies,
pensions, allowances, &c., that the govern-
ment of Lhasa makes. This work has
been largely quoted in this compilation
its abbreviation being noted as “Rtsii.”
rtsi^gshi nor-bulR
bafi-mdxod another account code of the
government of Lhasa.
rtsub-pa I: ^cr 1. vb. to revile,
abuse, as in йк^лч 2. a javelin.
Syn. £rZafl-wa; ^’^5 she-gchod
(#. Lex.).
n
S-л-ч II:	1. adj., uneven,
>o
rough, nigged,- coarse:	rugged
ravines; also, applied to anything of a
stinging pungent or acrid taste, such as
onions and similar strongly-tasting things.
rtsub-hgyur-tshal thicket,
wood, forest. 2. = 3'^5 жт rough in
temper, biting (in remarks)=^g^’Zi brlafi-po
(S. Lex.).
fetj rtsub-po pt sub-mo ЯЗТ
adj. rough, rudo, wild.	rtsub-
mohi reg-bya	an officinal thorny
plant (ДЬон. also K. d. % 214).
I" rtse or £ Й	fa’Jn 1. the
uppermost place or rank; point, top, peak,
summit. house-top, STt1 point of ‘a
knife, “lap-tse” summit of a moutain
pass; 9’1’$' tog-rtse in colloq. = a little,
a few (opp. to *^); hat with high
crown or conical top; to break off
the point, to blunt. 2. ‘any point, or
particular spot, point as an object of
thought:	to look at one parti-
cular point; also -adv., to look steadily:
-3]§ to	'^ qr
having entered into medi-
tation he concentrated his mind on one
particular object (of thought);
this life’s only aim, (Jd.); rtse-
rgod [a sharp-pointed knife]#. 3.
sometimes = edge.	rlse-mchog
[in the front]#.
ztse-chun tho arteries whieh pass
from the head on either sido of the neck.
^‘4^’ Rtse-thaft a large town, often
known as Chethang, situated on the south
bank of the Yeru Tsang-po just where
the Yarlung Chhu flows in, in lat. 29° 14'
N., long. 91° 43* E. Is accounted tho
third largest town in Tibet and has many
Chinese traders resident in it.
1013
rtse-phran a crown, a head-orna-
meat.
Syn. £рг|‘9 prog-shu\ mgo-rgyan
(Mfion.).
t"# rtse-mo	top point: pq’
ЗТЙ the point of a needle; rtse-
mo-gug a bent point; rtsc-mo-nid
pointedness.
ftse-mor-hgro-wa	to
advance, to come or move forward
reaching tho climax;	rtse-mor-sofi
reached the climax, gone to the top,
attained to the highest perfection.
rtse-dmsn^S9^ low; also, appa-
rently, = thun-wa short (ДГЯоя.).
rtse-shifi dgah-ldan-pa ^T-f-
^Tr.HT jolly, fond of play.
rtse-gsum fq?n^, a trident;
the weapon made use of by	(or
Ganes'a), by	(°r Mahak^la),
and by	(a form of Samvara).
rtser-hgro or =
principal, chief, superior.
+ rtw-phpibs-=^*<^ perfected,
thorough, finished.
rtser-b*hugs-pa	sit-
ting at the top, mounted high.
rfser-son 7ГН, w?r, in front.
Г’Л rtse-wa, pf. rt§es, sifter or
rt$ed-mo rtse-wa to play, frolic,
disport one’s self, take recreation, play
games:	to play at chess; S“*9'
to skip about; 1“V t’V’IMS'4
= to divertone’s self, to take recreation;
they wont on a pleasure
party into the garden. Seems to be used
also in obscene sense:	I
mean to enjoy her.	rtse-mkhan
player, gambler, gamester;	rtse-
dgah-ma a skipping playful joyous
maiden; rtse-grogs or play-
mate ; rtse-rgod mirth and laughter ;
rtse-ma frolic, playing;	rtse-
sems-can giddy, mirthful, light-hearted.
rtse-hjo play; theatrical perform-
ance, any amusement in dancing, singing,
and playing.
Syn.	rol-rtsed; l*yq rtsen-pa;
bro-gar;	zlos-gar;
hchams-pa hdod (Mnon.).
5"^ rtse-shwa, the hat worn by Rtse-
drun (chief clerk or secretary) of the
government.
Гуч rtseg-pa pf. brtsegs 1. to
amass; to be avaricious :
do not covet (also, do not
count upon) gold if Dharmapala is to be
invited here (A. 64). 2. to arrange, to lay
one thing on another, to pile up:
an upper storey of a house, an apartment
built on another; balcony on the roof of
a house;	a chait ya
which has been built upon two dorje
placed on the ground like a cross or with
a cross on the top. 3. to pulsate, to gasp;
successive action, automatic movement:
short-breathed,
panting, gasping, from fright, etc., or as
a sign of approaching death.
rtsegs-pa, row, stratum.
t“4prq^’£j3i rtseg-pahi sfion,	the
green or moss growing on the side of a
wall which is exposed.
+ В-*]'ease, less
trouble;=515sred-shen che-wa, earnest
desire or longing for; one very eager in
love.
Г«Ч
1014

rtscfi-ка pf. 6rfsefi$, fut.
QjE/ brheft, imp. brfsoft* qt rtsoft,
to tuck up, truss up.
rt zed-pa also	rtsen-pa^&Q
play; to frolic.
Syn. Xoi# roZ-wo; t”ч rtsc-wa\ 3V*
rt« n-pa (Mfton.).
rs’* rtsed-mo 1. play, game:
5^,£i*'^V^'§V4 to engage in mirthful
sports; 3}’^§5'q to sing, danco and
play. 2. any toy;	child’s play,
children’s toy.	rtscd* то-can play-
ful, sportive, merry; play, amuse-
ment, diversion (Jd.) : J5’35 rtsed-$kyod
= J“5V|4	merriment;
rt* d-grogz-kyi ma-ma
a nurse employed to play with an
infant or child, to keep it engaged and
sooth it;	rtwd-dgah merriment;
tfsed-dgah-ma, a darling,
she who gives delight.
rtwd-hjo or in eolloq. rtsoi-
hjo public amusement, popular pleasure,
яф, fm, я
rtsed-hjohi chu-fyo	river Narbadda,
according to some, a name of tho
Indus (Mnon.).
SV* rts^d-ma the disagreeable feeling
in the teeth produced by acids, Sch. (Jd.).
rtsed-am a shivering, cold shud-
der (Ja}.
playing, making sport
or diversion; enjoying (Л.К. lll-fr.):
enjoying
himself after his own fashion to the very
utmost.
rtsen-min Chinese name for
the Yoga-carya school.
rtsen-pa 1. as met. the sun (Mfton.).
2. v. rtsed-pa	jocund and
careless.
rtsehu [1. a thorn. 2. a
shower]S.	rtsehu-chuft^
the veins of the neck:
(Khrid. 116).
1. rtsog-pa, v.	brtsog-pa.
2. (5^<q) W,
hgro-ica pioneer, one gone ahead
or going on ahead.
rtsod-pa I: vb., pf. $rt§ad
to contend by words, to dispute, wrangle;
to use bad language
in quarrelling ;	a contention,
great quarrel;	a metaphysical
debate or discussion;
(Hbrom. 120.); the basis
or the subject of disputation.
rtsod-pa ynra-tca to provoke, quarrel by
words;	Ttsod-pa shi-
war byed-pahi cho^-bdan the seven virtues
or qualities for putting an end to
quarrelling.
rtsod-сап^^'^'Ч'^ an epithet of
the river Yamuna (Mfton.).
rtzod-ldan one who is frequently
quarrelling, a quarrelsome person. Also=
the present age which is
full of disputations;	rtsod-mkha§-
pa clever in disputation; earnest, zealous;
rteod-du$	also=MW>
a province in ancient India border-
ing the Indian ocean south of Orissa.
rtsod-pahi-$ift
[the plant Terminalia bellerica or
the tree of strife, being supposed to be the
favourite haunt of imps and goblins] S'.
1015
Гм
rtsod-pa-la shng§-pa one
involved in dispute, litigation, controversy,
etc.
^•q^^-qS^q rtsod-pa Ihur-len-pahi
Ita-ica inviting controversy or rushing into
fight or disputation.
rtsod-byed-ma=згчм (Mnon.).
[the tree Pongamia glabra\S.
rtson or rtson-ma in Purig =
nausea, vomiting (Ja.).
rtsOm-pa vb., pf. brtsams
or rtsom^ imp. rtsoms 1. to
begin anything, to set about an under-
taking, to start: «Qj*rqK4$wq being about
to run away;	it was
about religion that our dispute began;
?3fafq^wq’«w beginning, stirring up an
insurrection;	beginning, from
here, from that time	to begin
to do a work (Л.2Г.). 2. to practise, to
accomplish:	so he will
not accomplish the business of healing.
3. to compose, to draw up, in writing:
the writer of a religious work,
author;. or ^qq^^q a clever
writer, an elegant composer;
a school in which religion is
taught and explained combined with
disputations and written compositions.
4. as sbst., a beginning, commence-
ment, a doing, undertaking: 4’5^5 the
first beginning.
rtsol-гса=	wfl, зтатч 1.
vb. to endeavour, to take pains;
now you must exert yourself ;
5р>]-^orq srog-rtsol-wa acc. to Seh.: to draw
breath; VPP’T'4’4 to take fresh courage.
2. sbst.zeal, endeavour, exertion:
rtsol-гса §kyed-pa to use diligence (Jd.);
rtsol-pjrub perseverance • in the
acquisition of wealth or learning (spiritual
or worldly):
however enterprising you be in the acqui-
sition of worldly things (Khrii. 51).
№ rtsol-wa-can Mimnl one who takes
great pains; rtsol-war adv. dili-
gently, zealously.
* qjrqprq brtsags-pa =	sin.
brt$ad-pa or brtsam-pa,
v. rtsod-pa and rtsom-pa (Situ.
76).
brtscun-gyiirJas work that has
been undertaken; commencement,
an undertaking; (&’d) com-
menced, commencement.
brtsal Wflni care and assiduity;
brtsal ma-thag-tu byun-wa
that which comes just out
of careful work, outcome of care and
assiduity.
brtsal-pa 1.	[prohibi-
ted^. 2.=|ч]^ ч skyugs-pta vomit-
ing, nausea.
brtsa§, = tS^^ (Situ. 76).
brtsi arithmetic, reckoning ;
brtsi-ya§ (9]^)	uncountable, innu-
merable ;	brtsi-yas-las b§gres-
pa wwtfbrw.
stone wall, фвр’ч brtsigg-pa [1.
ugly. 2. n. of a god]&
brtsig pf. of fr*ro:	(Situ.
76)	.	
brtsn-wa=Jsw-wa, to
welcome and to receive (a guest).
brtsub fagpr.
>o
brtse-chen most affectionate;
loving; parents:	t M’

1016
q^orq|
У	'3’q|W«fc-
*• M’V
q^’H b rt-ica 1. vb. to love, usually
preceded by or	4N out of love,
kindness, f g.<> to give something out
of love ;	words of love, kind exhor-
tations. 2. sbst. love, affection, kindness,
mercy:	bit - -wa-can affectionate,
loving, land,	\ Mfion.);
brt - -гса-та хит the beloved one,
or spn’^e ;	$rZo<-?C6F imd-pa ^IX,
efi < ruthless, unkind, unmerciful,
ungracioub; brt^-ldan ЖЩ,
kind, gracious, loving, affectionate, merci-
ful:	\Yig. k. 86).
’Й-е/ brt<-ldan sems-kyi me-
left a complimentary address to a friend;
&/’/ ‘-и-ahi phyag-bri$ your
very kind or affectionate letter;
re«p.	loving, affectionate;
ip/ brb -trap skyofi = WW^'^4 affection-
ately exhort or treat (Mnon.);
brf^-icap-hd	(Mfion.)
brt^gxpi. of J7’!'4 Q- v.: Г^'4'g*
built up one storey upon
another ;	piled or built upwards
(Sitr. 76^ ;	brtseg$-pa ono above
another oj* piled ono upon another; a
masonry wall.
frrf*' fip or brtsafis a short
robe or dre^s \^g> 67).
Msem$-pa is a form of the
pf. of
brt*on-hgru* industry,
diligence, p/siduity;
great industry;	n4* to use
diligence, n? show energy, zeal, etc.;
brtson-hgwis drag-po intense
application;	brtson-hgru§-can
zealous, assiduous, diligent; *14^
brson-hgrus-nam$-te having lost one’s
energy, zeal having diminished (Ja.);
’Q brtson-hgrn§ by (d-pa to be
industrious.	brtson-hgru$
bzafi-po n. of a Buddhist sage men-
tioned by Kshemendra in his introduction
to A^adfcna Kalpalata.
q^-q brtson-pa 1. vb. to strive, to
aim at, to exert one’s self for:	in
the aecumulation of merits, learning, or
wealth. 2. subst. endeavour, effort,
care, exertion; S‘q’Q,’c,Fdi*ci alacrity, readi-
ness to act;	brtson-pta Ihod-par
ono who has relaxed his industry
or zeal in any work. 3. adj. =	or
diligent, assiduous, studious.
stsal =
2. in ^^'?'cu=resp. said, commanded,
ordered; also used alono:	com-
manded to do.
$fscl-wa =	sel-wa.
§tf*og$-pa	[a neigh-
bour]
^srq
to give, grant,
to bestow, confer; also, to restore;
please grant, etc.;’	3)'W j*]*r Jai
pray, give me provisions for the journey;
bkah-slsat-ita^1^* to com-
mand, to give expression to;
to bestow spiritual gifts and miraculous
abilities.
•Ь	b§tsag§~pa =
accumulated, hoarded; earned.
EJ|UQJ’4 b§tsal-paany message; also
= he spake, commanded ; he bestowed.
tsha the aspirate of and the
eighteenth letter ef the Tibetan alphabet;
acc. to Tibetan grammarians it corre-
sponds with the Sanskrit <.
M I: tsha 1. num. fig.: 18. 2. for
3. when is preceded by а
qualifying word, as in Tibetan salt,
it is not correct to write though
singly signifies salt.
aS II: in Budh. l. = the general pro-
tection that the Tathagata extends to all
living beings against worldly miseries (7Г.
my. % 207).	2.	Rgq-q*
(K. g. u, 42). Tsha repre-
sents the state from which there is no
passing away, also that which being indis-
soluble delivers all.
III: n. of a tribe of Tibet (J. Zan.).
tsha-§kor=^'tt'^ grandchildren.
tsha-kha target, the black spot on it
where an arrow should hit; the object
aimed at (Rtsii.).
tsha-khan place where are kept.
Tsha-kho n. of a place in jrfrXs.
the mountainous country to the east of
Kham$ and bordering on China (LoA. 6).
tjia-hkhru diarrhoea.
tsha-ga-pa locust, called in
Khams which acc. to	grass-
hopper.
tsha-gran temperature, the degree
of warmth of anything,	sun-
stroke, the diagnosis of this disease whether
it is based upon heat or cold so as not
to mistake the origin of disease being very
difficult (Mng. ch. 13).
Tsha-sgan one of the six Sgdn pro-
vinces of Khams (Rtsii.).
tsha-gcig-ma thick blanket, quilt
. C. (Jd.).
tsha-lcib, v. |ч’О.
tsha-chas lunch :	lunch
and the afternoon meal (Rtsii.). tsha-
ja the tea that is taken as soon as midday-
halt is made by travellers for refreshment:
t	(Khrid. 17).
v. tsha-phog.
tsha-tin or tsha-ldifi morning
time between 8 and 9 a.m.
tsha-drag (gors'^q). 1. very busy,
making haste, hurrying about; *VT5 tsha-
drag-tii quickly, without delay. 2. any
article of food made saltish.
tsha-gdnA 1. шг afflictions
from disease; sufferings from fever. 2.
^nn, shade, umbrella.	tsha-
gdun-can the spring season; fire.
tsha-uad v. post
tsha-sna anxiety, soEcitude;
tsha-$na-can W. soEcitous, careful, attached;
tsha-^na med-mk]wn W. indiffer-
ent, unfeeEng, callous (Ja.).
129
।	1018	I
tska-phan-tse C. dresser, kitchen
table.
tsha-phog the midday-halt; travel-
lers in Tibet and upper China halt for
their morning meal a little before noon.
In such countries travellers begin their
day's journey after taking a cup of tea
early in the morning, sometimes an hour
or two before day-break.
I: hha-ica 1. vb. to be hot;
since in summer tho
rays of the sun are very hot. 2. sbst.
heat: q^ ^q q t a ha-tea $ gdufi-ica to be
tormented by the heat of the day (S.g.);
* qi^sj during the heat of tho day, at
noon ; ^ q	the heat changed
into coolness; q tska~wa§ rmya-ica to
lose one’s appetite in consequence of great
heat (&Л.); ^q^S tsha-tca-nid ’зчга heat;
*'q'S^ tsha-ica-ldan	possessing
warmth, hot;^'q'»>S
without heat, or warmth, cool; ^q'&< tsha-
u'a ham	slightly warm. ^ q5'^ hha-
irahi-ma	pungent. <*'q*r^ tsha-was-
ncn drought, want of rain. 3. adj. warm,
hot. In C.eolloq. the adj. used takes the
form tsha-po:	it has become
hot. 4. n. of the 6th hot-hell.
^q §jq hha-ica-$grib parasol, umbrella,
that shades from tho heat of the sun.
Syn. ni-gdugs ; had-$kyob.
*q*3* tsha~ica-<pn VTfe a medicinal
tree, Terminalia catappa.
Syn.	lan-bu-can;
diar-spr in-can ; §’*£**< lha-mtshnn$;
sprin-la-rdeg ; 45?SHq9’^VT| brgya-byin
hbras-bdag;	ho-ma-can; in-gu-
d> (Mnon.).
^’qS‘^5 hha-u’ahi-Had fever, the differ-
ent kinds of whieh are : (1) gal-mdo,
(2)	ri-than-mtshain^ (3)
ma-pnin tsha-wa, (4)	tgyat-tehad, (5)
$ton§-tshad, (6) *jq ^ gab-hhad, (7)
^’^5 snifi-tshad, (8)	§nog§-tshad, (9)
hgratn§-hhad, (10) hkkrttgs-
hhad, (11)	rim§-hhadt (12)
hbrum, (13)	тдуи*д.ыг9. (14) q]4|'°
gag-pa, (15) Ihog-pa, (16) ЭД'ц chain*
pa (Sman.). *
j^qj-Ц hhe-big-big^ comfortable warm
placo of residence.
^qhha-tva ten a popular medicinal
plant.
Syn. 9’^qi pi-hu-la	hdsam-po-
hdsin;	dpal-gyi lo-ma;
ku-mud-can\ 3^'^ bum-can', rked-
hbra§; ke-dary (Mfion.). The white
species is called	: Syn. q§S’g
beud-$kya;	hbyun-po-hjug (Mfion.).
The red species	Ьуи-гц tshog§-can
(Mnon.). Another species: Syn. 0’^ khytt-
Idan ; 59^dku§-hgur; hchafi-ma;
tshogs-сан ; «5^?^ ma-dafi-ldan. The
yellow species is called	phreA-ldan
and Sj^’qiq’g^ yid-bzan-$kyes,
mtshon-mohi me-tog and	me-
tog.
tska-bo resp. dicon or Jj’*
sku-tsha C. 1. grandchild, grandson. 2.
nephew, brother’s son. 3. great
grandchild; acc. to Ja. yun-tsha
great-great grandchild; gshi-tsha any
descendant.
Й tsha-mo ; 1. granddaughter.
2. niece.
^^•qg^ tsha-dmyal-brgyad the eight
hot hells (1) yanso$ wbpr; (2)
thig-nag ; (3)	b$du$-hjoms
; (4)	nu-hbodxfa; (5)
nu-hbod chen-po ; (6) ^;q teha-wa
1019

НЧН; (7) ^‘5 ^ rab-tu tsha-wa SRinjH; (8)
mnar-mej(M.V,)>
tsha-tsha miniature conical
figures, moulded of clay and used as
offerings, placed in large numbers on the
ledges of chortens:	V59SI
administer medicine to the sick and .
offer tsha-tsha as torma offerings;
S) from his mouth proceeded cones,
figures of fire (Pth.).
^5’^Я tsha-tshahi-shag rust.
Syn. <§я^’З^Я^4 Icags-kyi dregs-pa
(Mnon.).
^ Я5Я tsha-gshug the stage of remission
in fever, also convalescent state after fever
has left.
^’^Я tsha-rag=£'*F\ tsha-drag.
* Ъ tsha-ru lamb-skin.
tsha-la also called a salt
which is mixed with ordinary rock-salt to
colour it white, also a salt purifier
я-^’ЙЯ'Ч'З1^3^ I
tsha-lu 1. red; bya-po tsha-
lu red-breasted cock. 2. v. ^'4 tshal-wa.
tsha-lum a sweet orange grown
in Sikkim.
aS’Qj tsha-le borax ;	tsha-lehi
§kyur-rtsi boracic acid (Cs.); ^35‘q.to
solder.
£ tshwa salt, in such words as
4
the subjoining of wa-zur (J to
the letter is not necessary but sometimes
it is done to avoid mistakes. tshwa-
kha-ru for black-salt. tshwa-kha
salt-pit, salt-lake; ^0Я tshwa-khug salt-
bag; tshwa-sgo place where salt is
found; tshica-sgo-can soil that owing
to an admixture of soda or magnesia is
not suited for any kind of vegetable *
produce;	tshwa-tshil salted fat;
tshwa-dmar also called
tsh\va-dniar brag-tsliwa a kind of red
rock-salt, ^tshwa-ya also
tshwa r dog-дю geig a grain of salt crystal:
(Л. 120).
Syn. lan-tsha;	dpyicl-
dus-chags;	hgyur-rnon-bo;
chu-yi-ro^	chu-yi siiin-po (Mnon.).
tshag — *1^*1 the yak ; ^Я'^ yak beef,
^Яdried beef of yak ; ^Я'^Я yak’s head;
^ц|,я^ч^ог^я'*Я‘Я^Я for four sheep’s head
one yak’s head in exchange (Rtsii.).
^Я'5 tshag-po—^ a yak; ^Я'ЗЯ tshag-bug a
carcase of yak without the head and inner
contents (Rtsii.);	tshag-rlon = ^Я'4!
tshga-ga-rlon fresh beef of yak (Rtsii i);
^Я'^Я tshag-lag the front leg of yak (Rtsii.) ;
^Я ^Я tshag-lug, ЯЦЯ and $Я yak and
sheep; ^Я*$Я the lower parts of the legs
of slaughtered yak (Rtsii.). ^Я>41 tshag-ga
dried flesh of larger animals of cattle, etc.,
gen. that of the yak.
«Я’^Я tshag-tshig or ^Я'^Я^ 1. the larger
and smaller joints of the arms and legs.
2. acc. to Ja. dark spots or speckles on
wood, etc., as in Mil. ; = freckles in C.
 ^Я 2 tshag-tshc bruised barley or wheat.
^Я‘« tshag-shwa skull-cap lined with
lamb-skin; ^Я’8’ tshag-shu a robe lined with
kid or lamb-skin;	,J48
Sw (A. 87) the Tibetan lama-tcachers,
dressed in robes lined with lamb-skin and
woollen cloaks, rode (on horseback).
tshags 1. a cap. я^’^Я^ coat and
cap (Dzl.) 2. = ^Я^ sieve ; Ч^Я^ sift-
with a sieve; ’^Ям ко-tshags a sieve made
1020
of leather, the ono most in use ;
to sift or filter with a piece of cotton rag
jgq khrol-tshags^^'9* Lex.; weel,
for catching fish C. 3. thin-split bamboo,
for making baskets Sikk. 4. Sch.*. the
right-sort, a choice article:
having made a good choice. 5. as
or **i*r$‘*^Tq or to save, spare,
lay up as provision for the future :
I have not made any
provision yet for the future life (ЛЛ7.) ;
(A. 69) take care
of the gold, keep it in your charge;
a stop to divide a sentence;
Aipr^rq tshags-dam-po strict care, vigilance ;
dense and strong, as of stuffs;
the teeth standing close and firm (Ja.);
tshags Ihod-po fafw loose, not
compact;	t hag^-bu	’«5
hbru-tshagl sahi-$nod a vessel in which the
grain, &c., passing through a sieve is depo-
sited (8. kar. 180).	tshags-tshud-
pa to be sure of a thing,	to tost
a thing properly by the hand (Yig. 98).
tshan	habitation
of any kind whether for men or for beasts,
birds, or insects; abode, dwelling, den,
nest.	gna$-tshan habitation, inn,
lodging-house;	to build a nest,
to establish a house-hold; grua-tshan
monastery or college, the dwellings of
the monks in large monasteries;
kitchen also tahan-ban. fellow-
students, comrades.	t shaft-fa a nest,
a cradle;	a small bird or child
that is rn the nest or cradle ; й
tshan-rftani^&^fz:	fear-
ful.
+ tshaft-nag a.woman to whom no
son has been bom, a mother of girls only
(in Sikk.)<
•q tshaft-wa vb., pf. tshafts 1. to
be complete, full, entire :	zla-
wadgu tshaft-wa-nas when the nine months
were full, completed ;	towards
the end of the months of pregnancy (Dzl.);
q	as one king was still
wanting, tho number not being yet
complete (Dzl.);	they are, com-
plete (in number) (Jd.). 2. adj. complete,
entire; or having things complete:
X g a girl in full possession of all
these qualities (PtIt.);	kha-dog
.Ina tshaft-wa having all the five colours
complete (Glr.);	*dteaft-po ma-
tshaft-wa ono of imperfect faculties;
tshaft-$kam perfectly dry;	tshaft-t
hgrig complete arrangement of every-
thing (Rtsii. 68); tshan-po forming
a whole, full; not ono less or left out.
tshan-ma 1. whole, entire, perfect
(the usual adjective form):	a
perfect young bird, i.e., perfectly-developed
(Dzl.). 2. often=all, for
uf,	tshaft-maft 1. v.
(Mfton*). 2. = чч^' thab-tshaft kitchen.
tshaft-tshift — ffi'tt9^ (Mnon.).
a dense copse, a thicket; acc. to Sell.: a
wild, dismal place;	the
horrible existence in tho external world
(Jd.);	if
it is asked: what is most horrible in this
world to bo afraid of, (let it be answered)
it is the behaviour of women;
all the many woods of worldliness have»
been repeatedly burnt by the wild-fire of
Dhyana (contemplation).
tshaft-ya double-barrelled gun in
W\ colloq.

1021

tshan-ra 1. {иия the hinder part.
2. v, htshaft-ra a sheep-fold.
purity, pure;
q^’jX tshan$-par-§pyod purity of life, gen.
in reference to perfect abstinence from
female company; tshans-$kud holy
thread that Brahmans wear.
• £едг|*1 tshans-$kyes 1. an epithet of the
planet Saturn зхпчт (Mnon.). 2. a term
for birds in general (Mnon.).
tshan^hkhor	the se-
cond of the first Dhyaiui heavens v. w
(M. V.).
tshans-bcoms an epithet
of Kamadeva (Mnon.) ; being pierced by
an arrow called 5^’5§5 kun-tu rmons-
byed Brahma became enamoured of his own
daughter, so he was called the vanquished
of Cupid (Mfton?).
. afcsrqi : tshans-pa adj. purified,clean,
pure, holy:	become clean,
be pure! (Ds/.);	tshans-
par spyod-paу £cjrqwt|5’q tshans-pahi spyod-
pa,	to be clean, chaste,
holy, to do what is right, to lead an
honest upright life. ^wqyjfcq mi-
tshans-par spyod-pa	to lead an
unchaste life.
' II: w;
^T^T,	Brahma, of whom are
two, the greater one being lord of the
Sahaloka dhatu, the junior one presiding
over the	first thousand of worlds
and riding on a swan guards the
or upward direction. The different
epithets of Brahma are;	ran-byufi;
4V4'|N bdag-skyes]	gser-mnal-
can]	pad-mahi skye-gnas]
W* chii-skye-mftal;	$kyc-dguhi
bdag-po]	lha-das-rgan] vies-
po; gdon-bshi; lte-wa-skyes;
nii-rpjed bdag-po; 555’3^’
dbyid-gi-snin ; ‘M rna-ica brgyad-pa ;
rig-byed-gdon ;	bjig-
rten byed-po;	sna-tshog-lyed;
§5 4 rig-byed §nin-po;	rig-
byed-dicaft;	mfton-shyes; E^’qS'-^E.^
nan-pahi qin-rta ; VIя q qJ5'q dgafy-ica brgyad
-pa]	viig-brgyad-pa;,
rig-byed rnam-byan; sbyin-byed;
rig-byed dran-po (Mnon.). It is
stated in Mnon. that the body of Brahma
was so lofty and large that Vishnu looking
upward and Mahes'vara looking down-
wards, were unable to see his extremities.
^*rq'l55’qx;	the Sutra de-
livered by Buddha at the request of
Bodhisattva Tsans-pa khyad-par-sems (It. d.
S 35).
q tshans-pa chen-po	n.
of the 4th Dhyani heaven.
tshhns-pahi dran-sron
the highest class of Brahminical
sages, a Brahminical saint.
tshans-pahi-bu 1. Br&h-
mapa. 2. = a poison (Mnon.).
^q-q^'g-qi tshans-pahi Lu-gu
mtshog-ma the cranium.
aewqrs&c.N tshafts-pahi-dbyafts
the voice of Brahma, the intonation with
which the Veda is read by the Brahmans
[prayer-sound] S.
^*rqrsj*r?i tshan§-pahi sras-ma an epi-
thet of the goddess Sarasvati (Mnon.).
tshaft-pahi-qin	[the
Indian mulberry tree]#.
1022	I
Syn.	tJians-byuft;
A’ tshan-pahi' mchod-$byin-$in; g^'Ss skill-
Ly<d; gxo-bged; *?’§5 hgro-byed;
jk A’ nrr-$byor-fin ; Чагсг-ц rim-pa-can ;
jtshan&pahi da-rn ; ^слг^к; tsha fa-
fin (Mnon.).
Tshan$-pa$-byiii or
Brahmadatta, tho Buddhist king of
Benares who was greatly devoted to
Buddha and his religion.
the sermon that was delivered by
the Buddha at tho request of king
Brahmadatta of Benares (7fJ. ч, 16).
/Е^-дс/ tshans-§byon an epithet of the
son of Kamadeva (Mnon.).
tshafa-^pyod-ldan 1. one who
assiduously preserves his religious vows.
2. an epithet of Kumara (4|Ai'T5',1)
(Mnon.).
Tshafa-dfeyafa rgya-mtsho
tho second sovereign Dalai Lama or the
<ixth hierarch of that line (Lon. 11).
л tshafa-ma JfTuii, HT<H.
tshafa-mtsho 1. Manasarovara,
Brahma’s lake; 2. Hfprt [a woman of
high rankJS.
tshafa-rig$ Brahman caste tradi-
tionally originated from Brahma (Mnonh).
tshans-ris	the first
mansion of the first Dhyani heaven.
tshadQT^Q 1. measure, size, measur-
ing in general; $«1’3 A‘q measure or extent
of a country; ^*$A‘q measure of time,
its duration; A^ tshad-can having a
measure, dimensions; A’^’4 tshad-hjal-
= to measure;	f^fn,
знпц taking measurement. A’^’3^’4
tnhad-du lons-pa^^S^^^' tshad-dn slebs-pa
measurable; to be of proper measure or
dimension, to fit:	so in
measure it fitted (A. 29).	’A4 accord-
ing to the size, in size (Glr.); A size of
a (full-grown) man; g A size of body, resp.
stature. A^ t$had-da n. frq. = up to, as far
as, as much as:	bis
strength was equal to that of a powerful
athlete; pw’A‘V’PA’4 to cut oven bito
bits; ^я'А^’А^'4 to drink one’s fill. *AA
direction how the pulse is to be felt (or
pressed);	A aeeoi ding to
.your view of religious studies (Mil.);
A‘^‘2^ 4 tshad-du $kye$-pa grown up, full-
size, as adj. (Jd.) As vb. A^'§5’q or
А'^гч to measure (Ja.); г^'Ч’А’^^
to observe the proper measure in eating
and drinking; AA*'q, to exceed
the proper measure; «Кжч
the dejection will increase to an
excess (JZ/7.). 2. sometimes we find A
apparently = all: ?A various, of every
kind, of all sorts (Glr.); *AiM'q’5FA all
the beggars that show themselves here
(Mil.); ^’^*i’A all the people that have
eome; j^A’^’g^'A all that happens
appears as ^’g (Glr.); я^^’А all that is
ordered, proclaimed (Sch.); &|«A all the
people assembled (Sch.). 3. enough, esp.
with a negation: *vq^A not having
enough of the comparisons, not resting
satisfied with them. A'§’St'q tshad-kyi
dbye-wa	differentiation in the
measure.
’Ц t shad-pa wfHHR 1. heat,, in gen.;
A^ tshad-gdun id; A4^^- when it
grows hot; AwqF^‘q to suffer from
fever, to be tormented by the heat;
A*q^ or vulg. Aq*^’ Aq to be struck by
the heat, to receive a sunstroke; also to
be taken ill with dysentery. . A’g^ tshad-
skyes^twrnulwe&t, perspiration (Mnon.);
1023
|
tshad-skyob^^f^ gdug$ an um-
brella (that protects from the sun’s heat)
(Mnon.). 2. morbid heat of the body,
fever,	tertian fever (Schtr.);
tshad-pahi-nad fever, but also
dysentery (Jd.).
^•qq-^q; tshad-paM-<ph = ^Q^ stag-pa
$in the birch tree.
tshad-hbu grasshopper, locust
(Sch.)
tshad-ma w, НГГ, HT^r the
measure, a rule, model, argument;
^5’я ^o|q tshad-ma-rig-pa or «q^’StoprVfq
gtan-tshigs rig-pa the science of Ргатаца
i.e., evidence, ^Kq q perfect
measure, proof, evidence, so that there may
not be any deception (Ya-sel.); ^K^ori^q
nor-hkhrul med-pa without mistake,
^vg’qw^’q^:—(1)
’SfHj [tradition]*?.; (2)
rnthans (kun)-kyis tshor-wa sfun. ^’я’я^
tshad-ma-mkhan or Л’54’^ tshad-ma-pa
dialectician (Cs.); ^^r*qjorq tshad ma-
hgrel-wa commentary to a logical work
(Cs.).
<&^’|j q^ tshad ma-§de-bdiin title of a
work on logic by Acharya Dharmakirtti
я	the.
seven classes of Pramana by Acharya
Dharma Kirtti (A. 33).
tshad mar-run-uahi
zla-grogs WpNi 4TRl3f [help of authori-
ties]*?.
tshad-med-dge ’чгантчцч=the
second mansion of the third Dhyani
heaven.
. ^5‘^5’^5 tshad-med-hod эднтщтн im-
measurable light; n. of the second mansion
or stage of the second Dhyani heaven.
&il
’^5Ж* tshad-med-gsum the three im-
mensely great and important virtues;—
gwq love; ’1 compassion,
mercy ; 5^ q joy. The term seems
also to comprise the virtue of	or
indifference both to pleasure and
pain.
tshad-zla — ^\ ^ sbiln-zla a brother:
I had a
brother who on the occasion of having
come to transact business (A. 50).
tshad-yans-pa spacious, commo-
dious in reference to houses, &c. (Hbrom.
131).
tshad-yas	[1. a parti-
cular high number. 2. a loom, weaver]*?.
<3^ tshan 1. a party, a band:
qiSqiv’q^qq’^-g^q-ai he proceded in the
company of a party of traders (A. b7);
the boat pro-
ceeded taking a party of passengers (A.
67). 2. or ^‘35 tshan-tiio adj. hot, warm;
hot water, warm water,
warm food; in W. fever; ‘X hot,
the sensation of heat. 3. = ^ descendant,
relation: 61cousin by the father’s
side; я by the mother’s side С.; ч
= ^‘9^ pha-spun\	4. series,
order, class, id.; a set of
four, class of four things;
to put together in groups or sets of six
(Mil.); Vi a certain class of ideas
(Schf.). 5. as termination of certain
collective nouns:	^’’i kindred,
relations	relatives
are devil’s procrastinators. 6. part,
of a country, district (Ta. 90, 20). 7. or
many, a number of:	tshan-
gran§ a great number or variety of things
1021
«Г I
(Yig. 127); $^4 3 nobleman, a gieat-
man (A. 127); Ч'З'й tshan-po-che a great
many, good deal: слгрог^ чдч
j	if by fighting I make him
retreat, a large number of men will get
into misery (A. 27). 4'^ (ehau-can not
scanty.
tshando =	4 phren-pa garland,
rosary (mystic) (A\ g. F, 26).
tehab a deputy, representative,
proxy:	he has got a representa-
tive ; in reference to a thing, equivalent,
substitute;	it may be replaced by
this ; *4y&rtf this may perhaps be used as
a substitute (Vai. $n.);*4‘g^-q to represent,
supply the place of; ^4|4*q tshab-sg rub-pa
to give a substitute for, to replace a
thing. or *4’3 representative of a
superior, delegate, commissioner, agent ;
JT*4 viceroy, regent; especially applied to
the regent who rules Tibet in the minority
of the Dalai Lama, who is also styled
jprZi'g-Aj adopted child, foster-child; й’*4
acc. to Schtr. negotiator, mediator;
hostage; <*4tshab-hjug substitute;
replacing: ^4a repre-
sentative under a false name should not t
be put (Rtsii. 61). ^4'5 tshab-tu instead
of, in the place of:	instead of
a lamp, for a lamp; *4'£q tshab-txhub
1. with to be ruffled, disturbed,
agitated: ^w^^4<q§^4 to become agitated
in mind. 2. = ^'5j^ sa-sro§ or sa-rdb
dusk : $4^54-^q-^qone evening as
soon as it became dusk (A. 137). Й’*4’<4
§myo-tshab-t8hub=. temporary insanity,
occasionally becoming mad.
tshabs an intensive usually
conjoined with *=very great, very much:
jifqjq’dtairwit proves a very great sin;
&![
when much dizziness super-
venes, <*4sr^ tshab$-chen or <*4*r«^ deeply,
dangerously; **pr*4*r«^ sinning heinously,
q rku-ma tshabs-che-ica a daring
robbery ; ^’«r*4N rkun-ma tshab$-chen a
desperate thief or robber; ^’*44^ a
serious illness or disease; я|5‘А’*ад^ very
bad news;	an unscrupulous man.
teham-tshum or tsham-
f shorn doubt, hesitation, shrinking;
to feel doubt, hesitate, draw back,
tham-tshuvi-can or.	doubtful,
wravering, undecided ; <^5^ a shrinking
attitude;	courageous,
intrepid, daring.
tshar 1. occasion, instance;
= once {Mnon.);	twice;
z= £ q <1]^ q srib-gcig-la in one mo-
ment. 2. rosary, a garland.
tehar-tea =	or owsjq’Q
(Mnon.) to fulfil, to finish; as sbst.=
fulfilment, accomplishment, doing a work
completely; = to have done a
thing thoroughly, to go to the furthest
limit;	to
the stage of completion;	tshar-khad
=	(Mnon.). tshar-zin
w finish, completion.
tshar-gcod-pa to annihilate, to
completely destroy,’to put an end to: «V
nfa	not putting an end to con-
troversy (Jlbrom. 39).
’34* tshar-bon n. of an officinal plant:
g qcvas-q-gj'-^ita cures disease of the gullet
or lungs.
ts/шl	Ф& grove, a garden,
park; id.;	flower-garden;
herb-garden,	$kyid-mo$
tshal pleasure-grove; Лг^4?^‘3’^ tshal
|
1025	&| |
ilc-icahi rin-po-che is the ideal of a
garden the possession of which gives to
a Cakravartti Raja many peculiar advan-
tages, in consequence of which it is called,
fig.	Vai-duryahi tshal
the grove where lapislazuli is found in
abundance,	thickets of
the tree called tala patintu-ka;
and	are said to exist
in the abodes of the four guardian kings
i.e., the Catur Maharaj Kayikd deva (K.
n. of d. S 71). TTshal ehos-lun
rdson&twA in the district of Tshal situated
to the west of Lhasa (Rtsii.).
^’4 tshal-pa 1. a native of Tshal
2. = ЭТа piece, chip, splinter; a patch.
^’4 tshal-wa pieces : Члч
having torn mount Sumeru into pieces
(A. 17.) ;	a piece of rag ; ^’4*
qgvq^ it was torn in a hundred pieces.
^’5 tshal-bu small chip, a bunch of flowers,
a lock of hair (Jd.).
^rtfq’q tshal Jog-pa	dro-btab-
pa to make a morning-halt on a journey
for taking a meal.
tshal-ma vulg. for dro-zas
breakfast:	to eat break-fast,
breakfast companions,
shal-mahi-lam or or half-a-
day’s journey, as Tibetans generally travel
till midday as one morning’s journey.
Tshal-sc n. of a village in the dis-
trict of Stod-hn mtshur-phu (Rtsii.).
tshas 1. used in IF*, for a
garden; garden-bed, gardener.
2. of a woman in child birth (Jd.).
tshi-gu or	the
kernel or nut contained in a stone-
fruit;	$ the stone of an apricot;
tshi-can stone-fruit.
<х>’П tshi-гса in C., filth, viscous
sticky matter, esp. clammy dirt, e.g., in
the wool of sheep; ^*’4 solid dirt; ^'4^
sticky, clammy, filthy.
tshig	1. a word; a
remark, a speech:	an interrogative
word; ^q’^q’4 to connect or arrange words;
the order in which words are to be placed;
S’^’S’^q the present tense; ^q'wjwq
skilful in selecting words (Cs.); A^’^q
truth, 4^’^q falsehood, ^q‘q'*^y& tshig-gi
mtshon-cha words which hit at the heart,
i.e., which give pain or offence (Rtsii. 7).
^q'3jq^ tshig-grogs an auxilary word, a
helping word; ^q tshig-rgyan
word used to emphasize. Acc. to Buddhists
words are of seven kinds :—(1) J^q,
qnq; (2) ^'^q, (3)
(4) S^'^q ^q^T ; (5) • g-qS'S-Rq^W^q ;
(6) aq^’W^'^q; (7) ^v^s^q (ir.
my. p, 3^5). ^q-njorqljK/q tshig kyal-ка
spon-wa Hf*tfawrqfqAfa abstinence from
speaking unconnected or irrelevant expres-
sions; ^q‘P‘^’4 tshig-kha skon-iva ^qu^TM
[a further enumeration]^.;
tshig-hkhrnn chod-pa—^^^^S^ to speak
definitely, to give definite orders; ^q q’^q
tshig-gi mjug qjqqitq the last word, the
conclusion of an expresion ; ^q q q^'^q
tshig-gi gian-rag	thanksgiving
words of thanks; ^qqqsq tshig-gi bdag
one who is skilful in speaking, a speaker,
an orator; ^qq^S tshig-gi phrad fqqpf
[accidental occurrence; a grammatical
term for adverbs, prepositions and con-
junctions]^. 3q-c^ tshig-nan Hqfunr
rebuke, unpleasant words or expression.
Sq^gq to insult, abuse; Sq^wq^-
5^'^ speaking unpleasant words produces
130

1026
&ipi|
quarrels with friends; foolish speech;
Hlightly speak-
ing brings on scoffing, makes one ridicu-
lous.	tshig-hjam-ldan as met. = a
parrot {Mnon.).	tshig-ldab redun-
dancy ; one who repeats the same word or
expression twice over or more {Mnon.).
tshig-$dud-pa HKIH combination
of words, compound word.
tshig bla-dbag$	[denomination]8.
&TQg tshig-hbru sbyor-tca
to put together letters and
syllables:	tshig-hbru bzan-po.
tshig-mt&hams-la $byar W4-
[the syllable after winch the sepa-
rated part of a compound word occurs] 8.
ts/iig-rdsun untruth, falsehood,
lie:	by speaking untruth
one’s object is not gained, it is lost.
tshig-gshi basis of a word, expres-
sion or speech. tshig-gshi also=^<T
or ч the chief items or articles in a
treaty or agreement or document {Rtsii.).
tshig-zur gni§-su-sbyar
[a secondary sense hidden in the
obvious one]8.
tshig-nam$=^(Q lkug-pa a dumb
mute person; one who cannot express
himself well {Щпоп.).
tshig-rtab^ ргте [refuted, dis-
allowed] 8.
tshig-tha-dad	[answer]8.
tshig-dor-ica^^'^^
indecent language.
tshig-mdahi mgon-po an
epithet of Indra {Mnon.).
tshig-rdeg as met.=^‘*W« gar-
mkhan-ma a dancing girl {Mnon.),
tshig-ldan 1. an epithet of Vrhas-
pati the teacher of gods {Mnon.). 2. one
who is skilful in speaking.
tshig-rtsub цпта harsh words,
rude or rough language, unpleasant
expression:	by speaking
a rough word (one) invites enmity.
g-q^-q tshig-rtsub $mra-wG $pofi-wa
abstinence from using rude or
rough expressions {M. V.).
+	= *3 a stone or kernel of
a fruit.
tshig-pa 1. to bum, to give intoler-
able pain. В	1 a-SjK’jE^
(A”, g. 369). 2. snbst. anger,
wrath, rage. ^1'25 tshig-po adj. burnt,
overbaked; **j**wj otaifapr&q’q' burning of
meat, bread, etc. butter added to
anything that is being roasted that it may
not be singed {Rtsii.).
tshig-ma a sinew, tissue.
tshig§ 1. sometimes
a joint, knuckle; tissue or muscle between
two joints; ^4^’14 pain in the joints;
3k]KQg«vq to put out of joint, to dislocate,
to sprain;	to reduce a dislocated
joint;	tshig$-kheb$ ornament worn
above the wrist or elbow, also finger ring.
knot of a stalk of corn or straw;
smyng-tshig knot of a cane {Cs.).
2. anything that connects, a joining, junc-
tion, link; also interlude:	or
that which joins times of occupation,
a holiday;	conjunction of
cause and effect;	reasonable,
logical;	an intellectual reasonable
woman. 3. metrical division, or rather,
metrical commotion, train,of verses; and

1027

hence, simply, a verse:	tshigs
bcad-pa to compose verses;
tshigs-su bcad-pa brgya-pa ; a poem
of one hundred Qloka by Acarya Vararuchi
(Tan. d. % 180); ^^q^qW^^*
n. of poem by Acarya Suryagupta
(Tan. d. ^f, 180);	tshig-su
sbyar-wa to compile verse.
^4^’35 tshig$-§byod [a BrahmanjS.
tshig§-ma sediment, residue,
dregs, husks, ehaff.
3Ui]^q|q-q tshig s-bzun-ica the ceremony
of Bdun-tshigs bzun-wa at the forty-ninth
day of a person’s death.
SaprK teAi0«-ro==3k]^‘5< tshigs-ma (Ja.).
tsJM-ga (2ft) n» of a me-
dicinal drug.
§>3j Tshin — China (Grub. q, 1).
tshim-pa-med=S^^ hero, cham-
pion (Mnon.).
tshim-pa rvw, to be con-
tented, satisfied, satiated, consoled ; also,
as adj. frq.:	he was satisfied,
3 Й 4 with the girl; Sforq^g^q to satisfy,
Ssrq^xq]wrq the soothing speech which
appeases.	tshim-byed-$kyc§ ^H-
НТФТ [the lunar motionjS.	tshim-
byed-ma a name of the lunar mansion
Pusya (Mnon.) acc. to some=^*^ the lion
of tho zodiacal sign.
tehim-byed-dmar=3^*3^ saffron
(IMon.).
or
(^on.).
CD'S tshir in order, course, succession,
in turn.
tshir-wa v. ^q.
co^! Ын7=<¥| or	fat (jiot
melted) id.; mutton-fat,
pork-fat, bacon;	suet, lard;
gfSq bacon-fat; wax (Jd.) tshil-
khu liquid fat, melted fat (Pth.) ;
tshil-gon	the fat of the breast;
tshil-can or fatty, fat.
tshil-chen human fat (Sman);	’^5 tshil-
med lean; Зогяч tshil-таг melted fat or
lard (7Й$г7.) ; tshil-ro remains of
lard after melting.
cd^i tshis 1. acc. Jd.: prob, secondary
form of rtsis.	so-nam-gyi las
work of husbandry. 3. tshis-su^
grogs-sn in friendship:
(A. 133).
tshu, as Jd. remarks, the contrary of
pha, a root signifying hitherward, on this
side; C’F tshu-kha this side (prob, for
tshur-kha); tshu-bi one of this side,
«гЗ pha-bi one of the other side (Cs.);
С’Х'Ч tshu-rol^&^S this side (opp. tc
stXqi pha-rol); tshu-rol-na adv. on
this side, postp. with genit. this
way, to this place; Xajftq tshu-rol-nas
from this side; SfXorq tshu-rolpa one on
this side, one belonging to this (our)
party;	walks on this side or this
way.
tshuhu [prob. Chinese, for the Tibe-
tan 5'5 §kyu-ru, acc. to some=vinegar, acc.
to others : a pulpy product prepared from *
various kinds of fruits mixed with vinegar,
sugar, and spices, and having been left to
ferment is used as a condiment] Ja.
ishug-sa^'N. next para.

1028

Ышд$=^'ц чтат, the shape or
form of an imago or statue, constructive
i.mn :	ataj*rq §ku-yi tshugs teg$-pa
\Jij.l3} the appearance or form of his
por*un (or of an image) is good;
ill proportioned, ugly.
tJing§-pa =	stage
or station;	Chinese mail stage;
or Сяcaravansary, or merely
a level open place near a village, where
travellers may encamp, or where public
business is transacted. 2. vb. to do one
harm, to hurt, to inflict, mostly with a
negative: ч*>'<*5'5Г<£я^ Lar-rhad ma*
tJnigx-par without having hurt me (J/J.);
<^N-q fire, disease, etc.
pan do me no harm (Jd. .
сдУЦ Ixhnd-pa 1. =
5, Cs’avjq^ij о|Ч]'|вс.' (Л. 12G). 2. to dig;
tx/iud-mo-mk/ian^^^^ rko$
nJhan a digger, excavator.
P/nin = $ or here, on this side:
wfcw&oi this side of the boundary.
When with or ^5 or with signifies:
within, by, up to, so far as ; post. c.
aeons. :	within seven genera-
tions ;	by noon of to-
morrow (Glr.); QVSincluding
the children, not even the children being
excluded (Ja.).
tJiub-ma or htshub-ma
a storm:	a snow-storm; gust of
, wind,	lha hdrehi bu-tshub whirl-
wind; fig. ЗЯЛЯ’Я’£4’* a violent fit of
envy ; trouble of mind (Cs.); ’Эч
tJmb*cheb=^^ rlufi-tshub a gale,
hurricane: 3
(A. 95).
tshur hither, to this place,
hitherward (opp. to phar thither),
С^ЛЯ tshur-gog eome hither, come here 1
tshur-hofaca to return home (Pth.),
<gX'QT^ fshurJa non listen here, to this
(Jd.) ^Х'Я tshur-ka or on this side, this
side of the river-bank, declivity, etc.;
a returning, ^’^Я*1 this direction.
tshur*rgol plaintiff (Yig. 16).
fxhur-mo or mtshur-mo
paiut, pigment: ^Я’С^ black-pigment;
a mineral found for instance in Nubra
used for dying black;	yellow-pig-
ment, red-paint.
tshui jjfa,	1. method,
manner, fashion, way of doing anything:
in whichever way
you may desire;
he shall be rewarded
according to the manner in which he has
fulfilled those duties which were entrusted
to him; MV*this way of
speaking is high flown speech;
to put on a manner, to assume a style,
also = to mimic;	tshul-bcoz-
mkhan a hypocrite, mimieker. tshul*
btsun-mo annn, Я^^$Ма
nun who is of good character (J. Zafi.).
gnas-tshul and	$nan4shul
being and appearing, philosophical terns
for reality and semblance; Я^*5^ gtofi*
tshul the way of giving, i.e., a certain
quantity given, a dose;	tshul
de-kho*nas by that very same way of
proceeding; hence ^‘3^ tshul*(jyi$=Jn.
consequence of, by means of;
$mra$*pahi tshul the character of his
last speech (Dzli);	rgya-bod*
kyi fybrel-tshul the mode of intercourse,
I
1029
*1
relations, between Tibet and China (Glr.);
phyag-gi tshut-dii in a way as if
he were saluting (MU.);
to make gestures of reverence;
glan-chen-gyl tshul-gyis (Buddha
came down'' in the shape of an elephant
(Glr.);	dad-pahi tshul-gyis
because of faith (Pth.). 2. way of acting,
conduct, duty, course of life:
sna-mah* hh'd your former conduct (Mil.);
hearing such an ex-
ample of virtue related (Jd.). Also =
proper way, right method:
tshut-dati mthun-pa orderly, regular ; sj’or
if but once in a hun-
dred cases something sensible is uttered;
irregular, unjust;	tshul-
las-nams growing remiss in one’s conduct.
3. species, kind:	nad-tshul species or
kind of disease ;	zas-tshul species of
food (Jd.). 4. joined to the root of a verb
in W=when :	mthon-tshut when or
as he saw.
ishul-khrims	religious
or moral behaviour; moral law; regular
duties, monastic vow, moral observances:
tMiul-khrims-kyi dri-
nad-dan tdan-pa one possessed of high and
pure moral conduct;	bound by
monastic or moral vows (Sch.); Sfa'fjw
tshul-khrims-kyi pha rol-tu
phyin-pa 4T<fa<n the highest moral
purity (у.	;
tshuUkhrimt-kyi phun-po	aggre-
gate of moral laws;	tshul-
khrims-kyi b§lab-pa	one of the
three kinds of (M. V.) [higher
morality]#.;	tshiil-khrims
hchal-ica immorality ;
tshul-khrim^hjig-pa to break one’s vows or
moral purity;	ishulJ&rims
пат§-рг	one who is immoral;
tshul-khrims-gter an epithet
of Buddha (Mnon?);	tshid-
hhrims las-byun	[of good moral
disposition]#. ; C^W'Wg^qS’Q.’q?
tshul-khrims las byun-icahi bya-uahi dno§-
po	virtuous action relat-
ing to morality ;	tshul-khrim$
srun-wa to keep vows, to guard one’s
conduct.
Syn.	tshan-spyod\
thafis-par-gpyod}	gtsan-uar-spyod;
legs~2)ar-spyod\	§dom-pa
(Mnon.).
the words of an unscrupu-
lous man, expressions or assurances of a
dishonest insincere man (Mnon.).
tshiil-bshin-pa 1. adv.
tshul-bshin-du mannerly. 2. one
who assumes fine airs, shows himself as
if very great or high.	tshul-
bshin-min irregular, improper.
<M I: tshe 1. sbst. timp, in a gen. sense,
but rarely heard in eolloq.	phyin-
pahi tshe at the time of starting. Hence
is often used in mod. lit. as=when :
X yod-pahi-tshe when it is, when it
was; 4е* gan-gi-tshe at which time,
when, dehi-tshe at that time, then ;
definite time is rendered by dus not
by*.
£ II: Wig: life, but chiefly in an
abstract sense, if4! srog being the proper
term for physical life; nevertheless we
find long life, *Ishe-hdi this, the
present life, tshe-phyi-ma a future
period of life;	my life
is in danger,	is the proper
term by which to render: “ eternal life.”
1030
abbr. of 2!and SS'B’’1. 3 g'x tshe-
sna-ma an earlier period of existence, a
former life relative to the transmigration
of souls (Ja.).
tshe-$kabs НЯЦ; v. skabs.
3	tshe-gcig lu§-gni$ a worm
which is used as a curative in plague:
^^\R£wqv§5 gnan-nad hjom$-par-byed.
Tshe-mchog-glin n. of a palace
with a monastery and park situated on the
southern bank of the river Kyi-chu near
Lhasa, the residence of one of the four
incarnate lamas of Lhasa (S. Kar. 180).
tshc-gnis-pa of an amphibious
nature (Cs.)
3 tshe-ltog$ a poor starving vagrant,
beggar JV (Jd.)
ishe-rnUmhi-mdo n. of a Sutra
in which tlie length of life in the six
states of existence is explained (K. d.
218).	(K. d.
228) Sutra on the transmigration of the
soul, etc.
tshe~dan yc-$cs wr*$r*i longe-
vity and spiritual knowledge.
tJie-mdans-^S9^ byad-mdafa
healthy appearance, fresh complexion.
tshe-mdo tshe-gzun$ the dha-
rani for longevity (K. g. % 200).
tshe-gdah as met.=death (Mnon.).
tshe-ldan, or	tshe-dan Idan-
pa 1. wr^4?i<t, WWIJP an address of vene-
ration such as venerable, his holiness;
a general title of address for monks who
observe the ndes of Vinaya as well as for
Bodhisattvas, Arhats, etc. Applicable to
living men and used in writings; the
title for dead persons being S’wrvta tstu -
las hdas-pa. 2.	a plant.
tshe-pad the shrub Ephedra saxatilis,
with red berries which are said to be
roasted and pulverized to give greater
pungency to snuff (Jd.).
^qoj'g’^’q tshe dpag-tu med-pa WufT-
ftrarg; eternal life, immortality.
tshe-phyi-ma	WWJTH
next or after life.
З-адлГурк; Tshc-hphag lha-khaA n. of a
temple in the court-yard of the great
Ramochhe shrine in Lhasa.
tshe-hphel-rdsa$=^'Q'% dur-wa-
rtsa the Ku$a grass (ДКои.).
tshe-hpho death (Mnon.).
tshc-hphos-pa transmigration.
tshe-dwan a Sa-bdag monster.
2'^5 tshe-tshad duration of life (Ja.).
<M’<M tshedshe^ ra a goat (Mfion.).
£^£5 tshe-rndsad(Vai. kar.) an appendage
of certain gods made like a plate with
fruit.
anfa tshe-rab$ duration of each
rebirth: ЛА«§дя tshe-rdb&kyi bla-ma a
lama always reborn as a lama, X-wtc£a
tshe-rdbs	snfaqfbw trans-
migration. 2
one of the 18 unmixed
attributes of a Bodhisattva (HI. V).
ЗЛс* tshe-rin or 3'^'A tshe-rifi-ica 1.
long life:	tshe-rin-acahi
rgyu-ni-gnis-te the causes of longevity are
two (abstinence from taking life and
giving food and drink abundantly to all
about one’s self). gerAV'^^AV^Rj
victory and long life be to you! ,2. com-
mon as a personal name.
^1
1031

t^hehi rig-byed wrg^< the
science of preserving and prolonging life ;
q tshe-yi rig-byed-pa a physician.
tshe-re 1. each life; tshe~re-la in
each life or period of existence. 2. = ^**]
tsher-ka.
tshe-lo tho period of existence, or of
human life particularly. Also = a year.
tshcg I. the point separating sylla-
bles, also nag-tsheg.
-15^1	it should be
particularly noted that the syllabic dot is
not used between a letter and the stop
called **j5 except in the case of the letter
na(Sum-rtag). 2. crack, short sharp sound,
snapping noise:	tsheg-rgyans or ц
tsheg-sgra a distant sound such as that of
fire burning wood :
from the direction where the
lord resided a distant and cracking sound
arose (A. 7). tsheg-tshom the sound
made by mice:	H
(Rdsa. 9).
tshegs of tshegs-pa
trouble, toil, difficulty ; dkah-tsheg§
id.; S’’l4‘w’^5’q without trouble.
rkaft-fhegs-che much clattering of feet
phran-tshegs little troubles or
difficulties.	tsheg$-med
without trouble:	the
lord finished it without difficulty (A. 33) ;
knew without difficulty,
learnt easily (Rbrom. f4, 3).
tsheg$-kyi§=^W or	rnyur-
da	quickly, soon;	speedily
executed (Situ. 4d).
tshen~par-byet}-pa	[to
be bent or turned away]#.
сБЯ tshem a piece of sewing;	’5
tshem-po or 35я'ч tshem-pa a tailor; afcrZi’^ef
tshem-po-hgrol the seam opens, comes
loose; tshem-med without a seam;
tshem-bu any sewing, what has
been stitched, quilted ; д’ярЦ tshem-bu^
inkham= a milliner or dressmaker
(Mnon.) ; ^я'3'Ч tshem-bu-pa a tailor.
%* tshem-tshem	a patched
cloth.
resp. of
2. = ^T« remainder, addition.
tshem§ ЗН 1.
so a tooth.
tshem$-pa 1. anything sown.
2. to have the disadvantage, to eome off a
loser, not receiving a fair share (Ja.).
tshem$-med in Tsang : nothing left,
without a remainder:
Vfa should send (the letter) as per draft
without any omission (Rtsii).
without remainder;
tshemsJus-med nothing left.
tsher 1. qug-tsher. 2. = ^
a separate time ; prob, many times,
repeatedly (Jd.).
tsher-ka also ЗКЛ or sorrow,
grief, pain, application (Jd.).
tsher-ma	1. a thorn,
prickle, brier:	I have run a thorn
into (my hand, foot); Xk^r^‘4 to pull
out a thorn; a fish-bone. 2. any
thorn-bush, bramble, etc. ^*5^ tsher-
dkar or buckthorn, Hippophace rham-
noides (Jd.);	tsher-thags thorn-
hedge.
tsher-ma-skye§ jack fruit.
tsher-ma gdmi-pahi gdon
is a frightful and evil spirit (Mng. ch. 77).
SvSvsi I
1032

tsher-mahi tshan or
1. also W tshigs^nan n. of a thorny
plant. 2 =3’^4] a crow, the bird of which
the nest is made of thorns (Mnon.).
ak’dk’A tsher-tsher-ma n. of a kind
of bee, also of a fly (Ш.).
tshev-lum yellow raspberry
in Sikk. (Ja.).
tshe$	1. day of the
month or date, always indicated by the
cardinal number, as in etc., or by
placing a numeral below the word
religious service on the 10th
day;	programme of the
religious dances performed on that occa-
sion ; бр|’дкХкч]*рг«г«р| letter sent or
written on the 3rd date; ч tshe$ dge~
?гя = 2>лзц/л tsJr bzan-po auspicious day:
chwXmvI presented on
au auspicious date with a silk scarf for
acceptance (Yig. k. 16).	tshe§-
geig,	the day after the new
moon, which is always the first day of
a new month ; zla-nithon,
zla-gdiou-nu,	zla-tshe^
phyogs-kyi daft-po id. (Rtsi.);
tshes beo-lna the day of the full moon;
Зкч^ч] Mrs-Mn7==the moon (Mnon.);
2к лз^ц tsh^-bzan-po = Хк«р|‘ч tshes-dgt-
tea:	the letter that was
written on an auspicious date (Yig. k. 13).
tsho 1: 1. the plural termination,
chiefly of pronouns, you, you all,
we, they,	these; also is
affixed to numerals:	hbitm-tsho
100,000. Is occasionally affixed to nouns :
the townsmen,	khyed
rnal-bbyor-pa tsho ye ascetics! tskong-
tsho body of merchants. 2. In Ladak *
takan alone is used for: a caravan :
'^4‘Ч’ргч'Я qIfc the caravan (from Yar-
band) will arrivo in a few days.
II: =	complexion: ^’3*
the colour of the disk of his face
(Ji<J- 12).
М(мсл==$к^кч fat, corpulent,
also corpulency. Acc. to Jd. fat, greasy:
or	is it fat or not ?
*R tsho-khn fat gravy; % tsho-ldir
unwieldy with fat.
tshogs ^ЧТ5т, 7ПГ 1. an assem-
blage, mass, group (implying, however,
acc. to Cs. as compared with Mo, a larger
number of individuals not at once to be
estimated):	tshog$-$dn-wa to call
au assembly, q35’4 bgycd-ра to dismiss it;
tshog$-hdu an assembly meets,
hgye it dissolves;	dpufi-gi-tshog$,
?|’ЗЦц dinag-gi-tshogz army frq.; «pi
yul-tshog$ village community, country-
parish (J#.).	sna-tshogs several or
various kinds. 2. accumulation, multi-
tude, of things;	to accumulate
merit;	a wicked, godless
person;	accumulation of virtues:
to imbibe faith in the profound doctrine,
the accumulation of immense merit is
necessary.
tshog$-hyi dtcati-phyugiFV4K
ЛЧ 4; v.
tshog$-kyi gtso-гсо
lord of the horde ; the leader of a herd of
elephants, leader of the assembly, presi-
dent of a meeting.
tshog$-kyi srad-bu=^ na-
rgya a fishing net (ЛГпоп.).
tshogs-khan a shop; the hall
of assembly or congregation.

1033
I
tshogs-hkhor	sacrificial
offerings arranged in a circle as an
oblation. In Tantrik ceremonial the term
indicates the sitting together of a Tantrik
lama and his female associate with a man-
dala offering to the gods. When such a
ceremony is performed Dpah-mo (the
woman) that associates with the officiating
saint called Dpah-wo is supposed to possess
saintly attributes. When the man
performs this ceremony alone it is called
or hero’s performance; in the
case of the female it is called	Й
the heroine’s performance. In this cere-
mony as well as in others of a Tantrik
nature, a kind of'mystic language called
яро.ig used; a few technical
terms of which will illustrate its na-
ture	la-la \	=
вч a;	a-tsa; =	khe-ta
ro grd-wa;	phrcA-wa-na;
ni-rnm gu-ka; ’^=*1’^'
pad-ma Ihu-dsa-na;
bshi-mnam; Ч'$=ЗГ^ gla-rtsi;
|5,A=«J‘SX' ga-bur ;	= ga-ka ; £==^4
bha-ha-ka-, «Ч'ЧЧ|=< sgro ;	ho-,
*^•35=* ra also gshon-nu ;
lug or 9^ bu-mo-, V*,’35 ni-ma-phyed=$,
ЬуЯ-, SaE'’3'Sv£’ dican-po §byor-wa = ^i^
kun-tu-r*’	hbras-, 45 6г/а=>т5мч
ka-tani'Pa-
(K. g. "1»
tshogs-gral 1. row of people in
an assembly. 2. row of offerings.
tshogs-can	j
t^W-cau-dgab
** tshog§:can-may or
_	a prostitute (ДГпоп.).
\sh^chen^na id* 8)*
tshogs-mchod
prescribed religious ceremony;
tshogs-mchod gser-sbren the annual
religious service conducted by the assem-
bled priests at Lhasa in January-February
under the auspices of the church Govern-
ment dining the Mon-lam season (Zotf.
% M
tshogs-gnis 1. [two pur-
suits of life; viz.: religion, and wealth]#.
2.=^'^'’ЯРПЛ the accumulation
of learning and	gwn the
accumulation of moral merit.
^^5 tshogs-rned WI;
tshog§-mthun-2)a янц;	tshog^-ldan
tshogs-gtam speech addressed
to a meeting (Cs.).
Tshogs-drug ran-grol a
celebrated lama of Amdo ordinarily known
by his second name Lama Shabkar, and
believed to be an incarnation of Mila-ras-
pa. His incarnation still exists in Amdo.
3?qprq^l tshog$-bdag innrfh an epithet
of Ganes'a {Mnon.).
tshogs-gdan the carpet on which
the assembled priests sit at a religious
service in the hall of congregation {Rtsii.).
&q*rq tshogs-pa vb. to assemble together,
= hdsom-pa.
tshog§~pa-can гггзгт,	harlot,.
courtezan.
tshogs-pahi dwafi-gi§ BTHift-
qifa ;Mq]^ qK^gq q tshogs-par dbyun-tva ;
#qprqv&’5«}*>q tshog§~par mi-dbyitfi-wa
tshogs-phor 1. large tea bowl
which every monk in a monastery carries
in his breast-pocket, to drink tea while
131
1034

p inducting any religious service, or reci-
ting the sacred hymns. 2. EHT^TT:,
чгцг(т^:, тгг(ч[^,=я^а hdu§-pa or В khyu
a troop, herd.
tshog$-zaft$ cauldron in which
1 ea is boiled for the assembled priests at
a religious meeting.
tshog^^an	[exccl-
lont"]&
t$hog$-lafa on occasions such
as ^accession to a position of dignity,
also when a lama is ordained, etc., two
other lamas called Kalydna Mitra are
required to get up from the assembly to
recite a religious discourse; and this is
called
frjpr-q tshog^a meat that is offered
to the spirits (A/sn.).
tskogs-bwigs ^nrc,	acquire-
ment of merit, virtue; also = dge-wu
virtue itself:
uuc-U’E.’^kq^qq^'^q^ Zan.). &q*rqMo|
^kogt-g-og accumulated merit. There are
sixteen kinds of	merit-accu-
mulations:—J) £*Г0**гЗ^srqw^q ; (2)
; (3)	^q§ ; (4) ^Я*гсга1
q ^E.Ля < Sq^ ; (5) qoi^ q* ; (6) t’g*’
^•qr^’^’qS; (7) J?q*rq$-q]^q-q^5 j (8)
q^§^qV^*§; (9)	; (10)
; (11) gq^qr^’HS^’
Sj ^ q^CN qS; (12) 4XS*q ^V I
*q-§^^q5; (13)
^q^ qg-q?; (14)	(15)	;
»1G^	(7ri d. 333).
tshon grft’su,	(Cs.=^‘
zon merchandize) trade, traffic, commerce :
tshon-gi-kk^ profit, gain;
loss in trading;	to carry on
trade (&A.). tskon-skad commercial
language, business-like stylo, terms of
trade; ^’4 or a trader. ^E/qqaq’q’
^’3 tshofi-pa fyzafi-po drafi-po an honest,
pious merchant is called
merchants who make high profit
(at tho expense of others) and people who
make animal sacrifices, Ac., perform yajna
by killing animals are born as pretax
and entering tho human body cause ravages
over tho animal kingdom (7f. d. -3, 447).
£еЛе/ tshon-zoft or	qfTcni, goods,
any articles of merchandize. ^*3 tshoft-
tshon-grogs or	tshofi-
rogs a partner in trade.
Wr?n-7Jtfrfl==goods-store, maga-
zine, shop.
Syn. t^lOn~khyim\ ^'^q^’pq-q
dpon khafi-pa\	nordmhi-mdsod\
wjya-mtshohiddiyini}
rlun-yor-сан ; ^c/^k’Kq tskofi-zon ra-wa ;
zon-kgrcm-gna§ (MHon.).
Uhon-grog$ commercial friend,
correspon dent (Ja.).
tshon-rgyuhi dfio$-po goods,
articles of merchandize.
Syn. tehon-zon; tshon-zog
(Mnon.).
tshon-chad bill of purchase, deed
of sale.
tshon-chaft pledging in beer after
a bargain has been struck.
tshon-hdu$ vre market-
place, market,	tshon-hdu^sa id.
+ tshofi-brdal 0* (&^K$wq2|*rq)
the commercial place or circle; that quarter
of the city which is chiefly inhabited by
merchants.
1035

tJion-pahi-lam	cnfa*},
[traders’ path, traffic]jS.
t-Lon-spogs proceeds of trade.
tshon-spogs byed-pa, ^’K^’
tshon-spogs-la hgro-ica to engage in
commercial speculations.
tJwd I: нгдт 1. measure, piopor-
tion; aoc. to Ja. the right and just measure;
or «^’4 to appraise, to guess
correctly, to measure out, to estimate, to
tax;	he overrates himself, he
does not know his capacity;
to be temperate in eating and drinking.
and to try, prove ; to spy,
to sift examino. water-clock, in W.
also=an hour. a part, fraction, csp.
in point of time.	tJwd-hjal-wa to
measure; ^S'^5 intemperate, immoderate,
impudent.	7s72oJ-6#a-?ca=3W^V
to watch, to spy:
orjprq for the sake of trying him he said
to the prince (Hbrom. P, ^6). 2. estima-
tion, supposition, conjecture, guess:
according to my estimation. ^Y^Vq t^hod
zin-pa to guess rightly, to come within the
guess, to turn out as guessed (Yig. 1)* 3.
affixed to adjs. serves to form abstract
nouns, thus :—^Yq^5^S sned-par dkah-
tshod the difficulty of obtaining,
the facility of destroying,
the greatness of the advantage (Ja.).
tshod-ean or ^5*^ 1. moderate.
2. punctilious, strict, grave:
А’^Г4’5^ I
(S.ph"<fi.).
^Y*^ tshod-qes or ^Y3 a riddle : ^Y
4 to propose a riddle; riddle
about men; riddle about inanimate
objects (C.s.);	tshod $es-pa
one knowing the exact time or
measure, to keep measure; and adj.=
moderate, temperate; ^Y^'^’q not keeping
to measure, intemperate.
tJiod-ma g‘^5 sno-t^hod or
^4 gen. cooked vegetables, greens ;
tshod-ma gpnn-J:yes cultivated
vegetables. ^YV* tsJiod-dor meat or butter
that is added or mixed with the vegetabl'
that is being cooked:
did th? hermit become angry
on account of the inferior quality of the
meat cooked with the vegetables (Rdsa.).
tshoii vg1,	colour, colouring
matter;	frq. in C. eolloq. = id.;
paint,	variety of colours,
hunched different colours, ^'3fc<YTlx'^Q'9'q
ts/ioH-rtsi dkar-pos hbri-ica to mark with
white paint;	{’^q),q to paint;
to prepare colours, to dye.
tdion-gybi JitJio-wa—^d&'&F^ a paint n1
(Jfncw.).
tJiem-can = silver (aS.
Lex.).
tshon-(hen [saffron, Cartba-
mus tinctoriii^S.
c^’£| t dam-po 1. fat, plump, well-fed:
lug-tdion-po a fat sheep,
phag-tshon-po a plump pig. 2. rosin ms
(Л.).
fxhob for tdiab (SeJii).
tshom-pa 1. also or a
bundle, bunch; £’$<^ q'q^^ q attach-
ing a bunch of black yak’s tail; a
border or trimming set with jewels or
pearls. 2. vb. (pf. tshoms) to doubt,
hesitate; to be timid, bashful, shy; to be
ashamed C. (Jd.). Also, sbst.. doubt;
।	1036	।
timidity, etc. tshom$-te being sur-
prized (Ya-S'l. ^25)- q=^the-t$hom:
^ы'сгй'^^ч’в (Ya-sel.
33). *$r^4 tshom-t shorn or tsham-
t кат = Ъ'¥ы the-tshom doubt.
^*'5 tshom-bu l. = ^5 tshom-po,
«гbunch of flowers (Pth.). 2. the plac-
ing of precious stones and other things on
the top of a Kyil-kor or circle of offerings;
offerings placed on circular trays piled
me above another, each being filled with
grain, etc.	he
presented tho gold pieces to the lord
pla ing them on the top of the circle of
offerings <Л.
t shows also	tshnms-$kor 1.
a court-yard;	the courtyard of
a home. 2. a place of worship, a chapel;
^**1 reception room or hall of lamas
and (hiefs in Tibet.
*«•£54^ tshom-rnam$ l. =	also
jg ч fright; angry or wrathful atti-
tude. 2. noise, din, clatter (Ja.).
2^’4 t -hor-tca 1. to perceive, to feel:
<тгм'5^’54*yq gshan-gyi$ ma-tJior-icar
rk'i-ita to steal unperceivcd, contrary
tо robbing forcibly;	feeling
herself with child ;
he was afraid lest those
who did not like him to go to Tibet,
might perceive it (A. 126).	tshor-
vn-i о one who feels the objects that
produce a sensation. ^’4’^5 tshor-ica-mcd
void of feeling. 2. one of the five
pdiun-po or skandha. 3. in Ж is
commonly used for to hear.
^hor-la a (flying) report, rumour (Ja.).
t-dios 1. paint, dye, colouring
matter; tshos-rgyag-pa or 2q4f Tgyab-
pa to dye, to colour (&A.); it
has lost colour, it is faded; ^’S’R’q tshos-
kyi khu-wa liquid paint,tshon-rtsi
(Glr.); ^**’§Vq to paint, colour;
rgya-tshos a red pigment from India,
being red lac obtained from J*!4!** rgya-
$kyeg$ an insect, as well as from the resin
of a particular tree. 2. v. khur-tsho^
also hphofi-tsho$. ^^^^tshos-nikhan
(1)	a dyer, painter; (2) a
washerman, bleacher.
tsho$-pa ripe, well cooked.
Syn. smin-pa; thul-wa;
yofi$-su-tsho$ (Mfion.)-
tshot-hehin fan, лЬс [white]S.
mt shah-la 1. also rta-
tsha-lu, ace. to Sch. a horse with white-
feet. 2. v. tsha-lu.
nitshags or tshag§ = t&^.
л&с mishap that evil which is
hidden in a person’s heart or disposition,
pent-up faults, secret sins; and hence
irritation and suppressed wrath;
to dig out the evil of a man’s nature;
and hence, not only to expose his faults
in a direct manner but to cause him to
expose them: so, in colloq.: to irritate,
provoke; also, to expose any one’s sins,
pick out faults:	do
tnot irritate the arrogant and lofty.
c43a3j mtshanl: qm,	resp.
for й*' name, esp. the new name which
every one receives that takes orders; 3’
*4$**4^ the lama’s name, religious name;
wM^lfarq to give a name, also to assume
a name or title.
II: or mtshan-ma 1.
mark, token, badge, symptom:
it is a sign that it is fruitless
1037	5!Й)'Ч|^ |
(Vai. §n.).	to make a mark,
to mark with paint; ’Й’огя'ч1чрг%’длг
making a sign to the queen,
signifying : do not fear !	«^'q to
represent a thing by a sign or mark
Lex.	mtshan-dan bca$-pa having
characteristic Buddhist virtues.
5S4F rntshan-dafi-dbyibs as to limbs and
shape (Dzl.); qy^rqa^’W^ propitious
signs, some special (good) quality;
q to prove, to examine signs;
|w*q to take as an omen; wa-q^c/ do
not regard it as an (evil) omen, be not
surprised or alarmed (Sch.); mtshan-
don fxfrnr property, quality, symp-
tom, indication; ^5*q4j|Wq$*^^5 the sign
or indication that the patient will recover
(Ja.) ^^q mtshan-ldan-pa or V^’q
possessing favourable signs or some special
good moral qualifications.
mtshanjd<ui-bla-ma a holy Lama,
mtshan-ldan-ina	a woman of good
appearance and virtues (Mfion.). fl^q
mt shan-pa marked: ^ffc^F^yq being
marked with the figure of a wheel (Jd.).
2. shape and peculiar characteristics of
separate parts of the body or
especially as marks of beauty;
the thirty marks of a great
man. 3. the sex, sexual sign, etc.
male, the masculine gender; also
castrated horse, sheep or yak, as having
the sign of the male; mo-mtshan
female, the feminine gender; the vagina ;
mtshan-dbye the distinction of the
sexes;	mtshan-ma-can possessing
signs of virility;	mtshan-ma med
having no gender;	mtshan-zug
painful affection of the genitals.
qst’gj mt s han-ma bzafi-po and fian-po
good and • evil signs, symptoms, prog-
nostics.
mtshan-mkhan or
sooth-sayer, astrologer, drawer of
omens.
Syn. S^’q rt sis-pa	&zab-$kar
mkhan*, Itas-mkhan (Mfion.}.
mtshan-gran and 53’*^
mtshan prize, crown of victory (Jd.).
mtshan-brjod-pa calling upon
the name of a deity, enumerating its
characteristics and attributes.
«*^5 mtsan-nid ‘ the sign,’ the essen-
tial characteristic, sometimes even imply-
ing the innermost essence of a thing,
whilst, on the other hand, it is also used
merely for ‘ mark ’ in general;
?^‘q, the real character of Dharma, i.e., all
things or matter is emptiness.
mtshan-nid-pta the metaphysical school of
Buddhism in Tibet, the principal object
of whose study is to ascertain the literal
sense and original spirit of Buddhist doc-
trine ;	mtshan-nid mkhan-po pro-
fessor of mental philosophy in the greater
lamaseries, such as in Daipung, Sera,
Tashilhunpo, etc.;	mtshan-nid-
bral=%g\&S^ rgyiid-med-pa (Mfion.).
v.
mtshan-nid-gsum the three marks or
characteristics in the doctrine of ‘perfec-
tion ’ of the Mahayanists: (1)
(2)
(3)
(A. 78).
mtshan-rtags-==^3\^ mtshan-ma
(Vai. kar.).
mt shan-shi 1. the cause of a
sign or symptom (Ja.). 2.=
—and, thus, man is the of his
own
1038
S&KI1
ВДЦ’Й I
я#^зг mtshan-bzan good name, reputa-
tion. я^'^я mtshan-fes^fo'^ notoriety;
bad reputation, shame or disgrace :
though this petition may appear unplea-
sant to your excellencies, yet that no
bad name may occur to the ruler and tiro
subjects, etc.
тЫит-то (тот,
night, the darkness of night: чгя^Й in
that night ; я^^о]^ the whole night; also
adv. all night; я^’Й-^ч to keep watch
during tho night (Sch.) ; я^Й
чу at night when (we) sleep well
(7Г. d. 4d, 3^0); at night; я^<ф.я
nit shan-hkh у oils dinner, entertainment
with food, ete., given at night:	^'я^'
Ч^<.Я’ЧЧ’?Д‘§^’Ч^ (Ktsii.).	intshan-
dkyil or я^^ь* midnight; nitshan-
rgyu — ^^^S ftbdian-spyod
animals that move about at night with
a view to kill, ete.; ndshan-tfod the
first half of the night;	mt than,
tfod-gyi rini-lani a dream of the forenight;
я^'^я w67«z и-</?/$ night-time; я#^я‘
“ night-roamor ” met. for a fox
(Jffio;/.).	mtshan-phyed midnight;
one half of tho night.
я^уЙ §ч]я mtshan^mo-itcg§ яд [tin,
lead]>$.
я^Йчдч mtshan-mo-hbral— 3	Ф5-
3W ruddy goose (df/fan.).
3fqv> mtshan-mo-bshad
lire water lily (Д1ло//.).
mtshan-mo 6лЛ^7= 2*^'5
<?7 3^;	fissure of
the anu (Mnj. 70).
иЦ’ЙЦя tfdxhan-mohi-gos as met.=
darkness (Mnon.).
я^^ч’^яч mtshan-mohi lpag$-pa (нит-
ФЯ the night’s skin or cover, f>., dark-
ness.
я^ Йч дЕ.’ mfshan-mohi-phrefi
v. ч^я’чдя hjam-hbra$ (Mnon.)..
я^Йч^’^ mtshan-mohi hod-can=^^
(Smau. 355}.
я^ЙХч] mtshan-ino-rig as met. = 15^*9
the domestic fowl, cock, ete. (Mnon.).
mtshan-gin W. 1. torch of
pine-wood. 2. pine-tree.
nd shams 1. ’яргК, uIht; ярз
junction, limit, iiitei mediate space, inter-
stice, border, boundary line: ejoj^’^'qor
агя^яя^ on the border betwecu India
and Nepal (Glr.); я’я^яя (eolloq. san-
bham} frontier of country; ч^я’ч^яя^’
$4[Ч'яз?яя'^я at a distance of 500 fathoms
from that place; фся*яял^5 it lies in
the middle space; Чч^’я^яя «j at the
junction of the mountains and the plain;
Ф'чдя'я^яя'^ (between the waters and the
river’s bank) close to the edge (Vai. sfi.).
Зячч^я^яя'^я when these words were
uttered, at these 4vords (Та.); $ч*я^яя*
^я*дл sgohi wdsham§-na$ §leb (he or it)
enters through the chink of a door.
я^яя'9 mtshams-shii or я^яя^^я “ pray fill
in what is loft out” or “accept what
should intervene,” an expression gen.
occurring in modem letters to wind up
the complimentary phrases of the intro-
duction and passing over to the proper
business of the letter. 2. (^я-я*яя§-д)
the points of the compass: я^яя*
the four cardinal points of the horizon;
я^яяdenotes the four cardinal points
together with the zenith and nadir;
^•^ яжяя'сц in the north-east direction.
3. demarcation, partition, break, pause,
[	1039	si&rq |
stop.	to split, make partition ;
5i£wqjX5’q to make a line of demarcation
about one’s person, whether it be by a
magic circle or by retiring to a solitary
cell for the sake of religious meditation,
the seclusion lasting sometimes for several
months, during which time the scanty food
is silently received from without through
a small aperture:	being
in meditation.	^pyad-mtshams
rules, instructions, defining the extent
and limits of a person’s duties. *^wq$5
mtshams-buid spmrfa,	[bounded
within limit]&.	mtshams-rnthah
[a boundary linc]S.
mtshams-kyl mthahi-ri a
mountain lange lying far beyond
(Bharata) India (7Г. d. \ 31$).
q iptsham§-kyi byed-po~*\*{^
rhun-ma a thief, robber (Mnon.).
mtshams-hdri-ica^f1^^^
inquiry after one’s health (Yig. k. 10,13).
mtsham§ Idan-ma	a
general met. for women (Mnon.).
mtshams-sprin the clouds which
skirt the horizon morning and evening.
mtshams-sbyor 1.
WrJHfa	mthun-§byor, mdsah-
byed (Mnon.) adherence, contact. 2. the
Sanskrit dipthougs, e, d, cm.
rnt shams sbуor -pa and
ndsham§ sbyor-ma a bawd, or pro-
curess.
mtshams sbyor-wa 1. to close
interstices, to stitch up, to sew together
(Mil.). 2. to occupy a certain space, to
enter the womb, to embody one’s self in
human flesh. 3. to take a resolution, to
form a plan, to conceive an idea, to settle
in one’s mind, like hgod-pa. a&wr
g^’^’q mtsham-§byor med-pa [unri-
valled]^. ^w£t|<q mtsham-mi-%byor-ica
[a technical term in grammer indi-
cating that certain words under certain
circumstances are not subject to tho rules
of Sandhii}S.
ndshams-med-pa 1. adj.
WPrrj,	without interstices,
^5’q continuous. 2. sbst. acc. to Was.
‘where nothing is to be interposed between
a deed and its consequences, whore the
consequences are not to be averted,’ a
deadly, capital sin. ’^ q g mtsham§-
med-pa-lna the five inexpiable sins are :—
(1) $r*w5’q	matricide; (2)
q^\q	the killing of a Buddhist
saint; (3) q’q^’q paricide; (4)
SIpK causing division or
disunion among the priesthood ; (5)
§qq нтлгт-
pfjifr	to cause a Tatha-
gata to bleed (M. V.).
stfw&pi tzitshams-fshigs — ^S&i^ words
of approval while a work or any business
is being done:	a word of
approval is necessary (Rtsii.).
intsham§-lan gnafi-$kyes
present sent in return for the sanction to
one’s prayers (Yig. k.).
mlshar-icct l.=«^q mdse^-pa
handsome, fine, beautiful,
very handsome and bright, of metals, etc.
2. wonderful, marvellous, gen. with %;e.g.,
rten fio-mtshar-can a wonderful
image	a marvellous, extremely
rich offering; KW’cS-q no-mtshar che-wa
marvellous things, events, miracles;
2ГгчА‘^ mi-srid no-mtshar-ehe impossible !
most wonderful I	the
account or narration is very strange !
|
1040

wonder, surprise, astonishment:
q ^o-rntshar-skye-ua^
to be seized with wonder, to be surprised»
mtJiar-dgah remuneration, re-
ward, wager.
mfshar-po=u^-Q mtshar-ica
(Mfion.).
* зЧдрЧ	lytJiar-g у о =	(ДГ Яон.).
ач^т! mtshal 1. or (^)
{фшт^ Chinese vermilion, used inst. of
red-ink for writing. 2. or §ku-
iritJial resp. for ЕЯ- 3. n. of a place in
Tibet.	mtshal-dkar or
tshon-mtJial dkar-po white paint (Rtsii.)
mtshat-skyc a preparation of
quick-silver, mercury (Mfion.).
mtshat-par a printing with red ink.
mtJial-afi vermilion of the best
quality being for	afi-ki dafi-
po tho first quality
\Rtsii.).
Mtshal-yufi-thafi n. of a town
eight miles to the south-east of Lhasa,
in Mhhal (Lofi. % 11).	Mtshal-bde
a district with a Jong situated to the
S. E. otLhasa (Rtsii.).
mtshufi§ or «JW intshufi§-pa
PfH, нрь HH similar like, equal :
PVчн^кя like the former;
nectar like ;	devil-like ;
besides their sharing
all the imperfections of the gods (Thgy.);
ч^я*к*г<1 dus-mtdiufis-pa a contempor-
ary (Mil.); Sw^Jk^u manifestations
of the mind, those outward signs by which
the mind manifests itself as existing
(JFhs.).	the four kinds of
parallels: «5similarity in writ-
ing ; «RjWHSfcN’ci uniformity in speech or
experossion ;	similarity in reli-
gion ;	similarity in person or ap-
pearaneo (K. d. «, 166).	mtshufis-
par or	in such a manner, accord-
ingly. *£k*rq'M intshufi§-bral
Wpnr fafta .unequalled, unrivalled, in-
comparable ;	mishit filmed match-
less, unequalled, unparalled:
«£кн	Л at the feet of the
lord of the doetrine who has no equal.
(Yig. k. 10).	=
without a match, having no equal:
the
lord protector of all living beings together
with men and gods, who has no equal
(Yig. k. 2, 25).
+ mt shun ^T, the ancestors,
also the tutelary deities of a family- from
the time of its ancestors. Acc. to Cs.:
meat for the manes of the dead :
to bring an offering of such to the dead,
mtshun-gtor ъю=ЪаИ offerings
for appeasing tho hunger and thirst of the
dead who are supposed to be still in the
Pretaloka or ghost-land;	^’4|Wq
mtshun-lha-gsol-wa to worship the old
tutelary deities of a family.
Mtshur-phu a place in Stod-lufi
a couple of days’ journey from Lhasa
where a largo monastery of the Karmapa
sect exists (Lofi. >, S).
mtshul-pa 1. tho root or the *
backs of the nostrils:	the
blocking of these by mucus. 2. gen.
Sf'9^ the lower part of the face, nose
and mouth, the muzzle of animals ;
face (Jd.).
intshe an evergreen grass whieh
does not grow more than a cubit in length
j
1041
and is burnt as incense also mixed with
snuff in Tibet (Rtsii.).
mtshe-skyon a medicinal earth:
mt she-w ahi mtshon hog, wild
boar.
mt Jit-ma 1.	two, a pail’
(Rtsii.); twins :
twin sons were born simultaneously.
2. n. of a celestial mansion (Bon. ch. 6).
mtshed or ^’*^5 dur-mtshed
place for burying the dead, also a tomb or
ehorten on the cremation ground—ЦГФЯ-
mtshehn — ^'^ сГЗТЛ a pond,
tank ; small lake.
mtsher-pa = fto-thog. 2.
the spleen (Mnon.) but usually
mtJio 1. symb. num.: 4. 2. ЯТ:
a lake, a sheet of water: ^5^’^ mtsho-
dkyil-du in the middle of the lake,
mt sko-hkhor an assemblage of lakes;
mtsho-hgram shore, bank of a lake.
mtsho-rlans vapours of a lake;
mtsho-las-skyes — ^^chn-skyes the
lotus (Mnon.) ; ^5*^ mtshohi-bya
the bird of the lake, i.e., the goose,
ftaft-pa (Mfton.).
mtsho-snon n. of a Sa-bdag
monster.
я^-g^-q Mtsho-snon-po the Blue-lake or
Lake Kokonor. In the middle of the lake
there is an island with a hill, on the top of
which is situated the sanctuary called
TJio-snlft where a number of Buddhist
devotees reside (Loft. % 16).
mtsho-mdah эдт [a blue lotus-
flower]^.
mtsho-ldan-ma —	1.
нш) the goddess of learning. 2. = |V
£jv(’cr>r| Ijon-qin dsd-wa-ka the tree called
Javaka (Mnon.).
«#№«4 Mtsho-ma-pham Tibetan name
of lake Manasarowara (Lon. % 9).
Mtsho-dmaha-wa
gyuhi man-da-la n. of a glacial lake of
turquoise colour and of round shape near
Ra-sgren (Rtsii.).
Mtsho-rdson n. of a Jong in
Kong-po:	(Deb. %
36).
mtJio-yas я^ n. of a number,
“	” (Ya-sel. 50).
mtsho rlabs tide;
flow and ebb tides.
mtshor-hbab or	mtsho-la-
hbab streams descending from mountains
and flowing into a lake, also rivers that
flow into the sea (Mnon.).
mtshog-pa, v. ч&гр htsheg-pa.
mtshog-ma or	1. the hair
of the head, only for a length of three
inches from the root. 2. = ^wq5^ ‘spot
or tender part of the head,’ vacancy in
the infant cranium.
mtshogs in = similar,
like, equal (Jd.).
mtshon 1. the forefinger;
the pulse felt by the fore-finger ;
a finger’s breadth;	a finger’s
breadth lower.	a handful of
sticks (Jd.). 2. or	any pointed
or sharp cutting instrument, a sword;
to seize a sword, weapons;
to destroy, to conquer with
arms;	the four kinds of
132
5|3>ар ।
1042
weapons sword, spear, dart, arrow;
blood drawn by cuts or stabs (used for
sorceries) ;	an attribute of
the gods, resembling a ball of thread
(Fiu'-$n.).	wrthson-rtse-cig
n. of a weapon with one point, like an
arrow or spear.
mtslwn-dui-mkhan 1. an epi-
thet of Paraszurama (Mnon.). 2. = *w]*’q
blacksmith (Mnon.).	mtshon-cha-pa
n. of a low caste tribo of India (Mnon.).
wddwn-dwhi-gtso^w^ arrow
(ДГЯон.).	rntshon-chahi-gbhi==
sword knife, etc., (Mnon.).
^^^^iy^mtshon-b^ntm^kye^ as met.=
B«1 blood (Mnon.).
mtshon-pa 1. v. Я<и leader;
also, showman. 2. vb. to set forth, bring
forward, shew, quote, exhibit:
3^ ‘^*1he having said do you point
it out (A. 56). 3. sign, symbol, point:
q	the marks of
approval or confirmation were distinct and
< lear (D. $el. 7). mtshon-bya meaning;
*^’§5 mtshon-bycd illustration.
0^4]’Ц htzhag-pa 1. vb., pf. ishags
or btsags fut. 4&], imp. t§hog
(trans, to я^Гч)> to cause to trickle, to
strain, filter, press out: §’***|«4*3
85) ; *gw£fl]'q hbrumar tshag-pa to draw
off oil, Ml’S’^’^to tap (a dropsical person).
2. adj. thick, fat, obese (Ja.): ^*гя*д|4яе/ч
Ins-htsbag bzan-wa a body or constitution
that is healthy and sleek.
htshan or = §kyon 1. fault,
error, offence, sin, 4*4*^ that is very
wicked, a great offence; йя***^’ a man’s
fault,	to spy out another’s
faults, to upraid him with a fault.
|
htshan-gun n. of the only nun-
nery now existing in Lhasa.
Q#’q htshan-wa vb. pf. fut. q^'
1. to press into, to stuff, puff out:
pressed into, stuffed inside;
a stuffed seat; SS^T^’^^’q out
of breath, puffed by pursuit;
ц^с/q dbug^tod-dn htehan-wa or ?5***eai
breathing hard, getting out of breath.
2. enlarged, complete, made full:
3'**4*q mi-man-po htshan-wa many people
assembled together; qn'ifwfc’q to be
competent for work or efficient in doing
work; **^*jq = wrj*rq or 4^'g-qvRg^
become sanctified, perfected ; **** j*qv
to aim at Buddhahood; «Sfqavqrfc*
will become a perfect
Buddha (Л. K. 1-18). я*с/я htshaft-ra a
place where many people assemble.
^'4 htshab-pa 1. (g^*4 §k yin-pa) pf.
я*4^ htshabs imp. ^4 tshob, to repay, to
rc-place; |^*q‘4*q qHJ §kyin-pa htshab-pa-po
one who pays back, a liquidator of debts;
(Situ. 85). hidiab$-^^^Q tshab-
$grub tshar-wa liquidated. 2. pf. *4*rq
Uhabs-pa., imp. tshob^ym^ rtab$-pa,
resp. to be afraid, to be in awe of.
я*4Д<Ь htshab-htduib confounding,
я*4*я<ч mental hurry, confusion, per-
plexity ; я*4*с1*4«Я'ч|^Г4 to tarry in fear,
to hesitate in apprehension also: 5^'**4
я^Ь confused wind, as dust, leaves of trees,
c^c., are when driven about by a whirl-
wind.
ht sham-pa or —4^4,
appropriate, becoming, fit, suitable,
in accordance with:	in confor-
mity with it; ^gp^’^wq agreeing with
one’s mind, according to one’s wish ; ^4*’

1043

in size and quantity just
what is wanted or suitable;
whichever suited;	unsuited	or
ill-suited.
htsham-tsnod hdsin-pa to
hold or take appropriate measure or
amount, sufficient:
(Л. 33).
htsha-lu^ n, mtshah-lu.
Ц&’П htshar-wa	or
up to the mark, sufficient; in proper
measure. 2. to be finished, completed,
spent; esp. as an auxiliary to denote
au action that is perfectly past or com-
pleted.
Ч&Ч’Л htshal-v:ay imp. я&ч htshol 1.
to beg, desire, beseech, ask; when prece-
ded by a verb the latter stands in the
term, inf., or as the mere root and
more esp. the perf. root:
I desire to meet my father
wishing to look;	I beg it
may be borne in mind (GZr.);	I
beg you to speak. Occurs as an intima-
tion of willingness: ^gK^or<5 yes, we
will do that; «гог^лт »гяЖг5« has he not asked
tho money from his father ?
why does (the king) desire to slay ?
2. as eleg. form—to eat: 8’wMer$ oaten
by mice (DsZ.); 3. to offer, shew, set
forth: Kb&rq—fJiirAi to understand, to
know.	to shew diligence (Ja.).
5’Могч bro-htshal-wa to have a cold (2ft7.);
phyag-htshal-ua to greet, salute.
htshal-ma=z&*'H
until I havo eaten
up those I shall not ask for (more) food
(A. 87).	htshal-ma htshal-гса —
жгл to take one’s meal;
htshal-пш =	continually
eating.
^<5^’4 htshig-pa to burn, to
destroy by fire; to glow ;
he burned the town with its inha-
bitants (Pth.)	a to bum entirely,
completely (Dzl,); has been burnt.
яЗгч htshim colloq. for tshem; and
for
Q.csvq htshir-tea to extract, wring
out, squeeze forth, to press out oil, ex-
tracts, etc.;	to press hard;
to milk;
also the queen’s mind was much depressed
(Jd.).	fil htshir-wa-po an ex-
tractor of sessame oil (Situ. 85),
htshugs-pa pf. tshugs
(intrs. of я^м’л) 1. to go into, to enter
upon, begin, commence:
he began to praise, to flatter. 2. to
pierce, penetrate by boring, to thrust in,
to establish one’s self, to settle :
it has not taken root;
they had no longer any mind to establish
themselves in this alpine solitude;
this was the beginning
of my lasting happiness (Mil.);
as partic. or adj. = firm, steady :
his limbs not remaining
firm (in consequence of a paralytic stroke),
he fell to the ground (Dzl.);
not being able to settle in one
place, flighty, inattentive.
htshud-pa pf. <5 is hud to be
put inside of, to go into, to enter, to
get into ; to comprehend.
htshub-pa pf. tshubs to toss
about, to swirl, to entwine; to be choked,
suffocated.

1044
<$'Ц|
htshum-pa тръ. [a protuberant
beUy] &
bPhur-nag n. of a place in
Tibet (Deb. % JJ).
R^’q htshe-u'a pf.	btses f^UT, ^4'^4
to cause mischief or danger to, to
damage injure, persecute: й qiaX’^’R]^'
q to do mischief and cause damage to
a man (Mil.);	ч fapwIqYWq
(a place) haunted by beasts of prey and
other noxious creatures; jsar ^aX’
3'%’q Hko a \icious horse which kicks
about; ht Au-bycd, wild animals,
such as leopard, tigers, etc. htshe-nud
w not doing mischief or injury;
piety (aS’. Lex.).
htdug-p>a pf.	t skegs to
repay a loan or a kindness (Mnon.).
rMr' hGhcn pf. 4^K.*rq htsluns to bo
>atisfied, content, happy, gratified:
q the mind was contented ;
my daughter by
casting many tshi-tAia gratified me (A.
90); $	however
much the vxeertion so much tho more the
satisfaction ;	%§Alq-q-u^ if
there be no further mischief it is very
satisfactory (A, 16).
ht shed-pa —A to cook: w
R^s/q q zas htsht d-pa-po one who cooks
(Situ. 85) ; 4^ qRA^N htshed-pahi gnas a
kitchen (Mnon.); ча^§^'я htshed-byed-ma
= 4q p q thab-kha-pa a cook (Mnonl).
^q’q htshem-pa pf. fysems to
sew: ^A&rq to sew or make a robe;
htshem-skud thread for sewing;
needle, ч&гд q htshem-srub W. seam.
яХя ^5 htshem-med without a seam; also=
without interruption.
RaSv Ц htsher-wa, 1. to neigh. 2. = яЗа* л
to grieve, to sorrow, and sbst. grief, sorrow,
resp. зччгяЗК’Ц to be grieved, also to be
afraid, to fear С. (Jff/.); repentance, shame:
по( penitent, shameless.
htsher-can sorrowful, anxious. 3. to shine,
to glitter; S\R3vq sbst. lustre, brightness.
яЗЛ’м htsher-sa abandoned pasture land,
land loft by nomads for a now spot; a
place which has been abandoned on account
of inconvenience, discomfort, sickness,
etc.
Q$’q htsho-wa I: pf. and imp. 1.
to live, to bo alive, bo living :
to earn livelihood by talents ^Acppq^A^q
to live by theft and plunder; for a
long time ;	ho lived even a
hundred years ; for life, life-long,
XK§^A^q to gain a livelihood by religion ;
to pass life, to continue in a state,
to exist; ч^а^чд^-^а^йЙ^ Linthe throng
of the world I cannot exist (Dzl.) ; ч^’ы’
5«'<уй a^ if we did not do this we should
not remain alive. 2. to last, to be durable,
of clothos, etc. ;to retain its virtue, efficacy,
of laws, doctrine, etc. 3. pf.	or fut.
to feed, to graze ; to nourish, the
body, to sustain, srog life; ®^A#qA(
ч§\ч to lead the cattle to pasture (Pth.),
4. to heal, to cure, ^5;	‘ life-giver/
t.e., physician.
II: also ч^ 1. sbst. life : 4^‘qR*
^5 duration of life;
to prolong a man’s life (Dzl.); Х’«|А^ч^
the lord of our lives, viz., the king (Glr.).
2. livelihood, sustenance, support,. main-
tenance.	htsho-skyofi fostering,

1045

maintaining, tending (cattle);
htsho-khams=mortal frame, the
constitution which requires keeping up;
htsho-chas subsistence, livelihood;
R^’^ txho-rten livelihood, maintenance,
support; R#w( htsho-thabs medical treat-
ment, the means of healing, way of subsis-
tence ; htsho4habs-pa=^p\4 a physi-
cian, medical man. R^’q^ htsho-wa-ma
a woman that nourishes.
htsho^ca-gsum the three kinds
of physical and spiritual existences: 1. Э5
life. 2. merit. 3. Karma or
work.
htsho-wa gsum-zad the decay
of the three vital essentials:—1. that
called 2. that of merit q^w^-q;
3. that of work {Smani).
Htsho-ivahi snin-po n. of a
medical work by Atis'a:
(Л. 35) the Jowo himself also
wrote a work on medicine called JJtsho-
tcahi Snin-po.
htsho-wahi yo-byad
wr necessaries of life.
X
R^Ԥ5 htsho-byed 1. medicine. 2. or
R^’3S’q=^'q a physician {Mnon.). 3.
the moon, also *PR’^‘9
UT the planet Jupiter; R^’§vB‘^'q htsho-
byed-kyi shus-pa n. of Sutra on medicine
called Jivaka-puripuchha.
R^‘§5’« htsho-byed-ma n. of a
goddess.
htsho-byed yshon-nu
n. of a celebrated physician devoted
to Buddha and who cured king Bimbisara
of piles (Уп?. 35).
spyi
xhur-gyi-fifiw&i, 1. n. of a medicinal
plant. 2. the life-tree i.e., any chosen
tree on the existence of which depends tho
life of a person {Mnon.).
htshog~chas=IV44! goods,
effects, necessaries; also provisions, pro-
vender {Ja.).
htshog-pa pf. btsags fut.
q&j bstog imp. tshog 1. to hew, chop,
strike; to inoculate; 2. vaccinate, to find
fault with, to blame, censure, teaze {Sch.).
Q&prq htshogs-pa pf. tshogs
1. to assemble, to meet together;
ye that are here assembled; й'яя'ч’
before many assembled people
{Dzl.); RgR'g &qq q the five elements meet-
ing;	food and drink to
entertain the people assembled {Glr.). 2. to
unite, to join in doing something, to com-
bine, to make common cause {Jd.).
htshon-wa fwi to barter, to
sell—a vb. in very common use; ^'R^R'qr
place where perfumes are sold; R^‘qr
<*5 htshon-wahi-tshad for the purpose of
selling ; R&?qR’§s making sale, causes to be
sold.
htshod-pa pf. q&< btsos fut. q?
btso imp. tshos 1. to boil, to cook in
any way, to bake:	htshod-gyin-
hdug colloq. it is cooking (anything) is
boiling; q&r3<Y^S has been cooking, has
been boiling; R^’qR’S htshod-par-bya should
cook, or to be cooked, htshod-^num
oil for frying food-meat, vegetables, &c.
{Rtsii.); htshod-mar butter used in
making pastry, cakes, etc. {Rtsii.).
^4’4 htshob-pa or htshob$-pa
to be a deputy, to represent, to be substi-
^в|'Щ ।
1046

tuted for;	to be the first-born
male in a family, to represent a family
(Dzl.); a^qcKgv4 to substitute, to put in
the place of another (Dzl.);
resp. for first-born (Jd.).
hMor-wa v.
htshol-wa pf. btsol imp.
tshol, to seek, to look for, to make
search;	to seek for an oppor-
tunity or means;	to look for
food ;	htsJio hgrol-wa to search for
livelihood, jerhtshol-sgrol-byed=
gold (8. Lex.).
Syn. Чад’уЛ’ч yofis-su htshol-wa;
fjx^oiq rje$-su htshol-wa (Mfion.).
Ifaho&zin anything thoroughly
cooked or boiled. Also=quite ripe.
£
E dsa is the 19th letter of the Tibetan
alphabet corresponding in sound to the
Sanskrit st. Acc. to the Tantra:
f I Dsa is the beginning of that which
has not grown or been bom (К. g. 4^).
Dsa also = 5 q and religious rites and
almsgiving (mystic) (K. g. F, 179).
dsa-ti prop. £1 dsa-ti 1. the
nutmeg. 2. n. of the flower Jasminum
grandiflorum.
Syn. of 1. su-ma-na;
sbubs-skyes ;	sbubs hbras;
sbubs-can; T«'§'Sn<'5 spos-kyi rgyal-po.
Syn. of 2.	yid-bzan-skyes, ^54’
hdab-bdun-pa;	gshon-nuhi-
hphrefi, ma-la-tl\	sna-mahi
me4og (Mfion.).
dsa-na-ma shadow, shade.
dsa-pa or 1.=^ч Tibetan-
ized form of siu; is a mantra or Sanskrit
eharm. 2. recitation mentally.
dsa-wah and	[the
China rose, Hibiscus rosa sinensis]S.
Syn.	rdo-rjehi me-tog;
til-me-tog; rfia-ma me-tog;	dsa-
bd ; £ dsa-ba-qin (Mfion.).
£’*4 dsa-ya I: «Ш;=у1'Я victory.
ё’Ч II: 1. Sch.: ‘ muddy deposit,
green slime in the water.’ 2. in C. the
markings of wood, speckled and varie-
gated in consequence of disease in the
tree. 3. n. of an ancient king of China
(Jd.).
1	Dsa-ya-si-pata the name
by which the site of Kapilavastu the birth
place of Buddha is now known:
(Dsam.).
J	dsa-yan tihi rtsa-ica (,av?pfft
3?) the root of the Jayanti tree (K. g.
51).
dsa-yi-phal=£$ nutmeg.
dsa-lan-tra,
n. of a province in the Punjab, now Jal-
lundur (Ja.). Formerly the kingdom of
Jalendra comprised Kashmir, Panjab and
a part of Kabul; and was ruled by king
Kaniska and his successors (J. Zan.).
dsa-sags (Chinese)	a
prefect, a district magistrate and collector
(Yig. к. 1).
+	dsa-huhi bu-mo srr^t an
epithet of the Ganges
рГау let your letters come
to me like the flow of the Ganges.
Dsa-ti dsa-la n. of a Buddhist
ц
female saint: ®*9’ЙЧ’
5	on the north of Orgyan there
lived Dsati-dsala who was a girl of the
sudra caste (K. dun. 38).
Dsa-ri khanda n. of an
Indian province: я
ч there is a large province
to the south and not far from Magadha
called Jari khanda (Dsam. 35).
gjrg dsam-bu snj 1. gold; the fabulous
fruit of the Kalpadruma^ the wishing tree of

1048
Cl
the gods; gold loaf is compared with the
leaf of that tree, gold yielding almost all
that man requires for his living. 2. acc.
to Ja. = “The rose apple tree Eugenia,
which figures also in mythology. ”
i ^’54 dsam-bu-ka ^1, the
j aekaL
^д5'|[сг or MwgS'gc.’ ]jd*am-buhi-glin
the ancient Buddhist name for
India: $§5)^|
cj| P	ЙГЯ-З’ОГ^Е/Л?’X-&Ч
errg R^-q^	this southern
continent is triangular in shape; aud is
called Dsam-bu-glin from (ho jam-jam sound
made by the falling from heaven of the
leaves of the kalpadriima wishing-tree into
the river Ganges (7Г. d. \
₽! gc.-c^qq	q] Ы tho names
of some of the countries situated to the
north of Jamhudvipa are:—; У <^5
; S*A
(Dardistanl; wqvgsq	3'^^
WfH: (Kan-
dahar) ; q ’J щчгг; (Sogdiana)	’йГчз»;
я(China
with her surrounding appendages!; §Ч’Г
шп; чктп;
(A”. d.
\ 286).	Jambu-mala n. of
a eountry to tho north-west of Jamhudvipa
or Dzambuling situated near the Sumeru
mountain. Beyond that country lies the
eountry of	*-#•> the string of
lightning Aurora Borealis (If. d. \ 270).
+ ^’9’^5 Dsam-bu-nad the river Ycru
Tsang-po of Tibet which brings down gold
with its sands; also the head-waters of the
Yang-tsi-kyang the river of golden sand.
Dsam-bha-la or Dsam-lha
the Tibetan Pluto or god of riches. His
different epithets are:—^’3,qlXS’S^ Snon-
gyi $nod-§byin, Chuhi4hu}
Chu-yi dican-po, Chu-la-gna§,
чзЕ/ц Xor-bu bzan~po, Rmug$-hdsin,
Nbr-gyi dtcaft-phyug (Mfion.).
Dsam-bha-la nag-po a mani-
festation of Dzambhala in black;
toyerifc-q the same deity in yellow aspect.
j &) d*ana,
5 (JJbiim. % 383).
I cWia »ff 1. л	V’ V'P’’’
wk’«5*$Qi Dsha is the symbol of what is
free from defilement; being immaeulation
typified it liberates all (7Г. g. *H, ^2). 2.
-5|I
daha signifies that entanglement in endless
misery is like a dense forest (A’, my. ”1,
207).
a
I^H44 dsna-na ka-ya in mysticism=
spiritual image or body, the spirit.
dsi num. fig.: 49.
t	Dsi-na mi-tra fsfRfir=r n. of
Kashmirian Pandit who translated
certain of the Buddhist scriptures into
Tibetan and died in Tibet.
i -oi dst4i dswa-la cancer; acc.
to some authors it is 45^5 or plague; acc.
to others a fearful kind of burning
leprosy:	stops the progress
of the disease dsi-li dswala (A. 19).
+ £’zpT] dsl-ba-ka honey, nectar,
ambrosia; that which gives life and also
keeps up life (mystic).
Syn. rntsho-ldan-ma; sbraft-
rtsi; rwa-can;	lu$-hthuft
(У.йоп1).
dsu num. fig.: 79.
1049
1
a
gfc gk- n. of the third son of Emperor
Dsung of the Han dynasty who succeded
his father on the throne (Yig. 5&.).
dse num. fig.: 109.
4 Dse-ta-ri srarp; n. of
Buddhist saint of Bengal (K. dun. £5).
Dse-tahi-tshal йидн the
grove in S'ravasti in which Buddha had
resided for many years and where the first
Buddhist monastery was built under the
auspices of Anath-pindada.
dse-tse in C. vent-hole for the
smoke, a chimney (Ja.).
dso num. fig.: 139.
eTt} dso-ki or dswo-кг vulg. for
yogi or	rnal-hbyor-pa.
rndsah-wa 1. to be amicable,
to love as friends or kinsmen do:
a loving married couple (Dzl.);
all hostile malignant (creatures or
powers) (Dom.); ^wgfl’q to reconcile
those that are at variance with each other;
дя !	he had a Brahmai? for his
intimate friend (Dzl.). 2. as adj.=w^’4
or intimate or near. 3. as sbst.=
friend, relation, one near or dear. Also:
affection, friendship; also ^§5.
q$<q*rq to cultivate friendship.
faw; also
parents, brothers, cousins, relations,
friends; frq. in conjunction with or
(Glr.).	mdsa-lhahi
дгод$-ро—^р\'Ц (Mfion.).	rndsah-
grogs in C.=j5’® husband, wife.
mdsah-gcugs v.	nydsah*
war-bye<i^^^ or (Mfion.)\
mdsah-wa$ bcifa v.
"k9 Widsa-u’O=^ g’| inin-^dug sbst.
Ж, W love husband, friend: «гёч’З'ог
|	some friends are
like cotton (adhering firmly), some friends
are like Mount Meru, other friends are
like the earth (steady), others are like a
string of beads easily separating.
Syn. §^'^5 sniti-hdod*,	gid-
mthun; yi-gcug§;	mdsah-
gcugs\ bag-phebs^fy^ §nin-ne\
yid-ne\ sH blo-ne\	sems-wdhun
(Mnon.).
mdsah-mo 1. a mistress; also a
female friend. 2. v.
агёмгч mdsafis-pa 1. sometimes writ-
ten as	hdsans-pa	wise,
learned; also — mkhas-tpn. 2.=
a hero, a champion (Mfion.); я=а*г
q^^c.* mdsafi-pahi-khan the house of a
hero, the house where heroes exhibit
feats of arms, etc.	mdsans-rna a
woman.	rndsafis-ma hbras-
kyi sne-khur n. of a vegetable medicine
used to heal sores and wounds (Swan.
350).
wdsad-pa 1. imp. wdsod is
the honorific form for in all its signi-
fications, whenever the person acting is
the object of respect:	4A’
how much work have you done
to-day?	pray do it, let it be
done. 2. = чпщ, deed, achievement,
working, behaviour; the act of doing, the
thing done;	the twelve deeds
(or prop, incidents) of a Buddha’s life;
the hundred acts of Buddha
Gautama (J. ZafL).	mdsad-pa-po
the doer, maker, composer, etc.;
ipdsad-spyod deed, action; deportment,
133

1050

(Hnduet, like gX’W spyodJam, course of
lit<, way of acting; *^5’^ good deeds
or services:	ip^q^'
q^\5 * that you have been doing excel-
lent works and flourishing more and more
i> a great mercy to us (Tig. k. 4b
mdxar-ra md& r-rc in
Ld. = pitted with small-pox, pock-marked;
warty, blotchy, v. *£vq {Jd.).
nuhug-gu colloq. a finger v.
jjgq Й.	where a finger can be
thrust in; place or thing pointed out
definitely, as it wore by the fore-finger:
g *	the object which
bofh the lama and his pupil can point to
(Л. 156).
rndstib-то^Щ^,	(vulg.
or mdsub-gu) 1. finger, csp.
fore-finger:
raising your fingers go on merrily;
*gq’3fcrgfc/ to point to othei-s faults with
the finger (Rd<a 17, 2J). The different
fingers are:	or *4^Й the thumb;
^gq'^ or ^wgq the fore-finger; or
q^ *<gq or *H*4 [Jfed. Jd.) tho middle-fipger;
5K*gq or	the fourth finger; or
or	bi C. the little-finger.
2. toe ; claw, *4gq^ mdwb-ker—or—-
a stiff finger; *gq'qjq*< mdwb-
brkyafis an extended fmger ; mdfiub-
Jyt§ finger-ring.	mdsub-khrid lit.
leadingby the finger; a pointing with the
finger, hint, intimation, direction : S’S’&r
-qS‘^gq'H5’3^ I ho made an intimation
that removed every scruple of the mind
(Ja.).	mdsub-gan a measure equal
to the space between the tops of the
thumb and the fore-finger;
one without fingers ; *4gq^ mdsub-rtse tip
pf a finger (О.);	rndxub-tshigs
joint of a finger. «gq-ц mdsub-sha lit.
tho finger-cap, a thimble.
Я* mdse gra leprosy, believed to be
caused by Zu or water demons when they
get offended from any cause, and is there-
fore also called It is described as of
thirty-six kinds. *4-215 mdse-klad the
brains of tho head of one who has died
from leprosy :	as to
what is unclean, there are tho brains of a
leprous person, dogs-flosh, pus, etc. (A.
12). *4^-^ a very dreadful type of leprosy
(1 ra~sel. 11.);
qr^’q md$e-ean hjom&pahi jag-pa — yft ru-
rta a kind of spicy root used in medicine
(Sman. 10J).
*4^iT^ mdse-rmog a kind of helmet
{Лд- Л).
mdser-pa or l.=^-q or
to speak. 2. a knot, excres-
cence of tho skin, wart, etc.; also, a knag
or knot in wood; mdser-mal knot-
holo in wooden boards.
mdse$-pa also, collq. “ dse-po”
handsome, fine, charming. a&rq’q^’Q^i]
appears very nice; д’Й’я&гй sweet
daughter!	| a mountain
beautified by numerous woods; fig.:
54?$rq| conduct outwardly fair (Dzl.);
*4*q*qj4| iryhe$-bki'ag lustrous; beautiful and
bright: q^yw^^qj^wq^qS'^vw-
tho lustre of his countenance had
faded, tho wrinkles on his skin were many
(Khrid. 4S). lit. handsome body
idiomatically: fine health:
being in excellent health (Yig. k. £8).
mdses-dgah delightful; [one
who naturally indulges in pleasure]^.;
a handsome woman (A.K.
111-13):, mdse^dug—*^'^ very
1051	^]‘qf
handsome, beautiful (Mnon.); mdse§-
bya$ ornament, jewellery (Mnon.);
mdses-sbyt'n, the finest sandal wood per-
fume; mdses-?na a pretty girl, a
beautiful damsel;	a	charming
young woman or girl (A.K. Ill, 30).
wutees-mdses pomp, extravagance,
debauchery;	mdses-legs	kind act,
good behaviour (Rttii.).
<J|eT rndso япгЛ, breed between '
the yak-bull and the common cow; яд^£
is the hybrid of a common bull and a yak-
cow. mdso-wo female of hybrid birth,
the jomo or common dairy beast in Tibet;
mdso-dkar, white dso ; mdso-
rgod wild cattle ; mdso-sgal load for
a mdso to carry; mdso-pho a male
cross of yak and cow ; mdso-phrug
a young dzo, a calf of a dzomo;
mdso-mo-fin a tree the wood of which
resembles the red-sandal wood; and being
largely imported into Tibet from China,
is used in dying the garments of the lamas
of Amdo. widso-tshwa n. of a medi-
cinal salt:
wdsod sbst. treasury, store,
depository, treasure-chest;	£(5‘ч
to secure, to hide a thing in a safe place;
to take it out.
treasury of a monastery or that of a
Buddhist sanctury. corn-magazine,
granary;	a safe for valuables;
gold treasury ; “ehandzo”
treasurer in large monasteries;	a
treasury of words, dictionary;
mdsoddchan^^'9^ (Mnon.); store-room,
larder;	mdsod khan-pa,
a storekeeper.
mdsod-jiis a kind of fine satin (S.
kar. 1803);	mdsod-btag§ finest
silk scarf for presentation (Yig. 38);
mdsod-gos, the finest satin or lit.
the satin robe that is generally kept in
tho treasury or box, only used on grand
occasions (S. kar. 178).
mdso-pa ; treasurer.
Syn.	mdsod-hd$in-pa;
phyag-mdsod;	ban-mdsod-pa
(Mnon.).	»
mdsod-spu Ж1Т;—(МпопЗ)
a circle of hair between
the eye-brows in the middle of the fore-
head, one of the particular marks of a
Buddha, from which he sends forth divine
rays of light (Ja.).
mdsod-spu-can	[1. a
woollen blanket; 2. a spider, a ram.J.S.
plantain plant (Mnon.).
Abhidharma kosa
v.	comprising the
and the ^чцгч^я^ the first giving an
index of all the subjects of Buddhist
Scriptures, the second an account of the
doctrines of the Cravaka, Pratyeka
Buddha, Bodhisattvas and Buddhas,
the treasures which are the
privileges of such Buddhist saints as have
attained to the eighth stage of perfection.
mdsol-bu 1. a menagerie,
house where wild beasts are kept. 2.
grief, dejection; a snare, a trap (Sch.).
^’4 I: hdsag-pa pf. gzags of
srt$s,fut. gzag to drop, drip, trickle ;
leak, run out:	blood, water,
dripping from the nose (Med.); я&^гя^’ч
dropping of tears; К‘я'я<я]’Ч'^ад'я^я* milk
is trickling from it (Vai, sn.); я^'я^-ч
to trickle constantly, to spirt, to flow out;
«MW'Sflowing off at the

1052

bottom, tho lake became empty or “ as
not” (Mil.);	the face dripping
(with perspiration);
he is shedding tears of universal pity
(Dzl.);	| letting (ashes) fall
through between her fingers {Mil..
II : in the language of the
Brahma Kayika-deva:	— jw| qgq-q;
W 5'^’1 §5=5^	(А', коп. 'I, 236).
QJsC ’qJTk ' hdsan-hdson =	(Ja.).
hd*a fa-pa 1. acquiring of
wealth greedily, avaricious hoarding of
wealth. 2. = *S’4 spent, consumed, ex-
hausted, construed with of rare occur-
n nee (Ja
hdwd-pa, pf. *S to go down,
dwindle, to be consumed, to come to
an end = 3Vq q. v.;	riches
will be spent or run down.
in going out and
coming in and in wavering to and
fro, it is consumed (A. 137).
the gathered wealth
to an end (Pth.) \	a lamp
the oil of w'hich is exhausted (Glr.);
4^5। ye poor children
of merchandise whose stored-up merits are
now at an end (Glr.)	that which
has been spent for provisions (Mil.);
though the muscular part
of the thigh had been consumed, (I) was
easy; helpless (Glr.); 2
whilst life is consuming itself (Do.);
? at the hour of death ;
ч^5 the effects of the five poisons never
cease; ^’4 3yq of devils there is no
end (Mil.);	or *5’4i^ q'^^-q
incessant, endless, everlasting, intermi-
nable.	with this it comes to an
eomes
end, i.e.y this is the only thing besides
which no second is existing;
as this is the only means
of making a living (Dzl.). The form
3SЛ is frq. used at the end of a phrase
to signify: “ and none besides, ” “ it is
only,” “and no more,” etc. Hence, wo
may render:	as I am
the only person that has seen;
this is limited to seeing, this refers only
to sight (Dzl.)-,	q ^yq^j
as the two have only one name. So, too,
the frequent with the termin. case
= not only:
having lost his life not only this time
(but often before) (Dzl.);	not
only that, i.e. still more, further yet.
hdsan-dkah =
(Li<;i), difficult to obtain or to aquire.
оДггч hdsab-pa 1. to count on the
beads, to mutter charms; to pronounce
or magie sentences. 2. or
mischief, danger. 3. vb. to strive,
endeavour; to be studious, to give diligence
(Ja.).	^4'^ hdsab-can a blackguard,
dangerous person;	a dangerous
thief, daring robber.
«гёггд hdsam-bu, v. ^’5 mg, the rose-
apple tree, engenia:
the seed of rose-apple, the seeds
of Vijapuraka and Carisa, cooked to-
gether in goat’s milk and taken with
butter will enable one to fast for a fort-
night (K. g- 48).
hdsam-glift rgyan-drug the
six ornaments or gems of Dzambuling or
Jambudvipa :•—(!) wpvq°j	Arye

1053
ej&fq I
deva; (2)	Axya-
saihga; (3)
Sarvajna Vasu mitra; (4)
дч-q (^яптт^таг Acharya Dignaga; (5)
5A«^lK§-3]4]4-ti	Acharya
Chaudrakirtti; (G) |454^g-S)5qc.-Ei ЧГФШ-
«птг^ Acharya Nagendra.
q hdsam-glin rgyal-po ?*^кГ5Т
the king of the earth, an epithet of the
king of Ayodhya	(Mnon.).
hdsam-glin mchog-gnis
the two great personages of Jambudvipa
viz:—the Buddha and Nagarjuna.
‘^З’З^’ hdsam-bu-glin,	see
^’3’SK above,	or is the
more frq. spelling.
hdsam-bu chu-icohi gser,
gold from the river of the golden
sand, which is used by a Chakravartti
Raja:
^*'3|Д hdsam-bu nadi gold from the
river of golden sand : ^*’31
hdsam-buhi rgyal-khams
kingdom of Jambu (modern Jummoo), the
south-eastern part of Kashmir.
hdsam-buhi rgyal-
ndshan-can =(Mnon.) an epithet of
the earth.
^*’3^ hdsam-bur a gun, cannon (Jd.).
^<4 hdsah the interest or premium
paid for tho use of money borrowed (Jd.).
hdsar a bob, tassel, tuft ( Ja.).
oA’q hdsar-w a 1. taking dinner
at midday. 2. pf. w bzar, fut.
gzar, to suspend, to hang up, to fling
across or over, to put over one’s shoulder.
3. to dress carelessly or in a loose
manner, to huddle on clothes or rags.
Q£’C| hdsi-wa 1. to be busy about,
to be engaged in, to be taken up with,
absorbed by anything. 2. to abstain from,
to be abstinent, temperate (Jd.).
ЦК-Ц hdsin-wa to dispute, quarrel,
contend with, wrestle, struggle with.
Syn. hkhrugs-pa; яад’Ч hthab-pa
(Mnon.).
hdsin$-pa, gen. with 3 &ra
rarely with bristly, rugged, shaggy; of
beggars or of infernal monsters (Ja.).
hdsin 1. «th the act of laying
hold or seizing, seizure, grasp, gripe,
a catch. When preceded by or
it indicates an eclipse of the sun or
moon, in accordance with the notion of
the sun and the moon being seized by
the dragon Rahu. 2. a holder, keeper; a
receptacle; the holder of the vajra
(thunderbolt), $4^ (water-holder) a
cloud; Х’Я^ the tongue. 3. a bond,
obligation, contract, agreement, a bargain,
a treaty;	a written agreement;
phrod-hdsin a receipt.
hdsin-pa pf. bzun or sitn
fut. gzun; often takes the form ;
also occurs as in ац tenses: 1. to lay
hold of, to seize, to grasp; frq. requiring
attached to object seized, e.g.,
to grasp a person’s hand; taking
hold of the head;	to catch a man,
frq.:	to take as wife (Glr.);
to hold a sword in one’s hand
(Glr.);	•‘Ц though grasped it is not
held. 2. to uphold, support:
a prince upholding my
race (t?Zr.);	as he upheld
с.еЦчц i
1054
4^1
the Buddhist faith. 3. to realise, com-
prehend, grasp, conceive, by the mind :
u to perceive things not as they orc, or not
at all, in consequence of weakened senses”
(Thgy.); with reference to mind or
memory:	;	; to be
taken in or grasped by the soul, mind and
understanding;	to bo kindly
affected towards a person ;	to be
not graciously inclined (JA7. nt.); g ^ ^yq
taken in love by a girl (P/Л.);
ri-khrod hdsin-pa to choose the solitude of
mountains; 5*^4A£yq to grasp humility,
to choose lowliness (ЛА7.). 4. to consider,
hold, estimate:	consider-
ing me an enemy (Dzl.); qva^ q*,
waEyq to esteem, respect one, as a
father, as a mother (Stg.); *^ q 'q ’^S’qv
to consider the not existing as exist-
ing (Thgr.); ofy^’sj^q to consider as
two, to find a difference between two
things which according to Buddhist
philosophy are ono and the same;
to believe in the reality (of a thing)
(2£il.).	5. ufa; sbst. comprehension,
holding; capacity; tho seizing; he that
seizes, holds, occupies:	the
holder of a magie sentence, etc. 6. the
dispenser :	the dispenser of law
or justice, punishment.	hdsin-
hkhris in
a ^q«i (Khrid. 28).
цЙкувад hdsin-stans	fist [clen-
ching the fist, a handful] 8.
hdsin-dant a sealed receipt or
acknowledgement (Rtsii.).
q^ q qan auspicious time (in
reference to influence of the planets).
hdsin-byed=^'4 HIT, уж, mi,.
ЯШГС, pincers (Affton.).
hdsin-ma 1. щтй, мТгД W
earth as a receptacle of all things. 2. vrret
a mid-wife.
hdsin-nut-hdsin wJtur a land-
holder, a chieftain, ono who rules over a
country. 4^’^o| q hdsin-tshag-pa to super-
vise, to superintend:
(Ж).
hdsin-yas vht, W n. of a great
number.
hdsim-pa wrongly used for
4^q.
hdsir-wa («<ч|’<Ж’я£Ч'ч) to trickle
off, to lot drip (from the fingers).
hdsu-ica, pf. to catch at,
to seize on.
hdsug$-pa occasionally
zug-pa Ktmn, ; pf.	btsugs or
zug$, fut. *41*4^ &zug$ (trs. to я^ч’ч) 1. to
thrust or stick into, push down, to set a
plant in the ground, to set down, to set
up a pillar, to raise (a standard). S q Jf^ q
to place a drinking-cup before a person;
aNEfcrStoq^l^ thrust in the finger;
^x/4‘Qr^Efq|*rq to set the knees on the
ground, to kneel down;
feast given when a little child begins
to plant its feet, t.e., to walk (Glr). 2.
to establish, found, settle; to introduce :
jpr^goi^'q to settle a custom and, hence,
in a general sense, to begin, or set
about any business, with or without
qfercr^gqjKq to offer resistance.
(Pth.). 3. intrs., to bore or force itself
into, to penetrate, to take hold of, to
permeate; mostly fig.:	the medicine
has not taken hold yet, does not work;
8	y°u not cling or stick to
a companion (JA7.). 4. to sting, like
4^1
1055
nettles, to prick, like a thorn (Jlf/Z.);
the leaves sting (Vai. sfi.) ;
n°t smarting (Vai. sit.).
hdsugs-gtor the annual offer-
ings of iorma to spirits (Rtsii.).
hdsud-pa pf. ^5 btsud also £5
imp. £5 tJiud, (trs. to ^5‘q) to put, to
lead, to guide, to induce; to insert:
to seduce into sin (Pth.);
to put or insert into ;
one who puts into a vessel
(Situ. 85\
hdsub-mo for	1.
a span, the top of the forefinger
to that of the thumb. 2.	the fore-
finger.
hdsum or ^g*4 hdsum-pa=^*i*W
fara, fkfaB a smile:	with
a friendly smile;	hdsum-bycd-
pa to smile; ^gV^’^ hdsiun-daMdan
smiling (Pth.); ^g^’^‘4 hdsum-skyon-wa
to preserve a friendly countenance, to be
always mild and gentle;	hdsum-
§kyon in a special sense, the exhortation
given to a daughter on her marriage to
treat visitors with a friendly smile; also
fig., an engaging appearance; CXg*i no-
hdsum a smile:	I
watched whether the smile of my aunt
was friendly or unfriendly (Mil.);
no-hdsum nag-ste looking forbidingly;
hdsum-kha a smiling mouth;
Rgsifrai lha-mo hdsum-kha-ma a smiling
goddess;	at first a
girl is a smiling young goddess (Khrid.
61).	hdsum-ltag-dgye a smile
between the teeth, a sardonic smile, a
grin (Cs.).
I: hdsum-pa	pf.
btsum or zum, fut. gzum, imp.
tshum 1. to close, to shut, yet, as Jd.
points out, only in certain applications,
such as to close one’s eyes, to shut one’s
mouth: ^gsre^/g^’ mig mi-hdsum-par
Ha-shin to have one’s eyes immovably fixed
upon (Dzl.); also	pad-mahi
kha-zum-bshin just as the lotus-flower
closes;	rma kha mi-zum-shin
(Vai. sn.) if the wound will not close.
2. to smile: ^gbctRf^ hdsum-bag-can (of a
child) sweetly smiling (Mil.).
hdsum-mul or	SVT«tf a
laugh, a smile;	a smile
escaped;	to smile; Ж to
smile by drawing in the lips but not
breaking into laughter:
(Rdsa. 21).
hdsum mu-le as if to break out into a
laughter: *ЛWV4	(Rdsa.
17).
hdsur-ыа pf. bzur, fut.
gzur, to give way, to draw back;
(of a horse) to shy:	to step
aside in a path ; wor^gK q to shun work,
to evade labour (Jd.).
hdsul-wa to glide, steal out
or away, SjK4 to slip out or through
the door ; or ^g&rs to glide into the
water, i.e., to dive.	that
which enters a hole or slips down into its
den so as not be seen or captured (Situ.
85).
hdsu§ 1. v. ^gA 2. a corrupt
form of
ОДчрЦ hdseg-pa	to
climb up, to ascend, to walk up;
ч ri-la hdseg-pa to ascend a hill,
1056
QgE'l
•jfc.-Ejч-яйг]'ч to climb up a tree;
3 one who ascends, walks up a steep
incline (Situ. 85).	§5 hdseg-par byed,
climbs up.
ojfc’ hdsen whet-stone, hone (Jd.).
hdsefi-tca 1. to fight with pro-
jectiles; to throw stones. 2. to stick or
jut out, to project, to he prominent.
hdscd-pa pf.	vulg.
^q, to hold out or forth.
	AdwMpa==3y§Vi to shrink
from, to shun, avoid:	give up
or abstain from wine; й^ч|-qora£*rq to
shun evil;	insensible to
shame, shamokss;	do
abandon, give up !	to dread
going in an inauspicious direction;
и «ч'«гёя avoids going on a journey or
doing anything at an inauspicious hour
when the malignant stars are in tho
ascendant;	to keep off from
pollution or defilement: g
$$). цГы’яХ/п hdsem-
mdog--^£^u no-tsha ps-pa, shamefaced,
bashfulness, modesty (Mnon.) ; a&rq
hdst m-pa-can or	bashful, modest
(Cs.);	hdsem-pa-med immodest,
shameless; khnl-hdstm modesty.
&lu-g.byafa music,
singing (Mnon}.
<£v?l I: hdser-pa	fleshy
excrescence in the body (Jdbrom. p 18).
hdser-dum a round excrescence of
the body, stump-like ^foot or hand).
+	II; or яё'кч hdser-ica l.=
to say, to speak. 2. to he hoarse;
hdscr-po hoarse; with 45 §kad id.:
to weep with a hoarse
voice (Pth.).
4 hdsog-pa the fist; to
fold the fist.
qXcqX*’ hdsoA-hdsoft 1. jagged,
pointed, conical. 2. oblong, cylindrical
in C. (Jd.).
Q?q‘q^’ hdsob-brdun = Q^,{i&\.
a&r 'Ц hdsom~pa or ц hdsoms-pa
ПНПГЧ to come or approach together, to
meet, to interlace: w^Xscq the crossing
of two roads;	to meet a in
journey ; з^’ЯЙч all meeting, where all
meet; n. of a mountain pass on the road
to Lahul from Spiti (Jd.) ;	’f^M’R&’q
coming together of various things;
^‘яЙн-q crowd, crowding in one place.
oXarq hdsom-po abundant, swelling,
profuse, fertile;	abounding
in grass and water and wood, feitile C.
mthun-rkycn hdsom-po success-
ful through a favourable concurrence of
circumstances;	variegated, many
coloured (Jd.).
сХ*Г Ц hdsol-pa any error, mistake,
etc.	de-la hdsol-pa gsum-
byuft he fell into three errors (Jd.).
a&rq hdsol-tca l. = X^3 to mistake:
wa^orq lam-hdsol-wa to go into the wrong
way, to miss tho right way; ^q^q
to blunder in working. 2. to shake about,
to stir; to intermix, to confuse:
яХйгч to deliver a message confusedly,
making a mess of it (Jd.).
rdsa clay or earthenware; gen.
r ^^clay. FS* a clay pot or jug. if rdsa
in comp, is used for if’*» as in beer-
jug, water-pitcher, rdsa-kofi,
clay oil-burner (Rtsii.); frdsa-kor

1057
И
earthen bowl, little dish; FF’ rdsa-khaA
pottery;	rdsa-khufi clay-pit;
rdsa-khog =	v. ex	rdsa-
mkhan	potter;
rdsa-mkhan-gyi hkhor $kor-wa to turn the
potters’ wheel;	rdsa mkhan-
дуг rigs,	the potter caste (in
India\ rdsa-chen a large earthen pot
or vessel (for cooking purposes).
rdsa-pag a tile, or burnt brick; rdsa-
phor earthen cup or dish ; Гrdsa-bo an
earthen vessel.
%'t' rdsa-rfia kettle-drum made of
burnt clay:
(IJbrom. p 107),	the large
kind of kettle-drum.
Rdsa-chu n. of a river in Kha ms
said to be the head-waters of the Salwin:
the
river Rdsa-chu of Kham issuing from the
mountain range of Duft-hbud-sgra (conch-
sh ell-trumpet sound) of the north flows
through Chhamdo, Tsha-wa-gang, Jang,
Ju, etc., and entering the Chinese province
of Yunnan passes through Burmah near
Prome, emptying itself into the ocean
(Dsam. 32),
ёг д rdsa-bra in C. is a species of
lagomys, & small tailless rodent.
rdsa-ma pot (unglazed, urn-
shaped, bellied vessels of various size both
for cooking and holding water, butter, and
the like).
C"* rdsa-ra, ЦЧП4; and ^пг.
rdsa-gsofi,	[a
frying-vessel]^.
rdsafl chest, box, for various stores
= <w bafi-wa (Jd.).
ГК’Ц rdsafl-гса, v. rdsofi-гса.
or
rdsafy-tho a list or register of
messages and messengers to be sent to
different Jongs or subdivisions of Jong
for the collection of revenue:
provisions for
delay according to the register of
messengers (should be given) by the
collector (Rtsii,).
rdsab = ev\** or mud, mire.
rdsab-dofi bog, slough.
ГА’ё'Я rdsab-rdsub 1. = E^’2| rdsun-po
falsehood. 2. sham, emptiness:
rmi-lam rdsab-rdsub-сан an empty
dream (Cs.).
£4'^4 rdsab-rdsob—1*^’^ mire, marl.
I; rdsas 1. (^’£X^) 3X,
an article, thing, material, object (=^&г25
Ч^т5 substance): VI*'white
objects appear yellow;
’^5 the thing of yesterday is to-day no
more (Mil.);	an impure thing;
requisites for this purpose; espe-
cially for sacrifices, sorceries, etc., hence
also used as identical with magical
agency (Vai. $fi,). 2. possessions,
property, riches :	the
blessings accruing from a right applica-
tion of wealth;	provisions,
victuals (Pth,);	all his
property (Mil.),	3. in philosophy:
matter; real substance, realities (TP«s.).
bsruil-rdsas charms, talisman.
rdsa^-ldan^1^'^ one Iposfiessing
property, a rich man (Mfion.).
* I: rdsi^^ rlafi or rdsi-
rluft зтд, the carrier of smell, i.e.,
the wind.	contrary or adverse
wind;	fysil-wahi-rdsi cool breezes ;
phu-rdsi or stod-tdsi a wind
134
£1
1053
1
blowing from the uplands; hifi-rdsi
or ipdo-rdsi a wind blowing at open
places where rivers meet; 4 £ drt-rdJ-
[dan a fragrant breeze, a wind bringing
odours of flowers ; £"<** rdsi-char rain with
wind;	q rdsi-char drug-po rain
storm; rdsi-rig lit. getting a seent
of, perceiving, understanding; ‘^Я‘W
perceiving it (also noticing
it) word came to Xagtsho (A. 1J7).
rdsi-g 's-pa to smell, snuff, snuffle, knowing
or perceiving by smell,	rdsi-
gsaft-ica аз met. a dog.
CX
II: or Г’Я rdsi-bo ЧТМ herds-
man, shepherd, cattlo-keeper; JT® rdai-pho
a male keeper ; rdsi-mo a female keeper ;
^Я^ phyugs-rd.J a herdsman ; 5 ^ rta-dJ
stable-keeper; Я^Я^ днад-rdsi neat-herd,
^1" ra-rdsi goat-herd;	Х7/у гdog-
feeder, S t" bya-rdsi person attending to
poultry.
£“4* rdsi-$fcor shepherd’s hut. Sch. has
also:	dpc-rdsi index, register.
B * rdsi-ma 1. eye-lashes. 2. ginr a
pot.
Syii. «Ц 5) да» w mig~gi $nun-ma (l^fion.).
gf’q
rdsi-ica pf. 4£*1 brdsi? or Г**
rdsi$, fut. 4g- brdsi, imp. $rdsi$ or
rdsi$, 1. to pound, stamp, to knead; to
tread down; Я^	if I should
tread upon a thorn. 2. to oppress, to
distress (Ja.).
rdsihu 1. shepherd, diminutive of
f rdsi-bo. 2. fin of a fish (Sch.).
+ rdsihu-ishos the preparing of
dishes for a noble or lama.
?Я‘?Я rdJg-rdJg = rfiam-rfiam
with w <4, to address one harshly and
threateningly.
e\ .
ёГ^’ rdsin or g^'g rdsin-bu,
qrtft a pond, e.y., for bathing;
rd$in$-chen a large pond (Cs.).
rdsJi-drun-^kye^—^'^ saffron
(1Ц.П0П.).
rdsifi§~Q%^ gru-rdsifi§ or
gru-gzifis a ship.
Ef r<7-s-« = H«'4 khram-pa or phra-ma
(Mnon.) фя pretence, false air or show,
also falsehood; yig-rdsu a letter
filled with falsehoods, a lying epistle.
Г4Я feigned smile ;	§S’4=£V3 ?
4
ЁГ’П r dsn-ica pf. 4^*1 brdsu§ or
>o	.
rdsu^ fut. 4^ fyrdsu, imp. 4g^ brdsu§ or gf*
to give a deceptive representation, to make
a thing appear different from what it is,
to change into, to change (one’s self),
to be changed:	to ehange into a
Jtaksasa; to disguise one’s self;
4^T4 as a yogi or meditating aseetio;
rdws-te skye-wci) v. g *4 $kye-ica ; Я
^а~гн rd*u-icahi rgyu-та entrails
feigning to be flesh, looking like flesh
(Jd.}.
rdsu-hphrul «efi a miracle, a
magical illusion, an apparent marvel, the
power to cause whieh is considered the
highest manifestation of moral acquire-
ments ; also=any delusion, miraculous
appearance or transformation, etc.
lpi’4 rdsu-hphritl $ton-pa to exhibit miracles;
q?4]’q rdsu-hphritl hjig-pa to destroy
the illusion by seeing through it (JZ/Z).
rdsu-hphrul ni rnam-pa
gsum miracles are of three kinds:—(1)
wqsp’4 mo$-pa§ bsgyur-wa—
(2)
ltt$-kyi$ hgro-wa—’^’^*§’3’
I3)!	1059
(3)	yid-ltar mgyogs-pa
to move according to one’s wish, a faculty
applicable to Buddha alone (Snin-gyanb
220).	rdsu-hphnil-gyi rkan-
bshi	the four Riddhipada,
acc. to §nin-rgyan, 220:—^’^5 hdun-
pahi—,	sem§-kyi ,—5r^on-
grus—	; but acc. to Maha
vyutpatti:—(1) К *'	' g^’
3	4	W4
(2)
fMwrrfas-
¥пгШтапт?чтлс^!хчж. (3)
ян^тлн чг^чпс. (4) S§5‘
55-t • q^’ 3v
нЪтпгг янИ^тж ч^п w^nic< wfcqr^ll
RI When applied
in this sense the term hdsu-hphrul becomes
identical with	chos-hphrttl.
rdsu-hphrul-can	gifted with
magic powers, miraculous.
gyqq-^-q rdsu-phrul phra-mo gtso-wor byed-
pa hi lta-гса the school or philosophical doc-
trine of a sect in ancient India (Theg. 33).
rdsun also ^ё^ brdsun a falsehood,
lie, fiction, fable; rdsun-tshig id.;
й q^mi-bden rdsun that is falsehood
and not truth (Glr.); rdsun-$mra-
wa, ё'Л’4]^ q rdsun-gsufi-гса, ё^’§5'4 rdsun-
byed-pa to tell a lie; gyq^w^’^^-q-
й'§5 it is impossible that Buddhas should
lie (Ja.); g^xjgq rdsun-hkhrab an adroit
liar and deceiver; rdsun-та a lie; a
liar. In C. colloq. “kyak-dsun”=a lie.
rdsus-stag deceit, im-
>©
posture: £4 §5’4 rdsub-byed-pa to make
false assertions (Ta.); cf.	rdsab-
rdsub.
rdsu$-$kyes or r^'g*’’4 rdsu$-te
skyes-pa ^ччт^ of miraculous birth.
Thus Padma Sambhava is said to have
been born from the lotus flower; the
people of Uttara Kuru are said to be
so born; [one of apparitional birth] S'.
rdsus-stag = gyo-sgyu: 5'^’^'
(Л. 130).
rdsus-ma something counterfeit,
feigned, dissembled:	‘wp^-q a master
of dissimulation;	rdsus-mahi
sprafi-po a disguised beggar (Glr.); 3’5^’
mu-tig rdsus-ma imitation pearls.
-4
Г’п rdse-wa pf.	brdses or rdsesy
fut. brdsey imp.	brdses or	rdses
1. to tuck up, truss up (clothes), to cock
a hat; to turn up, the upper lip (Jd.);
§kra gyen-du brdses-pa the
hair bristling (Do.). 2. to threaten (Cs.).
rdsehu dimin. of rdsa-ma a small
pot, pipkin (Jd).
rdsogs the finishing, completion :
rdsog$-la-khad not fully finished,
stopping short of completion; $
ye-$e§ yofis-su rdsogs most perfect and
fully accomplished; the Buddha.
Syn.	zin-la-khad;	tshar-
la-khad (Мйоп.).
rdsogs-khufi small window in
the wall of a house to see outside objects:
(A. 130).
rdsogs-chen or q q rdsogs-
pa chen-po	1. most perfect or
complete	2. one of the prin-
cipal sects of the Rnin-ma School of
Tibetan Buddhism; and much followed in
Sikkim as well as in Derge in East Tibet.
Its tenets are of the Atiyoga type.

1060
rdsogt-pa 1. vb. to finish, to
fulfil, to complete, to terminate:
rdsogt-pahi iptshamt-su
just where the road terminates;
mdsad-pa yofi$-su rdsogs-
na$ having accomplished all his deeds
(Glr.);	it has been carried
out according to tho order;
^•q5 q	the chapter
concerning the king, his officers, and
retinue having embraced the holy doctrine
is (here) finished. 2. adj.
complete, full, copious, perfect: FV'VT
the most perfect teacher
Buddha. 3. fafi,	нипг
accomplished, executed, termination, finis.
Syn.	5q’q grub-pa;
zin-pa also ГдУа$~Ра j 4 hphel-ica
(Шоп.). ^к^дА’^ч	Bodhi-
sattva, the stage of a saint immediately
before he attains to Buddhahood.
i’dwg$-par adv. perfectly, com-
pletely, fully:	rdsog$-par
b^nad-pa to report fully;
rdsogs-par f^-pa s/iig one thoroughly
conversant (Ufd.); F*|n ц^чдчч rdwgs-par
i^lab-pa to learn thoroughly (J/W.) ; 4^w
b§nen-par rdsogs-pa or 4^F«|«rwgS’4
b§nen-rdsog$ rndsad-pa	to be
ordained into the full order of Bhiksu.
rdsogs-tshig, y.^^^slar-bsdu-
wa the terminative particle or word in a
sentence.
rdsog$-rim,	one of the
Tantrik or mystic rites of the Rnin-ma
School.
r*’ rdson (in eolloq. often joug) a
castle, fortress; in modern times = head-
quarters of a district magistrate and
revenue officer;	rdsofi-dpon the
district revenue officer in Tibet. F*’g®i
rdsofi-skyel a through pass-port or road-bill
from the jurisdiction of one Jong-pon to
that of another.
rdsofts-pa pf. лё'в.м Ippisafa or
rdson$, fut. ч^л brdsaft or F^' td$an
to forward, send off, to despatch, to take
along with:	3|*гч^*^ |
4^	а gixl
who is beautiful has been sent by me to
you, and medicines for subduing the 404
diseases have boon also despatched (Glr.).
sent elsewhere;
poured into a vessel {Situ. 76). д’Йч^слгч
to give one’s daughter in marriage.
rdsob-po or F4 {dsob-mo vain,
empty, spurious, void.
brdms-pa l. = WT4U’W
tenop-spag-dafi hdam. 2. in
ч^'ч^я тппап-ра rkafi-pa$ brdsis (Situ. 76).
^’ч£ч1 zan-brdd$ (flag. 43).
4g brd8u-bya$=.fa%'Q sgrom-che-wa
a large box or chest (1). $el. 18).
brdsun a lie. v. rdsun;
false, counterfeit;	falsehood, lie.
brdsun-t^hig false statement:
4^jjv^I 4g^	the
man who is happy and in comfort can
give (in charity) and avoid lying (Tan.
d. \ Ш).
^brdsu$=^ spruit ₽Г5кчГч khro-
wor-brdsu$ transformed into a wrathful
deity (Situ. 76).	<зччт^ miracu-
lous birth or growth.	brdsus-
te skyes-pahi--sfio=t>w* rtsa-a-wa,
or a medicinal grass called A-ica
(S)nan. 330).	brdsu$-<}ift==$prul-
shift transforming (A. 60).
brdscs Ягая [removed]#, зд ч'чгм
ral~pa-irdses=wv&ral-pa gyen-du
irdses QT	gos-chat-brdees (Situ. 70)^
QJ wa the twentieth letter of the
Tibetan alphabet corresponding in sound
to the English W.; and is considered by
Tibetan grammarians to be of purely
Tibetan origin. It seems that the early
scholars who visited India for studying
Buddhist literature had their lessons in
Sanskrit from Bengali pandits who could
hardly have distinguished the difference
between < and <, but in later periods
when the scholars of Higher Tibet and
Tsang studied Sanskrit under the pandits
of Western Alagadha, Benares, Nepal and
Kashmir, they found that the equivalent
of the letter 4 wa existed in the letter
ч and belonged to it in the manner that
the Bengali letter represents both 4 and
4 of Devanagri. Owing to this circum-
stance, it is said, the letter 4 fell into
disuse.
I ‘ a gutter trough or pipe gen.
made of wood in Tibet; 4’F the mouth of a
gutter; 4’$ the water falling from a gutter ;
4'^5 spout or beak of vessels.
QJ II: in Tantrik Budh. is a sym-
bol of that state which has neither a cause
nor a consequence:	(7Г. g.
4, 4$), and conveys the notion of extreme
lightness, and subtilty; in the Sutras it
is also symbolical of	the occult
science or mysticism which it is said was
needed for the diffusion of Buddhism (7£
my. % 208).
QJ III:	the fox of Tibet,
. .
which is of several varieties and probably
includes three distinct species. The
vulg. n. is 4’3! гса-tse. <4’45 wa-skad the
barking of the fox; 4’Jn wa^kyes
fox-born, a sly, timid person; a Tibetan
proverb says:
q’ty-S)•	if a coward became
appointed as chief or ruler, he would
particularly play the part of a fox. 4’5
wa-gro bluish fox; 4’5’5 ma-gro-gro a
grey fox (Sch.); 4’^4 the fox yelps, also
the crying of the fox or the jackal when
it becomes rabid:	the
bad omen of the cry of foxes, etc. (Ta-
sc I. 28).
JFa-tin. of a sanctuary in Nepal
containing the image of a Buddha called
4’5the good Wati.
exactly like (not different from)
Phags-pa Wati (A. 24).
wa-ba goitre, of which several kinds
are mentioned; H^'4 bloody goitre, ^4'4 a
swelling from fat; also ^^'4 and
the last being called the goitre of good
luck (Milg. 33).	4'4*^ wa-ba-can one
having goitre (K. g. 4, 344); 4’^f гса-tsha
a kind of medicinal salt applied on
goitre.	this	salt
absorbs goitre and removes any fleshy
excrescence.
Wa-brag dkar n. of a place
in Tibet {LoA. э 5). ч-дч)’«^к«| Wa-brag
I
1062
dkanca n. of a learned Buddhist monk
born in Wa-brag dkar who was a pupil of
tho sago Potopa.
’<?) Wa-dsa pa-na n. of a place
on the way to Urgycn, i.e., to Udyana
(5. lam 17).
tca-ra a kind of tea which is
brought to Tibet from tho direction of
Ladak, etc. (Jig. 23).
Wa-га-на-si, also written
Я. М	the Indian name of the
city of Benares in tho neighbourhood of
which Buddha first preached his doctrine»
1згчг Wa-rin-da Varendra
Bhumi of Bengal (Dsam.); modern North
Bengal.
fJJwa-ru-na 344 n. of the god of
water; that of a kind of plant; also of a
naga (Mfton.).
wa-le or Wwal-le or wal-
le-гса clear, distinct, plain ;
di	its meaning having become
clear to him, ho replied (A.3J).
Wa-luft (the fox-valley) a district in
East Nepal inhabited mainly by Tibetans
lying just whore the river Arun coming
from Tibet enters the Himalayan gorges
to join the Kosi river.
wa-si a kind of apple (Sch.).
Wa-scft-ge-brag n. of rocky
precipice with a cavern in it (regarded as
a holy place) in Mdo-Kham§ (Deb. % 35).
waft a Chinese title of high order
akin to our title of baron, and is con-
ferred upon the greatest personages of
China, also upon the khans of Mongolia
and the regent of Tibet. In Tibet
Phola, the first regent viceroy who was
invested with the title of Thaudiji, was
created Wang and was called king Mi-
wang.
e\
IP'S waft-khyi n. of a (Sa-bdag)
monster ;	is the general of
tho king of the Sa-bdag monsters.
Waft-tsuu the first Chinese
envoy sent by one of the early Chinese
Emperors in search of tho holy religion
of Buddha to India :
tho messenger Wang-
tsun was sent to India in search of a
holy doctrine (Grub. S, 4).
GHpfj wargaqit n. of a treo regarded as
very holy which existed in Buddha Gaya
(prob, the name by which the famous
Bodhi treo was known) : й-Че/ч^е/^г^к/
(Dsam.).
цчф wal-gyi$=W4 wal-le.
25*4*4 wal-le drag-po htshal n. of a fancied
world supposed to exist to the south of
this world. (G. Bon.).
c\
QJ tn num. fig.=50.
сч
QJ ’ЧХ wi-pa-dtea n. of a place (Bon.
ch. 5).
еч .
Wift-dsuft n. of the younger
brother of Jung-jung the 5th Emperor of
the great T'ang dynasty.
wu num. fig. = 80.
wu-rdo, 1. v. hur-rdo a sling.
2. pumice stone Sch.
Wun-$ift koft-jo (a Chinese
name which translated into Tibetan=
the lotus within the water) is
the princess Wun-ohung Kon-jo who
*1
1063
married king Srofi-btsan §gam-po of Tibet
’in the first part of the seventh century
A.D. She is adored in Tibet as an
incarnation of the goddess Dolma (Lofi.
% 6.)
-K
QJ we num. fig.: 110.
c\
w Wen-dhi n. of a famous Chinese
Emperor of the Siii dynasty who greatly
favoured Buddhism (Grub \ 5).
wer-ma a class of Bon minor
deifies : fVI
дчщ-
the group of secret gods there are 360
deities called Wer-ma and also 360 called
Thugskar who are Bon gods (Bon.
QJ wo num. fig. = 140.
wo-ti a corruption of the teim
Bodhi.	Wo-ti bzafi-po n.
of the celebrated image of Buddha located
at Kirong (35’?*’ on the Nepal border)
(Yig. 2).
G) sha tho twenty-first letter of tho
Tibetan alphabet, for which there is no
corresponding letter either in English or
in Sanskrit. Its pronunciation somewhat
resembles that of “ s ” in the word leisure,
but generally in C it is sounded very much
like the letter sh.
qVl*' ska-dkar	or	tin.
+ Sha-sgrc = \&\ rna-nwcl earless.
sha hchag ma-$g rub-pa or
incomplete, imperfect or defec-
tive :
remission of taxes paid by doing
work {Rtsii.);
(Л. $el. S).
sha-ne or sha-nc iFtfl tho metal
lead;	black lead:
lead is used to remove
poison and to cure putrifying flesh,
a leaden sword	sha-nehi
gtin-rdo a sounding lead, plummet (Pth.} ;
[1. black salt 2. Cyperus
rotundus\S. = quicksilver;
sha-gog tin foil, thin plates of lead;
tin foil.
sha-ne-ma pounded dry cheese
(Rtsii.).
sha-ica lame; also = a lame person,
but in colloq.	sha-wo = cripple;
having a maimed foot or hand;
M I	you
being (to me) like my limbs, if you thus
leave us, I should bo like a lame person
(Hbrom. p, 5).
c\
K’ sha-hbrift a corrupt form of
an attendant, a servant.
sha-la a corrupt form of plas-
tering on walls:	plastered
the walls.
Sha-la-khaft n. of one of the
cells of the Dalai Lama at Potala in
Lhasa (Rtsii. 17).
R’q Sha-lu (*^ъ$) n. of a district in
Tsang a few milos to tho S. W. of Tashi-
Ihunpo with a large monastery, tho seat of
the famous historian and chronologist
Bn-tton Rin-po-che better known as Buton
(Loft. %* 5);	Sha-I и-pa a native of
Sha-lu; Sha-lu lo-chen=Buton tho
author.
shwa or shwa-mo ’sfa, resp.
S3dbu-shica a covering for the head, a
hat, cap; ^,?fa’q or to put a cap on,
to take it off (by way of salutation);
5"J Chinese cap, Mongolian cap ;
winter-cap, summer hat (light felt-
hats adapted to the wanner season);
hat or cap made of felt; shwa-go$
for	cap and robe:
put on your cap and robe (Rtsii. 51).
shica-tog the top ornament of a hat
prob, a button or a figure; shtca-thul
the semi-circular red patch that is put
on the back of a priest’s winter cloak
(Rtsii.); shica-snam the woolly felt of
1065
yellow or red of which the caps of the
lamas are made in Tibet (Rtsii.).
shica-gshol the brim of a cap or hat.
wearer of the red-cap, n. of the
followers of the Rnifi-ma, Karma-pa, and
Sa-skya-pa sects of Tibetan Buddhists.
R’*fc sha-ser yellow-cap, the ordinary
name of the Gelug-pa sect, the reformed
Buddhist school of Tibet now dominant
all over Higher Asia and N. W. China,
a complementary title
or address to a great lama of the Gelugpa
sect of Tibet;	the
illuminator of the doctrine of the yellow-
cap sect a title of the Dalai Lama of
Tibet.
shag 1. clot of blood, film on tea
that is cooling down or any film that is
formed on liquids generally, as on milk
when it is allowed to cool after being
boiled. R^'S^ clotted blood. 2. a day,
but not in contradistinction to night,
and is said to be of three kinds : (1)
B^'R^I one thirtieth part of the time
required by the bud to pass over the sign
of the zodiac; (2) V’R4! the period from
sunrise to another sunrise; (3)	'R4 tshes-
shag the division of time in proportion
to each increase or decrease in the lunar
crescent. The day period as distinguished
from the night is not R*| shag.
&hag-gran§ the date; R4|'4|^4 a
day, and adv. once ; RSfRsp^ a few days
ago;	after many days; R%
R^R^'S from day to day; R4!4^ seven
days, a week;	forty eight
weeks; R^'W or R^ or R4’§5 night’s
lodging, temporary quarters. 3. fog,
smoke, dry vapour, filling the atmosphere
in autumn (Ja.). 4. also shag-rtsi—
fat or grease in a liquid state, also
fat melted and congealed again W.;
fig. the fat of the country, fertility,
ajorojthe country is barren (Ma.);
R^'-ssj greasy, oily, Rq'^R lean ; Rqj’cfc shag-
phor a cup, or vessel for grease, the pot
in which the greasy portion of the buttered
tea that is poured aside at the time of
taking tea is kept.
R^ shag-po in 0. colloq. = a day.
R4]*rlj<4 8hags-grol=&^ % the river Sita
(Mnon.).
shags-pa чш; a sling
rope with a noose for catching birds,
wild horses, andantelopes, etc.:
having been
drawn in (ensnared) by the lasso of love
(А. К. 1-Ц). R*|*rwj shags-thag or RT1'
a noose;	shag§-rgyab-pa or
^‘<1 to throw or fling the noose at an
object or animal.
Syn.	hphen-thag;	bzun-
thag;	bein§-thag (Mnon.).
q shags-pa-can—Qty urfanr Varuna
the god of the sea whose chief weapon
consists of a rope with a noose (Mnon.).
Shan-ka-ma n. of a place in
Tibet; R^nj-wq n. of a great Lama of
that place.
shan or R^’S shan-po, vulg. w*RV
a-shan, uncle by the mother’s side, mother’s
brother.
Syn.	ma-yi spun-zla ; «
ma-yi skra-ne;	ma-yi tshan-
mt shuns (Mfion.).
’ Shan n. of a district of Tsang N.
of Tashi-lhunpo. R^orsS^W n. of a
celebrated Lama of Tibet belonging to
Shang (Deb. % #); R^’?4!^ shan-rtag§ a
kind of long knife manufactured in Shang
(Jig. 31).
135
I
1066
1
shafi-blon mu-men-ga
$a-ean (mystic) =?qM tiger’s flesh (usedin
medicine) (Swan. 350).
^'#5 Shan-tsha-bya n. of one of tho 36
border lands of Tibet (Ya-sel. 38).
Skafi-s/mfi the ancient name of
the province of Guge in Ngari Khorsum,
W. Tibet; and comprised the district
bordering to the west of lake Mansarowara
where tho Bon religion was first promul-
gated and where Shenrab its founder
was born. It is therefore called ^’8*’
Shang-shung- the land of the
Bon (J. ZafiX	the prin-
cess of Shang-shung who was married
to king Srofi-btsan Sgam-po (Lofi. % 5).
«i’J4 one flash of
lightning fell on the black tent of tho
king of Shang-shung (Л. 19).
Shafi-rom n. of a lama of Atis'a’s
time (A. 102, 104).
shad=%\ the right conjecture or
guess: S*	йho
said that tho lama teacher knew by guess
the time of my death (A. 114).
(3^ shan or shan-pa weak, feeble,
the opp. to ^1’5.	of a weak body,
of delicate health; also applied to sounds.
In eolloq. is used as opp. to well-
looking, handsome.
OOl. for
consultation, conference (& Lex.).
shab§ 1. q^, W honorific term :
foot, feet: S|№ito bow
down at an officer’s feet; pw ska shab$=:
“kusho”a title of respect.	to
the feet of , or to , in directions
of letters:
to the great matchless rich
power of kindness aud knowledge Phul-
Jung.	to walk bare-
footed,	to hold np or support
tho feet (of another), i.e., to help ;
beneath the knees of the
stretched legs of that image (A. 44)
shabs-hbam gout of the feet,
rheumatic swelling in the feet (Ya-sel. 11);
skabs-bro dance, qqqdjWyq to danee
to music	shab§-ma a woman’s
drawers, under-coat;	shab§-zufi
gnwn pair of feet (Yig. k. 13);
q	possessed of foot, a stanza ;
8hab§-sen nail of the toe,
shabs-lham or	shabs-chag shoe or
boot of a greatman.	shab^tin
heel;	shab§-$teg§ foot-stool. 2.
tho bottom, lower end or part:
at the bottom of tho lake; ^^3 shab$-kyu
(in Sikk. pronounced as chab-chu) the
hook at the foot of a letter signifying
tho vowel u in Gram.
shab$-kyi pad-то
footstool (Yig. к. 1).
G^qgorq shab^-b^ktil-m^^^^^
to refresh ones memory, to remind:
gq jto submit reminder
to high officals, to refresh their memory1 on
any subject (Ya-sel. 31).	shab^-
fokul shu-wa to urge, to exhort.
^q*rgN shab§-gra§ or in eolloq. =
seiwant, attendant.
wages, fees such
as doctor’s fee, etc. (Sorig. 133).
^q^-q^]^ shab§-bcag§ (Sell.) 1. partic. of
qq*r«u4jq. 2. = qw^. 3. ground, terri-
tory (Ja.).
Wwjq shab$-ehag§ or	resp.
shoe, boot, slippers.
shab$-tog—4<F$ (*Чт, the
heel of the feast) fig. service; g*rq5’W^4
I
1067
worship, homage {Pag. 5); ^q^%«rR^R'
Кзд-уХЕ/ (Hbrom. F, 15). ^q^Rp^Rf
Eja servant of the better class or
higher rank, an official;
dispenser, benefactor.
to render services ; also, to feed, treat,
provide, offer.
shabs-rten 1. footstool (Cs.) 2.
boot {Sch.).
Syn.	rkan-stegs*, rga-khri
{Mnon.).
shabs-thog (seems to be merely
another form of	sendee, service
rendered to superiors, i.e., to priests,
convents, kings, governments.
shab^-drun 1. mode of address
in letters, v. 2. a servant, govern-
ment-servant ;	the proper
title of the Dharma Raja or spiritual ruler
of Bhutan {Yig. *, k. 10).
shabs-hdegs service, in coL
shabs phyi: R^'W^R^pror
I am discharging my
official duties with zeal and earnestness
(Yig. k. 3). qq«TR^R]*rq shabs-hdegs-pa one
who serves as a servant.
'RVi shabs-hdren shame, disgrace;
^R^qsrR^’q to bring shame upon another,
to be a disgrace to him.
shabs-pad lit. the lotus-footed,
is the ordinary title by which the Kalons
or chief ministers of Tibet are known.
=	also	to,
at, in addressing letters to high or sacred
personages; fig. for	to render
service to a great man, to serve him; to
be a scholar, pupil.
shabs-phyi resp. for R]3fa|’cJ servant
(male or female), in the widest sense of
the word, servant to an individual, as well
as minister of the state or the church.
to serve (frq. in colloq.), to
render any service ; ^q^KRgccq or
to follow as a servant; «мгядегц
sham-hbrin-pa,	sham-rin or ^’R=^’
sha-hbrin^	shabs-pthyi servant
(Mnon.).
sham-cha prob, for the
beak or pipe of the bellows through which
the wind rushes when blown.
$7ww3-nn:=§’*^ presence of a
great man : <^r^R’^'qsR’*rgq unable to wait
upon, could not interview {Ya-sel. 5);
(3,51^4 sham-rin-pa = § ’«^’4 personal
attendant, a private secretary, officer in
waiting, an aide de camp {Ya-sel. 16).
shar-wa (fem. ^’«) decrepid,
defectivebeing not in full
possession of one’s members:	one-
eyed, half or totally blind; having
only one hand, halt; so in a similar
manner	qR’^Rf^’q shar-chag med-
=	without break, deduction
or defect;	’^’q’Rgerq topresent a non-
defective article {Yig. k. 52). ^5*^ shar-
Itas the winking with one eye;
occasion [adherence, association]#.;
[connected with, consequent
upon]#;	shar-shor=in religion or
religious observance there being no impo-
sition or mockery:
shar-la l. = ‘ following, succeeding’
(Schtr.). 2. =^’er on the occasion of, in
connection with: gvq’qorqR^R-or^ 7p3TW-
on the occasion of inspecting the
elephant (A. K. 1-10).
shal honorific term=face, count-
enance, presence ; also, mouth:
to offer to the mouth, to eat, drink;
ед I
1068
ед-Вад |
цчедч$*я the king spoke ; the
orifice of the face, t>., the mouth ; ед’Я’й’
to be disobedient; ед’ЗЯ'Ч^я^‘я^-ц
to promise; fw^q to give assurance of ;
and ед-q^q to gape (Sch.) ;
ед-Rg^q to open the mouth, ед‘я§я^ to
smile ; ед*5^^ zhal-dkar resp. for
plate or drinking vessel of porclain ; ед5^5
xhal-dkod lit. verbal instruction—order,
direction; ед’5$я shal-dkyil the face,
presence (ед’§чЭ«гярХ	moon-
fa cod): ед^Зч'W*1 ^'qg^'q'^5 ‘ Г’rtw*T
(Yig. k. 25) that I may be per-
mitted to come into your presence and
enjoy tho nectar of your instruction, ед
a’A/iZ placed before any ordinary noun
makes of it an honorific appellation:—
едця shal-$kom or ед'^я shat-$kyem drink
for a holy man ; ед’^ед sh(d-§kyog$ eup or
goblet for honoured person ; ед’^ад shal-
khebs veil cover of an imago of Buddha
also the veil that is put over frightful
deities and obscene images ; ед’^я food
for honoured men. ед*§5 shal-khrid oral
or personal instruction (JZi/.). едяд^’ц
shal-hgyur-wa to look askance, looking
obliquely or turning the face sideway :
4q^gq5^§-^^5q§qaiqf?q^ ’ед^’уя?^^’
Дя'В’Ч’Ч^ again in Mari Vihara of Vajra-
sana there was the temple of the goddess
Dolma looking askance (Л. 58). ед*}^
xhal-rgyan moustaches ; ед Ч5 shal-rbad
resp. for F'35 boasting (Situ. 127); ед'М’ч
shul-tshul or ед’^я^ед'зя pastry, cakes,
etc. ед'^я shal-tshom resp. for wq'^я beard,
ед ед shal-zag tobacco-pipe=q*'*q; ед чедя
fihal-b<duig§ when he lived, when he was
alive:	when Buddha
was living (Sorig. S7) ; ед’Ч^я sha!-b<;iis=
ч$я true copy (Situ. 23); ед^5 §hal~
bdied resp. of яВя'яЗ’^5; едзя shed-zas
resp. for Р’*я biscuit, cake, etc.: ед’ЛЯ’
Vp’jf w white biscuit painted with butter
(Rtsii.). ед? shal-fa face, presence:
&ед*^'ед? lieutenant of the Dalai Lama
who waits upon the president of the
annual Buddhist grand congregation at
Lhasa held in January and February
and gen. selected from among the officials
of the monastery of Daipung. The term
ед ?‘ was formerly also applied to an officer
over 50 soldiers inferior to a captain
(Yig. 41). едЛ?я shal-dfio$ bodily, in one’s
own body or person: я^я'дя'ед^я’Э*
the placo where Buddha was bom
bodily not miraculously; ед’«\?я*рязд‘чк^
he is to be seen in person. ед’«ЙИ shal-bsil
1. water to "wash a great man’s face;
washing the face (of a great man). 2.=
*4’gq chab-blug washing bowl (Yig. 55);
ед’ед^’^ shal-gser-sgron resp. for offerings
of golden lamps to Buddha; едед^ shal-
or	(Rtsii.).
ед'2 8hal-$na=%*\% in tho presence of.
ед^-ед=§'я^едя in the presence of,
before: \Й5’5’ед'8^^ ^’5^Жй5 (Л. 131).
ед g qj'^q q shal-lce bcu-drug-pa the code
of lawrs in sixteen enactments in four sec-
tions : (1) з^я-^туз ед(2) 41=^3q*'
дяялгед-j; (3) ед'^Ж^М’ед'8 (4)
ед; (5) ^5‘ед^ед'|; (6)
q^ q ^-q-ед ! . (7) *Я^'Д^Ч)’ед’|; (8)
^^ч^’9| ед'|; (9) J#rq я**г§’ед |; (10)
^ядогдед я^я §'ед'|; (Ц) 5’зя'5^‘§‘ед‘£
(12) ед«к’*Я'3-ед§; (13) яяя’ярбА’цщ^’ед’}
These thirteen enactments together with
ед | the code of military regula-
tions in three chapters make up the six-
teen enactments which are in force in
Tibet.
ед‘*5 shal-chad, v.	kha-chad.
ед'^ shal-che judgment, decision; ед’^’а
shed-che-pa judge, magistrate.
ед'^яя shal-chem^ resp. of Р’^яя kha*
chem§ will, testament (J^non.).
1069
^‘5 shal-ta 1. or audience, inspec-
tion; turn, service: ^'^’^’5 gracious
audience (Sorig. 13 fr.); R*iy§s*q to serve,
to inspect, review, superintend; to visit,
the sick and to take care of them;
<aiQl^‘tSq to guard the field. 2. resp. for
directions, instruction, counsel,
advice: q«iy^rj«rg’q to ask for accurate
and detailed instructions; a page,
waiter; waiting-man, servant in a
convent; ^У* shal-ta-ma waiting woman,
chamber-maid, ^'q shal blta-wa (1)
older form of ^iyq one waiting for what
drops from his master's lips. qX*r^y^vr
О Bhagavan
with what attention the Bhiksu listen to
thy sermons; (2) =<¥T^§S‘4 to serve.
shal-mthun, resp. for (Th-
sel. 91).
shal-gdams order, direction;
instruction, advice:
]je imparted to her useful maxims
(Glr.);	author, in as much
as all printed books are considered to be
sacred and the authors are looked upon as
semi-divine.
qorqv5] shal-bdag in large religious
meetings, a lama who walks about with a
wand in order to preserve good order; a
verger (Jd.).
shal-hdebs—F'1*^ a free-will
offering or present; subscription to any
religious movement.
shal-hdon resp. for F
ЦЧ'Я	dkar-yol (A. 156).
sAflZ-pAor=resp. for tea cup.
shal-bu a small cup :
|at dawn they
served me with two cups of pap, that air
might not be generated (in the stomach)
(A. 156).
shal-byan resp. for ГЭА’ title,
superscription, inscription:
§ (y^q'gyorqX^ the inscription of the time
of Khri-lde-sro^-btsan was engraved on
rock (Situ. 23).
shal-gzigs 1. an inscription.
2. an apparition:	appear-
ing in a sitting posture (Jd).
shal-yam a joke:
the Lo-tsa-u-a also
jokingly said (A. 8£).
фГЛ shal-wa 1. also	shal
bg у id-pa, to plaster with lime or cement,
to plaster or overlay with anything, e.g.,
with butter: i^’^rqj^ sgo-la shal-bgyi§-
te plastering the door with clay (Glr.);
q'^jj slwl-wa-mkhan one who plasters
a house or makes a floor with pebbles,
etc. 2. clay, lime-wash, cement.
shi-gil chaff and other impurities
removed from the grain by washing.
^’q 1. shi-wa to be peaceful or calm ;
to be pacified, be appeased; to settle, to
be allayed, assuaged etc.; ^qv^g^’q to
become pacified; shi-la-son became
quiet, held their peace;	to still,
soothe, appease, mitigate;	shi-byed
a composing draught. 2. кзгни to be
wise, more particularly with reference to
affections : to be dispassionate, not subject
to any mental emotion. 3. ЩХ, итргг;
TOfSrj, wii (А. К. 111-26). Sbst.
rest, tranquility, calmness; adj. tranquil,
calm; ^*q5’^| shi-uahi-tshig good words ;
soft, mild language, polite expression.
5У rtag-shi-геа ; eternal peace ;
one possessing that, a Buddha;
shi-mthar byed lit. he who puts an
end to all peacefulness, an epithet of
Kamadeva (НАпой.); shi-gnas for

1070
^'1
shi-gna$-kyi rnam-gran$
enumeration of the stages of Dhyana
(v. 7Г. d. =*, 261); aec. to Jd, an absolute
inexcitability of mind, and a deadening of
it against any impressions from without,
combined with an absorption in the idea
of Buddha, or in the idea of emptiness
and nothingness,	shi-gnag-ma
night, mid-night (8. Zcz.k 4.
=	(ЛГяоггЛ, Nirvana, heavenly
repose; ^W’4p|<r|«rci to go to rest, to die,
to enter the state of eternal peace. 5. the
mild deities, or mild aspect of such, as
opp. to the p’S or the wrathful and
terrific forms.
Jd-wa-mchod-pa Nandi
the personal attendant Mahadeva ;
hi-ica hthnh дптэдтц [to drink out of
pitchers, n. of a ceremony]8.
Shi-ica-sba§-pa	Bud-
dhist saint bom at Jalamai?dala in India,
of Kyitnya parents (7f. dun, 55-70).
8/Л -irq-hod n. of a Bon deity;
a fancied world of the Bon
situated to tho east of this world;
iShi-ica hod-та hjam-skya another
such world further east of it ^D.T?.).
Jd-uahi-gar the dance of the
peaceful spirits, also the ordinary dance
(jHbrom, 94).
shi-icahi-gron hermitage, the
mountain retreat of saints.
Syn. ri-khrod\	sgom-
pahi-gnas (Mnon.),
shi-byedn. of the Tantrik Buddhist
sect founded in Tibet by the sage called
Phadampa. It was so called because:
it was in-
tended to destroy all misery and suffer-
ings by the spell of its Mantra \J.
Zan.),
shi-ma sieve of cane or wood;
Shi-ma phons-skyob an epithet
of tho goddess Dolma.
Jii-mi or ^*’5=shim-Ju a cat
(colloq.).
shi-bshag — fi^ anger, wrath.
sAn/l.xs&H cig, 2. v. hjig-pa.
+ shig-po=F’^'§T
tho mind or person contemplating the
Cunyatd, i.e., emptiness or voidity.
shigmer a dense throng or
crowd (Jd.),
1: 8hin — W\tfbf\ WT self (Mnon,).
II 1.:	field, ground, soil,
arable land, cultivation:	one
who cultivates a small field, a small far-
mer ;	I haft-shin fields on level land,
field on hill-slope. shift-kha
shin:	the girls in the field
(Mil.); shift rmo ploughs a field;
to till, to sow a field.
shin-rgod rough, uncultivated field ; ^’4
shin-nan a barren bleak field ;
shin-pa husbandman, farmer; shin-
bya or	husbandry; shin-mu
boundary of a field, land mark.
qgarqq-gq-^ri the names of farming opera-
tions :—(1)	rmo-wa; (2) ^’4 тко-wa ;
(3) phrul-rlog-pa; (4) 5^’4 bon-wa;
(5) sa-sgon; (6)	sa-bon
btsugs-pa; (7) bskrun-pa \ (8) q
btab-pa; (9) gtab-pa; (10)
bskyed-pa (Mnon.). shin-chu or ^4’*
irrigation, irrigated field or culti-
vation:	6).

1071

V*’* shift-gi drug-cha one sixth of
the produce of the field which is the king’s
due from the cultivator.
III: a continuative particle
annexed to verbal roots at the end of
subordinate sentences, and sometimes
used to connect co-ordinate verbs. Occurs
in place of being used after the finals:
и, m, r, or Z.
shift-sa 1. ground, soil, arable
land. 2. any province:	or
a large province; j’^r^-^-qT-Ajc. the
eighteen great provinces into which China
is divided.
shin-$is-pa =	a
prosperous and peaceful kingdom (Yig.).
one who knows husban-
dry ; an agriculturist. It is also used
technically to signify the soul or conscious
principle.
IV :	%=* sphere, body, in a
religious sense:	holy or spiritual
sphere ;	to enter the
field of merit, to turn into the path of
virtue (Dzl.);	seeing
him in the land of conversion. ’A§ shift-
bcu the ten spiritual spheres;
shift the kingdom of Buddha, the land
where Buddhism prevails; so also
the sphere of conversion, heaven,
paradise, i.e., one of the heavens inhabited
by the Buddhist gods, or even the state of
Nirvana, ^ч’ог^А’Ч shin-la pheb-pa^^QR
to go to bliss, г.е., to die. ^‘A^5
or	design or plan of mansion or
residence of the gods, of a Buddha or of
a Bodhisattva; also=map;	shift-
khams ww the sphere of a Buddha’s or
Bodhisattva’s conversion.
shib l. = also ^А’ад shib-thal powder,
fine flour, also flour in general:	bag
of flour; ^А’А^Д)^ ground into powder;
^A'Sfc box or bowl for flour. 2. fig. that
which is minutely subdivided, details;
shib-cha exactly, accurately precisely;
shib-bkod details, detailed list or
information; ^A’^ shib-chen full of details ;
one who inquires into every detail, or
particulars ; inquiring, inquisitive (Rtsii.);
^q-q^ shib-bltas or	looking into
the details:	(Rtsii}
shib-dpyad-pa to inquire, to investi-
gate ; shib-dpyod inquest, inquiry,
investigation:	’^q’59S’^’^4
about to proceed to institute inquiry into
the matter of Tag-yab (Yig. k. 26);
shib-dpyod-pa one who inquires
after the particulars of a matter, an inves-
tigator.
shib-pa adj. accurate, exact;
subtle, fine, ^a’a^ or ^A'§ adv. precisely,
exactly, thoroughly.
^А’Я shib-ma £1. a winnowing basket;
2. a demon who was enemy of the god of
love] 8.
^А’Й shib-mo ф(<ЦЗП, [!• particle ;
2. niggardly]8.
shib-ger minute examination or
comparison of details;	to
compare closely:
^q-S|4]	should
minutely examine all the collections of
a Jong by comparing them with the con-
tents of the register (Rtsii. 20).
^q-c^-AprAsvq shib-lhan gam-bcar-wa to
present the explanation of details; to
interview with a detailed statement.
^A «jc^ shib-lhins deliberation, deliberate
consideration (Yig. 61).
^A’^a] shib-lhug—^fl^ minute details
(Yig. Ъ).
1072
9^1
shtб-fin =	khron-lu (mystic)
{Min. rda. b).
shim-po sweet, well-tasting,
nice-flavoured, nutty :	qwjyq-arj^
xhim-po mgron-poJa ster give the sweet
food to your guests;	it is not
nice; ^‘4 sweets, delicacies.
shim-thig-la a medicinal herb
the fruit of which is used in eye-disease:
cataract of
tlie eye is removed by the medicine called
shbn-thigJe.
shim-bu eolloq. = cat.
Syn.	gron-gi xpri hu ; 3'$,Qi Xwt-
du-la ; q*r*g»i*i hi$-bskums; s-qc/q'g^ b$afi-
wa §bcd;	rnain-grol mig ; ww
hbar-wahi mig; $'§} by'-l/la\ 5'* byt-za
{Mnon.}.
a7u7-//mt = ^’5 kon-hi or
skun-bu.
shu-inkhan 1. a petitioner. 2. a
metier	the areca or beetle-nut
trce^S*.
95*1 shu-dag improvement, correction,
revision, examination ; the word was al о
stated by a lama from Lhasa to mean
“ exercise and practice” in a languaga
or in any subject of study:
you require further practice. S’VTSV4
to mend, improve, correct, revise;
9'S2’l§5’q to examine and reform one's
own character or disposition.
shu-dag-mkhan reviser, corrector, censor
(Cd.); 3’^ shu-(he revisor or comparer of
the translation with the original Sanskrit
texts;	shu-chen-gyi lo-tsa-wa a
great revisor or commentator (of Sanskrit
writings).
«7т-Л<й#$==п^)*г^ gzig^-rten a
present accompanying a petition»
shu-wa I pf. *5*1 or fut.
p.s7m, = ?Wa {Mnon.). 1. to melt:
gold to be melted;	whatever
is molting or fusible; 5^ it melts; ^5^'
dissolving intn light. 2. to digest:
digestive medicine; undi-
gested;	undigested food;
indigestion, sufferings arising from it;
*’5’4’* to decompose what is undigested
{Ja.}.
II: 1. pf. s7n/$, a vb. used
chiefly in addressing one's superiors
and also in politeness between equals,
signifying : to ask, to request; to beg, to
petition:
he having begged the lama to come in-
doors ; also signifies constantly : to say :
g ^*2j%rthe officer said to the king,
q to speak or pray respectfully; to
prefer a suit or petition,	one
who explains his object;
having said ‘I beg you will permit’,
{Glr.}—here S*r<w comes from 3* to
speak, say.	I will
ачк of him the things lately seen, *,QT
if is very right of you,
’uis to ask me about everything {Do.);
ч -q5	he related the dream
fore the king {Pth.};	they
mght him to be their abbot; ^^‘*'5**
t ask permission. 2. sbst. a request,
d re, petition; inquiry, question: 3’*’
shu-wa hbtd-wa to make an applica-
r i , to apply; 9’H shu-khra a petition,
t lication. 8hu-glen an address or
j onary letter •	shu-glen byed-
pc to address, accost; 5’^ shu-rgyu the
s 4 of a petition or suit. g’»rSw*
st ma §pob§-pa—$'w%w or
ul ble to pray or to memoralize;
sht ~dg, 9*5SJq a petition:
1073
^51
memorial or petition pre-
sented to superiors and magistrates, &c.
(Yig. k. D ; 5’«Ц shu-lan answer to a peti-
tion=4<q,Q4 (Yig. k. 10); 9’*fa| shu-log a
feigned, false, designing suit. S'^^orq
to backbite, to petition, accusing one
falsely or maliciously. 3. v. Jd. for
information concerning wide use of
impera. of 9’4 in W. colloq. as polite or
resp. addition to most sentences.
shu-sna = ^' shu-no.
9‘^ $Л«-г^п=9’^,’Р^ shu-yig-gi rten
the present which is sent with a
letter either as a sign of compliment or
respect or as a necessary appendage to a
request.
Syn. phyag-rten;	gus-
rdsas; *^’*Е*| rndun-hjog (Mnon.).
hthen-khyer discrepancy,
disagreement in statements (Rtsii.).
9’A*i shu-don drift, subject of a petition;
in a general sense=5’4 request, suit, com-
munication etc. 9'^’4 shu-don-pa—^1^'
9’wf^ a pleader, advocate: I4
an advocate in a dispute
is advisable on certain occasions (D.
9el. 7).
9‘^ shu-hphrin resp. for	a
reply:	perceived the
truth (i.e. became converted to Bud-
dhism) by means of his replies (Yig. к. 1).
9’4’5 shu-wa-po or 9’4 shu~po petitioner;
9 applicant, complainant, questioner or
inquirer; 9*4’5чд5 the eight interro-
gators of Buddha were: infx^r,
4iTW,
(Гф. 37).
shu-tkyog in W. = crucible, melt-
ing spoon.
shu-mar colloq. for lamp,
light:	hav-
ing taken a bright shining lamp he
looked (Rdsa. 13).
^*^Shu-ru n. of a place in Dwag-po
(Deb. % 37).
Shu-bsher n. of a tribe, or clan
in Tibet:	^«’9’4^ (A. 80).
shags resp. for fire ; acc. to Jd.
the fire lighted for cremation. 9^'Slv
burning embers.
= ^тчя, siTSH to cherish,
(with ЕГ*1) to entertain in the mind. 2.
to be converted to a
religion, to imbibe faith. 3. ^cRiiv, этшг
to be involved in. 4. = fo‘q desire.
slain-shun with §5*4 to nod
or bow repeatedly, of a pigeon (JA7., Jd.)
shud-pa l. = 55’4 or ?W4 emacia-
ted, to be reduced, to fall, to be or grow
worse, to dwindle. 2. to twine, to twist,
—to spin ((?$♦); a spindle, distaff.
3. to hang up, to suspend in Ts.;
9^’44]suspending cord.
shun-та also 9^'4 that which is
melted; «q^’9^‘«	melted gold
(A. K. DIV.);	heaps of
melted gold and other metals (Glr.);
like as tho melting
moon (its quickened reflection) clear on
the lake (Л. 5). shun-mar vu
melted butter which is repugnant to the
Chinese but much liked by Tibetans.
5^^’q$5’4 shun-thar-bead-pa to scru-
tinize, make critical examination: ртЧ^’
times he went to the lama for critical
explanation of religious precepts (Deb.
% 45). 9^’435’4 shnn-thar bcad-pa to join
136
I
1074
together white-heated iron by beating
again.
shiin-thigs sparks flying from
red-hot iron.
9^^ shun-mo melted, whatever melts
easily (<?«.).
OT1C' shun-bzuii n. of a number
< Ya-sel. 57).
shub-pa=tf&, ^04 or coat
of mail (Mnon.).
shum-pa l.=Bta, flfau,
cowardly, timid, apprehensive. 2. sbst.
dread, dismay, faintheartedness; also,
laxity, slackness:	sems-shum-na$
as I continued dismayed (Dzl.};
q	q to honour the
three precious without flinching ; 9*9*
xhum-shinn-nicd	[sticking to]&.
energetically, with zeal, without
relaxation or indolence: sfa* 49*’4Kqfi*
the pupils were living idly (Ya-sel. 17).
3. resp. for b'4 fiu-wa to ery, to weep,
lament; £^*^K5'9*	(Л. K.
1-^.
9*4* sVwea shum-pa mi-mnah fearless, in-
trepid ; of great mental fortitude ; a hero.
Syn. 5ЧЯ Й dpah-po;	^nin^tob^
can;	hjtgs-ined {Mnon.).
^шп-6м = ^’й ski-mi.
shur snout, muzzle, trunk (Ja.*.
skidor grown less,
reduced:	the mouth of the
lotus was slightly contracted {Yig. 11).
9*'^ shus-§na the head or leader of a
deputation, the chief loader among joint
memorialists; ring-leader;
again Ng eg becoming the
chief inquirer received lectures in the
Mddhyamika Dharma {A. 98).
9*3 shu§-pa v. 8’4 shu-wa.
shu$-lo nominal inquirer:
then
even ho did not go to learn religion
nominally and to acquire it in name only
{Khrid. 18).
she disposition, mental choice or
bias, the inmost part of the mind or heart,
inclination:	she-bkon-pa a hating
mind ; 3 she-гкат-ра covetous; ^’3^’
she-gyon mischievous, bad-hearted:
{Rdsa. Ik).	she-
ll gem§-pa=§w d&aw to lose spirit, to be
depressed, depression of the mind : Fjprw
{D.R.). 2j ^'q she-sgug-pa is
said to moan : to be waiting for an
opportunity to find fault:
the wicked waiting for an
occasion to do mischief to each other
{Rdsa. 23).	she-gcod-pa to lose
courage, to resign an intention, and
she-be ad resignation, as a Buddhist virtue
(Jd.);	she gcod-pahi-tshig—
tshig-rtsubrough or rude expression;
cruel words, mortifying language.
q she-thag-pa sincerity:
3 qajq a^gj-q^wjwg	if thinking
that one should become a saint {Arhat) by
sincerely imbibing faith in Buddhism
{Suran. 123).
she-diig damage, destruction;
she-dug-byed-pa to cause, to inflict
misery or damage.
8h£-hdod~*&oJ^ {Situ. 25).
she hdra&payfatt[obstructed]#.
she-^dan (=vulg. anger, rage,
indignation. SUprrq to be angry
became, got angry;	furious,
indignant.	she-sdafi
gtum-pahi dpun-pa-can a hero, champion.
I
1075
Syn. Й’* khro-wa; hkhrug-pa \
ma-rnns-pa;	mig-rus
mnan-pa;	brlan-pohi sems
sna-thun-wa;	gdug-sems;
spro-thun-wa \	gtum-pa\ йчзу
stoN	nd-bzad sems;	mnar-sems
(Mnon.).
she-sdan-gi tshil-bu~^'ffiw
sbrul-gyi tshil-Ъи snake’s fat (mystic) (Mng.
111).
3she-nag-pa in (7. a blackguard.
fy'jl'W she-ma khrel-wa in
(Behu 259).
she-mer-wa loathsome, offen-
sive; contemptuous. Syn. §кукд$-
bro-wa or skyug-log (Mnon.).
she-bshag = fi*A^ khofi-khro vindic-
tiveness, malice (Mnon I).
З’йЛ] she-log = shen-log.
she-sun angry, cross, ill-humoured,
vexed (Jd.).
5Л/?-па=^^ if it is said or asked;
occurs rarely except in the phrase
because (“if it is asked: because
of what, that ”).
she-sa 1. ii^r, reverence,
respect, courtesy, politeness:
with reverence, respectful; *^r*j*^*§^*
because at that time people
knew little of compliments and courtesy;
to show homage or respect;
ядч’А to arrange mimic
performances in honour of some person.
2. complimentary or honorific language:
the complimentary word for
is П
Syn.	’^’<1 dad-gus-dan Idan-pa;
Йчч mos-pa;	4 gus-pa;
tu-sems\	phyag-byed-pa;
gus-par byed-pa	(Mnon.).
^’2^’01 She-hor Po-ta-la Jehor,
the city in China where emperor Kyen-
long built a palace and monastery for the
Dalai and the Tashi Lamas (Lon. 11).
shen freiT,	also fc’P
breadth, width; broad; ^c/p’^'q wide,
spacious; ^’^5 of small width;
shen-phra-mo, or	shen-ehun narrow;
in breadth.	shen-fin or
s hen-gleg s writing desk or table.
^4 shed-pa to fear, to be afraid:
^5'^Nfull of apprehensions (Jd.).
(^’4 shen-pa 1. to desire, to long for,
to be attached to, to have attraction for,
(used with la):	I love У011
ardently;	the
people of Tibet that are affectionately
attached to me (Jd.), 2.
yearning, attachment, love, longing
for; greediness, covetousness; ^’®<4 shen-
log disgust, aversion;
to be disgusted with:
has eome being disgusted with
his kingdom, i.e., betaken to a religious
life (A. 11). shen-kha or ^‘P she-kha =
shen-pa. shen-khris or
shen-chags adhesion, longing for;
shen-don resp. ^5bshed-don object of
desire;	forsaken, given
up altogether ; or impassive,
without desire; shen-hdsin inclina-
tion, passion, attachment. 3. vb. to last
or enduro, be durable.
sher-po mean, pitiful, coarse
(Cs.).
spus-tha-mas worst
quality (Rtsii.) ; bad, mean, inferior;
tab hbrin shel-sogs (Fa-
sel. 4) superior, middling, inferior, etc.
1076
^1
shci=60 thus:	she$-bya-wa
so to be styled. she$-pa~ also thus :
shes-pa brjod-na$ having so or
thus said,	shes-mtshuns similarity
in appearance, shape, or colour (Rtsii. fyO).
sho 1: 1. resp. *)ЧагЧ gsol-sho
curds, curdled milk ; ЧЛ^’З^’4 mixed
with curds, a mixture of curds;
mixing up or curdling of curd; Ч’Ч^Ч4!
fetch some curds ; Ч’Я£«гл sho-b$ftal-wa to
place milk to curdle. 4'g sho-^kya whey,
residue of milk after butter has been
churned out; 4'F’^ id ; 4<al[tho
liquid part of curdled milk}& ; 4’3lS sho-
<jrod curds, whoy kept in tho stomach of a
freshly slaughtered sheep or goat (a
practice of tho Dok-pa herdsmen and
others) (Jig. 7). 4**^' sho-chaft or
sho-daft-chaft curds and beer ; 4
sho-ncs chan-ne$\	’4
«ц q-qv^S (A. 116); Ч'Я4
thick curd; Ч'^З^'А sho-hthuft-wa a new bom
child (Mnon}. ЧЦ sho-spri or 4^* 4^5
curd sweetened with sugar or honey:
2. milk in
gen., esp. W'5’4 mahi nu-sho mother’s milk;
4 *3^’V1’* during the time of suckling;
after the child has been
weaned; Ч'чЧ’4 sho bsho-wa to milk milk.
Ч'^р==Ч’чЯч’гч sho-bsrub§-pa to ohum
milk or curds for butter (Situ. 76).
Syn. rab-chag$;	pag%~
rnkhregs (Mnon.).
II: a small gold weight=a little
того than one half of a tolah or rupee;
ono sho of gold, a coin; Я^'Ч'
W**43 three hundred sho of gold; 4 V5F’
Jio dan sran the table of exchanging sho
andsratf:—^'g five таги—one mdsaka,
16 md-sa-ka—оъе karsa, 4 karSa—
one sran (Mfton.). 4^‘ sho-gaft a full
^1
^>=ten skar-ma. 4^JS'4 sho-brgyad-sho
the gold of the weight of a sovereign;
4* sho-cha gw tho colloq. term for a pair
of scales for gold and silver weighing;
Ч’4! sho-ga pay, wages, contribution; ЧЧ***
sho-$a$ htsho~wa one who subsists
by the wages he oarns; according to
Schtr. a soldier, any officer that receives
РаУ-
III: a small spot, speck: ^'4 sen-
sho speck on the finger-nail, ^‘4 speck on
the tooth (Jd.).
4’4*SW^ sho rdo-dmar-po a mineral
drug Rtsii.).
4'M sho-rmun ocours in Jig. 30: w
Sho-khaft placo in Tibet (jRteu.).
Shog imp. of n. of a place
in upper U. to tho east of Lhasa (Loft.
12).
shogs = 2 Л sna-dro morning, fore-
noon: Ч4! 5 shog-ja or 8ЧЯ’5=2‘?^
drohi-ja morning tea (Rtsii.).
shon lower, nether: Ч^'Г’Я'Ч the
lower part of the house ; 4^’3“ the lower
and upper part (Jd.); 4^’4^’ shoft-shoft
deepened, excavated,hollow, uneven (Cs.).
shod very heavy, abundant: *4’
45'^ char-shod-che very heavy rain ; я^’5’
because of much rain this
year’s harvest is good (Ya-sel. 28). 4S’§*
shod-kyi-^gegs drought, want of rain,
rainless.
^•4 shon-pa wrftw 1. to ride, also=
to climb up 4W or 4^'5
having mounted (Л. K- 1-8); 5’4'ЧЧ’Я to
ride, on horseback; *pw®r44 rode in a
ship (Tan., d. 93); ^<4^* travelled
1077
^5|’Ч|
in a carriage;	-^-q t0
ride southward, to travel on horse-back
towards the south ч q to mount a
horse or to sit in a carriage;	to
let mount or to cause one to be conveyed.
In colloq. “ ta shon-ne do-wa”=to ride.
2. conveyance: 5^53lfa,q-<wqq^*rg4|’^
(Yig. 18) the prince dismounting from the
conveyance bowed down. colloq.
for and riding pony and pack
horse (Rstii.).
shor incidental; incidentally
v. sbyor-la. ^vq?q| shor-bcog to do a
thing incidentally;
the domestics (should) perform labour
occasionally, i.e. they should help the
workmen (Rtsii.).
shot 1. that which is below in
situation, or hangs beneath, or is subject
to. 2. a village or collection of abodes
below or belonging to a monastery and
situated in its neighbourhood or placed at
its base; thus, at the base of Potala in
Lhasa is a large group of houses and huts
styled the shot or	sde-shot of Potala.
shol-khaft lower flat or storey
of a house (Yig. 19).	shol-hgro
the lower or sub-issuant stream,
n. of the river Ganges just where it
issues from the glaciers; also any glacial
stream:
pray let your communication be also
like the exuding stream of the river
Ganges (Yig. k. 16.);	shot-
hgrohiJtliin—Q'Z’^'^ the river Ganges
(Yig. k. 45). iSjoiAqq shol-hbab^WW
flowing or falling down slowly
(Yig.). 3. the under or descending hair,
the beard: ^'^5
without beard (Rtsii. 50);
shol-ma shol-mo a long haired goat (ЛА7.);
^’9 shol-pho a huge yak-bull, which has
masses of hair beneath its belly, id.
^^4 gshah one of the thirty-six border
countries (Ya-sel. 38).
gshah-wa 1. to sport, joke, play,
bawl. 2. to believe, trust, confide in. 3.
in <H,4|0\4’Q|,a4|4^-q<
gshah-ma a kind of helmet:
jJfaprSlthe helmets are of
various kinds, shah-ma and shah-Uma (Yig.
31). gshah-li helmet made of bell-
metal (Yig. 31).
gshah-tshon=^ rainbow.
gshah-gsan=^p^
the Swastika sign; also, grace, blessing
(Bon.).
gshag-pa v. 4^q*q hjog-pa,
especially	to remain
absorbed in contemplation.
gshan the anus';	yshan-
hbruin piles, hemorrhoids (Mng., ch. 64).
the Dharani
charm for curing piles (K. g. Ц, 256).
wxhr one suffering from piles.
9-s^ai wrongly written for A’Vv
gshan UT, adj. and
sbst. another, the other, another one,
WSW all others the other man
or men;	is there another or not ?
more than the other; g[w
WV4 the other pupils;
she is not taller than the other girls;
gshan-rgol rna-nus others were
not able to resist them (nobody could
do them any harm) (Jd.).	gshan-
§kye&pa“ born another’s ”=a slave (Mfion),

1078

Wfft pshan-skyou 4T<t4, another's fault
or defect;
not seeing one’s own faults but raising
the finger towards other’s faults. W
3^'2^ g*han-gyi$-rgya% or
nourished or fostered by others, met.
tho cuckoo (Jfruw.).	gshan-
gyis mi-brd-d (zW‘3**4IPfa'^Л4’4 the irrepres-
sible ; also =	dpah-pohi khan-pa
a hero’s residence (Jfno/i.).
gshan-gyis-zin v.	gshan-
rgyud UIcTnEf; v.
gshan-btfif'ms-bzod an epithet of Indra
(Milon.).	ouo knowing the
secret of others, also the knowing of
it;	exclusive, not mixing
with others.	q I
(7Г. ко. F, 3J/7) ho teaches
morality to others but himself behaves
immorally.	gshan-^as or WF4F
a few others:	(J.
2UY
gshan-du	elsewhere,	to	another
place: *5’4 hgro-wa	to go	elsewhere
=to go away, to start;
suppose or believe	nothing	else,	do not
think that the matter can be otherwise,
frq. used like: of course (Jd.);
gshan-du-phyogs^^^fi^^^ to go
beyond one’s boundary or jurisdiction; to
go over to the enemy (лИпон.).
gshan-don ЧХтц the interest or
good of others:
unless (your) own interest has been
first served you cannot look to other’s
interest {Behu. 27/9).
pshan-drin 1. яд self-sufficient.
2.=я^’3 hgran-zla; Я^Чс''^'с,=ч^'3 ^5'^
whitout a match, unrivalled;
4 shan-drin mi-hjog-pa^^^^^^r^
not necessary to ask others. W
g^han-gdun 1. ткип-ро thief,
robber (Mnon.). 2. qiiftew, oppressing
others, tyranny;	an oppressor, a
tyrant.
gshan-nas 1. from some other
place;	it cannot be accom-
plished from any other quarter, by any
body else (JJJ.).	gshan-
na$ gshan-du to deviate from the right
path, to go further and further away;
not firmly
embracing the true word he was running
amiss (К. ко. *, 211). 2. adv. otherwise,
else, on the other hand W.
g8han-$nan=*^^' hkhrul-$nan
(Yig. 17). ‘WFR*’ gzhan-snafl a-Infi=
(Yig. 111).
W gshan-pa — 1^ another, the other.
«I'Mgshan-hphrul or iHppitrnt; «I'M*
чичГпч n. of a celestial
region of tho Buddhists, the residence of
Kamadeva (Mnon.).
gshan-dwaH 4XW dependent
on others. *<&ft5‘«|$sr§’«|<M’54R‘ seems to
imply the Sambhoga-kaya, e.g., in
(A. 18).
Syn. «IM'^S ^han-rgyud;	pha-
rol-dican;	^5 raii-dwan-med;
bdag-dwan-min ;	hdsin-pa-can ;
gshan-gyis zin; ’А’^ЧЕ.'дч rafi-
dwaft-bral;	gshan-dwan soil
(Mnon.).
«W’agKg gshan-hbyor-lila acc. to Budh.
the five benefits or wealths which have ac-
crued to others from the Buddha:—(1)
the advent of Buddha; (2) his preaching
the Dharma; (3) the establishing of his
doctrine; (4) its promulgation and
continuance	rjes*hjug; (5) the
w I
1079
abstract pity and grace of Buddha for the
suffering world (Khrid. 13).
gshan-pnod a slanderer,
cynic; the slandering others ;
ifS'§5’4 to slander others:
praising self and slandering
others produces quarrels.
gshan-yan	more-
over, besides, furthermore [and yet, also]#,
дручгмрч qrTwfa dependent;
from dependence on others.
gshan-las-rgyal 1. vic-
torious, triumphant over another. 2.
a flower = eF§^(Mnon)).
meton S’S*TI the cuckoo.
qj^q’4 gxhab-pa 1. to rub or touch with
the hand. 2. to lick (Sch.).
fl|W'q gshams-pa incorrectly for
gshar-yan=qr^rfq,
seldom, scarcely; also =
again afterwards;	’Ц£;never (Ja.).
g J tai-lea a form of	gw,
to weigh;	J though
one could weigh it with a pair of scales
\Glr);	articles that should
be weighed; liable to duty, to custom
(7aJ;	gshalMkah-wa^^'^'^
Yig. k. 10).
gshal-hkhor and	gshal-
thag;	gJial-thm\ also
gshal-gshi,
gshal-yal\ ^^’^5 gshal-lad^
gshal-sans; all seem to be names of
numbers	(Ya-$el. 57).
4jyq	Gshal-du-nied-pa Chu-tco
n. of a fabulous river:
Хц-q ^qS’ttjor	(it) is
situated beyond the country called Nam-
kha-rin-wcb in Uttara-kuru (K. d. \ 3£7).
4|yor^iyq-(Wq|*rq	qftHr the
immeasurable; gshal-med or
^5’^	4?p3I that which cannot
be measured or weighed, imponderable,
immensely great or much (Pth) ; '’W
^VF^’	the inconceivable castle.
ч|(уц‘^5 gshal-tshad measure, scale, stan-
dard (Sch.).
gshal-yas or
the castle in the air, superb
mansion, castles in which the gods are
supposed to live;	the
heavens containing the superb mansions
of the gods ;	the
wonder-residences of the gods (A. K.
1-4).
gshas play, sport, jest, joke
(Sch.), glu-gshas sportive song.
4$ gshi or ’* S3; L that which gives
origin to a thing, that from which it
arises, ground, basis, foundation, original
cause, exciting cause;
the primitive source of all happiness;
gshi-skye-med without origin or
birth (Mil.). place, ground,locality;
soil:	khyini-gyi-sa-gshi, ^’3)’^
shin-gi-gshi,	tshon-khan-gi-sa-
gshi land for erecting a shop, etc. (J) du.
5, J$9); *’«1^ the main point or thing,
principal thing, foundation of a wall,
the cause; the
spirit, the primeval in a special sense;
the innermost essence, inherent nature.
2.=^^^ root or seed; 3^4^ nun-gshi
turnip root or seeds,	radish seed;
3. wrun, №^’9) ground, floor
a square floor; the upper
or top surface (Glr.). 4. ’IJRRI residence,
abode, home :	q to take up one’s
1	1080	I
residence in a place (ЛА7.);	to
settle, to establish one’s self in a place;
he assigned to him
a nice dwelling place and established him
there (f?/r.). 5.	ЧП’ЧТТ,
axiom, proposition,
contents, tenor; basis, support. 6. also
a definition of time or of relationship :
two years ago, great-great-
grand father,	great-great-grand
mother, great-great-grandchild. 7.
^tvt.
'’frvfa gshi-dgou, monastery attached to
a hamlet or village, usually very small
and harbouring but a few monks.
gJu-snon-skye<$ as met.=
lightning f Mnon.}.
gJd-саг l. = VF* forest, wilder-
ness. 2. having a basis, foundation. 3.
having a floor.
gshi-chni ^ir^.
gshi-ches=^^ gal-che§ very im-
portant:	the works or
duties of religion are very important (Л.
12b}.
gJii-ji bshin-pa a recluse,
* who stays where he is ’ (Burn. 9-130).
g^hi mthim-pa HHTHlfww,
[same predicament, common substratum]#.
gshi-deb=*r^ ma-fab the princi-
pal register :	$kor-than
gshi-deb zur gnat the accounts are clear
marginally in the chief register (Rtsii.).
q]^’qSal gJii-bdag 1. a local deity or
rather monster, generally of the Naga
class, who when offended sends diseases
or other calamities upon a particular
’village. or province or on an individual.
He is required to be appeased by offerings
when incensed. 2. lord of the soil; may
also denote a king or nobleman (Ja.).
g^hi-wa [a dweller]#.
g*hi-waJithun= $kye^na-thag
a child just when it is bom (ДГйон.).
+	basis.
^'§5 gshi-byed or	gshis-byed
possessed of capital :	at
Lhasa tha merchants who have capital
(fi/sn.)
gshi-byes acc. to Jd.: native and
foreign; at home and abroad. *$ = one’s
home or place where always resident,
place of temporary residence, lodgings :
25), he presented all dwellings at home or
abroad, for the accommodation and pleasure
of the clergy.
'Hgshi-ma	; =	;
fafa [substratum, abode, residence]#.
gshi-ma byed	;
[receptacle, subject]#.
gshi-nied^^'^fs Qunyata, empti-
ness, the void; also	or
the mind or the individual who
meditates on the doctrine of Gunyata.
q gshi-hdsin-pa	the
world, the transmi grator у existence
(Шоп.).
gshi-ras cloth which is spread on a
table or on the ground for the placing of
offerings, etc. (#£su.).
"ЧН4 gshig-pa 1. fut. of яЬт|Ч. 2. or
др|Ц|*г<| gshigs-pa to make minute inquiry
of every point; to investigate, to examine:
all matters
important and otherwise should be
cleared up by minute investigation
(D. gel. 7) ;
0^5^ (B. gel. 11). 3.=^ fyigtt

1081
<1^’1
'ЧдЧЧд^'Ф^ (F«-
sel. 36\
£ Jtib-hthi’n = fyx*i §kyes-ma new
born (child .
’Ц gshib-pa, form of яЬг^ hjib-
=	sos-bcah-wa^ lce-hjib-pa.
gdrbs-pa to put or lay in
order (Ja.\
4^’4554 gshir-bcas eolloq.—
of a certainty, as a matter of course (Yig.
h8).
gdiil, a form of
cf, sq^oj’q gshil-wa 1. fut. of я&агл.
2. = tffrrq, or *q or (fiag.
61).
gdiis-kn 1. one’s native place,
country. 2. home of an. agriculturist,
his fixed dwelling and the field about it
for cultivation, homestead:	the
manager of a farm. 3. an estate, a town.
(Rtsii.)	gshis-khtg separate estates,
individual estate; njWl’W]	gshis-
khig-gi thon-§kor the income, proceeds of
an estate (Rtsii. 26);	gshi$-hog
one under or belonging to an estate, the
tenant or farmer in an estate.
gshis-dgon =	the one
monastery in a village or town (Rtsii. 13).
*4^ t" gshis-rtse abbr. of	gshis-ka-
rfst the town Shiga-tse in Tsang (Rtsii.).
I-	n. of a place in Tibet
situated to the north-west of Lhasa; it
is also called
П: 1. fCT^T^i, ЧТЧ, V-T bow,
for shooting:	he constructed a bow
(Gird ;	to bend a bow; oj5'4^'q or
id. (Cs.),
to unbend (the bow) (Cs.). 2.
bow or arch in architecture:
‘to arch in the form of a bow’ ((%.).
gshti-mkhan bow-maker ; *49’^5 gshu-
rgyud bow-string. <40 gshu-sgra
the buzzing of the string of a bow.
gshu-can a bow-man, furnished
with a bow; *19’*^ gshu-rndwg
the bow-end, gen. ‘ the two ends
of a bow	to set the string
to a bow. *J9’*AW gshii-hdoms a cord,
fathom, as a standard measure, opp. to
any arbitrary measure:	one
bow or fathom measure (Bon. ch. 9).
Syn.	xndahJiphen-bycd;
mdah-za;	mdah-zas-can;
mdah-bskyo;	mdah-rten;
mdah-lto-wa;	ntdah-smin-byed;
MM gnam-ru (Mnon.).
gshu-wa to strike, lash,
M’4 to whip.
‘ЧП gshu-rn n. of a place in Tibet:
he went to a place near
Shuru (A. 81).
TCWjq gshiidas-diyes — ty&J^ Asura
demon (Mfion.).
w gshug 1. end, extremity:
rump or ventlet of a bird;
W* gshug-ma the tail of it; the
end of a row ;	at the end of the
year (Mil.);	house-hold servants.
2. fut. of	hjug-pa.
w gshun I: 1. the middle, centre:
the middle, or the main channel
of a river ;	the- middle part of a
lake;	klad-gshun spinal marrow;
Ice-gshudi the middle of the tongue ;
the middle finger ; in a direct
way, opp. to IM*1 (Ja.). 2. government,
executive: 1Гггл13с/ Tibetan government;
137
|
1082
4lW’l
Chinese executive; З'Я^'ЯЗ^’ Indian
Government; ЯЭ^'Й gshun-khra government
order, official document; ЯЗ^'ТЯ govern-
ment employ or service; Я§^'4 government
tenant; ЯЗ^’4 gxhufi-pa a government
officer, one holding lands directly under
government, ЯЗ^** gshuft-ma the middle
part of Lhasa, containing the government
offices ; ЯЗ^’^ q g$hufi-txhofi-pa government
agent who sells or purchases any article
(Yig. k. 52); ЯЗ^'*4 gshuft-sa government,
government place, court (Yig. 30). ЯЗ^’
5ЯЯgovernment eentro at Gahdan;
ЯЗ^'Я^ gvhufi-gser crown gold. ЯЗ*'4*^*4
gshufi-bsrifis observing of the prevailing
custom, usage or law (Yig. 86). 3. те,
яте, хщи literary work, original text (J.
7u, 17#.):	to compile or
compose texts.
4^-q gshufi-wa pf. Я5ад to
attend, to be heedful; attention, ЯЗ^*4'4
heedful; Sch. has : 4 sincere, orderly/ and
for the current phrase $5’ЯЗад,д he gives;
‘a quiet and prudent mind or behaviour.’
ЯЗ^’ФЯ*4 g^han-lugs 1. wj the esta-
blished laws of government. яв^Я*4q
gshufi-lug$ hcUin-pa	a minster of
state; government officials who hold offices
under of Government. 2.
the original precepts, texts or scripture:
ЯЗ^Я* t	-a how much
knowledge of Buddha’s precepts he
possessed! (A. 20).
"ISV4 gshud-pa incorrect for ^5S'q
bshud-pa Seh.: ‘to go, to walk, to put
into.’
W &§huH fut. of
gshun-po best of its kind: Я^’
the purest gold
§to>i-thog gjhun-po a capital crop.
*	gshur-brtag-pa — 3* ’* Q
zur-za^ca a little faulty, defective.
Я^gshe-nin for Я^4’^’*
4^ '^gshe-ra parsley in C. colloq.
W’ gshefi, for shefi.
gshen or Я^4 1- the act of
remembering or reminding: Я^^ЗР'4
gsheH^hiii-ica = \^^ ^ to remind a per-
son, to refresh the memory. *q^’q55’q &shen
btad-pa or ^^'45q,q = ^^'e'^q^'q to admo-
nish, exhort (Ja.). 2. Я^’4 to light,
kindle, inflame (Sch.).
gsher-pa— ^ten-pa*
gshe§	tho time after or
before:	gshc$-rnifi the day after to-
morrow ;	na-niti gshe$-nifi the
year beforo last.
«q^’4 gshes-pa 1. to be well, to
prosper : я#^*я^’л enjoying life, passing
it in prosperity (Yig. k. 2). 2. ace. to
Ja. is resp. for to sit, stay, wait:
$к^5ГЯ^Зя wait a little.
q]^’q gsho-tca incorrectly for nX'q v.
яЕ’Ч hjo-wa.
qj^’q gshog-pa 1. v. я&|4 2. early
morning: ®5'^‘Я^ЯЧ^Я you eome to-
morrow' morning.
Я^Я^4!^ ^hog-stegs arch, playful,
sportive: ЯЧЯ ^‘^‘q	being
playful at all times is termed gshog-$teg$
(K. du. % 14); ^ЙЯ'^Я^Я'4 to look in a
coquettish manner.
+ Я^Я*яЧ^'В‘^Я &shog-hdrid-kyi tshig im-
parting hints by movements of the lips.
gshogs one half of the body,
the side of the body: я^Я’гл1и/*гдГхЦ the

1083
I
right and left sides;	side ways
(Sch.).	q gshogs-slofi-wa	;
or	to speak aside or in-
directly;	gshogs-smo
[indication]8.	gshogs-§mo$
byed-pa to prejudice a person aganist
another insidiously,
Ч|^’Ц gshofi-pa ^rf^r, wooden
trough or tub : В4^' trough for feeding
dogs and other animals; 5’^^’ a manger.
gshofi-thogs n. of a yaksa
demon who resides on the seashore at the
foot of Sumeru.
Ijofis valley,
basin of a river; also	yul-gshofi$.
gshofis spyod-pa — ^^'^ gen. a
monk who frequents small towns and
village moving among the country folk.
(phon-pa cVR, 3J4T adj. young,
the younger one;	rgyal-po
§ku-na gshon-pa the youthful king;
as I am still young (Dzl.); «pfr
some young people (ЛЛ7.);
^’5’^5 who in their younger years had
no children.	gshon-bde alacrity,
youthful activity (in working) :
(Rtsii. 3J).
gshon~mi—*\
a youth;	the youths, an epi-
thet of tho youngest son of Mahadeva.
became a youth,
turned	young.	gshon-nu
mgrin-ldan=z$'&*W (Mfion.).
gshon-nu-ma	virgin,
maiden, youthful	girl.	|
’c^rasj ।
a woman is never free
and independent, while young she is pro-
tected by her father, in youth she is under
her husband’s care, and in old age she
is guarded by her son (Can.).
gshon-nu-can~§^^' (Mfion.).
4Pfa’£’4lXc/§4 gshon-nu gdofi-drug Kuma-
ra the son of Mahadeva who is possessed
of six faces (Mfion.).
Syn.	byis-pahi spyod-pa-
can;	bcu-gnis mig-ldan ; 'S
smin-drug-bn (Mfion.).
gshon-mahi tshogs—^^^'
gshon-rabs the youthful or
rising generation; the younger classes.
gshon-qa ehags-pa-=a.n adult
(Yi<b Щ
чДп gshob I. or a burn, scorch,
or singe ; a mark from burning; ^4’5’
*§^’3 to be singed, seared (Pth.);
my body and soul were seared,
deeply afflicted. 2. in JF. = a crash, e.g.,
of a tree breaking down (Jd.).
gshom-pa 1. a form of
(А. K. 1-22). S3]'
also ч he who has
vanquished the devil.	gshom-du
med-pa =	undepressed, never
dejected:	his spirits
were never depressed. (Ya-sel. 31).
gshom-med steady, —also constant,
perpetual, eternal (Mfion.). 2. pf.
gshoms to be split, cracked, bruised, dinted :
having become cracked, came
apart (Yig. k. 3).
4^ gshor, v. hjor.
4|^rq gshol-wa 1. —to flow
down; to alight, dismount:
chib$-la$ gshol-te having dismounted from
his horse (A. 7);	as
the sound of the summer drum (i.e.,
thunder) comes down (Yig. к. 10). 2.=
чягггп to remain fixed, absorbed in:
1084
he was absorbed in
deep meditation. 3.	3?t% to be low,
open out to:	his
residence was protected on the north and
was open to the south (A. 70) (So almost
all the houses and monasteries in Tibet are
built with the south open and tho north
protected by the hill-side or even by walls.)
gshot for v. n ; V’5’
gn to speak iu confidence, or secretly,
to communicate a secret.
bshah-tca = or
brlon-pa wet, moist (Zam. 9L
Jag the inner parts of the
body.
q^4|*q bshag-pa fem 1. v.
S	Kit is time to leave a
testament if you have any {Rdsa. 16).
2. to tear, wear, of cloth, etc.; to burst,
crack, split C. {Jd.).
bshafi-tshofi-ma a prostitute,
harlot (Dag. 8).
bshad 1. n. of a placo in Tsang
(S. kar. 178). 2. also a НПН a swan;
nVWI’* a white swan \Jd.^; я
bshad-ldan-ma ‘a pond with swans swim-
ming on it?
Syn.	mgrin-rin ; ’St*-5$ chuhi
tnin-can ; gpS3! gra-hbyin ; Г*’5^**^ rdsifi-
Luhi-mtshan ; bya-lofi (Mnon.).
q^’q bshad-pa 1.	the
noise of joy or that of promise (>S. Lpjc.Y
2.	to blossom, to develope (Yig.
i<SV 3. Tfan to laugh, smile:	a
girl with a smiling face (Mil.) ;
buffoon, jester;	bsliad-mo
smile, laughing, laughter:	to
laugh ;	ы or n. of a
goddess. 4. a swan.
Syn. for №a4-ga<? a jest: 4^g*'
Ыс-ЪЬуиА’, ku-re; 3”’’l kyal-ka-,
rol-rste; *<>1 hjo-igeg; gyer-bag ;
rtsc-hjo-, frW rtse-dgak', ’IS'*’
gad-mo-bbyin; ’I '*5 ga-chad-, S)S rgod \
kun-nas-rgod; yid-tgod; e>C’4
hdsum; ovw«W5 bar-mar-bshad;
byi^-pahi itsed-пю (Mfiou.).
qSjq’4	v. wq:
(Situ. 76).
bshant$-})a to stroke, to coax,
caress.	$sham§-b§go byed-pa
(Vfq$pV’q^5‘q) to remind of, to recall to
mind.
q^’q bshar-wa to shave or shear;
g'Wfl to shave the hair : g he has
shaved or sheared his hair.
q^ bshi four ; the fourth ;
the four; “shib-cu” forty; «^s
four hundred; bshi-$tofi four thou-
sand ;	bshi-cha one fourth pait, a
quarter ; bshi-да the four, all the four :*
the breadth measure of tho
four continents, also of the four pieces
(Ya-sel. 39).	bshi-glifi the quarter
of a slaughtered sheep or goat, one-fourth
part of a circle, a quadrant (Rtsii.);
bshi-rnnam :hh (^’ET4) the intestines.
bshi-mdo^'W'&i lam-hdsom
(ltffion.) where four roads meet, crossing
of tw'O roads :
(J. 4).
bshi-§de grba-tshafi one of the
earlier monasteries of Tibet. It is said
that four Buddhist monks coming from
four different places to Lhasa founded
there a monastery which became known by
the name of Bshi-§de grra-tshafi.
bshi-pahi gna$-$kab$ the
fourth stage of life, i.e., old-age from sixty
upwards.
1085

Syn. ^'4 rgas-pa (Mfton.).
q^’q-qgqqq-M*^ bshi-wa b$griib-pahi mdo
any sutra containing different studies
each arranged under four heads or classes ;
for instance under the heading of
qVWq^qS'^Kq^ are :—J	qv
^qqj^q . (2) Wq’SJ^’q^W^q; (3)
• (4)	qvwij*rq
(IT. d. ч, 57).
tfhi-zur (4^*’<q&i|) xjgirfa one
fourth part or share:
(Rtsii. 5, 5).
bshi-<;ad four strokes to imply a
full stop || ||—or rather two at the conclu-
sion of a period and two at its beginning:
(Situ.).
4^ bshin I: = «qX5'
sbst. face, countenance, а^-чэс/ bshin-bzan
handsome countenance or face; also, a
polite address to gentlemen; ч^-qaq-w
bshin-bzaft-ma lit. the fair face, au address
for women in gen. a polite address to
ladies (Mfton.):	ye much
respected gentlemen,	ye good
ladies; a^-qaE/sr^/q-Qic^^ the fair ladies
having risen, &c. ч^ая bshin-ra§ the
appearance, ugly face, ugly coun-
tenance.
4^ II: as, like, according to : P’4‘«^g‘
I В5'^'ч’д5^яА^ч^»-§я for
the purpose of converting the men of
the snowy land let your actions aud
deportment be like this, ч^bshin-du
postp. gov. a cais. annexed to nouns and
verbs = a<  cding to, as, while, in (doing,
etcJ ; Jd. p ims out that joined to verbal
roots к алes to form with them a
partic pn <, and ч^*^ a gerund: 3*ргя
q^ q^ q^ ч in a rejoicing frame of
mind, in a joyful mood (Mil.); (^«гчдчцг
4^’^ while sitting on the chair (Dzl.) ;
whilst his colour changes
(Dzl.);	though not
knowing it he says he does know. Also =
because of, on account of: ^ч	-ч^ц*J'зч]*г
Ц RsjjE/q^
and because the hearts of
both her father and mother were attached
to her, they made it of immeasurable
importance that she should be taught
whatever was useful concerning the
world, men, and religion (Glr.). ^’4^’^
= ^’^;	yes, that is so, just so;
truth, reality, substance,
essentiality (Jd.).	daily, per
day, ’И^Ц'Ч^ id.;	his
daily doings ; ч^ ^я-^я^ч^я'^Л n. of
a fabulous mountain said to be situated
at a distance of five hundred yojana (K. d.
\ 289).
q^’<W bshin-ma embroidered cloth,
cloth of gold :
it, with cloth overlaid with gold, as a
present (A. 131).
Ч?|ЧЯ bshibs, pf. of hjib-pa : 0’4’
ч^чя (Situ. 76).
bshu burnt, v. ч^чргч bsregs-pa ;
qr^q| |(Ц’^Я-§Я'ЧЧ,ЧЭС.’Ч|’дА^’«1’Ч9^Я*я‘3^’^’
the Buddhist monks built a chorten on
the burnt relics of Thab-zang (Pag. 30J).
bshu-hdul defined as: а'огЧ^чр^я’
а^чч anything reduced to ashes by
burning (Rtsiii).
4§^«i bshu-gel a kind of pebble or crystal
(Ji<J- 19).
q^’q bshu-wa, v. S'4 shu-гса and *4’4
to melt, to digest.
bshug^pdy resp. for ^5'4 and
1- to sit: «a4!**'
1	1086	1
please to sit;	seated on
the rug (Situ. 76); чдд]« has been
seated, 454ЦГЗ seated, чзд|С^Д| do sit.
2. to dwell, reside ; чзд]*г<р castle for
residence; чз^^’чч a small temple in
which a deity resides (Dzl.); чз^эд Зн^
fellow-lodger. 3. to remain, stay, exist,
live : ^i4)'^'^434|<q to be in the world, to
live on earth. 4. (of books) to bo
recorded in, to be contained; is always
annexed to book titles ;
*^*Г5’Ч‘ЧЗЯ*1 the hundred thousand
songs of the Reverend Milaraspa, so to be
styled, is herein contained.
bshug$-gral the row of seats on
which men of rank sit on any ceremony or
occasion (7?/б/7.).
qy^^c^ bshugs-$taft$ maimer of sitting :
5'43^^the manner of sitting of
the gods.
bshud-pa resp. of ч to start,
depart, go away; ЛН ; ^^’^*435 gone away
on a journey (Situ. 76), go away:
pray, go away I opp. to
435*4 he proceeded to India for study
(A. 6i).
О Lord wherever thou goest take me
with thee (Yig. 19),
b*huM L energetic, zealous;
43^ very active in vrork ; 4.5(4 5 ^ very
attentive in study (in the observance of
moral discipline):
(Bbrom. 113). 2.
v. 3*i (Ja.).
4^’4 bsh ur-ira 1. to strain, filter:
w$’49M> he strained the melted butter
(Situ. 76); ЗЯч «3^'Ч^ take the broth
after straining it (Nag. 76). 2. = ^9VCI
and 4^va.
43^ 4 bshus-pa, v. 3*4 shu-ica.
4^’4 bsheft-tca pf. 4^4^ resp. for
gfc‘4 to raise, erect, set up, to manufacr
ture, compose:
having erected 1(8 temples-
ч^елгч bshefi$-pa resp. of to rise,
to get up: 3,	pray, get up
(from bed, etc.) ;	ma shaft, ma
shaft don’t get up, please ;	rises
from the seat (Situ. 76).
I: bshtd-pa^^^Q gsuft$~pa,
>	(J. 27). 4^’<Q|
bshed-tshul^i^Qmanner of speaking:
(Ya-
set. 38).
4g|5’4 II : («$4*гч 4^’9) 1. vb., resp.
wlWra, wfHKH to wish, desire:
q^R-4]^^ ^2j^ q^ q^ gj^ q^ zq^ the
hidden treasures that were desired by the
great Kahdampa sect (A. 25); ^гЕгч^дцг
4^5*5W does your reverence wash to see tho
king ? (Dzl.);	ч «ч as
the king wished to enter (Glr.); 5**r 4^5*5
if you do not wish for the horse (Mil.). 2.
to propose, maintain, state, assert; also,
sbst.: proposition, statement, view. 3.
to accept, take: 4^V54 bsh-ed-za$ food for
acceptance.
4^ 5зЛсг = ч^*ч	wet.
4^’4 bshe§-pa 1. vb., resp. for
to take, receive, accept; to seize, confis-
cate; esp. to accept or take food at
meals: fc’4^'4’4^’^| please take whatever
yon like; 4^'5 if he would take it, if it
should be to his liking (Mil.). Instead of
<$5 ч in : S^’^*4§he attained the
age of twelve years old. w*pg44^4 take
up the burden of work, responsibility
(Nag. 61). 2. sbst. food, meat 4^*q*^4
to offer, to serve up meat; 4^<£c/ bshes-
khruft for «ч- beer colloq. (Rtsii, 62) ;
q^4|-q I
1087

bshes-gro cakes ; 4^ bshe$-sgo resp.
of also Ч^ аьсг bshes-chaft =
bshe$-khruft beer :	-g^qjq^K
(Rtsii. 1). q^*r^ bshe$-ldan col. = 4^ ^
bkol-lclan the kind of sweet prepared on
new-year’s day in Tibet with molasses,
cream, butter malt-beer, etc. (Rtsii.). q^J
bshe§-§pro (“she-to”) cakes, biscuit, etc.
£.$Ao-uw, pf. bshos-pa to milk (a
cow), also=v3 miloh cow.
q^ip bshog-pa to cut at, to chip:
^•q^oj q to cut, hew, make wood smooth
with the hatchet, split wood (Situ. 76) :
with the hand (flag. 61).
q^S’ bshoft used for pshofi-
q^’q bshon-pa sfj, 4ТТИ riding-horse,
carriage, vehicle, conveyance in general;
q to equip a riding horse, to order
the horses to be put to (Dzl.); ^’9^
q^qq3c.q^qjof^-^5 the maid servant
putting a saddle on a good riding-horse
(Bbrom. 50).
Syn. khyog§-,	lam-hdegs\
i<4‘q theg-pa\ ^’§5 rgyu-byed\
(Mfton?).
q^ q ^ bshon-pa-can =Xsweet smell,
scent (Mfton.).
q^’54 bshon-ma cow, ewe, or she-goat,
that is yielding milk; a gen. term for
such cattle.
3 za is the twenty-second letter of the
Tibetan alphabet; no letter corresponding
to it exists in Sanskrit, and according to
the Tibetan grammarians it is peculiar
to the Tibetan language. In olden times
and in the frontier-provinces to the
present day it was and is sounded like the
English z; but in Lhasa and Tsang it is
now pronounced like the English e, but
always low-toned.
* za-rkofi, v. rkon.
za-khaft an eating-house, res-
taurant:	pc. n. of a large restaurant
in Lhasa of some note.
*0 za-khu or	the morbid
discharge of seminal fluid, semen pruriens.
’‘^«1 za-hphrug itehing.
**5*1 za-hkhrug = ***2p|.
я za-grog$ a woman; (in the dialect
of Amdo called	wife, mistress:
JJS аЪ	skyid-tshehi za-grog$
de $pafi$-pa-inin the mistress of happier
days should not be forsaken {Khrid. 51).
*‘*2]*rq za-hgrain-patzz'wpw the checks
Jza-chag nettle.
Za-dam n. of a place in Tibet
(D ’6. <4 33).
[togs-pa 1. hun-
ger, greed; hungry. 2. extortion:
§5 not
any kind of extortion or false accusa-
tion or deception should be used against
the tenants (jRZsh.).	very
corrupt; corruption, bribery.
za-phyi a-ya n. of a medi-
cinal drug:
3’CJ za-tca 1. or ws food, meat,
victuals. 2- vb., perf. a«i, imp.
Im, to eat	desire for
eating;	is able to
eat; > the time of eating, the hour
of taking meals;	to cause to eat,
begin to eat; to entertain with food ; *
oue who takes his meal at a fixed
hour, in the case of a Buddhist monk
before noon;	41^ rqxSjo] §5 za-tca
hgog-byed^3^	za-uahi-rtsab — ^i
jaiVara za-tva sel-tca=(7Г.
ко. ”1, 235). za-rlom eating unfairly
and cheating others of their share also
Я5Аhchah-rloin (Khrid. 125). za-
hbor, abbr. ^’4 and (Rtsii.).
za-byed !. = *> fire. 2. Г mouth.
3. ц srin-po cannibal demon, n. of a
fish. 4. rdo-rje wufn Indra’s chief
weapon (Uffon.).
3’JJ za-ma 1.=>m food, victuals:
will go after taking food.
2. 55'^5 woman (Mfion.); acc. to >S. Ze.t.
a hermaphrodite. 3.=^’*5 time,
5	I оц $0]4?
К (Hbrom. Г 38). 4. a basket, in
Tibetan only fig., mostly as' a title of

1089
ЭТГ-q I
books, but also used in connection with
mysticism, wl4! za-ma-tog, W,
a basket or casket: * ^5ql’4^’q^
za-ma-tog bkod-pahi-mdo	n. of
a religious treatise describing the good
services done by Avalokites'vara to all
living beings, including the account
of Balahaka the miraculous cloud-horse and
of the significations of the mystic formula
от manipadme hum; besides an enumeration
of the names of Bodhisattvas, Nagas,
Gandharvas, Kinnaras, etc. (K. d. SIS).
з’хй za-za-mo,
з'Э za-zi 1. za$-sgo and
hgro-§go) food and other necessaries
of life:	to
Atsi'a for the provisions and other neces-
saries of living for ten Bhikshu. 2.=
zafi-zifi or rab-rib or not
clear, obscure and confused, troubled:
£гад\а’з1 rmi-lam za-zi a confused or trou-
bled dream, snaft-ioa za-zi an obs-
cure dim light. 3. troublesome chatter-
ing (Sch.).
za-ra, the latter part of the after-
noon, v. rdsa-ra (Jd.).
3’tJ^	<pn-$kyogs a wooden
ladle.
3’2fc| za-hog glossy silk cloth:
a garment made of silk;
hog-dgu brtsegs-khri a seat formed of nine
silk cushions piled one upon another.
Za-lun n. of a place in Tibet;
>'^’q a native of Zalung (Deb. &S).
za-hor 1. prob, a corrupt form
of the word Sahor signifying a city, or
town. Ace. to some, the present Mandi,
a smai principality under British protec-
tion in the Panjab between the rivers
Byas and Ravi, where there is a sacred
lake celebrated as a place of pilgrimage
from which the Brahmaps residing there
derive a considerable income. 2.
3 zwa nettle, stinging nettle ; frq. in
4
ЛЛ7.; zwa-khu nettle-soup.
zwa-phyi a-yi, a species of nettle used in
medicine:
Syn.	ba-$pu rno-ldan; ^TS’^4
reg-bya-rtsub',	tsher-mahi spu-
M; 5’^5 zba-tshod (Mnon.).
fceces and urine
(Sman. 332).
zag-yia	impure, stained,
defiled; sin.	(c0u0q.) do
not accumulate sin. ^'q’i^’qirw zag-pa
med-pahi-las works spotless or without
sin. 2. sbst. depravity = the Sans.
asava. In Budh. the four kinds of sqjq
are:—(1)	8ins produced from
desires and passion; (2)	the
worldly sins; (3)	transgres-
sions through Avidya; (4) g’cp'-з^'Ч trans-
gressions caused by false doctrine or
religion (K. d. % Ц51). 3. sometimes
for from	4. misery,
affliction, sorrow :
(Bbum. Я 9!±JH). 3*4^5 bliss, ease:
exhaustless bliss, happiness
which never terminates;	burdened
with misery and sin;	the
three sinful works;
fore-knowledge about worldly affairs.
^q-s^-q zag-pa med-pa,	that
does not flow out, is not exhausted [pas-
sionless] S.
zag-byed-pa to make water,
jflrprq zag^-pa, fallen.
138-
1090
2K ЗС’ 1. of a place in Lhobrag
a south-eastemly province of Tibet.
one of |ij0 37 holy places of the
Bon (бг. Bon. 38). 2. = «^ej or^’^'
zift-zift or gzift-tca.
zaft-zift—^ or f** 1. matter,
object:	even for the most
trifling matter (Stg.):	к external
goods earthly possessions (opp. to inter-
nal, spiritual gifts) {Dzl.);	wrfo
moat, fish, animal food; also by
itself—or animal food (S. Ze^.).
at	a meal or food whieh partly
consists of animal food;
purely vegetable food, a meal in which
there is nothing of meat or fish. 2. adj.
disarranged, confused.
zaft-yag : n. of a fabulous
numerical figure:	(у#.
<et. o7\
zan§ I: 1. иге,
copper—pure unalloyed copper being
considered very valuable; images of Bud-
dha and Bodhisattva made of pure copper
are called	nor-bu dshaik^.ini=
nft; also a compound of gold,
silver, copper, zinc, or of mica, quicksilver,
tin and lead is also called
ajS	{Mfton.).
‘TjSKsE.q gser-zan§~ copper gilded with
gold ;	verdigris. 2. a kettle;
$’^4’Q to boil in a kettle ; яЗД'р'Ч’ч a boil-
ing kettle ; bronze or brass kettle,
iron kettle; small pot
(Ja.).	copper
smith; zans-can (wi'S’S’ifs) a water
pot or vessel made of copper; zaft§-
chu ft a small cooking vessel of copper, a
small degchi;	zafts-fhal wrww
copper oxidized; zaft$-thib copper
3E^|
tea-pot.	zaft$-mdog lit. copper
colour;	Zafts-mdog dpal-ri n.
of a hill in Lanka which was of the colour
of copper and where Padma Sambhava is
said to have retired for the purpose of
disciplining and converting the cannibals
of that island into Buddhism. zaft$-
rdo copper ore.
zafis-shun molten copper:
(KhriJ. 3£).
Syn. zafts-ma ; zaft$~(jmar\
ЯГЙТ1 kla-klo-kha;	ljon-ma;
lcag$-dmar (Шоп.).
II:	unhindered; un-
obstructed ;
unseen by the robbers he escaped
unobstructed, being blessed by the goddess.
Zaft$-kyi mdog-ce$
Ъуа-wahi ri-Ъо a fabulous mountain situated
on the southern bank of the river S'ita
and containing numberless rock-caverns
(Л. 38).
zftas-kyi gtsug-phud or
zafts-ze-ean (Mfton.) domestic
fowl, the cock with its crest of glowing
copper (A. 121).
Zahs-dkar, n. of a district in
Nga-ri (situated to the South-west ot
Ladak) (Loft. > 16);	zaft$ dkar-
pa a native of Zangs-kar;
zaft$-dkar lo-tsa-u'a n. of a lama of Zangs-
kar who was well-known for his learning.
Alex. Csoma do Koros studied Tibetan
under one of the incarnations of the
Zangs-kar lotsa-wa in the
sE^'gjE/	i, copper
musical pipe (Mfton.), 2. nrenffa n. of an
island, prob. Java or, perhaps, the island
of Ceylon.

1091
23 |
zafisJJm & species of juniper the
leaves of which when dry become of copper
colour and are used as incense in temples.
This tree grows abundantly in Rwagreh
(Radeng) (Rtsii.).
zahs-mar copper-red.
wrl” zahs-rtsi=^'^ tsha-la OT^&dar-
tshur (mystic) (Mih-rda.).
зслгё= khyim-bya the
domestic fowl (Mhon.).
Ч Zahs-ri lit. copper hill; n. of a
district in Lhokha, with a monastery call-
ed Zangs-ri Kha-mar visited by the com-
piler of this dictionary in the year 1882.
zahs-ri bkra fis mthoh-
$mon n. of the Jong of Zangs-ri (Rtsii).
5^’4 zad-pa 1. pf. of hdtad-pa
SPV4	exhausted, consumed
spent,	(A.K.). 2. also
*5’^ zad-par—kun,	t hams-
cad, tha-dag	all, the whole
world, universe (Mhon?), adv. exhaus-
tively ;	*ad mi-(ps-pa,
exhaustless, that cannot be consumed or
expended.	zad-pa zad-pa,
[destruction of passions]S'.
gos-rnih-pa old
cloth, rags (Mnon.).
zad-ma, f^J^n [1. a thrower, archer.
2. night]&
zan 1.	cooked food;
food in gen.: ^-xq to take food, to eat;
warm food, meat and drink;
ayqlfoq boiled food; has eaten his
meal; fig.	to take unlawful
interest (&Л.). 2. also porridge of
flour and water, made thick, boiled or not,
warm or cold; in C. this pap is generally
made of parched barley flour if possible
with tea; rice pap, milk-pap.
zan-khrus a cup in which dough-
balls are made of barley flour with tea or
whey (Rtsii.). 2. fodder, provender, v.
3.	subst. eater, as second part of
a compound: 5^ meat-eater; fish-
eater ;	pork-eater (Jd.).
3^	Zan-chih, a u. of the Chinese
princess married to king Sron-btsan $gam-
(Loh. * 10).
zan-snig ни a mistake.
^’4 zan-pa, (^S^’^’S) ^ти
advice, suggestions.
zan-po, v. gzan-po.
zan-ma 1. = ^’^ parched barley
ground into flour, the staple food of the
Tibetans. 2. a cook.
zan-rdsa cooking pan, pot.
Syn. g’q phru-wa ; rdsa-ma ;
mi-tha-ra (Mhon.).
zan-za gun the time of taking
food, i.e., gen. breakfast:
it was necessary for one
to go to the other side of the river (or to
yonder place) at breakfast time (A. 47).
zan-zo§ a meal in general:
zan zos-nas khru§ byas having
taken the meal, he washed (2Г. du. S, 261).
zan-yah (Chinese) =
triple style of architecture; the monastery
of Sam-ye is caUed Zan-yang because
built in Chinese, Indian and Tibetan styles :
(Loh. 7).
aq zab silk, fine Chinese satin, v. S^’30;
silk cord; silk covering for a
bolster; rich figured silk dress.
54'4 I
1092

зцчщс,- zib-bgran (Я1Ь*’) n. of a number:
(Ya-sel. 57).
aq’ti zab-pa 1. pf. zab§ to make
deop, to deepen- 2. adj. and sbst.,
dense, deep, depth: §Vaci a profound
mind or understanding ;
’я^| although people call it deep, it is
not deep	of deep moaning
or signification ; J’^’^q’q deep sea ;
a deep voice, a musical tone.
zub-pa-g-um the three prized depths
in the human body:—if one’s heart is
deep, one’s voice deep tagreeablei, and
one’s navel sunken (MiL.
згэ 3 zab-po or gon. kt# zab-mo adj. deep
in all its signification^ actual or fig.;
accomplished, profound in learning aud
wisdom, deep. Z(d)~$byor well fitting,
complete costume ; зггЗЦц’З’а x zabmo
At s-b//a-icah' nags n. of a forest in Uttara-
kuru in the mountains of Sankas'a (7Г.
d. \ 233). ж z ib-bJtes — Qy^ firm,
steady, also in excellent order or condi-
tion ; W4 zab-lt zab snafi-ica,
[deep and profound manifes-
tation^’.
3q-4io|-^ zab-lag-tan — ^X aquatic grass
(mystic) (J7’n. rda. 3 .
sa w zab-hnr the profound doctrine of
Buddhism as explained in the Tantras,
злйх a term of Buddhist mysticism;
alsosxsa’ww the Madhyamika or tho
middle-path doctrine.
zab$ =	thick, thick-
ness. 2. depth :	a pit ten
fathoms in depth.
zam l. = ^5 rgyui line, continuity,
succession:
a sign which has come down
uninterruptedly from the lamas and
Buddhas (A, 35.). 2. velvet cushion, gen.
woollen rug:
(Htsii.). З.=^гйог rig§ series or
set; kind, sort: 4*
wcte (ffisii.) ляя«5'Ч zam ma-chad-pa~
’*5*q uninterruptedness, continuous
succession:	q^w^q
there arose a succession of useful incarnate
beings (Л. 125).
ая’ц zam-pa §3,	a bridge, of
various kinds:	lcag$-zam	iron
bridge; ^N\>«arq^5'q hanging bridge on
supports (Л. 35.);	Icug-zam suspen-
sion-bridge of twisted canes ; draw-
bridge ; rdo-zam natural rock-bridge;
wooden bridge ; wq^’q or V**4 the
piers of a bridge,	spafi-$go
the boards, planks,	mdah-yab or
lag-rten parapet, ^9 ^1 gshu-thog arch
of a bridge; ля^к’ bridge-village, village
having a bridge over a stream. gen.
large bridge; ля ^с/ a little one.
ЗЯ Zam-bu I и ft u. of a holy
place consecrated to Padma Sambhawa in
the district of Shang in Tsang (7Г. thaft.
163).
эя’^я^елз) zam-zim a number.
ля zamzo soft cushion of velvet-like
cloth: ^T-j^K^q-orfrq^ (Rtsi;.).
Zar 1. n. of a district in Tibet
about fifteen miles to the north of Tashi-
rab-ga, the latter being the first Tibetan
outpost beyond the Kangla-chen-mo pass.
There is a Jong-pon over the two districts
of Zar and Ting-ke (Loft. л, 3). 2. supine
of л ц za-wa ; av^sj q to begin to eat. 3.
a pitch-fork, hay-fork, dung-fork.
avqqN zar-babs acc. to Sch. : tassel,
gold-brocade. zar-bu Glr., Mil. a
tassel.
1093
zar-ma 1. W,
sesame : зчя5’|я’я^-|’ч-р’^^ (Mfton.). 2.
fibres; з^’я5чя zar-ma fibres, a kind
of muslin manufactured from. зкя^я
zar-mahi go§ чЬг. robe made of zar-ma
linen.
zar-z?r зглз n. of a number:
(Ya-sel. 56).
zar-ri zir-ri adj. unimportant,
not significant, confused:
an unconnected or confused dream.
3^1 zal 1. = д’яХ«г] spu-mdog colour of
hair :	the red colour of an ox.
2. in Ld. any small uninhabited river
island.	(Yig.).
Zal-mo sgaft one of the six dis-
tricts of Kham included in (Jig.)-
з<ч4*|(дря) zal-zug n. of a number:
(Ya-sel. 57).
324 zas ^г^тк, ча, food, nourish-
ment, provender ; ЭД’Ч za§-nan bad food ;
zas-spyod food and exercise; зячХ*>
Ц’^'зя give food to whoever is in need
of it;	distributor of
food; ля'^яч	fasting; зя’^’Й
’зчи *iW warm food;	to
treat with the best food, to entertain
with dainties; зя’^Я'Ц н1тП a good
eater; зя'^’з what does it eat as food
(Dzl.). In Budh. there are four kinds
of food: (1) ряя’^’зя	material
food (йя'Ц) necessary for sustaining the
body, including ряя’зя’мр meat and
drink, ряя’зя’^’Й the finer foods, such
as nectar, sweet smell, etc., which are
enjoyed by the gods of the Kamaloka,
and also the food which the child in the
womb assimilates, etc.; (2) ^’чч^я
Н1ШТП::	§яя,§г^яя,чячй^,§5’|''чя,чяч]я’
I
qvg*^ J
(Loft. 25.) \ (3)
^ЯЯ^З’ЗЯ	; (4)
Here is an aphorism on food:
яя’я^я’^’^^’я^я | ^]•яSя'^^я>я<£я<Y^я
§‘0|я^е/яЗя^ j (K. d. R, 331) food sustains
life, life existing the body will remain and
if the body exists the way to religion will
also exist. зя’^яч^я^ one who is desti-
tute, has nothing to subsist upon.
a Sutra in which the
good of taking one meal a day, clean and
well prepared food, etc., and giving such
to the clergy, are set forth (K. d. я, 153).
зя’&> zas-tshod the due measure or pro-
portion of food: зя’^я’Эа; the portion was
not the measure of one’s usual allowance.
яя’З’^я'Ч zas-za nes-pa — зя’з’^я’Хчр or
яя’з’&Г^я'Ц not knowing how to eat properly
(D. 9, 10).	zas-leg&par za-wa
to take meals, the manner of doing so
properly, esp. for the guidance of priests
(K, d. % 33).	zas-bsod good food,
rich pastry ; зя’^ч| zas-lhag residue of food;
зя-yffa zas-dkan scarcity, dearth, зя’^ч
zas-dkar	white food, milk, curds,
etc.; an epithet of Buddha’s uncle, зя’^я
zas-skom meat and drink, solid and liquid
food: зя-^я^ч^ч’^'ч one very fond of
dainty dishes and drink.
зя-q]^ zas-gner cook; superintendent of
the department of cooking.
Syn. я ma-chen; ЭДфЧ thab-kha-pa
(Mfton.),
зя'^ог^'^е/ч za$-phul-du byuft-wa cornu- -
copia; abundance of food and drink.
Syn.	gya-nom-pa;
phun-sum tshog§-pa (Mfton.).
za&>byed=&fe^ ma-chen cook
(Mnon.).
1094
|
Za§-gtsafi-ma lit. clean
or pure food, the name of Buddha Gauta-
ma’s father (JTfton.).
g’®’>* brej>o-za§ 3TVft<5f,
za$-dkar	were the names of
Buddha’s three uncles.
Э zi 1. num. fig.: 52. 2. in IF.
something of a very small size or
quantity.
S’* zi-ma green scum, floating matter
on water.
S zi-zer for э or
%	(Sony).
zi-ra caraway seed of Central Asia.
VJVQ чнз?|хт the white species of
caraway : * vq*;’Ei«rgfq?
the black species of
caraway which looks like common
caraway :	. 1л «VT**
tho black species of caraway.
zi-ri-ri droning of bees, the wind,
etc. ;	ria ft zi-ri-ri the howling or
whizzing of the wind.
5 zi-гн col. for 4^’9 gzer-bu.
Э’^1 zi-la	a compo-
sition metal, generally of gold and silver.
S-owir-qЛа]|
>Sk’ Zi-Ий n. of a Chinese town in
Kansu situated about 80 miles to the E. of
lake Kokonor, and usually known as
Sining. It is a great emporium for the
exchange of merchandise between China
and Tibet:	a kind of thick velvet-
like cotton cloth manufactured at Sining
{Rtxiii).
a province of Stoft-hkkor
in lower Kham (Loft. >, £4).
(Chinese) a kind of Chinese satin
of pale white colour (Jig. 20).
breach of peace, quarrel, dispute
(Yig. 10).
zift-zift bristle-like:
the bristle-like hair; acc. to
Ja. zift-ziftzaft-zift.
Zin-tig a kind of gentian:
+	or ^*’3^ rough
draft; also note, memorandum:
drafts which arc fit to be
adopted or approved (A. 155).
zin-pa 1. Grfku, рГйт to commit
to memory, retain in tho memory, to
learn; subst. a retentive memory. 2.=
csp. in pf. tense, to terminate, to
be at the end, to conclude, be exhausted,
bo consumed;	perishable mortal
body. 3. = 5$'« ^rufu,	to be
finished, terminated:	as tho
playing has ceased, or: as he has done
playing (Dzl.);	endloss work-
ing, unceasing labour (JZi7.). 4. is used
in older writings as a perfect affix like
tshar, denoting that the action is com-
plete and finished:	the
wall has been beaten down.
la-khad^^^S (Mfton.).
zin-pthuft nag-po n. of a malig-
nant spirit or Sa-bdag monster.
^’3**	a receipt, quittance;
bond (of obligation), bill of debt (Ja.).
zun-bu finely-divided, minute,
fine, thin, slender:	a
fine drizzling rain was falling; ^’^or
very fine, hair-likc.
zir-mo a slide, glissade; also
eliding motion.
1095
zil or ^'Ч’я zil-ma brightness, splen-
dour, brilliancy, glory:
great splendour, brilliancy, lustrous (A.
1&9). brilliant, resplendent;
«pfa * WWra, 44TW, Wft'W ;
(e7. Zaft.) they suppressed
the evil speeches by their lustre ;
si7-^«r=^’25 sweetness, or adj. delicious;
zil-ehags-pa^^'tfpy'&'Q very lus-
trous, brilliant;
359'^ those glorious like the sea were
seated at the top rows (A. 133).
zil-gnon Ч1ТНЗ defeat discomfiture
(Zam. 13);	zil-дпоп-Ъи a prince,
king’s son.
^’4 zil-pa dew, dew-drop
dew-drops on grass (blades);
hoar-frost.
q zil-pa nag-po dew-drop.
zu num. fig.: 82.
zug or ч zug-pa чггп, ЯЗ^Г,
disease, affliction, pain, torment, physical
and mental; distemper, illness, complaint:
’4 distemper in dogs.
гггу-г«гг = |^1^ w, TO,
uVf pain, aching, uneasiness:
if I did not promise (to go
to Tibet) this king would be greatly
afflicted with sorrow (Ubrom. 112.);
the three sufferings of the
body, speech, and heart:—
mental sufferings, defective speech,
and	bodily diseases.
i^l'agqafflicted by the grief of sorrow;
sufferings from disease;
affliction from sorrow (Yig. k.
98);	zug-rftu тпаг-гса one laid
up with disease, tormented by sufferings;
(v*’£v«) untouched
^’l
or unaffected by the pains of diseases,
free from illness (Yig. k. 98); ВЯ'С’З'4'4
zug-г пи bral-wa free from illness, fully
recovered from disease.
zug-pa 1. = я^ч 2. v. 3.
sbst. a building, erection. 5^’^’ zug-phyun
итугч’Я* tusk, a bracket projecting from
a wall.
zuft гнт, two, a pair,
couple:	not occuring in pairs
(Vai. sft.).	zun-gi §gra-grog§
(Mnon.), lit. that jointly crow, the domestic
fowl, the cock and the hen; 1^’ zuft-na
pair of doors ; zun-geig one pair.
Syn. phrugs; gnis ; cha
hgrig-pa.
zun-chu or (Chinese) meaning:
1^' a province, $ or $ a local governor.
zuft-mchog the model pair, the
two principal disciples of Buddha, i.e.,
Saribu and Maugal-gyi-bu (*^-
Л^П^);	zuft-du-skye§ lit. that
grows in pairs, an orange; ^’^9^ zuft-hbrel
connection, junction, or union:
if one wishes both things to be united
(Glr.) ; 1^9^ zun-hbrel-du adv. one with
the other, jointly; unitedly;
rgya-bod zun-hbrel China and Tibet united ;
the church and the state
jointly, or priest and devotee jointly.
zun-gzug — ^M'*^	7]^
technical term of practical mysticism, the
forcing of the mind ($««) into the prin-
cipal artery, in order to prevent distraction
(of mind) (Jd.).
zun§, imperat. of <4^:
hold or bear on the person !	bear
in mind, remember!
zun v.
1096	Hl
zum-pa 1.	44КЧ to
close, shut up : F’B^q to shut the mouth ;
’h’l	his oye being
closed; £?^в^ q the flower closes. 2. in
JK. for Я v. ^ q; iMf’a a pin, brooch.
zttr 1. side, margin, comer, edge:
Я5‘В^ edge of a steep river-bank or
precipice ; $’B^‘ margin of a river ; 4’^’4
one that lives on tho bank of a river;
’B* ledge of a hill; aaj\q octangular
pillar ; B^’^ four comers ;	’^*4^'Q to
stow in a comer, fig. to save, hoard;
^Тв^гд^’З written on tho margin of
the register; BvB*iq gone to a comer,
retired; B^W*^ one who has retired from
public life; B^'4^4]’4 or B^44J
having a broken edge, damaged by being
knocked about; В^*Я Я faulty words and
grammatical forms, corrupted word. B^’*^
private property or things.
B^B^SN indirectly, incidentally:
^•^’oiq'q to speak indirectly or by hints;
3V2*r^<yq to note, point out by hints or
insinuations (Schf.). 2. outline: ^VTB^’
this is merely a brief outline,
extract, sketch (Ja.).	= a* woman
(5. L z.) :	zur-gyi§ $toii-pa
(ДГпеп.) a gesticulation of a
woman dancing, etc.; zur-lta-ma
term signifying women in general (ДГло?/.).
B^‘34! to sit in a bent posture:
(Rdsa. 14).
shape.
B*’X corner-stone of a building: «tf'q’SjY
the old or elder mason laid the
cornerstone (Jig. 7).
B^q sar-pa=B^'q54]^4 zur-bshugs-iia one
out of office, a non-official; a private indi-
vidual.
ivlfq zur-spo-tca to remove to a comer;
any thing not brought to prominence,
shelved; thrown into a comer. B^’4 bent
angular.
B^S’g’q 1. n. of a Gandharva
Raja :
(Pag. 297.) ; and also that of a Kiuuara
Raja (K. g. я, 523). 2. an epithet of
the Bodhisattwa Jam-yang or Jam-pal,
tho hair of his head being arranged in
fivo knotted locks (UJUon.). 3. one of the
Naga guardians of the church-treasury at
Sam-ye is also called:
dkor-bdag klu-zur phud Ina-pa (S. kar.).
Zur-wa to push.
avig«i Stir hbitl	a
private note.
BK’^ sar-/w = B^ zur.
В^*Ц	a
side-look; slight attention: в^’*И4^
with side long look, looking side-
ways; B^4)’?’4 to look askance, og’e.
zur-mig-ma	a sly
woman, she with looks cast side-ways,
a handsome woman (Mfton.).
B^ zur-mo pain, for B4! zug vulg. (Ja.).
B^’&i zur-tsam slight mention, a
hint:	one who per-
ceives from a slight hint or sign ; B^’^'
to abridge, to shorten ; B^q
compendium, abridgment (8, Lex.).
B**4]^ zur-gso$ privately nursed or
brought up, educated by strangers.
zul-ma in W. cornered, angular.
xjas = B4l zug.
Э ze 1. num. fig.: 12.
В’Л] ze-ka zehu 1. hump. 2. decor-
ated pad or cushion (Jd.)
5’4 ze-wa a precious stone.
^S4! ze~hbug the maw or fourth
stomach of ruminating animals (Ja.),

1097

3'*g ze-hbru or 3^Rg zehu-hbru
the anthers of a flower; З^чд'^
zehu-hbru-can a flower having anthers;
used also in letters as a term of endear-
ment to women, especially to one’s wife.
З’я ze-ma the eye-lashes.
3 Й incorrectly for 5j’3fc’ sre-mofi the
weasel (Rdsa. 29).
3 ze-tshica saltpetre S.g.; 3 ze-
tshwa-can containing saltpetre, nitrous: 3’
<*	’^'§5 nitre absorbs stone and
fetid matter in the bladder. З-^Ддч'^ ze-
tshzcahi §kyur-rtsi nitric acid.
Зч[я5’^еч zeg-mahi lte^ca=^^^ a whirl-
pool, eddy (Jfnon.).
ВЧ]?Г<Я zegs-ma	particles
of water, spray; the term is also applied
to q on grass blades. ч^\3$'3ч|я drops
of nectar.
ik’ zeft in	the
skirts of the coat on the right and left side
folded back or tucked up (Mil.).
B^ zed 1- sbst. a brush; dust-
brush (Cs.). 2. edge in C. 3. adj. broken-
off, damaged, injured; З^чя chink, crack,
rent.
zem 1. awe, fear; Зяч&ч’ч awe
with respect, to regard one with cheerful-
ness and respect:	'Зя*
2). $ei. §). 2. a cask, a piece of a
willow tree hollowed to hold liquids;
ЗяяЗч zem-mthil the bottom of such vessel.
B^ zer 1. wu a shaft of light,
hmm, ray; Зч*^^ or	glare (Yig*
72) v. яЗ\ 2. talk. 3. for Зч’Й n, of a
small animal.
tobe named, called; to say;
common in later Eterature, and eolloq.;
^•вгЙЕ/ч|с/Эч what is your name;
what is it called;
because he said
those remarks of yours are of great import,
the officer furthermore said. 3чhe said;
so having said or spoken;
saying ‘ it is ’ she told a
lie (Glr.); and so frq. 3ч where in earlier
Eterature would be used; 3ч if J may
say so, so to speak, as it were (Ja.). Зч’яр^
zer-mkhan he that is saying; Зч'^'Х^'^ч’
although there were many speak-
ing, there was no truth (spoken) (A. 55).
ЗЧ’Д zer-ma=lt\*w a drop (Л. K.
IV-11).
zer-zer-skad=^^^ {Шоп.).
zel-ma small chip; ^‘3«( wood-
shaving (Jd.).
Зч’^'Ч’я^ щц, trtu [quick, swiftly going
or passingJZ?.
Ж sc, 1. imp. of ^’4 za-wa 2. sbst. resp.
physical constitution,
q good appearance, fair complexion;
5*wq one of good complexion. Also
figure, delineation, representation. 3.
mould:	showing mouldy spots;
Зяч old, mouldy butter; 3^ mouldy meat
(Jd).
5’^ zo-chuny also 3 water-mill to
pump out water for irrigating fields:
(KhriJ. 33).
^’4 zo-wa pitcher for milk, a pail,
bucket. pitcher or vessel hold-
ing milk at milking; also a vessel for
porridge (Rstii.).
$i| zog 1. = дя*ч khram-pa or З'я phra-
ma (Igfion.) deceit, fraud, falsehood; g^
§gyu~zog religious deceit; chos-zog
139
1098
priestcraft (Ja.). 2. goods, articles of
merchandize, t.e., tJion-zog (Affion.).
Sof2* zog-po or zog-ma adj. deceitful,
false, dissimulating:	this
deceitful lady ;	my lord
do not play tho hypocrite (Bbrom. I4, 19,
43, 11J).
5К’	zog qfwi described as
(ДГЯо?/.) articles of merchandize,
goods;	not goods but ready
money;	goods taken by travellers
to be bartered for provisions ; drugs ;
merchandise (Cs.j;
goods of all kinds;	zofi-gi$
h+ ho-wa — '^'ч tshofi-pa merchant, trader,
lit. one who exists by trade (Mtion.); Mk'
я=дя zofi-hgrcm-gna§ warehouse or shop
(ДГйор.).	zofi-mJwj lit. the chief
of all merchandise, as met. gold (ДГ«^.).
goods as compensation paid for
one’s life :
(Rtsii); Ik’q zon-pa trader ;
zoft-dpon=^'*J&\ a chief merchant, a leader
of a caravan (jjftfow.); Ik’S*] zofi-zog mer-
chandise : Sk'VSV44!
(Rtsii.); °}«ГЧЛ7^	I
। in this place called Vara-
nasi abound a variety of people and of
articles of merchandise (Bbrom p, 37).
zoh, also	caution; heed,
c are ; to be cautious, to take heed,
to mind:	not knowing
how to leave off sin take heed of it;
heedless;	precaution, preventive
measure (&Л.). A Tibetan proverb eays
ojqif
skilful in conversation one takes care of
his tongue; if one knows how’ to wTalk,
one guards the feet. that w’hich
guards the foot, i.e., shoes.
3^|
zom I. worn out, decrepit, worm-
eaten, damaged by use ;	rotten
and cast out (Rtsii.) ;	without
anything left out as damaged (Rtsii.) ;
Iwp6*j dull-witted; I*’«ft zom-$kyon of
books, records, etc., spoiled, old and
w'orm-caten :	’S’Mfi '^]4w4*]’B5rIw’5Y
(B. fcl. 8).
5jj II: 1. point, top, peak:
Iq-Iw point of the dorje\	the
summit of the Rirab;
to the south of tho peak of the black
mountain ;	going to the top of
the hill (A. 11.) ;
they buried the corpse on the
summit of Tang-mo Tang-chung of
Bphyofi rgya$ (Yig. 65). 2. a cave;
ЭТ‘1* rock-cavern.
МЯ III: a wooden cask or cylin-
drical vessel in which milk is kept;
a large barrel (Jig. 28.)
54 zor, also Ivq zor-wa 1. supine of I’л
or 2. sbst. reaping-hook, a sickle, a
knife, esp. the weapons employed in
combating the evil spirits in the
(offerings), such as knife, sword, sling,
bow' and arrow's; Imw to shear with
a knife or sickle; I*sickle-blade;
1^д=1Х'4* a chopper.
zor-nia 1. wide, spacious, roomy.
2.	; (lYwrg’S^N) hymns, religious
songs :	the
w'iser ministers sung songs of a religious
character (A. 146).
cunning, false. «тач‘3*Уч’§«<’Ч’^гв*г5
having decided the battle cunningly.
[an impostor;, a rogue]& I<e
1099
[pretexts.; S®r§5’4
5?Г5т^ [a pretender]S.; ^1*^5=
«^’*>5 pwrsr without pretext; Sor^] zol-
so0=4p*i g deceit, fraud, imposture, false-
hood.
Зч-g zol-tsho, v. чйч ч hdsol-wa.
S« soj, v. a’5 za-wa.
zo$-rfia (^•'ЧчМ^-цЗт) (Шго/п
P, 107).
П” zla-skye$	1. =
the constellation called Mrgaqira (Mnon.).
2. ^=^q the planet Budha; lit.
the moon-born. 3. an epithet of the river
Sindhu (ДГлон.).
Й’Я* zla-gam 1.	semi-circular ;
semi-circular disk, the appearance of the
eighth phase of the moon. 2. the cloak
which the monk of the Grelug-pa sect
wears at a religious service only (S/szV.)
(S. Хгж).
йл5^ zla-hdre$ composite or mixed
friends, a company of different countries:
(jD.
gel. 8).
Й’|5 zla-sdud or ??*ргёч| reduplica-
tion of a verbal termination, same as
§lar-b§du (Situ.).
zla-wa 1: 1. sym. num. 1. 2. = H’A
juice; semen. 3.=^N*q handsome, beauti-
ful (Yig. к. 1).
II: a lunar or calendar month;
temporal month, й’4^4! one
month; about a month; й*ч35’^
wihth about one-half of a month; й'Ч 'Ч’
3^*q one month old. й’55
phyed w, half of a month, t>.,
a fortnight; й zla-phogs monthly
salary or wages.	towards the
expiration of the months (of pregnancy).
1
at the expiration of those
months (Jd.). Is often in letter-dates
shortened to й s/a.
III:	the moon; ^’З’й’4 the
heavenly moon; й’4!^’ the full moon; й’^1
zla-nag the new moon, thus defined:
yote: at this
time no works for the dead or for the
living should be undertaken,
zla-icahi dkyil-hkor the orb of the moon.
g’S’fwq zla-wa khani-pa=Jffi* half moon,
?>., the first or the last quarter; semi-
circle. й I454 4 § they are placed
round in a circle ; 59^’й’^5 it is
semi-circular in shape, йq zla-wa-na,
the full moon; й’^’Э’4 zla-wa
na-pa or УЧь’й’4 the full moon (Yig. k.
26.); й’4'^ zla-wa hdsin the eclipse of the
moon.
Syn. ri-bofi-ean;	rgya-
mtsho-dgah ; tshc-bdag; 4^4’§5 beil-
byed;	bsil-zer-ean ; $fl]^'§5 ^5’5^
cJuigs-byed hod-dkar ; 4^5* bdud-rtsi-
hod; VT^'iIl343^ drag-pohi gtsug-rgyan ;
да-bur hdsin ;	bsil-ldan
htsho-bged;	rgya-htsho-skye§;
q mtshan-mohl bdag-po;
^ig-gsum hdsin ;	mi(j.
gsum-pahi gtsng-gi nor;	ц §nar-
mahi bdag-po;	ri-dwag§ rntshan ;
ri-ЬоЛ mtshan-ma; ^'§5 sgnb-
byed;	rdul-gyi thig-le dkar-
po \	gar-gyi thig-le ;
gni$-skye§ rgyal;	gzah-yi ma-
khyud\	ri-won hdsin;	155
TVyu-dkar niu-khynd]	rgyu-dkar-
gtso;	rgya-rntso mar-gsar; Г
kha-bahi hod; 5)5§5 srid-byed; 4‘^чрг
ri-dwags §na-hdsin; ^^5§ bdud-rtsi-
^Pro; grib-mahi lu§; $’5’lP*4’B^c;
rta-dkar chu-$kye§ пай-сап}
<44^1	lioo
j'-q $tcfi-phur gqer-ldun pi-ku-$ra ;
*^S91 pad-mahi dgra (Mfion.).
gasj^a zla-wa дст'д-ра==ф^уч met.
a foot-stool.
3 q §5 zla-wa hdsum-byed as met.
a sword (Mfton.).
З‘лzla-wa gshon-nu, v. ’n’Wj'Qt ka-ko-
la (Mfton.).
zla-wa hjom§ Try the planet
Rahu, g4]^ §gra-gcan (Mfton.).
g ц ц\ ^-2Г zla-u'a gar-gyi fto or
[enlightened half of the month]£.
g’^'^q zla-ica chu-tpd	the
finest crystal gem.
Syn. 3’^5 zla-hod\ З^Х^'З zla-wa nor-
bu ;	mig-la-phan; гйЬгч^’лк^
wahi Jiar-ldan ;	dw<u$-na$-hdsag;
man-qel; X^*3 nor-bu dkar-po
(Mfton.).
j qЛ4 zla-wa-$ol intercalary mouth.
Syn. a zla-theb ; g zla-lhag.
g'flv^N zla-wahi-grog$ as met. the great
ocean (Mfton.).
g^'lK zla-wahi-glift	a small
inland in the delta of the Ganges where
Chandra Gomi the Buddhist sage and
grammarian was exiled by order of a
king of Varendra; it now forms a part
of the district of Bakerganj in Bengal.
a3*53] zla-wahi-dgra the enemy
of the moon=g'4l^ sgra-gcan (Mnon.).
a‘q*	Zlu-wahi cod-pun an epithet of
Sambhara the chief Tantrik god of the
northern Buddhists (Mnon.).
а zla-wahi that [one who
has only the dust of the moon ; a plagia-
rist] S.
gqr?qw zla-wahi t hog -ma
the constellation Chit rd tfttsii.).
zla-wahi-dri = ku-mu-da
(Mfton.) ^hnw[water-lily]S.
azla-wahi by e-ma, v. *| ?ф'ч (Mfton.).
а отд ырц zla-wahi bla-mkhan lama astro-
loger who calculates the evils, &e., that
the Sa-bdag are capable of doing to men.
gqq-^qq^ zla-wahi dwaft-po Somendra
the son of the great Kashmirian poet
Ksemendra who added tho 108th Pallava
to the Avadana kalpalata.
д-а^Я'я zla-wahi ma-ma (lit. the mother
of the moon), = the ocean (Yig. k.
63).
дач^с/пде zla-wahi tsaft-kun n. of a
Sa-bdag monster or evil spirit.
3	zla-wahi gtsug-phutf lit. the
moon-crest=ОЯЯ-
узЗЛ’Я Zla-wahi ri-bo n. of a fabulous
mountain equal in glory and height to
Sumeru situated beyond the mountains
called 'q£*w’ci Mig-btsum$-pa (K. d. \
Ш).
il’aS’qfl] xla-wahi-lag^^^'b hbab-chu
(Itffion.) river, stream.
g q$ zla-wahi sa-rgyal are a class of
(Sa-bdag) spirits.
3 zla-tcahi sriH-mo lit. the sister
of the moon, an epithet of Sarasvati
(Шоп.).
|ЧЧ5Ч|Ч zla-wa^-dgah = Щ $5 uftrfsui,
(MHon^) [water-lily]^.
=['WRbiq zla-was-hphely v.	rgya-
mtsho-chen-po (lit. that is increased or heaved
by the moon), met. the ocean (MHon^).
g	zla-wa^ bshad-tsha^^wfi'd*
parterre of lily plants (Mnon.).
3*3 zla-bu «p? the son of the moon = ^4
zla-bo 1. = ?*]*гЕ|	helper,
assistant, co-operator, friend; husband,

1101

wife, concubine, mistress; also, help,
assistance : g to accompany, assist;
5^ rkun-zla a thief’s accomplice;
“ kunda ” resp. husband and wife;
rival, competitor; a woman whose
husband is dead (lit. who has eaten him).
single, single-handed; Дzla-
mo	a female friend, concubine
(Mnon.) ; zla§-dbye or	pair,
couple, combination, viz., of a thing and
its reverse, hence	phye-wa
reverse, contrary.
|A zla-med 1.	match-
less. 2. friendless, without help, single,
celibate; alone :
in a strange country (I) was left alone,
friendless {Rdsa. 2d).
Syn. gcig-bu ; rkyafi-rkyafi
(Mnon.).
zla-mtshan ЧяТ:,	menstrua-
tion, monthly course of women;
zla-mtshan med-pa	one
without menses.
Syn. rdul\ me-tog (Mnon.).
zla-mdses an epithet of Sarasvati;
the Kunda flower.
Syn.	dbyan§-can-ma; £*54^5
me-tog kun-dec (Mnon.)
йрагя&гя zla-shal mdsa§-ma term for
a beautiful woman (Mnon.).
zla hu	colloq.
j’W $'5$ zla-ral gyi-dpe
[counter example]/?.
zla-(pin 4T*sft«T.
№ zlug-pa or ST*'4 zlug§-pa l.=
S ^'q to pour into, to cast, put in:
inod-du zlugs-pa to pour into a
pot or vessel. 2. pf. bzlugs to send
word, report, inform.
zlum-pa or zhnn-po faw,
adj. round, circular,	roun-
dish in shape (Glr.); bulbous;
zlum-por rtsig-pa to erect a round,
cylindrical wall, e.g., for a monument.
clerics bare-foot, and
with their heads shaven and thereby
looking globular; zlum-skor ?<sri
circular:	-дя’^’^я'Хя’^дч made
two concentric circles, g я‘ц'<ч = ^‘дя^гХог
Syn. ril-po ; zur-med.
zlum-po hdsin=y^ the sun.
zlum-phu-se a mole-like animal
(Jd\).
й}’П zlo-wa to summon, call; v.
zlog-pa pf. zlogs^ fut.
bzlog (is trs. vb. to ldog-pa) 1. pHrou-
зтн, to cause to return, to drive back,
repulse, expel, to send back; esp. to send
to fetch something. 2. to cause to turn,
divert, to turn the mind or inten-
tion;	to alter the mind;
it is hard to give up the
love of kindred (Mil.);
we beg you to dismiss the thought of it
(Dzl.);	zlog-thabs-can bcu the
ten means ofriuming aside or diverting
others such as :—(1)	(2) g q-
zla-wa zlog-thabs-can ; (3) ajppqsr
me-zlog thab$-can; (4)	chu
zlog thab§-can^ etc.
vixnpt a charm, spell
(S. Lex.) ; to repeat such;
recitation.
ЭТ’Ч
1102
I
zlos-gar or zlod-gar TO,
итг^ drama, dramatic performance, dance,
one of the four branches of Sabda Vidya,
the science of external expression,
zlo$-gar-mkhan ufvft an actor, dancer
[also a mistress] 5. Zlo^-gar is divided
into fivo parts :—(1)	sutradhara ;
(2) ХтЙ rol-mo music; (3)
shug$ dressing in different and fantastic
ways; (4) bshad-gad comic represen-
tations, laughing, etc.; (5) dfa’q* zlo$-gar
the dance itself. The term zlo^-gar
properly, however, signifies the interlude
when songs, etc., are repeated, after each
kind of dance has been performed:	‘9|*g'
(Lofi. 6).
zlo$-gar-gyi khafi stage, theatre ;
zlo$-gar-gyi b*tan-cho$
draniatie works ;	zlo$-gar
byed-pa to dance, 3*rq^£(n и to teach or
learn dancing.
Ч]ЗЧ|-Ц gzag-pay v. **q’4 ht shay-pa and
hdsag-pa.
gzag$-pa 1. v. flpWQ gzabi-
pa. 2. to magnify, multiply (Sch.):
ril-wahi zag$-pa or ^4 Ihuft-ica (&ag.
65).
gzafl$-rifc=.	tsher-ma
ra-тпдо.
&za<- 11 • a strict in Lhokha
(Deb. Я, Ж
*1^ gzah 1. чге a placet, the name
being usually restricted to the following
viz., wif<r4 the Sun, 3 « ntn the Moon,
Mars,	Mercury,
qijsfi Venus, ^’9 Jupiter and
Saturn; the ascending node
(xt^) and tho descending node
(%g)are added to make nine planets
2. the respective days of the week thus
enumerated:—q3^'^ gzah ni-ma Tf«r
Sunday ; qa<|’4 gzah zla-wa Monday ;
qe^fiq^w gzah-mig dinar Tuesday;
q34'^qq gzafy lhag-pa Wednesday; ф*'
gvg gzah phur-bu Thursday ; qa4^'
w* gzah-pa-san$ иж Friday ; qa^3<Y<i gzah
$pcn-pa nfn Saturday. 3. ’Зтотн dangers,
troubles, gen. attributed to the influence
of malignant stars or planets. These
planetary disturbances are of different
kinds :—§}’q34 bla-gzah, sfq’qjx sгод-gzah,
q-^S’q34 g^d-gzahy wqi^cjrqM ma-gzah
grofi-gzah, H’qax bu-gzah, 5qqa4 dgra-gzah,
glufi-si dar-gzah (Vai. kar.). qa4'
qA^ gzah-gdon 4w> unforeseen danger,
evil, trouble. q3^V> epilepsy; q34'5q id.
qa4gzah-$kar-mkhan astronomers
and astrologers.
Syn. £<<1 rtsi§-pa ;	§kar-dpyad-
pa (Д[Иоп.).
q34‘j|« gzah-khyitn ‘ tho place,’ or more
correctly the house, of a planet, the cons-
tellation in which a planet stands (Cs.).
q34‘VI	gzah-dug nag-po an officinal
plant used in apoplexy.
q]34q^ gzah-bdagz=№	the
chief of tho planets, the sun.
ц]зчКк.* gzah-rofi =	rdsa-ron a gorge
or valley or plain filled with boulders.
«qs^ a gzahi-rna-wa an epithet of Rahu
or $gra-gcan (Ignon.).
q34^jw gzahi yum ггтнтч5! a religious
work treating of planets (Rtsii.).
qj34*5)'^ gzah-yi-rten мДсГГО tho fixed
star, the polar star:
§45^’4 it is called Dhruva
or the fixed, because it remains steady
above all the planets (Mnon.).
flprSlOS gzah~yi mu-khyud as met.=
the moon (Mfion.).

1103

gzan described as
a plain shawl gen. of liver or orange colour
which a Buddhist monk wraps round his
body.
gzan-pa 1. food in general, but
most frq. hay etc., food of cattle.
gzan-du skyur-wa (lit. to deliver over
for food, ’.6., a body to demons), to scorn,
slight, despise;	provender for
animals and provisions for men.
gzan-^in grass for horse and donkeys and
fuel for men:	(Z).
gel. 40). 2. to devour, consume, pick out;
to worry, mostly in fig. sense:
tsher-ma shabs-la-gzan the thorn
worries the foot (JZ?7.); adj. gzan-pa
and gm-po worn-out, thread-bare;
sems-la-gzan it gnaws at the
heart (J/t7.) ; sfa’Qi srog-la it preys upon
life ; $'г«гч]з^ rna-za la-gzan in (7. it deafens
the ears = SH*SYq sun-hyin-pa.
qpq gzab 1. careful, well-behaved,
attentive and polite : S'^'g^’w^qq bya-wa
§pyod-lam gzab-pa in behaviour and work
careful;	attentive and
polite to guests.	gzab-lhin§ («ч’
careful, cautious (Yig.). 2. spq-q,
v. qaqq-q. 3. elegant, smartly robed.
al3q^5’§5'q gzab-sprod byed-pa to dress
neatly and cleanly, to be well dressed; but
if over and above good dress one wears
jewellery he is said to be—*?pq $iM^§Yq too
gaudily dressed.
spq « gzab-ma or *]3Ч‘«|Д] (elegant writ-
ing), Tibetan capital or printing letters
{Grub. ч, <?.)
gzabs-pa (also q and чр*|*гч)
imp. 4|*q^ gzobs, to use care, diligence:
4	lo-gcig-zas spyod-gzabs-
pas by a careful diet continued for a year
(JZ/Jy.);	beware of it, be on your
guard against it (Jd.).
gzar 1. a rug to spread on the
floor (Yig. 23). a broad rug. 2. peg,
hook, wooden nail, for hanging up things;
id. spvsq gzar-thag—^'^ (^’
q^orq^'^'q Situ. 76), a string or rope that
is stretched on walls, &c., to hang clothes
on.
gzar-po or gzar-wa adj.
steep, rugged, precipitous:	steep
and rugged hill;	precipitous rock;
steep declivity or cliff;
waterfall, cascade on rocks.
^'9 gzar-Ьн	eolloq. “saru”
a ladle, gen. of wood:	gzar-bu
hphyar lifting up a ladle for a blow (Jlil.);
and дчргчр^ 6/ugs-gzar two long
spoons or ladles used at burnt-offerings
(Se/d. 294). Jpl*’ skyogs or
skyogs are used as synonyms of but
generally a ladle made of metal is called
skyogs.
opu-q gzal-pa—Q^'Q qresi a rent or
split; anything split.
gza$-pa 1. to set about, to be
on the point, to prepare for; generally
used with termin. case of infin. mood.
prepared, began to dig out.
2. to brandish, = q^q^ q to begin to
wave.
gzi 1.	shine, brightness,
clearness, splendour; in W. looming in
mist, a mirage. 2. n. of a precious
stone—onyx—variously coloured, brown,
gray, streaked with three, five or seven
lines. 3. v. under q gzir-wa-pa. 4.
= q^ bzi. gzi-khyim a corrupt form
of the word	gzi-can shining
bright, ^'«5^ red sunset, afterglow.
41^11	1104
yzi-brjid ячщ, чнпт, 1.
brightness, beauty, a fair healthy com-
plexion ; = «5^^ or joined with it, frq.;
majesty, e.g., of deities, ete. (ZW.). 2.
honour, esteem, celebrity.	&ы-
fyjid §kye$ IfSKf as met. = gold. <’P'£3?IV^
gzi-brjid-счп	bright, beautiful,
majestic;	Н^зтг,
brightness.
looking poor, emaciated, worn out;
bright, shining;	gzi-hod
bright gloss or lustre (Ja.)
чрч] gzig fa=T3t the yellow leopard.
gzig-go$ he who wears a leopard’s
skin, an epithet of MaMdeva.
gug-mjug^^^lfa n. of a Sa-bdag
monster.	gzig-mo 1. female leo-
pard; 2. acc. to JU. porcupine, prob, for
Йс/ gzig-mo fl.	gzig-^ub§ leo-
pard-skin case for a bow (WstV.)
gzig-ri$ spotted leopard’s colour; a kind
of spotted chintz resembling a leopard’s
skin,	gzig-slog —	gzig-mjug.
Syn.	khyi-gipd\	thig-
bhi-lus (Mnon.).
gzig§-pa 1.	hon.
form of and g'S to see; also, to see
to, regard:	seeing that he
had come;	seeing him
coming;	4*3 behold!
behold carefully.
fsrafaH observing well, observation;
please to look (Glr.);
when he looked (for it), there was
nothing to be seen; g'^your
honour’s life must be regarded (Dzl.). 2.
equivalent to: to give, grant;
ЗД]«г|-д|Э4|$г<^1 have the goodness to give
some seed, prob, only breviloquence for
(Ja.). 3.
= mercy, grace. 4. to accept, to
take; to buy.
р£^§-г/сп==^д|4,ач^ a token or
object for acceptance, as an enclosure in a
letter, hence resp. for present, gift: дрдрг
Чд|	offered as a present
together with a silk-scarf on an auspicious
date (J7p. Л. £6).
gsig$-$fafl$ lit. manner of
seeing; gen. looking with eyes fixed
steadily on an object.
gzig^byed as mot. the eye
(Mnon.).
gzig§-mo resp. for £5‘Й a view,
spectacle, sight:	as
he came for a look at the flower (Pth<).
gzlft for hd$ifl$-pa (Glr.).
gzifl$ a ship ;	large
sea-going vessel ;	having
equipped a large vessel; (Glr.);	=
a small vessel; a boat; ship-
master, captain (CV).
gzim§-rkyon, resp. for
rkyofl-tse candle, lamp (Jd.).
gzim-pa, pf.	gzhn$-pa
to sleep, to fall asleep:
now it is time to go to sleep, he said;
now sleep!	whilst
the king was sleeping (Glr.).
gzbn^khan or	gzim§-$ag lit. dormi-
tory, sleeping room or place, but gen.=
qgq’M N fahugs-sa place of residence, dwelling,
habitation:
(A. 100).	gzun-
kheb$ a quilt (Jd.);	gzim-khom
cloak-bag;	(pdm-khri bedstead;
gzim-gur sleeping tent;
gzim-hgag door-keeper, porter; дря’* gzim-
cha bedding, bed-clothes;	gzim~

1105
W
chun resp. a dwelling, a house for retire-
ment :	I will attend at
your abode ;	gzim-chun-pa cham-
berlain of the Dalai Lama’s abode;
gzim-thul sheep-skins for night quarters;
gzizn-gnas lodging, place for
spending tho night;	yzim-phrug
page, boy-servant of a great man ;
gzim-nial^^fa'я gzim-sa, bedstead with
* or w* bedding on it; w or
bed-room.
4|>vq &zir-wa=*^Q to suffer, to be
afflicted ; to be harassed, troubled:
troubled by disease;
WTrfT overpowered by lust, overcome by
brutal passion;	ydun-pas gzir
tormented by longings (Л. K. 2-24) •
*4^	[pain, transgression]S.
gztl in	spu-zift
byed-pa (Jd.).
^IB’V^’ gzu-dpafi witness, mediator
(Sch.); an honest and truthful witness.
gzu-ica — *\% a post, but gen. a
pole to which an animal for sacrifice is
tied; a lever, bar; ^B’^ gzu-rna§ a prop
(<?«.).
gzu-po straightforward, upright,
honest:	honest mind ; ЯЗ
to be impartial and straightforward, to be
on the side of honesty (Cs.).
gzu-lum or ^B’^^ gzu-lums 1.
obstinate, or	not listening to
any instruction or order (Situ. 11); also=
лМ’^’ selfishness. 2. acc. to £<?#.=Wfri
ТХЧ and hence signifying rashness,
impetuosity, and therefore:	to
act rashly. Sch. has : disobedience, pride
(Ja.). 3. ЯВ'^Я’^ gzu-lum-can is said to=
brdsiiH-can lying, liar; W^’{|,q
pzu-lum-du §тга^гса^=. rdsun-§mra-wa
speaking falsehood, telling lies.
’ll4! gzug 1. the tenth part of the
carcass of a slaughtered sheep. 2. pain,
v. ВЯ 3. peak, point, pinacle:	top
of a mountain pass (Jd.).
gzug-pa to be able to bear, to
sustain (Ja.).
gzzigs 1. symbol for 1.
(Ш?7.) 2.	fa**,
the body, the outward form of anything:
external forms, the forms
of the sensible world, the impressions that
are made on the eye (Vai-sfi.)
the forms (of things) are seen with
the eyes ;	his-yzugs shape of body,
stature, frq.;	gzugs-kyihtsho-ua
(85) that makes her body the means of
livelihood, a prostitute, harlot; Д|В^’§Т*’
gzng§-kyi §ne~ma	n. of celestial
courtezan (Mnon.). Other forms of same
import, v. below. ^B^ST1 gzug^-dkah
“ difficult, tortuous body,” met. a
frog. In metaphysics : form, body, as one
of the five skandhas, v. In letters
and in polite enquiries after health ^ВЯ^
and g are always employed:
are you (is your body)
quite well ? so, too, in conversation, the
colloq. term ^ВЯ^“ suk-po ” being used :
are you getting
better ? 3. in physics : body, matter, subs-
tance :	^]B^'^’q composed of
matter, material, substantial;
“i3!4,	immaterial,
unsubstantial;	a ghost-like
voice (Mil.); «iB^’fw*	the range of
the material world;
; ^BT^’9Sq gzugs-na spyod-
pa	[walking in the world of f orm]S.
gzugs yod-pa having form.
Metaphysically '^5 фмдь-kyi skye-
mched “ the sense of form ” is possessed of
140

1106

colour which is chiefly of four kinds, but
is secondarily of eight kinds; tho four
colours being:—white, yellow, red and
blue, while tho secondary form-colours
are :—those of clouds, smoke, dust, mist,
bun’s rays, shade, light, and darkness.
Tho eight 5lq*i'*l3*l*i forms are:—5
gru-bshi or lham-pa square;
zlum-po globular ; 3'^’q phya-le-wa ; 3’«Г»г
phya-le ma-yin-jxi J ^q rift-wa ; q
thun-wa ; mtho-wa ; S*4 q dmah-wat
*1В*1*г^‘§*'Ц Gzugs-tan snin-po tho ear-
liest patron and friend of Buddha who
ruled over Magadha when lio had
renounced the world for tho life of an
anchorite; being the son of king Maha-
padma by his queen Bimb& he was called
BimbisSra. (JT. du. 5 .
*]l*|*i'^'« gzugs-can-ma 1.	tho
fair sex, a gcnoral term for women ; ako
prostitute (Mnon.}. 2.
{Mnon.} ’the Indian fig tree]#.
gzugs-brnan l. = ^'n^ snafi-
f>r". tn яран, sfafafa, ярпрр^;
image, reflected image, reflection. 2. = *]q'
я grib-ma -4tiur a shadow.
*]|*]Nq gzugs-pa v. *^*]*rq hdsugs^a : *1H’
gztr-fidsugs-pas gzugs [Nag.
6 P).
*]B*|*iS фмд$-Ьи, simile, meta-
phor ^#. Lex.}
*1В*]*гя gzugs-ma, [1. graceful. 2.
silver]#.
gzug^mafi 1.	many
shapes, one of various shapes. =
spos-dkar-tpn the Sal tree, from
the gum of which a resinous incense
is made burnt both by Brahmaps and
by Buddhists in performing religious
ceremonies (Mfion.),,
*IB*I*^5 pugs-med shapeless, without
form; etherial, spiritual:
tho four spiritual stages of existence;
(1) ^я'яр^ячя'чя^-яЦ	[in-
finite expanse of tho sky]#. (2)
[boundless region
of knowledge]#. (3)
[realm of nothingness]#. (4)
[realm of conscious non-consciousness]S.
(JZ.K).
*|В*|*1 ’Й gzugs-mo a species of antelope
said to live on the higher regions of the
Himalayan range between 9 to 18 thousand
feet above the level of the sea.
Syn. *|l*|*i’Й’вдя gzugs-mo byi-thur or 5
^5 byi-dur; jf §5 tyro-byed;	rlun-
bsbon; ^*|*i'Vq ri-dbags rna-wa (Jffion.).
*|B*I*i	gzugs-htshofi-ma =
a harlot, prostitute (Mfioni)
*11*1*1 gzugs-mdses-pa ^?t, ^4 one
of handsome body, ono who has personal
accomplishments.
Syn. <^ ^*1*^*1^ yan-lag mchog-ldan ;
*11*1*1 ’ wn gzugs-bzan-wa ;	his
mdses-pa; qn1ц§ mchog-ldan; ^*['5
sdug-gu ; §^’^'§*1* snin-du sdug-pa ; ^5’^’
yid-hon ; ^5’5*|Я yid-dgah ;
Idan; *^*ig*] mdses-sdug;	mtshar-
Sdug\ legs-pa ;	$nifi-du hbab\
^5 yid-du hthad; -^’5’*<^*i $in-tu
mdses; ^5’^*] $in-tu sdug; mzhar-
tco; «1V*X*1 yid-hphrog; SJSVI^’7^’ yid-
dkar hofi;	mig-tu mdses;
5*]^ mtho^-na dgah; {9’Ч*гя¥а|’й’-3|*1 Ita-was
mehog mi-^es;	Ita-was mi Homs;
*PtfV-Ия’&3j*q gshen daH thun-mofi min-
pa ; ^*l *|’fl^5*vdg-gi bdud-rtsi; Йс/огяса
min-ta miiar; S)S’^'q У$ tshim-pa
*11*’*	1- a form of the perf.
of	having seized.
I	nor

2. interest, inclination, bias:
being free from interest unbiased,
apathetic; (3) wk vt, ipu attribute,
capacity,	capacious mind.
gzun-ste	held,
surrounding, embraced.
ldan-wa,	[re-
tentive] &
gzufi-gzer peg on a wall.
gzuns w^; япП that which
seizes or holds; and hence, a spell, a
mystic charm,	gzuns-rten a prop,
support (Jd.).	gzuns-shan loose,
weak, without a hold.
«q^*T*5 gzufts-zad weakened, debilitated,
esp. of women by loss of blood (Cs.).
<q^*rg<qq	Hn3, mwt the
well-known dharani or magic sentences, lit.
“spell-holders,” a sentence written in
Sanskrit the possession or recitation of
which secures:	unimpaired
memory, ?*q	undiverted or un-
interrupted reflection,	unobs-
cured intellect, and	great
intelligence (K. d. я, 381). <qi^4^
gzuft$-kyi-gter n. of a dharani called more
fully:	(К.
d. Г, 322). *qi*^'3J4g gzuns-grwa-lna or
of a work on the five classes
of Buddhist charms contained in the
Tantra Section of the Kah-gyur; these five
classes being (1)	ston-chen
rab-hjoms; (2)	rma-bya chen-mo ;
(3)	so-sor hbran-ma; (4)
bsil-wcthi tshal chen-po ; (5) *pwg^'
gsan-snags rjes-su hclsin-pa.
qgn^’?q-q gzuns thob~pa,	; one
who has obtained spells.
jqiwssj gzuns-thag, VTOpt^r a string
made of five coloured threads and attached
to a Dorje (Rtsii.).
gzuns bde-wa,
gzuns-bsdus^^^' a col-
lection of Buddhist religious works.
gzitns-phyi n. of a number
(S. Lex.). <q^*r<w gznfis-yas another
number (8. Lex.).
«г^елт^е? ^s?;^-r/n = g<q^’^ sfiags-rin;
(A. 32).
*q3Vq gzud-pa fut. of ^§54
g.zwni-pa v. hdsum-pa.
gzur-gnas a witness. Syn.
gzu-bo ; V*6-'2* dpan-po ; M gnah-wo
(JUnon.): чХ’Вх;'с’^'^^'£,^'л1В^ч131^'§ г1Э’4'
V’M*' (JD. gel. 12).
4|l’q gzc-wa 1. abode, nest, dwelling-
place. 2. quick.
gze-ma, more fully
a thorny plant, the
thorn of which resembles the horns of
goats:
Syn. ^q'q^’vq^ reg-por-dkah;
chu-med-skye§;	reg-bya-nan;
nu-byed-ma]	rgya-mtshohi
nythah-ean;	nithah-rnecl-dkah\
ya-sa (Mnon.).
^’5 gze-ru for a little nail (Jd.).
gze-re weak, reduced.
gzeg or
little grain, atom, particle;	а
small particle.
ffzeg-zan n. of the founder
of the Vaisesika philosphy, eater of parti-
cles of grain gen. of. rice;	gzeg-
zan-pa followers of the Kanada school.
gzeg-mo-byi the hedghog.

1108
4]3q-q|
-F	ffzefig-pa or ч]Эс.« л?о
height, loftiness, sublimity, gloriousness,
wide-spread, spacious.
Syn. nj^'a brkyan-wa ; Я^'5^ gzi-byin ;
ag^-^-q gvi-brjid che-tca (Mfion.).
Я^слга^’Ч gzefi$-b$tod-pa 1. = (Mnon.)
gift, blessing. 2. belauding, praise,
panegyric, encomium. 3. vb. to praise,
extol, glorify.
Syn.	mtho-war bya-ica;
(h -brjod}
^Я rnchod-tshig ; °ta|*rg leg^mra ; ^Я^'ч15
leg$-brjod\ fetod-tshig (Mfion.).
gzed-pa 1. to carry: Я^Я’^’
ЯЦ gzan-phrag-par gzed carries one’s shawl
on the shoulders. 2. to spit on a stake or
spike.
Я^^я gzfd-ma gen. я^4’* gzeb-ma^ also
gztb$ any small wicker-work basket
or wicker enclosure.
gzeb 1. a tent. 2. twT> a cage, .
aviary.
hdsem-pa to do
a thing gently (Jd.).
4|^ gzer Wl, a nail small or
large, spike: ^‘Я^ wooden nail, §Я^Я^
iron nail; Я5яЯ^ thunderbolt, lightning;
яЯ^'5Я’ч=асс. to Jd.\ driving red hot
tacks into the finger-ends, a kind of torture
in С.;	hdeb^pa to fasten by
nails. Fig. that which fixes or nails in the
memory, mental help, mnemonic verse
(Ja.). Я^’^Я n. of a Bon religious work,
lit. a key to memory (G. Bon. 4). "Уя^ or
nail of the sun, a ray, a sunbeam;
ray of light; Я^Л5 pain, ache,
illness; Я1Я'Я^* id.-, я^Я^ headache,
^'Я^ gripe, colic, ^Я^ stomach-ache,
^егЯ^ rtsib-gzer pleurisy, *<‘Я^ tooth-ache
(Cs.); я^’Ящч‘л colic, feeling severe
pain or aching as if caused by driving a
nail in the body. я^’Я^
(Sman.).
Я^’4 gzer-wa 1, to bore into, drive or
knock in, e.g., a nail. 2. to feel pain,
to be suffering: «.43^’я^ beer-tippling
produces pain (Jd.).
Я^‘9 ^г-й = Я^'^' a little nail, a
tack.
Я^'* gzer-ma=*>'$% cha-phra-mo a
minute particle.
sql'q gzo-wa to remember, keep in
miud=the col.	dr in Jan hjal~
tea to show gratitude: ^5Я
from remembrance taken of their kindness ;
$*гй'я^ bya$-mi-gzo ungratefulness ; Х^’Я^4
drin-gzo-wa ;	drin-gzo-wahi-
s^ms gratitude ^й’яТз drin mi-gzo-wa
ingratitude ; drin-gzo-can grateful
(Ja.).
4|fK- gzofi, or Я^’9 gzofi-bu chisel,
engraving-tool, puncheon (Jd.).
435 gzod l. = the first, the earliest
(time): Я^’*’^ = from the first;
Я^А'^^ earliest time: я^'л'^^'Чч =
tyinyata, that which has been
existing from the first or the beginning,
=	2. now, this
moment (opp. to before, a little time
ago) (Jd.).
gzon-pa to attend to, to take
in, listen to:	Л*’Я^q a precept
wasted in the car, it entered at one ear
and went out at the other; $чТя'я^’4 to
attend to, listen to ;	not to
attend to the course of moral discipline.
4|3q’S| gzob-pa quick, sharp, clever;
Я^ Я34'4 very nice (Л. 156).
1109
03С|
ОДЕ bzan 1. medicinal spices;
bzaii-po-drug the six drugs or medicinal
spices. 2. = ^’ an ox	(ДрЬл.).
3. u whatever is good. 3. an agreement,
treaty:	bzan-sgrig an agreement of
peace.
bzan-po good in every respect,
fine, rice, right, of good quality; but is
considered rather a bookish and formal
term, the eolloq. words being usually
yag-po and in TF. J^'^or ^,(ai though
occurs in many collocations, чзк/ч bzan-wa
is another form. The latter also occurs as
a verb: to be good, esp. in eolloq. of certain
classes of society:	this is
better than that. bzail-ttan good and
bad, good and ill;	bzaii^an
hbrift-gsum good, bad and middling;
qjqx^^’ci bzan-fian hbyed-pa to discern
between good and evil;	bzan-hdod
self-complacency ;	bzaft-pohi
hdiig-stafts the manner of sitting of the
good and great,
good-hearted, generous, noble-hearted;
good morals, good-
behaviour.
bzan-khyi the Tibetan lap-dog.
+ aje.bzan-mkhangos-bzo-
ica a tailor,	Chinese satin of the
measure of a gentleman’s robe (Yig. k.
4) j	Chinese satin displaying
the figures of water jars (Yig. k. 3).
n. of an Indian king of ancient
time (Yig. 12).
q bzan-po-dntg v. sub. bzaft.
qjiqq w bzaft-po-ma n. of a Yaksini queen
(7Г. ,j. S, 150.
qaccjS ^zan.po^i-H<is=^\^^'^l'’5^9
(Шоп.).
CJ35J
чяч'Зч'^чч iitj'q'vi white sandal
wood.
чяч Й bzaft-mo Н5Т 1. an address of
politeness to a lady=good lady or noble
lady! (Шоп.). 2. = йя]'5 (S. Lex.).
W4<^ bzan-btson v. ч?^ btson.
bzafts only in	which
Yat~§fl. explains by :	a storeyed
house, but applied only to the abodes of
gods; in IF. also the cubical part of a
chorten is so called (Jd.).
43^’4 bzad-pa for	irresis-
tible, which term comprises Vdrag-po,
V tl4 drag-tpd,	mi-sdug-pa,
she-sdafi, ^0 khoft-khro, etc.
bzan for zan food of animals.
434’4 bzab-pa, v. gzab-pa.
434*4 bzabs abundance, plenty:
yflj-qwrq abundant food, good service
(Situ. 76).
w bzah fut. of *4 to eat; is used to
indicate members of a family as eaters or
fellow-boarders ;	parents that
have a large family (JIM.); bzah-
drug a family, a company at table, of six
persons;	bzah-dpon the head of
a family;	bzah-mans пай-па
among a numerous house-hold (Jd.).
Also = spouse, wife, as “ fellow- eat er ”;
but in old literature=princess, queen :
w rgya-mo-bzah (commonly pgya-
bzah) Chinese queen of king Sroft-btsan
sgam-po ;	bal-mo-bzah the Nepalese
queen of the same king. Wj bzah-zla
partner, wife; wa dsaor
rig§ household business or affairs.
42^ |
1110

чзч^55 zah-gtad, qivrfruj^Xj bzah-wahi
gtad-Ч) store of provisions ; ч^^й^ч
bzah-gtad med-pa not having such a store.
<^^'^W^’^bzah^ton-d man-pa	HtsjH
[bad food]S.
чзч’ч bzah-tca — ^ Ж^и, Htsrn (Mnon.)
abbr. of	food and
drink, eating and drinking.
q34?) bzah-mi a house-holder with
family, gen. husband and wife ; чзч'
to become husband and wife, to
many each other. 5\ЧСТwc
will marry each other ; л^'йч^д^§л-ч
bzah-mir byin-by's r lob-pa to give the
nuptial benediction, to unite in wedlock, to
marry; SCTчзгй’фад a poor married
couple G/r.).
Syn. 5 "CT khyo-tpig ; С dsi-ya pa-
ri ; B*4 44 khyim-thab ; чзч bzah-tsho ; чэ*’
^q’ bzah-tshafi \ Mfion.).
чэтй^ bzah-nnd ill-fed, lean {Mil.).
qas^c? bzah-Ghafi = чзч й bzak-nd ; also
qj4 bbah-Gho.
чзг^ bzah-Ghod curry, any condiment
to eat with rice.
qav-^q* bzah-tpfi fruit-tree.
qsv^q'mqq bzah-qin-gi ra-tca WRTfl
orchard, a grove of fruit-trees.
Syn.	hbras-ldan-nags; w
rab-dbafi§ btufi-wa; *Йьч|ф5)
mchog-gi-Ghal;	dpal-gyi kun-
dgah ra-wa;	fial-gsohi hduu-
sa ;	skyo-safis-gnas (Mnon.).
qarCT ^Л-ргу^В^'СТ khyini-fug.
33^ bzar sometimes for zar or qaq q
bzar-ica as in дЛ^ч*дз]*ч^'чз^ hdsar-tea phrag-
par-bzar (Situ. 76).
чз^чч] bzar-thag ^TFflifwr [a kind of
bee]S.
4>vg bzar-bu	[a ladle, ft
spoon] &
ЛЭ5ГЧ bza$-pa v. *’4 za-wa and ч
gzas-pa: ww za§-bza§ (Situ. 76).
q^’q bzi-ica to become drunken, to get
intoxicated, stupified: q^^wq^q^ |
SJq-q^^'Q'^q'Sj^q^q-^ | qgq’Я"
gq-q^l q^-^q-gqjN^q'^q^]^ because the
others were looking on, having filled a
large bowl with beer and fearing not to
finish drinking it, they gulped it down,
whence being intoxicated, they vomited
and poured away (the rest of) the beer (Girl)
srqTq'^v^ not having become intoxi-
cated, not got drunk; q^ q’vg^q bzi-war
byed-pa to intoxicate, to make drunk.
In C. colloq. ra is usually prefixed
to ч^'Ч ; “ra si duk” ho is drunk.
shag§-pa
string with a noose (Mnon I).
q^q’q I: bzufi-wa pf. of я^’ч and
also used as primary or present tense: to
lay hold, to take, to capture: ч^ч’^ч
having taken, seized.
Syn. ^^‘4 hdsin-pa ; len-pa; p
blafi-ica ;	mfton-par-$byor; яЗ^’ЧЧ’
mfion-par-hdsiu; S’^X’q^q^ khu-tehur-
bcifl$;	yan-dag~bzuft (Mfion.).
q|q’q II: is used as an adv. in the
form of 4^5, e.g.,	from
that evening (prop, beginning with that
evening), ever since that evening (Mil);
during the time
from the 8th to the date of full moon.
bzur 1. v. hdsur-ica. 2. in
qgq*hphrafi-las-bzur. 3. =
la^-ka-la byol ($ag. 63).
1111
bze-re, also bze, pain; о1Л'^ч
bze-re byed-pa to inflict pain, to torment,
to be angry with (Cs.); чЗЛ’г^ bze-re-can
or чВЧ’^ч’ bze-re-chiin — ^bzod
bsran-chufi short-tempered, impatient and
fretful, or offended easily; чЗЧ’^’ч bzc-rc
bzod-bsran che-wa very
patient, good tempered, having the power
of endurance (Mnon.).
bzed in eomp.: ^'^5 a hand-
basin (Situ. 76) basin, bowel; ^‘ч^
Ihun-bzed beggar’s bowl, alms-pot carried
by Buddhist monks.
ч^’^щ bz d-shal 1. (or^’4^ Cs.) spit-
toon. 2. aec. to Jd.: cup into which
people skim off grease from tea.
Syn. &г*чл1 tshol-zans;	rnchil-
inahi-$nod. (Mnon.).
E|M §so = '4^, sgyu-rtsal (Mnon.).
1. work, labour, occupation ; trade, handi-
craft ; workmanship :	mecha-
nical art; ^’25 jeweller’s art,
чЗ trade of a tailor; rope making;
trade of a shoe-maker also a shoe-
maker; ч^яр^ a worker, artizan; чЗ’-рсг
workshop. 2. also	20, = 534*1 figure,
image, picture, resemblance, appearanec
{Ja.).	bzo-rgyu working materials
(Glr У ; чГч^ bzo-blta form, fashion, c.g.,
style of a house, its architecture; look,
shape, make, чГч bzo-pa artist, mechanic;
5^ч^ч silver-smith. 4Т5ЕЦ bzo-dpon
overseer, foreman. In art ace. to Budh.
there are three classes: $*гч! ait in
reference to the body; art in reference
to speech; ait in reference to the mind ;
the first comprising writings, drawing,
painting and all that comes under handi-
craft, the second the art of reading and
composing works including the labours of
study, and the third the work of the.
intellect, m?., Xn, w,	thos-bsam-
sgom-gswn what is heard, what has been
thought and what has been contemplated.
Of arts ten kinds have been enumerated
in Buddhist books.:—(1) weaving, the
art of making cloth; (2) the art of
trafficking; (3) state-craft; (4) the art of
letters; (5) the art of figures, that is
counting, palmistry, divination and draw-
ing from omens; (6)	blo-gros-
kyi bzo the art of designing; (7) making
statues, figures in relief, sculpture, engra-
ving etc.; (8) п|}5’Ч^'Ч1Г bskyed-pahi bzo
the work of growing or rearing etc.;
(9) ^‘З’З’чч’чЗ' manufacturing -woollens
&c.; (10)	the art of mixing up or
compounding. Ч^’Ч^ bzo-bkod a design;
also directions to workmen :
§5‘q (Rtsii.).
oi'a bzo-wa, pf. ч^ч to make, to manu-
facture С.	what are you
making ? 4T*rgf bzos-sgo income, earnings,
proceeds; made of wood (Situ. 76).
чТчц bzo-wa-po	a craftsman,
manufacturer. bzo-wo id.
bzo-too sna-tshogs	various workers.
bzo-bo sna-tshogs-can
; the divine architect, the maker of
the world.
bzod-pa 1. to suffer, bear,
endure ; to resist:	not
being able to bear the pain in his eyes
(Dzl.);	in this body one
cannot be patient;
Buddha in his mercy not suffering
this, but checking the mischief; ч^’чч^
(or	or *^ч not to be
able to bear...any longer, frq.; ^’435’4 or
чя^’Ч adj. unbearable, intolerable, also
irresistible (Jd). 2. to forgive, pardon;
2^«5Тч&м	to pardon our former
1112
tricks is what we beg (Alii.);
q5\-q^q^^oi that I did not request you
to mount, this I beg you to forgive (Alii.);
3. in asceticism: perseverance, stedfast
adhoranee to the four truths, constancy
in pursuing the path that has been entered
upon.	bzo'l-hjug-pa to make or
cause to forgive ; bzod-ldan forbear-
ing, patient, forgiving,	bzod-pa-
sran unwearied patience.
bzod-dka$-ran$ or
an epithet of Indra, [JJnon.)
ql^cA’q bzod-mnah-wa	[en-
during much ; n. of a Buddha] 6’.
q^-^ы	= HV the
earth ( JZnond.
bzod-par phy in-la g*utn
the Kxanti paramita which are three:—
(1)
ego: gq q ar^q-^ oj^q . (3)	itei^qor
fl^q^^srqS j/f у Qgy a-q^’q mi-
bzod-pa want of patience and forgiveness
or vindictiveness is productive of five
troubles:—; 1)	increase in
enemies; (2) increase in sufferings and
uneasiness of the mind; (3) *§*q^
multiplication in breaches and increase in
misunderstandings; (4)	^‘§5’
qK*§vq causing one to weep according to
one’s repentance; (5)	c.^-?k’^gqv
after death it takes one to the state
of damnation (K. d. 68).
q^ qjj^ bzod-bsran one who is able to
meditate upon or exercise himself in the
virtue of forgiveness or patience (fVtzy. 76).
qlq’4 kzob-pa 1. assiduity: w&V*’<ar-
he was assiduous in religious
observances (A. 156). 2. v. з gsob-pa.
q&rq bzoni-pa or ф’Ч&гл c/iu-bzoin-pa
portable water-eask.
bzos-sgo l. = ^qlN or
praising or expression of respect to
one who does good sendee to the state:
(J), gel. 9).
2. earnings, profit.
лЗЧг Ц bzos-pa fed, anything eaten
up.
kzla-wa, v. 35 zla-wa.
bzla$-pa wrfn to mutter: £<q*r
адкл fiags-bzla^pa to reeite charms or
mantras (Za/п.).	bzlos-br;od=^^’
q^q q recitation of spells softly; the soft,
yet audible pronouncing of spells ete.,
q bzla$-brjod byed-pa to mutter
over (67r.) ;	ma-ste.gs-pahi
bzhts-brjod Brahmapical spell-muttering.
+	bzlugsd= or to
inquire, to ask of:	гна-wnr-
bzlug§-pa to pour into the ear, i.e., to ask
(Situ. 76).
bzhtm-pa, fqxgfaci, made
NO	*
globular, rounded, v. a*’4* zlum-pa.
bzlums-pa — *WW4 b$dums~pa ;
dbi,en-bzlum$.
= S q	v. 3’4 zlo-wa.
bzlog the opposite, the reverse;
g-q’wqji)phra-wa-las bzlog sbom-po the
contrary of thin is thick, of fine is stout
(Lex., Ja.). «Jjqjq bzlog~pa = ^4 яйрк,
farraa, also=f£|‘TP 1WtH,
cWqaql gyul-bzlog to avert war, to make
the enemy run away from battle (Situ,
76).	bzlog-pa-phun-g$am
wvi* I
1113

tshogs	[full of hindrances]#.
bzlog-phyogs	[carrying
away, substraction]#.
Ц1Ч5Т bzlod-dkah-wa ^тл; (A, K. '
1-12) [unobstructible]#.
bzlo§, v. zlo-ica.
bzlos-pa byuft-ica to challenge
enemies and thereby commence quarrels
and feuds:	(D.
fc/. 7).	bzlo§-rt§(>d-p(i to revive
old feuds, quarrels and fighting :
(D. fcZ. 7).
141

ha is the twenty-third letter of the
Tibetan alphabet. It does not correspond
to any letter either in English or in
Sanskrit. Csoma transliterated it by /1
and so, too, has the author of this
dictionary; but colloquially as an initial
it often takes tho sound of tc. It is
phonetically different from tho vowel w
which is regarded by the Tibetans as a
consonant. Grammarians have, however,
utilized it in denoting tho prolonged
quantity of tho three short vowols a, i, and
и by subjoining it to them, especially in
transcribing Sanskrit words in Tibetan;
thus the Sanskrit ma-ya is written
1. num. fig. : = 23. 2. a phonetical form
of*’, thus 4ha-cag = ^w\ we; v. also
hu-cag.
ha-ti-wa with	=to turn
a somersault, to tumble over, to roll (Ja.).
ha-na for bo-na.
ha-na-yaft although.
Q/Я ha-ma but, yet, well: Q
but do not forget!
Ля-Лигha-re hu-re des-
cribed as	a
loud sound of ha-hur or a loud whirring
noise.
q щ Ha-la gzi-chen n. of a learned
lama (Deb. % 9).
haft like and 3*’ described as
&Чand 55 g ornamental and conjunctive
terms corresponding to the English ever,
soever. Properly oceurs only after
vowels, but colloq. also after consonants,
ел/.,	,*E>’ nam-haft.
haft-ke a mystical character, frq.
occuring in certain finial ornaments or
flourishes called $brul-ntgo.
^’5 ban-Ъи prob. = ^'5 ftan-bu: <45’
(А. 123).
0,4’4 hab-pa (S‘^’5) to bark,-to make
at a person or animal.
hab-hub not definite, nothing
conclusive, not in shape: s^^’S’q’Q4qQ*
q	the present business
has been something indefinite and undi-
gested (Rdsa. 26).
ОЛ) ham or, else, or else (Л. IC).
har-wa C. a lot;	har-
rgyab-pa = %fi^’Q{x> cast lots, to lay wager.
har-po or in Tsang:	angry.
har-hur, v. or
ahar-yaft also, too, likewise (Sch.).
2П bar-lhuft-du ma-rgyag^sffi
having just not fallen into
the hands of the enemy, had very nearly
fallen into the hands of the enemy;
another example :	we are still
lingering, not quite dead yet (Yig. 98).
ОЯЛ'Ч Ля/-Ло/=*ч^£5 or con-
fused, unconnected, irregular:
in all those there was nothing irre-
gular (A. 156). Also=*V*^ hdran-min*
1115
CT I
hu-cag 1. = £5 pers. pron. we ;
also ^'541, ^'^4,	2. chimney W.
(Ja.).
З'Л hu-thug=4AN'35 resourceless,
helpless, ill, one in straitened circums-
tances, destitute»
4’4^ hu-dum or 4hit-dum-me edge
cut, blunt; a bald head, also a beardless
face:
4^’** in front there was a small dining
table on which from an earthen vessel
(came out tho rat named) Ser §kya rna-tea
hu-ditm-me with edge-cut ears (Rdsa. 1£).
4’yrq^ hu-dum-btsan a name of king
Langdarma who was beardless and bald-
headed (Loft. «, 8).
Ли-bu or 4'5'^=4^.
hu-zi n. of a kind of tea (Rtsii.).
JIu-yug n. of a place in Tsang
(Deb. % 29).
hu-ru-ru a whizzing sound: ^*'4 5 5
rluft hu-ru-ru the noise of wind, **4'55 me
hu-ru-ru that of fire under a breeze.
t W’l’srv’l JJu-yug sa-nag one of
the thirty-seven sacred places of the Bon
(Q. Bon. 38).
hu-lag [compulsory post-service,
the gratuitous forwarding of letters, lug-
gage and persons, the supply of the requi-
site porters and beasts of burden, some-
times of water, fire-wood and cooks, to
help travellers proceeding under official
authority or road-bill:	to im-
pose such services by exacting porters, oto.
$’Qio[ciq|Qrq or ^‘Ч’В4*’4 to forward by 4'°^]
Jd.
hu-gan rdo-rje Iha-khan n.
of a large Buddhist monastery (Lon. % 8).
hu-su coriander seed:
45’^^qifa coriander removes phlegm and
disorders of the stomach.
hug-pa 1. in Sikk.
the owl. 4*1’^*! an albino.
4Я’^5 hur-rgyan the great horned owl;
hug-gu-ehuft the little owl. 2.
occurs for 4*1’21 oats.
Syn. of 1. S’X*|53J bya-rog-dgra ;
nin-mo-hjigs; sna~rin ; $
§na-hkhyog ;	TIphrog-byed-mig ;
Й mtshon-mo-spyod;	brgya-
byin-bqad;	q mtshan-mo za-wa ;
*]’^’^5 sten-gi sna-ean ; Sbya-roa
hpgs-byed (Mnon.).
4*P’4c/q llug-p>a lun-pa a celebrated
Rnin-ma who was also called
(Deb. % 5). He was born in a place called
4<1’^1
4*1'^^ hug-sift§y v. §^‘21 sins-po (Ja.).
Лий=*^ in provincial colloq. so
from here, hence.
hud 1. SfVa^’Srqq’q) swaggering,
bragging, bombast, fustian (Cte.) ; 45’^^’й'4
to swagger, brag. 2.=45 a moment: 45’
in a moment, instantly, suddenly.
hub-pa=^^ acc. to Jd. to
collect, to sweep or take up together
in one’s hands:	with
the arms gathering all into one heap. The
pf. JW hubs-pa^^^'^hdus-pam modem
Tib. 5wB*r*V* collected all together;
wholesale collection ; joined with the doer
the expression should, be in the present
form.	(he) collected them all
together.
4*rg kum-bu or ^«4 hom-bu a bush of
the tamarisk species.
Hum-bu glan-mkhar also
called Чя’д’Я’^* hom-bu gla-sgafi n. of the
1116
j
earliest historical palace in Yarlung built
by the Tibetans for the residence of their
first king GnahJhri btsan-po. It was
visited by the compiler of this Dictionary
in 1**2.
hur any noise, whether loud or
low, gen. a prolonged sound not a sharp
report:	S'4]	the
humming in tho ears produced by block-
ing them (Fb/.	; ^q’^y^gq there
is a buzzing in my ear;	hur
ma rgyab don’t make a noise! У J4] hto-
rgyag~$^ glo-bur or ^J4] tkog-rgyag
or la-hur-khol. yg hur-$gra = y
noise especially of a tempest, sound in
the air :
though the wind has no wings yet it fills
the sky with sound;
arrow that flies buzzing (Mfion.).
hur-tifi a brass basin, used to make a noise
by striking on it. УХ lw-rdo a sling :
y^s^q hur-rdo hphen-pa to throw with
a sling.
У 4 hur-ка	dbfir-wa sbst. a
humming insect, beetle (Sch.). 2. vb., to
be noisy, chattering: S4]4'^4]^ У q shouting
with joy (Jf/7.).
ho 1. sbst. a kiss узя; to
kiss,	to kiss the mouth,
* id. 2. v. 3. pers. pron. we, v.
У % 4. dem. pron.=this. 5. interj. oh,
yes! oh very well!	C.
well! it is all right.
Ло-^о7=^‘^,	’**|, ^S4]pers.
pron. we :	^*<’^qQI’
what have we not done in respect
of sin in the cycle of transmigration which*
has no beginning (Be hit. 132).
b°-brgyal resp. fatigue, weari-
ness, trouble, want, any kind of hardship;
getting into difficulties.
More frq. as vb.: K’qg*rq to be fatigued,
$5'<50)are you not fatigued ?
(Jd.). K^’qg^i ho-re-brgyal—^t^rq ho-
fyrgyal-iea or
ho-$nig 1. sour cream (Sch.). 2.
birch-tree.
*Л5 ho-dod lamentation, wailing, cry
for help:	to lament loudly, to
call for help; ho-dod-pa one that
seeks help, a client, a plaintiff, more in,
pop. language {Jd.).
Ъho-па or ^’3** now then, well;
q	ho and na combined become
hon (Situ. 125). Is used esp. to introduce
anew thought or proposition in speech;
now, what shall you do in that case ?
По-phran n. of a place in Tibet
(Deb. % 32).
ho-byam$-pa to be loving :
(Kdni kaki sprifi yig.).
Й^’ЗЦ ho-та milk (in eolloq. tco-md):
Кя-^ q the milk trickles down ho-
ma hjo-tca to milk; ^‘w^rq ho-та §nol-wa
to let milk curdle ^’wgq’q ho-та srub-pa
to churn milk (Cs.); ho-thaft milk-
meadow, the plain on which Lhasa now
stands, in former times said to have been
a boggy and sedgy lake ; ^’З4] ho-thug milk
soup, rice and milk cooked together as
porridge; *$5 ho-thu$ cheese;
sucking-child, baby;
ho-hdod the woman’s breast, the
teats ; ho-spi or ho-sri cream.
qSc? ho-ma-hchift as met. = cow (МпопУ
ho-zo a milk-bucket.	ho-hdsin,
can-ma women in general (JKnon.).
n. of. a
continent beyond the sea of milky water
(J5T. d. S 293).

1117

ho-ma-hphel or Кчйч cow (ДВ?<ж.)
ho-ma-hdsin wftrc; 1. the udder,
teat. 2. the sugarcane plant.
ho-ma zi-zi the seeds of Abrus
ptrecatorius used as beads for rosaries.
ho-ma-gift milk-fruit tree. Syn.
ho-ma-can;	hbru-yi bdag-
po ;	rgyctl-pohi-zas (Mnon.).
ho-mahi wigrin-pa-can a
new-born child. Syn.	btsas ma-
t hag-pa ;	gkyes ma-t hag-pa
(Mnon.).
n. of a fabulous sea
the water of which is white like milk,
situated beyond the ocean to the north of
Rirab or Iferu (K.d. *, 293).
ho-mahi dbyugs-pa ч?ят
plantain, banana.
JYo -ma thaft n. of an extensive
table land at the foot of Kharula pass on
the road from Ralung to Nangar-tse Jong.
ho-mtsho 1. milky sea or lake. 2.
used fig. for sincerity, true heart
(Yig. к. 1).
ho-go with §4’4 to laugh at, to
jeer.
ho-yug for $’^| hii-yug.
ho-yO) also ha-yo, a puppy.
ho-lags 1. a leader in conversation
or in a deputation to a great man,
mouth piece. 2. yes sir, just-so .	74
not inclining to any
party or showing attachment in reply (he
said) yes, sir! (A. 129).
hose in colloq. tcose, a mulberry.
hog 1. cRT, чтим root signi-
fying below or with reference to time,
after, opp. to г^‘. ^4'5 or “’’I4 (colloq.
wo*-la or wak-ld) postp. under, below, be-
neath ; under that. 2. adv., down,
underneath;	fallen down,
possessed of what is beneath, i.e.y not
castrated; castrated; an eu-
nuch, one whose testicles have been
drawn out, taken out; q^l'q or
QB^'q to put underneath; Idin-hog
the division of soldiers under a Din-рюп
or captain; Ъси-hog a body of ten
men under a corporal.
JJog-giphyogs-skyofi^w^'ty'
the goddess of earth called Bstan-
ma (Mfton.).
^'5)q hog-grab immediate arrangement
or preparation (Yig. 83).
*4-5 Hog-rfiu n. of a place in Kham§.
^qr5Tr54l^‘q hog-tu kha-phyog§-p>a 1* one
looking downward. 2. gief a hump-back.
Syn.	hog-tu-phyogs*, Р’дч kha-
bub ; hog-tu-lta (Mnon.).
^'5'^ hog-tu-rgyu a thief. Syn.
ткин-ро, rknn-ma (Mnon.).
hog-rdo an anvil (Sch.).
hog-ldan 1.=^'^ hog-can an
uncastrated animal. 2. n. of the tree
otherwise called	dgah-byed-qifi
(Mfton.).
hog-па (in TY. yok-na) 1. adv.
underneath, below. 2. postp. c. gen.
under, after.	hog-nas adv. from
under, from below:
to embrace below and not by the neck;
come from below.
йр* hog-та adj. the lower, later,
following one. Said to=V^’q> i-e.
the one following after that, the second in
turn, one below or under another person,
subordinate, inferior (Ittnon.).
1118
Нод-»пн 1. otherwise
V WifaB is the eastern heaven
wherein the astral body of tho Bodhi-
sattva Dorje Chhang resides and which
region is presided over by the Dhyani
Buddha Akshobliya (*b3Y4) who is en-
throned there in the Ogniin heaven on a
white lotus-blossom.	;
a resident of tho Ogmin or Akanishta
heaven. 2. ^пттггш opp. to the nether
world; that which is not inferior or
under any.
hog-gshi wwr tho lower stratum,
substratum :	hog-gi rtsa-tca
gt*ug-sa\	hog-gshi chuhi-
dkyil-hkhor (Ya-sel. J9).
hog-gdil mi-rig =
diu-gtin zab-pa deep-water {Mnon.}.
hog-rol-tu—^^ hog-tu.
SafW hog-la$ = ^
hog-Un-pa explained as
a term or expression by which to
ascertain what ono is about to say
(%non.).
hog-^al crop, craw of birds (Jin).
afc’q hon-wa 1. vrhh pf. hon§,
imp. ЛЯ p<7, to сото:	л
when he saw his mother was coming;
he came into the house;	to
return, to сото back; Я^‘5’ЛЯ come hero ;
Хд- don’t come here ;
^д-^-S^q two men that were about to come
to me; ^д*дя*ад*^ when coming, when
being on their way; 54wq
wo have come to the Ti-se for meditation ;
д Й	q j q^^-q^sf $4^ЦД Й ’Хе? | <фг^Д*Й-
| ц]^3|	of
the 300 girls paraded let not anyone come
from tho last rows and let not any come
from the middle, but let those come who
are in the six upper rows'on the left side;
фд-Хд*гЯ they came to bring, they brought
them;	came leading, conducting,
they brought hither. With reference to
time: *г*л*г<1 not yot come, i.e., future,
for the benefit of those not
yet come, t.e., of posterity; ^д^д^д^*
ajXJorq q^q-q she prayed that a son might
come to her. 2. to be suitable, practi-
cable, to do:	q^*q
as two teachers for ono doctrine will not
do;	as a journey home
will not do; <Чд &|; WQT^cvvqv^ as
long as he was fit for work. 3. when con-
nected with verbs, it serves to indicate
futurity, like tho English auxiliaries
“shall” and “will,” and is then usually
spelt and sounded as yofl; frq. as fut.
aux. in С.: «SfaI am not
about to go, shall not go, there any more.
Also with the supine :
it will even eome to his dying, it will
be his death;	he	will even get
so far as to eat....;	he will die ;
still того free are those forms in which
the gerund or the bare root is used;
ц^д-^-Хд* he will assent to it, allow it;
it is not the one, it
will be the other; Я<*ЯД’ §lcb-yon he will
come (JZJ), and in C. is always annexed
to mere root of vb.:	they will
not believe it; длд^д^’^Чд’ I shall buy
it to-morrow; also the subjunctive mood
^’^дч^д'ад as I should be killed if
she hcai^d of it.
*д*гд hons-pa книга sbst. tho arrival,
advent (A. K. 1-1V}-
hon-mol occurs in Ld. for
hol-mo (Ja.).
hod 9HT, W’TJ, ^TIk,
light, shine, brightness, glow ; also as

1119

adj. hodspro light, the ordinary
term esp. in the C. eolloq. and is pro-
nounced wb-tro: “tanda lamsang nam
wo-tro yon ” it will soon be light.
Aoakspro-«w to emit light; hod-bkye-
wa to spread forth light; sun-light,
^'^5 moon-light, ^’*5 star-light (Cs.) ;
(Л. K. 1-4) [one bright
like the Jina or Buddha; n. of a Bodhi-
sattvaJS.	or	without
brightness; *5'^ hod-kor or skor a
luminous circle, a lantern ; ^5’53 hod-dkra
of variegated lustre [an epithet of
fireJS;	hod-shags bright; a
ray of light, v. post.	hod-kyi char
rain of the light, sun light; also occurs as
an epithet of the sun (Mnon.).
^5’Э’У4! hod-kyi tog	[1. the
flag of light; 2. the sun]#.
? hod-kyi §de as met. tho domestic
fowl (Mfton.)
hod-kyi hphreft-can as met.=
the sun (Mfton.)
hod-dkar 1. Tjwtzj white light.
2. syn. num.=l.
hod-dkar-can	fflcUH 1.
=3 q the moon. 2. да-bur camphor
(Mfton.).
чы hod-$kye$-ma an epithet of the
wife of the sun.
Syn. rgyal-mo ;	legs-hdod-
ш; §krag-byed-ma (Mfton.).
hod-brgyahi hbyuft-gna§
us met. = g q zla-wa the moon (Yig. k. 19).
hod-lna-pa that with five colours,
the rainbow.	hod-lfta$
yofts-su bskor-tca=yw^F^' ni-mahi gur-
khhaft the tent-like mansion of the sun
(Mfton.).
Syn. *** hzah or «4*’^ hzah-mtshon
(Mfton.).
hod-can 1. n. of ono of the heavens
occupied by the Asuras (Bon. ch. 5). 2.
symbol for 12 (Ya-sel. 5).
hod-bdun-pa an epithet of the god
of fire (*^), who is described as possessed
of seven fiery tongues or attributes :—(1)
^'4 nag-po; (2) sbij^’q^g^q hjigs-par byed-
pa; (3)	yid-mgyogs; (4)
legs-phan; (5)	du-wahi mdog-
bzaft; (6) me-stag-can ; (7)
§na-tshog§ hod.
hod-ldan 1.	нвщд
the sun (Mnon.). 2. n. of the chief city
of the Asura the city of Rahn (Sorig. 30).
3. ^rn^cfr, a passionate person, one
very lustful.
^5hod-ldan hkhri-qin fqw
n. of an officinal plant [Cardiospermum
halcacabum~\S.
Syn. a-ru-na, pi-nya> SR; gri-sna
(Mnon.).
hod-snaft-wa^^^ met. the sun
(Mfton.).
K^^q<i|'^-§^-9|-p^5'qS-5i^the Sutra on the
plan of the mansion of Amitabha (IP.
ко. Я 33If).
Hod-dpag-med	immea-
surable light, the Nirmana-kaya
manifestation of the 4th Phy^ni Buddha.
This is his form, also, in the heaven of
Dewachan.
*5’^’4 hod-phuft-po—Pte heap or accu-
mulation of light or lustre; the sun
(Mfton?).
hod-gtsaft as met. tho sun (Mfton.).
hod-mdses 1. n. of one of the
kings descended from Mahasammata the
first monarch of this world. 2. чни
n. of a number (Yig. 13).

1120

4'5’1*’ hod-<diug$==^ [the sun] 6'.
4 hod-zer f^ni,
ray of light (Л. K. 1-10). 4^’
3'Sq'q hod-ztr gyi phren-wa n. of a
submarine volcano situated in the eastern
ocean (7Г. d. \ 270). 4^S3 4 hod-zer
dgu-pa	an epithet of
or tho planet Mars. 4'^’*№’
hod-zer can-ma	n. of a goddess.
4’^‘^*5л]|к^ \hod-zer can-mahi gziifa а
dharani tho recitation of which saves one
from tho dangers of snake-bite, wild
beasts, etc. (K. gu. q, 244). 4’^vq^ q hod-
zer bdun-pa spw,	an epithet of
the planet Saturn (Mfion.); 4’^'?^ hod-zer
ldan=y*i the sun (4f^o/z.).
hod-ztr-b§grub-pa or 4	5’q3
n. of a Sutra containing, besides other
matters, a description of tho different rays
which issue forth from tho person of a
Buddha (К. ко. F, SO!/). 43^’I1’IN hod-
zer gzug§ an epithet of the sun (МЯоп.).
4^Wi3i3 llod-yafi§ tsha-Ьо a n. of
Vais'ravaoa (Mfion.)
45jq‘ Jlod-sriiil	safi§-rgya$
hod-sruH Kas'yapa Buddha, ho who imme-
diately preceded Buddha S'akyamuni,
being the temporal Buddha who presided
over the preceding age or kalpa. He is
the Kawpa of Pali Buddhism and the
Gashib or Gerel of the Mongols.
4‘5WB*’ hod-sruft$ §kye$ фчадцan
epithet of Garuda or tho khyung bird
(Mnon.). 4’^c‘*’4 hod-srufts-pa tho chario-
teer of the sun (MHon.).
4'^*1 hod-gsal ; wnwr 1. a celestial
region, also the name of a heaven in the
Bon mythology. 2. supernatural en-
lightening of the saints: 4’’l”<a,‘3xe‘’^*’’
beholding by means of prophetic
light (Jd.). 44wq hod-gwl-ica
SHWC lustre, brightness.
hod-gsal dniu-la hthen^
r/t/tfthe wind—acc. to Bon mythology
tho wind being tho son of the god
4’«r^ sa fa-hod la-hthen (G. Bon. 23).
4’q^’5^ hod-bsrufi bytn as met. = ^’^
the earth
hod-та 5g ; the bamboo, that
species used for making arrows, etc,; 4,,r
<**1 hod-ma ishal $g^f bamboo grove.
4’*3'5§*’ hod-mahi tfkri$ S^TT [Pigwr
nigrunt\S.
4’^‘5’3 hod-mahi myu-gu the
young shoots of bamboo.
Syn. £	jdsa-yi rgyal-mtshan ;
^^’4! rtsa-yi tog; <прг<й^*25 pags-pahi
$nifi-po ;	gun-pa mgrcgs;
4z$-p7P; vnyug-rgod;	na§-
hbra$-can (Milon.).
^3) hon 1. a small measure. 2. =^’
or 4’5. 3. n. of a place in Tibet (S. kar.
200) ; 4’2”’5J*’*4’3-%> n. of a celebrated
Lama of JHon.
hon-kyafi
<3cufi but, yet, notwithstanding; 4’3^’
F’^’Sf woFbut some ; 4’w occasionally
used for it (Mil.).
£ ^'4 hog-cig (<Kor &Ч)
give me or fetch me one ; also=4’^’1»
Аол-^йЯ=^,3Е-‘ hon-kyafi.
bou-te f^’5, Vfa nevertheless, yet.
44 hon-pa deaf, also to bo
deaf; 4q’q, 4q’3, 4’3 a deaf-man; 4q4
a deaf woman; 4'3q’ hon-loft deaf and
blind.
4”^ hon-safa^3^t: scout, spy:
(Rtsii.).
hon-sefl with byed-pa to pay
attention, to watch, to spy (<?&.)•

1121

hob or ufwra 1. ditch, trench,
pit Dzl.; ^fo^j fire pit; also fig.
the fire pool of passion (Ja.). Xwgnpj
the fire-pit quarter. 2. v.
(Jd.). 3. n. of a hell (B. ch. 5).
hobs or	described as
a wild animal of the bear species; it is
of fire colour with a white face (Rtsii.).
2^’5 hom-bu or $*’9 humbu the
Tibetan tamarisk found growing in most
parts of Tibet abundantly, especially in the
plains of Yarlung. Acc. to the general
belief of the people of Yarlung the name
’5P’ was given to an ancient palace of
Tibet built by king Nya-thi-tsan-po on
account of the abundance of Bom-bu trees
in its neighbourhood.
I: Bor n. of a village in the dis-
trict of 1’4^’ Sne-thaft near Lhasa where
Atis'a spent the last days of his life: ^’4^
^*3he resided in the monas-
tery of Nyethang (A. 70).
II: 1. dropsy of the skin vescicles.
2. an eddy, whirlpool.
+ hor-hgah 1,=Л*гяд|* someone.
2.	adv. seldom, occasionally.
keep it, put it by ;
leave it.
in the dialect of
Amdo equiv. of our: many thanks: V
q »5X'& (yf. 1^4) ;	= ОТ
hor-pa spor-wa to remove
from one place to another, to transfer:
having transferred
to the monastery of В o r-pa (A. 137).
hoi the flax plant; clover ;
lucerne.
Wp Bol-kha or n. of a district in
Lokha: ^рк^ар^*^(A.
27) he ordained two monks at Bolkha.
^'Р’^’^Ч hol-kha gug-cig one of the 37 holy
places of the Bon (G. Bon. 38).
hol-dgah stag-rise rdsofi
the Jong of Bolga, where the late Dalai
Lama	was born (Вой. % 14).
hol-mdud=	ol-mdud the
fore-part of the larynx.
afa’q hol-pa a species of kite
numerous in Tibet (Шит.).
AoZ-§/>*/i = K‘q|*irags-tsham (Yig.
71).
Sq gS	та*-.,
afar# Bol-mo or	a place in
upper Tibet where the Bon doctrine is
asserted to have been first spread; n. of the
paradise of the Bon.
hol-tshod a guess, any random
estimate (Situ. 41).
•Ь Й(ОГЧ£’ hol-уай = 5$’^’ dpe-у an.
ho$-pa also =	[1. vb.
and adj. to be worthy, suitable; becoming
appropriate, with termin. inf. in later times
and vulg. with the root:	it is be-
coming, it is meet to give;
it is not fit to be seen;	to be
wished, desirable;	he be-
comes adorable ; to be praised, laudable
praiseworthy,	bkur-hos deserving
honour Cs. 4*10501	the punish-
ment condign to all; rarely with genit. :
(Mil.) he is deserving
of universal honour and respect,	he
was not worthy to be a king.
the one that is the most deserving of being
142

1122

mistress, she that has the gentlest
appearance, that is most of a gentle
woman;	he is worthy to be his
colleague ni. /. (JZ«7.). 2. more particu-
larly in colloquial language : right (for the
q and	of earlier literature);
й	(Glr.) to entertain illicit
intercourse;	a lawful, an
unlawful or discreditable matter (Schtr.);
what other means or way is there ?
hos-spyi-гса to finish (a thing) for the
most part.] taken from Jd.
ho^hisham^	or
tolerably fit, just fit (Rtsii. 13).

*4 ya is the twenty-fourth letter of
the Tibetan alphabet corresponding to the
English у or Sanskrit ??. It is subjoined
in certain cases to other letters, its form
being then changed.
*4 ya 1: 1. num. fig.: 24. 2. (a)
the symbol of is
for the purpose of showing what the nature
of all things are (K. d. 321). (b)
I	it is a sym-
bol of the want of attachment liberating
all that is uncovered i.e. naked (K. g.
% 43). 3. = ^V\ or smallness,
littleness (mystic) (К. g. Г, 179).
4 II : an equal: an equal euemy;
Х,цг a pair; a relation, a friend.
Often with 4^*1 gcig, one of two things
that belong together as forming a pair,
also one of two opponents:
blind of one eye;	one of a
pair of boots, an odd boot;
I in one hand
holding gold, with the other leading his
daughter;	empti-
ness and clearness being inseparable from
each other;	v. F*;
unequalled, matchless; adversary,
antagonist; one-eyed.
<4 III : is a root signifying: above, up,
etc>, in contradistinction to « ma which=
below, down. ya-gi or = up
there, yonder, as opposed to down
there, or just there, over there;
^’9| €Х’ up here:	all
is drinking water up here (Snd. Hbk.
146). “T	having the
upper teeth, the upper teeth; «’P=
having the lower teeth.
ya-khyer~^№ lhag-ma remainder, excess ;
ya-mgal—F^'^ upper jaw;
—lower jaw ($dg. 15). «rag ya-
mgu the upper cover of the vessel from
which water is poured or sprinkled in
making offerings of forma to spirits;
”'*3 ma-mgu the lower part; also, of a case
or box.
ya-ga 1. col. the good one, the
better one of the two. 2. bad reputation
(a.).
ya-gans a large numeral:
|gq-gqw’4]wX’«V’ I (Ya-sel. 56).
+ <*гч|5 ya-gad	footstool,
footstep. 2. = ^’^ or	a flight of
steps (K. du. 236).
ya-gyal l.=*]^|'S or alone,
single, solitary (YLnom); esp. one of several:
one among many is
called yagyal (Situ. 24);
it happened to be one of
five members described as existing (Sorig.
3). 2. n. of a place situated towards
the north of Lhasa where there is a
palace of the Dalai Lama (J. Zan.).
ya-fta or ya-na-wa 1. repen-
tence. 2. anguish, fright, shuddering,
with genit. or accus. of that which is the
cause of it;	a formidable
host;	terrible danger (Ja.).
«гаде-1
1124
«™з)5лц
Ya-bchati n. of a place in
upper Tibet (Jig. 7).
*4 2/a-sw a kind of Chinese tea (Rtsii^.
^5 ya-ta for when tho letter * is.
subjoined to another letter.
4’^	a mystic
circle (K. g. F, 28):
tho mystic circle for worshippring Sugata
(Buddha), the mystic enchanted circle
by means of which Nirvana is reached:
(D.B.).
ya-tog WT 1. a tower. 2. a market.
ya-gduft mental suffering.
ya-tho# the upper part of the fore-
head (Jig. 31).
ya-mthati — 'i^to t hog-ma the begin-
ning ; the first stage :
the first stage of Bhogavati or the region
of the snakes (Ya-sel. 39).
ya-hdeg$ = 4\*\^ (Yig. 98).
^’5 ya-])o = a rival, an adversary
(in a law suit). 2. butcher; executioner.
^5 ya-pad qt	fig. of
lotus flower inscribed on the top of an
image;	the lower
lotus (inscribed or in relief) (Jig. Jk).
+	у a-tea ksa-ra saltpetre.
UT4Ya-tca-ti =	an
attendant of the lord of death.
Ejoi ya-bral adv. solitary, separate; not
going hand to hand :
I resources and knowledge are sepa-
rate, t.c\, they do not go hand in hand;
he said that
religion goes apart from, is not a necessary
and inherent virtue of, humanity (Khri#.
15).
«wgq ya-ma-bral occurs in several com-
binanations as follows:—«wcpi’ci ya-ma
=	opp. of to disintegrate,
not to separate one from another or
disunite:	4 to keep intact,
the hold of one’s self (JD. $cl. 7).
ya-ma-brla=fy^’^\<i	trifling;
unsubstantial, hollow, worthless,
yama-zufi (in col.	without pro-
portion or symmetry, incongruous, not
fitting together, e.g., two shoes of different
pairs; also of religions, languages, customs,
that have sprung from heterogeneous
elements.
wr«5 ya-mad n. of a great number (Ya-
sel. 57);	[also n. of a Rishi]S.
ya-me# single;	ya-med
b8tofi-wa = ^'Q^'Q ro-btsoft-tca.
+ UTWj’y7!] Ya-man ta-ka 1. VWM
the transliterated Sanskrit epithet of
Shinje the lord of death. 2. discrepancy
in expressions or statements. 3. a term
expressive of wonder in the Sikk. dialect.
ya-tsha# opp. to *’<*5 ma-tshad-.
(A. 83).
ur«^ ya-mtshan	fwu,
strangeness, curiosity, amazement,
wonder; also, a miracle, supernatural
occurrence:	the king
greatly wondering;	it is a
thing to be wondered at;
that is not very astonishing ;
when the words are so
framed, or joined it is considered as
something wonderful (K. du. % 261).
ya-rntshan-can faWT wonderful;
very surprising or wonderful.
Syn.	fio-mtshar-che ; dge-
mtshan; rmad-byiift; Itad-mo-
che ;	$kyo-safy-ni# (Mfion.),

1125
Ж’|
curious doctri-
nes, also the doctrines of heretical teachers:
in the
Sutran-ta ninety six curious doctrines of
philosophical sects have been mentioned
(Grub. 6); of these thirty names are
mentioned in the Vyutpatti:—-(1)
«	(2)	(3) g«4-
’вщг ^гегтя; (4)	§
SHSS; (5) ’Й’йчч?; (6) §дч|Ч
liifw; (7) дьч'^ч ; (8)
в^ч ^1чича; (9) ч|^ч|я ч]5^ц япчтч; (Ю)
W-5’1 ЧГХЯТЯЧ!; (1J) Й^ Ч ; (12)
ЧпфЕЧ!; (13) ^'чч зГч; (14) §,ч|я а^ ч
ЧЗЗчГа; (15) ?5’ч чичт^ж; (16) ^ч-Л^ч
’«ЙЧГЖ; (17) Я^'З’Ч 1W ; (18) *S§«i'4
nJWf; (19) яХ^-’Гяч %rria; (20) ч§ч'§ч]*г^’
ц ч ч^тяя ; (21) яе.ч§5^ч|ч§ч]«ч я;тчя<?Г;
(22)	’«TW’ai; (23)
SWPsr; (24) я э?-ч|ч-9ч]ч «j н^чя^ ; (25)
д^-ч^кЯ чтея^;	(26) Фч З'^ч
Яггпз^; (27) Фгз'°1Нч w?4gh (28)
ЧЭЧ'З^чч fccift; (29) Я^5’0|ч-вч*'^
(30) я’вчч-ч чЬ^язя (ЛГ. К).
«га^ Ya-Ъ slier a tribe in Tibet:
^^qwrq j	(Я. 30).
Ya-zig$ n. of a large village
situated to the west of Kalzang zampa on
the high road from Tsang to Lhasa near
lake Yamdok.
4ya-yud with	to
empower, to confer authority (spiritual as
well as temporal):	I
ya-yo in colloq.—or WSfa
crooked, awry;=^4
leaning towards.	ya-yo-mcd with-
out crookedness, straightforward.
ya-ra-lhab in	ya~ra
lhab-kyi пай-du (A. 127).
ya-rabs respectable class of
persons, high class people: urwr^pr
I	(Yig.
к. 1).
ya-lad corselet and helmet,
mail, armour: ч’*15'«Ярц ya-lad-bgos
equipped with armour ; put on the
coat of mail!
«Г*| ya-t^a esteem, = 3’4
«г^ ya-$er a kind of very fine satin
of variegated colours (S', kar. 179).
URJ’« yag-pa small mattock, hoe ; ЗД|*
сад-уад iron hoe,	<рй-уад wooden
hoe (Ja.).
uiq]’2j yag-po in colloq. used instead of
W’q good, right, nice:	it is
good or nice; sometimes, vul. even like a
vb.	id.
mqj’UWJ yag-yag n. of a great number :
чч| вд^яг3*гд»г,чче.‘ I (Ya-sel. 57).
yags present made to a bereaved
person as a token of condolence: the pre-
sent of condolence.	ma-yag§
by a $nam-pa la (A. 10).
ЧК’ yaft 1. wfu^, jpn=&<3
Wfqg but, but yet; again, once more, and,
also, further, then (occurring as first word
in a sentence):	q|^’cw$5r
thereupon the officer said: of quick-
wittedness there are many sorts. or
also	again and again;
used, also, like aur in Hind.: «кstill
smaller;	that was
still more pleasing than anything before;
«кstill more in detail. 2. and, also,
too (not as first word in sentence,
unaccented, the accent on the preceding
I
1126

word); after the final letters Я 5 * or *r
ujc.’ becomes 3^', and after vowels often
huft :	or OV4 3*’ I too; 3
my eldest boy too; q^w^E/o^-q
having merit besides;	—both—
and ;	hdi-yan de-yafi both this
and that,	both outside and
inside ; followed by a negative, neither—
nor; singly with a negative = not even:
J shall not even give a
single cowry for it;	у а Я with a com-
parative (as above) still:	still
more than formerly;	so
then the boy died, ^‘2* яч^е^
within a short time he was also able to
speak; g’*5 3q' even before this. 3.
also occurs joined to a verbal root, and
then = although:	though all
without exception bo gathered;
although they were seeking, they did not
find.
yan-dkar white-wash =
M the lime used in white-
washing (S. Kar. ISO).
yaft-ge or «к’«) used in colloq. for
^e’Zj yaft-po (it is) light.
<4e/^n	especially,
particularly.
dkar-po n. of a sect
of the Bon-po school.
<4e/4^ yafi-tbar—U^5ZTI really, in fact
(Situ. 132).
ya^-lci abbr. of	light and
heavy = subst. the weight : ^'1*^ to
examine the weight.
yan-hjug the second of two final
letters, viz., я after % na, ч ba, я ma
In the archaic words b§tand,
gyurcl, stsald, 5 is a yan-hjug but in
modern literature is not used; in the
words	^1” the letter я is a
yaft-hjug and is in general use.
yab-rje cho$-kyi rgyal-po
” 8(Pty. A*. 11) a title which one
of tho early Sakya-pa hierarchs had as-
sumed.
abbr.=real
substance or principal object, essence,
exact, true,
real (of price, &c.) (Zfrsit.).
Yafi-tfeft n. of a monastery
—the З’ЗЕ^е^е* В la-bra ft Yaft-$teft situa-
ted on a rooky precipice in the neighbour-
hood of Phagri Jong (Loft. >, 9).
yaft-thog^&WfK the highest
storey of a house, also^T’fa a dome.
yan-dag or °^V| q 4^ actual,
real, the very ; also adv. really, verily, in
reality, indeed; as adv. occurs either as
це’еД^ or a9 simply	Various
examples follow:—uje’V’TV’F yaft-dag-dgah
really glad, indeed delighted (ДГЯоп.);
^’YTJpi yaft-dag-rgyal lit. one who has
been absolutely victorious, emperor ;
ujE.5<T|-jKq yafi-bdag rgya$-pa wn copious,
abundant, plenteous, indeed;
yaft-dag-rgyug that which indeed
blows, the wind. ^e^or yaft-dag
hgrub-pa-thob thorough accomplish-
ment or attainment;	yaft-dag-hgro
a thoroughfare, free passage in every
direction, ^e^'q^n yaft-dag-hgro g$ lit.
perfect company, i.e. sexual union, че-^-
^я yaft-dag-sdom, perfect abstinence
or suppression; шЕ^чу^я yaft-dag-chag§
HW very attached, real love or affection;
yaft-dag-mjal чг full interview;
yaft-dag-btfien	close
proximity;	transcendent
glorification.
^’5^41
1127
I
yan-dag-rtog	reflec-
tion, imagination; consideration, sound
deliberation.
Syn. тпат-rtog;	bsam*
mno • я^'аяя mno-bsam (Mfton.).
wvtf?p]*r yaft-dag rtogs=^^^\ khoft-
du-chud	perfect comprehension.
«^Vj-tf^q yaft-dag-thos-pa qfvjfa to be
well informed, one who is well informed,
who knows much, who has heard much,
&c. Also=w^f*r promising.
yaft-dag-gna§ stability.
uK'^qiw yaft-dag-pahi mthah=
the end of religion, the
essence of virtue (Gser-phreft Iff).
u^’Vqq^gsrq у aft-dag-pahi hbra$-bu
KW the actual result, outcome, real fruit.
4c?5q|-q^-|jkq у a ft-dag-par §dom-pa Фцн,
^’uHfn^to restrain completely, effectually;
yaft-dag-par b$dam
[restrained]#.
yaft-dag-par
rdsogz-pahi san^-rgya^	the most
perfect Buddha (Jf. V.).
u^’^-q^gc/qq^ у aft-dag-par $poft-wa-gshi
the four acts which should be entirely
abandoned:—
^КЯ^-q’qg^ I
c&’^vq^'q’qg^ |
^•q^-q-qgVA I
(Snift-rgyan. Iff).
(1)	TOFit WJWn wtan^~
smfa; (2)	qrw-
(3)
Wfa; (4) ^qr^rnt ^ihlt ф$ь
ншгкг
(JT.F.). [Tho substance of the Sanskrit
expressions is as follows:—(1) exertion to
retain meritorious conditions already
existing; (2) exertion to produce such not
yot in existence; (3) exertion to put away
sinful states already existing; (4) exertion
to prevent such arising.]#.
yaft-na WW or, cither ... or;
and again.
yaft-na§ yan-da adv. well;
again and again, continually, repeatedly :
-q-5i|3j as yOU know
fully the doctrine of dependent-origina-
tion, pray let the camphor-like fragrance
of your favours come here continually
(Yig. k. 36, 51).
yaft-§prnl—^q’q?’§q’q sprul-pahi
$prul-pa the further embodiment of the
karma of a lama once recognized as an
incarnate being.
UK’Sf yaft-po also «к’П yaft-wa light
(i.e., not heavy), lightness, also fig.
hjam-shift yaft-wa what is soft and
light, commodious and easy, weak (Jdi).
ujc/я yaft-ma^w*^ mahi-ma grand-
mother ;	yaft-mes-po grandfather’s
father, i.e., great grandfather; yaft-
mes-mo great grandmother.
yaft-rtsal	ч lu^risal
yaft-po light physical exercise. 2. very
high skill, consummate art (Jd.).
yaft-rtsehi kloft-chen-^*^'^
mkhah-hgro ^nift-thig n. of a Bon reli-
gious work(D.jR.).
yaft-tsha great grandson :	=
^5'5=^*^
yaft-yaft hoft-wa 1.=^*ч to
walk round, to circumambulate (Itffton.).
2. to come often.
Yaft-ra 1. n. of a place in Tibet.
2. =	religious circumambula-
tion.
«1Е-ага^|	U28	pep’ll
yafi-le-qod n. of a rook-cavern
where the sage PadmSkara performed
meditation (Dsam. 7).
«к yafi-so$ wfa the first of the
eight hot hells where the soul suffers
continually from the torments of heat.
uje.'Bs	transmigratory
or recurring existence, the world (ДОоп.).
yafi-srid те$=^'ц emancipation;
freedom from transmigratory existence
(4Jfon.).
**k g[q yafi^lob pupil’s pupil.
yafi^pa faw, WTUH,
fWTT wide, broad, extensive : кжчгч a
wide field or plain ; or
large and spacious ;	wide open
country, a spacious placo; ^r4’WWQ
intellectual, very intelligent; yafi$-
dog breadth, area ; abbr. of uik.^ q
being wide and narrow (fitsU.).
uK*vq ^ Yafit-pa-can 1. n. of a
city in Magadha, aoc. to Csoma on the
site of modern Allahabad. 2. n. of a
monastery in northern Tibet called
in which there is a 8’4^’ or relic-
tomb of Tsong-khapa (Lofi. % 16).
yafis-pahi grofi-du
hjug-pabi-mdo n. of a Sidra on going into
the city of Vaisfcli (K. d. 255); and if
this Sidra is recited at the threshold of a
town or house all evil-spirits frequenting
the same will depart.
uiwqrSq yafi^pahi-mig fw-yiT^ 1.
with large eyes, a handsome woman.
2. n. of a goddess (К. my. *1, 14)-
*43] yan what is uppermost;
man-yan below and above (Cs.); yan-na
above, in the beginning, in the first place;
or adv. or postp.
above, in the upper-part;
standing in (the water) up to the navel;
$5 above the hips;	above
eight years’ old.
Yan-dha-fen-hufi-shi one of
the early emperors of China under whose
orders works on medicine were composed
(Grub. 8).
yan~pa l.=*W’4 gshan-pa the
other, another: uiyq q^qjx arq]^’ give me
another. 2. adj., free, vacant, unoccupied,
ownerless, of places and things that
are common property, like the air, rocks
and stones etc.;	4 a dog without a
master, vagrant dog;	there are
yet places unoccupied; of fields: untilled,
fallow-ground; tho external world:
a helper from the external
world;	take care that
the mind be not distracted by outward
things ;	to suffer (the sheep) to
wander, go ownerless.
yan-tag ufbfiX, ящу ; I.
member, limb, element:	the
five members: arms, legs and head;
в*чГ1’^ the 7 members or elements of reli-
gious service, i.e.:	profound salu-
tation, »йЦ'<г*5«гп offerings to a deity, wor-
shipping, ^qa-flq^'q confession of sins,
^qor^gSl^q to delight in virtue,
X^Qffcqto exert one’s, self to
preach the Dharma,
^«wq to dedicate all accumulated moral
merits to the attainment of Buddhahood
and aSa^4j«q'q'4W-85'W«'jNlfq q?-^-^*
ag n to pray for not passing to Nirvfipa.
eight subjects treated in the
medical works of Tibet are:	body,
cprq boy,	female disease, evil
spirits,	symptoms, ^4 poison,
old age. earned desire
an injured or defective limb;
уап-1ад-$куеь =	pho-mtshan the
1129
wsfa ।
«W|
male organ (Mnon?);	weak *n
the Hmbs, decrepit = <№. 2. appendage,
contributory; fig. branch of a river,
branch of a tree; also with reference to
books: section, appendix, supplement
(Ja.).
yan-lag brgyad-ldan-==-^'
river Ganges, she that is possessed of
eight attributes: q<tar<i coolness
sweetness, lightness (digestive),
softness, clearness freedom
from impurities,	on drink-
ing soothing to the stomach,
^'4^ makes the throat clear and free.
yan-lag-nan a pilferer, a thief ;
lit. one who has a mischief-committing
limb, t.e., pilfering hand (Mnon.).
u^-etqpj&j yarJag-mchog as met.
chief of the limbs, lc., the head (Mnon.).
yan-lag inchog-ldan=^№
a handsome person;	я
a very handsome woman (Mnon?).
ui3j <4<q yan-lag na ms-pa	lame,
decrepit, one who is defective of limbs.
Syn. sha-гсо; SJ*rq grum-po; *3’^
hphyc-wo; yi'Q gyol-po ;	yan-
lag ma-tshan-wa; q hthen-po (Mnon.).
Yan-lag med-pa	an
epithet of Kamadeva.
*44 yab fact, fq<fr 1. resp. for	pha
father; rgyal-po yab yum denotes the king
as father and mother to the country (Glr.);
<nq	for the purpose of
healing the mind of his royal father
(Mgrin. 122).	yab-mes paternal
ancestors. 2. yab also specially signifies
the male personage in the yidam groups
of Tantrik Bodhisattwas each clasping
his yum or female helper.	yab-sra§
father and son or, in a spiritual sense,
master and disciple;	I
the chapter on the interview of the
Buddha with his father Sudhodana (K.
ко. s 80).
yab-gshi 1. the estates granted to
the parents of the Grand Lamas of Lhasa
and Tashi-Ihunpo (& kar. 181). 2. = «nifi
resp. for heritage of landed property.
*44'4 yab-pa or 1. to lock up, to
secure, keep safe:	things kept
securely, under safe keeping; to
hide, conceal (&7/.); ^^q or covered
place, cache, shelter. 2. in C. colloq. to
skim off from the surface of a fluid.
3. in JY. to move to and fro, hither and
thither, to fan, v. (Jd.).
yab-mo or ^“>q’Й 1. the act of fan-
ning, waving; also, anything waved to
and fro, as a fan, punkah, or beaten as a
cymbal.	| to beckon by
waving with one’s coat. 2. attracting,
provoking:	to bring on
a calamity.
yab-rin-po portico, veranda, e.g.,
of a monastery.
*4Jf 4’QJ Yam-pa-la n. of a great river
(К. my. % 68).
*4JT^ Yam-bu n. of the ancient capital
of Nepal, the modern capital Khatmandu
being also called by this name.
yam-me-wa=colloq.
1. moderate, middling, not severe,
tolerable; q^-qqNW^q^^^q passing a
moderate sentence (A. 122-123). 2. adv.
blunderingly, coarsely, roughly, rough-
hewn.
yam-yom also	ya-me-yo-
me or doing anything uncertainly,
purposelessly or nonsensically:
he was moving this
way and that (A. Ш)	yam-
143

изо

у от-la lu^-te falling or remaining in
ioubt (J. 126); uw'3j»f §54 to totter.
yam$ or	epidemic or
infectious disease, one being called «wraft
and the other	slowly or steadily
infecting disease.
4^ yar akin to tr. = upwards, above
higher;	to look upwards;
to travel up and down; W
q resp. to walk up aud down ;
yarJa, khyer-qog bring or fetch it up!
uk^wi from top to bottom;
to come up again, from a depth; ^’Qirq
r > rise, get up;	to increase;
Уаг-?УУи 0110 rising in rank and office,
Ле.	(Jig. 27)
a rising middle class man should (in tho
order of precedence) get the silk cushions
placed one above another on a rug.
yar-no tho part of the mouth in
which the phases of the moon increase :
it increased (in
prosperity) like the waxing moon (Sorig.
238).	yar-$nog таг-§под=щ^'^
moving up and down, also
walking this way and that way: 4^’3’
in
journeying from Gsan-phu to Rwa-$gren
aud back they did not require provision
for a morning’s halt (A. 123). yar-
bstod=^^\4\W4gycn-du hdegs-pa (Mnon.)
raising up, extolling;	yar-
hthud-mar-rti§ an average account, taking
the maximum and minimum figures.
«к'ЯВД Yar-kluns (also written чщ*
YarJun) an extensive valley forming the
principal district of tho province of Lho-
kha of which the chief city is Chethang
(t”^‘) on the Tsang-po ; is reputed the
most fertile district of Tibet and contains
many monasteries and residences of some
of the chiefs and nobles of Tibet. The seat
of Government of the earlier kings of
Tibet was in the valley of Yarlung:
the province of Yar-
lung being fine (in climate and produce)
(A. 9J).
Yar-kluns gna$-
gsum rten-gsum the three holy receptacles
and three sanctuaries of Yarlnng (i.e.9 six)
viz.: (1) ^'3^1 Cel-brag a monastery of
tho Rnift-ma sect situated on the top of
a high hill over-hanging the |Tsang-po;
(2) Tanduk-Dolmai lha-khafi an ancient
monastery containing a sacred image of
the goddess Dolma founded by king Sron-
dtsan sgam-po; (3) Tag-chen bum-pa a
small monastery in the neighbourhood of
which are one hundred and eight tombs
of former kings and queens, testifying to
the existence of the custom of burial of
the dead before the introduction of Bud-
dhism into Tibet; (4)	Ras-chuft-
phug a small monastery on the site of
the cavern where Lama Ras-chun-pa was
wont to perform ascetical meditations;
(5)	Zans-ri kha-dmar a monas-
tery on the bank of the Tsang-po founded
by the celebrated Ma-chig Lab-kyi Donma;
(6)	Tsan-dan yui lha khan
monastery situated in a grove of firs and
containing a sandal-wood image of Buddha
and a turquoise image of the goddess
Dolma; the roof of the temple being
painted green. All these places were
visited by the author of this Dictionary
in 1882.
Mivq уаг-гса=^?^ hthor-wa, in eolloq.
to disperse, scatter, send adrift; also, to
ramble, to be scattered (Sch.).
Yar-hbrog Yamdok pastures,
country of	(Lon. % 5)
1131
<WT]|
Yar-hbrog which was included in the
Thikor noted for religiousness of its deni-
zens.
у ar-та	hbri-dan mdso-
mo) a barren yak-cow; also a cross-breed
cow (Rtsii.).
Й’че; Yar-mo than or я^^'4^ G yar-
mo than n. of a district in the province of
lower Amdo and Khams (Lon. % 5).
Yar-mo §na-bshi n. of a district
in Lhokha (Yig. 62).	Yar-lnn—
Yar-klun$.	Yar-lun
Dar-rgya§—dgon n. of a monastery in
Yar-lung (Lon. я 19). т^^яТ4 Yar-
lun Sog-kha one of the 37 sacred places of
the Bon (G. Bon. 28). ^’^Я yar-log a
layman when he enters the order of monks
late in life, opp. to w <?я mar-log when a
monk reverts to the life of a householder
(Sorig. 270).
yal-ga C. colloq. “ ye-ka”
зщсГГ a branch, bough, twigs. ^'Я'З^
yal-ga skyur^^Q^^' star-bnhi дгп
(Mnon.) walnut tree.	yal-ga Ina
the five branches, t.e., the five
branches of the tree of the Mahayana
doctrine :—(1)	spyin-pa charity,
i.e., giving alms, help and protection; (2)
moral discipline, purity of
morals; (3)	tolerance and
forgiveness; (4)	assiduity
and industry; (5)	contem-
plation (K. d. \ 327).
Syn. mgo-lin; W $n-gi
brtiil shags; ifcq'vXkS sdon-pohi sor-mo
Mnon.
yal-ga-can	a notable
tree.
Syn. Izon-gin ; hdab-ldan ;
hdam-ma can ;	mgo-ldin-
can;	rtse-mo-can (Mnon.).
iMQI’^-qgq yal-ga hbrel v. ljon-$iit
tree (Mnon.)
cwo]-q^ yal-ga-hdsin v.	tjon-gifl
tree (Mnon.)
yal-gahi ral-pa— hkhri^
gin a creeping plant (Mnon.)
yal-gahi ri-dwags=a,s met.
monkey (Mnon.)
<4огя^’%’Я yal-gas lhag frejw.
yal-hphyon large numeral.
gal-wa 1. diminution, decrease,
lowering; disappearance, suppression*
2. to shrink, subside, cause diminution ;
to be displaced.
yai ma-yol repentance, regret,
and wonder that advantage was not taken
of a certain opportunity :
even all not appreciating, there
wfcs much regret (A. 157).
UJTI’UIQJ yaLyal\Cs. 100,000 octilli-
ons] the 47th number enumerated in the
phal-ehen*.	(Ya-
sel. 57). wwa^’q yal-yal chen-pa a
million (Jd.).
yal-yol	relaxation
in attention, carelessness. 2. n. of a
number:	I i^a-sel.
56).
4*4 yas 1. = д^ or ^5 devoid of, less
than; without:	without end, end-
less ; numberless ; 5ччГад measure-
less, unfathomable, Я5^*4 immeasurable,
incomparable. 2. from off, from above:
wwq to come down from above;
the one above, the upper one ; from
above C. 3. in Budh.
the word yas signi-
fies the state in which there is no unhap-
piness (Bbum. p, 283).
I
1132
^74^ 1
^*1 деа у a %-hjab the kind of red or
brown coloured leather with which wooden
bo kps or trunks are lined in Tibet (Rtsii.).
C\
ya^-phyin or	n. of a
certain large estate in Tibet:
9л 3'f^V (Rtsii.).
<a/n qspwjoi yas-bsu mas-skyel or
^сгч'ч'Wjp early sowing and
late sowing of grain (Rtsii.}.
yi 1. num. fig. : 54. 2. in some
combinations inst. of $5.
S)’4| yi-ga—1^'^ appetite, taste:
the appetite is lost; «I it is
grateful to the taste ;	yi~ga hchu$-
pa repulsion felt in swallowing food:
(Mng., ch. j5.)
yi-<7« fefa, V4K, ЯГЧ,
1. any letter of the alphabet; explained
as	I
3 I the representation of sound
forming the basis of the composition
of both names and words; but such
letters do not indicate the meaning
of words,	and generally
show merely their nature (Lon. ®J, 17).
Acc. to Tshad-ma Rnam-Hgyel we have
another definition:
|	f
and. again we read:	I
letters are the basis of all acquirements.
the Tibetan printed letters,
the headless current hand-writing, of
which there are again different kinds : —
the very carefully-formed character
used in copying books, ^З^Я hkhyug-
yig the running hand and often rather
illegible writing, and ячя'оЦ a formal
large hand. $yi-ge klog-pahi
bran-khan ftffqrsn^n;	yi-ge hgod-
pa f%fq,	the arrangement
of letters in a book or letter.
yi-gi drug-pa	f^jr the six-syllable
(prayer), the Om-iua-ni-pad-me-hum\
^S^ q to learn one’s letters ; writing
and cyphering. 2. written letter or note,
any written document; S^|’|*|'S|regis-
ter of virtues and iniquities; $
a written answer (6?/r.);	(in
recent years) = an envelope;	to
write a letter, $ to send off a letter,
^^•?qq one who has obtained a
written order or document, to receive a
letter; yi-ge §leb a letter arrives;
u<% Ag q to put into writing; $'^'9*’
«?qjq to dictate; у{-де-ра = ^'$Щ
fafasnx a writer, a copyist;
yi-ge gin ЙГччкЯЧ, a writing board;
yi-gi-hi-gshi the substance on which a
letter is written.
*4’35^ yi-chad—^'^ or 5мг jfq.
yi-dicag$ (acc. to Bon=-”*^5’
qi'a^l^q or	those that always
think of food) 5a, a class of spiritual
beings of the Buddhist Bhavachakra or
cycle of existence, condemned to suffer
torments of hunger and thirst in the
ghost-world, a grade of punishment little
less severe than the full torments of hell.
They are usually represented as giants
with huge bellies and very narrow throats
hardly fitted to swallow the tiniest
particles. The different kinds of Yi-dag
or Preta are: (1) gul-bum 4vW;
(2) -*P ga-za ; (3) Ǥ^'3 hbyun-po
(4) SH M srul-po ; (5) дкдогр lussrul-
po ; (6) smyo-byed ; (7)
skyem-byed ; (8)
WWht; (9) grib-gnon (10)
В srin-po ; (Ц)	rnam-gruhi
1133
gdon XqaW'S; (12) S^qVi lyahi-gdon uij-
Pwv. [(1) headless demon; (2) ignis-
J'atuus; (3) ghost; (4) a female demon
causing disease in children; (5) a goblin;
(6) insane devil; (7) a leaping demon; (8)
a demon causing forgetfulness; (9) the
shadow; (10) a malignant spirit; (11) the
star Revati; (12) causer of destruction
to birds]& Again, these Preta are
divided into four classes according to the
nature of the torments they are destined
to undergo for the expiation of their
sins (1)	those that are
outwardly obstructed from the use of
food and drink. When these wretched
beings go to springs, lakes, or tanks to
drink water they are chased by hosts
of demons armed with javelins and
spears ; and the "water appears to them as
repulsive and foul as pus. (2)
those that are inwardly obstructed
from eating and drinking; although great
is their appetite and hunger when they
get food and drink they cannot enjoy
them on account of their gullet becoming
exceedingly contracted. (3)
those that are called fire-flame
wreathed Preta who, as soon as they
take food or drink, become changed into
flames of fire. (4)	tjan-ljin za-
ica those that subsist upon mucous, ordure
and urine, etc.; some of them eating
their own flesh and blood when they
fail to satisfy their hunger by eating
filth. Acc. to Mdsod-bgrel, the Pretas have
an abode in the interior of this earth
five hundred yojana below Rajgriha in
Magadha. In reference to giving water
to the Preta, Atis'a remarked:
qЭ'Уч those called
Preta devoid of the power of digestion
cannot obtain other than a drop of water.
S)yi-dwags kyi-yul	ScPffa
the subject of the Pretay the land of Preta.
S)	yi-dwags-kha-hthor-mhi-
gnas the places where Pretas live in a
scattered manner such as the neighbour-
hood of human habitation, table-lands, &c.
{B. ch. 5).
yi-dwags bdag-po Sarf^
the lord of the Preta.
yi-dam 1. or	33Z, ^2-
^аат tutelary deity, a deity whom a
person chooses to be his guide and
protector. Of these there are a large
number, of varying form, being fre-
quently Tantrik phases or aspects of such
well-known gods as Tamdin, Dzainbhala,
Mi-gyowa, aid the goddess Panden
Lhamo; also there are yi-datn forms of
the Bodhisattwas Jampal and Chenraisi,
with or without their female or com-
panions. Acc. to Jd. a man chooses a
tutelary deity either for his whole life or
only for some particular undertaking, and
with such he enters into an intimate union
by meditation. 2.=V*'4«4	resp.
oath, vow, asseveration, promise :
Sj^wq^-q	firm adherence to
one’s word ;	to lodge a vow.
^’3'^ yi-phya dun-ne for	=
sems-skyo-ica to repent, to regret.
{Khrid.
29).
yi-mug-pa for
semz-rmofis-pa to he unhappy, displeased;
sorry, sad, dejected:
is not a deed so unfortunate as this {Rdsa.
22);	having become
displeased with the daughter-in-law
{A. 77).
u^-^^-q yi-rafi^-pa (for
dgah-wa {Шоп.)	(Л. X) joy,
^Ч||
1134

cheerfulness; to be delighted, pleased:
the attendants being joyful
(Рад. 297).
yig in compounds for yi-ge;
letter, circular epistle; *5’^ contract,
Р'«1ч| address (of a letter); bargain;
dancing-book, rules for religious dances;
oiwS)q| passport, permit to travel;
records, notes; a lino of л book
or Ms.; clerk, copyist; yig-
phran = v№\$F (Ya-sel. 11) a note, a small
letter.	n. of the
keeper of the official records of the
Government of Lhasa; also name of a
book which contains tho abstracts or
register of official records (Yig. J);
yig-hdsiu a receipt in writing;
written contract;	to enter
into an agreement.	yig-lhad inter-
polation in writing; also mistakes in facts,
grammar, &c.: g^
entirely free from defects without any
foreign matter inserted in it (Ya-wl. J4).
yig-b$kur correspondence, epis-
tolary guide containing the different
addresses and customary phrases used in
writing letters;	yig-b$kur
rnam-bshag a popular work on correspon-
dence, complete letter-writer.
yig-bskur-wa to correspond.
yig-mkhan one who is versed in
the art of reading and writing.
Syn. yi-ge-pa;	bri$-pa
inkhan ; $ yi-gehi mkhan-po\
$игу«-<7И-см (Mnoni).
^qT^ql yig-drug or yi-ge drug-
ma the six letters—Om, ma, i?i, pad, me,
hum (Rtsii.).
I: yid resp. W thugs the
intellect, the mind, esp, the powers of
perception and imagination, said to be
distinguishable from bio which indicates
rather tho heart, mind, will, disposition,
than tho mental talents; but the two
words are often confused and used inter-
changeably. Thus $5 yid in
yid-du-hon-wa agreeable, clearly signifies
a sentiment or disposition.
yid-bshin-gyi nor-bu fawnfa a jewel or
talisman that grants every wish ; ^5’^ ytd-
kyi agreeable, to one’s mind:	yid-
kyi mtsho a pretty lake;	fiahi
у id-la mi-hbab it does not please me, I do
not like it; «К*!though you
may fancy it in your mind, yet you do
not perceive tho taste;	yid-la
byed-pa hdsin-pa to comprehend,
perceive, remember, mind, take to heart;
yid-kyi byed-pa to do a thing
accordant with one's mind or fancy;
§ yid-kyi ze.hu hbru anther of the
heart, beloved, dearest (Yig. к. 1);
yid-kyi zla-wa	=
friend, beloved friend—lit. the newly
risen moon of one’s heart
to him who is my dearest
friend (Yig. k. 51). «КЭ’ЭТ’З yid-куъ
phyag-rgya	chief meditation, Лс.,
the concentration of the mind on the
attributes of deity (Ifrfon.).	yid-
kyi-las—^fy\ or	imagination,
thought, operation of the mind (Mnon.);
^5’1 ’^‘5 yid-kyi (^in-rta	desire, wish,
expectation.
yid-kar hon or^V^^’ 1.
гёггч very handsome. 2. without impu-
rity, pellucid; pure water.
Syn. rnog-med;	gsal~la-
dicans (Mnon.).
45’J yid-skyo repentance, heart-trouble.

1135

Syn.	sems-skyo-wa ;	yid-
hbyun\ skyo-qas (Mnon.).
S^’Qgorq yid-hkhritl-wa acc. to Sch.i men-
tal suffering acc. to Jd. to be uneasy,
troubled, harrassed ; ws^g'4’4 yid-hkhrtil-ua
to be mistaken.
yid-gyur-gyi myofi-wa=
qj N’q bsgom-pahi nams skyes-pa.
yid-can=or	living
beings (Yig-).
yid-chad-g)a — ^’^^ or in
(Rdsa. 21).
yid-ches-pa to believe, to rely,
to depend upon; belief, confidence, faith,
trust.	having become
a little distrustful towards you (Mil.);
$5гтсцгг»п§ for inducing belief.
Syn. of sbst. <q5<Y'4'3qN gtan-la-phebs;
gdon-mi-za ; nes-pa ;
dogs-au-d (lotion.).
$5’^ yid-ne~^№Y$ sem§-ne,	rndsa-
bo friend, intimate (Mnon.).
«)5yid-gnis = ^«4*	doubt,
hesitation.
Syn.	the-tshom za-ica; nia-
ne§\ so?n-ni (Mnon.).
Si^'q^N yid-bcugs or ^Vq|§<4*i yid~gcugs
friendly, affectionate towards
friends or relatives (Nag.).
yid-gtuns misery, suffering.
Syn. g4]’4g«i §dug-§nal;	yid-nan-
vhud; yid-mi-bde (Mnon.).
Sj^qyq^ у id-blags for yi-dwags.
“15confidence, reliance; ^S’^VP'4
aid-brtan dkah-wa not to be depended
upon, hardly to be believed; faw
trust, faith ;	confident, confi-
dence;	yid-brtan-par
bya-ua ma-yin-pa objects on which no
reliance can be reposed and not to be
considered as safe.	I
1 g’Qgq'q^ap^^
j	| (K. du. 5,
203).
S)5’$^ q yid-mihun-pay v.
yid-dan hthad-pa HHfri, .
favourable:	the
great king is well-disposed (K. du. S, 202).
yid-du-hthad well-favojired, =
q]3«r|^-5i^-q handsome body (Mnon.).
yid-dogs-qar-wa=.
the-tshom skyed-pa to doubt (Ya-sel. 31).
^5'^ yidddan humanity, =
yid-ldan*ma	n. of a
Yak^ini princess (Mnon)).
^S'S5S yid-dpyod fpJ-.uxWr exami-
nation of the mind, investigation into
the mental faculties. There are three
distinctions in it:—(1)	;
(2)	; (3)
(Lon. 13).
S^-sMsrq yid-hpham-pa to be cast down,
dejected, depressed.
yid-hphyo (5J^) n. of a great
number:	(Ya-sel. 57).
yid-hphrog тЙТТ very handsome,
charming, very beautiful (Mnon.).
yid-hphrog-pa to prepossess, to fascinate,
charm.	yid-hphrog-ma a charm-
ing woman with both personal and mental
accomplishments (MnonT); also n. of a
Yaksa princess (Mnon.).
yid-hbyln-pa to be discontented
or weary.
yid-byun an epithet of
Kamadeva (A. K. 1-3/)).	yid
dbyun-wa	to be depressed in
mind, anxious, disquieted.
1136
yid-mo$-tshal 1. a grove of
lilies= 3'<iVtei ku-mu da-tshal (Mnon.).
2. = fascinating; also = ^S’^Yq
agreeable, pleasing to the mind, pleasant
(Л. 126).
yid-myoi fuddled, tipsy (Ja.).
yid-^mon wish, desire;
[glad in heart]#. v. $mon-
pa. и|\Й=¥^ yid $mon-can a blessed heart,
blessed»
yid-t shim-pa =	of
charming appearance, of form that gives
satisfaction to the mind (4f/fon.). Siv&r
WRyva у id-ht shim-par hbyur-wa to become
satisfied, contented.
yid-gshuft L = Vr?’l tnam-rtog
illusive or unreal thoughts, imaginary
thoughts (ДГЯоп.). 2. as met. = a parrot
(МЯоп.).	or $5’deluded.
yid-gshu^ 1. prudent,
acute, perceptive, v. gzufi$. 8^,4Hwq
yid-gshu^-pa a prudent man, a man of
analytic powers (Mnon.). 2. = ^w^Zf
sems-draft-po honest, straight-forward,
upright:
clear iu mind, clever in resources, straight-
forward, of varied knowledge.
yid-bshin^^\w^ wish,
thought.	yid-bshin-grub heaven,
bliss.	yid-bshin kun-hbyun
as met. the ocean; also a gem; gx#8iv
§ku~htsho yid-b^hin kun-hbyu&
(Yig. k. 83)	yid-bshin nor-bu
fa’arnfa the wishing gem (А. К. 1, 46);
fig. of the fulfilment of one’s desires (Yig.
A.):	by laying
hold on the Chiniamaqi gem one’s wishes
are fulfilled ; ^5'q^’Sqc‘®|'JQ*’2> yid-bshin
dicaft-gi rgyal-po THfauai the prince of
all wish-fulfilling gems (Yig. k. 2).
yid-bshin ma-ma as met.=the great
ocean (Yig. k. 31).
yid-hoft or	yid-dti hoft-wa
1. handsome. 2. charming, delightful,
pleasing, agreeable.	yid-hofi-ma a
handsome woman, a beauty (Hbrom. F, 13).
Yid-hon-ldan an epithet of
the river Gandak: О ь
there is the river called Gandaka or
Yid-hon Idan after crossing which (you)
would enter the city of Yan^-pa-can
(Dsam. 13).
yid-yal wmx [a house]#.
yid-ran-tca =	yi-ran-ica
a dgah-wa (МЯоп.).
^S'^’qIS‘q	[debate in the
mind]#.
S)^ei§s‘q yid-la byed-pa 1.
imagination, fancy. 2. vb. to take to,
to be pleased by : SM’§vq ^'S’q
(K. d. % 355) what is called
q implies the fixing of the mind on
things.
Syn. of 1. rnam-rtog\
bsam-mno\ mno-bsam (Sfrnon.).
yid-la$-$kyes lit. mind-born,
an epithet of Kamadeva the god of love.
Syn.	yid-la^-byun;
yid-srub$ (МЯоп.).
yid-log-pa to be tired or weary
of.
^S’q^S’q yid b8ad-pa=\SW44
[sad in mind]#.
yidJtsam^^S*^ yid-bshin.
yid-srubs	hdod-lha,
an epithet of. Kamadeva the god
Ц37	ufa4||
of love. 2.	the 3rd month of
the Tibetan kalender (Шоп,). 3. a
refractory stubborn mind (Jd),
^•Ц yin-pa l. = the vb. to be ; and is
used to express direct affirmation or with
a negative particle direct negation, and
also to connect any attribute with its
subject. Thus:	he said, it is,
is not;	he is a lay-
man;	who are you?
I am a man of Tsang. In
books it will be found that «Ц is employed
to express both the first and the third
persons, sing, and pl., and * sometimes,
though not so commonly, the second
person chiefly indeed interrogatively:
are you his son? Colloq.
however in С. seems to be rarely if
ever used with the second and third
persons, being resorted to with the
second and (occasionally) third persons
and X5 “re ” reserved for the third
person; thus a Lhasa man would say:
J am a tailor, but would
use jXx^JterqXs to express: he is a tailor,
and	for: you are a tailor.
But in books	would commonly=
he has gone. 2. is often found in the
past sense:
Ijorq’S)^ the officer of that period was an
emanation of S'akya-thubpa;
qthat unsmiling demon was
that king (Glr.), q'^=has been. 3.
as Jd, points out, this vb. is only used to
connect the attribute and not to express
presence or existence, and not
being employed in such cases ; e.g., “I am
in the house ” cannot be turned
but must be rendered with ^5- 4.
in addition to its use as substantive vb.
occurs as auxiliary vb. joined either
to the participle or to a gerund. Joined
to the participle it may indicate either
the present or past tenses:	I am
going;	I have, or he has, sold;
B^>5H has departed;
did you have a guide ?
ч who is within that ?	what
has become of him?
what had you been doing just then ?
Also, may have fut.	sense:	I
shall die ; ^’^q^q^ q«H she	shall	be
given to whomsoever	knows her;
^5 indeed you will	have to	go	now
(Jd), Combined with the gerund in
3 or 3^ it forms in the colloq. a narrative
pressnt incessantly resorted to, but the
seems here again reserved for the first
person: ESS‘g’ifaЧ4 are you reading
now ?	am reading. Annexed
to the supiue in rgyu it forms a future
tense frequently heard in talk and met
with in the later literature:	I
shall buy that horse;
will attend at your honour’s abode. In
the fut. 3rd person ^5 red is generally the
auxiliary. 5. In metaphysics the terms
S^‘2w[ and	are hotly discussed;
signifies	what is contrary to
what is is and in the same manner
what is opposite to f-0-, S|^q’w3q[q
is that which is. Besides these, expres-
sions like	Й ^ q-H^^q-Si^ q?
etc. also form subjects of
discussion in scholastic controversies.
u)q yib v. *^'^4=|qN eaves, shelter:
«to take shelter from the rain.
S)q*w yib*ma something hidden.
ujq’4 yib-pa to hide one’s self.
Syn- '’I44 gab-pa \ адргуч bag-la-nal
(Шоп-)-
144
1138

yib-gin an officinal plant used
for wounds and sores (Sman. 335).
yu 1. num. fig.: 84. 2. in
to culminate (Ja.).
or yu-khu oats, or a
similar kind of grain.
43*^’ yu-gu-gin an officinal tree yield-
ing a remedy for wounds and sores:
Fw-Z/wr,	1 и-ge^ra n. of a
country and people; tho part of Mongolia
situated to the north of Amdo.
Iм-na n. of a place in JJphan-yul
[Rtsii.) \	Yu-na Dpal-hbyor
glin chief town with fort and monastery
in Jlphan*yul {Rtsii.).
«je yu-ja a kind of Chinese tea.
<3^ У u-tafi an ancient monastery
in Nepal:
3«гчтч§«|'ч,ГГ!Ь *Ц'3 ' Л'- 9- ч', L)T •
yu-thi-ka n. of a sweet
scented flower (7C. ко. *4, 4) Jastninum
auriciilatum]S.
yu-wa l. = ^'^v the life-tree.
2. a stick; that part of anything which
the hand can grasp. Ч’4	ono with
a stick; 3’xi gri*yu haft of a knife;
debs-yu handle of an awl; leg of a
boot;	provided with a
handle, 3'^5 without a handle (Jd.).
yu-ico an ox or yak having no
horns. yu-mo 1. any hornless female
cattle; also, esp. a hind, female of stag
(Pth. 192a). 2. n. of a place in Tibet
(Deb. ”1, Зв).
•b ’54| yu-bu-cag = *^'\ ran-re and
bdag-cag we, ourselves; also acc.
Сз.=:^’д'-5Д] hii-bu~cag.
Ч’* yu-ma or	weeds. yu-ma-
yu-wa or	weed out, to remove
weeds from a garden or cultivation (Rtsii.
54).
yug 1. a piece of cloth or stuff;
§ as they had but
one cotton cloth for their clothing.
yug-snam piece of serge-cloth. 2.
for in Uil.
’4 yug-p i old word=*|q cj the leg
with the foot.
5 yug-po defined as
phub-ma dan-rtsa shib-hdres-ma chaff and
hay-dust mixed together.
yug-yug rgyab-pa to wag
(like the tail of a cow); to whirl round.
yugt-pa, l.sy^ to anoint, rub,
daub with; imp.	yugs-qig. 2.
sometimes for
yug§-pho a widower;	yug$-
7iio a widow.	yag^-sa or	yugs-
za mourning for a deceased husband or
wife, and the state of uncleanness conse-
quent on it, the duration of which varies
according to the circumstances under
which the first or second spouse had died,
and also in different provinces;
widower;	yug§-sa-ma or
yug$-sa-mo a widow;	one
who has married a widow.
«gc-a yun-tca	1- turme-
ric;	turmeric colour, yellow.
In Sikk. it is called Sf'fc tga-ser. 2. n. of
a place in Uphan-yul {Lon. *, 3).
Syn. of 1. чрК’яЕзд! gser-hjom^; **Vr
Nlq mdog-mchog ,	mdog-mde$.
pa; «Mi ser-mo; gser-ldan (IMon).
yun-ma=^-« nuH-ma turnip.

1139

yuns-kar	Л)
xrfsi^ JiKt white mustard;	¥1 yun$-
nag also called М*4 pad-ffafa black
mustard. ®jt.*i4g yuns-hbru mustard-seed,
grain of mustard: "jswagas small as a
grain of mustard.	yun§-mar
я oil of mustard.
yud l. = 45’^1 an instant, a very
small portion of time stated to be a space
of time varying from 8 seconds to 1|
minutes. 2. acc: to Sty. |5 fol. 53 *35
is a space of time of longer duration, 48
minutes; acc. to Schtr. inBhotan=$^5 24
minutes. 3. a black or coloured stripe
on woven fabrics ; striped black
or white in JF. (Jd.).
ytMcyis^wfaffi adv. quickly,
instantly:	saying I will
come (he) quickly vanished (Л. 131).
45 ^ yud-du in a moment, ^5’3я yud-tsam
==$q’&< hrib-tsam (or ^ч^я srib-tsam) a
moment, about a moment:	’§^’«1*
(Rdsa. 22). yud-yud,
= 45’^4I'4V^I momentarily, only a
moment.
gun any certain space or
length of time,	yun-ci srid-du
how long ?	yun-hgor-wa to delay,
to take long to do a thing :
(D.	yun-
thuA-wa a short time, of short duration ;
yun-rin (A. IT. 1-3 J) a long time;
gun-rifi-po,	yun-rin рог
or during a long time.
a long time since or past:
stayed or remained for a long time ; W
Яе/rW long-lived; ^уЧсгя yun-rin-ma late,
old, stale.
Yun-nen Yunnan, a pro-
vince of China.
yum 1. resp. for я, нтй,
mother.	the queen-
mother 2. the or 46 female energy ”
of a deity or Bodhisattwa, but in
Tantrik ceremonial usually thought of
and represented as a female companion
or concubine of the deified personage.
^Ч’^я the symbolical representation of
the procreative and generative faculties ;
and in Tantrikism a male deity clasping a
female deity in his embrace or both
standing together. 3. нт^П a title of the
third and latest part of the sacred writings,
which contains the Abhidharma, or meta-
physical portion of Buddhist Scripture,
i.e., the collection of sacred writings
colloq. called Bum*, they are divided into
the detailed,
the middling, and the abridged compila-
tions :
(^ 21), he chiefly studied
(the Matrika) that gives birth to all
the Buddhas of the three periods, $я’^'
yum-chen-sa trig-er sans the
counterpart of the Prajna Paramita, «Зрг
*4‘3’8r^‘5’B3i’S in the Bon religiou
yum-mdo,=the Praj fiasara.
4. when a copy is made of a sacred or
royal writing or edict, the original from
which the copy is made is styled the
Yum-sans rgod-la hthen
the son of Bol-sans yum-la hthen (G. Bon.
23).	yum-sanshol-la hthen n.
of the son of 'дя-я^я(G. Bon. 21).
Yum-blo bzan-cho§ mtsho
n. of tho mother of Dalai Lama Kalzang
Gya-tsho (^•^•§•5#) (Loft. % 11).
yum-pa only in JF. to strew, salt
on food, ashes on the snow (Jd.).

1140

yur-ica 1. to irrigate; to arrange
irrigation canals:
ч (Yig. 9), the four provinces of U,
Tsang, Ilu, and the land intervening are
like an irrigated area. 2. sbst. aqueduct,
conduit, water-course, irrigation channel;
$bubs-yur a covered, subterraneous
ianal (ft./ ;	yur-icahi chu water
conveyed by a canal JaJ ;	yur-
po che $37 a large trench, channel, canal,
4^'3^ yur-phran wrf% a small channel ;
mother channel or feeding channel.
yur-ina the act of weeding,
я a yur-ma yur-wafo pull out weeds;
inetaph. to purify the mind, cleanse the
heart, e.g., by disburdening one’s cons-
ciciuc iJd.Y
up yul 1. primarily signifies: a
country in general, an inhabited land ;
secondarily, the country districts as
opposed to tho metropolis, provincial
parts, a province:	provinc ial
dialect, provincialism ; вргд яЗ'ч, яйч] chief
place, capital;	5 aj one hundred
countries, such as Sing-gala <Ceylon\
Thogar (Bactria), Li (Khotan), Balpo
(Nepali, Kashmir, Zahor-Urgyan (Udy-
ana), Magadha,	India; j’4*
China or India)	Tibet,
Mongolia. 2. a place; and sometimes
even a village. Whenever precedes
a word, it is to be understood as re-
lating fo the place (situation), Q*
in Benares. a happy place,
^4” a wretched place ; *5*ГЧ* ran-yul
country consisting of steppes, where cattle
abound or where they are kept. 3. a
sphere, region, whether physical or
metaphysical; the object or objects of
perception by means of the senses; ^5'
Ч^4! the provinces of the six senses,
t.e., forms (the external appearances
of bodies), sounds, ete. ч^гй’^’ц,
to perceive things either not at all,
or not correctly; ^Ts’q*’4'ir,4*rQS*rq is
stated to imply: exceeding the limits
of speech, unspeakable; ашгзВ’вргчс
=а шг	Й’ [jq-q frq. unimaginable,
inconceivable, =	subject;
дч yul-can yid-la $kye$	a business
man, one who has nothing else but busi-
ness to think upon; 4Qr52^=falRrqfa a
business man ;	the senses.
yul-khami 1. kingdom, r.^., of
Nepal, China, Tibet, country. 2. habita-
tion.
Syn. 4^^^	Ttfyal-
kham$;	yul-hkhor;	raii-
byufi §kye§ ; З’4!3!*1 yul-gyi	(Mnon.).
4*'*^ yul-hkhor ttj чж tract of ttw
country, province :
{МЯоп.) a country which contains about a
hundred thousand habitations.
yul-hkhor $kye$	(Mnon.) [several
plants such as Solatium jacquini, etc.]S.
yul-hkhor $kyofi 4HJ4TM met.:
a ruler; в^|к'^*га*Г4Гя^ Sutra in
(К. ко. 4^7) containing an account of
Buddha’s life, besides the legendary
account of prince Pui?ya Prabha.
yul-hkhor Idan Trf^u=(in
theatrical language) king’s brother-in-
law.	yul-hkhor dwan —	J4*'
a kiug, a potentate (not an
emperor) (Mnon.). Ч^Р*’^ yul-hkhor-
hdttn =	(Mnon.) king of geese,
VcHUJ, one of the four guardian kings of
the world.
4*,Q5^ yul-hkhyar immigrant, any
people who on account of poverty leave
^1	1141	w
their country and emigrate to other lands
(Rtsii.).
«prsj yul-gru a district, place, village,
town.
to confiscate
property, to resume lands :
«IV I
4q’q25 ytd-brgyad the eight organs
of bodily sensation and perception.
уnl-nan tempest; also public cala-
mities, such as famine, murrain, etc.
yul-fian-gyi tsub-ma the tur-
moil of the tempest.	yul-fian
hbod as met. = 33^*1 bya-skyuft-ka the
jackdaw (Mfion.), lit. that which invites
public calamities.
yul-can suited, proper, being in
its place, fulfilling its purpose (Cs.) ;
acc. to Was. that which is treated
objectively.
or	a
country’s usages, the customs or laws of a
country.
yul-ljofis an inhabited
tract where lands are cultivated.
yul-thafi local price:
(Rtsii.).
yul-sde 1. district. 2. a village or
groups of villages tinder circle headman
or governor.
Yul-phu bla-mkhar ordinarily
called ^n'S’qiHom-bu la-sgar the ancient
palace of king Gnah-khri btsan-po in Yar-
lung (Yig. 63).
q yol-phyufi-wa one banished, one
exiled.
Syn. hor-cig;	ma-hdug;
H'ijS ma-sdog;	sofis-tpg; ^’*^5
phyir-bskrad \ 55V* dbyafi; 95 phud (Mfion.).
yul-phyogs region, neighbour-
hood.
^59” Yul-dbus' the central
country, i.e., Magadha.	yul-dbus
skyes 1. a native of Magadha, one of the
middle country. 2. = ^’^’ pi-pi lift
(Mnon.) piper longum.
Syn. rgya-gar yul;
dbus-hgyur-hchafi (Mnon.).
$4’*^ yul-med improper, not in its place
(Cs.) :	what has no
place in my mind, that I beg you to
teach me.
yul-tsho a village, a cluster of
hamlets; properly a number of villages
classed together and placed under a local
headman.
yul-pshis, v. gshis.
yul-bzafi 1. fair weather (Cs.).
2. country with goodly climate, food and
water.
yul-yod-pa^^'^ yul-can (Cs.).
yul-lugs manners and customs
of a country, usage of a country.
Syn. lugs*, khrims*,
rigs-pa (Mnon.).
у us 1. boastfulness, swollen with
pride, exultation, fervour; also making
the most of things:	yus-cke-wa
exultant, very proud, one who thinks
much of himself: 9*i
fc’RV’ invitation was twice sent (to him)
but he being proud (A. 120) ;
unable to utter a word, the gullet
being choked with exultation;
§	(^ 132.
charge, blame, accusation, false accusa-
tion :	V	(A. 5) as soon

1142

as her sou returned (from hie journey)
the old mother laid accusations to her son
against his wife.
it being
true, in fact, in truth.
ye from the beginning, from eter-
nity, utterly, perfectly, highly, quite;
ye-$ton void or empty from the
beginning:	I ojq’enqq-
(Hbrom. Г», 32). ye-dag
quite cleau, clean from the beginning;
$’₽*|ч quite perfect. ^'^ч ye-nat, from
the beginning, from eternity: $^4’gV
S^'^q self existent from tho beginning,
ц)'<^'цэс:3 altogether good; ^spqv
я^| he has not hurt at all;
that is not to bo done by any means.
ye-hbyam^ — ^^S emptiness.
ye-hbrog accident, danger caused
by a gdou-evil spirit. It occurs in 3*
Fядчузс ч (Sorig. 13).
uTsrg^q ye-та byed-pa-=	^4$r§^-q
does not at all do :	<№wrq ^»r
^•q^ (Л. 132); StaXk ye-та
w’Xk’ was not at all good;
oik at я Хк’ your former religious course
was not at all good (Л. 83).	ye-
mi §nan not at all conceived or seen:
(Ya-sel. 15).
ye-med, ak’ojikq lon-ye med-pa =
K ^ q restless, continually at work, leisure-
less : ^Ч^Ч'Я-J^’qKS^’^a^qq
(Л. 29).
*4^ ус/н = яч in the dialect of Lhokha.
^5‘з,^«г| 4|==скя,уЙ 5д],?|*^’^5'4the earli-
est legendary king of Tibet who was bom
in a shell:
‘ifcj*rcrg (J. Zan.).
^41*4 one of the four earliest tribes of
Tibet (J. Zan.).
ye-reor once: *|4C
(Л. 123);
^’K’5^ rwa^gren-du у e-re-byon he once
visited Rwa-^gren (Radeft) (Л. 123).
Ye-ran or Yera
n. of a city, next in importance to
Khobom (Khatmandu), in Nepal.
$’-?|ч уе-^ез чпч the perfect absolute
divine wisdom; also occasionally
ye-mkhyen. This is inherent to all great
saints and divine beiugs.
^4'g ye-$cs-lna the five kinds of divine
wisdom(1) *ч$^ч’з’^ч
4JR; (2) а^’^’^Ч; (3) ч^чч^’Э^^ч
(4) Xi Хк ^|K'q5; (5)
^ч. In sooth ye-fes is of two kinds :
which comprises
чя’Хчччч’^ all spiritual knowledge; (2)
^’§5‘Ч‘чд^,{й’^ч which consists of
all apparent or unreal things.
мгЭ«г$‘Я|ч=1Ье self-originated wisdom.
вЬ?|<Гй1Цад’5 one of the five infallible
aggregates of divine knowledge;
the knowledge whieh leads t<£
Nirvana.
^ч’Ц ye-$es-$ku and а)’-3]ч й’йк’ ye-y®
tne-lon are epithets of Manju S'ri or Jam-
pal {Mnon.).
^4’ j<q Ye-$e$ rgyal-wa n. of a great
Lama of the Bon {G. Bon. 35).
ye-fes §nin-po=Jn?M4.
^’^4’5«]*j5’«X ye-fe$ phy^j-rgyuhi-mdo
a Sutra in the Kahgyur vol. (£, 370).
-«ft Ye-$e§ gtsug-phud one of
the successors of Ggen-rab in the Bon
hirearchy of Tibet.
^•^4 <q’g44 Ге-fes ishul-khrims one of
the four saints (<?. Bon. 35).

1143

Ye-bger gtsug-phud n. of a
predecessor of the founder of Bon
religion (6?. Bon. 12).
$’^’VP’ci Ye-san dkar-po 1. n. of a
tribe in Tibet. 2. n. of a Bon deity.
(J. Zan.).
^'3 Ye-su asserted to be a Chinese
Buddhist teacher said to have been born in
a miraculous manner:
{Grub. 5, 2).
yegs-pa rough, shaggy, hairy.
u)C’U)C' yen-yen disposing things pro-
perly, putting those of one size or kind
together, those different separately, &c.
(B^sn.).
«fc’q yen-ica—gyen-wa.
yed-po prov. for “<<ijS yag-po.
«Ц yen amply, plentifully:	V§5*
food and exercise should
be amply provided for (Ju.).
yer-pa 1. n. of a place. 2. in
raising one’s hand with
the palm turned upward, us a gesture
of offering {Mil.).
Yer-pa lha-ri n. of a sacred
mountain in Yerpa about ten miles from
and to the east of Lhasa {J. Zan.):
^vqv^gspq Yer-par yan-phyag-phab he
also visited Yerpa {A. 27).
Yer-khen Yarkand; it is stated
in the biography of the first Dalai Lama
that the people of Yarkand had become
his subjects.
yer-wa l.=*fH*Wq not asleep.
hthor-pa to sprinkle.
yer-re or yer-re-wa pure,
clear, genuine, unadulterated; §no-
yer-re a pure blue; VPdkar-yer-na a
pure white, in C. {Jd.).
Yer-qon n. of a place in
Khams {Lon. >, 19).
UPfUjQJ yel-yel —
mdans-yel-yel clear, light, bright, said to
be equivalent to
yel-hphyos=^’<%%
yes-mas in eolloq. = ances-
tors {Sch.).
yo num. fig.: 144.
Ф yo-ga	rnal-hbyor
systematic religious meditation; er
yo-ga-pa—iffin an ascetic who
practices meditation;	yo-ga-ma —
a female ascetie.
yo-ga carya
rnal-hbyor spyod-pa a system of Bud-
dhist philosophy developed by Aryas-
anga; also n. of a metaphysical work
j	(A.
66.)
Yo-gur n. of a country (Bon.
ch. 4).
yo-tan the scarf presented as a
token of one’s consent to any order or
proposal or suggestion; the scarf of assent
{Yig. 23).
yo-wa adj. and sbst., aslant, sloping,
awry, crooked; obliquity, slope, slant;
the mouth crooked; 1. adj.,
awry 5^’4 yo-sron-wa or чдеа to make
the crooked straight. 2. crafty distorted,
perverted, deceitful; wrong inter-
pretation, false judgement. 3. sbst.
*^1
1144

(Ja.). 2. often
articles to buy
a man of pro-
crookedness, deceitful dealings. Also
УУО-
yo-byad !•	<*5T;
chattels, household	furniture,
necessaries ;	less furnished ;
necessaries of life;
95 requisites for sacrificing;	to
procure the needful articles to make
preparations (Dzl.); ^’95’3’Q3q’q to be
in want of the needful
used for “ nyop-che”
or for sale.
35 yo-byad-ldan
perty. Syn.	hbyor-pa-can;
rdsa$-{dan ($поп.)
yo-hbog n. of a medicinal tree
the bark of which is taken as a decoction
in fevers of all kinds.
Sroit уо-1аЯ or ef. as used in
(Risii.).
yog for below, downstairs;
the ground floor, cellar.
yog-po or *5<| a 1. pole or
stick for stirring the fire. 2. v. 4pfaf25.
yoy-ryyat fl fniit for all classes;
hbra$-bu yog-rgyal (Khrid.
97)	.
’«$4 yog-ycin one that wets his bed
(Sch.)
ifc’q у oil-tea 1. to be patient, to be
capable for, equal to, to suffice, etc. 2.=
^’4 hofi-ica.
yon-tie colloq. = that will do, that
is enough.
^’*5 yoti-chad appointed time and
place of coining.
yoti subst. yield, produce; 4*'if
income; ^‘5$ yoti-deb account book in
which is entered the income or receipts;
^ц’?5 yon^dud collection (of revenue)
income, proceeds ;	yofi-khul
aj5’q5'5j4).	yoti-§dud-pa collector of
revenue:	the collector
according to the register of rent (AYw.).
(D.
$el. 7); yoti-rtsi$ register of income,
book of receipts (Rtsii.).
ft уоп-уе = £ч-ц\ adj. certainly,
surely; defined as	And as
everywhere, in all, ever
before, at all times.
yofi$ all, whole, complete, entire:
lord of all the black-haircd,
,c., of laymen;	the
palace in which all wish to meet.
г^елгддч yoti$-dkri§ qf^fv [circum-
ference]#.
yoti$-$kyob (*w) copper (#. Lar.).
yoti$-b$kor qfriq [a full
circle]#.
yofa-khul all together, every
thing included, inclusive of all (Rtsii.).
yon^kheb^ чгж [a roof, a
cover]#.
ftbM’gq yoti$-khyab [surrounded]#.
yoti$-gati $nod	[a
full vessel]#.
yofa-grub (for 4wg’jq) 1. qfr-
perfected, accomplished ; the abso-
lute, what is independant and complete
in itself (Was. 202). 2. independence,
self-sufficiency, one of the three laksana or
characteristics of the deity or of Buddha

1145

according to the Yogacar ya school of Bud-
dhists ;	^rg-^N-agjq-q
the Sambhoga-kaya manifestation is sub-
ject to other’s influence but the Dhar-
makaya (the spiritual) is complete in
itself (Л. 78).
yofa-hdro darkness.
yo^gcod [limit, begin-
ning^. in the mystic language of the
this word = ^’ng«rq; whilst
yon$-gcod-hbyufi — л^дс/а,
khyim-mthah —	and
^'5^1 rtag-tu rnam-dag^w (К. ко. *1,
36).
yofi§-hjom a term for л ba cow
(Шоп.).
yon$-hjo>n§ xjft’STH, 4f<V [an
iron beam]®.
yon^-rtog^ wMriw full con-
sideration ; exhaustive inquiry, careful
discussion on any subject; fully under-
stood.
yoft§-gduft	^14
[great heat, affliction]8.
yofis-hdud spr met. a tree.
yofa-hdus sa-rdol 1. n.
of a celestial region said to be somewhere
to the north where the five kinds of
hdod-yan are detained (Bon. ch. 6). 2.=
?>., Kalpadruma the wishing
tree of the gods its root being in the
abodes of the Asura and its trunk hanging
over the celestial regions so that the gods
may enjoy its fruits.
yofa-hbab n. жфч TTM
essential spirit.
yoй$-§Ьуог^hgrogs-pa
friendship, company (Mnon.).
yofis-bdsin designation given
to the tutor or spiritual and philosophical
instructor superintending the childhood
of the highest incarnate lamas. Thus
the instructor of the present Panclihen
Lama of Tashi-lhunpo is styled: the
Yong-dsin Lho-pa.
yons-bzan-can 1. a term for
•Q4!4 gug~pa juniper. 2. qrftarm (Mfton.)
the tree of paradise growing on the lofty
peaks of the Himalaya.
fcJwjsrStaj yofts-zlum-mig lit. the round-
eye, as met. the domestic fowl, the cock
(Mfton.).
yofts-su 1. adv. 4ft wholly,
completely, altogether;	imma-
culate, fully purified, quite clean;
to give up entirely;
quite lost in perverseness.
2. generally, universally:
ЯРЦГЯ vfa	so he was universally
famed; si^‘9]^’9‘S^5i,qVourdisciples of
universal fame. Compounds :—
yofi$-8u dkris ensnared, entangled, all
round;	yoft$-su bkag quhirtu
wholly forbidden, stopped;
yoftwu bkru$ well washed; Чмг
yon^su bfkyaft rrfrouj completely
stretched out [following]®.;	yons-
su $kor [completely surrounded]S. ;
yofi$-su-$kyobs-pa wholly pro-
tected, saved ;	л yoft$-su $kyo-wa
to repent sincerely, repentance,
regret;	yofa-su hgreft чпчшн
[binding, counting]®.;	yoft§-su
gyur-pa qftniH wholly changed [ma-
tured]®. ;	yoft$-su mgu-wa uft-
ahr to be very joyful;	yofi$-su
hgul-wa trfWf, to be very much
moved [trembling, swimming about]®.
146
ifcsTS I
1146

3fcir?p4|wq yofi§-su hgeb$-pa uf<^K, 4fwx,
q(44TV, to cover completely;
yofi$sic hgeins HHtJUV [enlighten-
ing] ®.	yon$su hgog-pa
tu stop completely, pull out, take
away entirely [obstruction]S.;
pra< yofi$-su rgol to dispute hotly,
yons-su rgya§-pa uftTsjcf
flooded];®.;	yon$-su rgyiu} WOW
[succession, regular series]®.;
уопа-ш sgrogs-byed 4fk-^ [resound-
ing]® ; *5^yons-w tegyur
entirely changed.	f/otf-sw
btno-wa to make full prayer basing it
on oues merit and faith ;	yofa*
s v gcod	cut off entirely ;
?бслгдл£Д]Х1 yofi$-su hjug-pa	to put
in all; <Чслгд'пХЧ‘ч yofa-w brjod-pa
to speak without reserve [abused]®.;
3$елг$ ^wq yon^u na ms-pa	to lose
all inherent strength :	g
the power of the (local) god is
gone;	yofis-su mncn-
par byed-pa uRu^Tjfu to make very
soft, pliable, smooth ; StfMvyqfifc’a yofi$-8u
gtoil-wa	[abandonment]®.;
3fc*T$*Jpq*rq yon$su г1од$-ра-=^'*^'**\
•чДГЯо«.) a wise man, one possessed of
divine knowledge.
yons-sti rtogs-pa las-byun-wa having arisen
from quite reliable information of
[attained to decision]®.;
yofis-su thob trfr^rq [furniture, shaving]®.
yofis-su bsnun	thoroughly
pricked [loosened]®.	yofis-8u
tbyin-pa	to give, bestow freely,
[devotion, exchange, deposit]®. ; a5^*
yofi$-su mons	wholly ob-
* cured; perplexed.	yons-su $mtn
xrftQT^ lit. quite ripe [digestion]®.;
yons-su dsogs-par	the
whole completed.
yon$~su dag-pa abso-
lute purification, the state of Nirva-
na ; also, purification by righteousness,
purity of one’s doctrine,
the three perfect purities, viz :
trvT4;	чТЬот ч(к-
ъцтч [pure meditation or prayer]®.; ^’a’
ajc^’^q'q qfnjf [correct insight]®.
(7Г. d. \ 51).
«jA^nj^ q yofa-su hdogs-pa f<4WPf to
fasten well [distribution, gift]®.
yoils-su hdvi 4fK44< [investi-
gation, enquiry]®.
yofa-su hdren — ^\
yons-su hdreu-pa 4fbrnj^ [a guide]®.
yoiis-8u-spyod l. = 9Y<If!fal
bran gyog servants, slaves, etc. 2. the
honeymoon of a Brahman (Ittfion.).
yofissn 8pyod-pa uf^Hhr,
complete enjoyment, also (5Vq’$‘3*) show-
ing respect or faith.
yofi$-8ii rftcafi as met.
= the lion.
S уоЯ$-ы dfail-bya signifies
one who makes gifts, lavishes alms on the
poor and liberally assists the clergy
(Шоп.)
yon$-8u-$mod==**’%4'4 trfw<
disrespectful, an infidel (Шоп.).
уоА$-$и t8han-wa complete,
full in all its parts, not fractional.
Syn.	kun-tu;	ma-tshan-
nied*,	dun^bu-шт;	mthah-
dag (МЯои.).
Чс.*г«рч]^'Ч yofi§-3U gsir-ua
[to oppress]®.
1147
У°^	that exists,
existing; matter, all that comes within
cognition or perception.
Syn. ^’5q {phi-grub} {phal-bya;
^‘3 $e§-bya ; chos-rnam^ (Mnon.).
Чу^д yod-dgu an emphatical expression
= everything, all matter without aught
left out;	matter,
substance, all that exists, everything
Syn. Ч5yod-do-cog;
rnthah-dag (Mnon.).
yod-ihan that existing; acc. to
Sch. thoroughly clear;	all that
exists.
ЧуХ'^Ч yod-do-cog—yod-
tshod tham§-cad, as in ^ад’зуЧуХ'<И',2Г£^’
*3^ (Khrid. 21).
yod-pa fHlTt, ^T,	Wfa
1. to be, to exist; to be present anywhere.
As Jd. points out, this vb. may be used
always in place of although the latter
mdy not always re-place Чуч which is
more than the mere connective of tho
attribute to the subjects. However
4y^ is in the full sense an auxiliary vb.
as well as possessed of its substantive
verbal use.	where is he?—
can not be hero employed;
my hands are at leisure, I am
unoccupied; яХ*ч**рЧ5 who is here? As
an auxiliary with gerund: ^Г^’Ч^ he
was eating;	2рф5)'Ч^ I am reading
a book;	’^5 he has gone. The nega-
tive form of Ч5 is £5:	he is not
at leisure. In the C. colloq. the interro-
gative form is generally not 4YY4 but
Чучч “yb-pe”;
“di-ne gbmpa te tha’ rin-po yb-pe ” is that
monastery far from hero? 2. to have,
to be in possession of, to possess (any
quality or piece of property); used with
dat. of person having or owning: BY^’B’
а^’ЕгЧ^ you have many dogs;
4y^5 he has a crafty mind ;
the king seems to have
yet a great wish; ^•Й^'^Ч^’Й’^’Ч^’ч a
maid-servant whom the queen had; in a
like manner without a case:
the knife which he had about (him);
gY*‘qX*’3§’Y3*^Yq a well having depth
of 19 fathoms; ^Y^’^fut. of 4y« shall
or will have;	the
throne should also have a canopy ; 4y^v
§Y4 to beget, produce, effect; З’Чу^’
3^ g0t her to have a child. In C. ^Y4
is very commonly conjoined quite pleonas-
tically to 4s in this sense: Q YW^’XY
you have zeal for the work ;
^’«HTSY^S4“ na-la nyop-che yb-a-ma-
re ” I have no things to sell.
4y^’^S yod-pa-nid	existence
(Cs.)}	yod-min W3 [1. non-
existence. 2. the plant Giiilandind]S.;
Чу*Ц’^5 yod-min-md non-existence. Чу»*5
yod-med wftf, Hrfer being and not being.
^Y^Y^lpT^’ yod-med go-bzlog-$nafi
optical illusion when one imagines one
sees what is not existing, or the reverse.
4y^y4^ yod-tshod-yin there is probabi-
lity of its being, existing; acc. to Jd. it
has the semblance of being.
yon (^*'?J'Sf5*) a present
given to priests for religious services or as
alms, w4^ a gift consisting of food; Чу
priest and mendicant friars (Buddhists),
to bestow a gift, to bring an
offering; Чуядч*Х^	worth of
a present;	to present as a gift ;
$уЧ^ a physician’s fee (Cs.).
4^51
1148

Syn. mchod-pa ; diV4 brnan-pa ;
me-tog. (Alnon.)
+	yon-khar-da^^S^^»
profane, not very pure, not holy.
aj.y З'чщгч	yon-gt/i-fftia$-pa^\^
ibytn-fttag or «W’l’i*’ an officer or sacrificor
(J/non.).
Syn. 4Y^^’A55’qq yon-sog hgyed-
pa hi min :	briin$-pa ; bkram-pa;
ne-war-hgyed;	hgrem$-pa;
gton-wa ; 1V4 §byin-pa ; 5Yq byin-pa
(Mnon.).
3}^’qg q уоп-Ь&ю^а = Ф'ЦК^*\ (Mnon.);
3ц Qg ч ^qoiqgq (J. 80). j^r^rer
(A. 155) tho prayer
that ono who о (Tors makes that by the
virtue of his gifts ho may gain tho position
of a Bodhisattva.
^,<iq yon-cha b oblation, water that is
daily ottered in a set of five, seven, or nino
small brass cups to Buddhas, saints, and
gods.
^Y^Vl yon-bdag ггантя 1. a priest who
performs a sacrifice. 2. a householder
who employs priests to perform sacrifices.
yon-tan	тта, ^4; ^Y
good quality, excellence;
taste, effect, virtue, valuable properties,
<v/., tho virtues of plants ; also accomplish-
ments, attainments: ^Y5Y?iq’q yon-tan
slob-pa to learn something useful;
property, quality, in gen., e.g., tho
different tastes and effects of medicines ;
also mystic or fantastic properties (Glr.).
ЗЦ‘Mi’5Y?(4 yon-tan kun-ldan
one possessed of all sorts of accom-
plishments ; ^q^Y5Y3Y?Y5l
he who is learned and is
possessed of all accomplishments is
peaceful, disciplined, and free from
boasting. (Leg.) ; ^YW’3 yon-tan rgya-
mtsho ТрГПГтп the ocean of talonts, the
most talented, an epithet of Buddha
(M. Y); ^YH^ yon-tan can f^rq
learned, wise, talented; *4yH**5 yon-tan
med Ягит, not talented; ^YM’^YM’
*5’3**’q n. of a Bodhisattva. (К. ко.
437). ^YSY^*1 yon-tan-$e§ talented,
one who has useful khowlodge.
yon-po 1. v. yo-ua (Ja.).
2. =5jt q-ftsj-q dran-po min-pa also
hkhyog-pa crooked, not straight (Zam. 11).
Syn. &Y25 kyog-po; ^YSfa ymi-kyog;
geu-tco; й^с/q mi-drafi-wa;
hchu^-pa ; gva $gyur-wa ; hkhyog-po ;
kyag-kyog. (Mfion.).
efa уо6 = *ч hob 1. (^5’^4 sgohi-yob)
the stops at the threshold. 2. stirrup ; Чч’
instep of the foot. 3fa’5’*jc’q’qjq|
riding on saddle-horse, lit. putting the
feet into tho stirrups (Hbrom. 30);
yob-thag stirrup-leather ;	the foot-
ing. 3. trench, ditch.
yob-})a, v. 4|3jq-q gyob-gia.
ifcrSjq yoi-vo6=*l^t> the foot
(Xi;.).
yom-pa vb. to swing, totter,
tremble, to be unsteady, swinging, etc.;
the swinging; adj. yom-po. adv.
yom-yom rolling, swinging*
Yohu-chafi n. of one of the
Emperors of China (Grub. 4, 15).
1/or-po, or	also
shaking, tottering,	trembling;	a^80
oblique, slanting, in C.
|
1149
4|«IC' |
yor-pn=X«'3 hom-bu a species
of tamarisk (in mystic talk) (Min. rda. 4).
yol n. of a place in Tibet:
s«i (A. 103) (Deb. % 19).
*fa’^ yol-go or a cup or vessel of
precious stone or metal (Yig?). Ace. to
Schtr.' earthenware, crockery; VI’'‘'fa
china-ware, porcelain, frq.;	cup,
bowl, 'fa,§f yol-sgo—^^ ’^.
yol-wa I:	^cTTHt,
sbst. curtain :	fl yol-was hbrel-wa
to stretch a curtain over; fa fl Syq
to draw a curtain; fa'fl'qX\ fl to close the
curtain (of a door) ; ‘fa silk-curtain;
wfa calico-curtain; if fa §go-yol door-
curtain.
II:	vb. 1. to have past, be done :
35'fa mid-day is past; Spvfa'^fc' srod-yol
soft the evening has past; V<'3Vfa’fl
has g>ue by midnight,	tho
sun is nearly down, has nearly set;
°*‘fa л the sun has passed over the hill-
top ; ^«’wfa'q to be past, of time,
youth, etc. ;	•‘wfa'flsi wind and
rain setting in and ceasing at the proper
time. 2. alsoss^fa’fl gyol-wa in C.
yos	parched corn, mostly
barley and wheat; vprfa parched
rice-	yos-hthag — ^»^^^ or
parched barley, rice or when? made
into Hour: *4(A.
119/.
Syn. rnos-pa ; bcad-pa ; fa'fl^J
yos-bkra ;	mrdses hi рта-сан
(Mnon.).
<Sfa or fa’$ yos-би = the rabbit or hare,
hut is found so used only in the calendar
or in astronomical calculations :
5^5’3 ’qWfljv^X t ’ 45 he visited
Rdorje gdam in the second month of the
spring of the hare-у ear (A. 93).
(^’« ^ tsa-ma-ra)
the Tibetan yak, Dos granniens ; is very
abundant throughout Tibet, especially iu
the north-east, but does not seem to pene-
trate further north than the Akka Tagh
range or the Koko-nor region. In Tibet,
the male is called 4^4 gyag and the female
яд'35 hbri-mo ; (sometimes called 4^4’
^5) uncastrated yak-bull which is very wild
and fierce ; 4^4’45 orQ§^’ wild-yak; 4^4’5
horn of a yak; 4^4'X4fa a long-
haired shaggy yak. 4^4’^ sbst. the tail of
the yak :
(idiomatically) to preserve one’s morals as
the yak takes care of its tail (A. 150) ;
hence 4«w|’£’fl to carefully preserve.
4U44’< Gyag-sde n. of a place in the
district of 'I #	sne-mo gyag-sde-
pdson (Rtsii.).
4C44^5 gyag-rmed (5*^4
Л55)? (Dlo-$byon. 7).
gyan 1.	; syn. 5qQi dpal;
3 phyica. 2. happiness, blessing, prospe-
rity : 4^*4^ blessing comes (from), growth
of prosperity ; 4^*^ prosperity vanishes;
gyaft-skyob, 4^ *^54^ sacrifices
and other ceremonies to secure pros-
perity ;	gyan-khan a house fur-
nished with rich furniture, precious things,
and equipped with all accompaniments of
prosperity ; 4^’^’fl gyan-sgro-iva or
a chest containing treasures ; 4^*5^ gyan-
dar kind of white scarf indicative of pros-
perity, wealth, and long life : 4uK‘5Vftfr
54^’4?4 (Rtsii.). 3. gulf, abyss.
+ qj^ l' fl gyan-skyo-wa immodest beha-
viour, shameless conduct,co-hdri-
wa ; also, to slight.

1150
f
ярд/gyaft-dkar as met. a sheep.
Syn. lug; яр£/Я gtjaft-пю;
Lal-ldan. (jyMon.)
gyafi-khug the bag in which aus-
picious articles (нц^П^) are kept.
«p*’g$ gyaH-^r«Au = q|^‘| jade: VF
if it is white the jade is
called yang-du (Jfy. Id).
яр^’ч gyan-wa	[a cow’s foot
or hoof]#.
ярс/$я gyaft-buni or ^д.-^-§*дяч the
auspicious pot in which sacred gold
ornaments, gold coins, and other precious
things are kept. It is generally consecrated
by a lama with spells sacred to the god
of wealth (Dsambhala) and the goddess
; the top of this pot being covered
with a kind of silk scarf containing figures
of the Dorje : «p^
ргг15Ч]Ч’а]Зя| (Rtsii.).
чр^’Х gyan-tshc for *p^‘ gyafx and
ил ч1^ дуаЛ-gJri 1. an orgie in Tantrik
mysticism for which a stuffed human skin
is said to be required (Дйн.). 2.
tho whole skin of an antelope on which
religious men sit; acc. to Jd. a skin couch,
also a covering in general.
чрдЛд* gyan-rofi a precipice descending
into a deep ravine (Yig. 67).
чр*gyaA-lug tho effigy of a sheep
mode of butter used at religious ceremony
of	gyan~$grub ‘the calling in of
blessings.’
чрд'^чр gyan-lug§	a mantle;
skin of an animal used for clothing.
ярд’^5'£дGyafi-$od Ьоп-ra n. of a place
in Kham (Lon. 28.)
чрд/ч gyaft-sa чцга [a deep cavern,
a precipice]#.	high as
you stand, so deep is the gulf, чрд/ч’чиг
gyaft-за la$ hdsm-pa to snateh from
the abyss, to save (Thgy.); ^‘Sj’ чрдчгр*
this only runs
into rocky precipices (A. K. 2-62).
чр^ gyaft-lha a deity of the Shamans
dispensing happiness (Sch.).
np^q gyan-pa	a cutaneous
eruption akin to itch, which is said to
invade any part of tho body and to be
combined with a copious discharge of
matter; acc. to Jd. hereditary and not
contagious: чруч-дчр-я^'ч’р-п1
YO* if the pyati-pa orup-
tion is scratched there is a little sensation
of relief but if indeed there was no itching
there would be happiness. So worldly
happiness is a temporary relief but happier
still would one be without itching desires.
gyab-pa^ pf. gyabs, 1. to
signal, to beckon : я^г^-ярч-ч to signal
for calling one ; oiq* чччрач (flag.), waved
the hand (to call somebody). 2. projection
of a roof, pc/qr^spq projection of roof
where birds take shelter; дч|*чра a piece of
rock projecting under which people take
shelter from rain; w^v^spq sheltering
tent. 3. fan : vta’qpo the swinging fan;
ярг? V silk fan.
gyab-mo sbst. a call by signal
from the hand or by the waving of a scarf.
ЧЦЧ*! gyam=®fr shar; чр$г^ч|=^-«1
« (?)
q|W4 gya>n-pa slab of stone, roof-
slate, for чр^’дд* gyah-$pan.
дуаЬ ??ггрт^т rust, §чрчря oxide
of iron; эЗД’Э’чрч oxide o£ copper, verdi-
gris. qpv^qp freed from rust; to clear,
polish, e.g., a mirror.

1151
gyah-kyi-ma a small high-alpine
Saussurea, the flower of which plant is an
antibilious medicine.
gyah-thig 1. a line drawn on
a slate with a lead-pencil (Ja.). 2. a
slate-pencil or lead-pencil, also	дуак-
smytig. 3. bolt or bar:	gyah-
rgyab-pa to bolt, to bar;	gyah-
phye-wa to unbolt, unbar.
gyah-hdrul-ua to be mouldy,
to get rusty, to get covered with foul ex-
traneous matter {Sch.).
gyah-§paft 1. slate. 2. oil of
vitriol; in C. verdigris.
gyah-span-skyes one of
the generic names of the Sakya-pa hier-
archs {Lon. >, 80).
qjujQ/q gyah-ua to shudder, to itch;
also defined as	itching of the
skin;	scratching the body
for relief (Ул-sc/. £8);	gyah-sgog
itching in the body;
itching in the arm-pit, &c.
gyah-pa rusty (Ja.).
Gyah-bzan n. of a place in
Tibet (Lotf. % 5).
Gyah-bzaft khri-dpon n. of
one of the Governors of Tibet under the
hierarchy of Бдго-тдоп Hphags-pa of
Sakya {Loft. R, 13).
gyah-rug-pa=a medicinal
herb, Picrorhiza (mystic) {Min. rda.).
gyah-qin the maple.
Syn. QVT45 bdag-$bad, mi-gsal*
a-dhya-nda*, $kyes-ma ;
«tow rab-tu char hbeb§-ma;
draft-sroft brjod\ 3’0* qim-bi-rtse* (firpsr-
w^r);	nags-kyi mi-hdpa {Mfton.).
gyar=F	gdoft and
mdun, i.e., mouth, face and front.
= human body,
person.	gyar-kham§==$FW or
body, person.
+	gyar-kkral—^ Re-
gain or 59 dpya {Mfton.) tax, revenue,
rent, but generally capitation tax.
tb	gyar-dam sometimes in-
correctly written for	to avow,
promise, undertake.
Syn.	dam-bcas-pa; рад’дзд’ч
khas-blans-pa.
gyar-hdren-pa= §Y spyan-
hdren-pa to invite, to call one to one’s
place.
1. anything borrowed,
taken as a loan, a loan:
this is a loan of the four (cons-
tituent) elements {ffbrom. F, 108). 2.
credit for what has been lent or advanced.
qjuiVS gyar-ica to borrow, to hire :
having borrowed a lamp
in the castle;	to hire night-
quarters ;	tenant, lodger;
^^’§5'ч=4|^’а. fiC4|ui4 step-father,
step-mother, adopted child {Jd.).
dyar-mo thaft-pa n. of a medi-
cinal flower:
{Med.).
+ gyar-tsha:^'^ shame, bashful*
ness.
+ gyar-len=zfiw<&\ promise.
+ cpw'y* gyat-lam	front-side
or before one’s presence. 2. rmi*
lam dream {^ d. Q, 197).
yyal fqojnr yawniag> gaPW-

1152

gyas-pa	the
right hand or side, ^Я -q^w* the right
hand ; Я^Ч on the right (hand), $
to the right, яи,м’^ from the right;
^Я the right eye ; °1Я Я^я the right
baud ; Я^З4!*1 '^gya#-phyog$-la to or on the
right-hand side;	'^Я*1'4 id. ; Я^’Я^
right and loft; Я^я я^'3»’? Q to look all
round to tho right and tho left. One of the
two provinces into which Tsang anciently
was divided is Я^я5 the right-hand
division, the other is Я^’5 the left side
division or banner (Lon. % ^). Яи,*гчУк’*Г
Ч^Яa sitting posture in which the
right leg is stretched forth 3*TSV
s^qN	/.).	Я’4*’’
gyas-khag gyou-dkrit one hiding
or covering the fault of another, one
defending another. <J]^*rqSq gyas-hkhyil,
invariably reverting to the right
sido (coiling to the right-hand side; as
conch shell with rings) revolting to the
right hand side. я^’^УЯ^^Я gya$-leu
gyon-hjog lit. taking by the right hand
what the left given or places into it,
m., to re-arrange papers, records, etc.,
also furniture. ?Тя я^ ^’Я^¥Ц^Я'ЯМ’
gen. to present or to
help a person with things taken as a loan
or on credit from another party (S^t7.).
я^	dbyi the Tibetan lynx;
Я^’6^’ gyl-spyafi lynx and wolf, Я^’^’
Я’^’Я^А’ЗГthe flesh of lynx cures
d’scase caused by evil spirits :	я^’
1*’^, й^’а^ two sacerdotal cloaks, four
skins of lynx and wolf, and four bucklers
(A. 101).
Я^я^’4 gyigs-pa sbst. eructation;
also as vb. to belch, eructate: я^’*’гч’
^Я*’’5^Т’ ¥гЯ^Я*г^41 to eructate from
eating capsicum, etc. (Nag.).
Я^>^ gyid-$tou [I. a subordi-
nate feeling. 2. a secondary flavour]®.
Ladak and
W. Tibet turquoise. Syn. po-ro-dsa ;
^Y^YJ^*2* Hn-c^en rgyal-po;
rdo-yt rgyal-po (Mnon.). The finest tur-
quoise are obtained from a mine in the
neighbourhood of the Gafi$~can mountains
of Ngari Khorsum. Those of inferior
quality come from India and elsewhere.
There are asserted to be at least five varie-
ties of this precious stone called ^‘Я^Л’
Я’О^’, Я^’5ЛЯ\ Я^’З ^'Я^, «nd
ЯЗ’^Yl4 (Loft. % J). Я^'Г gyu-kha the
turquoise colour; Я?ГГ,'8Я*,Т*Я^Я'ГЧ'3*‘
3я Я turquoise-colour, iron-colour, sky-
colour and saffron-colour (Yig. 20). *^Y
Я^ tho front turquois in tho head-dress
of females; З ЯЧ little turquois-stones;
ЯЧ* frq. for Я^’^АЯ turquois-bluo ; Я*3
a glacial-lake, a blue glittering lake. ЯТ
дои-£бэт7-мш=ЯЧ‘19 gyu-khra spotted
turquoise: Я^’$ П^ЯТ^^’ЯЧ^’Я^Я14
(Rtsii.).
ЯЗ‘Хя’у Gyu-thog-pa n. of an ancient
noble family in Tibet from which one of
the four state ministers or Shape are gene-
rally selected by the Government of
Lhasa. Their palace stands near the
ЯТ^Я’-’*’4 Gyu-thog zani-pa a bridge in
Lhasa. Я’З’^ЯGyu-thog yon-
tan тдоп-]ю n. of a celebrated physician
and author of medical works who flourished
during the reign of king TM-iroft d hu-
btsau. He is said to have thrice visited
Magadha from Tibet in order to study
Sanskrit medicinal works at Nalanda. A
block-print biography of this worthy con-
sisting of 149 leaves exists in the Govern-
ment library at Lhasa in whieh work it is
stated that he lived to the age of 125 years.
I
1153
WI
It is also mentioned that the gods and
demons presented him with an immense
quantity of turquoises and other precious
stones heaping them on the roof of his
house, hence he was called by the name
of «RJ’W4-
g^y^-drug snon-mo—*^
hbrug the dragon symbolical of the thun-
der ; and hence signifying thunder: *3^*
I
G yu-drug-stod n. of a place in
the district of Nyang in the province of
Tsaug {Dub. % 33').
gyu-ldan vegetable incense of tho
colour of turquoise {Rtsii.).
*14£у«-^нг=ТГй gyu-khra : 54* KT
{A. 12).
gyu~byil=^ gyu aud §'$ byu-ru
turquoise and coral.
44^ Gyu-mtsho one of the names by
which lake Yamdok is known in Tibet
{J. Zan.).
gyu-nulsod snon-mo in of a
demon {sa-bday) who presides over time
to make it auspicious or inauspicious.
ЧЧ gyu-run for gyun-drun.
gyu-lo 1. an epithet of a disciple of
Gtpn-rab who was a counterpart of Maud-
galyayana {Bon.). 2. turquoise leaf;
gyu-lo bkod-pahi bday-mo an
epithet of the goddess Dolma {Yig. k. 61);
ci5gyu-la bkod-pahi shin the
celestial mansion of the goddess Dolma
(Уф. к. 61).
ЧЭТ4 gyug-pa in	lay-pa
gyug-pa for	lay-pa dbyug-pa to
flourish or brandish the hand.
w	rndso-gyun 1. the
cross between cow and yak. 2. n. of a
place in Tibet {Deb. % 22).
th0
Sanskrit Svastika or Tibetan	the
mystic cross 4» “ is only a monogrammatic
symbol formed by the combination of the
two (Pali) syllables [—I sit, and p|J ti=
svasti, which term is a compound of sit,
u well ” and asti, “it is ” meaning “ it is
(fatalistic) well ” or (< so be it, ” implying
complete resignation under all circum-
stances, not the meek resignation of the
Christian bowing to the chastening of the
Almighty.” (Cunningham’s Bilsa Topes.)
Latterly it is thought that the swastika
or	derived its shape from ф the
sun and thus may be connected with sun-
worship. If that is so, the would help
to explain the perambulation of holy
objects of the Bonpos which leaves the
honoured object to the left not as with
the Buddhists to the right.
The Buddhists seem to believe that
the sun moves round the top of Sumeru
leaving it to the right. But in that case
the shape of tho <№ must originally
have been reversed in form. This sign is
used by the Bonpo in the place of the
Buddhist Vajra {Rdorje):
they found the swastika cross on
the lake Manasarowara {Zam. !j).
gyun-drun hkyil-wa=^'t$A%'
king’s palace {Mnon2).	gyun-
dritn-dyon Buddhist monastery, Lama
Yurru in Ladak {Cann.);	gyan^
drun~can wicM an epithet of Vishnu
{Mnon.).	gyun-druA-ltitn
bt}ags n. of a Bon religious work on con-
fession ; its Buddhist counterpart being
146

1154

byan-chub Itun-
bpigs gyun-drun-pa the follower of tho
Gyuft-drufi or Bon religion.
Gyun-druft tshul-khrim^
n. of a Bon sage (G. Bon. J5).
gyun-dmift sem$-dpah the
counterpart of a Bodhisattva in the Bon
religion (G. Bon.).
+	or gyun-pho
i& Lex.) alow caste people
of India.
4]^’q дуип-гьа~*^'HS 4 phyir-phud-
pa 1. to outcaste; to cast out. 2. one of
very ugly and repulsivo appearance, a
cadaverous-looking person. 3. ace. to Jd.
tame, opp. to 5^’4 rgod-pa wild.
gyun-mo,	1.
a woman of the lowest caste in India.
2. ace. to (S. L*>x.)	and to Jd.
wfiw a libidinous woman.
pyw-or	sleep, slum-
ber. 2. v. ^’4 gyul-ica (Jd.).
W’a gyur-zu or ч gyur-za-ica
fnHK, 34 [dependence, supportJS.; a tree
bent under the weight of its flowers or
fruits (Rtsii. 17).
gyul-ica or 4Rie,’rr§5’q to- fight,
make battle; also 4^ gyul as subst. 4щп,
xnr, battle, fight, war;
to dress in coat of mail,
to be in full armour. '^3S’q gyul-
hgyed-pa	to give battle,
4^’3 ngyul-gyi sa-gshi 3^14 a battle
field.	gyul-no рц, wrf^r a battle,
fight; acc. to Jd. an army facing the
enemy and ready for battle ;	ТЧ-
& ч	the eldest
of the Pagdava brothers, one fearless and
sturdy in fight, a hero (Ж”Оп-); 4^'q’* 2^'
9^4 or 44^’84^ to g° to battle;
oRjq-25;^ gyuMor son	[skilful
in making war, a hero in battle]^.
qthe different
kinds of war cry:	’Я glafi-pohi dpah-
§gra;	hbru-inafi~P°;
qin-rtahi b$kyod-fug$; §1’3’8
fpvz;	rta-tgra gsan-mtho
htsher-wa; w	a-kail §kye§-bnhi
d^eg^gra ;	g hkhrug-rna pa-ta
ha-yi§gra; .яз’Йгс/Х'раЧЙ zab-mohi na-ro
kha-glin $gra; ^q'^q’q'^’OgS'^'g Ihab-lhab-
pa dan-b$kyod-pahi-§gra	mar-mar
$gra; gpi’X^SS'jpo^rq glag-cor-ca-tcohi-
sgra-hdre^-pa (Mnon.). 44*’S3 4 {pjul-dkrug,
occurs in ^^*S7l4 qS‘Ap«;’2J gyul-dkrug pahi
hkhor-lo (Gyu. 10).	gyul
b^krad-pahi-hkhor-lo (Gyu. 10).
qppi'Fgyul-kha <337 r, 1. a thresh-
ing-floor. 2.=4^*Q4q war, a battle.
^B4q gyul-hkhrug-pa disorder, an
up-rising in a country.
^q £jc/(«igS) gyuHhan a threshing floor
[a multitude of threshing floors;
the plant Anthcricum tuberasum\S.
gyul-du hdsin as met.=a
knife or sword.
<iRpi*YqtS gynl-na brjidzz^'^ dpah-ico
a hero, a champion (Mfton.).
GRpi'ijS,q gyul-$prod-pa to do battle, to
fight, strive, struggle.
S^m. QE4 q hkhrug-pa; hdsin-wa;
'<q4w’q gipd-ggom-pa ; rgot-ica; ^4'
hthab-rtsod;	mnon-par nid;
^ц]’ц|^5 rdeg-gsod;	hkhrug-lon; f4*
esq’q kha-hthab-pa;	$yul-hgyed~
pa ; яча’Ч hthab-pa (Mnon.)
4^’QJIl’q &yul-bzlog-pa to avert war,
also, to rout an enemy, to make the

П55
^1
enemy run away or retire: ч|д«1’ч|рЧ’чц’
a wheel which can subdue an enemy
and bring victory (Gyu. 10).
<у»рг«гс gyul-la$=fy\<w ston-las (Nag.),
gyul-bsrun a sentinel or mili-
tary sentry, watch-guard:
^’5 (Gyu. 10).
gyen-wa 1. fqirq, to
swing, waft, to flow, agitate, te move a
thing softly to and fro:	moved
by tho waves to and fro.;
to flow over a country, with floods or
hostile armies, etc. (JZa.);	to
turn over books. 2. (^'§'5) to agitate
the mind, to turn off the attention, to
disturb the mind;	the
king looking away, directing his attention
to something else;	the
soul is disturbed by the devil;
undisturbed, attentive;	or
to be quite attentive, not to be
disturbed by any thing, inexcitable, a
character in which Buddha excels and
which all must strive to attain to. 3. sbst.
as diversion, pleasure, recreation;
jest, joke:	these
are no falsehoods spoken in jest (JZi7.).
gyens-byed f^fz fig. a pig.
4}^ gyen 1.	gyen-slyor-ica
to caluminate. 2. n. of a royal family:
Gyen-sans phya-la hthen
a son of king Bala san§-gyen-la hthen (G.
Bon. 23).
q|$W ’Ц дует-pa or 1.
hdod-log or	forni-
cation, incest, adultery.	gyem-
byed-pa to commit adultery, fornication. 2.
false dealings, acting wrongfully.
4|«K’p gyer-kka or^'H'^I^'l4'51 dril-
bu gyer-kha-ma small bell attached to
a Lhasa lap-dog as an oma
gyer-snom-pa cp^t [weary,
ggyer-pa — ^^'^ gyer-wa
the neck of
ment.
drowsy]/S.
[in
the manner of a proud king]S. (А. K.
1-32).
+ gyer-po an expert, one
who is well versed in any subject. Acc.
to Jd. adj. wise, prudent, circumspect.
Syn.	Tnkhas-na$; mkhas-
pa; grims-pa.
gyer-wa 1. v.	gyel-гса.
2. passion, misbehaviour:
(Tty. 48).
Ч|^-ЛЧ|	man-
gy el-can light, luminous body or space.
gyer-ma	guinea
pepper, Capsicum.
Gyer-mo-than n. of a place in
Kham (Ya-sel. 17).
gyer-gin-pa n. of a medicinal
plant:
4]^^! gyel	slumber-
ing : indolence. 2. n. of a place in Kongpo
(Deb. <4, 45).
hdod-pa
gcig an urgent wish; a passion.
Ч|ф]’С| gy el-ка 1. to be idle, lazy,
slothful; qpto’q’&vincessantly, continu-
ally, busily. 2. in	to forget.
qptw gyel-ma=*fy№ hphyon-ma a
harlot, prostitute (Mnon.).
gyo or ^’g gyo-sgyU) also
gyo-$kyU) craft, cunning, deceit (Jd.);
।	1156
q’fai gt/o-bkol id.:	«]«J'
а^оГ^ч-^'чц'Я'в^а]'^ (K/irid. !t5). T^B*4
gyo-khram = Я^'|'^С'‘Й^ gyo-sgyu-dan khrun1
both dce -it and cunning.
ггргч^ц gyo-hgul quaking, tremblings
shivering Я^'«дтЦ ч gyo-hgul chen-po
great quaking. Syn. Я^ gyo-shift'
hgul;	¥Я hdar-shin-ldeg;
yom-yom; ^Я'^Я fig-fiy ; ?Ц sig-sig ;
yons-su-hgul; *35]N hkhrwjf,
кип-tu-hkhrugs Mm
дуо-can VH, 113, 4»TT3f,
crafty, deceitful; a deceiver, cheat : Я^
й u^q^ $ шь й iKdsa. ,
Syn. S?‘§5 dye-hy(d; H«’§S khram-byi 4;
S§V§S dhyt n-hycd\ |	pg у н-can \ Я§Я^*
gcugs-mkhan\	ph га-та-1 yid; Я’
§S s/u-hyel] ^'чрнгч lj\-gnis-pa\ 3?*'5^
yya-gyu-can ;	ina-runs-pa ;
Sgyu-ma-inkhan ; Я^ |gya-pgyu-tan
(Mnon.).
Я^ ?3) gyo-thon^^ci'?yq what is found
in excels (/Jfsii.) ; also as vb. я^^'а to be
in ex ‘ess, to exceed ; = ’fc’n or ° йога hphct-
ica excess.
Я^’^ gyo-ldaii 1. = Я^^. 2. a hill-
streain, a stream. 3. met. a woman
(Mnon.).
Я^"^5 gyo-snod a cooking pot or vessel.
Syn. S q phra-ica; rd.sa-ma; Ря «
khog-pa\ й‘г^ mi-tha-ra (Mnon.).
ЧрГЗ gyo-iea,p f. Я^^ ^yos=^‘^Y4 1.
to move, to remove; to wave, waver, to be
unsteady. й-qpi-q mi-gyo-wa not
moving, not agitated, as met. = a moun-
tain. Я^ ‘^Я’^gyo-wahimig-can M rgV,
a woman with rolling eyes; Я^‘^5’4 gyo-
med-pa unmoved, steady. 2. sbst.
moveableness, mobility: «к/^/дрЧчз^
yan-shin gyo-wa-nid being of light or easy
mobility.
^q'^ gyo-wa-can	hdod-
pas drogs-pa) an elephant that is mad for
coupling (ДГяон.)
^•qq gyo-wa-pa [defeat; in-
tercourse ]&
gyo-tcahi ^don-po=^'\^'
§pos-dkar-(pn the Sal tree the gum of
which is used as incense (ЛГлого)
gyo^bytd 1. that moves or
quakes fig. = $^’ rhift tho wind (SLnoiii). 2.
the crow.	= rlun-lha
the god of wind (Mfion.}. 3. Я^'§5’4 gyo-
by>d-pa to cheat, to deceive ; also one who
cheats: я^Э^’Т^'Я*I ЯЦ,¥ГЯ^‘§Л*’
^Я ‘ч (A\ d. % 145).
Я^‘^5 gyo-ihcd 1. honest, without deceit
or cunning (МГюп.). 2. f’SK, ч?,
immoveable, constant, unvarying,
film : Я^'^YSI*gyo-tnedglun-rdsi lit. the
firm cow-herd, an epithet of Vishpu
(Шот).
Syn. 5Я'4 rtag-pa ;	brtan-pa]
Srs^'q mi-hgyitr-tca ; mi-shiy; й ^
mi-gyo ; Я^54'^5 gshom-mcd (Mnon.).
Я^'Й дуо-то	a low woman.
-ru one of the two early divi-
sions of tho province of U:
Я^’5’^п (Lofi. % 4).
Ч]^Ч] gyoy or gyog-po 1. service, work
q-q-q44|’^5=^,Qi,w^,^5 I have work, I
have business, I am busy; й^^аЦ^'ч
to serve, be in men’s sendee, to obey.
2.	= man-servant ;
Я^Я master and senrant, master and
attendants ; ^ГЯ^Я service at sick-bed, a
nurse, one that attends sick persons; Я^Я’
3*5^*ц^-4|й54|^1: -y^q] servant, servant’s

1157

servant, and the servant again of the
latter.	one who is bound
to serve till his death, a life-servant;
и-З’^мн'З’Я^Я’2* a slave whose son and
grandson are bound to serve.
qgKjrqS’spfa]attendants and retinue
who have been kindly protected (Rdsa,
19); iM’S ffyog-gla fwi pay,
salary, wages; Я^Я'3^’^ gyog-nan-zan a
house-servant, a servant who gets his food
and wages or at least the former from his
master’s house; ир^др^Я^ gyog-rigs those
in service = ^'*^4 officials.
&yog~pa, pf. Я^Я*1 gyogs 1.—
g’orq^q’q (Mnon.)	to cover, to
strew over or upon: 5'Я^’^’Я^Я’4 to cover
a child with a garment; ячрг^’я^я'4 to
cover one’s head with a pot (Glr.) ; also
ч to cover the pot’s
mouth with a wire-grate (Glr.) ; spvqsprq’
the external cutaneous covering
(in the embryo) (Jd).;	the
hill-tops were covered with snow (Mil.).
2. to pour out or off.
Я^Я^ gyogs=Fq^ a cover (Mnon.) ;
cover, covering ; я^’Ч|Чч|Н covering
for the head, cap ; also fig. for self-delusion,
self-deception (Mil.); ^’Я^, ^Я^Я*
upper-garment, mantle; $15*Я^Я^ lower
garments, breeches; Я^Я*1’gyogs-can
anything covered, having a cover;
gyogs-ma, dress, covering (Mnon.).
’P’S gyod in C. the large intestine
(Ja.).
gyon наг the left hand or
side ; Я^3» on the left, to the left;
towards the left; Я^’^Я^’3!^ from the left
side; Я^’4^’ or Я^’^’Я’^Я’?^ sajraW
a sitting posture the left leg stretched
forth; it has been described as : ?}'^’§Я'
(Kz-seZ.).
Я^’Н Qyon-gyi lha цтн^г La sage,
author of the fourth Mandala of the Big-
voda]&
gyon-can l. = s «i a cat. 2. = ^5
a demon, devil (Mnon.). 3. Я^’*Ч
crafty, perh. also fornicator.
+ 4I^Y3’q gyon-spyo-wa~
Я^*54 gyon-nia 1. the left hand (JaJ
2. a woman:	a woman who
is possessed of seductive virtues; чр^’^Я’*
gyon-mig-ma a term for a handsome woman
(Mnon.); a woman of captivating looks.
чрЧарцл gyon-lam=w^*\ bad road or
path; also bad behaviour (Mnon.).
pf. gyobs to move
about, to swing, flutter: ^'ч’Я^'ч to
flutter the wings ; Я^Я’Я^4’4 to strike out
with the arms and legs. gyob-bytd—
3'3 gru-skya (Mnon.) 1. an oar. 2.
a fan, tho fan of yak-tail to drive away
flies.
qpXfar^q] gyom-thog described as
(Rtsii.) any structure with
step-like plinth, steps one above another
of an altar.
Я^ ^or-=§^P‘§S	[1. a heap,
2. a crooked device] £
qpk’3 gyor-che colloq. a good deal,
great quantity:	РЯ‘
(F^.);	gyor-
ma-gzOi colloq. a great many, very many;
cognate expressions for which are :—
я^я’ч^ан'^ (Rtsii2); Ж
f q|^V*rq^q$r
^4^ (JJ у>1. 11).
qpfc’q Gyor-po n. of a place between
Ta-nang and Dol-phyi and Dal-ngan in
Lho-kha.
1158

gjor-wa [1. v.	2. v.
ojuu> -q. 3. v. 4*] Jd.
gyor-лю	0**к-у*
dar-po-ehe) 1. a sail. 2.	rgya-
mt*hohi-gyor a wave, billow.
gyor-yol a sail; 4|4v2|c; gyor-^in
a boom or mast.
HjSfa’q
gyol~wa v. ^4’4 yol-wa.
gyo$ 1: 1. prov. for in
circumambulation from left to right so
that the right side is towards the person
or object that is reverentially to be saluted
(Ja.). 2. v. *1*1'4.
II:	Цо bco$-pa) cooking
food; *|^’§5'4 to cook:
*]$*! pitching two felt-tents, in the white
one (he) kept the remains, while in the
black tent they cooked their food and slept
one night (Я. 120,).	gyo$-khan
kitchen, cooking house, the place where
the food for the general body of monks
is cooked;	dgc-^lon spyihi
me-khaii (tfag. GO); also *|^’|ч*с or *4'afc’
(Шоп.). *|*W’*4	thab-ka,
also *|*i*r^ gyo$-sa a hearth ; *|*i<r|k
pyoMfy/or utensils, <§fc., necessaries for the
kifchcn: *j4*rgvuK-vi]’.3p< gyo&-byor yaA-
$dag-fe$ (Jig, 26).
га 1» is the|twenty-fifth letter of the
Tibetan alphabet and is always pro-
nounced rather strongly. 2. num. fig.: 25.
II: in Budh. 4 demonstrates the
state of all matter as being fine as an atom
or even more inconceivable than an atom
(K. d. Ж); in Tantrikism it repre-
sents a state which is free from rkyen
(co-ordinate influence) (K. g. % 4^); in
mysticism	a widow or one who
is without a husband (K. g. f4, 179).
\ III: a goat; Ч’Й ra-mo a she-goat;
goat and sheep fold ; v
ra-kyal bag made of goat’s skin,	ra-
rtsab-mo (mystic) (Min. rda.
Jj). rtf-s£y(?§ a gelded he-goat; ra-
gu or colloq. ^’3 ri-gu a young goat, kid ;
^5 ra-rgod wild goat; ^*§*1 ra-thug he-
goat ; ra-ther serge or shawl made in
Tibet with the fine wool called В khu-lu
growing next to the skin of the Tibetan
goat:	(Jig.
23). thick serge made of goat’s hair ;
ra-lpags goat’s skin, kid leather; vg
rahi-spu goat hair; ra-pho
a gelded he-goat; 4’^*1 ra-slog a coat with
goat’s skin lining; ra-lug smaller
cattle, i.e., goat and sheep—in enumera-
tions of domestic cattle the or goat
always precedes the В'Ч or sheep, ra-$a
goat’s flesh, goat-mutton.
Syn. 3’^ tshe-tshe; ag-tshar; wsp
ag-tshom-ean ; VRgs: wa-hphyaft; X
dri-hdsin*, §kye$~sgra can (Mnon.).
Raksa-sprul the apparitional
Raksa goblin, an epithet of the Tantrik
god	the red Hayagriba (Bon.).
ra-gan, in comp. rag, brass :
ra-gan-gyi bum-pa brass vessel:
the rust of brass cures
eye disease (Med.).
Syn. ^’4 ri-ri ga; dri-med;
gser-can;	rtsibs-brisibs; ^3’$
bshu-Ьуа (Mnon.).
ra-gur=^ an enclosure with
rail, wall or fencing; rdo-rje ra-gur
an enclosure made with walls or pillars
having Dorje figures on them (Yig.)—the
monastery of Sam-ye has such an enclo-
sure around it.
ra-rgyab-pa (more properly
X'JA ’Ц) the common term applied to the
scavengers and corpse-disposers in Lhasa
and also in Shiga-tse.
ra-§gog a species of garlic:
-X.
Ra-sgren also written as ’J’ifc’, an
ancient monastery of Tibet founded by
Jjbrom-ston-pa in the beginning of the
11th century A.D.:
the miraculous monastery called
Radeng in the north of Tibet (Rtsii.).
definite arrange-
ments, settlement of an affair (D.R.).
+ Ra-ti gup-ta n. of an Indian
Buddhists sage (K. dun. 55).
|
1160
^51
-rndah or <«5*^ ra-mdah-
pa l.=j zla or grogs friend, com-
panion, assistant, helper. 2. = ^a!^« rog§-
ram help, assistance: *ra-mdah
htshol-wa (^ag. 35) to seek help, to ask
for aid.	ra-hd'g$-pa or
ra-hdren-pa to help, to assist (Sch.).
и : pursuing one who is run-
ning away, chasing.
ra~sdon the weeping willow.
\ ra-dha ordinarily called Jidda a
province near Bangala (Bengal) :
once there was a break in the continuity of
the Tirthika religion, for everyone in
Had a embraced the religion of Buddha
(7Г. dun. 74)-
ra-hdra a kind of stone or
mineral substance : *^4'^5 ,Qr6,V
rc-W 1. n. of a medicinal herb
(Vai-$fi.). 2.= ^'^’ sgron-fifi fir-tree.
MV4 ra-sprod-pa to verify, to prove.
ra-phrod-pa found correct,
pr >ved proof, verification.
^’4	= Uaqs-ri ЯГ^ТТ, VWfl
1.	ji basin for water round the root of a
tree]#. (A. It. 1-2). 2. enclosure, fence,
enclosed wall, frq., esp. in JC., also tho
space in a fence, wall etc., pcqS’^q yard,
court-yard, pen, fold, etc.; vqK^q to
enclose with a fence ;	$myug-mahi
ra-u-a bamboo-fence, bamboo-hedge, etc.;
wooden fence, fence of boards;
q thorn hedge, thorn fence ; or
^<5 S«rj4X q wuh an open ground with
bushes or trees here and there enclosed by
a fence, a park; a yard or open
space before a court of justice where
culprits are punished, aee. to Jd. a place
of execution; Ican-va a grove of trees,
willow, poplar, ete. (1) stone wall
enclosure. (2) circle of dancers.
prison-enclosuro or jail-house; $4’^ sheep-
cot, sheep-fold.
| Vq’^ Ra-wa-li n. of a Kashmirian
Buddhist monk who is said to have
possessed miraculous powers and fore-
knowledge (Khrid. 73).
Ra-wa $iod n. of a small
monastery situated in the upland tract of
Vec/ Sfe-thang near Lhasa, where Lama
Klon-rdol Rin-po-che resided for a long
time (Lofi. *, 3).
* ra-nia 1. wfanu goat, she-goat:
goats and sheep. 2. as metaph.
mixture, medley of, e.g., when both
and 59’^ characters are carelessly used in
writing a letter or anything else.
ra-ma да-bur nfc, <n^V,
a species of fragrant grass [a species
of mountain-palm, the date trec]&
Syn. lha-$kye$; Л не-re or sau-
ra ;	fiu-tu dri-bzafijdan ; ^9*4
hbra-go\ 4^*’^ gna§-can; sH td-h;
kha-dsu ri;	rtsua-yi fin; ^gc/qS*^
hphrefi-icahi rtsa ;	£ sa-yi rtsa; 4’P-T
rtsa-, 4^'5 gshon-nu (Mnon.).
Ra-me $ua-ra =	w^qc-
described as	a
holy place situated near the island of
Lanka (Ceylon) (Du$-ye. 38).
ra-med infallible, certain, sure;
= thad-med without alloy, or free
from any foreign bodies or impurities.
x;'3S & Ra-mo-che n. of the sanctuary built
on a plain in the north quarter of Lhasa by
net
the Chinese wife of king Srofi-btsan здат»
po in about 633 A.D. and containing the
image of Akshobya Buddha which was car-
ried from Nepal under the orders of Sr ой»
btsan sgam-po'slXQpsXQSQ wife, the daughter
of king Ams'u Varman.
ra-mo-ga a hornet.
ra-bzi-wa in C.=to be drunk,
get intoxicated.
ra-yi fifi чгтпт; a species
of sandal wood, a fragrant wood.
^’оЦ ra-yig WT, the letter r when
surmounting another letter is so called.
= a name for the
bee on account of its horns, resembling the
double ^’X na-ro*(Yig. k.).
Ra-rtsigs khafi-pa n. of a
castle in Tibet in which Atis'a was at one
time accommodated when travelling in
Tibet:	(Л. 93).
ra-ri 1. a term for fault, defile-
ment and dirt (f.e.,	sky on,	dri-ma,
dreg-pa);	ra-ri med-pa
faultless, stainless. 2. acc. to Sch.: neither
high nor low.
res-m os one by
one; by turns.
ra-ro 1. intoxication, drunkenness.
2.	intoxicated (Sch.):	the
first stage of drunkenness makes one devoid
of the senses, shameless;
drunkenness in the second stage
resembles a furious elephant;
Xthe end (of it) resembles a corpse.
avX’q ra-ro-wa in W. to be intoxicated,
drunk. vX'<K'§\q ra-ro war byed-pa to make
drunk (Dzl.); Ч’Х’А’виг^ЕЛГ^ having come
to one’s self again after a drunken, fit,
being sober again (Jd.).
Ra-luft n. of a village two days’
journey east from Gyang-tse in Tsang
where the Buddhist Saint Hgro mgon
Gtsafl-pa Rgya ras founded the monstery
of Raluft (Бой. -3, 28).
ra-gal the remnants or traces of an
old pen or enclosure.
Rasa lit. goat’s-land; the ancient
name of Lhasa which, since the famous
image of Buddha was brought from
China and kept there, became converted
into Lhasa, the letter Ra (<) being
naturally changed into Lha % which
signifies a divine being, i.e., Buddha.
sprier Rasa hphrul-зпай (the mira-
culous temple of Rasa) old n. of the great
temple of Buddha now called the Gho-
khang or Kinkhording	at
Lhasa built by king Sroti-btan sgam-po
at the request of his Nepalese wife. The
historical image of Buddha in this temple
representing him as a prince, which is
said to have been taken from Magadha by
the Chinese about the first century B.C.,
was presented by emperor Thaijung T'ai-
tsung to his daughter who was married to
king Sroti-btsan §gam-po. The princess kept
it in the temple of Ramochhe but in the
10th ceutury it was transferred to this
temple. The spot on which this temple was
built being found auspicious by astrology
was selected for a site by the Nepalese
princess, but being a low place it was
raised with earth carried it is said, by
goats, hence its name Rasa.
ra-saya-na хягия chemical
preparation of mercury for medicinal pur-
poses (Sman.).
Ф rd-та n. of an insect (К. g. -3,
Ш).
147
1162
У51
t VC ’I га-3за-ка=^ lee tongue (mystic)
(7Г. г/. F, 2СЙ.
i Rd-sa-ri n. of an ancient city
in Sind in India (5. Lam. 35).
the planet TUhu.
пса 1. also yX rica-co, horn of
yak, cow, etc. 2. met. a mountain peak:
y^*rq*cgv<J	Rica mnam-par gyur-
pa Ju .^-Ъуа-wahi ri (the mountain of equal
and even peaks), n. of a mountain in the
fabulous continent of Uttara Kuru (7Г. d.
\ oUl). y^q*^ Rica (Riim-pa n. of a
three-peaked mountain said to be situated
five hundred yojana beyond the south of
the mountains which border the southern
ocean ; on its side is the kingdom of the
lord of death (7Г. d. \ 277). 3. sting,
e.y.y of tho scorpion, у4!!*^ or уяЗ4^
one holding or using a bow made of
horn.
y^ nca^an 1. honied animals,
like cow, buffalo, antelope, stag, etc. 2.
зпззгу a species of conch shell which has
homy projections or thorns \Jgfion.).
у^Ч'ысд-^я rica-dicag$ iM-pum an
abbreviation of у $4 Rica-pjrefi, yiprQ
Dwag§-po and	Mfiah~ri§. Also
abbrev. of Rica-ica $tod, у4’^5 Rira-
ica §mddy	Dnags-po, and
Mfiah-ri$ gnca-tJiafi the four sections of
the monastic college in Tashi-lhnnpo (Lofi.
я, 13).
уУ rica-tjiica a kind of mineral salt
resembling ra-ru ph ye-ma; y^*^’
rak-ta 1. as met.=blood, red.
2. saffron, minium, cinnabar (ЛЛ7.).
vq rag 1. sbst. v. brass.
brass wire ; *4^' a brass trumpet:
the brass trumpet
was also an invention of Lha-btsun-p'i
(A. 75)> rag-hgag=§^ or
a small brass plate;	rag-$teg$ a
small brass-tray on which tca-cups are
placed when tea is served (Rtsii.). ^Я’У*’
rag-dufi (also called	lo-pan
Spyaii-hdren gyi-dnfi) long brass-trumpets
resembling a telescope in shape and size
(A. 75). 2. subject, subservient, depen-
dent:	In JF. for 4«I*r
adreg$-})ii-€iin proud, haughty, and also
for glorious, splendid.
4*rag-chiifi fifi tho olive
tree.
Syn. *1]'$коАе ; 5^3*' $kyur-$ifi (Mfion.).
X rag-rdo a mineral substance '^*r
Rag-rdo cures eye
disease and removes dimness of vision.
^’4 rag-pa 1. vb. IF. for to
touch, feel, and in a more generalized
sense— to perceive, to scent, taste,
hear, see. 2. adj. dark-russet, brownish,
of horses, rocks, etc. (Jd.).
qx'^ rag~f)a thafi-zlum one of tho
37 sacred places of the Bon (G. Bon. 38).
Rag -ma n. of a village in Tibet
mentioned in Mil.
rag-tse stone in fruits in TF. (Jd.).
rag-lu^ра=«’Л^'«1 adj. depen-
dent on: as vb. ’Wq to depend on:
^лу^ло^ the doctrine
of Buddha is dependent on the Buddhist
clergy;	that depends
on your strength (Mil.);
breathing depends on the soul;
as they depend on
others for their living;
dependent on co-ordinate influence
(Yig. 18).
М|'-«П	1163
rag-qa or A’p raksa 1.
berries which are used for beads of rosary:
xEw is a protection against fright-
ful deities.	drag-pohi hphreft-
wa a rosary made of this fruit sacred to
the god Rudra. 2. M|*-q Rag-$a a
Turk or Tartar.
мЙ rag-qi 1. n. of a country and its
people. 2. spirit, or liquor, that is dis-
tilled from the Mowah flowers.'
vqsr rags L dam, mole, dike, em-
bankment ; also $and
90) having cons-
tructed the embankment, it is still called
Lha-Je Rag. 2. any construction of
similar shape; (also) intrench-
ment, breast-work;	stack, rick of
straw; stack of wood (Ja.).
^’41:1. rags-pa opp. of 3 or
; coarse, thick, rough, unrefined:
the more delicate and
the coarser component parts of the body;
^^qq^qq-^-^reckoned roughly;
by a rough estimate;	^q*
^czg-q^S’^q the perishableness of the
corporeal mass and of the subtle parts;
grosser parts or visible
limbs; of Buddhas it is said that they
appear	bodily. 2. to work,
mould, form, sketch, etc., roughly.
II: few, short:
to give a brief account of
the origin of the different ones;
for inviting a few
including master and servants (Л. I#7).
rags-rim tsam-shig— a few
principal ones :
he described a few of his chief talents or
qualities {A. 16).
гай, ^5 гай-nid ^ТсД, pf^T;
fqsr, ^4; 1. ourself, one’s self, self:
F, 120) by ignorance (Avidya) one’s own
future, of itself was destroyed;
one’s party or side;	self
evolved; ’Age. гай-Ъуий self-sprung, very
frq.; гай-ЬЪуий one’s own accord :
aд I shall go to the wor-
ship of my own accord (A. 7). ^A’fl^^q’
ч	let us two go together for
our heart’s satisfaction (Rdsa. 17). In
eolloq. is generally added to all the
personal pron. without any reflective
meaning; thus, aand f^'AA are much
more commonly used than merely A’ and
P indicating in C. simply “ I ” and “he.”
Again aa alone may stand for the pronoun
I, etc.; aassj, aa’^w plur.; a amy, thy,
etc. Other examples: £A’«’aa^
that wife fond of herself, in love with
herself (D.R.); ^’AAS|»rS^qA'^^N he
perceiving that it was his own mother;
АА’вГААЧ^-д-чз^ shaving one’s own head
(Dzl.); aawm’4 worse than self; aa’w&’a
greater than one’s self; AA’«rgif a
man has no son of his own (Mil.). In
compounds; aa’^w one’s own soul; aa
aa’^waaa^^w one’s own intelligence,
perception and happiness; аа’5|Ч|,аа,9|*г<|<^
гай-srog raft-gis-gcod you will take your
own life (Glr.). 2. just, exactly, precisely,
merely, the very : aa* the very same;
exactly so! it is just so! g’S’AA’
§йа-то-гай quite early in the moining
(Mil.); a^a'^aa^ by the mere
meeting with me (Mil.); ^‘AA‘ just a
person, a person travelling all alone; Й'Аа’
she, she alone; also, an unmarried
woman. аа^’Г’У ran-gi fio-wo ^^q
one’s own nature, constitution or inner
shape.
^’5’^ I
1164

^•j-gq гай-гкуа-thub one who is so
learned, clever or skilled that he needs
no help or advice or instruction from
another party :	J^q
q*Vq'<°^ (Khrid. 153).
гай-$куиг also written
with (Д. <?. «, 47).
гай-skyed^ hjig-rten or
gnas-rten (Мйоп.) as met. = the
world.
**’g* гай-$куе$ 1. extraction, raca>
family. 2. ^зт = as met. R4! blood.
гай-kha resp.	lit. one’s
own face, one’s own promise or word.
*q’^qN гай-к1юй$ or	one’s own
jurisdiction, country, territory.
1ай-$пот$ purposeless, indifferent, without
any object in view.
^ §5‘q гай-gir byed-pa to own,
to make it one’s own, to accept; to take in.
^•gjq тай-grub natural, not artificial
or produced by men, self-evolved or
formed.
rafi-dgah-pa an unmarried man
(&Л.;. qq'Vqq'Q гай-dgah-ica free, inde-
pendent. qq’Vqr^ гай-dgah-ma^ '&
{Mnon.) a house-wife.
тай-rgyal l.= qq*TNqNj*i гай$-
яай§-гдуа$. 2. qq*gu2*rq?j'4 гай-rgyal gyi$
hgro-tca to live after one’s own option or
pleasure (Sch.). Self-will ted), obstinacy.
гай-rgyud [self-roliant]S.
— qq’qq-?| тай-гай-gi rgyud-pa indivi-
dual temperament, independence.
*q* гай-ска=*^*^’9 one’s own share,
portion or side (Yasel. ^1).
гай-stobs-kyt's bgrod as a
met.—^’W (Мйоп.) infantry, foot
soldier.	гай-$оЬ§ щеп-rab
— qqjpi a class of Bon who aim at re-
sembling Buddhist Pra'yeka Buddhas.
qq’W] ran-hthag mill, water-mill; also
flour pounded in a water-mill.
*q4«|-q«5’q гай-t hag bcad-pa self-settling,
one who does not consult another in any
work but decides himself.
qq'*fifq’ raft-mthoft pride, self-compla-
cency, self-sufficiency: qq’w^k’wg^ be not
self-sufficient; qq’wlfc-i-q’jjW’q^’SK pride,
self-sufficiency is a bad omen.
гай-don one’s own affairs, one’s
own profit, self interest;	to look
to one’s own advantage, to be selfish.
гай-bdod doing according
to one's own wishes, selfishness, v. ^q’^*
гай-rtsis.	self-willed; also 4k a
libertine ;	a woman that
acts freely according to her own wish.
iunerself, the mind.
^•Zj гай-ро= W’^q’ pho-гай a celibate,
an unmarried man.
гбгЯ-6а^=аз it occurs to one’s
self.
+	гай-byan chud-pa^K^*^
гай-Ьиу 1. Cs. single, alone;
гай-bitr adv. singly, alone, without a
consort. 2. Cs.: a single life. 3. acc. to
Schtr. one’s own child.
«л-gq' гай-Ьуий also ^Ifoalso ^q’gq^q q
an epithet of Brahma (Мйоп.);
v. also supra.	гай-Ьуий fdo-
rje n. of the 3rd Karma-pa hierarch (Deb.
% 45).
*q'§*i	гай-gi-don self-
interest :	(Rdsa.
25) understanding one’s own worth it
^3)1	1165
is much better not to judge of others’
merits.
aa’§^ raft-byon=*^'^' self-evolved or
AA’sflfrS’g^q	self-grown or born
of itself: аа§^’§' гаЯ-йуоп-/Яа the five
images contained in the Cho-khang
temple of Lhasa which are believed to be
self-grown (Zotf. % 6).
aa^aa' raft-dtcan independence, liberty:
4|фгцaa’via'*^ they are not masters of the
place, i.e., they are not free to choose the
place; in the same sense: *]A-j-aa^a*^
gar-^kye raft-dbaft-med as to where one is
to be bom one has no choice. аа'^аа^ач
to become free, an independent person;
aa^aa*^ raft-dwaft-can free, independent.
Syn. aa^ raft-rgyud\	raft-
dwaft-can ; a^aj^aa’^ bdag-dwaft-can;
3)a’a bdag-gir-wa; A’S)^’4 na-yin-pa; aa’
^§5 raft-gir-byed; aa^a’I^ raft-dgar-
§pyod; aa’^aja тай-dgah;
gshan-gyi^ ma-bzuft-wa (Mfton.).
aa'^aa**^ raft-dwaft-med one not
master of himself, one dependent on
another ; a subject, a vassal.
Syn. *W’SAagskan-dwaft-soft;
а^аг^АА’^Ц fydag-dwaft min; AA^AA'gei raft-
dwaftbral*	pha-rol-dwaft (Mfton.).
AA'AgA’gr raft-hbyor-lfta the five self-
acquired privileges : (1) the privilege of
being born as a sanctified human being;
(2) to be bom at a central place, like
Magadha or Lhasa, where there are oppor-
tunities to learn Buddhism; (3) to be
perfect in the development of the physical
organs or limbs and in that of the inner
faculties; (4)	not to do any
work in a perverse manner, t>., attain-
ing the end by proper means; (5) to
have faith in the religion of Buddha
(Khrid. 11).
аа*Й raft-momo-raft a woman
herself or that has not taken a husband
but lives a spinster.
aa'^n raft-rtsis self-complacence ; also,
the opinion which one has of one’s self:
aa ^^a aado not be self-com-
placent or grow selfish.
a araft-tshugs=^^ also aa'^vw
**JHq one capable of doing a work inde-
pendently : Д|А,^,АА,<о|’Ч'^,^А,а | ^5}’«4^*
§^’|a’aa*§5 he who is not confident of
his abilities will be protected, i.e., ruled,
by others (Hbrom. I4, 17).
raft-tshod-zin-pa one who
knows his own capabilities (Rdsa. 21).
АА'ч|^=рА5А’А* he and myself.
aa*a^ raft-bshin=.^ fto-wo or
fto-wo-nid (Mfton.) sstfu, W,	,
nature, natural disposition, state
or constitution, natural temperament: aa*
a^’§by nature beautiful; aa'a^w
‘W’^'AgA'A to change one’s natural consti-
tution (Vai-sft.)\ aa'A^’aja perversity,
changed nature ; ааа’^^а'^’А^аа’А^’ as
a natural consequence of so heavy a
snow-fall (Mil.) ; AA’A^‘2^ raft-bshin-gyis
of itself, by itself, aa’a^’^ from its very
nature, naturally, spontaneously; RgA'
А-gS-AA’A^’^’S’^A^ this body having the
nature of the five elements in its consti-
tution (Vai-§ft.) ; аа’а^’Аяа* raft-bshin-bzaft
= Я^*чяа- g$i§-bzaft innate goodness, ono
who is by nature good (Mfton.); aa'a^oj^
raft-b^hin-gna^ rtag-pa or a^’a brtan-
pa (Mfton.) steady, constant, perpetual.
AA’ojinj^ raft-gzug$==.^% fto-wo or
fto-wo-nid also tffto$-po (Mfton.).
aa-aM' raft-bzo 1. fabrication, one’s own
design ; reform, innovation ; an innovator,
one who does not care to follow the
^41
1166

established custom or law ; a reformer:
(Khrid. 51). 2. self-determination opp. to
a punctilious adhering to tradition (Jd.).
raft-fyzor ynra-wa= €ЧЦ’4 fdsan-
$mra-wa to speak falsely, to lie.
raft-rig	natural intelli-
gence ; consciousness, self-oognition,
raft-rigs	a kinsman.
raft-re 1. each, each respectively:
ч**]АсЛ*г4|£г each may lead himself,
may bo his own guide. Also =
each. 2. wo:	raft-re&l $go-
druft-na at our own door (Mil.);
we ourselves, ono and all. 3. polite way
of address=you.
rjrft-las-tha-dad different from
self.
raft-g^is — or fto-wo ; in
eolloq. = ^5*5^ rgyud-dag (Yig. 28).
raft-<ptgs-la of itself, spontane-
ous ;	spontaneously.
raft-sa or *4’4 raft-so one’s own
place:	or	to maintain
one’s own placo or station; *4‘«4 or 44
4^-q to leave (a thing) in its own
place, fig.=to leave undecided, to let
the matter alone (Mil.). 44*w raft-sar 1.
unto ono’s own place or position,
44,«4,з« thams-cad raft-sar-gyes all pro-
ceeded to their own places (Hbrom. F,
19). 2. — ^^'^ spontaneously:
’^4’44all out of feeling
spontaneously shed tears (A. 15).
44'«4«’jw Eaft-safts-rgyas Pra-
tyeka Buddha, «*.<?., a Buddha who has
obtained perfection by his own exertions,
and by concentration of the mind, but
who does not gain enlightenment by
promoting the welfare of other beings.
This class of Buddhist saiuts is of two
kinds :—(1) 4^g5 bse-ru Ita-bu
; (2) *4«’54‘S5 tshogs-daft-spyod
Syn. 4лд,4-£л raft-byaft-ehub;
fyse-ruhi rgyal-wa; ух?*«4чг ne-tshchi
safts-rgyas;	rten-hbrel-bsgom;
44^’Ktf^4 raft-shi don-gner\
rkyen-geig-ftogs; 4л,$'Ч raft-rgyal (Mfton).
raft-wa pf. 44« raft$f= 5*p’4 or
«3’4, to be delighted, cheerful, joyous; to
rejoice : йяя,йл4«,Л4 discontented, "1^44*4
yid-ruft-wa or «Ь’К/ч rejoicing, delight;
having been very
much dissatisfied; «'44M’<%^ unwillingly,
reluctantly.
^Ц5ГЦ rafts-pa 1.	rapture,
ecstasy, ravishment (Mfton.). 2. mVf44«'
4>\ for	early in tho morning.
rafts-po	tshaft-ma
all, whole, entire. 2. aco. to Sch.: rough,
raw, unpolished.
J ra-na-dsa-ka as met.= 3'4 ku-wa
WyJ§ a gourd (Mfton.).
rad-pa in W. for 4д\ч bgrad-pa.
45‘X^ rad-rod I. v. rod-po. 2.
uneven, any uneven place containing
ditches, &c.
ган=ХА ftsa a kind of grass
(K. du. *, 3&6); said to be shave-grass,
Equisetuni artense (Ja.).
^’4 ran-pa fHH, AH 1. to be the
time or right moment for anything, to
bo proper, just right, even; adv. M’4A
moderately, ^’4Mf ran-par-sro warm your-
self moderately,	zad-tshod ran-
par za-гса to eat moderately;
1167
this is about the proper measure (Dzl.).
2. ЖТЗГ the time, opportunity;
time to take food; 9'^’g^e
time of child-birth has arrived; in C.
colloq.	“tanda do rendu'”
now it is time to go;	to die
an untimely death ;	when
it was time to give her in marriage (2Ы.).
weaving of cloth
or sewing.
I: rab a ford ; ^’^5 rab-med with-
out a ford.	the river Vaitarapi
which cannot bo forded or passed over;
n. of a river in Orissa.
II: 1. я, и,	N&q
wichog best, highest, superior, excellent,
pure;	the three, the first,
the intermediate, and the last;
theb§-na-rab if rightly understood, that
will be the best ; frq. for: it is right,
that will do. 2. much, plentiful: wgS
rab-skrahi hog-na§ also with a full head
of hair (you maybe a holy man) (JZ)7.).
rab-dkar very white,
= A* Wi a bear (Mffozz.).
rab-dkar !ha-rdsa§= FW
a special small white scarf used for pre-
sentation to great men in Tibet (Yig. 88).
rab-dgah я^а ecstasy, joy;
rab-gyur excellence.
rab-hgro-wa w, to walk or move
well* gently (Шоп.);	Wnl to
move or walk freely, i.e., unhindered.
^’5^ 1ТФЧ, W4 fully blown;
gWH well-known; wqjpjq proclaimed.
rab-bsfiag§ (I) ячгя" the mystic
Om, the sublimest praise for the deity.
(2) язщт praise. (3)=^^’^” mtho-ri$-
gna§, 5«| dge-leg§ (Шоп.) the heaven,
the state of beatitude.	rab-mchog
ятс excellence, the excellent one.
rab-mchog-mig
= dpal-hbra$ (Шоп.) wood-apple.
1. ядсг, язп well scattered or
spread over. 2. n. of a very large number;
q н^тядн n. of a still larger num-
ber.
rab-skyed я^£ as met. = 4 father.
rab-skyes man 4VW that
breeds many; met. a sow.
rab-bskyed growth, develop-
ment.
rab-dkru§ washed clean,
cleansed, sanctified.
rab-b$krad banishment, expul-
sion ; turning out from a place as in the
case of an evil spirit.
rab-hkhyam§ wandering,
moving freely.
= Ц	very
wicked, very wrathful.
rab-rgyags—*^*^.
*4’5 rab-tu adv. very, exceedingly,
especially; fully, thoroughly (with adjec-
tives and verbs) *4’5'^ rab-tu $dom lock
(the door) well;	rab-tu khros-
par gyur-te became very angry (Jd.).
*4*5’4<ip< absolute prohibition;
SclH quite stretched out.	rab-tu
hbyed-pa =	V4 rab-bskyed-pa to analyze,
but in Ta. 96 it is equivalent to ЯЧКЯ
treatise, dissertation.	or *4*§*дрр* ч
я(нж famous, celebrated;	ян^г<
easily destroyed, perishable;
я яци, quite subdued;	rab-tu
bthib$-pa=^\$y ^S'q gnidJog hdod-pa to
be sleepy, also wishing to sleep or fond of
sleep; *4’§V4 very pure, pellucid; ^'5'
ячгти, wrj saluting reverentially.
rab-brtag ^дя^чг discrimination,
I
1168
*

rub-hog the second in rank, next
in value.
qq-forq rab-sim-pa Sjn< ecstasy,
delighted.
*q-q*W rab-gsal or ^'5’^'4 ЯИМНТ
1. very clear, illuminated, quite evident.
2. sbst. a small balcony or gallery, freq,
scon in Tibetan houses. 3. illumination,
cheerfulness. 4. n. of a legendary king,
supposed to have been Buddha in one of
his incarnations (Л. K.).
W$’5i\’q rab-tu $ког-гса to turn
round and round, to deliver a sermon,
preach over and again;
elucidation.
qq^-q^ rab-tu-bstcn reverence, venera-
tion.
Syn.	4 da<J-yu$-dafi Idan-pa;
Я*1’Ц mo$-p>a (Mfion.).
rqq^q^q rab-tu gna^-pa 1. sfatfY to
consecrate new images, pictures of deities
and temples, houses;
(Л. 80) he consecrated those
images that had not been consecrated
before;	a
Tantra containing the rites and ceremonies
of consecration of images, symbols, &c.
(JT. g. % 288). 2. fully establish-
ing, founding.
rab-tu hbyin-pa
qq-^-q^q-q rab-tu hbyufi-ica яя’чт to enter
the priesthood, to embrace religious life
as a profession; more particularly: to leave
one’s home for the homeless life of an
ascetic by embracing tho religion of
Buddha; to take vows of purity and
celibacy and to religiously follow the
rules of moral discipline as laid down in
the Vinaya scriptures of Buddha (for
further explanation see Lam-rim. 96);
3jq	being ordained by a
spiritual teacher.	snifan
renounced perfectly; he that has taken
orders, a clerical person; rab-byufi
is also the name of tho first year of the
cycle of sixty years;	rab-tu
byon-na$~	rab-tu byufi-na$ having
been initiated, ordained:
^qq-^qq'g-g^ (Л. 30) the Kalyanamitra
(learned monk) Lo-ts^-wa having been
initiated in this sacred cult.
§5* rab-tu myo$ byed-niaWZJ n.
of a celestial courtezan (Lofi. 5).
qq-^q rab-tu tsha-ica^^f^f^ §dug-
fafial or	yid-pdufis (4/fton.) 1»
misery, heart-burning grief, sorrow. 2.
very hot, burning ; n. of a
hell (Boh. ch. 5).
rab-tu tsha-byed as inet.= S,2J
1-hyo-wo husband (Mfton.).
rab-rtogt urtfipf, perfect
reflection; or vtV4 full consideration;
qqj|q*r^ uahq thinking well.
qqq^5^ rab-brtan, $prin-grol an epi-
thet of the elephant on which Indra rides,
Airavata (Mfton.).
^q ulf rab-rptho n. of a medicinal plant
that kills ring-worm [the plant
Cassia alata or Tord}S.
Syn. dra-djru hjom$ (Mfion.).
qq’jfr JRab-^nafi n. of a king who is said
to have seen the light on the day Gautama
Buddha was born, the son of king Ananta
Nemi or	(K. du. q, 5).
qq-^wq rab-nam$-pa spre ruined;
downfall, destruction.
qq-q^wA^q rab-gna$ me-tog po-
melo-flower :	(Mfton.).
qq-o]^ Rab-gnon n. of a city of the
Asuras situated at the foot of the great
Sumeru mountain (Sorig. 30).
1169
ад’ц [
W
rab-byed	dissertation,
description. W9T habit, custom.
rab-§pras==*A rab-tu brgyan
or	gin-tu mdses well-adorned, very
handsome:	adorned
with different sorts of ornaments (A. k).
^qs^yq rab-dben-pa	spiritual
turn of mind, retiring mind; retirement.
rab-hbyams deeply read,
profound scholarship.	rab-
hbyam$-pa a diploma resembling in a
manner the degree of Doctor of Divinity
which the Buddhist priesthood confers on
monk students of sacred literature (Rtsii.);
^q^gwg’^ rab-hbyams rgya-mtsho a
degree of divinity in the Buddhist church
(Bon. ch. 10}.
rab-hbyor and	rab-
hbyor ehen-pa	the disciples
of Buddha who were astute in asking
questions of him for the elucidation of
doubtful points, etc. They are generally
the inquirers who provoke Buddha’s
discourses (K. g. 5, 119).
rab-sbyar ; anything put
together, a composition.
^gX rab-sbyor я|?тЪт, coinci-
dence ; also co-operation, application.
wEw Rab-hjom$ qwi, the
god of wind;	Rab-hjom§~byed
the lord of death.
rab-maft 1. 4^ many, a large
number. 2. as met. the earth.
**rMfl] rab-hdsag ябщ as met.= gain
urine (Mnon.).
rabshi perfect peace ;=
mtho-ris-gnas heaven, also = 5<|dge-legs
piety and righteousness (Mnon\
a Sutra contained in the
Kahgyur (K. d. % 179}.
^«rw rab-bzan the excellent one;
n. of an individual; also Buddha in one
of his incarnations (Pag. 302}.
a fabulous great number.
rab-rib also as hrab-hrib
fafHT,	mist, dimness, glimmer:
the faint glimmering of a star
(Jd.). Also=$Y4 or and
darkness, dimness, faintness (Mnon.). MT
faffaw free from darkness.
^qXq’YJj'q rab-rib dag-pa to get rid
of dimness so as to see everything well
defined:	(A.
76} when the mental darkness vanished
in (cooked) rice-food, &c.; ^Xq-syg^s;
^’q^ the cause of darkened combed
out hair appearing [in the story related
by Atis'a of an old woman who on
account of her mental delusion used to
see combed-out hair mixed up in her food]
(A. 77).
^4’^5 rabsad от	rab-hu-sa-rab
я{?(я1ц full awakening or understanding.
VW rabs race, generation, lineage,
succession of family or kings, class of
people:	the succession having
been broken;	royal family or
lineage ; mi-rab$ human race;
the higher class of people, noblemen; «
the lower class, flj^^q^ fisherman-class;
EV^qN hierarchical or lamaic succession;
genealogy.
VI Ram n. of a place in Tibet (Deb.
fl], 9); a native of Bam; Sa-dwafi
Ram-pa, chief of Ram, is now one of the
four kalons or state ministers of Lhasa.
VT4 ram-pa in W. = quitch-grass
(Ja.).	ram-pa dug-hbyed a
medicinal root which is an antidote against
poison.
148

1170

ram-Ъи a glee, song, catch,
roundel; 'q ram-bu hd^gs-pa to join in
singing, to take part in a song;
ram-hu bteg explained as
a helper in a song, a joiner in singing.
rani-tsho§ indigo plant, indigo
dye 'Jig. 1J); hut. v.	ram§.
+ мгдл ram-gyi$=	wani-bum.
ram$ 1. (g’^) *UTfw indigo:
w	indigo is useful
in eye disease, sores, and also in healing
scald. '3* ram$-$ift indigo plant; also
the wood-apple tree. Syn.
gron-$ky ’« nag-po:	rul-wa-can ;
h4n'd-byed;	ram$-kyi-i;in ffifion.).
2. joined with such words as
when it expresses one having a monastic
degree. In Tashi-lhunpo	drufi-
ram$-pa is the lowest degree for profi-
ciency in Buddhist literature ;
= doctor in mysticism.
Ram-ma i^x) country between
Tipporah and Arrakan in Burma, the
ancient Chittagong. The name survives
iu the modem small town called Ramu.
ral is evidently applied from the
vb. *4 Q (to toar) to its common significa-
tion, as a noun, = a rent, cleft, gorge;
phu-ral gni§ a sloping valley
dividing into two parts at its upper end ;
*4 a n. of Lahoul on account of its
< insisting of three valleys.
*4 ral-ka, v. *4'3 ral-gu.
ral-klim л fancy name for the
river Ganges:	|forcr
^$5 pheb§-tshogs kyaft-ral klufi-bshin §tshol-
H-a mkhyeu your letters may come (unin-
terruptedly) like the flow of the Ganges
{Yig. k. 19),
P ral-kha, v. *4-g ral-gri.
*4'^*ral-khur-can an epithet of V’t:
dbafi-phyng Is'vara, а180=$сЛ sen-ge
the lion (ilfton.).
*	4^ ral-ga acc. to Sch.= w*| yal-ga.
*	4*3 ral-gu 1. ornaments, precious
stones such as turquoise, coral, &c., used in
adornment of tho hair. 2. diminutive
of *4 : cleft, chink, fissure.
*	43^ ral-gu-can=	kyc§-
pa hbru$-phyufi-ica an eunuch, a herma-
phrodite who generally is seen wearing
lengthy locks (4Wow.).
*	4-3Л4 ral-gu-zul bunches of pearl and
coral in strings which tho women of
Tibet wear as pendants on tbeir locks:
she presented me
with the jewelled strings from her locks
(A. 102).
C\
ral-gri ЧЪЪ a sword, spoar,
rapier, hunting knife, dagger: *4’$5*
чугя ral-grihi hdab-ma or J lee blade of a
sword;	ral-grihi-so edge of a
sword;	ral-grihi $ub§ scabbard
of a sword; *4 ral-gri-pa acc. to Cs.
a fighting man; *4p=*4^ sword-edge;
*4frg\-q ral-kha ^prod-pa to join blades
together, to fight hand to hand (Ja.).
*4^-5^ ral-gri-can an epithet of Manju
ghosa, or	Jam-yang (ДГйем.).
*4’3 q ral-gri nc-uahi rin-po-che
the enchanted sword considered
as a secondary gem of miraculous pro-
perties (7Г. (1. *, 385). MrgjS’J' л wfi
the sword-point; *4 §[*&< ral-gri hdsam a
broad-bladed knife (Rtsii.);	ral-
grihi bu=4№^' gri-chun a small knife
(Mnon.) ; *4’344^4^* ral-grihi hkhrul-
hkhor the magical flourish of an enchan-
ted sword (Jffio?/.).

1171

ral-grihi rgyun-hdrin or w
ral-grihi gnen— 5^45^ dmag-dpon
a general or commander.
’wSjS-Hrsr^ ral-grihi lo-mcl-can sugar-
cane plant the leaves of which are sword-
like in appearance (Mfion.).
Rai-grig-ma	n. of a
goddess in the Buddhist pantheon.
ral-gcod a meddler, one who
interferes in public business and thrusts
his opinion in public concerns and acts
in a high-handed manner;
ral-gcod-bycd-pa to interfere, to meddle:
g’SVigwoiin the adminis-
tration of law for the public he should
not interfere (Jig* 35).
ral-lcaft a weeping willow-tree,
but according to Ja. a particular willow
planted at the birth of a child and under
which a lock of the child’s hair is buried
when it is seven years old in Ld.
3^0]’Ц ral-pa—% §kra згггт hair, locks
of hair, clotted hair, long hair, curls;
mane (of the lion).	ral-icahi
gdefis-ka—\(mg hair.
Ral-pa-can 1. n. of a Tibetan
king who distinguished himself by his
devotion to the Buddhist clergy, allowing
the lamas to sit on his long pig-tail. 2.
one with clotted hair. 3. n. of
a hill-torrent in Kambachen, Nepal. 4.
mythological island inhabited by cannibals
situated beyond the red-sea
(K. d. \ 335.)
Ral-pa-hdrin	a Tan-
trik Buddhist priest. W*|i^
an epithet of Mahadeva.
one wearing a number of locks of clotted
hair; Wone having
clotted hair. V4’£5	(4’8^) wave,
billow.
ral-ica— dral-wa and ф*гч
hral-wa to tear; also, to be torn, rent,
cleft; also as sbst. = anything tom, such
as tom clothes etc.;	wdriion-
gyi§-ral-bu lacerated, slashed, cut to pieces
by any weapon.
ras	sbst. cotton cloth,
cotton:	large piece of cotton
cloth ;	ras-sbom-pa strong cotton
cloth;	handkerchief, napkin,
bathing towel; turban or pagri\
ka-^i hahi ras Benares muslin.
1. cotton cloth to tie round the
mouth to protect the face from effects of
cold. 2. adj. hard snow that will bear a
man (Ja.). ras-bal raw cotton;
ras-rkyafi cotton cloth; ra§~
§kud cotton thread; ras-khug a small
bag made of cotton ; mtr ras-khra chintz ;
ras-hgah a strong cotton fabric
brought from Sikkim ;	ras-bcos-bu
calico; мгчч| ras-thag bandage, cotton
rope ;	ra§-bub$ a whole piece of
cotton	inscription on cloths.
ras-hbra§ the cotton fruit:
^’§5 the cotton fruit is a cure for nose
disease. ra^-ma a small piece of
cotton, worn-out or old cotton clothes,
rags; ras-gzan in C. a long loose
cotton wrapper or shawl which Buddhist
monks use particularly during religious
services ; ras-$lag a furred garment
lined with cotton cloth ; ra^-lhe n. of
a kind of cotton cloth (& kar. 179).
мгч ra§-pa a person wearing only
cotton clothes; Milaras-p>a was so called
from his wearing only cotton clothes or,
acc. to his own assertion, a single cotton
garment: henco=a Tibetan $gom-chen who
dresses as an Indian Buddhist ascetic.

1172

Ascetics used to dress in cotton cloth, it
being considered luxurious to use woollens
and silk raiment.
^N-qor^c.’ ras-bal gin the cotton plant.
Syn.	rgya-mtdiohi mthah-
<an ; inchu-can ; 5(5'9^srad-
buhi im-tog can ; y-5^ rwa-can ;
dran-wofi khyu-wyhog i Milon.}.
wXn ra$-ros=^'&S'Xyo-byad $na-
t hog$ different kinds of furniture, utensils,
$(. :	haring
collected different kinds of furniture,
utensils, Ле. (D.R.).
ri I: or ri-uo грйя, firf<, wf^,
a mountain, a hill. rir or ri-la
on tho mountain ;	HT*J a mountain
riopo;	at tho foot of tho moun-
tains or lulls ; rir-gan-pa ono living
in close vicinity to a mountain, in JF.;
gafi$-ri snowy mountain, glacier;
Л nags-ri or a hill covered with
wood; brag-ri a rocky mountain;
$pan-ri a hill covered with grass (Ja.).
Nub-ri western mountain prob.
Western Ghauts of India. Syn. .*
rtsa-ra ma-tii; §	phyi-mahi ri;
[Mnon.).	eastern mountain
(prob. Eastern Ghautb of India):
nin-inohi rtse-mo;	thog-mahi ri;
rtsc-dgahi ri-ica (Mnon.).
Syn.	nii-gyo; n sa-hdsin ;
sa-yshi hdiail; Ejy^ tprin-
hdxin;	mgrin-pa can ;	'^5 hgro-
mod;	gycn-hphyur;	$po-
nitho ma ; sa-skyob; chu-skyob ;
sa-phur-bu ;	sprin-gyi so-
can (Mnon.).
Ri Potala 1. the hill on which
the palace of the Dalai Lama at Lhasa
stands. 2. n. of a mountain in the South
pf India on which the fancied residence of
Avalokites'vara and the goddess Tara has
been located by the northern Buddhists.
Acc. to the Chinese Buddhists this
mountain is situated in the island of Puto
in the China Sea about hundred miles off
Shanghai.
П:=Я so tooth (mystic) (K. g. F,
26).
^*1 ’*q ri-ka-ga n. of a flower : ®
• QIN • g N •	 9| 
(К. my. F, 59).
^5 ri-sked-^^ crystal.
JN m Riskye$-mg also or
lit. born in tho mountain; firfK^JT the
daughter of Himalaya, but acc. to
Tibetan authors: one of tho names of
Dranpadi the joint wifo of the five
Papdava brother’s (Mnon.).
Я-дцRiskye$ dkar-mo an epithet
of Uma (M^on.).
^ F 4 ’5^ Ri-kha-wa-can fVHTT’f tho
snow mountains of Ilimavata.
rlskyegs v. shyegs,
Я-jj ri-khyi= spyafi-ki hill-dog, wolf
(Milon.).
^05 ri-khro<i Ч’йст a chain of
mountains, group of hills; but most
commonly = a recluse’s cell or cavern in
the hills. 05'4 ri-khrod-pa, often simply
u ri-tho” ТПТ, one who lives in
mountain solitudes for the purpose of
religious asceticism, meditation, etc.
Syn. ^N HNN'F^*g cho$-se)n$ khan-bu;
чадгд|5У^‘Э bsam-gtan khan~bu;
bdud-rtsihi khan-pa ; shi-wahi grofi ;
snin-pohi khan-pa;
sgom-pahigna$ (Mnon.).
ri-hgems n. of dorje or thunder-
bolt which rends hills and mountains
asunder.
1173	I
^ 3 rl-rgya for ri-bkah rgya a
prohibition to kill wild animals or game in
the hills;	ri-rgya klufi-rgya
isdam-pa ibid.
ri-rgyal or rihi rgyal-po a
very high mountain, the mountain Tise,
which is generally called the king of
mountains. Also styled:	ri-dbafi
lhun-po*,	ri-rgyal lhun-ро (Ffy. A*.
62). In most Tibetan works or
Sumeru is mentioned as	Rihi
Gyalpo; but names like	mi-mjed-
can, q	brgya-pa, %
sna-tshog§-brtsegs and	rig-sfiags
hchafi also occur as kings of mountains in
K. g. 116.
^’Sp4 ri-$gog a species of garlic growing
on tho mountain slopes of Tibet, hill-
garlic (Mfion.).
%-^’Zrg- ri chen-po Ifia tho five great
mountains of the western continent of
Godaniya are :—t’Tпа-to tana ;
rwa-gxum-pa ;	nor-buhi rta-babs;
q*4 q3q parba brgya-pa and rtsub-pa.
ri-chen b.shi the four great moun-
tains of Jambudvipa are:	ma na-da-
ra,	Vindhya,
Malaya, and	Himalaya.
ri-chen-po drug the six great
mountains of	the eastern conti-
nent or Purva Videha:—logs
chen-po;	nags-kyi phren-ica;
rma-byahi tshogs;	ri-
dbags kyi-khrod*	rgya-mtsho
gycn-du hgro ;	mig-gi phrefi-iva.
ri-hjoms=
a thunder-bolt. It is stated that in ancient
time hills and mountains used to walk and
thereby cause immense mischief to all
classes of living beings that inhabited this
earth. Indra in mercy to them made all
the mountains crippled by hurling down
tho thunder upon them. Tho mountain
Mina (Maipaka) is said to have only
escaped by plunging itself into the sea
(Mfion.).
ri-stofi n. 3^'4 stofi-gia.
ri-thafi mtsham§ the Terai, the
low plain at the foot of a mountain; also
n. of a kind of fever difficult to cure,
which is generally caught by those who
travel in the countries on the confines
of the Indian plains and the Himalayas,
the Terai fever (Mfig., ch. 14).
ri-dtcags тщ, *зя, large game
generally of the deer and antelope species.
Xri-dwags hchin byed trap or
net or strings and ropes laid to catch wild
animals=	ri-dtcags dra-wa,
ri-dbag§ hdsin, %rni-thag (Mfion.).
ri-dwags ni-gu rtsa-l_fia n.
of the twenty-five wild animals said to be
fouud in the forests of the mountains called
sprin-dkar rgyu-wahi ri and
fiafi-nur sgra-sgrogs in Uttara
Kuru
№Ц‘ ;
; q^’3’
; «W|*rq^4|-q ;	; %§•
and	(K. d. \ 306).
Syn. sa-lu§;	sa-hdres-pa;
khri-snan or khri-gnan;
rlitfi-gi snog;	Ipags-pahi §kye-
gnas; дч]Я*<ц5*«1^ Ipags-pahi hbyun-gna§;
§5 hphrog-byed (Mfion.).
4ri-dwag§ кк-rafi да
dXesg.
1174	|
«1
Syn. 'ЛУЗ ка-ta-le ; 3^’*VW
g^er-mdog-can;	rm-
dun Ipags-pahi hbyun-gnas (Mnon.).
ri-dwag$ kri-зпа
the black antelope.
Syn. 3kri-sna sa-ra; nd-
tytfdcs; 32^3 gshun-nag (Mfion.).
^3*i'S3^	JRi-dwags kyi-
dgra hdul-wa she^-bya-tcahi ri n. of a
mountain in Uttara Kuru (7Г. d. \ 303).
^УЗ^'ЗГр^‘3*гд‘ч5Ili-dwags-kyi khrod-
<c$ bya-wahi ri n. of a mountain hi tho
continent of Piirva Videha, the wild ani-
mals of whieh aro the following:—
bai-ne-уЛ]	я ч 4 nc-hkhor gyi
grib-ma la dgah-wa ; q	La lta$-
pa§ hbrox-pa; ^лс.ktt-ran-ga; wq^c/q
lam-bzafl-po; ЗЗЧЗ'Я’З** phrag-dog ktu-
skyt-S; 4’9^’3‘^q ba-glan-gi rna-wa; gp’2r
*3^’4 glafi-po hthufi-wa ; д^'^'^З byi$-pa
mchog ; др'Я’чузчл grib-ma la dgah-wa;
^'^’^3 ri-boil lag ;	tfui-inohi lu$ ;
^•«ЦЗ'Ц mjug-ma nag-po ; яЗГузкц mgo-
dkar-po ;	q rma-dafi $ca$-pa ;	3^
sprul-gyt [ec ; *q'3**rqj’q гап-дьиа brgya-pa ;
§^ q §bom-pa ; spwj^Sj^-q $bub$-gyi mgrin-
pa (7Г. 7. \ 338).
^njN'q ri-dwag$-pa a hunter.
Syn. £Vq rnon-pa ; ^y3*r$m*§5 ri-dwag$
tpthar-byed; y3«*3^5*q^’^’ ri-dwag$ g*ad-
pa$ Idaho;	ri-dicagi dgra (Mnon.).
lti-dicag§-kyi-gna$
deer-grove said to be the site of Samath
near Benares where Buddha first preached
his religion.
Jli-dicag$ §kyes-ma ’ЗПЗП n.
o£ one of the Buddha’s wives (Yig- 18).
ri-du:ag$ rgyal-po TOVsr
met. the king of brutes, i.e., the lion
(ДВгсш.).
ri-duag$ mgo w^ifaTr n. of a
lunar mansion, the Sth constellation
(Mfion.).
R ri-dtcag§ chaft musk.
Syn. ’^‘4 ri-dieag$ Itc-ica;
ri-dicag$ rhi; g|^ gla-rtsi (Mnon.).
= J- ^<TTf4—
{Milon).
ri-dieags §na-hdsin as met.=
3’4 zla-ica the moon (Mnon.).
ri-dicags ndg-can-ma a
handsome woman whoso eyes eempare
with those of the deer (Mnon.).
ri-dtcag$ $ani-bha-ra згвд’Т’ЗП
^am-bha-ra; *&3	me hog-med
(Milon.).
*’53^5’5 ri-dicag§ ru-rn or
g’^3^ nt-ru egra-sgrogs the species of
deer that erics “ ru-ru. ”
^^WqaiE/^-q ri-dirag$-pa lafi rna-wa
stag with ears resembling those
of the eow (MHon.).
ri-dwag$ pr-{a-ta ЪЧН’ЗЛ
the spotted deer, = ^3 ^’H’^thig-le khra-
bo can (MHon.).
ri-dwag^ $a-ra bha
Syn. ЗУ^з'3^ gyen-mig can ; ste'3
sefi-gc hjom$-,	nag^-na spyod;
3V,Q1 $a-rdu la ;	$tc£-rkan can ;
qa-ra-bha; ^’*1 '^q’q'sg^q sefi-gc rkail-pa
fyrgyad-pa (Mnon.).
as met. = the moon,
believed to carry a deer or to have one
pictured in her orb.
Хуз^ з^ ri-dwag$ gsod the wild dog.
Syn. ‘wq hphar-ica; ^3N'0 nagt-khyi
(Мйоп.).
4*q ri-tca=-the worth; to estimate the
worth of a thing, in S^r^’3^*q dnul-
srafi gafi-ri-wa and 3§vj(q‘3q'X'q g.scr-
I	117P
4'9^1
srafi gan ri-wa, etc., worth an ounce of
silver, an ounce of gold, etc.
rl-bohi rgyan=
rgyafi me-tog (Mnon?).
^’^’5’35 Ri-bohi bu-mo фй^ lit. the
daughter of the mountain, an epithet of
Uma; also a name of the river Indus
(Mnon?).
ri-bo 1.= ^ ri. 2. sym. num. 7.
ri-bo khrun-khrun
mountain crane or else the bustard.
Syn. kra-n-ca, phren-ica can
(Mnon.).
Ri-bo gan^-ean the Himavat
(Himalaya) mountains.
Syn. F kha-wahi lhun-po ; 3^’
gan§-ri dican ; VT*’4!*!'?* dkah-bzlog
bla-ma; йme-nahi bdag ; *1^ kai-
la	n rihi rgyal-po ; bsel-ri;
<|елг^ gans-ldan (Mfton.).
^’5’5’^ Ri-bo gru-hdsin rfhref the
residence of Avalokites'vara.
ri-bo dgah-ldan the Gelugpa
school (Yig. 78).	ri-bo dge-lug§
the yellow-cap school of Tibet (Lon. % 11).
ri-bo spos-nad-ldaft
Syn.	yons-hdu can;
$po§-kyi fiad-ldan (Mnon.).
Ri-bo tsan-dra ka-la
фагн n. of a mythical mountain full of
medicinal plants, etc., situated in the
outer range of the snowy mountains
skirting the countryof S'ambhala (8. lam.
41).
^’q^q^E/ Ri-bo btaft-bzuft
Muchilinda mountain.
^•2ra^’Erq§ ri-bo chen-po bcu the ten great
mountains which surround the continent
of Uttara Kuru":—san-ка ge-ka
(WTihu); q rwa-mnam-pa;
59] ^QJ C} ri-dmgs-kyi dgra hdul-wa;
еРче^-ц sprin-dkar-po hdsin-pa;
mtho-icar brtsegs-pa;	phrefi-
icahi ne-hkhor ;	du§-na dgah-wa ;
kun-dgah-wa hdsin-pa; S>5’§’
yid-kyi rjes-su mthun-pa; 45’^‘J’
pad-та ku-pe-fa-ya daft Idan-pa
(K. d. \ 27$).
K^e.- ri-bon the hare or rabbit, ^e;
or Х’Зе/^ одъгт as met.=
the moon (Mnon.): g^E/$A’$w5qvX'3E/
(Mnon.). In the later
post-Christian legends of the Buddha it
is related that the Bodhisattva (Gautama)
when born as a hare gave up his body
vicariously. Indra out of wonder and
curiosity earned him up to heaven for
the purpose of showing him to the gods,
and kept him on tho orb of the moon
that human beings might see him at all
times. Since that time the moon became
known as the holder of the pious hare.
ri-bon gi-rba the horn of a hare
which is an impossible thing but which
certain writers such as Milaraspa are fond
of speaking of as if real for the purpose
of drawing fanciful comparisons. Simi-
larly	the son of a barren woman
signifies a nonentity of the same kind.
ri-bon rwa-can the horned rab-
bit which is a rarity (K. du. 5, 199).
^e/j ri-bon za as met. = 5’0 the hawk
(M^n.).
ri-bor gyi-gron mountain
village.
ri-bya §kyegs grouse. Syn.
З’ч я myo^-byed ihur-ma;	thur-
brjod-ma;	mig-bkra ma;
rkaft-bkra-ma ;	brjod-pahi$ne-ma;

1176
К* I
mtson-bycd	gtum-mo
(Mnon.).
г?-/??7/<7 = дя^ brag-ri rocky preci-
pice,
*'яЗп| ri-hbog spur, hillock.
4'3q ri-tdiig= bdcn-lshig truth
(>SW. ch. 11).
ri-pdsofi mountain fortress, fort.
ri-skol-gna§ 1. residence on the
plateau or plain at the foot of a mountain.
2. n. of an animal which is said to sub-
sist on air (7Г. d. я, 4 64)-
X-Sj^c/q ri-yi $nin-po as mct.= g^ l_eag$
fafTtfrc iron (Mnon.).
Xrjprqrihi rgyal-po chen-po bcu
the ten kings of mountains acc. to Phal-
rb n. 231 are—(1)	kha-ica can
(Ilimavata); (2)	§po$-kyi flad-
can ; (3) Vмrnam-par hdal-wa * (4)
^.‘5^’4 dan-srofi-i i; (5)	gnah-fifi
hdsin; (6) rta-rna-ri; (7)	.w-
hdsin; (8)	khor-yug; ^9) W
dpal-can; ^10) 4'^4 ri-rab.
XSpsjN'Zi Ri-yi sra$-mo цгй<?1, fnDFW
an epithet of Uma, the wife Mahes'vara
(Mnon.).
Я и) б|Е/ ri-yiphr('n=^l	dug-то nun
the Kalik'i plant (Mnon.).
-gpi rihi ru$-spal the hill-tortoiso is
mentioned as one of the three things
to be obtained along with certain minerals
from the hills viz.:	$ rdo-icahi bu,
-gpi rihi rus-sbal, В*‘ЗЛ khyini-gyi rdo
(Mfion.).
4’S)’K\^ ri-yi hod-can —g	q the
great ocean (IQflon.).
4‘5’i Ri-ico-che n. of a place with a
famous monastery on the Ngul Chhu in
Khams (Lofi. *, 28). Visited by Capt.
Bower and Dr. Thorold on their adven-
turous journey across Tibet in 1893.
4'54'-q^ Ri-tco de-fan n. of a hill at
Ribo-rlsc-lfla in China:	J-qxw
(Ya-sel. 61). (Bodhisattwa)
Jam-yang resides on the hill called Riwo
Decan.
4’5'|”g Ri-ico rtsc-lna n. of a mountain
with five peaks in China which is sacred
to Jam-yang of the Tibetan Buddhists:
J У (Lofi. \ 9).
4'5'4^va^'O Ri-bo rin-chen $pufi$-pa
n. of a hill sacred to tho Bon in Kongpo
situated to the cast of the monastery of
S $ w? I4*'' Bu-chu lha-khafi (Grub. 2).
4'5r$-Xi Ri-bohi bu-mo a name of the
Indus (Mnon.).
4'S'^' Ri-bya rkan n. of a Buddhist
sacred place in China (Ун/. 20).
4'g^o ri-brag-pa= *5*1 Q hbrog-pa herds-
man (A. 73).
Ri-mehi lha-mo n. of a goddess ;
Ri-mehi Lha is to
be universally reverenced (Lofi. 4)-
* ri-tshag mountain-yak (Rtsii.).
ri-shum wild or hill-cat.
M*4 the lower zone of a mountain.
^’Sr§E/q ri-yi $nin-poas met^g4)** iron.
4'^4] or	small checks or
squares or enclosures made by lines cross-
ing each other.
ri-rno 1. миг, Т*згт. <p5ЗГ, a
picture, drawing, drawn or daubed figures.
2. line, figures, stripes: g4)1
#	ч’^5 (521) the stripes of a tiger are
on the outside but the stripes of man
(fig. his wickedness) lie inside (his heart);
оцтря'Ч Й the lines or figures on the palms

1177

of the hand or on the fingers.	ri-
mo can, ^’Й'^ ri-mo Idan marked with
figures;	ri-mor byed-pa to repre-
sent by means of figures and colours, to
paint.
ri-mo inkhan	painter.
Syn. ^'Йч ri-mo-pa-,	bkra-byed',
tshon-gyis htsho-wa (Mnon.).
^’Й'-б^ ri-mo-can=z^^'^go-dum ba n. of
medicinal herb (Milon.).
as met. = the peacock.
ri-mo gstim-pa (Mnon.), the
neck, throat, and voice.
^’Й^‘55’4 ri-tnor byed-pa ЯРНТ to honour,
venerate.
Ri-rab the centre of the
world and king of mountains, the fabu-
lous Sumeru or golden mountain; also
called ^Л’^’Й ri-ra blhun-po,
gser-gyi-ri ^’5*1 ri-rgyal, ^’«^лл ri-bo
mchog-rab,	rin-chen
rnul-brtseg$ lha-hi ri-wo.
ri-srib or srib-ri the hill side
not exposed to sun, the shady side, gene-
rally the north and north-western sides of
a mountain.
^’3 ri-gu colloq. for vg young goat,
kid.
Х-^’л ri-hor-wa people living in the
neighbourhood of mountains and forests
also hamlets on mountains with few
residents.
^‘4 men who live high up in solitary
places and do not mix with the general
people much, simple people &c.; also
animals like mice which burrow high up
in the mountains are called |
ri-brags-pa a hill-man (-4. 70):
the hill-men will
come to rob this to-morrow.
4’5 ri-byi 1. mountain rat. 2. a cor-
ruption of the word ri-qi a sage, and
applied to the name	ri-
byihi khyim the residence of Agastya is
mentioned as being made of Keiaka gem
(Jd.).
Syn. ri-p;	kum-bha sa-bha-
ya ; ri-hdar; ri-hphan ;
chu-lhahi-bu;	bum-skyes rgyal-
po ; khyor-chu can;	Iho-
phyogs bdag-po;	mdans-gg sal-
iva ; 5JcR'=5r'$ mdsah-bohiba (Mnon.).
ri-go n. of a medicinal plant:
I: rig-pa vb. 1.
ftfn, to know, to understand= -^’4;
with the termin. of the inf. : to know that,
to perceive, to observe anything to be
of a particular shape or likeness;
knowing or having known;
khros-par rig-nas perceiving that he be-
came angry (Dzl.);	rig-
par gyi§ let your father know it, inform
your father of it (Tar.);	zlog-
tu rig-par byed (it or he) teaches how to
avert, prevent, etc. rig-mkhan one
who knows or has capacity for learning ;
acc. to Jd.: a knowing person, a learned
man. ^*7^5 rig-rgynd source of learning,
intelligence, character. rig-snags a
spell, charm, magic formula ; ^Tg^’*!4^
rig-snags inkhan a person skilled in
charms, an exorcist. rig-can or
4^ rig-l_dan a learned man, an in-
telligent person; rig-gna§ learn-
ing ; a science. 2. v. sgrig-pa (Jd.).
II: 1. in BuddhismW
ordinary Samvid which
is of four kinds: (1)	; (2)
149

1178	|
; (4) gq^q^'^-ujR-^-q^^-q
ufh^fer comprehension, prudence, ta-
lents, natural gifts. ^j’q’V^’q talented,
rich in knowledge, learned; X*|’q-4|wq
new information, disclosures, knowledge;
also, news : HJnj-S] qjjspr^ log-gi rig-
pa b$greg$-»a if false knowledge has
belched (up, (Ta. 17Schf.). 2. science,
learning, literature ; ^'3|'^-q the orthodox
or sac red literature; q phyihi-rig-pa
the heterodox or profane literature (C*.$.) ;
ч literature or science common
to both religions (Buddhism and Brahma-
nism).	rig-pahi gna§ and
rig-pa any single science (philosophy,
medicine, etc J 3. the soul as an entity;
Яд, ц p the soul separated from tho
body;	rten-dan bral-wa tho soul
sepaiated from her abode.
riq-gnas ben the ton sciences,
£-q-g-^of which five aro the higher
and five minor ones. The latter are •—
gso-wa rig-pa tho science of
healing or medicine;	sgra-rig-pxi
the science of words or language;
t? had-ma and	gtan-tshig rig
dialectics;	bzo-rig-pa mechanical
arts. But	nafi-don $de-
snod gsum rig-pa Wivjrflo spiritual
knowledge of the Tripitaka forms the
higher sciences. Acc. to the work called
Kosalahi-rgyan	the word
comprises both art and science ; under
these being placed medicine, and astro-
nomy, besides the arts of painting and
writing, with tho following crafts :—
mgar-wa (smith),
mkhan (barber), fin-bzo (carpentry),
seller of frankincense,
brtsig-mkhan mason, q?‘<4’eip^ Ызо-la vnkhan
dyer, 3a § q tsheni-bu-wa tailor, gur-
rrikhan tent maker,	barmaid or
beer-soiling woman,	fyan-pa butcher,
and the sellers of and workers in precious
stones.
rig-gna§ bco-brgyad tho
eighteen arts and sciences mentioned in
Mdsod comprise:—rol-mo,
hkhrig-hbrag, so-tshi§, grafi-cafi,
3	cho^-lug^
tpio-ica,	hphoft-spyod)	gtfan-
tshig,	$byor-wa, чс/Sfqwq raA-gi bca§-
pa,	tho$-pa dran-pd,	§kar-
mahi dpyad, rtsi$,	mig-hjihrul,
§яон-га6$, g^'Sq’qtS siion-byun brjod.
In the угярК’5 Bu$-hkhor-lo or Ktilacakra
system eighteen Rig-gna$ are differently
enumerated.
rig-pa can^^i^ rig-ldan intelli-
gent, sagacious.
Syn. %pyafi-po\ 3^ grufi-po
{Mnon.).
rig-pa mchog-gi rgyud is
a Tantrik mystical work believed to enable
one to distinguish the mischief done to a
person by human beings from that done
by evil spirits.
^q| q w^-q^ of a pon religious work
{G. Bon. kY
^ q-q the knower.
^ojqS^wq rig-pa nd-gsal-wa—^'Q
glen-pa an idiot, a fool.
^•q-qE^'q rig-pa hdsin-pa, v. rig-
hdsin.
a complimentary address for a
Buddhist nun similar to the form Rje
brtsnn-ma {Yig. k. 70).
^4]'qr$n rig-pahi rna-wa—
nag§-kyi tig-ta (Miion.) a species of wild
gentian.
rig-pahi rgyal-pohi
gtso-bo rnams designation of the chief
gods of learning :—4^4?*;	;

1179
(^nfrw*); Hw«; *%qW4'U(*’;
*ЗК1^ (snwo)-
у ig-pahi rgyal-mo the goddesses
or queens of learning :—Ipr* sgrol-ma;
gowwEj §grol-ma bzafi-po ;	gar-
mkhan-ma; p’4]^’^ khro-gner-ma; *5’^
row hgro-wa mthah-yas ;	hjig-
rten hgro-ma;	gos-dkar-mo, &c.,
also	rma-bya chen-mo	;
3^’1^ nor-sbyin-ma;	dpal Idan-
ma*,	bkra-gis byed-ma (K. d. 5,
Ш).
^yq’^’q^ipi^ rig-pa Idan-pahi guas—
dpah-wohi khyim the residence of
a hero (Mfion.).
^'§5 rig-byedl. accomplished, acquired
knowledge:	I am not
an accomplished singer. 2. instruction,
a book conveying knowledge, a scientific
work:	bzohi-riy byed a techno-
logical knowledge (Glr.).	3. the
(four) sacred writings of the Brahmans.
4. in jRte?s.: symb.=four.
rig byedrbshl the four Vedas
viz.:—(1)	snan-nag, (2) ^’^15 wes-
brjod, (3)	mchod-sbyin, (4)
srid-bsrufi.	rig-byed klog-pd~
drafi-sron ^<чптг a rishi, a sage,
one versed in the Vedas (Mnon.);
^R<H the branches or divisions of the
Vedas.	rig-byed bdag an
epithet of Vrhaspati, the teacher of the
gods (Mnon.).
Rig-byed skyes one of the names
of Draupadi the joint wife of the five
Pandava brothers (Mnon.).
rig-byed gdon an epi-
thet of Brahma.
Syn. ^r§«$c/3 rig-byed snifi-po;
rig-byed d^afi;	rig-byed
rnum-byafi;	rig-byed dran-po
(Mnon.).
rig-byed gdon-ma an epithet
of Uma, the wife of Mahes'vara (Mnon.).
Rig-byed-Lhamo an epithet of
the goddess Kurukulli of the Buddhist
pantheon. She is believed to bestow
peculiar power on her devotees and there-
fore is called	(Rtsis).
rig-byed gsan-war
smra-wahi Ua-wa the Tirthika doctrine
Dars'ana (They.).
rig-тунг-ma a libidinous wo-
man, a voluptuous woman (Mnon.).
rig-hdsin or ^fq’^’q rig-pa
hdsin-pa	comprehension of a
science with ease; also = a clever person ;
but usually rig-hdsin (like
rig-hchafi) denotes a kind of spirit to
whom a high degree of wisdom is attribu-
ted by the Tantras. The names of the
Rig-dzin or Vidyadharas :—q^'O^’
q^^-S); ^-q-^’q^^’q ;
; ^r^’«r^’qv§vq J
; 54]‘q5'^qj^; nr
Syc^E/q’^ ; ^q’ajyq’ar^’q ;	;
gqprqpK-q-q;	; gp]’
Rjgqfq^g^q ; «ry«r^qpq-q J
yc'Syyq. All these spirits are alleged to
reside in the magical forest called ^’5^'
and to spend their
time in perfect enjoyment with women
who are equally accomplished (K. d.
307).
Rig-hdsin ku-ma-ra gri n.
of an Indian Buddhist who was well versed
1
1180

in the Vedas and the sciences. He carried
with him to China the famous image of
Buddha made of sandal wood called
Candauaprabhu or^'SV^ tshan-dan jo-bo
(Grub. S, 16).
and
in §^to stare
with revolving eye-balls, to look about,
esp. in a timid or an anxious manner,
(JZ/Z. Ja.).
rig# in Budh. 1. = ^ <4, W,
breed, culture, also spiritual
descent. The word is so called, as
wo are told:	I ^'V^’S’4’
sj	(7Г. g. w, 44) first,
for having originated from that; secondly,
for doing works belonging to that; lastly
for holding lineage to that!	of
noble birth. 2. =	rig$-ru$ race,
lineage, relationship, and family;
4 mahi-rig^-su ne-wa a relation by the
mother’s side ;	rig$-kyi-bu or 9^
Ьи-пю noble or honoured sirs ! honoured
madam ! a respectful address, whieh is
applied to Buddhist monks and saints. 3.
in a special sense strfa, caste, class in
society, rank:	the human race,
mankind. 4. = SV class (Mfton.) kind,
sort, species:	grohi-rig$
gsum-yod there arc three sorts of wheat;
different kinds of
language and costumes ; 5ч	the
four classes of great kings;
the sphere of spiritual culture and
enjoyment of tho five classes of Buddhas ;
or M*1'14 by the day, by days, daily
(GZr.). 5. some, divers, certain :
if one is not on his guard against
certain diseases. 6. custom, routine :
rigs-htore customary work.
^4l’r3VSq£,V,l rtg§-kun khyah-bdag l.=
du$-kyi hkhor-lo	the
Tantrik system of Buddhism called Crl-
kalacakra (Mfton.). 2.	fte$~pa
Ifta-ldun an epithet of the Dhyani Bodhi-
sattwa Rdo-rje hchaft (in his mys-
tical manifestation).
rig$-kyi thu-wa—
bram-vehi rig§ (Mfton.) Brahmap caste.
rig§-kyi	rtg$-
§kyoft$-ma or	khyim-bdag-mo *24-
a housewife (Mnon.).	rig$-
$kyoft$-ina id. (Mfton.).
rigs-rgyitd or	rig^-brgyud
01	9(Ш-?УУ*<! (Mfton.)
race, lineage, extraction, family (Cs.) ;
male issue:
rigs-brgyud hphel-war hgyur-wa the rising
of a numerous progeny (Doni.).
Rig^-brgyahi bdag—K^^^'
Rdo-rje hchaft or Vajradhara.
rig^-nan low extraction or birth;
q	such as blacksmith, butcher,
etc.	rig$-ftan dpon-du
§ko-wa to raise a child of low extraction
to the royal dignity (Glr.); ^ТГсЛ’Э‘ч1^
the quarters generally in the suburbs of
cities and villages occupied by low class
people.
5«|Kg' rig&dfta wtftM five older orders
of monks : Pratyeka Buddha gotra, Tatha-
gu t ay ana gotra, Aniyata gotra, and Agotra
(^•$5 rig^-nwd) (Mnon.).	the
five Dhyani Buddhas;	rig$-
gstun mgon-po the three protecting lords:
Chenresi or Avalokites'vara, Chhakdqr
or Vajra-Papi and Jampal or Ifanju S'ri.
rig$-chen= of high birth,
noble extraction; also, of holy birth, i.e.,
^|5ГЦ |
1181
incarnate beings ; = skyes-bti dam-
pa (MHon.).
Ящ^'^кч rigs-nams-pa degenerate: Ялцг
rig-nams dge-slon a fallen monk,
a monk disgracing his position or profes-
sion.
rigs-mnam-pa=	«я-
srrcftg of equal rank or caste. Яч^’ы^
rig§-mthun id., opp. to
Я«|ч^ rigs-ldan 1. grf^f noble
birth. 2. = rta-rnchog an epithet of
Uecaiqrava, the horse of Indra; a horse of
good breed (Mnon.).
Яч^’^’я rigs-ldan-ma (Mnon.).
ЯчрГЧ rn/s-^a 1. vb. to have the way,
manner, custom, or quality of :
ия’ЯчргЗ that its head should come out
was a matter of course. 2.
necessary, proper, suitable, right, suited
to the purpose: ^’Я-^4] ^е/чЯ'Я^ now a
mountain ought to appear (Dzl.) ;
would it not be proper to keep it ?
z4|^-^rqq-3 it is right time (Dzl.);
it is not right to be silent;
35’4	it is not right to abuse.
3. possibility, capable or capability:
because it is possible for him
to come; 55*44’^5'Яч^'Ч dran-pahi mi-zin
rig$-la if there should be any chance of
his not remembering (Thgr.); M’4?*
чгЯ4|$го| as there is a posibility of going
to hell ; ^«ГчЯ’ЯчрГЧ gdul-wahi rig§-pa
those capable of conversion (Dzl.) ;
Я*]<Г4’«го|Ч|ад Ikar §kye-wa ni rig§-pa-ma lags
his being bom as a deity is not befitting,
or also: not possible, not probable (Dzl.).
Э Я^ч wrong, not right, unbecoming,
improper, etc., to*. do badly; Ячцг<г»Ц’Ч
unbecoming, improper.
Ячцгдс/ г{д$.Ъуип==^\'Ц rgyud-pa or
^'|5 gdufi-rgyud extraction, descent;
scion:	sa-bon las-byufi. grown
of the seed (Mnon.).
Я«|*г<Й5 rigs-med 1. the fourth Pan-
dava, one of the five orders of the Bud-
dhists v. Ячргд- rig§-lna. 2. mongoose.
Яч|^5’4 ngs-med-pa	the Kala-
chakra system of Buddhism (Mnon.).
Ячрг w rigs-bzan an ascetic, a hermit;
gNN ог^5*Г4 khrims-la gna§-pa one abiding
by law, a holy man, one belonging to the
holy order (Mnon^).
Яч|*га^ rigs-bshi ч the four castes
of Ancient India:	bram-ze, Brahman,
2^’Я4|^ rgyal-rigs Ksetriya, ^’Яч|^ rye-rigs
the gentleman or trading caste, 4|XkQI’ч5’Ячр1
gdol-wahi rigs Sudra caste.
Яч|<*|дя rigs-gsum the three classes of
beings:	or ^'Яящ the gods, or й’Яи|з
the human race, *ПЛ ЯГЯчщ the serpent
demi-god race. The three Bodlusatticas
who protect these three are called Яч]*гч]^5г
Я^-^чЗ) as met.=X*r«£ the ocean.
Яе.-ч|Ч| rin-gag also f5*TI jacket or waist-
coat without sleeves worn by Buddhist
nuns.
Яе/£’Ч rin-fie-wa~ Яс/^ rin-se : J4 ^ Яс/£'3
in Mil. nt.-overy day warm meals.
Я^г
rin-thun 1. long and short.
2. length, relatively.
Ясг^’ч^ч	as met. — that calls
from a distance, ne., a oock.
^’^I3q rin-du khyab perfume, sweet
smell, scent.
Syn. V^'4 dri-shim-pa;	dri-
shim-mo (Mnon.).
Яе/^Згч rin-du mthon-wa to see
to a distance; fore-seeing, considerate;
also as sbst. = a wise person. Sjn.
T$kha§-pa (Mnon.).
1182
^•q |
rin-na§-hgiig§ that attracts
from smell; also=sweet scent. 8упД’^№
(Iri-shiin-po (Mnon.).
that soars or flies to a great
height or distance=n. of a star.
rin-ica 1. length of space or time;
^75S id.:	du$-kyi rin-wa length
of time;	guigs-kyi rin-ica the
distance of space, length of body, etc.
from a distance;
da-dun yul-la$ rin-§te as he is still
nt a distance from the place ;
because this place is far from
the town (Dzl.); йЯс^ч at no great dis-
tance. 2. or ^*25 and Й adj. long, with
respect to time: Х’Як/3 a long life, adj.
long-lived; Яс/й^—я’цдсл^ without delay,
shortly in a short time, ^^й^	q-
(y^, /f. 26) may
it please you to keep in the ocean of
your mind remembrance that I may be
permitted to meet you within a short
time.	у tin rin-po-nas from a
long time, a long time since; Як/Ек’№Ц^
or Як;25’«г®^<14 soon afterwards;
not delaying or being detained for
long ; й Ясчч after not long, in a short
time; S’^м’йnot long after that;
Яс^ч| a long time; Яс/Я4!’3*1^ 5е* after a
long time (Dzl.). Яе.-^|’5 adv. a long
while, for a long time;	as
Ko did not come for a long time (Dzl.);
after or during a long time (Glr.).
Яс/q resp. §Яга| e. genit. = during, at;
^•д-Яс/о! in the day time, during the day
provisions for the time
of his stay here. Яс/qg' rin-tca-lna the five
objects to be long admired: arms, eyes,
breast, nose, knees (shanks) (Ml.).
ЯсЙд^ rin-mo-skyes fWT n. of a
very useful medicinal plant (Mfion,)<
Яс/^]ч rifi-lugs H<T doctrine; one’s
sect, religious ordor, or school; old custom.
rifi-bsret irftx чдд (Zani. 11)
also called яс№'ч|^’ hphel-gdufi, small
very hard glittering particles said to be
found in the burnt ashes of certain (not
all) holy lamas :
vqja3faprq (J. Zan.) the relics of bodies of
the three Buddhas, etc.
riii-bu~ ^4’^5 hbrel-med or
rkyan-wa single, simple, solitary, un-
connected; also=prose.
rlfi§, Ямга rtn§-pa hurry, haste;
or Яс^-q as vb.=mynr-dii byed-pa
to make haste ;
not delaying do now come here in haste ;
Kc«rqK^|’q rifi§-par rgyug-pa to run fast;
Я^ rin$-ruft though you bo in a hurry;
^E4^ q5q^5’^«N rin^-pahi bsod-§nom§ gifts of
charity requiring haste; Яс^ч^гд rlfi$-
$tab$-su most speedily (Ja.).
rlfi$-pahi f shul in
q?'<§org^-4|^4|n-q the three eyes cast looks
quickly upon the lama’s heart (Kkrid. 189).
’Ц rid-pa=*&*'^ a rotten thing;
emaciated.
rin	ЧЧ the price, value,
charge : Я<^ gX^q to fix, to determine the
price; rln-rtog-pa to ascertain the
price, to estimate the value;	to
abate, to lessen the price (Cs.); Я^ч<т
Я^ч§’Я rln-hbrl-wa the sinking or falling
in value; Я^*^ rin-can valuable, dear,
costly;	’**5 rln-med worthless, also: free,
gratis; Я^*^с rin-gon or Я<узц’ or ^^5
price, cost.
+ Я^'З^ rln*cen or Я^с?3 rin-po-ce for
Я^’Э^ rln-cken or Я^3’& rin-po-che.
rin-cke-ica 1. of great price, value.
(Mnon^).

1183

rin-chen 1» TS, nfa, 33
gem; precious, precious thing? gold, wealth
(in metal). 44^ or 44^'^=*4^
gold:	your
health being glowing as gold its natural
glitter (Yig. k. 39) ; 4^'M^
silver (Yig. k. 4).
n. of a Sutra delivered by Buddha at the
request of Rin-chen-dra-wa-can (7Г. d.
Ц, 232). 441^'3 WTH the earth that
has precious gems in its bowels; ЧЧ
dust (from rubbing) of gold, silver,
copper and iron (Rtsii).	the
three different Ratna or gems in Bud-
dhism : Buddha or the supreme teacher;
Dharma, the doctrine embodied in the
scriptures that protects all living beings;
and Sangha the church (comprising all
the past Buddhas, Bodhisattwa, saints and
the priesthood) which leads to salvation.
ЧЧ?'4^ rin-chen §na-bdun the seven
(really six) different precious articles be-
lieved to be the extraordinary treasures
of a Cakravartti Raja: the precious wheel,
the precious elephant, the precious
gem, the precious wife, the precious
minister and the precious general. ЧЧ
ХЯТЗК the earth, also the
ocean; n. of a Bodhisattva. 4*4^’*4
great rivers like the Indus, Ganges, &c.,
which carry the four kinds of precious
metals (Yig. k. 16).
rin-chen zla-tcas shus-])ahi mdo n. of a
Siitra delivered by Buddha at the request
of Ratna candra. (K. d. 258). 2. symb.
seven (Rtsii).
4^’ 331 price, value; 4^'^ valu-
able; Ччс/^ ИТГЗ dear, costly; 4^’^
invaluable, priceless (Yig. k. 3). 4^’3fl
=	^331 the cowry or the current
coin of ancient India.
4^ rin-po clie=^'§, ЧЧ nfir, TW
1. precious, the title which the Lamas of
Lhasa and Tashi-lhun-po receive when
they are recognized as the embodiments of
the souls of their predecessors and are
installed in the hierarchical office. 2.
sbst. gem, jewel, gold, silver, etc.
Ч^^утщ rin-po chehi-gdugs
the jewelled umbrella, one of the eight
auspicious articles in the possession of
royalty.
4the five different kinds of
precious articles: gold, silver, turquoise,
coral and pearl (Rtsii).
M4е*	n. of a submarine
mountain of the Eastern ocean:—
вЦ^’Ч V I q 1 I q V
<V'|	«5^’1 VI
4? (K- J \ 269). Ч^я^Ч^ЧЗ'^
n. of another mountain situated beyond
the island of mother-o-pearl (Я’Ч’Г’СГ’Т
mu-tig gi-gu-ka tihi-glift) (K. d.
\ 330).
Ma chest made of gold
or silver and studded with precious stones.
Ч^’^Ч rin-po chehi-glin n.
of a fabulous island (K. d. \ 3fy3).
Ч^Ч^Ч^А П. of a Sutra in
(К. ко. * 261).
4*3^ or ЧЧ|Чч n. of a town in
Tsang the chief of which once ruled over
Tibet. It has a fort or Jong (Rtsii).
ЧчЧ bought with money or
price.
rin-di 1. bad. 2. a musket-ball
(Jd.).
rib colloq. of	a short time,
a little while.
1184
rib-та (also, eolloq. “ЛТшм”)
fence, hedge, enclosure to protect fields
from the cold winds, intruders, etc. (Jd.).
sku-rim ufk^UT,
any religious service con-
ducted in a temple or chapel, daily,
monthly, etc. ; also honour, homage, shown
more esp. to gods, saints, and priests;
special personal rites and other ceremonies.
extraordinary
religious service;	place of reli-
gious service ;	rim-gro$ thar-
wur hgyur ho will yet be cured by religoiis
ceremonies;	deht-rim gro-la as a
ceremony for Inin (the sick person) (J/r'Z.);
by offerings in goods, cattle,
etc. (2Iil.);	5Я rim-tpjro chen-po
bya$]iv arranged a great sacrificial festival
(Juj.
^«’Sfq rim-gn-ica or 4 rim-hg го-
ра attendant, attending servant, aide-
de-camp ; in modern Tibetan the term
comprises such high household officials as
gsal-dpon,	gzim$-dpon, фс.
Ananda was Buddhas rim-gro-pa ; and tho
priest conducting the fixed daily or
monthly religious services in a temple or
sanctuary is also called Яя-Bfq rim-gro-pa.
Ъгч rim-pa xjftSHT,	?Ря 1;
order, series, succesion; ^rq-q^-^ or
in a row or line, in row, by turn ;
rim-par successively, one after
another, gradually; jn or	by
degrees: Хя-д^-щ^ч to come down by
degrees;	by
degrees the first became chief and the last
lowest; S'nlq^54q^g\q to do business
by turns each taking a certain share of
work (Glr.). 4w q n]^	to put the
succession in another (branch). 2. separate
4°i[
order or succession, the place in я row
or file, constituent part or member of a
series, an item; a folding part:
q’gw’jprqqsc fivo members of his line
occupied the throne (Glr.),	$go
rim-pa-bdun a seven-fold door (Dzl.);
g ^$rq items of good or bad
articles;	’^'4 numerical order, serial
number.	to degrade, bring
down gradually (Yig. к. 1). 3. order,
method:	without method,
disorderly q ^N’q wfraH out of order,
changed, irregular ; ^wq’^q’q knowing the
order or method; ^^'q^Rgvq^X^q by
this method which will be explained imme-
diately (Jd.); rim-bral disorderly,
irregular (Jd.). 4. degree, stage: Зря?’
degree in rank or dignity; fyWJ
^q degree in talents or attainment;
stage in spiritual and
saintly perfections. 5. time multiple:
rim-ldab$ nis-rim double;
^гч|«ч| rim-geig—wy^ once, one time.
^151 rim$ or	rims-nad
infectious disease, plague, M’^яя epidemic;
typhoid fever; ^яя*
rim$-gton-ica to send, to cause a
plague;	virulent contagious
disease ; ^w£\q v free from epidemic
or plague :	^?яя’ач§г
plagues, epidemics, are caused by nothing
but the season or by demons; \м'9ч|^я,^я*
because infection
has set in gradually by the action of filth
the disease has got the name Rims-nad
(Mng. 23).
ril or ^-q rii.po	all,
the whole, the entire thing (opp. to a
part): g’A’Xarq the entire month; ^<255’^я
ril-pohi lhag-ma the remainder of the whole
1185	\|
{ РаД kar.); gqq'^rg^ bubs-ril-lus the whole
body;	ril-gyis pyogs-pa entirely
covered, completely enveloped, от wrapped
up (Sch.); S3’^<3^covered his
head entirely with his shawl (A. 86).
ril-mid-pa to swallow a thing
entire;	'^«’М^С;54^'СГ£,Т
tell me whether I am to come with all,
or only with one half (of them) (Jd.).
2. ball, globule:	^«rS’s’^’q
accepting as a food-ball. 3. dung of
sheep, rabbits, mice, etc. Also ^*4’^ ril-ma.
^«гц?ч|’51 ril-hjog-ma	lhahi
smad-htshofi-тпи) n. of a celestial courtezan
(Mnon.).
ril-tin,	I
fc’^FT’lV’) balls or globules made of flour
as offerings to the gods, spirits, etc., also
the sacrificial wTater cup.
rtl-por, adv. wholly, entirely: 5^'
to consider a thing lasting
and complete.
ril-wa 1. от ril-то round,
cylindrical;	sran-ma ril-mo peas
are round (Vai. sn.). 2. sbst.
a round, globular object, such as
a round lump of butter, etc.; ^«rq^g чщ
ril-icahi spyi-blugs a bottle, narrow in the
middle, a gourd-bottle (Sch.). Also=
аьлЧч chab-ril or chab-glug water-pot
to keep water for rinsing the mouth of
monks;	a
copper cylindrical pot used as a jug to
contain one drona of Magadha (A. 22).
ril-bu small ball, globule, pill:
^‘g’s’q^ q’g^’^ ^ formed into a pill of the
size of a pea (Ja.).
ris 1. sbst. (apparently derived
from *9’q hbri-tca to draw) any figure,
form, design. ri^su, in figure, ^rg-
*?|’q ris-su hbri-tca== ^‘Sfror^’q ri-mo-la bri-
wa to draw ; ^•$-Ra’qx^’q3’qI5-q^-qT«
treatises on figure-drawing building, etc.
(A. 3J).	pad-ma-ri§ the figure of
a lotus flower (Glr.);	mig-
man ri§-su bris-pa designed like a
chess-board ; skya-ris the blank parts
of a picture (Cs.). 2. acc. to Cs.: part,
region, quarter, hence	mtho-ris
heaveu, dwan-ri§ share of power
or territory;	Mnah-ris n. of a
part of Tibet—the western province; 3.
party:	phyogs-ris partiality;
Cs. has also :	ran-ris one’s own
party,	gshan-ris another’s party.
ri$-can partial, prejudiced. ^’*5’
impartial:	’$’&’jfor$*rq’qj5 eight un-
easinesses of an impartial mind (Khrid.
16).	or	impar-
tial, lit. not considering one near to his
side and another distant from it. ^£5
ris-med impartial, indifferent, hence also
a hermit, because he ought to feel indiff-
erent to every thing (Jd.).	ris-
gzah sym. num. = 7, derived from the
number of the greater planets together
with the sun and moon (Jd.).
ru 1. a hom,= *	yak’s
horn, ra-ru goat’s horn, lug-ra
rams horn. 2. = * cha a division, part,
section : VWR $ a brigade;
^1** the cattle, sheep, goat, &c.,
of each division under the Jong (Rtsii.).
rus-gsum- byas-pahi-ru-
pgeig one part out of three parts. Also
$ ru is equivalent to the Chinese term
usually translated “ banner ”:	gya$-
ru right wing or district, or “banner”;
left “ banner” or wing, dmi-rn
central division. More especially
ru-dar banner, military ensign of triang-
ular shape used in Tibet;' VS^gvq ru-dar
150
1186
^’1
hphyar-wa to display, to hoist the banner.
$ ru-$na division or wing of an army ;
$5^ ru-dpon commander of a regiment or
wing; ru-mtshon a lance with a
Hag attached to its top, colours.
гм-wa hatred, grudge, malice ;
ra-na-can spiteful, malicious.
rw-r/a gre acc. to Cs.: a kind of
spicy root [a sort of medicinal plant used
as a remedy for the disease called takman ;
( ostus speciosus]&
Syn. ^54^ 51 hodJibar-ma ; Sg4)
dbyug-pa$-mtshan ; (54ԤS khyvb-byed;
*min-ldan (Mnon.Y
5'^ Pu-thog or Ни-rdog n. of an
important fort as well as of a district in
Tibet lying to the east of Ladak, about
15 miles beyond the east extremity of the
Pan-коп Lake.
Wa ; one of the commanders
of the Kaurava armies who fled from the
battle field of Kuruksefra and took shelter
in Tibet (</. Zani).
ru-pi (in Sikk. rubi)
>*w-p0=ram in JIr. (Jd.).
ru-wa 1.= >'3^ rt-gur a tent-
covering made of yak's hair; ru-ica-
pa a person living in such a tent;
ru-wahi-tshog$ a number of such tents,
a tent-village (Jd.). 2.-=^54l'q brog-pa
herdsmen of Tibet.
^’o4 ru-ma curded milk, used as a
torment, in C.:	ho-marru-ma
blug-hdra as when sweet and curded milt
are put together.
the princess of Ru-yong who
was married to King Sron-btsan $gam-po
and built the temple of Brag-Cha Klu-
phug.Lhakhang (Lon *. 6t).
ru-ra-ksa a kind of
berry, prob, the smaller species of of
which the rosaries used by Tantrik lamas
are often made.
ru-ru 1. a kind of deer (K. d.
3, 177). 2. species of fruit-tree (Jd.).
ru-leb ‘ flat-horn,’ occurs in -*1*^'
the Cerrus Wallichii, and in
the stag discovered in Central Tibet by
Dr. Thorold and afterwards named Ccrvus
Thoroldi.
phral-du or
myur-du soon, quickly:
R^5 (IPhu. 70) they do not repent even if
they have to go to hell quickly.
rug-ge adj. and adv. gracefully,
finely : ч	they all sat grace-
fully ;	Л shin-num rug-ge the field
had a smooth elegant appearance.
^fj’4 iug-pa vb. to bend; ЭТ5*1 rug-
bya$ - §*’5^ sgur-bya§ bont;
$*] from having bent down his head
in serving tea and molasses (A. 11/1).
rug-rug bycd-pa—t^'Q b$du§-
pa to collect together:
put all things together pell mell.
Hug-ma n. of a town in the
country of Sindhu (*S. lam. 35).
+ F’F’ run-khan a polite term for
bake-house or kitchen, generally such as
belong to the clergy; also store-room for
keeping clothes, furniture, and utensils
permissible for the use of monks.
run-chu water for washing the
mouth (of a monk) before taking food and
after he has finished his meal:
35).
1187
гип-wa (cognate to
1. vb. to befit, capable for, suitable, right,
and adj. : qriu, qrq, proper,
fit, etc.,	whatever has been
done is proper; idiom for: you can do
what you like. &Чthis word
is calculated to terrify, is terrible;
it is saleable, vendible;
slob-dpon-du-mi run he is not fit to be a
teacher; 4¥ihe is good for nothing
else, but also in the sense : he is too good
for any thing else (Glr.); 5q4 one
that is able to perform it;	w*-
rned mi-run it must be procured by all
means;	it ought to be done;
can also do without (him);
would it not be as well to
let him go at that time;
how can one believe you ? (Jd.). 2. Jd.
mentions several other phrases with :
why should we care so much
for this our body ? Esp. preceded
by or (rarely) by why should not
.....?, i.e.,0 that! would that!
would that this were mine !
^чс{Йя^<у$'я^с/ I only wish, she were
not my daughter! would it were not my
daughter I In C. eolloq. and in later
writings 5^* ==“ although ” after a verbal
root:	though I have been
sitting so long (Mil.);	though it
is not necessary (Mil.);
to plead ignorance although one knows
the thing (JZi'Z.);	whatever may
happen to me,= at all events, at any rate ;
though it may be;
whether it be an erroneous (opinion) or
not (Mil.)	though I live or
though I die;	whoso-
ever he may be, whatsoever it may be*
(1) pernicious, dangerous,
atrocious, as enemies, beasts of prey,
malignant gods and spirits, etc. i^2)
spoiled, destroyed, ruined : я	to
destroy, etc., я^с/ч^ч^'я to be destroyed,
etc., (Jd.).
+ ru-dra-ksa ^^ ;== ЭТ^^Ч
drag-pohi-mig malignant eye, “evil eye’7;
in Tibet it is gen. called ^4-
rud=J^ a slip, that which has
slipped down; a falling or fallen mass,
as : p'$5 snow-slip, avalanche, $’$5 deluge,
inundation, flood (by the rupture of an
embankment and the like), ^'55 land-slip,
descent of a mass of earth ; disinte-
grated, loosened; acc. to Lex. rough.
Hub-chu the large mountainous
district of Eupchhu in the south of Ladak.
5Ч-Ч rub-pa 1. to rush in upon, to
attack, assault:	rush-
ing in upon him from every side in order
to touch hands and feet (Mil.);
to pounce on the prey, to fall upon the
food (Glr.);	kha-rub byed-pa to
out-cry, to bear down by a louder crying
(Jd.). 2. to join in an affray; ^'P’-*pr
a number of people
joining together to assault ono man;
(they) will jointly eome upon
me. 3. to close, shut: Р’^’ч= P’B^’^ to
shut the mouth, to be silent; in eolloq.
=	sit quiet, shutting tho
lips.
rub~$o currant W. (Jd.).
rum or 1. womb, uterus, =
ярч but less frq.: §я’Я’ч^ч ram mi~bde-wa
sensations of pain during pregnancy;
4 wnnfnr to take birth, to enter
into the womb. 2. darkness, obscurity,
also	mun-pahi-rum gen. 3.
n., Turkey, the Ottoman Empire, the site

1188
Wl
of which is but vaguely known to the
Tibetans, though some commodities from
thence find their way to Lhasa; уч a
man from Turkey, a Turk; 5я’-*!* Syria
^•a	I. adj. broken,
putrid. 2. vb. to go bad, to get rotten,
to turn rancid, etc.	rul-war
hgyur-na to become putrid;	h0„
ma nd-son tho milk has gone bad, has
become putrid.	rul-bycd-skyes
lit. that which revives a rotten thing; n.
of a medicinal fruit (Mfion.). 3. to thaw
•of snow).
rul-po for hrul-po (Cs.).
^*4 ru$-pa or
lineage, family:	their
name and lineage are such;
a kinsman. 5^rus-geig-pa g$od-
pa murder of a kinsman
the murderer of his
kinsman is a detestable sinner, is low
born.	rus-mtho-?oa high extrac-
tion ; q ru$-dmah-wa low extraction.
rus-л/yuzZ—^S’q rgyud-pa or ^1*^5
rig^-rgyud or ydun-ryud extraction,
descendant, race (Mnon.).
II	bone ; back-
bone, the spine; fracture of the bone
(Med.);	small bones of which
the Tibetan anatomy enumerates 360.
$mi-ru§ human bone ; •*)fa-
med ru§-pa bare-bone, skeleton, i.e., bones
when stript of flesh and skin; *1^’^ rkafi-
ru§ bone of the foot; mgo-rus bone
of the skull;	ka-ne
bones of the limbs; na-la-ga
the bones of the legs (Mfion.). Also,
fig-	snifi-rus courage • energy,
perseverance,	ru§-pa chag^pa—
$nifi-po the pith, i.e., the meaning
and sense (J. 14?)- 5*^5 rus-chod preci-
sion, accuracy, thorough correctness: З'Ч'З*
as
the king has to conduct affairs by
means of correspondence and accounts the
greatest accuracy in letters is essential.
ru§-chan (^ q'Wq?*rq5'*r Mfion.),
beer made of fermented bones.
ornaments of terrific
deities and for magicians, made of human
bones which are suspended from the
girdle;	'V the like ornaments
fastened to six different parts of the body,
viz., the top of the head, the ears, the
neck, the upper arm, the wrists, and the
feet.
= tho marrow of the
bone; lit. the pith of the bone.
ru$-pahi-gzcb= pag$-pa
the skin (Mfion.).
qS'Sk’zsMfa’S cowries, bones
or shells of exchange.
^A^orq ru§-hbol-wa 1. morbid symp-
toms. 2. the stone of the apricot and
other stone-fruits C. (Vai. $n.).
ru$-rkrafi a skeleton.
Jlu§-pa-$ba n. of a celebrated
lama (Deb. % 33).
ru§-tshad or $*’^5 rus-tshod (?)
n. of a work upon gene-
alogy (J. Zan.).
*3** ru$-fifi, 1. Sch.: firmness,
perseverance, repentance. 2. the spinal
column.
ru§-$bal	wfipHsT tortoise;
W*	the female tortoise;
the sea or lake turtle
(S. Lex.).

1189
{jwr-gyi гия-sbal or
3^’^ ma-ha gser-gyi rus-sbal the fabulous
golden tortoise from the figures upon
whose breast the Chinese are said to
have derived their knowledge of divina-
tion and astrology. The chart of divini-
tion used by them for drawing omens, &c.,
is drawn on the figure of a tortoise and is
called srid-pa-ho ho or hwa being
the Chinese for a picture or chart).
Syn. q yan-lag Ina-pa;
dam-du-hdsin; bul-hgro;
yan-lag Ina sbas-pa; S4! glog-hthun;
hgram-rkyon ; khog-pa-can ;
nan-pahi (pib§-l_dan (Mnon.).
iKq ru$-§bal ser-po n. of a Sa-bdag
demon.
re 1. for ^’4, also for ^5. 2. each,
every, single, a single one, some (person
or thing); one to each, one at a time ;
one by one, every, everybody, each:
each man riding on a horse ;
dejection
sometimes arises or despair comes from
having no son ; or for a moment,
= about a moment;	once
or twice. re-tsam seems to signify:
just about:	(a horse)
sufficiently (large) for being mounted by
about a hundred men;	with
the exception of about one year.
ra$-go§ rkyan-re a single cotton
garment;	355'^^ handing to
each of the ten a phurpa;
in each of his hands there was an ingot;
he slaughtered every
day 10,000 animals.	each
man killed one sheep nun-re a little at
a time	re-re gni$-gnis one and
all, one with another, indiscriminately
(ЛЛ7.). 4Vl те-shig somebody, something;
some, a little; ’^| also = (with or without
a little while:	wait a while !
after a little while. 3. in such
forms as	mchis-sa-re or
gyur-ta-re it may be rendered by such an
adverb as: certainly, indeed, undoubtedly.
4. occurs as a particle mostly put between
two closely connected words for the
purpose of giving the compound word a
verbal signification; thus snin-rje,
signifying compassion, can be split into
two with the particle between them
and then it means: to take pity upon
; in the samegmanner fatigue
becomes ^^q^=was fatigued. In like
manner we have
$kyug-re-log;	and
(Jd. chiefly).
Кre-skan, also ordinarily 4^, = sel-
dom, by no means, never:	that
can seldom happen;	they can
by no means be satisfied with it.
4^ re-skon от lit. fulfilment of
hope = heaven, blissful state.
Syn.	mtho-ri§-gnas;
dge-legs (Mnon.).
4^ re-skon n. of a bitter medicinal
herb:	(Med).
J re-kha ;= ri-mo line, figure,
drawing, picture, painting,	re-
khahi-hdab—^\P'^' stag-pa p# birch-tree
(Mnon.);	(Yig. k. 55).
re-hkhaH offence:	to
become offended and abusive.	re-
hkhon frequent quarrel:
quarrel in one’s house both morning and
evening.
re-gur goat’s hair tent; castle of
hope.
^’4 re-wa I: wmr 1. sbst. hope;
4W4 ЯПДК’Н harbouring hope, hopeful;
1190
re-wa skon-wa or К'сгдч'ч rc-wa
sgrub-pa	to fulfil a hope ; ^S'4 rned-
pa to get fulfilled, to obtain, what one has
hoped for,	it has arisen as well
as ono could wish;	hoping, full
of hope, ^’Ч'Л^’Ч hopeless, despairing. 2.
vb., to hope:	tham^-cad
mthon-du rcho all hope to see.
re-gron hope; reliance ; re-lto§
hope, expectation: Wgshan-
la re-ltos byed-pa to depend upon another,
to repose hope on another :
{Khrid.
<SJ) at the time when all hope of refuge,
protection, of hiding himself, or run-
ning away had been exhausted, he did
not know what to do. К^'^\ч re-gron
тей-ра==^Ч'&\Ц re-§to§ med-pa to be
hopeless, disappointed; also disappoint-
ment.
onc the 37 sacred places
of the Bon. {G. Bon. 37).
^g*|'4 rc-lcag-pa a mezercon with white
blossoms growing in the South Himalayas,
of which paper is made; or the shrub
Daphne and its bark {Ya-sel. 28).
J an epithet of the goddess Dp d
Idan Lhamo.
re-dog§ hopo and fear.
=	one possessed of
hopes and fears;	being without
hope and without fear.
re-thag chod-pa^ p’<W|’<i)X5'4 kho*
thag geod-pa to be disappointed; despair,
disappointment.
re-lde a kind of buckler manu-
factured in Tsang {Jig. 32).
rc-snam woollen cloth or blanket
made of goat’s hair.- • •
^’4 re-wa II: goats hair;	a
kind of cap made of black goat’s hair;
re-wo aec. to some=^’2? §bre-bo sackloth, a
kind of cloth of yak’s hair, a tent.
re-mo§ or turn, series, or
more accurately: the turn or change of
the scries: 'QJ,g4|*ч5Л'Й^гчч then the turn
of misfortunes came upon me.
+ re-rma as a met.— 35’^5 bud-med
woman.
re-shig, v. К
a short while:
рЧ'ДЧ’^’&г^ shortly there was khob-thob
noise of something being struck.
re- ral n. of a vegetable medi-
(ine:
re-re singly ; each...each.
re-gig used for
K	re-wahi-gna$ place of
repose of one’s hope :
I have none to repose my hopes other than
you.
’Ц reg-pa 1.—?ч*ч or to attain
to, to reach :
until attaining to the perfect state of
Buddha {Buddha-bhum}). 2. but chiefly :
vb., to touch, to come in
contact with :	pleasure
in coming in contact with;
touched (his) head with the hand. In W.
very common under the form “rag-ee.”
3. to feel, to perceive ; esp. in W. where
it sounds: rag-ce. 4. sbst. regy
connection ; reg-dug (poison that has
entered the body by contact) contagion,
hence venereal disease, syphilis.
^|'S reg-bya 1. what is felt, or may be
felt, anything palpable or tangible, М’У
I
1191
Хз |
reg-bya mi-tshor what may be felt is
felt no longer. 2. feeling, sense of feel-
ing:	Л<*ГЗ,др.*«1 pags-pa reg-bya gran-la
whilst the outside of the body appears
cold to the touch;	reg-bya-rtsub
rough to the touch (Jd.).
1. touch. 2. = 4g.
4-i	sm-Jns
draft.
^qaq- reg-bzan n. of a medicinal
plant.
Syn. skyes-ma;	tshos-byed-
ma;	mchod-sbyin-ma ;
hkhor-los-§gyur;	tshigs-drug-pa;
4	4 nidud-pa drug-pa ; X ^”q dri-yi
rtsa-wa;	bde-ldan-ma; pa-to
la ;	sa-bdag-hbras; <|W gsal-wa ;
rigs-ldan;	kha-war-byed
(Mnon.).
regs-pa—	bregs-pa.
ren-wa, also r^ns= 5^'5 gyon-
po stiff, congealed, tense,’rigid;
rens-par byed-pa to make hard or stiff:
Jowo by
his series of rites for propitiating the
goddess Dolma made it (the thief’s body)
stiff (Л. 139) ;	rmahi ren-sbyans
to remove the stiff parts of a wound
( Vai. §n.).
spos-kyl ren-bu)
1. pastil for fumigating:
would you proceed carrying a pastil of
fumigating incense ? (Jig. 28.) 2. sepa-
rate, not belonging to anything else
(Sch.).
ren^=[^t^'q khycns ’gT’W.
rens-po 1. rigid, coagulated.
2. alone, single (Seh.).
red-pa 1. auxiliary and substan-
tive vb., very common throughout Central
and Eastern Tibet where it largely re-
places the other auxiliaries. It rarely
occurs in books, though occasionally in
Mil. It is most often used in the 3rd
person and never in the 2nd person :
where is he going ? *4
this is not your dog ;
(pronounced always : na-ran gin-gi-ma-re ’)
I do not know. Often annexed to ^S’4
in common talk in the form
(sounded: yb’ a-re’):
^5’^5 q “ khoran-la pu kha-ge yb'a-re me*
a-re ” has he any sons or not; “ dinde yd'a
ma re ” is it so or not ? 2. = grub-pa
ready, accomplished, done :	red-rndah
a spent arrow.
^q'^crci
reb-reb-pa 1. hazy, some-
thing misty or glimmering before the eyes.
2. to be in a great hurry, to be very
zealous (Jd.).
rem-pa l. = the vulg. colloq.
rig-pa sgrim-pa to be cautious, careful.
he rose carefully (Rdsa 28) ;
ye two friends
be careful this time (Rdsa. 25). 2. vb.
and adj., (to be) strong, vigorous, durable,
powerful, of men and animals.
= RgN pun out; diffuse.
= kid, young of a goat;
rehu mig lit. kid’s eye; squares of
chess board.
the skin of a kid (Rtsii.).
res 1. inst. of re. 2. change,
turn, time, times:	to change
places alternately (Jig. 7);
it being now our turn of acting (Dzl.);
re$-byed-pa with verbal root, to do
I
1192
a thing by turn with another person,
resp. :
$kem$-la gsol-res mdsad-pa to vio with one
another in drinking beer (Glr.);
rt s-mos byed-pa to work by turn;
Л«г35	(A. 59) having
travelled gradually he found in a town
that tho kingly office was performed by
turn ;	by turns
ho explained to all the lopers and beggars
that attachment (to life or worldly tilings)
was bad (A. 106). 3.= *^^*'«1 or
res-hgah at times, at intervals,
occasionally:	(A. 18)
at times carried (it) to the sky.
res-Jr rt-chun now great, now small, or
partly great, partly small;
res-yod rc8-m<>(J at ono time is there, at
another not (Ck.); at times cheer-
ful,	or
Knre$-hgah ; v. 2. supra.
rc^-gcig once, once upon a time.
rc§-mo$y v. ’Йч re-tnos.
re$-g?ah an occasionally appearing
star, a changing (wandering) star, a
planet (Cs.)*,	re$-hgrog§ zla-
$kur tho stars with which tho moon is
successively in conjunction (&Л.1.
rc$-po, 1.	re§-)no. 2.
old, v. «й|-с| Ьдге-иа (Jd.).
% I: го=!рэ or also X’Aj^; sbst.
taste, flavour, savour: F’X kha-ro tasty
thing; X’^k-q ro-myon-wa to taste ; Xi\q=
g'-q ^ q	insipid, tasteless. X'qj-^fl| §
ro-la drug-ste there are six different kinds
of taste :—«wq mnar-wa sweet, jpvs $kyur-
tea sour, P'q kha-wa bitter, 4'q ska-ica
astringent, ^‘A tsha-wa acrid, lan-
tshba-ica salt. The medicines are also
'divided into six classes such as «ea’W
*4ел n mnar-wahi mnar-wa sweet of sweet,
mnar-tcahi §kyur-wa sweet with
but a little sour. X’AJV’^food
(for great men) consisting of one hundred
different tastes, i.e., of the most exquisite
and manifold flavour (Ja.). Xai£a|-^q
tasteful, of great relish (S. Lex.).
X’^wHj TH flavoury, flavour.
X*^ ro-ldan, Wfr 1. grapes. 2.
garlic.= 5f4|'^ ?gog-pa; gu-na-dtm-na
(Mnon.). 3. chireta, gentian (Mfton.).
X^^w ro-ldan-nia as met. = J^^'A
rgya-mtsho chen-po ocean (Mnon\
X’ww go-bzaft-ma n. of a Yaksa prin-
cess (K. g. S, 130).
Ха ro-ma 1. anything from which the
juice or spirit or esseneo has been
extracted. 2. = Г grass.
X’qfc-q ro-btsoft-wa in Sikk. to impor-
tunate ; persistence.
Хч^ ro-hdain книг as met. the
tongue.
Х’уг ro-myaft 1. relish, taste;
also delicious. 2.= SC<W sbran-ma, bee.
X*y/q ro-myan-wa 1. to taste, to relish.
2. as met. the tongue, [ее or
bciid-kyi-nia (Mfton.).
X5 q^ rohi-gser=d4^	cam-
phor (8. Lex.).
II: = X’w residue, remains, sediment:
*Я’Х tshag-ro (or ‘utafX htshag-ro) that which
remains in a sieve or filter, husks, etc.;
*’X ja-ro tea-leaves left in a tea-pot; 3«rX
tshil-ro the remains of fat after having
been melted; ’P'X gal-ro, X X ro-roy ^‘X
so-ro rubbish; gS'X $kud-ro the ends of
threads in a seam.
К HI: 1. physical body, especially a
beast's body: X'JA ro-rgyab back; X'^s re-
1193
$tod the upper part of the human body,
chest and back (Bbrom. Г, 82); X^S ro-
$mad the lower part of the body; X*£\|pr
ro-smad §brul-du hkhyil-wa the
lower part of the body like a serpent
(<7d.). 2. more frq. dead body, corpse,
carcass: &‘X mi-ro a dead man, 5’X rta-ro
dead horse; Х£‘у*гц the place where a
corpse is laid, the cemetery; Х*§ч[ ч rc-
sreg-pa to burn a corpse. X’frc/ ro-khan
(1) tho house от place where a dead body
is kept before being carried to the ceme-
tery for disposal; (2) place for burning
or burying the dead, a favourite spot for
conjurations and sorceries of the Tantrik
lamas. X gq q lit. one who carries a corpse
on his back for disposal to a cemetery,
hence the scavengers in Tibet are called
rogyab-pa; but the word is ordinarily
pronounced ra-gya-pa. X§j« ro-sgam a
coffin ;	ro-drafa nes-pa defect in
the performance of a funeral; X*5J
rc-yf gna§ ijnim the place where dead
bodies are disposed of; Х’$ч| ro-bug grave,
tomb; Х'$я ro-bum a structure resem-
bling in which the X ^ the upper
half of the hody is placed in upright
position ; food offered to the manes
of the dead. Хч^ ro-ra§ cotton cloth for
wrapping up a dead body before crema-
tion ; upon it incantations are frequently
inscribed against demons and malignant
spirits; X'^EsM ro-lan§ the soul of the
dead roving on earth, also (evil) spirit, or
goblin that occupies a dead body.
Кro-ne ra-ne or sha-ne lead.
tX’S’nj ro-tsa-ka	and X
ro-^sa-Лл chen-pa	are celestial
flowers (IT. d. % 156).
Кro-tsa or X’4|& ro-gtsah sexual ins-
tinct or power, carnal desire, lust (Med.).
Х^|\ц ro-tsa §kycd-pa to procreate, to
increase the carnal appetite by medicine
(Cs.); also: to feel it; Х’^л ro-txa-ua,
voluptuousness, sensual, lustful (Mil.).
Х’^п^я ro-tshan-gsum a kind of officinal
plant: X
Ro-hi-ta, 1. n. of river that
flowed between the towns Serskya and
Lh/i-bsian. (J. Zafi.) 2. a species of ibex
said to possess three horns.
Ro-hi tu-ka n. of a place in
ancient India.
<«0 rog-po 1. C. black, cf. 8 bya
and ^’Х<| pho-rog. 2.	rag-pa
reddish, yellowish-brown, of rocks. X«r| ч
rog-ge-wa shining dimly with a face glow-
ing gloomily as it were Mil., nt. (Jd.).
rog-po hjom§ §kye§ a
medicinal herb.
rog§ vulg. for grogs friend,
companion, associate, assistant; X^n£\
Ц rogs-med geig-pa friendless and quite
alone. Хч|*г*я rog^-ram or X*|*r§5’q rog$-
byed-pa to help, assist; q grogs-byed-
pa help, assistance.
deep gorge, defile,
narrow passage, cleft in a hill, also valley;
Xt/ppv abyss, deep hole; Э4!‘Xk; Irag-ron
dell or chasm between rocks; a ravine,
X^ u’^ X^is not the nether region
of the Naga an abyss and very narrow?
(Bbrom. 165).
Roft-byam$-chen n. of a
district in the mountainous country
situated in the north of Tsang where in a
monastery a huge image of Maitreya
Buddha was constructed by Lama Sems-
dpah chen-po Gshon-nu rgyal mchog (Lon.
\ 16); X*3« n. of a lama of Bong (Deb.
151
Х^|	1194	Xorq|
% J8); Хс/Х*Т*1 an epithet of the devil
(G. Bon. 8).
Rofi-ynl the country of ravines;
gAu. Nepal, Sikkim, Bhutan, etc., are so
called. Xvft rofi-mi, a man coming from
Ilong ; Xc.'? rofi-rta, rofi-lcafi a horse
bred in, a willow growing in, Sikkim
or Bhutan.
rod pride, haughtiness (in
rod-pa or X<v5 rod-po, 1. =
go§ dress. 3. stiff, unable to help
one’s self. Xvl’q rod-la-wa id. (Ja.).
X*r vol deep, abyss, chasm: Xqt^yy^-’V
they ore bom in a very
intolerable abyss (Sorig. 19k
<я’4 roni-po (for in Sikk. and
СЛ thick,big, stout, massive, plump; deop,
cf sound ; opp. to 3 phra-mo,
Х^'|5 rol-rfied playfulness. X^\
rol-rncd-ma hphrog-pa the ravish-
ment of Хч^'Д rol-rned-ma (prob.
n. of a dramatical work about which,
Atisa remarked X<|s
q q^-q? (Л. J(9).
X<4’5 rol-rta, 1. Seh.: the near horse
in a team, the right-hand horse. 2. the
act of playing with cymbals and with
wind instruments.
X'srsftN rol-gna§	a stage, a
place of enjoyment; a pleasure grove;
heaven.
vol-pa, 1,—$prubpa, v.
Х^гч rol-wa. 2. playfulness; *1^’4
the coquettish airs and gestures of youth-
ful playmates (Mfion.). 3. = lofis-.
spyod-pa or q tshogs-za-wa to enjoy,
amuse oneself with women ; also drinking,
and merriment. X^a^a^ rol-pahi hgros
musical gait, dancing to music=^a5a^Ԥ5
rkafi-pahi [idu-bycd (Mfion.).
Xq-q$’«^q^ rol-pahi mtsho-bdun the
seven lakes of which the waters move in
gentle waves as if they were dancing to
the music of tho wind.
rol-pahi rdo-rje	an
epithet of the Tantrik god	dgye^
pa rdo-rje Ileruka (Mfion..)
XoiqS’^ rol-pahi-sa as met=^’^‘<4^
mtho-ri§-gna$ the celestial regions (Mfion.).
<orq roZ-wa=fr-q	j^y 1. to
amuse or divert one’s self; to play and
laugh. In j’i^’Xoi’q '[gya-cher rol-pa, i.e.,
the Lalitavistara and in Х^’Ч’Ч^’Ч or lalita
nydsa (tho name of a certain kind of con-
templation), rol-pa is used for acting
or playing on the stage of this worldly
existence. 2. to take, taste, eat, drink:
Й g4|'arX«rq srin-mo khrag-la rol-pa
witches or ogresses revelling in blood
(Mil.) ; Хтерт^Ч'Ч rol-pahi $tab§-su
bshugs-pa there he sits, or to sit with
revelrous mien. 3.= |prq spruBwa to prac-
tise sorcery, to cause to appear in magical
form; ^ qvXoi'q rnam-par rol-pa—
g*rq rnam-par %prul-pa. ^prX*rq3’|j$’g
ye-fe§ rol-pahi khehu Ifia is used for :
S’^erq ye-$e$-kyi $prul-pa incarnations of
the divine Wisdom.
Ха Й rol-.mo 1. зргй 4ПТ XorXJS’g
tho sound of music : Xq’#’9Vq rol-mo byed-
pa to make music; X«’3S*rol-mo spyod-
pa musical profession. 2. music, musical
instrument, X«r3S5’*’qj5 rol^mohi cha-brgyad
= the eight divisions of music. XertfS’q^
rol-mohi gnas or ХогЙ$ч the place where
music is performed, a theatre; Хч*Й-я^
rol-mo-mkhan musician, ебр.= ^'я1^ &1-
rpkhan a cymbal player (Stfion.).
rol-mohi sgra-inthah dag n. of the
1195
Xorq |
different kinds of musical sounds or
notes • (1)	; (2)
5^4	(3)	S’#	(4)
’’’’V (нндрт) *-че.^я; (5)
। ijwwjjV-
^’4’5} (ДГйои.). In the same Tibetan work
we find some curious definitions of what
are termed X^5-g^X^|jq]^q^q the
sources of the different musical sounds,
which are specified in the following
way:—9-gc/er?faj^’S|’g the violin, etc.
emits sound from (striking) the strings;
drums etc. give sounds
from beating the skin placed upon a
hollow vessel;	the pipe,
flute, etc. yield sounds through the passage
of holes;	the sound of
cymbals, etc., is by the falling of one disk
of metal upon another at intervals (Mnon.).
Again	rol-niohi §pon-sa is the
school-house or place where music is
taught. Furthermore we hear of ХогЗй’
§’q4|-qt-qj5 rol-mofyi bye-brag bco-brgad the
eighteen accompaniments of music:—
I,
q,<uq,^’4l^'qJ
^E.-N’qg^ q, вяГ^ч, Х«гЙ5’д, and
XorSS^g’q rol-mohi dbye-ica the different
kinds of musical instruments:—(1) ^'5$’
the damaru; (2) *<£ ma-du ; (3) Sta’pq til-
khrol; (4) dandi-ma drum; (5)
q^’f bal-rfia Nepalese drum; (6)
rnkhar-rna kettle drum, fort drum (Mnon.).
Хог£5‘я rol-rtsed-ma rfwr a dancing
girl; a coquettish woman.
Xq furrow; XoTF^c/q to begin plough-
ing in spring.
of ria sometimes for § bla (Jd.).
rlag or 2$’4 rlag^pa— ^’4 or ^X’q
1. destruction, loss or ruin;

n. of a city in ancient India which was
destroyed by the Yavanas, hence termed
the ruined city;	to be destroyed,
ruined. 2. = ^q’q’^’q^ to become
bodiless.
rlans-pa qrq vapour, steam;
exhalations;	kha-rlafis breath,
vapour from the mouth ; $’2^ chu-rlafa
steam, watery vapour;	to
distil.	to steam.
rlafis-po— q gdol-pa ^xsgrw,
73^ the lowest social grade (Mnon.).
rlan 1. moisture, humidity;
^y^q’q rlan span-гса to avoid the wet ;
2^’^Ц rlan~can moist, wet, humid;
rlan-med dry.	rlan-steh nal-wa
to sleep in the wet (Lf.). 2. 34 a liquid;
rlan-rlon id.,	rlan-rlon-chan
the liquid (called) beer.
one dressed in leaves
of trees (I7y. k. 25.).
2fi’f^ or	rlan-las skyes a
general n. for insects or animals generated
in moisture (Mnon.).
rlab-pa or §^'q rlabs-pa to
remove, to clear away (Sch.).
iflabs ^tfq, wave, billow,
ripple:	rgya-mtshohi rlabs large
wave; $q$rq^ rlabs-po-che or $q^'3^ rlabs-
chen nvnftfq, a large wave or billow;
rlabs-kyi rt-mo=	chu-gjier
(Mnon.) ripples on water;	rlab§-
phren series of waves or billows one follow-
ing another in rapid succession.
Syn. chu-rlab§; dbah-rlabs
or q’$q^ rba-rlub§ (MAon.).
g^qq-urc rlabs-yas n. of a great
number (S. Lex.).
rlam-pa, v. 2^'4 rlom-pa\ also
we find:	rlam-khyer.

1196
с\
rlig-pa	resp.
gsan-rlig testicles. ^ч^ддч rlig-pa
hb yin-pa or ^’ЧА^ч rlog-pa hphyid-pa to
castrate, emasculate (a man), to cut or
geld (an animal); чrlig-pa phyufi
emasculated;	rlig-mcd castrated;
rlig-$kran$ swollen testicle ;
^45 the testes;	rlig-can having
testicles, a stallion ; ^Я’^чгч rlig geig-pa
having only one testicle ; $ч]'3 rlig-bu or
rlig-pib^ the scrotum ;	rlig
rfay$-pa or	rlig §bos-pa swollen
testicles (Nag.
Syn. IfS sgro-ica§bub$; ^5^’9
hbn^btt; ^5 mdsod (Mnon.).
еч
rlin$ entire, all; 8^2 entirely,
altogether.
c\
rlid a dosed leather bag (&/*.).
rlid-bu 1. a whole, a lump or
mass (Sell.). 2. = 5^ rkyal, a skin or
leather bag; gen.	‘3 dud-hgrohi
rlid-bu the entire skin of an animal.
rlib$-bu=z 5’^'4 largo, wide,
spacious.
l.= lfa'4 $bo$-pa (Nag.
64\ swollen : В4]‘Ч’^чщ a swollen testicle.
2. acc. to Cs.: to purge ;
mnal rlugs-раг byed-pa to cause abortion ;
ring^byed-pa a purge procuring
abortion (Ja.). 3. in Tsang: to cast, to
overthrow, to pull down ; for ОТЧ fag-pa.
rlugs-ma anything cast forth, or
ejected; the casting out, effusion; acc. to
one L*x. excretion of indigested food (Jd.).
rlun I: wpra,	^ч
breeze, wind:	rfafi lo-ma-la reg
the wind touches the leaves;
rfafi-gis-bskyod (a thing) is moved by the
wind, blown away by the wind;
Iе’I
rfan-chcii-pO) 8^’34 tluft-drag-po a high
wind, a gale. But among the common
people of Central Tibet rlufl in the simple
sense of “the wind” seems to be almost
unused except in certain compound words,
such as rfan-rta, hog-rluft flatulence, etc.
Alone it is known chiefly in the mystical
sense; ^чргч lhak$-pa being in C. the
eolloq. word for: wind, breeze.
tfafi-dmar= rfafi chen-po (lit. red-
wind) storm, tempest, high wind, gale at
sea:	rlufi-dniar tham$-
cad shi-na$ the tempest having subsided
(A. 16).	rfafi-tshub whirl-wind,
storm with rain and sleet.
Syn.	nam-mkhahi-srog;
nam-mkhahi dbyugs; *
vui-mo§-phcl\	nam-mkhahi §tob$;
^'q &yo-byed rdul-gyi kha-lo-pa ;
hgro-wahi fiaft-tshul\ ч?’чЗ’5(<Ч
hgro-ieahi-srog; dri-fyJion; Ч--5Ц dri-
len ; drihi fin-rta ;	pna§-
med rlag-hgro;	kun-hdul-rfia;
ч^г^Лч]^ bsil-byedreg-ldaii (Mnoni).
II: 1. In the mystical physiology
of Buddhism is set forth as one of the
three humours of the body (^5'^'4 nad
He§-pa) and is supposed to exist in nearly
all its parts and organs, circulating in
veins of its own, producing both the
arbitrary and the involuntary motions, and
causing various other physiological pheno-
mena. When deranged it is the cause
of many diseases, esp. of such complaints
the origin and seat of which are unknown,
rheumatism, nervous affections, etc. This
rfafi or humour is divided into five
species, viz.: J)*!^тод-hdsin which is
the cause of breathing; 5^ gyen-rgyu
faculty of speaking,	cause of
muscular motion, of digestion and
।	1197	I
assimilation;	thur-sel of excre-
tion. In mysticism, as Jd. remarks,
rlttfi hdsin-pa seems to be =
dbug§ b^kyafi-wa and to de-
note the drawing in and holding one’s
breath during the procedure called
which is as much as to prepare one’s self
for contemplation, or to enter into a state
of ecstasy (ЛА7.);	rlufi-gyi
dkyil-hkhor	a kind of subtle
meditative performance.	rlufi-gi
nad diseases caused by rliifi which are :—
rlufi-la-refi§, cc-spyafi-mgo,
gzug$-hkhum§,	bi-qi-rtsi,
sran-mi hthifi-po,
sntad-kyi rtsa dkar-gyi rlufi (S»ian. 7).
rlufi-gi mi-yi rafi-bshin the
nature, constitution and appearance of
one who is affected by an evil conjunc-
tion of rlufi (K. g. S, 262).
rlufi-gi rgyal-mtshan^Wi'
hjah-mtshon, the colours of the rain-
bow (Mfion.).
^lufi-gi bai=&s met. wify
hjah-ndshon the rainbow (Mfion.).
a fabulous bird
which • can fly one thousand miles in a
moment and is said to live in the forest
called	grib-)на sfion-pohi nags
(7Г. d. S 297).
5^'9 Rlufi-gi bu one of the
names of the second P^pdava brothers
(Mfion.); also is an epithet of Hanumana
the monkey genera! of Barna.
rlufi-gi bu-rgyud as met.=
monkey (Mfion.).
rlufi-gi hbras-bu
hjah-mtshon the rainbow (Mfion.). 2. as
met.= ^’4 char-pa or	$prin-gyi
me-tog rain (^Яо?о).
йе*? i,e., the names of
the" different winds :-(l)
чкяТе,	(ft-
д. ч, lli); (2)
*r*rw$E*, gjr^4],	?’w?
(irw"	or (дйт)
(Mfion.).
’^ч] rlafi-gi mtshan-nid-drug
the six qualities of wind:—rtsub-
pa, «к’Ч yan-wa, grafi-wa, 5J’q sra-wa,
g n phra-wa, ^’4 gyo-wa (Bbnm. 17).
rlufi-gi fifi-rtalit. wind-chariot
l.= g|Wr|q rlun-las-skyes bom of the
wind, a figurative name for a horse
(Mfion.). 2.= §^ sprin cloud (Mfion.).
$e’S]'«q^4[’q’s^ rlufi-gi gfog-ра-сан (lit.
having wind wings) a term for the swiftest
horse; the kind of horse to which this
compliment is given in Tibet is generally
called §’3^* gyi-lifi (Mnon.).
rlufi hkhor-wa щдзрж weather-
cock, an instrument that is turned by the
wind.
rlufi-bnis-hthufi as met.=
rfia-mofi camel, dromedary (Mfion.).
5^’5 rlim-rla (lit. the wind-horse); the
horse of fortune or luck, generally ins-
cribed on flags with charms and allowed
to flutter in the wind. But the long
perpendicular flags attached to poles
themselves are also styled “ lung-ta.”
rlufi-nag (lit. black-wind), dust
storm, a storm whirling up clouds of dust.
rlufi-ypu sun-hbyin one of
the seven different winds of the human
body ; the names of the remaining six:—
яВ<|*г§5 (К. d. 367).
Нм
1198

5^’95 rlnft-spyod lit. that pairs while
floating on tho wind=5‘^ bya-rgod vul-
ture (Д1яо;г.).
rlun-ma 1. col. wind. 2. n. of
a Yaksa princess (JY. g. % SO),
rlufl-gyab a fan. Syn.
Ml-gyab; q^rqjfa bsil-ica-$tob (Mnon).
rluh-la dgah-wa (lit. that
which delights in wind) — as met. the
camel (ДГЯоя.).
5^ Rlun-lha фгя, the god of
wind.	rlun-lhihi shon-pa tho
conveyance of tho god of wind (Mnon.).
Syn.	rlafi-gi dwan-phyug ;
dbug^-hbyin-bdag ;
sni-tshogz rfa-an;	gyo-byed-
mgon ;	q lofi$~?pyod mdse$-pa ;
$tob$-kyi-lha ;	jk’ nub-byan
phyogs-^куой (M^on.).
rlun-la$-rgyal n. of the
king of tho horses, he that can win in tho
race with wind.
Syn. rta-mchog ;	can-<ps-
pa (Mfion.).
a wave (S. TZr.l.
rltin-bsreg the musk-deer.
Syn. ST4 gla-wa;	gla-rtsi-can
(Mfton.).
hog-la hthen
the son of	Ytun-$an$ hog-Ia
hthen (G. Bon. 23).
rlubs l. = 5W low. 2. acc.
to Jd. in C. = a corner, hole, placo for
hiding a thing ;	tho pocket in a
robe (Lex.):	’^54^ khuft-buhi rlub$. 3.
ace. to Sch.: ditch, pit, pool, abyss:
mehi-rltibs fire-pool.
8|4*rq rlub^-pa 1. a cover; also as vb.
to cover, hide ;	to hide under
a robe. 2. = ^чч
5ЙЧ)’2» rlag-po foolish, stupid, of a
little child (Ja.).
S’l’2' rlog-pa pf. brlags, form of
pres, and fut. ч$ч| brlag, imp. Sj4] rlog or
rlog^ 1. to destroy; break down, turn
up ; as in ’gfa q sa-rlog-pa, ^§4q rdo-
rlogpa,	’«r|4]’4jq q^	(Snih.) W4S
or	tdul-du rlog-pa to reduce to
powder, to destroy entirely. 2. fig. to per-
vert, to infatuate ;
quite corrupted by the filth of sin (Dzl.);
those infatuated by
thoughts of marriage (Ja.).
I: rlon-pa l.= Mongolian
adj. wr? wet, moist, damp; colloq.
“loni-po"; tshan-rlon quite wot, wet
through ; of meat, vegetables and the like
= ^M*q uncooked, as in milk not
boiled; also = »<iKq unripe as in %'^J’
also used in raw meat. 2. vb.
with pf. and fut. in 4g^ brlan—^:^
$ban-wa to make wet, to moisten, e.g.,
or *^ q4 with water or with rain ;
brlon-to made wet (Situ. 76).
Syn. rlon-can; gper-pa;
qwq ban^-pa ; thag-can (Milon.).
rlon-pa II: to answer, with
lan ; also sfa‘q glon-pa, q ldon-pa,
Ыап-ра, zlon-pa (see Jd.).
rlob$ as in	with pf.
brlabs, fut. 4^q brlab, imp. rlob§, v.
9Л byin.
rlom-pa l.= W4 ham-pa sbst.
НГ4 conceit, vanity. 2. vb. with pf.
brlams to be conceited, to be proud of, to
glory in, to boast of, used with terrain.
451
1199
45’1’4 |
case:	bder rlom-pa to boast of
one’s good fortune;	gcig-tu
rlom-pa to be proud of being one with.
3. to love, to adhere to, to be attached
to. 4. to covet:	g.sha)i-gyi nor-
ia to hanker after another’s property;
covetousness has grown up.
the thigh brla-ga
siVH, sifai muscular part of the thigh;
n brla-skyes born of the (Brahma’s)
thigh,rje-rigs; (Mnon.) the
Vais'ya or tho gentleman caste of India.
+	brla-brnan==$*\4 snon-pa
augmenting, growth, increase.
brlag-pa 1. v.	rlog-pa
forsaken, abandoned. 2.=&pK$*rq med-
par bya^-pa, demolished;	dgra-
brlag killed the enemy (Situ. 76). 3.
== «мргч	to wash off (S. Lex.).
+	brlan-po	ц rtsub-
po rude, coarse, roughness in conver-
sation :	brlan-pohi tshig rough
words, abusive language;
rtsub brlan-wa ma-yin-pa refraining from
abusive language;	brlan-po
rnam$ byed-pa to make use of such
language.	brlafi-spyod =
rtsnb-spyod rough behaviour, misconduct;
also described as
l’q (D. gel. 11);
brlan-spyod byed-pa to be rude or rough in
manners.	brlan-mo=
bud-med gtum-mo a fierce woman, an
amazon (Mfton.).
brlan-pa 1. another form of
— 4]^*q or ^‘4 sbaft-wa:	chus
brlan-to (Situ. 76); met. a tree. 2.
= bsdus-pa or	phyog$-su
gtogs-pa to collect or put aside.
арт brlab-pa9 v. q rlob-pa.
^fl’q brlam-pa, v. zfa'Q rlom-pa.
q$wq brlums-pa^ bskyod-pa,
tremulous, trembling ;	hbyun-
pos brloms quivering with a demon,
described as	the occupa-
tion of one’s body by an evil spirit
(Situ. 76).
e\
brlift-геа	excellent
(Zam. 12). Also=^^ brtan-pa firm,
steady:	he is wise
who is naturally steady.	brlifi-po
firm, secure, safe (both of men and things).
brlift-log confused, disorderly, not
to be trusted (Sch.).
4§4|’q bring -pa =	mi-brtan-pa
zi 'O
(Nag. 64) unsteady, not firm.
brlubs, v. rlubs
9os-kyis gyog$ tshar-wa) covered with
clothes.
QI
QI la I; 1. is the twenty-sixth letter
of tho Tibetan alphabet, corresponding
with the English I and Sanskrit <*!. 2.
numeral: 26.
II: 1. a mountain pass, the
summit of a pass, *4 1^ the edge or side of
a pass, lahi-gycu the ascent of a
mountain pass, lahi-thur the descent
or declivity of a mountain pass.
also «rjq’Q to cross a pass. 2. candle,
wax-candle, wax-light, taper (from the
Chinese lah wax) in C.
• the top of a mountain ;	Q*; on
the summit of a lofty mountain (hbrom.
F, 18).
III: *4 $ gvq'i^qr^l
La in mystic Buddhism is
symbolic of the state of non-receiving,
i.e., of absolute repletion (7Г. g. *«, 43).
^•qq’^’4|^^q’§ I
qiqi'q7^-	д’у	q5 Soj q'
qj^qi? La signifies that a believer in
the doctrine of (the less developed)
S'ravaka is changeful. The Mahdydna
doctrine (fully developed) being steady,
giving up the S'rd taka doctrine one
should be assiduous in the Mahagana
doctrine (IT. my. % 208).
IV : postpos. or case-sign 1. denoting
\	§ all being said to possess
«I'M,	signifying—as to, to, on, in,
at, into, upto, by, from, toward. XkVJJ = as
to the meaning;	go east-
waid; wv«i($)’*|Jq brought to the end;
arrived at tho limit,
attained to perfection; 2’Ч^(^)ЯЗГ goes
to India;	pressed down;
running or moving in front;
'44J'4(5)’q^ catch in or by the hand,
oj^q looking where to or at what;
at or towards the lamp-light
(Situ. 19); *r®r*3)’4 sa-la ligre-tca to roll
(one’s body) on the ground ; *г«г^зргл sa-
la hgril-ira to fall to the ground;
«iRM4|q to rise to heaven,
to soar or fly in tho air, Я’ч at, on,
in, the fire, on the mountain, $
in, into, to, on, the water, towards
the east, eastward, in, to, Tibet;
from, as:	р’Ллод snow falls from
heaven, 5'«TRqq he alights from his horse,
he leaps from the rock, ^ '4'
las-la khrag-hbyin-pa to draw
blood from the body. 2.	f.c., with
reference to time:	at dusk
vanquished the demon,	<ч on the
third day,	in the twentieth year,
within three months. Phyag
dau-po la at, during, the first obeisance
3. to signify:	necessity; ^5'^5
or	purpose of; also to sig-
nify Vfa state of, nature of:—^’(^)‘
manifested as a god,
became unified,	multiplied, be-
came many ;	assumed shape
(Situ. 19). Also=relying on, keeping to :
de-la rten~na§ depending on it;
also : relative to, with respect to, in conse-
quence of:	glad, rejoicing at
1201

Q||
it;	$dig-pa-la Msem-pa being
afraid of sin; »	he
asked advice with respect to this not having
been properly done. In introducing a new
subject:	now, as to
the fact of the kingdom having been
transferred (gone) to Minag; in headings
of chapters, etc., e.g.y	glin-bshihi
niin-la concerning the names of the four
parts of the globe	che-chuft-gi
tshad-la with respect to size. 4. in all
relations mentioned above, «I la is added,
to the inf., the partic. and to the root of
a vb. whereever the verb will at all admit
of it; and besides it is used as gerundial
particle in a similar way as 5 te: (a) after
the inf.	as there was in
that place an idol-shrine or symbol; also
to be translated by : although. (Z>) added
to the root:	(though) having
seen it, yet he did not fasten it. In C.
when «I is added to adjectives it signifies
being:	ч (А. Л) his
hair and beard being yellow and long ;
Ugly a8 to his
body (and) of small stature, (but) having
a fine voice. In sentences containing two
imperatives <4 = and:	<pg-la
lto^-дгд come and look!
®гВ’Й la-khyi-mo the mountain-weasel
(Ja.).
+ ^’3]^ la-gor	mgyogs-
pa, myur-wa quick, swift.
«Г J la-rgifa (proTLomc^^largya) govern-
ment order (gen. prohibiting the killing of
wild animals and birds in a mountain
tract).
+ la-gcan-pa («г«Г|д*Г£у«г2| Za-
la khral-^dud-pa-pd) a collector of duties on
a mountain pass.
<5> la-cha shell-lac, sealing-wax.
la-thig a drop of sealing-wax on
which the seal is pressed.
la-nuft for and auh-nia
radish and turnip.
la-ne a mark (&7z.).
ч щдгн vulture; lit. a bird that
lives about the summits of mountains.
la-ta or *4’5 la-da kind of yam im-
ported to Tibet from Assam and Bhutan.
La-ta a country of the Turuska
(Turks) towards the west of India (D«s-
Г ^)-
la-§tofi, mountain-pass solitudes, v.
§t(rfi-pa.
•rT*’! la-thog~^t la-rtse the summit of
a mountain-pa^s.
la-thod turban, pagrl or cloth
which the Indians wrap round their head
('*>• 13).
Za-<7a	(я^) a kind of
pastry made in Tibet; a medicinal food in
which radish preponderates.
La-dwag$, also called
5/Ч*1 Ladak, province in the valley of the
Indus between and Balti, inhabited
by Tibetans and formerly belonging to
Tibet.
la-pa-$a,	la-pa^ag a
kind of upper garment without a girdle
(Cs.).
«гц la-pa 1. a pass over a lofty moun-
tain ; also a high peak. 2. buttermilk,
boiled, but not yet dried into vermicelli
(<^‘«).
la-pen occurs in
152
or^| f
1202
4’41
4 '
la-phug the radish; in Tibet
a largo round white root, not long and
forked. Syn. $hi-la (fen); ш-
Pi-ka	hdab-gsum-pa;
lcg§-hbab;	fiafi-pahi-rkafi;
gtun-tpn ; 5’®^’ta-lahi rtsa-
ma-can (Mnon.).	the common
radish;	rgya-la phug a reddish
species of an acidulous taste ; 5е* also
called	5 la-phng ser-po earrot.
^1’4 la-ica	blanket, night-
covering ;=? 4 a kind of cloak.
La-bo-chc n. of the high mountain
dtuated to the back of the great monas-
tery of Sam-ye : aw
(J. 97 k
QJ’JJ la-та acc. to Sch. a certain herb.
«Iя'if 1a-ma-sro the raspberry in Kuna-
war.
qt# la-mo 1. quickly:	come
quickly. *2. n. of a village situated to the
east of Lhasa:
(Lon. % 18).
+ 'эг^лргч 1а-$18од§-ра=Ц'Ъч\ъ'ц etcetera.
la-rdsas or colloq. a cairn or
votive pile in the form of a chhorten on
the tops of hills.
4 la-zla$-pa= Вд| а^’ч to settle,
decide finally; fa TO final settlement.
I'a la-zlo-wa— wqqpjsrq to put limits
to, to settle finally.
la-hur—0^'^ *3^'^ quiekly,
hastily: ®i'9N'*rqj-?p|«' do quickly
pass out or run away; «I
it is proper to pass out of misery soon,
i.e. to die;	(A. 137).
®*’^Я n. of a place in Mon-rntsho-sna
(ZdL %0)r
®Ja candle or lamp in Sikkim.
<*гчр5«т|^ la-gyog§ retribution: wjer
(Rdsa. 17) he said
that retribution of one’s wicked actions
visits one.
la-dshaJu a kind of herb,
[the blushing herb, the sensitive
plant, Mimosa pudicajS".	I •*!
(K. g. a, 48.)
laJa~VTOF, (A. K.
134) or some, a f ew; ace. to Ja.:
partly, what—what;	certain;
also as a singular, somebody, someone.
?a"?a phud s^fa a medicinal
herb ; ®*the medicine
la-la phud heals dyspepsia and gonorrhoea.
Syn. Vr<l®»4 drag-^il dri; Лига5’$к/«
tshafi$-pahi $fiift-po;	yol-wa-can
(Mnon.).
la Jo
rim-gyis rim~gyi$ gradually, by degrees;
he said that it was a sign of the gradual
decay of the religion of Buddha (A. 49).
la-so abbr. of la-rlse top of a
mountain-pass, and
«rfo* La-sin abbr. of Ladak-pa and
Singpa the latter being the Tibetan name
for a Sikh native of Punjab (Ггу- 13).
la-sogs	Wif<—
S*1’4 gtso bya$-pa, mtshon-pa, *3|'<рга
#/70-&yfz$-j9a==this being the principal one,
others following it.
^’4 lwa-wa or «ГЧ1 la-wa woollen
<1
blanket or doth; .8^**1 skrafyidwa-wa a>
kind of hair cloth ; **«гIwa^yoa nag-po
1203

вЯ]|
a dress made of black-blanket:
¥l^*5’e,'ql’Se’ (Л. 11) he wore a black
cloak (or blanket) round his person.
*‘4’4 Lwa-wa-pa n. of a Buddhist saint
who had done many miraculous deeds.
He used to wear only one piece of blanket
as his raiment, hence was called La-wa-pa
(K. dun. 22).
lag 1. v. ’T*. 2.	the
fifth lunar mansion or constellation.
Syn. ^‘3? nag-то \ ^4|’3? drag-po\ VT
drag-qul can ;	фпад-dpon
dgra (Rtsii.).
lag-pa resp. ^Rphyag, rnfa,
4TT the hand, arm:	to take
or seize by the hand;	the
back of the hand;	lag-pahi-
mdun the palm of the hand;
the fingers.	do not
move about the arms;	do not
join hands;	or bangle
ornament worn on the arms;
joining of the palms of the hands
together as in devotion,	as
met. the fingers, lit. the branches of the
hand. в(Ч]’5’^’4 lag-tu len-pa to take in
hand, to exercise, to practise, e.g.,
$gom-pa meditation;	to
study and practise the import of a word.
As metaph.:	arm of the sea, gulf,
bay, glift-lag or tongue of
land;	glift-lag hbrel isthmus,
neck of land C. Is used fig. for power,
authority :	q mihi-lag-hi hgro-
wa to get into a persons power, to be
at his mercy (Thgyi);	lag-na§
hphrog-pa to snatch out of a person’s
hand, to deliver from another’s power
(Glr.). «R|’qS^«r*g^ lag-pahi rnam-rgyur
the different forms and configurations of
the hand:—to bow
touching tho ground with the palms of
hands;	that-mo sbyor-wa to twirl
with the fingers joining the palms of the
hands in devotion or out of respect;
khyor-wa, the hollow of the snim-pa\
^^'^^'^khii-tshicrbca^s-pa the clenched
hands for boxing; khyid fist, «Т mtho
span, 0 khu cubit, hdom fathom
measured by the stretching of the arms;
q2V?Yq brda ston-pa to signal by the hand
(Шоп.).
Syn. ‘Wqj’g yal-ga-lna-, ^'§5 hdsin-.
byed; ^^’§5 gzun-byed]	brda-ston-
byed] sug-pa ; hjug-byed,
§5 hbab-byed*, ^od-byed\
dpun-pahi hdab (Mnon.).
lag-skyogs—^^'Q gzar-bu ladle
(Mnon.).
lag-rkyon— spraft-po beg-
gar, destitute person (Mnon.).
lag-skyon= as met. knife (Mnon.).
П,ЦПТ,1 lag-khug pouch, hand-bag
(Rtsii.).
+ lag-gi-bla one who does gene-
ral menial service to the congregation of
lamas in a monastery.
lag-gram one sitting with his
cheek resting on his hand (as if in
sorrow); acc. to Jd. leaning one’s head
on the hand
owpstf] lag-mgo	1. both hands
put together in shape of a globe or ball.
2. a glove with only a thumb, a mitten C.
(Jd.).
lag-йаг the fore-arm (the part
of the arm between 51’3? gru-mo elbow and
ач^'ач mkhrig-ma wrist).
lag-bcanim
(B. ch. 8).

1204

ai<q * lag-cha utensils, tools, instruments ;
objects carried iu the hands, c.y., royal
insignia at a festival procession (G7r.);
send the
servants with the things (wanted for
the journey) ! (G7r.).
Sy u. Trfw<;	lag-pa$ grol-wa \
mtshon-cha (Mnon.).
«<Я 1*1 lag-rj^ 1. impression or mark of
the fingers. 2. a work which immortalizes
a person s name : 'ЧЯ'^ ^Я q lag.rje$ hjод-
ра to leave such a work behind (Glr.).
^Я 9 lag-na~ 8^*5** ^,q receipt
of a thing without acknowledgement;
$tcr-rnkhan med-par len-
pa to take what is not given, hence ^Я’Э
lag-na sbst. : a grasp, a snatch (Jd.).
lag-nal=J(^ rdo-rje thunder bolt.
'ЧЯЛЯ*’ lag-rtag$ 1. resp. 9Я sign
manual sign or mark made with the hand
as a seal of verification, impressed on a
legal document, but often only with the
finger dipped in ink. 2. any small object,
e.g., a needle, which the deliverer of a
letter has to hand over together with the
letter; present in general (Jd.).
<44j	lay-§tab§=^'^ lag-len.
^Я?Я cash payment; in cash, ready
money ; = [Rtsii.).
ogr|	lag-ml hi!	the palm of the
hand.
'ЧЯЛ* lag-dam 1., hon. 9Я5% a seal. 2.
qjo] ц lag-dam-po in C. close-fisted,
stingy, niggardly.
^ЯЛ^ lag-dar acc. to Lex.= handker-
chief ; prob, the same as «14*5^ lab-dar W\
col. grater (Jd.).
^ЯАЧ note, note-book, hand-book ; Я^’
РЯ Я^УВ'^Я a register or note of all
the different shiJcha farm-estates (Rtsii.).
'ЧЯ'4* lag-bde 1. person that pours out
the tea at a tea-carousal and serves food
to the monks of the monastery (Rtsii.).
2. resp. ЗЯ’лл phyag-bde^ к’Я^Я cook,
one who serves in the kitchen or at
table:
gyoV' (A. 1U1). -чя'^ЛЗуч lag-bde
dpon-po chief cook or table server.
<ЧЯ’^ lag-hdon a vassal or subject
paying his landlord in money or kind,
opp. to vkan-hgro who performs his
services as an errand-goer or a porter
(Л.).
«1Я'5* lag-rdam= Mil. having
a mutilated or crippled hand (Jd.).
ЧЯlag-ldan	having a hand
or a trunk, hence as met.= elephant; ^Я”
lag-ldan-ma=	glaft-mo she-
elephent (Mfton.). ЧЯ’?!^л‘ч elephant
stable, place where elephants are kept
(Mfton.)
^Я л* lag-brda sign of tho hand ; signal
made by the hand, beckoning.
lag-b$dam&= ^ВЯ’4 hkhrig-pa
sexual embrace (Mfton.).
*Я‘ЯХ^ Lag-na rdo-rje or ^яХ^ I^g-
rdor otherwise ЗЯ‘^X ог ЗЯХ^ Phyag-rdor,
is another aspect of the Dhyani Bodhi-
sattwa Dorje Chhang. In Tantrik cere-
monial is often known as and depicted as
“ the green-robed Lag-na rdo-rjeУ
в1Я’УЯЧ*’^Я* Lag-na gshon-thogs hold-
ing a basin in hand, n. of a deity.
^Я’Х* property in hand, also property
that has not been sold or mortgaged.
^Я’?5 lag-snod—^ ifal a hand pot or
vessel to measure milk or arack.
Lag-pa brgyaft-wa an epithet
of the son of Kamadeva (Mfton.).
oj4|-q^-4|	1205	<4=11
Lag-pahi chu-bo=^'^'5 chu-
bo si-ta a name of the river Sita (Mnon.).
Lag-pa-na or	lak-sa-na
; = Laksmapa brother of Rama the
hero of the Ramayapa.
Syn. mtshon-byed; mdsod-
hdsin \	Sprin-dgra-rgyal;
w b$e$-gnen-bzafi;	mdsod-ldan
(Шоп.).
^1(5 cash payment (Rtsii.)
S2^ lag-dpon work-master, overseer,
esp. builder (Ja.).
lag-bubs, v.	hbub-pa.
”|4|'3ч lag-ber walking-staff (Jd.).
о|О]54к.« lag-mans many-armed; certain
of the gods are represented as possessed of
many arms, and one reason assigned is
that they may therewith seize evil demons.
1. a letter, autograph. 2. the
marks or lines in the hand.
«in]’5^ lag-dmar the red-handed, the
executioner, hangman (Ju.).
lag-rtsis the lines or marks
in the hands ; palmistry.
lag-btsug a shoot, a scion.
^4j-q^ a receipt, an acknowledge-
ment (Rtsii.).
seeds or plants sown or put
into the ground by the hand; transplant-
ing ; it is also called	(Rtsii.).
lag-bzaft gi$-shus
pahi-mdo n. of a Sidra delivered by Bud-
dha at the request of ei4j'w (K. kon.
277).
Lag-bzafi-ma n. of a celestial
courtezan (Lon. 5).
«iqj qiMK lag-gzun$ balustrade, banister,
railing.
«wj’qffcfq lag-gyog-pa companion, assist-
ant, associate.
”|4]lag-len resp. also ^’5’^ q
and	lag-stabs=practice, practical
knowledge : Ычгчц
(Rdsa. 15).	the practice of
religion;	khrims-kyi lag-len
the practice of laws, § rtsis-kyi of
mathematics.
«w]’«w|^ lag-las-skyes as met.= J^,2i
rgyal-po king (Шоп.).
”14]lag-sor w 4 handful of water
or rather mouthful of water.
^4]^ lags Sir, your honour,
”i4j^ his honour the Chief Secretary;
^4j^ your lama reverence! This word,
however, though taken in modern times
iu this sense, is really only the pres, form
of the vb. in next para., and merely=
it is.
lags-pa 1. resp. and eleg. for
«Ц’«I and to be; eiflprXf; so it is!
yes to be sure!	0
Lama what is your name, sir ?
QI4K*W is it yOU, Sir? 54|'<=^'*Г 4J4|*J
dge-slon de-sn lags who is this' reverend
monk ? (DzL); a lama asks: ^M'^btsal-le
(=«гё«г*№) have you looked for it ? and the
disciple answers: «I4pq btsal-lags yes, I
have ! (JZi7., Jd.). 2. bzafi-iva good.
lags mod-dam—min-namis
it not;	my lord, if it is
not so (K. du. 5, 261). 4!4pr*r«i4]N lags-
та-1ад$—Ъ\фи’Ъ\ yes or no.
”|4ргЙ lags-то in W. clean=^4]*гч (Jd.).
Lafl-ka Ceylon; ^*’1’9’^
city of the Rakshasa (cannibal demons);
qjvlafi-kar ggeg§-paki-mdo
the Lankavatara Shtra which was transla-
ted both from the original Sanskrit and
1206
QIC’q|
from the Chinese version into Tibetan
(7Г. d. «.).
Lan-kahi bdag-po
the lord of LankS, the king of Ceylon;
the guardian of the south-western quarter.
Syn. VQ’p ra-wa-na (Чтэд),
Iho-nub phyogs-ikyofi;	mgrin-
bcn-pa;	gdofi-Ьм-ра;
t<rin-pohi rgyal-po (tyfon.).
3 lan-ica 1. (also: Ч*‘Ч Zofi-im), pf.
чад imp. 4^’ or Чад to rise, to get up;
уЧад get up now ! чад’Ч he has arisen ;
чад’5lafo-tc $dod-pa to got up and
stand, (not to move on) чад’^ night
having passed away. 2. pf. Чад to come
up to, to arrive at, to be equal, to reach.
lafi-tafi or чад** lan-thau
a species of Hyosoyamus: чад*Ти|*3№*
<VSthe seeds of Hyosoyamus are
a cure for worms.
Syn. Vgdhu-§tu-ra;	me-tog
$nin-can; чр1**йад^ gser-mifi can;
$myo-byc<J\ ^^'^^gdul-dkah (tyfon.).
lan-tsho uNh youth, youth-
ful ago ; чсХ’Ч’пад’ч entering early man-
hood ; ^$’4*not being enticed
or led away by their youthful appearance
{Glr.) ;	lan-tsho	tgya$-pa§
grown up to adolescence (Jd). ч*’^‘jn*ci
lan-tsho rgya$-pa youthful, i.e., the period
between the twenty-fifth and the thirty-
sixth year of age (Rtsii.) ;	’^-5^ lan-tsho
can or	adolescent, youthful;
lafi-tsho can-ma youth-
ful maiden,—dar-bab-ma(tynon.);
4**#w lafi-tsho-ma maiden, a youth-
ful woman ; ч*lan-tshohi mtshan-
ЗГЧЧ the heaving breast of
Q13j|
maiden (tyfon-);	lafotsho
brtan-byed—%'*^ Myrobalan emblica, lit.
that which preserves youth (tyfon.).
oiE/^E/q lafotsho datl-po a girl just enter-
ing into youth, but still in her vir-
ginity.	lan-tsho dar-wa adult
age, full manhood or womanhood, the
period of enjoyment of life. Syn.
na-tshod gna$-pa\	rig-pa
tshaA-tca;	sgyu-rtsal §pyod-pa*,
bde-ica;	rgyag$-pa;
kho-lag rdsog$ (tyfon.),	laft-tsho-yol
past youth, old-man (tyfon.).
Wi’clk’ lafi-lin moving along gently.
Лес. to Jd. чад’Э** lafi-ma-lin in Mil.
seems to be a word descriptive of the
rising of a cloud, or tho soaring of a bird
of prey.
lan-lofi. languid; irregularly
assembling or coming; ч**£*Ч*
coming from different
directions his complement of retinue be-
came full (A. 12J). Also occurs as
чад*Ч**£ lafofo lofi-fo.
ч*lafofor habit; habituated.
^1^’Ц lad-pa acc. to Cs. weak, faint,
exhausted, of men and animals; blunt,
dull, (&/;.); also rotten, decayed (JS.).
lad-mo imitation,	lad-
om byed-pa to imitate, to mimic, to say
after another:
say after me the following prayer (Thgr.) ;
all actions are imitations; among these
imitations some are skilful (Khrid. 193).
lan 1. time, times:	once,
one time. Also	once, one day,
both os to the post and the future:

1207

сгоц'^] rgyal-po smra-ua lan-gcig the king
issues his command only once, i.e., he
does not change his words;
marraige is given to one’s daughter
only once (Шф.).	lan-cig
,J:yes= 5’^ bya-rog lit. that gives birth to
its young only once); a met. for the crow
(ДГяоп.). this time;	twice,
«VAJ ten times, etc.;	seven
times or three times;
circumambulating round it many times
twice 4 are
8.	2.	as reflective	and	contrary at-
tribute:	retaliation	lan-byed-pa,
to reply, return,	retaliate, repay;
or	to return
evil for good. 3. rejoinder, answer,
reply:	to get a reply; «Ц’З*1’4,
Ягцщчн expressed in reply, replied; jjvl’
as answer to your majesty’s
question (Glr.);	ч lan-hdebs-pa
frq., also felon-pa or ldon-ра to
answer;	to give a reply.
lan-kan 1. railing, fence, enclo-
sures. 2. = STS	stegs-pu, or
^Q'u/q mdah-yab (Nag.).
lan-skyar=°^ lan retribution,
return.
lan-gu&= Вphyi-mi (Chinese)
an outsider, foreigner.
lan-gyog vulg. for lan-chags.
returning to
tho world or transmigrating only once
= a stage of perfection in the Hinayana
system.	not
coming or transmigrating more than once.
lan-chag§ misfortune, adversity,
calamity, as supposed punishment for
what has been done in a former life ; every
unlucky accident, that happens to a person
without his own fault, being looked upon
as a retribution for former crimes. Thus
lan-chags denotes about what Non-
Buddhists would call destiny, fate, disas-
ter (Jd.)
'^YY'H lan-ta-ka n. of a drug:
(Med.).
lan-Ьи braid, plait, tress of hair
(Cs. curl, lock of hair).
Syn. lan-tshar; s|’^'q skra-lhas-
pa (Mnon.).
Lan-pa spyil-bu n. of a place
in C. Tibet:
(А. 132).
^Y9’'53i lan-bii-can as met. = a woman (in
general) (Mfion.).
lan-bu-ma a shoddy made of stuff
mixed with inferior materials (Jig.).
+ ^Y^ lan-bon= ^YSfa lan-slon.
lan-tsha or ^Y^ lan-dsa corrup-
tion of тегг; Hodg. n. of a style of writing
in use among Nepalese Buddhists. It is a
kind of ornamental writing used by cali-
graphists for inscriptions and titles of
books from (Jd.).
<3з lan-tshica 1. «4; met.
salt as table-salt. 2. brackish salt;
salt gives relish to
every dish. ^Y^’^ lan tshiva-chii salt-
water:	(A. 5).
n. of a sea seven
thousand yojana wide containing submarine
mountain-ranges inhabited by huge por-
poises, sea-monsters, crocodiles, Naga^
Qukti (tj^tt), also furnished the white
Vidruma coral reefs, &c. (K. d. \ 3J/3).
^*5^ ton-ton
cqq’q |
1208
ад |
ач’ч^ lab-bdar, also lab^rdar^
v. чгч«^ la-bdar.
lab-pa to speak, talk, tell —is a
common word in colloq. of all classes:
5 dc-hdras ma lab don’t talk like
that;	Q'<44§Лл-сяи mgyogs-po
lab-kyi-rcd he speaks very quickly, чч 4|
lab-да talk;	lab-grog$=^Д compa-
nion, intimate friend; *чч g lab-sgra noise
of tattle, talk; ач’^к'Ч lab-gtofi-wa to talk,
to chat; f®i4 rgya-lab a great deal of talk,
rgya-lab-can talkative; <чч#^ч lab-
rdol talking unbecomingly {Seh.); wj a
pleader, a helper in speaking for one’s
defence: ч^чрч]^ч'^	do not
require a helper in speaking {fibroin. f3,
134).
ЧЧ'Ч5^‘ lab-fyzafi— **534’ gtam-fyzafi
good speech, eloquence (ЛГпоа.). ®*ч &гч
lab-tsam-pa acc. to Sch. : to speak while
dreaming, to be delirious.
= gj a 4$ basis of speech, a dis-
course:	414’41^4^ from before
there has been a cause ^basisi of this talk
(Rdsa. 25).
°<ч $- lap-rise (incorrectly for °i 1") a heap
of stones in which poles with little inscribed
flags are pitched and gods are invoked to
help travellers.
lab-son (is abbrev. for : 04
la-phug sa-bori) radish seed.
QJJI la tn 1. хрчт,
a road, the way ; passage, course, track;
ад’^Я lam-chen, J’w rgya-lam, Jfc’W ston-
lam high-way, thoroughfare, public road,
main-road, high-road. In Budh. ад* a*
lam-la rnam-pa gnis-te there are
two ways towards salvation :—(1) 5®|‘4
ftay-pa the perfect road, which is
open to the Buddhists; (2) й*$ч| ч mi-rtag-
pa ; the imperfect-road i.e. the ways
by which the Tirthika seek to enter the
state of beatitude (JT. ту. к. ^35). ад’®я
a long way; and as adj. = distant,
remote; ад’®г®р5К’Ч to wander about on
the road, to rove ; SY4*4 gyen-lam an up-
hill road, an ascent, 34’ад a horizontal or
a sloping road that leads alongside a hill;
I’«w gri-lam the way of a knife, t>., a cut,
slit, slash. 2. way, space or distance
travelled over, journey, ад*^ on the road,
on the journey; чог^’^’ад the journey
from Nepal to Tibet. So W^ lam-da
may oven=when : ^м’ч’а^’чЗ-ад^ khru§-
la hgro-xcahi lam-du when he went to bathe
(Dzl.). 3. ufh fig.: way or manner of
acting in order to obtain a certain end:
З’^'ад	the broad way, \*Г«й*ад
graunnf tho path of virtue; W4$4|^5
one way without variety or
variation» ^(’чЗуад thar(-pahi)-lam the
way of deliverance, viz., for Buddhists,
from the cycle of transmigrations. The
six classes of beings are sometimes called
the six ways of rebirth within the orb of
transmigration. For ‘*the way of deliver-
ance ” the following are synonyms: —
адаlam-po-ehe;	kun-hgrohi-
sprol; ад’чяс* lam-bzafi ; fyp'od-bya ;
aSfcrg hgom-bya ; ‘ЧТВ hjug-bya,; ^*4*’*’
tgyu-icahi-sa; J'4*45,»i $grol-icahi-$a,; s
hgro-bya; чдогад bgtd-lam; ад’^гч lam-
dam-pa; ^чцгчгад leg$-pahi lam; *&f4v
§^чЗ‘ад me hod-par byed-pa hi lam ;
hkhyog-bral; ^£’a3 ад drafi-pohi lam ;
ад та-nor lam; $'ад rgya-lam (Mfion.).
Wo may here add ад’Чд^ lam-brgyad the
eight pure ways of all Bodhisattva :—
(1) йтКаг^уч^-ад; (2) ч^чЗ’^йгЕ^ад;
(3) ч^*гч£-ад ; (4) ^•^•чЗ-ад; ($)
шар®*4)’*25'чЗ*ад; (6)
в|5И||
1209

*ун4ая’ад; (7)
ад; (8)
ад'*] lam-ka=w lam, W^'*\lam-ka-na
от ад’р^ lam-khar by the road-side (Zb?.,
Jd.).
ад’^р^ lam-mkhan a guide both in the
ordinary sense and fig: ад'Зуч'ч to go on
the wrong way, to go astray, to mistake
the right path.
ад*^5 lam-rgyud the stages of moral
and spiritual existence. ад’^5*§ ta-
rgyud-lna the five classes of beings, cf.
я?‘ч hgro-wa.
ад'^’с^'^ lam-rgya bshi mdo the cross-
ing of two roads or when four roads meet.
Again we have:	the
three principal ways: -(1)
нпт the way of passing out to the state
of beatitude; (2)	the
way for the attainment of Bodhisattva
perfection; (3)	the
doctrine of perfection whereby is the
entrance into the state of Nirvana.
Jam-bgrod irfw a traveller; a
fore-runner.
one who subsits by
begging, or by clearing roads in Tibet.
ад’дчщ lam-rgyags provisions for a
journey, ад’^^^ЗД requirements or
provisions for a journey.
ад^*г<| lam-rgyiis-pa^w’*^ lam-
mkhan.
ад’Е^'а lam-fian-pa a bad road.
Syn. ЗЯ’сЗ’ад nam-nahi lam; ^*^5’ад
nen-pahi lam; *&ргч«*гад hjigs-bca§-lam;
Я^гч5*ад kol-wahi lam; ^уад gyon-lam;
^•сгё’ад ne$-pahi lam (Mnon.).
адгаЦ lam-chen~ §’ад rgya-lam.
ад lam-rtags the signs of the way
being nearly accomplished, i.e.^ the acquire-
ments and perfections of a saint (Mil.).
ад’?ч|'<4 lam-rtog-pa l.= 3Q(’,!,,q^5 nul-wa
h(kd (Mnon.), wanderer, rover; an explorer.
2. to reflect on the way to Nirvana.
ад'^А'пХ^’Ч lam-ltar bcos-pa htu
an artificial doctrine, a false representation.
ад’^'й'|чо1 lam-thog mi-khal a traveller’s
journeying and his luggage:
(Ц.	S).
адгя^ lam-mthirn a pedlar or one of
similar profession, ададяуч fellow-passen-
ger, gen. merchants who journey all
together.
lam-du hjug ne§-pa=w^'
lam-du hgro-rgyu nor-wa to go
astray, to miss the proper way, to take the
wrong path.
ад’о^уа lam-hdren-pa — ^'^'a lam-sna-
pa a guide.
ад’Р^’ы tam-bde-ma sl good, easy road.
ад*« lam-pa 1. spran-po a beggar,
street-boy (Mnon.). 2. police-officer sta-
tioned on high roads for seizing thieves
or fugitives; toll-gatherer. 3. traveller,
wayfarer (Cs.). 4. bell-wether sheep, in
W. 5. signifies num. fig. 12 (Ya-sel 54).
ад’Ч'*|я Lani-pa-kam n. of ’ a country
situated to the west of India (Dus-ye. 39).
ад*ч lam-po or ад*ц’^ lam-po-cdie or
ад^уп lam-chen-po 1. highway; also a
place for practising magic. 2. way to
heaven.
ад’^я lam-tsam eolloq. = уад ha-lam
about as much, also=*3|4*r^ as much
as will suffice.
ад-яйга lam-hdsom-pa crossing of roads,
junction of roads.
Syn. ад’^Х^ lam-hdre§; ад’^я lam-
fydom; sum-mdo;	bshi-mdo
(Ignon.).
153
QJ5T«fa] I
1210	1
w«i‘4 lam-yig passport, road-bill.
lam-rin-po long way, difficult
way, tedious road.
Syn.	bgrod-dkahi lam
Vfion.).
at*'®4] lam-log erroneous (Ja.). Also
farnr, wrong ways, perverse ways, i.e.,
heretical doctrines. There are mentioned
twenty-two heretical doctidnes all of which
are opposed to the doctrine of Buddha (K.
d. 323).
n. of a large number I Ya-sel. 57'.
lam-qog way bill, a passport.
lam-safis at once, immediately,—
common in (*. colloq.: jJS’W khyod-
lam sans-fog come at one о ;
lam-wfi$-mc hgro-shig do not go imme-
diately. Also	in (\
condemning a reli-
gious doctrine; one who so condemns.
lam-w~ у w (Ljafi§.' about; pro-
bably.
am•Xfafq lam-sog-pa col. a difficult, dan-
gerous road.
‘W’jC' lam-sran a lane, narrow street.
lam-gsum hgro {ячЧФрРЙ
Я chu-bo gan-ga^ an epithet of the
river (ranges (ДГяоя.).
lar~^' yan or	xlar-yafi
afterwards, again, yet:
19).
lar-rgya usage, the local custom
v f a place ; В	the internal and
external usage of a country (Yig. k. 87).
las I: sbst. col. Uka, hon.,
a«]phyag-las 1. ЗРЙ, W&, fW, Sift,
any action, act, deed, work: 'Weryqc/q
to have control of one’s own
acts; В'Ч^’З’^ byi-dor-gyi la$ the act of
sweeping;	la$-bzan or las-
dkar a good work, virtuous action;
las-пап or «кгзр] las-nag a bad action;
actions, words, thoughts
(Dzl.). wXwfc'q la$-ror ma-sofi-wa—
w npla^-ka hphro-ma lus-pa a work
that has not been left unfinished:
(J. 188).
terms signi-
fying preparation, equipment or pioneer-
ing operation, also introduction to any
work, are :—sfion-hgro ; qjfrpi ner-
bsdogs; ffysta-gon;	gfom-pa;
rtsom-hgro hdsitg$-pa; hju-
wa; BTq zug-pa; tshug$ (Mfion.),
«woryiprq las-la shug^-pa incumbent, ono
holding an office;	good or dis-
tinguished service or work,
to employ, to appoint to any
work;	employed, employment.
2. —karma от the nett effect of actions in
ono life as transmitted to and exemplified
in the next life; retribution, reward or
punishment for human actions, frq. (cf.
la$-rgyu-hbra§);	las-
kyi me-lon mirror of fate, mirror fore-
shadowing future events;	la$-
kyi bum-pa a certain vessel used in reli-
gious ceremonies supposed to ascertain
karma ад**’зу’ЧЧ la$ ma-zad-pa§ because
tho measure of his deeds was not yet
fulfilled. Under this head is also used
in the particular sense of: good actions,
merit; and an accumulation of w is an
accumulation of merit such as shall
shape favourably the next period of exis-
tence.
W yc • q * VT q ’ йс las-dafi hbrel-wa
dag-gi-min that which relates to work or is
directly connected with its performance.
ОДГТ] I
1211

Syn. rin-du-bycd;	yun-
du-thog$\	bdre^j)ar-spyod; 3’
ci-hgrub-byed; $N'®J3j nu^[dan; *3’
gj’i mthuJdan;	stob§J,dan *, ^’§S
nes-byed\ S*q’l5 bya-wa-byed \	gsliun-
byed;	hgru-par-bycd;
hdrcn-par-byed (Mnonl).
W’4 la$-ka • 1. the colloq. word for:
work, labour, a task. 2. acc. to Sell. and
Wts.: dignity, rank, title.
’¥<’q^q
n. of a dharani contained in (1C. g. «,)
the ricital of which cleanses all kinds of
defilement,	n. of
a Sutra contained in 7f. d. я, 251.
another Sutra contained
in K. d. «, 474-
<w5*Xfl| rites or religious observances
for counteracting the effects of evil karma.
la§-kyi hjng-pa. moral
works, good real work or employment.
Syn.	rtogs-brjod; X‘n5’«l*l
rtsa-wahi-Ilas-sii-bycd (Mnon.).
or	gTf=^T the sign of
work; fig. the plough.
оцг^-адч las-kyi-mthah completion
of a work, efficiency;
q§3jand so he was versed in
works treating of technical arts and
agriculture (A. 37).
la§-$kal retributive fate,
any post or office, also an
official.
W яруj<4* V -бз>=	yu-gu-gi
(Sman. 350).
Wg| las~gla wages for work (Mnonl).
w^gN las-rgyu-hbras for
<g*< works their causes and their fruits.
There is a division into
W|’Rg«i sinful deeds;
virtuous actions; *Vs|^i'q3‘<w^g^ mi-gyo-
wahi las-rgyu-hbras ascetic or mystical
works.
las-sgo=§Sbusiness; also the
place from where articles of trade are
brought:	the places
of trade of the south and the salt-mines
of the north of Tibet (Jig.).
the manner of doing business.
W£3j la$-nan	; mean pro-
fession or work; evil or wicked action or
work
4^**5 (Mgrin. 107) the doer of wicked
actions when fallen goes straight to hell
like an arrow shot forth.
Las-stod n. of a place in upper
Tibet (Deb. % 9).
la^-can 1. laborious, industrious
2. having acquired merit, worthy (Mil.,
Jd.).
la^-rtags Sch. dignity, rank,
title incident to the office held.
wXyq lasJhog-pa acc. to Sch.: a per-
son employed, an official, a functionary.
адуС'Р’Ч las-dan po-pa,	the
first workers, a pioneer.
las-sna-tshogs an epithet of
the sun (Mnon.).
fawin the divine architect.
las-pa corrupt form of	Zus-
pa in	rag-la§*pa etc. (Jd.).
la$-pa 1.	workman, labourer
(Cs.).	2.	in Spiti: vice-magistrate of a
village.
la^dpon superintendent of
works; overseer of workmen.
las-spyod works, actions, way of
life:	to l®ad a holy life
1212
^1

(Pth.); la§-hphro blessings following
meritorious deeds, prosperity in conse-
quence of good works; good luck,
fortunate events.
Syn.	Qtobs-ehufi-wa ; gq’Wq
sgrnb-las-pa ;	nam-chun-wa;
hkho§~ehun-wa (Mnon.).
la$-myur-du byed-
pahi-mtn “terms signifying the quick per-
formance of work,” viz.: £J myur-
du-hyed;	\mgyoys-pa-byed;
rtub-rtab\ 5^'5^ tur-tur;	rdsog$-
la-khad\	zin-la-kliad \
t Jur-la-khad \Mnon.).
кц-Ышн 1. office, post, service:
3iY^'QB4Tq las-ttdian-du hjug-pa to put
into office, to appoint;
t.shaH-Ha§ hdon-ри to put out of office, to
dismiss 2. official, functionary (Ja.) ;
q ta$-tJi(in-pa id. «WA&fq ono
holding au office one having work on his
hand.
g'q bya-wa the second case
of Tibetan Grammar, the dative case.
la$-gwm the three works:
®w li(s-kyi-la$ physical works; cqj*?|'«w
nag-gi*la$ works of speech, reading,
writing, speaking, etc.;	yid-kyi-
las mental or intellectual work. Besides
those there are three other works men-
tioned ; w скобкуi-las spiritual work;
chos ma-yin-pah^ la§ irreli-
gious work;	inthun-pahi4a$
agreeable work (K. du. «, frl). Also
dge-wahi-las righteous work
£	nd-dge-wahi-las unrighteous
work and	ma-b^tan-
pahi las works for doing which there is
inspiration.
QJ5T II: 1» a postp. or case-sign used
in analogy to or for with the
meaning: from, from among, out of:
drew piobald fish out
of the water. 2. used like <w=than. 3.
a participial sign or continuative particle
annexed to tho infinitive form of tho final
verb of a subordinate . clause, to be
rendered: when he had done etc., so-
and-so, after saying, eating, doing, etc.,
so-and-so. 4. other uses as follows:—
=1 q growSzla-wa lna-la§ ini-§dod I shall
not stay longer than five months (Glr.);
posscsing nothing
but one piece of cotton cloth (Dzl.);
there is none besides myself;
brna^hkhyer^wa lagwi-
yon in tho end you will probably do
nothing else but despise me (Mil.);
wo saw nothing
but a snow-leopard, your reverence we
did not see (Mil.);	it is
good for nothing, it only docs harm
Mil.
W’S la$~che in C. used for expressing
probability as also in IF.	mthon
la§ cite ho will probably have seen it;
hdi hbor-la§ che as
possibly I may put this yet aside; jJsV
you are not Mila, are you?
(Mil.).
$ I: li згц bell-metal; a small
plate made of bell-metal; li-§ku an
image of bronze;	U-dkar, З’ук
li-dmar \ User, li-&nug are the
different kinds of bronze with which
cymbals, bells, gongs, etc., are made in
China and Tibet (Lon. % 3). li-khra\
a compound made of gold, silver, zinc
and iron cast together; li-thur bronze-
spoon. li-та a metalic compound con-
S||	1213	^11
taining more gold and silver with which
images are generally made (Jig.).
о) II: apple,=В sli in C., (Jd.).
li-ka n. of a tree: {Гк-дчс-адгчг
□e5 jlc4,»'’W’rBv5,qv‘,§* (Л”. ™y. 'I,
(the tree) of which when a branch is cut
a new one immediately comes out in its
place.
li-ka-ra or li-kha-ra
a medicinal sugar.
$Li-ka-ra qin-hphel g^-
4^4 ancient Maida and Dinajpur dis-
tricts where sugarcane used to grow luxu-
riantly during the Buddhist period.
li-khrixb^, vermilion, acc.
to Jd., Lif.: red-lead, an orange-coloured
powder.
Syn. sin-dhur\	byc-ma
фпаг-ро	dri-hdsin-skyes;
sha-ne-§kyc§; rdtil-^mar ;
phye-ma dmar-po >	dmar-ser-tshon
(Mnon.).
li-ga-dur	’jnm a drug.
Syn.	yron-bcu-pa;
§tob$-la§-§kye$;	yons-su-§kyon
[Mnon.).
5‘8|‘§^=5‘X<r| the crow & (Lex.).
^’Ж Li-than n. of a city and province
in easternmost Tibet bordering
where there is a large Buddhist
tery noted for containing blocks
one hundred and eight volumes
Kah-gyur.
li-thi incorrectly for <f'% or
calendar, almanack.
li-don-ra n. of a medicinal drug.
China,
monas-
of the
of the
li-wa squinting, squint-eyed
(Sch.), li-wa-mig squinting eyes.
QJ'S’Q, Li-tsa-byi n. of a noble
family of Magadha in Vai'sali §-o. to
which the Tibetan kings traced their
origin (J. Zafi.).
+ Sj-iW^zTj	dr in-
ion log-hjal evil return for good done.
2) ^4 Li-yultt& Khoten, old n. for
a Buddhist country beyond northern
Tibet..
M’S Li-ye-tse n. of a Chinese" Bud-
dhist teacher (Grub. 5, $).
li-fi cloves.
Syn.	lha-yi me-tog; 5qq*3*
dpal-gyi min-can (Milon.).
Ug-bu-mig ; Sch.: mala-
chite:	the
medicine Lig-bu mig cures headache and
pains in the bones.
lig-qi-wer sfrfa nutmeg;
sna-mahi me-tog mace and nut-
meg flower.
2^* lin (Chinese) a red flag (Rtsii.).
lin-ga 1. W* sign, mark,
masculine gender;
= feminine gender (Situ.).
2. membrum virile,	=^'4 the
male sign or organ. 3. the effigy of the
devil or that of an enemy which is burnt
in the Yajfia	sbyinsreg burnt
offering) in order thus to kill him by
witchcraft (Jd.). 4. in Lhasa the design-
ation popularly given to all larger gardens,
the walled enclosures of private houses in
the suburbs of that city.'
1214

$C’£|
q)K’£ lift-fte^^’fo: reeling, dangling,
waving, floating in the wind (Mil.);
rocking;	sprin-shig lin-
byuft-wa§ a floating cloud arcse; ff^’^4’3’
'^VTq an infant struggling with hands
and foot (Pth., Jd.);
(Л. 135) a female yogini in
dancing mood came reeling along.
lin-tog or Qfc‘?4 lin-thog a film
or pellicle on the eyo (Medi).
Sk’d lift-wa any entire piece;
lift-po or ate* whole piece; $c’4^4 lin-geig
of one piece; 5c Un-bsla four pieces
or parts (of a slaughtered sheep or goat
or yak). Oftenrnam-pa; 4^’3*
5c q gser-gyi lift-wa a piece of unwrought
gold:	J’af
(A. 65).
lift-tshe gratings, lattice :	‘^3
lin-tshe-dgu a lattice with nine squares
or rectangles in it.
QJC Ofc	lin-lin —often 5е.’й Un-nc
swinging, waving, $c.
lifts L banished, forsaken, aban-
doned ;	lifts-kyis-bskyur to cast
out entirely. 2. a hunting or a chase in
which a number of people are en-
gaged ; sa44‘^c'*1 dmag-lins a general chase,
all men of a village taking part in
it;	lins-la hgro-wa to go a
shooting, a hunting; 5^'B Uns-khyi a
hound; 5мг g Ufts-khra hunting falcon,
hawk. 5Mr*]^vq Uns-gtoft-tca to get by
hunting, to hunt down (Ja.); 5c.M45c/q
lifts- btaft-wa what has been got by hunt-
ing, game shot or caught (Jd.); 5мг
ч^ад-ci lifts-hdebs-pa Sch.: to hunt.
I: lifts-pa hunter, huntsman;
5мслЙ Uft§-pa-mo huntress (Cs.).
9-
оМГЧ II: Sch,: quite round or
globular.
lib all at once, suddenly; altogether.
lu l.= 9^ bu-mo a girl (mystic) (K.
F, 179). 2. knag, knot, snag,= ^‘^
hdser-pa. 3. num. for 8G.
lu-kan an incorrect form of
crucible for melting gold and
silver (Sch.).
lu-gu, $4’3 lug-gu lamb ; dimi-
nutive of $4 lug; $’3'^5 lu-gu-rgyud a
rope to which the lambs are fastened, or
strung; hence, any loop, chain or rope
connected or knotted with another (Yig.~
k. 13).
lu-wa 1. vb. to throw up phlegm,
to clear the throat; 0’4 glo-lu-ica to
cough. 2. sbst. зкп(; a cough.
ln-ma 1. green grass growing in
swamps. 2. acc. to Jd.: a pool containing
a spring; ground full of springs;
rich in springs.
Lu-hi-ta n. of a group of hills
situated on tho bank о t tho river Patwa-
lotana where grow wild the red Salu rice,
Mudga, Man bru-wa, &c. (S'. Lam. 37).
$4 lug (34*™)	a sheep.
$4’^’^4*^ lug-ltar lkugs-pa stupid,
innocent like a sheep (Mnon.); $47^4 the
carcass of a slaughtered sheep (Rtsii.);
$4’15 lug-khyu flock of sheep. $4’?5 lug-
$nid or lug-than a wether (ScA.); $4’§4
lug-thug ram: ^4'34'4’V<&qM lug-thug-gi
rba-dbyibs like a ram’s horn (Vai-$n.),
J’5’$4’34 rgya-m lug-thug a Saiga ram
(Jd.); ЭТМ the dust raised by a flock of
sheep.

1215

Syn. e*da-ka; lto-hphan\
ъъ'^Ъа1Мап\	bal*can or
дуап-каг; gyan-mo (Mnon.).
^ч]'@я HTOfa the sign of the Zodiac
called the Ram.
lug-gi-lo the sheep-year, n. of
a year of the Tibetan cycle of twelve
years:	(Л.
91) if referred to chronology, it was in
the year of the sheep.
qpq'Sj'^5 lug-gi-g$ed as met.—g^’^
spyanJci wolf (ДЫоп.).
lug-gal or lug-sgal sheep’s
load, the bags put on the back of sheep.
go] K№l lug-nal-ica—^'^P'^ lug-chun-
tca name of a medicinal herb. (Pai. sn.).
I: lug-pa 1. or sbst. shepherd,
keeper of sheep. 2. to huddle heads
together like timid sheep, to be sheepish
in behaviour (Ja.).
sheep’s wool.
$*]*&*) lug-mig also called
rgyal-wahi-spyan n. of a flower:
the flower of lug-mig
cures poison and plague.
lug§ 1. the casting, founding,
of metal: Q«Pr§‘eJqrq lugs-su blug-pa to
found, cast. 2.=<^ way, manner, fashion,
mode, method:	’ОТ*	bod-kyi
lugs-su gyi^ig do according to the
fashion of Tibet;
nahi-lugs-kyis bon-bycd-dgo$ you must live
according to our, z.e., the Bon fashion
(Mil.);	he feign-
ed meditation i.e., shewed as if he was in
meditation (Glr.);	di-yin-
pahi lugs-suJyed they speak, act, make it
appear, as if it really were so (Ta.);
В яр^-ч^ту way of building (Mil.).
3. opinion, view, judgment, style of pro-
ceeding,	khyed-rafi-gi lugs-
la according to you, if we followed your
advice (Mil.);	chosJugs religion,
i.e., a certain system of worship and faith,
Вwhich of the two
religions, the Brahma? or the Buddhist be
the better one (Glr.). 4. ftfa established,
manner, custom, usage, rite (from Jd.).
lugs-доп a crucible.
and
good manners or
morals.
lugs-таь cast:	rgya*
gar lug§-ma an image cast in India (Jd.).
lugs-bzan-skyes= ^*«’45^’4
skar-ma btan-pa uwtt; the fixed star
or the polar star (Mnon.).
1. contrary to custom
or usage. 2. wfa special order:
(Ya-sel. 48).
°F’ I: lufi a holder, carrying sling,
bent handle, strap of a vessel, basket, etc.,
different from yu-wa a straight handle,
hilt.
®F’ II: 1. WHIM or a precept,
injunction; but hardly so imperative as a
command; used of words spoken by
secular persons commanding respect :
phas-gnan-wahi lufi-thob-
nas having obtained his father’s permissive
injunction (Dzl.).	2.=^^'^ spiritual
exhortation, admonition, instruction:
lufi-gton-wa to admonish, enjoin;
lun-gi rjes-braii those who
follow the precepts of the saints; ^‘^’4
lun-ston-pa also	lun-du ston-pa to
instruct, to give spiritual precepts, also

1216
W
with regard to supernatural voices, etc.
(ЛЛ7.); esp. to prophesy, predict, ^*^'4
эпзптц precept, inspired command, pro-
phecy, three or four kinds of which or of
Vyakarana aro mentioned in Buddhism:
(1)	; (2)
sminm '^q^' Ц ; (3) rrfcrWT
-aj ^’q^q ; (4) ЭДТт^Г (Jf. K).
lufi-bslan prophecy, precept,
injunction: ^’qq’q^’q-qY4 lha hi lun-b$lan
bgad-pa to communicate the precepts of
the god.
lun-thag a strap or ropo by
which anything is suspended or held.
^с/че/ /нй-/7шл=3 4 lbu-wa-hdsin
(Mfion.).
qc/q^yq lun-hdrfn-pa to cite, quote,
au authority (Ta).
lun-dbyug-pa gsum-
gyi phren-tca n. of a religous work (A. J 6).
=	lun-hbog$-pa to givo
instruction; also precepts given ;
ч one who has received instruction,
ono who is inspired.
^•^q^q lun-lshags-pa a collected mind
(XT«<7.).
lun-rigs here Zu Я is the com-
mand of tho saints and^4!^*4 rigs-pa is the
learning of tho sage.
^•g-q^'q’«И he is the master of precepts
of the saints and the learning of the sages
(A. 20).
lufi-pa	a district,
a valley; ri-lun mountain and
valley; lun-chen a large valley.
3, the upper part of a valley; qq'qS’w^
the lower part of a valley; $^*^55*4 the
central portion of a valley. 2. furrow,
hollow, groove, e.g., on the surface of a
stick (JZi’Z.), or of the liver. 3. one’s
country, native place :
my native plaee is Dong-tse.
a desolate, a solitary
valley, as a fit abode for hermits.
$c;q^=wvq^	the four borders
or limits.
lud manure;	lud-hgrem-pa;
to spread manure (on the fields);
lud-khu dung-water;	lud-don dung-
hole ;	liul-phufi dung-hill;
lud~hbu grubs, etc. in a dung-hill (Ja,.).
lud-pa чп sbst. phlegm,
mucus:	to cough and throw out
phlegm.	lud-hbod-pa= S]
glo-hgog$-pa or hkhogs-pa (Mnon.)
to cough out.
ojJTq lum-pa=	hofi-fio
Jtc§-brjod-pa saying that ono is come
or coming (mystic) (К. g. P, 27).
^•qgk'qj n. of a grove in the village of
Lumpa in Tibet (Rtsii.)
Lum-bi,	Lum-bi-ni
n. of a queen, and that of a grove
called after her, situated in the Nepal
Terai where Buddha is said to have been
born.
lum$ (aVSSS) a bath used as a
medical cure;	chu-lshan-gyi turns
a hot-bath;	bdud-rlsi lfia-him§
a bath in which the infusion of plants is
used five;	brlsin^ahi hun§
fomentations.
las also lu$-po fare,
the body, the physical frame,
also the constitution; is also to be used in
reflective sense:	ZǤ sa~la
brdab-pa to prostrate one’s self on the
ground,	I us-st on-pa to show one’s
self, to appear.	the body is
I
1217

full of wrinkles; ^’З’^зе/ц lu^kyi dwan-
po	the sense of feeling, in as far
as it resides in the skin and the whole
body of man (Med?).	lus-kyi
phyag-rgya the configurations of the body
and particularly of the hand and the
fingers in making salutations to deities.
lus-kyi ma-lna the five princi-
pal parts of the body which must be
touched to the ground in making saluta-
tion to Buddhas and Bodhisattvas. These
are the forehead, the palms of the two
hands, the two knees:
then what is called the pros-
trating to the ground the five principal
parts of the body (Khrid. 191).
lus-kyi-gyas the right side of the body is
a-pa sa-byam);
зрЦ lus-kyi-gyon the left side of the body
is called sa-byam (^&rq?).
Syn. (resp. g sku); phun-
po; ^’§5 thob-byed;	rnam-hdsin;
«41^ gzugs; ^‘4 khog-p)a; tshogs;
hdus-pa ; zag-phun ; ner-
ten;	dwan-pohi skye-mched
(Mnon.).
lus-kyi reg-pa	copu-
lation (8. Lex.).
lus-kyi rlan as те1. = с*Г* rnul-
ma sweat, perspiration (Mnon.).
lus-kyis-hthab—^'^'^ lus-
kyi-rgyol (Mnon.) fighting with the body,
also = *5'a foot soldier.
the devil of the body, i.e.,
Kama or lust (8. Lex.).
^*гдз lus-krab tiger or leopard (Mnon.).
^*5^ lus-dkar lit. white body ;== ех'з5‘
nan-pahi rgyal-po (Mnon.) the king of
the evil spirits.
lus-skye§ 1. born of the
body, met. a son; also= 04 khrag blood
and 3 g hair. 2.	dgah-byed
dgra-sta-can an epithet of Paracu Rama
(Mnon.).
^*rg3 lus-skyob 1.= ^'* go-cha w coat
of mail, armour (Mnon?). 2. = as met.
ni-ma the sun (Mnon.).
lus-bskums—^'^ shim-Ъи cat
(Mnon.) lit. that can contract its body.
lus-rgyags corpulence, a fat
body.
’M lus-nan 1. ugly body, an epithet
of Vaicrava^a (Mnon.). 2.=
dgah-byed-gin (Mnon.). ^'E^’q sj^r,
a yaksa demon. (8. Lex.).
the quarter of the ugly-bodied
beings, the place where the yaksa demons
reside [the northern quarter]#.
las-ean that having a body,
a Eving being: ^*^‘3^'3’*4^I
^’3'4^ the life of all bodied Eving beings
is (momentary) like a bubble of water (K.
d.^,65).	a favourite
of every body;	lu§-ean-guas —
дгоп-khyer town, city (Mnon.).
lus-gcig-pa 'Q^t^ of one body;
an epithet of the planet Budha
(Mnon.).
lus-lcim==^\ ’3 bud-med
sbrum-pa a woman with child, a pregnant
woman (Mnon.).
lus-chas the entire clothing of the
body comprising dress, hat and shoes.
lus-chen l. = asmet.	rna-mon
camel (Mnon.). 2. epithet of the planet
Rahn: ^K^’q5’^^-^-«-^'g-jq'q-g'q|^-
59).
lus-mchom-ma^^'^^1^ bud-
med mchog a handsome woman (Mnon.).
154

1218
his-nams chun-wa a lean
body. Syn. $a-srab; ^’**5
l?i*'q skein-pa;	nams-chun;
fdob.s-med; ^S'q rid-pa (Mnon.).
=	fearless body,
firm body.
<4^’4 lus-gnt$-pa of composite body
ДчргчуЧ txhogs-bdag an epithet of Gana-
pati whose body comprises thoye of man
and elephant (Mnon.).
lns-rdol-ehe~ ^pr&’q lus-ehe-wa
huge body, giant; gigantic (Nag. 40).
^ ^* = q^S the devil, the demon Mara
eS. Lex.).
lu§-ljkin given as met. = 4 bn or
# hjo-mo cow, a milch cow (Mnon.).
hi§ Idan-ma as met. a woman,
a goddess (Mnon.).
hts-pa, in C. also wci la§-pa,
to be left, to remain behind or at home :
to remain in Tibet for
two months;	has been left
indoors;	gpen-du lu^-pa^x^-
main uppermost;	q lu^-par byed-
pa (Pth.\	hi§-$u hpig-pa to leave
behind, to leave a remainder,
nia-lu§-par entirely, wholly, without any
left; acc. to Jd. surely, undoubtedly, at
any rate.
hi$-phra 1. fine or subtle body=
gfa gtog lightning. 2.
lit. slender body fig. bud-med woman
(MnonJ 3.= *i\q the waist (S. Lex.).
hi8-hphag$-pa	holy
body = the eastern continent according to
the Buddhist cosmogony; a name of Mi-
thila or ancient Tirhut.
lus-bon§ bulk of the body;
ijItj bulky, corpulent, tall.
q«TB5 lu^byad form of the body.
^N'^qq hi§~hbab as met.st4**^- rnul-ma
sweat (Mfton?).
hts-hbod-pa coughing,to eough.
Syn.	glo-hgog§-pa or ярчргч
hkhogs-pa (Mnon.).
the secret parts of the
body.
liis-ma remainder, balance, re-
sidue.
Syn.	rjes-lus; phyir-lu§;
lhag-lu§.
le-khag=^'**i or different sec-
tions or chapters.
for °1 and ^|S *Tq idleness and
fighting or quarrelling ; also=|^5 (Ify.
M.
le-brgan or leg-rgan 1.
poppy, opium ;	le-brgan me-tog
tho poppy flower.	I
^•лс.-|ч-^-|дч|-я1ч|-с'яаьу^я^’Х the juice of
the poppy plant, taken with rice-beer
stops hemmhorage from the mouth (7Г.
g. «, 4G). 2. diapered design of warm
fabrics; thus in Mil.: $*qa|VSW2iq’4M
le-bryan dniar-pohi-gdan a flowered earpet;
It-brgan hjol-ber (Pih.) a
flowered dress with a train (Jd.).
lc~na the soft downy wool of the
Tibetan goat growing next to the skin
and below the long hair, the shawl wool;
fine woollen-cloth, Malida cloth of
Kashmir.
le-ma 1. v. lehu. 2. the striped
broad sheets of cotton and wool manufac-
tured in Sikkim and gen. worn by the
Lepehas.
le-lag appendix, supplement,
addition (Ck).

1219

4 ie_ian rebuke, reprimand, blame,
and le-lan-pa,	le-lan Mak-
wa to blame.
le-lam mkhan for 'wqsrapaj
las-lam-mkhan.
le-lo or	k-lo-nid
indolence, laziness, tardiness;
le-lo ma-byed cig don’t be lazy!
le-lo-cau	sleepy, lazy,
slothful, also—^E/^w^ btan-snoms-can
indifferent (Mnon.); й’ЯГд k-lo-ica=&\Q
glen-pa a fool, a stupid fool (Mnon.);
QVafa g»^t<T a lazy woman;
k-los-hgros	slothful motion,
walking very slowly out'of laziness.
kgs-pa or ^|*ГЙ kgs-mo
MS, та, Ш^,	1. good, serving
the purpose, useful, proper, praiseworthy ;
MT^pr goodness, excellence; adv.
legs-par well, duly, properly.
kgs-par hons-so you aro welcome ;
Hj’otep’q lo-legs-pa a healthy happy year ;
ci-ltar byas-na-legs which is
the best way of doing ?	’5‘^pr^
nus-na gin-tn legs-so if yon can do it, very
well; also legs-so* very well; well
done!	legs-kgs-so excellent,
capital. 2. neat, elegent, graceful, beau-
tiful (7. 3. ЗчргЙ legs-mo in Sikk. = good,
in W. as adv. well, duly, properly, like
«Нргч legs-pa.	she who is
always cheerful.	kgs-hgro that
goes gracefully, an epithet of the king
of horses.	well thought of,
carefully considered.	legs-brjog
(1) = ^^’8 legs-smra full descrip-
tion, well said (ДГпо/г.); (2) =
XPTrfan elegant saying.	XXWUT
well or auspiciously born or grown;
well-dressed;
well-accomplished, successful;
fully ordained;
HcnfsTH adored, worshipped ; Зчргчк
^№^£i|	well-preserved, we!l
arranged	датЫг well exa-
mined ;	doing good
service, to be useful;
to benefit, a benefactor; ^М‘фсчсИ1
kgs-par hphel=^'4to nor-hphel prosperity,
increase of wealth or happiness (Mnon.);
growing Up well. °^|*Г
to suppress or vanquish fully;
fully acquired, well
qualified.	ингта well collected,
gathered carefully.
good beginning ;	delicious ;
j	чфлн wel-
come ; оН|*т,ач«г§‘М5 very accurate
or correct.
kgs-brjod-ma an epithet
of the celestial queen, the wife of India.
n. of a
Sutra in which the fruits of good and bad
actions are explained (K. cl. w, 30 k)-
L^gs-pahi skar-ma n. of a
Bhikshu who had served for about twenty
years and committed to memory twelve
volumes of Sutranta works and is said to
have attained the fourth stage of Dhyana
(Ik. my. F, 288).
legs-bgad elegant description or
writings; moral lessons. Cognate terms: —
3S<rpq3c/ tshig-bzan elegant sayings ;
dge-wahi glam moral maxims ; ^x<n’X’
snan-nag ro-Ulan also a humorous poem
(Mnon.).
<fyiprqv?fa’ one who has happily
passed away.
<2}«r|N‘g*jj\q benediction, blessing.
leg$-g.$o~eolloq. repairs:
1220
(Kkj. к. 5) I am en-
gaged in assiduously superintending the
repairs of the great monastery ot Sam-ye.
^4*T4*fa legs-gsol resp. thanks, acknow-
ledgement, gratitude, in C.
3^’4’* Len-ka-ra n. of a place: 4^V
-<44•*>	(Л. 57).
len-pa I: (rarely ^4’4 lon-ica, Йуч
Zou-yx/) pf. SJC'N bions (rarely	fut.
blan imp. Ion Cs., ^4* loft or ^4^
Ions Dzl., Mil., SjE.N blans Cs.
wr^T5<,	to receive, get, obtain,
q^rc^-ojyq gnas-nan leu-pa to obtain
an inferior place viz.: for being reborn
Thgy. *1^5’5	the cause of
receiving or getting [material cause]#.
2. to accept, what is offered or given;
opp. to *X*’4 hdor-wa ; also to bear,
to suffer patiently, to put up with. 3.
to seize, catch, lay hold of, grasp, e.g.,
one that is about to leap into water
Dzl.; to catch up; to catch, to take
prisoner; to carry off, e.g., the arms of
killed enemies; *rg^'q* ma-byin-par to
take what is not given, to steal, to
rob,	len-pa hdra it is as if it
had been stolen from me Glr. ; ^q’w^’q
rhun-ma len-pa to get or take a wife, frq.,
also to procure one for another person;
Л4'яЦ’4 s^og-len-pa— a^pl’q hphrog-pa to
deprive of life, to kill (Mng.) ; to fetch it I
to take possession of, to occupy (by force
of arras) Glr. (Jd.).
*Ц*4‘4^ len-pa-bshi in Budh. the four
kinds of ®Ц’4 len-pa taking are mentioned:
(D g «Ц*4 Ua-wahi leu-pa; (2)
54 q^^ '^4’5’«Ц-q; (3) 454-5-9*
q^ ^ q bdag-tu smra-wahi len-pa ; (4) «Х5’
q^’^'q hdod-pahi leu-pa (K. d. 4, 1/51).
II:	n. of a place in the district
of Ретро in Tibet (Lon. *, 3).
M	[saffron]#.
leb-mo (Cs, also $4*5 leb-po)
Hind, flat,	mons-rau
leb-mo Indian flat, pease lenticular;
leb-can flat, level; ^4’^4 leb-leh flat
like the top of a table, level. ^4*n leb-ma,
^4’44^ leb-thags lace, bandage, ribbon
Cs.,	dar-skud-kyi leb-thags
lace of silk thread; 44’^4 bag-leb a flat
loaf of bread C.; ^4*^4 qin-leb or ^4**^4*
leb-fin a board, plank ; X	a slab
of stone, cf. 3144 gleb-pa (Jd.).
It hu trfw<, qfanr, ЯЛ J division,
section of a speech, a chapter of a
book.
Syn. ^’4 eho-ga; ^4^454 cho-ga shib-
ma; sa-rga; skabs; 44*§5 rab-
byed; ^4*§5'^4*q rab-byed tog-pa; y<’9
dum-hu ; *4*qg»w rab-hbyams ; a^*4 hdus-
pa; 4544 brtag-pa; *4*5’454’4 rab-tu
brtag-pa (Mnon.).
/о I: a year (1.	Й,
0Я	t.c., = 360
B«‘^4 khyim-shag • zodiacal days 2. = 365
nin-shag solar days). 3.= 371 ^‘^4
tshes-shag lunar days. 26Sv’3=45,X4,w
beginning of the year; g‘4§’4 /0 Ifta-beu-
pa, 5’g*4§*S^‘4 lo Ina-bcu lon-pa fifty years
old, of fifty years; д'Й'йг^ц** bu-mo
lo-gnis-ma a girl two years old; 4’54*4
lo-dan-lo, ai’K’K’4^5 lo-re re-bshin or
йгЛ’4^5 lo-re-bshin, annually, yearly ;
beginning of the year ;	divisions
or parts of the year ;	lo-uas lo-ru
from year to year; §na-lo, last year;
hdas-lo post year ; «Xhdi-lo or S'8’
da-lo this year; В phyi-lo in C. and
san-lo next year ;	lo hkhor-te
after one year had passed;
^1
1221
sras-kyis lo-hkhor-te when the prince was
one year old (G7r.). The names of the
twelve years of the smaller cycle are those
named after the following twelve animals:
5 byi mouse, g.lan ox, §*4 stag tiger,
yos hare, hbrug dragon, tp* $brul ser-
pent, $ rta horse, lug sheep, gj spre ape,
9 bya hen, В khyi dog, phag hog;
and the^e are combined with the names of
the 5 elements each twice reiterated to
make a cycle of 60 years. Thus the year
1903 is called ф'Чм'Ч the water-hare year,
and	yos-lo-pa is a person born in
that year, etc. 2. for lo-toy ; for
lo-ma ; also for lo-t$a-wa. 3. prob.:
talk, report, rumour, saying, added (like
§kad) to the word or sentence to which
it belongs:	when a
rumour is heard that some body has died
(Thgy.)-,	though he
may get a name (in the world) by his
learned discussion, he after all is a liar
(Jd.). 4. num.: 14G (JU.).
5lo-rgyus^^^story,
account, history; 3news, con-
taining a history ;	ibid.
lo-chags Cs. ‘ every second year.’
3’$^' lo-chun young; also for fr^'fl'^’fl
lo-tsa-wa chufi-wa junior or lesser Sanskrit
scholars of Tibet. lo-chen~
lo-tsa-wa chen-po a great scholar of Sans-
krit in Tibet.
lo-tog or 5‘*5^ lo-thog aor^J the pro-
duce of the year, the harvest, crop;
S’fl lo-tog rna-wa to reap it, to gather it in.
lo-tog rpchog-tn bde-wa=
spo§-dkar-$in the Sal tree
{Mnon.).
? lo-tho an almanac.
or
4lodu-thal how many years have
passed, elapsed:
how many years bave
elapsed since the Nirvana of Buddha
(Л. 93).
a kind of quiver manufactured in
the Lo country (Rtsii.).
lo-hdab—Ъ'ъ lo-ma leaves of trees
which fall every year.
^*^5 lo-hdod=z^\ or	yearn-
ing : Ч(Hbrom.
f4, 13) he had neither yearning nor hopes
whatever, the earthly-minded sinner.
5*^1 lo-nag; in every ten years there
occurs one black-year in which it is not
auspicious to do any good work; the year
1891 was 5’^ lo-nag, and 1909 A.D. will
also be a lo-nag.
lo-phyag annual rent (Yig. k. 53);
acc. to Jd. an embassy sent every year to
a suzerain to renew the oath of allegiance.
Hj gqu'olqN'q lo-phyugs-legs-pa a good
harvest and healthy cattle.
or lo-ma 5’*5fl lo-hdab wf a leaf.
^ФП leafless; an epithet of the
goddess Pandan Lhamo who when prac-
tising asceticism would not eat even a
single leaf.
lo-ma-lna the five leaves, fig. :
generally those of the Mahayana Bodhi-
druma, the Bodhi-tree of Mahayana doc-
trine, the leaves of which are:—tshul-
khrims pure morals, q thos-pa hearing and
comprehending, i.e., studying the sacred
literature,	khyini-nas-hbyufi
renunciation,	dg on-pa-la guas
residence in a solitude or wilderness and
latterly in a monastery,
^‘fl to be content in the holy brotherhood
(K. d. % 327).
I
1222

йгы’р 1о-»ш-к1м=§'(^’%\кг chu-lhahi gin
Varuna tree, the tree of the god of water
(Mnon.).
cSi’^	lo-ma gyon-mahi gzuHs
n. of tho dharani of a goddess who used
to dress in leaves of frees believed to be
efficacious in epidemics {K. g. S Д7)*
fraw lo-ma-bzah--^'^ dofi-ga : X5’
qpi-Qqq• YYVV’‘ ЧЭ {Mnon.).
а?ы lo-ma д8ит-ра=^Ъ\^ dur-
byid-sman (Mnon.).
-^e/ lo-mahi hkhri-giii a creeping
plant.
Syn. SI	klu-yi hkhri-gin ;
mu-tig-hbras-, ио-rtsi {Mnon.).
n. of a place in Tibet ,Dtb. % 33).
lo-mail khnr-ldan au old man,
one who is under the weight of many
years (Mnon.).
S to-mar a year’s supply of butter.
lo-tJian	annual produce,	harvest.
й$ lo-yi	gin-rta&s met.	ni-ma
the sun {Mnon.).
=	'Q>a]^-q	the
year	in	which	there has been	a	good
harvest.
silk or satin of the colour of
juniper leaves {Jig.).
Io-gc$=2 rtsis monetary account;
also astronomy (Milon.).
<S,£Mj5 lo-bgad=<№i lo-tho (Cs.).
II:	is also used to signify dis-
pleasure, disapproval, unwillingness as in
hdi-skad-lo, zer-lo, ft*S tho$-
lo, thob-lo, ftsgom-lo, ges-lo,
etc.
III:	n. of place in upper Tibet:
(Л. 119).
4 IV : interpretation;
(A. 96).
П] lo-ka	hjig-rten
world.	lo-ke gva-ra,
bjig-rteu dwan-phyug epithets of Avalo-
kites'vara Hodh isat t ra.
lo-tsha or lo-tsha-ttii the
well-known title given to the Tibetan
translators of Sanskrit works. lo-
рап—Ъ^ъ lo-taha-wa and pan-di-ta
Indian pandit and Tibetan Sanskritist.
s^5 Lo-hit the river Brahma-
putra in part of its*course through East
Assam. Also Lohin-tara:
v^a>Y (A. 87). the river Lohintara
the source of treasure.
ч}Ч]’Ц log-pa I ; vb., pf, and secondary
form of $4ч ldog-pa, q.v. 1. to return, to
go back :	yul-du Glr.; Й«|‘Ц*яд5 log-
pa-hbratl Glr.,	log-la hdod-do
Glr. let us turn back,	phyir
log-pahi lam the way back. 2. to come
back, to come again. 3. to turn round,
to be turned upside down, to tumble down.
no-log-pa to revolt, rebel,
ilo-ldog-})a to turn away one’s face, always
used fig. for to turn one’s back on, to
apostatize:	hkhor-wahi no-
ldog-na if you mean to turn your back
to the land of the cycle of existences,
й’ч1’ *§5‘q log-рю byed-pa to revolt, to rebel;
log-pa rtsom-pa to plot, to stir
up an insurrection Glr.,	log-pa-
rnkhan a rebel Glr. (Jd.).
II: adj. ft,
reversed, inverted, irrational, wrong;
log-pahi-lam, lam-log-pa in
ЛЛ7. = а wrong way ; 2fa|’q’erQ*pr4 log-po-
<5jq]’4|'q |
1223

la shugs-pa to rush into error, to turn to
what is wrong. §,гИ Ita-log or A’afafq
lia-wa log -pa, v. infra	log-It a. Wafafq
chos-log-pa a wrong faith, false doctrine,
heresy ; ^*<5^ grwa-log, jo-log col. an
apostate monk or nun ; ®«]’qR log-par and
(col.) ^*4 log adv. wrong, erroneously, also :
back, again,	log-par sem§-pa
to think evil, to have suspicions (about a
thing), often^^’^ gS 4 Ua-log skyed-pa
to sin (Ja.).
log-ge-tca [seems to be nearly the
same as log-pa^ adj.;
prob.: entertaining irrational doubts or
scruple;	ban-rim log-gc-tca an
inverted ДсАя ban-rim, q.v. ; <Й«|’ч|’«г*Г||ч
log gc-ica-la khyer he took it back again
from Jd. afargq heresy, heretical
observance;	(lld&a. 19) by
bad behaviour one falls into heresy.
log-lta	log-par Ita-wa)
or Ita-log	heresy,
heretical doctrine, and is of two kinds :—
yod-pa hjig-pa and ^Rfqv-^rq
log-par (ps-pa. The first one denies rebirth,
the effect of charity, of self sacrifice and
of doing good, also of wickedness and
wisdom. The second one asserts that
happiness and misery are divine gifts and
there is no consequence from good or bad
actions and no retribution (K. d. -3, 127).
Again we read:
(Khrid.
10) the doctrine which holds that all things
are permanent or that every thing is perish-
able is considered heretical on account of
both being contrary to the doctrine of
Buddha.
Syn.	яря’ЗД’Ч hkhu-
tcahi bsam-pa (Mnon.).
log-lhan a kind of linen (2ЙШ.).
Log-hdren bgegs-kyi
rgyal-po	an epithet of Ganes'a
(Mnon.).
Hfa]-q• r^r- q* log-pa dud-hgrohi
spyod-pa can n. of a religious sect in
ancient times who used to imitate the habits
of beasts and so degrading themselves
would perform a kind of austerity or
penance with the hope of obtaining salva-
tion (They.).
^R|'q’*'R^*|’|5’q a kind of severe asce-
tical peuance performed by certain
religious sects in ancient India in which
the ascetic used to expose himself to
vultures, sometimes burying himself in a
trench that they might devour his living
body ; other ascetics used to burn a part of
their body under a slow fire (^'X<2T2jqwR).
to hold an erroneous
notion as something positively good: *5*4’
мтргт misapprehension, mistake,
blunder.
rifcj'qR'Sp^ log-pahi blo-gros—^'q nor-
tca or «^’q hkhrul-pa (Mnon.) to blunder,
to err, to make mistake.
^qRgq to wrongly perform a thing.
Efafqvljcw lag-par spobs—^'^’^S'^ no-
tska med-pa shameless ; also shamelessness,
effrontary, shameless boldness (Mnon.).
<?R|*q^*R^q log-par hlsho-wa to live by
crime—perverse means and actions—by
vice, to live in a sinful manner. It is of
five kinds:—$«rR^ Ishul-hchos;
kha-gsag\	gshog-slons;
thob-kyis hjal-wa -,
these should be avoided by the religious
(K. da. 5, 503).
aiqpKq^srq to embrace or hold hereti-
cal views: Hfai'qKqg^qR*^ the enemy
of heretics (Yig. k. 10).
U|4]-qVfE’q|	1224
downfall, perver-
sity. 'И’дЛ tog-spyod perverse conduct, a
sinful life.
f5fa] log-sinon-can one who wishes or
prays to do evil and what is perverse.
log-$>nra or anq-q^ipq log-par §mra-
wa falsehood, slander, perverse speech,
blasphemy. Й q^' tog-sinra-tcahi
nags-tshal fig. : the wilderness of the
perversity of speech (Yid. 2).
Syn.	tog-sgrub\	tog-
hdren-tshig ;	^-qx^-q^g*^ sknr-wa
hdeb$-pa hphya-tshig (Mnon.).
+	log-gshal--dr in-
to» tog-hjal ingratitude, ungrateful return
for a service done.
log-gyetn fornication, adultery;
3foj	log-gyem dad-chp-u'a one
given up to adultery, an adulterer,
м	•^•q'^E.N forsake that wife who is
given up to adultery ((7c.).
<8ч| -?)n 1од-$е§=Ъ^ ч nor-wa or q
hkhrul wa (Mfion.) error, blunder.
<8^*5} log-sred-can one who delights
in vicious actions and sin, has no faith in
religion, and blasphemes the sacred Bud-
dhist religion, &c. (K. my. ”1, 113).
'	togs 1. the side of anything, qrs,
a hill-side: 3'^
q (Bbrom. Г, 147) all sides
of tho Lari mountain have been overgrown
with dense forest of fruit-trees (berry
trees); £<4'5^ rtsig-log$ the side of a wall,
mdun-togs fore-side, front-side,
rg gab-logs back, back part of a
thing;	sahi-togs surface of the
earth. 2. direction, side, region: ^q5*
<8^4 rkofi-pahi logs-nas from the region
of the feet, up from the feet (Sch.); spw
aispi gyas-togs the right side, <q4v®q|*’ gу on-
logs the left side frq.; tshur-log§ this
side, phar-tog$ the other side, on the
other side. togs-to aside, apart,
q-q^q-q logs-to fyshag-pa to put aside, to
put out of the way, to clear away. ч5*
|thag-pahi $ne-ma logs-gog the
other end of the rope ; togs-пап the
left or lower side (of a cloth). 3. = ^hn
wall.
afaprgN 1од$-$кус$—%'ы пи-ma the
udder, the female breast (Mnon.).
aiqpvqs^
Logs chcn-pohi ri n. of a
mountain in the continent of Purva Videha
(К. (I. \ 337).
f8zq*’ ap^Vq togs-па yod-pa to be distinct,
separate, to live by one’s self, to be solitary
(Schr.).
<8^’q togs-pa other, additional:
afaprq rgyag$-tog§-pa spare-provision (Ja.).
5^’3 togs-su elsewhere ; separate, apart,
aside. <fc|«,^,q’qvq log$-su bkar-wa qt
log$-su dgar-wa to lay aside. Syn.
gnd-du \ W'i gshan-du (Mfion.).<
lofi or 2k’$’= р&гч khoni-pa leisure,
spare-time, vacant time, <8^’^’#^,q=»rj8’wq>
q not able, not enabled (A. 28) no time,
whilst you arealways
hoping to have time (enough), you allow
the favourable moment to pass away
(Mil.); ^’^‘5	or^yw-q-gv
(A. 63) on returning to
India I had no time to go to the Jo-wo
for religious instruction.
tofi-kay lofi-kha, tofi-ga
intestines, entrails, guts.
«8^ ton-ki (Chinese) a kind of red cloth
manufactured in China (Rtsii.).
n, of a district in the province
of Kong-po.

1225

lon-wa pf. and secondary form
of. Idofi-wa, as vb.: 1. to be blind, and
as adj.: blind, blinded, also as sbst.: a
blindman. 5^’5 lon-po, lon-wa-po
a blindman (Ck.). 2. also 5^’4 lofi$~pa,^
len-pa (Glr,) or «исч lan-гса,
lofi-bu or 5^’5 ankle-bone.
lon-lon uprising in waves,
bulging out.
‘fc’H lon§ imp. of lon-wa : rise up,
awake, get up!	let him
come out from in side or from his house;
now get up and wait
in the way (J.. 129),
ак*г fofa-spyod чргт, нчЬл 1. attain-
ment, enjoyment, esp. with regard to
sensual pleasures and eating and drinking:
lon$-spyod qa-la-byed they
enjoyed themselves on meat, 5мг
lofa-spyod gin de-la§-byed they lived
on the fruits of this tree;	to co-
habit, enjoy sensually. 2. plenty, abun-
dance:	they
had collected an enormous quantity of
food and drink;	lons-chc-гса great
riches; wealth, property, fo*'§V§’4 VI’
lons-spyod-kyi bdag-por gyur he be-
came owner of the property (Dzl.);
д-л$’24клг£5*Й5 he was not rich enough
to bring an offering (to Buddha) (Jd,).
3.=^T^ nor-rdsas or *5*’4 hbyor-pa
wealth, fortune.
§pyod-ldan=%w$S^ prosperous, possessed
of health, prosperity and happiness;
Ймиду lons-spyod-gnas—
rndsod treasury, repository (Mnon.).
perfect happiness, full enjoyment
both materially and spiritually.
lod-pa or ^‘5 lod-po—^^ Ihod-
pa l.=relaxed. 2. = ^'®’^ le-lo-can lazy,
careless.
the poor class of cultivators
who are unable to raise a good crop
(Rtsii.),
ion 1, news, tidings, message:
fyw lon-bzan good news, Ion-
sprifi-wa to give notice, send word, send a
message;	lon-skyur-ua to give a
reply;	lon-shig khyer-la fog
let me know, send me word.
^’4 Ion-pa 1. reached, arrived at;
khyod lo-du-lon to what age have
you reach, or what is your age.
lo ci-tsam Ion how old are you ?	Vl'3^
bcu-drug-lon I am sixteen years old. 2.
to elapse, to pass, in a general sense:
’^ч|’йЦ-ч5^' after many years had
elapsed (Dzl.);	rin-shig lon-te
after a long time,	rin-por
ma-lon-par after a short time.
I: los 1. in truth, indeed
he is indeed the lord protector
and refuge. 2.	can you
go, could you go ! йгс’дч lo$-thub yes, I
can. 3. true, certain	it is
sure and true; certainly it will come to
pass.
155
I:	1. is tho twenty-seventh letter
of tho Tibetan alphabet corresponding in
sound to Sanskrit n. It is pronounced
like sA in the words shin, sharp, etc. but
palatal; acc. to Jd. in C. it is distinguished
from q only by the followiug vowel being
sounded in tho high tone. 2. num. = 27.
II:	In Budh. various significa-
tions are attached to this letter:—
O(	\K. d.
11'+) it exhibits to all things tho state of
perfect peace. Again we have:
(Hbum. % 26'J). So, too: -*j
<rgr*fc*r«j аслгч* (К. my. >q, 208) ex-
plains the perfect avoidance of the five
kinds of miseries.
III:	FTS,	1. flesh, meat:
being fond of
meat cuts off the life of animals. ^‘^'4=
thin, emaciated; yak’s
flesh, mutton ; -qto boil meat,
to roast meat;	qa-bcud
gsum the three kinds of flesh which are
possessed of different peculiar properties :
(1)	human flesh ; (2) otter’s
flesh ; (3) hphyi-wahi-ga the flesh of
the marmot (Sman. 3).	sexual
instinct. 2. surface of the body, •*}$
[a lump of flesh; a senseless person]®.
’$Л’Й spots, stripes, etc. on the skin (of
an animal); -fVl* (pi-dkav white or fair
complexion, $a-bkra n. of a cuta-
neous disease Med. [a kind of white
leprosy]®. 3. for the stag. 4.
muscle, i’*4! thoracic muscle (Jd.).
Syn.	khrag-$kye$\
khrag-la$ gyur-pa;	lu$-zufa
gsum-pa (Mfon.).
fa-kon for qa-hkhon (Vai,
sn.) grudge, resentment, hatred.
•	T4S $a-$kad the cawing or croaking of
a raven; the cry of the stag.
-	q'B4] $a-khug bag in which powdered
dried meat is kept by travellers during a
journey in Tibet and Mongolia.
•	q'P4) ^a-khog the body of a slaughtered
animal, without the skin, head, and en-
trails, flesh of a large animal, ^‘-*1
that of a smaller animal.
*V^’Ba hound, a hunter’s
dog.
•q Й $a-khra favi [bile]®.
•4‘S4! $a-khrag flesh and blood, meton.
1.	for body:	a sound body.
2.	for: children bom of the same parents.
•	q	= or anger,
fury, enmity, an enemy;	bear-
ing grudge against a person, harbouring
enmity, v. $a-kon.
•	qfa-go$ colloq. for fam-go$
lower garment.
<№“Ьдид$ lit. curled flesh
or body [the flower of the tree Butea
frondosa\S.
-	*f qa-rgyags fat meat;	J4*1’**
colloq. corpulent; $а-тдуад$ healthy
Wl
1227
corpulence. 4Э^’з« fa-nams rgyag health
and ill-health;	becoming
healthy after illness or loss of flesh in the
body also healthy corpulence.
Syn. tfqw htshag-bzan ; flams-
rgya$\ 8* *4’^’5 §ku-fa hbyor-po\ JfciN’wi
§tob$-l}ca$\ §tobs-ldan (Mnon.).
4’24’^ Oa-$non-ean n. of a heretical
lama of Tibet who wrote many treatises
explaining the Buddhist tenets wrongly
and performed Buddhist religious rites
in a reversed manner and who afterwards
became a convert to Bon. He was called
and belonged to the
sect (D. R.).
4‘«4 ja-can fw,	[a fibrous
root; a medicinal plant commonly called
Katki]#.
4*^4 fa-сЛсп urnrfa human flesh
(8man.)
4‘t4'-3 fa-r/en sa q^rrfa*! [car-
nivorous, a goblin] S.
4'^ fa-ne near blood-relation, descend-
ant.
Syn. rgyud-pa; ^4^’^5 rig§-rgyud
(Шоп.).
fa-dus the month January when
meat is cured and rent paid in meat col-
lected by Government and land-lords in
Tibet (Rtsii.).
4‘$* fa-phin 1. (Chinese) a kind of
tea (Rtsii.), 2. meat cooked with piling (a
kind of vermicelli extracted from peas).
4*® f«-6o==S31 enemy; s=4’*j®4’4w«’«V
(Shin.)-,
(Khrid. (27).
4’^ fa-^o 1. mushroom. 2. is described
as=s4«|'S|*4c4 sheep-fold (Rtsii.).
4’31
4’^5 fa-/ncfl?^4<i fleshless, emaciated;
also, name of a hell.
4’*5 fa-hbu a maggot.
4'5* fa-bur in W. boil, abscess, ulcer;
mark left by a lash, weal (Jd.).
4’1** fa-sbyan is described as
У 4 (Btete.)
4’3^’ fa-sbran flesh-fly, blue-
bottle-fly (Jd.).
+ 4W fa-ma 1. n. of a kind of singing
bird like the linnet (К. ко. 4, 2). 2. the
placenta or after-birth, the bag or pouch
in which the embryo is formed and which
comes out immediately after the delivery
of the child: hence, also, a wet nurse or
v?r=fT. 3. = ^’^'^ raiment of the gods (K.
my. % 7).
4’M fa-rmen fleshy tumour, a lump in
the muscular flesh. 4*^'5***5 fa-tshan
dmar-po a tumour resembling a weal or a
wart.
4*£ fa-r^i = 4‘«Vj complexion, colour
of the skin:	(H6rom. p
3J) the Brahman’s daughter of fair
complexion.
4'^ fa-tshal. affection ; 4’^’^S (Jig- 35)
without affection; aco. to Ja.=a friend;
4'^4 amicable, attached. 2. hot meat.
4'35 fa-£s/i0—44^’54^ nickel silver (Jig.
16).
4*w^ fa-mte/ean=4W* fa-stags (Шоп.)
[lucky or unlucky marks on the
body]#.; 4‘^’S'5S5	[know-
ledge of lucky or unlucky marks on the
body]#.
4**£* fa-hdser wart; 4’^v^ one hav-
ing warts in his skin.
4 <э fa-za or 4’>4	1. prop, flesh-
eater, carnivorous animal. 2. gen.: a class
of demons. 4 3and 4 3 ar6 two

1228

kinds of such loathsome demons, the
names of others of which are as follows :—
3 $ pi-lu,	ne-wahi pl-lu, J[4W2i
pi-lu bzan-po,	ph-lu ndhah-ya^
qw<i tpam-pa,	bsam-pa ma-
yin-pa, q^c/Q’W’Hi gdun-wa bzan-po,
za-byed, qVqgq’epq’q gzi-brjid bzaA-po,
% ‘q*5‘q mi-bzad-po (7f. g. 5 I£6).
q*A4|jq’ Qa-zahi-glin n. of a cannibal -
island situated beyond the island of homed
cannibals:	’мг<г^’з щ^ (7Г. d. \ <Ш).
fa-za srm-po	cannibal
hobgoblin.
qiq fa-zag or -fW ^-^wp = ^q zug.
q’J*’ fa-zon [dry fledi, one who
cats flesh]#.
q-q^q-q^ fa-gzig bdu a kind of
disease [white leprosy]#.
q^q’^q’? Ga-hug $tag-$go n. of a sacred
place in Tibet (Deb. q 1/3).
q uj’s^q fa-yi-mchog far; as met.—
ifq$|q^N srog-gi-gna$ the heart, the seat
of life (jjfrio/o).
fa-yi lus-^cud met. = gq
blood. q fa-yisa-bon ^id (Mnon.).
£ q‘^’V$ fflr-Zi ho-ta a religious instruc-
tion of the Tantrik class: ^*q q^qAq*
q*^ •^^•q^qMQi
(Ya-sel. 22 Y). [S'alihotra was
a celebrated teacher of the science of
horses in India]#.
q’^ fa-lan revenge by death for killing
and the like.
q’^q fa-log warped, oblique, aslant in
JT. M.
q’M fa-log = q’^q'^q fa-log-log bloated.
q'^q«< fa-bfags is explained as $q’q%S
<wq«i (^8Zt;)
pa-sra6 = q’^w fa-nam$ (Mnon.).
q ’Sjq fa-lhag excrescence on any part
of the body which, ace. to some, is a sign
of wickedness.
q^-q^ fa-Zrt gyu-ri^^wZ (my-
stic) (Л//Я. 4).
q’qc’ fa-fafi n. of a large number, a
numerical figure (Ya-sel. 56).
qq fa-ka a kind of game (Vai. sfi.).
fa-ka-ma, more fully fr^q-pra
saffron from Kashmir, in C.
t	fa-ka fi-la n. of a precious
stone, or gem : qq’^^qV^YS^v^
fa-ka fi is a protection against evil spirits.
*T‘4=’ Oa-gafi n. of a place in Tibet
q-qq aiq n. of a celebrated Lo-tsa-wa of
that place (Deb q, 1).
qqa^pho ru-rta ($tf) [medicinal
plant Costas speciosus^S.
goti-mo	the
white Crossoptilon grouse (Mnon.).
155 ^a-ta as met. —brgya hun-
dred.
^a-§ta^= Я klu (Vai. вЯ.).
+ $a-$tag only, simply:
?q rdsun-po fa-9tag^=^\^^^ rdsun-po
rkyafi-rkyafi only false, falsehood pure and
simple, qsq fa-dag mere, merely, only:
SVq’Sq*4^*4’? khyehu fa-dag btsa^-te only
sons being bom; »V^«rtffcjrcrq,fq as
they are all of them poor people;
5dfcq'q'fq §*§<YV they all came to the
knowledge of the truth (Jd.).
t ц Ca-ra-pa n. of an Indian
saint (LoA. > 3).
| q-VQ>pr§5 fa-ra hbigs-byed
as met.=«5^ arrow (ItAon.).
53j|	1229	Wl
t 53 f a-na	hemp, Cs.: flax;
тпо fine linen;	a gar-
ment made of fine linen.
5^ fa-po§ a thick blanket in Ld.
15^ fa-wa-ri щзх a hunter; a
hunter-tribe.
Syn. rnon-pa;	ri-dbags-pa
(Mnon.).
Qa-wa ri-pa n. of Buddhist
Tantrik saint, a pupil of Nagarjuna (K.
dun. 6).
5^ fa-rag dried apricots with little
pulp and almost as hard as stones.
5^4* fa-ra fo-re (cf. bfer-pa)
in W. moist (Jd.).
15^ fa-rar a kind of sugar,
refined sugar (Cs.).
fa-fan a kind of Chinese tea.
fa-la yu-rin
(Med.).
t ^’^’5 Ca-rihi-bu	the
famous early disciple of Buddha.
t -fl’4&’’’!*Qa-ка Vyakarana n. of a
Vyakarapa or Sanskrit grammar by Acarya
Chandra Go min.
Ca-kya lay-na Ье-con <Qs!4lf4I
the S'akya who carries a club in his
hand (Yig. 17) [n. of the father-in-law of
Buddha according to the Lalitavistara]S'.
(^а-куа—ЪуЦ щта n. of a race
to which the last Buddha belonged; prob,
the Sacoe of the ancients; the common
names by which Gautama Buddha is
universally known:—3 34 4 = S'akya-
muni; -g’lkepW	хяяктзт;
я-3 ^-ч| nT4>rf«4;
section of the Sakya тасе.	also
called	the lama who founded
the monastery of Sera near Lhasa (Rje-
nam. 353).
fwa or 1- blood. 2. = $^
overflowing of rivers and lakes, in Amdo
dialect.
W*
a class of nymph:	q5*
gq-qq^-^-^-g^-jq-q^-Sj
fwa-wa or the large stag of
Tibet with ten to twelve points on each
horn, including under this name some
three species.
Syn. rwa-bcu-pa ; (^’р’^л pra-sa
dha-ra); *^’4 fwa-wa {Mnon.).
*fcr^q Ca-wa rna-wa n. of a country
in the east of India the inhabitants of
which have ears like those of the deer
(7Г. d. 267).
Cwa-wo sgan n. of a district
in Kham {Lon. * 3).
fwa-sa-na (mystic) a class
of Brahma? (7Г. g. f4, 26).
fak-ti ; spear, lance, pike,
of sword also trident (Cs.).
•Tl fag in	broke, it burst
asunder (Sch.).
$ag-$ag	pendant, hang-
ing, projecting.
1* joke, jest, fun:
to rally maliciously, to turn
into ridicule with sarcasm ; a bad
joke. 2. cause of contention, object of a
4Т’Г»1
1230
^1
dispute or a quarrel, matter in dispute,
quarrel in gen. (Ja.).
fag-ma stone or rock,
gravel;	gravelly ; a plain
abounding with gravel.	rocky
ground; gravel; earth mixed
up with pebbles, stony sterile ground (Ja.).
рай a kind of tambourine used by
tho Bons during their religious services
(Zotf. * 5) v.
Qafi-kar 1. n. of a reli-
gious sect in ancient India. Also n. of a
Tirthika toacher who held
j	•^•q^q-JJ f вря*
Sq^-|qj q^-q^ (Theg. 33). 2. an epithet of
Mahcs'vara.
t *^F'F fan-kha conch shell; ^’5^*
the country of Shangshung
(Yig. 9)/
-q^'44] рал-/Лау = 53*г^ч (Jig- % 5) warp,
the longitudinal threads of cloth; length.
рап-/ай = 51 sabre, sword
knife (Mfion.).
раЯ-рап
1. crane (& Zez.) (Zam. 5).	a
bird of the height of man that subsists
on poisonous drugs, &c., a fabulous
creature with wings and bud’s feet, but
otherwise like a human being;
acc. to Cs.: pheasant or partridge. 2. n.
of a flower:	this
S'angs'ang flower is not found in India
(A. 105);	charm-
ing is the forest of S'ang-S'ang and
juniper (Л. 1&0).
Syn.	dshl-wan dshi-pa-ka-,
^Ԥ5 dug-htsho-byed;	pan-pan
dehu (Mnon.).
pan-po#$=*df'V^ high and low;
any undulating surface.
раЯя I: or -iwjf итш; resp. the
nose;	nostril, tip of the
nose.
saying that attachments are bad he knit
his nose (i.e., brow) (A. 106).
II:	n. of a district of Tsang
situated to the north of Tashi-lhunpo
(Lon. * 5).	Can$~kyi shon-tshal
one of the 37 holy places of the Bon (G.
Bon. 38).	Qan^rnamglin a town
with a monastery in Shang under a Jong-
pon (Rtsii.).	раЯ$ rtsa-gser n.
of a place in Shang (Deb. Я 11).
1-=^ straight, perpendi-
cular. 2. mark of punctuation resembling
a perpendicular-stroke, also or^^MV
Is a diacritical sign of about the value of
our comma or semi-colon; the
double perpendicular-strokes dividing
sentences, or, in metrical compositions;
^V-55 the four-fold -55 at the end of
sections and chapters; ^Я’^5 the dotted
55, an ornamental form of the ordinary
•55 put after the first syllable of a line;
•55’55’q'q4q to make a *55 (8ch.).
*^’4 paJ-ра or qJ-#|5’q and ^р(5’4 to
comb, to curry, (a horse), also -55’54’q.
Also: to brush, to stroke, to rub gently
with the hand in W. (Ja.). fad-ma curry-
comb, horse-eomb (&Л.).
paJ-yar=UJ*5 ya-ru a yak-calf
one year old:	a skin of a
yak-calf (Rtsii.).
fan 1. union, mounting, lining, of:
45*ai^*,*‘55skad-gnis $an-sbyor two differ-
ent languages joined together, n.. of a
1231
Sanskrit and Tibetan vocabulary;
a wooden vessel mounted
with iron bands. 2. small-boat; a
ferry-man in C. 3. snow-leopard, in
Ж. (cf. *pw)* 4. difference, distinction:
to distinguish, decide, differen-
tiate:	as no body else is
able to decide it. fan-for affected
by company, union, or companionship.
fan-pa I: 1. wrongly spelt for
a butcher ;	’’5V4Kq sinful butcher;
slaughter-house, butcher’s shop,
butcher’s knife; •flVSP sinful ignorance of
slaughtering an animal. 2. master or
rower of a boat, boatman (Jd.).
: b=HWQ nes-bab-pa, fault
by the fault
of polluting the royal residence (Л. 144)-
2. гп^,	ugly, frightful.
Can-ti-pa n. of an Indian
Buddhist teacher (K. dun. £5).
t Can-di-la or
; n. of a race (K. du. *, 333).
Can-dmar a wild animal of
the deer class, called:	(К. ко.
”1,
fan-ja a kind of Chinese tea.
Can-dun the Chinese provinces
of Shantung (Grub, ч 4).
Cab n. of a district between Sakya
and Shiga-tse; Cab-sgo-lna n. of
a place in Tsang:
(A. 88) then at the time of proceeding
from Sh&b-go-nga.
fab-fub 1. whisper, whisper-
ing; jocular saying or speech, a joke;
to whisper in the ears. 2. acc.
to Jd. a lie, falsehood,	to lie, to
cheat;	deceitful, fraudulent,
crafty.
JI fam = &fam the lower part of a
thing, also that of a country; a low-
lander (opp. to and ?5‘q).
gfam-du adv. and postp.; below, at foot:
they will be treated of in
their respective chapters at the end;
under it, underneath that,
under-vest, under gar-
ment; -fprstiN fam-thabs	fWMH,
resp. §ки-$ат, a cassock-like garment
worn by Tibetan monks. Cam-ma a
man or woman of Lower Ladak.
Qam-thabs snon-po-can a
Tlrthika Pandit who preached a perverse
system of Tantra and used to wear a blue
petticoat:	MV2»’
he was an outsider (Ac., non-
Buddhist) called the blue robe (A. 66).
Cam-bha-la n. of the Bud-
dhist Utopia, probably the capital of the
eastern Greeks, t.c., of Bactria, where
Buddhism of the Mahayana School in the
first century before and first century
after Christ flourished. The Tibetans
of the fifteenth century A.D. in their
anxiety to find it on this earth are alleged
to have identified it with the capital of
Spain. S'ambhala in Tibetan is
often spoken of as a country in the north-
west of Tibet, fancied to be a kind of
paradise.	Journey to
S'ambhala, n. of a book written by
Panchen Paldan Yeshe of Tashi-lhunpo.
far яга, 5П,	1- the
east; eastern direction or quarter;
come from the east;
resides in the east, a resident of the east;
inhabitant of an eastern country, an
^51 |
1232
oriental.	the sun (Yig. k. 14).
^й (таг, one residing in the
eastern hills, one of the early sects of
Buddhism.	Purva Videha
n. of the eastern continent of Buddhist
cosmogony. south-east. 2. termin.
of -*j—-*]* into the flesh.
or drought,
rainlessness.
•*^‘3*4 $ar-gyi$ forthwith, straight (Л.
68); $ar-rgyag directly, straight
away, at once:	run at once
(Xt/W).
J* $ar-hgyur-byed as met.=
blood (ДГпоа.).
Qar rgya-mtsho chen-po
seems to be the Pacific ocean, the great
ocean extending to the east of China
(Yig. k. 14).
Car-$go me-lon glin n. of
a place (Rtsii).
Car-kha n. of a place in Tibet,
the chief or ruler of Shar-kha;
also name of a celebrated Lama of that
place who was known by the name Pandan
Shar kha-wa (Yig. 3).
$ar-ja tea imported to Tibet from
Amdo (Jig. 22).
$ar-ra$ a kind of cotton cloth
formerly manufactured in Bengal and
Assam (Yig. 21).
$ar-pa l.=^« collected,
gathered, risen; also : a young man,
grown-up youth. 2. Udayi the rising
one; n. of a king of the Litsabyi race *
(LoA. * 5).
far-po 1. W. adulterer, on the
part of the husband (Jd.). 2. a youth.
far-wa 1. rise, dawning.
2. pf. and secondary form of W4;
Vм‘•IS sunrise,	dawning in the
mind. 3. n. of a tribe. 4. n. of king
Utthanapada, son of king 5*4’45’S
this king was a contemporary of Buddha.
jar-ma (TV*5V*) L a’nift a
full-blown female; acc. to Jd. grown-up
girls (collective noun). 2. Sch.: a strip:
$ar-rgyab-pa to sew in long
stitches.
$al-dkar a kind of white silk
scarf used for presentation to gods; it is
described as	(Rtsii-).
$al-wa a harrow;	to
harrow (Sch.).
qal-ma stony ground; mountain
side consisting of detritus ; full of
sharp stones (Jd.).
$al-ma-li uranfa a tree
of hell the leaves of which are sharp and
pointed resembliug swords, and when hell-
beings try to climb up this tree it imme-
diately changes the direction of its sword-
like leaves and points towards them to
pierce them.
fas I. part, id.;
part of this rice;
to distribute,...among (Jd.). 2. some, a
few; some days;	frq. in
eolloq. as “ ka-she”	or Г’Ч^’З’Г
please, give me some, a few (A. 105).
•*pri fa$-che or •*pri‘4 1.=№’3
spju, 2-	’*V<i a good deal,
the greater part of; much. 3. Jw* or
<?hr very strong, acute, powerful: ^**3^’
(Ya-sel..19).
to become very dull or stupid;
З'Ч!	1233
•фгВ*1 or in an eminent degree,
in an exceedingly great measure:
я§я* did not grow very powerful or
strong.
gi-ica=^or ifaVi * * 4’ ’du,
pf. and secondary form of яВ*л.
1. vb. to die, to expire, to go out (as
light,, fire); ^’Я^Ч is dead, died. 2.
partic. and adj. freffc, lifeless, dead,
deceased ; M^’X corpse, dead body;
oue already dying still
recovered;	the body of the de-
ceased (Jd.); 3 итеЧктк the asso-
ciations of the dead, funeral observances;
W the quarter of the dead,
the south, in which quarter the lord of
death dwells ;	the food of
the dead, i.e.,	; also: food given to
lamas, &c., at funerals.
; sbst.
dying, death:	in dying;
he is at the point of death,
he is at death’s door.
n. of a king who
mourned at the death of Buddha (К. my.
F, 526).
CiJta koJa n. of a place
in Orissa on the seaside (Dsam.).
+ ^-ру?-Я1 gtJihan diJa
a peacock (К. ко. % 3).
gi-ri khanda (?ft) a kind
of medicine:
^•я^я’Х S'iri khapda and molasses taken
together induce sleep (К. my. F, 31^1).
i	$i-ri-$a n. of a tree,
its flower and fruit (K. du. % 276) [Acacia
sirisajS.
(JT. mg. J”, 341)
the fruit called S'iris'a grows five fingers’
in breadth on the appearance of the star
(planet) S'ukra.
qi-rig W. clinking, jingling
(Ja.).
З'К’! gi-rog in W. a sort of early
barley.
+ M gi-la wrongly for ’«I glJa tqW
moral behaviour.
gig 1. for after a final 4 2. =
(to be) able: VSVB^^^’X now you
have said that you would not be able (to
do that work) (A, 60, 136). 3. згш
louse; ^’^4 common louse; sheep-
louse, tick, B'^4 flea, SJ’^4 or bug ;
to clean from lice; ^4’^ full
of lice.
gig-ge-wa acc. to Jd. 1. stand-
ing or lying close together, close-bonded.
2. trembling, tottering, wavering; with
looking this way and that, looking
about, perh., also, rolling (the eyes)] (Jd.).
W4!	relaxed;
also relaxation. Also: ^4^ as in
Зч*’5^,	(A. 150) having
relaxed;
5* {A. 66). now you said you would not
relax, but you have some resources. Also
=rocking in Ud.
gift I: gerundial particle for
after a final 4
II: 1. £4 те, a tree, id.,
in col. gin-dum; a berry tree or
fruit tree,	a leafy tree; a
withered tree. 2. что wood, timber; made
of wood; ^^4 some wood; timber,
156
|	1234	JMaj ।
timber-wood, 35’^’ fire-wood, fuel,
dry-wood.
t	pn ka-ku-bha the
Arjuna tree.
Syn. YJ<vdpah-bohi-gin; 5J5*
|q‘^f srid-sgrub gin; §51^'5qphyog$-grub
(Mnon.).
t	gift ko-ki la-ksa
the tree of cuekoo’s eye [the plant Aste-
racantha longifolid]S.; with syn.: 3^’^’
bur-gin dri-ldan ; S’§qP^,l khyu-byug-
mig ; gv^c/gc/ bur-gin srun (Mfton.).
+	gift ka pet-tha	;
the Kapettha tree.
Syn. ka-ped; $kyur-rtsi;
so-nams-byed; S’V4 <4 da-dha pha-la
sho-hbras-can (Mfton.).
+ S *} gin ka-da-mba ;	the
Cadamba tree.
Syn. tshogs-can ; JJwqac/ §tob§-
bzan;	dgah-ic ahi-gin ;
rdul-stob§-can ; 4g*W^ hbra$-maft-ldan ;
ggol-ldan ; S44’9S dgah-byed;
Ц'Ч*^ gift-bal-can; 4’5**^ chu-$kyar-can
{Mfton.).
fin ka-gim-ba-la the (<Wh)
Kagimbala tree.
Syn. gvq‘4£’,l’rq sr id-pa brtseg$-pa;
ХчЦ rn-tsa-na ;	snan-byed phun-
po (Mnon.).
gin-rkun-mahi me-tog
3<4; lit. the thief’s flower tree.
Syn.^'J^'^’^ chom-rkurt me-tog; Spy*4
skra-can-ma;	duft-can-ma (Mfton.).
gift-kun gfSRJ asafeetida,
used as medicine and as a spice :
asafeetida cures worms,
cold, and wind in the heart.
д1П"$поп = %^ spyi-shur (mystic)
3).
3^'3 gifl'Sku or З^Я'ЗапУ wooden
image.
%-g-^ gin $kya-nar; qrz^r the Patala
tree.
Syn.	hdod-pahi pho-na;
mdzod-tha-ma;	me-tog
rtsa-nag	lu^nan-mig ;
zan§-kyi те-log (Mnon,).
^*5 gin-Skya	dug-mo-
nun (Mnon.).
gin kir-ti a carrying-frame for
paeks, ete.
^Я'4'44! gin-gi ba-thag creeping para-
sitical plants.
Syn. $ 4 rtsa-wa; ral-pa; 3M^’
rman; g rtna-phran; Ц’чч] palhag
gin-gi srin-bu ^1; wood-eating
worm, moth; a writer.
Syn. §*^3 rtsa-hbu ; gin-zan;
yi-ge-pa (Mnon.).
^?|^cq fin-gi mig	‘
[1. squint-eyed. 2. the plant Shorea
robu8ta~]S.
fin-gi me-tog kha-phye
blossoming, the flowering of a tree.
Syn. 3 wSjq $bub$-grol; rgya-grol;
Зр-Зб'Ч go-cha-grol; rnam-dfyye; ^’3
rnam-phye;	rnam-par-bye;
rab-tu-gar (MHon.).
gin-gi rtsa-wa the root
or foot of a tree.	giA-gi rtse-mo
the top of a tree.
gin-rgon wood-pecker;
gin-rgon khra-fy) the spotted wood-pecker;
gin-rgon mgo-nag black wood-
pecker.
^’gei|	1235
fin-rgyal 1. a tree of extraordi-
nary height or circumference, a giant-
tree. 2. == the water-god.
fin-mnar HW, liquorice;
liquorice cures
disease of the lungs and that of the
bowels.
2|е/яел'^ ч fin-mnar ldan-pa-,
fret [an aromatic plant, Anethum panmo-
rium\S. Syn. ww-si;	shi-wa
dkar\	gdugs-dkar\
ясл’^ me-tog brgyad-pa mnar-ldan;
gnas-su-§kyes;	ra-wa-skyes
(Mnon.).
pn-bcud=&w molasses (mystic)
(JO. 4)—Э’яя and
molasses and honey (Sman. 3).
fifi-chas 1. wooden utensils, im-
plements. 2. tools for working wood.
fin-ta-la	palm-tree, 3^’
3^'^’ (JT. du.
5, 352) it is stated that the palm tree will
neither grow nor thrive if its head is cut.
t ^C/?,’TT,T1 fin-ti ka-ka
Syn. я^егя'^е/ hdab-ma-fih; til-
can;	snod-ldan;	dpal-ldan
(Шоп.).
^in-tog or fruit of a tree,
fruit,	fin-tog rgyal-po
a sour fruit used for medicinal purposes
in appearance it is like the heart (Sman?).
fin-tog lil-u'd prob,
the wood-apple. It is mentioned
as most holy among the fruits of India
and is particularly sacred to Mahadeva
and valued for its medicinal properties.
It is one of the	eight auspi-
cious objects.
fin rta-то n. of a kind of bird;
(Ya-
sel. 7).
fin-rta (( lit. wooden horse *)
зжг, any chariot, waggon, cart,
or wheeled conveyance; fig.=^4,
vehicle of the doctrine, e.g., -^яу^-q Ma-
hayana school of philosophy;	a
wheeled carriage, chariot; *RJ«T2pM $yul-
gyi fin-rta or ^’^’455 war chariot, of two
sub-divisions :—triumphal
chariots, and
flower chariots, i.e., light
conveyances drawn by horses which were
used by the rich and by royalty. ^я*
Згрс/цзя* fifi-rtahi khan-bzan chariot, the
body of a waggon; ^я^я'^я fin-rtahi
mdah the pole, beam, shaft of a cart; ^я'
5$’яия’й fin-rtahi hphan-lo chariot-wheel,
^я^я*^ fin-rtahi rjes the track of a car or
cart.
Syn. for	lam-bgrod; ^я*г
q35 yons-bskyod;	rnam-par-hdren ;
8’?^ sgra-ldan; rta-can; яря'^я’я^
gnah-fin-hdsin; theg-pa; я^я’^’я^’ч
hkhor-los hgro-wa; «гХог^чргя^ pha-rol legs-
hgro (Mnon.).
^я'^'Р'^-ц fin-rtahi kha-lo-pa furfa
conductor of a vehicle, charioteer. Is
mentioned especially in the early history
of young Gautama as recorded iu the
Dulwa.
Syn. mgo-hdren; ^§5 ^na-khrid;
fin-rtahi-gnen ; gyas-filod;
kha-la sgyur-гса (Mnon.).
fin-rtahi gnan-fin ЦРППЖ’
the yoke attached to a chariot to which
draught animals or horses are tied.
fin-rta ben-pa n. of the
king of Ayodhya whose son was Rama,
the hero of the epic Ramayana.
чя’^ gon of Dasaratha, i.e., king Rama;*
the vanquisher of Rava^a king of Laqka
(Mfion.).
1236
^’«1
я	a river, stream
{Mnon.).
^'5'^ gifi-rta-nio a toy-bird cut out of
wood or sculptured (mystic) {Mifi. rda. 4),
^'fi-rtahi-lu^^^
the choka bird, a species of duck {Mfion.},
^E/q'gjE.'йч]'a pfi ba-glafi rniig-pa the
bull’s eye-flower.
Syn.	kha-dog gsum-pa; 5^’
^4 bur-$ifi-dri\	tsher-ma-shim;
w&’a sahi tsher-ma;	’*’£ nag$-kyi
rba-rtsi; ^^^^sahi-hgyur-byed {Mfion.},
fin byafi-chub or
byafi-chub Ijon-^in WWl, the peepul
tree.
Syn,	mchod-rten-qifi ; |55*w,|V<
khyad-par-ynas ; 3q егзд pi b-pa-hi ;
glafi-pohi-zas ;	fifi-gi dicafi-po.
{Mnon.}.
fjfi kbra§-bn mt d-pa;
a tree without fruit. Syn.
me-tog hbras-med;	nag§-dman-
pa ;	hbra§-bn med-pa,}
mo-gtpim-qifi {Mfion,),
я£«| q pfi hbra$-bu $mimna$ hjig-pa tree
that dies after its fruit has ripened, such
as the plantain. Syn. $’3*’ chu-qin ;
e-randa; a4!**1 2 $myug-ma bamboo etc.
{Mfion,}.
3c/fcr$<r^^!] '35 pfi rma-byahi gtsug-phud
snx^t, ; the peacock’s crest tree [a
species of grass, cyperus rotundus\S,
Syn. ’ffa’** rto-rgod sgron-me; ^'5*
rma-bya lo-tsa {Mfion,}.
mya-fian nied
Syn. 4’4’qp’^ chu-la gar-rtsi;
§5 dgah-wa sbyin-byed} rkafi-mdse§;
a$ tsha-was-gafi ; tsha-wa-hdsm}
dan-hkhrun§; (^пон.).
^ifi-dmar^'^ ne-tso-sna (жт^)
parrot’s nose; red-tree; but acc. to Lex.
a parrot.
Syn.	§bal-pahi hdab-can;
0Яkkrag-ldau;	bcad-cin
gar-byed; tsha-Iu§ ; hkro-hdsin;
”T^5| ka-tbafiga ;	me-tog mgnl-
rtn ; gfer-fifi {Mfion.},
gifi-ts/ui 1.	2.
cinnamon;	йзг.чм, cinna-
mon leaf.
Syn. q^ ^q pag^hdab^ р/г-ум;
lus-wichog;	yan-lag-mchog;
hgro-ldifi^kyc§; cho-ga-can;
reg-byed-gdofi {Mfion.}.
<pn-tshal a forest; clip, shaving,
splinter.
^A*IvRg«r^ gifi-tsher hbras-can чин,
jack-fruit tree.
Syn.	gtsug-phud-ldan {Mfion.}.
fifi-gshofi a wooden basin, tray,
trough; tub.
5)a-r^ fffi-hdsin—Q^' the plantain
plant {Mfion,},
Sjq-njlr fffi-gzofi an implement
that “eats up” wood, or bores in wood,
a gimlet [1. a carpenter’s chisel or adze,
2. the Indian fig tree]8,
Syn. fifi-za;	<pfi-hbig$
{Mfion.}.
Qifi-bzah a-eho$ n. of the
mother of the great Buddhist reformer
Tsongkhapa {Lon. -3, 18).
Sjq-rf-q gifi-bzo-pa carpenter.
Syn.	^ifi-mkhan*, ^’^«qq pn-
hjog-pa *,	fifi-rta-byed;
<pfi-g(pg*mkhan {ltf.fioH.}.
$ifi-yan-kig WSi thorn (&
Lex.}.
1237


yons-hdu sa-brtoi
the wish-fulfilling tree.
Syn. RJ^R'^e. gser-gift; ^R'3gser-
gyi gdon-can;	ku-med lo-ma; R^q*
hdab-zun-ldan ; t’^q*-^ rna-yab-ean;
^•£spiR$<q phun-tshogs-hphed; «rq^ai sa-
brtol]	sa-hjoms] ^«[’qw^s/ dpag-
bwm-gin (Mnon.).
gin-lo leaf of a tree, also twig.
-^rfrsrqR^q gin-lo-ma bdun-pa HKW
[seven-leaved, the tree Ahtonid\S.
Syn. of latter: S’^’R^q mi-mnam-hdab;
3,Q5i q rgya-chen gun-pa;	yans-
pahi-gun;	ston-gyi me-tog ;
du,g-lo-can; о^’чзя-^c? lha-yi bzah-gin ;
4Vrq^‘q hdab-bdan-pa (Mnon.).
^е/<5ч]«кgin-lo gsar-du kha-
hbus-pa fresh shoots of leaves.
Syn.	thog-mahi lo-ma;
sha-lu-skyes;	gsar-skyes; j^’F
khyehu-kha ; ^e/Sr’ree.n dan-por hkhruns ;
sten-duJMon ; R]*JR’q*R]^R'q gsar-pa
gear-pa] 5'3 myu-gu (Mnon.).
3e/^,<2W3[ gin~ga la-ma-ll = *!m&.
Syn. ^K?q«rR^ gin-bal-hdein; ?prq^R*
grol-ica rin R^'R^ hteho tehe-brtan (Mnon.).
gin gi-ri-ga [the tree
Аса da xirisa]S.
Syn. ^‘VR|‘R^ me-tog-hjam (Mnon.).
* gift да-mi [the S'ami tree]#.
Syn.	shi-wa
(Mnon.).
pn gi-lu a species of tree.
Syn. q (p-lu dkar-po ^’^‘REw
bad-kan-hjoms; rj^rw^ hkhor-maft-can;
q^ora bsd-wa (Mnon.).
$in-fnn 4^rw, ^tx the bark of
trees; perhaps, cinnamon.	gin
gun-gyi chan wine extracted from the bark
of a tree, cinnamon wine.
Syn. ^[c. $in Ipags; gin Ikogs
(Mnon.).
$E/^-q р’й sada	the Sal tree.
Syn.	rnam-hjoms \ 4’^^ dri-
hgyur;	hdab-ma-mtho ; ^5^'^ brtan-
ma (Mnon.).
<pn sen-gehi mjug-ma (lit.
the lion’s tail tree).
Syn.	hdri-byed lo-nia ; 4 55^54
tha-dad-hdab ; t^’^’R^q^ rjes-kyi hdab-ma ;
ifjE/^я rkan-ldan-ma] £W’R§R*q rna-mahi
hbyor-pa ; ®'-^’3jq cha-gas-grub; S54'^ bnm-
Idan (Mnon.).
gift gij-ju fW,	(lit.
thunder-bolt tree).
Syn. rdo-rje-gin ; kun-tu
ho-ma ; eide-dsu (Mnon.).
gin-erin wood-moth, a kind
of worm which eats up wood;	fift
srin-brun excrement of wood-eating moth
which is said to cure disease of worms.
^e?$r	рм-8^г=|Кй‘^с.’ skyer-pa-gin
(Mnon.) the yellow tree, berbery.
Qin-bzah rnal-hbyor-ma
n. of a celebrated female saint of Tibet
(Mnon.).
qin u-dnm-wa-ra
эпзч» 3 [the glomerous fig tree]#.
Syn.	hdud-hjoms; **5^
mcho^-byin yan-lag;	gser-ho-ma;
dean-buhi hbras (Mfton.).
gift-sed a file or rasp (Jd.).
^'W^^gina-rkapa-rna 1. Wcfiqw [the
plant Calotropis gigantea~\S. 2. the white
species of this is called
Syn. of 1.	ni-mahi min-oan;
'Уя^е; ni-mahi-gin;	snsa-
|	1238
tk/togs gzugg-can-, «Ж« ma-gas-pa-, фф,
nor -Idan;	rma~la$ ho-ma-ean;
и^-Йч yid-mo$ (Mnon.).
Syn. of 2.	rab-tu gdun-гса;
yqcvgq- dkah-thub;	shi-uahi me-tog;
phyug-bdag-dgah]	fin-
gcig\ ||‘q’q’$ $pra-ica ba-su (Mnon.).
fifi a-pa ma-rga ^цчч a kind
of tree.
Syn. rtse-mo-ean ; rma-bya-
caii; ^’9^ lam-bral;	hog-gi-lam-
bon-buhi sne-ma;	fa. fahi;
hdab	(MHon.).
^гвч^^'5 fin a-ti muk-ta	[a
tree called Harimantha]S.
Syn.	sna-tshogs-fin;
hdsag-byed fin ;	mu-khyud fin ;
fin-rtahi fill; $nod fin;
fin-tu grol-гса-сап (Mfion.).
fin e-ran-da qw [the castor
oil plant] &
Syn.	§tag-gi mjug-ma;
в|Ч] Ч dri-zahi lag-pa ; Ik’Xrg'q sor-mo Ina-pa;
§nin-po$-$tofi$ ;	rlun-gi-
grogs; ri-rao-can;	glan-
pohi rna-ica (Mnon.).
t ^K/SV«rq^p| fin c-la-ica lu-ka TR<T^4i
[the fragrant bark of Feronia elephan-
ta]S.
Syn. Wg^ lug-skye$ ;	{per*
gyi bye-та-сан ;\'%Ц dri-rdsas (Mnon.).
4^ fid чт< funeral ceremony, reli-
gious sendee done in honour of, or for the
memory of, the dead. чтз^н, food
given at such funeral ceremony or occa-
sion. fid-sa 1. burying ground or
cemetery. 2. a fruitful fields
(Ja.).	g^-g^id-nia,
all signify or funeral
repast, of which everybody may partake ;
funeral religious ceremony.
fid-^ran the kind of steelyard
in use in ancient times (Lon % 9).
Cid-bu prob. S'iva; ^VU’^’g Cid-bu
scr-skya n. of a Brahman sage.
g*	the followers of Kapila
S'iva having become irritated (A. 139).
^’5 i- Чирн, H, <3^
very, greatly, esp. before adj. and adv.
2. really, indeed:
4 ^‘5*^ he was really an incarnation of
a Bodhisattva (A. 68). 3. or
phul-tu-phyin or	te-por.
^’5’P fin-tu-khro fierce, terrific; ^*5’
^ч-q fin-tu dgah-xca^^^*^'^ very
pleased, great joy (Mnon.).	ft»-
tu hkhor-wa=^’Q or hkhrul-wa to be
blundering, mistakeful.	fin-tu
mehog excellent, very	good	(Mnon.);
fin-tu mohi	yi-ge	very soft
letters, very feminine letters (Siim-rtag).
3^5’VI fin-tu-dug^^' aconite ; wolf’s
bane (Мйоп.)
^*5*5^’ <;iu-tu byun n. of a class of
Brahmaps (Mnon.).
fin-tu nii-bzad-ma n. of a
Yaksa princess (K. g. % 130).
fin-fun-can^ffiti $man-po
(Mfion.).
^’4 fin-tu 7ni-8run-pa^=l^^^4
the language of the gods of Tusita heaven.
lan-tshba-ica — ^ rgya-
tshba the Indian table salt; very saltish
(Mnoni).
fin-dzi-ta fsifear n. of a fruit
(K. d. % S02).
1239
gib-pa to whisper (Jd.).
З^’З’О gib gi-lu-lu or 5’5 in Arf. = the
fruit of the dog-rose.
^rq gim-pa (*'$'9) mixed up.
З^’й'З* gim mi-gim has been explained
as ^чргя^’ч composite, different things
mixed up together (Rtsii.).
^Д’-q’q gim-ga-pa a kind of tree or
wood (Cs.).
$ir or 3^’3^ with яУ^’ч 1. to gush
out, to stream forth with a noise (Cs.).
2. a musical note (IT. my. £93).
gil-wa W. to drip through (Jd.).
gilJi [a gauze-like texture W.;
3*4'3** gil-gil, 1. id. 2. Cs.: ‘a cant word
denoting the noise of anything] Jd.
gi§ or 3*’q in f*H, W?h,
good luck, fortune, glory,
bliss; 3^’^5	auspicious, foreboding
good. 3*-q’4lV4 or 3«’qIS
benediction, words of blessing;
^ядч-^’З* if that happens, it will be
an auspicious sign; З^я'йк/ a name
foreboding good, я’3*’ч?'^ an omen
foreboding ill (Vdi-sn.); ч^’чя'З* bstan~
pahrgis acc. to Schl. 232 denotes the reli-
gious plays performed in convents. 3”’
ч’ч. one blessed, 3^’q'^’q to be blessed,
3*rqV4§vq to become blessed, З^я’^’ч
to make blessed, to bless; чщЗ* v. ЧЦ'4.
Си n. of a place in Tibet (Deb. % 9).
g’^’I'W’ n. of a celebrated lama of Shu.
g’VT 53**4 gu-dag-dkar-po—gafa-
[dan also called $'54] or $’Я<| a
medicinal drug:
(Med.).
an abscess
gu-mo-za pulse»
gu-wa 1. sbst. a kind of blister-
like irruption on the skin;
an abscess, ulcer, sore.
rises, gives pain,	the abscess
heals; the abscess becomes absorbed.
2. scab, scurf, scald (Jd.). 3. a yb.,
with pf. чд* or g*, fut. чд, imp. 4g^ or
g: (1) to take off, pull off, peel or strip ;
*1^’9'^**g,£J to take off a person’s clothes;
qqpw^q “ pags*pa shu-u'a ” (colloq. to give
a good beating). (2) to copy, 5^ a book,
resp. ^g*’gVq; <Лчд* copied (Ja.); 4’
чдч hdra-bgus a true copy.
i	Cu-ni ka-ra-na n. of a
city situated to tho south of Kalapa the
capital of the fabulous Shambhala (S.
lam. kl).
t-o gu-bham	happi-
ness and good:	hap-
piness and good be (to all).
Qur-ge-na n. of a tract
in the neighbourhood of Mathura, not
far from Agra.
•^4] py [1. a thrust, push, knock; g4!’
дч’ч gug phul-wa to slove (by a more gentle
motion) C. 2. in comp.: jj’g*] khyo-gug
v. JJ khyo; g^’W gug-bzah wife, consort,
spouse Schtr. 3. W.: old, but still fit
for use. 4. дядя'4 gug-gug-la colloq. for
д^’дя gub-bur softly, gently, e.g., я^-q hgro-
wa to walk, to tread, etc.] from Jd.
д^'З gug-gu colloq. for 34’5 gog-bu.
gug-pa (also called *w3*’ the
incense-tree) acc. to Jd. the high, cypress-
like juniper-tree of the Himalaya moun-
tains, (Jyniperus excelsa). It covets large
moiyntain tracts and is considered sacred,

1240
and much used in religious ceremonies; its
berries being burnt as incenso.
tho berries of Juniperus squamosa, a low
shrub and similar to the English Juni-
penis cummunis.	the smoke or
perfume of juniper-incense.
Syn.	lha-yi-(pn ;
brgya-byin rkan-hthun ;
yon$-bzafi-can;	hod-zer hdab-
can',	than pin qtdah hdsin;
bdug-$po$-pin (Mnon.).
•дч|’ч|й:’ in Kham dialect:
silk of four hues, i.e., white, yellow, red
and green colours (Rtsii.).
pug-tshod a sort of mistletoe,
D'scum oxycedri, growing on juniper and
gradually killing it. The leaves have a
slightly sour taste and are used for culi-
nary purposes W. (Ja.).
$*T, WJ, ?T%
velocity, force:	rlun-gi pugs
the force of the wind,	velocity of
water,	consuming power of fire.
2. inherent strength, power, energy:
energy of faith;	ardour
of love;	dgah-wahi pug$-kyt$
by the power of joy.	power or
strength of a horso;	elephant’s
strength.	’S4!4!'5 the impulse to
make water must not be suppressed
(Med.);	WW-5Ц these are (the
outcome of) the power of former alms;
by the power of grace
spontaneously, of one’s
own accord,	pug$-la gpol-
btab to oppose or try to dissuade one from
an undertaking or adventure or from any
work, also obstruction to progress of any
work:	(A. 126).
^^^Qpug$-$grog$-pa to speak or address
in loud and forcible language. 3. a
groan :	fugs-dir-ua was explained
as	to groan loud from pain:
pu/$-
nar or deep sigh, groan;
or	hby in-pa to sigh, to groan:
he heaves a deep sigh
(Ja.).
pugs-sgra 1.
a whistling. 2. calling out loudly or
with emphasis; a voice of strength in
pulling or in lifting up any object (Ja.).
q pugs-pa [a small whistlo which in
sounding is put quite into tho mouth].
pugs-che-wa	powerful,
very strong; great velocity or motion.
pug$-hgro mule, horse,
*55-4 pngs-hgrohi-pha (lit. father of the
mule) an ass, a donkey (Mnon.).
tl4!^pwjS-hphyo (3^) n. of a
number.
piiil-wa pf. 1. to snore. 2.
to hum, to buzz, e.g., of a large beetle
(Jd.).
1- fut. to rub,
e.g., one thing against another C. 2. to
get scratched, excoriated, galled (cf. ^’q).
3. to steal silently away, to sneak
off unperceived (Jd.).
f««-j9a=qn|*i’4 sra,
bark, rind, peel, skin;	the
last expression being also used of the skin
of animals (Lex.).	pnhfi to
cast off or change skin as snakes do.
pun-pa-can	having
bark, skin or rind; acc. to Lex. =
scaly fish. ptin-ldan=^'^'^.
puu-pa-hjam=^’^^‘ stag-pa-
pin (Mfton.) birch tree ; soft bark.
pun-pa dn-shim-^^’^ khe-pin
(Mnon.).

1241

Сгт-glin-khar n. of grassy
swamp of Tibet (Rtsii.). ^'4|^’5’TI^ Cun
gdon-dkar a place in Tibet (Rtsii.).
Cun-gsafi-bde a district with a
Jong in Tibet (Rtsii.).
дч'и fub-pa pf. and imp. to
speak in a low voice; to whisper:
if you had not spoken even
whisperingly (D.R.). ^’g ftib-bu a whis-
pering ; ^'дя* J ч to recite in a low voice ;
to speak softly, to whisper in
one’s ear;	to reprehend in a
whisper; ^якч’ад^ч^’ЩЕ/Й'^цд an agree-
able low-voiced talk (Jig. 26); ^’^4
fub a whispering.
fubs (^&r<£’4yw) ca«e, covering,
sheath, envelope, paper bag, etc.;
without a case, unsheathed;
resp.	stocking, sock, knife-
sheath, ч*рдчч, resp. a glove.
fwn-pa pf. ч-цяя bfum$ qt ^ям
films, fut. bfum, imp. ^я or to
weep, shudder: я’^я’я^ do not weep!
^‘^я weeping, lamentation. ЗЧ’^я’^ч to
tremble or shiver with cold, to shudder.
fur-bu
girdle, belt.	furJm-phrehii^^'*^'
short belt or sash. 2. acc. to Cs.:
sore, ulcer. 3. In Tsang = dumpling of
flour.
T ful 1. an empty place, a place
that has been left, that is no longer occu-
pied ;	deserted residence, the
place which was once inhabited;
чч’-дч ruins of a house;	your
own place becoming empty (by your quit-
ting it). 2. чч a way, a track, narrow
passage:	3’^ч§п]Я'д^ц5'-дч «чя
in his dream the track for travelling to
Western India (appeared); ^’ч^’Ч^ч dry
channel or passage of water; ^ч’ч^е; a
long way. -дч'чя=дч and acc. to Cs. also
= manner, method. *§4’^5 trackless;=
^5 without remainder or excess, without
any trace of a thing; *^4 the extinguished
cinders left by a fire. 3. property left by
a deceased person: ^Ч’ак'я'Чп]’ЕГч'?ч his
servant got all the property left by his
master; paternal inheritence, patri-
mony; ч^ч’^’ч son inheriting his
father’s property, the heir. 4. or дч’^
behind: ^'З’^’-дч after a man’s death,
^чя’Ч^Я’ЗЕ/.дч^ч (wealth) earned by
earnest desire remains behind.
{рт ful-pa 1. one inheriting a property
or occupying the place of one gone away
or dead. 2. backbone, back, posteriors
(Cs.).
<54
ful-byi the Tibetan polecat.
fu$~ma anything copied, a
copy (Cs.).
fe 1. also 3’?% 3*^% mere, only,
nothing but (Cs.). 2. num. = 117. 3.
ЗТ4! ^-Л7ш0 = ^Г1чгт1) a tribe of Dok-pa:
3’1Ч4Г4ГЗ A the measure of Dok-pa herds-
men’s yak-hair tents (Rtsii.).
3<41^5 fe-gcodimmodest and unwarrant-
able conduct, acting not according to
one’s wish: ^А5'я^’я
should not arrest a person
who may be disagreeable unwarrantably
(Rtsii.).
’	ce-na.
3’4 fe-pa, incorrectly for 3^
fe-bam 1.=ч^’З4! official
order or document, diploma. 2.=У^Я
= acc. to Cs. register, list, a contract.
157
^1
1242
^1
(^e-^byor—ч hkhrig-pa sexual
union, copulation {Mnon.}.
$e-mon divino predestination,
divine protection ; nature, fate, destiny;
power, origin of power or authority;
strength {Ja.}.
^’^31 $e-rul fetid, putrid {Sch.}.
I: <yd 1. vb. = 5’^ says, said; is
analogous to 4: 94TJq’q^’45’^’ql^ql’-*|5
an old man (or village-head) of Brag-
rgyab-pa said (Л. 66}. 2. = ^5 the mind;
a boy whose mind is not
developed and cannot understand what is
good and what is injurious, t.r., cannot
distinguish between good and bad.
qcd-mthun honourable sir, noble
lord ; polite address among exalted persons,
such as kings, ministers or leaders {K,
in. \ £85).
*4 ^ed-Ьус-гса intellectually
developed, accomplished, sensible, having
the power of judging or discriminating.
undeveloped ; =	unable
to distinguish, open, explain (a sign or
riddle).	^cd-dbye mkha^-paone
clever in discrimination, in distinguishing
ono thing from another.
•^^11: l. = i^ siob§. strength,
force:	a mighty hero;
strength decreases, begins to fail,
strength is restored, strength is
impaired;	qed §kyed-pa to grow
strong. ^5’4^’ $ed-chun weak, feeble,
frail, gen. in reference to body. 2.
the patriarch Manu of the Hindus.
III: the approximate direction,
region, quarter:	’*5'-*15below the sun,
i.e.y between the sun and the horizon {Jd.}.
^^^ed-bdag 1. also *|слзч|=жт?я self,
2. one having power or authority, a lord,
ruler.
•*15’9 $ed-bu wk, WTW<, .wrar son of Manu,
man, human being. In the beginning of
this Kalpa (ago) a celestial being on ac-
count of the exhaustion of his merits fell
down from hoaven to this world; he
was called ^5*9 Manu {So-rig. 84).
J*4 $edJa§-$kyc$ or	qedbii la§-
$kye$ при man, humanity, pro-
geny of Manu.
•*15*9’^'3 Ced-pu ser-$kya a tribe {A.
66).
fcd-пга 1. sbst. = -^5. 2. adj.=^5’
«5 {Ja.}
$e-huhi khyu-ru flock of
•o.
lambs and kids {A. 15).
ут-phyin abbr. for
В^‘ч Я’ЯгщкТнят, the title of a division of
the Kahgyur.	u* a
Sutra in {К. ко. 307}.
qer-wa, pf. bfer to compare,
to confront {Cs.}.
fcl Sipfi,	ЖЖ crystal,
glass; is also the term used by Mongols
and Siberian Buriats. al’§5’0'4) s?e(J byed*
{$el} burning glass; ^5’^w(-?|«() hod-gsal-
(^Z) glittering or reflecting glass,
ni-ma §byafi$-pahi rdo-{$el) sun-
purifying stone,	dag-pahi rdo-wa
cleansing stone or crystal,
rdo-dkar-po {$el) white transparent crystal
{Mnon.} also called or
natural crystal, as distinguished from
43’-^ artifical or melted crystal, t>., glass;
spos-^el amber;
a magic stone supposed to have the
power of producing water or rain {Ja.);
*K5I
1243

qel-phren a string of crystal or
glass-beads; -Зр’зя qel-Ьит glass-bottle;
qel-mig or йчрЗ|ч| spectacles;
telescope; ^<3 tpl-zla lit. crystal
disc, the moon (Ya-sel. 59.)
fel-dkar 1. = ^ fel plain glass.
2. n. of a place in Tibet. 3. sugar (Rtsii.).
u. of a village situated to the
south-west of Lhasa (Rtsii.)'.
gcd-ta a kind of gum.
ges-paY vb. = ^Tq resp. a$yq
1. to be cognizant of; to know, perceive,
apprehend: q>E.w-3|M’q to know a thing
to be good;	knower ; ij’H’
^5 does not know,	when (the
soul) is searched for, it is not to be per-
ceived or apprehended; ^’^‘SS’q to know
and to have faith in or regard for. й’Цм*
q’VH those who do not care for knowing
(a thing). who knows, who can
tell, what (do you) know, Swe/S^n’
or a know-nothing, ignoramus, dunce;
^'-Spr^j’^’q knowing (even) the un-
known things, knowing everything;
clever person;	he will know;
I understand counting. 2. to
be able, in a general sense,	to
one’s best ability,- to the utmost of one’s
power;	a clot of
blood could only quiver (showing life in
it). With a negative: g not being
able to speak,	dgye-dgu mi
ge$-pa they cannot be bent or curved.
II: l.=knowledge, wisdom; the
knowing (about a thing). 2. = ^|q ^R,
intelligence, science, learning,
огЗч|’§’5гч t0 look upon science as a (sort
of) cheating, -^’q or knowledge ordinarily
is of two kinds: (1) ^qE/^’q knowledge
communicated by the organs of sense, i.e.,
physical; (2) V^prq knowledge of the soul:
this is in
reference to all times, past, present and
future (Chos Mnon, 73). In Budh.
metaphysics knowledge is also of ten
kinds:—(1)	^^r; (2)
ц^тгятн; (3)
^m?R; (4) ^’₽4’^’q	(5) ^]’
(6)	W^JR;
(7) ^’q-^’q	(8) w-?prq hr-
TR; (9) ^q’^N-q 5^R; (Ю) ^'g’q’^ q
W^qr^WR—[knowledge of (1) objects in
general, (2) other’s thoughts, (3) succes-
sion, (4) illusion, (5) sorrow, (6) origina-
tion, (7) cessation, (8) paths, (9) destruc-
tion, and (10) absence of origination]&
ge$-sgo lit. the door of knowledge
i.e. science, learning. -?pr^£\q ges-sgo
med-pa without learning;	ges-sgo-
shan poor in learning.
«Spvj ges-rgya talent, wisdom. also =
great wisdom, powerful intellect
(Khrid. 28).
^’q’qj ges-pa-bkra = ^^'^
versatile’intellect, excellent wisdom.
ge§-pa rgyas-byed
one of the lunar mansions.
ges-dan ges-byahi
bdag-nid mchog=\W'^^^< tho Tantrik
system of Kalachakra (Mnon.).
ges-ldan 1. one possessed of
wisdom and learning:
ye wisemen,
whatever of the size of this nyagrodha
tree had you seen ? (R. du. % 310).
2. possessed of consciousness: all living
beings.	an accomplished and
intellectual woman (Mnon.).
^•qrg’35 Oes-pahi	the
daughter of Daksa, an epithet of UmS,
the wife of Mahes'vara (Mnon.),
1244

•^’в y>$-bya in what may be known
or ought to bo known, -^’5’3^ every thing
worth knowing, all the sciences.
fc$-$ybor	that has cons-
ciousness only; a beast, an animal.
fe$-b$hin тга concious, state of
knowing.
fes-yon Ts. = ^'5 $es-rgya (Jd.).
$c$-mdsod (^‘S2^) a professor,
teacher.
•3|irM <p$-rab w absolute or sublime
wisdom, intelligence, or understanding.
But in Buddh. absolute wisdom is of three
descriptions: (1) ^’q’Qi^gq-q^-^K^q
ниЫп: (2)
(3)	[(1)
wisdom in listening, (2) wisdom in think-
ing, and (3) wisdom in meditating]^. Wo
have also	$es-rab dgu, the nine
kinds of knowledge, mentioned in certain
Buddhist works:—&‘ч$’.3|<гм1 j
rno-ieahi $e$-rab; ^vq^’-^xq myur-wahi
fet-rab ; ^K^'q^^ ^q ; ^'§-jq q5-^’4q ;
j^’WQcvi^’Kq; euKq’^'qS'
i)^q; WK’vqqS'^Xq (ft. my. F, 223).
Another definition
that by which all things are known, or
brought into cognition is called
Again there seem to be three additional
kinds of besides those already men-
tioned: (1)	;
(2)	; (3)
qM*r4q (#*• <*• % 555).
Syn. nal-tfoft; tegwtogz
kun-tu-rig ; sf^ԤVq blo-yi byed-pa;
W^I’SS rnam-rig bye$; 3Y$q kun-chub;
Xfl don-sem§; *§Wq §pob§-pa ; blo-
gro§;	rnam-dpyod; (Jffion.),
snan-wa (K. d. ч, 26).
i^xq'S'q'Xerg’^’q qet-rab kyipha-rol-tu
phyin-pa чтпчнрит the having arrived
at the other side of wisdom or divine
knowledge, i.e., attainment of perfect
spiritual enlightenment and knowledge;
n. of the section in Kah-gyur collection of
Buddhist scriptures treating of philo-
sophical aud doctrinal matters.
qv^prqS’y one of the five treatises said
to have been composed by A'rySsanga
under inspiration from Maitreya Bodhi-
sattva (Tan. d. 3,).
^«Xq^q’Xer^’q^erqj’g'qj'q n. of a
treatise in which both Sutra and Tantra
are mixed up (K. g. % 1^66).
^^Aq ^q’X'M-g^-q^^'g'q of a Tantra
containing twenty-five explanations of the
mystic word ом. (К. g. 21fi).
^xq'5'^ Qc^-rab kyi-lha n.
^sr^qqj'q Qe^-rab brgya-pa n.
of a work containing a hundred wise or
elegant sayings by Nagarjuna (Tan. d.
165).
^'xq'^ $e$-rab-can one posses-
sed of fine intellect, a wise and learned
person.
Syn. go-can \ *f№\$e$-can\
»^Vq mfion-par mkhyen\	rnam-
rnkhyen\ fies-ldan}	Ae$-par
; V4'rnam-par ; ^«prqv^ ley§-
par $e§ ;	rgyii-intshan rig; X^-q^
rig-pa can; ^-Idan; q^|«^e$-
gnen can;	bstabs-fes-can;
qjgwq yid-gshuns-pa; kha-byan-wa;
Sfjwq’^ gom$-pa-can; dge-ica can;
rnam-par tho$; qjft’qXvM bstan-
$co§-rig;	grags-ldan ; J^K’gj^N'q’^
rgya-cher grag$-pa can; Sf 4^’ blo-gtsan;
yofy-su rtogs-pa also
Jfl	1245
^11
spy ап-leg s-ges;	mafi-du thos-pa
(Mnon.).
ge^-rab-hchal an erratic
stupid person.
«Зргчся	(Mfion.).
Ces-rab lha-mo =
the goddess of wisdom and learning
(Mfion?).
ges-rab sdofi.hu	an
ethical work by Nagarjuna ({Tan. d. %
165).
n. of a Sutra
treating of the means of improving and
increasing spiritual knowledge (К. gn. *,
W).
лл| n. of a Sutra in
which are explained the causes which de-
teriorate spiritual culture (К. ко. «, 208).
go I:	die, dice;
go-gdan—^'lfr dice-board or a piece of
cloth on which dice is thrown at the
time of playing ; go-rtse-wa dice-
play, to play at dice.
Syn. 4 go; cho-lo; rgyan-po; Л’
3q go-rgyab ; za-rgyan; rtsod-
rgyan*, cho-lo hgyed (Mfion.).
II: [1. the white willow of Spiti
and other Himalayan districts. 2. other
plants 5Л, №f (Kai-sfi.)] from Га.
III: 1. blast, blight, smit, mildew
2. for go-gam. 3. num.: 147.
Co-skyam n. of a place in Tibet
(j>&. % 39).
go-gam=0^ (Mfion.) cus-
* toms duty, tax; 3f4Fri’q high duty;
*Ц’<1 to take toll, to levy a duty;
to smuggle, to circumvent or defraud a
customs officer (Jd.) go-gam-pa or
; collector of tolls,
receiver of customs, toll-gatherer: -af’spr^’
did the work of a tax-collector.
go-tsha— a pair of scales to
weigh gold and silver; acc. to Jd. a kind
of steel-yard.
+	rdsun-tshig false-
hood, lie.
go-mafi a medicinal plant:
(Med.).
ро-га=^*я gor-wa.
go-re l.=r^ a thoughtless promise.
2. colloq. for hare-lip. 3. a defect,
flaw, notch, gap; also damaged, spoiled
(Ja.).
t	go-lo-ka Sanskrit verse
of two, or four lines, etc.
go-bsgrigs well arranged: 5’’]*’
cloth of red and white
colours arranged in the form of a chess-
board (Jig. 13).
Co-mdo abbr. name of a district;
in Kham called (Rtsii.).
я grain measure for bar-
ley, com, flour, etc. (Rtsii.).
go-sa also called 4^’’’ a kind of
bean the leaves of which are cooked with
Tibetan gruel to add flavour to it; V’
fo-sa and barley are alike (in price).
(Rtsii.).	, •
fog imp. of **’4 hofi-tva:
come! let him come;
I do not wish that fruit should
come to me from without; carry it
away; <3J«T-3fa fetch it;	bring
hither, (with inst. of ; take away !);

1246

3<q to say come, to invite,
we are not so much as invited. (Ja.).
•^ЧрЦ gog-pa 1. qvj wing, 4^
a bird, one having wings; ЛЯ*®*’4 to
spread the wings;	tail feather.
2.	fin of fishes.
44'9 gog-bu wrsr paper, a sheet
of paper; § ЛЯ China paper;
Tibet paper;	silk-paper;
cotton-paper (also paper of linen rags);
bark-paper, parchment;
dark blue or black paper for
writing on in gold or silver; «ЧЛЯ resp.
the first or the title page of a
book; 4^ gold-leaf, thin film of gold;
Л*! silver-leaf or paper ; fog-
khan paper house, paper-maker’s farm ;
gog-gafi. a full sheet of paper;
gog-gran§ page number; number of
leaves iu a book.	$og-la$-pa paper
manufacturer (Rtsii.).
gog-gin the daphne plant, the
plant from the bark of which paper is
made.
Syn. chu-grog§\	§ton-ka
Idan ;	hdam-bu can ; bya-yi
za§ (Mfton.).
gon 1.=^^ the ridge of a moun-
tain (Lex.). 2. also or *4^ a
pit, hole, cavity, excavation; a valley:
cavity filled with water;
valley with meadows, low ground over
grown with grass;	the
cavities near wings of the nose (Jd.).
3.	n. of a place in Tibet;
the famous poet and Lo-tsd-гса of Tibet
who translated the Kavyadars'a, the Ava-
dana kalpalata and other Sanskrit works
into Tibetan verse.
4^’3 goft-bu furrow,	font-
Lu hthen-pa to make furrows (Jd.).
rough, rugged (Sch}.
fon-?ca 1. sin to hold, contain,
to have room in or on:	that is hot
to be got in, there is no room for it;
I • • q ' g • a	(A. 22)
a copper globular pot (for anointing)
that would hold one bro* measure’ of
Magadha. 2.=$S to comprehend, hold in
the mind. 3. pf. q-^N, fut. imp.
to empty, remove, carry or take
away (Ja.).
^5 I: *mP* or hchacl-
pa :	describe it.	•
(A. 122) preach or explain the lord’s
teachings without reserve. explana-
tory word or word explained.
II:	the lower, tho inferior
part of a thing; upper and lower;
^’^5 rtse-god top and bottom ;	(Vai-
§ft.) a lower tract of land, with milder
climate, opp. to elevated cold region,
to or toward the bottom, down,
downwards (Jd.).
$on a form of dance ; the turning to
left in pantomimic dancing of women (Ya-
sel. и).
(Ya-sel. 13) in the four
directions (on all sides) the subjects were
making sports, dancing and performing
pantomimic plays, etc., on an inconeeive-
ably large scale.
fo6=*$q gshob I. smell of singeing
2. = a fib, falsehood, lie; ^*g'q to
tell a lie ; o^sr-^q^q'g’q to tell a ii^j £^n‘
in joke.
дот-pa pf. q^»w bgoms bi
also bgam§ fut. «wj^ imp. dr
1247
Wl
to prepare, make ready, arrange, put in
order ; 59^’^|to make armaments ;
made preparations for a
religious service (-4. 69). qom§-ra
preparation, arrangement, fitting out;
=	to have made
arrangement. state, pomp, splend-
our, with to show off, to dress smartly,
stately, grand (Jd.).
pr, v. ’K go-re.
рг-?сл to be fled, to be lost, to
escape, slip.	run away;	’W|’
q-q^'q taken away by thieves or robbers;
lost in consequence of debt.
pZ=^4’5 excess, additional;
sometimes wrongly for ; ^’3’^ gol-kyi-
rka w furrow of the plough. ^QT&Jpi
gol-tsogs ; cultivators, husbandmen.
gol-u'a 1. intercalation, inser-
tion (Cs.) ; zla-gol intercalary month.
2. prest. tense of bgol-ка.
pZ-jjo a species of willow.
p$ 1. almost always in conjunc-
tion with the other, of two, e.g.,
the other woman. 2.с=ат or ан
a termination indicating the comparative
or superlative degree; the oldest
or elder ;	hence forth
do behave as tho wisest or the cleverest
person; the younger, the youngest;
the youngest of the five
hundred ladies; the longest the
tallest;	of the longest duration,
the most long-lived;	the
kindest, the principal benefactress (or
benefactor);	because
one is suffering under the chief disease,
viz., old age (Jd.).
— offerings of cakes, etc.;
gos-kkan offerings made in fanciful
designs of temples, castles, etc., gen. by
the Bon priests.
t -^7 gra-wa-na the ear (mystic)
(K. gu. p, 27).
9 Orl	glory, magnificence;
magnificient, splendid, grand. Cn-ri
(Tib. dpal-ri)	is a moun-
tain in the south of India where
Nagarjuna resided in the last stage of his
life. gri-khan-da, =	wood-
apple preserve.	tames,
Ac., propitiates Rudra the fearful one.
w ggah=J&\ becoming, worthy,
fitting, suitable.
or 3^5*4 «Ayon-
med-pa 1. stainless, righteous, upright,
honest, good;	blo-gJiah-ma an
upright, true heart ;	lit. the
pious lady; n. of a Buddhist sanctity of
Tibet. 2.=^*?^ only, merely, mere,
nothing but (Ja.).
gshah-dkar 4^ tin, cf.
sha-ne;	tin
(used as a medicine) heals ulcers and
renders mercury harmless. 1
ggag-pa 1. distinction, differ-
ence ; to distinguish (one from another);
to differentiate. 2. v. g^og-pa (Jd.).
Syn. Я^Я’4 ggeg-pa; dbye-wa; Я^'
q gses-pa (Mnon.).
ggags right, justice: ЯЯЯ*’’^’14
to investigate the righteousness (of an
action); ля^'Я^Я^ court of justice;
ЯЯЯ^’Щ^’}^ the chief court of justice or
council of the kalons at Lhasa. ЯЗ^'
ЯЯЯ4'^'4 justice or investigation done by
4fiF|	1248	|
government;	inquest, inquiry
into the death of a person. Wf’
g^«g$ rgyal-wa=4|5**’5e|4 gtam-rgyal-wa
(Mfton.) to win in discussion;
<354 to hold controversy.
TF’ долЯ a musical instrument, a
tambourine especially used by the Bon-po;
to play on tho tambourine.
«трута ^Я-/гл = ч^’А fyafi-wa (&7г.).
TF’fr деаЯ-деоЯ rough, rugged
places or tracts (Cs.).
gf ad-pa l,=45’q to comb. 2.
= a*5’q to explain, relate (Jd.).
g$am 1. the lower part of a
thing ;
according to the meaning of the
letter or writing specified below;
adv. and postp. down, under, below,
beneath; also. adv. further down, more
towards tho end, in the course of;
beneath or under it. 2. barren
a barren woman, mare, ч cow
(Jd.).
posterior, later, one
following.
Syn. ё**'* rje$-ma\ phyi-ma;
rtin-ma (Mfion.).
fffar the form of writing called
3S »>S (Grub, ч, 3).
g^ar-wa to move one after
another as soldiers or cattle do, to follow
in succession as in measuring grain,
to measure grain by the bre.
gfa$-ma 8сА.=^^ g<;ah-ma.
v. gfib-pa.
+	l.=*Wq agreeable,
gracious, also good, fine: 3/*|^t‘ 4A^qQ;
(Yig.
A\ 87) I pray that you would send me
your kind letters uninterruptedly like the
wind which encircles the globe ; ^’4|^'q
a fertile field; *r|[<’I*r<4^<¥q a rich, fine
country;	g$in-par rmo-wa to
plough well. gfin-sa, fertile field or
land.	shin-fyab-sa tnnen-po
fertile field, cultivation, also
mi-naft mthun-pa a happy home where
there is harmony. 2. я и; ghost, the
dead; anything that is dead. a
dead woman;	g$in-gyi-mag$
cemetery, cremation ground.
Gtpn-rje vhxfst, я mfvnrfa,
Tfr, W the lord of the dead,
tho god of the lower regions, a ruler
who is regarded as the judge of the
dead.
Syn.	chos-kyi rgyal-po; 9&Г
w be-con-hchan; яХа^а^*] htshe-wahi
dgan-phyug;	pha-g$in bdag;
«гХ* mtshun-la rol; mtshun-gyi lha;
*^4*1 rptshufy-hjug;	ya-mu-
nahi spun; hchi-^dag\ du$-
hdsin; ^'«5’3 ni-mahi Ini;
dbyug-hdsin mthar-byed; g	Ina-pahi-
fydag; gsod-byed; *wa-
hehi rgyal-mtshan-can]	lho-yi
phyogs-skyoA (Mnon.).
Gqin-rjehi hjig-rten
the world of the lord of death; it is situated
in the south beyond the three peaked
mountains	r^a-gsum-pahi ri):
when one
has passed beyond that, one finds himself
at a place where the rays of the sun and
the moon have faded and everything is
covered with gloom (K. d. 278).
I	1249
Ggin-r/e ma Jia ka-la one of
the most powerful sons of Mahadeva who
carrying in his hand a huge club of the
size of Sumeru mountain keeps the Asura
in perpetual tenor (K. g. % 317).
Ggin~rjehi chun-ma the wife
of Yama is	dud-pasJigebs.
g<pn-r jehi-gron the city of Yama is
yan-dag-hgog. 4$Yt$’*^Yq gpn-
rjehi Yndun-pa the minister of Yama is
ni-ma-can.	gpln-rjehi
yi-ge-pa the writer of Yama is
sna-tshogs-sbas
ggin-rjehi gyog-po the servants of Yama
are «w and	(Шоп.).
Gtpn-rjehiAni, 1. the son of the
lord of death. 2. as met.=?^'^ ant
(Мйг,).
^Yt^4! Ggin-rje pho-rog n. of a (*v
4V4) demon.
Gqin-rje phyogs the
quarter of the lord of death, the south.
^Yl^^ G(pn~rjehi srin-mo
the sister of the lord of death; an
epithet of the river Yamuna.
^Yt’^V black lord of death, a
terrible deity; ^Yt'MYW^’^5 a Tantra
to propitiate the black lord of death (K.
g. Я, 2b).
Gcin-rje gged dmar-po —
n, of a tutelary god the
Bed Bhairava: ^yS’^'^'^Y^yI*’
(A. 17).
^iYIWV^’IS gqin-rje gqed dinar ~
pohi-rgyud n. of a Tantra on exorcism and
also for making enchanted medicines,
swords, etc. (K. g. s, 71).
Ggin-rjehi-gron 44$ the city
of the lord of death.
Ggin-rjehi-gdon n. of a fear-
ful evil spirit (liny. 77).
gtpn-rjehi bdag-po
*= the planet Saturn (Шоп.).
^Yg^*^ gcpn-rjebi la-dan
the flag or standard of the lord of death.
ggin-rjehi-gJion buffa-
lo. Syn. «3 пт-lie (Шоп.).
Gcin-rje zas-hphrog n. of a
(srqV’l) demon.
*Ay^ ggin-hdre the soul of the dead
regarded as a ghost or spectre.
gcin-hpras the convulsive moti-
ons, the writhiugs of a dying creatine
(Jd.).
^Yg”^ g$in-?Jsas=tfp1ft bsno-rfen goods
and effects belonging to a deceased person
whieh are given to the church to bless his
soul. *$Y**<	food prepared
for and offered to the dead; acc. to Jd.
food presented to the lamas when a person
has died.
^3j-4 ggin-pa (^YCyM^’^Y^S) mu-
tual agreement, concord, harmony.
gyin-pho=%\qi-lo.
qj^q-CJ ggib-pa or or =
b$grigs-pa anything arranged,
arrangement,	gtpbs-qyahi gral
a row or file (of men) that has been mar-
shalled or drawn up (Situ. 88).
gim_pa or <$Yq ground down,
crushed.
gqi§ also	or also =
1. nature, temper, natural disposi-
tion :	(Yig.15) it is
his or their nature, their natural disposi-
tion; 4^'2^ by tho very nature of the
158

1250

case, naturally, quite of itself. 2, the
person, or the body: Я^'чя^'^'^ядя^
they anointed tho whole body (Jd.).
+	wig-lugs	Cunyata.
2. = 'W?l‘’]N disposition {Yig. all,
g$un-wa to rebuke, to blame,
reproach;	to
blame in a whisper, «>., behind a person’s
back and to find fault with. Я^^'4 gguns-
p« = iTVq a curse, rebuke, eonsure.
g$c-wa pf. Я^ g$es, to abuse,
revile ; ЯЛ^'Ч^'Я^’4 even when one is
reviled, (one should) not revile in return.
Я^Я 9^9, v. Я^Я41 g^og-pa.
Ц gy'gs-pa the honorific form
of tho vb. to go away, to depart; the one
form representing both pres, and past
tenses, but mostly used in past sense:
gone, proceeded, one going, or gone;
ч^'ск’Я^Я^'4 gone to happiness, beatitude;
also happily gone or passed away, t.c.,
entered Nirvana. ^'л^я^Я^'4 Dt-bshiii-
ggegs-pa сгипгн, gone to the state of стат or
статут, t.c., to Nirvana, is the remarkable
epithet for a Tathagata or past Buddha,
meaning lit. “ gone like that,” or “ gone
like those other ones,” i>., ho has de-
parted as did tho other blessed ones in
whose footsteps he trod. ^е.’Я^’^’Я^Я^*4
gone to one’s own residence or abode.
^с^я^Я^ 4 is the term used when a Dalai
Lama dies; д^’Я-^Я^’4 to return, to come
back, to die; д я^Я^'4 resp. died, when
speaking of kings, great lamas and saints
and Buddhas. Я^Я^З*1 9^9^'^kye^
parting present, gon. a cup of beer or tea
at the time of parting; Я^Я^parting
feast or treat. Я^Я^’Я?^ щед&фог offer-
ings of eakes, &c. to the gods when they
are asked to return to their own abodes.
Я^Я^	ggegs-pahi go-ch a
fortitude and assiduity (Л. 136).
4^	approximate direction,
somewhere; thereabouts; Я^5’*Н where-
abouts not known.
Я$^^'Я'-?|5,^С'‘ having said that to-
night probably there would not be any
theft or robbery he went away in some
direction (Л. 130).
TK* gfed-ma 1. ’UTT^i, excu-
tioner, hangman; Я^'^’4 to engage a
hangman, «>., to pay a murderer; fig.:
^^Я^Я’Я'Я^Я’Я^Я’Я^’З’? one destroying
tho other, ono becoming the murderer of
another (Vai. §n.). я^5'кч g^ed-ma-pa
a murderer, executioner. 2. the angel of
death who takes away life (Rtsii.) ; gods
of vengeance, those that torment the con-
demned in hell. 3. a mean person who is
capable of doing the vilest aet; Я^’^
g^ed-ldan the vile one.
Я^5ч\*<‘’еГ?'4 Gged-dmar spu-til^^S^
Я^|у^ n. of a Bon deity (B. Nam.).
Gfed-po dur-hdcb§ n. of a
demon.
Tl’i Gfen n. of an ancient family of
Tibet, cognate to S'akya.
Я^л^ G$en-rab§ tho founder of
the Bon religion, his full name being:
^я^чдагй’ц'^'Я^ the omniscient human
descendant of (?s'en; д^*Я^ sgrub-g$en the
Bon doctrine opp. to or Saddharma
of the Buddhists.
Я^’ч gqer-гса I:=Sfl'3 rlan-pa or
lpVq 1. rlon-pay moist, damp, wet; also
Я^*4,
to get
to be
damp,
Я-^Л gger-pa and
thoroughly wet, to be drenched,
moistened;	to make
to moisten. In C. Я**!*’4 seems

1251
I
to mean “damp,” and wet.” 2.
(=$)	water, liquid. 4^‘qw
gfer-bcas ^5f cloud. R^R’qR'Rg^ gqer-pahi-
hbras^v^ modesty, bashfulness. ч^*я^
щег-hdsin as met.=$ water (17^.); also
=a cloud or that which holds moisture or
vapour.
II : vb. 1. to ask for, beg for:
I got it by asking for it;
to interrogate, to question, to try
(judicially); as partic. and sbst. = the
examining or criminal judge, 4^5^’
g$er-dpan a judge (Yig. 29)} R^R’R^-^
gjpr-hbod mi-sna a bailiff, who calls for
the attendance of the plain tiffs and defen-
dants, &c. in a legal suit (Rtsii.). 2.=
4^'q to measure.
gyo-ica pf. 4^ g^os 1. to pour
away the same as b$o-wa ; $*4^‘q =
to pour out water.
4|*T# ggo-mo in W. a lever (Jd.).
ggog-pa I:	sbst.
what lifts the body, the wings; also spelt
^4q <p>g-pa.
Syn. 4^4’1| gtpg-sgro; M sgro; я^А’Ч^Ч
hdab-g^og; я hdab-ma; RR^’B^^s-
byed (Мной.).
Ч]^Ч|’Ц П: pf. ЧЧЧ^, щад§ «^4^
b$ag§, fut. ЧЧЧ, imp. 4^4 g$og 1. to
cleave, to break through; З^Ж^’ЧЛЧ’4 to
split wood entirely,	to split
into four pieces; ^‘§R’4^4q to cut into
pieces; .Ч^’^Ч’4 to break through the
ice ; q to hew a path, in C. 2. to
confess ^4’4, a sin, a fault, gE/АЧ^Ч’4
to confess a fall, and thus to expiate it.
§ЧФЧЧЧ^ sdig-bgags atonement, expiation;
as an atonement
for having killed a serpent;	=
^«q’cHjRjN:	^*pR|*Rg4’q to offer a
killed animal (a sheep) as an atonement;
|j4,q44N•jfrow sdig-bqags smon-lam peniten-
tial prayer (Jd.).
G<;og-thog§ n. of a place in
Tibet (B. ch. 4).
fr gqon also 4^^ ^fow.s,
narrow place, deep valley: Rj^E.-Rj^E.-siE.-q
many defiles or ravines. 4^K^’V* ggons-
§hin fields for cultivation on flat slopes
or in valleys.
Amdo, Kham and Gang, these three are
cultivated valleys (Yig. 9).
4^'9 &$og-bu = ^'§ also ^’^5 a vessel
for water.
g$od-pa to comb (Cs.).
ЯЧ’ = $ob.
ggom-pa = gom-pa:
4^’q gyul-g^om-pa to make preparations
for war or battle.
4^ #jor l.=^R*q or ^R‘cjr’4^passage
for water, a water-channel. 2.= у
q5^*qR’gR|^ rwa-coJa bzos-pahi skyogs a
ladle made of horn, also=^‘5 a punch or
pricker.
I: ggor-tca vb., in C. also
4^’q, pf. fyar 1. Ч^ВЧ'^’^ to
move or go in a file gen. one following
another, to proceed in procession; also to
tell off, as beads of a rosary (passing
through one’s fingers), hence
to read prayers, recitations, etc. =
Ч^^Ч^ 4? q to go one after another in a
row or file. 2. to measure, to weigh: 4^’
qл’Ч^ч^'4’ to weigh out brass for gold ;
4^ a measuring vessel. 3. to chase,
run after:	to chase a game;
5'4^ q to fish.

1252

П: adj., also *|-*|va rough,
bristly, shaggy, (Jiz.k
^o/=?c or	tin,
^rr^T plough, tho plough in Tibet con-
sisting only of a crooked beam called
(without wheels) and the
share called	or ?vg<i|4
one of the seven fabulous
mountains mentioned in the Buddhist
cosmogony (Sorig. 8'.
or
4, the cocoa-nut (ДГпопЛ
4]^'^ ggol-po poplar-tree (Jd.).
Ч]^ГЦ g$o$-pa v. and 4^'q.
fyah I: 1. or	or
v£E/utcq-q} apportionment, service:
I did not render any
sendee to Bromston. 2. innundation,
flood (A. 101).
II	with pf. bfa§ to
slaughter, to kill. <3*1 slaughtered a
sheep ;	9|'ffo] ч‘«нщ the butcher
has opened the belly of a sheep (Situ.
76). «НЩЛ fyas-ra a slaughter house:
«нрг^ерг^ he made Lhasa a slaughter
house, m., massacred many people at
Lhasa {J. Zan.).
q^’JI b$ah-ma cattle or live-stoek
kept for slaughter, v. W* g$ah-ma.
Л^Ч]5ГЦ bqags-pa^KJtt to explain,
lay open; Ф]чрга<5’4 bgags-par bya-tca
anything to be explained
or laid open.
fyafaca far, far,
alvine discharges: ^‘4’^ to discharge
ordure; q^^q^B^q to operate on the
bowels. CMjE/cr^-q	a cat, lit. that
which discharges ordure secretly or covers
it.
Syn. hdor-Ьуа ; khyab-ldan ;
phyis; Ito-tfiigs; dre-ehen ;
rnam-$nan (MAon.).
chje/qih bgan-lam ФЗ, ’JJRnr, Wqrsf the
anus.
Syn. *4hog-^go; thur-lam;
hog-law, q-^c/qr^ b$an-wahi-$go; *1^’
gsafi-khun; fkub;	hphon§
(Mnon.).
q-^’Sfc’ fyan-sen species of
catechu tree.
b$an$-pa leaky; gj
a leak-hole, full of crevices (Situ. 76).
4^S’q b$ad-Pa b Hrq,
explain, to declare, prove, enunciate:
ч-^^’ч to expound religion, to preach; ^’4’
V/q^-q^ he must be set down for dead
(Vai-tfL);	bgad-nes-pa defective
explanation or debate, wrong explanation ;
ч-qvs b$ad-bya the subject to be explained;
^5’5^ b(pid-$byar	subject of
discourse, a discourse written down.
fyad-yam an explanation or lecture in
which too much is said or \mtten and
conveying little sense with a view to
deceive (Situ. 44).	lecture,
address verbally, to explain a book;
to recite instances, examples;
to elucidate (Situ. 76). 2. = «^’4 to tell,
to relate;	method of narration;
to narrate a story.
b^an-pa a cruel person, a
butcher, v. -*jY4:	the butcher
slaughters flesh (Situ.), «ир’д g^an-bu a
butcher’s son (Hbrom. P, 27).
q-JpTfl b^am-пил «нг deception,
defrauding.

1253

b$ar-tca, v.
to weigh, weighing ; ^’«H=j^’q to measure
with a bre,
Ч-фГЗ bgal-ua l. = 4§<i*cf
destroying; destruction, ruin. 2. WWH
to wash, to wash out or off, to cleanse by
washing, to purge: р’«мр| washing the
mouth,	SHod-bgal washing or
cleansing a vessel;	bathing or
washing with water (Situ. 76); дя^-^w
-«и|/аг§5 the Brahmaps wash
the passage of excrement and urine with
water; ^’«ир’Л Ito-wa b$al-wa to purge
the bowels. л-*ргчд] bgal-tkag = ^5’^
hkhrud-ina water with which vessels have
been washed,	have
washed out of this transmi gratory exis-
tence (Khrid. 50).	b^dl-nad diar-
rhoea, indisposition from looseness of the
bowels, flux, etc. ^^'§5 btpd-byed laxa-
tive ; bqal-sman purgative medicine.
q^qj’q
bqig-pa pf.	bgig^ v.
hjig-pa	HTfiiH, to destroy,
break, upset:	to subvert reli-
gion ;	to infringe justice;
to dismantle or break down a house;
destroyed the fort.
Ц fyib-pa, to arrange evenly, with
pf.	ОГ
arranged evenly or properly; good ar-
rangement (Situ. 76).
v. -Ц’Ч fu-wa.
*	b$ug-pa=bslan-wa,
; acc. to Cs. to sell;	q
to barter, to exchange;	nor-bgugs
to exchange property (Situ. 76).
*ь	b$u n-tca =	. to
bring down, degrade, fall off, fall down.
2. = Й5Ч» to curse.
bfud-pa 1. to take off, to
scratch, rub: ^Sfc’q^’qvq^, with its
talons scratched the skin. (Situ. 76). 2.
to purify by fire; purifying fire
(Seh.). 3. to put into the scabbard, to
sheathe (Seh.).
bfum-pa, v. pf. л-^wq,
resp. of Б'4, to shed tears, to weep.
cried for help (Situ. 76).
fyehu (cf.	fwa) inunda-
tion, flood (Jd.).
bfur-wa to singe:
mer-bfur-to scorches with йге^^'З'1^’
me-la spu-bgur btan-wa to cause hair
to be .singed (Situ. 76).
journey, road;
on the road;
in a dream while he was
proceeding on a journey in Western India
(A. 51). bgul-ka journey, way (A.
10) ; л^ч’р 6^Z-A7ia=WFroad:
afterwards travelling secretly
on the Nepal road (A. 85).	long
way or journey.
bfus, pf. of •S,4 qqpi,q-q^=flayed,
the skin taken off, but in ^5^ = copied a
book (Situ. 76).
b$er v. -^’Л f cr-wa:
ptam-&fer-to compared one’s speech or
what one has said (Situ. 76).
b$e$-pa I.=^q, to be
in accord or harmony with, to be friendly;
to be acquainted with. 2. in	a
relation, relative, friend; 2Гл^, an acquain-
tance,	intimate friend:
they are intent on being
of use to their relatives;
you have neither relation nor
1254
q^|
friend;	not to depend on
friends,	a friend;
friend to virtue, pious
or holy friend, spiritual friend or adviser ;
’R^S'4 b$e$-kyi kheJidod-pa to profit
by friendship, make a profit out of
religion ;	ini-byed-pa an
enemy; Rf^’R^ vindictiveness;
b$e$-nied friendless, guideless :
R[5«^*q like a blind man roam-
ing in the wilderness without a guide
(Khrid. 101).
=	1. copulation;
(or чрэ mystic term.) to lie with, to have
sexual intercourse with:
J-dan b$o§-pa$ bn-$kyc§ after having slept
with him, she bore him a son ; to engender,
to generate, to beget:	q^rqag the
son begotten by tho sw’ineherd (Ja.). 2.
to роит out: $‘^'9 to pour out water.
3. to vomit.
bgog-pa, v. spfa у g$og-pa.
рш a low place,
ravine.
b^od-pa v.	repre-
sentation, rumour, report.
й^’2Г b^or-po C., liberal, munificent
(Ja.).
fyor-wa, v. to chase:
R-yiprq^jv^ chased game (Situ. 76) ;
^qprq^K^’^ wont to chase wild animals
(Hbrotn. f4, 15),
ifoZ=3'q^ delay, putting off;
q^q'q^qq to obstruct ;
raised strong objection (A, 110),
4^qq bgol-ica to wait, defer, delay:
war^-q^srjqpq to put off, postpone doing
work. n^’R^w bgol-hdebs or ^r4w=
q^q q: q^or^q^ he couldnotbe kept back,
diverted from his purpose—relatives
are called q^§’4^rR^ra the devils’
obstruction, t.c., hindrances on the way
of deliverance.
П-^Ц’ЗЦ v. итт=spirit,
wine.	b$ol-ldan-mne$=*^'
(Mnon.) нг wine.
b$o$ 1. pf. of q. v. 2. resp.
for food, victuals, provision of the table :
q^-Qj-tq^-q t0 go to dinner;
q^oj q to treat the priests to a meal ;
lha-b$o§ food offered to the gods. Q^’R^
b$o$-hdrenas met.
food offered to the gods (Zani. 9);
he looked to-
wards heaven at the time of going to
dinner (A. 101).
b$o$-bu offering-morsel, e.g., small
pieces of butter offered to the gods or to
the ghosts.
sa I: the twenty-eighth letter of the
Tibetan alphabet corresponding in sound
to the Sanskrit u and English S. 2.
represents the num. fig. 28.
II:	in Buddh. 1.
the letter n illustrates
the equality of all things, z.c., matter, i.e.,
the want of difference in them (K. d.
114). 2.	I fcowmv
^orq^-gSi sa is the symbol of perfect secrecy
or occultism, it liberates all by certitudes
(IT. g. 41, J$). 3. In Tautrikism what is
called sa applies to purity of promise, ?>.,
to holy vows, signifying nothing else:
gu- i4,
179).
III:	1. чД ^ЯТ, w, ^rfvi^T,
4t,	the earth, soil, land, earth
as elementary substauce;	‘^q digging
earth, excavation;	sa chu me
rlun earth, water, fire, air;
come out from the earth от from
the ground;	a small quantity
of earth;	clay, argillaceous earth,
flint and earth; also for ore, metal (like
rdo),	gold-ore, silver-ore Cs.;
sweepings, offcourings ; the ground,
q to sit on the ground, *r«rgc;q to
fall to the ground. 2. = ^я place, spot,
space; or q§^’^ residence, dwelling
house, gbirthplace, one’s native place;
^5*^ the place where a person or thing is;
c/er^A’^4!’^5 I have a place where to
ask advice. 3. occasion, opportunity,
possibility:	one cannot get
near him;	‘^5 you cannot
go to that place, Sir ! (ЛЛ7.);
nor-gyis blu-sa med you cannot ransom
yourself by money. Also with respect
to men*.	I cannot
address myself to anybody else with my
words (requests, hopes). 4. position, step,
grade:	wq$| v he took and treated
his second wife in the place of the first,
i.e., he showed the second the honour due
to the first. 5. degree, stage, state;
the ten stages or degrees of saintly
perfection (from Ja.).
sa-kundban or q^q'V’qqSyrq
=	ягйяТН Chakravartti
Raja, emperor of tho universe (Mnon.).
sa-kra, or *rg 1. map, plan;
=	drew out, i.e., took a
plan of the ground (A. 61). 2. = *^’^’
accommodation, place for travellers, rest
house ; seems to be a corrupt form of the
Sanskrit word entertainment house for
pilgrims generally;
q	besides accommodation
for twelve occasional guests (A. 119).
sa-dkar as met. = 5”1’s^ white
colour, white-wash; lime, chalk.
sa-rko-гса—Ч^Ц a pig; to
dig ground.
^’4* sa-skam dry ground, steppe (Sch.).
sa-skor tour, travel, journey.
*rg Sa-skya grey earth; n. of an
ancient city with a great monastery in

1256

Tibet; the grand monastery of Sakya in
upper Tsang.
sa-$kye$ l. = ^5‘,	a
general term for treo ; lit. that grows from
the ground. 2.	lha-yi glu-
mkkan a celestial singer;	gisy,
the planet Mars (Mangala).
sa-skyon	king, gover-
nor.
Syn. sa-fysrun; nd-rje (Mnon.
к Jk^qc/q 8a-$kyon dican-po an emperor,
a great king (Yig. k. 59).
8а-§куоЪ=Л hill, mountain.
= grofi-khyer a town
or city (Д/п<ш.).
tho element of
earth.
sa-khu water mixed with elay ;
made dirty by earth, dust, etc.,
soiled with clay.
sa-khon ajTTH the interior of tho
earth. N pkthe gold that is
in tho bosom of the earth, f.c., still in tho
mines.
^‘55 sa-khyad=W* land, placo, dwel-
ling place (Rtsii.').
^'[3^ sa-khyab lit. covering the earth;
one whoce power extends over the land,
hence ruler, king.
sa-khyon the earth’s extent or
compass, area (Cs.).
*rg sa-khra^=^^ map;	= *r&if
’К* draws a plan of the place (A. 61);
you also having
left the Jo-wo’s place (A. 123).
*1’0'^ sa-khra-bo	[ashamed]£
^‘0'4 sa~khral ground-tax, land-rent.
*rj§ sa-khri =	sa-yi khri (Milon.),
a seat or chair made of earth. 2. = *<’*
a place.
sa-rnkhan — ^9™^ one who is well
acquainted with a particular place or
country; a guide.
sa-rnkhar a castle the walls of
which consist for the most part of earth
(Jd.).
sa-gyoft tough-soil, hard ground.
*TV»]4 sa-dga and sa-dgyes^^tfi
tho lily (Mnon.).
sa-dgra the enemy of a coun-
try, i.e., in many cases nothing but a
demon (Jd.).
sa-mgon wr^nr a hind,
a landlord [n. of Adi-Buddha]£
sa-hdul—1^^^ sa-gyo§ earth-
quake (Mnon.).
sa-hgro — fc'Q peacock, lit. that
w'hich wralks on tho ground.
sa-ryyal rje-blon bcu-gcig
n. of a (*^V4) demon who moves with
ten frightful attendants and carries mis-
chief wherever ho goes.
sa-phog§ place, region, tract: яВчцг
qr^rgq^ hjig§-pahi sa-phyogs an unsafe
placo or region (Jd.).
sa-brgyad the eight stages of
saintly perfection, acc. to the S'ravakayana
school, viz.:	rig§-kyi sa;
brgyad-pahl sa J	rpthon-wahi sa ;
qjjq^qq^l bxrabs-pahi sa ;
hdod-chag§ dan brat icahi sa ;
bya§-pa rtogs-pa hi sa;	nan-tho$
kyi sa	137).
sa-tgon mound, heap of earth
(Mnon.).
*ij] sa-sgre^WK	[a bare
ground] £
ЗЯ sa-sgrog [the esculent white
water-lily]£ (Mfion.).
5Г^|
1257
я sa-nos clay, face of the earth.
sa-snon blue clay, blue earth.
*гч$5 sa-bcad—яХу/ч-^ 1. a synopsis,
a division ; = a chapter. 2.=^«4 or
order, arrangement (Yig. к. 1).
*гч$ sa-bcu (also called
VPjfif, the ten stages of saintly
perfection of a Bodhisattva according to
the Mahayana school:—(1) чч'з^ч'ч
beatitude; (2)	ftw
spotless purity; (3)	enligh-
tenment; (4) ^чд’Ч'-з^	illumina-
tion ; (5)	unconquer-
able ; (6)	salvation;
(7)	far reaching; (8)
й ar immoveable ; (9)
legs-pahi blo-gros Hrgnfh righteousness;
(10) chos-kyi sprin spiritual
cloud.
^’чуч sa-bcu-pa	one who has
passed all these ten stages or is in the
tenth stage.
sa-bcuhi dwban-phyug
;=5wq*tfpfq an epithet of Maitreya
Bodhisattva who has passed through all the
ten stages of saintly perfection.
sa-bcud—^ ; lit. essence of
the earth, i.e.y sulphur (mystic) (Min. 4)»
sa-bcud scr-po=Q^ sulphur
(Sman. 1^3).
sa-cha in eolloq = place, country,
land.
sa-chen-po a large place,
the whole earth ; a high degree, e.g., the
eighth stage also	one in that
stage.
sa-mtshog chief place; a
holy land. 2.	[a sort of yellow
sandalwood] &
sa-rpchod-ma=rgya-
mtsho chen-po ocean (Mnon.).
*T4*<qдмгдо! sa-hchag kuns-myul (^ч^)
n. of a demon.
яяк sa-hchin члг lotus.
*	гч1 = lightning. 2.
as met. a hog (Mnon.).
ST4&W sa-hjoms^^’<i5	that which
digs a hole, wild boar (Mnon.).
*	^‘|3 sa-§mii khu	[the inner
fluid of the earth]8.
*	гч]55ги sa-gtam-pa = ^ hill.
hjig-rten the world.
sa-stan = a rug, a floor-carpet
(^.).
sa-stcn surface of the Earth,
the higher regions of the Earth.
ч^ч й the people of the four continents,
beasts, the gods of the four Maharaja
kayika, and the gods of the thirty-three
(Trayatrimsa) heavens all live on the
surface of this Earth.	sa-sten sa
the space or region above the
surface of this Earth.
sa-ston bleak arid tract, desert,
terms that are synonimous and analogous
to it are—dgon-cliin; *<’5 ma-ru;
(w); 5mya-fiain than; 4j^*qq brlan-
bral; §kams-pa]	hbrog-
dgon-pa; §’Й*| byo-mog; gscg-ma;
8O-phag-can ; byc-ma-can;
*^5 gtsan-^od (Mnon.).
^f4^ sa-stobs 1.	’SfW,
[water-lily]8. (Mnon.). 2. = (Mnon.).
sa^toLs mig [n. of a
prince]8.
sa-thams cad divan-pa or
q a monarch.
sa-thal 1. dust. 2. n. of a num-
ber (Ya-sel. 57).
159
«'^1
1258
«•5951
n'дч sa-thul to prepare the soil, soil
made ready to receive the seed.
я i^^q sa-thel nag-pa 1. n. of a (N’q^qj)
demon. 2. a deity of the Horpa tribe (Ja.).
sa-mthil the central region on the
globe ; [the surface of the earth]&
5^’5 sa-dan-po tho first stage of saintly
perfection.
за-dug lit. earth-poison; evapora-
tion damp or acting like poison on those
sleeping on the bare ground.
A sa-do (v. Ч’2* do-po) half a load of
earth, a sackful of earth, being half a
donkey-load.
sa-don pit, hole in the ground.
sa-dra Ta. 18k and 187, diploma,
patent (Sch A.
sa-bdat, ^5’^'4 = jpq
Wtfa,	1. king, master or
owner of land, sovereign. 2. demons
gen. of the Naga class (Mfion.); god of
the ground of any locality supposed to
be a jealous and angry being, of terrific
appearance, to whom on many occasions
offerings are brought.
sa-bdag khyim^^^^^N
xgyalpohi-pho-bran king’s residence, palace.
sa-mdah 1. mouse-trap, also a
large trap for eatching leopards and other
animals. 2. a fabulous plant (Ja.V
sa-mdah chu §gro-)na a sharp
pointed arrow having a feather at its end
which is shot to pierce the earth and al<o
through water (Rtsii.).
u-tshugs, persis-
tence,	btsugs-nas^^i'^l^'
having urged, insisted upon; ”Л’
(they) persisted
on my getting the wealth of the kingdom
(A. 59).
sa-rdo a stone of earthy formation ;
earth and stones.
sa-rdog^^^ lcag§ iron (Mfion.).
sa-ldan 1. = ^ or a hill ; tree.
2.	= jrQ a king, a landholder.
sa-$de n. of a work (Ya-sel. k3).
’VT2* sa-nag-po 1. blaek earth
or soil. 2. n. of a place in Tibet; Sa-nag-
pa a native of Sanag.
sa-gnas l.=3‘-*l the sacred kuga
grass of tho Hindus and of the Buddhists
(Mfion.), 2. district, region, country,
landscape :	a lovely place
or landscape.
in short, the guardian of the dis-
trict should make it free from feuds.
«sa-gnod spyin gw [a kind of
demi-god living in mountain caverns and
attending on the god of wealth]#.
sa-gnon-pa giqTWS invading
or subduing a country, conquest.
Sa-rnam n. of a place in Tibet
(Rtsii.) ; «Цагя a resident of Sa-nani.
Sa-rnam Ihun-grub rab-brtan
the full n. of tho Jong which is ordinarily
called Sanam Jong(fi/sn.) :	q
Зс/Е'255 to tho Sanam-pa, you all also of
Jo-wo etc. (A. 123).
sa-sna Ifia soil of five different
places or kinds.
sa-snod 1. earthen pot. 2. flfw
[a kind of jasmine]#.
*rq sa-pa one belonging to Sa-kya;
inhabitant of the earth, of our globe (Sch.).
8а-рап=Ч'%цр^5 Sa-skya pan-di-ta
Sakya Panchen (Yig).
*1’535 sa-dpyad=w$N or	dis-
crimination of land, ascertaining the
suitability of land for building sites, <&C*
(Ya-sel. 33).
^51
1259
«Til
sa-spyod 1. a land-animal,
possessing the earth, man. 2.
king, ruler, governor
oa-Spyod dam-pa a pious king or ruler
(Tty.Ar. 36).
Syn. 5®l’5 rgyal-po; ЭД'^чс.’ sa-dwan;
mi-dwan (Mnon.).
♦rsfcn sa-§pyod-ma=Q&(% lady, queen;
so~spyod
the queen’s apartments or palace (Mnon.).
*r§5n. of a quasi-reli-
gious work on the selection of sites for
buildings, founding of monasteries, &c.
sa-pag brick, dried in the
sun.
sa-phug sf4<?t^T,	cavern,
cave ; ^4*4^’ sa-phug chun-fiu cell,
a small cavern.
sa-phun earth-heap;
the two partridges,
mother and son were under a mound of
earth (Rdsa. 16.)
sa-phur-bu=^	a hill,
mountain.
sa-phra rabs-can	;
matter, atom, atomic particles of earth;
ihe earth.
sa-bon seed:
sa-bon hdebs-su bcug caused to sow
seeds. Also = 0’4 the semen virile.
wgc/ born of the seed, = ^S ^ rgyud-pa;
gdun-rgyud (Mnon.) extraction,
progeny. ^*^’3sa-bon gyi-tshogs the
aggregate of seeds, which are :—
rtsa-wahi sabon;	thog-guhi sa-
bon; A.qprq^sr^ hgas-pahi sa-bon;
sa-bon gyi-sa bon.
sa-bon rul-pa	putrid
or rotten seeds.
sa-bon skyhjig-rten^
sa-rten the world, earth.
sa-bon skyed-wi [bring-
ing forth seed; the earth]#.
sa-bon nams fruitless.
sa-bon mdsod^Wy9*^'^ pad-
mahi ze-hbru anthers of the lotus (Mnon.).
srg <S6Z-6Zf?=«?’^’q15i^	heaven
(Mnon.).
sa-dioan — $*№ rgyal-po king,
ruler, governor of a place (Mnon.).
q sa-dwan chen-po — j«r«5’^’3 a great
ruler, governor :
(^<7. k- eiY
ячвч sa-hbcl bulging soil, soft earth.
’*§5 sa-hbycd д^тег, a hoe.
згяд Sa-hbri abbr. of *rg (Sakya) and
^9 (Di-khAng) two monasteries of
Tibet (Lon. % 12).
sa-ma-rdo or	sa-min rdo-
min neither earth nor stone, conglomerate.
Sa-man-te gsum acc. to
L.C. three different countries called Sa,
Man and Те:	at
that time the dispute among the three
states of Sa, Man and Те (A. 86).
sa-mal W3?IWT the bare ground
used as a bed; [also — death-bed]#.
sa-mi gsod produced no unplea-
santness or unhappiness (A. 123).
sa-min (Sch.) : ‘white sand.’
sa-;no§=,?r$’5 ka-mu-da or Utpala,
sa-mos tshal group of lily
plants (Mnon.).
sa-smitg dark red earth used in
medicine:	Med.
I
1260

^'V4* sa-dmar red earth;	n.
nf small monastery called u Simon-bong ”
in the neighbourhood of Darjeeling situated
on a mountain-slope which consists of red
cohured soil (Hook. I.) (Jd.).
sa-tsi$t Я’ЗЦ sa-tshig or sa-
fety stage, post-station.
sa-gtsan a country free from
contagious disease.
*	white-wash or
(balk, lime:	(Rtsii.).
sa-rtsi$ yon-tan rgyud n.
of a Bon work corrcspon ling to Gsrr-hod
dam-pa Suvarpa Prabha.
«sa-tshur a kind of acrid earth used
in making paint and in dying (Rtsii.).
sa-mtshams border, frontier,
boundary ;	sa-mf shams hgegs-
pa to guard the boundaries or limits ; to
mark out the boundaries.
sa-htsho l. =	dgan-gzar
gin (Mnon.). 2. = <5^’ sa-skyon jva ;
king (Mnon.).
sa-htsho-skyes	the
elephant of Indra (Mnon.).
sa-btsho hdab=A'ft*2\K be-tahi
gin (Mnon.).
я'Ч^'гм sa-htsho-ma TTtqr the wife of
Buddha.
*гч&9'Й sa-htshohi bu-mo 1. ^q<i
[lotus]8. 2. thal-dres n. of a medi-
cinal plant (Mnon.)
sa-hdsin, 1.=«’^	Gan-
dhara, the modern Kandahar;
mountain. 2. = 5<ч,ч rgyal-po	king
(Mfton.). 3. symb. fig. 7 (Rtsii.).
lit. white mountain,
i>., snowy mountain (Mnon.),
sa-hdsin skyes n. of an insect.
sa-hdsin Jicafi-po=R^'^№
Sumeru:
|	may your majesty’s person
(health) remain unchanged and steady
like the Sumeru mountain (Yig. k. GO).
sashay nfaft цдгпг bitumen [rock-
oil, petroleum]8.
я'«ft sa-gshi nit,
soil, the earth; site, place.
Syn. nor-hdsin; S’flprq mi-gyo-
wa; brtan-pa;	bskrnn-byed,;
hod-bsrufi byin ; hdsin-ma ;
shag-ldan ;	rigi-phur-lu ; ячч’
mthah-yas \ yafis-ldan; ч]^’^’ач
gsrr-ldan-wa ;	rgya-mtshohi go$-
cau ;	sna-tshogs hdsin;
kun-bzod}	ri-yi sna-wa can;
nor-ldan; '§} nor-gyi bio gros-ma;
$	chu-gter ska-rags can;
chu-skyob ; bzod-ma ; bzod-ldan ;
rin-chen snin-po; dri-ldan ;
VT*4 dog-ma; rten byed-ma; я**/
gX*4 hchaft-byed-ma ;	glin-ldan ; 3'5)'^
klu-yt gshi;	hbyun-pto hdsin-
by(d;	hbyun-pohi	yum ;
dfyyig-gi bio gros-ma;	dbyig-
hdsin ; 4$^'^ bcud-ldan ; glin-hdsin ;
<q«K’З Яя’ gser-gyi glin ; la§sa ; ч&гдч’
hdsom-buhi rgyal mtshan-can;
sa-sten ;	khur-la mi-hjigs\
гм	ma-yi hjig-rten (Mfton.).
sa-gshi skyon	J^'25
rgyal-po king (Mnon.).
sa-gshi ftan-pa sandy desert,
bleak tract, bad soil, sterile ground.
Syn. «’?€.• sa-$ton; 5^*^’ dgon-dun\
ma-ru; дхачче. mya-ftam thafi; ч^'дос
brlan-bral; qwa skams-pa;	4
hbrog-dgon-pa; *5’^4 gyo-mog; ч]^’ач
]	1261
gseg-гпа so-phag-can ; bye-ma сап ;
gtsafi-fod (Mfion.).
irflp|w3 sa-gshi bzafi-po\	or
кцэггц good soil, fertile earth or ground.
Syn. rab-dwans, sa-bzafiy
§а-д<рп, ’ЧЧ’я hbru-кип §kye
wahi-ma (Mnon.).
sa-gshi hdsin	the
support of the earth, king, mountain.
sa-sZa=^^ gold (Yig. к. 2).
sa-zhhi Ihun-po^sfay^
golden mountain.
sa-bzafi-po [a kind of
fragrant earth] S.
sa-hog HTwfc, цтит^ the nether
world; nadir, underground. Syn. *5’^4
rhan-hog;	stob§-ldan gnas;
bcu-hog;	klu-yi hjig-rten (Mnon.).
sa-hog sde the Naga demi-gods
occupying the nether region.
*г^д|й|Егц sa-hog pJiren-wa^^^ ba-bla
'sfhrra sulphate of arsenic (Mnon.).
sahi-kham$	element
of earth.
sahi rgya-byin — ^'^^\ ч 44Н
an emperor, a great king (Yig. k. 68).
sahi-gon-wa <te a lump of earth
[a clod]S.
sahi sfiin-po 1.=^^ gser gold.
Rdo-rje gdan Vajrasana, Bodhi
Gaya ; also Aryabhiimi, Magadha (Mnon.)
3. n. of a Bodhisattva.
n. of a Sutra containing an account of
the attributes of Bodhisattva Bhumigarbha
together with a dharani (K. d. £, 154) <
n.
of a Tantra containing the 108 names of
Bhumigarbha (Ki. g. 85).
sahi-dban phyug=4V^
king (Mnon.).
sahi-zla-wa — **^ gold.
sa-ya	1,000,000
a million.
sa-yab, *rSt«iq sovereign, 4 father
to a country ’ (Jd.).
sa-yafis-pa a wide open country.
sa-yi thig-le hdsin^^'tffct
(Mnon.) a king, ruler.
sa-yi gdu-pa	[a
blue water-lily]S.
sahi-gdu bu^QQ’S lily (Mnon.)
q’Sj’^q sa-yi hdab = ^^ dttr-wa rtsa
durva grass (Mnon^.
q Sa-yi rna-wa an epithet of Karija
a hero of the war of Kuruksetra, son of
Kunti by the sun-god (Mfion.).
sa-yi hphun-byed nag-mo
(*TAV4) a female monster.
sa-yi byi-lam (^'474) n. of
demon.
sa-yi dsam-bu-ka=.^^ klu-gin
[the betel plant]/?.
sa-yi gyab-rgod lit. the wild
yak of the ground; n. of a snake (Sman.
108).
Sa-yi safi-ga n. of an
Indian king who visited Tibet during the
time of Bbrom-bstan-pa (Lon. % 4)*
sa-yi lha=^? earth-god, a
Biahmapa (Mfion.).
sa-yi lha-mo	sylvan
goddess, nymph;	the goddess
who was witness to Buddha Gautama’s
greatest achievement, his final triumph
over the devil.
I
1262
«41
sa-gyo$ earthquake,
4^«q’^ the expressions for earthquake and
Earth’s six kinds of convulsions are :—
*14^ slight shock of earthquake;
4^ strong but partial movement;
nqg'Apfa universal movement; ^*^<4 sa-
hgul ;	rab-tu	hgul; 5H5’,'4’5’*3Q|
kun-tu rab-tu hgul (Mfton.) ; **'5У4 sa-[deg,
*q’5'^4	rab-tu	Ideg,	kun-tu
rab-tu I deg.	Other terms are :
sa-hur	hur,	rab-tu	hur-hur;
kun-tu	rab-tu	hur-hur.
Also : «'ЗагЗы sa-chem chem;
rab-tu	chem-chem ;	kun-tu
rab-tu chem-chem (Л”. ко. 4, 259).
J «Kyq n. of an Indian saint {Lon. J, 5).
«ла sa-rab fertile land, excellent soil
{Rtsii.).
«‘^qj‘q sa-rig-pa [1. king. 2.
earthly] S.
sa-rim route stages; the taking
of corvee labour from the different villages
in turn.
tho reason for breaking the regu-
lations concerning the stages of tho
journey should be given by that man
{D. gel. 40).
«Л4 sa-reg=-t'^4^ rje-rigs tho gentle-
man or Vaiepja caste of India (Mfton.).
«'^ ?3i sa-reft Idan	[possessor of
tho precious jewel Kaustubha\ an epithet
of VishnuJS.
«’фЗД sa-rlans exhalations, vapours of
the earth.
«’§4 sa-rlog as met. = pig.
sa-la skye§ [1. Ht. earth-
born ; a tree. 2.. Mars]S.
««r<$4 sa-la hkhyog w mot. a snake.
sa-lu §gra-8grogs~&'$
peacock.
sa-la§ by ин earth-grown
[1. the planet Mars. 2. a tree]#.
sa—lud nal=:%^'Q'%> glan-po che
elephant.
gla-ica or	gla-
I'tsi can musk deer (Mnon.).
«•«q^yq $a-g$in-pa	[lit. vigour
of land; fertile land]S.
Sf-srun-ma	the river
Ira wadi (S. Lex.).
«$(« sa-sro§ the time after dusk.
«‘$4 $a-$tog met. a wild boar (Mnon.).
«’4^« sa-gsum 1.	the regions
above, below, and on the earth: ^'q}'^4,
and «	2. the third stage of Buddhist
saintly perfection, Prabhakari the enlight-
ened: 3 gq 54«'^5	«'4tJ^ I ^«*$’44^
qq^q«-<4'q54’344^ (Lam-rim.) I bow down
to the feet of tho most famous (saints)
Nagarjuna and Aryasanga who attained
to the 3rd stage of saintly perfection.
Sa-ka-fe n. of a city in
ancient India
sa-ga rrvr, f^lTW n. of tho four-
teenth lunar mansion or constellation.
Syn. rgyud-ldan пш ;
фсап-ро Iha-ldan-ma; 4^w»d(W4 gnam-
mthon hog (Rtsi§.).
^’4'g^ Sa-ga §kye§ TPir, fww; «,4*з1ч,«4
sa-ga §kye$-ma f^rr^ srhV an epithet of
Unia the wife of Mabes'vara (Mnon.).
^‘4w Sa-ga-ma daughter of the house-
holder called ?cw,$'q-?|«'4^ Bala mitra
who was married to the prime minister
of Prasenajit king of Kos'ala a contem-
porary of Buddha (K. d. 4, 114) •

1263

Sa-gahi zla-wa the month of
Vais'akha (April-May) in which Gautama
Buddha was bom, and in which he re-
nounced the world and died.
sa-gas na-wa	the
full moon in April-May.
sa-rji-ka medicinal herb, and
flower :	M.
Sa-pa-ka n. of a great river
of the western continent of Godaniya,
which flows like a black line in the western
ocean (R. ко, 263).
+ srsroj Sa-maJa n. of a sanctuary
in Manyul (Dus-yc. 39).
±	sa-ma ga-ma~$ man
(mystic) (R. ди. F, 28).
+	Sa-mu-tsa-ya n. of a king
(7Г. dun. 14)'
* Sarana (м^г) n. of the son
of w*] Charka (^fV) (R. d. 33).
f ’^’^1 sa-raJa n. of a tree (R.
A, S).
sa-ra so-ri coarse-grained and
fine-grained (com, seeds, etc.), mixed up
together IF. (Ja.).
Sa-raJia n. of an Indian
Buddhist saint:
^эд-gpjai the one who had received real
perfection was famed as Saraha (Л. 70).
sa-ran Fr a kind of sword
(Mnon.).
sa-ri	the fourteenth
constellation or lunar mansion.
Syn.	rlun-gi lha-mo;
rlun-gi dwan-phyug ;	gnam-
ndhofi gofi (Mnon.).
* 5Ts’l^ sa-riJa Fftq;=^’4 hbab-
chu stream, river, (mystic) (/Г. g. F, 21).
Saroruha n. of an Indian
Buddhist saint who is said to- have sat for
seven days on a pyre but was not burnt.
5T^I SaJa 1. n. of a great river in
Jamhudvipa, prob, the Salwen ? (R. my.
% 68). 2. prob, a corruption of the word
Sara in Krista Sara n. of a species of
antilope;	went to
India on account of an antilope-skin.
Sa-lim n. of an Indian king,
(prob. Prince Selim who became emperor
Jehangir):	King
Salimpa who ruled over Arya Bhiimi (Loft.
\ 23.)
saJu жр Oryza saliva wild rice
which according to the Buddhists was
the food of our first parents. The plant
grew wild and when reaped in the evening
new cars came out next morning, to be
fit for the sickle in the evening (B. ch. 16).
*r$*’*g	a kind of fine fragrant
rice.	sa-luhi shin rice field, the
field where the fabulous s’ali grain
grew wild (Mnoni).
N’QJn sa-leb is explained as
shallow.
5Г^Г||Я sa-le sbram fine grains
of gold found in sand;
(Rag.) natural gold picked up in
pieces, not obtained from melting.
о
bshi-mdo (mystic)
crossing of roads (R. g. F, 28)»
saJia-ka-ra FWT< the
mangoe-flower (K. du. n, 330).
n. of a celestial creeping plant
(Yig. k. 37).

12G4
Ф	Sa-ha pa-ra n. of a Bud-
dhist monaster}’ of shepherds in the con-
fines of Nepal and Tibet (Dsam,).
Ф 'Vi Sa-he bhe-tar n. of a great
city in south-west India (Lam-yig, 16),
saw l.= o^*r^N leg$-hoft$welcome;
blessing or good be unto you (mystic) (7f.
g, I4, 179), 2.
WS*’ | Sica is symbolical of the void
nature of all things (7f. d. 322).
swa-nu=^ mountain (mystic)
(7Г. g. 2S).
T tiica-bha-thau n. of a town.
$’«ягчг1^ч| let Swa-
bhathan the town of the heretics (Mutcg-
pa) be reduced to dust (A. Itf).
sd-ga-ra мглт the sea, ocean.
t sa-tstsha its Tibetanized
form is miniature images of Buddha
and Bodhisattvas and also Chaityas cast in
moulds.
Ф c( xSa-m n. of a fabulous golden
mountain (7Г. d. \ 281).
flower of Sal tree.
^•or^vq sa-la ser-po ящя;	tpyi-
shur fin (Mnon.).
sd-lahi ljon-pa	spos-
dkar fin	the Sal tree, Shorca
Robusta.	the sub-Himalayan
regions abounding in medicinal plants
and sal forests:	ЛГ
q>	the cool medicinal region of
Sal is a grove of blessings and happiness
и^л.
sa-lu IjaA-pahi mdo n. of a
Sutra in which the twelve Nidanas (con-
ditions of cyclic existence) have been
illustrated from the growth of Sala rice
and its seedlings (K, d. 190).
sag 1. slow and oblique;
slow in walking or movement (Yig. 1$).
2. brawn, callosity; Sch. also has: hair-
side (of a skin); brawny, a
thick brawn. 3. = ?*^^ IF. scale (of a fish)
scaly.
sag-bdar a rasp, ***p^’j*r<i to
rasp (Jd.).
sag-bdag	sug-rmel
tho smaller species of cardamom (mystic)
(Min. 3).
sag-pa C. a little bubble (Jd.).
sag-ram rtsi sulphuric acid
(&•)•
sag-ri or	sag$-ri from
Persian Sagrl : 1. shagreen. 2. obliquely
cut edge-lining of a robe :
c\
sag-sig ^rr^I [moving and-(
resting]#.
san or to-morrow;
at noon to-morrow;	to-morrow;
early to-morrow morning;
the day after. In W. is also particle
denoting the comparative degree (Jd.),
^’^5 safl-phod=wA% next year;
a year hence, about this time next
year :	^5’^’q next
year the Tirthika teacher about this time
again (A, 33).
Mn-nwi=^*S^ to-morrow eve-
ning.
san-gha incorrectly for
n. of a Tirthika sect of ancient India who
|	1265	I
used to dress exactly like the Buddhist
priests : S’!	^’4’S4I’
{Theg. 33).
ЭД’*’ san-ne 1. immaculate, stain-
less ; V»|Kwfc pure white. 2. secret ;
^e/sjsje/ speaking secretly, privately, whis-
peringly.	san-sbugs hole for hiding
money and treasures.
safi-wa pf. *we^ or fut.
ane/ or 1. to do away with, to remove
(dirt, etc.), to cleanse, to make clean
^•сгадклгч the guilt has been cleared,
to be consoled, to be freed from
grief or repentence;	to go for
recreation or to throw off suffering ; aj’M’
wva to be free from sorrow, to comfort,
to get well, to be free from illness.
2. to take away or off: ^«nt^e/a to remove
the cover or lid, to uncover; to recover,
to come to one’s senses; ^*K'A’«ik^a-a to
recover from intoxication; ^wm^E’A
to awake from sleep. 3. to spoil, to render
unfit or useless (Ja.).
sail-sbad hidden, latent, concealed.
san-sbyin a secret gift, a giver in
secret.
nc/mi san-ras cleansing rag, towel:
^-^е/мгч^е; (Л. 121).
san-san n. of a number. (Ya-
sel 56).
san-sen hiding-place, crevice,
^e, §e; chink of the house.
san§ or (5’Ч'?’5) чгн purified,
freed from, cleansed; evaporation.
Sans-rgyas the Tibetan equiva-
lent for any Buddha ==^’5’А^А| я
one who has become
fully awakened from the slumber of
Avidya. Another explanation is: «Лч|-а5*
'^e,^ purified from all the sins
arising from Avldya,—aboun-
ding in knowledge ; also ‘Sw'nan*
qcalled
Sangyas being liberated from the begin-
ning and by nature full of knowledge
(Tan. snag. $ 98). The different epithets
of Sange or Buddha :—
nrcfsTcf;	hah;
тяпгн; ртТЧ ; Ж3!
chags-hjoms-,	^’5’
wq	thams-cad-
mkhyen*,	thams-cad-rtogs*,
mkhyen-lna-pa; ч^'АЯ’^я
rkan-gnis giso-
wo	; АЖя^у^ НЯ4И.
[come together, assembled from
various Buddhist lands] 8.
адлг^-^Е? sans-rgyas kyi-shin
the fancied sphere of a particular
Buddha or Bodhisattva; for instance Suka-
vati is the sphere of Amitabha Buddha,
Tibet tho chosen land of Avalokites'-
wara Bodhisattva.
wq’jq	n. of a Sutra
containing descriptions of the achievements
of the Buddha in his former existences (JT.
d. \ 235).
^Елг^чгу^уяХч] sans-rgyas dkon-mchog
Buddha Ratna, of two kinds:—
i.e.,	the most perfect
Buddha, and ^’₽a kun-rdsob
unreal or artificial Buddha, i.e., his image
made of different materials or substances.
sans-rgya§ sku-pug§ «рг-
Buddha’s relic, his image or figure;
also his tomb vai containing relics.
IGO
|	1266	I
San$-rgya§ can-
hkhrufa lha-пю the goddess Tara.
ЯЕЛГSafi$-rgya§ gmi§-pa an epi-
t W of the saint Padma Samhhava (Yig.
к. 20).
safi$-rgya$ bs tan-pa Bud-
dhism, tho religion of Buddha.
sans-rgya§ thod-pahi-
rgyud n. of a Tantra in (K. gu. S 5).
целгQ san$-rgya§-pa 1. to attain to
Nirvana. 2.	a Buddhist, one
believing or practising the religion of
Buddha;	§afi$-rgga$-pahi
grub-mthah the religious doctrines of the
Buddhists (Situ. 117).
san$-rgya§ spyihi-ma the
common mother of all Buddhas ; acc. to
Tantrikism : tho Sakti of all Buddhas, i.e.,
Prajnaparamita personified.
n. of a
Buddhist sage who visited Tibet through
Nepal and became the tutor of Lama
Taranatha the great historian of Tibet.
He resided for several years at the
monastery of Phun-tshog^ glin in Tsang
and afterwards visited Tashilhun-po and
Lhasa, where he discussed religious
subjects with Panchen Cho$-kyi Rgyal-
rntshan. At Lhasa he paid homage to
Buddha by prostrating himself before the
great image which had been brought to
Tibet from China by the queen of king
Sron-fylsan §gam-po.
Sans-rgyas rab-bdun a
succession of seven Buddhas who prece-
ded Gautama Buddha:	Kas'yapa,
Kanaka muni,	Kraku-
chanda &e.
San§-rgyas lha-mo
an epithet of Vajra Varabi.
san§~pa fTCM purified, wakened.
safa-po tho first patriarch of
the Bon the namo of whoso wife' was
Chudcham (G. Bon. 23).
«^’5^ sans-spyan	the eye of
Buddha or transcendental wisdom.
sad I: frost, cold air, cold, coldness,
for frost and hail;
to be destroyed by frost Glr.; often in
conjunction with Kail (Ja.).
II: or 1. discriminate, sort; to
examine, see, try;	to try, to
test:	I shall see,
whether you are patient;
like gold, it is revealed by testing.
sad-khom not getting ill after ono
has awakened from deep; falling
id or feeling unwell as soon as one gets
awakened from sleep;
ho who remains fresh when roused
from sleep is wonderful (Khrid. 22).
sad-mi mi-bdun the picked
seven or 1 the seven men of trial,’ i.e., tho
seven most distinguished and talented
among the young Tibetans who were
selected by king Khrisrofi, dchu-bUan to
be trained as monks by Acarya S'anti
Raksita, and thoroughly instructed in
religion and sacred sciences. The three
elder ones	among them were :
Manjus'ri of Dpah, Devendra of Rtsan^
Kumudika of Bran; while the three
junior one’s were: Nagendra of
Hkhon, Vairochana Raksita of Pagor,
and Acarya Rinchen-chog of Rma and an
intermediate one was Katana of Gian.
III: frq. in conjunction with
resp. 1. to cease to deep, to awake,
^51
1267
fcsrsnip’s rmis-ma thag-tu directly from that
dream ;	gzim-pa-la§ from sleep
to waken, more precisely	sad-
par byed-pa; also fig.:	good vir-
tuous emotions (Ta. Jd.}.
sad-mdah	word
of discrimination,	n. of a
dynasty of ancient Tibet (Lon. \ 7)
(Mnon.).
sa4-sud
(Khrid, 28) in myself faith and
repentance arose.
t	san-ta ni-ka HniFnt;
гчз( names of flowers
(К. my. ”1, 20).
sab-sob 1. something rotten,
putrified. 2. incomplete or defective ;
not incomplete, in good order
(A. 156).
Sam-su-kha n. of a
fabulous region situated beyond the snowy
mountains of S'ambhala the people of
which are hermaphrodites like the Indian
Hara-gauri (Lam-yig. hl)*
+ ЭДЦ’Т]	wm-kri-tahi skad=
legs-sbyar-skad the refined
classical language of India.
sam-ta a wcoden board used
as a school-slate in Tibet for drafting and
computation. Aoo. to Schr. brtsam-ta
W’H, sam-khra or pocket-book, note-
book, • memo-randum-book, tablets.
sam-dal Ld. moustaches
(ja.).
sam-bha-ri wrft a religious
sect of ancient India (They. 33).
^8J|
J Sam-bho-ta lit. the good Bhota,
the name by which Thumi or Thonmi
the father of Tibetan literature was
known both in India and Tibet.
sam-sum or	sam-ma
sum-me with a low voice, lowly, softly
or in the place;
termin. of	to promote to
higher rank or dignity ;	Bud-
dha the hero who has attained to the stages
of saintly perfection;	a
spiritual hero who has reached the tenth
stage of Bodhisattva perfection.
+ 8a-riva ma-ni цц ufa the ser-
pent’s gem. It is said to be obtained from
the mouth of the serpent, its special quality
enabling its possessor to float on water.
sa-rdsi-ka frRehn alkaline
earth largely used in India for washing
clothes.
sar-pa ufstst [fresh, new]&
srtr-sar=^'^’^ sa-ra so-re (Jd.).
’ЧП sal-bab W., prob, also
Mil., gold ornament, gold-laces (Jd.).
sal-le-wa
lucid, vividly arising in the mind); clear,
bright, brilliant;	lighted up,
brilliant, well-lighted(Jd.).
sdjs=:*r^ instr, of 4
si also the sound of whistling
through the teeth ;	^’3 whistling;
whistle; whistling, as a call or sign;
a whistled tune. 2. num.: 58.
si-gla [1. a lump. 2. a
bulbous plant]8.
1268
^51
Si-la n. of one of the four great
rivers of Jambudvipa. The Sanskrit
name of the great river of Tibet formed
by tho union of the Tamjo-khabab and the
Kyi-chu of Lhasa; it is called Lohitya by
the Indians (Lon % 5'. Acc. to some:
tho river Oxus, which is supposed to flow
to the south of S'ambhala country (K. d.
\ 270). Also —fact 5^’5 dkar-po white;
also 3’85 Kumuda flower (Mnon.).
J 5 Si-tahi-bdag «farqfa the hus-
band of Sita, Rama the hero of Rama-
yapa who resided in	tho palaeo
called Puspavatl (Mnon.).
^’5 n* °f a plape *n Kham (J.
Zaii).
£| si-tha [tho date tree}#.
= worship (mystic) (7Г,
9* % Ж).
si-ri 1. pack-thread, twine C.y IF.
2. bar, bolt, door-bar (Jd.).
st-ri hbu centipede IF. (Ja\
8t'-ril a kind of inkhom, ca^e
for carrying an inkstand in one’s pocket
Ld. (Ja.).
i ?Vqi $’-Za fawt or a sort of
*r
incense.	the sillahi treo [Boswellia
thnriferd\S.
Syn.	glan-pohi-za§; si-
laJJah; dri-bzan ; < ro-ldan ;
црЧcher~(fyc*ma ; ^‘§5 tshim-byed;
ччч legs-hbab ; than-chu-can ; q§S,Qlc;
bcud-bzan ; 45№f3i bcud-Idan ;	falla-kl
($non.).
si-li-ma the breaking up of the
ice (Sch.).
5'5rS} si-li-ii the noise produced by the
incessant downpour of rain.
+ si-su md-ra faijnn: the dol-
phin.
t ?h 8i-hla = ^'^ or fa*,
Gvrqfq a kind of pomade or perfumed
ointment [1. the olibanum tree. 2. in-
cense. 3. turpentine]&
jerk, to jerk, to hitch up,
to give a hitch as porters do with a load
on their back (CM;	to shako or
jerk the body. sig-sig «Jj^-q^qx^’q
to move, to jerk (Mnon.).:
he shook his little head (Rdsa. 11).
sig-bu also sig-ra sort of a
basket \&hn.).
sin-$kyur curdled milk, sour
'O
milk (S<h.).
’£]£’ Sifi-ga-lahi glin fa^-
the modern Ceylon.
|	= fifa the lion,
C\
^X’C’q sin-ne-u-a — ^i^'H holy, of pure
character:
there resided only holy men for
the purpose of acquiring perfection (Л.
124).
Sin-pa the Tibetan name for the
Sikhs of the Panjab derived from such
names as Ranjeet Singh, Golab Singh and
others.
sin-wa 1. vb., to pick out, sort
out, wool for the third time, by which the
finest is obtained. 2. adj. in compounds:
^•^•q jet-black, very black.
?ta-g 8in-bu liquor made of mare’s
milk, Tartar arrack (Sch.),
^1
1269

sifi-tshol Ts. tea-pot, tea-kettle
(Ja.).
sin-yol, v. in ^’4 sen-po
(Ja.).
sin-ri 1. n. of a mountain. 2.=
8tn§-po (Ja.).
c\ es
sin-sin 1. the sound of steel
when struck to test its quality. 2. thin,
limped W. cf. *ta’q).
sens-po	unfer-
mented rico-water. 1. adj. thin, clear,
W. 2. sbst. Cs,. also small-beer,
the fourth infusion of a weak beverage,
without any intoxicating qualities, yet not
disrelished on that account (from Jd.).
3^’4 sid-pa to whistle Seh., sid-
sgra ;=^’g si-sgra (Jd.).
t Sin-du gi-ri fwfrrfx 1. moun-
tain bordering Sindh. 2. n. of a king of
the country of Parada (Dardistan) (K. d.
S 231).
J sin-dhara-tha n. of a religious
work:
(Л. 98).
t sin-dhar fiw n. of a religious
sect of ancient India.
those who have nothing to aim at or
who desire to resemble the “do nothing”
school of the Chinese Buddhists. ч
prob, has reference to this school (Theg.
33-39).
Sin-dhu the country of Sindhu,
modem Sindh, in western India.
sin-dhu §kye§ (lit. native of Sindh) a
general term for horses imported from
Sindh (Mfton.). sin-dhu-ra=
for minium, red-lead=®>'B (Ja.):
№^№1** (Med.).
sin-dhuhi bdag-po —
(Mnon.) the ocean.
Sta’q sib-pa to be absorbed,
as water on the ground; to eva-
porate, to soak in, to be imbibed;
to be lost in, to vanish in the air;
to evaporate or vanish quickly.
sib-bi n. of a disease (Ya-sel. 28.)
^’9 sib-bu; Cs.: a sort of small-
pox ; Schtr.: the measles.
siin-pa=^4 1. to refresh, to
be refreshed; acc. to Jd.: good health,
prosperity, or vb. to be well, to be well
of.	adv. = happily, content-
edly (Yig.).
sim-byid=$Q as met. the moon,
cool.	a
rivulet that makes a refreshing sound.
sil or sil-snan and <ta’?ta дтл ,
cymbal;	leags-kyi sil
hkhrol-wa Lex.y	sil-snan rol-
mo hkhrol-wa to strike the cymbals;
a female cymbal player (Ta. Jd.).
^‘Й^‘3’3 sil-khrol-gyi sgra the sound
produced by one bell-metal disk striking
on another, the sound of a pair of cym-
bals (Mnon?) ; sil-mkhan a cymbal
player (Mfton.).
stag*] s?7-syro<7=j<'5 as met. peacock.
sil-Ъи, <ij&rg=lfc-g a little.
sil-ina = ^’9 1. separate pieces,
particles, dust, fragments. 2. the tin-
kling sound of a cymbal,
tffs tunefully flows the brook over its
boulder bed; gurgling water; rip-
pling brook (Mil.); also the rupee
I	1270
of Ladak, = four-fifths of an Indian
rupee (from Jd.).
sil-sil	(Zam. 5)
small boll;	tinkling sound of
bellets.
I:	8u l, = ^pwS	a lucky and
good woman, good luck. 2. = >'4^ eating
(mystic) (7Г. gu. p, 179).
II:	1. interrog. pron., ’«Ц who
is; who is here ? j5vtS’^ who are
you ?	who is it and what is
his name? who went?	who
says, or who said? or by whom ?
of whom, whose ? which ?
which son of the king ? STV4 plural
forms of who ? Colloq. b ofton used
for $ in certain districts. 2. correlative
and indefinite pron.:
to him that kills this man, I shall give;
have not у OU
already asked some body before ? <J, SjA4!
is also used for some body, some one, a
certain: «ргёч’ЧА4) a certain friond;
a certain avaricious person, a
certain miser.
su-su who, who ! й '^5 what
persons wrere there? 2.	denotes
the drawing in the breath in blowing up
a fire, the lips being nearly closed, to
prevent smoke from entering the mouth.
III:	.termination: 1. of the term,
case after a final N:	gone
to his own place or residence. 2. num.:
88.
J su-gi vulgar corruption of
or yogi.
t su-ta-ya НИД’ n. of an elephant
that belonged to Ка1уаца king of the,
country of Yava.(prob, Java) (IT. d. % 87).
+ Su-ta-ri n. of a place in Hima-
vata where lived a notorious hunter who
was at last devoured by his own rapacious
hounds (Tan-snag. 6J).
Su-war-tab. of a Gandharva
princess, daughter of king Kabula (7f. my.
П, №2).
su-ma-na a species of
flower (K. d. \ 282).
+	su-inau-trajya-ka-ra-na
n. of a Sanskrit grammar
prob, of mystic and Tantrik terms by
Acharya Chandra .Gomin.
sw-ли <jfw n. of a medicinal
root resembling turnip, imported into Tibet
proper from Ladak.
the three species of Sumi
of red, yellow-purple, and brown colours
are antidotes to all poisons.
Su-mc-tho n. of a
mountain situated on this side of the
mountain called	sii-grl-ma
(К. d. \ 282).
J	su-rahi-snod^^^fc chan-g^
§nod wine-jug, prob, also the kind of
water-pot called surai largely used in
upper India for cooling water :
(я. 50) having been
poured from wine-jug it was unfit for—'.
su-ru phan-tsha also
(vulg. called «Vt*) red-pepper or Capsicum
annuum, i.e., guinea-pepper.
TS su-lu	denotes
perh. the usual sitting posture of ililara^
pa who, while reciting his songs, u§ed .to
stretch out his left leg, drawing up the,
other, and supporting his right arm on it,
his head .leaning on his right hand

1271	М* I
sag reward, recompense;	sug-
tfian id.; $^15 sug-rjed mark of honour
as a reward С.; ’ЗЯ phag-sug a bribe
(Ja.Y
»-£i	sug-pa I. sbst. —the
hand, the four legs of animals;
hand-writing
(Oil. 10) reduced into writing.
ЭТ4 II: root of a kind of medicinal
plant used for washing;
the bleached sug-pa is a cure for
deafness (Med.); 9^’3 powdered sug-pa
(Rtsii.).
^’4 III: vb. to push, jog, nudge a
person, in order to awaken or make him
attentive; to push open, a door with a
a stick ; дч|3’^ч]§5’з sug-pa-shig byed-
pa to push, to shove, to displace
(Ja.).
дчр’З** "sug-pa-skyes = (mystic)
да. 4).
*№4 sug-po a limb; the foiir limbs
of an animal, esp. the lower part of the
four limbs (gen. of those that are slaugh-
tered for meat) (Rtsii.).
t	sug-rmel от sug-^nel
1. Cs.: a kind of spice. =
cardamom:	Med.
Syn.	hthum-gsum-pa;
M’* u$-nan-ma ;	ne-wahi Ide-mig
(Mnon.).
laughing loudly (Rdsa. 10).
Ц sud-pa to cough, to breathe with
difficulty (Cs.), $5ЛЛз to die by being
choked or suffocated.
+	sun = ^ or time ;
at times he
called (invited) the lord Atis'a (Л.
155).
^’4	or ^‘*5'q vb.
adj. ^*=5 1. to be out of humour, tired of,
weary of, sick of; tired, weary,
not tired of hearing (Mil.);
to become tired, to get weary of;
I suppose your reverence
will be tired of it; to make (a person) tired
of (a thing), to vex, annoy, to stun or
drown with noise, to deafen (Jil.). 2.
to blame; ^’^’§5^	to
blame, to find fault with,	became
corrupted, biased, prejudiced.
poisoned or prejudiced mind
(S. Lex.).
9^’155 sun-khyud scandal.
sun-par hbyin-pa 1. to stun
or drown with, to overpower by noise, to
silence. 2. to refute, confute, disapprove
3. to renounce, to resign :
strength to renounce (the world) (Jd.);
occurs in
§5’3 to renounce or break through tho
magic ties of relations (Ya-sel. 7).
su7г-j^)7^uи-tm=5чlчl’^,’S^€, refuted, have
obstructed one by logic in controversy,
defeated an adversary:
*5’K4*^'«jygE/qs4 by the Mddhyamika
metaphysical demonstrations he having
refuted all one by one (A. 28).
sun-hbyin-pahi tshig—*4^' 3*^'4l5‘q
a libel, words of insult or disgrace to
another person.
sun-ma ’ЯфТМ insult, defamation,
disgrace, dishonour, refutation. S^'t'VT
q we should not dishonour tho
great favour (of the lama);
met by a miraculous refutation
(Khrul. 49).
^1
1272
sub-pa pf. or *jqN} fut. **jn
1. to stop up, plug up, close, cork; to
keep shut, locked up:	w$«rq to
stop one’s mouth and nose with one’s
hand; S54l*r^qq to strangle, suffocate,
choke a person; to fill up, choke up
with 'earth, rubbish, ete. a lake (G7r.). 2.
to blot out, erase like a letter;
to cover, shut up, fig.	to
cover the trace or track, to efface every
vestige; ^-«jq-q to rub out a figure or a
drawing; g'^-qS'Srgq-q to remove the
name of a debtor; to hush up, conceal,
e.g., other people’s offences; to suppress,
to avoid, e.g., obceue words; to allow to
settle, the mash in brewing (from Jd.).
sub-sub obliterated, rubbed out,
erased; 34!having rubbed
it out with his hand (Л. 44).
sum, for *№ three, in compounds
before consonants:	ftrД thirty, j-
fsnm	300,	3000;	also
Sntafa	a	third,	tho	third
part,	(or	two
thirds	of	Jamhudvipa;	two
thirds	of Tibet. $* 3	sum-$kya	a	eord
of three twisted threads (Sch.).
*№ sum-cu rtsa-gsum	tho resi-
dence of the thirty-three gods (Sorig.);
the heaven of Indra;
the Sutra on tho Trayatrimsa
heavens (7Г. d. 208).
sum-cu-tig or Si*’?4! a medicinal
herb growing in the clefts of rocks and
amidst grass in Tibet.
q sum-cu tig т&гаочез inflamation
of the liver and biliousness. JZt d.
sum-cu-pa 1. the 30 letters, of the
Tibetan alphabet. 2. The original Tibe-
tan grammar of Sambhota in 30 s'lokas.
sum-rtags abbr. of
Ч4!’4	the work treating
of the Tibetan alphabet and the manner of
compounding them by affixes, prefixes,
surmounting and subjoining letters to
them.
ягч tho grammar on the use
of affix, prefix, sex, etc. (Situ. 6).
suni-mdow^RRi' where several
roads or rivers meet, the junction of roads
or rivers (Mnon.).
Ц Sum-pa or 1. n. of a
province and that of a monastery in Amdo.
2. acc. to Jd. adj. putrid, rancid, rotten.
3. vb. to bind or tie together, to draw
together; to condense (Sch.).
Sum-pa mkhan-po (lit. the
abbot of Sum pa n. of a celebrated Tibetan
author who wrote various works among
which those on medicine, astronomy,
history, and of Buddhism, geopraphy
are full of interest. Ho was bom in
Amdo; his real name was ’’J
(Yeshepaljor).
^^’45 sur-phan, red pepper v.
sum-rtscn=:W$'*^the heaven
(Mnon.) the heavenly residence of
Brahma, Vishnu and S'iva (Jig. 21).
t ^’4 sur-ya 1. нщ the sun. 2.
coloeynth. 3. n. of a disease.
sur-sur coarse-grained, e.g., grits
TK. (Ja.).
sul 1. an artificial plait in a dress;
the lamaic petti-
coat, etc., which is also without plaits (Jig.
11), 2. furrow, channel, groove, trench,
ditch;	lateral valley, ravine,
hollow;	a town in a lateral

1273
$'3|
valley; 94'9^ narrow ravine between
rocks; ’T^pi the fluting in a column (Ja.).
sul-сан furrowed, having plaits or
folds.
«ргя sul-ma an angular, or grooved
vessel.
sul-mal the third stomach of
ruminating animals, the psalterium or
book tripe (Seh.).
su§ instr, of «J.
^’4 su$-pa colloq. the belly, stomach:
д*ГА<«ГА swollen belly.
м 1. one of the six early tribes of
Tibet (Jig. 6). 2. n. of a kind of small
bird (jR/siV.). 3. =^4|,	a little, very
small:	in his cheeks
there were slight depressions (or wrinkles)
(Л. 80). 4. num.: 118.
se-khra-ma species of fly (Rtsii.).
n. of a place in Tibet {Deb.
<4,
se-gol ^^31 1. the snapping
one’s fingers. ^’^’8	; the sound
from the snapping of fingers; the time
it takes to do this, i.e.y a very short time,
a moment, a twinkling (Cs.), *V^‘3‘8
se-gol-gyi sgra the sound produced by
snapping the fingers ;	se-gol-gyi
irda a signal given by snapping one’s
fingers;	as
much as the snap of one’s fingers as a
sign of contempt or indignation.
se-rgod for ^’43’^5 se-hbru-rgod*y
wild pomegranate:
Se-chen cho§-rje Tibetan n.
of one of the Tartar emperors of China
(Ш. я 11).
sc-ta rog-po a species of
an aquatic bird (Rtsii.).
se-trafi yellow beads of a rosary,
coming from the central part of Tibet
{Ja.).
se-driy *1^4 gse-dri the disagree-
able smell of the sweat of the armpits :
se-dri bsnam-pa having that smell
(Pth.) (Ja.).
se-bdud n. of a (^’A^) demon.
se-wa rafi-rta the horse on which
a $*«^5 demon rides.
Se-rdur n. of a place in Tibet:
{A. 121).
sc-wa or gse-tcay a*Va bse-wa
1. a thorny plant bearing white flowers
resembling the rose; acc. to Jd. rose-bush,
rose-plant, rose ;	^ a £*|4j gser-mdog
se-гса me-tog prob, the yellow rose; wild
roses with beautiful and rich blossoms fre-
quently adorn the slopes of the lower hills
in the Himalaya mountains; in C. hip,
haw:	gin se-wa is mentioned as the
food of the silk-worm (Jd.). 2. in й ал^
se-wa ra-tiy ?Va se-wa is the fruit of a
plant which is used for gold and silver
weighment; it is about two grains
in weight:	^av^^a) $с/
do not give even one grain of gold
to this king (A. 128).
Se-w<m nag-pa n. of one of
the disciples of Milaraspa. (Lofi. 21).
§‘5 se-bo prob, for § grey, 8’^‘® skra-
se-Ьо grey hair; mgo-se-wo (resp.
53’^5 dwuse-wo) a grey-headed person (Jd.)
se-Ъуа one who calculates and
studies the times and place of the issuing
161

1274

of the Sa-hdag demon from the nether
regions to do mischief to men and cattle ;
a Sa-bdag astrologer.
$'*5 se-hbu a bad-smelling insect.
^'*3 sc-hbra	pomegranate;
se-hbru me-tog pomegranate
flower.
Syn. *2^5’55 mchin-nad-dgra «^5'^5
indsod-Ulan ; 45*w sked-ma ;	sprehu-
?/f’ pn (Mnon.).
se-hbrog spite, malice; back-
biting :	q
those not being pleased grew spite-
ful and behaved maliciously.
STS? se-mo a necklace [Zam. 5}.
$ necklace tof ambers; also a string of
pearls or precious stone, a kind of orna-
ment made of pearls [11 brom. 131.
$ sc-mog C. venereal disease; $ 14
se-rma syphilitic ulcers (Seh.) ; v.
Se-dmar n. of a ferry near the
monastery of Sam-ye :
5^’5^ from there he proceeded to the ferry
of Sp-mar. (A. 91).
V?*05 sehu rta-khrid the groom of the
chief of a class of demons.
8e-yal = *&'^	a fig.
se-yo re-ica scanty grey-hair:
there was
a grey-headed old man said to be 500
years old (Л. 70).
Se-ra, lit. place of wild rose or
brier; n. of a large monastery near Lhasa.
sa-rag dur-§man carrot in W.
se-rul a kind of mineral earth
used as medicine, probably bismuth ; also
yak-cow's dung collected in autumn for
manure (Jig. 9).
(dlfed.).
^Л'ч se-rel half open, ТГ. (Ja.).
Se-lo sa-yhyags the house-
sweeper of the king of Sa-bdag demons.
se-gar re-wa whitish brown:
another old fe-
male ascetic (yogini) whose flowing locks
were whitish brown (A. 69) <
se-pii a kind of nettle. Acc. to
Cs. a tree or shrub, good for hedges.
se-dng poison contained in
or ^'^5*55st-dvg-nad=\4^\'^reg-dng natf
syphilis (Mea.).
se-se, a kind of brick-tea
(Rtsii. 7^.
8e<l $5 seg-seg obliquely, awry,
^5'5^5 4 to cut obliquely.
^1’9 seg-bya n. of an aquatic bird,
prob, snipe (Rtsii 1).
seg-ma small stones, gravel W.
(Ja.).
seg$-can gravelly.
8СЙ, v.
4 seft-ge the lion—only
known mythologically.
Syn.	ri-d§ag$ zas-can \ VpAS:
gjaft-po-gjom$; ^5Ԥ5 hphog-bye#;
nag$-kyi dwafi ; 5XR*§*q gdoft-lfia-
pa; kha-lfia-pa;	fshog^-
kyi bdag-po; <^’4’35 ral-pa~can ;
5£435’g*q gtsugs-phud [na-pa; fia-ro-
can;	ri-dfyig$ rgyal-po;
nam-tpkhah-gnon;	rnam-par-
gnon\	§dcr-chags dwa^-po;
cha-$as-hjigs (Miion.).
sefi-dkar gsaH-tca an officinal
plant which has the property of removing

1275

barreness:
klun-hjug brings issue.
sen-ge-skrod^'^’ klu-fift ?пгг-
[a species of Euphorbia
used in offerings to the snake-goddess
Manasa]/?.
«еЯ-^-сг7п = 5*^ boat (Mnon.).
seft-gehi $gra sgrog-pa, an
epithet of the son of Kamadeva (ДГЯои.).
sen-gehi gin-ria-ma an
epithet of the wife of Mahes'vara
(ДГЙоп.).
seft-ge hjigs-med n. of a
medicinal herb;	|
Seftge-hjigs-med cures fracture in the bones
of the head.
xrj the
planet Ttahu.
Syn. Jf’W sgra-gcan (Mfton.).
^E^’wq Seft-ge bzan-po	an
Indian Buddhist Pandit who wrote a
commentary on the Prajn&p&ramita (Jf.
dun. 38).
seft-ge-rtsen an epithet of
Jampal Bodhisattva (Mfton.).
^E.-qjS’Q seft-gehi-kkri ftferaH a throne
so called from its being supported by
golden lions. The throne on which
Buddha’s image is seated borne by eight
lions.
ik’Sflg Seft-gehi sgra the sixth in the
list of the thousand Buddhas of the
present Bhadra-kalpa (Situ. 1$).
§c/S|$’g qga|*rq5’*/\ Seft-gehi sgra bsgrags-
pahi rndo n. of a Sutra in (K. d. «, 183).
seft-gehi rtsal	the
prowess of the lion ; one powerful as tho
lion.
ik-qjS’^’q seft-gehi ral-pa the mane of
the lion.
seft-gehi-rigs~b& met. a dog.
ifc-^rgsrqS’^ Sen-gcs shus-pahi rndo the
Sutra delivered at the request of prince
Simha the son of king Ajata S'utru (K.
ко. *, 73).
seft-lcam dkar-mohi nu-
sho — ^WQ glacial water, natural ice-
water, glacier stream (Sman. 351).
seft-ldan prob, a wrong spelling
of also a tree growing on the
southern lower ranges of the Himalayas,
having red wood, and a bark which by the
poor is used for tea called ; its sap
serves as an officinal drug Lt. (Ja.).
seft-lden	Acacia Catechu.
Syn. S*rq5’$’« byis-pahi nu-ma ; g|’^ glu-
len-ma (Mfton.). Damar a (drumlets) made
of this wood emit a very musical sound.
It is of three species, red, yellow and
white (Li;.):
(A. 31) and my best of all the
deities is Dolma of Sengdeng forest.
seft-lden nan-ma an inferior
species of Acacia catechu.
Syn.	b;aft-icahi sen-ldeft;
tshil-dgra;	zla-tcahi yal-ga
(Mfton.).
sen-ldeft Idan one of the seven
fabulous golden mountains of the Bud-
dhist cosmogony (So-rig. 8).
1- clean, white,
cf. 2. Sch.: thin, airy, transparent,
not dense or tight; id. (Sch.: open,
free, roomy, spacious);
§kye-bo seft-seft-por gyur they became very
thin, lean, pale people (Ja.).

1276

sefi-wa pf. fut. also
«гёк‘, to lift up, to raise what was hanging
down or drooping ; g’f swqik'q'^Ag^ he
goes to take some recreation ; гвдгугчik’d
to refresh the wearied body;
q*k’q^cx5 bracing air;	to re-
create, to divert one’s self;
to take a constitutional walk, «к’огя^'Ч to
drive out, to take the air in a carriage
(Pth.) ;	consolatory, giving
comfort (Ju.).
?ksefi-tpifi white, bleached.
ч’ «сп-р’Я, for *k*^’
sc?i-sor=^34^ losing sight of,
oversight, escaping from the memory
UV 24.)
sed a file, rasp. (Jd.)
f	sen-dha-pa prob. Tibetaniz-
ed form of the word Siddha=c^Y5w*rq a
Buddhist monk or mendicant; and
*к\ч are its corrupt forms.
sen-mo	or resp.
чпзт, nail of finger,	’«Ц toe-nail;
a gripe, pinch, nip, twitch; <Ц’Й*
^чяч to pinch, squeeze; ^Ц’Й*гчдо|
fHM scratched by the nails;	as
much as may be put on a finger nail, a
small quantity (Sch.); ЗЦ’Й-оглчргч grown
or appeared on the nails, a white spot,
such as will some times appear on tho
nails of the fingers (Jd.).
Syn. 1к'Й §dcr-mo; ч*]’чЯ’Xv* lag-pahi
tshe.r-ma;	*5 lag-pahi dpah-wo;
lag-srid-can;	hdod-
myos kag^kyu ;	sor-mo-$kyc§ ; $f^’g
slar-skye ; na-ga-ra (Mnon.).
sen-mohi as met. peaeook.
se 6, v. *|?к g$eb,
sem-me (д^'Зя’й) slightly smiling :
96) the lord slightly smiling said, be
patient, sir.
sem$ faM, ; uw; resp. З4!^ 1.
soul, as power of moral volition, spirit;
^яя^рк/ч sem$Jcyi khan-pa the heart
where the soul resides; §5’3 the
doer in the heart; Stwor^irq to have
power or influence over one's mind or self;
§яялч’ч^ his mind became cheered, the
mind wa? joyous.	passion-
ate mind; lustful mind.
чг^яя passionless mind.	tho
eternal spirit. 2. mind, resp. ^5 yid
and C	| $w^rq^
q?ew4^ (K. d. * 214) it is good to
control the mind, he who has controlled
his mind will obtain happiness ; $яя’^
tho mind is sick, is troubled ;
sems hkhrugs-pa a mind agitated and
troubled by sorrow, affliction, vexation
etc.; ч^^ча'йяя forbearance, patient endur-
ance, fortitude, constancy ; чр^^яя malice;
mind full of wisdom,
knowledge. ‘чргч ЧФ»ч1^тг a steady,
firm mind, not to become agitated or
ruffled at heart;	at the bottom
or depth of the heart; ^ярч ^s^q^
misery, grief (ДГЯол.) :	one
very much grieved, deeply concerned;
^яя'^чч a timid, weak minded person;
$яя |ч*ч to lose one’s senses, spirits;
5'д\'ч ыпц-kyi §pyod-pa f^r intellec-
tual powers, mental faculties (Vai.-sfi.).
Syn. %nin; ^я*-?|я rnam-qes-rten
(Mfion.).
sems-kyi lofi$-spyod thought,
thinking, imagination.
1	1277	|
Syn. rnam-rtog', ’’w*^ bsam-
mno;	mno-bsam. (Mfion.)
sems skyed-pa to suffer thoughts
or incEnations to rise in one’s mind, as e.g.y
Ebidinous thoughts
arise; also: to nourish, indulge desires,
passions, to give way to them; often used
in reflective sense:	to humble
one’s self before a person ; also
he blamed, scolded himself (Ja.).
sems-sky о repentance ; weariness.
Syn. yid-skyo;	nes-par-
hbyufi; g'^ §kyo-fles; yid-hbyun\
skyo-gas (Mfion.).
sems-bskyed	notion,
thought, idea, any thing arising or dawn-
ing in the mind; these as enumerated
in Jlbum, Pharphyin, Lamrim and Legs-
bgad gser-phren are of two kinds :
and
(Jf. Г.)
scms-khon-chud— $dug-
b§nal suffering, sorrow, grief (Mnon.).
sems-mkhan intelligent, sensible:
not one sensible per-
son was present (G7r., Jd.),
sems-hkhyog-po —
mi-drafi-po m in-pa one whofcis not straight-
forward =	to be dissimu-
lating, one behaving artfully, cunningly.
Stwafpi sems-hkhral a mind afflicted,
painfully agitated (Sch.).
the so-called five
but really four causes which agitate the
mind:— 1.	termination of
friendship, loss of friends and relations.
2.	faff from prosperity, loss of
wealth, etc. 3.	indifferent state
of health, the state of health being not
uniform. 4.	(|j'<Y3'W§X*r
the consequences of the acts of the
former states of life (II. du. 49).
sems-dgah-dgu-гса to be
merry, cheerful; merriment, enjoy-
ment.
sems-can animated being,
man, animal (in Kham and Amdo the
term is appEed only to the lower animals).
and	srog-ehags are some-
times confounded together, the last term
though in a general sense applying to
animated beings being seldom used to
signify humanity.
Syn. hgro-wa; g’^5 skye-hgro ;
sems-la n ;	skye-ldan^ |’4 §kye-tco\
sems-pa-can ;	srog-ehags;
ges-ldan; lus-can ; skyes-
bu (Mnon.).
sems-can-dan Idan-pa big
with child, pregnant.	sems-
can-shugs — ^fiS^'^ bud-med sbrum-g)a a
pregnant woman (Mnon.).
sems-chags-pa to be fond of,
loving, to be passionately devoted to a
person or object.
sems-hjah phab-nas
smras-pa^W'^^^^'^^^ to dis-
course on religious matters with an accord-
ant mind.
sems-nid the soul, spirit, mind,
the inner working; memory, intelEgence,
consciousness.
Syn. ges-pa ; sems; sems-
pa ; snift;	naft-gi byed-pa; M’4
dran-pa; g jWo; ^’qri^-jpa; rnam-
ges]	kun-gshi;	yid-byed
(Mnon.).
sems-snoms—^w^ sems-chu^
or	a timid person (flag. £9).
I
1278

sems-rten a keepsake, token
(ZW.
^w^q^rq 8em$-thcb$-pa mental absorp-
tion, to be absorbed in thought.
itw^irq sem$-dwafi§-pa
clearness of understanding [extension of
knowledge] S.
sem§-bde cheerfulness, ease of
heart.
8e»i$-§dug=:	sdug-fefial
sadness, sorrow; misery,
mental depression (Mnon.).
sem$-nad heart-grief, affliction:
he has much heart-grief (Jd.).
8em§-rnal (yoga) a peaceful state
of mind, a concentrated mind,
(Situ. 71) the mind
to be brought into perfect rest must have
good thoughts.
sem§ rnal-dn mi-gna&pa
a restless mind, a mind not in equanimity.
Syn.	rnal-dn mi-gna$-pa*,
qqj bag-mi-pheb% ;	shi-la ali-
gn a s',	hphyan-mo-can (Mnon.).
Seni$ $п1пп-ра==-*^ъ to be glad,
gladness (Mnon.).
sen^-pa $3,	; pf.
or b$ain$, fut. 4W, imp. 1.
to think:	or	he
thought as follows, he had the following
thoughts; 2i<r[qK^wq to think perversely,
to take the wrong view of a thing; to
meditate, muse,ponder;	absorbed
in meditation, lost in thoughts;
immersed in melancholy thoughts
(Dzl.)-,	knowingly,
wilfully, purposely;	think over
seriously,	forgetful of
home, forgetting one’s country;
«W<K disregarding this contract (Glr.);
do not think of any body
else, do not think otherwise; to intend,
purpose, have in view, e.g.,
to do harm. 2. to fancy, imagine (Do.);
with	and similar expressions, to
hold, think, consider, to take for, to look
upon as;	(for
wfc) now that you know with full
consciousness the punishment of (going
through) the cycle (of animal existences)
(Mil.). 3. an act of memory, a remem-
bering ;	those who have
heard and kept in their memory tho reli-
gion of Buddha (from Jd.).
§wqscni$-pa can	pregnant,
bearing child.
sem$-dpah a brave mind ;
^w^q* a purified, brave and powerful
minded soul, a saint of the Mah&yana
school.
sem^-dpah chen-po
a saintly soul that has attained high
perfection.
sen)$-phyo$-pa distracted
mind, mind unable to fix on anything.
8cm$ Ъст-ро—^Ц ]kug-pa
idiot, stupid, fool (Mnon^).
+	sem$-tyofi ^ой-ро^'Ч^
a depressed heart.
8em§ та-bde uneasiness of the
mind, unhappy state of mind.
sem$-inaft having many desires,
speculating on many things.
8en^ mi-dgah-ica disconsol-
ate, unhappy; displeased, dissatisfied.
sem$ mi-gna$-pa a vacillat-
ing, unsteady mind unsteadiness, fickle-
minded (Mnon.).
Syn. rnam-gyefi; ini-brten
(Mfion.).
1279
$vaj4)'si1

sems-tsam-pahi grub-
mthah the doctrinal philosophy of the
Yogacarya Buddhist school which is
divided into two sects:	sems-
team rnam bden-pa and
sems-tsam rnam brdsun-pa.
(Л. 28) Atis'a’s
spiritual tutor Kamala Baksita belonged
to the Rnani-brdsun-pa sect of the Yoga-
carya school.
sems-ht slier fatigue, weariness,
disgust (&Л.).
sem^-gshan	regardless;
thinking differently.
§ems-yans-pa magnanimous,
one with liberal views.
Syn.	q blo-kltog yans-pa;
blo-che-wa ; дачжад bsam-pa-yan§ (Mfion.).
sem^-gycn-iva fafaa fWw, fiw:
inattention, wandering, absent-minded-
ness ; to be disturbed,
sem$-gyens disturbed mind =
sdug-b^fial suffering, sorrow (Mnon.).
sem$-la$or	brain-work;
a philosopher; one who thinks of many
subjects (Mnon.).
scm§-$es-pa ufen	a
learned man, a sage (Mnon.).
$W-?|N'|J54 sem§-$es-khyim=^0* the
residence of a sage; also that of a hero.
semt-gso or	consola-
tion, to console;
(Rdsa. 19) be consoled, do not be troubled
in mind.
sehu 1. pomegranate. 2.
a little tooth (Ja.).
5^ scr 1. for ^’5. 2. corrup-
tion, putrefaction. rancid S.g. (Jd.).
^’Л] ser-ka=^'F 1. crack
there is a crack in the porcelain
cup; a cleft, slit fissure, crevice, gap, 9Я’
chasm or cleft in a rock; a large
gap. =	a hole;	to
close or stop up a hole or crack.
^’3 ser-skya lamas and laymen, i.e.,
Buddhist monks who dress in yellow
and layman who dress in plain or in
white. 2. н, yellowish white,
brown; rVl'^'g nH; of fair complexion,
of white-yellow colour.
ser-skya-ma n. of a Yaksa prin-
cess (K. g. 5, 130).
ser-ske yellow-sash used by Bud-
dhist monks of Tibet (Rtsii.).
ser-kha v.
ser-kha-se
(Khrid. 130) for what has that
old beggar settled in the city?
SKjyrq scr-khyim-pa = ^fl\^, a Buddhist
monk of the Tantrik school who while
doing priestly duties (chiefly astrologi-
cal) lives as a householder and keeps
female company;
he converted even the ordained monks
into householder priests (A. 66).
ifc’fpi ser-khral fees paid to a Serkyim-pa
priest for protection against damage done
by hail, i.e., money paid to a Tantrik lama
for his preventive ceremonies against hail
storms.
ser-ga-ma turmeric, curcuma (Sch.).
yellow robe, tho
dress of a Buddhist monk (Khrid. 18).
ser-can fquM brass.
ser-che a yellow flower in JF:
Saxifrage flagellar les (Jd.).
ser-nag-ma ЭТТ yellowish
black.

1280

avarice;
to be avaricious.
Syn. hchum^pa;	hjuft^pa ;
shib-mo ; *cha-phra;	sran-chc§
(Affton.).
scr-sna-can SOT a covetous
person, a miser.
Ser- $na-wa n. of a heretical sect
of ancient India (They. 39).
scr-po iftct, W3, pale,
fair, yellow.
ser-hphreft clerical procession,
(Jd.).
5^/4 scr-wa	hail,
hail-stones.
Syu.	$prin-gyi ru$-pa; ЦуЗ'К
sprin-gyi rdo; $ rhu-nikhrcg$; §5'9
$prin-gyi goMu ; дУЭЧ’Ч sprin-gyi
ka-wa ; rdo-yi char; Чlo-tog
gqej (Affton.).
ser-bnf v. «йк'д
= a Buddhist nun: A01'?
(A. 90).
ser-mo 1. finger. 2. Иг.
six-rowed barley, lato barley. 3. in the
Amdo dialect a Buddhist monk; «КЙч
tier-mo-wa the lama.
ecr-r/fljt-^=544l’£’w^ the
robe made of the bark of Kalpadruma tree.
(£ag. 58).
scr-tshur a yellow mineral:
(Med.).
scl 1. discord, dissension,
domestic dispute. 2, a kind of incanta-
tion, like ^55 ;	to exorcise, make
use of conjurations or incantations (Mil.,
Jd.).
8cl-dgah = ^HW\^ delighting
in conquest; also quarrelsome, one fond
of brawls.
5^’3 scl-wa	pKKSB,
; pf., fut. imp. to throw
off, to remove, esp. impurities, hence to
cleanse; to pick, to pick off; to blot out,
cross out:	to blot out a debt; to
clear,	to clear a path or road;
to repair (damages), to redress
(grievances),	to cure a disease,
dispel (darkness) (-Jet.).
sel-zer can incorrectly for z’]^’
the moon.
51 I: sol. num.: 148. 2. in Budh.
= л4]*г<| attachment, adherence, desire (7f.
£/. F, 179). З.^’^^с/л a mild drink
(mystic) (7u g. Г, 779), also in =
(mystic) (7Г. g. f4, 28).
II:	1. tooth :	grinning,
showing teeth (likoa monkey). ^5 tooth-
less; ^‘95	irregular teeth with
spaces between;	upper teeth;
w lower teeth ;	sc-rnil
the gum;	or	front tooth,
incisors; gwS tbubx-so,	cheek-tooth,
molar-tooth, comer-
tooth, canine-tooth. 2. tooth of a saw
wheel, comb. 3. (Щ ^) ЧТК the sharp edge
of a knife. 4. ==»<*** boundary, confines :
a place on the
confines of India and Tibet (A. 152).
Syn. resp. tshem§;	[dad-byed;
*1^5’95 gco^-^7; *^’4 rnche-wa;
gni$-$kyc§ (Mfton.).
Ill:	L for * in conjunction with
certain words, e.g., for land
boundary;	ftan-sor skye-wa to bo
bora in an inferior place.	$kyid-
*1
1281
pa happiness, comfort, joy;	do
enjoy, let us enjoy,	skyid-
pa;	here east,
west, south, north, in all directions there
is no happiness. 3. = ^ look out, guard,
spying, to watch, to spy, to look
out; peep-hole; keeper, guard,
watchman, spy, emissary,
money and dainties are the devil’s emis-
saries (Ja.); fig. a guard or watch
kept by several persons round a fire; 3’ff
watch-word.
IV:	1. a grammatical termi-
nation:	for (7., also Glr. 2.
num. for sum-cu in the abbreviated
numbers 31—39 (Ja.).
so~dkar white tooth.
sa-§kyag impurities in the
teeth.
so-khahi mkhar-bu^^^
*^’^4 a or s^ck to take rest by
leaning on it while travelling. 5Л’*ДГ
{Khrid. 57) a word of
honour is to be depended on like the
traveller’s stick.
so-kJw	natural
not artificial.
So-khri btsan-po successor of
the first king of Tibet ^athi-tsan-po
(bj. 6J).
50-^=^ lip.
Я’3| so-gri a saw.
80-hgrig-pa ; one with even
and symmetrical teeth.
so-sgo mouth, the lips. #
(Л. 132) Lo-tsa-wa,
do not allow such expressions to come out
of your lips.
sp-syra lit. the teeth sound, a
whistle;	so-^gra hdeb^pa the
whistling through the teeth, in the magic
performances of the Bon-po (Ja.).
^14 so-sgrib—«4the cover of the teeth,
i.e., the lips.
so-ean	glafi-po-
che elephant {Mfton.).
w-hchin=*§ lip.
so-ghis-pa with two tusks,
an elephant {Mnon.).
so-sto-wa^'^^'^^ {Ya-sel. 55).
so-dreg tartar formed in the teeth.
so-ldan=5^’4’^	ftw
elephant '{Mfton.)
so-bud a tooth that has fallen out.
^ S5’§S so-brad-byed gnawing flesh from
the bones:	{A. U)
the left one was biting flesh from a
human arm.
=	a hair-comb.
80-rtsi tooth-paint; spiced
betel leaves used by the Indians which
give colour to the teeth.
so-shj a small white spot on the
tooth.
so-bshi-pa the four-tusked, an
epithet of Indra’s elephant {Mfton.).
^5 so-zed tooth-brush.
so-ral irregular teeth, teeth having
space between them.
so-fin	tooth-pick; n. of a
plant the twigs of which are used for
rubbing or cleansing the teeth. ^’4*
^КЯ'ё’ tooth-brushing wood has five attri-
butes : it induces salivation and regulates
the bile or liver, suppresses phlegm,
removes bad smell from the mouth, im-
proves the sight {K. du. S 26). 
so-srub gap in the teeth {Sch.).
162
j	1282	I
5ГЧ]	so§Jca.
5ГЖ so-cha n. of an emetic fruit:
* 3 ^'K^ q w-to rog-po n. of a bird, the
feathers of which are used in making a
black dye for gray hairs {JSman. 153).
5[’SJ4] so-thag weaving linen.
so-itam^ also VS «П^ГЯТ com-
merce, business; husbandry,
to till the ground, to practise agricul-
ture, fanning;	XS'vw S'V^
husbandman, fanner;	^5rg'«ww| com-
prises husbandry, trading, tending and
rearing up cattle, etc :
a man who had not always done
husbandry (A. 10).
Згч so-pa watchman.
Ф 5ГЧЛ 80-pa-ra яцтрг areca-nut,
which according to Tibetan works is
beneficial to the teeth.
^’ЧЧ]ао-/)7ш0 brick, tile ; also collective
noun, brick-work, tiling (Jd.).
N’a sc-tca чпц unhusked paddy or
grain; acc. to Jd. coarse, thick-shelled
barley.
so~bya an aquatic bird S.g. (Jii.\.
^’34 so-та L=^M’4 fresh meat in U
aud Tsang; in the dialect of Amdo and
l£ham=q]^'4 new. 2. Kfa a climbing
plant the juice of which was offered in
libations to the gods; the Hindus also
worshipped it on account of its intoxi-.
eating qualities.
+	So-ma na-tha tfhprrq • n. of a
JJramauical sanctuary (JDus-ye. 29, 39).
+	so-та ra-rtsa sty,
т	v	.	.
hemp;	hemp cultivation.
Sjm. д zla-rcahi leug-ma;
zla-wahi rgyal;	leug-ma bzafi-po;
hbras-bu nag;	tul-icahi
hbra$-bn; «V’T’M* mdog-med §kyc$;
чэс.' hdab-bzafi (Mnon.).
so-mi-bsod v. ^'^5	=
mi-$kyed-pa unhappy, uncomfortable;
there was no need to
go, there was no unhappiness whatever
(A. 124). 2-	; unsteadiness, fickleness,
wavering.
Syn.	rnam-gyefi;
sen^-mi gna§ (Mfion.).
so-rtsam flour of rice and barley
mixed together.
so-rtsi— Jj3^§kyur-rtsi ehen*
po pomelo (Mnon.).
^*^*1 so-tshis or	house-
keeping, management of domestic con-
cerns, husbandry; cf. ^*V* agriculture
[JaX
so-hdsin =	1. occupying
the confines of a country or region. J’2^’
(A. 152) a place
for guarding the boundaries between Tibet
and India. 2. lip.
+ ЗЗкзсс ao-zos-kyain
whatever manner impeded or delayed; in
pro. = Я
’ВМ5Ч зо-zur gtmb three lamas called
So, Zur, and Nub, who belonged to the
Rnin-tna sect.	(Khrid.
23).
80-ra§=я л 'йли linen.
^’^4] so Jug lees of liquors, yeast o{
beer (Sch.).	. *
^’*5) so-le fresh, well preserved.-
1283
so-le sdod to remain or appear
fresh, fresh looking; ^’4
‘^5'q there (in that) blossoms appearing
which remained fresh for seven days
(A. 107)
so-log high road, causeway W.
(Jd,).
^’4^5	'^4 comfortable,
skyid-po ini-hdug, uncom-
fortable:	I lived
comfortably at Chim-phu.
t	$ohu gan-dhi-ka n. of a flower
(A: g. *, 82).
so-hrub minced meat; also
pounded dried meat.
so-so =	ufn, 1. [distinct,
separate, single, individual, рда
individuality, distinctness, difference,
the victuals came into the
hands of the individual persons (Dzl.);
adv. separately :	‘ sin-
gulation^ each for himself, holding forth
his vessel. 2. various ; diverse, different,
different opinions, dissension;
to separate, disjoin, divided,
QV4q to set, put, lay apart], from Jd.
so-sor skye-wo ; prop,
one separated (from the saints), one dis-
tinct from incarnate beings, an ordinary
man ; a lay man ; as to his spiritual con-
dition: a man in his natural state, one
not yet enlightened. *
so-sor hkhrul [repelled,
beaten back]S'.
so-sor go-war byed
comprehension [cause, reason, proof]#.
§o-sor до-byed	[accu-
rate understanding of the particulars of
anything]#.
so-sor hgog	[obstruc-
tion]#.
so-so-hgro	gait or
manner of walking or movement (Mnon.).
§o-sor gyur 1. separated. 2.
sfspj; [a surety, security]#.
so-sor-rgod=-^^'^S so-sor-
bshad (Mnon.).	n. of flower
(Mnon.).
%4 so-sor nes-pa
[general rule, general prevalence]#.
so-sor bcoms vanquished,
subdued.
sa-sorhehin
[obstruction, ruggedness]#.
so-sor hjoms sfwn [reaction,
resistance]#.
so-sor nin-byed	[every
day]S.
so-sor- mnan=khas-
^lans-pa (Mnon.) promise, assurance.
so-sor rtogs-pa	srfa-
[watchfulness, knowledge]#.
XrXfc/JKQ so-sor thar-pa, also
wfeuft^, liberation, deliverance;
the Sutra on deliverance, code of moral
and monastic discipline, containing 250
rules for the priesthood.
so-sor thob-pa	[received
back]#.
so-sor sdud=^W or (Mnon.)
so-sor bsdus-ptt SfSjnnx: [1.
drawing back. 2. combination of a group
of letters into one whole]#.
gna$ residing separately;
srfHSFf [removal, setting aside]#.
so-sor $пап-и-а я^нт [brilli-
ance, ingenuity]#.

1284
Й X4gcq so-sor $pan-ua ufmftw [rules
o£ moral discipline, rules of conduct]®.
so-sor hbad individual exertion;
[repairing, reforming]®.
mk’g’q so-sor smra-wa sfw^
[answer, reply]®.
so-sor hdsin Ярппч [effort,
endeavour]®.
?fXkq<Vrp so-sor bshag-pa mhrir
[removal, setting aside]®.
so-sor bshe$ [to receive,
follow]®.
Яso-sor za$ sesame.
so-sor raft-rig-pa
। accurate understanding]®. Wm^qv
1.	2.
3 Я ’^4q, 3.	54'
q^Rq|’q? 4. IjWq 5^'qV^J] q.
3	so-sor b$ag$-pa
[enjoining, teaching]®.
^•^•q«#|5eo-eor fyad sfafire [demonstra-
tion]®.
so-sor rsal-tea 1. illumination,
enlightenment. 2.	[every day]®.
80-Su-cha a medicinal herb, an
emetic (Vai. $n.).
^4 sogy v. sob.
?I4]’P’q sog-kha-pa n. of a kind of
medicinal grain, ^4*Р ’<r<Wg4 q ’4X\qv§^
Med. Sog-kha-pa stops vomiting.
^4n. of a river in east Tibet :
НЛ’РЧИthen at the time
of arriving at the bank of Sag-c/ш in a
house... (Л. £S).
^4’^4 hoarding money.
5<Ч]’Ц sog-pa 1. sbst., also ^4<q sog&pa
shoulder-blade, scahula, ^qS^E? sog-
pahi те-loft the flat part of it, ^4’3 sog-gu
the narrow extremity of it; ^4’35*4^q*rq sog-
mo hdebs-pa to divino from the shoulder-
blade; ^4’g sog-lhu shoulder as a piece
of meat for boiling (Ja.).
II: теч; vb. (also: 4^4’4, qlfap,
3«|Kq) pf. q^u, fut. 4*% to gather,
heap up, hoard up, ^4W3S’4 W to
collect, to earn, to hoard;
ono who hoards, or accumulates money or
wealth, g*	without having col-
lected and deposited the daily requisites,
the things wanted every day (Mil.); «^5’
<^MT?fa] q or	to collect, to accumu-
late merits,	repeated commission
of sins; 4^4 ’?*’ morbid matter consisting
in too great an accumulation of humours;
^4’q to collect an army (Ja.).
sog-po НЯ, a Mugh, Tar-
tar, Mongol (®. Lex.) ^4# a Mongolian
woman, ^4’54 Mongol child, Mongol boy,
^4’W Mongol dress or fashion of dress, ^4’5
Mongol horse. There was a tribe prob, of
Tartary and Kabul who were Buddhists
and used to go on pilgrimage to Gaya.
for
thirteen years thero was an interruption
in the intercommunication of the Tartars-
Mughs at Vajrasana (Gaya) (A. 19).
?{Ч]’Л sog-ma hay, straw, blade,
stalk, ^4’*9 green corn that begins
to sprout (Sch.). ^4’^4^ sog-tshig$ joint
on a stalk of straw, a knot on a stalk
(Cs.); ^4 ^ a small blade of straw,
chaff; ^4*w5- a shoe of straw; ^4*5,
^4V, *4stubbles (Jd.).
sog-le *пщ, a saw: ^4’^k
4<fVq to saw to pieces; ^4'^’p the tooth-
edge of a saw, also botanical term: serre-
ated (of leaves) (Vai. §n. Jd.).
1285
gfl sog-le rgyab saw-back, the back
of certain animals, fish, etc., resembling a
saw.
sog-le-sgrib=JJ	kln-$ifi.
(Mnon.)
sog-lehi зет§-1(1ап-та=&\
г^Я^ьтя (Mnon.) a fierce woman, the
woman with a heart as rough as the teeth
of a saw; a cruel, heartless woman.
sags gen.	WTf<, ^<«|4
having this or these
before; as chief, and so forth “ and the
like ” usually preceded by % as in :
^Я^чгаррЯ*’ prop, the beings headed
by man; ц’^'вг^я*1’decorated with
little flags and the like. «Г^Я^‘5 instead
of which always «г^Я*^ or may be
used; often ^Я*’ alone; after (‘Ч')^к(ч)
usually a comma is to be supphed, and
the words following are to be considered
as in apposition: $^я^’^Я q^’
Я^‘Э’ writing, arithmetic and so on, the
five sciences; Я^’^Я^ gold and the
others, viz. metals; £^Я'Я^я the three
sounds, £ (Jd.).
sofi-ica, usually regarded as the
perf. of	w^gone, passed,
proceeded,	having proceeded;
^•Хк*^5Я (A. 13£) it is all right if gone
there. Яс/Ясч HHHrt those that had gone
= or B^’q (Mnon.).
when he had gone thither;
going on continually, continuing to do
a thing; ЗкчтоЦ past or has gone, it is
no longer extant;	passed or
came into the power of. Also in the sense
of: became, turned, etc. В’Й^Я'Й’^’ she
became a bitch, was changed into a
bitch ; vrp’qv^’ it turned white (Jd.).
disappeared, vanquished.
son or ^’4 1. for (Rtsii.). 2.=
or B^'q WH gone, come to; =
attained thoroughness, gone to
perfection ; 'ЧЯ’^ TWe has come to hand;
having attained to
the highest point in true religion (Yig. k.
10).
Муч son-pa 1. v. *4 2. v. ч)гЦ’£<,
(Ja.).
sob 1. null, void, vain, empty;
hollow tree, spongy wood;
(Vai. §n.). 2. also Я^4 some
thing stuffed (as a chair); cushion,
bolster, mattress; чя*^4 the stuffed skin
of an animal;	the stuffed skin of
a lion (Jd.).
*fa'|3 sobJchra (originally a Chinese word
signifying inferior tea) (Jig.) bad in its
quality ;	inferior tea.
som !. = §*< MH, equal, even.
2.	pine-tree. 3. or=^n—
^Я imp. of
*b som-ni	= 3
fSHfu doubt.
sor 1. also gimlet;
a sort of trephine. 2. v. ^’35. 3.
v. w as in:	’Ч^Я'4 to putin its place;
^’$Vq or to restore, renew, e.g.,
exhausted strength:
(A. 51) at the time
of the lord’s return (its) mouth, eyes, etc.
had all healed. ^'Я^м for	sepa-
rate place or residence.
«ог-яи^^Я'^’^’Я? al80 М^Я’^
finger; Wxe’q	web-fingers,
one whose fingers are joined to each
&Г0 [
1286
others (S. Lex.); toe.	sor-
gdiib *^4’^ finger-ring, the joint
of a finger. ЗК’Й'й^’Ц wX§Ff*i fingerless.
2. inch:	four-inched ; g’ *i
fivefinger breadth. ^кЙ’ц^-q sor-mo bshi-
ра=^с/ч| (Mnon.) a mild purgative-fruit.
3. symbolical of ten by reason of there
being ten fingers on the two hands
(Rtsii.).
sor-mohi phren-wa-
la phan-pahi rndo n. of a Sutra delivered
by Buddha for the benefit of Anguli
Mala (7Г. d. 208).
51Q]’CJ sol-ica	anything
burnt,	charcoal;	charcoal
fire, Кcoal. 2. imp. of to pray,
to bog. 3. ysr, Harare the planet
Mars which glows like live coal.
Sfar^sicq Sol-nag than-роъ. of a place in
Tibet:	from thence
he arrived at the great plain of Sol-nag-
than-po (A. 91).
sol-po resp. friendly, kind,
affable C., JK. (Jd.).
a gem worn on
the neck; nape-joint.
sos 1. instr, of	to bite
also to back-bite, to culumnate. 2.
a pf. form of q * disease cured
cured impaired (health).
stern] sos-ka fu^rq, the summer
season.	so$-ka tsha-ivahi das
the hot season, from about the middle of
April till the middle of June.
Syn. £^^'*>^tsha-gdun-caH ; tshad-
can ; ^‘5 Я nes-sreg;	drod-hort-diis
sos-ka-bshad
mtshon v. (Mnon.) rainbow.
sos-dal =	without
haste or hurry about a thing, slowly,
leisurely (A. 181).
sos-gdal = §5’^5 Ihod-lhod
slow, with relaxation ; §(Л'Я^'3
at the place of study be slow (A. 132).
so$-zin 1.	so-yi§ zin-pa
caught by the teeth. 2. tetanus, lock-
jaw (Ja.).
5] sra for 5’4
sra-ica, also 5’^ and 5 ^ (Ck)y
*Kfau, жч, жч? «гк,	hard,
solid, thick, firm, compact; 5’^R'qW4
UK firm and compact; 5 q^S solidity,
hardness, compactness, of wood, meat,
etc., hearty, vigorous old age;
proof against cut and thrust (Jd.).
sra-brkgan-hdin srfBUTUKnr
coarse blanket used by Buddhist monks
in ancient India.
5’чдц sra-hbras n. of a medicinal fruit.
Syn. VqЙ dra-ica chen-mo;
me-tog-ser; zug-rnu (Mnon.).
5’^ sra-rtsi hard varnish, raisin, gum;
5'^ ^’	tgios-dkar-
^in Sal tree (Mnon.).
sra-sra ^4lq sin (S. Lex.).
snz^-pa fafhr (Zam. 6).
srag-qul violent (£
Lex.),
5]^’ sran I:	япя a hamletr
village. 2. З^Г a pair of scales, balance;
or to weigh, to balance.
ГI
1287

3.	weight, in a general sense, З^'Ч^Ч
one pala} 3^'|5 wf 4	one half of a
paid; ^’3^* Chinese weight or steel-yard.
4. as money=ten sho, i.e^ an ounce,
one ounce (of silver), З^А two ounces,
two pounds of medicine.
II:	= gw open passage or ground
round a monastery or temple, ®W’3*/
lit. straight way; idiom.: forthwith, at
once, without delay; З^Ж acc. to Sch.:
tortuous path street, lane (Glr.);
^’3^’ the road which a person habitually
walks (Jd.}.
3^’* sran-tha balance and what belongs
to it (&Л.\ 3*’*4 sran-thag the string
of a pair of scales or that of a steel-yard
by w’hieh it is held or suspended. 3^’*54
sran-rndah scale-beam or lever of a pair of
scales (&Л.). З^’Як sran-pkor scale, scale-
pan or pot.
3^’^’ sran-nan a street or lane running
through a town or village : ч^’З^еАк/
then when he had gone
into a long lane (J. 131).
3^‘A sran-wa to straighten, to make
straight a crooked thing; adj.
straight;	4’3^4 a straight arrow,
a bamboo arrow.
Srad n. of a district in Tibet, situa-
ted midway between Tashi-lhunpo in
Tsang and Sakya (Lon. >, 11).
srad-ma pease v.
*15’5 sran-bu = ffi4 Hnj, thread,
yarn (fiag. 29): З^З'^’ч to twist or roll
yarn into thread.
sran-pa 1. akin to 3’4 v. ante
sbst. hardship, severe distress or toil; 3d!
toilsomely, rigorously; З^’Ч’Е} one that
endures; 3^’4 sran-che-гса, = 3^‘34*яр5
sran-thub-mkhan one who can endure
much. 2. pf., and fut. 435 bsran, imp.
3fa sron to bear (with patience), endure,
to be hardened; 3^’4C4*rq to hold out,
to stand, to endure much. 3^’3q sran*
thtib=^\4 bzod-pa endurance, patience
(Mnon.), Also, as 34 sra-wa (opp. to $5^
lhod-po and 4^4*35 hbol-mo) hard, firm,
durable, regid, strict. §*1’3^ sditg-sran
hardiness (MU., Jd.).
тм-ш 1. grain, like e.g.,
of Indian corn. 2. hto, peas, pulses.
35*^’^' field of peas. There are
several species of this, viz.: white, yellow
red, green, black, large or small. 3^*5^^
[a sort of pulse or lentil]S.; 31’^
srad-scr; 3fof3^mon-sran gchu ma-ga ;
Йузу«14'35’^р*25 mon-sran leb-mo dkar-po.
35'ыч йг* sran-mahi lo-ma leaf of the pea.
35’^’ sran-ljan [a kind of kidney-
bean]^. Other terms :	mun-gahi
lo-ma; £^5 mis-ldan;	bya-rog
mud-да (Mnon.). 3^’^' sran-phuti a heap
of pease ; 3^’^ sran-phub pease-straw;
3^’3 sran-phye flour of pease; 3^ sran-
me-tog blossoms of the pea.
srab vfifl bridle, also $4*34; 3^qf§5’
a complete riding-gear. 34‘3W,
srab-$kyog§ (Cs.) the reins; 3^
srab-lcags the bit (Cs.) З^’^З4 sralp
mthiir the halter; 3q^54 srab-mdah reins
(Jd.).
srab-pa 1. narrow, slight, Ift lK
34'4 lesser sin or defilement. 2. shallow,
loose, not dose; 34*»tfta inner sole, welt;
З^ЗЯ thickness, dimension (Jd.).
3^*Xi srab-mo <T3 thin, fine, slender
(Zam. 6)	like cloth,
leather, paper, douds.	:
1288
5J4	srai-.?n'6=’\4'4n 1. twilight,
dusk;	(Rdsa.). 2. dark,
obscure.
sram 1. or O* otter; different
species of otter are:—9^’5)* rock-otter; 3'^.
fish-otter. 2. otter-skin, sable-skin (Jd.).
Syn. chu-yi tprehu;
fkad-cig-dbug§;	na-hdsin ;
chuhi src-пюп ; chur-hdsuni; $’«1’5’4
< hu-yi byi-wa;	hug-pa mchod-
Lycd (Mnon.).
9^ srar adv. of 9	; severely, rigor-
ously (Sch.).
eras or resp. for 9 son, male
child,	son of a chief or king,
a prince; 5ЧЦМ faRjpr; also : son of a
Buddha (in spiritual sense), a Bodhisattva;
^’9^ a prince, a nobleman’s son. 3^’9^
or	spiritual son or daughter;
ft spotless child of
Buddha, $4$	<3qg< disciple,
^’4j5 the eight spiritual sons or disciples
of Buddha, v. $’4$’9« ne-wahi-sra$. 5^’9
sra$-bu~^ eras. s rat-mo daughter,
young lady, princess.	sra$-tshab
an adopted son or child.
еч
5| sri I: НЧ blood (mystic) (K. g.
P, 179). 2. a species of devil or demon,
•devouring esp. children, a vampire, also
?|*M tri-fian Sch.) chuH-sri Glr.) 3^’4
phun-sri Mil. a devil bringing misfortune;
they are supposed to live in under-ground
places, and are also called W’S’B ma$-
kyi-sri\ sri-laft a devil rises from
below; sri-non-pa to suppress such
an evil spirit (Jd.). 3. Sri has been des-
cribed in Rtsii. as	a kind of
wild animal.
СЧ
, II : or §4 sri-wa pf. 4§*i bs^iSf
fut. 49 bsri to retain; to be parsimonious,
niggardly, esp. with XS
sba-sri med-par gnan-wa to give unspar-
ingly, bestow very liberally. 9'^5 sri-med
liberal. 2. in W. to wind, to wrap round,
for 55’4 dkri-tca. (Jd.).
c\
| III: respect, deference, reverence
(to lama, parents and elders, &c.): 9’3’4
sri-shu-wa от more frq. 95’3’4 srid-shu-wa
= 4ijv1f§5'n bkur-$tiJ)y(:d-pa paying res-
pect; §*3’4 sri-shu-pa от	sri-shu-
mkhan one showing deference.
srihu rgya-phib$ n. of one of
the gilt domes of tho great monastery of
Sam-ye : 5’<^§5*5’Зчко’Ч’Ву
ЧЗ^М then he resided for a fort night
under the dome of Sri. (A. 9Y).
§£*$ Srihi-chu n. of a tributary of the
Tsang-po which flows a little above the
town of Lhartse in upper Tsang : *чгч’3*‘
p	(A. 27).
c\
srihu »г<ТчГЦЖТ a woman whose child
dies after birth.
srihu-nag mulberry tree (Jd.).
J §^’5’5’5 srin-ka ta-ka	[the
aquatic plant Trapa bispinosa\S.; n. of a
tree the wood of which is used in the sacri-
ficial fire (K. g. 5, 333).
srin-wa pf. 4§ejj bsrint) fut.
bsrifi 1. (cognate to ^ч’ч) to extend,
stretch, stretch out. 2. to fling far away
C. 3. to postpone:	hchi-wahi
tshe srin-wa put off the term of death; to
prolong life; to wait, to tarry. 4. (4JjV4)
to send,
4§V4. 5,	4 tkyed-srin-wa to bring
up, train up, to rear Glr. (Jd.).
§^’35 mft-mo W, sister, bu-
sri^) mift-sfift) resp. 8^’5^ leam-srifi
brother and sister, cousins (Jd.).
1289

Syn. еЛе-sM; learn (Mfton.).
ex
5JS I:	wrd^ height. 1.
length, extension, srid-du ^vi; in
length ;	a cavern eight-
een cubits long; with regard to time:=
till, during, or	de-srid-
kyi-bar-du for so long a time,
ci srid-du also ^*§5’^ ci-srid-de how long ?
also, as long as; when followed by :
be it ever so long; also ^5*44 srid-par or
§5 srid in extension. 2. symbolical fig. :
14 (Rtsis\
e\
5(Sn : dominion, government:	’«
W4*i srid la ma-hcham-pas falling out
with one another about the government
rgyal-srid, 5^’ljS dwan-srid kingdom,
power; §\§5’4 sri-byed-pa to reign, to
govern, *§5*^’4 srid htsho-wa to rule justly;
he seized the
territorial possessions of these two; 5
bla—srid a lama’s dominion, lf§5 sde-
srid a province under the rule of a deba or
governor, ruler, commander, regent,
reigning prince ; "^’§5 chos-rid clerical
government, ecclesiastical dominion.
srid-thufi short reign, a short-
lived government.
Srid-rje bran-skar the eldest
son of the patriarch king of the Bon called
Sa^-po (ff. Bon. 23).
srid-sgrub (Hu, 1. white.
2. n. of a celebrated mathematician who
lived during Buddha Gautama’s time (K.
d. p 113), [the astologer Arjuna was the
Buddha’s mathematical teacher]/?.
srid-sgrub-ma an epithet of the
river Sita (Mnon.).
5Kijq%' srid-sgrib-fiil	[the
tree Terminalia arjuna]8.
srid-pa 1: 1.	hkhor-tca
transmigratory existence,	srid-
pah i-dqon	[forest of the world] S.
srid-pahi bison-rar hkhor-
wa to roam or wander in the prison-
enclosure of transmigratory existence, the
state of being, life;	4’4 to
experience, to pass through, other periods
of existence (Vai. sn.)f
§5’3’* snd-pAyf-ма Sch.: the future period
of life, of existence. 2. things existing,
the world:	the destruction of the
world,	srid-pa gsum the
three worlds	srid-pa	gsum* дуг
mgon the lord protector of the three worlds
(Yig. 3).	srid-pahi	hkhor-lo
the revolving world, tho transmi-
gatory system (the cycle of existence);
srid-pahi tsho the ocean of exis-
tence (Mil.);	srid-pahi chu-
klan chen-po stream of existence (Mil.);
also a single being, commonly however
§5’4 4 srid-pa-pa * 44'^'§5’4 bvr-dohi srid-
pa, A4'§5'4 bar srid-pa	bar-ma
dohi-srid-pa the beings in the Bardo, v.
bar-do. 3. Symb. num.: 3. (ВЫе\).
srid-pa hpho-wahi-mdo
a Sutra on the termination of
worldly life, «>., death (A. d. $ 279).
^5*4’54 srid-pa-ma an epithet of
the wife of Mahadeva (Mnon.).
§5’45’^’^ srid-pahi sgron-mo lamp of
the world (Yig. k..), met. the sun (Mnon.).
srid-srun-hdsin^^S^^^ srid-
pa-hdsin (Mfion.) an epithet of Mahcs'vara.
II: vb. 1. w to be. 2. W,
«чп^ят, мчглп to grow, to be possible,
«5*aw4-q’«r§5 (Ilbrom. F 2), how can
he leave off or be free from all .doubts?
$hje~wa .M hjig-pa
163
1290	I
kun-la trid-na since springing up and passing
away is the lot of all men Dzl.;
§S Phan-pa shig-srid healing is possible
Pth.;	accordingly
thinking it might possibly be true; the
verb is usually put in the infinitive mood
terminating in	de-yin-pa
hah-8 rid after all it might be this man,
it might bo he Mil.;
he will scarcely come back, he will
have oscapod to Tibet Glr.; sometimes with
the root of the verb:	yofi-mi-srid
Mil.;	kdag-thar-yan srid-
kyt? as it is a possible case, that I might
be released Dzl.;	’$*1 maspid-cig may
it not bo or happen] from Ja.
Srid-hbyor [n. of a cele-
brated Sanskrit poet who lived in the
latter half of the 7th century A.D.]&
§S’3 $г/#-зЛи=5ГЗ also
praise [service]S.
I pray whatever idols there
are may be worshipped (ipx 4)-
srid-srun-gi-rig-byed ww-
Atharva Veda.
srid-srun-hdtin—Wy^0^ srid-
pa-hdsin (Mnon.) an epithet of Mahes'vara.
srid-$run$ wnwn [a priest
versed in the Atharva Veda]S.
win for H2*, 5W9 and q- v.
SHUS spin-klad 1. n. of a disease in
which worms grow in the brains (Z.C.).
2. sort of ftint-stono (8<h.).
ЗИЖ srtn-gtan	srin-
buh-glah-thab§-nad (?). 2. having the stag-
gers (of horses); being mad (Jd.).
§ 8riuJyom$ 1. antidote for worms ;
2. [a dove-cot, an aviary]£
spin-phran-ma—fyqw grog-ntf
ant (Mnon.)
trin-lhor small ulcer or tumour
(Ja.).
e\
ж^к, жйл, fjinm, ятея
(S. Lex. and Zam. 6) cannibal demons,
figuring in Indian and Tibetan mythology,
with red neck and eyes, which drink blood
and subsist on dead bodies. They are
supposed to be, for the most part, of an
enormous size, generally hostile to man-
kind, going about at night to do mischief
to living beings. Their chief abode was
Lanka (Ceylon), while Tibet and Mongolia
were also originally inhabited by them.
The Tibetans, acc. to the Mani Kambum,
are descendants of a monkey emanation
from Avalokites'vara who had married a
win-то or female demon living in the
rocks; ^’5^ hdre-srin a hobgoblin.
Syn. Я84]** tgra-$g"agt; ^5'J4!*1 hbod-
$grog$;	mkhah-hgro-^kye^;
mtehan-rgyu; fl&vgX rntshan-spyod;
if4]** thun-mtsham$-plog$; qa-za; fi4]'4^’
khrag-hlhun;	mgrin-dmar-can;
kun-gsod;	ro-zan ; mi-la-
htshe; mig-dmar; q^5^*i*rg'2J btod-
nant $kye-wo;	fa-rjen-zan (Mnon.).
§jj-EiQ-jt25 win-pohi rgyal-po тгзч, W-
ЧЖ king of the Пакша. His sword is
styled	ral-gri zla-wa dkod; n.
of his general:	lag-mchog
htsah-wa-po ; n. of his ministers: жтт
hgro-byed and	vc-tao; n. of his
pupils :	and 5” mkh^h-rje-
skye§; n. of his capital city Lank&;
^5	rtse-mohi rol-mtsho is a lake
for his water sport and diversion; n. of his
rtse-wahi ьа-gshior play ground:
hchi-med-hphreh; n. of his
pleasure grove: M	wya-fan
tned-pahi $tob$ ; riames of bis tanks or
lten-ка:	gter-gyi patf-ma-can,
I	1291
hod-zer skyedpar byed-pa
(Шоп.).
Syn.	hfi-kahi bdag-po;
3 hod-yafi$-bu ;	gdoft-bcu-pa*,
w^’qj’q mdrin-bcu-pa; ^Vgy «rjgcjHj
$byin gcun-po; W§5’S3 dgah-byed-gra',
4^5	b$od-nam$ skyc-wohi
dwan-phyug; ч^‘дччр?’5 bdcn-bral gtso-wo;
gna$-bshi-pa; З’МЧ'Э'4’*4 sgra-sgrog
rgyal-po;	ral-hdsin na-rgyal;
^5’^’5” gsod-bdag-rgyes;
Iho-nub phyogs-skyon}	srin-pohi-
dican (Шоп.).
^•q5’j4('q’^Егяч]я ^ч)5|'^е/ names of
some great kings of the Пакша:—
здга-адггоде;	nor-ldan*,
rnam-par hjug-byed; gzer-rna;
bum-гна	4AaVt#fin-rje; ^^’§5
njig$-byed\	rnam-par hjigs-
byed; й’дзуч mi-bzad-pa;
$dig-ldan dwan-po-rgyal; W4 hthdb-pa\
leg§-par hthab-pa\ mduA*,
rpdaH-rtse gsum-pa;
mgo-gsum-pa;	mgo-mtha yas-pa
all of whom assembled to hear the sermons
of Buddha when he had visited Ceylon to
preach his doctrine there (K. g. 5,126).
names of some of
the chiefs of Пакша'. khros-bshin;
ni’W inche-wa-bzan;drag-po
rab-gtum;	hjig$-hjigs-lta', JfT
§S $krag-byed;	hjig^-byed chen-
po ; чЙ^^Чч,’9 g$in-rjehi dril-bu\
rnam-pav hjig$-hjig$-lta;
zla-wahi sde (7Г. g. s, 174).
Srin-pohi-gdon n.’ofa fearful
gdou or evil spirit (№g., ch. 77).
да<’3®’Ч]ТЙ’$5<ч’§’йс; яггп-mohi gtso-mo
rnam$-kyi-mift names of some of the Пак-
ша princesses:—srin-mo swan;
gsrin-mo gyefa-byed; 5}^’
srin-mo mtshan-mo-rmu, $o-
hehah-ma;	rmons-byed-ma;
dgod-ma} afcrV” glog-lce-ma\	bu-Ua-
h\ 'Й’аЦ’Й bod-mo chen-то all of whom
with attendant goblin maid-servants came
to hear the sermons of Buddha and took
their seats on one side of the great teacher
(K. g. S 117).
gaj-qoi srin-bal ace. to (Faz-^.) = ^^'CJ'4
cotton, flock-silk; raw silk (Sch., Schtr,).
5^’00^ srln-bal can (ц’ч^ [sewing
thread]&
srin-bu^0^ or hu-zrin Sifa,
insect, worm, vermin; rgyu-
srin, ffcih khon-srin intestinal worm;
phyi-srin vermin living on the skin.
dar-zrin silk-worm.	chu-srin =
chu-yi srin-po sea-monster, crocodile.
srin-bu kwa-kica maggot-worm,
generally infesting the mouth of the rec-
tum (JT. d. ^14)-
В^’З'^'54 srin-bu pad-ma leech.
Syn. ^5’^ pad-ma; $ 5)'^ehu-yi snan-
tca; khrag-hthun; g<Y3 srin-bu; w
za-ma-tog-can;	rus-pahi-zon
(Шоп.). '
SKS'S’-53» srin-bu ^pu-ean, 3H3T’’:W
srin-bu kha-gnag ;	srin-bu spro-
med; д^’З’^Ч'д srin-bu rab-phye, ЗКЗ’^’
<1ЧЛЕ^’§5 srin-bu rnam-par rmons-byed; ЗИ
srin-bu med-mdog-byed; ?K3’
^’§5 srin-bu hgren-byed, etc.; arc
different kinds of worms that infest
the human body, and enumerated in K.
d. 367.
ЗИЗ’^’Й1' srin-bu me-khyer
firefly : j**,ik3’a’i^’3^<Il(Л.
70) I am like a fire-fly, (how can
I) illuminate the world I

1292

Syn.	mkha-snan; 5T^5 dkar-
hod\	nam-mkhahi-hod*
155 nam-mkhahi mu-khyud}	nt/i-
mi-gsal\	hod-can*,	hod-kyi
sa-bon; lam-hod. (Mnon.)
5K3'V^’°ta srin-bu dmar-leb чшпт [the
tree Butea frondosa\S.
5ft*3$ft5 srin-buhi-nad disease caused by
worms in the stomach, skin, brains etc.
(Man. ch. 50).
8rin-bya = <^S v^r Ht. demon-
bird, i.e., nocturnal bird, owl etc.
Syn.	hgal-hduhi fdstin-
can ;	hbyufi-pohi-bya ;	5ЯЧ’9^’
nin-mo dgah-bral; *Ц XrSfa nin-mo-yib;
ser-skyahi lta-bycd\	mig-
ser-cun;	dbyafa-ldan
(Mnon.).
srin-mo щтрпя, [a demon]S.
srin-mo rnehe-wa <Tprf^ a
v ild boar, a monster with huge teeth.
5ft’^’ mulbery-tree (Jd.).
srin-lag ^?nfwr, the
ring finger.
Syn. 5ft‘*^ srin-mdsub;	mifi-med
(Mnon.).
c\
* sn*6 or srib$ 1. darkness,
gloom, night. 2. shady side of a high
mountain, north side of a mountain.
Syn,	bsgrib§-pa; 2p grib-ri;
mtshan-ma (Mnon.).
srib-pa vb. (pf. §W’4 srib^pa or
ч$«гч shaded, convered), to grow
dark or dusky.
sf/7 silk-worm (&Л.).
5J 8ru or ‘35 sru-mo mother’s
no	"°	•
sister, aunt. *	• •	
дч]-и srug-pa W. for I’P fprtig-pa,
srub-pa and WT4 dkrug-pa*. 1. to
shake, to shake out. 2. to stir, stir up,
twirl. 3. to make to totter (Ja.).
grq srufrtca 1. vb., pf. чд сл1
NO	/*
bsrufi$ or srufa, fut.	bsrufi, imp.
bsruns or 5K‘ ®Г«п	1. to watch
to keep guard, to guard, to keep in cus-
tody, to savo from, to protect, to shelter;
to keep one’s self unpolluted,
pure, chaste; чуцдс/ч bdag-srufi-wa to
guard one’s self, or in a special sense, to
live as a bdagsrufi, hermit; to preserve;
£’S4l’’|XS,4»5(*r.85eigt«i^4| may I be pre-
served from every harm (Do.);
bdag-la srufi-du-gsol I pray to protect
me (Do.). 2. to be cautious, to beware
of, to guard against:
to guard against accidents, &c.,
from ghosts, evil spirits and demons;
lu^-dan йад-gi ne$-pa
srufi-wa or	lu$-dafi nag-
srufi-ica to be cautions of what one docs
or says. 3. to keep, to observe faith-
fully, a promise, laws;	bkah-
srun-mkhan obedient, ono who faithfully
carries out a behest. 4. to hinder, forbid,
prohibit;	v rigs-kyi$ bdag-
po$ srufl й**'§*Г5К* cho$-kyi8-8ri(n it is for-
bidden, it is prohibited, by the degree of
kindred, by the husband, by religion in
general (Ja.).
П: V3T [sbst. 1. the keeping,
NO
guarding, watch, guard. 2. the person
or the thing that guards, esp.^an amu-
let, preventive, preservative;
erun-wa btag§-pa to suspend ац amulet,
.to the neck or other part of the body] Jd.
5K’g5 sruft-skud an amulet consisting
of enchanted threads. .» .,	.	.
|	1293
fl - srun-rnkhan keeper, guardian,
watchman.
5ИЧрбХ srun-hkhor a talisman, a disk
made gen. of threads consecrated by an
incarnate lama.
3*^5 srun-mdud knotted silk-rags
consecrated by incarnate lamas and pre-
sented to their devotees in return for
presents made by them.
Яе/Ч’Ц srun-гоа-ра a guard, a keeper.
srun-bu or 5!	=
srufl-mkhan.
gron-khyer a
city (Mnon,) the city of Avant! in
ancient Malwa (8. Lex.), 2. custo-
’dian of treasures, a demi-god.
srun-ma guardian,
dmyal-icahi srun-ma guardian of the infer-
nal regions;	ehos-
skyon-icahi srun-ma thams-cad all the tutelar
gods of religion (Mil.); collectively, body
of watchmen;	the first
corps of watchmen of the gods, the Naga;
e;rgyal-pohi srun-wahi-mi the
men of the king’s body-guard,
srun-sems the taking heed, being cautious
(Jd.).
srun-mdsad irtKr [a preserver]#.
дся’Ч	=	latent, kept
secret or hidden.
srun-pa or^^'q bsrun-pa—0^’^
hdul-wa or btul-wa calm, soft, mild;
mildness, gentleness, meekness. ^’5*^'
^^c‘* gin-tu mi-bsrun-shin very wild,
being unruly; malicious, malignant, of
demons (ЛЛ7., Ja.).	mi-bsruu-pa=
mi-nin§-pa rough, wild, unculti-
vated, rude.
srun-po adj.=3^ srun-pa esp. of
horses: quiet, tame.
srub-ka a kind of grain valued
for its medicinal properties: Я
^’4 srub-pa	; pf. imp.
bsrubs or 5 w srubs, fut. ч^я bsrub
1. to stir, stir up to churn;
g q q to churn tea, milk, &c.,
sho-srub-pa to make butter. 2. to rum-
mage, to rake up, to stir, to turn over.
3. to rub, two pieces of wood against each
other to produce fire (Jd.).
srub-thag the rope with which
the piston of a churner, ?>., the churning
rod is twirled, gen. when making butter.
srubs-byed the churner.
srubs-ma the churning
rod. Syn. 5! srubs-^in;
dkrogs-ma ; sho-yi skya-wa (Mnon.).
srubs a cleft, slit, gap, fissure;
о
дд]-g brag-srubs chasm or cleft in a rock,
intermediate space, interval, interstice;
rent in a dress; disunion, separation;
wound (Lex.); srub-hbye Lt.;
srubs-hthor (Sch.) a severing, a wound has
been made;	srubs-gtor-wa to
rend asunder, to tear (8ch., Jd.).
=	go§~
mchog very fine silk robe (Mnon.).
5{Я srum resp. for meat, flesh of ani-
mals used as food; Я *srum-khog an
animal slaughtered and cut up for a per-
son of quality (Jd.).
srul-po~^4 hrul-po V, ^cR
(Zam. 6’). 1. rotten, putrid, decomposed.
2. evil demon, malignant spirit (Mil.);
5J oi‘2i his-srul-po evil spirits with rotten
body; sorcerer (Lex.).	Srul-
pohi-gdon n. of a frightful evil spirit.
1294
^1
5 «гл srul-tca pf, and fut. чдч %srul
1. to be corrupted, decomposed, of the
human body (Fai-$/i.). 2. to stir, to
mix and stir. 3. to shove, to move to
and fro (Jd.).
5И'Й srul-mo зтзги decayed.
sru$ unripe ears of wheat, etc.,
unripe grains of Indian corn, wheat $c.
hbra§-kyi-sru§ an unripe shelled
grain of rice.
Syn. Яso-та ;	ma-nam$-pa;
rma-med;	byi&pa za-byed.
(Mnon.).
5J5T4 sru$-pa Sch. to thicken, to
40
become more consistent by evaporation,
or by boiling (Jd.).
sre-nag Lex. soot; ТГ. Csn?-
(Jd.).
5|’q sre-wa I: sbst. a certain shrub
(Cs.) II: vb., pf. bsre$, fut. bsre,
imp. *2^ bsres or 5** 8re$, trans, to
hdre-wa 1. to mix with, to mingle, to ad-
mix ; wrif’q mar-la sre-wa to mix with
butter (Li.), «/0’4 chan-chu sre-wa to mix
beer with water (Med.); 4^’3 4 drehu sre-wa
to breed mules; ч bsre$-pa mixed up,
confused, of narration (Td.) ; fig. rS'4 kha
sre-wa or his sre-wa to communicate
with another, i.e., live, eat, drink, smoko
with a person (Do.);	$kyi£-$dug
sre-гса to share pleasure and pain, joy and
sorrow (Glr.). 2. add, to add up, cast up,
sum up (Jd.).
Sj sre-wo (?)
(Khrid. 39).
sre-mo qt	sre-mofi
weasel. Acc. to (#. Zeir.)=3iV^,
£	sre-mo g v. 5И4] sre-nag.
sre-lofi	ankle-joint
[1. Sch.: the sinew above the heel. 2. n.
of a medicine] Jd.
**4
sreg-pa I: faffiT partridge. Syn.
q $og-bkra-ica; ? ii-ti-ra. (Mfion.)
(Kt du.
5, 111) the spotted and unspotted fea-
thers of a partridge are equal in number.
II: vb., pf. qjppi bsreg,
sregs fut. *4 bsreg, imp. bsreg or
bsregs 1. to burn, to consume,
to destroy by or with fire, $byin-8reg
burnt offerings; leags-sreg red-hot
iron. 2. to roast, fry, bako; to tan, to*
make swarthy: ’У**5 ni-ma$ (to bo tanned)
by tho sun (Jd.).
sreg-gnas fw cemetery.
Syn. dur-khrod; ^’5) ^4 ro-yf.
ffnas, (Mfion.).
sreg-byed=*№^' pi-pi-lifi piper
longum (Mfion.).
Я ЧТ” sreg-rdsa§ Tf4‘. clarified butter
and other articles required to be thrown
in the sacrificial fire.
ST8 sreg-za piPR, fire.
U41] * 8reg-ma 1. baked; anything
burnt; 2 .w, щжЧ [a barren spot]#.
sreg^lugg Wiyfa sacrificial
offerings, oblations made to the gods.
sren misrefi = mi-
rkyan, v. 5*’<i rkyafi-pa (Jd.).
sred (Vai-sA.), ijS sred S.g., &
species of corn.
*4
sr<?rf-j’«=a'’|*('fa 1. symb. num.:
8. 2. «TW, «wt, ww vb., abet, adj.
to desire, the desire, desirous, «гч of food

1295
4X5^ 2 love;	carnal desire;
^,QT§\q nor-la srtd-pa hankering after
riches, Xorfr«t rol-mo-la (liking) music;
yul-sred-pa chun-wa not much
attached to his native country;
hjig-rteu-la sred-pa avarice, cove-
tousness, attachment to worldliness,
hdod-srcd-ca covetous, greedy (Pth.)^
chags-sred-can lecherous, libidi-
nous (Pth.);	quite free
of any desire (as is Buddha) (Jd.).
sred-rgyal-ma a deity of the
Bonpo (Mil.^ (Jd.).
5(5^ sred-ldan passionate, very earnest.
5К4^ sred-pa-can=^\\4'&\ or
passionately attached, also very lewd,
lascivous.
§5’^ sred-po a lover (Cs.).
sred-med-bu	an epithet
of Vishnu (Mtion.).	sred-med-ma
the wife of Vishnu.
sred-mo sweet-heart.
5{	st el-tea 1. pf. and fut.
bsrel to rear, to bring up, to nurse (Cs.).
or	to hold, holding;
(Би-ton. Ц2) having held
a sharp knife (in each of his hands).
trel-bya as met.=^^ gold.
—s
^54 sre§ or sre^-pa to mix
up; wCmT*phar-tshur sre§-pa to mix
up together this and that.
его ardour Л4 lose spirits, to be
disheartened; hugt-sro W.y heat,
passion, wrath, anger. 5T^ sro-can fu-
rious, raging (Jd.).
sro-wa pf. bsros or 5^ sro$,
fut. &ro imp. bsro§ or bsro to
warm, to make warm, hot at the
fire, in the sun; wq^v^'S^S
5И1
hyam-pahi drod-kyis lu-bsro (a mother)
foments her child with a gentle warmth
(Jd.).
sro-ma ; З'Тч)I- egg of a
louse, a nit C., W., ^'^^^ig-sro-hdit nits
are increasing fast (S.g.). 2. small bubble.
3. a medicinal herb, Sprite’*| sroma sen-ge
n. of a medicinal herb (Jd.).	sro-
ma nag-po 5RP9]	(Med.)
the black species of sroma is nutritious
and produces strength in the body.
sro-lo (Med.) Sedum and similar
plants;	the root of
the white (species of) sro-lo cures inflam-
mation of the lungs.
sro-lon a kind of bird (Ya-sel.
11).
sroyarh, sftfaa, яга; for 5Н’М1Ч;
= life; 51 *г*5’4 life extinct, death; S9]’
gwq srog-gcod-pa-dag-spans-pa to
give up killing etc.;	srog-len-
pa у taking life, spf^c/R^rq srog-dati
hphral-wa id., esp. to execute, to put to
death (Glr.); spjv^cprqsrog-dan hbral-tca
to die; q srog-hbul-гса to sacrifice,
to yield up one’s life; iF’PV’1’ srog-hdor-
ica to cast away, to sacrifice one’s life;
srog-la mi-lta-wa to make
light of one’s self;	srog-dan
bsdo-wa to risk, to hazard one’s life ; 5pT
ifq'q srog^kyob-pa to save life;
srog-hbyin-pa: to save, to preserve life;
srog-htsho-wa to sustain life, also
to recover, to grow well again ;	^*5Г9Г
quickly give life (Can.).
5prgq srog-skyob deliverer, redeemer,
saviour (Jd.).
srog-khufi 1. the hole or passage
through which life passes away. 2. the
deep cut or stab, by which Tibetan
I
1296
|
butchers kill animals (Нис. 1. kJJJ) ; if3]’
й^§5'4 srog-khun hbyed-pa to stab in this
manner (Jd).
^j9)»T|’q srog-gi ka-wa n. of a vein
(Ja.).
srog-gi-gna$ f^vr the heart.
Syn. $nin;	rnam-fe§-rien
(Mnon.).
5рЧ«?|*з)'^j srog-gi meJog^fy^' gi-wan
; also	dom-mkhri$ bear’s
bile used as medicine (Sman. 355).
§4^ srog-eany ^4^ srog-ldan 3Pg,
having life, In ing, alive; a living
being.
zroj-gcod ya	killing,
taking the life of an >nimal;
§5’^ one who docs the work of killing, a
butcher, a slaughterer.
srog-ehags ятщз?, sfta, ялц^
this term comprises all animated beings
including the gods, but in practice it sig-
nifies inserts and worms only ;
q$	all men and other living
beings.	srog-chag% kyi phun-
po mi a flock, herd, or collection of
animals ; generally a swarm of flics or a
number of worms or insects.
srog-chag§ kyi-na-cu Iu-
ka ; Syn.	srog-chags
rifi-mo; sa-srin-tal;	sahi-
hkhri-(pn (Miiov.).
srog-chags rkan-maft ;
an insect having many feet [a small earth-
worm^.
pregnant woman (Mnon.).
o- •	srog-ehags phra-ma vte
dnseets, animaleulae.
1 ‘srog-thag ~ 55^4 dpyati-thag. ’
srog-bdag chen-po'sA'^ Pt-
har or 21’5^ Pe-dkar the guardian genius
of the monastery of Sam-ye.
ippgs] srog-hphrog	depriving
an animal of its life.
srog-med lifeless, inanimate.
5pJ]’^5*5S4|^ srog-med duug§ =
mchod-me oil-burner, an oil-lamp whieh
is kept burning before the gods in a
Buddhist temple; so called because though
it has no life, yet it draws air for its
existence (Mamohi §kan-gso).
$S4r srog-rtsa (4^) root of life, vein
of life.
srog-tsho-геа «Пч to sustain
life.
srog-rlun Япц, life, life-
breath.	the three
precious articles keeping in the life-wind
are 5=^5, Р’м’^ (Sman?).
srog-tpn	1. the
life-tree. The later Indian Buddhist used
to preserve a particular tree believing that
the duration of his life depended on its
existence. 2. axle, axle-tree;
mchod-rten-gyi srog-pn (Mil.) the pole
in a Chorten; fig. prop.	sems-
kyi srog-gin (Jd.).
sroti for 2^*4 straight forward,
righteous;	make straight;
sron-btsan the righteous (king).
sron-po lit. growing straight
and upright, as met. a tree.
ife/4 sron-wa [pf.	bsrans, fut.
чде/ bsrafl) imp. згой or 8гой§ to
.make straight, to straighten, opp. to-^’6
yon-po what is awry, crooked Lex.;
gzersrofi-wa to beat out nails;,
^ku-draA-por bsran$-te (he.sat)

1297
I
straight and erect, cf. also wan and
«3£jE/Ej 6$ran-j9o] Ja.
Srofi-btsan sgam-po n. of
the most accomplished king of Tibet who
was a contemporary of S'iladitya, Huyen
tshang and Mahommed. His most fa-
mous match was with a daughter of
the Chinese Emperor T'aijung. His
second wife was the daugter of Ams'u
Varma of Nepal. He was so called on
account of his righteousness and thorough-
ness in the duties of religion and govern-
ment. He it was who first introduced the
art of writing into Tibet, and was the
chief promoter of Buddhism and Buddhist-
Sanskrit • literature in that country.
5|слгч srons-pa adj. straight, not bent
or crooked.
Syn. dran-po; hkhyog-med
(Mnon.).
5J5 srod ’^5) wr4 evening
twilight, the evening time;	srod-
byin-son the dusk is over, ?>., night has set
in; SpV0* wod-la in the evening after
sun-set;	лсл srod-dan tho-rans in
the evening and at the dawn.
srod-hkhor gen. after dusk or
after dawn.
srod-za evening and morning tea
served to the monks of a Tibetan monas-
tery after dusk or at dawn.
srod-hjin (sTV^’B7’!^) the
middle part of the evening.
srod-yol the beginning of night,
e>., after dusk. In Tibet and India two
hours after sunset and two hours before
sunrise are not reckoned in the night
which is therefore called in Sans. Tri-
yama or Thunsum-po in Tibetan.
w°d~la rgyu-wa	lit.
moving about (for prey) at dusk or at
dawn: a tiger, or often a Raksasa.
srod-la za one taking one’s
food at dusk or at dawn, a hob-goblin.
srod-lofi dusk-blind. Acc. to Jd.
day-blind, nyctalops, seeing better in a
mild than in a bright light.
$1^ srol colloq. =	lugs-srol
usage, custom, common use, habitual prac-
tice, habit; srol-bzan good custom;
also=H<H good doctrine or religion.
der yi-gehi sfol med-pas as
the art of writing was not yet in use there
Glr.;	keep in mind
the good old customs (Glr.); i^'^Kq srol-
chags-pa,	srol-du hgynr-wa (Cs.)
to become the custom (of a person;
or that of a country); 3*4 ^ phyag-srol is
said to be a respectful expression for
lag-len-gyi srol (Jd.) a^qryr
legs-pahi dpe-srol btsug-sre (Glr.)
having introduced good customs for
imitation;	thob-srol claim, title,
right, founded on old custom (Jd.).
srol-rgyun any established cus-
tom, law or usage :
(D. gel. 7).
srol-gtod-pa to introduce a
practice (Glr.).
srol-hdsin adhering to or follow-
ing the old practice or custom; a follower.
srol-hdsug-pa to institute a
custom.
sroZ-Zaw=lugs-srol (Rtsii.),
customary way or method of doing a
work; an established practice.
srol-дой-ра n. of medicinal
herb:	$4
164

1298

sro$ 1. v. $Г'ч sro-wa. 2. Cs. sbst.
= ^5 srod twilight, dusk of evening, W
mtin-sros-pa dusky, dark (G7r.);
sa-sro$-na§ when it grew dark (Jd.).
§lx or Э’ч $la-ica 1: adj., also S’^.
thin, of fluids, opp. to 4’q and Ч
2.=§5’^’4 oasy, opp to VIя dkah-wo\
8ГЧ'§5 ^vc, easy work or doing; *prcrg'«r
яknowledge is not easily obtained;
usally with tho supine:	rig-par-
§laho it may easily bo understood; or with
tho root of the verb:	go-$la easy to
comprehend (Jd.). ?Я^’д*ч ila-wa
easy to perceive; ч»гд’ч la§-§la-wa lit. easy
work.
§la-na or	iron pan for
parching grain; fg^’ earthen pan, for
cooking, parching grain ; heating stovo in
which charcoal or dried cattle-dung, etc.
are used as fuel.
Syn. ther-po\	teags-snod;
^5'qS'eft rfiod-pahi-gshi; rnod-dsa§
(Mnon.).
slag-pa=Ц slog-pa robe, fur-
coat.	’^q a robe made
of goat skin or bear’s skin; $go-
slog or more corr. 54‘Sfa dgo-§log hunt-
ing-coat, made of the skin of an antelope;
9^‘дЯ spyan-slog furcoat of a wolf’s skin;
^*8p4 tshar-log coat of lamb’s skins; мгдя
ras~$log prob.: a fur-coat covered with
calico (Jd.).
§lan 1. eolloq. for Sf1^* sla-na. 2.
g^’4 slon-wa 3^’S^’ raise vertically or
perpendicularly.
g/an-fcAass^g^'F 1. (at) the
time of rising or raising. 2. shelf, shelves,
stand (Jd.).
Л slafi-wa to accept, to take qpfarw
to distribute food;	to
receive alms, to beg alms. v. gk'q
§lon-wa.
д^Чя* $lan-dregs д^'^Я4 soot adhering
to a cooking pan.
eleg. for B; gsBv*s in
future, henceforward; д5*ч^*^=В^’^
in future, behind: gs’^'q^qc/q to walk
behind one. 2.=after; g5’^ $lad-na c.
genit=s*<r§ 5 8IV¥< $lad-iia$ndv. aferwards,
hereafter; subsequently; gv§ $lad-kyi
subsequent, later, posterior (Ja.).
gSJad-du 1. on account of, for the
sake of. 2. = §^‘§ behind, afterwards.
gV* $lad-ma=z^w after, that which
comes after or follows, the hind part, the
later or latter part: g5’B*< afterwards,
hereafter ; g5W«JE/ again in future.
g№^ ^lad-mar adv.=t*r$ rje§~sti,
phyi$-su afterwards.
+ g\^ §lad-rol=J^’Кч phyi-то out-
side, hind part, hack part (Lex.).
§lad-pa=^v* or pf. qg\
b$lad, t° mix, свр. with something of an
inferior quality, hence to adulterate, viti-
ate, to spoil, to corrupt; jfcB” ityon-gyi$
or 35 not marred by any defects,
quite unfitted by
perversity ;	without any
thing detrimental, not subjeot to any
noxious influence (Vai.-sn.)\
having made him drunk and thus
disabled him (Jd.).
+ д5’<^ sladjsha—*^^' mi-gtsan, also
b^an-wa ordure, feces; gen. human
excrement.
^1
1299

§Zan=§^patch, patching. 2. the
furred ear coverings used by Tibetan
ladies. 3.=85; 8*i’*5=B*i*5 (^.).
85’^ §Ztzn-fe = 5^'5^ (Jd.).
85'4$lan-pa=^'Q §byar-wa 1. tomend,
patch (&A.). 2. v. =*85 (Jd.).
8=1’4 for 8=1 4
gqqq-^-q^'q tfab-wahi bshi bcah-ua
[teaching the subject of
discipline]*?.; 8qinstruction, letters
containing direction or orders (Rtsii)). In
Sikk. prayer or petition to one’s superior
or official head.
§lam-pa 1. to roast slightly, to
parch, to make brown by exposing to heat
e.g., meal (7., W. 2. to roast, to fry (Ja.).
§Zar=^'g^ yan-§kyar or phyir
again, once more, back: 8^U'q
spoke again; 8ч'й q* 3 should speak
again;	to be again con-
sidered (*?. Lex.) 8^ afterwards, here-
after; 8^5**, 8VU,C/ H’S: again in future,
8^'^4’R^q to add again (in letters); 8V
^4’4 to come back, 8^ ^ч1‘ч Ясцтлнп
return, 8^*541*5^ having returned; 8^‘l4^’
§5 $lar stobs-skyed he regains strength
(partly from Jd.).
8^3*1 $lar-skyes 1. hair, nail. 2.
=	yan-skyar-§kyes grown or born
again (Mnon.).
8^*5=1’гч slar-grib-ma a shadow picture or
photograph, an effigy; v.
8vafa’4 §lar-rgol-wa sfafan [rejected]*?.
8^*4l5 1. a rejoinder, reply. 2. n. of
a class of Brahma? (Mnon.).
8^45^4 slar-btan-wa	having
forsaken, having cast away.
8^*1 §lar-dug=&^* aconite (Mnon.).
8^’4g'4 slarJsdti-ica to reduplicate,
8^'4? = ₽^я’^ч| rdsogs-tshig or g|5 sZtf-
§dud the final of a verb, indicating the end
of a sentence formed by the reduplication
of the terminating letter such as %
M, S 4 \	? as in the words 5=4 ^,
3^’^, 4^55'5’ Gram.
8^ S^’«^5 slar-byas mthun effigy, v. 8^’
slar-gzugs (Mnon.).
slar-hbyun 3^ [re-generation,
re-existence ; a young widow remarried]#.
8^3*1^ slar-gzugs sfimi representation,
image, picture of a thing or person.
Syn. §’*5 skudra; ^^’^5 gzugs-brnan;
8^'54'я sl(u*-grib~ma; 8^’3^'**35 slar-byas-
mthun (Mnon.).
8^4’^ slar-yan hgro [transmi-
gration, rotation]*?.
8^’^^ slar-ggegs return; gone back;
he went away again;
I beg you would come
back, pray come back.
slas 4<5’й5*8Ч	1. attend-
ants of a princess, or lady’s attendant.
2. retinue, train, attendants, servants,
5 g4*?|’8^ a king’s or prince’s retinue,
the court, people at court (Jd.).
c\
sli C. acc. to some authorities: a
yellowish red apple, or Indian apple (opp.
to IJ’-g kn^u Tibetan apple); acc. to Ci.
cherry; cherries, however, are scarcely
known in Tibet. 8^ sli-tsi small, wild-
growing, cherry-like dwarf apple, Pyms
baccata (Ja.). In Sikk. 8 §li= pears.
slu-ica wh, «ac(; pf. 48” 5sZus,
fut. 48 bslu, imp. 48^ bslus, to entice,
allure, ensnare, beguile, seduce:
B^'8,q4 §5 to deceive or delude others by
1300

design. 8'§S to impose on, to
deceive:	rdsun-bya§-te having
played false, also=^^ 8bjn-rnkhan
deceiver, deluder, imposter.
8’Bs §lu-khrid enticement, seduction,
leading one into bad actions; bait; w
45'8’05	§lu-khrid enticement
to a good purpose ; also elopement (Jd.).
8A5 $lu-hdrul=^'tfw mgo-b^kor-wa to
seduce; deception, seduction:
(Л. 5). ilu-med not
t‘apable of seduction or deceit; upright,
sincere [without pain, unmoved]^.
$ Sln-mi-me$ n. of a individual.
еЧ’^П 8’*^ (A. 122).
**.
§te [1. a course blanket 7>., = *^,
2. n. of the capital of Ladak] Ja.
this is mentioned in Lif.
as a word of the Shan-shun dialect. 1.
n. of a creeper or climbing plant (Ja.).
2.	[universal medicine] S.
(7Г. g. *, 47).
Syn. 3’4*	* zla-icahi leug-ma ;
45ц ^bran-rtsihi hdab ; ^5?^ rgyud-ldan\
д	zla-wahi ingul-pa-can; ^’^5
rgas-nud; §5 htsho-byed; bu-zai*
<an\ "KW&byans-pa-can (Mnon.).
sb'-po in IT, 8’4 §lc-wa or 8'^
wo a flat basket (Jd.).
sle-ica 1. vb., 4^ 4 b$le-pa, $’4 Ihe-
wa, pf. 3^, to twist, plait, braid the hair,
tn make a basket, etc.; to knit. 2. sbst.
distortion, dislocation (of a limb) (Cs.).
8’^ sle-tco 1. one that has a distorted
limb. 2. a bamboo basket to carry loads.
8’*И §le-niig a distorted eye (Cs.).
$lehn or §le-mo= З'^’В'Ч phya
га кbra-wo blanket made of a striped coarse
goat’s or yak’s hair.
§ ile-yon
Rj<q*rq) crookedness and cunning; craft,
deceit, trickery; 8 q $le-yon byed-pa
to cheat, deceive, impose upon (Ce.),
-*S
tied knitting-needlei n Ld. (Jd.).
$leb or 84 4 $leb-pay pf. 4,|4*i ЫеЬ$,
resp. hbyon-pa 1. to arrive; 4*Ԥ4
phar-^leb to arrive there, on further side ;
<£X’8q tshur-tfeb to come this side or here;
84»нЦ tfebs-zin I havo arrived, ho has
arrived ; 84’4$й expected to come,
g4V§5^ do come, ho says ; 8q has
arrived. 2. to reach, to extend to a
certain place or point. 3. coming in (of
interest, rent, duties), hence §4 $leb
income, revenue, public revenue, receipt
of customs, etc.; 8q’^ ^leb-tho account of
receipts (Jd.).
%lo the contents of the stomach of
sheep or kid ; M slo-dron warm fresh
dung or contents of the stomach.
§lo-ma здц [a winnowing bas-
ket^.
I: ^log-pa 1. sbst. v. 8^ $lag-
pa.; vb., pf. 484JN bslog^ fut. 484! b§log
(trans, to ldog-pa) to turn round
or about, to turn upside down or inside
out;	rkyal-pa phyi-nan slog-
pa to turn out the inside of a bag;
й<г|‘8<1]ч mig-Jog-pa to roll one’s eyes;
^'8^’4 sa-Jog-pa to plough up, turn up, to
dig the soil (Jd.).
II: a coat or robe of lamb
or kid skin (or one lined with the same).
1301

§lon I: Sj'''4, pf- qS[c-*) bslans, Sj^
§lan§, fut. bslan от sZo, imp. gV
slon or slohs, causat. and transit,
form of 1. to cause to rise, to
help to rise : я^чк^ч’ч mfion-par slon-wa
to raise fully, to develope ;	gyen-
du slon-ica to raise upwards or verti-
cally, §^‘4*Q §lon-m-po a lifter, raiser,
one who starts anything as a question,
proposal, &c. ;	dgra-ru slon-wa to
cause a person to rise in revolt, an enemy,
to make a person one’s enemy; 4^5
Х’дс/Ч bsad-pahi mi-ro §lon-wa to resus-
citate the slain. 2. to excite, cause,
inspire (compassion, fear, terror, etc.);
g*TVr^,	{Glr., Mil.)
quite excited by envy and aversion. 3.
to kindle (a disease) into action, hence
$lon-$kyan the exciting cause (of a
disease); to raise, to erect, a pile, post,
wall;	a pile, stay, prop, erected
or set up (Jet.).
II: signifies don-gner or
{Mnon.). 1. to ask, require :
klu-shig na-la dpe-slofi a Lu
asks me for the book {Dzl.);
bu-ino chnn-mar slon-tca to ask a man’s
daughter in marraige ;	§lon-
icahi dnos-po alms or articles obtained from
begging; to beg, to try to get by
begging :	chun-zad bslafi-no we
beg for a little of it!	he
having obtained it from his father by
begging took it; 4^’§wgk’4 bsod-snoms
slon-wa to collect alms by begging. 2. to
collect, to gather, e.g. ricbes. 3. to examine,
to probe (a wound):
rma-gsar mdstig-mo§ §lon to examine, probe
a fresh wound with the finger; also: to
search a man’s house. 4. to give:
gather some of the remnants
of the meal, and give them to me!
{Jd.).
+ Jofi-phor~°^'t&\ fipgi qr^ the
mendicant’s begging platter or alms-
bowl.
slon-mo alms, fir^r, beg-
ging, alms.	§lon-mkhan — ^'^
slon-wa-po or дч'Й'ч one who begs, a
beggar. ^ч’Згдк’ч slon-mo §lon-wa or sft*
slon-mo byed-pa to ask for alms, to
beg; дч’З^ч^ч slon-mos htsho-гса to live
by begging, alms.
Syn. 4>\§wq bsod-snom§-pa.
slon-pa = zlog-pa 1. to
return, repulse. Acc. to Sch. to patch, to
mend. 2.	to dissemble,
to feign (&Л.). 3. Cs.: to thrust out.
§lob-pa I. vb., pf. чдч^ bslabs,
fut. чдч bslab, imp. ^ч §lob or to
learn, to teach : . ч’^’^ч I learn, teach
me; wgj4 I teach,
#<’Ч8|Ч« both the abbot and instructor
taught him the art of translating and
interpreting ;	‘^Ч’^5‘Ч«ipw as I
should like to learn something of ma-
thematics, teach me! ч^ч^’ч^’^’^ bslabs-
pas fes-te when he had learned it; чдч 3с/
gf4N'4'<^vi4 as learning is difficult, even
if one is taught;	q slob-tu hjug-
pa to let one take lessons, to have or
get one instructed;	’$Ч'Ч yon-tan slobs-
pa to teach, also, to learn good, useful,
things {Jd.).
<4’4 II : sbst. 1. the act of learning.
2. = йГч,(4 slob-ya teacher, instructor: 9^’3’
дч*ч^я« bram-ze slob-pa-rnams Brahmaps
as instructors; яччцгч‘арч’ч’^ hphags-pa
slob-pa-rnam the venerable preceptors
(Buddhist saints). §ч* pupil student;
Им
1302
I
jjcwgc/q §lob та-туоп-гса to become a
student; also with * as a negative=to
have had no instruction or education;
§lob fakhrig-pa to teach (Jd}.
Spi’BS ^lob-khyad JF. use, practice, exer-
cise (Jd.).
§lob-grica (“lobio)” school, school-
room, school house.
%lob-grog$ school-fellow, co-
disciple.
$lob-rgyud (opp. to ^5 hierachical
succession) spiritual inheritance or suc-
cession.
slob-gner student, scholar,
'^3*1 slob-gner gan-du-bgyi^ where
have you studied ? at what college have
been a student ? (Jd.).
§lob-dpon g^,	chief in
teaching, gen. in spiritual matters; teacher,
instructor, master, frq.; also a college
title=professor.	| acquire
the talents, good qualities of your teacher
(Lam-rim. 26).
$lob-hban$=$!jfa Lu-$lob scholar,
pupil, disciple.
apra $loL-ma f*TSJ, pupil, disciple.
^25rgfq dno§-§lob one’s own pupil,
yan-$lob a pupil’s pupil.
дч'Зй) $lob-tshig instruction, teaching,
precepts, advice.
Syn. bsgo-wa; brjod-pa;
slob-pa;	dran-bskul and
gshen-bskul (Mnon.).
jobs 1. imp. of fifty. 2. exercise,
practice, experience;	rnig-slobs
fian-pa §kye a bad custom of seeing begins
to prevail, (viz., that of looking downward,
and mhiding only earthly things) (Jd.).
Ц gsag-po Sch. 1. to sew toge-
ther (Jd.). 2. to hoard v.
nor-gsag-pa to hoard up riches.
gsafi, for чрк’л 1. gig, ga, secret,
hidden :	the secret revealed :
mystic dance, secret dancing and
singing (Bbrom. 94);	secret
conversation, speech, words, &c. 2.
[a privity, a piece of cloth worn on the
privities]^.
g_san-khan a secret room (Os.).
q^c/g^ gsan-§nag§ Hn? charmsy
secret religious instructions, mysterious
incantations; £4^0	one
versed in mysticism.
Qsan-snags-rgyal the lord of
mysticism, an epithet of	Rdo-rje
Mian or Buddha Vajradhara (Mnon}.
gsufi-sfiays ihig-le (^5‘B’^
rf/yf^-ЛумА-ог) n. of a work on mysticism.
(J, 66)
after translating the treatise on San-nag
thig le' (essence of mysticism) he entered
the Pracrajya^ i.e.r became an ordained
monk.
gsan-chen 1.	a great
secret, mystery; 2. one versed in the
Tantrik cult or the occult science of the
Buddhists; an adept in mysticism.
«A'q gsan-chen bstan-pahi gsal-
byed a complementary address for a high
Rnin-ma lama, signifying the illuminator
of the doctrine, (Yig. k. 67). 2. human
excrement; a privy (Sman. 144).
gsan-gtam^^^'^ gsan-tshig
secret or confidential conversation (Mnon.).
gsan-gtor g^j,	sprink-
ling of consecrated water in mystical
religious rites.
gsa£~
wahi bdag-po rdorje hchans-

1303
4^91
gsan-bdag an epithet of g*|'
Phyag-rdor Vajrapa^i, also that of
Vais’rava^a [Mnon,).
g.safi-gnas 1. mysteries, secrets:
gsan-tcahi gnas-du ma-
psufi$ he taught many mysteries, many,
secret doctrines (Jd.), 2, secret abode, a
place where secret matters are done or
secret affairs are discussed; private parts
of the body, pudenda, privities.
35 gsafi-spyod 1, = Я|дч|Ч hkhrig-pa
(Mnon.) copulation, sexual union. 2.
privy, necessary, water closet (Ja.).
G san-phu n. of a district situated
to the west of Lhasa (Lofi. % 18).
чрк’ч I: gsafi-wa vb. to do a thing
secretly, to conceal: ^’4|q«vq to conceal
treasures,	to hide one’s fault;
ч^А-^уч gsafi-ste §ton-pa to reveal a
thing treated as a secret, to let out a
secret, to hide one’s self, to be concealed;
hiding one’s self in
a solitary place;	§ yid mthun-
par gsan-$te keeping it secret with one
consent (Jd.).
II: sbst 1. *£?, TW
secret things, a secret, mysticism;
gsan-wahi bdag-po—Z^'1^' U^RTrfv-
qfa the lord of mysticism, an epithet of
Vajrapagi. 2. secret parts Med., also
g$an-gna§ Med., ^^'ч^'ч^гч g$an-
tea hi pad-ma Med., sometimes the anus
included. 3. adj. secret, hidden, con-
cealed,	; doctrine of the
mystics;	the exoteric, esoteric
and the mystic. 4. for to be
careful, to watch:	female
dog of very shaip hearing.
чще/сгя^гч gsafi-wa hdus-pa
the communion of the mystic adepts; the
Tantrik cult of the Buddhist; also the
Tantrik pantheon.
gsan-wahi hdre§
secret union.
4]^’q5gsafi-tvahi-nad disease of the
sexual organs (Med.).
^ч n. of a Tantra
(K. g. % 267).
ч^ч/чд?’^ gsan-wa spyihi rgyud n. of
a Tantra (K. g. 71).
ч]^е/сг|ч]^’ч gsafi-wa sgrigs-pa a conspi-
racy, secret arrangement or design,
intrigue.
gsafi-tca rgyan-gyt
bkod-pahi-rgyud n. of a Tantra (K. g.
% 476).
Gsafi-wa dam-pa-ma n. of a
Yaksinl princess (K. g. 130).
ч^е/сгч Gsafi-wa-pa a class of
Yaksa living in the Himalayas, and in
Tibet during the Pauranic times ; the
shamans of Tibet were also thus known to
the early Indians.
gsan-wa me-lfia b$en-
pahi Ita-wa n. of the doctrine of a sect of
Tirthika school of ancient India (Theg.
30).
ч]^’л5’д*я gsan-teahi bla-ma a secret
spiritual guide ; an epithet of Mahes'vara
(Mfion.).
Ч)^К.-Ч?’Ч«\Ч|^5 gsafi-wahi bdag-nid
’j«nd(T mysticism.
ч^е/ац gsan-wa-smra a charm.
Kuvera, the deity of wealth who rules
over the Chihyaka spirits.
gsafi-bya that which should be
kept secret.

1304

gsan-ho$ that which is confiden-
tial, fit to bo kept secret.
чрк‘Яч] gsan-tshig=secret speech
(С. дуа,) the secrets of one’s heart, should
not bo revealod to the wicked.
4]^ gsad put out:	ex-
tinguished, just as wind puts out a lamp
or candlo.
gsid-pa HPU death.
Ч|^3)’Ч gsan-pa resp. to hear, to listen
to ; V listen to me ! (Jf/7.); *74 S]’
d0 listen to my word! to hear
a person teaching, expounding, etc. (Jd.).
gsab-pay v.	p q to
reply,	to return kindness.
gsah, also чадч bsah^ the suow-
loopard, varying in colour from palo
lomon to pure white, with clusters of
black spots; living on tho higher moun-
tains of Tibet.
gsah-yas n. of a num-
ber (Ya-sel. 56).
gsar-pa or	Hepta
frosh, new; young ; good,	very
fresh; ^•q**4lwq quite new ;
a now friend ;	newly boin ;
fresh mutton;	a fresh
wound;	bride, newly married
wife;	flesh of animals
that have just been slaughtered; an
edge or blade just shaipened;
new house,	new clothes,
fresh butter; a horse not yet broken
in. qjqvqSfqprq gsar-hgrog-pa Sch.: to tell
each othcr news; to make new aquaint-
ance. g^r-rnin old and new, stale
and fresh is usod as abstr. noun to sig-
nify : ag< luxation, existence. *]W’*]7q=
34 ^Vq rtsad-gcod-pa inquire into, inves-
tigate, examine, study.	fresh
arrival.
Syn. gsar-po; wq sar-pn; so-
ma \ ^'*i yag-ma\	f in-tu-gshon;
‘’Pfa’S gshon-nu; bzifi-po; rab-
gshon (Mnon.).
g<<ar-$kye$	new-born;
frosh shoots and loaves, buds (Mnon.).
gsar-stod из new.
*|wg gsar-bu 1.	§ton-
thog gsar-bu fresh harvested grain, new
corn. 2. beginner, tyro, novice (Jd.).
gsar-du hons-pa a new
comer ; = mgron-po (Mnon.) guest.
gsar-ma modem, recent, new.
The term gen. signifies tho reformed or
now school of Buddhism (opp. to
Rmn-ma). qjw^q gsar-ma-pa one of tho
now schools of Buddhism in Tibot.
qjNV<^ gsar-na§ fresh or now barley.
gsar-htshe (^S4^’q^‘*5) fresh
disease or accident.
*|^‘S|7*4’q gsar-^lad med-pa = ^K
(17//. k. 13) without any recent in-
jury to health.
gsar-bzo$ newly made or manu-
factured articles.
ЧрП! gsal 1. ЭПД, fal separate,
distinct, expressed,	яжщ illu-
minated, fully manifest. 2. for
щг pale.
ЧрЧ’Ч’Ч gsal-wa I: vb. to be clear,
bright; ч|to make clear, to eluci-
date,	when (the sun) shines
bright again;	wq’q^ flaming
up once more, like an expiring lamp;
lhaft-nc fham-mer gsal-te
appearing bright, clear and glorious; «pw

1305

makes clear; it has become
clear, is made evident; also ex-
plained :	it is explained in
theZWw, it is clear there;	to
elucidate, to describe clearly.
II: or 4^'3 adj. <ifa,
жннга, wzj clear, bright, light, pure,
visible to a great distance, conspicuous,
distinct, apparent, intelligible; ^’^w^the
sky, the heaven;	fiag-gsal-
po zer mi-fes his speech is not clear, he is
not able to speak distinctly;
gsal-po plain, legible handwriting; of
colours, mirror:	dktr-gsal pure
white; pure, free from faults and deficien-
cies:	(A. 5) the
resplendent, the immaculate embodiment
which is free from impurities.
III:	=	fully
blown, copious in fullness. 2.=*®П чзгг
manifest. 3. = ^'^	[set aside,
turned away]#. 4. = 5^^ fame.
WF	gsal-cha.
fljwgjqN gsal-grags safa, sfsra fame
[celebrated, well-known]#.
gsal-cha message;
4^’9 I request (you) to give me a clear
account; pray send me a message.
л;gsal-chen	[great lustre;
the sun]#.
Gsal-rgyal king Prasenajit, son
of king Brahmadatta born on the same
day that Gautama Buddha was bom
(7f. du. % 3).
лщч-гДк’ gsal-mthon the sky, clear sight
or vision.
gsal-ldan L=4jW4'^ чтнпт the
sun [brilliant; fire]#.; the blue colour,
sky-coloursmthin (Шоп.). 2.=an
epithet of Buddha; the son of the moon,
one of the planets in Indian and Tibetan
astronomy (Шоп.).
Gsal-ldan-ma the city of
Kas'i, modern Benares.
gsal-btab-pa to refresh the
memory, to meditate :
that Madhyamika doc-
trine became as if new to me (A. 23).
gsal-gna% as met. the
sky, the void space.
^5’3'51^' Gsal-wa hod-kyi glin the
birth place of ц|-г|31Гжл Gfen-rab the founder
of the Bon religion of Tibet (G. Son. 12).
gsal-wahi nor-bu^'9*
the sun (Шоп.).
Qsal-wahi bu-mo
the daughter of Daksa an epithet of
Durga. 2. = ^’^.
a learned
man, a sage (Шоп.).
gsal-wahi-$gra clear voice,
murmuring noise.
gsal-wahi ma-ma Hifw [the
mother of the patriarch Daksa]#.
gzal-byed=*^ 1. the eye (Шоп.).
2. the consonants; IW&W the
thirty consonants of the Tibetan alphabet.
Gsal-ma prosperous, n. of
a goddess.
gsal-me lamp, candle (Rtsu.).
gsal-la-dwanz bright and
sparkling, pure, free from impurities.
Syn.	gtsafi-dbafy; rftog-
med (Шоп.).
Gsal-hdstn n. of a place (Son.
ch. 4).
gsal-bo$ Win explicit, clear.
165
4]«iar^|	1зоб	ч]^Ч|
1. beer brewed out of
grain. 2. pasture-
3. moor, fen (SA.).
q gsal-le-wa very clear.
д$а1ч;М(£ад. 68) a pointed
stake for empaling malefactors ;
^'^4q to impale. 4W’3|c?a gstfZ-fifi-pa
an impaler; one who has been impaled.
gsig-pa or 4§4*q to shake and
throw up in a backward direction; ^«'4^4'
drawing up the body, to shake it;
he shakes his mane;
Cs.: the shaking of one’s shoulder, (prob-
tor : shrugging); to winnow, to fan, to
sift (Jd.).
gsifi-ma
rice or any other
ground, meadow,
к a flower growing in tho pastures of
Tibet resembling the daisy:
4^’***>54 haring invited tho Jb-wo|(Atis'a)
they presented him with daisy (A.
105).
4|^vq gsir-wa Cs. 1. ‘to whirl
about, to twist; «с.’4«к’ч to whirl a spindle,
^•в|9ч‘<1 Cs.: ‘to whirl an arrow.’ 2.
W. to movo by a repeated pushing; to
smooth, to make even, with a plane, knife,
etc.; to slide, glide, slip down a slope
(Jd.).
qj^QI’q gsil-гса l. = 4|vq b$gyur*wa to
multiply in arithmetic (Rtsi$.). 2. to
divide, split,	to cut to pieces,
zipta-cM wool that has been well combed.
3. to toll, sound, ring:	to ring
a bell.	v. or j£‘V4 bronze
which emits a ringing sound When struck
{Шоп.). 4^'§¥ gsil-snan pleasant ring-
ing sound, a kind of cymbal.
+ 4^r§5 gsil-byed or 4?tar^c; gsil-$in the
staff which a Tantrik Buddhist monk
carries in his hand with tinkling bells
attached to it.
gsil-pa and 4^‘* дзИ-та, v.
sil-bu (Jd.).
gsug, 4g4q=£’^‘q, *4'4$Ч bribery,
bribe ; remuneration, reward
should receive reward and royal
favours (C. doit. I).
4^’ g$un = t^ or qc; resp. for
4S and 45* 1. precept, expression, speech,
voice : «мтJ^‘3 4^^’ the speech or precept
of Buddha ; ^*5'4^’ saying of one’s
spiritual teacher or lama;	a
speech made; 43^’4wqa lucid expression;
4ЖЖ* a voice arose, was heard, 4^’
S4 q an unmistakable, voice, like that of
Buddha. 2. the act of speaking talking,
4^Ж'4 gsuft-glen-u'a to converse, dis-
course ; that which is spoken; 4Ж*'4^’
do not express yourself;
in answer to what you have said; 4^^’
!04‘q to read the sayings, the apothegms
(of Buddha) (Ja.).
fFufaca TT^5f, vb., pf. 4«J^*
gsufa, imp. 4^* = classical $mra-wa 1.
to speak, talk, say, ^Ж*’4Ж do not
say so! such an expression should not
come from you;	rdsun gsufi-wa
to tell a falsehood, to speak lies. 2. to
explain; to ask:	please
accept it without explaining that you do
not want it;	to give advice;
^'4^‘л to preach;	to recite
a religious song.
4^c' ^l q^5Ԥfc gsufi-gi bdiid-rtsi=w^'Q^'%y
lit. the nectar of speech, a complimentary
expression applied to a person’s speech,
address, or advice (Yig. k:S5).
|	1307

gsun-gi dwan-phyug
an epithet of Manju
S'ri Bodhisattva (Situ, 6).
gsun-gin saying, talking about,
reciting, reading or preaching: «pK’g^pr
(A. 13) when he was
reading the Tantra class of Buddhist
scriptures.
gsun-bgros report, statement,
opinion.
^«-£^§==^’^*1 diploma,
written authority:
q q»r|4^it is very gracious of you to
have sent the communication with enclo-
sures (Yig. k. 18).
gsun-plen bgyi$-pa a discus-
sion or discourse had on religious sub-
jects.
gsun-chos urfqu a religious
discourse or sermon delivered orrally.
resp. talk,
discourse, speech; reply to such a
speech.
gsun-mchog last advice, precept;
also principal word, main dogma, e.g.b the
Om-mani padme hum (Ja.).
gsun-snan a harmonious voice,
an agreeable, speech.
gsun-mdud a knot of charmed
silk used as a talisman, it is described as
that is,
incantations read over a piece of silk
converted thereby into a talisman against
evil spirits: u	” -(Yig. k. 5)
with enclosure consisting of charmed
satin.
gsufi-spros conversation between
or among persons of rank; gsun*
bris written precept, advice, letter, state-
ment.
^^Ԥ5 gsun-byed=F kha or smra-.
wahi §go the mouth (Milon.).
gsun-rab sermon, religious
discourse; sacred writings.
gsuft-rab yan-lag bcu-
gnis the twelve divisions of the apothegms
of Buddha(1)	(2)
(3)	(4)
(5)	(6)	(7)
(8)	(9)
(10)	(11)	(12)
gsun§-fol
WV'’ gsud-pa or ^5^ 1. fWf^ir
a form of cholera, n. of a disease produced
by indigestion, by undigested food :
(Mng. 22). ^'^5 stands
for	spasmodic cholera which else-
where is rendered ад’я’З’Ч dyspepsia. 2.
acc. to Sch. vb. = to be lost, to be dis-
persed. 3. JF. to fill with food beyond
satiety, to stuff, to cram (Jd.).
W* gsum fa three;
the three, all the three.	gstim-pa
the third; containing three;
gsum-po the three ; ^sum-chg a third
part;	two thirds (Rtsii).
is used also elliptically for
ркя the three precious ones:	’«r
the Sutra on seeking pro-
tection of the Three Precious Ones (IT. d.
3 277).	three times
innumerable Kalpa. This usage should
also be noticed:	the
old woman with her (two) sons, the
three;	the king and his
(two) queens, the three (Ja.);
W4 the excellent, the middling .and the
inferior pnes, the three.

1308

Я^'ёЯ^ gsum-stiags f^rexr [a Vedic
metre]S. Я^’ЙЯ^В^ f^TT^ a series
of three charms.
Я^'§°< gsum-sbrul the third stage
in incarnations [emanation of the third
degree, ==^'«jшЯ-$6ги7] Jd.
*№4! g»-$ra=jp $bran-ma the bee,
also fly.
Я$я’?^ gsuni-ldan inn possessed of
three parts.
gsuni4dan-du$ йптЦЛ the
age in which out of four parts three parts
t of merits) existed in human beings.
Я3*’1^ gsum-rtsen frfbr the heaven.
WhV*’ tho lord of heaven.
Я5^’Ч^Я^ gsum-btsegs three things piled
one upon another :	я^’^Я^ three
stuffed cushions piled up one upon another;
р^ч-я$»га£яЯ a three storied house.
gsum-zur three-cornered.
gsur-ma a thing slightly
burnt, singed ; Я^Ч 0wr-rfn the smell
of it (Jd.).
gsu$-pa, [belly, stomach,
д$и$~ра §bo$ the*belly is swollen or
distended] Lex.; Я3^5 gsu$-nad dropsy of
the belly; Я^ЧЛ^ g$u$-rked the belly and
the waist; the middle part of the body,
the waist (*8сЛ.); Syn. чя^’5 bgan-bya;
Ito~wa (Mnon.).
gsu$-pa hgefa=4jW (Шоп.)
full stomach.
Я^'4’^ large protuberant belly
or stomach (Mnon.).
Я^’ч’^	or
1. a large belly. 2. n. of a
country (K. d. \ 365).
gsus-khyim che-watzA^'b^
a large belly:
«ГЯ^’В*^’4 the red-coloured manfesi-
tation of the Lord of death has a huge
belly (A. IT).
ЯЗ*’*^’3 Gsus-hphyan-po n. of a deity
(Jd.).
Я^'Ё^'^ gsu$-r dwfl-сап pot-belly, large
belly (Mnon.).
4|5t’q gsc-wa 1. v. ^4 2. v. Я^'4-
gse-ru for
rhinoceros.
Я^Я4^ gseg-brdar Sch. a file (instru-
ment), v. *<Я'Я^ sag-gdar.
gseg-ma 1. sugar. 2.
pebbles, small stones; Я^Я'^4full
of stones (Jd.).
gseg-gq ай=«pv Я^4 a
mendicant’s staff (Lex.).
4|^’ gsefl^ also =	1.
intermediate space, opening; cleft, chink,
crevice, fissure, leak, v. sub. ;
ipc? sgo-sen chink of a door; Я^’4^4'4
gsen-bsrub-pa Sch. to stop up, plug up,
crevices, etc. 2. harmonious, well-sound-
ing. 3. sharp, acute, ^’Я^‘ rna-wa-gsen
quick ear Sch. 4. in ^'Я^‘ it signifies
gvjfcq grassy valley or plain.
g sen-pa leaky, cracky, full of
fissures (Sch.).
Я^‘9 cautious, watchful.
gsen-wa (eolloq. and form of
Я^‘$) to conceal; Я5*‘Я^*Л to keep
information or news secret.
gsefi-yab balcony.
in this
garden house with its excellent balcony
and wide view you should (rejoice).
4)^1
1309	|
gsed several larger species of
Lomcera (Jd.).
Ч|5^ТЦ gsed-pa also to pick out,
sort, to pull or pluck in pieces;
to assort wook
4|5<4 gseb~^ seb 1. stallion, a male
horse or camel. 2. the narrow inters-
tices between persons or things thronged
together, hence with § and 4=between,
among, with ^N=from between:
the dog leaps into the midst of the
people ;	to put between
leaves;	half of his
body protrudes from between the clouds,
i.e., rises above, etc.;	to sit
among the villagers. 3. multitude, crowd :
army, dense forest (Ja.).
Tta’°w gscb-lam a passage through
thickets, a secret path, by-way between
rocks and underwood.
gser
1.	gold; in Tibet gold is called rinchen
dan-po the first precious (article).
the best gold is found in
Ceylon (w*J44);	flower of gold,
golden flower ;
. 2. fair, royal, celestical, precious;
the world. is used fig. for unchange-
ableness (ядч’Ч’й^’ч) and also as an honorific
term:	royal face,	celestial
drink, i.e., wine presented to kings and
grand lamas as a substitute for nectar.
Syn.	rin-chen mdog-bzafi;
tshon-hdus-hgrim;	son-
mchog*,	tsam-pa skyes*,
g^btjid $kye$*,
rin-chen che;	wdog-ldan ; ^е.*г^
mdafis-ldan;	hod-byed-pa;
ga skye§; ri-la$-$kye$;	me-
yi sa-bon*,	cha-gas §byafi§*,
kha-dog chen-po;	bum-brgya-
skye§;	sa-yi zla-wa;	htsho-
wa sgrol;	bsreg-bya* sa-le-
§bram*,	rin-chen dafi-po (Mnon.).
gser-gyi-bkah royal edict, the
king’s command, government order; ячмг
the royal edict
was received loyally by the subjects (Yig.
k. 60).
gser-gyi §kud-pa 1. gold wire.
2.	n. of a medicinal grass :
(Med.).
gser-gyi hkhor-lo the golden
wheel, one of the eight auspicious articles
(^ет^я 3jw) of the Buddhists.
gser-gyi-dgra as met.=^^^ (lit.
the‘.enemy of gold) iron (Mnon.).
gser-gyi chun-po gold
necklace or chain.
gser-gyi-na 1. the golden fish,
one of the eight auspicious articles of the
Buddhists. 2. n. of a precious gem.
gser-gyi me-tog
the golden flower ; Magnolia
champaka.
Syn.	bsod-nams-bsun
(MAon.).
gser-gyi mon-lha$
gold braided head ornament, also
necklace.
дзет-gyi sdoti-po = lit.
golden plant, a kind of aquatic grass
(Miii. 3).
gser-gyi hdab-can an epithet
of Vishnu (Mfion i).
gser-gyi-mchog the finest gold.
Syn.	dsam-bu chu-gser;
rkafijfrgyad-pa; dsam-bu na-di
(Mfion.).
‘’Mt’* ।
1310

gser-gyi bye-та 1. golden sand.
2. a kind of mineral used for medicinal
purpose.	(Jf.).
gser-gyi gzugs
golden image.
<iq*< gser-gyi hog-pag$ a
gold sash, but gen. an apron with little
gold bells attached to its edge which
ladies of rank wear in Tibet.
gser-gyi ri-bdun tho seven
golden mountains:—qyv^c/ч^ giiaA-f *n-
hdsin ;	g^ol-mdah-hdsin ;
sefi-lden-ean ; Ita-na-sdug;	rta-
rna ; rnam-hdud; 3’(5S inu-khyud-
hdsiti (Mdsod.).
Gser-gyi-b rtsig n. of an island
in the Eastern ocean (A”. d. \ £69).
чрКд’Х-Ч Gser-gyi ri-wo the gold-
en mountain situated beyond the moun-
tain of Pragjyotisa, where the tree of gold
called Sa-le-dam abounds (A\ d. \ 283).
gser-gyi г(7-?га = я|^^‘3'*ч’3п1
golden water pot.
gser-gyi lu$ Т*ПТ golden
body; a complimentary address for noble
ladies.
gser-gyi phud-pu a kind of
medicinal grain, «1^’3
(ЛМ.).
gser-gyi gtsug-phud-can
the golden crest; n. of a bird.
Syn.	цд ч hdab-gqog bkra-pa;
Ч mkhah-hgrohi rgyal-po;
(hnn-klag (Mnon.).
gser-gyi ^bram-bu l. = ^v
gser-rdog-po (Nag. 53) piece-gold,
pieces of pure gold that are picked up
from sand; pure, unalloyed gold :
(л. $$)
all the others each presented him with a
piece of gold worth a
gold thread.
*1^*5 gser-$kya pale, whitish gold
(Rtsii.).
eplvjw g$er-$kyem$ Et. golden-drink,
wine that is offered to royalty, &c. for
drink; now-a-days wine offered to the
gods and the Grand Lama which is
touched with gold and grain wrongly as a
justification for that name (Бой. ч).
gser-kha чдщ xsrf^T gold mine.
gser-khri golden chair, throne,
hierarchical chair.
«pKfuc Qser-khan 1. n. of а (*<^V4)
demon. 2. n. of a certain noble man’s
family and castle in Amdo ;
n. of a celebrated lama of Amdo belong-
ing to that family.
gser-ipkhan goldsmith.
gser-mkhar a royal castle.
gser-hgyitr-mkhan an alche-
mist.
4]^^* sger-gug-sran an ounce of
gold of*Guge :	having
offered three hundred ounces of Guge gold
(A. 79).
gser-mgar goldsmith (Mfton.).
gser-glift	prob, the
ancient Pegu where Buddhism flourished
in the ninth and tenth centuries A.D.
gser-mgo golden-flower (mystic)
(Min-rda.).
gser'hgyur-rtsi a chemical
preparation said to convert other metals
into gold. Nagajuna is said to have
known such secrets of alchemy.

1311
I
Gser-mnal-can fvT’OTH an
epithet of Brahma (Mnon.).
Gser-ean 1. ^Tf^t the golden
city, n. of a city in southern India. 2.
n. of an officinal plant (8. Lex.).
Gser-chu liquid gold; gilding.
Name of a river between Ladak and
Lahul where the people of Lahul paid
tribute in gold to former kings of Ladak.
gser-chu gtan-wa	to
gild with gold.
gser-cho-lon a kind of precious
stone called xtwfe
дзег-tig n. of a bitter medicinal
herb :	(Med.).
gser-tog golden badge, button.
дзег-thal gold-dust, oxide of
gold :	(oxi-
dized) gold dust applied externally
removes fleshy excrescences (Mecl.).
Gser-thub	n. of the
second Tatjiagata (Buddha) of the present
Kalpa.
gscr-gdugs-can having a
golden-dome, a gilt-dome in the shape of
a royal umbrella constructed on the top of
a palace or castle:
(A. 24) he visited the
lama’s residence (called) ‘the palace of
golden dome?
gser-mdog ЯлГ gold-
colour ;	n. of a monastery in
Tibet.
gser-ldan—w^ myrobalan. 2.
$ЯЧЯ n. of the capital of Indra (Sorig.
30).
gser-rde ni-та^фМ*^ white
mustard (Sman. 109).
geer-rdo gold-stone, gold-ore:
Gser-ldan-ma 1.
[possessing gold; n. of a wife of Krishna]#.
2. the goddess Unia, the river Ganges,
and the planet Buddha,
(Yig. k. 14).
Syn. W$ hbab-chu ; sa-gshi; ^ 3’
$ton~gyi-dus;	gzah-lhag-pa;
lha-mo u~ma ;	chu-bo Gan-ga.
gser-pa gold-searcher, gold-washer;
dealer in gold.
дзег-phur wrrn the polar star,
the fixed star.
Syn.	зкаг-та brtan*pa;
§tod-phur (Mnon.).
дзег-phud n. of a medicinal herb
used as an emetic (Medl).
gser-hphren gold-chain, n. of a
work.
gser~bu n. of a bird of golden
colour (К. ко. % 3).
gser-bye golden sand, sand con-
taining gold.	a great
river like, the Ganges, or the Indus etc.,
the Tibetan name of the Yangtse ki-yang
of China, the river of golden sand.
(Yig. k. 27) and may it please
your honour to send your instructions
and affectionate letters like the flow of the
Ganges.
gser-$byan$ refined gold, puri-
fied gold (Yig. k. 13).
«ipK’A gser-me =a	дзег-gyi me-
iog gold flower.
дзег-min-can	na-ga
gesar) ЯТЯ^Ж (Mnon.).
дзег-mig-can Ht. with golden-
eyes, a fish; an owl.
1312
gter-dmar-po lit. red gold
sif^H a compound of copper and gold.
refined
gold (Jtf.).
gser-zafi$ gold-gilt, gold laid
on copper.
4]^ qTq gwr-bzo-wa goldsmith.
Syn. gser-mkhaii *, gser-
m^ar ;	khu-tshur-gyis htsho-tca \
zla-wahi-hjug (Jf/ion.).
qjsK-^q gscr-8hal=®W*^ lit. golden
face, a polite expression, for the faeo of
kings, queens and grand lamas, also
used as a compliment to respectable
ladies. чркчч	'yqwXq ч'лчуг
(Yig.k. 80), thauks for your very
great kindness, I have been as pleased
as if from an actual interview.
о/ц-гад gwr-shal-mjal any interview
with kings, queens, princesses and hier-
archs.
gscr-sho a gold piece of the
weight of an English sovereign.
gser-gshuil rifi-mohi-
an epithet of the Ganges.
(Yig. k. 85).
gser-hod hwwt golden lustre,
^ег-йо^-€б7« = ЯЯ glog lightening
(jMrton.).
gser-yig golden letter, the royal
mail; ‘	gser-yig-pa bearer of a
royal-letter,’ an ambassador, envoy (Glr.,
Jd.).
gser-sal le-^bram pure gold.
gser-lhad-can alloyed gold.
Syn. rgyan-gser;	rwa-
can-gser (Milon.).
^v-^4| gser-fog leaf-gold, gold-foil.
gser-sraA an ounce of gold; a
gold coin=16 rupees, a gold Mohur (Jd.).
gse$ 1.-3^ order, class; ^^4
nafi-g$e$, as in 2|r«|Wq. 2. reciprocal,
mutual (Vat. Jd.).
4|?(*4 gso-wa pf.
htsho-wa) 1. qtw to feed, nourish ;
to bring up, nurse up, train:	easy
to bring up, to nourish; д’^’Ч to rear
a child,	to feed or rear up a
beast;	to nourish the body, to
restore health; also ^’gk'q or
я{ачт^ц|д, to foster;	washes to
cure, nourish, or bring up. 2. fafaw?
sfafq^, srf?r^c< to mend, to repair, curing,
healing ; treats medically; to stop,
remove, to put an end to (of a disease);
q to rest, to recreate one’s self;
to repair a house; to restore,
rebuild, re-establish, what had been des-
troyed, to kindle again, stir up again, a
fire; to repair (a house), to refresh,
to comfort;	resp.	to
console. gso-dkah difficult to cure ;
gso-mkhan fosterer, restorer,
cherisher.
gso^wahi lha-mo=^'K3piQ tqnt
5ГЭТ the constellation of Revati.
gso-ggah-byed =
§kyur-rtsi chen-po «фзк a kind of citron;
the larger species of lime used for medi-
cinal purpose (Mnon.).
«Я’ачм gso-thab^ way of curing, manner
of healing (Med.).
4^'3^ gso-thig cure-drop.
gso-dpyad=^^w* (Sfi’S’^T
the mode of healing, method of

1313
Ч|^’Ч |
treatment of disease and the science of
medicine, =	the science of
preserving or prolonging life (ДОоп.).
treats medically, makes
medical treatment or cure.
gso-dpyad-mkhan physician,
a restorer of health {Mnoni).
gso-dpyad-pa=^\4 or
htsho-byed-pa a physician {Mnon.).
‘«J^’85 g.so-$pyad	the work
of healing; nourishing, bringing
up or rearing.
«|Xr«r2i gso-wa-po 1. physician (2!ZaZ.).
2. a fosterer, the parents {Mnon.)t
gso-bya the thing to be cured, the
disease {Med.).
gso-byed 1. the healing substance,
the remedy; the healing person, a phy-
sician. 2. = В dog (М/кш.).
gso-tshid—^'WM method of
healing.
л|*г^4| gso-rig or	faqr
the science of medicine, the healing art.
n. of a medical
work in 293 block-print leaves;
treatise on the healing art ;
gvq'qg'q one hundred recipes or com-
pounded medicines, n. of a medical work
by Siddha Nagfcrjuna.
«I^’gk’q g.so-$byoft-wa 1. for
removing faults, and i“T<r|q'q washing or
cleansing of sin^by making confession to a
priest. 2. фчга reparation by penitence
or repentance,	taking the vow
of Poshadha (fasting)	obser-
ving the Posadha vow of fasting or making
confession of sin.	е/ч obser-
ving rigidly religious vows for one full
day.
gso-$byoft-pa	one who
has taken the vow of Posadha.
q^’q’ gso-sbyoft bshag-pa to observe the
vow of fasting.
Gso-sbyoft-hphags (Uposadha)
n. of ancestor of Gautama Buddha.
gsoga-pa v. ^’q ; pf. bsag
qy bsag$ to collect, to gather,
to hoard:	hoards, gathers:
knows how to collect food.
g$og idaft shi gsum in
the cause of each of the three diseases
of wind, bile and phlegm its develop-
ment and cure, &c. {Pbum. 20).
gsog-hjog hoarding, accumulating
riches.
gsoft-po l. = ^*S draft-po {fiag.
69) straightforward, sincere ; *|*fc’Zk‘g|*q =
q to speak faithfully:
after mak-
ing reverence to the teachers what you
have to say speak out truly (JPbrom. I4,
27). 2.	=g^'g’q one who speaks
out a thing before hand.
gsoft, imp. of gsaft-iva as in
keep the conversation secret
{fiag. 68). Also there occurs :
gsoft^ig keep it confidential, {Situ.
105).
4|^’4 gsod-pa^^^'% pf, q^ bead,
fut. {Lex. usually) imp. ^\sod 1.
Ягм, зга, Wf to kill, slay, murder,
slaughter,	to delight in
killing;	putting to death,
causing to be killed; 4^^q|*q5^ flesh
of an animal just slaughtered; ^v^'q^y
fresh meat; ^'^Vqto be executed
166
I
1314

by the authority of king ;	at
the time of or just on the point of being
«кем uted.
<л^5*Я^5 gsod-gcod the act of murder-
ing; murder, slaughter ; Я^5 ’Я*<\,$А^Я*га
f<*ar of murder or massacre; Я^5’Я^'
*jc 3’§S Q gxod-gsod man-} о byed-pa to
murder, to slaughtei* a great deal; mas-
<aercing. 2. to put out, extinguish:
г№^я put out that lamp before gods.
to destroy the importance or
♦ xedbmce of a person or thing, hence to
<V spibe.
Я*^ q 3 g>' d-pa-p » murderer, slaugh-
terer.
Я^§^ gsod-bipd	1. killer,
murderer, Я^5 the murderous hunts
man. 2. ЛНИ, Hix the lord of death, the
•*vil one, Mara. Я^'§*\’5’Я^ Q^od-byed-
g.na$ wfh slaughter house, the place
1 execution.
gsod-sa place of execution.
^5 W gsod-lug§ manner of killing.
^^Я^ТЯ’^ &sod-rtags me-tog nan
= ДОол.).
’^’5 &wd-byed $byafi-ki nag-
/ >==д^^Я’5 W’!,5’ (Sman. 109).
Я*^’Я	=
Я^'| 5'q gsod-$kyij-pa — sf^’4 happiness,
- ase; gen. in reference to one’s state of
the mind : Я^’^’5^this place
bring solitary is happy (Rdsa. 9). '
1.	for я^ 4 or Я^'25: Я^’ЙЯЛ^'35
warm blood of a living animal. 2. imp.
of Я*1^4 (^Ч)-
gson-pa I: 1. intrs. vb., to
live, to be alive, Я*^ he, she, etc. is alive,
—to remain alive, to save or preserve
one’s own life,	though I
could save my life by telling a falsehood;
I do not wish to live (any
longer), of the fire: to burn,	7Г.
does bum now ? 2. trans, vb. to wake, to
rouse from sleep by shaking, to urge on,
to hurry on by force, whereas is
onlj’ done by words (Jd.),
Я^Т« П: or Я^’^ 1. sbst. life :
or	during (my,
your, etc.) life; adj. living, alive :
q|^’q 5^ q jqfyn(K- dtt.
S, I/o (an animal) weighed alive and
dead will not balance equally ; 5'Л’9’Я^’
ah, there I saw my son alive!
Я^’2р;’§уч to call into life, to animate;
Я^’Зч^^Я'ч to bury alive; Я*Ч^‘
jwfyq gson-pahi rgyu-та hdren-pa to
tear out the bowels of a living man.
2. rerival, restoring to health. 3. entire,
whole, undivided, full. 4. $5’Я*Ц’4, v.
£5 (Jd.).
Я^Ц-я gson-ma colloq. for Я^’З: ЗЯ’^Ч
Я^’* a live pigeon; Я*Ц’Я^ the living
and the dead (Cs.); Я^’ЧЯЯ gson-bsreg a
creature burnt alive; ^Я'^'Я^Ц’4^ Я
to bum a person alive (Jd.).
geob fbtf; hollow, empty, bloated;
without substance, я^4’4^4 gsob-gsob
stuffed, spongy.
Ч|^’Ц gsob-pa^^Q ; pf. «ЮЛ b$ab
fut. Я^ 1. to fill out or up, to
supply, complete, make up; to cure
(wounds). 2. to pay, repay, return;
a loan (&Л.);	to return a kind-
ness (Glr., Ja.).
qXwpine tree.
qpjfc par 1. or	or s
чнт, W4 a punch, an awl, gimlet.
2. supine of
ч-|^Ч|	1315
psor-ica to brandish, flourish.
gsor-hdcm-pa a kind of
medicinal grass :
the gsor-hdcm-pa is useful in wounds
from burning.
^ol 1. for <|«WIA 2. in Sikk.
= entertainment, feast.
gsol-chen^^’^'4 great show
or festival; in Hindi: tamasha.
ijjXfarci g$oZ-p7=|pTci said.
gsol-wa I: vb., 1. =8'q shu-wi
VS?; to ask for, to beg for :
h0 besought the king to save
his life;	ask the
teacher to say the prayers;	I
beg (you) to explain;	I beg
you to consider; to worship a god,
by offering libations (Jd.). 2. resp. for
or to dress to put on:
to put on a garment, clerical robs, cap,
shoes;	putting the
cloak on the teacher (JZh.). 3.
to eat, to drink, to take or offer a meal;
do eat, take food!
has finished his meal;
is eating;	as
the king had drunk rice-wine; to take,
to give, administer (medicine); to place
< food etc.) before, to serve up for clerical
person (Dzl.).	$<!] I place itbefore
you, help yourself! §4-5^W4’g-g«r^
the king took a bath ;	sra§-
la §ku-khrus gsol-lo they administered a
bath to the prince ;	to assume,
to receive a name, to give a name; ^5’
a demon has entered his
mind, ^ч’Ч’^, ^лч^дрг^дч present or
offering of food.
qpprn Il: = l. sbst. UTsjstt; ^?hi-
prayer, request, entreaty;
gsol-ica hdcb§-pa to make a recpest, to
entreat, to pray for. 2. food : ^ч’Ч’Л^’л
to take food, to eat, dine.
gsol-dkar IT. resp. for
crockery, china cup to take tea or wine.
meat prepared for
the table of a man of rank.
g§ol-kha 1. request, prayer (8ck.).
2. meat,* and drink Sch. 3. = Г’^С’
(Jiff.).
gsolJchan resp. for thab-
tshafi a kitchen (Mnon.).
gsol-fian poisoned food (Glr.).
gsol-lcog dining table.
gsol-chan resp. of
л|^чггч^5 gsol-mchod prayer and offer-
ings. gsol-ja resp. for * tea, ^41*^
gsol-za sgron—^^'Z ^§4 offering tea, tea-
entertainment. gsol-na fish dressed
for the table of a respected person,
for food of a great man. ^ч'$ч gsol-tib
tea-pot (Jd.).	gsol-thug = 4^’gqj
(Jig.) porridge or grnel made of barley
flour with meat and dried curds.
gsol-thabt fire-place, kitchen. *4^4
gsul-ljlofi — ^'^ gur-gur, churn; hookah,
л^ч^ЕЦ gsol-dpon lit. head-cook, master-
cuok, ordinarily = a private secretary
who receives prayers and requests.
g$ol-niar resp. for w butter. лрч
gsvl-tshig$ dinner (Ja.) ; ^ч’^ч gsol-shtb
resp. for ЗГ«’Ч fine parched barley flour for
a great man’s food. ^4’^^ gsol-gyog
under-waiter, table servant.
gsol-ras donation, gift, present,
gen. distribution of money, victuals, &c.,
by a person of rank to common people.
4^1	1316
g^ol-phog^ resp. for salary,
allowance.
g*o$-pa rfrnr, pf. 4Wq $so$-pa
Nag. 76 . to foster, cherish v.
§5’q to cure	not keeping, retain-
ing a child alive; qWg foster-son.
gsos-ma cure, medicine;
*<q*rq gso$-ma hdrb$-pa to apply a remedy.
bsah v. Я*5*
ц«4О] q l^g-pi pf-	(Situ.
_.Ж<пм accumulation of religious
unfits ; hoarding money, v. 4]*w|'q or ^q,
bs ih-bu resp» for ** food, fare
Glr. ;	Ipan-hbras resp. a dish of
ri< Jd.\
b?an$ 1. incense, frank incense.
q^srqiVai bt>afi$-b?4 incense removes defile-
ment. cine^ ^^’0 bsafis-gtor-wa to burn
mc^nso as an offering. 2. vb. pf.
to cleanse, to remove:	re-
moved the dirt or stain (Situ. 76\
bs'd-pi HiftrT killed, also kill-
ing :	srog-chag$ Ip id-pa kill-
ing animals (Situ. 76} v. ^S’4.
iJ-bya «ГН! animal to be slaughtered.
Ц b^ad-pa pf. пмчэд bsab$ = W4 to
return, repay, retaliate :	drin-
.. b?ib$ returned kindness, shewed grati-
tude p-qwg^q to reply, give answer
N 7oI.
Ц54Я bsam or sbst. f^tu, НП,
HT5RT, 1. thought, reflection, wish,
Imagination, fancy: «жа’Ц'Л'ч b$am-pa
niu-pa sem-pa to foster bad thoughts (Do.);
q^Kq-fo'^ bsam-pa tmn-ggis quick as
thought;	he was con-
stantly haunted by those thoughts (Dzl.);
qwjK&|gqq	inconceivable, be-
yond the reach of human intellect, incom-
prehensible etc.; ’£*г^^зE/ад’^wя'qлEг^<I]•q',
a good way of thinking is worth more
than good (external) religion (Jf/Z.);
malicious, wicked. 2. the will: W
q’e^ q’ojvv^S^if you have
borne ill will to others, you will receive a
rough return. ft^«|’9|‘qwrq(or
« to execute, to carry out a person’s
will;	as it did not go
according to their wish ;
do not try to divert me from my purpose
। Dzl.}; «iwi’qvgc/ч occurred in the mind;
q^ q qiq Zi good intention or design (ЛЛ7.);
desire, mind, inclination, liking, or
q|^fl]’q5qwq thirst for blood, murderous
disposition (Glr.). 3. soul, heart:
(by doing so) you injure your
own soul (flfil., Ja.).	beam-
thag-pa na$ from tho bottom of tho heart.
Syn. ^M’q hgo^-pa	hdun-pa
I Mnon.).
bsam-pahi-$tob§	reso-
lution, strength of mind/determination.
bsam-don-hgrub ^пкг, w*r-
fafi fulfilment (of one’s) desire or object.
q^’q^Sj*^ bsam-pa mfion-phyogs bent
of mind, inclination.
bsam-pa fut. tense and secon-
dary form of	sem§-pa :
thought, having thought (Situ. 7G)y has a
pf. q^NN’q bsams-pa,	; not to
be thought, cannot be thought of, incon-
ceivable ; wwqV’ having thought about
it; also of one’s own interest, =/«i3|wqv’
having meditated upon, reflected, pondered
(A. 57).
qW^’$-gq-q-W4VVq Wfa’tiT ufwtf П.
of a very great number [n. of a chapter of
I
1317
Wq |
the Prajnaparamita which treats of the
inconceivable] 8.
bsam-gyi mi-
khyab-pahi rgnal-ptohi mdo n. of a Sutra
(7f. d. *, 5).
bsam-gtan qhr, WHf, HHTfa, W-
4fw state of complete abstraction, con-
templation, meditation, concentration of
thoughts; esp. that mystic meditation
which at length evolves an astral counter-
part of the meditator—the counterpart
existing in Dewachan contemporaneously
with the meditator who continues on
earth.
Syn.	tin-fie hdsin; rnal-
hbyor ;	8hi-gnas\	mnam-hjog
(Mnon.).
qw^’g^q bsam-gtan byed-pa to con-
centrate the mind on a certain moral
virtue, to transpose one’s self into the state
of contemplation or meditation (Jd.).
qw^-pq-g bsam-gtan kkan-bu — ^RS
ri-khrod (Mfton.) mountain retreat of
Buddhist sages and saints, hermitage on
a lonely mountain.
bsam-gtan phyi-mahi
rgyud a Tantra containing descriptions of
contemplation in 53 stanzas (K. g. *, 108).
qw«^ bsam-mno or bsam-blo, also
§fq*W fylo-bsam, thinking, wishing etc.,
working of the mind; qwW§5’<i or
resp.	to think, to meditate,
consider, think upon;	bzaft-
byed-kyi bsam-blo wish to do good, a mind
directed towards what is good.
Syn. ^’qw mno-bsam\ ^'^4 rnam-rtog\
SJ’Vg’W yid-kyi-la$ (Mfton.).
bsam-pa yaftspa — K^4!^^
blo-khog y«ft$-pa,	sems yan^-pa
broad heart, magnanimity (MftonT).
bsam-hphellion-dicaft =>
the wish fulfilling tree, the
fabulous Kalpadriima {Yig. k.33).
qw^slw bsam-fyphel
(Yig. k. 35) the great ocean.
wrgbsam-blo thefa-pa
q$E/q bsam-blo gtaft-wa ^’gvqwgpEjrqS’
(7). $el. 12).
wg bsam-bya object of medita-
tion, the deity or person who is thought
of or meditated.
bsam-bya mthsuns-pa coinci-
dent thoughts having the same or similar
objects in view or to meditate upon.
Syn.	phogs-mthun;
mnam-byed; ^wq^’gmtshiifts-pmr spyod;
mgrin-gcig ;	dbyaft$-geig\
mgrin-pa mnam ;	mthah-
gcig-pa ;	ijug-pa gcig (Mnon.).
qw§k bsam-^byor design, project, plan,
qwrjk'qsrq bsam-sbyor bzaft-po good design,
or nan-pa bad design; qwr§^‘§vq
bsam-^byor byed-pa to plan, to scheme, to
project a plan (<7., Jd.).
qw^N bsam-ges knowing or reading
another’s mind; acc. to Jd. consciousness.
qwq$3 bsam-bsehu seminal vesicle.
bsar-wa	gral-$grig-pa
to arrange ; arrangement :
(Situ. 76) arranged the things or furni-
ture.
5saZ-2ra=3*i’q phye$-tca
opened, disclosed, revealed, cleared up:
§kyon-bsal-to disclosed the fault
(Situ. 76) ;	pray clear up. 2.=
Ipq^-q	advertising; to make
known by trumpet or drum; also xjfnqf^r
reputation.

1318
I
bsal-t shags	ЦН? strain-
ing, filtering; to clear от purify water of
animal life, &e.
Syn. sel-ica; *farq sol-ica (Mfion.).
bsig-pa pf. bsigs, to fan
ojq•Sjga to fan the body with the
hand (Situ. 76) v. ^qjq.
q^-q bst'd-pa 1. to mend, repair. 2.
pf. of to pick, sort, hair, wool;
q-ц q?\q to sort wool.
q^’d bsir-wa 1.	2. IF. sip
(JdA.
Q^QJ’Cj J. fyiH-wa to cut,
cut into pieces (Situ. 7b).
q^Ql’d II: 1.=^ ^ gran-mo adj. and
sbst.	cool, coolness;
gvq	become cold, the
state of being cold [calm composure,
equanimity^.;	a cuol house.
coolness is wholesome (Lt.).
qstai qvbsil-wahi chu-kyes~*fo'Q. 2.
vb., to cool ; also resp. for *55^
hkhrud-pa to wash, ^I’dWq to wash the
mouth and face,	the heat
changes to coolness.	leafi-bsil
‘ willow shade/ cool place under a
willow ;	being shady and cool ;
qjaprqSta q it is cold, the weather is cold
\fiag. 6CJ).	water for cooling the
feet (CW ;	to wa^h
the body with warm water (Cs.); to shed,
shed many tears (Ja.).
qSupc/ bsil-kluifi^^'^ SqtjW
a dome, a turret on the roof of a house;
also: a cool room, a summer house,
summer residence (Ja.).
bsil-grib 1?[Н^тцт; cool, grateful
shade.
bdl-hthufi cool draught, a
cooling drink or beverage (Sch.).
fydljdan	ftwnH the
Himalaya; Tibet.
q?hr^Q*’§5 bsiljdan htsho-byed—^^\
bsil-byed (Mfion.),
Bsiljd m saJcihi twin-
Ijofi n. of Tibet; though the fanciful
Indians who had very little knowledge of
Tibet implied by that name the Hima-
layan regions which abound in Sal trees
and medicinal plants (Yig. k. 52).
c&irsjyqq bsil-gdug$ parasol.
qsluq^pjw bsil-tca gsum the three cooling
medicines:—5^', 3^'3W and i.e.,
bamboo manna, saffron and small carda-
mom (Mifi. 1).
bsil-Ьи cool or coolness; q?hr^'
bsil-buhi rlufi i^cRnpT	a cool
ЧЭ “	"	~
breeze.
bsil-wahi hod-zer moon-
beam, the cooling beam.
q^Tq’Q*^	hdsin	thog-gi
lo-ma	n. of a medicinal fruit
(Mfion.).
q^§5 bsil-bycd 1.	gQnc	snow,
hoar-frost; also the	coolers:	the	moon,
cloud, wind, and sandal wood.
bsil-zas or	cooling food.
fydl-ыг can	the
moon (Mfion.).
bsil-дуаЬ Wi a fan.
Syn. 5rlufi-g.yab\ &WQ^bsil-ica
§tob (Mfion ).
qW^	snowy mountain,
the cool or shady side of a mountain; also
a hill of Magada near S'itavana cemetry
(Ya-sel. 34).

1319

bsu-гса = phebs-bsuy perf.
and imp. (A//. 69),	to
go to meet:	the mother goes to
meet her son ;	had gone to receive
the party;	let him go to meet;
ятч^уте having received or escorted
him; to join, to make advances, to interest
one’s self for; to go to meet (solemnly), to
welcome a respected person;
mdun-bsus (Situ. 76) advanced to receive
a party.	I will go
to meet the arriving pandit;
great festivities on the occasion of recep-
tion ;	we will lead her home
as your bride. 2. defined as
sfion-du btafi pahi sman medicine that
is first taken to be followed by another
immediately (Li$.).
bsu-chan^^^^-’ in Sikk. wine
that is sent for the refreshment of a res-
pectable party or official when coming to
a place.
bsu-mi an escort, the men going
to receive a gentleman or lady coming
from a distance.
bsu-^man clyster (Sch\
bsuft	sweet smell;
dri-bsiift shim-pa broho I enjoy the
sweet fragrance,	bsun-gi grofl-
khyer and	bsuft-gi grofl-
khyer chen-po are names of very sweet
scented flowers (JT. my. % 29).
bsufi-ned fragrance.	bsuA-myo^
and	bsuft-inyos chen-po are
names of two kinds of fragrant flowers.
bsun-pa dissolute:
to be dissolute; to be irregular in habits.
b^m-b^kyur (Sch.): irregularity
of life, dissoluteness;
abandoned prodigality.
Jswi-ifwzi disgusting, obscene
(Sch.).
isub-pa, pf. to obliterate,
rubbed out the foot mark
(Situ. 76).
fysum-pa	to smile,
4 sum-pa to close or shut (Cs.)
to draw together
the mouth-string of a cloth pouch or bag;
(Situ. 76) to shut up the mouths of a
vessel or cotton-cloth bag.
C\
4| lisur-$myig W. clyster=
«ад (Ja).
q^’q bsus-pa incorrectly for 4tiN'q
= $'4	belly, stomach.
bse 1. se-wa. 2. for
n. of a buckle or shield made of rhinoceros
skin. bse-sgam,	leather-box
or box lined with leather; bse-sgo
leather-door, or a door-like target made
of hides (Jd.). 3. a kind of demon.
bse-hbros-pahi snags the
charm to drive away demon: 5^’^’
(7Г. g. -5, 52).
rhinoceros hide of which shields
are made.
bsc-kha bsgo n. of a wild animal,
(К. ко. 2).
bse-ru 1. rhinoceros ;
one who concen-
trates his mind on a subject in the manner
of a rhinoceros which looks to its horn with
the only intention of killing his adver-
sary. 2. in Tibet is applied to the
clumsy-looking deer known to sportsmen
as the “ serow.” 3. three species of
grain having medicinal properties:
|
1320

^5^‘Q white seru;	black seru ;
the spotted seru.	a* bse-sbur a
kind of grain with disagreeable odour.
Ц5Г$Г$ bse-ma-nu=	pomegranate
seed (mystic) (ЛЛЙ. 3).
se-mo species of weasel.
bse-yub 5<' w tkyur-nia a kind
of sweet and acidulous medicinal fruit.
c^q]5Tt|
to come from one
bide, to come across one’s way (&7i.); to
< omc into collision with.
bseft-pa — \wv or f»wwq to
revive spirit, to awaken, rouse;
(Л. 135) as advice for rousing
one’s spirits.
lped-pa, v. gsed-pa to
sort, to discriminate;	to enter
into details (Situ. 76).
^5555 the bow for setting a drill in
motion (&A.).
bsen-mo, a female evil
spirit.
+	$.sew-A7/^-2}a=^^’4.S^’q &nen-
telu$-pa to allure, seduce (by the show of
friendship).
bser in	indehu-bser (Situ.
76)=^’34>|’Zi’’4^^5’g’g to see, examine if
an arrow is crooked or not.
bser, or resp. of 5е-’ rluft
wind :	whence does the cold
wind: blow (IJbrom. Г, 18); tho term bser
is generally applied to a cold breeze:
’Я«| he is affected by a cold wind (Sch.).
2. the feeling of cold :
is not your honour feeling cold;
catching cold ;	bser-dii-yoft you
will feel cold (Ja.).
teer-ma^Sf' gen. wind in the
stomach.	fyser-ma tni-skyc-wa —
gt-a-j-fl r/Mfl mi-skye-iva in TwrJ
^•сйкл-й-g q (Д. 155).
ч?кй frser-mo adj. or sbst.
zj-я^чя W,, did you not feel very
cold ?	honorif. a catarrh, a cold
(Ja.).
c$Q|	$kyel~ma 1. w^pici
followers, retinue. 2. v. + bsel-wa
to protect from danger, remove fear or
cause of danger.	convoy; safe
conduct, escort.
sWq fysel-pa safe-guard, guide; wita’
§5’4 to accompany and protect one on tho
way, to escort him.
bso~wa rosp. to take rest,
refresh one’s self, to remove fatigue by
rest.
aSfap bsog-pa form of pf. 4*^*1
or	^’адч|м accumulated wealth;
hoarded treasure (Situ. 76).
bsofi-po=\^'4 straight, honest.
+ fyiod-$nom§ described as :
over enjoyment,
faod-$nom$ favg alms of cooked
food, edible things or money, gifts
presented to clerical persons; food to
the departed or to the manes of the
dead;	a receiver of such alms,
to live by alms, on charity ;
or	resp.
to beg, ask, collect alms;
to prepare an entertainment for the
priesthood (Ja.).
bsod-btags for
a kind of silk scarf which is be-
lieved to bring good luck to the person
receiving it as a present.
1321
q^|
ч^-q^ fysod-bde, resp. g-q^ 1, good for-
tune, happiness, felicity; qX^’q^ happy,
q^-q^-^Zi very happy and fortunate,
unhappy, wretched. 2. destiny, fate,
=	his destiny is a
very high one;
belongs to your destiny that you get a
drubbing (Jd.).
q*M^ bsod-nams
W, дча holiness, merit, virtue, good
action.	a holy place to visit
which brings merit. я^-^’я^я’Ч’Хвг^ |
in this and in
the next world, he who has done good
actions will be happy (K. du. b 271).
qX^wgirZj bsod-nams skyes-po a
meritorious person, one having moral
merits ;	bsod-nams-skyes heaven,
celestial region (B. ch. 6). qX^wwS)^
чяад bsod-nams ma-yimpahi las sinful
deed, an act that is not pious.
Syn. chos; «^’5* legs-byas;
skal-wa bzafi; ГЛ’В’^4 kha-rje khyu-mchog;
nams-dgah-ica;	q4’^q dge-wahi-
tshogs; bde-legs; sdig-zad;
dam-pa (SLnon.).
qX^swrjT®^ Bsod-nams rgyal-mtsan n.
of a hierarch of Sakya (Lofi. \ 12).
qX^w^’g,^ bsod-nams тдуип-byas gw-
frere one who is adorned with moral
virtues.
qX^W’«^ bsod-nams-can a meritorious
person, a virtuous, pious person.
Syn.	dpal-yon ldan-pa\
S«’q legs-byas-pa* chos-ldan\
skal-ldan} bzafi-byas\ kha-rje-
can\ legt~ldan\	bsod-
nams Idan-pa (A£fion.).
q^^-^w^’4	che-wa яттд^1 a
very virtuous person; of great moral merit.
Bsod-nams-mchog the best
moral virtue; n. cf a prince, son of king
dpa§-byin (K. d. я; 183).
’£‘я^ n. of Sutra
in (2Г. d. S 118).
bsod-nams stobs-
kyi rtogs-brjod	the moral
life-story of Puqyabala (K. d. w, 1).
Bsod-nams dar-rgyas
increased and abundant merits; n. of the
father of Dalai Lama Kalzang Gyatsho
(Lofi. Я, 21).
bsod-nams-ldan gWTH, to
the pious, one possessed of virtue, moral
merit, &c.
^S^^'^^Bsod-nams-hpijel gwi5*, in-
crease of moral merit; n. of a certain king
of Benares (Hbrom. F, 37).
q^5^5W’^* bsol-nams-shifi нНг a holy
place, джйн a place of pilgrimage, a
place where deeds of virtue and piety
were done and a visit to which brings
merit.
bsod-pa~ wq bzafi-po, ч
pleasing, very good agreeable.
Ч’ч good and bad. Ace. to Jd. vb., to
be pleased with, to take delight in, to
like.
qX^'q5'3^ bsod-pahi-zas Whr =
wqac/Zj good food, well prepared, dressed,
boiled (Zam. 9).
bsol is explained as яЗ^^Ч
bsos in 1. indemnification,
damages paid for bodily injury. 2. to
recreate ; ^«rqXq fial-bsos refreshed (Situ.
76). v. pf. of я|^'ч :	repaired
167
1322

damage or things which had been injured;
regained strength, &c.
bxrafi straightened; зз%ззз’^’q
anything that was crooked or bent, made
straight 64).
333*3 b^afi~po straight, upright.
bsran-tca, pf. 333*1 bsrans:
^3333*1 the crooked (thing) made straight;
qjgc/qgcji made the middle or the main
portion of a thing straight (Situ. 76) ;
v. Зз'З wron-wa.
b*rad, v. 3353 Iprod-pa.
33^ = 3*53 «д;рп endurance, patience
forbearance.
a5ff« 4, ran-pa v. 3V q з^'33^з=з5\-
q-q^q’ to meditate on the virtue of
forbearance; §4'330 very patient in
troubles.	endured mentally
{Situ. 7'6).
b^rab-pa 1. pf. 333*1 to be
diminished;	= Цз’З’^’сга^з
shadow or darkness has vanished, dimi-
nished ; ^’З'ЗЗЗ’З there is not much
of darkness {Situ. 76). 2. (v. 33 srab} to
bridle, keep under, restrain, check, curb,
refrain;	to restrain the
passions.
bsral-u'd faa to separate,
to sort, to choose : зриз'^зз^з- (Baton.
142) choosing each a sharp knife,
v. 3*4'3 srel-tca.
Сч
q?{ ’4forM4V7, pf. 33N bsris l.=^4^§S‘q
to economize, to save, X^’33^ savings;
economy in riches. 2. fondness,
liking (Situ. 76). з|’3’Й5 bwi-wa-med
f?nn; cruel, unrelenting (5. Ze#<).
bsrtn, fut., pf. 355*1 bsrins (&ag.
69) ;r=^3'^’3g<q rin-du bskur-tca prolonged,
to send to or cast to a distance : «1Лч^з«
despatched a letter. Э> ззз*< tehe-bsrifis—
^з* prolonged life; longevity (Situ. 76).
33^ bsri-tshags economy, frugality;
carefully keeping stores and treasures.
there
should be perfect economy in every
respect in internals and externals (D.
gcL 5).
33*1’3 i.9f^-;w=3553 stinginess; 3'33^*
£\з without stinginess and hiding (Nag.).
tprufi-wa=T^4; pf. 333*; bmtfi§*,
fut. 33 rg, bwun-bya ; з^*гЯ*]*гзз 3*1 bgegs-
8og§-bsrufi§ {Nag. 69) to guard against
evil or evil spirits that cause accidents;
guardian, guard, watchman, sentinal,
sentry; amulet.
Syn. g3*r§5 skyabs-byed \ дз*з skyob-pa,
(Mnon.).
з^з я bwun-ma gen. spirits that guard
Buddhism or Buddhist institutions and
living saints.
33 c/SS’&ipi b^run-viihi-t^Jiogs
a body of guards; ^’Ч'з^’^'ЗЗз*гз §ku-
b»runs-pa or здз’з 6 s и rtf-ja royal body
guard (Mnon.).
333'зрбХ bsrufi-hkkor or 333'q^*3p?3*i5f
magic charm used as a protection against
evil spirits.
ЧЗЗ’Зрз'з	snags-
pa or g*pr3*3‘ (Mnon.), a Tantrik priest
who by the efficacy of his charms drives
away evil spirits and thereby guards
people against evil.
333’^5 bsrun-mdsad a guard, wateher<

1323

bsrun-pa=^'Q btul-wa tamed,
70
disciplined, civilized.
4’4 bsrub-pa, churned;
ho-та dan ja-bsriib-pa) v. ЯЧ;
§5 bsrub-byed=?^ the sun (Mncw.).
bsre-wa n. В’Ч to mix:
mnam-du bsre-iva to mix together.
bsreg-pa =^И, зуи; v. B4!’4 to
bum, ^<ч'Ч§4|’Ц me-la bsreg-pa
burnt, baked, singed.
Syn. tshig-pa; ishig-ma;
htshig-pa (Mnon.).
brseg-khan funeral pyre,
crematory.
bsreg-bya ^тутц, anything
to be burnt in the sacrificial fire.
bsreg-blugs wry fa clarified
butter poured in the sacrificial fire as an
oblation.
bsrel hchan-ica, gner-
wa) to maintain, keep (&ag. 69) ;
ehun-ma bwel-to maintained his wife
(Situ. 76).
^B^’q bsres-pa = hdres-pa mixed
up (flag. 69) ; mixture; SV
milk with water;	mixed up
(as articles of food). Syn. a*4’4 spel-wa.
bsro-wa n. (°У*1,аГД5рл ni-ma-la
gsro-wa)	ni-ma la drod-btan-
wa, pf. bsro§, mcr-bsros dried in
the sun, on fire, &c. (Situ. 77).
^f4^’ bsro-khan = w^’ kitchen;
f«V bakery (Mnon.).
bsrod-pa or bsred-pa~^Q
sro-wa to dry, by exposing to the rays
of the sun (Seh.).
JsZa-wcz, v. sla-wa.
bslan-wa	; =^е.'л to
raise, to lift up ; v. 3(^*4 slan-гса, pf.
bslans:	gyen-du-bslafts lifted up
(Nag. 70).
bslad-pa to corrupt, to pollute,
to spoil; to alloy gold or silver with
base metals: ^’c45’^N-wqg\q4^3j’qq'^
the king’s bed being polluted with defile-
ment (A. 144). bslad adulteration,
corrupted by others (Situ. 77);
W8 bslad-bya will be corrupted,
having been corrupted.
ед	collected	or ’|T4l*rq
put in,	arrange:	W?	kept them
together on one side	(Situ. 77).
blab, pf.	bsabs,	^<|’4’4S4’4
education, teaching of arts and sciences
(Situ. 77), v. М-ра. 1. sbst.
training, culture; doctrine. ^Sfq'q СЙ54
the three moral trainings:—
1.	[training
in higher conduct]#. 2.
^fwrrfafir^T [training in higher
meditation]#. 3.
sr^Tfirgr [training in higher wisdom]#.
(K. du. S 41).	the three
vows for three moral trainings:—
so-thar,	byan-sems and
*&rq gsan-snags-gyi $dom-pa=tiiQ vows for
ordinary salvation, vows for Bodhisattva,
and those foi' mystic cult (for entrance to
Nirvapa jby the less direct but the most
delicate way of Tantra).
bslabs-qes-ean student, studi-
ous, also=^'^’^	(Mnon.) an
educated or trained person.
bslaa-ston^consultation,
or instruction :
(you) should not on
qgq-ciA’^ |	1324	|
your own responsibility decide matters
of importance without asking for instruc-
tion (Z>. feZ. 12).
dogma, tenet, 4gq’g btfab-
by a	what is to be learnt, doctrine,
precept, admonition:
he imparted (to her) some prac-
tical doctrines or rules of life and social
intercourse (G7r.); ^gq g^v4 to give admo-
nitions, to exhort, reprimand (Jd.).
q^q-q^qft btfab-pahi-gshi	the
basis of study (Situ) [the subjects of
study] S.
q^q-^c btfab-gtsan the spiritual purity,
keeping one’s morals and vows pure.
434^ btfalpdon gen. representation of
one’s grievances, prayer or supplication
(Rtsii. 9).
43*4 b$lu-ica v. 3’4 (vulg. ^*4) pf.
43 * 4 btlu$-pa, imp. fipr$Zw$; 1. ransom,
gojqg-q 8rog btfu-wa to ransom life,
q^qq^'n hchi-wa felucca to save one
from death by paying money, etc. 4$
btfu-yon price-money or ransom, 43 *
943^ blu$-bya bslus ransomed life
(Situ. 77), 2. to seduce, decoy: 43*3*|
felu-tshig persuasive language or sweet
words;
(Jf, du. S, 261) this cunning
man has seduced the young woman, the
Brahman’s wife and has carried her
away.
X ilh-rdo fig. temptation, bait, lit.
the stone that is thrown at a dog to
divert his attention : ярбК’4$^з
I have left off the temptations of worldly
life (Khrid. 18).
ha I: is the twenty-ninth letter of
the Tibetan alphabet corresponding to the
Sanskrit v and English h; it represents
the numeral 29.
II: In Budh.: 1. e-ma alas!
У (Л*Л)
alas ! the Tathagata has fully passed out
of sufferings (К. my. % 207). 2. fig.:
to be greatly delighted, to be in
ecstasy. 3. y^’|SV'S^
(K. g. 43).	4.=3^
a number (mystic) (К. g. I4, 28).
III: 1. breath, уя^гс’ч ha-hdebs-pa
to breathe. 2. colloq. nearlyyonder,
further: У*?) ha-gi over there; УЧ’^] ha-
la-тдуид (speaking contemptuously) go
to that place t.e., do not stay here, be
gone 5; уад'^уя residing there; one resid-
ing at an unknown place.
hwal: 1. in Budh.:
(Ebum. % 283).
2. (Chinese) a picture, a painting.
II: 1. in ^*3’^ go^-kyi-hwa collar of
a coat.
ka-go-wa to understand, to com-
prehend in C., and W. => У^’^' I have
understood it; *’У«‘Ч| I did not under-
stand; У^=^й^^ (Rdsa.).
is explained as
ysc’ ha-cafl Wfa; adv. excessive,
good deal, very, too much: gxywRyrq’
уде'ик'д^’.3|'гЗ his passing out of misery
(death) was really too soon; y-sfotapo
very good, excellent; у*х5уЗ very large
great; уггяс q too many; y^‘wq
exceedingly good, ys^xyq very bad;
у«цЛк.х	very long, very far;
угхЭЛс/ not very far; y«'^ not
very near or close. У^’дХ’*^’Э’5Мт|сга^<<
do not prattle much. y*xg«rq
very big or stout:
(Lo. 37).
y^xjEa-dso-ga-hoft n. of a small
town in Assam not far from the place
called	Sdofi-zam sde-wa-than
on the border of Bhutan (Dsam.). This
small town of Hajo in Assam has
a temple dedicated to the Hindu god
Hayagriba who resembles the Buddhist
god Tamdin (У*3^) and is therefore
worshipped by the Buddhists of Tibet
who mistake Hajo for the Buddhist
Kusanagari (Kusinera) the place where
Buddha died. It is called by them Tsam-
chog-tong (3>’*йТ^‘).
yyV^ ha-na ho-nif han-fam 1.
very angry, much enraged Ld. (Jd.) 2.=
йхУячУл a stupid dull man; a dozing
dull man.
У Па-ni all of them, all together, in
a body (Sch.).
f	man-ta Hanumana,
lit. he with high cheeks, a Mongolian or a
Hun; the monkey-warrior in the epic of
Ramayana, the devoted general and
messenger of Rama.
1326
Syn. hod-ldan-,	and^a
nahi bn ;	mig-gsum-pa ; V’F’SS’^
dgah-byed pho-па (Шоп.).
Ш Пара a native of a Ha in Bhutan,
= Has-pa.
Ц ha-pa ha-pa to breathe out
steam or vapour (Ja.).
ha-po n. of a medicinal herb.
ha-ycg$ woe (to you, etc.) ! in
W. (Jd.)
ha-ra TV. to play at dice (Ja.).
vvj-i; ha-ra hu-rc in W. impetuous,
violent, impudent; also tpV1 * * 4’#4’4 $pyod-pa
rtsub-pa rude behaviour or conduct.
У ha-ri parrot.
ha-ri-m-ka vfT’Fta n. of a
flower (7Г. Ao. ’П, 4).
t	ha-ri-ta-ka vfbnt vegeta-
bles, greens, pot herbs (Vai. sfi.).
ha-ri-dra the turmeric
plant, Curcuma (Jd.}.
ha-ri tsan-dan
the finest species of white sandal wood.
1 ^a"re na~ka n- a mC(l^
cinal plant.
ha-re a statuo; ha-rc-lon
blind like a statue, i.e., having eyes but
without sight like a statue:
(Л. 136).
ha-la or У «ГУ 4	1. poison
in general. 2. a Tantrik form or aspect
of the Bodhisattva Avolokites'vara (|hw
0]^^).
ha-lam(Rteii.) about,
just, nearly, tolerably, rather: ^c/yewr
nearly like that (Vai. §n.).
ha-las-pa—WH^a vb. to be
astonished, frightened: У= «гй’яЦ
nothing to be wondered at;
qysbaw (Rdsa.).	to be struck
with wonder, to be surprized.
уч ha-luft ma-go-wa =
eolloq. not understanding the meaning.
5 ^^c^ q explained as
ayq^lK'q.
/wr-Zo—^V4!^'^ (Yig- k. 51) the
holly-hock. But acc. to Jd. a flower, in
gen. esp. a large beautiful garden flower,
yHrjK'q a simple flower, not a double
flower;	a double Y<S flower.
ha-fail 1. a Chinese Buddhist
priest or scholar who is also represented
by a mask in religious plays. 2. Y-^*^
n. of a hill in Tibet suppossed to be the
abode of demons.
’A4! ha-fig a mineral medicine, used
as remedy for tho stone; acc. to (Vai.
§n.). = thod-le-kor alabaster.
У^4] Ua-sag (0$^’^) n. of a
country of the Lalo (Dsam^).
ha-ha-ho in the mystic language
of tho gods of the Apara-nirmana Rataya
celestial regions=^4
misery.	ha-ha thob-byed—^'
Q§£’4; ууд«1=«^ч|’Ч cessation from
misery and	the way to
Nirvana (К. ко. % 235).
hahi a Chinese word=shoe in C.
У5 sba-гса n. of a medicinal
herb (Jd.).
hwag$ irxjg, prob, sugared
medicine, like lozenges:
чрГйГ^згзп (8. Lex., Med.).
5'«|	1327
ha-ld beer.
han 1. vulg.=vacant or vacancy;
2.to
squander, to dissipate.
Uan-ne n. of the second wife of
the king of demons.
hafi-phan ser-po—Q^ bya-
ra-tea n. of a king of demons.
han-wa to pant, to gasp (Ja,),
han-yon a kind of brick-tea
{Rtsii.),
Ф&г han-son or misunderstanding,
misapprehension.
haj sudden ; let alone! be off! IF.
had-kyis suddenly;	to
rise suddenly.
had-de (idiom.) = to look
with dumb-surprise, to be astounded and
senseless:	(A
120),
had-§man n. of a kind of fruit (&
kar, 179),
had-rams indigo of the best qua-
lity.
hab-^a violence.
han-ldan in JF, 1. dumb,
mute, a confused, unmeaning speech. 2.
imbecile, weak of mind (Jd,),
han-hony n, ha-na ho-ne.
^4 hab 1. a mouthful:
to eat quickly; to devour greedily,
e.g,, of dogs, pigs, etc. 2. a stitch, in
sewing: yr«&rci hab htsham-pa to make
here a stitch and there a stitch, as in
quilting (Itfil. Jd,), 3.	to laugh
sneeringly.
5^5 hab-bcad a needy wretch, а
starving person.
^1’<ггч hab-thob-pa to gain or take by
plunder, to loot y to get by snatching away
from another’s possession or as in the
case of dogs:
(Khrid, 52),	hab-thob byed-
pa to scramble for, to strive or contend
for (J a,).
W4]hab-^a che a dispute, a quarrel.
quarrel with
merciless violence (Л. 144)*
hab-ga byed-pa in Mil., to dispute, to
quarrel.
^’4 ham-pa 1. avarice, covetousness,
greediness;	to be covetous;
be not covetous! W, 2, strength,
force;	taken away by force. 3.
courage, bravery IK, of men and animals,
white film on liquids, etc., mould
(Jd,),
/z«r=the colloq. expression
at once, abruptly, suddenly; ^'^*4 to rise
suddenly;	mother
rising up at once to see the spectacle.
g har-sgra an abrupt voice, sudden
voice;	when ejaculating
a sudden sigh (Khrid. 122),
has exaggeration, hyperbole ;
to exaggerate.
has-pa a hitch, doubt, discre-
pancy, error; ^’4’^ ha$-pa-$or=w
in taking or giving money or things to
another party if there be difference in
the accounts, &c., or in cash balances
their falling short, is called
has-pa mi-hdug there is no hitch
(about it);	ha$-pa chen-po
mi-hdug nothing to be afraid of, or to-
doubt.
1328
Ha^-po-ri n. of a hill at a short
distance from the grand monastery of
Sam-ye.
Ha^po ri-thaft n. of a place
of Bon pilgrimage in Tibet.
ha$-stag tshaft n. of a place in
Bhutan.
hi = numeral. 59.
hi-ra vto diamond.
hi-ri corn-stack:	to build
a com-stack.
hi Jin a noise;
hi-lin btaft-mkhan ; a bully, brawler (Ja.).
t IliJon-^an n. of a river men-
tioned in tho Ригаца (7Г. my. F, 198.)—
prob, tho Mongolian river Khelenchuan.
hi-hi 1. the laughter of displeasure ;
or anger. 2. (mystic)
pafri ston-mo (K. g. % 216).
hihi-ka breast-bono (&Л.).
^4] hig, or hig-ka the act of shud-
dering, also of sobbing; also, defined as
rnam-fe§ yar hpho-wa the
departing of the soul from the body.
hu 1. a kind of tea (fi^n.). 2. re-
presents num. 89. 3. in W. breath (Jd.).
5’15 hu-khyu the sound of sighing
hu-thug-thu Mongolian equiv.
for wnS the venerable, the most
holy.
^’3) Пи-па 1. the Mongols or the
Indo-Mongolian family to which the
Tibetans are allied. 2. n. of a place in
Tibet (Б. ch. 4).
5*1
ЗГЗ1*! Uu-thug 1. n. of one of 36 border
countries of Tibet (Jig. 81). 2. for ^’зя’ч
hu-thug-pa in
«V(Khrid. 121).
5’4^ hu-bde a kind of sword used by the
Mongols (Jig. 31).
hu-ru-ru has been explained as
МЗЧ’У4 1° stare with the eyes fixed
and not revolving (A. 136).
he stares, he gazes with wonder, horror,
confusion (ЛЛ7., Glr.).
: s’ovs hu-lu kun-da n.
of a bird of the laud of Asura (K. d. % 15).
hum-mdsad an expression
of challenge and fearlessness, gen. to
alarm an enemy.
Пип n. of a Chinese imperial dy-
nasty (Grub. *, 5).
о
X’ huin-fia in which 7jSw=the
expression of anger: *>’ signifies I, myself
and ’Vs'^5-^	(Л. 18).
hufi-khun a pyramid; a triangle
or triangular figure gen. used in mysticism.
о
Лй7П=й’2^’й|’|^ khro-bohi $fiag$ as a
mystic expression of wrath from the lips
of a frightful deity. The Tantrik lama
also in vanquishing an evil spirit or an
inimical god uses the expression Пит
to terrorize him.
jiun in news, tidings, intelli-
gence, information; disclosure, explana-
tion, opinion, idea ; unexpectedly,
unawares (Jd.).
hub a gulf, a draught:
*3**^4 at first take only one mouthful, one
draught at a time (Glr.); 54*^4 one
mouthful, hub-do two mouthfuls (Cs.).
дя’Йчщ hub-phogt a kind of tea (Rtsii.).
УЧ	1329	5^1
hur 1. has been explained as
2. to stare at out of
wonder or surprise, an expression of
amazement:	(Rdsa.).
hur-wa to be quick, active, dex-
trous. 5^*44| hur-thag quickly, imme-
diately, with dispatch.
hur-po 1. quick, alert, dextrous,
clever. 2. hot, hasty, passionate in Ld.
hu$ moisture, humidity, wet;
5*^ injured by damp;
M*’4*1 the book having got damp, let it
dry.
he-ht a sound made unconsciously
while laughing \
(Rdsa\
^’qq] he-bag, 1 .= difference:
^*T^5 it makes uo difference. 2. provo-
cation, taunt.
|	he-va-dsra
also called B’K hye rdo-rje (Mnon.) n. of
a series of treatises (Ja.).
Hi He-ru-ka terrific mani-
festation of the chief Tantrik god Sambhara
or in Tibetan Demchog (Mnon.).
the dress of Heruka, namely,
the rubbing dust over the whole body
and face, adorning the body with differ-
ent ornaments made of human bone,
putting on a crown made of human
skulls upon the head, wearing a tiger’s
skin and carrying in the right hand a
trident, &c., in the left hand a human
skull:	the prince
proceeded having put on the dress of
Heruka (A. lb),
heg-po stale, putrid, rancid.
liel-po in W. wide, extended; of
garments : wide, easy; ^'4 hel-wa id. and
sbst.: width (Jd.).
ho num.: 149.
5’0’8 ho-sgra ku-sgra shouts and cries
of ho and ka to show that one is watchful
at night like a constable or chaukidar:
shouting ho and
ku he walked round (Л. 13).
ho-та vfcr prop.: burnt-offer-
ing of clarified butter; 5^‘R^’ the trian-
gular, pyramid shaped fire-pit in which
burnt offerings are made ; acc. to Jd. a
small pit or a triangular box used for
such an offering. 5м’§5’* to sacrifice.
hon-len Epidendrum fesse-
laium thus described:
S’crgr-asjrda. 5 a bitter medi-
cinal root, frequently to be found on the
mountains (v. also Hook. I., 273). This
drug is of two species, the yellow and the
red-brown hon-lcn.
Syn.	za-wa;	^’Я-
§kye$; ^*§5 htJio-byed.
hon a weight equal to ten Chinese
li (Rtsii.).
hon-hon stupid, foolish (Cs.).
hob-ho W.: bent in, or battered
(Jd.).
horn ace. to Jd., a Mongol
word signifying a pad placed under a
camel’s load
Hot a Tartar.	the
Mongol Jinghis Khan.
n. of a Tartar tribe in Glr.; 5^*^ hor-yul
Turkestan.
168
1330
hor-zla Tibetan month.
hor-khon$ deficiencies, gaps.
hor-cham$ trunks, cups, trays,
bucklers made of leather and painted.
hor-tin oblation cups manufactur-
ed in Mongolia (Jig. 21).
hor-du a Mongolian encampment
from 5* Ilor Tartar or Mongolian and
du smoke. Each nomad’s tent repre-
sents a fire-place and chimney, t>., a
family.
hor-dofi Turkestan quiver (Jig.
ш
5*'^ hor-hdra 1. Tartar-like, t.e., of
rude and rough manners. 2. [ScA.: con-
fiscation,	to confiscate] Jd.
Hor-pa 1. a Dzungarian; also a
Tibetan from the northern provinces, a
herdsman of North Tibet. 2. Crossop-
tilon pheasant.	a species of
hawk (Sch.).
horse a painted leather trunk
manufactured in Turkestan (Jig. 21).
hor-$le a kind of coarse blanket
manufatured in Turkestan :
(Rtsii.).
hol-ica vb. to loosen the soil:
the ground must be loosened, be
made soft.
^7] hragz=S^ or flw a cleft, a gap,
fissures :	r (Jf>. 63).
hrag-pa hardness; hard like
stone, tough.
Syn. 8ra-tca\ ^’5 gyon-po (Mnon.).
hrafi l.z=sc/q strong, hardy:
rgad-po de hran-po-hdug
that old man is hardy. 2. alone,
$ОГЧ|
a single man and woman, also =
Sac* celibate.
$S’4 hrad-pa [1. to thrust, to push
violently, to stem firmly. 2. to scratch;
(his Reverence) made
several scratchings with his hand at the
door Mil. 3. to exert one’s self, to make
every effort 7F.] from Jd.
^4’^4 hrab-hrib for rab-rib.
hral torn.
hral-wa to rend, tear up, tear
to pieces, e.g.> of a beast of prey; to tear
up a persons body (Jd.); acc. to Li$.
р not in pieces, entire.
hri 1. = ?’* shame (mystic) (K.
g. f4, 2#). 2. essence, substance; a mys-
tical word (J2.).
hriд-ра W. to hang (a thief);
died by hanging (himself).
^^1’4 hril-po [1. round, globular;
hril-hril byed-pa to writhe with
pain;	hril-hril kad-kar byed-
pa to be writhing, and then again stretching
one’s self or starting up (Pth.). 2. whole
entire tshe-hril-por for the whole
life (Glr.);	wrapping up
his whole head (Glr.). 3. close, dense; $4’
hril-bdus-te hdug-pa to sit or
stand close to gether in rows (Mil.\ and
in C.] from Jd.
hrud-pa adj. rough, rugged;
severe, strict; also hrud-po adj.
jagged, in C.
hrum-pa to break, to smash (Sch.).
^^1’4 hrul-wa, also S*®, adj. and sbst.
ragged, tattered; raggedness;
1331
he put on a ragged dress (A, 97). 2.
sbst. rags, tatters:	to put
on rags for a garment;
(Л. 99).
hrem-pa swollen;	hrem-me
id. (Ja.).
hrob grit, bits;	dnul-hrob
silver bit; SVF4 medicines not pounded.
hrob-hrob gravel; gravelly; in
bits, into pieces.
5=r5|^’ hrob-srafi a tael, an ounce of sil-
ver in lump used as a currency :
$4 or aftX4! (& kar- 18 °)-
lha ят, нтчг,
the whole class of petty or minor
gods; and esp. the dwellers in one of the
upper zones of Mount Sumeru who are
ever at war with the lha-ma-yin or
Asuras inhabiting the zone just beneath
them. Buddhas and Bodhisattvas are
regarded as superior Lha. Kings and
nobles are complimented with the title of
Lha. In Tibet the higher ge-lofl or
lamas are held to be superior in grade
and in power to lha.
Syn.	hchi-mcd;	rgas-
ined;	skabs-gsum-pa;
lha-min-dgra-гсо;	tshig-mdah-
can;	leg$-lri$;	mkhar-nal;
bdud-rtsi-zas;	mi-sbyin-
$kyes;	mig-mi-hdsum;	me-
shal;	ruam-sad;	rmi-lam-
med;	flag-gi tshon-cha;
ya-yig-skyes;	bde-hgro;
tshigt-bzafl ;	hdod-gzugs-can ;
dge-skye$ (Milon).
The /Ла, however, embrace multitu-
dinous and varied collocations of deities,
among which may be enumerated the
following: (1) the gods of the sun;
(2)	. (3) the gods of
riches; (4)	dgah-ldan the gods of
Tushita heaven; (5)	^juu<$fG£3r.
the gods of the illumined heaven; (6)
the gods of the wind; (7)
Maharaj K&yika; (8) 5^'q grub-pa Siddha;
(9) VT9 drag-po Rudra; (10)
Gaijadhara dewa; (11) ^4 ^ rig-hdsin
Vidyadhara; (12) chu-skyes the gods
of the clouds; (13)	Yaksha
gods; (14) §rin-po Rakshasa gods;
(15) V dri-za the perfume-eating gods
or Gandharva; (16) Kinnara, the
ugly-face gods; (17) -*Г* ga-za Pis'fccha;
(18)	q gsan-wa gntb-pa Guhyak
SiddhaA; (19) hbyufl-po the Bhiita.
lhahi glu-mkhan the divine
musicians: ^ЗД’Я^’ч**Д’5Вслг*,11’^ skab§-
gsum-pahi gla-dbyafl§-mkhan;
tgra-flan-spafls;	dbyafl§-ldan-mo
dbyan$-§grog-pa;	dri-za-
skyes; Vя dri-za (Mnon.).
lhahi IJon-gifl J the ce-
lestial trees:	k, 27)
rnfbra; 5’^’3” rgya-
mtsho-skyes; «15'yid-mos; ‘ 9 ’ £ч kau-b i
da-га
н^тх; ^«’13=1 legs-khyab (Шоп.).
lhahi-btuft-wa the drink of the
gods.
Syn. bdud-rtsi; bde-hthuft
(Mfion.).
lhahi chu-wo the heavenly rivers:
я'Ч 'Ч sa-ica-ka;	mtho-ri-klnti ;
lha-yi chu-wo bcud-rin
(Mfion.).
Ihahi-drafl-sron ; the
heavenly sages:	mchu-la$-§kyes;
me-sbyin-bu	(MHon.).
lhahi §man-pa the celes-
tial physicians:
5*« (wfWt g»4R); V’SVS rnam-hbyed-bu
(Mnon.).
1332	^1
lhahi gar-mkhan the celestial
dancers: ^'ч^’л dran-pahi $nc-ma;
me-na-ka; ^^'^'^^^^mtho-ris lhabi
gar-mkhan (ДГЯоп.).
lhahi $mad-tshoft-ma
5шт the heavenly courtezans:
^EjQia|*r£prg*j mtho-ri$ $mad htshofi-lags
myo$-$kye$;	rag-dgah ;
glog-hod-cau;	dgah-
uahi fin-rta;	leg$-brgyan-ma;
chu-fift brla-can ; ч^’^^’Й pad-
dkar-mo (Igfton.).
Sp’SJ'* lhahi bla-ma the teachers of the
gods:	Saft$-rgya$ (Buddha) and
§ Phur-bu (Vrhaspati).
lhahi gscr-hdab n. of a flower
yIC my. *1, 20).
ар’|ч]*я lhahi lcug-nia = ^\^' dlu-fift
beud-mi-ldan (Milom).
lha-min-dgra the enemy
of the Daitya’s (demons) i.e., tho gods.
lha-min snin-khu ^пят = 4С‘
wine.
lha-min-lha—$'$ W (Mfton.V
lha-mo	ктжktt a goddess,
princess, lady.
qj Й*ч^ lha-mo-bdun the seven goddes-
ses:—(1)	tshaft$-ma; (2) V^/Й dwaft-
mo ; (3) qq|’Й phag-mo ; (4) V4’^ drag-mo ;
(5)	lu§-tian-nio ; (6)	khyab-
hjug-ma; (7)	gshon-nu-ma.
$*ЙЛ lha-mo~rta a certain insect.
'Й’g -я Lha-mo $gyu-hphrul-ma НТШ-
the mother of Gautama Buddha.
^Й§я|гг<г^ ’ч5*^ n. of a
Tantra much used by the Rnin-ma sect
g. I).
Iha^mO mo-phag-gi
fift-rta-can — W^y'#‘4P№ (]tffton.).
• Й \ ‘ w'4^ ’ ’ ч$ *	lha-mo dri-ma
med-pas shus-pahi-mdo n. of a Sutra deli-
vered by Buddha at the request of king
Ajata S'atru’s daughter.
lha-mO chen-
mo dpal-lufi b$tan-pahi-mdo n. of a Sutra
(7Г. d. ч, 397).
^•Й’5Ч^-^’9|м-5М’ч5-^ lha-mo dpal-
phrefi-gi$ shu$-pahi-mdo a Sutra delivered
at tho request of king Prasenjit’s daughter
princes Dpal Phreft (К. ко. * 479).
J* Lha-rtsc a district in upper Tsang
belonging to the jurisdiction of the
Tashi Lama, with a large monastery In
English maps it is called Jang Lhar-che
(Tsang Lhortse).
lha-rtsc dpon-mo n. of a
Tibetan Buddhist saintess of Lhartse.
(ДГЯоп.).
^’XoraS'oi^ lha-rtsc rol-pahi-pna$ —
sky, heaven (Д^Яол.).
X lha-tshc rifi-po
the gods of extraordinary longevity.
lha-mtsham$ n. of the 16th lunar
mansion
Syn. ei4!lag-so;	md$ah-wohi-
Iha; <чо]*ч lag-pa (Rtsii.).
lha-za daft grays n* of the
queen of Srid-rje braft-dkar son of Safts-pO
tho founder of tho first Bon dynasty of
Tibet (G. Bon. 23).
lha-bzo 1.	the art
of making images of gods. 2. also
divine artist, a framer
of gods.
ч Iha-shi-ica mild aspect of any god,
opp. to the drag-рю (rudra) aspect.
/ЛамAo=*4^'gafts-thig snow
drop, ice-drop (mystic) (Jfift. pda. Л).
^<41	1333	^11
lha-hdsug occurs in $’^£4^1)*
lha-yis htsho-wa=%'4^ $ku-
gner or lha-gner (Mnon.) a priest in
charge of the images of deities, etc.
contained in a temple or monastery.
lha-rdsas silk scarf for presenta-
tion with letters.
lha-yul guft-thafi and
are two of the 37 holy places of the Bon
(<7. Bon. 37).
satin, silk, handker-
chief used by kings and gods (Yig. k. 3).
Lha-ri gzim-phug n. of a
small monastery with a large library pre-
sided over by an incarnate lama in Tsang.
lha-ru=.^ or lhar, SJ’5’5^
lha-ru $kyes bom as a god or among the
gods in heaven.
§с/ч| Lha-rig-pahi-sen-ge an
Indian pandit from whom Thon-mi
Sambhotahad learnt the Sanskrit language
(Situ. 1).
$fK<r| = silk scarf for pre-
sentation (Yig. 17).
lha-la-phyog§ 4^q4'^rq a mode
of movement or gait in walking (Mfton.).
lha-la gtor-wa to propitiate
the gods by showing eatables to them.
lha-la$-§kycs originated
from the gods, god born.
• QW qqN • q v «X	lha-las bab§-pah i
mchod-rten	the memorial temple
of Buddha’s return from heaven.
Lha-luft n. of a district in the
province of Lhobrag, the birth place of
Lhalung Paldor, the assassin of king
Langdarma (Deb. % 32).
lha-khaft	ftmT shrine,
temple, sanctuary.
Syn.	ytsug-lag-khaft;
gan~dho-la\	&na§-gshi
(MnOn.\.
lha-khaft~pa>	[belonging
to the divine mansion]S.
lha-gos=y%4 lha-rdsas or
silk scarf enclosed as a present to
accompany a letter:
(Yig. k. 17).
lha-dgu n. of a demon.
lha-rgyal-bod v.
lha-rgyal-lo glory be to the
gods ; 5^’B^VS'4*'5’ (Situ. 217) invocation
to the gods by throwing a handful of
barley flour to the wind (Rtsii.).
lha-rgyal mtshon-ma^'&A'
hjah-mtshon, rainbow (Mfton.).
lha-geig gen.	her or
his or your majesty, your highness; acc.
to Jd. Sir ? dear lord or king. 2. prin-
cess.
lha-chrn	a great and
mighty deity; an address for kings like
Sire.
' q Iha-ehos-pa=’ §5* (Situ.
12J) one who performs religious service,
a priest.
Iha-lcani a princess, a nobleman’s
wife, a great mistress:
(Yig. k. 49). to
the feet of hor ladyship the princess who is
possessed of a loving and affectionate
heart.
’I lha-rje physician. This title was
first conferred on the court physician of
king Thi-sron deu-tsan (Yig.).
F/SI
1334

^5 lha-nid ^«г, ^r«4 godhead, divi-
nity.
9j /Лбг-^пб?г=3'«1^ $ku-gner
a priest in charge of idols (dftfon.).
^ 5)^’ Lha-sgafi n. of a place in Kham.
9 lha-rtcn image or temple of a god
or of gods.
$lha-gtor za-ica (lit. the eater
of offerings made to the gods)=as met.
9 a crow (Mfion.).
? lha-tho (prob, for	Ihahi-
tho-yor) heaps of stone erected on moun-
tain passes or on tho tops of mountains as
votive cairns.
lha-паъ 1. barley graiu offered to
the gods (J?ten.). 2. from the gods.
“9 Lha-bu n. of a place in the district
of llol-dgah (Rtaii.).
lha-dag-byed
nectar, ambrosia. 2. a n. of tho river
Ganges (Yig. k, 85).
Lha-ldan n. of the city of
Lhasa ; it is also called g’g^ because
containing in its grand monastery five
miraculously sprung images ^‘S^'g’^*;
(Lofi. S 6).
Lha-gdofi n. of a place in the
province of ,c/ bi upper Tibet:
(A- 66).
%	lha-hdab = W^.
lha—$de nii-$de 1. the clergy
and the laity. 2. the class of gods and
the class of men (Jd.).
Lha Tho-tho-ri gnan-btsan
one of the famous early kings of Tibet
(J. Zafi.).
Lha-mthon lo-tsd-wa n. of a
Tibetan Sanskrit scholar.
lha-nad hysterics; madness (&Л.).
Iha-gua^ 1. celestial region, abode
of the gods. 2. as met :=|^ cloud.
34! lha-phyag honorific of ЗЯ paying
homage or miking salutation :
(Yig. k.
2)	honours shown to tho gods, worship
paid to them;
bowing towards the four points of the
compass in token of reverence to the gods
(Jd.).	to salute respected persons
in letters and otherwise.
^•^qc/a}4]arjjq Lha-dicafi lcg$-$kyob an
epithet of Indra (Mfion.).
Lha-phyi (Lab-ehi) n. of an outer
mountain of tho Gauri Sankar or Everest
group as seen from Tibet.
lha-phrug a descendant from the
gcds, child of tho gods ; as a mask (Schl.
235).
lha-ica sap or resinous juice of trees
(Jig. IT).
Lhi-bla-ma n. of the father of
Bromston (Hbrom. F, 37).
lha-ma-yin in ancient times
the Asura occupied the celestial regions,
but in later times they were expelled
by the Deva or Lha invaders; therefore in
all accounts of tho Asura they .are called
lha-la$-rgan or	§fion-gyi
lha the elder brothers of the gods, i.e.,
the earlier gods (Mnon.) ; but in later
days were denominated lha-ma-yin or Iha-
inin. They rank as one of the six classes
of beings inhabiting Mount Sumeru at
different zones.
Syn.	§gyin-$yes\ SV§*’ sbyin-
bynfi ;	§byin-mahi-bu ;	/Ла-

1335
^1
las*rgan\ §fion-gyi-lha\ *^5’Sft’53T^
mchod-ibyin dgra-tvo;	dwan-pohi-
dgra^ww’^w pa-sans $lob-ma ;
gshu-la$-skye$; V^’g da-mihi-bu; 4J^’*V9
gsersan-bu\ Я9' gshu-rgyal; Ihar-
pnod;	lha-la-sdan\ &‘c^'afcr*i khu-
wahi $lob-ma*> *vK*[’4ft|4 sa-hog-gnas;
(Mnon.).
Iha-ma-srin gods, Asura, and
Raksasa, etc.; or, perhaps, also '^’^5
lha-ma srin ide-iryyad the eight classes of
gods, Asura, Raksasa, etc. i.e.9 the whole
world of spirits (Ja.).
lhahi-ma ^нгги, the mother
of the gods.
^я’КогЙ lhahi-rol-mo the muses, goddes-
ses born as musicians : ^‘Й’5*|’Зс/^5*Х«г
the goddesses will perform
divine music.
lhahi-tshon-ris the celestial
colours, the rainbow. Syn. w hjah,
hjah-mtshon Utt ft on.).
Ihahi-gin^^'Q fug-pa
the deodar; also the juniper, acc. to Lex.
4^4», 4TfW<i,	[a tree of para-
dise] 8. (Ifrfton.).
Lhahi-gnas-gshi— 11]СЧГ'Ч?ГГГ’Е;
vihara, monastery (Mnon.).
Lhahi-dmag-dpon
the warrior general of the gods, Kumara
Shad&nana the youngest son of Mahes'vara
(№on.).
• S) • 4«\q	lha-yi-hdab = Д' я ’	klu-t} /Я
\MAon.).
^5’q^S lhahi btsun-mo ^Гчмтт [celestial
damsels residing in the sky and regarded
as the wives of the Gandharvas]8.
^5’iga Sutra deli-
vered by Buddha at the request of the
daughters of king Prasenajit (К. ко. *,
419). ^'q^q^	n. of a
Sutra delivered at the request of a Deva-
puttra (JT. d. 4, 62).
Lha-yi ^lob-dpon Wlfti,
the teacher or spiritual guide of
the gods.
Lha-yi bla-ma Vrhaspati the re-
nowned teaeher of the gods, who is said to
have been formerly an ordinary god whose
name was Sarvajna. On account of his
profound learning and perfect command
over the Sanskrit language and literature
he was appointed tutor to Indra the king of
the gods. Indra having had little leisure
to devote to study it was arranged that
Vrhaspati should teach the children of
the gods and so he came to bo tho
teacher of the gods or heavenly school-
master (Mfton).
= custom, usage:
k. 2).
g waft lha-la$-rgan lit. senior (in birth)
to the gods, i.e.) the Asura (Mftoni).
lha-ges ^^3 a wise man; a divi-
ner, an astrologer.
lha-bsafts (^'^•^^'q^E.’q) offer-
ings of incense to the gods (Nag. 6£).
^'4^ lha-bfos Я4Л1 [an offering of
eatables presented to a deity]8.
Lha-sa the capital of Tibet,
so called from the time that the first
image of Buddha was brought thither
from China during the reign of king
Sroft-btsan §gam-po in the first quarter of
the seventh century A. D. This famous
city is situated on the Kyi Chhu at an
altitude of 11,600 feet above the level of
the sea, in lat. 29° 39' N., long. 91° 6' E.
^в||
1336
I
Lha-gsol 1. n. of a place in the
district of Dwag-po, S.E. Tibet (Rtsii.).
2. invocation and offerings to the local
gods.
Iha-sruft tutelar god ; more cor-
rectly the gods who have undertaken to
guard Buddhism in Tibet.
lha-na knee pan,
*to bend down the right knee ;
the bend of the knee IF. (Ju.).	*
Iha-ii'a to soften, slough, suppurate.
lha-ru cartilage.
Lha-mo dmar-mo tsa-
тип-di the Indian goddess Chamapdi
\ 317).
lha-mo dun-gi nusho-
can an officinal herb growing in the clefts
of rocks and with leaves resembling those
of the bamboo and yielding milky juice
after incision; is used in ulcers and
wounds.
lha-min fyse-yi nu-sho-
can also called	n. of a medi-
cinal plant tbo leaves of vrhich are used
for wounds and sores.
'g£ Lho-Ьгад grub-chcn-
las-kyi: rdo-rje n. of a Tibetan Buddhist
saint and author who wrote volumes called
belonging to Lhobrag. Tsong-
khfc-pa visited him.
lha-sdin§ n. of a place in Yar-
klnn:	(Л. 9£).
t Lha-rje-rags a physician who
made himself famous by constructing a
river embankment:
being constructed by Rag$ it
is still called Lha-rje-rags (Л. 90).
lhag I: я1чж, wfaftw, wrt exceed-
ing, more, beyond; also adj. excellent,
surpassing, excelling, superior:
there is hardly any other
virtue or religion superior to this; ^мгч^Л’
is there any one that is
suffering more than I ? (Jd.).
II: 1. rtfW3,	the son of the
moon, a planet: T44 gzah-lhag-pa
the planet mercury. 2. or lhag-pa
Wednesday.
Syn. ai* zla-tkye^ 3’5 zla-bu\
4 lus-Qcig-pa : »d^5*l|«prQ mdsah-lhahi
grog$-po\	8fio-bsafi§-lu$;
^nanna;	Iha-rntshamt;	so-
8or-$kye§;	rgyal-pohi-bu ]
gsaljdan-,	S’4 tho§-ldan-$kyc§ \
3** tshim-bycd-§kye§; «рдгч rnkhas-pa
(Mnon.).
lhag-par adv. more, mostly with
adj., but also with verbs:	fin-tu
lhag-par far more; very exceedingly,
uncommonly; ^ч|*ч^‘4ч|Ц’С| uncommonly
good;	extremely, excessively,
further, furthermore (Jd.).
lhag-ma	remainder, the
excess:	the remaining portion
of it.
^<т| л5 lhag-pahi dwaft-phyug wxt-
wv emperor, supreme lord or king.
empress or su-
preme queen.
lhag-pahi-lha [presiding
deity]S.
lhag-pahi $e$-rab wfaW
transcendental wisdom.
lhag-par Idan-ma a lady
possessing more than what is necessary or
one ordinarily possesses ; n. of a Yaksha
princess (K. g. % 130).
1337
|
lhag-hbyor opulent, very wealthy.
Syn.	hbyor-pa chen-po;
phyug-chen (Mnon.).
lhag-med=all, entire, the whole,
leaving nothing behind.
Syn. kun ; w*s tha ms-cad (Mnon.).
lhag-gi§=<^'^ lhan-ner.
§^|’Ц lhag-pa ог^Я^’ч=^’ rlun (&ag.
GJ) the wind; hut acc. to Jd. usually
signifies: cold wind.	lhags-nar—
cold piercing wind.
lhags-pa wtjthh to approach,
to meet, to assemble with other persons;
to be adjacent or contiguous:
it is well that you shuold
have now come to this place (A. 23);
(Pag.
309) approaching to Buddha reverentially
he bent down to his feet.
lhan-ne
clear, distinct, bright, resplendent.
Syn.	lham-nie; lhan-ne.
(Mnon.).
Utan-lhan clear sound or noise,
B'45the clear harking of dogs;
it was heard dis-
tinctly as the voice of a herdsman (A. 1ST)
g|c.-^E.qT5*q speaking with a clear, sonor-
ous voice.
i?i5»r34prqvWsE.' (A. 14).
lhan-lhan-gtsug one of the
thirty-seven sacred places of the Bon (6r.
Bon. 35).
lhan-tsher	чдч-и?'
^1) an impressive expression ; words that
one feels.
lhad 1. interpolation;
interpolation in religious works.
^’4^*45 phyis-lhad-du bcug-pahi tshig a
later interpolation. 2. a baser substance
mixed up with a finer one, an alloy.
lhad-can adulterated, alloyed ;
Ihad-med unadulterated, pure, genuine,
real, without alloy.
lhan те together, tgVS*1 (when
ref ering to the subject of the action),
lhan-nas (as ablative case),
together, with one another,	те^ТД
gone together or along with.
existing or living together.
I han-skyes or	lhan-cig
skyes-pa те^г, bom together with,
as twins; also, esp., lha or hdre born
together with every human being.
^'2^ lhan-rgyas 1. a state council;
a society or company; acc. to Jd. partner
of the seal, i.e., a colleague using the same
seal in official business (<§V	Ihan-
rgyas-kyi the-tse or spyi-dam). 2.=
lhan-geig.
^4^1 lhan-geig together with, alto-
gether ; id.;	lhan-cig hgro
moving together as do a party of dancers,
soldiers &c. (Mnon?).	lhan-cig
gnas-pa HWH; to live together in har-
mony, to live as husband and wife.
gV* lhan-cig spyod-ma as met. = ^« bride,
wife (Mnon.).
lhan byed’pahi rgyan те^Х^,
[auxiliary cause or dependence] S.
lhan-hbyun те^ [together,
a friend, companion] &
lhan-tc = ^.
lhan-ne = ^' faihR [shining;
the sun]8.
Ihab-se-lhab-pa to flutter to
and fro, to glimmer (Jd.)-
lhab-lhub 1.	excessive
ornamentation; slovenly dress; wide
169
1338
W
flowing;	a silk-cloak unneces-
sarily large with flowing sleeves.
lhah§ ячх [middle] S.
lham qr^,	a felt boot,
a shoe; 5 a Chinese boot, a
Mongol boot,	lhani-sgrog or
shoe-strap, latcbet; string for
lacing felt leggings ;	lham-mthil
boot-sole ; Iham-yu leg of a boot;
boots with long legs (ЛЛ.).;
?P<’35 lham-krad pieces of leather used
for patching soles; lhani-gog worn-
boots;	Iham-hgram the upper-
leather or vamp;	tham-§gro
gu-an gsn buskins; ^*’4*5 lham-ун
(had	a sort of slippers to which
cotton leggings are attached,
Iham-nt-wahi rin-po-che
shoes as a precious article owned by a
СакгаеагШ Raja^ its possession saving
him from many inconveniences, besides
enabling him to walk on the surface of
water (AT. d. >, 74^). gprqlq lham-bzo-wa
’Фнтх a shoe-maker.
Syn. 34]* phyag§\ unchil-iham^
bcag-lham\ mthil-lham ; Sv
*tsher-nia-lprufi (Mnon.).
lham-mr Hifau illumined, blazing,
bright.
lham$-kyi§ at once, all, every
thing.
lhar-hgro	hgro-icahi
rim-pa) (Mnon.).
$V4S* lhar-bca§ together with
the gods; the youngest son of Pandu
Raja (Дпоп.), also (A. K.).
/Л«з=я^'4)^ a place where many
live huddled together ;=*п?т, чгеж,
qfai* J pen, fold, enclosure for cattle.
ГЧ1
lha^-ma q^, braid; wicker-
work ; also of pastry, twisted cake; rope.
lha§-bkan^Q\'W pad-ma
can-gyi mtsho lotus-lake, a pond over-
grown with lotus plant (Mfton.).
Lha^b^tau 1. n. of a city in
Magadha, tho birth place of the mother
of Buddha. 2.	pointed out or
directed by tho gods.
lha$-pa, v. under $le-wa.
Lhas-byin 1. a brother of
Ananda and cousin of Gautama Buddha,
who, as the legends have it, continually
annoyed Buddha by malicious artifices,
whereby, however, the blameless character
of the latter shone but the more conspi-
cuously ; hence proverbially used for any
malicious character (Cs.). 2. n. of a cer-
tain king of Benares the account of whose
son	Lha-snaft §tob$-ldan occurs
in Mgrin.
^K’EJ lhin-wa	=
or strong, firm, steady; change-
less. lhin-chag$ unbending, unflag-
ging-
Ihu a portion of the body of an
animal,=J	zug ;	to divide, to
parcel out; lhu-тдо a limb-joint:
tho cheek-
bone and all the limb-joints had come out
(Khrid. Ifl). lhu-tshig$ the joints
of the limbs i.e., of the hands and legs
thug, v. ldug-pa to pour out.
lhug-pa and prose (Cs.).
in *’«T*r**j*rg«f
(Hbrom, ISO),	t .
1339,
^1
lhug-рэ abundant, diffuse, luxuri-
ous ; also loose :	q also
to remain naked or loosly dressed so
that some parts of the body may be seen.
lhag-par amply, abundantly,
plentifully ;	to give in charity
liberally, ‘^5Qlhug-par bqad-pa — ^'
full statement, to explain
completely. ЗТ**1 ’Ц4!received grace
abundantly.
thugs successive, continuous; un-
interrupted, having no gaps; unreserved
(Jd.). or continuous praise
(Seh.).
Ihiin pf. of *q llun-wa.
Ihun-lhun fW^^(4fnon.) a flowing
stream, waterfall, cascade.
•^EjRC’rrtJ sweetly murmuring (the gentle
stream) descends (Ja.).
lhun-wa~nid wht fall, state of
falling,	Ihun-wa-bskyon	one who
saves the fallen;	purra	sure fall,
a sin (Jig. 11).	fbre [fallen
away]& rrfcsnlost, swerved.
freerne begg-
ing platter, the alms bowl of Buddha
and of the Buddhist monks in which food
or edibles are thrown by alms-givers.
ql^^ Ihun-bzed-htJiol цтч’ ufxfk [search-
ing all round an alms bowlJS.
Ihuft-bzed chun-nu	small platter,
^q^wo lhu-.bzed‘hthan-ica qiww to
hold out the alms bowl, one holding it
out, a Buddhist monk;	Ihun-
bzed-pJs alms-bowl case, the bag in which
the begging platter is kept or carried ;
Ihun-bzed thag-pa the straps
or strings by which this begging platter
is suspended and carried; ^/qly^N Ihun-
bzed-kheb§ чг^чм alms bowl cover.
qie/uw Ihun-yas (9P**)	; n. of a num-
ber (>S. Lex.).
Ihun mass, bulk massy, bulky;
ojy&'q very large.	Ihun-grub or
f*roHtJT,	miraculously
sprung or grown, formed all at once; self-
oreated, not contrived by human labour;
q^q^^qj^q'^’l^q^ clothes and food
having come forth from themselves (Dzl.);
^'54 lhun-grub is also noun personal.
Ihun-chags unchanging (Yig. 8).
lhun-po HJ; heap mountain, hill,
upheaval; ^xq'ajyq ri-rab llum-po the
mountain Sumeru.	“ Tashi-
Ihunpo ” heaps of glory, auspicious
events or things; n. of the great monas-
tery near Shigatse.
Ihtini^ resp. for ЛН the
womb:	to enter the womb,
conception ; ^^’$‘§T*’q^'religi-
ous festival to commemorate the time of
the conception (of Buddha).
Ihur=devotion, earnest application.
|Kq^'4 lhur-bshes-pa resp. for
sympathy commiseration (8.
Lex.; (Yig. 15).
-S
ora
lhe-wa, n. §le-wa.
= brag-gi-hog the part
of the belly below the breast.
lheb in	^е,‘5,^л1С| dbug$
lheb-lheb-tn hdug-pa (Pth.) gasping for
breath (Ja.).
them just now, at present, directly,
instantly C.;	he has just now
arrived ; ^'4^5 has just been killed.
lhem-lhem — tyQ‘tyQ Iheb^lheb gasp-
ing like a fish when taken out of water.

1340
lhes-ma=$w lha$-ma-, also=
the act of twisting, plaiting (Jd\).
Iho the south;	come
from the south ;	e? the continent
of Jambudvipain the south; ^'$4 Iho-uub
UfVH, south-west, $ar-lho south-
east ;	to the south, towards
the south.	lho-phyog§ the south,
southern direction:	lho-phyog$-
$kyon the guardian of the south an epithet
of the lord of death (Mnou.). 54l*r jfc*
Iho-uub phyog^kyoA the guardian deity of
the south-west an epithet of Rftvapa the
king of the cannibal-goblins, the king
of Lanka (Mnon.). §^55 Iho-bgrod tho
moving of the sun towards the south
(Ya-sel. 45).
JpF Lho-kha the tract where the
Tsangpo turns its course southward, n. of
the south-eastern part of the province of
(7, with Rtse-than (Chethang) as its chief
town.
lho-ра (lit. the southerner) the
Tibetan tribes in Sikkim and Bhutan.
Iho-hbrng-pa tho southern Buddhists
belonging to the Hbrug-pa sect, t.c., the
people of Bhutan.
Lho-brag province of S. Tibet
bordering Bhutan (Я/ш.).
t Lho-brag grub-ehen
la^-kyi rdo-rje n. of a celebrated lama of
Lhobrag.
Ihog acc. to S. Lex. a fatal
disease —glog-pa a large ulcer or*
sore ^SWj.) cancer, cancerous, ulcers
lhog$-pa=4ffiq bzlog-pay in
(Л. 127).
Ihon 1. dangers, metaphysically
said to be of three kinds:—(1)
phyihi-lhon external or physical dangers,
those arising from evil-spirits, enemies,
robbers, wild animals, fire, water, wind,
etc. ; (2)	naA-gi-lhon internal
dangers, those arising from diseases of
the body; (3)	san§-pahi-lhoh
dangers of secret or concealed origin,
t.e., mental suffering, agony of the mind,
depression of spirits and ravings of the
heart, etc. 2. vexation, anger;
IhoA-^or he has lost the fc' Ihoft is said
of one who was not equal to the exertions
of incessant meditation, and who in conse-
quence has lost his senses (Ja.).
lhod-ра, Ihod-po^^^ slow, also
SV4 fflotl-pa or ^Vq lod-pa loose, relaxed,
unstrung, slackened, of the limbs,
e.g.y when death approaches;
lhod-pa $grim-pa to tighten what is loose.
=	gradually, in slow course,
smoothly (Yig. 39); ^VSfV^’4 Ihod-lhod
gton-ua to slacken. ^5’^ Ihod-de
^Vq brel-гса med-pa, without hurry or haste,
slowly: ^’V^V^ ye-re, Ihod-de (A. 150).
2. of the mind: easy, careless, uncon-
cerned:	Ihod-de nol-eig sleep
well I sleep soundly! (Glr.);
blo-lhod-gyis la-^od relate the matter
calmly, coolly (Ja.). -^‘^V
1коп-ра-=.&'Ц glon-pa to return,
to give or pay back (Cs.).

I: is the last letter of the Tibetan
alphabet corresponding in sound to the
first letter of Sanskrit and the English a.
The Tibetans include it in both the vowels
and consonants of their language. As
without it no consonant can be sounded
it is regarded as a 4W§5- The w is also
specially called	§kye-wa med-
pahi-yi-ge, probably because all speaking
depends on and is rendered possible only by
a previous opening of the glottis; hence
this letter is a symbol of the deity or of
the^g chos-sku that was before everything
else. Thus д^'^’Ч^Ч^ Spyan-ras-gzigs
addresses a celestial Buddha with w: evgsr
«^¥*^1’^953^4 Other glosses on the
letter affirm: в4^чАд’^’§’^ч1
(К. g. 4, 3); w(JT. g*
% 42). 2. num. 30.
IN II: =resp. ^Ч^ in conver-
sation ; in addressing a great man
sku-shabs-lags (or colloq. ^‘ЧЧ^’^Ч^ §kit^
shog§-lags) your honour! the reply will be
“ 84 аУ If, however, the superior person
calls his servant <¥^^'^4^ shabs-drufi-
lags, the reply will be ^4** lags or «14^’^’
Ч434 lags-sku-shogs.
IN III: in mystic Budh.	a
shcs-bya-wa^**^ dam-tshig {K. g. Р»,
179).	thamz-cad-lcyi
sgo-ste,	d-
714)—fr'&q4* mi-hjig-paho—»^^ mi-
zag.yaho-^^ yon-tan-gyi tshogs
and ^Slob-dpon(K. my. % W
IN IV : in the Ladaki dialect stands
for de that, both alone and in com-
pounds :	a-nas from that, a-nar
and 84 ^’5 a-na-ru there, thither. Also вч
a6o=that (v. A. H. Francke in Joum.
Asiatic Soc. Bengal, 1901).
IN’H] A-ka n. of a place in Khams (Ya-
sel. 46).
A-ka Bsod-nams bzan-
po one of the successors of Tsongkha-pa
in the hierarchical chair of 544’^ (Gahdan)
(Lon. *, 17).
^”1’5 a-ka-rit for вч’Ч^ n. of the tree
agaru; w'4’5'^’43434 a wooden pin made
of the tree called agaru.
IN’H]N a-kam-=&^' fire-wood, fuel:
вч'Чя‘Зй’^Ч34 а-кат rlon-hdegs (Rtsii.).
IN’^ а-каг=ф* ; in Sikk. for red
pepper or Capsicum.
J вч'З'д а-кга-дгь n. of a fruit (K. d.
13).
итщк a-kyan incorrectly for вчг^’? as
in	(Rdsa. 10).
84’35	leather to make
patches in shoes or portmanteaus ; leather
of old shoes.
84'3^’ a-kron (a-toong) a species of fern,
IN’p a-kha also wpp and вчро] exclama-
tions expressive of bereavement, failure,
mistake, etc.:
{Khrid. 38).
a-khu uncle, father’s brother.
13-12
Syn. ft'^5 khu-ico; M’SVgHVg pha*yi $pun-
zla {Mnon.).
*	a-ga-ru fiiw, the aloe-
wood, calambac ; of three species, w*’g ar-
§kya the grey species, вч^я ar-nag black,
and вч'Я^55 a-gar go-$nod:	1
(ЛПи. rda. 7).
Syn.	mdse^-sbyin-byed \
dri-shhn IJon-pa; ^'^Я 5Я4 nd-bdag-
dgah\ wqS^K/Ei thal-wahi snin-po;
hdab-zun-can;	nags-kyi tsan-
dan\	du$Ja-$kye§\ ^*г|*гядс.' dtt§-
rjc§-hbran; \ dri-yi-<}in\
t san-dan ser-po (Milon.).
вч'Я^ЯН* a-ga-rti nag-po the
best quality of aloe called also вчя
a-ga-ru inchog.
Syn. 5^’чч\ phren-w ahi-dr i; 4*^5 wt$-
Idan ; *41’^*^ bkra-ips-can ;	rhift-
hjom$;	fin-nags mdog-sbyin;
ОДМЯ'^ san-gur над-ро\ ^’-*1^ fi ill-fa-pa
or рл ga-pa or лучч^' qa-pahi-tpii.
a-ga-nihi thafi	fifa-
04 3^ a-gyis an interrogative pleonastic
term signifying: have you done it or
done so ?
t	A-gastya ЧТО n. of an
ancient Rishi.
W’Mj’^’*5 a-hgro mi-hgro also
do you go or not go ; is cognate to вч
a-sgor ear ornament of women :
Я^'^вч-JjX a gold ear-ornament (Rtsii.).
a-cug 1. ankle-bone (Jd.). 2.
an interrogative interjection, ‘have you
put it in ’ ? 3. expression of sudden pain.
iiw a-(?a^ = in the eolloq. of course,
oh, yes, it must be: вч’^
(Hbroni. 192).
вч'З а-сс=вч|* a-[cc madam, sister;
вч ^^е.' madam has left (Bbrom. 49) ;
вч'^чя^ О, madam! вч^я^’^’Зa-lcc-
lag$ rin-po-che your ladyship (Yig. 44)*
a-chu, «’4’4 TT 5 interj. ex-
pressive of pain from cold, hence, еч
ч n. of one of the cold hells:
ч ц^ ц^ вч'4*4 (Khrid. 38) issues forth un-
interrupted crying from agony, achn, chu.
«’4a-chu zer-tca jyr.; one of the
eight cold hells of the Buddhist purgatory
(JZ.K).
134a-che 1. an older sister of a
female person. 2. JY. wife, mistress,
madam, used as address and otherwise
(Jd.).
1?ГсБ’^ A-chi-thu n. of the Regent of
Tibet during the time that She'-di
was prime minister of Tibet (Yig. k. 12).
a-mchod (vulg.) a priest who
performs the daily religious services in a
church or monastery.
a-jo used in Lh. and Tsang, for
I ЧЯ*< jo-lag$ and jo-jo 1. an older
brother of a male, person. 2. Sir, Mr.,
gentleman, lord, used in addressing and
otherwise; also : friend! 3. n. of a god:
(Deb. Я, 37).
вч’З^ a-nan = & hesitation, hesitation to
listen to one’s advice; doubt as to whether
one would listen or not: 5’^ ‘Я^'З^’Я^
Я$Я *5*'^ вч(Rdsa. 21).
a-ta in Kon-po for вч*£ a-j&
elder brother: §also'
father.

1343

A-ti-qa (in Tib. ^Э1'"
Phul-byun the accomplished one)
also called ^’1 or ?’"1 the Tibetan
equiv. for Dipamkara S'rijnana, the
celebrated Buddhist pandit of Bengal,
who lived for thirteen years in Tibet and
died at Nyethang near Lhasa in the
beginning of the eleventh century A.D.
A-ti ma-wer a Bon
god whose attributes resemble those of
Avalokites'vara.
t *| a-ti mu-ta-ka	a
kind of flower growing on the plateaus of
Tibet (/f. d. 5, 58 k).
Syn.	dpyid-bzan;
dpyid-kyi pho-na;	sbran-rtsi-
skyes,	hbras-bu nag-smin-, felT;
bde-bzan*, «Bqxlw lag-hjoms (Mnon.).
t	a-ti muk-ta-ka
[mountain ebony]S.
a-thul or ’й’З'Ч ё-thul a colloq.
expression of doubt as to whether an
enemy would be vanquished:
(Ljans).
a-tho-wa beautiful, good (fifeA.).
a~htha§ is explained as f Wffl’
a phenomenon always
occurring to one’s self which is taken
for reality.
j A-dahi bu	the son of
Aditi [the sun]S.
-dog§& table (&Л.).
a-don =skye-wa med-pa
unborn, uncreated, self-existent.
a-drag (colloq.) doubt as to whether
a thing is good or bad—I doubt if it is
good! (Rdsa. 26).
a-drun, 5’4^4 1. horseboy, one
tending horses. 2.=^V^ drel-dpon or
chibs-dpon chief-groom, mule-
teer, but ordinarily a messenger who riding
a swift horse carries official despatches.
84	5^5 a-drun-rta-^ad—^'^ a messen-
ger.
A-du ma-ya n. of
a country (K. du. \ 58k).
a-nan a little man, a dwarf (&
kar. 177).
a-nu resp. address for a noble
lady; n. of the mother of Thonmi Sam-
bhota, the father of Tibetan literature.
А-пй-па n. of a mountain
situated to the east of Jambudvipa (K. d.
\ 267).
a-ne 1. an address to a Buddhist
nun ; a caressing word of address towards
a nobleman’s son. 2. uncle’s wife, father’s
brother’s wife.
84a-ne ma-mo a certain red worm
or vermin (Rtsii. 83).
a-gnad Ita-wa to see or exa-
mine as to the condition of a thing, any
scruple about a thing or matter.
I: a-pa 1 fuur father=«гы a-pha.
2. expression of compassion, or mercy:
alas, all animals (A. 19).
a-pi an interjection expressive of
wonder when one perceives a thing of
which he had no knowledge before :
indeed, that it was so I did
not know I
a-po 1. the junior husband of U
Tibetan woman; also=youthful husband

1344

of an elderly woman. 2. address for an
elderly man:	(A.
10J);	r»r*6i 45 w5 ^ (Rdsa.
11)	.
| W’q’q’nj a-pa ba-ka ; royal
personage, official, (mystic) (K. g. p, £5).
a-pra or a-bra applied to
several species of Lagamys or tailless
shrew.
W’4 a-pha 1. for и pha father;
a-pa chen-po the elder husband of a woman
who is held to be father of all the children
born of her;	4^b’ the younger husband
and junior father of her children. 2.
uncastrated male animal, cf. <
wWa’ а-рЛо-Яа = р’Й’^ I myself
I the man).
C\
a-phyi—Q& phyi-mo grand-
mother (Mil., Ja.).
Cx
a-phyim old woman, goody,
dame (Sch.).
a-phrag = a-ma-phrag the
breast-pocket attached to a Tibetan robe:
a-phrag-tu §du-wa to put into
the bosom; colloq. =
t W Ц a-wa dhu-ti-=V$ dhu-ti
srog-rtsa dbu^-ma) the central
life-vein for the in the human body.
ИЧ’ЦЦ’ a-ban for чь'ц the husband of
the father’s or mother’s sister (Cs.).
a-bar abbr. of and
(Rtsii. 76).
a-bo-tse 1. acc. to Sch.: good,
tolerable, middling. 2. w$ in colloq.
a-byag name of a medicine.
w *9^ a-hbra$ n. of a kind of fruit in
appearance like the bulbous excrescence
of tho maple tree:
5^ the fruit а-de' is very useful in
kidney disease.
J 0ч|’Р- a-bhi-sa n. of a medicinal fruit:
0Ч§
ОТД a~ina WKT, htht ; colloq. of «
mother:	my kind mother;
a-ma gyi§ you be to me a mother,
behave to me as a mother.
13Ч’<Я’£’ a-ma-ila an expression of
sorrow.
I	Л-та de-ica (^frrHTu) (=
Х^сяр^) Tibetan corruption of the name
of Amitabha.
Л-mi mu-si khri-do one of tho
earliest tribes of Tibet; acc. to some : an
ancient dynasty (J. Zaft.).
+	a-mu-kam	w^ = ^'B5
dur-khrod cemetery (mystic).
*	w 4 a-mra ^cf, wnr mangoe;
a-mra-<pn wr^nq' the mangoe tree.
Syn. for both:—§braft-ttsihi
pho-na; 5^5'5'^' dpyid-kyi-$ift; *ima-
gan-da ; V! rkaft-drug-tshe$;	’^5
mfion-hdod}	b$lab-pahi-<pn\
5{ сй-ta a-mra (МЯоп.).
0ч	names of the best kind
of mangoe :—bcud-bzan;
dpyid-kahi-gnen} sa-ha кй-ra;
04’4 dri-shim a-mra;	a-mra
khyad-par-can (Mfion.).
*	a-mrahi ho-та
[froth of milk ; milk and mangoes]#.
a-mri-ta ; nectar,
ambrosia.
1345

CS о	.4
a-mri ta-nam=.
*44* the place of nectar (mystic) (-^ &•
F, 28).
w?T a-mro for wy a-mra mangoe (S.
kar. 179).
+ 134’^ a-tsa, or « an expression of
wonder or pity.
134’$'^ A-tsa-ra a corruption of
Acharya, the general name by which
Indian people particularly Bengalis
are known to the Tibetans:
(A. 67) the Indians knowing,
perceived that there was gold. 2. in Mil.
a species of hobgoblin от spectre (Jd.).
3. the clowns in the Tibetan religious
dances who are caricatures of the Indian
Brahmans.
t	A-tsa-ra dmar-po n. of an
Indian saint (A. 66).
втаГ a-tsi an expression of wonder:
(-4.107).
a-tsi-tshi an expression of
repentance, regret: вч^
a-tsha or wi’i a-tsha-tsha an
interj. expressing pain occasioned by
burning heat or fire.
a-tshor an interjection or inter-
rogation : ^^квчare you unwell, you
are ill?
a-htsham in Sikk.=is it all
right?
a-mtshar=ya-mMar*
po wonderful, curious.
+	a-Jsa ga-ra WWTT the
python snake (K. d. \ 464).
B4’£’^ a-dsa-na [Vai. w a-dsi-
na the hairy skin of a black ante-
lope which serves the religious student
for a couch, seat, covering, etc.; Tibetan
writers use the word for the animal
itself:	the skin of the
adsina antelope.
+ A-dsi-ra ica-ti n. of a river in
ancient India (K. du. 5, 395).
+ a-iva dhu-ti air passage.
+	a-wa brag-tri-ta
the language of the ghosts (Yig. 7).
a-shafi colloq. for shaft-po
mother’s brother;	uncle and
nephew.
BT§’^ a-hu-tsi 1.=it is of no conse-
quence, it does not matter. 2. n. of
a plant=	bya-po tsi-tsi (Jd.)
W’UfC a-ga-fla—t.1 am
tired of that kind of work !
a-yu С. (=й’ч$ khu-yu) hornless,
of cattle (Jd.).
ОТЛ a-ra 1. an interjection expressive
of pain in the body. 2. n. of a guinea
pig. 3. n. of a section of the monastery
of Sera near Lhasa (Lofi. -3, 7).
J a-ra-wa tsi-na a mystical and
symbolical word peculiar to the charms
about Jamyang Bodhisattwa.
a-rag resp.	b(ps-rag C.,
hdon-тад W., arrack, brandy, the
usual barley-brandy which is distilled
in nearly every house (Jd.).
WAE/nj-Jffl a-rafi-g$om an expression of
hesitation as to believing a thing:
(Rdsa. 24).
170
вчЛ«Т5р-|	1346
W	A-rab-iffaA n. of a place
in Kham$ (Deb. % 37).
W A-rig n. of a country of nomad
herdsmen situated to the west of Amdo
(Lofi. >, 18).
a-ru = w$K a-ru-ra.
a-ru-ra	vfch
mq^t,	[myrobalan,
universal mcdicine]S.
Syn. for the fruit as well as the tree of
Myrobalan arjuna :	hjig^-med;
»*S nad-med;	ч phan-pa-can;
nad-hdor; bcud-len;	bt$ya~
byin-spro$;	bdud-rtsifri bbraf-
bu\ 4^V$”4^Mft bdud-rtsi gserjdan; 3’^'5
hd-ri-ta;	bphrog-bycd\ bde-
byed ; shi-byed (Mfion.).
a- rum a species of garlic, with a
pale-red blossom, Allium sirictum (Ja.).
a-re 1 . = [^Л kho-re 0, friend! (in
derision). 2. an interj. вчЧмс.ч well then ?
throw it away! (Jd.).
I	a-re wi; an interjection
expressive of wonder=wT> a-tsi(Rd3a. 10).
«Л'ач^м a-re-mdse^ томя how nice !
a-ro-ga = with-
out disease, in good health.
wK«|« A-rogs a common name of indi-
viduals in Tibet.
A-la-rofi the birth placo of
the tenth Karma-pa hierarch Rol-pahi
Rdorje s.facjqir (Lofi. *, £7).
UJ’QI’QI a-la-la WTt an interjection,
approving of one’s action and compli-
menting by saying: you are clover
find happy ! =
W’«r«rV a-la la-ho or a-la-laho^
occurs in w	ye gods be
propitious to us, pray hear our prayers!
(Ljafi^
W’QTJTQI a-la ma-la explained as
в.Л=«‘«(Ч' a-phrefi the series of
vowels or string of vowels. w^'4‘9 a-li
ka-li tho Tibetan alphabet, vowels and
consonants.
1	A-li-la bar-ta n. of
a great river (К. ту. 4, 08).
w$4 a-lig 1. a little. 2. a little boy,
INa-lufi=w'fo* a-lofi a ring.
IN’^N a-lu§ in Sikk. = cat.
IN’ 5} а-^=вч*7> a-tsi an expression of
wonder (at hearing what was not known
before):	1 w’^Ч’У^Ч oh, it
is here. 2. a little while: w‘etSV4‘J’4v
(A. 80);
khyod a-le ma-hgro do not go for a while ;
wait a while, stop a bit,
please;	I won’t come for a
little.
w’<5i a-lo sir, an address to gentlemen
in Sikkim.
a-lofi a ring [braceletJ&
a-^a-pa n. of a yaksha demon:
^5^w^-q q««vsi5-fl|5H (Л. 80).
а-р?£=Ч5*‘Я g.tum-mo fierce.
J w-^’4Y5 a-$wa gan-dha TOJRR [the
plant Physalis flexuosalvi]S.: в^'ЧМ’ЧЛ’
(Med.).
a-pi apricot.
IN’-^ a~$e a superior quality of scarf
used for presentation on visits (S. ka^
179),

1347
Wj|
a-fo ta-ra a kind of worm
growing in the clefts of withered trees
(K. d. \ 456).
A-fO-legs one of the early
kings of Tibet who was son of king
"|^’Зс;5'4 Spo-de guft-rgyal (Tfy. 65).
a-sa-na ^гня: [the tree Termina-
Ha tomentosdyS.
J a-sa-ra n. of a kind of flower
(K d. F, 12).
a-sam acc. to Sch.: a thick
sauce or broth, soup; a-dbyar a
thin broth (Ja.).
t вч^ a-si gri knife (Mfton.).
+ вч'^’^я’дч] A-su-rahi brag-phug n. of
a rock cavern in Sikkim visited by pil-
grims of the Rnift-ma school.
W’g* a-stu for 5ГЙ sru-mo an aunt
(Sch.).
a-gsar commonly :
gf^’5' E.^’4-^»w’W4|^-j4-j'4g3('4]wti’^5,4]5i«|§5
{Pag. SOO).
W4]W4	adv. openly,
manifestly, publicly (Ja.).
|	^-Aa=S4b-g«] B^5	Is'vara,
(mystic) {K. g. % 216).
a-ho-ye yes; acc. to Jd. an
expression of laughter.
а-w-ra brl-ta the
language of the demons or Asura (Yig. 7).
a-gig WfTK, the letter A.
ад-t shorn resp.
also beard of the chin, chin tuft (Jd.).
ag-tshom-ean or	ag-
tshar-can a bearded or shaggy man; name
for goat (Mfton.}
ag-gsar lover of new things
(Tsh. дай. 64$), fickle-minded.
W ail 1. sbst. = *X^? wc;^
loin-cloth C., W.; under-garment,
<he;mi trowsers, breeches (Pth.). 2. interj.:
well then ! now then ! well!	aft~
ini-khug, in	(Khrid.
51).
Aft-да ancient name of
modem Bhagalpur.	Aft-gahi
rgydl-po an epithet of Kama the
first born of Kunti the mother of the five
Papdava brothers (Mftond).
wt’5j aft-gi in colloq. a an-ki” figure,
number, cipher, usually added to the ordi-
nal numbers in speaking, c.g.>
“ aft-ki tan-po ” the first, also : of best
quality. bme/hje^ bsejSJs] numeral figure.
t вче?зaft-gu-li the finger; =
u^-qisj hand limbs.
an-hgah-rag..
3*X5’** rtog§-ldan-gyi dor-та	snf^rr
the trousers worn as an under-garment by
Tantrik priests in Tibet.
«е;«Л afi-ma-tsi acc. to Sch. = flies,
winged insects.
3j4J ad-mo-nig =	[a
white woollen covering or blanket]5.
an in W. white chalk (Jd.).
+ вч^’^’ч anJa§-tha	^ne-
fa-can (mystic) (К. g. Г, 28) [Literally
signifies “standing at the end.” The
letters y, r, Z, v and h are called antastha"\S.
в'Ц’У*’ an-%ton	$ke-tshigj
dail-po) cervical vertebra.
+ an-da-rnil sapphire.
।	1348	।
an-gdo$ Chinese “life-
boards ” or head and arm stocks;
to put (a person) into the stocks.
an-hdar in C. 1. board,
plank, panel. 2.	acc. to Cs.
an iron instrument of torture; acc. to
Thgy. a kind of press (Ja.).
Wq’q^q’q
ab-t>tab-pa = or J'
qjfl-q (ДГ&Ш.).
am-chog col. for rna-
wtchog the ear; tnam-brag the bosom
(Jd.). •
am-yhrag breast-pocket of the
Tibetan.
am-ban the Chinese Residents
in Tibet, political and military officers,
two of whom are resident at Lhasa.
am-gtsigs pressure of the
lower lip with the upper teeth (in despair
or out of anger)
(КЛ<?. 18).
ar-ka or w*’q, also SK”! plaster
floor made of pulverized marble and oil
(Ja.). ar-chen a plaster floor or a
floor made of pebbles (Rtsii.}.
ar-la$ the work of making a floor with
pebbles, marble, or plaster (Bten.).
ar-ka me-tog чп^ч
[flower of the plant Gynandropsis penta-
phylla\S.
ar-$kya a fragrant tree which
is used in medicine and yields frankin-
cense (Rtsii?).
ar-доп offspring of parents
not haring the same rank, nor the same
religion, and not belonging to the same
nation ; in Ld. (Jd.}.
ar-ti or	ar-ti kha-фпаг
cloth of raw-silk imported from Assam,
having throe stripes lengthwise; it is used
for wrappers by the middle class Tibetans
(Rteu.).
Ara dha-me-ru (lit. half
Meru) fabulous mountain situated beyond
the continent of Kuntu dgah-war gur-pahi
glifi and said to contain mines of waidurya
(lapiz lazuli) guarded by two Raksasa
called Mfindehfi. and Rfima. Beyond that
mountain is said to be a great ocean
containing sea-elephants and sea-hogs
(7Г. d. \ 281}.
ar-nag used in medicino and
as incense (litsii.}.
ar-pa a thief, robber.
Syn. 5^5 ikun-po\ tkun-mo
(Mfion.}.
ar-то n. of a bird (Rtsii.).
li-да occurs inwvft
ar-то li-gahi rdo-leb (Gyal. S.}.
‘45^4 ar-la gtad-pa Sch.: to be
reduced to extremeties, esp. to extreme
misery (Ja.).
итёГ’П] a-tdsa-ka чг^гж; cotton:
04 T	q Glr. cotton-capsule.
Syn.	ni-dgah-mahi hbra$-
Ъи\	5 leam-pabi hbra$-bu (Mfion.).
+	a.ra ghahi me-tog =
94! or	$bra-waham tsher-
mahi mo-tog (Мйоп.) drug used in vesicular
eruptions Med.
Arya de-wa=^^ ^ the
chief disciple of Nagarjuna who succeeded
|
1349
'mi
him in the Buddhist hierarchical chair of
Nalanda and who converted many powerful
pandits such as A'sva-ghosha and others
to Buddhism (Grub. 16).
al-gcig the one half of a pair.
al-ta (for da-lta) 1» in Bal.
now, at present. 2. to-day (Ja.).
al-tifi something bulky or
heavy (Ja.).
al-lay v. W'4’4 a-la-la.
e\
Wfv? as-ti n. of a tree growing in
Вл-гсо rtse-lfia (Putoshan in China):—g
§<¥? (Lofi. % 10).
asma-gar-bha the em-
erald.
as-sarta the female breast,
teats of woman (mystic) (K. g. % 216).
i 1. beer,=*^* in C. 2. vulg.
pronunc. of 55 dbyi the lynx. 3. num.:
60. 4. in Budh.: ®। i is
the invisible entity or it is symbolic of
the same (K. g. 43).
<S>'BE4 i debugin TP. hiccough,
sob (Ja.).
i.gu-lya=-
я?^, limb and the secondary parts of a
limb (mystic) (K. g. % 340).
®i-ldan the letters surmounted by
the vowel sign^ i such as $ Луг, ®| gi, §
gyi, 5 S) yi (Situ. 28).
4	I-la-iva-H n. of a great
river in ancient India, prob, the Irawadi
of Burma (К. my. I4, 198) [I-la-vati or
Iravati is one of the five branches of the
Indus flowing through the Punjab ?]£>.
i-<;i-ka • a grass-like herb:
ч (К-, my. % 478).
I-qo-legs son of king K4
5^’5^ Spo-de gufi-rgyal (Yig. 65).
4	J-fo ma-ti n. of
a great river in India (7Г. my. F, 198)
[Probably the same as the river Ichfcmati
which is a branch of the Padma flowing
through Bengal]#.
+	in dra go-pa [v^^^ co-
chineal ; yet among the substances devoted
to a costly Chorten it is mentioned as one
of the five divine jewels (Glr. 7.)] from
Jd. [the insect cochineal of various kinds,
frequently mentioned in Pali books]S.
in-dra nl-la sapphire.
Syn.	mthon-ka-che;	a«-
da-$nil\	dwafi-§fion;	nor-
buhi §nifi-po; ^vg nor-bu sfion-po; ’’T'T
ka-ka ni-la; nl-la;	sfio-tfeya
ni-la; tJia-li (Mnon.).
+	in-dra bya-ка ra-na
n. of an ancient Sanskrit grammar.
im-chi Tibetanized Mongol term
for a physician.
и l. = num. 90. 2.
и is symbolical of the unheard (K. g.
43).
и-гдуап,=*&$$ the crown, the
head ornament; but v. O-zgyan.
Wl u-cug persistency; with §5’4=
to persuade, to press, to urge, to persist
in any matter.
t	U-ta-ka n. of an ancient sage
(К. my. *), 1530).
’O’’^ I
1350

i	U-tra-ya-na n. of an
ancient Indian king who during Gautama
Buddha’s time reigned in the great city
of ui’i*	He was a devoted
admirer of Buddha and ruled his people
with righteousness and justice. In the
latter part of his life abdicating the
throne in favour of his son he entered the
holy order of Bhikshu (7Г. du. 298).
+	a-duni ba-ra
(Ficus clonic rat a) but in Tibetan literature
a fabulous lotus of immense size (Ja.).
J	U-ni-ko n. of a demon
Yaksha of Kashmir who was a friend of
the Yaksha called ч Ba-glaft-ldan of
the country of Rohita who had invited
Buddha Gautama with his followers to
dinner and served the guests with a large
quantity of grapes of Kashmir (K. du.
S 298).
u-§pu tea-kettle (8. kar. 177).
+ Ut-pa-ldan	; n. of a
city in ancient India (A.K. 51, 6, v.).
tQ q oi U-pa-la the learned disciple
of Buddha who expounded the Abhidhar-
ma pi taka at the first great Buddhist con-
vocation (K. du. 5, &27).
U-ma goddess Um&, the wife
of Mahes'vara (IJfton.).
J ’*1 u-t$i tin-да n. of an insect, the
touch of which produces sexual excitement
even in such monks as had been free from
all thought of female company (K. du.
*, 69).
u-tshugs^WW nan-tan per-
sistence.
U-$ahi-ri or JT-jZ-n
n. of a hill range in Central India or
Magadha wherein there was a dense forest
called Tamasa (7Г. du. f4, 21/1 and K. d.
«I, 257).
ug-cho$ n. of a flower:
+ 43*1 Uk-li ma-tho also called X
gi-ri ma-tho n. of a sanctuary containing
the image of Hayagriba Vishnu (Dsam. 6).
ut-pa-la the blue
water lily ; [a lotus] 8.
Syn. 4’3 chu-skye$ tfion-pa;
*J^4‘5 sabi-gdub-bu*,	dwaft-ipchog;
$teft-hthuft;	'3|'*lfa mig-gi-gnen
(Milon.).
+ 435445^'25 ut-pa-la dkar-po—^\
Чцуч’вгХ ut-pa-la che	ЧЯ [a full
blown lotus] 8.
i^yq-or^q ut-pa-la Itur ga$-pa one of
tho eight cold hells of the Buddhists
(Jf.F.).
455 q ut-pa-la mdah w [the
castor-oil plant]S.
iQyq or^k’q ut-pa-la xdofi-po the lily plant.
i^yq 4q ut-pa-la уи-гса
+ 135Ч'45як25 ut-pa-la dmar-po
[the red lotus]#.
Syn. bufi-wa-dgah; ^'З'44!4*
dpal-gyi lag-pa*, VM’jI'iyi dpal-gyi-khyim;
(вчуч <а|’у25 (ДГЯом.).
ut-pa-la и<гЧяв,
[the lotus plant]#.
Syn. ltc-wa-cau*, la-ku-tsa*,
yofi$-b§nun; чзуч'ог^ ut-pa-la
(lMon?p
Ut-pa- lahi indog	n.
of one of the earliest disciples, of Buddha
(ЛГ.К).

1351
I
ut-pa-lahi rtsa-гса lotus
root.
'Sp-’l иЯ-ди oil-lamp C. (Jd.).
un-chun —a young monk.
^¥31 un-thug, v. hu-thug.
^’"^aawarm meal-porridge;
fermenting dough C.
ttr-rdo, V.	v- W4;
ЧТЧАВД] colloq. for «га«гячч| (Ja.).
Ur-nan n. of a religious sect:
W$W,e,Tq’?q (Deb. % J4).
e I: num. = 120. 2. in C. and later
literature, an interrogative particle
usually put immediatetely before the vb.
or the pron. standing in the place of
the vb.: «i^frft’^5 I am afraid he is not
well, is he happy; ft’i^’S’jM shall we be
able or not (Mil.).	’4^’ft
my uncle who is very gracious why should
he be in trouble ? (A. 128).
ftVJ = superfine, the best:
ftVTV^VI^S (£;atf$.). In the mystic
language of Vlrupaksa the guardian Ma-
hfirfija of the west, we have : fte-ne, &
me-ne, dad-phu, S’5q’3 da-dab-phu, as
expressions=misery, sin, the way and
cessation of misery.
I?) II ’. in Budh.: ft
(К. my.
"I, 206).
HI: n. of a place in Tibet (Jig. 9);
ft*M E-pa a native of E'.
E-lha tgya-ri-wa n. of a scion
of the ancient line of kings who belonged
to- the ministry under the 1st sovereign
Dalai Lama (Lofa % 9).
e-na-i/a, ft	a fabu-
lous black antelope with short legs and
black eyes (Ja.).
t	eating
and drinking (mystic) (IT. g. % %15)>
ft'^45 e-hthad—^has he come; also
in	“^5 if all are killed,
would it be liked? (Yig. 58).
ft’Vl e-dran—Sfi'^ dran-nam in
«i•^K^’^^’Qi’^’q’^’ft (Rdsa. 1£).
f-wfl, ftft‘W’5 or a-ma-ho
(A. K. 1-6) interjection express-
ing compassion.
e-uam 1. 4^ yes, certainly,
to be sure (Vai. §fi.). 2. in Budh. this is
symbolical of ft e signifying (а) чад thab$
or (b)	mdo = Satrap whilst 4
warn — (a) fe§ or ge§-rab knowledge
or wisdom or (6) $fiag§ Mantra or
the mystical part of Buddhism. 3. n. of
a Buddhist religious work.
ft'Ks £-r6’J=ft’^ e-yin qt yin-
пат.
fte-ran rgyal-po hjigs-
med the yellow coloured myrabolan
(§man. 109).
t ft4^5 e-ran-da Wjft, VXW [the castor-
oil plant] 8.
+ I&’QJ e-la =pomegranate.
ft’qS’q^S E-lahi-brgyud an epithet of
Vaijravapa the guardian of the northern
quarter of the world.
e-lahi-hdab WIT, as met. = the
tongue.
E-lan n. of the empress of
the tenth Tartar Emperor of China whose
son was the Emperor Bogto (Lo& % 10.

1352
Sfap |
♦ й чч e-lab хжчж occurs in
Jaj-ajl Л чл 5«S4	{Lofi. л, 32).
*	crf-x/z ma-kd-ka dhe-nu n.
of a bird (К. ко. "I, 2).
eu-S^S cufi~zad : 5’^1
(A. 744).	en-cig=JF&t hrib-
tsam: 5Ц	^»гяГч|	(Jfc#.
47).	cufi-zad-re a Httle
only, en-tsam=^'tg\iH cufi-zad-tsam
only a little ; the little one (a pr. name).
ен-tsam in 5«у0Ц‘*»» ^*ц*г
Ijv {A. 744); and in ^•ЗД5 ^?^*«Ч151
Jfljvqfli ^«цд| (Sorig. 160).
en-re, fast, rapid:	5Ц1
*85 ’q$3(Deb.
% M
*H’*5* cn-bdar> v. ан-bdar (Jd.).
em-chi or ат-chi or S
im-chi a doctor or physician. Acc. to Lif.
it is a Mongolian word,
er-ka C. v. «v»»| ar-ka (Ja.).
05vpq*q О-dk ar-brag n. of a rock-cave
under a huge white rock in ancient India
where the sage Pha Dampa Safit-rgya§
performed asceticism:
1*; I	SJ’SV'OT <g4	’»S*f «iqpnyr
(Deb. % 37).
O-^t-yan, v. 65 j^ О-г/7У^и-
efafaN од-та=Ъ'£ tsi-tsu.
o-ldofi or <’V bo-dofi wind-pipe
(Jd.).
65 Kq o-rog jug-hgar the Jungar
srad of Mongolia (Lofi. % 16).
о Jo l.= a boy, stripling in Ts.
and U. 2. an earthen-ware tea-pot. 3.
Sch.: the place where two rivers join,
the confluence of two rivers.
65 O-tgyan=W*fi U-rgyan the
country of O^iy&na Sans. ; acc. to
Lam-yig, tho modern Gaznee in Cabal.
Or-rgyan Rin~po-che the
chief epithet by which the Buddhist Saint
Pacjma Sambhava is known to the Tibe-
tans thang. 95). The different names
under which the saint Padma Sambhava is
adored in Tibet are:—(1)
(2) 45’*’; (3)	; (4)
; (5)	; (6)
(7)	; (8) ^4^’
; (9)	; (10) q^W^^Y’r
$4; (11)	(12)	;
(13)	; (14)	;
(15)	; (1G)	;
(17)	(18)
(19)	(20) q^Asi1^ (^ thafi.
95).
W От the famous mystic syllable
used separately as well as in various
collocations.
wom-tydsad ЧТН a priest who begins .
religious service by saying от.
cm-nidsad-ma wfqxn; [the mystic
syllable owj, signifying Buddha, Dharma
and Sangha, [Brahma, Vishnu and
S'iva] S.
om-yig-dtug the insertion
of the sound о in different places with
variety of prosodial length and accentua-
tion in the recitation of hymns]#.
5? Л O-$o one of the earliest kings of
Tibet of the dynasty of Sahi-leg^
(J. Zafi.).
Snq'j og-rgya beard; 55ч] ^гч ogJshum—
agJshom (Jd.).
Ofaj’cM og-raa the throat, песк,= £|*р<
lkog-ma\ Э?чЛ og-Jio a beautiful white

1353

neck.	og-gdoft-dkar the red
cat-bear of Sikkim and E. Nepal (Ailurus
ochra-coeus).	og-hjol=^fH lkog-ma
the larynx.
ofi-gu a lamp; ой-ras the
wick of a lamp, in C. (Jd.).
ой-log the ptarmigan (Sch^.
£ O-di bi-fa one of the five pro-
vinces of the eastern part of India, modern
Orissa.
o-tanta pu-ri=AR'*#^ o-dauta
pu-ri (A. 9).
J O-tramn. of a country where ruled
the king called Dasa-ratha (^5’5fifi-rta
bcu-pa (Du§-ye. 39).
J O-danta-puri n. of the great
Buddhist monastery of Behar which flour-
ished after Vikramas'ila and was sacked
under the orders of Baktyar Khiliji in 1203
A.D.—(Л.
35).
+ 04jY4'SalX’' phyag-rdor abbr. of
SfaTA ol-ma in C. throat, wind-pipe ;
5for»i^5 ol-mdud the “ adam’s apple ” in
larynx :	Ц. 131).
o$-sko the chin, resp. shal-ko.
B. S. Press—4067J—1,000—23-8.1902.
FINIS.
171